initial population

844 files changed, 192027 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/LICENSE b/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc465c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Copyright (c) 2019 Adélie Userland Team. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+3. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
+IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec406f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Userland
+
+This project is a port of NetBSD userland (`bin`, `sbin`, `usr.bin`, and `usr.sbin` in the NetBSD `src` distribution) to the musl implementation of the C standard library. It aims to provide a complete POSIX userland, with support for user-friendly extensions.
+
+# Rationale
+
+There are a multitude of other projects which aim to provide a Linux userland. None of them are POSIX-compliant, and many have no interest in becoming 100% POSIX-compliant. Some of those projects additionally do not wish to support extensions provided by other projects.
+
+# License
+
+All code in this repository is licensed under `BSD-3-Clause`; see `LICENSE` for a copy of the license text.
+
+# Contributing
+
+Contributions may be made in several ways:
+
+* Write code.
+* Write manual pages.
+* Write ancillary documentation.
+* File tickets in the issue tracker for features which are missing but implemented by another project.
+* Participate constructively in project discussions.
+
diff --git a/bin/cat/cat.1 b/bin/cat/cat.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f27ce59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/cat/cat.1
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: cat.1,v 1.41 2017/10/02 08:24:17 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)cat.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/2/95
+.\"
+.Dd June 15, 2014
+.Dt CAT 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cat
+.Nd concatenate and print files
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl beflnstuv
+.Op Fl B Ar bsize
+.Op Fl
+.Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility reads files sequentially, writing them to the standard output.
+The
+.Ar file
+operands are processed in command line order.
+A single dash represents the standard input,
+and may appear multiple times in the
+.Ar file
+list.
+If no
+.Ar file
+operands are given, standard input is read.
+.Pp
+The word
+.Dq concatenate
+is just a verbose synonym for
+.Dq catenate .
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl B Ar bsize
+Read with a buffer size of
+.Ar bsize
+bytes, instead of the default buffer size which is the blocksize of the
+output file.
+.It Fl b
+Implies the
+.Fl n
+option, but doesn't number blank lines.
+.It Fl e
+Implies the
+.Fl v
+option, and displays a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$
+at the end of each line
+as well.
+.It Fl f
+Only attempt to display regular files.
+.It Fl l
+Set an exclusive advisory lock on the standard output file descriptor.
+This lock is set using
+.Xr fcntl 2
+with the
+.Dv F_SETLKW
+command.
+If the output file is already locked,
+.Nm
+will block until the lock is acquired.
+.It Fl n
+Number the output lines, starting at 1.
+.It Fl s
+Squeeze multiple adjacent empty lines, causing the output to be
+single spaced.
+.It Fl t
+Implies the
+.Fl v
+option, and displays tab characters as
+.Ql ^I
+as well.
+.It Fl u
+The
+.Fl u
+option guarantees that the output is unbuffered.
+.It Fl v
+Displays non-printing characters so they are visible.
+Control characters print as
+.Ql ^X
+for control-X; the delete
+character (octal 0177) prints as
+.Ql ^? .
+Non-ascii characters (with the high bit set) are printed as
+.Ql M-
+(for meta) followed by the character for the low 7 bits.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std cat
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The command:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Ic cat file1
+.Ed
+.Pp
+will print the contents of
+.Ar file1
+to the standard output.
+.Pp
+The command:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Ic cat file1 file2 > file3
+.Ed
+.Pp
+will sequentially print the contents of
+.Ar file1
+and
+.Ar file2
+to the file
+.Ar file3 ,
+truncating
+.Ar file3
+if it already exists.
+See the manual page for your shell (e.g.,
+.Xr sh 1 )
+for more information on redirection.
+.Pp
+The command:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Ic cat file1 - file2 - file3
+.Ed
+.Pp
+will print the contents of
+.Ar file1 ,
+print data it receives from the standard input until it receives an
+.Dv EOF
+.Pq Sq ^D
+character, print the contents of
+.Ar file2 ,
+read and output contents of the standard input again, then finally output
+the contents of
+.Ar file3 .
+Note that if the standard input referred to a file, the second dash
+on the command-line would have no effect, since the entire contents of the file
+would have already been read and printed by
+.Nm
+when it encountered the first
+.Ql \&-
+operand.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr head 1 ,
+.Xr hexdump 1 ,
+.Xr lpr 1 ,
+.Xr more 1 ,
+.Xr pr 1 ,
+.Xr tac 1 ,
+.Xr tail 1 ,
+.Xr view 1 ,
+.Xr vis 1 ,
+.Xr fcntl 2
+.Rs
+.%A Rob Pike
+.%T "UNIX Style, or cat -v Considered Harmful"
+.%J "USENIX Summer Conference Proceedings"
+.%D 1983
+.Re
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to conform to the
+.St -p1003.2-92
+specification.
+.Pp
+The flags
+.Op Fl Bbeflnstv
+are extensions to the specification.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
+Dennis Ritchie designed and wrote the first man page.
+It appears to have been
+.Xr cat 1 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Because of the shell language mechanism used to perform output
+redirection, the command
+.Dq Li cat file1 file2 > file1
+will cause the original data in file1 to be destroyed!
+This is performed by the shell before
+.Nm
+is run.
diff --git a/bin/cat/cat.c b/bin/cat/cat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..563ba63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/cat/cat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/* $NetBSD: cat.c,v 1.57 2016/06/16 00:52:37 sevan Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kevin Fall.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+__COPYRIGHT(
+"@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cat.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/27/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cat.c,v 1.57 2016/06/16 00:52:37 sevan Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static int bflag, eflag, fflag, lflag, nflag, sflag, tflag, vflag;
+static size_t bsize;
+static int rval;
+static const char *filename;
+
+void cook_args(char *argv[]);
+void cook_buf(FILE *);
+void raw_args(char *argv[]);
+void raw_cat(int);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch;
+	struct flock stdout_lock;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "B:beflnstuv")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'B':
+			bsize = (size_t)strtol(optarg, NULL, 0);
+			break;
+		case 'b':
+			bflag = nflag = 1;	/* -b implies -n */
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			eflag = vflag = 1;	/* -e implies -v */
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			fflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			lflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			nflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			sflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			tflag = vflag = 1;	/* -t implies -v */
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			setbuf(stdout, NULL);
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			vflag = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+		case '?':
+			(void)fprintf(stderr,
+			    "Usage: %s [-beflnstuv] [-B bsize] [-] "
+			    "[file ...]\n", getprogname());
+			return EXIT_FAILURE;
+		}
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (lflag) {
+		stdout_lock.l_len = 0;
+		stdout_lock.l_start = 0;
+		stdout_lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+		stdout_lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+		if (fcntl(STDOUT_FILENO, F_SETLKW, &stdout_lock) == -1)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "stdout");
+	}
+
+	if (bflag || eflag || nflag || sflag || tflag || vflag)
+		cook_args(argv);
+	else
+		raw_args(argv);
+	if (fclose(stdout))
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "stdout");
+	return rval;
+}
+
+void
+cook_args(char **argv)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+
+	fp = stdin;
+	filename = "stdin";
+	do {
+		if (*argv) {
+			if (!strcmp(*argv, "-"))
+				fp = stdin;
+			else if ((fp = fopen(*argv,
+			    fflag ? "rf" : "r")) == NULL) {
+				warn("%s", *argv);
+				rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+				++argv;
+				continue;
+			}
+			filename = *argv++;
+		}
+		cook_buf(fp);
+		if (fp != stdin)
+			(void)fclose(fp);
+		else
+			clearerr(fp);
+	} while (*argv);
+}
+
+void
+cook_buf(FILE *fp)
+{
+	int ch, gobble, line, prev;
+
+	line = gobble = 0;
+	for (prev = '\n'; (ch = getc(fp)) != EOF; prev = ch) {
+		if (prev == '\n') {
+			if (sflag) {
+				if (ch == '\n') {
+					if (gobble)
+						continue;
+					gobble = 1;
+				} else
+					gobble = 0;
+				}
+				if (nflag) {
+					if (!bflag || ch != '\n') {
+						(void)fprintf(stdout,
+						    "%6d\t", ++line);
+						if (ferror(stdout))
+							break;
+					} else if (eflag) {
+						(void)fprintf(stdout,
+						    "%6s\t", "");
+						if (ferror(stdout))
+							break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		if (ch == '\n') {
+			if (eflag)
+				if (putchar('$') == EOF)
+					break;
+		} else if (ch == '\t') {
+			if (tflag) {
+				if (putchar('^') == EOF || putchar('I') == EOF)
+					break;
+				continue;
+			}
+		} else if (vflag) {
+			if (!isascii(ch)) {
+				if (putchar('M') == EOF || putchar('-') == EOF)
+					break;
+				ch = toascii(ch);
+			}
+			if (iscntrl(ch)) {
+				if (putchar('^') == EOF ||
+				    putchar(ch == '\177' ? '?' :
+				    ch | 0100) == EOF)
+					break;
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+		if (putchar(ch) == EOF)
+			break;
+	}
+	if (ferror(fp)) {
+		warn("%s", filename);
+		rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+		clearerr(fp);
+	}
+	if (ferror(stdout))
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "stdout");
+}
+
+void
+raw_args(char **argv)
+{
+	int fd;
+
+	fd = fileno(stdin);
+	filename = "stdin";
+	do {
+		if (*argv) {
+			if (!strcmp(*argv, "-")) {
+				fd = fileno(stdin);
+				if (fd < 0)
+					goto skip;
+			} else if (fflag) {
+				struct stat st;
+				fd = open(*argv, O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK, 0);
+				if (fd < 0)
+					goto skip;
+
+				if (fstat(fd, &st) == -1) {
+					close(fd);
+					goto skip;
+				}
+				if (!S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
+					close(fd);
+					warnx("%s: not a regular file", *argv);
+					goto skipnomsg;
+				}
+			}
+			else if ((fd = open(*argv, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+skip:
+				warn("%s", *argv);
+skipnomsg:
+				rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+				++argv;
+				continue;
+			}
+			filename = *argv++;
+		} else if (fd < 0) {
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "stdin");
+		}
+		raw_cat(fd);
+		if (fd != fileno(stdin))
+			(void)close(fd);
+	} while (*argv);
+}
+
+void
+raw_cat(int rfd)
+{
+	static char *buf;
+	static char fb_buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	ssize_t nr, nw, off;
+	int wfd;
+
+	wfd = fileno(stdout);
+	if (wfd < 0)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "stdout");
+	if (buf == NULL) {
+		struct stat sbuf;
+
+		if (bsize == 0) {
+			if (fstat(wfd, &sbuf) == 0 && sbuf.st_blksize > 0 &&
+			    (size_t)sbuf.st_blksize > sizeof(fb_buf))
+				bsize = sbuf.st_blksize;
+		}
+		if (bsize > sizeof(fb_buf)) {
+			buf = malloc(bsize);
+			if (buf == NULL)
+				warnx("malloc, using %zu buffer", bsize);
+		}
+		if (buf == NULL) {
+			bsize = sizeof(fb_buf);
+			buf = fb_buf;
+		}
+	}
+	while ((nr = read(rfd, buf, bsize)) > 0)
+		for (off = 0; nr; nr -= nw, off += nw)
+			if ((nw = write(wfd, buf + off, (size_t)nr)) < 0)
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "stdout");
+	if (nr < 0) {
+		warn("%s", filename);
+		rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/bin/chgrp/chgrp.1 b/bin/chgrp/chgrp.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffdd5a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/chgrp/chgrp.1
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993, 1994, 2003
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     from: @(#)chgrp.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/31/94
+.\"	$NetBSD: chgrp.1,v 1.8 2017/07/04 06:52:20 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd October 22, 2012
+.Dt CHGRP 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm chgrp
+.Nd change group
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fhv
+.Ar group
+.Ar
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fhv
+.Fl Fl reference=rfile
+.Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility sets the group ID of the file named by each
+.Ar file
+operand to the
+.Ar group
+ID specified by the group operand.
+.Pp
+Options:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl H
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, symbolic links on the command line are followed.
+(Symbolic links encountered in the tree traversal are not followed.)
+.It Fl L
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, all symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl P
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, no symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl R
+Change the group ID for the file hierarchies rooted
+in the files instead of just the files themselves.
+.It Fl f
+The force option ignores errors, except for usage errors and doesn't
+query about strange modes (unless the user does not have proper permissions).
+.It Fl h
+If
+.Ar file
+is a symbolic link, the group of the link is changed.
+.It Fl v
+Cause
+.Nm
+to be verbose, showing files as they are processed.
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Fl h
+is not given, unless the
+.Fl H
+or
+.Fl L
+option is set,
+.Nm
+on a symbolic link always succeeds and has no effect.
+The
+.Fl H ,
+.Fl L
+and
+.Fl P
+options are ignored unless the
+.Fl R
+option is specified.
+In addition, these options override each other and the
+command's actions are determined by the last one specified.
+The default is as if the
+.Fl P
+option had been specified.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar group
+operand can be either a group name from the group database,
+or a numeric group ID.
+Since it is valid to have a group name that is numeric (and
+doesn't have the numeric ID that matches its name) the name lookup
+is always done first.
+Preceding the ID with a ``#'' character will force it to be taken
+as a number.
+.Pp
+The user invoking
+.Nm
+must belong to the specified group and be the owner of the file,
+or be the super-user.
+.Pp
+Unless invoked by the super-user,
+.Nm
+clears the set-user-id and set-group-id bits on a file to prevent
+accidental or mischievous creation of set-user-id or set-group-id
+programs.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/group -compact
+.It Pa /etc/group
+Group ID file
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std chgrp
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chown 2 ,
+.Xr lchown 2 ,
+.Xr fts 3 ,
+.Xr group 5 ,
+.Xr passwd 5 ,
+.Xr symlink 7 ,
+.Xr chown 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be POSIX 1003.2 compatible.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl v
+option and the use of ``#'' to force a numeric group ID
+are extensions to
+.St -p1003.2 .
diff --git a/bin/chgrp/chown.8 b/bin/chgrp/chown.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4cd79d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/chgrp/chown.8
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994, 2003
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     from: @(#)chown.8	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/31/94
+.\"	$NetBSD: chown.8,v 1.12 2017/07/04 06:53:12 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd September 11, 2016
+.Dt CHOWN 8
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm chown
+.Nd change file owner and group
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fhv
+.Ar owner Ns Op Ar :group
+.Ar
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fhv
+.Ar :group
+.Ar
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fhv
+.Fl Fl reference=rfile
+.Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+sets the user ID and/or the group ID of the specified files.
+Symbolic links named by arguments are silently left unchanged unless
+.Fl h
+is used.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl H
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, symbolic links on the command line are followed.
+(Symbolic links encountered in the tree traversal are not followed.)
+.It Fl L
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, all symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl P
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, no symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl R
+Change the user ID and/or the group ID for the file hierarchies rooted
+in the files instead of just the files themselves.
+.It Fl f
+Do not report any failure to change file owner or group, nor modify
+the exit status to reflect such failures.
+.It Fl h
+If
+.Ar file
+is a symbolic link, the owner and/or group of the link is changed.
+.It Fl v
+Cause
+.Nm
+to be verbose, showing files as they are processed.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl H ,
+.Fl L
+and
+.Fl P
+options are ignored unless the
+.Fl R
+option is specified.
+In addition, these options override each other and the
+command's actions are determined by the last one specified.
+The default is as if the
+.Fl P
+option had been specified.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl R
+option cannot be used together with the
+.Fl h
+option.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar owner
+and
+.Ar group
+operands are both optional, however, one must be specified.
+If the
+.Ar group
+operand is specified, it must be preceded by a colon (``:'') character.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar owner
+may be either a user name or a numeric user ID.
+The
+.Ar group
+may be either a group name or a numeric group ID.
+Since it is valid to have a user or group name that is numeric (and
+does not have the numeric ID that matches its name) the name lookup
+is always done first.
+Preceding an ID with a ``#'' character will force it to be taken
+as a number.
+.Pp
+The ownership of a file may only be altered by a super-user for
+obvious security reasons.
+.Pp
+Unless invoked by the super-user,
+.Nm
+clears the set-user-id and set-group-id bits on a file to prevent
+accidental or mischievous creation of set-user-id and set-group-id
+programs.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std chown
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+Previous versions of the
+.Nm
+utility used the dot (``.'') character to distinguish the group name.
+This has been changed to be a colon (``:'') character so that user and
+group names may contain the dot character.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chflags 1 ,
+.Xr chgrp 1 ,
+.Xr find 1 ,
+.Xr chown 2 ,
+.Xr lchown 2 ,
+.Xr fts 3 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+command is specified by POSIX.1-2017.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl v
+and
+.Fl f
+options and the use of ``#'' to force a numeric lookup
+are extensions to
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/bin/chgrp/chown.c b/bin/chgrp/chown.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..493d103
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/chgrp/chown.c
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: chown.c,v 1.8 2012/10/24 01:12:51 enami Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994, 2003
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994, 2003\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)chown.c	8.8 (Berkeley) 4/4/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: chown.c,v 1.8 2012/10/24 01:12:51 enami Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+
+static void	a_gid(const char *);
+static void	a_uid(const char *);
+static id_t	id(const char *, const char *);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+static uid_t uid;
+static gid_t gid;
+static int ischown;
+static const char *myname;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	FTS *ftsp;
+	FTSENT *p;
+	int Hflag, Lflag, Rflag, ch, fflag, fts_options, hflag, rval, vflag;
+	char *cp, *reference;
+	int (*change_owner)(const char *, uid_t, gid_t);
+
+	setprogname(*argv);
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	myname = getprogname();
+	ischown = (myname[2] == 'o');
+	reference = NULL;
+
+	Hflag = Lflag = Rflag = fflag = hflag = vflag = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "HLPRfhv")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'H':
+			Hflag = 1;
+			Lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			Lflag = 1;
+			Hflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			Hflag = Lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+			Rflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			fflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			/*
+			 * In System V the -h option causes chown/chgrp to
+			 * change the owner/group of the symbolic link.
+			 * 4.4BSD's symbolic links didn't have owners/groups,
+			 * so it was an undocumented noop.
+			 * In NetBSD 1.3, lchown(2) is introduced.
+			 */
+			hflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			vflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+
+	if (argc == 0 || (argc == 1 && reference == NULL))
+		usage();
+
+	fts_options = FTS_PHYSICAL;
+	if (Rflag) {
+		if (hflag) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				"the -R and -h options "
+				"may not be specified together.");
+		}
+		if (Hflag)
+			fts_options |= FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+		if (Lflag) {
+			fts_options &= ~FTS_PHYSICAL;
+			fts_options |= FTS_LOGICAL;
+		}
+	} else if (!hflag) {
+		fts_options |= FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+	}
+
+	uid = (uid_t)-1;
+	gid = (gid_t)-1;
+	if (ischown) {
+		if ((cp = strchr(*argv, ':')) != NULL) {
+			*cp++ = '\0';
+			a_gid(cp);
+		}
+		a_uid(*argv);
+	} else {
+		a_gid(*argv);
+	}
+	argv++;
+
+	if ((ftsp = fts_open(argv, fts_options, NULL)) == NULL) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fts_open");
+	}
+
+	for (rval = EXIT_SUCCESS; (p = fts_read(ftsp)) != NULL;) {
+		change_owner = chown;
+		switch (p->fts_info) {
+		case FTS_D:
+			if (!Rflag)		/* Change it at FTS_DP. */
+				fts_set(ftsp, p, FTS_SKIP);
+			continue;
+		case FTS_DNR:			/* Warn, chown, continue. */
+			warnx("%s: %s", p->fts_path, strerror(p->fts_errno));
+			rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+			break;
+		case FTS_ERR:			/* Warn, continue. */
+		case FTS_NS:
+			warnx("%s: %s", p->fts_path, strerror(p->fts_errno));
+			rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+			continue;
+		case FTS_SL:			/* Ignore unless -h. */
+			/*
+			 * All symlinks we found while doing a physical
+			 * walk end up here.
+			 */
+			if (!hflag)
+				continue;
+			/*
+			 * Note that if we follow a symlink, fts_info is
+			 * not FTS_SL but FTS_F or whatever.  And we should
+			 * use lchown only for FTS_SL and should use chown
+			 * for others.
+			 */
+			change_owner = lchown;
+			break;
+		case FTS_SLNONE:		/* Ignore. */
+			/*
+			 * The only symlinks that end up here are ones that
+			 * don't point to anything.  Note that if we are
+			 * doing a phisycal walk, we never reach here unless
+			 * we asked to follow explicitly.
+			 */
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if ((*change_owner)(p->fts_accpath, uid, gid) && !fflag) {
+			warn("%s", p->fts_path);
+			rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+		} else {
+			if (vflag)
+				printf("%s\n", p->fts_path);
+		}
+	}
+	if (errno) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fts_read");
+	}
+	exit(rval);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+a_gid(const char *s)
+{
+	struct group *gr;
+
+	if (*s == '\0')	{		/* Argument was "uid[:.]". */
+		return;
+	}
+	gr = *s == '#' ? NULL : getgrnam(s);
+	if (gr == NULL) {
+		gid = id(s, "group");
+	} else {
+		gid = gr->gr_gid;
+	}
+	return;
+}
+
+static void
+a_uid(const char *s)
+{
+	if (*s == '\0')	{		/* Argument was "[:.]gid". */
+		return;
+	}
+	if (*s == '#' || uid_from_user(s, &uid) == -1) {
+		uid = id(s, "user");
+	}
+	return;
+}
+
+static id_t
+id(const char *name, const char *type)
+{
+	id_t val;
+	char *ep;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	if (*name == '#') {
+		name++;
+	}
+	val = (id_t)strtoul(name, &ep, 10);
+	if (errno) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", name);
+	}
+	if (*ep != '\0') {
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: invalid %s name", name, type);
+	}
+	return (val);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [-fhv] %s file ...\n"
+	    "\t%s -R [-H | -L | -P] [-fv] file ...\n",
+	    myname, ischown ? "owner:group|owner|:group" : "group",
+	    myname);
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/bin/chmod/chmod.1 b/bin/chmod/chmod.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9c1150
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/chmod/chmod.1
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: chmod.1,v 1.28 2017/07/04 06:47:27 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)chmod.1	8.4 (Berkeley) 3/31/94
+.\"
+.Dd August 11, 2016
+.Dt CHMOD 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm chmod
+.Nd change file modes
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fh
+.Ar mode
+.Ar
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fh
+.Fl Fl reference=rfile
+.Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility modifies the file mode bits of the listed files
+as specified by the
+.Ar mode
+operand, or
+copied from a reference
+.Ar rfile ,
+as specified with the
+.Fl Fl reference
+argument.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl H
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, symbolic links on the command line are followed.
+(Symbolic links encountered in the tree traversal are not followed.)
+.It Fl L
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, all symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl P
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, no symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl R
+Change the modes of the file hierarchies rooted in the files
+instead of just the files themselves.
+.It Fl f
+Do not display a diagnostic message or modify the exit status if
+.Nm
+fails to change the mode of a file.
+.It Fl h
+If
+.Ar file
+is symbolic link, the mode of the link is changed.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl H ,
+.Fl L
+and
+.Fl P
+options are ignored unless the
+.Fl R
+option is specified.
+In addition, these options override each other and the
+command's actions are determined by the last one specified.
+The default is as if the
+.Fl P
+option had been specified.
+.Pp
+Only the owner of a file or the super-user is permitted to change
+the mode of a file.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std chmod
+.Sh MODES
+Modes may be absolute or symbolic.
+An absolute mode is an octal number constructed by
+.Em or Ap ing
+the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 6n -compact -offset indent
+.It Li 4000
+set-user-ID-on-execution
+.It Li 2000
+set-group-ID-on-execution
+.It Li 1000
+sticky bit, see
+.Xr chmod 2
+.It Li 0400
+read by owner
+.It Li 0200
+write by owner
+.It Li 0100
+execute (or search for directories) by owner
+.It Li 0070
+read, write, execute/search by group
+.It Li 0007
+read, write, execute/search by others
+.El
+.Pp
+The read, write, and execute/search values for group and others
+are encoded as described for owner.
+.Pp
+The symbolic mode is described by the following grammar:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+mode         ::= clause [, clause ...]
+clause       ::= [who ...] [action ...] last_action
+action       ::= op [perm ...]
+last_action  ::= op [perm ...]
+who          ::= a | u | g | o
+op           ::= + | \- | =
+perm         ::= r | s | t | w | x | X | u | g | o
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar who
+symbols ``u'', ``g'', and ``o'' specify the user, group, and other parts
+of the mode bits, respectively.
+The
+.Ar who
+symbol ``a'' is equivalent to ``ugo''.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar perm
+symbols represent the portions of the mode bits as follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact -offset indent
+.It r
+The read bits.
+.It s
+The set-user-ID-on-execution and set-group-ID-on-execution bits.
+.It t
+The sticky bit.
+.It w
+The write bits.
+.It x
+The execute/search bits.
+.It X
+The execute/search bits if the file is a directory or any of the
+execute/search bits are set in the original (unmodified) mode.
+Operations with the
+.Ar perm
+symbol ``X'' are only meaningful in conjunction with the
+.Ar op
+symbol ``+'', and are ignored in all other cases.
+.It u
+The user permission bits in the mode of the original file.
+.It g
+The group permission bits in the mode of the original file.
+.It o
+The other permission bits in the mode of the original file.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar op
+symbols represent the operation performed, as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width 4n
+.It +
+If no value is supplied for
+.Ar perm ,
+the ``+'' operation has no effect.
+If no value is supplied for
+.Ar who ,
+each permission bit specified in
+.Ar perm ,
+for which the corresponding bit in the file mode creation mask
+is clear, is set.
+Otherwise, the mode bits represented by the specified
+.Ar who
+and
+.Ar perm
+values are set.
+.It \&\-
+If no value is supplied for
+.Ar perm ,
+the ``\-'' operation has no effect.
+If no value is supplied for
+.Ar who ,
+each permission bit specified in
+.Ar perm ,
+for which the corresponding bit in the file mode creation mask
+is clear, is cleared.
+Otherwise, the mode bits represented by the specified
+.Ar who
+and
+.Ar perm
+values are cleared.
+.It =
+The mode bits specified by the
+.Ar who
+value are cleared, or, if no who value is specified, the owner, group
+and other mode bits are cleared.
+Then, if no value is supplied for
+.Ar who ,
+each permission bit specified in
+.Ar perm ,
+for which the corresponding bit in the file mode creation mask
+is clear, is set.
+Otherwise, the mode bits represented by the specified
+.Ar who
+and
+.Ar perm
+values are set.
+.El
+.Pp
+Each
+.Ar clause
+specifies one or more operations to be performed on the mode
+bits, and each operation is applied to the mode bits in the
+order specified.
+.Pp
+Operations upon the other permissions only (specified by the symbol
+``o'' by itself), in combination with the
+.Ar perm
+symbols ``s'' or ``t'', are ignored.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Bl -tag -width "u=rwx,go=u-w" -compact
+.It Li 644
+make a file readable by anyone and writable by the owner only.
+.Pp
+.It Li go-w
+deny write permission to group and others.
+.Pp
+.It Li =rw,+X
+set the read and write permissions to the usual defaults, but
+retain any execute permissions that are currently set.
+.Pp
+.It Li +X
+make a directory or file searchable/executable by everyone if it is
+already searchable/executable by anyone.
+.Pp
+.It Li 755
+.It Li u=rwx,go=rx
+.It Li u=rwx,go=u-w
+make a file readable/executable by everyone and writable by the owner only.
+.Pp
+.It Li go=
+clear all mode bits for group and others.
+.Pp
+.It Li g=u-w
+set the group bits equal to the user bits, but clear the group write bit.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chflags 1 ,
+.Xr install 1 ,
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr umask 2 ,
+.Xr fts 3 ,
+.Xr setmode 3 ,
+.Xr symlink 7 ,
+.Xr chown 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2-92
+compatible with the exception of the
+.Ar perm
+symbol
+.Dq t
+which is not included in that standard.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
+.Sh BUGS
+There's no
+.Ar perm
+option for the naughty bits.
diff --git a/bin/chmod/chmod.c b/bin/chmod/chmod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c10101e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/chmod/chmod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/* $NetBSD: chmod.c,v 1.38 2012/10/22 18:00:46 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT(
+"@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)chmod.c	8.8 (Berkeley) 4/1/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: chmod.c,v 1.38 2012/10/22 18:00:46 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+struct option chmod_longopts[] = {
+	{ "reference",		required_argument,	0,
+						1 },
+	{ NULL,			0,			0,
+						0 },
+};
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	FTS *ftsp;
+	FTSENT *p;
+	void *set;
+	mode_t mval;
+	int Hflag, Lflag, Rflag, ch, fflag, fts_options, hflag, rval;
+	char *mode, *reference;
+	int (*change_mode)(const char *, mode_t);
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	Hflag = Lflag = Rflag = fflag = hflag = 0;
+	reference = NULL;
+	while ((ch = getopt_long(argc, argv, "HLPRXfghorstuwx",
+	    chmod_longopts, NULL)) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 1:
+			reference = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'H':
+			Hflag = 1;
+			Lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			Lflag = 1;
+			Hflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			Hflag = Lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+			Rflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			fflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			/*
+			 * In System V the -h option causes chmod to
+			 * change the mode of the symbolic link.
+			 * 4.4BSD's symbolic links didn't have modes,
+			 * so it was an undocumented noop.  In NetBSD
+			 * 1.3, lchmod(2) is introduced and this
+			 * option does real work.
+			 */
+			hflag = 1;
+			break;
+		/*
+		 * XXX
+		 * "-[rwx]" are valid mode commands.  If they are the entire
+		 * argument, getopt has moved past them, so decrement optind.
+		 * Regardless, we're done argument processing.
+		 */
+		case 'g': case 'o': case 'r': case 's':
+		case 't': case 'u': case 'w': case 'X': case 'x':
+			if (argv[optind - 1][0] == '-' &&
+			    argv[optind - 1][1] == ch &&
+			    argv[optind - 1][2] == '\0')
+				--optind;
+			goto done;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+done:	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+
+	if (argc == 0 || (argc == 1 && reference == NULL))
+		usage();
+
+	fts_options = FTS_PHYSICAL;
+	if (Rflag) {
+		if (hflag) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+		"the -R and -h options may not be specified together.");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		if (Hflag)
+			fts_options |= FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+		if (Lflag) {
+			fts_options &= ~FTS_PHYSICAL;
+			fts_options |= FTS_LOGICAL;
+		}
+	} else if (!hflag)
+		fts_options |= FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+	if (hflag)
+		change_mode = lchmod;
+	else
+		change_mode = chmod;
+
+	if (reference == NULL) {
+		mode = *argv++;
+		if ((set = setmode(mode)) == NULL) {
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot set file mode `%s'", mode);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		mval = 0;
+	} else {
+		struct stat st;
+
+		if (stat(reference, &st) == -1)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot stat `%s'", reference);
+		mval = st.st_mode;
+		set = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if ((ftsp = fts_open(argv, fts_options, 0)) == NULL) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fts_open");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	for (rval = 0; (p = fts_read(ftsp)) != NULL;) {
+		switch (p->fts_info) {
+		case FTS_D:
+			if (!Rflag)
+				(void)fts_set(ftsp, p, FTS_SKIP);
+			break;
+		case FTS_DNR:			/* Warn, chmod, continue. */
+			warnx("%s: %s", p->fts_path, strerror(p->fts_errno));
+			rval = 1;
+			break;
+		case FTS_DP:			/* Already changed at FTS_D. */
+			continue;
+		case FTS_ERR:			/* Warn, continue. */
+		case FTS_NS:
+			warnx("%s: %s", p->fts_path, strerror(p->fts_errno));
+			rval = 1;
+			continue;
+		case FTS_SL:			/* Ignore. */
+		case FTS_SLNONE:
+			/*
+			 * The only symlinks that end up here are ones that
+			 * don't point to anything and ones that we found
+			 * doing a physical walk.
+			 */
+			if (!hflag)
+				continue;
+			/* else */
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+		if ((*change_mode)(p->fts_accpath,
+		    set ? getmode(set, p->fts_statp->st_mode) : mval)
+		    && !fflag) {
+			warn("%s", p->fts_path);
+			rval = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	if (errno) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fts_read");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	exit(rval);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [-R [-H | -L | -P]] [-fh] mode file ...\n"
+	    "\t%s [-R [-H | -L | -P]] [-fh] --reference=rfile file ...\n",
+	    getprogname(), getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/chown/chgrp.1 b/bin/chown/chgrp.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f289e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/chown/chgrp.1
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993, 1994, 2003
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     from: @(#)chgrp.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/31/94
+.\"	$NetBSD: chgrp.1,v 1.8 2017/07/04 06:52:20 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd October 22, 2012
+.Dt CHGRP 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm chgrp
+.Nd change group
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fhv
+.Ar group
+.Ar
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fhv
+.Fl Fl reference=rfile
+.Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility sets the group ID of the file named by each
+.Ar file
+operand to the
+.Ar group
+ID specified by the group operand,
+or to the group of the given
+.Ar rfile ,
+specified by the
+.Fl Fl reference
+argument.
+.Pp
+Options:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl H
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, symbolic links on the command line are followed.
+(Symbolic links encountered in the tree traversal are not followed.)
+.It Fl L
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, all symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl P
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, no symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl R
+Change the group ID for the file hierarchies rooted
+in the files instead of just the files themselves.
+.It Fl f
+The force option ignores errors, except for usage errors and doesn't
+query about strange modes (unless the user does not have proper permissions).
+.It Fl h
+If
+.Ar file
+is a symbolic link, the group of the link is changed.
+.It Fl v
+Cause
+.Nm
+to be verbose, showing files as they are processed.
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Fl h
+is not given, unless the
+.Fl H
+or
+.Fl L
+option is set,
+.Nm
+on a symbolic link always succeeds and has no effect.
+The
+.Fl H ,
+.Fl L
+and
+.Fl P
+options are ignored unless the
+.Fl R
+option is specified.
+In addition, these options override each other and the
+command's actions are determined by the last one specified.
+The default is as if the
+.Fl P
+option had been specified.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar group
+operand can be either a group name from the group database,
+or a numeric group ID.
+Since it is valid to have a group name that is numeric (and
+doesn't have the numeric ID that matches its name) the name lookup
+is always done first.
+Preceding the ID with a ``#'' character will force it to be taken
+as a number.
+.Pp
+The user invoking
+.Nm
+must belong to the specified group and be the owner of the file,
+or be the super-user.
+.Pp
+Unless invoked by the super-user,
+.Nm
+clears the set-user-id and set-group-id bits on a file to prevent
+accidental or mischievous creation of set-user-id or set-group-id
+programs.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/group -compact
+.It Pa /etc/group
+Group ID file
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std chgrp
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chown 2 ,
+.Xr lchown 2 ,
+.Xr fts 3 ,
+.Xr group 5 ,
+.Xr passwd 5 ,
+.Xr symlink 7 ,
+.Xr chown 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be POSIX 1003.2 compatible.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl v
+option and the use of ``#'' to force a numeric group ID
+are extensions to
+.St -p1003.2 .
diff --git a/bin/chown/chown.8 b/bin/chown/chown.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bfac72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/chown/chown.8
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994, 2003
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     from: @(#)chown.8	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/31/94
+.\"	$NetBSD: chown.8,v 1.12 2017/07/04 06:53:12 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd September 11, 2016
+.Dt CHOWN 8
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm chown
+.Nd change file owner and group
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fhv
+.Ar owner Ns Op Ar :group
+.Ar
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fhv
+.Ar :group
+.Ar
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl fhv
+.Fl Fl reference=rfile
+.Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+sets the user ID and/or the group ID of the specified files.
+Symbolic links named by arguments are silently left unchanged unless
+.Fl h
+is used.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl H
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, symbolic links on the command line are followed.
+(Symbolic links encountered in the tree traversal are not followed.)
+.It Fl L
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, all symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl P
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, no symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl R
+Change the user ID and/or the group ID for the file hierarchies rooted
+in the files instead of just the files themselves.
+.It Fl f
+Do not report any failure to change file owner or group, nor modify
+the exit status to reflect such failures.
+.It Fl h
+If
+.Ar file
+is a symbolic link, the owner and/or group of the link is changed.
+.It Fl v
+Cause
+.Nm
+to be verbose, showing files as they are processed.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl H ,
+.Fl L
+and
+.Fl P
+options are ignored unless the
+.Fl R
+option is specified.
+In addition, these options override each other and the
+command's actions are determined by the last one specified.
+The default is as if the
+.Fl P
+option had been specified.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl L
+option cannot be used together with the
+.Fl h
+option.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar owner
+and
+.Ar group
+operands are both optional, however, one must be specified; alternatively,
+both the owner and group may be specified using a reference
+.Ar rfile
+specified using the
+.Fl Fl reference
+argument.
+If the
+.Ar group
+operand is specified, it must be preceded by a colon (``:'') character.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar owner
+may be either a user name or a numeric user ID.
+The
+.Ar group
+may be either a group name or a numeric group ID.
+Since it is valid to have a user or group name that is numeric (and
+does not have the numeric ID that matches its name) the name lookup
+is always done first.
+Preceding an ID with a ``#'' character will force it to be taken
+as a number.
+.Pp
+The ownership of a file may only be altered by a super-user for
+obvious security reasons.
+.Pp
+Unless invoked by the super-user,
+.Nm
+clears the set-user-id and set-group-id bits on a file to prevent
+accidental or mischievous creation of set-user-id and set-group-id
+programs.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std chown
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+Previous versions of the
+.Nm
+utility used the dot (``.'') character to distinguish the group name.
+This has been changed to be a colon (``:'') character so that user and
+group names may contain the dot character.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chflags 1 ,
+.Xr chgrp 1 ,
+.Xr find 1 ,
+.Xr chown 2 ,
+.Xr lchown 2 ,
+.Xr fts 3 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+command is expected to be POSIX 1003.2 compliant.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl v
+option and the use of ``#'' to force a numeric lookup
+are extensions to
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/bin/chown/chown.c b/bin/chown/chown.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee46eee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/chown/chown.c
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: chown.c,v 1.8 2012/10/24 01:12:51 enami Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994, 2003
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994, 2003\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)chown.c	8.8 (Berkeley) 4/4/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: chown.c,v 1.8 2012/10/24 01:12:51 enami Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+
+static void	a_gid(const char *);
+static void	a_uid(const char *);
+static id_t	id(const char *, const char *);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+static uid_t uid;
+static gid_t gid;
+static int ischown;
+static const char *myname;
+
+struct option chown_longopts[] = {
+	{ "reference",		required_argument,	0,
+						1 },
+	{ NULL,			0,			0,
+						0 },
+};
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	FTS *ftsp;
+	FTSENT *p;
+	int Hflag, Lflag, Rflag, ch, fflag, fts_options, hflag, rval, vflag;
+	char *cp, *reference;
+	int (*change_owner)(const char *, uid_t, gid_t);
+
+	setprogname(*argv);
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	myname = getprogname();
+	ischown = (myname[2] == 'o');
+	reference = NULL;
+
+	Hflag = Lflag = Rflag = fflag = hflag = vflag = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt_long(argc, argv, "HLPRfhv",
+	    chown_longopts, NULL)) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 1:
+			reference = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'H':
+			Hflag = 1;
+			Lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			Lflag = 1;
+			Hflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			Hflag = Lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+			Rflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			fflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			/*
+			 * In System V the -h option causes chown/chgrp to
+			 * change the owner/group of the symbolic link.
+			 * 4.4BSD's symbolic links didn't have owners/groups,
+			 * so it was an undocumented noop.
+			 * In NetBSD 1.3, lchown(2) is introduced.
+			 */
+			hflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			vflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+
+	if (argc == 0 || (argc == 1 && reference == NULL))
+		usage();
+
+	fts_options = FTS_PHYSICAL;
+	if (Rflag) {
+		if (Hflag)
+			fts_options |= FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+		if (Lflag) {
+			if (hflag)
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "the -L and -h options "
+				    "may not be specified together.");
+			fts_options &= ~FTS_PHYSICAL;
+			fts_options |= FTS_LOGICAL;
+		}
+	} else if (!hflag)
+		fts_options |= FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+
+	uid = (uid_t)-1;
+	gid = (gid_t)-1;
+	if (reference == NULL) {
+		if (ischown) {
+			if ((cp = strchr(*argv, ':')) != NULL) {
+				*cp++ = '\0';
+				a_gid(cp);
+			}
+#ifdef SUPPORT_DOT
+			else if ((cp = strrchr(*argv, '.')) != NULL) {
+				if (uid_from_user(*argv, &uid) == -1) {
+					*cp++ = '\0';
+					a_gid(cp);
+				}
+			}
+#endif
+			a_uid(*argv);
+		} else
+			a_gid(*argv);
+		argv++;
+	} else {
+		struct stat st;
+
+		if (stat(reference, &st) == -1)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot stat `%s'", reference);
+		if (ischown)
+			uid = st.st_uid;
+		gid = st.st_gid;
+	}
+
+	if ((ftsp = fts_open(argv, fts_options, NULL)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fts_open");
+
+	for (rval = EXIT_SUCCESS; (p = fts_read(ftsp)) != NULL;) {
+		change_owner = chown;
+		switch (p->fts_info) {
+		case FTS_D:
+			if (!Rflag)		/* Change it at FTS_DP. */
+				fts_set(ftsp, p, FTS_SKIP);
+			continue;
+		case FTS_DNR:			/* Warn, chown, continue. */
+			warnx("%s: %s", p->fts_path, strerror(p->fts_errno));
+			rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+			break;
+		case FTS_ERR:			/* Warn, continue. */
+		case FTS_NS:
+			warnx("%s: %s", p->fts_path, strerror(p->fts_errno));
+			rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+			continue;
+		case FTS_SL:			/* Ignore unless -h. */
+			/*
+			 * All symlinks we found while doing a physical
+			 * walk end up here.
+			 */
+			if (!hflag)
+				continue;
+			/*
+			 * Note that if we follow a symlink, fts_info is
+			 * not FTS_SL but FTS_F or whatever.  And we should
+			 * use lchown only for FTS_SL and should use chown
+			 * for others.
+			 */
+			change_owner = lchown;
+			break;
+		case FTS_SLNONE:		/* Ignore. */
+			/*
+			 * The only symlinks that end up here are ones that
+			 * don't point to anything.  Note that if we are
+			 * doing a phisycal walk, we never reach here unless
+			 * we asked to follow explicitly.
+			 */
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if ((*change_owner)(p->fts_accpath, uid, gid) && !fflag) {
+			warn("%s", p->fts_path);
+			rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+		} else {
+			if (vflag)
+				printf("%s\n", p->fts_path);
+		}
+	}
+	if (errno)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fts_read");
+	exit(rval);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+a_gid(const char *s)
+{
+	struct group *gr;
+
+	if (*s == '\0')			/* Argument was "uid[:.]". */
+		return;
+	gr = *s == '#' ? NULL : getgrnam(s);
+	if (gr == NULL)
+		gid = id(s, "group");
+	else
+		gid = gr->gr_gid;
+	return;
+}
+
+static void
+a_uid(const char *s)
+{
+	if (*s == '\0')			/* Argument was "[:.]gid". */
+		return;
+	if (*s == '#' || uid_from_user(s, &uid) == -1) {
+		uid = id(s, "user");
+	}
+	return;
+}
+
+static id_t
+id(const char *name, const char *type)
+{
+	id_t val;
+	char *ep;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	if (*name == '#')
+		name++;
+	val = (id_t)strtoul(name, &ep, 10);
+	if (errno)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", name);
+	if (*ep != '\0')
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: invalid %s name", name, type);
+	return (val);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [-R [-H | -L | -P]] [-fhv] %s file ...\n"
+	    "\t%s [-R [-H | -L | -P]] [-fhv] --reference=rfile file ...\n",
+	    myname, ischown ? "owner:group|owner|:group" : "group",
+	    myname);
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/bin/cp/cp.1 b/bin/cp/cp.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d038da4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/cp/cp.1
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: cp.1,v 1.46 2018/12/23 01:29:23 gutteridge Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)cp.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
+.\"
+.Dd December 22, 2018
+.Dt CP 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cp
+.Nd copy files
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl f | i
+.Op Fl alNpv
+.Ar source_file target_file
+.Nm cp
+.Oo
+.Fl R
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Oc
+.Op Fl f | i
+.Op Fl alNpv
+.Ar source_file ... target_directory
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+In the first synopsis form, the
+.Nm
+utility copies the contents of the
+.Ar source_file
+to the
+.Ar target_file .
+In the second synopsis form,
+the contents of each named
+.Ar source_file
+is copied to the destination
+.Ar target_directory .
+The names of the files themselves are not changed.
+If
+.Nm
+detects an attempt to copy a file to itself, the copy will fail.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Fl a
+Archive mode.
+Same as
+.Fl RpP .
+.It Fl f
+For each existing destination pathname, attempt to overwrite it.
+If permissions do not allow copy to succeed, remove it and create a new
+file, without prompting for confirmation.
+(The
+.Fl i
+option is ignored if the
+.Fl f
+option is specified.)
+.It Fl H
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, symbolic links on the command line are followed.
+(Symbolic links encountered in the tree traversal are not followed.)
+.It Fl i
+Causes
+.Nm
+to write a prompt to the standard error output before copying a file
+that would overwrite an existing file.
+If the response from the standard input begins with the character
+.Sq Li y ,
+the file copy is attempted.
+.It Fl L
+If the
+.Fl R
+option is specified, all symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl l
+Create hard links to regular files in a hierarchy instead of copying.
+.It Fl N
+When used with
+.Fl p ,
+don't copy file flags.
+.It Fl P
+No symbolic links are followed.
+This is the default.
+.It Fl p
+Causes
+.Nm
+to preserve in the copy as many of the modification time, access time,
+file flags, file mode, user ID, group ID, and extended attributes,
+as allowed by permissions.
+.Pp
+If the user ID and group ID cannot be preserved due to insufficient
+permissions, no error message is displayed and the exit value is not
+altered.
+.Pp
+If the source file has its set user ID bit on and the user ID cannot
+be preserved, the set user ID bit is not preserved
+in the copy's permissions.
+If the source file has its set group ID bit on and the group ID cannot
+be preserved, the set group ID bit is not preserved
+in the copy's permissions.
+If the source file has both its set user ID and set group ID bits on,
+and either the user ID or group ID cannot be preserved, neither
+the set user ID or set group ID bits are preserved in the copy's
+permissions.
+.Pp
+Extended attributes from all accessible namespaces are copied;
+others are ignored.
+If an error occurs during this copy, a message is displayed and
+.Nm
+skips the other extended attributes for that file.
+.It Fl R
+If
+.Ar source_file
+designates a directory,
+.Nm
+copies the directory and the entire subtree connected at that point.
+This option also causes symbolic links to be copied, rather than
+followed, and for
+.Nm
+to create special files rather than copying them as normal files.
+Created directories have the same mode as the corresponding source
+directory, unmodified by the process's umask.
+.Pp
+Note that
+.Nm
+copies hard linked files as separate files.
+If you need to preserve hard links, consider using a utility like
+.Xr pax 1
+instead.
+.It Fl v
+Causes
+.Nm
+to be verbose, showing files as they are copied.
+.El
+.Pp
+For each destination file that already exists, its contents are
+overwritten if permissions allow, but its mode, user ID, and group
+ID are unchanged.
+.Pp
+In the second synopsis form,
+.Ar target_directory
+must exist unless there is only one named
+.Ar source_file
+which is a directory and the
+.Fl R
+flag is specified.
+.Pp
+If the destination file does not exist, the mode of the source file is
+used as modified by the file mode creation mask
+.Ic ( umask ,
+see
+.Xr csh 1 ) .
+If the source file has its set user ID bit on, that bit is removed
+unless both the source file and the destination file are owned by the
+same user.
+If the source file has its set group ID bit on, that bit is removed
+unless both the source file and the destination file are in the same
+group and the user is a member of that group.
+If both the set user ID and set group ID bits are set, all of the above
+conditions must be fulfilled or both bits are removed.
+.Pp
+Appropriate permissions are required for file creation or overwriting.
+.Pp
+Symbolic links are always followed unless the
+.Fl R
+flag is set, in which case symbolic links are not followed, by default.
+The
+.Fl H
+or
+.Fl L
+flags (in conjunction with the
+.Fl R
+flag), as well as the
+.Fl P
+flag cause symbolic links to be followed as described above.
+The
+.Fl H
+and
+.Fl L
+options are ignored unless the
+.Fl R
+option is specified.
+In addition, these options override each other and the
+command's actions are determined by the last one specified.
+The default is as if the
+.Fl P
+option had been specified.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std cp
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+Historic versions of the
+.Nm
+utility had a
+.Fl r
+option.
+This implementation supports that option, however, its use is strongly
+discouraged, as it does not correctly copy special files, symbolic links,
+or FIFOs.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mv 1 ,
+.Xr pax 1 ,
+.Xr rcp 1 ,
+.Xr umask 2 ,
+.Xr fts 3 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl a
+and
+.Fl l
+flags are non-standard extensions.
+They are intended to be compatible with the same options which
+other implementations, namely GNU coreutils and
+.Fx ,
+of this utility have.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl v
+option is an extension to
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/bin/cp/cp.c b/bin/cp/cp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f4fab1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/cp/cp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,548 @@
+/* $NetBSD: cp.c,v 1.59 2016/03/05 19:48:55 uwe Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * David Hitz of Auspex Systems Inc.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT(
+"@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cp.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 4/29/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cp.c,v 1.59 2016/03/05 19:48:55 uwe Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Cp copies source files to target files.
+ * 
+ * The global PATH_T structure "to" always contains the path to the
+ * current target file.  Since fts(3) does not change directories,
+ * this path can be either absolute or dot-relative.
+ * 
+ * The basic algorithm is to initialize "to" and use fts(3) to traverse
+ * the file hierarchy rooted in the argument list.  A trivial case is the
+ * case of 'cp file1 file2'.  The more interesting case is the case of
+ * 'cp file1 file2 ... fileN dir' where the hierarchy is traversed and the
+ * path (relative to the root of the traversal) is appended to dir (stored
+ * in "to") to form the final target path.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+#define	STRIP_TRAILING_SLASH(p) {					\
+        while ((p).p_end > (p).p_path + 1 && (p).p_end[-1] == '/')	\
+                *--(p).p_end = '\0';					\
+}
+
+static char empty[] = "";
+PATH_T to = { .p_end = to.p_path, .target_end = empty  };
+
+uid_t myuid;
+int Hflag, Lflag, Rflag, Pflag, fflag, iflag, lflag, pflag, rflag, vflag, Nflag;
+mode_t myumask;
+sig_atomic_t pinfo;
+
+enum op { FILE_TO_FILE, FILE_TO_DIR, DIR_TO_DNE };
+
+static int copy(char *[], enum op, int);
+
+static void
+progress(int sig __unused)
+{
+
+	pinfo++;
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct stat to_stat, tmp_stat;
+	enum op type;
+	int ch, fts_options, r, have_trailing_slash;
+	char *target, **src;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	Hflag = Lflag = Pflag = Rflag = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "HLNPRfailprv")) != -1) 
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'H':
+			Hflag = 1;
+			Lflag = Pflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			Lflag = 1;
+			Hflag = Pflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'N':
+			Nflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			Pflag = 1;
+			Hflag = Lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+			Rflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			Pflag = 1;
+			pflag = 1;
+			Rflag = 1;
+			Hflag = Lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			fflag = 1;
+			iflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			iflag = 1;
+			fflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			lflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			pflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			rflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			vflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc < 2)
+		usage();
+
+	fts_options = FTS_NOCHDIR | FTS_PHYSICAL;
+	if (rflag) {
+		if (Rflag) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+		    "the -R and -r options may not be specified together.");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		if (Hflag || Lflag || Pflag) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+	"the -H, -L, and -P options may not be specified with the -r option.");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		fts_options &= ~FTS_PHYSICAL;
+		fts_options |= FTS_LOGICAL;
+	}
+
+	if (Rflag) {
+		if (Hflag)
+			fts_options |= FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+		if (Lflag) {
+			fts_options &= ~FTS_PHYSICAL;
+			fts_options |= FTS_LOGICAL;
+		}
+	} else if (!Pflag) {
+		fts_options &= ~FTS_PHYSICAL;
+		fts_options |= FTS_LOGICAL | FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+	}
+
+	myuid = getuid();
+
+	/* Copy the umask for explicit mode setting. */
+	myumask = umask(0);
+	(void)umask(myumask);
+
+	/* Save the target base in "to". */
+	target = argv[--argc];
+	if (strlcpy(to.p_path, target, sizeof(to.p_path)) >= sizeof(to.p_path))
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: name too long", target);
+	to.p_end = to.p_path + strlen(to.p_path);
+	have_trailing_slash = (to.p_end[-1] == '/');
+	if (have_trailing_slash)
+		STRIP_TRAILING_SLASH(to);
+	to.target_end = to.p_end;
+
+	/* Set end of argument list for fts(3). */
+	argv[argc] = NULL;     
+	
+	(void)signal(SIGINFO, progress);
+	
+	/*
+	 * Cp has two distinct cases:
+	 *
+	 * cp [-R] source target
+	 * cp [-R] source1 ... sourceN directory
+	 *
+	 * In both cases, source can be either a file or a directory.
+	 *
+	 * In (1), the target becomes a copy of the source. That is, if the
+	 * source is a file, the target will be a file, and likewise for
+	 * directories.
+	 *
+	 * In (2), the real target is not directory, but "directory/source".
+	 */
+	if (Pflag)
+		r = lstat(to.p_path, &to_stat);
+	else
+		r = stat(to.p_path, &to_stat);
+	if (r == -1 && errno != ENOENT) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", to.p_path);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	if (r == -1 || !S_ISDIR(to_stat.st_mode)) {
+		/*
+		 * Case (1).  Target is not a directory.
+		 */ 
+		if (argc > 1)
+			usage();
+		/*
+		 * Need to detect the case:
+		 *	cp -R dir foo
+		 * Where dir is a directory and foo does not exist, where
+		 * we want pathname concatenations turned on but not for
+		 * the initial mkdir().
+		 */
+		if (r == -1) {
+			if (rflag || (Rflag && (Lflag || Hflag)))
+				r = stat(*argv, &tmp_stat);
+			else
+				r = lstat(*argv, &tmp_stat);
+			if (r == -1) {
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", *argv);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+			}
+			
+			if (S_ISDIR(tmp_stat.st_mode) && (Rflag || rflag))
+				type = DIR_TO_DNE;
+			else
+				type = FILE_TO_FILE;
+		} else
+			type = FILE_TO_FILE;
+
+		if (have_trailing_slash && type == FILE_TO_FILE) {
+			if (r == -1)
+				errx(1, "directory %s does not exist",
+				     to.p_path);
+			else
+				errx(1, "%s is not a directory", to.p_path);
+		}
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Case (2).  Target is a directory.
+		 */
+		type = FILE_TO_DIR;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * make "cp -rp src/ dst" behave like "cp -rp src dst" not
+	 * like "cp -rp src/. dst"
+	 */
+	for (src = argv; *src; src++) {
+		size_t len = strlen(*src);
+		while (len-- > 1 && (*src)[len] == '/')
+			(*src)[len] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	exit(copy(argv, type, fts_options));
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static int dnestack[MAXPATHLEN]; /* unlikely we'll have more nested dirs */
+static ssize_t dnesp;
+static void
+pushdne(int dne)
+{
+
+	dnestack[dnesp++] = dne;
+	assert(dnesp < MAXPATHLEN);
+}
+
+static int
+popdne(void)
+{
+	int rv;
+
+	rv = dnestack[--dnesp];
+	assert(dnesp >= 0);
+	return rv;
+}
+
+static int
+copy(char *argv[], enum op type, int fts_options)
+{
+	struct stat to_stat;
+	FTS *ftsp;
+	FTSENT *curr;
+	int base, dne, sval;
+	int this_failed, any_failed;
+	size_t nlen;
+	char *p, *target_mid;
+
+	base = 0;	/* XXX gcc -Wuninitialized (see comment below) */
+
+	if ((ftsp = fts_open(argv, fts_options, NULL)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", argv[0]);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	for (any_failed = 0; (curr = fts_read(ftsp)) != NULL;) {
+		this_failed = 0;
+		switch (curr->fts_info) {
+		case FTS_NS:
+		case FTS_DNR:
+		case FTS_ERR:
+			warnx("%s: %s", curr->fts_path,
+					strerror(curr->fts_errno));
+			this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+			continue;
+		case FTS_DC:			/* Warn, continue. */
+			warnx("%s: directory causes a cycle", curr->fts_path);
+			this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If we are in case (2) or (3) above, we need to append the 
+                 * source name to the target name.  
+                 */
+		if (type != FILE_TO_FILE) {
+			if ((curr->fts_namelen +
+			    to.target_end - to.p_path + 1) > MAXPATHLEN) {
+				warnx("%s/%s: name too long (not copied)",
+						to.p_path, curr->fts_name);
+				this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Need to remember the roots of traversals to create
+			 * correct pathnames.  If there's a directory being
+			 * copied to a non-existent directory, e.g.
+			 *	cp -R a/dir noexist
+			 * the resulting path name should be noexist/foo, not
+			 * noexist/dir/foo (where foo is a file in dir), which
+			 * is the case where the target exists.
+			 *
+			 * Also, check for "..".  This is for correct path
+			 * concatentation for paths ending in "..", e.g.
+			 *	cp -R .. /tmp
+			 * Paths ending in ".." are changed to ".".  This is
+			 * tricky, but seems the easiest way to fix the problem.
+			 *
+			 * XXX
+			 * Since the first level MUST be FTS_ROOTLEVEL, base
+			 * is always initialized.
+			 */
+			if (curr->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) {
+				if (type != DIR_TO_DNE) {
+					p = strrchr(curr->fts_path, '/');
+					base = (p == NULL) ? 0 : 
+					    (int)(p - curr->fts_path + 1);
+
+					if (!strcmp(&curr->fts_path[base], 
+					    ".."))
+						base += 1;
+				} else
+					base = curr->fts_pathlen;
+			}
+
+			p = &curr->fts_path[base];
+			nlen = curr->fts_pathlen - base;
+			target_mid = to.target_end;
+			if (*p != '/' && target_mid[-1] != '/')
+				*target_mid++ = '/';
+			*target_mid = 0;
+
+			if (target_mid - to.p_path + nlen >= PATH_MAX) {
+				warnx("%s%s: name too long (not copied)",
+				    to.p_path, p);
+				this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+				continue;
+			}
+			(void)strncat(target_mid, p, nlen);
+			to.p_end = target_mid + nlen;
+			*to.p_end = 0;
+			STRIP_TRAILING_SLASH(to);
+		}
+
+		sval = Pflag ? lstat(to.p_path, &to_stat) : stat(to.p_path, &to_stat);
+		/* Not an error but need to remember it happened */
+		if (sval == -1)
+			dne = 1;
+		else {
+			if (to_stat.st_dev == curr->fts_statp->st_dev &&
+			    to_stat.st_ino == curr->fts_statp->st_ino) {
+				warnx("%s and %s are identical (not copied).",
+				    to.p_path, curr->fts_path);
+				this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+				if (S_ISDIR(curr->fts_statp->st_mode))
+					(void)fts_set(ftsp, curr, FTS_SKIP);
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (!S_ISDIR(curr->fts_statp->st_mode) &&
+			    S_ISDIR(to_stat.st_mode)) {
+		warnx("cannot overwrite directory %s with non-directory %s",
+				    to.p_path, curr->fts_path);
+				this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+				continue;
+			}
+			dne = 0;
+		}
+
+		switch (curr->fts_statp->st_mode & S_IFMT) {
+		case S_IFLNK:
+			/* Catch special case of a non dangling symlink */
+			if((fts_options & FTS_LOGICAL) ||
+			   ((fts_options & FTS_COMFOLLOW) && curr->fts_level == 0)) {
+				if (copy_file(curr, dne))
+					this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+			} else {	
+				if (copy_link(curr, !dne))
+					this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+			}
+			break;
+		case S_IFDIR:
+			if (!Rflag && !rflag) {
+				if (curr->fts_info == FTS_D)
+					warnx("%s is a directory (not copied).",
+					    curr->fts_path);
+				(void)fts_set(ftsp, curr, FTS_SKIP);
+				this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+
+                        /*
+                         * Directories get noticed twice:
+                         *  In the first pass, create it if needed.
+                         *  In the second pass, after the children have been copied, set the permissions.
+                         */
+			if (curr->fts_info == FTS_D) /* First pass */
+			{
+				/*
+				 * If the directory doesn't exist, create the new
+				 * one with the from file mode plus owner RWX bits,
+				 * modified by the umask.  Trade-off between being
+				 * able to write the directory (if from directory is
+				 * 555) and not causing a permissions race.  If the
+				 * umask blocks owner writes, we fail..
+				 */
+				pushdne(dne);
+				if (dne) {
+					if (mkdir(to.p_path, 
+					    curr->fts_statp->st_mode | S_IRWXU) < 0)
+						err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s",
+						    to.p_path);
+						/* NOTREACHED */
+				} else if (!S_ISDIR(to_stat.st_mode)) {
+					errno = ENOTDIR;
+					err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s",
+						to.p_path);
+					/* NOTREACHED */
+				}
+			}
+			else if (curr->fts_info == FTS_DP) /* Second pass */
+			{
+	                        /*
+				 * If not -p and directory didn't exist, set it to be
+				 * the same as the from directory, umodified by the 
+                        	 * umask; arguably wrong, but it's been that way 
+                        	 * forever.
+				 */
+				if (pflag && setfile(curr->fts_statp, 0))
+					this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+				else if ((dne = popdne()))
+					(void)chmod(to.p_path, 
+					    curr->fts_statp->st_mode);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				warnx("directory %s encountered when not expected.",
+				    curr->fts_path);
+				this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case S_IFBLK:
+		case S_IFCHR:
+			if (Rflag) {
+				if (copy_special(curr->fts_statp, !dne))
+					this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+			} else
+				if (copy_file(curr, dne))
+					this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+			break;
+		case S_IFIFO:
+			if (Rflag) {
+				if (copy_fifo(curr->fts_statp, !dne))
+					this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+			} else 
+				if (copy_file(curr, dne))
+					this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (copy_file(curr, dne))
+				this_failed = any_failed = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (vflag && !this_failed)
+			(void)printf("%s -> %s\n", curr->fts_path, to.p_path);
+	}
+	if (errno) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fts_read");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	(void)fts_close(ftsp);
+	return (any_failed);
+}
diff --git a/bin/cp/extern.h b/bin/cp/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e393844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/cp/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* $NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.17 2012/01/04 15:58:37 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/1/94
+ */
+
+#ifndef _EXTERN_H_
+#define _EXTERN_H_
+
+typedef struct {
+	char *p_end;			/* pointer to NULL at end of path */
+	char *target_end;		/* pointer to end of target base */
+	char p_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1];	/* pointer to the start of a path */
+} PATH_T;
+
+extern PATH_T to;
+extern uid_t myuid;
+extern int Rflag, rflag, Hflag, Lflag, Pflag, fflag, iflag, lflag, pflag, Nflag;
+extern mode_t myumask;
+extern sig_atomic_t pinfo;
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+int	copy_fifo(struct stat *, int);
+int	copy_file(FTSENT *, int);
+int	copy_link(FTSENT *, int);
+int	copy_special(struct stat *, int);
+int	set_utimes(const char *, struct stat *);
+int	setfile(struct stat *, int);
+void	usage(void) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* !_EXTERN_H_ */
diff --git a/bin/cp/utils.c b/bin/cp/utils.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6275fc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/cp/utils.c
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+/* $NetBSD: utils.c,v 1.46 2018/07/17 13:04:58 darcy Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)utils.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/1/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: utils.c,v 1.46 2018/07/17 13:04:58 darcy Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/extattr.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+#define	MMAP_MAX_SIZE	(8 * 1048576)
+#define	MMAP_MAX_WRITE	(64 * 1024)
+
+int
+set_utimes(const char *file, struct stat *fs)
+{
+    struct timespec ts[2];
+
+    ts[0] = fs->st_atimespec;
+    ts[1] = fs->st_mtimespec;
+
+    if (lutimens(file, ts)) {
+	warn("lutimens: %s", file);
+	return (1);
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+struct finfo {
+	const char *from;
+	const char *to;
+	off_t size;
+};
+
+static void
+progress(const struct finfo *fi, off_t written)
+{
+	int pcent = (int)((100.0 * written) / fi->size);
+
+	pinfo = 0;
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s => %s %llu/%llu bytes %d%% written\n",
+	    fi->from, fi->to, (unsigned long long)written,
+	    (unsigned long long)fi->size, pcent);
+}
+
+int
+copy_file(FTSENT *entp, int dne)
+{
+	static char buf[MAXBSIZE];
+	struct stat to_stat, *fs;
+	int ch, checkch, from_fd, rcount, rval, to_fd, tolnk, wcount;
+	char *p;
+	off_t ptotal = 0;
+
+	/* if hard linking then simply link and return */
+	if (lflag) {
+		(void)unlink(to.p_path);
+		if (link(entp->fts_path, to.p_path)) {
+			warn("%s", to.p_path);
+			return (1);
+		}
+		return (0);
+	}
+
+	if ((from_fd = open(entp->fts_path, O_RDONLY, 0)) == -1) {
+		warn("%s", entp->fts_path);
+		return (1);
+	}
+
+	to_fd = -1;
+	fs = entp->fts_statp;
+	tolnk = ((Rflag && !(Lflag || Hflag)) || Pflag);
+
+	/*
+	 * If the file exists and we're interactive, verify with the user.
+	 * If the file DNE, set the mode to be the from file, minus setuid
+	 * bits, modified by the umask; arguably wrong, but it makes copying
+	 * executables work right and it's been that way forever.  (The
+	 * other choice is 666 or'ed with the execute bits on the from file
+	 * modified by the umask.)
+	 */
+	if (!dne) {
+		struct stat sb;
+		int sval;
+
+		if (iflag) {
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, "overwrite %s? ", to.p_path);
+			checkch = ch = getchar();
+			while (ch != '\n' && ch != EOF)
+				ch = getchar();
+			if (checkch != 'y' && checkch != 'Y') {
+				(void)close(from_fd);
+				return (0);
+			}
+		}
+
+		sval = tolnk ?
+			lstat(to.p_path, &sb) : stat(to.p_path, &sb);
+		if (sval == -1) {
+			warn("stat: %s", to.p_path);
+			(void)close(from_fd);
+			return (1);
+		}
+
+		if (!(tolnk && S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode)))
+			to_fd = open(to.p_path, O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC, 0);
+	} else
+		to_fd = open(to.p_path, O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | O_CREAT,
+		    fs->st_mode & ~(S_ISUID | S_ISGID));
+
+	if (to_fd == -1 && (fflag || tolnk)) {
+		/*
+		 * attempt to remove existing destination file name and
+		 * create a new file
+		 */
+		(void)unlink(to.p_path);
+		to_fd = open(to.p_path, O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | O_CREAT,
+			     fs->st_mode & ~(S_ISUID | S_ISGID));
+	}
+
+	if (to_fd == -1) {
+		warn("%s", to.p_path);
+		(void)close(from_fd);
+		return (1);
+	}
+
+	rval = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * There's no reason to do anything other than close the file
+	 * now if it's empty, so let's not bother.
+	 */
+	if (fs->st_size > 0) {
+		struct finfo fi;
+
+		fi.from = entp->fts_path;
+		fi.to = to.p_path;
+		fi.size = fs->st_size;
+
+		/*
+		 * Mmap and write if less than 8M (the limit is so
+		 * we don't totally trash memory on big files).
+		 * This is really a minor hack, but it wins some CPU back.
+		 */
+		bool use_read;
+
+		use_read = true;
+		if (fs->st_size <= MMAP_MAX_SIZE) {
+			size_t fsize = (size_t)fs->st_size;
+			p = mmap(NULL, fsize, PROT_READ, MAP_FILE|MAP_SHARED,
+			    from_fd, (off_t)0);
+			if (p != MAP_FAILED) {
+				size_t remainder;
+
+				use_read = false;
+
+				(void) madvise(p, (size_t)fs->st_size,
+				     MADV_SEQUENTIAL);
+
+				/*
+				 * Write out the data in small chunks to
+				 * avoid locking the output file for a
+				 * long time if the reading the data from
+				 * the source is slow.
+				 */
+				remainder = fsize;
+				do {
+					ssize_t chunk;
+
+					chunk = (remainder > MMAP_MAX_WRITE) ?
+					    MMAP_MAX_WRITE : remainder;
+					if (write(to_fd, &p[fsize - remainder],
+					    chunk) != chunk) {
+						warn("%s", to.p_path);
+						rval = 1;
+						break;
+					}
+					remainder -= chunk;
+					ptotal += chunk;
+					if (pinfo)
+						progress(&fi, ptotal);
+				} while (remainder > 0);
+
+				if (munmap(p, fsize) < 0) {
+					warn("%s", entp->fts_path);
+					rval = 1;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (use_read) {
+			while ((rcount = read(from_fd, buf, MAXBSIZE)) > 0) {
+				wcount = write(to_fd, buf, (size_t)rcount);
+				if (rcount != wcount || wcount == -1) {
+					warn("%s", to.p_path);
+					rval = 1;
+					break;
+				}
+				ptotal += wcount;
+				if (pinfo)
+					progress(&fi, ptotal);
+			}
+			if (rcount < 0) {
+				warn("%s", entp->fts_path);
+				rval = 1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (pflag && (fcpxattr(from_fd, to_fd) != 0))
+		warn("%s: error copying extended attributes", to.p_path);
+
+	(void)close(from_fd);
+
+	if (rval == 1) {
+		(void)close(to_fd);
+		return (1);
+	}
+
+	if (pflag && setfile(fs, to_fd))
+		rval = 1;
+	/*
+	 * If the source was setuid or setgid, lose the bits unless the
+	 * copy is owned by the same user and group.
+	 */
+#define	RETAINBITS \
+	(S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
+	if (!pflag && dne
+	    && fs->st_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID) && fs->st_uid == myuid) {
+		if (fstat(to_fd, &to_stat)) {
+			warn("%s", to.p_path);
+			rval = 1;
+		} else if (fs->st_gid == to_stat.st_gid &&
+		    fchmod(to_fd, fs->st_mode & RETAINBITS & ~myumask)) {
+			warn("%s", to.p_path);
+			rval = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	if (close(to_fd)) {
+		warn("%s", to.p_path);
+		rval = 1;
+	}
+	/* set the mod/access times now after close of the fd */
+	if (pflag && set_utimes(to.p_path, fs)) { 
+	    rval = 1;
+	}
+	return (rval);
+}
+
+int
+copy_link(FTSENT *p, int exists)
+{
+	int len;
+	char target[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	if ((len = readlink(p->fts_path, target, sizeof(target)-1)) == -1) {
+		warn("readlink: %s", p->fts_path);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	target[len] = '\0';
+	if (exists && unlink(to.p_path)) {
+		warn("unlink: %s", to.p_path);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if (symlink(target, to.p_path)) {
+		warn("symlink: %s", target);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	return (pflag ? setfile(p->fts_statp, 0) : 0);
+}
+
+int
+copy_fifo(struct stat *from_stat, int exists)
+{
+	if (exists && unlink(to.p_path)) {
+		warn("unlink: %s", to.p_path);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if (mkfifo(to.p_path, from_stat->st_mode)) {
+		warn("mkfifo: %s", to.p_path);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	return (pflag ? setfile(from_stat, 0) : 0);
+}
+
+int
+copy_special(struct stat *from_stat, int exists)
+{
+	if (exists && unlink(to.p_path)) {
+		warn("unlink: %s", to.p_path);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if (mknod(to.p_path, from_stat->st_mode, from_stat->st_rdev)) {
+		warn("mknod: %s", to.p_path);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	return (pflag ? setfile(from_stat, 0) : 0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: setfile
+ *
+ * Purpose:
+ *   Set the owner/group/permissions for the "to" file to the information
+ *   in the stat structure.  If fd is zero, also call set_utimes() to set
+ *   the mod/access times.  If fd is non-zero, the caller must do a utimes
+ *   itself after close(fd).
+ */
+int
+setfile(struct stat *fs, int fd)
+{
+	int rval, islink;
+
+	rval = 0;
+	islink = S_ISLNK(fs->st_mode);
+	fs->st_mode &= S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO;
+
+	/*
+	 * Changing the ownership probably won't succeed, unless we're root
+	 * or POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is not set.  Set uid/gid before setting
+	 * the mode; current BSD behavior is to remove all setuid bits on
+	 * chown.  If chown fails, lose setuid/setgid bits.
+	 */
+	if (fd ? fchown(fd, fs->st_uid, fs->st_gid) :
+	    lchown(to.p_path, fs->st_uid, fs->st_gid)) {
+		if (errno != EPERM) {
+			warn("chown: %s", to.p_path);
+			rval = 1;
+		}
+		fs->st_mode &= ~(S_ISUID | S_ISGID);
+	}
+	if (fd ? fchmod(fd, fs->st_mode) : lchmod(to.p_path, fs->st_mode)) {
+		warn("chmod: %s", to.p_path);
+		rval = 1;
+	}
+
+	if (!islink && !Nflag) {
+		unsigned long fflags = fs->st_flags;
+		/*
+		 * XXX
+		 * NFS doesn't support chflags; ignore errors unless
+		 * there's reason to believe we're losing bits.
+		 * (Note, this still won't be right if the server
+		 * supports flags and we were trying to *remove* flags
+		 * on a file that we copied, i.e., that we didn't create.)
+		 */
+		errno = 0;
+		if ((fd ? fchflags(fd, fflags) :
+		    chflags(to.p_path, fflags)) == -1)
+			if (errno != EOPNOTSUPP || fs->st_flags != 0) {
+				warn("chflags: %s", to.p_path);
+				rval = 1;
+			}
+	}
+	/* if fd is non-zero, caller must call set_utimes() after close() */
+	if (fd == 0 && set_utimes(to.p_path, fs))
+	    rval = 1;
+	return (rval);
+}
+
+void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "usage: %s [-R [-H | -L | -P]] [-f | -i] [-alNpv] src target\n"
+	    "       %s [-R [-H | -L | -P]] [-f | -i] [-alNpv] src1 ... srcN directory\n",
+	    getprogname(), getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/date/date.1 b/bin/date/date.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f15119a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/date/date.1
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: date.1,v 1.47 2018/01/27 18:59:38 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)date.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/28/95
+.\"
+.Dd January 25, 2018
+.Dt DATE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm date
+.Nd display or set date and time
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl ajnu
+.Op Fl d Ar date
+.Op Fl r Ar seconds
+.Op Cm + Ns Ar format
+.Sm off
+.Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo
+.Ar CC Oc
+.Ar yy Oc
+.Ar mm Oc
+.Ar dd Oc
+.Ar HH Oc Ar MM Oo
+.Li \&. Ar SS Oc Oc
+.Sm on
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+displays the current date and time when invoked without arguments.
+Providing arguments will format the date and time in a user-defined
+way or set the date.
+Only the superuser may set the date.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl a
+Use
+.Xr adjtime 2
+to change the local system time slowly,
+maintaining it as a monotonically increasing function.
+.Fl a
+implies
+.Fl n .
+.It Fl d Ar date
+Parse the provided human-described date and time and display the result without
+actually changing the system clock.
+(See
+.Xr parsedate 3
+for examples.)
+.It Fl j
+Parse the provided canonical representation of date and time (described below)
+and display the result without actually changing the system clock.
+.It Fl n
+The utility
+.Xr timed 8
+is used to synchronize the clocks on groups of machines.
+By default, if
+.Xr timed 8
+is running,
+.Nm
+will set the time on all of the machines in the local group.
+The
+.Fl n
+option stops
+.Nm
+from setting the time for other than the current machine.
+.It Fl r Ar seconds
+Print out the date and time that is
+.Ar seconds
+from the Epoch.
+.It Fl u
+Display or set the date in UTC (universal) time.
+.El
+.Pp
+An operand with a leading plus
+.Pq Cm +
+sign signals a user-defined format
+string which specifies the format in which to display the date and time.
+The format string may contain any of the conversion specifications described
+in the
+.Xr strftime 3
+manual page, as well as any arbitrary text.
+A <newline> character is always output after the characters
+specified by the format string.
+The format string for the default display is:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If an operand does not have a leading plus sign, it is interpreted as
+a value for setting the system's notion of the current date and time.
+The canonical representation for setting the date and time is:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact -offset indent
+.It Ar CC
+The first two digits of the year (the century).
+.It Ar yy
+The second two digits of the year.
+If
+.Ar yy
+is specified, but
+.Ar CC
+is not, a value for
+.Ar yy
+between 69 and 99 results in a
+.Ar CC
+value of 19.
+Otherwise, a
+.Ar CC
+value of 20 is used.
+.It Ar mm
+The month of the year, from 01 to 12.
+.It Ar dd
+The day of the month, from 01 to 31.
+.It Ar HH
+The hour of the day, from 00 to 23.
+.It Ar MM
+The minute of the hour, from 00 to 59.
+.It Ar SS
+The second of the minute, from 00 to 60.
+.El
+.Pp
+Everything but the minutes is optional.
+.Pp
+Time changes for Daylight Saving and Standard Time and leap seconds
+and years are handled automatically.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+The following environment variables affect the execution of
+.Nm :
+.Bl -tag -width iTZ
+.It Ev TZ
+The timezone to use when displaying dates.
+See
+.Xr environ 7
+for more information.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/zoneinfo/posixrules -compact
+.It Pa /etc/localtime
+Symlink pointing to system's default timezone information file in
+.Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo
+directory.
+.It Pa /usr/lib/locale/<L>/LC_TIME
+Description of time locale <L>.
+.It Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo
+Time zone information directory.
+.It Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo/posixrules
+Used with POSIX-style TZ's.
+.It Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo/GMT
+For UTC leap seconds.
+.It Pa /var/log/wtmp
+A record of date resets and time changes.
+.It Pa /var/log/messages
+A record of the user setting the time.
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo/GMT
+is absent, UTC leap seconds are loaded from
+.Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo/posixrules .
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The command:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+date '+DATE: %m/%d/%y%nTIME: %H:%M:%S'
+.Ed
+.Pp
+will display:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+DATE: 11/21/87
+TIME: 13:36:16
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The command:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+date 8506131627
+.Ed
+.Pp
+sets the date to
+.Dq Li "June 13, 1985, 4:27 PM" .
+.Pp
+The command:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+date 1432
+.Ed
+.Pp
+sets the time to
+.Li "2:32 PM" ,
+without modifying the date.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+Exit status is 0 on success, 1 if unable to set the date, and 2
+if able to set the local date, but unable to set it globally.
+.Pp
+Occasionally, when
+.Xr timed 8
+synchronizes the time on many hosts, the setting of a new time value may
+require more than a few seconds.
+On these occasions,
+.Nm
+prints:
+.Ql Network time being set .
+The message
+.Ql Communication error with
+.Xr timed 8
+occurs when the communication
+between
+.Nm
+and
+.Xr timed 8
+fails.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr adjtime 2 ,
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr settimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr parsedate 3 ,
+.Xr strftime 3 ,
+.Xr utmp 5 ,
+.Xr environ 7 ,
+.Xr timed 8
+.Rs
+.%T "TSP: The Time Synchronization Protocol for UNIX 4.3BSD"
+.%A R. Gusella
+.%A S. Zatti
+.Re
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be compatible with
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/bin/date/date.c b/bin/date/date.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a067457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/date/date.c
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+/* $NetBSD: date.c,v 1.61 2014/09/01 21:42:21 dholland Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1985, 1987, 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT(
+"@(#) Copyright (c) 1985, 1987, 1988, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)date.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: date.c,v 1.61 2014/09/01 21:42:21 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static time_t tval;
+static int aflag, jflag, rflag, nflag;
+
+__dead static void badcanotime(const char *, const char *, size_t);
+static void setthetime(const char *);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *buf;
+	size_t bufsiz;
+	const char *format;
+	int ch;
+	long long val;
+	struct tm *tm;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "ad:jnr:u")) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'a':		/* adjust time slowly */
+			aflag = 1;
+			nflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			rflag = 1;
+			tval = parsedate(optarg, NULL, NULL);
+			if (tval == -1) {
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "%s: Unrecognized date format", optarg);
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'j':		/* don't set time */
+			jflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'n':		/* don't set network */
+			nflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'r':		/* user specified seconds */
+			if (optarg[0] == '\0') {
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "<empty>: Invalid number");
+			}
+			errno = 0;
+			val = strtoll(optarg, &buf, 0);
+			if (errno) {
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", optarg);
+			}
+			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *buf != '\0') {
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "%s: Invalid number", optarg);
+			}
+			rflag = 1;
+			tval = (time_t)val;
+			break;
+		case 'u':		/* do everything in UTC */
+			(void)setenv("TZ", "UTC0", 1);
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (!rflag && time(&tval) == -1)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "time");
+
+
+	/* allow the operands in any order */
+	if (*argv && **argv == '+') {
+		format = *argv;
+		++argv;
+	} else
+		format = "+%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y";
+
+	if (*argv) {
+		setthetime(*argv);
+		++argv;
+	}
+
+	if (*argv && **argv == '+')
+		format = *argv;
+
+	if ((buf = malloc(bufsiz = 1024)) == NULL)
+		goto bad;
+
+	if ((tm = localtime(&tval)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%lld: localtime", (long long)tval);
+
+	while (strftime(buf, bufsiz, format, tm) == 0)
+		if ((buf = realloc(buf, bufsiz <<= 1)) == NULL)
+			goto bad;
+
+	(void)printf("%s\n", buf + 1);
+	free(buf);
+	return 0;
+bad:
+	err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot allocate format buffer");
+}
+
+static void
+badcanotime(const char *msg, const char *val, size_t where)
+{
+	warnx("%s in canonical time", msg);
+	warnx("%s", val);
+	warnx("%*s", (int)where + 1, "^");
+	usage();
+}
+
+#define ATOI2(s) ((s) += 2, ((s)[-2] - '0') * 10 + ((s)[-1] - '0'))
+
+static void
+setthetime(const char *p)
+{
+	struct timeval tv;
+	time_t new_time;
+	struct tm *lt;
+	const char *dot, *t, *op;
+	size_t len;
+	int yearset;
+
+	for (t = p, dot = NULL; *t; ++t) {
+		if (*t == '.') {
+			if (dot == NULL) {
+				dot = t;
+			} else {
+				badcanotime("Unexpected dot", p, t - p);
+			}
+		} else if (!isdigit((unsigned char)*t)) {
+			badcanotime("Expected digit", p, t - p);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ((lt = localtime(&tval)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%lld: localtime", (long long)tval);
+
+	lt->tm_isdst = -1;			/* Divine correct DST */
+
+	if (dot != NULL) {			/* .ss */
+		len = strlen(dot);
+		if (len > 3) {
+			badcanotime("Unexpected digit after seconds field",
+				    p, strlen(p) - 1);
+		} else if (len < 3) {
+			badcanotime("Expected digit in seconds field",
+				    p, strlen(p));
+		}
+		++dot;
+		lt->tm_sec = ATOI2(dot);
+		if (lt->tm_sec > 61)
+			badcanotime("Seconds out of range", p, strlen(p) - 1);
+	} else {
+		len = 0;
+		lt->tm_sec = 0;
+	}
+
+	op = p;
+	yearset = 0;
+	switch (strlen(p) - len) {
+	case 12:				/* cc */
+		lt->tm_year = ATOI2(p) * 100 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+		if (lt->tm_year < 0)
+			badcanotime("Year before 1900", op, p - op + 1);
+		yearset = 1;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 10:				/* yy */
+		if (yearset) {
+			lt->tm_year += ATOI2(p);
+		} else {
+			yearset = ATOI2(p);
+			if (yearset < 69)
+				lt->tm_year = yearset + 2000 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+			else
+				lt->tm_year = yearset + 1900 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 8:					/* mm */
+		lt->tm_mon = ATOI2(p);
+		if (lt->tm_mon > 12 || lt->tm_mon == 0)
+			badcanotime("Month out of range", op, p - op - 1);
+		--lt->tm_mon;			/* time struct is 0 - 11 */
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 6:					/* dd */
+		lt->tm_mday = ATOI2(p);
+		switch (lt->tm_mon) {
+		case 0:
+		case 2:
+		case 4:
+		case 6:
+		case 7:
+		case 9:
+		case 11:
+			if (lt->tm_mday > 31 || lt->tm_mday == 0)
+				badcanotime("Day out of range (max 31)",
+					    op, p - op - 1);
+			break;
+		case 3:
+		case 5:
+		case 8:
+		case 10:
+			if (lt->tm_mday > 30 || lt->tm_mday == 0)
+				badcanotime("Day out of range (max 30)",
+					    op, p - op - 1);
+			break;
+		case 1:
+			if (isleap(lt->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE)) {
+				if (lt->tm_mday > 29 || lt->tm_mday == 0) {
+					badcanotime("Day out of range "
+						    "(max 29)",
+						    op, p - op - 1);
+				}
+			} else {
+				if (lt->tm_mday > 28 || lt->tm_mday == 0) {
+					badcanotime("Day out of range "
+						    "(max 28)",
+						    op, p - op - 1);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		default:
+			/*
+			 * If the month was given, it's already been
+			 * checked.  If a bad value came back from
+			 * localtime, something's badly broken.
+			 * (make this an assertion?)
+			 */
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "localtime gave invalid month %d",
+			    lt->tm_mon);
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 4:					/* hh */
+		lt->tm_hour = ATOI2(p);
+		if (lt->tm_hour > 23)
+			badcanotime("Hour out of range", op, p - op - 1);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 2:					/* mm */
+		lt->tm_min = ATOI2(p);
+		if (lt->tm_min > 59)
+			badcanotime("Minute out of range", op, p - op - 1);
+		break;
+	case 0:					/* was just .sss */
+		if (len != 0)
+			break;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+	    if (strlen(p) - len > 12) {
+		    badcanotime("Too many digits", p, 12);
+	    } else {
+		    badcanotime("Not enough digits", p, strlen(p) - len);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* convert broken-down time to UTC clock time */
+	if ((new_time = mktime(lt)) == -1) {
+		/* Can this actually happen? */
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: mktime", op);
+	}
+
+	/* if jflag is set, don't actually change the time, just return */
+	if (jflag) {
+		tval = new_time;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* set the time */
+	if (nflag || netsettime(new_time)) {
+		logwtmp("|", "date", "");
+		if (aflag) {
+			tv.tv_sec = new_time - tval;
+			tv.tv_usec = 0;
+			if (adjtime(&tv, NULL))
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "adjtime");
+		} else {
+			tval = new_time;
+			tv.tv_sec = tval;
+			tv.tv_usec = 0;
+			if (settimeofday(&tv, NULL))
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "settimeofday");
+		}
+		logwtmp("{", "date", "");
+	}
+
+	if ((p = getlogin()) == NULL)
+		p = "???";
+	syslog(LOG_AUTH | LOG_NOTICE, "date set by %s", p);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [-ajnu] [-d date] [-r seconds] [+format]",
+	    getprogname());
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, " [[[[[[CC]yy]mm]dd]HH]MM[.SS]]\n");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/date/extern.h b/bin/date/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbb786f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/date/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* $NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.8 2006/11/17 22:11:28 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+#ifndef _EXTERN_H_
+#define _EXTERN_H_
+
+int netsettime(time_t);
+
+#endif /* !_EXTERN_H_ */
diff --git a/bin/date/netdate.c b/bin/date/netdate.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b5857c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/date/netdate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/* $NetBSD: netdate.c,v 1.30 2011/01/29 02:16:52 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)netdate.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: netdate.c,v 1.30 2011/01/29 02:16:52 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#define TSPTYPES
+#include <protocols/timed.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <poll.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+#define	WAITACK		2000	/* milliseconds */
+#define	WAITDATEACK	5000	/* milliseconds */
+
+static const char *
+tsp_type_to_string(const struct tsp *msg)
+{
+	unsigned i;
+
+	i = msg->tsp_type;
+	return i < TSPTYPENUMBER ? tsptype[i] : "unknown";
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the date in the machines controlled by timedaemons by communicating the
+ * new date to the local timedaemon.  If the timedaemon is in the master state,
+ * it performs the correction on all slaves.  If it is in the slave state, it
+ * notifies the master that a correction is needed.
+ * Returns 0 on success.  Returns > 0 on failure.
+ */
+int
+netsettime(time_t tval)
+{
+	struct sockaddr_in dest;
+	struct tsp msg;
+	char hostname[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
+	struct servent *sp;
+	struct pollfd ready;
+	int found, s, timed_ack, waittime;
+
+	if ((sp = getservbyname("timed", "udp")) == NULL) {
+		warnx("udp/timed: unknown service");
+		return 2;
+	}
+
+	(void)memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest));
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+	dest.sin_len = sizeof(dest);
+#endif
+	dest.sin_family = AF_INET;
+	dest.sin_port = sp->s_port;
+	dest.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY);
+	s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
+	if (s == -1) {
+		if (errno != EAFNOSUPPORT)
+			warn("timed");
+		return 2;
+	}
+
+#ifdef IP_PORTRANGE
+	{
+		static const int on = IP_PORTRANGE_LOW;
+
+		if (setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_PORTRANGE, &on,
+		    sizeof(on)) == -1) {
+			warn("setsockopt");
+			goto bad;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	msg.tsp_type = TSP_SETDATE;
+	msg.tsp_vers = TSPVERSION;
+	if (gethostname(hostname, sizeof(hostname)) == -1) {
+		warn("gethostname");
+		goto bad;
+	}
+	(void)strlcpy(msg.tsp_name, hostname, sizeof(msg.tsp_name));
+	msg.tsp_seq = htons((in_port_t)0);
+	msg.tsp_time.tv_sec = htonl((in_addr_t)tval); /* XXX: y2038 */
+	msg.tsp_time.tv_usec = htonl((in_addr_t)0);
+	if (connect(s, (const void *)&dest, sizeof(dest)) == -1) {
+		warn("connect");
+		goto bad;
+	}
+	if (send(s, &msg, sizeof(msg), 0) == -1) {
+		if (errno != ECONNREFUSED)
+			warn("send");
+		goto bad;
+	}
+
+	timed_ack = -1;
+	waittime = WAITACK;
+	ready.fd = s;
+	ready.events = POLLIN;
+loop:
+	found = poll(&ready, 1, waittime);
+
+	{
+		socklen_t len;
+		int error;
+
+		len = sizeof(error);
+		if (getsockopt(s, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, &error, &len) == -1) {
+			warn("getsockopt");
+			goto bad;
+		}
+		if (error) {
+			if (error != ECONNREFUSED) {
+				errno = error;
+				warn("send (delayed error)");
+			}
+			goto bad;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (found > 0 && ready.revents & POLLIN) {
+		ssize_t ret;
+
+		if ((ret = recv(s, &msg, sizeof(msg), 0)) == -1) {
+			if (errno != ECONNREFUSED)
+				warn("recv");
+			goto bad;
+		} else if ((size_t)ret < sizeof(msg)) {
+			warnx("recv: incomplete packet");
+			goto bad;
+		}
+
+		msg.tsp_seq = ntohs(msg.tsp_seq);
+		msg.tsp_time.tv_sec = ntohl(msg.tsp_time.tv_sec);
+		msg.tsp_time.tv_usec = ntohl(msg.tsp_time.tv_usec);
+		switch (msg.tsp_type) {
+		case TSP_ACK:
+			timed_ack = TSP_ACK;
+			waittime = WAITDATEACK;
+			goto loop;
+		case TSP_DATEACK:
+			(void)close(s);
+			return 0;
+		default:
+			warnx("wrong ack received from timed: %s", 
+			    tsp_type_to_string(&msg));
+			timed_ack = -1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (timed_ack == -1)
+		warnx("can't reach time daemon, time set locally");
+
+bad:
+	(void)close(s);
+	return 2;
+}
diff --git a/bin/dd/args.c b/bin/dd/args.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..748f52c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/dd/args.c
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: args.c,v 1.40 2019/01/30 01:40:02 mrg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego and Lance
+ * Visser of Convex Computer Corporation.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)args.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: args.c,v 1.40 2019/01/30 01:40:02 mrg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#ifndef NO_IOFLAG
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif /* NO_IOFLAG */
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "dd.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static int	c_arg(const void *, const void *);
+
+#ifdef NO_MSGFMT
+static void	f_msgfmt(char *) __dead;
+#else
+static void	f_msgfmt(char *);
+#endif /* NO_MSGFMT */
+
+#ifdef NO_CONV
+static void	f_conv(char *) __dead;
+#else
+static void	f_conv(char *);
+static int	c_conv(const void *, const void *);
+#endif /* NO_CONV */
+
+#ifdef NO_IOFLAG
+static void	f_iflag(char *) __dead;
+static void	f_oflag(char *) __dead;
+#else
+static void	f_iflag(char *);
+static void	f_oflag(char *);
+static u_int	f_ioflag(char *, u_int);
+static int	c_ioflag(const void *, const void *);
+#endif /* NO_IOFLAG */
+
+static void	f_bs(char *);
+static void	f_cbs(char *);
+static void	f_count(char *);
+static void	f_files(char *);
+static void	f_ibs(char *);
+static void	f_if(char *);
+static void	f_obs(char *);
+static void	f_of(char *);
+static void	f_seek(char *);
+static void	f_skip(char *);
+static void	f_progress(char *);
+
+static const struct arg {
+	const char *name;
+	void (*f)(char *);
+	u_int set, noset;
+} args[] = {
+     /* the array needs to be sorted by the first column so
+	bsearch() can be used to find commands quickly */
+	{ "bs",		f_bs,		C_BS,	 C_BS|C_IBS|C_OBS|C_OSYNC },
+	{ "cbs",	f_cbs,		C_CBS,	 C_CBS },
+	{ "conv",	f_conv,		0,	 0 },
+	{ "count",	f_count,	C_COUNT, C_COUNT },
+	{ "files",	f_files,	C_FILES, C_FILES },
+	{ "ibs",	f_ibs,		C_IBS,	 C_BS|C_IBS },
+	{ "if",		f_if,		C_IF,	 C_IF },
+	{ "iflag",	f_iflag,	C_IFLAG, C_IFLAG },
+	{ "iseek",	f_skip,		C_SKIP,	 C_SKIP },
+	{ "msgfmt",	f_msgfmt,	0,	 0 },
+	{ "obs",	f_obs,		C_OBS,	 C_BS|C_OBS },
+	{ "of",		f_of,		C_OF,	 C_OF },
+	{ "oflag",	f_oflag,	C_OFLAG, C_OFLAG },
+	{ "oseek",	f_seek,		C_SEEK,	 C_SEEK },
+	{ "progress",	f_progress,	0,	 0 },
+	{ "seek",	f_seek,		C_SEEK,	 C_SEEK },
+	{ "skip",	f_skip,		C_SKIP,	 C_SKIP },
+};
+
+/*
+ * args -- parse JCL syntax of dd.
+ */
+void
+jcl(char **argv)
+{
+	struct arg *ap, tmp;
+	char *oper, *arg;
+
+	in.dbsz = out.dbsz = 512;
+
+	while ((oper = *++argv) != NULL) {
+		if ((oper = strdup(oper)) == NULL) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+			    "unable to allocate space for the argument %s",
+			    *argv);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		if ((arg = strchr(oper, '=')) == NULL) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "unknown operand %s", oper);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		*arg++ = '\0';
+		if (!*arg) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "no value specified for %s", oper);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		tmp.name = oper;
+		if (!(ap = bsearch(&tmp, args,
+		    __arraycount(args), sizeof(*args), c_arg))) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "unknown operand %s", tmp.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		if (ddflags & ap->noset) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+			    "%s: illegal argument combination or already set",
+			    tmp.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		ddflags |= ap->set;
+		ap->f(arg);
+	}
+
+	/* Final sanity checks. */
+
+	if (ddflags & C_BS) {
+		/*
+		 * Bs is turned off by any conversion -- we assume the user
+		 * just wanted to set both the input and output block sizes
+		 * and didn't want the bs semantics, so we don't warn.
+		 */
+		if (ddflags & (C_BLOCK | C_LCASE | C_SWAB | C_UCASE |
+		    C_UNBLOCK | C_OSYNC | C_ASCII | C_EBCDIC | C_SPARSE)) {
+			ddflags &= ~C_BS;
+			ddflags |= C_IBS|C_OBS;
+		}
+
+		/* Bs supersedes ibs and obs. */
+		if (ddflags & C_BS && ddflags & (C_IBS|C_OBS))
+			warnx("bs supersedes ibs and obs");
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Ascii/ebcdic and cbs implies block/unblock.
+	 * Block/unblock requires cbs and vice-versa.
+	 */
+	if (ddflags & (C_BLOCK|C_UNBLOCK)) {
+		if (!(ddflags & C_CBS)) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "record operations require cbs");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		cfunc = ddflags & C_BLOCK ? block : unblock;
+	} else if (ddflags & C_CBS) {
+		if (ddflags & (C_ASCII|C_EBCDIC)) {
+			if (ddflags & C_ASCII) {
+				ddflags |= C_UNBLOCK;
+				cfunc = unblock;
+			} else {
+				ddflags |= C_BLOCK;
+				cfunc = block;
+			}
+		} else {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+			    "cbs meaningless if not doing record operations");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	} else
+		cfunc = def;
+
+	/* Read, write and seek calls take off_t as arguments.
+	 *
+	 * The following check is not done because an off_t is a quad
+	 *  for current NetBSD implementations.
+	 *
+	 * if (in.offset > INT_MAX/in.dbsz || out.offset > INT_MAX/out.dbsz)
+	 *	errx(1, "seek offsets cannot be larger than %d", INT_MAX);
+	 */
+}
+
+static int
+c_arg(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+
+	return (strcmp(((const struct arg *)a)->name,
+	    ((const struct arg *)b)->name));
+}
+
+static void
+f_bs(char *arg)
+{
+
+	in.dbsz = out.dbsz = strsuftoll("block size", arg, 1, UINT_MAX);
+}
+
+static void
+f_cbs(char *arg)
+{
+
+	cbsz = strsuftoll("conversion record size", arg, 1, UINT_MAX);
+}
+
+static void
+f_count(char *arg)
+{
+
+	cpy_cnt = strsuftoll("block count", arg, 0, LLONG_MAX);
+	if (!cpy_cnt)
+		terminate(0);
+}
+
+static void
+f_files(char *arg)
+{
+
+	files_cnt = (u_int)strsuftoll("file count", arg, 0, UINT_MAX);
+	if (!files_cnt)
+		terminate(0);
+}
+
+static void
+f_ibs(char *arg)
+{
+
+	if (!(ddflags & C_BS))
+		in.dbsz = strsuftoll("input block size", arg, 1, UINT_MAX);
+}
+
+static void
+f_if(char *arg)
+{
+
+	in.name = arg;
+}
+
+#ifdef NO_MSGFMT
+/* Build a small version (i.e. for a ramdisk root) */
+static void
+f_msgfmt(char *arg)
+{
+
+	errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "msgfmt option disabled");
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+#else	/* NO_MSGFMT */
+static void
+f_msgfmt(char *arg)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * If the format string is not valid, dd_write_msg() will print
+	 * an error and exit.
+	 */
+	dd_write_msg(arg, 0);
+
+	msgfmt = arg;
+}
+#endif	/* NO_MSGFMT */
+
+static void
+f_obs(char *arg)
+{
+
+	if (!(ddflags & C_BS))
+		out.dbsz = strsuftoll("output block size", arg, 1, UINT_MAX);
+}
+
+static void
+f_of(char *arg)
+{
+
+	out.name = arg;
+}
+
+static void
+f_seek(char *arg)
+{
+
+	out.offset = strsuftoll("seek blocks", arg, 0, LLONG_MAX);
+}
+
+static void
+f_skip(char *arg)
+{
+
+	in.offset = strsuftoll("skip blocks", arg, 0, LLONG_MAX);
+}
+
+static void
+f_progress(char *arg)
+{
+
+	progress = strsuftoll("progress blocks", arg, 0, LLONG_MAX);
+}
+
+#ifdef	NO_CONV
+/* Build a small version (i.e. for a ramdisk root) */
+static void
+f_conv(char *arg)
+{
+
+	errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "conv option disabled");
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+#else	/* NO_CONV */
+
+static const struct conv {
+	const char *name;
+	u_int set, noset;
+	const u_char *ctab;
+} clist[] = {
+	{ "ascii",	C_ASCII,	C_EBCDIC,	e2a_POSIX },
+	{ "block",	C_BLOCK,	C_UNBLOCK,	NULL },
+	{ "ebcdic",	C_EBCDIC,	C_ASCII,	a2e_POSIX },
+	{ "ibm",	C_EBCDIC,	C_ASCII,	a2ibm_POSIX },
+	{ "lcase",	C_LCASE,	C_UCASE,	NULL },
+	{ "noerror",	C_NOERROR,	0,		NULL },
+	{ "notrunc",	C_NOTRUNC,	0,		NULL },
+	{ "oldascii",	C_ASCII,	C_EBCDIC,	e2a_32V },
+	{ "oldebcdic",	C_EBCDIC,	C_ASCII,	a2e_32V },
+	{ "oldibm",	C_EBCDIC,	C_ASCII,	a2ibm_32V },
+	{ "osync",	C_OSYNC,	C_BS,		NULL },
+	{ "sparse",	C_SPARSE,	0,		NULL },
+	{ "swab",	C_SWAB,		0,		NULL },
+	{ "sync",	C_SYNC,		0,		NULL },
+	{ "ucase",	C_UCASE,	C_LCASE,	NULL },
+	{ "unblock",	C_UNBLOCK,	C_BLOCK,	NULL },
+	/* If you add items to this table, be sure to add the
+	 * conversions to the C_BS check in the jcl routine above.
+	 */
+};
+
+static void
+f_conv(char *arg)
+{
+	struct conv *cp, tmp;
+
+	while (arg != NULL) {
+		tmp.name = strsep(&arg, ",");
+		if (!(cp = bsearch(&tmp, clist,
+		    __arraycount(clist), sizeof(*clist), c_conv))) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "unknown conversion %s", tmp.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		if (ddflags & cp->noset) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+			    "%s: illegal conversion combination", tmp.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		ddflags |= cp->set;
+		if (cp->ctab)
+			ctab = cp->ctab;
+	}
+}
+
+static int
+c_conv(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+
+	return (strcmp(((const struct conv *)a)->name,
+	    ((const struct conv *)b)->name));
+}
+
+#endif	/* NO_CONV */
+
+static void
+f_iflag(char *arg)
+{
+/* Build a small version (i.e. for a ramdisk root) */
+#ifdef	NO_IOFLAG
+	errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "iflag option disabled");
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+#else
+	iflag = f_ioflag(arg, C_IFLAG);
+	return;
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+f_oflag(char *arg)
+{
+/* Build a small version (i.e. for a ramdisk root) */
+#ifdef	NO_IOFLAG
+	errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "oflag option disabled");
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+#else
+	oflag = f_ioflag(arg, C_OFLAG);
+	return;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef	NO_IOFLAG
+static const struct ioflag {
+	const char *name;
+	u_int set;
+	u_int allowed;
+} olist[] = {
+     /* the array needs to be sorted by the first column so
+	bsearch() can be used to find commands quickly */
+	{ "alt_io",	O_ALT_IO,	C_IFLAG|C_OFLAG	},
+	{ "append",	O_APPEND,	C_OFLAG		},
+	{ "async",	O_ASYNC,	C_IFLAG|C_OFLAG	},
+	{ "cloexec",	O_CLOEXEC,	C_IFLAG|C_OFLAG	},
+	{ "creat",	O_CREAT,	C_OFLAG		},
+	{ "direct",	O_DIRECT,	C_IFLAG|C_OFLAG	},
+	{ "directory",	O_DIRECTORY,	C_NONE		},
+	{ "dsync",	O_DSYNC,	C_OFLAG		},
+	{ "excl",	O_EXCL,		C_OFLAG		},
+	{ "exlock",	O_EXLOCK,	C_IFLAG|C_OFLAG	},
+	{ "noctty",	O_NOCTTY,	C_IFLAG|C_OFLAG	},
+	{ "nofollow",	O_NOFOLLOW,	C_IFLAG|C_OFLAG	},
+	{ "nonblock",	O_NONBLOCK,	C_IFLAG|C_OFLAG	},
+	{ "nosigpipe",	O_NOSIGPIPE,	C_IFLAG|C_OFLAG	},
+	{ "rdonly",	O_RDONLY,	C_IFLAG		},
+	{ "rdwr",	O_RDWR,		C_IFLAG		},
+	{ "rsync",	O_RSYNC,	C_IFLAG		},
+	{ "shlock",	O_SHLOCK,	C_IFLAG|C_OFLAG	},
+	{ "sync",	O_SYNC,		C_IFLAG|C_OFLAG	},
+	{ "trunc",	O_TRUNC,	C_OFLAG		},
+	{ "wronly",	O_WRONLY,	C_OFLAG		},
+};
+
+static u_int
+f_ioflag(char *arg, u_int flagtype)
+{
+	u_int ioflag = 0;
+	struct ioflag *cp, tmp;
+	const char *flagstr = (flagtype == C_IFLAG) ? "iflag" : "oflag";
+
+	while (arg != NULL) {
+		tmp.name = strsep(&arg, ",");
+		if (!(cp = bsearch(&tmp, olist,
+		    __arraycount(olist), sizeof(*olist), c_ioflag))) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "unknown %s %s", flagstr, tmp.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+
+		if ((cp->set & O_ACCMODE) && (flagtype == C_OFLAG)) {
+			warnx("rdonly, rdwr and wronly are ignored for oflag");
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ((cp->allowed & flagtype) == 0) {
+			warnx("%s set for %s but makes no sense",
+			      cp->name, flagstr);
+		}
+		
+		ioflag |= cp->set;
+	}
+
+
+	return ioflag;
+}
+
+static int
+c_ioflag(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+
+	return (strcmp(((const struct ioflag *)a)->name,
+	    ((const struct ioflag *)b)->name));
+}
+#endif	/* NO_IOFLAG */
diff --git a/bin/dd/conv.c b/bin/dd/conv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4a8a09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/dd/conv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: conv.c,v 1.17 2003/08/07 09:05:10 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego and Lance
+ * Visser of Convex Computer Corporation.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)conv.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: conv.c,v 1.17 2003/08/07 09:05:10 agc Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "dd.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * def --
+ * Copy input to output.  Input is buffered until reaches obs, and then
+ * output until less than obs remains.  Only a single buffer is used.
+ * Worst case buffer calculation is (ibs + obs - 1).
+ */
+void
+def(void)
+{
+	uint64_t cnt;
+	u_char *inp;
+	const u_char *t;
+
+	if ((t = ctab) != NULL)
+		for (inp = in.dbp - (cnt = in.dbrcnt); cnt--; ++inp)
+			*inp = t[*inp];
+
+	/* Make the output buffer look right. */
+	out.dbp = in.dbp;
+	out.dbcnt = in.dbcnt;
+
+	if (in.dbcnt >= out.dbsz) {
+		/* If the output buffer is full, write it. */
+		dd_out(0);
+
+		/*
+		 * Ddout copies the leftover output to the beginning of
+		 * the buffer and resets the output buffer.  Reset the
+		 * input buffer to match it.
+	 	 */
+		in.dbp = out.dbp;
+		in.dbcnt = out.dbcnt;
+	}
+}
+
+void
+def_close(void)
+{
+
+	/* Just update the count, everything is already in the buffer. */
+	if (in.dbcnt)
+		out.dbcnt = in.dbcnt;
+}
+
+#ifdef	NO_CONV
+/* Build a smaller version (i.e. for a miniroot) */
+/* These can not be called, but just in case...  */
+static const char no_block[] = "unblock and -DNO_CONV?";
+void block(void)		{ errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", no_block + 2); }
+void block_close(void)		{ errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", no_block + 2); }
+void unblock(void)		{ errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", no_block); }
+void unblock_close(void)	{ errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", no_block); }
+#else	/* NO_CONV */
+
+/*
+ * Copy variable length newline terminated records with a max size cbsz
+ * bytes to output.  Records less than cbs are padded with spaces.
+ *
+ * max in buffer:  MAX(ibs, cbsz)
+ * max out buffer: obs + cbsz
+ */
+void
+block(void)
+{
+	static int intrunc;
+	int ch = 0;	/* pacify gcc */
+	uint64_t cnt, maxlen;
+	u_char *inp, *outp;
+	const u_char *t;
+
+	/*
+	 * Record truncation can cross block boundaries.  If currently in a
+	 * truncation state, keep tossing characters until reach a newline.
+	 * Start at the beginning of the buffer, as the input buffer is always
+	 * left empty.
+	 */
+	if (intrunc) {
+		for (inp = in.db, cnt = in.dbrcnt;
+		    cnt && *inp++ != '\n'; --cnt);
+		if (!cnt) {
+			in.dbcnt = 0;
+			in.dbp = in.db;
+			return;
+		}
+		intrunc = 0;
+		/* Adjust the input buffer numbers. */
+		in.dbcnt = cnt - 1;
+		in.dbp = inp + cnt - 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy records (max cbsz size chunks) into the output buffer.  The
+	 * translation is done as we copy into the output buffer.
+	 */
+	for (inp = in.dbp - in.dbcnt, outp = out.dbp; in.dbcnt;) {
+		maxlen = MIN(cbsz, in.dbcnt);
+		if ((t = ctab) != NULL)
+			for (cnt = 0;
+			    cnt < maxlen && (ch = *inp++) != '\n'; ++cnt)
+				*outp++ = t[ch];
+		else
+			for (cnt = 0;
+			    cnt < maxlen && (ch = *inp++) != '\n'; ++cnt)
+				*outp++ = ch;
+		/*
+		 * Check for short record without a newline.  Reassemble the
+		 * input block.
+		 */
+		if (ch != '\n' && in.dbcnt < cbsz) {
+			(void)memmove(in.db, in.dbp - in.dbcnt, in.dbcnt);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* Adjust the input buffer numbers. */
+		in.dbcnt -= cnt;
+		if (ch == '\n')
+			--in.dbcnt;
+
+		/* Pad short records with spaces. */
+		if (cnt < cbsz)
+			(void)memset(outp, ctab ? ctab[' '] : ' ', cbsz - cnt);
+		else {
+			/*
+			 * If the next character wouldn't have ended the
+			 * block, it's a truncation.
+			 */
+			if (!in.dbcnt || *inp != '\n')
+				++st.trunc;
+
+			/* Toss characters to a newline. */
+			for (; in.dbcnt && *inp++ != '\n'; --in.dbcnt);
+			if (!in.dbcnt)
+				intrunc = 1;
+			else
+				--in.dbcnt;
+		}
+
+		/* Adjust output buffer numbers. */
+		out.dbp += cbsz;
+		if ((out.dbcnt += cbsz) >= out.dbsz)
+			dd_out(0);
+		outp = out.dbp;
+	}
+	in.dbp = in.db + in.dbcnt;
+}
+
+void
+block_close(void)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy any remaining data into the output buffer and pad to a record.
+	 * Don't worry about truncation or translation, the input buffer is
+	 * always empty when truncating, and no characters have been added for
+	 * translation.  The bottom line is that anything left in the input
+	 * buffer is a truncated record.  Anything left in the output buffer
+	 * just wasn't big enough.
+	 */
+	if (in.dbcnt) {
+		++st.trunc;
+		(void)memmove(out.dbp, in.dbp - in.dbcnt, in.dbcnt);
+		(void)memset(out.dbp + in.dbcnt,
+		    ctab ? ctab[' '] : ' ', cbsz - in.dbcnt);
+		out.dbcnt += cbsz;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert fixed length (cbsz) records to variable length.  Deletes any
+ * trailing blanks and appends a newline.
+ *
+ * max in buffer:  MAX(ibs, cbsz) + cbsz
+ * max out buffer: obs + cbsz
+ */
+void
+unblock(void)
+{
+	uint64_t cnt;
+	u_char *inp;
+	const u_char *t;
+
+	/* Translation and case conversion. */
+	if ((t = ctab) != NULL)
+		for (cnt = in.dbrcnt, inp = in.dbp - 1; cnt--; inp--)
+			*inp = t[*inp];
+	/*
+	 * Copy records (max cbsz size chunks) into the output buffer.  The
+	 * translation has to already be done or we might not recognize the
+	 * spaces.
+	 */
+	for (inp = in.db; in.dbcnt >= cbsz; inp += cbsz, in.dbcnt -= cbsz) {
+		for (t = inp + cbsz - 1; t >= inp && *t == ' '; --t);
+		if (t >= inp) {
+			cnt = t - inp + 1;
+			(void)memmove(out.dbp, inp, cnt);
+			out.dbp += cnt;
+			out.dbcnt += cnt;
+		}
+		++out.dbcnt;
+		*out.dbp++ = '\n';
+		if (out.dbcnt >= out.dbsz)
+			dd_out(0);
+	}
+	if (in.dbcnt)
+		(void)memmove(in.db, in.dbp - in.dbcnt, in.dbcnt);
+	in.dbp = in.db + in.dbcnt;
+}
+
+void
+unblock_close(void)
+{
+	uint64_t cnt;
+	u_char *t;
+
+	if (in.dbcnt) {
+		warnx("%s: short input record", in.name);
+		for (t = in.db + in.dbcnt - 1; t >= in.db && *t == ' '; --t);
+		if (t >= in.db) {
+			cnt = t - in.db + 1;
+			(void)memmove(out.dbp, in.db, cnt);
+			out.dbp += cnt;
+			out.dbcnt += cnt;
+		}
+		++out.dbcnt;
+		*out.dbp++ = '\n';
+	}
+}
+
+#endif	/* NO_CONV */
diff --git a/bin/dd/conv_tab.c b/bin/dd/conv_tab.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89d32da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/dd/conv_tab.c
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: conv_tab.c,v 1.9 2003/08/07 09:05:10 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego and Lance
+ * Visser of Convex Computer Corporation.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)conv_tab.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: conv_tab.c,v 1.9 2003/08/07 09:05:10 agc Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/*
+ * There are currently six tables:
+ *
+ *	ebcdic		-> ascii	32V		conv=oldascii
+ *	ascii		-> ebcdic	32V		conv=oldebcdic
+ *	ascii		-> ibm ebcdic	32V		conv=oldibm
+ *
+ *	ebcdic		-> ascii	POSIX/S5	conv=ascii
+ *	ascii		-> ebcdic	POSIX/S5	conv=ebcdic
+ *	ascii		-> ibm ebcdic	POSIX/S5	conv=ibm
+ *
+ * Other tables are built from these if multiple conversions are being
+ * done.
+ *
+ * Tables used for conversions to/from IBM and EBCDIC to support an extension
+ * to POSIX P1003.2/D11. The tables referencing POSIX contain data extracted
+ * from tables 4-3 and 4-4 in P1003.2/Draft 11.  The historic tables were
+ * constructed by running against a file with all possible byte values.
+ *
+ * More information can be obtained in "Correspondences of 8-Bit and Hollerith
+ * Codes for Computer Environments-A USASI Tutorial", Communications of the
+ * ACM, Volume 11, Number 11, November 1968, pp. 783-789.
+ */
+
+u_char casetab[256];
+
+/* EBCDIC to ASCII -- 32V compatible. */
+const u_char e2a_32V[] = {
+	0000, 0001, 0002, 0003, 0234, 0011, 0206, 0177,		/* 0000 */
+	0227, 0215, 0216, 0013, 0014, 0015, 0016, 0017,		/* 0010 */
+	0020, 0021, 0022, 0023, 0235, 0205, 0010, 0207,		/* 0020 */
+	0030, 0031, 0222, 0217, 0034, 0035, 0036, 0037,		/* 0030 */
+	0200, 0201, 0202, 0203, 0204, 0012, 0027, 0033,		/* 0040 */
+	0210, 0211, 0212, 0213, 0214, 0005, 0006, 0007,		/* 0050 */
+	0220, 0221, 0026, 0223, 0224, 0225, 0226, 0004,		/* 0060 */
+	0230, 0231, 0232, 0233, 0024, 0025, 0236, 0032,		/* 0070 */
+	0040, 0240, 0241, 0242, 0243, 0244, 0245, 0246,		/* 0100 */
+	0247, 0250, 0133, 0056, 0074, 0050, 0053, 0041,		/* 0110 */
+	0046, 0251, 0252, 0253, 0254, 0255, 0256, 0257,		/* 0120 */
+	0260, 0261, 0135, 0044, 0052, 0051, 0073, 0136,		/* 0130 */
+	0055, 0057, 0262, 0263, 0264, 0265, 0266, 0267,		/* 0140 */
+	0270, 0271, 0174, 0054, 0045, 0137, 0076, 0077,		/* 0150 */
+	0272, 0273, 0274, 0275, 0276, 0277, 0300, 0301,		/* 0160 */
+	0302, 0140, 0072, 0043, 0100, 0047, 0075, 0042,		/* 0170 */
+	0303, 0141, 0142, 0143, 0144, 0145, 0146, 0147,		/* 0200 */
+	0150, 0151, 0304, 0305, 0306, 0307, 0310, 0311,		/* 0210 */
+	0312, 0152, 0153, 0154, 0155, 0156, 0157, 0160,		/* 0220 */
+	0161, 0162, 0313, 0314, 0315, 0316, 0317, 0320,		/* 0230 */
+	0321, 0176, 0163, 0164, 0165, 0166, 0167, 0170,		/* 0240 */
+	0171, 0172, 0322, 0323, 0324, 0325, 0326, 0327,		/* 0250 */
+	0330, 0331, 0332, 0333, 0334, 0335, 0336, 0337,		/* 0260 */
+	0340, 0341, 0342, 0343, 0344, 0345, 0346, 0347,		/* 0270 */
+	0173, 0101, 0102, 0103, 0104, 0105, 0106, 0107,		/* 0300 */
+	0110, 0111, 0350, 0351, 0352, 0353, 0354, 0355,		/* 0310 */
+	0175, 0112, 0113, 0114, 0115, 0116, 0117, 0120,		/* 0320 */
+	0121, 0122, 0356, 0357, 0360, 0361, 0362, 0363,		/* 0330 */
+	0134, 0237, 0123, 0124, 0125, 0126, 0127, 0130,		/* 0340 */
+	0131, 0132, 0364, 0365, 0366, 0367, 0370, 0371,		/* 0350 */
+	0060, 0061, 0062, 0063, 0064, 0065, 0066, 0067,		/* 0360 */
+	0070, 0071, 0372, 0373, 0374, 0375, 0376, 0377,		/* 0370 */
+};
+
+/* ASCII to EBCDIC -- 32V compatible. */
+const u_char a2e_32V[] = {
+	0000, 0001, 0002, 0003, 0067, 0055, 0056, 0057,		/* 0000 */
+	0026, 0005, 0045, 0013, 0014, 0015, 0016, 0017,		/* 0010 */
+	0020, 0021, 0022, 0023, 0074, 0075, 0062, 0046,		/* 0020 */
+	0030, 0031, 0077, 0047, 0034, 0035, 0036, 0037,		/* 0030 */
+	0100, 0117, 0177, 0173, 0133, 0154, 0120, 0175,		/* 0040 */
+	0115, 0135, 0134, 0116, 0153, 0140, 0113, 0141,		/* 0050 */
+	0360, 0361, 0362, 0363, 0364, 0365, 0366, 0367,		/* 0060 */
+	0370, 0371, 0172, 0136, 0114, 0176, 0156, 0157,		/* 0070 */
+	0174, 0301, 0302, 0303, 0304, 0305, 0306, 0307,		/* 0100 */
+	0310, 0311, 0321, 0322, 0323, 0324, 0325, 0326,		/* 0110 */
+	0327, 0330, 0331, 0342, 0343, 0344, 0345, 0346,		/* 0120 */
+	0347, 0350, 0351, 0112, 0340, 0132, 0137, 0155,		/* 0130 */
+	0171, 0201, 0202, 0203, 0204, 0205, 0206, 0207,		/* 0140 */
+	0210, 0211, 0221, 0222, 0223, 0224, 0225, 0226,		/* 0150 */
+	0227, 0230, 0231, 0242, 0243, 0244, 0245, 0246,		/* 0160 */
+	0247, 0250, 0251, 0300, 0152, 0320, 0241, 0007,		/* 0170 */
+	0040, 0041, 0042, 0043, 0044, 0025, 0006, 0027,		/* 0200 */
+	0050, 0051, 0052, 0053, 0054, 0011, 0012, 0033,		/* 0210 */
+	0060, 0061, 0032, 0063, 0064, 0065, 0066, 0010,		/* 0220 */
+	0070, 0071, 0072, 0073, 0004, 0024, 0076, 0341,		/* 0230 */
+	0101, 0102, 0103, 0104, 0105, 0106, 0107, 0110,		/* 0240 */
+	0111, 0121, 0122, 0123, 0124, 0125, 0126, 0127,		/* 0250 */
+	0130, 0131, 0142, 0143, 0144, 0145, 0146, 0147,		/* 0260 */
+	0150, 0151, 0160, 0161, 0162, 0163, 0164, 0165,		/* 0270 */
+	0166, 0167, 0170, 0200, 0212, 0213, 0214, 0215,		/* 0300 */
+	0216, 0217, 0220, 0232, 0233, 0234, 0235, 0236,		/* 0310 */
+	0237, 0240, 0252, 0253, 0254, 0255, 0256, 0257,		/* 0320 */
+	0260, 0261, 0262, 0263, 0264, 0265, 0266, 0267,		/* 0330 */
+	0270, 0271, 0272, 0273, 0274, 0275, 0276, 0277,		/* 0340 */
+	0312, 0313, 0314, 0315, 0316, 0317, 0332, 0333,		/* 0350 */
+	0334, 0335, 0336, 0337, 0352, 0353, 0354, 0355,		/* 0360 */
+	0356, 0357, 0372, 0373, 0374, 0375, 0376, 0377,		/* 0370 */
+};
+
+/* ASCII to IBM EBCDIC -- 32V compatible. */
+const u_char a2ibm_32V[] = {
+	0000, 0001, 0002, 0003, 0067, 0055, 0056, 0057,		/* 0000 */
+	0026, 0005, 0045, 0013, 0014, 0015, 0016, 0017,		/* 0010 */
+	0020, 0021, 0022, 0023, 0074, 0075, 0062, 0046,		/* 0020 */
+	0030, 0031, 0077, 0047, 0034, 0035, 0036, 0037,		/* 0030 */
+	0100, 0132, 0177, 0173, 0133, 0154, 0120, 0175,		/* 0040 */
+	0115, 0135, 0134, 0116, 0153, 0140, 0113, 0141,		/* 0050 */
+	0360, 0361, 0362, 0363, 0364, 0365, 0366, 0367,		/* 0060 */
+	0370, 0371, 0172, 0136, 0114, 0176, 0156, 0157,		/* 0070 */
+	0174, 0301, 0302, 0303, 0304, 0305, 0306, 0307,		/* 0100 */
+	0310, 0311, 0321, 0322, 0323, 0324, 0325, 0326,		/* 0110 */
+	0327, 0330, 0331, 0342, 0343, 0344, 0345, 0346,		/* 0120 */
+	0347, 0350, 0351, 0255, 0340, 0275, 0137, 0155,		/* 0130 */
+	0171, 0201, 0202, 0203, 0204, 0205, 0206, 0207,		/* 0140 */
+	0210, 0211, 0221, 0222, 0223, 0224, 0225, 0226,		/* 0150 */
+	0227, 0230, 0231, 0242, 0243, 0244, 0245, 0246,		/* 0160 */
+	0247, 0250, 0251, 0300, 0117, 0320, 0241, 0007,		/* 0170 */
+	0040, 0041, 0042, 0043, 0044, 0025, 0006, 0027,		/* 0200 */
+	0050, 0051, 0052, 0053, 0054, 0011, 0012, 0033,		/* 0210 */
+	0060, 0061, 0032, 0063, 0064, 0065, 0066, 0010,		/* 0220 */
+	0070, 0071, 0072, 0073, 0004, 0024, 0076, 0341,		/* 0230 */
+	0101, 0102, 0103, 0104, 0105, 0106, 0107, 0110,		/* 0240 */
+	0111, 0121, 0122, 0123, 0124, 0125, 0126, 0127,		/* 0250 */
+	0130, 0131, 0142, 0143, 0144, 0145, 0146, 0147,		/* 0260 */
+	0150, 0151, 0160, 0161, 0162, 0163, 0164, 0165,		/* 0270 */
+	0166, 0167, 0170, 0200, 0212, 0213, 0214, 0215,		/* 0300 */
+	0216, 0217, 0220, 0232, 0233, 0234, 0235, 0236,		/* 0310 */
+	0237, 0240, 0252, 0253, 0254, 0255, 0256, 0257,		/* 0320 */
+	0260, 0261, 0262, 0263, 0264, 0265, 0266, 0267,		/* 0330 */
+	0270, 0271, 0272, 0273, 0274, 0275, 0276, 0277,		/* 0340 */
+	0312, 0313, 0314, 0315, 0316, 0317, 0332, 0333,		/* 0350 */
+	0334, 0335, 0336, 0337, 0352, 0353, 0354, 0355,		/* 0360 */
+	0356, 0357, 0372, 0373, 0374, 0375, 0376, 0377,		/* 0370 */
+};
+
+/* EBCDIC to ASCII -- POSIX and System V compatible. */
+const u_char e2a_POSIX[] = {
+	0000, 0001, 0002, 0003, 0234, 0011, 0206, 0177,		/* 0000 */
+	0227, 0215, 0216, 0013, 0014, 0015, 0016, 0017,		/* 0010 */
+	0020, 0021, 0022, 0023, 0235, 0205, 0010, 0207,		/* 0020 */
+	0030, 0031, 0222, 0217, 0034, 0035, 0036, 0037,		/* 0030 */
+	0200, 0201, 0202, 0203, 0204, 0012, 0027, 0033,		/* 0040 */
+	0210, 0211, 0212, 0213, 0214, 0005, 0006, 0007,		/* 0050 */
+	0220, 0221, 0026, 0223, 0224, 0225, 0226, 0004,		/* 0060 */
+	0230, 0231, 0232, 0233, 0024, 0025, 0236, 0032,		/* 0070 */
+	0040, 0240, 0241, 0242, 0243, 0244, 0245, 0246,		/* 0100 */
+	0247, 0250, 0325, 0056, 0074, 0050, 0053, 0174,		/* 0110 */
+	0046, 0251, 0252, 0253, 0254, 0255, 0256, 0257,		/* 0120 */
+	0260, 0261, 0041, 0044, 0052, 0051, 0073, 0176,		/* 0130 */
+	0055, 0057, 0262, 0263, 0264, 0265, 0266, 0267,		/* 0140 */
+	0270, 0271, 0313, 0054, 0045, 0137, 0076, 0077,		/* 0150 */
+	0272, 0273, 0274, 0275, 0276, 0277, 0300, 0301,		/* 0160 */
+	0302, 0140, 0072, 0043, 0100, 0047, 0075, 0042,		/* 0170 */
+	0303, 0141, 0142, 0143, 0144, 0145, 0146, 0147,		/* 0200 */
+	0150, 0151, 0304, 0305, 0306, 0307, 0310, 0311,		/* 0210 */
+	0312, 0152, 0153, 0154, 0155, 0156, 0157, 0160,		/* 0220 */
+	0161, 0162, 0136, 0314, 0315, 0316, 0317, 0320,		/* 0230 */
+	0321, 0345, 0163, 0164, 0165, 0166, 0167, 0170,		/* 0240 */
+	0171, 0172, 0322, 0323, 0324, 0133, 0326, 0327,		/* 0250 */
+	0330, 0331, 0332, 0333, 0334, 0335, 0336, 0337,		/* 0260 */
+	0340, 0341, 0342, 0343, 0344, 0135, 0346, 0347,		/* 0270 */
+	0173, 0101, 0102, 0103, 0104, 0105, 0106, 0107,		/* 0300 */
+	0110, 0111, 0350, 0351, 0352, 0353, 0354, 0355,		/* 0310 */
+	0175, 0112, 0113, 0114, 0115, 0116, 0117, 0120,		/* 0320 */
+	0121, 0122, 0356, 0357, 0360, 0361, 0362, 0363,		/* 0330 */
+	0134, 0237, 0123, 0124, 0125, 0126, 0127, 0130,		/* 0340 */
+	0131, 0132, 0364, 0365, 0366, 0367, 0370, 0371,		/* 0350 */
+	0060, 0061, 0062, 0063, 0064, 0065, 0066, 0067,		/* 0360 */
+	0070, 0071, 0372, 0373, 0374, 0375, 0376, 0377,		/* 0370 */
+};
+
+/* ASCII to EBCDIC -- POSIX and System V compatible. */
+const u_char a2e_POSIX[] = {
+	0000, 0001, 0002, 0003, 0067, 0055, 0056, 0057,		/* 0000 */
+	0026, 0005, 0045, 0013, 0014, 0015, 0016, 0017,		/* 0010 */
+	0020, 0021, 0022, 0023, 0074, 0075, 0062, 0046,		/* 0020 */
+	0030, 0031, 0077, 0047, 0034, 0035, 0036, 0037,		/* 0030 */
+	0100, 0132, 0177, 0173, 0133, 0154, 0120, 0175,		/* 0040 */
+	0115, 0135, 0134, 0116, 0153, 0140, 0113, 0141,		/* 0050 */
+	0360, 0361, 0362, 0363, 0364, 0365, 0366, 0367,		/* 0060 */
+	0370, 0371, 0172, 0136, 0114, 0176, 0156, 0157,		/* 0070 */
+	0174, 0301, 0302, 0303, 0304, 0305, 0306, 0307,		/* 0100 */
+	0310, 0311, 0321, 0322, 0323, 0324, 0325, 0326,		/* 0110 */
+	0327, 0330, 0331, 0342, 0343, 0344, 0345, 0346,		/* 0120 */
+	0347, 0350, 0351, 0255, 0340, 0275, 0232, 0155,		/* 0130 */
+	0171, 0201, 0202, 0203, 0204, 0205, 0206, 0207,		/* 0140 */
+	0210, 0211, 0221, 0222, 0223, 0224, 0225, 0226,		/* 0150 */
+	0227, 0230, 0231, 0242, 0243, 0244, 0245, 0246,		/* 0160 */
+	0247, 0250, 0251, 0300, 0117, 0320, 0137, 0007,		/* 0170 */
+	0040, 0041, 0042, 0043, 0044, 0025, 0006, 0027,		/* 0200 */
+	0050, 0051, 0052, 0053, 0054, 0011, 0012, 0033,		/* 0210 */
+	0060, 0061, 0032, 0063, 0064, 0065, 0066, 0010,		/* 0220 */
+	0070, 0071, 0072, 0073, 0004, 0024, 0076, 0341,		/* 0230 */
+	0101, 0102, 0103, 0104, 0105, 0106, 0107, 0110,		/* 0240 */
+	0111, 0121, 0122, 0123, 0124, 0125, 0126, 0127,		/* 0250 */
+	0130, 0131, 0142, 0143, 0144, 0145, 0146, 0147,		/* 0260 */
+	0150, 0151, 0160, 0161, 0162, 0163, 0164, 0165,		/* 0270 */
+	0166, 0167, 0170, 0200, 0212, 0213, 0214, 0215,		/* 0300 */
+	0216, 0217, 0220, 0152, 0233, 0234, 0235, 0236,		/* 0310 */
+	0237, 0240, 0252, 0253, 0254, 0112, 0256, 0257,		/* 0320 */
+	0260, 0261, 0262, 0263, 0264, 0265, 0266, 0267,		/* 0330 */
+	0270, 0271, 0272, 0273, 0274, 0241, 0276, 0277,		/* 0340 */
+	0312, 0313, 0314, 0315, 0316, 0317, 0332, 0333,		/* 0350 */
+	0334, 0335, 0336, 0337, 0352, 0353, 0354, 0355,		/* 0360 */
+	0356, 0357, 0372, 0373, 0374, 0375, 0376, 0377,		/* 0370 */
+};
+
+/* ASCII to IBM EBCDIC -- POSIX and System V compatible. */
+const u_char a2ibm_POSIX[] = {
+	0000, 0001, 0002, 0003, 0067, 0055, 0056, 0057,		/* 0000 */
+	0026, 0005, 0045, 0013, 0014, 0015, 0016, 0017,		/* 0010 */
+	0020, 0021, 0022, 0023, 0074, 0075, 0062, 0046,		/* 0020 */
+	0030, 0031, 0077, 0047, 0034, 0035, 0036, 0037,		/* 0030 */
+	0100, 0132, 0177, 0173, 0133, 0154, 0120, 0175,		/* 0040 */
+	0115, 0135, 0134, 0116, 0153, 0140, 0113, 0141,		/* 0050 */
+	0360, 0361, 0362, 0363, 0364, 0365, 0366, 0367,		/* 0060 */
+	0370, 0371, 0172, 0136, 0114, 0176, 0156, 0157,		/* 0070 */
+	0174, 0301, 0302, 0303, 0304, 0305, 0306, 0307,		/* 0100 */
+	0310, 0311, 0321, 0322, 0323, 0324, 0325, 0326,		/* 0110 */
+	0327, 0330, 0331, 0342, 0343, 0344, 0345, 0346,		/* 0120 */
+	0347, 0350, 0351, 0255, 0340, 0275, 0137, 0155,		/* 0130 */
+	0171, 0201, 0202, 0203, 0204, 0205, 0206, 0207,		/* 0140 */
+	0210, 0211, 0221, 0222, 0223, 0224, 0225, 0226,		/* 0150 */
+	0227, 0230, 0231, 0242, 0243, 0244, 0245, 0246,		/* 0160 */
+	0247, 0250, 0251, 0300, 0117, 0320, 0241, 0007,		/* 0170 */
+	0040, 0041, 0042, 0043, 0044, 0025, 0006, 0027,		/* 0200 */
+	0050, 0051, 0052, 0053, 0054, 0011, 0012, 0033,		/* 0210 */
+	0060, 0061, 0032, 0063, 0064, 0065, 0066, 0010,		/* 0220 */
+	0070, 0071, 0072, 0073, 0004, 0024, 0076, 0341,		/* 0230 */
+	0101, 0102, 0103, 0104, 0105, 0106, 0107, 0110,		/* 0240 */
+	0111, 0121, 0122, 0123, 0124, 0125, 0126, 0127,		/* 0250 */
+	0130, 0131, 0142, 0143, 0144, 0145, 0146, 0147,		/* 0260 */
+	0150, 0151, 0160, 0161, 0162, 0163, 0164, 0165,		/* 0270 */
+	0166, 0167, 0170, 0200, 0212, 0213, 0214, 0215,		/* 0300 */
+	0216, 0217, 0220, 0232, 0233, 0234, 0235, 0236,		/* 0310 */
+	0237, 0240, 0252, 0253, 0254, 0255, 0256, 0257,		/* 0320 */
+	0260, 0261, 0262, 0263, 0264, 0265, 0266, 0267,		/* 0330 */
+	0270, 0271, 0272, 0273, 0274, 0275, 0276, 0277,		/* 0340 */
+	0312, 0313, 0314, 0315, 0316, 0317, 0332, 0333,		/* 0350 */
+	0334, 0335, 0336, 0337, 0352, 0353, 0354, 0355,		/* 0360 */
+	0356, 0357, 0372, 0373, 0374, 0375, 0376, 0377,		/* 0370 */
+};
diff --git a/bin/dd/dd.1 b/bin/dd/dd.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44ea896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/dd/dd.1
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: dd.1,v 1.36 2019/01/30 10:28:50 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)dd.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/13/94
+.\"
+.Dd January 29, 2019
+.Dt DD 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm dd
+.Nd convert and copy a file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op operand ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility copies the standard input to the standard output.
+Input data is read and written in 512-byte blocks.
+If input reads are short, input from multiple reads are aggregated
+to form the output block.
+When finished,
+.Nm
+displays the number of complete and partial input and output blocks
+and truncated input records to the standard error output.
+.Pp
+The following operands are available:
+.Bl -tag -width of=file
+.It Cm bs= Ns Ar n
+Set both input and output block size, superseding the
+.Cm ibs
+and
+.Cm obs
+operands.
+If no conversion values other than
+.Cm noerror ,
+.Cm notrunc
+or
+.Cm sync
+are specified, then each input block is copied to the output as a
+single block without any aggregation of short blocks.
+.It Cm cbs= Ns Ar n
+Set the conversion record size to
+.Va n
+bytes.
+The conversion record size is required by the record oriented conversion
+values.
+.It Cm count= Ns Ar n
+Copy only
+.Va n
+input blocks.
+.It Cm files= Ns Ar n
+Copy
+.Va n
+input files before terminating.
+This operand is only applicable when the input device is a tape.
+.It Cm ibs= Ns Ar n
+Set the input block size to
+.Va n
+bytes instead of the default 512.
+.It Cm if= Ns Ar file
+Read input from
+.Ar file
+instead of the standard input.
+.It Cm iflag= Ns Ar flags
+Use comma-separated
+.Ar flags
+when calling
+.Xr open 2
+for the input file.
+See the
+.Sx INPUT AND OUTPUT FLAGS
+section for details.
+Default value is
+.Va rdonly .
+.It Cm iseek= Ns Ar n
+Seek on the input file
+.Ar n
+blocks.
+This is synonymous with
+.Cm skip= Ns Ar n .
+.It Cm msgfmt= Ns Ar fmt
+Specify the message format
+.Ar fmt
+to be used when writing information to standard output.
+Possible values are:
+.Bl -tag -width xxxxx -offset indent -compact
+.It quiet
+turns off information summary report except for errors and
+.Cm progress .
+.It posix
+default information summary report as specified by POSIX.
+.It human
+default information summary report extended with human-readable
+values.
+.El
+.Pp
+When
+.Ar fmt
+does not correspond to any value given above,
+it contains a string that will be used as format specifier
+for the information summary output.
+Each conversion specification is introduced by the character
+.Cm % .
+The following ones are available:
+.Bl -tag -width xx -offset indent -compact
+.It b
+total number of bytes transferred
+.It B
+total number of bytes transferred in
+.Xr humanize_number 3
+format
+.It e
+speed transfer
+.It E
+speed transfer in
+.Xr humanize_number 3
+format
+.It i
+number of partial input block(s)
+.It I
+number of full input block(s)
+.It o
+number of partial output block(s)
+.It O
+number of full output block(s)
+.It s
+time elapsed since the beginning in
+.Do seconds.ms Dc
+format
+.It p
+number of sparse output blocks
+.It t
+number of truncated blocks
+.It w
+number of odd-length swab blocks
+.It P
+singular/plural of
+.Do block Dc
+depending on number of sparse blocks
+.It T
+singular/plural of
+.Do block Dc
+depending on number of truncated blocks
+.It W
+singular/plural of
+.Do block Dc
+depending on number of swab blocks
+.El
+.It Cm obs= Ns Ar n
+Set the output block size to
+.Va n
+bytes instead of the default 512.
+.It Cm of= Ns Ar file
+Write output to
+.Ar file
+instead of the standard output.
+Any regular output file is truncated unless the
+.Cm notrunc
+conversion value is specified.
+If an initial portion of the output file is skipped (see the
+.Cm seek
+operand)
+the output file is truncated at that point.
+.It Cm oflag= Ns Ar flags
+Same as
+.Cm iflag
+but for the call to
+.Xr open 2
+on the output file.
+The default value is
+.Va creat ,
+which must be explicitly added in
+.Cm oflag
+if this option is used in order to output to a nonexistent file.
+The default or specified value is or'ed with
+.Va rdwr
+for a first
+.Xr open 2
+attempt, then on failure with
+.Va wronly
+on a second attempt.
+In both cases,
+.Va trunc
+is automatically added if none of
+.Cm oseek ,
+.Cm seek ,
+or
+.Cm conv=notrunc
+operands are used.
+See the
+.Sx INPUT AND OUTPUT FLAGS
+section for details.
+.It Cm oseek= Ns Ar n
+Seek on the output file
+.Ar n
+blocks.
+This is synonymous with
+.Cm seek= Ns Ar n .
+.It Cm seek= Ns Ar n
+Seek
+.Va n
+blocks from the beginning of the output before copying.
+On non-tape devices, an
+.Xr lseek 2
+operation is used.
+Otherwise, existing blocks are read and the data discarded.
+If the user does not have read permission for the tape, it is positioned
+using the tape
+.Xr ioctl 2
+function calls.
+If the seek operation is past the end of file, space from the current
+end of file to the specified offset is filled with blocks of
+.Tn NUL
+bytes.
+.It Cm skip= Ns Ar n
+Skip
+.Va n
+blocks from the beginning of the input before copying.
+On input which supports seeks, an
+.Xr lseek 2
+operation is used.
+Otherwise, input data is read and discarded.
+For pipes, the correct number of bytes is read.
+For all other devices, the correct number of blocks is read without
+distinguishing between a partial or complete block being read.
+.It Cm progress= Ns Ar n
+Switch on display of progress if
+.Va n
+is set to any non-zero value.
+This will cause a
+.Dq \&.
+to be printed (to the standard error output) for every
+.Va n
+full or partial blocks written to the output file.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm conv= Cm value Op \&, Cm value \&...
+.Sm on
+Where
+.Cm value
+is one of the symbols from the following list.
+.Bl -tag -width unblock
+.It Cm ascii , oldascii
+The same as the
+.Cm unblock
+value except that characters are translated from
+.Tn EBCDIC
+to
+.Tn ASCII
+before the
+records are converted.
+(These values imply
+.Cm unblock
+if the operand
+.Cm cbs
+is also specified.)
+There are two conversion maps for
+.Tn ASCII .
+The value
+.Cm ascii
+specifies the recommended one which is compatible with
+.At V .
+The value
+.Cm oldascii
+specifies the one used in historic
+.Tn AT&T
+and pre-
+.Bx 4.3 Reno
+systems.
+.It Cm block
+Treats the input as a sequence of newline or end-of-file terminated variable
+length records independent of input and output block boundaries.
+Any trailing newline character is discarded.
+Each input record is converted to a fixed length output record where the
+length is specified by the
+.Cm cbs
+operand.
+Input records shorter than the conversion record size are padded with spaces.
+Input records longer than the conversion record size are truncated.
+The number of truncated input records, if any, are reported to the standard
+error output at the completion of the copy.
+.It Cm ebcdic , ibm , oldebcdic , oldibm
+The same as the
+.Cm block
+value except that characters are translated from
+.Tn ASCII
+to
+.Tn EBCDIC
+after the
+records are converted.
+(These values imply
+.Cm block
+if the operand
+.Cm cbs
+is also specified.)
+There are four conversion maps for
+.Tn EBCDIC .
+The value
+.Cm ebcdic
+specifies the recommended one which is compatible with
+.At V .
+The value
+.Cm ibm
+is a slightly different mapping, which is compatible with the
+.At V
+.Cm ibm
+value.
+The values
+.Cm oldebcdic
+and
+.Cm oldibm
+are maps used in historic
+.Tn AT&T
+and pre
+.Bx 4.3 Reno
+systems.
+.It Cm lcase
+Transform uppercase characters into lowercase characters.
+.It Cm noerror
+Do not stop processing on an input error.
+When an input error occurs, a diagnostic message followed by the current
+input and output block counts will be written to the standard error output
+in the same format as the standard completion message.
+If the
+.Cm sync
+conversion is also specified, any missing input data will be replaced
+with
+.Tn NUL
+bytes (or with spaces if a block oriented conversion value was
+specified) and processed as a normal input buffer.
+If the
+.Cm sync
+conversion is not specified, the input block is omitted from the output.
+On input files which are not tapes or pipes, the file offset
+will be positioned past the block in which the error occurred using
+.Xr lseek 2 .
+.It Cm notrunc
+Do not truncate the output file.
+This will preserve any blocks in the output file not explicitly written
+by
+.Nm .
+The
+.Cm notrunc
+value is not supported for tapes.
+.It Cm osync
+Pad the final output block to the full output block size.
+If the input file is not a multiple of the output block size
+after conversion, this conversion forces the final output block
+to be the same size as preceding blocks for use on devices that require
+regularly sized blocks to be written.
+This option is incompatible with use of the
+.Cm bs= Ns Ar n
+block size specification.
+.It Cm sparse
+If one or more non-final output blocks would consist solely of
+.Dv NUL
+bytes, try to seek the output file by the required space instead of
+filling them with
+.Dv NUL Ns s .
+This results in a sparse file on some file systems.
+.It Cm swab
+Swap every pair of input bytes.
+If an input buffer has an odd number of bytes, the last byte will be
+ignored during swapping.
+.It Cm sync
+Pad every input block to the input buffer size.
+Spaces are used for pad bytes if a block oriented conversion value is
+specified, otherwise
+.Tn NUL
+bytes are used.
+.It Cm ucase
+Transform lowercase characters into uppercase characters.
+.It Cm unblock
+Treats the input as a sequence of fixed length records independent of input
+and output block boundaries.
+The length of the input records is specified by the
+.Cm cbs
+operand.
+Any trailing space characters are discarded and a newline character is
+appended.
+.El
+.El
+.Pp
+Where sizes are specified, a decimal number of bytes is expected.
+Two or more numbers may be separated by an
+.Dq x
+to indicate a product.
+Each number may have one of the following optional suffixes:
+.Bl -tag -width 3n -offset indent -compact
+.It b
+Block; multiply by 512
+.It k
+Kibi; multiply by 1024 (1 KiB)
+.It m
+Mebi; multiply by 1048576 (1 MiB)
+.It g
+Gibi; multiply by 1073741824 (1 GiB)
+.It t
+Tebi; multiply by 1099511627776 (1 TiB)
+.It w
+Word; multiply by the number of bytes in an integer
+.El
+.Pp
+When finished,
+.Nm
+displays the number of complete and partial input and output blocks,
+truncated input records and odd-length byte-swapping blocks to the
+standard error output.
+A partial input block is one where less than the input block size
+was read.
+A partial output block is one where less than the output block size
+was written.
+Partial output blocks to tape devices are considered fatal errors.
+Otherwise, the rest of the block will be written.
+Partial output blocks to character devices will produce a warning message.
+A truncated input block is one where a variable length record oriented
+conversion value was specified and the input line was too long to
+fit in the conversion record or was not newline terminated.
+.Pp
+Normally, data resulting from input or conversion or both are aggregated
+into output blocks of the specified size.
+After the end of input is reached, any remaining output is written as
+a block.
+This means that the final output block may be shorter than the output
+block size.
+.Pp
+If
+.Nm
+receives a
+.Dv SIGINFO
+signal
+(see the
+.Ic status
+argument for
+.Xr stty 1 ) ,
+the current input and output block counts will
+be written to the standard error output
+in the same format as the standard completion message.
+If
+.Nm
+receives a
+.Dv SIGINT
+signal, the current input and output block counts will
+be written to the standard error output
+in the same format as the standard completion message and
+.Nm
+will exit.
+.Sh INPUT AND OUTPUT FLAGS
+There are flags valid for input only, for output only, or for either.
+.Pp
+The flags that apply to both input and output are:
+.Bl -tag -width directory
+.It Cm alt_io
+Use Alternative I/O.
+.It Cm async
+Use
+.Dv SIGIO
+signaling for I/O.
+.It Cm cloexec
+Set the close-on-exec flag.
+.It Cm direct
+Directly access the data, skipping any caches.
+.It Cm directory
+Not available for
+.Nm .
+.It Cm exlock
+Atomically obtain an exclusive lock.
+.It Cm noctty
+Do not consider the file as a potential controlling tty.
+.It Cm nofollow
+Do not follow symbolic links.
+.It Cm nonblock
+Do not block on open or I/O requests.
+.It Cm nosigpipe
+Return
+.Er EPIPE
+instead of raising
+.Dv SIGPIPE .
+.It Cm shlock
+Atomically obtain a shared lock.
+.It Cm sync
+All I/O will be performed with full synchronization.
+.El
+.Pp
+The flags that apply to only input are:
+.Bl -tag -width directory
+.It Cm rdonly
+Set the read-only flag.
+.It Cm rdwr
+Set the read and write flags.
+.It Cm rsync
+Enable read synchronization, if the
+.Cm sync
+option is also set.
+.El
+.Pp
+The flags that apply to only output are:
+.Bl -tag -width directory
+.It Cm append
+Append to the output by default.
+.It Cm creat
+Create the output file.
+.It Cm dsync
+Wait for all data to be synchronously written.
+.It Cm excl
+Ensure that output is to a new file.
+.It Cm trunc
+Truncate the output file before writing.
+.It Cm wronly
+Set the write-only flag.
+.El
+See
+.Xr open 2
+and
+.Xr ioctl 2
+for more details.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std dd
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+To print summary information in human-readable form:
+.Pp
+.Dl dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/null count=1 msgfmt=human
+.Pp
+To customize the information summary output and print it through
+.Xr unvis 3 :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/null count=1 \e
+     msgfmt='speed:%E, in %s seconds\en' 2>&1 | unvis
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cp 1 ,
+.Xr mt 1 ,
+.Xr tr 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be a superset of the
+.St -p1003.2
+standard.
+The
+.Cm files
+and
+.Cm msgfmt
+operands and the
+.Cm ascii ,
+.Cm ebcdic ,
+.Cm ibm ,
+.Cm oldascii ,
+.Cm oldebcdic
+and
+.Cm oldibm
+values are extensions to the
+.Tn POSIX
+standard.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v5 .
diff --git a/bin/dd/dd.c b/bin/dd/dd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4fb1e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/dd/dd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,616 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: dd.c,v 1.51 2016/09/05 01:00:07 sevan Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego and Lance
+ * Visser of Convex Computer Corporation.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dd.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: dd.c,v 1.51 2016/09/05 01:00:07 sevan Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/mtio.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "dd.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static void dd_close(void);
+static void dd_in(void);
+static void getfdtype(IO *);
+static void redup_clean_fd(IO *);
+static void setup(void);
+
+IO		in, out;		/* input/output state */
+STAT		st;			/* statistics */
+void		(*cfunc)(void);		/* conversion function */
+uint64_t	cpy_cnt;		/* # of blocks to copy */
+static off_t	pending = 0;		/* pending seek if sparse */
+u_int		ddflags;		/* conversion options */
+#ifdef NO_IOFLAG
+#define		iflag	O_RDONLY
+#define		oflag	O_CREAT
+#else
+u_int		iflag = O_RDONLY;	/* open(2) flags for input file */
+u_int		oflag = O_CREAT;	/* open(2) flags for output file */
+#endif /* NO_IOFLAG */
+uint64_t	cbsz;			/* conversion block size */
+u_int		files_cnt = 1;		/* # of files to copy */
+uint64_t	progress = 0;		/* display sign of life */
+const u_char	*ctab;			/* conversion table */
+sigset_t	infoset;		/* a set blocking SIGINFO */
+const char	*msgfmt = "posix";	/* default summary() message format */
+
+/*
+ * Ops for stdin/stdout and crunch'd dd.  These are always host ops.
+ */
+static const struct ddfops ddfops_stdfd = {
+	.op_open = open,
+	.op_close = close,
+	.op_fcntl = fcntl,
+	.op_ioctl = ioctl,
+	.op_fstat = fstat,
+	.op_fsync = fsync,
+	.op_ftruncate = ftruncate,
+	.op_lseek = lseek,
+	.op_read = read,
+	.op_write = write,
+};
+extern const struct ddfops ddfops_prog;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "")) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		default:
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "usage: dd [operand ...]");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= (optind - 1);
+	argv += (optind - 1);
+
+	jcl(argv);
+#ifndef CRUNCHOPS
+	if (ddfops_prog.op_init && ddfops_prog.op_init() == -1)
+		err(1, "prog init");
+#endif
+	setup();
+
+	(void)signal(SIGINFO, summaryx);
+	(void)signal(SIGINT, terminate);
+	(void)sigemptyset(&infoset);
+	(void)sigaddset(&infoset, SIGINFO);
+
+	(void)atexit(summary);
+
+	while (files_cnt--)
+		dd_in();
+
+	dd_close();
+	exit(0);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+setup(void)
+{
+#ifdef CRUNCHOPS
+	const struct ddfops *prog_ops = &ddfops_stdfd;
+#else
+	const struct ddfops *prog_ops = &ddfops_prog;
+#endif
+
+	if (in.name == NULL) {
+		in.name = "stdin";
+		in.fd = STDIN_FILENO;
+		in.ops = &ddfops_stdfd;
+	} else {
+		in.ops = prog_ops;
+		in.fd = ddop_open(in, in.name, iflag, 0);
+		if (in.fd < 0)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", in.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+
+		/* Ensure in.fd is outside the stdio descriptor range */
+		redup_clean_fd(&in);
+	}
+
+	getfdtype(&in);
+
+	if (files_cnt > 1 && !(in.flags & ISTAPE)) {
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "files is not supported for non-tape devices");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (out.name == NULL) {
+		/* No way to check for read access here. */
+		out.fd = STDOUT_FILENO;
+		out.name = "stdout";
+		out.ops = &ddfops_stdfd;
+	} else {
+		out.ops = prog_ops;
+
+#ifndef NO_IOFLAG
+		if ((oflag & O_TRUNC) && (ddflags & C_SEEK)) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "oflag=trunc is incompatible "
+			     "with seek or oseek operands, giving up.");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		if ((oflag & O_TRUNC) && (ddflags & C_NOTRUNC)) {
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "oflag=trunc is incompatible "
+			     "with conv=notrunc operand, giving up.");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+#endif /* NO_IOFLAG */
+#define	OFLAGS \
+    (oflag | (ddflags & (C_SEEK | C_NOTRUNC) ? 0 : O_TRUNC))
+		out.fd = ddop_open(out, out.name, O_RDWR | OFLAGS, DEFFILEMODE);
+		/*
+		 * May not have read access, so try again with write only.
+		 * Without read we may have a problem if output also does
+		 * not support seeks.
+		 */
+		if (out.fd < 0) {
+			out.fd = ddop_open(out, out.name, O_WRONLY | OFLAGS,
+			    DEFFILEMODE);
+			out.flags |= NOREAD;
+		}
+		if (out.fd < 0) {
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", out.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+
+		/* Ensure out.fd is outside the stdio descriptor range */
+		redup_clean_fd(&out);
+	}
+
+	getfdtype(&out);
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate space for the input and output buffers.  If not doing
+	 * record oriented I/O, only need a single buffer.
+	 */
+	if (!(ddflags & (C_BLOCK|C_UNBLOCK))) {
+		size_t dbsz = out.dbsz;
+		if (!(ddflags & C_BS))
+			dbsz += in.dbsz - 1;
+		if ((in.db = malloc(dbsz)) == NULL) {
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		out.db = in.db;
+	} else if ((in.db =
+	    malloc((u_int)(MAX(in.dbsz, cbsz) + cbsz))) == NULL ||
+	    (out.db = malloc((u_int)(out.dbsz + cbsz))) == NULL) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	in.dbp = in.db;
+	out.dbp = out.db;
+
+	/* Position the input/output streams. */
+	if (in.offset)
+		pos_in();
+	if (out.offset)
+		pos_out();
+
+	/*
+	 * Truncate the output file; ignore errors because it fails on some
+	 * kinds of output files, tapes, for example.
+	 */
+	if ((ddflags & (C_OF | C_SEEK | C_NOTRUNC)) == (C_OF | C_SEEK))
+		(void)ddop_ftruncate(out, out.fd, (off_t)out.offset * out.dbsz);
+
+	/*
+	 * If converting case at the same time as another conversion, build a
+	 * table that does both at once.  If just converting case, use the
+	 * built-in tables.
+	 */
+	if (ddflags & (C_LCASE|C_UCASE)) {
+#ifdef	NO_CONV
+		/* Should not get here, but just in case... */
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "case conv and -DNO_CONV");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+#else	/* NO_CONV */
+		u_int cnt;
+
+		if (ddflags & C_ASCII || ddflags & C_EBCDIC) {
+			if (ddflags & C_LCASE) {
+				for (cnt = 0; cnt < 256; ++cnt)
+					casetab[cnt] = tolower(ctab[cnt]);
+			} else {
+				for (cnt = 0; cnt < 256; ++cnt)
+					casetab[cnt] = toupper(ctab[cnt]);
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (ddflags & C_LCASE) {
+				for (cnt = 0; cnt < 256; ++cnt)
+					casetab[cnt] = tolower(cnt);
+			} else {
+				for (cnt = 0; cnt < 256; ++cnt)
+					casetab[cnt] = toupper(cnt);
+			}
+		}
+
+		ctab = casetab;
+#endif	/* NO_CONV */
+	}
+
+	(void)gettimeofday(&st.start, NULL);	/* Statistics timestamp. */
+}
+
+static void
+getfdtype(IO *io)
+{
+	struct mtget mt;
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	if (io->ops->op_fstat(io->fd, &sb)) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", io->name);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	if (S_ISCHR(sb.st_mode))
+		io->flags |= io->ops->op_ioctl(io->fd, MTIOCGET, &mt)
+		    ? ISCHR : ISTAPE;
+	else if (io->ops->op_lseek(io->fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_CUR) == -1
+	    && errno == ESPIPE)
+		io->flags |= ISPIPE;		/* XXX fixed in 4.4BSD */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Move the parameter file descriptor to a descriptor that is outside the
+ * stdio descriptor range, if necessary.  This is required to avoid
+ * accidentally outputting completion or error messages into the
+ * output file that were intended for the tty.
+ */
+static void
+redup_clean_fd(IO *io)
+{
+	int fd = io->fd;
+	int newfd;
+
+	if (fd != STDIN_FILENO && fd != STDOUT_FILENO &&
+	    fd != STDERR_FILENO)
+		/* File descriptor is ok, return immediately. */
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * 3 is the first descriptor greater than STD*_FILENO.  Any
+	 * free descriptor valued 3 or above is acceptable...
+	 */
+	newfd = io->ops->op_fcntl(fd, F_DUPFD, 3);
+	if (newfd < 0) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "dupfd IO");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	io->ops->op_close(fd);
+	io->fd = newfd;
+}
+
+static void
+dd_in(void)
+{
+	int flags;
+	int64_t n;
+
+	for (flags = ddflags;;) {
+		if (cpy_cnt && (st.in_full + st.in_part) >= cpy_cnt)
+			return;
+
+		/*
+		 * Clear the buffer first if doing "sync" on input.
+		 * If doing block operations use spaces.  This will
+		 * affect not only the C_NOERROR case, but also the
+		 * last partial input block which should be padded
+		 * with zero and not garbage.
+		 */
+		if (flags & C_SYNC) {
+			if (flags & (C_BLOCK|C_UNBLOCK))
+				(void)memset(in.dbp, ' ', in.dbsz);
+			else
+				(void)memset(in.dbp, 0, in.dbsz);
+		}
+
+		n = ddop_read(in, in.fd, in.dbp, in.dbsz);
+		if (n == 0) {
+			in.dbrcnt = 0;
+			return;
+		}
+
+		/* Read error. */
+		if (n < 0) {
+
+			/*
+			 * If noerror not specified, die.  POSIX requires that
+			 * the warning message be followed by an I/O display.
+			 */
+			if (!(flags & C_NOERROR)) {
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", in.name);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+			}
+			warn("%s", in.name);
+			summary();
+
+			/*
+			 * If it's not a tape drive or a pipe, seek past the
+			 * error.  If your OS doesn't do the right thing for
+			 * raw disks this section should be modified to re-read
+			 * in sector size chunks.
+			 */
+			if (!(in.flags & (ISPIPE|ISTAPE)) &&
+			    ddop_lseek(in, in.fd, (off_t)in.dbsz, SEEK_CUR))
+				warn("%s", in.name);
+
+			/* If sync not specified, omit block and continue. */
+			if (!(ddflags & C_SYNC))
+				continue;
+
+			/* Read errors count as full blocks. */
+			in.dbcnt += in.dbrcnt = in.dbsz;
+			++st.in_full;
+
+		/* Handle full input blocks. */
+		} else if ((uint64_t)n == in.dbsz) {
+			in.dbcnt += in.dbrcnt = n;
+			++st.in_full;
+
+		/* Handle partial input blocks. */
+		} else {
+			/* If sync, use the entire block. */
+			if (ddflags & C_SYNC)
+				in.dbcnt += in.dbrcnt = in.dbsz;
+			else
+				in.dbcnt += in.dbrcnt = n;
+			++st.in_part;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * POSIX states that if bs is set and no other conversions
+		 * than noerror, notrunc or sync are specified, the block
+		 * is output without buffering as it is read.
+		 */
+		if (ddflags & C_BS) {
+			out.dbcnt = in.dbcnt;
+			dd_out(1);
+			in.dbcnt = 0;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (ddflags & C_SWAB) {
+			if ((n = in.dbrcnt) & 1) {
+				++st.swab;
+				--n;
+			}
+			swab(in.dbp, in.dbp, n);
+		}
+
+		in.dbp += in.dbrcnt;
+		(*cfunc)();
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cleanup any remaining I/O and flush output.  If necessary, output file
+ * is truncated.
+ */
+static void
+dd_close(void)
+{
+
+	if (cfunc == def)
+		def_close();
+	else if (cfunc == block)
+		block_close();
+	else if (cfunc == unblock)
+		unblock_close();
+	if (ddflags & C_OSYNC && out.dbcnt < out.dbsz) {
+		(void)memset(out.dbp, 0, out.dbsz - out.dbcnt);
+		out.dbcnt = out.dbsz;
+	}
+	/* If there are pending sparse blocks, make sure
+	 * to write out the final block un-sparse
+	 */
+	if ((out.dbcnt == 0) && pending) {
+		memset(out.db, 0, out.dbsz);
+		out.dbcnt = out.dbsz;
+		out.dbp = out.db + out.dbcnt;
+		pending -= out.dbsz;
+	}
+	if (out.dbcnt)
+		dd_out(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Reporting nfs write error may be deferred until next
+	 * write(2) or close(2) system call.  So, we need to do an
+	 * extra check.  If an output is stdout, the file structure
+	 * may be shared with other processes and close(2) just
+	 * decreases the reference count.
+	 */
+	if (out.fd == STDOUT_FILENO && ddop_fsync(out, out.fd) == -1
+	    && errno != EINVAL) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fsync stdout");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	if (ddop_close(out, out.fd) == -1) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "close");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+void
+dd_out(int force)
+{
+	static int warned;
+	int64_t cnt, n, nw;
+	u_char *outp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Write one or more blocks out.  The common case is writing a full
+	 * output block in a single write; increment the full block stats.
+	 * Otherwise, we're into partial block writes.  If a partial write,
+	 * and it's a character device, just warn.  If a tape device, quit.
+	 *
+	 * The partial writes represent two cases.  1: Where the input block
+	 * was less than expected so the output block was less than expected.
+	 * 2: Where the input block was the right size but we were forced to
+	 * write the block in multiple chunks.  The original versions of dd(1)
+	 * never wrote a block in more than a single write, so the latter case
+	 * never happened.
+	 *
+	 * One special case is if we're forced to do the write -- in that case
+	 * we play games with the buffer size, and it's usually a partial write.
+	 */
+	outp = out.db;
+	for (n = force ? out.dbcnt : out.dbsz;; n = out.dbsz) {
+		for (cnt = n;; cnt -= nw) {
+
+			if (!force && ddflags & C_SPARSE) {
+				int sparse, i;
+				sparse = 1;	/* Is buffer sparse? */
+				for (i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+					if (outp[i] != 0) {
+						sparse = 0;
+						break;
+					}
+				if (sparse) {
+					pending += cnt;
+					outp += cnt;
+					nw = 0;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (pending != 0) {
+				if (ddop_lseek(out,
+				    out.fd, pending, SEEK_CUR) == -1)
+					err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: seek error creating sparse file",
+					    out.name);
+			}
+			nw = bwrite(&out, outp, cnt);
+			if (nw <= 0) {
+				if (nw == 0)
+					errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+						"%s: end of device", out.name);
+					/* NOTREACHED */
+				if (errno != EINTR)
+					err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", out.name);
+					/* NOTREACHED */
+				nw = 0;
+			}
+			if (pending) {
+				st.bytes += pending;
+				st.sparse += pending/out.dbsz;
+				st.out_full += pending/out.dbsz;
+				pending = 0;
+			}
+			outp += nw;
+			st.bytes += nw;
+			if (nw == n) {
+				if ((uint64_t)n != out.dbsz)
+					++st.out_part;
+				else
+					++st.out_full;
+				break;
+			}
+			++st.out_part;
+			if (nw == cnt)
+				break;
+			if (out.flags & ISCHR && !warned) {
+				warned = 1;
+				warnx("%s: short write on character device", out.name);
+			}
+			if (out.flags & ISTAPE)
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+					"%s: short write on tape device", out.name);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+
+		}
+		if ((out.dbcnt -= n) < out.dbsz)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Reassemble the output block. */
+	if (out.dbcnt)
+		(void)memmove(out.db, out.dbp - out.dbcnt, out.dbcnt);
+	out.dbp = out.db + out.dbcnt;
+
+	if (progress && (st.out_full + st.out_part) % progress == 0)
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, ".", 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * A protected against SIGINFO write
+ */
+ssize_t
+bwrite(IO *io, const void *buf, size_t len)
+{
+	sigset_t oset;
+	ssize_t rv;
+	int oerrno;
+
+	(void)sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &infoset, &oset);
+	rv = io->ops->op_write(io->fd, buf, len);
+	oerrno = errno;
+	(void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &oset, NULL);
+	errno = oerrno;
+	return (rv);
+}
diff --git a/bin/dd/dd.h b/bin/dd/dd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b2712d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/dd/dd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: dd.h,v 1.16 2015/03/18 13:23:49 manu Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego and Lance
+ * Visser of Convex Computer Corporation.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)dd.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94
+ */
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+struct ddfops {
+	int (*op_init)(void);
+
+	int (*op_open)(const char *, int, ...);
+	int (*op_close)(int);
+
+	int (*op_fcntl)(int, int, ...);
+	int (*op_ioctl)(int, unsigned long, ...);
+
+	int (*op_fstat)(int, struct stat *);
+	int (*op_fsync)(int);
+	int (*op_ftruncate)(int, off_t);
+
+	off_t (*op_lseek)(int, off_t, int);
+
+	ssize_t (*op_read)(int, void *, size_t);
+	ssize_t (*op_write)(int, const void *, size_t);
+};
+
+#define ddop_open(dir, a1, a2, ...)	dir.ops->op_open(a1, a2, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define ddop_close(dir, a1)		dir.ops->op_close(a1)
+#define ddop_fcntl(dir, a1, a2, ...)	dir.ops->op_fcntl(a1, a2, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define ddop_ioctl(dir, a1, a2, ...)	dir.ops->op_ioctl(a1, a2, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define ddop_fsync(dir, a1)		dir.ops->op_fsync(a1)
+#define ddop_ftruncate(dir, a1, a2)	dir.ops->op_ftruncate(a1, a2)
+#define ddop_lseek(dir, a1, a2, a3)	dir.ops->op_lseek(a1, a2, a3)
+#define ddop_read(dir, a1, a2, a3)	dir.ops->op_read(a1, a2, a3)
+#define ddop_write(dir, a1, a2, a3)	dir.ops->op_write(a1, a2, a3)
+
+/* Input/output stream state. */
+typedef struct {
+	u_char		*db;		/* buffer address */
+	u_char		*dbp;		/* current buffer I/O address */
+	uint64_t	dbcnt;		/* current buffer byte count */
+	int64_t		dbrcnt;		/* last read byte count */
+	uint64_t	dbsz;		/* buffer size */
+
+#define	ISCHR		0x01		/* character device (warn on short) */
+#define	ISPIPE		0x02		/* pipe (not truncatable) */
+#define	ISTAPE		0x04		/* tape (not seekable) */
+#define	NOREAD		0x08		/* not readable */
+	u_int		flags;
+
+	const char  	*name;		/* name */
+	int		fd;		/* file descriptor */
+	uint64_t	offset;		/* # of blocks to skip */
+	struct ddfops	const *ops;	/* ops to use with fd */
+} IO;
+
+typedef struct {
+	uint64_t	in_full;	/* # of full input blocks */
+	uint64_t	in_part;	/* # of partial input blocks */
+	uint64_t	out_full;	/* # of full output blocks */
+	uint64_t	out_part;	/* # of partial output blocks */
+	uint64_t	trunc;		/* # of truncated records */
+	uint64_t	swab;		/* # of odd-length swab blocks */
+	uint64_t	sparse;		/* # of sparse output blocks */
+	uint64_t	bytes;		/* # of bytes written */
+	struct timeval	start;		/* start time of dd */
+} STAT;
+
+/* Flags (in ddflags, iflag and oflag). */
+#define	C_NONE		0x00000
+#define	C_ASCII		0x00001
+#define	C_BLOCK		0x00002
+#define	C_BS		0x00004
+#define	C_CBS		0x00008
+#define	C_COUNT		0x00010
+#define	C_EBCDIC	0x00020
+#define	C_FILES		0x00040
+#define	C_IBS		0x00080
+#define	C_IF		0x00100
+#define	C_LCASE		0x00200
+#define	C_NOERROR	0x00400
+#define	C_NOTRUNC	0x00800
+#define	C_OBS		0x01000
+#define	C_OF		0x02000
+#define	C_SEEK		0x04000
+#define	C_SKIP		0x08000
+#define	C_SWAB		0x10000
+#define	C_SYNC		0x20000
+#define	C_UCASE		0x40000
+#define	C_UNBLOCK	0x80000
+#define	C_OSYNC		0x100000
+#define	C_SPARSE	0x200000
+#define	C_IFLAG		0x400000
+#define	C_OFLAG		0x800000
diff --git a/bin/dd/dd_hostops.c b/bin/dd/dd_hostops.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6e7a89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/dd/dd_hostops.c
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*      $NetBSD: dd_hostops.c,v 1.1 2011/02/04 19:42:12 pooka Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: dd_hostops.c,v 1.1 2011/02/04 19:42:12 pooka Exp $");
+#endif /* !lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "dd.h"
+
+const struct ddfops ddfops_prog = {
+	.op_open = open,
+	.op_close = close,
+	.op_fcntl = fcntl,
+	.op_ioctl = ioctl,
+	.op_fstat = fstat,
+	.op_fsync = fsync,
+	.op_ftruncate = ftruncate,
+	.op_lseek = lseek,
+	.op_read = read,
+	.op_write = write,
+};
diff --git a/bin/dd/dd_rumpops.c b/bin/dd/dd_rumpops.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71f7db4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/dd/dd_rumpops.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*      $NetBSD: dd_rumpops.c,v 1.1 2011/02/04 19:42:12 pooka Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: dd_rumpops.c,v 1.1 2011/02/04 19:42:12 pooka Exp $");
+#endif /* !lint */
+
+#include <rump/rump_syscalls.h>
+#include <rump/rumpclient.h>
+
+#include "dd.h"
+
+const struct ddfops ddfops_prog = {
+	.op_init = rumpclient_init,
+
+	.op_open = rump_sys_open,
+	.op_close = rump_sys_close,
+	.op_fcntl = rump_sys_fcntl,
+	.op_ioctl = rump_sys_ioctl,
+	.op_fstat = rump_sys_fstat,
+	.op_fsync = rump_sys_fsync,
+	.op_ftruncate = rump_sys_ftruncate,
+	.op_lseek = rump_sys_lseek,
+	.op_read = rump_sys_read,
+	.op_write = rump_sys_write,
+};
diff --git a/bin/dd/extern.h b/bin/dd/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27b51a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/dd/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.23 2015/03/18 13:23:49 manu Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego and Lance
+ * Visser of Convex Computer Corporation.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef NO_CONV
+__dead void block(void);
+__dead void block_close(void);
+__dead void unblock(void);
+__dead void unblock_close(void);
+#else
+void block(void);
+void block_close(void);
+void unblock(void);
+void unblock_close(void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NO_MSGFMT
+int dd_write_msg(const char *, int);
+#endif
+
+void dd_out(int);
+void def(void);
+void def_close(void);
+void jcl(char **);
+void pos_in(void);
+void pos_out(void);
+void summary(void);
+void summaryx(int);
+__dead void terminate(int);
+void unblock(void);
+void unblock_close(void);
+ssize_t bwrite(IO *, const void *, size_t);
+
+extern IO		in, out;
+extern STAT		st;
+extern void		(*cfunc)(void);
+extern uint64_t		cpy_cnt;
+extern uint64_t		cbsz;
+extern u_int		ddflags;
+#ifndef NO_IOFLAG
+extern u_int		iflag;
+extern u_int		oflag;
+#endif /* NO_IOFLAG */
+extern u_int		files_cnt;
+extern uint64_t		progress;
+extern const u_char	*ctab;
+extern const u_char	a2e_32V[], a2e_POSIX[];
+extern const u_char	e2a_32V[], e2a_POSIX[];
+extern const u_char	a2ibm_32V[], a2ibm_POSIX[];
+extern u_char		casetab[];
+extern const char	*msgfmt;
diff --git a/bin/dd/misc.c b/bin/dd/misc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fac98b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/dd/misc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: misc.c,v 1.23 2011/11/07 22:24:23 jym Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego and Lance
+ * Visser of Convex Computer Corporation.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)misc.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: misc.c,v 1.23 2011/11/07 22:24:23 jym Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
+#include "dd.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+#define	tv2mS(tv) ((tv).tv_sec * 1000LL + ((tv).tv_usec + 500) / 1000)
+
+static void posix_summary(void);
+#ifndef NO_MSGFMT
+static void custom_summary(void);
+static void human_summary(void);
+static void quiet_summary(void);
+
+static void buffer_write(const char *, size_t, int);
+#endif /* NO_MSGFMT */
+
+void
+summary(void)
+{
+
+	if (progress)
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1);
+
+#ifdef NO_MSGFMT
+	return posix_summary();
+#else /* NO_MSGFMT */
+	if (strncmp(msgfmt, "human", sizeof("human")) == 0)
+		return human_summary();
+
+	if (strncmp(msgfmt, "posix", sizeof("posix")) == 0)
+		return posix_summary();
+
+	if (strncmp(msgfmt, "quiet", sizeof("quiet")) == 0)
+		return quiet_summary();
+
+	return custom_summary();
+#endif /* NO_MSGFMT */
+}
+
+static void
+posix_summary(void)
+{
+	char buf[100];
+	int64_t mS;
+	struct timeval tv;
+
+	if (progress)
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1);
+
+	(void)gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
+	mS = tv2mS(tv) - tv2mS(st.start);
+	if (mS == 0)
+		mS = 1;
+
+	/* Use snprintf(3) so that we don't reenter stdio(3). */
+	(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+	    "%llu+%llu records in\n%llu+%llu records out\n",
+	    (unsigned long long)st.in_full,  (unsigned long long)st.in_part,
+	    (unsigned long long)st.out_full, (unsigned long long)st.out_part);
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen(buf));
+	if (st.swab) {
+		(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%llu odd length swab %s\n",
+		    (unsigned long long)st.swab,
+		    (st.swab == 1) ? "block" : "blocks");
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen(buf));
+	}
+	if (st.trunc) {
+		(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%llu truncated %s\n",
+		    (unsigned long long)st.trunc,
+		    (st.trunc == 1) ? "block" : "blocks");
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen(buf));
+	}
+	if (st.sparse) {
+		(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%llu sparse output %s\n",
+		    (unsigned long long)st.sparse,
+		    (st.sparse == 1) ? "block" : "blocks");
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen(buf));
+	}
+	(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+	    "%llu bytes transferred in %lu.%03d secs (%llu bytes/sec)\n",
+	    (unsigned long long) st.bytes,
+	    (long) (mS / 1000),
+	    (int) (mS % 1000),
+	    (unsigned long long) (st.bytes * 1000LL / mS));
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen(buf));
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+summaryx(int notused)
+{
+
+	summary();
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+terminate(int signo)
+{
+
+	summary();
+	(void)raise_default_signal(signo);
+	_exit(127);
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_MSGFMT
+/*
+ * Buffer write(2) calls
+ */
+static void
+buffer_write(const char *str, size_t size, int flush)
+{
+	static char wbuf[128];
+	static size_t cnt = 0; /* Internal counter to allow wbuf to wrap */
+	
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+		if (str != NULL) {
+			wbuf[cnt++] = str[i];
+		}
+		if (cnt >= sizeof(wbuf)) {
+			(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, wbuf, cnt);
+			cnt = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (flush != 0) {
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, wbuf, cnt);
+		cnt = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write summary to stderr according to format 'fmt'. If 'enable' is 0, it
+ * will not attempt to write anything. Can be used to validate the
+ * correctness of the 'fmt' string.
+ */
+int
+dd_write_msg(const char *fmt, int enable)
+{
+	char hbuf[7], nbuf[32];
+	const char *ptr;
+	int64_t mS;
+	struct timeval tv;
+
+	(void)gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
+	mS = tv2mS(tv) - tv2mS(st.start);
+	if (mS == 0)
+		mS = 1;
+
+#define ADDC(c) do { if (enable != 0) buffer_write(&c, 1, 0); } \
+	while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)
+#define ADDS(p) do { if (enable != 0) buffer_write(p, strlen(p), 0); } \
+	while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)
+
+	for (ptr = fmt; *ptr; ptr++) {
+		if (*ptr != '%') {
+			ADDC(*ptr);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+ 		switch (*++ptr) {
+		case 'b':
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%llu",
+			    (unsigned long long)st.bytes);
+			ADDS(nbuf);
+			break;
+		case 'B':
+			if (humanize_number(hbuf, sizeof(hbuf),
+			    st.bytes, "B",
+			    HN_AUTOSCALE, HN_DECIMAL) == -1)
+				warnx("humanize_number (bytes transferred)");
+			ADDS(hbuf);
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%llu",
+			    (unsigned long long) (st.bytes * 1000LL / mS));
+			ADDS(nbuf);
+			break;
+		case 'E':
+			if (humanize_number(hbuf, sizeof(hbuf),
+			    st.bytes * 1000LL / mS, "B",
+			    HN_AUTOSCALE, HN_DECIMAL) == -1)
+				warnx("humanize_number (bytes per second)");
+			ADDS(hbuf); ADDS("/sec");
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%llu",
+			    (unsigned long long)st.in_part);
+			ADDS(nbuf);
+			break;
+		case 'I':
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%llu",
+			    (unsigned long long)st.in_full);
+			ADDS(nbuf);
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%llu",
+			    (unsigned long long)st.out_part);
+			ADDS(nbuf);
+			break;
+		case 'O':
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%llu",
+			    (unsigned long long)st.out_full);
+			ADDS(nbuf);
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%li.%03d",
+			    (long) (mS / 1000), (int) (mS % 1000));
+			ADDS(nbuf);
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%llu",
+			    (unsigned long long)st.sparse);
+			ADDS(nbuf);
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%llu",
+			    (unsigned long long)st.trunc);
+			ADDS(nbuf);
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%llu",
+			    (unsigned long long)st.swab);
+			ADDS(nbuf);
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			ADDS("block");
+			if (st.sparse != 1) ADDS("s");
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			ADDS("block");
+			if (st.trunc != 1) ADDS("s");
+			break;
+		case 'W':
+			ADDS("block");
+			if (st.swab != 1) ADDS("s");
+			break;
+		case '%':
+			ADDC(*ptr);
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (*ptr == '\0')
+				goto done;
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "unknown specifier '%c' in "
+			    "msgfmt string", *ptr);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	}
+
+done:
+	/* flush buffer */
+	buffer_write(NULL, 0, 1);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+custom_summary(void)
+{
+
+	dd_write_msg(msgfmt, 1);
+}
+
+static void
+human_summary(void)
+{
+	(void)dd_write_msg("%I+%i records in\n%O+%o records out\n", 1);
+	if (st.swab) {
+		(void)dd_write_msg("%w odd length swab %W\n", 1);
+	}
+	if (st.trunc) {
+		(void)dd_write_msg("%t truncated %T\n", 1);
+	}
+	if (st.sparse) {
+		(void)dd_write_msg("%p sparse output %P\n", 1);
+	}
+	(void)dd_write_msg("%b bytes (%B) transferred in %s secs "
+	    "(%e bytes/sec - %E)\n", 1);
+}
+
+static void
+quiet_summary(void)
+{
+
+	/* stay quiet */
+}
+#endif /* NO_MSGFMT */
diff --git a/bin/dd/position.c b/bin/dd/position.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36dd580
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/dd/position.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: position.c,v 1.18 2010/11/22 21:04:28 pooka Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego and Lance
+ * Visser of Convex Computer Corporation.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)position.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: position.c,v 1.18 2010/11/22 21:04:28 pooka Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/mtio.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "dd.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * Position input/output data streams before starting the copy.  Device type
+ * dependent.  Seekable devices use lseek, and the rest position by reading.
+ * Seeking past the end of file can cause null blocks to be written to the
+ * output.
+ */
+void
+pos_in(void)
+{
+	int bcnt, cnt, nr, warned;
+
+	/* If not a pipe or tape device, try to seek on it. */
+	if (!(in.flags & (ISPIPE|ISTAPE))) {
+		if (ddop_lseek(in, in.fd,
+		    (off_t)in.offset * (off_t)in.dbsz, SEEK_CUR) == -1) {
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", in.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		return;
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Read the data.  If a pipe, read until satisfy the number of bytes
+	 * being skipped.  No differentiation for reading complete and partial
+	 * blocks for other devices.
+	 */
+	for (bcnt = in.dbsz, cnt = in.offset, warned = 0; cnt;) {
+		if ((nr = ddop_read(in, in.fd, in.db, bcnt)) > 0) {
+			if (in.flags & ISPIPE) {
+				if (!(bcnt -= nr)) {
+					bcnt = in.dbsz;
+					--cnt;
+				}
+			} else
+				--cnt;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (nr == 0) {
+			if (files_cnt > 1) {
+				--files_cnt;
+				continue;
+			}
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "skip reached end of input");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Input error -- either EOF with no more files, or I/O error.
+		 * If noerror not set die.  POSIX requires that the warning
+		 * message be followed by an I/O display.
+		 */
+		if (ddflags & C_NOERROR) {
+			if (!warned) {
+
+				warn("%s", in.name);
+				warned = 1;
+				summary();
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", in.name);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+void
+pos_out(void)
+{
+	struct mtop t_op;
+	int n;
+	uint64_t cnt;
+
+	/*
+	 * If not a tape, try seeking on the file.  Seeking on a pipe is
+	 * going to fail, but don't protect the user -- they shouldn't
+	 * have specified the seek operand.
+	 */
+	if (!(out.flags & ISTAPE)) {
+		if (ddop_lseek(out, out.fd,
+		    (off_t)out.offset * (off_t)out.dbsz, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", out.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* If no read access, try using mtio. */
+	if (out.flags & NOREAD) {
+		t_op.mt_op = MTFSR;
+		t_op.mt_count = out.offset;
+
+		if (ddop_ioctl(out, out.fd, MTIOCTOP, &t_op) < 0)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", out.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Read it. */
+	for (cnt = 0; cnt < out.offset; ++cnt) {
+		if ((n = ddop_read(out, out.fd, out.db, out.dbsz)) > 0)
+			continue;
+
+		if (n < 0)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", out.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+
+		/*
+		 * If reach EOF, fill with NUL characters; first, back up over
+		 * the EOF mark.  Note, cnt has not yet been incremented, so
+		 * the EOF read does not count as a seek'd block.
+		 */
+		t_op.mt_op = MTBSR;
+		t_op.mt_count = 1;
+		if (ddop_ioctl(out, out.fd, MTIOCTOP, &t_op) == -1)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", out.name);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+
+		while (cnt++ < out.offset)
+			if ((uint64_t)(n = bwrite(&out,
+			    out.db, out.dbsz)) != out.dbsz)
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", out.name);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+		break;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/bin/df/df.1 b/bin/df/df.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ac5ed0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/df/df.1
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: df.1,v 1.49 2018/08/26 23:34:52 sevan Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)df.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/13/92
+.\"
+.Dd August 27, 2018
+.Dt DF 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm df
+.Nd display free disk space
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl agln
+.Op Fl Ghkm | Fl ihkm | Fl Pk
+.Op Fl t Ar type
+.Op Ar file | Ar file_system ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+displays statistics about the amount of free disk space on the specified
+.Ar file_system
+or on the file system of which
+.Ar file
+is a part.
+By default, all sizes are reported in 512-byte block counts.
+If neither a file or a
+.Ar file_system
+operand is specified,
+statistics for all mounted file systems are displayed
+(subject to the
+.Fl l
+and
+.Fl t
+options below).
+.Pp
+Note that the printed count of available blocks takes
+.Va minfree
+into account, and thus will be negative when the number of free blocks
+on the filesystem is less than
+.Va minfree .
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl a
+Show all mount points,
+including those that were mounted with the
+.Dv MNT_IGNORE
+flag.
+.It Fl G
+Display all the fields of the structure(s) returned by
+.Xr statvfs 2 .
+This option cannot be used with the
+.Fl i
+or
+.Fl P
+options, and it is modelled after the Solaris
+.Fl g
+option.
+This option will override the
+.Fl g ,
+.Fl h ,
+.Fl k ,
+and
+.Fl m
+options, as well as any setting of
+.Ev BLOCKSIZE .
+.It Fl g
+The
+.Fl g
+option causes the numbers to be reported in gigabytes (1024*1024*1024
+bytes).
+.It Fl h
+"Human-readable" output.
+Use unit suffixes: Byte, Kilobyte, Megabyte,
+Gigabyte, Terabyte, Petabyte, Exabyte in order to reduce the number of
+digits to four or less.
+.It Fl i
+Include statistics on the number of free inodes.
+.It Fl k
+By default, all sizes are reported in 512-byte block counts.
+The
+.Fl k
+option causes the numbers to be reported in kilobytes (1024 bytes).
+.It Fl l
+Display statistics only about mounted file systems with the
+.Dv MNT_LOCAL
+flag set.
+If a non-local file system is given as an argument, a
+warning is issued and no information is given on that file system.
+.It Fl m
+The
+.Fl m
+option causes the numbers to be reported in megabytes (1024*1024 bytes).
+.It Fl n
+Print out the previously obtained statistics from the file systems.
+This option should be used if it is possible that one or more
+file systems are in a state such that they will not be able to provide
+statistics without a long delay.
+When this option is specified,
+.Nm
+will not request new statistics from the file systems, but will respond
+with the possibly stale statistics that were previously obtained.
+.It Fl P
+Produce output in the following portable format:
+.Pp
+If both the
+.Fl P
+and
+.Fl k
+option are specified, the output will be preceded by the following header
+line, formatted to match the data following it:
+.Bd -literal
+"Filesystem 1024-blocks Used Available Capacity Mounted on\en"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If the
+.Fl P
+option is specified without the
+.Fl k
+options, the output will be preceded by the following header line,
+formatted to match the data following it:
+.Bd -literal
+"Filesystem <blksize>-blocks Used Available Capacity Mounted on\en"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The header line is followed by data formatted as follows:
+.Bd -literal
+"%s %d %d %d %d%% %s\en", <file system name>, <total space>,
+    <space used>, <space free>, <percentage used>,
+    <file system root>
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Note that the
+.Fl i
+option may not be specified with
+.Fl P .
+.It Fl t Ar type
+Is used to indicate the actions should only be taken on
+filesystems of the specified type.
+More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list.
+The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with
+.Dq no
+to specify the filesystem types for which action should
+.Em not
+be taken.
+If a file system is given on the command line that is not of
+the specified type, a warning is issued and no information is given on
+that file system.
+.El
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width BLOCKSIZE
+.It Ev BLOCKSIZE
+If the environment variable
+.Ev BLOCKSIZE
+is set, and the
+.Fl g ,
+.Fl h ,
+.Fl k
+and
+.Fl m
+options are not specified, the block counts will be displayed in units of that
+size block.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr quota 1 ,
+.Xr fstatvfs 2 ,
+.Xr getvfsstat 2 ,
+.Xr statvfs 2 ,
+.Xr getbsize 3 ,
+.Xr getmntinfo 3 ,
+.Xr fs 5 ,
+.Xr fstab 5 ,
+.Xr mount 8 ,
+.Xr quot 8 ,
+.Xr tunefs 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/bin/df/df.c b/bin/df/df.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9392d0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/df/df.c
@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: df.c,v 1.93 2018/08/26 23:34:52 sevan Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed
+ * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph
+ * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with
+ * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT(
+"@(#) Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)df.c	8.7 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: df.c,v 1.93 2018/08/26 23:34:52 sevan Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <util.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+static char	*getmntpt(const char *);
+static void	 prtstat(struct statvfs *, int);
+static int	 selected(const char *, size_t);
+static void	 maketypelist(char *);
+static size_t	 regetmntinfo(struct statvfs **, size_t);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+static void	 prthumanval(int64_t, const char *);
+static void	 prthuman(struct statvfs *, int64_t, int64_t);
+
+static int	 aflag, gflag, hflag, iflag, lflag, nflag, Pflag;
+static long	 usize;
+static char	**typelist;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct stat stbuf;
+	struct statvfs *mntbuf;
+	long mntsize;
+	int ch, i, maxwidth, width;
+	char *mntpt;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "aGghiklmnPt:")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'a':
+			aflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'g':
+			hflag = 0;
+			usize = 1024 * 1024 * 1024;
+			break;
+		case 'G':
+			gflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			hflag = 1;
+			usize = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			iflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			hflag = 0;
+			usize = 1024;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			lflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			hflag = 0;
+			usize = 1024 * 1024;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			nflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			Pflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			if (typelist != NULL)
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "only one -t option may be specified.");
+			maketypelist(optarg);
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+
+	if (gflag && (Pflag || iflag))
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+		    "only one of -G and -P or -i may be specified");
+	if (Pflag && iflag)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+		    "only one of -P and -i may be specified");
+#if 0
+	/*
+	 * The block size cannot be checked until after getbsize() is called.
+	 */
+	if (Pflag && (hflag || (usize != 1024 && usize != 512)))
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+		    "non-standard block size incompatible with -P");
+#endif
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	mntsize = getmntinfo(&mntbuf, MNT_NOWAIT);
+	if (mntsize == 0)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE,
+		    "retrieving information on mounted file systems");
+
+	if (*argv == NULL) {
+		mntsize = regetmntinfo(&mntbuf, mntsize);
+	} else {
+		if ((mntbuf = malloc(argc * sizeof(*mntbuf))) == NULL)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "can't allocate statvfs array");
+		mntsize = 0;
+		for (/*EMPTY*/; *argv != NULL; argv++) {
+			if (stat(*argv, &stbuf) < 0) {
+				if ((mntpt = getmntpt(*argv)) == 0) {
+					warn("%s", *argv);
+					continue;
+				}
+			} else if (S_ISBLK(stbuf.st_mode)) {
+				if ((mntpt = getmntpt(*argv)) == 0)
+					mntpt = *argv;
+			} else
+				mntpt = *argv;
+			/*
+			 * Statfs does not take a `wait' flag, so we cannot
+			 * implement nflag here.
+			 */
+			if (!statvfs(mntpt, &mntbuf[mntsize]))
+				if (lflag &&
+				    (mntbuf[mntsize].f_flag & MNT_LOCAL) == 0)
+					warnx("Warning: %s is not a local %s",
+					    *argv, "file system");
+				else if
+				    (!selected(mntbuf[mntsize].f_fstypename,
+					sizeof(mntbuf[mntsize].f_fstypename)))
+					warnx("Warning: %s mounted as a %s %s",
+					    *argv,
+					    mntbuf[mntsize].f_fstypename,
+					    "file system");
+				else
+					++mntsize;
+			else
+				warn("%s", *argv);
+		}
+	}
+
+	maxwidth = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < mntsize; i++) {
+		width = (int)strlen(mntbuf[i].f_mntfromname);
+		if (width > maxwidth)
+			maxwidth = width;
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < mntsize; i++)
+		prtstat(&mntbuf[i], maxwidth);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static char *
+getmntpt(const char *name)
+{
+	size_t mntsize, i;
+	struct statvfs *mntbuf;
+
+	mntsize = getmntinfo(&mntbuf, MNT_NOWAIT);
+	if (mntsize == 0)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Can't get mount information");
+	for (i = 0; i < mntsize; i++) {
+		if (!strcmp(mntbuf[i].f_mntfromname, name))
+			return mntbuf[i].f_mntonname;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static enum { IN_LIST, NOT_IN_LIST } which;
+
+static int
+selected(const char *type, size_t len)
+{
+	char **av;
+
+	/* If no type specified, it's always selected. */
+	if (typelist == NULL)
+		return 1;
+	for (av = typelist; *av != NULL; ++av)
+		if (!strncmp(type, *av, len))
+			return which == IN_LIST ? 1 : 0;
+	return which == IN_LIST ? 0 : 1;
+}
+
+static void
+maketypelist(char *fslist)
+{
+	size_t i;
+	char *nextcp, **av;
+
+	if ((fslist == NULL) || (fslist[0] == '\0'))
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "empty type list");
+
+	/*
+	 * XXX
+	 * Note: the syntax is "noxxx,yyy" for no xxx's and
+	 * no yyy's, not the more intuitive "noyyy,noyyy".
+	 */
+	if (fslist[0] == 'n' && fslist[1] == 'o') {
+		fslist += 2;
+		which = NOT_IN_LIST;
+	} else
+		which = IN_LIST;
+
+	/* Count the number of types. */
+	for (i = 1, nextcp = fslist;
+	    (nextcp = strchr(nextcp, ',')) != NULL; i++)
+		++nextcp;
+
+	/* Build an array of that many types. */
+	if ((av = typelist = malloc((i + 1) * sizeof(*av))) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "can't allocate type array");
+	av[0] = fslist;
+	for (i = 1, nextcp = fslist;
+	    (nextcp = strchr(nextcp, ',')) != NULL; i++) {
+		*nextcp = '\0';
+		av[i] = ++nextcp;
+	}
+	/* Terminate the array. */
+	av[i] = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Make a pass over the filesystem info in ``mntbuf'' filtering out
+ * filesystem types not in ``fsmask'' and possibly re-stating to get
+ * current (not cached) info.  Returns the new count of valid statvfs bufs.
+ */
+static size_t
+regetmntinfo(struct statvfs **mntbufp, size_t mntsize)
+{
+	size_t i, j;
+	struct statvfs *mntbuf;
+
+	if (!lflag && typelist == NULL && aflag)
+		return nflag ? mntsize : (size_t)getmntinfo(mntbufp, MNT_WAIT);
+
+	mntbuf = *mntbufp;
+	j = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < mntsize; i++) {
+		if (!aflag && (mntbuf[i].f_flag & MNT_IGNORE) != 0)
+			continue;
+		if (lflag && (mntbuf[i].f_flag & MNT_LOCAL) == 0)
+			continue;
+		if (!selected(mntbuf[i].f_fstypename,
+		    sizeof(mntbuf[i].f_fstypename)))
+			continue;
+		if (nflag)
+			mntbuf[j] = mntbuf[i];
+		else {
+			struct statvfs layerbuf = mntbuf[i];
+			(void)statvfs(mntbuf[i].f_mntonname, &mntbuf[j]);
+			/*
+			 * If the FS name changed, then new data is for
+			 * a different layer and we don't want it.
+			 */
+			if (memcmp(layerbuf.f_mntfromname,
+			    mntbuf[j].f_mntfromname, MNAMELEN))
+				mntbuf[j] = layerbuf;
+		}
+		j++;
+	}
+	return j;
+}
+
+static void
+prthumanval(int64_t bytes, const char *pad)
+{
+	char buf[6];
+
+	(void)humanize_number(buf, sizeof(buf) - (bytes < 0 ? 0 : 1),
+	    bytes, "", HN_AUTOSCALE,
+	    HN_B | HN_NOSPACE | HN_DECIMAL);
+
+	(void)printf("%s %6s", pad, buf);
+}
+
+static void
+prthuman(struct statvfs *sfsp, int64_t used, int64_t bavail)
+{
+
+	prthumanval((int64_t)(sfsp->f_blocks * sfsp->f_frsize), "   ");
+	prthumanval((int64_t)(used * sfsp->f_frsize), "    ");
+	prthumanval((int64_t)(bavail * sfsp->f_frsize), "    ");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert statvfs returned filesystem size into BLOCKSIZE units.
+ * Attempts to avoid overflow for large filesystems.
+ */
+#define fsbtoblk(num, fsbs, bs)					\
+	(((fsbs) != 0 && (uint64_t)(fsbs) < (uint64_t)(bs)) ?	\
+	    (int64_t)(num) / (int64_t)((bs) / (fsbs)) :		\
+	    (int64_t)(num) * (int64_t)((fsbs) / (bs)))
+
+/*
+ * Print out status about a filesystem.
+ */
+static void
+prtstat(struct statvfs *sfsp, int maxwidth)
+{
+	static long blocksize;
+	static int headerlen, timesthrough;
+	static const char *header;
+	static const char full[] = "100";
+	static const char empty[] = "  0";
+	int64_t used, availblks, inodes;
+	int64_t bavail;
+	char pb[64];
+
+	if (gflag) {
+		/*
+		 * From SunOS-5.6:
+		 *
+		 * /var               (/dev/dsk/c0t0d0s3 ):         8192 block size          1024 frag size
+		 *   984242 total blocks     860692 free blocks   859708 available         249984 total files
+		 *   248691 free files      8388611 filesys id
+		 *      ufs fstype       0x00000004 flag             255 filename length
+		 *
+		 */
+		(void)printf("%10s (%-12s): %7ld block size %12ld frag size\n",
+		    sfsp->f_mntonname, sfsp->f_mntfromname,
+		    sfsp->f_bsize,	/* On UFS/FFS systems this is
+					 * also called the "optimal
+					 * transfer block size" but it
+					 * is of course the file
+					 * system's block size too.
+					 */
+		    sfsp->f_frsize);	/* not so surprisingly the
+					 * "fundamental file system
+					 * block size" is the frag
+					 * size.
+					 */
+		(void)printf("%10" PRId64 " total blocks %10" PRId64
+		    " free blocks  %10" PRId64 " available\n",
+		    (uint64_t)sfsp->f_blocks, (uint64_t)sfsp->f_bfree,
+		    (uint64_t)sfsp->f_bavail);
+		(void)printf("%10" PRId64 " total files  %10" PRId64
+		    " free files %12lx filesys id\n",
+		    (uint64_t)sfsp->f_ffree, (uint64_t)sfsp->f_files,
+		    sfsp->f_fsid);
+		(void)printf("%10s fstype  %#15lx flag  %17ld filename "
+		    "length\n", sfsp->f_fstypename, sfsp->f_flag,
+		    sfsp->f_namemax);
+		(void)printf("%10lu owner %17" PRId64 " syncwrites %12" PRId64
+		    " asyncwrites\n\n", (unsigned long)sfsp->f_owner,
+		    sfsp->f_syncwrites, sfsp->f_asyncwrites);
+
+		/*
+		 * a concession by the structured programming police to the
+		 * indentation police....
+		 */
+		return;
+	}
+	if (maxwidth < 12)
+		maxwidth = 12;
+	if (++timesthrough == 1) {
+		switch (blocksize = usize) {
+		case 1024:
+			header = Pflag ? "1024-blocks" : "1K-blocks";
+			headerlen = (int)strlen(header);
+			break;
+		case 1024 * 1024:
+			header = "1M-blocks";
+			headerlen = (int)strlen(header);
+			break;
+		case 1024 * 1024 * 1024:
+			header = "1G-blocks";
+			headerlen = (int)strlen(header);
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (hflag) {
+				header = "Size";
+				headerlen = (int)strlen(header);
+			} else
+				header = getbsize(&headerlen, &blocksize);
+			break;
+		}
+		if (Pflag) {
+			/*
+			 * either:
+			 *  "Filesystem 1024-blocks Used Available Capacity Mounted on\n"
+			 * or:
+			 *  "Filesystem 512-blocks Used Available Capacity Mounted on\n"
+			 */
+			if (blocksize != 1024 && blocksize != 512)
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "non-standard block size incompatible with -P");
+			(void)printf("Filesystem %s Used Available Capacity "
+			    "Mounted on\n", header);
+		} else {
+			(void)printf("%-*.*s %s       Used      Avail %%Cap",
+			    maxwidth - (headerlen - 10),
+			    maxwidth - (headerlen - 10),
+			    "Filesystem", header);
+			if (iflag)
+				(void)printf("    iUsed   iAvail %%iCap");
+			(void)printf(" Mounted on\n");
+		}
+	}
+	used = sfsp->f_blocks - sfsp->f_bfree;
+	bavail = sfsp->f_bfree - sfsp->f_bresvd;
+	availblks = bavail + used;
+	if (Pflag) {
+		assert(hflag == 0);
+		assert(blocksize > 0);
+		/*
+		 * "%s %d %d %d %s %s\n", <file system name>, <total space>,
+		 * <space used>, <space free>, <percentage used>,
+		 * <file system root>
+		 */
+		(void)printf("%s %" PRId64 " %" PRId64 " %" PRId64 " %s%% %s\n",
+		    sfsp->f_mntfromname,
+		    fsbtoblk(sfsp->f_blocks, sfsp->f_frsize, blocksize),
+		    fsbtoblk(used, sfsp->f_frsize, blocksize),
+		    fsbtoblk(bavail, sfsp->f_frsize, blocksize),
+		    availblks == 0 ? full : strspct(pb, sizeof(pb), used,
+		    availblks, 0), sfsp->f_mntonname);
+		/*
+		 * another concession by the structured programming police to
+		 * the indentation police....
+		 *
+		 * Note iflag cannot be set when Pflag is set.
+		 */
+		return;
+	}
+
+	(void)printf("%-*.*s ", maxwidth, maxwidth, sfsp->f_mntfromname);
+
+	if (hflag)
+		prthuman(sfsp, used, bavail);
+	else
+		(void)printf("%10" PRId64 " %10" PRId64 " %10" PRId64,
+		    fsbtoblk(sfsp->f_blocks, sfsp->f_frsize, blocksize),
+		    fsbtoblk(used, sfsp->f_frsize, blocksize),
+		    fsbtoblk(bavail, sfsp->f_frsize, blocksize));
+	(void)printf(" %3s%%",
+	    availblks == 0 ? full :
+	    strspct(pb, sizeof(pb), used, availblks, 0));
+	if (iflag) {
+		inodes = sfsp->f_files;
+		used = inodes - sfsp->f_ffree;
+		(void)printf(" %8jd %8jd %4s%%",
+		    (intmax_t)used, (intmax_t)sfsp->f_ffree,
+		    inodes == 0 ? (used == 0 ? empty : full) :
+		    strspct(pb, sizeof(pb), used, inodes, 0));
+	}
+	(void)printf(" %s\n", sfsp->f_mntonname);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [-agln] [-Ghkm|-ihkm|-Pk] [-t type] [file | "
+	    "file_system ...]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/echo/echo.1 b/bin/echo/echo.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7e374b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/echo/echo.1
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: echo.1,v 1.17 2017/07/04 06:48:41 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)echo.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 7/22/93
+.\"
+.Dd August 14, 2016
+.Dt ECHO 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm echo
+.Nd write arguments to the standard output
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl n
+.Op Ar string ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility writes any specified operands, separated by single blank (`` '')
+characters and followed by a newline (``\en'') character, to the standard
+output.
+.Pp
+The following option is available:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Fl n
+Do not print the trailing newline character.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std echo
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr printf 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v2 .
diff --git a/bin/echo/echo.c b/bin/echo/echo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e59363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/echo/echo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* $NetBSD: echo.c,v 1.19 2016/09/05 01:00:07 sevan Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT(
+"@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)echo.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: echo.c,v 1.19 2016/09/05 01:00:07 sevan Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int nflag;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	/* This utility may NOT do getopt(3) option parsing. */
+	if (*++argv && !strcmp(*argv, "-n")) {
+		++argv;
+		nflag = 1;
+	}
+	else
+		nflag = 0;
+
+	while (*argv) {
+		(void)printf("%s", *argv);
+		if (*++argv)
+			(void)putchar(' ');
+	}
+	if (nflag == 0)
+		(void)putchar('\n');
+	fflush(stdout);
+	if (ferror(stdout))
+		exit(1);
+	exit(0);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/ed/POSIX b/bin/ed/POSIX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bea801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/POSIX
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+$NetBSD: POSIX,v 1.10 1999/11/18 19:16:34 kristerw Exp $
+
+This version of ed(1) is not strictly POSIX compliant, as described in
+the POSIX 1003.2 document.  The following is a summary of the omissions,
+extensions and possible deviations from POSIX 1003.2.
+
+OMISSIONS
+---------
+1) Locale(3) is not supported yet.
+
+2) For backwards compatibility, the POSIX rule that says a range of
+   addresses cannot be used where only a single address is expected has
+   been relaxed.
+
+3) To support the BSD `s' command (see extension [1] below),
+   substitution patterns cannot be delimited by numbers or the characters
+   `r', `g' and `p'.  In contrast, POSIX specifies any character expect
+   space or newline can used as a delimiter.
+
+EXTENSIONS
+----------
+1) BSD commands have been implemented wherever they do not conflict with
+   the POSIX standard.  The BSD-ism's included are:
+	i) `s' (i.e., s[n][rgp]*) to repeat a previous substitution,
+	ii) `W' for appending text to an existing file,
+	iii) `wq' for exiting after a write,
+	iv) `z' for scrolling through the buffer, and
+	v) BSD line addressing syntax (i.e., `^' and `%')  is recognized.
+
+2) If crypt(3) is available, files can be read and written using DES
+   encryption.  The `x' command prompts the user to enter a key used for
+   encrypting/ decrypting subsequent reads and writes.  If only a newline
+   is entered as the key, then encryption is disabled.  Otherwise, a key
+   is read in the same manner as a password entry.  The key remains in
+   effect until encryption is disabled.  For more information on the
+   encryption algorithm, see the bdes(1) man page.  Encryption/decryption
+   should be fully compatible with SunOS des(1).
+
+3) The POSIX interactive global commands `G' and `V' are extended to 
+   support multiple commands, including `a', `i' and `c'.  The command
+   format is the same as for the global commands `g' and `v', i.e., one
+   command per line with each line, except for the last, ending in a
+   backslash (\).
+
+4) An extension to the POSIX file commands `E', `e', `r', `W' and `w' is
+   that <file> arguments are processed for backslash escapes, i.e.,  any
+   character preceded by a backslash is interpreted literally.  If the
+   first unescaped character of a <file> argument is a bang (!), then the
+   rest of the line is interpreted as a shell command, and no escape
+   processing is performed by ed.
+
+5) For SunOS ed(1) compatibility, ed runs in restricted mode if invoked
+   as red.  This limits editing of files in the local directory only and
+   prohibits shell commands.
+
+DEVIATIONS
+----------
+1) Though ed is not a stream editor, it can be used to edit binary files.
+   To assist in binary editing, when a file containing at least one ASCII
+   NUL character is written, a newline is not appended if it did not
+   already contain one upon reading.  In particular, reading /dev/null
+   prior to writing prevents appending a newline to a binary file.
+
+   For example, to create a file with ed containing a single NUL character:
+      $ ed file
+      a
+      ^@
+      .
+      r /dev/null
+      wq
+
+    Similarly, to remove a newline from the end of binary `file':
+      $ ed file
+      r /dev/null
+      wq
+
+2) Since the behavior of `u' (undo) within a `g' (global) command list is
+   not specified by POSIX, it follows the behavior of the SunOS ed:
+   undo forces a global command list to be executed only once, rather than
+   for each line matching a global pattern.  In addtion, each instance of
+   `u' within a global command undoes all previous commands (including
+   undo's) in the command list.  This seems the best way, since the
+   alternatives are either too complicated to implement or too confusing
+   to use.  
+
+   The global/undo combination is useful for masking errors that
+   would otherwise cause a script to fail.  For instance, an ed script
+   to remove any occurrences of either `censor1' or `censor2' might be
+   written as:
+   	ed - file <<EOF
+	1g/.*/u\
+	,s/censor1//g\
+	,s/censor2//g
+	...
+
+3) The `m' (move) command within a `g' command list also follows the SunOS
+   ed implementation: any moved lines are removed from the global command's
+   `active' list.
+
+4) If ed is invoked with a name argument prefixed by a bang (!), then the
+   remainder of the argument is interpreted as a shell command.  To invoke
+   ed on a file whose name starts with bang, prefix the name with a
+   backslash.
diff --git a/bin/ed/README b/bin/ed/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..474672b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/README
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+$NetBSD: README,v 1.10 2019/01/04 19:13:58 maya Exp $
+
+ed is an 8-bit-clean, POSIX-compliant line editor.  It should work with
+any regular expression package that conforms to the POSIX interface
+standard, such as GNU regex(3).
+
+If reliable signals are supported (e.g., POSIX sigaction(2)), it should
+compile with little trouble.  Otherwise, the macros SPL1() and SPL0()
+should be redefined to disable interrupts.
+
+The following compiler directives are recognized:
+DES		- to add encryption support (requires crypt(3))
+BACKWARDS	- for backwards compatibility
+NEED_INSQUE	- if insque(3) is missing
+
+The file `POSIX' describes extensions to and deviations from the POSIX
+standard.
+
+The ./test directory contains regression tests for ed. The README
+file in that directory explains how to run these.
+
+For a description of the ed algorithm, see Kernighan and Plauger's book
+"Software Tools in Pascal," Addison-Wesley, 1981.
diff --git a/bin/ed/buf.c b/bin/ed/buf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f824f75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/buf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.27 2014/03/23 05:06:42 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/* buf.c: This file contains the scratch-file buffer routines for the
+   ed line editor. */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore, Talke Studio.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char *rcsid = "@(#)buf.c,v 1.4 1994/02/01 00:34:35 alm Exp";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.27 2014/03/23 05:06:42 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+#include "ed.h"
+
+
+FILE *sfp;				/* scratch file pointer */
+off_t sfseek;				/* scratch file position */
+int seek_write;				/* seek before writing */
+line_t buffer_head;			/* incore buffer */
+
+/* get_sbuf_line: get a line of text from the scratch file; return pointer
+   to the text */
+char *
+get_sbuf_line(line_t *lp)
+{
+	static char *sfbuf = NULL;	/* buffer */
+	static int sfbufsz = 0;		/* buffer size */
+
+	int len, ct;
+
+	if (lp == &buffer_head)
+		return NULL;
+	seek_write = 1;				/* force seek on write */
+	/* out of position */
+	if (sfseek != lp->seek) {
+		sfseek = lp->seek;
+		if (fseek(sfp, sfseek, SEEK_SET) < 0) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+			seterrmsg("cannot seek temp file");
+			return NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	len = lp->len;
+	REALLOC(sfbuf, sfbufsz, len + 1, NULL);
+	if ((ct = fread(sfbuf, sizeof(char), len, sfp)) <  0 || ct != len) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+		seterrmsg("cannot read temp file");
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	sfseek += len;				/* update file position */
+	sfbuf[len] = '\0';
+	return sfbuf;
+}
+
+
+/* put_sbuf_line: write a line of text to the scratch file and add a line node
+   to the editor buffer;  return a pointer to the end of the text */
+char *
+put_sbuf_line(char *cs)
+{
+	line_t *lp;
+	int len, ct;
+	char *s;
+
+	if ((lp = (line_t *) malloc(sizeof(line_t))) == NULL) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+		seterrmsg("out of memory");
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	/* assert: cs is '\n' terminated */
+	for (s = cs; *s != '\n'; s++)
+		;
+	if (s - cs >= LINECHARS) {
+		seterrmsg("line too long");
+		free(lp);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	len = s - cs;
+	/* out of position */
+	if (seek_write) {
+		if (fseek(sfp, 0L, SEEK_END) < 0) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+			seterrmsg("cannot seek temp file");
+			free(lp);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		sfseek = ftell(sfp);
+		seek_write = 0;
+	}
+	/* assert: SPL1() */
+	if ((ct = fwrite(cs, sizeof(char), len, sfp)) < 0 || ct != len) {
+		sfseek = -1;
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+		seterrmsg("cannot write temp file");
+		free(lp);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	lp->len = len;
+	lp->seek  = sfseek;
+	add_line_node(lp);
+	sfseek += len;			/* update file position */
+	return ++s;
+}
+
+
+/* add_line_node: add a line node in the editor buffer after the current line */
+void
+add_line_node(line_t *lp)
+{
+	line_t *cp;
+
+	cp = get_addressed_line_node(current_addr); /* this get_addressed_line_node last! */
+	INSQUE(lp, cp);
+	addr_last++;
+	current_addr++;
+}
+
+
+/* get_line_node_addr: return line number of pointer */
+long
+get_line_node_addr(line_t *lp)
+{
+	line_t *cp = &buffer_head;
+	long n = 0;
+
+	while (cp != lp && (cp = cp->q_forw) != &buffer_head)
+		n++;
+	if (n && cp == &buffer_head) {
+		seterrmsg("invalid address");
+		return ERR;
+	}
+	return n;
+}
+
+
+/* get_addressed_line_node: return pointer to a line node in the editor buffer */
+line_t *
+get_addressed_line_node(long n)
+{
+	static line_t *lp = &buffer_head;
+	static long on = 0;
+
+	SPL1();
+	if (n > on) {
+		if (n <= (on + addr_last) >> 1) {
+			for (; on < n; on++)
+				lp = lp->q_forw;
+		} else {
+			lp = buffer_head.q_back;
+			for (on = addr_last; on > n; on--)
+				lp = lp->q_back;
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (n >= on >> 1) {
+			for (; on > n; on--)
+				lp = lp->q_back;
+		} else {
+			lp = &buffer_head;
+			for (on = 0; on < n; on++)
+				lp = lp->q_forw;
+		}
+	}
+	SPL0();
+	return lp;
+}
+
+
+char *sfn = NULL;				/* scratch file name */
+
+/* open_sbuf: open scratch file */
+int
+open_sbuf(void)
+{
+	int u, fd;
+	const char *tmp;
+	size_t s;
+
+	isbinary = newline_added = 0;
+	fd = -1;
+	u = umask(077);
+
+	if ((tmp = getenv("TMPDIR")) == NULL)
+		tmp = _PATH_TMP;
+	
+	if ((s = strlen(tmp)) == 0 || tmp[s - 1] == '/')
+		(void)asprintf(&sfn, "%sed.XXXXXX", tmp);
+	else
+		(void)asprintf(&sfn, "%s/ed.XXXXXX", tmp);
+	if (sfn == NULL) {
+		warn(NULL);
+		seterrmsg("could not allocate memory");
+		umask(u);
+		return ERR;
+	}
+		
+
+	if ((fd = mkstemp(sfn)) == -1 || (sfp = fdopen(fd, "w+")) == NULL) {
+		if (fd != -1)
+			close(fd);
+		warn("%s", sfn);
+		seterrmsg("cannot open temp file");
+		umask(u);
+		return ERR;
+	}
+	umask(u);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* close_sbuf: close scratch file */
+int
+close_sbuf(void)
+{
+	if (sfp) {
+		if (fclose(sfp) < 0) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s\n", sfn, strerror(errno));
+			seterrmsg("cannot close temp file");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		sfp = NULL;
+		if (sfn) {
+			unlink(sfn);
+			free(sfn);
+			sfn = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	sfseek = seek_write = 0;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* quit: remove_lines scratch file and exit */
+void
+quit(int n)
+{
+	if (sfp) {
+		fclose(sfp);
+		if (sfn) {
+			unlink(sfn);
+			free(sfn);
+			sfn = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	exit(n);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+unsigned char ctab[256];		/* character translation table */
+
+/* init_buffers: open scratch buffer; initialize line queue */
+void
+init_buffers(void)
+{
+	int i = 0;
+
+	/* Read stdin one character at a time to avoid i/o contention 
+	   with shell escapes invoked by nonterminal input, e.g.,
+	   ed - <<EOF
+	   !cat
+	   hello, world
+	   EOF */
+	setbuffer(stdin, stdinbuf, 1);
+	if (open_sbuf() < 0)
+		quit(2);
+	REQUE(&buffer_head, &buffer_head);
+	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+		ctab[i] = i;
+}
+
+
+/* translit_text: translate characters in a string */
+char *
+translit_text(char *s, int len, int from, int to)
+{
+	static int i = 0;
+
+	unsigned char *us;
+
+	ctab[i] = i;			/* restore table to initial state */
+	ctab[i = from] = to;
+	for (us = (unsigned char *) s; len-- > 0; us++)
+		*us = ctab[*us];
+	return s;
+}
diff --git a/bin/ed/cbc.c b/bin/ed/cbc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d20c6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/cbc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,460 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cbc.c,v 1.25 2018/02/08 09:05:16 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/* cbc.c: This file contains the encryption routines for the ed line editor */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)bdes.c	5.5 (Berkeley) 6/27/91
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore, Talke Studio.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)bdes.c	5.5 (Berkeley) 6/27/91
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char *rcsid = "@(#)cbc.c,v 1.2 1994/02/01 00:34:36 alm Exp";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cbc.c,v 1.25 2018/02/08 09:05:16 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#ifdef DES
+#include <time.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "ed.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * Define a divisor for rand() that yields a uniform distribution in the
+ * range 0-255.
+ */
+#define	RAND_DIV (((unsigned) RAND_MAX + 1) >> 8)
+
+/*
+ * BSD and System V systems offer special library calls that do
+ * block move_liness and fills, so if possible we take advantage of them
+ */
+#define	MEMCPY(dest,src,len)	memcpy((dest),(src),(len))
+#define	MEMZERO(dest,len)	memset((dest), 0, (len))
+
+/* Hide the calls to the primitive encryption routines. */
+#define	DES_KEY(buf) \
+	if (des_setkey(buf)) \
+		des_error("des_setkey");
+#define	DES_XFORM(buf) \
+	if (des_cipher(buf, buf, 0L, (inverse ? -1 : 1))) \
+		des_error("des_cipher");
+
+/*
+ * read/write - no error checking
+ */
+#define	READ(buf, n, fp)	fread(buf, sizeof(char), n, fp)
+#define WRITE(buf, n, fp)	fwrite(buf, sizeof(char), n, fp)
+
+/*
+ * some things to make references easier
+ */
+typedef char Desbuf[8];
+#define	CHAR(x,i)	(x[i])
+#define	UCHAR(x,i)	(x[i])
+#define	BUFFER(x)	(x)
+#define	UBUFFER(x)	(x)
+
+#ifdef DES
+/*
+ * global variables and related macros
+ */
+
+static Desbuf ivec;			/* initialization vector */
+static Desbuf pvec;			/* padding vector */
+static char bits[] = {			/* used to extract bits from a char */
+	'\200', '\100', '\040', '\020', '\010', '\004', '\002', '\001'
+};
+static int pflag;			/* 1 to preserve parity bits */
+
+static char des_buf[8];	/* shared buffer for get_des_char/put_des_char */
+static int des_ct = 0;		/* count for get_des_char/put_des_char */
+static int des_n = 0;		/* index for put_des_char/get_des_char */
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef DES
+static void des_error(const char *);
+static int hex_to_binary(int, int);
+static void expand_des_key(char *, char *);
+static void set_des_key(char *);
+static int cbc_decode(char *, FILE *);
+static int cbc_encode(char *, int, FILE *);
+#endif
+
+
+/* init_des_cipher: initialize DES */
+void
+init_des_cipher(void)
+{
+#ifdef DES
+	int i;
+
+	des_ct = des_n = 0;
+
+	/* initialize the initialization vector */
+	MEMZERO(ivec, 8);
+
+	/* initialize the padding vector */
+	srand((unsigned) time((time_t *) 0));
+	for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+		CHAR(pvec, i) = (char) (rand()/RAND_DIV);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/* get_des_char: return next char in an encrypted file */
+int
+get_des_char(FILE *fp)
+{
+#ifdef DES
+	if (des_n >= des_ct) {
+		des_n = 0;
+		des_ct = cbc_decode(des_buf, fp);
+	}
+	return (des_ct > 0) ? (unsigned char) des_buf[des_n++] : EOF;
+#else
+	return EOF;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/* put_des_char: write a char to an encrypted file; return char written */
+int
+put_des_char(int c, FILE *fp)
+{
+#ifdef DES
+	if (des_n == sizeof des_buf) {
+		des_ct = cbc_encode(des_buf, des_n, fp);
+		des_n = 0;
+	}
+	return (des_ct >= 0) ? (unsigned char) (des_buf[des_n++] = c) : EOF;
+#else
+	return EOF;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/* flush_des_file: flush an encrypted file's output; return status */
+int
+flush_des_file(FILE *fp)
+{
+#ifdef DES
+	if (des_n == sizeof des_buf) {
+		des_ct = cbc_encode(des_buf, des_n, fp);
+		des_n = 0;
+	}
+	return (des_ct >= 0 && cbc_encode(des_buf, des_n, fp) >= 0) ? 0 : EOF;
+#else
+	return EOF;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef DES
+/*
+ * get keyword from tty or stdin
+ */
+int
+get_keyword(void)
+{
+	char *p;		/* used to obtain the key */
+	Desbuf msgbuf;			/* I/O buffer */
+
+	/*
+	 * get the key
+	 */
+	if (*(p = getpass("Enter key: "))) {
+
+		/*
+		 * copy it, nul-padded, into the key area
+		 */
+		expand_des_key(BUFFER(msgbuf), p);
+		MEMZERO(p, _PASSWORD_LEN);
+		set_des_key(msgbuf);
+		MEMZERO(msgbuf, sizeof msgbuf);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * print a warning message and, possibly, terminate
+ */
+static void
+des_error(const char *s /* the message */)
+{
+	seterrmsg("%s", s ? s : strerror(errno));
+}
+
+/*
+ * map a hex character to an integer
+ */
+static int
+hex_to_binary(int c /* char to be converted */,
+	      int radix /* base (2 to 16) */)
+{
+	switch(c) {
+	case '0':		return(0x0);
+	case '1':		return(0x1);
+	case '2':		return(radix > 2 ? 0x2 : -1);
+	case '3':		return(radix > 3 ? 0x3 : -1);
+	case '4':		return(radix > 4 ? 0x4 : -1);
+	case '5':		return(radix > 5 ? 0x5 : -1);
+	case '6':		return(radix > 6 ? 0x6 : -1);
+	case '7':		return(radix > 7 ? 0x7 : -1);
+	case '8':		return(radix > 8 ? 0x8 : -1);
+	case '9':		return(radix > 9 ? 0x9 : -1);
+	case 'A': case 'a':	return(radix > 10 ? 0xa : -1);
+	case 'B': case 'b':	return(radix > 11 ? 0xb : -1);
+	case 'C': case 'c':	return(radix > 12 ? 0xc : -1);
+	case 'D': case 'd':	return(radix > 13 ? 0xd : -1);
+	case 'E': case 'e':	return(radix > 14 ? 0xe : -1);
+	case 'F': case 'f':	return(radix > 15 ? 0xf : -1);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * invalid character
+	 */
+	return(-1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * convert the key to a bit pattern
+ */
+static void
+expand_des_key(char *obuf /* bit pattern */, char *inbuf /* the key itself */)
+{
+	int i, j;			/* counter in a for loop */
+	int nbuf[64];			/* used for hex/key translation */
+
+	/*
+	 * leading '0x' or '0X' == hex key
+	 */
+	if (inbuf[0] == '0' && (inbuf[1] == 'x' || inbuf[1] == 'X')) {
+		inbuf = &inbuf[2];
+		/*
+		 * now translate it, bombing on any illegal hex digit
+		 */
+		for (i = 0; i < 16 && inbuf[i]; i++)
+			if ((nbuf[i] = hex_to_binary((int) inbuf[i], 16)) == -1)
+				des_error("bad hex digit in key");
+		while (i < 16)
+			nbuf[i++] = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+			obuf[i] =
+			    ((nbuf[2*i]&0xf)<<4) | (nbuf[2*i+1]&0xf);
+		/* preserve parity bits */
+		pflag = 1;
+		return;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * leading '0b' or '0B' == binary key
+	 */
+	if (inbuf[0] == '0' && (inbuf[1] == 'b' || inbuf[1] == 'B')) {
+		inbuf = &inbuf[2];
+		/*
+		 * now translate it, bombing on any illegal binary digit
+		 */
+		for (i = 0; i < 16 && inbuf[i]; i++)
+			if ((nbuf[i] = hex_to_binary((int) inbuf[i], 2)) == -1)
+				des_error("bad binary digit in key");
+		while (i < 64)
+			nbuf[i++] = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+			for (j = 0; j < 8; j++)
+				obuf[i] = (obuf[i]<<1)|nbuf[8*i+j];
+		/* preserve parity bits */
+		pflag = 1;
+		return;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * no special leader -- ASCII
+	 */
+	(void)strncpy(obuf, inbuf, 8);
+}
+
+/*****************
+ * DES FUNCTIONS *
+ *****************/
+/*
+ * This sets the DES key and (if you're using the deszip version)
+ * the direction of the transformation.  This uses the Sun
+ * to map the 64-bit key onto the 56 bits that the key schedule
+ * generation routines use: the old way, which just uses the user-
+ * supplied 64 bits as is, and the new way, which resets the parity
+ * bit to be the same as the low-order bit in each character.  The
+ * new way generates a greater variety of key schedules, since many
+ * systems set the parity (high) bit of each character to 0, and the
+ * DES ignores the low order bit of each character.
+ */
+static void
+set_des_key(Desbuf buf /* key block */)
+{
+	int i, j;				/* counter in a for loop */
+	int par;				/* parity counter */
+
+	/*
+	 * if the parity is not preserved, flip it
+	 */
+	if (!pflag) {
+		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+			par = 0;
+			for (j = 1; j < 8; j++)
+				if ((bits[j]&UCHAR(buf, i)) != 0)
+					par++;
+			if ((par&01) == 01)
+				UCHAR(buf, i) = UCHAR(buf, i)&0177;
+			else
+				UCHAR(buf, i) = (UCHAR(buf, i)&0177)|0200;
+		}
+	}
+
+	DES_KEY(UBUFFER(buf));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * This encrypts using the Cipher Block Chaining mode of DES
+ */
+static int
+cbc_encode(char *msgbuf, int n, FILE *fp)
+{
+	int inverse = 0;	/* 0 to encrypt, 1 to decrypt */
+
+	/*
+	 * do the transformation
+	 */
+	if (n == 8) {
+		for (n = 0; n < 8; n++)
+			CHAR(msgbuf, n) ^= CHAR(ivec, n);
+		DES_XFORM(UBUFFER(msgbuf));
+		MEMCPY(BUFFER(ivec), BUFFER(msgbuf), 8);
+		return WRITE(BUFFER(msgbuf), 8, fp);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * at EOF or last block -- in either case, the last byte contains
+	 * the character representation of the number of bytes in it
+	 */
+/*
+	MEMZERO(msgbuf +  n, 8 - n);
+*/
+	/*
+	 *  Pad the last block randomly
+	 */
+	(void)MEMCPY(BUFFER(msgbuf + n), BUFFER(pvec), 8 - n);
+	CHAR(msgbuf, 7) = n;
+	for (n = 0; n < 8; n++)
+		CHAR(msgbuf, n) ^= CHAR(ivec, n);
+	DES_XFORM(UBUFFER(msgbuf));
+	return WRITE(BUFFER(msgbuf), 8, fp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This decrypts using the Cipher Block Chaining mode of DES
+ */
+static int
+cbc_decode(char *msgbuf /* I/O buffer */,
+	   FILE *fp /* input file descriptor */)
+{
+	Desbuf inbuf;	/* temp buffer for initialization vector */
+	int n;		/* number of bytes actually read */
+	int c;		/* used to test for EOF */
+	int inverse = 1;	/* 0 to encrypt, 1 to decrypt */
+
+	if ((n = READ(BUFFER(msgbuf), 8, fp)) == 8) {
+		/*
+		 * do the transformation
+		 */
+		MEMCPY(BUFFER(inbuf), BUFFER(msgbuf), 8);
+		DES_XFORM(UBUFFER(msgbuf));
+		for (c = 0; c < 8; c++)
+			UCHAR(msgbuf, c) ^= UCHAR(ivec, c);
+		MEMCPY(BUFFER(ivec), BUFFER(inbuf), 8);
+		/*
+		 * if the last one, handle it specially
+		 */
+		if ((c = fgetc(fp)) == EOF) {
+			n = CHAR(msgbuf, 7);
+			if (n < 0 || n > 7) {
+				des_error("decryption failed (block corrupted)");
+				return EOF;
+			}
+		} else
+			(void)ungetc(c, fp);
+		return n;
+	}
+	if (n > 0)
+		des_error("decryption failed (incomplete block)");
+	else if (n < 0)
+		des_error("cannot read file");
+	return EOF;
+}
+#endif	/* DES */
diff --git a/bin/ed/ed.1 b/bin/ed/ed.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..025dab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/ed.1
@@ -0,0 +1,979 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ed.1,v 1.35 2018/04/09 06:57:01 wiz Exp $
+.\"	$OpenBSD: ed.1,v 1.42 2003/07/27 13:25:43 jmc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore, Talke Studio.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd April 5, 2018
+.Dt ED 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ed
+.Nd text editor
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl
+.Op Fl ESsx
+.Op Fl p Ar string
+.Op Ar file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is a line-oriented text editor.
+It is used to create, display, modify, and otherwise manipulate text files.
+If invoked with a
+.Ar file
+argument, then a copy of
+.Ar file
+is read into the editor's buffer.
+Changes are made to this copy and not directly to
+.Ar file
+itself.
+Upon quitting
+.Nm ,
+any changes not explicitly saved with a
+.Ic w
+command are lost.
+.Pp
+Editing is done in two distinct modes:
+.Em command
+and
+.Em input .
+When first invoked,
+.Nm
+is in command mode.
+In this mode, commands are read from the standard input and
+executed to manipulate the contents of the editor buffer.
+.Pp
+A typical command might look like:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+,s/old/new/g
+.Ed
+.Pp
+which replaces all occurrences of the string
+.Pa old
+with
+.Pa new .
+.Pp
+When an input command, such as
+.Ic a
+(append),
+.Ic i
+(insert),
+or
+.Ic c
+(change) is given,
+.Nm
+enters input mode.
+This is the primary means of adding text to a file.
+In this mode, no commands are available;
+instead, the standard input is written directly to the editor buffer.
+Lines consist of text up to and including a newline character.
+Input mode is terminated by entering a single period
+.Pq Ql \&.
+on a line.
+.Pp
+All
+.Nm
+commands operate on whole lines or ranges of lines; e.g.,
+the
+.Ic d
+command deletes lines; the
+.Ic m
+command moves lines, and so on.
+It is possible to modify only a portion of a line by means of replacement,
+as in the example above.
+However, even here, the
+.Ic s
+command is applied to whole lines at a time.
+.Pp
+In general,
+.Nm
+commands consist of zero or more line addresses, followed by a single
+character command and possibly additional parameters; i.e.,
+commands have the structure:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+[address [,address]]command[parameters]
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The address(es) indicate the line or range of lines to be affected by the
+command.
+If fewer addresses are given than the command accepts, then
+default addresses are supplied.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl
+Same as the
+.Fl s
+option (deprecated).
+.It Fl E
+Enables the use of extended regular expressions instead of the basic
+regular expressions that are normally used.
+.It Fl p Ar string
+Specifies a command prompt.
+This may be toggled on and off with the
+.Ic P
+command.
+.It Fl S
+Disables using of the
+.Ic \&!
+command (executing a subshell).
+Intended to be used by batch jobs like
+.Xr patch 1 .
+.It Fl s
+Suppress diagnostics.
+This should be used if
+.Nm
+standard input is from a script.
+.It Fl x
+Prompt for an encryption key to be used in subsequent reads and writes
+(see the
+.Ic x
+command).
+.It Ar file
+Specifies the name of a file to read.
+If
+.Ar file
+is prefixed with a
+bang
+.Pq Ql \&! ,
+then it is interpreted as a shell command.
+In this case, what is read is the standard output of
+.Ar file
+executed via
+.Xr sh 1 .
+To read a file whose name begins with a bang, prefix the
+name with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+The default filename is set to
+.Ar file
+only if it is not prefixed with a bang.
+.El
+.Ss LINE ADDRESSING
+An address represents the number of a line in the buffer.
+.Nm
+maintains a
+.Em current address
+which is typically supplied to commands as the default address
+when none is specified.
+When a file is first read, the current address is set to the last line
+of the file.
+In general, the current address is set to the last line affected by a command.
+.Pp
+A line address is
+constructed from one of the bases in the list below, optionally followed
+by a numeric offset.
+The offset may include any combination of digits, operators (i.e.,
+.Sq + ,
+.Sq - ,
+and
+.Sq ^ ) ,
+and whitespace.
+Addresses are read from left to right, and their values are computed
+relative to the current address.
+.Pp
+One exception to the rule that addresses represent line numbers is the
+address
+.Em 0
+(zero).
+This means
+.Dq before the first line ,
+and is legal wherever it makes sense.
+.Pp
+An address range is two addresses separated either by a comma or semi-colon.
+The value of the first address in a range cannot exceed the
+value of the second.
+If only one address is given in a range,
+then the second address is set to the given address.
+If an
+.Em n Ns No -tuple
+of addresses is given where
+.Em n > 2 ,
+then the corresponding range is determined by the last two addresses in the
+.Em n Ns No -tuple.
+If only one address is expected, then the last address is used.
+.Pp
+Each address in a comma-delimited range is interpreted relative to the
+current address.
+In a semi-colon-delimited range, the first address is
+used to set the current address, and the second address is interpreted
+relative to the first.
+.Pp
+The following address symbols are recognized:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Em \&.
+The current line (address) in the buffer.
+.It Em $
+The last line in the buffer.
+.It Em n
+The
+.Em n Ns No th
+line in the buffer where
+.Em n
+is a number in the range
+.Em [0,$] .
+.It Em - No or Em ^
+The previous line.
+This is equivalent to
+.Em -1
+and may be repeated with cumulative effect.
+.It Em -n No or Em ^n
+The
+.Em n Ns No th
+previous line, where
+.Em n
+is a non-negative number.
+.It Em +
+The next line.
+This is equivalent to
+.Em +1
+and may be repeated with cumulative effect.
+.It Em +n
+The
+.Em n Ns No th
+next line, where
+.Em n
+is a non-negative number.
+.It Em whitespace Em n
+.Em whitespace
+followed by a number
+.Em n
+is interpreted as
+.Sq Em +n .
+.It Em \&, No or Em %
+The first through last lines in the buffer.
+This is equivalent to the address range
+.Em 1,$ .
+.It Em \&;
+The current through last lines in the buffer.
+This is equivalent to the address range
+.Em .,$ .
+.It Em / Ns Ar re Ns Em /
+The next line containing the regular expression
+.Ar re .
+The search wraps to the beginning of the buffer and continues down to the
+current line, if necessary.
+.Em //
+repeats the last search.
+.It Em \&? Ns Ar re Ns Em \&?
+The previous line containing the regular expression
+.Ar re .
+The search wraps to the end of the buffer and continues up to the
+current line, if necessary.
+.Em ??
+repeats the last search.
+.It Em \&\' Ns Ar lc
+The line previously marked by a
+.Ic k
+(mark) command, where
+.Ar lc
+is a lower case letter.
+.El
+.Ss REGULAR EXPRESSIONS
+Regular expressions are patterns used in selecting text.
+For example, the
+.Nm
+command
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+g/string/
+.Ed
+.Pp
+prints all lines containing
+.Em string .
+Regular expressions are also used by the
+.Ic s
+command for selecting old text to be replaced with new.
+.Pp
+In addition to specifying string literals, regular expressions can
+represent classes of strings.
+Strings thus represented are said to be matched by the
+corresponding regular expression.
+If it is possible for a regular expression to match several strings in
+a line, then the leftmost longest match is the one selected.
+.Pp
+The following symbols are used in constructing regular expressions:
+.Bl -tag -width Dsasdfsd
+.It Em c
+Any character
+.Em c
+not listed below, including
+.Sq { ,
+.Sq } ,
+.Sq \&( ,
+.Sq \&) ,
+.Sq < ,
+and
+.Sq >
+matches itself.
+.It Em \ec
+Any backslash-escaped character
+.Em c ,
+except for
+.Sq { ,
+.Sq } ,
+.Sq \&( ,
+.Sq \&) ,
+.Sq < ,
+and
+.Sq >
+matches itself.
+.It Em \&.
+Matches any single character.
+.It Em [char-class]
+Matches any single character in the character class
+.Em char-class .
+See
+.Sx CHARACTER CLASSES
+below for further information.
+.It Em [^char-class]
+Matches any single character, other than newline, not in the
+character class
+.Em char-class .
+.It Em ^
+If
+.Em ^
+is the first character of a regular expression, then it
+anchors the regular expression to the beginning of a line.
+Otherwise, it matches itself.
+.It Em $
+If
+.Em $
+is the last character of a regular expression,
+it anchors the regular expression to the end of a line.
+Otherwise, it matches itself.
+.It Em \e<
+Anchors the single character regular expression or subexpression
+immediately following it to the beginning of a word.
+(This may not be available.)
+.It Em \e>
+Anchors the single character regular expression or subexpression
+immediately following it to the end of a word.
+(This may not be available.)
+.It Em \e( Ns Ar re Ns Em \e)
+Defines a subexpression
+.Ar re .
+Subexpressions may be nested.
+A subsequent backreference of the form
+.Em \en ,
+where
+.Em n
+is a number in the range [1,9], expands to the text matched by the
+.Em n Ns No th
+subexpression.
+For example, the regular expression
+.Em \e(.*\e)\e1
+matches any string consisting of identical adjacent substrings.
+Subexpressions are ordered relative to their left delimiter.
+.It Em *
+Matches the single character regular expression or subexpression
+immediately preceding it zero or more times.
+If
+.Em *
+is the first character of a regular expression or subexpression,
+then it matches itself.
+The
+.Em *
+operator sometimes yields unexpected results.
+For example, the regular expression
+.Em b*
+matches the beginning of the string
+.Em abbb
+(as opposed to the substring
+.Em bbb ) ,
+since a null match is the only leftmost match.
+.Sm off
+.It Em \e{ No n,m Em \e}\ \e{ No n, Em \e}\ \& Em \e{ No n Em \e}
+.Sm on
+Matches the single character regular expression or subexpression
+immediately preceding it at least
+.Em n
+and at most
+.Em m
+times.
+If
+.Em m
+is omitted, then it matches at least
+.Em n
+times.
+If the comma is also omitted, then it matches exactly
+.Em n
+times.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additional regular expression operators may be defined depending on the
+particular
+.Xr regex 3
+implementation.
+.Ss CHARACTER CLASSES
+A character class specifies a set of characters.
+It is written within square brackets
+.Pq []
+and in its most basic form contains just the characters in the set.
+.Pp
+To include a
+.Sq \&]
+in a character class, it must be the first character.
+A range of characters may be specified by separating the end characters
+of the range with a
+.Sq \&- ,
+e.g.,
+.Sq a-z
+specifies the lower case characters.
+.Pp
+The following literals can also be used within character classes as
+shorthand for particular sets of characters:
+.Bl -tag -offset indent -compact -width [:blahblah:]
+.It [:alnum:]
+Alphanumeric characters.
+.It [:cntrl:]
+Control characters.
+.It [:lower:]
+Lowercase alphabetic characters.
+.It [:space:]
+Whitespace (space, tab, newline, form feed, etc.)
+.It [:alpha:]
+Alphabetic characters.
+.It [:digit:]
+Numeric characters (digits).
+.It [:print:]
+Printable characters.
+.It [:upper:]
+Uppercase alphabetic characters.
+.It [:blank:]
+Blank characters (space and tab).
+.It [:graph:]
+Graphical characters (printing nonblank characters).
+.It [:punct:]
+Punctuation characters.
+.It [:xdigit:]
+Hexadecimal digits.
+.El
+If
+.Sq \&-
+appears as the first or last character of a character class, then
+it matches itself.
+All other characters in a character class match themselves.
+.Pp
+Patterns in
+a character class
+of the form
+.Em [.col-elm.]
+or
+.Em [=col-elm=]
+where
+.Em col-elm
+is a
+.Em collating element
+are interpreted according to the locale
+.\" .Xr locale 5
+(not currently supported).
+See
+.Xr regex 3
+for an explanation of these constructs.
+.Ss COMMANDS
+All
+.Nm
+commands are single characters, though some require additional parameters.
+If a command's parameters extend over several lines, then
+each line except for the last must be terminated with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.Pp
+In general, at most one command is allowed per line.
+However, most commands accept a print suffix, which is any of
+.Ic p
+(print),
+.Ic l
+(list),
+or
+.Ic n
+(enumerate), to print the last line affected by the command.
+.Pp
+An interrupt (typically ^C) has the effect of aborting the current command
+and returning the editor to command mode.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+recognizes the following commands.
+The commands are shown together with
+the default address or address range supplied if none is
+specified (in parentheses), and other possible arguments on the right.
+.Bl -tag -width Dxxs
+.It (.) Ns Ic a
+Appends text to the buffer after the addressed line.
+Text is entered in input mode.
+The current address is set to last line entered.
+.It (.,.) Ns Ic c
+Changes lines in the buffer.
+The addressed lines are deleted from the buffer,
+and text is appended in their place.
+Text is entered in input mode.
+The current address is set to last line entered.
+.It (.,.) Ns Ic d
+Deletes the addressed lines from the buffer.
+If there is a line after the deleted range, then the current address is set
+to this line.
+Otherwise the current address is set to the line before the deleted range.
+.It Ic e Ar file
+Edits
+.Ar file ,
+and sets the default filename.
+If
+.Ar file
+is not specified, then the default filename is used.
+Any lines in the buffer are deleted before the new file is read.
+The current address is set to the last line read.
+.It Ic e Ar !command
+Edits the standard output of
+.Ar command ,
+(see
+.Ic \&! Ar command
+below).
+The default filename is unchanged.
+Any lines in the buffer are deleted before the output of
+.Em command
+is read.
+The current address is set to the last line read.
+.It Ic E Ar file
+Edits
+.Ar file
+unconditionally.
+This is similar to the
+.Ic e
+command, except that unwritten changes are discarded without warning.
+The current address is set to the last line read.
+.It Ic f Ar file
+Sets the default filename to
+.Ar file .
+If
+.Ar file
+is not specified, then the default unescaped filename is printed.
+.It (1,$) Ns Ic g Ns Ar /re/command-list
+Applies
+.Ar command-list
+to each of the addressed lines matching a regular expression
+.Ar re .
+The current address is set to the line currently matched before
+.Ar command-list
+is executed.
+At the end of the
+.Ic g
+command, the current address is set to the last line affected by
+.Ar command-list .
+.Pp
+Each command in
+.Ar command-list
+must be on a separate line,
+and every line except for the last must be terminated by a backslash
+.Pq Sq \e .
+Any commands are allowed, except for
+.Ic g ,
+.Ic G ,
+.Ic v ,
+and
+.Ic V .
+A newline alone in
+.Ar command-list
+is equivalent to a
+.Ic p
+command.
+.It (1,$) Ns Ic G Ns Ar /re/
+Interactively edits the addressed lines matching a regular expression
+.Ar re .
+For each matching line, the line is printed, the current address is set,
+and the user is prompted to enter a
+.Ar command-list .
+At the end of the
+.Ic G
+command, the current address is set to the last line affected by (the last)
+.Ar command-list .
+.Pp
+The format of
+.Ar command-list
+is the same as that of the
+.Ic g
+command.
+A newline alone acts as a null command list.
+A single
+.Sq &
+repeats the last non-null command list.
+.It Ic H
+Toggles the printing of error explanations.
+By default, explanations are not printed.
+It is recommended that
+.Nm
+scripts begin with this command to aid in debugging.
+.It Ic h
+Prints an explanation of the last error.
+.It (.) Ns Ic i
+Inserts text in the buffer before the current line.
+Text is entered in input mode.
+The current address is set to the last line entered.
+.It (.,.+1) Ns Ic j
+Joins the addressed lines.
+The addressed lines are deleted from the buffer and replaced by a single
+line containing their joined text.
+The current address is set to the resultant line.
+.It (.) Ns Ic k Ns Ar lc
+Marks a line with a lower case letter
+.Ar lc .
+The line can then be addressed as
+.Ar \&'lc
+(i.e., a single quote followed by
+.Ar lc )
+in subsequent commands.
+The mark is not cleared until the line is deleted or otherwise modified.
+.It (.,.) Ns Ic l
+Prints the addressed lines unambiguously.
+If a single line fills more than one screen (as might be the case
+when viewing a binary file, for instance), a
+.Dq --More--
+prompt is printed on the last line.
+.Nm
+waits until the RETURN key is pressed before displaying the next screen.
+The current address is set to the last line printed.
+.It (.,.) Ns Ic m Ns No (.)
+Moves lines in the buffer.
+The addressed lines are moved to after the
+right-hand destination address, which may be the address
+.Em 0
+(zero).
+The current address is set to the last line moved.
+.It (.,.) Ns Ic n
+Prints the addressed lines along with their line numbers.
+The current address is set to the last line printed.
+.It (.,.) Ns Ic p
+Prints the addressed lines.
+The current address is set to the last line printed.
+.It Ic P
+Toggles the command prompt on and off.
+Unless a prompt was specified with the command-line option
+.Fl p Ar string ,
+the command prompt is by default turned off.
+.It Ic q
+Quits
+.Nm .
+.It Ic Q
+Quits
+.Nm
+unconditionally.
+This is similar to the
+.Ic q
+command, except that unwritten changes are discarded without warning.
+.It ($) Ns Ic r Ar file
+Reads
+.Ar file
+to after the addressed line.
+If
+.Ar file
+is not specified, then the default filename is used.
+If there was no default filename prior to the command,
+then the default filename is set to
+.Ar file .
+Otherwise, the default filename is unchanged.
+The current address is set to the last line read.
+.It ($) Ns Ic r Ar !command
+Reads to after the addressed line the standard output of
+.Ar command ,
+(see the
+.Ic \&!
+command below).
+The default filename is unchanged.
+The current address is set to the last line read.
+.Sm off
+.It (.,.) Ic s Ar /re/replacement/ , \ (.,.) \
+Ic s Ar /re/replacement/ Em g , Ar \ (.,.) \
+Ic s Ar /re/replacement/ Em n
+.Sm on
+Replaces text in the addressed lines matching a regular expression
+.Ar re
+with
+.Ar replacement .
+By default, only the first match in each line is replaced.
+If the
+.Em g
+(global) suffix is given, then every match to be replaced.
+The
+.Em n
+suffix, where
+.Em n
+is a positive number, causes only the
+.Em n Ns No th
+match to be replaced.
+It is an error if no substitutions are performed on any of the addressed
+lines.
+The current address is set the last line affected.
+.Pp
+.Ar re
+and
+.Ar replacement
+may be delimited by any character other than space and newline
+(see the
+.Ic s
+command below).
+If one or two of the last delimiters is omitted, then the last line
+affected is printed as though the print suffix
+.Em p
+were specified.
+.Pp
+An unescaped
+.Ql &
+in
+.Ar replacement
+is replaced by the currently matched text.
+The character sequence
+.Em \em ,
+where
+.Em m
+is a number in the range [1,9], is replaced by the
+.Em m Ns No th
+backreference expression of the matched text.
+If
+.Ar replacement
+consists of a single
+.Ql % ,
+then
+.Ar replacement
+from the last substitution is used.
+Newlines may be embedded in
+.Ar replacement
+if they are escaped with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.It (.,.) Ns Ic s
+Repeats the last substitution.
+This form of the
+.Ic s
+command accepts a count suffix
+.Em n ,
+or any combination of the characters
+.Em r ,
+.Em g ,
+and
+.Em p .
+If a count suffix
+.Em n
+is given, then only the
+.Em n Ns No th
+match is replaced.
+The
+.Em r
+suffix causes
+the regular expression of the last search to be used instead of
+that of the last substitution.
+The
+.Em g
+suffix toggles the global suffix of the last substitution.
+The
+.Em p
+suffix toggles the print suffix of the last substitution.
+The current address is set to the last line affected.
+.It (.,.) Ns Ic t Ns No (.)
+Copies (i.e., transfers) the addressed lines to after the right-hand
+destination address, which may be the address
+.Em 0
+(zero).
+The current address is set to the last line copied.
+.It Ic u
+Undoes the last command and restores the current address
+to what it was before the command.
+The global commands
+.Ic g ,
+.Ic G ,
+.Ic v ,
+and
+.Ic V
+are treated as a single command by undo.
+.Ic u
+is its own inverse.
+.It (1,$) Ns Ic v Ns Ar /re/command-list
+Applies
+.Ar command-list
+to each of the addressed lines not matching a regular expression
+.Ar re .
+This is similar to the
+.Ic g
+command.
+.It (1,$) Ns Ic V Ns Ar /re/
+Interactively edits the addressed lines not matching a regular expression
+.Ar re .
+This is similar to the
+.Ic G
+command.
+.It (1,$) Ns Ic w Ar file
+Writes the addressed lines to
+.Ar file .
+Any previous contents of
+.Ar file
+are lost without warning.
+If there is no default filename, then the default filename is set to
+.Ar file ,
+otherwise it is unchanged.
+If no filename is specified, then the default filename is used.
+The current address is unchanged.
+.It (1,$) Ns Ic wq Ar file
+Writes the addressed lines to
+.Ar file ,
+and then executes a
+.Ic q
+command.
+.It (1,$) Ns Ic w Ar !command
+Writes the addressed lines to the standard input of
+.Ar command ,
+(see the
+.Ic \&!
+command below).
+The default filename and current address are unchanged.
+.It (1,$) Ns Ic W Ar file
+Appends the addressed lines to the end of
+.Ar file .
+This is similar to the
+.Ic w
+command, except that the previous contents of file are not clobbered.
+The current address is unchanged.
+.It Ic x
+Prompts for an encryption key which is used in subsequent reads and writes.
+If a newline alone is entered as the key, then encryption is turned off.
+Otherwise, echoing is disabled while a key is read.
+Encryption/decryption is done using the
+.Xr bdes 1
+algorithm.
+.It (.+1) Ns Ic z Ns Ar n
+Scrolls
+.Ar n
+lines at a time starting at addressed line.
+If
+.Ar n
+is not specified, then the current window size is used.
+The current address is set to the last line printed.
+.It ($) Ns Ic =
+Prints the line number of the addressed line.
+.It (.+1) Ns Ic newline
+Prints the addressed line, and sets the current address to that line.
+.It Ic \&! Ns Ar command
+Executes
+.Ar command
+via
+.Xr sh 1 .
+If the first character of
+.Ar command
+is
+.Ic \&! ,
+then it is replaced by text of the previous
+.Ic !command .
+.Nm
+does not process
+.Ar command
+for
+.Sq \e
+(backslash) escapes.
+However, an unescaped
+.Sq %
+is replaced by the default filename.
+When the shell returns from execution, a
+.Sq \&!
+is printed to the standard output.
+The current line is unchanged.
+.El
+.Sh LIMITATIONS
+.Nm
+processes
+.Em file
+arguments for backslash escapes, i.e., in a filename,
+any characters preceded by a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e
+are interpreted literally.
+.Pp
+If a text (non-binary) file is not terminated by a newline character,
+then
+.Nm
+appends one on reading/writing it.
+In the case of a binary file,
+.Nm
+does not append a newline on reading/writing.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width iTMPDIR
+.It Ev TMPDIR
+The location used to store temporary files.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /tmp/ed.* -compact
+.It Pa /tmp/ed.*
+buffer file
+.It Pa ed.hup
+where
+.Nm
+attempts to write the buffer if the terminal hangs up
+.El
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+When an error occurs,
+.Nm
+prints a
+.Dq \&?
+and either returns to command mode or exits if its input is from a script.
+An explanation of the last error can be printed with the
+.Ic h
+(help) command.
+.Pp
+Since the
+.Ic g
+(global) command masks any errors from failed searches and substitutions,
+it can be used to perform conditional operations in scripts; e.g.,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+g/old/s//new/
+.Ed
+.Pp
+replaces any occurrences of
+.Em old
+with
+.Em new .
+.Pp
+If the
+.Ic u
+(undo) command occurs in a global command list, then
+the command list is executed only once.
+.Pp
+If diagnostics are not disabled, attempting to quit
+.Nm
+or edit another file before writing a modified buffer results in an error.
+If the command is entered a second time, it succeeds,
+but any changes to the buffer are lost.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr bdes 1 ,
+.Xr patch 1 ,
+.Xr sed 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr vi 1 ,
+.Xr regex 3
+.Pp
+USD:09-10
+.Rs
+.%A B. W. Kernighan
+.%A P. J. Plauger
+.%B Software Tools in Pascal
+.%I Addison-Wesley
+.%D 1981
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/bin/ed/ed.h b/bin/ed/ed.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f397c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/ed.h
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ed.h,v 1.38 2019/01/04 19:13:58 maya Exp $	*/
+
+/* ed.h: type and constant definitions for the ed editor. */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)ed.h,v 1.5 1994/02/01 00:34:39 alm Exp
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if defined(BSD) && BSD >= 199103 || defined(__386BSD__)
+# include <sys/param.h>		/* for MAXPATHLEN */
+#endif
+#include <errno.h>
+#if defined(sun) || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__APPLE__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define ERR		(-2)
+#define EMOD		(-3)
+#define FATAL		(-4)
+
+#ifndef MAXPATHLEN
+# define MAXPATHLEN 255		/* _POSIX_PATH_MAX */
+#endif
+
+#define MINBUFSZ 512		/* minimum buffer size - must be > 0 */
+#define SE_MAX 30		/* max subexpressions in a regular expression */
+#ifdef INT_MAX
+# define LINECHARS INT_MAX	/* max chars per line */
+#else
+# define LINECHARS MAXINT	/* max chars per line */
+#endif
+
+/* gflags */
+#define GLB 001		/* global command */
+#define GPR 002		/* print after command */
+#define GLS 004		/* list after command */
+#define GNP 010		/* enumerate after command */
+#define GSG 020		/* global substitute */
+
+typedef regex_t pattern_t;
+
+/* Line node */
+typedef struct	line {
+	struct line	*q_forw;
+	struct line	*q_back;
+	off_t		seek;		/* address of line in scratch buffer */
+	int		len;		/* length of line */
+} line_t;
+
+
+typedef struct undo {
+
+/* type of undo nodes */
+#define UADD	0
+#define UDEL 	1
+#define UMOV	2
+#define VMOV	3
+
+	int type;			/* command type */
+	line_t	*h;			/* head of list */
+	line_t  *t;			/* tail of list */
+} undo_t;
+
+#ifndef max
+# define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+#ifndef min
+# define min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#define INC_MOD(l, k)	((l) + 1 > (k) ? 0 : (l) + 1)
+#define DEC_MOD(l, k)	((l) - 1 < 0 ? (k) : (l) - 1)
+
+/* SPL1: disable some interrupts (requires reliable signals) */
+#define SPL1() mutex++
+
+/* SPL0: enable all interrupts; check sigflags (requires reliable signals) */
+#define SPL0() \
+if (--mutex == 0) { \
+	if (sigflags & (1 << (SIGHUP - 1))) handle_hup(SIGHUP); \
+	if (sigflags & (1 << (SIGINT - 1))) handle_int(SIGINT); \
+}
+
+/* STRTOL: convert a string to long */
+#define STRTOL(i, p) { \
+	errno = 0 ; \
+	if (((i = strtol(p, &p, 10)) == LONG_MIN || i == LONG_MAX) && \
+	    errno == ERANGE) { \
+		seterrmsg("number out of range"); \
+	    	i = 0; \
+		return ERR; \
+	} \
+}
+
+/* REALLOC: assure at least a minimum size for buffer b */
+#define REALLOC(b,n,i,err) \
+if ((i) > (n)) { \
+	int ti = (n); \
+	char *ts; \
+	SPL1(); \
+	if ((ts = (char *) realloc((b), ti += max((i), MINBUFSZ))) == NULL) { \
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno)); \
+		seterrmsg("out of memory"); \
+		SPL0(); \
+		return err; \
+	} \
+	(n) = ti; \
+	(b) = ts; \
+	SPL0(); \
+}
+
+/* REQUE: link pred before succ */
+#define REQUE(pred, succ) (pred)->q_forw = (succ), (succ)->q_back = (pred)
+
+/* INSQUE: insert elem in circular queue after pred */
+#define INSQUE(elem, pred) \
+{ \
+	REQUE((elem), (pred)->q_forw); \
+	REQUE((pred), elem); \
+}
+
+/* remque: remove_lines elem from circular queue */
+#define REMQUE(elem) REQUE((elem)->q_back, (elem)->q_forw);
+
+/* NUL_TO_NEWLINE: overwrite ASCII NULs with newlines */
+#define NUL_TO_NEWLINE(s, l) translit_text(s, l, '\0', '\n')
+
+/* NEWLINE_TO_NUL: overwrite newlines with ASCII NULs */
+#define NEWLINE_TO_NUL(s, l) translit_text(s, l, '\n', '\0')
+
+#if defined(sun) && !defined(__SVR4)
+# define strerror(n) sys_errlist[n]
+#endif
+
+/* Local Function Declarations */
+void add_line_node(line_t *);
+int append_lines(long);
+int apply_subst_template(char *, regmatch_t *, int, int);
+int build_active_list(int);
+int check_addr_range(long, long);
+void clear_active_list(void);
+void clear_undo_stack(void);
+int close_sbuf(void);
+int copy_lines(long);
+int delete_lines(long, long);
+int display_lines(long, long, int);
+line_t *dup_line_node(line_t *);
+int exec_command(void);
+long exec_global(int, int);
+int extract_addr_range(void);
+char *extract_pattern(int);
+int extract_subst_tail(int *, long *);
+char *extract_subst_template(void);
+int filter_lines(long, long, char *);
+int flush_des_file(FILE *);
+line_t *get_addressed_line_node(long);
+pattern_t *get_compiled_pattern(void);
+int get_des_char(FILE *);
+char *get_extended_line(int *, int);
+char *get_filename(void);
+int get_keyword(void);
+long get_line_node_addr(line_t *);
+long get_matching_node_addr(pattern_t *, int);
+long get_marked_node_addr(int);
+char *get_sbuf_line(line_t *);
+int get_shell_command(void);
+int get_stream_line(FILE *);
+int get_tty_line(void);
+__dead void handle_hup(int);
+__dead void handle_int(int);
+void handle_winch(int);
+int has_trailing_escape(char *, char *);
+void init_buffers(void);
+void init_des_cipher(void);
+int is_legal_filename(char *);
+int join_lines(long, long);
+int mark_line_node(line_t *, int);
+int move_lines(long);
+line_t *next_active_node(void);
+long next_addr(void);
+int open_sbuf(void);
+char *parse_char_class(char *);
+int pop_undo_stack(void);
+undo_t *push_undo_stack(int, long, long);
+int put_des_char(int, FILE *);
+char *put_sbuf_line(char *);
+int put_stream_line(FILE *, char *, int);
+int put_tty_line(char *, int, long, int);
+__dead void quit(int);
+long read_file(char *, long);
+long read_stream(FILE *, long);
+int search_and_replace(pattern_t *, int, int);
+int set_active_node(line_t *);
+void signal_hup(int);
+void signal_int(int);
+char *strip_escapes(const char *);
+int substitute_matching_text(pattern_t *, line_t *, int, int);
+char *translit_text(char *, int, int, int);
+void unmark_line_node(line_t *);
+void unset_active_nodes(line_t *, line_t *);
+long write_file(const char *, const char *, long, long);
+long write_stream(FILE *, long, long);
+void seterrmsg(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2);
+
+/* global buffers */
+extern char stdinbuf[];
+extern char *ibuf;
+extern char *ibufp;
+extern int ibufsz;
+
+/* global flags */
+extern int isbinary;
+extern int isglobal;
+extern int modified;
+extern int mutex;
+extern int sigflags;
+
+/* global vars */
+extern long addr_last;
+extern long current_addr;
+extern long first_addr;
+extern int lineno;
+extern long second_addr;
+extern long rows;
+extern int cols;
+extern int scripted;
+extern int ere;
+extern int des;
+extern int newline_added;	/* io.c */
+extern int patlock;
+extern char errmsg[];	/* re.c */
+extern long u_current_addr;	/* undo.c */
+extern long u_addr_last;	/* undo.c */
+#if defined(sun) && !defined(__SVR4)
+extern char *sys_errlist[];
+#endif
diff --git a/bin/ed/glbl.c b/bin/ed/glbl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d79675d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/glbl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: glbl.c,v 1.10 2019/01/04 19:13:58 maya Exp $	*/
+
+/* glob.c: This file contains the global command routines for the ed line
+   editor */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore, Talke Studio.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char *rcsid = "@(#)glob.c,v 1.1 1994/02/01 00:34:40 alm Exp";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: glbl.c,v 1.10 2019/01/04 19:13:58 maya Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include "ed.h"
+
+
+/* build_active_list:  add line matching a pattern to the global-active list */
+int
+build_active_list(int isgcmd)
+{
+	pattern_t *pat;
+	line_t *lp;
+	long n;
+	char *s;
+	char delimiter;
+
+	if ((delimiter = *ibufp) == ' ' || delimiter == '\n') {
+		seterrmsg("invalid pattern delimiter");
+		return ERR;
+	} else if ((pat = get_compiled_pattern()) == NULL)
+		return ERR;
+	else if (*ibufp == delimiter)
+		ibufp++;
+	clear_active_list();
+	lp = get_addressed_line_node(first_addr);
+	for (n = first_addr; n <= second_addr; n++, lp = lp->q_forw) {
+		if ((s = get_sbuf_line(lp)) == NULL)
+			return ERR;
+		if (isbinary)
+			NUL_TO_NEWLINE(s, lp->len);
+		if ((!regexec(pat, s, 0, NULL, 0)) == isgcmd &&
+		    set_active_node(lp) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* exec_global: apply command list in the command buffer to the active
+   lines in a range; return command status */
+long
+exec_global(int interact, int gflag)
+{
+	static char *ocmd = NULL;
+	static int ocmdsz = 0;
+
+	line_t *lp = NULL;
+	int status;
+	int n;
+	char *cmd = NULL;
+#ifdef BACKWARDS
+	char cmdp[] = "p\n";
+
+	if (!interact) {
+		if (!strcmp(ibufp, "\n"))
+			cmd = cmdp;		/* null cmd-list == `p' */
+		else if ((cmd = get_extended_line(&n, 0)) == NULL)
+			return ERR;
+	}
+#else
+	if (!interact && (cmd = get_extended_line(&n, 0)) == NULL)
+		return ERR;
+#endif
+	clear_undo_stack();
+	while ((lp = next_active_node()) != NULL) {
+		if ((current_addr = get_line_node_addr(lp)) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		if (interact) {
+			/* print current_addr; get a command in global syntax */
+			if (display_lines(current_addr, current_addr, gflag) < 0)
+				return ERR;
+			while ((n = get_tty_line()) > 0 &&
+			    ibuf[n - 1] != '\n')
+				clearerr(stdin);
+			if (n < 0)
+				return ERR;
+			else if (n == 0) {
+				seterrmsg("unexpected end-of-file");
+				return ERR;
+			} else if (n == 1 && !strcmp(ibuf, "\n"))
+				continue;
+			else if (n == 2 && !strcmp(ibuf, "&\n")) {
+				if (cmd == NULL) {
+					seterrmsg("no previous command");
+					return ERR;
+				} else cmd = ocmd;
+			} else if ((cmd = get_extended_line(&n, 0)) == NULL)
+				return ERR;
+			else {
+				REALLOC(ocmd, ocmdsz, n + 1, ERR);
+				memcpy(ocmd, cmd, n + 1);
+				cmd = ocmd;
+			}
+
+		}
+		ibufp = cmd;
+		for (; *ibufp;)
+			if ((status = extract_addr_range()) < 0 ||
+			    (status = exec_command()) < 0 ||
+			    (status > 0 && (status = display_lines(
+			    current_addr, current_addr, status)) < 0))
+				return status;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+line_t **active_list;		/* list of lines active in a global command */
+long active_last;		/* index of last active line in active_list */
+long active_size;		/* size of active_list */
+long active_ptr;		/* active_list index (non-decreasing) */
+long active_ndx;		/* active_list index (modulo active_last) */
+
+/* set_active_node: add a line node to the global-active list */
+int
+set_active_node(line_t *lp)
+{
+	if (active_last + 1 > active_size) {
+		int ti = active_size;
+		line_t **ts;
+		SPL1();
+		if ((ts = (line_t **) realloc(active_list, 
+		    (ti += MINBUFSZ) * sizeof(line_t **))) == NULL) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+			seterrmsg("out of memory");
+			SPL0();
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		active_size = ti;
+		active_list = ts;
+		SPL0();
+	}
+	active_list[active_last++] = lp;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* unset_active_nodes: remove a range of lines from the global-active list */
+void
+unset_active_nodes(line_t *np, line_t *mp)
+{
+	line_t *lp;
+	long i;
+
+	for (lp = np; lp != mp; lp = lp->q_forw)
+		for (i = 0; i < active_last; i++)
+			if (active_list[active_ndx] == lp) {
+				active_list[active_ndx] = NULL;
+				active_ndx = INC_MOD(active_ndx, active_last - 1);
+				break;
+			} else	active_ndx = INC_MOD(active_ndx, active_last - 1);
+}
+
+
+/* next_active_node: return the next global-active line node */
+line_t *
+next_active_node(void)
+{
+	while (active_ptr < active_last && active_list[active_ptr] == NULL)
+		active_ptr++;
+	return (active_ptr < active_last) ? active_list[active_ptr++] : NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* clear_active_list: clear the global-active list */
+void
+clear_active_list(void)
+{
+	SPL1();
+	active_size = active_last = active_ptr = active_ndx = 0;
+	free(active_list);
+	active_list = NULL;
+	SPL0();
+}
diff --git a/bin/ed/io.c b/bin/ed/io.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ef23b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/io.c
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: io.c,v 1.10 2014/03/23 05:06:42 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/* io.c: This file contains the i/o routines for the ed line editor */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore, Talke Studio.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char *rcsid = "@(#)io.c,v 1.1 1994/02/01 00:34:41 alm Exp";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: io.c,v 1.10 2014/03/23 05:06:42 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include "ed.h"
+
+
+/* read_file: read a named file/pipe into the buffer; return line count */
+long
+read_file(char *fn, long n)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	long size;
+
+
+	fp = (*fn == '!') ? popen(fn + 1, "r") : fopen(strip_escapes(fn), "r");
+	if (fp == NULL) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s\n", fn, strerror(errno));
+		seterrmsg("cannot open input file");
+		return ERR;
+	} else if ((size = read_stream(fp, n)) < 0)
+		return ERR;
+	 else if (((*fn == '!') ?  pclose(fp) : fclose(fp)) < 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s\n", fn, strerror(errno));
+		seterrmsg("cannot close input file");
+		return ERR;
+	}
+	if (!scripted)
+		fprintf(stderr, "%lu\n", size);
+	return current_addr - n;
+}
+
+
+char *sbuf;			/* file i/o buffer */
+int sbufsz;			/* file i/o buffer size */
+int newline_added;		/* if set, newline appended to input file */
+
+/* read_stream: read a stream into the editor buffer; return status */
+long
+read_stream(FILE *fp, long n)
+{
+	line_t *lp = get_addressed_line_node(n);
+	undo_t *up = NULL;
+	unsigned long size = 0;
+	int o_newline_added = newline_added;
+	int o_isbinary = isbinary;
+	int appended = (n == addr_last);
+	int len;
+
+	isbinary = newline_added = 0;
+	if (des)
+		init_des_cipher();
+	for (current_addr = n; (len = get_stream_line(fp)) > 0; size += len) {
+		SPL1();
+		if (put_sbuf_line(sbuf) == NULL) {
+			SPL0();
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		lp = lp->q_forw;
+		if (up)
+			up->t = lp;
+		else if ((up = push_undo_stack(UADD, current_addr,
+		    current_addr)) == NULL) {
+			SPL0();
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		SPL0();
+	}
+	if (len < 0)
+		return ERR;
+	if (appended && size && o_isbinary && o_newline_added)
+		fputs("newline inserted\n", stderr);
+	else if (newline_added && (!appended || (!isbinary && !o_isbinary)))
+		fputs("newline appended\n", stderr);
+	if (isbinary && newline_added && !appended)
+	    	size += 1;
+	if (!size)
+		newline_added = 1;
+	newline_added = appended ? newline_added : o_newline_added;
+	isbinary = isbinary | o_isbinary;
+	if (des)
+		size += 8 - size % 8;			/* adjust DES size */
+	return size;
+}
+
+
+/* get_stream_line: read a line of text from a stream; return line length */
+int
+get_stream_line(FILE *fp)
+{
+	int c;
+	int i = 0;
+
+	while (((c = des ? get_des_char(fp) : getc(fp)) != EOF || (!feof(fp) &&
+	    !ferror(fp))) && c != '\n') {
+		REALLOC(sbuf, sbufsz, i + 1, ERR);
+		if (!(sbuf[i++] = c))
+			isbinary = 1;
+	}
+	REALLOC(sbuf, sbufsz, i + 2, ERR);
+	if (c == '\n')
+		sbuf[i++] = c;
+	else if (ferror(fp)) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+		seterrmsg("cannot read input file");
+		return ERR;
+	} else if (i) {
+		sbuf[i++] = '\n';
+		newline_added = 1;
+	}
+	sbuf[i] = '\0';
+	return (isbinary && newline_added && i) ? --i : i;
+}
+
+
+/* write_file: write a range of lines to a named file/pipe; return line count */
+long
+write_file(const char *fn, const char *mode, long n, long m)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	long size;
+
+	fp = (*fn == '!') ? popen(fn+1, "w") : fopen(strip_escapes(fn), mode);
+	if (fp == NULL) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s\n", fn, strerror(errno));
+		seterrmsg("cannot open output file");
+		return ERR;
+	} else if ((size = write_stream(fp, n, m)) < 0)
+		return ERR;
+	 else if (((*fn == '!') ?  pclose(fp) : fclose(fp)) < 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s\n", fn, strerror(errno));
+		seterrmsg("cannot close output file");
+		return ERR;
+	}
+	if (!scripted)
+		fprintf(stderr, "%lu\n", size);
+	return n ? m - n + 1 : 0;
+}
+
+
+/* write_stream: write a range of lines to a stream; return status */
+long
+write_stream(FILE *fp, long n, long m)
+{
+	line_t *lp = get_addressed_line_node(n);
+	unsigned long size = 0;
+	char *s;
+	int len;
+
+	if (des)
+		init_des_cipher();
+	for (; n && n <= m; n++, lp = lp->q_forw) {
+		if ((s = get_sbuf_line(lp)) == NULL)
+			return ERR;
+		len = lp->len;
+		if (n != addr_last || !isbinary || !newline_added)
+			s[len++] = '\n';
+		if (put_stream_line(fp, s, len) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		size += len;
+	}
+	if (des) {
+		flush_des_file(fp);			/* flush buffer */
+		size += 8 - size % 8;			/* adjust DES size */
+	}
+	return size;
+}
+
+
+/* put_stream_line: write a line of text to a stream; return status */
+int
+put_stream_line(FILE *fp, char *s, int len)
+{
+	while (len--)
+		if ((des ? put_des_char(*s++, fp) : fputc(*s++, fp)) < 0) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+			seterrmsg("cannot write file");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/* get_extended_line: get a an extended line from stdin */
+char *
+get_extended_line(int *sizep, int nonl)
+{
+	static char *cvbuf = NULL;		/* buffer */
+	static int cvbufsz = 0;			/* buffer size */
+
+	int l, n;
+	char *t = ibufp;
+
+	while (*t++ != '\n')
+		;
+	if ((l = t - ibufp) < 2 || !has_trailing_escape(ibufp, ibufp + l - 1)) {
+		*sizep = l;
+		return ibufp;
+	}
+	*sizep = -1;
+	REALLOC(cvbuf, cvbufsz, l, NULL);
+	memcpy(cvbuf, ibufp, l);
+	*(cvbuf + --l - 1) = '\n'; 	/* strip trailing esc */
+	if (nonl) l--; 			/* strip newline */
+	for (;;) {
+		if ((n = get_tty_line()) < 0)
+			return NULL;
+		else if (n == 0 || ibuf[n - 1] != '\n') {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected end-of-file");
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		REALLOC(cvbuf, cvbufsz, l + n, NULL);
+		memcpy(cvbuf + l, ibuf, n);
+		l += n;
+		if (n < 2 || !has_trailing_escape(cvbuf, cvbuf + l - 1))
+			break;
+		*(cvbuf + --l - 1) = '\n'; 	/* strip trailing esc */
+		if (nonl) l--; 			/* strip newline */
+	}
+	REALLOC(cvbuf, cvbufsz, l + 1, NULL);
+	cvbuf[l] = '\0';
+	*sizep = l;
+	return cvbuf;
+}
+
+
+/* get_tty_line: read a line of text from stdin; return line length */
+int
+get_tty_line(void)
+{
+	int oi = 0;
+	int i = 0;
+	int c;
+
+	for (;;)
+		switch (c = getchar()) {
+		default:
+			oi = 0;
+			REALLOC(ibuf, ibufsz, i + 2, ERR);
+			if (!(ibuf[i++] = c)) isbinary = 1;
+			if (c != '\n')
+				continue;
+			lineno++;
+			ibuf[i] = '\0';
+			ibufp = ibuf;
+			return i;
+		case EOF:
+			if (ferror(stdin)) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "stdin: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+				seterrmsg("cannot read stdin");
+				clearerr(stdin);
+				ibufp = NULL;
+				return ERR;
+			} else {
+				clearerr(stdin);
+				if (i != oi) {
+					oi = i;
+					continue;
+				} else if (i)
+					ibuf[i] = '\0';
+				ibufp = ibuf;
+				return i;
+			}
+		}
+}
+
+
+
+#define ESCAPES "\a\b\f\n\r\t\v\\"
+#define ESCCHARS "abfnrtv\\"
+
+/* put_tty_line: print text to stdout */
+int
+put_tty_line(char *s, int l, long n, int gflag)
+{
+	int col = 0;
+	char *cp;
+#ifndef BACKWARDS
+	int lc = 0;
+#endif
+
+	if (gflag & GNP) {
+		printf("%ld\t", n);
+		col = 8;
+	}
+	for (; l--; s++) {
+		if ((gflag & GLS) && ++col > cols) {
+			fputs("\\\n", stdout);
+			col = 1;
+#ifndef BACKWARDS
+			if (!scripted && !isglobal && ++lc > rows) {
+				lc = 0;
+				fputs("Press <RETURN> to continue... ", stdout);
+				fflush(stdout);
+				if (get_tty_line() < 0)
+					return ERR;
+			}
+#endif
+		}
+		if (gflag & GLS) {
+			if (31 < *s && *s < 127 && *s != '\\')
+				putchar(*s);
+			else {
+				putchar('\\');
+				col++;
+				if (*s && (cp = strchr(ESCAPES, *s)) != NULL)
+					putchar(ESCCHARS[cp - ESCAPES]);
+				else {
+					putchar((((unsigned char) *s & 0300) >> 6) + '0');
+					putchar((((unsigned char) *s & 070) >> 3) + '0');
+					putchar(((unsigned char) *s & 07) + '0');
+					col += 2;
+				}
+			}
+
+		} else
+			putchar(*s);
+	}
+#ifndef BACKWARDS
+	if (gflag & GLS)
+		putchar('$');
+#endif
+	putchar('\n');
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/bin/ed/main.c b/bin/ed/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f86148a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1433 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.30 2018/06/18 14:56:24 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/* main.c: This file contains the main control and user-interface routines
+   for the ed line editor. */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore, Talke Studio.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT(
+"@(#) Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore, Talke Studio.\
+ All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char *rcsid = "@(#)main.c,v 1.1 1994/02/01 00:34:42 alm Exp";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.30 2018/06/18 14:56:24 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * CREDITS
+ *
+ *	This program is based on the editor algorithm described in
+ *	Brian W. Kernighan and P. J. Plauger's book "Software Tools 
+ *	in Pascal," Addison-Wesley, 1981.
+ *
+ *	The buffering algorithm is attributed to Rodney Ruddock of
+ *	the University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario.
+ *
+ *	The cbc.c encryption code is adapted from
+ *	the bdes program by Matt Bishop of Dartmouth College,
+ *	Hanover, NH.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <setjmp.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+
+#include "ed.h"
+
+
+#ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE
+sigjmp_buf env;
+#else
+jmp_buf env;
+#endif
+
+/* static buffers */
+char stdinbuf[1];		/* stdin buffer */
+char *shcmd;			/* shell command buffer */
+int shcmdsz;			/* shell command buffer size */
+int shcmdi;			/* shell command buffer index */
+char *ibuf;			/* ed command-line buffer */
+int ibufsz;			/* ed command-line buffer size */
+char *ibufp;			/* pointer to ed command-line buffer */
+
+/* global flags */
+int des = 0;			/* if set, use crypt(3) for i/o */
+int garrulous = 0;		/* if set, print all error messages */
+int isbinary;			/* if set, buffer contains ASCII NULs */
+int isglobal;			/* if set, doing a global command */
+int modified;			/* if set, buffer modified since last write */
+int mutex = 0;			/* if set, signals set "sigflags" */
+int red = 0;			/* if set, restrict shell/directory access */
+int ere = 0;			/* if set, use extended regexes */
+int scripted = 0;		/* if set, suppress diagnostics */
+int secure = 0;			/* is set, ! is not allowed */
+int sigflags = 0;		/* if set, signals received while mutex set */
+int sigactive = 0;		/* if set, signal handlers are enabled */
+
+char old_filename[MAXPATHLEN + 1] = "";	/* default filename */
+long current_addr;		/* current address in editor buffer */
+long addr_last;			/* last address in editor buffer */
+int lineno;			/* script line number */
+const char *prompt;			/* command-line prompt */
+const char *dps = "*";		/* default command-line prompt */
+
+
+static const char usage[] = "Usage: %s [-] [-ESsx] [-p string] [name]\n";
+
+/* ed: line editor */
+int
+main(int ac, char *av[])
+{
+	int c, n;
+	long status = 0;
+	volatile int argc = ac;
+	char ** volatile argv = av;
+
+	red = (n = strlen(argv[0])) > 2 && argv[0][n - 3] == 'r';
+top:
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "p:sxES")) != -1)
+		switch(c) {
+		case 'p':				/* set prompt */
+			prompt = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 's':				/* run script */
+			scripted = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'x':				/* use crypt */
+#ifdef DES
+			des = get_keyword();
+#else
+			fprintf(stderr, "crypt unavailable\n?\n");
+#endif
+			break;
+
+		case 'E':
+			ere = REG_EXTENDED;
+			break;
+		case 'S':				/* ! is not allowed */
+			secure = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			fprintf(stderr, usage, getprogname());
+			exit(1);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+	if (argc && **argv == '-') {
+		scripted = 1;
+		if (argc > 1) {
+			optind = 1;
+			goto top;
+		}
+		argv++;
+		argc--;
+	}
+	/* assert: reliable signals! */
+#ifdef SIGWINCH
+	handle_winch(SIGWINCH);
+	if (isatty(0)) signal(SIGWINCH, handle_winch);
+#endif
+	signal(SIGHUP, signal_hup);
+	signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
+	signal(SIGINT, signal_int);
+#ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE
+	if ((status = sigsetjmp(env, 1)) != 0)
+#else
+	if ((status = setjmp(env)) != 0)
+#endif
+	{
+		fputs("\n?\n", stderr);
+		seterrmsg("interrupt");
+	} else {
+		init_buffers();
+		sigactive = 1;			/* enable signal handlers */
+		if (argc && **argv && is_legal_filename(*argv)) {
+			if (read_file(*argv, 0) < 0 && !isatty(0))
+				quit(2);
+			else if (**argv != '!')
+				strlcpy(old_filename, *argv,
+				    sizeof(old_filename) - 2);
+		} else if (argc) {
+			fputs("?\n", stderr);
+			if (**argv == '\0')
+				seterrmsg("invalid filename");
+			if (!isatty(0))
+				quit(2);
+		}
+	}
+	for (;;) {
+		if (status < 0 && garrulous)
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", errmsg);
+		if (prompt) {
+			printf("%s", prompt);
+			fflush(stdout);
+		}
+		if ((n = get_tty_line()) < 0) {
+			status = ERR;
+			continue;
+		} else if (n == 0) {
+			if (modified && !scripted) {
+				fputs("?\n", stderr);
+				seterrmsg("warning: file modified");
+				if (!isatty(0)) {
+					if (garrulous) {
+						fprintf(stderr,
+						    "script, line %d: %s\n",
+						    lineno, errmsg);
+					}
+					quit(2);
+				}
+				clearerr(stdin);
+				modified = 0;
+				status = EMOD;
+				continue;
+			} else
+				quit(0);
+		} else if (ibuf[n - 1] != '\n') {
+			/* discard line */
+			seterrmsg("unexpected end-of-file");
+			clearerr(stdin);
+			status = ERR;
+			continue;
+		}
+		isglobal = 0;
+		if ((status = extract_addr_range()) >= 0 &&
+		    (status = exec_command()) >= 0) {
+			if (status == 0)
+				continue;
+			status = display_lines(current_addr, current_addr,
+			    status);
+			if (status >= 0)
+				continue;
+		}
+		switch (status) {
+		case EOF:
+			quit(0);
+		case EMOD:
+			modified = 0;
+			fputs("?\n", stderr);		/* give warning */
+			seterrmsg("warning: file modified");
+			if (!isatty(0)) {
+				if (garrulous) {
+					fprintf(stderr,
+					    "script, line %d: %s\n",
+					    lineno, errmsg);
+				}
+				quit(2);
+			}
+			break;
+		case FATAL:
+			if (garrulous) {
+				if (!isatty(0)) {
+					fprintf(stderr,
+					    "script, line %d: %s\n",
+					    lineno, errmsg);
+				} else {
+					fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", errmsg);
+				}
+			}
+			quit(3);
+		default:
+			fputs("?\n", stderr);
+			if (!isatty(0)) {
+				if (garrulous) {
+					fprintf(stderr, "script, line %d: %s\n",
+					    lineno, errmsg);
+				}
+				quit(2);
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+long first_addr, second_addr, addr_cnt;
+
+/* extract_addr_range: get line addresses from the command buffer until an 
+   illegal address is seen; return status */
+int
+extract_addr_range(void)
+{
+	long addr;
+
+	addr_cnt = 0;
+	first_addr = second_addr = current_addr;
+	while ((addr = next_addr()) >= 0) {
+		addr_cnt++;
+		first_addr = second_addr;
+		second_addr = addr;
+		if (*ibufp != ',' && *ibufp != ';')
+			break;
+		else if (*ibufp++ == ';')
+			current_addr = addr;
+	}
+	if ((addr_cnt = min(addr_cnt, 2)) == 1 || second_addr != addr)
+		first_addr = second_addr;
+	return (addr == ERR) ? ERR : 0;
+}
+
+
+#define	SKIP_BLANKS() while (isspace((unsigned char)*ibufp) && *ibufp != '\n') \
+	ibufp++
+
+#define MUST_BE_FIRST() \
+	if (!first) { seterrmsg("invalid address"); return ERR; }
+
+/*  next_addr: return the next line address in the command buffer */
+long
+next_addr(void)
+{
+	char *hd;
+	long addr = current_addr;
+	long n;
+	int first = 1;
+	int c;
+
+	SKIP_BLANKS();
+	for (hd = ibufp;; first = 0)
+		switch (c = *ibufp) {
+		case '+':
+		case '\t':
+		case ' ':
+		case '-':
+		case '^':
+			ibufp++;
+			SKIP_BLANKS();
+			if (isdigit((unsigned char)*ibufp)) {
+				STRTOL(n, ibufp);
+				addr += (c == '-' || c == '^') ? -n : n;
+			} else if (!isspace((unsigned char)c))
+				addr += (c == '-' || c == '^') ? -1 : 1;
+			break;
+		case '0': case '1': case '2':
+		case '3': case '4': case '5':
+		case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+			MUST_BE_FIRST();
+			STRTOL(addr, ibufp);
+			break;
+		case '.':
+		case '$':
+			MUST_BE_FIRST();
+			ibufp++;
+			addr = (c == '.') ? current_addr : addr_last;
+			break;
+		case '/':
+		case '?':
+			MUST_BE_FIRST();
+			if ((addr = get_matching_node_addr(
+			    get_compiled_pattern(), c == '/')) < 0)
+				return ERR;
+			else if (c == *ibufp)
+				ibufp++;
+			break;
+		case '\'':
+			MUST_BE_FIRST();
+			ibufp++;
+			if ((addr = get_marked_node_addr((unsigned char)*ibufp++)) < 0)
+				return ERR;
+			break;
+		case '%':
+		case ',':
+		case ';':
+			if (first) {
+				ibufp++;
+				addr_cnt++;
+				second_addr = (c == ';') ? current_addr : 1;
+				addr = addr_last;
+				break;
+			}
+			/* FALL THROUGH */
+		default:
+			if (ibufp == hd)
+				return EOF;
+			else if (addr < 0 || addr_last < addr) {
+				seterrmsg("invalid address");
+				return ERR;
+			} else
+				return addr;
+		}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+#ifdef BACKWARDS
+/* GET_THIRD_ADDR: get a legal address from the command buffer */
+#define GET_THIRD_ADDR(addr) \
+{ \
+	long ol1, ol2; \
+\
+	ol1 = first_addr, ol2 = second_addr; \
+	if (extract_addr_range() < 0) \
+		return ERR; \
+	else if (addr_cnt == 0) { \
+		seterrmsg("destination expected"); \
+		return ERR; \
+	} else if (second_addr < 0 || addr_last < second_addr) { \
+		seterrmsg("invalid address"); \
+		return ERR; \
+	} \
+	addr = second_addr; \
+	first_addr = ol1, second_addr = ol2; \
+}
+#else	/* BACKWARDS */
+/* GET_THIRD_ADDR: get a legal address from the command buffer */
+#define GET_THIRD_ADDR(addr) \
+{ \
+	long ol1, ol2; \
+\
+	ol1 = first_addr, ol2 = second_addr; \
+	if (extract_addr_range() < 0) \
+		return ERR; \
+	if (second_addr < 0 || addr_last < second_addr) { \
+		seterrmsg("invalid address"); \
+		return ERR; \
+	} \
+	addr = second_addr; \
+	first_addr = ol1, second_addr = ol2; \
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX: verify the command suffix in the command buffer */
+#define GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX() { \
+	int done = 0; \
+	do { \
+		switch(*ibufp) { \
+		case 'p': \
+			gflag |= GPR, ibufp++; \
+			break; \
+		case 'l': \
+			gflag |= GLS, ibufp++; \
+			break; \
+		case 'n': \
+			gflag |= GNP, ibufp++; \
+			break; \
+		default: \
+			done++; \
+		} \
+	} while (!done); \
+	if (*ibufp++ != '\n') { \
+		seterrmsg("invalid command suffix"); \
+		return ERR; \
+	} \
+}
+
+
+/* sflags */
+#define SGG 001		/* complement previous global substitute suffix */
+#define SGP 002		/* complement previous print suffix */
+#define SGR 004		/* use last regex instead of last pat */
+#define SGF 010		/* repeat last substitution */
+
+int patlock = 0;	/* if set, pattern not freed by get_compiled_pattern() */
+
+long rows = 22;		/* scroll length: ws_row - 2 */
+
+/* exec_command: execute the next command in command buffer; return print
+   request, if any */
+int
+exec_command(void)
+{
+	static pattern_t *pat = NULL;
+	static int sgflag = 0;
+	static long sgnum = 0;
+
+	pattern_t *tpat;
+	char *fnp;
+	int gflag = 0;
+	int sflags = 0;
+	long addr = 0;
+	int n = 0;
+	int c;
+
+	SKIP_BLANKS();
+	switch(c = *ibufp++) {
+	case 'a':
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (!isglobal) clear_undo_stack();
+		if (append_lines(second_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		break;
+	case 'c':
+		if (check_addr_range(current_addr, current_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (!isglobal) clear_undo_stack();
+		if (delete_lines(first_addr, second_addr) < 0 ||
+		    append_lines(current_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		break;
+	case 'd':
+		if (check_addr_range(current_addr, current_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (!isglobal) clear_undo_stack();
+		if (delete_lines(first_addr, second_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		else if ((addr = INC_MOD(current_addr, addr_last)) != 0)
+			current_addr = addr;
+		break;
+	case 'e':
+		if (modified && !scripted)
+			return EMOD;
+		/* fall through */
+	case 'E':
+		if (addr_cnt > 0) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected address");
+			return ERR;
+		} else if (!isspace((unsigned char)*ibufp)) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected command suffix");
+			return ERR;
+		} else if ((fnp = get_filename()) == NULL)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (delete_lines(1, addr_last) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		clear_undo_stack();
+		if (close_sbuf() < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		else if (open_sbuf() < 0)
+			return FATAL;
+		if (*fnp && *fnp != '!') strlcpy(old_filename, fnp,
+			sizeof(old_filename) - 2);
+#ifdef BACKWARDS
+		if (*fnp == '\0' && *old_filename == '\0') {
+			seterrmsg("no current filename");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+#endif
+		if (read_file(*fnp ? fnp : old_filename, 0) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		clear_undo_stack();
+		modified = 0;
+		u_current_addr = u_addr_last = -1;
+		break;
+	case 'f':
+		if (addr_cnt > 0) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected address");
+			return ERR;
+		} else if (!isspace((unsigned char)*ibufp)) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected command suffix");
+			return ERR;
+		} else if ((fnp = get_filename()) == NULL)
+			return ERR;
+		else if (*fnp == '!') {
+			seterrmsg("invalid redirection");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (*fnp) strlcpy(old_filename, fnp, sizeof(old_filename) - 2);
+		printf("%s\n", strip_escapes(old_filename));
+		break;
+	case 'g':
+	case 'v':
+	case 'G':
+	case 'V':
+		if (isglobal) {
+			seterrmsg("cannot nest global commands");
+			return ERR;
+		} else if (check_addr_range(1, addr_last) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		else if (build_active_list(c == 'g' || c == 'G') < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		else if ((n = (c == 'G' || c == 'V')) != 0)
+			GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		isglobal++;
+		if (exec_global(n, gflag) < 0)
+			return ERR; 
+		break;
+	case 'h':
+		if (addr_cnt > 0) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected address");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (*errmsg) fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", errmsg);
+		break;
+	case 'H':
+		if (addr_cnt > 0) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected address");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if ((garrulous = 1 - garrulous) && *errmsg)
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", errmsg);
+		break;
+	case 'i':
+		if (second_addr == 0) {
+			seterrmsg("invalid address");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (!isglobal) clear_undo_stack();
+		if (append_lines(second_addr - 1) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		break;
+	case 'j':
+		if (check_addr_range(current_addr, current_addr + 1) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (!isglobal) clear_undo_stack();
+		if (first_addr != second_addr &&
+		    join_lines(first_addr, second_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		break;
+	case 'k':
+		c = *ibufp++;
+		if (second_addr == 0) {
+			seterrmsg("invalid address");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (mark_line_node(get_addressed_line_node(second_addr), (unsigned char)c) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		break;
+	case 'l':
+		if (check_addr_range(current_addr, current_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (display_lines(first_addr, second_addr, gflag | GLS) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		gflag = 0;
+		break;
+	case 'm':
+		if (check_addr_range(current_addr, current_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_THIRD_ADDR(addr);
+		if (first_addr <= addr && addr < second_addr) {
+			seterrmsg("invalid destination");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (!isglobal) clear_undo_stack();
+		if (move_lines(addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		break;
+	case 'n':
+		if (check_addr_range(current_addr, current_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (display_lines(first_addr, second_addr, gflag | GNP) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		gflag = 0;
+		break;
+	case 'p':
+		if (check_addr_range(current_addr, current_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (display_lines(first_addr, second_addr, gflag | GPR) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		gflag = 0;
+		break;
+	case 'P':
+		if (addr_cnt > 0) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected address");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		prompt = prompt ? NULL : optarg ? optarg : dps;
+		break;
+	case 'q':
+	case 'Q':
+		if (addr_cnt > 0) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected address");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		gflag =  (modified && !scripted && c == 'q') ? EMOD : EOF;
+		break;
+	case 'r':
+		if (!isspace((unsigned char)*ibufp)) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected command suffix");
+			return ERR;
+		} else if (addr_cnt == 0)
+			second_addr = addr_last;
+		if ((fnp = get_filename()) == NULL)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (!isglobal) clear_undo_stack();
+		if (*old_filename == '\0' && *fnp != '!')
+			strlcpy(old_filename, fnp, sizeof(old_filename) - 2);
+#ifdef BACKWARDS
+		if (*fnp == '\0' && *old_filename == '\0') {
+			seterrmsg("no current filename");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+#endif
+		if ((addr = read_file(*fnp ? fnp : old_filename, second_addr)) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		else if (addr && addr != addr_last)
+			modified = 1;
+		break;
+	case 's':
+		do {
+			switch(*ibufp) {
+			case '\n':
+				sflags |=SGF;
+				break;
+			case 'g':
+				sflags |= SGG;
+				ibufp++;
+				break;
+			case 'p':
+				sflags |= SGP;
+				ibufp++;
+				break;
+			case 'r':
+				sflags |= SGR;
+				ibufp++;
+				break;
+			case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': 
+			case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+				STRTOL(sgnum, ibufp);
+				sflags |= SGF;
+				sgflag &= ~GSG;		/* override GSG */
+				break;
+			default:
+				if (sflags) {
+					seterrmsg("invalid command suffix");
+					return ERR;
+				}
+			}
+		} while (sflags && *ibufp != '\n');
+		if (sflags && !pat) {
+			seterrmsg("no previous substitution");
+			return ERR;
+		} else if (sflags & SGG)
+			sgnum = 0;		/* override numeric arg */
+		if (*ibufp != '\n' && *(ibufp + 1) == '\n') {
+			seterrmsg("invalid pattern delimiter");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		tpat = pat;
+		SPL1();
+		if ((!sflags || (sflags & SGR)) &&
+		    (tpat = get_compiled_pattern()) == NULL) {
+		 	SPL0();
+			return ERR;
+		} else if (tpat != pat) {
+			if (pat) {
+				regfree(pat);
+				free(pat);
+			}
+			pat = tpat;
+			patlock = 1;		/* reserve pattern */
+		}
+		SPL0();
+		if (!sflags && extract_subst_tail(&sgflag, &sgnum) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		else if (isglobal)
+			sgflag |= GLB;
+		else
+			sgflag &= ~GLB;
+		if (sflags & SGG)
+			sgflag ^= GSG;
+		if (sflags & SGP)
+			sgflag ^= GPR, sgflag &= ~(GLS | GNP);
+		do {
+			switch(*ibufp) {
+			case 'p':
+				sgflag |= GPR, ibufp++;
+				break;
+			case 'l':
+				sgflag |= GLS, ibufp++;
+				break;
+			case 'n':
+				sgflag |= GNP, ibufp++;
+				break;
+			default:
+				n++;
+			}
+		} while (!n);
+		if (check_addr_range(current_addr, current_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (!isglobal) clear_undo_stack();
+		if (search_and_replace(pat, sgflag, sgnum) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		break;
+	case 't':
+		if (check_addr_range(current_addr, current_addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_THIRD_ADDR(addr);
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (!isglobal) clear_undo_stack();
+		if (copy_lines(addr) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		break;
+	case 'u':
+		if (addr_cnt > 0) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected address");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (pop_undo_stack() < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		break;
+	case 'w':
+	case 'W':
+		if ((n = *ibufp) == 'q' || n == 'Q') {
+			gflag = EOF;
+			ibufp++;
+		}
+		if (!isspace((unsigned char)*ibufp)) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected command suffix");
+			return ERR;
+		} else if ((fnp = get_filename()) == NULL)
+			return ERR;
+		if (addr_cnt == 0 && !addr_last)
+			first_addr = second_addr = 0;
+		else if (check_addr_range(1, addr_last) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (*old_filename == '\0' && *fnp != '!')
+			strlcpy(old_filename, fnp, sizeof(old_filename) - 2);
+#ifdef BACKWARDS
+		if (*fnp == '\0' && *old_filename == '\0') {
+			seterrmsg("no current filename");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+#endif
+		if ((addr = write_file(*fnp ? fnp : old_filename, 
+		    (c == 'W') ? "a" : "w", first_addr, second_addr)) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		else if (addr == addr_last)
+			modified = 0;
+		else if (modified && !scripted && n == 'q')
+			gflag = EMOD;
+		break;
+	case 'x':
+		if (addr_cnt > 0) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected address");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+#ifdef DES
+		des = get_keyword();
+#else
+		seterrmsg("crypt unavailable");
+		return ERR;
+#endif
+		break;
+	case 'z':
+#ifdef BACKWARDS
+		if (check_addr_range(first_addr = 1, current_addr + 1) < 0)
+#else
+		if (check_addr_range(first_addr = 1, current_addr + !isglobal) < 0)
+#endif
+			return ERR;
+		else if ('0' < *ibufp && *ibufp <= '9')
+			STRTOL(rows, ibufp);
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (display_lines(second_addr, min(addr_last,
+		    second_addr + rows), gflag) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		gflag = 0;
+		break;
+	case '=':
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		printf("%ld\n", addr_cnt ? second_addr : addr_last);
+		break;
+	case '!':
+		if (addr_cnt > 0) {
+			seterrmsg("unexpected address");
+			return ERR;
+		}
+		if ((sflags = get_shell_command()) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		GET_COMMAND_SUFFIX();
+		if (sflags) printf("%s\n", shcmd + 1);
+		system(shcmd + 1);
+		if (!scripted) printf("!\n");
+		break;
+	case '\n':
+#ifdef BACKWARDS
+		if (check_addr_range(first_addr = 1, current_addr + 1) < 0
+#else
+		if (check_addr_range(first_addr = 1, current_addr + !isglobal) < 0
+#endif
+		 || display_lines(second_addr, second_addr, 0) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		break;
+	default:
+		seterrmsg("unknown command");
+		return ERR;
+	}
+	return gflag;
+}
+
+
+/* check_addr_range: return status of address range check */
+int
+check_addr_range(long n, long m)
+{
+	if (addr_cnt == 0) {
+		first_addr = n;
+		second_addr = m;
+	}
+	if (first_addr > second_addr || 1 > first_addr ||
+	    second_addr > addr_last) {
+		seterrmsg("invalid address");
+		return ERR;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* get_matching_node_addr: return the address of the next line matching a 
+   pattern in a given direction.  wrap around begin/end of editor buffer if
+   necessary */
+long
+get_matching_node_addr(pattern_t *pat, int dir)
+{
+	char *s;
+	long n = current_addr;
+	line_t *lp;
+
+	if (!pat) return ERR;
+	do {
+		if ((n = dir ? INC_MOD(n, addr_last) :
+		    DEC_MOD(n, addr_last)) != 0) {
+			lp = get_addressed_line_node(n);
+			if ((s = get_sbuf_line(lp)) == NULL)
+				return ERR;
+			if (isbinary)
+				NUL_TO_NEWLINE(s, lp->len);
+			if (!regexec(pat, s, 0, NULL, 0))
+				return n;
+		}
+	} while (n != current_addr);
+	seterrmsg("no match");
+	return  ERR;
+}
+
+
+/* get_filename: return pointer to copy of filename in the command buffer */
+char *
+get_filename(void)
+{
+	static char *file = NULL;
+	static int filesz = 0;
+
+	int n;
+
+	if (*ibufp != '\n') {
+		SKIP_BLANKS();
+		if (*ibufp == '\n') {
+			seterrmsg("invalid filename");
+			return NULL;
+		} else if ((ibufp = get_extended_line(&n, 1)) == NULL)
+			return NULL;
+		else if (*ibufp == '!') {
+			ibufp++;
+			if ((n = get_shell_command()) < 0)
+				return NULL;
+			if (n) printf("%s\n", shcmd + 1);
+			return shcmd;
+		} else if (n - 1 > MAXPATHLEN) {
+			seterrmsg("filename too long");
+			return  NULL;
+		}
+	}
+#ifndef BACKWARDS
+	else if (*old_filename == '\0') {
+		seterrmsg("no current filename");
+		return  NULL;
+	}
+#endif
+	REALLOC(file, filesz, MAXPATHLEN + 1, NULL);
+	for (n = 0; *ibufp != '\n';)
+		file[n++] = *ibufp++;
+	file[n] = '\0';
+	return is_legal_filename(file) ? file : NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* get_shell_command: read a shell command from stdin; return substitution
+   status */
+int
+get_shell_command(void)
+{
+	static char *buf = NULL;
+	static int n = 0;
+
+	char *s;			/* substitution char pointer */
+	int i = 0;
+	int j = 0;
+
+	if (red || secure) {
+		seterrmsg("shell access restricted");
+		return ERR;
+	} else if ((s = ibufp = get_extended_line(&j, 1)) == NULL)
+		return ERR;
+	REALLOC(buf, n, j + 1, ERR);
+	buf[i++] = '!';			/* prefix command w/ bang */
+	while (*ibufp != '\n')
+		switch (*ibufp) {
+		default:
+			REALLOC(buf, n, i + 2, ERR);
+			buf[i++] = *ibufp;
+			if (*ibufp++ == '\\')
+				buf[i++] = *ibufp++;
+			break;
+		case '!':
+			if (s != ibufp) {
+				REALLOC(buf, n, i + 1, ERR);
+				buf[i++] = *ibufp++;
+			}
+#ifdef BACKWARDS
+			else if (shcmd == NULL || *(shcmd + 1) == '\0')
+#else
+			else if (shcmd == NULL)
+#endif
+			{
+				seterrmsg("no previous command");
+				return ERR;
+			} else {
+				REALLOC(buf, n, i + shcmdi, ERR);
+				for (s = shcmd + 1; s < shcmd + shcmdi;)
+					buf[i++] = *s++;
+				s = ibufp++;
+			}
+			break;
+		case '%':
+			if (*old_filename  == '\0') {
+				seterrmsg("no current filename");
+				return ERR;
+			}
+			j = strlen(s = strip_escapes(old_filename));
+			REALLOC(buf, n, i + j, ERR);
+			while (j--)
+				buf[i++] = *s++;
+			s = ibufp++;
+			break;
+		}
+	REALLOC(shcmd, shcmdsz, i + 1, ERR);
+	memcpy(shcmd, buf, i);
+	shcmd[shcmdi = i] = '\0';
+	return *s == '!' || *s == '%';
+}
+
+
+/* append_lines: insert text from stdin to after line n; stop when either a
+   single period is read or EOF; return status */
+int
+append_lines(long n)
+{
+	int l;
+	char *lp = ibuf;
+	char *eot;
+	undo_t *up = NULL;
+
+	for (current_addr = n;;) {
+		if (!isglobal) {
+			if ((l = get_tty_line()) < 0)
+				return ERR;
+			else if (l == 0 || ibuf[l - 1] != '\n') {
+				clearerr(stdin);
+				return  l ? EOF : 0;
+			}
+			lp = ibuf;
+		} else if (*(lp = ibufp) == '\0')
+			return 0;
+		else {
+			while (*ibufp++ != '\n')
+				;
+			l = ibufp - lp;
+		}
+		if (l == 2 && lp[0] == '.' && lp[1] == '\n') {
+			return 0;
+		}
+		eot = lp + l;
+		SPL1();
+		do {
+			if ((lp = put_sbuf_line(lp)) == NULL) {
+				SPL0();
+				return ERR;
+			} else if (up)
+				up->t = get_addressed_line_node(current_addr);
+			else if ((up = push_undo_stack(UADD, current_addr,
+			    current_addr)) == NULL) {
+				SPL0();
+				return ERR;
+			}
+		} while (lp != eot);
+		modified = 1;
+		SPL0();
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+/* join_lines: replace a range of lines with the joined text of those lines */
+int
+join_lines(long from, long to)
+{
+	static char *buf = NULL;
+	static int n;
+
+	char *s;
+	int size = 0;
+	line_t *bp, *ep;
+
+	ep = get_addressed_line_node(INC_MOD(to, addr_last));
+	bp = get_addressed_line_node(from);
+	for (; bp != ep; bp = bp->q_forw) {
+		if ((s = get_sbuf_line(bp)) == NULL)
+			return ERR;
+		REALLOC(buf, n, size + bp->len, ERR);
+		memcpy(buf + size, s, bp->len);
+		size += bp->len;
+	}
+	REALLOC(buf, n, size + 2, ERR);
+	memcpy(buf + size, "\n", 2);
+	if (delete_lines(from, to) < 0)
+		return ERR;
+	current_addr = from - 1;
+	SPL1();
+	if (put_sbuf_line(buf) == NULL ||
+	    push_undo_stack(UADD, current_addr, current_addr) == NULL) {
+		SPL0();
+		return ERR;
+	}
+	modified = 1;
+	SPL0();
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* move_lines: move a range of lines */
+int
+move_lines(long addr)
+{
+	line_t *b1, *a1, *b2, *a2;
+	long n = INC_MOD(second_addr, addr_last);
+	long p = first_addr - 1;
+	int done = (addr == first_addr - 1 || addr == second_addr);
+
+	SPL1();
+	if (done) {
+		a2 = get_addressed_line_node(n);
+		b2 = get_addressed_line_node(p);
+		current_addr = second_addr;
+	} else if (push_undo_stack(UMOV, p, n) == NULL ||
+	    push_undo_stack(UMOV, addr, INC_MOD(addr, addr_last)) == NULL) {
+		SPL0();
+		return ERR;
+	} else {
+		a1 = get_addressed_line_node(n);
+		if (addr < first_addr) {
+			b1 = get_addressed_line_node(p);
+			b2 = get_addressed_line_node(addr);
+					/* this get_addressed_line_node last! */
+		} else {
+			b2 = get_addressed_line_node(addr);
+			b1 = get_addressed_line_node(p);
+					/* this get_addressed_line_node last! */
+		}
+		a2 = b2->q_forw;
+		REQUE(b2, b1->q_forw);
+		REQUE(a1->q_back, a2);
+		REQUE(b1, a1);
+		current_addr = addr + ((addr < first_addr) ? 
+		    second_addr - first_addr + 1 : 0);
+	}
+	if (isglobal)
+		unset_active_nodes(b2->q_forw, a2);
+	modified = 1;
+	SPL0();
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* copy_lines: copy a range of lines; return status */
+int
+copy_lines(long addr)
+{
+	line_t *lp, *np = get_addressed_line_node(first_addr);
+	undo_t *up = NULL;
+	long n = second_addr - first_addr + 1;
+	long m = 0;
+
+	current_addr = addr;
+	if (first_addr <= addr && addr < second_addr) {
+		n =  addr - first_addr + 1;
+		m = second_addr - addr;
+	}
+	for (; n > 0; n=m, m=0, np = get_addressed_line_node(current_addr + 1))
+		for (; n-- > 0; np = np->q_forw) {
+			SPL1();
+			if ((lp = dup_line_node(np)) == NULL) {
+				SPL0();
+				return ERR;
+			}
+			add_line_node(lp);
+			if (up)
+				up->t = lp;
+			else if ((up = push_undo_stack(UADD, current_addr,
+			    current_addr)) == NULL) {
+				SPL0();
+				return ERR;
+			}
+			modified = 1;
+			SPL0();
+		}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* delete_lines: delete a range of lines */
+int
+delete_lines(long from, long to)
+{
+	line_t *n, *p;
+
+	SPL1();
+	if (push_undo_stack(UDEL, from, to) == NULL) {
+		SPL0();
+		return ERR;
+	}
+	n = get_addressed_line_node(INC_MOD(to, addr_last));
+	p = get_addressed_line_node(from - 1);
+					/* this get_addressed_line_node last! */
+	if (isglobal)
+		unset_active_nodes(p->q_forw, n);
+	REQUE(p, n);
+	addr_last -= to - from + 1;
+	current_addr = from - 1;
+	modified = 1;
+	SPL0();
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* display_lines: print a range of lines to stdout */
+int
+display_lines(long from, long to, int gflag)
+{
+	line_t *bp;
+	line_t *ep;
+	char *s;
+
+	if (!from) {
+		seterrmsg("invalid address");
+		return ERR;
+	}
+	ep = get_addressed_line_node(INC_MOD(to, addr_last));
+	bp = get_addressed_line_node(from);
+	for (; bp != ep; bp = bp->q_forw) {
+		if ((s = get_sbuf_line(bp)) == NULL)
+			return ERR;
+		if (put_tty_line(s, bp->len, current_addr = from++, gflag) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+#define MAXMARK 26			/* max number of marks */
+
+line_t	*mark[MAXMARK];			/* line markers */
+int markno;				/* line marker count */
+
+/* mark_line_node: set a line node mark */
+int
+mark_line_node(line_t *lp, int n)
+{
+	if (!islower(n)) {
+		seterrmsg("invalid mark character");
+		return ERR;
+	} else if (mark[n - 'a'] == NULL)
+		markno++;
+	mark[n - 'a'] = lp;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* get_marked_node_addr: return address of a marked line */
+long
+get_marked_node_addr(int n)
+{
+	if (!islower(n)) {
+		seterrmsg("invalid mark character");
+		return ERR;
+	}
+	return get_line_node_addr(mark[n - 'a']);
+}
+
+
+/* unmark_line_node: clear line node mark */
+void
+unmark_line_node(line_t *lp)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; markno && i < MAXMARK; i++)
+		if (mark[i] == lp) {
+			mark[i] = NULL;
+			markno--;
+		}
+}
+
+
+/* dup_line_node: return a pointer to a copy of a line node */
+line_t *
+dup_line_node(line_t *lp)
+{
+	line_t *np;
+
+	if ((np = (line_t *) malloc(sizeof(line_t))) == NULL) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+		seterrmsg("out of memory");
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	np->seek = lp->seek;
+	np->len = lp->len;
+	return np;
+}
+
+
+/* has_trailing_escape:  return the parity of escapes preceding a character
+   in a string */
+int
+has_trailing_escape(char *s, char *t)
+{
+    return (s == t || *(t - 1) != '\\') ? 0 : !has_trailing_escape(s, t - 1);
+}
+
+
+/* strip_escapes: return copy of escaped string of at most length MAXPATHLEN */
+char *
+strip_escapes(const char *s)
+{
+	static char *file = NULL;
+	static int filesz = 0;
+
+	int i = 0;
+
+	REALLOC(file, filesz, MAXPATHLEN + 1, NULL);
+	while ((i < (filesz - 1)) &&
+	       (file[i++] = (*s == '\\') != '\0' ? *++s : *s))
+		s++;
+	file[filesz - 1] = '\0';
+	return file;
+}
+
+
+void
+signal_hup(int signo)
+{
+	if (mutex)
+		sigflags |= (1 << (signo - 1));
+	else	handle_hup(signo);
+}
+
+
+void
+signal_int(int signo)
+{
+	if (mutex)
+		sigflags |= (1 << (signo - 1));
+	else	handle_int(signo);
+}
+
+
+void
+handle_hup(int signo)
+{
+	char *hup = NULL;		/* hup filename */
+	char *s;
+	int n;
+
+	if (!sigactive)
+		quit(1);
+	sigflags &= ~(1 << (signo - 1));
+	if (addr_last && write_file("ed.hup", "w", 1, addr_last) < 0 &&
+	    (s = getenv("HOME")) != NULL &&
+	    (n = strlen(s)) + 8 <= MAXPATHLEN &&	/* "ed.hup" + '/' */
+	    (hup = (char *) malloc(n + 10)) != NULL) {
+		strcpy(hup, s);
+		if (hup[n - 1] != '/')
+			hup[n] = '/', hup[n+1] = '\0';
+		strcat(hup, "ed.hup");
+		write_file(hup, "w", 1, addr_last);
+	}
+	quit(2);
+}
+
+
+void
+handle_int(int signo)
+{
+	if (!sigactive)
+		quit(1);
+	sigflags &= ~(1 << (signo - 1));
+#ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE
+	siglongjmp(env, -1);
+#else
+	longjmp(env, -1);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+int cols = 72;				/* wrap column */
+
+void
+handle_winch(int signo)
+{
+	struct winsize ws;		/* window size structure */
+
+	sigflags &= ~(1 << (signo - 1));
+	if (ioctl(0, TIOCGWINSZ, (char *) &ws) >= 0) {
+		if (ws.ws_row > 2) rows = ws.ws_row - 2;
+		if (ws.ws_col > 8) cols = ws.ws_col - 8;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* is_legal_filename: return a legal filename */
+int
+is_legal_filename(char *s)
+{
+	if (red && (*s == '!' || !strcmp(s, "..") || strchr(s, '/'))) {
+		seterrmsg("shell access restricted");
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
diff --git a/bin/ed/re.c b/bin/ed/re.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc4abc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/re.c
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: re.c,v 1.21 2014/03/23 05:06:42 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/* re.c: This file contains the regular expression interface routines for
+   the ed line editor. */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore, Talke Studio.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char *rcsid = "@(#)re.c,v 1.6 1994/02/01 00:34:43 alm Exp";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: re.c,v 1.21 2014/03/23 05:06:42 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "ed.h"
+
+
+char errmsg[MAXPATHLEN + 40] = "";
+
+void
+seterrmsg(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	vsnprintf(errmsg, sizeof(errmsg), fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/* get_compiled_pattern: return pointer to compiled pattern from command 
+   buffer */
+pattern_t *
+get_compiled_pattern(void)
+{
+	static pattern_t *expr = NULL;
+
+	char *exps;
+	char delimiter;
+	int n;
+
+	if ((delimiter = *ibufp) == ' ') {
+		seterrmsg("invalid pattern delimiter");
+		return NULL;
+	} else if (delimiter == '\n' || *++ibufp == '\n' || *ibufp == delimiter) {
+		if (!expr) seterrmsg("no previous pattern");
+		return expr;
+	} else if ((exps = extract_pattern(delimiter)) == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	/* buffer alloc'd && not reserved */
+	if (expr && !patlock)
+		regfree(expr);
+	else if ((expr = (pattern_t *) malloc(sizeof(pattern_t))) == NULL) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+		seterrmsg("out of memory");
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	patlock = 0;
+	if ((n = regcomp(expr, exps, ere)) != 0) {
+		regerror(n, expr, errmsg, sizeof errmsg);
+		free(expr);
+		return expr = NULL;
+	}
+	return expr;
+}
+
+
+/* extract_pattern: copy a pattern string from the command buffer; return
+   pointer to the copy */
+char *
+extract_pattern(int delimiter)
+{
+	static char *lhbuf = NULL;	/* buffer */
+	static int lhbufsz = 0;		/* buffer size */
+
+	char *nd;
+	int len;
+
+	for (nd = ibufp; *nd != delimiter && *nd != '\n'; nd++)
+		switch (*nd) {
+		default:
+			break;
+		case '[':
+			if ((nd = parse_char_class(nd + 1)) == NULL) {
+				seterrmsg("unbalanced brackets ([])");
+				return NULL;
+			}
+			break;
+		case '\\':
+			if (*++nd == '\n') {
+				seterrmsg("trailing backslash (\\)");
+				return NULL;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	len = nd - ibufp;
+	REALLOC(lhbuf, lhbufsz, len + 1, NULL);
+	memcpy(lhbuf, ibufp, len);
+	lhbuf[len] = '\0';
+	ibufp = nd;
+	return (isbinary) ? NUL_TO_NEWLINE(lhbuf, len) : lhbuf;
+}
+
+
+/* parse_char_class: expand a POSIX character class */
+char *
+parse_char_class(char *s)
+{
+	int c, d;
+
+	if (*s == '^')
+		s++;
+	if (*s == ']')
+		s++;
+	for (; *s != ']' && *s != '\n'; s++)
+		if (*s == '[' && ((d = *(s+1)) == '.' || d == ':' || d == '='))
+			for (s++, c = *++s; *s != ']' || c != d; s++)
+				if ((c = *s) == '\n')
+					return NULL;
+	return  (*s == ']') ? s : NULL;
+}
diff --git a/bin/ed/sub.c b/bin/ed/sub.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..933c6b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/sub.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sub.c,v 1.7 2014/03/23 05:06:42 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/* sub.c: This file contains the substitution routines for the ed 
+   line editor */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore, Talke Studio.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char *rcsid = "@(#)sub.c,v 1.1 1994/02/01 00:34:44 alm Exp";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: sub.c,v 1.7 2014/03/23 05:06:42 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include "ed.h"
+
+
+char *rhbuf;			/* rhs substitution buffer */
+int rhbufsz;			/* rhs substitution buffer size */
+int rhbufi;			/* rhs substitution buffer index */
+
+/* extract_subst_tail: extract substitution tail from the command buffer */
+int
+extract_subst_tail(int *flagp, long *np)
+{
+	char delimiter;
+
+	*flagp = *np = 0;
+	if ((delimiter = *ibufp) == '\n') {
+		rhbufi = 0;
+		*flagp = GPR;
+		return 0;
+	} else if (extract_subst_template() == NULL)
+		return  ERR;
+	else if (*ibufp == '\n') {
+		*flagp = GPR;
+		return 0;
+	} else if (*ibufp == delimiter)
+		ibufp++;
+	if ('1' <= *ibufp && *ibufp <= '9') {
+		STRTOL(*np, ibufp);
+		return 0;
+	} else if (*ibufp == 'g') {
+		ibufp++;
+		*flagp = GSG;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* extract_subst_template: return pointer to copy of substitution template
+   in the command buffer */
+char *
+extract_subst_template(void)
+{
+	int n = 0;
+	int i = 0;
+	char c;
+	char delimiter = *ibufp++;
+
+	if (*ibufp == '%' && *(ibufp + 1) == delimiter) {
+		ibufp++;
+		if (!rhbuf) {
+			seterrmsg("no previous substitution");
+		}
+		return rhbuf;
+	}
+	while (*ibufp != delimiter) {
+		REALLOC(rhbuf, rhbufsz, i + 2, NULL);
+		if ((c = rhbuf[i++] = *ibufp++) == '\n' && *ibufp == '\0') {
+			i--, ibufp--;
+			break;
+		} else if (c != '\\')
+			;
+		else if ((rhbuf[i++] = *ibufp++) != '\n')
+			;
+		else if (!isglobal) {
+			while ((n = get_tty_line()) == 0 ||
+			    (n > 0 && ibuf[n - 1] != '\n'))
+				clearerr(stdin);
+			if (n < 0)
+				return NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	REALLOC(rhbuf, rhbufsz, i + 1, NULL);
+	rhbuf[rhbufi = i] = '\0';
+	return  rhbuf;
+}
+
+
+char *rbuf;			/* substitute_matching_text buffer */
+int rbufsz;			/* substitute_matching_text buffer size */
+
+/* search_and_replace: for each line in a range, change text matching a pattern
+   according to a substitution template; return status  */
+int
+search_and_replace(pattern_t *pat, int gflag, int kth)
+{
+	undo_t *up;
+	char *txt;
+	char *eot;
+	long lc;
+	long xa = current_addr;
+	int nsubs = 0;
+	line_t *lp;
+	int len;
+
+	current_addr = first_addr - 1;
+	for (lc = 0; lc <= second_addr - first_addr; lc++) {
+		lp = get_addressed_line_node(++current_addr);
+		if ((len = substitute_matching_text(pat, lp, gflag, kth)) < 0)
+			return ERR;
+		else if (len) {
+			up = NULL;
+			if (delete_lines(current_addr, current_addr) < 0)
+				return ERR;
+			txt = rbuf;
+			eot = rbuf + len;
+			SPL1();
+			do {
+				if ((txt = put_sbuf_line(txt)) == NULL) {
+					SPL0();
+					return ERR;
+				} else if (up)
+					up->t = get_addressed_line_node(current_addr);
+				else if ((up = push_undo_stack(UADD,
+				    current_addr, current_addr)) == NULL) {
+					SPL0();
+					return ERR;
+				}
+			} while (txt != eot);
+			SPL0();
+			nsubs++;
+			xa = current_addr;
+		}
+	}
+	current_addr = xa;
+	if  (nsubs == 0 && !(gflag & GLB)) {
+		seterrmsg("no match");
+		return ERR;
+	} else if ((gflag & (GPR | GLS | GNP)) &&
+	    display_lines(current_addr, current_addr, gflag) < 0)
+		return ERR;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* substitute_matching_text: replace text matched by a pattern according to
+   a substitution template; return pointer to the modified text */
+int
+substitute_matching_text(pattern_t *pat, line_t *lp, int gflag, int kth)
+{
+	int off = 0;
+	int changed = 0;
+	int matchno = 0;
+	int i = 0;
+	regmatch_t rm[SE_MAX];
+	char *txt;
+	char *eot;
+
+	if ((txt = get_sbuf_line(lp)) == NULL)
+		return ERR;
+	if (isbinary) 
+		NUL_TO_NEWLINE(txt, lp->len);
+	eot = txt + lp->len;
+	if (!regexec(pat, txt, SE_MAX, rm, 0)) {
+		do {
+			if (!kth || kth == ++matchno) {
+				changed++;
+				i = rm[0].rm_so;
+				REALLOC(rbuf, rbufsz, off + i, ERR);
+				if (isbinary)
+					NEWLINE_TO_NUL(txt, rm[0].rm_eo);
+				memcpy(rbuf + off, txt, i);
+				off += i;
+				if ((off = apply_subst_template(txt, rm, off,
+				    pat->re_nsub)) < 0)
+					return ERR;
+			} else {
+				i = rm[0].rm_eo;
+				REALLOC(rbuf, rbufsz, off + i, ERR);
+				if (isbinary)
+					NEWLINE_TO_NUL(txt, i);
+				memcpy(rbuf + off, txt, i);
+				off += i;
+			}
+			txt += rm[0].rm_eo;
+		} while (*txt && (!changed || ((gflag & GSG) && rm[0].rm_eo))
+		    && !regexec(pat, txt, SE_MAX, rm, REG_NOTBOL));
+		i = eot - txt;
+		REALLOC(rbuf, rbufsz, off + i + 2, ERR);
+		if (i > 0 && !rm[0].rm_eo && (gflag & GSG)) {
+			seterrmsg("infinite substitution loop");
+			return  ERR;
+		}
+		if (isbinary)
+			NEWLINE_TO_NUL(txt, i);
+		memcpy(rbuf + off, txt, i);
+		memcpy(rbuf + off + i, "\n", 2);
+	}
+	return changed ? off + i + 1 : 0;
+}
+
+
+/* apply_subst_template: modify text according to a substitution template;
+   return offset to end of modified text */
+int
+apply_subst_template(char *boln, regmatch_t *rm, int off, int re_nsub)
+{
+	int j = 0;
+	int k = 0;
+	int n;
+	char *sub = rhbuf;
+
+	for (; sub - rhbuf < rhbufi; sub++)
+		if (*sub == '&') {
+			j = rm[0].rm_so;
+			k = rm[0].rm_eo;
+			REALLOC(rbuf, rbufsz, off + k - j, ERR);
+			while (j < k)
+				rbuf[off++] = boln[j++];
+		} else if (*sub == '\\' && '1' <= *++sub && *sub <= '9' &&
+		    (n = *sub - '0') <= re_nsub) {
+			j = rm[n].rm_so;
+			k = rm[n].rm_eo;
+			REALLOC(rbuf, rbufsz, off + k - j, ERR);
+			while (j < k)
+				rbuf[off++] = boln[j++];
+		} else {
+			REALLOC(rbuf, rbufsz, off + 1, ERR);
+			rbuf[off++] = *sub;
+		}
+	REALLOC(rbuf, rbufsz, off + 1, ERR);
+	rbuf[off] = '\0';
+	return off;
+}
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/=.err b/bin/ed/test/=.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a60559
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/=.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+1,$=
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/Makefile b/bin/ed/test/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe631a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.12 2003/10/26 03:50:07 lukem Exp $
+
+.include <bsd.own.mk>
+
+ED?=	../obj/ed
+
+all: check
+	@:
+
+check: build test
+	@if grep -h '\*\*\*' errs.o scripts.o; then :; else \
+		echo "tests completed successfully."; \
+	fi
+
+build: mkscripts.sh
+	@if [ -f errs.o ]; then :; else \
+		echo "building test scripts for $(ED) ..."; \
+		${HOST_SH} ${.CURDIR}/mkscripts.sh $(ED); \
+	fi
+
+test: build ckscripts.sh
+	@echo testing $(ED) ...
+	@${HOST_SH} ckscripts.sh $(ED)
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *.ed *.red *.[oz] *~
+
+.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/README b/bin/ed/test/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73d7f2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/README
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+$NetBSD: README,v 1.8 1995/03/21 09:05:18 cgd Exp $
+
+The files in this directory with suffixes `.t', `.d', `.r' and `.err' are
+used for testing ed.  To run the tests, set the ED variable in the Makefile
+for the path name of the program to be tested (e.g., /bin/ed), and type
+`make'.  The tests do not exhaustively verify POSIX compliance nor do
+they verify correct 8-bit or long line support.
+
+The test file suffixes have the following meanings:
+.t    Template - a list of ed commands from which an ed script is
+      constructed
+.d    Data - read by an ed script
+.r    Result - the expected output after processing data via an ed
+      script.
+.err  Error - invalid ed commands that should generate an error
+
+The output of the tests is written to the two files err.o and scripts.o.
+At the end of the tests, these files are grep'ed for error messages,
+which look like:
+	*** The script u.ed exited abnormally ***
+or:
+	*** Output u.o of script u.ed is incorrect ***
+
+The POSIX requirement that an address range not be used where at most
+a single address is expected has been relaxed in this version of ed.
+Therefore, the  following scripts  which test for compliance with this
+POSIX rule exit abnormally:
+=-err.ed
+a1-err.ed
+i1-err.ed
+k1-err.ed
+r1-err.ed
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/TODO b/bin/ed/test/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c516d1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+$NetBSD: TODO,v 1.3 1995/03/21 09:05:20 cgd Exp $
+
+Some missing tests:
+0) g/./s^@^@	- okay: NULs in commands
+1) g/./s/^@/	- okay: NULs in patterns
+2) a
+   hello^V^Jworld	
+   .		- okay: embedded newlines in insert mode
+3) ed ""	- error: invalid filename
+4) red ..	- error: restricted
+5) red /	- error: restricted
+5) red !xx	- error: restricted
+6) ed -x 	- verify: 8-bit clean
+7) ed		- verify: long-line support
+8) ed		- verify: interactive/help mode
+9) G/pat/	- verify: global interactive command
+10) V/pat/	- verify: global interactive command
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/a.d b/bin/ed/test/a.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/a.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/a.r b/bin/ed/test/a.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26257bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/a.r
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+hello world
+line 1
+hello world!
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
+hello world!!
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/a.t b/bin/ed/test/a.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac98c40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/a.t
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+0a
+hello world
+.
+2a
+hello world!
+.
+$a
+hello world!!
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/a1.err b/bin/ed/test/a1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e80815f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/a1.err
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+1,$a
+hello world
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/a2.err b/bin/ed/test/a2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec4b00b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/a2.err
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+aa
+hello world
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/addr.d b/bin/ed/test/addr.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f7ba1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/addr.d
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
+1ine6
+line7
+line8
+line9
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/addr.r b/bin/ed/test/addr.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04caf17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/addr.r
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+line 2
+line9
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/addr.t b/bin/ed/test/addr.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..750b224
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/addr.t
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+1 d
+1 1 d
+1,2,d
+1;+ + ,d
+1,2;., + 2d
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/addr1.err b/bin/ed/test/addr1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29d6383
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/addr1.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+100
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/addr2.err b/bin/ed/test/addr2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e96acb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/addr2.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+-100
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/ascii.d b/bin/ed/test/ascii.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c866266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/ascii.d
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/ascii.r b/bin/ed/test/ascii.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c866266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/ascii.r
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/ascii.t b/bin/ed/test/ascii.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/ascii.t
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/bang1.d b/bin/ed/test/bang1.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/bang1.d
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/bang1.err b/bin/ed/test/bang1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..630af90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/bang1.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.!date
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/bang1.r b/bin/ed/test/bang1.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcf02b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/bang1.r
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+okay
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/bang1.t b/bin/ed/test/bang1.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b1fea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/bang1.t
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+!read one
+hello, world
+a
+okay
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/bang2.err b/bin/ed/test/bang2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79d8956
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/bang2.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+!!
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/c.d b/bin/ed/test/c.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/c.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/c.r b/bin/ed/test/c.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fb3e4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/c.r
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+at the top
+between top/middle
+in the middle
+at the bottom
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/c.t b/bin/ed/test/c.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebdd536
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/c.t
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+1c
+at the top
+.
+4c
+in the middle
+.
+$c
+at the bottom
+.
+2,3c
+between top/middle
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/c1.err b/bin/ed/test/c1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..658ec38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/c1.err
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+cc
+hello world
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/c2.err b/bin/ed/test/c2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24b3227
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/c2.err
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+0c
+hello world
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/ckscripts.sh b/bin/ed/test/ckscripts.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..86a19b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/ckscripts.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+#!/bin/sh -
+#	$NetBSD: ckscripts.sh,v 1.9 1995/04/23 10:07:34 cgd Exp $
+#
+# This script runs the .ed scripts generated by mkscripts.sh
+# and compares their output against the .r files, which contain
+# the correct output
+
+PATH="/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin/:."
+ED=$1
+[ ! -x $ED ] && { echo "$ED: cannot execute"; exit 1; }
+
+# Run the *.red scripts first, since these don't generate output;
+# they exit with non-zero status
+for i in *.red; do
+	echo $i
+	if $i; then
+		echo "*** The script $i exited abnormally  ***"
+	fi
+done >errs.o 2>&1
+
+# Run the remainding scripts; they exit with zero status
+for i in *.ed; do
+#	base=`expr $i : '\([^.]*\)'`
+#	base=`echo $i | sed 's/\..*//'`
+	base=`$ED - \!"echo $i" <<-EOF
+		s/\..*
+	EOF`
+	if $base.ed; then
+		if cmp -s $base.o $base.r; then :; else
+			echo "*** Output $base.o of script $i is incorrect ***"
+		fi
+	else
+		echo "*** The script $i exited abnormally ***"
+	fi
+done >scripts.o 2>&1
+
+grep -h '\*\*\*' errs.o scripts.o
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/d.d b/bin/ed/test/d.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/d.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/d.err b/bin/ed/test/d.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f03f694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/d.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+dd
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/d.r b/bin/ed/test/d.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7e242c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/d.r
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+line 2
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/d.t b/bin/ed/test/d.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7c473f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/d.t
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+1d
+2;+1d
+$d
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e1.d b/bin/ed/test/e1.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b18e51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e1.d
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+hello world
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e1.err b/bin/ed/test/e1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..827cc29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e1.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+ee e1.err
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e1.r b/bin/ed/test/e1.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e656728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e1.r
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+E e1.t
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e1.t b/bin/ed/test/e1.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e656728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e1.t
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+E e1.t
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e2.d b/bin/ed/test/e2.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa44630
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e2.d
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+E !echo hello world-
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e2.err b/bin/ed/test/e2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..779a64b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e2.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.e e2.err
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e2.r b/bin/ed/test/e2.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59ebf11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e2.r
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+hello world-
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e2.t b/bin/ed/test/e2.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa44630
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e2.t
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+E !echo hello world-
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e3.d b/bin/ed/test/e3.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa44630
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e3.d
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+E !echo hello world-
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e3.err b/bin/ed/test/e3.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80a7fdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e3.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+ee.err
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e3.r b/bin/ed/test/e3.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa44630
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e3.r
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+E !echo hello world-
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e3.t b/bin/ed/test/e3.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c50726
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e3.t
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+E
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e4.d b/bin/ed/test/e4.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa44630
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e4.d
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+E !echo hello world-
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e4.r b/bin/ed/test/e4.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa44630
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e4.r
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+E !echo hello world-
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/e4.t b/bin/ed/test/e4.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d905d9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/e4.t
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+e
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/f1.err b/bin/ed/test/f1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e60975a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/f1.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.f f1.err
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/f2.err b/bin/ed/test/f2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26d1c5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/f2.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+ff1.err
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g1.d b/bin/ed/test/g1.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g1.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g1.err b/bin/ed/test/g1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f95ea22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g1.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+g/./s //x/
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g1.r b/bin/ed/test/g1.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..578a44b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g1.r
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+line5
+help! world
+order
+line 4
+help! world
+order
+line 3
+help! world
+order
+line 2
+help! world
+order
+line 1
+help! world
+order
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g1.t b/bin/ed/test/g1.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d0b54f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g1.t
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+g/./m0
+g/./s/$/\
+hello world
+g/hello /s/lo/p!/\
+a\
+order
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g2.d b/bin/ed/test/g2.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g2.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g2.err b/bin/ed/test/g2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ff6a5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g2.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+g//s/./x/
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g2.r b/bin/ed/test/g2.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b18e51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g2.r
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+hello world
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g2.t b/bin/ed/test/g2.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..831ee83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g2.t
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+g/[2-4]/-1,+1c\
+hello world
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g3.d b/bin/ed/test/g3.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g3.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g3.err b/bin/ed/test/g3.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01058d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g3.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+g
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g3.r b/bin/ed/test/g3.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc6fbdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g3.r
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+linc 3
+xine 1
+xine 2
+xinc 4
+xinc5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g3.t b/bin/ed/test/g3.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d052a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g3.t
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+g/./s//x/\
+3m0
+g/./s/e/c/\
+2,3m1
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g4.d b/bin/ed/test/g4.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g4.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g4.r b/bin/ed/test/g4.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..350882d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g4.r
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+hello
+zine 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
+world
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g4.t b/bin/ed/test/g4.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec61816
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g4.t
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+g/./s/./x/\
+u\
+s/./y/\
+u\
+s/./z/\
+u
+u
+0a
+hello
+.
+$a
+world
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g5.d b/bin/ed/test/g5.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a92d664
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g5.d
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g5.r b/bin/ed/test/g5.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15a2675
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g5.r
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 2
+line 3
+line 1
+line 3
+line 1
+line 2
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/g5.t b/bin/ed/test/g5.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e213481
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/g5.t
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+g/./1,3t$\
+1d
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/h.err b/bin/ed/test/h.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a71e506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/h.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.h
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/i.d b/bin/ed/test/i.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/i.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/i.r b/bin/ed/test/i.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f27af0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/i.r
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+hello world
+hello world!
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+hello world!!
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/i.t b/bin/ed/test/i.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1d9805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/i.t
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+1i
+hello world
+.
+2i
+hello world!
+.
+$i
+hello world!!
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/i1.err b/bin/ed/test/i1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aaddede
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/i1.err
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+1,$i
+hello world
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/i2.err b/bin/ed/test/i2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b63f5ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/i2.err
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ii
+hello world
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/i3.err b/bin/ed/test/i3.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d200c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/i3.err
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+0i
+hello world
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/j.d b/bin/ed/test/j.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/j.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/j.r b/bin/ed/test/j.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66f36a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/j.r
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+line 1
+line 2line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/j.t b/bin/ed/test/j.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b5d28d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/j.t
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+1,1j
+2,3j
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/k.d b/bin/ed/test/k.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/k.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/k.r b/bin/ed/test/k.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eeb38db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/k.r
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 3
+hello world
+line 4
+line5
+line 2
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/k.t b/bin/ed/test/k.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53d588d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/k.t
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+2ka
+1d
+'am$
+1ka
+0a
+hello world
+.
+'ad
+u
+'am0
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/k1.err b/bin/ed/test/k1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eba1f3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/k1.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+1,$ka
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/k2.err b/bin/ed/test/k2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b34a18d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/k2.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+kA
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/k3.err b/bin/ed/test/k3.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70190c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/k3.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+0ka
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/k4.err b/bin/ed/test/k4.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3457642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/k4.err
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+a
+hello
+.
+.ka
+'ad
+'ap
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/l.d b/bin/ed/test/l.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/l.d
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/l.r b/bin/ed/test/l.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/l.r
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/l.t b/bin/ed/test/l.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/l.t
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/m.d b/bin/ed/test/m.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/m.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/m.err b/bin/ed/test/m.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3aec4c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/m.err
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+a
+hello world
+.
+1,$m1
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/m.r b/bin/ed/test/m.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..186cf54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/m.r
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line5
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/m.t b/bin/ed/test/m.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c39c088
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/m.t
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+1,2m$
+1,2m$
+1,2m$
+$m0
+$m0
+2,3m1
+2,3m3
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/mkscripts.sh b/bin/ed/test/mkscripts.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5e1a095
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/mkscripts.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+#!/bin/sh -
+#	$NetBSD: mkscripts.sh,v 1.10 1995/04/23 10:07:36 cgd Exp $
+#
+# This script generates ed test scripts (.ed) from .t files
+
+PATH="/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin/:."
+ED=$1
+[ ! -x $ED ] && { echo "$ED: cannot execute"; exit 1; }
+
+for i in *.t; do
+#	base=${i%.*}
+#	base=`echo $i | sed 's/\..*//'`
+#	base=`expr $i : '\([^.]*\)'`
+#	(
+#	echo "#!/bin/sh -"
+#	echo "$ED - <<\EOT"
+#	echo "r $base.d"
+#	cat $i
+#	echo "w $base.o"
+#	echo EOT
+#	) >$base.ed
+#	chmod +x $base.ed
+# The following is pretty ugly way of doing the above, and not appropriate 
+# use of ed  but the point is that it can be done...
+	base=`$ED - \!"echo $i" <<-EOF
+		s/\..*
+	EOF`
+	$ED - <<-EOF
+		a
+		#!/bin/sh -
+		$ED - <<\EOT
+		H
+		r $base.d
+		w $base.o
+		EOT
+		.
+		-2r $i
+		w $base.ed
+		!chmod +x $base.ed
+	EOF
+done
+
+for i in *.err; do
+#	base=${i%.*}
+#	base=`echo $i | sed 's/\..*//'`
+#	base=`expr $i : '\([^.]*\)'`
+#	(
+#	echo "#!/bin/sh -"
+#	echo "$ED - <<\EOT"
+#	echo H
+#	echo "r $base.err"
+#	cat $i
+#	echo "w $base.o"
+#	echo EOT
+#	) >$base-err.ed
+#	chmod +x $base-err.ed
+# The following is pretty ugly way of doing the above, and not appropriate 
+# use of ed  but the point is that it can be done...
+	base=`$ED - \!"echo $i" <<-EOF
+		s/\..*
+	EOF`
+	$ED - <<-EOF
+		a
+		#!/bin/sh -
+		$ED - <<\EOT
+		H
+		r $base.err
+		w $base.o
+		EOT
+		.
+		-2r $i
+		w ${base}.red
+		!chmod +x ${base}.red
+	EOF
+done
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/n.d b/bin/ed/test/n.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/n.d
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/n.r b/bin/ed/test/n.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/n.r
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/n.t b/bin/ed/test/n.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/n.t
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/nl.err b/bin/ed/test/nl.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8949a85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/nl.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+,1
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/nl1.d b/bin/ed/test/nl1.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/nl1.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/nl1.r b/bin/ed/test/nl1.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d8854c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/nl1.r
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+
+hello world
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/nl1.t b/bin/ed/test/nl1.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea192e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/nl1.t
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+1
+
+
+0a
+
+
+hello world
+.
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/nl2.d b/bin/ed/test/nl2.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/nl2.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/nl2.r b/bin/ed/test/nl2.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe99e41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/nl2.r
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
+hello world
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/nl2.t b/bin/ed/test/nl2.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73fd27b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/nl2.t
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+a
+hello world
+.
+0;/./
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/p.d b/bin/ed/test/p.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/p.d
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/p.r b/bin/ed/test/p.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/p.r
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/p.t b/bin/ed/test/p.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/p.t
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/q.d b/bin/ed/test/q.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/q.d
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/q.r b/bin/ed/test/q.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/q.r
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/q.t b/bin/ed/test/q.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..123a2c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/q.t
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+w q.o
+a
+hello
+.
+q
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/q1.err b/bin/ed/test/q1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a7e178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/q1.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.q
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/r1.d b/bin/ed/test/r1.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/r1.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/r1.err b/bin/ed/test/r1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..269aa7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/r1.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+1,$r r1.err
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/r1.r b/bin/ed/test/r1.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3ff506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/r1.r
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+line 1
+hello world
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
+hello world
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/r1.t b/bin/ed/test/r1.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d787a92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/r1.t
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+1;r !echo hello world
+1
+r !echo hello world
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/r2.d b/bin/ed/test/r2.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/r2.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/r2.err b/bin/ed/test/r2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c44fa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/r2.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+r a-good-book
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/r2.r b/bin/ed/test/r2.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac152ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/r2.r
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/r2.t b/bin/ed/test/r2.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4286f42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/r2.t
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+r
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/r3.d b/bin/ed/test/r3.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..593eec6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/r3.d
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+r r3.t
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/r3.r b/bin/ed/test/r3.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86d5f90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/r3.r
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+r r3.t
+r r3.t
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/r3.t b/bin/ed/test/r3.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..593eec6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/r3.t
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+r r3.t
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s1.d b/bin/ed/test/s1.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s1.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s1.err b/bin/ed/test/s1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7ca0cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s1.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+s . x
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s1.r b/bin/ed/test/s1.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4eb0980
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s1.r
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+liene 1
+(liene) (2)
+(liene) (3)
+liene (4)
+(()liene5)
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s1.t b/bin/ed/test/s1.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0028bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s1.t
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+s/\([^ ][^ ]*\)/(\1)/g
+2s
+/3/s
+/\(4\)/sr
+/\(.\)/srg
+%s/i/&e/
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s10.err b/bin/ed/test/s10.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d8d83d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s10.err
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+a
+hello
+.
+s/[h[.]/x/
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s2.d b/bin/ed/test/s2.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s2.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s2.err b/bin/ed/test/s2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5c851d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s2.err
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+a
+a
+.
+s/x*/a/g
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s2.r b/bin/ed/test/s2.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca305c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s2.r
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+li(n)e 1
+i(n)e 200
+li(n)e 3
+li(n)e 4
+li(n)e500
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s2.t b/bin/ed/test/s2.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f365849
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s2.t
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+,s/./(&)/3
+s/$/00
+2s//%/g
+s/^l
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s3.d b/bin/ed/test/s3.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s3.d
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s3.err b/bin/ed/test/s3.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d68c7d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s3.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+s/[xyx/a/
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s3.r b/bin/ed/test/s3.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6cada2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s3.r
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+hello   world
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s3.t b/bin/ed/test/s3.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbf8803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s3.t
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+a
+hello/[]world
+.
+s/[/]/ /
+s/[[:digit:][]/ /
+s/[]]/ /
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s4.err b/bin/ed/test/s4.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35b609f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s4.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+s/\a\b\c/xyz/
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s5.err b/bin/ed/test/s5.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89104c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s5.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+s//xyz/
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s6.err b/bin/ed/test/s6.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b478595
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s6.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+s
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s7.err b/bin/ed/test/s7.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30ba4fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s7.err
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+a
+hello world
+.
+/./
+sr
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s8.err b/bin/ed/test/s8.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5665767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s8.err
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+a
+hello
+.
+s/[h[=]/x/
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/s9.err b/bin/ed/test/s9.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ff16dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/s9.err
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+a
+hello
+.
+s/[h[:]/x/
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/t.d b/bin/ed/test/t.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/t.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/t.r b/bin/ed/test/t.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b28547
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/t.r
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+line 1
+line 1
+line 1
+line 2
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
+line 1
+line 1
+line 1
+line 2
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/t1.d b/bin/ed/test/t1.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/t1.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/t1.err b/bin/ed/test/t1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c49c556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/t1.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+tt
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/t1.r b/bin/ed/test/t1.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b28547
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/t1.r
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+line 1
+line 1
+line 1
+line 2
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
+line 1
+line 1
+line 1
+line 2
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/t1.t b/bin/ed/test/t1.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b66163
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/t1.t
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+1t0
+2,3t2
+,t$
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/t2.d b/bin/ed/test/t2.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/t2.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/t2.err b/bin/ed/test/t2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c202051
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/t2.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+t0;-1
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/t2.r b/bin/ed/test/t2.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c75ff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/t2.r
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+line 1
+line5
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/t2.t b/bin/ed/test/t2.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5175abd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/t2.t
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+t0;/./
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/u.d b/bin/ed/test/u.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/u.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/u.err b/bin/ed/test/u.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..caa1ba1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/u.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.u
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/u.r b/bin/ed/test/u.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad558d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/u.r
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+line 1
+hello
+hello world!!
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
+hello
+hello world!!
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/u.t b/bin/ed/test/u.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..131cb6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/u.t
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+1;r u.t
+u
+a
+hello
+world
+.
+g/./s//x/\
+a\
+hello\
+world
+u
+u
+u
+a
+hello world!
+.
+u
+1,$d
+u
+2,3d
+u
+c
+hello world!!
+.
+u
+u
+-1;.,+1j
+u
+u
+u
+.,+1t$
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/v.d b/bin/ed/test/v.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/v.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/v.r b/bin/ed/test/v.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..714db63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/v.r
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+line5
+order
+hello world
+line 1
+order
+line 2
+order
+line 3
+order
+line 4
+order
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/v.t b/bin/ed/test/v.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..608a77f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/v.t
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+v/[ ]/m0
+v/[ ]/s/$/\
+hello world
+v/hello /s/lo/p!/\
+a\
+order
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/w.d b/bin/ed/test/w.d
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f337e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/w.d
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/w.r b/bin/ed/test/w.r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac152ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/w.r
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
+line 1
+line 2
+line 3
+line 4
+line5
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/w.t b/bin/ed/test/w.t
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2e18bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/w.t
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+w !cat >\!.z
+r \!.z
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/w1.err b/bin/ed/test/w1.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2c8a60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/w1.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+w /to/some/far-away/place
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/w2.err b/bin/ed/test/w2.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9daf89c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/w2.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+ww.o
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/w3.err b/bin/ed/test/w3.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39bbf4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/w3.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+wqp w.o
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/x.err b/bin/ed/test/x.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0953f01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/x.err
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.x
diff --git a/bin/ed/test/z.err b/bin/ed/test/z.err
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a51a2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/test/z.err
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+z
+z
diff --git a/bin/ed/undo.c b/bin/ed/undo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b17eac9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ed/undo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: undo.c,v 1.7 2019/01/04 19:13:58 maya Exp $	*/
+
+/* undo.c: This file contains the undo routines for the ed line editor */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore, Talke Studio.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char *rcsid = "@(#)undo.c,v 1.1 1994/02/01 00:34:44 alm Exp";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: undo.c,v 1.7 2019/01/04 19:13:58 maya Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include "ed.h"
+
+
+#define USIZE 100				/* undo stack size */
+undo_t *ustack = NULL;				/* undo stack */
+long usize = 0;					/* stack size variable */
+long u_p = 0;					/* undo stack pointer */
+
+/* push_undo_stack: return pointer to initialized undo node */
+undo_t *
+push_undo_stack(int type, long from, long to)
+{
+	undo_t *t;
+
+	t = ustack;
+	if (u_p < usize ||
+	    (t = (undo_t *) realloc(ustack, (usize += USIZE) * sizeof(undo_t))) != NULL) {
+		ustack = t;
+		ustack[u_p].type = type;
+		ustack[u_p].t = get_addressed_line_node(to);
+		ustack[u_p].h = get_addressed_line_node(from);
+		return ustack + u_p++;
+	}
+	/* out of memory - release undo stack */
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+	seterrmsg("out of memory");
+	clear_undo_stack();
+	free(ustack);
+	ustack = NULL;
+	usize = 0;
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* USWAP: swap undo nodes */
+#define USWAP(x,y) { \
+	undo_t utmp; \
+	utmp = x, x = y, y = utmp; \
+}
+
+
+long u_current_addr = -1;	/* if >= 0, undo enabled */
+long u_addr_last = -1;		/* if >= 0, undo enabled */
+
+/* pop_undo_stack: undo last change to the editor buffer */
+int
+pop_undo_stack(void)
+{
+	long n;
+	long o_current_addr = current_addr;
+	long o_addr_last = addr_last;
+
+	if (u_current_addr == -1 || u_addr_last == -1) {
+		seterrmsg("nothing to undo");
+		return ERR;
+	} else if (u_p)
+		modified = 1;
+	get_addressed_line_node(0);	/* this get_addressed_line_node last! */
+	SPL1();
+	for (n = u_p; n-- > 0;) {
+		switch(ustack[n].type) {
+		case UADD:
+			REQUE(ustack[n].h->q_back, ustack[n].t->q_forw);
+			break;
+		case UDEL:
+			REQUE(ustack[n].h->q_back, ustack[n].h);
+			REQUE(ustack[n].t, ustack[n].t->q_forw);
+			break;
+		case UMOV:
+		case VMOV:
+			REQUE(ustack[n - 1].h, ustack[n].h->q_forw);
+			REQUE(ustack[n].t->q_back, ustack[n - 1].t);
+			REQUE(ustack[n].h, ustack[n].t);
+			n--;
+			break;
+		default:
+			/*NOTREACHED*/
+			;
+		}
+		ustack[n].type ^= 1;
+	}
+	/* reverse undo stack order */
+	for (n = u_p; n-- > (u_p + 1)/ 2;)
+		USWAP(ustack[n], ustack[u_p - 1 - n]);
+	if (isglobal)
+		clear_active_list();
+	current_addr = u_current_addr, u_current_addr = o_current_addr;
+	addr_last = u_addr_last, u_addr_last = o_addr_last;
+	SPL0();
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* clear_undo_stack: clear the undo stack */
+void
+clear_undo_stack(void)
+{
+	line_t *lp, *ep, *tl;
+
+	while (u_p--)
+		if (ustack[u_p].type == UDEL) {
+			ep = ustack[u_p].t->q_forw;
+			for (lp = ustack[u_p].h; lp != ep; lp = tl) {
+				unmark_line_node(lp);
+				tl = lp->q_forw;
+				free(lp);
+			}
+		}
+	u_p = 0;
+	u_current_addr = current_addr;
+	u_addr_last = addr_last;
+}
diff --git a/bin/expr/expr.1 b/bin/expr/expr.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74d0469
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/expr/expr.1
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: expr.1,v 1.37 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000,2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by J.T. Conklin <jtc@NetBSD.org> and Jaromir Dolecek <jdolecek@NetBSD.org>.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd August 23, 2016
+.Dt EXPR 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm expr
+.Nd evaluate expression
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar expression
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility evaluates
+.Ar expression
+and writes the result on standard output.
+.Pp
+All operators are separate arguments to the
+.Nm
+utility.
+Characters special to the command interpreter must be escaped.
+.Pp
+Operators are listed below in order of increasing precedence.
+Operators with equal precedence are grouped within { } symbols.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Ar expr1 Li \&| Ar expr2
+Returns the evaluation of
+.Ar expr1
+if it is neither an empty string nor zero;
+otherwise, returns the evaluation of
+.Ar expr2 .
+.It Ar expr1 Li & Ar expr2
+Returns the evaluation of
+.Ar expr1
+if neither expression evaluates to an empty string or zero;
+otherwise, returns zero.
+.It Ar expr1 Li "{=, >, \*[Ge], <, \*[Le], !=}" Ar expr2
+Returns the results of integer comparison if both arguments are integers;
+otherwise, returns the results of string comparison using the locale-specific
+collation sequence.
+The result of each comparison is 1 if the specified relation is true,
+or 0 if the relation is false.
+.It Ar expr1 Li "{+, -}" Ar expr2
+Returns the results of addition or subtraction of integer-valued arguments.
+.It Ar expr1 Li "{*, /, %}" Ar expr2
+Returns the results of multiplication, integer division, or remainder of integer-valued arguments.
+.It Ar expr1 Li \&: Ar expr2
+The
+.Dq \&:
+operator matches
+.Ar expr1
+against
+.Ar expr2 ,
+which must be a regular expression.
+The regular expression is anchored
+to the beginning of the string with an implicit
+.Dq ^ .
+.Pp
+If the match succeeds and the pattern contains at least one regular
+expression subexpression
+.Dq "\e(...\e)" ,
+the string corresponding to
+.Dq "\e1"
+is returned;
+otherwise the matching operator returns the number of characters matched.
+If the match fails and the pattern contains a regular expression subexpression
+the null string is returned;
+otherwise 0.
+.It "( " Ar expr No " )"
+Parentheses are used for grouping in the usual manner.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally, the following keywords are recognized:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It length Ar expr
+Returns the length of the specified string in bytes.
+.El
+.Pp
+Operator precedence (from highest to lowest):
+.Bl -enum -compact -offset indent
+.It
+parentheses
+.It
+length
+.It
+.Dq \&:
+.It
+.Dq "*" ,
+.Dq "/" ,
+and
+.Dq "%"
+.It
+.Dq "+"
+and
+.Dq "-"
+.It
+compare operators
+.It
+.Dq &
+.It
+.Dq \&|
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
+.It 0
+the expression is neither an empty string nor 0.
+.It 1
+the expression is an empty string or 0.
+.It 2
+the expression is invalid.
+.It >2
+an error occurred (such as memory allocation failure).
+.El
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+The following example adds one to variable
+.Dq a :
+.Dl a=`expr $a + 1`
+.It
+The following example returns zero, due to subtraction having higher precedence
+than the
+.Dq &
+operator:
+.Dl expr 1 '&' 1 - 1
+.It
+The following example returns the filename portion of a pathname stored
+in variable
+.Dq a :
+.Dl expr "/$a" Li : '.*/\e(.*\e)'
+.It
+The following example returns the number of characters in variable
+.Dq a :
+.Dl expr $a Li : '.*'
+.El
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This implementation of
+.Nm
+internally uses 64 bit representation of integers and checks for
+over- and underflows.
+It also treats
+.Dq /
+(the division mark) and option
+.Dq --
+correctly depending upon context.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+on other systems (including
+.Nx
+up to and including
+.Nx 1.5 )
+might not be so graceful.
+Arithmetic results might be arbitrarily
+limited on such systems, most commonly to 32 bit quantities.
+This means such
+.Nm
+can only process values between -2147483648 and +2147483647.
+.Pp
+On other systems,
+.Nm
+might also not work correctly for regular expressions where
+either side contains
+.Dq /
+(a single forward slash), like this:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+expr / : '.*/\e(.*\e)'
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If this is the case, you might use
+.Dq //
+(a double forward slash)
+to avoid confusion with the division operator:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+expr "//$a" : '.*/\e(.*\e)'
+.Ed
+.Pp
+According to
+.St -p1003.2 ,
+.Nm
+has to recognize special option
+.Dq -- ,
+treat it as a delimiter to mark the end of command
+line options, and ignore it.
+Some
+.Nm
+implementations do not recognize it at all; others
+might ignore it even in cases where doing so results in syntax
+error.
+There should be same result for both following examples,
+but it might not always be:
+.Bl -enum -compact -offset indent
+.It
+expr -- : .
+.It
+expr -- -- : .
+.El
+Although
+.Nx
+.Nm
+handles both cases correctly, you should not depend on this behavior
+for portability reasons and avoid passing a bare
+.Dq --
+as the first
+argument.
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2 .
+The
+.Ar length
+keyword is an extension for compatibility with GNU
+.Nm .
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+utility first appeared in the Programmer's Workbench (PWB/UNIX).
+A public domain version of
+.Nm
+written by
+.An Pace Willisson
+.Aq pace@blitz.com
+appeared in
+.Bx 386 0.1 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+Initial implementation by
+.An Pace Willisson Aq Mt pace@blitz.com
+was largely rewritten by
+.An -nosplit
+.An J.T. Conklin Aq Mt jtc@NetBSD.org .
+It was rewritten again for
+.Nx 1.6
+by
+.An -nosplit
+.An Jaromir Dolecek Aq Mt jdolecek@NetBSD.org .
+.Sh NOTES
+The empty string
+.Do Dc
+cannot be matched with the intuitive:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+expr '' : '$'
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The reason is that the returned number of matched characters (zero)
+is indistinguishable from a failed match, so this returns failure.
+To match the empty string, use something like:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+expr x'' : 'x$'
+.Ed
diff --git a/bin/expr/expr.y b/bin/expr/expr.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bc4ad1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/expr/expr.y
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+/* $NetBSD: expr.y,v 1.45 2018/06/27 17:23:36 kamil Exp $ */
+
+/*_
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Jaromir Dolecek <jdolecek@NetBSD.org> and J.T. Conklin <jtc@NetBSD.org>.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+%{
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: expr.y,v 1.45 2018/06/27 17:23:36 kamil Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static const char * const *av;
+
+static void yyerror(const char *, ...) __dead;
+static int yylex(void);
+static int is_zero_or_null(const char *);
+static int is_integer(const char *);
+static int64_t perform_arith_op(const char *, const char *, const char *);
+
+#define YYSTYPE	const char *
+
+%}
+%token STRING
+%left SPEC_OR
+%left SPEC_AND
+%left COMPARE 
+%left ADD_SUB_OPERATOR
+%left MUL_DIV_MOD_OPERATOR
+%left SPEC_REG
+%left LENGTH
+%left LEFT_PARENT RIGHT_PARENT
+
+%%
+
+exp:	expr = {
+		(void) printf("%s\n", $1);
+		return (is_zero_or_null($1));
+		}
+	;
+
+expr:	item { $$ = $1; }
+	| expr SPEC_OR expr = {
+		/*
+		 * Return evaluation of first expression if it is neither
+		 * an empty string nor zero; otherwise, returns the evaluation
+		 * of second expression.
+		 */
+		if (!is_zero_or_null($1))
+			$$ = $1;
+		else
+			$$ = $3;
+		}
+	| expr SPEC_AND expr = {
+		/*
+		 * Returns the evaluation of first expr if neither expression
+		 * evaluates to an empty string or zero; otherwise, returns
+		 * zero.
+		 */
+		if (!is_zero_or_null($1) && !is_zero_or_null($3))
+			$$ = $1;
+		else
+			$$ = "0";
+		}
+	| expr SPEC_REG expr = {
+		/*
+		 * The ``:'' operator matches first expr against the second,
+		 * which must be a regular expression.
+		 */
+		regex_t rp;
+		regmatch_t rm[2];
+		int eval;
+
+		/* compile regular expression */
+		if ((eval = regcomp(&rp, $3, REG_BASIC)) != 0) {
+			char errbuf[256];
+			(void)regerror(eval, &rp, errbuf, sizeof(errbuf));
+			yyerror("%s", errbuf);
+			/* NOT REACHED */
+		}
+		
+		/* compare string against pattern --  remember that patterns 
+		   are anchored to the beginning of the line */
+		if (regexec(&rp, $1, 2, rm, 0) == 0 && rm[0].rm_so == 0) {
+			char *val;
+			if (rm[1].rm_so >= 0) {
+				(void) asprintf(&val, "%.*s",
+					(int) (rm[1].rm_eo - rm[1].rm_so),
+					$1 + rm[1].rm_so);
+			} else {
+				(void) asprintf(&val, "%d",
+					(int)(rm[0].rm_eo - rm[0].rm_so));
+			}
+			if (val == NULL)
+				err(1, NULL);
+			$$ = val;
+		} else {
+			if (rp.re_nsub == 0) {
+				$$ = "0";
+			} else {
+				$$ = "";
+			}
+		}
+
+		}
+	| expr ADD_SUB_OPERATOR expr = {
+		/* Returns the results of addition, subtraction */
+		char *val;
+		int64_t res;
+		
+		res = perform_arith_op($1, $2, $3);
+		(void) asprintf(&val, "%lld", (long long int) res);
+		if (val == NULL)
+			err(1, NULL);
+		$$ = val;
+                }
+
+	| expr MUL_DIV_MOD_OPERATOR expr = {
+		/* 
+		 * Returns the results of multiply, divide or remainder of 
+		 * numeric-valued arguments.
+		 */
+		char *val;
+		int64_t res;
+
+		res = perform_arith_op($1, $2, $3);
+		(void) asprintf(&val, "%lld", (long long int) res);
+		if (val == NULL)
+			err(1, NULL);
+		$$ = val;
+
+		}
+	| expr COMPARE expr = {
+		/*
+		 * Returns the results of integer comparison if both arguments
+		 * are integers; otherwise, returns the results of string
+		 * comparison using the locale-specific collation sequence.
+		 * The result of each comparison is 1 if the specified relation
+		 * is true, or 0 if the relation is false.
+		 */
+
+		int64_t l, r;
+		int res;
+
+		res = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * Slight hack to avoid differences in the compare code
+		 * between string and numeric compare.
+		 */
+		if (is_integer($1) && is_integer($3)) {
+			/* numeric comparison */
+			l = strtoll($1, NULL, 10);
+			r = strtoll($3, NULL, 10);
+		} else {
+			/* string comparison */
+			l = strcoll($1, $3);
+			r = 0;
+		}
+
+		switch($2[0]) {	
+		case '=': /* equal */
+			res = (l == r);
+			break;
+		case '>': /* greater or greater-equal */
+			if ($2[1] == '=')
+				res = (l >= r);
+			else
+				res = (l > r);
+			break;
+		case '<': /* lower or lower-equal */
+			if ($2[1] == '=')
+				res = (l <= r);
+			else
+				res = (l < r);
+			break;
+		case '!': /* not equal */
+			/* the check if this is != was done in yylex() */
+			res = (l != r);
+		}
+
+		$$ = (res) ? "1" : "0";
+
+		}
+	| LEFT_PARENT expr RIGHT_PARENT { $$ = $2; }
+	| LENGTH expr {
+		/*
+		 * Return length of 'expr' in bytes.
+		 */
+		char *ln;
+
+		asprintf(&ln, "%ld", (long) strlen($2));
+		if (ln == NULL)
+			err(1, NULL);
+		$$ = ln;
+		}
+	;
+
+item:	STRING
+	| ADD_SUB_OPERATOR
+	| MUL_DIV_MOD_OPERATOR
+	| COMPARE
+	| SPEC_OR
+	| SPEC_AND
+	| SPEC_REG
+	| LENGTH
+	;
+%%
+
+/*
+ * Returns 1 if the string is empty or contains only numeric zero.
+ */
+static int
+is_zero_or_null(const char *str)
+{
+	char *endptr;
+
+	return str[0] == '\0'
+		|| ( strtoll(str, &endptr, 10) == 0LL
+			&& endptr[0] == '\0');
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns 1 if the string is an integer.
+ */
+static int
+is_integer(const char *str)
+{
+	char *endptr;
+
+	(void) strtoll(str, &endptr, 10);
+	/* note we treat empty string as valid number */
+	return (endptr[0] == '\0');
+}
+
+static int64_t
+perform_arith_op(const char *left, const char *op, const char *right)
+{
+	int64_t res, l, r;
+
+	res = 0;
+
+	if (!is_integer(left)) {
+		yyerror("non-integer argument '%s'", left);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	if (!is_integer(right)) {
+		yyerror("non-integer argument '%s'", right);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	errno = 0;
+	l = strtoll(left, NULL, 10);
+	if (errno == ERANGE) {
+		yyerror("value '%s' is %s is %lld", left,
+		    (l > 0) ? "too big, maximum" : "too small, minimum",
+		    (l > 0) ? LLONG_MAX : LLONG_MIN);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	errno = 0;
+	r = strtoll(right, NULL, 10);
+	if (errno == ERANGE) {
+		yyerror("value '%s' is %s is %lld", right,
+		    (l > 0) ? "too big, maximum" : "too small, minimum",
+	  	    (l > 0) ? LLONG_MAX : LLONG_MIN);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	switch(op[0]) {
+	case '+':
+		/*
+		 * Check for over-& underflow.
+		 */
+		if ((l >= 0 && r <= INT64_MAX - l) ||
+		    (l <= 0 && r >= INT64_MIN - l)) {
+			res = l + r;
+		} else {
+			yyerror("integer overflow or underflow occurred for "
+                            "operation '%s %s %s'", left, op, right);
+		}
+		break;
+	case '-':
+		/*
+		 * Check for over-& underflow.
+		 */
+		if ((r > 0 && l < INT64_MIN + r) ||
+		    (r < 0 && l > INT64_MAX + r)) {
+			yyerror("integer overflow or underflow occurred for "
+			    "operation '%s %s %s'", left, op, right);
+		} else {
+			res = l - r;
+		}
+		break;
+	case '/':
+		if (r == 0)
+			yyerror("second argument to '%s' must not be zero", op);
+		if (l == INT64_MIN && r == -1)
+			yyerror("integer overflow or underflow occurred for "
+			    "operation '%s %s %s'", left, op, right);
+		res = l / r;
+			
+		break;
+	case '%':
+		if (r == 0)
+			yyerror("second argument to '%s' must not be zero", op);
+		if (l == INT64_MIN && r == -1)
+			yyerror("integer overflow or underflow occurred for "
+			    "operation '%s %s %s'", left, op, right);
+		res = l % r;
+		break;
+	case '*':
+		/*
+		 * Check for over-& underflow.
+		 */
+
+		/*
+		 * Simplify the conditions:
+		 *  - remove the case of both negative arguments
+		 *    unless the operation will cause an overflow
+		 */
+		if (l < 0 && r < 0 && l != INT64_MIN && r != INT64_MIN) {
+			l = -l;
+			r = -r;
+		}
+
+		/* - remove the case of legative l and positive r */
+		if (l < 0 && r >= 0) {
+			/* Use res as a temporary variable */
+			res = l;
+			l = r;
+			r = res;
+		}
+
+		if ((l < 0 && r < 0) ||
+		    (r > 0 && l > INT64_MAX / r) ||
+		    (r <= 0 && l != 0 && r < INT64_MIN / l)) {
+			yyerror("integer overflow or underflow occurred for "
+			    "operation '%s %s %s'", left, op, right);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		} else {
+			res = l * r;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+	return res;
+}
+
+static const char *x = "|&=<>+-*/%:()";
+static const int x_token[] = {
+	SPEC_OR, SPEC_AND, COMPARE, COMPARE, COMPARE, ADD_SUB_OPERATOR,
+	ADD_SUB_OPERATOR, MUL_DIV_MOD_OPERATOR, MUL_DIV_MOD_OPERATOR, 
+	MUL_DIV_MOD_OPERATOR, SPEC_REG, LEFT_PARENT, RIGHT_PARENT
+};
+
+static int handle_ddash = 1;
+
+int
+yylex(void)
+{
+	const char *p = *av++;
+	int retval;
+
+	if (!p)
+		retval = 0;
+	else if (p[1] == '\0') {
+		const char *w = strchr(x, p[0]);
+		if (w) {
+			retval = x_token[w-x];
+		} else {
+			retval = STRING;
+		}
+	} else if (p[1] == '=' && p[2] == '\0'
+			&& (p[0] == '>' || p[0] == '<' || p[0] == '!'))
+		retval = COMPARE;
+	else if (handle_ddash && p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '-' && p[2] == '\0') {
+		/* ignore "--" if passed as first argument and isn't followed
+		 * by another STRING */
+		retval = yylex();
+		if (retval != STRING && retval != LEFT_PARENT
+		    && retval != RIGHT_PARENT) {
+			/* is not followed by string or parenthesis, use as
+			 * STRING */
+			retval = STRING;
+			av--;	/* was increased in call to yylex() above */
+			p = "--";
+		} else {
+			/* "--" is to be ignored */
+			p = yylval;
+		}
+	} else if (strcmp(p, "length") == 0)
+		retval = LENGTH;
+	else
+		retval = STRING;
+
+	handle_ddash = 0;
+	yylval = p;
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print error message and exit with error 2 (syntax error).
+ */
+static __printflike(1, 2) void
+yyerror(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list arg;
+
+	va_start(arg, fmt);
+	verrx(2, fmt, arg);
+	va_end(arg);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, const char * const *argv)
+{
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	if (argc == 1) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s expression\n",
+		    getprogname());
+		exit(2);
+	}
+
+	av = argv + 1;
+
+	return yyparse();
+}
diff --git a/bin/kill/kill.1 b/bin/kill/kill.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86b05fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/kill/kill.1
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: kill.1,v 1.28 2017/04/22 23:01:36 christos Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)kill.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95
+.\"
+.Dd April 22, 2017
+.Dt KILL 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm kill
+.Nd terminate or signal a process
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl s Ar signal_name
+.Ar pid
+\&...
+.Nm
+.Fl l
+.Op Ar exit_status
+.Nm
+.Fl signal_name
+.Ar pid
+\&...
+.Nm
+.Fl signal_number
+.Ar pid
+\&...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility sends a signal to the process(es) specified
+by the pid operand(s).
+.Pp
+Only the super-user may send signals to other users' processes.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl s Ar signal_name
+A symbolic signal name specifying the signal to be sent instead of the
+default
+.Dv TERM .
+.It Fl l Op Ar exit_status
+Display the name of the signal corresponding to
+.Ar exit_status .
+.Ar exit_status
+may be the exit status of a command killed by a signal
+(see the
+special
+.Xr sh 1
+parameter
+.Sq ?\& )
+or a signal number.
+.Pp
+If no operand is given, display the names of all the signals.
+.It Fl signal_name
+A symbolic signal name specifying the signal to be sent instead of the
+default
+.Dv TERM .
+.It Fl signal_number
+A non-negative decimal integer, specifying the signal to be sent instead
+of the default
+.Dv TERM .
+.El
+.Pp
+The following pids have special meanings:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
+.It -1
+If superuser, broadcast the signal to all processes; otherwise broadcast
+to all processes belonging to the user.
+.It 0
+Broadcast the signal to all processes in the current process group
+belonging to the user.
+.El
+.Pp
+Some of the more commonly used signals:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
+.It 0
+0 (does not affect the process; can be used to test whether the
+process exists)
+.It 1
+HUP (hang up)
+.It 2
+INT (interrupt)
+.It 3
+QUIT (quit)
+.It 6
+ABRT (abort)
+.It 9
+KILL (non-catchable, non-ignorable kill)
+.It 14
+ALRM (alarm clock)
+.It 15
+TERM (software termination signal)
+.El
+.Pp
+.Nm
+is a built-in to
+.Xr csh 1 ;
+it allows job specifiers of the form ``%...'' as arguments
+so process id's are not as often used as
+.Nm
+arguments.
+See
+.Xr csh 1
+for details.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr pgrep 1 ,
+.Xr pkill 1 ,
+.Xr ps 1 ,
+.Xr kill 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr signal 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v3
+in section 8 of the manual.
diff --git a/bin/kill/kill.c b/bin/kill/kill.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c17cb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/kill/kill.c
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/* $NetBSD: kill.c,v 1.30 2018/12/12 20:22:43 kre Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint) && !defined(SHELL)
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)kill.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: kill.c,v 1.30 2018/12/12 20:22:43 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+
+#ifdef SHELL            /* sh (aka ash) builtin */
+int killcmd(int, char *argv[]);
+#define main killcmd
+#include "../../bin/sh/bltin/bltin.h"
+#endif /* SHELL */ 
+
+__dead static void nosig(const char *);
+void printsignals(FILE *, int);
+static int signum(const char *);
+static pid_t processnum(const char *);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int errors;
+	int numsig;
+	pid_t pid;
+	const char *sn;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+	if (argc < 2)
+		usage();
+
+	numsig = SIGTERM;
+
+	argc--, argv++;
+
+	/*
+	 * Process exactly 1 option, if there is one.
+	 */
+	if (argv[0][0] == '-') {
+		switch (argv[0][1]) {
+		case 'l':
+			if (argv[0][2] != '\0')
+				sn = argv[0] + 2;
+			else {
+				argc--; argv++;
+				sn = argv[0];
+			}
+			if (argc > 1)
+				usage();
+			if (argc == 1) {
+				if (isdigit((unsigned char)*sn) == 0)
+					usage();
+				numsig = signum(sn);
+				if (numsig >= 128)
+					numsig -= 128;
+				if (numsig == 0 || signalnext(numsig) == -1)
+					nosig(sn);
+				sn = signalname(numsig);
+				if (sn == NULL)
+					errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+					   "unknown signal number: %d", numsig);
+				printf("%s\n", sn);
+				exit(0);
+			}
+			printsignals(stdout, 0);
+			exit(0);
+
+		case 's':
+			if (argv[0][2] != '\0')
+				sn = argv[0] + 2;
+			else {
+				argc--, argv++;
+				if (argc < 1) {
+					warnx(
+					    "option requires an argument -- s");
+					usage();
+				}
+				sn = argv[0];
+			}
+			if (strcmp(sn, "0") == 0)
+				numsig = 0;
+			else if ((numsig = signalnumber(sn)) == 0) {
+				if (sn != argv[0])
+					goto trysignal;
+				nosig(sn);
+			}
+			argc--, argv++;
+			break;
+
+		case '-':
+			if (argv[0][2] == '\0') {
+				/* process this one again later */
+				break;
+			}
+			/* FALL THROUGH */
+		case '\0':
+			usage();
+			break;
+
+		default:
+ trysignal:
+			sn = *argv + 1;
+			if (((numsig = signalnumber(sn)) == 0)) {
+				if (isdigit((unsigned char)*sn))
+					numsig = signum(sn);
+				else
+					nosig(sn);
+			}
+
+			if (numsig != 0 && signalnext(numsig) == -1)
+				nosig(sn);
+			argc--, argv++;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* deal with the optional '--' end of options option */
+	if (argc > 0 && strcmp(*argv, "--") == 0)
+		argc--, argv++;
+
+	if (argc == 0)
+		usage();
+
+	for (errors = 0; argc; argc--, argv++) {
+#ifdef SHELL
+		extern int getjobpgrp(const char *);
+		if (*argv[0] == '%') {
+			pid = getjobpgrp(*argv);
+			if (pid == 0) {
+				warnx("illegal job id: %s", *argv);
+				errors = 1;
+				continue;
+			}
+		} else 
+#endif
+			if ((pid = processnum(*argv)) == (pid_t)-1) {
+				errors = 1;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+		if (kill(pid, numsig) == -1) {
+			warn("%s", *argv);
+			errors = 1;
+		}
+#ifdef SHELL
+		/*
+		 * Wakeup the process if it was suspended, so it can
+		 * exit without an explicit 'fg'.
+		 *	(kernel handles this for SIGKILL)
+		 */
+		if (numsig == SIGTERM || numsig == SIGHUP)
+			kill(pid, SIGCONT);
+#endif
+	}
+
+	exit(errors);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static int
+signum(const char *sn)
+{
+	intmax_t n;
+	char *ep;
+
+	n = strtoimax(sn, &ep, 10);
+
+	/* check for correctly parsed number */
+	if (*ep || n <= INT_MIN || n >= INT_MAX )
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "illegal signal number: %s", sn);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+
+	return (int)n;
+}
+
+static pid_t
+processnum(const char *s)
+{
+	intmax_t n;
+	char *ep;
+
+	n = strtoimax(s, &ep, 10);
+
+	/* check for correctly parsed number */
+	if (*ep || n == INTMAX_MIN || n == INTMAX_MAX || (pid_t)n != n ||
+	    n == -1) {
+		warnx("illegal process%s id: %s", (n < 0 ? " group" : ""), s);
+		n = -1;
+	}
+
+	return (pid_t)n;
+}
+
+static void
+nosig(const char *name)
+{
+
+	warnx("unknown signal %s; valid signals:", name);
+	printsignals(stderr, 0);
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+#ifndef SHELL
+/*
+ * Print the names of all the signals (neatly) to fp
+ * "len" gives the number of chars already printed to
+ * the current output line (in kill.c, always 0)
+ */
+void
+printsignals(FILE *fp, int len)
+{
+	int sig;
+	int nl, pad;
+	const char *name;
+	int termwidth = 80;
+
+	if ((name = getenv("COLUMNS")) != 0)
+		termwidth = atoi(name);
+	else if (isatty(fileno(fp))) {
+		struct winsize win;
+
+		if (ioctl(fileno(fp), TIOCGWINSZ, &win) == 0 && win.ws_col > 0)
+			termwidth = win.ws_col;
+	}
+
+	pad = (len | 7) + 1 - len;
+
+	for (sig = 0; (sig = signalnext(sig)) != 0; ) {
+		name = signalname(sig);
+		if (name == NULL)
+			continue;
+
+		nl = strlen(name);
+
+		if (len > 0 && nl + len + pad >= termwidth) {
+			fprintf(fp, "\n");
+			len = 0;
+			pad = 0;
+		} else if (pad > 0 && len != 0)
+			fprintf(fp, "%*s", pad, "");
+		else
+			pad = 0;
+
+		len += nl + pad;
+		pad = (nl | 7) + 1 - nl;
+
+		fprintf(fp, "%s", name);
+	}
+	if (len != 0)
+		fprintf(fp, "\n");
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	const char *pn = getprogname();
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-s signal_name] pid ...\n"
+			"       %s -l [exit_status]\n"
+			"       %s -signal_name pid ...\n"
+			"       %s -signal_number pid ...\n",
+	    pn, pn, pn, pn);
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/ln/ln.1 b/bin/ln/ln.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2eca74f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ln/ln.1
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+.\" $NetBSD: ln.1,v 1.28 2017/04/20 22:57:30 christos Exp $
+.\"-
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)ln.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/30/93
+.\" $FreeBSD: head/bin/ln/ln.1 244791 2012-12-28 22:06:33Z gjb $
+.\"
+.Dd April 20, 2017
+.Dt LN 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.\" .Nm ln ,
+.\" .Nm link
+.Nm ln
+.Nd link files
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl L | Fl P | Fl s Op Fl F
+.Op Fl f | iw
+.Op Fl hnv
+.Ar source_file
+.Op Ar target_file
+.Nm
+.Op Fl L | Fl P | Fl s Op Fl F
+.Op Fl f | iw
+.Op Fl hnv
+.Ar source_file ...
+.Ar target_dir
+.\" .Nm link
+.\" .Ar source_file Ar target_file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility creates a new directory entry (linked file) for the file name
+specified by
+.Ar target_file .
+The
+.Ar target_file
+will be created with the same file modes as the
+.Ar source_file .
+It is useful for maintaining multiple copies of a file in many places
+at once without using up storage for the
+.Dq copies ;
+instead, a link
+.Dq points
+to the original copy.
+There are two types of links; hard links and symbolic links.
+How a link
+.Dq points
+to a file is one of the differences between a hard and symbolic link.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Fl F
+If the target file already exists and is a directory, then remove it
+so that the link may occur.
+The
+.Fl F
+option should be used with either
+.Fl f
+or
+.Fl i
+options.
+If none is specified,
+.Fl f
+is implied.
+The
+.Fl F
+option is a no-op unless
+.Fl s
+option is specified.
+.It Fl L
+When creating a hard link to a symbolic link,
+create a hard link to the target of the symbolic link.
+This is the default.
+This option cancels the
+.Fl P
+option.
+.It Fl P
+When creating a hard link to a symbolic link,
+create a hard link to the symbolic link itself.
+This option cancels the
+.Fl L
+option.
+.It Fl f
+If the target file already exists,
+then unlink it so that the link may occur.
+(The
+.Fl f
+option overrides any previous
+.Fl i
+and
+.Fl w
+options.)
+.It Fl h
+If the
+.Ar target_file
+or
+.Ar target_dir
+is a symbolic link, do not follow it.
+This is most useful with the
+.Fl f
+option, to replace a symlink which may point to a directory.
+.It Fl i
+Cause
+.Nm
+to write a prompt to standard error if the target file exists.
+If the response from the standard input begins with the character
+.Sq Li y
+or
+.Sq Li Y ,
+then unlink the target file so that the link may occur.
+Otherwise, do not attempt the link.
+(The
+.Fl i
+option overrides any previous
+.Fl f
+options.)
+.It Fl n
+Same as
+.Fl h ,
+for compatibility with other
+.Nm
+implementations.
+.It Fl s
+Create a symbolic link.
+.It Fl v
+Cause
+.Nm
+to be verbose, showing files as they are processed.
+.It Fl w
+Warn if the source of a symbolic link does not currently exist.
+.El
+.Pp
+By default,
+.Nm
+makes
+.Em hard
+links.
+A hard link to a file is indistinguishable from the original directory entry;
+any changes to a file are effectively independent of the name used to reference
+the file.
+Directories may not be hardlinked, and hard links may not span file systems.
+.Pp
+A symbolic link contains the name of the file to
+which it is linked.
+The referenced file is used when an
+.Xr open 2
+operation is performed on the link.
+A
+.Xr stat 2
+on a symbolic link will return the linked-to file; an
+.Xr lstat 2
+must be done to obtain information about the link.
+The
+.Xr readlink 2
+call may be used to read the contents of a symbolic link.
+Symbolic links may span file systems and may refer to directories.
+.Pp
+Given one or two arguments,
+.Nm
+creates a link to an existing file
+.Ar source_file .
+If
+.Ar target_file
+is given, the link has that name;
+.Ar target_file
+may also be a directory in which to place the link;
+otherwise it is placed in the current directory.
+If only the directory is specified, the link will be made
+to the last component of
+.Ar source_file .
+.Pp
+Given more than two arguments,
+.Nm
+makes links in
+.Ar target_dir
+to all the named source files.
+The links made will have the same name as the files being linked to.
+.\" .Pp
+.\" When the utility is called as
+.\" .Nm link ,
+.\" exactly two arguments must be supplied,
+.\" neither of which may specify a directory.
+.\" No options may be supplied in this simple mode of operation,
+.\" which performs a
+.\" .Xr link 2
+.\" operation using the two passed arguments.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Create a symbolic link named
+.Pa /home/src
+and point it to
+.Pa /usr/src :
+.Pp
+.Dl # ln -s /usr/src /home/src
+.Pp
+Hard link
+.Pa /usr/local/bin/fooprog
+to file
+.Pa /usr/local/bin/fooprog-1.0 :
+.Pp
+.Dl # ln /usr/local/bin/fooprog-1.0 /usr/local/bin/fooprog
+.Pp
+As an exercise, try the following commands:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# ls -i /bin/[
+11553 /bin/[
+# ls -i /bin/test
+11553 /bin/test
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Note that both files have the same inode; that is,
+.Pa /bin/[
+is essentially an alias for the
+.Xr test 1
+command.
+This hard link exists so
+.Xr test 1
+may be invoked from shell scripts, for example, using the
+.Li "if [ ]"
+construct.
+.Pp
+In the next example, the second call to
+.Nm
+removes the original
+.Pa foo
+and creates a replacement pointing to
+.Pa baz :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# mkdir bar baz
+# ln -s bar foo
+# ln -shf baz foo
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Without the
+.Fl h
+option, this would instead leave
+.Pa foo
+pointing to
+.Pa bar
+and inside
+.Pa foo
+create a new symlink
+.Pa baz
+pointing to itself.
+This results from directory-walking.
+.Pp
+An easy rule to remember is that the argument order for
+.Nm
+is the same as for
+.Xr cp 1 :
+The first argument needs to exist, the second one is created.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The
+.Fl h ,
+.Fl i ,
+.Fl n ,
+.Fl v
+and
+.Fl w
+options are non-standard and their use in scripts is not recommended.
+They are provided solely for compatibility with other
+.Nm
+implementations.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl F
+option is a
+.Fx
+extension and should not be used in portable scripts.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr link 2 ,
+.Xr lstat 2 ,
+.Xr readlink 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr symlink 2 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.\" .Pp
+.\" The simplified
+.\" .Nm link
+.\" command conforms to
+.\" .St -susv2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/bin/ln/ln.c b/bin/ln/ln.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b057e39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ln/ln.c
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ln.c,v 1.40 2018/08/26 23:01:06 sevan Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint
+static char const copyright[] =
+"@(#) Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994\n\
+	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.\n";
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ln.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/31/94";
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifdef __FBSDID
+__FBSDID("$FreeBSD: head/bin/ln/ln.c 251261 2013-06-02 17:55:00Z eadler $");
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ln.c,v 1.40 2018/08/26 23:01:06 sevan Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static int	fflag;			/* Unlink existing files. */
+static int	Fflag;			/* Remove empty directories also. */
+static int	hflag;			/* Check new name for symlink first. */
+static int	iflag;			/* Interactive mode. */
+static int	Pflag;			/* Create hard links to symlinks. */
+static int	sflag;			/* Symbolic, not hard, link. */
+static int	vflag;			/* Verbose output. */
+static int	wflag;			/* Warn if symlink target does not
+					 * exist, and -f is not enabled. */
+static char	linkch;
+
+static int	linkit(const char *, const char *, int);
+static __dead void	usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	char *p, *targetdir;
+	int ch, exitval;
+
+	/*
+	 * Test for the special case where the utility is called as
+	 * "link", for which the functionality provided is greatly
+	 * simplified.
+	 */
+	if ((p = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) == NULL)
+		p = argv[0];
+	else
+		++p;
+	if (strcmp(p, "link") == 0) {
+		while (getopt(argc, argv, "") != -1)
+			usage();
+		argc -= optind;
+		argv += optind;
+		if (argc != 2)
+			usage();
+		if (link(argv[0], argv[1]) == -1)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+		exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	}
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "FLPfhinsvw")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'F':
+			Fflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			Pflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			Pflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			fflag = 1;
+			iflag = 0;
+			wflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+		case 'n':
+			hflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			iflag = 1;
+			fflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			sflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			vflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			wflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+
+	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+
+	linkch = sflag ? '-' : '=';
+	if (sflag == 0)
+		Fflag = 0;
+	if (Fflag == 1 && iflag == 0) {
+		fflag = 1;
+		wflag = 0;		/* Implied when fflag != 0 */
+	}
+
+	switch(argc) {
+	case 0:
+		usage();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	case 1:				/* ln source */
+		exit(linkit(argv[0], ".", 1));
+	case 2:				/* ln source target */
+		exit(linkit(argv[0], argv[1], 0));
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+					/* ln source1 source2 directory */
+	targetdir = argv[argc - 1];
+	if (hflag && lstat(targetdir, &sb) == 0 && S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode)) {
+		/*
+		 * We were asked not to follow symlinks, but found one at
+		 * the target--simulate "not a directory" error
+		 */
+		errno = ENOTDIR;
+		err(1, "%s", targetdir);
+	}
+	if (stat(targetdir, &sb))
+		err(1, "%s", targetdir);
+	if (!S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode))
+		usage();
+	for (exitval = 0; *argv != targetdir; ++argv)
+		exitval |= linkit(*argv, targetdir, 1);
+	exit(exitval);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Two pathnames refer to the same directory entry if the directories match
+ * and the final components' names match.
+ */
+static int
+samedirent(const char *path1, const char *path2)
+{
+	const char *file1, *file2;
+	char pathbuf[PATH_MAX];
+	struct stat sb1, sb2;
+
+	if (strcmp(path1, path2) == 0)
+		return 1;
+	file1 = strrchr(path1, '/');
+	if (file1 != NULL)
+		file1++;
+	else
+		file1 = path1;
+	file2 = strrchr(path2, '/');
+	if (file2 != NULL)
+		file2++;
+	else
+		file2 = path2;
+	if (strcmp(file1, file2) != 0)
+		return 0;
+	if (file1 - path1 >= PATH_MAX || file2 - path2 >= PATH_MAX)
+		return 0;
+	if (file1 == path1)
+		memcpy(pathbuf, ".", 2);
+	else {
+		memcpy(pathbuf, path1, file1 - path1);
+		pathbuf[file1 - path1] = '\0';
+	}
+	if (stat(pathbuf, &sb1) != 0)
+		return 0;
+	if (file2 == path2)
+		memcpy(pathbuf, ".", 2);
+	else {
+		memcpy(pathbuf, path2, file2 - path2);
+		pathbuf[file2 - path2] = '\0';
+	}
+	if (stat(pathbuf, &sb2) != 0)
+		return 0;
+	return sb1.st_dev == sb2.st_dev && sb1.st_ino == sb2.st_ino;
+}
+
+static int
+linkit(const char *source, const char *target, int isdir)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	const char *p;
+	int ch, exists, first;
+	char path[PATH_MAX];
+	char wbuf[PATH_MAX];
+	char bbuf[PATH_MAX];
+
+	if (!sflag) {
+		/* If source doesn't exist, quit now. */
+		if ((Pflag ? lstat : stat)(source, &sb)) {
+			warn("%s", source);
+			return (1);
+		}
+		/* Only symbolic links to directories. */
+		if (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+			errno = EISDIR;
+			warn("%s", source);
+			return (1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the target is a directory (and not a symlink if hflag),
+	 * append the source's name.
+	 */
+	if (isdir ||
+	    (lstat(target, &sb) == 0 && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) ||
+	    (!hflag && stat(target, &sb) == 0 && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode))) {
+		if (strlcpy(bbuf, source, sizeof(bbuf)) >= sizeof(bbuf) ||
+		    (p = basename(bbuf)) == NULL ||
+		    snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s/%s", target, p) >=
+		    (ssize_t)sizeof(path)) {
+			errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+			warn("%s", source);
+			return (1);
+		}
+		target = path;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the link source doesn't exist, and a symbolic link was
+	 * requested, and -w was specified, give a warning.
+	 */
+	if (sflag && wflag) {
+		if (*source == '/') {
+			/* Absolute link source. */
+			if (stat(source, &sb) != 0)
+				 warn("warning: %s inaccessible", source);
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * Relative symlink source.  Try to construct the
+			 * absolute path of the source, by appending `source'
+			 * to the parent directory of the target.
+			 */
+			strlcpy(bbuf, target, sizeof(bbuf));
+			p = dirname(bbuf);
+			if (p != NULL) {
+				(void)snprintf(wbuf, sizeof(wbuf), "%s/%s",
+						p, source);
+				if (stat(wbuf, &sb) != 0)
+					warn("warning: %s", source);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the file exists, first check it is not the same directory entry.
+	 */
+	exists = !lstat(target, &sb);
+	if (exists) {
+		if (!sflag && samedirent(source, target)) {
+			warnx("%s and %s are the same directory entry",
+			    source, target);
+			return (1);
+		}
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Then unlink it forcibly if -f was specified
+	 * and interactively if -i was specified.
+	 */
+	if (fflag && exists) {
+		if (Fflag && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+			if (rmdir(target)) {
+				warn("%s", target);
+				return (1);
+			}
+		} else if (unlink(target)) {
+			warn("%s", target);
+			return (1);
+		}
+	} else if (iflag && exists) {
+		fflush(stdout);
+		fprintf(stderr, "replace %s? ", target);
+
+		first = ch = getchar();
+		while(ch != '\n' && ch != EOF)
+			ch = getchar();
+		if (first != 'y' && first != 'Y') {
+			fprintf(stderr, "not replaced\n");
+			return (1);
+		}
+
+		if (Fflag && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+			if (rmdir(target)) {
+				warn("%s", target);
+				return (1);
+			}
+		} else if (unlink(target)) {
+			warn("%s", target);
+			return (1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Attempt the link. */
+	if (sflag ? symlink(source, target) :
+	    linkat(AT_FDCWD, source, AT_FDCWD, target,
+	    Pflag ? 0 : AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW)) {
+		warn("%s", target);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if (vflag)
+		(void)printf("%s %c> %s\n", target, linkch, source);
+	return (0);
+}
+
+static __dead void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, 
+	    "usage: %s [-L | -P | -s [-F]] [-f | -iw] [-hnv] source_file [target_file]\n"
+	    "       %s [-L | -P | -s [-F]] [-f | -iw] [-hnv] source_file ... target_dir\n"
+	    "       link source_file target_file\n", getprogname(), getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/bin/ls/cmp.c b/bin/ls/cmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21d50e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ls/cmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cmp.c,v 1.17 2003/08/07 09:05:14 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Michael Fischbein.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cmp.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cmp.c,v 1.17 2003/08/07 09:05:14 agc Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "ls.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+#if defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) || defined(_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || \
+    defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) || defined(__NetBSD__)
+#define ATIMENSEC_CMP(x, op, y) ((x)->st_atimensec op (y)->st_atimensec)
+#define CTIMENSEC_CMP(x, op, y) ((x)->st_ctimensec op (y)->st_ctimensec)
+#define MTIMENSEC_CMP(x, op, y) ((x)->st_mtimensec op (y)->st_mtimensec)
+#else
+#define ATIMENSEC_CMP(x, op, y) \
+	((x)->st_atimespec.tv_nsec op (y)->st_atimespec.tv_nsec)
+#define CTIMENSEC_CMP(x, op, y) \
+	((x)->st_ctimespec.tv_nsec op (y)->st_ctimespec.tv_nsec)
+#define MTIMENSEC_CMP(x, op, y) \
+	((x)->st_mtimespec.tv_nsec op (y)->st_mtimespec.tv_nsec)
+#endif
+
+int
+namecmp(const FTSENT *a, const FTSENT *b)
+{
+
+	return (strcmp(a->fts_name, b->fts_name));
+}
+
+int
+revnamecmp(const FTSENT *a, const FTSENT *b)
+{
+
+	return (strcmp(b->fts_name, a->fts_name));
+}
+
+int
+modcmp(const FTSENT *a, const FTSENT *b)
+{
+
+	if (b->fts_statp->st_mtime > a->fts_statp->st_mtime)
+		return (1);
+	else if (b->fts_statp->st_mtime < a->fts_statp->st_mtime)
+		return (-1);
+	else if (MTIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, >, a->fts_statp))
+		return (1);
+	else if (MTIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, <, a->fts_statp))
+		return (-1);
+	else
+		return (namecmp(a, b));
+}
+
+int
+revmodcmp(const FTSENT *a, const FTSENT *b)
+{
+
+	if (b->fts_statp->st_mtime > a->fts_statp->st_mtime)
+		return (-1);
+	else if (b->fts_statp->st_mtime < a->fts_statp->st_mtime)
+		return (1);
+	else if (MTIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, >, a->fts_statp))
+		return (-1);
+	else if (MTIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, <, a->fts_statp))
+		return (1);
+	else
+		return (revnamecmp(a, b));
+}
+
+int
+acccmp(const FTSENT *a, const FTSENT *b)
+{
+
+	if (b->fts_statp->st_atime > a->fts_statp->st_atime)
+		return (1);
+	else if (b->fts_statp->st_atime < a->fts_statp->st_atime)
+		return (-1);
+	else if (ATIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, >, a->fts_statp))
+		return (1);
+	else if (ATIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, <, a->fts_statp))
+		return (-1);
+	else
+		return (namecmp(a, b));
+}
+
+int
+revacccmp(const FTSENT *a, const FTSENT *b)
+{
+
+	if (b->fts_statp->st_atime > a->fts_statp->st_atime)
+		return (-1);
+	else if (b->fts_statp->st_atime < a->fts_statp->st_atime)
+		return (1);
+	else if (ATIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, >, a->fts_statp))
+		return (-1);
+	else if (ATIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, <, a->fts_statp))
+		return (1);
+	else
+		return (revnamecmp(a, b));
+}
+
+int
+statcmp(const FTSENT *a, const FTSENT *b)
+{
+
+	if (b->fts_statp->st_ctime > a->fts_statp->st_ctime)
+		return (1);
+	else if (b->fts_statp->st_ctime < a->fts_statp->st_ctime)
+		return (-1);
+	else if (CTIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, >, a->fts_statp))
+		return (1);
+	else if (CTIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, <, a->fts_statp))
+		return (-1);
+	else
+		return (namecmp(a, b));
+}
+
+int
+revstatcmp(const FTSENT *a, const FTSENT *b)
+{
+
+	if (b->fts_statp->st_ctime > a->fts_statp->st_ctime)
+		return (-1);
+	else if (b->fts_statp->st_ctime < a->fts_statp->st_ctime)
+		return (1);
+	else if (CTIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, >, a->fts_statp))
+		return (-1);
+	else if (CTIMENSEC_CMP(b->fts_statp, <, a->fts_statp))
+		return (1);
+	else
+		return (revnamecmp(a, b));
+}
+
+int
+sizecmp(const FTSENT *a, const FTSENT *b)
+{
+
+	if (b->fts_statp->st_size > a->fts_statp->st_size)
+		return (1);
+	if (b->fts_statp->st_size < a->fts_statp->st_size)
+		return (-1);
+	else
+		return (namecmp(a, b));
+}
+
+int
+revsizecmp(const FTSENT *a, const FTSENT *b)
+{
+
+	if (b->fts_statp->st_size > a->fts_statp->st_size)
+		return (-1);
+	if (b->fts_statp->st_size < a->fts_statp->st_size)
+		return (1);
+	else
+		return (revnamecmp(a, b));
+}
diff --git a/bin/ls/extern.h b/bin/ls/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a9eea0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ls/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.17 2011/08/29 14:44:21 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+int	 acccmp(const FTSENT *, const FTSENT *);
+int	 revacccmp(const FTSENT *, const FTSENT *);
+int	 modcmp(const FTSENT *, const FTSENT *);
+int	 revmodcmp(const FTSENT *, const FTSENT *);
+int	 namecmp(const FTSENT *, const FTSENT *);
+int	 revnamecmp(const FTSENT *, const FTSENT *);
+int	 statcmp(const FTSENT *, const FTSENT *);
+int	 revstatcmp(const FTSENT *, const FTSENT *);
+int	 sizecmp(const FTSENT *, const FTSENT *);
+int	 revsizecmp(const FTSENT *, const FTSENT *);
+
+int	 ls_main(int, char *[]);
+
+int	 printescaped(const char *);
+void	 printacol(DISPLAY *);
+void	 printcol(DISPLAY *);
+void	 printlong(DISPLAY *);
+void	 printscol(DISPLAY *);
+void	 printstream(DISPLAY *);
+int	 safe_print(const char *);
diff --git a/bin/ls/ls.1 b/bin/ls/ls.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bd9161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ls/ls.1
@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ls.1,v 1.80 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ls.1	8.7 (Berkeley) 7/29/94
+.\"
+.Dd August 10, 2016
+.Dt LS 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ls
+.Nd list directory contents
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl 1AaBbCcdFfghikLlMmnOoPpqRrSsTtuWwXx
+.Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+For each
+.Ar file
+operand that names a file of a type other than
+directory,
+.Nm
+displays its name as well as any requested,
+associated information.
+For each
+.Ar file
+operand that names a file of type directory,
+.Nm
+displays the names of files contained
+within that directory, as well as any requested, associated
+information.
+.Pp
+If no operands are given, the contents of the current
+directory are displayed.
+If more than one operand is given,
+non-directory operands are displayed first; directory
+and non-directory operands are sorted separately and in
+lexicographical order.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl \&1
+(The numeric digit
+.Dq one ) .
+Force output to be one entry per line.
+This is the default when output is not to a terminal.
+.It Fl A
+List all entries except for
+.Ql \&.
+and
+.Ql \&.. .
+Always set for the super-user.
+.It Fl a
+Include directory entries whose names begin with a
+dot
+.Pq Sq \&. .
+.It Fl B
+Force printing of non-graphic characters in file names as \exxx, where xxx
+is the numeric value of the character in octal.
+.It Fl b
+As
+.Fl B ,
+but use C escape codes whenever possible.
+.It Fl C
+Force multi-column output; this is the default when output is to a terminal.
+.It Fl c
+Use time when file status was last changed,
+instead of time of last modification of the file for printing
+.Pq Fl l
+or sorting
+.Pq Fl t .
+Overrides
+.Fl u .
+.It Fl d
+Directories are listed as plain files (not searched recursively) and
+symbolic links in the argument list are not followed.
+Turns off
+.Fl R
+if also given.
+.It Fl F
+Display a slash
+.Pq Sq \&/
+immediately after each pathname that is a directory,
+an asterisk
+.Pq Sq \&*
+after each that is executable,
+an at sign
+.Pq Sq \&@
+after each symbolic link,
+a percent sign
+.Pq Sq \&%
+after each whiteout,
+an equal sign
+.Pq Sq \&=
+after each socket,
+and a vertical bar
+.Pq Sq \&|
+after each that is a
+.Tn FIFO .
+.It Fl f
+Output is not sorted.
+This option implies
+.Fl a .
+.It Fl g
+The same as
+.Fl l ,
+except that the owner is not printed.
+.It Fl h
+Modifies the
+.Fl l
+and
+.Fl s
+options, causing the sizes to be reported in bytes displayed in a human
+readable format.
+Overrides
+.Fl k
+and
+.Fl M .
+.It Fl i
+For each file, print the file's file serial number (inode number).
+.It Fl k
+Modifies the
+.Fl s
+option, causing the sizes to be reported in kilobytes.
+Overrides
+.Fl h .
+.It Fl L
+For each file, if it's a link, evaluate file information and file type
+of the referenced file and not the link itself; however still print
+the link name, unless used with
+.Fl l ,
+for example.
+.It Fl l
+(The lowercase letter
+.Dq ell ) .
+List in long format.
+(See below.)
+.It Fl M
+Modifies the
+.Fl l
+and
+.Fl s
+options, causing the sizes or block counts reported to be separated with
+commas (or a locale appropriate separator) resulting in a more readable
+output.
+Overrides
+.Fl h ;
+does not override
+.Fl k .
+.It Fl m
+Stream output format; list files across the page, separated by commas.
+.It Fl n
+The same as
+.Fl l ,
+except that
+the owner and group IDs are displayed numerically rather than converting
+to a owner or group name.
+.It Fl O
+Output only leaf files (not directories), eliding other
+.Nm
+output.
+.It Fl o
+Include the file flags in a long
+.Pq Fl l
+output.
+If no file flags are set,
+.Dq -
+is displayed.
+(See
+.Xr chflags 1
+for a list of possible flags and their meanings.)
+.It Fl P
+Print the full pathname for each file.
+.It Fl p
+Display a slash
+.Pq Sq \&/
+immediately after each pathname that is a directory.
+.It Fl q
+Force printing of non-printable characters in file names as
+the character
+.Sq \&? ;
+this is the default when output is to a terminal.
+.It Fl R
+Recursively list subdirectories encountered.
+See also
+.Fl d .
+.It Fl r
+Reverse the order of the sort to get reverse
+lexicographical order or the smallest or oldest entries first.
+.It Fl S
+Sort by size, largest file first.
+.It Fl s
+Display the number of file system blocks actually used by each file, in units
+of 512 bytes or
+.Ev BLOCKSIZE
+(see
+.Sx ENVIRONMENT )
+where partial units are rounded up to the
+next integer value.
+If the output is to a terminal, a total sum for all the file
+sizes is output on a line before the listing.
+.It Fl T
+When used with the
+.Fl l
+(the lowercase letter
+.Dq ell )
+option, display complete time information for the file, including
+month, day, hour, minute, second, and year.
+.It Fl t
+Sort by time modified (most recently modified
+first) before sorting the operands by lexicographical
+order.
+.It Fl u
+Use time of last access,
+instead of last modification
+of the file for printing
+.Pq Fl l
+or sorting
+.Pq Fl t .
+Overrides
+.Fl c .
+.It Fl W
+Display whiteouts when scanning directories.
+.It Fl w
+Force raw printing of non-printable characters.
+This is the default when output is not to a terminal.
+.It Fl x
+Multi-column output sorted across the page rather than down the page.
+.It Fl X
+Don't cross mount points when recursing.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl B ,
+.Fl b ,
+.Fl q ,
+and
+.Fl w
+options all override each other; the last one specified determines
+the format used for non-printable characters.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl 1 ,
+.Fl C ,
+.Fl g ,
+.Fl l ,
+.Fl m ,
+and
+.Fl x
+options all override each other; the last one specified determines
+the format used with the exception that if both
+.Fl l
+and
+.Fl g
+are specified,
+.Fl l
+will always override
+.Fl g ,
+even if
+.Fl g
+was specified last.
+.Pp
+By default,
+.Nm
+lists one entry per line to standard
+output; the exceptions are to terminals or when the
+.Fl C
+or
+.Fl m
+options are specified.
+.Pp
+File information is displayed with one or more
+.Aq blank
+characters separating the information associated with the
+.Fl i ,
+.Fl l ,
+and
+.Fl s
+options.
+.Ss The Long Format
+If the
+.Fl l
+option is given, the following information
+is displayed for each file:
+.Bl -item -offset indent -compact
+.It
+file mode
+.It
+number of links
+.It
+owner name
+.It
+group name
+.It
+file flags (if
+.Fl o
+given)
+.It
+number of bytes in the file
+.It
+abbreviated month file was last modified
+.It
+day-of-month file was last modified
+.It
+hour and minute file was last modified
+.It
+pathname
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition, for each directory whose contents are displayed, the total
+number of file system blocks in units of 512 bytes or
+.Ev BLOCKSIZE
+(see
+.Sx ENVIRONMENT )
+used by the files in the directory is displayed on a line by itself
+immediately before the information for the files in the directory.
+.Pp
+If the owner or group names are not a known owner or group name,
+or the
+.Fl n
+option is given,
+the numeric ID's are displayed.
+.Pp
+If the file is a character special or block special file,
+the major and minor device numbers for the file are displayed
+in the size field.
+If the file is a symbolic link the pathname of the
+linked-to file is preceded by
+.Dq \-> .
+.Pp
+The file mode printed under the
+.Fl l
+option consists of the entry type, owner permissions, group
+permissions, and other permissions.
+The entry type character describes the type of file, as
+follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 4n -offset indent -compact
+.It Sy \-
+Regular file.
+.It Sy a
+Archive state 1.
+.It Sy A
+Archive state 2.
+.It Sy b
+Block special file.
+.It Sy c
+Character special file.
+.It Sy d
+Directory.
+.It Sy l
+Symbolic link.
+.It Sy p
+FIFO.
+.It Sy s
+Socket link.
+.It Sy w
+Whiteout.
+.El
+.Pp
+The next three fields
+are three characters each:
+owner permissions,
+group permissions, and
+other permissions.
+Each field has three character positions:
+.Bl -enum -offset indent
+.It
+If
+.Sy r ,
+the file is readable; if
+.Sy \- ,
+it is not readable.
+.It
+If
+.Sy w ,
+the file is writable; if
+.Sy \- ,
+it is not writable.
+.It
+The first of the following that applies:
+.Bl -tag -width 4n -offset indent
+.It Sy S
+If in the owner permissions, the file is not executable and
+set-user-ID mode is set.
+If in the group permissions, the file is not executable
+and set-group-ID mode is set.
+.It Sy s
+If in the owner permissions, the file is executable
+and set-user-ID mode is set.
+If in the group permissions, the file is executable
+and setgroup-ID mode is set.
+.It Sy x
+The file is executable or the directory is
+searchable.
+.It Sy \-
+The file is neither readable, writable, executable,
+nor set-user-ID nor set-group-ID mode, nor sticky.
+(See below.)
+.El
+.Pp
+These next two apply only to the third character in the last group
+(other permissions).
+.Bl -tag -width 4n -offset indent
+.It Sy T
+The sticky bit is set
+(mode
+.Li 1000 ) ,
+but not execute or search permission.
+(See
+.Xr chmod 1
+or
+.Xr sticky 7 . )
+.It Sy t
+The sticky bit is set (mode
+.Li 1000 ) ,
+and is searchable or executable.
+(See
+.Xr chmod 1
+or
+.Xr sticky 7 . )
+.El
+.El
+.Pp
+The number of bytes displayed for a directory is a function of the
+number of
+.Xr dirent 3
+structures in the directory, not all of which may be allocated to
+any existing file.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+The following environment variables affect the execution of
+.Nm :
+.Bl -tag -width BLOCKSIZE
+.It Ev BLOCKSIZE
+If the environment variable
+.Ev BLOCKSIZE
+is set, and the
+.Fl k
+option is not specified, the block counts
+(see
+.Fl l
+and
+.Fl s )
+will be displayed in units of that size block.
+.It Ev COLUMNS
+If this variable contains a string representing a
+decimal integer, it is used as the
+column position width for displaying
+multiple-text-column output.
+The
+.Nm
+utility calculates how
+many pathname text columns to display
+based on the width provided.
+(See
+.Fl C . )
+.It Ev TZ
+The timezone to use when displaying dates.
+See
+.Xr environ 7
+for more information.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The group field is now automatically included in the long listing for
+files in order to be compatible with the
+.St -p1003.2
+specification.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chflags 1 ,
+.Xr chmod 1 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr dirent 3 ,
+.Xr getbsize 3 ,
+.Xr sticky 7 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be a superset of the
+.St -p1003.2
+specification.
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/bin/ls/ls.c b/bin/ls/ls.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..282207f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ls/ls.c
@@ -0,0 +1,715 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ls.c,v 1.76 2017/02/06 21:06:04 rin Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Michael Fischbein.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ls.c	8.7 (Berkeley) 8/5/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ls.c,v 1.76 2017/02/06 21:06:04 rin Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+#include "ls.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static void	 display(FTSENT *, FTSENT *);
+static int	 mastercmp(const FTSENT **, const FTSENT **);
+static void	 traverse(int, char **, int);
+
+static void (*printfcn)(DISPLAY *);
+static int (*sortfcn)(const FTSENT *, const FTSENT *);
+
+#define	BY_NAME 0
+#define	BY_SIZE 1
+#define	BY_TIME	2
+
+long blocksize;			/* block size units */
+int termwidth = 80;		/* default terminal width */
+int sortkey = BY_NAME;
+int rval = EXIT_SUCCESS;	/* exit value - set if error encountered */
+
+/* flags */
+int f_accesstime;		/* use time of last access */
+int f_column;			/* columnated format */
+int f_columnacross;		/* columnated format, sorted across */
+int f_flags;			/* show flags associated with a file */
+int f_grouponly;		/* long listing without owner */
+int f_humanize;			/* humanize the size field */
+int f_commas;			/* separate size field with comma */
+int f_inode;			/* print inode */
+int f_listdir;			/* list actual directory, not contents */
+int f_listdot;			/* list files beginning with . */
+int f_longform;			/* long listing format */
+int f_nonprint;			/* show unprintables as ? */
+int f_nosort;			/* don't sort output */
+int f_numericonly;		/* don't convert uid/gid to name */
+int f_octal;			/* print octal escapes for nongraphic characters */
+int f_octal_escape;		/* like f_octal but use C escapes if possible */
+int f_recursive;		/* ls subdirectories also */
+int f_reversesort;		/* reverse whatever sort is used */
+int f_sectime;			/* print the real time for all files */
+int f_singlecol;		/* use single column output */
+int f_size;			/* list size in short listing */
+int f_statustime;		/* use time of last mode change */
+int f_stream;			/* stream format */
+int f_type;			/* add type character for non-regular files */
+int f_typedir;			/* add type character for directories */
+int f_whiteout;			/* show whiteout entries */
+int f_fullpath;			/* print full pathname, not filename */
+int f_leafonly;			/* when recursing, print leaf names only */
+
+__dead static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "usage: %s [-1AaBbCcdFfghikLlMmnOoPpqRrSsTtuWwXx] [file ...]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+int
+ls_main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	static char dot[] = ".", *dotav[] = { dot, NULL };
+	struct winsize win;
+	int ch, fts_options;
+	int kflag = 0;
+	const char *p;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	/* Terminal defaults to -Cq, non-terminal defaults to -1. */
+	if (isatty(STDOUT_FILENO)) {
+		if (ioctl(STDOUT_FILENO, TIOCGWINSZ, &win) == 0 &&
+		    win.ws_col > 0)
+			termwidth = win.ws_col;
+		f_column = f_nonprint = 1;
+	} else
+		f_singlecol = 1;
+
+	/* Root is -A automatically. */
+	if (!getuid())
+		f_listdot = 1;
+
+	fts_options = FTS_PHYSICAL;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "1AaBbCcdFfghikLlMmnOoPpqRrSsTtuWwXx"))
+	    != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		/*
+		 * The -1, -C, -l, -m and -x options all override each other so
+		 * shell aliasing works correctly.
+		 */
+		case '1':
+			f_singlecol = 1;
+			f_column = f_columnacross = f_longform = f_stream = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			f_column = 1;
+			f_columnacross = f_longform = f_singlecol = f_stream =
+			    0;
+			break;
+		case 'g':
+			if (f_grouponly != -1)
+				f_grouponly = 1;
+			f_longform = 1;
+			f_column = f_columnacross = f_singlecol = f_stream = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			f_longform = 1;
+			f_column = f_columnacross = f_singlecol = f_stream = 0;
+			/* Never let -g take precedence over -l. */
+			f_grouponly = -1;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			f_stream = 1;
+			f_column = f_columnacross = f_longform = f_singlecol =
+			    0;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			f_columnacross = 1;
+			f_column = f_longform = f_singlecol = f_stream = 0;
+			break;
+		/* The -c and -u options override each other. */
+		case 'c':
+			f_statustime = 1;
+			f_accesstime = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			f_accesstime = 1;
+			f_statustime = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'F':
+			f_type = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			fts_options &= ~FTS_PHYSICAL;
+			fts_options |= FTS_LOGICAL;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+			f_recursive = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			f_nosort = 1;
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'a':
+			fts_options |= FTS_SEEDOT;
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'A':
+			f_listdot = 1;
+			break;
+		/* The -B option turns off the -b, -q and -w options. */
+		case 'B':
+			f_nonprint = 0;
+			f_octal = 1;
+			f_octal_escape = 0;
+			break;
+		/* The -b option turns off the -B, -q and -w options. */
+		case 'b':
+			f_nonprint = 0;
+			f_octal = 0;
+			f_octal_escape = 1;
+			break;
+		/* The -d option turns off the -R option. */
+		case 'd':
+			f_listdir = 1;
+			f_recursive = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			f_inode = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			blocksize = 1024;
+			kflag = 1;
+			f_humanize = 0;
+			break;
+		/* The -h option forces all sizes to be measured in bytes. */
+		case 'h':
+			f_humanize = 1;
+			kflag = 0;
+			f_commas = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'M':
+			f_humanize = 0;
+			f_commas = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			f_numericonly = 1;
+			f_longform = 1;
+			f_column = f_columnacross = f_singlecol = f_stream = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'O':
+			f_leafonly = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			f_flags = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			f_fullpath = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			f_typedir = 1;
+			break;
+		/* The -q option turns off the -B, -b and -w options. */
+		case 'q':
+			f_nonprint = 1;
+			f_octal = 0;
+			f_octal_escape = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			f_reversesort = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			sortkey = BY_SIZE;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			f_size = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			f_sectime = 1;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			sortkey = BY_TIME;
+			break;
+		case 'W':
+			f_whiteout = 1;
+			break;
+		/* The -w option turns off the -B, -b and -q options. */
+		case 'w':
+			f_nonprint = 0;
+			f_octal = 0;
+			f_octal_escape = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'X':
+			fts_options |= FTS_XDEV;
+			break;
+		default:
+		case '?':
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (f_column || f_columnacross || f_stream) {
+		if ((p = getenv("COLUMNS")) != NULL)
+			termwidth = atoi(p);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If both -g and -l options, let -l take precedence.
+	 */
+	if (f_grouponly == -1)
+		f_grouponly = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * If not -F, -i, -l, -p, -S, -s or -t options, don't require stat
+	 * information.
+	 */
+	if (!f_inode && !f_longform && !f_size && !f_type && !f_typedir &&
+	    sortkey == BY_NAME)
+		fts_options |= FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	/*
+	 * If not -F, -d or -l options, follow any symbolic links listed on
+	 * the command line.
+	 */
+	if (!f_longform && !f_listdir && !f_type)
+		fts_options |= FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+
+	/*
+	 * If -W, show whiteout entries
+	 */
+#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT
+	if (f_whiteout)
+		fts_options |= FTS_WHITEOUT;
+#endif
+
+	/* If -i, -l, or -s, figure out block size. */
+	if (f_inode || f_longform || f_size) {
+		if (!kflag)
+			(void)getbsize(NULL, &blocksize);
+		blocksize /= 512;
+	}
+
+	/* Select a sort function. */
+	if (f_reversesort) {
+		switch (sortkey) {
+		case BY_NAME:
+			sortfcn = revnamecmp;
+			break;
+		case BY_SIZE:
+			sortfcn = revsizecmp;
+			break;
+		case BY_TIME:
+			if (f_accesstime)
+				sortfcn = revacccmp;
+			else if (f_statustime)
+				sortfcn = revstatcmp;
+			else /* Use modification time. */
+				sortfcn = revmodcmp;
+			break;
+		}
+	} else {
+		switch (sortkey) {
+		case BY_NAME:
+			sortfcn = namecmp;
+			break;
+		case BY_SIZE:
+			sortfcn = sizecmp;
+			break;
+		case BY_TIME:
+			if (f_accesstime)
+				sortfcn = acccmp;
+			else if (f_statustime)
+				sortfcn = statcmp;
+			else /* Use modification time. */
+				sortfcn = modcmp;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Select a print function. */
+	if (f_singlecol)
+		printfcn = printscol;
+	else if (f_columnacross)
+		printfcn = printacol;
+	else if (f_longform)
+		printfcn = printlong;
+	else if (f_stream)
+		printfcn = printstream;
+	else
+		printfcn = printcol;
+
+	if (argc)
+		traverse(argc, argv, fts_options);
+	else
+		traverse(1, dotav, fts_options);
+	return rval;
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static int output;			/* If anything output. */
+
+/*
+ * Traverse() walks the logical directory structure specified by the argv list
+ * in the order specified by the mastercmp() comparison function.  During the
+ * traversal it passes linked lists of structures to display() which represent
+ * a superset (may be exact set) of the files to be displayed.
+ */
+static void
+traverse(int argc, char *argv[], int options)
+{
+	FTS *ftsp;
+	FTSENT *p, *chp;
+	int ch_options, error;
+
+	if ((ftsp =
+	    fts_open(argv, options, f_nosort ? NULL : mastercmp)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+
+	display(NULL, fts_children(ftsp, 0));
+	if (f_listdir) {
+		(void)fts_close(ftsp);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If not recursing down this tree and don't need stat info, just get
+	 * the names.
+	 */
+	ch_options = !f_recursive && options & FTS_NOSTAT ? FTS_NAMEONLY : 0;
+
+	while ((p = fts_read(ftsp)) != NULL)
+		switch (p->fts_info) {
+		case FTS_DC:
+			warnx("%s: directory causes a cycle", p->fts_name);
+			break;
+		case FTS_DNR:
+		case FTS_ERR:
+			warnx("%s: %s", p->fts_name, strerror(p->fts_errno));
+			rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+			break;
+		case FTS_D:
+			if (p->fts_level != FTS_ROOTLEVEL &&
+			    p->fts_name[0] == '.' && !f_listdot)
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			 * If already output something, put out a newline as
+			 * a separator.  If multiple arguments, precede each
+			 * directory with its name.
+			 */
+			if (!f_leafonly) {
+				if (output)
+					(void)printf("\n%s:\n", p->fts_path);
+				else if (argc > 1) {
+					(void)printf("%s:\n", p->fts_path);
+					output = 1;
+				}
+			}
+
+			chp = fts_children(ftsp, ch_options);
+			display(p, chp);
+
+			if (!f_recursive && chp != NULL)
+				(void)fts_set(ftsp, p, FTS_SKIP);
+			break;
+		}
+	error = errno;
+	(void)fts_close(ftsp);
+	errno = error;
+	if (errno)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fts_read");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display() takes a linked list of FTSENT structures and passes the list
+ * along with any other necessary information to the print function.  P
+ * points to the parent directory of the display list.
+ */
+static void
+display(FTSENT *p, FTSENT *list)
+{
+	struct stat *sp;
+	DISPLAY d;
+	FTSENT *cur;
+	NAMES *np;
+	u_int64_t btotal, stotal;
+	off_t maxsize;
+	blkcnt_t maxblock;
+	ino_t maxinode;
+	int maxmajor, maxminor;
+	uint32_t maxnlink;
+	int bcfile, entries, flen, glen, ulen, maxflags, maxgroup;
+	unsigned int maxlen;
+	int maxuser, needstats;
+	const char *user, *group;
+	char buf[21];		/* 64 bits == 20 digits, +1 for NUL */
+	char nuser[12], ngroup[12];
+	char *flags = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * If list is NULL there are two possibilities: that the parent
+	 * directory p has no children, or that fts_children() returned an
+	 * error.  We ignore the error case since it will be replicated
+	 * on the next call to fts_read() on the post-order visit to the
+	 * directory p, and will be signalled in traverse().
+	 */
+	if (list == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	needstats = f_inode || f_longform || f_size;
+	flen = 0;
+	maxinode = maxnlink = 0;
+	bcfile = 0;
+	maxuser = maxgroup = maxflags = maxlen = 0;
+	btotal = stotal = maxblock = maxsize = 0;
+	maxmajor = maxminor = 0;
+	for (cur = list, entries = 0; cur; cur = cur->fts_link) {
+		if (cur->fts_info == FTS_ERR || cur->fts_info == FTS_NS) {
+			warnx("%s: %s",
+			    cur->fts_name, strerror(cur->fts_errno));
+			cur->fts_number = NO_PRINT;
+			rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * P is NULL if list is the argv list, to which different rules
+		 * apply.
+		 */
+		if (p == NULL) {
+			/* Directories will be displayed later. */
+			if (cur->fts_info == FTS_D && !f_listdir) {
+				cur->fts_number = NO_PRINT;
+				continue;
+			}
+		} else {
+			/* Only display dot file if -a/-A set. */
+			if (cur->fts_name[0] == '.' && !f_listdot) {
+				cur->fts_number = NO_PRINT;
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+		if (cur->fts_namelen > maxlen)
+			maxlen = cur->fts_namelen;
+		if (needstats) {
+			sp = cur->fts_statp;
+			if (sp->st_blocks > maxblock)
+				maxblock = sp->st_blocks;
+			if (sp->st_ino > maxinode)
+				maxinode = sp->st_ino;
+			if (sp->st_nlink > maxnlink)
+				maxnlink = sp->st_nlink;
+			if (sp->st_size > maxsize)
+				maxsize = sp->st_size;
+			if (S_ISCHR(sp->st_mode) || S_ISBLK(sp->st_mode)) {
+				bcfile = 1;
+				if (major(sp->st_rdev) > maxmajor)
+					maxmajor = major(sp->st_rdev);
+				if (minor(sp->st_rdev) > maxminor)
+					maxminor = minor(sp->st_rdev);
+			}
+
+			btotal += sp->st_blocks;
+			stotal += sp->st_size;
+			if (f_longform) {
+				if (f_numericonly ||
+				    (user = user_from_uid(sp->st_uid, 0)) ==
+				    NULL) {
+					(void)snprintf(nuser, sizeof(nuser),
+					    "%u", sp->st_uid);
+					user = nuser;
+				}
+				if (f_numericonly ||
+				    (group = group_from_gid(sp->st_gid, 0)) ==
+				    NULL) {
+					(void)snprintf(ngroup, sizeof(ngroup),
+					    "%u", sp->st_gid);
+					group = ngroup;
+				}
+				if ((ulen = strlen(user)) > maxuser)
+					maxuser = ulen;
+				if ((glen = strlen(group)) > maxgroup)
+					maxgroup = glen;
+				if (f_flags) {
+					flags =
+					    flags_to_string((u_long)sp->st_flags, "-");
+					if ((flen = strlen(flags)) > maxflags)
+						maxflags = flen;
+				} else
+					flen = 0;
+
+				if ((np = malloc(sizeof(NAMES) +
+				    ulen + glen + flen + 2)) == NULL)
+					err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+
+				np->user = &np->data[0];
+				(void)strcpy(np->user, user);
+				np->group = &np->data[ulen + 1];
+				(void)strcpy(np->group, group);
+
+				if (f_flags) {
+					np->flags = &np->data[ulen + glen + 2];
+				  	(void)strcpy(np->flags, flags);
+					free(flags);
+				}
+				cur->fts_pointer = np;
+			}
+		}
+		++entries;
+	}
+
+	if (!entries)
+		return;
+
+	d.list = list;
+	d.entries = entries;
+	d.maxlen = maxlen;
+	if (needstats) {
+		d.btotal = btotal;
+		d.stotal = stotal;
+		if (f_humanize) {
+			d.s_block = 4; /* min buf length for humanize_number */
+		} else {
+			(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%lld",
+			    (long long)howmany(maxblock, blocksize));
+			d.s_block = strlen(buf);
+			if (f_commas) /* allow for commas before every third digit */
+				d.s_block += (d.s_block - 1) / 3;
+		}
+		d.s_flags = maxflags;
+		d.s_group = maxgroup;
+		(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%llu",
+		    (unsigned long long)maxinode);
+		d.s_inode = strlen(buf);
+		(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%u", maxnlink);
+		d.s_nlink = strlen(buf);
+		if (f_humanize) {
+			d.s_size = 4; /* min buf length for humanize_number */
+		} else {
+			(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%lld",
+			    (long long)maxsize);
+			d.s_size = strlen(buf);
+			if (f_commas) /* allow for commas before every third digit */
+				d.s_size += (d.s_size - 1) / 3;
+		}
+		d.s_user = maxuser;
+		if (bcfile) {
+			(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", maxmajor);
+			d.s_major = strlen(buf);
+			(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", maxminor);
+			d.s_minor = strlen(buf);
+			if (d.s_major + d.s_minor + 2 > d.s_size)
+				d.s_size = d.s_major + d.s_minor + 2;
+			else if (d.s_size - d.s_minor - 2 > d.s_major)
+				d.s_major = d.s_size - d.s_minor - 2;
+		} else {
+			d.s_major = 0;
+			d.s_minor = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	printfcn(&d);
+	output = 1;
+
+	if (f_longform)
+		for (cur = list; cur; cur = cur->fts_link)
+			free(cur->fts_pointer);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Ordering for mastercmp:
+ * If ordering the argv (fts_level = FTS_ROOTLEVEL) return non-directories
+ * as larger than directories.  Within either group, use the sort function.
+ * All other levels use the sort function.  Error entries remain unsorted.
+ */
+static int
+mastercmp(const FTSENT **a, const FTSENT **b)
+{
+	int a_info, b_info;
+
+	a_info = (*a)->fts_info;
+	if (a_info == FTS_ERR)
+		return (0);
+	b_info = (*b)->fts_info;
+	if (b_info == FTS_ERR)
+		return (0);
+
+	if (a_info == FTS_NS || b_info == FTS_NS) {
+		if (b_info != FTS_NS)
+			return (1);
+		else if (a_info != FTS_NS)
+			return (-1);
+		else
+			return (namecmp(*a, *b));
+	}
+
+	if (a_info != b_info && !f_listdir &&
+	    (*a)->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) {
+		if (a_info == FTS_D)
+			return (1);
+		else if (b_info == FTS_D)
+			return (-1);
+	}
+	return (sortfcn(*a, *b));
+}
diff --git a/bin/ls/ls.h b/bin/ls/ls.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9b6505
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ls/ls.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ls.h,v 1.19 2014/02/20 18:56:36 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Michael Fischbein.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)ls.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+#define NO_PRINT	1
+
+extern long blocksize;		/* block size units */
+
+extern int f_accesstime;	/* use time of last access */
+extern int f_flags;		/* show flags associated with a file */
+extern int f_grouponly;		/* long listing without owner */
+extern int f_humanize;		/* humanize size field */
+extern int f_commas;        /* separate size field with commas */
+extern int f_inode;		/* print inode */
+extern int f_longform;		/* long listing format */
+extern int f_octal;		/* print octal escapes for nongraphic characters */
+extern int f_octal_escape;	/* like f_octal but use C escapes if possible */
+extern int f_sectime;		/* print the real time for all files */
+extern int f_size;		/* list size in short listing */
+extern int f_statustime;	/* use time of last mode change */
+extern int f_type;		/* add type character for non-regular files */
+extern int f_typedir;		/* add type character for directories */
+extern int f_nonprint;		/* show unprintables as ? */
+extern int f_fullpath;		/* print full pathname, not filename */
+extern int f_leafonly;		/* when recursing, print leaf names only */
+
+typedef struct {
+	FTSENT *list;
+	u_int64_t btotal;
+	u_int64_t stotal;
+	int entries;
+	unsigned int maxlen;
+	int s_block;
+	int s_flags;
+	int s_group;
+	int s_inode;
+	int s_nlink;
+	int s_size;
+	int s_user;
+	int s_major;
+	int s_minor;
+} DISPLAY;
+
+typedef struct {
+	char *user;
+	char *group;
+	char *flags;
+	char data[1];
+} NAMES;
diff --git a/bin/ls/main.c b/bin/ls/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1316aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ls/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.5 2016/09/05 01:00:07 sevan Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Luke Mewburn.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.5 2016/09/05 01:00:07 sevan Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+
+#include "ls.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+
+	return ls_main(argc, argv);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/ls/print.c b/bin/ls/print.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3aecd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ls/print.c
@@ -0,0 +1,497 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: print.c,v 1.55 2014/05/10 09:39:18 martin Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Michael Fischbein.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)print.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 7/28/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: print.c,v 1.55 2014/05/10 09:39:18 martin Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+#include "ls.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+extern int termwidth;
+
+static int	printaname(FTSENT *, int, int);
+static void	printlink(FTSENT *);
+static void	printtime(time_t);
+static void	printtotal(DISPLAY *dp);
+static int	printtype(u_int);
+
+static time_t	now;
+
+#define	IS_NOPRINT(p)	((p)->fts_number == NO_PRINT)
+
+static int
+safe_printpath(const FTSENT *p) {
+	int chcnt;
+
+	if (f_fullpath) {
+		chcnt = safe_print(p->fts_path);
+		chcnt += safe_print("/");
+	} else
+		chcnt = 0;
+	return chcnt + safe_print(p->fts_name);
+}
+
+static int
+printescapedpath(const FTSENT *p) {
+	int chcnt;
+
+	if (f_fullpath) {
+		chcnt = printescaped(p->fts_path);
+		chcnt += printescaped("/");
+	} else
+		chcnt = 0;
+
+	return chcnt + printescaped(p->fts_name);
+}
+
+static int
+printpath(const FTSENT *p) {
+	if (f_fullpath)
+		return printf("%s/%s", p->fts_path, p->fts_name);
+	else
+		return printf("%s", p->fts_name);
+}
+
+void
+printscol(DISPLAY *dp)
+{
+	FTSENT *p;
+
+	for (p = dp->list; p; p = p->fts_link) {
+		if (IS_NOPRINT(p))
+			continue;
+		(void)printaname(p, dp->s_inode, dp->s_block);
+		(void)putchar('\n');
+	}
+}
+
+void
+printlong(DISPLAY *dp)
+{
+	struct stat *sp;
+	FTSENT *p;
+	NAMES *np;
+	char buf[20], szbuf[5];
+
+	now = time(NULL);
+
+	if (!f_leafonly)
+		printtotal(dp);		/* "total: %u\n" */
+	
+	for (p = dp->list; p; p = p->fts_link) {
+		if (IS_NOPRINT(p))
+			continue;
+		sp = p->fts_statp;
+		if (f_inode)
+			(void)printf("%*"PRIu64" ", dp->s_inode, sp->st_ino);
+		if (f_size) {
+			if (f_humanize) {
+				if ((humanize_number(szbuf, sizeof(szbuf),
+				    sp->st_blocks * S_BLKSIZE,
+				    "", HN_AUTOSCALE,
+				    (HN_DECIMAL | HN_B | HN_NOSPACE))) == -1)
+					err(1, "humanize_number");
+				(void)printf("%*s ", dp->s_block, szbuf);
+			} else {
+				(void)printf(f_commas ? "%'*llu " : "%*llu ",
+				    dp->s_block,
+				    (unsigned long long)howmany(sp->st_blocks,
+				    blocksize));
+			}
+		}
+		(void)strmode(sp->st_mode, buf);
+		np = p->fts_pointer;
+		(void)printf("%s %*lu ", buf, dp->s_nlink,
+		    (unsigned long)sp->st_nlink);
+		if (!f_grouponly)
+			(void)printf("%-*s  ", dp->s_user, np->user);
+		(void)printf("%-*s  ", dp->s_group, np->group);
+		if (f_flags)
+			(void)printf("%-*s ", dp->s_flags, np->flags);
+		if (S_ISCHR(sp->st_mode) || S_ISBLK(sp->st_mode))
+			(void)printf("%*lld, %*lld ",
+			    dp->s_major, (long long)major(sp->st_rdev),
+			    dp->s_minor, (long long)minor(sp->st_rdev));
+		else
+			if (f_humanize) {
+				if ((humanize_number(szbuf, sizeof(szbuf),
+				    sp->st_size, "", HN_AUTOSCALE,
+				    (HN_DECIMAL | HN_B | HN_NOSPACE))) == -1)
+					err(1, "humanize_number");
+				(void)printf("%*s ", dp->s_size, szbuf);
+			} else {
+				(void)printf(f_commas ? "%'*llu " : "%*llu ", 
+				    dp->s_size, (unsigned long long)
+				    sp->st_size);
+			}
+		if (f_accesstime)
+			printtime(sp->st_atime);
+		else if (f_statustime)
+			printtime(sp->st_ctime);
+		else
+			printtime(sp->st_mtime);
+		if (f_octal || f_octal_escape)
+			(void)safe_printpath(p);
+		else if (f_nonprint)
+			(void)printescapedpath(p);
+		else
+			(void)printpath(p);
+
+		if (f_type || (f_typedir && S_ISDIR(sp->st_mode)))
+			(void)printtype(sp->st_mode);
+		if (S_ISLNK(sp->st_mode))
+			printlink(p);
+		(void)putchar('\n');
+	}
+}
+
+void
+printcol(DISPLAY *dp)
+{
+	static FTSENT **array;
+	static int lastentries = -1;
+	FTSENT *p;
+	int base, chcnt, col, colwidth, num;
+	int numcols, numrows, row;
+
+	colwidth = dp->maxlen;
+	if (f_inode)
+		colwidth += dp->s_inode + 1;
+	if (f_size) {
+		if (f_humanize)
+			colwidth += dp->s_size + 1;
+		else
+			colwidth += dp->s_block + 1;
+	}
+	if (f_type || f_typedir)
+		colwidth += 1;
+
+	colwidth += 1;
+
+	if (termwidth < 2 * colwidth) {
+		printscol(dp);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Have to do random access in the linked list -- build a table
+	 * of pointers.
+	 */
+	if (dp->entries > lastentries) {
+		FTSENT **newarray;
+
+		newarray = realloc(array, dp->entries * sizeof(FTSENT *));
+		if (newarray == NULL) {
+			warn(NULL);
+			printscol(dp);
+			return;
+		}
+		lastentries = dp->entries;
+		array = newarray;
+	}
+	for (p = dp->list, num = 0; p; p = p->fts_link)
+		if (p->fts_number != NO_PRINT)
+			array[num++] = p;
+
+	numcols = termwidth / colwidth;
+	colwidth = termwidth / numcols;		/* spread out if possible */
+	numrows = num / numcols;
+	if (num % numcols)
+		++numrows;
+
+	printtotal(dp);				/* "total: %u\n" */
+
+	for (row = 0; row < numrows; ++row) {
+		for (base = row, chcnt = col = 0; col < numcols; ++col) {
+			chcnt = printaname(array[base], dp->s_inode,
+			    f_humanize ? dp->s_size : dp->s_block);
+			if ((base += numrows) >= num)
+				break;
+			while (chcnt++ < colwidth)
+				(void)putchar(' ');
+		}
+		(void)putchar('\n');
+	}
+}
+
+void
+printacol(DISPLAY *dp)
+{
+	FTSENT *p;
+	int chcnt, col, colwidth;
+	int numcols;
+
+	colwidth = dp->maxlen;
+	if (f_inode)
+		colwidth += dp->s_inode + 1;
+	if (f_size) {
+		if (f_humanize)
+			colwidth += dp->s_size + 1;
+		else
+			colwidth += dp->s_block + 1;
+	}
+	if (f_type || f_typedir)
+		colwidth += 1;
+
+	colwidth += 1;
+
+	if (termwidth < 2 * colwidth) {
+		printscol(dp);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	numcols = termwidth / colwidth;
+	colwidth = termwidth / numcols;		/* spread out if possible */
+
+	printtotal(dp);				/* "total: %u\n" */
+
+	chcnt = col = 0;
+	for (p = dp->list; p; p = p->fts_link) {
+		if (IS_NOPRINT(p))
+			continue;
+		if (col >= numcols) {
+			chcnt = col = 0;
+			(void)putchar('\n');
+		}
+		chcnt = printaname(p, dp->s_inode,
+		    f_humanize ? dp->s_size : dp->s_block);
+		while (chcnt++ < colwidth)
+			(void)putchar(' ');
+		col++;
+	}
+	(void)putchar('\n');
+}
+
+void
+printstream(DISPLAY *dp)
+{
+	FTSENT *p;
+	int col;
+	int extwidth;
+
+	extwidth = 0;
+	if (f_inode)
+		extwidth += dp->s_inode + 1;
+	if (f_size) {
+		if (f_humanize)
+			extwidth += dp->s_size + 1;
+		else 
+			extwidth += dp->s_block + 1;
+	}
+	if (f_type)
+		extwidth += 1;
+
+	for (col = 0, p = dp->list; p != NULL; p = p->fts_link) {
+		if (IS_NOPRINT(p))
+			continue;
+		if (col > 0) {
+			(void)putchar(','), col++;
+			if (col + 1 + extwidth + (int)p->fts_namelen >= termwidth)
+				(void)putchar('\n'), col = 0;
+			else
+				(void)putchar(' '), col++;
+		}
+		col += printaname(p, dp->s_inode,
+		    f_humanize ? dp->s_size : dp->s_block);
+	}
+	(void)putchar('\n');
+}
+
+/*
+ * print [inode] [size] name
+ * return # of characters printed, no trailing characters.
+ */
+static int
+printaname(FTSENT *p, int inodefield, int sizefield)
+{
+	struct stat *sp;
+	int chcnt;
+	char szbuf[5];
+
+	sp = p->fts_statp;
+	chcnt = 0;
+	if (f_inode)
+		chcnt += printf("%*"PRIu64" ", inodefield, sp->st_ino);
+	if (f_size) {
+		if (f_humanize) {
+			if ((humanize_number(szbuf, sizeof(szbuf), sp->st_size,
+			    "", HN_AUTOSCALE,
+			    (HN_DECIMAL | HN_B | HN_NOSPACE))) == -1)
+				err(1, "humanize_number");
+			chcnt += printf("%*s ", sizefield, szbuf);
+		} else {
+			chcnt += printf(f_commas ? "%'*llu " : "%*llu ",
+			    sizefield, (unsigned long long)
+			    howmany(sp->st_blocks, blocksize));
+		}
+	}
+	if (f_octal || f_octal_escape)
+		chcnt += safe_printpath(p);
+	else if (f_nonprint)
+		chcnt += printescapedpath(p);
+	else
+		chcnt += printpath(p);
+	if (f_type || (f_typedir && S_ISDIR(sp->st_mode)))
+		chcnt += printtype(sp->st_mode);
+	return (chcnt);
+}
+
+static void
+printtime(time_t ftime)
+{
+	int i;
+	const char *longstring;
+
+	if ((longstring = ctime(&ftime)) == NULL) {
+			   /* 012345678901234567890123 */
+		longstring = "????????????????????????";
+	}
+	for (i = 4; i < 11; ++i)
+		(void)putchar(longstring[i]);
+
+#define	SIXMONTHS	((DAYSPERNYEAR / 2) * SECSPERDAY)
+	if (f_sectime)
+		for (i = 11; i < 24; i++)
+			(void)putchar(longstring[i]);
+	else if (ftime + SIXMONTHS > now && ftime - SIXMONTHS < now)
+		for (i = 11; i < 16; ++i)
+			(void)putchar(longstring[i]);
+	else {
+		(void)putchar(' ');
+		for (i = 20; i < 24; ++i)
+			(void)putchar(longstring[i]);
+	}
+	(void)putchar(' ');
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display total used disk space in the form "total: %u\n".
+ * Note: POSIX (IEEE Std 1003.1-2001) says this should be always in 512 blocks,
+ * but we humanise it with -h, or separate it with commas with -M, and use 1024
+ * with -k.
+ */
+static void
+printtotal(DISPLAY *dp)
+{
+	char szbuf[5];
+	
+	if (dp->list->fts_level != FTS_ROOTLEVEL && (f_longform || f_size)) {
+		if (f_humanize) {
+			if ((humanize_number(szbuf, sizeof(szbuf), (int64_t)dp->stotal,
+			    "", HN_AUTOSCALE,
+			    (HN_DECIMAL | HN_B | HN_NOSPACE))) == -1)
+				err(1, "humanize_number");
+			(void)printf("total %s\n", szbuf);
+		} else {
+			(void)printf(f_commas ? "total %'llu\n" :
+			    "total %llu\n", (unsigned long long)
+			    howmany(dp->btotal, blocksize));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static int
+printtype(u_int mode)
+{
+	switch (mode & S_IFMT) {
+	case S_IFDIR:
+		(void)putchar('/');
+		return (1);
+	case S_IFIFO:
+		(void)putchar('|');
+		return (1);
+	case S_IFLNK:
+		(void)putchar('@');
+		return (1);
+	case S_IFSOCK:
+		(void)putchar('=');
+		return (1);
+	case S_IFWHT:
+		(void)putchar('%');
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if (mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)) {
+		(void)putchar('*');
+		return (1);
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+printlink(FTSENT *p)
+{
+	int lnklen;
+	char name[MAXPATHLEN + 1], path[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+
+	if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL)
+		(void)snprintf(name, sizeof(name), "%s", p->fts_name);
+	else
+		(void)snprintf(name, sizeof(name),
+		    "%s/%s", p->fts_parent->fts_accpath, p->fts_name);
+	if ((lnklen = readlink(name, path, sizeof(path) - 1)) == -1) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "\nls: %s: %s\n", name, strerror(errno));
+		return;
+	}
+	path[lnklen] = '\0';
+	(void)printf(" -> ");
+	if (f_octal || f_octal_escape)
+		(void)safe_print(path);
+	else if (f_nonprint)
+		(void)printescaped(path);
+	else
+		(void)printf("%s", path);
+}
diff --git a/bin/ls/util.c b/bin/ls/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61b0fda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ls/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.34 2011/08/29 14:44:21 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Michael Fischbein.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)util.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.34 2011/08/29 14:44:21 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <vis.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#include "ls.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+int
+safe_print(const char *src)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	char *name;
+	int flags;
+
+	flags = VIS_NL | VIS_OCTAL | VIS_WHITE;
+	if (f_octal_escape)
+		flags |= VIS_CSTYLE;
+
+	len = strlen(src);
+	if (len != 0 && SIZE_T_MAX/len <= 4) {
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: name too long", src);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	name = (char *)malloc(4*len+1);
+	if (name != NULL) {
+		len = strvis(name, src, flags);
+		(void)printf("%s", name);
+		free(name);
+		return len;
+	} else
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "out of memory!");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * The reasons why we don't use putwchar(wc) here are:
+ * - If wc == L'\0', we need to restore the initial shift state, but
+ *   the C language standard doesn't say that putwchar(L'\0') does.
+ * - It isn't portable to mix a wide-oriented function (i.e. getwchar)
+ *   with byte-oriented functions (printf et al.) in same FILE.
+ */
+static int
+printwc(wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *pst)
+{
+	size_t size;
+	char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+
+	size = wcrtomb(buf, wc, pst);
+	if (size == (size_t)-1) /* This shouldn't happen, but for sure */
+		return 0;
+	if (wc == L'\0') {
+		/* The following condition must be always true, but for sure */
+		if (size > 0 && buf[size - 1] == '\0')
+			--size;
+	}
+	if (size > 0)
+		fwrite(buf, 1, size, stdout);
+	return wc == L'\0' ? 0 : wcwidth(wc);
+}
+
+int
+printescaped(const char *src)
+{
+	int n = 0;
+	mbstate_t src_state, stdout_state;
+	/* The following +1 is to pass '\0' at the end of src to mbrtowc(). */
+	const char *endptr = src + strlen(src) + 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * We have to reset src_state each time in this function, because
+	 * the codeset of src pathname may not match with current locale.
+	 * Note that if we pass NULL instead of src_state to mbrtowc(),
+	 * there is no way to reset the state.
+	 */
+	memset(&src_state, 0, sizeof(src_state));
+	memset(&stdout_state, 0, sizeof(stdout_state));
+	while (src < endptr) {
+		wchar_t wc;
+		size_t rv, span = endptr - src;
+
+#if 0
+		/*
+		 * XXX - we should fix libc instead.
+		 * Theoretically this should work, but our current
+		 * implementation of iso2022 module doesn't actually work
+		 * as expected, if there are redundant escape sequences
+		 * which exceed 32 bytes.
+		 */
+		if (span > MB_CUR_MAX)
+			span = MB_CUR_MAX;
+#endif
+		rv = mbrtowc(&wc, src, span, &src_state);
+		if (rv == 0) { /* assert(wc == L'\0'); */
+			/* The following may output a shift sequence. */
+			n += printwc(wc, &stdout_state);
+			break;
+		}
+		if (rv == (size_t)-1) { /* probably errno == EILSEQ */
+			n += printwc(L'?', &stdout_state);
+			/* try to skip 1byte, because there is no better way */
+			src++;
+			memset(&src_state, 0, sizeof(src_state));
+		} else if (rv == (size_t)-2) {
+			if (span < MB_CUR_MAX) { /* incomplete char */
+				n += printwc(L'?', &stdout_state);
+				break;
+			}
+			src += span; /* a redundant shift sequence? */
+		} else {
+			n += printwc(iswprint(wc) ? wc : L'?', &stdout_state);
+			src += rv;
+		}
+	}
+	return n;
+}
diff --git a/bin/mkdir/mkdir.1 b/bin/mkdir/mkdir.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca797ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/mkdir/mkdir.1
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: mkdir.1,v 1.21 2017/07/04 06:49:35 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)mkdir.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/25/94
+.\"
+.Dd August 10, 2016
+.Dt MKDIR 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mkdir
+.Nd make directories
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl p
+.Op Fl m Ar mode
+.Ar directory_name  ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+creates the directories named as operands, in the order specified,
+using mode
+.Li rwxrwxrwx (\&0777)
+as modified by the current
+.Xr umask 2 .
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl m
+Set the file permission bits of the final created directory to
+the specified mode.
+The mode argument can be in any of the formats specified to the
+.Xr chmod 1
+utility.
+If a symbolic mode is specified, the operation characters
+.Dq +
+and
+.Dq -
+are interpreted relative to an initial mode of
+.Dq a=rwx .
+.It Fl p
+Create intermediate directories as required.
+If this option is not specified, the full path prefix of each
+operand must already exist.
+Intermediate directories are created with permission bits of
+.Li rwxrwxrwx (\&0777)
+as modified by the current umask, plus write and search
+permission for the owner.
+Do not consider it an error if the argument directory already exists.
+.El
+.Pp
+The user must have write permission in the parent directory.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std mkdir
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 1 ,
+.Xr rmdir 1 ,
+.Xr mkdir 2 ,
+.Xr umask 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/bin/mkdir/mkdir.c b/bin/mkdir/mkdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb60b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/mkdir/mkdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/* $NetBSD: mkdir.c,v 1.38 2011/08/29 14:45:28 joerg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1983, 1992, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mkdir.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/25/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: mkdir.c,v 1.38 2011/08/29 14:45:28 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static int		mkpath(char *, mode_t, mode_t);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, exitval, pflag;
+	void *set;
+	mode_t mode, dir_mode;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	/*
+	 * The default file mode is a=rwx (0777) with selected permissions
+	 * removed in accordance with the file mode creation mask.  For
+	 * intermediate path name components, the mode is the default modified
+	 * by u+wx so that the subdirectories can always be created.
+	 */
+	mode = (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO) & ~umask(0);
+	dir_mode = mode | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR;
+
+	pflag = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "m:p")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'p':
+			pflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			if ((set = setmode(optarg)) == NULL) {
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot set file mode `%s'",
+				    optarg);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+			}
+			mode = getmode(set, S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO);
+			free(set);
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (*argv == NULL) {
+		usage();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	for (exitval = EXIT_SUCCESS; *argv != NULL; ++argv) {
+#ifdef notdef
+		char *slash;
+
+		/* Kernel takes care of this */
+		/* Remove trailing slashes, per POSIX. */
+		slash = strrchr(*argv, '\0');
+		while (--slash > *argv && *slash == '/')
+			*slash = '\0';
+#endif
+
+		if (pflag) {
+			if (mkpath(*argv, mode, dir_mode) < 0)
+				exitval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+		} else {
+			if (mkdir(*argv, mode) < 0) {
+				warn("%s", *argv);
+				exitval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * The mkdir() and umask() calls both honor
+				 * only the file permission bits, so if you try
+				 * to set a mode including the sticky, setuid,
+				 * setgid bits you lose them. So chmod().
+				 */
+				if ((mode & ~(S_IRWXU|S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO)) != 0 &&
+				    chmod(*argv, mode) == -1) {
+					warn("%s", *argv);
+					exitval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	exit(exitval);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * mkpath -- create directories.
+ *	path     - path
+ *	mode     - file mode of terminal directory
+ *	dir_mode - file mode of intermediate directories
+ */
+static int
+mkpath(char *path, mode_t mode, mode_t dir_mode)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	char *slash;
+	int done, rv;
+
+	done = 0;
+	slash = path;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		slash += strspn(slash, "/");
+		slash += strcspn(slash, "/");
+
+		done = (*slash == '\0');
+		*slash = '\0';
+
+		rv = mkdir(path, done ? mode : dir_mode);
+		if (rv < 0) {
+			/*
+			 * Can't create; path exists or no perms.
+			 * stat() path to determine what's there now.
+			 */
+			int	sverrno;
+
+			sverrno = errno;
+			if (stat(path, &sb) < 0) {
+					/* Not there; use mkdir()s error */
+				errno = sverrno;
+				warn("%s", path);
+				return -1;
+			}
+			if (!S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+					/* Is there, but isn't a directory */
+				errno = ENOTDIR;
+				warn("%s", path);
+				return -1;
+			}
+		} else if (done) {
+			/*
+			 * Created ok, and this is the last element
+			 */
+			/*
+			 * The mkdir() and umask() calls both honor only the
+			 * file permission bits, so if you try to set a mode
+			 * including the sticky, setuid, setgid bits you lose
+			 * them. So chmod().
+			 */
+			if ((mode & ~(S_IRWXU|S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO)) != 0 &&
+			    chmod(path, mode) == -1) {
+				warn("%s", path);
+				return -1;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (done) {
+			break;
+		}
+		*slash = '/';
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-p] [-m mode] dirname ...\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/mv/mv.1 b/bin/mv/mv.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cc3d1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/mv/mv.1
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: mv.1,v 1.30 2017/07/04 06:50:04 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)mv.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+.\"
+.Dd August 10, 2016
+.Dt MV 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mv
+.Nd move files
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl fiv
+.Ar source target
+.Nm
+.Op Fl fiv
+.Ar source ... directory
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+In its first form, the
+.Nm
+utility renames the file named by the
+.Ar source
+operand to the destination path named by the
+.Ar target
+operand.
+This form is assumed when the last operand does not name an already
+existing directory.
+.Pp
+In its second form,
+.Nm
+moves each file named by a
+.Ar source
+operand to a destination file in the existing directory named by the
+.Ar directory
+operand.
+The destination path for each operand is the pathname produced by the
+concatenation of the last operand, a slash, and the final pathname
+component of the named file.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Fl f
+Do not prompt for confirmation before overwriting the destination
+path.
+.It Fl i
+Causes
+.Nm
+to write a prompt to standard error before moving a file that would
+overwrite an existing file.
+If the response from the standard input begins with the character ``y'',
+the move is attempted.
+.It Fl v
+Cause
+.Nm
+to be verbose, showing files as they are processed.
+.El
+.Pp
+The last of any
+.Fl f
+or
+.Fl i
+options is the one which affects
+.Nm Ns 's
+behavior.
+.Pp
+It is an error for any of the
+.Ar source
+operands to specify a nonexistent file or directory.
+.Pp
+It is an error for the
+.Ar source
+operand to specify a directory if the
+.Ar target
+exists and is not a directory.
+.Pp
+If the destination path does not have a mode which permits writing,
+.Nm
+prompts the user for confirmation as specified for the
+.Fl i
+option.
+.Pp
+Should the
+.Xr rename 2
+call fail because
+.Ar source
+and
+.Ar target
+are on different file systems,
+.Nm
+will remove the destination file, copy the source file to the
+destination, and then remove the source.
+The effect is roughly equivalent to:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+rm -f destination_path && \e
+cp -PRp source_file destination_path && \e
+rm -rf source_file
+.Ed
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std mv
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cp 1 ,
+.Xr rename 2 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl v
+option is an extension to
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/bin/mv/mv.c b/bin/mv/mv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e318d48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/mv/mv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+/* $NetBSD: mv.c,v 1.45 2016/02/28 10:59:29 mrg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Ken Smith of The State University of New York at Buffalo.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mv.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: mv.c,v 1.45 2016/02/28 10:59:29 mrg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/extattr.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+static int fflg, iflg, vflg;
+static int stdin_ok;
+static sig_atomic_t pinfo;
+
+static int	copy(char *, char *);
+static int	do_move(char *, char *);
+static int	fastcopy(char *, char *, struct stat *);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+static void
+progress(int sig __unused)
+{
+
+	pinfo++;
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, len, rval;
+	char *p, *endp;
+	struct stat sb;
+	char path[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+	size_t baselen;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "ifv")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'i':
+			fflg = 0;
+			iflg = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			iflg = 0;
+			fflg = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			vflg = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc < 2)
+		usage();
+
+	stdin_ok = isatty(STDIN_FILENO);
+
+	(void)signal(SIGINFO, progress);
+
+	/*
+	 * If the stat on the target fails or the target isn't a directory,
+	 * try the move.  More than 2 arguments is an error in this case.
+	 */
+	if (stat(argv[argc - 1], &sb) || !S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+		if (argc > 2)
+			usage();
+		exit(do_move(argv[0], argv[1]));
+	}
+
+	/* It's a directory, move each file into it. */
+	baselen = strlcpy(path, argv[argc - 1], sizeof(path));
+	if (baselen >= sizeof(path))
+		errx(1, "%s: destination pathname too long", argv[argc - 1]);
+	endp = &path[baselen];
+	if (!baselen || *(endp - 1) != '/') {
+		*endp++ = '/';
+		++baselen;
+	}
+	for (rval = 0; --argc; ++argv) {
+		p = *argv + strlen(*argv) - 1;
+		while (*p == '/' && p != *argv)
+			*p-- = '\0';
+		if ((p = strrchr(*argv, '/')) == NULL)
+			p = *argv;
+		else
+			++p;
+
+		if ((baselen + (len = strlen(p))) >= MAXPATHLEN) {
+			warnx("%s: destination pathname too long", *argv);
+			rval = 1;
+		} else {
+			memmove(endp, p, len + 1);
+			if (do_move(*argv, path))
+				rval = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	exit(rval);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static int
+do_move(char *from, char *to)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	char modep[15];
+
+	/*
+	 * (1)	If the destination path exists, the -f option is not specified
+	 *	and either of the following conditions are true:
+	 *
+	 *	(a) The permissions of the destination path do not permit
+	 *	    writing and the standard input is a terminal.
+	 *	(b) The -i option is specified.
+	 *
+	 *	the mv utility shall write a prompt to standard error and
+	 *	read a line from standard input.  If the response is not
+	 *	affirmative, mv shall do nothing more with the current
+	 *	source file...
+	 */
+	if (!fflg && !access(to, F_OK)) {
+		int ask = 1;
+		int ch;
+
+		if (iflg) {
+			if (access(from, F_OK)) {
+				warn("rename %s", from);
+				return (1);
+			}
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, "overwrite %s? ", to);
+		} else if (stdin_ok && access(to, W_OK) && !stat(to, &sb)) {
+			if (access(from, F_OK)) {
+				warn("rename %s", from);
+				return (1);
+			}
+			strmode(sb.st_mode, modep);
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, "override %s%s%s/%s for %s? ",
+			    modep + 1, modep[9] == ' ' ? "" : " ",
+			    user_from_uid(sb.st_uid, 0),
+			    group_from_gid(sb.st_gid, 0), to);
+		} else
+			ask = 0;
+		if (ask) {
+			if ((ch = getchar()) != EOF && ch != '\n') {
+				int ch2;
+				while ((ch2 = getchar()) != EOF && ch2 != '\n')
+					continue;
+			}
+			if (ch != 'y' && ch != 'Y')
+				return (0);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * (2)	If rename() succeeds, mv shall do nothing more with the
+	 *	current source file.  If it fails for any other reason than
+	 *	EXDEV, mv shall write a diagnostic message to the standard
+	 *	error and do nothing more with the current source file.
+	 *
+	 * (3)	If the destination path exists, and it is a file of type
+	 *	directory and source_file is not a file of type directory,
+	 *	or it is a file not of type directory, and source file is
+	 *	a file of type directory, mv shall write a diagnostic
+	 *	message to standard error, and do nothing more with the
+	 *	current source file...
+	 */
+	if (!rename(from, to)) {
+		if (vflg)
+			printf("%s -> %s\n", from, to);
+		return (0);
+	}
+
+	if (errno != EXDEV) {
+		warn("rename %s to %s", from, to);
+		return (1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * (4)	If the destination path exists, mv shall attempt to remove it.
+	 *	If this fails for any reason, mv shall write a diagnostic
+	 *	message to the standard error and do nothing more with the
+	 *	current source file...
+	 */
+	if (!lstat(to, &sb)) {
+		if ((S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) ? rmdir(to) : unlink(to)) {
+			warn("can't remove %s", to);
+			return (1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * (5)	The file hierarchy rooted in source_file shall be duplicated
+	 *	as a file hierarchy rooted in the destination path...
+	 */
+	if (lstat(from, &sb)) {
+		warn("%s", from);
+		return (1);
+	}
+
+	return (S_ISREG(sb.st_mode) ?
+	    fastcopy(from, to, &sb) : copy(from, to));
+}
+
+static int
+fastcopy(char *from, char *to, struct stat *sbp)
+{
+#if defined(__NetBSD__)
+	struct timespec ts[2];
+#else
+	struct timeval tval[2];
+#endif
+	static blksize_t blen;
+	static char *bp;
+	int from_fd, to_fd;
+	ssize_t nread;
+	off_t total = 0;
+
+	if ((from_fd = open(from, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+		warn("%s", from);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if ((to_fd =
+	    open(to, O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY, sbp->st_mode)) < 0) {
+		warn("%s", to);
+		(void)close(from_fd);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if (!blen && !(bp = malloc(blen = sbp->st_blksize))) {
+		warn(NULL);
+		blen = 0;
+		(void)close(from_fd);
+		(void)close(to_fd);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	while ((nread = read(from_fd, bp, blen)) > 0) {
+		if (write(to_fd, bp, nread) != nread) {
+			warn("%s", to);
+			goto err;
+		}
+		total += nread;
+		if (pinfo) {
+			int pcent = (int)((100.0 * total) / sbp->st_size);
+
+			pinfo = 0;
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s => %s %llu/%llu bytes %d%% "
+			    "written\n", from, to, (unsigned long long)total,
+			    (unsigned long long)sbp->st_size, pcent);
+		}
+	}
+	if (nread < 0) {
+		warn("%s", from);
+err:		if (unlink(to))
+			warn("%s: remove", to);
+		(void)close(from_fd);
+		(void)close(to_fd);
+		return (1);
+	}
+
+	if (fcpxattr(from_fd, to_fd) == -1)
+		warn("%s: error copying extended attributes", to);
+
+	(void)close(from_fd);
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+#if defined(__NetBSD__)
+	ts[0] = sbp->st_atimespec;
+	ts[1] = sbp->st_mtimespec;
+#else
+	TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL(&tval[0], &sbp->st_atimespec);
+	TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL(&tval[1], &sbp->st_mtimespec);
+#endif
+#else
+	tval[0].tv_sec = sbp->st_atime;
+	tval[1].tv_sec = sbp->st_mtime;
+	tval[0].tv_usec = 0;
+	tval[1].tv_usec = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef __SVR4
+	if (utimes(to, tval))
+#else
+#if defined(__NetBSD__)
+	if (futimens(to_fd, ts))
+#else
+	if (futimes(to_fd, tval))
+#endif
+#endif
+		warn("%s: set times", to);
+	if (fchown(to_fd, sbp->st_uid, sbp->st_gid)) {
+		if (errno != EPERM)
+			warn("%s: set owner/group", to);
+		sbp->st_mode &= ~(S_ISUID | S_ISGID);
+	}
+	if (fchmod(to_fd, sbp->st_mode))
+		warn("%s: set mode", to);
+	if (fchflags(to_fd, sbp->st_flags) && (errno != EOPNOTSUPP))
+		warn("%s: set flags (was: 0%07o)", to, sbp->st_flags);
+
+	if (close(to_fd)) {
+		warn("%s", to);
+		return (1);
+	}
+
+	if (unlink(from)) {
+		warn("%s: remove", from);
+		return (1);
+	}
+
+	if (vflg)
+		printf("%s -> %s\n", from, to);
+
+	return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+copy(char *from, char *to)
+{
+	pid_t pid;
+	int status;
+
+	if ((pid = vfork()) == 0) {
+		execl(_PATH_CP, "mv", vflg ? "-PRpv" : "-PRp", "--", from, to, NULL);
+		warn("%s", _PATH_CP);
+		_exit(1);
+	}
+	if (waitpid(pid, &status, 0) == -1) {
+		warn("%s: waitpid", _PATH_CP);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if (!WIFEXITED(status)) {
+		warnx("%s: did not terminate normally", _PATH_CP);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if (WEXITSTATUS(status)) {
+		warnx("%s: terminated with %d (non-zero) status",
+		    _PATH_CP, WEXITSTATUS(status));
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if (!(pid = vfork())) {
+		execl(_PATH_RM, "mv", "-rf", "--", from, NULL);
+		warn("%s", _PATH_RM);
+		_exit(1);
+	}
+	if (waitpid(pid, &status, 0) == -1) {
+		warn("%s: waitpid", _PATH_RM);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if (!WIFEXITED(status)) {
+		warnx("%s: did not terminate normally", _PATH_RM);
+		return (1);
+	}
+	if (WEXITSTATUS(status)) {
+		warnx("%s: terminated with %d (non-zero) status",
+		    _PATH_RM, WEXITSTATUS(status));
+		return (1);
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-fiv] source target\n"
+	    "       %s [-fiv] source ... directory\n", getprogname(),
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/mv/pathnames.h b/bin/mv/pathnames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a38e4e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/mv/pathnames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.8 2004/08/19 22:26:07 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)pathnames.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+#ifdef RESCUEDIR
+#define	_PATH_RM	RESCUEDIR "/rm"
+#define	_PATH_CP	RESCUEDIR "/cp"
+#else
+#define	_PATH_RM	"/bin/rm"
+#define	_PATH_CP	"/bin/cp"
+#endif
diff --git a/bin/pax/ar_io.c b/bin/pax/ar_io.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d839fa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/ar_io.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1725 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ar_io.c,v 1.58 2017/10/02 21:57:59 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ar_io.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ar_io.c,v 1.58 2017/10/02 21:57:59 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+#include <sys/mtio.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+#define __RMTLIB_PRIVATE
+#include <rmt.h>
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * Routines which deal directly with the archive I/O device/file.
+ */
+
+#define DMOD		0666		/* default mode of created archives */
+#define EXT_MODE	O_RDONLY	/* open mode for list/extract */
+#define AR_MODE		(O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC)	/* mode for archive */
+#define APP_MODE	O_RDWR		/* mode for append */
+static char STDO[] =	"<STDOUT>";	/* pseudo name for stdout */
+static char STDN[] =	"<STDIN>";	/* pseudo name for stdin */
+static char NONE[] =	"<NONE>";	/* pseudo name for none */
+static int arfd = -1;			/* archive file descriptor */
+static int artyp = ISREG;		/* archive type: file/FIFO/tape */
+static int arvol = 1;			/* archive volume number */
+static int lstrval = -1;		/* return value from last i/o */
+static int io_ok;			/* i/o worked on volume after resync */
+static int did_io;			/* did i/o ever occur on volume? */
+static int done;			/* set via tty termination */
+static struct stat arsb;		/* stat of archive device at open */
+static int invld_rec;			/* tape has out of spec record size */
+static int wr_trail = 1;		/* trailer was rewritten in append */
+static int can_unlnk = 0;		/* do we unlink null archives?  */
+const char *arcname;			/* printable name of archive */
+const char *gzip_program;		/* name of gzip program */
+static pid_t zpid = -1;			/* pid of child process */
+time_t starttime;			/* time the run started */
+int force_one_volume;			/* 1 if we ignore volume changes */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+static int get_phys(void);
+#endif
+extern sigset_t s_mask;
+static void ar_start_gzip(int, const char *, int);
+static const char *timefmt(char *, size_t, off_t, time_t, const char *);
+static const char *sizefmt(char *, size_t, off_t);
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+#ifdef SYS_NO_RESTART
+static int rmtread_with_restart(int, void *, int);
+static int rmtwrite_with_restart(int, void *, int);
+#else
+#define rmtread_with_restart(a, b, c) rmtread((a), (b), (c))
+#define rmtwrite_with_restart(a, b, c) rmtwrite((a), (b), (c))
+#endif
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+
+/*
+ * ar_open()
+ *	Opens the next archive volume. Determines the type of the device and
+ *	sets up block sizes as required by the archive device and the format.
+ *	Note: we may be called with name == NULL on the first open only.
+ * Return:
+ *	-1 on failure, 0 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+ar_open(const char *name)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+	struct mtget mb;
+#endif
+
+	if (arfd != -1)
+		(void)close(arfd);
+	arfd = -1;
+	can_unlnk = did_io = io_ok = invld_rec = 0;
+	artyp = ISREG;
+	flcnt = 0;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	if (name && strchr(name, ':') != NULL && !forcelocal) {
+		artyp = ISRMT;
+		if ((arfd = rmtopen(name, O_RDWR, DMOD)) == -1) {
+			syswarn(0, errno, "Failed open on %s", name);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		if (!isrmt(arfd)) {
+			rmtclose(arfd);
+			tty_warn(0, "Not a remote file: %s", name);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		blksz = rdblksz = 8192;
+		lstrval = 1;
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+
+	/*
+	 * open based on overall operation mode
+	 */
+	switch (act) {
+	case LIST:
+	case EXTRACT:
+		if (name == NULL) {
+			arfd = STDIN_FILENO;
+			arcname = STDN;
+		} else if ((arfd = open(name, EXT_MODE, DMOD)) < 0)
+			syswarn(0, errno, "Failed open to read on %s", name);
+		if (arfd != -1 && gzip_program != NULL)
+			ar_start_gzip(arfd, gzip_program, 0);
+		break;
+	case ARCHIVE:
+		if (name == NULL) {
+			arfd = STDOUT_FILENO;
+			arcname = STDO;
+		} else if ((arfd = open(name, AR_MODE, DMOD)) < 0)
+			syswarn(0, errno, "Failed open to write on %s", name);
+		else
+			can_unlnk = 1;
+		if (arfd != -1 && gzip_program != NULL)
+			ar_start_gzip(arfd, gzip_program, 1);
+		break;
+	case APPND:
+		if (name == NULL) {
+			arfd = STDOUT_FILENO;
+			arcname = STDO;
+		} else if ((arfd = open(name, APP_MODE, DMOD)) < 0)
+			syswarn(0, errno, "Failed open to read/write on %s",
+				name);
+		break;
+	case COPY:
+		/*
+		 * arfd not used in COPY mode
+		 */
+		arcname = NONE;
+		lstrval = 1;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (arfd < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	if (chdname != NULL)
+		if (dochdir(chdname) == -1)
+			return -1;
+	/*
+	 * set up is based on device type
+	 */
+	if (fstat(arfd, &arsb) < 0) {
+		syswarn(0, errno, "Failed stat on %s", arcname);
+		(void)close(arfd);
+		arfd = -1;
+		can_unlnk = 0;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (S_ISDIR(arsb.st_mode)) {
+		tty_warn(0, "Cannot write an archive on top of a directory %s",
+		    arcname);
+		(void)close(arfd);
+		arfd = -1;
+		can_unlnk = 0;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (S_ISCHR(arsb.st_mode)) {
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+		artyp = ioctl(arfd, MTIOCGET, &mb) ? ISCHR : ISTAPE;
+#else
+		tty_warn(1, "System does not have tape support");
+		artyp = ISREG;
+#endif
+	} else if (S_ISBLK(arsb.st_mode))
+		artyp = ISBLK;
+	else if ((lseek(arfd, (off_t)0L, SEEK_CUR) == -1) && (errno == ESPIPE))
+		artyp = ISPIPE;
+	else
+		artyp = ISREG;
+
+	/*
+	 * Special handling for empty files.
+	 */
+	if (artyp == ISREG && arsb.st_size == 0) {
+		switch (act) {
+		case LIST:
+		case EXTRACT:
+			return -1;
+		case APPND:
+			act = -ARCHIVE;
+			return -1;
+		case ARCHIVE:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * make sure beyond any doubt that we can unlink only regular files
+	 * we created
+	 */
+	if (artyp != ISREG)
+		can_unlnk = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * if we are writing, we are done
+	 */
+	if (act == ARCHIVE) {
+		blksz = rdblksz = wrblksz;
+		lstrval = 1;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * set default blksz on read. APPNDs writes rdblksz on the last volume
+	 * On all new archive volumes, we shift to wrblksz (if the user
+	 * specified one, otherwize we will continue to use rdblksz). We
+	 * must set blocksize based on what kind of device the archive is
+	 * stored.
+	 */
+	switch(artyp) {
+	case ISTAPE:
+		/*
+		 * Tape drives come in at least two flavors. Those that support
+		 * variable sized records and those that have fixed sized
+		 * records. They must be treated differently. For tape drives
+		 * that support variable sized records, we must make large
+		 * reads to make sure we get the entire record, otherwise we
+		 * will just get the first part of the record (up to size we
+		 * asked). Tapes with fixed sized records may or may not return
+		 * multiple records in a single read. We really do not care
+		 * what the physical record size is UNLESS we are going to
+		 * append. (We will need the physical block size to rewrite
+		 * the trailer). Only when we are appending do we go to the
+		 * effort to figure out the true PHYSICAL record size.
+		 */
+		blksz = rdblksz = MAXBLK;
+		break;
+	case ISPIPE:
+	case ISBLK:
+	case ISCHR:
+		/*
+		 * Blocksize is not a major issue with these devices (but must
+		 * be kept a multiple of 512). If the user specified a write
+		 * block size, we use that to read. Under append, we must
+		 * always keep blksz == rdblksz. Otherwise we go ahead and use
+		 * the device optimal blocksize as (and if) returned by stat
+		 * and if it is within pax specs.
+		 */
+		if ((act == APPND) && wrblksz) {
+			blksz = rdblksz = wrblksz;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if ((arsb.st_blksize > 0) && (arsb.st_blksize < MAXBLK) &&
+		    ((arsb.st_blksize % BLKMULT) == 0))
+			rdblksz = arsb.st_blksize;
+		else
+			rdblksz = DEVBLK;
+		/*
+		 * For performance go for large reads when we can without harm
+		 */
+		if ((act == APPND) || (artyp == ISCHR))
+			blksz = rdblksz;
+		else
+			blksz = MAXBLK;
+		break;
+	case ISREG:
+		/*
+		 * if the user specified wrblksz works, use it. Under appends
+		 * we must always keep blksz == rdblksz
+		 */
+		if ((act == APPND) && wrblksz && ((arsb.st_size%wrblksz)==0)){
+			blksz = rdblksz = wrblksz;
+			break;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * See if we can find the blocking factor from the file size
+		 */
+		for (rdblksz = MAXBLK; rdblksz > 0; rdblksz -= BLKMULT)
+			if ((arsb.st_size % rdblksz) == 0)
+				break;
+		/*
+		 * When we cannot find a match, we may have a flawed archive.
+		 */
+		if (rdblksz <= 0)
+			rdblksz = FILEBLK;
+		/*
+		 * for performance go for large reads when we can
+		 */
+		if (act == APPND)
+			blksz = rdblksz;
+		else
+			blksz = MAXBLK;
+		break;
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * should never happen, worst case, slow...
+		 */
+		blksz = rdblksz = BLKMULT;
+		break;
+	}
+	lstrval = 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ar_close()
+ *	closes archive device, increments volume number, and prints i/o summary
+ */
+void
+ar_close(void)
+{
+	int status;
+
+	if (arfd < 0) {
+		did_io = io_ok = flcnt = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	 * Close archive file. This may take a LONG while on tapes (we may be
+	 * forced to wait for the rewind to complete) so tell the user what is
+	 * going on (this avoids the user hitting control-c thinking pax is
+	 * broken).
+	 */
+	if ((vflag || Vflag) && (artyp == ISTAPE)) {
+		if (vfpart)
+			(void)putc('\n', listf);
+		(void)fprintf(listf,
+			"%s: Waiting for tape drive close to complete...",
+			argv0);
+		(void)fflush(listf);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if nothing was written to the archive (and we created it), we remove
+	 * it
+	 */
+	if (can_unlnk && (fstat(arfd, &arsb) == 0) && (S_ISREG(arsb.st_mode)) &&
+	    (arsb.st_size == 0)) {
+		(void)unlink(arcname);
+		can_unlnk = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * for a quick extract/list, pax frequently exits before the child
+	 * process is done
+	 */
+	if ((act == LIST || act == EXTRACT) && nflag && zpid > 0)
+		kill(zpid, SIGINT);
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	if (artyp == ISRMT)
+		(void)rmtclose(arfd);
+	else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+		(void)close(arfd);
+
+	/* Do not exit before child to ensure data integrity */
+	if (zpid > 0)
+		waitpid(zpid, &status, 0);
+
+	if ((vflag || Vflag) && (artyp == ISTAPE)) {
+		(void)fputs("done.\n", listf);
+		vfpart = 0;
+		(void)fflush(listf);
+	}
+	arfd = -1;
+
+	if (!io_ok && !did_io) {
+		flcnt = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+	did_io = io_ok = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * The volume number is only increased when the last device has data
+	 * and we have already determined the archive format.
+	 */
+	if (frmt != NULL)
+		++arvol;
+
+	if (!vflag && !Vflag) {
+		flcnt = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Print out a summary of I/O for this archive volume.
+	 */
+	if (vfpart) {
+		(void)putc('\n', listf);
+		vfpart = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* mimic cpio's block count first */
+	if (frmt && strcmp(NM_CPIO, argv0) == 0) {
+		(void)fprintf(listf, OFFT_F " blocks\n",
+		    (rdcnt ? rdcnt : wrcnt) / 5120);
+	}
+
+	ar_summary(0);
+
+	(void)fflush(listf);
+	flcnt = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ar_drain()
+ *	drain any archive format independent padding from an archive read
+ *	from a socket or a pipe. This is to prevent the process on the
+ *	other side of the pipe from getting a SIGPIPE (pax will stop
+ *	reading an archive once a format dependent trailer is detected).
+ */
+void
+ar_drain(void)
+{
+	int res;
+	char drbuf[MAXBLK];
+
+	/*
+	 * we only drain from a pipe/socket. Other devices can be closed
+	 * without reading up to end of file. We sure hope that pipe is closed
+	 * on the other side so we will get an EOF.
+	 */
+	if ((artyp != ISPIPE) || (lstrval <= 0))
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * keep reading until pipe is drained
+	 */
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	if (artyp == ISRMT) {
+		while ((res = rmtread_with_restart(arfd,
+						   drbuf, sizeof(drbuf))) > 0)
+			continue;
+	} else {
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+		while ((res = read_with_restart(arfd,
+						drbuf, sizeof(drbuf))) > 0)
+			continue;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	}
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+	lstrval = res;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ar_set_wr()
+ *	Set up device right before switching from read to write in an append.
+ *	device dependent code (if required) to do this should be added here.
+ *	For all archive devices we are already positioned at the place we want
+ *	to start writing when this routine is called.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if all ready to write, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+ar_set_wr(void)
+{
+	off_t cpos;
+
+	/*
+	 * we must make sure the trailer is rewritten on append, ar_next()
+	 * will stop us if the archive containing the trailer was not written
+	 */
+	wr_trail = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Add any device dependent code as required here
+	 */
+	if (artyp != ISREG)
+		return 0;
+	/*
+	 * Ok we have an archive in a regular file. If we were rewriting a
+	 * file, we must get rid of all the stuff after the current offset
+	 * (it was not written by pax).
+	 */
+	if (((cpos = lseek(arfd, (off_t)0L, SEEK_CUR)) < 0) ||
+	    (ftruncate(arfd, cpos) < 0)) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to truncate archive file");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ar_app_ok()
+ *	check if the last volume in the archive allows appends. We cannot check
+ *	this until we are ready to write since there is no spec that says all
+ *	volumes in a single archive have to be of the same type...
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if we can append, -1 otherwise.
+ */
+
+int
+ar_app_ok(void)
+{
+	if (artyp == ISPIPE) {
+		tty_warn(1,
+		    "Cannot append to an archive obtained from a pipe.");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (!invld_rec)
+		return 0;
+	tty_warn(1,
+	    "Cannot append, device record size %d does not support %s spec",
+	    rdblksz, argv0);
+	return -1;
+}
+
+#ifdef SYS_NO_RESTART
+/*
+ * read_with_restart()
+ *	Equivalent to read() but does retry on signals.
+ *	This function is not needed on 4.2BSD and later.
+ * Return:
+ *	Number of bytes written.  -1 indicates an error.
+ */
+
+int
+read_with_restart(int fd, void *buf, int bsz)
+{
+	int r;
+
+	while (((r = read(fd, buf, bsz)) < 0) && errno == EINTR)
+		continue;
+
+	return r;
+}
+
+/*
+ * rmtread_with_restart()
+ *	Equivalent to rmtread() but does retry on signals.
+ *	This function is not needed on 4.2BSD and later.
+ * Return:
+ *	Number of bytes written.  -1 indicates an error.
+ */
+static int
+rmtread_with_restart(int fd, void *buf, int bsz)
+{
+	int r;
+
+	while (((r = rmtread(fd, buf, bsz)) < 0) && errno == EINTR)
+		continue;
+
+	return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * xread()
+ *	Equivalent to read() but does retry on partial read, which may occur
+ *	on signals.
+ * Return:
+ *	Number of bytes read.  0 for end of file, -1 for an error.
+ */
+
+int
+xread(int fd, void *buf, int bsz)
+{
+	char *b = buf;
+	int nread = 0;
+	int r;
+
+	do {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+		if ((r = rmtread_with_restart(fd, b, bsz)) <= 0)
+			break;
+#else
+		if ((r = read_with_restart(fd, b, bsz)) <= 0)
+			break;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+		b += r;
+		bsz -= r;
+		nread += r;
+	} while (bsz > 0);
+
+	return nread ? nread : r;
+}
+
+#ifdef SYS_NO_RESTART
+/*
+ * write_with_restart()
+ *	Equivalent to write() but does retry on signals.
+ *	This function is not needed on 4.2BSD and later.
+ * Return:
+ *	Number of bytes written.  -1 indicates an error.
+ */
+
+int
+write_with_restart(int fd, void *buf, int bsz)
+{
+	int r;
+
+	while (((r = write(fd, buf, bsz)) < 0) && errno == EINTR)
+		;
+
+	return r;
+}
+
+/*
+ * rmtwrite_with_restart()
+ *	Equivalent to write() but does retry on signals.
+ *	This function is not needed on 4.2BSD and later.
+ * Return:
+ *	Number of bytes written.  -1 indicates an error.
+ */
+
+static int
+rmtwrite_with_restart(int fd, void *buf, int bsz)
+{
+	int r;
+
+	while (((r = rmtwrite(fd, buf, bsz)) < 0) && errno == EINTR)
+		;
+
+	return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * xwrite()
+ *	Equivalent to write() but does retry on partial write, which may occur
+ *	on signals.
+ * Return:
+ *	Number of bytes written.  -1 indicates an error.
+ */
+
+int
+xwrite(int fd, void *buf, int bsz)
+{
+	char *b = buf;
+	int written = 0;
+	int r;
+
+	do {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+		if ((r = rmtwrite_with_restart(fd, b, bsz)) <= 0)
+			break;
+#else
+		if ((r = write_with_restart(fd, b, bsz)) <= 0)
+			break;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+		b += r;
+		bsz -= r;
+		written += r;
+	} while (bsz > 0);
+
+	return written ? written : r;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ar_read()
+ *	read up to a specified number of bytes from the archive into the
+ *	supplied buffer. When dealing with tapes we may not always be able to
+ *	read what we want.
+ * Return:
+ *	Number of bytes in buffer. 0 for end of file, -1 for a read error.
+ */
+
+int
+ar_read(char *buf, int cnt)
+{
+	int res = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * if last i/o was in error, no more reads until reset or new volume
+	 */
+	if (lstrval <= 0)
+		return lstrval;
+
+	/*
+	 * how we read must be based on device type
+	 */
+	switch (artyp) {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	case ISRMT:
+		if ((res = rmtread_with_restart(arfd, buf, cnt)) > 0) {
+			io_ok = 1;
+			return res;
+		}
+		break;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+	case ISTAPE:
+		if ((res = read_with_restart(arfd, buf, cnt)) > 0) {
+			/*
+			 * CAUTION: tape systems may not always return the same
+			 * sized records so we leave blksz == MAXBLK. The
+			 * physical record size that a tape drive supports is
+			 * very hard to determine in a uniform and portable
+			 * manner.
+			 */
+			io_ok = 1;
+			if (res != rdblksz) {
+				/*
+				 * Record size changed. If this happens on
+				 * any record after the first, we probably have
+				 * a tape drive which has a fixed record size
+				 * (we are getting multiple records in a single
+				 * read). Watch out for record blocking that
+				 * violates pax spec (must be a multiple of
+				 * BLKMULT).
+				 */
+				rdblksz = res;
+				if (rdblksz % BLKMULT)
+					invld_rec = 1;
+			}
+			return res;
+		}
+		break;
+	case ISREG:
+	case ISBLK:
+	case ISCHR:
+	case ISPIPE:
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * Files are so easy to deal with. These other things cannot
+		 * be trusted at all. So when we are dealing with character
+		 * devices and pipes we just take what they have ready for us
+		 * and return. Trying to do anything else with them runs the
+		 * risk of failure.
+		 */
+		if ((res = read_with_restart(arfd, buf, cnt)) > 0) {
+			io_ok = 1;
+			return res;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We are in trouble at this point, something is broken...
+	 */
+	lstrval = res;
+	if (res < 0)
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Failed read on archive volume %d", arvol);
+	else
+		tty_warn(0, "End of archive volume %d reached", arvol);
+	return res;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ar_write()
+ *	Write a specified number of bytes in supplied buffer to the archive
+ *	device so it appears as a single "block". Deals with errors and tries
+ *	to recover when faced with short writes.
+ * Return:
+ *	Number of bytes written. 0 indicates end of volume reached and with no
+ *	flaws (as best that can be detected). A -1 indicates an unrecoverable
+ *	error in the archive occurred.
+ */
+
+int
+ar_write(char *buf, int bsz)
+{
+	int res;
+	off_t cpos;
+
+	/*
+	 * do not allow pax to create a "bad" archive. Once a write fails on
+	 * an archive volume prevent further writes to it.
+	 */
+	if (lstrval <= 0)
+		return lstrval;
+
+	if ((res = xwrite(arfd, buf, bsz)) == bsz) {
+		wr_trail = 1;
+		io_ok = 1;
+		return bsz;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * write broke, see what we can do with it. We try to send any partial
+	 * writes that may violate pax spec to the next archive volume.
+	 */
+	if (res < 0)
+		lstrval = res;
+	else
+		lstrval = 0;
+
+	switch (artyp) {
+	case ISREG:
+		if ((res > 0) && (res % BLKMULT)) {
+			/*
+			 * try to fix up partial writes which are not BLKMULT
+			 * in size by forcing the runt record to next archive
+			 * volume
+			 */
+			if ((cpos = lseek(arfd, (off_t)0L, SEEK_CUR)) < 0)
+				break;
+			cpos -= (off_t)res;
+			if (ftruncate(arfd, cpos) < 0)
+				break;
+			res = lstrval = 0;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (res >= 0)
+			break;
+		/*
+		 * if file is out of space, handle it like a return of 0
+		 */
+		if ((errno == ENOSPC) || (errno == EFBIG))
+			res = lstrval = 0;
+#ifdef EDQUOT
+		if (errno == EDQUOT)
+			res = lstrval = 0;
+#endif
+		break;
+	case ISTAPE:
+	case ISCHR:
+	case ISBLK:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	case ISRMT:
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+		if (res >= 0)
+			break;
+		if (errno == EACCES) {
+			tty_warn(0,
+			    "Write failed, archive is write protected.");
+			res = lstrval = 0;
+			return 0;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * see if we reached the end of media, if so force a change to
+		 * the next volume
+		 */
+		if ((errno == ENOSPC) || (errno == EIO) || (errno == ENXIO))
+			res = lstrval = 0;
+		break;
+	case ISPIPE:
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * we cannot fix errors to these devices
+		 */
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Better tell the user the bad news...
+	 * if this is a block aligned archive format, we may have a bad archive
+	 * if the format wants the header to start at a BLKMULT boundary. While
+	 * we can deal with the mis-aligned data, it violates spec and other
+	 * archive readers will likely fail. if the format is not block
+	 * aligned, the user may be lucky (and the archive is ok).
+	 */
+	if (res >= 0) {
+		if (res > 0)
+			wr_trail = 1;
+		io_ok = 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we were trying to rewrite the trailer and it didn't work, we
+	 * must quit right away.
+	 */
+	if (!wr_trail && (res <= 0)) {
+		tty_warn(1,
+		    "Unable to append, trailer re-write failed. Quitting.");
+		return res;
+	}
+
+	if (res == 0)
+		tty_warn(0, "End of archive volume %d reached", arvol);
+	else if (res < 0)
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Failed write to archive volume: %d", arvol);
+	else if (!frmt->blkalgn || ((res % frmt->blkalgn) == 0))
+		tty_warn(0,
+		    "WARNING: partial archive write. Archive MAY BE FLAWED");
+	else
+		tty_warn(1,"WARNING: partial archive write. Archive IS FLAWED");
+	return res;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ar_rdsync()
+ *	Try to move past a bad spot on a flawed archive as needed to continue
+ *	I/O. Clears error flags to allow I/O to continue.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 when ok to try i/o again, -1 otherwise.
+ */
+
+int
+ar_rdsync(void)
+{
+	long fsbz;
+	off_t cpos;
+	off_t mpos;
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+	struct mtop mb;
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * Fail resync attempts at user request (done) or if this is going to be
+	 * an update/append to a existing archive. if last i/o hit media end,
+	 * we need to go to the next volume not try a resync
+	 */
+	if ((done > 0) || (lstrval == 0))
+		return -1;
+
+	if ((act == APPND) || (act == ARCHIVE)) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Cannot allow updates to an archive with flaws.");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (io_ok)
+		did_io = 1;
+
+	switch(artyp) {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	case ISRMT:
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+	case ISTAPE:
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+		/*
+		 * if the last i/o was a successful data transfer, we assume
+		 * the fault is just a bad record on the tape that we are now
+		 * past. If we did not get any data since the last resync try
+		 * to move the tape forward one PHYSICAL record past any
+		 * damaged tape section. Some tape drives are stubborn and need
+		 * to be pushed.
+		 */
+		if (io_ok) {
+			io_ok = 0;
+			lstrval = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		mb.mt_op = MTFSR;
+		mb.mt_count = 1;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+		if (artyp == ISRMT) {
+			if (rmtioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb) < 0)
+				break;
+		} else {
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+			if (ioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb) < 0)
+				break;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+		}
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+		lstrval = 1;
+#else
+		tty_warn(1, "System does not have tape support");
+#endif
+		break;
+	case ISREG:
+	case ISCHR:
+	case ISBLK:
+		/*
+		 * try to step over the bad part of the device.
+		 */
+		io_ok = 0;
+		if (((fsbz = arsb.st_blksize) <= 0) || (artyp != ISREG))
+			fsbz = BLKMULT;
+		if ((cpos = lseek(arfd, (off_t)0L, SEEK_CUR)) < 0)
+			break;
+		mpos = fsbz - (cpos % (off_t)fsbz);
+		if (lseek(arfd, mpos, SEEK_CUR) < 0)
+			break;
+		lstrval = 1;
+		break;
+	case ISPIPE:
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * cannot recover on these archive device types
+		 */
+		io_ok = 0;
+		break;
+	}
+	if (lstrval <= 0) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Unable to recover from an archive read failure.");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	tty_warn(0, "Attempting to recover from an archive read failure.");
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ar_fow()
+ *	Move the I/O position within the archive forward the specified number of
+ *	bytes as supported by the device. If we cannot move the requested
+ *	number of bytes, return the actual number of bytes moved in skipped.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if moved the requested distance, -1 on complete failure, 1 on
+ *	partial move (the amount moved is in skipped)
+ */
+
+int
+ar_fow(off_t sksz, off_t *skipped)
+{
+	off_t cpos;
+	off_t mpos;
+
+	*skipped = 0;
+	if (sksz <= 0)
+		return 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * we cannot move forward at EOF or error
+	 */
+	if (lstrval <= 0)
+		return lstrval;
+
+	/*
+	 * Safer to read forward on devices where it is hard to find the end of
+	 * the media without reading to it. With tapes we cannot be sure of the
+	 * number of physical blocks to skip (we do not know physical block
+	 * size at this point), so we must only read forward on tapes!
+	 */
+	if (artyp == ISTAPE || artyp == ISPIPE
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	    || artyp == ISRMT
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+	    )
+		return 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * figure out where we are in the archive
+	 */
+	if ((cpos = lseek(arfd, (off_t)0L, SEEK_CUR)) >= 0) {
+		/*
+		 * we can be asked to move farther than there are bytes in this
+		 * volume, if so, just go to file end and let normal buf_fill()
+		 * deal with the end of file (it will go to next volume by
+		 * itself)
+		 */
+		mpos = cpos + sksz;
+		if (artyp == ISREG && mpos > arsb.st_size)
+			mpos = arsb.st_size;
+		if ((mpos = lseek(arfd, mpos, SEEK_SET)) >= 0) {
+			*skipped = mpos - cpos;
+			return 0;
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (artyp != ISREG)
+			return 0;		/* non-seekable device */
+	}
+	syswarn(1, errno, "Forward positioning operation on archive failed");
+	lstrval = -1;
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ar_rev()
+ *	move the i/o position within the archive backwards the specified byte
+ *	count as supported by the device. With tapes drives we RESET rdblksz to
+ *	the PHYSICAL blocksize.
+ *	NOTE: We should only be called to move backwards so we can rewrite the
+ *	last records (the trailer) of an archive (APPEND).
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if moved the requested distance, -1 on complete failure
+ */
+
+int
+ar_rev(off_t sksz)
+{
+	off_t cpos;
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+	int phyblk;
+	struct mtop mb;
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * make sure we do not have try to reverse on a flawed archive
+	 */
+	if (lstrval < 0)
+		return lstrval;
+
+	switch(artyp) {
+	case ISPIPE:
+		if (sksz <= 0)
+			break;
+		/*
+		 * cannot go backwards on these critters
+		 */
+		tty_warn(1, "Reverse positioning on pipes is not supported.");
+		lstrval = -1;
+		return -1;
+	case ISREG:
+	case ISBLK:
+	case ISCHR:
+	default:
+		if (sksz <= 0)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * For things other than files, backwards movement has a very
+		 * high probability of failure as we really do not know the
+		 * true attributes of the device we are talking to (the device
+		 * may not even have the ability to lseek() in any direction).
+		 * First we figure out where we are in the archive.
+		 */
+		if ((cpos = lseek(arfd, (off_t)0L, SEEK_CUR)) < 0) {
+			syswarn(1, errno,
+			   "Unable to obtain current archive byte offset");
+			lstrval = -1;
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * we may try to go backwards past the start when the archive
+		 * is only a single record. If this happens and we are on a
+		 * multi-volume archive, we need to go to the end of the
+		 * previous volume and continue our movement backwards from
+		 * there.
+		 */
+		if ((cpos -= sksz) < (off_t)0L) {
+			if (arvol > 1) {
+				/*
+				 * this should never happen
+				 */
+				tty_warn(1,
+				    "Reverse position on previous volume.");
+				lstrval = -1;
+				return -1;
+			}
+			cpos = (off_t)0L;
+		}
+		if (lseek(arfd, cpos, SEEK_SET) < 0) {
+			syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to seek archive backwards");
+			lstrval = -1;
+			return -1;
+		}
+		break;
+	case ISTAPE:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	case ISRMT:
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+		/*
+		 * Calculate and move the proper number of PHYSICAL tape
+		 * blocks. If the sksz is not an even multiple of the physical
+		 * tape size, we cannot do the move (this should never happen).
+		 * (We also cannot handle trailers spread over two vols).
+		 * get_phys() also makes sure we are in front of the filemark.
+		 */
+		if ((phyblk = get_phys()) <= 0) {
+			lstrval = -1;
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * make sure future tape reads only go by physical tape block
+		 * size (set rdblksz to the real size).
+		 */
+		rdblksz = phyblk;
+
+		/*
+		 * if no movement is required, just return (we must be after
+		 * get_phys() so the physical blocksize is properly set)
+		 */
+		if (sksz <= 0)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * ok we have to move. Make sure the tape drive can do it.
+		 */
+		if (sksz % phyblk) {
+			tty_warn(1,
+			    "Tape drive unable to backspace requested amount");
+			lstrval = -1;
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * move backwards the requested number of bytes
+		 */
+		mb.mt_op = MTBSR;
+		mb.mt_count = sksz/phyblk;
+		if (
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+		    rmtioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb)
+#else
+		    ioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb)
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+		    < 0) {
+			syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to backspace tape %ld blocks.",
+			    (long) mb.mt_count);
+			lstrval = -1;
+			return -1;
+		}
+#else
+		tty_warn(1, "System does not have tape support");
+#endif
+		break;
+	}
+	lstrval = 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+/*
+ * get_phys()
+ *	Determine the physical block size on a tape drive. We need the physical
+ *	block size so we know how many bytes we skip over when we move with
+ *	mtio commands. We also make sure we are BEFORE THE TAPE FILEMARK when
+ *	return.
+ *	This is one really SLOW routine...
+ * Return:
+ *	physical block size if ok (ok > 0), -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+static int
+get_phys(void)
+{
+	int padsz = 0;
+	int res;
+	int phyblk;
+	struct mtop mb;
+	char scbuf[MAXBLK];
+
+	/*
+	 * move to the file mark, and then back up one record and read it.
+	 * this should tell us the physical record size the tape is using.
+	 */
+	if (lstrval == 1) {
+		/*
+		 * we know we are at file mark when we get back a 0 from
+		 * read()
+		 */
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+		while ((res = rmtread_with_restart(arfd,
+						   scbuf, sizeof(scbuf))) > 0)
+#else
+		while ((res = read_with_restart(arfd,
+						scbuf, sizeof(scbuf))) > 0)
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+			padsz += res;
+		if (res < 0) {
+			syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to locate tape filemark.");
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * move backwards over the file mark so we are at the end of the
+	 * last record.
+	 */
+	mb.mt_op = MTBSF;
+	mb.mt_count = 1;
+	if (
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	    rmtioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb)
+#else
+	    ioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb)
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+	    < 0) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to backspace over tape filemark.");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * move backwards so we are in front of the last record and read it to
+	 * get physical tape blocksize.
+	 */
+	mb.mt_op = MTBSR;
+	mb.mt_count = 1;
+	if (
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	    rmtioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb)
+#else
+	    ioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb)
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+	    < 0) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to backspace over last tape block.");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if ((phyblk =
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	     rmtread_with_restart(arfd, scbuf, sizeof(scbuf))
+#else
+	     read_with_restart(arfd, scbuf, sizeof(scbuf))
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+	    ) <= 0) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot determine archive tape blocksize.");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * read forward to the file mark, then back up in front of the filemark
+	 * (this is a bit paranoid, but should be safe to do).
+	 */
+	while ((res =
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+		rmtread_with_restart(arfd, scbuf, sizeof(scbuf))
+#else
+		read_with_restart(arfd, scbuf, sizeof(scbuf))
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+	       ) > 0)
+		;
+	if (res < 0) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to locate tape filemark.");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	mb.mt_op = MTBSF;
+	mb.mt_count = 1;
+	if (
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	    rmtioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb)
+#else
+	    ioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb)
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+	    < 0) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to backspace over tape filemark.");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * set lstrval so we know that the filemark has not been seen
+	 */
+	lstrval = 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * return if there was no padding
+	 */
+	if (padsz == 0)
+		return phyblk;
+
+	/*
+	 * make sure we can move backwards over the padding. (this should
+	 * never fail).
+	 */
+	if (padsz % phyblk) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Tape drive unable to backspace requested amount");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * move backwards over the padding so the head is where it was when
+	 * we were first called (if required).
+	 */
+	mb.mt_op = MTBSR;
+	mb.mt_count = padsz/phyblk;
+	if (
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+	    rmtioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb)
+#else
+	    ioctl(arfd, MTIOCTOP, &mb)
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+	    < 0) {
+		syswarn(1, errno,
+		    "Unable to backspace tape over %ld pad blocks",
+		    (long)mb.mt_count);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return phyblk;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * ar_next()
+ *	prompts the user for the next volume in this archive. For some devices
+ *	we may allow the media to be changed. Otherwise a new archive is
+ *	prompted for. By pax spec, if there is no controlling tty or an eof is
+ *	read on tty input, we must quit pax.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 when ready to continue, -1 when all done
+ */
+
+int
+ar_next(void)
+{
+	char buf[PAXPATHLEN+2];
+	static char *arcfree = NULL;
+	sigset_t o_mask;
+
+	/*
+	 * WE MUST CLOSE THE DEVICE. A lot of devices must see last close, (so
+	 * things like writing EOF etc will be done) (Watch out ar_close() can
+	 * also be called via a signal handler, so we must prevent a race.
+	 */
+	if (sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &s_mask, &o_mask) < 0)
+		syswarn(0, errno, "Unable to set signal mask");
+	ar_close();
+	if (sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &o_mask, NULL) < 0)
+		syswarn(0, errno, "Unable to restore signal mask");
+
+	if (done || !wr_trail || force_one_volume)
+		return -1;
+
+	if (!is_gnutar)
+		tty_prnt("\nATTENTION! %s archive volume change required.\n",
+		    argv0);
+
+	/*
+	 * if i/o is on stdin or stdout, we cannot reopen it (we do not know
+	 * the name), the user will be forced to type it in.
+	 */
+	if (strcmp(arcname, STDO) && strcmp(arcname, STDN) && (artyp != ISREG)
+	    && (artyp != ISPIPE)) {
+		if (artyp == ISTAPE
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+		    || artyp == ISRMT
+#endif /* SUPPORT_RMT */
+		    ) {
+			tty_prnt("%s ready for archive tape volume: %d\n",
+				arcname, arvol);
+			tty_prnt("Load the NEXT TAPE on the tape drive");
+		} else {
+			tty_prnt("%s ready for archive volume: %d\n",
+				arcname, arvol);
+			tty_prnt("Load the NEXT STORAGE MEDIA (if required)");
+		}
+
+		if ((act == ARCHIVE) || (act == APPND))
+			tty_prnt(" and make sure it is WRITE ENABLED.\n");
+		else
+			tty_prnt("\n");
+
+		for(;;) {
+			tty_prnt("Type \"y\" to continue, \".\" to quit %s,",
+				argv0);
+			tty_prnt(" or \"s\" to switch to new device.\nIf you");
+			tty_prnt(" cannot change storage media, type \"s\"\n");
+			tty_prnt("Is the device ready and online? > ");
+
+			if ((tty_read(buf,sizeof(buf))<0) || !strcmp(buf,".")){
+				done = 1;
+				lstrval = -1;
+				tty_prnt("Quitting %s!\n", argv0);
+				vfpart = 0;
+				return -1;
+			}
+
+			if ((buf[0] == '\0') || (buf[1] != '\0')) {
+				tty_prnt("%s unknown command, try again\n",buf);
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			switch (buf[0]) {
+			case 'y':
+			case 'Y':
+				/*
+				 * we are to continue with the same device
+				 */
+				if (ar_open(arcname) >= 0)
+					return 0;
+				tty_prnt("Cannot re-open %s, try again\n",
+					arcname);
+				continue;
+			case 's':
+			case 'S':
+				/*
+				 * user wants to open a different device
+				 */
+				tty_prnt("Switching to a different archive\n");
+				break;
+			default:
+				tty_prnt("%s unknown command, try again\n",buf);
+				continue;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (is_gnutar) {
+			tty_warn(1, "Unexpected EOF on archive file");
+			return -1;
+		}
+		tty_prnt("Ready for archive volume: %d\n", arvol);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * have to go to a different archive
+	 */
+	for (;;) {
+		tty_prnt("Input archive name or \".\" to quit %s.\n", argv0);
+		tty_prnt("Archive name > ");
+
+		if ((tty_read(buf, sizeof(buf)) < 0) || !strcmp(buf, ".")) {
+			done = 1;
+			lstrval = -1;
+			tty_prnt("Quitting %s!\n", argv0);
+			vfpart = 0;
+			return -1;
+		}
+		if (buf[0] == '\0') {
+			tty_prnt("Empty file name, try again\n");
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (!strcmp(buf, "..")) {
+			tty_prnt("Illegal file name: .. try again\n");
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (strlen(buf) > PAXPATHLEN) {
+			tty_prnt("File name too long, try again\n");
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * try to open new archive
+		 */
+		if (ar_open(buf) >= 0) {
+			if (arcfree) {
+				(void)free(arcfree);
+				arcfree = NULL;
+			}
+			if ((arcfree = strdup(buf)) == NULL) {
+				done = 1;
+				lstrval = -1;
+				tty_warn(0, "Cannot save archive name.");
+				return -1;
+			}
+			arcname = arcfree;
+			break;
+		}
+		tty_prnt("Cannot open %s, try again\n", buf);
+		continue;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ar_start_gzip()
+ * starts the compression/decompression process as a child, using magic
+ * to keep the fd the same in the calling function (parent). possible
+ * programs are GZIP_CMD, BZIP2_CMD, and COMPRESS_CMD.
+ */
+void
+ar_start_gzip(int fd, const char *gzp, int wr)
+{
+	int fds[2];
+	const char *gzip_flags;
+
+	if (pipe(fds) < 0)
+		err(1, "could not pipe");
+	zpid = fork();
+	if (zpid < 0)
+		err(1, "could not fork");
+
+	/* parent */
+	if (zpid) {
+		if (wr)
+			dup2(fds[1], fd);
+		else
+			dup2(fds[0], fd);
+		close(fds[0]);
+		close(fds[1]);
+	} else {
+		if (wr) {
+			dup2(fds[0], STDIN_FILENO);
+			dup2(fd, STDOUT_FILENO);
+			gzip_flags = "-c";
+		} else {
+			dup2(fds[1], STDOUT_FILENO);
+			dup2(fd, STDIN_FILENO);
+			gzip_flags = "-dc";
+		}
+		close(fds[0]);
+		close(fds[1]);
+		if (execlp(gzp, gzp, gzip_flags, NULL) < 0)
+			err(1, "could not exec");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+static const char *
+timefmt(char *buf, size_t size, off_t sz, time_t tm, const char *unitstr)
+{
+	(void)snprintf(buf, size, "%lu secs (" OFFT_F " %s/sec)",
+	    (unsigned long)tm, (OFFT_T)(sz / tm), unitstr);
+	return buf;
+}
+
+static const char *
+sizefmt(char *buf, size_t size, off_t sz)
+{
+	(void)snprintf(buf, size, OFFT_F " bytes", (OFFT_T)sz);
+	return buf;
+}
+
+void
+ar_summary(int n)
+{
+	time_t secs;
+	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+	char tbuf[MAXPATHLEN/4];	/* XXX silly size! */
+	char s1buf[MAXPATHLEN/8];	/* XXX very silly size! */
+	char s2buf[MAXPATHLEN/8];	/* XXX very silly size! */
+	FILE *outf;
+
+	if (act == LIST)
+		outf = stdout;
+	else
+		outf = stderr;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we are called from a signal (n != 0), use snprintf(3) so that we
+	 * don't reenter stdio(3).
+	 */
+	(void)time(&secs);
+	if ((secs -= starttime) == 0)
+		secs = 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we have not determined the format yet, we just say how many bytes
+	 * we have skipped over looking for a header to id. there is no way we
+	 * could have written anything yet.
+	 */
+	if (frmt == NULL && act != COPY) {
+		snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+		    "unknown format, %s skipped in %s\n",
+		    sizefmt(s1buf, sizeof(s1buf), rdcnt),
+		    timefmt(tbuf, sizeof(tbuf), rdcnt, secs, "bytes"));
+		if (n == 0)
+			(void)fprintf(outf, "%s: %s", argv0, buf);
+		else
+			(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen(buf));
+		return;
+	}
+
+
+	if (n != 0 && *archd.name) {
+		snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Working on `%s' (%s)\n",
+		    archd.name, sizefmt(s1buf, sizeof(s1buf), archd.sb.st_size));
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen(buf));
+	}
+
+
+	if (act == COPY) {
+		snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+		    "%lu files in %s\n",
+		    (unsigned long)flcnt,
+		    timefmt(tbuf, sizeof(tbuf), flcnt, secs, "files"));
+	} else {
+		snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+		    "%s vol %d, %lu files, %s read, %s written in %s\n",
+		    frmt->name, arvol-1, (unsigned long)flcnt,
+		    sizefmt(s1buf, sizeof(s1buf), rdcnt),
+		    sizefmt(s2buf, sizeof(s2buf), wrcnt),
+		    timefmt(tbuf, sizeof(tbuf), rdcnt + wrcnt, secs, "bytes"));
+	}
+	if (n == 0)
+		(void)fprintf(outf, "%s: %s", argv0, buf);
+	else
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen(buf));
+}
+
+/*
+ * ar_dochdir(name)
+ *	change directory to name, and remember where we came from and
+ *	where we change to (for ar_open).
+ *
+ *	Maybe we could try to be smart and only do the actual chdir
+ *	when necessary to write a file read from the archive, but this
+ *	is not easy to get right given the pax code structure.
+ *
+ *	Be sure to not leak descriptors!
+ *
+ *	We are called N * M times when extracting, and N times when
+ *	writing archives, where
+ *	N:	number of -C options
+ *	M:	number of files in archive
+ *
+ * Returns 0 if all went well, else -1.
+ */
+
+int
+ar_dochdir(const char *name)
+{
+	/* First fdochdir() back... */
+	if (fdochdir(cwdfd) == -1)
+		return -1;
+	if (dochdir(name) == -1)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/ar_subs.c b/bin/pax/ar_subs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4ba54b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/ar_subs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1449 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ar_subs.c,v 1.56 2011/08/31 16:24:54 plunky Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ar_subs.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ar_subs.c,v 1.56 2011/08/31 16:24:54 plunky Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "pat_rep.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static int path_check(ARCHD *, int);
+static int wr_archive(ARCHD *, int is_app);
+static int get_arc(void);
+static int next_head(ARCHD *);
+#if !HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+static int fdochroot(int);
+#endif
+extern sigset_t s_mask;
+
+/*
+ * Routines which control the overall operation modes of pax as specified by
+ * the user: list, append, read ...
+ */
+
+static char hdbuf[BLKMULT];		/* space for archive header on read */
+u_long flcnt;				/* number of files processed */
+ARCHD archd;
+
+static char	cwdpath[MAXPATHLEN];	/* current working directory path */
+static size_t	cwdpathlen;		/* current working directory path len */
+
+int
+updatepath(void)
+{
+	if (getcwd(cwdpath, sizeof(cwdpath)) == NULL) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot get working directory");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	cwdpathlen = strlen(cwdpath);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int
+fdochdir(int fcwd)
+{
+	if (fchdir(fcwd) == -1) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot chdir to `.'");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return updatepath();
+}
+
+int
+dochdir(const char *name)
+{
+	if (chdir(name) == -1)
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot chdir to `%s'", name);
+	return updatepath();
+}
+
+#if !HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+static int
+fdochroot(int fcwd)
+{
+	if (fchroot(fcwd) != 0) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Can't fchroot to \".\"");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return updatepath();
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * mkdir(), but if we failed, check if someone else made it for us
+ * already and don't error out.
+ */
+int
+domkdir(const char *fname, mode_t mode)
+{
+	int error;
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	if ((error = mkdir(fname, mode)) != -1)
+		return error;
+
+	switch (errno) {
+	case EISDIR:
+		return 0;
+	case EEXIST:
+	case EACCES:
+	case ENOSYS:	/* Grr Solaris */
+	case EROFS:
+		error = errno;
+		if (stat(fname, &sb) != -1 && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode))
+			return 0;
+		errno = error;
+		/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+	default:
+		return -1;
+	}
+}
+
+static int
+path_check(ARCHD *arcn, int level)
+{
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *p;
+
+	if ((p = strrchr(arcn->name, '/')) == NULL)
+		return 0;
+	*p = '\0';
+
+	if (realpath(arcn->name, buf) == NULL) {
+		int error;
+		error = path_check(arcn, level + 1);
+		*p = '/';
+		if (error == 0)
+			return 0;
+		if (level == 0)
+			syswarn(1, 0, "Cannot resolve `%s'", arcn->name);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (strncmp(buf, cwdpath, cwdpathlen) != 0) {
+		*p = '/';
+		syswarn(1, 0, "Attempt to write file `%s' that resolves into "
+		    "`%s/%s' outside current working directory `%s' ignored",
+		    arcn->name, buf, p + 1, cwdpath);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	*p = '/';
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * list()
+ *	list the contents of an archive which match user supplied pattern(s)
+ *	(if no pattern is supplied, list entire contents).
+ */
+
+int
+list(void)
+{
+	ARCHD *arcn;
+	int res;
+	time_t now;
+
+	arcn = &archd;
+	/*
+	 * figure out archive type; pass any format specific options to the
+	 * archive option processing routine; call the format init routine. We
+	 * also save current time for ls_list() so we do not make a system
+	 * call for each file we need to print. If verbose (vflag) start up
+	 * the name and group caches.
+	 */
+	if ((get_arc() < 0) || ((*frmt->options)() < 0) ||
+	    ((*frmt->st_rd)() < 0))
+		return 1;
+
+	now = time(NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * step through the archive until the format says it is done
+	 */
+	while (next_head(arcn) == 0) {
+		if (arcn->type == PAX_GLL || arcn->type == PAX_GLF) {
+			/*
+			 * we need to read, to get the real filename
+			 */
+			off_t cnt;
+			if (!(*frmt->rd_data)(arcn, -arcn->type, &cnt))
+				(void)rd_skip(cnt + arcn->pad);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * check for pattern, and user specified options match.
+		 * When all patterns are matched we are done.
+		 */
+		if ((res = pat_match(arcn)) < 0)
+			break;
+
+		if ((res == 0) && (sel_chk(arcn) == 0)) {
+			/*
+			 * pattern resulted in a selected file
+			 */
+			if (pat_sel(arcn) < 0)
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			 * modify the name as requested by the user if name
+			 * survives modification, do a listing of the file
+			 */
+			if ((res = mod_name(arcn, RENM)) < 0)
+				break;
+			if (res == 0) {
+				if (arcn->name[0] == '/' && !check_Aflag()) {
+					memmove(arcn->name, arcn->name + 1, 
+					    strlen(arcn->name));
+				}
+				ls_list(arcn, now, stdout);
+			}
+			/*
+			 * if there's an error writing to stdout then we must
+			 * stop now -- we're probably writing to a pipe that
+			 * has been closed by the reader.
+			 */
+			if (ferror(stdout)) {
+				syswarn(1, errno, "Listing incomplete.");
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		/*
+		 * skip to next archive format header using values calculated
+		 * by the format header read routine
+		 */
+		if (rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad) == 1)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * all done, let format have a chance to cleanup, and make sure that
+	 * the patterns supplied by the user were all matched
+	 */
+	(void)(*frmt->end_rd)();
+	(void)sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &s_mask, NULL);
+	ar_close();
+	pat_chk();
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * extract()
+ *	extract the member(s) of an archive as specified by user supplied
+ *	pattern(s) (no patterns extracts all members)
+ */
+
+int
+extract(void)
+{
+	ARCHD *arcn;
+	int res;
+	off_t cnt;
+	struct stat sb;
+	int fd;
+	time_t now;
+
+	arcn = &archd;
+	/*
+	 * figure out archive type; pass any format specific options to the
+	 * archive option processing routine; call the format init routine;
+	 * start up the directory modification time and access mode database
+	 */
+	if ((get_arc() < 0) || ((*frmt->options)() < 0) ||
+	    ((*frmt->st_rd)() < 0) || (dir_start() < 0))
+		return 1;
+
+	now = time(NULL);
+#if !HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+	if (do_chroot)
+		(void)fdochroot(cwdfd);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * When we are doing interactive rename, we store the mapping of names
+	 * so we can fix up hard links files later in the archive.
+	 */
+	if (iflag && (name_start() < 0))
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * step through each entry on the archive until the format read routine
+	 * says it is done
+	 */
+	while (next_head(arcn) == 0) {
+		int write_to_hard_link = 0;
+
+		if (arcn->type == PAX_GLL || arcn->type == PAX_GLF) {
+			/*
+			 * we need to read, to get the real filename
+			 */
+			if (!(*frmt->rd_data)(arcn, -arcn->type, &cnt))
+				(void)rd_skip(cnt + arcn->pad);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * check for pattern, and user specified options match. When
+		 * all the patterns are matched we are done
+		 */
+		if ((res = pat_match(arcn)) < 0)
+			break;
+
+		if ((res > 0) || (sel_chk(arcn) != 0)) {
+			/*
+			 * file is not selected. skip past any file
+			 * data and padding and go back for the next
+			 * archive member
+			 */
+			(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (kflag && (lstat(arcn->name, &sb) == 0)) {
+			(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * with -u or -D only extract when the archive member is newer
+		 * than the file with the same name in the file system (no
+		 * test of being the same type is required).
+		 * NOTE: this test is done BEFORE name modifications as
+		 * specified by pax. this operation can be confusing to the
+		 * user who might expect the test to be done on an existing
+		 * file AFTER the name mod. In honesty the pax spec is probably
+		 * flawed in this respect.  ignore this for GNU long links.
+		 */
+		if ((uflag || Dflag) && ((lstat(arcn->name, &sb) == 0))) {
+			if (uflag && Dflag) {
+				if ((arcn->sb.st_mtime <= sb.st_mtime) &&
+				    (arcn->sb.st_ctime <= sb.st_ctime)) {
+					(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+					continue;
+				}
+			} else if (Dflag) {
+				if (arcn->sb.st_ctime <= sb.st_ctime) {
+					(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+					continue;
+				}
+			} else if (arcn->sb.st_mtime <= sb.st_mtime) {
+				(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * this archive member is now been selected. modify the name.
+		 */
+		if ((pat_sel(arcn) < 0) || ((res = mod_name(arcn, RENM)) < 0))
+			break;
+		if (res > 0) {
+			/*
+			 * a bad name mod, skip and purge name from link table
+			 */
+			purg_lnk(arcn);
+			(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (arcn->name[0] == '/' && !check_Aflag()) {
+			memmove(arcn->name, arcn->name + 1, strlen(arcn->name));
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Non standard -Y and -Z flag. When the existing file is
+		 * same age or newer skip; ignore this for GNU long links.
+		 */
+		if ((Yflag || Zflag) && ((lstat(arcn->name, &sb) == 0))) {
+			if (Yflag && Zflag) {
+				if ((arcn->sb.st_mtime <= sb.st_mtime) &&
+				    (arcn->sb.st_ctime <= sb.st_ctime)) {
+					(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+					continue;
+				}
+			} else if (Yflag) {
+				if (arcn->sb.st_ctime <= sb.st_ctime) {
+					(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+					continue;
+				}
+			} else if (arcn->sb.st_mtime <= sb.st_mtime) {
+				(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (vflag) {
+			if (vflag > 1)
+				ls_list(arcn, now, listf);
+			else {
+				(void)safe_print(arcn->name, listf);
+				vfpart = 1;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * if required, chdir around.
+		 */
+		if ((arcn->pat != NULL) && (arcn->pat->chdname != NULL) &&
+		    !to_stdout)
+			dochdir(arcn->pat->chdname);
+
+		if (secure && path_check(arcn, 0) != 0) {
+			(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+			
+		/*
+		 * all ok, extract this member based on type
+		 */
+		if ((arcn->type != PAX_REG) && (arcn->type != PAX_CTG)) {
+			/*
+			 * process archive members that are not regular files.
+			 * throw out padding and any data that might follow the
+			 * header (as determined by the format).
+			 */
+			if ((arcn->type == PAX_HLK) ||
+			    (arcn->type == PAX_HRG))
+				res = lnk_creat(arcn, &write_to_hard_link);
+			else
+				res = node_creat(arcn);
+
+			if (!write_to_hard_link) {
+				(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+				if (res < 0)
+					purg_lnk(arcn);
+
+				if (vflag && vfpart) {
+					(void)putc('\n', listf);
+					vfpart = 0;
+				}
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+		if (to_stdout)
+			fd = STDOUT_FILENO;
+		else {
+			/*
+			 * We have a file with data here. If we cannot create
+			 * it, skip over the data and purge the name from hard
+			 * link table.
+			 */
+			if ((fd = file_creat(arcn, write_to_hard_link)) < 0) {
+				(void)fflush(listf);
+				(void)rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad);
+				purg_lnk(arcn);
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+		/*
+		 * extract the file from the archive and skip over padding and
+		 * any unprocessed data
+		 */
+		res = (*frmt->rd_data)(arcn, fd, &cnt);
+		if (!to_stdout)
+			file_close(arcn, fd);
+		if (vflag && vfpart) {
+			(void)putc('\n', listf);
+			vfpart = 0;
+		}
+		if (!res)
+			(void)rd_skip(cnt + arcn->pad);
+
+		/*
+		 * if required, chdir around.
+		 */
+		if ((arcn->pat != NULL) && (arcn->pat->chdname != NULL))
+			fdochdir(cwdfd);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * all done, restore directory modes and times as required; make sure
+	 * all patterns supplied by the user were matched; block off signals
+	 * to avoid chance for multiple entry into the cleanup code.
+	 */
+	(void)(*frmt->end_rd)();
+	(void)sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &s_mask, NULL);
+	ar_close();
+	proc_dir();
+	pat_chk();
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * wr_archive()
+ *	Write an archive. used in both creating a new archive and appends on
+ *	previously written archive.
+ */
+
+static int
+wr_archive(ARCHD *arcn, int is_app)
+{
+	int res;
+	int hlk;
+	int wr_one;
+	off_t cnt;
+	int (*wrf)(ARCHD *);
+	int fd = -1;
+	time_t now;
+
+	/*
+	 * if this format supports hard link storage, start up the database
+	 * that detects them.
+	 */
+	if (((hlk = frmt->hlk) == 1) && (lnk_start() < 0))
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * start up the file traversal code and format specific write
+	 */
+	if ((ftree_start() < 0) || ((*frmt->st_wr)() < 0))
+		return 1;
+	wrf = frmt->wr;
+
+	now = time(NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * When we are doing interactive rename, we store the mapping of names
+	 * so we can fix up hard links files later in the archive.
+	 */
+	if (iflag && (name_start() < 0))
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * if this is not append, and there are no files, we do no write a trailer
+	 */
+	wr_one = is_app;
+
+	/*
+	 * while there are files to archive, process them one at at time
+	 */
+	while (next_file(arcn) == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * check if this file meets user specified options match.
+		 */
+		if (sel_chk(arcn) != 0)
+			continue;
+		/*
+		 * Here we handle the exclusion -X gnu style patterns which
+		 * are implemented like a pattern list. We don't modify the
+		 * name as this will be done below again, and we don't want
+		 * to double modify it.
+		 */
+		if ((res = mod_name(arcn, 0)) < 0)
+			break;
+		if (res == 1)
+			continue;
+		fd = -1;
+		if (uflag) {
+			/*
+			 * only archive if this file is newer than a file with
+			 * the same name that is already stored on the archive
+			 */
+			if ((res = chk_ftime(arcn)) < 0)
+				break;
+			if (res > 0)
+				continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * this file is considered selected now. see if this is a hard
+		 * link to a file already stored
+		 */
+		ftree_sel(arcn);
+		if (hlk && (chk_lnk(arcn) < 0))
+			break;
+
+		if ((arcn->type == PAX_REG) || (arcn->type == PAX_HRG) ||
+		    (arcn->type == PAX_CTG)) {
+			/*
+			 * we will have to read this file. by opening it now we
+			 * can avoid writing a header to the archive for a file
+			 * we were later unable to read (we also purge it from
+			 * the link table).
+			 */
+			if ((fd = open(arcn->org_name, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+				syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to open %s to read",
+					arcn->org_name);
+				purg_lnk(arcn);
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Now modify the name as requested by the user
+		 */
+		if ((res = mod_name(arcn, RENM)) < 0) {
+			/*
+			 * name modification says to skip this file, close the
+			 * file and purge link table entry
+			 */
+			rdfile_close(arcn, &fd);
+			purg_lnk(arcn);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (arcn->name[0] == '/' && !check_Aflag()) {
+			memmove(arcn->name, arcn->name + 1, strlen(arcn->name));
+		}
+
+		if ((res > 0) || (docrc && (set_crc(arcn, fd) < 0))) {
+			/*
+			 * unable to obtain the crc we need, close the file,
+			 * purge link table entry
+			 */
+			rdfile_close(arcn, &fd);
+			purg_lnk(arcn);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (vflag) {
+			if (vflag > 1)
+				ls_list(arcn, now, listf);
+			else {
+				(void)safe_print(arcn->name, listf);
+				vfpart = 1;
+			}
+		}
+		++flcnt;
+
+		/*
+		 * looks safe to store the file, have the format specific
+		 * routine write routine store the file header on the archive
+		 */
+		if ((res = (*wrf)(arcn)) < 0) {
+			rdfile_close(arcn, &fd);
+			break;
+		}
+		wr_one = 1;
+		if (res > 0) {
+			/*
+			 * format write says no file data needs to be stored
+			 * so we are done messing with this file
+			 */
+			if (vflag && vfpart) {
+				(void)putc('\n', listf);
+				vfpart = 0;
+			}
+			rdfile_close(arcn, &fd);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Add file data to the archive, quit on write error. if we
+		 * cannot write the entire file contents to the archive we
+		 * must pad the archive to replace the missing file data
+		 * (otherwise during an extract the file header for the file
+		 * which FOLLOWS this one will not be where we expect it to
+		 * be).
+		 */
+		res = (*frmt->wr_data)(arcn, fd, &cnt);
+		rdfile_close(arcn, &fd);
+		if (vflag && vfpart) {
+			(void)putc('\n', listf);
+			vfpart = 0;
+		}
+		if (res < 0)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * pad as required, cnt is number of bytes not written
+		 */
+		if (((cnt > 0) && (wr_skip(cnt) < 0)) ||
+		    ((arcn->pad > 0) && (wr_skip(arcn->pad) < 0)))
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * tell format to write trailer; pad to block boundary; reset directory
+	 * mode/access times, and check if all patterns supplied by the user
+	 * were matched. block off signals to avoid chance for multiple entry
+	 * into the cleanup code
+	 */
+	if (wr_one) {
+		(*frmt->end_wr)();
+		wr_fin();
+	}
+	(void)sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &s_mask, NULL);
+	ar_close();
+	if (tflag)
+		proc_dir();
+	ftree_chk();
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * append()
+ *	Add file to previously written archive. Archive format specified by the
+ *	user must agree with archive. The archive is read first to collect
+ *	modification times (if -u) and locate the archive trailer. The archive
+ *	is positioned in front of the record with the trailer and wr_archive()
+ *	is called to add the new members.
+ *	PAX IMPLEMENTATION DETAIL NOTE:
+ *	-u is implemented by adding the new members to the end of the archive.
+ *	Care is taken so that these do not end up as links to the older
+ *	version of the same file already stored in the archive. It is expected
+ *	when extraction occurs these newer versions will over-write the older
+ *	ones stored "earlier" in the archive (this may be a bad assumption as
+ *	it depends on the implementation of the program doing the extraction).
+ *	It is really difficult to splice in members without either re-writing
+ *	the entire archive (from the point were the old version was), or having
+ *	assistance of the format specification in terms of a special update
+ *	header that invalidates a previous archive record. The posix spec left
+ *	the method used to implement -u unspecified. This pax is able to
+ *	over write existing files that it creates.
+ */
+
+int
+append(void)
+{
+	ARCHD *arcn;
+	int res;
+	FSUB *orgfrmt;
+	int udev;
+	off_t tlen;
+
+	arcn = &archd;
+	orgfrmt = frmt;
+
+	/*
+	 * Do not allow an append operation if the actual archive is of a
+	 * different format than the user specified format.
+	 */
+	if (get_arc() < 0)
+		return 1;
+	if ((orgfrmt != NULL) && (orgfrmt != frmt)) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Cannot mix current archive format %s with %s",
+		    frmt->name, orgfrmt->name);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * pass the format any options and start up format
+	 */
+	if (((*frmt->options)() < 0) || ((*frmt->st_rd)() < 0))
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * if we only are adding members that are newer, we need to save the
+	 * mod times for all files we see.
+	 */
+	if (uflag && (ftime_start() < 0))
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * some archive formats encode hard links by recording the device and
+	 * file serial number (inode) but copy the file anyway (multiple times)
+	 * to the archive. When we append, we run the risk that newly added
+	 * files may have the same device and inode numbers as those recorded
+	 * on the archive but during a previous run. If this happens, when the
+	 * archive is extracted we get INCORRECT hard links. We avoid this by
+	 * remapping the device numbers so that newly added files will never
+	 * use the same device number as one found on the archive. remapping
+	 * allows new members to safely have links among themselves. remapping
+	 * also avoids problems with file inode (serial number) truncations
+	 * when the inode number is larger than storage space in the archive
+	 * header. See the remap routines for more details.
+	 */
+	if ((udev = frmt->udev) && (dev_start() < 0))
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * reading the archive may take a long time. If verbose tell the user
+	 */
+	if (vflag || Vflag) {
+		(void)fprintf(listf,
+			"%s: Reading archive to position at the end...", argv0);
+		vfpart = 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * step through the archive until the format says it is done
+	 */
+	while (next_head(arcn) == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * check if this file meets user specified options.
+		 */
+		if (sel_chk(arcn) != 0) {
+			if (rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad) == 1)
+				break;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (uflag) {
+			/*
+			 * see if this is the newest version of this file has
+			 * already been seen, if so skip.
+			 */
+			if ((res = chk_ftime(arcn)) < 0)
+				break;
+			if (res > 0) {
+				if (rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad) == 1)
+					break;
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Store this device number. Device numbers seen during the
+		 * read phase of append will cause newly appended files with a
+		 * device number seen in the old part of the archive to be
+		 * remapped to an unused device number.
+		 */
+		if ((udev && (add_dev(arcn) < 0)) ||
+		    (rd_skip(arcn->skip + arcn->pad) == 1))
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * done, finish up read and get the number of bytes to back up so we
+	 * can add new members. The format might have used the hard link table,
+	 * purge it.
+	 */
+	tlen = (*frmt->end_rd)();
+	lnk_end();
+
+	/*
+	 * try to position for write, if this fails quit. if any error occurs,
+	 * we will refuse to write
+	 */
+	if (appnd_start(tlen) < 0)
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * tell the user we are done reading.
+	 */
+	if ((vflag || Vflag) && vfpart) {
+		(void)safe_print("done.\n", listf);
+		vfpart = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * go to the writing phase to add the new members
+	 */
+	res = wr_archive(arcn, 1);
+	if (res == 1) {
+		/*
+		 * wr_archive failed in some way, but before any files were
+		 * added. These are the only steps needed to cleanup (and
+		 * not truncate the archive).
+		 */
+		wr_fin();
+		(void)sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &s_mask, NULL);
+		ar_close();
+	}
+	return res;
+}
+
+/*
+ * archive()
+ *	write a new archive
+ */
+
+int
+archive(void)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * if we only are adding members that are newer, we need to save the
+	 * mod times for all files; set up for writing; pass the format any
+	 * options write the archive
+	 */
+	if ((uflag && (ftime_start() < 0)) || (wr_start() < 0))
+		return 1;
+	if ((*frmt->options)() < 0)
+		return 1;
+
+	return wr_archive(&archd, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * copy()
+ *	copy files from one part of the file system to another. this does not
+ *	use any archive storage. The EFFECT OF THE COPY IS THE SAME as if an
+ *	archive was written and then extracted in the destination directory
+ *	(except the files are forced to be under the destination directory).
+ */
+
+int
+copy(void)
+{
+	ARCHD *arcn;
+	int res;
+	int fddest;
+	char *dest_pt;
+	size_t dlen;
+	size_t drem;
+	int fdsrc = -1;
+	struct stat sb;
+	char dirbuf[PAXPATHLEN+1];
+
+	arcn = &archd;
+	/*
+	 * set up the destination dir path and make sure it is a directory. We
+	 * make sure we have a trailing / on the destination
+	 */
+	dlen = strlcpy(dirbuf, dirptr, sizeof(dirbuf));
+	if (dlen >= sizeof(dirbuf) ||
+	    (dlen == sizeof(dirbuf) - 1 && dirbuf[dlen - 1] != '/')) {
+		tty_warn(1, "directory name is too long %s", dirptr);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	dest_pt = dirbuf + dlen;
+	if (*(dest_pt-1) != '/') {
+		*dest_pt++ = '/';
+		++dlen;
+	}
+	*dest_pt = '\0';
+	drem = PAXPATHLEN - dlen;
+
+	if (stat(dirptr, &sb) < 0) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot access destination directory %s",
+			dirptr);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	if (!S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Destination is not a directory %s", dirptr);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * start up the hard link table; file traversal routines and the
+	 * modification time and access mode database
+	 */
+	if ((lnk_start() < 0) || (ftree_start() < 0) || (dir_start() < 0))
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * When we are doing interactive rename, we store the mapping of names
+	 * so we can fix up hard links files later in the archive.
+	 */
+	if (iflag && (name_start() < 0))
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * set up to cp file trees
+	 */
+	cp_start();
+
+	/*
+	 * while there are files to archive, process them
+	 */
+	while (next_file(arcn) == 0) {
+		fdsrc = -1;
+
+		/*
+		 * check if this file meets user specified options
+		 */
+		if (sel_chk(arcn) != 0)
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * if there is already a file in the destination directory with
+		 * the same name and it is newer, skip the one stored on the
+		 * archive.
+		 * NOTE: this test is done BEFORE name modifications as
+		 * specified by pax. this can be confusing to the user who
+		 * might expect the test to be done on an existing file AFTER
+		 * the name mod. In honesty the pax spec is probably flawed in
+		 * this respect
+		 */
+		if (uflag || Dflag) {
+			/*
+			 * create the destination name
+			 */
+			if (strlcpy(dest_pt, arcn->name + (*arcn->name == '/'),
+			    drem + 1) > drem) {
+				tty_warn(1, "Destination pathname too long %s",
+					arcn->name);
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * if existing file is same age or newer skip
+			 */
+			res = lstat(dirbuf, &sb);
+			*dest_pt = '\0';
+
+			if (res == 0) {
+				if (uflag && Dflag) {
+					if ((arcn->sb.st_mtime<=sb.st_mtime) &&
+					    (arcn->sb.st_ctime<=sb.st_ctime))
+						continue;
+				} else if (Dflag) {
+					if (arcn->sb.st_ctime <= sb.st_ctime)
+						continue;
+				} else if (arcn->sb.st_mtime <= sb.st_mtime)
+					continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * this file is considered selected. See if this is a hard link
+		 * to a previous file; modify the name as requested by the
+		 * user; set the final destination.
+		 */
+		ftree_sel(arcn);
+		if ((chk_lnk(arcn) < 0) || ((res = mod_name(arcn, RENM)) < 0))
+			break;
+		if ((res > 0) || (set_dest(arcn, dirbuf, dlen) < 0)) {
+			/*
+			 * skip file, purge from link table
+			 */
+			purg_lnk(arcn);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Non standard -Y and -Z flag. When the exisiting file is
+		 * same age or newer skip
+		 */
+		if ((Yflag || Zflag) && ((lstat(arcn->name, &sb) == 0))) {
+			if (Yflag && Zflag) {
+				if ((arcn->sb.st_mtime <= sb.st_mtime) &&
+				    (arcn->sb.st_ctime <= sb.st_ctime))
+					continue;
+			} else if (Yflag) {
+				if (arcn->sb.st_ctime <= sb.st_ctime)
+					continue;
+			} else if (arcn->sb.st_mtime <= sb.st_mtime)
+				continue;
+		}
+
+		if (vflag) {
+			(void)safe_print(arcn->name, listf);
+			vfpart = 1;
+		}
+		++flcnt;
+
+		/*
+		 * try to create a hard link to the src file if requested
+		 * but make sure we are not trying to overwrite ourselves.
+		 */
+		if (lflag)
+			res = cross_lnk(arcn);
+		else
+			res = chk_same(arcn);
+		if (res <= 0) {
+			if (vflag && vfpart) {
+				(void)putc('\n', listf);
+				vfpart = 0;
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * have to create a new file
+		 */
+		if ((arcn->type != PAX_REG) && (arcn->type != PAX_CTG)) {
+			/*
+			 * create a link or special file
+			 */
+			if ((arcn->type == PAX_HLK) ||
+			    (arcn->type == PAX_HRG)) {
+				int payload;
+
+				res = lnk_creat(arcn, &payload);
+			} else {
+				res = node_creat(arcn);
+			}
+			if (res < 0)
+				purg_lnk(arcn);
+			if (vflag && vfpart) {
+				(void)putc('\n', listf);
+				vfpart = 0;
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * have to copy a regular file to the destination directory.
+		 * first open source file and then create the destination file
+		 */
+		if ((fdsrc = open(arcn->org_name, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+			syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to open %s to read",
+			    arcn->org_name);
+			purg_lnk(arcn);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if ((fddest = file_creat(arcn, 0)) < 0) {
+			rdfile_close(arcn, &fdsrc);
+			purg_lnk(arcn);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * copy source file data to the destination file
+		 */
+		cp_file(arcn, fdsrc, fddest);
+		file_close(arcn, fddest);
+		rdfile_close(arcn, &fdsrc);
+
+		if (vflag && vfpart) {
+			(void)putc('\n', listf);
+			vfpart = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * restore directory modes and times as required; make sure all
+	 * patterns were selected block off signals to avoid chance for
+	 * multiple entry into the cleanup code.
+	 */
+	(void)sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &s_mask, NULL);
+	ar_close();
+	proc_dir();
+	ftree_chk();
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * next_head()
+ *	try to find a valid header in the archive. Uses format specific
+ *	routines to extract the header and id the trailer. Trailers may be
+ *	located within a valid header or in an invalid header (the location
+ *	is format specific. The inhead field from the option table tells us
+ *	where to look for the trailer).
+ *	We keep reading (and resyncing) until we get enough contiguous data
+ *	to check for a header. If we cannot find one, we shift by a byte
+ *	add a new byte from the archive to the end of the buffer and try again.
+ *	If we get a read error, we throw out what we have (as we must have
+ *	contiguous data) and start over again.
+ *	ASSUMED: headers fit within a BLKMULT header.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if we got a header, -1 if we are unable to ever find another one
+ *	(we reached the end of input, or we reached the limit on retries. see
+ *	the specs for rd_wrbuf() for more details)
+ */
+
+static int
+next_head(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	int ret;
+	char *hdend;
+	int res;
+	int shftsz;
+	int hsz;
+	int in_resync = 0;		/* set when we are in resync mode */
+	int cnt = 0;			/* counter for trailer function */
+	int first = 1;			/* on 1st read, EOF isn't premature. */
+
+	/*
+	 * set up initial conditions, we want a whole frmt->hsz block as we
+	 * have no data yet.
+	 */
+	res = hsz = frmt->hsz;
+	hdend = hdbuf;
+	shftsz = hsz - 1;
+	for(;;) {
+		/*
+		 * keep looping until we get a contiguous FULL buffer
+		 * (frmt->hsz is the proper size)
+		 */
+		for (;;) {
+			if ((ret = rd_wrbuf(hdend, res)) == res)
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			 * If we read 0 bytes (EOF) from an archive when we
+			 * expect to find a header, we have stepped upon
+			 * an archive without the customary block of zeroes
+			 * end marker.  It's just stupid to error out on
+			 * them, so exit gracefully.
+			 */
+			if (first && ret == 0)
+				return -1;
+			first = 0;
+
+			/*
+			 * some kind of archive read problem, try to resync the
+			 * storage device, better give the user the bad news.
+			 */
+			if ((ret == 0) || (rd_sync() < 0)) {
+				tty_warn(1,
+				    "Premature end of file on archive read");
+				return -1;
+			}
+			if (!in_resync) {
+				if (act == APPND) {
+					tty_warn(1,
+					  "Archive I/O error, cannot continue");
+					return -1;
+				}
+				tty_warn(1,
+				    "Archive I/O error. Trying to recover.");
+				++in_resync;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * oh well, throw it all out and start over
+			 */
+			res = hsz;
+			hdend = hdbuf;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * ok we have a contiguous buffer of the right size. Call the
+		 * format read routine. If this was not a valid header and this
+		 * format stores trailers outside of the header, call the
+		 * format specific trailer routine to check for a trailer. We
+		 * have to watch out that we do not mis-identify file data or
+		 * block padding as a header or trailer. Format specific
+		 * trailer functions must NOT check for the trailer while we
+		 * are running in resync mode. Some trailer functions may tell
+		 * us that this block cannot contain a valid header either, so
+		 * we then throw out the entire block and start over.
+		 */
+		if ((*frmt->rd)(arcn, hdbuf) == 0)
+			break;
+
+		if (!frmt->inhead) {
+			/*
+			 * this format has trailers outside of valid headers
+			 */
+			if ((ret = (*frmt->trail)(hdbuf,in_resync,&cnt)) == 0){
+				/*
+				 * valid trailer found, drain input as required
+				 */
+				ar_drain();
+				return -1;
+			}
+
+			if (ret == 1) {
+				/*
+				 * we are in resync and we were told to throw
+				 * the whole block out because none of the
+				 * bytes in this block can be used to form a
+				 * valid header
+				 */
+				res = hsz;
+				hdend = hdbuf;
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Brute force section.
+		 * not a valid header. We may be able to find a header yet. So
+		 * we shift over by one byte, and set up to read one byte at a
+		 * time from the archive and place it at the end of the buffer.
+		 * We will keep moving byte at a time until we find a header or
+		 * get a read error and have to start over.
+		 */
+		if (!in_resync) {
+			if (act == APPND) {
+				tty_warn(1,
+				    "Unable to append, archive header flaw");
+				return -1;
+			}
+			tty_warn(1,
+			    "Invalid header, starting valid header search.");
+			++in_resync;
+		}
+		memmove(hdbuf, hdbuf+1, shftsz);
+		res = 1;
+		hdend = hdbuf + shftsz;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * ok got a valid header, check for trailer if format encodes it in the
+	 * the header. NOTE: the parameters are different than trailer routines
+	 * which encode trailers outside of the header!
+	 */
+	if (frmt->inhead && ((*frmt->subtrail)(arcn) == 0)) {
+		/*
+		 * valid trailer found, drain input as required
+		 */
+		ar_drain();
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	++flcnt;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * get_arc()
+ *	Figure out what format an archive is. Handles archive with flaws by
+ *	brute force searches for a legal header in any supported format. The
+ *	format id routines have to be careful to NOT mis-identify a format.
+ *	ASSUMED: headers fit within a BLKMULT header.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if archive found -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+static int
+get_arc(void)
+{
+	int i;
+	int hdsz = 0;
+	int res;
+	int minhd = BLKMULT;
+	char *hdend;
+	int notice = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * find the smallest header size in all archive formats and then set up
+	 * to read the archive.
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; ford[i] >= 0; ++i) {
+		if (fsub[ford[i]].hsz < minhd)
+			minhd = fsub[ford[i]].hsz;
+	}
+	if (rd_start() < 0)
+		return -1;
+	res = BLKMULT;
+	hdsz = 0;
+	hdend = hdbuf;
+	for(;;) {
+		for (;;) {
+			/*
+			 * fill the buffer with at least the smallest header
+			 */
+			i = rd_wrbuf(hdend, res);
+			if (i > 0)
+				hdsz += i;
+			if (hdsz >= minhd)
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			 * if we cannot recover from a read error quit
+			 */
+			if ((i == 0) || (rd_sync() < 0))
+				goto out;
+
+			/*
+			 * when we get an error none of the data we already
+			 * have can be used to create a legal header (we just
+			 * got an error in the middle), so we throw it all out
+			 * and refill the buffer with fresh data.
+			 */
+			res = BLKMULT;
+			hdsz = 0;
+			hdend = hdbuf;
+			if (!notice) {
+				if (act == APPND)
+					return -1;
+				tty_warn(1,
+				    "Cannot identify format. Searching...");
+				++notice;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * we have at least the size of the smallest header in any
+		 * archive format. Look to see if we have a match. The array
+		 * ford[] is used to specify the header id order to reduce the
+		 * chance of incorrectly id'ing a valid header (some formats
+		 * may be subsets of each other and the order would then be
+		 * important).
+		 */
+		for (i = 0; ford[i] >= 0; ++i) {
+			if ((*fsub[ford[i]].id)(hdbuf, hdsz) < 0)
+				continue;
+			frmt = &(fsub[ford[i]]);
+			/*
+			 * yuck, to avoid slow special case code in the extract
+			 * routines, just push this header back as if it was
+			 * not seen. We have left extra space at start of the
+			 * buffer for this purpose. This is a bit ugly, but
+			 * adding all the special case code is far worse.
+			 */
+			pback(hdbuf, hdsz);
+			return 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * We have a flawed archive, no match. we start searching, but
+		 * we never allow additions to flawed archives
+		 */
+		if (!notice) {
+			if (act == APPND)
+				return -1;
+			tty_warn(1, "Cannot identify format. Searching...");
+			++notice;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * brute force search for a header that we can id.
+		 * we shift through byte at a time. this is slow, but we cannot
+		 * determine the nature of the flaw in the archive in a
+		 * portable manner
+		 */
+		if (--hdsz > 0) {
+			memmove(hdbuf, hdbuf+1, hdsz);
+			res = BLKMULT - hdsz;
+			hdend = hdbuf + hdsz;
+		} else {
+			res = BLKMULT;
+			hdend = hdbuf;
+			hdsz = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+    out:
+	/*
+	 * we cannot find a header, bow, apologize and quit
+	 */
+	tty_warn(1, "Sorry, unable to determine archive format.");
+	return -1;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/buf_subs.c b/bin/pax/buf_subs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4b97af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/buf_subs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1022 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: buf_subs.c,v 1.29 2018/03/19 03:11:39 msaitoh Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)buf_subs.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: buf_subs.c,v 1.29 2018/03/19 03:11:39 msaitoh Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * routines which implement archive and file buffering
+ */
+
+#define MINFBSZ		512		/* default block size for hole detect */
+#define MAXFLT		10		/* default media read error limit */
+
+/*
+ * Need to change bufmem to dynamic allocation when the upper
+ * limit on blocking size is removed (though that will violate pax spec)
+ * MAXBLK define and tests will also need to be updated.
+ */
+static char bufmem[MAXBLK+BLKMULT];	/* i/o buffer + pushback id space */
+static char *buf;			/* normal start of i/o buffer */
+static char *bufend;			/* end or last char in i/o buffer */
+static char *bufpt;			/* read/write point in i/o buffer */
+int blksz = MAXBLK;			/* block input/output size in bytes */
+int wrblksz;				/* user spec output size in bytes */
+int maxflt = MAXFLT;			/* MAX consecutive media errors */
+int rdblksz;				/* first read blksize (tapes only) */
+off_t wrlimit;				/* # of bytes written per archive vol */
+off_t wrcnt;				/* # of bytes written on current vol */
+off_t rdcnt;				/* # of bytes read on current vol */
+
+/*
+ * wr_start()
+ *	set up the buffering system to operate in a write mode
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 if the user specified write block size violates pax spec
+ */
+
+int
+wr_start(void)
+{
+	buf = &(bufmem[BLKMULT]);
+	/*
+	 * Check to make sure the write block size meets pax specs. If the user
+	 * does not specify a blocksize, we use the format default blocksize.
+	 * We must be picky on writes, so we do not allow the user to create an
+	 * archive that might be hard to read elsewhere. If all ok, we then
+	 * open the first archive volume
+	 */
+	if (!wrblksz)
+		wrblksz = frmt->bsz;
+	if (wrblksz > MAXBLK) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Write block size of %d too large, maximum is: %d",
+			wrblksz, MAXBLK);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (wrblksz % BLKMULT) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Write block size of %d is not a %d byte multiple",
+		    wrblksz, BLKMULT);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * we only allow wrblksz to be used with all archive operations
+	 */
+	blksz = rdblksz = wrblksz;
+	if ((ar_open(arcname) < 0) && (ar_next() < 0))
+		return -1;
+	wrcnt = 0;
+	bufend = buf + wrblksz;
+	bufpt = buf;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * rd_start()
+ *	set up buffering system to read an archive
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+rd_start(void)
+{
+	/*
+	 * leave space for the header pushback (see get_arc()). If we are
+	 * going to append and user specified a write block size, check it
+	 * right away
+	 */
+	buf = &(bufmem[BLKMULT]);
+	if ((act == APPND) && wrblksz) {
+		if (wrblksz > MAXBLK) {
+			tty_warn(1,
+			    "Write block size %d too large, maximum is: %d",
+			    wrblksz, MAXBLK);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		if (wrblksz % BLKMULT) {
+			tty_warn(1,
+			    "Write block size %d is not a %d byte multiple",
+			    wrblksz, BLKMULT);
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * open the archive
+	 */
+	if ((ar_open(arcname) < 0) && (ar_next() < 0))
+		return -1;
+	bufend = buf + rdblksz;
+	bufpt = bufend;
+	rdcnt = 0;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * cp_start()
+ *	set up buffer system for copying within the file system
+ */
+
+void
+cp_start(void)
+{
+	buf = &(bufmem[BLKMULT]);
+	rdblksz = blksz = MAXBLK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * appnd_start()
+ *	Set up the buffering system to append new members to an archive that
+ *	was just read. The last block(s) of an archive may contain a format
+ *	specific trailer. To append a new member, this trailer has to be
+ *	removed from the archive. The first byte of the trailer is replaced by
+ *	the start of the header of the first file added to the archive. The
+ *	format specific end read function tells us how many bytes to move
+ *	backwards in the archive to be positioned BEFORE the trailer. Two
+ *	different positions have to be adjusted, the O.S. file offset (e.g. the
+ *	position of the tape head) and the write point within the data we have
+ *	stored in the read (soon to become write) buffer. We may have to move
+ *	back several records (the number depends on the size of the archive
+ *	record and the size of the format trailer) to read up the record where
+ *	the first byte of the trailer is recorded. Trailers may span (and
+ *	overlap) record boundaries.
+ *	We first calculate which record has the first byte of the trailer. We
+ *	move the OS file offset back to the start of this record and read it
+ *	up. We set the buffer write pointer to be at this byte (the byte where
+ *	the trailer starts). We then move the OS file pointer back to the
+ *	start of this record so a flush of this buffer will replace the record
+ *	in the archive.
+ *	A major problem is rewriting this last record. For archives stored
+ *	on disk files, this is trivial. However, many devices are really picky
+ *	about the conditions under which they will allow a write to occur.
+ *	Often devices restrict the conditions where writes can be made,
+ *	so it may not be feasable to append archives stored on all types of
+ *	devices.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 for success, -1 for failure
+ */
+
+int
+appnd_start(off_t skcnt)
+{
+	int res;
+	off_t cnt;
+
+	if (exit_val != 0) {
+		tty_warn(0, "Cannot append to an archive that may have flaws.");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * if the user did not specify a write blocksize, inherit the size used
+	 * in the last archive volume read. (If a is set we still use rdblksz
+	 * until next volume, cannot shift sizes within a single volume).
+	 */
+	if (!wrblksz)
+		wrblksz = blksz = rdblksz;
+	else
+		blksz = rdblksz;
+
+	/*
+	 * make sure that this volume allows appends
+	 */
+	if (ar_app_ok() < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * Calculate bytes to move back and move in front of record where we
+	 * need to start writing from. Remember we have to add in any padding
+	 * that might be in the buffer after the trailer in the last block. We
+	 * travel skcnt + padding ROUNDED UP to blksize.
+	 */
+	skcnt += bufend - bufpt;
+	if ((cnt = (skcnt/blksz) * blksz) < skcnt)
+		cnt += blksz;
+	if (ar_rev((off_t)cnt) < 0)
+		goto out;
+
+	/*
+	 * We may have gone too far if there is valid data in the block we are
+	 * now in front of, read up the block and position the pointer after
+	 * the valid data.
+	 */
+	if ((cnt -= skcnt) > 0) {
+		/*
+		 * watch out for stupid tape drives. ar_rev() will set rdblksz
+		 * to be real physical blocksize so we must loop until we get
+		 * the old rdblksz (now in blksz). If ar_rev() fouls up the
+		 * determination of the physical block size, we will fail.
+		 */
+		bufpt = buf;
+		bufend = buf + blksz;
+		while (bufpt < bufend) {
+			if ((res = ar_read(bufpt, rdblksz)) <= 0)
+				goto out;
+			bufpt += res;
+		}
+		if (ar_rev((off_t)(bufpt - buf)) < 0)
+			goto out;
+		bufpt = buf + cnt;
+		bufend = buf + blksz;
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * buffer is empty
+		 */
+		bufend = buf + blksz;
+		bufpt = buf;
+	}
+	rdblksz = blksz;
+	rdcnt -= skcnt;
+	wrcnt = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * At this point we are ready to write. If the device requires special
+	 * handling to write at a point were previously recorded data resides,
+	 * that is handled in ar_set_wr(). From now on we operate under normal
+	 * ARCHIVE mode (write) conditions
+	 */
+	if (ar_set_wr() < 0)
+		return -1;
+	act = ARCHIVE;
+	return 0;
+
+    out:
+	tty_warn(1, "Unable to rewrite archive trailer, cannot append.");
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * rd_sync()
+ *	A read error occurred on this archive volume. Resync the buffer and
+ *	try to reset the device (if possible) so we can continue to read. Keep
+ *	trying to do this until we get a valid read, or we reach the limit on
+ *	consecutive read faults (at which point we give up). The user can
+ *	adjust the read error limit through a command line option.
+ * Returns:
+ *	0 on success, and -1 on failure
+ */
+
+int
+rd_sync(void)
+{
+	int errcnt = 0;
+	int res;
+
+	/*
+	 * if the user says bail out on first fault, we are out of here...
+	 */
+	if (maxflt == 0)
+		return -1;
+	if (act == APPND) {
+		tty_warn(1,
+		    "Unable to append when there are archive read errors.");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * poke at device and try to get past media error
+	 */
+	if (ar_rdsync() < 0) {
+		if (ar_next() < 0)
+			return -1;
+		else
+			rdcnt = 0;
+	}
+
+	for (;;) {
+		if ((res = ar_read(buf, blksz)) > 0) {
+			/*
+			 * All right! got some data, fill that buffer
+			 */
+			bufpt = buf;
+			bufend = buf + res;
+			rdcnt += res;
+			return 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Oh well, yet another failed read...
+		 * if error limit reached, ditch. otherwise poke device to move past
+		 * bad media and try again. if media is badly damaged, we ask
+		 * the poor (and upset user at this point) for the next archive
+		 * volume. remember the goal on reads is to get the most we
+		 * can extract out of the archive.
+		 */
+		if ((maxflt > 0) && (++errcnt > maxflt))
+			tty_warn(0,
+			    "Archive read error limit (%d) reached",maxflt);
+		else if (ar_rdsync() == 0)
+			continue;
+		if (ar_next() < 0)
+			break;
+		rdcnt = 0;
+		errcnt = 0;
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * pback()
+ *	push the data used during the archive id phase back into the I/O
+ *	buffer. This is required as we cannot be sure that the header does NOT
+ *	overlap a block boundary (as in the case we are trying to recover a
+ *	flawed archived). This was not designed to be used for any other
+ *	purpose. (What software engineering, HA!)
+ *	WARNING: do not even THINK of pback greater than BLKMULT, unless the
+ *	pback space is increased.
+ */
+
+void
+pback(char *pt, int cnt)
+{
+	bufpt -= cnt;
+	memcpy(bufpt, pt, cnt);
+	return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * rd_skip()
+ *	skip forward in the archive during an archive read. Used to get quickly
+ *	past file data and padding for files the user did NOT select.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 failure, and 1 when EOF on the archive volume was detected.
+ */
+
+int
+rd_skip(off_t skcnt)
+{
+	off_t res;
+	off_t cnt;
+	off_t skipped = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * consume what data we have in the buffer. If we have to move forward
+	 * whole records, we call the low level skip function to see if we can
+	 * move within the archive without doing the expensive reads on data we
+	 * do not want.
+	 */
+	if (skcnt == 0)
+		return 0;
+	res = MIN((bufend - bufpt), skcnt);
+	bufpt += res;
+	skcnt -= res;
+
+	/*
+	 * if skcnt is now 0, then no additional i/o is needed
+	 */
+	if (skcnt == 0)
+		return 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * We have to read more, calculate complete and partial record reads
+	 * based on rdblksz. we skip over "cnt" complete records
+	 */
+	res = skcnt%rdblksz;
+	cnt = (skcnt/rdblksz) * rdblksz;
+
+	/*
+	 * if the skip fails, we will have to resync. ar_fow will tell us
+	 * how much it can skip over. We will have to read the rest.
+	 */
+	if (ar_fow(cnt, &skipped) < 0)
+		return -1;
+	res += cnt - skipped;
+	rdcnt += skipped;
+
+	/*
+	 * what is left we have to read (which may be the whole thing if
+	 * ar_fow() told us the device can only read to skip records);
+	 */
+	while (res > 0L) {
+		cnt = bufend - bufpt;
+		/*
+		 * if the read fails, we will have to resync
+		 */
+		if ((cnt <= 0) && ((cnt = buf_fill()) < 0))
+			return -1;
+		if (cnt == 0)
+			return 1;
+		cnt = MIN(cnt, res);
+		bufpt += cnt;
+		res -= cnt;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * wr_fin()
+ *	flush out any data (and pad if required) the last block. We always pad
+ *	with zero (even though we do not have to). Padding with 0 makes it a
+ *	lot easier to recover if the archive is damaged. zero paddding SHOULD
+ *	BE a requirement....
+ */
+
+void
+wr_fin(void)
+{
+	if (bufpt > buf) {
+		memset(bufpt, 0, bufend - bufpt);
+		bufpt = bufend;
+		(void)buf_flush(blksz);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * wr_rdbuf()
+ *	fill the write buffer from data passed to it in a buffer (usually used
+ *	by format specific write routines to pass a file header). On failure we
+ *	punt. We do not allow the user to continue to write flawed archives.
+ *	We assume these headers are not very large (the memory copy we use is
+ *	a bit expensive).
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if buffer was filled ok, -1 o.w. (buffer flush failure)
+ */
+
+int
+wr_rdbuf(char *out, int outcnt)
+{
+	int cnt;
+
+	/*
+	 * while there is data to copy into the write buffer. when the
+	 * write buffer fills, flush it to the archive and continue
+	 */
+	while (outcnt > 0) {
+		cnt = bufend - bufpt;
+		if ((cnt <= 0) && ((cnt = buf_flush(blksz)) < 0))
+			return -1;
+		/*
+		 * only move what we have space for
+		 */
+		cnt = MIN(cnt, outcnt);
+		memcpy(bufpt, out, cnt);
+		bufpt += cnt;
+		out += cnt;
+		outcnt -= cnt;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * rd_wrbuf()
+ *	copy from the read buffer into a supplied buffer a specified number of
+ *	bytes. If the read buffer is empty fill it and continue to copy.
+ *	usually used to obtain a file header for processing by a format
+ *	specific read routine.
+ * Return
+ *	number of bytes copied to the buffer, 0 indicates EOF on archive volume,
+ *	-1 is a read error
+ */
+
+int
+rd_wrbuf(char *in, int cpcnt)
+{
+	int res;
+	int cnt;
+	int incnt = cpcnt;
+
+	/*
+	 * loop until we fill the buffer with the requested number of bytes
+	 */
+	while (incnt > 0) {
+		cnt = bufend - bufpt;
+		if ((cnt <= 0) && ((cnt = buf_fill()) <= 0)) {
+			/*
+			 * read error, return what we got (or the error if
+			 * no data was copied). The caller must know that an
+			 * error occurred and has the best knowledge what to
+			 * do with it
+			 */
+			if ((res = cpcnt - incnt) > 0)
+				return res;
+			return cnt;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * calculate how much data to copy based on whats left and
+		 * state of buffer
+		 */
+		cnt = MIN(cnt, incnt);
+		memcpy(in, bufpt, cnt);
+		bufpt += cnt;
+		incnt -= cnt;
+		in += cnt;
+	}
+	return cpcnt;
+}
+
+/*
+ * wr_skip()
+ *	skip forward during a write. In other words add padding to the file.
+ *	we add zero filled padding as it makes flawed archives much easier to
+ *	recover from. the caller tells us how many bytes of padding to add
+ *	This routine was not designed to add HUGE amount of padding, just small
+ *	amounts (a few 512 byte blocks at most)
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 if there was a buf_flush failure
+ */
+
+int
+wr_skip(off_t skcnt)
+{
+	int cnt;
+
+	/*
+	 * loop while there is more padding to add
+	 */
+	while (skcnt > 0L) {
+		cnt = bufend - bufpt;
+		if ((cnt <= 0) && ((cnt = buf_flush(blksz)) < 0))
+			return -1;
+		cnt = MIN(cnt, skcnt);
+		memset(bufpt, 0, cnt);
+		bufpt += cnt;
+		skcnt -= cnt;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * wr_rdfile()
+ *	fill write buffer with the contents of a file. We are passed an	open
+ *	file descriptor to the file an the archive structure that describes the
+ *	file we are storing. The variable "left" is modified to contain the
+ *	number of bytes of the file we were NOT able to write to the archive.
+ *	it is important that we always write EXACTLY the number of bytes that
+ *	the format specific write routine told us to. The file can also get
+ *	bigger, so reading to the end of file would create an improper archive,
+ *	we just detect this case and warn the user. We never create a bad
+ *	archive if we can avoid it. Of course trying to archive files that are
+ *	active is asking for trouble. It we fail, we pass back how much we
+ *	could NOT copy and let the caller deal with it.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 ok, -1 if archive write failure. a short read of the file returns a
+ *	0, but "left" is set to be greater than zero.
+ */
+
+int
+wr_rdfile(ARCHD *arcn, int ifd, off_t *left)
+{
+	int cnt;
+	int res = 0;
+	off_t size = arcn->sb.st_size;
+	struct stat origsb, sb;
+
+	/*
+	 * by default, remember the previously obtained stat information
+	 * (in arcn->sb) for comparing the mtime after reading.
+	 * if Mflag is set, use the actual mtime instead.
+	 */
+	origsb = arcn->sb;
+	if (Mflag && (fstat(ifd, &origsb) < 0))
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Failed stat on %s", arcn->org_name);
+
+	/*
+	 * while there are more bytes to write
+	 */
+	while (size > 0L) {
+		cnt = bufend - bufpt;
+		if ((cnt <= 0) && ((cnt = buf_flush(blksz)) < 0)) {
+			*left = size;
+			return -1;
+		}
+		cnt = MIN(cnt, size);
+		if ((res = read_with_restart(ifd, bufpt, cnt)) <= 0)
+			break;
+		size -= res;
+		bufpt += res;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * better check the file did not change during this operation
+	 * or the file read failed.
+	 */
+	if (res < 0)
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Read fault on %s", arcn->org_name);
+	else if (size != 0L)
+		tty_warn(1, "File changed size during read %s", arcn->org_name);
+	else if (fstat(ifd, &sb) < 0)
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Failed stat on %s", arcn->org_name);
+	else if (origsb.st_mtime != sb.st_mtime)
+		tty_warn(1, "File %s was modified during copy to archive",
+			arcn->org_name);
+	*left = size;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * rd_wrfile()
+ *	extract the contents of a file from the archive. If we are unable to
+ *	extract the entire file (due to failure to write the file) we return
+ *	the numbers of bytes we did NOT process. This way the caller knows how
+ *	many bytes to skip past to find the next archive header. If the failure
+ *	was due to an archive read, we will catch that when we try to skip. If
+ *	the format supplies a file data crc value, we calculate the actual crc
+ *	so that it can be compared to the value stored in the header
+ * NOTE:
+ *	We call a special function to write the file. This function attempts to
+ *	restore file holes (blocks of zeros) into the file. When files are
+ *	sparse this saves space, and is a LOT faster. For non sparse files
+ *	the performance hit is small. As of this writing, no archive supports
+ *	information on where the file holes are.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 ok, -1 if archive read failure. if we cannot write the entire file,
+ *	we return a 0 but "left" is set to be the amount unwritten
+ */
+
+int
+rd_wrfile(ARCHD *arcn, int ofd, off_t *left)
+{
+	int cnt = 0;
+	off_t size = arcn->sb.st_size;
+	int res = 0;
+	char *fnm = arcn->name;
+	int isem = 1;
+	int rem;
+	int sz = MINFBSZ;
+	struct stat sb;
+	u_long crc = 0L;
+
+	/*
+	 * pass the blocksize of the file being written to the write routine,
+	 * if the size is zero, use the default MINFBSZ
+	 */
+	if (ofd < 0)
+		sz = PAXPATHLEN+1;
+	else if (fstat(ofd, &sb) == 0) {
+		if (sb.st_blksize > 0)
+			sz = (int)sb.st_blksize;
+	} else
+		syswarn(0, errno,
+		    "Unable to obtain block size for file %s", fnm);
+	rem = sz;
+	*left = 0L;
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy the archive to the file the number of bytes specified. We have
+	 * to assume that we want to recover file holes as none of the archive
+	 * formats can record the location of file holes.
+	 */
+	while (size > 0L) {
+		cnt = bufend - bufpt;
+		/*
+		 * if we get a read error, we do not want to skip, as we may
+		 * miss a header, so we do not set left, but if we get a write
+		 * error, we do want to skip over the unprocessed data.
+		 */
+		if ((cnt <= 0) && ((cnt = buf_fill()) <= 0))
+			break;
+		cnt = MIN(cnt, size);
+		if ((res = file_write(ofd,bufpt,cnt,&rem,&isem,sz,fnm)) <= 0) {
+			*left = size;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (docrc) {
+			/*
+			 * update the actual crc value
+			 */
+			cnt = res;
+			while (--cnt >= 0)
+				crc += *bufpt++ & 0xff;
+		} else
+			bufpt += res;
+		size -= res;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if the last block has a file hole (all zero), we must make sure this
+	 * gets updated in the file. We force the last block of zeros to be
+	 * written. just closing with the file offset moved forward may not put
+	 * a hole at the end of the file.
+	 */
+	if (ofd >= 0 && isem && (arcn->sb.st_size > 0L))
+		file_flush(ofd, fnm, isem);
+
+	/*
+	 * if we failed from archive read, we do not want to skip
+	 */
+	if ((size > 0L) && (*left == 0L))
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * some formats record a crc on file data. If so, then we compare the
+	 * calculated crc to the crc stored in the archive
+	 */
+	if (docrc && (size == 0L) && (arcn->crc != crc))
+		tty_warn(1,"Actual crc does not match expected crc %s",
+		    arcn->name);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * cp_file()
+ *	copy the contents of one file to another. used during -rw phase of pax
+ *	just as in rd_wrfile() we use a special write function to write the
+ *	destination file so we can properly copy files with holes.
+ */
+
+void
+cp_file(ARCHD *arcn, int fd1, int fd2)
+{
+	int cnt;
+	off_t cpcnt = 0L;
+	int res = 0;
+	char *fnm = arcn->name;
+	int no_hole = 0;
+	int isem = 1;
+	int rem;
+	int sz = MINFBSZ;
+	struct stat sb, origsb;
+
+	/*
+	 * check for holes in the source file. If none, we will use regular
+	 * write instead of file write.
+	 */
+	 if (((off_t)(arcn->sb.st_blocks * BLKMULT)) >= arcn->sb.st_size)
+		++no_hole;
+
+	/*
+	 * by default, remember the previously obtained stat information
+	 * (in arcn->sb) for comparing the mtime after reading.
+	 * if Mflag is set, use the actual mtime instead.
+	 */
+	origsb = arcn->sb;
+	if (Mflag && (fstat(fd1, &origsb) < 0))
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Failed stat on %s", arcn->org_name);
+
+	/*
+	 * pass the blocksize of the file being written to the write routine,
+	 * if the size is zero, use the default MINFBSZ
+	 */
+	if (fstat(fd2, &sb) == 0) {
+		if (sb.st_blksize > 0)
+			sz = sb.st_blksize;
+	} else
+		syswarn(0, errno,
+		    "Unable to obtain block size for file %s", fnm);
+	rem = sz;
+
+	/*
+	 * read the source file and copy to destination file until EOF
+	 */
+	for(;;) {
+		if ((cnt = read_with_restart(fd1, buf, blksz)) <= 0)
+			break;
+		if (no_hole)
+			res = xwrite(fd2, buf, cnt);
+		else
+			res = file_write(fd2, buf, cnt, &rem, &isem, sz, fnm);
+		if (res != cnt)
+			break;
+		cpcnt += cnt;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * check to make sure the copy is valid.
+	 */
+	if (res < 0)
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Failed write during copy of %s to %s",
+			arcn->org_name, arcn->name);
+	else if (cpcnt != arcn->sb.st_size)
+		tty_warn(1, "File %s changed size during copy to %s",
+			arcn->org_name, arcn->name);
+	else if (fstat(fd1, &sb) < 0)
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Failed stat of %s", arcn->org_name);
+	else if (origsb.st_mtime != sb.st_mtime)
+		tty_warn(1, "File %s was modified during copy to %s",
+			arcn->org_name, arcn->name);
+
+	/*
+	 * if the last block has a file hole (all zero), we must make sure this
+	 * gets updated in the file. We force the last block of zeros to be
+	 * written. just closing with the file offset moved forward may not put
+	 * a hole at the end of the file.
+	 */
+	if (!no_hole && isem && (arcn->sb.st_size > 0L))
+		file_flush(fd2, fnm, isem);
+	return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * buf_fill()
+ *	fill the read buffer with the next record (or what we can get) from
+ *	the archive volume.
+ * Return:
+ *	Number of bytes of data in the read buffer, -1 for read error, and
+ *	0 when finished (user specified termination in ar_next()).
+ */
+
+int
+buf_fill(void)
+{
+	int cnt;
+	static int fini = 0;
+
+	if (fini)
+		return 0;
+
+	for(;;) {
+		/*
+		 * try to fill the buffer. on error the next archive volume is
+		 * opened and we try again.
+		 */
+		if ((cnt = ar_read(buf, blksz)) > 0) {
+			bufpt = buf;
+			bufend = buf + cnt;
+			rdcnt += cnt;
+			return cnt;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * errors require resync, EOF goes to next archive
+		 * but in case we have not determined yet the format,
+		 * this means that we have a very short file, so we
+		 * are done again.
+		 */
+		if (cnt < 0)
+			break;
+		if (frmt == NULL || ar_next() < 0) {
+			fini = 1;
+			return 0;
+		}
+		rdcnt = 0;
+	}
+	exit_val = 1;
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * buf_flush()
+ *	force the write buffer to the archive. We are passed the number of
+ *	bytes in the buffer at the point of the flush. When we change archives
+ *	the record size might change. (either larger or smaller).
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if all is ok, -1 when a write error occurs.
+ */
+
+int
+buf_flush(int bufcnt)
+{
+	int cnt;
+	int push = 0;
+	int totcnt = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * if we have reached the user specified byte count for each archive
+	 * volume, prompt for the next volume. (The non-standard -R flag).
+	 * NOTE: If the wrlimit is smaller than wrcnt, we will always write
+	 * at least one record. We always round limit UP to next blocksize.
+	 */
+	if ((wrlimit > 0) && (wrcnt > wrlimit)) {
+		tty_warn(0,
+		    "User specified archive volume byte limit reached.");
+		if (ar_next() < 0) {
+			wrcnt = 0;
+			exit_val = 1;
+			return -1;
+		}
+		wrcnt = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * The new archive volume might have changed the size of the
+		 * write blocksize. if so we figure out if we need to write
+		 * (one or more times), or if there is now free space left in
+		 * the buffer (it is no longer full). bufcnt has the number of
+		 * bytes in the buffer, (the blocksize, at the point we were
+		 * CALLED). Push has the amount of "extra" data in the buffer
+		 * if the block size has shrunk from a volume change.
+		 */
+		bufend = buf + blksz;
+		if (blksz > bufcnt)
+			return 0;
+		if (blksz < bufcnt)
+			push = bufcnt - blksz;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We have enough data to write at least one archive block
+	 */
+	for (;;) {
+		/*
+		 * write a block and check if it all went out ok
+		 */
+		cnt = ar_write(buf, blksz);
+		if (cnt == blksz) {
+			/*
+			 * the write went ok
+			 */
+			wrcnt += cnt;
+			totcnt += cnt;
+			if (push > 0) {
+				/* we have extra data to push to the front.
+				 * check for more than 1 block of push, and if
+				 * so we loop back to write again
+				 */
+				memcpy(buf, bufend, push);
+				bufpt = buf + push;
+				if (push >= blksz) {
+					push -= blksz;
+					continue;
+				}
+			} else
+				bufpt = buf;
+			return totcnt;
+		} else if (cnt > 0) {
+			/*
+			 * Oh drat we got a partial write!
+			 * if format doesnt care about alignment let it go,
+			 * we warned the user in ar_write().... but this means
+			 * the last record on this volume violates pax spec....
+			 */
+			totcnt += cnt;
+			wrcnt += cnt;
+			bufpt = buf + cnt;
+			cnt = bufcnt - cnt;
+			memcpy(buf, bufpt, cnt);
+			bufpt = buf + cnt;
+			if (!frmt->blkalgn || ((cnt % frmt->blkalgn) == 0))
+				return totcnt;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * All done, go to next archive
+		 */
+		wrcnt = 0;
+		if (ar_next() < 0)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * The new archive volume might also have changed the block
+		 * size. if so, figure out if we have too much or too little
+		 * data for using the new block size
+		 */
+		bufend = buf + blksz;
+		if (blksz > bufcnt)
+			return 0;
+		if (blksz < bufcnt)
+			push = bufcnt - blksz;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * write failed, stop pax. we must not create a bad archive!
+	 */
+	exit_val = 1;
+	return -1;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/cpio.1 b/bin/pax/cpio.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45f5854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/cpio.1
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+.\" $NetBSD: cpio.1,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	OpenBSD: cpio.1,v 1.14 2000/11/10 17:52:02 aaron Exp
+.\"
+.Dd June 18, 2011
+.Dt CPIO 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cpio
+.Nd copy file archives in and out
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm cpio
+.Fl o
+.Op Fl AaBcLvZz
+.Op Fl C Ar bytes
+.Op Fl F Ar archive
+.Op Fl H Ar format
+.Op Fl O Ar archive
+.Ar "< name-list"
+.Op Ar "> archive"
+.Nm cpio
+.Fl i
+.Op Fl 6BbcdfmrSstuvZz
+.Op Fl C Ar bytes
+.Op Fl E Ar file
+.Op Fl F Ar archive
+.Op Fl H Ar format
+.Op Fl I Ar archive
+.Op Ar "pattern ..."
+.Op Ar "< archive"
+.Nm cpio
+.Fl p
+.Op Fl adLlmuv
+.Ar destination-directory
+.Ar "< name-list"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+command copies files to and from a
+.Nm
+archive.
+If the archive is of the form:
+.Ar [[user@]host:]file
+then the archive will be processed using
+.Xr rmt 8 .
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl o , Fl Fl create
+Create an archive.
+Reads the list of files to store in the
+archive from standard input, and writes the archive on standard
+output.
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl a , Fl Fl reset-access-time
+Reset the access times on files that have been copied to the
+archive.
+.It Fl A , Fl Fl append
+Append to the specified archive.
+.It Fl B
+Set block size of output to 5120 bytes.
+.It Fl c
+Use ASCII format for
+.Nm
+header for portability.
+.It Fl C Ar bytes
+Set the block size of output to
+.Ar bytes .
+.It Fl F Ar archive
+.It Fl O Ar archive
+Use the specified file name as the archive to write to.
+.It Fl H Ar format
+Write the archive in the specified format.
+Recognized formats are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width sv4cpio -compact
+.It Ar bcpio
+Old binary
+.Nm
+format.
+.It Ar cpio
+Old octal character
+.Nm
+format.
+.It Ar sv4cpio
+SVR4 hex
+.Nm
+format.
+.It Ar tar
+Old tar format.
+.It Ar ustar
+POSIX ustar format.
+.El
+.It Fl L
+Follow symbolic links.
+.It Fl v
+Be verbose about operations.
+List filenames as they are written to the archive.
+.It Fl Fl xz
+Compress/decompress archive using
+.Xr xz 1
+format.
+.It Fl Z
+Compress archive using
+.Xr compress 1
+format.
+.It Fl z
+Compress/decompress archive using
+.Xr gzip 1
+format.
+.El
+.It Fl i , Fl Fl extract
+Restore files from an archive.
+Reads the archive file from
+standard input and extracts files matching the
+.Ar patterns
+that were specified on the command line.
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl b
+Do byte and word swapping after reading in data from the
+archive, for restoring archives created on systems with
+a different byte order.
+.It Fl B
+Set the block size of the archive being read to 5120 bytes.
+.It Fl c
+Expect the archive headers to be in ASCII format.
+.It Fl C Ar bytes
+Read archive written with a block size of
+.Ar bytes .
+.It Fl d , Fl Fl make-directories
+Create any intermediate directories as needed during
+restore.
+.It Fl E Ar file , Fl Fl pattern-file Ar file
+Read list of file name patterns to extract or list from
+.Ar file .
+.It Fl f , Fl Fl nonmatching
+Restore all files except those matching the
+.Ar patterns
+given on the command line.
+.It Fl F Ar archive , Fl Fl file Ar archive
+.It Fl I Ar archive
+Use the specified file as the input for the archive.
+.It Fl H Ar format , Fl Fl format Ar format
+Read an archive of the specified format.
+Recognized formats are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width sv4cpio -compact
+.It Ar bcpio
+Old binary
+.Nm
+format.
+.It Ar cpio
+Old octal character
+.Nm
+format.
+.It Ar sv4cpio
+SVR4 hex
+.Nm
+format.
+.It Ar tar
+Old tar format.
+.It Ar ustar
+POSIX ustar format.
+.El
+.It Fl m
+Restore modification times on files.
+.It Fl r , Fl Fl rename
+Rename restored files interactively.
+.It Fl s
+Swap bytes after reading data from the archive.
+.It Fl S , Fl Fl swap-halfwords
+Swap words after reading data from the archive.
+.It Fl t , Fl Fl list
+Only list the contents of the archive, no files or
+directories will be created.
+.It Fl u , Fl Fl unconditional
+Overwrite files even when the file in the archive is
+older than the one that will be overwritten.
+.It Fl v , Fl Fl verbose
+Be verbose about operations.
+List filenames as they are copied in from the archive.
+.It Fl z
+Uncompress archive using
+.Xr gzip 1
+format.
+.It Fl Z
+Uncompress archive using
+.Xr compress 1
+format.
+.It Fl 6
+Process old-style
+.Nm
+format archives.
+.El
+.It Fl p , Fl Fl pass-through
+Copy files from one location to another in a single pass.
+The list of files to copy are read from standard input and
+written out to a directory relative to the specified
+.Ar directory
+argument.
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl a
+Reset the access times on files that have been copied.
+.It Fl d
+Create any intermediate directories as needed to write
+the files at the new location.
+.It Fl l , Fl Fl link
+When possible, link files rather than creating an
+extra copy.
+.It Fl L , Fl Fl dereference
+Follow symbolic links.
+.It Fl m , Fl Fl preserve-modification-time
+Restore modification times on files.
+.It Fl u , Fl Fl unconditional
+Overwrite files even when the original file being copied is
+older than the one that will be overwritten.
+.It Fl v , Fl Fl verbose
+Be verbose about operations.
+List filenames as they are copied.
+.It Fl Fl force-local
+Do not interpret filenames that contain a
+.Sq \&:
+as remote files.
+.It Fl Fl insecure
+Normally
+.Nm
+ignores filenames that contain
+.Dq ..
+as a path component.
+With this option, files that contain
+.Dq ..
+can be processed.
+.El
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Nm
+will exit with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width 2n
+.It 0
+All files were processed successfully.
+.It 1
+An error occurred.
+.El
+.Pp
+Whenever
+.Nm
+cannot create a file or a link when extracting an archive or cannot
+find a file while writing an archive, or cannot preserve the user
+ID, group ID, file mode, or access and modification times when the
+.Fl p
+option is specified, a diagnostic message is written to standard
+error and a non-zero exit value will be returned, but processing
+will continue.
+In the case where
+.Nm
+cannot create a link to a file,
+.Nm
+will not create a second copy of the file.
+.Pp
+If the extraction of a file from an archive is prematurely terminated
+by a signal or error,
+.Nm
+may have only partially extracted the file the user wanted.
+Additionally, the file modes of extracted files and directories may
+have incorrect file bits, and the modification and access times may
+be wrong.
+.Pp
+If the creation of an archive is prematurely terminated by a signal
+or error,
+.Nm
+may have only partially created the archive which may violate the
+specific archive format specification.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pax 1 ,
+.Xr tar 1
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Keith Muller
+at the University of California, San Diego.
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fl s
+and
+.Fl S
+options are currently not implemented.
diff --git a/bin/pax/cpio.c b/bin/pax/cpio.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a38ba2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/cpio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1134 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cpio.c,v 1.22 2012/08/09 08:09:21 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cpio.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cpio.c,v 1.22 2012/08/09 08:09:21 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "cpio.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static int rd_nm(ARCHD *, int);
+static int rd_ln_nm(ARCHD *);
+static int com_rd(ARCHD *);
+
+/*
+ * Routines which support the different cpio versions
+ */
+
+int cpio_swp_head;		/* binary cpio header byte swap */
+
+/*
+ * Routines common to all versions of cpio
+ */
+
+/*
+ * cpio_strd()
+ *	Fire up the hard link detection code
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok -1 otherwise (the return values of lnk_start())
+ */
+
+int
+cpio_strd(void)
+{
+	return lnk_start();
+}
+
+/*
+ * cpio_subtrail()
+ *	Called to determine if a header block is a valid trailer. We are
+ *	passed the block, the in_sync flag (which tells us we are in resync
+ *	mode; looking for a valid header), and cnt (which starts at zero)
+ *	which is used to count the number of empty blocks we have seen so far.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a valid trailer, -1 if not a valid trailer,
+ */
+
+int
+cpio_subtrail(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	/*
+	 * look for trailer id in file we are about to process
+	 */
+	if ((strcmp(arcn->name, TRAILER) == 0) && (arcn->sb.st_size == 0))
+		return 0;
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * com_rd()
+ *	operations common to all cpio read functions.
+ * Return:
+ *	0
+ */
+
+static int
+com_rd(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	arcn->skip = 0;
+	arcn->pat = NULL;
+	arcn->org_name = arcn->name;
+	switch(arcn->sb.st_mode & C_IFMT) {
+	case C_ISFIFO:
+		arcn->type = PAX_FIF;
+		break;
+	case C_ISDIR:
+		arcn->type = PAX_DIR;
+		break;
+	case C_ISBLK:
+		arcn->type = PAX_BLK;
+		break;
+	case C_ISCHR:
+		arcn->type = PAX_CHR;
+		break;
+	case C_ISLNK:
+		arcn->type = PAX_SLK;
+		break;
+	case C_ISOCK:
+		arcn->type = PAX_SCK;
+		break;
+	case C_ISCTG:
+	case C_ISREG:
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * we have file data, set up skip (pad is set in the format
+		 * specific sections)
+		 */
+		arcn->sb.st_mode = (arcn->sb.st_mode & 0xfff) | C_ISREG;
+		arcn->type = PAX_REG;
+		arcn->skip = arcn->sb.st_size;
+		break;
+	}
+	if (chk_lnk(arcn) < 0)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * cpio_end_wr()
+ *	write the special file with the name trailer in the proper format
+ * Return:
+ *	result of the write of the trailer from the cpio specific write func
+ */
+
+int
+cpio_endwr(void)
+{
+	ARCHD last;
+
+	/*
+	 * create a trailer request and call the proper format write function
+	 */
+	memset(&last, 0, sizeof(last));
+	last.nlen = sizeof(TRAILER) - 1;
+	last.type = PAX_REG;
+	last.sb.st_nlink = 1;
+	(void)strcpy(last.name, TRAILER);
+	return (*frmt->wr)(&last);
+}
+
+/*
+ * rd_nam()
+ *	read in the file name which follows the cpio header
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+static int
+rd_nm(ARCHD *arcn, int nsz)
+{
+	/*
+	 * do not even try bogus values
+	 */
+	if ((nsz <= 0) || (nsz > (int)sizeof(arcn->name))) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Cpio file name length %d is out of range", nsz);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * read the name and make sure it is not empty and is \0 terminated
+	 */
+	if ((rd_wrbuf(arcn->name,nsz) != nsz) || (arcn->name[nsz-1] != '\0') ||
+	    (arcn->name[0] == '\0')) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Cpio file name in header is corrupted");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * rd_ln_nm()
+ *	read in the link name for a file with links. The link name is stored
+ *	like file data (and is NOT \0 terminated!)
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+static int
+rd_ln_nm(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	/*
+	 * check the length specified for bogus values
+	 */
+	if ((arcn->sb.st_size == 0) ||
+	    (arcn->sb.st_size >= (off_t)sizeof(arcn->ln_name))) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Cpio link name length is invalid: " OFFT_F,
+		    (OFFT_T) arcn->sb.st_size);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * read in the link name and \0 terminate it
+	 */
+	if (rd_wrbuf(arcn->ln_name, (int)arcn->sb.st_size) !=
+	    (int)arcn->sb.st_size) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Cpio link name read error");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	arcn->ln_nlen = arcn->sb.st_size;
+	arcn->ln_name[arcn->ln_nlen] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * watch out for those empty link names
+	 */
+	if (arcn->ln_name[0] == '\0') {
+		tty_warn(1, "Cpio link name is corrupt");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Routines common to the extended byte oriented cpio format
+ */
+
+/*
+ * cpio_id()
+ *	determine if a block given to us is a valid extended byte oriented
+ *	cpio header
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a valid header, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+cpio_id(char *blk, int size)
+{
+	if ((size < (int)sizeof(HD_CPIO)) ||
+	    (strncmp(blk, AMAGIC, sizeof(AMAGIC) - 1) != 0))
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * cpio_rd()
+ *	determine if a buffer is a byte oriented extended cpio archive entry.
+ *	convert and store the values in the ARCHD parameter.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a valid header, -1 otherwise.
+ */
+
+int
+cpio_rd(ARCHD *arcn, char *buf)
+{
+	int nsz;
+	HD_CPIO *hd;
+
+	/*
+	 * check that this is a valid header, if not return -1
+	 */
+	if (cpio_id(buf, sizeof(HD_CPIO)) < 0)
+		return -1;
+	hd = (HD_CPIO *)buf;
+
+	/*
+	 * byte oriented cpio (posix) does not have padding! extract the octal
+	 * ascii fields from the header
+	 */
+	arcn->pad = 0L;
+	arcn->sb.st_dev = (dev_t)asc_u32(hd->c_dev, sizeof(hd->c_dev), OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_ino = (ino_t)asc_u32(hd->c_ino, sizeof(hd->c_ino), OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_mode = (mode_t)asc_u32(hd->c_mode, sizeof(hd->c_mode), OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_uid = (uid_t)asc_u32(hd->c_uid, sizeof(hd->c_uid), OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_gid = (gid_t)asc_u32(hd->c_gid, sizeof(hd->c_gid), OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_nlink = (nlink_t)asc_u32(hd->c_nlink, sizeof(hd->c_nlink),
+	    OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_rdev = (dev_t)asc_u32(hd->c_rdev, sizeof(hd->c_rdev), OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_mtime = (time_t)(int32_t)asc_u32(hd->c_mtime, sizeof(hd->c_mtime),
+	    OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_ctime = arcn->sb.st_atime = arcn->sb.st_mtime;
+	arcn->sb.st_size = (off_t)ASC_OFFT(hd->c_filesize,
+	    sizeof(hd->c_filesize), OCT);
+
+	/*
+	 * check name size and if valid, read in the name of this entry (name
+	 * follows header in the archive)
+	 */
+	if ((nsz = (int)asc_u32(hd->c_namesize,sizeof(hd->c_namesize),OCT)) < 2)
+		return -1;
+	arcn->nlen = nsz - 1;
+	if (rd_nm(arcn, nsz) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	if (((arcn->sb.st_mode&C_IFMT) != C_ISLNK)||(arcn->sb.st_size == 0)) {
+		/*
+		 * no link name to read for this file
+		 */
+		arcn->ln_nlen = 0;
+		arcn->ln_name[0] = '\0';
+		return com_rd(arcn);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * check link name size and read in the link name. Link names are
+	 * stored like file data.
+	 */
+	if (rd_ln_nm(arcn) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * we have a valid header (with a link)
+	 */
+	return com_rd(arcn);
+}
+
+/*
+ * cpio_endrd()
+ *	no cleanup needed here, just return size of the trailer (for append)
+ * Return:
+ *	size of trailer header in this format
+ */
+
+off_t
+cpio_endrd(void)
+{
+	return (off_t)(sizeof(HD_CPIO) + sizeof(TRAILER));
+}
+
+/*
+ * cpio_stwr()
+ *	start up the device mapping table
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 otherwise (what dev_start() returns)
+ */
+
+int
+cpio_stwr(void)
+{
+	return dev_start();
+}
+
+/*
+ * cpio_wr()
+ *	copy the data in the ARCHD to buffer in extended byte oriented cpio
+ *	format.
+ * Return
+ *	0 if file has data to be written after the header, 1 if file has NO
+ *	data to write after the header, -1 if archive write failed
+ */
+
+int
+cpio_wr(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	HD_CPIO *hd;
+	int nsz;
+	char hdblk[sizeof(HD_CPIO)];
+
+	/*
+	 * check and repair truncated device and inode fields in the header
+	 */
+	if (map_dev(arcn, (u_long)CPIO_MASK, (u_long)CPIO_MASK) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	arcn->pad = 0L;
+	nsz = arcn->nlen + 1;
+	hd = (HD_CPIO *)hdblk;
+	if ((arcn->type != PAX_BLK) && (arcn->type != PAX_CHR))
+		arcn->sb.st_rdev = 0;
+
+	switch(arcn->type) {
+	case PAX_CTG:
+	case PAX_REG:
+	case PAX_HRG:
+		/*
+		 * set data size for file data
+		 */
+		if (OFFT_ASC(arcn->sb.st_size, hd->c_filesize,
+		    sizeof(hd->c_filesize), OCT)) {
+			tty_warn(1,"File is too large for cpio format %s",
+			    arcn->org_name);
+			return 1;
+		}
+		break;
+	case PAX_SLK:
+		/*
+		 * set data size to hold link name
+		 */
+		if (u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->ln_nlen, hd->c_filesize,
+		    sizeof(hd->c_filesize), OCT))
+			goto out;
+		break;
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * all other file types have no file data
+		 */
+		if (u32_asc((uintmax_t)0, hd->c_filesize, sizeof(hd->c_filesize),
+		     OCT))
+			goto out;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * copy the values to the header using octal ascii
+	 */
+	if (u32_asc((uintmax_t)MAGIC, hd->c_magic, sizeof(hd->c_magic), OCT) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_dev, hd->c_dev, sizeof(hd->c_dev),
+		OCT) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_ino, hd->c_ino, sizeof(hd->c_ino),
+		OCT) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_mode, hd->c_mode, sizeof(hd->c_mode),
+		OCT) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_uid, hd->c_uid, sizeof(hd->c_uid),
+		OCT) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_gid, hd->c_gid, sizeof(hd->c_gid),
+		OCT) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_nlink, hd->c_nlink, sizeof(hd->c_nlink),
+		 OCT) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_rdev, hd->c_rdev, sizeof(hd->c_rdev),
+		OCT) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_mtime,hd->c_mtime,sizeof(hd->c_mtime),
+		OCT) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)nsz, hd->c_namesize, sizeof(hd->c_namesize), OCT))
+		goto out;
+
+	/*
+	 * write the file name to the archive
+	 */
+	if ((wr_rdbuf(hdblk, (int)sizeof(HD_CPIO)) < 0) ||
+	    (wr_rdbuf(arcn->name, nsz) < 0)) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Unable to write cpio header for %s",
+		    arcn->org_name);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if this file has data, we are done. The caller will write the file
+	 * data, if we are link tell caller we are done, go to next file
+	 */
+	if ((arcn->type == PAX_CTG) || (arcn->type == PAX_REG))
+		return 0;
+	if (arcn->type != PAX_SLK)
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * write the link name to the archive, tell the caller to go to the
+	 * next file as we are done.
+	 */
+	if (wr_rdbuf(arcn->ln_name, arcn->ln_nlen) < 0) {
+		tty_warn(1,"Unable to write cpio link name for %s",
+		    arcn->org_name);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 1;
+
+    out:
+	/*
+	 * header field is out of range
+	 */
+	tty_warn(1, "Cpio header field is too small to store file %s",
+	    arcn->org_name);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Routines common to the system VR4 version of cpio (with/without file CRC)
+ */
+
+/*
+ * vcpio_id()
+ *	determine if a block given to us is a valid system VR4 cpio header
+ *	WITHOUT crc. WATCH it the magic cookies are in OCTAL, the header
+ *	uses HEX
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a valid header, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+vcpio_id(char *blk, int size)
+{
+	if ((size < (int)sizeof(HD_VCPIO)) ||
+	    (strncmp(blk, AVMAGIC, sizeof(AVMAGIC) - 1) != 0))
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * crc_id()
+ *	determine if a block given to us is a valid system VR4 cpio header
+ *	WITH crc. WATCH it the magic cookies are in OCTAL the header uses HEX
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a valid header, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+crc_id(char *blk, int size)
+{
+	if ((size < (int)sizeof(HD_VCPIO)) ||
+	    (strncmp(blk, AVCMAGIC, sizeof(AVCMAGIC) - 1) != 0))
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * crc_strd()
+ *	set file data CRC calculations. Fire up the hard link detection code
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok -1 otherwise (the return values of lnk_start())
+ */
+
+int
+crc_strd(void)
+{
+	docrc = 1;
+	return lnk_start();
+}
+
+/*
+ * vcpio_rd()
+ *	determine if a buffer is a system VR4 archive entry. (with/without CRC)
+ *	convert and store the values in the ARCHD parameter.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a valid header, -1 otherwise.
+ */
+
+int
+vcpio_rd(ARCHD *arcn, char *buf)
+{
+	HD_VCPIO *hd;
+	dev_t devminor;
+	dev_t devmajor;
+	int nsz;
+
+	/*
+	 * during the id phase it was determined if we were using CRC, use the
+	 * proper id routine.
+	 */
+	if (docrc) {
+		if (crc_id(buf, sizeof(HD_VCPIO)) < 0)
+			return -1;
+	} else {
+		if (vcpio_id(buf, sizeof(HD_VCPIO)) < 0)
+			return -1;
+	}
+
+	hd = (HD_VCPIO *)buf;
+	arcn->pad = 0L;
+
+	/*
+	 * extract the hex ascii fields from the header
+	 */
+	arcn->sb.st_ino = (ino_t)asc_u32(hd->c_ino, sizeof(hd->c_ino), HEX);
+	arcn->sb.st_mode = (mode_t)asc_u32(hd->c_mode, sizeof(hd->c_mode), HEX);
+	arcn->sb.st_uid = (uid_t)asc_u32(hd->c_uid, sizeof(hd->c_uid), HEX);
+	arcn->sb.st_gid = (gid_t)asc_u32(hd->c_gid, sizeof(hd->c_gid), HEX);
+	arcn->sb.st_mtime = (time_t)(int32_t)asc_u32(hd->c_mtime,sizeof(hd->c_mtime),HEX);
+	arcn->sb.st_ctime = arcn->sb.st_atime = arcn->sb.st_mtime;
+	arcn->sb.st_size = (off_t)ASC_OFFT(hd->c_filesize,
+	    sizeof(hd->c_filesize), HEX);
+	arcn->sb.st_nlink = (nlink_t)asc_u32(hd->c_nlink, sizeof(hd->c_nlink),
+	    HEX);
+	devmajor = (dev_t)asc_u32(hd->c_maj, sizeof(hd->c_maj), HEX);
+	devminor = (dev_t)asc_u32(hd->c_min, sizeof(hd->c_min), HEX);
+	arcn->sb.st_dev = TODEV(devmajor, devminor);
+	devmajor = (dev_t)asc_u32(hd->c_rmaj, sizeof(hd->c_maj), HEX);
+	devminor = (dev_t)asc_u32(hd->c_rmin, sizeof(hd->c_min), HEX);
+	arcn->sb.st_rdev = TODEV(devmajor, devminor);
+	arcn->crc = asc_u32(hd->c_chksum, sizeof(hd->c_chksum), HEX);
+
+	/*
+	 * check the length of the file name, if ok read it in, return -1 if
+	 * bogus
+	 */
+	if ((nsz = (int)asc_u32(hd->c_namesize,sizeof(hd->c_namesize),HEX)) < 2)
+		return -1;
+	arcn->nlen = nsz - 1;
+	if (rd_nm(arcn, nsz) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * skip padding. header + filename is aligned to 4 byte boundaries
+	 */
+	if (rd_skip((off_t)(VCPIO_PAD(sizeof(HD_VCPIO) + nsz))) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * if not a link (or a file with no data), calculate pad size (for
+	 * padding which follows the file data), clear the link name and return
+	 */
+	if (((arcn->sb.st_mode&C_IFMT) != C_ISLNK)||(arcn->sb.st_size == 0)) {
+		/*
+		 * we have a valid header (not a link)
+		 */
+		arcn->ln_nlen = 0;
+		arcn->ln_name[0] = '\0';
+		arcn->pad = VCPIO_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size);
+		return com_rd(arcn);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * read in the link name and skip over the padding
+	 */
+	if ((rd_ln_nm(arcn) < 0) ||
+	    (rd_skip((off_t)(VCPIO_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size))) < 0))
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * we have a valid header (with a link)
+	 */
+	return com_rd(arcn);
+}
+
+/*
+ * vcpio_endrd()
+ *	no cleanup needed here, just return size of the trailer (for append)
+ * Return:
+ *	size of trailer header in this format
+ */
+
+off_t
+vcpio_endrd(void)
+{
+	return (off_t)(sizeof(HD_VCPIO) + sizeof(TRAILER) +
+		(VCPIO_PAD(sizeof(HD_VCPIO) + sizeof(TRAILER))));
+}
+
+/*
+ * crc_stwr()
+ *	start up the device mapping table, enable crc file calculation
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 otherwise (what dev_start() returns)
+ */
+
+int
+crc_stwr(void)
+{
+	docrc = 1;
+	return dev_start();
+}
+
+/*
+ * vcpio_wr()
+ *	copy the data in the ARCHD to buffer in system VR4 cpio
+ *	(with/without crc) format.
+ * Return
+ *	0 if file has data to be written after the header, 1 if file has
+ *	NO data to write after the header, -1 if archive write failed
+ */
+
+int
+vcpio_wr(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	HD_VCPIO *hd;
+	unsigned int nsz;
+	char hdblk[sizeof(HD_VCPIO)];
+
+	/*
+	 * check and repair truncated device and inode fields in the cpio
+	 * header
+	 */
+	if (map_dev(arcn, (u_long)VCPIO_MASK, (u_long)VCPIO_MASK) < 0)
+		return -1;
+	nsz = arcn->nlen + 1;
+	hd = (HD_VCPIO *)hdblk;
+	if ((arcn->type != PAX_BLK) && (arcn->type != PAX_CHR))
+		arcn->sb.st_rdev = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * add the proper magic value depending whether we were asked for
+	 * file data crc's, and the crc if needed.
+	 */
+	if (docrc) {
+		if (u32_asc((uintmax_t)VCMAGIC, hd->c_magic, sizeof(hd->c_magic),
+			OCT) ||
+		    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->crc,hd->c_chksum,sizeof(hd->c_chksum),
+			HEX))
+			goto out;
+	} else {
+		if (u32_asc((uintmax_t)VMAGIC, hd->c_magic, sizeof(hd->c_magic),
+			OCT) ||
+		    u32_asc((uintmax_t)0, hd->c_chksum, sizeof(hd->c_chksum),HEX))
+			goto out;
+	}
+
+	switch(arcn->type) {
+	case PAX_CTG:
+	case PAX_REG:
+	case PAX_HRG:
+		/*
+		 * caller will copy file data to the archive. tell him how
+		 * much to pad.
+		 */
+		arcn->pad = VCPIO_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size);
+		if (OFFT_ASC(arcn->sb.st_size, hd->c_filesize,
+		    sizeof(hd->c_filesize), HEX)) {
+			tty_warn(1,"File is too large for sv4cpio format %s",
+			    arcn->org_name);
+			return 1;
+		}
+		break;
+	case PAX_SLK:
+		/*
+		 * no file data for the caller to process, the file data has
+		 * the size of the link
+		 */
+		arcn->pad = 0L;
+		if (u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->ln_nlen, hd->c_filesize,
+		    sizeof(hd->c_filesize), HEX))
+			goto out;
+		break;
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * no file data for the caller to process
+		 */
+		arcn->pad = 0L;
+		if (u32_asc((uintmax_t)0, hd->c_filesize, sizeof(hd->c_filesize),
+		    HEX))
+			goto out;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * set the other fields in the header
+	 */
+	if (u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_ino, hd->c_ino, sizeof(hd->c_ino),
+		HEX) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_mode, hd->c_mode, sizeof(hd->c_mode),
+		HEX) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_uid, hd->c_uid, sizeof(hd->c_uid),
+		HEX) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_gid, hd->c_gid, sizeof(hd->c_gid),
+		HEX) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_mtime, hd->c_mtime, sizeof(hd->c_mtime),
+		HEX) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_nlink, hd->c_nlink, sizeof(hd->c_nlink),
+		HEX) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)MAJOR(arcn->sb.st_dev),hd->c_maj, sizeof(hd->c_maj),
+		HEX) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)MINOR(arcn->sb.st_dev),hd->c_min, sizeof(hd->c_min),
+		HEX) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)MAJOR(arcn->sb.st_rdev),hd->c_rmaj,sizeof(hd->c_maj),
+		HEX) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)MINOR(arcn->sb.st_rdev),hd->c_rmin,sizeof(hd->c_min),
+		HEX) ||
+	    u32_asc((uintmax_t)nsz, hd->c_namesize, sizeof(hd->c_namesize), HEX))
+		goto out;
+
+	/*
+	 * write the header, the file name and padding as required.
+	 */
+	if ((wr_rdbuf(hdblk, (int)sizeof(HD_VCPIO)) < 0) ||
+	    (wr_rdbuf(arcn->name, (int)nsz) < 0)  ||
+	    (wr_skip((off_t)(VCPIO_PAD(sizeof(HD_VCPIO) + nsz))) < 0)) {
+		tty_warn(1,"Could not write sv4cpio header for %s",
+		    arcn->org_name);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if we have file data, tell the caller we are done, copy the file
+	 */
+	if ((arcn->type == PAX_CTG) || (arcn->type == PAX_REG) ||
+	    (arcn->type == PAX_HRG))
+		return 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * if we are not a link, tell the caller we are done, go to next file
+	 */
+	if (arcn->type != PAX_SLK)
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * write the link name, tell the caller we are done.
+	 */
+	if ((wr_rdbuf(arcn->ln_name, arcn->ln_nlen) < 0) ||
+	    (wr_skip((off_t)(VCPIO_PAD(arcn->ln_nlen))) < 0)) {
+		tty_warn(1,"Could not write sv4cpio link name for %s",
+		    arcn->org_name);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 1;
+
+    out:
+	/*
+	 * header field is out of range
+	 */
+	tty_warn(1,"Sv4cpio header field is too small for file %s",
+	    arcn->org_name);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Routines common to the old binary header cpio
+ */
+
+/*
+ * bcpio_id()
+ *	determine if a block given to us is a old binary cpio header
+ *	(with/without header byte swapping)
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a valid header, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+bcpio_id(char *blk, int size)
+{
+	if (size < (int)sizeof(HD_BCPIO))
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * check both normal and byte swapped magic cookies
+	 */
+	if (((u_short)SHRT_EXT(blk)) == MAGIC)
+		return 0;
+	if (((u_short)RSHRT_EXT(blk)) == MAGIC) {
+		if (!cpio_swp_head)
+			++cpio_swp_head;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * bcpio_rd()
+ *	determine if a buffer is a old binary archive entry. (it may have byte
+ *	swapped header) convert and store the values in the ARCHD parameter.
+ *	This is a very old header format and should not really be used.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a valid header, -1 otherwise.
+ */
+
+int
+bcpio_rd(ARCHD *arcn, char *buf)
+{
+	HD_BCPIO *hd;
+	int nsz;
+
+	/*
+	 * check the header
+	 */
+	if (bcpio_id(buf, sizeof(HD_BCPIO)) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	arcn->pad = 0L;
+	hd = (HD_BCPIO *)buf;
+	if (cpio_swp_head) {
+		/*
+		 * header has swapped bytes on 16 bit boundaries
+		 */
+		arcn->sb.st_dev = (dev_t)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_dev));
+		arcn->sb.st_ino = (ino_t)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_ino));
+		arcn->sb.st_mode = (mode_t)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_mode));
+		arcn->sb.st_uid = (uid_t)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_uid));
+		arcn->sb.st_gid = (gid_t)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_gid));
+		arcn->sb.st_nlink = (nlink_t)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_nlink));
+		arcn->sb.st_rdev = (dev_t)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_rdev));
+		arcn->sb.st_mtime = (time_t)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_mtime_1));
+		arcn->sb.st_mtime =  (arcn->sb.st_mtime << 16) |
+			((time_t)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_mtime_2)));
+		arcn->sb.st_size = (off_t)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_filesize_1));
+		arcn->sb.st_size = (arcn->sb.st_size << 16) |
+			((off_t)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_filesize_2)));
+		nsz = (int)(RSHRT_EXT(hd->h_namesize));
+	} else {
+		arcn->sb.st_dev = (dev_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_dev));
+		arcn->sb.st_ino = (ino_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_ino));
+		arcn->sb.st_mode = (mode_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_mode));
+		arcn->sb.st_uid = (uid_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_uid));
+		arcn->sb.st_gid = (gid_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_gid));
+		arcn->sb.st_nlink = (nlink_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_nlink));
+		arcn->sb.st_rdev = (dev_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_rdev));
+		arcn->sb.st_mtime = (time_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_mtime_1));
+		arcn->sb.st_mtime =  (arcn->sb.st_mtime << 16) |
+			((time_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_mtime_2)));
+		arcn->sb.st_size = (off_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_filesize_1));
+		arcn->sb.st_size = (arcn->sb.st_size << 16) |
+			((off_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_filesize_2)));
+		nsz = (int)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_namesize));
+	}
+	arcn->sb.st_ctime = arcn->sb.st_atime = arcn->sb.st_mtime;
+
+	/*
+	 * check the file name size, if bogus give up. otherwise read the file
+	 * name
+	 */
+	if (nsz < 2)
+		return -1;
+	arcn->nlen = nsz - 1;
+	if (rd_nm(arcn, nsz) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * header + file name are aligned to 2 byte boundaries, skip if needed
+	 */
+	if (rd_skip((off_t)(BCPIO_PAD(sizeof(HD_BCPIO) + nsz))) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * if not a link (or a file with no data), calculate pad size (for
+	 * padding which follows the file data), clear the link name and return
+	 */
+	if (((arcn->sb.st_mode & C_IFMT) != C_ISLNK)||(arcn->sb.st_size == 0)){
+		/*
+		 * we have a valid header (not a link)
+		 */
+		arcn->ln_nlen = 0;
+		arcn->ln_name[0] = '\0';
+		arcn->pad = BCPIO_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size);
+		return com_rd(arcn);
+	}
+
+	if ((rd_ln_nm(arcn) < 0) ||
+	    (rd_skip((off_t)(BCPIO_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size))) < 0))
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * we have a valid header (with a link)
+	 */
+	return com_rd(arcn);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bcpio_endrd()
+ *	no cleanup needed here, just return size of the trailer (for append)
+ * Return:
+ *	size of trailer header in this format
+ */
+
+off_t
+bcpio_endrd(void)
+{
+	return (off_t)(sizeof(HD_BCPIO) + sizeof(TRAILER) +
+		(BCPIO_PAD(sizeof(HD_BCPIO) + sizeof(TRAILER))));
+}
+
+/*
+ * bcpio_wr()
+ *	copy the data in the ARCHD to buffer in old binary cpio format
+ *	There is a real chance of field overflow with this critter. So we
+ *	always check the conversion is ok. nobody in their right mind
+ *	should write an archive in this format...
+ * Return
+ *	0 if file has data to be written after the header, 1 if file has NO
+ *	data to write after the header, -1 if archive write failed
+ */
+
+int
+bcpio_wr(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	HD_BCPIO *hd;
+	int nsz;
+	char hdblk[sizeof(HD_BCPIO)];
+	off_t t_offt;
+	int t_int;
+	time_t t_timet;
+
+	/*
+	 * check and repair truncated device and inode fields in the cpio
+	 * header
+	 */
+	if (map_dev(arcn, (u_long)BCPIO_MASK, (u_long)BCPIO_MASK) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	if ((arcn->type != PAX_BLK) && (arcn->type != PAX_CHR))
+		arcn->sb.st_rdev = 0;
+	hd = (HD_BCPIO *)hdblk;
+
+	switch(arcn->type) {
+	case PAX_CTG:
+	case PAX_REG:
+	case PAX_HRG:
+		/*
+		 * caller will copy file data to the archive. tell him how
+		 * much to pad.
+		 */
+		arcn->pad = BCPIO_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size);
+		hd->h_filesize_1[0] = CHR_WR_0(arcn->sb.st_size);
+		hd->h_filesize_1[1] = CHR_WR_1(arcn->sb.st_size);
+		hd->h_filesize_2[0] = CHR_WR_2(arcn->sb.st_size);
+		hd->h_filesize_2[1] = CHR_WR_3(arcn->sb.st_size);
+		t_offt = (off_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_filesize_1));
+		t_offt = (t_offt<<16) | ((off_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_filesize_2)));
+		if (arcn->sb.st_size != t_offt) {
+			tty_warn(1,"File is too large for bcpio format %s",
+			    arcn->org_name);
+			return 1;
+		}
+		break;
+	case PAX_SLK:
+		/*
+		 * no file data for the caller to process, the file data has
+		 * the size of the link
+		 */
+		arcn->pad = 0L;
+		hd->h_filesize_1[0] = CHR_WR_0(arcn->ln_nlen);
+		hd->h_filesize_1[1] = CHR_WR_1(arcn->ln_nlen);
+		hd->h_filesize_2[0] = CHR_WR_2(arcn->ln_nlen);
+		hd->h_filesize_2[1] = CHR_WR_3(arcn->ln_nlen);
+		t_int = (int)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_filesize_1));
+		t_int = (t_int << 16) | ((int)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_filesize_2)));
+		if (arcn->ln_nlen != t_int)
+			goto out;
+		break;
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * no file data for the caller to process
+		 */
+		arcn->pad = 0L;
+		hd->h_filesize_1[0] = (char)0;
+		hd->h_filesize_1[1] = (char)0;
+		hd->h_filesize_2[0] = (char)0;
+		hd->h_filesize_2[1] = (char)0;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * build up the rest of the fields
+	 */
+	hd->h_magic[0] = CHR_WR_2(MAGIC);
+	hd->h_magic[1] = CHR_WR_3(MAGIC);
+	hd->h_dev[0] = CHR_WR_2(arcn->sb.st_dev);
+	hd->h_dev[1] = CHR_WR_3(arcn->sb.st_dev);
+	if (arcn->sb.st_dev != (dev_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_dev)))
+		goto out;
+	hd->h_ino[0] = CHR_WR_2(arcn->sb.st_ino);
+	hd->h_ino[1] = CHR_WR_3(arcn->sb.st_ino);
+	if (arcn->sb.st_ino != (ino_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_ino)))
+		goto out;
+	hd->h_mode[0] = CHR_WR_2(arcn->sb.st_mode);
+	hd->h_mode[1] = CHR_WR_3(arcn->sb.st_mode);
+	if (arcn->sb.st_mode != (mode_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_mode)))
+		goto out;
+	hd->h_uid[0] = CHR_WR_2(arcn->sb.st_uid);
+	hd->h_uid[1] = CHR_WR_3(arcn->sb.st_uid);
+	if (arcn->sb.st_uid != (uid_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_uid)))
+		goto out;
+	hd->h_gid[0] = CHR_WR_2(arcn->sb.st_gid);
+	hd->h_gid[1] = CHR_WR_3(arcn->sb.st_gid);
+	if (arcn->sb.st_gid != (gid_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_gid)))
+		goto out;
+	hd->h_nlink[0] = CHR_WR_2(arcn->sb.st_nlink);
+	hd->h_nlink[1] = CHR_WR_3(arcn->sb.st_nlink);
+	if (arcn->sb.st_nlink != (nlink_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_nlink)))
+		goto out;
+	hd->h_rdev[0] = CHR_WR_2(arcn->sb.st_rdev);
+	hd->h_rdev[1] = CHR_WR_3(arcn->sb.st_rdev);
+	if (arcn->sb.st_rdev != (dev_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_rdev)))
+		goto out;
+	hd->h_mtime_1[0] = CHR_WR_0(arcn->sb.st_mtime);
+	hd->h_mtime_1[1] = CHR_WR_1(arcn->sb.st_mtime);
+	hd->h_mtime_2[0] = CHR_WR_2(arcn->sb.st_mtime);
+	hd->h_mtime_2[1] = CHR_WR_3(arcn->sb.st_mtime);
+	t_timet = (time_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_mtime_1));
+	t_timet =  (t_timet << 16) | ((time_t)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_mtime_2)));
+	if (arcn->sb.st_mtime != t_timet)
+		goto out;
+	nsz = arcn->nlen + 1;
+	hd->h_namesize[0] = CHR_WR_2(nsz);
+	hd->h_namesize[1] = CHR_WR_3(nsz);
+	if (nsz != (int)(SHRT_EXT(hd->h_namesize)))
+		goto out;
+
+	/*
+	 * write the header, the file name and padding as required.
+	 */
+	if ((wr_rdbuf(hdblk, (int)sizeof(HD_BCPIO)) < 0) ||
+	    (wr_rdbuf(arcn->name, nsz) < 0) ||
+	    (wr_skip((off_t)(BCPIO_PAD(sizeof(HD_BCPIO) + nsz))) < 0)) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Could not write bcpio header for %s",
+		    arcn->org_name);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if we have file data, tell the caller we are done
+	 */
+	if ((arcn->type == PAX_CTG) || (arcn->type == PAX_REG) ||
+	    (arcn->type == PAX_HRG))
+		return 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * if we are not a link, tell the caller we are done, go to next file
+	 */
+	if (arcn->type != PAX_SLK)
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * write the link name, tell the caller we are done.
+	 */
+	if ((wr_rdbuf(arcn->ln_name, arcn->ln_nlen) < 0) ||
+	    (wr_skip((off_t)(BCPIO_PAD(arcn->ln_nlen))) < 0)) {
+		tty_warn(1,"Could not write bcpio link name for %s",
+		    arcn->org_name);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 1;
+
+    out:
+	/*
+	 * header field is out of range
+	 */
+	tty_warn(1,"Bcpio header field is too small for file %s",
+	    arcn->org_name);
+	return 1;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/cpio.h b/bin/pax/cpio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbf40ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/cpio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cpio.h,v 1.6 2003/10/13 07:41:22 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)cpio.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Defines common to all versions of cpio
+ */
+#define TRAILER		"TRAILER!!!"	/* name in last archive record */
+
+/*
+ * Header encoding of the different file types
+ */
+#define	C_ISDIR		 040000		/* Directory */
+#define	C_ISFIFO	 010000		/* FIFO */
+#define	C_ISREG		0100000		/* Regular file */
+#define	C_ISBLK		 060000		/* Block special file */
+#define	C_ISCHR		 020000		/* Character special file */
+#define	C_ISCTG		0110000		/* Reserved for contiguous files */
+#define	C_ISLNK		0120000		/* Reserved for symbolic links */
+#define	C_ISOCK		0140000		/* Reserved for sockets */
+#define C_IFMT		0170000		/* type of file */
+
+/*
+ * Data Interchange Format - Extended cpio header format - POSIX 1003.1-1990
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	char	c_magic[6];		/* magic cookie */
+	char	c_dev[6];		/* device number */
+	char	c_ino[6];		/* inode number */
+	char	c_mode[6];		/* file type/access */
+	char	c_uid[6];		/* owners uid */
+	char	c_gid[6];		/* owners gid */
+	char	c_nlink[6];		/* # of links at archive creation */
+	char	c_rdev[6];		/* block/char major/minor # */
+	char	c_mtime[11];		/* modification time */
+	char	c_namesize[6];		/* length of pathname */
+	char	c_filesize[11];		/* length of file in bytes */
+} HD_CPIO;
+
+#define	MAGIC		070707		/* transportable archive id */
+
+#ifdef _PAX_
+#define	AMAGIC		"070707"	/* ascii equivalent string of MAGIC */
+#define CPIO_MASK	0x3ffff		/* bits valid in the dev/ino fields */
+					/* used for dev/inode remaps */
+#endif /* _PAX_ */
+
+/*
+ * Binary cpio header structure
+ *
+ * CAUTION! CAUTION! CAUTION!
+ * Each field really represents a 16 bit short (NOT ASCII). Described as
+ * an array of chars in an attempt to improve portability!!
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	u_char	h_magic[2];
+	u_char	h_dev[2];
+	u_char	h_ino[2];
+	u_char	h_mode[2];
+	u_char	h_uid[2];
+	u_char	h_gid[2];
+	u_char	h_nlink[2];
+	u_char	h_rdev[2];
+	u_char	h_mtime_1[2];
+	u_char	h_mtime_2[2];
+	u_char	h_namesize[2];
+	u_char	h_filesize_1[2];
+	u_char	h_filesize_2[2];
+} HD_BCPIO;
+
+#ifdef _PAX_
+/*
+ * extraction and creation macros for binary cpio
+ */
+#define SHRT_EXT(ch)	((((unsigned)(ch)[0])<<8) | (((unsigned)(ch)[1])&0xff))
+#define RSHRT_EXT(ch)	((((unsigned)(ch)[1])<<8) | (((unsigned)(ch)[0])&0xff))
+#define CHR_WR_0(val)	((char)(((val) >> 24) & 0xff))
+#define CHR_WR_1(val)	((char)(((val) >> 16) & 0xff))
+#define CHR_WR_2(val)	((char)(((val) >> 8) & 0xff))
+#define CHR_WR_3(val)	((char)((val) & 0xff))
+
+/*
+ * binary cpio masks and pads
+ */
+#define BCPIO_PAD(x)	((2 - ((x) & 1)) & 1)	/* pad to next 2 byte word */
+#define BCPIO_MASK	0xffff			/* mask for dev/ino fields */
+#endif /* _PAX_ */
+
+/*
+ * System VR4 cpio header structure (with/without file data crc)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	char	c_magic[6];		/* magic cookie */
+	char	c_ino[8];		/* inode number */
+	char	c_mode[8];		/* file type/access */
+	char	c_uid[8];		/* owners uid */
+	char	c_gid[8];		/* owners gid */
+	char	c_nlink[8];		/* # of links at archive creation */
+	char	c_mtime[8];		/* modification time */
+	char	c_filesize[8];		/* length of file in bytes */
+	char	c_maj[8];		/* block/char major # */
+	char	c_min[8];		/* block/char minor # */
+	char	c_rmaj[8];		/* special file major # */
+	char	c_rmin[8];		/* special file minor # */
+	char	c_namesize[8];		/* length of pathname */
+	char	c_chksum[8];		/* 0 OR CRC of bytes of FILE data */
+} HD_VCPIO;
+
+#define	VMAGIC		070701		/* sVr4 new portable archive id */
+#define	VCMAGIC		070702		/* sVr4 new portable archive id CRC */
+#ifdef _PAX_
+#define	AVMAGIC		"070701"	/* ascii string of above */
+#define	AVCMAGIC	"070702"	/* ascii string of above */
+#define VCPIO_PAD(x)	((4 - ((x) & 3)) & 3)	/* pad to next 4 byte word */
+#define VCPIO_MASK	0xffffffff	/* mask for dev/ino fields */
+#endif /* _PAX_ */
diff --git a/bin/pax/dumptar.c b/bin/pax/dumptar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5538702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/dumptar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: dumptar.c,v 1.3 2016/05/30 17:34:35 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2004 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Christos Zoulas.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+
+#include "tar.h"
+
+#define ussum(a) 1
+
+/*
+ * Ensure null termination.
+ */
+static char *
+buf(const char *p, size_t s)
+{
+	static char buf[1024];
+
+	assert(s < sizeof(buf));
+	memcpy(buf, p, s);
+	buf[s] = '\0';
+	return buf;
+}
+
+static int
+intarg(const char *p, size_t s)
+{
+	char *ep, *b = buf(p, s);
+	int r = (int)strtol(b, &ep, 8);
+	return r;
+}
+
+static int
+usdump(void *p)
+{
+	HD_USTAR *t = p;
+	int size = intarg(t->size, sizeof(t->size));
+	size = ((size + 511) / 512) * 512 + 512;
+
+	(void)fprintf(stdout, "*****\n");
+#define PR(a) \
+	(void)fprintf(stdout, #a "=%s\n", buf(t->a, sizeof(t->a)));
+#define IPR(a) \
+	(void)fprintf(stdout, #a "=%d\n", intarg(t->a, sizeof(t->a)));
+#define OPR(a) \
+	(void)fprintf(stdout, #a "=%o\n", intarg(t->a, sizeof(t->a)));
+	PR(name);
+	OPR(mode);
+	IPR(uid);
+	IPR(gid);
+	IPR(size);
+	OPR(mtime);
+	OPR(chksum);
+	(void)fprintf(stdout, "typeflag=%c\n", t->typeflag);
+	PR(linkname);
+	PR(magic);
+	PR(version);
+	PR(uname);
+	PR(gname);
+	OPR(devmajor);
+	OPR(devminor);
+	PR(prefix);
+	return size;
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int fd;
+	struct stat st;
+	char *p, *ep;
+
+	if (argc != 2) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <filename>\n", getprogname());
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	if ((fd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY)) == -1)
+		err(1, "Cannot open `%s'", argv[1]);
+
+	if (fstat(fd, &st) == -1)
+		err(1, "Cannot fstat `%s'", argv[1]);
+
+	if ((p = mmap(NULL, (size_t)st.st_size, PROT_READ,
+	    MAP_FILE|MAP_PRIVATE, fd, (off_t)0)) == MAP_FAILED)
+		err(1, "Cannot mmap `%s'", argv[1]);
+	(void)close(fd);
+
+	ep = (char *)p + (size_t)st.st_size;
+
+	for (; p < ep + sizeof(HD_USTAR);) {
+		if (ussum(p))
+			p += usdump(p);
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/extern.h b/bin/pax/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..298600c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.59 2012/08/09 08:09:21 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
+ */
+
+/*
+ * External references from each source file
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+/*
+ * ar_io.c
+ */
+extern const char *arcname;
+extern int curdirfd;
+extern const char *gzip_program;
+extern time_t starttime;
+extern int force_one_volume;
+extern char *chdname;
+extern int forcelocal;
+extern int secure;
+
+int ar_open(const char *);
+void ar_close(void);
+void ar_drain(void);
+int ar_set_wr(void);
+int ar_app_ok(void);
+#ifdef SYS_NO_RESTART
+int read_with_restart(int, void *, int);
+int write_with_restart(int, void *, int);
+#else
+#define read_with_restart	read
+#define write_with_restart	write
+#endif
+int xread(int, void *, int);
+int xwrite(int, void *, int);
+int ar_read(char *, int);
+int ar_write(char *, int);
+int ar_rdsync(void);
+int ar_fow(off_t, off_t *);
+int ar_rev(off_t );
+int ar_next(void);
+void ar_summary(int);
+int ar_dochdir(const char *);
+
+/*
+ * ar_subs.c
+ */
+extern u_long flcnt;
+extern ARCHD archd;
+int updatepath(void);
+int dochdir(const char *);
+int fdochdir(int);
+int domkdir(const char *, mode_t);
+int list(void);
+int extract(void);
+int append(void);
+int archive(void);
+int copy(void);
+
+/*
+ * buf_subs.c
+ */
+extern int blksz;
+extern int wrblksz;
+extern int maxflt;
+extern int rdblksz;
+extern off_t wrlimit;
+extern off_t rdcnt;
+extern off_t wrcnt;
+int wr_start(void);
+int rd_start(void);
+void cp_start(void);
+int appnd_start(off_t);
+int rd_sync(void);
+void pback(char *, int);
+int rd_skip(off_t);
+void wr_fin(void);
+int wr_rdbuf(char *, int);
+int rd_wrbuf(char *, int);
+int wr_skip(off_t);
+int wr_rdfile(ARCHD *, int, off_t *);
+int rd_wrfile(ARCHD *, int, off_t *);
+void cp_file(ARCHD *, int, int);
+int buf_fill(void);
+int buf_flush(int);
+
+/*
+ * cpio.c
+ */
+extern int cpio_swp_head;
+int cpio_strd(void);
+int cpio_subtrail(ARCHD *);
+int cpio_endwr(void);
+int cpio_id(char *, int);
+int cpio_rd(ARCHD *, char *);
+off_t cpio_endrd(void);
+int cpio_stwr(void);
+int cpio_wr(ARCHD *);
+int vcpio_id(char *, int);
+int crc_id(char *, int);
+int crc_strd(void);
+int vcpio_rd(ARCHD *, char *);
+off_t vcpio_endrd(void);
+int crc_stwr(void);
+int vcpio_wr(ARCHD *);
+int bcpio_id(char *, int);
+int bcpio_rd(ARCHD *, char *);
+off_t bcpio_endrd(void);
+int bcpio_wr(ARCHD *);
+
+/*
+ * file_subs.c
+ */
+extern char *gnu_name_string, *gnu_link_string;
+extern size_t gnu_name_length, gnu_link_length;
+extern char *xtmp_name;
+int file_creat(ARCHD *, int);
+void file_close(ARCHD *, int);
+int lnk_creat(ARCHD *, int *);
+int cross_lnk(ARCHD *);
+int chk_same(ARCHD *);
+int node_creat(ARCHD *);
+int unlnk_exist(char *, int);
+int chk_path(char *, uid_t, gid_t);
+void set_ftime(char *fnm, time_t mtime, time_t atime, int frc, int slk);
+int set_ids(char *, uid_t, gid_t);
+void set_pmode(char *, mode_t);
+void set_chflags(char *fnm, u_int32_t flags);
+int file_write(int, char *, int, int *, int *, int, char *);
+void file_flush(int, char *, int);
+void rdfile_close(ARCHD *, int *);
+int set_crc(ARCHD *, int);
+
+/*
+ * ftree.c
+ */
+int ftree_start(void);
+int ftree_add(char *, int);
+void ftree_sel(ARCHD *);
+void ftree_chk(void);
+int next_file(ARCHD *);
+
+/*
+ * gen_subs.c
+ */
+void ls_list(ARCHD *, time_t, FILE *);
+void ls_tty(ARCHD *);
+void safe_print(const char *, FILE *);
+uint32_t asc_u32(char *, int, int);
+int u32_asc(uintmax_t, char *, int, int);
+uintmax_t asc_umax(char *, int, int);
+int umax_asc(uintmax_t, char *, int, int);
+int check_Aflag(void);
+
+/*
+ * getoldopt.c
+ */
+struct option;
+int getoldopt(int, char **, const char *, struct option *, int *);
+
+/*
+ * options.c
+ */
+extern FSUB fsub[];
+extern int ford[];
+extern int sep;
+extern int havechd;
+void options(int, char **);
+OPLIST * opt_next(void);
+int bad_opt(void);
+int mkpath(char *);
+char *chdname;
+#if !HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+int do_chroot;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * pat_rep.c
+ */
+int rep_add(char *);
+int pat_add(char *, char *, int);
+void pat_chk(void);
+int pat_sel(ARCHD *);
+int pat_match(ARCHD *);
+int mod_name(ARCHD *, int);
+int set_dest(ARCHD *, char *, int);
+
+/*
+ * pax.c
+ */
+extern int act;
+extern FSUB *frmt;
+extern int Aflag;
+extern int cflag;
+extern int cwdfd;
+extern int dflag;
+extern int iflag;
+extern int kflag;
+extern int lflag;
+extern int nflag;
+extern int tflag;
+extern int uflag;
+extern int vflag;
+extern int Dflag;
+extern int Hflag;
+extern int Lflag;
+extern int Mflag;
+extern int Vflag;
+extern int Xflag;
+extern int Yflag;
+extern int Zflag;
+extern int vfpart;
+extern int patime;
+extern int pmtime;
+extern int nodirs;
+extern int pfflags;
+extern int pmode;
+extern int pids;
+extern int rmleadslash;
+extern int exit_val;
+extern int docrc;
+extern int to_stdout;
+extern char *dirptr;
+extern char *ltmfrmt;
+extern const char *argv0;
+extern FILE *listf;
+extern char *tempfile;
+extern char *tempbase;
+
+/*
+ * sel_subs.c
+ */
+int sel_chk(ARCHD *);
+int grp_add(char *);
+int usr_add(char *);
+int trng_add(char *);
+
+/*
+ * tables.c
+ */
+int lnk_start(void);
+int chk_lnk(ARCHD *);
+void purg_lnk(ARCHD *);
+void lnk_end(void);
+int ftime_start(void);
+int chk_ftime(ARCHD *);
+int name_start(void);
+int add_name(char *, int, char *);
+void sub_name(char *, int *, size_t);
+int dev_start(void);
+int add_dev(ARCHD *);
+int map_dev(ARCHD *, u_long, u_long);
+int atdir_start(void);
+void atdir_end(void);
+void add_atdir(char *, dev_t, ino_t, time_t, time_t);
+int get_atdir(dev_t, ino_t, time_t *, time_t *);
+int dir_start(void);
+void add_dir(char *, int, struct stat *, int);
+void proc_dir(void);
+u_int st_hash(char *, int, int);
+
+/*
+ * tar.c
+ */
+extern int is_gnutar;
+int tar_endwr(void);
+off_t tar_endrd(void);
+int tar_trail(char *, int, int *);
+int tar_id(char *, int);
+int tar_opt(void);
+int tar_rd(ARCHD *, char *);
+int tar_wr(ARCHD *);
+int ustar_strd(void);
+int ustar_stwr(void);
+int ustar_id(char *, int);
+int ustar_rd(ARCHD *, char *);
+int ustar_wr(ARCHD *);
+int tar_gnutar_X_compat(const char *);
+int tar_gnutar_minus_minus_exclude(const char *);
+
+/*
+ * tty_subs.c
+ */
+int tty_init(void);
+void tty_prnt(const char *, ...)
+    __attribute__((format (printf, 1, 2)));
+int tty_read(char *, int);
+void tty_warn(int, const char *, ...)
+    __attribute__((format (printf, 2, 3)));
+void syswarn(int, int, const char *, ...)
+    __attribute__((format (printf, 3, 4)));
diff --git a/bin/pax/file_subs.c b/bin/pax/file_subs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd421d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/file_subs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1156 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: file_subs.c,v 1.63 2013/07/29 17:46:36 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)file_subs.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: file_subs.c,v 1.63 2013/07/29 17:46:36 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "options.h"
+
+char *xtmp_name;
+
+static int
+mk_link(char *,struct stat *,char *, int);
+
+static int warn_broken;
+
+/*
+ * routines that deal with file operations such as: creating, removing;
+ * and setting access modes, uid/gid and times of files
+ */
+#define SET_BITS		(S_ISUID | S_ISGID)
+#define FILE_BITS		(S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
+#define A_BITS			(FILE_BITS | SET_BITS | S_ISVTX)
+
+/*
+ * The S_ISVTX (sticky bit) can be set by non-superuser on directories
+ * but not other kinds of files.
+ */
+#define FILEBITS(dir)		((dir) ? (FILE_BITS | S_ISVTX) : FILE_BITS)
+#define SETBITS(dir)		((dir) ? SET_BITS : (SET_BITS | S_ISVTX))
+
+static mode_t
+apply_umask(mode_t mode)
+{
+	static mode_t cached_umask;
+	static int cached_umask_valid;
+
+	if (!cached_umask_valid) {
+		cached_umask = umask(0);
+		umask(cached_umask);
+		cached_umask_valid = 1;
+	}
+
+	return mode & ~cached_umask;
+}
+
+/*
+ * file_creat()
+ *	Create and open a file.
+ * Return:
+ *	file descriptor or -1 for failure
+ */
+
+int
+file_creat(ARCHD *arcn, int write_to_hardlink)
+{
+	int fd = -1;
+	int oerrno;
+
+	/*
+	 * Some horribly busted tar implementations, have directory nodes
+	 * that end in a /, but they mark as files. Compensate for that
+	 * by not creating a directory node at this point, but a file node,
+	 * and not creating the temp file.
+	 */
+	if (arcn->nlen != 0 && arcn->name[arcn->nlen - 1] == '/') {
+		if (!warn_broken) {
+			tty_warn(0, "Archive was created with a broken tar;"
+			    " file `%s' is a directory, but marked as plain.",
+			    arcn->name);
+			warn_broken = 1;
+		}
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * In "cpio" archives it's usually the last record of a set of
+	 * hardlinks which includes the contents of the file. We cannot
+	 * use a tempory file in that case because we couldn't link it
+	 * with the existing other hardlinks after restoring the contents
+	 * to it. And it's also useless to create the hardlink under a
+	 * temporary name because the other hardlinks would have partial
+	 * contents while restoring.
+	 */
+	if (write_to_hardlink)
+		return (open(arcn->name, O_TRUNC | O_EXCL | O_RDWR, 0));
+	
+	/*
+	 * Create a temporary file name so that the file doesn't have partial
+	 * contents while restoring.
+	 */
+	arcn->tmp_name = malloc(arcn->nlen + 8);
+	if (arcn->tmp_name == NULL) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot malloc %d bytes", arcn->nlen + 8);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (xtmp_name != NULL)
+		abort();
+	xtmp_name = arcn->tmp_name;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		/*
+		 * try to create the temporary file we use to restore the
+		 * contents info.  if this fails, keep checking all the nodes
+		 * in the path until chk_path() finds that it cannot fix
+		 * anything further.  if that happens we just give up.
+		 */
+		(void)snprintf(arcn->tmp_name, arcn->nlen + 8, "%s.XXXXXX",
+		    arcn->name);
+		fd = mkstemp(arcn->tmp_name);
+		if (fd >= 0)
+			break;
+		oerrno = errno;
+		if (nodirs || chk_path(arcn->name,arcn->sb.st_uid,arcn->sb.st_gid) < 0) {
+			(void)fflush(listf);
+			syswarn(1, oerrno, "Cannot create %s", arcn->tmp_name);
+			xtmp_name = NULL;
+			free(arcn->tmp_name);
+			arcn->tmp_name = NULL;
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+	return fd;
+}
+
+/*
+ * file_close()
+ *	Close file descriptor to a file just created by pax. Sets modes,
+ *	ownership and times as required.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 for success, -1 for failure
+ */
+
+void
+file_close(ARCHD *arcn, int fd)
+{
+	char *tmp_name;
+	int res;
+
+	if (fd < 0)
+		return;
+
+	tmp_name = (arcn->tmp_name != NULL) ? arcn->tmp_name : arcn->name;
+
+	if (close(fd) < 0)
+		syswarn(0, errno, "Cannot close file descriptor on %s",
+		    tmp_name);
+
+	/*
+	 * set owner/groups first as this may strip off mode bits we want
+	 * then set file permission modes. Then set file access and
+	 * modification times.
+	 */
+	if (pids)
+		res = set_ids(tmp_name, arcn->sb.st_uid, arcn->sb.st_gid);
+	else
+		res = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * IMPORTANT SECURITY NOTE:
+	 * if not preserving mode or we cannot set uid/gid, then PROHIBIT
+	 * set uid/gid bits but restore the file modes (since mkstemp doesn't).
+	 */
+	if (!pmode || res)
+		arcn->sb.st_mode &= ~SETBITS(0);
+	if (pmode)
+		set_pmode(tmp_name, arcn->sb.st_mode);
+	else
+		set_pmode(tmp_name,
+		    apply_umask((arcn->sb.st_mode & FILEBITS(0))));
+	if (patime || pmtime)
+		set_ftime(tmp_name, arcn->sb.st_mtime,
+		    arcn->sb.st_atime, 0, 0);
+
+	/* Did we write directly to the target file? */
+	if (arcn->tmp_name == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * Finally, now the temp file is fully instantiated rename it to
+	 * the desired file name.
+	 */
+	if (rename(tmp_name, arcn->name) < 0) {
+		syswarn(0, errno, "Cannot rename %s to %s",
+		    tmp_name, arcn->name);
+		(void)unlink(tmp_name);
+	}
+
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_FLAGS
+	if (pfflags && arcn->type != PAX_SLK)
+		set_chflags(arcn->name, arcn->sb.st_flags);
+#endif
+
+	free(arcn->tmp_name);
+	arcn->tmp_name = NULL;
+	xtmp_name = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * lnk_creat()
+ *	Create a hard link to arcn->ln_name from arcn->name. arcn->ln_name
+ *	must exist;
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+lnk_creat(ARCHD *arcn, int *payload)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	/*
+	 * Check if this hardlink carries the "payload". In "cpio" archives
+	 * it's usually the last record of a set of hardlinks which includes
+	 * the contents of the file.
+	 *
+	 */
+	*payload = S_ISREG(arcn->sb.st_mode) &&
+	    (arcn->sb.st_size > 0) && (arcn->sb.st_size <= arcn->skip);
+
+	/*
+	 * We may be running as root, so we have to be sure that link target
+	 * is not a directory, so we lstat and check. XXX: This is still racy.
+	 */
+	if (lstat(arcn->ln_name, &sb) != -1 && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+		tty_warn(1, "A hard link to the directory %s is not allowed",
+		    arcn->ln_name);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return mk_link(arcn->ln_name, &sb, arcn->name, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * cross_lnk()
+ *	Create a hard link to arcn->org_name from arcn->name. Only used in copy
+ *	with the -l flag. No warning or error if this does not succeed (we will
+ *	then just create the file)
+ * Return:
+ *	1 if copy() should try to create this file node
+ *	0 if cross_lnk() ok, -1 for fatal flaw (like linking to self).
+ */
+
+int
+cross_lnk(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	/*
+	 * try to make a link to original file (-l flag in copy mode). make
+	 * sure we do not try to link to directories in case we are running as
+	 * root (and it might succeed).
+	 */
+	if (arcn->type == PAX_DIR)
+		return 1;
+	return mk_link(arcn->org_name, &(arcn->sb), arcn->name, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * chk_same()
+ *	In copy mode if we are not trying to make hard links between the src
+ *	and destinations, make sure we are not going to overwrite ourselves by
+ *	accident. This slows things down a little, but we have to protect all
+ *	those people who make typing errors.
+ * Return:
+ *	1 the target does not exist, go ahead and copy
+ *	0 skip it file exists (-k) or may be the same as source file
+ */
+
+int
+chk_same(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	/*
+	 * if file does not exist, return. if file exists and -k, skip it
+	 * quietly
+	 */
+	if (lstat(arcn->name, &sb) < 0)
+		return 1;
+	if (kflag)
+		return 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * better make sure the user does not have src == dest by mistake
+	 */
+	if ((arcn->sb.st_dev == sb.st_dev) && (arcn->sb.st_ino == sb.st_ino)) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Unable to copy %s, file would overwrite itself",
+		    arcn->name);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * mk_link()
+ *	try to make a hard link between two files. if ign set, we do not
+ *	complain.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if successful (or we are done with this file but no error, such as
+ *	finding the from file exists and the user has set -k).
+ *	1 when ign was set to indicates we could not make the link but we
+ *	should try to copy/extract the file as that might work (and is an
+ *	allowed option). -1 an error occurred.
+ */
+
+static int
+mk_link(char *to, struct stat *to_sb, char *from, int ign)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	int oerrno;
+
+	/*
+	 * if from file exists, it has to be unlinked to make the link. If the
+	 * file exists and -k is set, skip it quietly
+	 */
+	if (lstat(from, &sb) == 0) {
+		if (kflag)
+			return 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * make sure it is not the same file, protect the user
+		 */
+		if ((to_sb->st_dev==sb.st_dev)&&(to_sb->st_ino == sb.st_ino)) {
+			tty_warn(1, "Cannot link file %s to itself", to);
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * try to get rid of the file, based on the type
+		 */
+		if (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode) && strcmp(from, ".") != 0) {
+			if (rmdir(from) < 0) {
+				syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot remove %s", from);
+				return -1;
+			}
+		} else if (unlink(from) < 0) {
+			if (!ign) {
+				syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot remove %s", from);
+				return -1;
+			}
+			return 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * from file is gone (or did not exist), try to make the hard link.
+	 * if it fails, check the path and try it again (if chk_path() says to
+	 * try again)
+	 */
+	for (;;) {
+		if (link(to, from) == 0)
+			break;
+		oerrno = errno;
+		if (chk_path(from, to_sb->st_uid, to_sb->st_gid) == 0)
+			continue;
+		if (!ign) {
+			syswarn(1, oerrno, "Cannot link to %s from %s", to,
+			    from);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * all right the link was made
+	 */
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * node_creat()
+ *	create an entry in the file system (other than a file or hard link).
+ *	If successful, sets uid/gid modes and times as required.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+node_creat(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	int res;
+	int ign = 0;
+	int oerrno;
+	int pass = 0;
+	mode_t file_mode;
+	struct stat sb;
+	char target[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *nm = arcn->name;
+	int len;
+
+	/*
+	 * create node based on type, if that fails try to unlink the node and
+	 * try again. finally check the path and try again. As noted in the
+	 * file and link creation routines, this method seems to exhibit the
+	 * best performance in general use workloads.
+	 */
+	file_mode = arcn->sb.st_mode & FILEBITS(arcn->type == PAX_DIR);
+
+	for (;;) {
+		switch (arcn->type) {
+		case PAX_DIR:
+			/*
+			 * If -h (or -L) was given in tar-mode, follow the
+			 * potential symlink chain before trying to create the
+			 * directory.
+			 */
+			if (strcmp(NM_TAR, argv0) == 0 && Lflag) {
+				while (lstat(nm, &sb) == 0 &&
+				    S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode)) {
+					len = readlink(nm, target,
+					    sizeof target - 1);
+					if (len == -1) {
+						syswarn(0, errno,
+						   "cannot follow symlink %s "
+						   "in chain for %s",
+						    nm, arcn->name);
+						res = -1;
+						goto badlink;
+					}
+					target[len] = '\0';
+					nm = target;
+				}
+			}
+			res = domkdir(nm, file_mode);
+badlink:
+			if (ign)
+				res = 0;
+			break;
+		case PAX_CHR:
+			file_mode |= S_IFCHR;
+			res = mknod(nm, file_mode, arcn->sb.st_rdev);
+			break;
+		case PAX_BLK:
+			file_mode |= S_IFBLK;
+			res = mknod(nm, file_mode, arcn->sb.st_rdev);
+			break;
+		case PAX_FIF:
+			res = mkfifo(nm, file_mode);
+			break;
+		case PAX_SCK:
+			/*
+			 * Skip sockets, operation has no meaning under BSD
+			 */
+			tty_warn(0,
+			    "%s skipped. Sockets cannot be copied or extracted",
+			    nm);
+			return (-1);
+		case PAX_SLK:
+			res = symlink(arcn->ln_name, nm);
+			break;
+		case PAX_CTG:
+		case PAX_HLK:
+		case PAX_HRG:
+		case PAX_REG:
+		default:
+			/*
+			 * we should never get here
+			 */
+			tty_warn(0, "%s has an unknown file type, skipping",
+			    nm);
+			return (-1);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * if we were able to create the node break out of the loop,
+		 * otherwise try to unlink the node and try again. if that
+		 * fails check the full path and try a final time.
+		 */
+		if (res == 0)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * we failed to make the node
+		 */
+		oerrno = errno;
+		switch (pass++) {
+		case 0:
+			if ((ign = unlnk_exist(nm, arcn->type)) < 0)
+				return (-1);
+			continue;
+
+		case 1:
+			if (nodirs ||
+			    chk_path(nm, arcn->sb.st_uid,
+			    arcn->sb.st_gid) < 0) {
+				syswarn(1, oerrno, "Cannot create %s", nm);
+				return (-1);
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * it must be a file that exists but we can't create or
+		 * remove, but we must avoid the infinite loop.
+		 */
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * we were able to create the node. set uid/gid, modes and times
+	 */
+	if (pids)
+		res = set_ids(nm, arcn->sb.st_uid, arcn->sb.st_gid);
+	else
+		res = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * IMPORTANT SECURITY NOTE:
+	 * if not preserving mode or we cannot set uid/gid, then PROHIBIT any
+	 * set uid/gid bits
+	 */
+	if (!pmode || res)
+		arcn->sb.st_mode &= ~SETBITS(arcn->type == PAX_DIR);
+	if (pmode)
+		set_pmode(arcn->name, arcn->sb.st_mode);
+
+	if (arcn->type == PAX_DIR && strcmp(NM_CPIO, argv0) != 0) {
+		/*
+		 * Dirs must be processed again at end of extract to set times
+		 * and modes to agree with those stored in the archive. However
+		 * to allow extract to continue, we may have to also set owner
+		 * rights. This allows nodes in the archive that are children
+		 * of this directory to be extracted without failure. Both time
+		 * and modes will be fixed after the entire archive is read and
+		 * before pax exits.
+		 */
+		if (access(nm, R_OK | W_OK | X_OK) < 0) {
+			if (lstat(nm, &sb) < 0) {
+				syswarn(0, errno,"Cannot access %s (stat)",
+				    arcn->name);
+				set_pmode(nm,file_mode | S_IRWXU);
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * We have to add rights to the dir, so we make
+				 * sure to restore the mode. The mode must be
+				 * restored AS CREATED and not as stored if
+				 * pmode is not set.
+				 */
+				set_pmode(nm, ((sb.st_mode &
+				    FILEBITS(arcn->type == PAX_DIR)) |
+				    S_IRWXU));
+				if (!pmode)
+					arcn->sb.st_mode = sb.st_mode;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * we have to force the mode to what was set here,
+			 * since we changed it from the default as created.
+			 */
+			add_dir(nm, arcn->nlen, &(arcn->sb), 1);
+		} else if (pmode || patime || pmtime)
+			add_dir(nm, arcn->nlen, &(arcn->sb), 0);
+	}
+
+	if (patime || pmtime)
+		set_ftime(arcn->name, arcn->sb.st_mtime,
+		    arcn->sb.st_atime, 0, (arcn->type == PAX_SLK) ? 1 : 0);
+
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_FLAGS
+	if (pfflags && arcn->type != PAX_SLK)
+		set_chflags(arcn->name, arcn->sb.st_flags);
+#endif
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * unlnk_exist()
+ *	Remove node from file system with the specified name. We pass the type
+ *	of the node that is going to replace it. When we try to create a
+ *	directory and find that it already exists, we allow processing to
+ *	continue as proper modes etc will always be set for it later on.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 is ok to proceed, no file with the specified name exists
+ *	-1 we were unable to remove the node, or we should not remove it (-k)
+ *	1 we found a directory and we were going to create a directory.
+ */
+
+int
+unlnk_exist(char *name, int type)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	/*
+	 * the file does not exist, or -k we are done
+	 */
+	if (lstat(name, &sb) < 0)
+		return 0;
+	if (kflag)
+		return -1;
+
+	if (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+		/*
+		 * try to remove a directory, if it fails and we were going to
+		 * create a directory anyway, tell the caller (return a 1).
+		 *
+		 * don't try to remove the directory if the name is "."
+		 * otherwise later file/directory creation fails.
+		 */
+		if (strcmp(name, ".") == 0)
+			return 1;
+		if (rmdir(name) < 0) {
+			if (type == PAX_DIR)
+				return 1;
+			syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot remove directory %s", name);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * try to get rid of all non-directory type nodes
+	 */
+	if (unlink(name) < 0) {
+		(void)fflush(listf);
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot unlink %s", name);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * chk_path()
+ *	We were trying to create some kind of node in the file system and it
+ *	failed. chk_path() makes sure the path up to the node exists and is
+ *	writable. When we have to create a directory that is missing along the
+ *	path somewhere, the directory we create will be set to the same
+ *	uid/gid as the file has (when uid and gid are being preserved).
+ *	NOTE: this routine is a real performance loss. It is only used as a
+ *	last resort when trying to create entries in the file system.
+ * Return:
+ *	-1 when it could find nothing it is allowed to fix.
+ *	0 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+chk_path(char *name, uid_t st_uid, gid_t st_gid)
+{
+	char *spt = name;
+	struct stat sb;
+	int retval = -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * watch out for paths with nodes stored directly in / (e.g. /bozo)
+	 */
+	if (*spt == '/')
+		++spt;
+
+	for(;;) {
+		/*
+		 * work forward from the first / and check each part of
+		 * the path
+		 */
+		spt = strchr(spt, '/');
+		if (spt == NULL)
+			break;
+		*spt = '\0';
+
+		/*
+		 * if it exists we assume it is a directory, it is not within
+		 * the spec (at least it seems to read that way) to alter the
+		 * file system for nodes NOT EXPLICITLY stored on the archive.
+		 * If that assumption is changed, you would test the node here
+		 * and figure out how to get rid of it (probably like some
+		 * recursive unlink()) or fix up the directory permissions if
+		 * required (do an access()).
+		 */
+		if (lstat(name, &sb) == 0) {
+			*(spt++) = '/';
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * the path fails at this point, see if we can create the
+		 * needed directory and continue on
+		 */
+		if (domkdir(name, S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO) == -1) {
+			*spt = '/';
+			retval = -1;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * we were able to create the directory. We will tell the
+		 * caller that we found something to fix, and it is ok to try
+		 * and create the node again.
+		 */
+		retval = 0;
+		if (pids)
+			(void)set_ids(name, st_uid, st_gid);
+
+		/*
+		 * make sure the user doesn't have some strange umask that
+		 * causes this newly created directory to be unusable. We fix
+		 * the modes and restore them back to the creation default at
+		 * the end of pax
+		 */
+		if ((access(name, R_OK | W_OK | X_OK) < 0) &&
+		    (lstat(name, &sb) == 0)) {
+			set_pmode(name, ((sb.st_mode & FILEBITS(0)) |
+			    S_IRWXU));
+			add_dir(name, spt - name, &sb, 1);
+		}
+		*(spt++) = '/';
+		continue;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * We perform one final check here, because if someone else
+	 * created the directory in parallel with us, we might return
+	 * the wrong error code, even if the directory exists now.
+	 */
+	if (retval == -1 && stat(name, &sb) == 0 && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode))
+		retval = 0;
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * set_ftime()
+ *	Set the access time and modification time for a named file. If frc
+ *	is non-zero we force these times to be set even if the user did not
+ *	request access and/or modification time preservation (this is also
+ *	used by -t to reset access times).
+ *	When ign is zero, only those times the user has asked for are set, the
+ *	other ones are left alone. We do not assume the un-documented feature
+ *	of many utimes() implementations that consider a 0 time value as a do
+ *	not set request.
+ *
+ *	Unfortunately, there are systems where lutimes() is present but does
+ *	not work on some filesystem types, which cannot be detected at
+ * 	compile time.  This requires passing down symlink knowledge into
+ *	this function to obtain correct operation.  Linux with XFS is one
+ * 	example of such a system.
+ */
+
+void
+set_ftime(char *fnm, time_t mtime, time_t atime, int frc, int slk)
+{
+	struct timeval tv[2];
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	tv[0].tv_sec = atime;
+	tv[0].tv_usec = 0;
+	tv[1].tv_sec = mtime;
+	tv[1].tv_usec = 0;
+	if (!frc && (!patime || !pmtime)) {
+		/*
+		 * if we are not forcing, only set those times the user wants
+		 * set. We get the current values of the times if we need them.
+		 */
+		if (lstat(fnm, &sb) == 0) {
+#if BSD4_4 && !HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+			if (!patime)
+				TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL(&tv[0], &sb.st_atimespec);
+			if (!pmtime)
+				TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL(&tv[1], &sb.st_mtimespec);
+#else
+			if (!patime)
+				tv[0].tv_sec = sb.st_atime;
+			if (!pmtime)
+				tv[1].tv_sec = sb.st_mtime;
+#endif
+		} else
+			syswarn(0, errno, "Cannot obtain file stats %s", fnm);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * set the times
+	 */
+#if HAVE_LUTIMES
+	if (lutimes(fnm, tv) == 0)
+		return;
+	if (errno != ENOSYS)	/* XXX linux: lutimes is per-FS */
+		goto bad;
+#endif
+	if (slk)
+		return;
+	if (utimes(fnm, tv) == -1)
+		goto bad;
+	return;
+bad:
+	syswarn(1, errno, "Access/modification time set failed on: %s", fnm);
+}
+
+/*
+ * set_ids()
+ *	set the uid and gid of a file system node
+ * Return:
+ *	0 when set, -1 on failure
+ */
+
+int
+set_ids(char *fnm, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+{
+	if (geteuid() == 0)
+		if (lchown(fnm, uid, gid)) {
+			(void)fflush(listf);
+			syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot set file uid/gid of %s",
+			    fnm);
+			return -1;
+		}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * set_pmode()
+ *	Set file access mode
+ */
+
+void
+set_pmode(char *fnm, mode_t mode)
+{
+	mode &= A_BITS;
+	if (lchmod(fnm, mode)) {
+		(void)fflush(listf);
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot set permissions on %s", fnm);
+	}
+	return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * set_chflags()
+ *	Set 4.4BSD file flags
+ */
+void
+set_chflags(char *fnm, u_int32_t flags)
+{
+	
+#if 0
+	if (chflags(fnm, flags) < 0 && errno != EOPNOTSUPP)
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot set file flags on %s", fnm);
+#endif
+	return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * file_write()
+ *	Write/copy a file (during copy or archive extract). This routine knows
+ *	how to copy files with lseek holes in it. (Which are read as file
+ *	blocks containing all 0's but do not have any file blocks associated
+ *	with the data). Typical examples of these are files created by dbm
+ *	variants (.pag files). While the file size of these files are huge, the
+ *	actual storage is quite small (the files are sparse). The problem is
+ *	the holes read as all zeros so are probably stored on the archive that
+ *	way (there is no way to determine if the file block is really a hole,
+ *	we only know that a file block of all zero's can be a hole).
+ *	At this writing, no major archive format knows how to archive files
+ *	with holes. However, on extraction (or during copy, -rw) we have to
+ *	deal with these files. Without detecting the holes, the files can
+ *	consume a lot of file space if just written to disk. This replacement
+ *	for write when passed the basic allocation size of a file system block,
+ *	uses lseek whenever it detects the input data is all 0 within that
+ *	file block. In more detail, the strategy is as follows:
+ *	While the input is all zero keep doing an lseek. Keep track of when we
+ *	pass over file block boundaries. Only write when we hit a non zero
+ *	input. once we have written a file block, we continue to write it to
+ *	the end (we stop looking at the input). When we reach the start of the
+ *	next file block, start checking for zero blocks again. Working on file
+ *	block boundaries significantly reduces the overhead when copying files
+ *	that are NOT very sparse. This overhead (when compared to a write) is
+ *	almost below the measurement resolution on many systems. Without it,
+ *	files with holes cannot be safely copied. It does has a side effect as
+ *	it can put holes into files that did not have them before, but that is
+ *	not a problem since the file contents are unchanged (in fact it saves
+ *	file space). (Except on paging files for diskless clients. But since we
+ *	cannot determine one of those file from here, we ignore them). If this
+ *	ever ends up on a system where CTG files are supported and the holes
+ *	are not desired, just do a conditional test in those routines that
+ *	call file_write() and have it call write() instead. BEFORE CLOSING THE
+ *	FILE, make sure to call file_flush() when the last write finishes with
+ *	an empty block. A lot of file systems will not create an lseek hole at
+ *	the end. In this case we drop a single 0 at the end to force the
+ *	trailing 0's in the file.
+ *	---Parameters---
+ *	rem: how many bytes left in this file system block
+ *	isempt: have we written to the file block yet (is it empty)
+ *	sz: basic file block allocation size
+ *	cnt: number of bytes on this write
+ *	str: buffer to write
+ * Return:
+ *	number of bytes written, -1 on write (or lseek) error.
+ */
+
+int
+file_write(int fd, char *str, int cnt, int *rem, int *isempt, int sz,
+	char *name)
+{
+	char *pt;
+	char *end;
+	int wcnt;
+	char *st = str;
+	char **strp;
+	size_t *lenp;
+
+	/*
+	 * while we have data to process
+	 */
+	while (cnt) {
+		if (!*rem) {
+			/*
+			 * We are now at the start of file system block again
+			 * (or what we think one is...). start looking for
+			 * empty blocks again
+			 */
+			*isempt = 1;
+			*rem = sz;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * only examine up to the end of the current file block or
+		 * remaining characters to write, whatever is smaller
+		 */
+		wcnt = MIN(cnt, *rem);
+		cnt -= wcnt;
+		*rem -= wcnt;
+		if (*isempt) {
+			/*
+			 * have not written to this block yet, so we keep
+			 * looking for zero's
+			 */
+			pt = st;
+			end = st + wcnt;
+
+			/*
+			 * look for a zero filled buffer
+			 */
+			while ((pt < end) && (*pt == '\0'))
+				++pt;
+
+			if (pt == end) {
+				/*
+				 * skip, buf is empty so far
+				 */
+				if (fd > -1 &&
+				    lseek(fd, (off_t)wcnt, SEEK_CUR) < 0) {
+					syswarn(1, errno, "File seek on %s",
+					    name);
+					return -1;
+				}
+				st = pt;
+				continue;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * drat, the buf is not zero filled
+			 */
+			*isempt = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * have non-zero data in this file system block, have to write
+		 */
+		switch (fd) {
+		case -PAX_GLF:
+			strp = &gnu_name_string;
+			lenp = &gnu_name_length;
+			break;
+		case -PAX_GLL:
+			strp = &gnu_link_string;
+			lenp = &gnu_link_length;
+			break;
+		default:
+			strp = NULL;
+			lenp = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (strp) {
+			char *nstr = *strp ? realloc(*strp, *lenp + wcnt + 1) :
+				malloc(wcnt + 1);
+			if (nstr == NULL) {
+				tty_warn(1, "Out of memory");
+				return -1;
+			}
+			(void)strlcpy(&nstr[*lenp], st, wcnt + 1);
+			*strp = nstr;
+			*lenp += wcnt;
+		} else if (xwrite(fd, st, wcnt) != wcnt) {
+			syswarn(1, errno, "Failed write to file %s", name);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		st += wcnt;
+	}
+	return st - str;
+}
+
+/*
+ * file_flush()
+ *	when the last file block in a file is zero, many file systems will not
+ *	let us create a hole at the end. To get the last block with zeros, we
+ *	write the last BYTE with a zero (back up one byte and write a zero).
+ */
+
+void
+file_flush(int fd, char *fname, int isempt)
+{
+	static char blnk[] = "\0";
+
+	/*
+	 * silly test, but make sure we are only called when the last block is
+	 * filled with all zeros.
+	 */
+	if (!isempt)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * move back one byte and write a zero
+	 */
+	if (lseek(fd, (off_t)-1, SEEK_CUR) < 0) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Failed seek on file %s", fname);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (write_with_restart(fd, blnk, 1) < 0)
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Failed write to file %s", fname);
+	return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * rdfile_close()
+ *	close a file we have been reading (to copy or archive). If we have to
+ *	reset access time (tflag) do so (the times are stored in arcn).
+ */
+
+void
+rdfile_close(ARCHD *arcn, int *fd)
+{
+	/*
+	 * make sure the file is open
+	 */
+	if (*fd < 0)
+		return;
+
+	(void)close(*fd);
+	*fd = -1;
+	if (!tflag)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * user wants last access time reset
+	 */
+	set_ftime(arcn->org_name, arcn->sb.st_mtime, arcn->sb.st_atime, 1, 0);
+	return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * set_crc()
+ *	read a file to calculate its crc. This is a real drag. Archive formats
+ *	that have this, end up reading the file twice (we have to write the
+ *	header WITH the crc before writing the file contents. Oh well...
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if was able to calculate the crc, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+set_crc(ARCHD *arcn, int fd)
+{
+	int i;
+	int res;
+	off_t cpcnt = 0L;
+	u_long size;
+	unsigned long crc = 0L;
+	char tbuf[FILEBLK];
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		/*
+		 * hmm, no fd, should never happen. well no crc then.
+		 */
+		arcn->crc = 0L;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if ((size = (u_long)arcn->sb.st_blksize) > (u_long)sizeof(tbuf))
+		size = (u_long)sizeof(tbuf);
+
+	/*
+	 * read all the bytes we think that there are in the file. If the user
+	 * is trying to archive an active file, forget this file.
+	 */
+	for(;;) {
+		if ((res = read(fd, tbuf, size)) <= 0)
+			break;
+		cpcnt += res;
+		for (i = 0; i < res; ++i)
+			crc += (tbuf[i] & 0xff);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * safety check. we want to avoid archiving files that are active as
+	 * they can create inconsistent archive copies.
+	 */
+	if (cpcnt != arcn->sb.st_size)
+		tty_warn(1, "File changed size %s", arcn->org_name);
+	else if (fstat(fd, &sb) < 0)
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Failed stat on %s", arcn->org_name);
+	else if (arcn->sb.st_mtime != sb.st_mtime)
+		tty_warn(1, "File %s was modified during read", arcn->org_name);
+	else if (lseek(fd, (off_t)0L, SEEK_SET) < 0)
+		syswarn(1, errno, "File rewind failed on: %s", arcn->org_name);
+	else {
+		arcn->crc = crc;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/ftree.c b/bin/pax/ftree.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d45429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/ftree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,741 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ftree.c,v 1.42 2012/09/27 00:44:59 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Luke Mewburn of Wasabi Systems.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ftree.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ftree.c,v 1.42 2012/09/27 00:44:59 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "ftree.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#ifndef SMALL
+#include "mtree.h"
+#endif	/* SMALL */
+
+/*
+ * routines to interface with the fts library function.
+ *
+ * file args supplied to pax are stored on a single linked list (of type FTREE)
+ * and given to fts to be processed one at a time. pax "selects" files from
+ * the expansion of each arg into the corresponding file tree (if the arg is a
+ * directory, otherwise the node itself is just passed to pax). The selection
+ * is modified by the -n and -u flags. The user is informed when a specific
+ * file arg does not generate any selected files. -n keeps expanding the file
+ * tree arg until one of its files is selected, then skips to the next file
+ * arg. when the user does not supply the file trees as command line args to
+ * pax, they are read from stdin
+ */
+
+static FTS *ftsp = NULL;		/* current FTS handle */
+static int ftsopts;			/* options to be used on fts_open */
+static char *farray[2];			/* array for passing each arg to fts */
+static FTREE *fthead = NULL;		/* head of linked list of file args */
+static FTREE *fttail = NULL;		/* tail of linked list of file args */
+static FTREE *ftcur = NULL;		/* current file arg being processed */
+static FTSENT *ftent = NULL;		/* current file tree entry */
+static int ftree_skip;			/* when set skip to next file arg */
+#ifndef SMALL
+static NODE *ftnode = NULL;		/* mtree(8) specfile; used by -M */
+#endif	/* SMALL */
+
+static int ftree_arg(void);
+
+#define	FTS_ERRNO(x)	(x)->fts_errno
+
+/*
+ * ftree_start()
+ *	initialize the options passed to fts_open() during this run of pax
+ *	options are based on the selection of pax options by the user
+ *	fts_start() also calls fts_arg() to open the first valid file arg. We
+ *	also attempt to reset directory access times when -t (tflag) is set.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if there is at least one valid file arg to process, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+ftree_start(void)
+{
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+	/*
+	 * if -M is given, the list of filenames on stdin is actually
+	 * an mtree(8) specfile, so parse the specfile into a NODE *
+	 * tree at ftnode, for use by next_file()
+	 */
+	if (Mflag) {
+		if (fthead != NULL) {
+			tty_warn(1,
+	    "The -M flag is only supported when reading file list from stdin");
+			return -1;
+		}
+		ftnode = spec(stdin);
+		if (ftnode != NULL &&
+		    (ftnode->type != F_DIR || strcmp(ftnode->name, ".") != 0)) {
+			tty_warn(1,
+			    "First node of specfile is not `.' directory");
+			return -1;
+		}
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif	/* SMALL */
+
+	/*
+	 * set up the operation mode of fts, open the first file arg. We must
+	 * use FTS_NOCHDIR, as the user may have to open multiple archives and
+	 * if fts did a chdir off into the boondocks, we may create an archive
+	 * volume in an place where the user did not expect to.
+	 */
+	ftsopts = FTS_NOCHDIR;
+
+	/*
+	 * optional user flags that effect file traversal
+	 * -H command line symlink follow only (half follow)
+	 * -L follow sylinks (logical)
+	 * -P do not follow sylinks (physical). This is the default.
+	 * -X do not cross over mount points
+	 * -t preserve access times on files read.
+	 * -n select only the first member of a file tree when a match is found
+	 * -d do not extract subtrees rooted at a directory arg.
+	 */
+	if (Lflag)
+		ftsopts |= FTS_LOGICAL;
+	else
+		ftsopts |= FTS_PHYSICAL;
+	if (Hflag)
+		ftsopts |= FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+	if (Xflag)
+		ftsopts |= FTS_XDEV;
+
+	if ((fthead == NULL) && ((farray[0] = malloc(PAXPATHLEN+2)) == NULL)) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Unable to allocate memory for file name buffer");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (ftree_arg() < 0)
+		return -1;
+	if (tflag && (atdir_start() < 0))
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ftree_add()
+ *	add the arg to the linked list of files to process. Each will be
+ *	processed by fts one at a time
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if added to the linked list, -1 if failed
+ */
+
+int
+ftree_add(char *str, int isdir)
+{
+	FTREE *ft;
+	int len;
+
+	/*
+	 * simple check for bad args
+	 */
+	if ((str == NULL) || (*str == '\0')) {
+		tty_warn(0, "Invalid file name argument");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * allocate FTREE node and add to the end of the linked list (args are
+	 * processed in the same order they were passed to pax). Get rid of any
+	 * trailing / the user may pass us. (watch out for / by itself).
+	 */
+	if ((ft = (FTREE *)malloc(sizeof(FTREE))) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(0, "Unable to allocate memory for filename");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (((len = strlen(str) - 1) > 0) && (str[len] == '/'))
+		str[len] = '\0';
+	ft->fname = str;
+	ft->refcnt = -isdir;
+	ft->fow = NULL;
+	if (fthead == NULL) {
+		fttail = fthead = ft;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	fttail->fow = ft;
+	fttail = ft;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ftree_sel()
+ *	this entry has been selected by pax. bump up reference count and handle
+ *	-n and -d processing.
+ */
+
+void
+ftree_sel(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	/*
+	 * set reference bit for this pattern. This linked list is only used
+	 * when file trees are supplied pax as args. The list is not used when
+	 * the trees are read from stdin.
+	 */
+	if (ftcur != NULL)
+		ftcur->refcnt = 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * if -n we are done with this arg, force a skip to the next arg when
+	 * pax asks for the next file in next_file().
+	 * if -M we don't use fts(3), so the rest of this function is moot.
+	 * if -d we tell fts only to match the directory (if the arg is a dir)
+	 * and not the entire file tree rooted at that point.
+	 */
+	if (nflag)
+		ftree_skip = 1;
+
+	if (Mflag || !dflag || (arcn->type != PAX_DIR))
+		return;
+
+	if (ftent != NULL)
+		(void)fts_set(ftsp, ftent, FTS_SKIP);
+}
+
+/*
+ * ftree_chk()
+ *	called at end on pax execution. Prints all those file args that did not
+ *	have a selected member (reference count still 0)
+ */
+
+void
+ftree_chk(void)
+{
+	FTREE *ft;
+	int wban = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * make sure all dir access times were reset.
+	 */
+	if (tflag)
+		atdir_end();
+
+	/*
+	 * walk down list and check reference count. Print out those members
+	 * that never had a match
+	 */
+	for (ft = fthead; ft != NULL; ft = ft->fow) {
+		if (ft->refcnt != 0)
+			continue;
+		if (wban == 0) {
+			tty_warn(1,
+			    "WARNING! These file names were not selected:");
+			++wban;
+		}
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", ft->fname);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * ftree_arg()
+ *	Get the next file arg for fts to process. Can be from either the linked
+ *	list or read from stdin when the user did not them as args to pax. Each
+ *	arg is processed until the first successful fts_open().
+ * Return:
+ *	0 when the next arg is ready to go, -1 if out of file args (or EOF on
+ *	stdin).
+ */
+
+static int
+ftree_arg(void)
+{
+	/*
+	 * close off the current file tree
+	 */
+	if (ftsp != NULL) {
+		(void)fts_close(ftsp);
+		ftsp = NULL;
+		ftent = NULL;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * keep looping until we get a valid file tree to process. Stop when we
+	 * reach the end of the list (or get an eof on stdin)
+	 */
+	for(;;) {
+		if (fthead == NULL) {
+			int i, c = EOF;
+			/*
+			 * the user didn't supply any args, get the file trees
+			 * to process from stdin;
+			 */
+			for (i = 0; i < PAXPATHLEN + 2;) {
+				c = getchar();
+				if (c == EOF)
+					break;
+				else if (c == sep) {
+					if (i != 0)
+						break;
+				} else
+					farray[0][i++] = c;
+			}
+			if (i == 0)
+				return -1;
+			farray[0][i] = '\0';
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * the user supplied the file args as arguments to pax
+			 */
+			if (ftcur == NULL)
+				ftcur = fthead;
+			else if ((ftcur = ftcur->fow) == NULL)
+				return -1;
+
+			if (ftcur->refcnt < 0) {
+				/*
+				 * chdir entry.
+				 * Change directory and retry loop.
+				 */
+				if (ar_dochdir(ftcur->fname))
+					return (-1);
+				continue;
+			}
+			farray[0] = ftcur->fname;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * watch it, fts wants the file arg stored in a array of char
+		 * ptrs, with the last one a null. we use a two element array
+		 * and set farray[0] to point at the buffer with the file name
+		 * in it. We cannot pass all the file args to fts at one shot
+		 * as we need to keep a handle on which file arg generates what
+		 * files (the -n and -d flags need this). If the open is
+		 * successful, return a 0.
+		 */
+		if ((ftsp = fts_open(farray, ftsopts, NULL)) != NULL)
+			break;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * next_file()
+ *	supplies the next file to process in the supplied archd structure.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 when contents of arcn have been set with the next file, -1 when done.
+ */
+
+int
+next_file(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+#ifndef SMALL
+	static	char	curdir[PAXPATHLEN+2], curpath[PAXPATHLEN+2];
+	static	int	curdirlen;
+
+	struct stat	statbuf;
+	FTSENT		Mftent;
+#endif	/* SMALL */
+	int		cnt;
+	time_t		atime, mtime;
+	char		*curlink;
+#define MFTENT_DUMMY_DEV	UINT_MAX
+
+	curlink = NULL;
+#ifndef SMALL
+	/*
+	 * if parsing an mtree(8) specfile, build up `dummy' ftsent
+	 * from specfile info, and jump below to complete setup of arcn.
+	 */
+	if (Mflag) {
+		int	skipoptional;
+
+ next_ftnode:
+		skipoptional = 0;
+		if (ftnode == NULL)		/* tree is empty */
+			return (-1);
+
+						/* get current name */
+		if (snprintf(curpath, sizeof(curpath), "%s%s%s",
+		    curdir, curdirlen ? "/" : "", ftnode->name)
+		    >= (int)sizeof(curpath)) {
+			tty_warn(1, "line %lu: %s: %s", (u_long)ftnode->lineno,
+			    curdir, strerror(ENAMETOOLONG));
+			return (-1);
+		}
+		ftnode->flags |= F_VISIT;	/* mark node visited */
+
+						/* construct dummy FTSENT */
+		Mftent.fts_path = curpath;
+		Mftent.fts_statp = &statbuf;
+		Mftent.fts_pointer = ftnode;
+		ftent = &Mftent;
+						/* look for existing file */
+		if (lstat(Mftent.fts_path, &statbuf) == -1) {
+			if (ftnode->flags & F_OPT)
+				skipoptional = 1;
+
+						/* missing: fake up stat info */
+			memset(&statbuf, 0, sizeof(statbuf));
+			statbuf.st_dev = MFTENT_DUMMY_DEV;
+			statbuf.st_ino = ftnode->lineno;
+			statbuf.st_size = 0;
+#define NODETEST(t, m)							\
+			if (!(t)) {					\
+				tty_warn(1, "line %lu: %s: %s not specified", \
+				    (u_long)ftnode->lineno,		\
+				    ftent->fts_path, m);		\
+				return -1;				\
+			}
+			statbuf.st_mode = nodetoino(ftnode->type);
+			NODETEST(ftnode->flags & F_TYPE, "type");
+			NODETEST(ftnode->flags & F_MODE, "mode");
+			if (!(ftnode->flags & F_TIME))
+				statbuf.st_mtime = starttime;
+			NODETEST(ftnode->flags & (F_GID | F_GNAME), "group");
+			NODETEST(ftnode->flags & (F_UID | F_UNAME), "user");
+			if (ftnode->type == F_BLOCK || ftnode->type == F_CHAR)
+				NODETEST(ftnode->flags & F_DEV,
+				    "device number");
+			if (ftnode->type == F_LINK)
+				NODETEST(ftnode->flags & F_SLINK, "symlink");
+			/* don't require F_FLAGS or F_SIZE */
+#undef NODETEST
+		} else {
+			if (ftnode->flags & F_TYPE && nodetoino(ftnode->type)
+			    != (statbuf.st_mode & S_IFMT)) {
+				tty_warn(1,
+			    "line %lu: %s: type mismatch: specfile %s, tree %s",
+				    (u_long)ftnode->lineno, ftent->fts_path,
+				    inotype(nodetoino(ftnode->type)),
+				    inotype(statbuf.st_mode));
+				return -1;
+			}
+			if (ftnode->type == F_DIR && (ftnode->flags & F_OPT))
+				skipoptional = 1;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * override settings with those from specfile
+		 */
+		if (ftnode->flags & F_MODE) {
+			statbuf.st_mode &= ~ALLPERMS; 
+			statbuf.st_mode |= (ftnode->st_mode & ALLPERMS);
+		}
+		if (ftnode->flags & (F_GID | F_GNAME))
+			statbuf.st_gid = ftnode->st_gid;
+		if (ftnode->flags & (F_UID | F_UNAME))
+			statbuf.st_uid = ftnode->st_uid;
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_FLAGS
+		if (ftnode->flags & F_FLAGS)
+			statbuf.st_flags = ftnode->st_flags;
+#endif
+		if (ftnode->flags & F_TIME)
+#if BSD4_4 && !HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+			statbuf.st_mtimespec = ftnode->st_mtimespec;
+#else
+			statbuf.st_mtime = ftnode->st_mtimespec.tv_sec;
+#endif
+		if (ftnode->flags & F_DEV)
+			statbuf.st_rdev = ftnode->st_rdev;
+		if (ftnode->flags & F_SLINK)
+			curlink = ftnode->slink;
+				/* ignore F_SIZE */
+
+		/*
+		 * find next node
+		 */
+		if (ftnode->type == F_DIR && ftnode->child != NULL) {
+					/* directory with unseen child */
+			ftnode = ftnode->child;
+			curdirlen = strlcpy(curdir, curpath, sizeof(curdir));
+		} else do {
+			if (ftnode->next != NULL) {
+					/* next node at current level */
+				ftnode = ftnode->next;
+			} else {	/* move back to parent */
+					/* reset time only on first cd.. */
+				if (Mftent.fts_pointer == ftnode && tflag &&
+				    (get_atdir(MFTENT_DUMMY_DEV, ftnode->lineno,
+				    &mtime, &atime) == 0)) {
+					set_ftime(ftent->fts_path,
+					    mtime, atime, 1, 0);
+				}
+				ftnode = ftnode->parent;
+				if (ftnode->parent == ftnode)
+					ftnode = NULL;
+				else {
+					curdirlen -= strlen(ftnode->name) + 1;
+					curdir[curdirlen] = '\0';
+				}
+			}
+		} while (ftnode != NULL && ftnode->flags & F_VISIT);
+		if (skipoptional)	/* skip optional entries */
+			goto next_ftnode;
+		goto got_ftent;
+	}
+#endif	/* SMALL */
+
+	/*
+	 * ftree_sel() might have set the ftree_skip flag if the user has the
+	 * -n option and a file was selected from this file arg tree. (-n says
+	 * only one member is matched for each pattern) ftree_skip being 1
+	 * forces us to go to the next arg now.
+	 */
+	if (ftree_skip) {
+		/*
+		 * clear and go to next arg
+		 */
+		ftree_skip = 0;
+		if (ftree_arg() < 0)
+			return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (ftsp == NULL)
+		return -1;
+	/*
+	 * loop until we get a valid file to process
+	 */
+	for(;;) {
+		if ((ftent = fts_read(ftsp)) == NULL) {
+			/*
+			 * out of files in this tree, go to next arg, if none
+			 * we are done
+			 */
+			if (ftree_arg() < 0)
+				return -1;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * handle each type of fts_read() flag
+		 */
+		switch(ftent->fts_info) {
+		case FTS_D:
+		case FTS_DEFAULT:
+		case FTS_F:
+		case FTS_SL:
+		case FTS_SLNONE:
+			/*
+			 * these are all ok
+			 */
+			break;
+		case FTS_DP:
+			/*
+			 * already saw this directory. If the user wants file
+			 * access times reset, we use this to restore the
+			 * access time for this directory since this is the
+			 * last time we will see it in this file subtree
+			 * remember to force the time (this is -t on a read
+			 * directory, not a created directory).
+			 */
+			if (!tflag || (get_atdir(
+			    ftent->fts_statp->st_dev, ftent->fts_statp->st_ino,
+			    &mtime, &atime) < 0))
+				continue;
+			set_ftime(ftent->fts_path, mtime, atime, 1, 0);
+			continue;
+		case FTS_DC:
+			/*
+			 * fts claims a file system cycle
+			 */
+			tty_warn(1,"File system cycle found at %s",
+			    ftent->fts_path);
+			continue;
+		case FTS_DNR:
+			syswarn(1, FTS_ERRNO(ftent),
+			    "Unable to read directory %s", ftent->fts_path);
+			continue;
+		case FTS_ERR:
+			syswarn(1, FTS_ERRNO(ftent),
+			    "File system traversal error");
+			continue;
+		case FTS_NS:
+		case FTS_NSOK:
+			syswarn(1, FTS_ERRNO(ftent),
+			    "Unable to access %s", ftent->fts_path);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+ got_ftent:
+#endif	/* SMALL */
+		/*
+		 * ok got a file tree node to process. copy info into arcn
+		 * structure (initialize as required)
+		 */
+		arcn->skip = 0;
+		arcn->pad = 0;
+		arcn->ln_nlen = 0;
+		arcn->ln_name[0] = '\0';
+		arcn->sb = *(ftent->fts_statp);
+
+		/*
+		 * file type based set up and copy into the arcn struct
+		 * SIDE NOTE:
+		 * we try to reset the access time on all files and directories
+		 * we may read when the -t flag is specified. files are reset
+		 * when we close them after copying. we reset the directories
+		 * when we are done with their file tree (we also clean up at
+		 * end in case we cut short a file tree traversal). However
+		 * there is no way to reset access times on symlinks.
+		 */
+		switch(S_IFMT & arcn->sb.st_mode) {
+		case S_IFDIR:
+			arcn->type = PAX_DIR;
+			if (!tflag)
+				break;
+			add_atdir(ftent->fts_path, arcn->sb.st_dev,
+			    arcn->sb.st_ino, arcn->sb.st_mtime,
+			    arcn->sb.st_atime);
+			break;
+		case S_IFCHR:
+			arcn->type = PAX_CHR;
+			break;
+		case S_IFBLK:
+			arcn->type = PAX_BLK;
+			break;
+		case S_IFREG:
+			/*
+			 * only regular files with have data to store on the
+			 * archive. all others will store a zero length skip.
+			 * the skip field is used by pax for actual data it has
+			 * to read (or skip over).
+			 */
+			arcn->type = PAX_REG;
+			arcn->skip = arcn->sb.st_size;
+			break;
+		case S_IFLNK:
+			arcn->type = PAX_SLK;
+			if (curlink != NULL) {
+				cnt = strlcpy(arcn->ln_name, curlink,
+				    sizeof(arcn->ln_name));
+			/*
+			 * have to read the symlink path from the file
+			 */
+			} else if ((cnt =
+			    readlink(ftent->fts_path, arcn->ln_name,
+			    sizeof(arcn->ln_name) - 1)) < 0) {
+				syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to read symlink %s",
+				    ftent->fts_path);
+				continue;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * set link name length, watch out readlink does not
+			 * always null terminate the link path
+			 */
+			arcn->ln_name[cnt] = '\0';
+			arcn->ln_nlen = cnt;
+			break;
+#ifdef S_IFSOCK
+		case S_IFSOCK:
+			/*
+			 * under BSD storing a socket is senseless but we will
+			 * let the format specific write function make the
+			 * decision of what to do with it.
+			 */
+			arcn->type = PAX_SCK;
+			break;
+#endif
+		case S_IFIFO:
+			arcn->type = PAX_FIF;
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * copy file name, set file name length
+	 */
+	arcn->nlen = strlcpy(arcn->name, ftent->fts_path, sizeof(arcn->name));
+	arcn->org_name = arcn->fts_name;
+	strlcpy(arcn->fts_name, ftent->fts_path, sizeof arcn->fts_name);
+	if (strcmp(NM_CPIO, argv0) == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * cpio does *not* descend directories listed in the
+		 * arguments, unlike pax/tar, so needs special handling
+		 * here.  failure to do so results in massive amounts
+		 * of duplicated files in the output. We kill fts after
+		 * the first name is extracted, what a waste.
+		 */
+		ftcur->refcnt = 1;
+		(void)ftree_arg();
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/ftree.h b/bin/pax/ftree.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..490cf51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/ftree.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ftree.h,v 1.5 2003/10/13 07:41:22 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)ftree.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Data structure used by the ftree.c routines to store the file args to be
+ * handed to fts(). It keeps a reference count of which args generated a
+ * "selected" member
+ */
+
+typedef struct ftree {
+	char		*fname;		/* file tree name */
+	int		refcnt;		/* has tree had a selected file? */
+	struct ftree	*fow;		/* pointer to next entry on list */
+} FTREE;
diff --git a/bin/pax/gen_subs.c b/bin/pax/gen_subs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9228c69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/gen_subs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: gen_subs.c,v 1.37 2018/11/30 00:53:11 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)gen_subs.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: gen_subs.c,v 1.37 2018/11/30 00:53:11 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <vis.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * a collection of general purpose subroutines used by pax
+ */
+
+/*
+ * constants used by ls_list() when printing out archive members
+ */
+#define MODELEN 20
+#define DATELEN 64
+#define SIXMONTHS	 ((DAYSPERNYEAR / 2) * SECSPERDAY)
+#define CURFRMT		"%b %e %H:%M"
+#define OLDFRMT		"%b %e  %Y"
+#ifndef UT_NAMESIZE
+#define UT_NAMESIZE	8
+#endif
+#define UT_GRPSIZE	6
+
+/*
+ * convert time to string
+ */
+static void
+formattime(char *buf, size_t buflen, time_t when)
+{
+	int error;
+	struct tm tm;
+	(void)localtime_r(&when, &tm);
+
+	if (when + SIXMONTHS <= time(NULL))
+		error = strftime(buf, buflen, OLDFRMT, &tm);
+	else
+		error = strftime(buf, buflen, CURFRMT, &tm);
+
+	if (error == 0)
+		buf[0] = '\0';
+}
+
+/*
+ * ls_list()
+ *	list the members of an archive in ls format
+ */
+
+void
+ls_list(ARCHD *arcn, time_t now, FILE *fp)
+{
+	struct stat *sbp;
+	char f_mode[MODELEN];
+	char f_date[DATELEN];
+	const char *user, *group;
+
+	/*
+	 * if not verbose, just print the file name
+	 */
+	if (!vflag) {
+		(void)fprintf(fp, "%s\n", arcn->name);
+		(void)fflush(fp);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * user wants long mode
+	 */
+	sbp = &(arcn->sb);
+	strmode(sbp->st_mode, f_mode);
+
+	/*
+	 * time format based on age compared to the time pax was started.
+	 */
+	formattime(f_date, sizeof(f_date), arcn->sb.st_mtime);
+	/*
+	 * print file mode, link count, uid, gid and time
+	 */
+	user = user_from_uid(sbp->st_uid, 0);
+	group = group_from_gid(sbp->st_gid, 0);
+	(void)fprintf(fp, "%s%2lu %-*s %-*s ", f_mode,
+	    (unsigned long)sbp->st_nlink,
+	    UT_NAMESIZE, user ? user : "", UT_GRPSIZE, group ? group : "");
+
+	/*
+	 * print device id's for devices, or sizes for other nodes
+	 */
+	if ((arcn->type == PAX_CHR) || (arcn->type == PAX_BLK))
+		(void)fprintf(fp, "%4lu,%4lu ", (long) MAJOR(sbp->st_rdev),
+		    (long) MINOR(sbp->st_rdev));
+	else {
+		(void)fprintf(fp, OFFT_FP("9") " ", (OFFT_T)sbp->st_size);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * print name and link info for hard and soft links
+	 */
+	(void)fprintf(fp, "%s %s", f_date, arcn->name);
+	if ((arcn->type == PAX_HLK) || (arcn->type == PAX_HRG))
+		(void)fprintf(fp, " == %s\n", arcn->ln_name);
+	else if (arcn->type == PAX_SLK)
+		(void)fprintf(fp, " -> %s\n", arcn->ln_name);
+	else
+		(void)fputc('\n', fp);
+	(void)fflush(fp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * tty_ls()
+ *	print a short summary of file to tty.
+ */
+
+void
+ls_tty(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	char f_date[DATELEN];
+	char f_mode[MODELEN];
+
+	formattime(f_date, sizeof(f_date), arcn->sb.st_mtime);
+	strmode(arcn->sb.st_mode, f_mode);
+	tty_prnt("%s%s %s\n", f_mode, f_date, arcn->name);
+	return;
+}
+
+void
+safe_print(const char *str, FILE *fp)
+{
+	char visbuf[5];
+	const char *cp;
+
+	/*
+	 * if printing to a tty, use vis(3) to print special characters.
+	 */
+	if (isatty(fileno(fp))) {
+		for (cp = str; *cp; cp++) {
+			(void)vis(visbuf, cp[0], VIS_CSTYLE, cp[1]);
+			(void)fputs(visbuf, fp);
+		}
+	} else {
+		(void)fputs(str, fp);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * asc_u32()
+ *	convert hex/octal character string into a uint32_t. We do not have to
+ *	check for overflow! (the headers in all supported formats are not large
+ *	enough to create an overflow).
+ *	NOTE: strings passed to us are NOT TERMINATED.
+ * Return:
+ *	uint32_t value
+ */
+
+uint32_t
+asc_u32(char *str, int len, int base)
+{
+	char *stop;
+	uint32_t tval = 0;
+
+	stop = str + len;
+
+	/*
+	 * skip over leading blanks and zeros
+	 */
+	while ((str < stop) && ((*str == ' ') || (*str == '0')))
+		++str;
+
+	/*
+	 * for each valid digit, shift running value (tval) over to next digit
+	 * and add next digit
+	 */
+	if (base == HEX) {
+		while (str < stop) {
+			if ((*str >= '0') && (*str <= '9'))
+				tval = (tval << 4) + (*str++ - '0');
+			else if ((*str >= 'A') && (*str <= 'F'))
+				tval = (tval << 4) + 10 + (*str++ - 'A');
+			else if ((*str >= 'a') && (*str <= 'f'))
+				tval = (tval << 4) + 10 + (*str++ - 'a');
+			else
+				break;
+		}
+	} else {
+		while ((str < stop) && (*str >= '0') && (*str <= '7'))
+			tval = (tval << 3) + (*str++ - '0');
+	}
+	return tval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * u32_asc()
+ *	convert an uintmax_t into an hex/oct ascii string. pads with LEADING
+ *	ascii 0's to fill string completely
+ *	NOTE: the string created is NOT TERMINATED.
+ */
+
+int
+u32_asc(uintmax_t val, char *str, int len, int base)
+{
+	char *pt;
+	uint32_t digit;
+	uintmax_t p;
+
+	p = val & TOP_HALF;
+	if (p && p != TOP_HALF)
+		return -1;
+
+	val &= BOTTOM_HALF;
+
+	/*
+	 * WARNING str is not '\0' terminated by this routine
+	 */
+	pt = str + len - 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * do a tailwise conversion (start at right most end of string to place
+	 * least significant digit). Keep shifting until conversion value goes
+	 * to zero (all digits were converted)
+	 */
+	if (base == HEX) {
+		while (pt >= str) {
+			if ((digit = (val & 0xf)) < 10)
+				*pt-- = '0' + (char)digit;
+			else
+				*pt-- = 'a' + (char)(digit - 10);
+			if ((val = (val >> 4)) == (u_long)0)
+				break;
+		}
+	} else {
+		while (pt >= str) {
+			*pt-- = '0' + (char)(val & 0x7);
+			if ((val = (val >> 3)) == 0)
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * pad with leading ascii ZEROS. We return -1 if we ran out of space.
+	 */
+	while (pt >= str)
+		*pt-- = '0';
+	if (val != 0)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * asc_umax()
+ *	convert hex/octal/base-256 value into a uintmax.
+ *	NOTE: strings passed to us are NOT TERMINATED.
+ * Return:
+ *	uintmax_t value; UINTMAX_MAX for overflow/negative
+ */
+
+uintmax_t
+asc_umax(char *str, int len, int base)
+{
+	char *stop;
+	uintmax_t tval = 0;
+
+	stop = str + len;
+
+	/*
+	 * if the highest bit of first byte is set, it's base-256 encoded
+	 * (base-256 is basically (n-1)-bit big endian signed
+	 */
+	if (str < stop && (*str & 0x80)) {
+		/*
+		 * uintmax_t can't be negative, so fail on negative numbers
+		 */
+		if (*str & 0x40)
+			return UINTMAX_MAX;
+
+		tval = *str++ & 0x3f;
+		while (str < stop) {
+			/*
+			 * check for overflow
+			 */
+			if (tval > (UINTMAX_MAX/256))
+				return UINTMAX_MAX;
+			tval = (tval << 8) | ((*str++) & 0xFF);
+		}
+
+		return tval;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * skip over leading blanks and zeros
+	 */
+	while ((str < stop) && ((*str == ' ') || (*str == '0')))
+		++str;
+
+	/*
+	 * for each valid digit, shift running value (tval) over to next digit
+	 * and add next digit
+	 */
+	if (base == HEX) {
+		while (str < stop) {
+			if ((*str >= '0') && (*str <= '9'))
+				tval = (tval << 4) + (*str++ - '0');
+			else if ((*str >= 'A') && (*str <= 'F'))
+				tval = (tval << 4) + 10 + (*str++ - 'A');
+			else if ((*str >= 'a') && (*str <= 'f'))
+				tval = (tval << 4) + 10 + (*str++ - 'a');
+			else
+				break;
+		}
+	} else {
+		while ((str < stop) && (*str >= '0') && (*str <= '7'))
+			tval = (tval << 3) + (*str++ - '0');
+	}
+	return tval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * umax_asc()
+ *	convert an uintmax_t into a hex/oct ascii string. pads with
+ *	LEADING ascii 0's to fill string completely
+ *	NOTE: the string created is NOT TERMINATED.
+ */
+
+int
+umax_asc(uintmax_t val, char *str, int len, int base)
+{
+	char *pt;
+	uintmax_t digit;
+
+	/*
+	 * WARNING str is not '\0' terminated by this routine
+	 */
+	pt = str + len - 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * do a tailwise conversion (start at right most end of string to place
+	 * least significant digit). Keep shifting until conversion value goes
+	 * to zero (all digits were converted)
+	 */
+	if (base == HEX) {
+		while (pt >= str) {
+			if ((digit = (val & 0xf)) < 10)
+				*pt-- = '0' + (char)digit;
+			else
+				*pt-- = 'a' + (char)(digit - 10);
+			if ((val = (val >> 4)) == 0)
+				break;
+		}
+	} else {
+		while (pt >= str) {
+			*pt-- = '0' + (char)(val & 0x7);
+			if ((val = (val >> 3)) == 0)
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * pad with leading ascii ZEROS. We return -1 if we ran out of space.
+	 */
+	while (pt >= str)
+		*pt-- = '0';
+	if (val != 0)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int
+check_Aflag(void)
+{
+
+	if (Aflag > 0)
+		return 1;
+	if (Aflag == 0) {
+		Aflag = -1;
+		tty_warn(0,
+		 "Removing leading / from absolute path names in the archive");
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/getoldopt.c b/bin/pax/getoldopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d02e7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/getoldopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getoldopt.c,v 1.23 2012/08/09 11:05:59 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Plug-compatible replacement for getopt() for parsing tar-like
+ * arguments.  If the first argument begins with "-", it uses getopt;
+ * otherwise, it uses the old rules used by tar, dump, and ps.
+ *
+ * Written 25 August 1985 by John Gilmore (ihnp4!hoptoad!gnu) and placed
+ * in the Public Domain for your edification and enjoyment.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: getoldopt.c,v 1.23 2012/08/09 11:05:59 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "compat_getopt.h"
+#else
+#include <getopt.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+int
+getoldopt(int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+	struct option *longopts, int *idx)
+{
+	static char	*key;		/* Points to next keyletter */
+	static char	use_getopt;	/* !=0 if argv[1][0] was '-' */
+	char		c;
+	char		*place;
+
+	optarg = NULL;
+
+	if (key == NULL) {		/* First time */
+		if (argc < 2) return -1;
+		key = argv[1];
+		if (*key == '-')
+			use_getopt++;
+		else
+			optind = 2;
+	}
+
+	c = '\0';
+	if (!use_getopt) {
+		c = *key++;
+		if (c == '\0') {
+			key--;
+			use_getopt = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	if (use_getopt) {
+		if (longopts != NULL) {
+			return getopt_long(argc, argv, optstring,
+			    longopts, idx);
+		} else {
+			return getopt(argc, argv, optstring);
+		}
+	}
+
+	place = strchr(optstring, c);
+
+	if (place == NULL || c == ':') {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: unknown option %c\n", argv[0], c);
+		return '?';
+	}
+
+	place++;
+	if (*place == ':') {
+		if (optind < argc) {
+			optarg = argv[optind];
+			optind++;
+		} else {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s: %c argument missing\n",
+				argv[0], c);
+			return '?';
+		}
+	}
+
+	return c;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/options.c b/bin/pax/options.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74e1480
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/options.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2229 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: options.c,v 1.118 2015/12/19 18:45:52 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)options.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: options.c,v 1.118 2015/12/19 18:45:52 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "compat_getopt.h"
+#else
+#include <getopt.h>
+#endif
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <util.h>
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "cpio.h"
+#include "tar.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#ifndef SMALL
+#include "mtree.h"
+#endif	/* SMALL */
+
+/*
+ * Routines which handle command line options
+ */
+struct stat tst;		/* Timestamp to set if non-0 */
+
+static int nopids;		/* tar mode: suppress "pids" for -p option */
+static char flgch[] = FLGCH;	/* list of all possible flags (pax) */
+static OPLIST *ophead = NULL;	/* head for format specific options -x */
+static OPLIST *optail = NULL;	/* option tail */
+
+static int opt_add(const char *);
+static int no_op(void);
+static void printflg(unsigned int);
+static int c_frmt(const void *, const void *);
+static off_t str_offt(char *);
+static char *get_line(FILE *fp);
+#ifndef SMALL
+static int set_tstamp(const char *, struct stat *);
+#endif
+static void pax_options(int, char **);
+__dead static void pax_usage(void);
+static void tar_options(int, char **);
+__dead static void tar_usage(void);
+#ifndef NO_CPIO
+static void cpio_options(int, char **);
+__dead static void cpio_usage(void);
+#endif
+
+/* errors from get_line */
+#define GETLINE_FILE_CORRUPT 1
+#define GETLINE_OUT_OF_MEM 2
+static int get_line_error;
+
+#define BZIP2_CMD	"bzip2"		/* command to run as bzip2 */
+#define GZIP_CMD	"gzip"		/* command to run as gzip */
+#define XZ_CMD		"xz"		/* command to run as xz */
+#define COMPRESS_CMD	"compress"	/* command to run as compress */
+
+/*
+ * Long options.
+ */
+#define	OPT_USE_COMPRESS_PROGRAM	0
+#define	OPT_CHECKPOINT			1
+#define	OPT_UNLINK			2
+#define	OPT_HELP			3
+#define	OPT_ATIME_PRESERVE		4
+#define	OPT_IGNORE_FAILED_READ		5
+#define	OPT_REMOVE_FILES		6
+#define	OPT_NULL			7
+#define	OPT_TOTALS			8
+#define	OPT_VERSION			9
+#define	OPT_EXCLUDE			10
+#define	OPT_BLOCK_COMPRESS		11
+#define	OPT_NORECURSE			12
+#define	OPT_FORCE_LOCAL			13
+#define	OPT_INSECURE			14
+#define	OPT_STRICT			15
+#define	OPT_SPARSE			16
+#define OPT_XZ				17
+#define OPT_GNU				18
+#define	OPT_TIMESTAMP			19
+#if !HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#define	OPT_CHROOT			20
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *	Format specific routine table - MUST BE IN SORTED ORDER BY NAME
+ *	(see pax.h for description of each function)
+ *
+ *	name, blksz, hdsz, udev, hlk, blkagn, inhead, id, st_read,
+ *	read, end_read, st_write, write, end_write, trail,
+ *	subtrail, rd_data, wr_data, options
+ */
+
+FSUB fsub[] = {
+#ifndef NO_CPIO
+/* 0: OLD BINARY CPIO */
+	{ "bcpio", 5120, sizeof(HD_BCPIO), 1, 0, 0, 1, bcpio_id, cpio_strd,
+	bcpio_rd, bcpio_endrd, cpio_stwr, bcpio_wr, cpio_endwr, NULL,
+	cpio_subtrail, rd_wrfile, wr_rdfile, bad_opt },
+
+/* 1: OLD OCTAL CHARACTER CPIO */
+	{ "cpio", 5120, sizeof(HD_CPIO), 1, 0, 0, 1, cpio_id, cpio_strd,
+	cpio_rd, cpio_endrd, cpio_stwr, cpio_wr, cpio_endwr, NULL,
+	cpio_subtrail, rd_wrfile, wr_rdfile, bad_opt },
+
+/* 2: SVR4 HEX CPIO */
+	{ "sv4cpio", 5120, sizeof(HD_VCPIO), 1, 0, 0, 1, vcpio_id, cpio_strd,
+	vcpio_rd, vcpio_endrd, cpio_stwr, vcpio_wr, cpio_endwr, NULL,
+	cpio_subtrail, rd_wrfile, wr_rdfile, bad_opt },
+
+/* 3: SVR4 HEX CPIO WITH CRC */
+	{ "sv4crc", 5120, sizeof(HD_VCPIO), 1, 0, 0, 1, crc_id, crc_strd,
+	vcpio_rd, vcpio_endrd, crc_stwr, vcpio_wr, cpio_endwr, NULL,
+	cpio_subtrail, rd_wrfile, wr_rdfile, bad_opt },
+#endif
+/* 4: OLD TAR */
+	{ "tar", 10240, BLKMULT, 0, 1, BLKMULT, 0, tar_id, no_op,
+	tar_rd, tar_endrd, no_op, tar_wr, tar_endwr, tar_trail,
+	NULL, rd_wrfile, wr_rdfile, tar_opt },
+
+/* 5: POSIX USTAR */
+	{ "ustar", 10240, BLKMULT, 0, 1, BLKMULT, 0, ustar_id, ustar_strd,
+	ustar_rd, tar_endrd, ustar_stwr, ustar_wr, tar_endwr, tar_trail,
+	NULL, rd_wrfile, wr_rdfile, bad_opt }
+};
+#ifndef NO_CPIO
+#define F_BCPIO		0	/* old binary cpio format */
+#define F_CPIO		1	/* old octal character cpio format */
+#define F_SV4CPIO	2	/* SVR4 hex cpio format */
+#define F_SV4CRC	3	/* SVR4 hex with crc cpio format */
+#define F_TAR		4	/* old V7 UNIX tar format */
+#define F_USTAR		5	/* ustar format */
+#else
+#define F_TAR		0	/* old V7 UNIX tar format */
+#define F_USTAR		1	/* ustar format */
+#endif
+#define DEFLT		F_USTAR	/* default write format from list above */
+
+/*
+ * ford is the archive search order used by get_arc() to determine what kind
+ * of archive we are dealing with. This helps to properly id archive formats
+ * some formats may be subsets of others....
+ */
+int ford[] = {F_USTAR, F_TAR,
+#ifndef NO_CPIO
+    F_SV4CRC, F_SV4CPIO, F_CPIO, F_BCPIO, 
+#endif
+    -1};
+
+/*
+ * filename record separator
+ */
+int sep = '\n';
+
+/*
+ * Do we have -C anywhere?
+ */
+int havechd = 0;
+
+/*
+ * options()
+ *	figure out if we are pax, tar or cpio. Call the appropriate options
+ *	parser
+ */
+
+void
+options(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Are we acting like pax, tar or cpio (based on argv[0])
+	 */
+	if ((argv0 = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) != NULL)
+		argv0++;
+	else
+		argv0 = argv[0];
+
+	if (strstr(argv0, NM_TAR)) {
+		argv0 = NM_TAR;
+		tar_options(argc, argv);
+#ifndef NO_CPIO
+	} else if (strstr(argv0, NM_CPIO)) {
+		argv0 = NM_CPIO;
+		cpio_options(argc, argv);
+#endif
+	} else {
+		argv0 = NM_PAX;
+		pax_options(argc, argv);
+	}
+}
+
+struct option pax_longopts[] = {
+	{ "insecure",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_INSECURE },
+	{ "force-local",	no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_FORCE_LOCAL },
+	{ "use-compress-program", required_argument,	0,
+						OPT_USE_COMPRESS_PROGRAM },
+	{ "xz",			no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_XZ },
+	{ "gnu",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_GNU },
+	{ "timestamp",		required_argument,	0,
+						OPT_TIMESTAMP },
+	{ 0,			0,			0,
+						0 },
+};
+
+/*
+ * pax_options()
+ *	look at the user specified flags. set globals as required and check if
+ *	the user specified a legal set of flags. If not, complain and exit
+ */
+
+static void
+pax_options(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int c;
+	size_t i;
+	u_int64_t flg = 0;
+	u_int64_t bflg = 0;
+	char *pt;
+	FSUB tmp;
+
+	/*
+	 * process option flags
+	 */
+	while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv,
+	    "0ab:cdf:ijklno:p:rs:tuvwx:zAB:DE:G:HLMN:OPT:U:VXYZ",
+	    pax_longopts, NULL)) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case '0':
+			sep = '\0';
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			/*
+			 * append
+			 */
+			flg |= AF;
+			break;
+		case 'b':
+			/*
+			 * specify blocksize
+			 */
+			flg |= BF;
+			if ((wrblksz = (int)str_offt(optarg)) <= 0) {
+				tty_warn(1, "Invalid block size %s", optarg);
+				pax_usage();
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			/*
+			 * inverse match on patterns
+			 */
+			cflag = 1;
+			flg |= CF;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			/*
+			 * match only dir on extract, not the subtree at dir
+			 */
+			dflag = 1;
+			flg |= DF;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			/*
+			 * filename where the archive is stored
+			 */
+			arcname = optarg;
+			flg |= FF;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			/*
+			 * interactive file rename
+			 */
+			iflag = 1;
+			flg |= IF;
+			break;
+		case 'j':
+			/*
+			 * pass through bzip2
+			 */
+			gzip_program = BZIP2_CMD;
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			/*
+			 * do not clobber files that exist
+			 */
+			kflag = 1;
+			flg |= KF;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			/*
+			 * try to link src to dest with copy (-rw)
+			 */
+			lflag = 1;
+			flg |= LF;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			/*
+			 * select first match for a pattern only
+			 */
+			nflag = 1;
+			flg |= NF;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			/*
+			 * pass format specific options
+			 */
+			flg |= OF;
+			if (opt_add(optarg) < 0)
+				pax_usage();
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			/*
+			 * specify file characteristic options
+			 */
+			for (pt = optarg; *pt != '\0'; ++pt) {
+				switch(*pt) {
+				case 'a':
+					/*
+					 * do not preserve access time
+					 */
+					patime = 0;
+					break;
+				case 'e':
+					/*
+					 * preserve user id, group id, file
+					 * mode, access/modification times
+					 * and file flags.
+					 */
+					pids = 1;
+					pmode = 1;
+					patime = 1;
+					pmtime = 1;
+					pfflags = 1;
+					break;
+#if 0
+				case 'f':
+					/*
+					 * do not preserve file flags
+					 */
+					pfflags = 0;
+					break;
+#endif
+				case 'm':
+					/*
+					 * do not preserve modification time
+					 */
+					pmtime = 0;
+					break;
+				case 'o':
+					/*
+					 * preserve uid/gid
+					 */
+					pids = 1;
+					break;
+				case 'p':
+					/*
+					 * preserve file mode bits
+					 */
+					pmode = 1;
+					break;
+				default:
+					tty_warn(1, "Invalid -p string: %c",
+					    *pt);
+					pax_usage();
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			flg |= PF;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			/*
+			 * read the archive
+			 */
+			flg |= RF;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			/*
+			 * file name substitution name pattern
+			 */
+			if (rep_add(optarg) < 0) {
+				pax_usage();
+				break;
+			}
+			flg |= SF;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			/*
+			 * preserve access time on filesystem nodes we read
+			 */
+			tflag = 1;
+			flg |= TF;
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			/*
+			 * ignore those older files
+			 */
+			uflag = 1;
+			flg |= UF;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			/*
+			 * verbose operation mode
+			 */
+			vflag = 1;
+			flg |= VF;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			/*
+			 * write an archive
+			 */
+			flg |= WF;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			/*
+			 * specify an archive format on write
+			 */
+			tmp.name = optarg;
+			frmt = (FSUB *)bsearch((void *)&tmp, (void *)fsub,
+			    sizeof(fsub)/sizeof(FSUB), sizeof(FSUB), c_frmt);
+			if (frmt != NULL) {
+				flg |= XF;
+				break;
+			}
+			tty_warn(1, "Unknown -x format: %s", optarg);
+			(void)fputs("pax: Known -x formats are:", stderr);
+			for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(fsub)/sizeof(FSUB)); ++i)
+				(void)fprintf(stderr, " %s", fsub[i].name);
+			(void)fputs("\n\n", stderr);
+			pax_usage();
+			break;
+		case 'z':
+			/*
+			 * use gzip.  Non standard option.
+			 */
+			gzip_program = GZIP_CMD;
+			break;
+		case 'A':
+			Aflag = 1;
+			flg |= CAF;
+			break;
+		case 'B':
+			/*
+			 * non-standard option on number of bytes written on a
+			 * single archive volume.
+			 */
+			if ((wrlimit = str_offt(optarg)) <= 0) {
+				tty_warn(1, "Invalid write limit %s", optarg);
+				pax_usage();
+			}
+			if (wrlimit % BLKMULT) {
+				tty_warn(1,
+				    "Write limit is not a %d byte multiple",
+				    BLKMULT);
+				pax_usage();
+			}
+			flg |= CBF;
+			break;
+		case 'D':
+			/*
+			 * On extraction check file inode change time before the
+			 * modification of the file name. Non standard option.
+			 */
+			Dflag = 1;
+			flg |= CDF;
+			break;
+		case 'E':
+			/*
+			 * non-standard limit on read faults
+			 * 0 indicates stop after first error, values
+			 * indicate a limit, "none" try forever
+			 */
+			flg |= CEF;
+			if (strcmp(none, optarg) == 0)
+				maxflt = -1;
+			else if ((maxflt = atoi(optarg)) < 0) {
+				tty_warn(1,
+				    "Error count value must be positive");
+				pax_usage();
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'G':
+			/*
+			 * non-standard option for selecting files within an
+			 * archive by group (gid or name)
+			 */
+			if (grp_add(optarg) < 0) {
+				pax_usage();
+				break;
+			}
+			flg |= CGF;
+			break;
+		case 'H':
+			/*
+			 * follow command line symlinks only
+			 */
+			Hflag = 1;
+			flg |= CHF;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			/*
+			 * follow symlinks
+			 */
+			Lflag = 1;
+			flg |= CLF;
+			break;
+#ifdef SMALL
+		case 'M':
+		case 'N':
+			tty_warn(1, "Support for -%c is not compiled in", c);
+			exit(1);
+#else	/* !SMALL */
+		case 'M':
+			/*
+			 * Treat list of filenames on stdin as an
+			 * mtree(8) specfile.  Non standard option.
+			 */
+			Mflag = 1;
+			flg |= CMF;
+			break;
+		case 'N':
+			/*
+			 * Use alternative directory for user db lookups.
+			 */
+			if (!setup_getid(optarg)) {
+				tty_warn(1,
+			    "Unable to use user and group databases in `%s'",
+				    optarg);
+				pax_usage();
+			}
+			break;
+#endif	/* !SMALL */
+		case 'O':
+			/*
+			 * Force one volume.  Non standard option.
+			 */
+			force_one_volume = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			/*
+			 * do NOT follow symlinks (default)
+			 */
+			Lflag = 0;
+			flg |= CPF;
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			/*
+			 * non-standard option for selecting files within an
+			 * archive by modification time range (lower,upper)
+			 */
+			if (trng_add(optarg) < 0) {
+				pax_usage();
+				break;
+			}
+			flg |= CTF;
+			break;
+		case 'U':
+			/*
+			 * non-standard option for selecting files within an
+			 * archive by user (uid or name)
+			 */
+			if (usr_add(optarg) < 0) {
+				pax_usage();
+				break;
+			}
+			flg |= CUF;
+			break;
+		case 'V':
+			/*
+			 * somewhat verbose operation mode (no listing)
+			 */
+			Vflag = 1;
+			flg |= VSF;
+			break;
+		case 'X':
+			/*
+			 * do not pass over mount points in the file system
+			 */
+			Xflag = 1;
+			flg |= CXF;
+			break;
+		case 'Y':
+			/*
+			 * On extraction check file inode change time after the
+			 * modification of the file name. Non standard option.
+			 */
+			Yflag = 1;
+			flg |= CYF;
+			break;
+		case 'Z':
+			/*
+			 * On extraction check modification time after the
+			 * modification of the file name. Non standard option.
+			 */
+			Zflag = 1;
+			flg |= CZF;
+			break;
+		case OPT_INSECURE:
+			secure = 0;
+			break;
+		case OPT_FORCE_LOCAL:
+			forcelocal = 1;
+			break;
+		case OPT_USE_COMPRESS_PROGRAM:
+			gzip_program = optarg;
+			break;
+		case OPT_XZ:
+			gzip_program = XZ_CMD;
+			break;
+		case OPT_GNU:
+			is_gnutar = 1;
+			break;
+#ifndef SMALL
+		case OPT_TIMESTAMP:
+			if (set_tstamp(optarg, &tst) == -1) {
+				tty_warn(1, "Invalid timestamp `%s'", optarg);
+				tar_usage();
+			}
+			break;
+#endif
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			pax_usage();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * figure out the operation mode of pax read,write,extract,copy,append
+	 * or list. check that we have not been given a bogus set of flags
+	 * for the operation mode.
+	 */
+	if (ISLIST(flg)) {
+		act = LIST;
+		listf = stdout;
+		bflg = flg & BDLIST;
+	} else if (ISEXTRACT(flg)) {
+		act = EXTRACT;
+		bflg = flg & BDEXTR;
+	} else if (ISARCHIVE(flg)) {
+		act = ARCHIVE;
+		bflg = flg & BDARCH;
+	} else if (ISAPPND(flg)) {
+		act = APPND;
+		bflg = flg & BDARCH;
+	} else if (ISCOPY(flg)) {
+		act = COPY;
+		bflg = flg & BDCOPY;
+	} else
+		pax_usage();
+	if (bflg) {
+		printflg(flg);
+		pax_usage();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if we are writing (ARCHIVE) we use the default format if the user
+	 * did not specify a format. when we write during an APPEND, we will
+	 * adopt the format of the existing archive if none was supplied.
+	 */
+	if (!(flg & XF) && (act == ARCHIVE))
+		frmt = &(fsub[DEFLT]);
+
+	/*
+	 * process the args as they are interpreted by the operation mode
+	 */
+	switch (act) {
+	case LIST:
+	case EXTRACT:
+		for (; optind < argc; optind++)
+			if (pat_add(argv[optind], NULL, 0) < 0)
+				pax_usage();
+		break;
+	case COPY:
+		if (optind >= argc) {
+			tty_warn(0, "Destination directory was not supplied");
+			pax_usage();
+		}
+		--argc;
+		dirptr = argv[argc];
+		if (mkpath(dirptr) < 0)
+			exit(1);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ARCHIVE:
+	case APPND:
+		for (; optind < argc; optind++)
+			if (ftree_add(argv[optind], 0) < 0)
+				pax_usage();
+		/*
+		 * no read errors allowed on updates/append operation!
+		 */
+		maxflt = 0;
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * tar_options()
+ *	look at the user specified flags. set globals as required and check if
+ *	the user specified a legal set of flags. If not, complain and exit
+ */
+
+struct option tar_longopts[] = {
+	{ "block-size",		required_argument,	0,	'b' },
+	{ "bunzip2",		no_argument,		0,	'j' },
+	{ "bzip2",		no_argument,		0,	'j' },
+	{ "create",		no_argument,		0,	'c' },	/* F */
+	/* -e -- no corresponding long option */
+	{ "file",		required_argument,	0,	'f' },
+	{ "dereference",	no_argument,		0,	'h' },
+	{ "keep-old-files",	no_argument,		0,	'k' },
+	{ "one-file-system",	no_argument,		0,	'l' },
+	{ "modification-time",	no_argument,		0,	'm' },
+	{ "old-archive",	no_argument,		0,	'o' },
+	{ "portability",	no_argument,		0,	'o' },
+	{ "same-permissions",	no_argument,		0,	'p' },
+	{ "preserve-permissions", no_argument,		0,	'p' },
+	{ "preserve",		no_argument,		0,	'p' },
+	{ "fast-read",		no_argument,		0,	'q' },
+	{ "append",		no_argument,		0,	'r' },	/* F */
+	{ "update",		no_argument,		0,	'u' },	/* F */
+	{ "list",		no_argument,		0,	't' },	/* F */
+	{ "verbose",		no_argument,		0,	'v' },
+	{ "interactive",	no_argument,		0,	'w' },
+	{ "confirmation",	no_argument,		0,	'w' },
+	{ "extract",		no_argument,		0,	'x' },	/* F */
+	{ "get",		no_argument,		0,	'x' },	/* F */
+	{ "gzip",		no_argument,		0,	'z' },
+	{ "gunzip",		no_argument,		0,	'z' },
+	{ "read-full-blocks",	no_argument,		0,	'B' },
+	{ "directory",		required_argument,	0,	'C' },
+	{ "xz",			no_argument,		0,	'J' },
+	{ "to-stdout",		no_argument,		0,	'O' },
+	{ "absolute-paths",	no_argument,		0,	'P' },
+	{ "sparse",		no_argument,		0,	'S' },
+	{ "files-from",		required_argument,	0,	'T' },
+	{ "summary",		no_argument,		0,	'V' },
+	{ "stats",		no_argument,		0,	'V' },
+	{ "exclude-from",	required_argument,	0,	'X' },
+	{ "compress",		no_argument,		0,	'Z' },
+	{ "uncompress",		no_argument,		0,	'Z' },
+	{ "strict",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_STRICT },
+	{ "atime-preserve",	no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_ATIME_PRESERVE },
+	{ "unlink",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_UNLINK },
+	{ "use-compress-program", required_argument,	0,
+						OPT_USE_COMPRESS_PROGRAM },
+	{ "force-local",	no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_FORCE_LOCAL },
+	{ "insecure",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_INSECURE },
+	{ "exclude",		required_argument,	0,
+						OPT_EXCLUDE },
+	{ "no-recursion",	no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_NORECURSE },
+#if !HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+	{ "chroot",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_CHROOT },
+#endif
+	{ "timestamp",		required_argument,	0,
+						OPT_TIMESTAMP },
+#if 0 /* Not implemented */
+	{ "catenate",		no_argument,		0,	'A' },	/* F */
+	{ "concatenate",	no_argument,		0,	'A' },	/* F */
+	{ "diff",		no_argument,		0,	'd' },	/* F */
+	{ "compare",		no_argument,		0,	'd' },	/* F */
+	{ "checkpoint",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_CHECKPOINT },
+	{ "help",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_HELP },
+	{ "info-script",	required_argument,	0,	'F' },
+	{ "new-volume-script",	required_argument,	0,	'F' },
+	{ "incremental",	no_argument,		0,	'G' },
+	{ "listed-incremental",	required_argument,	0,	'g' },
+	{ "ignore-zeros",	no_argument,		0,	'i' },
+	{ "ignore-failed-read",	no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_IGNORE_FAILED_READ },
+	{ "starting-file",	no_argument,		0,	'K' },
+	{ "tape-length",	required_argument,	0,	'L' },
+	{ "multi-volume",	no_argument,		0,	'M' },
+	{ "after-date",		required_argument,	0,	'N' },
+	{ "newer",		required_argument,	0,	'N' },
+	{ "record-number",	no_argument,		0,	'R' },
+	{ "remove-files",	no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_REMOVE_FILES },
+	{ "same-order",		no_argument,		0,	's' },
+	{ "preserve-order",	no_argument,		0,	's' },
+	{ "null",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_NULL },
+	{ "totals",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_TOTALS },
+	{ "volume-name",	required_argument,	0,	'V' }, /* XXX */
+	{ "label",		required_argument,	0,	'V' }, /* XXX */
+	{ "version",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_VERSION },
+	{ "verify",		no_argument,		0,	'W' },
+	{ "block-compress",	no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_BLOCK_COMPRESS },
+#endif
+	{ 0,			0,			0,	0 },
+};
+
+static void
+tar_set_action(int op)
+{
+	if (act != ERROR && act != op)
+		tar_usage();
+	act = op;
+}
+
+static void
+tar_options(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int c;
+	int fstdin = 0;
+	int Oflag = 0;
+	int nincfiles = 0;
+	int incfiles_max = 0;
+	struct incfile {
+		char *file;
+		char *dir;
+	};
+	struct incfile *incfiles = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * Set default values.
+	 */
+	rmleadslash = 1;
+	is_gnutar = 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * process option flags
+	 */
+	while ((c = getoldopt(argc, argv,
+	    "+b:cef:hjklmopqrs:tuvwxzBC:HI:JOPST:X:Z014578",
+	    tar_longopts, NULL))
+	    != -1)  {
+		switch(c) {
+		case 'b':
+			/*
+			 * specify blocksize in 512-byte blocks
+			 */
+			if ((wrblksz = (int)str_offt(optarg)) <= 0) {
+				tty_warn(1, "Invalid block size %s", optarg);
+				tar_usage();
+			}
+			wrblksz *= 512;		/* XXX - check for int oflow */
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			/*
+			 * create an archive
+			 */
+			tar_set_action(ARCHIVE);
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			/*
+			 * stop after first error
+			 */
+			maxflt = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			/*
+			 * filename where the archive is stored
+			 */
+			if ((optarg[0] == '-') && (optarg[1]== '\0')) {
+				/*
+				 * treat a - as stdin
+				 */
+				fstdin = 1;
+				arcname = NULL;
+				break;
+			}
+			fstdin = 0;
+			arcname = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			/*
+			 * follow symlinks
+			 */
+			Lflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'j':
+			/*
+			 * pass through bzip2. not a standard option
+			 */
+			gzip_program = BZIP2_CMD;
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			/*
+			 * do not clobber files that exist
+			 */
+			kflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			/*
+			 * do not pass over mount points in the file system
+			 */
+			Xflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			/*
+			 * do not preserve modification time
+			 */
+			pmtime = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			/*
+			 * This option does several things based on whether
+			 * this is a create or extract operation.
+			 */
+			if (act == ARCHIVE) {
+				/* GNU tar: write V7 format archives. */
+				Oflag = 1;
+				/* 4.2BSD: don't add directory entries. */
+				if (opt_add("write_opt=nodir") < 0)
+					tar_usage();
+
+			} else {
+				/* SUS: don't preserve owner/group. */
+				pids = 0;
+				nopids = 1;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			/*
+			 * preserve user id, group id, file
+			 * mode, access/modification times
+			 */
+			if (!nopids)
+				pids = 1;
+			pmode = 1;
+			patime = 1;
+			pmtime = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'q':
+			/*
+			 * select first match for a pattern only
+			 */
+			nflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+		case 'u':
+			/*
+			 * append to the archive
+			 */
+			tar_set_action(APPND);
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			/*
+			 * file name substitution name pattern
+			 */
+			if (rep_add(optarg) < 0) {
+				tar_usage();
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			/*
+			 * list contents of the tape
+			 */
+			tar_set_action(LIST);
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			/*
+			 * verbose operation mode
+			 */
+			vflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			/*
+			 * interactive file rename
+			 */
+			iflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			/*
+			 * extract an archive, preserving mode,
+			 * and mtime if possible.
+			 */
+			tar_set_action(EXTRACT);
+			pmtime = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'z':
+			/*
+			 * use gzip.  Non standard option.
+			 */
+			gzip_program = GZIP_CMD;
+			break;
+		case 'B':
+			/*
+			 * Nothing to do here, this is pax default
+			 */
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			havechd++;
+			chdname = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'H':
+			/*
+			 * follow command line symlinks only
+			 */
+			Hflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'I':
+		case 'T':
+			if (++nincfiles > incfiles_max) {
+				incfiles_max = nincfiles + 3;
+				incfiles = realloc(incfiles,
+				    sizeof(*incfiles) * incfiles_max);
+				if (incfiles == NULL) {
+					tty_warn(0, "Unable to allocate space "
+					    "for option list");
+					exit(1);
+				}
+			}
+			incfiles[nincfiles - 1].file = optarg;
+			incfiles[nincfiles - 1].dir = chdname;
+			break;
+		case 'J':
+			gzip_program = XZ_CMD;
+			break;
+		case 'O':
+			Oflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			/*
+			 * do not remove leading '/' from pathnames
+			 */
+			rmleadslash = 0;
+			Aflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			/* do nothing; we already generate sparse files */
+			break;
+		case 'V':
+			/*
+			 * semi-verbose operation mode (no listing)
+			 */
+			Vflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'X':
+			/*
+			 * GNU tar compat: exclude the files listed in optarg
+			 */
+			if (tar_gnutar_X_compat(optarg) != 0)
+				tar_usage();
+			break;
+		case 'Z':
+			/*
+			 * use compress.
+			 */
+			gzip_program = COMPRESS_CMD;
+			break;
+		case '0':
+			arcname = DEV_0;
+			break;
+		case '1':
+			arcname = DEV_1;
+			break;
+		case '4':
+			arcname = DEV_4;
+			break;
+		case '5':
+			arcname = DEV_5;
+			break;
+		case '7':
+			arcname = DEV_7;
+			break;
+		case '8':
+			arcname = DEV_8;
+			break;
+		case OPT_ATIME_PRESERVE:
+			patime = 1;
+			break;
+		case OPT_UNLINK:
+			/* Just ignore -- we always unlink first. */
+			break;
+		case OPT_USE_COMPRESS_PROGRAM:
+			gzip_program = optarg;
+			break;
+		case OPT_FORCE_LOCAL:
+			forcelocal = 1;
+			break;
+		case OPT_INSECURE:
+			secure = 0;
+			break;
+		case OPT_STRICT:
+			/* disable gnu extensions */
+			is_gnutar = 0;
+			break;
+		case OPT_EXCLUDE:
+			if (tar_gnutar_minus_minus_exclude(optarg) != 0)
+				tar_usage();
+			break;
+		case OPT_NORECURSE:
+			dflag = 1;
+			break;
+#if !HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+		case OPT_CHROOT:
+			do_chroot = 1;
+			break;
+#endif
+#ifndef SMALL
+		case OPT_TIMESTAMP:
+			if (set_tstamp(optarg, &tst) == -1) {
+				tty_warn(1, "Invalid timestamp `%s'", optarg);
+				tar_usage();
+			}
+			break;
+#endif
+		default:
+			tar_usage();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	/* Tar requires an action. */
+	if (act == ERROR)
+		tar_usage();
+
+	/* Traditional tar behaviour (pax uses stderr unless in list mode) */
+	if (fstdin == 1 && act == ARCHIVE)
+		listf = stderr;
+	else
+		listf = stdout;
+
+	/* Traditional tar behaviour (pax wants to read file list from stdin) */
+	if ((act == ARCHIVE || act == APPND) && argc == 0 && nincfiles == 0)
+		exit(0);
+	/*
+	 * if we are writing (ARCHIVE) specify tar, otherwise run like pax
+	 * (unless -o specified)
+	 */
+	if (act == ARCHIVE || act == APPND)
+		frmt = &(fsub[Oflag ? F_TAR : F_USTAR]);
+	else if (Oflag) {
+		if (act == EXTRACT)
+			to_stdout = 1;
+		else {
+			tty_warn(1, "The -O/-o options are only valid when "
+			    "writing or extracting an archive");
+			tar_usage();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * process the args as they are interpreted by the operation mode
+	 */
+	switch (act) {
+	case LIST:
+	case EXTRACT:
+	default:
+		{
+			int sawpat = 0;
+			int dirisnext = 0;
+			char *file, *dir = NULL;
+			int mustfreedir = 0;
+
+			while (nincfiles || *argv != NULL) {
+				/*
+				 * If we queued up any include files,
+				 * pull them in now.  Otherwise, check
+				 * for -I and -C positional flags.
+				 * Anything else must be a file to
+				 * extract.
+				 */
+				if (nincfiles) {
+					file = incfiles->file;
+					dir = incfiles->dir;
+					mustfreedir = 0;
+					incfiles++;
+					nincfiles--;
+				} else if (strcmp(*argv, "-I") == 0) {
+					if (*++argv == NULL)
+						break;
+					file = *argv++;
+					dir = chdname;
+					mustfreedir = 0;
+				} else {
+					file = NULL;
+					dir = NULL;
+					mustfreedir = 0;
+				}
+				if (file != NULL) {
+					FILE *fp;
+					char *str;
+
+					if (strcmp(file, "-") == 0)
+						fp = stdin;
+					else if ((fp = fopen(file, "r")) == NULL) {
+						tty_warn(1, "Unable to open file '%s' for read", file);
+						tar_usage();
+					}
+					while ((str = get_line(fp)) != NULL) {
+						if (dirisnext) {
+							if (dir && mustfreedir)
+								free(dir);
+							dir = str;
+							mustfreedir = 1;
+							dirisnext = 0;
+							continue;
+						}
+						if (strcmp(str, "-C") == 0) {
+							havechd++;
+							dirisnext = 1;
+							free(str);
+							continue;
+						}
+						if (strncmp(str, "-C ", 3) == 0) {
+							havechd++;
+							if (dir && mustfreedir)
+								free(dir);
+							dir = strdup(str + 3);
+							mustfreedir = 1;
+							free(str);
+							continue;
+						}
+						if (pat_add(str, dir, NOGLOB_MTCH) < 0)
+							tar_usage();
+						sawpat = 1;
+					}
+					/* Bomb if given -C w/out a dir. */
+					if (dirisnext)
+						tar_usage();
+					if (dir && mustfreedir)
+						free(dir);
+					if (strcmp(file, "-") != 0)
+						fclose(fp);
+					if (get_line_error) {
+						tty_warn(1, "Problem with file '%s'", file);
+						tar_usage();
+					}
+				} else if (strcmp(*argv, "-C") == 0) {
+					if (*++argv == NULL)
+ 						break;
+					chdname = *argv++;
+					havechd++;
+				} else if (pat_add(*argv++, chdname, 0) < 0)
+					tar_usage();
+				else
+					sawpat = 1;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * if patterns were added, we are doing	chdir()
+			 * on a file-by-file basis, else, just one
+			 * global chdir (if any) after opening input.
+			 */
+			if (sawpat > 0)
+				chdname = NULL;
+		}
+		break;
+	case ARCHIVE:
+	case APPND:
+		if (chdname != NULL) {	/* initial chdir() */
+			if (ftree_add(chdname, 1) < 0)
+				tar_usage();
+		}
+
+		while (nincfiles || *argv != NULL) {
+			char *file, *dir;
+
+			/*
+			 * If we queued up any include files, pull them in
+			 * now.  Otherwise, check for -I and -C positional
+			 * flags.  Anything else must be a file to include
+			 * in the archive.
+			 */
+			if (nincfiles) {
+				file = incfiles->file;
+				dir = incfiles->dir;
+				incfiles++;
+				nincfiles--;
+			} else if (strcmp(*argv, "-I") == 0) {
+				if (*++argv == NULL)
+					break;
+				file = *argv++;
+				dir = NULL;
+			} else {
+				file = NULL;
+				dir = NULL;
+			}
+			if (file != NULL) {
+				FILE *fp;
+				char *str;
+				int dirisnext = 0;
+
+				/* Set directory if needed */
+				if (dir) {
+					if (ftree_add(dir, 1) < 0)
+						tar_usage();
+				}
+
+				if (strcmp(file, "-") == 0)
+					fp = stdin;
+				else if ((fp = fopen(file, "r")) == NULL) {
+					tty_warn(1, "Unable to open file '%s' for read", file);
+					tar_usage();
+				}
+				while ((str = get_line(fp)) != NULL) {
+					if (dirisnext) {
+						if (ftree_add(str, 1) < 0)
+							tar_usage();
+						dirisnext = 0;
+						continue;
+					}
+					if (strcmp(str, "-C") == 0) {
+						dirisnext = 1;
+						continue;
+					}
+					if (strncmp(str, "-C ", 3) == 0) {
+						if (ftree_add(str + 3, 1) < 0)
+							tar_usage();
+						continue;
+					}
+					if (ftree_add(str, 0) < 0)
+						tar_usage();
+				}
+				/* Bomb if given -C w/out a dir. */
+				if (dirisnext)
+					tar_usage();
+				if (strcmp(file, "-") != 0)
+					fclose(fp);
+				if (get_line_error) {
+					tty_warn(1, "Problem with file '%s'",
+					    file);
+					tar_usage();
+				}
+			} else if (strcmp(*argv, "-C") == 0) {
+				if (*++argv == NULL)
+					break;
+				if (ftree_add(*argv++, 1) < 0)
+					tar_usage();
+			} else if (ftree_add(*argv++, 0) < 0)
+				tar_usage();
+		}
+		/*
+		 * no read errors allowed on updates/append operation!
+		 */
+		maxflt = 0;
+		break;
+	}
+	if (!fstdin && ((arcname == NULL) || (*arcname == '\0'))) {
+		arcname = getenv("TAPE");
+		if ((arcname == NULL) || (*arcname == '\0'))
+			arcname = _PATH_DEFTAPE;
+	}
+}
+
+int
+mkpath(char *path)
+{
+	char *slash;
+	int done = 0;
+
+	slash = path;
+
+	while (!done) {
+		slash += strspn(slash, "/");
+		slash += strcspn(slash, "/");
+
+		done = (*slash == '\0');
+		*slash = '\0';
+
+		if (domkdir(path, 0777) == -1)
+			goto out;
+
+		if (!done)
+			*slash = '/';
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+out:
+	/* Can't create or or not a directory */
+	syswarn(1, errno, "Cannot create directory `%s'", path);
+	return -1;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef NO_CPIO
+struct option cpio_longopts[] = {
+	{ "reset-access-time",	no_argument,		0,	'a' },
+	{ "make-directories",	no_argument,		0, 	'd' },
+	{ "nonmatching",	no_argument,		0,	'f' },
+	{ "extract",		no_argument,		0,	'i' },
+	{ "link",		no_argument,		0,	'l' },
+	{ "preserve-modification-time", no_argument,	0,	'm' },
+	{ "create",		no_argument,		0,	'o' },
+	{ "pass-through",	no_argument,		0,	'p' },
+	{ "rename",		no_argument,		0,	'r' },
+	{ "list",		no_argument,		0,	't' },
+	{ "unconditional",	no_argument,		0,	'u' },
+	{ "verbose",		no_argument,		0,	'v' },
+	{ "append",		no_argument,		0,	'A' },
+	{ "pattern-file",	required_argument,	0,	'E' },
+	{ "file",		required_argument,	0,	'F' },
+	{ "force-local",	no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_FORCE_LOCAL },
+	{ "format",		required_argument,	0,	'H' },
+	{ "dereference",	no_argument,		0,	'L' },
+	{ "swap-halfwords",	no_argument,		0,	'S' },
+	{ "summary",		no_argument,		0,	'V' },
+	{ "stats",		no_argument,		0,	'V' },
+	{ "insecure",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_INSECURE },
+	{ "sparse",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_SPARSE },
+	{ "xz",			no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_XZ },
+
+#ifdef notyet
+/* Not implemented */
+	{ "null",		no_argument,		0,	'0' },
+	{ "swap",		no_argument,		0,	'b' },
+	{ "numeric-uid-gid",	no_argument,		0,	'n' },
+	{ "swap-bytes",		no_argument,		0,	's' },
+	{ "message",		required_argument,	0,	'M' },
+	{ "owner",		required_argument,	0	'R' },
+	{ "dot",		no_argument,		0,	'V' }, /* xxx */
+	{ "block-size",		required_argument,	0,
+						OPT_BLOCK_SIZE },
+	{ "no-absolute-pathnames", no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_NO_ABSOLUTE_PATHNAMES },
+	{ "no-preserve-owner",	no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_NO_PRESERVE_OWNER },
+	{ "only-verify-crc",	no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_ONLY_VERIFY_CRC },
+	{ "rsh-command",	required_argument,	0,
+						OPT_RSH_COMMAND },
+	{ "version",		no_argument,		0,
+						OPT_VERSION },
+#endif
+	{ 0,			0,			0,	0 },
+};
+
+static void
+cpio_set_action(int op)
+{
+	if ((act == APPND && op == ARCHIVE) || (act == ARCHIVE && op == APPND))
+		act = APPND;
+	else if (act == EXTRACT && op == LIST)
+		act = op;
+	else if (act != ERROR && act != op)
+		cpio_usage();
+	else
+		act = op;
+}
+
+/*
+ * cpio_options()
+ *	look at the user specified flags. set globals as required and check if
+ *	the user specified a legal set of flags. If not, complain and exit
+ */
+
+static void
+cpio_options(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	FSUB tmp;
+	u_int64_t flg = 0;
+	u_int64_t bflg = 0;
+	int c;
+	size_t i;
+	FILE *fp;
+	char *str;
+
+	uflag = 1;
+	kflag = 1;
+	pids = 1;
+	pmode = 1;
+	pmtime = 0;
+	arcname = NULL;
+	dflag = 1;
+	nodirs = 1;
+	/*
+	 * process option flags
+	 */
+	while ((c = getoldopt(argc, argv,
+	    "+abcdfiklmoprstuvzABC:E:F:H:I:LM:O:R:SVZ6",
+	    cpio_longopts, NULL)) != -1) {
+		switch(c) {
+		case 'a':
+			/*
+			 * preserve access time on filesystem nodes we read
+			 */
+			tflag = 1;
+			flg |= TF;
+			break;
+#ifdef notyet
+		case 'b':
+			/*
+			 * swap bytes and half-words when reading data
+			 */
+			break;
+#endif
+		case 'c':
+			/*
+			 * ASCII cpio header
+			 */
+			frmt = &fsub[F_SV4CPIO];
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			/*
+			 * create directories as needed
+			 * pax does this by default ..
+			 */
+			nodirs = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			/*
+			 * inverse match on patterns
+			 */
+			cflag = 1;
+			flg |= CF;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			/*
+			 * read the archive
+			 */
+			cpio_set_action(EXTRACT);
+			flg |= RF;
+			break;
+#ifdef notyet
+		case 'k':
+			break;
+#endif
+		case 'l':
+			/*
+			 * try to link src to dest with copy (-rw)
+			 */
+			lflag = 1;
+			flg |= LF;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			/*
+			 * preserve mtime
+			 */
+			flg |= PF;
+			pmtime = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			/*
+			 * write an archive
+			 */
+			cpio_set_action(ARCHIVE);
+			frmt = &(fsub[F_SV4CRC]);
+			flg |= WF;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			/*
+			 * cpio -p is like pax -rw
+			 */
+			cpio_set_action(COPY);
+			flg |= RF | WF;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			/*
+			 * interactive file rename
+			 */
+			iflag = 1;
+			flg |= IF;
+			break;
+#ifdef notyet
+		case 's':
+			/*
+			 * swap bytes after reading data
+			 */
+			break;
+#endif
+		case 't':
+			/*
+			 * list contents of archive
+			 */
+			cpio_set_action(LIST);
+			listf = stdout;
+			flg &= ~RF;
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			/*
+			 * don't ignore those older files
+			 */
+			uflag = 0;
+			kflag = 0;
+			flg |= UF;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			/*
+			 * verbose operation mode
+			 */
+			vflag = 1;
+			flg |= VF;
+			break;
+		case 'z':
+			/*
+			 * use gzip.  Non standard option.
+			 */
+			gzip_program = GZIP_CMD;
+			break;
+		case 'A':
+			/*
+			 * append to an archive
+			 */
+			cpio_set_action(APPND);
+			flg |= AF;
+			break;
+		case 'B':
+			/*
+			 * set blocksize to 5120
+			 */
+			blksz = 5120;
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			/*
+			 * specify blocksize
+			 */
+			if ((blksz = (int)str_offt(optarg)) <= 0) {
+				tty_warn(1, "Invalid block size %s", optarg);
+				cpio_usage();
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'E':
+			/*
+			 * file with patterns to extract or list
+			 */
+			if ((fp = fopen(optarg, "r")) == NULL) {
+				tty_warn(1, "Unable to open file '%s' for read",
+				    optarg);
+				cpio_usage();
+			}
+			while ((str = get_line(fp)) != NULL) {
+				pat_add(str, NULL, 0);
+			}
+			fclose(fp);
+			if (get_line_error) {
+				tty_warn(1, "Problem with file '%s'", optarg);
+				cpio_usage();
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'H':
+			/*
+			 * specify an archive format on write
+			 */
+			tmp.name = optarg;
+			frmt = (FSUB *)bsearch((void *)&tmp, (void *)fsub,
+			    sizeof(fsub)/sizeof(FSUB), sizeof(FSUB), c_frmt);
+			if (frmt != NULL) {
+				flg |= XF;
+				break;
+			}
+			tty_warn(1, "Unknown -H format: %s", optarg);
+			(void)fputs("cpio: Known -H formats are:", stderr);
+			for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(fsub)/sizeof(FSUB)); ++i)
+				(void)fprintf(stderr, " %s", fsub[i].name);
+			(void)fputs("\n\n", stderr);
+			cpio_usage();
+			break;
+		case 'F':
+		case 'I':
+		case 'O':
+			/*
+			 * filename where the archive is stored
+			 */
+			if ((optarg[0] == '-') && (optarg[1]== '\0')) {
+				/*
+				 * treat a - as stdin
+				 */
+				arcname = NULL;
+				break;
+			}
+			arcname = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			/*
+			 * follow symlinks
+			 */
+			Lflag = 1;
+			flg |= CLF;
+			break;
+#ifdef notyet
+		case 'M':
+			arg = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+			arg = optarg;
+			break;
+#endif
+		case 'S':
+			/*
+			 * swap halfwords after reading data
+			 */
+			cpio_swp_head = 1;
+			break;
+#ifdef notyet
+		case 'V':		/* print a '.' for each file processed */
+			break;
+#endif
+		case 'V':
+			/*
+			 * semi-verbose operation mode (no listing)
+			 */
+			Vflag = 1;
+			flg |= VF;
+			break;
+		case 'Z':
+			/*
+			 * use compress.  Non standard option.
+			 */
+			gzip_program = COMPRESS_CMD;
+			break;
+		case '6':
+			/*
+			 * process Version 6 cpio format
+			 */
+			frmt = &(fsub[F_BCPIO]);
+			break;
+		case OPT_FORCE_LOCAL:
+			forcelocal = 1;
+			break;
+		case OPT_INSECURE:
+			secure = 0;
+			break;
+		case OPT_SPARSE:
+			/* do nothing; we already generate sparse files */
+			break;
+		case OPT_XZ:
+			gzip_program = XZ_CMD;
+			break;
+		default:
+			cpio_usage();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * figure out the operation mode of cpio. check that we have not been
+	 * given a bogus set of flags for the operation mode.
+	 */
+	if (ISLIST(flg)) {
+		act = LIST;
+		bflg = flg & BDLIST;
+	} else if (ISEXTRACT(flg)) {
+		act = EXTRACT;
+		bflg = flg & BDEXTR;
+	} else if (ISARCHIVE(flg)) {
+		act = ARCHIVE;
+		bflg = flg & BDARCH;
+	} else if (ISAPPND(flg)) {
+		act = APPND;
+		bflg = flg & BDARCH;
+	} else if (ISCOPY(flg)) {
+		act = COPY;
+		bflg = flg & BDCOPY;
+	} else
+		cpio_usage();
+	if (bflg) {
+		cpio_usage();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if we are writing (ARCHIVE) we use the default format if the user
+	 * did not specify a format. when we write during an APPEND, we will
+	 * adopt the format of the existing archive if none was supplied.
+	 */
+	if (!(flg & XF) && (act == ARCHIVE))
+		frmt = &(fsub[F_BCPIO]);
+
+	/*
+	 * process the args as they are interpreted by the operation mode
+	 */
+	switch (act) {
+	case LIST:
+	case EXTRACT:
+		for (; optind < argc; optind++)
+			if (pat_add(argv[optind], NULL, 0) < 0)
+				cpio_usage();
+		break;
+	case COPY:
+		if (optind >= argc) {
+			tty_warn(0, "Destination directory was not supplied");
+			cpio_usage();
+		}
+		--argc;
+		dirptr = argv[argc];
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ARCHIVE:
+	case APPND:
+		if (argc != optind) {
+			for (; optind < argc; optind++)
+				if (ftree_add(argv[optind], 0) < 0)
+					cpio_usage();
+			break;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * no read errors allowed on updates/append operation!
+		 */
+		maxflt = 0;
+		while ((str = get_line(stdin)) != NULL) {
+			ftree_add(str, 0);
+		}
+		if (get_line_error) {
+			tty_warn(1, "Problem while reading stdin");
+			cpio_usage();
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		cpio_usage();
+		break;
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * printflg()
+ *	print out those invalid flag sets found to the user
+ */
+
+static void
+printflg(unsigned int flg)
+{
+	int nxt;
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,"%s: Invalid combination of options:", argv0);
+	while ((nxt = ffs(flg)) != 0) {
+		flg &= ~(1 << (nxt - 1));
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, " -%c", flgch[nxt - 1]);
+	}
+	(void)putc('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * c_frmt()
+ *	comparison routine used by bsearch to find the format specified
+ *	by the user
+ */
+
+static int
+c_frmt(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	return strcmp(((const FSUB *)a)->name, ((const FSUB *)b)->name);
+}
+
+/*
+ * opt_next()
+ *	called by format specific options routines to get each format specific
+ *	flag and value specified with -o
+ * Return:
+ *	pointer to next OPLIST entry or NULL (end of list).
+ */
+
+OPLIST *
+opt_next(void)
+{
+	OPLIST *opt;
+
+	if ((opt = ophead) != NULL)
+		ophead = ophead->fow;
+	return opt;
+}
+
+/*
+ * bad_opt()
+ *	generic routine used to complain about a format specific options
+ *	when the format does not support options.
+ */
+
+int
+bad_opt(void)
+{
+	OPLIST *opt;
+
+	if (ophead == NULL)
+		return 0;
+	/*
+	 * print all we were given
+	 */
+	tty_warn(1," These format options are not supported for %s",
+	    frmt->name);
+	while ((opt = opt_next()) != NULL)
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "\t%s = %s\n", opt->name, opt->value);
+	if (strcmp(NM_TAR, argv0) == 0)
+		tar_usage();
+#ifndef NO_CPIO
+	else if (strcmp(NM_CPIO, argv0) == 0)
+		cpio_usage();
+#endif
+	else
+		pax_usage();
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * opt_add()
+ *	breaks the value supplied to -o into a option name and value. options
+ *	are given to -o in the form -o name-value,name=value
+ *	multiple -o may be specified.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if format in name=value format, -1 if -o is passed junk
+ */
+
+int
+opt_add(const char *str)
+{
+	OPLIST *opt;
+	char *frpt;
+	char *pt;
+	char *endpt;
+	char *dstr;
+
+	if ((str == NULL) || (*str == '\0')) {
+		tty_warn(0, "Invalid option name");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if ((dstr = strdup(str)) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(0, "Unable to allocate space for option list");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	frpt = endpt = dstr;
+
+	/*
+	 * break into name and values pieces and stuff each one into a
+	 * OPLIST structure. When we know the format, the format specific
+	 * option function will go through this list
+	 */
+	while ((frpt != NULL) && (*frpt != '\0')) {
+		if ((endpt = strchr(frpt, ',')) != NULL)
+			*endpt = '\0';
+		if ((pt = strchr(frpt, '=')) == NULL) {
+			tty_warn(0, "Invalid options format");
+			free(dstr);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		if ((opt = (OPLIST *)malloc(sizeof(OPLIST))) == NULL) {
+			tty_warn(0, "Unable to allocate space for option list");
+			free(dstr);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		*pt++ = '\0';
+		opt->name = frpt;
+		opt->value = pt;
+		opt->fow = NULL;
+		if (endpt != NULL)
+			frpt = endpt + 1;
+		else
+			frpt = NULL;
+		if (ophead == NULL) {
+			optail = ophead = opt;
+			continue;
+		}
+		optail->fow = opt;
+		optail = opt;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * str_offt()
+ *	Convert an expression of the following forms to an off_t > 0.
+ *	1) A positive decimal number.
+ *	2) A positive decimal number followed by a b (mult by 512).
+ *	3) A positive decimal number followed by a k (mult by 1024).
+ *	4) A positive decimal number followed by a m (mult by 512).
+ *	5) A positive decimal number followed by a w (mult by sizeof int)
+ *	6) Two or more positive decimal numbers (with/without k,b or w).
+ *	   separated by x (also * for backwards compatibility), specifying
+ *	   the product of the indicated values.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 for an error, a positive value o.w.
+ */
+
+static off_t
+str_offt(char *val)
+{
+	char *expr;
+	off_t num, t;
+
+	num = STRTOOFFT(val, &expr, 0);
+	if ((num == OFFT_MAX) || (num <= 0) || (expr == val))
+		return 0;
+
+	switch(*expr) {
+	case 'b':
+		t = num;
+		num *= 512;
+		if (t > num)
+			return 0;
+		++expr;
+		break;
+	case 'k':
+		t = num;
+		num *= 1024;
+		if (t > num)
+			return 0;
+		++expr;
+		break;
+	case 'm':
+		t = num;
+		num *= 1048576;
+		if (t > num)
+			return 0;
+		++expr;
+		break;
+	case 'w':
+		t = num;
+		num *= sizeof(int);
+		if (t > num)
+			return 0;
+		++expr;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	switch(*expr) {
+		case '\0':
+			break;
+		case '*':
+		case 'x':
+			t = num;
+			num *= str_offt(expr + 1);
+			if (t > num)
+				return 0;
+			break;
+		default:
+			return 0;
+	}
+	return num;
+}
+
+static char *
+get_line(FILE *f)
+{
+	char *name, *temp;
+	size_t len;
+
+	name = fgetln(f, &len);
+	if (!name) {
+		get_line_error = ferror(f) ? GETLINE_FILE_CORRUPT : 0;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (name[len-1] != '\n')
+		len++;
+	temp = malloc(len);
+	if (!temp) {
+		get_line_error = GETLINE_OUT_OF_MEM;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	memcpy(temp, name, len-1);
+	temp[len-1] = 0;
+	return temp;
+}
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+/*
+ * set_tstamp()
+ *	Use a specific timestamp for all individual files created in the
+ *	archive
+ */
+static int
+set_tstamp(const char *b, struct stat *st)
+{
+	time_t when;
+	char *eb;
+	long long l;
+
+	if (stat(b, st) != -1)
+		return 0;
+
+#ifndef HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+	errno = 0;
+	if ((when = parsedate(b, NULL, NULL)) == -1 && errno != 0)
+#endif
+	{
+		errno = 0;
+		l = strtoll(b, &eb, 0);
+		if (b == eb || *eb || errno)
+			return -1;
+		when = (time_t)l;
+	}
+
+	st->st_ino = 1;
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_BIRTHTIME 
+	st->st_birthtime =
+#endif
+	st->st_mtime = st->st_ctime = st->st_atime = when;
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * no_op()
+ *	for those option functions where the archive format has nothing to do.
+ * Return:
+ *	0
+ */
+
+static int
+no_op(void)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * pax_usage()
+ *	print the usage summary to the user
+ */
+
+static void
+pax_usage(void)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr,
+"usage: pax [-0cdjnvzVO] [-E limit] [-f archive] [-N dbdir] [-s replstr] ...\n"
+"           [-U user] ... [-G group] ... [-T [from_date][,to_date]] ...\n"
+"           [pattern ...]\n");
+	fprintf(stderr,
+"       pax -r [-cdijknuvzADOVYZ] [-E limit] [-f archive] [-N dbdir]\n"
+"           [-o options] ... [-p string] ... [-s replstr] ... [-U user] ...\n"
+"           [-G group] ... [-T [from_date][,to_date]] ... [pattern ...]\n");
+	fprintf(stderr,
+"       pax -w [-dijtuvzAHLMOPVX] [-b blocksize] [[-a] [-f archive]] [-x format]\n"
+"           [-B bytes] [-N dbdir] [-o options] ... [-s replstr] ...\n"
+"           [-U user] ... [-G group] ...\n"
+"           [-T [from_date][,to_date][/[c][m]]] ... [file ...]\n");
+	fprintf(stderr,
+"       pax -r -w [-dijklntuvzADHLMOPVXYZ] [-N dbdir] [-p string] ...\n"
+"           [-s replstr] ... [-U user] ... [-G group] ...\n"
+"           [-T [from_date][,to_date][/[c][m]]] ... [file ...] directory\n");
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * tar_usage()
+ *	print the usage summary to the user
+ */
+
+static void
+tar_usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fputs("usage: tar [-]{crtux}[-befhjklmopqvwzHJOPSXZ014578] "
+		    "[archive] [blocksize]\n"
+		    "           [-C directory] [-T file] [-s replstr] "
+		    "[file ...]\n", stderr);
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_CPIO
+/*
+ * cpio_usage()
+ *	print the usage summary to the user
+ */
+
+static void
+cpio_usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fputs("usage: cpio -o [-aABcLvzZ] [-C bytes] [-F archive] "
+		    "[-H format] [-O archive]\n"
+		    "               < name-list [> archive]\n"
+		    "       cpio -i [-bBcdfmrsStuvzZ6] [-C bytes] [-E file] "
+		    "[-F archive] [-H format] \n"
+		    "               [-I archive] "
+		    "[pattern ...] [< archive]\n"
+		    "       cpio -p [-adlLmuv] destination-directory "
+		    "< name-list\n", stderr);
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/bin/pax/options.h b/bin/pax/options.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6517174
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/options.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: options.h,v 1.11 2007/04/23 18:40:22 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)options.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
+ */
+
+/*
+ * argv[0] names. Used for tar and cpio emulation
+ */
+
+#define NM_TAR  "tar"
+#define NM_CPIO "cpio"
+#define NM_PAX  "pax"
+
+/* special value for -E */
+#define none	"none"
+
+/*
+ * Constants used to specify the legal sets of flags in pax. For each major
+ * operation mode of pax, a set of illegal flags is defined. If any one of
+ * those illegal flags are found set, we scream and exit
+ */
+
+/*
+ * flags (one for each option).
+ */
+#define AF	0x000000001ULL
+#define BF	0x000000002ULL
+#define CF	0x000000004ULL
+#define DF	0x000000008ULL
+#define FF	0x000000010ULL
+#define IF	0x000000020ULL
+#define KF	0x000000040ULL
+#define LF	0x000000080ULL
+#define NF	0x000000100ULL
+#define OF	0x000000200ULL
+#define PF	0x000000400ULL
+#define RF	0x000000800ULL
+#define SF	0x000001000ULL
+#define TF	0x000002000ULL
+#define UF	0x000004000ULL
+#define VF	0x000008000ULL
+#define WF	0x000010000ULL
+#define XF	0x000020000ULL
+#define CAF	0x000040000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define CBF	0x000080000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define CDF	0x000100000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define CEF	0x000200000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define CGF	0x000400000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define CHF	0x000800000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define CLF	0x001000000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define CMF	0x002000000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define CPF	0x004000000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define CTF	0x008000000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define CUF	0x010000000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define VSF	0x020000000ULL	/* non-standard */
+#define CXF	0x040000000ULL
+#define CYF	0x080000000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+#define CZF	0x100000000ULL	/* nonstandard extension */
+
+/*
+ * ascii string indexed by bit position above (alter the above and you must
+ * alter this string) used to tell the user what flags caused us to complain
+ */
+#define FLGCH	"abcdfiklnoprstuvwxABDEGHLMPTUVXYZ"
+
+/*
+ * legal pax operation bit patterns
+ */
+
+#define ISLIST(x)	(((x) & (RF|WF)) == 0)
+#define	ISEXTRACT(x)	(((x) & (RF|WF)) == RF)
+#define ISARCHIVE(x)	(((x) & (AF|RF|WF)) == WF)
+#define ISAPPND(x)	(((x) & (AF|RF|WF)) == (AF|WF))
+#define	ISCOPY(x)	(((x) & (RF|WF)) == (RF|WF))
+#define	ISWRITE(x)	(((x) & (RF|WF)) == WF)
+
+/*
+ * Illegal option flag subsets based on pax operation
+ */
+
+#define	BDEXTR	(AF|BF|LF|TF|WF|XF|CBF|CHF|CLF|CMF|CPF|CXF)
+#define	BDARCH	(CF|KF|LF|NF|PF|RF|CDF|CEF|CYF|CZF)
+#define	BDCOPY	(AF|BF|FF|OF|XF|CAF|CBF|CEF)
+#define	BDLIST (AF|BF|IF|KF|LF|OF|PF|RF|TF|UF|WF|XF|CBF|CDF|CHF|CLF|CMF|CPF|CXF|CYF|CZF)
diff --git a/bin/pax/pat_rep.c b/bin/pax/pat_rep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dbcda7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/pat_rep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1139 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pat_rep.c,v 1.30 2018/06/13 15:14:40 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pat_rep.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: pat_rep.c,v 1.30 2018/06/13 15:14:40 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "pat_rep.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * routines to handle pattern matching, name modification (regular expression
+ * substitution and interactive renames), and destination name modification for
+ * copy (-rw). Both file name and link names are adjusted as required in these
+ * routines.
+ */
+
+#define MAXSUBEXP	10		/* max subexpressions, DO NOT CHANGE */
+static PATTERN *pathead = NULL;		/* file pattern match list head */
+static PATTERN *pattail = NULL;		/* file pattern match list tail */
+static REPLACE *rephead = NULL;		/* replacement string list head */
+static REPLACE *reptail = NULL;		/* replacement string list tail */
+
+static int rep_name(char *, size_t, int *, int);
+static int tty_rename(ARCHD *);
+static int fix_path(char *, int *, char *, int);
+static int fn_match(char *, char *, char **, int);
+static char * range_match(char *, int);
+static int checkdotdot(const char *);
+static int resub(regex_t *, regmatch_t *, char *, char *, char *, char *);
+
+/*
+ * rep_add()
+ *	parses the -s replacement string; compiles the regular expression
+ *	and stores the compiled value and its replacement string together in
+ *	replacement string list. Input to this function is of the form:
+ *		/old/new/pg
+ *	The first char in the string specifies the delimiter used by this
+ *	replacement string. "Old" is a regular expression in "ed" format which
+ *	is compiled by regcomp() and is applied to filenames. "new" is the
+ *	substitution string; p and g are options flags for printing and global
+ *	replacement (over the single filename)
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a proper replacement string and regular expression was added to
+ *	the list of replacement patterns; -1 otherwise.
+ */
+
+int
+rep_add(char *str)
+{
+	char *pt1;
+	char *pt2;
+	REPLACE *rep;
+	int res;
+	char rebuf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	/*
+	 * throw out the bad parameters
+	 */
+	if ((str == NULL) || (*str == '\0')) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Empty replacement string");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * first character in the string specifies what the delimiter is for
+	 * this expression.
+	 */
+	for (pt1 = str+1; *pt1; pt1++) {
+		if (*pt1 == '\\') {
+			pt1++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*pt1 == *str)
+			break;
+	}
+	if (*pt1 == 0) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Invalid replacement string %s", str);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * allocate space for the node that handles this replacement pattern
+	 * and split out the regular expression and try to compile it
+	 */
+	if ((rep = (REPLACE *)malloc(sizeof(REPLACE))) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Unable to allocate memory for replacement string");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	*pt1 = '\0';
+	if ((res = regcomp(&(rep->rcmp), str+1, 0)) != 0) {
+		regerror(res, &(rep->rcmp), rebuf, sizeof(rebuf));
+		tty_warn(1, "%s while compiling regular expression %s", rebuf,
+		    str);
+		(void)free((char *)rep);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * put the delimiter back in case we need an error message and
+	 * locate the delimiter at the end of the replacement string
+	 * we then point the node at the new substitution string
+	 */
+	*pt1++ = *str;
+	for (pt2 = pt1; *pt2; pt2++) {
+		if (*pt2 == '\\') {
+			pt2++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*pt2 == *str)
+			break;
+	}
+	if (*pt2 == 0) {
+		regfree(&(rep->rcmp));
+		(void)free((char *)rep);
+		tty_warn(1, "Invalid replacement string %s", str);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	*pt2 = '\0';
+
+	/* Make sure to dup replacement, who knows where it came from! */
+	if ((rep->nstr = strdup(pt1)) == NULL) {
+		regfree(&(rep->rcmp));
+		(void)free((char *)rep);
+		tty_warn(1, "Unable to allocate memory for replacement string");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	pt1 = pt2++;
+	rep->flgs = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * set the options if any
+	 */
+	while (*pt2 != '\0') {
+		switch(*pt2) {
+		case 'g':
+		case 'G':
+			rep->flgs  |= GLOB;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+		case 'P':
+			rep->flgs  |= PRNT;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+		case 'S':
+			rep->flgs  |= SYML;
+			break;
+		default:
+			regfree(&(rep->rcmp));
+			(void)free((char *)rep);
+			*pt1 = *str;
+			tty_warn(1, "Invalid replacement string option %s",
+			    str);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		++pt2;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * all done, link it in at the end
+	 */
+	rep->fow = NULL;
+	if (rephead == NULL) {
+		reptail = rephead = rep;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	reptail->fow = rep;
+	reptail = rep;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * pat_add()
+ *	add a pattern match to the pattern match list. Pattern matches are used
+ *	to select which archive members are extracted. (They appear as
+ *	arguments to pax in the list and read modes). If no patterns are
+ *	supplied to pax, all members in the archive will be selected (and the
+ *	pattern match list is empty).
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if the pattern was added to the list, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+pat_add(char *str, char *chdn, int flags)
+{
+	PATTERN *pt;
+
+	/*
+	 * throw out the junk
+	 */
+	if ((str == NULL) || (*str == '\0')) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Empty pattern string");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * allocate space for the pattern and store the pattern. the pattern is
+	 * part of argv so do not bother to copy it, just point at it. Add the
+	 * node to the end of the pattern list
+	 */
+	if ((pt = (PATTERN *)malloc(sizeof(PATTERN))) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Unable to allocate memory for pattern string");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	pt->pstr = str;
+	pt->pend = NULL;
+	pt->plen = strlen(str);
+	pt->fow = NULL;
+	pt->flgs = flags;
+	pt->chdname = chdn;
+	if (pathead == NULL) {
+		pattail = pathead = pt;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	pattail->fow = pt;
+	pattail = pt;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * pat_chk()
+ *	complain if any the user supplied pattern did not result in a match to
+ *	a selected archive member.
+ */
+
+void
+pat_chk(void)
+{
+	PATTERN *pt;
+	int wban = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * walk down the list checking the flags to make sure MTCH was set,
+	 * if not complain
+	 */
+	for (pt = pathead; pt != NULL; pt = pt->fow) {
+		if (pt->flgs & MTCH)
+			continue;
+		if (!wban) {
+			tty_warn(1, "WARNING! These patterns were not matched:");
+			++wban;
+		}
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", pt->pstr);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * pat_sel()
+ *	the archive member which matches a pattern was selected. Mark the
+ *	pattern as having selected an archive member. arcn->pat points at the
+ *	pattern that was matched. arcn->pat is set in pat_match()
+ *
+ *	NOTE: When the -c option is used, we are called when there was no match
+ *	by pat_match() (that means we did match before the inverted sense of
+ *	the logic). Now this seems really strange at first, but with -c we
+ *	need to keep track of those patterns that cause an archive member to
+ *	NOT be selected (it found an archive member with a specified pattern)
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if the pattern pointed at by arcn->pat was tagged as creating a
+ *	match, -1 otherwise.
+ */
+
+int
+pat_sel(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	PATTERN *pt;
+	PATTERN **ppt;
+	int len;
+
+	/*
+	 * if no patterns just return
+	 */
+	if ((pathead == NULL) || ((pt = arcn->pat) == NULL))
+		return 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * when we are NOT limited to a single match per pattern mark the
+	 * pattern and return
+	 */
+	if (!nflag) {
+		pt->flgs |= MTCH;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * we reach this point only when we allow a single selected match per
+	 * pattern, if the pattern matches a directory and we do not have -d
+	 * (dflag) we are done with this pattern. We may also be handed a file
+	 * in the subtree of a directory. in that case when we are operating
+	 * with -d, this pattern was already selected and we are done
+	 */
+	if (pt->flgs & DIR_MTCH)
+		return 0;
+
+	if (!dflag && ((pt->pend != NULL) || (arcn->type == PAX_DIR))) {
+		/*
+		 * ok we matched a directory and we are allowing
+		 * subtree matches but because of the -n only its children will
+		 * match. This is tagged as a DIR_MTCH type.
+		 * WATCH IT, the code assumes that pt->pend points
+		 * into arcn->name and arcn->name has not been modified.
+		 * If not we will have a big mess. Yup this is another kludge
+		 */
+
+		/*
+		 * if this was a prefix match, remove trailing part of path
+		 * so we can copy it. Future matches will be exact prefix match
+		 */
+		if (pt->pend != NULL)
+			*pt->pend = '\0';
+
+		if ((pt->pstr = strdup(arcn->name)) == NULL) {
+			tty_warn(1, "Pattern select out of memory");
+			if (pt->pend != NULL)
+				*pt->pend = '/';
+			pt->pend = NULL;
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * put the trailing / back in the source string
+		 */
+		if (pt->pend != NULL) {
+			*pt->pend = '/';
+			pt->pend = NULL;
+		}
+		pt->plen = strlen(pt->pstr);
+
+		/*
+		 * strip off any trailing /, this should really never happen
+		 */
+		len = pt->plen - 1;
+		if (*(pt->pstr + len) == '/') {
+			*(pt->pstr + len) = '\0';
+			pt->plen = len;
+		}
+		pt->flgs = DIR_MTCH | MTCH;
+		arcn->pat = pt;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * we are then done with this pattern, so we delete it from the list
+	 * because it can never be used for another match.
+	 * Seems kind of strange to do for a -c, but the pax spec is really
+	 * vague on the interaction of -c, -n, and -d. We assume that when -c
+	 * and the pattern rejects a member (i.e. it matched it) it is done.
+	 * In effect we place the order of the flags as having -c last.
+	 */
+	pt = pathead;
+	ppt = &pathead;
+	while ((pt != NULL) && (pt != arcn->pat)) {
+		ppt = &(pt->fow);
+		pt = pt->fow;
+	}
+
+	if (pt == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * should never happen....
+		 */
+		tty_warn(1, "Pattern list inconsistent");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	*ppt = pt->fow;
+	(void)free((char *)pt);
+	arcn->pat = NULL;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * pat_match()
+ *	see if this archive member matches any supplied pattern, if a match
+ *	is found, arcn->pat is set to point at the potential pattern. Later if
+ *	this archive member is "selected" we process and mark the pattern as
+ *	one which matched a selected archive member (see pat_sel())
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if this archive member should be processed, 1 if it should be
+ *	skipped and -1 if we are done with all patterns (and pax should quit
+ *	looking for more members)
+ */
+
+int
+pat_match(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	PATTERN *pt;
+
+	arcn->pat = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * if there are no more patterns and we have -n (and not -c) we are
+	 * done. otherwise with no patterns to match, matches all
+	 */
+	if (pathead == NULL) {
+		if (nflag && !cflag)
+			return -1;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * have to search down the list one at a time looking for a match.
+	 */
+	pt = pathead;
+	while (pt != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * check for a file name match unless we have DIR_MTCH set in
+		 * this pattern then we want a prefix match
+		 */
+		if (pt->flgs & DIR_MTCH) {
+			/*
+			 * this pattern was matched before to a directory
+			 * as we must have -n set for this (but not -d). We can
+			 * only match CHILDREN of that directory so we must use
+			 * an exact prefix match (no wildcards).
+			 */
+			if ((arcn->name[pt->plen] == '/') &&
+			    (strncmp(pt->pstr, arcn->name, pt->plen) == 0))
+				break;
+		} else if (fn_match(pt->pstr, arcn->name, &pt->pend,
+		    pt->flgs & NOGLOB_MTCH) == 0)
+			break;
+		pt = pt->fow;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * return the result, remember that cflag (-c) inverts the sense of a
+	 * match
+	 */
+	if (pt == NULL)
+		return cflag ? 0 : 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * we had a match, now when we invert the sense (-c) we reject this
+	 * member. However we have to tag the pattern a being successful, (in a
+	 * match, not in selecting an archive member) so we call pat_sel()
+	 * here.
+	 */
+	arcn->pat = pt;
+	if (!cflag)
+		return 0;
+
+	if (pat_sel(arcn) < 0)
+		return -1;
+	arcn->pat = NULL;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * fn_match()
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if this archive member should be processed, 1 if it should be
+ *	skipped and -1 if we are done with all patterns (and pax should quit
+ *	looking for more members)
+ *	Note: *pend may be changed to show where the prefix ends.
+ */
+
+static int
+fn_match(char *pattern, char *string, char **pend, int noglob)
+{
+	char c;
+	char test;
+
+	*pend = NULL;
+	for (;;) {
+		switch (c = *pattern++) {
+		case '\0':
+			/*
+			 * Ok we found an exact match
+			 */
+			if (*string == '\0')
+				return 0;
+
+			/*
+			 * Check if it is a prefix match
+			 */
+			if ((dflag == 1) || (*string != '/'))
+				return -1;
+
+			/*
+			 * It is a prefix match, remember where the trailing
+			 * / is located
+			 */
+			*pend = string;
+			return 0;
+		case '?':
+			if (noglob)
+				goto regular;
+			if ((test = *string++) == '\0')
+				return (-1);
+			break;
+		case '*':
+			if (noglob)
+				goto regular;
+			c = *pattern;
+			/*
+			 * Collapse multiple *'s.
+			 */
+			while (c == '*')
+				c = *++pattern;
+
+			/*
+			 * Optimized hack for pattern with a * at the end
+			 */
+			if (c == '\0')
+				return (0);
+
+			/*
+			 * General case, use recursion.
+			 */
+			while ((test = *string) != '\0') {
+				if (!fn_match(pattern, string, pend, noglob))
+					return (0);
+				++string;
+			}
+			return (-1);
+		case '[':
+			if (noglob)
+				goto regular;
+			/*
+			 * range match
+			 */
+			if (((test = *string++) == '\0') ||
+			    ((pattern = range_match(pattern, test)) == NULL))
+				return (-1);
+			break;
+		case '\\':
+		default:
+		regular:
+			if (c != *string++)
+				return (-1);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static char *
+range_match(char *pattern, int test)
+{
+	char c;
+	char c2;
+	int negate;
+	int ok = 0;
+
+	if ((negate = (*pattern == '!')) != 0)
+		++pattern;
+
+	while ((c = *pattern++) != ']') {
+		/*
+		 * Illegal pattern
+		 */
+		if (c == '\0')
+			return (NULL);
+
+		if ((*pattern == '-') && ((c2 = pattern[1]) != '\0') &&
+		    (c2 != ']')) {
+			if ((c <= test) && (test <= c2))
+				ok = 1;
+			pattern += 2;
+		} else if (c == test)
+			ok = 1;
+	}
+	return (ok == negate ? NULL : pattern);
+}
+
+/*
+ * mod_name()
+ *	modify a selected file name. first attempt to apply replacement string
+ *	expressions, then apply interactive file rename. We apply replacement
+ *	string expressions to both filenames and file links (if we didn't the
+ *	links would point to the wrong place, and we could never be able to
+ *	move an archive that has a file link in it). When we rename files
+ *	interactively, we store that mapping (old name to user input name) so
+ *	if we spot any file links to the old file name in the future, we will
+ *	know exactly how to fix the file link.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 continue to  process file, 1 skip this file, -1 pax is finished
+ */
+
+int
+mod_name(ARCHD *arcn, int flags)
+{
+	int res = 0;
+
+	if (secure) {
+		if (checkdotdot(arcn->name)) {
+			tty_warn(0, "Ignoring file containing `..' (%s)",
+				arcn->name);
+			return 1;
+		}
+#ifdef notdef
+		if (checkdotdot(arcn->ln_name)) {
+			tty_warn(0, "Ignoring link containing `..' (%s)",
+				arcn->ln_name);
+			return 1;
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * IMPORTANT: We have a problem. what do we do with symlinks?
+	 * Modifying a hard link name makes sense, as we know the file it
+	 * points at should have been seen already in the archive (and if it
+	 * wasn't seen because of a read error or a bad archive, we lose
+	 * anyway). But there are no such requirements for symlinks. On one
+	 * hand the symlink that refers to a file in the archive will have to
+	 * be modified to so it will still work at its new location in the
+	 * file system. On the other hand a symlink that points elsewhere (and
+	 * should continue to do so) should not be modified. There is clearly
+	 * no perfect solution here. So we handle them like hardlinks. Clearly
+	 * a replacement made by the interactive rename mapping is very likely
+	 * to be correct since it applies to a single file and is an exact
+	 * match. The regular expression replacements are a little harder to
+	 * justify though. We claim that the symlink name is only likely
+	 * to be replaced when it points within the file tree being moved and
+	 * in that case it should be modified. what we really need to do is to
+	 * call an oracle here. :)
+	 */
+	if (rephead != NULL) {
+		flags |= (flags & RENM) ? PRNT : 0;
+		/*
+		 * we have replacement strings, modify the name and the link
+		 * name if any.
+		 */
+		if ((res = rep_name(arcn->name, sizeof(arcn->name), 
+			&(arcn->nlen), flags)) != 0)
+			return res;
+
+		if (((arcn->type == PAX_SLK) || (arcn->type == PAX_HLK) ||
+		    (arcn->type == PAX_HRG)) &&
+		    ((res = rep_name(arcn->ln_name,
+		    sizeof(arcn->ln_name), &(arcn->ln_nlen),
+		    flags | (arcn->type == PAX_SLK ? SYML : 0))) != 0))
+			return res;
+	}
+
+	if (iflag) {
+		/*
+		 * perform interactive file rename, then map the link if any
+		 */
+		if ((res = tty_rename(arcn)) != 0)
+			return res;
+		if ((arcn->type == PAX_SLK) || (arcn->type == PAX_HLK) ||
+		    (arcn->type == PAX_HRG))
+			sub_name(arcn->ln_name, &(arcn->ln_nlen), sizeof(arcn->ln_name));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Strip off leading '/' if appropriate.
+	 * Currently, this option is only set for the tar format.
+	 */
+	if (rmleadslash && arcn->name[0] == '/') {
+		if (arcn->name[1] == '\0') {
+			arcn->name[0] = '.';
+		} else {
+			(void)memmove(arcn->name, &arcn->name[1],
+			    strlen(arcn->name));
+			arcn->nlen--;
+		}
+		if (rmleadslash < 2) {
+			rmleadslash = 2;
+			tty_warn(0, "Removing leading / from absolute path names in the archive");
+		}
+	}
+	if (rmleadslash && arcn->ln_name[0] == '/' &&
+	    (arcn->type == PAX_HLK || arcn->type == PAX_HRG)) {
+		if (arcn->ln_name[1] == '\0') {
+			arcn->ln_name[0] = '.';
+		} else {
+			(void)memmove(arcn->ln_name, &arcn->ln_name[1],
+			    strlen(arcn->ln_name));
+			arcn->ln_nlen--;
+		}
+		if (rmleadslash < 2) {
+			rmleadslash = 2;
+			tty_warn(0, "Removing leading / from absolute path names in the archive");
+		}
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+/*
+ * tty_rename()
+ *	Prompt the user for a replacement file name. A "." keeps the old name,
+ *	a empty line skips the file, and an EOF on reading the tty, will cause
+ *	pax to stop processing and exit. Otherwise the file name input, replaces
+ *	the old one.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 process this file, 1 skip this file, -1 we need to exit pax
+ */
+
+static int
+tty_rename(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	char tmpname[PAXPATHLEN+2];
+	int res;
+
+	/*
+	 * prompt user for the replacement name for a file, keep trying until
+	 * we get some reasonable input. Archives may have more than one file
+	 * on them with the same name (from updates etc). We print verbose info
+	 * on the file so the user knows what is up.
+	 */
+	tty_prnt("\nATTENTION: %s interactive file rename operation.\n", argv0);
+
+	for (;;) {
+		ls_tty(arcn);
+		tty_prnt("Input new name, or a \".\" to keep the old name, ");
+		tty_prnt("or a \"return\" to skip this file.\n");
+		tty_prnt("Input > ");
+		if (tty_read(tmpname, sizeof(tmpname)) < 0)
+			return -1;
+		if (strcmp(tmpname, "..") == 0) {
+			tty_prnt("Try again, illegal file name: ..\n");
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (strlen(tmpname) > PAXPATHLEN) {
+			tty_prnt("Try again, file name too long\n");
+			continue;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * empty file name, skips this file. a "." leaves it alone
+	 */
+	if (tmpname[0] == '\0') {
+		tty_prnt("Skipping file.\n");
+		return 1;
+	}
+	if ((tmpname[0] == '.') && (tmpname[1] == '\0')) {
+		tty_prnt("Processing continues, name unchanged.\n");
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * ok the name changed. We may run into links that point at this
+	 * file later. we have to remember where the user sent the file
+	 * in order to repair any links.
+	 */
+	tty_prnt("Processing continues, name changed to: %s\n", tmpname);
+	res = add_name(arcn->name, arcn->nlen, tmpname);
+	arcn->nlen = strlcpy(arcn->name, tmpname, sizeof(arcn->name));
+	if (res < 0)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * set_dest()
+ *	fix up the file name and the link name (if any) so this file will land
+ *	in the destination directory (used during copy() -rw).
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 if failure (name too long)
+ */
+
+int
+set_dest(ARCHD *arcn, char *dest_dir, int dir_len)
+{
+	if (fix_path(arcn->name, &(arcn->nlen), dest_dir, dir_len) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * It is really hard to deal with symlinks here, we cannot be sure
+	 * if the name they point was moved (or will be moved). It is best to
+	 * leave them alone.
+	 */
+	if ((arcn->type != PAX_HLK) && (arcn->type != PAX_HRG))
+		return 0;
+
+	if (fix_path(arcn->ln_name, &(arcn->ln_nlen), dest_dir, dir_len) < 0)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * fix_path
+ *	concatenate dir_name and or_name and store the result in or_name (if
+ *	it fits). This is one ugly function.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 if the final name is too long
+ */
+
+static int
+fix_path( char *or_name, int *or_len, char *dir_name, int dir_len)
+{
+	char *src;
+	char *dest;
+	char *start;
+	int len;
+
+	/*
+	 * we shift the or_name to the right enough to tack in the dir_name
+	 * at the front. We make sure we have enough space for it all before
+	 * we start. since dest always ends in a slash, we skip of or_name
+	 * if it also starts with one.
+	 */
+	start = or_name;
+	src = start + *or_len;
+	dest = src + dir_len;
+	if (*start == '/') {
+		++start;
+		--dest;
+	}
+	if ((len = dest - or_name) > PAXPATHLEN) {
+		tty_warn(1, "File name %s/%s, too long", dir_name, start);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	*or_len = len;
+
+	/*
+	 * enough space, shift
+	 */
+	while (src >= start)
+		*dest-- = *src--;
+	src = dir_name + dir_len - 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * splice in the destination directory name
+	 */
+	while (src >= dir_name)
+		*dest-- = *src--;
+
+	*(or_name + len) = '\0';
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * rep_name()
+ *	walk down the list of replacement strings applying each one in order.
+ *	when we find one with a successful substitution, we modify the name
+ *	as specified. if required, we print the results. if the resulting name
+ *	is empty, we will skip this archive member. We use the regexp(3)
+ *	routines (regexp() ought to win a prize as having the most cryptic
+ *	library function manual page).
+ *	--Parameters--
+ *	name is the file name we are going to apply the regular expressions to
+ *	(and may be modified)
+ *	namelen the size of the name buffer.
+ *	nlen is the length of this name (and is modified to hold the length of
+ *	the final string).
+ *	prnt is a flag that says whether to print the final result.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if substitution was successful, 1 if we are to skip the file (the name
+ *	ended up empty)
+ */
+
+static int
+rep_name(char *name, size_t namelen, int *nlen, int flags)
+{
+	REPLACE *pt;
+	char *inpt;
+	char *outpt;
+	char *endpt;
+	char *rpt;
+	int found = 0;
+	int res;
+	regmatch_t pm[MAXSUBEXP];
+	char nname[PAXPATHLEN+1];	/* final result of all replacements */
+	char buf1[PAXPATHLEN+1];	/* where we work on the name */
+
+	/*
+	 * copy the name into buf1, where we will work on it. We need to keep
+	 * the orig string around so we can print out the result of the final
+	 * replacement. We build up the final result in nname. inpt points at
+	 * the string we apply the regular expression to. prnt is used to
+	 * suppress printing when we handle replacements on the link field
+	 * (the user already saw that substitution go by)
+	 */
+	pt = rephead;
+	(void)strlcpy(buf1, name, sizeof(buf1));
+	inpt = buf1;
+	outpt = nname;
+	endpt = outpt + PAXPATHLEN;
+
+	/*
+	 * try each replacement string in order
+	 */
+	while (pt != NULL) {
+		do {
+			if ((flags & SYML) && (pt->flgs & SYML))
+				continue;
+			/*
+			 * check for a successful substitution, if not go to
+			 * the next pattern, or cleanup if we were global
+			 */
+			if (regexec(&(pt->rcmp), inpt, MAXSUBEXP, pm, 0) != 0)
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			 * ok we found one. We have three parts, the prefix
+			 * which did not match, the section that did and the
+			 * tail (that also did not match). Copy the prefix to
+			 * the final output buffer (watching to make sure we
+			 * do not create a string too long).
+			 */
+			found = 1;
+			rpt = inpt + pm[0].rm_so;
+
+			while ((inpt < rpt) && (outpt < endpt))
+				*outpt++ = *inpt++;
+			if (outpt == endpt)
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			 * for the second part (which matched the regular
+			 * expression) apply the substitution using the
+			 * replacement string and place it the prefix in the
+			 * final output. If we have problems, skip it.
+			 */
+			if ((res =
+			    resub(&(pt->rcmp),pm,pt->nstr,inpt, outpt,endpt)
+			    ) < 0) {
+				if (flags & PRNT)
+					tty_warn(1, "Replacement name error %s",
+					    name);
+				return 1;
+			}
+			outpt += res;
+
+			/*
+			 * we set up to look again starting at the first
+			 * character in the tail (of the input string right
+			 * after the last character matched by the regular
+			 * expression (inpt always points at the first char in
+			 * the string to process). If we are not doing a global
+			 * substitution, we will use inpt to copy the tail to
+			 * the final result. Make sure we do not overrun the
+			 * output buffer
+			 */
+			inpt += pm[0].rm_eo - pm[0].rm_so;
+
+			if ((outpt == endpt) || (*inpt == '\0'))
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			 * if the user wants global we keep trying to
+			 * substitute until it fails, then we are done.
+			 */
+		} while (pt->flgs & GLOB);
+
+		if (found)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * a successful substitution did NOT occur, try the next one
+		 */
+		pt = pt->fow;
+	}
+
+	if (found) {
+		/*
+		 * we had a substitution, copy the last tail piece (if there is
+		 * room) to the final result
+		 */
+		while ((outpt < endpt) && (*inpt != '\0'))
+			*outpt++ = *inpt++;
+
+		*outpt = '\0';
+		if ((outpt == endpt) && (*inpt != '\0')) {
+			if (flags & PRNT)
+				tty_warn(1,"Replacement name too long %s >> %s",
+				    name, nname);
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * inform the user of the result if wanted
+		 */
+		if ((flags & PRNT) && (pt->flgs & PRNT)) {
+			if (*nname == '\0')
+				(void)fprintf(stderr,"%s >> <empty string>\n",
+				    name);
+			else
+				(void)fprintf(stderr,"%s >> %s\n", name, nname);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * if empty inform the caller this file is to be skipped
+		 * otherwise copy the new name over the orig name and return
+		 */
+		if (*nname == '\0')
+			return 1;
+		if (flags & RENM)
+			*nlen = strlcpy(name, nname, namelen);
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * checkdotdot()
+ *	Return true if a component of the name contains a reference to ".."
+ */
+static int
+checkdotdot(const char *name)
+{
+	const char *p;
+	/* 1. "..{[/],}" */
+	if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.' &&
+	    (name[2] == '/' || name[2] == '\0'))
+		return 1;
+
+	/* 2. "*[/]..[/]*" */
+	if (strstr(name, "/../") != NULL)
+		return 1;
+
+	/* 3. "*[/].." */
+	for (p = name; *p; p++)
+		continue;
+	if (p - name < 3)
+		return 0;
+	if (p[-1] == '.' && p[-2] == '.' && p[-3] == '/')
+		return 1;
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * resub()
+ *	apply the replacement to the matched expression. expand out the old
+ *	style ed(1) subexpression expansion.
+ * Return:
+ *	-1 if error, or the number of characters added to the destination.
+ */
+
+static int
+resub(regex_t *rp, regmatch_t *pm, char *src, char *txt, char *dest,
+	char *destend)
+{
+	char *spt;
+	char *dpt;
+	char c;
+	regmatch_t *pmpt;
+	int len;
+	int subexcnt;
+
+	spt =  src;
+	dpt = dest;
+	subexcnt = rp->re_nsub;
+	while ((dpt < destend) && ((c = *spt++) != '\0')) {
+		/*
+		 * see if we just have an ordinary replacement character
+		 * or we refer to a subexpression.
+		 */
+		if (c == '&') {
+			pmpt = pm;
+		} else if ((c == '\\') && (*spt >= '1') && (*spt <= '9')) {
+			/*
+			 * make sure there is a subexpression as specified
+			 */
+			if ((len = *spt++ - '0') > subexcnt)
+				return -1;
+			pmpt = pm + len;
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * Ordinary character, just copy it
+			 */
+			if ((c == '\\') && ((*spt == '\\') || (*spt == '&')))
+				c = *spt++;
+			*dpt++ = c;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * continue if the subexpression is bogus
+		 */
+		if ((pmpt->rm_so < 0) || (pmpt->rm_eo < 0) ||
+		    ((len = pmpt->rm_eo - pmpt->rm_so) <= 0))
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * copy the subexpression to the destination.
+		 * fail if we run out of space or the match string is damaged
+		 */
+		if (len > (destend - dpt))
+			return -1;
+		strncpy(dpt, txt + pmpt->rm_so, len);
+		dpt += len;
+	}
+	return dpt - dest;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/pat_rep.h b/bin/pax/pat_rep.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2e0cbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/pat_rep.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pat_rep.h,v 1.7 2008/02/24 20:42:46 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)pat_rep.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+#include <regex.h>
+/*
+ * data structure for storing user supplied replacement strings (-s)
+ */
+typedef struct replace {
+	char		*nstr;	/* the new string we will substitute with */
+	regex_t		rcmp;	/* compiled regular expression used to match */
+	int		flgs;	/* print conversions? global in operation?  */
+#define	PRNT		0x1
+#define	GLOB		0x2
+#define RENM		0x4
+#define SYML		0x8
+	struct replace	*fow;	/* pointer to next pattern */
+} REPLACE;
diff --git a/bin/pax/pax.1 b/bin/pax/pax.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8203a94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/pax.1
@@ -0,0 +1,1304 @@
+.\"    $NetBSD: pax.1,v 1.69 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+.\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)pax.1	8.4 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
+.\"
+.Dd August 12, 2016
+.Dt PAX 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pax
+.Nd read and write file archives and copy directory hierarchies
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl 0cdjnOVvz
+.Op Fl E Ar limit
+.Op Fl f Ar archive
+.Op Fl N Ar dbdir
+.Op Fl s Ar replstr
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl U Ar user
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl G Ar group
+.Ar ...\&
+.Oo
+.Fl T
+.Sm off
+.Op Ar from_date
+.Oo , Ar to_date Oc
+.Sm on
+.Oc
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Ar pattern ...\&
+.Nm
+.Fl r
+.Op Fl AcDdijknOuVvYZz
+.Op Fl E Ar limit
+.Op Fl f Ar archive
+.Op Fl N Ar dbdir
+.Op Fl o Ar options
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl p Ar string
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl s Ar replstr
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl U Ar user
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl G Ar group
+.Ar ...\&
+.Oo
+.Fl T
+.Sm off
+.Op Ar from_date
+.Oo , Ar to_date Oc
+.Sm on
+.Oc
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Ar pattern ...\&
+.Nm
+.Fl w
+.Op Fl AdHijLMOPtuVvXz
+.Op Fl b Ar blocksize
+.Oo
+.Op Fl a
+.Op Fl f Ar archive
+.Oc
+.Op Fl x Ar format
+.Op Fl B Ar bytes
+.Op Fl N Ar dbdir
+.Op Fl o Ar options
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl s Ar replstr
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl U Ar user
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl G Ar group
+.Ar ...\&
+.Oo
+.Fl T
+.Sm off
+.Op Ar from_date
+.Oo , Ar to_date Oc
+.Oo /[ Cm c ] [ Cm m ] Oc
+.Sm on
+.Oc
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Ar file ...\&
+.Nm
+.Fl r
+.Fl w
+.Op Fl ADdHijkLlMnOPtuVvXYZz
+.Op Fl N Ar dbdir
+.Op Fl p Ar string
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl s Ar replstr
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl U Ar user
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Fl G Ar group
+.Ar ...\&
+.Oo
+.Fl T
+.Sm off
+.Op Ar from_date
+.Oo , Ar to_date Oc
+.Oo /[ Cm c ] [ Cm m ] Oc
+.Sm on
+.Oc
+.Ar ...\&
+.Op Ar file ...\&
+.Ar directory
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+will read, write, and list the members of an archive file,
+and will copy directory hierarchies.
+If the archive file is of the form:
+.Ar [[user@]host:]file
+then the archive will be processed using
+.Xr rmt 8 .
+.Pp
+.Nm
+operation is independent of the specific archive format,
+and supports a wide variety of different archive formats.
+A list of supported archive formats can be found under the description of the
+.Fl x
+option.
+.Pp
+The presence of the
+.Fl r
+and the
+.Fl w
+options specifies which of the following functional modes
+.Nm
+will operate under:
+.Em list , read , write ,
+and
+.Em copy .
+.Bl -tag -width 6n
+.It Aq none
+.Em List .
+.Nm
+will write to
+.Dv standard output
+a table of contents of the members of the archive file read from
+.Dv standard input ,
+whose pathnames match the specified
+.Ar patterns .
+The table of contents contains one filename per line
+and is written using single line buffering.
+.It Fl r
+.Em Read .
+.Nm
+extracts the members of the archive file read from the
+.Dv standard input ,
+with pathnames matching the specified
+.Ar patterns .
+The archive format and blocking is automatically determined on input.
+When an extracted file is a directory, the entire file hierarchy
+rooted at that directory is extracted.
+All extracted files are created relative to the current file hierarchy.
+The setting of ownership, access and modification times, and file mode of
+the extracted files are discussed in more detail under the
+.Fl p
+option.
+.It Fl w
+.Em Write .
+.Nm
+writes an archive containing the
+.Ar file
+operands to
+.Dv standard output
+using the specified archive format.
+When no
+.Ar file
+operands are specified, a list of files to copy with one per line is read from
+.Dv standard input .
+When a
+.Ar file
+operand is also a directory, the entire file hierarchy rooted
+at that directory will be included.
+.It Fl r Fl w
+.Em Copy .
+.Nm
+copies the
+.Ar file
+operands to the destination
+.Ar directory .
+When no
+.Ar file
+operands are specified, a list of files to copy with one per line is read from
+the
+.Dv standard input .
+When a
+.Ar file
+operand is also a directory the entire file
+hierarchy rooted at that directory will be included.
+The effect of the
+.Em copy
+is as if the copied files were written to an archive file and then
+subsequently extracted, except that there may be hard links between
+the original and the copied files (see the
+.Fl l
+option below).
+.Pp
+.Em Warning :
+The destination
+.Ar directory
+must not be one of the
+.Ar file
+operands or a member of a file hierarchy rooted at one of the
+.Ar file
+operands.
+The result of a
+.Em copy
+under these conditions is unpredictable.
+.El
+.Pp
+While processing a damaged archive during a
+.Em read
+or
+.Em list
+operation,
+.Nm
+will attempt to recover from media defects and will search through the archive
+to locate and process the largest number of archive members possible (see the
+.Fl E
+option for more details on error handling).
+.Sh OPERANDS
+The
+.Ar directory
+operand specifies a destination directory pathname.
+If the
+.Ar directory
+operand does not exist, or it is not writable by the user,
+or it is not of type directory,
+.Nm
+will exit with a non-zero exit status.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar pattern
+operand is used to select one or more pathnames of archive members.
+Archive members are selected using the pattern matching notation described
+by
+.Xr fnmatch 3 .
+When the
+.Ar pattern
+operand is not supplied, all members of the archive will be selected.
+When a
+.Ar pattern
+matches a directory, the entire file hierarchy rooted at that directory will
+be selected.
+When a
+.Ar pattern
+operand does not select at least one archive member,
+.Nm
+will write these
+.Ar pattern
+operands in a diagnostic message to
+.Dv standard error
+and then exit with a non-zero exit status.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar file
+operand specifies the pathname of a file to be copied or archived.
+When a
+.Ar file
+operand does not select at least one archive member,
+.Nm
+will write these
+.Ar file
+operand pathnames in a diagnostic message to
+.Dv standard error
+and then exit with a non-zero exit status.
+.Sh OPTIONS
+The following options are supported:
+.Bl -tag -width 4n
+.It Fl r
+Read an archive file from
+.Dv standard input
+and extract the specified
+.Ar files .
+If any intermediate directories are needed in order to extract an archive
+member, these directories will be created as if
+.Xr mkdir 2
+was called with the bitwise inclusive
+.Dv OR
+of
+.Dv S_IRWXU , S_IRWXG ,
+and
+.Dv S_IRWXO
+as the mode argument.
+When the selected archive format supports the specification of linked
+files and these files cannot be linked while the archive is being extracted,
+.Nm
+will write a diagnostic message to
+.Dv standard error
+and exit with a non-zero exit status at the completion of operation.
+.It Fl w
+Write files to the
+.Dv standard output
+in the specified archive format.
+When no
+.Ar file
+operands are specified,
+.Dv standard input
+is read for a list of pathnames with one per line without any leading or
+trailing
+.Aq blanks .
+.It Fl a
+Append
+.Ar files
+to the end of an archive that was previously written.
+If an archive format is not specified with a
+.Fl x
+option, the format currently being used in the archive will be selected.
+Any attempt to append to an archive in a format different from the
+format already used in the archive will cause
+.Nm
+to exit immediately
+with a non-zero exit status.
+The blocking size used in the archive volume where writing starts
+will continue to be used for the remainder of that archive volume.
+.Pp
+.Em Warning :
+Many storage devices are not able to support the operations necessary
+to perform an append operation.
+Any attempt to append to an archive stored on such a device may damage the
+archive or have other unpredictable results.
+Tape drives in particular are more likely to not support an append operation.
+An archive stored in a regular file system file or on a disk device will
+usually support an append operation.
+.It Fl b Ar blocksize
+When
+.Em writing
+an archive,
+block the output at a positive decimal integer number of
+bytes per write to the archive file.
+The
+.Ar blocksize
+must be a multiple of 512 bytes with a maximum of 32256 bytes.
+A
+.Ar blocksize
+can end with
+.Li k
+or
+.Li b
+to specify multiplication by 1024 (1K) or 512, respectively.
+A pair of
+.Ar blocksizes
+can be separated by
+.Li x
+to indicate a product.
+A specific archive device may impose additional restrictions on the size
+of blocking it will support.
+When blocking is not specified, the default
+.Ar blocksize
+is dependent on the specific archive format being used (see the
+.Fl x
+option).
+.It Fl c
+Match all file or archive members
+.Em except
+those specified by the
+.Ar pattern
+and
+.Ar file
+operands.
+.It Fl d
+Cause files of type directory being copied or archived, or archive members of
+type directory being extracted, to match only the directory file or archive
+member and not the file hierarchy rooted at the directory.
+.It Fl f Ar archive
+Specify
+.Ar archive
+as the pathname of the input or output archive, overriding the default
+.Dv standard input
+(for
+.Em list
+and
+.Em read )
+or
+.Dv standard output
+(for
+.Em write ) .
+A single archive may span multiple files and different archive devices.
+When required,
+.Nm
+will prompt for the pathname of the file or device of the next volume in the
+archive.
+.It Fl i
+Interactively rename files or archive members.
+For each archive member matching a
+.Ar pattern
+operand or each file matching a
+.Ar file
+operand,
+.Nm
+will prompt to
+.Pa /dev/tty
+giving the name of the file, its file mode and its modification time.
+.Nm
+will then read a line from
+.Pa /dev/tty .
+If this line is blank, the file or archive member is skipped.
+If this line consists of a single period, the
+file or archive member is processed with no modification to its name.
+Otherwise, its name is replaced with the contents of the line.
+.Nm
+will immediately exit with a non-zero exit status if
+.Aq Dv EOF
+is encountered when reading a response or if
+.Pa /dev/tty
+cannot be opened for reading and writing.
+.It Fl j
+Use
+.Xr bzip2 1
+for compression when reading or writing archive files.
+.It Fl k
+Do not overwrite existing files.
+.It Fl l
+Link files.
+(The letter ell).
+In the
+.Em copy
+mode
+.Fl ( r
+.Fl w ) ,
+hard links are made between the source and destination file hierarchies
+whenever possible.
+.It Fl n
+Select the first archive member that matches each
+.Ar pattern
+operand.
+No more than one archive member is matched for each
+.Ar pattern .
+When members of type directory are matched, the file hierarchy rooted at that
+directory is also matched (unless
+.Fl d
+is also specified).
+.It Fl o Ar options
+Information to modify the algorithm for extracting or writing archive files
+which is specific to the archive format specified by
+.Fl x .
+In general,
+.Ar options
+take the form:
+.Cm name=value
+.It Fl p Ar string
+Specify one or more file characteristic options (privileges).
+The
+.Ar string
+option-argument is a string specifying file characteristics to be retained or
+discarded on extraction.
+The string consists of the specification characters
+.Cm a , e ,
+.Cm m , o ,
+and
+.Cm p .
+Multiple characteristics can be concatenated within the same string
+and multiple
+.Fl p
+options can be specified.
+The meaning of the specification characters are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width 2n
+.It Cm a
+Do not preserve file access times.
+By default, file access times are preserved whenever possible.
+.It Cm e
+.Sq Preserve everything ,
+the user ID, group ID, file mode bits,
+file access time, and file modification time.
+This is intended to be used by
+.Em root ,
+someone with all the appropriate privileges, in order to preserve all
+aspects of the files as they are recorded in the archive.
+The
+.Cm e
+flag is the sum of the
+.Cm o
+and
+.Cm p
+flags.
+.\" .It Cm f
+.\" Do not preserve file flags.
+.\" By default, file flags are preserved whenever possible.
+.It Cm m
+Do not preserve file modification times.
+By default, file modification times are preserved whenever possible.
+.It Cm o
+Preserve the user ID and group ID.
+.It Cm p
+.Sq Preserve
+the file mode bits.
+This is intended to be used by a
+.Em user
+with regular privileges who wants to preserve all aspects of the file other
+than the ownership.
+The file times are preserved by default, but two other flags are offered to
+disable this and use the time of extraction instead.
+.El
+.Pp
+In the preceding list,
+.Sq preserve
+indicates that an attribute stored in the archive is given to the
+extracted file, subject to the permissions of the invoking
+process.
+Otherwise the attribute of the extracted file is determined as
+part of the normal file creation action.
+If neither the
+.Cm e
+nor the
+.Cm o
+specification character is specified, or the user ID and group ID are not
+preserved for any reason,
+.Nm
+will not set the
+.Dv S_ISUID
+.Em ( setuid )
+and
+.Dv S_ISGID
+.Em ( setgid )
+bits of the file mode.
+If the preservation of any of these items fails for any reason,
+.Nm
+will write a diagnostic message to
+.Dv standard error .
+Failure to preserve these items will affect the final exit status,
+but will not cause the extracted file to be deleted.
+If the file characteristic letters in any of the string option-arguments are
+duplicated or conflict with each other, the one(s) given last will take
+precedence.
+For example, if
+.Dl Fl p Ar eme
+is specified, file modification times are still preserved.
+.It Fl s Ar replstr
+Modify the file or archive member names specified by the
+.Ar pattern
+or
+.Ar file
+operands according to the substitution expression
+.Ar replstr ,
+using the syntax of the
+.Xr ed 1
+utility regular expressions.
+The format of these regular expressions are:
+.Dl /old/new/[gp]
+As in
+.Xr ed 1 ,
+.Cm old
+is a basic regular expression and
+.Cm new
+can contain an ampersand (&), \en (where n is a digit) back-references,
+or subexpression matching.
+The
+.Cm old
+string may also contain
+.Aq Dv newline
+characters.
+Any non-null character can be used as a delimiter (/ is shown here).
+Multiple
+.Fl s
+expressions can be specified.
+The expressions are applied in the order they are specified on the
+command line, terminating with the first successful substitution.
+The optional trailing
+.Cm g
+continues to apply the substitution expression to the pathname substring
+which starts with the first character following the end of the last successful
+substitution.
+The first unsuccessful substitution stops the operation of the
+.Cm g
+option.
+The optional trailing
+.Cm p
+will cause the final result of a successful substitution to be written to
+.Dv standard error
+in the following format:
+.Dl Ao "original pathname" Ac >> Ao "new pathname" Ac
+File or archive member names that substitute to the empty string
+are not selected and will be skipped.
+.It Fl t
+Reset the access times of any file or directory read or accessed by
+.Nm
+to be the same as they were before being read or accessed by
+.Nm ,
+if the user has the appropriate permissions required by
+.Xr utime 3 .
+.It Fl u
+Ignore files that are older (having a less recent file modification time)
+than a pre-existing file or archive member with the same name.
+During
+.Em read ,
+an archive member with the same name as a file in the file system will be
+extracted if the archive member is newer than the file.
+During
+.Em write ,
+a file system member with the same name as an archive member will be
+written to the archive if it is newer than the archive member.
+During
+.Em copy ,
+the file in the destination hierarchy is replaced by the file in the source
+hierarchy or by a link to the file in the source hierarchy if the file in
+the source hierarchy is newer.
+.It Fl v
+During a
+.Em list
+operation, produce a verbose table of contents using the format of the
+.Xr ls 1
+utility with the
+.Fl l
+option.
+For pathnames representing a hard link to a previous member of the archive,
+the output has the format:
+.Dl Ao "ls -l listing" Ac == Ao "link name" Ac
+Where
+.Aq "ls -l listing"
+is the output format specified by the
+.Xr ls 1
+utility when used with the
+.Fl l
+option.
+.Pp
+Otherwise for all the other operational modes
+.Em ( read , write ,
+and
+.Em copy ) ,
+pathnames are written and flushed to
+.Dv standard error
+without a trailing
+.Aq Dv newline
+as soon as processing begins on that file or
+archive member.
+The trailing
+.Aq Dv newline ,
+is not buffered, and is written only after the file has been read or written.
+.Pp
+A final summary of archive operations is printed after they have been
+completed.
+.It Fl x Ar format
+Specify the output archive format, with the default format being
+.Ar ustar .
+.Nm
+currently supports the following formats:
+.Bl -tag -width "sv4cpio"
+.It Ar cpio
+The extended cpio interchange format specified in the
+.St -p1003.2
+standard.
+The default blocksize for this format is 5120 bytes.
+Inode and device information about a file (used for detecting file hard links
+by this format) which may be truncated by this format is detected by
+.Nm
+and is repaired.
+.It Ar bcpio
+The old binary cpio format.
+The default blocksize for this format is 5120 bytes.
+This format is not very portable and should not be used when other formats
+are available.
+Inode and device information about a file (used for detecting file hard links
+by this format) which may be truncated by this format is detected by
+.Nm
+and is repaired.
+.It Ar sv4cpio
+The
+.At V.4
+cpio.
+The default blocksize for this format is 5120 bytes.
+Inode and device information about a file (used for detecting file hard links
+by this format) which may be truncated by this format is detected by
+.Nm
+and is repaired.
+.It Ar sv4crc
+The
+.At V.4
+cpio with file crc checksums.
+The default blocksize for this format is 5120 bytes.
+Inode and device information about a file (used for detecting file hard links
+by this format) which may be truncated by this format is detected by
+.Nm
+and is repaired.
+.It Ar tar
+The old
+.Bx
+tar format as found in
+.Bx 4.3 .
+The default blocksize for this format is 10240 bytes.
+Pathnames stored by this format must be 100 characters or less in length.
+Only
+.Em regular
+files,
+.Em  hard links , soft links ,
+and
+.Em  directories
+will be archived (other file types are not supported).
+For backward compatibility with even older tar formats, a
+.Fl o
+option can be used when writing an archive to omit the storage of directories.
+This option takes the form:
+.Dl Fl o Cm write_opt=nodir
+.It Ar ustar
+The extended tar interchange format specified in the
+.St -p1003.2
+standard.
+The default blocksize for this format is 10240 bytes.
+Pathnames stored by this format must be 250 characters or less in length.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Nm
+will detect and report any file that it is unable to store or extract
+as the result of any specific archive format restrictions.
+The individual archive formats may impose additional restrictions on use.
+Typical archive format restrictions include (but are not limited to):
+file pathname length, file size, link pathname length and the type of the file.
+.It Fl Fl gnu
+Recognize GNU tar extensions.
+.It Fl Fl timestamp Ar timestamp
+Store all modification times in the archive with the
+.Ar timestamp
+given instead of the actual modification time of the individual archive member
+so that repeatable builds are possible.
+The
+.Ar timestamp
+can be a
+.Pa pathname ,
+where the timestamps are derived from that file, a parseable date for
+.Xr parsedate 3
+(this option is not yet available in the tools build), or an integer value
+interpreted as the number of seconds from the Epoch.
+.It Fl Fl xz
+Use
+.Xr xz 1
+compression, when reading or writing archive files.
+.It Fl z
+Use
+.Xr gzip 1
+compression, when reading or writing archive files.
+.It Fl A
+Do not strip leading `/'s from file names.
+.It Fl B Ar bytes
+Limit the number of bytes written to a single archive volume to
+.Ar bytes .
+The
+.Ar bytes
+limit can end with
+.Li m ,
+.Li k ,
+or
+.Li b
+to specify multiplication by 1048576 (1M), 1024 (1K) or 512, respectively.
+A pair of
+.Ar bytes
+limits can be separated by
+.Li x
+to indicate a product.
+.Pp
+.Em Warning :
+Only use this option when writing an archive to a device which supports
+an end of file read condition based on last (or largest) write offset
+(such as a regular file or a tape drive).
+The use of this option with a floppy or hard disk is not recommended.
+.It Fl D
+This option is the same as the
+.Fl u
+option, except that the file inode change time is checked instead of the
+file modification time.
+The file inode change time can be used to select files whose inode information
+(e.g. uid, gid, etc.) is newer than a copy of the file in the destination
+.Ar directory .
+.It Fl E Ar limit
+Limit the number of consecutive read faults while trying to read a flawed
+archives to
+.Ar limit .
+With a positive
+.Ar limit ,
+.Nm
+will attempt to recover from an archive read error and will
+continue processing starting with the next file stored in the archive.
+A
+.Ar limit
+of 0 will cause
+.Nm
+to stop operation after the first read error is detected on an archive volume.
+A
+.Ar limit
+of
+.Li NONE
+will cause
+.Nm
+to attempt to recover from read errors forever.
+The default
+.Ar limit
+is a small positive number of retries.
+.Pp
+.Em Warning :
+Using this option with
+.Li NONE
+should be used with extreme caution as
+.Nm
+may get stuck in an infinite loop on a very badly flawed archive.
+.It Fl G Ar group
+Select a file based on its
+.Ar group
+name, or when starting with a
+.Cm # ,
+a numeric gid.
+A '\e' can be used to escape the
+.Cm # .
+Multiple
+.Fl G
+options may be supplied and checking stops with the first match.
+.It Fl H
+Follow only command line symbolic links while performing a physical file
+system traversal.
+.It Fl L
+Follow all symbolic links to perform a logical file system traversal.
+.It Fl M
+During a
+.Em write
+or
+.Em copy
+operation, treat the list of files on
+.Dv standard input
+as an
+.Xr mtree 8
+.Sq specfile
+specification, and write or copy only those items in the specfile.
+.Pp
+If the file exists in the underlying file system, its permissions and
+modification time will be used unless specifically overridden by the specfile.
+An error will be raised if the type of entry in the specfile conflicts
+with that of an existing file.
+A directory entry that is marked
+.Sq Sy optional
+will not be copied (even though its contents will be).
+.Pp
+Otherwise, the entry will be
+.Sq faked-up ,
+and it is necessary to specify at least the following parameters
+in the specfile:
+.Sy type ,
+.Sy mode ,
+.Sy gname
+or
+.Sy gid ,
+and
+.Sy uname
+or
+.Sy uid ,
+.Sy device
+(in the case of block or character devices), and
+.Sy link
+(in the case of symbolic links).
+If
+.Sy time
+isn't provided, the current time will be used.
+A
+.Sq faked-up
+entry that is marked
+.Sq Sy optional
+will not be copied.
+.It Fl N Ar dbdir
+Except for lookups for the
+.Fl G
+and
+.Fl U
+options,
+use the user database text file
+.Pa master.passwd
+and group database text file
+.Pa group
+from
+.Ar dbdir ,
+rather than using the results from the system's
+.Xr getpwnam 3
+and
+.Xr getgrnam 3
+(and related) library calls.
+.It Fl O
+Force the archive to be one volume.
+If a volume ends prematurely,
+.Nm
+will not prompt for a new volume.
+This option can be useful for
+automated tasks where error recovery cannot be performed by a human.
+.It Fl P
+Do not follow symbolic links, perform a physical file system traversal.
+This is the default mode.
+.It Fl T Ar [from_date][,to_date][/[c][m]]
+Allow files to be selected based on a file modification or inode change
+time falling within a specified time range of
+.Ar from_date
+to
+.Ar to_date
+(the dates are inclusive).
+If only a
+.Ar from_date
+is supplied, all files with a modification or inode change time
+equal to or younger are selected.
+If only a
+.Ar to_date
+is supplied, all files with a modification or inode change time
+equal to or older will be selected.
+When the
+.Ar from_date
+is equal to the
+.Ar to_date ,
+only files with a modification or inode change time of exactly that
+time will be selected.
+.Pp
+When
+.Nm
+is in the
+.Em write
+or
+.Em copy
+mode, the optional trailing field
+.Ar [c][m]
+can be used to determine which file time (inode change, file modification or
+both) are used in the comparison.
+If neither is specified, the default is to use file modification time only.
+The
+.Ar m
+specifies the comparison of file modification time (the time when
+the file was last written).
+The
+.Ar c
+specifies the comparison of inode change time (the time when the file
+inode was last changed; e.g. a change of owner, group, mode, etc).
+When
+.Ar c
+and
+.Ar m
+are both specified, then the modification and inode change times are
+both compared.
+The inode change time comparison is useful in selecting files whose
+attributes were recently changed or selecting files which were recently
+created and had their modification time reset to an older time (as what
+happens when a file is extracted from an archive and the modification time
+is preserved).
+Time comparisons using both file times is useful when
+.Nm
+is used to create a time based incremental archive (only files that were
+changed during a specified time range will be archived).
+.Pp
+A time range is made up of seven different fields and each field must contain
+two digits.
+The format is:
+.Dl [[[[[cc]yy]mm]dd]hh]mm[\&.ss]
+where
+.Cm cc
+is the first two digits of the year (the century),
+.Cm yy
+is the last two digits of the year,
+the first
+.Cm mm
+is the month (from 01 to 12),
+.Cm dd
+is the day of the month (from 01 to 31),
+.Cm hh
+is the hour of the day (from 00 to 23),
+the second
+.Cm mm
+is the minute (from 00 to 59),
+and
+.Cm ss
+is the seconds (from 00 to 61).
+Only the minute field
+.Cm mm
+is required; the others will default to the current system values.
+The
+.Cm ss
+field may be added independently of the other fields.
+If the century is not specified, it defaults to 1900 for
+years between 69 and 99, or 2000 for years between 0 and 68.
+Time ranges are relative to the current time, so
+.Dl Fl T Ar 1234/cm
+would select all files with a modification or inode change time
+of 12:34 PM today or later.
+Multiple
+.Fl T
+time range can be supplied and checking stops with the first match.
+.It Fl U Ar user
+Select a file based on its
+.Ar user
+name, or when starting with a
+.Cm # ,
+a numeric uid.
+A '\e' can be used to escape the
+.Cm # .
+Multiple
+.Fl U
+options may be supplied and checking stops with the first match.
+.It Fl V
+A final summary of archive operations is printed after they have been
+completed.
+Some potentially long-running tape operations are noted.
+.It Fl X
+When traversing the file hierarchy specified by a pathname,
+do not descend into directories that have a different device ID.
+See the
+.Li st_dev
+field as described in
+.Xr stat 2
+for more information about device ID's.
+.It Fl Y
+This option is the same as the
+.Fl D
+option, except that the inode change time is checked using the
+pathname created after all the file name modifications have completed.
+.It Fl Z
+This option is the same as the
+.Fl u
+option, except that the modification time is checked using the
+pathname created after all the file name modifications have completed.
+.It Fl 0
+Use the nul character instead of \en as the file separator when reading
+files from standard input.
+.It Fl Fl force-local
+Do not interpret filenames that contain a `:' as remote files.
+.It Fl Fl insecure
+Normally
+.Nm
+ignores filenames that contain
+.Dq ..
+as a path component.
+With this option,
+files that contain
+.Dq ..
+can be processed.
+.It Fl Fl use-compress-program
+Use the named program as the program to decompress the input or compress
+the output.
+.El
+.Pp
+The options that operate on the names of files or archive members
+.Fl ( c ,
+.Fl i ,
+.Fl n ,
+.Fl s ,
+.Fl u ,
+.Fl v ,
+.Fl D ,
+.Fl G ,
+.Fl T ,
+.Fl U ,
+.Fl Y ,
+and
+.Fl Z )
+interact as follows.
+.Pp
+When extracting files during a
+.Em read
+operation, archive members are
+.Sq selected ,
+based only on the user specified pattern operands as modified by the
+.Fl c ,
+.Fl n ,
+.Fl u ,
+.Fl D ,
+.Fl G ,
+.Fl T ,
+.Fl U
+options.
+Then any
+.Fl s
+and
+.Fl i
+options will modify in that order, the names of these selected files.
+Then the
+.Fl Y
+and
+.Fl Z
+options will be applied based on the final pathname.
+Finally the
+.Fl v
+option will write the names resulting from these modifications.
+.Pp
+When archiving files during a
+.Em write
+operation, or copying files during a
+.Em copy
+operation, archive members are
+.Sq selected ,
+based only on the user specified pathnames as modified by the
+.Fl n ,
+.Fl u ,
+.Fl D ,
+.Fl G ,
+.Fl T ,
+and
+.Fl U
+options (the
+.Fl D
+option only applies during a copy operation).
+Then any
+.Fl s
+and
+.Fl i
+options will modify in that order, the names of these selected files.
+Then during a
+.Em copy
+operation the
+.Fl Y
+and the
+.Fl Z
+options will be applied based on the final pathname.
+Finally the
+.Fl v
+option will write the names resulting from these modifications.
+.Pp
+When one or both of the
+.Fl u
+or
+.Fl D
+options are specified along with the
+.Fl n
+option, a file is not considered selected unless it is newer
+than the file to which it is compared.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Nm
+will exit with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width 2n
+.It 0
+All files were processed successfully.
+.It 1
+An error occurred.
+.El
+.Pp
+Whenever
+.Nm
+cannot create a file or a link when reading an archive or cannot
+find a file when writing an archive, or cannot preserve the user ID,
+group ID, or file mode when the
+.Fl p
+option is specified, a diagnostic message is written to
+.Dv standard error
+and a non-zero exit status will be returned, but processing will continue.
+In the case where pax cannot create a link to a file,
+.Nm
+will not create a second copy of the file.
+.Pp
+If the extraction of a file from an archive is prematurely terminated by
+a signal or error,
+.Nm
+may have only partially extracted a file the user wanted.
+Additionally, the file modes of extracted files and directories
+may have incorrect file bits, and the modification and access times may be
+wrong.
+.Pp
+If the creation of an archive is prematurely terminated by a signal or error,
+.Nm
+may have only partially created the archive which may violate the specific
+archive format specification.
+.Pp
+If while doing a
+.Em copy ,
+.Nm
+detects a file is about to overwrite itself, the file is not copied,
+a diagnostic message is written to
+.Dv standard error
+and when
+.Nm
+completes it will exit with a non-zero exit status.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The command:
+.Dl pax -w -f /dev/rst0 \&.
+copies the contents of the current directory to the device
+.Pa /dev/rst0 .
+.Pp
+The command:
+.Dl pax -v -f filename
+gives the verbose table of contents for an archive stored in
+.Pa filename .
+.Pp
+The following commands:
+.Dl mkdir newdir
+.Dl cd olddir
+.Dl pax -rw -pp .\ ../newdir
+will copy the entire
+.Pa olddir
+directory hierarchy to
+.Pa newdir ,
+preserving permissions and access times.
+.Pp
+When running as root, one may also wish to preserve file
+ownership when copying directory trees.
+This can be done with the following commands:
+.Dl cd olddir
+.Dl pax -rw -pe .\ ../newdir
+which will copy the contents of
+.Pa olddir
+into
+.Pa ../newdir ,
+preserving ownership, permissions and access times.
+.Pp
+The command:
+.Dl pax -r -s ',^//*usr//*,,' -f a.pax
+reads the archive
+.Pa a.pax ,
+with all files rooted in ``/usr'' into the archive extracted relative to the
+current directory.
+.Pp
+The command:
+.Dl pax -rw -i .\ dest_dir
+can be used to interactively select the files to copy from the current
+directory to
+.Pa dest_dir .
+.Pp
+The command:
+.Dl pax -r -pe -U root -G bin -f a.pax
+will extract all files from the archive
+.Pa a.pax
+which are owned by
+.Em root
+with group
+.Em bin
+and will preserve all file permissions.
+.Pp
+The command:
+.Dl pax -r -w -v -Y -Z home /backup
+will update (and list) only those files in the destination directory
+.Pa /backup
+which are older (less recent inode change or file modification times) than
+files with the same name found in the source file tree
+.Pa home .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cpio 1 ,
+.Xr tar 1 ,
+.Xr symlink 7 ,
+.Xr mtree 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is a superset of the
+.St -p1003.2
+standard.
+The options
+.Fl B ,
+.Fl D ,
+.Fl E ,
+.Fl G ,
+.Fl H ,
+.Fl L ,
+.Fl M ,
+.Fl O ,
+.Fl P ,
+.Fl T ,
+.Fl U ,
+.Fl Y ,
+.Fl Z ,
+.Fl z ,
+the archive formats
+.Ar bcpio ,
+.Ar sv4cpio ,
+.Ar sv4crc ,
+.Ar tar ,
+and the flawed archive handling during
+.Ar list
+and
+.Ar read
+operations are extensions to the
+.Tn POSIX
+standard.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+.An Keith Muller
+at the University of California, San Diego.
+.An Luke Mewburn
+implemented
+.Fl M .
diff --git a/bin/pax/pax.c b/bin/pax/pax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3906569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/pax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pax.c,v 1.48 2017/10/02 21:55:35 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pax.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: pax.c,v 1.48 2017/10/02 21:55:35 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+static int gen_init(void);
+
+/*
+ * PAX main routines, general globals and some simple start up routines
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Variables that can be accessed by any routine within pax
+ */
+int	act = ERROR;		/* read/write/append/copy */
+FSUB	*frmt = NULL;		/* archive format type */
+int	cflag;			/* match all EXCEPT pattern/file */
+int	cwdfd = -1;		/* starting cwd */
+int	dflag;			/* directory member match only  */
+int	iflag;			/* interactive file/archive rename */
+int	kflag;			/* do not overwrite existing files */
+int	lflag;			/* use hard links when possible */
+int	nflag;			/* select first archive member match */
+int	tflag;			/* restore access time after read */
+int	uflag;			/* ignore older modification time files */
+int	vflag;			/* produce verbose output */
+int	Aflag;			/* honor absolute path */
+int	Dflag;			/* same as uflag except inode change time */
+int	Hflag;			/* follow command line symlinks (write only) */
+int	Lflag;			/* follow symlinks when writing */
+int	Mflag;			/* treat stdin as an mtree(8) specfile */
+int	Vflag;			/* produce somewhat verbose output (no listing) */
+int	Xflag;			/* archive files with same device id only */
+int	Yflag;			/* same as Dflg except after name mode */
+int	Zflag;			/* same as uflg except after name mode */
+int	vfpart;			/* is partial verbose output in progress */
+int	patime = 1;		/* preserve file access time */
+int	pmtime = 1;		/* preserve file modification times */
+int	nodirs;			/* do not create directories as needed */
+int	pfflags = 1;		/* preserve file flags */
+int	pmode;			/* preserve file mode bits */
+int	pids;			/* preserve file uid/gid */
+int	rmleadslash = 0;	/* remove leading '/' from pathnames */
+int	exit_val;		/* exit value */
+int	docrc;			/* check/create file crc */
+int	to_stdout;		/* extract to stdout */
+char	*dirptr;		/* destination dir in a copy */
+char	*ltmfrmt;		/* -v locale time format (if any) */
+const char *argv0;		/* root of argv[0] */
+sigset_t s_mask;		/* signal mask for cleanup critical sect */
+FILE	*listf;			/* file pointer to print file list to */
+char	*tempfile;		/* tempfile to use for mkstemp(3) */
+char	*tempbase;		/* basename of tempfile to use for mkstemp(3) */
+int	forcelocal;		/* force local operation even if the name 
+				 * contains a :
+				 */
+int	secure = 1;		/* don't extract names that contain .. */
+
+/*
+ *	PAX - Portable Archive Interchange
+ *
+ *	A utility to read, write, and write lists of the members of archive
+ *	files and copy directory hierarchies. A variety of archive formats
+ *	are supported (some are described in POSIX 1003.1 10.1):
+ *
+ *		ustar - 10.1.1 extended tar interchange format
+ *		cpio  - 10.1.2 extended cpio interchange format
+ *		tar - old BSD 4.3 tar format
+ *		binary cpio - old cpio with binary header format
+ *		sysVR4 cpio -  with and without CRC
+ *
+ * This version is a superset of IEEE Std 1003.2b-d3
+ *
+ * Summary of Extensions to the IEEE Standard:
+ *
+ * 1	READ ENHANCEMENTS
+ * 1.1	Operations which read archives will continue to operate even when
+ *	processing archives which may be damaged, truncated, or fail to meet
+ *	format specs in several different ways. Damaged sections of archives
+ *	are detected and avoided if possible. Attempts will be made to resync
+ *	archive read operations even with badly damaged media.
+ * 1.2	Blocksize requirements are not strictly enforced on archive read.
+ *	Tapes which have variable sized records can be read without errors.
+ * 1.3	The user can specify via the non-standard option flag -E if error
+ *	resync operation should stop on a media error, try a specified number
+ *	of times to correct, or try to correct forever.
+ * 1.4	Sparse files (lseek holes) stored on the archive (but stored with blocks
+ *	of all zeros will be restored with holes appropriate for the target
+ *	filesystem
+ * 1.5	The user is notified whenever something is found during archive
+ *	read operations which violates spec (but the read will continue).
+ * 1.6	Multiple archive volumes can be read and may span over different
+ *	archive devices
+ * 1.7	Rigidly restores all file attributes exactly as they are stored on the
+ *	archive.
+ * 1.8	Modification change time ranges can be specified via multiple -T
+ *	options. These allow a user to select files whose modification time
+ *	lies within a specific time range.
+ * 1.9	Files can be selected based on owner (user name or uid) via one or more
+ *	-U options.
+ * 1.10	Files can be selected based on group (group name or gid) via one o
+ *	more -G options.
+ * 1.11	File modification time can be checked against existing file after
+ *	name modification (-Z)
+ *
+ * 2	WRITE ENHANCEMENTS
+ * 2.1	Write operation will stop instead of allowing a user to create a flawed
+ *	flawed archive (due to any problem).
+ * 2.2	Archives written by pax are forced to strictly conform to both the
+ *	archive and pax the specific format specifications.
+ * 2.3	Blocking size and format is rigidly enforced on writes.
+ * 2.4	Formats which may exhibit header overflow problems (they have fields
+ *	too small for large file systems, such as inode number storage), use
+ *	routines designed to repair this problem. These techniques still
+ *	conform to both pax and format specifications, but no longer truncate
+ *	these fields. This removes any restrictions on using these archive
+ *	formats on large file systems.
+ * 2.5	Multiple archive volumes can be written and may span over different
+ *	archive devices
+ * 2.6	A archive volume record limit allows the user to specify the number
+ *	of bytes stored on an archive volume. When reached the user is
+ *	prompted for the next archive volume. This is specified with the
+ *	non-standard -B flag. The limit is rounded up to the next blocksize.
+ * 2.7	All archive padding during write use zero filled sections. This makes
+ *	it much easier to pull data out of flawed archive during read
+ *	operations.
+ * 2.8	Access time reset with the -t applies to all file nodes (including
+ *	directories).
+ * 2.9	Symbolic links can be followed with -L (optional in the spec).
+ * 2.10	Modification or inode change time ranges can be specified via
+ *	multiple -T options. These allow a user to select files whose
+ *	modification or inode change time lies within a specific time range.
+ * 2.11	Files can be selected based on owner (user name or uid) via one or more
+ *	-U options.
+ * 2.12	Files can be selected based on group (group name or gid) via one o
+ *	more -G options.
+ * 2.13	Symlinks which appear on the command line can be followed (without
+ *	following other symlinks; -H flag)
+ *
+ * 3	COPY ENHANCEMENTS
+ * 3.1	Sparse files (lseek holes) can be copied without expanding the holes
+ *	into zero filled blocks. The file copy is created with holes which are
+ *	appropriate for the target filesystem
+ * 3.2	Access time as well as modification time on copied file trees can be
+ *	preserved with the appropriate -p options.
+ * 3.3	Access time reset with the -t applies to all file nodes (including
+ *	directories).
+ * 3.4	Symbolic links can be followed with -L (optional in the spec).
+ * 3.5	Modification or inode change time ranges can be specified via
+ *	multiple -T options. These allow a user to select files whose
+ *	modification or inode change time lies within a specific time range.
+ * 3.6	Files can be selected based on owner (user name or uid) via one or more
+ *	-U options.
+ * 3.7	Files can be selected based on group (group name or gid) via one o
+ *	more -G options.
+ * 3.8	Symlinks which appear on the command line can be followed (without
+ *	following other symlinks; -H flag)
+ * 3.9	File inode change time can be checked against existing file before
+ *	name modification (-D)
+ * 3.10	File inode change time can be checked against existing file after
+ *	name modification (-Y)
+ * 3.11	File modification time can be checked against existing file after
+ *	name modification (-Z)
+ *
+ * 4	GENERAL ENHANCEMENTS
+ * 4.1	Internal structure is designed to isolate format dependent and
+ *	independent functions. Formats are selected via a format driver table.
+ *	This encourages the addition of new archive formats by only having to
+ *	write those routines which id, read and write the archive header.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * main()
+ *	parse options, set up and operate as specified by the user.
+ *	any operational flaw will set exit_val to non-zero
+ * Return: 0 if ok, 1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	const char *tmpdir;
+	size_t tdlen;
+	int rval;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+
+	listf = stderr;
+
+	/*
+	 * parse options, determine operational mode
+	 */
+	options(argc, argv);
+
+	/*
+	 * general init
+	 */
+	if ((gen_init() < 0) || (tty_init() < 0))
+		return exit_val;
+
+	/*
+	 * Keep a reference to cwd, so we can always come back home.
+	 */
+	cwdfd = open(".", O_RDONLY);
+	if (cwdfd < 0) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Can't open current working directory.");
+		return exit_val;
+	}
+	if (updatepath() == -1)
+		return exit_val;
+
+	/*
+	 * Where should we put temporary files?
+	 */
+	if ((tmpdir = getenv("TMPDIR")) == NULL || *tmpdir == '\0')
+		tmpdir = _PATH_TMP;
+	tdlen = strlen(tmpdir);
+	while(tdlen > 0 && tmpdir[tdlen - 1] == '/')
+		tdlen--;
+	tempfile = malloc(tdlen + 1 + sizeof(_TFILE_BASE));
+	if (tempfile == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Cannot allocate memory for temp file name.");
+		return exit_val;
+	}
+	if (tdlen)
+		memcpy(tempfile, tmpdir, tdlen);
+	tempbase = tempfile + tdlen;
+	*tempbase++ = '/';
+
+	(void)time(&starttime);
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+	(void)signal(SIGINFO, ar_summary);
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * select a primary operation mode
+	 */
+	switch (act) {
+	case EXTRACT:
+		rval = extract();
+		break;
+	case ARCHIVE:
+		rval = archive();
+		break;
+	case APPND:
+		if (gzip_program != NULL)
+			err(1, "cannot gzip while appending");
+		rval = append();
+		/* 
+		 * Check if we tried to append on an empty file and
+		 * turned into ARCHIVE mode.
+		 */
+		if (act == -ARCHIVE) {
+			act = ARCHIVE;
+			rval = archive();
+		}
+		break;
+	case COPY:
+		rval = copy();
+		break;
+	default:
+	case LIST:
+		rval = list();
+		break;
+	}
+	if (rval != 0)
+		exit_val = 1;
+	return exit_val;
+}
+
+/*
+ * sig_cleanup()
+ *	when interrupted we try to do whatever delayed processing we can.
+ *	This is not critical, but we really ought to limit our damage when we
+ *	are aborted by the user.
+ * Return:
+ *	never....
+ */
+
+__dead static void
+sig_cleanup(int which_sig)
+{
+	/*
+	 * restore modes and times for any dirs we may have created
+	 * or any dirs we may have read. Set vflag and vfpart so the user
+	 * will clearly see the message on a line by itself.
+	 */
+	vflag = vfpart = 1;
+#ifdef SIGXCPU
+	if (which_sig == SIGXCPU)
+		tty_warn(1, "CPU time limit reached, cleaning up.");
+	else
+#endif
+		tty_warn(1, "Signal caught, cleaning up.");
+
+	/* delete any open temporary file */
+	if (xtmp_name)
+		(void)unlink(xtmp_name);
+	ar_close();
+	proc_dir();
+	if (tflag)
+		atdir_end();
+
+	(void)raise_default_signal(which_sig);
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * gen_init()
+ *	general setup routines. Not all are required, but they really help
+ *	when dealing with a medium to large sized archives.
+ */
+
+static int
+gen_init(void)
+{
+	struct rlimit reslimit;
+	struct sigaction n_hand;
+	struct sigaction o_hand;
+
+	/*
+	 * Really needed to handle large archives. We can run out of memory for
+	 * internal tables really fast when we have a whole lot of files...
+	 */
+	if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_DATA , &reslimit) == 0){
+		reslimit.rlim_cur = reslimit.rlim_max;
+		(void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_DATA , &reslimit);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * should file size limits be waived? if the os limits us, this is
+	 * needed if we want to write a large archive
+	 */
+	if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_FSIZE , &reslimit) == 0){
+		reslimit.rlim_cur = reslimit.rlim_max;
+		(void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_FSIZE , &reslimit);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * increase the size the stack can grow to
+	 */
+	if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_STACK , &reslimit) == 0){
+		reslimit.rlim_cur = reslimit.rlim_max;
+		(void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_STACK , &reslimit);
+	}
+
+#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS
+	/*
+	 * not really needed, but doesn't hurt
+	 */
+	if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_RSS , &reslimit) == 0){
+		reslimit.rlim_cur = reslimit.rlim_max;
+		(void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_RSS , &reslimit);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * Handle posix locale
+	 *
+	 * set user defines time printing format for -v option
+	 */
+	ltmfrmt = getenv("LC_TIME");
+
+	/*
+	 * signal handling to reset stored directory times and modes. Since
+	 * we deal with broken pipes via failed writes we ignore it. We also
+	 * deal with any file size limit through failed writes. CPU time
+	 * limits are caught and a cleanup is forced.
+	 */
+	if ((sigemptyset(&s_mask) < 0) || (sigaddset(&s_mask, SIGTERM) < 0) ||
+	    (sigaddset(&s_mask,SIGINT) < 0)||(sigaddset(&s_mask,SIGHUP) < 0) ||
+	    (sigaddset(&s_mask,SIGPIPE) < 0)||(sigaddset(&s_mask,SIGQUIT)<0)){
+		tty_warn(1, "Unable to set up signal mask");
+		return -1;
+	}
+#ifdef SIGXCPU
+	if (sigaddset(&s_mask,SIGXCPU) < 0) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Unable to set up signal mask");
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXFSZ
+	if (sigaddset(&s_mask,SIGXFSZ) < 0) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Unable to set up signal mask");
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	memset(&n_hand, 0, sizeof n_hand);
+	n_hand.sa_mask = s_mask;
+	n_hand.sa_flags = 0;
+	n_hand.sa_handler = sig_cleanup;
+
+	if ((sigaction(SIGHUP, &n_hand, &o_hand) < 0) &&
+	    (o_hand.sa_handler == SIG_IGN) &&
+	    (sigaction(SIGHUP, &o_hand, &o_hand) < 0))
+		goto out;
+
+	if ((sigaction(SIGTERM, &n_hand, &o_hand) < 0) &&
+	    (o_hand.sa_handler == SIG_IGN) &&
+	    (sigaction(SIGTERM, &o_hand, &o_hand) < 0))
+		goto out;
+
+	if ((sigaction(SIGINT, &n_hand, &o_hand) < 0) &&
+	    (o_hand.sa_handler == SIG_IGN) &&
+	    (sigaction(SIGINT, &o_hand, &o_hand) < 0))
+		goto out;
+
+	if ((sigaction(SIGQUIT, &n_hand, &o_hand) < 0) &&
+	    (o_hand.sa_handler == SIG_IGN) &&
+	    (sigaction(SIGQUIT, &o_hand, &o_hand) < 0))
+		goto out;
+
+#ifdef SIGXCPU
+	if ((sigaction(SIGXCPU, &n_hand, &o_hand) < 0) &&
+	    (o_hand.sa_handler == SIG_IGN) &&
+	    (sigaction(SIGXCPU, &o_hand, &o_hand) < 0))
+		goto out;
+#endif
+	n_hand.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
+	if (sigaction(SIGPIPE, &n_hand, &o_hand) < 0)
+		goto out;
+#ifdef SIGXFSZ
+	if (sigaction(SIGXFSZ, &n_hand, &o_hand) < 0)
+		goto out;
+#endif
+	return 0;
+
+    out:
+	syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to set up signal handler");
+	return -1;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/pax.h b/bin/pax/pax.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccc0fb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/pax.h
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pax.h,v 1.31 2012/08/09 08:09:21 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)pax.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
+ */
+
+#if ! HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#define HAVE_LUTIMES 1
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_FLAGS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * BSD PAX global data structures and constants.
+ */
+
+#define	MAXBLK		32256	/* MAX blocksize supported (posix SPEC) */
+				/* WARNING: increasing MAXBLK past 32256 */
+				/* will violate posix spec. */
+#define BLKMULT		512	/* blocksize must be even mult of 512 bytes */
+				/* Don't even think of changing this */
+#define DEVBLK		8192	/* default read blksize for devices */
+#define FILEBLK		10240	/* default read blksize for files */
+#define PAXPATHLEN	3072	/* maximum path length for pax. MUST be */
+				/* longer than the system MAXPATHLEN */
+
+/*
+ * Pax modes of operation
+ */
+#define ERROR		-1	/* nothing selected */
+#define	LIST		0	/* List the file in an archive */
+#define	EXTRACT		1	/* extract the files in an archive */
+#define ARCHIVE		2	/* write a new archive */
+#define APPND		3	/* append to the end of an archive */
+#define	COPY		4	/* copy files to destination dir */
+
+/*
+ * Device type of the current archive volume
+ */
+#define ISREG		0	/* regular file */
+#define ISCHR		1	/* character device */
+#define ISBLK		2	/* block device */
+#define ISTAPE		3	/* tape drive */
+#define ISPIPE		4	/* pipe/socket */
+#ifdef SUPPORT_RMT
+#define	ISRMT		5	/* rmt */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Pattern matching structure
+ *
+ * Used to store command line patterns
+ */
+typedef struct pattern {
+	char		*pstr;		/* pattern to match, user supplied */
+	char		*pend;		/* end of a prefix match */
+	char		*chdname;	/* the dir to change to if not NULL. */
+	int		plen;		/* length of pstr */
+	int		flgs;		/* processing/state flags */
+#define MTCH		0x1		/* pattern has been matched */
+#define DIR_MTCH	0x2		/* pattern matched a directory */
+#define NOGLOB_MTCH	0x4		/* non-globbing match */
+	struct pattern	*fow;		/* next pattern */
+} PATTERN;
+
+/*
+ * General Archive Structure (used internal to pax)
+ *
+ * This structure is used to pass information about archive members between
+ * the format independent routines and the format specific routines. When
+ * new archive formats are added, they must accept requests and supply info
+ * encoded in a structure of this type. The name fields are declared statically
+ * here, as there is only ONE of these floating around, size is not a major
+ * consideration. Eventually converting the name fields to a dynamic length
+ * may be required if and when the supporting operating system removes all
+ * restrictions on the length of pathnames it will resolve.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	int nlen;			/* file name length */
+	char name[PAXPATHLEN+1];	/* file name */
+	int ln_nlen;			/* link name length */
+	char ln_name[PAXPATHLEN+1];	/* name to link to (if any) */
+	char *org_name;			/* orig name in file system */
+	char fts_name[PAXPATHLEN+1];	/* name from fts (for *org_name) */
+	char *tmp_name;			/* tmp name used to restore */
+	PATTERN *pat;			/* ptr to pattern match (if any) */
+	struct stat sb;			/* stat buffer see stat(2) */
+	off_t pad;			/* bytes of padding after file xfer */
+	off_t skip;			/* bytes of real data after header */
+					/* IMPORTANT. The st_size field does */
+					/* not always indicate the amount of */
+					/* data following the header. */
+	u_long crc;			/* file crc */
+	int type;			/* type of file node */
+#define PAX_DIR		1		/* directory */
+#define PAX_CHR		2		/* character device */
+#define PAX_BLK		3		/* block device */
+#define PAX_REG		4		/* regular file */
+#define PAX_SLK		5		/* symbolic link */
+#define PAX_SCK		6		/* socket */
+#define PAX_FIF		7		/* fifo */
+#define PAX_HLK		8		/* hard link */
+#define PAX_HRG		9		/* hard link to a regular file */
+#define PAX_CTG		10		/* high performance file */
+#define PAX_GLL		11		/* GNU long symlink */
+#define PAX_GLF		12		/* GNU long file */
+} ARCHD;
+
+/*
+ * Format Specific Routine Table
+ *
+ * The format specific routine table allows new archive formats to be quickly
+ * added. Overall pax operation is independent of the actual format used to
+ * form the archive. Only those routines which deal directly with the archive
+ * are tailored to the oddities of the specific format. All other routines are
+ * independent of the archive format. Data flow in and out of the format
+ * dependent routines pass pointers to ARCHD structure (described below).
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	const char *name;	/* name of format, this is the name the user */
+				/* gives to -x option to select it. */
+	int bsz;		/* default block size. used when the user */
+				/* does not specify a blocksize for writing */
+				/* Appends continue to with the blocksize */
+				/* the archive is currently using.*/
+	int hsz;		/* Header size in bytes. this is the size of */
+				/* the smallest header this format supports. */
+				/* Headers are assumed to fit in a BLKMULT. */
+				/* If they are bigger, get_head() and */
+				/* get_arc() must be adjusted */
+	int udev;		/* does append require unique dev/ino? some */
+				/* formats use the device and inode fields */
+				/* to specify hard links. when members in */
+				/* the archive have the same inode/dev they */
+				/* are assumed to be hard links. During */
+				/* append we may have to generate unique ids */
+				/* to avoid creating incorrect hard links */
+	int hlk;		/* does archive store hard links info? if */
+				/* not, we do not bother to look for them */
+				/* during archive write operations */
+	int blkalgn;		/* writes must be aligned to blkalgn boundary */
+	int inhead;		/* is the trailer encoded in a valid header? */
+				/* if not, trailers are assumed to be found */
+				/* in invalid headers (i.e like tar) */
+	int (*id)(char *, int);	/* checks if a buffer is a valid header */
+				/* returns 1 if it is, o.w. returns a 0 */
+	int (*st_rd)(void);	/* initialize routine for read. so format */
+				/* can set up tables etc before it starts */
+				/* reading an archive */
+	int (*rd)		/* read header routine. passed a pointer to */
+		(ARCHD *, char *); /* ARCHD. It must extract the info */
+				/* from the format and store it in the  ARCHD */
+				/* struct. This routine is expected to fill */
+				/* all the fields in the ARCHD (including */
+				/* stat buf). 0 is returned when a valid */
+				/* header is found. -1 when not valid. This */
+				/* routine set the skip and pad fields so the */
+				/* format independent routines know the */
+				/* amount of padding and the number of bytes */
+				/* of data which follow the header. This info */
+				/* is used to skip to the next file header */
+	off_t (*end_rd)(void);	/* read cleanup. Allows format to clean up */
+				/* and MUST RETURN THE LENGTH OF THE TRAILER */
+				/* RECORD (so append knows how many bytes */
+				/* to move back to rewrite the trailer) */
+	int (*st_wr)(void);	/* initialize routine for write operations */
+	int (*wr)(ARCHD *);	/* write archive header. Passed an ARCHD */
+				/* filled with the specs on the next file to */
+				/* archived. Returns a 1 if no file data is */
+				/* is to be stored; 0 if file data is to be */
+				/* added. A -1 is returned if a write */
+				/* operation to the archive failed. this */
+				/* function sets the skip and pad fields so */
+				/* the proper padding can be added after */
+				/* file data. This routine must NEVER write */
+				/* a flawed archive header. */
+	int (*end_wr)(void);	/* end write. write the trailer and do any */
+				/* other format specific functions needed */
+				/* at the end of an archive write */
+	int (*trail)		/* returns 0 if a valid trailer, -1 if not */
+		(char *, int, int *); /* For formats which encode the */
+				/* trailer outside of a valid header, a */
+				/* return value of 1 indicates that the block */
+				/* passed to it can never contain a valid */
+				/* header (skip this block, no point in */
+				/* looking at it) */
+	int (*subtrail)		/* read/process file data from the archive */
+		(ARCHD *);	/* this function is called for trailers */
+				/* inside headers. */
+	int (*rd_data)		/* read/process file data from the archive */
+		(ARCHD *, int, off_t *);
+	int (*wr_data)		/* write/process file data to the archive */
+		(ARCHD *, int, off_t *);
+	int (*options)(void);	/* process format specific options (-o) */
+} FSUB;
+
+/*
+ * Format Specific Options List
+ *
+ * Used to pass format options to the format options handler
+ */
+typedef struct oplist {
+	char		*name;		/* option variable name e.g. name= */
+	char		*value;		/* value for option variable */
+	struct oplist	*fow;		/* next option */
+} OPLIST;
+
+/*
+ * General Macros
+ */
+#ifndef MIN
+#define        MIN(a,b) (((a)<(b))?(a):(b))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HOSTPROG
+# include "pack_dev.h"			/* explicitly use NetBSD's macros */
+# define MAJOR(x)	major_netbsd(x)
+# define MINOR(x)	minor_netbsd(x)
+# define TODEV(x, y)	makedev_netbsd((x), (y))
+#else
+# define MAJOR(x)	major(x)
+# define MINOR(x)	minor(x)
+# define TODEV(x, y)	makedev((x), (y))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * General Defines
+ */
+#define HEX	16
+#define OCT	8
+#define _PAX_	1
+
+/*
+ * Pathname base component of the temporary file template, to be created in
+ * ${TMPDIR} or, as a fall-back, _PATH_TMP.
+ */
+#define _TFILE_BASE	"paxXXXXXXXXXX"
+
+/*
+ * Macros to manipulate off_t as uintmax_t
+ */
+#define	OFFT_F			"%" PRIuMAX
+#define	OFFT_FP(x)		"%" x PRIuMAX
+#define	OFFT_T			uintmax_t
+#define	ASC_OFFT(x,y,z)		asc_umax(x,y,z)
+#define	OFFT_ASC(w,x,y,z)	umax_asc((uintmax_t)w,x,y,z)
+#define	OFFT_OCT(w,x,y,z)	umax_oct((uintmax_t)w,x,y,z)
+#define	STRTOOFFT(x,y,z)	strtoimax(x,y,z)
+#define	OFFT_MAX		INTMAX_MAX
+
+#define TOP_HALF	0xffffffff00000000ULL
+#define BOTTOM_HALF	0x00000000ffffffffULL
+
diff --git a/bin/pax/sel_subs.c b/bin/pax/sel_subs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87f1e79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/sel_subs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,617 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sel_subs.c,v 1.24 2011/08/31 16:24:54 plunky Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sel_subs.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: sel_subs.c,v 1.24 2011/08/31 16:24:54 plunky Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <strings.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "sel_subs.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static int str_sec(const char *, time_t *);
+static int usr_match(ARCHD *);
+static int grp_match(ARCHD *);
+static int trng_match(ARCHD *);
+
+static TIME_RNG *trhead = NULL;		/* time range list head */
+static TIME_RNG *trtail = NULL;		/* time range list tail */
+static USRT **usrtb = NULL;		/* user selection table */
+static GRPT **grptb = NULL;		/* group selection table */
+
+/*
+ * Routines for selection of archive members
+ */
+
+/*
+ * sel_chk()
+ *	check if this file matches a specified uid, gid or time range
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if this archive member should be processed, 1 if it should be skipped
+ */
+
+int
+sel_chk(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	if (((usrtb != NULL) && usr_match(arcn)) ||
+	    ((grptb != NULL) && grp_match(arcn)) ||
+	    ((trhead != NULL) && trng_match(arcn)))
+		return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * User/group selection routines
+ *
+ * Routines to handle user selection of files based on the file uid/gid. To
+ * add an entry, the user supplies either the name or the uid/gid starting with
+ * a # on the command line. A \# will escape the #.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * usr_add()
+ *	add a user match to the user match hash table
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if added ok, -1 otherwise;
+ */
+
+int
+usr_add(char *str)
+{
+	u_int indx;
+	USRT *pt;
+	struct passwd *pw;
+	uid_t uid;
+
+	/*
+	 * create the table if it doesn't exist
+	 */
+	if ((str == NULL) || (*str == '\0'))
+		return -1;
+	if ((usrtb == NULL) &&
+	    ((usrtb = (USRT **)calloc(USR_TB_SZ, sizeof(USRT *))) == NULL)) {
+		tty_warn(1,
+		    "Unable to allocate memory for user selection table");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * figure out user spec
+	 */
+	if (str[0] != '#') {
+		/*
+		 * it is a user name, \# escapes # as first char in user name
+		 */
+		if ((str[0] == '\\') && (str[1] == '#'))
+			++str;
+		if ((pw = getpwnam(str)) == NULL) {
+			tty_warn(1, "Unable to find uid for user: %s", str);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		uid = (uid_t)pw->pw_uid;
+	} else
+		uid = (uid_t)strtoul(str+1, NULL, 10);
+	endpwent();
+
+	/*
+	 * hash it and go down the hash chain (if any) looking for it
+	 */
+	indx = ((unsigned)uid) % USR_TB_SZ;
+	if ((pt = usrtb[indx]) != NULL) {
+		while (pt != NULL) {
+			if (pt->uid == uid)
+				return 0;
+			pt = pt->fow;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * uid is not yet in the table, add it to the front of the chain
+	 */
+	if ((pt = (USRT *)malloc(sizeof(USRT))) != NULL) {
+		pt->uid = uid;
+		pt->fow = usrtb[indx];
+		usrtb[indx] = pt;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	tty_warn(1, "User selection table out of memory");
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * usr_match()
+ *	check if this files uid matches a selected uid.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if this archive member should be processed, 1 if it should be skipped
+ */
+
+static int
+usr_match(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	USRT *pt;
+
+	/*
+	 * hash and look for it in the table
+	 */
+	pt = usrtb[((unsigned)arcn->sb.st_uid) % USR_TB_SZ];
+	while (pt != NULL) {
+		if (pt->uid == arcn->sb.st_uid)
+			return 0;
+		pt = pt->fow;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * not found
+	 */
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * grp_add()
+ *	add a group match to the group match hash table
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if added ok, -1 otherwise;
+ */
+
+int
+grp_add(char *str)
+{
+	u_int indx;
+	GRPT *pt;
+	struct group *gr;
+	gid_t gid;
+
+	/*
+	 * create the table if it doesn't exist
+	 */
+	if ((str == NULL) || (*str == '\0'))
+		return -1;
+	if ((grptb == NULL) &&
+	    ((grptb = (GRPT **)calloc(GRP_TB_SZ, sizeof(GRPT *))) == NULL)) {
+		tty_warn(1,
+		    "Unable to allocate memory fo group selection table");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * figure out user spec
+	 */
+	if (str[0] != '#') {
+		/*
+		 * it is a group name, \# escapes # as first char in group name
+		 */
+		if ((str[0] == '\\') && (str[1] == '#'))
+			++str;
+		if ((gr = getgrnam(str)) == NULL) {
+			tty_warn(1,
+			    "Cannot determine gid for group name: %s", str);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		gid = (gid_t)gr->gr_gid;
+	} else
+		gid = (gid_t)strtoul(str+1, NULL, 10);
+	endgrent();
+
+	/*
+	 * hash it and go down the hash chain (if any) looking for it
+	 */
+	indx = ((unsigned)gid) % GRP_TB_SZ;
+	if ((pt = grptb[indx]) != NULL) {
+		while (pt != NULL) {
+			if (pt->gid == gid)
+				return 0;
+			pt = pt->fow;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * gid not in the table, add it to the front of the chain
+	 */
+	if ((pt = (GRPT *)malloc(sizeof(GRPT))) != NULL) {
+		pt->gid = gid;
+		pt->fow = grptb[indx];
+		grptb[indx] = pt;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	tty_warn(1, "Group selection table out of memory");
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * grp_match()
+ *	check if this files gid matches a selected gid.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if this archive member should be processed, 1 if it should be skipped
+ */
+
+static int
+grp_match(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	GRPT *pt;
+
+	/*
+	 * hash and look for it in the table
+	 */
+	pt = grptb[((unsigned)arcn->sb.st_gid) % GRP_TB_SZ];
+	while (pt != NULL) {
+		if (pt->gid == arcn->sb.st_gid)
+			return 0;
+		pt = pt->fow;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * not found
+	 */
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Time range selection routines
+ *
+ * Routines to handle user selection of files based on the modification and/or
+ * inode change time falling within a specified time range (the non-standard
+ * -T flag). The user may specify any number of different file time ranges.
+ * Time ranges are checked one at a time until a match is found (if at all).
+ * If the file has a mtime (and/or ctime) which lies within one of the time
+ * ranges, the file is selected. Time ranges may have a lower and/or a upper
+ * value. These ranges are inclusive. When no time ranges are supplied to pax
+ * with the -T option, all members in the archive will be selected by the time
+ * range routines. When only a lower range is supplied, only files with a
+ * mtime (and/or ctime) equal to or younger are selected. When only a upper
+ * range is supplied, only files with a mtime (and/or ctime) equal to or older
+ * are selected. When the lower time range is equal to the upper time range,
+ * only files with a mtime (or ctime) of exactly that time are selected.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * trng_add()
+ *	add a time range match to the time range list.
+ *	This is a non-standard pax option. Lower and upper ranges are in the
+ *	format: [yy[mm[dd[hh]]]]mm[.ss] and are comma separated.
+ *	Time ranges are based on current time, so 1234 would specify a time of
+ *	12:34 today.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if the time range was added to the list, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+trng_add(char *str)
+{
+	TIME_RNG *pt;
+	char *up_pt = NULL;
+	char *stpt;
+	char *flgpt;
+	int dot = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * throw out the badly formed time ranges
+	 */
+	if ((str == NULL) || (*str == '\0')) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Empty time range string");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * locate optional flags suffix /{cm}.
+	 */
+	if ((flgpt = strrchr(str, '/')) != NULL)
+		*flgpt++ = '\0';
+
+	for (stpt = str; *stpt != '\0'; ++stpt) {
+		if ((*stpt >= '0') && (*stpt <= '9'))
+			continue;
+		if ((*stpt == ',') && (up_pt == NULL)) {
+			*stpt = '\0';
+			up_pt = stpt + 1;
+			dot = 0;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * allow only one dot per range (secs)
+		 */
+		if ((*stpt == '.') && (!dot)) {
+			++dot;
+			continue;
+		}
+		tty_warn(1, "Improperly specified time range: %s", str);
+		goto out;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * allocate space for the time range and store the limits
+	 */
+	if ((pt = malloc(sizeof(TIME_RNG))) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Unable to allocate memory for time range");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * by default we only will check file mtime, but user can specify
+	 * mtime, ctime (inode change time) or both.
+	 */
+	if ((flgpt == NULL) || (*flgpt == '\0'))
+		pt->flgs = CMPMTME;
+	else {
+		pt->flgs = 0;
+		while (*flgpt != '\0') {
+			switch(*flgpt) {
+			case 'M':
+			case 'm':
+				pt->flgs |= CMPMTME;
+				break;
+			case 'C':
+			case 'c':
+				pt->flgs |= CMPCTME;
+				break;
+			default:
+				tty_warn(1, "Bad option %c with time range %s",
+				    *flgpt, str);
+				free(pt);
+				goto out;
+			}
+			++flgpt;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * start off with the current time
+	 */
+	pt->low_time = pt->high_time = time(NULL);
+	if (*str != '\0') {
+		/*
+		 * add lower limit
+		 */
+		if (str_sec(str, &(pt->low_time)) < 0) {
+			tty_warn(1, "Illegal lower time range %s", str);
+			free(pt);
+			goto out;
+		}
+		pt->flgs |= HASLOW;
+	}
+
+	if ((up_pt != NULL) && (*up_pt != '\0')) {
+		/*
+		 * add upper limit
+		 */
+		if (str_sec(up_pt, &(pt->high_time)) < 0) {
+			tty_warn(1, "Illegal upper time range %s", up_pt);
+			free(pt);
+			goto out;
+		}
+		pt->flgs |= HASHIGH;
+
+		/*
+		 * check that the upper and lower do not overlap
+		 */
+		if (pt->flgs & HASLOW) {
+			if (pt->low_time > pt->high_time) {
+				tty_warn(1,
+				    "Upper %s and lower %s time overlap",
+				    up_pt, str);
+				free(pt);
+				return -1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	pt->fow = NULL;
+	if (trhead == NULL) {
+		trtail = trhead = pt;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	trtail->fow = pt;
+	trtail = pt;
+	return 0;
+
+    out:
+	tty_warn(1, "Time range format is: [yy[mm[dd[hh]]]]mm[.ss][/[c][m]]");
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * trng_match()
+ *	check if this files mtime/ctime falls within any supplied time range.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if this archive member should be processed, 1 if it should be skipped
+ */
+
+static int
+trng_match(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	TIME_RNG *pt;
+
+	/*
+	 * have to search down the list one at a time looking for a match.
+	 * remember time range limits are inclusive.
+	 */
+	pt = trhead;
+	while (pt != NULL) {
+		switch(pt->flgs & CMPBOTH) {
+		case CMPBOTH:
+			/*
+			 * user wants both mtime and ctime checked for this
+			 * time range
+			 */
+			if (((pt->flgs & HASLOW) &&
+			    (arcn->sb.st_mtime < pt->low_time) &&
+			    (arcn->sb.st_ctime < pt->low_time)) ||
+			    ((pt->flgs & HASHIGH) &&
+			    (arcn->sb.st_mtime > pt->high_time) &&
+			    (arcn->sb.st_ctime > pt->high_time))) {
+				pt = pt->fow;
+				continue;
+			}
+			break;
+		case CMPCTME:
+			/*
+			 * user wants only ctime checked for this time range
+			 */
+			if (((pt->flgs & HASLOW) &&
+			    (arcn->sb.st_ctime < pt->low_time)) ||
+			    ((pt->flgs & HASHIGH) &&
+			    (arcn->sb.st_ctime > pt->high_time))) {
+				pt = pt->fow;
+				continue;
+			}
+			break;
+		case CMPMTME:
+		default:
+			/*
+			 * user wants only mtime checked for this time range
+			 */
+			if (((pt->flgs & HASLOW) &&
+			    (arcn->sb.st_mtime < pt->low_time)) ||
+			    ((pt->flgs & HASHIGH) &&
+			    (arcn->sb.st_mtime > pt->high_time))) {
+				pt = pt->fow;
+				continue;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (pt == NULL)
+		return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * str_sec()
+ *	Convert a time string in the format of [yy[mm[dd[hh]]]]mm[.ss] to gmt
+ *	seconds. Tval already has current time loaded into it at entry.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if converted ok, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+#define ATOI2(s)	((s) += 2, ((s)[-2] - '0') * 10 + ((s)[-1] - '0'))
+
+static int
+str_sec(const char *p, time_t *tval)
+{
+	struct tm *lt;
+	const char *dot, *t;
+	int yearset, len;
+
+	for (t = p, dot = NULL; *t; ++t) {
+		if (isdigit((unsigned char)*t))
+			continue;
+		if (*t == '.' && dot == NULL) {
+			dot = t;
+			continue;
+		}
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	lt = localtime(tval);
+
+	if (dot != NULL) {
+		len = strlen(dot);
+		if (len != 3)
+			return -1;
+		++dot;
+		lt->tm_sec = ATOI2(dot);
+	} else {
+		len = 0;
+		lt->tm_sec = 0;
+	}
+
+	yearset = 0;
+	switch (strlen(p) - len) {
+	case 12:
+		lt->tm_year = ATOI2(p) * 100 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+		yearset = 1;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 10:
+		if (yearset) {
+			lt->tm_year += ATOI2(p);
+		} else {
+			yearset = ATOI2(p);
+			if (yearset < 69)
+				lt->tm_year = yearset + 2000 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+			else
+				lt->tm_year = yearset + 1900 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 8:
+		lt->tm_mon = ATOI2(p);
+		--lt->tm_mon;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 6:
+		lt->tm_mday = ATOI2(p);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 4:
+		lt->tm_hour = ATOI2(p);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 2:
+		lt->tm_min = ATOI2(p);
+		break;
+	default:
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * convert broken-down time to GMT clock time seconds
+	 */
+	if ((*tval = mktime(lt)) == -1)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/sel_subs.h b/bin/pax/sel_subs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c91f3ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/sel_subs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sel_subs.h,v 1.6 2003/10/13 07:41:22 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)sel_subs.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * data structure for storing uid/grp selects (-U, -G non standard options)
+ */
+
+#define USR_TB_SZ	317		/* user selection table size */
+#define GRP_TB_SZ	317		/* user selection table size */
+
+typedef struct usrt {
+	uid_t uid;
+	struct usrt *fow;		/* next uid */
+} USRT;
+
+typedef struct grpt {
+	gid_t gid;
+	struct grpt *fow;		/* next gid */
+} GRPT;
+
+/*
+ * data structure for storing user supplied time ranges (-T option)
+ */
+
+typedef struct time_rng {
+	time_t		low_time;	/* lower inclusive time limit */
+	time_t		high_time;	/* higher inclusive time limit */
+	int		flgs;		/* option flags */
+#define	HASLOW		0x01		/* has lower time limit */
+#define HASHIGH		0x02		/* has higher time limit */
+#define CMPMTME		0x04		/* compare file modification time */
+#define CMPCTME		0x08		/* compare inode change time */
+#define CMPBOTH	(CMPMTME|CMPCTME)	/* compare inode and mod time */
+	struct time_rng	*fow;		/* next pattern */
+} TIME_RNG;
diff --git a/bin/pax/tables.c b/bin/pax/tables.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd135fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/tables.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1379 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tables.c,v 1.31 2013/10/18 19:53:34 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)tables.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tables.c,v 1.31 2013/10/18 19:53:34 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "tables.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * Routines for controlling the contents of all the different databases pax
+ * keeps. Tables are dynamically created only when they are needed. The
+ * goal was speed and the ability to work with HUGE archives. The databases
+ * were kept simple, but do have complex rules for when the contents change.
+ * As of this writing, the POSIX library functions were more complex than
+ * needed for this application (pax databases have very short lifetimes and
+ * do not survive after pax is finished). Pax is required to handle very
+ * large archives. These database routines carefully combine memory usage and
+ * temporary file storage in ways which will not significantly impact runtime
+ * performance while allowing the largest possible archives to be handled.
+ * Trying to force the fit to the POSIX database routines was not considered
+ * time well spent.
+ */
+
+static HRDLNK **ltab = NULL;	/* hard link table for detecting hard links */
+static FTM **ftab = NULL;	/* file time table for updating arch */
+static NAMT **ntab = NULL;	/* interactive rename storage table */
+static DEVT **dtab = NULL;	/* device/inode mapping tables */
+static ATDIR **atab = NULL;	/* file tree directory time reset table */
+#ifdef DIRS_USE_FILE
+static int dirfd = -1;		/* storage for setting created dir time/mode */
+static u_long dircnt;		/* entries in dir time/mode storage */
+#endif
+static int ffd = -1;		/* tmp file for file time table name storage */
+
+static DEVT *chk_dev(dev_t, int);
+
+/*
+ * hard link table routines
+ *
+ * The hard link table tries to detect hard links to files using the device and
+ * inode values. We do this when writing an archive, so we can tell the format
+ * write routine that this file is a hard link to another file. The format
+ * write routine then can store this file in whatever way it wants (as a hard
+ * link if the format supports that like tar, or ignore this info like cpio).
+ * (Actually a field in the format driver table tells us if the format wants
+ * hard link info. if not, we do not waste time looking for them). We also use
+ * the same table when reading an archive. In that situation, this table is
+ * used by the format read routine to detect hard links from stored dev and
+ * inode numbers (like cpio). This will allow pax to create a link when one
+ * can be detected by the archive format.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * lnk_start
+ *	Creates the hard link table.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if created, -1 if failure
+ */
+
+int
+lnk_start(void)
+{
+	if (ltab != NULL)
+		return 0;
+	if ((ltab = (HRDLNK **)calloc(L_TAB_SZ, sizeof(HRDLNK *))) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Cannot allocate memory for hard link table");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * chk_lnk()
+ *	Looks up entry in hard link hash table. If found, it copies the name
+ *	of the file it is linked to (we already saw that file) into ln_name.
+ *	lnkcnt is decremented and if goes to 1 the node is deleted from the
+ *	database. (We have seen all the links to this file). If not found,
+ *	we add the file to the database if it has the potential for having
+ *	hard links to other files we may process (it has a link count > 1)
+ * Return:
+ *	if found returns 1; if not found returns 0; -1 on error
+ */
+
+int
+chk_lnk(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	HRDLNK *pt;
+	HRDLNK **ppt;
+	u_int indx;
+
+	if (ltab == NULL)
+		return -1;
+	/*
+	 * ignore those nodes that cannot have hard links
+	 */
+	if ((arcn->type == PAX_DIR) || (arcn->sb.st_nlink <= 1))
+		return 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * hash inode number and look for this file
+	 */
+	indx = ((unsigned)arcn->sb.st_ino) % L_TAB_SZ;
+	if ((pt = ltab[indx]) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * its hash chain is not empty, walk down looking for it
+		 */
+		ppt = &(ltab[indx]);
+		while (pt != NULL) {
+			if ((pt->ino == arcn->sb.st_ino) &&
+			    (pt->dev == arcn->sb.st_dev))
+				break;
+			ppt = &(pt->fow);
+			pt = pt->fow;
+		}
+
+		if (pt != NULL) {
+			/*
+			 * found a link. set the node type and copy in the
+			 * name of the file it is to link to. we need to
+			 * handle hardlinks to regular files differently than
+			 * other links.
+			 */
+			arcn->ln_nlen = strlcpy(arcn->ln_name, pt->name,
+				sizeof(arcn->ln_name));
+			if (arcn->type == PAX_REG)
+				arcn->type = PAX_HRG;
+			else
+				arcn->type = PAX_HLK;
+
+			/*
+			 * if we have found all the links to this file, remove
+			 * it from the database
+			 */
+			if (--pt->nlink <= 1) {
+				*ppt = pt->fow;
+				(void)free((char *)pt->name);
+				(void)free((char *)pt);
+			}
+			return 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * we never saw this file before. It has links so we add it to the
+	 * front of this hash chain
+	 */
+	if ((pt = (HRDLNK *)malloc(sizeof(HRDLNK))) != NULL) {
+		if ((pt->name = strdup(arcn->name)) != NULL) {
+			pt->dev = arcn->sb.st_dev;
+			pt->ino = arcn->sb.st_ino;
+			pt->nlink = arcn->sb.st_nlink;
+			pt->fow = ltab[indx];
+			ltab[indx] = pt;
+			return 0;
+		}
+		(void)free((char *)pt);
+	}
+
+	tty_warn(1, "Hard link table out of memory");
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * purg_lnk
+ *	remove reference for a file that we may have added to the data base as
+ *	a potential source for hard links. We ended up not using the file, so
+ *	we do not want to accidentally point another file at it later on.
+ */
+
+void
+purg_lnk(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	HRDLNK *pt;
+	HRDLNK **ppt;
+	u_int indx;
+
+	if (ltab == NULL)
+		return;
+	/*
+	 * do not bother to look if it could not be in the database
+	 */
+	if ((arcn->sb.st_nlink <= 1) || (arcn->type == PAX_DIR) ||
+	    (arcn->type == PAX_HLK) || (arcn->type == PAX_HRG))
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * find the hash chain for this inode value, if empty return
+	 */
+	indx = ((unsigned)arcn->sb.st_ino) % L_TAB_SZ;
+	if ((pt = ltab[indx]) == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * walk down the list looking for the inode/dev pair, unlink and
+	 * free if found
+	 */
+	ppt = &(ltab[indx]);
+	while (pt != NULL) {
+		if ((pt->ino == arcn->sb.st_ino) &&
+		    (pt->dev == arcn->sb.st_dev))
+			break;
+		ppt = &(pt->fow);
+		pt = pt->fow;
+	}
+	if (pt == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * remove and free it
+	 */
+	*ppt = pt->fow;
+	(void)free((char *)pt->name);
+	(void)free((char *)pt);
+}
+
+/*
+ * lnk_end()
+ *	pull apart a existing link table so we can reuse it. We do this between
+ *	read and write phases of append with update. (The format may have
+ *	used the link table, and we need to start with a fresh table for the
+ *	write phase
+ */
+
+void
+lnk_end(void)
+{
+	int i;
+	HRDLNK *pt;
+	HRDLNK *ppt;
+
+	if (ltab == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < L_TAB_SZ; ++i) {
+		if (ltab[i] == NULL)
+			continue;
+		pt = ltab[i];
+		ltab[i] = NULL;
+
+		/*
+		 * free up each entry on this chain
+		 */
+		while (pt != NULL) {
+			ppt = pt;
+			pt = ppt->fow;
+			(void)free((char *)ppt->name);
+			(void)free((char *)ppt);
+		}
+	}
+	return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * modification time table routines
+ *
+ * The modification time table keeps track of last modification times for all
+ * files stored in an archive during a write phase when -u is set. We only
+ * add a file to the archive if it is newer than a file with the same name
+ * already stored on the archive (if there is no other file with the same
+ * name on the archive it is added). This applies to writes and appends.
+ * An append with an -u must read the archive and store the modification time
+ * for every file on that archive before starting the write phase. It is clear
+ * that this is one HUGE database. To save memory space, the actual file names
+ * are stored in a scratch file and indexed by an in-memory hash table. The
+ * hash table is indexed by hashing the file path. The nodes in the table store
+ * the length of the filename and the lseek offset within the scratch file
+ * where the actual name is stored. Since there are never any deletions from this
+ * table, fragmentation of the scratch file is never a issue. Lookups seem to
+ * not exhibit any locality at all (files in the database are rarely
+ * looked up more than once...), so caching is just a waste of memory. The
+ * only limitation is the amount of scratch file space available to store the
+ * path names.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * ftime_start()
+ *	create the file time hash table and open for read/write the scratch
+ *	file. (after created it is unlinked, so when we exit we leave
+ *	no witnesses).
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if the table and file was created ok, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+ftime_start(void)
+{
+	if (ftab != NULL)
+		return 0;
+	if ((ftab = (FTM **)calloc(F_TAB_SZ, sizeof(FTM *))) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Cannot allocate memory for file time table");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * get random name and create temporary scratch file, unlink name
+	 * so it will get removed on exit
+	 */
+	memcpy(tempbase, _TFILE_BASE, sizeof(_TFILE_BASE));
+	if ((ffd = mkstemp(tempfile)) == -1) {
+		syswarn(1, errno, "Unable to create temporary file: %s",
+		    tempfile);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	(void)unlink(tempfile);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * chk_ftime()
+ *	looks up entry in file time hash table. If not found, the file is
+ *	added to the hash table and the file named stored in the scratch file.
+ *	If a file with the same name is found, the file times are compared and
+ *	the most recent file time is retained. If the new file was younger (or
+ *	was not in the database) the new file is selected for storage.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if file should be added to the archive, 1 if it should be skipped,
+ *	-1 on error
+ */
+
+int
+chk_ftime(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	FTM *pt;
+	int namelen;
+	u_int indx;
+	char ckname[PAXPATHLEN+1];
+
+	/*
+	 * no info, go ahead and add to archive
+	 */
+	if (ftab == NULL)
+		return 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * hash the pathname and look up in table
+	 */
+	namelen = arcn->nlen;
+	indx = st_hash(arcn->name, namelen, F_TAB_SZ);
+	if ((pt = ftab[indx]) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * the hash chain is not empty, walk down looking for match
+		 * only read up the path names if the lengths match, speeds
+		 * up the search a lot
+		 */
+		while (pt != NULL) {
+			if (pt->namelen == namelen) {
+				/*
+				 * potential match, have to read the name
+				 * from the scratch file.
+				 */
+				if (lseek(ffd,pt->seek,SEEK_SET) != pt->seek) {
+					syswarn(1, errno,
+					    "Failed ftime table seek");
+					return -1;
+				}
+				if (xread(ffd, ckname, namelen) != namelen) {
+					syswarn(1, errno,
+					    "Failed ftime table read");
+					return -1;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				 * if the names match, we are done
+				 */
+				if (!strncmp(ckname, arcn->name, namelen))
+					break;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * try the next entry on the chain
+			 */
+			pt = pt->fow;
+		}
+
+		if (pt != NULL) {
+			/*
+			 * found the file, compare the times, save the newer
+			 */
+			if (arcn->sb.st_mtime > pt->mtime) {
+				/*
+				 * file is newer
+				 */
+				pt->mtime = arcn->sb.st_mtime;
+				return 0;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * file is older
+			 */
+			return 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * not in table, add it
+	 */
+	if ((pt = (FTM *)malloc(sizeof(FTM))) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * add the name at the end of the scratch file, saving the
+		 * offset. add the file to the head of the hash chain
+		 */
+		if ((pt->seek = lseek(ffd, (off_t)0, SEEK_END)) >= 0) {
+			if (xwrite(ffd, arcn->name, namelen) == namelen) {
+				pt->mtime = arcn->sb.st_mtime;
+				pt->namelen = namelen;
+				pt->fow = ftab[indx];
+				ftab[indx] = pt;
+				return 0;
+			}
+			syswarn(1, errno, "Failed write to file time table");
+		} else
+			syswarn(1, errno, "Failed seek on file time table");
+	} else
+		tty_warn(1, "File time table ran out of memory");
+
+	if (pt != NULL)
+		(void)free((char *)pt);
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Interactive rename table routines
+ *
+ * The interactive rename table keeps track of the new names that the user
+ * assigns to files from tty input. Since this map is unique for each file
+ * we must store it in case there is a reference to the file later in archive
+ * (a link). Otherwise we will be unable to find the file we know was
+ * extracted. The remapping of these files is stored in a memory based hash
+ * table (it is assumed since input must come from /dev/tty, it is unlikely to
+ * be a very large table).
+ */
+
+/*
+ * name_start()
+ *	create the interactive rename table
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if successful, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+name_start(void)
+{
+	if (ntab != NULL)
+		return 0;
+	if ((ntab = (NAMT **)calloc(N_TAB_SZ, sizeof(NAMT *))) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(1,
+		    "Cannot allocate memory for interactive rename table");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * add_name()
+ *	add the new name to old name mapping just created by the user.
+ *	If an old name mapping is found (there may be duplicate names on an
+ *	archive) only the most recent is kept.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if added, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+add_name(char *oname, int onamelen, char *nname)
+{
+	NAMT *pt;
+	u_int indx;
+
+	if (ntab == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * should never happen
+		 */
+		tty_warn(0, "No interactive rename table, links may fail\n");
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * look to see if we have already mapped this file, if so we
+	 * will update it
+	 */
+	indx = st_hash(oname, onamelen, N_TAB_SZ);
+	if ((pt = ntab[indx]) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * look down the has chain for the file
+		 */
+		while ((pt != NULL) && (strcmp(oname, pt->oname) != 0))
+			pt = pt->fow;
+
+		if (pt != NULL) {
+			/*
+			 * found an old mapping, replace it with the new one
+			 * the user just input (if it is different)
+			 */
+			if (strcmp(nname, pt->nname) == 0)
+				return 0;
+
+			(void)free((char *)pt->nname);
+			if ((pt->nname = strdup(nname)) == NULL) {
+				tty_warn(1, "Cannot update rename table");
+				return -1;
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * this is a new mapping, add it to the table
+	 */
+	if ((pt = (NAMT *)malloc(sizeof(NAMT))) != NULL) {
+		if ((pt->oname = strdup(oname)) != NULL) {
+			if ((pt->nname = strdup(nname)) != NULL) {
+				pt->fow = ntab[indx];
+				ntab[indx] = pt;
+				return 0;
+			}
+			(void)free((char *)pt->oname);
+		}
+		(void)free((char *)pt);
+	}
+	tty_warn(1, "Interactive rename table out of memory");
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * sub_name()
+ *	look up a link name to see if it points at a file that has been
+ *	remapped by the user. If found, the link is adjusted to contain the
+ *	new name (oname is the link to name)
+ */
+
+void
+sub_name(char *oname, int *onamelen, size_t onamesize)
+{
+	NAMT *pt;
+	u_int indx;
+
+	if (ntab == NULL)
+		return;
+	/*
+	 * look the name up in the hash table
+	 */
+	indx = st_hash(oname, *onamelen, N_TAB_SZ);
+	if ((pt = ntab[indx]) == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	while (pt != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * walk down the hash chain looking for a match
+		 */
+		if (strcmp(oname, pt->oname) == 0) {
+			/*
+			 * found it, replace it with the new name
+			 * and return (we know that oname has enough space)
+			 */
+			*onamelen = strlcpy(oname, pt->nname, onamesize);
+			return;
+		}
+		pt = pt->fow;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * no match, just return
+	 */
+	return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * device/inode mapping table routines
+ * (used with formats that store device and inodes fields)
+ *
+ * device/inode mapping tables remap the device field in an archive header. The
+ * device/inode fields are used to determine when files are hard links to each
+ * other. However these values have very little meaning outside of that. This
+ * database is used to solve one of two different problems.
+ *
+ * 1) when files are appended to an archive, while the new files may have hard
+ * links to each other, you cannot determine if they have hard links to any
+ * file already stored on the archive from a prior run of pax. We must assume
+ * that these inode/device pairs are unique only within a SINGLE run of pax
+ * (which adds a set of files to an archive). So we have to make sure the
+ * inode/dev pairs we add each time are always unique. We do this by observing
+ * while the inode field is very dense, the use of the dev field is fairly
+ * sparse. Within each run of pax, we remap any device number of a new archive
+ * member that has a device number used in a prior run and already stored in a
+ * file on the archive. During the read phase of the append, we store the
+ * device numbers used and mark them to not be used by any file during the
+ * write phase. If during write we go to use one of those old device numbers,
+ * we remap it to a new value.
+ *
+ * 2) Often the fields in the archive header used to store these values are
+ * too small to store the entire value. The result is an inode or device value
+ * which can be truncated. This really can foul up an archive. With truncation
+ * we end up creating links between files that are really not links (after
+ * truncation the inodes are the same value). We address that by detecting
+ * truncation and forcing a remap of the device field to split truncated
+ * inodes away from each other. Each truncation creates a pattern of bits that
+ * are removed. We use this pattern of truncated bits to partition the inodes
+ * on a single device to many different devices (each one represented by the
+ * truncated bit pattern). All inodes on the same device that have the same
+ * truncation pattern are mapped to the same new device. Two inodes that
+ * truncate to the same value clearly will always have different truncation
+ * bit patterns, so they will be split from away each other. When we spot
+ * device truncation we remap the device number to a non truncated value.
+ * (for more info see table.h for the data structures involved).
+ */
+
+/*
+ * dev_start()
+ *	create the device mapping table
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if successful, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+dev_start(void)
+{
+	if (dtab != NULL)
+		return 0;
+	if ((dtab = (DEVT **)calloc(D_TAB_SZ, sizeof(DEVT *))) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Cannot allocate memory for device mapping table");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * add_dev()
+ *	add a device number to the table. this will force the device to be
+ *	remapped to a new value if it be used during a write phase. This
+ *	function is called during the read phase of an append to prohibit the
+ *	use of any device number already in the archive.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if added ok, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+add_dev(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	if (chk_dev(arcn->sb.st_dev, 1) == NULL)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * chk_dev()
+ *	check for a device value in the device table. If not found and the add
+ *	flag is set, it is added. This does NOT assign any mapping values, just
+ *	adds the device number as one that need to be remapped. If this device
+ *	is already mapped, just return with a pointer to that entry.
+ * Return:
+ *	pointer to the entry for this device in the device map table. Null
+ *	if the add flag is not set and the device is not in the table (it is
+ *	not been seen yet). If add is set and the device cannot be added, null
+ *	is returned (indicates an error).
+ */
+
+static DEVT *
+chk_dev(dev_t dev, int add)
+{
+	DEVT *pt;
+	u_int indx;
+
+	if (dtab == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	/*
+	 * look to see if this device is already in the table
+	 */
+	indx = ((unsigned)dev) % D_TAB_SZ;
+	if ((pt = dtab[indx]) != NULL) {
+		while ((pt != NULL) && (pt->dev != dev))
+			pt = pt->fow;
+
+		/*
+		 * found it, return a pointer to it
+		 */
+		if (pt != NULL)
+			return pt;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * not in table, we add it only if told to as this may just be a check
+	 * to see if a device number is being used.
+	 */
+	if (add == 0)
+		return NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * allocate a node for this device and add it to the front of the hash
+	 * chain. Note we do not assign remaps values here, so the pt->list
+	 * list must be NULL.
+	 */
+	if ((pt = (DEVT *)malloc(sizeof(DEVT))) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Device map table out of memory");
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	pt->dev = dev;
+	pt->list = NULL;
+	pt->fow = dtab[indx];
+	dtab[indx] = pt;
+	return pt;
+}
+/*
+ * map_dev()
+ *	given an inode and device storage mask (the mask has a 1 for each bit
+ *	the archive format is able to store in a header), we check for inode
+ *	and device truncation and remap the device as required. Device mapping
+ *	can also occur when during the read phase of append a device number was
+ *	seen (and was marked as do not use during the write phase). WE ASSUME
+ *	that unsigned longs are the same size or bigger than the fields used
+ *	for ino_t and dev_t. If not the types will have to be changed.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if all ok, -1 otherwise.
+ */
+
+int
+map_dev(ARCHD *arcn, u_long dev_mask, u_long ino_mask)
+{
+	DEVT *pt;
+	DLIST *dpt;
+	static dev_t lastdev = 0;	/* next device number to try */
+	int trc_ino = 0;
+	int trc_dev = 0;
+	ino_t trunc_bits = 0;
+	ino_t nino;
+
+	if (dtab == NULL)
+		return 0;
+	/*
+	 * check for device and inode truncation, and extract the truncated
+	 * bit pattern.
+	 */
+	if ((arcn->sb.st_dev & (dev_t)dev_mask) != arcn->sb.st_dev)
+		++trc_dev;
+	if ((nino = arcn->sb.st_ino & (ino_t)ino_mask) != arcn->sb.st_ino) {
+		++trc_ino;
+		trunc_bits = arcn->sb.st_ino & (ino_t)(~ino_mask);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * see if this device is already being mapped, look up the device
+	 * then find the truncation bit pattern which applies
+	 */
+	if ((pt = chk_dev(arcn->sb.st_dev, 0)) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * this device is already marked to be remapped
+		 */
+		for (dpt = pt->list; dpt != NULL; dpt = dpt->fow)
+			if (dpt->trunc_bits == trunc_bits)
+				break;
+
+		if (dpt != NULL) {
+			/*
+			 * we are being remapped for this device and pattern
+			 * change the device number to be stored and return
+			 */
+			arcn->sb.st_dev = dpt->dev;
+			arcn->sb.st_ino = nino;
+			return 0;
+		}
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * this device is not being remapped YET. if we do not have any
+		 * form of truncation, we do not need a remap
+		 */
+		if (!trc_ino && !trc_dev)
+			return 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * we have truncation, have to add this as a device to remap
+		 */
+		if ((pt = chk_dev(arcn->sb.st_dev, 1)) == NULL)
+			goto bad;
+
+		/*
+		 * if we just have a truncated inode, we have to make sure that
+		 * all future inodes that do not truncate (they have the
+		 * truncation pattern of all 0's) continue to map to the same
+		 * device number. We probably have already written inodes with
+		 * this device number to the archive with the truncation
+		 * pattern of all 0's. So we add the mapping for all 0's to the
+		 * same device number.
+		 */
+		if (!trc_dev && (trunc_bits != 0)) {
+			if ((dpt = (DLIST *)malloc(sizeof(DLIST))) == NULL)
+				goto bad;
+			dpt->trunc_bits = 0;
+			dpt->dev = arcn->sb.st_dev;
+			dpt->fow = pt->list;
+			pt->list = dpt;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * look for a device number not being used. We must watch for wrap
+	 * around on lastdev (so we do not get stuck looking forever!)
+	 */
+	while (++lastdev > 0) {
+		if (chk_dev(lastdev, 0) != NULL)
+			continue;
+		/*
+		 * found an unused value. If we have reached truncation point
+		 * for this format we are hosed, so we give up. Otherwise we
+		 * mark it as being used.
+		 */
+		if (((lastdev & ((dev_t)dev_mask)) != lastdev) ||
+		    (chk_dev(lastdev, 1) == NULL))
+			goto bad;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ((lastdev <= 0) || ((dpt = (DLIST *)malloc(sizeof(DLIST))) == NULL))
+		goto bad;
+
+	/*
+	 * got a new device number, store it under this truncation pattern.
+	 * change the device number this file is being stored with.
+	 */
+	dpt->trunc_bits = trunc_bits;
+	dpt->dev = lastdev;
+	dpt->fow = pt->list;
+	pt->list = dpt;
+	arcn->sb.st_dev = lastdev;
+	arcn->sb.st_ino = nino;
+	return 0;
+
+    bad:
+	tty_warn(1,
+	    "Unable to fix truncated inode/device field when storing %s",
+	    arcn->name);
+	tty_warn(0, "Archive may create improper hard links when extracted");
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * directory access/mod time reset table routines (for directories READ by pax)
+ *
+ * The pax -t flag requires that access times of archive files to be the same
+ * as before being read by pax. For regular files, access time is restored after
+ * the file has been copied. This database provides the same functionality for
+ * directories read during file tree traversal. Restoring directory access time
+ * is more complex than files since directories may be read several times until
+ * all the descendants in their subtree are visited by fts. Directory access
+ * and modification times are stored during the fts pre-order visit (done
+ * before any descendants in the subtree is visited) and restored after the
+ * fts post-order visit (after all the descendants have been visited). In the
+ * case of premature exit from a subtree (like from the effects of -n), any
+ * directory entries left in this database are reset during final cleanup
+ * operations of pax. Entries are hashed by inode number for fast lookup.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * atdir_start()
+ *	create the directory access time database for directories READ by pax.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 is created ok, -1 otherwise.
+ */
+
+int
+atdir_start(void)
+{
+	if (atab != NULL)
+		return 0;
+	if ((atab = (ATDIR **)calloc(A_TAB_SZ, sizeof(ATDIR *))) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(1,
+		    "Cannot allocate space for directory access time table");
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * atdir_end()
+ *	walk through the directory access time table and reset the access time
+ *	of any directory who still has an entry left in the database. These
+ *	entries are for directories READ by pax
+ */
+
+void
+atdir_end(void)
+{
+	ATDIR *pt;
+	int i;
+
+	if (atab == NULL)
+		return;
+	/*
+	 * for each non-empty hash table entry reset all the directories
+	 * chained there.
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; i < A_TAB_SZ; ++i) {
+		if ((pt = atab[i]) == NULL)
+			continue;
+		/*
+		 * remember to force the times, set_ftime() looks at pmtime
+		 * and patime, which only applies to things CREATED by pax,
+		 * not read by pax. Read time reset is controlled by -t.
+		 */
+		for (; pt != NULL; pt = pt->fow)
+			set_ftime(pt->name, pt->mtime, pt->atime, 1, 0);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * add_atdir()
+ *	add a directory to the directory access time table. Table is hashed
+ *	and chained by inode number. This is for directories READ by pax
+ */
+
+void
+add_atdir(char *fname, dev_t dev, ino_t ino, time_t mtime, time_t atime)
+{
+	ATDIR *pt;
+	u_int indx;
+
+	if (atab == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * make sure this directory is not already in the table, if so just
+	 * return (the older entry always has the correct time). The only
+	 * way this will happen is when the same subtree can be traversed by
+	 * different args to pax and the -n option is aborting fts out of a
+	 * subtree before all the post-order visits have been made.
+	 */
+	indx = ((unsigned)ino) % A_TAB_SZ;
+	if ((pt = atab[indx]) != NULL) {
+		while (pt != NULL) {
+			if ((pt->ino == ino) && (pt->dev == dev))
+				break;
+			pt = pt->fow;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * oops, already there. Leave it alone.
+		 */
+		if (pt != NULL)
+			return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * add it to the front of the hash chain
+	 */
+	if ((pt = (ATDIR *)malloc(sizeof(ATDIR))) != NULL) {
+		if ((pt->name = strdup(fname)) != NULL) {
+			pt->dev = dev;
+			pt->ino = ino;
+			pt->mtime = mtime;
+			pt->atime = atime;
+			pt->fow = atab[indx];
+			atab[indx] = pt;
+			return;
+		}
+		(void)free((char *)pt);
+	}
+
+	tty_warn(1, "Directory access time reset table ran out of memory");
+	return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * get_atdir()
+ *	look up a directory by inode and device number to obtain the access
+ *	and modification time you want to set to. If found, the modification
+ *	and access time parameters are set and the entry is removed from the
+ *	table (as it is no longer needed). These are for directories READ by
+ *	pax
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if found, -1 if not found.
+ */
+
+int
+get_atdir(dev_t dev, ino_t ino, time_t *mtime, time_t *atime)
+{
+	ATDIR *pt;
+	ATDIR **ppt;
+	u_int indx;
+
+	if (atab == NULL)
+		return -1;
+	/*
+	 * hash by inode and search the chain for an inode and device match
+	 */
+	indx = ((unsigned)ino) % A_TAB_SZ;
+	if ((pt = atab[indx]) == NULL)
+		return -1;
+
+	ppt = &(atab[indx]);
+	while (pt != NULL) {
+		if ((pt->ino == ino) && (pt->dev == dev))
+			break;
+		/*
+		 * no match, go to next one
+		 */
+		ppt = &(pt->fow);
+		pt = pt->fow;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * return if we did not find it.
+	 */
+	if (pt == NULL)
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * found it. return the times and remove the entry from the table.
+	 */
+	*ppt = pt->fow;
+	*mtime = pt->mtime;
+	*atime = pt->atime;
+	(void)free((char *)pt->name);
+	(void)free((char *)pt);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * directory access mode and time storage routines (for directories CREATED
+ * by pax).
+ *
+ * Pax requires that extracted directories, by default, have their access/mod
+ * times and permissions set to the values specified in the archive. During the
+ * actions of extracting (and creating the destination subtree during -rw copy)
+ * directories extracted may be modified after being created. Even worse is
+ * that these directories may have been created with file permissions which
+ * prohibits any descendants of these directories from being extracted. When
+ * directories are created by pax, access rights may be added to permit the
+ * creation of files in their subtree. Every time pax creates a directory, the
+ * times and file permissions specified by the archive are stored. After all
+ * files have been extracted (or copied), these directories have their times
+ * and file modes reset to the stored values. The directory info is restored in
+ * reverse order as entries were added to the data file from root to leaf. To
+ * restore atime properly, we must go backwards. The data file consists of
+ * records with two parts, the file name followed by a DIRDATA trailer. The
+ * fixed sized trailer contains the size of the name plus the off_t location in
+ * the file. To restore we work backwards through the file reading the trailer
+ * then the file name.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DIRS_USE_FILE
+static DIRDATA *dirdata_head;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * dir_start()
+ *	set up the directory time and file mode storage for directories CREATED
+ *	by pax.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+dir_start(void)
+{
+#ifdef DIRS_USE_FILE
+	if (dirfd != -1)
+		return 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * unlink the file so it goes away at termination by itself
+	 */
+	memcpy(tempbase, _TFILE_BASE, sizeof(_TFILE_BASE));
+	if ((dirfd = mkstemp(tempfile)) >= 0) {
+		(void)unlink(tempfile);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	tty_warn(1, "Unable to create temporary file for directory times: %s",
+	    tempfile);
+	return -1;
+#else
+	return (0);
+#endif /* DIRS_USE_FILE */
+}
+
+/*
+ * add_dir()
+ *	add the mode and times for a newly CREATED directory
+ *	name is name of the directory, psb the stat buffer with the data in it,
+ *	frc_mode is a flag that says whether to force the setting of the mode
+ *	(ignoring the user set values for preserving file mode). Frc_mode is
+ *	for the case where we created a file and found that the resulting
+ *	directory was not writable and the user asked for file modes to NOT
+ *	be preserved. (we have to preserve what was created by default, so we
+ *	have to force the setting at the end. this is stated explicitly in the
+ *	pax spec)
+ */
+
+void
+add_dir(char *name, int nlen, struct stat *psb, int frc_mode)
+{
+#ifdef DIRS_USE_FILE
+	DIRDATA dblk;
+#else
+	DIRDATA *dblk;
+#endif
+	char realname[MAXPATHLEN], *rp;
+
+	if (havechd && *name != '/') {
+		if ((rp = realpath(name, realname)) == NULL) {
+			tty_warn(1, "Cannot canonicalize %s", name);
+			return;
+		}
+		name = rp;
+#ifdef DIRS_USE_FILE
+		nlen = strlen(name);
+#endif
+	}
+
+#ifdef DIRS_USE_FILE
+	if (dirfd < 0)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * get current position (where file name will start) so we can store it
+	 * in the trailer
+	 */
+	if ((dblk.npos = lseek(dirfd, 0L, SEEK_CUR)) < 0) {
+		tty_warn(1,
+		    "Unable to store mode and times for directory: %s",name);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * write the file name followed by the trailer
+	 */
+	dblk.nlen = nlen + 1;
+	dblk.mode = psb->st_mode & 0xffff;
+	dblk.mtime = psb->st_mtime;
+	dblk.atime = psb->st_atime;
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_FLAGS
+	dblk.fflags = psb->st_flags;
+#else
+	dblk.fflags = 0;
+#endif
+	dblk.frc_mode = frc_mode;
+	if ((xwrite(dirfd, name, dblk.nlen) == dblk.nlen) &&
+	    (xwrite(dirfd, (char *)&dblk, sizeof(dblk)) == sizeof(dblk))) {
+		++dircnt;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	tty_warn(1,
+	    "Unable to store mode and times for created directory: %s",name);
+	return;
+#else
+
+	if ((dblk = malloc(sizeof(*dblk))) == NULL ||
+	    (dblk->name = strdup(name)) == NULL) {
+		tty_warn(1,
+		    "Unable to store mode and times for directory: %s",name);
+		if (dblk != NULL)
+			free(dblk);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	dblk->mode = psb->st_mode & 0xffff;
+	dblk->mtime = psb->st_mtime;
+	dblk->atime = psb->st_atime;
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_FLAGS
+	dblk->fflags = psb->st_flags;
+#else
+	dblk->fflags = 0;
+#endif
+	dblk->frc_mode = frc_mode;
+
+	dblk->next = dirdata_head;
+	dirdata_head = dblk;
+	return;
+#endif /* DIRS_USE_FILE */
+}
+
+/*
+ * proc_dir()
+ *	process all file modes and times stored for directories CREATED
+ *	by pax
+ */
+
+void
+proc_dir(void)
+{
+#ifdef DIRS_USE_FILE
+	char name[PAXPATHLEN+1];
+	DIRDATA dblk;
+	u_long cnt;
+
+	if (dirfd < 0)
+		return;
+	/*
+	 * read backwards through the file and process each directory
+	 */
+	for (cnt = 0; cnt < dircnt; ++cnt) {
+		/*
+		 * read the trailer, then the file name, if this fails
+		 * just give up.
+		 */
+		if (lseek(dirfd, -((off_t)sizeof(dblk)), SEEK_CUR) < 0)
+			break;
+		if (xread(dirfd,(char *)&dblk, sizeof(dblk)) != sizeof(dblk))
+			break;
+		if (lseek(dirfd, dblk.npos, SEEK_SET) < 0)
+			break;
+		if (xread(dirfd, name, dblk.nlen) != dblk.nlen)
+			break;
+		if (lseek(dirfd, dblk.npos, SEEK_SET) < 0)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * frc_mode set, make sure we set the file modes even if
+		 * the user didn't ask for it (see file_subs.c for more info)
+		 */
+		if (pmode || dblk.frc_mode)
+			set_pmode(name, dblk.mode);
+		if (patime || pmtime)
+			set_ftime(name, dblk.mtime, dblk.atime, 0, 0);
+		if (pfflags)
+			set_chflags(name, dblk.fflags);
+	}
+
+	(void)close(dirfd);
+	dirfd = -1;
+	if (cnt != dircnt)
+		tty_warn(1,
+		    "Unable to set mode and times for created directories");
+	return;
+#else
+	DIRDATA *dblk;
+
+	for (dblk = dirdata_head; dblk != NULL; dblk = dirdata_head) {
+		dirdata_head = dblk->next;
+
+		/*
+		 * frc_mode set, make sure we set the file modes even if
+		 * the user didn't ask for it (see file_subs.c for more info)
+		 */
+		if (pmode || dblk->frc_mode)
+			set_pmode(dblk->name, dblk->mode);
+		if (patime || pmtime)
+			set_ftime(dblk->name, dblk->mtime, dblk->atime, 0, 0);
+		if (pfflags)
+			set_chflags(dblk->name, dblk->fflags);
+
+		free(dblk->name);
+		free(dblk);
+	}
+#endif /* DIRS_USE_FILE */
+}
+
+/*
+ * database independent routines
+ */
+
+/*
+ * st_hash()
+ *	hashes filenames to a u_int for hashing into a table. Looks at the tail
+ *	end of file, as this provides far better distribution than any other
+ *	part of the name. For performance reasons we only care about the last
+ *	MAXKEYLEN chars (should be at LEAST large enough to pick off the file
+ *	name). Was tested on 500,000 name file tree traversal from the root
+ *	and gave almost a perfectly uniform distribution of keys when used with
+ *	prime sized tables (MAXKEYLEN was 128 in test). Hashes (sizeof int)
+ *	chars at a time and pads with 0 for last addition.
+ * Return:
+ *	the hash value of the string MOD (%) the table size.
+ */
+
+u_int
+st_hash(char *name, int len, int tabsz)
+{
+	char *pt;
+	char *dest;
+	char *end;
+	int i;
+	u_int key = 0;
+	int steps;
+	int res;
+	u_int val;
+
+	/*
+	 * only look at the tail up to MAXKEYLEN, we do not need to waste
+	 * time here (remember these are pathnames, the tail is what will
+	 * spread out the keys)
+	 */
+	if (len > MAXKEYLEN) {
+		pt = &(name[len - MAXKEYLEN]);
+		len = MAXKEYLEN;
+	} else
+		pt = name;
+
+	/*
+	 * calculate the number of u_int size steps in the string and if
+	 * there is a runt to deal with
+	 */
+	steps = len/sizeof(u_int);
+	res = len % sizeof(u_int);
+
+	/*
+	 * add up the value of the string in unsigned integer sized pieces
+	 * too bad we cannot have unsigned int aligned strings, then we
+	 * could avoid the expensive copy.
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; i < steps; ++i) {
+		end = pt + sizeof(u_int);
+		dest = (char *)&val;
+		while (pt < end)
+			*dest++ = *pt++;
+		key += val;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * add in the runt padded with zero to the right
+	 */
+	if (res) {
+		val = 0;
+		end = pt + res;
+		dest = (char *)&val;
+		while (pt < end)
+			*dest++ = *pt++;
+		key += val;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * return the result mod the table size
+	 */
+	return key % tabsz;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/tables.h b/bin/pax/tables.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1038589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/tables.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tables.h,v 1.10 2007/04/29 20:23:34 msaitoh Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)tables.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * data structures and constants used by the different databases kept by pax
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Hash Table Sizes MUST BE PRIME, if set too small performance suffers.
+ * Probably safe to expect 500000 inodes per tape. Assuming good key
+ * distribution (inodes) chains of under 50 long (worse case) is ok.
+ */
+#define L_TAB_SZ	2503		/* hard link hash table size */
+#define F_TAB_SZ	50503		/* file time hash table size */
+#define N_TAB_SZ	541		/* interactive rename hash table */
+#define D_TAB_SZ	317		/* unique device mapping table */
+#define A_TAB_SZ	317		/* ftree dir access time reset table */
+#define MAXKEYLEN	64		/* max number of chars for hash */
+
+/*
+ * file hard link structure (hashed by dev/ino and chained) used to find the
+ * hard links in a file system or with some archive formats (cpio)
+ */
+typedef struct hrdlnk {
+	char		*name;	/* name of first file seen with this ino/dev */
+	dev_t		dev;	/* files device number */
+	ino_t		ino;	/* files inode number */
+	u_long		nlink;	/* expected link count */
+	struct hrdlnk	*fow;
+} HRDLNK;
+
+/*
+ * Archive write update file time table (the -u, -C flag), hashed by filename.
+ * Filenames are stored in a scratch file at seek offset into the file. The
+ * file time (mod time) and the file name length (for a quick check) are
+ * stored in a hash table node. We were forced to use a scratch file because
+ * with -u, the mtime for every node in the archive must always be available
+ * to compare against (and this data can get REALLY large with big archives).
+ * By being careful to read only when we have a good chance of a match, the
+ * performance loss is not measurable (and the size of the archive we can
+ * handle is greatly increased).
+ */
+typedef struct ftm {
+	int		namelen;	/* file name length */
+	time_t		mtime;		/* files last modification time */
+	off_t		seek;		/* location in scratch file */
+	struct ftm	*fow;
+} FTM;
+
+/*
+ * Interactive rename table (-i flag), hashed by orig filename.
+ * We assume this will not be a large table as this mapping data can only be
+ * obtained through interactive input by the user. Nobody is going to type in
+ * changes for 500000 files? We use chaining to resolve collisions.
+ */
+
+typedef struct namt {
+	char		*oname;		/* old name */
+	char		*nname;		/* new name typed in by the user */
+	struct namt	*fow;
+} NAMT;
+
+/*
+ * Unique device mapping tables. Some protocols (e.g. cpio) require that the
+ * <c_dev,c_ino> pair will uniquely identify a file in an archive unless they
+ * are links to the same file. Appending to archives can break this. For those
+ * protocols that have this requirement we map c_dev to a unique value not seen
+ * in the archive when we append. We also try to handle inode truncation with
+ * this table. (When the inode field in the archive header are too small, we
+ * remap the dev on writes to remove accidental collisions).
+ *
+ * The list is hashed by device number using chain collision resolution. Off of
+ * each DEVT are linked the various remaps for this device based on those bits
+ * in the inode which were truncated. For example if we are just remapping to
+ * avoid a device number during an update append, off the DEVT we would have
+ * only a single DLIST that has a truncation id of 0 (no inode bits were
+ * stripped for this device so far). When we spot inode truncation we create
+ * a new mapping based on the set of bits in the inode which were stripped off.
+ * so if the top four bits of the inode are stripped and they have a pattern of
+ * 0110...... (where . are those bits not truncated) we would have a mapping
+ * assigned for all inodes that has the same 0110.... pattern (with this dev
+ * number of course). This keeps the mapping sparse and should be able to store
+ * close to the limit of files which can be represented by the optimal
+ * combination of dev and inode bits, and without creating a fouled up archive.
+ * Note we also remap truncated devs in the same way (an exercise for the
+ * dedicated reader; always wanted to say that...:)
+ */
+
+typedef struct devt {
+	dev_t		dev;	/* the orig device number we now have to map */
+	struct devt	*fow;	/* new device map list */
+	struct dlist	*list;	/* map list based on inode truncation bits */
+} DEVT;
+
+typedef struct dlist {
+	ino_t trunc_bits;	/* truncation pattern for a specific map */
+	dev_t dev;		/* the new device id we use */
+	struct dlist *fow;
+} DLIST;
+
+/*
+ * ftree directory access time reset table. When we are done with a
+ * subtree we reset the access and mod time of the directory when the tflag is
+ * set. Not really explicitly specified in the pax spec, but easy and fast to
+ * do (and this may have even been intended in the spec, it is not clear).
+ * table is hashed by inode with chaining.
+ */
+
+typedef struct atdir {
+	char *name;	/* name of directory to reset */
+	dev_t dev;	/* dev and inode for fast lookup */
+	ino_t ino;
+	time_t mtime;	/* access and mod time to reset to */
+	time_t atime;
+	struct atdir *fow;
+} ATDIR;
+
+/*
+ * created directory time and mode storage entry. After pax is finished during
+ * extraction or copy, we must reset directory access modes and times that
+ * may have been modified after creation (they no longer have the specified
+ * times and/or modes). We must reset time in the reverse order of creation,
+ * because entries are added  from the top of the file tree to the bottom.
+ * We MUST reset times from leaf to root (it will not work the other
+ * direction).  Entries are recorded into a spool file to make reverse
+ * reading faster.
+ */
+
+typedef struct dirdata {
+#ifdef DIRS_USE_FILE
+	int nlen;	/* length of the directory name (includes \0) */
+	off_t npos;	/* position in file where this dir name starts */
+#else
+	char *name;	/* file name */
+	struct dirdata *next;
+#endif
+	mode_t mode;	/* file mode to restore */
+	time_t mtime;	/* mtime to set */
+	time_t atime;	/* atime to set */
+	long fflags;	/* file flags to set */
+	int frc_mode;	/* do we force mode settings? */
+} DIRDATA;
diff --git a/bin/pax/tar.1 b/bin/pax/tar.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f98a138
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/tar.1
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+.\" $NetBSD: tar.1,v 1.37 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1996 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	OpenBSD: tar.1,v 1.28 2000/11/09 23:58:56 aaron Exp
+.\"
+.Dd December 19, 2015
+.Dt TAR 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tar
+.Nd tape archiver
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm tar
+.Sm off
+.Oo \&- Oc {crtux} Op Fl 014578befHhJjklmOoPpqSvwXZz
+.Sm on
+.Op Ar archive
+.Op Ar blocksize
+.\" XXX how to do this right?
+.Op Fl C Ar directory
+.Op Fl s Ar replstr
+.Op Fl T Ar file
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+command creates, adds files to, or extracts files from an
+archive file in
+.Dq tar
+format.
+A tar archive is often stored on a magnetic tape, but can be
+stored equally well on a floppy, CD-ROM, or in a regular disk file.
+.Pp
+One of the following flags must be present:
+.Bl -tag -width Ar
+.It Fl c , Fl Fl create
+Create new archive, or overwrite an existing archive,
+adding the specified files to it.
+.It Fl r , Fl Fl append
+Append the named new files to existing archive.
+Note that this will only work on media on which an end-of-file mark
+can be overwritten.
+.It Fl t , Fl Fl list
+List contents of archive.
+If any files are named on the
+command line, only those files will be listed.
+.It Fl u , Fl Fl update
+Alias for
+.Fl r .
+.It Fl x , Fl Fl extract , Fl Fl get
+Extract files from archive.
+If any files are named on the
+command line, only those files will be extracted from the
+archive.
+If more than one copy of a file exists in the
+archive, later copies will overwrite earlier copies during
+extraction.
+The file mode and modification time are preserved
+if possible.
+The file mode is subject to modification by the
+.Xr umask 2 .
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition to the flags mentioned above, any of the following
+flags may be used:
+.Bl -tag -width Ar
+.It Fl b Ar "blocking factor" , Fl Fl block-size Ar "blocking factor"
+Set blocking factor to use for the archive.
+.Nm
+uses 512 byte blocks.
+The default is 20, the maximum is 126.
+Archives with a blocking factor larger 63 violate the
+.Tn POSIX
+standard and will not be portable to all systems.
+.It Fl e
+Stop after first error.
+.It Fl f Ar archive , Fl Fl file Ar archive
+Filename where the archive is stored.
+Defaults to
+.Pa /dev/rst0 .
+If the archive is of the form:
+.Ar [[user@]host:]file
+then the archive will be processed using
+.Xr rmt 8 .
+.It Fl h , Fl Fl dereference
+Follow symbolic links as if they were normal files
+or directories.
+.It Fl J, Fl Fl xz
+Compress/decompress archive using
+.Xr xz 1 .
+.It Fl j, Fl Fl bzip2, Fl Fl bunzip2
+Use
+.Xr bzip2 1
+for compression of the archive.
+This option is a GNU extension.
+.It Fl k , Fl Fl keep-old-files
+Keep existing files; don't overwrite them from archive.
+.It Fl l , Fl Fl one-file-system
+Do not descend across mount points.
+.\" should be '-X'
+.It Fl m , Fl Fl modification-time
+Do not preserve modification time.
+.It Fl O
+When creating and appending to an archive, write old-style (non-POSIX) archives.
+When extracting from an archive, extract to standard output.
+.It Fl o , Fl Fl portability , Fl Fl old-archive
+Don't write directory information that the older (V7) style
+.Nm
+is unable to decode.
+This implies the
+.Fl O
+flag.
+.It Fl p , Fl Fl preserve-permissions , Fl Fl preserve
+Preserve user and group ID as well as file mode regardless of
+the current
+.Xr umask 2 .
+The setuid and setgid bits are only preserved if the user is
+the superuser.
+Only meaningful in conjunction with the
+.Fl x
+flag.
+.It Fl q , Fl Fl fast-read
+Select the first archive member that matches each
+.Ar pattern
+operand.
+No more than one archive member is matched for each
+.Ar pattern .
+When members of type directory are matched, the file hierarchy rooted at that
+directory is also matched.
+.It Fl S , Fl Fl sparse
+This flag has no effect as
+.Nm
+always generates sparse files.
+.It Fl s Ar replstr
+Modify the file or archive member names specified by the
+.Ar pattern
+or
+.Ar file
+operands according to the substitution expression
+.Ar replstr ,
+using the syntax of the
+.Xr ed 1
+utility regular expressions.
+The format of these regular expressions are:
+.Dl /old/new/[gps]
+As in
+.Xr ed 1 ,
+.Cm old
+is a basic regular expression and
+.Cm new
+can contain an ampersand (&), \en (where n is a digit) back-references,
+or subexpression matching.
+The
+.Cm old
+string may also contain
+.Aq Dv newline
+characters.
+Any non-null character can be used as a delimiter (/ is shown here).
+Multiple
+.Fl s
+expressions can be specified.
+The expressions are applied in the order they are specified on the
+command line, terminating with the first successful substitution.
+The optional trailing
+.Cm g
+continues to apply the substitution expression to the pathname substring
+which starts with the first character following the end of the last successful
+substitution.
+The first unsuccessful substitution stops the operation of the
+.Cm g
+option.
+The optional trailing
+.Cm p
+will cause the final result of a successful substitution to be written to
+.Dv standard error
+in the following format:
+.Dl <original pathname> >> <new pathname>
+File or archive member names that substitute to the empty string
+are not selected and will be skipped.
+The substitutions are applied by default to the destination hard and symbolic
+links.
+The optional trailing
+.Cm s
+prevents the substitutions from being performed on symbolic link destinations.
+.It Fl v
+Verbose operation mode.
+.It Fl w , Fl Fl interactive , Fl Fl confirmation
+Interactively rename files.
+This option causes
+.Nm
+to prompt the user for the filename to use when storing or
+extracting files in an archive.
+.It Fl z , Fl Fl gzip , Fl Fl gunzip
+Compress/decompress archive using
+.Xr gzip 1 .
+.It Fl B , Fl Fl read-full-blocks
+Reassemble small reads into full blocks (For reading from 4.2BSD pipes).
+.It Fl C Ar directory , Fl Fl directory Ar directory
+This is a positional argument which sets the working directory for the
+following files.
+When extracting, files will be extracted into
+the specified directory; when creating, the specified files will be matched
+from the directory.
+This argument and its parameter may also appear in a file list specified by
+.Fl T .
+.It Fl H
+Only follow symlinks given on command line.
+.Pp
+Note SysVr3/i386 picked up ISC/SCO UNIX compatibility which implemented
+.Dq Fl F Ar file
+which was defined as obtaining a list of command line switches and files
+on which to operate from the specified file,
+but SunOS-5 uses
+.Dq Fl I Ar file
+because they use
+.Sq Fl F
+to mean something else.
+We might someday provide SunOS-5 compatibility
+but it makes little sense to confuse things with ISC/SCO compatibility.
+.\".It Fl L
+.\"Do not follow any symlinks (do the opposite of
+.\".Fl h ).
+.It Fl P , Fl Fl absolute-paths
+Do not strip leading slashes
+.Pq Sq /
+from pathnames.
+The default is to strip leading slashes.
+.It Fl T Ar file , Fl Fl files-from Ar file
+Read the names of files to archive or extract from the given file, one
+per line.
+A line may also specify the positional argument
+.Dq Fl C Ar directory .
+.It Fl X Ar file , Fl Fl exclude-from Ar file
+Exclude files matching the shell glob patterns listed in the given file.
+.\" exclude should be '-E' and '-X' should be one-file-system
+.Pp
+Note that it would be more standard to use this option to mean ``do not
+cross filesystem mount points.''
+.It Fl Z , Fl Fl compress , Fl Fl uncompress
+Compress archive using compress.
+.It Fl Fl strict
+Do not enable GNU tar extensions such as long filenames and long link names.
+.It Fl Fl atime-preserve
+Preserve file access times.
+.It Fl Fl chroot
+.Fn chroot
+to the current directory before extracting files.
+Use with
+.Fl x
+and
+.Fl h
+to make absolute symlinks relative to the current directory.
+.It Fl Fl unlink
+Ignored, only accepted for compatibility with other
+.Nm
+implementations.
+.Nm
+always unlinks files before creating them.
+.It Fl Fl use-compress-program Ar program
+Use the named program as the program to decompress the input.
+.It Fl Fl force-local
+Do not interpret filenames that contain a
+.Sq \&:
+as remote files.
+.It Fl Fl insecure
+Normally
+.Nm
+ignores filenames that contain
+.Dq ..
+as a path component.
+With this option, files that contain
+.Dq ..
+can be processed.
+.It Fl Fl no-recursion
+Cause files of type directory being copied or archived, or archive members of
+type directory being extracted, to match only the directory file or archive
+member and not the file hierarchy rooted at the directory.
+.It Fl Fl timestamp Ar timestamp
+Store all modification times in the archive with the
+.Ar timestamp
+given instead of the actual modification time of the individual archive member
+so that repeatable builds are possible.
+The
+.Ar timestamp
+can be a
+.Pa pathname ,
+where the timestamps are derived from that file, a parseable date for
+.Xr parsedate 3
+(this option is not yet available in the tools build), or an integer value
+interpreted as the number of seconds from the Epoch.
+.El
+.Pp
+The options
+.Op Fl 014578
+can be used to select one of the compiled-in backup devices,
+.Pa /dev/rstN .
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width "/dev/rst0"
+.It Pa /dev/rst0
+default archive name
+.El
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+.Nm
+will exit with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width 2n
+.It 0
+All files were processed successfully.
+.It 1
+An error occurred.
+.El
+.Pp
+Whenever
+.Nm
+cannot create a file or a link when extracting an archive or cannot
+find a file while writing an archive, or cannot preserve the user
+ID, group ID, file mode, or access and modification times when the
+.Fl p
+option is specified, a diagnostic message is written to standard
+error and a non-zero exit value will be returned, but processing
+will continue.
+In the case where
+.Nm
+cannot create a link to a file,
+.Nm
+will not create a second copy of the file.
+.Pp
+If the extraction of a file from an archive is prematurely terminated
+by a signal or error,
+.Nm
+may have only partially extracted the file the user wanted.
+Additionally, the file modes of extracted files and directories may
+have incorrect file bits, and the modification and access times may
+be wrong.
+.Pp
+If the creation of an archive is prematurely terminated by a signal
+or error,
+.Nm
+may have only partially created the archive which may violate the
+specific archive format specification.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cpio 1 ,
+.Xr pax 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command first appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Keith Muller
+at the University of California, San Diego.
diff --git a/bin/pax/tar.c b/bin/pax/tar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ded2ad4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/tar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1430 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tar.c,v 1.74 2018/11/30 00:53:11 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)tar.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tar.c,v 1.74 2018/11/30 00:53:11 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "tar.h"
+
+extern struct stat tst;
+
+/*
+ * Routines for reading, writing and header identify of various versions of tar
+ */
+
+static int expandname(char *, size_t,  char **, size_t *, const char *, size_t);
+static void longlink(ARCHD *, int);
+static uint32_t tar_chksm(char *, int);
+static char *name_split(char *, int);
+static int u32_oct(uintmax_t, char *, int, int);
+static int umax_oct(uintmax_t, char *, int, int);
+static int tar_gnutar_exclude_one(const char *, size_t);
+static int check_sum(char *, size_t, char *, size_t, int);
+
+/*
+ * Routines common to all versions of tar
+ */
+
+static int tar_nodir;			/* do not write dirs under old tar */
+int is_gnutar;				/* behave like gnu tar; enable gnu
+					 * extensions and skip end-of-volume
+					 * checks
+					 */
+static int seen_gnu_warning;		/* Have we warned yet? */
+static char *gnu_hack_string;		/* ././@LongLink hackery */
+static int gnu_hack_len;		/* len of gnu_hack_string */
+char *gnu_name_string;			/* ././@LongLink hackery name */
+char *gnu_link_string;			/* ././@LongLink hackery link */
+size_t gnu_name_length;			/* ././@LongLink hackery name */
+size_t gnu_link_length;			/* ././@LongLink hackery link */
+static int gnu_short_trailer;		/* gnu short trailer */
+
+static const char LONG_LINK[] = "././@LongLink";
+
+#ifdef _PAX_
+char DEV_0[] = "/dev/rst0";
+char DEV_1[] = "/dev/rst1";
+char DEV_4[] = "/dev/rst4";
+char DEV_5[] = "/dev/rst5";
+char DEV_7[] = "/dev/rst7";
+char DEV_8[] = "/dev/rst8";
+#endif
+
+static int
+check_sum(char *hd, size_t hdlen, char *bl, size_t bllen, int quiet)
+{
+	uint32_t hdck, blck;
+
+	hdck = asc_u32(hd, hdlen, OCT);
+	blck = tar_chksm(bl, bllen);
+
+	if (hdck != blck) {
+		if (!quiet)
+			tty_warn(0, "Header checksum %o does not match %o",
+			    hdck, blck);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * tar_endwr()
+ *	add the tar trailer of two null blocks
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 otherwise (what wr_skip returns)
+ */
+
+int
+tar_endwr(void)
+{
+	return wr_skip((off_t)(NULLCNT * BLKMULT));
+}
+
+/*
+ * tar_endrd()
+ *	no cleanup needed here, just return size of trailer (for append)
+ * Return:
+ *	size of trailer BLKMULT
+ */
+
+off_t
+tar_endrd(void)
+{
+	return (off_t)((gnu_short_trailer ? 1 : NULLCNT) * BLKMULT);
+}
+
+/*
+ * tar_trail()
+ *	Called to determine if a header block is a valid trailer. We are passed
+ *	the block, the in_sync flag (which tells us we are in resync mode;
+ *	looking for a valid header), and cnt (which starts at zero) which is
+ *	used to count the number of empty blocks we have seen so far.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a valid trailer, -1 if not a valid trailer, or 1 if the block
+ *	could never contain a header.
+ */
+
+int
+tar_trail(char *buf, int in_resync, int *cnt)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	gnu_short_trailer = 0;
+	/*
+	 * look for all zero, trailer is two consecutive blocks of zero
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; i < BLKMULT; ++i) {
+		if (buf[i] != '\0')
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if not all zero it is not a trailer, but MIGHT be a header.
+	 */
+	if (i != BLKMULT)
+		return -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * When given a zero block, we must be careful!
+	 * If we are not in resync mode, check for the trailer. Have to watch
+	 * out that we do not mis-identify file data as the trailer, so we do
+	 * NOT try to id a trailer during resync mode. During resync mode we
+	 * might as well throw this block out since a valid header can NEVER be
+	 * a block of all 0 (we must have a valid file name).
+	 */
+	if (!in_resync) {
+		++*cnt;
+		/*
+		 * old GNU tar (up through 1.13) only writes one block of
+		 * trailers, so we pretend we got another
+		 */
+		if (is_gnutar) {
+			gnu_short_trailer = 1;
+			++*cnt;
+		}
+		if (*cnt >= NULLCNT)
+			return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * u32_oct()
+ *	convert an uintmax_t to an octal string. many oddball field
+ *	termination characters are used by the various versions of tar in the
+ *	different fields. term selects which kind to use. str is '0' padded
+ *	at the front to len. we are unable to use only one format as many old
+ *	tar readers are very cranky about this.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if the number fit into the string, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+static int
+u32_oct(uintmax_t val, char *str, int len, int term)
+{
+	char *pt;
+	uint64_t p;
+
+	p = val & TOP_HALF;
+	if (p && p != TOP_HALF)
+		return -1;
+
+	val &= BOTTOM_HALF;
+
+	/*
+	 * term selects the appropriate character(s) for the end of the string
+	 */
+	pt = str + len - 1;
+	switch(term) {
+	case 3:
+		*pt-- = '\0';
+		break;
+	case 2:
+		*pt-- = ' ';
+		*pt-- = '\0';
+		break;
+	case 1:
+		*pt-- = ' ';
+		break;
+	case 0:
+	default:
+		*pt-- = '\0';
+		*pt-- = ' ';
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * convert and blank pad if there is space
+	 */
+	while (pt >= str) {
+		*pt-- = '0' + (char)(val & 0x7);
+		if ((val = val >> 3) == 0)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	while (pt >= str)
+		*pt-- = '0';
+	if (val != 0)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * umax_oct()
+ *	convert an unsigned long long to an octal string. one of many oddball
+ *	field termination characters are used by the various versions of tar
+ *	in the different fields. term selects which kind to use. str is '0'
+ *	padded at the front to len. we are unable to use only one format as
+ *	many old tar readers are very cranky about this.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if the number fit into the string, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+static int
+umax_oct(uintmax_t val, char *str, int len, int term)
+{
+	char *pt;
+
+	/*
+	 * term selects the appropriate character(s) for the end of the string
+	 */
+	pt = str + len - 1;
+	switch(term) {
+	case 3:
+		*pt-- = '\0';
+		break;
+	case 2:
+		*pt-- = ' ';
+		*pt-- = '\0';
+		break;
+	case 1:
+		*pt-- = ' ';
+		break;
+	case 0:
+	default:
+		*pt-- = '\0';
+		*pt-- = ' ';
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * convert and blank pad if there is space
+	 */
+	while (pt >= str) {
+		*pt-- = '0' + (char)(val & 0x7);
+		if ((val = val >> 3) == 0)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	while (pt >= str)
+		*pt-- = '0';
+	if (val != 0)
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * tar_chksm()
+ *	calculate the checksum for a tar block counting the checksum field as
+ *	all blanks (BLNKSUM is that value pre-calculated, the sum of 8 blanks).
+ *	NOTE: we use len to short circuit summing 0's on write since we ALWAYS
+ *	pad headers with 0.
+ * Return:
+ *	unsigned long checksum
+ */
+
+static uint32_t
+tar_chksm(char *blk, int len)
+{
+	char *stop;
+	char *pt;
+	uint32_t chksm = BLNKSUM;	/* initial value is checksum field sum */
+
+	/*
+	 * add the part of the block before the checksum field
+	 */
+	pt = blk;
+	stop = blk + CHK_OFFSET;
+	while (pt < stop)
+		chksm += (uint32_t)(*pt++ & 0xff);
+	/*
+	 * move past the checksum field and keep going, spec counts the
+	 * checksum field as the sum of 8 blanks (which is pre-computed as
+	 * BLNKSUM).
+	 * ASSUMED: len is greater than CHK_OFFSET. (len is where our 0 padding
+	 * starts, no point in summing zero's)
+	 */
+	pt += CHK_LEN;
+	stop = blk + len;
+	while (pt < stop)
+		chksm += (uint32_t)(*pt++ & 0xff);
+	return chksm;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Routines for old BSD style tar (also made portable to sysV tar)
+ */
+
+/*
+ * tar_id()
+ *	determine if a block given to us is a valid tar header (and not a USTAR
+ *	header). We have to be on the lookout for those pesky blocks of	all
+ *	zero's.
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a tar header, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+tar_id(char *blk, int size)
+{
+	HD_TAR *hd;
+	HD_USTAR *uhd;
+	static int is_ustar = -1;
+
+	if (size < BLKMULT)
+		return -1;
+	hd = (HD_TAR *)blk;
+	uhd = (HD_USTAR *)blk;
+
+	/*
+	 * check for block of zero's first, a simple and fast test, then make
+	 * sure this is not a ustar header by looking for the ustar magic
+	 * cookie. We should use TMAGLEN, but some USTAR archive programs are
+	 * wrong and create archives missing the \0. Last we check the
+	 * checksum. If this is ok we have to assume it is a valid header.
+	 */
+	if (hd->name[0] == '\0')
+		return -1;
+	if (strncmp(uhd->magic, TMAGIC, TMAGLEN - 1) == 0) {
+		if (is_ustar == -1) {
+			is_ustar = 1;
+			return -1;
+		} else
+			tty_warn(0,
+			    "Busted tar archive: has both ustar and old tar "
+			    "records");
+	} else
+		is_ustar = 0; 
+	return check_sum(hd->chksum, sizeof(hd->chksum), blk, BLKMULT, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * tar_opt()
+ *	handle tar format specific -o options
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+tar_opt(void)
+{
+	OPLIST *opt;
+
+	while ((opt = opt_next()) != NULL) {
+		if (strcmp(opt->name, TAR_OPTION) ||
+		    strcmp(opt->value, TAR_NODIR)) {
+			tty_warn(1,
+			    "Unknown tar format -o option/value pair %s=%s",
+			    opt->name, opt->value);
+			tty_warn(1,
+			    "%s=%s is the only supported tar format option",
+			    TAR_OPTION, TAR_NODIR);
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * we only support one option, and only when writing
+		 */
+		if ((act != APPND) && (act != ARCHIVE)) {
+			tty_warn(1, "%s=%s is only supported when writing.",
+			    opt->name, opt->value);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		tar_nodir = 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * tar_rd()
+ *	extract the values out of block already determined to be a tar header.
+ *	store the values in the ARCHD parameter.
+ * Return:
+ *	0
+ */
+
+int
+tar_rd(ARCHD *arcn, char *buf)
+{
+	HD_TAR *hd;
+	char *pt;
+
+	/*
+	 * we only get proper sized buffers passed to us
+	 */
+	if (tar_id(buf, BLKMULT) < 0)
+		return -1;
+	memset(arcn, 0, sizeof(*arcn));
+	arcn->org_name = arcn->name;
+	arcn->pat = NULL;
+	arcn->sb.st_nlink = 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * copy out the name and values in the stat buffer
+	 */
+	hd = (HD_TAR *)buf;
+	if (hd->linkflag != LONGLINKTYPE && hd->linkflag != LONGNAMETYPE) {
+		arcn->nlen = expandname(arcn->name, sizeof(arcn->name),
+		    &gnu_name_string, &gnu_name_length, hd->name,
+		    sizeof(hd->name));
+		arcn->ln_nlen = expandname(arcn->ln_name, sizeof(arcn->ln_name),
+		    &gnu_link_string, &gnu_link_length, hd->linkname,
+		    sizeof(hd->linkname));
+	}
+	arcn->sb.st_mode = (mode_t)(asc_u32(hd->mode,sizeof(hd->mode),OCT) &
+	    0xfff);
+	arcn->sb.st_uid = (uid_t)asc_u32(hd->uid, sizeof(hd->uid), OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_gid = (gid_t)asc_u32(hd->gid, sizeof(hd->gid), OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_size = (off_t)ASC_OFFT(hd->size, sizeof(hd->size), OCT);
+	if (arcn->sb.st_size == -1)
+		return -1;
+	arcn->sb.st_mtime = (time_t)(int32_t)asc_u32(hd->mtime, sizeof(hd->mtime), OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_ctime = arcn->sb.st_atime = arcn->sb.st_mtime;
+
+	/*
+	 * have to look at the last character, it may be a '/' and that is used
+	 * to encode this as a directory
+	 */
+	pt = &(arcn->name[arcn->nlen - 1]);
+	arcn->pad = 0;
+	arcn->skip = 0;
+	switch(hd->linkflag) {
+	case SYMTYPE:
+		/*
+		 * symbolic link, need to get the link name and set the type in
+		 * the st_mode so -v printing will look correct.
+		 */
+		arcn->type = PAX_SLK;
+		arcn->sb.st_mode |= S_IFLNK;
+		break;
+	case LNKTYPE:
+		/*
+		 * hard link, need to get the link name, set the type in the
+		 * st_mode and st_nlink so -v printing will look better.
+		 */
+		arcn->type = PAX_HLK;
+		arcn->sb.st_nlink = 2;
+
+		/*
+		 * no idea of what type this thing really points at, but
+		 * we set something for printing only.
+		 */
+		arcn->sb.st_mode |= S_IFREG;
+		break;
+	case LONGLINKTYPE:
+	case LONGNAMETYPE:
+		/*
+		 * GNU long link/file; we tag these here and let the
+		 * pax internals deal with it -- too ugly otherwise.
+		 */
+		if (hd->linkflag != LONGLINKTYPE)
+			arcn->type = PAX_GLF;
+		else
+			arcn->type = PAX_GLL;
+		arcn->pad = TAR_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size);
+		arcn->skip = arcn->sb.st_size;
+		break;
+	case AREGTYPE:
+	case REGTYPE:
+	case DIRTYPE:	/* see below */
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * If we have a trailing / this is a directory and NOT a file.
+		 * Note: V7 tar doesn't actually have DIRTYPE, but it was
+		 * reported that V7 archives using USTAR directories do exist.
+		 */
+		if (*pt == '/' || hd->linkflag == DIRTYPE) {
+			/*
+			 * it is a directory, set the mode for -v printing
+			 */
+			arcn->type = PAX_DIR;
+			arcn->sb.st_mode |= S_IFDIR;
+			arcn->sb.st_nlink = 2;
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * have a file that will be followed by data. Set the
+			 * skip value to the size field and calculate the size
+			 * of the padding.
+			 */
+			arcn->type = PAX_REG;
+			arcn->sb.st_mode |= S_IFREG;
+			arcn->pad = TAR_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size);
+			arcn->skip = arcn->sb.st_size;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * strip off any trailing slash.
+	 */
+	if (*pt == '/') {
+		*pt = '\0';
+		--arcn->nlen;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * tar_wr()
+ *	write a tar header for the file specified in the ARCHD to the archive.
+ *	Have to check for file types that cannot be stored and file names that
+ *	are too long. Be careful of the term (last arg) to u32_oct, each field
+ *	of tar has it own spec for the termination character(s).
+ *	ASSUMED: space after header in header block is zero filled
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if file has data to be written after the header, 1 if file has NO
+ *	data to write after the header, -1 if archive write failed
+ */
+
+int
+tar_wr(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	HD_TAR *hd;
+	int len;
+	uintmax_t mtime;
+	char hdblk[sizeof(HD_TAR)];
+
+	/*
+	 * check for those file system types which tar cannot store
+	 */
+	switch(arcn->type) {
+	case PAX_DIR:
+		/*
+		 * user asked that dirs not be written to the archive
+		 */
+		if (tar_nodir)
+			return 1;
+		break;
+	case PAX_CHR:
+		tty_warn(1, "Tar cannot archive a character device %s",
+		    arcn->org_name);
+		return 1;
+	case PAX_BLK:
+		tty_warn(1,
+		    "Tar cannot archive a block device %s", arcn->org_name);
+		return 1;
+	case PAX_SCK:
+		tty_warn(1, "Tar cannot archive a socket %s", arcn->org_name);
+		return 1;
+	case PAX_FIF:
+		tty_warn(1, "Tar cannot archive a fifo %s", arcn->org_name);
+		return 1;
+	case PAX_SLK:
+	case PAX_HLK:
+	case PAX_HRG:
+		if (arcn->ln_nlen > (int)sizeof(hd->linkname)) {
+			tty_warn(1,"Link name too long for tar %s",
+			    arcn->ln_name);
+			return 1;
+		}
+		break;
+	case PAX_REG:
+	case PAX_CTG:
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * check file name len, remember extra char for dirs (the / at the end)
+	 */
+	len = arcn->nlen;
+	if (arcn->type == PAX_DIR)
+		++len;
+	if (len >= (int)sizeof(hd->name)) {
+		tty_warn(1, "File name too long for tar %s", arcn->name);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * copy the data out of the ARCHD into the tar header based on the type
+	 * of the file. Remember many tar readers want the unused fields to be
+	 * padded with zero. We set the linkflag field (type), the linkname
+	 * (or zero if not used),the size, and set the padding (if any) to be
+	 * added after the file data (0 for all other types, as they only have
+	 * a header)
+	 */
+	memset(hdblk, 0, sizeof(hdblk));
+	hd = (HD_TAR *)hdblk;
+	strlcpy(hd->name, arcn->name, sizeof(hd->name));
+	arcn->pad = 0;
+
+	if (arcn->type == PAX_DIR) {
+		/*
+		 * directories are the same as files, except have a filename
+		 * that ends with a /, we add the slash here. No data follows,
+		 * dirs, so no pad.
+		 */
+		hd->linkflag = AREGTYPE;
+		hd->name[len-1] = '/';
+		if (u32_oct((uintmax_t)0L, hd->size, sizeof(hd->size), 1))
+			goto out;
+	} else if (arcn->type == PAX_SLK) {
+		/*
+		 * no data follows this file, so no pad
+		 */
+		hd->linkflag = SYMTYPE;
+		strlcpy(hd->linkname, arcn->ln_name, sizeof(hd->linkname));
+		if (u32_oct((uintmax_t)0L, hd->size, sizeof(hd->size), 1))
+			goto out;
+	} else if ((arcn->type == PAX_HLK) || (arcn->type == PAX_HRG)) {
+		/*
+		 * no data follows this file, so no pad
+		 */
+		hd->linkflag = LNKTYPE;
+		strlcpy(hd->linkname, arcn->ln_name, sizeof(hd->linkname));
+		if (u32_oct((uintmax_t)0L, hd->size, sizeof(hd->size), 1))
+			goto out;
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * data follows this file, so set the pad
+		 */
+		hd->linkflag = AREGTYPE;
+		if (OFFT_OCT(arcn->sb.st_size, hd->size, sizeof(hd->size), 1)) {
+			tty_warn(1,"File is too large for tar %s",
+			    arcn->org_name);
+			return 1;
+		}
+		arcn->pad = TAR_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * copy those fields that are independent of the type
+	 */
+	mtime = tst.st_ino ? tst.st_mtime : arcn->sb.st_mtime;
+	if (u32_oct((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_mode, hd->mode, sizeof(hd->mode), 0) ||
+	    u32_oct((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_uid, hd->uid, sizeof(hd->uid), 0) ||
+	    u32_oct((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_gid, hd->gid, sizeof(hd->gid), 0) ||
+	    u32_oct(mtime, hd->mtime, sizeof(hd->mtime), 1))
+		goto out;
+
+	/*
+	 * calculate and add the checksum, then write the header. A return of
+	 * 0 tells the caller to now write the file data, 1 says no data needs
+	 * to be written
+	 */
+	if (u32_oct(tar_chksm(hdblk, sizeof(HD_TAR)), hd->chksum,
+	    sizeof(hd->chksum), 3))
+		goto out;			/* XXX Something's wrong here
+						 * because a zero-byte file can
+						 * cause this to be done and
+						 * yet the resulting warning
+						 * seems incorrect */
+
+	if (wr_rdbuf(hdblk, sizeof(HD_TAR)) < 0)
+		return -1;
+	if (wr_skip((off_t)(BLKMULT - sizeof(HD_TAR))) < 0)
+		return -1;
+	if ((arcn->type == PAX_CTG) || (arcn->type == PAX_REG))
+		return 0;
+	return 1;
+
+    out:
+	/*
+	 * header field is out of range
+	 */
+	tty_warn(1, "Tar header field is too small for %s", arcn->org_name);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Routines for POSIX ustar
+ */
+
+/*
+ * ustar_strd()
+ *	initialization for ustar read
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+ustar_strd(void)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ustar_stwr()
+ *	initialization for ustar write
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if ok, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+ustar_stwr(void)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ustar_id()
+ *	determine if a block given to us is a valid ustar header. We have to
+ *	be on the lookout for those pesky blocks of all zero's
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if a ustar header, -1 otherwise
+ */
+
+int
+ustar_id(char *blk, int size)
+{
+	HD_USTAR *hd;
+
+	if (size < BLKMULT)
+		return -1;
+	hd = (HD_USTAR *)blk;
+
+	/*
+	 * check for block of zero's first, a simple and fast test then check
+	 * ustar magic cookie. We should use TMAGLEN, but some USTAR archive
+	 * programs are fouled up and create archives missing the \0. Last we
+	 * check the checksum. If ok we have to assume it is a valid header.
+	 */
+	if (hd->name[0] == '\0')
+		return -1;
+	if (strncmp(hd->magic, TMAGIC, TMAGLEN - 1) != 0)
+		return -1;
+	/* This is GNU tar */
+	if (strncmp(hd->magic, "ustar  ", 8) == 0 && !is_gnutar &&
+	    !seen_gnu_warning) {
+		seen_gnu_warning = 1;
+		tty_warn(0,
+		    "Trying to read GNU tar archive with GNU extensions and end-of-volume checks off");
+	}
+	return check_sum(hd->chksum, sizeof(hd->chksum), blk, BLKMULT, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * ustar_rd()
+ *	extract the values out of block already determined to be a ustar header.
+ *	store the values in the ARCHD parameter.
+ * Return:
+ *	0
+ */
+
+int
+ustar_rd(ARCHD *arcn, char *buf)
+{
+	HD_USTAR *hd;
+	char *dest;
+	int cnt;
+	dev_t devmajor;
+	dev_t devminor;
+
+	/*
+	 * we only get proper sized buffers
+	 */
+	if (ustar_id(buf, BLKMULT) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	memset(arcn, 0, sizeof(*arcn));
+	arcn->org_name = arcn->name;
+	arcn->pat = NULL;
+	arcn->sb.st_nlink = 1;
+	hd = (HD_USTAR *)buf;
+
+	/*
+	 * see if the filename is split into two parts. if, so joint the parts.
+	 * we copy the prefix first and add a / between the prefix and name.
+	 */
+	dest = arcn->name;
+	if (*(hd->prefix) != '\0') {
+		cnt = strlcpy(arcn->name, hd->prefix, sizeof(arcn->name));
+		dest += cnt;
+		*dest++ = '/';
+		cnt++;
+	} else {
+		cnt = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (hd->typeflag != LONGLINKTYPE && hd->typeflag != LONGNAMETYPE) {
+		arcn->nlen = expandname(dest, sizeof(arcn->name) - cnt,
+		    &gnu_name_string, &gnu_name_length, hd->name,
+		    sizeof(hd->name)) + cnt;
+		arcn->ln_nlen = expandname(arcn->ln_name,
+		    sizeof(arcn->ln_name), &gnu_link_string, &gnu_link_length,
+		    hd->linkname, sizeof(hd->linkname));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * follow the spec to the letter. we should only have mode bits, strip
+	 * off all other crud we may be passed.
+	 */
+	arcn->sb.st_mode = (mode_t)(asc_u32(hd->mode, sizeof(hd->mode), OCT) &
+	    0xfff);
+	arcn->sb.st_size = (off_t)ASC_OFFT(hd->size, sizeof(hd->size), OCT);
+	if (arcn->sb.st_size == -1)
+		return -1;
+	arcn->sb.st_mtime = (time_t)(int32_t)asc_u32(hd->mtime, sizeof(hd->mtime), OCT);
+	arcn->sb.st_ctime = arcn->sb.st_atime = arcn->sb.st_mtime;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we can find the ascii names for gname and uname in the password
+	 * and group files we will use the uid's and gid they bind. Otherwise
+	 * we use the uid and gid values stored in the header. (This is what
+	 * the posix spec wants).
+	 */
+	hd->gname[sizeof(hd->gname) - 1] = '\0';
+	if (gid_from_group(hd->gname, &(arcn->sb.st_gid)) < 0)
+		arcn->sb.st_gid = (gid_t)asc_u32(hd->gid, sizeof(hd->gid), OCT);
+	hd->uname[sizeof(hd->uname) - 1] = '\0';
+	if (uid_from_user(hd->uname, &(arcn->sb.st_uid)) < 0)
+		arcn->sb.st_uid = (uid_t)asc_u32(hd->uid, sizeof(hd->uid), OCT);
+
+	/*
+	 * set the defaults, these may be changed depending on the file type
+	 */
+	arcn->pad = 0;
+	arcn->skip = 0;
+	arcn->sb.st_rdev = (dev_t)0;
+
+	/*
+	 * set the mode and PAX type according to the typeflag in the header
+	 */
+	switch(hd->typeflag) {
+	case FIFOTYPE:
+		arcn->type = PAX_FIF;
+		arcn->sb.st_mode |= S_IFIFO;
+		break;
+	case DIRTYPE:
+		arcn->type = PAX_DIR;
+		arcn->sb.st_mode |= S_IFDIR;
+		arcn->sb.st_nlink = 2;
+
+		/*
+		 * Some programs that create ustar archives append a '/'
+		 * to the pathname for directories. This clearly violates
+		 * ustar specs, but we will silently strip it off anyway.
+		 */
+		if (arcn->name[arcn->nlen - 1] == '/')
+			arcn->name[--arcn->nlen] = '\0';
+		break;
+	case BLKTYPE:
+	case CHRTYPE:
+		/*
+		 * this type requires the rdev field to be set.
+		 */
+		if (hd->typeflag == BLKTYPE) {
+			arcn->type = PAX_BLK;
+			arcn->sb.st_mode |= S_IFBLK;
+		} else {
+			arcn->type = PAX_CHR;
+			arcn->sb.st_mode |= S_IFCHR;
+		}
+		devmajor = (dev_t)asc_u32(hd->devmajor,sizeof(hd->devmajor),OCT);
+		devminor = (dev_t)asc_u32(hd->devminor,sizeof(hd->devminor),OCT);
+		arcn->sb.st_rdev = TODEV(devmajor, devminor);
+		break;
+	case SYMTYPE:
+	case LNKTYPE:
+		if (hd->typeflag == SYMTYPE) {
+			arcn->type = PAX_SLK;
+			arcn->sb.st_mode |= S_IFLNK;
+		} else {
+			arcn->type = PAX_HLK;
+			/*
+			 * so printing looks better
+			 */
+			arcn->sb.st_mode |= S_IFREG;
+			arcn->sb.st_nlink = 2;
+		}
+		break;
+	case LONGLINKTYPE:
+	case LONGNAMETYPE:
+		if (is_gnutar) {
+			/*
+			 * GNU long link/file; we tag these here and let the
+			 * pax internals deal with it -- too ugly otherwise.
+			 */
+			if (hd->typeflag != LONGLINKTYPE)
+				arcn->type = PAX_GLF;
+			else
+				arcn->type = PAX_GLL;
+			arcn->pad = TAR_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size);
+			arcn->skip = arcn->sb.st_size;
+		} else {
+			tty_warn(1, "GNU Long %s found in posix ustar archive.",
+			    hd->typeflag == LONGLINKTYPE ? "Link" : "File");
+		}
+		break;
+	case FILEXTYPE:
+	case GLOBXTYPE:
+		    tty_warn(0, "%s extended headers posix ustar archive."
+		    " Extracting as plain files. Following files might be"
+		    " in the wrong directory or have wrong attributes.",
+			hd->typeflag == FILEXTYPE ? "File" : "Global");
+		    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+	case CONTTYPE:
+	case AREGTYPE:
+	case REGTYPE:
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * these types have file data that follows. Set the skip and
+		 * pad fields.
+		 */
+		arcn->type = PAX_REG;
+		arcn->pad = TAR_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size);
+		arcn->skip = arcn->sb.st_size;
+		arcn->sb.st_mode |= S_IFREG;
+		break;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+expandname(char *buf, size_t len, char **gnu_name, size_t *gnu_length,
+    const char *name, size_t nlen)
+{
+	if (*gnu_name) {
+		len = strlcpy(buf, *gnu_name, len);
+		free(*gnu_name);
+		*gnu_name = NULL;
+		*gnu_length = 0;
+	} else {
+		if (len > ++nlen)
+			len = nlen;
+		len = strlcpy(buf, name, len);
+	}
+	return len;
+}
+
+static void
+longlink(ARCHD *arcn, int type)
+{
+	ARCHD larc;
+
+	(void)memset(&larc, 0, sizeof(larc));
+
+	larc.type = type;
+	larc.nlen = strlcpy(larc.name, LONG_LINK, sizeof(larc.name));
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case PAX_GLL:
+		gnu_hack_string = arcn->ln_name;
+		gnu_hack_len = arcn->ln_nlen + 1;
+		break;
+	case PAX_GLF:
+		gnu_hack_string = arcn->name;
+		gnu_hack_len = arcn->nlen + 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		errx(1, "Invalid type in GNU longlink %d", type);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We need a longlink now.
+	 */
+	ustar_wr(&larc);
+}
+
+/*
+ * ustar_wr()
+ *	write a ustar header for the file specified in the ARCHD to the archive
+ *	Have to check for file types that cannot be stored and file names that
+ *	are too long. Be careful of the term (last arg) to u32_oct, we only use
+ *	'\0' for the termination character (this is different than picky tar)
+ *	ASSUMED: space after header in header block is zero filled
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if file has data to be written after the header, 1 if file has NO
+ *	data to write after the header, -1 if archive write failed
+ */
+
+static int
+size_err(const char *what, ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	/*
+	 * header field is out of range
+	 */
+	tty_warn(1, "Ustar %s header field is too small for %s",
+		what, arcn->org_name);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+int
+ustar_wr(ARCHD *arcn)
+{
+	HD_USTAR *hd;
+	char *pt;
+	uintmax_t mtime;
+	char hdblk[sizeof(HD_USTAR)];
+	const char *user, *group;
+
+	switch (arcn->type) {
+	case PAX_SCK:
+		/*
+		 * check for those file system types ustar cannot store
+		 */
+		if (!is_gnutar)
+			tty_warn(1, "Ustar cannot archive a socket %s",
+			    arcn->org_name);
+		return 1;
+
+	case PAX_SLK:
+	case PAX_HLK:
+	case PAX_HRG:
+		/*
+		 * check the length of the linkname
+		 */
+		if (arcn->ln_nlen >= (int)sizeof(hd->linkname)) {
+			if (is_gnutar) {
+				longlink(arcn, PAX_GLL);
+			} else {
+				tty_warn(1, "Link name too long for ustar %s",
+				    arcn->ln_name);
+				return 1;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * split the path name into prefix and name fields (if needed). if
+	 * pt != arcn->name, the name has to be split
+	 */
+	if ((pt = name_split(arcn->name, arcn->nlen)) == NULL) {
+		if (is_gnutar) {
+			longlink(arcn, PAX_GLF);
+			pt = arcn->name;
+		} else {
+			tty_warn(1, "File name too long for ustar %s",
+			    arcn->name);
+			return 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * zero out the header so we don't have to worry about zero fill below
+	 */
+	memset(hdblk, 0, sizeof(hdblk));
+	hd = (HD_USTAR *)hdblk;
+	arcn->pad = 0L;
+
+	/*
+	 * split the name, or zero out the prefix
+	 */
+	if (pt != arcn->name) {
+		/*
+		 * name was split, pt points at the / where the split is to
+		 * occur, we remove the / and copy the first part to the prefix
+		 */
+		*pt = '\0';
+		strlcpy(hd->prefix, arcn->name, sizeof(hd->prefix));
+		*pt++ = '/';
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * copy the name part. this may be the whole path or the part after
+	 * the prefix
+	 */
+	strlcpy(hd->name, pt, sizeof(hd->name));
+
+	/*
+	 * set the fields in the header that are type dependent
+	 */
+	switch(arcn->type) {
+	case PAX_DIR:
+		hd->typeflag = DIRTYPE;
+		if (u32_oct((uintmax_t)0L, hd->size, sizeof(hd->size), 3))
+			return size_err("DIRTYPE", arcn);
+		break;
+	case PAX_CHR:
+	case PAX_BLK:
+		if (arcn->type == PAX_CHR)
+			hd->typeflag = CHRTYPE;
+		else
+			hd->typeflag = BLKTYPE;
+		if (u32_oct((uintmax_t)MAJOR(arcn->sb.st_rdev), hd->devmajor,
+		   sizeof(hd->devmajor), 3) ||
+		   u32_oct((uintmax_t)MINOR(arcn->sb.st_rdev), hd->devminor,
+		   sizeof(hd->devminor), 3) ||
+		   u32_oct((uintmax_t)0L, hd->size, sizeof(hd->size), 3))
+			return size_err("DEVTYPE", arcn);
+		break;
+	case PAX_FIF:
+		hd->typeflag = FIFOTYPE;
+		if (u32_oct((uintmax_t)0L, hd->size, sizeof(hd->size), 3))
+			return size_err("FIFOTYPE", arcn);
+		break;
+	case PAX_GLL:
+	case PAX_SLK:
+	case PAX_HLK:
+	case PAX_HRG:
+		if (arcn->type == PAX_SLK)
+			hd->typeflag = SYMTYPE;
+		else if (arcn->type == PAX_GLL)
+			hd->typeflag = LONGLINKTYPE;
+		else
+			hd->typeflag = LNKTYPE;
+		strlcpy(hd->linkname, arcn->ln_name, sizeof(hd->linkname));
+		if (u32_oct((uintmax_t)gnu_hack_len, hd->size,
+		    sizeof(hd->size), 3))
+			return size_err("LINKTYPE", arcn);
+		break;
+	case PAX_GLF:
+	case PAX_REG:
+	case PAX_CTG:
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * file data with this type, set the padding
+		 */
+		if (arcn->type == PAX_GLF) {
+			hd->typeflag = LONGNAMETYPE;
+			arcn->pad = TAR_PAD(gnu_hack_len);
+			if (OFFT_OCT((uint32_t)gnu_hack_len, hd->size,
+			    sizeof(hd->size), 3)) {
+				tty_warn(1,"File is too long for ustar %s",
+				    arcn->org_name);
+				return 1;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (arcn->type == PAX_CTG)
+				hd->typeflag = CONTTYPE;
+			else
+				hd->typeflag = REGTYPE;
+			arcn->pad = TAR_PAD(arcn->sb.st_size);
+			if (OFFT_OCT(arcn->sb.st_size, hd->size,
+			    sizeof(hd->size), 3)) {
+				tty_warn(1,"File is too long for ustar %s",
+				    arcn->org_name);
+				return 1;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	strncpy(hd->magic, TMAGIC, TMAGLEN);
+	if (is_gnutar)
+		hd->magic[TMAGLEN - 1] = hd->version[0] = ' ';
+	else
+		strncpy(hd->version, TVERSION, TVERSLEN);
+
+	/*
+	 * set the remaining fields. Some versions want all 16 bits of mode
+	 * we better humor them (they really do not meet spec though)....
+	 */
+	if (u32_oct((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_mode, hd->mode, sizeof(hd->mode), 3))
+		return size_err("MODE", arcn);
+	if (u32_oct((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_uid, hd->uid, sizeof(hd->uid), 3))
+		return size_err("UID", arcn);
+	if (u32_oct((uintmax_t)arcn->sb.st_gid, hd->gid, sizeof(hd->gid), 3))
+		return size_err("GID", arcn);
+	mtime = tst.st_ino ? tst.st_mtime : arcn->sb.st_mtime;
+	if (u32_oct(mtime, hd->mtime, sizeof(hd->mtime), 3))
+		return size_err("MTIME", arcn);
+	user = user_from_uid(arcn->sb.st_uid, 1);
+	group = group_from_gid(arcn->sb.st_gid, 1);
+	strncpy(hd->uname, user ? user : "", sizeof(hd->uname));
+	strncpy(hd->gname, group ? group : "", sizeof(hd->gname));
+
+	/*
+	 * calculate and store the checksum write the header to the archive
+	 * return 0 tells the caller to now write the file data, 1 says no data
+	 * needs to be written
+	 */
+	if (u32_oct(tar_chksm(hdblk, sizeof(HD_USTAR)), hd->chksum,
+	   sizeof(hd->chksum), 3))
+		return size_err("CHKSUM", arcn);
+	if (wr_rdbuf(hdblk, sizeof(HD_USTAR)) < 0)
+		return -1;
+	if (wr_skip((off_t)(BLKMULT - sizeof(HD_USTAR))) < 0)
+		return -1;
+	if (gnu_hack_string) {
+		int res = wr_rdbuf(gnu_hack_string, gnu_hack_len);
+		int pad = gnu_hack_len;
+		gnu_hack_string = NULL;
+		gnu_hack_len = 0;
+		if (res < 0)
+			return -1;
+		if (wr_skip((off_t)(BLKMULT - (pad % BLKMULT))) < 0)
+			return -1;
+	}
+	if ((arcn->type == PAX_CTG) || (arcn->type == PAX_REG))
+		return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * name_split()
+ *	see if the name has to be split for storage in a ustar header. We try
+ *	to fit the entire name in the name field without splitting if we can.
+ *	The split point is always at a /
+ * Return
+ *	character pointer to split point (always the / that is to be removed
+ *	if the split is not needed, the points is set to the start of the file
+ *	name (it would violate the spec to split there). A NULL is returned if
+ *	the file name is too long
+ */
+
+static char *
+name_split(char *name, int len)
+{
+	char *start;
+
+	/*
+	 * check to see if the file name is small enough to fit in the name
+	 * field. if so just return a pointer to the name.
+	 */
+	if (len < TNMSZ)
+		return name;
+	/*
+	 * GNU tar does not honor the prefix+name mode if the magic
+	 * is not "ustar\0". So in GNU tar compatibility mode, we don't
+	 * split the filename into prefix+name because we are setting
+	 * the magic to "ustar " as GNU tar does. This of course will
+	 * end up creating a LongLink record in cases where it does not
+	 * really need do, but we are behaving like GNU tar after all.
+	 */
+	if (is_gnutar || len > (TPFSZ + TNMSZ))
+		return NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * we start looking at the biggest sized piece that fits in the name
+	 * field. We walk forward looking for a slash to split at. The idea is
+	 * to find the biggest piece to fit in the name field (or the smallest
+	 * prefix we can find) (the -1 is correct the biggest piece would
+	 * include the slash between the two parts that gets thrown away)
+	 */
+	start = name + len - TNMSZ;
+	while ((*start != '\0') && (*start != '/'))
+		++start;
+
+	/*
+	 * if we hit the end of the string, this name cannot be split, so we
+	 * cannot store this file.
+	 */
+	if (*start == '\0')
+		return NULL;
+	len = start - name;
+
+	/*
+	 * NOTE: /str where the length of str == TNMSZ cannot be stored under
+	 * the p1003.1-1990 spec for ustar. We could force a prefix of / and
+	 * the file would then expand on extract to //str. The len == 0 below
+	 * makes this special case follow the spec to the letter.
+	 */
+	if ((len >= TPFSZ) || (len == 0))
+		return NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * ok have a split point, return it to the caller
+	 */
+	return start;
+}
+
+/*
+ * convert a glob into a RE, and add it to the list.  we convert to
+ * four different RE's (because we're using BRE's and can't use |
+ * alternation :-() with this padding:
+ *	.*\/ and $
+ *	.*\/ and \/.*
+ *	^ and $
+ *	^ and \/.*
+ */
+static int
+tar_gnutar_exclude_one(const char *line, size_t len)
+{
+	/* 2 * buffer len + nul */
+	char sbuf[MAXPATHLEN * 2 + 1];
+	/* + / + // + .*""/\/ + \/.* */
+	char rabuf[MAXPATHLEN * 2 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 4 + 4];
+	size_t i;
+	int j = 0;
+
+	if (line[len - 1] == '\n')
+		len--;
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+		/*
+		 * convert glob to regexp, escaping everything
+		 */
+		if (line[i] == '*')
+			sbuf[j++] = '.';
+		else if (line[i] == '?') {
+			sbuf[j++] = '.';
+			continue;
+		} else if (!isalnum((unsigned char)line[i]) &&
+		    !isblank((unsigned char)line[i]))
+			sbuf[j++] = '\\';
+		sbuf[j++] = line[i];
+	}
+	sbuf[j] = '\0';
+	/* don't need the .*\/ ones if we start with /, i guess */
+	if (line[0] != '/') {
+		(void)snprintf(rabuf, sizeof rabuf, "/.*\\/%s$//", sbuf);
+		if (rep_add(rabuf) < 0)
+			return (-1);
+		(void)snprintf(rabuf, sizeof rabuf, "/.*\\/%s\\/.*//", sbuf);
+		if (rep_add(rabuf) < 0)
+			return (-1);
+	}
+
+	(void)snprintf(rabuf, sizeof rabuf, "/^%s$//", sbuf);
+	if (rep_add(rabuf) < 0)
+		return (-1);
+	(void)snprintf(rabuf, sizeof rabuf, "/^%s\\/.*//", sbuf);
+	if (rep_add(rabuf) < 0)
+		return (-1);
+
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * deal with GNU tar -X/--exclude-from & --exclude switchs.  basically,
+ * we go through each line of the file, building a string from the "glob"
+ * lines in the file into RE lines, of the form `/^RE$//', which we pass
+ * to rep_add(), which will add a empty replacement (exclusion), for the
+ * named files.
+ */
+int
+tar_gnutar_minus_minus_exclude(const char *path)
+{
+	size_t	len = strlen(path);
+
+	if (len > MAXPATHLEN)
+		tty_warn(0, "pathname too long: %s", path);
+	
+	return (tar_gnutar_exclude_one(path, len));
+}
+
+int
+tar_gnutar_X_compat(const char *path)
+{
+	char *line;
+	FILE *fp;
+	int lineno = 0;
+	size_t len;
+
+	if (path[0] == '-' && path[1] == '\0')
+		fp = stdin;
+	else {
+		fp = fopen(path, "r");
+		if (fp == NULL) {
+			tty_warn(1, "cannot open %s: %s", path,
+			    strerror(errno));
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	while ((line = fgetln(fp, &len))) {
+		lineno++;
+		if (len > MAXPATHLEN) {
+			tty_warn(0, "pathname too long, line %d of %s",
+			    lineno, path);
+		}
+		if (tar_gnutar_exclude_one(line, len))
+			return -1;
+	}
+	if (fp != stdin)
+		fclose(fp);
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/bin/pax/tar.h b/bin/pax/tar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae7f6ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/tar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tar.h,v 1.10 2013/01/24 17:43:44 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)tar.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
+ */
+
+/*
+ * defines and data structures common to all tar formats
+ */
+#define CHK_LEN		8		/* length of checksum field */
+#define TNMSZ		100		/* size of name field */
+#ifdef _PAX_
+#define NULLCNT		2		/* number of null blocks in trailer */
+#define CHK_OFFSET	148		/* start of chksum field */
+#define BLNKSUM		256L		/* sum of checksum field using ' ' */
+#endif /* _PAX_ */
+
+/*
+ * Values used in typeflag field in all tar formats
+ * (only REGTYPE, LNKTYPE and SYMTYPE are used in old bsd tar headers)
+ */
+#define	REGTYPE		'0'		/* Regular File */
+#define	AREGTYPE	'\0'		/* Regular File */
+#define	LNKTYPE		'1'		/* Link */
+#define	SYMTYPE		'2'		/* Symlink */
+#define	CHRTYPE		'3'		/* Character Special File */
+#define	BLKTYPE		'4'		/* Block Special File */
+#define	DIRTYPE		'5'		/* Directory */
+#define	FIFOTYPE	'6'		/* FIFO */
+#define	CONTTYPE	'7'		/* high perf file */
+#define GLOBXTYPE	'g'		/* global extended header */
+#define FILEXTYPE	'x'		/* file extended header */
+
+/*
+ * GNU tar compatibility;
+ */
+#define LONGLINKTYPE	'K'		/* Long Symlink */
+#define LONGNAMETYPE	'L'		/* Long File */
+
+/*
+ * Mode field encoding of the different file types - values in octal
+ */
+#define TSUID		04000		/* Set UID on execution */
+#define TSGID		02000		/* Set GID on execution */
+#define TSVTX		01000		/* Reserved */
+#define TUREAD		00400		/* Read by owner */
+#define TUWRITE		00200		/* Write by owner */
+#define TUEXEC		00100		/* Execute/Search by owner */
+#define TGREAD		00040		/* Read by group */
+#define TGWRITE		00020		/* Write by group */
+#define TGEXEC		00010		/* Execute/Search by group */
+#define TOREAD		00004		/* Read by other */
+#define TOWRITE		00002		/* Write by other */
+#define TOEXEC		00001		/* Execute/Search by other */
+
+#ifdef _PAX_
+/*
+ * Pad with a bit mask, much faster than doing a mod but only works on powers
+ * of 2. Macro below is for block of 512 bytes.
+ */
+#define TAR_PAD(x)	((512 - ((x) & 511)) & 511)
+#endif /* _PAX_ */
+
+/*
+ * structure of an old tar header as it appeared in BSD releases
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	char name[TNMSZ];		/* name of entry */
+	char mode[8];			/* mode */
+	char uid[8];			/* uid */
+	char gid[8];			/* gid */
+	char size[12];			/* size */
+	char mtime[12];			/* modification time */
+	char chksum[CHK_LEN];		/* checksum */
+	char linkflag;			/* norm, hard, or sym. */
+	char linkname[TNMSZ];		/* linked to name */
+} HD_TAR;
+
+#ifdef _PAX_
+/*
+ * -o options for BSD tar to not write directories to the archive
+ */
+#define TAR_NODIR	"nodir"
+#define TAR_OPTION	"write_opt"
+
+/*
+ * default device names
+ */
+extern char DEV_0[];
+extern char DEV_1[];
+extern char DEV_4[];
+extern char DEV_5[];
+extern char DEV_7[];
+extern char DEV_8[];
+#endif /* _PAX_ */
+
+/*
+ * Data Interchange Format - Extended tar header format - POSIX 1003.1-1990
+ */
+#define TPFSZ		155
+#define	TMAGIC		"ustar"		/* ustar and a null */
+#define	TMAGLEN		6
+#define	TVERSION	"00"		/* 00 and no null */
+#define	TVERSLEN	2
+
+typedef struct {
+	char name[TNMSZ];		/* name of entry */
+	char mode[8];			/* mode */
+	char uid[8];			/* uid */
+	char gid[8];			/* gid */
+	char size[12];			/* size */
+	char mtime[12];			/* modification time */
+	char chksum[CHK_LEN];		/* checksum */
+	char typeflag;			/* type of file. */
+	char linkname[TNMSZ];		/* linked to name */
+	char magic[TMAGLEN];		/* magic cookie */
+	char version[TVERSLEN];		/* version */
+	char uname[32];			/* ascii owner name */
+	char gname[32];			/* ascii group name */
+	char devmajor[8];		/* major device number */
+	char devminor[8];		/* minor device number */
+	char prefix[TPFSZ];		/* linked to name */
+} HD_USTAR;
diff --git a/bin/pax/tty_subs.c b/bin/pax/tty_subs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5956877
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pax/tty_subs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tty_subs.c,v 1.19 2007/04/23 18:40:22 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)tty_subs.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tty_subs.c,v 1.19 2007/04/23 18:40:22 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "pax.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/*
+ * routines that deal with I/O to and from the user
+ */
+
+#define DEVTTY		"/dev/tty"	/* device for interactive i/o */
+static FILE *ttyoutf = NULL;		/* output pointing at control tty */
+static FILE *ttyinf = NULL;		/* input pointing at control tty */
+
+/*
+ * tty_init()
+ *	Try to open the controlling terminal (if any) for this process. If the
+ *	open fails, future ops that require user input will get an EOF.
+ */
+
+int
+tty_init(void)
+{
+	int ttyfd;
+
+	if ((ttyfd = open(DEVTTY, O_RDWR)) >= 0) {
+		if ((ttyoutf = fdopen(ttyfd, "w")) != NULL) {
+			if ((ttyinf = fdopen(ttyfd, "r")) != NULL)
+				return 0;
+			(void)fclose(ttyoutf);
+		}
+		(void)close(ttyfd);
+	}
+
+	if (iflag) {
+		tty_warn(1, "Fatal error, cannot open %s", DEVTTY);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * tty_prnt()
+ *	print a message using the specified format to the controlling tty
+ *	if there is no controlling terminal, just return.
+ */
+
+void
+tty_prnt(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	if (ttyoutf == NULL)
+		return;
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	(void)vfprintf(ttyoutf, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	(void)fflush(ttyoutf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * tty_read()
+ *	read a string from the controlling terminal if it is open into the
+ *	supplied buffer
+ * Return:
+ *	0 if data was read, -1 otherwise.
+ */
+
+int
+tty_read(char *str, int len)
+{
+	char *pt;
+
+	if ((--len <= 0) || (ttyinf == NULL) || (fgets(str,len,ttyinf) == NULL))
+		return -1;
+	*(str + len) = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * strip off that trailing newline
+	 */
+	if ((pt = strchr(str, '\n')) != NULL)
+		*pt = '\0';
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * tty_warn()
+ *	write a warning message to stderr. if "set" the exit value of pax
+ *	will be non-zero.
+ */
+
+void
+tty_warn(int set, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	if (set)
+		exit_val = 1;
+	/*
+	 * when vflag we better ship out an extra \n to get this message on a
+	 * line by itself
+	 */
+	if ((Vflag || vflag) && vfpart) {
+		(void)fputc('\n', stderr);
+		vfpart = 0;
+	}
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", argv0);
+	(void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	(void)fputc('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * syswarn()
+ *	write a warning message to stderr. if "set" the exit value of pax
+ *	will be non-zero.
+ */
+
+void
+syswarn(int set, int errnum, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	if (set)
+		exit_val = 1;
+	/*
+	 * when vflag we better ship out an extra \n to get this message on a
+	 * line by itself
+	 */
+	if ((Vflag || vflag) && vfpart) {
+		(void)fputc('\n', stdout);
+		vfpart = 0;
+	}
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", argv0);
+	(void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	/*
+	 * format and print the errno
+	 */
+	if (errnum > 0)
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, " (%s)", strerror(errnum));
+	(void)fputc('\n', stderr);
+}
diff --git a/bin/ps/extern.h b/bin/ps/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ec96ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ps/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.39 2017/12/09 14:56:54 kamil Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * We expect to be included by ps.h, which will already have
+ * defined the types we use.
+ */
+
+extern double log_ccpu;
+extern int eval, fscale, mempages, nlistread, maxslp, uspace;
+extern int sumrusage, termwidth, totwidth;
+extern int needenv, needcomm, commandonly;
+extern uid_t myuid;
+extern kvm_t *kd;
+extern VAR var[];
+extern VARLIST displaylist;
+extern VARLIST sortlist;
+
+void	 command(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 cpuid(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 cputime(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 donlist(void);
+void	 donlist_sysctl(void);
+void	 fmt_puts(char *, int *);
+void	 fmt_putc(int, int *);
+void	 elapsed(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+double	 getpcpu(const struct kinfo_proc2 *);
+double	 getpmem(const struct kinfo_proc2 *);
+void	 gname(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 groups(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 groupnames(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 lcputime(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 logname(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 longtname(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 lname(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 lstarted(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 lstate(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 maxrss(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 nlisterr(struct nlist *);
+void	 p_rssize(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 pagein(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 parsefmt(const char *);
+void	 parsefmt_insert(const char *, VARENT **);
+void	 parsesort(const char *);
+VARENT * varlist_find(VARLIST *, const char *);
+void	 emul(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 pcpu(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 pmem(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 pnice(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 pri(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 printheader(void);
+void	 putimeval(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 pvar(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 rgname(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 rssize(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 runame(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 showkey(void);
+void	 started(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 state(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 svgname(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 svuname(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 tdev(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 tname(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 tsize(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 ucomm(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 usrname(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 uvar(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 vsize(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
+void	 wchan(struct pinfo *, VARENT *, enum mode);
diff --git a/bin/ps/fmt.c b/bin/ps/fmt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..489a0ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ps/fmt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: fmt.c,v 1.21 2007/12/12 22:55:43 lukem Exp $	*/
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: fmt.c,v 1.21 2007/12/12 22:55:43 lukem Exp $");
+
+#include <kvm.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <vis.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include "ps.h"
+
+void
+fmt_puts(char *s, int *leftp)
+{
+	static char *v = 0;
+	static int maxlen = 0;
+	char *nv;
+	int len, nlen;
+
+	if (*leftp == 0)
+		return;
+	len = strlen(s) * 4 + 1;
+	if (len > maxlen) {
+		if (maxlen == 0)
+			nlen = getpagesize();
+		else
+			nlen = maxlen;
+		while (len > nlen)
+			nlen *= 2;
+		nv = realloc(v, nlen);
+		if (nv == 0)
+			return;
+		v = nv;
+		maxlen = nlen;
+	}
+	len = strvis(v, s, VIS_TAB | VIS_NL | VIS_CSTYLE);
+	if (*leftp != -1) {
+		if (len > *leftp) {
+			v[*leftp] = '\0';
+			*leftp = 0;
+		} else
+			*leftp -= len;
+	}
+	(void)printf("%s", v);
+}
+
+void
+fmt_putc(int c, int *leftp)
+{
+
+	if (*leftp == 0)
+		return;
+	if (*leftp != -1)
+		*leftp -= 1;
+	putchar(c);
+}
diff --git a/bin/ps/keyword.c b/bin/ps/keyword.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7504ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ps/keyword.c
@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: keyword.c,v 1.56 2018/04/11 18:52:05 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)keyword.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: keyword.c,v 1.56 2018/04/11 18:52:05 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/lwp.h>
+#include <sys/proc.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <sys/ucred.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <kvm.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include "ps.h"
+
+static VAR *findvar(const char *);
+static int  vcmp(const void *, const void *);
+
+#if 0 	/* kernel doesn't calculate these */
+	PUVAR("idrss", "IDRSS", 0, p_uru_idrss, UINT64, PRIu64),
+	PUVAR("isrss", "ISRSS", 0, p_uru_isrss, UINT64, PRId64),
+	PUVAR("ixrss", "IXRSS", 0, p_uru_ixrss, UINT64, PRId64),
+	PUVAR("maxrss", "MAXRSS", 0, p_uru_maxrss, UINT64, PRIu64),
+#endif
+
+/* Compute offset in common structures. */
+#define	POFF(x)	offsetof(struct kinfo_proc2, x)
+#define	LOFF(x)	offsetof(struct kinfo_lwp, x)
+
+#define	UIDFMT	"u"
+#define	UID(n1, n2, of) \
+	{ .name = n1, .header = n2, .flag = 0, .oproc = pvar, \
+	  .off = POFF(of), .type = UINT32, .fmt = UIDFMT }
+#define	GID(n1, n2, off)	UID(n1, n2, off)
+
+#define	PIDFMT	"d"
+#define	PID(n1, n2, of) \
+	{ .name = n1, .header = n2, .flag = 0, .oproc = pvar, \
+	  .off = POFF(of), .type = INT32, .fmt = PIDFMT }
+
+#define	LVAR(n1, n2, fl, of, ty, fm) \
+	{ .name = n1, .header = n2, .flag = (fl) | LWP, .oproc = pvar, \
+	  .off = LOFF(of), .type = ty, .fmt = fm }
+#define	PVAR(n1, n2, fl, of, ty, fm) \
+	{ .name = n1, .header = n2, .flag = (fl) | 0, .oproc = pvar, \
+	  .off = POFF(of), .type = ty, .fmt = fm }
+#define	PUVAR(n1, n2, fl, of, ty, fm) \
+	{ .name = n1, .header = n2, .flag = (fl) | UAREA, .oproc = pvar, \
+	  .off = POFF(of), .type = ty, .fmt = fm }
+#define VAR3(n1, n2, fl) \
+	{ .name = n1, .header = n2, .flag = fl }
+#define VAR4(n1, n2, fl, op) \
+	{ .name = n1, .header = n2, .flag = fl, .oproc = op, }
+#define VAR6(n1, n2, fl, op, of, ty) \
+	{ .name = n1, .header = n2, .flag = fl, .oproc = op, \
+	  .off = of, .type = ty }
+
+/* NB: table must be sorted, in vi use:
+ *	:/^VAR/,/end_sort/! sort -t\" +1
+ * breaking long lines just makes the sort harder
+ *
+ * We support all the fields required by P1003.1-2004 (SUSv3), with
+ * the correct default headers, except for the "tty" field, where the
+ * standard says the header should be "TT", but we have "TTY".
+ */
+VAR var[] = {
+	VAR6("%cpu", "%CPU", 0, pcpu, 0, PCPU),
+	VAR6("%mem", "%MEM", 0, pmem, POFF(p_vm_rssize), INT32),
+	PVAR("acflag", "ACFLG", 0, p_acflag, USHORT, "x"),
+	VAR3("acflg", "acflag", ALIAS),
+	VAR3("args", "command", ALIAS),
+	VAR3("blocked", "sigmask", ALIAS),
+	VAR3("caught", "sigcatch", ALIAS),
+	VAR4("comm", "COMMAND", COMM|ARGV0|LJUST, command),
+	VAR4("command", "COMMAND", COMM|LJUST, command),
+	PVAR("cpu", "CPU", 0, p_estcpu, UINT, "u"),
+	VAR4("cpuid", "CPUID", LWP, cpuid),
+	VAR3("cputime", "time", ALIAS),
+	VAR6("ctime", "CTIME", 0, putimeval, POFF(p_uctime_sec), TIMEVAL),
+	GID("egid", "EGID", p_gid),
+	VAR4("egroup", "EGROUP", LJUST, gname),
+	VAR4("emul", "EMUL", LJUST, emul),
+	VAR6("etime", "ELAPSED", 0, elapsed, POFF(p_ustart_sec), TIMEVAL),
+	UID("euid", "EUID", p_uid),
+	VAR4("euser", "EUSER", LJUST, usrname),
+	PVAR("f", "F", 0, p_flag, INT, "x"),
+	VAR3("flags", "f", ALIAS),
+	GID("gid", "GID", p_gid),
+	VAR4("group", "GROUP", LJUST, gname),
+	VAR4("groupnames", "GROUPNAMES", LJUST, groupnames),
+	VAR4("groups", "GROUPS", LJUST, groups),
+	/* holdcnt: unused, left for compat. */
+	LVAR("holdcnt", "HOLDCNT", 0, l_holdcnt, INT, "d"),
+	VAR3("ignored", "sigignore", ALIAS),
+	PUVAR("inblk", "INBLK", 0, p_uru_inblock, UINT64, PRIu64),
+	VAR3("inblock", "inblk", ALIAS),
+	PVAR("jobc", "JOBC", 0, p_jobc, SHORT, "d"),
+	PVAR("ktrace", "KTRACE", 0, p_traceflag, INT, "x"),
+/*XXX*/	PVAR("ktracep", "KTRACEP", 0, p_tracep, KPTR, PRIx64),
+	LVAR("laddr", "LADDR", 0, l_laddr, KPTR, PRIx64),
+	LVAR("lid", "LID", 0, l_lid, INT32, "d"),
+	VAR4("lim", "LIM", 0, maxrss),
+	VAR4("lname", "LNAME", LJUST|LWP, lname),
+	VAR4("login", "LOGIN", LJUST, logname),
+	VAR3("logname", "login", ALIAS),
+	VAR6("lstart", "STARTED", LJUST, lstarted, POFF(p_ustart_sec), UINT32),
+	VAR4("lstate", "STAT", LJUST|LWP, lstate),
+	VAR6("ltime", "LTIME", LWP, lcputime, 0, CPUTIME),
+	PUVAR("majflt", "MAJFLT", 0, p_uru_majflt, UINT64, PRIu64),
+	PUVAR("minflt", "MINFLT", 0, p_uru_minflt, UINT64, PRIu64),
+	PUVAR("msgrcv", "MSGRCV", 0, p_uru_msgrcv, UINT64, PRIu64),
+	PUVAR("msgsnd", "MSGSND", 0, p_uru_msgsnd, UINT64, PRIu64),
+	VAR3("ni", "nice", ALIAS),
+	VAR6("nice", "NI", 0, pnice, POFF(p_nice), UCHAR),
+	PUVAR("nivcsw", "NIVCSW", 0, p_uru_nivcsw, UINT64, PRIu64),
+	PVAR("nlwp", "NLWP", 0, p_nlwps, UINT64, PRId64),
+	VAR3("nsignals", "nsigs", ALIAS),
+	PUVAR("nsigs", "NSIGS", 0, p_uru_nsignals, UINT64, PRIu64),
+	/* nswap: unused, left for compat. */
+	PUVAR("nswap", "NSWAP", 0, p_uru_nswap, UINT64, PRIu64),
+	PUVAR("nvcsw", "NVCSW", 0, p_uru_nvcsw, UINT64, PRIu64),
+/*XXX*/	LVAR("nwchan", "WCHAN", 0, l_wchan, KPTR, PRIx64),
+	PUVAR("oublk", "OUBLK", 0, p_uru_oublock, UINT64, PRIu64),
+	VAR3("oublock", "oublk", ALIAS),
+/*XXX*/	PVAR("p_ru", "P_RU", 0, p_ru, KPTR, PRIx64),
+/*XXX*/	PVAR("paddr", "PADDR", 0, p_paddr, KPTR, PRIx64),
+	PUVAR("pagein", "PAGEIN", 0, p_uru_majflt, UINT64, PRIu64),
+	VAR3("pcpu", "%cpu", ALIAS),
+	VAR3("pending", "sig", ALIAS),
+	PID("pgid", "PGID", p__pgid),
+	PID("pid", "PID", p_pid),
+	VAR3("pmem", "%mem", ALIAS),
+	PID("ppid", "PPID", p_ppid),
+	VAR4("pri", "PRI", LWP, pri),
+	LVAR("re", "RE", INF127, l_swtime, UINT, "u"),
+	GID("rgid", "RGID", p_rgid),
+	VAR4("rgroup", "RGROUP", LJUST, rgname),
+/*XXX*/	LVAR("rlink", "RLINK", 0, l_back, KPTR, PRIx64),
+	PVAR("rlwp", "RLWP", 0, p_nrlwps, UINT64, PRId64),
+	VAR6("rss", "RSS", 0, p_rssize, POFF(p_vm_rssize), INT32),
+	VAR3("rssize", "rsz", ALIAS),
+	VAR6("rsz", "RSZ", 0, rssize, POFF(p_vm_rssize), INT32),
+	UID("ruid", "RUID", p_ruid),
+	VAR4("ruser", "RUSER", LJUST, runame),
+	PVAR("sess", "SESS", 0, p_sess, KPTR24, PRIx64),
+	PID("sid", "SID", p_sid),
+	PVAR("sig", "PENDING", 0, p_siglist, SIGLIST, "s"),
+	PVAR("sigcatch", "CAUGHT", 0, p_sigcatch, SIGLIST, "s"),
+	PVAR("sigignore", "IGNORED", 0, p_sigignore, SIGLIST, "s"),
+	PVAR("sigmask", "BLOCKED", 0, p_sigmask, SIGLIST, "s"),
+	LVAR("sl", "SL", INF127, l_slptime, UINT, "u"),
+	VAR6("start", "STARTED", 0, started, POFF(p_ustart_sec), UINT32),
+	VAR3("stat", "state", ALIAS),
+	VAR4("state", "STAT", LJUST, state),
+	VAR6("stime", "STIME", 0, putimeval, POFF(p_ustime_sec), TIMEVAL),
+	GID("svgid", "SVGID", p_svgid),
+	VAR4("svgroup", "SVGROUP", LJUST, svgname),
+	UID("svuid", "SVUID", p_svuid),
+	VAR4("svuser", "SVUSER", LJUST, svuname),
+	/* "tdev" is UINT32, but we do this for sorting purposes */
+	VAR6("tdev", "TDEV", 0, tdev, POFF(p_tdev), INT32),
+	VAR6("time", "TIME", 0, cputime, 0, CPUTIME),
+	PID("tpgid", "TPGID", p_tpgid),
+	PVAR("tsess", "TSESS", 0, p_tsess, KPTR, PRIx64),
+	VAR6("tsiz", "TSIZ", 0, tsize, POFF(p_vm_tsize), INT32),
+	VAR6("tt", "TTY", LJUST, tname, POFF(p_tdev), INT32),
+	VAR6("tty", "TTY", LJUST, longtname, POFF(p_tdev), INT32),
+	LVAR("uaddr", "UADDR", 0, l_addr, KPTR, PRIx64),
+	VAR4("ucomm", "UCOMM", LJUST, ucomm),
+	UID("uid", "UID", p_uid),
+	LVAR("upr", "UPR", 0, l_usrpri, UCHAR, "u"),
+	VAR4("user", "USER", LJUST, usrname),
+	VAR3("usrpri", "upr", ALIAS),
+	VAR6("utime", "UTIME", 0, putimeval, POFF(p_uutime_sec), TIMEVAL),
+	VAR3("vsize", "vsz", ALIAS),
+	VAR6("vsz", "VSZ", 0, vsize, 0, VSIZE),
+	VAR4("wchan", "WCHAN", LJUST|LWP, wchan),
+	PVAR("xstat", "XSTAT", 0, p_xstat, USHORT, "x"),
+/* "zzzz" end_sort */
+	{ .name = "" },
+};
+
+void
+showkey(void)
+{
+	VAR *v;
+	int i;
+	const char *p;
+	const char *sep;
+
+	i = 0;
+	sep = "";
+	for (v = var; *(p = v->name); ++v) {
+		int len = strlen(p);
+		if (termwidth && (i += len + 1) > termwidth) {
+			i = len;
+			sep = "\n";
+		}
+		(void)printf("%s%s", sep, p);
+		sep = " ";
+	}
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse the string pp, and insert or append entries to the list
+ * referenced by listptr.  If pos in non-null and *pos is non-null, then
+ * *pos specifies where to insert (instead of appending).  If pos is
+ * non-null, then a new value is returned through *pos referring to the
+ * last item inserted.
+ */
+static void
+parsevarlist(const char *pp, struct varlist *listptr, struct varent **pos)
+{
+	char *p, *sp, *equalsp;
+
+	/* dup to avoid zapping arguments.  We will free sp later. */
+	p = sp = strdup(pp);
+
+	/*
+	 * Everything after the first '=' is part of a custom header.
+	 * Temporarily replace it with '\0' to simplify other code.
+	 */
+	equalsp = strchr(p, '=');
+	if (equalsp)
+	    *equalsp = '\0';
+
+#define	FMTSEP	" \t,\n"
+	while (p && *p) {
+		char *cp;
+		VAR *v;
+		struct varent *vent;
+
+		/*
+		 * skip separators before the first keyword, and
+		 * look for the separator after the keyword.
+		 */
+		for (cp = p; *cp != '\0'; cp++) {
+		    p = strpbrk(cp, FMTSEP);
+		    if (p != cp)
+			break;
+		}
+		if (*cp == '\0')
+		    break;
+		/*
+		 * Now cp points to the start of a keyword,
+		 * and p is NULL or points past the end of the keyword.
+		 *
+		 * Terminate the keyword with '\0', or reinstate the
+		 * '=' that was removed earlier, if appropriate.
+		 */
+		if (p) {
+			*p = '\0';
+			p++;
+		} else if (equalsp) {
+			*equalsp = '=';
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If findvar() likes the keyword or keyword=header,
+		 * add it to our list.  If findvar() doesn't like it,
+		 * it will print a warning, so we ignore it.
+		 */
+		if ((v = findvar(cp)) == NULL)
+			continue;
+		if ((vent = malloc(sizeof(struct varent))) == NULL)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+		vent->var = v;
+		if (pos && *pos)
+		    SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(listptr, *pos, vent, next);
+		else {
+		    SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(listptr, vent, next);
+		}
+		if (pos)
+		    *pos = vent;
+	}
+ 	free(sp);
+	if (SIMPLEQ_EMPTY(listptr))
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "no valid keywords");
+}
+
+void
+parsefmt(const char *p)
+{
+
+	parsevarlist(p, &displaylist, NULL);
+}
+
+void
+parsefmt_insert(const char *p, struct varent **pos)
+{
+
+	parsevarlist(p, &displaylist, pos);
+}
+
+void
+parsesort(const char *p)
+{
+
+	parsevarlist(p, &sortlist, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Search through a list for an entry with a specified name. */
+struct varent *
+varlist_find(struct varlist *list, const char *name)
+{
+	struct varent *vent;
+
+	SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(vent, list, next) {
+		if (strcmp(vent->var->name, name) == 0)
+			break;
+	}
+	return vent;
+}
+
+static VAR *
+findvar(const char *p)
+{
+	VAR *v;
+	char *hp;
+
+	hp = strchr(p, '=');
+	if (hp)
+		*hp++ = '\0';
+
+	v = bsearch(p, var, sizeof(var)/sizeof(VAR) - 1, sizeof(VAR), vcmp);
+	if (v && v->flag & ALIAS)
+		v = findvar(v->header);
+	if (!v) {
+		warnx("%s: keyword not found", p);
+		eval = 1;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (v && hp) {
+		/*
+		 * Override the header.
+		 *
+		 * We need to copy the entry first, and override the
+		 * header in the copy, because the same field might be
+		 * used multiple times with different headers.  We also
+		 * need to strdup the header.
+		 */
+		struct var *newvar;
+		char *newheader;
+
+		if ((newvar = malloc(sizeof(struct var))) == NULL)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+		if ((newheader = strdup(hp)) == NULL)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+		memcpy(newvar, v, sizeof(struct var));
+		newvar->header = newheader;
+
+		/*
+		 * According to P1003.1-2004, if the header text is null,
+		 * such as -o user=, the field width will be at least as
+		 * wide as the default header text.
+		 */
+		if (*hp == '\0')
+			newvar->width = strlen(v->header);
+
+		v = newvar;
+	}
+	return v;
+}
+
+static int
+vcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+        return strcmp(a, ((const VAR *)b)->name);
+}
diff --git a/bin/ps/nlist.c b/bin/ps/nlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42471ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ps/nlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: nlist.c,v 1.27 2016/11/28 08:19:23 rin Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Simon Burge.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)nlist.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: nlist.c,v 1.27 2016/11/28 08:19:23 rin Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/lwp.h>
+#include <sys/proc.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <kvm.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <nlist.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "ps.h"
+
+struct	nlist psnl[] = {
+	{ .n_name = "_fscale" },
+#define	X_FSCALE	0
+	{ .n_name = "_ccpu" },
+#define	X_CCPU		1
+	{ .n_name = "_physmem" },
+#define	X_PHYSMEM	2
+	{ .n_name = "_maxslp" },
+#define	X_MAXSLP	3
+	{ .n_name = NULL }
+};
+
+double	log_ccpu;			/* log of kernel _ccpu variable */
+int	nlistread;			/* if nlist already read. */
+int	mempages;			/* number of pages of phys. memory */
+int	fscale;				/* kernel _fscale variable */
+int	maxslp;				/* kernel _maxslp variable */
+int	uspace;				/* kernel USPACE value */
+
+/* XXX Hopefully reasonable default */
+#define MEMPAGES 	0
+#ifndef FSCALE
+#define FSCALE		(1 << 8)
+#endif
+#define LOG_CCPU	(-1.0 / 20.0)
+#ifndef MAXSLP
+#define MAXSLP		20
+#endif
+#ifndef USPACE
+#define USPACE		(getpagesize())
+#endif
+
+#define	kread(x, v) \
+	kvm_read(kd, psnl[x].n_value, (char *)&v, sizeof v) != sizeof(v)
+
+void
+donlist(void)
+{
+	fixpt_t xccpu;
+
+	nlistread = 1;
+
+	if (kvm_nlist(kd, psnl)) {
+		nlisterr(psnl);
+		eval = 1;
+		fscale = FSCALE;
+		mempages = MEMPAGES;
+		log_ccpu = LOG_CCPU;
+		maxslp = MAXSLP;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (kread(X_FSCALE, fscale)) {
+		warnx("fscale: %s", kvm_geterr(kd));
+		eval = 1;
+		fscale = FSCALE;
+	}
+
+	if (kread(X_PHYSMEM, mempages)) {
+		warnx("avail_start: %s", kvm_geterr(kd));
+		eval = 1;
+		mempages = MEMPAGES;
+	}
+
+	if (kread(X_CCPU, xccpu)) {
+		warnx("ccpu: %s", kvm_geterr(kd));
+		eval = 1;
+		log_ccpu = LOG_CCPU;
+	} else
+		log_ccpu = log((double)xccpu / fscale);
+
+	if (kread(X_MAXSLP, maxslp)) {
+		warnx("maxslp: %s", kvm_geterr(kd));
+		eval = 1;
+		maxslp = MAXSLP;
+	}
+}
+
+void
+donlist_sysctl(void)
+{
+	int mib[2];
+	size_t size;
+	fixpt_t xccpu;
+	uint64_t memsize;
+
+	nlistread = 1;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_FSCALE;
+	size = sizeof(fscale);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, &fscale, &size, NULL, 0)) {
+		warn("fscale");
+		eval = 1;
+		fscale = FSCALE;
+	}
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_HW;
+	mib[1] = HW_PHYSMEM64;
+	size = sizeof(memsize);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, &memsize, &size, NULL, 0)) {
+		warn("avail_start");
+		eval = 1;
+		mempages = MEMPAGES;
+	} else
+		mempages = memsize / getpagesize();
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_CCPU;
+	size = sizeof(xccpu);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, &xccpu, &size, NULL, 0)) {
+		warn("ccpu");
+		eval = 1;
+		log_ccpu = LOG_CCPU;
+	} else
+		log_ccpu = log((double)xccpu / fscale);
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_VM;
+	mib[1] = VM_MAXSLP;
+	size = sizeof(maxslp);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, &maxslp, &size, NULL, 0)) {
+		warn("maxslp");
+		eval = 1;
+		maxslp = MAXSLP;
+	}
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_VM;
+	mib[1] = VM_USPACE;
+	size = sizeof(uspace);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, &uspace, &size, NULL, 0)) {
+		warn("uspace");
+		eval = 1;
+		uspace = USPACE;
+	}
+}
+
+void
+nlisterr(struct nlist nl[])
+{
+	int i;
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "ps: nlist: can't find following symbols:");
+	for (i = 0; nl[i].n_name != NULL; i++)
+		if (nl[i].n_value == 0)
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, " %s", nl[i].n_name);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+}
diff --git a/bin/ps/print.c b/bin/ps/print.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e725ef0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ps/print.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1413 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: print.c,v 1.130 2018/09/19 15:20:39 maxv Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Simon Burge.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)print.c	8.6 (Berkeley) 4/16/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: print.c,v 1.130 2018/09/19 15:20:39 maxv Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/lwp.h>
+#include <sys/proc.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ucred.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <kvm.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <nlist.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "ps.h"
+
+static char *cmdpart(char *);
+static void  printval(void *, VAR *, enum mode);
+static int   titlecmp(char *, char **);
+
+static void  doubleprintorsetwidth(VAR *, double, int, enum mode);
+static void  intprintorsetwidth(VAR *, int, enum mode);
+static void  strprintorsetwidth(VAR *, const char *, enum mode);
+
+static time_t now;
+
+#define	min(a,b)	((a) <= (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+static int
+iwidth(u_int64_t v)
+{
+	u_int64_t nlim, lim;
+	int w = 1;
+
+	for (lim = 10; v >= lim; lim = nlim) {
+		nlim = lim * 10;
+		w++;
+		if (nlim < lim)
+			break;
+	}
+	return w;
+}
+
+static char *
+cmdpart(char *arg0)
+{
+	char *cp;
+
+	return ((cp = strrchr(arg0, '/')) != NULL ? cp + 1 : arg0);
+}
+
+void
+printheader(void)
+{
+	int len;
+	VAR *v;
+	struct varent *vent;
+	static int firsttime = 1;
+	static int noheader = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * If all the columns have user-specified null headers,
+	 * don't print the blank header line at all.
+	 */
+	if (firsttime) {
+		SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(vent, &displaylist, next) {
+			if (vent->var->header[0])
+				break;
+		}
+		if (vent == NULL) {
+			noheader = 1;
+			firsttime = 0;
+		}
+
+	}
+	if (noheader)
+		return;
+
+	SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(vent, &displaylist, next) {
+		v = vent->var;
+		if (firsttime) {
+			len = strlen(v->header);
+			if (len > v->width)
+				v->width = len;
+			totwidth += v->width + 1;	/* +1 for space */
+		}
+		if (v->flag & LJUST) {
+			if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(vent, next) == NULL)	/* last one */
+				(void)printf("%s", v->header);
+			else
+				(void)printf("%-*s", v->width,
+				    v->header);
+		} else
+			(void)printf("%*s", v->width, v->header);
+		if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(vent, next) != NULL)
+			(void)putchar(' ');
+	}
+	(void)putchar('\n');
+	if (firsttime) {
+		firsttime = 0;
+		totwidth--;	/* take off last space */
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return 1 if the command name in the argument vector (u-area) does
+ * not match the command name (p_comm)
+ */
+static int
+titlecmp(char *name, char **argv)
+{
+	char *title;
+	int namelen;
+
+
+	/* no argument vector == no match; system processes/threads do that */
+	if (argv == 0 || argv[0] == 0)
+		return (1);
+
+	title = cmdpart(argv[0]);
+
+	/* the basename matches */
+	if (!strcmp(name, title))
+		return (0);
+
+	/* handle login shells, by skipping the leading - */
+	if (title[0] == '-' && !strcmp(name, title + 1))
+		return (0);
+
+	namelen = strlen(name);
+
+	/* handle daemons that report activity as daemonname: activity */
+	if (argv[1] == 0 &&
+	    !strncmp(name, title, namelen) &&
+	    title[namelen + 0] == ':' &&
+	    title[namelen + 1] == ' ')
+		return (0);
+
+	return (1);
+}
+
+static void
+doubleprintorsetwidth(VAR *v, double val, int prec, enum mode mode)
+{
+	int fmtlen;
+
+	if (mode == WIDTHMODE) {
+		if (val < 0.0 && val < v->longestnd) {
+			fmtlen = (int)log10(-val) + prec + 2;
+			v->longestnd = val;
+			if (fmtlen > v->width)
+				v->width = fmtlen;
+		} else if (val > 0.0 && val > v->longestpd) {
+			fmtlen = (int)log10(val) + prec + 1;
+			v->longestpd = val;
+			if (fmtlen > v->width)
+				v->width = fmtlen;
+		}
+	} else {
+		(void)printf("%*.*f", v->width, prec, val);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+intprintorsetwidth(VAR *v, int val, enum mode mode)
+{
+	int fmtlen;
+
+	if (mode == WIDTHMODE) {
+		if (val < 0 && val < v->longestn) {
+			v->longestn = val;
+			fmtlen = iwidth(-val) + 1;
+			if (fmtlen > v->width)
+				v->width = fmtlen;
+		} else if (val > 0 && val > v->longestp) {
+			v->longestp = val;
+			fmtlen = iwidth(val);
+			if (fmtlen > v->width)
+				v->width = fmtlen;
+		}
+	} else
+		(void)printf("%*d", v->width, val);
+}
+
+static void
+strprintorsetwidth(VAR *v, const char *str, enum mode mode)
+{
+	int len;
+
+	if (mode == WIDTHMODE) {
+		len = strlen(str);
+		if (len > v->width)
+			v->width = len;
+	} else {
+		if (v->flag & LJUST)
+			(void)printf("%-*.*s", v->width, v->width, str);
+		else
+			(void)printf("%*.*s", v->width, v->width, str);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+command(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *ki = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+	int left;
+	char **argv, **p, *name;
+
+	if (mode == WIDTHMODE)
+		return;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(ve, next) != NULL || termwidth != UNLIMITED) {
+		if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(ve, next) == NULL) {
+			left = termwidth - (totwidth - v->width);
+			if (left < 1) /* already wrapped, just use std width */
+				left = v->width;
+		} else
+			left = v->width;
+	} else
+		left = -1;
+	if (needenv && kd) {
+		argv = kvm_getenvv2(kd, ki, termwidth);
+		if ((p = argv) != NULL) {
+			while (*p) {
+				fmt_puts(*p, &left);
+				p++;
+				fmt_putc(' ', &left);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (needcomm) {
+		if (pi->prefix)
+			(void)fmt_puts(pi->prefix, &left);
+		name = ki->p_comm;
+		if (!commandonly) {
+			argv = kvm_getargv2(kd, ki, termwidth);
+			if ((p = argv) != NULL) {
+				while (*p) {
+					fmt_puts(*p, &left);
+					p++;
+					fmt_putc(' ', &left);
+					if (v->flag & ARGV0)
+						break;
+				}
+				if (!(v->flag & ARGV0) &&
+				    titlecmp(name, argv)) {
+					/*
+					 * append the real command name within
+					 * parentheses, if the command name
+					 * does not match the one in the
+					 * argument vector
+					 */
+					fmt_putc('(', &left);
+					fmt_puts(name, &left);
+					fmt_putc(')', &left);
+				}
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * Commands that don't set an argv vector
+				 * are printed with square brackets if they
+				 * are system commands.  Otherwise they are
+				 * printed within parentheses.
+				 */
+				if (ki->p_flag & P_SYSTEM) {
+					fmt_putc('[', &left);
+					fmt_puts(name, &left);
+					fmt_putc(']', &left);
+				} else {
+					fmt_putc('(', &left);
+					fmt_puts(name, &left);
+					fmt_putc(')', &left);
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			fmt_puts(name, &left);
+		}
+	}
+	if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(ve, next) != NULL && left > 0)
+		(void)printf("%*s", left, "");
+}
+
+void
+groups(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *ki = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+	int left, i;
+	char buf[16], *p;
+
+	if (mode == WIDTHMODE)
+		return;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(ve, next) != NULL || termwidth != UNLIMITED) {
+		if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(ve, next) == NULL) {
+			left = termwidth - (totwidth - v->width);
+			if (left < 1) /* already wrapped, just use std width */
+				left = v->width;
+		} else
+			left = v->width;
+	} else
+		left = -1;
+
+	if (ki->p_ngroups == 0)
+		fmt_putc('-', &left);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < ki->p_ngroups; i++) {
+		(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", ki->p_groups[i]);
+		if (i)
+			fmt_putc(' ', &left);
+		for (p = &buf[0]; *p; p++)
+			fmt_putc(*p, &left);
+	}
+
+	if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(ve, next) != NULL && left > 0)
+		(void)printf("%*s", left, "");
+}
+
+void
+groupnames(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *ki = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+	int left, i;
+	const char *p;
+
+	if (mode == WIDTHMODE)
+		return;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(ve, next) != NULL || termwidth != UNLIMITED) {
+		if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(ve, next) == NULL) {
+			left = termwidth - (totwidth - v->width);
+			if (left < 1) /* already wrapped, just use std width */
+				left = v->width;
+		} else
+			left = v->width;
+	} else
+		left = -1;
+
+	if (ki->p_ngroups == 0)
+		fmt_putc('-', &left);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < ki->p_ngroups; i++) {
+		if (i)
+			fmt_putc(' ', &left);
+		for (p = group_from_gid(ki->p_groups[i], 0); *p; p++)
+			fmt_putc(*p, &left);
+	}
+
+	if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(ve, next) != NULL && left > 0)
+		(void)printf("%*s", left, "");
+}
+
+void
+ucomm(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN], *p;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	if (pi->prefix)
+		snprintf(p = buf, sizeof(buf), "%s%s", pi->prefix, k->p_comm);
+	else
+		p = k->p_comm;
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, p, mode);
+}
+
+void
+emul(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, k->p_ename, mode);
+}
+
+void
+logname(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, k->p_login, mode);
+}
+
+void
+state(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	int flag, is_zombie;
+	char *cp;
+	VAR *v;
+	char buf[16];
+
+	is_zombie = 0;
+	v = ve->var;
+	flag = k->p_flag;
+	cp = buf;
+
+	/*
+	 * NOTE: There are historical letters, which are no longer used:
+	 *
+	 * - W: indicated that process is swapped out.
+	 * - L: indicated non-zero l_holdcnt (i.e. that process was
+	 *   prevented from swapping-out.
+	 *
+	 * These letters should not be used for new states to avoid
+	 * conflicts with old applications which might depend on them.
+	 */
+	switch (k->p_stat) {
+
+	case LSSTOP:
+		*cp = 'T';
+		break;
+
+	case LSSLEEP:
+		if (flag & L_SINTR)	/* interruptable (long) */
+			*cp = (int)k->p_slptime >= maxslp ? 'I' : 'S';
+		else
+			*cp = 'D';
+		break;
+
+	case LSRUN:
+	case LSIDL:
+		*cp = 'R';
+		break;
+
+	case LSONPROC:
+		*cp = 'O';
+		break;
+
+	case LSZOMB:
+		*cp = 'Z';
+		is_zombie = 1;
+		break;
+
+	case LSSUSPENDED:
+		*cp = 'U';
+		break;
+
+	default:
+		*cp = '?';
+	}
+	cp++;
+	if (k->p_nice < NZERO)
+		*cp++ = '<';
+	else if (k->p_nice > NZERO)
+		*cp++ = 'N';
+	if (flag & P_TRACED)
+		*cp++ = 'X';
+	if (flag & P_WEXIT && !is_zombie)
+		*cp++ = 'E';
+	if (flag & P_PPWAIT)
+		*cp++ = 'V';
+	if (flag & P_SYSTEM)
+		*cp++ = 'K';
+	if (k->p_eflag & EPROC_SLEADER)
+		*cp++ = 's';
+	if (flag & P_SA)
+		*cp++ = 'a';
+	else if (k->p_nlwps > 1)
+		*cp++ = 'l';
+	if ((flag & P_CONTROLT) && k->p__pgid == k->p_tpgid)
+		*cp++ = '+';
+	*cp = '\0';
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, buf, mode);
+}
+
+void
+lstate(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_lwp *k = pi->li;
+	int flag;
+	char *cp;
+	VAR *v;
+	char buf[16];
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	flag = k->l_flag;
+	cp = buf;
+
+	switch (k->l_stat) {
+
+	case LSSTOP:
+		*cp = 'T';
+		break;
+
+	case LSSLEEP:
+		if (flag & L_SINTR)	/* interruptible (long) */
+			*cp = (int)k->l_slptime >= maxslp ? 'I' : 'S';
+		else
+			*cp = 'D';
+		break;
+
+	case LSRUN:
+	case LSIDL:
+		*cp = 'R';
+		break;
+
+	case LSONPROC:
+		*cp = 'O';
+		break;
+
+	case LSZOMB:
+	case LSDEAD:
+		*cp = 'Z';
+		break;
+
+	case LSSUSPENDED:
+		*cp = 'U';
+		break;
+
+	default:
+		*cp = '?';
+	}
+	cp++;
+	if (flag & L_SYSTEM)
+		*cp++ = 'K';
+	if (flag & L_SA)
+		*cp++ = 'a';
+	if (flag & L_DETACHED)
+		*cp++ = '-';
+	*cp = '\0';
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, buf, mode);
+}
+
+void
+pnice(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	intprintorsetwidth(v, k->p_nice - NZERO, mode);
+}
+
+void
+pri(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_lwp *l = pi->li;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	intprintorsetwidth(v, l->l_priority, mode);
+}
+
+void
+usrname(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, user_from_uid(k->p_uid, 0), mode);
+}
+
+void
+runame(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, user_from_uid(k->p_ruid, 0), mode);
+}
+
+void
+svuname(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, user_from_uid(k->p_svuid, 0), mode);
+}
+
+void
+gname(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, group_from_gid(k->p_gid, 0), mode);
+}
+
+void
+rgname(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, group_from_gid(k->p_rgid, 0), mode);
+}
+
+void
+svgname(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, group_from_gid(k->p_svgid, 0), mode);
+}
+
+void
+tdev(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+	dev_t dev;
+	char buff[16];
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	dev = k->p_tdev;
+	if (dev == NODEV) {
+		if (mode == PRINTMODE)
+			(void)printf("%*s", v->width, "?");
+		else
+			if (v->width < 2)
+				v->width = 2;
+	} else {
+		(void)snprintf(buff, sizeof(buff),
+		    "%lld/%lld", (long long)major(dev), (long long)minor(dev));
+		strprintorsetwidth(v, buff, mode);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+tname(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+	dev_t dev;
+	const char *ttname;
+	int noctty;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	dev = k->p_tdev;
+	if (dev == NODEV || (ttname = devname(dev, S_IFCHR)) == NULL) {
+		if (mode == PRINTMODE)
+			(void)printf("%-*s", v->width, "?");
+		else
+			if (v->width < 2)
+				v->width = 2;
+	} else {
+		noctty = !(k->p_eflag & EPROC_CTTY) ? 1 : 0;
+		if (mode == WIDTHMODE) {
+			int fmtlen;
+
+			fmtlen = strlen(ttname) + noctty;
+			if (v->width < fmtlen)
+				v->width = fmtlen;
+		} else {
+			if (noctty)
+				(void)printf("%-*s-", v->width - 1, ttname);
+			else
+				(void)printf("%-*s", v->width, ttname);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void
+longtname(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+	dev_t dev;
+	const char *ttname;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	dev = k->p_tdev;
+	if (dev == NODEV || (ttname = devname(dev, S_IFCHR)) == NULL) {
+		if (mode == PRINTMODE)
+			(void)printf("%-*s", v->width, "?");
+		else
+			if (v->width < 2)
+				v->width = 2;
+	} else {
+		strprintorsetwidth(v, ttname, mode);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+started(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+	time_t startt;
+	struct tm *tp;
+	char buf[100], *cp;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	if (!k->p_uvalid) {
+		if (mode == PRINTMODE)
+			(void)printf("%*s", v->width, "-");
+		return;
+	}
+
+	startt = k->p_ustart_sec;
+	tp = localtime(&startt);
+	if (now == 0)
+		(void)time(&now);
+	if (now - k->p_ustart_sec < SECSPERDAY)
+		/* I *hate* SCCS... */
+		(void)strftime(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, "%l:%" "M%p", tp);
+	else if (now - k->p_ustart_sec < DAYSPERWEEK * SECSPERDAY)
+		/* I *hate* SCCS... */
+		(void)strftime(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, "%a%" "I%p", tp);
+	else
+		(void)strftime(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, "%e%b%y", tp);
+	/* %e and %l can start with a space. */
+	cp = buf;
+	if (*cp == ' ')
+		cp++;
+	strprintorsetwidth(v, cp, mode);
+}
+
+void
+lstarted(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+	time_t startt;
+	char buf[100];
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	if (!k->p_uvalid) {
+		/*
+		 * Minimum width is less than header - we don't
+		 * need to check it every time.
+		 */
+		if (mode == PRINTMODE)
+			(void)printf("%*s", v->width, "-");
+		return;
+	}
+	startt = k->p_ustart_sec;
+
+	/* assume all times are the same length */
+	if (mode != WIDTHMODE || v->width == 0) {
+		(void)strftime(buf, sizeof(buf) -1, "%c",
+		    localtime(&startt));
+		strprintorsetwidth(v, buf, mode);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+elapsed(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+	int32_t origseconds, secs, mins, hours, days;
+	int fmtlen, printed_something;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	if (k->p_uvalid == 0) {
+		origseconds = 0;
+	} else {
+		if (now == 0)
+			(void)time(&now);
+		origseconds = now - k->p_ustart_sec;
+		if (origseconds < 0) {
+			/*
+			 * Don't try to be fancy if the machine's
+			 * clock has been rewound to before the
+			 * process "started".
+			 */
+			origseconds = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	secs = origseconds;
+	mins = secs / SECSPERMIN;
+	secs %= SECSPERMIN;
+	hours = mins / MINSPERHOUR;
+	mins %= MINSPERHOUR;
+	days = hours / HOURSPERDAY;
+	hours %= HOURSPERDAY;
+
+	if (mode == WIDTHMODE) {
+		if (origseconds == 0)
+			/* non-zero so fmtlen is calculated at least once */
+			origseconds = 1;
+
+		if (origseconds > v->longestp) {
+			v->longestp = origseconds;
+
+			if (days > 0) {
+				/* +9 for "-hh:mm:ss" */
+				fmtlen = iwidth(days) + 9;
+			} else if (hours > 0) {
+				/* +6 for "mm:ss" */
+				fmtlen = iwidth(hours) + 6;
+			} else {
+				/* +3 for ":ss" */
+				fmtlen = iwidth(mins) + 3;
+			}
+
+			if (fmtlen > v->width)
+				v->width = fmtlen;
+		}
+	} else {
+		printed_something = 0;
+		fmtlen = v->width;
+
+		if (days > 0) {
+			(void)printf("%*d", fmtlen - 9, days);
+			printed_something = 1;
+		} else if (fmtlen > 9) {
+			(void)printf("%*s", fmtlen - 9, "");
+		}
+		if (fmtlen > 9)
+			fmtlen = 9;
+
+		if (printed_something) {
+			(void)printf("-%.*d", fmtlen - 7, hours);
+			printed_something = 1;
+		} else if (hours > 0) {
+			(void)printf("%*d", fmtlen - 6, hours);
+			printed_something = 1;
+		} else if (fmtlen > 6) {
+			(void)printf("%*s", fmtlen - 6, "");
+		}
+		if (fmtlen > 6)
+			fmtlen = 6;
+
+		/* Don't need to set fmtlen or printed_something any more... */
+		if (printed_something) {
+			(void)printf(":%.*d", fmtlen - 4, mins);
+		} else if (mins > 0) {
+			(void)printf("%*d", fmtlen - 3, mins);
+		} else if (fmtlen > 3) {
+			(void)printf("%*s", fmtlen - 3, "0");
+		}
+
+		(void)printf(":%.2d", secs);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+wchan(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_lwp *l = pi->li;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	if (l->l_wmesg[0]) {
+		strprintorsetwidth(v, l->l_wmesg, mode);
+		v->width = min(v->width, KI_WMESGLEN);
+	} else {
+		if (mode == PRINTMODE)
+			(void)printf("%-*s", v->width, "-");
+	}
+}
+
+#define	pgtok(a)        (((a)*(size_t)getpagesize())/1024)
+
+void
+vsize(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	intprintorsetwidth(v, pgtok(k->p_vm_msize), mode);
+}
+
+void
+rssize(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	/* XXX don't have info about shared */
+	intprintorsetwidth(v, pgtok(k->p_vm_rssize), mode);
+}
+
+void
+p_rssize(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)	/* doesn't account for text */
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	intprintorsetwidth(v, pgtok(k->p_vm_rssize), mode);
+}
+
+void
+cpuid(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_lwp *l = pi->li;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	intprintorsetwidth(v, l->l_cpuid, mode);
+}
+
+static void
+cputime1(int32_t secs, int32_t psecs, VAR *v, enum mode mode)
+{
+	int fmtlen;
+
+	/*
+	 * round and scale to 100's
+	 */
+	psecs = (psecs + 5000) / 10000;
+	secs += psecs / 100;
+	psecs = psecs % 100;
+
+	if (mode == WIDTHMODE) {
+		/*
+		 * Ugg, this is the only field where a value of 0 is longer
+		 * than the column title.
+		 * Use SECSPERMIN, because secs is divided by that when
+		 * passed to iwidth().
+		 */
+		if (secs == 0)
+			secs = SECSPERMIN;
+
+		if (secs > v->longestp) {
+			v->longestp = secs;
+			/* "+6" for the ":%02ld.%02ld" in the printf() below */
+			fmtlen = iwidth(secs / SECSPERMIN) + 6;
+			if (fmtlen > v->width)
+				v->width = fmtlen;
+		}
+	} else {
+		(void)printf("%*ld:%02ld.%02ld", v->width - 6,
+		    (long)(secs / SECSPERMIN), (long)(secs % SECSPERMIN),
+		    (long)psecs);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+cputime(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+	int32_t secs;
+	int32_t psecs;	/* "parts" of a second. first micro, then centi */
+
+	v = ve->var;
+
+	/*
+	 * This counts time spent handling interrupts.  We could
+	 * fix this, but it is not 100% trivial (and interrupt
+	 * time fractions only work on the sparc anyway).	XXX
+	 */
+	secs = k->p_rtime_sec;
+	psecs = k->p_rtime_usec;
+	if (sumrusage) {
+		secs += k->p_uctime_sec;
+		psecs += k->p_uctime_usec;
+	}
+
+	cputime1(secs, psecs, v, mode);
+}
+
+void
+lcputime(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_lwp *l = pi->li;
+	VAR *v;
+	int32_t secs;
+	int32_t psecs;	/* "parts" of a second. first micro, then centi */
+
+	v = ve->var;
+
+	secs = l->l_rtime_sec;
+	psecs = l->l_rtime_usec;
+
+	cputime1(secs, psecs, v, mode);
+}
+
+void
+pcpu(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	VAR *v;
+	double dbl;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	dbl = pi->pcpu;
+	doubleprintorsetwidth(v, dbl, (dbl >= 99.95) ? 0 : 1, mode);
+}
+
+double
+getpmem(const struct kinfo_proc2 *k)
+{
+	double fracmem;
+	int szptudot;
+
+	if (!nlistread)
+		donlist();
+
+	/* XXX want pmap ptpages, segtab, etc. (per architecture) */
+	szptudot = uspace/getpagesize();
+	/* XXX don't have info about shared */
+	fracmem = ((float)k->p_vm_rssize + szptudot)/mempages;
+	return (100.0 * fracmem);
+}
+
+void
+pmem(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	doubleprintorsetwidth(v, getpmem(k), 1, mode);
+}
+
+void
+pagein(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	intprintorsetwidth(v, k->p_uvalid ? k->p_uru_majflt : 0, mode);
+}
+
+void
+maxrss(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	/* No need to check width! */
+	if (mode == PRINTMODE)
+		(void)printf("%*s", v->width, "-");
+}
+
+void
+tsize(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	intprintorsetwidth(v, pgtok(k->p_vm_tsize), mode);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Generic output routines.  Print fields from various prototype
+ * structures.
+ */
+static void
+printval(void *bp, VAR *v, enum mode mode)
+{
+	static char ofmt[32] = "%";
+	int width, vok, fmtlen;
+	const char *fcp;
+	char *cp;
+	int64_t val;
+	u_int64_t uval;
+
+	val = 0;	/* XXXGCC -Wuninitialized [hpcarm] */
+	uval = 0;	/* XXXGCC -Wuninitialized [hpcarm] */
+
+	/*
+	 * Note that the "INF127" check is nonsensical for types
+	 * that are or can be signed.
+	 */
+#define	GET(type)		(*(type *)bp)
+#define	CHK_INF127(n)		(((n) > 127) && (v->flag & INF127) ? 127 : (n))
+
+#define	VSIGN	1
+#define	VUNSIGN	2
+#define	VPTR	3
+
+	if (mode == WIDTHMODE) {
+		vok = 0;
+		switch (v->type) {
+		case CHAR:
+			val = GET(char);
+			vok = VSIGN;
+			break;
+		case UCHAR:
+			uval = CHK_INF127(GET(u_char));
+			vok = VUNSIGN;
+			break;
+		case SHORT:
+			val = GET(short);
+			vok = VSIGN;
+			break;
+		case USHORT:
+			uval = CHK_INF127(GET(u_short));
+			vok = VUNSIGN;
+			break;
+		case INT32:
+			val = GET(int32_t);
+			vok = VSIGN;
+			break;
+		case INT:
+			val = GET(int);
+			vok = VSIGN;
+			break;
+		case UINT:
+		case UINT32:
+			uval = CHK_INF127(GET(u_int));
+			vok = VUNSIGN;
+			break;
+		case LONG:
+			val = GET(long);
+			vok = VSIGN;
+			break;
+		case ULONG:
+			uval = CHK_INF127(GET(u_long));
+			vok = VUNSIGN;
+			break;
+		case KPTR:
+			uval = GET(u_int64_t);
+			vok = VPTR;
+			break;
+		case KPTR24:
+			uval = GET(u_int64_t);
+			uval &= 0xffffff;
+			vok = VPTR;
+			break;
+		case INT64:
+			val = GET(int64_t);
+			vok = VSIGN;
+			break;
+		case UINT64:
+			uval = CHK_INF127(GET(u_int64_t));
+			vok = VUNSIGN;
+			break;
+
+		case SIGLIST:
+		default:
+			/* nothing... */;
+		}
+		switch (vok) {
+		case VSIGN:
+			if (val < 0 && val < v->longestn) {
+				v->longestn = val;
+				fmtlen = iwidth(-val) + 1;
+				if (fmtlen > v->width)
+					v->width = fmtlen;
+			} else if (val > 0 && val > v->longestp) {
+				v->longestp = val;
+				fmtlen = iwidth(val);
+				if (fmtlen > v->width)
+					v->width = fmtlen;
+			}
+			return;
+		case VUNSIGN:
+			if (uval > v->longestu) {
+				v->longestu = uval;
+				v->width = iwidth(uval);
+			}
+			return;
+		case VPTR:
+			fmtlen = 0;
+			while (uval > 0) {
+				uval >>= 4;
+				fmtlen++;
+			}
+			if (fmtlen > v->width)
+				v->width = fmtlen;
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	width = v->width;
+	cp = ofmt + 1;
+	fcp = v->fmt;
+	if (v->flag & LJUST)
+		*cp++ = '-';
+	*cp++ = '*';
+	while ((*cp++ = *fcp++) != '\0')
+		continue;
+
+	switch (v->type) {
+	case CHAR:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, GET(char));
+		return;
+	case UCHAR:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, CHK_INF127(GET(u_char)));
+		return;
+	case SHORT:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, GET(short));
+		return;
+	case USHORT:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, CHK_INF127(GET(u_short)));
+		return;
+	case INT:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, GET(int));
+		return;
+	case UINT:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, CHK_INF127(GET(u_int)));
+		return;
+	case LONG:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, GET(long));
+		return;
+	case ULONG:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, CHK_INF127(GET(u_long)));
+		return;
+	case KPTR:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, GET(u_int64_t));
+		return;
+	case KPTR24:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, GET(u_int64_t) & 0xffffff);
+		return;
+	case INT32:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, GET(int32_t));
+		return;
+	case UINT32:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, CHK_INF127(GET(u_int32_t)));
+		return;
+	case SIGLIST:
+		{
+			sigset_t *s = (sigset_t *)(void *)bp;
+			size_t i;
+#define	SIGSETSIZE	(sizeof(s->__bits) / sizeof(s->__bits[0]))
+			char buf[SIGSETSIZE * 8 + 1];
+
+			for (i = 0; i < SIGSETSIZE; i++)
+				(void)snprintf(&buf[i * 8], 9, "%.8x",
+				    s->__bits[(SIGSETSIZE - 1) - i]);
+
+			/* Skip leading zeroes */
+			for (i = 0; buf[i] == '0'; i++)
+				continue;
+
+			if (buf[i] == '\0')
+				i--;
+			strprintorsetwidth(v, buf + i, mode);
+#undef SIGSETSIZE
+		}
+		return;
+	case INT64:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, GET(int64_t));
+		return;
+	case UINT64:
+		(void)printf(ofmt, width, CHK_INF127(GET(u_int64_t)));
+		return;
+	default:
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "unknown type %d", v->type);
+	}
+#undef GET
+#undef CHK_INF127
+}
+
+void
+pvar(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	VAR *v = ve->var;
+	char *b = (v->flag & LWP) ? (char *)pi->li : (char *)pi->ki;
+
+	if ((v->flag & UAREA) && !pi->ki->p_uvalid) {
+		if (mode == PRINTMODE)
+			(void)printf("%*s", v->width, "-");
+		return;
+	}
+
+	(void)printval(b + v->off, v, mode);
+}
+
+void
+putimeval(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	VAR *v = ve->var;
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *k = pi->ki;
+	char *b = (v->flag & LWP) ? (char *)pi->li : (char *)pi->ki;
+	ulong secs = *(uint32_t *)(b + v->off);
+	ulong usec = *(uint32_t *)(b + v->off + sizeof (uint32_t));
+	int fmtlen;
+
+	if (!k->p_uvalid) {
+		if (mode == PRINTMODE)
+			(void)printf("%*s", v->width, "-");
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (mode == WIDTHMODE) {
+		if (secs == 0)
+			/* non-zero so fmtlen is calculated at least once */
+			secs = 1;
+		if (secs > v->longestu) {
+			v->longestu = secs;
+			if (secs <= 999)
+				/* sss.ssssss */
+				fmtlen = iwidth(secs) + 6 + 1;
+			else
+				/* hh:mm:ss.ss */
+				fmtlen = iwidth((secs + 1) / SECSPERHOUR)
+					+ 2 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 2 + 1;
+			if (fmtlen > v->width)
+				v->width = fmtlen;
+		}
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (secs < 999)
+		(void)printf( "%*lu.%.6lu", v->width - 6 - 1, secs, usec);
+	else {
+		uint h, m;
+		usec += 5000;
+		if (usec >= 1000000) {
+			usec -= 1000000;
+			secs++;
+		}
+		m = secs / SECSPERMIN;
+		secs -= m * SECSPERMIN;
+		h = m / MINSPERHOUR;
+		m -= h * MINSPERHOUR;
+		(void)printf( "%*u:%.2u:%.2lu.%.2lu", v->width - 9, h, m, secs,
+		    usec / 10000u );
+	}
+}
+
+void
+lname(struct pinfo *pi, VARENT *ve, enum mode mode)
+{
+	struct kinfo_lwp *l = pi->li;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	v = ve->var;
+	if (l->l_name[0] != '\0') {
+		strprintorsetwidth(v, l->l_name, mode);
+		v->width = min(v->width, KI_LNAMELEN);
+	} else {
+		if (mode == PRINTMODE)
+			(void)printf("%-*s", v->width, "-");
+	}
+}
diff --git a/bin/ps/ps.1 b/bin/ps/ps.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..635ec3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ps/ps.1
@@ -0,0 +1,706 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ps.1,v 1.109 2017/08/28 05:57:37 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ps.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
+.\"
+.Dd August 28, 2017
+.Dt PS 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ps
+.Nd process status
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl AaCcdehjlmrSsTuvwx
+.Op Fl k Ar key
+.Op Fl M Ar core
+.Op Fl N Ar system
+.Op Fl O Ar fmt
+.Op Fl o Ar fmt
+.Op Fl p Ar pid
+.Op Fl t Ar tty
+.Op Fl U Ar user
+.Op Fl W Ar swap
+.Nm
+.Fl L
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+displays a header line followed by lines containing information about
+running processes.
+By default, the display includes only processes that have
+controlling terminals and are owned by your uid.
+The default sort order of controlling terminal and
+(among processes with the same controlling terminal) process ID
+may be changed using the
+.Fl k , Fl m ,
+or
+.Fl r
+options.
+.Pp
+The information displayed for each process
+is selected based on a set of keywords (see the
+.Fl L ,
+.Fl O ,
+and
+.Fl o
+options).
+The default output format includes, for each process, the process' ID,
+controlling terminal, CPU time (including both user and system time),
+state, and associated command.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width XNXsystemXX
+.It Fl A
+Display information about all processes.
+This is equivalent to
+.Fl a Fl x .
+.It Fl a
+Display information about other users' processes as well as your own.
+Note that this does not display information about processes
+without controlling terminals.
+.It Fl C
+Change the way the CPU percentage is calculated by using a
+.Dq raw
+CPU calculation that ignores
+.Dq resident
+time (this normally has no effect).
+.It Fl c
+Do not display full command with arguments, but only the
+executable name.
+This may be somewhat confusing; for example, all
+.Xr sh 1
+scripts will show as
+.Dq sh .
+.It Fl d
+Arrange processes into descendancy order and prefix each command with
+indentation text showing sibling and parent/child relationships.
+If either of the
+.Fl m
+and
+.Fl r
+options are also used, they control how sibling processes are sorted
+relative to each other.
+.It Fl e
+Display the environment as well.
+The environment for other
+users' processes can only be displayed by the super-user.
+.It Fl h
+Repeat the information header as often as necessary to guarantee one
+header per page of information.
+.It Fl j
+Print information associated with the following keywords:
+.Ar user , pid , ppid , pgid , sess , jobc , state , tt , time ,
+and
+.Ar command .
+.It Fl k Ar key
+Sort the output using the space or comma separated list of keywords.
+Multiple sort keys may be specified, using any of the
+.Fl k , Fl m ,
+or
+.Fl r
+options.
+The default sort order is equivalent to
+.Fl k Ar tdev,pid .
+.It Fl L
+List the set of available keywords.
+.It Fl l
+Display information associated with the following keywords:
+.Ar uid , pid , ppid , cpu , pri , nice , vsz , rss , wchan , state ,
+.Ar tt , time ,
+and
+.Ar command .
+.It Fl M Ar core
+Extract values from the specified core file instead of the running system.
+.It Fl m
+Sort by memory usage.
+This is equivalent to
+.Fl k Ar vsz .
+.It Fl N Ar system
+Extract the name list from the specified system instead of the default,
+.Dq Pa /netbsd .
+Ignored unless
+.Fl M
+is specified.
+.It Fl O Ar fmt
+Display information associated with the space or comma separated list
+of keywords specified.
+The
+.Fl O
+option does not suppress the default display;
+it inserts additional keywords just after the
+.Ar pid
+keyword in the default display, or after the
+.Ar pid
+keyword (if any) in a non-default display specified before the
+first use of the
+.Fl O
+flag.
+Keywords inserted by multiple
+.Fl O
+options will be adjacent.
+.Pp
+An equals sign
+.Pq Dq \&=
+followed by a customised header string may be appended to a keyword,
+as described in more detail under the
+.Fl o
+option.
+.It Fl o Ar fmt
+Display information associated with the space or comma separated list
+of keywords specified.
+Use of the
+.Fl o
+option suppresses the set of keywords that would be displayed by default,
+or appends to the set of keywords specified by other options.
+.Pp
+An equals sign
+.Pq Dq \&=
+followed by a customised header string may be appended to a keyword.
+This causes the printed header to use the specified string instead of
+the default header associated with the keyword.
+.Pp
+Everything after the first equals sign is part of the customised
+header text, and this may include embedded spaces
+.Pq Dq " " ,
+commas
+.Pq Dq \&, ,
+or equals signs
+.Pq Dq \&= .
+To specify multiple keywords with customised headers, use multiple
+.Fl o
+or
+.Fl O
+options.
+.Pp
+If all the keywords to be displayed have customised headers,
+and all the customised headers are entirely empty,
+then the header line is not printed at all.
+.It Fl p Ar pid
+Display information associated with the specified process ID.
+.It Fl r
+Sort by current CPU usage.
+This is equivalent to
+.Fl k Ar %cpu .
+.It Fl S
+Change the way the process time is calculated by summing all exited
+children to their parent process.
+.It Fl s
+Display one line for each LWP, rather than one line for each process,
+and display information associated with the following keywords:
+.Ar uid , pid , ppid , cpu , lid , nlwp , pri , nice , vsz , rss ,
+.Ar wchan , lstate , tt , time ,
+and
+.Ar command .
+.It Fl T
+Display information about processes attached to the device associated
+with the standard input.
+.It Fl t Ar tty
+Display information about processes attached to the specified terminal
+device.
+Use a question mark
+.Pq Dq \&?
+for processes not attached to a
+terminal device and a minus sign
+.Pq Dq -
+for processes that have
+been revoked from their terminal device.
+.It Fl U Ar user
+Display processes belonging to the specified user,
+given either as a user name or a uid.
+.It Fl u
+Display information associated with the following keywords:
+.Ar user , pid , %cpu , %mem , vsz , rss , tt , state , start , time ,
+and
+.Ar command .
+The
+.Fl u
+option implies the
+.Fl r
+option.
+.It Fl v
+Display information associated with the following keywords:
+.Ar pid , state , time , sl , re , pagein , vsz , rss , lim , tsiz ,
+.Ar %cpu , %mem ,
+and
+.Ar command .
+The
+.Fl v
+option implies the
+.Fl m
+option.
+.It Fl W Ar swap
+Extract swap information from the specified file instead of the default,
+.Dq Pa /dev/drum .
+Ignored unless
+.Fl M
+is specified.
+.It Fl w
+Use 132 columns to display information instead of the default, which
+is your window size.
+If the
+.Fl w
+option is specified more than once,
+.Nm
+will use as many columns as necessary without regard to your window size.
+.It Fl x
+Also display information about processes without controlling terminals.
+.El
+.Pp
+A complete list of the available keywords are listed below.
+Some of these keywords are further specified as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Ar %cpu
+The CPU utilization of the process; this is a decaying average over up to
+a minute of previous (real) time.
+Since the time base over which this is computed varies (since processes may
+be very young) it is possible for the sum of all %CPU fields to exceed 100%.
+.It Ar %mem
+The percentage of real memory used by this process.
+.It Ar flags
+The flags (in hexadecimal) associated with the process as in
+the include file
+.In sys/proc.h :
+.Bl -column P_NOCLDSTOP P_NOCLDSTOP compact
+.It Dv "P_ADVLOCK" Ta No "0x00000001	process may hold a POSIX advisory lock"
+.It Dv "P_CONTROLT" Ta No "0x00000002	process has a controlling terminal"
+.It Dv "P_NOCLDSTOP" Ta No "0x00000008	no" Dv SIGCHLD No when children stop
+.It Dv "P_PPWAIT" Ta No "0x00000010	parent is waiting for child to exec/exit"
+.It Dv "P_PROFIL" Ta No "0x00000020	process has started profiling"
+.It Dv "P_SELECT" Ta No "0x00000040	selecting; wakeup/waiting danger"
+.It Dv "P_SINTR" Ta No "0x00000080	sleep is interruptible"
+.It Dv "P_SUGID" Ta No "0x00000100	process had set id privileges since last exec"
+.It Dv "P_SYSTEM" Ta No "0x00000200	system process: no sigs or stats"
+.It Dv "P_TIMEOUT" Ta No "0x00000400	timing out during sleep"
+.It Dv "P_TRACED" Ta No "0x00000800	process is being traced"
+.It Dv "P_WAITED" Ta No "0x00001000	debugging process has waited for child"
+.It Dv "P_WEXIT" Ta No "0x00002000	working on exiting"
+.It Dv "P_EXEC" Ta No "0x00004000	process called" Xr execve 2
+.It Dv "P_OWEUPC" Ta No "0x00008000	owe process an addupc() call at next ast"
+.\" the routine addupc is not documented in the man pages
+.It Dv "P_NOCLDWAIT" Ta No "0x00020000	no zombies when children die"
+.It Dv "P_32" Ta No "0x00040000	32-bit process (used on 64-bit kernels)"
+.It Dv "P_BIGLOCK" Ta No "0x00080000	process needs kernel ``big lock'' to run"
+.It Dv "P_INEXEC" Ta No "0x00100000	process is exec'ing and cannot be traced"
+.El
+.It Ar lim
+The soft limit on memory used, specified via a call to
+.Xr setrlimit 2 .
+.It Ar lstart
+The exact time the command started, using the
+.Dq \&%c
+format described in
+.Xr strftime 3 .
+.It Ar nice
+The process scheduling increment (see
+.Xr setpriority 2 ) .
+.It Ar rss
+the real memory (resident set) size of the process (in 1024 byte units).
+.It Ar start
+The time the command started.
+If the command started less than 24 hours ago, the start time is
+displayed using the
+.Dq %l:%M%p
+format described in
+.Xr strftime 3 .
+If the command started less than 7 days ago, the start time is
+displayed using the
+.Dq %a%p
+format.
+Otherwise, the start time is displayed using the
+.Dq %e%b%y
+format.
+.It Ar state
+The state is given by a sequence of letters, for example,
+.Dq RNs .
+The first letter indicates the run state of the process:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width indent -compact
+.It D
+Marks a process in device or other short term, uninterruptible wait.
+.It I
+Marks a process that is idle (sleeping interruptibly for longer than about
+.Dv MAXSLP
+(default 20) seconds).
+.It O
+Marks a process running on a processor.
+.It R
+Marks a runnable process, or one that is in the process of creation.
+.It S
+Marks a process that is sleeping interruptibly for less than about
+.Dv MAXSLP
+(default 20) seconds.
+.It T
+Marks a stopped process.
+.It U
+Marks a suspended process.
+.It Z
+Marks a dead process that has exited, but not been waited for (a
+.Dq zombie ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+Additional characters after these, if any, indicate additional state
+information:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width indent -compact
+.It +
+The process is in the foreground process group of its control terminal.
+.It -
+The LWP is detached (can't be waited for).
+.It <
+The process has raised CPU scheduling priority.
+.It a
+The process is using scheduler activations (deprecated).
+.It E
+The process is in the process of exiting.
+.It K
+The process is a kernel thread or system process.
+.It l
+The process has multiple LWPs.
+.It N
+The process is niced (has reduced CPU scheduling priority) (see
+.Xr setpriority 2 ) .
+.It s
+The process is a session leader.
+.It V
+The process is suspended during a
+.Xr vfork 2 .
+.It X
+The process is being traced or debugged.
+.El
+.It Ar tt
+An abbreviation for the pathname of the controlling terminal, if any.
+The abbreviation consists of the two letters following
+.Dq Pa /dev/tty
+or, for the console,
+.Dq co .
+This is followed by a
+.Dq \&-
+if the process can no longer reach that
+controlling terminal (i.e., it has been revoked).
+.It Ar wchan
+The event (an address in the system) on which a process waits.
+When printed numerically, the initial part of the address is
+trimmed off and the result is printed in hex, for example, 0x80324000 prints
+as 324000.
+.El
+.Pp
+When printing using the
+.Ar command
+keyword, a process that has exited and has a parent that has not yet
+waited for the process (in other words, a zombie) is listed as
+.Dq Aq defunct ,
+and a process which is blocked while trying to exit is listed as
+.Dq Aq exiting .
+.Pp
+.Nm
+will try to locate the processes' argument vector from the user
+area in order to print the command name and arguments.
+This method is not reliable because a process is allowed to destroy this
+information.
+The
+.Ar ucomm
+(accounting) keyword will always contain the real command name as
+contained in the process structure's
+.Va p_comm
+field.
+.Pp
+If the command vector cannot be located (usually because it has not
+been set, as is the case of system processes and/or kernel threads)
+the command name is printed within square brackets.
+.Pp
+To indicate that the argument vector has been tampered with,
+.Nm
+will append the real command name to the output within parentheses
+if the basename of the first argument in the argument vector
+does not match the contents of the real command name.
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Nm
+checks for the following two situations and does not append the
+real command name parenthesized:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It -shellname
+The login process traditionally adds a
+.Sq -
+in front of the shell name to indicate a login shell.
+.Nm
+will not append parenthesized the command name if it matches with
+the name in the first argument of the argument vector, skipping
+the leading
+.Sq - .
+.It daemonname: current-activity
+Daemon processes frequently report their current activity by setting
+their name to be like
+.Dq daemonname: current-activity .
+.Nm
+will not append parenthesized the command name, if the string preceding the
+.Sq \&:
+in the first argument of the argument vector matches the command name.
+.El
+.Sh KEYWORDS
+The following is a complete list of the available keywords and their
+meanings.
+Several of them have aliases (keywords which are synonyms).
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width groupnames -compact
+.It Ar %cpu
+percentage CPU usage (alias
+.Ar pcpu )
+.It Ar %mem
+percentage memory usage (alias
+.Ar pmem )
+.It Ar acflag
+accounting flag (alias
+.Ar acflg )
+.It Ar comm
+command (the argv[0] value)
+.It Ar command
+command and arguments (alias
+.Ar args )
+.It Ar cpu
+short-term CPU usage factor (for scheduling)
+.It Ar cpuid
+CPU number the current process or lwp is running on.
+.It Ar ctime
+accumulated CPU time of all children that have exited
+.It Ar egid
+effective group id
+.It Ar egroup
+group name (from egid)
+.It Ar emul
+emulation name
+.It Ar etime
+elapsed time since the process was started, in the form
+.Li [[dd-]hh:]mm:ss
+.It Ar euid
+effective user id
+.It Ar euser
+user name (from euid)
+.It Ar flags
+the process flags, in hexadecimal (alias
+.Ar f )
+.It Ar gid
+effective group id
+.It Ar group
+group name (from gid)
+.It Ar groupnames
+group names (from group access list)
+.It Ar groups
+group access list
+.It Ar inblk
+total blocks read (alias
+.Ar inblock )
+.It Ar jobc
+job control count
+.It Ar ktrace
+tracing flags
+.It Ar ktracep
+tracing vnode
+.It Ar laddr
+kernel virtual address of the
+.Ft "struct lwp"
+belonging to the LWP.
+.It Ar lid
+ID of the LWP
+.It Ar lim
+memory use limit
+.It Ar lname
+descriptive name of the LWP
+.It Ar logname
+login name of user who started the process (alias
+.Ar login )
+.It Ar lstart
+time started
+.It Ar lstate
+symbolic LWP state
+.It Ar ltime
+CPU time of the LWP
+.It Ar majflt
+total page faults
+.It Ar minflt
+total page reclaims
+.It Ar msgrcv
+total messages received (reads from pipes/sockets)
+.It Ar msgsnd
+total messages sent (writes on pipes/sockets)
+.It Ar nice
+nice value (alias
+.Ar ni )
+.It Ar nivcsw
+total involuntary context switches
+.It Ar nlwp
+number of LWPs in the process
+.It Ar nsigs
+total signals taken (alias
+.Ar nsignals )
+.It Ar nvcsw
+total voluntary context switches
+.It Ar nwchan
+wait channel (as an address)
+.It Ar oublk
+total blocks written (alias
+.Ar oublock )
+.It Ar p_ru
+resource usage pointer (valid only for zombie)
+.It Ar paddr
+kernel virtual address of the
+.Ft "struct proc"
+belonging to the process.
+.It Ar pagein
+pageins (same as majflt)
+.It Ar pgid
+process group number
+.It Ar pid
+process ID
+.It Ar ppid
+parent process ID
+.It Ar pri
+scheduling priority
+.It Ar re
+core residency time (in seconds; 127 = infinity)
+.It Ar rgid
+real group ID
+.It Ar rlink
+reverse link on run queue, or 0
+.It Ar rlwp
+number of LWPs on a processor or run queue
+.It Ar rss
+resident set size
+.It Ar rsz
+resident set size + (text size / text use count) (alias
+.Ar rssize )
+.It Ar ruid
+real user ID
+.It Ar ruser
+user name (from ruid)
+.It Ar sess
+session pointer
+.It Ar sid
+session ID
+.It Ar sig
+pending signals (alias
+.Ar pending )
+.It Ar sigcatch
+caught signals (alias
+.Ar caught )
+.It Ar sigignore
+ignored signals (alias
+.Ar ignored )
+.It Ar sigmask
+blocked signals (alias
+.Ar blocked )
+.It Ar sl
+sleep time (in seconds; 127 = infinity)
+.It Ar start
+time started
+.It Ar state
+symbolic process state (alias
+.Ar stat )
+.It Ar stime
+accumulated system CPU time
+.It Ar svgid
+saved gid from a setgid executable
+.It Ar svgroup
+group name (from svgid)
+.It Ar svuid
+saved uid from a setuid executable
+.It Ar svuser
+user name (from svuid)
+.It Ar tdev
+control terminal device number
+.It Ar time
+accumulated CPU time, user + system (alias
+.Ar cputime )
+.It Ar tpgid
+control terminal process group ID
+.It Ar tsess
+control terminal session pointer
+.It Ar tsiz
+text size (in Kbytes)
+.It Ar tt
+control terminal name (two letter abbreviation)
+.It Ar tty
+full name of control terminal
+.It Ar uaddr
+kernel virtual address of the
+.Ft "struct user"
+belonging to the LWP.
+.It Ar ucomm
+name to be used for accounting
+.It Ar uid
+effective user ID
+.It Ar upr
+scheduling priority on return from system call (alias
+.Ar usrpri )
+.It Ar user
+user name (from uid)
+.It Ar utime
+accumulated user CPU time
+.It Ar vsz
+virtual size in Kbytes (alias
+.Ar vsize )
+.It Ar wchan
+wait channel (as a symbolic name)
+.It Ar xstat
+exit or stop status (valid only for stopped or zombie process)
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /var/run/kvm.db -compact
+.It Pa /dev
+special files and device names
+.It Pa /dev/drum
+default swap device
+.It Pa /var/run/dev.cdb
+/dev name database
+.It Pa /var/db/kvm.db
+system name list database
+.It Pa /netbsd
+default system name list
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr kill 1 ,
+.Xr pgrep 1 ,
+.Xr pkill 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr w 1 ,
+.Xr kvm 3 ,
+.Xr strftime 3 ,
+.Xr dev_mkdb 8 ,
+.Xr pstat 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v3
+in section 8 of the manual.
+.Sh BUGS
+Since
+.Nm
+cannot run faster than the system and is run as any other scheduled
+process, the information it displays can never be exact.
diff --git a/bin/ps/ps.c b/bin/ps/ps.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da26fc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ps/ps.c
@@ -0,0 +1,947 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ps.c,v 1.91 2018/04/11 18:52:29 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Simon Burge.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ps.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ps.c,v 1.91 2018/04/11 18:52:29 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/lwp.h>
+#include <sys/proc.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <kvm.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <nlist.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "ps.h"
+
+/*
+ * ARGOPTS must contain all option characters that take arguments
+ * (except for 't'!) - it is used in kludge_oldps_options()
+ */
+#define	GETOPTSTR	"aAcCdeghjk:LlM:mN:O:o:p:rSsTt:U:uvW:wx"
+#define	ARGOPTS		"kMNOopUW"
+
+struct varlist displaylist = SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(displaylist);
+struct varlist sortlist = SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(sortlist);
+
+int	eval;			/* exit value */
+int	sumrusage;		/* -S */
+int	termwidth;		/* width of screen (0 == infinity) */
+int	totwidth;		/* calculated width of requested variables */
+
+int	needcomm, needenv, commandonly;
+uid_t	myuid;
+
+static struct kinfo_lwp
+		*pick_representative_lwp(struct kinfo_proc2 *,
+		    struct kinfo_lwp *, int);
+static struct kinfo_proc2
+		*getkinfo_kvm(kvm_t *, int, int, int *);
+static struct pinfo
+		*setpinfo(struct kinfo_proc2 *, int, int, int);
+static char	*kludge_oldps_options(char *);
+static int	 pscomp(const void *, const void *);
+static void	 scanvars(void);
+__dead static void	 usage(void);
+static int	 parsenum(const char *, const char *);
+static void	 descendant_sort(struct pinfo *, int);
+
+char dfmt[] = "pid tt state time command";
+char jfmt[] = "user pid ppid pgid sess jobc state tt time command";
+char lfmt[] = "uid pid ppid cpu pri nice vsz rss wchan state tt time command";
+char sfmt[] = "uid pid ppid cpu lid nlwp pri nice vsz rss wchan lstate tt "
+		"ltime command";
+char ufmt[] = "user pid %cpu %mem vsz rss tt state start time command";
+char vfmt[] = "pid state time sl re pagein vsz rss lim tsiz %cpu %mem command";
+
+const char *default_fmt = dfmt;
+
+struct varent *Opos = NULL; /* -O flag inserts after this point */
+
+kvm_t *kd;
+
+static long long
+ttyname2dev(const char *ttname, int *xflg, int *what)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	const char *ttypath;
+	char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	ttypath = NULL;
+	if (strcmp(ttname, "?") == 0) {
+		*xflg = 1;
+		return KERN_PROC_TTY_NODEV;
+	}
+	if (strcmp(ttname, "-") == 0)
+		return KERN_PROC_TTY_REVOKE;
+
+	if (strcmp(ttname, "co") == 0)
+		ttypath = _PATH_CONSOLE;
+	else if (strncmp(ttname, "pts/", 4) == 0 ||
+		strncmp(ttname, "tty", 3) == 0) {
+		(void)snprintf(pathbuf,
+		    sizeof(pathbuf), "%s%s", _PATH_DEV, ttname);
+		ttypath = pathbuf;
+	} else if (*ttname != '/') {
+		(void)snprintf(pathbuf,
+		    sizeof(pathbuf), "%s%s", _PATH_TTY, ttname);
+		ttypath = pathbuf;
+	} else
+		ttypath = ttname;
+	*what = KERN_PROC_TTY;
+	if (stat(ttypath, &sb) == -1) {
+		devmajor_t pts;
+		int serrno;
+
+		serrno = errno;
+		pts = getdevmajor("pts", S_IFCHR);
+		if (pts != NODEVMAJOR && strncmp(ttname, "pts/", 4) == 0) {
+			int ptsminor = atoi(ttname + 4);
+
+			snprintf(pathbuf, sizeof(pathbuf), "pts/%d", ptsminor);
+			if (strcmp(pathbuf, ttname) == 0 && ptsminor >= 0)
+				return makedev(pts, ptsminor);
+		}
+		errno = serrno;
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", ttypath);
+	}
+	if (!S_ISCHR(sb.st_mode))
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: not a terminal", ttypath);
+	return sb.st_rdev;
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *kinfo;
+	struct pinfo *pinfo;
+	struct varent *vent;
+	struct winsize ws;
+	struct kinfo_lwp *kl, *l;
+	int ch, i, j, fmt, lineno, descendancy, nentries, nlwps;
+	long long flag;
+	int calc_pcpu, prtheader, wflag, what, xflg, rawcpu, showlwps;
+	char *nlistf, *memf, *swapf, errbuf[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX];
+	char *ttname;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	if ((ioctl(STDOUT_FILENO, TIOCGWINSZ, (char *)&ws) == -1 &&
+	     ioctl(STDERR_FILENO, TIOCGWINSZ, (char *)&ws) == -1 &&
+	     ioctl(STDIN_FILENO,  TIOCGWINSZ, (char *)&ws) == -1) ||
+	     ws.ws_col == 0)
+		termwidth = 79;
+	else
+		termwidth = ws.ws_col - 1;
+
+	if (argc > 1)
+		argv[1] = kludge_oldps_options(argv[1]);
+
+	descendancy = fmt = prtheader = wflag = xflg = rawcpu = showlwps = 0;
+	what = KERN_PROC_UID;
+	flag = myuid = getuid();
+	memf = nlistf = swapf = NULL;
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, GETOPTSTR)) != -1)
+		switch((char)ch) {
+		case 'A':
+			/* "-A" shows all processes, like "-ax" */
+			xflg = 1;
+			/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+		case 'a':
+			what = KERN_PROC_ALL;
+			flag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			commandonly = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			descendancy = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'e':			/* XXX set ufmt */
+			needenv = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			rawcpu = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'g':
+			break;			/* no-op */
+		case 'h':
+			prtheader = ws.ws_row > 5 ? ws.ws_row : 22;
+			break;
+		case 'j':
+			parsefmt(jfmt);
+			fmt = 1;
+			jfmt[0] = '\0';
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			parsesort(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'K':
+			break;			/* no-op - was dontuseprocfs */
+		case 'L':
+			showkey();
+			return 0;
+		case 'l':
+			parsefmt(lfmt);
+			fmt = 1;
+			lfmt[0] = '\0';
+			break;
+		case 'M':
+			memf = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			parsesort("vsz");
+			break;
+		case 'N':
+			nlistf = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'O':
+			/*
+			 * If this is not the first -O option, insert
+			 * just after the previous one.
+			 *
+			 * If there is no format yet, start with the default
+			 * format, and insert after the pid column.
+			 *
+			 * If there is already a format, insert after
+			 * the pid column, or at the end if there's no
+			 * pid column.
+			 */
+			if (!Opos) {
+				if (!fmt)
+					parsefmt(default_fmt);
+				Opos = varlist_find(&displaylist, "pid");
+			}
+			parsefmt_insert(optarg, &Opos);
+			fmt = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			parsefmt(optarg);
+			fmt = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			what = KERN_PROC_PID;
+			flag = parsenum(optarg, "process id");
+			xflg = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			parsesort("%cpu");
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			sumrusage = 1;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			/* -L was already taken... */
+			showlwps = 1;
+			default_fmt = sfmt;
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			if ((ttname = ttyname(STDIN_FILENO)) == NULL)
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "stdin: not a terminal");
+			flag = ttyname2dev(ttname, &xflg, &what);
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			flag = ttyname2dev(optarg, &xflg, &what);
+			break;
+		case 'U':
+			if (*optarg != '\0') {
+				struct passwd *pw;
+
+				what = KERN_PROC_UID;
+				pw = getpwnam(optarg);
+				if (pw == NULL) {
+					flag = parsenum(optarg, "user name");
+				} else
+					flag = pw->pw_uid;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			parsefmt(ufmt);
+			parsesort("%cpu");
+			fmt = 1;
+			ufmt[0] = '\0';
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			parsefmt(vfmt);
+			parsesort("vsz");
+			fmt = 1;
+			vfmt[0] = '\0';
+			break;
+		case 'W':
+			swapf = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			if (wflag)
+				termwidth = UNLIMITED;
+			else if (termwidth < 131)
+				termwidth = 131;
+			wflag++;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			xflg = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+#define	BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY
+#ifdef	BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY
+	if (*argv) {
+		nlistf = *argv;
+		if (*++argv) {
+			memf = *argv;
+			if (*++argv)
+				swapf = *argv;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (memf == NULL) {
+		kd = kvm_openfiles(NULL, NULL, NULL, KVM_NO_FILES, errbuf);
+		donlist_sysctl();
+	} else
+		kd = kvm_openfiles(nlistf, memf, swapf, O_RDONLY, errbuf);
+
+	if (kd == NULL)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", errbuf);
+
+	if (!fmt)
+		parsefmt(default_fmt);
+
+	/* Add default sort criteria */
+	parsesort("tdev,pid");
+	calc_pcpu = 0;
+	SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(vent, &sortlist, next) {
+		if (vent->var->flag & LWP || vent->var->type == UNSPECIFIED)
+			warnx("Cannot sort on %s, sort key ignored",
+				vent->var->name);
+		if (vent->var->type == PCPU)
+			calc_pcpu = 1;
+	}
+	if (!calc_pcpu)
+		SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(vent, &displaylist, next)
+			if (vent->var->type == PCPU) {
+				calc_pcpu = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+
+	/*
+	 * scan requested variables, noting what structures are needed.
+	 */
+	scanvars();
+
+	/*
+	 * select procs
+	 */
+	if (!(kinfo = getkinfo_kvm(kd, what, flag, &nentries)))
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", kvm_geterr(kd));
+	if (nentries == 0) {
+		printheader();
+		return 1;
+	}
+	pinfo = setpinfo(kinfo, nentries, calc_pcpu, rawcpu);
+
+	/*
+	 * sort proc list
+	 */
+	qsort(pinfo, nentries, sizeof(struct pinfo), pscomp);
+
+	/*
+	 * We want things in descendant order
+	 */
+	if (descendancy)
+		descendant_sort(pinfo, nentries);
+
+	/*
+	 * For each proc, call each variable output function in
+	 * "setwidth" mode to determine the widest element of
+	 * the column.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = 0; i < nentries; i++) {
+		struct pinfo *pi = &pinfo[i];
+		struct kinfo_proc2 *ki = pi->ki;
+
+		if (xflg == 0 && (ki->p_tdev == (uint32_t)NODEV ||
+		    (ki->p_flag & P_CONTROLT) == 0))
+			continue;
+
+		kl = kvm_getlwps(kd, ki->p_pid, ki->p_paddr,
+		    sizeof(struct kinfo_lwp), &nlwps);
+		if (kl == 0)
+			nlwps = 0;
+		if (showlwps == 0) {
+			l = pick_representative_lwp(ki, kl, nlwps);
+			SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(vent, &displaylist, next)
+				OUTPUT(vent, l, pi, ki, WIDTHMODE);
+		} else {
+			/* The printing is done with the loops
+			 * reversed, but here we don't need that,
+			 * and this improves the code locality a bit.
+			 */
+			SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(vent, &displaylist, next)
+				for (j = 0; j < nlwps; j++)
+					OUTPUT(vent, &kl[j], pi, ki, WIDTHMODE);
+		}
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Print header - AFTER determining process field widths.
+	 * printheader() also adds up the total width of all
+	 * fields the first time it's called.
+	 */
+	printheader();
+	/*
+	 * For each proc, call each variable output function in
+	 * print mode.
+	 */
+	for (i = lineno = 0; i < nentries; i++) {
+		struct pinfo *pi = &pinfo[i];
+		struct kinfo_proc2 *ki = pi->ki;
+
+		if (xflg == 0 && (ki->p_tdev == (uint32_t)NODEV ||
+		    (ki->p_flag & P_CONTROLT ) == 0))
+			continue;
+		kl = kvm_getlwps(kd, ki->p_pid, (u_long)ki->p_paddr,
+		    sizeof(struct kinfo_lwp), &nlwps);
+		if (kl == 0)
+			nlwps = 0;
+		if (showlwps == 0) {
+			l = pick_representative_lwp(ki, kl, nlwps);
+			SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(vent, &displaylist, next) {
+				OUTPUT(vent, l, pi, ki, PRINTMODE);
+				if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(vent, next) != NULL)
+					(void)putchar(' ');
+			}
+			(void)putchar('\n');
+			if (prtheader && lineno++ == prtheader - 4) {
+				(void)putchar('\n');
+				printheader();
+				lineno = 0;
+			}
+		} else {
+			for (j = 0; j < nlwps; j++) {
+				SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(vent, &displaylist, next) {
+					OUTPUT(vent, &kl[j], pi, ki, PRINTMODE);
+					if (SIMPLEQ_NEXT(vent, next) != NULL)
+						(void)putchar(' ');
+				}
+				(void)putchar('\n');
+				if (prtheader && lineno++ == prtheader - 4) {
+					(void)putchar('\n');
+					printheader();
+					lineno = 0;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return eval;
+}
+
+static struct kinfo_lwp *
+pick_representative_lwp(struct kinfo_proc2 *ki, struct kinfo_lwp *kl, int nlwps)
+{
+	int i, onproc, running, sleeping, stopped, suspended;
+	static struct kinfo_lwp zero_lwp;
+
+	if (kl == 0)
+		return &zero_lwp;
+
+	/* Trivial case: only one LWP */
+	if (nlwps == 1)
+		return kl;
+
+	switch (ki->p_realstat) {
+	case SSTOP:
+	case SACTIVE:
+		/* Pick the most live LWP */
+		onproc = running = sleeping = stopped = suspended = -1;
+		for (i = 0; i < nlwps; i++) {
+			switch (kl[i].l_stat) {
+			case LSONPROC:
+				onproc = i;
+				break;
+			case LSRUN:
+				running = i;
+				break;
+			case LSSLEEP:
+				sleeping = i;
+				break;
+			case LSSTOP:
+				stopped = i;
+				break;
+			case LSSUSPENDED:
+				suspended = i;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (onproc != -1)
+			return &kl[onproc];
+		if (running != -1)
+			return &kl[running];
+		if (sleeping != -1)
+			return &kl[sleeping];
+		if (stopped != -1)
+			return &kl[stopped];
+		if (suspended != -1)
+			return &kl[suspended];
+		break;
+	case SZOMB:
+		/* First will do */
+		return kl;
+		break;
+	}
+	/* Error condition! */
+	warnx("Inconsistent LWP state for process %d", ki->p_pid);
+	return kl;
+}
+
+static struct kinfo_proc2 *
+getkinfo_kvm(kvm_t *kdp, int what, int flag, int *nentriesp)
+{
+
+	return (kvm_getproc2(kdp, what, flag, sizeof(struct kinfo_proc2),
+	    nentriesp));
+}
+
+static struct pinfo *
+setpinfo(struct kinfo_proc2 *ki, int nentries, int calc_pcpu, int rawcpu)
+{
+	struct pinfo *pi;
+	int i;
+
+	pi = calloc(nentries, sizeof(*pi));
+	if (pi == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "calloc");
+
+	if (calc_pcpu && !nlistread)
+		donlist();
+
+	for (i = 0; i < nentries; i++) {
+		pi[i].ki = &ki[i];
+		if (!calc_pcpu)
+			continue;
+		if (ki[i].p_swtime == 0 || ki[i].p_realstat == SZOMB) {
+			pi[i].pcpu = 0.0;
+			continue;
+		}
+		pi[i].pcpu = 100.0 * (double)ki[i].p_pctcpu / fscale;
+		if (!rawcpu)
+			pi[i].pcpu /= 1.0 - exp(ki[i].p_swtime * log_ccpu);
+	}
+
+	return pi;
+}
+
+static void
+scanvars(void)
+{
+	struct varent *vent;
+	VAR *v;
+
+	SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(vent, &displaylist, next) {
+		v = vent->var;
+		if (v->flag & COMM) {
+			needcomm = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static int
+pscomp(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	const struct pinfo *pa = (const struct pinfo *)a;
+	const struct pinfo *pb = (const struct pinfo *)b;
+	const struct kinfo_proc2 *ka = pa->ki;
+	const struct kinfo_proc2 *kb = pb->ki;
+
+	int i;
+	int64_t i64;
+	VAR *v;
+	struct varent *ve;
+	const sigset_t *sa, *sb;
+
+#define	V_SIZE(k) ((k)->p_vm_msize)
+#define	RDIFF_N(t, n) \
+	if (((const t *)((const char *)ka + v->off))[n] > ((const t *)((const char *)kb + v->off))[n]) \
+		return 1; \
+	if (((const t *)((const char *)ka + v->off))[n] < ((const t *)((const char *)kb + v->off))[n]) \
+		return -1;
+
+#define	RDIFF(type) RDIFF_N(type, 0); continue
+
+	SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(ve, &sortlist, next) {
+		v = ve->var;
+		if (v->flag & LWP)
+			/* LWP structure not available (yet) */
+			continue;
+		/* Sort on pvar() fields, + a few others */
+		switch (v->type) {
+		case CHAR:
+			RDIFF(char);
+		case UCHAR:
+			RDIFF(u_char);
+		case SHORT:
+			RDIFF(short);
+		case USHORT:
+			RDIFF(ushort);
+		case INT:
+			RDIFF(int);
+		case UINT:
+			RDIFF(uint);
+		case LONG:
+			RDIFF(long);
+		case ULONG:
+			RDIFF(ulong);
+		case INT32:
+			RDIFF(int32_t);
+		case UINT32:
+			RDIFF(uint32_t);
+		case SIGLIST:
+			sa = (const void *)((const char *)ka + v->off);
+			sb = (const void *)((const char *)kb + v->off);
+			i = 0;
+			do {
+				if (sa->__bits[i] > sb->__bits[i])
+					return 1;
+				if (sa->__bits[i] < sb->__bits[i])
+					return -1;
+				i++;
+			} while (i < (int)__arraycount(sa->__bits));
+			continue;
+		case INT64:
+			RDIFF(int64_t);
+		case KPTR:
+		case KPTR24:
+		case UINT64:
+			RDIFF(uint64_t);
+		case TIMEVAL:
+			/* compare xxx_sec then xxx_usec */
+			RDIFF_N(uint32_t, 0);
+			RDIFF_N(uint32_t, 1);
+			continue;
+		case CPUTIME:
+			i64 = ka->p_rtime_sec * 1000000 + ka->p_rtime_usec;
+			i64 -= kb->p_rtime_sec * 1000000 + kb->p_rtime_usec;
+			if (sumrusage) {
+				i64 += ka->p_uctime_sec * 1000000
+				    + ka->p_uctime_usec;
+				i64 -= kb->p_uctime_sec * 1000000
+				    + kb->p_uctime_usec;
+			}
+			if (i64 != 0)
+				return i64 > 0 ? 1 : -1;
+			continue;
+		case PCPU:
+			i = pb->pcpu - pa->pcpu;
+			if (i != 0)
+				return i;
+			continue;
+		case VSIZE:
+			i = V_SIZE(kb) - V_SIZE(ka);
+			if (i != 0)
+				return i;
+			continue;
+
+		default:
+			/* Ignore everything else */
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+
+#undef VSIZE
+}
+
+/*
+ * ICK (all for getopt), would rather hide the ugliness
+ * here than taint the main code.
+ *
+ *  ps foo -> ps -foo
+ *  ps 34 -> ps -p34
+ *
+ * The old convention that 't' with no trailing tty arg means the user's
+ * tty, is only supported if argv[1] doesn't begin with a '-'.  This same
+ * feature is available with the option 'T', which takes no argument.
+ */
+static char *
+kludge_oldps_options(char *s)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	char *newopts, *ns, *cp;
+
+	len = strlen(s);
+	if ((newopts = ns = malloc(len + 3)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+	/*
+	 * options begin with '-'
+	 */
+	if (*s != '-')
+		*ns++ = '-';	/* add option flag */
+	/*
+	 * gaze to end of argv[1]
+	 */
+	cp = s + len - 1;
+	/*
+	 * if the last letter is a 't' flag and there are no other option
+	 * characters that take arguments (eg U, p, o) in the option
+	 * string and the option string doesn't start with a '-' then
+	 * convert to 'T' (meaning *this* terminal, i.e. ttyname(0)).
+	 */
+	if (*cp == 't' && *s != '-' && strpbrk(s, ARGOPTS) == NULL)
+		*cp = 'T';
+	else {
+		/*
+		 * otherwise check for trailing number, which *may* be a
+		 * pid.
+		 */
+		while (cp >= s && isdigit((unsigned char)*cp))
+			--cp;
+	}
+	cp++;
+	memmove(ns, s, (size_t)(cp - s));	/* copy up to trailing number */
+	ns += cp - s;
+	/*
+	 * if there's a trailing number, and not a preceding 'p' (pid) or
+	 * 't' (tty) flag, then assume it's a pid and insert a 'p' flag.
+	 */
+	if (isdigit((unsigned char)*cp) &&
+	    (cp == s || (cp[-1] != 'U' && cp[-1] != 't' && cp[-1] != 'p' &&
+	    cp[-1] != '/' && (cp - 1 == s || cp[-2] != 't'))))
+		*ns++ = 'p';
+	/* and append the number */
+	(void)strcpy(ns, cp);		/* XXX strcpy is safe here */
+
+	return (newopts);
+}
+
+static int
+parsenum(const char *str, const char *msg)
+{
+	char *ep;
+	unsigned long ul;
+
+	ul = strtoul(str, &ep, 0);
+
+	if (*str == '\0' || *ep != '\0')
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Invalid %s: `%s'", msg, str);
+
+	if (ul > INT_MAX)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Out of range %s: `%s'", msg, str);
+
+	return (int)ul;
+}
+
+static void
+descendant_sort(struct pinfo *ki, int items)
+{
+	int dst, lvl, maxlvl, n, ndst, nsrc, siblings, src;
+	unsigned char *path;
+	struct pinfo kn;
+
+	/*
+	 * First, sort the entries by descendancy, tracking the descendancy
+	 * depth in the level field.
+	 */
+	src = 0;
+	maxlvl = 0;
+	while (src < items) {
+		if (ki[src].level) {
+			src++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		for (nsrc = 1; src + nsrc < items; nsrc++)
+			if (!ki[src + nsrc].level)
+				break;
+
+		for (dst = 0; dst < items; dst++) {
+			if (ki[dst].ki->p_pid == ki[src].ki->p_pid)
+				continue;
+			if (ki[dst].ki->p_pid == ki[src].ki->p_ppid)
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (dst == items) {
+			src += nsrc;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		for (ndst = 1; dst + ndst < items; ndst++)
+			if (ki[dst + ndst].level <= ki[dst].level)
+				break;
+
+		for (n = src; n < src + nsrc; n++) {
+			ki[n].level += ki[dst].level + 1;
+			if (maxlvl < ki[n].level)
+				maxlvl = ki[n].level;
+		}
+
+		while (nsrc) {
+			if (src < dst) {
+				kn = ki[src];
+				memmove(ki + src, ki + src + 1,
+				    (dst - src + ndst - 1) * sizeof *ki);
+				ki[dst + ndst - 1] = kn;
+				nsrc--;
+				dst--;
+				ndst++;
+			} else if (src != dst + ndst) {
+				kn = ki[src];
+				memmove(ki + dst + ndst + 1, ki + dst + ndst,
+				    (src - dst - ndst) * sizeof *ki);
+				ki[dst + ndst] = kn;
+				ndst++;
+				nsrc--;
+				src++;
+			} else {
+				ndst += nsrc;
+				src += nsrc;
+				nsrc = 0;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Now populate prefix (instead of level) with the command
+	 * prefix used to show descendancies.
+	 */
+	path = malloc((maxlvl + 7) / 8);
+	memset(path, '\0', (maxlvl + 7) / 8);
+	for (src = 0; src < items; src++) {
+		if ((lvl = ki[src].level) == 0) {
+			ki[src].prefix = NULL;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if ((ki[src].prefix = malloc(lvl * 2 + 1)) == NULL)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc failed");
+		for (n = 0; n < lvl - 2; n++) {
+			ki[src].prefix[n * 2] =
+			    path[n / 8] & 1 << (n % 8) ? '|' : ' ';
+			ki[src].prefix[n * 2 + 1] = ' ';
+				
+		}
+		if (n == lvl - 2) {
+			/* Have I any more siblings? */
+			for (siblings = 0, dst = src + 1; dst < items; dst++) {
+				if (ki[dst].level > lvl)
+					continue;
+				if (ki[dst].level == lvl)
+					siblings = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (siblings)
+				path[n / 8] |= 1 << (n % 8);
+			else
+				path[n / 8] &= ~(1 << (n % 8));
+			ki[src].prefix[n * 2] = siblings ? '|' : '`';
+			ki[src].prefix[n * 2 + 1] = '-';
+			n++;
+		}
+		strcpy(ki[src].prefix + n * 2, "- ");
+	}
+	free(path);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "usage:\t%s\n\t   %s\n\t%s\n",
+	    "ps [-AaCcdehjlmrSsTuvwx] [-k key] [-M core] [-N system] [-O fmt]",
+	    "[-o fmt] [-p pid] [-t tty] [-U user] [-W swap]",
+	    "ps -L");
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/ps/ps.h b/bin/ps/ps.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d8ddb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/ps/ps.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ps.h,v 1.29 2016/12/02 21:59:03 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)ps.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+
+#define	UNLIMITED	0	/* unlimited terminal width */
+
+enum mode {
+	PRINTMODE = 0,		/* print values */
+	WIDTHMODE = 1		/* determine width of column */
+};
+
+enum type {
+	UNSPECIFIED,
+	CHAR, UCHAR, SHORT, USHORT, INT, UINT, LONG, ULONG,
+	KPTR, KPTR24, INT32, UINT32, SIGLIST, INT64, UINT64,
+	TIMEVAL, CPUTIME, PCPU, VSIZE
+};
+
+/* Variables. */
+typedef SIMPLEQ_HEAD(varlist, varent) VARLIST;
+
+typedef struct varent {
+	SIMPLEQ_ENTRY(varent) next;
+	struct var *var;
+} VARENT;
+
+struct pinfo {
+	struct kinfo_proc2 *ki;
+	struct kinfo_lwp *li;
+	char *prefix;
+	int level;
+	double pcpu;
+};
+
+typedef struct var {
+	const char *name;	/* name(s) of variable */
+	const char *header;	/* header, possibly changed from default */
+#define	COMM	0x01		/* needs exec arguments and environment (XXX) */
+#define	ARGV0	0x02		/* only print argv[0] */
+#define	LJUST	0x04		/* left adjust on output (trailing blanks) */
+#define	INF127	0x08		/* 127 = infinity: if > 127, print 127. */
+#define	LWP	0x10		/* dispatch to kinfo_lwp routine */
+#define	UAREA	0x20		/* need to check p_uvalid */
+#define	ALIAS	0x40		/* entry is alias for 'header' */
+	u_int	flag;
+				/* output routine */
+	void	(*oproc)(struct pinfo *pi, struct varent *, enum mode);
+	/*
+	 * The following (optional) elements are hooks for passing information
+	 * to the generic output routine: pvar (that which prints simple
+	 * elements from struct kinfo_proc2).
+	 */
+	int	off;		/* offset in structure */
+	enum	type type;	/* type of element */
+	const char *fmt;	/* printf format */
+
+	/* current longest element */
+	int	width;		/* printing width */
+	int64_t	longestp;	/* longest positive signed value */
+	int64_t	longestn;	/* longest negative signed value */
+	u_int64_t longestu;	/* longest unsigned value */
+	double	longestpd;	/* longest positive double */
+	double	longestnd;	/* longest negative double */
+} VAR;
+
+
+#define	OUTPUT(vent, kl, pi, ki, mode) do {		\
+	if ((vent)->var->flag & LWP)			\
+	    pi->li = kl;				\
+	((vent)->var->oproc)(pi, (vent), (mode));	\
+	} while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
+
+#include "extern.h"
diff --git a/bin/pwd/pwd.1 b/bin/pwd/pwd.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbdaf32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pwd/pwd.1
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: pwd.1,v 1.27 2017/07/04 06:50:37 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)pwd.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95
+.\"
+.Dd August 12, 2016
+.Dt PWD 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pwd
+.Nd return working directory name
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl LP
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+writes the absolute pathname of the current working directory to
+the standard output.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl L
+If the
+.Ev PWD
+environment variable is an absolute pathname that contains
+neither "/./" nor "/../" and references the current directory, then
+.Ev PWD
+is assumed to be the name of the current directory.
+.It Fl P
+Print the physical path to the current working directory, with symbolic
+links in the path resolved.
+.El
+.Pp
+The default for the
+.Nm
+command is
+.Fl P .
+.Pp
+.Nm
+is usually provided as a shell builtin (which may have a different
+default).
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std pwd
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cd 1 ,
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr ksh 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr getcwd 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be conforming to
+.St -p1003.1 ,
+except that the default is
+.Fl P
+not
+.Fl L .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v5 .
+.Sh BUGS
+In
+.Xr csh 1
+the command
+.Ic dirs
+is always faster (although it can give a different answer in the rare case
+that the current directory or a containing directory was moved after
+the shell descended into it).
+.Pp
+.Nm
+.Fl L
+relies on the file system having unique inode numbers.
+If this is not true (e.g., on FAT file systems) then
+.Nm
+.Fl L
+may fail to detect that
+.Ev PWD
+is incorrect.
diff --git a/bin/pwd/pwd.c b/bin/pwd/pwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27888eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/pwd/pwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/* $NetBSD: pwd.c,v 1.22 2011/08/29 14:51:19 joerg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pwd.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/1/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: pwd.c,v 1.22 2011/08/29 14:51:19 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static char *getcwd_logical(void);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+/*
+ * Note that EEE Std 1003.1, 2003 requires that the default be -L.
+ * This is inconsistent with the historic behaviour of everything
+ * except the ksh builtin.
+ * To avoid breaking scripts the default has been kept as -P.
+ * (Some scripts run /bin/pwd in order to get 'pwd -P'.)
+ */
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, lFlag;
+	const char *p;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	lFlag = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "LP")) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'L':
+			lFlag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			lFlag = 0;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc != 0)
+		usage();
+
+	if (lFlag)
+		p = getcwd_logical();
+	else
+		p = NULL;
+	if (p == NULL)
+		p = getcwd(NULL, 0);
+
+	if (p == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+
+	(void)printf("%s\n", p);
+
+	exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static char *
+getcwd_logical(void)
+{
+	char *pwd;
+	struct stat s_pwd, s_dot;
+
+	/* Check $PWD -- if it's right, it's fast. */
+	pwd = getenv("PWD");
+	if (pwd == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	if (pwd[0] != '/')
+		return NULL;
+	if (strstr(pwd, "/./") != NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	if (strstr(pwd, "/../") != NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	if (stat(pwd, &s_pwd) == -1 || stat(".", &s_dot) == -1)
+		return NULL;
+	if (s_pwd.st_dev != s_dot.st_dev || s_pwd.st_ino != s_dot.st_ino)
+		return NULL;
+	return pwd;
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-LP]\n", getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/rm/rm.1 b/bin/rm/rm.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7c5720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/rm/rm.1
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: rm.1,v 1.29 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994, 2003
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)rm.1	8.5 (Berkeley) 12/5/94
+.\"
+.Dd August 12, 2016
+.Dt RM 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm rm
+.Nd remove directory entries
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl f | Fl i
+.Op Fl dPRrvWx
+.Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility attempts to remove the non-directory type files specified on the
+command line.
+If the permissions of the file do not permit writing, and the standard
+input device is a terminal, the user is prompted (on the standard error
+output) for confirmation.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Fl d
+Attempt to remove directories as well as other types of files.
+.It Fl f
+Attempt to remove the files without prompting for confirmation,
+regardless of the file's permissions.
+If the file does not exist, do not display a diagnostic message or modify
+the exit status to reflect an error.
+The
+.Fl f
+option overrides any previous
+.Fl i
+options.
+.It Fl i
+Request confirmation before attempting to remove each file, regardless of
+the file's permissions, or whether or not the standard input device is a
+terminal.
+The
+.Fl i
+option overrides any previous
+.Fl f
+options.
+.It Fl P
+Overwrite regular files before deleting them.
+Files are overwritten three times, first with the byte pattern 0xff,
+then 0x00, and then with random data, before they are deleted.
+Some care is taken to ensure that the data are actually written to
+disk, but this cannot be guaranteed, even on traditional filesystems;
+on log-structured filesystems or if any block-journaling scheme is
+in use, this option is completely useless.
+If the file cannot be
+overwritten, it will not be removed.
+.It Fl R
+Attempt to remove the file hierarchy rooted in each file argument.
+The
+.Fl R
+option implies the
+.Fl d
+option.
+If the
+.Fl i
+option is specified, the user is prompted for confirmation before
+each directory's contents are processed (as well as before the attempt
+is made to remove the directory).
+If the user does not respond affirmatively, the file hierarchy rooted in
+that directory is skipped.
+.It Fl r
+Equivalent to
+.Fl R .
+.It Fl v
+Cause
+.Nm
+to be verbose, showing files as they are processed.
+.It Fl W
+Attempts to undelete the named files.
+Currently, this option can only be used to recover
+files covered by whiteouts.
+.It Fl x
+When removing a hierarchy, do not cross mount points.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility removes symbolic links, not the files referenced by the links.
+.Pp
+It is an error to attempt to remove the files ``.'' and ``..''.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits 0 if all of the named files or file hierarchies were removed,
+or if the
+.Fl f
+option was specified and all of the existing files or file hierarchies were
+removed.
+If an error occurs,
+.Nm
+exits with a value >0.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Nm
+uses
+.Xr getopt 3
+standard argument processing.
+Removing filenames that begin with a dash
+.Pq e.g., Ar -file
+in the current directory which might otherwise be taken as option flags to
+.Nm
+can be accomplished as follows:
+.Pp
+.Ic "rm -- -file"
+.Pp
+or
+.Pp
+.Ic "rm ./-file"
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The
+.Nm
+utility differs from historical implementations in that the
+.Fl f
+option only masks attempts to remove non-existent files instead of
+masking a large variety of errors.
+.Pp
+Also, historical
+.Bx
+implementations prompted on the standard output,
+not the standard error output.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr rmdir 1 ,
+.Xr undelete 2 ,
+.Xr unlink 2 ,
+.Xr fts 3 ,
+.Xr getopt 3 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+The
+.Fl v
+and
+.Fl x
+options are extensions.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl P
+option attempts to conform to U.S. DoD 5220-22.M, "National Industrial
+Security Program Operating Manual" ("NISPOM") as updated by Change
+2 and the July 23, 2003 "Clearing & Sanitization Matrix".
+However, unlike earlier revisions of NISPOM, the 2003 matrix imposes
+requirements which make it clear that the standard does not and
+can not apply to the erasure of individual files, in particular
+requirements relating to spare sector management for an entire
+magnetic disk.
+.Em Because these requirements are not met, the
+.Fl P
+.Em option does not conform to the standard .
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fl P
+option assumes that the underlying file system is a fixed-block file
+system.
+FFS is a fixed-block file system, LFS is not.
+In addition, only regular files are overwritten, other types of files
+are not.
+Recent research indicates that as many as 35 overwrite passes with
+carefully chosen data patterns may be necessary to actually prevent
+recovery of data from a magnetic disk.
+Thus the
+.Fl P
+option is likely both insufficient for its design purpose and far
+too costly for default operation.
+However, it will at least prevent the recovery of data from FFS
+volumes with
+.Xr fsdb 8 .
diff --git a/bin/rm/rm.c b/bin/rm/rm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1d2e8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/rm/rm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,611 @@
+/* $NetBSD: rm.c,v 1.53 2013/04/26 18:43:22 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994, 2003
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)rm.c	8.8 (Berkeley) 4/27/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: rm.c,v 1.53 2013/04/26 18:43:22 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static int dflag, eval, fflag, iflag, Pflag, stdin_ok, vflag, Wflag;
+static int xflag;
+static sig_atomic_t pinfo;
+
+static int	check(char *, char *, struct stat *);
+static void	checkdot(char **);
+static void	progress(int);
+static void	rm_file(char **);
+static int	rm_overwrite(char *, struct stat *);
+static void	rm_tree(char **);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+/*
+ * For the sake of the `-f' flag, check whether an error number indicates the
+ * failure of an operation due to an non-existent file, either per se (ENOENT)
+ * or because its filename argument was illegal (ENAMETOOLONG, ENOTDIR).
+ */
+#define NONEXISTENT(x) \
+    ((x) == ENOENT || (x) == ENAMETOOLONG || (x) == ENOTDIR)
+
+/*
+ * rm --
+ *	This rm is different from historic rm's, but is expected to match
+ *	POSIX 1003.2 behavior.  The most visible difference is that -f
+ *	has two specific effects now, ignore non-existent files and force
+ * 	file removal.
+ */
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, rflag;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	Pflag = rflag = xflag = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "dfiPRrvWx")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'd':
+			dflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			fflag = 1;
+			iflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			fflag = 0;
+			iflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			Pflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+		case 'r':			/* Compatibility. */
+			rflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			vflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			xflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'W':
+			Wflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc < 1) {
+		if (fflag)
+			return 0;
+		usage();
+	}
+
+	(void)signal(SIGINFO, progress);
+
+	checkdot(argv);
+
+	if (*argv) {
+		stdin_ok = isatty(STDIN_FILENO);
+
+		if (rflag)
+			rm_tree(argv);
+		else
+			rm_file(argv);
+	}
+
+	exit(eval);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+rm_tree(char **argv)
+{
+	FTS *fts;
+	FTSENT *p;
+	int flags, needstat, rval;
+			
+	/*
+	 * Remove a file hierarchy.  If forcing removal (-f), or interactive
+	 * (-i) or can't ask anyway (stdin_ok), don't stat the file.
+	 */
+	needstat = !fflag && !iflag && stdin_ok;
+
+	/*
+	 * If the -i option is specified, the user can skip on the pre-order
+	 * visit.  The fts_number field flags skipped directories.
+	 */
+#define	SKIPPED	1
+
+	flags = FTS_PHYSICAL;
+	if (!needstat)
+		flags |= FTS_NOSTAT;
+	if (Wflag)
+		flags |= FTS_WHITEOUT;
+	if (xflag)
+		flags |= FTS_XDEV;
+	if ((fts = fts_open(argv, flags, NULL)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "fts_open failed");
+	while ((p = fts_read(fts)) != NULL) {
+	
+		switch (p->fts_info) {
+		case FTS_DNR:
+			if (!fflag || p->fts_errno != ENOENT) {
+				warnx("%s: %s", p->fts_path,
+						strerror(p->fts_errno));
+				eval = 1;
+			}
+			continue;
+		case FTS_ERR:
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: %s", p->fts_path,
+					strerror(p->fts_errno));
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		case FTS_NS:
+			/*
+			 * FTS_NS: assume that if can't stat the file, it
+			 * can't be unlinked.
+			 */
+			if (fflag && NONEXISTENT(p->fts_errno))
+				continue;
+			if (needstat) {
+				warnx("%s: %s", p->fts_path,
+						strerror(p->fts_errno));
+				eval = 1;
+				continue;
+			}
+			break;
+		case FTS_D:
+			/* Pre-order: give user chance to skip. */
+			if (!fflag && !check(p->fts_path, p->fts_accpath,
+			    p->fts_statp)) {
+				(void)fts_set(fts, p, FTS_SKIP);
+				p->fts_number = SKIPPED;
+			}
+			continue;
+		case FTS_DP:
+			/* Post-order: see if user skipped. */
+			if (p->fts_number == SKIPPED)
+				continue;
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (!fflag &&
+			    !check(p->fts_path, p->fts_accpath, p->fts_statp))
+				continue;
+		}
+
+		rval = 0;
+		/*
+		 * If we can't read or search the directory, may still be
+		 * able to remove it.  Don't print out the un{read,search}able
+		 * message unless the remove fails.
+		 */
+		switch (p->fts_info) {
+		case FTS_DP:
+		case FTS_DNR:
+			rval = rmdir(p->fts_accpath);
+			if (rval != 0 && fflag && errno == ENOENT)
+				continue;
+			break;
+
+		case FTS_W:
+			rval = undelete(p->fts_accpath);
+			if (rval != 0 && fflag && errno == ENOENT)
+				continue;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			if (Pflag) {
+				if (rm_overwrite(p->fts_accpath, NULL))
+					continue;
+			}
+			rval = unlink(p->fts_accpath);
+			if (rval != 0 && fflag && NONEXISTENT(errno))
+				continue;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (rval != 0) {
+			warn("%s", p->fts_path);
+			eval = 1;
+		} else if (vflag || pinfo) {
+			pinfo = 0;
+			(void)printf("%s\n", p->fts_path);
+		}
+	}
+	if (errno)
+		err(1, "fts_read");
+	fts_close(fts);
+}
+
+static void
+rm_file(char **argv)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	int rval;
+	char *f;
+
+	/*
+	 * Remove a file.  POSIX 1003.2 states that, by default, attempting
+	 * to remove a directory is an error, so must always stat the file.
+	 */
+	while ((f = *argv++) != NULL) {
+		/* Assume if can't stat the file, can't unlink it. */
+		if (lstat(f, &sb)) {
+			if (Wflag) {
+				sb.st_mode = S_IFWHT|S_IWUSR|S_IRUSR;
+			} else {
+				if (!fflag || !NONEXISTENT(errno)) {
+					warn("%s", f);
+					eval = 1;
+				}
+				continue;
+			}
+		} else if (Wflag) {
+			warnx("%s: %s", f, strerror(EEXIST));
+			eval = 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode) && !dflag) {
+			warnx("%s: is a directory", f);
+			eval = 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (!fflag && !S_ISWHT(sb.st_mode) && !check(f, f, &sb))
+			continue;
+		if (S_ISWHT(sb.st_mode))
+			rval = undelete(f);
+		else if (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode))
+			rval = rmdir(f);
+		else {
+			if (Pflag) {
+				if (rm_overwrite(f, &sb))
+					continue;
+			}
+			rval = unlink(f);
+		}
+		if (rval && (!fflag || !NONEXISTENT(errno))) {
+			warn("%s", f);
+			eval = 1;
+		}
+		if (vflag && rval == 0)
+			(void)printf("%s\n", f);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * rm_overwrite --
+ *	Overwrite the file 3 times with varying bit patterns.
+ *
+ * This is an expensive way to keep people from recovering files from your
+ * non-snapshotted FFS filesystems using fsdb(8).  Really.  No more.  Only
+ * regular files are deleted, directories (and therefore names) will remain.
+ * Also, this assumes a fixed-block file system (like FFS, or a V7 or a
+ * System V file system).  In a logging file system, you'll have to have
+ * kernel support.
+ *
+ * A note on standards:  U.S. DoD 5220.22-M "National Industrial Security
+ * Program Operating Manual" ("NISPOM") is often cited as a reference
+ * for clearing and sanitizing magnetic media.  In fact, a matrix of
+ * "clearing" and "sanitization" methods for various media was given in
+ * Chapter 8 of the original 1995 version of NISPOM.  However, that
+ * matrix was *removed from the document* when Chapter 8 was rewritten
+ * in Change 2 to the document in 2001.  Recently, the Defense Security
+ * Service has made a revised clearing and sanitization matrix available
+ * in Microsoft Word format on the DSS web site.  The standardization
+ * status of this matrix is unclear.  Furthermore, one must be very
+ * careful when referring to this matrix: it is intended for the "clearing"
+ * prior to reuse or "sanitization" prior to disposal of *entire media*,
+ * not individual files and the only non-physically-destructive method of
+ * "sanitization" that is permitted for magnetic disks of any kind is
+ * specifically noted to be prohibited for media that have contained
+ * Top Secret data.
+ *
+ * It is impossible to actually conform to the exact procedure given in
+ * the matrix if one is overwriting a file, not an entire disk, because
+ * the procedure requires examination and comparison of the disk's defect
+ * lists.  Any program that claims to securely erase *files* while 
+ * conforming to the standard, then, is not correct.  We do as much of
+ * what the standard requires as can actually be done when erasing a
+ * file, rather than an entire disk; but that does not make us conformant.
+ *
+ * Furthermore, the presence of track caches, disk and controller write
+ * caches, and so forth make it extremely difficult to ensure that data
+ * have actually been written to the disk, particularly when one tries
+ * to repeatedly overwrite the same sectors in quick succession.  We call
+ * fsync(), but controllers with nonvolatile cache, as well as IDE disks
+ * that just plain lie about the stable storage of data, will defeat this.
+ *
+ * Finally, widely respected research suggests that the given procedure
+ * is nowhere near sufficient to prevent the recovery of data using special
+ * forensic equipment and techniques that are well-known.  This is 
+ * presumably one reason that the matrix requires physical media destruction,
+ * rather than any technique of the sort attempted here, for secret data.
+ *
+ * Caveat Emptor.
+ *
+ * rm_overwrite will return 0 on success.
+ */
+
+static int
+rm_overwrite(char *file, struct stat *sbp)
+{
+	struct stat sb, sb2;
+	int fd, randint;
+	char randchar;
+
+	fd = -1;
+	if (sbp == NULL) {
+		if (lstat(file, &sb))
+			goto err;
+		sbp = &sb;
+	}
+	if (!S_ISREG(sbp->st_mode))
+		return 0;
+
+	/* flags to try to defeat hidden caching by forcing seeks */
+	if ((fd = open(file, O_RDWR|O_SYNC|O_RSYNC|O_NOFOLLOW, 0)) == -1)
+		goto err;
+
+	if (fstat(fd, &sb2)) {
+		goto err;
+	}
+
+	if (sb2.st_dev != sbp->st_dev || sb2.st_ino != sbp->st_ino ||
+	    !S_ISREG(sb2.st_mode)) {
+		errno = EPERM;
+		goto err;
+	}
+
+#define RAND_BYTES	1
+#define THIS_BYTE	0
+
+#define	WRITE_PASS(mode, byte) do {					\
+	off_t len;							\
+	size_t wlen, i;							\
+	char buf[8 * 1024];						\
+									\
+	if (fsync(fd) || lseek(fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET))			\
+		goto err;						\
+									\
+	if (mode == THIS_BYTE)						\
+		memset(buf, byte, sizeof(buf));				\
+	for (len = sbp->st_size; len > 0; len -= wlen) {		\
+		if (mode == RAND_BYTES) {				\
+			for (i = 0; i < sizeof(buf); 			\
+			    i+= sizeof(u_int32_t))			\
+				*(int *)(buf + i) = arc4random();	\
+		}							\
+		wlen = len < (off_t)sizeof(buf) ? (size_t)len : sizeof(buf); \
+		if ((size_t)write(fd, buf, wlen) != wlen)		\
+			goto err;					\
+	}								\
+	sync();		/* another poke at hidden caches */		\
+} while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0)
+
+#define READ_PASS(byte) do {						\
+	off_t len;							\
+	size_t rlen;							\
+	char pattern[8 * 1024];						\
+	char buf[8 * 1024];						\
+									\
+	if (fsync(fd) || lseek(fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET))			\
+		goto err;						\
+									\
+	memset(pattern, byte, sizeof(pattern));				\
+	for(len = sbp->st_size; len > 0; len -= rlen) {			\
+		rlen = len < (off_t)sizeof(buf) ? (size_t)len : sizeof(buf); \
+		if((size_t)read(fd, buf, rlen) != rlen)			\
+			goto err;					\
+		if(memcmp(buf, pattern, rlen))				\
+			goto err;					\
+	}								\
+	sync();		/* another poke at hidden caches */		\
+} while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0)
+
+	/*
+	 * DSS sanitization matrix "clear" for magnetic disks: 
+	 * option 'c' "Overwrite all addressable locations with a single 
+	 * character."
+	 */
+	randint = arc4random();
+	randchar = *(char *)&randint;
+	WRITE_PASS(THIS_BYTE, randchar);
+
+	/*
+	 * DSS sanitization matrix "sanitize" for magnetic disks: 
+	 * option 'd', sub 2 "Overwrite all addressable locations with a
+	 * character, then its complement.  Verify "complement" character
+	 * was written successfully to all addressable locations, then
+	 * overwrite all addressable locations with random characters; or
+	 * verify third overwrite of random characters."  The rest of the
+	 * text in d-sub-2 specifies requirements for overwriting spared
+	 * sectors; we cannot conform to it when erasing only a file, thus
+	 * we do not conform to the standard.
+	 */
+
+	/* 1. "a character" */
+	WRITE_PASS(THIS_BYTE, 0xff);
+
+	/* 2. "its complement" */
+	WRITE_PASS(THIS_BYTE, 0x00);
+
+	/* 3. "Verify 'complement' character" */
+	READ_PASS(0x00);
+
+	/* 4. "overwrite all addressable locations with random characters" */
+
+	WRITE_PASS(RAND_BYTES, 0x00);
+
+	/*
+	 * As the file might be huge, and we note that this revision of
+	 * the matrix says "random characters", not "a random character"
+	 * as the original did, we do not verify the random-character
+	 * write; the "or" in the standard allows this.
+	 */
+
+	if (close(fd) == -1) {
+		fd = -1;
+		goto err;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+
+err:	eval = 1;
+	warn("%s", file);
+	if (fd != -1)
+		close(fd);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+check(char *path, char *name, struct stat *sp)
+{
+	int ch, first;
+	char modep[15];
+
+	/* Check -i first. */
+	if (iflag)
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "remove '%s'? ", path);
+	else {
+		/*
+		 * If it's not a symbolic link and it's unwritable and we're
+		 * talking to a terminal, ask.  Symbolic links are excluded
+		 * because their permissions are meaningless.  Check stdin_ok
+		 * first because we may not have stat'ed the file.
+		 */
+		if (!stdin_ok || S_ISLNK(sp->st_mode) ||
+		    !(access(name, W_OK) && (errno != ETXTBSY)))
+			return (1);
+		strmode(sp->st_mode, modep);
+		if (Pflag) {
+			warnx(
+			    "%s: -P was specified but file could not"
+			    " be overwritten", path);
+			return 0;
+		}
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "override %s%s%s:%s for '%s'? ",
+		    modep + 1, modep[9] == ' ' ? "" : " ",
+		    user_from_uid(sp->st_uid, 0),
+		    group_from_gid(sp->st_gid, 0), path);
+	}
+	(void)fflush(stderr);
+
+	first = ch = getchar();
+	while (ch != '\n' && ch != EOF)
+		ch = getchar();
+	return (first == 'y' || first == 'Y');
+}
+
+/*
+ * POSIX.2 requires that if "." or ".." are specified as the basename
+ * portion of an operand, a diagnostic message be written to standard
+ * error and nothing more be done with such operands.
+ *
+ * Since POSIX.2 defines basename as the final portion of a path after
+ * trailing slashes have been removed, we'll remove them here.
+ */
+#define ISDOT(a) ((a)[0] == '.' && (!(a)[1] || ((a)[1] == '.' && !(a)[2])))
+static void
+checkdot(char **argv)
+{
+	char *p, **save, **t;
+	int complained;
+
+	complained = 0;
+	for (t = argv; *t;) {
+		/* strip trailing slashes */
+		p = strrchr(*t, '\0');
+		while (--p > *t && *p == '/')
+			*p = '\0';
+
+		/* extract basename */
+		if ((p = strrchr(*t, '/')) != NULL)
+			++p;
+		else
+			p = *t;
+
+		if (ISDOT(p)) {
+			if (!complained++)
+				warnx("\".\" and \"..\" may not be removed");
+			eval = 1;
+			for (save = t; (t[0] = t[1]) != NULL; ++t)
+				continue;
+			t = save;
+		} else
+			++t;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-f|-i] [-dPRrvWx] file ...\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+progress(int sig __unused)
+{
+	
+	pinfo++;
+}
diff --git a/bin/rmdir/rmdir.1 b/bin/rmdir/rmdir.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fe42f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/rmdir/rmdir.1
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: rmdir.1,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)rmdir.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+.\"
+.Dd August 12, 2016
+.Dt RMDIR 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm rmdir
+.Nd remove directories
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl p
+.Ar directory ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The rmdir utility removes the directory entry specified by
+each
+.Ar directory
+argument, provided it is empty.
+.Pp
+Arguments are processed in the order given.
+In order to remove both a parent directory and a subdirectory
+of that parent, the subdirectory
+must be specified first so the parent directory
+is empty when
+.Nm
+tries to remove it.
+.Pp
+The following option is available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl p
+Each
+.Ar directory
+argument is treated as a pathname of which all
+components will be removed, if they are empty,
+starting with the last most component.
+(See
+.Xr rm 1
+for fully non-discriminant recursive removal.)
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Li \&0
+Each directory entry specified by a dir operand
+referred to an empty directory and was removed
+successfully.
+.It Li \&>\&0
+An error occurred.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr rm 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/bin/rmdir/rmdir.c b/bin/rmdir/rmdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a87b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/rmdir/rmdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* $NetBSD: rmdir.c,v 1.27 2017/08/10 22:52:13 ginsbach Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)rmdir.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: rmdir.c,v 1.27 2017/08/10 22:52:13 ginsbach Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static int	rm_path(char *);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, errors, pflag;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	pflag = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "p")) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'p':
+			pflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc == 0)
+		usage();
+
+	for (errors = 0; *argv; argv++) {
+		/* We rely on the kernel to ignore trailing '/' characters. */
+		if (rmdir(*argv) < 0) {
+			warn("%s", *argv);
+			errors = 1;
+		} else if (pflag)
+			errors |= rm_path(*argv);
+	}
+
+	exit(errors);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static int
+rm_path(char *path)
+{
+	char *p;
+
+	while ((p = strrchr(path, '/')) != NULL) {
+		*p = 0;
+		if (p[1] == 0)
+			/* Ignore trailing '/' on deleted name */
+			continue;
+
+		if (*path == 0)
+			/* At top level (root) directory */
+			break;
+
+		if (rmdir(path) < 0) {
+			warn("%s", path);
+			return (1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-p] directory ...\n", getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/TOUR b/bin/sh/TOUR
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30cee04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/TOUR
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+#	$NetBSD: TOUR,v 1.11 2016/10/25 13:01:59 abhinav Exp $
+#	@(#)TOUR	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+
+NOTE -- This is the original TOUR paper distributed with ash and
+does not represent the current state of the shell.  It is provided anyway
+since it provides helpful information for how the shell is structured,
+but be warned that things have changed -- the current shell is
+still under development.
+
+================================================================
+
+                       A Tour through Ash
+
+               Copyright 1989 by Kenneth Almquist.
+
+
+DIRECTORIES:  The subdirectory bltin contains commands which can
+be compiled stand-alone.  The rest of the source is in the main
+ash directory.
+
+SOURCE CODE GENERATORS:  Files whose names begin with "mk" are
+programs that generate source code.  A complete list of these
+programs is:
+
+        program         input files         generates
+        -------         ------------        ---------
+        mkbuiltins      builtins            builtins.h builtins.c
+        mkinit          *.c                 init.c
+        mknodes         nodetypes           nodes.h nodes.c
+        mksignames          -               signames.h signames.c
+        mksyntax            -               syntax.h syntax.c
+        mktokens            -               token.h
+        bltin/mkexpr    unary_op binary_op  operators.h operators.c
+
+There are undoubtedly too many of these.  Mkinit searches all the
+C source files for entries looking like:
+
+        INIT {
+              x = 1;    /* executed during initialization */
+        }
+
+        RESET {
+              x = 2;    /* executed when the shell does a longjmp
+                           back to the main command loop */
+        }
+
+        SHELLPROC {
+              x = 3;    /* executed when the shell runs a shell procedure */
+        }
+
+It pulls this code out into routines which are when particular
+events occur.  The intent is to improve modularity by isolating
+the information about which modules need to be explicitly
+initialized/reset within the modules themselves.
+
+Mkinit recognizes several constructs for placing declarations in
+the init.c file.
+        INCLUDE "file.h"
+includes a file.  The storage class MKINIT makes a declaration
+available in the init.c file, for example:
+        MKINIT int funcnest;    /* depth of function calls */
+MKINIT alone on a line introduces a structure or union declara-
+tion:
+        MKINIT
+        struct redirtab {
+              short renamed[10];
+        };
+Preprocessor #define statements are copied to init.c without any
+special action to request this.
+
+INDENTATION:  The ash source is indented in multiples of six
+spaces.  The only study that I have heard of on the subject con-
+cluded that the optimal amount to indent is in the range of four
+to six spaces.  I use six spaces since it is not too big a jump
+from the widely used eight spaces.  If you really hate six space
+indentation, use the adjind (source included) program to change
+it to something else.
+
+EXCEPTIONS:  Code for dealing with exceptions appears in
+exceptions.c.  The C language doesn't include exception handling,
+so I implement it using setjmp and longjmp.  The global variable
+exception contains the type of exception.  EXERROR is raised by
+calling error.  EXINT is an interrupt.  EXSHELLPROC is an excep-
+tion which is raised when a shell procedure is invoked.  The pur-
+pose of EXSHELLPROC is to perform the cleanup actions associated
+with other exceptions.  After these cleanup actions, the shell
+can interpret a shell procedure itself without exec'ing a new
+copy of the shell.
+
+INTERRUPTS:  In an interactive shell, an interrupt will cause an
+EXINT exception to return to the main command loop.  (Exception:
+EXINT is not raised if the user traps interrupts using the trap
+command.)  The INTOFF and INTON macros (defined in exception.h)
+provide uninterruptible critical sections.  Between the execution
+of INTOFF and the execution of INTON, interrupt signals will be
+held for later delivery.  INTOFF and INTON can be nested.
+
+MEMALLOC.C:  Memalloc.c defines versions of malloc and realloc
+which call error when there is no memory left.  It also defines a
+stack oriented memory allocation scheme.  Allocating off a stack
+is probably more efficient than allocation using malloc, but the
+big advantage is that when an exception occurs all we have to do
+to free up the memory in use at the time of the exception is to
+restore the stack pointer.  The stack is implemented using a
+linked list of blocks.
+
+STPUTC:  If the stack were contiguous, it would be easy to store
+strings on the stack without knowing in advance how long the
+string was going to be:
+        p = stackptr;
+        *p++ = c;       /* repeated as many times as needed */
+        stackptr = p;
+The following three macros (defined in memalloc.h) perform these
+operations, but grow the stack if you run off the end:
+        STARTSTACKSTR(p);
+        STPUTC(c, p);   /* repeated as many times as needed */
+        grabstackstr(p);
+
+We now start a top-down look at the code:
+
+MAIN.C:  The main routine performs some initialization, executes
+the user's profile if necessary, and calls cmdloop.  Cmdloop
+repeatedly parses and executes commands.
+
+OPTIONS.C:  This file contains the option processing code.  It is
+called from main to parse the shell arguments when the shell is
+invoked, and it also contains the set builtin.  The -i and -j op-
+tions (the latter turns on job control) require changes in signal
+handling.  The routines setjobctl (in jobs.c) and setinteractive
+(in trap.c) are called to handle changes to these options.
+
+PARSING:  The parser code is all in parser.c.  A recursive des-
+cent parser is used.  Syntax tables (generated by mksyntax) are
+used to classify characters during lexical analysis.  There are
+three tables:  one for normal use, one for use when inside single
+quotes, and one for use when inside double quotes.  The tables
+are machine dependent because they are indexed by character vari-
+ables and the range of a char varies from machine to machine.
+
+PARSE OUTPUT:  The output of the parser consists of a tree of
+nodes.  The various types of nodes are defined in the file node-
+types.
+
+Nodes of type NARG are used to represent both words and the con-
+tents of here documents.  An early version of ash kept the con-
+tents of here documents in temporary files, but keeping here do-
+cuments in memory typically results in significantly better per-
+formance.  It would have been nice to make it an option to use
+temporary files for here documents, for the benefit of small
+machines, but the code to keep track of when to delete the tem-
+porary files was complex and I never fixed all the bugs in it.
+(AT&T has been maintaining the Bourne shell for more than ten
+years, and to the best of my knowledge they still haven't gotten
+it to handle temporary files correctly in obscure cases.)
+
+The text field of a NARG structure points to the text of the
+word.  The text consists of ordinary characters and a number of
+special codes defined in parser.h.  The special codes are:
+
+        CTLVAR              Variable substitution
+        CTLENDVAR           End of variable substitution
+        CTLBACKQ            Command substitution
+        CTLBACKQ|CTLQUOTE   Command substitution inside double quotes
+        CTLESC              Escape next character
+
+A variable substitution contains the following elements:
+
+        CTLVAR type name '=' [ alternative-text CTLENDVAR ]
+
+The type field is a single character specifying the type of sub-
+stitution.  The possible types are:
+
+        VSNORMAL            $var
+        VSMINUS             ${var-text}
+        VSMINUS|VSNUL       ${var:-text}
+        VSPLUS              ${var+text}
+        VSPLUS|VSNUL        ${var:+text}
+        VSQUESTION          ${var?text}
+        VSQUESTION|VSNUL    ${var:?text}
+        VSASSIGN            ${var=text}
+        VSASSIGN|VSNUL      ${var=text}
+
+In addition, the type field will have the VSQUOTE flag set if the
+variable is enclosed in double quotes.  The name of the variable
+comes next, terminated by an equals sign.  If the type is not
+VSNORMAL, then the text field in the substitution follows, ter-
+minated by a CTLENDVAR byte.
+
+Commands in back quotes are parsed and stored in a linked list.
+The locations of these commands in the string are indicated by
+CTLBACKQ and CTLBACKQ+CTLQUOTE characters, depending upon whether
+the back quotes were enclosed in double quotes.
+
+The character CTLESC escapes the next character, so that in case
+any of the CTL characters mentioned above appear in the input,
+they can be passed through transparently.  CTLESC is also used to
+escape '*', '?', '[', and '!' characters which were quoted by the
+user and thus should not be used for file name generation.
+
+CTLESC characters have proved to be particularly tricky to get
+right.  In the case of here documents which are not subject to
+variable and command substitution, the parser doesn't insert any
+CTLESC characters to begin with (so the contents of the text
+field can be written without any processing).  Other here docu-
+ments, and words which are not subject to splitting and file name
+generation, have the CTLESC characters removed during the vari-
+able and command substitution phase.  Words which are subject
+splitting and file name generation have the CTLESC characters re-
+moved as part of the file name phase.
+
+EXECUTION:  Command execution is handled by the following files:
+        eval.c     The top level routines.
+        redir.c    Code to handle redirection of input and output.
+        jobs.c     Code to handle forking, waiting, and job control.
+        exec.c     Code to do path searches and the actual exec sys call.
+        expand.c   Code to evaluate arguments.
+        var.c      Maintains the variable symbol table.  Called from expand.c.
+
+EVAL.C:  Evaltree recursively executes a parse tree.  The exit
+status is returned in the global variable exitstatus.  The alter-
+native entry evalbackcmd is called to evaluate commands in back
+quotes.  It saves the result in memory if the command is a buil-
+tin; otherwise it forks off a child to execute the command and
+connects the standard output of the child to a pipe.
+
+JOBS.C:  To create a process, you call makejob to return a job
+structure, and then call forkshell (passing the job structure as
+an argument) to create the process.  Waitforjob waits for a job
+to complete.  These routines take care of process groups if job
+control is defined.
+
+REDIR.C:  Ash allows file descriptors to be redirected and then
+restored without forking off a child process.  This is accom-
+plished by duplicating the original file descriptors.  The redir-
+tab structure records where the file descriptors have been dupli-
+cated to.
+
+EXEC.C:  The routine find_command locates a command, and enters
+the command in the hash table if it is not already there.  The
+third argument specifies whether it is to print an error message
+if the command is not found.  (When a pipeline is set up,
+find_command is called for all the commands in the pipeline be-
+fore any forking is done, so to get the commands into the hash
+table of the parent process.  But to make command hashing as
+transparent as possible, we silently ignore errors at that point
+and only print error messages if the command cannot be found
+later.)
+
+The routine shellexec is the interface to the exec system call.
+
+EXPAND.C:  Arguments are processed in three passes.  The first
+(performed by the routine argstr) performs variable and command
+substitution.  The second (ifsbreakup) performs word splitting
+and the third (expandmeta) performs file name generation.  If the
+"/u" directory is simulated, then when "/u/username" is replaced
+by the user's home directory, the flag "didudir" is set.  This
+tells the cd command that it should print out the directory name,
+just as it would if the "/u" directory were implemented using
+symbolic links.
+
+VAR.C:  Variables are stored in a hash table.  Probably we should
+switch to extensible hashing.  The variable name is stored in the
+same string as the value (using the format "name=value") so that
+no string copying is needed to create the environment of a com-
+mand.  Variables which the shell references internally are preal-
+located so that the shell can reference the values of these vari-
+ables without doing a lookup.
+
+When a program is run, the code in eval.c sticks any environment
+variables which precede the command (as in "PATH=xxx command") in
+the variable table as the simplest way to strip duplicates, and
+then calls "environment" to get the value of the environment.
+There are two consequences of this.  First, if an assignment to
+PATH precedes the command, the value of PATH before the assign-
+ment must be remembered and passed to shellexec.  Second, if the
+program turns out to be a shell procedure, the strings from the
+environment variables which preceded the command must be pulled
+out of the table and replaced with strings obtained from malloc,
+since the former will automatically be freed when the stack (see
+the entry on memalloc.c) is emptied.
+
+BUILTIN COMMANDS:  The procedures for handling these are scat-
+tered throughout the code, depending on which location appears
+most appropriate.  They can be recognized because their names al-
+ways end in "cmd".  The mapping from names to procedures is
+specified in the file builtins, which is processed by the mkbuil-
+tins command.
+
+A builtin command is invoked with argc and argv set up like a
+normal program.  A builtin command is allowed to overwrite its
+arguments.  Builtin routines can call nextopt to do option pars-
+ing.  This is kind of like getopt, but you don't pass argc and
+argv to it.  Builtin routines can also call error.  This routine
+normally terminates the shell (or returns to the main command
+loop if the shell is interactive), but when called from a builtin
+command it causes the builtin command to terminate with an exit
+status of 2.
+
+The directory bltins contains commands which can be compiled in-
+dependently but can also be built into the shell for efficiency
+reasons.  The makefile in this directory compiles these programs
+in the normal fashion (so that they can be run regardless of
+whether the invoker is ash), but also creates a library named
+bltinlib.a which can be linked with ash.  The header file bltin.h
+takes care of most of the differences between the ash and the
+stand-alone environment.  The user should call the main routine
+"main", and #define main to be the name of the routine to use
+when the program is linked into ash.  This #define should appear
+before bltin.h is included; bltin.h will #undef main if the pro-
+gram is to be compiled stand-alone.
+
+CD.C:  This file defines the cd and pwd builtins.  The pwd com-
+mand runs /bin/pwd the first time it is invoked (unless the user
+has already done a cd to an absolute pathname), but then
+remembers the current directory and updates it when the cd com-
+mand is run, so subsequent pwd commands run very fast.  The main
+complication in the cd command is in the docd command, which
+resolves symbolic links into actual names and informs the user
+where the user ended up if he crossed a symbolic link.
+
+SIGNALS:  Trap.c implements the trap command.  The routine set-
+signal figures out what action should be taken when a signal is
+received and invokes the signal system call to set the signal ac-
+tion appropriately.  When a signal that a user has set a trap for
+is caught, the routine "onsig" sets a flag.  The routine dotrap
+is called at appropriate points to actually handle the signal.
+When an interrupt is caught and no trap has been set for that
+signal, the routine "onint" in error.c is called.
+
+OUTPUT:  Ash uses its own output routines.  There are three out-
+put structures allocated.  "Output" represents the standard out-
+put, "errout" the standard error, and "memout" contains output
+which is to be stored in memory.  This last is used when a buil-
+tin command appears in backquotes, to allow its output to be col-
+lected without doing any I/O through the UNIX operating system.
+The variables out1 and out2 normally point to output and errout,
+respectively, but they are set to point to memout when appropri-
+ate inside backquotes.
+
+INPUT:  The basic input routine is pgetc, which reads from the
+current input file.  There is a stack of input files; the current
+input file is the top file on this stack.  The code allows the
+input to come from a string rather than a file.  (This is for the
+-c option and the "." and eval builtin commands.)  The global
+variable plinno is saved and restored when files are pushed and
+popped from the stack.  The parser routines store the number of
+the current line in this variable.
+
+DEBUGGING:  If DEBUG is defined in shell.h, then the shell will
+write debugging information to the file $HOME/trace.  Most of
+this is done using the TRACE macro, which takes a set of printf
+arguments inside two sets of parenthesis.  Example:
+"TRACE(("n=%d0, n))".  The double parenthesis are necessary be-
+cause the preprocessor can't handle functions with a variable
+number of arguments.  Defining DEBUG also causes the shell to
+generate a core dump if it is sent a quit signal.  The tracing
+code is in show.c.
diff --git a/bin/sh/USD.doc/Makefile b/bin/sh/USD.doc/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55b7203
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/USD.doc/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.4 2014/07/05 19:23:00 dholland Exp $
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.1 (Berkeley) 8/14/93
+
+SECTION=reference/ref1
+ARTICLE=sh
+SRCS=	referargs t.mac t1 t2 t3 t4
+MACROS=-ms
+ROFF_REFER=yes
+#REFER_ARGS=-e -p Rv7man
+EXTRAHTMLFILES=sh1.png sh2.png sh3.png sh4.png sh5.png
+
+.include <bsd.doc.mk>
diff --git a/bin/sh/USD.doc/Rv7man b/bin/sh/USD.doc/Rv7man
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..628c67f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/USD.doc/Rv7man
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+%A L. P. Deutsch
+%A B. W. Lampson
+%T An online editor
+%J Comm. Assoc. Comp. Mach.
+%V 10
+%N 12
+%D December 1967
+%P 793-799, 803
+%K qed
+
+.[
+%r 17
+%K cstr
+%R Comp. Sci. Tech. Rep. No. 17
+%I Bell Laboratories
+%C Murray Hill, New Jersey
+%A B. W. Kernighan
+%A L. L. Cherry
+%T A System for Typesetting Mathematics
+%d May 1974, revised April 1977
+%J Comm. Assoc. Comp. Mach.
+%K acm cacm
+%V 18
+%P 151-157
+%D March 1975
+.]
+
+%T U\s-2NIX\s0 Time-Sharing System: Document Preparation
+%K unix bstj
+%A B. W. Kernighan
+%A M. E. Lesk
+%A J. F. Ossanna
+%J Bell Sys. Tech. J.
+%V 57
+%N 6
+%P 2115-2135
+%D 1978
+
+%A T. A. Dolotta
+%A J. R. Mashey
+%T An Introduction to the Programmer's Workbench
+%J Proc. 2nd Int. Conf. on Software Engineering
+%D October 13-15, 1976
+%P 164-168
+
+%T U\s-2NIX\s0 Time-Sharing System: The Programmer's Workbench
+%A T. A. Dolotta
+%A R. C. Haight
+%A J. R. Mashey
+%J Bell Sys. Tech. J.
+%V 57
+%N 6
+%P 2177-2200
+%D 1978
+%K unix bstj
+
+%T U\s-2NIX\s0 Time-Sharing System: U\s-2NIX\s0 on a Microprocessor
+%K unix bstj
+%A H. Lycklama
+%J Bell Sys. Tech. J.
+%V 57
+%N 6
+%P 2087-2101
+%D 1978
+
+%T The C Programming Language
+%A B. W. Kernighan
+%A D. M. Ritchie
+%I Prentice-Hall
+%C Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey
+%D 1978
+
+%T Computer Recreations
+%A Aleph-null
+%J Software Practice and Experience
+%V 1
+%N 2
+%D April-June 1971
+%P 201-204
+
+%T U\s-2NIX\s0 Time-Sharing System: The U\s-2NIX\s0 Shell
+%A S. R. Bourne
+%K unix bstj
+%J Bell Sys. Tech. J.
+%V 57
+%N 6
+%P 1971-1990
+%D 1978
+
+%A L. P. Deutsch
+%A B. W. Lampson
+%T \*sSDS\*n 930 time-sharing system preliminary reference manual
+%R Doc. 30.10.10, Project \*sGENIE\*n
+%C Univ. Cal. at Berkeley
+%D April 1965
+
+%A R. J. Feiertag
+%A E. I. Organick
+%T The Multics input-output system
+%J Proc. Third Symposium on Operating Systems Principles
+%D October 18-20, 1971
+%P 35-41
+
+%A D. G. Bobrow
+%A J. D. Burchfiel
+%A D. L. Murphy
+%A R. S. Tomlinson
+%T \*sTENEX\*n, a Paged Time Sharing System for the \*sPDP\*n-10
+%J Comm. Assoc. Comp. Mach.
+%V 15
+%N 3
+%D March 1972
+%K tenex
+%P 135-143
+
+%A R. E. Griswold
+%A D. R. Hanson
+%T An Overview of SL5
+%J SIGPLAN Notices
+%V 12
+%N 4
+%D April 1977
+%P 40-50
+
+%A E. W. Dijkstra
+%T Cooperating Sequential Processes
+%B Programming Languages
+%E F. Genuys
+%I Academic Press
+%C New York
+%D 1968
+%P 43-112
+
+%A J. A. Hawley
+%A W. B. Meyer
+%T M\s-2UNIX\s0, A Multiprocessing Version of U\s-2NIX\s0
+%K munix unix
+%R M.S. Thesis
+%I Naval Postgraduate School
+%C Monterey, Cal.
+%D 1975
+
+%T The U\s-2NIX\s0 Time-Sharing System
+%K unix bstj
+%A D. M. Ritchie
+%A K. Thompson
+%J Bell Sys. Tech. J.
+%V 57
+%N 6
+%P 1905-1929
+%D 1978
+
+%A E. I. Organick
+%T The M\s-2ULTICS\s0 System
+%K multics
+%I M.I.T. Press
+%C Cambridge, Mass.
+%D 1972
+
+%T UNIX for Beginners
+%A B. W. Kernighan
+%D 1978
+
+%T U\s-2NIX\s0 Programmer's Man\&ual
+%A K. Thompson
+%A D. M. Ritchie
+%K unix
+%I Bell Laboratories
+%O Seventh Edition.
+%D 1978
+
+%A K. Thompson
+%T The U\s-2NIX\s0 Command Language
+%B Structured Programming\(emInfotech State of the Art Report
+%I Infotech International Ltd.
+%C Nicholson House, Maidenhead, Berkshire, England
+%D March 1975
+%P 375-384
+%K unix
+%X pwb
+Brief description of shell syntax and semantics, without much
+detail on implementation.
+Much on pipes and convenience of hooking programs together.
+Includes SERMONETTE:
+"Many familiar computing `concepts' are missing from UNIX.
+Files have no records. There are no access methods.
+There are no file types.  These concepts fill a much-needed gap.
+I sincerely hope that when future systems are designed by
+manufacturers the value of some of these ingrained notions is re-examined.
+Like the politician and his `common man', manufacturers have
+their `average user'.
+
+%A J. R. Mashey
+%T PWB/UNIX Shell Tutorial
+%D September 30, 1977
+
+%A D. F. Hartley (Ed.)
+%T The Cambridge Multiple Access System \- Users Reference Manual
+%I University Mathematical Laboratory
+%C Cambridge, England
+%D 1968
+
+%A P. A. Crisman (Ed.)
+%T The Compatible Time-Sharing System
+%I M.I.T. Press
+%K whole ctss book
+%C Cambridge, Mass.
+%D 1965
+
+%T LR Parsing
+%A A. V. Aho
+%A S. C. Johnson
+%J Comp. Surveys
+%V 6
+%N 2
+%P 99-124
+%D June 1974
+
+%T Deterministic Parsing of Ambiguous Grammars
+%A A. V. Aho
+%A S. C. Johnson
+%A J. D. Ullman
+%J Comm. Assoc. Comp. Mach.
+%K acm cacm
+%V 18
+%N 8
+%P 441-452
+%D August 1975
+
+%A A. V. Aho
+%A J. D. Ullman
+%T Principles of Compiler Design
+%I Addison-Wesley
+%C Reading, Mass.
+%D 1977
+
+.[
+%r 65
+%R Comp. Sci. Tech. Rep. No. 65
+%K CSTR
+%A S. C. Johnson
+%T Lint, a C Program Checker
+%D December 1977
+%O updated version TM 78-1273-3
+%D 1978
+.]
+
+%T A Portable Compiler: Theory and Practice
+%A S. C. Johnson
+%J Proc. 5th ACM Symp. on Principles of Programming Languages
+%P 97-104
+%D January 1978
+
+.[
+%r 39
+%K CSTR
+%R Comp. Sci. Tech. Rep. No. 39
+%I Bell Laboratories
+%C Murray Hill, New Jersey
+%A M. E. Lesk
+%T Lex \(em A Lexical Analyzer Generator
+%D October 1975
+.]
+
+.[
+%r 32
+%K CSTR
+%R Comp. Sci. Tech. Rep. No. 32
+%I Bell Laboratories
+%C Murray Hill, New Jersey
+%A S. C. Johnson
+%T Yacc \(em  Yet Another Compiler-Compiler
+%D July 1975
+.]
+
+%T U\s-2NIX\s0 Time-Sharing System: Portability of C Programs and the U\s-2NIX\s0 System
+%K unix bstj
+%A S. C. Johnson
+%A D. M. Ritchie
+%J Bell Sys. Tech. J.
+%V 57
+%N 6
+%P 2021-2048
+%D 1978
+
+%T Typing Documents on UNIX and GCOS:  The -ms Macros for Troff
+%A M. E. Lesk
+%D 1977
+
+%A K. Thompson
+%A D. M. Ritchie
+%T U\s-2NIX\s0 Programmer's Manual
+%K unix
+%I Bell Laboratories
+%O Sixth Edition
+%D May 1975
+
+%T The Network U\s-2NIX\s0 System
+%K unix
+%A G. L. Chesson
+%J Operating Systems Review
+%V 9
+%N 5
+%P 60-66
+%D 1975
+%O Also in \f2Proc. 5th Symp. on Operating Systems Principles.\f1
+
+%T Spider \(em An Experimental Data Communications System
+%Z ctr127
+%A A. G. Fraser
+%J Proc. IEEE Conf. on Communications
+%P 21F
+%O IEEE Cat. No. 74CH0859-9-CSCB.
+%D June 1974
+
+%T A Virtual Channel Network
+%A A. G. Fraser
+%J Datamation
+%P 51-56
+%D February 1975
+
+.[
+%r 41
+%K CSTR
+%R Comp. Sci. Tech. Rep. No. 41
+%I Bell Laboratories
+%C Murray Hill, New Jersey
+%A J. W. Hunt
+%A M. D. McIlroy
+%T An Algorithm for Differential File Comparison
+%D June 1976
+.]
+
+%A F. P. Brooks, Jr.
+%T The Mythical Man-Month
+%I Addison-Wesley
+%C Reading, Mass.
+%D 1975
+%X pwb
+Readable, classic reference on software engineering and
+problems of large projects, from someone with experience in them.
+Required reading for any software engineer, even if conclusions may not
+always be agreed with.
+%br
+"The second is the most dangerous system a man ever designs." p.55.
+%br
+"Hence plan to throw one away; you will, anyhow." p.116.
+%br
+"Cosgrove has perceptively pointed out that the programmer delivers
+satisfaction of a user need rather than any tangible product.
+And both the actual need and the user's perception of that need
+will change as programs are built, tested, and used." p.117.
+%br
+"The total cost of maintaining a widely used program is typically 40 percent
+or more of the cost of developing it." p.121.
+%br
+"As shown above, amalgamating prose and program reduces the total
+number of characters to be stored." p.175.
+
+%T A Portable Compiler for the Language C
+%A A. Snyder
+%I Master's Thesis, M.I.T.
+%C Cambridge, Mass.
+%D 1974
+
+%T The C Language Calling Sequence
+%A M. E. Lesk
+%A S. C. Johnson
+%A D. M. Ritchie
+%D 1977
+
+%T Optimal Code Generation for Expression Trees
+%A A. V. Aho
+%A S. C. Johnson
+%D 1975
+%J J. Assoc. Comp. Mach.
+%K acm jacm
+%V 23
+%N 3
+%P 488-501
+%O Also in \f2Proc. ACM Symp. on Theory of Computing,\f1 pp. 207-217, 1975.
+
+%A R. Sethi
+%A J. D. Ullman
+%T The Generation of Optimal Code for Arithmetic Expressions
+%J J. Assoc. Comp. Mach.
+%K acm jacm
+%V 17
+%N 4
+%D October 1970
+%P 715-728
+%O Reprinted as pp. 229-247 in \fICompiler Techniques\fR, ed. B. W. Pollack, Auerbach, Princeton NJ (1972).
+%X pwb
+Optimal approach for straight-line, fixed
+number of regs.
+
+%T Code Generation for Machines with Multiregister
+Operations
+%A A. V. Aho
+%A S. C. Johnson
+%A J. D. Ullman
+%J Proc. 4th ACM Symp. on Principles of Programming Languages
+%P 21-28
+%D January 1977
+
diff --git a/bin/sh/USD.doc/referargs b/bin/sh/USD.doc/referargs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bb6284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/USD.doc/referargs
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+.\" $NetBSD: referargs,v 1.1 2014/07/05 19:22:02 dholland Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Arguments for refer; these were previously passed on the refer(1)
+.\" command line: -e -p Rv7man
+.R1
+accumulate
+database Rv7man
+.R2
diff --git a/bin/sh/USD.doc/t.mac b/bin/sh/USD.doc/t.mac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bf65c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/USD.doc/t.mac
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: t.mac,v 1.2 2010/08/22 02:19:07 perry Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (C) Caldera International Inc. 2001-2002.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+.\" met:
+.\"
+.\" Redistributions of source code and documentation must retain the above
+.\" copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+.\" disclaimer.
+.\"
+.\" Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"
+.\" This product includes software developed or owned by Caldera
+.\" International, Inc.  Neither the name of Caldera International, Inc.
+.\" nor the names of other contributors may be used to endorse or promote
+.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written
+.\" permission.
+.\"
+.\" USE OF THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED FOR UNDER THIS LICENSE BY CALDERA
+.\" INTERNATIONAL, INC.  AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+.\" DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL CALDERA INTERNATIONAL, INC. BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
+.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
+.\" OR OTHERWISE) RISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN
+.\" IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)t.mac	8.1 (Berkeley) 8/14/93
+.\"
+.ds ZZ \fB.\|.\|.\fP
+.ds ST \v'.3m'\s+2*\s0\v'-.3m'
+.ds DO \h'\w'do 'u'
+.ds Ca \h'\w'case 'u'
+.ds WH \h'\w'while 'u'
+.ds VT \|\fB\(or\fP\|
+.ds TH \h'\w'then 'u'
+.ds DC \*(DO\*(Ca
+.ds AP >\h'-.2m'>
+.ds HE <\h'-.2m'<
+.	\" macros for algol 68c reference manual
+.ds DA 1977 November 1
+.ds md \v'.25m'
+.ds mu \v'-.25m'
+.ds U \*(mu\s-3
+.ds V \s0\*(md
+.ds L \*(md\s-3
+.ds M \s0\*(mu
+.ds S \s-1
+.ds T \s0
+.	\" small 1
+.ds O \*S1\*T
+.ds h \|
+.ds s \|\|
+.	\" ellipsis
+.ds e .\|.\|.
+.	\" subscripts
+.ds 1 \*(md\s-41\s0\*(mu
+.ds 2 \*(md\s-42\s0\*(mu
diff --git a/bin/sh/USD.doc/t1 b/bin/sh/USD.doc/t1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..075511f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/USD.doc/t1
@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: t1,v 1.3 2010/08/22 02:19:07 perry Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (C) Caldera International Inc. 2001-2002.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+.\" met:
+.\"
+.\" Redistributions of source code and documentation must retain the above
+.\" copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+.\" disclaimer.
+.\"
+.\" Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\" must display the following acknowledgment:
+.\"
+.\" This product includes software developed or owned by Caldera
+.\" International, Inc.  Neither the name of Caldera International, Inc.
+.\" nor the names of other contributors may be used to endorse or promote
+.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written
+.\" permission.
+.\"
+.\" USE OF THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED FOR UNDER THIS LICENSE BY CALDERA
+.\" INTERNATIONAL, INC.  AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+.\" DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL CALDERA INTERNATIONAL, INC. BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
+.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
+.\" OR OTHERWISE) RISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN
+.\" IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)t1	8.1 (Berkeley) 8/14/93
+.\"
+.EH 'USD:3-%''An Introduction to the UNIX Shell'
+.OH 'An Introduction to the UNIX Shell''USD:3-%'
+.\".RP
+.TL
+An Introduction to the UNIX Shell
+.AU
+S. R. Bourne
+.AI
+Murray Hill, NJ
+.AU
+(Updated for 4.3BSD by Mark Seiden)
+.AU
+(Further updated by Perry E. Metzger)\(dg
+.AB
+.FS
+\(dg This paper was updated in 2010 to reflect most features of modern
+POSIX shells, which all follow the design of S.R. Bourne's original v7
+Unix shell.
+Among these are ash, bash, ksh and others.
+Typically one of these will be installed as /bin/sh on a modern system.
+It does not describe the behavior of the c shell (csh).
+If it's the c shell (csh) you're interested in, a good place to
+begin is William Joy's paper "An Introduction to the C shell" (USD:4).
+.FE
+.LP
+The
+.ul
+shell
+is a command programming language that provides an interface
+to the
+.UX
+operating system.
+Its features include
+control-flow primitives, parameter passing, variables and
+string substitution.
+Constructs such as
+.ul
+while, if then else, case
+and
+.ul
+for
+are available.
+Two-way communication is possible between the
+.ul
+shell
+and commands.
+String-valued parameters, typically file names or flags, may be
+passed to a command.
+A return code is set by commands that may be used to determine control-flow,
+and the standard output from a command may be used
+as shell input.
+.LP
+The
+.ul
+shell
+can modify the environment
+in which commands run.
+Input and output can be redirected
+to files, and processes that communicate through `pipes'
+can be invoked.
+Commands are found by
+searching directories
+in the file system in a
+sequence that can be defined by the user.
+Commands can be read either from the terminal or from a file,
+which allows command procedures to be
+stored for later use.
+.AE
+.ds ST \v'.3m'\s+2*\s0\v'-.3m'
+.SH
+1.0\ Introduction
+.LP
+The shell is both a command language
+and a programming language
+that provides an interface to the UNIX
+operating system.
+This memorandum describes, with
+examples, the UNIX shell.
+The first section covers most of the
+everyday requirements
+of terminal users.
+Some familiarity with UNIX
+is an advantage when reading this section;
+see, for example,
+"UNIX for beginners".
+.[
+unix beginn kernigh 1978
+.]
+Section 2 describes those features
+of the shell primarily intended
+for use within shell procedures.
+These include the control-flow
+primitives and string-valued variables
+provided by the shell.
+A knowledge of a programming language
+would be a help when reading this section.
+The last section describes the more
+advanced features of the shell.
+References of the form "see \fIpipe\fP (2)"
+are to a section of the UNIX manual.
+.[
+seventh 1978 ritchie thompson
+.]
+.SH
+1.1\ Simple\ commands
+.LP
+Simple commands consist of one or more words
+separated by blanks.
+The first word is the name of the command
+to be executed; any remaining words
+are passed as arguments to the command.
+For example,
+.DS
+	who
+.DE
+is a command that prints the names
+of users logged in.
+The command
+.DS
+	ls \(mil
+.DE
+prints a list of files in the current
+directory.
+The argument \fI\(mil\fP tells \fIls\fP
+to print status information, size and
+the creation date for each file.
+.SH
+1.2\ Input\ output\ redirection
+.LP
+Most commands produce output on the standard output
+that is initially connected to the terminal.
+This output may be sent to a file
+by writing, for example,
+.DS
+	ls \(mil >file
+.DE
+The notation \fI>file\fP
+is interpreted by the shell and is not passed
+as an argument to \fIls.\fP
+If \fIfile\fP does not exist then the
+shell creates it;
+otherwise the original contents of
+\fIfile\fP are replaced with the output
+from \fIls.\fP
+Output may be appended to a file
+using the notation
+.DS
+	ls \(mil \*(APfile
+.DE
+In this case \fIfile\fP is also created if it does not already
+exist.
+.LP
+The standard input of a command may be taken
+from a file instead of the terminal by
+writing, for example,
+.DS
+	wc <file
+.DE
+The command \fIwc\fP reads its standard input
+(in this case redirected from \fIfile\fP)
+and prints the number of characters, words and
+lines found.
+If only the number of lines is required
+then
+.DS
+	wc \(mil <file
+.DE
+could be used.
+.\" I considered adding the following, but have thought better of it
+.\" for now.
+.\" -- Perry Metzger
+.\"
+.\" .LP
+.\" Error messages are typically printed by commands on a different
+.\" channel, called standard error, which may also be redirected using the
+.\" notation 2>\|.
+.\" For example
+.\" .DS
+.\" command some args >out 2>errors
+.\" .DE
+.\" will redirect standard output to the file `out' but standard error
+.\" (and thus all error messages) to `errors'.
+.\" The notation 2>&1 sets standard error pointing to the same
+.\" place as standard out.
+.\" Thus:
+.\" .DS
+.\" command some args 2>&1 >everything
+.\" .DE
+.\" will put both standard out and standard error into the file `everything'.
+.\" See section 3.7 below for more details.
+.SH
+1.3\ Pipelines\ and\ filters
+.LP
+The standard output of one command may be
+connected to the standard input of another
+by writing
+the `pipe' operator,
+indicated by \*(VT,
+as in,
+.DS
+	ls \(mil \*(VT wc
+.DE
+Two commands connected in this way constitute
+a \fIpipeline\fP and
+the overall effect is the same as
+.DS
+	ls \(mil >file; wc <file
+.DE
+except that no \fIfile\fP is used.
+Instead the two \fIprocesses\fP are connected
+by a pipe (see \fIpipe\fP(2)) and are
+run in parallel.
+Pipes are unidirectional and
+synchronization is achieved by
+halting \fIwc\fP when there is
+nothing to read and halting \fIls\fP
+when the pipe is full.
+.LP
+A \fIfilter\fP is a command
+that reads its standard input,
+transforms it in some way,
+and prints the result as output.
+One such filter, \fIgrep,\fP
+selects from its input those lines
+that contain some specified string.
+For example,
+.DS
+	ls \*(VT grep old
+.DE
+prints those lines, if any, of the output
+from \fIls\fP that contain
+the string \fIold.\fP
+Another useful filter is \fIsort\fP.
+For example,
+.DS
+	who \*(VT sort
+.DE
+will print an alphabetically sorted list
+of logged in users.
+.LP
+A pipeline may consist of more than two commands,
+for example,
+.DS
+	ls \*(VT grep old \*(VT wc \(mil
+.DE
+prints the number of file names
+in the current directory containing
+the string \fIold.\fP
+.SH
+1.4\ Background\ commands
+.LP
+To execute a command (or pipeline) the shell normally
+creates the new \fIprocesses\fP
+and waits for them to finish.
+A command may be run without waiting
+for it to finish.
+For example,
+.DS
+	cc pgm.c &
+.DE
+calls the C compiler to compile
+the file \fIpgm.c\|.\fP
+The trailing \fB&\fP is an operator that instructs the shell
+not to wait for the command to finish.
+To help keep track of such a process
+the shell reports its job number (see below) and process
+id following its creation.
+Such a command is said to be running in the \fIbackground\fP.
+By contrast, a command executed without the \fB&\fP is said to be
+running in the \fIforeground\fP.\(dg
+.FS
+\(dg Even after execution, one may move commands from the foreground
+to the background, or temporarily suspend their execution (which is
+known as \fIstopping\fP a command.
+This is described in detail in section 3.10 on \fIJob Control\fB.
+.FE
+.LP
+A list of currently active processes, including ones not associated
+with the current shell, may be obtained using the \fIps\fP(1) command.
+.SH
+1.5\ File\ name\ generation
+.LP
+Many commands accept arguments
+which are file names.
+For example,
+.DS
+	ls \(mil main.c
+.DE
+prints information relating to the file \fImain.c\fP\|.
+.LP
+The shell provides a mechanism
+for generating a list of file names
+that match a pattern.
+For example,
+.DS
+	ls \(mil \*(ST.c
+.DE
+generates, as arguments to \fIls,\fP
+all file names in the current directory that end in \fI.c\|.\fP
+The character \*(ST is a pattern that will match any string
+including the null string.
+In general \fIpatterns\fP are specified
+as follows.
+.RS
+.IP \fB\*(ST\fR 8
+Matches any string of characters
+including the null string.
+.IP \fB?\fR 8
+Matches any single character.
+.IP \fB[\*(ZZ]\fR 8
+Matches any one of the characters
+enclosed.
+A pair of characters separated by a minus will
+match any character lexically between
+the pair.
+.RE
+.LP
+For example,
+.DS
+	[a\(miz]\*(ST
+.DE
+matches all names in the current directory
+beginning with
+one of the letters \fIa\fP through \fIz.\fP
+.DS
+	/usr/fred/test/?
+.DE
+matches all names in the directory
+\fB/usr/fred/test\fP that consist of a single character.
+If no file name is found that matches
+the pattern then the pattern is passed,
+unchanged, as an argument.
+.LP
+This mechanism is useful both to save typing
+and to select names according to some pattern.
+It may also be used to find files.
+For example,
+.DS
+	echo /usr/fred/\*(ST/core
+.DE
+finds and prints the names of all \fIcore\fP files in sub-directories
+of \fB/usr/fred\|.\fP
+(\fIecho\fP is a standard UNIX command that prints
+its arguments, separated by blanks.)
+This last feature can be expensive,
+requiring a scan of all
+sub-directories of \fB/usr/fred\|.\fP
+.LP
+There is one exception to the general
+rules given for patterns.
+The character `\fB.\fP'
+at the start of a file name must be explicitly
+matched.
+.DS
+	echo \*(ST
+.DE
+will therefore echo all file names in the current
+directory not beginning
+with `\fB.\fP'\|.
+.DS
+	echo \fB.\fP\*(ST
+.DE
+will echo all those file names that begin with `\fB.\fP'\|.
+This avoids inadvertent matching
+of the names `\fB.\fP' and `\fB..\fP'
+which mean `the current directory'
+and `the parent directory'
+respectively.
+(Notice that \fIls\fP suppresses
+information for the files `\fB.\fP' and `\fB..\fP'\|.)
+.LP
+Finally, the tilde character, `\fB\(ap\fP', may be used to indicate the
+home directory of a user.
+The `\fB\(ap\fP' at the beginning of a path name followed by a
+non-alphabetic character expands to the current user's home
+directory.
+If the `\fB\(ap\fP' is followed by a login name, it expands to the named
+user's home directory.
+For example:
+.DS
+	ls \(ap
+	cd \(apegbert/
+.DE
+will list the contents of the user's home directory and then change
+to the home directory of the user ``egbert''.
+.SH
+1.6\ Quoting
+.LP
+Characters that have a special meaning
+to the shell, such as \fB< > \*(ST ? \*(VT &\|,\fR
+are called metacharacters.
+A complete list of metacharacters is given
+in appendix B.
+Any character preceded by a \fB\\\fR is \fIquoted\fP
+and loses its special meaning, if any.
+The \fB\\\fP is elided so that
+.DS
+	echo \\?
+.DE
+will echo a single \fB?\|,\fP
+and
+.DS
+	echo \\\\
+.DE
+will echo a single \fB\\\|.\fR
+To allow long strings to be continued over
+more than one line
+the sequence \fB\\newline\fP
+is ignored.
+.LP
+\fB\\\fP is convenient for quoting
+single characters.
+When more than one character needs
+quoting the above mechanism is clumsy and
+error prone.
+A string of characters may be quoted
+by enclosing the string between single quotes.
+For example,
+.DS
+	echo xx\'\*(ST\*(ST\*(ST\*(ST\'xx
+.DE
+will echo
+.DS
+	xx\*(ST\*(ST\*(ST\*(STxx
+.DE
+The quoted string may not contain
+a single quote
+but may contain newlines, which are preserved.
+This quoting mechanism is the most
+simple and is recommended
+for casual use.
+.LP
+A third quoting mechanism using double quotes
+is also available
+that prevents interpretation of some but not all
+metacharacters.
+Discussion of the
+details is deferred
+to section 3.5\|.
+.SH
+1.7\ Prompting
+.LP
+When the shell is used from a terminal it will
+issue a prompt before reading a command.
+By default this prompt is `\fB$\ \fR'\|.
+It may be changed by saying,
+for example,
+.DS
+	\s-1PS1\s0="yesdear$ "
+.DE
+that sets the prompt to be the string \fIyesdear$\|.\fP
+If a newline is typed and further input is needed
+then the shell will issue the prompt `\fB>\ \fR'\|.
+Sometimes this can be caused by mistyping
+a quote mark.
+If it is unexpected then entering the interrupt character
+(typically \s-1CONTROL-C\s0) 
+will return the shell to read another command.
+This prompt may be changed by saying, for example,
+.DS
+	\s-1PS2\s0=more
+.DE
+Entering the interrupt character may also be used to terminate most
+programs running as the current foreground job.
+.LP
+(\s-1PS1\s0 and \s-1PS2\s0 are \fIshell variables\fP, which will be
+described in section 2.4 below.)
+.SH
+1.8\ The\ shell\ and\ login
+.LP
+Following \fIlogin\fP(1)
+the shell is called to read and execute
+commands typed at the terminal.
+If the user's login directory
+contains the file \fB.profile\fP
+then it is assumed to contain commands
+and is read by the shell before reading
+any commands from the terminal.
+.LP
+(Most versions of the shell also specify a file that is read and
+executed on start-up whether or not the shell is invoked by login.
+The \s-1ENV\s0 shell variable, described in section 2.4 below, can be
+used to override the name of this file.
+See the shell manual page for further information.)
+.SH
+1.9\ Summary
+.sp
+.RS
+.IP \(bu
+\fBls\fP
+.br
+Print the names of files in the current directory.
+.IP \(bu
+\fBls >file\fP
+.br
+Put the output from \fIls\fP into \fIfile.\fP
+.IP \(bu
+\fBls \*(VT wc \(mil\fR
+.br
+Print the number of files in the current directory.
+.IP \(bu
+\fBls \*(VT grep old\fR
+.br
+Print those file names containing the string \fIold.\fP
+.IP \(bu
+\fBls \*(VT grep old \*(VT wc \(mil\fR
+.br
+Print the number of files whose name contains the string \fIold.\fP
+.IP \(bu
+\fBcc pgm.c &\fR
+.br
+Run \fIcc\fP in the background.
+.RE
diff --git a/bin/sh/USD.doc/t2 b/bin/sh/USD.doc/t2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d49747e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/USD.doc/t2
@@ -0,0 +1,971 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: t2,v 1.3 2010/08/22 02:19:07 perry Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (C) Caldera International Inc. 2001-2002.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+.\" met:
+.\"
+.\" Redistributions of source code and documentation must retain the above
+.\" copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+.\" disclaimer.
+.\"
+.\" Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\" must display the following acknowledgment:
+.\"
+.\" This product includes software developed or owned by Caldera
+.\" International, Inc.  Neither the name of Caldera International, Inc.
+.\" nor the names of other contributors may be used to endorse or promote
+.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written
+.\" permission.
+.\"
+.\" USE OF THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED FOR UNDER THIS LICENSE BY CALDERA
+.\" INTERNATIONAL, INC.  AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+.\" DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL CALDERA INTERNATIONAL, INC. BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
+.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
+.\" OR OTHERWISE) RISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN
+.\" IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)t2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93
+.\"
+.SH
+2.0\ Shell\ scripts
+.LP
+The shell may be used to read and execute commands
+contained in a file.
+For example,
+.DS
+	sh file [ args \*(ZZ ]
+.DE
+calls the shell to read commands from \fIfile.\fP
+Such a file is called a \fIshell script.\fP
+Arguments may be supplied with the call
+and are referred to in \fIfile\fP
+using the positional parameters
+\fB$1, $2, \*(ZZ\|.\fR
+.LP
+For example, if the file \fIwg\fP contains
+.DS
+	who \*(VT grep $1
+.DE
+then
+.DS
+	sh wg fred
+.DE
+is equivalent to
+.DS
+	who \*(VT grep fred
+.DE
+.LP
+UNIX files have three independent attributes,
+\fIread,\fP \fIwrite\fP and \fIexecute.\fP
+The UNIX command \fIchmod\fP(1) may be used
+to make a file executable.
+For example,
+.DS
+	chmod +x wg
+.DE
+will ensure that the file \fIwg\fP has execute status.
+Following this, the command
+.DS
+	wg fred
+.DE
+is equivalent to
+.DS
+	sh wg fred
+.DE
+This allows shell scripts and other programs
+to be used interchangeably.
+In either case a new process is created to
+run the command.
+.LP
+The `\fB#\fP' character is used as a comment character by the shell.
+All characters following the `#' on a line are ignored.
+.LP
+A typical modern system has several different shells, some with differing
+command syntax, and it is desirable to specify which one should be
+invoked when an executable script is invoked.
+If the special comment
+.DS
+	#!/\fIpath\fP/\fIto\fP/\fIinterpreter\fP
+.DE
+appears as the first line in a script, it is used to specify the
+absolute pathname of the shell (or other interpreter) that should be
+used to execute the file.
+(Without such a line, \fB/bin/sh\fP is assumed.)
+It is best if a script explicitly states
+what shell it is intended for in this manner.
+.LP
+As well as providing names for the positional
+parameters,
+the number of positional parameters to a script
+is available as \fB$#\|.\fP
+The name of the file being executed
+is available as \fB$0\|.\fP
+.LP
+A special shell parameter \fB$\*(ST\fP
+is used to substitute for all positional parameters
+except \fB$0\|.\fP
+A typical use of this is to provide
+some default arguments,
+as in,
+.DS
+	nroff \(miT450 \(mims $\*(ST
+.DE
+which simply prepends some arguments
+to those already given.
+(The variable \fB$@\fP also expands to ``all positional
+parameters'', but is subtly different when expanded inside quotes.
+See section 3.5, below.)
+.SH
+2.1\ Control\ flow\ -\ for
+.LP
+A frequent use of shell scripts is to loop
+through the arguments (\fB$1, $2, \*(ZZ\fR)
+executing commands once for each argument.
+An example of such a script is
+\fItel\fP that searches the file
+\fB/usr/share/telnos\fR
+that contains lines of the form
+.DS
+	\*(ZZ
+	fred mh0123
+	bert mh0789
+	\*(ZZ
+.DE
+The text of \fItel\fP is
+.DS
+	#!/bin/sh
+
+	for i
+	do
+		grep $i /usr/share/telnos
+	done
+.DE
+The command
+.DS
+	tel fred
+.DE
+prints those lines in \fB/usr/share/telnos\fR
+that contain the string \fIfred\|.\fP
+.DS
+	tel fred bert
+.DE
+prints those lines containing \fIfred\fP
+followed by those for \fIbert.\fP
+.LP
+The \fBfor\fP loop notation is recognized by the shell
+and has the general form
+.DS
+	\fBfor\fR \fIname\fR \fBin\fR \fIw1 w2 \*(ZZ\fR
+	\fBdo\fR \fIcommand-list\fR
+	\fBdone\fR
+.DE
+A \fIcommand-list\fP is a sequence of one or more
+simple commands separated or terminated by a newline or semicolon.
+Furthermore, reserved words
+like \fBdo\fP and \fBdone\fP are only
+recognized following a newline or
+semicolon.
+\fIname\fP is a shell variable that is set
+to the words \fIw1 w2 \*(ZZ\fR in turn each time the \fIcommand-list\fP
+following \fBdo\fP
+is executed.
+If \fBin\fR \fIw1 w2 \*(ZZ\fR
+is omitted then the loop
+is executed once for each positional parameter;
+that is, \fBin\fR \fI$\*(ST\fR is assumed.
+.LP
+Another example of the use of the \fBfor\fP
+loop is the \fIcreate\fP command
+whose text is
+.DS
+	for i do >$i; done
+.DE
+The command
+.DS
+	create alpha beta
+.DE
+ensures that two empty files
+\fIalpha\fP and \fIbeta\fP exist
+and are empty.
+The notation \fI>file\fP may be used on its
+own to create or clear the contents of a file.
+Notice also that a semicolon (or newline) is required before \fBdone.\fP
+.SH
+2.2\ Control\ flow\ -\ case
+.LP
+A multiple way branch is provided for by the
+\fBcase\fP notation.
+For example,
+.DS
+	case $# in
+	\*(Ca1)	cat \*(AP$1 ;;
+	\*(Ca2)	cat \*(AP$2 <$1 ;;
+	\*(Ca\*(ST)	echo \'usage: append [ from ] to\' ;;
+	esac
+.DE
+is an \fIappend\fP command.
+When called
+with one argument as
+.DS
+	append file
+.DE
+\fB$#\fP is the string \fI1\fP and
+the standard input is copied onto the
+end of \fIfile\fP
+using the \fIcat\fP command.
+.DS
+	append file1 file2
+.DE
+appends the contents of \fIfile1\fP
+onto \fIfile2.\fP
+If the number of arguments supplied to
+\fIappend\fP is other than 1 or 2
+then a message is printed indicating
+proper usage.
+.LP
+The general form of the \fBcase\fP command
+is
+.DS
+	\fBcase \fIword \fBin
+	\*(Ca\fIpattern\|\fB)\ \fIcommand-list\fB\|;;
+	\*(Ca\*(ZZ
+	\fBesac\fR
+.DE
+The shell attempts to match
+\fIword\fR with each \fIpattern,\fR
+in the order in which the patterns
+appear.
+If a match is found the
+associated \fIcommand-list\fP is
+executed and execution
+of the \fBcase\fP is complete.
+Since \*(ST is the pattern that matches any
+string it can be used for the default case.
+.LP
+A word of caution:
+no check is made to ensure that only
+one pattern matches
+the case argument.
+The first match found defines the set of commands
+to be executed.
+In the example below the commands following
+the second \*(ST will never be executed.
+.DS
+	case $# in
+	\*(Ca\*(ST) \*(ZZ ;;
+	\*(Ca\*(ST) \*(ZZ ;;
+	esac
+.DE
+.LP
+Another example of the use of the \fBcase\fP
+construction is to distinguish
+between different forms
+of an argument.
+The following example is a fragment of a \fIcc\fP command.
+.DS
+	for i
+	do case $i in
+	\*(DC\(mi[ocs])	\*(ZZ ;;
+	\*(DC\(mi\*(ST)	echo "unknown flag $i" ;;
+	\*(DC\*(ST.c)	/lib/c0 $i \*(ZZ ;;
+	\*(DC\*(ST)	echo "unexpected argument $i" ;;
+	\*(DOesac
+	done
+.DE
+.LP
+To allow the same commands to be associated
+with more than one pattern
+the \fBcase\fP command provides
+for alternative patterns
+separated by a \*(VT\|.
+For example,
+.DS
+	case $i in
+	\*(Ca\(mix\*(VT\(miy)	\*(ZZ
+	esac
+.DE
+is equivalent to
+.DS
+	case $i in
+	\*(Ca\(mi[xy])	\*(ZZ
+	esac
+.DE
+.LP
+The usual quoting conventions apply
+so that
+.DS
+	case $i in
+	\*(Ca\\?)	\*(ZZ
+.DE
+will match the character \fB?\|.\fP
+.SH
+2.3\ Here\ documents
+.LP
+The shell script \fItel\fP
+in section 2.1 uses the file \fB/usr/share/telnos\fR
+to supply the data
+for \fIgrep.\fP
+An alternative is to include this
+data
+within the shell script as a \fIhere\fP document, as in,
+.DS
+	for i
+	do grep $i \*(HE!
+	\*(DO\*(ZZ
+	\*(DOfred mh0123
+	\*(DObert mh0789
+	\*(DO\*(ZZ
+	!
+	done
+.DE
+In this example
+the shell takes the lines between \fB\*(HE!\fR and \fB!\fR
+as the standard input for \fIgrep.\fP
+The string \fB!\fR is arbitrary, the document
+being terminated by a line that consists
+of the string following \*(HE\|.
+.LP
+Parameters are substituted in the document
+before it is made available to \fIgrep\fP
+as illustrated by the following script
+called \fIedg\|.\fP
+.DS
+	ed $3 \*(HE%
+	g/$1/s//$2/g
+	w
+	%
+.DE
+The call
+.DS
+	edg string1 string2 file
+.DE
+is then equivalent to the command
+.DS
+	ed file \*(HE%
+	g/string1/s//string2/g
+	w
+	%
+.DE
+and changes all occurrences of \fIstring1\fP
+in \fIfile\fP to \fIstring2\|.\fP
+Substitution can be prevented using \\
+to quote the special character \fB$\fP
+as in
+.DS
+	ed $3 \*(HE+
+	1,\\$s/$1/$2/g
+	w
+	+
+.DE
+(This version of \fIedg\fP is equivalent to
+the first except that \fIed\fP will print
+a \fB?\fR if there are no occurrences of
+the string \fB$1\|.\fP)
+Substitution within a \fIhere\fP document
+may be prevented entirely by quoting
+the terminating string,
+for example,
+.DS
+	grep $i \*(HE'end'
+	\*(ZZ
+	end
+.DE
+The document is presented
+without modification to \fIgrep.\fP
+If parameter substitution is not required
+in a \fIhere\fP document this latter form
+is more efficient.
+.SH
+2.4\ Shell\ variables\(dg
+.LP
+.FS
+Also known as \fIenvironment variables\fB, see \fIenvironment\fB(7).
+.FE
+The shell
+provides string-valued variables.
+Variable names begin with a letter
+and consist of letters, digits and
+underscores.
+Variables may be given values by writing, for example,
+.DS
+	user=fred\ box=m000\ acct=mh0000
+.DE
+which assigns values to the variables
+\fBuser, box\fP and \fBacct.\fP
+A variable may be set to the null string
+by saying, for example,
+.DS
+	null=
+.DE
+The value of a variable is substituted
+by preceding its name with \fB$\|\fP;
+for example,
+.DS
+	echo $user
+.DE
+will echo \fIfred.\fP
+.LP
+Variables may be used interactively
+to provide abbreviations for frequently
+used strings.
+For example,
+.DS
+	b=/usr/fred/bin
+	mv pgm $b
+.DE
+will move the file \fIpgm\fP
+from the current directory to the directory \fB/usr/fred/bin\|.\fR
+A more general notation is available for parameter
+(or variable)
+substitution, as in,
+.DS
+	echo ${user}
+.DE
+which is equivalent to
+.DS
+	echo $user
+.DE
+and is used when the parameter name is
+followed by a letter or digit.
+For example,
+.DS
+	tmp=/tmp/ps
+	ps a >${tmp}a
+.DE
+will direct the output of \fIps\fR
+to the file \fB/tmp/psa,\fR
+whereas,
+.DS
+	ps a >$tmpa
+.DE
+would cause the value of the variable \fBtmpa\fP
+to be substituted.
+.LP
+Except for \fB$?\fP the following
+are set initially by the shell.
+\fB$?\fP is set after executing each command.
+.RS
+.IP \fB$?\fP 8
+The exit status (return code)
+of the last command executed
+as a decimal string.
+Most commands return a zero exit status
+if they complete successfully,
+otherwise a non-zero exit status is returned.
+Testing the value of return codes is dealt with
+later under \fBif\fP and \fBwhile\fP commands.
+.IP \fB$#\fP 8
+The number of positional parameters
+(in decimal).
+Used, for example, in the \fIappend\fP command
+to check the number of parameters.
+.IP \fB$$\fP 8
+The process number of this shell (in decimal).
+Since process numbers are unique among
+all existing processes, this string is
+frequently used to generate
+unique
+temporary file names.
+For example,
+.DS
+	ps a >/tmp/ps$$
+	\*(ZZ
+	rm /tmp/ps$$
+.DE
+.IP \fB$\|!\fP 8
+The process number of the last process
+run in the background (in decimal).
+.IP \fB$\(mi\fP 8
+The current shell flags, such as
+\fB\(mix\fR and \fB\(miv\|.\fR
+.RE
+.LP
+Some variables have a special meaning to the
+shell and should be avoided for general
+use.
+.RS
+.IP \fB$\s-1MAIL\s0\fP 8
+When used interactively
+the shell looks at the file
+specified by this variable
+before it issues a prompt.
+If the specified file has been modified
+since it
+was last looked at the shell
+prints the message
+\fIyou have mail\fP before prompting
+for the next command.
+This variable is typically set
+in the file \fB.profile,\fP
+in the user's login directory.
+For example,
+.DS
+	\s-1MAIL\s0=/usr/spool/mail/fred
+.DE
+.IP \fB$\s-1HOME\s0\fP 8
+The default argument
+for the \fIcd\fP command.
+The current directory is used to resolve
+file name references that do not begin with
+a \fB/\|,\fR
+and is changed using the \fIcd\fP command.
+For example,
+.DS
+	cd /usr/fred/bin
+.DE
+makes the current directory \fB/usr/fred/bin\|.\fR
+.DS
+	cat wn
+.DE
+will print on the terminal the file \fIwn\fP
+in this directory.
+The command
+\fIcd\fP with no argument
+is equivalent to
+.DS
+	cd $\s-1HOME\s0
+.DE
+This variable is also typically set in the
+the user's login profile.
+.IP \fB$\s-1PWD\s0\fP 8
+The current working directory. Set by the \fIcd\fB command.
+.IP \fB$\s-1PATH\s0\fP 8
+A list of directories that contain commands (the \fIsearch path\fR\|).
+Each time a command is executed by the shell
+a list of directories is searched
+for an executable file.
+.ne 5
+If \fB$\s-1PATH\s0\fP is not set
+then the current directory,
+\fB/bin\fP, and \fB/usr/bin\fP are searched by default.
+.ne 5
+Otherwise \fB$\s-1PATH\s0\fP consists of directory
+names separated by \fB:\|.\fP
+For example,
+.DS
+	\s-1PATH\s0=\fB:\fP/usr/fred/bin\fB:\fP/bin\fB:\fP/usr/bin
+.DE
+specifies that the current directory
+(the null string before the first \fB:\fP\|),
+\fB/usr/fred/bin, /bin \fRand\fP /usr/bin\fR
+are to be searched in that order.
+In this way individual users
+can have their own `private' commands
+that are accessible independently
+of the current directory.
+If the command name contains a \fB/\fR then this directory search
+is not used; a single attempt
+is made to execute the command.
+.IP \fB$\s-1PS1\s0\fP 8
+The primary shell prompt string, by default, `\fB$\ \fR'.
+.IP \fB$\s-1PS2\s0\fP 8
+The shell prompt when further input is needed,
+by default, `\fB>\ \fR'.
+.IP \fB$\s-1IFS\s0\fP 8
+The set of characters used by \fIblank
+interpretation\fR (see section 3.5).
+.IP \fB$\s-1ENV\s0\fP 8
+The shell reads and executes the commands in the file
+specified by this variable when it is initially started.
+Unlike the \fB.profile\fP file, these commands are executed by all
+shells, not just the one started at login.
+(Most versions of the shell specify a filename that is used if
+\s-1ENV\s0 is not explicitly set. See the manual page for your shell.)
+.RE
+.SH
+2.5\ The\ test\ command
+.LP
+The \fItest\fP command, although not part of the shell,
+is intended for use by shell programs.
+For example,
+.DS
+	test \(mif file
+.DE
+returns zero exit status if \fIfile\fP
+exists and non-zero exit status otherwise.
+In general \fItest\fP evaluates a predicate
+and returns the result as its exit status.
+Some of the more frequently used \fItest\fP
+arguments are given here, see \fItest\fP(1)
+for a complete specification.
+.DS
+	test s		true if the argument \fIs\fP is not the null string
+	test \(mif file	true if \fIfile\fP exists
+	test \(mir file	true if \fIfile\fP is readable
+	test \(miw file	true if \fIfile\fP is writable
+	test \(mid file	true if \fIfile\fP is a directory
+.DE
+The \fItest\fP command is known as `\fB[\fP' and may be invoked as
+such.
+For aesthetic reasons, the command ignores a close bracket `\fB]\fP' given
+at the end of a command so
+.DS
+	[ -f filename ]
+.DE
+and
+.DS
+	test -f filename
+.DE
+are completely equivalent.
+Typically, the bracket notation is used when \fItest\fP is invoked inside
+shell control constructs.
+.SH
+2.6\ Control\ flow\ -\ while
+.LP
+The actions of
+the \fBfor\fP loop and the \fBcase\fP
+branch are determined by data available to the shell.
+A \fBwhile\fP or \fBuntil\fP loop
+and an \fBif then else\fP branch
+are also provided whose
+actions are determined by the exit status
+returned by commands.
+A \fBwhile\fP loop has the general form
+.DS
+	\fBwhile\fP \fIcommand-list\*1\fP
+	\fBdo\fP \fIcommand-list\*2\fP
+	\fBdone\fP
+.DE
+.LP
+The value tested by the \fBwhile\fP command
+is the exit status of the last simple command
+following \fBwhile.\fP
+Each time round the loop
+\fIcommand-list\*1\fP is executed;
+if a zero exit status is returned then
+\fIcommand-list\*2\fP
+is executed;
+otherwise, the loop terminates.
+For example,
+.DS
+	while [ $1 ]
+	do \*(ZZ
+	\*(DOshift
+	done
+.DE
+is equivalent to
+.DS
+	for i
+	do \*(ZZ
+	done
+.DE
+\fIshift\fP is a shell command that
+renames the positional parameters
+\fB$2, $3, \*(ZZ\fR as \fB$1, $2, \*(ZZ\fR
+and loses \fB$1\|.\fP
+.LP
+Another kind of use for the \fBwhile/until\fP
+loop is to wait until some
+external event occurs and then run
+some commands.
+In an \fBuntil\fP loop
+the termination condition is reversed.
+For example,
+.DS
+	until [ \(mif file ]
+	do sleep 300; done
+	\fIcommands\fP
+.DE
+will loop until \fIfile\fP exists.
+Each time round the loop it waits for
+5 minutes before trying again.
+(Presumably another process
+will eventually create the file.)
+.LP
+The most recent enclosing loop may be exited with the \fBbreak\fP
+command, or the rest of the body skipped and the next iteration begun
+with the \fBcontinue\fP command.
+.LP
+The commands \fItrue\fP(1) and \fIfalse\fP(1) return 0 and non-zero
+exit statuses respectively. They are sometimes of use in control flow,
+e.g.:
+.DS
+	while true
+	do date; sleep 5
+	done
+.DE
+is an infinite loop that prints the date and time every five seconds.
+.SH
+2.7\ Control\ flow\ -\ if
+.LP
+Also available is a
+general conditional branch
+of the form,
+.DS
+	\fBif\fP \fIcommand-list
+	\fBthen	\fIcommand-list
+	\fBelse	\fIcommand-list
+	\fBfi\fR
+.DE
+that tests the value returned by the last simple command
+following \fBif.\fP
+.LP
+The \fBif\fP command may be used
+in conjunction with the \fItest\fP command
+to test for the existence of a file as in
+.DS
+	if [ \(mif file ]
+	then	\fIprocess file\fP
+	else	\fIdo something else\fP
+	fi
+.DE
+.LP
+An example of the use of \fBif, case\fP
+and \fBfor\fP constructions is given in
+section 2.10\|.
+.LP
+A multiple test \fBif\fP command
+of the form
+.DS
+	if \*(ZZ
+	then	\*(ZZ
+	else	if \*(ZZ
+		then	\*(ZZ
+		else	if \*(ZZ
+			\*(ZZ
+			fi
+		fi
+	fi
+.DE
+may be written using an extension of the \fBif\fP
+notation as,
+.DS
+	if \*(ZZ
+	then	\*(ZZ
+	elif	\*(ZZ
+	then	\*(ZZ
+	elif	\*(ZZ
+	\*(ZZ
+	fi
+.DE
+.LP
+The following example is an implementation of the \fItouch\fP command
+which changes the `last modified' time for a list
+of files.
+The command may be used in conjunction
+with \fImake\fP(1) to force recompilation of a list
+of files.
+.DS
+	#!/bin/sh
+
+	flag=
+	for i
+	do case $i in
+	\*(DC\(mic)	flag=N ;;
+	\*(DC\*(ST)	if [ \(mif $i ]
+	\*(DC	then	cp $i junk$$; mv junk$$ $i
+	\*(DC	elif [ $flag ]
+	\*(DC	then	echo file \\'$i\\' does not exist
+	\*(DC	else	>$i
+	\*(DC	fi
+	\*(DO esac
+	done
+.DE
+The \fB\(mic\fP flag is used in this command to
+force subsequent files to be created if they do not already exist.
+Otherwise, if the file does not exist, an error message is printed.
+The shell variable \fIflag\fP
+is set to some non-null string if the \fB\(mic\fP
+argument is encountered.
+The commands
+.DS
+	cp \*(ZZ; mv \*(ZZ
+.DE
+copy the file and then overwrite it with the copy,
+thus causing the last modified date to be updated.
+.LP
+The sequence
+.DS
+	if command1
+	then	command2
+	fi
+.DE
+may be written
+.DS
+	command1 && command2
+.DE
+Conversely,
+.DS
+	command1 \*(VT\*(VT command2
+.DE
+executes \fIcommand2\fP only if \fIcommand1\fP
+fails.
+In each case the value returned
+is that of the last simple command executed.
+.LP
+Placing a `\fB!\fP' in front of a pipeline inverts its exit
+status, almost in the manner of the C operator of the same name.
+Thus:
+.DS
+	if ! [ -d $1 ]
+	then
+		echo $1 is not a directory
+	fi
+.DE
+will print a message only if $1 is not a directory.
+.SH
+2.8\ Command\ grouping
+.LP
+Commands may be grouped in two ways,
+.DS
+	\fB{\fI command-list\fB ; }\fR
+.DE
+and
+.DS
+	\fB(\fI command-list\fB )\fR
+.DE
+.LP
+In the first \fIcommand-list\fP is simply executed.
+The second form executes \fIcommand-list\fP
+as a separate process.
+For example,
+.DS
+	(cd x; rm junk )
+.DE
+executes \fIrm junk\fP in the directory
+\fBx\fP without changing the current
+directory of the invoking shell.
+.LP
+The commands
+.DS
+	cd x; rm junk
+.DE
+have the same effect but leave the invoking
+shell in the directory \fBx.\fP
+.SH
+2.9\ Shell\ Functions
+.LP
+A function may be defined by the syntax
+.DS
+	\fIfuncname\fP() \fB{\fI command-list\fB ; }\fR
+.DE
+Functions are invoked within a script as though they were separate
+commands of the same name.
+While they are executed, the
+positional parameters \fB$1, $2, \*(ZZ\fR are temporarily set to the
+arguments passed to the function. For example:
+.DS
+	count() {
+		echo $2 : $#
+	}
+
+	count a b c
+.DE
+would print `b : 3'.
+.SH
+2.10\ Debugging\ shell\ scripts
+.LP
+The shell provides two tracing mechanisms
+to help when debugging shell scripts.
+The first is invoked within the script
+as
+.DS
+	set \(miv
+.DE
+(\fBv\fP for verbose) and causes lines of the
+script to be printed as they are read.
+It is useful to help isolate syntax errors.
+It may be invoked without modifying the script
+by saying
+.DS
+	sh \(miv \fIscript\fP \*(ZZ
+.DE
+where \fIscript\fP is the name of the shell script.
+This flag may be used in conjunction
+with the \fB\(min\fP flag which prevents
+execution of subsequent commands.
+(Note that saying \fIset \(min\fP at a terminal
+will render the terminal useless
+until an end-of-file is typed.)
+.LP
+The command
+.DS
+	set \(mix
+.DE
+will produce an execution
+trace.
+Following parameter substitution
+each command is printed as it is executed.
+(Try these at the terminal to see
+what effect they have.)
+Both flags may be turned off by saying
+.DS
+	set \(mi
+.DE
+and the current setting of the shell flags is available as \fB$\(mi\|\fR.
+.SH
+2.11\ The\ man\ command
+.LP
+The following is a simple implementation of the \fIman\fP command,
+which is used to display sections of the UNIX manual on your terminal.
+It is called, for example, as
+.DS
+		man sh
+		man \(mit ed
+		man 2 fork
+.DE
+In the first the manual section for \fIsh\fP
+is displayed..
+Since no section is specified, section 1 is used.
+The second example will typeset (\fB\(mit\fP option)
+the manual section for \fIed.\fP
+The last prints the \fIfork\fP manual page
+from section 2, which covers system calls.
+.sp 2
+.DS
+	#!/bin/sh
+
+	cd /usr/share/man
+
+	# "#" is the comment character
+	# default is nroff ($N), section 1 ($s)
+	N=n\ s=1
+
+	for i
+	do case $i in
+.sp .5
+	\*(DC[1\(mi9]\*(ST)	s=$i ;;
+.sp .5
+	\*(DC\(mit)	N=t ;;
+.sp .5
+	\*(DC\(min)	N=n ;;
+.sp .5
+	\*(DC\(mi\*(ST)	echo unknown flag \\'$i\\' ;;
+.sp .5
+	\*(DC\*(ST)	if [ \(mif man$s/$i.$s ]
+	\*(DC	then
+	\*(DC		${N}roff \(miman man$s/$i.$s
+	\*(DC	else	# look through all manual sections
+	\*(DC		found=no
+	\*(DC		for j in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+	\*(DC		do
+	\*(DC		\*(DOif [ \(mif man$j/$i.$j ]
+	\*(DC		\*(DOthen
+	\*(DC		\*(DO\*(THman $j $i
+	\*(DC		\*(DO\*(THfound=yes
+	\*(DC		\*(DO\*(THbreak
+	\*(DC		\*(DOfi
+	\*(DC		done
+	\*(DC		case $found in
+	\*(DC		\*(Cano) echo \\'$i: manual page not found\\'
+	\*(DC		esac
+	\*(DC	fi
+	\*(DOesac
+	done
+.DE
+.ce
+.ft B
+Figure 1. A version of the man command
+.ft R
diff --git a/bin/sh/USD.doc/t3 b/bin/sh/USD.doc/t3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aab53ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/USD.doc/t3
@@ -0,0 +1,976 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: t3,v 1.3 2010/08/22 02:19:07 perry Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (C) Caldera International Inc. 2001-2002.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+.\" met:
+.\"
+.\" Redistributions of source code and documentation must retain the above
+.\" copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+.\" disclaimer.
+.\"
+.\" Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"
+.\" This product includes software developed or owned by Caldera
+.\" International, Inc.  Neither the name of Caldera International, Inc.
+.\" nor the names of other contributors may be used to endorse or promote
+.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written
+.\" permission.
+.\"
+.\" USE OF THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED FOR UNDER THIS LICENSE BY CALDERA
+.\" INTERNATIONAL, INC.  AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+.\" DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL CALDERA INTERNATIONAL, INC. BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
+.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
+.\" OR OTHERWISE) RISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN
+.\" IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)t3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93
+.\"
+.SH
+3.0\ Keyword\ parameters
+.LP
+Shell variables may be given values
+by assignment
+or when a shell script is invoked.
+An argument to a command of the form
+\fIname=value\fP
+that precedes the command name
+causes \fIvalue\fP
+to be assigned to \fIname\fP
+before execution of the command begins.
+The value of \fIname\fP in the invoking
+shell is not affected.
+For example,
+.DS
+	user=fred\ command
+.DE
+will execute \fIcommand\fP with
+\fBuser\fP set to \fIfred\fP.
+.\" Removed by Perry Metzger because -k is not in POSIX
+.\"
+.\" The \fB\(mik\fR flag causes arguments of the form
+.\" \fIname=value\fP to be interpreted in this way
+.\" anywhere in the argument list.
+.\" Such \fInames\fP are sometimes
+.\" called keyword parameters.
+.\" If any arguments remain they
+.\" are available as positional
+.\" parameters \fB$1, $2, \*(ZZ\|.\fP
+.LP
+The \fIset\fP command
+may also be used to set positional parameters
+from within a script.
+For example,
+.DS
+	set\ \(mi\(mi\ \*(ST
+.DE
+will set \fB$1\fP to the first file name
+in the current directory, \fB$2\fP to the next,
+and so on.
+Note that the first argument, \(mi\(mi, ensures correct treatment
+when the first file name begins with a \(mi\|.
+.LP
+.SH
+3.1\ Parameter\ transmission
+.LP
+When a command is executed both positional parameters
+and shell variables may be set on invocation.
+Variables are also made available implicitly
+to a command
+by specifying in advance that such parameters
+are to be exported from the invoking shell.
+For example,
+.DS
+	export\ user\ box=red
+.DE
+marks the variables \fBuser\fP and \fBbox\fP
+for export (setting \fBbox\fP to ``red'' in the process).
+When a command is invoked
+copies are made of all exportable variables
+(also known as \fIenvironment variables\fP)
+for use within the invoked program.
+Modification of such variables
+within an invoked command does not
+affect the values in the invoking shell.
+It is generally true of
+a shell script or other program
+that it
+cannot modify the state
+of its caller without explicit
+actions on the part of the caller.
+.\" Removed by Perry Metzger because this is confusing to beginners.
+.\"
+.\" (Shared file descriptors are an
+.\" exception to this rule.)
+.LP
+Names whose value is intended to remain
+constant may be declared \fIreadonly\|.\fP
+The form of this command is the same as that of the \fIexport\fP
+command,
+.DS
+	readonly name[=value] \*(ZZ
+.DE
+Subsequent attempts to set readonly variables
+are illegal.
+.SH
+3.2\ Parameter\ substitution
+.LP
+If a shell parameter is not set
+then the null string is substituted for it.
+For example, if the variable \fBd\fP
+is not set
+.DS
+	echo $d
+.DE
+or
+.DS
+	echo ${d}
+.DE
+will echo nothing.
+A default string may be given
+as in
+.DS
+	echo ${d:\(mi\fB.\fR}
+.DE
+which will echo
+the value of the variable \fBd\fP
+if it is set and not null and `\fB.\fP' otherwise.
+The default string is evaluated using the usual
+quoting conventions so that
+.DS
+	echo ${d:\(mi\'\*(ST\'}
+.DE
+will echo \fB\*(ST\fP if the variable \fBd\fP
+is not set or null.
+Similarly
+.DS
+	echo ${d:\(mi$1}
+.DE
+will echo the value of \fBd\fP if it is set and not null
+and the value (if any) of \fB$1\fP otherwise.
+.LP
+The notation ${d:+\fB.\fR} performs the inverse operation. It
+substitutes `\fB.\fP' if \fBd\fP is set or not null, and otherwise
+substitutes null.
+.LP
+A variable may be assigned a default value
+using
+the notation
+.DS
+	echo ${d:=\fB.\fR}
+.DE
+which substitutes the same string as
+.DS
+	echo ${d:\(mi\fB.\fR}
+.DE
+and if \fBd\fP were not previously set or null
+then it will be set to the string `\fB.\fP'\|.
+.LP
+If there is no sensible default then
+the notation
+.DS
+	echo ${d:?\fImessage\fP}
+.DE
+will echo the value of the variable \fBd\fP if it is set and not null,
+otherwise \fImessage\fP is printed by the shell and
+execution of the shell script is abandoned.
+If \fImessage\fP is absent then a standard message
+is printed.
+A shell script that requires some variables
+to be set might start as follows:
+.DS
+	:\ ${user:?}\ ${acct:?}\ ${bin:?}
+	\*(ZZ
+.DE
+Colon (\fB:\fP) is a command
+that is
+built in to the shell and does nothing
+once its arguments have been evaluated.
+If any of the variables \fBuser, acct\fP
+or \fBbin\fP are not set then the shell
+will abandon execution of the script.
+.SH
+3.3\ Command\ substitution
+.LP
+The standard output from a command can be
+substituted in a similar way to parameters.
+The command \fIpwd\fP prints on its standard
+output the name of the current directory.
+For example, if the current directory is
+\fB/usr/fred/bin\fR
+then the commands
+.DS
+	d=$(pwd)
+.DE
+(or the older notation d=\`pwd\`)
+is equivalent to
+.DS
+	d=/usr/fred/bin
+.DE
+.LP
+The entire string inside $(\*(ZZ)\| (or between grave accents \`\*(ZZ\`)
+is taken as the command
+to be executed
+and is replaced with the output from
+the command.
+(The difference between the $(\*(ZZ) and \`\*(ZZ\` notations is that
+the former may be nested, while the latter cannot be.)
+.LP
+The command is written using the usual quoting conventions,
+except that inside \`\*(ZZ\`
+a \fB\`\fR must be escaped using
+a \fB\\\|\fR.
+For example,
+.DS
+	ls $(echo "$HOME")
+.DE
+is equivalent to
+.DS
+	ls $HOME
+.DE
+Command substitution occurs in all contexts
+where parameter substitution occurs (including \fIhere\fP documents) and the
+treatment of the resulting text is the same
+in both cases.
+This mechanism allows string
+processing commands to be used within
+shell scripts.
+An example of such a command is \fIbasename\fP
+which removes a specified suffix from a string.
+For example,
+.DS
+	basename main\fB.\fPc \fB.\fPc
+.DE
+will print the string \fImain\|.\fP
+Its use is illustrated by the following
+fragment from a \fIcc\fP command.
+.DS
+	case $A in
+	\*(Ca\*(ZZ
+	\*(Ca\*(ST\fB.\fPc)	B=$(basename $A \fB.\fPc)
+	\*(Ca\*(ZZ
+	esac
+.DE
+that sets \fBB\fP to the part of \fB$A\fP
+with the suffix \fB.c\fP stripped.
+.LP
+Here are some composite examples.
+.RS
+.IP \(bu
+.ft B
+for i in \`ls \(mit\`; do \*(ZZ
+.ft R
+.br
+The variable \fBi\fP is set
+to the names of files in time order,
+most recent first.
+.IP \(bu
+.ft B
+set \(mi\(mi\| \`date\`; echo $6 $2 $3, $4
+.ft R
+.br
+will print, e.g.,
+.ft I
+1977 Nov 1, 23:59:59
+.ft R
+.RE
+.SH
+3.4\ Arithmetic\ Expansion
+.LP
+Within a $((\*(ZZ)) construct, integer arithmetic operations are
+evaluated.
+(The $ in front of variable names is optional within $((\*(ZZ)).
+For example:
+.DS
+	x=5; y=1
+	echo $(($x+3*2))
+	echo $((y+=x))
+	echo $y
+.DE
+will print `11', then `6', then `6' again.
+Most of the constructs permitted in C arithmetic operations are
+permitted though some (like `++') are not universally supported \(em
+see the shell manual page for details.
+.SH
+3.5\ Evaluation\ and\ quoting
+.LP
+The shell is a macro processor that
+provides parameter substitution, command substitution and file
+name generation for the arguments to commands.
+This section discusses the order in which
+these evaluations occur and the
+effects of the various quoting mechanisms.
+.LP
+Commands are parsed initially according to the grammar
+given in appendix A.
+Before a command is executed
+the following
+substitutions occur.
+.RS
+.IP \(bu
+parameter substitution, e.g. \fB$user\fP
+.IP \(bu
+command substitution, e.g. \fB$(pwd)\fP or \fB\`pwd\`\fP
+.IP \(bu
+arithmetic expansion, e.g. \fB$(($count+1))\fP
+.RS
+.LP
+Only one evaluation occurs so that if, for example, the value of the variable
+\fBX\fP
+is the string \fI$y\fP
+then
+.DS
+	echo $X
+.DE
+will echo \fI$y\|.\fP
+.RE
+.IP \(bu
+blank interpretation
+.RS
+.LP
+Following the above substitutions
+the resulting characters
+are broken into non-blank words (\fIblank interpretation\fP).
+For this purpose `blanks' are the characters of the string
+\fB$\s-1IFS\s0\fP.
+By default, this string consists of blank, tab and newline.
+The null string
+is not regarded as a word unless it is quoted.
+For example,
+.DS
+	echo \'\'
+.DE
+will pass on the null string as the first argument to \fIecho\fP,
+whereas
+.DS
+	echo $null
+.DE
+will call \fIecho\fR with no arguments
+if the variable \fBnull\fP is not set
+or set to the null string.
+.RE
+.IP \(bu
+file name generation
+.RS
+.LP
+Each word
+is then scanned for the file pattern characters
+\fB\*(ST, ?\fR and \fB[\*(ZZ]\fR
+and an alphabetical list of file names
+is generated to replace the word.
+Each such file name is a separate argument.
+.RE
+.RE
+.LP
+The evaluations just described also occur
+in the list of words associated with a \fBfor\fP
+loop.
+Only substitution occurs
+in the \fIword\fP used
+for a \fBcase\fP branch.
+.LP
+As well as the quoting mechanisms described
+earlier using \fB\\\fR and \fB\'\*(ZZ\'\fR
+a third quoting mechanism is provided using double quotes.
+Within double quotes parameter and command substitution
+occurs but file name generation and the interpretation
+of blanks does not.
+The following characters
+have a special meaning within double quotes
+and may be quoted using \fB\\\|.\fP
+.DS
+	\fB$	\fPparameter substitution
+	\fB$()\fP	command substitution
+	\fB\`\fP	command substitution
+	\fB"\fP	ends the quoted string
+	\fB\e\fP	quotes the special characters \fB$ \` " \e\fP
+.DE
+For example,
+.DS
+	echo "$x"
+.DE
+will pass the value of the variable \fBx\fP as a
+single argument to \fIecho.\fP
+Similarly,
+.DS
+	echo "$\*(ST"
+.DE
+will pass the positional parameters as a single
+argument and is equivalent to
+.DS
+	echo "$1 $2 \*(ZZ"
+.DE
+The notation \fB$@\fP
+is the same as \fB$\*(ST\fR
+except when it is quoted.
+.DS
+	echo "$@"
+.DE
+will pass the positional parameters, unevaluated, to \fIecho\fR
+and is equivalent to
+.DS
+	echo "$1" "$2" \*(ZZ
+.DE
+.LP
+The following table gives, for each quoting mechanism,
+the shell metacharacters that are evaluated.
+.DS
+.ce
+.ft I
+metacharacter
+.ft
+.in 1.5i
+	\e	$	*	\`	"	\'
+\'	n	n	n	n	n	t
+\`	y	n	n	t	n	n
+"	y	y	n	y	t	n
+
+	t	terminator
+	y	interpreted
+	n	not interpreted
+
+.in
+.ft B
+.ce
+Figure 2. Quoting mechanisms
+.ft
+.DE
+.LP
+In cases where more than one evaluation of a string
+is required the built-in command \fIeval\fP
+may be used.
+For example,
+if the variable \fBX\fP has the value
+\fI$y\fP, and if \fBy\fP has the value \fIpqr\fP
+then
+.DS
+	eval echo $X
+.DE
+will echo the string \fIpqr\|.\fP
+.LP
+In general the \fIeval\fP command
+evaluates its arguments (as do all commands)
+and treats the result as input to the shell.
+The input is read and the resulting command(s)
+executed.
+For example,
+.DS
+	wg=\'eval who\*(VTgrep\'
+	$wg fred
+.DE
+is equivalent to
+.DS
+	who\*(VTgrep fred
+.DE
+In this example,
+\fIeval\fP is required
+since there is no interpretation
+of metacharacters, such as \fB\*(VT\|\fR, following
+substitution.
+.SH
+3.6\ Error\ handling
+.LP
+The treatment of errors detected by
+the shell depends on the type of error
+and on whether the shell is being
+used interactively.
+An interactive shell is one whose
+input and output are connected
+to a terminal.
+.\" Removed by Perry Metzger, obsolete and excess detail
+.\"
+.\" (as determined by
+.\" \fIgtty\fP (2)).
+A shell invoked with the \fB\(mii\fP
+flag is also interactive.
+.LP
+Execution of a command (see also 3.7) may fail
+for any of the following reasons.
+.IP \(bu
+Input output redirection may fail.
+For example, if a file does not exist
+or cannot be created.
+.IP \(bu
+The command itself does not exist
+or cannot be executed.
+.IP \(bu
+The command terminates abnormally,
+for example, with a "bus error"
+or "memory fault".
+See Figure 2 below for a complete list
+of UNIX signals.
+.IP \(bu
+The command terminates normally
+but returns a non-zero exit status.
+.LP
+In all of these cases the shell
+will go on to execute the next command.
+Except for the last case an error
+message will be printed by the shell.
+All remaining errors cause the shell
+to exit from a script.
+An interactive shell will return
+to read another command from the terminal.
+Such errors include the following.
+.IP \(bu
+Syntax errors.
+e.g., if \*(ZZ then \*(ZZ done
+.IP \(bu
+A signal such as interrupt.
+The shell waits for the current
+command, if any, to finish execution and
+then either exits or returns to the terminal.
+.IP \(bu
+Failure of any of the built-in commands
+such as \fIcd.\fP
+.LP
+The shell flag \fB\(mie\fP
+causes the shell to terminate
+if any error is detected.
+.DS
+1	hangup
+2	interrupt
+3*	quit
+4*	illegal instruction
+5*	trace trap
+6*	IOT instruction
+7*	EMT instruction
+8*	floating point exception
+9	kill (cannot be caught or ignored)
+10*	bus error
+11*	segmentation violation
+12*	bad argument to system call
+13	write on a pipe with no one to read it
+14	alarm clock
+15	software termination (from \fIkill\fP (1))
+
+.DE
+.ft B
+.ce
+Figure 3. UNIX signals\(dg
+.ft
+.FS
+\(dg Additional signals have been added in modern Unix.
+See \fIsigvec\fP(2) or \fIsignal\fP(3) for an up-to-date list.
+.FE
+Those signals marked with an asterisk
+produce a core dump
+if not caught.
+However,
+the shell itself ignores quit which is the only
+external signal that can cause a dump.
+The signals in this list of potential interest
+to shell programs are 1, 2, 3, 14 and 15.
+.SH
+3.7\ Fault\ handling
+.LP
+shell scripts normally terminate
+when an interrupt is received from the
+terminal.
+The \fItrap\fP command is used
+if some cleaning up is required, such
+as removing temporary files.
+For example,
+.DS
+	trap\ \'rm\ /tmp/ps$$; exit\'\ 2
+.DE
+sets a trap for signal 2 (terminal
+interrupt), and if this signal is received
+will execute the commands
+.DS
+	rm /tmp/ps$$; exit
+.DE
+\fIexit\fP is
+another built-in command
+that terminates execution of a shell script.
+The \fIexit\fP is required; otherwise,
+after the trap has been taken,
+the shell will resume executing
+the script
+at the place where it was interrupted.
+.LP
+UNIX signals can be handled in one of three ways.
+They can be ignored, in which case
+the signal is never sent to the process.
+They can be caught, in which case the process
+must decide what action to take when the
+signal is received.
+Lastly, they can be left to cause
+termination of the process without
+it having to take any further action.
+If a signal is being ignored
+on entry to the shell script, for example,
+by invoking it in the background (see 3.7) then \fItrap\fP
+commands (and the signal) are ignored.
+.LP
+The use of \fItrap\fP is illustrated
+by this modified version of the \fItouch\fP
+command (Figure 4).
+The cleanup action is to remove the file \fBjunk$$\fR\|.
+.DS
+	#!/bin/sh
+
+	flag=
+	trap\ \'rm\ \(mif\ junk$$;\ exit\'\ 1 2 3 15
+	for i
+	do\ case\ $i\ in
+	\*(DC\(mic)	flag=N ;;
+	\*(DC\*(ST)	if\ test\ \(mif\ $i
+	\*(DC	then	cp\ $i\ junk$$;\ mv\ junk$$ $i
+	\*(DC	elif\ test\ $flag
+	\*(DC	then	echo\ file\ \\'$i\\'\ does\ not\ exist
+	\*(DC	else	>$i
+	\*(DC	fi
+	\*(DOesac
+	done
+.DE
+.sp
+.ft B
+.ce
+Figure 4. The touch command
+.ft
+.sp
+The \fItrap\fP command
+appears before the creation
+of the temporary file;
+otherwise it would be
+possible for the process
+to die without removing
+the file.
+.LP
+Since there is no signal 0 in UNIX
+it is used by the shell to indicate the
+commands to be executed on exit from the
+shell script.
+.LP
+A script may, itself, elect to
+ignore signals by specifying the null
+string as the argument to trap.
+The following fragment is taken from the
+\fInohup\fP command.
+.DS
+	trap \'\' 1 2 3 15
+.DE
+which causes \fIhangup, interrupt, quit \fRand\fI kill\fR
+to be ignored both by the
+script and by invoked commands.
+.LP
+Traps may be reset by saying
+.DS
+	trap 2 3
+.DE
+which resets the traps for signals 2 and 3 to their default values.
+A list of the current values of traps may be obtained
+by writing
+.DS
+	trap
+.DE
+.LP
+The script \fIscan\fP (Figure 5) is an example
+of the use of \fItrap\fP where there is no exit
+in the trap command.
+\fIscan\fP takes each directory
+in the current directory, prompts
+with its name, and then executes
+commands typed at the terminal
+until an end of file or an interrupt is received.
+Interrupts are ignored while executing
+the requested commands but cause
+termination when \fIscan\fP is
+waiting for input.
+.DS
+	d=\`pwd\`
+	for\ i\ in\ \*(ST
+	do\ if\ test\ \(mid\ $d/$i
+	\*(DOthen\ cd\ $d/$i
+	\*(DO\*(THwhile\ echo\ "$i:"
+	\*(DO\*(TH\*(WHtrap\ exit\ 2
+	\*(DO\*(TH\*(WHread\ x
+	\*(DO\*(THdo\ trap\ :\ 2;\ eval\ $x;\ done
+	\*(DOfi
+	done
+.DE
+.sp
+.ft B
+.ce
+Figure 5. The scan command
+.ft
+.sp
+\fIread x\fR is a built-in command that reads one line from the
+standard input
+and places the result in the variable \fBx\|.\fP
+It returns a non-zero exit status if either
+an end-of-file is read or an interrupt
+is received.
+.SH
+3.8\ Command\ execution
+.LP
+To run a command (other than a built-in) the shell first creates
+a new process using the system call \fIfork.\fP
+The execution environment for the command
+includes input, output and the states of signals, and
+is established in the child process
+before the command is executed.
+The built-in command \fIexec\fP
+is used in the rare cases when no fork
+is required
+and simply replaces the shell with a new command.
+For example, a simple version of the \fInohup\fP
+command looks like
+.DS
+	trap \\'\\' 1 2 3 15
+	exec $\*(ST
+.DE
+The \fItrap\fP turns off the signals specified
+so that they are ignored by subsequently created commands
+and \fIexec\fP replaces the shell by the command
+specified.
+.LP
+Most forms of input output redirection have already been
+described.
+In the following \fIword\fP is only subject
+to parameter and command substitution.
+No file name generation or blank interpretation
+takes place so that, for example,
+.DS
+		echo \*(ZZ >\*(ST.c
+.DE
+will write its output into a file whose name is \fB\*(ST.c\|.\fP
+Input output specifications are evaluated left to right
+as they appear in the command.
+.IP >\ \fIword\fP 12
+The standard output (file descriptor 1)
+is sent to the file \fIword\fP which is
+created if it does not already exist.
+.IP \*(AP\ \fIword\fP 12
+The standard output is sent to file \fIword.\fP
+If the file exists then output is appended
+(by seeking to the end);
+otherwise the file is created.
+.IP <\ \fIword\fP 12
+The standard input (file descriptor 0)
+is taken from the file \fIword.\fP
+.IP \*(HE\ \fIword\fP 12
+The standard input is taken from the lines
+of shell input that follow up to but not
+including a line consisting only of \fIword.\fP
+If \fIword\fP is quoted then no interpretation
+of the document occurs.
+If \fIword\fP is not quoted
+then parameter and command substitution
+occur and \fB\\\fP is used to quote
+the characters \fB\\\fP \fB$\fP \fB\`\fP and the first character
+of \fIword.\fP
+In the latter case \fB\\newline\fP is ignored (c.f. quoted strings).
+.IP >&\ \fIdigit\fP 12
+The file descriptor \fIdigit\fP is duplicated using the system
+call \fIdup\fP (2)
+and the result is used as the standard output.
+.IP <&\ \fIdigit\fP 12
+The standard input is duplicated from file descriptor \fIdigit.\fP
+.IP <&\(mi 12
+The standard input is closed.
+.IP >&\(mi 12
+The standard output is closed.
+.LP
+Any of the above may be preceded by a digit in which
+case the file descriptor created is that specified by the digit
+instead of the default 0 or 1.
+For example,
+.DS
+	\*(ZZ 2>file
+.DE
+runs a command with message output (file descriptor 2)
+directed to \fIfile.\fP
+.DS
+	\*(ZZ 2>&1
+.DE
+runs a command with its standard output and message output
+merged.
+(Strictly speaking file descriptor 2 is created
+by duplicating file descriptor 1 but the effect is usually to
+merge the two streams.)
+.\" Removed by Perry Metzger, most of this is now obsolete
+.\"
+.\" .LP
+.\" The environment for a command run in the background such as
+.\" .DS
+.\" 	list \*(ST.c \*(VT lpr &
+.\" .DE
+.\" is modified in two ways.
+.\" Firstly, the default standard input
+.\" for such a command is the empty file \fB/dev/null\|.\fR
+.\" This prevents two processes (the shell and the command),
+.\" which are running in parallel, from trying to
+.\" read the same input.
+.\" Chaos would ensue
+.\" if this were not the case.
+.\" For example,
+.\" .DS
+.\" 	ed file &
+.\" .DE
+.\" would allow both the editor and the shell
+.\" to read from the same input at the same time.
+.\" .LP
+.\" The other modification to the environment of a background
+.\" command is to turn off the QUIT and INTERRUPT signals
+.\" so that they are ignored by the command.
+.\" This allows these signals to be used
+.\" at the terminal without causing background
+.\" commands to terminate.
+.\" For this reason the UNIX convention
+.\" for a signal is that if it is set to 1
+.\" (ignored) then it is never changed
+.\" even for a short time.
+.\" Note that the shell command \fItrap\fP
+.\" has no effect for an ignored signal.
+.SH
+3.9\ Invoking\ the\ shell
+.LP
+The following flags are interpreted by the shell
+when it is invoked.
+If the first character of argument zero is a minus,
+then commands are read from the file \fB.profile\|.\fP
+.IP \fB\(mic\fP\ \fIstring\fP
+.br
+If the \fB\(mic\fP flag is present then
+commands are read from \fIstring\|.\fP
+.IP \fB\(mis\fP
+If the \fB\(mis\fP flag is present or if no
+arguments remain
+then commands are read from the standard input.
+Shell output is written to
+file descriptor 2.
+.IP \fB\(mii\fP
+If the \fB\(mii\fP flag is present or
+if the shell input and output are attached to a terminal (as told by \fIgtty\fP)
+then this shell is \fIinteractive.\fP
+In this case TERMINATE is ignored (so that \fBkill 0\fP
+does not kill an interactive shell) and INTERRUPT is caught and ignored
+(so that \fBwait\fP is interruptable).
+In all cases QUIT is ignored by the shell.
+.SH
+3.10\ Job\ Control
+.LP
+When a command or pipeline (also known as a \fIjob\fP) is running in
+the foreground, entering the stop character (typically
+\s-1CONTROL-Z\s0 but user settable with the \fIstty\fP(1) command)
+will usually cause the job to stop.
+.LP
+The jobs associated with the current shell may be listed by entering
+the \fIjobs\fP command.
+Each job has an associated \fIjob number\fP.
+Jobs that are stopped may be continued by entering
+.DS
+	bg %\fIjobnumber\fP
+.DE
+and jobs may be moved to the foreground by entering
+.DS
+	fg %\fIjobnumber\fP
+.DE
+If there is a sole job with a particular name (say only one instance
+of \fIcc\fP running), \fIfg\fP and \fIbg\fP may also use name of the
+command in place of the number, as in:
+.DS
+	bg %cc
+.DE
+If no `\fB%\fP' clause is entered, most recently stopped job
+(indicated with a `+' by the \fIjobs\fP command) will be assumed.
+See the manual page for the shell for more details.
+.SH
+3.11\ Aliases
+.LP
+The \fIalias\fP command creates a so-called shell alias, which is an
+abbreviation that macro-expands at run time into some other command.
+For example:
+.DS
+	alias ls="ls -F"
+.DE
+would cause the command sequence \fBls -F\fP to be executed whenever
+the user types \fBls\fP into the shell.
+Note that if the user types \fBls -a\fP, the shell will in fact
+execute \fBls -F -a\fP.
+The command \fBalias\fP on its own prints out all current aliases.
+The \fIunalias\fP command, as in:
+.DS
+	unalias ls
+.DE
+will remove an existing alias.
+Aliases can shadow pre-existing commands, as in the example above.
+They are typically used to override the interactive behavior of
+commands in small ways, for example to always invoke some program with
+a favorite option, and are almost never found in scripts.
+.SH
+3.12\ Command\ Line\ Editing\ and\ Recall
+.LP
+When working interactively with the shell, it is often tedious to
+retype previously entered commands, especially if they are complicated.
+The shell therefore maintains a so-called \fIhistory\fP, which is
+stored in the file specified by the \fB\s-1HISTFILE\s0\fP environment
+variable if it is set.
+Users may view, edit, and re-enter previous lines of input using
+a small subset of the commands of the \fIvi\fP(1) or
+\fIemacs\fP(1)\(dg editors.
+.FS
+Technically, vi command editing is standardized by POSIX while emacs
+is not.
+However, all modern shells support both styles.
+.FE
+Emacs style editing may be selected by entering
+.DS
+	set -o emacs
+.DE
+and vi style editing may be selected with
+.DS
+	set -o vi
+.DE
+The details of how command line editing works are beyond the scope of
+this document.
+See the shell manual page for details.
+.SH
+Acknowledgements
+.LP
+The design of the shell is
+based in part on the original UNIX shell
+.[
+unix command language thompson
+.]
+and the PWB/UNIX shell,
+.[
+pwb shell mashey unix
+.]
+some
+features having been taken from both.
+Similarities also exist with the
+command interpreters
+of the Cambridge Multiple Access System
+.[
+cambridge multiple access system hartley
+.]
+and of CTSS.
+.[
+ctss
+.]
+.LP
+I would like to thank Dennis Ritchie
+and John Mashey for many
+discussions during the design of the shell.
+I am also grateful to the members of the Computing Science Research Center
+and to Joe Maranzano for their
+comments on drafts of this document.
+.SH
+.[
+$LIST$
+.]
diff --git a/bin/sh/USD.doc/t4 b/bin/sh/USD.doc/t4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7719d6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/USD.doc/t4
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: t4,v 1.3 2010/08/22 02:19:07 perry Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (C) Caldera International Inc. 2001-2002.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+.\" met:
+.\"
+.\" Redistributions of source code and documentation must retain the above
+.\" copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+.\" disclaimer.
+.\"
+.\" Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"
+.\" This product includes software developed or owned by Caldera
+.\" International, Inc.  Neither the name of Caldera International, Inc.
+.\" nor the names of other contributors may be used to endorse or promote
+.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written
+.\" permission.
+.\"
+.\" USE OF THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED FOR UNDER THIS LICENSE BY CALDERA
+.\" INTERNATIONAL, INC.  AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+.\" DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL CALDERA INTERNATIONAL, INC. BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
+.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
+.\" OR OTHERWISE) RISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN
+.\" IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)t4	8.1 (Berkeley) 8/14/93
+.\"
+.bp
+.SH
+Appendix\ A\ -\ Grammar
+.LP
+Note: This grammar needs updating, it is obsolete.
+.LP
+.LD
+\fIitem:		word
+		input-output
+		name = value
+.sp 0.7
+simple-command: item
+		simple-command item
+.sp 0.7
+command:	simple-command
+		\fB( \fIcommand-list \fB)
+		\fB{ \fIcommand-list \fB}
+		\fBfor \fIname \fBdo \fIcommand-list \fBdone
+		\fBfor \fIname \fBin \fIword \*(ZZ \fBdo \fIcommand-list \fBdone
+		\fBwhile \fIcommand-list \fBdo \fIcommand-list \fBdone
+		\fBuntil \fIcommand-list \fBdo \fIcommand-list \fBdone
+		\fBcase \fIword \fBin \fIcase-part \*(ZZ \fBesac
+		\fBif \fIcommand-list \fBthen \fIcommand-list \fIelse-part \fBfi
+.sp 0.7
+\fIpipeline:	command
+		pipeline \fB\*(VT\fI command
+.sp 0.7
+andor:	pipeline
+		andor \fB&&\fI pipeline
+		andor \fB\*(VT\*(VT\fI pipeline
+.sp 0.7
+command-list:	andor
+		command-list \fB;\fI
+		command-list \fB&\fI
+		command-list \fB;\fI andor
+		command-list \fB&\fI andor
+.sp 0.7
+input-output:	\fB> \fIfile
+		\fB< \fIfile
+		\fB\*(AP \fIword
+		\fB\*(HE \fIword
+.sp 0.7
+file:		word
+		\fB&\fI digit
+		\fB&\fI \(mi
+.sp 0.7
+case-part:	pattern\fB ) \fIcommand-list\fB ;;
+.sp 0.7
+\fIpattern:	word
+		pattern \fB\*(VT\fI word
+.sp 0.7
+\fIelse-part:	\fBelif \fIcommand-list\fB then\fI command-list else-part\fP
+		\fBelse \fIcommand-list\fI
+		empty
+.sp 0.7
+empty:
+.sp 0.7
+word:		\fRa sequence of non-blank characters\fI
+.sp 0.7
+name:		\fRa sequence of letters, digits or underscores starting with a letter\fI
+.sp 0.7
+digit:		\fB0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9\fP
+.DE
+.LP
+.bp
+.SH
+Appendix\ B\ -\ Meta-characters\ and\ Reserved\ Words
+.LP
+a) syntactic
+.RS
+.IP \fB\*(VT\fR 6
+pipe symbol
+.IP \fB&&\fR 6
+`andf' symbol
+.IP \fB\*(VT\*(VT\fR 6
+`orf' symbol
+.IP \fB;\fP 8
+command separator
+.IP \fB;;\fP 8
+case delimiter
+.IP \fB&\fP 8
+background commands
+.IP \fB(\ )\fP 8
+command grouping
+.IP \fB<\fP 8
+input redirection
+.IP \fB\*(HE\fP 8
+input from a here document
+.IP \fB>\fP 8
+output creation
+.IP \fB\*(AP\fP 8
+output append
+.sp 2
+.RE
+.LP
+b) patterns
+.RS
+.IP \fB\*(ST\fP 8
+match any character(s) including none
+.IP \fB?\fP 8
+match any single character
+.IP \fB[...]\fP 8
+match any of the enclosed characters
+.sp 2
+.RE
+.LP
+c) substitution
+.RS
+.IP \fB${...}\fP 8
+substitute shell variable
+.IP \fB$(...)\fP 8
+substitute command output
+.IP \fB\`...\`\fP 8
+substitute command output
+.IP \fB$((...))\fP 8
+substitute arithmetic expression
+.sp 2
+.RE
+.LP
+d) quoting
+.RS
+.IP \fB\e\fP 8
+quote the next character
+.IP \fB\'...\'\fP 8
+quote the enclosed characters except for \'
+.IP \fB"\&..."\fP 8
+quote the enclosed characters except
+for \fB$ \` \e "\fP
+.sp 2
+.RE
+.LP
+e) reserved words
+.DS
+.ft B
+if then else elif fi
+case in esac
+for while until do done
+! {  }
+.ft
+.DE
diff --git a/bin/sh/alias.c b/bin/sh/alias.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2848b52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/alias.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: alias.c,v 1.20 2018/12/03 06:40:26 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)alias.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: alias.c,v 1.20 2018/12/03 06:40:26 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "alias.h"
+#include "options.h"	/* XXX for argptr (should remove?) */
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "var.h"
+
+#define ATABSIZE 39
+
+struct alias *atab[ATABSIZE];
+
+STATIC void setalias(char *, char *);
+STATIC int by_name(const void *, const void *);
+STATIC void list_aliases(void);
+STATIC int unalias(char *);
+STATIC struct alias **freealias(struct alias **, int);
+STATIC struct alias **hashalias(const char *);
+STATIC size_t countaliases(void);
+
+STATIC
+void
+setalias(char *name, char *val)
+{
+	struct alias *ap, **app;
+
+	(void) unalias(name);	/* old one (if any) is now gone */
+	app = hashalias(name);
+
+	INTOFF;
+	ap = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct alias));
+	ap->name = savestr(name);
+	ap->flag = 0;
+	ap->val = savestr(val);
+	ap->next = *app;
+	*app = ap;
+	INTON;
+}
+
+STATIC struct alias **
+freealias(struct alias **app, int force)
+{
+	struct alias *ap = *app;
+
+	if (ap == NULL)
+		return app;
+
+	/*
+	 * if the alias is currently in use (i.e. its
+	 * buffer is being used by the input routine) we
+	 * just null out the name instead of discarding it.
+	 * If we encounter it later, when it is idle,
+	 * we will finish freeing it then.
+	 *
+	 * Unless we want to simply free everything (INIT)
+	 */
+	if (ap->flag & ALIASINUSE && !force) {
+		*ap->name = '\0';
+		return &ap->next;
+	}
+
+	INTOFF;
+	*app = ap->next;
+	ckfree(ap->name);
+	ckfree(ap->val);
+	ckfree(ap);
+	INTON;
+
+	return app;
+}
+
+STATIC int
+unalias(char *name)
+{
+	struct alias *ap, **app;
+
+	app = hashalias(name);
+	while ((ap = *app) != NULL) {
+		if (equal(name, ap->name)) {
+			(void) freealias(app, 0);
+			return 0;
+		}
+		app = &ap->next;
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+MKINIT void rmaliases(int);
+
+SHELLPROC {
+	rmaliases(1);
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+rmaliases(int force)
+{
+	struct alias **app;
+	int i;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	for (i = 0; i < ATABSIZE; i++) {
+		app = &atab[i];
+		while (*app)
+			app = freealias(app, force);
+	}
+	INTON;
+}
+
+struct alias *
+lookupalias(const char *name, int check)
+{
+	struct alias *ap = *hashalias(name);
+
+	while (ap != NULL) {
+		if (equal(name, ap->name)) {
+			if (check && (ap->flag & ALIASINUSE))
+				return NULL;
+			return ap;
+		}
+		ap = ap->next;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+const char *
+alias_text(void *dummy __unused, const char *name)
+{
+	struct alias *ap;
+
+	ap = lookupalias(name, 0);
+	if (ap == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	return ap->val;
+}
+
+STATIC int
+by_name(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+
+	return strcmp(
+		(*(const struct alias * const *)a)->name,
+		(*(const struct alias * const *)b)->name);
+}
+
+STATIC void
+list_aliases(void)
+{
+	size_t i, j, n;
+	const struct alias **aliases;
+	const struct alias *ap;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	n = countaliases();
+	aliases = ckmalloc(n * sizeof aliases[0]);
+
+	j = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < ATABSIZE; i++)
+		for (ap = atab[i]; ap != NULL; ap = ap->next)
+			if (ap->name[0] != '\0')
+				aliases[j++] = ap;
+	if (j != n)
+		error("Alias count botch");
+	INTON;
+
+	qsort(aliases, n, sizeof aliases[0], by_name);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+		out1fmt("alias %s=", aliases[i]->name);
+		print_quoted(aliases[i]->val);
+		out1c('\n');
+	}
+
+	ckfree(aliases);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Count how many aliases are defined (skipping any
+ * that have been deleted, but don't know it yet).
+ * Use this opportunity to clean up any of those
+ * zombies that are no longer needed.
+ */
+STATIC size_t
+countaliases(void)
+{
+	struct alias *ap, **app;
+	size_t n;
+	int i;
+
+	n = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < ATABSIZE; i++)
+		for (app = &atab[i]; (ap = *app) != NULL;) {
+			if (ap->name[0] != '\0')
+				n++;
+			else {
+				app = freealias(app, 0);
+				continue;
+			}
+			app = &ap->next;
+		}
+
+	return n;
+}
+
+int
+aliascmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char *n, *v;
+	int ret = 0;
+	struct alias *ap;
+
+	if (argc == 1) {
+		list_aliases();
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	while ((n = *++argv) != NULL) {
+		if ((v = strchr(n+1, '=')) == NULL) { /* n+1: funny ksh stuff */
+			if ((ap = lookupalias(n, 0)) == NULL) {
+				outfmt(out2, "alias: %s not found\n", n);
+				ret = 1;
+			} else {
+				out1fmt("alias %s=", n);
+				print_quoted(ap->val);
+				out1c('\n');
+			}
+		} else {
+			*v++ = '\0';
+			setalias(n, v);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+int
+unaliascmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	while ((i = nextopt("a")) != '\0') {
+		if (i == 'a') {
+			rmaliases(0);
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	(void)countaliases();	/* delete any dead ones */
+	for (i = 0; *argptr; argptr++)
+		i |= unalias(*argptr);
+
+	return i;
+}
+
+STATIC struct alias **
+hashalias(const char *p)
+{
+	unsigned int hashval;
+
+	hashval = *(const unsigned char *)p << 4;
+	while (*p)
+		hashval += *p++;
+	return &atab[hashval % ATABSIZE];
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/alias.h b/bin/sh/alias.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..390df6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/alias.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: alias.h,v 1.9 2018/12/03 06:40:26 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)alias.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+#define ALIASINUSE	1
+
+struct alias {
+	struct alias *next;
+	char *name;
+	char *val;
+	int flag;
+};
+
+struct alias *lookupalias(const char *, int);
+const char *alias_text(void *, const char *);
+void rmaliases(int);
diff --git a/bin/sh/arith_token.c b/bin/sh/arith_token.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd91857
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/arith_token.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: arith_token.c,v 1.7 2017/12/17 04:06:03 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2002
+ *	Herbert Xu.
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * From FreeBSD, from dash
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: arith_token.c,v 1.7 2017/12/17 04:06:03 kre Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "arith_tokens.h"
+#include "expand.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "show.h"
+
+#if ARITH_BOR + ARITH_ASS_GAP != ARITH_BORASS || \
+	ARITH_ASS + ARITH_ASS_GAP != ARITH_EQ
+#error Arithmetic tokens are out of order.
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Scan next arithmetic token, return its type,
+ * leave its value (when applicable) in (global) a_t_val.
+ *
+ * Input text is in (global) arith_buf which is updated to
+ * refer to the next char after the token returned, except
+ * on error (ARITH_BAD returned) where arith_buf is not altered.
+ */
+int
+arith_token(void)
+{
+	int token;
+	const char *buf = arith_buf;
+	char *end;
+	const char *p;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		token = *buf;
+
+		if (isdigit(token)) {
+			/*
+			 * Numbers all start with a digit, and nothing
+			 * else does, the number ends wherever
+			 * strtoimax() stops...
+			 */
+			a_t_val.val = strtoimax(buf, &end, 0);
+			if (is_in_name(*end)) {
+				token = *end;
+				while (is_in_name(*++end))
+					continue;
+				error("arithmetic: unexpected '%c' "
+				      "(out of range) in numeric constant: "
+				      "%.*s", token, (int)(end - buf), buf);
+			}
+			arith_buf = end;
+			VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith token ARITH_NUM=%jd\n",
+			    a_t_val.val));
+			return ARITH_NUM;
+
+		} else if (is_name(token)) {
+			/*
+			 * Variable names all start with an alpha (or '_')
+			 * and nothing else does.  They continue for the
+			 * longest unbroken sequence of alphanumerics ( + _ )
+			 */
+			arith_var_lno = arith_lno;
+			p = buf;
+			while (buf++, is_in_name(*buf))
+				;
+			a_t_val.name = stalloc(buf - p + 1);
+			memcpy(a_t_val.name, p, buf - p);
+			a_t_val.name[buf - p] = '\0';
+			arith_buf = buf;
+			VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith token ARITH_VAR=\"%s\"\n",
+			    a_t_val.name));
+			return ARITH_VAR;
+
+		} else switch (token) {
+			/*
+			 * everything else must be some kind of
+			 * operator, white space, or an error.
+			 */
+		case '\n':
+			arith_lno++;
+			VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith: newline\n"));
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ' ':
+		case '\t':
+			buf++;
+			continue;
+
+		default:
+			error("arithmetic: unexpected '%c' (%#x) in expression",
+			    token, token);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+
+		case '=':
+			token = ARITH_ASS;
+ checkeq:
+			buf++;
+ checkeqcur:
+			if (*buf != '=')
+				goto out;
+			token += ARITH_ASS_GAP;
+			break;
+
+		case '>':
+			switch (*++buf) {
+			case '=':
+				token = ARITH_GE;
+				break;
+			case '>':
+				token = ARITH_RSHIFT;
+				goto checkeq;
+			default:
+				token = ARITH_GT;
+				goto out;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case '<':
+			switch (*++buf) {
+			case '=':
+				token = ARITH_LE;
+				break;
+			case '<':
+				token = ARITH_LSHIFT;
+				goto checkeq;
+			default:
+				token = ARITH_LT;
+				goto out;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case '|':
+			if (*++buf != '|') {
+				token = ARITH_BOR;
+				goto checkeqcur;
+			}
+			token = ARITH_OR;
+			break;
+
+		case '&':
+			if (*++buf != '&') {
+				token = ARITH_BAND;
+				goto checkeqcur;
+			}
+			token = ARITH_AND;
+			break;
+
+		case '!':
+			if (*++buf != '=') {
+				token = ARITH_NOT;
+				goto out;
+			}
+			token = ARITH_NE;
+			break;
+
+		case 0:
+			goto out;
+
+		case '(':
+			token = ARITH_LPAREN;
+			break;
+		case ')':
+			token = ARITH_RPAREN;
+			break;
+
+		case '*':
+			token = ARITH_MUL;
+			goto checkeq;
+		case '/':
+			token = ARITH_DIV;
+			goto checkeq;
+		case '%':
+			token = ARITH_REM;
+			goto checkeq;
+
+		case '+':
+			if (buf[1] == '+') {
+				buf++;
+				token = ARITH_INCR;
+				break;
+			}
+			token = ARITH_ADD;
+			goto checkeq;
+		case '-':
+			if (buf[1] == '-') {
+				buf++;
+				token = ARITH_DECR;
+				break;
+			}
+			token = ARITH_SUB;
+			goto checkeq;
+		case '~':
+			token = ARITH_BNOT;
+			break;
+		case '^':
+			token = ARITH_BXOR;
+			goto checkeq;
+
+		case '?':
+			token = ARITH_QMARK;
+			break;
+		case ':':
+			token = ARITH_COLON;
+			break;
+		case ',':
+			token = ARITH_COMMA;
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+	buf++;
+ out:
+	arith_buf = buf;
+	VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith token: %d\n", token));
+	return token;
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/arith_tokens.h b/bin/sh/arith_tokens.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f655aa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/arith_tokens.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: arith_tokens.h,v 1.3 2017/07/24 13:21:14 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (c) 2007
+ *	Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * From FreeBSD who obtained it from dash (modified both times.)
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Tokens returned from arith_token()
+ *
+ * Caution, values are not arbitrary.
+ */
+
+#define	ARITH_BAD	0
+
+#define	ARITH_ASS	1
+
+#define	ARITH_OR	2
+#define	ARITH_AND	3
+#define	ARITH_NUM	5
+#define	ARITH_VAR	6
+#define	ARITH_NOT	7
+
+#define	ARITH_BINOP_MIN	8
+
+#define	ARITH_LE	8
+#define	ARITH_GE	9
+#define	ARITH_LT	10
+#define	ARITH_GT	11
+#define	ARITH_EQ	12	/* Must be ARITH_ASS + ARITH_ASS_GAP */
+
+#define	ARITH_ASS_BASE	13
+
+#define	ARITH_REM	13
+#define	ARITH_BAND	14
+#define	ARITH_LSHIFT	15
+#define	ARITH_RSHIFT	16
+#define	ARITH_MUL	17
+#define	ARITH_ADD	18
+#define	ARITH_BOR	19
+#define	ARITH_SUB	20
+#define	ARITH_BXOR	21
+#define	ARITH_DIV	22
+
+#define	ARITH_NE	23
+
+#define	ARITH_BINOP_MAX	24
+
+#define	ARITH_ASS_MIN	ARITH_BINOP_MAX
+#define	ARITH_ASS_GAP	(ARITH_ASS_MIN - ARITH_ASS_BASE)
+
+#define	ARITH_REMASS	(ARITH_ASS_GAP + ARITH_REM)
+#define	ARITH_BANDASS	(ARITH_ASS_GAP + ARITH_BAND)
+#define	ARITH_LSHIFTASS	(ARITH_ASS_GAP + ARITH_LSHIFT)
+#define	ARITH_RSHIFTASS	(ARITH_ASS_GAP + ARITH_RSHIFT)
+#define	ARITH_MULASS	(ARITH_ASS_GAP + ARITH_MUL)
+#define	ARITH_ADDASS	(ARITH_ASS_GAP + ARITH_ADD)
+#define	ARITH_BORASS	(ARITH_ASS_GAP + ARITH_BOR)
+#define	ARITH_SUBASS	(ARITH_ASS_GAP + ARITH_SUB)
+#define	ARITH_BXORASS	(ARITH_ASS_GAP + ARITH_BXOR)
+#define	ARITH_DIVASS	(ARITH_ASS_GAP + ARITH_BXOR)
+
+#define	ARITH_ASS_MAX	34
+
+#define	ARITH_LPAREN	34
+#define	ARITH_RPAREN	35
+#define	ARITH_BNOT	36
+#define	ARITH_QMARK	37
+#define	ARITH_COLON	38
+#define	ARITH_INCR	39
+#define	ARITH_DECR	40
+#define	ARITH_COMMA	41
+
+/*
+ * Globals shared between arith parser, and lexer
+ */
+
+extern const char *arith_buf;
+
+union a_token_val {
+	intmax_t val;
+	char *name;
+};
+
+extern union a_token_val a_t_val;
+
+extern int arith_lno, arith_var_lno;
+
+int arith_token(void);
diff --git a/bin/sh/arithmetic.c b/bin/sh/arithmetic.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9c91a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/arithmetic.c
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: arithmetic.c,v 1.5 2018/04/21 23:01:29 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (c) 2007
+ *	Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * From FreeBSD, who obtained it from dash, modified both times...
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: arithmetic.c,v 1.5 2018/04/21 23:01:29 kre Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "arithmetic.h"
+#include "arith_tokens.h"
+#include "expand.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "show.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+
+#if ARITH_BOR + ARITH_ASS_GAP != ARITH_BORASS || \
+	ARITH_ASS + ARITH_ASS_GAP != ARITH_EQ
+#error Arithmetic tokens are out of order.
+#endif
+
+static const char *arith_startbuf;
+
+const char *arith_buf;
+union a_token_val a_t_val;
+
+static int last_token;
+
+int arith_lno, arith_var_lno;
+
+#define ARITH_PRECEDENCE(op, prec) [op - ARITH_BINOP_MIN] = prec
+
+static const char prec[ARITH_BINOP_MAX - ARITH_BINOP_MIN] = {
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_MUL, 0),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_DIV, 0),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_REM, 0),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_ADD, 1),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_SUB, 1),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_LSHIFT, 2),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_RSHIFT, 2),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_LT, 3),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_LE, 3),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_GT, 3),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_GE, 3),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_EQ, 4),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_NE, 4),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_BAND, 5),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_BXOR, 6),
+	ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_BOR, 7),
+};
+
+#define ARITH_MAX_PREC 8
+
+int expcmd(int, char **);
+
+static void __dead
+arith_err(const char *s)
+{
+	error("arithmetic expression: %s: \"%s\"", s, arith_startbuf);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static intmax_t
+arith_lookupvarint(char *varname)
+{
+	const char *str;
+	char *p;
+	intmax_t result;
+	const int oln = line_number;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith var lookup(\"%s\") with lno=%d\n", varname,
+	    arith_var_lno));
+
+	line_number = arith_var_lno;
+	str = lookupvar(varname);
+	line_number = oln;
+
+	if (uflag && str == NULL)
+		arith_err("variable not set");
+	if (str == NULL || *str == '\0')
+		str = "0";
+	errno = 0;
+	result = strtoimax(str, &p, 0);
+	if (errno != 0 || *p != '\0') {
+		if (errno == 0) {
+			while (*p != '\0' && is_space(*p))
+				p++;
+			if (*p == '\0')
+				return result;
+		}
+		arith_err("variable contains non-numeric value");
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+static inline int
+arith_prec(int op)
+{
+
+	return prec[op - ARITH_BINOP_MIN];
+}
+
+static inline int
+higher_prec(int op1, int op2)
+{
+
+	return arith_prec(op1) < arith_prec(op2);
+}
+
+static intmax_t
+do_binop(int op, intmax_t a, intmax_t b)
+{
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith do binop %d (%jd, %jd)\n", op, a, b));
+	switch (op) {
+	default:
+		arith_err("token error");
+	case ARITH_REM:
+	case ARITH_DIV:
+		if (b == 0)
+			arith_err("division by zero");
+		if (a == INTMAX_MIN && b == -1)
+			arith_err("divide error");
+		return op == ARITH_REM ? a % b : a / b;
+	case ARITH_MUL:
+		return (uintmax_t)a * (uintmax_t)b;
+	case ARITH_ADD:
+		return (uintmax_t)a + (uintmax_t)b;
+	case ARITH_SUB:
+		return (uintmax_t)a - (uintmax_t)b;
+	case ARITH_LSHIFT:
+		return (uintmax_t)a << (b & (sizeof(uintmax_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1));
+	case ARITH_RSHIFT:
+		return a >> (b & (sizeof(uintmax_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1));
+	case ARITH_LT:
+		return a < b;
+	case ARITH_LE:
+		return a <= b;
+	case ARITH_GT:
+		return a > b;
+	case ARITH_GE:
+		return a >= b;
+	case ARITH_EQ:
+		return a == b;
+	case ARITH_NE:
+		return a != b;
+	case ARITH_BAND:
+		return a & b;
+	case ARITH_BXOR:
+		return a ^ b;
+	case ARITH_BOR:
+		return a | b;
+	}
+}
+
+static intmax_t assignment(int, int);
+static intmax_t comma_list(int, int);
+
+static intmax_t
+primary(int token, union a_token_val *val, int op, int noeval)
+{
+	intmax_t result;
+	char sresult[DIGITS(result) + 1];
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith primary: token %d op %d%s\n",
+	    token, op, noeval ? " noeval" : ""));
+
+	switch (token) {
+	case ARITH_LPAREN:
+		result = comma_list(op, noeval);
+		if (last_token != ARITH_RPAREN)
+			arith_err("expecting ')'");
+		last_token = arith_token();
+		return result;
+	case ARITH_NUM:
+		last_token = op;
+		return val->val;
+	case ARITH_VAR:
+		result = noeval ? val->val : arith_lookupvarint(val->name);
+		if (op == ARITH_INCR || op == ARITH_DECR) {
+			last_token = arith_token();
+			if (noeval)
+				return val->val;
+
+			snprintf(sresult, sizeof(sresult), ARITH_FORMAT_STR,
+			    result + (op == ARITH_INCR ? 1 : -1));
+			setvar(val->name, sresult, 0);
+		} else
+			last_token = op;
+		return result;
+	case ARITH_ADD:
+		*val = a_t_val;
+		return primary(op, val, arith_token(), noeval);
+	case ARITH_SUB:
+		*val = a_t_val;
+		return -primary(op, val, arith_token(), noeval);
+	case ARITH_NOT:
+		*val = a_t_val;
+		return !primary(op, val, arith_token(), noeval);
+	case ARITH_BNOT:
+		*val = a_t_val;
+		return ~primary(op, val, arith_token(), noeval);
+	case ARITH_INCR:
+	case ARITH_DECR:
+		if (op != ARITH_VAR)
+			arith_err("incr/decr require var name");
+		last_token = arith_token();
+		if (noeval)
+			return val->val;
+		result = arith_lookupvarint(a_t_val.name);
+		snprintf(sresult, sizeof(sresult), ARITH_FORMAT_STR,
+			    result += (token == ARITH_INCR ? 1 : -1));
+		setvar(a_t_val.name, sresult, 0);
+		return result;
+	default:
+		arith_err("expecting primary");
+	}
+	return 0;	/* never reached */
+}
+
+static intmax_t
+binop2(intmax_t a, int op, int precedence, int noeval)
+{
+	union a_token_val val;
+	intmax_t b;
+	int op2;
+	int token;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith: binop2 %jd op %d (P:%d)%s\n",
+	    a, op, precedence, noeval ? " noeval" : ""));
+
+	for (;;) {
+		token = arith_token();
+		val = a_t_val;
+
+		b = primary(token, &val, arith_token(), noeval);
+
+		op2 = last_token;
+		if (op2 >= ARITH_BINOP_MIN && op2 < ARITH_BINOP_MAX &&
+		    higher_prec(op2, op)) {
+			b = binop2(b, op2, arith_prec(op), noeval);
+			op2 = last_token;
+		}
+
+		a = noeval ? b : do_binop(op, a, b);
+
+		if (op2 < ARITH_BINOP_MIN || op2 >= ARITH_BINOP_MAX ||
+		    arith_prec(op2) >= precedence)
+			return a;
+
+		op = op2;
+	}
+}
+
+static intmax_t
+binop(int token, union a_token_val *val, int op, int noeval)
+{
+	intmax_t a = primary(token, val, op, noeval);
+
+	op = last_token;
+	if (op < ARITH_BINOP_MIN || op >= ARITH_BINOP_MAX)
+		return a;
+
+	return binop2(a, op, ARITH_MAX_PREC, noeval);
+}
+
+static intmax_t
+and(int token, union a_token_val *val, int op, int noeval)
+{
+	intmax_t a = binop(token, val, op, noeval);
+	intmax_t b;
+
+	op = last_token;
+	if (op != ARITH_AND)
+		return a;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith: AND %jd%s\n", a, noeval ? " noeval" : ""));
+
+	token = arith_token();
+	*val = a_t_val;
+
+	b = and(token, val, arith_token(), noeval | !a);
+
+	return a && b;
+}
+
+static intmax_t
+or(int token, union a_token_val *val, int op, int noeval)
+{
+	intmax_t a = and(token, val, op, noeval);
+	intmax_t b;
+
+	op = last_token;
+	if (op != ARITH_OR)
+		return a;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith: OR %jd%s\n", a, noeval ? " noeval" : ""));
+
+	token = arith_token();
+	*val = a_t_val;
+
+	b = or(token, val, arith_token(), noeval | !!a);
+
+	return a || b;
+}
+
+static intmax_t
+cond(int token, union a_token_val *val, int op, int noeval)
+{
+	intmax_t a = or(token, val, op, noeval);
+	intmax_t b;
+	intmax_t c;
+
+	if (last_token != ARITH_QMARK)
+		return a;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith: ?: %jd%s\n", a, noeval ? " noeval" : ""));
+
+	b = assignment(arith_token(), noeval | !a);
+
+	if (last_token != ARITH_COLON)
+		arith_err("expecting ':'");
+
+	token = arith_token();
+	*val = a_t_val;
+
+	c = cond(token, val, arith_token(), noeval | !!a);
+
+	return a ? b : c;
+}
+
+static intmax_t
+assignment(int var, int noeval)
+{
+	union a_token_val val = a_t_val;
+	int op = arith_token();
+	intmax_t result;
+	char sresult[DIGITS(result) + 1];
+
+
+	if (var != ARITH_VAR)
+		return cond(var, &val, op, noeval);
+
+	if (op != ARITH_ASS && (op < ARITH_ASS_MIN || op >= ARITH_ASS_MAX))
+		return cond(var, &val, op, noeval);
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith: %s ASSIGN %d%s\n", val.name, op,
+	    noeval ? " noeval" : ""));
+
+	result = assignment(arith_token(), noeval);
+	if (noeval)
+		return result;
+
+	if (op != ARITH_ASS)
+		result = do_binop(op - ARITH_ASS_GAP,
+		    arith_lookupvarint(val.name), result);
+	snprintf(sresult, sizeof(sresult), ARITH_FORMAT_STR, result);
+	setvar(val.name, sresult, 0);
+	return result;
+}
+
+static intmax_t
+comma_list(int token, int noeval)
+{
+	intmax_t result = assignment(token, noeval);
+
+	while (last_token == ARITH_COMMA) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith: comma discarding %jd%s\n", result,
+		    noeval ? " noeval" : ""));
+		result = assignment(arith_token(), noeval);
+	}
+
+	return result;
+}
+
+intmax_t
+arith(const char *s, int lno)
+{
+	struct stackmark smark;
+	intmax_t result;
+	const char *p;
+	int nls = 0;
+
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+
+	arith_lno = lno;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith(\"%s\", %d) @%d\n", s, lno, arith_lno));
+
+	/* check if it is possible we might reference LINENO */
+	p = s;
+	while ((p = strchr(p, 'L')) != NULL) {
+		if (p[1] == 'I' && p[2] == 'N') {
+			/* if it is possible, we need to correct airth_lno */
+			p = s;
+			while ((p = strchr(p, '\n')) != NULL)
+				nls++, p++;
+			VTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith found %d newlines\n", nls));
+			arith_lno -= nls;
+			break;
+		}
+		p++;
+	}
+
+	arith_buf = arith_startbuf = s;
+
+	result = comma_list(arith_token(), 0);
+
+	if (last_token)
+		arith_err("expecting end of expression");
+
+	popstackmark(&smark);
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_ARITH, ("Arith result=%jd\n", result));
+
+	return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  The let(1)/exp(1) builtin.
+ */
+int
+expcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	const char *p;
+	char *concat;
+	char **ap;
+	intmax_t i;
+
+	if (argc > 1) {
+		p = argv[1];
+		if (argc > 2) {
+			/*
+			 * Concatenate arguments.
+			 */
+			STARTSTACKSTR(concat);
+			ap = argv + 2;
+			for (;;) {
+				while (*p)
+					STPUTC(*p++, concat);
+				if ((p = *ap++) == NULL)
+					break;
+				STPUTC(' ', concat);
+			}
+			STPUTC('\0', concat);
+			p = grabstackstr(concat);
+		}
+	} else
+		p = "";
+
+	i = arith(p, line_number);
+
+	out1fmt(ARITH_FORMAT_STR "\n", i);
+	return !i;
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/arithmetic.h b/bin/sh/arithmetic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51808d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/arithmetic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: arithmetic.h,v 1.2 2017/06/07 05:08:32 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1995
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)arith.h	1.1 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ *
+ * From FreeBSD, from dash
+ */
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#define	DIGITS(var)		(3 + (2 + CHAR_BIT * sizeof((var))) / 3)
+
+#define	ARITH_FORMAT_STR	"%" PRIdMAX
+
+intmax_t arith(const char *, int);
diff --git a/bin/sh/bltin/bltin.h b/bin/sh/bltin/bltin.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5669f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/bltin/bltin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: bltin.h,v 1.15 2017/06/26 22:09:16 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)bltin.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file is included by programs which are optionally built into the
+ * shell.
+ *
+ * We always define SHELL_BUILTIN, to allow other included headers to
+ * hide some of their symbols if appropriate.
+ *
+ * If SHELL is defined, we try to map the standard UNIX library routines
+ * to ash routines using defines.
+ */
+
+#define SHELL_BUILTIN
+#include "../shell.h"
+#include "../mystring.h"
+#ifdef SHELL
+#include "../output.h"
+#include "../error.h"
+#include "../var.h"
+#undef stdout
+#undef stderr
+#undef putc
+#undef putchar
+#undef fileno
+#undef ferror
+#define FILE struct output
+#define stdout out1
+#define stderr out2
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define _RETURN_INT(x)	({(x); 0;}) /* map from void foo() to int bar() */
+#else
+#define _RETURN_INT(x)	((x), 0) /* map from void foo() to int bar() */
+#endif
+#define fprintf(...)	_RETURN_INT(outfmt(__VA_ARGS__))
+#define printf(...)	_RETURN_INT(out1fmt(__VA_ARGS__))
+#define putc(c, file)	_RETURN_INT(outc(c, file))
+#define putchar(c)	_RETURN_INT(out1c(c))
+#define fputs(...)	_RETURN_INT(outstr(__VA_ARGS__))
+#define fflush(f)	_RETURN_INT(flushout(f))
+#define fileno(f) ((f)->fd)
+#define ferror(f) ((f)->flags & OUTPUT_ERR)
+#define INITARGS(argv)
+#define	err sh_err
+#define	verr sh_verr
+#define	errx sh_errx
+#define	verrx sh_verrx
+#define	warn sh_warn
+#define	vwarn sh_vwarn
+#define	warnx sh_warnx
+#define	vwarnx sh_vwarnx
+#define exit sh_exit
+#define setprogname(s)
+#define getprogname() commandname
+#define setlocate(l,s) 0
+
+#define getenv(p) bltinlookup((p),0)
+
+#else /* ! SHELL */
+#undef NULL
+#include <stdio.h>
+#undef main
+#define INITARGS(argv)	if ((commandname = argv[0]) == NULL) {fputs("Argc is zero\n", stderr); exit(2);} else
+#endif /* ! SHELL */
+
+pointer stalloc(int);
+
+int echocmd(int, char **);
+
+
+extern const char *commandname;
diff --git a/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1 b/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13b3c6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: echo.1,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:33:24 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Kenneth Almquist.
+.\" Copyright 1989 by Kenneth Almquist
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)echo.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+.\"
+.Dd May 31, 1993
+.Dt ECHO 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm echo
+.Nd produce message in a shell script
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl n | Fl e
+.Ar args ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+prints its arguments on the standard output, separated by spaces.
+Unless the
+.Fl n
+option is present, a newline is output following the arguments.
+The
+.Fl e
+option causes
+.Nm
+to treat the escape sequences specially, as described in the following
+paragraph.
+The
+.Fl e
+option is the default, and is provided solely for compatibility with
+other systems.
+Only one of the options
+.Fl n
+and
+.Fl e
+may be given.
+.Pp
+If any of the following sequences of characters is encountered during
+output, the sequence is not output.  Instead, the specified action is
+performed:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Li \eb
+A backspace character is output.
+.It Li \ec
+Subsequent output is suppressed.  This is normally used at the end of the
+last argument to suppress the trailing newline that
+.Nm
+would otherwise output.
+.It Li \ef
+Output a form feed.
+.It Li \en
+Output a newline character.
+.It Li \er
+Output a carriage return.
+.It Li \et
+Output a (horizontal) tab character.
+.It Li \ev
+Output a vertical tab.
+.It Li \e0 Ns Ar digits
+Output the character whose value is given by zero to three digits.
+If there are zero digits, a nul character is output.
+.It Li \e\e
+Output a backslash.
+.El
+.Sh HINTS
+Remember that backslash is special to the shell and needs to be escaped.
+To output a message to standard error, say
+.Pp
+.D1  echo message >&2
+.Sh BUGS
+The octal character escape mechanism
+.Pq Li \e0 Ns Ar digits
+differs from the
+C language mechanism.
+.Pp
+There is no way to force
+.Nm
+to treat its arguments literally, rather than interpreting them as
+options and escape sequences.
diff --git a/bin/sh/bltin/echo.c b/bin/sh/bltin/echo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..440e01b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/bltin/echo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: echo.c,v 1.14 2008/10/12 01:40:37 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)echo.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Echo command.
+ *
+ * echo is steeped in tradition - several of them!
+ * netbsd has supported 'echo [-n | -e] args' in spite of -e not being
+ * documented anywhere.
+ * Posix requires that -n be supported, output from strings containing
+ * \ is implementation defined
+ * The Single Unix Spec requires that \ escapes be treated as if -e
+ * were set, but that -n not be treated as an option.
+ * (ksh supports 'echo [-eEn] args', but not -- so that it is actually
+ * impossible to actually output '-n')
+ *
+ * It is suggested that 'printf "%b" "string"' be used to get \ sequences
+ * expanded.  printf is now a builtin of netbsd's sh and csh.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: echo.c,v 1.14 2008/10/12 01:40:37 dholland Exp $");
+
+#define main echocmd
+
+#include "bltin.h"
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char **ap;
+	char *p;
+	char c;
+	int count;
+	int nflag = 0;
+	int eflag = 0;
+
+	ap = argv;
+	if (argc)
+		ap++;
+
+	if ((p = *ap) != NULL) {
+		if (equal(p, "-n")) {
+			nflag = 1;
+			ap++;
+		} else if (equal(p, "-e")) {
+			eflag = 1;
+			ap++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	while ((p = *ap++) != NULL) {
+		while ((c = *p++) != '\0') {
+			if (c == '\\' && eflag) {
+				switch (*p++) {
+				case 'a':  c = '\a';  break;	/* bell */
+				case 'b':  c = '\b';  break;
+				case 'c':  return 0;		/* exit */
+				case 'e':  c =  033;  break;	/* escape */
+				case 'f':  c = '\f';  break;
+				case 'n':  c = '\n';  break;
+				case 'r':  c = '\r';  break;
+				case 't':  c = '\t';  break;
+				case 'v':  c = '\v';  break;
+				case '\\':  break;		/* c = '\\' */
+				case '0':
+					c = 0;
+					count = 3;
+					while (--count >= 0 && (unsigned)(*p - '0') < 8)
+						c = (c << 3) + (*p++ - '0');
+					break;
+				default:
+					/* Output the '/' and char following */
+					p--;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			putchar(c);
+		}
+		if (*ap)
+			putchar(' ');
+	}
+	if (! nflag)
+		putchar('\n');
+	fflush(stdout);
+	if (ferror(stdout))
+		return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/builtins.def b/bin/sh/builtins.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d702707
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/builtins.def
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+#!/bin/sh -
+#	$NetBSD: builtins.def,v 1.25 2017/05/15 20:00:36 kre Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)builtins.def	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+#
+# This file lists all the builtin commands.  The first column is the name
+# of a C routine.
+# The -j flag specifies that this command is to be excluded from systems
+# without job control.
+# The -h flag specifies that this command is to be excluded from systems
+# based on the SMALL compile-time symbol.
+# The -s flag specifies that this is a posix 'special builtin' command.
+# The -u flag specifies that this is a posix 'standard utility'.
+# The rest of the line specifies the command name or names used to run
+# the command.
+
+bltincmd	-u command
+bgcmd -j	-u bg
+breakcmd	-s break -s continue
+cdcmd		-u cd chdir
+dotcmd		-s .
+echocmd		echo
+evalcmd		-s eval
+execcmd		-s exec
+exitcmd		-s exit
+expcmd		exp let
+exportcmd	-s export -s readonly
+falsecmd	-u false
+histcmd -h	-u fc
+inputrc		inputrc
+fgcmd -j	-u fg
+fgcmd_percent -j	-u %
+getoptscmd	-u getopts
+hashcmd		hash
+jobidcmd	jobid
+jobscmd		-u jobs
+localcmd	local
+#ifndef TINY
+printfcmd	printf
+#endif
+pwdcmd		-u pwd
+readcmd		-u read
+returncmd	-s return
+setcmd		-s set
+fdflagscmd	fdflags
+setvarcmd	setvar
+shiftcmd	-s shift
+timescmd	-s times
+trapcmd		-s trap
+truecmd		-s : -u true
+typecmd		type
+umaskcmd	-u umask
+unaliascmd	-u unalias
+unsetcmd	-s unset
+waitcmd		-u wait
+aliascmd	-u alias
+ulimitcmd	ulimit
+testcmd		test [
+killcmd		-u kill		# mandated by posix for 'kill %job'
+wordexpcmd	wordexp
+#newgrp		-u newgrp	# optional command in posix
+
+#ifdef	DEBUG
+debugcmd	debug
+#endif
+
+#exprcmd	expr
diff --git a/bin/sh/cd.c b/bin/sh/cd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b1046d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/cd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cd.c,v 1.50 2017/07/05 20:00:27 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cd.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cd.c,v 1.50 2017/07/05 20:00:27 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/*
+ * The cd and pwd commands.
+ */
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "nodes.h"	/* for jobs.h */
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exec.h"
+#include "redir.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "show.h"
+#include "cd.h"
+
+STATIC int docd(const char *, int);
+STATIC char *getcomponent(void);
+STATIC void updatepwd(const char *);
+STATIC void find_curdir(int noerror);
+
+char *curdir = NULL;		/* current working directory */
+char *prevdir;			/* previous working directory */
+STATIC char *cdcomppath;
+
+int
+cdcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	const char *dest;
+	const char *path, *cp;
+	char *p;
+	char *d;
+	struct stat statb;
+	int print = cdprint;	/* set -o cdprint to enable */
+
+	while (nextopt("P") != '\0')
+		;
+
+	/*
+	 * Try (quite hard) to have 'curdir' defined, nothing has set
+	 * it on entry to the shell, but we want 'cd fred; cd -' to work.
+	 */
+	getpwd(1);
+	dest = *argptr;
+	if (dest == NULL) {
+		dest = bltinlookup("HOME", 1);
+		if (dest == NULL)
+			error("HOME not set");
+	} else if (argptr[1]) {
+		/* Do 'ksh' style substitution */
+		if (!curdir)
+			error("PWD not set");
+		p = strstr(curdir, dest);
+		if (!p)
+			error("bad substitution");
+		d = stalloc(strlen(curdir) + strlen(argptr[1]) + 1);
+		memcpy(d, curdir, p - curdir);
+		strcpy(d + (p - curdir), argptr[1]);
+		strcat(d, p + strlen(dest));
+		dest = d;
+		print = 1;
+	} else if (dest[0] == '-' && dest[1] == '\0') {
+		dest = prevdir ? prevdir : curdir;
+		print = 1;
+	}
+	if (*dest == '\0')
+	        dest = ".";
+
+	cp = dest;
+	if (*cp == '.' && *++cp == '.')
+	    cp++;
+	if (*cp == 0 || *cp == '/' || (path = bltinlookup("CDPATH", 1)) == NULL)
+		path = nullstr;
+	while ((p = padvance(&path, dest, 0)) != NULL) {
+		stunalloc(p);
+		if (stat(p, &statb) >= 0 && S_ISDIR(statb.st_mode)) {
+			int dopr = print;
+
+			if (!print) {
+				/*
+				 * XXX - rethink
+				 */
+				if (p[0] == '.' && p[1] == '/' && p[2] != '\0')
+					dopr = strcmp(p + 2, dest);
+				else
+					dopr = strcmp(p, dest);
+			}
+			if (docd(p, dopr) >= 0)
+				return 0;
+
+		}
+	}
+	error("can't cd to %s", dest);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Actually do the chdir.  In an interactive shell, print the
+ * directory name if "print" is nonzero.
+ */
+
+STATIC int
+docd(const char *dest, int print)
+{
+#if 0		/* no "cd -L" (ever) so all this is just a waste of time ... */
+	char *p;
+	char *q;
+	char *component;
+	struct stat statb;
+	int first;
+	int badstat;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_CMDS, ("docd(\"%s\", %d) called\n", dest, print));
+
+	/*
+	 *  Check each component of the path. If we find a symlink or
+	 *  something we can't stat, clear curdir to force a getcwd()
+	 *  next time we get the value of the current directory.
+	 */
+	badstat = 0;
+	cdcomppath = stalloc(strlen(dest) + 1);
+	scopy(dest, cdcomppath);
+	STARTSTACKSTR(p);
+	if (*dest == '/') {
+		STPUTC('/', p);
+		cdcomppath++;
+	}
+	first = 1;
+	while ((q = getcomponent()) != NULL) {
+		if (q[0] == '\0' || (q[0] == '.' && q[1] == '\0'))
+			continue;
+		if (! first)
+			STPUTC('/', p);
+		first = 0;
+		component = q;
+		while (*q)
+			STPUTC(*q++, p);
+		if (equal(component, ".."))
+			continue;
+		STACKSTRNUL(p);
+		if (lstat(stackblock(), &statb) < 0) {
+			badstat = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	INTOFF;
+	if (chdir(dest) < 0) {
+		INTON;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	updatepwd(NULL);	/* only do cd -P, no "pretend" -L mode */
+	INTON;
+	if (print && iflag == 1 && curdir)
+		out1fmt("%s\n", curdir);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Get the next component of the path name pointed to by cdcomppath.
+ * This routine overwrites the string pointed to by cdcomppath.
+ */
+
+STATIC char *
+getcomponent(void)
+{
+	char *p;
+	char *start;
+
+	if ((p = cdcomppath) == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	start = cdcomppath;
+	while (*p != '/' && *p != '\0')
+		p++;
+	if (*p == '\0') {
+		cdcomppath = NULL;
+	} else {
+		*p++ = '\0';
+		cdcomppath = p;
+	}
+	return start;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Update curdir (the name of the current directory) in response to a
+ * cd command.  We also call hashcd to let the routines in exec.c know
+ * that the current directory has changed.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+updatepwd(const char *dir)
+{
+	char *new;
+	char *p;
+
+	hashcd();				/* update command hash table */
+
+	/*
+	 * If our argument is NULL, we don't know the current directory
+	 * any more because we traversed a symbolic link or something
+	 * we couldn't stat().
+	 */
+	if (dir == NULL || curdir == NULL)  {
+		if (prevdir)
+			ckfree(prevdir);
+		INTOFF;
+		prevdir = curdir;
+		curdir = NULL;
+		getpwd(1);
+		INTON;
+		if (curdir) {
+			setvar("OLDPWD", prevdir, VEXPORT);
+			setvar("PWD", curdir, VEXPORT);
+		} else
+			unsetvar("PWD", 0);
+		return;
+	}
+	cdcomppath = stalloc(strlen(dir) + 1);
+	scopy(dir, cdcomppath);
+	STARTSTACKSTR(new);
+	if (*dir != '/') {
+		p = curdir;
+		while (*p)
+			STPUTC(*p++, new);
+		if (p[-1] == '/')
+			STUNPUTC(new);
+	}
+	while ((p = getcomponent()) != NULL) {
+		if (equal(p, "..")) {
+			while (new > stackblock() && (STUNPUTC(new), *new) != '/');
+		} else if (*p != '\0' && ! equal(p, ".")) {
+			STPUTC('/', new);
+			while (*p)
+				STPUTC(*p++, new);
+		}
+	}
+	if (new == stackblock())
+		STPUTC('/', new);
+	STACKSTRNUL(new);
+	INTOFF;
+	if (prevdir)
+		ckfree(prevdir);
+	prevdir = curdir;
+	curdir = savestr(stackblock());
+	setvar("OLDPWD", prevdir, VEXPORT);
+	setvar("PWD", curdir, VEXPORT);
+	INTON;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Posix says the default should be 'pwd -L' (as below), however
+ * the 'cd' command (above) does something much nearer to the
+ * posix 'cd -P' (not the posix default of 'cd -L').
+ * If 'cd' is changed to support -P/L then the default here
+ * needs to be revisited if the historic behaviour is to be kept.
+ */
+
+int
+pwdcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int i;
+	char opt = 'L';
+
+	while ((i = nextopt("LP")) != '\0')
+		opt = i;
+	if (*argptr)
+		error("unexpected argument");
+
+	if (opt == 'L')
+		getpwd(0);
+	else
+		find_curdir(0);
+
+	setvar("OLDPWD", prevdir, VEXPORT);
+	setvar("PWD", curdir, VEXPORT);
+	out1str(curdir);
+	out1c('\n');
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+void
+initpwd(void)
+{
+	getpwd(1);
+	if (curdir)
+		setvar("PWD", curdir, VEXPORT);
+	else
+		sh_warnx("Cannot determine current working directory");
+}
+
+#define MAXPWD 256
+
+/*
+ * Find out what the current directory is. If we already know the current
+ * directory, this routine returns immediately.
+ */
+void
+getpwd(int noerror)
+{
+	char *pwd;
+	struct stat stdot, stpwd;
+	static int first = 1;
+
+	if (curdir)
+		return;
+
+	if (first) {
+		first = 0;
+		pwd = getenv("PWD");
+		if (pwd && *pwd == '/' && stat(".", &stdot) != -1 &&
+		    stat(pwd, &stpwd) != -1 &&
+		    stdot.st_dev == stpwd.st_dev &&
+		    stdot.st_ino == stpwd.st_ino) {
+			curdir = savestr(pwd);
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	find_curdir(noerror);
+
+	return;
+}
+
+STATIC void
+find_curdir(int noerror)
+{
+	int i;
+	char *pwd;
+
+	/*
+	 * Things are a bit complicated here; we could have just used
+	 * getcwd, but traditionally getcwd is implemented using popen
+	 * to /bin/pwd. This creates a problem for us, since we cannot
+	 * keep track of the job if it is being ran behind our backs.
+	 * So we re-implement getcwd(), and we suppress interrupts
+	 * throughout the process. This is not completely safe, since
+	 * the user can still break out of it by killing the pwd program.
+	 * We still try to use getcwd for systems that we know have a
+	 * c implementation of getcwd, that does not open a pipe to
+	 * /bin/pwd.
+	 */
+#if defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__SVR4)
+
+	for (i = MAXPWD;; i *= 2) {
+		pwd = stalloc(i);
+		if (getcwd(pwd, i) != NULL) {
+			curdir = savestr(pwd);
+			stunalloc(pwd);
+			return;
+		}
+		stunalloc(pwd);
+		if (errno == ERANGE)
+			continue;
+		if (!noerror)
+			error("getcwd() failed: %s", strerror(errno));
+		return;
+	}
+#else
+	{
+		char *p;
+		int status;
+		struct job *jp;
+		int pip[2];
+
+		pwd = stalloc(MAXPWD);
+		INTOFF;
+		if (pipe(pip) < 0)
+			error("Pipe call failed");
+		jp = makejob(NULL, 1);
+		if (forkshell(jp, NULL, FORK_NOJOB) == 0) {
+			(void) close(pip[0]);
+			movefd(pip[1], 1);
+			(void) execl("/bin/pwd", "pwd", (char *)0);
+			error("Cannot exec /bin/pwd");
+		}
+		(void) close(pip[1]);
+		pip[1] = -1;
+		p = pwd;
+		while ((i = read(pip[0], p, pwd + MAXPWD - p)) > 0
+		     || (i == -1 && errno == EINTR)) {
+			if (i > 0)
+				p += i;
+		}
+		(void) close(pip[0]);
+		pip[0] = -1;
+		status = waitforjob(jp);
+		if (status != 0)
+			error((char *)0);
+		if (i < 0 || p == pwd || p[-1] != '\n') {
+			if (noerror) {
+				INTON;
+				return;
+			}
+			error("pwd command failed");
+		}
+		p[-1] = '\0';
+		INTON;
+		curdir = savestr(pwd);
+		stunalloc(pwd);
+		return;
+	}
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/cd.h b/bin/sh/cd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7600955
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/cd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cd.h,v 1.6 2011/06/18 21:18:46 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1995
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ */
+
+void	initpwd(void);
+void	getpwd(int);
diff --git a/bin/sh/error.c b/bin/sh/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db42926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: error.c,v 1.42 2019/01/21 14:29:12 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)error.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: error.c,v 1.42 2019/01/21 14:29:12 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Errors and exceptions.
+ */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "eval.h" /* for commandname */
+#include "main.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "show.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * Code to handle exceptions in C.
+ */
+
+struct jmploc *handler;
+int exception;
+volatile int suppressint;
+volatile int intpending;
+
+
+static void exverror(int, const char *, va_list) __dead;
+
+/*
+ * Called to raise an exception.  Since C doesn't include exceptions, we
+ * just do a longjmp to the exception handler.  The type of exception is
+ * stored in the global variable "exception".
+ */
+
+void
+exraise(int e)
+{
+	CTRACE(DBG_ERRS, ("exraise(%d)\n", e));
+	if (handler == NULL)
+		abort();
+	exception = e;
+	longjmp(handler->loc, 1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Called from trap.c when a SIGINT is received.  (If the user specifies
+ * that SIGINT is to be trapped or ignored using the trap builtin, then
+ * this routine is not called.)  Suppressint is nonzero when interrupts
+ * are held using the INTOFF macro.  The call to _exit is necessary because
+ * there is a short period after a fork before the signal handlers are
+ * set to the appropriate value for the child.  (The test for iflag is
+ * just defensive programming.)
+ */
+
+void
+onint(void)
+{
+	sigset_t nsigset;
+
+	if (suppressint) {
+		intpending = 1;
+		return;
+	}
+	intpending = 0;
+	sigemptyset(&nsigset);
+	sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &nsigset, NULL);
+	if (rootshell && iflag)
+		exraise(EXINT);
+	else {
+		signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL);
+		raise(SIGINT);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static __printflike(2, 0) void
+exvwarning(int sv_errno, const char *msg, va_list ap)
+{
+	/* Partially emulate line buffered output so that:
+	 *	printf '%d\n' 1 a 2
+	 * and
+	 *	printf '%d %d %d\n' 1 a 2
+	 * both generate sensible text when stdout and stderr are merged.
+	 */
+	if (output.buf != NULL && output.nextc != output.buf &&
+	    output.nextc[-1] == '\n')
+		flushout(&output);
+	if (commandname)
+		outfmt(&errout, "%s: ", commandname);
+	else
+		outfmt(&errout, "%s: ", getprogname());
+	if (msg != NULL) {
+		doformat(&errout, msg, ap);
+		if (sv_errno >= 0)
+			outfmt(&errout, ": ");
+	}
+	if (sv_errno >= 0)
+		outfmt(&errout, "%s", strerror(sv_errno));
+	out2c('\n');
+	flushout(&errout);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Exverror is called to raise the error exception.  If the second argument
+ * is not NULL then error prints an error message using printf style
+ * formatting.  It then raises the error exception.
+ */
+static __printflike(2, 0) void
+exverror(int cond, const char *msg, va_list ap)
+{
+	CLEAR_PENDING_INT;
+	INTOFF;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	if (msg) {
+		CTRACE(DBG_ERRS, ("exverror(%d, \"", cond));
+		CTRACEV(DBG_ERRS, (msg, ap));
+		CTRACE(DBG_ERRS, ("\") pid=%d\n", getpid()));
+	} else
+		CTRACE(DBG_ERRS, ("exverror(%d, NULL) pid=%d\n", cond,
+		    getpid()));
+#endif
+	if (msg)
+		exvwarning(-1, msg, ap);
+
+	flushall();
+	exraise(cond);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+void
+error(const char *msg, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	/*
+	 * On error, we certainly never want exit(0)...
+	 */
+	if (exerrno == 0)
+		exerrno = 1;
+	va_start(ap, msg);
+	exverror(EXERROR, msg, ap);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+
+void
+exerror(int cond, const char *msg, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, msg);
+	exverror(cond, msg, ap);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/*
+ * error/warning routines for external builtins
+ */
+
+void
+sh_exit(int rval)
+{
+	exerrno = rval & 255;
+	exraise(EXEXEC);
+}
+
+void
+sh_err(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	exvwarning(errno, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	sh_exit(status);
+}
+
+void
+sh_verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
+{
+	exvwarning(errno, fmt, ap);
+	sh_exit(status);
+}
+
+void
+sh_errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	exvwarning(-1, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	sh_exit(status);
+}
+
+void
+sh_verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
+{
+	exvwarning(-1, fmt, ap);
+	sh_exit(status);
+}
+
+void
+sh_warn(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	exvwarning(errno, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+void
+sh_vwarn(const char *fmt, va_list ap)
+{
+	exvwarning(errno, fmt, ap);
+}
+
+void
+sh_warnx(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	exvwarning(-1, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+void
+sh_vwarnx(const char *fmt, va_list ap)
+{
+	exvwarning(-1, fmt, ap);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Table of error messages.
+ */
+
+struct errname {
+	short errcode;		/* error number */
+	short action;		/* operation which encountered the error */
+	const char *msg;	/* text describing the error */
+};
+
+
+#define ALL (E_OPEN|E_CREAT|E_EXEC)
+
+STATIC const struct errname errormsg[] = {
+	{ EINTR,	ALL,	"interrupted" },
+	{ EACCES,	ALL,	"permission denied" },
+	{ EIO,		ALL,	"I/O error" },
+	{ EEXIST,	ALL,	"file exists" },
+	{ ENOENT,	E_OPEN,	"no such file" },
+	{ ENOENT,	E_CREAT,"directory nonexistent" },
+	{ ENOENT,	E_EXEC,	"not found" },
+	{ ENOTDIR,	E_OPEN,	"no such file" },
+	{ ENOTDIR,	E_CREAT,"directory nonexistent" },
+	{ ENOTDIR,	E_EXEC,	"not found" },
+	{ EISDIR,	ALL,	"is a directory" },
+#ifdef EMFILE
+	{ EMFILE,	ALL,	"too many open files" },
+#endif
+	{ ENFILE,	ALL,	"file table overflow" },
+	{ ENOSPC,	ALL,	"file system full" },
+#ifdef EDQUOT
+	{ EDQUOT,	ALL,	"disk quota exceeded" },
+#endif
+#ifdef ENOSR
+	{ ENOSR,	ALL,	"no streams resources" },
+#endif
+	{ ENXIO,	ALL,	"no such device or address" },
+	{ EROFS,	ALL,	"read-only file system" },
+	{ ETXTBSY,	ALL,	"text busy" },
+#ifdef EAGAIN
+	{ EAGAIN,	E_EXEC,	"not enough memory" },
+#endif
+	{ ENOMEM,	ALL,	"not enough memory" },
+#ifdef ENOLINK
+	{ ENOLINK,	ALL,	"remote access failed" },
+#endif
+#ifdef EMULTIHOP
+	{ EMULTIHOP,	ALL,	"remote access failed" },
+#endif
+#ifdef ECOMM
+	{ ECOMM,	ALL,	"remote access failed" },
+#endif
+#ifdef ESTALE
+	{ ESTALE,	ALL,	"remote access failed" },
+#endif
+#ifdef ETIMEDOUT
+	{ ETIMEDOUT,	ALL,	"remote access failed" },
+#endif
+#ifdef ELOOP
+	{ ELOOP,	ALL,	"symbolic link loop" },
+#endif
+#ifdef ENAMETOOLONG
+	{ ENAMETOOLONG,	ALL,	"file name too long" },
+#endif
+	{ E2BIG,	E_EXEC,	"argument list too long" },
+#ifdef ELIBACC
+	{ ELIBACC,	E_EXEC,	"shared library missing" },
+#endif
+	{ 0,		0,	NULL },
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Return a string describing an error.  The returned string may be a
+ * pointer to a static buffer that will be overwritten on the next call.
+ * Action describes the operation that got the error.
+ */
+
+const char *
+errmsg(int e, int action)
+{
+	struct errname const *ep;
+	static char buf[12];
+
+	for (ep = errormsg ; ep->errcode ; ep++) {
+		if (ep->errcode == e && (ep->action & action) != 0)
+			return ep->msg;
+	}
+	fmtstr(buf, sizeof buf, "error %d", e);
+	return buf;
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/error.h b/bin/sh/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dcf737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: error.h,v 1.21 2018/08/19 23:50:27 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)error.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/*
+ * Types of operations (passed to the errmsg routine).
+ */
+
+#define E_OPEN 01	/* opening a file */
+#define E_CREAT 02	/* creating a file */
+#define E_EXEC 04	/* executing a program */
+
+
+/*
+ * We enclose jmp_buf in a structure so that we can declare pointers to
+ * jump locations.  The global variable handler contains the location to
+ * jump to when an exception occurs, and the global variable exception
+ * contains a code identifying the exeception.  To implement nested
+ * exception handlers, the user should save the value of handler on entry
+ * to an inner scope, set handler to point to a jmploc structure for the
+ * inner scope, and restore handler on exit from the scope.
+ */
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+struct jmploc {
+	jmp_buf loc;
+};
+
+extern struct jmploc *handler;
+extern int exception;
+extern int exerrno;	/* error for EXEXEC */
+
+/* exceptions */
+#define EXINT 0		/* SIGINT received */
+#define EXERROR 1	/* a generic error */
+#define EXSHELLPROC 2	/* execute a shell procedure */
+#define EXEXEC 3	/* command execution failed */
+#define EXEXIT 4	/* shell wants to exit(exitstatus) */
+
+
+/*
+ * These macros allow the user to suspend the handling of interrupt signals
+ * over a period of time.  This is similar to SIGHOLD to or sigblock, but
+ * much more efficient and portable.  (But hacking the kernel is so much
+ * more fun than worrying about efficiency and portability. :-))
+ */
+
+extern volatile int suppressint;
+extern volatile int intpending;
+
+#define INTOFF suppressint++
+#define INTON do { if (--suppressint == 0 && intpending) onint(); } while (0)
+#define FORCEINTON do { suppressint = 0; if (intpending) onint(); } while (0)
+#define CLEAR_PENDING_INT (intpending = 0)
+#define int_pending() intpending
+
+#if ! defined(SHELL_BUILTIN)
+void exraise(int) __dead;
+void onint(void);
+void error(const char *, ...) __dead __printflike(1, 2);
+void exerror(int, const char *, ...) __dead __printflike(2, 3);
+const char *errmsg(int, int);
+#endif /* ! SHELL_BUILTIN */
+
+void sh_err(int, const char *, ...) __dead __printflike(2, 3);
+void sh_verr(int, const char *, va_list) __dead __printflike(2, 0);
+void sh_errx(int, const char *, ...) __dead __printflike(2, 3);
+void sh_verrx(int, const char *, va_list) __dead __printflike(2, 0);
+void sh_warn(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2);
+void sh_vwarn(const char *, va_list) __printflike(1, 0);
+void sh_warnx(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2);
+void sh_vwarnx(const char *, va_list) __printflike(1, 0);
+
+void sh_exit(int) __dead;
+
+
+/*
+ * BSD setjmp saves the signal mask, which violates ANSI C and takes time,
+ * so we use _setjmp instead.
+ */
+
+#if defined(BSD) && !defined(__SVR4)
+#define setjmp(jmploc)	_setjmp(jmploc)
+#define longjmp(jmploc, val)	_longjmp(jmploc, val)
+#endif
diff --git a/bin/sh/eval.c b/bin/sh/eval.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bda702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/eval.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1680 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: eval.c,v 1.170 2019/01/21 14:18:59 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)eval.c	8.9 (Berkeley) 6/8/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: eval.c,v 1.170 2019/01/21 14:18:59 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/times.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+/*
+ * Evaluate a command.
+ */
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "nodes.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "expand.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "eval.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "exec.h"
+#include "redir.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "trap.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "show.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#ifndef SMALL
+#include "nodenames.h"
+#include "myhistedit.h"
+#endif
+
+
+STATIC struct skipsave s_k_i_p;
+#define	evalskip	(s_k_i_p.state)
+#define	skipcount	(s_k_i_p.count)
+
+STATIC int loopnest;		/* current loop nesting level */
+STATIC int funcnest;		/* depth of function calls */
+STATIC int builtin_flags;	/* evalcommand flags for builtins */
+/*
+ * Base function nesting level inside a dot command.  Set to 0 initially
+ * and to (funcnest + 1) before every dot command to enable 
+ *   1) detection of being in a file sourced by a dot command and
+ *   2) counting of function nesting in that file for the implementation
+ *      of the return command.
+ * The value is reset to its previous value after the dot command.
+ */
+STATIC int dot_funcnest;
+
+
+const char *commandname;
+struct strlist *cmdenviron;
+int exitstatus;			/* exit status of last command */
+int back_exitstatus;		/* exit status of backquoted command */
+
+
+STATIC void evalloop(union node *, int);
+STATIC void evalfor(union node *, int);
+STATIC void evalcase(union node *, int);
+STATIC void evalsubshell(union node *, int);
+STATIC void expredir(union node *);
+STATIC void evalredir(union node *, int);
+STATIC void evalpipe(union node *);
+STATIC void evalcommand(union node *, int, struct backcmd *);
+STATIC void prehash(union node *);
+
+STATIC char *find_dot_file(char *);
+
+/*
+ * Called to reset things after an exception.
+ */
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+INCLUDE "eval.h"
+
+RESET {
+	reset_eval();
+}
+
+SHELLPROC {
+	exitstatus = 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+reset_eval(void)
+{
+	evalskip = SKIPNONE;
+	dot_funcnest = 0;
+	loopnest = 0;
+	funcnest = 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sh_pipe(int fds[2])
+{
+	int nfd;
+
+	if (pipe(fds))
+		return -1;
+
+	if (fds[0] < 3) {
+		nfd = fcntl(fds[0], F_DUPFD, 3);
+		if (nfd != -1) {
+			close(fds[0]);
+			fds[0] = nfd;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (fds[1] < 3) {
+		nfd = fcntl(fds[1], F_DUPFD, 3);
+		if (nfd != -1) {
+			close(fds[1]);
+			fds[1] = nfd;
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The eval commmand.
+ */
+
+int
+evalcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char *p;
+	char *concat;
+	char **ap;
+
+	if (argc > 1) {
+		p = argv[1];
+		if (argc > 2) {
+			STARTSTACKSTR(concat);
+			ap = argv + 2;
+			for (;;) {
+				while (*p)
+					STPUTC(*p++, concat);
+				if ((p = *ap++) == NULL)
+					break;
+				STPUTC(' ', concat);
+			}
+			STPUTC('\0', concat);
+			p = grabstackstr(concat);
+		}
+		evalstring(p, builtin_flags & EV_TESTED);
+	} else
+		exitstatus = 0;
+	return exitstatus;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Execute a command or commands contained in a string.
+ */
+
+void
+evalstring(char *s, int flag)
+{
+	union node *n;
+	struct stackmark smark;
+	int last;
+	int any;
+
+	last = flag & EV_EXIT;
+	flag &= ~EV_EXIT;
+
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	setinputstring(s, 1, line_number);
+
+	any = 0;	/* to determine if exitstatus will have been set */
+	while ((n = parsecmd(0)) != NEOF) {
+		XTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("evalstring: "), showtree(n));
+		if (n && nflag == 0) {
+			if (last && at_eof())
+				evaltree(n, flag | EV_EXIT);
+			else
+				evaltree(n, flag);
+			any = 1;
+			if (evalskip)
+				break;
+		}
+		rststackmark(&smark);
+	}
+	popfile();
+	popstackmark(&smark);
+	if (!any)
+		exitstatus = 0;
+	if (last)
+		exraise(EXEXIT);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Evaluate a parse tree.  The value is left in the global variable
+ * exitstatus.
+ */
+
+void
+evaltree(union node *n, int flags)
+{
+	bool do_etest;
+	int sflags = flags & ~EV_EXIT;
+	union node *next;
+	struct stackmark smark;
+
+	do_etest = false;
+	if (n == NULL || nflag) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("evaltree(%s) called\n",
+		    n == NULL ? "NULL" : "-n"));
+		if (nflag == 0)
+			exitstatus = 0;
+		goto out2;
+	}
+
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	do {
+#ifndef SMALL
+		displayhist = 1; /* show history substitutions done with fc */
+#endif
+		next = NULL;
+		CTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("pid %d, evaltree(%p: %s(%d), %#x) called\n",
+		    getpid(), n, NODETYPENAME(n->type), n->type, flags));
+		if (n->type != NCMD && traps_invalid)
+			free_traps();
+		switch (n->type) {
+		case NSEMI:
+			evaltree(n->nbinary.ch1, sflags);
+			if (nflag || evalskip)
+				goto out1;
+			next = n->nbinary.ch2;
+			break;
+		case NAND:
+			evaltree(n->nbinary.ch1, EV_TESTED);
+			if (nflag || evalskip || exitstatus != 0)
+				goto out1;
+			next = n->nbinary.ch2;
+			break;
+		case NOR:
+			evaltree(n->nbinary.ch1, EV_TESTED);
+			if (nflag || evalskip || exitstatus == 0)
+				goto out1;
+			next = n->nbinary.ch2;
+			break;
+		case NREDIR:
+			evalredir(n, flags);
+			break;
+		case NSUBSHELL:
+			evalsubshell(n, flags);
+			do_etest = !(flags & EV_TESTED);
+			break;
+		case NBACKGND:
+			evalsubshell(n, flags);
+			break;
+		case NIF: {
+			evaltree(n->nif.test, EV_TESTED);
+			if (nflag || evalskip)
+				goto out1;
+			if (exitstatus == 0)
+				next = n->nif.ifpart;
+			else if (n->nif.elsepart)
+				next = n->nif.elsepart;
+			else
+				exitstatus = 0;
+			break;
+		}
+		case NWHILE:
+		case NUNTIL:
+			evalloop(n, sflags);
+			break;
+		case NFOR:
+			evalfor(n, sflags);
+			break;
+		case NCASE:
+			evalcase(n, sflags);
+			break;
+		case NDEFUN:
+			CTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("Defining fn %s @%d%s\n",
+			    n->narg.text, n->narg.lineno,
+			    fnline1 ? " LINENO=1" : ""));
+			defun(n->narg.text, n->narg.next, n->narg.lineno);
+			exitstatus = 0;
+			break;
+		case NNOT:
+			evaltree(n->nnot.com, EV_TESTED);
+			exitstatus = !exitstatus;
+			break;
+		case NDNOT:
+			evaltree(n->nnot.com, EV_TESTED);
+			if (exitstatus != 0)
+				exitstatus = 1;
+			break;
+		case NPIPE:
+			evalpipe(n);
+			do_etest = !(flags & EV_TESTED);
+			break;
+		case NCMD:
+			evalcommand(n, flags, NULL);
+			do_etest = !(flags & EV_TESTED);
+			break;
+		default:
+#ifdef NODETYPENAME
+			out1fmt("Node type = %d(%s)\n",
+				n->type, NODETYPENAME(n->type));
+#else
+			out1fmt("Node type = %d\n", n->type);
+#endif
+			flushout(&output);
+			break;
+		}
+		n = next;
+		rststackmark(&smark);
+	} while(n != NULL);
+ out1:
+	popstackmark(&smark);
+ out2:
+	if (pendingsigs)
+		dotrap();
+	if (eflag && exitstatus != 0 && do_etest)
+		exitshell(exitstatus);
+	if (flags & EV_EXIT)
+		exraise(EXEXIT);
+}
+
+
+STATIC void
+evalloop(union node *n, int flags)
+{
+	int status;
+
+	loopnest++;
+	status = 0;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_EVAL,  ("evalloop %s:", NODETYPENAME(n->type)));
+	VXTRACE(DBG_EVAL, (" "), showtree(n->nbinary.ch1));
+	VXTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("evalloop    do: "), showtree(n->nbinary.ch2));
+	VTRACE(DBG_EVAL,  ("evalloop  done\n"));
+	CTRACE(DBG_EVAL,  ("\n"));
+
+	for (;;) {
+		evaltree(n->nbinary.ch1, EV_TESTED);
+		if (nflag)
+			break;
+		if (evalskip) {
+ skipping:		if (evalskip == SKIPCONT && --skipcount <= 0) {
+				evalskip = SKIPNONE;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (evalskip == SKIPBREAK && --skipcount <= 0)
+				evalskip = SKIPNONE;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (n->type == NWHILE) {
+			if (exitstatus != 0)
+				break;
+		} else {
+			if (exitstatus == 0)
+				break;
+		}
+		evaltree(n->nbinary.ch2, flags & EV_TESTED);
+		status = exitstatus;
+		if (evalskip)
+			goto skipping;
+	}
+	loopnest--;
+	exitstatus = status;
+}
+
+
+
+STATIC void
+evalfor(union node *n, int flags)
+{
+	struct arglist arglist;
+	union node *argp;
+	struct strlist *sp;
+	struct stackmark smark;
+	int status;
+
+	status = nflag ? exitstatus : 0;
+
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	arglist.lastp = &arglist.list;
+	for (argp = n->nfor.args ; argp ; argp = argp->narg.next) {
+		expandarg(argp, &arglist, EXP_FULL | EXP_TILDE);
+		if (evalskip)
+			goto out;
+	}
+	*arglist.lastp = NULL;
+
+	loopnest++;
+	for (sp = arglist.list ; sp ; sp = sp->next) {
+		if (xflag) {
+			outxstr(expandstr(ps4val(), line_number));
+			outxstr("for ");
+			outxstr(n->nfor.var);
+			outxc('=');
+			outxshstr(sp->text);
+			outxc('\n');
+			flushout(outx);
+		}
+
+		setvar(n->nfor.var, sp->text, 0);
+		evaltree(n->nfor.body, flags & EV_TESTED);
+		status = exitstatus;
+		if (nflag)
+			break;
+		if (evalskip) {
+			if (evalskip == SKIPCONT && --skipcount <= 0) {
+				evalskip = SKIPNONE;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (evalskip == SKIPBREAK && --skipcount <= 0)
+				evalskip = SKIPNONE;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	loopnest--;
+	exitstatus = status;
+ out:
+	popstackmark(&smark);
+}
+
+
+
+STATIC void
+evalcase(union node *n, int flags)
+{
+	union node *cp, *ncp;
+	union node *patp;
+	struct arglist arglist;
+	struct stackmark smark;
+	int status = 0;
+
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	arglist.lastp = &arglist.list;
+	line_number = n->ncase.lineno;
+	expandarg(n->ncase.expr, &arglist, EXP_TILDE);
+	for (cp = n->ncase.cases; cp && evalskip == 0; cp = cp->nclist.next) {
+		for (patp = cp->nclist.pattern; patp; patp = patp->narg.next) {
+			line_number = patp->narg.lineno;
+			if (casematch(patp, arglist.list->text)) {
+				while (cp != NULL && evalskip == 0 &&
+				    nflag == 0) {
+					if (cp->type == NCLISTCONT)
+						ncp = cp->nclist.next;
+					else
+						ncp = NULL;
+					line_number = cp->nclist.lineno;
+					evaltree(cp->nclist.body, flags);
+					status = exitstatus;
+					cp = ncp;
+				}
+				goto out;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+ out:
+	exitstatus = status;
+	popstackmark(&smark);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Kick off a subshell to evaluate a tree.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+evalsubshell(union node *n, int flags)
+{
+	struct job *jp= NULL;
+	int backgnd = (n->type == NBACKGND);
+
+	expredir(n->nredir.redirect);
+	if (xflag && n->nredir.redirect) {
+		union node *rn;
+
+		outxstr(expandstr(ps4val(), line_number));
+		outxstr("using redirections:");
+		for (rn = n->nredir.redirect; rn; rn = rn->nfile.next)
+			(void) outredir(outx, rn, ' ');
+		outxstr(" do subshell ("/*)*/);
+		if (backgnd)
+			outxstr(/*(*/") &");
+		outxc('\n');
+		flushout(outx);
+	}
+	if ((!backgnd && flags & EV_EXIT && !have_traps()) ||
+	    forkshell(jp = makejob(n, 1), n, backgnd?FORK_BG:FORK_FG) == 0) {
+		INTON;
+		if (backgnd)
+			flags &=~ EV_TESTED;
+		redirect(n->nredir.redirect, REDIR_KEEP);
+		evaltree(n->nredir.n, flags | EV_EXIT);   /* never returns */
+	} else if (!backgnd) {
+		INTOFF;
+		exitstatus = waitforjob(jp);
+		INTON;
+	} else
+		exitstatus = 0;
+
+	if (!backgnd && xflag && n->nredir.redirect) {
+		outxstr(expandstr(ps4val(), line_number));
+		outxstr(/*(*/") done subshell\n");
+		flushout(outx);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Compute the names of the files in a redirection list.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+expredir(union node *n)
+{
+	union node *redir;
+
+	for (redir = n ; redir ; redir = redir->nfile.next) {
+		struct arglist fn;
+
+		fn.lastp = &fn.list;
+		switch (redir->type) {
+		case NFROMTO:
+		case NFROM:
+		case NTO:
+		case NCLOBBER:
+		case NAPPEND:
+			expandarg(redir->nfile.fname, &fn, EXP_TILDE | EXP_REDIR);
+			redir->nfile.expfname = fn.list->text;
+			break;
+		case NFROMFD:
+		case NTOFD:
+			if (redir->ndup.vname) {
+				expandarg(redir->ndup.vname, &fn, EXP_TILDE | EXP_REDIR);
+				fixredir(redir, fn.list->text, 1);
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Perform redirections for a compound command, and then do it (and restore)
+ */
+STATIC void
+evalredir(union node *n, int flags)
+{
+	struct jmploc jmploc;
+	struct jmploc * const savehandler = handler;
+	volatile int in_redirect = 1;
+	const char * volatile PS4 = NULL;
+
+	expredir(n->nredir.redirect);
+
+	if (xflag && n->nredir.redirect) {
+		union node *rn;
+
+		outxstr(PS4 = expandstr(ps4val(), line_number));
+		outxstr("using redirections:");
+		for (rn = n->nredir.redirect; rn != NULL; rn = rn->nfile.next)
+			(void) outredir(outx, rn, ' ');
+		outxstr(" do {\n");	/* } */
+		flushout(outx);
+	}
+
+	if (setjmp(jmploc.loc)) {
+		int e;
+
+		handler = savehandler;
+		e = exception;
+		popredir();
+		if (PS4 != NULL) {
+			outxstr(PS4);
+			/* { */ outxstr("} failed\n");
+			flushout(outx);
+		}
+		if (e == EXERROR || e == EXEXEC) {
+			if (in_redirect) {
+				exitstatus = 2;
+				return;
+			}
+		}
+		longjmp(handler->loc, 1);
+	} else {
+		INTOFF;
+		handler = &jmploc;
+		redirect(n->nredir.redirect, REDIR_PUSH | REDIR_KEEP);
+		in_redirect = 0;
+		INTON;
+		evaltree(n->nredir.n, flags);
+	}
+	INTOFF;
+	handler = savehandler;
+	popredir();
+	INTON;
+
+	if (PS4 != NULL) {
+		outxstr(PS4);
+		/* { */ outxstr("} done\n");
+		flushout(outx);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Evaluate a pipeline.  All the processes in the pipeline are children
+ * of the process creating the pipeline.  (This differs from some versions
+ * of the shell, which make the last process in a pipeline the parent
+ * of all the rest.)
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+evalpipe(union node *n)
+{
+	struct job *jp;
+	struct nodelist *lp;
+	int pipelen;
+	int prevfd;
+	int pip[2];
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("evalpipe(%p) called\n", n));
+	pipelen = 0;
+	for (lp = n->npipe.cmdlist ; lp ; lp = lp->next)
+		pipelen++;
+	INTOFF;
+	jp = makejob(n, pipelen);
+	prevfd = -1;
+	for (lp = n->npipe.cmdlist ; lp ; lp = lp->next) {
+		prehash(lp->n);
+		pip[1] = -1;
+		if (lp->next) {
+			if (sh_pipe(pip) < 0) {
+				if (prevfd >= 0)
+					close(prevfd);
+				error("Pipe call failed: %s", strerror(errno));
+			}
+		}
+		if (forkshell(jp, lp->n,
+		    n->npipe.backgnd ? FORK_BG : FORK_FG) == 0) {
+			INTON;
+			if (prevfd > 0)
+				movefd(prevfd, 0);
+			if (pip[1] >= 0) {
+				close(pip[0]);
+				movefd(pip[1], 1);
+			}
+			evaltree(lp->n, EV_EXIT);
+		}
+		if (prevfd >= 0)
+			close(prevfd);
+		prevfd = pip[0];
+		close(pip[1]);
+	}
+	if (n->npipe.backgnd == 0) {
+		INTOFF;
+		exitstatus = waitforjob(jp);
+		CTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("evalpipe:  job done exit status %d\n",
+		    exitstatus));
+		INTON;
+	} else
+		exitstatus = 0;
+	INTON;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Execute a command inside back quotes.  If it's a builtin command, we
+ * want to save its output in a block obtained from malloc.  Otherwise
+ * we fork off a subprocess and get the output of the command via a pipe.
+ * Should be called with interrupts off.
+ */
+
+void
+evalbackcmd(union node *n, struct backcmd *result)
+{
+	int pip[2];
+	struct job *jp;
+	struct stackmark smark;		/* unnecessary (because we fork) */
+
+	result->fd = -1;
+	result->buf = NULL;
+	result->nleft = 0;
+	result->jp = NULL;
+
+	if (nflag || n == NULL)
+		goto out;
+
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+
+#ifdef notyet
+	/*
+	 * For now we disable executing builtins in the same
+	 * context as the shell, because we are not keeping
+	 * enough state to recover from changes that are
+	 * supposed only to affect subshells. eg. echo "`cd /`"
+	 */
+	if (n->type == NCMD) {
+		exitstatus = oexitstatus;	/* XXX o... no longer exists */
+		evalcommand(n, EV_BACKCMD, result);
+	} else
+#endif
+	{
+		INTOFF;
+		if (sh_pipe(pip) < 0)
+			error("Pipe call failed");
+		jp = makejob(n, 1);
+		if (forkshell(jp, n, FORK_NOJOB) == 0) {
+			FORCEINTON;
+			close(pip[0]);
+			movefd(pip[1], 1);
+			eflag = 0;
+			evaltree(n, EV_EXIT);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		close(pip[1]);
+		result->fd = pip[0];
+		result->jp = jp;
+		INTON;
+	}
+	popstackmark(&smark);
+ out:
+	CTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("evalbackcmd done: fd=%d buf=0x%x nleft=%d jp=0x%x\n",
+		result->fd, result->buf, result->nleft, result->jp));
+}
+
+const char *
+syspath(void)
+{
+	static char *sys_path = NULL;
+	static int mib[] = {CTL_USER, USER_CS_PATH};
+	static char def_path[] = "PATH=/usr/bin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/sbin";
+	size_t len;
+
+	if (sys_path == NULL) {
+		if (sysctl(mib, 2, 0, &len, 0, 0) != -1 &&
+		    (sys_path = ckmalloc(len + 5)) != NULL &&
+		    sysctl(mib, 2, sys_path + 5, &len, 0, 0) != -1) {
+			memcpy(sys_path, "PATH=", 5);
+		} else {
+			ckfree(sys_path);
+			/* something to keep things happy */
+			sys_path = def_path;
+		}
+	}
+	return sys_path;
+}
+
+static int
+parse_command_args(int argc, char **argv, int *use_syspath)
+{
+	int sv_argc = argc;
+	char *cp, c;
+
+	*use_syspath = 0;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		argv++;
+		if (--argc == 0)
+			break;
+		cp = *argv;
+		if (*cp++ != '-')
+			break;
+		if (*cp == '-' && cp[1] == 0) {
+			argv++;
+			argc--;
+			break;
+		}
+		while ((c = *cp++)) {
+			switch (c) {
+			case 'p':
+				*use_syspath = 1;
+				break;
+			default:
+				/* run 'typecmd' for other options */
+				return 0;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return sv_argc - argc;
+}
+
+int vforked = 0;
+extern char *trap[];
+
+/*
+ * Execute a simple command.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+evalcommand(union node *cmd, int flgs, struct backcmd *backcmd)
+{
+	struct stackmark smark;
+	union node *argp;
+	struct arglist arglist;
+	struct arglist varlist;
+	volatile int flags = flgs;
+	char ** volatile argv;
+	volatile int argc;
+	char **envp;
+	int varflag;
+	struct strlist *sp;
+	volatile int mode;
+	int pip[2];
+	struct cmdentry cmdentry;
+	struct job * volatile jp;
+	struct jmploc jmploc;
+	struct jmploc *volatile savehandler = NULL;
+	const char *volatile savecmdname;
+	volatile struct shparam saveparam;
+	struct localvar *volatile savelocalvars;
+	struct parsefile *volatile savetopfile;
+	volatile int e;
+	char * volatile lastarg;
+	const char * volatile path = pathval();
+	volatile int temp_path;
+	const int savefuncline = funclinebase;
+	const int savefuncabs = funclineabs;
+	volatile int cmd_flags = 0;
+
+	vforked = 0;
+	/* First expand the arguments. */
+	CTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("evalcommand(%p, %d) called [%s]\n", cmd, flags,
+	    cmd->ncmd.args ? cmd->ncmd.args->narg.text : ""));
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	back_exitstatus = 0;
+
+	line_number = cmd->ncmd.lineno;
+
+	arglist.lastp = &arglist.list;
+	varflag = 1;
+	/* Expand arguments, ignoring the initial 'name=value' ones */
+	for (argp = cmd->ncmd.args ; argp ; argp = argp->narg.next) {
+		if (varflag && isassignment(argp->narg.text))
+			continue;
+		varflag = 0;
+		line_number = argp->narg.lineno;
+		expandarg(argp, &arglist, EXP_FULL | EXP_TILDE);
+	}
+	*arglist.lastp = NULL;
+
+	expredir(cmd->ncmd.redirect);
+
+	/* Now do the initial 'name=value' ones we skipped above */
+	varlist.lastp = &varlist.list;
+	for (argp = cmd->ncmd.args ; argp ; argp = argp->narg.next) {
+		line_number = argp->narg.lineno;
+		if (!isassignment(argp->narg.text))
+			break;
+		expandarg(argp, &varlist, EXP_VARTILDE);
+	}
+	*varlist.lastp = NULL;
+
+	argc = 0;
+	for (sp = arglist.list ; sp ; sp = sp->next)
+		argc++;
+	argv = stalloc(sizeof (char *) * (argc + 1));
+
+	for (sp = arglist.list ; sp ; sp = sp->next) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("evalcommand arg: %s\n", sp->text));
+		*argv++ = sp->text;
+	}
+	*argv = NULL;
+	lastarg = NULL;
+	if (iflag && funcnest == 0 && argc > 0)
+		lastarg = argv[-1];
+	argv -= argc;
+
+	/* Print the command if xflag is set. */
+	if (xflag) {
+		char sep = 0;
+		union node *rn;
+
+		outxstr(expandstr(ps4val(), line_number));
+		for (sp = varlist.list ; sp ; sp = sp->next) {
+			char *p;
+
+			if (sep != 0)
+				outxc(sep);
+
+			/*
+			 * The "var=" part should not be quoted, regardless
+			 * of the value, or it would not represent an
+			 * assignment, but rather a command
+			 */
+			p = strchr(sp->text, '=');
+			if (p != NULL) {
+				*p = '\0';	/*XXX*/
+				outxshstr(sp->text);
+				outxc('=');
+				*p++ = '=';	/*XXX*/
+			} else
+				p = sp->text;
+			outxshstr(p);
+			sep = ' ';
+		}
+		for (sp = arglist.list ; sp ; sp = sp->next) {
+			if (sep != 0)
+				outxc(sep);
+			outxshstr(sp->text);
+			sep = ' ';
+		}
+		for (rn = cmd->ncmd.redirect; rn; rn = rn->nfile.next)
+			if (outredir(outx, rn, sep))
+				sep = ' ';
+		outxc('\n');
+		flushout(outx);
+	}
+
+	/* Now locate the command. */
+	if (argc == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * the empty command begins as a normal builtin, and
+		 * remains that way while redirects are processed, then
+		 * will become special before we get to doing the
+		 * var assigns.
+		 */
+		cmdentry.cmdtype = CMDBUILTIN;
+		cmdentry.u.bltin = bltincmd;
+	} else {
+		static const char PATH[] = "PATH=";
+
+		/*
+		 * Modify the command lookup path, if a PATH= assignment
+		 * is present
+		 */
+		for (sp = varlist.list; sp; sp = sp->next)
+			if (strncmp(sp->text, PATH, sizeof(PATH) - 1) == 0)
+				path = sp->text + sizeof(PATH) - 1;
+
+		do {
+			int argsused, use_syspath;
+
+			find_command(argv[0], &cmdentry, cmd_flags, path);
+#if 0
+			/*
+			 * This short circuits all of the processing that
+			 * should be done (including processing the
+			 * redirects), so just don't ...
+			 *
+			 * (eventually this whole #if'd block will vanish)
+			 */
+			if (cmdentry.cmdtype == CMDUNKNOWN) {
+				exitstatus = 127;
+				flushout(&errout);
+				goto out;
+			}
+#endif
+
+			/* implement the 'command' builtin here */
+			if (cmdentry.cmdtype != CMDBUILTIN ||
+			    cmdentry.u.bltin != bltincmd)
+				break;
+			cmd_flags |= DO_NOFUNC;
+			argsused = parse_command_args(argc, argv, &use_syspath);
+			if (argsused == 0) {
+				/* use 'type' builtin to display info */
+				cmdentry.u.bltin = typecmd;
+				break;
+			}
+			argc -= argsused;
+			argv += argsused;
+			if (use_syspath)
+				path = syspath() + 5;
+		} while (argc != 0);
+		if (cmdentry.cmdtype == CMDSPLBLTIN && cmd_flags & DO_NOFUNC)
+			/* posix mandates that 'command <splbltin>' act as if
+			   <splbltin> was a normal builtin */
+			cmdentry.cmdtype = CMDBUILTIN;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * When traps are invalid, we permit the following:
+	 *	trap
+	 *	command trap
+	 *	eval trap
+	 *	command eval trap
+	 *	eval command trap
+	 * without zapping the traps completely, in all other cases we do.
+	 *
+	 * The test here permits eval "anything" but when evalstring() comes
+	 * back here again, the "anything" will be validated.
+	 * This means we can actually do:
+	 *	eval eval eval command eval eval command trap
+	 * as long as we end up with just "trap"
+	 *
+	 * We permit "command" by allowing CMDBUILTIN as well as CMDSPLBLTIN
+	 *
+	 * trapcmd() takes care of doing free_traps() if it is needed there.
+	 */
+	if (traps_invalid &&
+	    ((cmdentry.cmdtype!=CMDSPLBLTIN && cmdentry.cmdtype!=CMDBUILTIN) ||
+	     (cmdentry.u.bltin != trapcmd && cmdentry.u.bltin != evalcmd)))
+		free_traps();
+
+	/* Fork off a child process if necessary. */
+	if (cmd->ncmd.backgnd || (have_traps() && (flags & EV_EXIT) != 0)
+	 || ((cmdentry.cmdtype == CMDNORMAL || cmdentry.cmdtype == CMDUNKNOWN)
+	     && (flags & EV_EXIT) == 0)
+	 || ((flags & EV_BACKCMD) != 0 &&
+	    ((cmdentry.cmdtype != CMDBUILTIN && cmdentry.cmdtype != CMDSPLBLTIN)
+		 || cmdentry.u.bltin == dotcmd
+		 || cmdentry.u.bltin == evalcmd))) {
+		INTOFF;
+		jp = makejob(cmd, 1);
+		mode = cmd->ncmd.backgnd;
+		if (flags & EV_BACKCMD) {
+			mode = FORK_NOJOB;
+			if (sh_pipe(pip) < 0)
+				error("Pipe call failed");
+		}
+#ifdef DO_SHAREDVFORK
+		/* It is essential that if DO_SHAREDVFORK is defined that the
+		 * child's address space is actually shared with the parent as
+		 * we rely on this.
+		 */
+		if (usefork == 0 && cmdentry.cmdtype == CMDNORMAL) {
+			pid_t	pid;
+			int serrno;
+
+			savelocalvars = localvars;
+			localvars = NULL;
+			vforked = 1;
+	VFORK_BLOCK
+			switch (pid = vfork()) {
+			case -1:
+				serrno = errno;
+				VTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("vfork() failed, errno=%d\n",
+				    serrno));
+				INTON;
+				error("Cannot vfork (%s)", strerror(serrno));
+				break;
+			case 0:
+				/* Make sure that exceptions only unwind to
+				 * after the vfork(2)
+				 */
+				SHELL_FORKED();
+				if (setjmp(jmploc.loc)) {
+					if (exception == EXSHELLPROC) {
+						/*
+						 * We can't progress with the
+						 * vfork, so, set vforked = 2
+						 * so the parent knows,
+						 * and _exit();
+						 */
+						vforked = 2;
+						_exit(0);
+					} else {
+						_exit(exception == EXEXIT ?
+						    exitstatus : exerrno);
+					}
+				}
+				savehandler = handler;
+				handler = &jmploc;
+				listmklocal(varlist.list,
+				    VDOEXPORT | VEXPORT | VNOFUNC);
+				forkchild(jp, cmd, mode, vforked);
+				break;
+			default:
+				VFORK_UNDO();
+						/* restore from vfork(2) */
+				handler = savehandler;
+				poplocalvars();
+				localvars = savelocalvars;
+				if (vforked == 2) {
+					vforked = 0;
+
+					(void)waitpid(pid, NULL, 0);
+					/*
+					 * We need to progress in a
+					 * normal fork fashion
+					 */
+					goto normal_fork;
+				}
+				/*
+				 * Here the child has left home,
+				 * getting on with its life, so
+				 * so must we...
+				 */
+				vforked = 0;
+				forkparent(jp, cmd, mode, pid);
+				goto parent;
+			}
+	VFORK_END
+		} else {
+ normal_fork:
+#endif
+			if (forkshell(jp, cmd, mode) != 0)
+				goto parent;	/* at end of routine */
+			flags |= EV_EXIT;
+			FORCEINTON;
+#ifdef DO_SHAREDVFORK
+		}
+#endif
+		if (flags & EV_BACKCMD) {
+			if (!vforked) {
+				FORCEINTON;
+			}
+			close(pip[0]);
+			movefd(pip[1], 1);
+		}
+		flags |= EV_EXIT;
+	}
+
+	/* This is the child process if a fork occurred. */
+	/* Execute the command. */
+	switch (cmdentry.cmdtype) {
+		volatile int saved;
+
+	case CMDFUNCTION:
+		VXTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("Shell function%s:  ",vforked?" VF":""),
+		    trargs(argv));
+		redirect(cmd->ncmd.redirect, saved =
+			!(flags & EV_EXIT) || have_traps() ? REDIR_PUSH : 0);
+		saveparam = shellparam;
+		shellparam.malloc = 0;
+		shellparam.reset = 1;
+		shellparam.nparam = argc - 1;
+		shellparam.p = argv + 1;
+		shellparam.optnext = NULL;
+		INTOFF;
+		savelocalvars = localvars;
+		localvars = NULL;
+		reffunc(cmdentry.u.func);
+		INTON;
+		if (setjmp(jmploc.loc)) {
+			if (exception == EXSHELLPROC) {
+				freeparam((volatile struct shparam *)
+				    &saveparam);
+			} else {
+				freeparam(&shellparam);
+				shellparam = saveparam;
+			}
+			if (saved)
+				popredir();;
+			unreffunc(cmdentry.u.func);
+			poplocalvars();
+			localvars = savelocalvars;
+			funclinebase = savefuncline;
+			funclineabs = savefuncabs;
+			handler = savehandler;
+			longjmp(handler->loc, 1);
+		}
+		savehandler = handler;
+		handler = &jmploc;
+		if (cmdentry.u.func) {
+			if (cmdentry.lno_frel)
+				funclinebase = cmdentry.lineno - 1;
+			else
+				funclinebase = 0;
+			funclineabs = cmdentry.lineno;
+
+			VTRACE(DBG_EVAL,
+			  ("function: node: %d '%s' # %d%s; funclinebase=%d\n",
+			    getfuncnode(cmdentry.u.func)->type,
+			    NODETYPENAME(getfuncnode(cmdentry.u.func)->type),
+			    cmdentry.lineno, cmdentry.lno_frel?" (=1)":"",
+			    funclinebase));
+		}
+		listmklocal(varlist.list, VDOEXPORT | VEXPORT);
+		/* stop shell blowing its stack */
+		if (++funcnest > 1000)
+			error("too many nested function calls");
+		evaltree(getfuncnode(cmdentry.u.func),
+		    flags & (EV_TESTED|EV_EXIT));
+		funcnest--;
+		INTOFF;
+		unreffunc(cmdentry.u.func);
+		poplocalvars();
+		localvars = savelocalvars;
+		funclinebase = savefuncline;
+		funclineabs = savefuncabs;
+		freeparam(&shellparam);
+		shellparam = saveparam;
+		handler = savehandler;
+		if (saved)
+			popredir();
+		INTON;
+		if (evalskip == SKIPFUNC) {
+			evalskip = SKIPNONE;
+			skipcount = 0;
+		}
+		if (flags & EV_EXIT)
+			exitshell(exitstatus);
+		break;
+
+	case CMDSPLBLTIN:
+		VTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("special "));
+	case CMDBUILTIN:
+		VXTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("builtin command [%d]%s:  ", argc,
+		    vforked ? " VF" : ""), trargs(argv));
+		mode = (cmdentry.u.bltin == execcmd) ? 0 : REDIR_PUSH;
+		if (flags == EV_BACKCMD) {
+			memout.nleft = 0;
+			memout.nextc = memout.buf;
+			memout.bufsize = 64;
+			mode |= REDIR_BACKQ;
+		}
+		e = -1;
+		savecmdname = commandname;
+		savetopfile = getcurrentfile();
+		savehandler = handler;
+		temp_path = 0;
+		if (!setjmp(jmploc.loc)) {
+			handler = &jmploc;
+
+			/*
+			 * We need to ensure the command hash table isn't
+			 * corrupted by temporary PATH assignments.
+			 * However we must ensure the 'local' command works!
+			 */
+			if (path != pathval() && (cmdentry.u.bltin == hashcmd ||
+			    cmdentry.u.bltin == typecmd)) {
+				savelocalvars = localvars;
+				localvars = 0;
+				temp_path = 1;
+				mklocal(path - 5 /* PATH= */, 0);
+			}
+			redirect(cmd->ncmd.redirect, mode);
+
+			/*
+			 * the empty command is regarded as a normal
+			 * builtin for the purposes of redirects, but
+			 * is a special builtin for var assigns.
+			 * (unless we are the "command" command.)
+			 */
+			if (argc == 0 && !(cmd_flags & DO_NOFUNC))
+				cmdentry.cmdtype = CMDSPLBLTIN;
+
+			/* exec is a special builtin, but needs this list... */
+			cmdenviron = varlist.list;
+			/* we must check 'readonly' flag for all builtins */
+			listsetvar(varlist.list,
+				cmdentry.cmdtype == CMDSPLBLTIN ? 0 : VNOSET);
+			commandname = argv[0];
+			/* initialize nextopt */
+			argptr = argv + 1;
+			optptr = NULL;
+			/* and getopt */
+			optreset = 1;
+			optind = 1;
+			builtin_flags = flags;
+			exitstatus = cmdentry.u.bltin(argc, argv);
+		} else {
+			e = exception;
+			if (e == EXINT)
+				exitstatus = SIGINT + 128;
+			else if (e == EXEXEC)
+				exitstatus = exerrno;
+			else if (e != EXEXIT)
+				exitstatus = 2;
+		}
+		handler = savehandler;
+		flushall();
+		out1 = &output;
+		out2 = &errout;
+		freestdout();
+		if (temp_path) {
+			poplocalvars();
+			localvars = savelocalvars;
+		}
+		cmdenviron = NULL;
+		if (e != EXSHELLPROC) {
+			commandname = savecmdname;
+			if (flags & EV_EXIT)
+				exitshell(exitstatus);
+		}
+		if (e != -1) {
+			if ((e != EXERROR && e != EXEXEC)
+			    || cmdentry.cmdtype == CMDSPLBLTIN)
+				exraise(e);
+			popfilesupto(savetopfile);
+			FORCEINTON;
+		}
+		if (cmdentry.u.bltin != execcmd)
+			popredir();
+		if (flags == EV_BACKCMD) {
+			backcmd->buf = memout.buf;
+			backcmd->nleft = memout.nextc - memout.buf;
+			memout.buf = NULL;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	default:
+		VXTRACE(DBG_EVAL, ("normal command%s:  ", vforked?" VF":""),
+		    trargs(argv));
+		redirect(cmd->ncmd.redirect, 
+		    (vforked ? REDIR_VFORK : 0) | REDIR_KEEP);
+		if (!vforked)
+			for (sp = varlist.list ; sp ; sp = sp->next)
+				setvareq(sp->text, VDOEXPORT|VEXPORT|VSTACK);
+		envp = environment();
+		shellexec(argv, envp, path, cmdentry.u.index, vforked);
+		break;
+	}
+	goto out;
+
+ parent:			/* parent process gets here (if we forked) */
+
+	exitstatus = 0;		/* if not altered just below */
+	if (mode == FORK_FG) {	/* argument to fork */
+		exitstatus = waitforjob(jp);
+	} else if (mode == FORK_NOJOB) {
+		backcmd->fd = pip[0];
+		close(pip[1]);
+		backcmd->jp = jp;
+	}
+	FORCEINTON;
+
+ out:
+	if (lastarg)
+		/* implement $_ for whatever use that really is */
+		(void) setvarsafe("_", lastarg, VNOERROR);
+	popstackmark(&smark);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Search for a command.  This is called before we fork so that the
+ * location of the command will be available in the parent as well as
+ * the child.  The check for "goodname" is an overly conservative
+ * check that the name will not be subject to expansion.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+prehash(union node *n)
+{
+	struct cmdentry entry;
+
+	if (n && n->type == NCMD && n->ncmd.args)
+		if (goodname(n->ncmd.args->narg.text))
+			find_command(n->ncmd.args->narg.text, &entry, 0,
+				     pathval());
+}
+
+int
+in_function(void)
+{
+	return funcnest;
+}
+
+enum skipstate
+current_skipstate(void)
+{
+	return evalskip;
+}
+
+void
+save_skipstate(struct skipsave *p)
+{
+	*p = s_k_i_p;
+}
+
+void
+restore_skipstate(const struct skipsave *p)
+{
+	s_k_i_p = *p;
+}
+
+void
+stop_skipping(void)
+{
+	evalskip = SKIPNONE;
+	skipcount = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Builtin commands.  Builtin commands whose functions are closely
+ * tied to evaluation are implemented here.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * No command given.
+ */
+
+int
+bltincmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Preserve exitstatus of a previous possible redirection
+	 * as POSIX mandates
+	 */
+	return back_exitstatus;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Handle break and continue commands.  Break, continue, and return are
+ * all handled by setting the evalskip flag.  The evaluation routines
+ * above all check this flag, and if it is set they start skipping
+ * commands rather than executing them.  The variable skipcount is
+ * the number of loops to break/continue, or the number of function
+ * levels to return.  (The latter is always 1.)  It should probably
+ * be an error to break out of more loops than exist, but it isn't
+ * in the standard shell so we don't make it one here.
+ */
+
+int
+breakcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int n = argc > 1 ? number(argv[1]) : 1;
+
+	if (n <= 0)
+		error("invalid count: %d", n);
+	if (n > loopnest)
+		n = loopnest;
+	if (n > 0) {
+		evalskip = (**argv == 'c')? SKIPCONT : SKIPBREAK;
+		skipcount = n;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int
+dotcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	exitstatus = 0;
+
+	if (argc >= 2) {		/* That's what SVR2 does */
+		char *fullname;
+		/*
+		 * dot_funcnest needs to be 0 when not in a dotcmd, so it
+		 * cannot be restored with (funcnest + 1).
+		 */
+		int dot_funcnest_old;
+		struct stackmark smark;
+
+		setstackmark(&smark);
+		fullname = find_dot_file(argv[1]);
+		setinputfile(fullname, 1);
+		commandname = fullname;
+		dot_funcnest_old = dot_funcnest;
+		dot_funcnest = funcnest + 1;
+		cmdloop(0);
+		dot_funcnest = dot_funcnest_old;
+		popfile();
+		popstackmark(&smark);
+	}
+	return exitstatus;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Take commands from a file.  To be compatible we should do a path
+ * search for the file, which is necessary to find sub-commands.
+ */
+
+STATIC char *
+find_dot_file(char *basename)
+{
+	char *fullname;
+	const char *path = pathval();
+	struct stat statb;
+
+	/* don't try this for absolute or relative paths */
+	if (strchr(basename, '/')) {
+		if (stat(basename, &statb) == 0) {
+			if (S_ISDIR(statb.st_mode))
+				error("%s: is a directory", basename);
+			if (S_ISBLK(statb.st_mode))
+				error("%s: is a block device", basename);
+			return basename;
+		}
+	} else while ((fullname = padvance(&path, basename, 1)) != NULL) {
+		if ((stat(fullname, &statb) == 0)) {
+			/* weird format is to ease future code... */
+			if (S_ISDIR(statb.st_mode) || S_ISBLK(statb.st_mode))
+				;
+#if notyet
+			else if (unreadable()) {
+				/*
+				 * testing this via st_mode is ugly to get
+				 * correct (and would ignore ACLs).
+				 * better way is just to open the file.
+				 * But doing that here would (currently)
+				 * mean opening the file twice, which
+				 * might not be safe.  So, defer this
+				 * test until code is restructures so
+				 * we can return a fd.   Then we also
+				 * get to fix the mem leak just below...
+				 */
+			}
+#endif
+			else {
+				/*
+				 * Don't bother freeing here, since
+				 * it will be freed by the caller.
+				 * XXX no it won't - a bug for later.
+				 */
+				return fullname;
+			}
+		}
+		stunalloc(fullname);
+	}
+
+	/* not found in the PATH */
+	error("%s: not found", basename);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The return command.
+ *
+ * Quoth the POSIX standard:
+ *   The return utility shall cause the shell to stop executing the current
+ *   function or dot script. If the shell is not currently executing
+ *   a function or dot script, the results are unspecified.
+ *
+ * As for the unspecified part, there seems to be no de-facto standard: bash
+ * ignores the return with a warning, zsh ignores the return in interactive
+ * mode but seems to liken it to exit in a script.  (checked May 2014)
+ *
+ * We choose to silently ignore the return.  Older versions of this shell
+ * set evalskip to SKIPFILE causing the shell to (indirectly) exit.  This
+ * had at least the problem of circumventing the check for stopped jobs,
+ * which would occur for exit or ^D.
+ */
+
+int
+returncmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int ret = argc > 1 ? number(argv[1]) : exitstatus;
+
+	if ((dot_funcnest == 0 && funcnest)
+	    || (dot_funcnest > 0 && funcnest - (dot_funcnest - 1) > 0)) {
+		evalskip = SKIPFUNC;
+		skipcount = 1;
+	} else if (dot_funcnest > 0) {
+		evalskip = SKIPFILE;
+		skipcount = 1;
+	} else {
+		/* XXX: should a warning be issued? */
+		ret = 0;
+	}
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+
+int
+falsecmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+int
+truecmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+int
+execcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	if (argc > 1) {
+		struct strlist *sp;
+
+		iflag = 0;		/* exit on error */
+		mflag = 0;
+		optschanged();
+		for (sp = cmdenviron; sp; sp = sp->next)
+			setvareq(sp->text, VDOEXPORT|VEXPORT|VSTACK);
+		shellexec(argv + 1, environment(), pathval(), 0, 0);
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+conv_time(clock_t ticks, char *seconds, size_t l)
+{
+	static clock_t tpm = 0;
+	clock_t mins;
+	int i;
+
+	if (!tpm)
+		tpm = sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK) * 60;
+
+	mins = ticks / tpm;
+	snprintf(seconds, l, "%.4f", (ticks - mins * tpm) * 60.0 / tpm );
+
+	if (seconds[0] == '6' && seconds[1] == '0') {
+		/* 59.99995 got rounded up... */
+		mins++;
+		strlcpy(seconds, "0.0", l);
+		return mins;
+	}
+
+	/* suppress trailing zeros */
+	i = strlen(seconds) - 1;
+	for (; seconds[i] == '0' && seconds[i - 1] != '.'; i--)
+		seconds[i] = 0;
+	return mins;
+}
+
+int
+timescmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct tms tms;
+	int u, s, cu, cs;
+	char us[8], ss[8], cus[8], css[8];
+
+	nextopt("");
+
+	times(&tms);
+
+	u = conv_time(tms.tms_utime, us, sizeof(us));
+	s = conv_time(tms.tms_stime, ss, sizeof(ss));
+	cu = conv_time(tms.tms_cutime, cus, sizeof(cus));
+	cs = conv_time(tms.tms_cstime, css, sizeof(css));
+
+	outfmt(out1, "%dm%ss %dm%ss\n%dm%ss %dm%ss\n",
+		u, us, s, ss, cu, cus, cs, css);
+
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/eval.h b/bin/sh/eval.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b18dd42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/eval.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: eval.h,v 1.22 2018/12/03 06:43:19 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)eval.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+extern const char *commandname;	/* currently executing command */
+extern int exitstatus;		/* exit status of last command */
+extern int back_exitstatus;	/* exit status of backquoted command */
+extern struct strlist *cmdenviron;  /* environment for builtin command */
+
+
+struct backcmd {		/* result of evalbackcmd */
+	int fd;			/* file descriptor to read from */
+	char *buf;		/* buffer */
+	int nleft;		/* number of chars in buffer */
+	struct job *jp;		/* job structure for command */
+};
+
+void evalstring(char *, int);
+union node;	/* BLETCH for ansi C */
+void evaltree(union node *, int);
+void evalbackcmd(union node *, struct backcmd *);
+
+const char *syspath(void);
+
+/* in_function returns nonzero if we are currently evaluating a function */
+int in_function(void);		/* return non-zero, if evaluating a function */
+
+/* reasons for skipping commands (see comment on breakcmd routine) */
+enum skipstate {
+      SKIPNONE  = 0,	/* not skipping */
+      SKIPBREAK,	/* break */
+      SKIPCONT,		/* continue */
+      SKIPFUNC,		/* return in a function */
+      SKIPFILE		/* return in a dot command */
+};
+
+struct skipsave {
+	enum skipstate state;	/* skipping or not */
+	int count;		/* when break or continue, how many */
+};
+
+enum skipstate current_skipstate(void);
+void save_skipstate(struct skipsave *);
+void restore_skipstate(const struct skipsave *);
+void stop_skipping(void);	/* reset internal skipping state to SKIPNONE */
+
+/*
+ * Only for use by reset() in init.c!
+ */
+void reset_eval(void);
+
+/* flags in argument to evaltree */
+#define EV_EXIT		0x01	/* exit after evaluating tree */
+#define EV_TESTED	0x02	/* exit status is checked; ignore -e flag */
+#define EV_BACKCMD	0x04	/* command executing within back quotes */
diff --git a/bin/sh/exec.c b/bin/sh/exec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..674beb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/exec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1183 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: exec.c,v 1.53 2018/07/25 14:42:50 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)exec.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 6/8/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: exec.c,v 1.53 2018/07/25 14:42:50 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+ * When commands are first encountered, they are entered in a hash table.
+ * This ensures that a full path search will not have to be done for them
+ * on each invocation.
+ *
+ * We should investigate converting to a linear search, even though that
+ * would make the command name "hash" a misnomer.
+ */
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#include "nodes.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "redir.h"
+#include "eval.h"
+#include "exec.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "init.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "show.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "alias.h"
+
+
+#define CMDTABLESIZE 31		/* should be prime */
+#define ARB 1			/* actual size determined at run time */
+
+
+
+struct tblentry {
+	struct tblentry *next;	/* next entry in hash chain */
+	union param param;	/* definition of builtin function */
+	short cmdtype;		/* index identifying command */
+	char rehash;		/* if set, cd done since entry created */
+	char fn_ln1;		/* for functions, LINENO from 1 */
+	int lineno;		/* for functions abs LINENO of definition */
+	char cmdname[ARB];	/* name of command */
+};
+
+
+STATIC struct tblentry *cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE];
+STATIC int builtinloc = -1;		/* index in path of %builtin, or -1 */
+int exerrno = 0;			/* Last exec error */
+
+
+STATIC void tryexec(char *, char **, char **, int);
+STATIC void printentry(struct tblentry *, int);
+STATIC void addcmdentry(char *, struct cmdentry *);
+STATIC void clearcmdentry(int);
+STATIC struct tblentry *cmdlookup(const char *, int);
+STATIC void delete_cmd_entry(void);
+
+#ifndef BSD
+STATIC void execinterp(char **, char **);
+#endif
+
+
+extern const char *const parsekwd[];
+
+/*
+ * Exec a program.  Never returns.  If you change this routine, you may
+ * have to change the find_command routine as well.
+ */
+
+void
+shellexec(char **argv, char **envp, const char *path, int idx, int vforked)
+{
+	char *cmdname;
+	int e;
+
+	if (strchr(argv[0], '/') != NULL) {
+		tryexec(argv[0], argv, envp, vforked);
+		e = errno;
+	} else {
+		e = ENOENT;
+		while ((cmdname = padvance(&path, argv[0], 1)) != NULL) {
+			if (--idx < 0 && pathopt == NULL) {
+				tryexec(cmdname, argv, envp, vforked);
+				if (errno != ENOENT && errno != ENOTDIR)
+					e = errno;
+			}
+			stunalloc(cmdname);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Map to POSIX errors */
+	switch (e) {
+	case EACCES:	/* particularly this (unless no search perm) */
+		/*
+		 * should perhaps check if this EACCES is an exec()
+		 * EACESS or a namei() EACESS - the latter should be 127
+		 * - but not today
+		 */
+	case EINVAL:	/* also explicitly these */
+	case ENOEXEC:
+	default:	/* and anything else */
+		exerrno = 126;
+		break;
+
+	case ENOENT:	/* these are the "pathname lookup failed" errors */
+	case ELOOP:
+	case ENOTDIR:
+	case ENAMETOOLONG:
+		exerrno = 127;
+		break;
+	}
+	CTRACE(DBG_ERRS|DBG_CMDS|DBG_EVAL,
+	    ("shellexec failed for %s, errno %d, vforked %d, suppressint %d\n",
+		argv[0], e, vforked, suppressint));
+	exerror(EXEXEC, "%s: %s", argv[0], errmsg(e, E_EXEC));
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+STATIC void
+tryexec(char *cmd, char **argv, char **envp, int vforked)
+{
+	int e;
+#ifndef BSD
+	char *p;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SYSV
+	do {
+		execve(cmd, argv, envp);
+	} while (errno == EINTR);
+#else
+	execve(cmd, argv, envp);
+#endif
+	e = errno;
+	if (e == ENOEXEC) {
+		if (vforked) {
+			/* We are currently vfork(2)ed, so raise an
+			 * exception, and evalcommand will try again
+			 * with a normal fork(2).
+			 */
+			exraise(EXSHELLPROC);
+		}
+#ifdef DEBUG
+		VTRACE(DBG_CMDS, ("execve(cmd=%s) returned ENOEXEC\n", cmd));
+#endif
+		initshellproc();
+		setinputfile(cmd, 0);
+		commandname = arg0 = savestr(argv[0]);
+#ifndef BSD
+		pgetc(); pungetc();		/* fill up input buffer */
+		p = parsenextc;
+		if (parsenleft > 2 && p[0] == '#' && p[1] == '!') {
+			argv[0] = cmd;
+			execinterp(argv, envp);
+		}
+#endif
+		setparam(argv + 1);
+		exraise(EXSHELLPROC);
+	}
+	errno = e;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef BSD
+/*
+ * Execute an interpreter introduced by "#!", for systems where this
+ * feature has not been built into the kernel.  If the interpreter is
+ * the shell, return (effectively ignoring the "#!").  If the execution
+ * of the interpreter fails, exit.
+ *
+ * This code peeks inside the input buffer in order to avoid actually
+ * reading any input.  It would benefit from a rewrite.
+ */
+
+#define NEWARGS 5
+
+STATIC void
+execinterp(char **argv, char **envp)
+{
+	int n;
+	char *inp;
+	char *outp;
+	char c;
+	char *p;
+	char **ap;
+	char *newargs[NEWARGS];
+	int i;
+	char **ap2;
+	char **new;
+
+	n = parsenleft - 2;
+	inp = parsenextc + 2;
+	ap = newargs;
+	for (;;) {
+		while (--n >= 0 && (*inp == ' ' || *inp == '\t'))
+			inp++;
+		if (n < 0)
+			goto bad;
+		if ((c = *inp++) == '\n')
+			break;
+		if (ap == &newargs[NEWARGS])
+bad:		  error("Bad #! line");
+		STARTSTACKSTR(outp);
+		do {
+			STPUTC(c, outp);
+		} while (--n >= 0 && (c = *inp++) != ' ' && c != '\t' && c != '\n');
+		STPUTC('\0', outp);
+		n++, inp--;
+		*ap++ = grabstackstr(outp);
+	}
+	if (ap == newargs + 1) {	/* if no args, maybe no exec is needed */
+		p = newargs[0];
+		for (;;) {
+			if (equal(p, "sh") || equal(p, "ash")) {
+				return;
+			}
+			while (*p != '/') {
+				if (*p == '\0')
+					goto break2;
+				p++;
+			}
+			p++;
+		}
+break2:;
+	}
+	i = (char *)ap - (char *)newargs;		/* size in bytes */
+	if (i == 0)
+		error("Bad #! line");
+	for (ap2 = argv ; *ap2++ != NULL ; );
+	new = ckmalloc(i + ((char *)ap2 - (char *)argv));
+	ap = newargs, ap2 = new;
+	while ((i -= sizeof (char **)) >= 0)
+		*ap2++ = *ap++;
+	ap = argv;
+	while (*ap2++ = *ap++);
+	shellexec(new, envp, pathval(), 0);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Do a path search.  The variable path (passed by reference) should be
+ * set to the start of the path before the first call; padvance will update
+ * this value as it proceeds.  Successive calls to padvance will return
+ * the possible path expansions in sequence.  If an option (indicated by
+ * a percent sign) appears in the path entry then the global variable
+ * pathopt will be set to point to it; otherwise pathopt will be set to
+ * NULL.
+ */
+
+const char *pathopt;
+
+char *
+padvance(const char **path, const char *name, int magic_percent)
+{
+	const char *p;
+	char *q;
+	const char *start;
+	int len;
+
+	if (*path == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	if (magic_percent)
+		magic_percent = '%';
+
+	start = *path;
+	for (p = start ; *p && *p != ':' && *p != magic_percent ; p++)
+		;
+	len = p - start + strlen(name) + 2;	/* "2" is for '/' and '\0' */
+	while (stackblocksize() < len)
+		growstackblock();
+	q = stackblock();
+	if (p != start) {
+		memcpy(q, start, p - start);
+		q += p - start;
+		if (q[-1] != '/')
+			*q++ = '/';
+	}
+	strcpy(q, name);
+	pathopt = NULL;
+	if (*p == magic_percent) {
+		pathopt = ++p;
+		while (*p && *p != ':')
+			p++;
+	}
+	if (*p == ':')
+		*path = p + 1;
+	else
+		*path = NULL;
+	return grabstackstr(q + strlen(name) + 1);
+}
+
+
+/*** Command hashing code ***/
+
+
+int
+hashcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct tblentry **pp;
+	struct tblentry *cmdp;
+	int c;
+	struct cmdentry entry;
+	char *name;
+	int allopt=0, bopt=0, fopt=0, ropt=0, sopt=0, uopt=0, verbose=0;
+
+	while ((c = nextopt("bcfrsuv")) != '\0')
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'b':	bopt = 1;	break;
+		case 'c':	uopt = 1;	break;	/* c == u */
+		case 'f':	fopt = 1;	break;
+		case 'r':	ropt = 1;	break;
+		case 's':	sopt = 1;	break;
+		case 'u':	uopt = 1;	break;
+		case 'v':	verbose = 1;	break;
+		}
+
+	if (ropt)
+		clearcmdentry(0);
+
+	if (bopt == 0 && fopt == 0 && sopt == 0 && uopt == 0)
+		allopt = bopt = fopt = sopt = uopt = 1;
+
+	if (*argptr == NULL) {
+		for (pp = cmdtable ; pp < &cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE] ; pp++) {
+			for (cmdp = *pp ; cmdp ; cmdp = cmdp->next) {
+				switch (cmdp->cmdtype) {
+				case CMDNORMAL:
+					if (!uopt)
+						continue;
+					break;
+				case CMDBUILTIN:
+					if (!bopt)
+						continue;
+					break;
+				case CMDSPLBLTIN:
+					if (!sopt)
+						continue;
+					break;
+				case CMDFUNCTION:
+					if (!fopt)
+						continue;
+					break;
+				default:	/* never happens */
+					continue;
+				}
+				if (!allopt || verbose ||
+				    cmdp->cmdtype == CMDNORMAL)
+					printentry(cmdp, verbose);
+			}
+		}
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	while ((name = *argptr++) != NULL) {
+		if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) != NULL) {
+			switch (cmdp->cmdtype) {
+			case CMDNORMAL:
+				if (!uopt)
+					continue;
+				delete_cmd_entry();
+				break;
+			case CMDBUILTIN:
+				if (!bopt)
+					continue;
+				if (builtinloc >= 0)
+					delete_cmd_entry();
+				break;
+			case CMDSPLBLTIN:
+				if (!sopt)
+					continue;
+				break;
+			case CMDFUNCTION:
+				if (!fopt)
+					continue;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		find_command(name, &entry, DO_ERR, pathval());
+		if (verbose) {
+			if (entry.cmdtype != CMDUNKNOWN) {	/* if no error msg */
+				cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0);
+				if (cmdp != NULL)
+					printentry(cmdp, verbose);
+			}
+			flushall();
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+STATIC void
+printentry(struct tblentry *cmdp, int verbose)
+{
+	int idx;
+	const char *path;
+	char *name;
+
+	switch (cmdp->cmdtype) {
+	case CMDNORMAL:
+		idx = cmdp->param.index;
+		path = pathval();
+		do {
+			name = padvance(&path, cmdp->cmdname, 1);
+			stunalloc(name);
+		} while (--idx >= 0);
+		if (verbose)
+			out1fmt("Command from PATH[%d]: ",
+			    cmdp->param.index);
+		out1str(name);
+		break;
+	case CMDSPLBLTIN:
+		if (verbose)
+			out1str("special ");
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case CMDBUILTIN:
+		if (verbose)
+			out1str("builtin ");
+		out1fmt("%s", cmdp->cmdname);
+		break;
+	case CMDFUNCTION:
+		if (verbose)
+			out1str("function ");
+		out1fmt("%s", cmdp->cmdname);
+		if (verbose) {
+			struct procstat ps;
+
+			INTOFF;
+			commandtext(&ps, getfuncnode(cmdp->param.func));
+			INTON;
+			out1str("() { ");
+			out1str(ps.cmd);
+			out1str("; }");
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		error("internal error: %s cmdtype %d",
+		    cmdp->cmdname, cmdp->cmdtype);
+	}
+	if (cmdp->rehash)
+		out1c('*');
+	out1c('\n');
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Resolve a command name.  If you change this routine, you may have to
+ * change the shellexec routine as well.
+ */
+
+void
+find_command(char *name, struct cmdentry *entry, int act, const char *path)
+{
+	struct tblentry *cmdp, loc_cmd;
+	int idx;
+	int prev;
+	char *fullname;
+	struct stat statb;
+	int e;
+	int (*bltin)(int,char **);
+
+	/* If name contains a slash, don't use PATH or hash table */
+	if (strchr(name, '/') != NULL) {
+		if (act & DO_ABS) {
+			while (stat(name, &statb) < 0) {
+#ifdef SYSV
+				if (errno == EINTR)
+					continue;
+#endif
+				if (errno != ENOENT && errno != ENOTDIR)
+					e = errno;
+				entry->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN;
+				entry->u.index = -1;
+				return;
+			}
+			entry->cmdtype = CMDNORMAL;
+			entry->u.index = -1;
+			return;
+		}
+		entry->cmdtype = CMDNORMAL;
+		entry->u.index = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (path != pathval())
+		act |= DO_ALTPATH;
+
+	if (act & DO_ALTPATH && strstr(path, "%builtin") != NULL)
+		act |= DO_ALTBLTIN;
+
+	/* If name is in the table, check answer will be ok */
+	if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) != NULL) {
+		do {
+			switch (cmdp->cmdtype) {
+			case CMDNORMAL:
+				if (act & DO_ALTPATH) {
+					cmdp = NULL;
+					continue;
+				}
+				break;
+			case CMDFUNCTION:
+				if (act & DO_NOFUNC) {
+					cmdp = NULL;
+					continue;
+				}
+				break;
+			case CMDBUILTIN:
+				if ((act & DO_ALTBLTIN) || builtinloc >= 0) {
+					cmdp = NULL;
+					continue;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			/* if not invalidated by cd, we're done */
+			if (cmdp->rehash == 0)
+				goto success;
+		} while (0);
+	}
+
+	/* If %builtin not in path, check for builtin next */
+	if ((act & DO_ALTPATH ? !(act & DO_ALTBLTIN) : builtinloc < 0) &&
+	    (bltin = find_builtin(name)) != 0)
+		goto builtin_success;
+
+	/* We have to search path. */
+	prev = -1;		/* where to start */
+	if (cmdp) {		/* doing a rehash */
+		if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDBUILTIN)
+			prev = builtinloc;
+		else
+			prev = cmdp->param.index;
+	}
+
+	e = ENOENT;
+	idx = -1;
+loop:
+	while ((fullname = padvance(&path, name, 1)) != NULL) {
+		stunalloc(fullname);
+		idx++;
+		if (pathopt) {
+			if (prefix("builtin", pathopt)) {
+				if ((bltin = find_builtin(name)) == 0)
+					goto loop;
+				goto builtin_success;
+			} else if (prefix("func", pathopt)) {
+				/* handled below */
+			} else {
+				/* ignore unimplemented options */
+				goto loop;
+			}
+		}
+		/* if rehash, don't redo absolute path names */
+		if (fullname[0] == '/' && idx <= prev) {
+			if (idx < prev)
+				goto loop;
+			VTRACE(DBG_CMDS, ("searchexec \"%s\": no change\n",
+			    name));
+			goto success;
+		}
+		while (stat(fullname, &statb) < 0) {
+#ifdef SYSV
+			if (errno == EINTR)
+				continue;
+#endif
+			if (errno != ENOENT && errno != ENOTDIR)
+				e = errno;
+			goto loop;
+		}
+		e = EACCES;	/* if we fail, this will be the error */
+		if (!S_ISREG(statb.st_mode))
+			goto loop;
+		if (pathopt) {		/* this is a %func directory */
+			char *endname;
+
+			if (act & DO_NOFUNC)
+				goto loop;
+			endname = fullname + strlen(fullname) + 1;
+			grabstackstr(endname);
+			readcmdfile(fullname);
+			if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) == NULL ||
+			    cmdp->cmdtype != CMDFUNCTION)
+				error("%s not defined in %s", name, fullname);
+			ungrabstackstr(fullname, endname);
+			goto success;
+		}
+#ifdef notdef
+		/* XXX this code stops root executing stuff, and is buggy
+		   if you need a group from the group list. */
+		if (statb.st_uid == geteuid()) {
+			if ((statb.st_mode & 0100) == 0)
+				goto loop;
+		} else if (statb.st_gid == getegid()) {
+			if ((statb.st_mode & 010) == 0)
+				goto loop;
+		} else {
+			if ((statb.st_mode & 01) == 0)
+				goto loop;
+		}
+#endif
+		VTRACE(DBG_CMDS, ("searchexec \"%s\" returns \"%s\"\n", name,
+		    fullname));
+		INTOFF;
+		if (act & DO_ALTPATH) {
+		/*
+		 * this should be a grabstackstr() but is not needed:
+		 * fullname is no longer needed for anything
+			stalloc(strlen(fullname) + 1);
+		 */
+			cmdp = &loc_cmd;
+		} else
+			cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 1);
+		cmdp->cmdtype = CMDNORMAL;
+		cmdp->param.index = idx;
+		INTON;
+		goto success;
+	}
+
+	/* We failed.  If there was an entry for this command, delete it */
+	if (cmdp)
+		delete_cmd_entry();
+	if (act & DO_ERR)
+		outfmt(out2, "%s: %s\n", name, errmsg(e, E_EXEC));
+	entry->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN;
+	return;
+
+builtin_success:
+	INTOFF;
+	if (act & DO_ALTPATH)
+		cmdp = &loc_cmd;
+	else
+		cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 1);
+	if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDFUNCTION)
+		/* DO_NOFUNC must have been set */
+		cmdp = &loc_cmd;
+	cmdp->cmdtype = CMDBUILTIN;
+	cmdp->param.bltin = bltin;
+	INTON;
+success:
+	if (cmdp) {
+		cmdp->rehash = 0;
+		entry->cmdtype = cmdp->cmdtype;
+		entry->lineno = cmdp->lineno;
+		entry->lno_frel = cmdp->fn_ln1;
+		entry->u = cmdp->param;
+	} else
+		entry->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Search the table of builtin commands.
+ */
+
+int
+(*find_builtin(char *name))(int, char **)
+{
+	const struct builtincmd *bp;
+
+	for (bp = builtincmd ; bp->name ; bp++) {
+		if (*bp->name == *name
+		    && (*name == '%' || equal(bp->name, name)))
+			return bp->builtin;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int
+(*find_splbltin(char *name))(int, char **)
+{
+	const struct builtincmd *bp;
+
+	for (bp = splbltincmd ; bp->name ; bp++) {
+		if (*bp->name == *name && equal(bp->name, name))
+			return bp->builtin;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * At shell startup put special builtins into hash table.
+ * ensures they are executed first (see posix).
+ * We stop functions being added with the same name
+ * (as they are impossible to call)
+ */
+
+void
+hash_special_builtins(void)
+{
+	const struct builtincmd *bp;
+	struct tblentry *cmdp;
+
+	for (bp = splbltincmd ; bp->name ; bp++) {
+		cmdp = cmdlookup(bp->name, 1);
+		cmdp->cmdtype = CMDSPLBLTIN;
+		cmdp->param.bltin = bp->builtin;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Called when a cd is done.  Marks all commands so the next time they
+ * are executed they will be rehashed.
+ */
+
+void
+hashcd(void)
+{
+	struct tblentry **pp;
+	struct tblentry *cmdp;
+
+	for (pp = cmdtable ; pp < &cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE] ; pp++) {
+		for (cmdp = *pp ; cmdp ; cmdp = cmdp->next) {
+			if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDNORMAL
+			 || (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDBUILTIN && builtinloc >= 0))
+				cmdp->rehash = 1;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Fix command hash table when PATH changed.
+ * Called before PATH is changed.  The argument is the new value of PATH;
+ * pathval() still returns the old value at this point.
+ * Called with interrupts off.
+ */
+
+void
+changepath(const char *newval)
+{
+	const char *old, *new;
+	int idx;
+	int firstchange;
+	int bltin;
+
+	old = pathval();
+	new = newval;
+	firstchange = 9999;	/* assume no change */
+	idx = 0;
+	bltin = -1;
+	for (;;) {
+		if (*old != *new) {
+			firstchange = idx;
+			if ((*old == '\0' && *new == ':')
+			 || (*old == ':' && *new == '\0'))
+				firstchange++;
+			old = new;	/* ignore subsequent differences */
+		}
+		if (*new == '\0')
+			break;
+		if (*new == '%' && bltin < 0 && prefix("builtin", new + 1))
+			bltin = idx;
+		if (*new == ':') {
+			idx++;
+		}
+		new++, old++;
+	}
+	if (builtinloc < 0 && bltin >= 0)
+		builtinloc = bltin;		/* zap builtins */
+	if (builtinloc >= 0 && bltin < 0)
+		firstchange = 0;
+	clearcmdentry(firstchange);
+	builtinloc = bltin;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Clear out command entries.  The argument specifies the first entry in
+ * PATH which has changed.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+clearcmdentry(int firstchange)
+{
+	struct tblentry **tblp;
+	struct tblentry **pp;
+	struct tblentry *cmdp;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	for (tblp = cmdtable ; tblp < &cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE] ; tblp++) {
+		pp = tblp;
+		while ((cmdp = *pp) != NULL) {
+			if ((cmdp->cmdtype == CMDNORMAL &&
+			     cmdp->param.index >= firstchange)
+			 || (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDBUILTIN &&
+			     builtinloc >= firstchange)) {
+				*pp = cmdp->next;
+				ckfree(cmdp);
+			} else {
+				pp = &cmdp->next;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	INTON;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Delete all functions.
+ */
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+MKINIT void deletefuncs(void);
+MKINIT void hash_special_builtins(void);
+
+INIT {
+	hash_special_builtins();
+}
+
+SHELLPROC {
+	deletefuncs();
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+deletefuncs(void)
+{
+	struct tblentry **tblp;
+	struct tblentry **pp;
+	struct tblentry *cmdp;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	for (tblp = cmdtable ; tblp < &cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE] ; tblp++) {
+		pp = tblp;
+		while ((cmdp = *pp) != NULL) {
+			if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDFUNCTION) {
+				*pp = cmdp->next;
+				freefunc(cmdp->param.func);
+				ckfree(cmdp);
+			} else {
+				pp = &cmdp->next;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	INTON;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Locate a command in the command hash table.  If "add" is nonzero,
+ * add the command to the table if it is not already present.  The
+ * variable "lastcmdentry" is set to point to the address of the link
+ * pointing to the entry, so that delete_cmd_entry can delete the
+ * entry.
+ */
+
+struct tblentry **lastcmdentry;
+
+
+STATIC struct tblentry *
+cmdlookup(const char *name, int add)
+{
+	int hashval;
+	const char *p;
+	struct tblentry *cmdp;
+	struct tblentry **pp;
+
+	p = name;
+	hashval = *p << 4;
+	while (*p)
+		hashval += *p++;
+	hashval &= 0x7FFF;
+	pp = &cmdtable[hashval % CMDTABLESIZE];
+	for (cmdp = *pp ; cmdp ; cmdp = cmdp->next) {
+		if (equal(cmdp->cmdname, name))
+			break;
+		pp = &cmdp->next;
+	}
+	if (add && cmdp == NULL) {
+		INTOFF;
+		cmdp = *pp = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct tblentry) - ARB
+					+ strlen(name) + 1);
+		cmdp->next = NULL;
+		cmdp->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN;
+		cmdp->rehash = 0;
+		strcpy(cmdp->cmdname, name);
+		INTON;
+	}
+	lastcmdentry = pp;
+	return cmdp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Delete the command entry returned on the last lookup.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+delete_cmd_entry(void)
+{
+	struct tblentry *cmdp;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	cmdp = *lastcmdentry;
+	*lastcmdentry = cmdp->next;
+	ckfree(cmdp);
+	INTON;
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef notdef
+void
+getcmdentry(char *name, struct cmdentry *entry)
+{
+	struct tblentry *cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0);
+
+	if (cmdp) {
+		entry->u = cmdp->param;
+		entry->cmdtype = cmdp->cmdtype;
+	} else {
+		entry->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN;
+		entry->u.index = 0;
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Add a new command entry, replacing any existing command entry for
+ * the same name - except special builtins.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+addcmdentry(char *name, struct cmdentry *entry)
+{
+	struct tblentry *cmdp;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 1);
+	if (cmdp->cmdtype != CMDSPLBLTIN) {
+		if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDFUNCTION)
+			unreffunc(cmdp->param.func);
+		cmdp->cmdtype = entry->cmdtype;
+		cmdp->lineno = entry->lineno;
+		cmdp->fn_ln1 = entry->lno_frel;
+		cmdp->param = entry->u;
+	}
+	INTON;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Define a shell function.
+ */
+
+void
+defun(char *name, union node *func, int lineno)
+{
+	struct cmdentry entry;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	entry.cmdtype = CMDFUNCTION;
+	entry.lineno = lineno;
+	entry.lno_frel = fnline1;
+	entry.u.func = copyfunc(func);
+	addcmdentry(name, &entry);
+	INTON;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Delete a function if it exists.
+ */
+
+int
+unsetfunc(char *name)
+{
+	struct tblentry *cmdp;
+
+	if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) != NULL &&
+	    cmdp->cmdtype == CMDFUNCTION) {
+		unreffunc(cmdp->param.func);
+		delete_cmd_entry();
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Locate and print what a word is...
+ * also used for 'command -[v|V]'
+ */
+
+int
+typecmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct cmdentry entry;
+	struct tblentry *cmdp;
+	const char * const *pp;
+	struct alias *ap;
+	int err = 0;
+	char *arg;
+	int c;
+	int V_flag = 0;
+	int v_flag = 0;
+	int p_flag = 0;
+
+	while ((c = nextopt("vVp")) != 0) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'v': v_flag = 1; break;
+		case 'V': V_flag = 1; break;
+		case 'p': p_flag = 1; break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (argv[0][0] != 'c' && v_flag | V_flag | p_flag)
+		error("usage: %s name...", argv[0]);
+
+	if (v_flag && V_flag)
+		error("-v and -V cannot both be specified");
+
+	if (*argptr == NULL)
+		error("usage: %s%s name ...", argv[0],
+		    argv[0][0] == 'c' ? " [-p] [-v|-V]" : "");
+
+	while ((arg = *argptr++)) {
+		if (!v_flag)
+			out1str(arg);
+		/* First look at the keywords */
+		for (pp = parsekwd; *pp; pp++)
+			if (**pp == *arg && equal(*pp, arg))
+				break;
+
+		if (*pp) {
+			if (v_flag)
+				out1fmt("%s\n", arg);
+			else
+				out1str(" is a shell keyword\n");
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Then look at the aliases */
+		if ((ap = lookupalias(arg, 1)) != NULL) {
+			int ml = 0;
+
+			if (!v_flag) {
+				out1str(" is an alias ");
+				if (strchr(ap->val, '\n')) {
+					out1str("(multiline)...\n");
+					ml = 1;
+				} else
+					out1str("for: ");
+			}
+			out1fmt("%s\n", ap->val);
+			if (ml && *argptr != NULL)
+				out1c('\n');
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Then check if it is a tracked alias */
+		if (!p_flag && (cmdp = cmdlookup(arg, 0)) != NULL) {
+			entry.cmdtype = cmdp->cmdtype;
+			entry.u = cmdp->param;
+		} else {
+			cmdp = NULL;
+			/* Finally use brute force */
+			find_command(arg, &entry, DO_ABS,
+			     p_flag ? syspath() + 5 : pathval());
+		}
+
+		switch (entry.cmdtype) {
+		case CMDNORMAL: {
+			if (strchr(arg, '/') == NULL) {
+				const char *path;
+				char *name;
+				int j = entry.u.index;
+
+				path = p_flag ? syspath() + 5 : pathval();
+
+				do {
+					name = padvance(&path, arg, 1);
+					stunalloc(name);
+				} while (--j >= 0);
+				if (!v_flag)
+					out1fmt(" is%s ",
+					    cmdp ? " a tracked alias for" : "");
+				out1fmt("%s\n", name);
+			} else {
+				if (access(arg, X_OK) == 0) {
+					if (!v_flag)
+						out1fmt(" is ");
+					out1fmt("%s\n", arg);
+				} else {
+					if (!v_flag)
+						out1fmt(": %s\n",
+						    strerror(errno));
+					else
+						err = 126;
+				}
+			}
+ 			break;
+		}
+		case CMDFUNCTION:
+			if (!v_flag)
+				out1str(" is a shell function\n");
+			else
+				out1fmt("%s\n", arg);
+			break;
+
+		case CMDBUILTIN:
+			if (!v_flag)
+				out1str(" is a shell builtin\n");
+			else
+				out1fmt("%s\n", arg);
+			break;
+
+		case CMDSPLBLTIN:
+			if (!v_flag)
+				out1str(" is a special shell builtin\n");
+			else
+				out1fmt("%s\n", arg);
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			if (!v_flag)
+				out1str(": not found\n");
+			err = 127;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return err;
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/exec.h b/bin/sh/exec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90beba1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/exec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: exec.h,v 1.27 2018/06/22 11:04:55 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)exec.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 6/8/95
+ */
+
+/* values of cmdtype */
+#define CMDUNKNOWN	-1	/* no entry in table for command */
+#define CMDNORMAL	0	/* command is an executable program */
+#define CMDFUNCTION	1	/* command is a shell function */
+#define CMDBUILTIN	2	/* command is a shell builtin */
+#define CMDSPLBLTIN	3	/* command is a special shell builtin */
+
+
+struct cmdentry {
+	short cmdtype;
+	short lno_frel;		/* for functions: Line numbers count from 1 */
+	int lineno;		/* for functions: Abs line number of defn */
+	union param {
+		int index;
+		int (*bltin)(int, char**);
+		struct funcdef *func;
+	} u;
+};
+
+
+/* action to find_command() */
+#define DO_ERR		0x01	/* prints errors */
+#define DO_ABS		0x02	/* checks absolute paths */
+#define DO_NOFUNC	0x04	/* don't return shell functions, for command */
+#define DO_ALTPATH	0x08	/* using alternate path */
+#define DO_ALTBLTIN	0x20	/* %builtin in alt. path */
+
+extern const char *pathopt;	/* set by padvance */
+
+void shellexec(char **, char **, const char *, int, int) __dead;
+char *padvance(const char **, const char *, int);
+void find_command(char *, struct cmdentry *, int, const char *);
+int (*find_builtin(char *))(int, char **);
+int (*find_splbltin(char *))(int, char **);
+void hashcd(void);
+void changepath(const char *);
+void deletefuncs(void);
+void getcmdentry(char *, struct cmdentry *);
+union node;
+void defun(char *, union node *, int);
+int unsetfunc(char *);
+void hash_special_builtins(void);
diff --git a/bin/sh/expand.c b/bin/sh/expand.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..955185b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/expand.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2125 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: expand.c,v 1.129 2018/12/03 06:41:30 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)expand.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 5/15/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: expand.c,v 1.129 2018/12/03 06:41:30 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+/*
+ * Routines to expand arguments to commands.  We have to deal with
+ * backquotes, shell variables, and file metacharacters.
+ */
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#include "nodes.h"
+#include "eval.h"
+#include "expand.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "arithmetic.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "show.h"
+
+/*
+ * Structure specifying which parts of the string should be searched
+ * for IFS characters.
+ */
+
+struct ifsregion {
+	struct ifsregion *next;	/* next region in list */
+	int begoff;		/* offset of start of region */
+	int endoff;		/* offset of end of region */
+	int inquotes;		/* search for nul bytes only */
+};
+
+
+char *expdest;			/* output of current string */
+struct nodelist *argbackq;	/* list of back quote expressions */
+struct ifsregion ifsfirst;	/* first struct in list of ifs regions */
+struct ifsregion *ifslastp;	/* last struct in list */
+struct arglist exparg;		/* holds expanded arg list */
+
+STATIC const char *argstr(const char *, int);
+STATIC const char *exptilde(const char *, int);
+STATIC void expbackq(union node *, int, int);
+STATIC const char *expari(const char *);
+STATIC int subevalvar(const char *, const char *, int, int, int);
+STATIC int subevalvar_trim(const char *, int, int, int, int, int);
+STATIC const char *evalvar(const char *, int);
+STATIC int varisset(const char *, int);
+STATIC void varvalue(const char *, int, int, int);
+STATIC void recordregion(int, int, int);
+STATIC void removerecordregions(int);
+STATIC void ifsbreakup(char *, struct arglist *);
+STATIC void ifsfree(void);
+STATIC void expandmeta(struct strlist *, int);
+STATIC void expmeta(char *, char *);
+STATIC void addfname(char *);
+STATIC struct strlist *expsort(struct strlist *);
+STATIC struct strlist *msort(struct strlist *, int);
+STATIC int patmatch(const char *, const char *, int);
+STATIC char *cvtnum(int, char *);
+static int collate_range_cmp(wchar_t, wchar_t);
+STATIC void add_args(struct strlist *);
+STATIC void rmescapes_nl(char *);
+
+#ifdef	DEBUG
+#define	NULLTERM_4_TRACE(p)	STACKSTRNUL(p)
+#else
+#define	NULLTERM_4_TRACE(p)	do { /* nothing */ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/0)
+#endif
+
+#define	IS_BORING(_ch)						\
+	((_ch) == CTLQUOTEMARK || (_ch) == CTLQUOTEEND || (_ch) == CTLNONL)
+#define	SKIP_BORING(p)						\
+	do {							\
+		char _ch;					\
+								\
+		while ((_ch = *(p)), IS_BORING(_ch))		\
+			(p)++;					\
+	} while (0)
+
+/*
+ * Expand shell variables and backquotes inside a here document.
+ */
+
+void
+expandhere(union node *arg, int fd)
+{
+
+	herefd = fd;
+	expandarg(arg, NULL, 0);
+	xwrite(fd, stackblock(), expdest - stackblock());
+}
+
+
+static int
+collate_range_cmp(wchar_t c1, wchar_t c2)
+{
+	wchar_t s1[2], s2[2];
+
+	s1[0] = c1;
+	s1[1] = L'\0';
+	s2[0] = c2;
+	s2[1] = L'\0';
+	return (wcscoll(s1, s2));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Perform variable substitution and command substitution on an argument,
+ * placing the resulting list of arguments in arglist.  If EXP_FULL is true,
+ * perform splitting and file name expansion.  When arglist is NULL, perform
+ * here document expansion.
+ */
+
+void
+expandarg(union node *arg, struct arglist *arglist, int flag)
+{
+	struct strlist *sp;
+	char *p;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("expandarg(fl=%#x)\n", flag));
+	if (fflag)		/* no filename expandsion */
+		flag &= ~EXP_GLOB;
+
+	argbackq = arg->narg.backquote;
+	STARTSTACKSTR(expdest);
+	ifsfirst.next = NULL;
+	ifslastp = NULL;
+	line_number = arg->narg.lineno;
+	argstr(arg->narg.text, flag);
+	if (arglist == NULL) {
+		STACKSTRNUL(expdest);
+		CTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("expandarg: no arglist, done (%d) \"%s\"\n",
+		    expdest - stackblock(), stackblock()));
+		return;			/* here document expanded */
+	}
+	STPUTC('\0', expdest);
+	CTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("expandarg: arglist got (%d) \"%s\"\n",
+		    expdest - stackblock() - 1, stackblock()));
+	p = grabstackstr(expdest);
+	exparg.lastp = &exparg.list;
+	/*
+	 * TODO - EXP_REDIR
+	 */
+	if (flag & EXP_SPLIT) {
+		ifsbreakup(p, &exparg);
+		*exparg.lastp = NULL;
+		exparg.lastp = &exparg.list;
+		if (flag & EXP_GLOB)
+			expandmeta(exparg.list, flag);
+		else
+			add_args(exparg.list);
+	} else {
+		if (flag & EXP_REDIR) /*XXX - for now, just remove escapes */
+			rmescapes(p);
+		sp = stalloc(sizeof(*sp));
+		sp->text = p;
+		*exparg.lastp = sp;
+		exparg.lastp = &sp->next;
+	}
+	ifsfree();
+	*exparg.lastp = NULL;
+	if (exparg.list) {
+		*arglist->lastp = exparg.list;
+		arglist->lastp = exparg.lastp;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Perform variable and command substitution.
+ * If EXP_GLOB is set, output CTLESC characters to allow for further processing.
+ * If EXP_SPLIT is set, remember location of result for later,
+ * Otherwise treat $@ like $* since no splitting will be performed.
+ */
+
+STATIC const char *
+argstr(const char *p, int flag)
+{
+	char c;
+	const int quotes = flag & EXP_QNEEDED;		/* do CTLESC */
+	int firsteq = 1;
+	const char *ifs = NULL;
+	int ifs_split = EXP_IFS_SPLIT;
+
+	if (flag & EXP_IFS_SPLIT)
+		ifs = ifsval();
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("argstr(\"%s\", %#x) quotes=%#x\n", p,flag,quotes));
+
+	if (*p == '~' && (flag & (EXP_TILDE | EXP_VARTILDE)))
+		p = exptilde(p, flag);
+	for (;;) {
+		switch (c = *p++) {
+		case '\0':
+			NULLTERM_4_TRACE(expdest);
+			VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("argstr returning at \"\" "
+			   "added \"%s\" to expdest\n", stackblock()));
+			return p - 1;
+		case CTLENDVAR: /* end of expanding yyy in ${xxx-yyy} */
+		case CTLENDARI: /* end of a $(( )) string */
+			NULLTERM_4_TRACE(expdest);
+			VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("argstr returning at \"%.6s\"..."
+			    " after %2.2X; added \"%s\" to expdest\n",
+			    p, (c&0xff), stackblock()));
+			return p;
+		case CTLQUOTEMARK:
+			/* "$@" syntax adherence hack */
+			if (p[0] == CTLVAR && p[1] & VSQUOTE &&
+			    p[2] == '@' && p[3] == '=')
+				break;
+			if ((flag & EXP_SPLIT) != 0)
+				STPUTC(c, expdest);
+			ifs_split = 0;
+			break;
+		case CTLNONL:
+			if (flag & EXP_NL)
+				STPUTC(c, expdest);
+			line_number++;
+			break;
+		case CTLCNL:
+			STPUTC('\n', expdest);	/* no line_number++ */
+			break;
+		case CTLQUOTEEND:
+			if ((flag & EXP_SPLIT) != 0)
+				STPUTC(c, expdest);
+			ifs_split = EXP_IFS_SPLIT;
+			break;
+		case CTLESC:
+			if (quotes)
+				STPUTC(c, expdest);
+			c = *p++;
+			STPUTC(c, expdest);
+			if (c == '\n')		/* should not happen, but ... */
+				line_number++;
+			break;
+		case CTLVAR: {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+			unsigned int pos = expdest - stackblock();
+			NULLTERM_4_TRACE(expdest);
+#endif
+			p = evalvar(p, (flag & ~EXP_IFS_SPLIT) | (flag & ifs_split));
+			NULLTERM_4_TRACE(expdest);
+			VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("argstr evalvar "
+			   "added %zd \"%s\" to expdest\n",
+			   (size_t)(expdest - (stackblock() + pos)),
+			   stackblock() + pos));
+			break;
+		}
+		case CTLBACKQ:
+		case CTLBACKQ|CTLQUOTE: {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+			unsigned int pos = expdest - stackblock();
+#endif
+			expbackq(argbackq->n, c & CTLQUOTE, flag);
+			argbackq = argbackq->next;
+			NULLTERM_4_TRACE(expdest);
+			VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("argstr expbackq added \"%s\" "
+			   "to expdest\n", stackblock() + pos));
+			break;
+		}
+		case CTLARI: {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+			unsigned int pos = expdest - stackblock();
+#endif
+			p = expari(p);
+			NULLTERM_4_TRACE(expdest);
+			VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("argstr expari "
+			   "+ \"%s\" to expdest p=\"%.5s...\"\n",
+			   stackblock() + pos, p));
+			break;
+		}
+		case ':':
+		case '=':
+			/*
+			 * sort of a hack - expand tildes in variable
+			 * assignments (after the first '=' and after ':'s).
+			 */
+			STPUTC(c, expdest);
+			if (flag & EXP_VARTILDE && *p == '~') {
+				if (c == '=') {
+					if (firsteq)
+						firsteq = 0;
+					else
+						break;
+				}
+				p = exptilde(p, flag);
+			}
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (c == '\n')
+				line_number++;
+			STPUTC(c, expdest);
+			if (flag & ifs_split && strchr(ifs, c) != NULL) {
+				/* We need to get the output split here... */
+				recordregion(expdest - stackblock() - 1,
+						expdest - stackblock(), 0);
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+STATIC const char *
+exptilde(const char *p, int flag)
+{
+	char c;
+	const char *startp = p;
+	struct passwd *pw;
+	const char *home;
+	const int quotes = flag & EXP_QNEEDED;
+	char *user;
+	struct stackmark smark;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	unsigned int offs = expdest - stackblock();
+#endif
+
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	(void) grabstackstr(expdest);
+	user = stackblock();		/* we will just borrow top of stack */
+
+	while ((c = *++p) != '\0') {
+		switch(c) {
+		case CTLESC:		/* any of these occurring */
+		case CTLVAR:		/* means ~ expansion */
+		case CTLBACKQ:		/* does not happen at all */
+		case CTLBACKQ | CTLQUOTE:
+		case CTLARI:		/* just leave original unchanged */
+		case CTLENDARI:
+		case CTLQUOTEMARK:
+		case '\n':
+			popstackmark(&smark);
+			return (startp);
+		case CTLNONL:
+			continue;
+		case ':':
+			if (!posix || flag & EXP_VARTILDE)
+				goto done;
+			break;
+		case CTLENDVAR:
+		case '/':
+			goto done;
+		}
+		STPUTC(c, user);
+	}
+ done:
+	STACKSTRNUL(user);
+	user = stackblock();		/* to start of collected username */
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("exptilde, found \"~%s\"", user));
+	if (*user == '\0') {
+		home = lookupvar("HOME");
+		/*
+		 * if HOME is unset, results are unspecified...
+		 * we used to just leave the ~ unchanged, but
+		 * (some) other shells do ... and this seems more useful.
+		 */
+		if (home == NULL && (pw = getpwuid(getuid())) != NULL)
+			home = pw->pw_dir;
+	} else if ((pw = getpwnam(user)) == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * If user does not exist, results are undefined.
+		 * so we can abort() here if we want, but let's not!
+		 */
+		home = NULL;
+	} else
+		home = pw->pw_dir;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (" ->\"%s\"", home ? home : "<<NULL>>"));
+	popstackmark(&smark);	/* now expdest is valid again */
+
+	/*
+	 * Posix XCU 2.6.1: The value of $HOME (for ~) or the initial
+	 *		working directory from getpwnam() for ~user
+	 * Nothing there about "except if a null string".  So do what it wants.
+	 */
+	if (home == NULL /* || *home == '\0' */) {
+		CTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (": returning unused \"%s\"\n", startp));
+		return startp;
+	} while ((c = *home++) != '\0') {
+		if (quotes && NEEDESC(c))
+			STPUTC(CTLESC, expdest);
+		STPUTC(c, expdest);
+	}
+	CTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (": added %d \"%.*s\" returning \"%s\"\n",
+	      expdest - stackblock() - offs, expdest - stackblock() - offs,
+	      stackblock() + offs, p));
+
+	return (p);
+}
+
+
+STATIC void
+removerecordregions(int endoff)
+{
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("removerecordregions(%d):", endoff));
+	if (ifslastp == NULL) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (" none\n", endoff));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (ifsfirst.endoff > endoff) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (" first(%d)", ifsfirst.endoff));
+		while (ifsfirst.next != NULL) {
+			struct ifsregion *ifsp;
+			INTOFF;
+			ifsp = ifsfirst.next->next;
+			ckfree(ifsfirst.next);
+			ifsfirst.next = ifsp;
+			INTON;
+		}
+		if (ifsfirst.begoff > endoff)
+			ifslastp = NULL;
+		else {
+			VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND,("->(%d,%d)",ifsfirst.begoff,endoff));
+			ifslastp = &ifsfirst;
+			ifsfirst.endoff = endoff;
+		}
+		VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("\n"));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	ifslastp = &ifsfirst;
+	while (ifslastp->next && ifslastp->next->begoff < endoff)
+		ifslastp=ifslastp->next;
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (" found(%d,%d)", ifslastp->begoff,ifslastp->endoff));
+	while (ifslastp->next != NULL) {
+		struct ifsregion *ifsp;
+		INTOFF;
+		ifsp = ifslastp->next->next;
+		ckfree(ifslastp->next);
+		ifslastp->next = ifsp;
+		INTON;
+	}
+	if (ifslastp->endoff > endoff)
+		ifslastp->endoff = endoff;
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("->(%d,%d)", ifslastp->begoff,ifslastp->endoff));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Expand arithmetic expression.
+ *
+ * In this incarnation, we start at the beginning (yes, "Let's start at the
+ * very beginning.  A very good place to start.") and collect the expression
+ * until the end - which means expanding anything contained within.
+ *
+ * Fortunately, argstr() just happens to do that for us...
+ */
+STATIC const char *
+expari(const char *p)
+{
+	char *q, *start;
+	intmax_t result;
+	int adjustment;
+	int begoff;
+	int quoted;
+	struct stackmark smark;
+
+	/*	ifsfree(); */
+
+	/*
+	 * SPACE_NEEDED is enough for all possible digits (rounded up)
+	 * plus possible "-", and the terminating '\0', hence, plus 2
+	 *
+	 * The calculation produces the number of bytes needed to
+	 * represent the biggest possible value, in octal.  We only
+	 * generate decimal, which takes (often) less digits (never more)
+	 * so this is safe, if occasionally slightly wasteful.
+	 */
+#define SPACE_NEEDED ((int)((sizeof(intmax_t) * CHAR_BIT + 2) / 3 + 2))
+
+	quoted = *p++ == '"';
+	begoff = expdest - stackblock();
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("expari%s: \"%s\" begoff %d\n",
+	    quoted ? "(quoted)" : "", p, begoff));
+
+	p = argstr(p, EXP_NL);			/* expand $(( )) string */
+	STPUTC('\0', expdest);
+	start = stackblock() + begoff;
+
+	removerecordregions(begoff);		/* nothing there is kept */
+	rmescapes_nl(start);		/* convert CRTNONL back into \n's */
+
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	q = grabstackstr(expdest);	/* keep the expression while eval'ing */
+	result = arith(start, line_number);
+	popstackmark(&smark);		/* return the stack to before grab */
+
+	start = stackblock() + begoff;		/* block may have moved */
+	adjustment = expdest - start;
+	STADJUST(-adjustment, expdest);		/* remove the argstr() result */
+
+	CHECKSTRSPACE(SPACE_NEEDED, expdest);	/* nb: stack block might move */
+	fmtstr(expdest, SPACE_NEEDED, "%"PRIdMAX, result);
+
+	for (q = expdest; *q++ != '\0'; )	/* find end of what we added */
+		;
+
+	if (quoted == 0)			/* allow weird splitting */
+		recordregion(begoff, begoff + q - 1 - expdest, 0);
+	adjustment = q - expdest - 1;
+	STADJUST(adjustment, expdest);		/* move expdest to end */
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("expari: adding %d \"%s\", returning \"%.5s...\"\n",
+	    adjustment, stackblock() + begoff, p));
+
+	return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Expand stuff in backwards quotes (these days, any command substitution).
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+expbackq(union node *cmd, int quoted, int flag)
+{
+	struct backcmd in;
+	int i;
+	char buf[128];
+	char *p;
+	char *dest = expdest;	/* expdest may be reused by eval, use an alt */
+	struct ifsregion saveifs, *savelastp;
+	struct nodelist *saveargbackq;
+	char lastc;
+	int startloc = dest - stackblock();
+	int saveherefd;
+	const int quotes = flag & EXP_QNEEDED;
+	int nnl;
+	struct stackmark smark;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("expbackq( ..., q=%d flag=%#x) have %d\n",
+	    quoted, flag, startloc));
+	INTOFF;
+	saveifs = ifsfirst;
+	savelastp = ifslastp;
+	saveargbackq = argbackq;
+	saveherefd = herefd;
+	herefd = -1;
+
+	setstackmark(&smark);	/* preserve the stack */
+	p = grabstackstr(dest);	/* save what we have there currently */
+	evalbackcmd(cmd, &in);	/* evaluate the $( ) tree (using stack) */
+	popstackmark(&smark);	/* and return stack to when we entered */
+
+	ifsfirst = saveifs;
+	ifslastp = savelastp;
+	argbackq = saveargbackq;
+	herefd = saveherefd;
+
+	p = in.buf;		/* now extract the results */
+	nnl = 0;		/* dropping trailing \n's */
+	for (;;) {
+		if (--in.nleft < 0) {
+			if (in.fd < 0)
+				break;
+			INTON;
+			while ((i = read(in.fd, buf, sizeof buf)) < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+				continue;
+			INTOFF;
+			VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("expbackq: read returns %d\n", i));
+			if (i <= 0)
+				break;
+			p = buf;
+			in.nleft = i - 1;
+		}
+		lastc = *p++;
+		if (lastc != '\0') {
+			if (lastc == '\n')	/* don't save \n yet */
+				nnl++;		/* it might be trailing */
+			else {
+				/*
+				 * We have something other than \n
+				 *
+				 * Before saving it, we need to insert
+				 * any \n's that we have just skipped.
+				 */
+
+				/* XXX
+				 * this hack is just because our
+				 * CHECKSTRSPACE() is lazy, and only
+				 * ever grows the stack once, even
+				 * if that does not allocate the space
+				 * we requested.  ie: safe for small
+				 * requests, but not large ones.
+				 * FIXME someday...
+				 */
+				if (nnl < 20) {
+					CHECKSTRSPACE(nnl + 2, dest);
+					while (nnl > 0) {
+						nnl--;
+						USTPUTC('\n', dest);
+					}
+				} else {
+					/* The slower, safer, way */
+					while (nnl > 0) {
+						nnl--;
+						STPUTC('\n', dest);
+					}
+					CHECKSTRSPACE(2, dest);
+				}
+				if (quotes && quoted && NEEDESC(lastc))
+					USTPUTC(CTLESC, dest);
+				USTPUTC(lastc, dest);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (in.fd >= 0)
+		close(in.fd);
+	if (in.buf)
+		ckfree(in.buf);
+	if (in.jp)
+		back_exitstatus = waitforjob(in.jp);
+	if (quoted == 0)
+		recordregion(startloc, dest - stackblock(), 0);
+	CTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("evalbackq: size=%d: \"%.*s\"\n",
+		(int)((dest - stackblock()) - startloc),
+		(int)((dest - stackblock()) - startloc),
+		stackblock() + startloc));
+
+	expdest = dest;		/* all done, expdest is all ours again */
+	INTON;
+}
+
+
+STATIC int
+subevalvar(const char *p, const char *str, int subtype, int startloc,
+    int varflags)
+{
+	char *startp;
+	int saveherefd = herefd;
+	struct nodelist *saveargbackq = argbackq;
+	int amount;
+
+	herefd = -1;
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("subevalvar(%d) \"%.20s\" ${%.*s} sloc=%d vf=%x\n",
+	    subtype, p, p-str, str, startloc, varflags));
+	argstr(p, subtype == VSASSIGN ? EXP_VARTILDE : EXP_TILDE);
+	STACKSTRNUL(expdest);
+	herefd = saveherefd;
+	argbackq = saveargbackq;
+	startp = stackblock() + startloc;
+
+	switch (subtype) {
+	case VSASSIGN:
+		setvar(str, startp, 0);
+		amount = startp - expdest;	/* remove what argstr added */
+		STADJUST(amount, expdest);
+		varflags &= ~VSNUL;	/*XXX Huh?   What's that achieve? */
+		return 1;			/* go back and eval var again */
+
+	case VSQUESTION:
+		if (*p != CTLENDVAR) {
+			outfmt(&errout, "%s\n", startp);
+			error(NULL);
+		}
+		error("%.*s: parameter %snot set",
+		      (int)(p - str - 1),
+		      str, (varflags & VSNUL) ? "null or "
+					      : nullstr);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+
+	default:
+		abort();
+	}
+}
+
+STATIC int
+subevalvar_trim(const char *p, int strloc, int subtype, int startloc,
+    int varflags, int quotes)
+{
+	char *startp;
+	char *str;
+	char *loc = NULL;
+	char *q;
+	int c = 0;
+	int saveherefd = herefd;
+	struct nodelist *saveargbackq = argbackq;
+	int amount;
+
+	herefd = -1;
+	switch (subtype) {
+	case VSTRIMLEFT:
+	case VSTRIMLEFTMAX:
+	case VSTRIMRIGHT:
+	case VSTRIMRIGHTMAX:
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		break;
+	}
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND,
+	("subevalvar_trim(\"%.9s\", STR@%d, SUBT=%d, start@%d, vf=%x, q=%x)\n",
+		p, strloc, subtype, startloc, varflags, quotes));
+
+	argstr(p, (varflags & (VSQUOTE|VSPATQ)) == VSQUOTE ? 0 : EXP_CASE);
+	STACKSTRNUL(expdest);
+	herefd = saveherefd;
+	argbackq = saveargbackq;
+	startp = stackblock() + startloc;
+	str = stackblock() + strloc;
+
+	switch (subtype) {
+
+	case VSTRIMLEFT:
+		for (loc = startp; loc < str; loc++) {
+			c = *loc;
+			*loc = '\0';
+			if (patmatch(str, startp, quotes))
+				goto recordleft;
+			*loc = c;
+			if (quotes && *loc == CTLESC)
+				loc++;
+		}
+		return 0;
+
+	case VSTRIMLEFTMAX:
+		for (loc = str - 1; loc >= startp;) {
+			c = *loc;
+			*loc = '\0';
+			if (patmatch(str, startp, quotes))
+				goto recordleft;
+			*loc = c;
+			loc--;
+			if (quotes && loc > startp &&
+			    *(loc - 1) == CTLESC) {
+				for (q = startp; q < loc; q++)
+					if (*q == CTLESC)
+						q++;
+				if (q > loc)
+					loc--;
+			}
+		}
+		return 0;
+
+	case VSTRIMRIGHT:
+		for (loc = str - 1; loc >= startp;) {
+			if (patmatch(str, loc, quotes))
+				goto recordright;
+			loc--;
+			if (quotes && loc > startp &&
+			    *(loc - 1) == CTLESC) {
+				for (q = startp; q < loc; q++)
+					if (*q == CTLESC)
+						q++;
+				if (q > loc)
+					loc--;
+			}
+		}
+		return 0;
+
+	case VSTRIMRIGHTMAX:
+		for (loc = startp; loc < str - 1; loc++) {
+			if (patmatch(str, loc, quotes))
+				goto recordright;
+			if (quotes && *loc == CTLESC)
+				loc++;
+		}
+		return 0;
+
+	default:
+		abort();
+	}
+
+ recordleft:
+	*loc = c;
+	amount = ((str - 1) - (loc - startp)) - expdest;
+	STADJUST(amount, expdest);
+	while (loc != str - 1)
+		*startp++ = *loc++;
+	return 1;
+
+ recordright:
+	amount = loc - expdest;
+	STADJUST(amount, expdest);
+	STPUTC('\0', expdest);
+	STADJUST(-1, expdest);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Expand a variable, and return a pointer to the next character in the
+ * input string.
+ */
+
+STATIC const char *
+evalvar(const char *p, int flag)
+{
+	int subtype;
+	int varflags;
+	const char *var;
+	char *val;
+	int patloc;
+	int c;
+	int set;
+	int special;
+	int startloc;
+	int varlen;
+	int apply_ifs;
+	const int quotes = flag & EXP_QNEEDED;
+
+	varflags = (unsigned char)*p++;
+	subtype = varflags & VSTYPE;
+	var = p;
+	special = !is_name(*p);
+	p = strchr(p, '=') + 1;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_EXPAND,
+	    ("evalvar \"%.*s\", flag=%#X quotes=%#X vf=%#X subtype=%X\n",
+	    p - var - 1, var, flag, quotes, varflags, subtype));
+
+ again: /* jump here after setting a variable with ${var=text} */
+	if (varflags & VSLINENO) {
+		if (line_num.flags & VUNSET) {
+			set = 0;
+			val = NULL;
+		} else {
+			set = 1;
+			special = p - var;
+			val = NULL;
+		}
+	} else if (special) {
+		set = varisset(var, varflags & VSNUL);
+		val = NULL;
+	} else {
+		val = lookupvar(var);
+		if (val == NULL || ((varflags & VSNUL) && val[0] == '\0')) {
+			val = NULL;
+			set = 0;
+		} else
+			set = 1;
+	}
+
+	varlen = 0;
+	startloc = expdest - stackblock();
+
+	if (!set && uflag && *var != '@' && *var != '*') {
+		switch (subtype) {
+		case VSNORMAL:
+		case VSTRIMLEFT:
+		case VSTRIMLEFTMAX:
+		case VSTRIMRIGHT:
+		case VSTRIMRIGHTMAX:
+		case VSLENGTH:
+			error("%.*s: parameter not set",
+			    (int)(p - var - 1), var);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!set && subtype != VSPLUS && special && *var == '@')
+		if (startloc > 0 && expdest[-1] == CTLQUOTEMARK)
+			expdest--, startloc--;
+
+	if (set && subtype != VSPLUS) {
+		/* insert the value of the variable */
+		if (special) {
+			if (varflags & VSLINENO) {
+				/*
+				 * The LINENO hack (expansion part)
+				 */
+				while (--special > 0) {
+/*						not needed, it is a number...
+					if (quotes && NEEDESC(*var))
+						STPUTC(CTLESC, expdest);
+*/
+					STPUTC(*var++, expdest);
+				}
+			} else
+				varvalue(var, varflags&VSQUOTE, subtype, flag);
+			if (subtype == VSLENGTH) {
+				varlen = expdest - stackblock() - startloc;
+				STADJUST(-varlen, expdest);
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			if (subtype == VSLENGTH) {
+				for (;*val; val++)
+					varlen++;
+			} else if (quotes && varflags & VSQUOTE) {
+				for (; (c = *val) != '\0'; val++) {
+					if (NEEDESC(c))
+						STPUTC(CTLESC, expdest);
+					STPUTC(c, expdest);
+				}
+			} else {
+				while (*val)
+					STPUTC(*val++, expdest);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	if (varflags & VSQUOTE) {
+		if  (*var == '@' && shellparam.nparam != 1)
+		    apply_ifs = 1;
+		else {
+		    /*
+		     * Mark so that we don't apply IFS if we recurse through
+		     * here expanding $bar from "${foo-$bar}".
+		     */
+		    flag |= EXP_IN_QUOTES;
+		    apply_ifs = 0;
+		}
+	} else if (flag & EXP_IN_QUOTES) {
+		apply_ifs = 0;
+	} else
+		apply_ifs = 1;
+
+	switch (subtype) {
+	case VSLENGTH:
+		expdest = cvtnum(varlen, expdest);
+		break;
+
+	case VSNORMAL:
+		break;
+
+	case VSPLUS:
+		set = !set;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case VSMINUS:
+		if (!set) {
+			argstr(p, flag | (apply_ifs ? EXP_IFS_SPLIT : 0));
+			/*
+			 * ${x-a b c} doesn't get split, but removing the
+			 * 'apply_ifs = 0' apparently breaks ${1+"$@"}..
+			 * ${x-'a b' c} should generate 2 args.
+			 */
+			if (*p != CTLENDVAR)
+			/* We should have marked stuff already */
+				apply_ifs = 0;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	case VSTRIMLEFT:
+	case VSTRIMLEFTMAX:
+	case VSTRIMRIGHT:
+	case VSTRIMRIGHTMAX:
+		if (!set) {
+			set = 1;  /* allow argbackq to be advanced if needed */
+			break;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Terminate the string and start recording the pattern
+		 * right after it
+		 */
+		STPUTC('\0', expdest);
+		patloc = expdest - stackblock();
+		if (subevalvar_trim(p, patloc, subtype, startloc, varflags,
+		    quotes) == 0) {
+			int amount = (expdest - stackblock() - patloc) + 1;
+			STADJUST(-amount, expdest);
+		}
+		/* Remove any recorded regions beyond start of variable */
+		removerecordregions(startloc);
+		apply_ifs = 1;
+		break;
+
+	case VSASSIGN:
+	case VSQUESTION:
+		if (set)
+			break;
+		if (subevalvar(p, var, subtype, startloc, varflags)) {
+			/* if subevalvar() returns, it always returns 1 */
+
+			varflags &= ~VSNUL;
+			/*
+			 * Remove any recorded regions beyond
+			 * start of variable
+			 */
+			removerecordregions(startloc);
+			goto again;
+		}
+		apply_ifs = 0;		/* never executed */
+		break;
+
+	default:
+		abort();
+	}
+
+	if (apply_ifs)
+		recordregion(startloc, expdest - stackblock(),
+			     varflags & VSQUOTE);
+
+	if (subtype != VSNORMAL) {	/* skip to end of alternative */
+		int nesting = 1;
+		for (;;) {
+			if ((c = *p++) == CTLESC)
+				p++;
+			else if (c == CTLNONL)
+				;
+			else if (c == CTLBACKQ || c == (CTLBACKQ|CTLQUOTE)) {
+				if (set)
+					argbackq = argbackq->next;
+			} else if (c == CTLVAR) {
+				if ((*p++ & VSTYPE) != VSNORMAL)
+					nesting++;
+			} else if (c == CTLENDVAR) {
+				if (--nesting == 0)
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return p;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Test whether a special parameter is set.
+ */
+
+STATIC int
+varisset(const char *name, int nulok)
+{
+	if (*name == '!')
+		return backgndpid != -1;
+	else if (*name == '@' || *name == '*') {
+		if (*shellparam.p == NULL)
+			return 0;
+
+		if (nulok) {
+			char **av;
+
+			for (av = shellparam.p; *av; av++)
+				if (**av != '\0')
+					return 1;
+			return 0;
+		}
+	} else if (is_digit(*name)) {
+		char *ap;
+		long num;
+
+		/*
+		 * handle overflow sensibly (the *ap tests should never fail)
+		 */
+		errno = 0;
+		num = strtol(name, &ap, 10);
+		if (errno != 0 || (*ap != '\0' && *ap != '='))
+			return 0;
+
+		if (num == 0)
+			ap = arg0;
+		else if (num > shellparam.nparam)
+			return 0;
+		else
+			ap = shellparam.p[num - 1];
+
+		if (nulok && (ap == NULL || *ap == '\0'))
+			return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Add the value of a specialized variable to the stack string.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+varvalue(const char *name, int quoted, int subtype, int flag)
+{
+	int num;
+	char *p;
+	int i;
+	int sep;
+	char **ap;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	char *start = expdest;
+#endif
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("varvalue(%c%s, sub=%d, fl=%#x)", *name,
+	    quoted ? ", quoted" : "", subtype, flag));
+
+	if (subtype == VSLENGTH)	/* no magic required ... */
+		flag &= ~EXP_FULL;
+
+#define STRTODEST(p) \
+	do {\
+		if ((flag & EXP_QNEEDED) && quoted) { \
+			while (*p) { \
+				if (NEEDESC(*p)) \
+					STPUTC(CTLESC, expdest); \
+				STPUTC(*p++, expdest); \
+			} \
+		} else \
+			while (*p) \
+				STPUTC(*p++, expdest); \
+	} while (0)
+
+
+	switch (*name) {
+	case '$':
+		num = rootpid;
+		break;
+	case '?':
+		num = exitstatus;
+		break;
+	case '#':
+		num = shellparam.nparam;
+		break;
+	case '!':
+		num = backgndpid;
+		break;
+	case '-':
+		for (i = 0; i < option_flags; i++) {
+			if (optlist[optorder[i]].val)
+				STPUTC(optlist[optorder[i]].letter, expdest);
+		}
+		VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (": %.*s\n", expdest-start, start));
+		return;
+	case '@':
+		if (flag & EXP_SPLIT && quoted) {
+			VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (": $@ split (%d)\n",
+			    shellparam.nparam));
+		/* GROSS HACK */
+			if (shellparam.nparam == 0 &&
+				expdest[-1] == CTLQUOTEMARK)
+					expdest--;
+		/* KCAH SSORG */
+			for (ap = shellparam.p ; (p = *ap++) != NULL ; ) {
+				STRTODEST(p);
+				if (*ap)
+					/* A NUL separates args inside "" */
+					STPUTC('\0', expdest);
+			}
+			return;
+		}
+		/* fall through */
+	case '*':
+		sep = ifsval()[0];
+		for (ap = shellparam.p ; (p = *ap++) != NULL ; ) {
+			STRTODEST(p);
+			if (!*ap)
+				break;
+			if (sep) {
+				if (quoted && (flag & EXP_QNEEDED) &&
+				    NEEDESC(sep))
+					STPUTC(CTLESC, expdest);
+				STPUTC(sep, expdest);
+			} else
+			    if ((flag & (EXP_SPLIT|EXP_IN_QUOTES)) == EXP_SPLIT
+			      && !quoted && **ap != '\0')
+				STPUTC('\0', expdest);
+		}
+		VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (": %.*s\n", expdest-start, start));
+		return;
+	default:
+		if (is_digit(*name)) {
+			long lnum;
+
+			errno = 0;
+			lnum = strtol(name, &p, 10);
+			if (errno != 0 || (*p != '\0' && *p != '='))
+				return;
+
+			if (lnum == 0)
+				p = arg0;
+			else if (lnum > 0 && lnum <= shellparam.nparam)
+				p = shellparam.p[lnum - 1];
+			else
+				return;
+			STRTODEST(p);
+		}
+		VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (": %.*s\n", expdest-start, start));
+		return;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * only the specials with an int value arrive here
+	 */
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("(%d)", num));
+	expdest = cvtnum(num, expdest);
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (": %.*s\n", expdest-start, start));
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Record the fact that we have to scan this region of the
+ * string for IFS characters.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+recordregion(int start, int end, int inquotes)
+{
+	struct ifsregion *ifsp;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("recordregion(%d,%d,%d)\n", start, end, inquotes));
+	if (ifslastp == NULL) {
+		ifsp = &ifsfirst;
+	} else {
+		if (ifslastp->endoff == start
+		    && ifslastp->inquotes == inquotes) {
+			/* extend previous area */
+			ifslastp->endoff = end;
+			return;
+		}
+		ifsp = (struct ifsregion *)ckmalloc(sizeof (struct ifsregion));
+		ifslastp->next = ifsp;
+	}
+	ifslastp = ifsp;
+	ifslastp->next = NULL;
+	ifslastp->begoff = start;
+	ifslastp->endoff = end;
+	ifslastp->inquotes = inquotes;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Break the argument string into pieces based upon IFS and add the
+ * strings to the argument list.  The regions of the string to be
+ * searched for IFS characters have been stored by recordregion.
+ */
+STATIC void
+ifsbreakup(char *string, struct arglist *arglist)
+{
+	struct ifsregion *ifsp;
+	struct strlist *sp;
+	char *start;
+	char *p;
+	char *q;
+	const char *ifs;
+	const char *ifsspc;
+	int had_param_ch = 0;
+
+	start = string;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("ifsbreakup(\"%s\")", string)); /* misses \0's */
+	if (ifslastp == NULL) {
+		/* Return entire argument, IFS doesn't apply to any of it */
+		VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("no regions\n", string));
+		sp = stalloc(sizeof(*sp));
+		sp->text = start;
+		*arglist->lastp = sp;
+		arglist->lastp = &sp->next;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	ifs = ifsval();
+
+	for (ifsp = &ifsfirst; ifsp != NULL; ifsp = ifsp->next) {
+		p = string + ifsp->begoff;
+		VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (" !%.*s!(%d)", ifsp->endoff-ifsp->begoff,
+		    p, ifsp->endoff-ifsp->begoff));
+		while (p < string + ifsp->endoff) {
+			had_param_ch = 1;
+			q = p;
+			if (IS_BORING(*p)) {
+				p++;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (*p == CTLESC)
+				p++;
+			if (ifsp->inquotes) {
+				/* Only NULs (should be from "$@") end args */
+				if (*p != 0) {
+					p++;
+					continue;
+				}
+				ifsspc = NULL;
+				VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (" \\0 nxt:\"%s\" ", p));
+			} else {
+				if (!strchr(ifs, *p)) {
+					p++;
+					continue;
+				}
+				had_param_ch = 0;
+				ifsspc = strchr(" \t\n", *p);
+
+				/* Ignore IFS whitespace at start */
+				if (q == start && ifsspc != NULL) {
+					p++;
+					start = p;
+					continue;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/* Save this argument... */
+			*q = '\0';
+			VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("<%s>", start));
+			sp = stalloc(sizeof(*sp));
+			sp->text = start;
+			*arglist->lastp = sp;
+			arglist->lastp = &sp->next;
+			p++;
+
+			if (ifsspc != NULL) {
+				/* Ignore further trailing IFS whitespace */
+				for (; p < string + ifsp->endoff; p++) {
+					q = p;
+					if (*p == CTLNONL)
+						continue;
+					if (*p == CTLESC)
+						p++;
+					if (strchr(ifs, *p) == NULL) {
+						p = q;
+						break;
+					}
+					if (strchr(" \t\n", *p) == NULL) {
+						p++;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			start = p;
+		}
+	}
+
+	while (*start == CTLQUOTEEND)
+		start++;
+
+	/*
+	 * Save anything left as an argument.
+	 * Traditionally we have treated 'IFS=':'; set -- x$IFS' as
+	 * generating 2 arguments, the second of which is empty.
+	 * Some recent clarification of the Posix spec say that it
+	 * should only generate one....
+	 */
+	if (had_param_ch || *start != 0) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, (" T<%s>", start));
+		sp = stalloc(sizeof(*sp));
+		sp->text = start;
+		*arglist->lastp = sp;
+		arglist->lastp = &sp->next;
+	}
+	VTRACE(DBG_EXPAND, ("\n"));
+}
+
+STATIC void
+ifsfree(void)
+{
+	while (ifsfirst.next != NULL) {
+		struct ifsregion *ifsp;
+		INTOFF;
+		ifsp = ifsfirst.next->next;
+		ckfree(ifsfirst.next);
+		ifsfirst.next = ifsp;
+		INTON;
+	}
+	ifslastp = NULL;
+	ifsfirst.next = NULL;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Expand shell metacharacters.  At this point, the only control characters
+ * should be escapes.  The results are stored in the list exparg.
+ */
+
+char *expdir;
+
+
+STATIC void
+expandmeta(struct strlist *str, int flag)
+{
+	char *p;
+	struct strlist **savelastp;
+	struct strlist *sp;
+	char c;
+	/* TODO - EXP_REDIR */
+
+	while (str) {
+		p = str->text;
+		for (;;) {			/* fast check for meta chars */
+			if ((c = *p++) == '\0')
+				goto nometa;
+			if (c == '*' || c == '?' || c == '[' /* || c == '!' */)
+				break;
+		}
+		savelastp = exparg.lastp;
+		INTOFF;
+		if (expdir == NULL) {
+			int i = strlen(str->text);
+			expdir = ckmalloc(i < 2048 ? 2048 : i); /* XXX */
+		}
+
+		expmeta(expdir, str->text);
+		ckfree(expdir);
+		expdir = NULL;
+		INTON;
+		if (exparg.lastp == savelastp) {
+			/*
+			 * no matches
+			 */
+ nometa:
+			*exparg.lastp = str;
+			rmescapes(str->text);
+			exparg.lastp = &str->next;
+		} else {
+			*exparg.lastp = NULL;
+			*savelastp = sp = expsort(*savelastp);
+			while (sp->next != NULL)
+				sp = sp->next;
+			exparg.lastp = &sp->next;
+		}
+		str = str->next;
+	}
+}
+
+STATIC void
+add_args(struct strlist *str)
+{
+	while (str) {
+		*exparg.lastp = str;
+		rmescapes(str->text);
+		exparg.lastp = &str->next;
+		str = str->next;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Do metacharacter (i.e. *, ?, [...]) expansion.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+expmeta(char *enddir, char *name)
+{
+	char *p;
+	const char *cp;
+	char *q;
+	char *start;
+	char *endname;
+	int metaflag;
+	struct stat statb;
+	DIR *dirp;
+	struct dirent *dp;
+	int atend;
+	int matchdot;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_EXPAND|DBG_MATCH, ("expmeta(\"%s\")\n", name));
+	metaflag = 0;
+	start = name;
+	for (p = name ; ; p++) {
+		if (*p == '*' || *p == '?')
+			metaflag = 1;
+		else if (*p == '[') {
+			q = p + 1;
+			if (*q == '!' || *q == '^')
+				q++;
+			for (;;) {
+				while (IS_BORING(*q))
+					q++;
+				if (*q == ']') {
+					q++;
+					metaflag = 1;
+					break;
+				}
+				if (*q == '[' && q[1] == ':') {
+					/*
+					 * character class, look for :] ending
+					 * also stop on ']' (end bracket expr)
+					 * or '\0' or '/' (end pattern)
+					 */
+					while (*++q != '\0' && *q != ']' &&
+					    *q != '/') {
+						if (*q == CTLESC) {
+							if (*++q == '\0')
+								break;
+							if (*q == '/')
+								break;
+						} else if (*q == ':' &&
+						    q[1] == ']')
+							break;
+					}
+					if (*q == ':') {
+						/*
+						 * stopped at ':]'
+						 * still in [...]
+						 * skip ":]" and continue;
+						 */
+						q += 2;
+						continue;
+					}
+
+					/* done at end of pattern, not [...] */
+					if (*q == '\0' || *q == '/')
+						break;
+
+					/* found the ']', we have a [...] */
+					metaflag = 1;
+					q++;	/* skip ']' */
+					break;
+				}
+				if (*q == CTLESC)
+					q++;
+				/* end of pattern cannot be escaped */
+				if (*q == '/' || *q == '\0')
+					break;
+				q++;
+			}
+		} else if (*p == '\0')
+			break;
+		else if (IS_BORING(*p))
+			continue;
+		else if (*p == CTLESC)
+			p++;
+		if (*p == '/') {
+			if (metaflag)
+				break;
+			start = p + 1;
+		}
+	}
+	if (metaflag == 0) {	/* we've reached the end of the file name */
+		if (enddir != expdir)
+			metaflag++;
+		for (p = name ; ; p++) {
+			if (IS_BORING(*p))
+				continue;
+			if (*p == CTLESC)
+				p++;
+			*enddir++ = *p;
+			if (*p == '\0')
+				break;
+		}
+		if (metaflag == 0 || lstat(expdir, &statb) >= 0)
+			addfname(expdir);
+		return;
+	}
+	endname = p;
+	if (start != name) {
+		p = name;
+		while (p < start) {
+			while (IS_BORING(*p))
+				p++;
+			if (*p == CTLESC)
+				p++;
+			*enddir++ = *p++;
+		}
+	}
+	if (enddir == expdir) {
+		cp = ".";
+	} else if (enddir == expdir + 1 && *expdir == '/') {
+		cp = "/";
+	} else {
+		cp = expdir;
+		enddir[-1] = '\0';
+	}
+	if ((dirp = opendir(cp)) == NULL)
+		return;
+	if (enddir != expdir)
+		enddir[-1] = '/';
+	if (*endname == 0) {
+		atend = 1;
+	} else {
+		atend = 0;
+		*endname++ = '\0';
+	}
+	matchdot = 0;
+	p = start;
+	while (IS_BORING(*p))
+		p++;
+	if (*p == CTLESC)
+		p++;
+	if (*p == '.')
+		matchdot++;
+	while (! int_pending() && (dp = readdir(dirp)) != NULL) {
+		if (dp->d_name[0] == '.' && ! matchdot)
+			continue;
+		if (patmatch(start, dp->d_name, 0)) {
+			if (atend) {
+				scopy(dp->d_name, enddir);
+				addfname(expdir);
+			} else {
+				for (p = enddir, cp = dp->d_name;
+				     (*p++ = *cp++) != '\0';)
+					continue;
+				p[-1] = '/';
+				expmeta(p, endname);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	closedir(dirp);
+	if (! atend)
+		endname[-1] = '/';
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Add a file name to the list.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+addfname(char *name)
+{
+	char *p;
+	struct strlist *sp;
+
+	p = stalloc(strlen(name) + 1);
+	scopy(name, p);
+	sp = stalloc(sizeof(*sp));
+	sp->text = p;
+	*exparg.lastp = sp;
+	exparg.lastp = &sp->next;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Sort the results of file name expansion.  It calculates the number of
+ * strings to sort and then calls msort (short for merge sort) to do the
+ * work.
+ */
+
+STATIC struct strlist *
+expsort(struct strlist *str)
+{
+	int len;
+	struct strlist *sp;
+
+	len = 0;
+	for (sp = str ; sp ; sp = sp->next)
+		len++;
+	return msort(str, len);
+}
+
+
+STATIC struct strlist *
+msort(struct strlist *list, int len)
+{
+	struct strlist *p, *q = NULL;
+	struct strlist **lpp;
+	int half;
+	int n;
+
+	if (len <= 1)
+		return list;
+	half = len >> 1;
+	p = list;
+	for (n = half ; --n >= 0 ; ) {
+		q = p;
+		p = p->next;
+	}
+	q->next = NULL;			/* terminate first half of list */
+	q = msort(list, half);		/* sort first half of list */
+	p = msort(p, len - half);		/* sort second half */
+	lpp = &list;
+	for (;;) {
+		if (strcmp(p->text, q->text) < 0) {
+			*lpp = p;
+			lpp = &p->next;
+			if ((p = *lpp) == NULL) {
+				*lpp = q;
+				break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			*lpp = q;
+			lpp = &q->next;
+			if ((q = *lpp) == NULL) {
+				*lpp = p;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return list;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * See if a character matches a character class, starting at the first colon
+ * of "[:class:]".
+ * If a valid character class is recognized, a pointer to the next character
+ * after the final closing bracket is stored into *end, otherwise a null
+ * pointer is stored into *end.
+ */
+static int
+match_charclass(const char *p, wchar_t chr, const char **end)
+{
+	char name[20];
+	char *nameend;
+	wctype_t cclass;
+
+	*end = NULL;
+	p++;
+	nameend = strstr(p, ":]");
+	if (nameend == NULL || nameend == p)	/* not a valid class */
+		return 0;
+
+	if (!is_alpha(*p) || strspn(p,		/* '_' is a local extension */
+	    "0123456789"  "_"
+	    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+	    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ") != (size_t)(nameend - p))
+		return 0;
+
+	*end = nameend + 2;		/* committed to it being a char class */
+	if ((size_t)(nameend - p) >= sizeof(name))	/* but too long */
+		return 0;				/* so no match */
+	memcpy(name, p, nameend - p);
+	name[nameend - p] = '\0';
+	cclass = wctype(name);
+	/* An unknown class matches nothing but is valid nevertheless. */
+	if (cclass == 0)
+		return 0;
+	return iswctype(chr, cclass);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns true if the pattern matches the string.
+ */
+
+STATIC int
+patmatch(const char *pattern, const char *string, int squoted)
+{
+	const char *p, *q, *end;
+	const char *bt_p, *bt_q;
+	char c;
+	wchar_t wc, wc2;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_MATCH, ("patmatch(P=\"%s\", W=\"%s\"%s): ",
+	    pattern, string, squoted ? ", SQ" : ""));
+	p = pattern;
+	q = string;
+	bt_p = NULL;
+	bt_q = NULL;
+	for (;;) {
+		switch (c = *p++) {
+		case '\0':
+			if (squoted && *q == CTLESC) {
+				if (q[1] == '\0')
+					q++;
+			}
+			if (*q != '\0')
+				goto backtrack;
+			VTRACE(DBG_MATCH, ("match\n"));
+			return 1;
+		case CTLESC:
+			if (squoted && *q == CTLESC)
+				q++;
+			if (*p == '\0' && *q == '\0') {
+				VTRACE(DBG_MATCH, ("match-\\\n"));
+				return 1;
+			}
+			if (*q++ != *p++)
+				goto backtrack;
+			break;
+		case '\\':
+			if (squoted && *q == CTLESC)
+				q++;
+			if (*q++ != *p++)
+				goto backtrack;
+			break;
+		case CTLQUOTEMARK:
+		case CTLQUOTEEND:
+		case CTLNONL:
+			continue;
+		case '?':
+			if (squoted && *q == CTLESC)
+				q++;
+			if (*q++ == '\0') {
+				VTRACE(DBG_MATCH, ("?fail\n"));
+				return 0;
+			}
+			break;
+		case '*':
+			c = *p;
+			while (c == CTLQUOTEMARK || c == '*')
+				c = *++p;
+			if (c != CTLESC && !IS_BORING(c) &&
+			    c != '?' && c != '*' && c != '[') {
+				while (*q != c) {
+					if (squoted && *q == CTLESC &&
+					    q[1] == c)
+						break;
+					if (*q == '\0') {
+						VTRACE(DBG_MATCH, ("*fail\n"));
+						return 0;
+					}
+					if (squoted && *q == CTLESC)
+						q++;
+					q++;
+				}
+			}
+			if (c == CTLESC && p[1] == '\0') {
+				VTRACE(DBG_MATCH, ("match+\\\n"));
+				return 1;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * First try the shortest match for the '*' that
+			 * could work. We can forget any earlier '*' since
+			 * there is no way having it match more characters
+			 * can help us, given that we are already here.
+			 */
+			bt_p = p;
+			bt_q = q;
+			break;
+		case '[': {
+			const char *savep, *saveq, *endp;
+			int invert, found;
+			unsigned char chr;
+
+			/*
+			 * First quick check to see if there is a
+			 * possible matching ']' - if not, then this
+			 * is not a char class, and the '[' is just
+			 * a literal '['.
+			 *
+			 * This check will not detect all non classes, but
+			 * that's OK - It just means that we execute the
+			 * harder code sometimes when it it cannot succeed.
+			 */
+			endp = p;
+			if (*endp == '!' || *endp == '^')
+				endp++;
+			for (;;) {
+				while (IS_BORING(*endp))
+					endp++;
+				if (*endp == '\0')
+					goto dft;	/* no matching ] */
+				if (*endp++ == ']')
+					break;
+			}
+			/* end shortcut */
+
+			invert = 0;
+			savep = p, saveq = q;
+			invert = 0;
+			if (*p == '!' || *p == '^') {
+				invert++;
+				p++;
+			}
+			found = 0;
+			if (*q == '\0') {
+				VTRACE(DBG_MATCH, ("[]fail\n"));
+				return 0;
+			}
+			if (squoted && *q == CTLESC)
+				q++;
+			chr = (unsigned char)*q++;
+			c = *p++;
+			do {
+				if (IS_BORING(c))
+					continue;
+				if (c == '\0') {
+					p = savep, q = saveq;
+					c = '[';
+					goto dft;
+				}
+				if (c == '[' && *p == ':') {
+					found |= match_charclass(p, chr, &end);
+					if (end != NULL) {
+						p = end;
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+				if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
+					c = *p++;
+				wc = (unsigned char)c;
+				if (*p == '-' && p[1] != ']') {
+					p++;
+					if (*p == CTLESC || *p == '\\')
+						p++;
+					wc2 = (unsigned char)*p++;
+					if (   collate_range_cmp(chr, wc) >= 0
+					    && collate_range_cmp(chr, wc2) <= 0
+					   )
+						found = 1;
+				} else {
+					if (chr == wc)
+						found = 1;
+				}
+			} while ((c = *p++) != ']');
+			if (found == invert)
+				goto backtrack;
+			break;
+		}
+  dft:		default:
+			if (squoted && *q == CTLESC)
+				q++;
+			if (*q++ == c)
+				break;
+  backtrack:
+			/*
+			 * If we have a mismatch (other than hitting the end
+			 * of the string), go back to the last '*' seen and
+			 * have it match one additional character.
+			 */
+			if (bt_p == NULL) {
+				VTRACE(DBG_MATCH, ("BTP fail\n"));
+				return 0;
+			}
+			if (*bt_q == '\0') {
+				VTRACE(DBG_MATCH, ("BTQ fail\n"));
+				return 0;
+			}
+			bt_q++;
+			p = bt_p;
+			q = bt_q;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Remove any CTLESC or CTLNONL characters from a string.
+ */
+
+void
+rmescapes(char *str)
+{
+	char *p, *q;
+
+	p = str;
+	while (*p != CTLESC && !IS_BORING(*p)) {
+		if (*p++ == '\0')
+			return;
+	}
+	q = p;
+	while (*p) {
+		if (IS_BORING(*p)) {
+			p++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*p == CTLCNL) {
+			p++;
+			*q++ = '\n';
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*p == CTLESC)
+			p++;
+		*q++ = *p++;
+	}
+	*q = '\0';
+}
+
+/*
+ * and a special version for dealing with expressions to be parsed
+ * by the arithmetic evaluator.   That needs to be able to count \n's
+ * even ones that were \newline elided \n's, so we have to put the
+ * latter back into the string - just being careful to put them only
+ * at a place where white space can reasonably occur in the string
+ * -- then the \n we insert will just be white space, and ignored
+ * for all purposes except line counting.
+ */
+
+void
+rmescapes_nl(char *str)
+{
+	char *p, *q;
+	int nls = 0, holdnl = 0, holdlast;
+
+	p = str;
+	while (*p != CTLESC && !IS_BORING(*p)) {
+		if (*p++ == '\0')
+			return;
+	}
+	if (p > str)	/* must reprocess char before stopper (if any) */
+		--p;	/* so we do not place a \n badly */
+	q = p;
+	while (*p) {
+		if (*p == CTLQUOTEMARK || *p == CTLQUOTEEND) {
+			p++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*p == CTLNONL) {
+			p++;
+			nls++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*p == CTLCNL) {
+			p++;
+			*q++ = '\n';
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*p == CTLESC)
+			p++;
+
+		holdlast = holdnl;
+		holdnl = is_in_name(*p);	/* letters, digits, _ */
+		if (q == str || is_space(q[-1]) || (*p != '=' && q[-1] != *p)) {
+			if (nls > 0 && holdnl != holdlast) {
+				while (nls > 0)
+					*q++ = '\n', nls--;
+			}
+		}
+		*q++ = *p++;
+	}
+	while (--nls >= 0)
+		*q++ = '\n';
+	*q = '\0';
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * See if a pattern matches in a case statement.
+ */
+
+int
+casematch(union node *pattern, char *val)
+{
+	struct stackmark smark;
+	int result;
+	char *p;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_MATCH, ("casematch(P=\"%s\", W=\"%s\")\n",
+	    pattern->narg.text, val));
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	argbackq = pattern->narg.backquote;
+	STARTSTACKSTR(expdest);
+	ifslastp = NULL;
+	argstr(pattern->narg.text, EXP_TILDE | EXP_CASE);
+	STPUTC('\0', expdest);
+	p = grabstackstr(expdest);
+	result = patmatch(p, val, 0);
+	popstackmark(&smark);
+	return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Our own itoa().   Assumes result buffer is on the stack
+ */
+
+STATIC char *
+cvtnum(int num, char *buf)
+{
+	char temp[32];
+	int neg = num < 0;
+	char *p = temp + sizeof temp - 1;
+
+	if (neg)
+		num = -num;
+
+	*p = '\0';
+	do {
+		*--p = num % 10 + '0';
+	} while ((num /= 10) != 0 && p > temp + 1);
+
+	if (neg)
+		*--p = '-';
+
+	while (*p)
+		STPUTC(*p++, buf);
+	return buf;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Do most of the work for wordexp(3).
+ */
+
+int
+wordexpcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	int i;
+
+	out1fmt("%d", argc - 1);
+	out1c('\0');
+	for (i = 1, len = 0; i < argc; i++)
+		len += strlen(argv[i]);
+	out1fmt("%zu", len);
+	out1c('\0');
+	for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
+		out1str(argv[i]);
+		out1c('\0');
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/expand.h b/bin/sh/expand.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d435fd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/expand.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: expand.h,v 1.24 2018/11/18 17:23:37 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)expand.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
+struct strlist {
+	struct strlist *next;
+	char *text;
+};
+
+
+struct arglist {
+	struct strlist *list;
+	struct strlist **lastp;
+};
+
+/*
+ * expandarg() flags
+ */
+#define EXP_SPLIT	0x1	/* perform word splitting */
+#define EXP_TILDE	0x2	/* do normal tilde expansion */
+#define EXP_VARTILDE	0x4	/* expand tildes in an assignment */
+#define EXP_REDIR	0x8	/* file glob for a redirection (1 match only) */
+#define EXP_CASE	0x10	/* keeps quotes around for CASE pattern */
+#define EXP_IFS_SPLIT	0x20	/* need to record arguments for ifs breakup */
+#define EXP_IN_QUOTES	0x40	/* don't set EXP_IFS_SPLIT again */
+#define EXP_GLOB	0x80	/* perform filename globbing */
+#define EXP_NL		0x100	/* keep CRTNONL in output */
+
+#define EXP_FULL	(EXP_SPLIT | EXP_GLOB)
+#define EXP_QNEEDED	(EXP_GLOB | EXP_CASE | EXP_REDIR)
+
+union node;
+
+void expandhere(union node *, int);
+void expandarg(union node *, struct arglist *, int);
+void rmescapes(char *);
+int casematch(union node *, char *);
diff --git a/bin/sh/funcs/cmv b/bin/sh/funcs/cmv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e3eef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/funcs/cmv
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#	$NetBSD: cmv,v 1.8 2016/02/29 23:50:59 christos Exp $
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)cmv	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+# Conditional move--don't replace an existing file.
+
+cmv() {
+	if test $# != 2
+	then	echo "cmv: arg count"
+		return 2
+	fi
+	if test -f "$2" -o -w "$2"
+	then	echo "$2 exists"
+		return 2
+	fi
+	/bin/mv "$1" "$2"
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/funcs/dirs b/bin/sh/funcs/dirs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef2ae0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/funcs/dirs
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#	$NetBSD: dirs,v 1.8 2016/02/29 23:50:59 christos Exp $
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)dirs	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+# pushd, popd, and dirs --- written by Chris Bertin
+# Pixel Computer Inc. ...!wjh12!pixel!pixutl!chris
+# as modified by Patrick Elam of GTRI and Kenneth Almquist at UW
+
+pushd () {
+	SAVE=`pwd`
+	if [ "$1" = "" ] 
+	then	if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ]
+		then	echo "pushd: directory stack empty."
+			return 1
+		fi
+		set $DSTACK
+		cd $1 || return
+		shift 1
+		DSTACK="$*"
+	else	cd $1 > /dev/null || return
+	fi
+	DSTACK="$SAVE $DSTACK"
+	dirs
+}
+
+popd () {
+	if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] 
+	then	echo "popd: directory stack empty."
+		return 1
+	fi
+	set $DSTACK
+	cd $1
+	shift
+	DSTACK=$*
+	dirs
+}
+
+dirs () {
+	echo "`pwd` $DSTACK"
+	return 0
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/funcs/kill b/bin/sh/funcs/kill
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70f2b27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/funcs/kill
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#	$NetBSD: kill,v 1.8 2016/02/29 23:50:59 christos Exp $
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)kill	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+# Convert job names to process ids and then run /bin/kill.
+
+kill() {
+	local args x
+	args=
+	for x in "$@"
+	do	case $x in
+		%*)	x=`jobid "$x"` ;;
+		esac
+		args="$args $x"
+	done
+	/bin/kill $args
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/funcs/login b/bin/sh/funcs/login
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2fe60e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/funcs/login
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#	$NetBSD: login,v 1.8 2016/02/29 23:50:59 christos Exp $
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)login	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+# replaces the login builtin in the BSD shell
+login () exec login "$@"
diff --git a/bin/sh/funcs/newgrp b/bin/sh/funcs/newgrp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ad46a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/funcs/newgrp
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#	$NetBSD: newgrp,v 1.8 2016/02/29 23:50:59 christos Exp $
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)newgrp	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+newgrp() exec newgrp "$@"
diff --git a/bin/sh/funcs/popd b/bin/sh/funcs/popd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..836741c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/funcs/popd
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#	$NetBSD: popd,v 1.8 2016/02/29 23:50:59 christos Exp $
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)popd	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+# pushd, popd, and dirs --- written by Chris Bertin
+# Pixel Computer Inc. ...!wjh12!pixel!pixutl!chris
+# as modified by Patrick Elam of GTRI and Kenneth Almquist at UW
+
+pushd () {
+	SAVE=`pwd`
+	if [ "$1" = "" ] 
+	then	if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ]
+		then	echo "pushd: directory stack empty."
+			return 1
+		fi
+		set $DSTACK
+		cd $1 || return
+		shift 1
+		DSTACK="$*"
+	else	cd $1 > /dev/null || return
+	fi
+	DSTACK="$SAVE $DSTACK"
+	dirs
+}
+
+popd () {
+	if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] 
+	then	echo "popd: directory stack empty."
+		return 1
+	fi
+	set $DSTACK
+	cd $1
+	shift
+	DSTACK=$*
+	dirs
+}
+
+dirs () {
+	echo "`pwd` $DSTACK"
+	return 0
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/funcs/pushd b/bin/sh/funcs/pushd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6ec1af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/funcs/pushd
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#	$NetBSD: pushd,v 1.8 2016/02/29 23:50:59 christos Exp $
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)pushd	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+# pushd, popd, and dirs --- written by Chris Bertin
+# Pixel Computer Inc. ...!wjh12!pixel!pixutl!chris
+# as modified by Patrick Elam of GTRI and Kenneth Almquist at UW
+
+pushd () {
+	SAVE=`pwd`
+	if [ "$1" = "" ] 
+	then	if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ]
+		then	echo "pushd: directory stack empty."
+			return 1
+		fi
+		set $DSTACK
+		cd $1 || return
+		shift 1
+		DSTACK="$*"
+	else	cd $1 > /dev/null || return
+	fi
+	DSTACK="$SAVE $DSTACK"
+	dirs
+}
+
+popd () {
+	if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] 
+	then	echo "popd: directory stack empty."
+		return 1
+	fi
+	set $DSTACK
+	cd $1
+	shift
+	DSTACK=$*
+	dirs
+}
+
+dirs () {
+	echo "`pwd` $DSTACK"
+	return 0
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/funcs/suspend b/bin/sh/funcs/suspend
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7643f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/funcs/suspend
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#	$NetBSD: suspend,v 1.8 2016/02/29 23:50:59 christos Exp $
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)suspend	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+suspend() {
+	local -
+	set +j
+	kill -TSTP 0
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/histedit.c b/bin/sh/histedit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5de3adc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/histedit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,576 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: histedit.c,v 1.53 2018/07/13 22:43:44 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)histedit.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: histedit.c,v 1.53 2018/07/13 22:43:44 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+/*
+ * Editline and history functions (and glue).
+ */
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "myhistedit.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "alias.h"
+#ifndef SMALL
+#include "eval.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+
+#define MAXHISTLOOPS	4	/* max recursions through fc */
+#define DEFEDITOR	"ed"	/* default editor *should* be $EDITOR */
+
+History *hist;	/* history cookie */
+EditLine *el;	/* editline cookie */
+int displayhist;
+static FILE *el_in, *el_out;
+unsigned char _el_fn_complete(EditLine *, int);
+
+STATIC const char *fc_replace(const char *, char *, char *);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+extern FILE *tracefile;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Set history and editing status.  Called whenever the status may
+ * have changed (figures out what to do).
+ */
+void
+histedit(void)
+{
+	FILE *el_err;
+
+#define editing (Eflag || Vflag)
+
+	if (iflag == 1) {
+		if (!hist) {
+			/*
+			 * turn history on
+			 */
+			INTOFF;
+			hist = history_init();
+			INTON;
+
+			if (hist != NULL)
+				sethistsize(histsizeval());
+			else
+				out2str("sh: can't initialize history\n");
+		}
+		if (editing && !el && isatty(0)) { /* && isatty(2) ??? */
+			/*
+			 * turn editing on
+			 */
+			char *term, *shname;
+
+			INTOFF;
+			if (el_in == NULL)
+				el_in = fdopen(0, "r");
+			if (el_out == NULL)
+				el_out = fdopen(2, "w");
+			if (el_in == NULL || el_out == NULL)
+				goto bad;
+			el_err = el_out;
+#if DEBUG
+			if (tracefile)
+				el_err = tracefile;
+#endif
+			term = lookupvar("TERM");
+			if (term)
+				setenv("TERM", term, 1);
+			else
+				unsetenv("TERM");
+			shname = arg0;
+			if (shname[0] == '-')
+				shname++;
+			el = el_init(shname, el_in, el_out, el_err);
+			if (el != NULL) {
+				if (hist)
+					el_set(el, EL_HIST, history, hist);
+
+				set_prompt_lit(lookupvar("PSlit"));
+				el_set(el, EL_SIGNAL, 1);
+				el_set(el, EL_ALIAS_TEXT, alias_text, NULL);
+				el_set(el, EL_ADDFN, "rl-complete",
+				    "ReadLine compatible completion function",
+				    _el_fn_complete);
+			} else {
+bad:
+				out2str("sh: can't initialize editing\n");
+			}
+			INTON;
+		} else if (!editing && el) {
+			INTOFF;
+			el_end(el);
+			el = NULL;
+			INTON;
+		}
+		if (el) {
+			if (Vflag)
+				el_set(el, EL_EDITOR, "vi");
+			else if (Eflag)
+				el_set(el, EL_EDITOR, "emacs");
+			el_set(el, EL_BIND, "^I", 
+			    tabcomplete ? "rl-complete" : "ed-insert", NULL);
+			el_source(el, lookupvar("EDITRC"));
+		}
+	} else {
+		INTOFF;
+		if (el) {	/* no editing if not interactive */
+			el_end(el);
+			el = NULL;
+		}
+		if (hist) {
+			history_end(hist);
+			hist = NULL;
+		}
+		INTON;
+	}
+}
+
+void
+set_prompt_lit(const char *lit_ch)
+{
+	wchar_t wc;
+
+	if (!(iflag && editing && el))
+		return;
+
+	if (lit_ch == NULL) {
+		el_set(el, EL_PROMPT, getprompt);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	mbtowc(&wc, NULL, 1);		/* state init */
+
+	if (mbtowc(&wc, lit_ch, strlen(lit_ch)) <= 0)
+		el_set(el, EL_PROMPT, getprompt);
+	else
+		el_set(el, EL_PROMPT_ESC, getprompt, (int)wc);
+}
+
+void
+set_editrc(const char *fname)
+{
+	if (iflag && editing && el)
+		el_source(el, fname);
+}
+
+void
+sethistsize(const char *hs)
+{
+	int histsize;
+	HistEvent he;
+
+	if (hist != NULL) {
+		if (hs == NULL || *hs == '\0' || *hs == '-' ||
+		   (histsize = number(hs)) < 0)
+			histsize = 100;
+		history(hist, &he, H_SETSIZE, histsize);
+		history(hist, &he, H_SETUNIQUE, 1);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+setterm(const char *term)
+{
+	if (el != NULL && term != NULL)
+		if (el_set(el, EL_TERMINAL, term) != 0) {
+			outfmt(out2, "sh: Can't set terminal type %s\n", term);
+			outfmt(out2, "sh: Using dumb terminal settings.\n");
+		}
+}
+
+int
+inputrc(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	if (argc != 2) {
+		out2str("usage: inputrc file\n");
+		return 1;
+	}
+	if (el != NULL) {
+		if (el_source(el, argv[1])) {
+			out2str("inputrc: failed\n");
+			return 1;
+		} else
+			return 0;
+	} else {
+		out2str("sh: inputrc ignored, not editing\n");
+		return 1;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ *  This command is provided since POSIX decided to standardize
+ *  the Korn shell fc command.  Oh well...
+ */
+int
+histcmd(volatile int argc, char ** volatile argv)
+{
+	int ch;
+	const char * volatile editor = NULL;
+	HistEvent he;
+	volatile int lflg = 0, nflg = 0, rflg = 0, sflg = 0;
+	int i, retval;
+	const char *firststr, *laststr;
+	int first, last, direction;
+	char * volatile pat = NULL, * volatile repl;	/* ksh "fc old=new" crap */
+	static int active = 0;
+	struct jmploc jmploc;
+	struct jmploc *volatile savehandler;
+	char editfile[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+	FILE * volatile efp;
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+	repl = NULL;	/* XXX gcc4 */
+	efp = NULL;	/* XXX gcc4 */
+#endif
+
+	if (hist == NULL)
+		error("history not active");
+
+	if (argc == 1)
+		error("missing history argument");
+
+	optreset = 1; optind = 1; /* initialize getopt */
+	while (not_fcnumber(argv[optind]) &&
+	      (ch = getopt(argc, argv, ":e:lnrs")) != -1)
+		switch ((char)ch) {
+		case 'e':
+			editor = optionarg;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			lflg = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			nflg = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			rflg = 1;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			sflg = 1;
+			break;
+		case ':':
+			error("option -%c expects argument", optopt);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			error("unknown option: -%c", optopt);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	argc -= optind, argv += optind;
+
+	/*
+	 * If executing...
+	 */
+	if (lflg == 0 || editor || sflg) {
+		lflg = 0;	/* ignore */
+		editfile[0] = '\0';
+		/*
+		 * Catch interrupts to reset active counter and
+		 * cleanup temp files.
+		 */
+		savehandler = handler;
+		if (setjmp(jmploc.loc)) {
+			active = 0;
+			if (*editfile)
+				unlink(editfile);
+			handler = savehandler;
+			longjmp(handler->loc, 1);
+		}
+		handler = &jmploc;
+		if (++active > MAXHISTLOOPS) {
+			active = 0;
+			displayhist = 0;
+			error("called recursively too many times");
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Set editor.
+		 */
+		if (sflg == 0) {
+			if (editor == NULL &&
+			    (editor = bltinlookup("FCEDIT", 1)) == NULL &&
+			    (editor = bltinlookup("EDITOR", 1)) == NULL)
+				editor = DEFEDITOR;
+			if (editor[0] == '-' && editor[1] == '\0') {
+				sflg = 1;	/* no edit */
+				editor = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If executing, parse [old=new] now
+	 */
+	if (lflg == 0 && argc > 0 &&
+	     ((repl = strchr(argv[0], '=')) != NULL)) {
+		pat = argv[0];
+		*repl++ = '\0';
+		argc--, argv++;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If -s is specified, accept only one operand
+	 */
+	if (sflg && argc >= 2)
+		error("too many args");
+
+	/*
+	 * determine [first] and [last]
+	 */
+	switch (argc) {
+	case 0:
+		firststr = lflg ? "-16" : "-1";
+		laststr = "-1";
+		break;
+	case 1:
+		firststr = argv[0];
+		laststr = lflg ? "-1" : argv[0];
+		break;
+	case 2:
+		firststr = argv[0];
+		laststr = argv[1];
+		break;
+	default:
+		error("too many args");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Turn into event numbers.
+	 */
+	first = str_to_event(firststr, 0);
+	last = str_to_event(laststr, 1);
+
+	if (rflg) {
+		i = last;
+		last = first;
+		first = i;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * XXX - this should not depend on the event numbers
+	 * always increasing.  Add sequence numbers or offset
+	 * to the history element in next (diskbased) release.
+	 */
+	direction = first < last ? H_PREV : H_NEXT;
+
+	/*
+	 * If editing, grab a temp file.
+	 */
+	if (editor) {
+		int fd;
+		INTOFF;		/* easier */
+		snprintf(editfile, sizeof(editfile), "%s_shXXXXXX", _PATH_TMP);
+		if ((fd = mkstemp(editfile)) < 0)
+			error("can't create temporary file %s", editfile);
+		if ((efp = fdopen(fd, "w")) == NULL) {
+			close(fd);
+			error("can't allocate stdio buffer for temp");
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Loop through selected history events.  If listing or executing,
+	 * do it now.  Otherwise, put into temp file and call the editor
+	 * after.
+	 *
+	 * The history interface needs rethinking, as the following
+	 * convolutions will demonstrate.
+	 */
+	history(hist, &he, H_FIRST);
+	retval = history(hist, &he, H_NEXT_EVENT, first);
+	for (;retval != -1; retval = history(hist, &he, direction)) {
+		if (lflg) {
+			if (!nflg)
+				out1fmt("%5d ", he.num);
+			out1str(he.str);
+		} else {
+			const char *s = pat ?
+			   fc_replace(he.str, pat, repl) : he.str;
+
+			if (sflg) {
+				if (displayhist) {
+					out2str(s);
+				}
+
+				evalstring(strcpy(stalloc(strlen(s) + 1), s), 0);
+				if (displayhist && hist) {
+					/*
+					 *  XXX what about recursive and
+					 *  relative histnums.
+					 */
+					history(hist, &he, H_ENTER, s);
+				}
+
+				break;
+			} else
+				fputs(s, efp);
+		}
+		/*
+		 * At end?  (if we were to lose last, we'd sure be
+		 * messed up).
+		 */
+		if (he.num == last)
+			break;
+	}
+	if (editor) {
+		char *editcmd;
+		size_t cmdlen;
+
+		fclose(efp);
+		cmdlen = strlen(editor) + strlen(editfile) + 2;
+		editcmd = stalloc(cmdlen);
+		snprintf(editcmd, cmdlen, "%s %s", editor, editfile);
+		evalstring(editcmd, 0);	/* XXX - should use no JC command */
+		INTON;
+		readcmdfile(editfile);	/* XXX - should read back - quick tst */
+		unlink(editfile);
+	}
+
+	if (lflg == 0 && active > 0)
+		--active;
+	if (displayhist)
+		displayhist = 0;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+STATIC const char *
+fc_replace(const char *s, char *p, char *r)
+{
+	char *dest;
+	int plen = strlen(p);
+
+	STARTSTACKSTR(dest);
+	while (*s) {
+		if (*s == *p && strncmp(s, p, plen) == 0) {
+			while (*r)
+				STPUTC(*r++, dest);
+			s += plen;
+			*p = '\0';	/* so no more matches */
+		} else
+			STPUTC(*s++, dest);
+	}
+	STACKSTRNUL(dest);
+	dest = grabstackstr(dest);
+
+	return (dest);
+}
+
+int
+not_fcnumber(char *s)
+{
+	if (s == NULL)
+		return 0;
+        if (*s == '-')
+                s++;
+	return (!is_number(s));
+}
+
+int
+str_to_event(const char *str, int last)
+{
+	HistEvent he;
+	const char *s = str;
+	int relative = 0;
+	int i, retval;
+
+	retval = history(hist, &he, H_FIRST);
+	switch (*s) {
+	case '-':
+		relative = 1;
+		/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+	case '+':
+		s++;
+	}
+	if (is_number(s)) {
+		i = number(s);
+		if (relative) {
+			while (retval != -1 && i--) {
+				retval = history(hist, &he, H_NEXT);
+			}
+			if (retval == -1)
+				retval = history(hist, &he, H_LAST);
+		} else {
+			retval = history(hist, &he, H_NEXT_EVENT, i);
+			if (retval == -1) {
+				/*
+				 * the notion of first and last is
+				 * backwards to that of the history package
+				 */
+				retval = history(hist, &he,
+						last ? H_FIRST : H_LAST);
+			}
+		}
+		if (retval == -1)
+			error("history number %s not found (internal error)",
+			       str);
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * pattern
+		 */
+		retval = history(hist, &he, H_PREV_STR, str);
+		if (retval == -1)
+			error("history pattern not found: %s", str);
+	}
+	return (he.num);
+}
+#else
+int
+histcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	error("not compiled with history support");
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+int
+inputrc(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	error("not compiled with history support");
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/bin/sh/init.h b/bin/sh/init.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60d924e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/init.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: init.h,v 1.10 2003/08/07 09:05:32 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)init.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+void init(void);
+void reset(void);
+void initshellproc(void);
diff --git a/bin/sh/input.c b/bin/sh/input.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc686f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/input.c
@@ -0,0 +1,695 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: input.c,v 1.69 2019/01/16 07:14:17 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)input.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 6/9/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: input.c,v 1.69 2019/01/16 07:14:17 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>	/* defines BUFSIZ */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/*
+ * This file implements the input routines used by the parser.
+ */
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "redir.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "alias.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "myhistedit.h"
+#include "show.h"
+
+#define EOF_NLEFT -99		/* value of parsenleft when EOF pushed back */
+
+MKINIT
+struct strpush {
+	struct strpush *prev;	/* preceding string on stack */
+	const char *prevstring;
+	int prevnleft;
+	int prevlleft;
+	struct alias *ap;	/* if push was associated with an alias */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The parsefile structure pointed to by the global variable parsefile
+ * contains information about the current file being read.
+ */
+
+MKINIT
+struct parsefile {
+	struct parsefile *prev;	/* preceding file on stack */
+	int linno;		/* current line */
+	int fd;			/* file descriptor (or -1 if string) */
+	int nleft;		/* number of chars left in this line */
+	int lleft;		/* number of chars left in this buffer */
+	const char *nextc;	/* next char in buffer */
+	char *buf;		/* input buffer */
+	struct strpush *strpush; /* for pushing strings at this level */
+	struct strpush basestrpush; /* so pushing one is fast */
+};
+
+
+int plinno = 1;			/* input line number */
+int parsenleft;			/* copy of parsefile->nleft */
+MKINIT int parselleft;		/* copy of parsefile->lleft */
+const char *parsenextc;		/* copy of parsefile->nextc */
+MKINIT struct parsefile basepf;	/* top level input file */
+MKINIT char basebuf[BUFSIZ];	/* buffer for top level input file */
+struct parsefile *parsefile = &basepf;	/* current input file */
+int init_editline = 0;		/* editline library initialized? */
+int whichprompt;		/* 1 == PS1, 2 == PS2 */
+
+STATIC void pushfile(void);
+static int preadfd(void);
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+INCLUDE <stdio.h>
+INCLUDE "input.h"
+INCLUDE "error.h"
+
+INIT {
+	basepf.nextc = basepf.buf = basebuf;
+}
+
+RESET {
+	if (exception != EXSHELLPROC)
+		parselleft = parsenleft = 0;	/* clear input buffer */
+	popallfiles();
+}
+
+SHELLPROC {
+	popallfiles();
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0		/* this is unused */
+/*
+ * Read a line from the script.
+ */
+
+char *
+pfgets(char *line, int len)
+{
+	char *p = line;
+	int nleft = len;
+	int c;
+
+	while (--nleft > 0) {
+		c = pgetc_macro();
+		if (c == PFAKE)		/* consecutive PFAKEs is impossible */
+			c = pgetc_macro();
+		if (c == PEOF) {
+			if (p == line)
+				return NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		*p++ = c;
+		if (c == '\n') {
+			plinno++;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	*p = '\0';
+	return line;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Read a character from the script, returning PEOF on end of file.
+ * Nul characters in the input are silently discarded.
+ */
+
+int
+pgetc(void)
+{
+	int c;
+
+	c = pgetc_macro();
+	if (c == PFAKE)
+		c = pgetc_macro();
+	return c;
+}
+
+
+static int
+preadfd(void)
+{
+	int nr;
+	char *buf =  parsefile->buf;
+	parsenextc = buf;
+
+ retry:
+#ifndef SMALL
+	if (parsefile->fd == 0 && el) {
+		static const char *rl_cp;
+		static int el_len;
+
+		if (rl_cp == NULL)
+			rl_cp = el_gets(el, &el_len);
+		if (rl_cp == NULL)
+			nr = el_len == 0 ? 0 : -1;
+		else {
+			nr = el_len;
+			if (nr > BUFSIZ - 8)
+				nr = BUFSIZ - 8;
+			memcpy(buf, rl_cp, nr);
+			if (nr != el_len) {
+				el_len -= nr;
+				rl_cp += nr;
+			} else
+				rl_cp = 0;
+		}
+
+	} else
+#endif
+		nr = read(parsefile->fd, buf, BUFSIZ - 8);
+
+
+	if (nr <= 0) {
+                if (nr < 0) {
+                        if (errno == EINTR)
+                                goto retry;
+                        if (parsefile->fd == 0 && errno == EWOULDBLOCK) {
+                                int flags = fcntl(0, F_GETFL, 0);
+
+                                if (flags >= 0 && flags & O_NONBLOCK) {
+                                        flags &=~ O_NONBLOCK;
+                                        if (fcntl(0, F_SETFL, flags) >= 0) {
+						out2str("sh: turning off NDELAY mode\n");
+                                                goto retry;
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                nr = -1;
+	}
+	return nr;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Refill the input buffer and return the next input character:
+ *
+ * 1) If a string was pushed back on the input, pop it;
+ * 2) If an EOF was pushed back (parsenleft == EOF_NLEFT) or we are reading
+ *    from a string so we can't refill the buffer, return EOF.
+ * 3) If there is more stuff in this buffer, use it else call read to fill it.
+ * 4) Process input up to the next newline, deleting nul characters.
+ */
+
+int
+preadbuffer(void)
+{
+	char *p, *q;
+	int more;
+#ifndef SMALL
+	int something;
+#endif
+	char savec;
+
+	while (parsefile->strpush) {
+		if (parsenleft == -1 && parsefile->strpush->ap != NULL)
+			return PFAKE;
+		popstring();
+		if (--parsenleft >= 0)
+			return (*parsenextc++);
+	}
+	if (parsenleft == EOF_NLEFT || parsefile->buf == NULL)
+		return PEOF;
+	flushout(&output);
+	flushout(&errout);
+
+ again:
+	if (parselleft <= 0) {
+		if ((parselleft = preadfd()) == -1) {
+			parselleft = parsenleft = EOF_NLEFT;
+			return PEOF;
+		}
+	}
+
+		/* p = (not const char *)parsenextc; */
+	p = parsefile->buf + (parsenextc - parsefile->buf);
+	q = p;
+
+	/* delete nul characters */
+#ifndef SMALL
+	something = 0;
+#endif
+	for (more = 1; more;) {
+		switch (*p) {
+		case '\0':
+			p++;	/* Skip nul */
+			goto check;
+
+		case '\t':
+		case ' ':
+			break;
+
+		case '\n':
+			parsenleft = q - parsenextc;
+			more = 0; /* Stop processing here */
+			break;
+
+		default:
+#ifndef SMALL
+			something = 1;
+#endif
+			break;
+		}
+
+		*q++ = *p++;
+ check:
+		if (--parselleft <= 0) {
+			parsenleft = q - parsenextc - 1;
+			if (parsenleft < 0)
+				goto again;
+			*q = '\0';
+			more = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	savec = *q;
+	*q = '\0';
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+	if (parsefile->fd == 0 && hist && (something || whichprompt == 2)) {
+		HistEvent he;
+
+		INTOFF;
+		history(hist, &he, whichprompt != 2 ? H_ENTER : H_APPEND,
+		    parsenextc);
+		INTON;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (vflag) {
+		out2str(parsenextc);
+		flushout(out2);
+	}
+
+	*q = savec;
+
+	return *parsenextc++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Test whether we have reached EOF on input stream.
+ * Return true only if certain (without attempting a read).
+ *
+ * Note the similarity to the opening section of preadbuffer()
+ */
+int
+at_eof(void)
+{
+	struct strpush *sp = parsefile->strpush;
+
+	if (parsenleft > 0)	/* more chars are in the buffer */
+		return 0;
+
+	while (sp != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * If any pushed string has any remaining data,
+		 * then we are not at EOF  (simulating popstring())
+		 */
+		if (sp->prevnleft > 0)
+			return 0;
+		sp = sp->prev;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we reached real EOF and pushed it back,
+	 * or if we are just processing a string (not reading a file)
+	 * then there is no more.   Note that if a file pushes a
+	 * string, the file's ->buf remains present.
+	 */
+	if (parsenleft == EOF_NLEFT || parsefile->buf == NULL)
+		return 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * In other cases, there might be more
+	 */
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Undo the last call to pgetc.  Only one character may be pushed back.
+ * PEOF may be pushed back.
+ */
+
+void
+pungetc(void)
+{
+	parsenleft++;
+	parsenextc--;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Push a string back onto the input at this current parsefile level.
+ * We handle aliases this way.
+ */
+void
+pushstring(const char *s, int len, struct alias *ap)
+{
+	struct strpush *sp;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_INPUT,
+	    ("pushstring(\"%.*s\", %d)%s%s%s had: nl=%d ll=%d \"%.*s\"\n",
+	    len, s, len, ap ? " for alias:'" : "",
+	    ap ? ap->name : "", ap ? "'" : "",
+	    parsenleft, parselleft, parsenleft, parsenextc));
+
+	INTOFF;
+	if (parsefile->strpush) {
+		sp = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct strpush));
+		sp->prev = parsefile->strpush;
+		parsefile->strpush = sp;
+	} else
+		sp = parsefile->strpush = &(parsefile->basestrpush);
+
+	sp->prevstring = parsenextc;
+	sp->prevnleft = parsenleft;
+	sp->prevlleft = parselleft;
+	sp->ap = ap;
+	if (ap)
+		ap->flag |= ALIASINUSE;
+	parsenextc = s;
+	parsenleft = len;
+	INTON;
+}
+
+void
+popstring(void)
+{
+	struct strpush *sp = parsefile->strpush;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	if (sp->ap) {
+		int alen;
+
+		if ((alen = strlen(sp->ap->val)) > 0 &&
+		    (sp->ap->val[alen - 1] == ' ' ||
+		     sp->ap->val[alen - 1] == '\t'))
+			checkkwd |= CHKALIAS;
+		sp->ap->flag &= ~ALIASINUSE;
+	}
+	parsenextc = sp->prevstring;
+	parsenleft = sp->prevnleft;
+	parselleft = sp->prevlleft;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_INPUT, ("popstring()%s%s%s nl=%d ll=%d \"%.*s\"\n",
+	    sp->ap ? " from alias:'" : "", sp->ap ? sp->ap->name : "",
+	    sp->ap ? "'" : "", parsenleft, parselleft, parsenleft, parsenextc));
+
+	parsefile->strpush = sp->prev;
+	if (sp != &(parsefile->basestrpush))
+		ckfree(sp);
+	INTON;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the input to take input from a file.  If push is set, push the
+ * old input onto the stack first.
+ */
+
+void
+setinputfile(const char *fname, int push)
+{
+	unsigned char magic[4];
+	int fd;
+	int fd2;
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_INPUT,("setinputfile(\"%s\", %spush)\n",fname,push?"":"no"));
+
+	INTOFF;
+	if ((fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY)) < 0)
+		error("Can't open %s", fname);
+
+	/* Since the message "Syntax error: "(" unexpected" is not very
+	 * helpful, we check if the file starts with the ELF magic to
+	 * avoid that message. The first lseek tries to make sure that
+	 * we can later rewind the file.
+	 */
+	if (fstat(fd, &sb) == 0 && S_ISREG(sb.st_mode) &&
+	    lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == 0) {
+		if (read(fd, magic, 4) == 4) {
+			if (memcmp(magic, "\177ELF", 4) == 0) {
+				(void)close(fd);
+				error("Cannot execute ELF binary %s", fname);
+			}
+		}
+		if (lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET) != 0) {
+			(void)close(fd);
+			error("Cannot rewind the file %s", fname);
+		}
+	}
+
+	fd2 = to_upper_fd(fd);	/* closes fd, returns higher equiv */
+	if (fd2 == fd) {
+		(void) close(fd);
+		error("Out of file descriptors");
+	}
+
+	setinputfd(fd2, push);
+	INTON;
+}
+
+/*
+ * When a shell fd needs to be altered (when the user wants to use
+ * the same fd - rare, but happens - we need to locate the ref to
+ * the fd, and update it.  This happens via a callback.
+ * This is the callback func for fd's used for shell input
+ */
+static void
+input_fd_swap(int from, int to)
+{
+	struct parsefile *pf;
+
+	pf = parsefile;
+	while (pf != NULL) {		/* don't need to stop at basepf */
+		if (pf->fd == from)
+			pf->fd = to;
+		pf = pf->prev;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Like setinputfile, but takes an open file descriptor.  Call this with
+ * interrupts off.
+ */
+
+void
+setinputfd(int fd, int push)
+{
+	VTRACE(DBG_INPUT, ("setinputfd(%d, %spush)\n", fd, push?"":"no"));
+
+	register_sh_fd(fd, input_fd_swap);
+	(void) fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+	if (push)
+		pushfile();
+	if (parsefile->fd > 0)
+		sh_close(parsefile->fd);
+	parsefile->fd = fd;
+	if (parsefile->buf == NULL)
+		parsefile->buf = ckmalloc(BUFSIZ);
+	parselleft = parsenleft = 0;
+	plinno = 1;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_INPUT, ("setinputfd(%d, %spush) done; plinno=1\n", fd,
+	    push ? "" : "no"));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Like setinputfile, but takes input from a string.
+ */
+
+void
+setinputstring(char *string, int push, int line1)
+{
+
+	INTOFF;
+	if (push)		/* XXX: always, as it happens */
+		pushfile();
+	parsenextc = string;
+	parselleft = parsenleft = strlen(string);
+	plinno = line1;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_INPUT,
+	    ("setinputstring(\"%.20s%s\" (%d), %spush, @ %d)\n", string,
+	    (parsenleft > 20 ? "..." : ""), parsenleft, push?"":"no", line1));
+	INTON;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * To handle the "." command, a stack of input files is used.  Pushfile
+ * adds a new entry to the stack and popfile restores the previous level.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+pushfile(void)
+{
+	struct parsefile *pf;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_INPUT,
+	    ("pushfile(): fd=%d buf=%p nl=%d ll=%d \"%.*s\" plinno=%d\n",
+	    parsefile->fd, parsefile->buf, parsenleft, parselleft,
+	    parsenleft, parsenextc, plinno));
+
+	parsefile->nleft = parsenleft;
+	parsefile->lleft = parselleft;
+	parsefile->nextc = parsenextc;
+	parsefile->linno = plinno;
+	pf = (struct parsefile *)ckmalloc(sizeof (struct parsefile));
+	pf->prev = parsefile;
+	pf->fd = -1;
+	pf->strpush = NULL;
+	pf->basestrpush.prev = NULL;
+	pf->buf = NULL;
+	parsefile = pf;
+}
+
+
+void
+popfile(void)
+{
+	struct parsefile *pf = parsefile;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	if (pf->fd >= 0)
+		sh_close(pf->fd);
+	if (pf->buf)
+		ckfree(pf->buf);
+	while (pf->strpush)
+		popstring();
+	parsefile = pf->prev;
+	ckfree(pf);
+	parsenleft = parsefile->nleft;
+	parselleft = parsefile->lleft;
+	parsenextc = parsefile->nextc;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_INPUT,
+	    ("popfile(): fd=%d buf=%p nl=%d ll=%d \"%.*s\" plinno:%d->%d\n",
+	    parsefile->fd, parsefile->buf, parsenleft, parselleft,
+	    parsenleft, parsenextc, plinno, parsefile->linno));
+
+	plinno = parsefile->linno;
+	INTON;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return current file (to go back to it later using popfilesupto()).
+ */
+
+struct parsefile *
+getcurrentfile(void)
+{
+	return parsefile;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Pop files until the given file is on top again. Useful for regular
+ * builtins that read shell commands from files or strings.
+ * If the given file is not an active file, an error is raised.
+ */
+
+void
+popfilesupto(struct parsefile *file)
+{
+	while (parsefile != file && parsefile != &basepf)
+		popfile();
+	if (parsefile != file)
+		error("popfilesupto() misused");
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Return to top level.
+ */
+
+void
+popallfiles(void)
+{
+	while (parsefile != &basepf)
+		popfile();
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Close the file(s) that the shell is reading commands from.  Called
+ * after a fork is done.
+ *
+ * Takes one arg, vfork, which tells it to not modify its global vars
+ * as it is still running in the parent.
+ *
+ * This code is (probably) unnecessary as the 'close on exec' flag is
+ * set and should be enough.  In the vfork case it is definitely wrong
+ * to close the fds as another fork() may be done later to feed data
+ * from a 'here' document into a pipe and we don't want to close the
+ * pipe!
+ */
+
+void
+closescript(int vforked)
+{
+	if (vforked)
+		return;
+	popallfiles();
+	if (parsefile->fd > 0) {
+		sh_close(parsefile->fd);
+		parsefile->fd = 0;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/input.h b/bin/sh/input.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c40d4aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/input.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: input.h,v 1.21 2018/08/19 23:50:27 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)input.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+/* PEOF (the end of file marker) is defined in syntax.h */
+
+/*
+ * The input line number.  Input.c just defines this variable, and saves
+ * and restores it when files are pushed and popped.  The user of this
+ * package must set its value.
+ */
+extern int plinno;
+extern int parsenleft;		/* number of characters left in input buffer */
+extern const char *parsenextc;	/* next character in input buffer */
+extern int init_editline;	/* 0 == not setup, 1 == OK, -1 == failed */
+extern int whichprompt;		/* 1 ==> PS1, 2 ==> PS2 */
+
+struct alias;
+struct parsefile;
+
+char *pfgets(char *, int);
+int pgetc(void);
+int preadbuffer(void);
+int at_eof(void);
+void pungetc(void);
+void pushstring(const char *, int, struct alias *);
+void popstring(void);
+void setinputfile(const char *, int);
+void setinputfd(int, int);
+void setinputstring(char *, int, int);
+void popfile(void);
+struct parsefile *getcurrentfile(void);
+void popfilesupto(struct parsefile *);
+void popallfiles(void);
+void closescript(int);
+
+#define pgetc_macro()	(--parsenleft >= 0? *parsenextc++ : preadbuffer())
diff --git a/bin/sh/jobs.c b/bin/sh/jobs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d066bb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/jobs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1812 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: jobs.c,v 1.103 2018/12/03 02:38:30 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)jobs.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: jobs.c,v 1.103 2018/12/03 02:38:30 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#ifdef BSD
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#if JOBS
+#if OLD_TTY_DRIVER
+#include "sgtty.h"
+#else
+#include <termios.h>
+#endif
+#undef CEOF			/* syntax.h redefines this */
+#endif
+#include "redir.h"
+#include "show.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "nodes.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "trap.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+
+
+#ifndef	WCONTINUED
+#define	WCONTINUED 0		/* So we can compile on old systems */
+#endif
+#ifndef	WIFCONTINUED
+#define	WIFCONTINUED(x)	(0)		/* ditto */
+#endif
+
+
+static struct job *jobtab;		/* array of jobs */
+static int njobs;			/* size of array */
+static int jobs_invalid;		/* set in child */
+MKINIT pid_t backgndpid = -1;	/* pid of last background process */
+#if JOBS
+int initialpgrp;		/* pgrp of shell on invocation */
+static int curjob = -1;		/* current job */
+#endif
+static int ttyfd = -1;
+
+STATIC void restartjob(struct job *);
+STATIC void freejob(struct job *);
+STATIC struct job *getjob(const char *, int);
+STATIC int dowait(int, struct job *, struct job **);
+#define WBLOCK	1
+#define WNOFREE 2
+#define WSILENT 4
+STATIC int jobstatus(const struct job *, int);
+STATIC int waitproc(int, struct job *, int *);
+STATIC void cmdtxt(union node *);
+STATIC void cmdlist(union node *, int);
+STATIC void cmdputs(const char *);
+inline static void cmdputi(int);
+
+#ifdef SYSV
+STATIC int onsigchild(void);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OLD_TTY_DRIVER
+static pid_t tcgetpgrp(int fd);
+static int tcsetpgrp(int fd, pid_t pgrp);
+
+static pid_t
+tcgetpgrp(int fd)
+{
+	pid_t pgrp;
+	if (ioctl(fd, TIOCGPGRP, (char *)&pgrp) == -1)
+		return -1;
+	else
+		return pgrp;
+}
+
+static int
+tcsetpgrp(int fd, pid_tpgrp)
+{
+	return ioctl(fd, TIOCSPGRP, (char *)&pgrp);
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+ttyfd_change(int from, int to)
+{
+	if (ttyfd == from)
+		ttyfd = to;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Turn job control on and off.
+ *
+ * Note:  This code assumes that the third arg to ioctl is a character
+ * pointer, which is true on Berkeley systems but not System V.  Since
+ * System V doesn't have job control yet, this isn't a problem now.
+ */
+
+MKINIT int jobctl;
+
+void
+setjobctl(int on)
+{
+#ifdef OLD_TTY_DRIVER
+	int ldisc;
+#endif
+
+	if (on == jobctl || rootshell == 0)
+		return;
+	if (on) {
+#if defined(FIOCLEX) || defined(FD_CLOEXEC)
+		int i;
+
+		if (ttyfd != -1)
+			sh_close(ttyfd);
+		if ((ttyfd = open("/dev/tty", O_RDWR)) == -1) {
+			for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+				if (isatty(i) && (ttyfd = dup(i)) != -1)
+					break;
+			}
+			if (i == 3)
+				goto out;
+		}
+		ttyfd = to_upper_fd(ttyfd);	/* Move to a high fd */
+		register_sh_fd(ttyfd, ttyfd_change);
+#else
+		out2str("sh: Need FIOCLEX or FD_CLOEXEC to support job control");
+		goto out;
+#endif
+		do { /* while we are in the background */
+			if ((initialpgrp = tcgetpgrp(ttyfd)) < 0) {
+ out:
+				out2str("sh: can't access tty; job control turned off\n");
+				mflag = 0;
+				return;
+			}
+			if (initialpgrp == -1)
+				initialpgrp = getpgrp();
+			else if (initialpgrp != getpgrp()) {
+				killpg(0, SIGTTIN);
+				continue;
+			}
+		} while (0);
+
+#ifdef OLD_TTY_DRIVER
+		if (ioctl(ttyfd, TIOCGETD, (char *)&ldisc) < 0
+		    || ldisc != NTTYDISC) {
+			out2str("sh: need new tty driver to run job control; job control turned off\n");
+			mflag = 0;
+			return;
+		}
+#endif
+		setsignal(SIGTSTP, 0);
+		setsignal(SIGTTOU, 0);
+		setsignal(SIGTTIN, 0);
+		if (getpgrp() != rootpid && setpgid(0, rootpid) == -1)
+			error("Cannot set process group (%s) at %d",
+			    strerror(errno), __LINE__);
+		if (tcsetpgrp(ttyfd, rootpid) == -1)
+			error("Cannot set tty process group (%s) at %d",
+			    strerror(errno), __LINE__);
+	} else { /* turning job control off */
+		if (getpgrp() != initialpgrp && setpgid(0, initialpgrp) == -1)
+			error("Cannot set process group (%s) at %d",
+			    strerror(errno), __LINE__);
+		if (tcsetpgrp(ttyfd, initialpgrp) == -1)
+			error("Cannot set tty process group (%s) at %d",
+			    strerror(errno), __LINE__);
+		sh_close(ttyfd);
+		ttyfd = -1;
+		setsignal(SIGTSTP, 0);
+		setsignal(SIGTTOU, 0);
+		setsignal(SIGTTIN, 0);
+	}
+	jobctl = on;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+INCLUDE <stdlib.h>
+
+SHELLPROC {
+	backgndpid = -1;
+#if JOBS
+	jobctl = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if JOBS
+static int
+do_fgcmd(const char *arg_ptr)
+{
+	struct job *jp;
+	int i;
+	int status;
+
+	if (jobs_invalid)
+		error("No current jobs");
+	jp = getjob(arg_ptr, 0);
+	if (jp->jobctl == 0)
+		error("job not created under job control");
+	out1fmt("%s", jp->ps[0].cmd);
+	for (i = 1; i < jp->nprocs; i++)
+		out1fmt(" | %s", jp->ps[i].cmd );
+	out1c('\n');
+	flushall();
+
+	for (i = 0; i < jp->nprocs; i++)
+	    if (tcsetpgrp(ttyfd, jp->ps[i].pid) != -1)
+		    break;
+
+	if (i >= jp->nprocs) {
+		error("Cannot set tty process group (%s) at %d",
+		    strerror(errno), __LINE__);
+	}
+	restartjob(jp);
+	INTOFF;
+	status = waitforjob(jp);
+	INTON;
+	return status;
+}
+
+int
+fgcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	nextopt("");
+	return do_fgcmd(*argptr);
+}
+
+int
+fgcmd_percent(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	nextopt("");
+	return do_fgcmd(*argv);
+}
+
+static void
+set_curjob(struct job *jp, int mode)
+{
+	struct job *jp1, *jp2;
+	int i, ji;
+
+	ji = jp - jobtab;
+
+	/* first remove from list */
+	if (ji == curjob)
+		curjob = jp->prev_job;
+	else {
+		for (i = 0; i < njobs; i++) {
+			if (jobtab[i].prev_job != ji)
+				continue;
+			jobtab[i].prev_job = jp->prev_job;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Then re-insert in correct position */
+	switch (mode) {
+	case 0:	/* job being deleted */
+		jp->prev_job = -1;
+		break;
+	case 1:	/* newly created job or backgrounded job,
+		   put after all stopped jobs. */
+		if (curjob != -1 && jobtab[curjob].state == JOBSTOPPED) {
+			for (jp1 = jobtab + curjob; ; jp1 = jp2) {
+				if (jp1->prev_job == -1)
+					break;
+				jp2 = jobtab + jp1->prev_job;
+				if (jp2->state != JOBSTOPPED)
+					break;
+			}
+			jp->prev_job = jp1->prev_job;
+			jp1->prev_job = ji;
+			break;
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 2:	/* newly stopped job - becomes curjob */
+		jp->prev_job = curjob;
+		curjob = ji;
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+int
+bgcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct job *jp;
+	int i;
+
+	nextopt("");
+	if (jobs_invalid)
+		error("No current jobs");
+	do {
+		jp = getjob(*argptr, 0);
+		if (jp->jobctl == 0)
+			error("job not created under job control");
+		set_curjob(jp, 1);
+		out1fmt("[%ld] %s", (long)(jp - jobtab + 1), jp->ps[0].cmd);
+		for (i = 1; i < jp->nprocs; i++)
+			out1fmt(" | %s", jp->ps[i].cmd );
+		out1c('\n');
+		flushall();
+		restartjob(jp);
+	} while (*argptr && *++argptr);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+STATIC void
+restartjob(struct job *jp)
+{
+	struct procstat *ps;
+	int i;
+
+	if (jp->state == JOBDONE)
+		return;
+	INTOFF;
+	for (i = 0; i < jp->nprocs; i++)
+		if (killpg(jp->ps[i].pid, SIGCONT) != -1)
+			break;
+	if (i >= jp->nprocs)
+		error("Cannot continue job (%s)", strerror(errno));
+	for (ps = jp->ps, i = jp->nprocs ; --i >= 0 ; ps++) {
+		if (WIFSTOPPED(ps->status)) {
+			VTRACE(DBG_JOBS, (
+			   "restartjob: [%zu] pid %d status change"
+			   " from %#x (stopped) to -1 (running)\n",
+			   (size_t)(jp-jobtab+1), ps->pid, ps->status));
+			ps->status = -1;
+			jp->state = JOBRUNNING;
+		}
+	}
+	INTON;
+}
+#endif
+
+inline static void
+cmdputi(int n)
+{
+	char str[20];
+
+	fmtstr(str, sizeof str, "%d", n);
+	cmdputs(str);
+}
+
+static void
+showjob(struct output *out, struct job *jp, int mode)
+{
+	int procno;
+	int st;
+	struct procstat *ps;
+	int col;
+	char s[64];
+
+#if JOBS
+	if (mode & SHOW_PGID) {
+		/* just output process (group) id of pipeline */
+		outfmt(out, "%ld\n", (long)jp->ps->pid);
+		return;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	procno = jp->nprocs;
+	if (!procno)
+		return;
+
+	if (mode & SHOW_PID)
+		mode |= SHOW_MULTILINE;
+
+	if ((procno > 1 && !(mode & SHOW_MULTILINE))
+	    || (mode & SHOW_SIGNALLED)) {
+		/* See if we have more than one status to report */
+		ps = jp->ps;
+		st = ps->status;
+		do {
+			int st1 = ps->status;
+			if (st1 != st)
+				/* yes - need multi-line output */
+				mode |= SHOW_MULTILINE;
+			if (st1 == -1 || !(mode & SHOW_SIGNALLED) || WIFEXITED(st1))
+				continue;
+			if (WIFSTOPPED(st1) || ((st1 = WTERMSIG(st1) & 0x7f)
+			    && st1 != SIGINT && st1 != SIGPIPE))
+				mode |= SHOW_ISSIG;
+
+		} while (ps++, --procno);
+		procno = jp->nprocs;
+	}
+
+	if (mode & SHOW_SIGNALLED && !(mode & SHOW_ISSIG)) {
+		if (jp->state == JOBDONE && !(mode & SHOW_NO_FREE)) {
+			VTRACE(DBG_JOBS, ("showjob: freeing job %d\n",
+			    jp - jobtab + 1));
+			freejob(jp);
+		}
+		return;
+	}
+
+	for (ps = jp->ps; --procno >= 0; ps++) {	/* for each process */
+		if (ps == jp->ps)
+			fmtstr(s, 16, "[%ld] %c ",
+				(long)(jp - jobtab + 1),
+#if JOBS
+				jp - jobtab == curjob ?
+									  '+' :
+				curjob != -1 &&
+				    jp - jobtab == jobtab[curjob].prev_job ?
+									  '-' :
+#endif
+				' ');
+		else
+			fmtstr(s, 16, "      " );
+		col = strlen(s);
+		if (mode & SHOW_PID) {
+			fmtstr(s + col, 16, "%ld ", (long)ps->pid);
+			     col += strlen(s + col);
+		}
+		if (ps->status == -1) {
+			scopy("Running", s + col);
+		} else if (WIFEXITED(ps->status)) {
+			st = WEXITSTATUS(ps->status);
+			if (st)
+				fmtstr(s + col, 16, "Done(%d)", st);
+			else
+				fmtstr(s + col, 16, "Done");
+		} else {
+#if JOBS
+			if (WIFSTOPPED(ps->status))
+				st = WSTOPSIG(ps->status);
+			else /* WIFSIGNALED(ps->status) */
+#endif
+				st = WTERMSIG(ps->status);
+			scopyn(strsignal(st), s + col, 32);
+			if (WCOREDUMP(ps->status)) {
+				col += strlen(s + col);
+				scopyn(" (core dumped)", s + col,  64 - col);
+			}
+		}
+		col += strlen(s + col);
+		outstr(s, out);
+		do {
+			outc(' ', out);
+			col++;
+		} while (col < 30);
+		outstr(ps->cmd, out);
+		if (mode & SHOW_MULTILINE) {
+			if (procno > 0) {
+				outc(' ', out);
+				outc('|', out);
+			}
+		} else {
+			while (--procno >= 0)
+				outfmt(out, " | %s", (++ps)->cmd );
+		}
+		outc('\n', out);
+	}
+	flushout(out);
+	jp->flags &= ~JOBCHANGED;
+	if (jp->state == JOBDONE && !(mode & SHOW_NO_FREE))
+		freejob(jp);
+}
+
+int
+jobscmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int mode, m;
+
+	mode = 0;
+	while ((m = nextopt("lp")))
+		if (m == 'l')
+			mode = SHOW_PID;
+		else
+			mode = SHOW_PGID;
+	if (!iflag)
+		mode |= SHOW_NO_FREE;
+	if (*argptr)
+		do
+			showjob(out1, getjob(*argptr,0), mode);
+		while (*++argptr);
+	else
+		showjobs(out1, mode);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Print a list of jobs.  If "change" is nonzero, only print jobs whose
+ * statuses have changed since the last call to showjobs.
+ *
+ * If the shell is interrupted in the process of creating a job, the
+ * result may be a job structure containing zero processes.  Such structures
+ * will be freed here.
+ */
+
+void
+showjobs(struct output *out, int mode)
+{
+	int jobno;
+	struct job *jp;
+	int silent = 0, gotpid;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_JOBS, ("showjobs(%x) called\n", mode));
+
+	/* If not even one one job changed, there is nothing to do */
+	gotpid = dowait(WSILENT, NULL, NULL);
+	while (dowait(WSILENT, NULL, NULL) > 0)
+		continue;
+#ifdef JOBS
+	/*
+	 * Check if we are not in our foreground group, and if not
+	 * put us in it.
+	 */
+	if (mflag && gotpid != -1 && tcgetpgrp(ttyfd) != getpid()) {
+		if (tcsetpgrp(ttyfd, getpid()) == -1)
+			error("Cannot set tty process group (%s) at %d",
+			    strerror(errno), __LINE__);
+		VTRACE(DBG_JOBS|DBG_INPUT, ("repaired tty process group\n"));
+		silent = 1;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	for (jobno = 1, jp = jobtab ; jobno <= njobs ; jobno++, jp++) {
+		if (!jp->used)
+			continue;
+		if (jp->nprocs == 0) {
+			if (!jobs_invalid)
+				freejob(jp);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if ((mode & SHOW_CHANGED) && !(jp->flags & JOBCHANGED))
+			continue;
+		if (silent && (jp->flags & JOBCHANGED)) {
+			jp->flags &= ~JOBCHANGED;
+			continue;
+		}
+		showjob(out, jp, mode);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Mark a job structure as unused.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+freejob(struct job *jp)
+{
+	INTOFF;
+	if (jp->ps != &jp->ps0) {
+		ckfree(jp->ps);
+		jp->ps = &jp->ps0;
+	}
+	jp->nprocs = 0;
+	jp->used = 0;
+#if JOBS
+	set_curjob(jp, 0);
+#endif
+	INTON;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Extract the status of a completed job (for $?)
+ */
+STATIC int
+jobstatus(const struct job *jp, int raw)
+{
+	int status = 0;
+	int retval;
+
+	if ((jp->flags & JPIPEFAIL) && jp->nprocs) {
+		int i;
+
+		for (i = 0; i < jp->nprocs; i++)
+			if (jp->ps[i].status != 0)
+				status = jp->ps[i].status;
+	} else
+		status = jp->ps[jp->nprocs ? jp->nprocs - 1 : 0].status;
+
+	if (raw)
+		return status;
+
+	if (WIFEXITED(status))
+		retval = WEXITSTATUS(status);
+#if JOBS
+	else if (WIFSTOPPED(status))
+		retval = WSTOPSIG(status) + 128;
+#endif
+	else {
+		/* XXX: limits number of signals */
+		retval = WTERMSIG(status) + 128;
+	}
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+
+int
+waitcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct job *job, *last;
+	int retval;
+	struct job *jp;
+	int i;
+	int any = 0;
+	int found;
+	char *pid = NULL, *fpid;
+	char **arg;
+	char idstring[20];
+
+	while ((i = nextopt("np:")) != '\0') {
+		switch (i) {
+		case 'n':
+			any = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			if (pid)
+				error("more than one -p unsupported");
+			pid = optionarg;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (pid != NULL) {
+		if (!validname(pid, '\0', NULL))
+			error("invalid name: -p '%s'", pid);
+		if (unsetvar(pid, 0))
+			error("%s readonly", pid);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we have forked, and not yet created any new jobs, then
+	 * we have no children, whatever jobtab claims,
+	 * so simply return in that case.
+	 *
+	 * The return code is 127 if we had any pid args (none are found)
+	 * or if we had -n (nothing exited), but 0 for plain old "wait".
+	 */
+	if (jobs_invalid) {
+		CTRACE(DBG_WAIT, ("builtin wait%s%s in child, invalid jobtab\n",
+		    any ? " -n" : "", *argptr ? " pid..." : ""));
+		return (any || *argptr) ? 127 : 0;
+	}
+
+	/* clear stray flags left from previous waitcmd */
+	for (jp = jobtab, i = njobs ; --i >= 0 ; jp++) {
+		jp->flags &= ~JOBWANTED;
+		jp->ref = NULL;
+	}
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_WAIT,
+	    ("builtin wait%s%s\n", any ? " -n" : "", *argptr ? " pid..." : ""));
+
+	/*
+	 * First, validate the jobnum args, count how many refer to
+	 * (different) running jobs, and if we had -n, and found that one has
+	 * already finished, we return that one.   Otherwise remember
+	 * which ones we are looking for (JOBWANTED).
+	 */
+	found = 0;
+	last = NULL;
+	for (arg = argptr; *arg; arg++) {
+		last = jp = getjob(*arg, 1);
+		if (!jp)
+			continue;
+		if (jp->ref == NULL)
+			jp->ref = *arg;
+		if (any && jp->state == JOBDONE) {
+			/*
+			 * We just want any of them, and this one is
+			 * ready for consumption, bon apetit ...
+			 */
+			retval = jobstatus(jp, 0);
+			if (pid)
+				setvar(pid, *arg, 0);
+			if (!iflag)
+				freejob(jp);
+			CTRACE(DBG_WAIT, ("wait -n found %s already done: %d\n",			    *arg, retval));
+			return retval;
+		}
+		if (!(jp->flags & JOBWANTED)) {
+			/*
+			 * It is possible to list the same job several
+			 * times - the obvious "wait 1 1 1" or
+			 * "wait %% %2 102" where job 2 is current and pid 102
+			 * However many times it is requested, it is found once.
+			 */
+			found++;
+			jp->flags |= JOBWANTED;
+		}
+		job = jp;
+	}
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_WAIT, ("wait %s%s%sfound %d candidates (last %s)\n",
+	    any ? "-n " : "", *argptr ? *argptr : "",
+	    argptr[0] && argptr[1] ? "... " : " ", found,
+	    job ? (job->ref ? job->ref : "<no-arg>") : "none"));
+
+	/*
+	 * If we were given a list of jobnums:
+	 * and none of those exist, then we're done.
+	 */
+	if (*argptr && found == 0)
+		return 127;
+
+	/*
+	 * Otherwise we need to wait for something to complete
+	 * When it does, we check and see if it is one of the
+	 * jobs we're waiting on, and if so, we clean it up.
+	 * If we had -n, then we're done, otherwise we do it all again
+	 * until all we had listed are done, of if there were no
+	 * jobnum args, all are done.
+	 */
+
+	retval = any || *argptr ? 127 : 0;
+	fpid = NULL;
+	for (;;) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_WAIT, ("wait waiting (%d remain): ", found));
+		for (jp = jobtab, i = njobs; --i >= 0; jp++) {
+			if (jp->used && jp->flags & JOBWANTED &&
+			    jp->state == JOBDONE)
+				break;
+			if (jp->used && jp->state == JOBRUNNING)
+				break;
+		}
+		if (i < 0) {
+			CTRACE(DBG_WAIT, ("nothing running (ret: %d) fpid %s\n",
+			    retval, fpid ? fpid : "unset"));
+			if (pid && fpid)
+				setvar(pid, fpid, 0);
+			return retval;
+		}
+		VTRACE(DBG_WAIT, ("found @%d/%d state: %d\n", njobs-i, njobs,
+		    jp->state));
+
+		/*
+		 * There is at least 1 job running, so we can
+		 * safely wait() for something to exit.
+		 */
+		if (jp->state == JOBRUNNING) {
+			job = NULL;
+			if ((i = dowait(WBLOCK|WNOFREE, NULL, &job)) == -1)
+			       return 128 + lastsig();
+
+			/*
+			 * one of the job's processes exited,
+			 * but there are more
+			 */
+			if (job->state == JOBRUNNING)
+				continue;
+		} else
+			job = jp;	/* we want this, and it is done */
+
+		if (job->flags & JOBWANTED || (*argptr == 0 && any)) {
+			int rv;
+
+			job->flags &= ~JOBWANTED;	/* got it */
+			rv = jobstatus(job, 0);
+			VTRACE(DBG_WAIT, (
+			    "wanted %d (%s) done: st=%d", i,
+			    job->ref ? job->ref : "", rv));
+			if (any || job == last) {
+				retval = rv;
+				fpid = job->ref;
+
+				VTRACE(DBG_WAIT, (" save"));
+				if (pid) {
+				   /*
+				    * don't need fpid unless we are going
+				    * to return it.
+				    */
+				   if (fpid == NULL) {
+					/*
+					 * this only happens with "wait -n"
+					 * (that is, no pid args)
+					 */
+					snprintf(idstring, sizeof idstring,
+					    "%d", job->ps[ job->nprocs ? 
+						    job->nprocs-1 :
+						    0 ].pid);
+					fpid = idstring;
+				    }
+				    VTRACE(DBG_WAIT, (" (for %s)", fpid));
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (job->state == JOBDONE) {
+				VTRACE(DBG_WAIT, (" free"));
+				freejob(job);
+			}
+
+			if (any || (found > 0 && --found == 0)) {
+				if (pid && fpid)
+					setvar(pid, fpid, 0);
+				VTRACE(DBG_WAIT, (" return %d\n", retval));
+				return retval;
+			}
+			VTRACE(DBG_WAIT, ("\n"));
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* this is to handle "wait" (no args) */
+		if (found == 0 && job->state == JOBDONE) {
+			VTRACE(DBG_JOBS|DBG_WAIT, ("Cleanup: %d\n", i));
+			freejob(job);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+int
+jobidcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct job *jp;
+	int i;
+	int pg = 0, onep = 0, job = 0;
+
+	while ((i = nextopt("gjp"))) {
+		switch (i) {
+		case 'g':	pg = 1;		break;
+		case 'j':	job = 1;	break;
+		case 'p':	onep = 1;	break;
+		}
+	}
+	CTRACE(DBG_JOBS, ("jobidcmd%s%s%s%s %s\n", pg ? " -g" : "",
+	    onep ? " -p" : "", job ? " -j" : "", jobs_invalid ? " [inv]" : "",
+	    *argptr ? *argptr : "<implicit %%>"));
+	if (pg + onep + job > 1)
+		error("-g -j and -p options cannot be combined");
+
+	if (argptr[0] && argptr[1])
+		error("usage: jobid [-g|-p|-r] jobid");
+
+	jp = getjob(*argptr, 0);
+	if (job) {
+		out1fmt("%%%zu\n", (size_t)(jp - jobtab + 1));
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (pg) {
+		if (jp->pgrp != 0) {
+			out1fmt("%ld\n", (long)jp->pgrp);
+			return 0;
+		}
+		return 1;
+	}
+	if (onep) {
+		i = jp->nprocs - 1;
+		if (i < 0)
+			return 1;
+		out1fmt("%ld\n", (long)jp->ps[i].pid);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	for (i = 0 ; i < jp->nprocs ; ) {
+		out1fmt("%ld", (long)jp->ps[i].pid);
+		out1c(++i < jp->nprocs ? ' ' : '\n');
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int
+getjobpgrp(const char *name)
+{
+	struct job *jp;
+
+	if (jobs_invalid)
+		error("No such job: %s", name);
+	jp = getjob(name, 1);
+	if (jp == 0)
+		return 0;
+	return -jp->ps[0].pid;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert a job name to a job structure.
+ */
+
+STATIC struct job *
+getjob(const char *name, int noerror)
+{
+	int jobno = -1;
+	struct job *jp;
+	int pid;
+	int i;
+	const char *err_msg = "No such job: %s";
+
+	if (name == NULL) {
+#if JOBS
+		jobno = curjob;
+#endif
+		err_msg = "No current job";
+	} else if (name[0] == '%') {
+		if (is_number(name + 1)) {
+			jobno = number(name + 1) - 1;
+		} else if (!name[1] || !name[2]) {
+			switch (name[1]) {
+#if JOBS
+			case 0:
+			case '+':
+			case '%':
+				jobno = curjob;
+				err_msg = "No current job";
+				break;
+			case '-':
+				jobno = curjob;
+				if (jobno != -1)
+					jobno = jobtab[jobno].prev_job;
+				err_msg = "No previous job";
+				break;
+#endif
+			default:
+				goto check_pattern;
+			}
+		} else {
+			struct job *found;
+    check_pattern:
+			found = NULL;
+			for (jp = jobtab, i = njobs ; --i >= 0 ; jp++) {
+				if (!jp->used || jp->nprocs <= 0)
+					continue;
+				if ((name[1] == '?'
+					&& strstr(jp->ps[0].cmd, name + 2))
+				    || prefix(name + 1, jp->ps[0].cmd)) {
+					if (found) {
+						err_msg = "%s: ambiguous";
+						found = 0;
+						break;
+					}
+					found = jp;
+				}
+			}
+			if (found)
+				return found;
+		}
+
+	} else if (is_number(name)) {
+		pid = number(name);
+		for (jp = jobtab, i = njobs ; --i >= 0 ; jp++) {
+			if (jp->used && jp->nprocs > 0
+			 && jp->ps[jp->nprocs - 1].pid == pid)
+				return jp;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (jobno >= 0 && jobno < njobs) {
+		jp = jobtab + jobno;
+		if (jp->used)
+			return jp;
+	}
+	if (!noerror)
+		error(err_msg, name);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Return a new job structure,
+ */
+
+struct job *
+makejob(union node *node, int nprocs)
+{
+	int i;
+	struct job *jp;
+
+	if (jobs_invalid) {
+		for (i = njobs, jp = jobtab ; --i >= 0 ; jp++) {
+			if (jp->used)
+				freejob(jp);
+		}
+		jobs_invalid = 0;
+	}
+
+	for (i = njobs, jp = jobtab ; ; jp++) {
+		if (--i < 0) {
+			INTOFF;
+			if (njobs == 0) {
+				jobtab = ckmalloc(4 * sizeof jobtab[0]);
+			} else {
+				jp = ckmalloc((njobs + 4) * sizeof jobtab[0]);
+				memcpy(jp, jobtab, njobs * sizeof jp[0]);
+				/* Relocate `ps' pointers */
+				for (i = 0; i < njobs; i++)
+					if (jp[i].ps == &jobtab[i].ps0)
+						jp[i].ps = &jp[i].ps0;
+				ckfree(jobtab);
+				jobtab = jp;
+			}
+			jp = jobtab + njobs;
+			for (i = 4 ; --i >= 0 ; njobs++) {
+				jobtab[njobs].used = 0;
+				jobtab[njobs].prev_job = -1;
+			}
+			INTON;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (jp->used == 0)
+			break;
+	}
+	INTOFF;
+	jp->state = JOBRUNNING;
+	jp->used = 1;
+	jp->flags = pipefail ? JPIPEFAIL : 0;
+	jp->nprocs = 0;
+	jp->pgrp = 0;
+#if JOBS
+	jp->jobctl = jobctl;
+	set_curjob(jp, 1);
+#endif
+	if (nprocs > 1) {
+		jp->ps = ckmalloc(nprocs * sizeof (struct procstat));
+	} else {
+		jp->ps = &jp->ps0;
+	}
+	INTON;
+	VTRACE(DBG_JOBS, ("makejob(%p, %d)%s returns %%%d\n", (void *)node,
+	    nprocs, (jp->flags&JPIPEFAIL)?" PF":"", jp - jobtab + 1));
+	return jp;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Fork off a subshell.  If we are doing job control, give the subshell its
+ * own process group.  Jp is a job structure that the job is to be added to.
+ * N is the command that will be evaluated by the child.  Both jp and n may
+ * be NULL.  The mode parameter can be one of the following:
+ *	FORK_FG - Fork off a foreground process.
+ *	FORK_BG - Fork off a background process.
+ *	FORK_NOJOB - Like FORK_FG, but don't give the process its own
+ *		     process group even if job control is on.
+ *
+ * When job control is turned off, background processes have their standard
+ * input redirected to /dev/null (except for the second and later processes
+ * in a pipeline).
+ */
+
+int
+forkshell(struct job *jp, union node *n, int mode)
+{
+	pid_t pid;
+	int serrno;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_JOBS, ("forkshell(%%%d, %p, %d) called\n",
+	    jp - jobtab, n, mode));
+
+	switch ((pid = fork())) {
+	case -1:
+		serrno = errno;
+		VTRACE(DBG_JOBS, ("Fork failed, errno=%d\n", serrno));
+		INTON;
+		error("Cannot fork (%s)", strerror(serrno));
+		break;
+	case 0:
+		SHELL_FORKED();
+		forkchild(jp, n, mode, 0);
+		return 0;
+	default:
+		return forkparent(jp, n, mode, pid);
+	}
+}
+
+int
+forkparent(struct job *jp, union node *n, int mode, pid_t pid)
+{
+	int pgrp;
+
+	if (rootshell && mode != FORK_NOJOB && mflag) {
+		if (jp == NULL || jp->nprocs == 0)
+			pgrp = pid;
+		else
+			pgrp = jp->ps[0].pid;
+		jp->pgrp = pgrp;
+		/* This can fail because we are doing it in the child also */
+		(void)setpgid(pid, pgrp);
+	}
+	if (mode == FORK_BG)
+		backgndpid = pid;		/* set $! */
+	if (jp) {
+		struct procstat *ps = &jp->ps[jp->nprocs++];
+		ps->pid = pid;
+		ps->status = -1;
+		ps->cmd[0] = 0;
+		if (/* iflag && rootshell && */ n)
+			commandtext(ps, n);
+	}
+	CTRACE(DBG_JOBS, ("In parent shell: child = %d (mode %d)\n",pid,mode));
+	return pid;
+}
+
+void
+forkchild(struct job *jp, union node *n, int mode, int vforked)
+{
+	int wasroot;
+	int pgrp;
+	const char *devnull = _PATH_DEVNULL;
+	const char *nullerr = "Can't open %s";
+
+	wasroot = rootshell;
+	CTRACE(DBG_JOBS, ("Child shell %d %sforked from %d (mode %d)\n",
+	    getpid(), vforked?"v":"", getppid(), mode));
+
+	if (!vforked) {
+		rootshell = 0;
+		handler = &main_handler;
+	}
+
+	closescript(vforked);
+	clear_traps(vforked);
+#if JOBS
+	if (!vforked)
+		jobctl = 0;		/* do job control only in root shell */
+	if (wasroot && mode != FORK_NOJOB && mflag) {
+		if (jp == NULL || jp->nprocs == 0)
+			pgrp = getpid();
+		else
+			pgrp = jp->ps[0].pid;
+		/* This can fail because we are doing it in the parent also */
+		(void)setpgid(0, pgrp);
+		if (mode == FORK_FG) {
+			if (tcsetpgrp(ttyfd, pgrp) == -1)
+				error("Cannot set tty process group (%s) at %d",
+				    strerror(errno), __LINE__);
+		}
+		setsignal(SIGTSTP, vforked);
+		setsignal(SIGTTOU, vforked);
+	} else if (mode == FORK_BG) {
+		ignoresig(SIGINT, vforked);
+		ignoresig(SIGQUIT, vforked);
+		if ((jp == NULL || jp->nprocs == 0) &&
+		    ! fd0_redirected_p ()) {
+			close(0);
+			if (open(devnull, O_RDONLY) != 0)
+				error(nullerr, devnull);
+		}
+	}
+#else
+	if (mode == FORK_BG) {
+		ignoresig(SIGINT, vforked);
+		ignoresig(SIGQUIT, vforked);
+		if ((jp == NULL || jp->nprocs == 0) &&
+		    ! fd0_redirected_p ()) {
+			close(0);
+			if (open(devnull, O_RDONLY) != 0)
+				error(nullerr, devnull);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	if (wasroot && iflag) {
+		setsignal(SIGINT, vforked);
+		setsignal(SIGQUIT, vforked);
+		setsignal(SIGTERM, vforked);
+	}
+
+	if (!vforked)
+		jobs_invalid = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Wait for job to finish.
+ *
+ * Under job control we have the problem that while a child process is
+ * running interrupts generated by the user are sent to the child but not
+ * to the shell.  This means that an infinite loop started by an inter-
+ * active user may be hard to kill.  With job control turned off, an
+ * interactive user may place an interactive program inside a loop.  If
+ * the interactive program catches interrupts, the user doesn't want
+ * these interrupts to also abort the loop.  The approach we take here
+ * is to have the shell ignore interrupt signals while waiting for a
+ * forground process to terminate, and then send itself an interrupt
+ * signal if the child process was terminated by an interrupt signal.
+ * Unfortunately, some programs want to do a bit of cleanup and then
+ * exit on interrupt; unless these processes terminate themselves by
+ * sending a signal to themselves (instead of calling exit) they will
+ * confuse this approach.
+ */
+
+int
+waitforjob(struct job *jp)
+{
+#if JOBS
+	int mypgrp = getpgrp();
+#endif
+	int status;
+	int st;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	VTRACE(DBG_JOBS, ("waitforjob(%%%d) called\n", jp - jobtab + 1));
+	while (jp->state == JOBRUNNING) {
+		dowait(WBLOCK, jp, NULL);
+	}
+#if JOBS
+	if (jp->jobctl) {
+		if (tcsetpgrp(ttyfd, mypgrp) == -1)
+			error("Cannot set tty process group (%s) at %d",
+			    strerror(errno), __LINE__);
+	}
+	if (jp->state == JOBSTOPPED && curjob != jp - jobtab)
+		set_curjob(jp, 2);
+#endif
+	status = jobstatus(jp, 1);
+
+	/* convert to 8 bits */
+	if (WIFEXITED(status))
+		st = WEXITSTATUS(status);
+#if JOBS
+	else if (WIFSTOPPED(status))
+		st = WSTOPSIG(status) + 128;
+#endif
+	else
+		st = WTERMSIG(status) + 128;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_JOBS, ("waitforjob: job %d, nproc %d, status %d, st %x\n",
+		jp - jobtab + 1, jp->nprocs, status, st));
+#if JOBS
+	if (jp->jobctl) {
+		/*
+		 * This is truly gross.
+		 * If we're doing job control, then we did a TIOCSPGRP which
+		 * caused us (the shell) to no longer be in the controlling
+		 * session -- so we wouldn't have seen any ^C/SIGINT.  So, we
+		 * intuit from the subprocess exit status whether a SIGINT
+		 * occurred, and if so interrupt ourselves.  Yuck.  - mycroft
+		 */
+		if (WIFSIGNALED(status) && WTERMSIG(status) == SIGINT)
+			raise(SIGINT);
+	}
+#endif
+	if (! JOBS || jp->state == JOBDONE)
+		freejob(jp);
+	INTON;
+	return st;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Wait for a process to terminate.
+ */
+
+STATIC int
+dowait(int flags, struct job *job, struct job **changed)
+{
+	int pid;
+	int status;
+	struct procstat *sp;
+	struct job *jp;
+	struct job *thisjob;
+	int done;
+	int stopped;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_JOBS|DBG_PROCS, ("dowait(%x) called\n", flags));
+
+	if (changed != NULL)
+		*changed = NULL;
+
+	do {
+		pid = waitproc(flags & WBLOCK, job, &status);
+		VTRACE(DBG_JOBS|DBG_PROCS, ("wait returns pid %d, status %#x\n",
+		    pid, status));
+	} while (pid == -1 && errno == EINTR && pendingsigs == 0);
+	if (pid <= 0)
+		return pid;
+	INTOFF;
+	thisjob = NULL;
+	for (jp = jobtab ; jp < jobtab + njobs ; jp++) {
+		if (jp->used) {
+			done = 1;
+			stopped = 1;
+			for (sp = jp->ps ; sp < jp->ps + jp->nprocs ; sp++) {
+				if (sp->pid == -1)
+					continue;
+				if (sp->pid == pid &&
+				  (sp->status==-1 || WIFSTOPPED(sp->status))) {
+					VTRACE(DBG_JOBS | DBG_PROCS,
+			("Job %d: changing status of proc %d from %#x to %#x\n",
+						jp - jobtab + 1, pid,
+						sp->status, status));
+					if (WIFCONTINUED(status)) {
+						if (sp->status != -1)
+							jp->flags |= JOBCHANGED;
+						sp->status = -1;
+						jp->state = 0;
+					} else
+						sp->status = status;
+					thisjob = jp;
+					if (changed != NULL)
+						*changed = jp;
+				}
+				if (sp->status == -1)
+					stopped = 0;
+				else if (WIFSTOPPED(sp->status))
+					done = 0;
+			}
+			if (stopped) {		/* stopped or done */
+				int state = done ? JOBDONE : JOBSTOPPED;
+
+				if (jp->state != state) {
+					VTRACE(DBG_JOBS,
+				("Job %d: changing state from %d to %d\n",
+					    jp - jobtab + 1, jp->state, state));
+					jp->state = state;
+#if JOBS
+					if (done)
+						set_curjob(jp, 0);
+#endif
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (thisjob &&
+	    (thisjob->state != JOBRUNNING || thisjob->flags & JOBCHANGED)) {
+		int mode = 0;
+
+		if (!rootshell || !iflag)
+			mode = SHOW_SIGNALLED;
+		if ((job == thisjob && (flags & WNOFREE) == 0) ||
+		    job != thisjob)
+			mode = SHOW_SIGNALLED | SHOW_NO_FREE;
+		if (mode && (flags & WSILENT) == 0)
+			showjob(out2, thisjob, mode);
+		else {
+			VTRACE(DBG_JOBS,
+			    ("Not printing status, rootshell=%d, job=%p\n",
+			    rootshell, job));
+			thisjob->flags |= JOBCHANGED;
+		}
+	}
+
+	INTON;
+	return pid;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Do a wait system call.  If job control is compiled in, we accept
+ * stopped processes.  If block is zero, we return a value of zero
+ * rather than blocking.
+ *
+ * System V doesn't have a non-blocking wait system call.  It does
+ * have a SIGCLD signal that is sent to a process when one of its
+ * children dies.  The obvious way to use SIGCLD would be to install
+ * a handler for SIGCLD which simply bumped a counter when a SIGCLD
+ * was received, and have waitproc bump another counter when it got
+ * the status of a process.  Waitproc would then know that a wait
+ * system call would not block if the two counters were different.
+ * This approach doesn't work because if a process has children that
+ * have not been waited for, System V will send it a SIGCLD when it
+ * installs a signal handler for SIGCLD.  What this means is that when
+ * a child exits, the shell will be sent SIGCLD signals continuously
+ * until is runs out of stack space, unless it does a wait call before
+ * restoring the signal handler.  The code below takes advantage of
+ * this (mis)feature by installing a signal handler for SIGCLD and
+ * then checking to see whether it was called.  If there are any
+ * children to be waited for, it will be.
+ *
+ * If neither SYSV nor BSD is defined, we don't implement nonblocking
+ * waits at all.  In this case, the user will not be informed when
+ * a background process until the next time she runs a real program
+ * (as opposed to running a builtin command or just typing return),
+ * and the jobs command may give out of date information.
+ */
+
+#ifdef SYSV
+STATIC int gotsigchild;
+
+STATIC int onsigchild() {
+	gotsigchild = 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+STATIC int
+waitproc(int block, struct job *jp, int *status)
+{
+#ifdef BSD
+	int flags = 0;
+
+#if JOBS
+	if (mflag || (jp != NULL && jp->jobctl))
+		flags |= WUNTRACED | WCONTINUED;
+#endif
+	if (block == 0)
+		flags |= WNOHANG;
+	VTRACE(DBG_WAIT, ("waitproc: doing waitpid(flags=%#x)\n", flags));
+	return waitpid(-1, status, flags);
+#else
+#ifdef SYSV
+	int (*save)();
+
+	if (block == 0) {
+		gotsigchild = 0;
+		save = signal(SIGCLD, onsigchild);
+		signal(SIGCLD, save);
+		if (gotsigchild == 0)
+			return 0;
+	}
+	return wait(status);
+#else
+	if (block == 0)
+		return 0;
+	return wait(status);
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * return 1 if there are stopped jobs, otherwise 0
+ */
+int job_warning = 0;
+int
+stoppedjobs(void)
+{
+	int jobno;
+	struct job *jp;
+
+	if (job_warning || jobs_invalid)
+		return (0);
+	for (jobno = 1, jp = jobtab; jobno <= njobs; jobno++, jp++) {
+		if (jp->used == 0)
+			continue;
+		if (jp->state == JOBSTOPPED) {
+			out2str("You have stopped jobs.\n");
+			job_warning = 2;
+			return (1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return a string identifying a command (to be printed by the
+ * jobs command).
+ */
+
+STATIC char *cmdnextc;
+STATIC int cmdnleft;
+
+void
+commandtext(struct procstat *ps, union node *n)
+{
+	int len;
+
+	cmdnextc = ps->cmd;
+	if (iflag || mflag || sizeof(ps->cmd) <= 60)
+		len = sizeof(ps->cmd);
+	else if (sizeof ps->cmd <= 400)
+		len = 50;
+	else if (sizeof ps->cmd <= 800)
+		len = 80;
+	else
+		len = sizeof(ps->cmd) / 10;
+	cmdnleft = len;
+	cmdtxt(n);
+	if (cmdnleft <= 0) {
+		char *p = ps->cmd + len - 4;
+		p[0] = '.';
+		p[1] = '.';
+		p[2] = '.';
+		p[3] = 0;
+	} else
+		*cmdnextc = '\0';
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_JOBS,
+	    ("commandtext: ps->cmd %p, end %p, left %d\n\t\"%s\"\n",
+	    ps->cmd, cmdnextc, cmdnleft, ps->cmd));
+}
+
+
+STATIC void
+cmdtxt(union node *n)
+{
+	union node *np;
+	struct nodelist *lp;
+	const char *p;
+	int i;
+
+	if (n == NULL || cmdnleft <= 0)
+		return;
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case NSEMI:
+		cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch1);
+		cmdputs("; ");
+		cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch2);
+		break;
+	case NAND:
+		cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch1);
+		cmdputs(" && ");
+		cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch2);
+		break;
+	case NOR:
+		cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch1);
+		cmdputs(" || ");
+		cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch2);
+		break;
+	case NDNOT:
+		cmdputs("! ");
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case NNOT:
+		cmdputs("! ");
+		cmdtxt(n->nnot.com);
+		break;
+	case NPIPE:
+		for (lp = n->npipe.cmdlist ; lp ; lp = lp->next) {
+			cmdtxt(lp->n);
+			if (lp->next)
+				cmdputs(" | ");
+		}
+		if (n->npipe.backgnd)
+			cmdputs(" &");
+		break;
+	case NSUBSHELL:
+		cmdputs("(");
+		cmdtxt(n->nredir.n);
+		cmdputs(")");
+		break;
+	case NREDIR:
+	case NBACKGND:
+		cmdtxt(n->nredir.n);
+		break;
+	case NIF:
+		cmdputs("if ");
+		cmdtxt(n->nif.test);
+		cmdputs("; then ");
+		cmdtxt(n->nif.ifpart);
+		if (n->nif.elsepart) {
+			cmdputs("; else ");
+			cmdtxt(n->nif.elsepart);
+		}
+		cmdputs("; fi");
+		break;
+	case NWHILE:
+		cmdputs("while ");
+		goto until;
+	case NUNTIL:
+		cmdputs("until ");
+ until:
+		cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch1);
+		cmdputs("; do ");
+		cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch2);
+		cmdputs("; done");
+		break;
+	case NFOR:
+		cmdputs("for ");
+		cmdputs(n->nfor.var);
+		cmdputs(" in ");
+		cmdlist(n->nfor.args, 1);
+		cmdputs("; do ");
+		cmdtxt(n->nfor.body);
+		cmdputs("; done");
+		break;
+	case NCASE:
+		cmdputs("case ");
+		cmdputs(n->ncase.expr->narg.text);
+		cmdputs(" in ");
+		for (np = n->ncase.cases; np; np = np->nclist.next) {
+			cmdtxt(np->nclist.pattern);
+			cmdputs(") ");
+			cmdtxt(np->nclist.body);
+			switch (n->type) {	/* switch (not if) for later */
+			case NCLISTCONT:
+				cmdputs(";& ");
+				break;
+			default:
+				cmdputs(";; ");
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		cmdputs("esac");
+		break;
+	case NDEFUN:
+		cmdputs(n->narg.text);
+		cmdputs("() { ... }");
+		break;
+	case NCMD:
+		cmdlist(n->ncmd.args, 1);
+		cmdlist(n->ncmd.redirect, 0);
+		if (n->ncmd.backgnd)
+			cmdputs(" &");
+		break;
+	case NARG:
+		cmdputs(n->narg.text);
+		break;
+	case NTO:
+		p = ">";  i = 1;  goto redir;
+	case NCLOBBER:
+		p = ">|";  i = 1;  goto redir;
+	case NAPPEND:
+		p = ">>";  i = 1;  goto redir;
+	case NTOFD:
+		p = ">&";  i = 1;  goto redir;
+	case NFROM:
+		p = "<";  i = 0;  goto redir;
+	case NFROMFD:
+		p = "<&";  i = 0;  goto redir;
+	case NFROMTO:
+		p = "<>";  i = 0;  goto redir;
+ redir:
+		if (n->nfile.fd != i)
+			cmdputi(n->nfile.fd);
+		cmdputs(p);
+		if (n->type == NTOFD || n->type == NFROMFD) {
+			if (n->ndup.dupfd < 0)
+				cmdputs("-");
+			else
+				cmdputi(n->ndup.dupfd);
+		} else {
+			cmdtxt(n->nfile.fname);
+		}
+		break;
+	case NHERE:
+	case NXHERE:
+		cmdputs("<<...");
+		break;
+	default:
+		cmdputs("???");
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+STATIC void
+cmdlist(union node *np, int sep)
+{
+	for (; np; np = np->narg.next) {
+		if (!sep)
+			cmdputs(" ");
+		cmdtxt(np);
+		if (sep && np->narg.next)
+			cmdputs(" ");
+	}
+}
+
+
+STATIC void
+cmdputs(const char *s)
+{
+	const char *p, *str = 0;
+	char c, cc[2] = " ";
+	char *nextc;
+	int nleft;
+	int subtype = 0;
+	int quoted = 0;
+	static char vstype[16][4] = { "", "}", "-", "+", "?", "=",
+					"#", "##", "%", "%%", "}" };
+
+	p = s;
+	nextc = cmdnextc;
+	nleft = cmdnleft;
+	while (nleft > 0 && (c = *p++) != 0) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case CTLNONL:
+			c = '\0';
+			break;
+		case CTLESC:
+			c = *p++;
+			break;
+		case CTLVAR:
+			subtype = *p++;
+			if (subtype & VSLINENO) {	/* undo LINENO hack */
+				if ((subtype & VSTYPE) == VSLENGTH)
+					str = "${#LINENO";	/*}*/
+				else
+					str = "${LINENO";	/*}*/
+				while (is_digit(*p))
+					p++;
+			} else if ((subtype & VSTYPE) == VSLENGTH)
+				str = "${#"; /*}*/
+			else
+				str = "${"; /*}*/
+			if (!(subtype & VSQUOTE) != !(quoted & 1)) {
+				quoted ^= 1;
+				c = '"';
+			} else {
+				c = *str++;
+			}
+			break;
+		case CTLENDVAR:		/*{*/
+			c = '}';
+			if (quoted & 1)
+				str = "\"";
+			quoted >>= 1;
+			subtype = 0;
+			break;
+		case CTLBACKQ:
+			c = '$';
+			str = "(...)";
+			break;
+		case CTLBACKQ+CTLQUOTE:
+			c = '"';
+			str = "$(...)\"";
+			break;
+		case CTLARI:
+			c = '$';
+			if (*p == ' ')
+				p++;
+			str = "((";	/*))*/
+			break;
+		case CTLENDARI:		/*((*/
+			c = ')';
+			str = ")";
+			break;
+		case CTLQUOTEMARK:
+			quoted ^= 1;
+			c = '"';
+			break;
+		case CTLQUOTEEND:
+			quoted >>= 1;
+			c = '"';
+			break;
+		case '=':
+			if (subtype == 0)
+				break;
+			str = vstype[subtype & VSTYPE];
+			if (subtype & VSNUL)
+				c = ':';
+			else
+				c = *str++;		/*{*/
+			if (c != '}')
+				quoted <<= 1;
+			else if (*p == CTLENDVAR)
+				c = *str++;
+			subtype = 0;
+			break;
+		case '\'':
+		case '\\':
+		case '"':
+		case '$':
+			/* These can only happen inside quotes */
+			cc[0] = c;
+			str = cc;
+			c = '\\';
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+		if (c != '\0') do {	/* c == 0 implies nothing in str */
+			*nextc++ = c;
+		} while (--nleft > 0 && str && (c = *str++));
+		str = 0;
+	}
+	if ((quoted & 1) && nleft) {
+		*nextc++ = '"';
+		nleft--;
+	}
+	cmdnleft = nleft;
+	cmdnextc = nextc;
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/jobs.h b/bin/sh/jobs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a587e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/jobs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: jobs.h,v 1.23 2018/09/11 03:30:40 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)jobs.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+#include "output.h"
+
+/* Mode argument to forkshell.  Don't change FORK_FG or FORK_BG. */
+#define FORK_FG 0
+#define FORK_BG 1
+#define FORK_NOJOB 2
+
+/* mode flags for showjob(s) */
+#define	SHOW_PGID	0x01	/* only show pgid - for jobs -p */
+#define	SHOW_MULTILINE	0x02	/* one line per process */
+#define	SHOW_PID	0x04	/* include process pid */
+#define	SHOW_CHANGED	0x08	/* only jobs whose state has changed */
+#define	SHOW_SIGNALLED	0x10	/* only if stopped/exited on signal */
+#define	SHOW_ISSIG	0x20	/* job was signalled */
+#define	SHOW_NO_FREE	0x40	/* do not free job */
+
+
+/*
+ * A job structure contains information about a job.  A job is either a
+ * single process or a set of processes contained in a pipeline.  In the
+ * latter case, pidlist will be non-NULL, and will point to a -1 terminated
+ * array of pids.
+ */
+#define	MAXCMDTEXT	200
+
+struct procstat {
+	pid_t	pid;		/* process id */
+ 	int	status;		/* last process status from wait() */
+ 	char	cmd[MAXCMDTEXT];/* text of command being run */
+};
+
+struct job {
+	struct procstat ps0;	/* status of process */
+	struct procstat *ps;	/* status or processes when more than one */
+	void	*ref;		/* temporary reference, used variously */
+	int	nprocs;		/* number of processes */
+	pid_t	pgrp;		/* process group of this job */
+	char	state;
+#define	JOBRUNNING	0	/* at least one proc running */
+#define	JOBSTOPPED	1	/* all procs are stopped */
+#define	JOBDONE		2	/* all procs are completed */
+	char	used;		/* true if this entry is in used */
+	char	flags;	
+#define	JOBCHANGED	1	/* set if status has changed */
+#define	JOBWANTED	2	/* set if this is a job being sought */
+#define	JPIPEFAIL	4	/* set if -o pipefail when job created */
+#if JOBS
+	char 	jobctl;		/* job running under job control */
+	int	prev_job;	/* previous job index */
+#endif
+};
+
+extern pid_t backgndpid;	/* pid of last background process */
+extern int job_warning;		/* user was warned about stopped jobs */
+
+void setjobctl(int);
+void showjobs(struct output *, int);
+struct job *makejob(union node *, int);
+int forkshell(struct job *, union node *, int);
+void forkchild(struct job *, union node *, int, int);
+int forkparent(struct job *, union node *, int, pid_t);
+int waitforjob(struct job *);
+int stoppedjobs(void);
+void commandtext(struct procstat *, union node *);
+int getjobpgrp(const char *);
+
+#if ! JOBS
+#define setjobctl(on)	/* do nothing */
+#endif
diff --git a/bin/sh/machdep.h b/bin/sh/machdep.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14e803b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/machdep.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: machdep.h,v 1.11 2003/08/07 09:05:33 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)machdep.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Most machines require the value returned from malloc to be aligned
+ * in some way.  The following macro will get this right on many machines.
+ */
+
+#define SHELL_SIZE (sizeof(union {int i; char *cp; double d; }) - 1)
+/*
+ * It appears that grabstackstr() will barf with such alignments
+ * because stalloc() will return a string allocated in a new stackblock.
+ */
+#define SHELL_ALIGN(nbytes) (((nbytes) + SHELL_SIZE) & ~SHELL_SIZE)
diff --git a/bin/sh/mail.c b/bin/sh/mail.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..484b50f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/mail.c
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: mail.c,v 1.18 2017/06/04 20:28:13 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mail.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: mail.c,v 1.18 2017/06/04 20:28:13 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Routines to check for mail.  (Perhaps make part of main.c?)
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "exec.h"	/* defines padvance() */
+#include "var.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "mail.h"
+
+
+#define MAXMBOXES 10
+
+
+STATIC int nmboxes;			/* number of mailboxes */
+STATIC off_t mailsize[MAXMBOXES];	/* sizes of mailboxes */
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Print appropriate message(s) if mail has arrived.  If the argument is
+ * nozero, then the value of MAIL has changed, so we just update the
+ * values.
+ */
+
+void
+chkmail(int silent)
+{
+	int i;
+	const char *mpath;
+	char *p;
+	char *q;
+	struct stackmark smark;
+	struct stat statb;
+
+	if (silent)
+		nmboxes = 10;
+	if (nmboxes == 0)
+		return;
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	mpath = mpathset() ? mpathval() : mailval();
+	for (i = 0 ; i < nmboxes ; i++) {
+		p = padvance(&mpath, nullstr, 1);
+		if (p == NULL)
+			break;
+		stunalloc(p);
+		if (*p == '\0')
+			continue;
+		for (q = p ; *q ; q++)
+			;
+		if (q[-1] != '/')
+			abort();
+		q[-1] = '\0';			/* delete trailing '/' */
+#ifdef notdef /* this is what the System V shell claims to do (it lies) */
+		if (stat(p, &statb) < 0)
+			statb.st_mtime = 0;
+		if (statb.st_mtime > mailtime[i] && ! silent) {
+			out2str(pathopt ? pathopt : "you have mail");
+			out2c('\n');
+		}
+		mailtime[i] = statb.st_mtime;
+#else /* this is what it should do */
+		if (stat(p, &statb) < 0)
+			statb.st_size = 0;
+		if (statb.st_size > mailsize[i] && ! silent) {
+			const char *pp;
+
+			if ((pp = pathopt) != NULL) {
+				int len = 0;
+
+				while (*pp && *pp != ':')
+					len++, pp++;
+				if (len == 0) {
+					CHECKSTRSPACE(16, p);
+					strcat(p, ": file changed");
+				} else {
+					while (stackblocksize() <= len)
+						growstackblock();
+					p = stackblock();
+					memcpy(p, pathopt, len);
+					p[len] = '\0';
+				}
+				pp = p;
+			} else
+				pp = "you have mail";
+
+			out2str(pp);
+			out2c('\n');
+		}
+		mailsize[i] = statb.st_size;
+#endif
+	}
+	nmboxes = i;
+	popstackmark(&smark);
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/mail.h b/bin/sh/mail.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ea7c21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/mail.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: mail.h,v 1.10 2003/08/07 09:05:34 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)mail.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+void chkmail(int);
diff --git a/bin/sh/main.c b/bin/sh/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a023611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.80 2019/01/19 14:20:22 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c	8.7 (Berkeley) 7/19/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.80 2019/01/19 14:20:22 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#include "mail.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "nodes.h"
+#include "expand.h"
+#include "eval.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "trap.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "show.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "init.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "exec.h"
+#include "cd.h"
+#include "redir.h"
+
+#define PROFILE 0
+
+int rootpid;
+int rootshell;
+struct jmploc main_handler;
+int max_user_fd;
+#if PROFILE
+short profile_buf[16384];
+extern int etext();
+#endif
+
+STATIC void read_profile(const char *);
+
+/*
+ * Main routine.  We initialize things, parse the arguments, execute
+ * profiles if we're a login shell, and then call cmdloop to execute
+ * commands.  The setjmp call sets up the location to jump to when an
+ * exception occurs.  When an exception occurs the variable "state"
+ * is used to figure out how far we had gotten.
+ */
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct stackmark smark;
+	volatile int state;
+	char *shinit;
+	uid_t uid;
+	gid_t gid;
+
+	uid = getuid();
+	gid = getgid();
+
+	max_user_fd = fcntl(0, F_MAXFD);
+	if (max_user_fd < 2)
+		max_user_fd = 2;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	posix = getenv("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL;
+#if PROFILE
+	monitor(4, etext, profile_buf, sizeof profile_buf, 50);
+#endif
+	state = 0;
+	if (setjmp(main_handler.loc)) {
+		/*
+		 * When a shell procedure is executed, we raise the
+		 * exception EXSHELLPROC to clean up before executing
+		 * the shell procedure.
+		 */
+		switch (exception) {
+		case EXSHELLPROC:
+			rootpid = getpid();
+			rootshell = 1;
+			minusc = NULL;
+			state = 3;
+			break;
+
+		case EXEXEC:
+			exitstatus = exerrno;
+			break;
+
+		case EXERROR:
+			exitstatus = 2;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (exception != EXSHELLPROC) {
+			if (state == 0 || iflag == 0 || ! rootshell ||
+			    exception == EXEXIT)
+				exitshell(exitstatus);
+		}
+		reset();
+		if (exception == EXINT) {
+			out2c('\n');
+			flushout(&errout);
+		}
+		popstackmark(&smark);
+		FORCEINTON;				/* enable interrupts */
+		if (state == 1)
+			goto state1;
+		else if (state == 2)
+			goto state2;
+		else if (state == 3)
+			goto state3;
+		else
+			goto state4;
+	}
+	handler = &main_handler;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#if DEBUG >= 2
+	debug = 1;	/* this may be reset by procargs() later */
+#endif
+	opentrace();
+	trputs("Shell args:  ");  trargs(argv);
+#if DEBUG >= 3
+	set_debug(((DEBUG)==3 ? "_@" : "++"), 1);
+#endif
+#endif
+	rootpid = getpid();
+	rootshell = 1;
+	init();
+	initpwd();
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	procargs(argc, argv);
+
+	/*
+	 * Limit bogus system(3) or popen(3) calls in setuid binaries,
+	 * by requiring the -p flag
+	 */
+	if (!pflag && (uid != geteuid() || gid != getegid())) {
+		setuid(uid);
+		setgid(gid);
+		/* PS1 might need to be changed accordingly. */
+		choose_ps1();
+	}
+
+	if (argv[0] && argv[0][0] == '-') {
+		state = 1;
+		read_profile("/etc/profile");
+ state1:
+		state = 2;
+		read_profile(".profile");
+	}
+ state2:
+	state = 3;
+	if ((iflag || !posix) &&
+	    getuid() == geteuid() && getgid() == getegid()) {
+		struct stackmark env_smark;
+
+		setstackmark(&env_smark);
+		if ((shinit = lookupvar("ENV")) != NULL && *shinit != '\0') {
+			state = 3;
+			read_profile(expandenv(shinit));
+		}
+		popstackmark(&env_smark);
+	}
+ state3:
+	state = 4;
+	line_number = 1;	/* undo anything from profile files */
+
+	if (sflag == 0 || minusc) {
+		static int sigs[] =  {
+		    SIGINT, SIGQUIT, SIGHUP, 
+#ifdef SIGTSTP
+		    SIGTSTP,
+#endif
+		    SIGPIPE
+		};
+#define SIGSSIZE (sizeof(sigs)/sizeof(sigs[0]))
+		size_t i;
+
+		for (i = 0; i < SIGSSIZE; i++)
+		    setsignal(sigs[i], 0);
+	}
+
+	if (minusc)
+		evalstring(minusc, sflag ? 0 : EV_EXIT);
+
+	if (sflag || minusc == NULL) {
+ state4:	/* XXX ??? - why isn't this before the "if" statement */
+		cmdloop(1);
+	}
+#if PROFILE
+	monitor(0);
+#endif
+	line_number = plinno;
+	exitshell(exitstatus);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Read and execute commands.  "Top" is nonzero for the top level command
+ * loop; it turns on prompting if the shell is interactive.
+ */
+
+void
+cmdloop(int top)
+{
+	union node *n;
+	struct stackmark smark;
+	int inter;
+	int numeof = 0;
+	enum skipstate skip;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_ALWAYS, ("cmdloop(%d) called\n", top));
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	for (;;) {
+		if (pendingsigs)
+			dotrap();
+		inter = 0;
+		if (iflag == 1 && top) {
+			inter = 1;
+			showjobs(out2, SHOW_CHANGED);
+			chkmail(0);
+			flushout(&errout);
+			nflag = 0;
+		}
+		n = parsecmd(inter);
+		VXTRACE(DBG_PARSE|DBG_EVAL|DBG_CMDS,("cmdloop: "),showtree(n));
+		if (n == NEOF) {
+			if (!top || numeof >= 50)
+				break;
+			if (nflag)
+				break;
+			if (!stoppedjobs()) {
+				if (!iflag || !Iflag)
+					break;
+				out2str("\nUse \"exit\" to leave shell.\n");
+			}
+			numeof++;
+		} else if (n != NULL && nflag == 0) {
+			job_warning = (job_warning == 2) ? 1 : 0;
+			numeof = 0;
+			evaltree(n, 0);
+		}
+		rststackmark(&smark);
+
+		/*
+		 * Any SKIP* can occur here!  SKIP(FUNC|BREAK|CONT) occur when
+		 * a dotcmd is in a loop or a function body and appropriate
+		 * built-ins occurs in file scope in the sourced file.  Values
+		 * other than SKIPFILE are reset by the appropriate eval*()
+		 * that contained the dotcmd() call.
+		 */
+		skip = current_skipstate();
+		if (skip != SKIPNONE) {
+			if (skip == SKIPFILE)
+				stop_skipping();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	popstackmark(&smark);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Read /etc/profile or .profile.  Return on error.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+read_profile(const char *name)
+{
+	int fd;
+	int xflag_set = 0;
+	int vflag_set = 0;
+
+	if (*name == '\0')
+		return;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	if ((fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) >= 0)
+		setinputfd(fd, 1);
+	INTON;
+	if (fd < 0)
+		return;
+	/* -q turns off -x and -v just when executing init files */
+	if (qflag)  {
+	    if (xflag)
+		    xflag = 0, xflag_set = 1;
+	    if (vflag)
+		    vflag = 0, vflag_set = 1;
+	}
+	cmdloop(0);
+	if (qflag)  {
+	    if (xflag_set)
+		    xflag = 1;
+	    if (vflag_set)
+		    vflag = 1;
+	}
+	popfile();
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Read a file containing shell functions.
+ */
+
+void
+readcmdfile(char *name)
+{
+	int fd;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	if ((fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) >= 0)
+		setinputfd(fd, 1);
+	else
+		error("Can't open %s", name);
+	INTON;
+	cmdloop(0);
+	popfile();
+}
+
+
+
+int
+exitcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	if (stoppedjobs())
+		return 0;
+	if (argc > 1)
+		exitshell(number(argv[1]));
+	else
+		exitshell_savedstatus();
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/main.h b/bin/sh/main.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db1d576
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/main.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: main.h,v 1.12 2018/12/03 02:38:30 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)main.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+extern int rootpid;	/* pid of main shell */
+extern int rootshell;	/* true if we aren't a child of the main shell */
+extern struct jmploc main_handler;	/* top level exception handler */
+
+void readcmdfile(char *);
+void cmdloop(int);
diff --git a/bin/sh/memalloc.c b/bin/sh/memalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da8ff3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/memalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: memalloc.c,v 1.32 2018/08/22 20:08:54 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)memalloc.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: memalloc.c,v 1.32 2018/08/22 20:08:54 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "machdep.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+
+/*
+ * Like malloc, but returns an error when out of space.
+ */
+
+pointer
+ckmalloc(size_t nbytes)
+{
+	pointer p;
+
+	p = malloc(nbytes);
+	if (p == NULL)
+		error("Out of space");
+	return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Same for realloc.
+ */
+
+pointer
+ckrealloc(pointer p, int nbytes)
+{
+	p = realloc(p, nbytes);
+	if (p == NULL)
+		error("Out of space");
+	return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Make a copy of a string in safe storage.
+ */
+
+char *
+savestr(const char *s)
+{
+	char *p;
+
+	p = ckmalloc(strlen(s) + 1);
+	scopy(s, p);
+	return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Parse trees for commands are allocated in lifo order, so we use a stack
+ * to make this more efficient, and also to avoid all sorts of exception
+ * handling code to handle interrupts in the middle of a parse.
+ *
+ * The size 504 was chosen because the Ultrix malloc handles that size
+ * well.
+ */
+
+#define MINSIZE 504		/* minimum size of a block */
+
+struct stack_block {
+	struct stack_block *prev;
+	char space[MINSIZE];
+};
+
+struct stack_block stackbase;
+struct stack_block *stackp = &stackbase;
+struct stackmark *markp;
+char *stacknxt = stackbase.space;
+int stacknleft = MINSIZE;
+int sstrnleft;
+int herefd = -1;
+
+pointer
+stalloc(int nbytes)
+{
+	char *p;
+
+	nbytes = SHELL_ALIGN(nbytes);
+	if (nbytes > stacknleft) {
+		int blocksize;
+		struct stack_block *sp;
+
+		blocksize = nbytes;
+		if (blocksize < MINSIZE)
+			blocksize = MINSIZE;
+		INTOFF;
+		sp = ckmalloc(sizeof(struct stack_block) - MINSIZE + blocksize);
+		sp->prev = stackp;
+		stacknxt = sp->space;
+		stacknleft = blocksize;
+		stackp = sp;
+		INTON;
+	}
+	p = stacknxt;
+	stacknxt += nbytes;
+	stacknleft -= nbytes;
+	return p;
+}
+
+
+void
+stunalloc(pointer p)
+{
+	if (p == NULL) {		/*DEBUG */
+		write(2, "stunalloc\n", 10);
+		abort();
+	}
+	stacknleft += stacknxt - (char *)p;
+	stacknxt = p;
+}
+
+
+/* save the current status of the sh stack */
+void
+setstackmark(struct stackmark *mark)
+{
+	mark->stackp = stackp;
+	mark->stacknxt = stacknxt;
+	mark->stacknleft = stacknleft;
+	mark->sstrnleft = sstrnleft;
+	mark->marknext = markp;
+	markp = mark;
+}
+
+/* reset the stack mark, and remove it from the list of marks */
+void
+popstackmark(struct stackmark *mark)
+{
+	markp = mark->marknext;		/* delete mark from the list */
+	rststackmark(mark);		/* and reset stack */
+}
+
+/* reset the shell stack to its state recorded in the stack mark */
+void
+rststackmark(struct stackmark *mark)
+{
+	struct stack_block *sp;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	while (stackp != mark->stackp) {
+		/* delete any recently allocated mem blocks */
+		sp = stackp;
+		stackp = sp->prev;
+		ckfree(sp);
+	}
+	stacknxt = mark->stacknxt;
+	stacknleft = mark->stacknleft;
+	sstrnleft = mark->sstrnleft;
+	INTON;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * When the parser reads in a string, it wants to stick the string on the
+ * stack and only adjust the stack pointer when it knows how big the
+ * string is.  Stackblock (defined in stack.h) returns a pointer to a block
+ * of space on top of the stack and stackblocklen returns the length of
+ * this block.  Growstackblock will grow this space by at least one byte,
+ * possibly moving it (like realloc).  Grabstackblock actually allocates the
+ * part of the block that has been used.
+ */
+
+void
+growstackblock(void)
+{
+	int newlen = SHELL_ALIGN(stacknleft * 2 + 100);
+
+	INTOFF;
+	if (stacknxt == stackp->space && stackp != &stackbase) {
+		struct stack_block *oldstackp;
+		struct stackmark *xmark;
+		struct stack_block *sp;
+
+		oldstackp = stackp;
+		sp = stackp;
+		stackp = sp->prev;
+		sp = ckrealloc((pointer)sp,
+		    sizeof(struct stack_block) - MINSIZE + newlen);
+		sp->prev = stackp;
+		stackp = sp;
+		stacknxt = sp->space;
+		sstrnleft += newlen - stacknleft;
+		stacknleft = newlen;
+
+		/*
+		 * Stack marks pointing to the start of the old block
+		 * must be relocated to point to the new block 
+		 */
+		xmark = markp;
+		while (xmark != NULL && xmark->stackp == oldstackp) {
+			xmark->stackp = stackp;
+			xmark->stacknxt = stacknxt;
+			xmark->sstrnleft += stacknleft - xmark->stacknleft;
+			xmark->stacknleft = stacknleft;
+			xmark = xmark->marknext;
+		}
+	} else {
+		char *oldspace = stacknxt;
+		int oldlen = stacknleft;
+		char *p = stalloc(newlen);
+
+		(void)memcpy(p, oldspace, oldlen);
+		stacknxt = p;			/* free the space */
+		stacknleft += newlen;		/* we just allocated */
+	}
+	INTON;
+}
+
+void
+grabstackblock(int len)
+{
+	len = SHELL_ALIGN(len);
+	stacknxt += len;
+	stacknleft -= len;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following routines are somewhat easier to use than the above.
+ * The user declares a variable of type STACKSTR, which may be declared
+ * to be a register.  The macro STARTSTACKSTR initializes things.  Then
+ * the user uses the macro STPUTC to add characters to the string.  In
+ * effect, STPUTC(c, p) is the same as *p++ = c except that the stack is
+ * grown as necessary.  When the user is done, she can just leave the
+ * string there and refer to it using stackblock().  Or she can allocate
+ * the space for it using grabstackstr().  If it is necessary to allow
+ * someone else to use the stack temporarily and then continue to grow
+ * the string, the user should use grabstack to allocate the space, and
+ * then call ungrabstr(p) to return to the previous mode of operation.
+ *
+ * USTPUTC is like STPUTC except that it doesn't check for overflow.
+ * CHECKSTACKSPACE can be called before USTPUTC to ensure that there
+ * is space for at least one character.
+ */
+
+char *
+growstackstr(void)
+{
+	int len = stackblocksize();
+	if (herefd >= 0 && len >= 1024) {
+		xwrite(herefd, stackblock(), len);
+		sstrnleft = len - 1;
+		return stackblock();
+	}
+	growstackblock();
+	sstrnleft = stackblocksize() - len - 1;
+	return stackblock() + len;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called from CHECKSTRSPACE.
+ */
+
+char *
+makestrspace(void)
+{
+	int len = stackblocksize() - sstrnleft;
+	growstackblock();
+	sstrnleft = stackblocksize() - len;
+	return stackblock() + len;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Note that this only works to release stack space for reuse
+ * if nothing else has allocated space on the stack since the grabstackstr()
+ *
+ * "s" is the start of the area to be released, and "p" represents the end
+ * of the string we have stored beyond there and are now releasing.
+ * (ie: "p" should be the same as in the call to grabstackstr()).
+ *
+ * stunalloc(s) and ungrabstackstr(s, p) are almost interchangable after
+ * a grabstackstr(), however the latter also returns string space so we
+ * can just continue with STPUTC() etc without needing a new STARTSTACKSTR(s)
+ */
+void
+ungrabstackstr(char *s, char *p)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	if (s < stacknxt || stacknxt + stacknleft < s)
+		abort();
+#endif
+	stacknleft += stacknxt - s;
+	stacknxt = s;
+	sstrnleft = stacknleft - (p - s);
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/memalloc.h b/bin/sh/memalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed6669e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/memalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: memalloc.h,v 1.18 2018/08/22 20:08:54 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)memalloc.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+struct stackmark {
+	struct stack_block *stackp;
+	char *stacknxt;
+	int stacknleft;
+	int sstrnleft;
+	struct stackmark *marknext;
+};
+
+
+extern char *stacknxt;
+extern int stacknleft;
+extern int sstrnleft;
+extern int herefd;
+
+pointer ckmalloc(size_t);
+pointer ckrealloc(pointer, int);
+char *savestr(const char *);
+pointer stalloc(int);
+void stunalloc(pointer);
+void setstackmark(struct stackmark *);
+void popstackmark(struct stackmark *);
+void rststackmark(struct stackmark *);
+void growstackblock(void);
+void grabstackblock(int);
+char *growstackstr(void);
+char *makestrspace(void);
+void ungrabstackstr(char *, char *);
+
+
+
+#define stackblock() stacknxt
+#define stackblocksize() stacknleft
+#define STARTSTACKSTR(p)	p = stackblock(), sstrnleft = stackblocksize()
+#define STPUTC(c, p)	(--sstrnleft >= 0? (*p++ = (c)) : (p = growstackstr(), *p++ = (c)))
+#define CHECKSTRSPACE(n, p)	{ if (sstrnleft < n) p = makestrspace(); }
+#define USTPUTC(c, p)	(--sstrnleft, *p++ = (c))
+#define STACKSTRNUL(p)	(sstrnleft == 0? (p = growstackstr(), sstrnleft++, *p = '\0') : (*p = '\0'))
+#define STUNPUTC(p)	(++sstrnleft, --p)
+#define STTOPC(p)	p[-1]
+#define STADJUST(amount, p)	(p += (amount), sstrnleft -= (amount))
+#define grabstackstr(p)	stalloc((p) - stackblock())
+
+#define ckfree(p)	free((pointer)(p))
diff --git a/bin/sh/miscbltin.c b/bin/sh/miscbltin.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3988532
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/miscbltin.c
@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: miscbltin.c,v 1.44 2017/05/13 15:03:34 gson Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)miscbltin.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: miscbltin.c,v 1.44 2017/05/13 15:03:34 gson Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Miscelaneous builtins.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>		/* quad_t */
+#include <sys/param.h>		/* BSD4_4 */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+
+#undef rflag
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The read builtin.
+ * Backslahes escape the next char unless -r is specified.
+ *
+ * This uses unbuffered input, which may be avoidable in some cases.
+ *
+ * Note that if IFS=' :' then read x y should work so that:
+ * 'a b'	x='a', y='b'
+ * ' a b '	x='a', y='b'
+ * ':b'		x='',  y='b'
+ * ':'		x='',  y=''
+ * '::'		x='',  y=''
+ * ': :'	x='',  y=''
+ * ':::'	x='',  y='::'
+ * ':b c:'	x='',  y='b c:'
+ */
+
+int
+readcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char **ap;
+	char c;
+	int rflag;
+	char *prompt;
+	const char *ifs;
+	char *p;
+	int startword;
+	int status;
+	int i;
+	int is_ifs;
+	int saveall = 0;
+
+	rflag = 0;
+	prompt = NULL;
+	while ((i = nextopt("p:r")) != '\0') {
+		if (i == 'p')
+			prompt = optionarg;
+		else
+			rflag = 1;
+	}
+
+	if (prompt && isatty(0)) {
+		out2str(prompt);
+		flushall();
+	}
+
+	if (*(ap = argptr) == NULL)
+		error("arg count");
+
+	if ((ifs = bltinlookup("IFS", 1)) == NULL)
+		ifs = " \t\n";
+
+	status = 0;
+	startword = 2;
+	STARTSTACKSTR(p);
+	for (;;) {
+		if (read(0, &c, 1) != 1) {
+			status = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (c == '\0')
+			continue;
+		if (c == '\\' && !rflag) {
+			if (read(0, &c, 1) != 1) {
+				status = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (c != '\n')
+				STPUTC(c, p);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (c == '\n')
+			break;
+		if (strchr(ifs, c))
+			is_ifs = strchr(" \t\n", c) ? 1 : 2;
+		else
+			is_ifs = 0;
+
+		if (startword != 0) {
+			if (is_ifs == 1) {
+				/* Ignore leading IFS whitespace */
+				if (saveall)
+					STPUTC(c, p);
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (is_ifs == 2 && startword == 1) {
+				/* Only one non-whitespace IFS per word */
+				startword = 2;
+				if (saveall)
+					STPUTC(c, p);
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (is_ifs == 0) {
+			/* append this character to the current variable */
+			startword = 0;
+			if (saveall)
+				/* Not just a spare terminator */
+				saveall++;
+			STPUTC(c, p);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* end of variable... */
+		startword = is_ifs;
+
+		if (ap[1] == NULL) {
+			/* Last variable needs all IFS chars */
+			saveall++;
+			STPUTC(c, p);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		STACKSTRNUL(p);
+		setvar(*ap, stackblock(), 0);
+		ap++;
+		STARTSTACKSTR(p);
+	}
+	STACKSTRNUL(p);
+
+	/* Remove trailing IFS chars */
+	for (; stackblock() <= --p; *p = 0) {
+		if (!strchr(ifs, *p))
+			break;
+		if (strchr(" \t\n", *p))
+			/* Always remove whitespace */
+			continue;
+		if (saveall > 1)
+			/* Don't remove non-whitespace unless it was naked */
+			break;
+	}
+	setvar(*ap, stackblock(), 0);
+
+	/* Set any remaining args to "" */
+	while (*++ap != NULL)
+		setvar(*ap, nullstr, 0);
+	return status;
+}
+
+
+
+int
+umaskcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char *ap;
+	int mask;
+	int i;
+	int symbolic_mode = 0;
+
+	while ((i = nextopt("S")) != '\0') {
+		symbolic_mode = 1;
+	}
+
+	INTOFF;
+	mask = umask(0);
+	umask(mask);
+	INTON;
+
+	if ((ap = *argptr) == NULL) {
+		if (symbolic_mode) {
+			char u[4], g[4], o[4];
+
+			i = 0;
+			if ((mask & S_IRUSR) == 0)
+				u[i++] = 'r';
+			if ((mask & S_IWUSR) == 0)
+				u[i++] = 'w';
+			if ((mask & S_IXUSR) == 0)
+				u[i++] = 'x';
+			u[i] = '\0';
+
+			i = 0;
+			if ((mask & S_IRGRP) == 0)
+				g[i++] = 'r';
+			if ((mask & S_IWGRP) == 0)
+				g[i++] = 'w';
+			if ((mask & S_IXGRP) == 0)
+				g[i++] = 'x';
+			g[i] = '\0';
+
+			i = 0;
+			if ((mask & S_IROTH) == 0)
+				o[i++] = 'r';
+			if ((mask & S_IWOTH) == 0)
+				o[i++] = 'w';
+			if ((mask & S_IXOTH) == 0)
+				o[i++] = 'x';
+			o[i] = '\0';
+
+			out1fmt("u=%s,g=%s,o=%s\n", u, g, o);
+		} else {
+			out1fmt("%.4o\n", mask);
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (isdigit((unsigned char)*ap)) {
+			mask = 0;
+			do {
+				if (*ap >= '8' || *ap < '0')
+					error("Illegal number: %s", argv[1]);
+				mask = (mask << 3) + (*ap - '0');
+			} while (*++ap != '\0');
+			umask(mask);
+		} else {
+			void *set;
+
+			INTOFF;
+			if ((set = setmode(ap)) != 0) {
+				mask = getmode(set, ~mask & 0777);
+				ckfree(set);
+			}
+			INTON;
+			if (!set)
+				error("Cannot set mode `%s' (%s)", ap,
+				    strerror(errno));
+
+			umask(~mask & 0777);
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ulimit builtin
+ *
+ * This code, originally by Doug Gwyn, Doug Kingston, Eric Gisin, and
+ * Michael Rendell was ripped from pdksh 5.0.8 and hacked for use with
+ * ash by J.T. Conklin.
+ *
+ * Public domain.
+ */
+
+struct limits {
+	const char *name;
+	const char *unit;
+	int	cmd;
+	int	factor;	/* multiply by to get rlim_{cur,max} values */
+	char	option;
+};
+
+static const struct limits limits[] = {
+#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
+	{ "time",	"seconds",	RLIMIT_CPU,	   1, 't' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE
+	{ "file",	"blocks",	RLIMIT_FSIZE,	 512, 'f' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
+	{ "data",	"kbytes",	RLIMIT_DATA,	1024, 'd' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
+	{ "stack",	"kbytes",	RLIMIT_STACK,	1024, 's' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE
+	{ "coredump",	"blocks",	RLIMIT_CORE,	 512, 'c' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS
+	{ "memory",	"kbytes",	RLIMIT_RSS,	1024, 'm' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK
+	{ "locked memory","kbytes",	RLIMIT_MEMLOCK, 1024, 'l' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NTHR
+	{ "thread",	"threads",	RLIMIT_NTHR,       1, 'r' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC
+	{ "process",	"processes",	RLIMIT_NPROC,      1, 'p' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
+	{ "nofiles",	"descriptors",	RLIMIT_NOFILE,     1, 'n' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_VMEM
+	{ "vmemory",	"kbytes",	RLIMIT_VMEM,	1024, 'v' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_SWAP
+	{ "swap",	"kbytes",	RLIMIT_SWAP,	1024, 'w' },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_SBSIZE
+	{ "sbsize",	"bytes",	RLIMIT_SBSIZE,	   1, 'b' },
+#endif
+	{ NULL,		NULL,		0,		   0,  '\0' }
+};
+
+int
+ulimitcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int	c;
+	rlim_t val = 0;
+	enum { SOFT = 0x1, HARD = 0x2 }
+			how = SOFT | HARD;
+	const struct limits	*l;
+	int		set, all = 0;
+	int		optc, what;
+	struct rlimit	limit;
+
+	what = 'f';
+	while ((optc = nextopt("HSabtfdscmlrpnv")) != '\0')
+		switch (optc) {
+		case 'H':
+			how = HARD;
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			how = SOFT;
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			all = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			what = optc;
+		}
+
+	for (l = limits; l->name && l->option != what; l++)
+		;
+	if (!l->name)
+		error("internal error (%c)", what);
+
+	set = *argptr ? 1 : 0;
+	if (set) {
+		char *p = *argptr;
+
+		if (all || argptr[1])
+			error("too many arguments");
+		if (strcmp(p, "unlimited") == 0)
+			val = RLIM_INFINITY;
+		else {
+			val = (rlim_t) 0;
+
+			while ((c = *p++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
+				val = (val * 10) + (long)(c - '0');
+			if (c)
+				error("bad number");
+			val *= l->factor;
+		}
+	}
+	if (all) {
+		for (l = limits; l->name; l++) {
+			getrlimit(l->cmd, &limit);
+			if (how & SOFT)
+				val = limit.rlim_cur;
+			else if (how & HARD)
+				val = limit.rlim_max;
+
+			out1fmt("%-13s (-%c %-11s) ", l->name, l->option,
+			    l->unit);
+			if (val == RLIM_INFINITY)
+				out1fmt("unlimited\n");
+			else
+			{
+				val /= l->factor;
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+				out1fmt("%lld\n", (long long) val);
+#else
+				out1fmt("%ld\n", (long) val);
+#endif
+			}
+		}
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if (getrlimit(l->cmd, &limit) == -1)
+		error("error getting limit (%s)", strerror(errno));
+	if (set) {
+		if (how & HARD)
+			limit.rlim_max = val;
+		if (how & SOFT)
+			limit.rlim_cur = val;
+		if (setrlimit(l->cmd, &limit) < 0)
+			error("error setting limit (%s)", strerror(errno));
+	} else {
+		if (how & SOFT)
+			val = limit.rlim_cur;
+		else if (how & HARD)
+			val = limit.rlim_max;
+
+		if (val == RLIM_INFINITY)
+			out1fmt("unlimited\n");
+		else
+		{
+			val /= l->factor;
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+			out1fmt("%lld\n", (long long) val);
+#else
+			out1fmt("%ld\n", (long) val);
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/miscbltin.h b/bin/sh/miscbltin.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c12c82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/miscbltin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: miscbltin.h,v 1.3 2003/08/21 17:57:53 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997 Christos Zoulas.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+int readcmd(int, char **);
+int umaskcmd(int, char **);
+int ulimitcmd(int, char **);
diff --git a/bin/sh/mkbuiltins b/bin/sh/mkbuiltins
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ebf7ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/mkbuiltins
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+#!/bin/sh -
+#	$NetBSD: mkbuiltins,v 1.22 2009/10/06 19:56:58 apb Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)mkbuiltins	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+havehist=1
+if [ x"$1" = x"-h" ]; then
+	havehist=0
+	shift
+fi
+
+shell=$1
+builtins=$2
+objdir=$3
+
+havejobs=0
+if grep '^#define JOBS[	 ]*1' ${shell} > /dev/null
+then
+	havejobs=1
+fi
+
+exec <$builtins 3> ${objdir}/builtins.c 4> ${objdir}/builtins.h
+
+echo '/*
+ * This file was generated by the mkbuiltins program.
+ */
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+
+const struct builtincmd builtincmd[] = {
+' >&3
+
+echo '/*
+ * This file was generated by the mkbuiltins program.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+struct builtincmd {
+      const char *name;
+      int (*builtin)(int, char **);
+};
+
+extern const struct builtincmd builtincmd[];
+extern const struct builtincmd splbltincmd[];
+
+' >&4
+
+specials=
+
+while read line
+do
+	set -- $line
+	[ -z "$1" ] && continue
+	case "$1" in
+	\#if*|\#def*|\#end*)
+		echo $line >&3
+		echo $line >&4
+		continue
+		;;
+	\#*)
+		continue
+		;;
+	esac
+
+	func=$1
+	shift
+	[ x"$1" = x'-j' ] && {
+		[ $havejobs = 0 ] && continue
+		shift
+	}
+	[ x"$1" = x'-h' ] && {
+		[ $havehist = 0 ] && continue
+		shift
+	}
+	echo 'int '"$func"'(int, char **);' >&4
+	while
+		[ $# != 0 ] && [ x"$1" != x'#' ]
+	do
+		[ x"$1" = x'-s' ] && {
+			specials="$specials $2 $func"
+			shift 2
+			continue;
+		}
+		[ x"$1" = x'-u' ] && shift
+		echo '	{ "'$1'",	'"$func"' },' >&3
+		shift
+	done
+done
+
+echo '	{ 0, 0 },' >&3
+echo '};' >&3
+echo >&3
+echo 'const struct builtincmd splbltincmd[] = {' >&3
+
+set -- $specials
+while
+	[ $# != 0 ]
+do
+	echo '	{ "'$1'",	'"$2"' },' >&3
+	shift 2
+done
+
+echo '	{ 0, 0 },' >&3
+echo "};" >&3
diff --git a/bin/sh/mkinit.sh b/bin/sh/mkinit.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..da4f46f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/mkinit.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#	$NetBSD: mkinit.sh,v 1.10 2018/12/05 09:20:18 kre Exp $
+
+# Copyright (c) 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+# by David Laight.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+# ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+# TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+# PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+# BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+# CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+# SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+# INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+# ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+# POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+srcs="$*"
+
+# use of echo in this script is broken
+
+# some echo versions will expand \n in the args, which breaks C
+# Note: this script is a HOST_PROG ... it must run in the
+# build host's environment, with its shell.
+
+# Fortunately, use of echo here is also trivially simplistic,
+# we can easily replace all uses with ...
+
+echo()
+{
+	printf '%s\n' "$1"
+}
+
+# CAUTION: for anyone modifying this script.... use printf
+# rather than echo to output anything at all... then
+# you will avoid being bitten by the simplicity of this function.
+# This was done this way rather than wholesale replacement
+# to avoid unnecessary code churn.
+
+
+nl='
+'
+openparen='('
+
+# shells have bugs (including older NetBSD sh) in how \ is
+# used in pattern matching.   So work out what the shell
+# running this script expects.   We could also just use a
+# literal \ in the pattern, which would need to be quoted
+# of course, but then we'd run into a whole host of potential
+# other shell bugs (both with the quoting in the pattern, and
+# with the matching that follows if that works as inended).
+# Far easier, and more reliable, is to just work out what works,
+# and then use it, which more or less mandates using a variable...
+backslash='\\'
+var='abc\'			# dummy test case.
+if [ "$var" = "${var%$backslash}" ]
+then
+	# buggy sh, try the broken way
+	backslash='\'
+	if [ "$var" = "${var%$backslash}" ]
+	then
+		printf >&2 "$0: %s\n" 'No pattern match with \ (broken shell)'
+		exit 1
+	fi
+fi
+# We know we can detect the presence of a trailing \, which is all we need.
+# Now to confirm we will not generate false matches.
+var='abc'
+if [ "$var" != "${var%$backslash}" ]
+then
+	printf >&2 "$0: %s\n" 'Bogus pattern match with \ (broken shell)'
+	exit 1
+fi
+unset var
+
+includes=' "shell.h" "mystring.h" "init.h" '
+defines=
+decles=
+event_init=
+event_reset=
+event_shellproc=
+
+for src in $srcs; do
+	exec <$src
+	decnl="$nl"
+	while IFS=; read -r line; do
+		[ "$line" = x ]
+		case "$line " in
+		INIT["{ 	"]* ) event=init;;
+		RESET["{ 	"]* ) event=reset;;
+		SHELLPROC["{ 	"]* ) event=shellproc;;
+		INCLUDE[\ \	]* )
+			IFS=' 	'
+			set -- $line
+			# ignore duplicates
+			[ "${includes}" != "${includes% $2 *}" ] && continue
+			includes="$includes$2 "
+			continue
+			;;
+		MKINIT\  )
+			# struct declaration
+			decles="$decles$nl"
+			while
+				read -r line
+				decles="${decles}${line}${nl}"
+				[ "$line" != "};" ]
+			do
+				:
+			done
+			decnl="$nl"
+			continue
+			;;
+		MKINIT["{ 	"]* )
+			# strip initialiser
+			def=${line#MKINIT}
+			comment="${def#*;}"
+			def="${def%;$comment}"
+			def="${def%%=*}"
+			def="${def% }"
+			decles="${decles}${decnl}extern${def};${comment}${nl}"
+			decnl=
+			continue
+			;;
+		\#define[\ \	]* )
+			IFS=' 	'
+			set -- $line
+			# Ignore those with arguments
+			[ "$2" = "${2##*$openparen}" ] || continue
+			# and multiline definitions
+			[ "$line" = "${line%$backslash}" ] || continue
+			defines="${defines}#undef	$2${nl}${line}${nl}"
+			continue
+			;;
+		* ) continue;;
+		esac
+		# code for events
+		ev="${nl}	/* from $src: */${nl}	{${nl}"
+		# Indent the text by an extra <tab>
+		while
+			read -r line
+			[ "$line" != "}" ]
+		do
+			case "$line" in
+			('')	;;
+			('#'*)	;;
+			(*)	line="	$line";;
+			esac
+			ev="${ev}${line}${nl}"
+		done
+		ev="${ev}	}${nl}"
+		eval event_$event=\"\$event_$event\$ev\"
+	done
+done
+
+exec >init.c.tmp
+
+echo "/*"
+echo " * This file was generated by the mkinit program."
+echo " */"
+echo
+
+IFS=' '
+for f in $includes; do
+	echo "#include $f"
+done
+
+echo
+echo
+echo
+echo "$defines"
+echo
+echo "$decles"
+echo
+echo
+echo "/*"
+echo " * Initialization code."
+echo " */"
+echo
+echo "void"
+echo "init(void)"
+echo "{"
+echo "${event_init}"
+echo "}"
+echo
+echo
+echo
+echo "/*"
+echo " * This routine is called when an error or an interrupt occurs in an"
+echo " * interactive shell and control is returned to the main command loop."
+echo " */"
+echo
+echo "void"
+echo "reset(void)"
+echo "{"
+echo "${event_reset}"
+echo "}"
+echo
+echo
+echo
+echo "/*"
+echo " * This routine is called to initialize the shell to run a shell procedure."
+echo " */"
+echo
+echo "void"
+echo "initshellproc(void)"
+echo "{"
+echo "${event_shellproc}"
+echo "}"
+
+exec >&-
+mv init.c.tmp init.c
diff --git a/bin/sh/mknodenames.sh b/bin/sh/mknodenames.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1d03200
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/mknodenames.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# $NetBSD: mknodenames.sh,v 1.6 2018/08/18 03:09:37 kre Exp $
+
+# Use this script however you like, but it would be amazing if
+# it has any purpose other than as part of building the shell...
+
+if [ -z "$1" ]; then
+	echo "Usage: $0 nodes.h" 1>&2
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+NODES=$1
+
+test -t 1 && test -z "$2" && exec > nodenames.h
+
+echo "\
+/*
+ * Automatically generated by $0
+ * DO NOT EDIT. Do Not 'cvs add'.
+ */
+"
+echo "#ifndef NODENAMES_H_INCLUDED"
+echo "#define NODENAMES_H_INCLUDED"
+echo
+echo "#ifdef DEBUG"
+
+MAX=$(awk < "$NODES" '
+	/#define/ {
+		if ($3 > MAX) MAX = $3
+	}
+	END { print MAX }
+')
+
+echo
+echo '#ifdef DEFINE_NODENAMES'
+echo "STATIC const char * const NodeNames[${MAX} + 1] = {"
+
+grep '^#define' "$NODES" | sort -k3n | while read define name number opt_comment
+do
+	: ${next:=0}
+	while [ "$number" -gt "$next" ]
+	do
+		echo '	"???",'
+		next=$(( next + 1))
+	done
+	echo '	"'"$name"'",'
+	next=$(( number + 1 ))
+done
+
+echo "};"
+echo '#else'
+echo "extern const char * const NodeNames[${MAX} + 1];"
+echo '#endif'
+echo
+echo '#define NODETYPENAME(type) \'
+echo '	((unsigned)(type) <= '"${MAX}"' ? NodeNames[(type)] : "??OOR??")'
+echo
+echo '#define NODETYPE(type)	NODETYPENAME(type), (type)'
+echo '#define PRIdsNT		"s(%d)"'
+echo
+echo '#else /* DEBUG */'
+echo
+echo '#define NODETYPE(type)	(type)'
+echo '#define PRIdsNT		"d"'
+echo
+echo '#endif /* DEBUG */'
+echo
+echo '#endif /* !NODENAMES_H_INCLUDED */'
diff --git a/bin/sh/mknodes.sh b/bin/sh/mknodes.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0b1ab80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/mknodes.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#	$NetBSD: mknodes.sh,v 1.4 2019/01/19 13:08:50 kre Exp $
+
+# Copyright (c) 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+# All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+# by David Laight.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+# ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+# TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+# PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+# BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+# CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+# SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+# INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+# ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+# POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+nodetypes=$1
+nodes_pat=$2
+objdir="$3"
+
+exec <$nodetypes
+exec >$objdir/nodes.h.tmp
+
+echo "/*"
+echo " * This file was generated by mknodes.sh"
+echo " */"
+echo
+
+tagno=0
+while IFS=; read -r line; do
+	line="${line%%#*}"
+	IFS=' 	'
+	set -- $line
+	IFS=
+	[ -z "$2" ] && continue
+	case "$line" in
+	[" 	"]* )
+		IFS=' '
+		[ $field = 0 ] && struct_list="$struct_list $struct"
+		eval field_${struct}_$field=\"\$*\"
+		eval numfld_$struct=\$field
+		field=$(($field + 1))
+		;;
+	* )
+		define=$1
+		struct=$2
+		echo "#define $define $tagno"
+		tagno=$(($tagno + 1))
+		eval define_$struct=\"\$define_$struct \$define\"
+		struct_define="$struct_define $struct"
+		field=0
+		;;
+	esac
+done
+
+echo
+
+IFS=' '
+for struct in $struct_list; do
+	echo
+	echo
+	echo "struct $struct {"
+	field=0
+	while
+		eval line=\"\$field_${struct}_$field\"
+		field=$(($field + 1))
+		[ -n "$line" ]
+	do
+		IFS=' '
+		set -- $line
+		name=$1
+		case "$name" in
+		type)	if [ -n "$typetype" ] && [ "$typetype" != "$2" ]
+			then
+				echo >&2 "Conflicting type fields: node" \
+					"$struct has $2, others $typetype"
+				exit 1
+			fi
+			if [ $field -ne 1 ]
+			then
+				echo >&2 "Node $struct has type as field" \
+					"$field (should only be first)"
+				exit 1
+			fi
+			typetype=$2
+			;;
+		*)
+			if [ $field -eq 1 ]
+			then
+				echo >&2 "Node $struct does not have" \
+					"type as first field"
+				exit 1
+			fi
+			;;
+		esac
+		case $2 in
+		nodeptr ) type="union node *";;
+		nodelist ) type="struct nodelist *";;
+		string ) type="char *";;
+		int*_t | uint*_t | int ) type="$2 ";;
+		* ) name=; shift 2; type="$*";;
+		esac
+		echo "      $type$name;"
+	done
+	echo "};"
+done
+
+echo
+echo
+echo "union node {"
+echo "      $typetype type;"
+for struct in $struct_list; do
+	echo "      struct $struct $struct;"
+done
+echo "};"
+echo
+echo
+echo "struct nodelist {"
+echo "	struct nodelist *next;"
+echo "	union node *n;"
+echo "};"
+echo
+echo
+echo 'struct funcdef;'
+echo 'struct funcdef *copyfunc(union node *);'
+echo 'union node *getfuncnode(struct funcdef *);'
+echo 'void reffunc(struct funcdef *);'
+echo 'void unreffunc(struct funcdef *);'
+echo 'void freefunc(struct funcdef *);'
+
+mv $objdir/nodes.h.tmp $objdir/nodes.h || exit 1
+
+exec <$nodes_pat
+exec >$objdir/nodes.c.tmp
+
+echo "/*"
+echo " * This file was generated by mknodes.sh"
+echo " */"
+echo
+
+while IFS=; read -r line; do
+	IFS=' 	'
+	set -- $line
+	IFS=
+	case "$1" in
+	'%SIZES' )
+		echo "static const short nodesize[$tagno] = {"
+		IFS=' '
+		for struct in $struct_define; do
+			echo "      SHELL_ALIGN(sizeof (struct $struct)),"
+		done
+		echo "};"
+		;;
+	'%CALCSIZE' )
+		echo "      if (n == NULL)"
+		echo "	    return;"
+		echo "      res->bsize += nodesize[n->type];"
+		echo "      switch (n->type) {"
+		IFS=' '
+		for struct in $struct_list; do
+			eval defines=\"\$define_$struct\"
+			for define in $defines; do
+				echo "      case $define:"
+			done
+			eval field=\$numfld_$struct
+			while
+				[ $field != 0 ]
+			do
+				eval line=\"\$field_${struct}_$field\"
+				field=$(($field - 1))
+				IFS=' '
+				set -- $line
+				name=$1
+				cl=", res)"
+				case $2 in
+				nodeptr ) fn=calcsize;;
+				nodelist ) fn=sizenodelist;;
+				string ) fn="res->ssize += strlen"
+					cl=") + 1";;
+				* ) continue;;
+				esac
+				echo "	    ${fn}(n->$struct.$name${cl};"
+			done
+			echo "	    break;"
+		done
+		echo "      };"
+		;;
+	'%COPY' )
+		echo "      if (n == NULL)"
+		echo "	    return NULL;"
+		echo "      new = st->block;"
+		echo "      st->block = (char *) st->block + nodesize[n->type];"
+		echo "      switch (n->type) {"
+		IFS=' '
+		for struct in $struct_list; do
+			eval defines=\"\$define_$struct\"
+			for define in $defines; do
+				echo "      case $define:"
+			done
+			eval field=\$numfld_$struct
+			while
+				[ $field != 0 ]
+			do
+				eval line=\"\$field_${struct}_$field\"
+				field=$(($field - 1))
+				IFS=' '
+				set -- $line
+				name=$1
+				case $2 in
+				nodeptr ) fn="copynode(";;
+				nodelist ) fn="copynodelist(";;
+				string ) fn="nodesavestr(";;
+				int*_t| uint*_t | int ) fn=;;
+				* ) continue;;
+				esac
+				f="$struct.$name"
+				echo "	    new->$f = ${fn}n->$f${fn:+, st)};"
+			done
+			echo "	    break;"
+		done
+		echo "      };"
+		echo "      new->type = n->type;"
+		;;
+	* ) echo "$line";;
+	esac
+done
+
+mv $objdir/nodes.c.tmp $objdir/nodes.c || exit 1
diff --git a/bin/sh/mkoptions.sh b/bin/sh/mkoptions.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aecb6df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/mkoptions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# $NetBSD: mkoptions.sh,v 1.5 2017/11/15 09:21:19 kre Exp $
+
+#
+# It would be more sensible to generate 2 .h files, one which
+# is for everyone to use, defines the "variables" and (perhaps) generates
+# the externs (though they could just be explicit in options.h)
+# and one just for options.c which generates the initialisation.
+#
+# But then I'd have to deal with making the Makefile handle that properly...
+# (this is simpler there, and it just means a bit more sh compile time.)
+
+set -f
+IFS=' 	'	# blank, tab (no newline)
+
+IF="$1"
+OF="${3+$3/}$2"
+
+E_FILE=$(${MKTEMP:-mktemp} -t MKO.E.$$)
+O_FILE=$(${MKTEMP:-mktemp} -t MKO.O.$$)
+trap 'rm -f "${E_FILE}" "${O_FILE}"' EXIT
+
+exec 5> "${E_FILE}"
+exec 6> "${O_FILE}"
+
+{
+	printf '/*\n * File automatically generated by %s.\n' "$0"
+	printf ' * Do not edit, do not add to cvs.\n'
+	printf ' */\n\n'
+
+	printf '#ifdef DEFINE_OPTIONS\n'
+	printf 'struct optent optlist[] = {\n'
+} >"${OF}"
+
+FIRST=true
+
+${SED:-sed} <"${IF}"			\
+	-e '/^$/d'			\
+	-e '/^#/d'			\
+	-e '/^[ 	]*\//d'		\
+	-e '/^[ 	]*\*/d'		\
+	-e '/^[ 	]*;/d'			|
+sort -b -k2,2f -k2,2 < "${IF}"			|
+while read line
+do
+	# Look for comments in various styles, and ignore them
+	# (these should generally be already removed by sed above)
+
+	case "${line}" in
+	'')	continue;;
+	/*)	continue;;
+	\**)	continue;;
+	\;*)	continue;;
+	\#*)	continue;;
+	esac
+
+	case "${line}" in
+	*'#if'*)
+		COND="${line#*#}"
+		COND="#${COND%%#*}"
+		;;
+	*)
+		COND=
+		;;
+	esac
+	set -- ${line%%[ 	]#*}
+
+	var="$1" name="$2"
+
+	case "${var}" in
+	('' | [!A-Za-z_]* | *[!A-Za-z0-9_]*)
+		printf >&2 "Bad var name: '%s'\\n" "${var}"
+		# exit 1
+		continue	# just ignore it for now
+	esac
+
+	case "${name}" in
+	?) 	set -- ${var} '' $name $3 $4; name= ;;
+	esac
+
+	chr="$3" set="$4" dflt="$5"
+
+	case "${chr}" in
+	-)	chr= set= dflt="$4";;
+	''|?)	;;
+	*)	printf >&2 'flag "%s": Not a character\n' "${chr}"; continue;;
+	esac
+
+	# options must have some kind of name, or they are useless...
+	test -z "${name}${chr}" && continue
+
+	case "${set}" in
+	-)	set= ;;
+	[01] | [Oo][Nn] | [Oo][Ff][Ff])	dflt="${set}"; set= ;;
+	''|?)	;;
+	*)	printf >&2 'set "%s": Not a character\n' "${set}"; continue;;
+	esac
+
+	case "${dflt}" in
+	'')		;;
+	[Oo][Nn])	dflt=1;;
+	[Oo][Ff][Ff])	dflt=0;;
+	[01])		;;
+	*)	printf >&2 'default "%s" invalid, use 0 off 1 on\n'; continue;;
+	esac
+
+	# validation complete, now to generate output
+
+	if [ -n "${COND}" ]
+	then
+		printf '%s\n' "${COND}" >&4
+		printf '%s\n' "${COND}" >&5
+		printf '%s\n' "${COND}" >&6
+	fi
+
+	printf '\t_SH_OPT_%s,\n' "${var}" >&5
+
+	if [ -n "${name}" ]
+	then
+		printf '    { "%s", ' "${name}"	>&4
+	else
+		printf '    { 0, '		>&4
+	fi
+
+	if [ -n "${chr}" ]
+	then
+		printf "'%s', " "${chr}"	>&4
+	else
+		chr=
+		printf '0, '			>&4
+	fi
+
+	if [ -n "${set}" ]
+	then
+		printf "'%s', 0, " "${set}"	>&4
+	else
+		printf '0, 0, '			>&4
+	fi
+
+	if [ -n "${dflt}" ]
+	then
+		printf '%s },\n' "${dflt}"	>&4
+	else
+		printf '0 },\n'			>&4
+	fi
+
+	printf '#define %s\toptlist[_SH_OPT_%s].val\n' "${var}" "${var}" >&6
+
+	if [ -n "${COND}" ]
+	then
+		printf '#endif\n' >&4
+		printf '#endif\n' >&5
+		printf '#endif\n' >&6
+	fi
+
+	test -z "${chr}" && continue
+
+	printf '%s _SH_OPT_%s %s\n' "${chr}" "${var}" "${COND}"
+
+done 4>>"${OF}" | sort -t' ' -k1,1f -k1,1 | while read chr index COND
+do
+	if $FIRST
+	then
+		printf '    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }\n};\n'
+		printf '#endif\n\n'
+
+		printf 'enum shell_opt_names {\n'
+		cat "${E_FILE}"
+		printf '};\n\n'
+
+		printf '#ifdef DEFINE_OPTIONS\n'
+		printf 'const unsigned char optorder[] = {\n'
+		FIRST=false
+	fi
+	[ -n "${COND}" ] && printf '%s\n' "${COND}"
+	printf '\t%s,\n' "${index}"
+	[ -n "${COND}" ] && printf '#endif\n'
+
+done >>"${OF}"
+
+{
+	printf '};\n\n'
+	printf '#define NOPTS (sizeof optlist / sizeof optlist[0] - 1)\n'
+	printf 'int sizeof_optlist = sizeof optlist;\n\n'
+	printf	\
+	   'const int option_flags = (sizeof optorder / sizeof optorder[0]);\n'
+	printf '\n#else\n\n'
+	printf 'extern struct optent optlist[];\n'
+	printf 'extern int sizeof_optlist;\n'
+	printf 'extern const unsigned char optorder[];\n'
+	printf 'extern const int option_flags;\n'
+	printf '\n#endif\n\n'
+
+	cat "${O_FILE}"
+} >> "${OF}"
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/bin/sh/mktokens b/bin/sh/mktokens
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8f81c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/mktokens
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+#!/bin/sh -
+#	$NetBSD: mktokens,v 1.14 2017/07/26 03:46:54 kre Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)mktokens	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+
+: ${AWK:=awk}
+: ${SED:=sed}
+
+# The following is a list of tokens.  The second column is nonzero if the
+# token marks the end of a list.  The third column is the name to print in
+# error messages.
+
+# Note that all the keyword tokens come after TWORD, and all the others
+# come before it.   We rely upon that relationship - keep it!
+
+cat > /tmp/ka$$ <<\!
+TEOF	1	end of file
+TNL	0	newline
+TSEMI	0	";"
+TBACKGND 0	"&"
+TAND	0	"&&"
+TOR	0	"||"
+TPIPE	0	"|"
+TLP	0	"("
+TRP	1	")"
+TENDCASE 1	";;"
+TCASEFALL 1	";&"
+TENDBQUOTE 1	"`"
+TREDIR	0	redirection
+TWORD	0	word
+TIF	0	"if"
+TTHEN	1	"then"
+TELSE	1	"else"
+TELIF	1	"elif"
+TFI	1	"fi"
+TWHILE	0	"while"
+TUNTIL	0	"until"
+TFOR	0	"for"
+TDO	1	"do"
+TDONE	1	"done"
+TBEGIN	0	"{"
+TEND	1	"}"
+TCASE	0	"case"
+TESAC	1	"esac"
+TNOT	0	"!"
+!
+nl=`wc -l /tmp/ka$$`
+exec > token.h
+${AWK} '{print "#define " $1 " " NR-1}' /tmp/ka$$
+echo '
+/* Array indicating which tokens mark the end of a list */
+const char tokendlist[] = {'
+${AWK} '{print "\t" $2 ","}' /tmp/ka$$
+echo '};
+
+const char *const tokname[] = {'
+${SED} -e 's/"/\\"/g' \
+    -e 's/[^	 ]*[	 ][	 ]*[^	 ]*[	 ][	 ]*\(.*\)/	"\1",/' \
+    /tmp/ka$$
+echo '};
+'
+${SED} 's/"//g' /tmp/ka$$ | ${AWK} '
+/TWORD/{print "#define KWDOFFSET " NR; print ""; 
+      print "const char *const parsekwd[] = {"}
+/TIF/,/neverfound/{print "	\"" $3 "\","}'
+echo '	0
+};'
+
+rm /tmp/ka$$
diff --git a/bin/sh/myhistedit.h b/bin/sh/myhistedit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..855c1bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/myhistedit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: myhistedit.h,v 1.13 2017/06/28 13:46:06 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)myhistedit.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+#include <histedit.h>
+
+extern History *hist;
+extern EditLine *el;
+extern int displayhist;
+
+void histedit(void);
+void sethistsize(const char *);
+void setterm(const char *);
+int inputrc(int, char **);
+void set_editrc(const char *);
+void set_prompt_lit(const char *);
+int not_fcnumber(char *);
+int str_to_event(const char *, int);
+
diff --git a/bin/sh/mystring.c b/bin/sh/mystring.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b6b40b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/mystring.c
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: mystring.c,v 1.18 2018/07/13 22:43:44 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mystring.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: mystring.c,v 1.18 2018/07/13 22:43:44 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * String functions.
+ *
+ *	equal(s1, s2)		Return true if strings are equal.
+ *	scopy(from, to)		Copy a string.
+ *	scopyn(from, to, n)	Like scopy, but checks for overflow.
+ *	number(s)		Convert a string of digits to an integer.
+ *	is_number(s)		Return true if s is a string of digits.
+ */
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+
+
+const char nullstr[1];		/* zero length string */
+
+/*
+ * equal - #defined in mystring.h
+ */
+
+/*
+ * scopy - #defined in mystring.h
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * scopyn - copy a string from "from" to "to", truncating the string
+ *		if necessary.  "To" is always nul terminated, even if
+ *		truncation is performed.  "Size" is the size of "to".
+ */
+
+void
+scopyn(const char *from, char *to, int size)
+{
+
+	while (--size > 0) {
+		if ((*to++ = *from++) == '\0')
+			return;
+	}
+	*to = '\0';
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * prefix -- see if pfx is a prefix of string.
+ */
+
+int
+prefix(const char *pfx, const char *string)
+{
+	while (*pfx) {
+		if (*pfx++ != *string++)
+			return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string of digits to an integer, printing an error message on
+ * failure.
+ */
+
+int
+number(const char *s)
+{
+	char *ep = NULL;
+	intmax_t n;
+
+	if (!is_digit(*s) || ((n = strtoimax(s, &ep, 10)), 
+	    (ep == NULL || ep == s || *ep != '\0')))
+		error("Illegal number: '%s'", s);
+	if (n < INT_MIN || n > INT_MAX)
+		error("Number out of range: %s", s);
+	return (int)n;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Check for a valid number.  This should be elsewhere.
+ */
+
+int
+is_number(const char *p)
+{
+	do {
+		if (! is_digit(*p))
+			return 0;
+	} while (*++p != '\0');
+	return 1;
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/mystring.h b/bin/sh/mystring.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08a73e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/mystring.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: mystring.h,v 1.11 2003/08/07 09:05:35 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)mystring.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+void scopyn(const char *, char *, int);
+int prefix(const char *, const char *);
+int number(const char *);
+int is_number(const char *);
+
+#define equal(s1, s2)	(strcmp(s1, s2) == 0)
+#define scopy(s1, s2)	((void)strcpy(s2, s1))
diff --git a/bin/sh/nodes.c.pat b/bin/sh/nodes.c.pat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..599597c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/nodes.c.pat
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: nodes.c.pat,v 1.14 2018/06/22 11:04:55 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)nodes.c.pat	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/*
+ * Routine for dealing with parsed shell commands.
+ */
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "nodes.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "machdep.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+
+
+/* used to accumulate sizes of nodes */
+struct nodesize {
+	int bsize;		/* size of structures in function */
+	int ssize;		/* size of strings in node */
+};
+
+/* provides resources for node copies */
+struct nodecopystate {
+	pointer block;		/* block to allocate function from */
+	char *string;		/* block to allocate strings from */
+};
+
+
+%SIZES
+
+
+
+STATIC void calcsize(union node *, struct nodesize *);
+STATIC void sizenodelist(struct nodelist *, struct nodesize *);
+STATIC union node *copynode(union node *, struct nodecopystate *);
+STATIC struct nodelist *copynodelist(struct nodelist *, struct nodecopystate *);
+STATIC char *nodesavestr(char *, struct nodecopystate *);
+
+struct funcdef {
+	unsigned int refcount;
+	union node n;		/* must be last */
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Make a copy of a parse tree.
+ */
+
+struct funcdef *
+copyfunc(union node *n)
+{
+	struct nodesize sz;
+	struct nodecopystate st;
+	struct funcdef *fn;
+
+	if (n == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	sz.bsize = offsetof(struct funcdef, n);
+	sz.ssize = 0;
+	calcsize(n, &sz);
+	fn = ckmalloc(sz.bsize + sz.ssize);
+	fn->refcount = 1;
+	st.block = (char *)fn + offsetof(struct funcdef, n);
+	st.string = (char *)fn + sz.bsize;
+	copynode(n, &st);
+	return fn;
+}
+
+union node *
+getfuncnode(struct funcdef *fn)
+{
+	if (fn == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	return &fn->n;
+}
+
+
+STATIC void
+calcsize(union node *n, struct nodesize *res)
+{
+	%CALCSIZE
+}
+
+
+
+STATIC void
+sizenodelist(struct nodelist *lp, struct nodesize *res)
+{
+	while (lp) {
+		res->bsize += SHELL_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nodelist));
+		calcsize(lp->n, res);
+		lp = lp->next;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+STATIC union node *
+copynode(union node *n, struct nodecopystate *st)
+{
+	union node *new;
+
+	%COPY
+	return new;
+}
+
+
+STATIC struct nodelist *
+copynodelist(struct nodelist *lp, struct nodecopystate *st)
+{
+	struct nodelist *start;
+	struct nodelist **lpp;
+
+	lpp = &start;
+	while (lp) {
+		*lpp = st->block;
+		st->block = (char *)st->block +
+		    SHELL_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nodelist));
+		(*lpp)->n = copynode(lp->n, st);
+		lp = lp->next;
+		lpp = &(*lpp)->next;
+	}
+	*lpp = NULL;
+	return start;
+}
+
+
+
+STATIC char *
+nodesavestr(char *s, struct nodecopystate *st)
+{
+	register char *p = s;
+	register char *q = st->string;
+	char   *rtn = st->string;
+
+	while ((*q++ = *p++) != 0)
+		continue;
+	st->string = q;
+	return rtn;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Handle making a reference to a function, and releasing it.
+ * Free the func code when there are no remaining references.
+ */
+
+void
+reffunc(struct funcdef *fn)
+{
+	if (fn != NULL)
+		fn->refcount++;
+}
+
+void
+unreffunc(struct funcdef *fn)
+{
+	if (fn != NULL) {
+		if (--fn->refcount > 0)
+			return;
+		ckfree(fn);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * this is used when we need to free the func, regardless of refcount
+ * which only happens when re-initing the shell for a SHELLPROC
+ */
+void
+freefunc(struct funcdef *fn)
+{
+	if (fn != NULL)
+		ckfree(fn);
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/nodetypes b/bin/sh/nodetypes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc5ee4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/nodetypes
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+#	$NetBSD: nodetypes,v 1.18 2017/06/08 13:12:17 kre Exp $
+# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Kenneth Almquist.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)nodetypes	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+# This file describes the nodes used in parse trees.  Unindented lines
+# contain a node type followed by a structure tag.  Subsequent indented
+# lines specify the fields of the structure.  Several node types can share
+# the same structure, in which case the fields of the structure should be
+# specified only once.
+#
+# A field of a structure is described by the name of the field followed
+# by a type.  The currently implemented types are:
+#	nodeptr - a pointer to a node
+#	nodelist - a pointer to a list of nodes
+#	string - a pointer to a nul terminated string
+#	int - an integer
+#	other - any type that can be copied by assignment
+#	temp - a field that doesn't have to be copied when the node is copied
+# The last two types should be followed by the text of a C declaration for
+# the field.
+
+NSEMI nbinary			# two commands separated by a semicolon
+	type	  int
+	ch1	  nodeptr		# the first child
+	ch2	  nodeptr		# the second child
+
+NCMD ncmd			# a simple command
+	type	  int
+	backgnd	  int			# set to run command in background
+	args	  nodeptr		# the arguments
+	redirect  nodeptr		# list of file redirections
+	lineno	  int
+
+NPIPE npipe			# a pipeline
+	type	  int
+	backgnd	  int			# set to run pipeline in background
+	cmdlist	  nodelist		# the commands in the pipeline
+
+NREDIR nredir			# redirection (of a complex command)
+	type	  int
+	n	  nodeptr		# the command
+	redirect  nodeptr		# list of file redirections
+
+NBACKGND nredir			# run command in background
+NSUBSHELL nredir		# run command in a subshell
+
+NAND nbinary			# the && operator
+NOR nbinary			# the || operator
+
+NIF nif				# the if statement.  Elif clauses are handled
+	type	  int		    # using multiple if nodes.
+	test	  nodeptr		# if test
+	ifpart	  nodeptr		# then ifpart
+	elsepart  nodeptr		# else elsepart
+
+NWHILE nbinary			# the while statement.  First child is the test
+NUNTIL nbinary			# the until statement
+
+NFOR nfor			# the for statement
+	type	  int
+	args	  nodeptr		# for var in args
+	body	  nodeptr		# do body; done
+	var	  string		# the for variable
+
+NCASE ncase			# a case statement
+	type	  int
+	expr	  nodeptr		# the word to switch on
+	cases	  nodeptr		# the list of cases (NCLIST nodes)
+	lineno	  int
+
+NCLISTCONT nclist		# a case terminated by ';&' (fall through)
+NCLIST nclist			# a case
+	type	  int
+	next	  nodeptr		# the next case in list
+	pattern	  nodeptr		# list of patterns for this case
+	body	  nodeptr		# code to execute for this case
+	lineno	  int
+
+
+NDEFUN narg			# define a function.  The "next" field contains
+				# the body of the function.
+
+NARG narg			# represents a word
+	type	  int
+	next	  nodeptr		# next word in list
+	text	  string		# the text of the word
+	backquote nodelist		# list of commands in back quotes
+	lineno	  int
+
+NTO nfile			# fd> fname
+NCLOBBER nfile			# fd>| fname
+NFROM nfile			# fd< fname
+NFROMTO nfile			# fd<> fname
+NAPPEND nfile			# fd>> fname
+	type	  int
+	next	  nodeptr		# next redirection in list
+	fd	  int			# file descriptor being redirected
+	fname	  nodeptr		# file name, in a NARG node
+	expfname  temp	char *expfname	# actual file name
+
+NTOFD ndup			# fd<&dupfd
+NFROMFD ndup			# fd>&dupfd
+	type	  int
+	next	  nodeptr		# next redirection in list
+	fd	  int			# file descriptor being redirected
+	dupfd	  int			# file descriptor to duplicate
+	vname	  nodeptr		# file name if fd>&$var
+
+
+NHERE nhere			# fd<<\!
+NXHERE nhere			# fd<<!
+	type	  int
+	next	  nodeptr		# next redirection in list
+	fd	  int			# file descriptor being redirected
+	doc	  nodeptr		# input to command (NARG node)
+
+NNOT nnot			# ! command  (actually pipeline)
+NDNOT nnot			# ! ! pipeline (optimisation)
+	type	  int
+	com	  nodeptr
diff --git a/bin/sh/option.list b/bin/sh/option.list
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3be683a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/option.list
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* $NetBSD: option.list,v 1.9 2018/11/23 20:40:06 kre Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * define the shell's settable options
+ *
+ *	new options can be defined by adding them here,
+ *	but they do nothing until code to implement them
+ *	is added (using the "var name" field)
+ */
+
+/*
+ * format is up to 5 columns... (followed by anything)
+ * end of line comments can be introduced by ' #' (space/tab hash) to eol.
+ *
+ * The columns are:
+ *	1. internal shell "var name"	(required)
+ *	2. option long name
+ *		if a single char, then no long name, and remaining
+ *		columns shift left (this becomes the short name)
+ *	3. option short name (single character name)
+ *		if '-' or absent then no short name
+ *		if neither long nor short name, line is ignored
+ *	4. option set short name (name of option equiv class)
+ *		if '-' or absent then no class
+ *	5. default value of option
+ *		if absent, default is 0
+ *		only 0 or 1 possible (0==off 1==on) ("on" and "off" can be used)
+ *
+ * Data may be followed by any C preprocessor #if expression (incl the #if..)
+ * (including #ifdef #ifndef) to conditionalise output for that option.
+ * The #if expression continues until \n or next following '#'
+ */
+
+// the POSIX defined options
+aflag	allexport	a		# export all variables
+eflag	errexit		e		# exit on command error ($? != 0)
+mflag	monitor		m		# enable job control
+Cflag	noclobber	C		# do not overwrite files when using >
+nflag	noexec		n		# do not execue commands
+fflag	noglob		f		# no pathname expansion
+uflag	nounset		u		# expanding unset var is an error
+vflag	verbose		v		# echo commands as read
+xflag	xtrace		x		# trace command execution
+
+// the long name (ignoreeof) is standard, the I flag is not
+Iflag	ignoreeof	I		# do not exit interactive shell on EOF
+
+// defined but not really implemented by the shell (yet) - they do nothing
+bflag	notify		b		# [U] report bg job completion
+nolog	nolog				# [U] no func definitions in history
+// 'h' is standard, long name (trackall) is not
+hflag	trackall	h		# [U] locate cmds in funcs during defn
+
+// 's' is standard for command line, not as 'set' option, nor 'stdin' name
+sflag	stdin		s		# read from standard input
+// minusc		c		# command line option only.
+// --			o		# handled differently...
+
+// non-standard options -- 'i' is just a state, not an option in standard.
+iflag	interactive	i		# interactive shell
+cdprint	cdprint				# always print result of a cd
+usefork	fork		F		# use fork(2) instead of vfork(2)
+pflag	nopriv		p		# preserve privs if set[ug]id
+posix	posix				# be closer to POSIX compat
+qflag	quietprofile	q		# disable -v/-x in startup files
+fnline1	local_lineno	L on		# number lines in funcs starting at 1
+promptcmds promptcmds			# allow $( ) in PS1 (et al).
+pipefail pipefail			# pipe exit status
+Xflag	xlock		X #ifndef SMALL	# sticky stderr for -x (implies -x)
+
+// editline/history related options ("vi" is standard, 'V' and others are not)
+// only one of vi/emacs can be set, hence the "set" definition, value
+// of that can be any char (not used for a different set)
+Vflag	vi		V V		# enable vi style editing
+Eflag	emacs		E V		# enable emacs style editing
+tabcomplete	tabcomplete		# make <tab> cause filename expansion
+
+// internal debug option (not usually included in the shell)
+debug	debug		#ifdef DEBUG	# enable internal shell debugging
diff --git a/bin/sh/options.c b/bin/sh/options.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2c3e68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/options.c
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: options.c,v 1.53 2018/07/13 22:43:44 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)options.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: options.c,v 1.53 2018/07/13 22:43:44 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#define DEFINE_OPTIONS
+#include "options.h"
+#undef DEFINE_OPTIONS
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "nodes.h"	/* for other header files */
+#include "eval.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "trap.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#ifndef SMALL
+#include "myhistedit.h"
+#endif
+#include "show.h"
+
+char *arg0;			/* value of $0 */
+struct shparam shellparam;	/* current positional parameters */
+char **argptr;			/* argument list for builtin commands */
+char *optionarg;		/* set by nextopt (like getopt) */
+char *optptr;			/* used by nextopt */
+
+char *minusc;			/* argument to -c option */
+
+
+STATIC void options(int);
+STATIC void minus_o(char *, int);
+STATIC void setoption(int, int);
+STATIC int getopts(char *, char *, char **, char ***, char **);
+
+
+/*
+ * Process the shell command line arguments.
+ */
+
+void
+procargs(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	size_t i;
+	int psx;
+
+	argptr = argv;
+	if (argc > 0)
+		argptr++;
+
+	psx = posix;		/* save what we set it to earlier */
+	/*
+	 * option values are mostly boolean 0:off 1:on
+	 * we use 2 (just in this routine) to mean "unknown yet"
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++)
+		optlist[i].val = 2;
+	posix = psx;		/* restore before processing -o ... */
+
+	options(1);
+
+	if (*argptr == NULL && minusc == NULL)
+		sflag = 1;
+	if (iflag == 2 && sflag == 1 && isatty(0) && isatty(2))
+		iflag = 1;
+	if (iflag == 1 && sflag == 2)
+		iflag = 2;
+	if (mflag == 2)
+		mflag = iflag;
+#ifndef DO_SHAREDVFORK
+	if (usefork == 2)
+		usefork = 1;
+#endif
+#if DEBUG >= 2
+	if (debug == 2)
+		debug = 1;
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * Any options not dealt with as special cases just above,
+	 * and which were not set on the command line, are set to
+	 * their expected default values (mostly "off")
+	 *
+	 * then as each option is initialised, save its setting now
+	 * as its "default" value for future use ("set -o default").
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) {
+		if (optlist[i].val == 2)
+			optlist[i].val = optlist[i].dflt;
+		optlist[i].dflt = optlist[i].val;
+	}
+
+	arg0 = argv[0];
+	if (sflag == 0 && minusc == NULL) {
+		commandname = argv[0];
+		arg0 = *argptr++;
+		setinputfile(arg0, 0);
+		commandname = arg0;
+	}
+	/* POSIX 1003.2: first arg after -c cmd is $0, remainder $1... */
+	if (minusc != NULL) {
+		if (argptr == NULL || *argptr == NULL)
+			error("Bad -c option");
+		minusc = *argptr++;
+		if (*argptr != 0)
+			arg0 = *argptr++;
+	}
+
+	shellparam.p = argptr;
+	shellparam.reset = 1;
+	/* assert(shellparam.malloc == 0 && shellparam.nparam == 0); */
+	while (*argptr) {
+		shellparam.nparam++;
+		argptr++;
+	}
+	optschanged();
+}
+
+
+void
+optschanged(void)
+{
+	setinteractive(iflag);
+#ifndef SMALL
+	histedit();
+#endif
+	setjobctl(mflag);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Process shell options.  The global variable argptr contains a pointer
+ * to the argument list; we advance it past the options.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+options(int cmdline)
+{
+	static char empty[] = "";
+	char *p;
+	int val;
+	int c;
+
+	if (cmdline)
+		minusc = NULL;
+	while ((p = *argptr) != NULL) {
+		argptr++;
+		if ((c = *p++) == '-') {
+			val = 1;
+                        if (p[0] == '\0' || (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '\0')) {
+                                if (!cmdline) {
+                                        /* "-" means turn off -x and -v */
+                                        if (p[0] == '\0')
+                                                xflag = vflag = 0;
+                                        /* "--" means reset params */
+                                        else if (*argptr == NULL)
+						setparam(argptr);
+                                }
+				break;	  /* "-" or  "--" terminates options */
+			}
+		} else if (c == '+') {
+			val = 0;
+		} else {
+			argptr--;
+			break;
+		}
+		while ((c = *p++) != '\0') {
+			if (val == 1 && c == 'c' && cmdline) {
+				/* command is after shell args*/
+				minusc = empty;
+			} else if (c == 'o') {
+				if (*p != '\0')
+					minus_o(p, val + (cmdline ? val : 0));
+				else if (*argptr)
+					minus_o(*argptr++,
+					    val + (cmdline ? val : 0));
+				else if (!cmdline)
+					minus_o(NULL, val);
+				else
+					error("arg for %co missing", "+-"[val]);
+				break;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+			} else if (c == 'D') {
+				if (*p) {
+					set_debug(p, val);
+					break;
+				} else if (*argptr)
+					set_debug(*argptr++, val);
+				else
+					set_debug("*$", val);
+#endif
+			} else {
+				setoption(c, val);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+set_opt_val(size_t i, int val)
+{
+	size_t j;
+	int flag;
+
+	if (val && (flag = optlist[i].opt_set)) {
+		/* some options (eg vi/emacs) are mutually exclusive */
+		for (j = 0; j < NOPTS; j++)
+		    if (optlist[j].opt_set == flag)
+			optlist[j].val = 0;
+	}
+#ifndef SMALL
+	if (i == _SH_OPT_Xflag)
+		xtracefdsetup(val);
+#endif
+	optlist[i].val = val;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	if (&optlist[i].val == &debug)
+		opentrace();	/* different "trace" than the -x one... */
+#endif
+}
+
+STATIC void
+minus_o(char *name, int val)
+{
+	size_t i;
+	const char *sep = ": ";
+
+	if (name == NULL) {
+		if (val) {
+			out1str("Current option settings");
+			for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) {
+				if (optlist[i].name == NULL)  {
+					out1fmt("%s%c%c", sep,
+					    "+-"[optlist[i].val],
+					    optlist[i].letter);
+					sep = ", ";
+				}
+			}
+			out1c('\n');
+			for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) {
+				if (optlist[i].name)
+				    out1fmt("%-19s %s\n", optlist[i].name,
+					optlist[i].val ? "on" : "off");
+			}
+		} else {
+			out1str("set -o default");
+			for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) {
+				if (optlist[i].val == optlist[i].dflt)
+					continue;
+				if (optlist[i].name)
+				    out1fmt(" %co %s",
+					"+-"[optlist[i].val], optlist[i].name);
+				else
+				    out1fmt(" %c%c", "+-"[optlist[i].val],
+					optlist[i].letter);
+			}
+			out1c('\n');
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (val == 1 && equal(name, "default")) { /* special case */
+			for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++)
+				set_opt_val(i, optlist[i].dflt);
+			return;
+		}
+		if (val)
+			val = 1;
+		for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++)
+			if (optlist[i].name && equal(name, optlist[i].name)) {
+				set_opt_val(i, val);
+#ifndef SMALL
+				if (i == _SH_OPT_Xflag)
+					set_opt_val(_SH_OPT_xflag, val);
+#endif
+				return;
+			}
+		error("Illegal option %co %s", "+-"[val], name);
+	}
+}
+
+
+STATIC void
+setoption(int flag, int val)
+{
+	size_t i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++)
+		if (optlist[i].letter == flag) {
+			set_opt_val(i, val);
+#ifndef SMALL
+			if (i == _SH_OPT_Xflag)
+				set_opt_val(_SH_OPT_xflag, val);
+#endif
+			return;
+		}
+	error("Illegal option %c%c", "+-"[val], flag);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+INCLUDE "options.h"
+
+SHELLPROC {
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; optlist[i].name; i++)
+		optlist[i].val = 0;
+	optschanged();
+
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Set the shell parameters.
+ */
+
+void
+setparam(char **argv)
+{
+	char **newparam;
+	char **ap;
+	int nparam;
+
+	for (nparam = 0 ; argv[nparam] ; nparam++)
+		continue;
+	ap = newparam = ckmalloc((nparam + 1) * sizeof *ap);
+	while (*argv) {
+		*ap++ = savestr(*argv++);
+	}
+	*ap = NULL;
+	freeparam(&shellparam);
+	shellparam.malloc = 1;
+	shellparam.nparam = nparam;
+	shellparam.p = newparam;
+	shellparam.optnext = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Free the list of positional parameters.
+ */
+
+void
+freeparam(volatile struct shparam *param)
+{
+	char **ap;
+
+	if (param->malloc) {
+		for (ap = param->p ; *ap ; ap++)
+			ckfree(*ap);
+		ckfree(param->p);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The shift builtin command.
+ */
+
+int
+shiftcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int n;
+	char **ap1, **ap2;
+
+	if (argc > 2)
+		error("Usage: shift [n]");
+	n = 1;
+	if (argc > 1)
+		n = number(argv[1]);
+	if (n > shellparam.nparam)
+		error("can't shift that many");
+	INTOFF;
+	shellparam.nparam -= n;
+	for (ap1 = shellparam.p ; --n >= 0 ; ap1++) {
+		if (shellparam.malloc)
+			ckfree(*ap1);
+	}
+	ap2 = shellparam.p;
+	while ((*ap2++ = *ap1++) != NULL)
+		continue;
+	shellparam.optnext = NULL;
+	INTON;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The set command builtin.
+ */
+
+int
+setcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	if (argc == 1)
+		return showvars(0, 0, 1, 0);
+	INTOFF;
+	options(0);
+	optschanged();
+	if (*argptr != NULL) {
+		setparam(argptr);
+	}
+	INTON;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+void
+getoptsreset(const char *value)
+{
+	/*
+	 * This is just to detect the case where OPTIND=1
+	 * is executed.   Any other string assigned to OPTIND
+	 * is OK, but is not a reset.   No errors, so cannot use number()
+	 */
+	if (is_digit(*value) && strtol(value, NULL, 10) == 1) {
+		shellparam.optnext = NULL;
+		shellparam.reset = 1;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * The getopts builtin.  Shellparam.optnext points to the next argument
+ * to be processed.  Shellparam.optptr points to the next character to
+ * be processed in the current argument.  If shellparam.optnext is NULL,
+ * then it's the first time getopts has been called.
+ */
+
+int
+getoptscmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char **optbase;
+
+	if (argc < 3)
+		error("usage: getopts optstring var [arg]");
+	else if (argc == 3)
+		optbase = shellparam.p;
+	else
+		optbase = &argv[3];
+
+	if (shellparam.reset == 1) {
+		shellparam.optnext = optbase;
+		shellparam.optptr = NULL;
+		shellparam.reset = 0;
+	}
+
+	return getopts(argv[1], argv[2], optbase, &shellparam.optnext,
+		       &shellparam.optptr);
+}
+
+STATIC int
+getopts(char *optstr, char *optvar, char **optfirst, char ***optnext, char **optpptr)
+{
+	char *p, *q;
+	char c = '?';
+	int done = 0;
+	int ind = 0;
+	int err = 0;
+	char s[12];
+
+	if ((p = *optpptr) == NULL || *p == '\0') {
+		/* Current word is done, advance */
+		if (*optnext == NULL)
+			return 1;
+		p = **optnext;
+		if (p == NULL || *p != '-' || *++p == '\0') {
+atend:
+			ind = *optnext - optfirst + 1;
+			*optnext = NULL;
+			p = NULL;
+			done = 1;
+			goto out;
+		}
+		(*optnext)++;
+		if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '\0')	/* check for "--" */
+			goto atend;
+	}
+
+	c = *p++;
+	for (q = optstr; *q != c; ) {
+		if (*q == '\0') {
+			if (optstr[0] == ':') {
+				s[0] = c;
+				s[1] = '\0';
+				err |= setvarsafe("OPTARG", s, 0);
+			} else {
+				outfmt(&errout, "Illegal option -%c\n", c);
+				(void) unsetvar("OPTARG", 0);
+			}
+			c = '?';
+			goto bad;
+		}
+		if (*++q == ':')
+			q++;
+	}
+
+	if (*++q == ':') {
+		if (*p == '\0' && (p = **optnext) == NULL) {
+			if (optstr[0] == ':') {
+				s[0] = c;
+				s[1] = '\0';
+				err |= setvarsafe("OPTARG", s, 0);
+				c = ':';
+			} else {
+				outfmt(&errout, "No arg for -%c option\n", c);
+				(void) unsetvar("OPTARG", 0);
+				c = '?';
+			}
+			goto bad;
+		}
+
+		if (p == **optnext)
+			(*optnext)++;
+		err |= setvarsafe("OPTARG", p, 0);
+		p = NULL;
+	} else
+		err |= setvarsafe("OPTARG", "", 0);
+	ind = *optnext - optfirst + 1;
+	goto out;
+
+bad:
+	ind = 1;
+	*optnext = NULL;
+	p = NULL;
+out:
+	*optpptr = p;
+	fmtstr(s, sizeof(s), "%d", ind);
+	err |= setvarsafe("OPTIND", s, VNOFUNC);
+	s[0] = c;
+	s[1] = '\0';
+	err |= setvarsafe(optvar, s, 0);
+	if (err) {
+		*optnext = NULL;
+		*optpptr = NULL;
+		flushall();
+		exraise(EXERROR);
+	}
+	return done;
+}
+
+/*
+ * XXX - should get rid of.  have all builtins use getopt(3).  the
+ * library getopt must have the BSD extension static variable "optreset"
+ * otherwise it can't be used within the shell safely.
+ *
+ * Standard option processing (a la getopt) for builtin routines.  The
+ * only argument that is passed to nextopt is the option string; the
+ * other arguments are unnecessary.  It return the character, or '\0' on
+ * end of input.
+ */
+
+int
+nextopt(const char *optstring)
+{
+	char *p;
+	const char *q;
+	char c;
+
+	if ((p = optptr) == NULL || *p == '\0') {
+		p = *argptr;
+		if (p == NULL || *p != '-' || *++p == '\0')
+			return '\0';
+		argptr++;
+		if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '\0')	/* check for "--" */
+			return '\0';
+	}
+	c = *p++;
+	for (q = optstring ; *q != c ; ) {
+		if (*q == '\0')
+			error("Illegal option -%c", c);
+		if (*++q == ':')
+			q++;
+	}
+	if (*++q == ':') {
+		if (*p == '\0' && (p = *argptr++) == NULL)
+			error("No arg for -%c option", c);
+		optionarg = p;
+		p = NULL;
+	}
+	optptr = p;
+	return c;
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/options.h b/bin/sh/options.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4857d18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/options.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: options.h,v 1.27 2017/05/28 00:38:01 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)options.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+struct shparam {
+	int nparam;		/* # of positional parameters (without $0) */
+	unsigned char malloc;	/* if parameter list dynamically allocated */
+	unsigned char reset;	/* if getopts has been reset */
+	char **p;		/* parameter list */
+	char **optnext;		/* next parameter to be processed by getopts */
+	char *optptr;		/* used by getopts */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Note that option default values can be changed at shell startup
+ * depending upon the environment in which the shell is running.
+ */
+struct optent {
+	const char *name;		/* for set -o <name> */
+	const char letter;		/* set [+/-]<letter> and $- */
+	const char opt_set;		/* mutually exclusive option set */
+	unsigned char val;		/* value of <letter>flag */
+	unsigned char dflt;		/* default value of flag */
+};
+
+#include "optinit.h"
+
+extern char *minusc;		/* argument to -c option */
+extern char *arg0;		/* $0 */
+extern struct shparam shellparam;  /* $@ */
+extern char **argptr;		/* argument list for builtin commands */
+extern char *optionarg;		/* set by nextopt */
+extern char *optptr;		/* used by nextopt */
+
+void procargs(int, char **);
+void optschanged(void);
+void setparam(char **);
+void freeparam(volatile struct shparam *);
+int nextopt(const char *);
+void getoptsreset(const char *);
diff --git a/bin/sh/output.c b/bin/sh/output.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99bd913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/output.c
@@ -0,0 +1,755 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: output.c,v 1.40 2017/11/21 03:42:39 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)output.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: output.c,v 1.40 2017/11/21 03:42:39 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Shell output routines.  We use our own output routines because:
+ *	When a builtin command is interrupted we have to discard
+ *		any pending output.
+ *	When a builtin command appears in back quotes, we want to
+ *		save the output of the command in a region obtained
+ *		via malloc, rather than doing a fork and reading the
+ *		output of the command via a pipe.
+ *	Our output routines may be smaller than the stdio routines.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>		/* quad_t */
+#include <sys/param.h>		/* BSD4_4 */
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>	/* defines BUFSIZ */
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "redir.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "show.h"
+
+
+#define OUTBUFSIZ BUFSIZ
+#define BLOCK_OUT -2		/* output to a fixed block of memory */
+#define MEM_OUT -3		/* output to dynamically allocated memory */
+
+#ifdef SMALL
+#define	CHAIN
+#else
+#define	CHAIN	,NULL
+#endif
+
+
+		/*      nextc  nleft  bufsize  buf     fd  flags  chain */
+struct output output = {NULL,    0, OUTBUFSIZ, NULL,    1,    0   CHAIN };
+struct output errout = {NULL,    0,       100, NULL,    2,    0   CHAIN };
+struct output memout = {NULL,    0,         0, NULL, MEM_OUT, 0   CHAIN };
+struct output *out1 = &output;
+struct output *out2 = &errout;
+#ifndef SMALL
+struct output *outx = &errout;
+struct output *outxtop = NULL;
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+
+INCLUDE "output.h"
+INCLUDE "memalloc.h"
+
+RESET {
+	out1 = &output;
+	out2 = &errout;
+	if (memout.buf != NULL) {
+		ckfree(memout.buf);
+		memout.buf = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef notdef	/* no longer used */
+/*
+ * Set up an output file to write to memory rather than a file.
+ */
+
+void
+open_mem(char *block, int length, struct output *file)
+{
+	file->nextc = block;
+	file->nleft = --length;
+	file->fd = BLOCK_OUT;
+	file->flags = 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+void
+out1str(const char *p)
+{
+	outstr(p, out1);
+}
+
+
+void
+out2str(const char *p)
+{
+	outstr(p, out2);
+}
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+void
+outxstr(const char *p)
+{
+	outstr(p, outx);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+void
+outstr(const char *p, struct output *file)
+{
+	char c = 0;
+
+	while (*p)
+		outc((c = *p++), file);
+	if (file == out2 || (file == outx && c == '\n'))
+		flushout(file);
+}
+
+
+void
+out2shstr(const char *p)
+{
+	outshstr(p, out2);
+}
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+void
+outxshstr(const char *p)
+{
+	outshstr(p, outx);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * ' is in this list, not because it does not require quoting
+ * (which applies to all the others) but because '' quoting cannot
+ * be used to quote it.
+ */
+static const char norm_chars [] = \
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789/+-=_,.'";
+
+static int
+inquote(const char *p)
+{
+	size_t l = strspn(p, norm_chars);
+	char *s = strchr(p, '\'');
+
+	return s == NULL ? p[l] != '\0' : s - p > (off_t)l;
+}
+
+void
+outshstr(const char *p, struct output *file)
+{
+	int need_q;
+	int inq;
+	char c;
+
+	if (strchr(p, '\'') != NULL && p[1] != '\0') {
+		/*
+		 * string contains ' in it, and is not only the '
+		 * see if " quoting will work
+		 */
+		size_t i = strcspn(p, "\\\"$`");
+
+		if (p[i] == '\0') {
+			/*
+			 * string contains no $ ` \ or " chars, perfect...
+			 *
+			 * We know it contains ' so needs quoting, so
+			 * this is easy...
+			 */
+			outc('"', file);
+			outstr(p, file);
+			outc('"', file);
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	need_q = p[0] == 0 || p[strspn(p, norm_chars)] != 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Don't emit ' unless something needs quoting before closing '
+	 */
+	if (need_q && (p[0] == 0 || inquote(p) != 0)) {
+		outc('\'', file);
+		inq = 1;
+	} else
+		inq = 0;
+
+	while ((c = *p++) != '\0') {
+		if (c != '\'') {
+			outc(c, file);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (inq)
+			outc('\'', file);	/* inq = 0, implicit */
+		outc('\\', file);
+		outc(c, file);
+		if (need_q && *p != '\0') {
+			if ((inq = inquote(p)) != 0)
+				outc('\'', file);
+		} else
+			inq = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (inq)
+		outc('\'', file);
+
+	if (file == out2)
+		flushout(file);
+}
+
+
+char out_junk[16];
+
+
+void
+emptyoutbuf(struct output *dest)
+{
+	int offset;
+
+	if (dest->fd == BLOCK_OUT) {
+		dest->nextc = out_junk;
+		dest->nleft = sizeof out_junk;
+		dest->flags |= OUTPUT_ERR;
+	} else if (dest->buf == NULL) {
+		INTOFF;
+		dest->buf = ckmalloc(dest->bufsize);
+		dest->nextc = dest->buf;
+		dest->nleft = dest->bufsize;
+		INTON;
+		VTRACE(DBG_OUTPUT, ("emptyoutbuf now %d @%p for fd %d\n",
+		    dest->nleft, dest->buf, dest->fd));
+	} else if (dest->fd == MEM_OUT) {
+		offset = dest->bufsize;
+		INTOFF;
+		dest->bufsize <<= 1;
+		dest->buf = ckrealloc(dest->buf, dest->bufsize);
+		dest->nleft = dest->bufsize - offset;
+		dest->nextc = dest->buf + offset;
+		INTON;
+	} else {
+		flushout(dest);
+	}
+	dest->nleft--;
+}
+
+
+void
+flushall(void)
+{
+	flushout(&output);
+	flushout(&errout);
+}
+
+
+void
+flushout(struct output *dest)
+{
+
+	if (dest->buf == NULL || dest->nextc == dest->buf || dest->fd < 0)
+		return;
+	VTRACE(DBG_OUTPUT, ("flushout fd=%d %zd to write\n", dest->fd,
+	    (size_t)(dest->nextc - dest->buf)));
+	if (xwrite(dest->fd, dest->buf, dest->nextc - dest->buf) < 0)
+		dest->flags |= OUTPUT_ERR;
+	dest->nextc = dest->buf;
+	dest->nleft = dest->bufsize;
+}
+
+
+void
+freestdout(void)
+{
+	INTOFF;
+	if (output.buf) {
+		ckfree(output.buf);
+		output.buf = NULL;
+		output.nleft = 0;
+	}
+	INTON;
+}
+
+
+void
+outfmt(struct output *file, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	doformat(file, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+
+void
+out1fmt(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	doformat(out1, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void
+debugprintf(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	doformat(out2, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	flushout(out2);
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+fmtstr(char *outbuf, size_t length, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	struct output strout;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	strout.nextc = outbuf;
+	strout.nleft = length;
+	strout.fd = BLOCK_OUT;
+	strout.flags = 0;
+	doformat(&strout, fmt, ap);
+	outc('\0', &strout);
+	if (strout.flags & OUTPUT_ERR)
+		outbuf[length - 1] = '\0';
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Formatted output.  This routine handles a subset of the printf formats:
+ * - Formats supported: d, u, o, p, X, s, and c.
+ * - The x format is also accepted but is treated like X.
+ * - The l, ll and q modifiers are accepted.
+ * - The - and # flags are accepted; # only works with the o format.
+ * - Width and precision may be specified with any format except c.
+ * - An * may be given for the width or precision.
+ * - The obsolete practice of preceding the width with a zero to get
+ *   zero padding is not supported; use the precision field.
+ * - A % may be printed by writing %% in the format string.
+ */
+
+#define TEMPSIZE 24
+
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+#define HAVE_VASPRINTF 1
+#endif
+
+void
+doformat(struct output *dest, const char *f, va_list ap)
+{
+#if	HAVE_VASPRINTF
+	char *s;
+
+	vasprintf(&s, f, ap);
+	if (s == NULL)
+		error("Could not allocate formatted output buffer");
+	outstr(s, dest);
+	free(s);     
+#else	/* !HAVE_VASPRINTF */
+	static const char digit[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+	char c;
+	char temp[TEMPSIZE];
+	int flushleft;
+	int sharp;
+	int width;
+	int prec;
+	int islong;
+	int isquad;
+	char *p;
+	int sign;
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+	quad_t l;
+	u_quad_t num;
+#else
+	long l;
+	u_long num;
+#endif
+	unsigned base;
+	int len;
+	int size;
+	int pad;
+
+	while ((c = *f++) != '\0') {
+		if (c != '%') {
+			outc(c, dest);
+			continue;
+		}
+		flushleft = 0;
+		sharp = 0;
+		width = 0;
+		prec = -1;
+		islong = 0;
+		isquad = 0;
+		for (;;) {
+			if (*f == '-')
+				flushleft++;
+			else if (*f == '#')
+				sharp++;
+			else
+				break;
+			f++;
+		}
+		if (*f == '*') {
+			width = va_arg(ap, int);
+			f++;
+		} else {
+			while (is_digit(*f)) {
+				width = 10 * width + digit_val(*f++);
+			}
+		}
+		if (*f == '.') {
+			if (*++f == '*') {
+				prec = va_arg(ap, int);
+				f++;
+			} else {
+				prec = 0;
+				while (is_digit(*f)) {
+					prec = 10 * prec + digit_val(*f++);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if (*f == 'l') {
+			f++;
+			if (*f == 'l') {
+				isquad++;
+				f++;
+			} else
+				islong++;
+		} else if (*f == 'q') {
+			isquad++;
+			f++;
+		}
+		switch (*f) {
+		case 'd':
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+			if (isquad)
+				l = va_arg(ap, quad_t);
+			else
+#endif
+			if (islong)
+				l = va_arg(ap, long);
+			else
+				l = va_arg(ap, int);
+			sign = 0;
+			num = l;
+			if (l < 0) {
+				num = -l;
+				sign = 1;
+			}
+			base = 10;
+			goto number;
+		case 'u':
+			base = 10;
+			goto uns_number;
+		case 'o':
+			base = 8;
+			goto uns_number;
+		case 'p':
+			outc('0', dest);
+			outc('x', dest);
+			/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+		case 'x':
+			/* we don't implement 'x'; treat like 'X' */
+		case 'X':
+			base = 16;
+uns_number:	  /* an unsigned number */
+			sign = 0;
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+			if (isquad)
+				num = va_arg(ap, u_quad_t);
+			else
+#endif
+			if (islong)
+				num = va_arg(ap, unsigned long);
+			else
+				num = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
+number:		  /* process a number */
+			p = temp + TEMPSIZE - 1;
+			*p = '\0';
+			while (num) {
+				*--p = digit[num % base];
+				num /= base;
+			}
+			len = (temp + TEMPSIZE - 1) - p;
+			if (prec < 0)
+				prec = 1;
+			if (sharp && *f == 'o' && prec <= len)
+				prec = len + 1;
+			pad = 0;
+			if (width) {
+				size = len;
+				if (size < prec)
+					size = prec;
+				size += sign;
+				pad = width - size;
+				if (flushleft == 0) {
+					while (--pad >= 0)
+						outc(' ', dest);
+				}
+			}
+			if (sign)
+				outc('-', dest);
+			prec -= len;
+			while (--prec >= 0)
+				outc('0', dest);
+			while (*p)
+				outc(*p++, dest);
+			while (--pad >= 0)
+				outc(' ', dest);
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			p = va_arg(ap, char *);
+			pad = 0;
+			if (width) {
+				len = strlen(p);
+				if (prec >= 0 && len > prec)
+					len = prec;
+				pad = width - len;
+				if (flushleft == 0) {
+					while (--pad >= 0)
+						outc(' ', dest);
+				}
+			}
+			prec++;
+			while (--prec != 0 && *p)
+				outc(*p++, dest);
+			while (--pad >= 0)
+				outc(' ', dest);
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			c = va_arg(ap, int);
+			outc(c, dest);
+			break;
+		default:
+			outc(*f, dest);
+			break;
+		}
+		f++;
+	}
+#endif	/* !HAVE_VASPRINTF */
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Version of write which resumes after a signal is caught.
+ */
+
+int
+xwrite(int fd, char *buf, int nbytes)
+{
+	int ntry;
+	int i;
+	int n;
+
+	n = nbytes;
+	ntry = 0;
+	while (n > 0) {
+		i = write(fd, buf, n);
+		if (i > 0) {
+			if ((n -= i) <= 0)
+				return nbytes;
+			buf += i;
+			ntry = 0;
+		} else if (i == 0) {
+			if (++ntry > 10)
+				return nbytes - n;
+		} else if (errno != EINTR) {
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+	return nbytes;
+}
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+static void
+xtrace_fd_swap(int from, int to)
+{
+	struct output *o = outxtop;
+
+	while (o != NULL) {
+		if (o->fd == from)
+			o->fd = to;
+		o = o->chain;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * the -X flag is to be set or reset (not necessarily changed)
+ * Do what is needed to make tracing go to where it should
+ *
+ * Note: Xflag has not yet been altered, "on" indicates what it will become
+ */
+
+void
+xtracefdsetup(int on)
+{
+	if (!on) {
+		flushout(outx);
+
+		if (Xflag != 1)		/* Was already +X */
+			return;		/* so nothing to do */
+
+		outx = out2;
+		CTRACE(DBG_OUTPUT, ("Tracing to stderr\n"));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (Xflag == 1) {				/* was already set */
+		/*
+		 * This is a change of output file only
+		 * Just close the current one, and reuse the struct output
+		 */
+		if (!(outx->flags & OUTPUT_CLONE))
+			sh_close(outx->fd);
+	} else if (outxtop == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * -X is just turning on, for the forst time,
+		 * need a new output struct to become outx
+		 */
+		xtrace_clone(1);
+	} else
+		outx = outxtop;
+
+	if (outx != out2) {
+		outx->flags &= ~OUTPUT_CLONE;
+		outx->fd = to_upper_fd(dup(out2->fd));
+		register_sh_fd(outx->fd, xtrace_fd_swap);
+	}
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_OUTPUT, ("Tracing now to fd %d (from %d)\n",
+	    outx->fd, out2->fd));
+}
+
+void
+xtrace_clone(int new)
+{
+	struct output *o;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_OUTPUT,
+	    ("xtrace_clone(%d): %sfd=%d buf=%p nleft=%d flags=%x ",
+	    new, (outx == out2 ? "out2: " : ""),
+	    outx->fd, outx->buf, outx->nleft, outx->flags));
+
+	flushout(outx);
+
+	if (!new && outxtop == NULL && Xflag == 0) {
+		/* following stderr, nothing to save */
+		CTRACE(DBG_OUTPUT, ("+X\n"));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	o = ckmalloc(sizeof(*o));
+	o->fd = outx->fd;
+	o->flags = OUTPUT_CLONE;
+	o->bufsize = outx->bufsize;
+	o->nleft = 0;
+	o->buf = NULL;
+	o->nextc = NULL;
+	o->chain = outxtop;
+	outx = o;
+	outxtop = o;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_OUTPUT, ("-> fd=%d flags=%x[CLONE]\n", outx->fd, o->flags));
+}
+
+void
+xtrace_pop(void)
+{
+	struct output *o;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_OUTPUT, ("trace_pop: fd=%d buf=%p nleft=%d flags=%x ",
+	    outx->fd, outx->buf, outx->nleft, outx->flags));
+
+	flushout(outx);
+
+	if (outxtop == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * No -X has been used, so nothing much to do
+		 */
+		CTRACE(DBG_OUTPUT, ("+X\n"));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	o = outxtop;
+	outx = o->chain;
+	if (outx == NULL)
+		outx = &errout;
+	outxtop = o->chain;
+	if (o != &errout) {
+		if (o->fd >= 0 && !(o->flags & OUTPUT_CLONE))
+			sh_close(o->fd);
+		if (o->buf)
+			ckfree(o->buf);
+		ckfree(o);
+	}
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_OUTPUT, ("-> fd=%d buf=%p nleft=%d flags=%x\n",
+	    outx->fd, outx->buf, outx->nleft, outx->flags));
+}
+#endif /* SMALL */
diff --git a/bin/sh/output.h b/bin/sh/output.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a19df43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/output.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: output.h,v 1.27 2017/11/21 03:42:39 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)output.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+#ifndef OUTPUT_INCL
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+struct output {
+	char *nextc;
+	int nleft;
+	int bufsize;
+	char *buf;
+	short fd;
+	short flags;
+#ifndef SMALL
+	struct output *chain;
+#endif
+};
+
+/* flags for ->flags */
+#define OUTPUT_ERR	0x01		/* error occurred on output */
+#define OUTPUT_CLONE	0x02		/* this is a clone of another */
+
+extern struct output output;
+extern struct output errout;
+extern struct output memout;
+extern struct output *out1;
+extern struct output *out2;
+#ifdef SMALL
+#define outx out2
+#else
+extern struct output *outx;
+#endif
+
+void open_mem(char *, int, struct output *);
+void out1str(const char *);
+void out2str(const char *);
+void outstr(const char *, struct output *);
+void out2shstr(const char *);
+#ifdef SMALL
+#define outxstr out2str
+#define outxshstr out2shstr
+#else
+void outxstr(const char *);
+void outxshstr(const char *);
+#endif
+void outshstr(const char *, struct output *);
+void emptyoutbuf(struct output *);
+void flushall(void);
+void flushout(struct output *);
+void freestdout(void);
+void outfmt(struct output *, const char *, ...) __printflike(2, 3);
+void out1fmt(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void debugprintf(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2);
+#endif
+void fmtstr(char *, size_t, const char *, ...) __printflike(3, 4);
+void doformat(struct output *, const char *, va_list) __printflike(2, 0);
+int xwrite(int, char *, int);
+#ifdef SMALL
+#define xtracefdsetup(x)	do { break; } while (0)
+#define xtrace_clone(x)		do { break; } while (0)
+#define xtrace_pop()		do { break; } while (0)
+#else
+void xtracefdsetup(int);
+void xtrace_clone(int);
+void xtrace_pop(void);
+#endif
+
+#define outc(c, file)	(--(file)->nleft < 0? (emptyoutbuf(file), *(file)->nextc++ = (c)) : (*(file)->nextc++ = (c)))
+#define out1c(c)	outc(c, out1)
+#define out2c(c)	outc(c, out2)
+#define outxc(c)	outc(c, outx)
+
+#define OUTPUT_INCL
+#endif
diff --git a/bin/sh/parser.c b/bin/sh/parser.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b153aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/parser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2756 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: parser.c,v 1.164 2019/01/22 14:32:17 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)parser.c	8.7 (Berkeley) 5/16/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: parser.c,v 1.164 2019/01/22 14:32:17 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "nodes.h"
+#include "expand.h"	/* defines rmescapes() */
+#include "eval.h"	/* defines commandname */
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "alias.h"
+#include "show.h"
+#ifndef SMALL
+#include "myhistedit.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#include "nodenames.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Shell command parser.
+ */
+
+/* values returned by readtoken */
+#include "token.h"
+
+#define OPENBRACE '{'
+#define CLOSEBRACE '}'
+
+struct HereDoc {
+	struct HereDoc *next;	/* next here document in list */
+	union node *here;		/* redirection node */
+	char *eofmark;		/* string indicating end of input */
+	int striptabs;		/* if set, strip leading tabs */
+	int startline;		/* line number where << seen */
+};
+
+MKINIT struct parse_state parse_state;
+union parse_state_p psp = { .c_current_parser = &parse_state };
+
+static const struct parse_state init_parse_state = {	/* all 0's ... */
+	.ps_heredoclist = NULL,
+	.ps_parsebackquote = 0,
+	.ps_doprompt = 0,
+	.ps_needprompt = 0,
+	.ps_lasttoken = 0,
+	.ps_tokpushback = 0,
+	.ps_wordtext = NULL,
+	.ps_checkkwd = 0,
+	.ps_redirnode = NULL,
+	.ps_heredoc = NULL,
+	.ps_quoteflag = 0,
+	.ps_startlinno = 0,
+	.ps_funclinno = 0,
+	.ps_elided_nl = 0,
+};
+
+STATIC union node *list(int);
+STATIC union node *andor(void);
+STATIC union node *pipeline(void);
+STATIC union node *command(void);
+STATIC union node *simplecmd(union node **, union node *);
+STATIC union node *makeword(int);
+STATIC void parsefname(void);
+STATIC int slurp_heredoc(char *const, const int, const int);
+STATIC void readheredocs(void);
+STATIC int peektoken(void);
+STATIC int readtoken(void);
+STATIC int xxreadtoken(void);
+STATIC int readtoken1(int, char const *, int);
+STATIC int noexpand(char *);
+STATIC void linebreak(void);
+STATIC void consumetoken(int);
+STATIC void synexpect(int, const char *) __dead;
+STATIC void synerror(const char *) __dead;
+STATIC void setprompt(int);
+STATIC int pgetc_linecont(void);
+
+static const char EOFhere[] = "EOF reading here (<<) document";
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+int parsing = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Read and parse a command.  Returns NEOF on end of file.  (NULL is a
+ * valid parse tree indicating a blank line.)
+ */
+
+union node *
+parsecmd(int interact)
+{
+	int t;
+	union node *n;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	parsing++;
+#endif
+	tokpushback = 0;
+	checkkwd = 0;
+	doprompt = interact;
+	if (doprompt)
+		setprompt(1);
+	else
+		setprompt(0);
+	needprompt = 0;
+	t = readtoken();
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	parsing--;
+#endif
+	if (t == TEOF)
+		return NEOF;
+	if (t == TNL)
+		return NULL;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	parsing++;
+#endif
+	tokpushback++;
+	n = list(1);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	parsing--;
+#endif
+	if (heredoclist)
+		error("%d: Here document (<<%s) expected but not present",
+			heredoclist->startline, heredoclist->eofmark);
+	return n;
+}
+
+
+STATIC union node *
+list(int nlflag)
+{
+	union node *ntop, *n1, *n2, *n3;
+	int tok;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("list(%d): entered @%d\n",nlflag,plinno));
+
+	checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+	if (nlflag == 0 && tokendlist[peektoken()])
+		return NULL;
+	ntop = n1 = NULL;
+	for (;;) {
+		n2 = andor();
+		tok = readtoken();
+		if (tok == TBACKGND) {
+			if (n2->type == NCMD || n2->type == NPIPE)
+				n2->ncmd.backgnd = 1;
+			else if (n2->type == NREDIR)
+				n2->type = NBACKGND;
+			else {
+				n3 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nredir));
+				n3->type = NBACKGND;
+				n3->nredir.n = n2;
+				n3->nredir.redirect = NULL;
+				n2 = n3;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (ntop == NULL)
+			ntop = n2;
+		else if (n1 == NULL) {
+			n1 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nbinary));
+			n1->type = NSEMI;
+			n1->nbinary.ch1 = ntop;
+			n1->nbinary.ch2 = n2;
+			ntop = n1;
+		} else {
+			n3 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nbinary));
+			n3->type = NSEMI;
+			n3->nbinary.ch1 = n1->nbinary.ch2;
+			n3->nbinary.ch2 = n2;
+			n1->nbinary.ch2 = n3;
+			n1 = n3;
+		}
+
+		switch (tok) {
+		case TBACKGND:
+		case TSEMI:
+			tok = readtoken();
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case TNL:
+			if (tok == TNL) {
+				readheredocs();
+				if (nlflag)
+					return ntop;
+			} else if (tok == TEOF && nlflag)
+				return ntop;
+			else
+				tokpushback++;
+
+			checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+			if (!nlflag && tokendlist[peektoken()])
+				return ntop;
+			break;
+		case TEOF:
+			pungetc();	/* push back EOF on input */
+			return ntop;
+		default:
+			if (nlflag)
+				synexpect(-1, 0);
+			tokpushback++;
+			return ntop;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+STATIC union node *
+andor(void)
+{
+	union node *n1, *n2, *n3;
+	int t;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("andor: entered @%d\n", plinno));
+
+	n1 = pipeline();
+	for (;;) {
+		if ((t = readtoken()) == TAND) {
+			t = NAND;
+		} else if (t == TOR) {
+			t = NOR;
+		} else {
+			tokpushback++;
+			return n1;
+		}
+		n2 = pipeline();
+		n3 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nbinary));
+		n3->type = t;
+		n3->nbinary.ch1 = n1;
+		n3->nbinary.ch2 = n2;
+		n1 = n3;
+	}
+}
+
+STATIC union node *
+pipeline(void)
+{
+	union node *n1, *n2, *pipenode;
+	struct nodelist *lp, *prev;
+	int negate;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("pipeline: entered @%d\n", plinno));
+
+	negate = 0;
+	checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+	while (readtoken() == TNOT) {
+		CTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("pipeline: TNOT recognized\n"));
+#ifndef BOGUS_NOT_COMMAND
+		if (posix && negate)
+			synerror("2nd \"!\" unexpected");
+#endif
+		negate++;
+	}
+	tokpushback++;
+	n1 = command();
+	if (readtoken() == TPIPE) {
+		pipenode = stalloc(sizeof(struct npipe));
+		pipenode->type = NPIPE;
+		pipenode->npipe.backgnd = 0;
+		lp = stalloc(sizeof(struct nodelist));
+		pipenode->npipe.cmdlist = lp;
+		lp->n = n1;
+		do {
+			prev = lp;
+			lp = stalloc(sizeof(struct nodelist));
+			lp->n = command();
+			prev->next = lp;
+		} while (readtoken() == TPIPE);
+		lp->next = NULL;
+		n1 = pipenode;
+	}
+	tokpushback++;
+	if (negate) {
+		CTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("%snegate pipeline\n",
+		    (negate&1) ? "" : "double "));
+		n2 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nnot));
+		n2->type = (negate & 1) ? NNOT : NDNOT;
+		n2->nnot.com = n1;
+		return n2;
+	} else
+		return n1;
+}
+
+
+
+STATIC union node *
+command(void)
+{
+	union node *n1, *n2;
+	union node *ap, **app;
+	union node *cp, **cpp;
+	union node *redir, **rpp;
+	int t;
+#ifdef BOGUS_NOT_COMMAND
+	int negate = 0;
+#endif
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("command: entered @%d\n", plinno));
+
+	checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+	redir = NULL;
+	n1 = NULL;
+	rpp = &redir;
+
+	/* Check for redirection which may precede command */
+	while (readtoken() == TREDIR) {
+		*rpp = n2 = redirnode;
+		rpp = &n2->nfile.next;
+		parsefname();
+	}
+	tokpushback++;
+
+#ifdef BOGUS_NOT_COMMAND		/* only in pileline() */
+	while (readtoken() == TNOT) {
+		CTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("command: TNOT (bogus) recognized\n"));
+		negate++;
+	}
+	tokpushback++;
+#endif
+
+	switch (readtoken()) {
+	case TIF:
+		n1 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nif));
+		n1->type = NIF;
+		n1->nif.test = list(0);
+		consumetoken(TTHEN);
+		n1->nif.ifpart = list(0);
+		n2 = n1;
+		while (readtoken() == TELIF) {
+			n2->nif.elsepart = stalloc(sizeof(struct nif));
+			n2 = n2->nif.elsepart;
+			n2->type = NIF;
+			n2->nif.test = list(0);
+			consumetoken(TTHEN);
+			n2->nif.ifpart = list(0);
+		}
+		if (lasttoken == TELSE)
+			n2->nif.elsepart = list(0);
+		else {
+			n2->nif.elsepart = NULL;
+			tokpushback++;
+		}
+		consumetoken(TFI);
+		checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+		break;
+	case TWHILE:
+	case TUNTIL:
+		n1 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nbinary));
+		n1->type = (lasttoken == TWHILE)? NWHILE : NUNTIL;
+		n1->nbinary.ch1 = list(0);
+		consumetoken(TDO);
+		n1->nbinary.ch2 = list(0);
+		consumetoken(TDONE);
+		checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+		break;
+	case TFOR:
+		if (readtoken() != TWORD || quoteflag || ! goodname(wordtext))
+			synerror("Bad for loop variable");
+		n1 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nfor));
+		n1->type = NFOR;
+		n1->nfor.var = wordtext;
+		linebreak();
+		if (lasttoken==TWORD && !quoteflag && equal(wordtext,"in")) {
+			app = &ap;
+			while (readtoken() == TWORD) {
+				n2 = makeword(startlinno);
+				*app = n2;
+				app = &n2->narg.next;
+			}
+			*app = NULL;
+			n1->nfor.args = ap;
+			if (lasttoken != TNL && lasttoken != TSEMI)
+				synexpect(TSEMI, 0);
+		} else {
+			static char argvars[5] = {
+			    CTLVAR, VSNORMAL|VSQUOTE, '@', '=', '\0'
+			};
+
+			n2 = stalloc(sizeof(struct narg));
+			n2->type = NARG;
+			n2->narg.text = argvars;
+			n2->narg.backquote = NULL;
+			n2->narg.next = NULL;
+			n2->narg.lineno = startlinno;
+			n1->nfor.args = n2;
+			/*
+			 * Newline or semicolon here is optional (but note
+			 * that the original Bourne shell only allowed NL).
+			 */
+			if (lasttoken != TNL && lasttoken != TSEMI)
+				tokpushback++;
+		}
+		checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+		if ((t = readtoken()) == TDO)
+			t = TDONE;
+		else if (t == TBEGIN)
+			t = TEND;
+		else
+			synexpect(TDO, 0);
+		n1->nfor.body = list(0);
+		consumetoken(t);
+		checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+		break;
+	case TCASE:
+		n1 = stalloc(sizeof(struct ncase));
+		n1->type = NCASE;
+		n1->ncase.lineno = startlinno - elided_nl;
+		consumetoken(TWORD);
+		n1->ncase.expr = makeword(startlinno);
+		linebreak();
+		if (lasttoken != TWORD || !equal(wordtext, "in"))
+			synexpect(-1, "in");
+		cpp = &n1->ncase.cases;
+		checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD;
+		readtoken();
+		/*
+		 * Both ksh and bash accept 'case x in esac'
+		 * so configure scripts started taking advantage of this.
+		 * The page: http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/\
+		 * 009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html contradicts itself,
+		 * as to if this is legal; the "Case Conditional Format"
+		 * paragraph shows one case is required, but the "Grammar"
+		 * section shows a grammar that explicitly allows the no
+		 * case option.
+		 *
+		 * The standard also says (section 2.10):
+		 *   This formal syntax shall take precedence over the
+		 *   preceding text syntax description.
+		 * ie: the "Grammar" section wins.  The text is just
+		 * a rough guide (introduction to the common case.)
+		 */
+		while (lasttoken != TESAC) {
+			*cpp = cp = stalloc(sizeof(struct nclist));
+			cp->type = NCLIST;
+			app = &cp->nclist.pattern;
+			if (lasttoken == TLP)
+				readtoken();
+			for (;;) {
+				if (lasttoken < TWORD)
+					synexpect(TWORD, 0);
+				*app = ap = makeword(startlinno);
+				checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD;
+				if (readtoken() != TPIPE)
+					break;
+				app = &ap->narg.next;
+				readtoken();
+			}
+			if (lasttoken != TRP)
+				synexpect(TRP, 0);
+			cp->nclist.lineno = startlinno;
+			cp->nclist.body = list(0);
+
+			checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+			if ((t = readtoken()) != TESAC) {
+				if (t != TENDCASE && t != TCASEFALL) {
+					synexpect(TENDCASE, 0);
+				} else {
+					if (t == TCASEFALL)
+						cp->type = NCLISTCONT;
+					checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD;
+					readtoken();
+				}
+			}
+			cpp = &cp->nclist.next;
+		}
+		*cpp = NULL;
+		checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+		break;
+	case TLP:
+		n1 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nredir));
+		n1->type = NSUBSHELL;
+		n1->nredir.n = list(0);
+		n1->nredir.redirect = NULL;
+		if (n1->nredir.n == NULL)
+			synexpect(-1, 0);
+		consumetoken(TRP);
+		checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+		break;
+	case TBEGIN:
+		n1 = list(0);
+		if (posix && n1 == NULL)
+			synexpect(-1, 0);
+		consumetoken(TEND);
+		checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS;
+		break;
+
+	case TBACKGND:
+	case TSEMI:
+	case TAND:
+	case TOR:
+	case TPIPE:
+	case TNL:
+	case TEOF:
+	case TRP:
+	case TENDCASE:
+	case TCASEFALL:
+		/*
+		 * simple commands must have something in them,
+		 * either a word (which at this point includes a=b)
+		 * or a redirection.  If we reached the end of the
+		 * command (which one of these tokens indicates)
+		 * when we are just starting, and have not had a
+		 * redirect, then ...
+		 *
+		 * nb: it is still possible to end up with empty
+		 * simple commands, if the "command" is a var
+		 * expansion that produces nothing:
+		 *	X= ; $X && $X
+		 * -->          &&
+		 * That is OK and is handled after word expansions.
+		 */
+		if (!redir)
+			synexpect(-1, 0);
+		/*
+		 * continue to build a node containing the redirect.
+		 * the tokpushback means that our ending token will be
+		 * read again in simplecmd, causing it to terminate,
+		 * so only the redirect(s) will be contained in the
+		 * returned n1
+		 */
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case TWORD:
+		tokpushback++;
+		n1 = simplecmd(rpp, redir);
+		goto checkneg;
+	default:
+		synexpect(-1, 0);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	/* Now check for redirection which may follow command */
+	while (readtoken() == TREDIR) {
+		*rpp = n2 = redirnode;
+		rpp = &n2->nfile.next;
+		parsefname();
+	}
+	tokpushback++;
+	*rpp = NULL;
+	if (redir) {
+		if (n1 == NULL || n1->type != NSUBSHELL) {
+			n2 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nredir));
+			n2->type = NREDIR;
+			n2->nredir.n = n1;
+			n1 = n2;
+		}
+		n1->nredir.redirect = redir;
+	}
+
+ checkneg:
+#ifdef BOGUS_NOT_COMMAND
+	if (negate) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("bogus %snegate command\n",
+		    (negate&1) ? "" : "double "));
+		n2 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nnot));
+		n2->type = (negate & 1) ? NNOT : NDNOT;
+		n2->nnot.com = n1;
+		return n2;
+	}
+	else
+#endif
+		return n1;
+}
+
+
+STATIC union node *
+simplecmd(union node **rpp, union node *redir)
+{
+	union node *args, **app;
+	union node *n = NULL;
+	int line = 0;
+	int savecheckkwd;
+#ifdef BOGUS_NOT_COMMAND
+	union node *n2;
+	int negate = 0;
+#endif
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("simple command with%s redir already @%d\n",
+	    redir ? "" : "out", plinno));
+
+	/* If we don't have any redirections already, then we must reset */
+	/* rpp to be the address of the local redir variable.  */
+	if (redir == 0)
+		rpp = &redir;
+
+	args = NULL;
+	app = &args;
+
+#ifdef BOGUS_NOT_COMMAND	/* pipelines get negated, commands do not */
+	while (readtoken() == TNOT) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("simplcmd: bogus TNOT recognized\n"));
+		negate++;
+	}
+	tokpushback++;
+#endif
+
+	savecheckkwd = CHKALIAS;
+	for (;;) {
+		checkkwd = savecheckkwd;
+		if (readtoken() == TWORD) {
+			if (line == 0)
+				line = startlinno;
+			n = makeword(startlinno);
+			*app = n;
+			app = &n->narg.next;
+			if (savecheckkwd != 0 && !isassignment(wordtext))
+				savecheckkwd = 0;
+		} else if (lasttoken == TREDIR) {
+			if (line == 0)
+				line = startlinno;
+			*rpp = n = redirnode;
+			rpp = &n->nfile.next;
+			parsefname();	/* read name of redirection file */
+		} else if (lasttoken == TLP && app == &args->narg.next
+					    && redir == 0) {
+			/* We have a function */
+			consumetoken(TRP);
+			funclinno = plinno;
+			rmescapes(n->narg.text);
+			if (strchr(n->narg.text, '/'))
+				synerror("Bad function name");
+			VTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("Function '%s' seen @%d\n",
+			    n->narg.text, plinno));
+			n->type = NDEFUN;
+			n->narg.lineno = plinno - elided_nl;
+			n->narg.next = command();
+			funclinno = 0;
+			goto checkneg;
+		} else {
+			tokpushback++;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (args == NULL && redir == NULL)
+		synexpect(-1, 0);
+	*app = NULL;
+	*rpp = NULL;
+	n = stalloc(sizeof(struct ncmd));
+	n->type = NCMD;
+	n->ncmd.lineno = line - elided_nl;
+	n->ncmd.backgnd = 0;
+	n->ncmd.args = args;
+	n->ncmd.redirect = redir;
+	n->ncmd.lineno = startlinno;
+
+ checkneg:
+#ifdef BOGUS_NOT_COMMAND
+	if (negate) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("bogus %snegate simplecmd\n",
+		    (negate&1) ? "" : "double "));
+		n2 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nnot));
+		n2->type = (negate & 1) ? NNOT : NDNOT;
+		n2->nnot.com = n;
+		return n2;
+	}
+	else
+#endif
+		return n;
+}
+
+STATIC union node *
+makeword(int lno)
+{
+	union node *n;
+
+	n = stalloc(sizeof(struct narg));
+	n->type = NARG;
+	n->narg.next = NULL;
+	n->narg.text = wordtext;
+	n->narg.backquote = backquotelist;
+	n->narg.lineno = lno;
+	return n;
+}
+
+void
+fixredir(union node *n, const char *text, int err)
+{
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("Fix redir %s %d\n", text, err));
+	if (!err)
+		n->ndup.vname = NULL;
+
+	if (is_number(text))
+		n->ndup.dupfd = number(text);
+	else if (text[0] == '-' && text[1] == '\0')
+		n->ndup.dupfd = -1;
+	else {
+
+		if (err)
+			synerror("Bad fd number");
+		else
+			n->ndup.vname = makeword(startlinno - elided_nl);
+	}
+}
+
+
+STATIC void
+parsefname(void)
+{
+	union node *n = redirnode;
+
+	if (readtoken() != TWORD)
+		synexpect(-1, 0);
+	if (n->type == NHERE) {
+		struct HereDoc *here = heredoc;
+		struct HereDoc *p;
+
+		if (quoteflag == 0)
+			n->type = NXHERE;
+		VTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("Here document %d @%d\n", n->type, plinno));
+		if (here->striptabs) {
+			while (*wordtext == '\t')
+				wordtext++;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * this test is not really necessary, we are not
+		 * required to expand wordtext, but there's no reason
+		 * it cannot be $$ or something like that - that would
+		 * not mean the pid, but literally two '$' characters.
+		 * There is no need for limits on what the word can be.
+		 * However, it needs to stay literal as entered, not
+		 * have $ converted to CTLVAR or something, which as
+		 * the parser is, at the minute, is impossible to prevent.
+		 * So, leave it like this until the rest of the parser is fixed.
+		 */
+		if (!noexpand(wordtext))
+			synerror("Illegal eof marker for << redirection");
+
+		rmescapes(wordtext);
+		here->eofmark = wordtext;
+		here->next = NULL;
+		if (heredoclist == NULL)
+			heredoclist = here;
+		else {
+			for (p = heredoclist ; p->next ; p = p->next)
+				continue;
+			p->next = here;
+		}
+	} else if (n->type == NTOFD || n->type == NFROMFD) {
+		fixredir(n, wordtext, 0);
+	} else {
+		n->nfile.fname = makeword(startlinno - elided_nl);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check to see whether we are at the end of the here document.  When this
+ * is called, c is set to the first character of the next input line.  If
+ * we are at the end of the here document, this routine sets the c to PEOF.
+ * The new value of c is returned.
+ */
+
+static int
+checkend(int c, char * const eofmark, const int striptabs)
+{
+
+	if (striptabs) {
+		while (c == '\t')
+			c = pgetc();
+	}
+	if (c == PEOF) {
+		if (*eofmark == '\0')
+			return (c);
+		synerror(EOFhere);
+	}
+	if (c == *eofmark) {
+		int c2;
+		char *q;
+
+		for (q = eofmark + 1; c2 = pgetc(), *q != '\0' && c2 == *q; q++)
+			if (c2 == '\n') {
+				plinno++;
+				needprompt = doprompt;
+			}
+		if ((c2 == PEOF || c2 == '\n') && *q == '\0') {
+			c = PEOF;
+			if (c2 == '\n') {
+				plinno++;
+				needprompt = doprompt;
+			}
+		} else {
+			pungetc();
+			pushstring(eofmark + 1, q - (eofmark + 1), NULL);
+		}
+	} else if (c == '\n' && *eofmark == '\0') {
+		c = PEOF;
+		plinno++;
+		needprompt = doprompt;
+	}
+	return (c);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Input any here documents.
+ */
+
+STATIC int
+slurp_heredoc(char *const eofmark, const int striptabs, const int sq)
+{
+	int c;
+	char *out;
+	int lines = plinno;
+
+	c = pgetc();
+
+	/*
+	 * If we hit EOF on the input, and the eofmark is a null string ('')
+	 * we consider this empty line to be the eofmark, and exit without err.
+	 */
+	if (c == PEOF && *eofmark != '\0')
+		synerror(EOFhere);
+
+	STARTSTACKSTR(out);
+
+	while ((c = checkend(c, eofmark, striptabs)) != PEOF) {
+		do {
+			if (sq) {
+				/*
+				 * in single quoted mode (eofmark quoted)
+				 * all we look for is \n so we can check
+				 * for the epfmark - everything saved literally.
+				 */
+				STPUTC(c, out);
+				if (c == '\n') {
+					plinno++;
+					break;
+				}
+				continue;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * In double quoted (non-quoted eofmark)
+			 * we must handle \ followed by \n here
+			 * otherwise we can mismatch the end mark.
+			 * All other uses of \ will be handled later
+			 * when the here doc is expanded.
+			 *
+			 * This also makes sure \\ followed by \n does
+			 * not suppress the newline (the \ quotes itself)
+			 */
+			if (c == '\\') {		/* A backslash */
+				STPUTC(c, out);
+				c = pgetc();		/* followed by */
+				if (c == '\n') {	/* a newline?  */
+					STPUTC(c, out);
+					plinno++;
+					continue;	/* don't break */
+				}
+			}
+			STPUTC(c, out);			/* keep the char */
+			if (c == '\n') {		/* at end of line */
+				plinno++;
+				break;			/* look for eofmark */
+			}
+		} while ((c = pgetc()) != PEOF);
+
+		/*
+		 * If we have read a line, and reached EOF, without
+		 * finding the eofmark, whether the EOF comes before
+		 * or immediately after the \n, that is an error.
+		 */
+		if (c == PEOF || (c = pgetc()) == PEOF)
+			synerror(EOFhere);
+	}
+	STPUTC('\0', out);
+
+	c = out - stackblock();
+	out = stackblock();
+	grabstackblock(c);
+	wordtext = out;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_PARSE,
+	   ("Slurped a %d line %sheredoc (to '%s')%s: len %d, \"%.*s%s\" @%d\n",
+		plinno - lines, sq ? "quoted " : "",  eofmark,
+		striptabs ? " tab stripped" : "", c, (c > 16 ? 16 : c),
+		wordtext, (c > 16 ? "..." : ""), plinno));
+
+	return (plinno - lines);
+}
+
+static char *
+insert_elided_nl(char *str)
+{
+	while (elided_nl > 0) {
+		STPUTC(CTLNONL, str);
+		elided_nl--;
+	}
+	return str;
+}
+
+STATIC void
+readheredocs(void)
+{
+	struct HereDoc *here;
+	union node *n;
+	int line, l;
+
+	line = 0;		/*XXX - gcc!  obviously unneeded */
+	if (heredoclist)
+		line = heredoclist->startline + 1;
+	l = 0;
+	while (heredoclist) {
+		line += l;
+		here = heredoclist;
+		heredoclist = here->next;
+		if (needprompt) {
+			setprompt(2);
+			needprompt = 0;
+		}
+
+		l = slurp_heredoc(here->eofmark, here->striptabs,
+		    here->here->nhere.type == NHERE);
+
+		here->here->nhere.doc = n = makeword(line);
+
+		if (here->here->nhere.type == NHERE)
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * Now "parse" here docs that have unquoted eofmarkers.
+		 */
+		setinputstring(wordtext, 1, line);
+		VTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("Reprocessing %d line here doc from %d\n",
+			l, line));
+		readtoken1(pgetc(), DQSYNTAX, 1);
+		n->narg.text = wordtext;
+		n->narg.backquote = backquotelist;
+		popfile();
+	}
+}
+
+STATIC int
+peektoken(void)
+{
+	int t;
+
+	t = readtoken();
+	tokpushback++;
+	return (t);
+}
+
+STATIC int
+readtoken(void)
+{
+	int t;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	int alreadyseen = tokpushback;
+	int savecheckkwd = checkkwd;
+#endif
+	struct alias *ap;
+
+ top:
+	t = xxreadtoken();
+
+	if (checkkwd & CHKNL) {
+		while (t == TNL) {
+			readheredocs();
+			t = xxreadtoken();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * check for keywords and aliases
+	 */
+	if (t == TWORD && !quoteflag) {
+		const char *const *pp;
+
+		if (checkkwd & CHKKWD)
+			for (pp = parsekwd; *pp; pp++) {
+				if (**pp == *wordtext && equal(*pp, wordtext)) {
+					lasttoken = t = pp -
+					    parsekwd + KWDOFFSET;
+					VTRACE(DBG_PARSE,
+					    ("keyword %s recognized @%d\n",
+					    tokname[t], plinno));
+					goto out;
+				}
+			}
+
+		if (checkkwd & CHKALIAS &&
+		    (ap = lookupalias(wordtext, 1)) != NULL) {
+			VTRACE(DBG_PARSE,
+			    ("alias '%s' recognized -> <:%s:>\n",
+			    wordtext, ap->val));
+			pushstring(ap->val, strlen(ap->val), ap);
+			goto top;
+		}
+	}
+ out:
+	if (t != TNOT)
+		checkkwd = 0;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("%stoken %s %s @%d (chkkwd %x->%x)\n",
+	    alreadyseen ? "reread " : "", tokname[t],
+	    t == TWORD ? wordtext : "", plinno, savecheckkwd, checkkwd));
+	return (t);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Read the next input token.
+ * If the token is a word, we set backquotelist to the list of cmds in
+ *	backquotes.  We set quoteflag to true if any part of the word was
+ *	quoted.
+ * If the token is TREDIR, then we set redirnode to a structure containing
+ *	the redirection.
+ * In all cases, the variable startlinno is set to the number of the line
+ *	on which the token starts.
+ *
+ * [Change comment:  here documents and internal procedures]
+ * [Readtoken shouldn't have any arguments.  Perhaps we should make the
+ *  word parsing code into a separate routine.  In this case, readtoken
+ *  doesn't need to have any internal procedures, but parseword does.
+ *  We could also make parseoperator in essence the main routine, and
+ *  have parseword (readtoken1?) handle both words and redirection.]
+ */
+
+#define RETURN(token)	return lasttoken = (token)
+
+STATIC int
+xxreadtoken(void)
+{
+	int c;
+
+	if (tokpushback) {
+		tokpushback = 0;
+		CTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+		    ("xxreadtoken() returns %s (%d) again\n",
+			tokname[lasttoken], lasttoken));
+		return lasttoken;
+	}
+	if (needprompt) {
+		setprompt(2);
+		needprompt = 0;
+	}
+	elided_nl = 0;
+	startlinno = plinno;
+	for (;;) {	/* until token or start of word found */
+		c = pgetc_macro();
+		CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("xxreadtoken() sees '%c' (%#.2x) ",
+		    c&0xFF, c&0x1FF));
+		switch (c) {
+		case ' ': case '\t': case PFAKE:
+			CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" ignored\n"));
+			continue;
+		case '#':
+			while ((c = pgetc()) != '\n' && c != PEOF)
+				continue;
+			CTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+			    ("skipped comment to (not incl) \\n\n"));
+			pungetc();
+			continue;
+
+		case '\n':
+			plinno++;
+			CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("newline now @%d\n", plinno));
+			needprompt = doprompt;
+			RETURN(TNL);
+		case PEOF:
+			CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("EOF -> TEOF (return)\n"));
+			RETURN(TEOF);
+
+		case '&':
+			if (pgetc_linecont() == '&') {
+				CTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+				    ("and another  -> TAND (return)\n"));
+				RETURN(TAND);
+			}
+			pungetc();
+			CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" -> TBACKGND (return)\n"));
+			RETURN(TBACKGND);
+		case '|':
+			if (pgetc_linecont() == '|') {
+				CTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+				    ("and another  -> TOR (return)\n"));
+				RETURN(TOR);
+			}
+			pungetc();
+			CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" -> TPIPE (return)\n"));
+			RETURN(TPIPE);
+		case ';':
+			switch (pgetc_linecont()) {
+			case ';':
+				CTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+				    ("and another -> TENDCASE (return)\n"));
+				RETURN(TENDCASE);
+			case '&':
+				CTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+				    ("and '&' -> TCASEFALL (return)\n"));
+				RETURN(TCASEFALL);
+			default:
+				pungetc();
+				CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" -> TSEMI (return)\n"));
+				RETURN(TSEMI);
+			}
+		case '(':
+			CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" -> TLP (return)\n"));
+			RETURN(TLP);
+		case ')':
+			CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" -> TRP (return)\n"));
+			RETURN(TRP);
+
+		case '\\':
+			switch (pgetc()) {
+			case '\n':
+				startlinno = ++plinno;
+				CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("\\\n ignored, now @%d\n",
+				    plinno));
+				if (doprompt)
+					setprompt(2);
+				else
+					setprompt(0);
+				continue;
+			case PEOF:
+				CTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+				  ("then EOF -> TEOF (return) '\\' dropped\n"));
+				RETURN(TEOF);
+			default:
+				CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("not \\\n or EOF: "));
+				pungetc();
+				break;
+			}
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		default:
+			CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("getting a word\n"));
+			return readtoken1(c, BASESYNTAX, 0);
+		}
+	}
+#undef RETURN
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * If eofmark is NULL, read a word or a redirection symbol.  If eofmark
+ * is not NULL, read a here document.  In the latter case, eofmark is the
+ * word which marks the end of the document and striptabs is true if
+ * leading tabs should be stripped from the document.  The argument firstc
+ * is the first character of the input token or document.
+ *
+ * Because C does not have internal subroutines, I have simulated them
+ * using goto's to implement the subroutine linkage.  The following macros
+ * will run code that appears at the end of readtoken1.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * We used to remember only the current syntax, variable nesting level,
+ * double quote state for each var nesting level, and arith nesting
+ * level (unrelated to var nesting) and one prev syntax when in arith
+ * syntax.  This worked for simple cases, but can't handle arith inside
+ * var expansion inside arith inside var with some quoted and some not.
+ *
+ * Inspired by FreeBSD's implementation (though it was the obvious way)
+ * though implemented differently, we now have a stack that keeps track
+ * of what we are doing now, and what we were doing previously.
+ * Every time something changes, which will eventually end and should
+ * revert to the previous state, we push this stack, and then pop it
+ * again later (that is every ${} with an operator (to parse the word
+ * or pattern that follows) ${x} and $x are too simple to need it)
+ * $(( )) $( ) and "...".   Always.   Really, always!
+ *
+ * The stack is implemented as one static (on the C stack) base block
+ * containing LEVELS_PER_BLOCK (8) stack entries, which should be
+ * enough for the vast majority of cases.  For torture tests, we
+ * malloc more blocks as needed.  All accesses through the inline
+ * functions below.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * varnest & arinest will typically be 0 or 1
+ * (varnest can increment in usages like ${x=${y}} but probably
+ *  does not really need to)
+ * parenlevel allows balancing parens inside a $(( )), it is reset
+ * at each new nesting level ( $(( ( x + 3 ${unset-)} )) does not work.
+ * quoted is special - we need to know 2 things ... are we inside "..."
+ * (even if inherited from some previous nesting level) and was there
+ * an opening '"' at this level (so the next will be closing).
+ * "..." can span nesting levels, but cannot be opened in one and
+ * closed in a different one.
+ * To handle this, "quoted" has two fields, the bottom 4 (really 2)
+ * bits are 0, 1, or 2, for un, single, and double quoted (single quoted
+ * is really so special that this setting is not very important)
+ * and 0x10 that indicates that an opening quote has been seen.
+ * The bottom 4 bits are inherited, the 0x10 bit is not.
+ */
+struct tokenstate {
+	const char *ts_syntax;
+	unsigned short ts_parenlevel;	/* counters */
+	unsigned short ts_varnest;	/* 64000 levels should be enough! */
+	unsigned short ts_arinest;
+	unsigned short ts_quoted;	/* 1 -> single, 2 -> double */
+	unsigned short ts_magicq;	/* heredoc or word expand */
+};
+
+#define	NQ	0x00	/* Unquoted */
+#define	SQ	0x01	/* Single Quotes */
+#define	DQ	0x02	/* Double Quotes (or equivalent) */
+#define	CQ	0x03	/* C style Single Quotes */
+#define	QF	0x0F		/* Mask to extract previous values */
+#define	QS	0x10	/* Quoting started at this level in stack */
+
+#define	LEVELS_PER_BLOCK	8
+#define	VSS			struct statestack
+
+struct statestack {
+	VSS *prev;		/* previous block in list */
+	int cur;		/* which of our tokenstates is current */
+	struct tokenstate tokenstate[LEVELS_PER_BLOCK];
+};
+
+static inline struct tokenstate *
+currentstate(VSS *stack)
+{
+	return &stack->tokenstate[stack->cur];
+}
+
+#ifdef notdef
+static inline struct tokenstate *
+prevstate(VSS *stack)
+{
+	if (stack->cur != 0)
+		return &stack->tokenstate[stack->cur - 1];
+	if (stack->prev == NULL)	/* cannot drop below base */
+		return &stack->tokenstate[0];
+	return &stack->prev->tokenstate[LEVELS_PER_BLOCK - 1];
+}
+#endif
+
+static inline VSS *
+bump_state_level(VSS *stack)
+{
+	struct tokenstate *os, *ts;
+
+	os = currentstate(stack);
+
+	if (++stack->cur >= LEVELS_PER_BLOCK) {
+		VSS *ss;
+
+		ss = (VSS *)ckmalloc(sizeof (struct statestack));
+		ss->cur = 0;
+		ss->prev = stack;
+		stack = ss;
+	}
+
+	ts = currentstate(stack);
+
+	ts->ts_parenlevel = 0;	/* parens inside never match outside */
+
+	ts->ts_quoted  = os->ts_quoted & QF;	/* these are default settings */
+	ts->ts_varnest = os->ts_varnest;
+	ts->ts_arinest = os->ts_arinest;	/* when appropriate	   */
+	ts->ts_syntax  = os->ts_syntax;		/*    they will be altered */
+	ts->ts_magicq  = os->ts_magicq;
+
+	return stack;
+}
+
+static inline VSS *
+drop_state_level(VSS *stack)
+{
+	if (stack->cur == 0) {
+		VSS *ss;
+
+		ss = stack;
+		stack = ss->prev;
+		if (stack == NULL)
+			return ss;
+		ckfree(ss);
+	}
+	--stack->cur;
+	return stack;
+}
+
+static inline void
+cleanup_state_stack(VSS *stack)
+{
+	while (stack->prev != NULL) {
+		stack->cur = 0;
+		stack = drop_state_level(stack);
+	}
+}
+
+#define	PARSESUB()	{goto parsesub; parsesub_return:;}
+#define	PARSEARITH()	{goto parsearith; parsearith_return:;}
+
+/*
+ * The following macros all assume the existance of a local var "stack"
+ * which contains a pointer to the current struct stackstate
+ */
+
+/*
+ * These are macros rather than inline funcs to avoid code churn as much
+ * as possible - they replace macros of the same name used previously.
+ */
+#define	ISDBLQUOTE()	(currentstate(stack)->ts_quoted & QS)
+#define	SETDBLQUOTE()	(currentstate(stack)->ts_quoted = QS | DQ)
+#ifdef notdef
+#define	CLRDBLQUOTE()	(currentstate(stack)->ts_quoted =		\
+			    stack->cur != 0 || stack->prev ?		\
+				prevstate(stack)->ts_quoted & QF : 0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This set are just to avoid excess typing and line lengths...
+ * The ones that "look like" var names must be implemented to be lvalues
+ */
+#define	syntax		(currentstate(stack)->ts_syntax)
+#define	parenlevel	(currentstate(stack)->ts_parenlevel)
+#define	varnest		(currentstate(stack)->ts_varnest)
+#define	arinest		(currentstate(stack)->ts_arinest)
+#define	quoted		(currentstate(stack)->ts_quoted)
+#define	magicq		(currentstate(stack)->ts_magicq)
+#define	TS_PUSH()	(stack = bump_state_level(stack))
+#define	TS_POP()	(stack = drop_state_level(stack))
+
+/*
+ * Called to parse command substitutions.  oldstyle is true if the command
+ * is enclosed inside `` (otherwise it was enclosed in "$( )")
+ *
+ * Internally nlpp is a pointer to the head of the linked
+ * list of commands (passed by reference), and savelen is the number of
+ * characters on the top of the stack which must be preserved.
+ */
+static char *
+parsebackq(VSS *const stack, char * const in,
+    struct nodelist **const pbqlist, const int oldstyle)
+{
+	struct nodelist **nlpp;
+	const int savepbq = parsebackquote;
+	union node *n;
+	char *out;
+	char *str = NULL;
+	char *volatile sstr = str;
+	struct jmploc jmploc;
+	struct jmploc *const savehandler = handler;
+	struct parsefile *const savetopfile = getcurrentfile();
+	const int savelen = in - stackblock();
+	int saveprompt;
+	int lno;
+
+	if (setjmp(jmploc.loc)) {
+		popfilesupto(savetopfile);
+		if (sstr)
+			ckfree(__UNVOLATILE(sstr));
+		cleanup_state_stack(stack);
+		parsebackquote = 0;
+		handler = savehandler;
+		CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("parsebackq() err (%d), unwinding\n",
+		    exception));
+		longjmp(handler->loc, 1);
+	}
+	INTOFF;
+	sstr = str = NULL;
+	if (savelen > 0) {
+		sstr = str = ckmalloc(savelen);
+		memcpy(str, stackblock(), savelen);
+	}
+	handler = &jmploc;
+	INTON;
+	if (oldstyle) {
+		/*
+		 * We must read until the closing backquote, giving special
+		 * treatment to some slashes, and then push the string and
+		 * reread it as input, interpreting it normally.
+		 */
+		int pc;
+		int psavelen;
+		char *pstr;
+		int line1 = plinno;
+
+		VTRACE(DBG_PARSE|DBG_LEXER,
+		    ("parsebackq: repackaging `` as $( )"));
+		/*
+		 * Because the entire `...` is read here, we don't
+		 * need to bother the state stack.  That will be used
+		 * (as appropriate) when the processed string is re-read.
+		 */
+		STARTSTACKSTR(out);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+		for (psavelen = 0;;psavelen++) {	/* } */
+#else
+		for (;;) {
+#endif
+			if (needprompt) {
+				setprompt(2);
+				needprompt = 0;
+			}
+			pc = pgetc();
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+			    ("parsebackq() got '%c'(%#.2x) in `` %s", pc&0xFF,
+				pc&0x1FF, pc == '`' ? "terminator\n" : ""));
+			if (pc == '`')
+				break;
+			switch (pc) {
+			case '\\':
+				pc = pgetc();
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("then '%c'(%#.2x) ",
+				    pc&0xFF, pc&0x1FF));
+#ifdef DEBUG
+				psavelen++;
+#endif
+				if (pc == '\n') {   /* keep \ \n for later */
+					plinno++;
+					VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("@%d ", plinno));
+					needprompt = doprompt;
+				}
+				if (pc != '\\' && pc != '`' && pc != '$'
+				    && (!ISDBLQUOTE() || pc != '"')) {
+					VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("keep '\\' "));
+					STPUTC('\\', out);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case '\n':
+				plinno++;
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("@%d ", plinno));
+				needprompt = doprompt;
+				break;
+
+			case PEOF:
+			        startlinno = line1;
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("EOF\n", plinno));
+				synerror("EOF in backquote substitution");
+ 				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+			}
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (".\n", plinno));
+			STPUTC(pc, out);
+		}
+		STPUTC('\0', out);
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("parsebackq() ``:"));
+		VTRACE(DBG_PARSE|DBG_LEXER, (" read %d", psavelen));
+		psavelen = out - stackblock();
+		VTRACE(DBG_PARSE|DBG_LEXER, (" produced %d\n", psavelen));
+		if (psavelen > 0) {
+			pstr = grabstackstr(out);
+			CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, 
+			    ("parsebackq() reprocessing as $(%s)\n", pstr));
+			setinputstring(pstr, 1, line1);
+		}
+	}
+	nlpp = pbqlist;
+	while (*nlpp)
+		nlpp = &(*nlpp)->next;
+	*nlpp = stalloc(sizeof(struct nodelist));
+	(*nlpp)->next = NULL;
+	parsebackquote = oldstyle;
+
+	if (oldstyle) {
+		saveprompt = doprompt;
+		doprompt = 0;
+	} else
+		saveprompt = 0;
+
+	lno = -plinno;
+	CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("parsebackq() parsing embedded command list\n"));
+	n = list(0);
+	CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("parsebackq() parsed $() (%d -> %d)\n", -lno,
+	    lno + plinno));
+	lno += plinno;
+
+	if (oldstyle) {
+		if (peektoken() != TEOF)
+			synexpect(-1, 0);
+		doprompt = saveprompt;
+	} else
+		consumetoken(TRP);
+
+	(*nlpp)->n = n;
+	if (oldstyle) {
+		/*
+		 * Start reading from old file again, ignoring any pushed back
+		 * tokens left from the backquote parsing
+		 */
+		CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("parsebackq() back to previous input\n"));
+		popfile();
+		tokpushback = 0;
+	}
+
+	while (stackblocksize() <= savelen)
+		growstackblock();
+	STARTSTACKSTR(out);
+	if (str) {
+		memcpy(out, str, savelen);
+		STADJUST(savelen, out);
+		INTOFF;
+		ckfree(str);
+		sstr = str = NULL;
+		INTON;
+	}
+	parsebackquote = savepbq;
+	handler = savehandler;
+	if (arinest || ISDBLQUOTE()) {
+		STPUTC(CTLBACKQ | CTLQUOTE, out);
+		while (--lno >= 0)
+			STPUTC(CTLNONL, out);
+	} else
+		STPUTC(CTLBACKQ, out);
+
+	return out;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse a redirection operator.  The parameter "out" points to a string
+ * specifying the fd to be redirected.  It is guaranteed to be either ""
+ * or a numeric string (for now anyway).  The parameter "c" contains the
+ * first character of the redirection operator.
+ *
+ * Note the string "out" is on the stack, which we are about to clobber,
+ * so process it first...
+ */
+
+static void
+parseredir(const char *out,  int c)
+{
+	union node *np;
+	int fd;
+
+	fd = (*out == '\0') ? -1 : number(out);
+
+	np = stalloc(sizeof(struct nfile));
+	VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("parseredir after '%s%c' ", out, c));
+	if (c == '>') {
+		if (fd < 0)
+			fd = 1;
+		c = pgetc_linecont();
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("is '%c'(%#.2x) ", c&0xFF, c&0x1FF));
+		if (c == '>')
+			np->type = NAPPEND;
+		else if (c == '|')
+			np->type = NCLOBBER;
+		else if (c == '&')
+			np->type = NTOFD;
+		else {
+			np->type = NTO;
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("unwanted ", c));
+			pungetc();
+		}
+	} else {	/* c == '<' */
+		if (fd < 0)
+			fd = 0;
+		c = pgetc_linecont();
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("is '%c'(%#.2x) ", c&0xFF, c&0x1FF));
+		switch (c) {
+		case '<':
+			/* if sizes differ, just discard the old one */
+			if (sizeof (struct nfile) != sizeof (struct nhere))
+				np = stalloc(sizeof(struct nhere));
+			np->type = NHERE;
+			np->nhere.fd = 0;
+			heredoc = stalloc(sizeof(struct HereDoc));
+			heredoc->here = np;
+			heredoc->startline = plinno;
+			if ((c = pgetc_linecont()) == '-') {
+				CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("and '%c'(%#.2x) ",
+				    c & 0xFF, c & 0x1FF));
+				heredoc->striptabs = 1;
+			} else {
+				heredoc->striptabs = 0;
+				pungetc();
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case '&':
+			np->type = NFROMFD;
+			break;
+
+		case '>':
+			np->type = NFROMTO;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			np->type = NFROM;
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("unwanted('%c'0#.2x)", c&0xFF,
+			    c&0x1FF));
+			pungetc();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	np->nfile.fd = fd;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" ->%"PRIdsNT" fd=%d\n", NODETYPENAME(np->type),fd));
+
+	redirnode = np;		/* this is the "value" of TRENODE */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called to parse a backslash escape sequence inside $'...'.
+ * The backslash has already been read.
+ */
+static char *
+readcstyleesc(char *out)
+{
+	int c, vc, i, n;
+	unsigned int v;
+
+	c = pgetc();
+	VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("CSTR(\\%c)(\\%#x)", c&0xFF, c&0x1FF));
+	switch (c) {
+	case '\0':
+	case PEOF:
+		synerror("Unterminated quoted string");
+	case '\n':
+		plinno++;
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("@%d ", plinno));
+		if (doprompt)
+			setprompt(2);
+		else
+			setprompt(0);
+		return out;
+
+	case '\\':
+	case '\'':
+	case '"':
+		v = c;
+		break;
+
+	case 'a': v = '\a'; break;
+	case 'b': v = '\b'; break;
+	case 'e': v = '\033'; break;
+	case 'f': v = '\f'; break;
+	case 'n': v = '\n'; break;
+	case 'r': v = '\r'; break;
+	case 't': v = '\t'; break;
+	case 'v': v = '\v'; break;
+
+	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
+	case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
+		v = c - '0';
+		c = pgetc();
+		if (c >= '0' && c <= '7') {
+			v <<= 3;
+			v += c - '0';
+			c = pgetc();
+			if (c >= '0' && c <= '7') {
+				v <<= 3;
+				v += c - '0';
+			} else
+				pungetc();
+		} else
+			pungetc();
+		break;
+
+	case 'c':
+		c = pgetc();
+		if (c < 0x3f || c > 0x7a || c == 0x60)
+			synerror("Bad \\c escape sequence");
+		if (c == '\\' && pgetc() != '\\')
+			synerror("Bad \\c\\ escape sequence");
+		if (c == '?')
+			v = 127;
+		else
+			v = c & 0x1f;
+		break;
+
+	case 'x':
+		n = 2;
+		goto hexval;
+	case 'u':
+		n = 4;
+		goto hexval;
+	case 'U':
+		n = 8;
+	hexval:
+		v = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+			c = pgetc();
+			if (c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+				v = (v << 4) + c - '0';
+			else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')
+				v = (v << 4) + c - 'A' + 10;
+			else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
+				v = (v << 4) + c - 'a' + 10;
+			else {
+				pungetc();
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (n > 2 && v > 127) {
+			if (v >= 0xd800 && v <= 0xdfff)
+				synerror("Invalid \\u escape sequence");
+
+			/* XXX should we use iconv here. What locale? */
+			CHECKSTRSPACE(4, out);
+
+			if (v <= 0x7ff) {
+				USTPUTC(0xc0 | v >> 6, out);
+				USTPUTC(0x80 | (v & 0x3f), out);
+				return out;
+			} else if (v <= 0xffff) {
+				USTPUTC(0xe0 | v >> 12, out);
+				USTPUTC(0x80 | ((v >> 6) & 0x3f), out);
+				USTPUTC(0x80 | (v & 0x3f), out);
+				return out;
+			} else if (v <= 0x10ffff) {
+				USTPUTC(0xf0 | v >> 18, out);
+				USTPUTC(0x80 | ((v >> 12) & 0x3f), out);
+				USTPUTC(0x80 | ((v >> 6) & 0x3f), out);
+				USTPUTC(0x80 | (v & 0x3f), out);
+				return out;
+			}
+			if (v > 127)
+				v = '?';
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		synerror("Unknown $'' escape sequence");
+	}
+	vc = (char)v;
+	VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("->%u(%#x)['%c']", v, v, vc&0xFF));
+
+	/*
+	 * If we managed to create a \n from a \ sequence (no matter how)
+	 * then we replace it with the magic CRTCNL control char, which
+	 * will turn into a \n again later, but in the meantime, never
+	 * causes LINENO increments.
+	 */
+	if (vc == '\n') {
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("CTLCNL."));
+		USTPUTC(CTLCNL, out);
+		return out;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We can't handle NUL bytes.
+	 * POSIX says we should skip till the closing quote.
+	 */
+	if (vc == '\0') {
+		CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("\\0: skip to '", v, v, vc&0xFF));
+		while ((c = pgetc()) != '\'') {
+			if (c == '\\')
+				c = pgetc();
+			if (c == PEOF)
+				synerror("Unterminated quoted string");
+			if (c == '\n') {
+				plinno++;
+				if (doprompt)
+					setprompt(2);
+				else
+					setprompt(0);
+			}
+		}
+		pungetc();
+		return out;
+	}
+	CVTRACE(DBG_LEXER, NEEDESC(vc), ("CTLESC-"));
+	VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("'%c'(%#.2x)", vc&0xFF, vc&0x1FF));
+	if (NEEDESC(vc))
+		USTPUTC(CTLESC, out);
+	USTPUTC(vc, out);
+	return out;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The lowest level basic tokenizer.
+ *
+ * The next input byte (character) is in firstc, syn says which
+ * syntax tables we are to use (basic, single or double quoted, or arith)
+ * and magicq (used with sqsyntax and dqsyntax only) indicates that the
+ * quote character itself is not special (used parsing here docs and similar)
+ *
+ * The result is the type of the next token (its value, when there is one,
+ * is saved in the relevant global var - must fix that someday!) which is
+ * also saved for re-reading ("lasttoken").
+ *
+ * Overall, this routine does far more parsing than it is supposed to.
+ * That will also need fixing, someday...
+ */
+STATIC int
+readtoken1(int firstc, char const *syn, int oneword)
+{
+	int c;
+	char * out;
+	int len;
+	struct nodelist *bqlist;
+	int quotef;
+	VSS static_stack;
+	VSS *stack = &static_stack;
+
+	stack->prev = NULL;
+	stack->cur = 0;
+
+	syntax = syn;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#define SYNTAX      (	syntax == BASESYNTAX ? "BASE"	:		\
+			syntax == DQSYNTAX   ? "DQ"	:		\
+			syntax == SQSYNTAX   ? "SQ"	:		\
+			syntax == ARISYNTAX  ? "ARI"	:		\
+					"???"			)
+#endif
+
+	startlinno = plinno;
+	varnest = 0;
+	quoted = 0;
+	if (syntax == DQSYNTAX)
+		SETDBLQUOTE();
+	quotef = 0;
+	bqlist = NULL;
+	arinest = 0;
+	parenlevel = 0;
+	elided_nl = 0;
+	magicq = oneword;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("readtoken1(%c) syntax=%s %s%s(quoted=%x)\n",
+	    firstc&0xFF, SYNTAX, magicq ? "magic quotes" : "",
+	    ISDBLQUOTE()?" ISDBLQUOTE":"", quoted));
+
+	STARTSTACKSTR(out);
+
+	for (c = firstc ;; c = pgetc_macro()) {	/* until of token */
+		if (syntax == ARISYNTAX)
+			out = insert_elided_nl(out);
+		CHECKSTRSPACE(6, out);	/* permit 6 calls to USTPUTC */
+		switch (syntax[c]) {
+		case CFAKE:
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("CFAKE"));
+			if (syntax == BASESYNTAX && varnest == 0)
+				break;
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (","));
+			continue;
+		case CNL:	/* '\n' */
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("CNL"));
+			if (syntax == BASESYNTAX && varnest == 0)
+				break;	/* exit loop */
+			USTPUTC(c, out);
+			plinno++;
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("@%d,", plinno));
+			if (doprompt)
+				setprompt(2);
+			else
+				setprompt(0);
+			continue;
+
+		case CSBACK:	/* single quoted backslash */
+			if ((quoted & QF) == CQ) {
+				out = readcstyleesc(out);
+				continue;
+			}
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("ESC:"));
+			USTPUTC(CTLESC, out);
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case CWORD:
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("'%c'", c));
+			USTPUTC(c, out);
+			continue;
+
+		case CCTL:
+			CVTRACE(DBG_LEXER, !magicq || ISDBLQUOTE(),
+			    ("%s%sESC:",!magicq?"!m":"",ISDBLQUOTE()?"DQ":""));
+			if (!magicq || ISDBLQUOTE())
+				USTPUTC(CTLESC, out);
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("'%c'", c));
+			USTPUTC(c, out);
+			continue;
+		case CBACK:	/* backslash */
+			c = pgetc();
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("\\'%c'(%#.2x)", c&0xFF, c&0x1FF));
+			if (c == PEOF) {
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("EOF, keep \\ "));
+				USTPUTC('\\', out);
+				pungetc();
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (c == '\n') {
+				plinno++;
+				elided_nl++;
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("eli \\n (%d) @%d ",
+				    elided_nl, plinno));
+				if (doprompt)
+					setprompt(2);
+				else
+					setprompt(0);
+				continue;
+			}
+			CVTRACE(DBG_LEXER, quotef==0, (" QF=1 "));
+			quotef = 1;	/* current token is quoted */
+			if (quoted && c != '\\' && c != '`' &&
+			    c != '$' && (c != '"' || magicq)) {
+				/*
+				 * retain the \ (which we *know* needs CTLESC)
+				 * when in "..." and the following char is
+				 * not one of the magic few.)
+				 * Otherwise the \ has done its work, and
+				 * is dropped.
+				 */
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("ESC:'\\'"));
+				USTPUTC(CTLESC, out);
+				USTPUTC('\\', out);
+			}
+			CVTRACE(DBG_LEXER, NEEDESC(c) || !magicq,
+			    ("%sESC:", NEEDESC(c) ? "+" : "m"));
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("'%c'(%#.2x)", c&0xFF, c&0x1FF));
+			if (NEEDESC(c))
+				USTPUTC(CTLESC, out);
+			else if (!magicq) {
+				USTPUTC(CTLESC, out);
+				USTPUTC(c, out);
+				continue;
+			}
+			USTPUTC(c, out);
+			continue;
+		case CSQUOTE:
+			if (syntax != SQSYNTAX) {
+				CVTRACE(DBG_LEXER, !magicq, (" CQM "));
+				if (!magicq)
+					USTPUTC(CTLQUOTEMARK, out);
+				CVTRACE(DBG_LEXER, quotef==0, (" QF=1 "));
+				quotef = 1;
+				TS_PUSH();
+				syntax = SQSYNTAX;
+				quoted = SQ;
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" TS_PUSH(SQ)"));
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (magicq && arinest == 0 && varnest == 0) {
+				/* Ignore inside quoted here document */
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("<<'>>"));
+				USTPUTC(c, out);
+				continue;
+			}
+			/* End of single quotes... */
+			TS_POP();
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("SQ TS_POP->%s ", SYNTAX));
+			CVTRACE(DBG_LEXER, syntax == BASESYNTAX, (" CQE "));
+			if (syntax == BASESYNTAX)
+				USTPUTC(CTLQUOTEEND, out);
+			continue;
+		case CDQUOTE:
+			if (magicq && arinest == 0 /* && varnest == 0 */) {
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("<<\">>"));
+				/* Ignore inside here document */
+				USTPUTC(c, out);
+				continue;
+			}
+			CVTRACE(DBG_LEXER, quotef==0, (" QF=1 "));
+			quotef = 1;
+			if (arinest) {
+				if (ISDBLQUOTE()) {
+					VTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+					    (" CQE ari(%d", arinest));
+					USTPUTC(CTLQUOTEEND, out);
+					TS_POP();
+					VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("%d)TS_POP->%s ",
+					    arinest, SYNTAX));
+				} else {
+					VTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+					  (" ari(%d) %s TS_PUSH->DQ CQM ",
+					   arinest, SYNTAX));
+					TS_PUSH();
+					syntax = DQSYNTAX;
+					SETDBLQUOTE();
+					USTPUTC(CTLQUOTEMARK, out);
+				}
+				continue;
+			}
+			CVTRACE(DBG_LEXER, magicq, (" MQignDQ "));
+			if (magicq)
+				continue;
+			if (ISDBLQUOTE()) {
+				TS_POP();
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+				    (" DQ TS_POP->%s CQE ", SYNTAX));
+				USTPUTC(CTLQUOTEEND, out);
+			} else {
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER,
+				    (" %s TS_POP->DQ CQM ", SYNTAX));
+				TS_PUSH();
+				syntax = DQSYNTAX;
+				SETDBLQUOTE();
+				USTPUTC(CTLQUOTEMARK, out);
+			}
+			continue;
+		case CVAR:	/* '$' */
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("'$'..."));
+			out = insert_elided_nl(out);
+			PARSESUB();		/* parse substitution */
+			continue;
+		case CENDVAR:	/* CLOSEBRACE */
+			if (varnest > 0 && !ISDBLQUOTE()) {
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("vn=%d !DQ", varnest));
+				TS_POP();
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" TS_POP->%s CEV ", SYNTAX));
+				USTPUTC(CTLENDVAR, out);
+			} else {
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("'%c'", c));
+				USTPUTC(c, out);
+			}
+			out = insert_elided_nl(out);
+			continue;
+		case CLP:	/* '(' in arithmetic */
+			parenlevel++;
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("'('(%d)", parenlevel));
+			USTPUTC(c, out);
+			continue;;
+		case CRP:	/* ')' in arithmetic */
+			if (parenlevel > 0) {
+				USTPUTC(c, out);
+				--parenlevel;
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("')'(%d)", parenlevel));
+			} else {
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("')'(%d)", parenlevel));
+				if (pgetc_linecont() == /*(*/ ')') {
+					out = insert_elided_nl(out);
+					if (--arinest == 0) {
+						TS_POP();
+						USTPUTC(CTLENDARI, out);
+					} else
+						USTPUTC(/*(*/ ')', out);
+				} else {
+					break;	/* to synerror() just below */
+#if 0	/* the old way, causes weird errors on bad input */
+					/*
+					 * unbalanced parens
+					 *  (don't 2nd guess - no error)
+					 */
+					pungetc();
+					USTPUTC(/*(*/ ')', out);
+#endif
+				}
+			}
+			continue;
+		case CBQUOTE:	/* '`' */
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("'`' -> parsebackq()\n"));
+			out = parsebackq(stack, out, &bqlist, 1);
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("parsebackq() -> readtoken1: "));
+			continue;
+		case CEOF:		/* --> c == PEOF */
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("EOF "));
+			break;		/* will exit loop */
+		default:
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("['%c'(%#.2x)]", c&0xFF, c&0x1FF));
+			if (varnest == 0 && !ISDBLQUOTE())
+				break;	/* exit loop */
+			USTPUTC(c, out);
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (","));
+			continue;
+		}
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" END TOKEN\n", c&0xFF, c&0x1FF));
+		break;	/* break from switch -> break from for loop too */
+	}
+
+	if (syntax == ARISYNTAX) {
+		cleanup_state_stack(stack);
+		synerror(/*((*/ "Missing '))'");
+	}
+	if (syntax != BASESYNTAX && /* ! parsebackquote && */ !magicq) {
+		cleanup_state_stack(stack);
+		synerror("Unterminated quoted string");
+	}
+	if (varnest != 0) {
+		cleanup_state_stack(stack);
+		startlinno = plinno;
+		/* { */
+		synerror("Missing '}'");
+	}
+
+	STPUTC('\0', out);
+	len = out - stackblock();
+	out = stackblock();
+
+	if (!magicq) {
+		if ((c == '<' || c == '>')
+		 && quotef == 0 && (*out == '\0' || is_number(out))) {
+			parseredir(out, c);
+			cleanup_state_stack(stack);
+			return lasttoken = TREDIR;
+		} else {
+			pungetc();
+		}
+	}
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_PARSE|DBG_LEXER,
+	    ("readtoken1 %sword \"%s\", completed%s (%d) left %d enl\n",
+	    (quotef ? "quoted " : ""), out, (bqlist ? " with cmdsubs" : ""),
+	    len, elided_nl));
+
+	quoteflag = quotef;
+	backquotelist = bqlist;
+	grabstackblock(len);
+	wordtext = out;
+	cleanup_state_stack(stack);
+	return lasttoken = TWORD;
+/* end of readtoken routine */
+
+
+/*
+ * Parse a substitution.  At this point, we have read the dollar sign
+ * and nothing else.
+ */
+
+parsesub: {
+	int subtype;
+	int typeloc;
+	int flags;
+	char *p;
+	static const char types[] = "}-+?=";
+
+	c = pgetc_linecont();
+	VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("\"$%c\"(%#.2x)", c&0xFF, c&0x1FF));
+	if (c == '(' /*)*/) {	/* $(command) or $((arith)) */
+		if (pgetc_linecont() == '(' /*')'*/ ) {
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("\"$((\" ARITH "));
+			out = insert_elided_nl(out);
+			PARSEARITH();
+		} else {
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("\"$(\" CSUB->parsebackq()\n"));
+			out = insert_elided_nl(out);
+			pungetc();
+			out = parsebackq(stack, out, &bqlist, 0);
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("parseback()->readtoken1(): "));
+		}
+	} else if (c == OPENBRACE || is_name(c) || is_special(c)) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" $EXP:CTLVAR "));
+		USTPUTC(CTLVAR, out);
+		typeloc = out - stackblock();
+		USTPUTC(VSNORMAL, out);
+		subtype = VSNORMAL;
+		flags = 0;
+		if (c == OPENBRACE) {
+			c = pgetc_linecont();
+			if (c == '#') {
+				if ((c = pgetc_linecont()) == CLOSEBRACE)
+					c = '#';
+				else if (is_name(c) || isdigit(c))
+					subtype = VSLENGTH;
+				else if (is_special(c)) {
+					/*
+					 * ${#} is $# - the number of sh params
+					 * ${##} is the length of ${#}
+					 * ${###} is ${#} with as much nothing
+					 *        as possible removed from start
+					 * ${##1} is ${#} with leading 1 gone
+					 * ${##\#} is ${#} with leading # gone
+					 *
+					 * this stuff is UGLY!
+					 */
+					if (pgetc_linecont() == CLOSEBRACE) {
+						pungetc();
+						subtype = VSLENGTH;
+					} else {
+						static char cbuf[2];
+
+						pungetc();   /* would like 2 */
+						cbuf[0] = c; /* so ... */
+						cbuf[1] = '\0';
+						pushstring(cbuf, 1, NULL);
+						c = '#';     /* ${#:...} */
+						subtype = 0; /* .. or similar */
+					}
+				} else {
+					pungetc();
+					c = '#';
+					subtype = 0;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+				subtype = 0;
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("${ st=%d ", subtype));
+		}
+		if (is_name(c)) {
+			p = out;
+			do {
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("%c", c));
+				STPUTC(c, out);
+				c = pgetc_linecont();
+			} while (is_in_name(c));
+
+#if 0
+			if (out - p == 6 && strncmp(p, "LINENO", 6) == 0) {
+				int i;
+				int linno;
+				char buf[10];
+
+				/*
+				 * The "LINENO hack"
+				 *
+				 * Replace the variable name with the
+				 * current line number.
+				 */
+				linno = plinno;
+				if (funclinno != 0)
+					linno -= funclinno - 1;
+				snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", linno);
+				STADJUST(-6, out);
+				for (i = 0; buf[i] != '\0'; i++)
+					STPUTC(buf[i], out);
+				flags |= VSLINENO;
+			}
+#endif
+		} else if (is_digit(c)) {
+			do {
+				VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("%c", c));
+				STPUTC(c, out);
+				c = pgetc_linecont();
+			} while (subtype != VSNORMAL && is_digit(c));
+		}
+		else if (is_special(c)) {
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("\"$%c", c));
+			USTPUTC(c, out);
+			c = pgetc_linecont();
+		}
+		else {
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("\"$%c(%#.2x)??\n", c&0xFF,c&0x1FF));
+ badsub:
+			cleanup_state_stack(stack);
+			synerror("Bad substitution");
+		}
+
+		STPUTC('=', out);
+		if (subtype == 0) {
+			switch (c) {
+			case ':':
+				flags |= VSNUL;
+				c = pgetc_linecont();
+				/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+			default:
+				p = strchr(types, c);
+				if (p == NULL)
+					goto badsub;
+				subtype = p - types + VSNORMAL;
+				break;
+			case '%':
+			case '#':
+				{
+					int cc = c;
+					subtype = c == '#' ? VSTRIMLEFT :
+							     VSTRIMRIGHT;
+					c = pgetc_linecont();
+					if (c == cc)
+						subtype++;
+					else
+						pungetc();
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (subtype == VSLENGTH && c != /*{*/ '}')
+				synerror("no modifiers allowed with ${#var}");
+			pungetc();
+		}
+		if (quoted || arinest)
+			flags |= VSQUOTE;
+		if (subtype >= VSTRIMLEFT && subtype <= VSTRIMRIGHTMAX)
+			flags |= VSPATQ;
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" st%d:%x", subtype, flags));
+		*(stackblock() + typeloc) = subtype | flags;
+		if (subtype != VSNORMAL) {
+			TS_PUSH();
+			varnest++;
+			arinest = 0;
+			if (subtype > VSASSIGN) {	/* # ## % %% */
+				syntax = BASESYNTAX;
+				quoted = 0;
+				magicq = 0;
+			}
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" TS_PUSH->%s vn=%d%s ",
+			    SYNTAX, varnest, quoted ? " Q" : ""));
+		}
+	} else if (c == '\'' && syntax == BASESYNTAX) {
+		USTPUTC(CTLQUOTEMARK, out);
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" CSTR \"$'\" CQM "));
+		CVTRACE(DBG_LEXER, quotef==0, ("QF=1 "));
+		quotef = 1;
+		TS_PUSH();
+		syntax = SQSYNTAX;
+		quoted = CQ;
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("%s->TS_PUSH()->SQ ", SYNTAX));
+	} else {
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("$unk -> '$' (pushback '%c'%#.2x)",
+			c & 0xFF, c & 0x1FF));
+		USTPUTC('$', out);
+		pungetc();
+	}
+	goto parsesub_return;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Parse an arithmetic expansion (indicate start of one and set state)
+ */
+parsearith: {
+
+#if 0
+	if (syntax == ARISYNTAX) {
+		/*
+		 * we collapse embedded arithmetic expansion to
+		 * parentheses, which should be equivalent
+		 *
+		 *	XXX It isn't, must fix, soonish...
+		 */
+		USTPUTC('(' /*)*/, out);
+		USTPUTC('(' /*)*/, out);
+		/*
+		 * Need 2 of them because there will (should be)
+		 * two closing ))'s to follow later.
+		 */
+		parenlevel += 2;
+	} else
+#endif
+	{
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, (" CTLARI%c ", ISDBLQUOTE()?'"':'_'));
+		USTPUTC(CTLARI, out);
+		if (ISDBLQUOTE())
+			USTPUTC('"',out);
+		else
+			USTPUTC(' ',out);
+
+		VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("%s->TS_PUSH->ARI(1)", SYNTAX));
+		TS_PUSH();
+		syntax = ARISYNTAX;
+		arinest = 1;
+		varnest = 0;
+		magicq = 1;
+	}
+	goto parsearith_return;
+}
+
+} /* end of readtoken */
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+INCLUDE "parser.h"
+
+RESET {
+	psp.v_current_parser = &parse_state;
+
+	parse_state.ps_tokpushback = 0;
+	parse_state.ps_checkkwd = 0;
+	parse_state.ps_heredoclist = NULL;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Returns true if the text contains nothing to expand (no dollar signs
+ * or backquotes).
+ */
+
+STATIC int
+noexpand(char *text)
+{
+	char *p;
+	char c;
+
+	p = text;
+	while ((c = *p++) != '\0') {
+		if (c == CTLQUOTEMARK || c == CTLQUOTEEND)
+			continue;
+		if (c == CTLESC)
+			p++;
+		else if (BASESYNTAX[(int)c] == CCTL)
+			return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Return true if the argument is a legal variable name (a letter or
+ * underscore followed by zero or more letters, underscores, and digits).
+ */
+
+int
+goodname(const char *name)
+{
+	const char *p;
+
+	p = name;
+	if (! is_name(*p))
+		return 0;
+	while (*++p) {
+		if (! is_in_name(*p))
+			return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+int
+isassignment(const char *p)
+{
+	if (!is_name(*p))
+		return 0;
+	while (*++p != '=')
+		if (*p == '\0' || !is_in_name(*p))
+			return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * skip past any \n's, and leave lasttoken set to whatever follows
+ */
+STATIC void
+linebreak(void)
+{
+	while (readtoken() == TNL)
+		;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The next token must be "token" -- check, then move past it
+ */
+STATIC void
+consumetoken(int token)
+{
+	if (readtoken() != token) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("consumetoken(%d): expecting %s got %s",
+		    token, tokname[token], tokname[lasttoken]));
+		CVTRACE(DBG_PARSE, (lasttoken==TWORD), (" \"%s\"", wordtext));
+		VTRACE(DBG_PARSE, ("\n"));
+		synexpect(token, NULL);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called when an unexpected token is read during the parse.  The argument
+ * is the token that is expected, or -1 if more than one type of token can
+ * occur at this point.
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+synexpect(int token, const char *text)
+{
+	char msg[64];
+	char *p;
+
+	if (lasttoken == TWORD) {
+		size_t len = strlen(wordtext);
+
+		if (len <= 13)
+			fmtstr(msg, 34, "Word \"%.13s\" unexpected", wordtext);
+		else
+			fmtstr(msg, 34,
+			    "Word \"%.10s...\" unexpected", wordtext);
+	} else
+		fmtstr(msg, 34, "%s unexpected", tokname[lasttoken]);
+
+	p = strchr(msg, '\0');
+	if (text)
+		fmtstr(p, 30, " (expecting \"%.10s\")", text);
+	else if (token >= 0)
+		fmtstr(p, 30, " (expecting %s)",  tokname[token]);
+
+	synerror(msg);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+STATIC void
+synerror(const char *msg)
+{
+	error("%d: Syntax error: %s", startlinno, msg);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+STATIC void
+setprompt(int which)
+{
+	whichprompt = which;
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+	if (!el)
+#endif
+		out2str(getprompt(NULL));
+}
+
+/*
+ * handle getting the next character, while ignoring \ \n
+ * (which is a little tricky as we only have one char of pushback
+ * and we need that one elsewhere).
+ */
+STATIC int
+pgetc_linecont(void)
+{
+	int c;
+
+	while ((c = pgetc()) == '\\') {
+		c = pgetc();
+		if (c == '\n') {
+			plinno++;
+			elided_nl++;
+			VTRACE(DBG_LEXER, ("\"\\n\"drop(el=%d@%d)",
+			    elided_nl, plinno));
+			if (doprompt)
+				setprompt(2);
+			else
+				setprompt(0);
+		} else {
+			pungetc();
+			/* Allow the backslash to be pushed back. */
+			pushstring("\\", 1, NULL);
+			return (pgetc());
+		}
+	}
+	return (c);
+}
+
+/*
+ * called by editline -- any expansions to the prompt
+ *    should be added here.
+ */
+const char *
+getprompt(void *unused)
+{
+	char *p;
+	const char *cp;
+	int wp;
+
+	if (!doprompt)
+		return "";
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_PARSE|DBG_EXPAND, ("getprompt %d\n", whichprompt));
+
+	switch (wp = whichprompt) {
+	case 0:
+		return "";
+	case 1:
+		p = ps1val();
+		break;
+	case 2:
+		p = ps2val();
+		break;
+	default:
+		return "<internal prompt error>";
+	}
+	if (p == NULL)
+		return "";
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_PARSE|DBG_EXPAND, ("prompt <<%s>>\n", p));
+
+	cp = expandstr(p, plinno);
+	whichprompt = wp;	/* history depends on it not changing */
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_PARSE|DBG_EXPAND, ("prompt -> <<%s>>\n", cp));
+
+	return cp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Expand a string ... used for expanding prompts (PS1...)
+ *
+ * Never return NULL, always some string (return input string if invalid)
+ *
+ * The internal routine does the work, leaving the result on the
+ * stack (or in a static string, or even the input string) and
+ * handles parser recursion, and cleanup after an error while parsing.
+ *
+ * The visible interface copies the result off the stack (if it is there),
+ * and handles stack management, leaving the stack in the exact same
+ * state it was when expandstr() was called (so it can be used part way
+ * through building a stack data structure - as in when PS2 is being
+ * expanded half way through reading a "command line")
+ *
+ * on error, expandonstack() cleans up the parser state, but then
+ * simply jumps out through expandstr() withut doing any stack cleanup,
+ * which is OK, as the error handler must deal with that anyway.
+ *
+ * The split into two funcs is to avoid problems with setjmp/longjmp
+ * and local variables which could otherwise be optimised into bizarre
+ * behaviour.
+ */
+static const char *
+expandonstack(char *ps, int cmdsub, int lineno)
+{
+	union node n;
+	struct jmploc jmploc;
+	struct jmploc *const savehandler = handler;
+	struct parsefile *const savetopfile = getcurrentfile();
+	const int save_x = xflag;
+	struct parse_state new_state = init_parse_state;
+	struct parse_state *const saveparser = psp.v_current_parser;
+	const char *result = NULL;
+
+	if (!setjmp(jmploc.loc)) {
+		handler = &jmploc;
+
+		psp.v_current_parser = &new_state;
+		setinputstring(ps, 1, lineno);
+
+		readtoken1(pgetc(), DQSYNTAX, 1);
+		if (backquotelist != NULL) {
+			if (!cmdsub) 
+				result = ps;
+			else if (!promptcmds)
+				result = "-o promptcmds not set: ";
+		}
+		if (result == NULL) {
+			n.narg.type = NARG;
+			n.narg.next = NULL;
+			n.narg.text = wordtext;
+			n.narg.lineno = lineno;
+			n.narg.backquote = backquotelist;
+
+			xflag = 0;	/* we might be expanding PS4 ... */
+			expandarg(&n, NULL, 0);
+			result = stackblock();
+		}
+	} else {
+		psp.v_current_parser = saveparser;
+		xflag = save_x;
+		popfilesupto(savetopfile);
+		handler = savehandler;
+
+		if (exception == EXEXIT)
+			longjmp(handler->loc, 1);
+		if (exception == EXINT)
+			exraise(SIGINT);
+		return ps;
+	}
+	psp.v_current_parser = saveparser;
+	xflag = save_x;
+	popfilesupto(savetopfile);
+	handler = savehandler;
+
+
+	if (result == NULL)
+		result = ps;
+
+	return result;
+}
+
+const char *
+expandstr(char *ps, int lineno)
+{
+	const char *result = NULL;
+	struct stackmark smark;
+	static char *buffer = NULL;	/* storage for prompt, never freed */
+	static size_t bufferlen = 0;
+
+	setstackmark(&smark);
+	/*
+	 * At this point we anticipate that there may be a string
+	 * growing on the stack, but we have no idea how big it is.
+	 * However we know that it cannot be bigger than the current
+	 * allocated stack block, so simply reserve the whole thing,
+	 * then we can use the stack without barfing all over what
+	 * is there already...   (the stack mark undoes this later.)
+	 */
+	(void) stalloc(stackblocksize());
+
+	result = expandonstack(ps, 1, lineno);
+
+	if (__predict_true(result == stackblock())) {
+		size_t len = strlen(result) + 1;
+
+		/*
+		 * the result (usual case) is on the stack, which we
+		 * are just about to discard (popstackmark()) so we
+		 * need to move it somewhere safe first.
+		 */
+
+		if (__predict_false(len > bufferlen)) {
+			char *new;
+			size_t newlen = bufferlen;
+
+			if (__predict_false(len > (SIZE_MAX >> 4))) {
+				result = "huge prompt: ";
+				goto getout;
+			}
+
+			if (newlen == 0)
+				newlen = 32;
+			while (newlen <= len)
+				newlen <<= 1;
+
+			new = (char *)realloc(buffer, newlen);
+
+			if (__predict_false(new == NULL)) {
+				/*
+				 * this should rarely (if ever) happen
+				 * but we must do something when it does...
+				 */
+				result = "No mem for prompt: ";
+				goto getout;
+			} else {
+				buffer = new;
+				bufferlen = newlen;
+			}
+		}
+		(void)memcpy(buffer, result, len);
+		result = buffer;
+	}
+
+  getout:;
+	popstackmark(&smark);
+
+	return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * and a simpler version, which does no $( ) expansions, for
+ * use during shell startup when we know we are not parsing,
+ * and so the stack is not in use - we can do what we like,
+ * and do not need to clean up (that's handled externally).
+ *
+ * Simply return the result, even if it is on the stack
+ */
+const char *
+expandenv(char *arg)
+{
+	return expandonstack(arg, 0, 0);
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/parser.h b/bin/sh/parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7545b4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: parser.h,v 1.27 2018/12/11 13:31:20 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)parser.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+/* control characters in argument strings */
+#define CTL_FIRST '\201'	/* first 'special' character */
+#define CTLESC '\201'		/* escape next character */
+#define CTLVAR '\202'		/* variable defn */
+#define CTLENDVAR '\203'
+#define CTLBACKQ '\204'
+#define CTLQUOTE 01		/* ored with CTLBACKQ code if in quotes */
+/*	CTLBACKQ | CTLQUOTE == '\205' */
+#define	CTLARI	'\206'		/* arithmetic expression */
+#define	CTLENDARI '\207'
+#define	CTLQUOTEMARK '\210'
+#define	CTLQUOTEEND '\211'	/* only inside ${...} */
+#define	CTLNONL '\212'		/* The \n in a deleted \ \n sequence */
+			/* pure concidence that (CTLNONL & 0x7f) == '\n' */
+#define	CTLCNL	'\213'		/* A $'\n' - newline not counted */
+#define	CTL_LAST '\213'		/* last 'special' character */
+
+/* variable substitution byte (follows CTLVAR) */
+#define VSTYPE		0x0f	/* type of variable substitution */
+#define VSNUL		0x10	/* colon--treat the empty string as unset */
+#define VSLINENO	0x20	/* expansion of $LINENO, the line number
+				   follows immediately */
+#define VSPATQ		0x40	/* ensure correct pattern quoting in ${x#pat} */
+#define VSQUOTE	 	0x80	/* inside double quotes--suppress splitting */
+
+/* values of VSTYPE field */
+#define VSNORMAL	0x1		/* normal variable:  $var or ${var} */
+#define VSMINUS		0x2		/* ${var-text} */
+#define VSPLUS		0x3		/* ${var+text} */
+#define VSQUESTION	0x4		/* ${var?message} */
+#define VSASSIGN	0x5		/* ${var=text} */
+#define VSTRIMLEFT	0x6		/* ${var#pattern} */
+#define VSTRIMLEFTMAX	0x7		/* ${var##pattern} */
+#define VSTRIMRIGHT	0x8		/* ${var%pattern} */
+#define VSTRIMRIGHTMAX 	0x9		/* ${var%%pattern} */
+#define VSLENGTH	0xa		/* ${#var} */
+
+union node *parsecmd(int);
+void fixredir(union node *, const char *, int);
+int goodname(const char *);
+int isassignment(const char *);
+const char *getprompt(void *);
+const char *expandstr(char *, int);
+const char *expandenv(char *);
+
+struct HereDoc;
+union node;
+struct nodelist;
+
+struct parse_state {
+	struct HereDoc *ps_heredoclist;	/* list of here documents to read */
+	int ps_parsebackquote;		/* nonzero inside backquotes */
+	int ps_doprompt;		/* if set, prompt the user */
+	int ps_needprompt;		/* true if interactive at line start */
+	int ps_lasttoken;		/* last token read */
+	int ps_tokpushback;		/* last token pushed back */
+	char *ps_wordtext;	/* text of last word returned by readtoken */
+	int ps_checkkwd;		/* word expansion flags, see below */
+	struct nodelist *ps_backquotelist; /* list of cmdsubs to process */
+	union node *ps_redirnode;	/* node for current redirect */
+	struct HereDoc *ps_heredoc;	/* current heredoc << beign parsed */
+	int ps_quoteflag;		/* set if (part) of token was quoted */
+	int ps_startlinno;		/* line # where last token started */
+	int ps_funclinno;		/* line # of the current function */
+	int ps_elided_nl;		/* count of \ \n pairs we have seen */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The parser references the elements of struct parse_state quite
+ * frequently - they used to be simple globals, so one memory ref
+ * per access, adding an indirect through global ptr would not be
+ * nice.   The following gross hack allows most of that cost to be
+ * avoided, by allowing the compiler to understand that the global
+ * pointer is in fact constant in any function, and so its value can
+ * be cached, rather than needing to be fetched every time in case
+ * some other called function has changed it.
+ *
+ * The rule to make this work is that any function that wants
+ * to alter the global must restore it before it returns (and thus
+ * must have an error trap handler).  That means that the struct
+ * used for the new parser state can be a local in that function's
+ * stack frame, it never needs to be malloc'd.
+ */
+
+union parse_state_p {
+	struct parse_state *const	c_current_parser;
+	struct parse_state *		v_current_parser;
+};
+
+extern union parse_state_p psp;
+
+#define	current_parser (psp.c_current_parser)
+
+/*
+ * Perhaps one day emulate "static" by moving most of these definitions into
+ * parser.c ...  (only checkkwd & tokpushback are used outside parser.c,
+ * and only in init.c as a RESET activity)
+ */
+#define	tokpushback	(current_parser->ps_tokpushback)
+#define	checkkwd	(current_parser->ps_checkkwd)
+
+#define	noalias		(current_parser->ps_noalias)
+#define	heredoclist	(current_parser->ps_heredoclist)
+#define	parsebackquote	(current_parser->ps_parsebackquote)
+#define	doprompt	(current_parser->ps_doprompt)
+#define	needprompt	(current_parser->ps_needprompt)
+#define	lasttoken	(current_parser->ps_lasttoken)
+#define	wordtext	(current_parser->ps_wordtext)
+#define	backquotelist	(current_parser->ps_backquotelist)
+#define	redirnode	(current_parser->ps_redirnode)
+#define	heredoc		(current_parser->ps_heredoc)
+#define	quoteflag	(current_parser->ps_quoteflag)
+#define	startlinno	(current_parser->ps_startlinno)
+#define	funclinno	(current_parser->ps_funclinno)
+#define	elided_nl	(current_parser->ps_elided_nl)
+
+/*
+ * Values that can be set in checkkwd
+ */
+#define CHKKWD		0x01		/* turn word into keyword (if it is) */
+#define CHKNL		0x02		/* ignore leading \n's */
+#define CHKALIAS	0x04		/* lookup words as aliases and ... */
+
+/*
+ * NEOF is returned by parsecmd when it encounters an end of file.  It
+ * must be distinct from NULL, so we use the address of a variable that
+ * happens to be handy.
+ */
+#define NEOF ((union node *)&psp)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+extern int parsing;
+#endif
diff --git a/bin/sh/redir.c b/bin/sh/redir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..751cce7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/redir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,982 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: redir.c,v 1.62 2018/11/26 20:03:39 kamil Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)redir.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: redir.c,v 1.62 2018/11/26 20:03:39 kamil Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>	/* PIPE_BUF */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+ * Code for dealing with input/output redirection.
+ */
+
+#include "main.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "nodes.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "expand.h"
+#include "redir.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "show.h"
+
+
+#define EMPTY -2		/* marks an unused slot in redirtab */
+#define CLOSED -1		/* fd was not open before redir */
+#ifndef PIPE_BUF
+# define PIPESIZE 4096		/* amount of buffering in a pipe */
+#else
+# define PIPESIZE PIPE_BUF
+#endif
+
+
+MKINIT
+struct renamelist {
+	struct renamelist *next;
+	int orig;
+	int into;
+};
+
+MKINIT
+struct redirtab {
+	struct redirtab *next;
+	struct renamelist *renamed;
+};
+
+
+MKINIT struct redirtab *redirlist;
+
+/*
+ * We keep track of whether or not fd0 has been redirected.  This is for
+ * background commands, where we want to redirect fd0 to /dev/null only
+ * if it hasn't already been redirected.
+ */
+STATIC int fd0_redirected = 0;
+
+/*
+ * And also where to put internal use fds that should be out of the
+ * way of user defined fds (normally)
+ */
+STATIC int big_sh_fd = 0;
+
+STATIC const struct renamelist *is_renamed(const struct renamelist *, int);
+STATIC void fd_rename(struct redirtab *, int, int);
+STATIC void free_rl(struct redirtab *, int);
+STATIC void openredirect(union node *, char[10], int);
+STATIC int openhere(const union node *);
+STATIC int copyfd(int, int, int);
+STATIC void find_big_fd(void);
+
+
+struct shell_fds {		/* keep track of internal shell fds */
+	struct shell_fds *nxt;
+	void (*cb)(int, int);
+	int fd;
+};
+
+STATIC struct shell_fds *sh_fd_list;
+
+STATIC void renumber_sh_fd(struct shell_fds *);
+STATIC struct shell_fds *sh_fd(int);
+
+STATIC const struct renamelist *
+is_renamed(const struct renamelist *rl, int fd)
+{
+	while (rl != NULL) {
+		if (rl->orig == fd)
+			return rl;
+		rl = rl->next;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+STATIC void
+free_rl(struct redirtab *rt, int reset)
+{
+	struct renamelist *rl, *rn = rt->renamed;
+
+	while ((rl = rn) != NULL) {
+		rn = rl->next;
+		if (rl->orig == 0)
+			fd0_redirected--;
+		VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("popredir %d%s: %s",
+		    rl->orig, rl->orig==0 ? " (STDIN)" : "",
+		    reset ? "" : "no reset\n"));
+		if (reset) {
+			if (rl->into < 0) {
+				VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("closed\n"));
+				close(rl->orig);
+			} else {
+				VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("from %d\n", rl->into));
+				movefd(rl->into, rl->orig);
+			}
+		}
+		ckfree(rl);
+	}
+	rt->renamed = NULL;
+}
+
+STATIC void
+fd_rename(struct redirtab *rt, int from, int to)
+{
+	/* XXX someday keep a short list (8..10) of freed renamelists XXX */
+	struct renamelist *rl = ckmalloc(sizeof(struct renamelist));
+
+	rl->next = rt->renamed;
+	rt->renamed = rl;
+
+	rl->orig = from;
+	rl->into = to;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Process a list of redirection commands.  If the REDIR_PUSH flag is set,
+ * old file descriptors are stashed away so that the redirection can be
+ * undone by calling popredir.  If the REDIR_BACKQ flag is set, then the
+ * standard output, and the standard error if it becomes a duplicate of
+ * stdout, is saved in memory.
+ */
+
+void
+redirect(union node *redir, int flags)
+{
+	union node *n;
+	struct redirtab *sv = NULL;
+	int i;
+	int fd;
+	char memory[10];	/* file descriptors to write to memory */
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("redirect(F=0x%x):%s\n", flags, redir?"":" NONE"));
+	for (i = 10 ; --i >= 0 ; )
+		memory[i] = 0;
+	memory[1] = flags & REDIR_BACKQ;
+	if (flags & REDIR_PUSH) {
+		/*
+		 * We don't have to worry about REDIR_VFORK here, as
+		 * flags & REDIR_PUSH is never true if REDIR_VFORK is set.
+		 */
+		sv = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct redirtab));
+		sv->renamed = NULL;
+		sv->next = redirlist;
+		redirlist = sv;
+	}
+	for (n = redir ; n ; n = n->nfile.next) {
+		fd = n->nfile.fd;
+		VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("redir %d (max=%d) ", fd, max_user_fd));
+		if (fd > max_user_fd)
+			max_user_fd = fd;
+		renumber_sh_fd(sh_fd(fd));
+		if ((n->nfile.type == NTOFD || n->nfile.type == NFROMFD) &&
+		    n->ndup.dupfd == fd) {
+			/* redirect from/to same file descriptor */
+			/* make sure it stays open */
+			if (fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, 0) < 0)
+				error("fd %d: %s", fd, strerror(errno));
+			VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("!cloexec\n"));
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ((flags & REDIR_PUSH) && !is_renamed(sv->renamed, fd)) {
+			INTOFF;
+			if (big_sh_fd < 10)
+				find_big_fd();
+			if ((i = fcntl(fd, F_DUPFD, big_sh_fd)) == -1) {
+				switch (errno) {
+				case EBADF:
+					i = CLOSED;
+					break;
+				case EMFILE:
+				case EINVAL:
+					find_big_fd();
+					i = fcntl(fd, F_DUPFD, big_sh_fd);
+					if (i >= 0)
+						break;
+					/* FALLTHRU */
+				default:
+					i = errno;
+					INTON;    /* XXX not needed here ? */
+					error("%d: %s", fd, strerror(i));
+					/* NOTREACHED */
+				}
+			}
+			if (i >= 0)
+				(void)fcntl(i, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+			fd_rename(sv, fd, i);
+			VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("saved as %d ", i));
+			INTON;
+		}
+		VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("%s\n", fd == 0 ? "STDIN" : ""));
+		if (fd == 0)
+			fd0_redirected++;
+		openredirect(n, memory, flags);
+	}
+	if (memory[1])
+		out1 = &memout;
+	if (memory[2])
+		out2 = &memout;
+}
+
+
+STATIC void
+openredirect(union node *redir, char memory[10], int flags)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	int fd = redir->nfile.fd;
+	char *fname;
+	int f;
+	int eflags, cloexec;
+
+	/*
+	 * We suppress interrupts so that we won't leave open file
+	 * descriptors around.  This may not be such a good idea because
+	 * an open of a device or a fifo can block indefinitely.
+	 */
+	INTOFF;
+	if (fd < 10)
+		memory[fd] = 0;
+	switch (redir->nfile.type) {
+	case NFROM:
+		fname = redir->nfile.expfname;
+		if (flags & REDIR_VFORK)
+			eflags = O_NONBLOCK;
+		else
+			eflags = 0;
+		if ((f = open(fname, O_RDONLY|eflags)) < 0)
+			goto eopen;
+		VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("openredirect(< '%s') -> %d [%#x]",
+		    fname, f, eflags));
+		if (eflags)
+			(void)fcntl(f, F_SETFL, fcntl(f, F_GETFL, 0) & ~eflags);
+		break;
+	case NFROMTO:
+		fname = redir->nfile.expfname;
+		if ((f = open(fname, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0666)) < 0)
+			goto ecreate;
+		VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("openredirect(<> '%s') -> %d", fname, f));
+		break;
+	case NTO:
+		if (Cflag) {
+			fname = redir->nfile.expfname;
+			if ((f = open(fname, O_WRONLY)) == -1) {
+				if ((f = open(fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,
+				    0666)) < 0)
+					goto ecreate;
+			} else if (fstat(f, &sb) == -1) {
+				int serrno = errno;
+				close(f);
+				errno = serrno;
+				goto ecreate;
+			} else if (S_ISREG(sb.st_mode)) {
+				close(f);
+				errno = EEXIST;
+				goto ecreate;
+			}
+			VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("openredirect(>| '%s') -> %d",
+			    fname, f));
+			break;
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case NCLOBBER:
+		fname = redir->nfile.expfname;
+		if ((f = open(fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, 0666)) < 0)
+			goto ecreate;
+		VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("openredirect(> '%s') -> %d", fname, f));
+		break;
+	case NAPPEND:
+		fname = redir->nfile.expfname;
+		if ((f = open(fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_APPEND, 0666)) < 0)
+			goto ecreate;
+		VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("openredirect(>> '%s') -> %d", fname, f));
+		break;
+	case NTOFD:
+	case NFROMFD:
+		if (redir->ndup.dupfd >= 0) {	/* if not ">&-" */
+			if (fd < 10 && redir->ndup.dupfd < 10 &&
+			    memory[redir->ndup.dupfd])
+				memory[fd] = 1;
+			else if (copyfd(redir->ndup.dupfd, fd,
+			    (flags & REDIR_KEEP) == 0) < 0)
+				error("Redirect (from %d to %d) failed: %s",
+				    redir->ndup.dupfd, fd, strerror(errno));
+			VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("openredirect: %d%c&%d\n", fd,
+			    "<>"[redir->nfile.type==NTOFD], redir->ndup.dupfd));
+		} else {
+			(void) close(fd);
+			VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("openredirect: %d%c&-\n", fd,
+			    "<>"[redir->nfile.type==NTOFD]));
+		}
+		INTON;
+		return;
+	case NHERE:
+	case NXHERE:
+		VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("openredirect: %d<<...", fd));
+		f = openhere(redir);
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+	}
+
+	cloexec = fd > 2 && (flags & REDIR_KEEP) == 0 && !posix;
+	if (f != fd) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, (" -> %d", fd));
+		if (copyfd(f, fd, cloexec) < 0) {
+			int e = errno;
+
+			close(f);
+			error("redirect reassignment (fd %d) failed: %s", fd,
+			    strerror(e));
+		}
+		close(f);
+	} else if (cloexec)
+		(void)fcntl(f, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+	VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("%s\n", cloexec ? " cloexec" : ""));
+
+	INTON;
+	return;
+ ecreate:
+	exerrno = 1;
+	error("cannot create %s: %s", fname, errmsg(errno, E_CREAT));
+ eopen:
+	exerrno = 1;
+	error("cannot open %s: %s", fname, errmsg(errno, E_OPEN));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Handle here documents.  Normally we fork off a process to write the
+ * data to a pipe.  If the document is short, we can stuff the data in
+ * the pipe without forking.
+ */
+
+STATIC int
+openhere(const union node *redir)
+{
+	int pip[2];
+	int len = 0;
+
+	if (pipe(pip) < 0)
+		error("Pipe call failed");
+	if (redir->type == NHERE) {
+		len = strlen(redir->nhere.doc->narg.text);
+		if (len <= PIPESIZE) {
+			xwrite(pip[1], redir->nhere.doc->narg.text, len);
+			goto out;
+		}
+	}
+	VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, (" forking [%d,%d]\n", pip[0], pip[1]));
+	if (forkshell(NULL, NULL, FORK_NOJOB) == 0) {
+		close(pip[0]);
+		signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
+		signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
+		signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
+#ifdef SIGTSTP
+		signal(SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN);
+#endif
+		signal(SIGPIPE, SIG_DFL);
+		if (redir->type == NHERE)
+			xwrite(pip[1], redir->nhere.doc->narg.text, len);
+		else
+			expandhere(redir->nhere.doc, pip[1]);
+		_exit(0);
+	}
+	VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, ("openhere (closing %d)", pip[1]));
+ out:
+	close(pip[1]);
+	VTRACE(DBG_REDIR, (" (pipe fd=%d)", pip[0]));
+	return pip[0];
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Undo the effects of the last redirection.
+ */
+
+void
+popredir(void)
+{
+	struct redirtab *rp = redirlist;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	free_rl(rp, 1);
+	redirlist = rp->next;
+	ckfree(rp);
+	INTON;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Undo all redirections.  Called on error or interrupt.
+ */
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+
+INCLUDE "redir.h"
+
+RESET {
+	while (redirlist)
+		popredir();
+}
+
+SHELLPROC {
+	clearredir(0);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Return true if fd 0 has already been redirected at least once.  */
+int
+fd0_redirected_p(void)
+{
+	return fd0_redirected != 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Discard all saved file descriptors.
+ */
+
+void
+clearredir(int vforked)
+{
+	struct redirtab *rp;
+	struct renamelist *rl;
+
+	for (rp = redirlist ; rp ; rp = rp->next) {
+		if (!vforked)
+			free_rl(rp, 0);
+		else for (rl = rp->renamed; rl; rl = rl->next)
+			if (rl->into >= 0)
+				close(rl->into);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Copy a file descriptor to be == to.
+ * cloexec indicates if we want close-on-exec or not.
+ * Returns -1 if any error occurs.
+ */
+
+STATIC int
+copyfd(int from, int to, int cloexec)
+{
+	int newfd;
+
+	if (cloexec && to > 2)
+		newfd = dup3(from, to, O_CLOEXEC);
+	else
+		newfd = dup2(from, to);
+
+	return newfd;
+}
+
+/*
+ * rename fd from to be fd to (closing from).
+ * close-on-exec is never set on 'to' (unless
+ * from==to and it was set on from) - ie: a no-op
+ * returns to (or errors() if an error occurs).
+ *
+ * This is mostly used for rearranging the
+ * results from pipe().
+ */
+int
+movefd(int from, int to)
+{
+	if (from == to)
+		return to;
+
+	(void) close(to);
+	if (copyfd(from, to, 0) != to) {
+		int e = errno;
+
+		(void) close(from);
+		error("Unable to make fd %d: %s", to, strerror(e));
+	}
+	(void) close(from);
+
+	return to;
+}
+
+STATIC void
+find_big_fd(void)
+{
+	int i, fd;
+	static int last_start = 3; /* aim to keep sh fd's under 20 */
+
+	if (last_start < 10)
+		last_start++;
+
+	for (i = (1 << last_start); i >= 10; i >>= 1) {
+		if ((fd = fcntl(0, F_DUPFD, i - 1)) >= 0) {
+			close(fd);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	fd = (i / 5) * 4;
+	if (fd < 10)
+		fd = 10;
+
+	big_sh_fd = fd;
+}
+
+/*
+ * If possible, move file descriptor fd out of the way
+ * of expected user fd values.   Returns the new fd
+ * (which may be the input fd if things do not go well.)
+ * Always set close-on-exec on the result, and close
+ * the input fd unless it is to be our result.
+ */
+int
+to_upper_fd(int fd)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_REDIR|DBG_OUTPUT, ("to_upper_fd(%d)", fd));
+	if (big_sh_fd < 10)
+		find_big_fd();
+	do {
+		i = fcntl(fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, big_sh_fd);
+		if (i >= 0) {
+			if (fd != i)
+				close(fd);
+			VTRACE(DBG_REDIR|DBG_OUTPUT, ("-> %d\n", i));
+			return i;
+		}
+		if (errno != EMFILE && errno != EINVAL)
+			break;
+		find_big_fd();
+	} while (big_sh_fd > 10);
+
+	/*
+	 * If we wanted to move this fd to some random high number
+	 * we certainly do not intend to pass it through exec, even
+	 * if the reassignment failed.
+	 */
+	(void)fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+	VTRACE(DBG_REDIR|DBG_OUTPUT, (" fails ->%d\n", fd));
+	return fd;
+}
+
+void
+register_sh_fd(int fd, void (*cb)(int, int))
+{
+	struct shell_fds *fp;
+
+	fp = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct shell_fds));
+	if (fp != NULL) {
+		fp->nxt = sh_fd_list;
+		sh_fd_list = fp;
+
+		fp->fd = fd;
+		fp->cb = cb;
+	}
+}
+
+void
+sh_close(int fd)
+{
+	struct shell_fds **fpp, *fp;
+
+	fpp = &sh_fd_list;
+	while ((fp = *fpp) != NULL) {
+		if (fp->fd == fd) {
+			*fpp = fp->nxt;
+			ckfree(fp);
+			break;
+		}
+		fpp = &fp->nxt;
+	}
+	(void)close(fd);
+}
+
+STATIC struct shell_fds *
+sh_fd(int fd)
+{
+	struct shell_fds *fp;
+
+	for (fp = sh_fd_list; fp != NULL; fp = fp->nxt)
+		if (fp->fd == fd)
+			return fp;
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+STATIC void
+renumber_sh_fd(struct shell_fds *fp)
+{
+	int to;
+
+	if (fp == NULL)
+		return;
+
+#ifndef	F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
+#define	F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC	F_DUPFD
+#define	CLOEXEC(fd)	(fcntl((fd), F_SETFD, fcntl((fd),F_GETFD) | FD_CLOEXEC))
+#else
+#define	CLOEXEC(fd)
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * if we have had a collision, and the sh fd was a "big" one
+	 * try moving the sh fd base to a higher number (if possible)
+	 * so future sh fds are less likely to be in the user's sights
+	 * (incl this one when moved)
+	 */
+	if (fp->fd >= big_sh_fd)
+		find_big_fd();
+
+	to = fcntl(fp->fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, big_sh_fd);
+	if (to == -1)
+		to = fcntl(fp->fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, big_sh_fd/2);
+	if (to == -1)
+		to = fcntl(fp->fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, fp->fd + 1);
+	if (to == -1)
+		to = fcntl(fp->fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 10);
+	if (to == -1)
+		to = fcntl(fp->fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 3);
+	if (to == -1)
+		error("insufficient file descriptors available");
+	CLOEXEC(to);
+
+	if (fp->fd == to)	/* impossible? */
+		return;
+
+	(*fp->cb)(fp->fd, to);
+	(void)close(fp->fd);
+	fp->fd = to;
+}
+
+static const struct flgnames {
+	const char *name;
+	uint16_t minch;
+	uint32_t value;
+} nv[] = {
+#ifdef O_APPEND
+	{ "append",	2,	O_APPEND 	},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_ASYNC
+	{ "async",	2,	O_ASYNC		},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_SYNC
+	{ "sync",	2,	O_SYNC		},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_NONBLOCK
+	{ "nonblock",	3,	O_NONBLOCK	},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_FSYNC
+	{ "fsync",	2,	O_FSYNC		},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_DSYNC
+	{ "dsync",	2,	O_DSYNC		},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_RSYNC
+	{ "rsync",	2,	O_RSYNC		},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_ALT_IO
+	{ "altio",	2,	O_ALT_IO	},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_DIRECT
+	{ "direct",	2,	O_DIRECT	},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_NOSIGPIPE
+	{ "nosigpipe",	3,	O_NOSIGPIPE	},
+#endif
+#ifdef O_CLOEXEC
+	{ "cloexec",	2,	O_CLOEXEC	},
+#endif
+	{ 0, 0, 0 }
+};
+#define ALLFLAGS (O_APPEND|O_ASYNC|O_SYNC|O_NONBLOCK|O_DSYNC|O_RSYNC|\
+    O_ALT_IO|O_DIRECT|O_NOSIGPIPE|O_CLOEXEC)
+
+static int
+getflags(int fd, int p)
+{
+	int c, f;
+
+	if (sh_fd(fd) != NULL) {
+		if (!p)
+			return -1;
+		error("Can't get status for fd=%d (%s)", fd,
+		    "Bad file descriptor");			/*XXX*/
+	}
+
+	if ((c = fcntl(fd, F_GETFD)) == -1) {
+		if (!p)
+			return -1;
+		error("Can't get status for fd=%d (%s)", fd, strerror(errno));
+	}
+	if ((f = fcntl(fd, F_GETFL)) == -1) {
+		if (!p)
+			return -1;
+		error("Can't get flags for fd=%d (%s)", fd, strerror(errno));
+	}
+	if (c & FD_CLOEXEC)
+		f |= O_CLOEXEC;
+	return f & ALLFLAGS;
+}
+
+static void
+printone(int fd, int p, int verbose, int pfd)
+{
+	int f = getflags(fd, p);
+	const struct flgnames *fn;
+
+	if (f == -1)
+		return;
+
+	if (pfd)
+		outfmt(out1, "%d: ", fd);
+	for (fn = nv; fn->name; fn++) {
+		if (f & fn->value) {
+			outfmt(out1, "%s%s", verbose ? "+" : "", fn->name);
+			f &= ~fn->value;
+		} else if (verbose)
+			outfmt(out1, "-%s", fn->name);
+		else
+			continue;
+		if (f || (verbose && fn[1].name))
+			outfmt(out1, ",");
+	}
+	if (verbose && f)		/* f should be normally be 0 */
+		outfmt(out1, " +%#x", f);
+	outfmt(out1, "\n");
+}
+
+static void
+parseflags(char *s, int *p, int *n)
+{
+	int *v, *w;
+	const struct flgnames *fn;
+	size_t len;
+
+	*p = 0;
+	*n = 0;
+	for (s = strtok(s, ","); s; s = strtok(NULL, ",")) {
+		switch (*s++) {
+		case '+':
+			v = p;
+			w = n;
+			break;
+		case '-':
+			v = n;
+			w = p;
+			break;
+		default:
+			error("Missing +/- indicator before flag %s", s-1);
+		}
+
+		len = strlen(s);
+		for (fn = nv; fn->name; fn++)
+			if (len >= fn->minch && strncmp(s,fn->name,len) == 0) {
+				*v |= fn->value;
+				*w &=~ fn->value;
+				break;
+			}
+		if (fn->name == 0)
+			error("Bad flag `%s'", s);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+setone(int fd, int pos, int neg, int verbose)
+{
+	int f = getflags(fd, 1);
+	int n, cloexec;
+
+	if (f == -1)
+		return;
+
+	cloexec = -1;
+	if ((pos & O_CLOEXEC) && !(f & O_CLOEXEC))
+		cloexec = FD_CLOEXEC;
+	if ((neg & O_CLOEXEC) && (f & O_CLOEXEC))
+		cloexec = 0;
+
+	if (cloexec != -1 && fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, cloexec) == -1)
+		error("Can't set status for fd=%d (%s)", fd, strerror(errno));
+
+	pos &= ~O_CLOEXEC;
+	neg &= ~O_CLOEXEC;
+	f &= ~O_CLOEXEC;
+	n = f;
+	n |= pos;
+	n &= ~neg;
+	if (n != f && fcntl(fd, F_SETFL, n) == -1)
+		error("Can't set flags for fd=%d (%s)", fd, strerror(errno));
+	if (verbose)
+		printone(fd, 1, verbose, 1);
+}
+
+int
+fdflagscmd(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *num;
+	int verbose = 0, ch, pos = 0, neg = 0;
+	char *setflags = NULL;
+
+	optreset = 1; optind = 1; /* initialize getopt */
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, ":vs:")) != -1)
+		switch ((char)ch) {
+		case 'v':
+			verbose = 1;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			if (setflags)
+				goto msg;
+			setflags = optarg;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+		msg:
+			error("Usage: fdflags [-v] [-s <flags> fd] [fd...]");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+
+	argc -= optind, argv += optind;
+
+	if (setflags)
+		parseflags(setflags, &pos, &neg);
+
+	if (argc == 0) {
+		int i;
+
+		if (setflags)
+			goto msg;
+
+		for (i = 0; i <= max_user_fd; i++)
+			printone(i, 0, verbose, 1);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	while ((num = *argv++) != NULL) {
+		int fd = number(num);
+
+		while (num[0] == '0' && num[1] != '\0')		/* skip 0's */
+			num++;
+		if (strlen(num) > 5)
+			error("%s too big to be a file descriptor", num);
+
+		if (setflags)
+			setone(fd, pos, neg, verbose);
+		else
+			printone(fd, 1, verbose, argc > 1);
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#undef MAX		/* in case we inherited them from somewhere */
+#undef MIN
+
+#define	MIN(a,b)	(/*CONSTCOND*/((a)<=(b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define	MAX(a,b)	(/*CONSTCOND*/((a)>=(b)) ? (a) : (b))
+
+		/* now make the compiler work for us... */
+#define	MIN_REDIR	MIN(MIN(MIN(MIN(NTO,NFROM), MIN(NTOFD,NFROMFD)), \
+		   MIN(MIN(NCLOBBER,NAPPEND), MIN(NHERE,NXHERE))), NFROMTO)
+#define	MAX_REDIR	MAX(MAX(MAX(MAX(NTO,NFROM), MAX(NTOFD,NFROMFD)), \
+		   MAX(MAX(NCLOBBER,NAPPEND), MAX(NHERE,NXHERE))), NFROMTO)
+
+static const char *redir_sym[MAX_REDIR - MIN_REDIR + 1] = {
+	[NTO      - MIN_REDIR]=	">",
+	[NFROM    - MIN_REDIR]=	"<",
+	[NTOFD    - MIN_REDIR]=	">&",
+	[NFROMFD  - MIN_REDIR]=	"<&",
+	[NCLOBBER - MIN_REDIR]=	">|",
+	[NAPPEND  - MIN_REDIR]=	">>",
+	[NHERE    - MIN_REDIR]=	"<<",
+	[NXHERE   - MIN_REDIR]=	"<<",
+	[NFROMTO  - MIN_REDIR]=	"<>",
+};
+
+int
+outredir(struct output *out, union node *n, int sep)
+{
+	if (n == NULL)
+		return 0;
+	if (n->type < MIN_REDIR || n->type > MAX_REDIR ||
+	    redir_sym[n->type - MIN_REDIR] == NULL)
+		return 0;
+
+	if (sep)
+		outc(sep, out);
+
+	/*
+	 * ugly, but all redir node types have "fd" in same slot...
+	 *	(and code other places assumes it as well)
+	 */
+	if ((redir_sym[n->type - MIN_REDIR][0] == '<' && n->nfile.fd != 0) ||
+	    (redir_sym[n->type - MIN_REDIR][0] == '>' && n->nfile.fd != 1))
+		outfmt(out, "%d", n->nfile.fd);
+
+	outstr(redir_sym[n->type - MIN_REDIR], out);
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case NHERE:
+		outstr("'...'", out);
+		break;
+	case NXHERE:
+		outstr("...", out);
+		break;
+	case NTOFD:
+	case NFROMFD:
+		if (n->ndup.dupfd < 0)
+			outc('-', out);
+		else
+			outfmt(out, "%d", n->ndup.dupfd);
+		break;
+	default:
+		outstr(n->nfile.expfname, out);
+		break;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/redir.h b/bin/sh/redir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b186bb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/redir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: redir.h,v 1.24 2017/06/30 23:01:21 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)redir.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+/* flags passed to redirect */
+#define REDIR_PUSH  0x01	/* save previous values of file descriptors */
+#define REDIR_BACKQ 0x02	/* save the command output in memory */
+#define REDIR_VFORK 0x04	/* running under vfork(2), be careful */
+#define REDIR_KEEP  0x08	/* don't close-on-exec */
+
+union node;
+void redirect(union node *, int);
+void popredir(void);
+int fd0_redirected_p(void);
+void clearredir(int);
+int movefd(int, int);
+int to_upper_fd(int);
+void register_sh_fd(int, void (*)(int, int));
+void sh_close(int);
+struct output;
+int outredir(struct output *, union node *, int);
+
+int max_user_fd;		/* highest fd used by user */
diff --git a/bin/sh/sh.1 b/bin/sh/sh.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4630689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/sh.1
@@ -0,0 +1,4549 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: sh.1,v 1.217 2019/01/21 14:09:24 kre Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Kenneth Almquist.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)sh.1	8.6 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+.\"
+.Dd December 12, 2018
+.Dt SH 1
+.\" everything except c o and s (keep them ordered)
+.ds flags abCEeFfhIiLmnpquVvXx
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sh
+.Nd command interpreter (shell)
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl \*[flags]
+.Op Cm +\*[flags]
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl o Ar option_name
+.Op Cm +o Ar option_name
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Ar command_file Op Ar argument ...
+.Ek
+.Nm
+.Fl c
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl s
+.Op Fl \*[flags]
+.Op Cm +\*[flags]
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl o Ar option_name
+.Op Cm +o Ar option_name
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Ar command_string
+.Op Ar command_name Op Ar argument ...
+.Ek
+.Nm
+.Fl s
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl \*[flags]
+.Op Cm +\*[flags]
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl o Ar option_name
+.Op Cm +o Ar option_name
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Ar argument ...
+.Ek
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is the standard command interpreter for the system.
+The current version of
+.Nm
+is in the process of being changed to conform more closely to the
+POSIX 1003.2 and 1003.2a specifications for the shell.
+This version has many
+features which make it appear similar in some respects to the Korn shell,
+but it is not a Korn shell clone (see
+.Xr ksh 1 ) .
+This man page is not intended
+to be a tutorial or a complete specification of the shell.
+.Ss Overview
+The shell is a command that reads lines from either a file or the
+terminal, interprets them, and generally executes other commands.
+A shell is the program that is running when a user logs into the system.
+(Users can select which shell is executed for them at login with the
+.Xr chsh 1
+command).
+The shell implements a language that has flow control
+constructs, a macro facility that provides a variety of features in
+addition to data storage, along with built in history and line editing
+capabilities.
+It incorporates many features to aid interactive use and
+has the advantage that the interpretative language is common to both
+interactive and non-interactive use (shell scripts).
+That is, commands
+can be typed directly to the running shell or can be put into a file and
+the file can be executed directly by the shell.
+.Ss Invocation
+If no arguments are present and if the standard input,
+and standard error output, of the shell
+are connected to a terminal (or terminals, or if the
+.Fl i
+flag is set),
+and the
+.Fl c
+option is not present, the shell is considered an interactive shell.
+An interactive shell generally prompts before each command and handles
+programming and command errors differently (as described below).
+When first starting,
+the shell inspects argument 0, and if it begins with a dash
+.Sq - ,
+the shell is also considered
+a login shell.
+This is normally done automatically by the system
+when the user first logs in.
+A login shell first reads commands
+from the files
+.Pa /etc/profile
+and
+.Pa .profile
+in the user's home directory
+.Pq \&$HOME ,
+if they exist.
+If the environment variable
+.Ev ENV
+is set on entry to a shell,
+or is set in the
+.Pa .profile
+of a login shell,
+and either the shell is interactive, or the
+.Cm posix
+option is not set,
+the shell then performs parameter and arithmetic
+expansion on the value of
+.Ev ENV ,
+(these are described later)
+and then reads commands from the file name that results.
+If
+.Ev ENV
+contains a command substitution, or one of the
+other expansions fails, or if there are no expansions
+to expand, the value of
+.Ev ENV
+is used as the file name.
+.Pp
+Therefore, a user should place commands that are to be executed only at
+login time in the
+.Pa .profile
+file, and commands that are executed for every shell inside the
+.Ev ENV
+file.
+To set the
+.Ev ENV
+variable to some file, place the following line in your
+.Pa .profile
+of your home directory
+.Pp
+.Dl ENV=$HOME/.shinit; export ENV
+.Pp
+substituting for
+.Dq .shinit
+any filename you wish.
+Since the
+.Ev ENV
+file can be read for every invocation of the shell, including shell scripts
+and non-interactive shells, the following paradigm is useful for
+restricting commands in the
+.Ev ENV
+file to interactive invocations.
+Place commands within the
+.Dq Ic case
+and
+.Dq Ic esac
+below (these commands are described later):
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+case $- in *i*)
+        # commands for interactive use only
+        ...
+esac
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If command line arguments besides the options have been specified, and
+neither
+.Fl c
+nor
+.Fl s
+was given, then the shell treats the first argument
+as the name of a file from which to read commands (a shell script).
+This also becomes
+.Li $0
+and the remaining arguments are set as the
+positional parameters of the shell
+.Li ( $1 , $2 ,
+etc).
+Otherwise, if
+.Fl c
+was given, then the first argument, which must exist,
+is taken to be a string of
+.Nm
+commands to execute.
+Then if any additional arguments follow the command string,
+those arguments become
+.Li $0 , $1 ,
+\&...
+Otherwise, if additional arguments were given
+(which implies that
+.Fl s
+was set)
+those arguments become
+.Li $1 , $2 ,
+\&...
+If
+.Li $0
+has not been set by the preceding processing, it
+will be set to
+.Va argv\^ Ns [ 0 ]
+as passed to the shell, which will
+usually be the name of the shell itself.
+If
+.Fl s
+was given, or if neither
+.Fl c
+nor any additional (non-option) arguments were present,
+the shell reads commands from its standard input.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Argument List Processing
+.\"
+Currently, all of the single letter options that can meaningfully
+be set using the
+.Ic set
+built-in, have a corresponding name
+that can be used as an argument to the
+.Fl o
+option.
+The
+.Ic set Fl o
+name is provided next to the single letter option in
+the description below.
+Some options have only a long name, they are described after
+the flag options, they are used with
+.Fl o
+or
+.Cm +o
+only, either on the command line, or with the
+.Ic set
+built-in command.
+Other options described are for the command line only.
+Specifying a dash
+.Dq Cm \-
+turns the option on, while using a plus
+.Dq Cm +
+disables the option.
+The following options can be set from the command line and,
+unless otherwise stated, with the
+.Ic set
+built-in (described later).
+.\"
+.\" strlen("quietprofile") == strlen("local_lineno"): pick the latter
+.\" to give the indent as the _ in local_lineno, and the fi ligature in
+.\" quietprofile combine to make "local_lineno' slightly wider when printed
+.\" (in italics) in a variable width font.
+.Bl -tag -width ".Fl L Em local_lineno" -offset indent
+.\"
+.It Fl a Em allexport
+Automatically export any variable to which a value is assigned
+while this flag is set, unless the variable has been marked as
+not for export.
+.It Fl b Em notify
+Enable asynchronous notification of background job completion.
+(Not implemented.)
+.It Fl C Em noclobber
+Don't overwrite existing files with
+.Dq > .
+.It Fl c
+Read commands from the
+.Ar command_string
+operand instead of, or in addition to, from the standard input.
+Special parameter
+.Dv 0 \" $0	(comments like this for searching sources only)
+will be set from the
+.Ar command_name
+operand if given, and the positional parameters
+.Dv ( 1 , 2 ,
+etc.)
+set from the remaining argument operands, if any.
+.Fl c
+is only available at invocation, it cannot be
+.Ic set ,
+and there is no form using
+.Dq Cm \&+ .
+.It Fl E Em emacs
+Enable the built-in emacs style
+command line editor (disables
+.Fl V
+if it has been set).
+(See the
+.Sx Command Line Editing
+section below.)
+.It Fl e Em errexit
+If not interactive, exit immediately if any untested command fails.
+If interactive, and an untested command fails,
+cease all processing of the current command and return to
+prompt for a new command.
+The exit status of a command is considered to be
+explicitly tested if the command is used to control an
+.Ic if ,
+.Ic elif ,
+.Ic while ,
+or
+.Ic until ,
+or if the command is the left hand operand of an
+.Dq &&
+or
+.Dq ||
+operator,
+or if it is a pipeline (or simple command) preceded by the
+.Dq \&!
+operator.
+With pipelines, only the status of the entire pipeline
+(indicated by the last command it contains)
+is tested when
+.Fl e
+is set to determine if the shell should exit.
+.It Fl F Em fork
+Cause the shell to always use
+.Xr fork 2
+instead of attempting
+.Xr vfork 2
+when it needs to create a new process.
+This should normally have no visible effect,
+but can slow execution.
+The
+.Nm
+can be compiled to always use
+.Xr fork 2
+in which case altering the
+.Fl F
+flag has no effect.
+.It Fl f Em noglob
+Disable pathname expansion.
+.It Fl h Em trackall
+Functions defined while this option is set will have paths bound to
+commands to be executed by the function at the time of the definition.
+When off when a function is defined,
+the file system is searched for commands each time the function is invoked.
+(Not implemented.)
+.It Fl I Em ignoreeof
+Ignore EOFs from input when interactive.
+(After a large number of consecutive EOFs the shell will exit anyway.)
+.It Fl i Em interactive
+Force the shell to behave interactively.
+.It Fl L Em local_lineno
+When set, before a function is defined,
+causes the variable
+.Dv LINENO
+when used within the function,
+to refer to the line number defined such that
+first line of the function is line 1.
+When reset,
+.Dv LINENO
+in a function refers to the line number within the file
+within which the definition of the function occurs.
+This option defaults to
+.Dq on
+in this shell.
+For more details see the section
+.Sx LINENO
+below.
+.It Fl m Em monitor
+Turn on job control (set automatically when interactive).
+.It Fl n Em noexec
+Read and parse commands, but do not execute them.
+This is useful for checking the syntax of shell scripts.
+If
+.Fl n
+becomes set in an interactive shell, it will automatically be
+cleared just before the next time the command line prompt
+.Pq Ev PS1
+is written.
+.It Fl p Em nopriv
+Do not attempt to reset effective UID if it does not match UID.
+This is not set by default to help avoid incorrect usage by setuid
+root programs via
+.Xr system 3
+or
+.Xr popen 3 .
+.It Fl q Em quietprofile
+If the
+.Fl v
+or
+.Fl x
+options have been set, do not apply them when reading
+initialization files, these being
+.Pa /etc/profile ,
+.Pa .profile ,
+and the file specified by the
+.Ev ENV
+environment variable.
+.It Fl s Em stdin
+Read commands from standard input (set automatically if
+neither
+.Fl c
+nor file arguments are present).
+If after processing a command_string with the
+.Fl c
+option, the shell has not exited, and the
+.Fl s
+option is set, it will continue reading more commands from standard input.
+This option has no effect when set or reset after the shell has
+already started reading from the command_file, or from standard input.
+Note that the
+.Fl s
+flag being set does not cause the shell to be interactive.
+.It Fl u Em nounset
+Write a message to standard error when attempting to obtain a
+value from a variable that is not set,
+and if the shell is not interactive, exit immediately.
+For interactive shells, instead return immediately to the command prompt
+and read the next command.
+Note that expansions (described later, see
+.Sx Word Expansions
+below) using the
+.Sq \&+ ,
+.Sq \&\- ,
+.Sq \&= ,
+or
+.Sq \&?
+operators test if the variable is set, before attempting to
+obtain its value, and hence are unaffected by
+.Fl u .
+.It Fl V Em vi
+Enable the built-in
+.Xr vi 1
+command line editor (disables
+.Fl E
+if it has been set).
+(See the
+.Sx Command Line Editing
+section below.)
+.It Fl v Em verbose
+The shell writes its input to standard error as it is read.
+Useful for debugging.
+.It Fl X Em xlock
+Cause output from the
+.Ic xtrace
+.Pq Fl x
+option to be sent to standard error as it exists when the
+.Fl X
+option is enabled (regardless of its previous state.)
+For example:
+.Bd -literal -compact
+        set -X 2>/tmp/trace-file
+.Ed
+will arrange for tracing output to be sent to the file named,
+instead of wherever it was previously being sent,
+until the X option is set again, or cleared.
+.Pp
+Each change (set or clear) to
+.Fl X
+is also performed upon
+.Fl x ,
+but not the converse.
+.It Fl x Em xtrace
+Write each command to standard error (preceded by the expanded value of
+.Li $PS4 )
+before it is executed.
+Unless
+.Fl X
+is set,
+.Dq "standard error"
+means that which existed immediately before any redirections to
+be applied to the command are performed.
+Useful for debugging.
+.It "\ \ " Em cdprint
+Make an interactive shell always print the new directory name when
+changed by the
+.Ic cd
+command.
+In a non-interactive shell this option has no effect.
+.It "\ \ " Em nolog
+Prevent the entry of function definitions into the command history (see
+.Ic fc
+in the
+.Sx Built-ins
+section.)
+(Not implemented.)
+.It "\ \ " Em pipefail
+If set when a pipeline is created,
+the way the exit status of the pipeline is determined
+is altered.
+See
+.Sx Pipelines
+below for the details.
+.It "\ \ " Em posix
+Enables closer adherence to the POSIX shell standard.
+This option will default set at shell startup if the
+environment variable
+.Ev POSIXLY_CORRECT
+is present.
+That can be overridden (set or reset) by the
+.Fl o
+option on the command line.
+Currently this option controls whether (!posix) or not (posix)
+the file given by the
+.Ev ENV
+variable is read at startup by a non-interactive shell.
+It also controls whether file descriptors greater than 2
+opened using the
+.Ic exec
+built-in command are passed on to utilities executed
+.Dq ( yes
+in posix mode),
+whether a colon (:) terminates the user name in tilde (~) expansions
+other than in assignment statements
+.Dq ( no
+in posix mode),
+the format of the output of the
+.Ic kill Fl l
+command, where posix mode causes the names of the signals
+be separated by either a single space or newline, and where otherwise
+sufficient spaces are inserted to generate nice looking columns,
+and whether the shell treats
+an empty brace-list compound statement as a syntax error
+(expected by POSIX) or permits it.
+Such statements
+.Dq "{\ }"
+can be useful when defining dummy functions.
+Lastly, in posix mode, only one
+.Dq \&!
+is permitted before a pipeline.
+.It "\ \ " Em promptcmds
+Allows command substitutions (as well as parameter
+and arithmetic expansions, which are always performed)
+upon the prompt strings
+.Ev PS1 ,
+.Ev PS2 ,
+and
+.Ev PS4
+each time, before they are output.
+This option should not be set until after the prompts
+have been set (or verified) to avoid accidentally importing
+unwanted command substitutions from the environment.
+.It "\ \ " Em tabcomplete
+Enables filename completion in the command line editor.
+Typing a tab character will extend the current input word to match a
+filename.
+If more than one filename matches it is only extended to be the common prefix.
+Typing a second tab character will list all the matching names.
+One of the editing modes, either
+.Fl E
+or
+.Fl V ,
+must be enabled for this to work.
+.El
+.Ss Lexical Structure
+The shell reads input in terms of lines from a file and breaks it up into
+words at whitespace (blanks and tabs), and at certain sequences of
+characters that are special to the shell called
+.Dq operators .
+There are two types of operators: control operators and redirection
+operators (their meaning is discussed later).
+The following is a list of operators:
+.Bl -ohang -offset indent
+.It "Control operators:"
+.Dl &  &&  \&(  \&)  \&;  ;; ;& \&| || <newline>
+.It "Redirection operators:"
+.Dl <  >  >|  <<  >>  <&  >&  <<-  <>
+.El
+.Ss Quoting
+Quoting is used to remove the special meaning of certain characters or
+words to the shell, such as operators, whitespace, or keywords.
+There are four types of quoting:
+matched single quotes,
+matched double quotes,
+backslash,
+and
+dollar preceding matched single quotes (enhanced C style strings.)
+.Ss Backslash
+An unquoted backslash preserves the literal meaning of the following
+character, with the exception of
+.Aq newline .
+An unquoted backslash preceding a
+.Aq newline
+is treated as a line continuation, the two characters are simply removed.
+.Ss Single Quotes
+Enclosing characters in single quotes preserves the literal meaning of all
+the characters (except single quotes, making it impossible to put
+single quotes in a single-quoted string).
+.Ss Double Quotes
+Enclosing characters within double quotes preserves the literal
+meaning of all characters except dollar sign
+.Pq Li \&$ ,
+backquote
+.Pq Li \&` ,
+and backslash
+.Pq Li \e .
+The backslash inside double quotes is historically weird, and serves to
+quote only the following characters (and these not in all contexts):
+.Dl $  `  \*q  \e  <newline> ,
+where a backslash newline is a line continuation as above.
+Otherwise it remains literal.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Dollar Single Quotes ( Li \&$'...' )
+.\"
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Bf Em
+Note: this form of quoting is still somewhat experimental,
+and yet to be included in the POSIX standard.
+This implementation is based upon the current proposals for
+standardization, and is subject to change should the eventual
+adopted text differ.
+.Ef
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Enclosing characters in a matched pair of single quotes, with the
+first immediately preceded by an unquoted dollar sign
+.Pq Li \&$
+provides a quoting mechanism similar to single quotes, except
+that within the sequence of characters, any backslash
+.Pq Li \e ,
+is an escape character, which causes the following character to
+be treated specially.
+Only a subset of the characters that can occur in the string
+are defined after a backslash, others are reserved for future
+definition, and currently generate a syntax error if used.
+The escape sequences are modeled after the similar sequences
+in strings in the C programming language, with some extensions.
+.Pp
+The following characters are treated literally when following
+the escape character (backslash):
+.Dl \e \&' \(dq
+The sequence
+.Dq Li \e\e
+allows the escape character (backslash) to appear in the string literally.
+.Dq Li \e'
+allows a single quote character into the string, such an
+escaped single quote does not terminate the quoted string.
+.Dq Li \e\(dq
+is for compatibility with C strings, the double quote has
+no special meaning in a shell C-style string,
+and does not need to be escaped, but may be.
+.Pp
+A newline following the escape character is treated as a line continuation,
+like the same sequence in a double quoted string,
+or when not quoted \(en
+the two characters, the backslash escape and the newline,
+are removed from the input string.
+.Pp
+The following characters, when escaped, are converted in a
+manner similar to the way they would be in a string in the C language:
+.Dl a b e f n r t v
+An escaped
+.Sq a
+generates an alert (or
+.Sq BEL )
+character, that is, control-G, or 0x07.
+In a similar way,
+.Sq b
+is backspace (0x08),
+.Sq e
+(an extension to C) is escape (0x1B),
+.Sq f
+is form feed (0x0C),
+.Sq n
+is newline (or line feed, 0x0A),
+.Sq r
+is return (0x0D),
+.Sq t
+is horizontal tab (0x09),
+and
+.Sq v
+is vertical tab (0x13).
+.Pp
+In addition to those there are 5 forms that need additional
+data, which is obtained from the subsequent characters.
+An escape
+.Pq Li \e
+followed by one, two or three, octal digits
+.Po So 0 Sc Ns \&.. Ns So 7 Sc Ns Pc
+is processed to form an 8 bit character value.
+If only one or two digits are present, the following
+character must be something other than an octal digit.
+It is safest to always use all 3 digits, with leading
+zeros if needed.
+If all three digits are present, the first must be one of
+.So 0 Sc Ns \&.. Ns So 3 Sc .
+.Pp
+An escape followed by
+.Sq x
+(lower case only) can be followed by one or two
+hexadecimal digits
+.Po So 0 Sc Ns \&.. Ns So 9 Sc , So A Sc Ns \&.. Ns So F Sc , or So a Sc Ns \&.. Ns So f Sc . Pc
+As with octal, if only one hex digit is present, the following
+character must be something other than a hex digit,
+so always giving 2 hex digits is best.
+However, unlike octal, it is unspecified in the standard
+how many hex digits can be consumed.
+This
+.Nm
+takes at most two, but other shells will continue consuming
+characters as long as they remain valid hex digits.
+Consequently, users should ensure that the character
+following the hex escape sequence is something other than
+a hex digit.
+One way to achieve this is to end the
+.Li $'...'
+string immediately
+after the final hex digit, and then, immediately start
+another, so
+.Dl \&$'\ex33'$'4...'
+always gives the character with value 0x33
+.Pq Sq 3 ,
+followed by the character
+.Sq 4 ,
+whereas
+.Dl \&$'\ex334'
+in some other shells would be the hex value 0x334 (10, or more, bits).
+.Pp
+There are two escape sequences beginning with
+.Sq Li \eu
+or
+.Sq Li \eU .
+The former is followed by from 1 to 4 hex digits, the latter by
+from 1 to 8 hex digits.
+Leading zeros can be used to pad the sequences to the maximum
+permitted length, to avoid any possible ambiguity problem with
+the following character, and because there are some shells that
+insist on exactly 4 (or 8) hex digits.
+These sequences are evaluated to form the value of a Unicode code
+point, which is then encoded into UTF-8 form, and entered into the
+string.
+(The code point should be converted to the appropriate
+code point value for the corresponding character in the character
+set given by the current locale, or perhaps the locale in use
+when the shell was started, but is not... currently.)
+Not all values that are possible to write are valid, values that
+specify (known) invalid Unicode code points will be rejected, or
+simply produce
+.Sq \&? .
+.Pp
+Lastly, as another addition to what is available in C, the escape
+character (backslash), followed by
+.Sq c
+(lower case only) followed by one additional character, which must
+be an alphabetic character (a letter), or one of the following:
+.Dl \&@ \&[ \&\e \&] \&^ \&_ \&?
+Other than
+.Sq Li \ec?
+the value obtained is the least significant 5 bits of the
+ASCII value of the character following the
+.Sq Li \ec
+escape sequence.
+That is what is commonly known as the
+.Dq control
+character obtained from the given character.
+The escape sequence
+.Sq Li \ec?
+yields the ASCII DEL character (0x7F).
+Note that to obtain the ASCII FS character (0x1C) this way,
+.Pq "that is control-\e"
+the trailing
+.Sq Li \e
+must be escaped itself, and so for this one case, the full
+escape sequence is
+.Dq Li \ec\e\e .
+The sequence
+.Dq Li \ec\e Ns Ar X\^
+where
+.Sq Ar X\^
+is some character other than
+.Sq Li \e
+is reserved for future use, its meaning is unspecified.
+In this
+.Nm
+an error is generated.
+.Pp
+If any of the preceding escape sequences generate the value
+.Sq \e0
+(a NUL character) that character, and all that follow in the same
+.Li $'...'
+string, are omitted from the resulting word.
+.Pp
+After the
+.Li $'...'
+string has had any included escape sequences
+converted, it is treated as if it had been a single quoted string.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Reserved Words
+.\"
+Reserved words are words that have special meaning to the
+shell and are recognized at the beginning of a line and
+after a control operator.
+The following are reserved words:
+.Bl -column while while while while -offset indent
+.It Ic \&! Ta Ic \&{ Ta Ic \&} Ta Ic case
+.It Ic do Ta Ic done Ta Ic elif Ta Ic else
+.It Ic esac Ta Ic fi Ta Ic for Ta Ic if
+.It Ic in Ta Ic then Ta Ic until Ta Ic while
+.El
+.Pp
+Their meanings are discussed later.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Aliases
+.\"
+An alias is a name and corresponding value set using the
+.Ic alias
+built-in command.
+Whenever a reserved word (see above) may occur,
+and after checking for reserved words, the shell
+checks the word to see if it matches an alias.
+If it does, it replaces it in the input stream with its value.
+For example, if there is an alias called
+.Dq lf
+with the value
+.Dq "ls -F" ,
+then the input:
+.Pp
+.Dl lf foobar Aq return
+.Pp
+would become
+.Pp
+.Dl ls -F foobar Aq return
+.Pp
+Aliases provide a convenient way for naive users to create shorthands for
+commands without having to learn how to create functions with arguments.
+They can also be used to create lexically obscure code.
+This use is strongly discouraged.
+.\"
+.Ss Commands
+.\"
+The shell interprets the words it reads according to a language, the
+specification of which is outside the scope of this man page (refer to the
+BNF in the POSIX 1003.2 document).
+Essentially though, a line is read and if the first
+word of the line (or after a control operator) is not a reserved word,
+then the shell has recognized a simple command.
+Otherwise, a complex
+command or some other special construct may have been recognized.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Simple Commands
+.\"
+If a simple command has been recognized, the shell performs
+the following actions:
+.Bl -enum -offset indent
+.It
+Leading words of the form
+.Dq Ar name Ns Li = Ns Ar value
+are stripped off, the value is expanded, as described below,
+and the results are assigned to the environment of the simple command.
+Redirection operators and their arguments (as described below) are
+stripped off and saved for processing in step 3 below.
+.It
+The remaining words are expanded as described in the
+.Sx Word Expansions
+section below.
+The first remaining word is considered the command name and the
+command is located.
+Any remaining words are considered the arguments of the command.
+If no command name resulted, then the
+.Dq Ar name Ns Li = Ns Ar value
+variable assignments recognized in item 1 affect the current shell.
+.It
+Redirections are performed, from first to last, in the order given,
+as described in the next section.
+.El
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Redirections
+.\"
+Redirections are used to change where a command reads its input or sends
+its output.
+In general, redirections open, close, or duplicate an
+existing reference to a file.
+The overall format used for redirection is:
+.Pp
+.Dl Oo Ar n Oc Ns Va redir-op Ar file
+.Pp
+where
+.Va redir-op
+is one of the redirection operators mentioned previously.
+The following is a list of the possible redirections.
+The
+.Op Ar n
+is an optional number, as in
+.Sq Li 3
+(not
+.Li [3] ) ,
+that refers to a file descriptor.
+If present it must occur immediately before the redirection
+operator, with no intervening white space, and becomes a
+part of that operator.
+.Bl -tag -width aaabsfiles -offset indent
+.It Oo Ar n Oc Ns Ic > Ar file
+Redirect standard output (or
+.Ar n )
+to
+.Ar file .
+.It Oo Ar n Oc Ns Ic >| Ar file
+The same, but override the
+.Fl C
+option.
+.It Oo Ar n Oc Ns Ic >> Ar file
+Append standard output (or
+.Ar n )
+to
+.Ar file .
+.It Oo Ar n Oc Ns Ic < Ar file
+Redirect standard input (or
+.Ar n )
+from
+.Ar file .
+.It Oo Ar n1 Oc Ns Ic <& Ns Ar n2
+Duplicate standard input (or
+.Ar n1 )
+from file descriptor
+.Ar n2 .
+.Ar n2
+is expanded if not a digit string, the result must be a number.
+.It Oo Ar n Oc Ns Ic <&-
+Close standard input (or
+.Ar n ) .
+.It Oo Ar n1 Oc Ns Ic >& Ns Ar n2
+Duplicate standard output (or
+.Ar n1 )
+to
+.Ar n2 .
+.It Oo Ar n Oc Ns Ic >&-
+Close standard output (or
+.Ar n ) .
+.It Oo Ar n Oc Ns Ic <> Ar file
+Open
+.Ar file
+for reading and writing on standard input (or
+.Ar n ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+The following redirection is often called a
+.Dq here-document .
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+.Oo Ar n Oc Ns Ic << Ar delimiter
+.Li \&... here-doc-text ...
+.Ar delimiter
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Dq here-doc-text
+starts immediately after the next unquoted newline character following
+the here-document redirection operator.
+If there is more than one here-document redirection on the same
+line, then the text for the first (from left to right) is read
+first, and subsequent here-doc-text for later here-document redirections
+follows immediately after, until all such redirections have been
+processed.
+.Pp
+All the text on successive lines up to the delimiter,
+which must appear on a line by itself, with nothing other
+than an immediately following newline, is
+saved away and made available to the command on standard input, or file
+descriptor n if it is specified.
+If the delimiter as specified on the initial line is
+quoted, then the here-doc-text is treated literally; otherwise, the text is
+treated much like a double quoted string, except that
+.Sq Li \(dq
+characters have no special meaning, and are not escaped by
+.Sq Li \&\e ,
+and is subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+expansion as described in the
+.Sx Word Expansions
+section below.
+If the operator is
+.Ic <<-
+instead of
+.Ic << ,
+then leading tabs in all lines in the here-doc-text, including before the
+end delimiter, are stripped.
+If the delimiter is not quoted, lines in here-doc-text that end with
+an unquoted
+.Li \e
+are joined to the following line, the
+.Li \e
+and following
+newline are simply removed while reading the here-document,
+which thus guarantees
+that neither of those lines can be the end delimiter.
+.Pp
+It is a syntax error for the end of the input file (or string) to be
+reached before the delimiter is encountered.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Search and Execution
+.\"
+There are three types of commands: shell functions, built-in commands, and
+normal programs \(em and the command is searched for (by name) in that order.
+A command that contains a slash
+.Sq \&/
+in its name is always a normal program.
+They each are executed in a different way.
+.Pp
+When a shell function is executed, all of the shell positional parameters
+(note: excluding
+.Li 0 , \" $0
+which is a special, not positional, parameter, and remains unchanged)
+are set to the arguments of the shell function.
+The variables which are explicitly placed in the environment of
+the command (by placing assignments to them before the function name) are
+made local to the function and are set to the values given,
+and exported for the benefit of programs executed with the function.
+Then the command given in the function definition is executed.
+The positional parameters, and local variables, are restored to
+their original values when the command completes.
+This all occurs within the current shell, and the function
+can alter variables, or other settings, of the shell, but
+not the positional parameters nor their related special parameters.
+.Pp
+Shell built-ins are executed internally to the shell, without spawning a
+new process.
+.Pp
+Otherwise, if the command name doesn't match a function or built-in, the
+command is searched for as a normal program in the file system (as
+described in the next section).
+When a normal program is executed, the shell runs the program,
+passing the arguments and the environment to the program.
+If the program is not a normal executable file, and if it does
+not begin with the
+.Dq magic number
+whose ASCII representation is
+.Dq Li "#!" ,
+so
+.Xr execve 2
+returns
+.Er ENOEXEC
+then) the shell will interpret the program in a sub-shell.
+The child shell will reinitialize itself in this case,
+so that the effect will be as if a
+new shell had been invoked to handle the ad-hoc shell script, except that
+the location of hashed commands located in the parent shell will be
+remembered by the child.
+.Pp
+Note that previous versions of this document and the source code itself
+misleadingly and sporadically refer to a shell script without a magic
+number as a
+.Dq shell procedure .
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Path Search
+.\"
+When locating a command, the shell first looks to see if it has a shell
+function by that name.
+Then it looks for a built-in command by that name.
+If a built-in command is not found, one of two things happen:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+Command names containing a slash are simply executed without performing
+any searches.
+.It
+Otherwise, the shell searches each entry in
+.Ev PATH
+in turn for the command.
+The value of the
+.Ev PATH
+variable should be a series of entries separated by colons.
+Each entry consists of a directory name.
+The current directory may be indicated
+implicitly by an empty directory name, or explicitly by a single period.
+If a directory searched contains an executable file with the same
+name as the command given,
+the search terminates, and that program is executed.
+.El
+.Ss Command Exit Status
+Each command has an exit status that can influence the behavior
+of other shell commands.
+The paradigm is that a command exits
+with zero in normal cases, or to indicate success,
+and non-zero for failure,
+error, or a false indication.
+The man page for each command
+should indicate the various exit codes and what they mean.
+Additionally, the built-in commands return exit codes, as does
+an executed shell function.
+.Pp
+If a command consists entirely of variable assignments then the
+exit status of the command is that of the last command substitution
+if any, otherwise 0.
+.Pp
+If redirections are present, and any fail to be correctly performed,
+any command present is not executed, and an exit status of 2
+is returned.
+.Ss Complex Commands
+Complex commands are combinations of simple commands with control
+operators or reserved words, together creating a larger complex command.
+Overall, a shell program is a:
+.Bl -tag -width XpipelineX
+.It list
+Which is a sequence of one or more AND-OR lists.
+.It "AND-OR list"
+is a sequence of one or more pipelines.
+.It pipeline
+is a sequence of one or more commands.
+.It command
+is one of a simple command, a compound command, or a function definition.
+.It "simple command"
+has been explained above, and is the basic building block.
+.It "compound command"
+provides mechanisms to group lists to achieve different effects.
+.It "function definition"
+allows new simple commands to be created as groupings of existing commands.
+.El
+.Pp
+Unless otherwise stated, the exit status of a list
+is that of the last simple command executed by the list.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Pipelines
+.\"
+A pipeline is a sequence of one or more commands separated
+by the control operator
+.Sq Ic \(ba ,
+and optionally preceded by the
+.Dq Ic \&!
+reserved word.
+Note that
+.Sq Ic \(ba
+is an operator, and so is recognized anywhere it appears unquoted,
+it does not require surrounding white space or other syntax elements.
+On the other hand
+.Dq Ic \&!
+being a reserved word, must be separated from adjacent words by
+white space (or other operators, perhaps redirects) and is only
+recognized as the reserved word when it appears in a command word
+position (such as at the beginning of a pipeline.)
+.Pp
+The standard output of all but
+the last command in the sequence is connected to the standard input
+of the next command.
+The standard output of the last
+command is inherited from the shell, as usual,
+as is the standard input of the first command.
+.Pp
+The format for a pipeline is:
+.Pp
+.Dl [!] command1 Op Li \&| command2 No ...
+.Pp
+The standard output of command1 is connected to the standard input of
+command2.
+The standard input, standard output, or both of each command is
+considered to be assigned by the pipeline before any redirection specified
+by redirection operators that are part of the command are performed.
+.Pp
+If the pipeline is not in the background (discussed later), the shell
+waits for all commands to complete.
+.Pp
+The commands in a pipeline can either be simple commands,
+or one of the compound commands described below.
+The simplest case of a pipeline is a single simple command.
+.Pp
+If the
+.Ic pipefail
+option was set when a pipeline was started,
+the pipeline status is the status of
+the last (lexically last, i.e.: rightmost) command in the
+pipeline to exit with non-zero exit status, or zero, if,
+and only if, all commands in the pipeline exited with a status of zero.
+If the
+.Ic pipefail
+option was not set, which is the default state,
+the pipeline status is the exit
+status of the last (rightmost) command in the pipeline,
+and the exit status of any other commands in the pipeline is ignored.
+.Pp
+If the reserved word
+.Dq Ic \&!
+precedes the pipeline, the exit status
+becomes the logical NOT of the pipeline status as determined above.
+That is, if the pipeline status is zero, the exit status is 1;
+if the pipeline status is other than zero, the exit status is zero.
+If there is no
+.Dq Ic \&!
+reserved word, the pipeline status becomes the exit status.
+.Pp
+Because pipeline assignment of standard input or standard output or both
+takes place before redirection, it can be modified by redirection.
+For example:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ command1 2>&1 \&| command2
+.Pp
+sends both the standard output and standard error of command1
+to the standard input of command2.
+.Pp
+Note that unlike some other shells, each process in the pipeline is a
+child of the invoking shell (unless it is a shell built-in, in which case
+it executes in the current shell \(em but any effect it has on the
+environment is wiped).
+.Pp
+A pipeline is a simple case of an AND-OR-list (described below.)
+A
+.Li \&;
+or
+.Aq newline
+terminator causes the preceding pipeline, or more generally,
+the preceding AND-OR-list to be executed sequentially;
+that is, the shell executes the commands, and waits for them
+to finish before proceeding to following commands.
+An
+.Li \&&
+terminator causes asynchronous (background) execution
+of the preceding AND-OR-list (see the next paragraph below).
+The exit status of an asynchronous AND-OR-list is zero.
+The actual status of the commands,
+after they have completed,
+can be obtained using the
+.Ic wait
+built-in command described later.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Background Commands \(em Ic \&&
+.\"
+If a command, pipeline, or AND-OR-list
+is terminated by the control operator ampersand
+.Pq Li \&& ,
+the
+shell executes the command asynchronously \(em that is, the shell does not
+wait for the command to finish before executing the next command.
+.Pp
+The format for running a command in background is:
+.Pp
+.Dl command1 & Op Li command2 & No ...
+.Pp
+If the shell is not interactive, the standard input of an asynchronous
+command is set to
+.Pa /dev/null .
+The process identifier of the most recent command started in the
+background can be obtained from the value of the special parameter
+.Dq Dv \&! \" $!
+(see
+.Sx Special Parameters )
+provided it is accessed before the next asynchronous command is started.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Lists \(em Generally Speaking
+.\"
+A list is a sequence of one or more commands separated by newlines,
+semicolons, or ampersands, and optionally terminated by one of these three
+characters.
+A shell program, which includes the commands given to an
+interactive shell, is a list.
+Each command in such a list is executed when it is fully parsed.
+Another use of a list is as a complete-command,
+which is parsed in its entirety, and then later the commands in
+the list are executed only if there were no parsing errors.
+.Pp
+The commands in a list are executed in the order they are written.
+If command is followed by an ampersand, the shell starts the
+command and immediately proceeds to the next command; otherwise it waits
+for the command to terminate before proceeding to the next one.
+A newline is equivalent to a
+.Sq Li \&;
+when no other operator is present, and the command being input
+could syntactically correctly be terminated at the point where
+the newline is encountered, otherwise it is just whitespace.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss AND-OR Lists (Short-Circuit List Operators)
+.\"
+.Dq Li \&&&
+and
+.Dq Li \&||
+are AND-OR list operators.
+After executing the commands that precede the
+.Dq Li \&&&
+the subsequent command is executed
+if and only if the exit status of the preceding command(s) is zero.
+.Dq Li \&||
+is similar, but executes the subsequent command if and only if the exit status
+of the preceding command is nonzero.
+If a command is not executed, the exit status remains unchanged
+and the following AND-OR list operator (if any) uses that status.
+.Dq Li \&&&
+and
+.Dq Li \&||
+both have the same priority.
+Note that these operators are left-associative, so
+.Dl true || echo bar && echo baz
+writes
+.Dq baz
+and nothing else.
+This is not the way it works in C.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Flow-Control Constructs \(em Ic if , while , until , for , case
+.\"
+These commands are instances of compound commands.
+The syntax of the
+.Ic if
+command is
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Ic if Ar list
+.Ic then Ar list
+.Ic [ elif Ar list
+.Ic then  Ar list ] No ...
+.Ic [ else Ar list ]
+.Ic fi
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The first list is executed, and if the exit status of that list is zero,
+the list following the
+.Ic then
+is executed.
+Otherwise the list after an
+.Ic elif
+(if any) is executed and the process repeats.
+When no more
+.Ic elif
+reserved words, and accompanying lists, appear,
+the list after the
+.Ic else
+reserved word, if any, is executed.
+.Pp
+The syntax of the
+.Ic while
+command is
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Ic while Ar list
+.Ic do Ar list
+.Ic done
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The two lists are executed repeatedly while the exit status of the
+first list is zero.
+The
+.Ic until
+command is similar, but has the word
+.Ic until
+in place of
+.Ic while ,
+which causes it to repeat until the exit status of the first list is zero.
+.Pp
+The syntax of the
+.Ic for
+command is
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Ic for Ar variable Op Ic in Ar word No ...
+.Ic do Ar list
+.Ic done
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The words are expanded, or
+.Li \*q$@\*q
+if
+.Ic in
+(and the following words) is not present,
+and then the list is executed repeatedly with the
+variable set to each word in turn.
+If
+.Ic in
+appears after the variable, but no words are
+present, the list is not executed, and the exit status is zero.
+.Ic do
+and
+.Ic done
+may be replaced with
+.Sq Ic \&{
+and
+.Sq Ic \&} ,
+but doing so is non-standard and not recommended.
+.Pp
+The syntax of the
+.Ic break
+and
+.Ic continue
+commands is
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Ic break Op Ar num
+.Ic continue Op Ar num
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Ic break
+terminates the
+.Ar num
+innermost
+.Ic for , while ,
+or
+.Ic until
+loops.
+.Ic continue
+breaks execution of the
+.Ar num\^ Ns -1
+innermost
+.Ic for , while ,
+or
+.Ic until
+loops, and then continues with the next iteration of the enclosing loop.
+These are implemented as special built-in commands.
+The parameter
+.Ar num ,
+if given, must be an unsigned positive integer (greater than zero).
+If not given, 1 is used.
+.Pp
+The syntax of the
+.Ic case
+command is
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Ic case Ar word Ic in
+.Oo Ic \&( Oc  Ar pattern Ns Ic \&) Oo Ar list Oc Ic \&;&
+.Oo Ic \&( Oc  Ar pattern Ns Ic \&) Oo Ar list Oc Ic \&;;
+.No \&...
+.Ic esac
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The pattern can actually be one or more patterns (see
+.Sx Shell Patterns
+described later), separated by
+.Dq \(or
+characters.
+.Pp
+.Ar word
+is expanded and matched against each
+.Ar pattern
+in turn,
+from first to last,
+with each pattern being expanded just before the match is attempted.
+When a match is found, pattern comparisons cease, and the associated
+.Ar list ,
+if given,
+is evaluated.
+If the list is terminated with
+.Dq Ic \&;&
+execution then falls through to the following list, if any,
+without evaluating its pattern, or attempting a match.
+When a list terminated with
+.Dq Ic \&;;
+has been executed, or when
+.Ic esac
+is reached, execution of the
+.Ic case
+statement is complete.
+The exit status is that of the last command executed
+from the last list evaluated, if any, or zero otherwise.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Grouping Commands Together
+.\"
+Commands may be grouped by writing either
+.Dl Ic \&( Ns Ar list Ns Ic \&)
+or
+.Dl Ic \&{ Ar list Ns Ic \&; \&}
+These also form compound commands.
+.Pp
+Note that while parentheses are operators, and do not require
+any extra syntax, braces are reserved words, so the opening brace
+must be followed by white space (or some other operator), and the
+closing brace must occur in a position where a new command word might
+otherwise appear.
+.Pp
+The first of these executes the commands in a sub-shell.
+Built-in commands grouped into a
+.Li \&( Ns Ar list Ns \&)
+will not affect the current shell.
+The second form does not fork another shell so is slightly more efficient,
+and allows for commands which do affect the current shell.
+Grouping commands together this way allows you to redirect
+their output as though they were one program:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+{ echo -n \*qhello \*q ; echo \*qworld\*q ; } > greeting
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Note that
+.Dq Ic }
+must follow a control operator (here,
+.Dq Ic \&; )
+so that it is recognized as a reserved word and not as another command argument.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Functions
+.\"
+The syntax of a function definition is
+.Pp
+.Dl Ar name Ns Ic \&() Ar command Op Ar redirect No ...
+.Pp
+A function definition is an executable statement; when executed it
+installs a function named name and returns an exit status of zero.
+The command is normally a list enclosed between
+.Dq {
+and
+.Dq } .
+The standard syntax also allows the command to be any of the other
+compound commands, including a sub-shell, all of which are supported.
+As an extension, this shell also allows a simple command
+(or even another function definition) to be
+used, though users should be aware this is non-standard syntax.
+This means that
+.Dl l() ls \*q$@\*q
+works to make
+.Dq l
+an alternative name for the
+.Ic ls
+command.
+.Pp
+If the optional redirect, (see
+.Sx Redirections ) ,
+which may be of any of the normal forms,
+is given, it is applied each time the
+function is called.
+This means that a simple
+.Dq Hello World
+function might be written (in the extended syntax) as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+hello() cat <<EOF
+Hello World!
+EOF
+.Ed
+.Pp
+To be correctly standards conforming this should be re-written as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+hello() { cat; } <<EOF
+Hello World!
+EOF
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Note the distinction between those forms, and
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+hello() { cat <<EOF
+Hello World!
+EOF
+\&}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+which reads and processes the here-document
+each time the shell executes the function, and which applies
+that input only to the cat command, not to any other commands
+that might appear in the function.
+.Pp
+Variables may be declared to be local to a function by using the
+.Ic local
+command.
+This should usually appear as the first statement of a function,
+though
+.Ic local
+is an executable command which can be used anywhere in a function.
+See
+.Sx Built-ins
+below for its definition.
+.Pp
+The function completes after having executed
+.Ar command
+with exit status set to the status returned by
+.Ar command .
+If
+.Ar command
+is a compound-command
+it can use the
+.Ic return
+command (see
+.Sx Built-ins
+below)
+to finish before completing all of
+.Ar command .
+.Ss Variables and Parameters
+The shell maintains a set of parameters.
+A parameter denoted by a name is called a variable.
+When starting up, the shell turns all the environment
+variables into shell variables, and exports them.
+New variables can be set using the form
+.Pp
+.Dl Ar name Ns Li = Ns Ar value
+.Pp
+Variables set by the user must have a name consisting solely of
+alphabetics, numerics, and underscores \(em the first of which must not be
+numeric.
+A parameter can also be denoted by a number or a special
+character as explained below.
+.Ss Positional Parameters
+A positional parameter is a parameter denoted by a number (n > 0).
+The shell sets these initially to the values of its command line arguments
+that follow the name of the shell script.
+The
+.Ic set
+built-in can also be used to set or reset them, and
+.Ic shift
+can be used to manipulate the list.
+.Pp
+To refer to the 10th (and later) positional parameters,
+the form
+.Li \&${ Ns Ar n Ns Li \&}
+must be used.
+Without the braces, a digit following
+.Dq $
+can only refer to one of the first 9 positional parameters,
+or the special parameter
+.Dv 0 . \" $0
+The word
+.Dq Li $10
+is treated identically to
+.Dq Li ${1}0 .
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Special Parameters
+.\"
+A special parameter is a parameter denoted by one of the following special
+characters.
+The value of the parameter is listed next to its character.
+.Bl -tag -width thinhyphena
+.It Dv *
+Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one.
+When the
+expansion occurs within a double-quoted string it expands to a single
+field with the value of each parameter separated by the first character of
+the
+.Ev IFS
+variable, or by a
+.Aq space
+if
+.Ev IFS
+is unset.
+.It Dv @ \" $@
+Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one.
+When the expansion occurs within double quotes, each positional
+parameter expands as a separate argument.
+If there are no positional parameters, the
+expansion of @ generates zero arguments, even when
+.Dv $@
+is double-quoted.
+What this basically means, for example, is
+if
+.Li $1
+is
+.Dq abc
+and
+.Li $2
+is
+.Dq def\ ghi ,
+then
+.Li \*q$@\*q
+expands to
+the two arguments:
+.Pp
+.Sm off
+.Dl \*q abc \*q \  \*q def\ ghi \*q
+.Sm on
+.It Dv #
+Expands to the number of positional parameters.
+.It Dv \&?
+Expands to the exit status of the most recent pipeline.
+.It Dv \- No (hyphen, or minus)
+Expands to the current option flags (the single-letter
+option names concatenated into a string) as specified on
+invocation, by the set built-in command, or implicitly
+by the shell.
+.It Dv $
+Expands to the process ID of the invoked shell.
+A sub-shell retains the same value of
+.Dv $
+as its parent.
+.It Dv \&!
+Expands to the process ID of the most recent background
+command executed from the current shell.
+For a pipeline, the process ID is that of the last command in the pipeline.
+If no background commands have yet been started by the shell, then
+.Dq Dv \&!
+will be unset.
+Once set, the value of
+.Dq Dv \&!
+will be retained until another background command is started.
+.It Dv 0 No (zero) \" $0
+Expands to the name of the shell or shell script.
+.El
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Word Expansions
+.\"
+This section describes the various expansions that are performed on words.
+Not all expansions are performed on every word, as explained later.
+.Pp
+Tilde expansions, parameter expansions, command substitutions, arithmetic
+expansions, and quote removals that occur within a single word expand to a
+single field.
+It is only field splitting or pathname expansion that can
+create multiple fields from a single word.
+The single exception to this
+rule is the expansion of the special parameter
+.Dv @ \" $@
+within double quotes, as was described above.
+.Pp
+The order of word expansion is:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+Tilde Expansion, Parameter Expansion, Command Substitution,
+Arithmetic Expansion (these all occur at the same time).
+.It
+Field Splitting is performed on fields
+generated by step (1) unless the
+.Ev IFS
+variable is null.
+.It
+Pathname Expansion (unless set
+.Fl f
+is in effect).
+.It
+Quote Removal.
+.El
+.Pp
+The $ character is used to introduce parameter expansion, command
+substitution, or arithmetic evaluation.
+.Ss Tilde Expansion (substituting a user's home directory)
+A word beginning with an unquoted tilde character (~) is
+subjected to tilde expansion.
+Provided all of the subsequent characters in the word are unquoted
+up to an unquoted slash (/)
+or when in an assignment or not in posix mode, an unquoted colon (:),
+or if neither of those appear, the end of the word,
+they are treated as a user name
+and are replaced with the pathname of the named user's home directory.
+If the user name is missing (as in
+.Pa ~/foobar ) ,
+the tilde is replaced with the value of the
+.Dv HOME
+variable (the current user's home directory).
+.Pp
+In variable assignments,
+an unquoted tilde immediately after the assignment operator (=), and
+each unquoted tilde immediately after an unquoted colon in the value
+to be assigned is also subject to tilde expansion as just stated.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Parameter Expansion
+.\"
+The format for parameter expansion is as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl ${ Ns Ar expression Ns Li }
+.Pp
+where
+.Ar expression
+consists of all characters until the matching
+.Sq Li } .
+Any
+.Sq Li }
+escaped by a backslash or within a quoted string, and characters in
+embedded arithmetic expansions, command substitutions, and variable
+expansions, are not examined in determining the matching
+.Sq Li } .
+.Pp
+The simplest form for parameter expansion is:
+.Pp
+.Dl ${ Ns Ar parameter Ns Li }
+.Pp
+The value, if any, of
+.Ar parameter
+is substituted.
+.Pp
+The parameter name or symbol can be enclosed in braces,
+which are optional in this simple case,
+except for positional parameters with more than one digit or
+when parameter is followed by a character that could be interpreted as
+part of the name.
+If a parameter expansion occurs inside double quotes:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+pathname expansion is not performed on the results of the expansion;
+.It
+field splitting is not performed on the results of the
+expansion, with the exception of the special rules for
+.Dv @ . \" $@
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition, a parameter expansion where braces are used,
+can be modified by using one of the following formats.
+If the
+.Sq Ic \&:
+is omitted in the following modifiers, then the test in the expansion
+applies only to unset parameters, not null ones.
+.Bl -tag -width aaparameterwordaaaaa
+.It Li ${ Ns Ar parameter Ns Ic :- Ns Ar word Ns Li }
+.Sy Use Default Values.
+If
+.Ar parameter
+is unset or null, the expansion of
+.Ar word
+is substituted; otherwise, the value of
+.Ar parameter
+is substituted.
+.It Li ${ Ns Ar parameter Ns Ic := Ns Ar word Ns Li }
+.Sy Assign Default Values.
+If
+.Ar parameter
+is unset or null, the expansion of
+.Ar word
+is assigned to
+.Ar parameter .
+In all cases, the final value of
+.Ar parameter
+is substituted.
+Only variables, not positional parameters or special
+parameters, can be assigned in this way.
+.It Li ${ Ns Ar parameter Ns Ic :? Ns Oo Ar word\^ Oc Ns Li }
+.Sy Indicate Error if Null or Unset.
+If
+.Ar parameter
+is unset or null, the expansion of
+.Ar word
+(or a message indicating it is unset if
+.Ar word
+is omitted)
+is written to standard error and a non-interactive shell exits with
+a nonzero exit status.
+An interactive shell will not exit, but any associated command(s) will
+not be executed.
+If the
+.Ar parameter
+is set, its value is substituted.
+.It Li ${ Ns Ar parameter Ns Ic :+ Ns Ar word Ns Li }
+.Sy Use Alternative Value.
+If
+.Ar parameter
+is unset or null, null is substituted;
+otherwise, the expansion of
+.Ar word
+is substituted.
+The value of
+.Ar parameter
+.Em is not used
+in this expansion.
+.It Li ${ Ns Ic # Ns Ar parameter Ns Li }
+.Sy String Length.
+The length in characters of the value of
+.Ar parameter .
+.El
+.Pp
+The following four varieties of parameter expansion provide for substring
+processing.
+In each case, pattern matching notation (see
+.Sx Shell Patterns ) ,
+rather than regular expression notation, is used to evaluate the patterns.
+If parameter is
+.Dv *
+or
+.Dv @ , \" $@
+the result of the expansion is unspecified.
+Enclosing the full parameter expansion string in double quotes does not
+cause the following four varieties of pattern characters to be quoted,
+whereas quoting characters within the braces has this effect.
+.Bl -tag -width aaparameterwordaaaaa
+.It Li ${ Ns Ar parameter Ns Ic % Ns Ar word Ns Li }
+.Sy Remove Smallest Suffix Pattern.
+The
+.Ar word
+is expanded to produce a pattern.
+The parameter expansion then results in
+.Ar parameter ,
+with the
+smallest portion of the suffix matched by the pattern deleted.
+If the
+.Ar word
+is to start with a
+.Sq Li \&%
+character, it must be quoted.
+.It Li ${ Ns Ar parameter Ns Ic %% Ns Ar word Ns Li }
+.Sy Remove Largest Suffix Pattern.
+The
+.Ar word
+is expanded to produce a pattern.
+The parameter expansion then results in
+.Ar parameter ,
+with the largest
+portion of the suffix matched by the pattern deleted.
+The
+.Dq Ic %%
+pattern operator only produces different results from the
+.Dq Ic \&%
+operator when the pattern contains at least one unquoted
+.Sq Li \&* .
+.It Li ${ Ns Ar parameter Ns Ic \&# Ns Ar word Ns Li }
+.Sy Remove Smallest Prefix Pattern.
+The
+.Ar word
+is expanded to produce a pattern.
+The parameter expansion then results in
+.Ar parameter ,
+with the
+smallest portion of the prefix matched by the pattern deleted.
+If the
+.Ar word
+is to start with a
+.Sq Li \&#
+character, it must be quoted.
+.It Li ${ Ns Ar parameter Ns Ic \&## Ns Ar word Ns Li }
+.Sy Remove Largest Prefix Pattern.
+The
+.Ar word
+is expanded to produce a pattern.
+The parameter expansion then results in
+.Ar parameter ,
+with the largest
+portion of the prefix matched by the pattern deleted.
+This has the same relationship with the
+.Dq Ic \&#
+pattern operator as
+.Dq Ic %%
+has with
+.Dq Ic \&% .
+.El
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Command Substitution
+.\"
+Command substitution allows the output of a command to be substituted in
+place of the command (and surrounding syntax).
+Command substitution occurs when a word contains
+a command list enclosed as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl Ic $( Ns Ar list Ns Ic \&)
+.Pp
+or the older
+.Pq Dq backquoted
+version, which is best avoided:
+.Pp
+.Dl Ic \&` Ns Ar list Ns Ns Ic \&`
+.Pp
+See the section
+.Sx Complex Commands
+above for the definition of
+.Ic list .
+.Pp
+The shell expands the command substitution by executing the
+.Ar list
+in a sub-shell environment and replacing the command substitution with the
+standard output of the
+.Ar list
+after removing any sequence of one or more
+.Ao newline Ac Ns s
+from the end of the substitution.
+(Embedded
+.Ao newline Ac Ns s
+before
+the end of the output are not removed; however, during field splitting,
+they may be used to separate fields
+.Pq "as spaces usually are"
+depending on the value of
+.Ev IFS
+and any quoting that is in effect.)
+.Pp
+Note that if a command substitution includes commands
+to be run in the background,
+the sub-shell running those commands
+will only wait for them to complete if an appropriate
+.Ic wait
+command is included in the command list.
+However, the shell in which the result of the command substitution
+will be used will wait for both the sub-shell to exit and for the
+file descriptor that was initially standard output for the command
+substitution sub-shell to be closed.
+In some circumstances this might not happen until all processes
+started by the command substitution have finished.
+.\" While the exit of the sub-shell closes its standard output,
+.\" any background process left running may still
+.\" have that file descriptor open.
+.\" This includes yet another sub-shell which might have been
+.\" (almost invisibly) created to wait for some other command to complete,
+.\" and even where the background command has had its
+.\" standard output redirected or closed,
+.\" the waiting sub-shell may still have it open.
+.\" Thus there is no guarantee that the result of a command substitution
+.\" will be available in the shell which is to use it before all of
+.\" the commands started by the command substitution have completed,
+.\" though careful coding can often avoid delays beyond the termination
+.\" of the command substitution sub-shell.
+.\" .Pp
+.\" For example, assuming a script were to contain the following
+.\" code (which could be done better other ways, attempting
+.\" this kind of trickery is not recommended):
+.\" .Bd -literal -offset indent
+.\" if [ "$( printf "Ready? " >&2; read ans; printf "${ans}";
+.\"    { sleep 120 >/dev/null && kill $$ >/dev/null 2>&1; }& )" = go ]
+.\" then
+.\" 	printf Working...
+.\" 	# more code
+.\" fi
+.\" .Ed
+.\" .Pp
+.\" the
+.\" .Dq Working...
+.\" output will not be printed, and code that follows will never be executed.
+.\" Nor will anything later in the script
+.\" .Po
+.\" unless
+.\" .Dv SIGTERM
+.\" is trapped or ignored
+.\" .Pc .
+.\" .Pp
+.\" The intent is to prompt the user, wait for the user to
+.\" answer, then if the answer was
+.\" .Dq go
+.\" do the appropriate work, but set a 2 minute time limit
+.\" on completing that work.
+.\" If the work is not done by then, kill the shell doing it.
+.\" .Pp
+.\" It will usually not work as written, as while the 2 minute
+.\" .Sq sleep
+.\" has its standard output redirected, as does the
+.\" .Sq kill
+.\" that follows (which also redirects standard error,
+.\" so the user would not see an error if the work were
+.\" completed and there was no parent process left to kill);
+.\" the sub-shell waiting for the
+.\" .Sq sleep
+.\" to finish successfully, so it can start the
+.\" .Sq kill ,
+.\" does not.
+.\" It waits, with standard output still open,
+.\" for the 2 minutes until the sleep is done,
+.\" even though the kill is not going to need that file descriptor,
+.\" and there is nothing else which could.
+.\" The command substitution does not complete until after
+.\" the kill has executed and the background sub-shell
+.\" finishes \(en at which time the shell running it is
+.\" presumably dead.
+.\" .Pp
+.\" Rewriting the background sub-shell part of that as
+.\" .Dl "{ sleep 120 && kill $$ 2>&1; } >/dev/null &"
+.\" would allow this
+.\" .Nm
+.\" to perform as expected, but that is not guaranteed,
+.\" not all shells would behave as planned.
+.\" It is advised to avoid starting background processes
+.\" from within a command substitution.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Arithmetic Expansion
+.\"
+Arithmetic expansion provides a mechanism for evaluating an arithmetic
+expression and substituting its value.
+The format for arithmetic expansion is as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl Ic $(( Ns Ar expression Ns Ic \&))
+.Pp
+The expression in an arithmetic expansion is treated as if it were in
+double quotes, except that a double quote character inside the expression
+is just a normal character (it quotes nothing.)
+The shell expands all tokens in the expression for parameter expansion,
+command substitution, and quote removal (the only quoting character is
+the backslash
+.Sq \&\e ,
+and only when followed by another
+.Sq \&\e ,
+a dollar sign
+.Sq \&$ ,
+a backquote
+.Sq \&`
+or a newline.)
+.Pp
+Next, the shell evaluates the expanded result as an arithmetic expression
+and substitutes the calculated value of that expression.
+.Pp
+Arithmetic expressions use a syntax similar to that
+of the C language, and are evaluated using the
+.Ql intmax_t
+data type (this is an extension to POSIX, which requires only
+.Ql long
+arithmetic.)
+Shell variables may be referenced by name inside an arithmetic
+expression, without needing a
+.Dq \&$
+sign.
+Variables that are not set, or which have an empty (null string) value,
+used this way evaluate as zero (that is,
+.Dq x
+in arithmetic, as an R-Value, is evaluated as
+.Dq ${x:-0} )
+unless the
+.Nm
+.Fl u
+flag is set, in which case a reference to an unset variable is an error.
+Note that unset variables used in the ${var} form expand to a null
+string, which might result in syntax errors.
+Referencing the value of a variable which is not numeric is an error.
+.Pp
+All of the C expression operators applicable to integers are supported,
+and operate as they would in a C expression.
+Use white space, or parentheses, to disambiguate confusing syntax,
+otherwise, as in C, the longest sequence of consecutive characters
+which make a valid token (operator, variable name, or number) is taken
+to be that token, even if the token designated cannot be used
+and a different interpretation could produce a successful parse.
+This means, as an example, that
+.Dq a+++++b
+is parsed as the gibberish sequence
+.Dq "a ++ ++ + b" ,
+rather than as the valid alternative
+.Dq "a ++ + ++ b" .
+Similarly, separate the
+.Sq \&,
+operator from numbers with white space to avoid the possibility
+of confusion with the decimal indicator in some locales (though
+fractional, or floating-point, numbers are not supported in this
+implementation.)
+.Pp
+It should not be necessary to state that the C operators which
+operate on, or produce, pointer types, are not supported.
+Those include unary
+.Dq \&*
+and
+.Dq \&&
+and the struct and array referencing binary operators:
+.Dq \&. ,
+.Dq \&->
+and
+.Dq \&[ .
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss White Space Splitting (Field Splitting)
+.\"
+After parameter expansion, command substitution, and
+arithmetic expansion the shell scans the results of
+expansions and substitutions that did not occur in double quotes,
+and
+.Dq Li $@
+even if it did,
+for field splitting and multiple fields can result.
+.Pp
+The shell treats each character of the
+.Ev IFS
+as a delimiter and uses the delimiters to split the results of parameter
+expansion and command substitution into fields.
+.Pp
+Non-whitespace characters in
+.Ev IFS
+are treated strictly as parameter separators.
+So adjacent non-whitespace
+.Ev IFS
+characters will produce empty parameters.
+On the other hand, any sequence of whitespace
+characters that occur in
+.Ev IFS
+(known as
+.Ev IFS
+whitespace)
+can occur, leading and trailing
+.Ev IFS
+whitespace, and any
+.Ev IFS
+whitespace surrounding a non whitespace
+.Ev IFS
+delimiter, is removed.
+Any sequence of
+.Ev IFS
+whitespace characters without a non-whitespace
+.Ev IFS
+delimiter acts as a single field separator.
+.Pp
+If
+.Ev IFS
+is unset it is assumed to contain space, tab, and newline,
+all of which are
+.Ev IFS
+whitespace characters.
+If
+.Ev IFS
+is set to a null string, there are no delimiters,
+and no field splitting occurs.
+.Ss Pathname Expansion (File Name Generation)
+Unless the
+.Fl f
+flag is set, file name generation is performed after word splitting is
+complete.
+Each word is viewed as a series of patterns, separated by slashes.
+The process of expansion replaces the word with the names of all
+existing files whose names can be formed by replacing each pattern with a
+string that matches the specified pattern.
+There are two restrictions on
+this: first, a pattern cannot match a string containing a slash, and
+second, a pattern cannot match a string starting with a period unless the
+first character of the pattern is a period.
+The next section describes the
+patterns used for both Pathname Expansion and the
+.Ic case
+command.
+.Ss Shell Patterns
+A pattern consists of normal characters, which match themselves,
+and meta-characters.
+The meta-characters are
+.Dq \&! ,
+.Dq * ,
+.Dq \&? ,
+and
+.Dq \&[ .
+These characters lose their special meanings if they are quoted.
+When command or variable substitution is performed
+and the dollar sign or backquotes are not double-quoted,
+the value of the variable or the output of
+the command is scanned for these characters and they are turned into
+meta-characters.
+.Pp
+An asterisk
+.Pq Dq *
+matches any string of characters.
+A question mark
+.Pq Dq \&?
+matches any single character.
+A left bracket
+.Pq Dq \&[
+introduces a character class.
+The end of the character class is indicated by a right bracket
+.Pq Dq \&] ;
+if this
+.Dq \&]
+is missing then the
+.Dq \&[
+matches a
+.Dq \&[
+rather than introducing a character class.
+A character class matches any of the characters between the square brackets.
+A named class of characters (see
+.Xr wctype 3 )
+may be specified by surrounding the name with
+.Pq Dq [:
+and
+.Pq Dq :] .
+For example,
+.Pq Dq [[:alpha:]]
+is a shell pattern that matches a single letter.
+A range of characters may be specified using a minus sign
+.Pq Dq \(mi .
+The character class may be complemented
+by making an exclamation mark
+.Pq Dq \&!
+the first character of the character class.
+.Pp
+To include a
+.Dq \&]
+in a character class, make it the first character listed (after the
+.Dq \&! ,
+if any).
+To include a
+.Dq \(mi ,
+make it the first (after !) or last character listed.
+If both
+.Dq \&]
+and
+.Dq \(mi
+are to be included, the
+.Dq \&]
+must be first (after !)
+and the
+.Dq \(mi
+last, in the character class.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Built-ins
+.\"
+This section lists the built-in commands which are built-in because they
+need to perform some operation that can't be performed by a separate
+process.
+Or just because they traditionally are.
+In addition to these, there are several other commands that may
+be built in for efficiency (e.g.
+.Xr printf 1 ,
+.Xr echo 1 ,
+.Xr test 1 ,
+etc).
+.Bl -tag -width 5n
+.It Ic \&: Op Ar arg ...
+A null command that returns a 0 (true) exit value.
+Any arguments or redirects are evaluated, then ignored.
+.\"
+.It Ic \&. Ar file
+The dot command reads and executes the commands from the specified
+.Ar file
+in the current shell environment.
+The file does not need to be executable and is looked up from the directories
+listed in the
+.Ev PATH
+variable if its name does not contain a directory separator
+.Pq Sq / .
+The
+.Ic return
+command (see below)
+can be used for a premature return from the sourced file.
+.Pp
+The POSIX standard has been unclear on how loop control keywords (break
+and continue) behave across a dot command boundary.
+This implementation allows them to control loops surrounding the dot command,
+but obviously such behavior should not be relied on.
+It is now permitted by the standard, but not required.
+.\"
+.It Ic alias Op Ar name Ns Op Li = Ns Ar string ...
+If
+.Ar name Ns Li = Ns Ar string
+is specified, the shell defines the alias
+.Ar name
+with value
+.Ar string .
+If just
+.Ar name
+is specified, the value of the alias
+.Ar name
+is printed.
+With no arguments, the
+.Ic alias
+built-in prints the
+names and values of all defined aliases (see
+.Ic unalias ) .
+.\"
+.It Ic bg Op Ar job ...
+Continue the specified jobs (or the current job if no
+jobs are given) in the background.
+.\"
+.It Ic command Oo Fl pVv Oc Ar command Op Ar arg ...
+Execute the specified command but ignore shell functions when searching
+for it.
+(This is useful when you
+have a shell function with the same name as a command.)
+.Bl -tag -width 5n
+.It Fl p
+search for command using a
+.Ev PATH
+that guarantees to find all the standard utilities.
+.It Fl V
+Do not execute the command but
+search for the command and print the resolution of the
+command search.
+This is the same as the
+.Ic type
+built-in.
+.It Fl v
+Do not execute the command but
+search for the command and print the absolute pathname
+of utilities, the name for built-ins or the expansion of aliases.
+.El
+.\"
+.It Ic cd Oo Fl P Oc Op Ar directory Op Ar replace
+Switch to the specified directory (default
+.Ev $HOME ) .
+If
+.Ar replace
+is specified, then the new directory name is generated by replacing
+the first occurrence of the string
+.Ar directory
+in the current directory name with
+.Ar replace .
+Otherwise if
+.Ar directory
+is
+.Sq Li - ,
+then the current working directory is changed to the previous current
+working directory as set in
+.Ev OLDPWD .
+Otherwise if an entry for
+.Ev CDPATH
+appears in the environment of the
+.Ic cd
+command or the shell variable
+.Ev CDPATH
+is set and the directory name does not begin with a slash,
+and its first (or only) component isn't dot or dot dot,
+then the directories listed in
+.Ev CDPATH
+will be searched for the specified directory.
+The format of
+.Ev CDPATH
+is the same as that of
+.Ev PATH .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl P
+option instructs the shell to update
+.Ev PWD
+with the specified physical directory path and change to that directory.
+This is the default.
+.Pp
+When the directory changes, the variable
+.Ev OLDPWD
+is set to the working directory before the change.
+.Pp
+Some shells also support a
+.Fl L
+option, which instructs the shell to update
+.Ev PWD
+with the logical path and to change the current directory
+accordingly.
+This is not supported.
+.Pp
+In an interactive shell, the
+.Ic cd
+command will print out the name of the
+directory that it actually switched to if this is different from the name
+that the user gave,
+or always if the
+.Cm cdprint
+option is set.
+The destination may be different either because the
+.Ev CDPATH
+mechanism was used
+.\" or because a symbolic link was crossed.
+or if the
+.Ar replace
+argument was used.
+.\"
+.It Ic eval Ar string ...
+Concatenate all the arguments with spaces.
+Then re-parse and execute the command.
+.\"
+.It Ic exec Op Ar command Op Ar arg ...
+Unless
+.Ar command
+is omitted, the shell process is replaced with the
+specified program (which must be a real program, not a shell built-in or
+function).
+Any redirections on the
+.Ic exec
+command are marked as permanent, so that they are not undone when the
+.Ic exec
+command finishes.
+When the
+.Cm posix
+option is not set,
+file descriptors created via such redirections are marked close-on-exec
+(see
+.Xr open 2
+.Dv O_CLOEXEC
+or
+.Xr fcntl 2
+.Dv F_SETFD /
+.Dv FD_CLOEXEC ) ,
+unless the descriptors refer to the standard input,
+output, or error (file descriptors 0, 1, 2).
+Traditionally Bourne-like shells
+(except
+.Xr ksh 1 ) ,
+made those file descriptors available to exec'ed processes.
+To be assured the close-on-exec setting is off,
+redirect the descriptor to (or from) itself,
+either when invoking a command for which the descriptor is wanted open,
+or by using
+.Ic exec
+(perhaps the same
+.Ic exec
+as opened it, after the open)
+to leave the descriptor open in the shell
+and pass it to all commands invoked subsequently.
+Alternatively, see the
+.Ic fdflags
+command below, which can set, or clear, this, and other,
+file descriptor flags.
+.\"
+.It Ic exit Op Ar exitstatus
+Terminate the shell process.
+If
+.Ar exitstatus
+is given it is used as the exit status of the shell; otherwise the
+exit status of the preceding command (the current value of $?) is used.
+.\"
+.It Ic export Oo Fl nx Oc Ar name Ns Oo =value Oc ...
+.It Ic export Oo Fl x Oc Oo Fl p Oo Ar name ... Oc Oc
+.It Ic export Fl q Oo Fl x Oc Ar name ...
+With no options,
+but one or more names,
+the specified names are exported so that they will appear in the
+environment of subsequent commands.
+With
+.Fl n
+the specified names are un-exported.
+Variables can also be un-exported using the
+.Ic unset
+built in command.
+With
+.Fl x
+(exclude) the specified names are marked not to be exported,
+and any that had been exported, will be un-exported.
+Later attempts to export the variable will be refused.
+Note this does not prevent explicitly exporting a variable
+to a single command, script or function by preceding that
+command invocation by a variable assignment to that variable,
+provided the variable is not also read-only.
+That is
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+export -x FOO # FOO will now not be exported by default
+export FOO    # this command will fail (non-fatally)
+FOO=some_value my_command
+.Ed
+.Pp
+still passes the value
+.Pq Li FOO=some_value
+to
+.Li my_command
+through the environment.
+.Pp
+The shell allows the value of a variable to be set at the
+same time it is exported (or unexported, etc) by writing
+.Pp
+.Dl export [-nx] name=value
+.Pp
+With no arguments the export command lists the names of all
+set exported variables,
+or if
+.Fl x
+was given, all set variables marked not for export.
+With the
+.Fl p
+option specified, the output will be formatted suitably for
+non-interactive use, and unset variables are included.
+When
+.Fl p
+is given, variable names, but not values, may also be
+given, in which case output is limited to the variables named.
+.Pp
+With
+.Fl q
+and a list of variable names, the
+.Ic export
+command will exit with status 0 if all the named
+variables have been marked for export, or 1 if
+any are not so marked.
+If
+.Fl x
+is also given,
+the test is instead for variables marked not to be exported.
+.Pp
+Other than with
+.Fl q ,
+the
+.Ic export
+built-in exits with status 0,
+unless an attempt is made to export a variable which has
+been marked as unavailable for export,
+in which cases it exits with status 1.
+In all cases if
+an invalid option, or option combination, is given,
+or an invalid variable name is present,
+.Ic export
+will write a message to the standard error output,
+and exit with a non-zero status.
+A non-interactive shell will terminate.
+.Pp
+Note that there is no restriction upon exporting,
+or un-exporting, read-only variables.
+The no-export flag can be reset by unsetting the variable
+and creating it again \(en provided the variable is not also read-only.
+.\"
+.It Ic fc Oo Fl e Ar editor Oc Op Ar first Op Ar last
+.It Ic fc Fl l Oo Fl nr Oc Op Ar first Op Ar last
+.It Ic fc Fl s Oo Ar old=new Oc Op Ar first
+The
+.Ic fc
+built-in lists, or edits and re-executes, commands previously entered
+to an interactive shell.
+.Bl -tag -width 5n
+.It Fl e Ar editor
+Use the editor named by
+.Ar editor
+to edit the commands.
+The
+.Ar editor
+string is a command name, subject to search via the
+.Ev PATH
+variable.
+The value in the
+.Ev FCEDIT
+variable is used as a default when
+.Fl e
+is not specified.
+If
+.Ev FCEDIT
+is null or unset, the value of the
+.Ev EDITOR
+variable is used.
+If
+.Ev EDITOR
+is null or unset,
+.Xr ed 1
+is used as the editor.
+.It Fl l No (ell)
+List the commands rather than invoking an editor on them.
+The commands are written in the sequence indicated by
+the first and last operands, as affected by
+.Fl r ,
+with each command preceded by the command number.
+.It Fl n
+Suppress command numbers when listing with
+.Fl l .
+.It Fl r
+Reverse the order of the commands listed (with
+.Fl l )
+or edited (with neither
+.Fl l
+nor
+.Fl s ) .
+.It Fl s
+Re-execute the command without invoking an editor.
+.It Ar first
+.It Ar last
+Select the commands to list or edit.
+The number of previous commands that
+can be accessed are determined by the value of the
+.Ev HISTSIZE
+variable.
+The value of
+.Ar first
+or
+.Ar last
+or both are one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width 5n
+.It Oo Cm + Oc Ns Ar number
+A positive number representing a command number; command numbers can be
+displayed with the
+.Fl l
+option.
+.It Cm \- Ns Ar number
+A negative decimal number representing the command that was executed
+number of commands previously.
+For example, \-1 is the immediately previous command.
+.El
+.It Ar string
+A string indicating the most recently entered command that begins with
+that string.
+If the
+.Ar old Ns Li = Ns Ar new
+operand is not also specified with
+.Fl s ,
+the string form of the first operand cannot contain an embedded equal sign.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following environment variables affect the execution of
+.Ic fc :
+.Bl -tag -width HISTSIZE
+.It Ev FCEDIT
+Name of the editor to use.
+.It Ev HISTSIZE
+The number of previous commands that are accessible.
+.El
+.\"
+.It Ic fg Op Ar job
+Move the specified job or the current job to the foreground.
+A foreground job can interact with the user via standard input,
+and receive signals from the terminal.
+.\"
+.It Ic fdflags Oo Fl v Oc Op Ar fd ...
+.It Ic fdflags Oo Fl v Oc Fl s Ar flags fd Op ...
+Get or set file descriptor flags.
+The
+.Fl v
+argument enables verbose printing, printing flags that are also off, and
+the flags of the file descriptor being set after setting.
+The
+.Fl s
+flag interprets the
+.Ar flags
+argument as a comma separated list of file descriptor flags, each preceded
+with a
+.Dq \(pl
+or a
+.Dq \(mi
+indicating to set or clear the respective flag.
+Valid flags are:
+.Cm append ,
+.Cm async ,
+.Cm sync ,
+.Cm nonblock ,
+.Cm fsync ,
+.Cm dsync ,
+.Cm rsync ,
+.Cm direct ,
+.Cm nosigpipe ,
+and
+.Cm cloexec .
+Unique abbreviations of these names, of at least 2 characters,
+may be used on input.
+See
+.Xr fcntl 2
+and
+.Xr open 2
+for more information.
+.\"
+.It Ic getopts Ar optstring var
+The POSIX
+.Ic getopts
+command, not to be confused with the
+Bell Labs\[en]derived
+.Xr getopt 1 .
+.Pp
+The first argument should be a series of letters, each of which may be
+optionally followed by a colon to indicate that the option requires an
+argument.
+The variable specified is set to the parsed option.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ic getopts
+command deprecates the older
+.Xr getopt 1
+utility due to its handling of arguments containing whitespace.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ic getopts
+built-in may be used to obtain options and their arguments
+from a list of parameters.
+When invoked,
+.Ic getopts
+places the value of the next option from the option string in the list in
+the shell variable specified by
+.Ar var
+and its index in the shell variable
+.Ev OPTIND .
+When the shell is invoked,
+.Ev OPTIND
+is initialized to 1.
+For each option that requires an argument, the
+.Ic getopts
+built-in will place it in the shell variable
+.Ev OPTARG .
+If an option is not allowed for in the
+.Ar optstring ,
+then
+.Ev OPTARG
+will be unset.
+.Pp
+.Ar optstring
+is a string of recognized option letters (see
+.Xr getopt 3 ) .
+If a letter is followed by a colon, the option is expected to have an
+argument which may or may not be separated from it by whitespace.
+If an option character is not found where expected,
+.Ic getopts
+will set the variable
+.Ar var
+to a
+.Sq Li \&? ;
+.Ic getopts
+will then unset
+.Ev OPTARG
+and write output to standard error.
+By specifying a colon as the first character of
+.Ar optstring
+all errors will be ignored.
+.Pp
+A nonzero value is returned when the last option is reached.
+If there are no remaining arguments,
+.Ic getopts
+will set
+.Ar var
+to the special option,
+.Dq Li \-\- ,
+otherwise, it will set
+.Ar var
+to
+.Sq Li \&? .
+.Pp
+The following code fragment shows how one might process the arguments
+for a command that can take the options
+.Fl a
+and
+.Fl b ,
+and the option
+.Fl c ,
+which requires an argument.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+while getopts abc: f
+do
+	case $f in
+	a | b)	flag=$f;;
+	c)	carg=$OPTARG;;
+	\e?)	echo $USAGE; exit 1;;
+	esac
+done
+shift $((OPTIND - 1))
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This code will accept any of the following as equivalent:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+cmd \-acarg file file
+cmd \-a \-c arg file file
+cmd \-carg -a file file
+cmd \-a \-carg \-\- file file
+.Ed
+.\"
+.It Ic hash Oo Fl rv Oc Op Ar command ...
+The shell maintains a hash table which remembers the
+locations of commands.
+With no arguments whatsoever,
+the
+.Ic hash
+command prints out the contents of this table.
+Entries which have not been looked at since the last
+.Ic cd
+command are marked with an asterisk; it is possible for these entries
+to be invalid.
+.Pp
+With arguments, the
+.Ic hash
+command removes the specified commands from the hash table (unless
+they are functions) and then locates them.
+With the
+.Fl v
+option, hash prints the locations of the commands as it finds them.
+The
+.Fl r
+option causes the hash command to delete all the entries in the hash table
+except for functions.
+.\"
+.It Ic inputrc Ar file
+Read the
+.Ar file
+to set key bindings as defined by
+.Xr editrc 5 .
+.\"
+.It Ic jobid Oo Fl g Ns \&| Ns Fl j Ns \&| Ns Fl p Oc  Op Ar job
+With no flags, print the process identifiers of the processes in the job.
+If the
+.Ar job
+argument is omitted, the current job is used.
+Any of the ways to select a job may be used for
+.Ar job ,
+including the
+.Sq Li \&%
+forms, or the process id of the job leader
+.Po
+.Dq Li \&$!
+if the job was created in the background.
+.Pc
+.Pp
+If one of the flags is given, then instead of the list of
+process identifiers, the
+.Ic jobid
+command prints:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Fl g"
+.It Fl g
+the process group, if one was created for this job,
+or nothing otherwise (the job is in the same process
+group as the shell.)
+.It Fl j
+the job identifier (using
+.Dq Li \&% Ns Ar n
+notation, where
+.Ar n
+is a number) is printed.
+.It Fl p
+only the process id of the process group leader is printed.
+.El
+.Pp
+These flags are mutually exclusive.
+.Pp
+.Ic jobid
+exits with status 2 if there is an argument error,
+status 1, if with
+.Fl g
+the job had no separate process group,
+or with
+.Fl p
+there is no process group leader (should not happen),
+and otherwise exits with status 0.
+.\"
+.It Ic jobs Oo Fl l Ns \&| Ns Fl p Oc Op Ar job ...
+Without
+.Ar job
+arguments,
+this command lists out all the background processes
+which are children of the current shell process.
+With
+.Ar job
+arguments, the listed jobs are shown instead.
+Without flags, the output contains the job
+identifier (see
+.Sx Job Control
+below), an indicator character if the job is the current or previous job,
+the current status of the job (running, suspended, or terminated successfully,
+unsuccessfully, or by a signal)
+and a (usually abbreviated) command string.
+.Pp
+With the
+.Fl l
+flag the output is in a longer form, with the process identifiers
+of each process (run from the top level, as in a pipeline), and the
+status of each process, rather than the job status.
+.Pp
+With the
+.Fl p
+flag, the output contains only the process identifier of the lead
+process.
+.Pp
+In an interactive shell, each job shown as completed in the output
+from the jobs command is implicitly waited for, and is removed from
+the jobs table, never to be seen again.
+In an interactive shell, when a background job terminates, the
+.Ic jobs
+command (with that job as an argument) is implicitly run just
+before outputting the next PS1 command prompt, after the job
+terminated.
+This indicates that the job finished, shows its status,
+and cleans up the job table entry for that job.
+Non-interactive shells need to execute
+.Ic wait
+commands to clean up terminated background jobs.
+.\"
+.It Ic local Oo Fl INx Oc Oo Ar variable | \- Oc ...
+Define local variables for a function.
+Local variables have their attributes, and values,
+as they were before the
+.Ic local
+declaration, restored when the function terminates.
+.Pp
+With the
+.Fl N
+flag, variables made local, are unset initially inside
+the function.
+Unless the
+.Fl x
+flag is also given, such variables are also unexported.
+The
+.Fl I
+flag, which is the default in this shell, causes
+the initial value and exported attribute
+of local variables
+to be inherited from the variable
+with the same name in the surrounding
+scope, if there is one.
+If there is not, the variable is initially unset,
+and not exported.
+The
+.Fl N
+and
+.Fl I
+flags are mutually exclusive, if both are given, the last specified applies.
+The read-only and unexportable attributes are always
+inherited, if a variable with the same name already exists.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl x
+flag (lower case) causes the local variable to be exported,
+while the function runs, unless it has the unexportable attribute.
+This can also be accomplished by using the
+.Ic export
+command, giving the same
+.Ar variable
+names, after the
+.Ic local
+command.
+.Pp
+Making an existing read-only variable local is possible,
+but pointless.
+If an attempt is made to assign an initial value to such
+a variable, the
+.Ic local
+command fails, as does any later attempted assignment.
+If the
+.Ic readonly
+command is applied to a variable that has been declared local,
+the variable cannot be (further) modified within the function,
+or any other functions it calls, however when the function returns,
+the previous status (and value) of the variable is returned.
+.Pp
+Values may be given to local variables on the
+.Ic local
+command line in a similar fashion as used for
+.Ic export
+and
+.Ic readonly .
+These values are assigned immediately after the initialization
+described above.
+Note that any variable references on the command line will have
+been expanded before
+.Ic local
+is executed, so expressions like
+.Pp
+.Dl "local -N X=${X}"
+.Pp
+are well defined, first $X is expanded, and then the command run is
+.Pp
+.Dl "local -N X=old-value-of-X"
+.Pp
+After arranging to preserve the old value and attributes, of
+.Dv X
+.Dq ( old-value-of X )
+.Ic local
+unsets
+.Dv X ,
+unexports it, and then assigns the
+.Dq old-value-of-X
+to
+.Ev X .
+.Pp
+The shell uses dynamic scoping, so that if you make the variable
+.Dv x
+local to
+function
+.Dv f ,
+which then calls function
+.Dv g ,
+references to the variable
+.Dv x
+made inside
+.Dv g
+will refer to the variable
+.Dv x
+declared inside
+.Dv f ,
+not to the global variable named
+.Dv x .
+.Pp
+Another way to view this, is as if the shell just has one flat, global,
+namespace, in which all variables exist.
+The
+.Ic local
+command conceptually copies the variable(s) named to unnamed temporary
+variables, and when the function ends, copies them back again.
+All references to the variables reference the same global variables,
+but while the function is active, after the
+.Ic local
+command has run, the values and attributes of the variables might
+be altered, and later, when the function completes, be restored.
+.Pp
+Note that the positional parameters
+.Dv 1 ,  \" $1
+.Dv 2 ,  \" $2
+\&... (see
+.Sx Positional Parameters ) ,
+and the special parameters
+.Dv \&# , \" $#
+.Dv \&*   \" $*
+and
+.Dv \&@   \" $@
+(see
+.Sx Special Parameters ) ,
+are always made local in all functions, and are reset inside the
+function to represent the options and arguments passed to the function.
+Note that
+.Li $0
+however retains the value it had outside the function,
+as do all the other special parameters.
+.Pp
+The only special parameter that can optionally be made local is
+.Dq Li \- .
+Making
+.Dq Li \-
+local causes any shell options that are changed via the set command inside the
+function to be restored to their original values when the function
+returns.
+If
+.Fl X
+option is altered after
+.Dq Li \-
+has been made local, then when the function returns, the previous
+destination for
+.Cm xtrace
+output (as of the time of the
+.Ic local
+command) will also be restored.
+If any of the shell's magic variables
+(those which return a value which may vary without
+the variable being explicitly altered,
+e.g.:
+.Dv SECONDS
+or
+.Dv HOSTNAME )
+are made local in a function,
+they will lose their special properties when set
+within the function, including by the
+.Ic local
+command itself
+(if not to be set in the function, there is little point
+in making a variable local)
+but those properties will be restored when the function returns.
+.Pp
+It is an error to use
+.Ic local
+outside the scope of a function definition.
+When used inside a function, it exits with status 0,
+unless an undefined option is used, or an attempt is made to
+assign a value to a read-only variable.
+.Pp
+Note that either
+.Fl I
+or
+.Fl N
+should always be used, or variables made local should always
+be given a value, or explicitly unset, as the default behavior
+(inheriting the earlier value, or starting unset after
+.Ic local )
+differs amongst shell implementations.
+Using
+.Dq Li local \&\-
+is an extension not implemented by most shells.
+.Pp
+See the section
+.Sx LINENO
+below for details of the effects of making the variable
+.Dv LINENO
+local.
+.\"
+.It Ic pwd Op Fl \&LP
+Print the current directory.
+If
+.Fl L
+is specified the cached value (initially set from
+.Ev PWD )
+is checked to see if it refers to the current directory; if it does
+the value is printed.
+Otherwise the current directory name is found using
+.Xr getcwd 3 .
+The environment variable
+.Ev PWD
+is set to the printed value.
+.Pp
+The default is
+.Ic pwd
+.Fl L ,
+but note that the built-in
+.Ic cd
+command doesn't support the
+.Fl L
+option and will cache (almost) the absolute path.
+If
+.Ic cd
+is changed (as unlikely as that is),
+.Ic pwd
+may be changed to default to
+.Ic pwd
+.Fl P .
+.Pp
+If the current directory is renamed and replaced by a symlink to the
+same directory, or the initial
+.Ev PWD
+value followed a symbolic link, then the cached value may not
+be the absolute path.
+.Pp
+The built-in command may differ from the program of the same name because
+the program will use
+.Ev PWD
+and the built-in uses a separately cached value.
+.\"
+.It Ic read Oo Fl p Ar prompt Oc Oo Fl r Oc Ar variable Op Ar ...
+The
+.Ar prompt
+is printed if the
+.Fl p
+option is specified and the standard input is a terminal.
+Then a line is read from the standard input.
+The trailing newline is deleted from the
+line and the line is split as described in the field splitting section of the
+.Sx Word Expansions
+section above, and the pieces are assigned to the variables in order.
+If there are more pieces than variables, the remaining pieces
+(along with the characters in
+.Ev IFS
+that separated them) are assigned to the last variable.
+If there are more variables than pieces,
+the remaining variables are assigned the null string.
+The
+.Ic read
+built-in will indicate success unless EOF is encountered on input, in
+which case failure is returned.
+.Pp
+By default, unless the
+.Fl r
+option is specified, the backslash
+.Dq \e
+acts as an escape character, causing the following character to be treated
+literally.
+If a backslash is followed by a newline, the backslash and the
+newline will be deleted.
+.\"
+.It Ic readonly Ar name Ns Oo =value Oc ...
+.It Ic readonly Oo Fl p Oo Ar name ... Oc Oc
+.It Ic readonly Fl q Ar name ...
+With no options,
+the specified names are marked as read only, so that they cannot be
+subsequently modified or unset.
+The shell allows the value of a variable
+to be set at the same time it is marked read only by writing
+.Pp
+.Dl readonly name=value
+.Pp
+With no arguments the
+.Ic readonly
+command lists the names of all set read only variables.
+With the
+.Fl p
+option specified,
+the output will be formatted suitably for non-interactive use,
+and unset variables are included.
+When the
+.Fl p
+option is given,
+a list of variable names (without values) may also be specified,
+in which case output is limited to the named variables.
+.Pp
+With the
+.Fl q
+option, the
+.Ic readonly
+command tests the read-only status of the variables listed
+and exits with status 0 if all named variables are read-only,
+or with status 1 if any are not read-only.
+.Pp
+Other than as specified for
+.Fl q
+the
+.Ic readonly
+command normally exits with status 0.
+In all cases, if an unknown option, or an invalid option combination,
+or an invalid variable name, is given;
+or a variable which was already read-only is attempted to be set;
+the exit status will not be zero, a diagnostic
+message will be written to the standard error output,
+and a non-interactive shell will terminate.
+.\"
+.It Ic return Op Ar n
+Stop executing the current function or a dot command with return value of
+.Ar n
+or the value of the last executed command, if not specified.
+For portability,
+.Ar n
+should be in the range from 0 to 255.
+.Pp
+The POSIX standard says that the results of
+.Ic return
+outside a function or a dot command are unspecified.
+This implementation treats such a return as a no-op with a return value of 0
+(success, true).
+Use the
+.Ic exit
+command instead, if you want to return from a script or exit
+your shell.
+.\"
+.It Ic set Oo { Fl options | Cm +options | Cm \-- } Oc Ar arg ...
+The
+.Ic set
+command performs four different functions.
+.Pp
+With no arguments, it lists the values of all shell variables.
+.Pp
+With a single option of either
+.Dq Fl o
+or
+.Dq Cm +o
+.Ic set
+outputs the current values of the options.
+In the
+.Fl o
+form, all options are listed, with their current values.
+In the
+.Cm +o
+form, the shell outputs a string that can later be used
+as a command to reset all options to their current values.
+.Pp
+If options are given, it sets the specified option
+flags, or clears them as described in the
+.Sx Argument List Processing
+section.
+In addition to the options listed there,
+when the
+.Dq "option name"
+given to
+.Ic set Fl o
+is
+.Cm default
+all of the options are reset to the values they had immediately
+after
+.Nm
+initialization, before any startup scripts, or other input, had been processed.
+While this may be of use to users or scripts, its primary purpose
+is for use in the output of
+.Dq Ic set Cm +o ,
+to avoid that command needing to list every available option.
+There is no
+.Cm +o default .
+.Pp
+The fourth use of the
+.Ic set
+command is to set the values of the shell's
+positional parameters to the specified arguments.
+To change the positional
+parameters without changing any options, use
+.Dq -\|-
+as the first argument to
+.Ic set .
+If no following arguments are present, the
+.Ic set
+command
+will clear all the positional parameters (equivalent to executing
+.Dq Li shift $# . )
+Otherwise the following arguments become
+.Li \&$1 ,
+.Li \&$2 ,
+\&...,
+and
+.Li \&$#
+is set to the number of arguments present.
+.\"
+.It Ic setvar Ar variable Ar value
+Assigns
+.Ar value
+to
+.Ar variable .
+(In general it is better to write
+.Li variable=value
+rather than using
+.Ic setvar .
+.Ic setvar
+is intended to be used in
+functions that assign values to variables whose names are passed as
+parameters.)
+.\"
+.It Ic shift Op Ar n
+Shift the positional parameters
+.Ar n
+times.
+If
+.Ar n
+is omitted, 1 is assumed.
+Each
+.Ic shift
+sets the value of
+.Li $1
+to the previous value of
+.Li $2 ,
+the value of
+.Li $2
+to the previous value of
+.Li $3 ,
+and so on, decreasing
+the value of
+.Li $#
+by one.
+The shift count must be less than or equal to the number of
+positional parameters (
+.Dq Li $# )
+before the shift.
+.\"
+.It Ic times
+Prints two lines to standard output.
+Each line contains two accumulated time values, expressed
+in minutes and seconds (including fractions of a second.)
+The first value gives the user time consumed, the second the system time.
+.Pp
+The first output line gives the CPU and system times consumed by the
+shell itself.
+The second line gives the accumulated times for children of this
+shell (and their descendants) which have exited, and then been
+successfully waited for by the relevant parent.
+See
+.Xr times 3
+for more information.
+.Pp
+.Ic times
+has no parameters, and exits with an exit status of 0 unless
+an attempt is made to give it an option.
+.\"
+.It Ic trap Ar action signal ...
+.It Ic trap \-
+.It Ic trap Op Fl l
+.It Ic trap Oo Fl p Oc Ar signal ...
+.It Ic trap Ar N signal ...
+.Pp
+Cause the shell to parse and execute action when any of the specified
+signals are received.
+The signals are specified by signal number or as the name of the signal.
+If
+.Ar signal
+is
+.Li 0 \" $0
+or its equivalent,
+.Li EXIT ,
+the action is executed when the shell exits.
+The
+.Ar action
+may be a null (empty) string,
+which causes the specified signals to be ignored.
+With
+.Ar action
+set to
+.Sq Li -
+the specified signals are set to their default actions.
+If the first
+.Ar signal
+is specified in its numeric form, then
+.Ar action
+can be omitted to achieve the same effect.
+This archaic,
+but still standard,
+form should not be relied upon, use the explicit
+.Sq Li -
+action.
+If no signals are specified with an action of
+.Sq Li - ,
+all signals are reset.
+.Pp
+When the shell forks off a sub-shell, it resets trapped (but not ignored)
+signals to the default action.
+On non-interactive shells, the
+.Ic trap
+command has no effect on signals that were
+ignored on entry to the shell.
+On interactive shells, the
+.Ic trap
+command will catch or reset signals ignored on entry.
+.Pp
+Issuing
+.Ic trap
+with option
+.Fl l
+will print a list of valid signal names.
+.Ic trap
+without any arguments causes it to write a list of signals and their
+associated non-default actions to the standard output in a format
+that is suitable as an input to the shell that achieves the same
+trapping results.
+With the
+.Fl p
+flag, trap prints the same information for the signals specified,
+or if none are given, for all signals, including those where the
+action is the default.
+These variants of the trap command may be executed in a sub-shell
+.Pq "such as in a command substitution" ,
+provided they appear as the sole, or first, command in that sub-shell,
+in which case the state of traps from the parent of that
+sub-shell is reported.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Pp
+.Dl trap
+.Pp
+List trapped signals and their corresponding actions.
+.Pp
+.Dl trap -l
+.Pp
+Print a list of valid signals.
+.Pp
+.Dl trap '' INT QUIT tstp 30
+.Pp
+Ignore signals INT QUIT TSTP USR1.
+.Pp
+.Dl trap date INT
+.Pp
+Run the
+.Dq date
+command (print the date) upon receiving signal INT.
+.Pp
+.Dl trap HUP INT
+.Pp
+Run the
+.Dq HUP
+command, or function, upon receiving signal INT.
+.Pp
+.Dl trap 1 2
+.Pp
+Reset the actions for signals 1 (HUP) and 2 (INT) to their defaults.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+traps=$(trap -p)
+   # more commands ...
+trap 'action' SIG
+   # more commands ...
+eval "$traps"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Save the trap status, execute commands, changing some traps,
+and then reset all traps to their values at the start of the sequence.
+The
+.Fl p
+option is required in the first command here,
+or any signals that were previously
+untrapped (in their default states)
+and which were altered during the intermediate code,
+would not be reset by the final
+.Ic eval .
+.\"
+.It Ic type Op Ar name ...
+Interpret each
+.Ar name
+as a command and print the resolution of the command search.
+Possible resolutions are:
+shell keyword, alias, shell built-in,
+command, tracked alias and not found.
+For aliases the alias expansion is
+printed; for commands and tracked aliases the complete pathname of the
+command is printed.
+.\"
+.It Ic ulimit Oo Fl H Ns \*(Ba Ns Fl S Oc Op Fl a \*(Ba Fl btfdscmlrpnv Op Ar value
+Inquire about or set the hard or soft limits on processes or set new
+limits.
+The choice between hard limit (which no process is allowed to
+violate, and which may not be raised once it has been lowered) and soft
+limit (which causes processes to be signaled but not necessarily killed,
+and which may be raised) is made with these flags:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Fl H
+set or inquire about hard limits
+.It Fl S
+set or inquire about soft limits.
+.El
+.Pp
+If neither
+.Fl H
+nor
+.Fl S
+is specified, the soft limit is displayed or both limits are set.
+If both are specified, the last one wins.
+.Pp
+The limit to be interrogated or set, then, is chosen by specifying
+any one of these flags:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Fl a
+show all the current limits
+.It Fl b
+the socket buffer size of a process (bytes)
+.It Fl c
+the largest core dump size that can be produced
+(512-byte blocks)
+.It Fl d
+the data segment size of a process (kilobytes)
+.It Fl f
+the largest file that can be created
+(512-byte blocks)
+.It Fl l
+how much memory a process can lock with
+.Xr mlock 2
+(kilobytes)
+.It Fl m
+the total physical memory that can be
+in use by a process (kilobytes)
+.It Fl n
+the number of files a process can have open at once
+.It Fl p
+the number of processes this user can
+have at one time
+.It Fl r
+the number of threads this user can
+have at one time
+.It Fl s
+the stack size of a process (kilobytes)
+.It Fl t
+CPU time (seconds)
+.It Fl v
+how large a process address space can be
+.El
+.Pp
+If none of these is specified, it is the limit on file size that is shown
+or set.
+If value is specified, the limit is set to that number; otherwise
+the current limit is displayed.
+.Pp
+Limits of an arbitrary process can be displayed or set using the
+.Xr sysctl 8
+utility.
+.It Ic umask Oo Fl S Oc Op Ar mask
+Set the value of umask (see
+.Xr umask 2 )
+to the specified octal value.
+If the argument is omitted, the umask value is printed.
+With
+.Fl S
+a symbolic form is used instead of an octal number.
+.It Ic unalias Oo Fl a Oc Op Ar name
+If
+.Ar name
+is specified, the shell removes that alias.
+If
+.Fl a
+is specified, all aliases are removed.
+.It Ic unset Oo Fl efvx Oc Ar name ...
+If
+.Fl v
+is specified, the specified variables are unset and unexported.
+Readonly variables cannot be unset.
+If
+.Fl f
+is specified, the specified functions are undefined.
+If
+.Fl e
+is given, the specified variables are unexported, but otherwise unchanged,
+alternatively, if
+.Fl x
+is given, the exported status of the variable will be retained,
+even after it is unset.
+.Pp
+If no flags are provided
+.Fl v
+is assumed.
+If
+.Fl f
+is given with one of the other flags,
+then the named variables will be unset, or unexported, and functions
+of the same names will be undefined.
+The
+.Fl e
+and
+.Fl x
+flags both imply
+.Fl v .
+If
+.Fl e
+is given, the
+.Fl x
+flag is ignored.
+.Pp
+The exit status is 0, unless an attempt was made to unset
+a readonly variable, in which case the exit status is 1.
+It is not an error to unset (or undefine) a variable (or function)
+that is not currently set (or defined.)
+.\"
+.It Ic wait Oo Fl n Oc Oo Fl p Ar var Oc Op Ar job ...
+Wait for the specified jobs to complete
+and return the exit status of the last job in the parameter list,
+or 127 if that job is not a current child of the shell.
+.Pp
+If no
+.Ar job
+arguments are given, wait for all jobs to
+complete and then return an exit status of zero
+(including when there were no jobs, and so nothing exited.)
+.Pp
+With the
+.Fl n
+option, wait instead for any one of the given
+.Ar job Ns s,
+or if none are given, any job, to complete, and
+return the exit status of that job.
+If none of the given
+.Ar job
+arguments is a current child of the shell,
+or if no
+.Ar job
+arguments are given and the shell has no unwaited for children,
+then the exit status will be 127.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl p Ar var
+option allows the process (or job) identifier of the
+job for which the exit status is returned to be obtained.
+The variable named (which must not be readonly) will be
+unset initially, then if a job has exited and its status is
+being returned, set to the identifier from the
+arg list (if given) of that job,
+or the lead process identifier of the job to exit when used with
+.Fl n
+and no job arguments.
+Note that
+.Fl p
+with neither
+.Fl n
+nor
+.Ar job
+arguments is useless, as in that case no job status is
+returned, the variable named is simply unset.
+.Pp
+If the wait is interrupted by a signal,
+its exit status will be greater than 128,
+and
+.Ar var ,
+if given, will remain unset.
+.Pp
+Once waited upon, by specific process number or job-id,
+or by a
+.Ic wait
+with no arguments,
+knowledge of the child is removed from the system,
+and it cannot be waited upon again.
+.Pp
+Note than when a list of jobs are given, more that
+one argument might refer to the same job.
+In that case, if the final argument represents a job
+that is also given earlier in the list, it is not
+defined whether the status returned will be the
+exit status of the job, or 127 indicating that
+the child no longer existed when the wait command
+reached the later argument in the list.
+In this
+.Nm
+the exit status will be that from the job.
+.Nm
+waits for each job exactly once, regardless of
+how many times (or how many different ways) it
+is listed in the arguments to
+.Ic wait .
+That is
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+wait 100 100 100
+.Ed
+is identical to
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+wait 100
+.Ed
+.El
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Job Control
+.\"
+Each process (or set of processes) started by
+.Nm
+is created as a
+.Dq job
+and added to the jobs table.
+When enabled by the
+.Fl m
+option
+.Pq aka Fl o Cm monitor
+when the job is created,
+.Nm
+places each job (if run from the top level shell)
+into a process group of its own, which allows control
+of the process(es), and its/their descendants, as a unit.
+When the
+.Fl m
+option is off, or when started from a sub-shell environment,
+jobs share the same process group as the parent shell.
+The
+.Fl m
+option is enabled by default in interactive shells with
+a terminal as standard input and standard error.
+.Pp
+Jobs with separate process groups may be stopped, and then later
+resumed in the foreground (with access to the terminal)
+or in the background (where attempting to read from the
+terminal will result in the job stopping.)
+A list of current jobs can be obtained using the
+.Ic jobs
+built-in command.
+Jobs are identified using either the process identifier
+of the lead process of the job (the value available in
+the special parameter
+.Dq Dv \&!
+if the job is started in the background), or using percent
+notation.
+Each job is given a
+.Dq job number
+which is a small integer, starting from 1, and can be
+referenced as
+.Dq Li \&% Ns Ar n
+where
+.Ar n
+is that number.
+Note that this applies to jobs both with and without their own process groups.
+Job numbers are shown in the output from the
+.Ic jobs
+command enclosed in brackets
+.Po
+.Sq Li \&[
+and
+.Sq Li \&]
+.Pc .
+Whenever the job table becomes empty, the numbers begin at one again.
+In addition, there is the concept of a current, and a previous job,
+identified by
+.Dq Li \&%+
+.Po
+or
+.Dq Li \&%%
+or even just
+.Dq Li \&%
+.Pc ,
+and a previous job, identified by
+.Dq Li \&%\- .
+Whenever a background job is started,
+or a job is resumed in the background,
+it becomes the current job.
+The job that was the current job
+(prepare for a big surprise here, drum roll..., wait for it...\&)
+becomes the previous job.
+When the current job terminates, the previous job is
+promoted to be the current job.
+In addition the form
+.Dq Li \&% Ns Ar string\^
+finds the job for which the command starts with
+.Ar string
+and the form
+.Dq Li \&%? Ns Ar string\^
+finds the job which contains the
+.Ar string
+in its command somewhere.
+Both forms require the result to be unambiguous.
+For this purpose the
+.Dq command
+is that shown in the output from the
+.Ic jobs
+command, not the original command line.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ic bg ,
+.Ic fg ,
+.Ic jobid ,
+.Ic jobs ,
+.Ic kill ,
+and
+.Ic wait
+commands all accept job identifiers as arguments, in addition to
+process identifiers (larger integers).
+See the
+.Sx Built-ins
+section above, and
+.Xr kill 1 ,
+for more details of those commands.
+In addition, a job identifier
+(using one of the
+.Dq \&% forms )
+issued as a command, without arguments, is interpreted as
+if it had been given as the argument to the
+.Ic fg
+command.
+.Pp
+To cause a foreground process to stop, enter the terminal's
+.Ic stop
+character (usually control-Z).
+To cause a background process to stop, send it a
+.Dv STOP
+signal, using the kill command.
+A useful function to define is
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+stop() { kill -s STOP "${@:-%%}"; }
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Ic fg
+command resumes a stopped job, placing it in the foreground,
+and
+.Ic bg
+resumes a stopped job in the background.
+The
+.Ic jobid
+command provides information about process identifiers, job identifiers,
+and the process group identifier, for a job.
+.Pp
+Whenever a sub-shell is created, the jobs table becomes invalid
+(the sub-shell has no children.)
+However, to enable uses like
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+PID=$(jobid -p %1)
+.Ed
+.Pp
+the table is only actually cleared in a sub-shell when needed to
+create the first job there (built-in commands run in the foreground
+do not create jobs.)
+Note that in this environment, there is no useful current job
+.Dq ( Li \&%%
+actually refers to the sub-shell itself, but is not accessible)
+but the job which is the current job in the parent can be accessed as
+.Dq Li \&%\- .
+.\"
+.\"
+.Ss Command Line Editing
+.\"
+When
+.Nm
+is being used interactively from a terminal, the current command
+and the command history (see
+.Ic fc
+in the
+.Sx Built-ins
+section)
+can be edited using emacs-mode or vi-mode command-line editing.
+The command
+.Ql set -o emacs
+(or
+.Fl E
+option)
+enables emacs-mode editing.
+The command
+.Ql set -o vi
+(or
+.Fl V
+option)
+enables vi-mode editing and places the current shell process into
+vi insert mode.
+(See the
+.Sx Argument List Processing
+section above.)
+.Pp
+The vi-mode uses commands similar to a subset of those described in the
+.Xr vi 1
+man page.
+With vi-mode
+enabled,
+.Nm sh
+can be switched between insert mode and command mode.
+It's similar to
+.Ic vi :
+pressing the
+.Aq ESC
+key will throw you into vi command mode.
+Pressing the
+.Aq return
+key while in command mode will pass the line to the shell.
+.Pp
+The emacs-mode uses commands similar to a subset available in the
+.Ic emacs
+editor.
+With emacs-mode enabled, special keys can be used to modify the text
+in the buffer using the control key.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+uses the
+.Xr editline 3
+library.
+See
+.Xr editline 7
+for a list of the possible command bindings,
+and the default settings in emacs and vi modes.
+Also see
+.Xr editrc 5
+for the commands that can be given to configure
+.Xr editline 7
+in the file named by the
+.Ev EDITRC
+parameter,
+or a file used with the
+.Ic inputrc
+built-in command,
+or using
+.Xr editline 7 Ap s
+configuration command line.
+.Pp
+When command line editing is enabled, the
+.Xr editline 7
+functions control printing of the
+.Ev PS1
+and
+.Ev PS2
+prompts when required.
+As, in this mode, the command line editor needs to
+keep track of what characters are in what position on
+the command line, care needs to be taken when setting
+the prompts.
+Normal printing characters are handled automatically,
+however mode setting sequences, which do not actually display
+on the terminal, need to be identified to
+.Xr editline 7 .
+This is done, when needed, by choosing a character that
+is not needed anywhere in the prompt, including in the mode
+setting sequences, any single character is acceptable,
+and assigning it to the shell parameter
+.Dv PSlit .
+Then that character should be used, in pairs, in the
+prompt string.
+Between each pair of
+.Dv PSlit
+characters are mode setting sequences, which affect the printing
+attributes of the following (normal) characters of the prompt,
+but do not themselves appear visibly, nor change the terminal's
+cursor position.
+.Pp
+Each such sequence, that is
+.Dv PSlit
+character, mode setting character sequence, and another
+.Dv PSlit
+character, must currently be followed by at least one following
+normal prompt character, or it will be ignored.
+That is, a
+.Dv PSlit
+character cannot be the final character of
+.Ev PS1
+or
+.Ev PS2 ,
+nor may two
+.Dv PSlit
+delimited sequences appear adjacent to each other.
+Each sequence can contain as many mode altering sequences as are
+required however.
+Only the first character from
+.Dv PSlit
+will be used.
+When set
+.Dv PSlit
+should usually be set to a string containing just one
+character, then it can simply be embedded in
+.Ev PS1
+(or
+.Ev PS2 )
+as in
+.Pp
+.D1 Li PS1=\*q${PSlit} Ns Ar mset\^ Ns Li ${PSlit}XYZ${PSlit} Ns Ar mclr\^ Ns Li ${PSlit}ABC\*q
+.Pp
+The prompt visible will be
+.Dq XYZABC
+with the
+.Dq XYZ
+part shown according as defined by the mode setting characters
+.Ar mset ,
+and then cleared again by
+.Ar mclr .
+See
+.Xr tput 1
+for one method to generate appropriate mode sequences.
+Note that both parts, XYZ and ABC, must each contain at least one
+character.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv PSlit
+is unset, which is its initial state, or set to a null string,
+no literal character will be defined,
+and all characters of the prompt strings will be assumed
+to be visible characters (which includes spaces etc.)
+To allow smooth use of prompts, without needing redefinition, when
+.Xr editline 7
+is disabled, the character chosen should be one which will be
+ignored by the terminal if received, as when
+.Xr editline 7
+is not in use, the prompt strings are simply written to the terminal.
+For example, setting:
+.\" XXX: PS1 line is too long for -offset indent
+.Bd -literal -offset left
+  PSlit="$(printf\ '\e1')"
+  PS1="${PSlit}$(tput\ bold\ blink)${PSlit}\e$${PSlit}$(tput\ sgr0)${PSlit}\ "
+.Ed
+.Pp
+will arrange for the primary prompt to be a bold blinking dollar sign,
+if supported by the current terminal, followed by an (ordinary) space,
+and, as the SOH (control-A) character
+.Pq Sq \e1
+will not normally affect
+a terminal, this same prompt will usually work with
+.Xr editline 7
+enabled or disabled.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width MAILCHECK
+.It Ev CDPATH
+The search path used with the
+.Ic cd
+built-in.
+.It Ev EDITRC
+Gives the name of the file containing commands for
+.Xr editline 7 .
+See
+.Xr editrc 5
+for possible content and format.
+The file is processed, when in interactive mode with
+command line editing enabled, whenever
+.Ev EDITRC
+is set (even with no actual value change,)
+and if command line editing changes from disabled to enabled,
+or the editor style used is changed.
+(See the
+.Fl E
+and
+.Fl V
+options of the
+.Ic set
+built-in command, described in
+.Sx Built-ins
+above, which are documented further above in
+.Sx Argument List Processing . )
+If unset
+.Dq $HOME/.editrc
+is used.
+.It Ev ENV
+Names the file sourced at startup by the shell.
+Unused by this shell after initialization,
+but is usually passed through the environment to
+descendant shells.
+.It Ev EUSER
+Set to the login name of the effective user id running the shell,
+as returned by
+.Bd -compact -literal -offset indent
+getpwuid(geteuid())->pw_name
+.Ed
+.Po
+See
+.Xr getpwuid 3
+and
+.Xr geteuid 2
+for more details.
+.Pc
+This is obtained each time
+.Ev EUSER
+is expanded, so changes to the shell's execution identity
+cause updates without further action.
+If unset, it returns nothing.
+If set it loses its special properties, and is simply a variable.
+.It Ev HISTSIZE
+The number of lines in the history buffer for the shell.
+.It Ev HOME
+Set automatically by
+.Xr login 1
+from the user's login directory in the password file
+.Pq Xr passwd 5 .
+This environment variable also functions as the default argument for the
+.Ic cd
+built-in.
+.It Ev HOSTNAME
+Set to the current hostname of the system, as returned by
+.Xr gethostname 3 .
+This is obtained each time
+.Ev HOSTNAME
+is expanded, so changes to the system's name are reflected
+without further action.
+If unset, it returns nothing.
+If set it loses its special properties, and is simply a variable.
+.It Ev IFS
+Input Field Separators.
+This is normally set to
+.Aq space ,
+.Aq tab ,
+and
+.Aq newline .
+See the
+.Sx White Space Splitting
+section for more details.
+.It Ev LANG
+The string used to specify localization information that allows users
+to work with different culture-specific and language conventions.
+See
+.Xr nls 7 .
+.It Dv LINENO
+The current line number in the script or function.
+See the section
+.Sx LINENO
+below for more details.
+.It Ev MAIL
+The name of a mail file, that will be checked for the arrival of new mail.
+Overridden by
+.Ev MAILPATH .
+The check occurs just before
+.Ev PS1
+is written, immediately after reporting jobs which have changed status,
+in interactive shells only.
+New mail is considered to have arrived if the monitored file
+has increased in size since the last check.
+.\" .It Ev MAILCHECK
+.\" The frequency in seconds that the shell checks for the arrival of mail
+.\" in the files specified by the
+.\" .Ev MAILPATH
+.\" or the
+.\" .Ev MAIL
+.\" file.
+.\" If set to 0, the check will occur at each prompt.
+.It Ev MAILPATH
+A colon
+.Dq \&:
+separated list of file names, for the shell to check for incoming mail.
+This environment setting overrides the
+.Ev MAIL
+setting.
+There is a maximum of 10 mailboxes that can be monitored at once.
+.It Ev PATH
+The default search path for executables.
+See the
+.Sx Path Search
+section above.
+.It Ev POSIXLY_CORRECT
+If set in the environment upon initialization of the shell,
+then the shell option
+.Ic posix
+will be set.
+.Po
+See the description of the
+.Ic set
+command in the
+.Sx Built-ins
+section.
+.Pc
+After initialization it is unused by the shell,
+but is usually passed through the environment to
+descendant processes, including other instances of the shell,
+which may interpret it in a similar way.
+.It Ev PPID
+The process identified of the parent process of the
+current shell.
+This value is set at shell startup, ignoring
+any value in the environment, and then made readonly.
+.It Ev PS1
+The primary prompt string, which defaults to
+.Dq Li "$ " ,
+unless you are the superuser, in which case it defaults to
+.Dq Li "# " .
+This string is subject to parameter, arithmetic, and if
+enabled by setting the
+.Ic promptcmds
+option, command substitution before being output.
+During execution of commands used by command substitution,
+execution tracing, the
+.Ic xtrace
+.Ic ( set Fl x )
+option is temporarily disabled.
+If
+.Ic promptcmds
+is not set and the prompt string uses command substitution,
+the prompt used will be an appropriate error string.
+For other expansion errors, a message will be output,
+and the unexpanded string will then be used as the prompt.
+.It Ev PS2
+The secondary prompt string, which defaults to
+.Dq Li "> " .
+After expansion (as for
+.Ev PS1 )
+it is written whenever more input is required to complete the
+current command.
+.It Ev PS4
+Output, after expansion like
+.Ev PS1 ,
+before each line when execution trace
+.Ic ( set Fl x )
+is enabled.
+.Ev PS4
+defaults to
+.Dq Li "+ " .
+.It Ev PSc
+Initialized by the shell, ignoring any value from the environment,
+to a single character string, either
+.Sq \&#
+or
+.Sq \&$ ,
+depending upon whether the current user is the superuser or not.
+This is intended for use when building a custom
+.Ev PS1 .
+.It Ev PSlit
+Defines the character which may be embedded in pairs, in
+.Ev PS1
+or
+.Ev PS2
+to indicate to
+.Xr editline 7
+that the characters between each pair of occurrences of the
+.Dv PSlit
+character will not appear in the visible prompt, and will not
+cause the terminal's cursor to change position, but rather set terminal
+attributes for the following prompt character(s) at least one of
+which must be present.
+See
+.Sx Command Line Editing
+above for more information.
+.It Ev RANDOM
+Returns a different pseudo-random integer,
+in the range [0,32767] each time it is accessed.
+.Ev RANDOM
+can be assigned an integer value to seed the PRNG.
+If the value assigned is a constant, then the
+sequence of values produces on subsequent references of
+.Ev RANDOM
+will repeat after the next time the same constant is assigned.
+Note, this is not guaranteed to remain constant from one version
+of the shell to another \(en the PRNG algorithm, or seeding
+method is subject to change.
+If
+.Ev RANDOM
+is assigned an empty value (null string) then the next time
+.Ev RANDOM
+is accessed, it will be seeded from a more genuinely random source.
+The sequence of pseudo-random numbers generated will not be able to
+be generated again (except by luck, whether good or bad, depends!)
+This is also how the initial seed is generated, if none has been
+assigned before
+.Ev RANDOM
+is first accessed after shell initialization.
+Should the error message
+.Dq "RANDOM initialisation failed"
+appear on standard error, it indicates that the source
+of good random numbers was not available, and
+.Ev RANDOM
+has instead been seeded with a more predictable value.
+The following sequence of random numbers will
+not be as unpredictable as they otherwise would be.
+.It Ev SECONDS
+Returns the number of seconds since the current shell was started.
+If unset, it remains unset, and returns nothing, unless set again.
+If set, it loses its special properties, and becomes a normal variable.
+.It Ev START_TIME
+Initialized by the shell to the number of seconds since the Epoch
+(see
+.Xr localtime 3 )
+when the shell was started.
+The value of
+.Dl $(( Ns Ev START_TIME + Ev SECONDS Ns ))
+represents the current time, if
+.Ev START_TIME
+has not been modified, and
+.Ev SECONDS
+has not been set or unset.
+.It Ev TERM
+The default terminal setting for the shell.
+This is inherited by
+children of the shell, and is used in the history editing modes.
+.\" This is explicitly last, not in sort order - please leave!
+.It Ev ToD
+When referenced, uses the value of
+.Ev ToD_FORMAT
+(or
+.Dq \&%T
+if
+.Ev ToD_FORMAT
+is unset) as the format argument to
+.Xr strftime 3
+to encode the current time of day, in the time zone
+defined by
+.Ev TZ
+if set, or current local time if not, and returns the result.
+If unset
+.Ev ToD
+returns nothing.
+If set, it loses its special properties, and becomes a normal variable.
+.It Ev ToD_FORMAT
+Can be set to the
+.Xr strftime 3
+format string to be used when expanding
+.Ev ToD .
+Initially unset.
+.It Ev TZ
+If set, gives the time zone
+(see
+.Xr localtime 3 ,
+.Xr environ 7 )
+to use when formatting
+.Ev ToD
+and if exported, other utilities that deal with times.
+If unset, the system's local wall clock time zone is used.
+.It Ev NETBSD_SHELL
+Unlike the variables previously mentioned,
+this variable is somewhat strange,
+in that it cannot be set,
+inherited from the environment,
+modified, or exported from the shell.
+If set, by the shell, it indicates that the shell is the
+.Ic sh
+defined by this manual page, and gives its version information.
+It can also give information in additional space separated words,
+after the version string.
+If the shell was built as part of a reproducible build,
+the relevant date that was used for that build will be included.
+Finally, any non-standard compilation options,
+which may affect features available,
+that were used when building the shell will be listed.
+.Ev NETBSD_SHELL
+behaves like any other variable that has the read-only
+and un-exportable attributes set.
+.El
+.Ss Dv LINENO
+.Dv LINENO
+is in many respects a normal shell variable, containing an
+integer value. and can be expanded using any of the forms
+mentioned above which can be used for any other variable.
+.Pp
+.Dv LINENO
+can be exported, made readonly, or unset, as with any other
+variable, with similar effects.
+Note that while being readonly prevents later attempts to
+set, or unset,
+.Dv LINENO ,
+it does not prevent its value changing.
+References to
+.Dv LINENO
+.Pq "when not unset"
+always obtain the current line number.
+However,
+.Dv LINENO
+should normally not ever be set or unset.
+In this shell setting
+.Dv LINENO
+reverses the effect of an earlier
+.Ic unset ,
+but does not otherwise affect the value obtained.
+If unset,
+.Dv LINENO
+should not normally be set again, doing so is not portable.
+If
+.Dv LINENO
+is set or unset, different shells act differently.
+The value of
+.Dv LINENO
+is never imported from the environment when the shell is
+started, though if present there, as with any other variable,
+.Dv LINENO
+will be exported by this shell.
+.Pp
+.Dv LINENO
+is set automatically by the shell to be the number of the source
+line on which it occurs.
+When exported,
+.Dv LINENO
+is exported with its value set to the line number it would have
+had had it been referenced on the command line of the command to
+which it is exported.
+Line numbers are counted from 1, which is the first line the shell
+reads from any particular file.
+For this shell, standard input, including in an interactive shell,
+the user's terminal, is just another file and lines are counted
+there as well.
+However note that not all shells count interactive
+lines this way, it is not wise to rely upon
+.Dv LINENO
+having a useful value, except in a script, or a function.
+.Pp
+The role of
+.Dv LINENO
+in functions is less clear.
+In some shells,
+.Dv LINENO
+continues to refer to the line number in the script which defines
+the function,
+in others lines count from one within the function, always (and
+resume counting normally once the function definition is complete)
+and others count in functions from one if the function is defined
+interactively, but otherwise just reference the line number in the
+script in which the function is defined.
+This shell gives the user the option to choose.
+If the
+.Fl L
+flag (the
+.Ic local_lineno
+option, see
+.Sx Argument List Processing )
+is set, when the function is defined, then the function
+defaults to counting lines with one being the first line of the
+function.
+When the
+.Fl L
+flag is not set, the shell counts lines in a function definition
+in the same continuous sequence as the lines that surround the
+function definition.
+Further, if
+.Dv LINENO
+is made local
+(see
+.Sx Built-ins
+above)
+inside the function, the function can decide which
+behavior it prefers.
+If
+.Dv LINENO
+is made local and inherited, and not given a value, as in
+.Dl local Fl I Dv LINENO
+then from that point in the function,
+.Dv LINENO
+will give the line number as if lines are counted in sequence
+with the lines that surround the function definition (and
+any other function definitions in which this is nested.)
+If
+.Dv LINENO
+is made local, and in that same command, given a value, as
+.Dl local Oo Fl I Ns | Ns Fl N Oc Dv LINENO Ns = Ns Ar value
+then
+.Dv LINENO
+will give the line number as if lines are counted from one
+from the beginning of the function.
+The value nominally assigned in this case is irrelevant, and ignored.
+For completeness, if lineno is made local and unset, as in
+.Dl local Fl N Dv LINENO
+then
+.Dv LINENO
+is simply unset inside the function, and gives no value at all.
+.Pp
+Now for some technical details.
+The line on which
+.Dv LINENO
+occurs in a parameter expansion, is the line that contains the
+.Sq \&$
+that begins the expansion of
+.Dv LINENO .
+In the case of nested expansions, that
+.Sq \&$
+is the one that actually has
+.Dv LINENO
+as its parameter.
+In an arithmetic expansion, where no
+.Sq \&$
+is used to evaluate
+.Dv LINENO
+but
+.Dv LINENO
+is simply referenced as a variable, then the value is the
+line number of the line that contains the
+.Sq L
+of
+.Dv LINENO .
+For functions line one of the function definition (when relevant)
+is the line that contains the first character of the
+function name in the definition.
+When exported, the line number of the command is the line number
+where the first character of the word which becomes the command name occurs.
+.Pp
+When the shell opens a new file, for any reason,
+it counts lines from one in that file,
+and then resumes its original counting once it resumes reading the
+previous input stream.
+When handling a string passed to
+.Ic eval
+the line number starts at the line on which the string starts,
+and then if the string contains internal newline characters,
+those characters increase the line number.
+This means that references to
+.Dv LINENO
+in such a case can produce values larger than would be
+produced by a reference on the line after the
+.Ic eval .
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -item
+.It
+.Pa $HOME/.profile
+.It
+.Pa /etc/profile
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+Errors that are detected by the shell, such as a syntax error, will cause the
+shell to exit with a non-zero exit status.
+If the shell is not an
+interactive shell, the execution of the shell file will be aborted.
+Otherwise
+the shell will return the exit status of the last command executed, or
+if the exit built-in is used with a numeric argument, it will return the
+argument.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr echo 1 ,
+.Xr getopt 1 ,
+.Xr ksh 1 ,
+.Xr login 1 ,
+.Xr printf 1 ,
+.Xr test 1 ,
+.Xr editline 3 ,
+.Xr getopt 3 ,
+.\" .Xr profile 4 ,
+.Xr editrc 5 ,
+.Xr passwd 5 ,
+.Xr editline 7 ,
+.Xr environ 7 ,
+.Xr nls 7 ,
+.Xr sysctl 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v1 .
+It was replaced in
+.At v7
+with a version that introduced the basis of the current syntax.
+That was, however, unmaintainable so we wrote this one.
+.Sh BUGS
+Setuid shell scripts should be avoided at all costs, as they are a
+significant security risk.
+.Pp
+The characters generated by filename completion should probably be quoted
+to ensure that the filename is still valid after the input line has been
+processed.
+.Pp
+Job control of compound statements (loops, etc) is a complete mess.
+.Pp
+Many, many, more.
+(But less than there were...)
diff --git a/bin/sh/shell.h b/bin/sh/shell.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..318d56e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/shell.h
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: shell.h,v 1.29 2019/01/22 13:48:28 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)shell.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The follow should be set to reflect the type of system you have:
+ *	JOBS -> 1 if you have Berkeley job control, 0 otherwise.
+ *	define BSD if you are running 4.2 BSD or later.
+ *	define SYSV if you are running under System V.
+ *	define DEBUG=1 to compile in debugging ('set -o debug' to turn on)
+ *	define DEBUG=2 to compile in and enable debugging.
+ *	define DEBUG=3 for DEBUG==2 + enable most standard debug output
+ *	define DEBUG=4 for DEBUG==2 + enable absolutely everything
+ *	define DO_SHAREDVFORK to indicate that vfork(2) shares its address
+ *	       with its parent.
+ *	define BOGUS_NOT_COMMAND to allow ! reserved words in weird places
+ *		(traditional ash behaviour.)
+ *
+ * When debugging is on, debugging info will be written to ./trace and
+ * a quit signal will generate a core dump.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SHELL_H
+#define SHELL_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#define JOBS 1
+#ifndef BSD
+#define BSD 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DO_SHAREDVFORK
+#if defined(__NetBSD_Version__) &&  __NetBSD_Version__ >= 104000000
+#define DO_SHAREDVFORK
+#endif
+#endif
+
+typedef void *pointer;
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL (void *)0
+#endif
+#ifndef STATIC
+#define STATIC	/* empty */
+#endif
+#define MKINIT	/* empty */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+extern const char nullstr[1];		/* null string */
+
+#ifdef	SMALL
+#undef	DEBUG
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+extern	uint64_t	DFlags;
+extern	int		ShNest;
+
+/*
+ * This is selected as there are 26 letters in ascii - not that that
+ * matters for anything, just makes it easier to assign a different
+ * command letter to each debug option.  We currently use only 18
+ * so this could be reduced, but that is of no real benefit.  It can also
+ * be increased, but that both limits the maximum value tha can be
+ * used with DBG_EXTRAS(), and causes problems with verbose option naming.
+ */
+#define	DBG_VBOSE_SHIFT		27
+#define	DBG_EXTRAS(n)	((DBG_VBOSE_SHIFT * 2) + (n))
+
+/*
+ * Macros to enable tracing, so the mainainer can control
+ * just how much debug output is dumped to the trace file
+ *
+ * In the X forms, "xtra" can be any legal C statement(s) without (bare) commas
+ * executed if the relevant debug flag is enabled, after any tracing output.
+ */
+#define CTRACE(when, param)	do {					\
+				    if ((DFlags & (when)) != 0)		\
+					trace param;			\
+				} while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
+
+#define CCTRACE(when,cond,param) do {					\
+				    if ((cond) && (DFlags & (when)) != 0) \
+					trace param;			\
+				} while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
+
+#define CTRACEV(when, param)	do {					\
+				    if ((DFlags & (when)) != 0)		\
+					tracev param;			\
+				} while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
+
+#define XTRACE(when, param, xtra) do {					\
+				    if ((DFlags & (when)) != 0) {	\
+					trace param;			\
+					xtra;				\
+				    }					\
+				} while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
+
+#define VTRACE(when, param)	do {					\
+				    if ((DFlags &			\
+					(when)<<DBG_VBOSE_SHIFT) != 0)	\
+					    trace param;		\
+				} while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
+
+#define CVTRACE(when,cond,param) do {					\
+				    if ((cond) && (DFlags &		\
+					(when)<<DBG_VBOSE_SHIFT) != 0)	\
+					    trace param;		\
+				} while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
+
+#define VTRACEV(when, param)	do {					\
+				    if ((DFlags &			\
+					(when)<<DBG_VBOSE_SHIFT) != 0)	\
+					    tracev param;		\
+				} while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
+
+#define VXTRACE(when, param, xtra) do {					\
+				    if ((DFlags &			\
+					(when)<<DBG_VBOSE_SHIFT) != 0) {\
+					    trace param;		\
+					    xtra;			\
+				    }					\
+				} while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
+
+#define SHELL_FORKED()	ShNest++
+#define VFORK_BLOCK	{ const int _ShNest = ShNest;
+#define VFORK_END	}
+#define VFORK_UNDO()	ShNest = _ShNest
+
+#define	DBG_ALWAYS	(1LL << 0)
+#define	DBG_PARSE	(1LL << 1)		/* r (read commands) */
+#define	DBG_EVAL	(1LL << 2)		/* e */
+#define	DBG_EXPAND	(1LL << 3)		/* x */
+#define	DBG_JOBS	(1LL << 4)		/* j */
+#define	DBG_PROCS	(1LL << 5)		/* p */
+#define	DBG_REDIR	(1LL << 6)		/* f (fds) */
+#define	DBG_CMDS	(1LL << 7)		/* c */
+#define	DBG_ERRS	(1LL << 8)		/* z (?) */
+#define	DBG_WAIT	(1LL << 9)		/* w */
+#define	DBG_TRAP	(1LL << 10)		/* t */
+#define	DBG_VARS	(1LL << 11)		/* v */
+#define	DBG_INPUT	(1LL << 12)		/* i */
+#define	DBG_OUTPUT	(1LL << 13)		/* o */
+#define	DBG_MEM		(1LL << 14)		/* m */
+#define	DBG_ARITH	(1LL << 15)		/* a */
+#define	DBG_HISTORY	(1LL << 16)		/* h */
+#define	DBG_SIG		(1LL << 17)		/* s */
+#define	DBG_MATCH	(1LL << 18)		/* g (glob) */
+#define	DBG_LEXER	(1LL << 19)		/* l */
+
+/*
+ * reserved extras: b=builtins y=alias
+ * still free:  d k n q u
+ */
+
+	/* use VTRACE(DBG_ALWAYS, (...)) to test this one */
+#define	DBG_VERBOSE	(1LL << DBG_VBOSE_SHIFT)
+
+	/* DBG_EXTRAS 0 .. 9 (max) only  - non-alpha options (no VTRACE !!) */
+#define	DBG_U0		(1LL << DBG_EXTRAS(0))	/* 0 - ad-hoc extra flags */
+#define	DBG_U1		(1LL << DBG_EXTRAS(1))	/* 1 - for short term */
+#define	DBG_U2		(1LL << DBG_EXTRAS(2))	/* 2 - extra tracing */
+#define	DBG_U3		(1LL << DBG_EXTRAS(3))	/* 3 - when needed */
+	/* 4, 5, & 6 currently free */
+#define	DBG_LINE	(1LL << DBG_EXTRAS(7))	/* @ ($LINENO) */
+#define	DBG_PID		(1LL << DBG_EXTRAS(8))	/* $ ($$) */
+#define	DBG_NEST	(1LL << DBG_EXTRAS(9))	/* ^ */
+
+/* 26 lower case, 26 upper case, always, verbose, and 10 extras: 64 bits */
+
+extern void set_debug(const char *, int);
+
+#else	/* DEBUG */
+
+#define CTRACE(when, param)		/* conditional normal trace */
+#define CCTRACE(when, cond, param)	/* more conditional normal trace */
+#define CTRACEV(when, param)		/* conditional varargs trace */
+#define XTRACE(when, param, extra)	/* conditional trace, plus more */
+#define VTRACE(when, param)		/* conditional verbose trace */
+#define CVTRACE(when, cond, param)	/* more conditional verbose trace */
+#define VTRACEV(when, param)		/* conditional verbose varargs trace */
+#define VXTRACE(when, param, extra)	/* cond verbose trace, plus more */
+
+#define SHELL_FORKED()
+#define VFORK_BLOCK
+#define VFORK_END
+#define VFORK_UNDO()
+
+#endif	/* DEBUG */
+
+#endif /* SHELL_H */
diff --git a/bin/sh/show.c b/bin/sh/show.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa9f5aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/show.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: show.c,v 1.52 2019/01/22 13:48:28 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)show.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: show.c,v 1.52 2019/01/22 13:48:28 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "nodes.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "show.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "redir.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+
+#define DEFINE_NODENAMES
+#include "nodenames.h"		/* does almost nothing if !defined(DEBUG) */
+
+#define	TR_STD_WIDTH	60	/* tend to fold lines wider than this */
+#define	TR_IOVECS	10	/* number of lines or trace (max) / write */
+
+typedef struct traceinfo {
+	int	tfd;	/* file descriptor for open trace file */
+	int	nxtiov;	/* the buffer we should be writing to */
+	char	lastc;	/* the last non-white character output */
+	uint8_t	supr;	/* char classes to suppress after \n */
+	pid_t	pid;	/* process id of process that opened that file */
+	size_t	llen;	/* number of chars in current output line */
+	size_t	blen;	/* chars used in current buffer being filled */
+	char *	tracefile;		/* name of the tracefile */
+	struct iovec lines[TR_IOVECS];	/* filled, flling, pending buffers */
+} TFILE;
+
+/* These are auto turned off when non white space is printed */
+#define	SUP_NL	0x01	/* don't print \n */
+#define	SUP_SP	0x03	/* suppress spaces */
+#define	SUP_WSP	0x04	/* suppress all white space */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG		/* from here to end of file ... */
+
+TFILE tracedata, *tracetfile;
+FILE *tracefile;		/* just for histedit */
+
+uint64_t	DFlags;		/* currently enabled debug flags */
+int ShNest;			/* depth of shell (internal) nesting */
+
+static void shtree(union node *, int, int, int, TFILE *);
+static void shcmd(union node *, TFILE *);
+static void shsubsh(union node *, TFILE *);
+static void shredir(union node *, TFILE *, int);
+static void sharg(union node *, TFILE *);
+static void indent(int, TFILE *);
+static void trstring(const char *);
+static void trace_putc(char, TFILE *);
+static void trace_puts(const char *, TFILE *);
+static void trace_flush(TFILE *, int);
+static char *trace_id(TFILE *);
+static void trace_fd_swap(int, int);
+
+inline static int trlinelen(TFILE *);
+
+
+/*
+ * These functions are the externally visible interface
+ *  (but only for a DEBUG shell.)
+ */
+
+void
+opentrace(void)
+{
+	char *s;
+	int fd;
+	int i;
+	pid_t pid;
+
+	if (debug != 1) {
+		/* leave fd open because libedit might be using it */
+		if (tracefile)
+			fflush(tracefile);
+		if (tracetfile)
+			trace_flush(tracetfile, 1);
+		return;
+	}
+#if DBG_PID == 1		/* using old shell.h, old tracing method */
+	DFlags = DBG_PID;	/* just force DBG_PID on, and leave it ... */
+#endif
+	pid = getpid();
+	if (asprintf(&s, "trace.%jd", (intmax_t)pid) <= 0) {
+		debug = 0;
+		error("Cannot asprintf tracefilename");
+	};
+
+	fd = open(s, O_WRONLY|O_APPEND|O_CREAT, 0666);
+	if (fd == -1) {
+		debug = 0;
+		error("Can't open tracefile: %s (%s)\n", s, strerror(errno));
+	}
+	fd = to_upper_fd(fd);
+	if (fd <= 2) {
+		(void) close(fd);
+		debug = 0;
+		error("Attempt to use fd %d as tracefile thwarted\n", fd);
+	}
+	register_sh_fd(fd, trace_fd_swap);
+
+	/*
+	 * This stuff is just so histedit has a FILE * to use
+	 */
+	if (tracefile)
+		(void) fclose(tracefile);	/* also closes tfd */
+	tracefile = fdopen(fd, "a");	/* don't care if it is NULL */
+	if (tracefile)			/* except here... */
+		setlinebuf(tracefile);
+
+	/*
+	 * Now the real tracing setup
+	 */
+	if (tracedata.tfd > 0 && tracedata.tfd != fd)
+		(void) close(tracedata.tfd);	/* usually done by fclose() */
+
+	tracedata.tfd = fd;
+	tracedata.pid = pid;
+	tracedata.nxtiov = 0;
+	tracedata.blen = 0;
+	tracedata.llen = 0;
+	tracedata.lastc = '\0';
+	tracedata.supr = SUP_NL | SUP_WSP;
+
+#define	replace(f, v) do {				\
+		if (tracedata.f != NULL)		\
+			free(tracedata.f);		\
+		tracedata.f = v;			\
+	} while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
+
+	replace(tracefile, s);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < TR_IOVECS; i++) {
+		replace(lines[i].iov_base, NULL);
+		tracedata.lines[i].iov_len = 0;
+	}
+
+#undef replace
+
+	tracetfile = &tracedata;
+
+	trace_puts("\nTracing started.\n", tracetfile);
+}
+
+void
+trace(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list va;
+	char *s;
+
+	if (debug != 1 || !tracetfile)
+		return;
+	va_start(va, fmt);
+	(void) vasprintf(&s, fmt, va);
+	va_end(va);
+
+	trace_puts(s, tracetfile);
+	free(s);
+	if (tracetfile->llen == 0)
+		trace_flush(tracetfile, 0);
+}
+
+void
+tracev(const char *fmt, va_list va)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	char *s;
+
+	if (debug != 1 || !tracetfile)
+		return;
+	va_copy(ap, va);
+	(void) vasprintf(&s, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	trace_puts(s, tracetfile);
+	free(s);
+	if (tracetfile->llen == 0)
+		trace_flush(tracetfile, 0);
+}
+
+
+void
+trputs(const char *s)
+{
+	if (debug != 1 || !tracetfile)
+		return;
+	trace_puts(s, tracetfile);
+}
+
+void
+trputc(int c)
+{
+	if (debug != 1 || !tracetfile)
+		return;
+	trace_putc(c, tracetfile);
+}
+
+void
+showtree(union node *n)
+{
+	TFILE *fp;
+
+	if ((fp = tracetfile) == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	trace_puts("showtree(", fp);
+		if (n == NULL)
+			trace_puts("NULL", fp);
+		else if (n == NEOF)
+			trace_puts("NEOF", fp);
+		else
+			trace("%p", n);
+	trace_puts(") called\n", fp);
+	if (n != NULL && n != NEOF)
+		shtree(n, 1, 1, 1, fp);
+}
+
+void
+trargs(char **ap)
+{
+	if (debug != 1 || !tracetfile)
+		return;
+	while (*ap) {
+		trstring(*ap++);
+		if (*ap)
+			trace_putc(' ', tracetfile);
+	}
+	trace_putc('\n', tracetfile);
+}
+
+void
+trargstr(union node *n)
+{
+	sharg(n, tracetfile);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Beyond here we just have the implementation of all of that
+ */
+
+
+inline static int
+trlinelen(TFILE * fp)
+{
+	return fp->llen;
+}
+
+static void
+shtree(union node *n, int ind, int ilvl, int nl, TFILE *fp)
+{
+	struct nodelist *lp;
+	const char *s;
+
+	if (n == NULL) {
+		if (nl)
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	indent(ind, fp);
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case NSEMI:
+		s = NULL;
+		goto binop;
+	case NAND:
+		s = " && ";
+		goto binop;
+	case NOR:
+		s = " || ";
+binop:
+		shtree(n->nbinary.ch1, 0, ilvl, 0, fp);
+		if (s != NULL)
+			trace_puts(s, fp);
+		if (trlinelen(fp) >= TR_STD_WIDTH) {
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+			indent(ind < 0 ? 2 : ind + 1, fp);
+		} else if (s == NULL) {
+			if (fp->lastc != '&')
+				trace_puts("; ", fp);
+			else
+				trace_putc(' ', fp);
+		}
+		shtree(n->nbinary.ch2, 0, ilvl, nl, fp);
+		break;
+	case NCMD:
+		shcmd(n, fp);
+		if (n->ncmd.backgnd)
+			trace_puts(" &", fp);
+		if (nl && trlinelen(fp) > 0)
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		break;
+	case NPIPE:
+		for (lp = n->npipe.cmdlist ; lp ; lp = lp->next) {
+			shtree(lp->n, 0, ilvl, 0, fp);
+			if (lp->next) {
+				trace_puts(" |", fp);
+				if (trlinelen(fp) >= TR_STD_WIDTH)  {
+					trace_putc('\n', fp);
+					indent((ind < 0 ? ilvl : ind) + 1, fp);
+				} else
+					trace_putc(' ', fp);
+			}
+		}
+		if (n->npipe.backgnd)
+			trace_puts(" &", fp);
+		if (nl || trlinelen(fp) >= TR_STD_WIDTH)
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		break;
+	case NBACKGND:
+	case NSUBSHELL:
+		shsubsh(n, fp);
+		if (n->type == NBACKGND)
+			trace_puts(" &", fp);
+		if (nl && trlinelen(fp) > 0)
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		break;
+	case NDEFUN:
+		trace_puts(n->narg.text, fp);
+		trace_puts("() {\n", fp);
+		indent(ind, fp);
+		shtree(n->narg.next, (ind < 0 ? ilvl : ind) + 1, ilvl+1, 1, fp);
+		indent(ind, fp);
+		trace_puts("}\n", fp);
+		break;
+	case NDNOT:
+		trace_puts("! ", fp);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case NNOT:
+		trace_puts("! ", fp);
+		shtree(n->nnot.com, -1, ilvl, nl, fp);
+		break;
+	case NREDIR:
+		shtree(n->nredir.n, -1, ilvl, 0, fp);
+		shredir(n->nredir.redirect, fp, n->nredir.n == NULL);
+		if (nl)
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		break;
+
+	case NIF:
+	itsif:
+		trace_puts("if ", fp);
+		shtree(n->nif.test, -1, ilvl, 0, fp);
+		if (trlinelen(fp) > 0 && trlinelen(fp) < TR_STD_WIDTH) {
+			if (fp->lastc != '&')
+				trace_puts(" ;", fp);
+		} else
+			indent(ilvl, fp);
+		trace_puts(" then ", fp);
+		if (nl || trlinelen(fp) > TR_STD_WIDTH - 24)
+			indent(ilvl+1, fp);
+		shtree(n->nif.ifpart, -1, ilvl + 1, 0, fp);
+		if (trlinelen(fp) > 0 && trlinelen(fp) < TR_STD_WIDTH) {
+			if (fp->lastc != '&')
+				trace_puts(" ;", fp);
+		} else
+			indent(ilvl, fp);
+		if (n->nif.elsepart && n->nif.elsepart->type == NIF) {
+			if (nl || trlinelen(fp) > TR_STD_WIDTH - 24)
+				indent(ilvl, fp);
+			n = n->nif.elsepart;
+			trace_puts(" el", fp);
+			goto itsif;
+		}
+		if (n->nif.elsepart) {
+			if (nl || trlinelen(fp) > TR_STD_WIDTH - 24)
+				indent(ilvl+1, fp);
+			trace_puts(" else ", fp);
+			shtree(n->nif.elsepart, -1, ilvl + 1, 0, fp);
+			if (fp->lastc != '&')
+				trace_puts(" ;", fp);
+		}
+		trace_puts(" fi", fp);
+		if (nl)
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		break;
+
+	case NWHILE:
+		trace_puts("while ", fp);
+		goto aloop;
+	case NUNTIL:
+		trace_puts("until ", fp);
+	aloop:
+		shtree(n->nbinary.ch1, -1, ilvl, 0, fp);
+		if (trlinelen(fp) > 0 && trlinelen(fp) < TR_STD_WIDTH) {
+			if (fp->lastc != '&')
+				trace_puts(" ;", fp);
+		} else
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		trace_puts(" do ", fp);
+		shtree(n->nbinary.ch1, -1, ilvl + 1, 1, fp);
+		trace_puts(" done ", fp);
+		if (nl)
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		break;
+
+	case NFOR:
+		trace_puts("for ", fp);
+		trace_puts(n->nfor.var, fp);
+		if (n->nfor.args) {
+			union node *argp;
+
+			trace_puts(" in ", fp);
+			for (argp = n->nfor.args; argp; argp=argp->narg.next) {
+				sharg(argp, fp);
+				trace_putc(' ', fp);
+			}
+			if (trlinelen(fp) > 0 && trlinelen(fp) < TR_STD_WIDTH) {
+				if (fp->lastc != '&')
+					trace_putc(';', fp);
+			} else
+				trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		}
+		trace_puts(" do ", fp);
+		shtree(n->nfor.body, -1, ilvl + 1, 0, fp);
+		if (fp->lastc != '&')
+			trace_putc(';', fp);
+		trace_puts(" done", fp);
+		if (nl)
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		break;
+
+	case NCASE:
+		trace_puts("case ", fp);
+		sharg(n->ncase.expr, fp);
+		trace_puts(" in", fp);
+		if (nl)
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		{
+			union node *cp;
+
+			for (cp = n->ncase.cases ; cp ; cp = cp->nclist.next) {
+				union node *patp;
+
+				if (nl || trlinelen(fp) > TR_STD_WIDTH - 16)
+					indent(ilvl, fp);
+				else
+					trace_putc(' ', fp);
+				trace_putc('(', fp);
+				patp = cp->nclist.pattern;
+				while (patp != NULL) {
+				    trace_putc(' ', fp);
+				    sharg(patp, fp);
+				    trace_putc(' ', fp);
+				    if ((patp = patp->narg.next) != NULL)
+					trace_putc('|', fp);
+				}
+				trace_putc(')', fp);
+				if (nl)
+					indent(ilvl + 1, fp);
+				else
+					trace_putc(' ', fp);
+				shtree(cp->nclist.body, -1, ilvl+2, 0, fp);
+				if (cp->type == NCLISTCONT)
+					trace_puts(" ;&", fp);
+				else
+					trace_puts(" ;;", fp);
+				if (nl)
+					trace_putc('\n', fp);
+			}
+		}
+		if (nl) {
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+			indent(ind, fp);
+		} else
+			trace_putc(' ', fp);
+		trace_puts("esac", fp);
+		if (nl)
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		break;
+
+	default: {
+			char *str;
+
+			asprintf(&str, "<node type %d [%s]>", n->type,
+			    NODETYPENAME(n->type));
+			trace_puts(str, fp);
+			free(str);
+			if (nl)
+				trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+static void
+shcmd(union node *cmd, TFILE *fp)
+{
+	union node *np;
+	int first;
+
+	first = 1;
+	for (np = cmd->ncmd.args ; np ; np = np->narg.next) {
+		if (! first)
+			trace_putc(' ', fp);
+		sharg(np, fp);
+		first = 0;
+	}
+	shredir(cmd->ncmd.redirect, fp, first);
+}
+
+static void
+shsubsh(union node *cmd, TFILE *fp)
+{
+	trace_puts(" ( ", fp);
+	shtree(cmd->nredir.n, -1, 3, 0, fp);
+	trace_puts(" ) ", fp);
+	shredir(cmd->ncmd.redirect, fp, 1);
+}
+
+static void
+shredir(union node *np, TFILE *fp, int first)
+{
+	const char *s;
+	int dftfd;
+	char buf[106];
+
+	for ( ; np ; np = np->nfile.next) {
+		if (! first)
+			trace_putc(' ', fp);
+		switch (np->nfile.type) {
+			case NTO:	s = ">";  dftfd = 1; break;
+			case NCLOBBER:	s = ">|"; dftfd = 1; break;
+			case NAPPEND:	s = ">>"; dftfd = 1; break;
+			case NTOFD:	s = ">&"; dftfd = 1; break;
+			case NFROM:	s = "<";  dftfd = 0; break;
+			case NFROMFD:	s = "<&"; dftfd = 0; break;
+			case NFROMTO:	s = "<>"; dftfd = 0; break;
+			case NXHERE:	/* FALLTHROUGH */
+			case NHERE:	s = "<<"; dftfd = 0; break;
+			default:   s = "*error*"; dftfd = 0; break;
+		}
+		if (np->nfile.fd != dftfd) {
+			sprintf(buf, "%d", np->nfile.fd);
+			trace_puts(buf, fp);
+		}
+		trace_puts(s, fp);
+		if (np->nfile.type == NTOFD || np->nfile.type == NFROMFD) {
+			if (np->ndup.vname)
+				sharg(np->ndup.vname, fp);
+			else {
+				if (np->ndup.dupfd < 0)
+					trace_puts("-", fp);
+				else {
+					sprintf(buf, "%d", np->ndup.dupfd);
+					trace_puts(buf, fp);
+				}
+			}
+		} else
+		    if (np->nfile.type == NHERE || np->nfile.type == NXHERE) {
+			if (np->nfile.type == NHERE)
+				trace_putc('\\', fp);
+			trace_puts("!!!\n", fp);
+			s = np->nhere.doc->narg.text;
+			if (strlen(s) > 100) {
+				memmove(buf, s, 100);
+				buf[100] = '\0';
+				strcat(buf, " ...\n");
+				s = buf;
+			}
+			trace_puts(s, fp);
+			trace_puts("!!! ", fp);
+		} else {
+			sharg(np->nfile.fname, fp);
+		}
+		first = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+sharg(union node *arg, TFILE *fp)
+{
+	char *p, *s;
+	struct nodelist *bqlist;
+	int subtype = 0;
+	int quoted = 0;
+
+	if (arg->type != NARG) {
+		asprintf(&s, "<node type %d> ! NARG\n", arg->type);
+		trace_puts(s, fp);
+		abort();	/* no need to free s, better not to */
+	}
+
+	bqlist = arg->narg.backquote;
+	for (p = arg->narg.text ; *p ; p++) {
+		switch (*p) {
+		case CTLESC:
+			trace_putc('\\', fp);
+			trace_putc(*++p, fp);
+			break;
+
+		case CTLNONL:
+			trace_putc('\\', fp);
+			trace_putc('\n', fp);
+			break;
+
+		case CTLVAR:
+			subtype = *++p;
+			if (!quoted != !(subtype & VSQUOTE))
+				trace_putc('"', fp);
+			trace_putc('$', fp);
+			trace_putc('{', fp);	/*}*/
+			if ((subtype & VSTYPE) == VSLENGTH)
+				trace_putc('#', fp);
+			if (subtype & VSLINENO)
+				trace_puts("LINENO=", fp);
+
+			while (*++p != '=')
+				trace_putc(*p, fp);
+
+			if (subtype & VSNUL)
+				trace_putc(':', fp);
+
+			switch (subtype & VSTYPE) {
+			case VSNORMAL:
+				/* { */
+				trace_putc('}', fp);
+				if (!quoted != !(subtype & VSQUOTE))
+					trace_putc('"', fp);
+				break;
+			case VSMINUS:
+				trace_putc('-', fp);
+				break;
+			case VSPLUS:
+				trace_putc('+', fp);
+				break;
+			case VSQUESTION:
+				trace_putc('?', fp);
+				break;
+			case VSASSIGN:
+				trace_putc('=', fp);
+				break;
+			case VSTRIMLEFTMAX:
+				trace_putc('#', fp);
+				/* FALLTHROUGH */
+			case VSTRIMLEFT:
+				trace_putc('#', fp);
+				break;
+			case VSTRIMRIGHTMAX:
+				trace_putc('%', fp);
+				/* FALLTHROUGH */
+			case VSTRIMRIGHT:
+				trace_putc('%', fp);
+				break;
+			case VSLENGTH:
+				break;
+			default: {
+					char str[32];
+
+					snprintf(str, sizeof str,
+					    "<subtype %d>", subtype);
+					trace_puts(str, fp);
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+		case CTLENDVAR:
+			/* { */
+			trace_putc('}', fp);
+			if (!quoted != !(subtype & VSQUOTE))
+				trace_putc('"', fp);
+			subtype = 0;
+			break;
+
+		case CTLBACKQ|CTLQUOTE:
+			if (!quoted)
+				trace_putc('"', fp);
+			/* FALLTHRU */
+		case CTLBACKQ:
+			trace_putc('$', fp);
+			trace_putc('(', fp);
+			if (bqlist) {
+				shtree(bqlist->n, -1, 3, 0, fp);
+				bqlist = bqlist->next;
+			} else
+				trace_puts("???", fp);
+			trace_putc(')', fp);
+			if (!quoted && *p == (CTLBACKQ|CTLQUOTE))
+				trace_putc('"', fp);
+			break;
+
+		case CTLQUOTEMARK:
+			if (subtype != 0 || !quoted) {
+				trace_putc('"', fp);
+				quoted++;
+			}
+			break;
+		case CTLQUOTEEND:
+			trace_putc('"', fp);
+			quoted--;
+			break;
+		case CTLARI:
+			if (*p == ' ')
+				p++;
+			trace_puts("$(( ", fp);
+			break;
+		case CTLENDARI:
+			trace_puts(" ))", fp);
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			if (*p == '$')
+				trace_putc('\\', fp);
+			trace_putc(*p, fp);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (quoted)
+		trace_putc('"', fp);
+}
+
+
+static void
+indent(int amount, TFILE *fp)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if (amount <= 0)
+		return;
+
+	amount <<= 2;	/* indent slots -> chars */
+
+	i = trlinelen(fp);
+	fp->supr = SUP_NL;
+	if (i > amount) {
+		trace_putc('\n', fp);
+		i = 0;
+	}
+	fp->supr = 0;
+	for (; i < amount - 7 ; i++) {
+		trace_putc('\t', fp);
+		i |= 7;
+	}
+	while (i < amount) {
+		trace_putc(' ', fp);
+		i++;
+	}
+	fp->supr = SUP_WSP;
+}
+
+static void
+trace_putc(char c, TFILE *fp)
+{
+	char *p;
+
+	if (c == '\0')
+		return;
+	if (debug == 0 || fp == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	if (fp->llen == 0) {
+		if (fp->blen != 0)
+			abort();
+
+		if ((fp->supr & SUP_NL) && c == '\n')
+			return;
+		if ((fp->supr & (SUP_WSP|SUP_SP)) && c == ' ')
+			return;
+		if ((fp->supr & SUP_WSP) && c == '\t')
+			return;
+
+		if (fp->nxtiov >= TR_IOVECS - 1)	/* should be rare */
+			trace_flush(fp, 0);
+
+		p = trace_id(fp);
+		if (p != NULL) {
+			fp->lines[fp->nxtiov].iov_base = p;
+			fp->lines[fp->nxtiov].iov_len = strlen(p);
+			fp->nxtiov++;
+		}
+	} else if (fp->blen && fp->blen >= fp->lines[fp->nxtiov].iov_len) {
+		fp->blen = 0;
+		if (++fp->nxtiov >= TR_IOVECS)
+			trace_flush(fp, 0);
+	}
+
+	if (fp->lines[fp->nxtiov].iov_len == 0) {
+		p = (char *)malloc(2 * TR_STD_WIDTH);
+		if (p == NULL) {
+			trace_flush(fp, 1);
+			debug = 0;
+			return;
+		}
+		*p = '\0';
+		fp->lines[fp->nxtiov].iov_base = p;
+		fp->lines[fp->nxtiov].iov_len = 2 * TR_STD_WIDTH;
+		fp->blen = 0;
+	}
+
+	p = (char *)fp->lines[fp->nxtiov].iov_base + fp->blen++;
+	*p++ = c;
+	*p = 0;
+
+	if (c != ' ' && c != '\t' && c != '\n') {
+		fp->lastc = c;
+		fp->supr = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (c == '\n') {
+		fp->lines[fp->nxtiov++].iov_len = fp->blen;
+		fp->blen = 0;
+		fp->llen = 0;
+		fp->supr |= SUP_NL;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (c == '\t')
+		fp->llen |=  7;
+	fp->llen++;
+}
+
+void
+trace_flush(TFILE *fp, int all)
+{
+	int niov, i;
+	ssize_t written;
+
+	niov = fp->nxtiov;
+	if (all && fp->blen > 0) {
+		fp->lines[niov].iov_len = fp->blen;
+		fp->blen = 0;
+		fp->llen = 0;
+		niov++;
+	}
+	if (niov == 0)
+		return;
+	if (fp->blen > 0 && --niov == 0)
+		return;
+	written = writev(fp->tfd, fp->lines, niov);
+	for (i = 0; i < niov; i++) {
+		free(fp->lines[i].iov_base);
+		fp->lines[i].iov_base = NULL;
+		fp->lines[i].iov_len = 0;
+	}
+	if (written == -1) {
+		if (fp->blen > 0) {
+			free(fp->lines[niov].iov_base);
+			fp->lines[niov].iov_base = NULL;
+			fp->lines[niov].iov_len = 0;
+		}
+		debug = 0;
+		fp->blen = 0;
+		fp->llen = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+	if (fp->blen > 0) {
+		fp->lines[0].iov_base = fp->lines[niov].iov_base;
+		fp->lines[0].iov_len = fp->lines[niov].iov_len;
+		fp->lines[niov].iov_base = NULL;
+		fp->lines[niov].iov_len = 0;
+	}
+	fp->nxtiov = 0;
+}
+
+void
+trace_puts(const char *s, TFILE *fp)
+{
+	char c;
+
+	while ((c = *s++) != '\0')
+		trace_putc(c, fp);
+}
+
+inline static char *
+trace_id(TFILE *tf)
+{
+	int i;
+	char indent[16];
+	char *p;
+	int lno;
+	char c;
+
+	if (DFlags & DBG_NEST) {
+		if ((unsigned)ShNest >= sizeof indent - 1) {
+			(void) snprintf(indent, sizeof indent,
+			    "### %*d ###", (int)(sizeof indent) - 9, ShNest);
+			p = strchr(indent, '\0');
+		} else {
+			p = indent;
+			for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+				*p++ = (i < ShNest) ? '#' : ' ';
+			while (i++ < ShNest && p < &indent[sizeof indent - 1])
+				*p++ = '#';
+			*p = '\0';
+		}
+	} else
+		indent[0] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * If we are in the parser, then plinno is the current line
+	 * number being processed (parser line no).
+	 * If we are elsewhere, then line_number gives the source
+	 * line of whatever we are currently doing (close enough.)
+	 */
+	if (parsing)
+		lno = plinno;
+	else
+		lno = line_number;
+
+	c = ((i = getpid()) == tf->pid) ? ':' : '=';
+
+	if (DFlags & DBG_PID) {
+		if (DFlags & DBG_LINE)
+			(void) asprintf(&p, "%5d%c%s\t%4d%c@\t", i, c,
+			    indent, lno, parsing?'-':'+');
+		else
+			(void) asprintf(&p, "%5d%c%s\t", i, c, indent);
+		return p;
+	} else if (DFlags & DBG_NEST) {
+		if (DFlags & DBG_LINE)
+			(void) asprintf(&p, "%c%s\t%4d%c@\t", c, indent, lno,
+			    parsing?'-':'+');
+		else
+			(void) asprintf(&p, "%c%s\t", c, indent);
+		return p;
+	} else if (DFlags & DBG_LINE) {
+		(void) asprintf(&p, "%c%4d%c@\t", c, lno, parsing?'-':'+');
+		return p;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Used only from trargs(), which itself is used only to print
+ * arg lists (argv[]) either that passed into this shell, or
+ * the arg list about to be given to some other command (incl
+ * builtin, and function) as their argv[].  If any of the CTL*
+ * chars seem to appear, they really should be just treated as data,
+ * not special...   But this is just debug, so, who cares!
+ */
+static void
+trstring(const char *s)
+{
+	const char *p;
+	char c;
+	TFILE *fp;
+
+	if (debug != 1 || !tracetfile)
+		return;
+	fp = tracetfile;
+	trace_putc('"', fp);
+	for (p = s ; *p ; p++) {
+		switch (*p) {
+		case '\n':  c = 'n';  goto backslash;
+		case '\t':  c = 't';  goto backslash;
+		case '\r':  c = 'r';  goto backslash;
+		case '"':  c = '"';  goto backslash;
+		case '\\':  c = '\\';  goto backslash;
+		case CTLESC:  c = 'e';  goto backslash;
+		case CTLVAR:  c = 'v';  goto backslash;
+		case CTLVAR+CTLQUOTE:  c = 'V';  goto backslash;
+		case CTLBACKQ:  c = 'q';  goto backslash;
+		case CTLBACKQ+CTLQUOTE:  c = 'Q';  goto backslash;
+backslash:		trace_putc('\\', fp);
+			trace_putc(c, fp);
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (*p >= ' ' && *p <= '~')
+				trace_putc(*p, fp);
+			else {
+				trace_putc('\\', fp);
+				trace_putc(*p >> 6 & 03, fp);
+				trace_putc(*p >> 3 & 07, fp);
+				trace_putc(*p & 07, fp);
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	trace_putc('"', fp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * deal with the user "accidentally" picking our fd to use.
+ */
+static void
+trace_fd_swap(int from, int to)
+{
+	if (tracetfile == NULL || from == to)
+		return;
+
+	tracetfile->tfd = to;
+
+	/*
+	 * This is just so histedit has a stdio FILE* to use.
+	 */
+	if (tracefile)
+		fclose(tracefile);
+	tracefile = fdopen(to, "a");
+	if (tracefile)
+		setlinebuf(tracefile);
+}
+
+
+static struct debug_flag {
+	char		label;
+	uint64_t	flag;
+} debug_flags[] = {
+	{ 'a',	DBG_ARITH	},	/* arithmetic ( $(( )) ) */
+	{ 'c',	DBG_CMDS	},	/* command searching, ... */
+	{ 'e',	DBG_EVAL	},	/* evaluation of the parse tree */
+	{ 'f',	DBG_REDIR	},	/* file descriptors & redirections */
+	{ 'g',	DBG_MATCH	},	/* pattern matching (glob) */
+	{ 'h',	DBG_HISTORY	},	/* history & cmd line editing */
+	{ 'i',	DBG_INPUT	},	/* shell input routines */
+	{ 'j',	DBG_JOBS	},	/* job control, structures */
+	{ 'l',	DBG_LEXER	},	/* lexical analysis */
+	{ 'm',	DBG_MEM		},	/* memory management */
+	{ 'o',	DBG_OUTPUT	},	/* output routines */
+	{ 'p',	DBG_PROCS	},	/* process management, fork, ... */
+	{ 'r',	DBG_PARSE	},	/* parser, lexer, ... tree building */
+	{ 's',	DBG_SIG		},	/* signals and everything related */
+	{ 't',	DBG_TRAP	},	/* traps & signals */
+	{ 'v',	DBG_VARS	},	/* variables and parameters */
+	{ 'w',	DBG_WAIT	},	/* waits for processes to finish */
+	{ 'x',	DBG_EXPAND	},	/* word expansion ${} $() $(( )) */
+	{ 'z',	DBG_ERRS	},	/* error control, jumps, cleanup */
+ 
+	{ '0',	DBG_U0		},	/* ad-hoc temp debug flag #0 */
+	{ '1',	DBG_U1		},	/* ad-hoc temp debug flag #1 */
+	{ '2',	DBG_U2		},	/* ad-hoc temp debug flag #2 */
+	{ '3',	DBG_U3		},	/* ad-hoc temp debug flag #3 */
+ 
+	{ '@',	DBG_LINE	},	/* prefix trace lines with line# */
+	{ '$',	DBG_PID		},	/* prefix trace lines with sh pid */
+	{ '^',	DBG_NEST	},	/* show shell nesting level */
+
+			/* alpha options only - but not DBG_LEXER */
+	{ '_',	DBG_PARSE | DBG_EVAL | DBG_EXPAND | DBG_JOBS | DBG_SIG |
+		    DBG_PROCS | DBG_REDIR | DBG_CMDS | DBG_ERRS |
+		    DBG_WAIT | DBG_TRAP | DBG_VARS | DBG_MEM | DBG_MATCH |
+		    DBG_INPUT | DBG_OUTPUT | DBG_ARITH | DBG_HISTORY },
+
+   /*   { '*',	DBG_ALLVERBOSE	}, 	   is handled in the code */
+
+	{ '#',	DBG_U0 | DBG_U1 | DBG_U2 | DBG_U3 },
+
+	{ 0,	0		}
+};
+
+void
+set_debug(const char * flags, int on)
+{
+	char f;
+	struct debug_flag *df;
+	int verbose;
+
+	while ((f = *flags++) != '\0') {
+		verbose = 0;
+		if (is_upper(f)) {
+			verbose = 1;
+			f += 'a' - 'A';
+		}
+		if (f == '*')
+			f = '_', verbose = 1;
+		if (f == '+') {
+			if (*flags == '+')
+				flags++, verbose=1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Note: turning on any debug option also enables DBG_ALWAYS
+		 * turning on any verbose option also enables DBG_VERBOSE
+		 * Once enabled, those flags cannot be disabled.
+		 * (tracing can still be turned off with "set +o debug")
+		 */
+		for (df = debug_flags; df->label != '\0'; df++) {
+			if (f == '+' || df->label == f) {
+				if (on) {
+					DFlags |= DBG_ALWAYS | df->flag;
+					if (verbose)
+					    DFlags |= DBG_VERBOSE |
+						(df->flag << DBG_VBOSE_SHIFT);
+				} else {
+					DFlags &= ~(df->flag<<DBG_VBOSE_SHIFT);
+					if (!verbose)
+						DFlags &= ~df->flag;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+int
+debugcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	if (argc == 1) {
+		struct debug_flag *df;
+
+		out1fmt("Debug: %sabled.  Flags: ", debug ? "en" : "dis");
+		for (df = debug_flags; df->label != '\0'; df++) {
+			if (df->flag & (df->flag - 1))
+				continue;
+			if (is_alpha(df->label) &&
+			    (df->flag << DBG_VBOSE_SHIFT) & DFlags)
+				out1c(df->label - ('a' - 'A'));
+			else if (df->flag & DFlags)
+				out1c(df->label);
+		}
+		out1c('\n');
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	while (*++argv) {
+		if (**argv == '-')
+			set_debug(*argv + 1, 1);
+		else if (**argv == '+')
+			set_debug(*argv + 1, 0);
+		else
+			return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
diff --git a/bin/sh/show.h b/bin/sh/show.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c48873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/show.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: show.h,v 1.11 2017/06/30 23:00:40 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1995
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)show.h	1.1 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+union node;
+void showtree(union node *);
+void trace(const char *, ...);
+void tracev(const char *, va_list);
+void trargs(char **);
+void trargstr(union node *);
+void trputc(int);
+void trputs(const char *);
+void opentrace(void);
+#endif
diff --git a/bin/sh/syntax.c b/bin/sh/syntax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b460d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/syntax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: syntax.c,v 1.7 2018/12/03 06:40:26 kre Exp $	*/
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: syntax.c,v 1.7 2018/12/03 06:40:26 kre Exp $");
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+
+#if CWORD != 0
+#error initialisation assumes 'CWORD' is zero
+#endif
+
+#define ndx(ch) (ch + 2 - CHAR_MIN)
+#define set(ch, val) [ndx(ch)] = val,
+#define set_range(s, e, val) [ndx(s) ... ndx(e)] = val,
+
+/* syntax table used when not in quotes */
+const char basesyntax[258] = { CFAKE, CEOF,
+    set_range(CTL_FIRST, CTL_LAST, CCTL)
+    set('\n', CNL)
+    set('\\', CBACK)
+    set('\'', CSQUOTE)
+    set('"', CDQUOTE)
+    set('`', CBQUOTE)
+    set('$', CVAR)
+    set('}', CENDVAR)
+    set('<', CSPCL)
+    set('>', CSPCL)
+    set('(', CSPCL)
+    set(')', CSPCL)
+    set(';', CSPCL)
+    set('&', CSPCL)
+    set('|', CSPCL)
+    set(' ', CSPCL)
+    set('\t', CSPCL)
+};
+
+/* syntax table used when in double quotes */
+const char dqsyntax[258] = { CFAKE, CEOF,
+    set_range(CTL_FIRST, CTL_LAST, CCTL)
+    set('\n', CNL)
+    set('\\', CBACK)
+    set('"', CDQUOTE)
+    set('`', CBQUOTE)
+    set('$', CVAR)
+    set('}', CENDVAR)
+    /* ':/' for tilde expansion, '-]' for [a\-x] pattern ranges */
+    set('!', CCTL)
+    set('*', CCTL)
+    set('?', CCTL)
+    set('[', CCTL)
+    set('=', CCTL)
+    set('~', CCTL)
+    set(':', CCTL)
+    set('/', CCTL)
+    set('-', CCTL)
+    set(']', CCTL)
+};
+
+/* syntax table used when in single quotes */
+const char sqsyntax[258] = { CFAKE, CEOF,
+    set_range(CTL_FIRST, CTL_LAST, CCTL)
+    set('\n', CNL)
+    set('\'', CSQUOTE)
+    set('\\', CSBACK)
+    /* ':/' for tilde expansion, '-]' for [a\-x] pattern ranges */
+    set('!', CCTL)
+    set('*', CCTL)
+    set('?', CCTL)
+    set('[', CCTL)
+    set('=', CCTL)
+    set('~', CCTL)
+    set(':', CCTL)
+    set('/', CCTL)
+    set('-', CCTL)
+    set(']', CCTL)
+};
+
+/* syntax table used when in arithmetic */
+const char arisyntax[258] = { CFAKE, CEOF,
+    set_range(CTL_FIRST, CTL_LAST, CCTL)
+    set('\n', CNL)
+    set('\\', CBACK)
+    set('`', CBQUOTE)
+    set('\'', CSQUOTE)
+    set('"', CDQUOTE)
+    set('$', CVAR)
+    set('}', CENDVAR)
+    set('(', CLP)
+    set(')', CRP)
+};
+
+/* character classification table */
+const char is_type[258] = { 0, 0,
+    set_range('0', '9', ISDIGIT)
+    set_range('a', 'z', ISLOWER)
+    set_range('A', 'Z', ISUPPER)
+    set('_', ISUNDER)
+    set('#', ISSPECL)
+    set('?', ISSPECL)
+    set('$', ISSPECL)
+    set('!', ISSPECL)
+    set('-', ISSPECL)
+    set('*', ISSPECL)
+    set('@', ISSPECL)
+    set(' ', ISSPACE)
+    set('\t', ISSPACE)
+    set('\n', ISSPACE)
+};
diff --git a/bin/sh/syntax.h b/bin/sh/syntax.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad064b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/syntax.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: syntax.h,v 1.11 2018/12/03 06:40:26 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Syntax classes */
+#define CWORD 0			/* character is nothing special */
+#define CNL 1			/* newline character */
+#define CBACK 2			/* a backslash character */
+#define CSQUOTE 3		/* single quote */
+#define CDQUOTE 4		/* double quote */
+#define CBQUOTE 5		/* backwards single quote */
+#define CVAR 6			/* a dollar sign */
+#define CENDVAR 7		/* a '}' character */
+#define CLP 8			/* a left paren in arithmetic */
+#define CRP 9			/* a right paren in arithmetic */
+#define CEOF 10			/* end of file */
+#define CSPCL 11		/* these terminate a word */
+#define CCTL 12			/* like CWORD, except it must be escaped */
+#define CSBACK 13		/* a backslash in a single quote syntax */
+#define CFAKE 14		/* a delimiter that does not exist */
+	/*
+	 * note CSBACK == (CCTL|1)
+	 * the code does not rely upon that, but keeping it allows a
+	 * smart enough compiler to optimise some tests
+	 */
+
+/* Syntax classes for is_ functions */
+#define ISDIGIT 01		/* a digit */
+#define ISUPPER 02		/* an upper case letter */
+#define ISLOWER 04		/* a lower case letter */
+#define ISUNDER 010		/* an underscore */
+#define ISSPECL 020		/* the name of a special parameter */
+#define ISSPACE 040		/* a white space character */
+
+#define PEOF	(CHAR_MIN - 1)
+#define PFAKE	(CHAR_MIN - 2)
+#define SYNBASE	(-PFAKE)
+
+
+#define BASESYNTAX (basesyntax + SYNBASE)
+#define DQSYNTAX (dqsyntax + SYNBASE)
+#define SQSYNTAX (sqsyntax + SYNBASE)
+#define ARISYNTAX (arisyntax + SYNBASE)
+
+/* These defines assume that the digits are contiguous (which is guaranteed) */
+#define	is_digit(c)	((unsigned)((c) - '0') <= 9)
+#define	sh_ctype(c)	(is_type+SYNBASE)[(int)(c)]
+#define	is_upper(c)	(sh_ctype(c) & ISUPPER)
+#define	is_lower(c)	(sh_ctype(c) & ISLOWER)
+#define	is_alpha(c)	(sh_ctype(c) & (ISUPPER|ISLOWER))
+#define	is_name(c)	(sh_ctype(c) & (ISUPPER|ISLOWER|ISUNDER))
+#define	is_in_name(c)	(sh_ctype(c) & (ISUPPER|ISLOWER|ISUNDER|ISDIGIT))
+#define	is_special(c)	(sh_ctype(c) & (ISSPECL|ISDIGIT))
+#define	is_space(c)	(sh_ctype(c) & ISSPACE)
+#define	digit_val(c)	((c) - '0')
+
+/* true if the arg char needs CTLESC to protect it */
+#define	NEEDESC(c)	(SQSYNTAX[(int)(c)] == CCTL || \
+			 SQSYNTAX[(int)(c)] == CSBACK)
+
+extern const char basesyntax[];
+extern const char dqsyntax[];
+extern const char sqsyntax[];
+extern const char arisyntax[];
+extern const char is_type[];
diff --git a/bin/sh/trap.c b/bin/sh/trap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb641fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/trap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,837 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: trap.c,v 1.51 2019/01/18 06:28:09 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)trap.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 6/5/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: trap.c,v 1.51 2019/01/18 06:28:09 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+
+#undef	CEOF	/* from <termios.h> but concflicts with sh use */
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#include "nodes.h"	/* for other headers */
+#include "eval.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "show.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "trap.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "var.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * Sigmode records the current value of the signal handlers for the various
+ * modes.  A value of zero means that the current handler is not known.
+ * S_HARD_IGN indicates that the signal was ignored on entry to the shell,
+ */
+
+#define S_DFL 1			/* default signal handling (SIG_DFL) */
+#define S_CATCH 2		/* signal is caught */
+#define S_IGN 3			/* signal is ignored (SIG_IGN) */
+#define S_HARD_IGN 4		/* signal is ignored permenantly */
+#define S_RESET 5		/* temporary - to reset a hard ignored sig */
+
+
+MKINIT char sigmode[NSIG];	/* current value of signal */
+static volatile sig_atomic_t gotsig[NSIG];/* indicates specified signal received */
+volatile sig_atomic_t pendingsigs;	/* indicates some signal received */
+
+int traps_invalid;		/* in a subshell, but trap[] not yet cleared */
+static char * volatile trap[NSIG];	/* trap handler commands */
+static int in_dotrap;
+static int last_trapsig;
+
+static int exiting;		/* exitshell() has been done */
+static int exiting_status;	/* the status to use for exit() */
+
+static int getsigaction(int, sig_t *);
+STATIC const char *trap_signame(int);
+void printsignals(struct output *, int);
+
+/*
+ * return the signal number described by `p' (as a number or a name)
+ * or -1 if it isn't one
+ */
+
+static int
+signame_to_signum(const char *p)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if (is_number(p))
+		return number(p);
+
+	if (strcasecmp(p, "exit") == 0 )
+		return 0;
+	
+	i = signalnumber(p);
+	if (i == 0)
+		i = -1;
+	return i;
+}
+
+/*
+ * return the name of a signal used by the "trap" command
+ */
+STATIC const char *
+trap_signame(int signo)
+{
+	static char nbuf[12];
+	const char *p;
+
+	if (signo == 0)
+		return "EXIT";
+	p = signalname(signo);
+	if (p != NULL)
+		return p;
+	(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof nbuf, "%d", signo);
+	return nbuf;
+}
+
+#ifdef SMALL
+/*
+ * Print a list of valid signal names
+ */
+void
+printsignals(struct output *out, int len)
+{
+	int n;
+
+	if (len != 0)
+		outc(' ', out);
+	for (n = 1; n < NSIG; n++) {
+		outfmt(out, "%s", trap_signame(n));
+		if ((n == NSIG/2) ||  n == (NSIG - 1))
+			outstr("\n", out);
+		else
+			outc(' ', out);
+	}
+}
+#else /* !SMALL */
+/*
+ * Print the names of all the signals (neatly) to fp
+ * "len" gives the number of chars already printed to
+ * the current output line (in kill.c, always 0)
+ */
+void
+printsignals(struct output *out, int len)
+{
+	int sig;
+	int nl, pad;
+	const char *name;
+	int termwidth = 80;
+
+	if ((name = bltinlookup("COLUMNS", 1)) != NULL)
+		termwidth = (int)strtol(name, NULL, 10);
+	else if (isatty(1)) {
+		struct winsize win;
+
+		if (ioctl(1, TIOCGWINSZ, &win) == 0 && win.ws_col > 0)
+			termwidth = win.ws_col;
+	}
+
+	if (posix)
+		pad = 1;
+	else
+		pad = (len | 7) + 1 - len;
+
+	for (sig = 0; (sig = signalnext(sig)) != 0; ) {
+		name = signalname(sig);
+		if (name == NULL)
+			continue;
+
+		nl = strlen(name);
+
+		if (len > 0 && nl + len + pad >= termwidth) {
+			outc('\n', out);
+			len = 0;
+			pad = 0;
+		} else if (pad > 0 && len != 0)
+			outfmt(out, "%*s", pad, "");
+		else
+			pad = 0;
+
+		len += nl + pad;
+		if (!posix)
+			pad = (nl | 7) + 1 - nl;
+		else
+			pad = 1;
+
+		outstr(name, out);
+	}
+	if (len != 0)
+		outc('\n', out);
+}
+#endif /* SMALL */
+
+/*
+ * The trap builtin.
+ */
+
+int
+trapcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char *action;
+	char **ap;
+	int signo;
+	int errs = 0;
+	int printonly = 0;
+
+	ap = argv + 1;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("trapcmd: "));
+	if (argc == 2 && strcmp(*ap, "-l") == 0) {
+		CTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("-l\n"));
+		out1str("EXIT");
+		printsignals(out1, 4);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (argc == 2 && strcmp(*ap, "-") == 0) {
+		CTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("-\n"));
+		for (signo = 0; signo < NSIG; signo++) {
+			if (trap[signo] == NULL)
+				continue;
+			INTOFF;
+			ckfree(trap[signo]);
+			trap[signo] = NULL;
+			if (signo != 0)
+				setsignal(signo, 0);
+			INTON;
+		}
+		traps_invalid = 0;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (argc >= 2 && strcmp(*ap, "-p") == 0) {
+		CTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("-p "));
+		printonly = 1;
+		ap++;
+		argc--;
+	}
+
+	if (argc > 1 && strcmp(*ap, "--") == 0) {
+		argc--;
+		ap++;
+	}
+
+	if (argc <= 1) {
+		int count;
+
+		CTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("*all*\n"));
+		if (printonly) {
+			for (count = 0, signo = 0 ; signo < NSIG ; signo++)
+				if (trap[signo] == NULL) {
+					if (count == 0)
+						out1str("trap -- -");
+					out1fmt(" %s", trap_signame(signo));
+					/* oh! unlucky 13 */
+					if (++count >= 13) {
+						out1str("\n");
+						count = 0;
+					}
+				}
+			if (count)
+				out1str("\n");
+		}
+
+		for (count = 0, signo = 0 ; signo < NSIG ; signo++)
+			if (trap[signo] != NULL && trap[signo][0] == '\0') {
+				if (count == 0)
+					out1str("trap -- ''");
+				out1fmt(" %s", trap_signame(signo));
+				/*
+				 * the prefix is 10 bytes, with 4 byte
+				 * signal names (common) we have room in
+				 * the 70 bytes left on a normal line for
+				 * 70/(4+1) signals, that's 14, but to
+				 * allow for the occasional longer sig name
+				 * we output one less...
+				 */
+				if (++count >= 13) {
+					out1str("\n");
+					count = 0;
+				}
+			}
+		if (count)
+			out1str("\n");
+
+		for (signo = 0 ; signo < NSIG ; signo++)
+			if (trap[signo] != NULL && trap[signo][0] != '\0') {
+				out1str("trap -- ");
+				print_quoted(trap[signo]);
+				out1fmt(" %s\n", trap_signame(signo));
+			}
+
+		return 0;
+	}
+	CTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("\n"));
+
+	action = NULL;
+
+	if (!printonly && traps_invalid)
+		free_traps();
+
+	if (!printonly && !is_number(*ap)) {
+		if ((*ap)[0] == '-' && (*ap)[1] == '\0')
+			ap++;			/* reset to default */
+		else
+			action = *ap++;		/* can be '' for "ignore" */
+		argc--;
+	}
+
+	if (argc < 2) {		/* there must be at least 1 condition */
+		out2str("Usage: trap [-l]\n"
+			"       trap -p [condition ...]\n"
+			"       trap action condition ...\n"
+			"       trap N condition ...\n");
+		return 2;
+	}
+
+
+	while (*ap) {
+		signo = signame_to_signum(*ap);
+
+		if (signo < 0 || signo >= NSIG) {
+			/* This is not a fatal error, so sayeth posix */
+			outfmt(out2, "trap: '%s' bad condition\n", *ap);
+			errs = 1;
+			ap++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		ap++;
+
+		if (printonly) {
+			out1str("trap -- ");
+			if (trap[signo] == NULL)
+				out1str("-");
+			else
+				print_quoted(trap[signo]);
+			out1fmt(" %s\n", trap_signame(signo));
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		INTOFF;
+		if (action)
+			action = savestr(action);
+
+		VTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("trap for %d from %s%s%s to %s%s%s\n", signo,
+			trap[signo] ? "'" : "", trap[signo] ? trap[signo] : "-",
+			trap[signo] ? "'" : "", action ?  "'" : "",
+			action ? action : "-", action ?  "'" : ""));
+
+		if (trap[signo])
+			ckfree(trap[signo]);
+
+		trap[signo] = action;
+
+		if (signo != 0)
+			setsignal(signo, 0);
+		INTON;
+	}
+	return errs;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Clear traps on a fork or vfork.
+ * Takes one arg vfork, to tell it to not be destructive of
+ * the parents variables.
+ */
+void
+clear_traps(int vforked)
+{
+	char * volatile *tp;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("clear_traps(%d)\n", vforked));
+	if (!vforked)
+		traps_invalid = 1;
+
+	for (tp = &trap[1] ; tp < &trap[NSIG] ; tp++) {
+		if (*tp && **tp) {	/* trap not NULL or SIG_IGN */
+			INTOFF;
+			setsignal(tp - trap, vforked == 1);
+			INTON;
+		}
+	}
+	if (vforked == 2)
+		free_traps();
+}
+
+void
+free_traps(void)
+{
+	char * volatile *tp;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("free_traps%s\n", traps_invalid ? "(invalid)" : ""));
+	INTOFF;
+	for (tp = trap ; tp < &trap[NSIG] ; tp++)
+		if (*tp && **tp) {
+			ckfree(*tp);
+			*tp = NULL;
+		}
+	traps_invalid = 0;
+	INTON;
+}
+
+/*
+ * See if there are any defined traps
+ */
+int
+have_traps(void)
+{
+	char * volatile *tp;
+
+	if (traps_invalid)
+		return 0;
+
+	for (tp = trap ; tp < &trap[NSIG] ; tp++)
+		if (*tp && **tp)	/* trap not NULL or SIG_IGN */
+			return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the signal handler for the specified signal.  The routine figures
+ * out what it should be set to.
+ */
+void
+setsignal(int signo, int vforked)
+{
+	int action;
+	sig_t sigact = SIG_DFL, sig;
+	char *t, tsig;
+
+	if (traps_invalid || (t = trap[signo]) == NULL)
+		action = S_DFL;
+	else if (*t != '\0')
+		action = S_CATCH;
+	else
+		action = S_IGN;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("setsignal(%d%s) -> %d", signo,
+	    vforked ? ", VF" : "", action));
+	if (rootshell && !vforked && action == S_DFL) {
+		switch (signo) {
+		case SIGINT:
+			if (iflag || minusc || sflag == 0)
+				action = S_CATCH;
+			break;
+		case SIGQUIT:
+#ifdef DEBUG
+			if (debug)
+				break;
+#endif
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case SIGTERM:
+			if (rootshell && iflag)
+				action = S_IGN;
+			break;
+#if JOBS
+		case SIGTSTP:
+		case SIGTTOU:
+			if (rootshell && mflag)
+				action = S_IGN;
+			break;
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Never let users futz with SIGCHLD
+	 * instead we will give them pseudo SIGCHLD's
+	 * when background jobs complete.
+	 */
+	if (signo == SIGCHLD)
+		action = S_DFL;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_TRAP, (" -> %d", action));
+
+	t = &sigmode[signo];
+	tsig = *t;
+	if (tsig == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * current setting unknown
+		 */
+		if (!getsigaction(signo, &sigact)) {
+			/*
+			 * Pretend it worked; maybe we should give a warning
+			 * here, but other shells don't. We don't alter
+			 * sigmode, so that we retry every time.
+			 */
+			VTRACE(DBG_TRAP, (" getsigaction (%d)\n", errno));
+			return;
+		}
+		VTRACE(DBG_TRAP, (" [%s]%s%s", sigact==SIG_IGN ? "IGN" :
+		    sigact==SIG_DFL ? "DFL" : "caught",
+		    iflag ? "i" : "", mflag ? "m" : ""));
+
+		if (sigact == SIG_IGN) {
+			/*
+			 * POSIX 3.14.13 states that non-interactive shells
+			 * should ignore trap commands for signals that were
+			 * ignored upon entry, and leaves the behavior
+			 * unspecified for interactive shells. On interactive
+			 * shells, or if job control is on, and we have a job
+			 * control related signal, we allow the trap to work.
+			 *
+			 * This change allows us to be POSIX compliant, and
+			 * at the same time override the default behavior if
+			 * we need to by setting the interactive flag.
+			 */
+			if ((mflag && (signo == SIGTSTP ||
+			     signo == SIGTTIN || signo == SIGTTOU)) || iflag) {
+				tsig = S_IGN;
+			} else
+				tsig = S_HARD_IGN;
+		} else {
+			tsig = S_RESET;	/* force to be set */
+		}
+	}
+	VTRACE(DBG_TRAP, (" tsig=%d\n", tsig));
+
+	if (tsig == S_HARD_IGN || tsig == action)
+		return;
+
+	switch (action) {
+		case S_DFL:	sigact = SIG_DFL;	break;
+		case S_CATCH:  	sigact = onsig;		break;
+		case S_IGN:	sigact = SIG_IGN;	break;
+	}
+
+	sig = signal(signo, sigact);
+
+	if (sig != SIG_ERR) {
+		sigset_t ss;
+
+		if (!vforked)
+			*t = action;
+
+		if (action == S_CATCH)
+			(void)siginterrupt(signo, 1);
+		/*
+		 * If our parent accidentally blocked signals for
+		 * us make sure we unblock them
+		 */
+		(void)sigemptyset(&ss);
+		(void)sigaddset(&ss, signo);
+		(void)sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, &ss, NULL);
+	}
+	return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the current setting for sig w/o changing it.
+ */
+static int
+getsigaction(int signo, sig_t *sigact)
+{
+	struct sigaction sa;
+
+	if (sigaction(signo, (struct sigaction *)0, &sa) == -1)
+		return 0;
+	*sigact = (sig_t) sa.sa_handler;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Ignore a signal.
+ */
+
+void
+ignoresig(int signo, int vforked)
+{
+	if (sigmode[signo] == 0)
+		setsignal(signo, vforked);
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("ignoresig(%d%s)\n", signo, vforked ? ", VF" : ""));
+	if (sigmode[signo] != S_IGN && sigmode[signo] != S_HARD_IGN) {
+		signal(signo, SIG_IGN);
+		if (!vforked)
+			sigmode[signo] = S_IGN;
+	}
+}
+
+char *
+child_trap(void)
+{
+	char * p;
+
+	p = trap[SIGCHLD];
+
+	if (traps_invalid || (p != NULL && *p == '\0'))
+		p = NULL;
+
+	return p;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+INCLUDE <signal.h>
+INCLUDE "trap.h"
+INCLUDE "shell.h"
+INCLUDE "show.h"
+
+SHELLPROC {
+	char *sm;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	clear_traps(2);
+	for (sm = sigmode ; sm < sigmode + NSIG ; sm++) {
+		if (*sm == S_IGN) {
+			*sm = S_HARD_IGN;
+			VTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("SHELLPROC: %d -> hard_ign\n",
+			    (sm - sigmode)));
+		}
+	}
+	INTON;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Signal handler.
+ */
+
+void
+onsig(int signo)
+{
+	CTRACE(DBG_SIG, ("Signal %d, had: pending %d, gotsig[%d]=%d\n",
+	    signo, pendingsigs, signo, gotsig[signo]));
+
+	/*			This should not be needed.
+	signal(signo, onsig);
+	*/
+
+	if (signo == SIGINT && (traps_invalid || trap[SIGINT] == NULL)) {
+		onint();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if the signal will do nothing, no point reporting it
+	 */
+	if (!traps_invalid && trap[signo] != NULL && trap[signo][0] != '\0' &&
+	    signo != SIGCHLD) {
+		gotsig[signo] = 1;
+		pendingsigs++;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Called to execute a trap.  Perhaps we should avoid entering new trap
+ * handlers while we are executing a trap handler.
+ */
+
+void
+dotrap(void)
+{
+	int i;
+	char *tr;
+	int savestatus;
+	struct skipsave saveskip;
+
+	in_dotrap++;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("dotrap[%d]: %d pending, traps %sinvalid\n",
+	    in_dotrap, pendingsigs, traps_invalid ? "" : "not "));
+	for (;;) {
+		pendingsigs = 0;
+		for (i = 1 ; ; i++) {
+			if (i >= NSIG)
+				return;
+			if (gotsig[i])
+				break;
+		}
+		gotsig[i] = 0;
+
+		if (traps_invalid)
+			continue;
+
+		tr = trap[i];
+
+		CTRACE(DBG_TRAP|DBG_SIG, ("dotrap %d: %s%s%s\n", i,
+		    tr ? "\"" : "", tr ? tr : "NULL", tr ? "\"" : ""));
+
+		if (tr != NULL) {
+			last_trapsig = i;
+			save_skipstate(&saveskip);
+			savestatus = exitstatus;
+
+			tr = savestr(tr);	/* trap code may free trap[i] */
+			evalstring(tr, 0);
+			ckfree(tr);
+
+			if (current_skipstate() == SKIPNONE ||
+			    saveskip.state != SKIPNONE) {
+				restore_skipstate(&saveskip);
+				exitstatus = savestatus;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	in_dotrap--;
+}
+
+int
+lastsig(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = NSIG; --i > 0; )
+		if (gotsig[i])
+			return i;
+	return SIGINT;	/* XXX */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Controls whether the shell is interactive or not.
+ */
+
+
+void
+setinteractive(int on)
+{
+	static int is_interactive;
+
+	if (on == is_interactive)
+		return;
+	setsignal(SIGINT, 0);
+	setsignal(SIGQUIT, 0);
+	setsignal(SIGTERM, 0);
+	is_interactive = on;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Called to exit the shell.
+ */
+void
+exitshell(int status)
+{
+	CTRACE(DBG_ERRS|DBG_PROCS|DBG_CMDS|DBG_TRAP,
+	    ("pid %d: exitshell(%d)\n", getpid(), status));
+
+	exiting = 1;
+	exiting_status = status;
+	exitshell_savedstatus();
+}
+
+void
+exitshell_savedstatus(void)
+{
+	struct jmploc loc;
+	char *p;
+	volatile int sig = 0;
+	int s;
+	sigset_t sigs;
+
+	CTRACE(DBG_ERRS|DBG_PROCS|DBG_CMDS|DBG_TRAP,
+         ("pid %d: exitshell_savedstatus()%s $?=%d xs=%d dt=%d ts=%d\n",
+	    getpid(), exiting ? " exiting" : "", exitstatus,
+	    exiting_status, in_dotrap, last_trapsig));
+
+	if (!exiting) {
+		if (in_dotrap && last_trapsig) {
+			sig = last_trapsig;
+			exiting_status = sig + 128;
+		} else
+			exiting_status = exitstatus;
+	}
+	exitstatus = exiting_status;
+
+	if (!setjmp(loc.loc)) {
+		handler = &loc;
+
+		if (!traps_invalid && (p = trap[0]) != NULL && *p != '\0') {
+			reset_eval();
+			trap[0] = NULL;
+			VTRACE(DBG_TRAP, ("exit trap: \"%s\"\n", p));
+			evalstring(p, 0);
+		}
+	}
+
+	INTOFF;			/*  we're done, no more interrupts. */
+
+	if (!setjmp(loc.loc)) {
+		handler = &loc;		/* probably unnecessary */
+		flushall();
+#if JOBS
+		setjobctl(0);
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if ((s = sig) != 0 && s != SIGSTOP && s != SIGTSTP && s != SIGTTIN &&
+	    s != SIGTTOU) {
+		struct rlimit nocore;
+
+		/*
+		 * if the signal is of the core dump variety, don't...
+		 */
+		nocore.rlim_cur = nocore.rlim_max = 0;
+		(void) setrlimit(RLIMIT_CORE, &nocore);
+
+		signal(s, SIG_DFL);
+		sigemptyset(&sigs);
+		sigaddset(&sigs, s);
+		sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, &sigs, NULL);
+
+		kill(getpid(), s);
+	}
+	_exit(exiting_status);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/sh/trap.h b/bin/sh/trap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ea3ef1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/trap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: trap.h,v 1.25 2018/12/03 10:53:29 martin Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)trap.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 6/5/95
+ */
+
+extern volatile sig_atomic_t pendingsigs;
+
+extern int traps_invalid;
+
+void clear_traps(int);
+void free_traps(void);
+int have_traps(void);
+void setsignal(int, int);
+void ignoresig(int, int);
+void onsig(int);
+void dotrap(void);
+char *child_trap(void);
+void setinteractive(int);
+void exitshell(int) __dead;
+void exitshell_savedstatus(void) __dead;
+int lastsig(void);
diff --git a/bin/sh/var.c b/bin/sh/var.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..378598c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/var.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1587 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.75 2019/01/21 13:27:29 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)var.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.75 2019/01/21 13:27:29 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
+/*
+ * Shell variables.
+ */
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "output.h"
+#include "expand.h"
+#include "nodes.h"	/* for other headers */
+#include "eval.h"	/* defines cmdenviron */
+#include "exec.h"
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include "options.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "mail.h"
+#include "var.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "mystring.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "show.h"
+#include "machdep.h"
+#ifndef SMALL
+#include "myhistedit.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SMALL
+#define VTABSIZE 39
+#else
+#define VTABSIZE 517
+#endif
+
+
+struct varinit {
+	struct var *var;
+	int flags;
+	const char *text;
+	union var_func_union v_u;
+};
+#define	func v_u.set_func
+#define	rfunc v_u.ref_func
+
+char *get_lineno(struct var *);
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+char *get_tod(struct var *);
+char *get_hostname(struct var *);
+char *get_seconds(struct var *);
+char *get_euser(struct var *);
+char *get_random(struct var *);
+#endif
+
+struct localvar *localvars;
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+struct var vhistsize;
+struct var vterm;
+struct var editrc;
+struct var ps_lit;
+#endif
+struct var vifs;
+struct var vmail;
+struct var vmpath;
+struct var vpath;
+struct var vps1;
+struct var vps2;
+struct var vps4;
+struct var vvers;
+struct var voptind;
+struct var line_num;
+#ifndef SMALL
+struct var tod;
+struct var host_name;
+struct var seconds;
+struct var euname;
+struct var random_num;
+
+intmax_t sh_start_time;
+#endif
+
+struct var line_num;
+int line_number;
+int funclinebase = 0;
+int funclineabs = 0;
+
+char ifs_default[] = " \t\n";
+
+const struct varinit varinit[] = {
+#ifndef SMALL
+	{ &vhistsize,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET,	"HISTSIZE=",
+	   { .set_func= sethistsize } },
+#endif
+	{ &vifs,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED,		"IFS= \t\n",
+	   { NULL } },
+	{ &vmail,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET,	"MAIL=",
+	   { NULL } },
+	{ &vmpath,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET,	"MAILPATH=",
+	   { NULL } },
+	{ &vvers,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VNOEXPORT, "NETBSD_SHELL=",
+	   { NULL } },
+	{ &vpath,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED,		"PATH=" _PATH_DEFPATH,
+	   { .set_func= changepath } },
+	/*
+	 * vps1 depends on uid
+	 */
+	{ &vps2,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED,		"PS2=> ",
+	   { NULL } },
+	{ &vps4,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED,		"PS4=+ ",
+	   { NULL } },
+#ifndef SMALL
+	{ &vterm,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET,	"TERM=",
+	   { .set_func= setterm } },
+	{ &editrc, 	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET,	"EDITRC=",
+	   { .set_func= set_editrc } },
+	{ &ps_lit, 	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET,	"PSlit=",
+	   { .set_func= set_prompt_lit } },
+#endif
+	{ &voptind,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VNOFUNC,	"OPTIND=1",
+	   { .set_func= getoptsreset } },
+	{ &line_num,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VFUNCREF|VSPECIAL,	"LINENO=1",
+	   { .ref_func= get_lineno } },
+#ifndef SMALL
+	{ &tod,		VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VFUNCREF,	"ToD=",
+	   { .ref_func= get_tod } },
+	{ &host_name,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VFUNCREF,	"HOSTNAME=",
+	   { .ref_func= get_hostname } },
+	{ &seconds,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VFUNCREF,	"SECONDS=",
+	   { .ref_func= get_seconds } },
+	{ &euname,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VFUNCREF,	"EUSER=",
+	   { .ref_func= get_euser } },
+	{ &random_num,	VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VFUNCREF|VSPECIAL,	"RANDOM=",
+	   { .ref_func= get_random } },
+#endif
+	{ NULL,	0,				NULL,
+	   { NULL } }
+};
+
+struct var *vartab[VTABSIZE];
+
+STATIC int strequal(const char *, const char *);
+STATIC struct var *find_var(const char *, struct var ***, int *);
+STATIC void showvar(struct var *, const char *, const char *, int);
+static void export_usage(const char *) __dead;
+
+/*
+ * Initialize the varable symbol tables and import the environment
+ */
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+INCLUDE <stdio.h>
+INCLUDE <unistd.h>
+INCLUDE <time.h>
+INCLUDE "var.h"
+INCLUDE "version.h"
+MKINIT char **environ;
+INIT {
+	char **envp;
+	char buf[64];
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+	sh_start_time = (intmax_t)time((time_t *)0);
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * Set up our default variables and their values.
+	 */
+	initvar();
+
+	/*
+	 * Import variables from the environment, which will
+	 * override anything initialised just previously.
+	 */
+	for (envp = environ ; *envp ; envp++) {
+		if (strchr(*envp, '=')) {
+			setvareq(*envp, VEXPORT|VTEXTFIXED);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Set variables which override anything read from environment.
+	 *
+	 * PPID is readonly
+	 * Always default IFS
+	 * POSIX: "Whenever the shell is invoked, OPTIND shall
+	 *         be initialized to 1."
+	 * PSc indicates the root/non-root status of this shell.
+	 * START_TIME belongs only to this shell.
+	 * NETBSD_SHELL is a constant (readonly), and is never exported
+	 * LINENO is simply magic...
+	 */
+	snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", (int)getppid());
+	setvar("PPID", buf, VREADONLY);
+	setvar("IFS", ifs_default, VTEXTFIXED);
+	setvar("OPTIND", "1", VTEXTFIXED);
+	setvar("PSc", (geteuid() == 0 ? "#" : "$"), VTEXTFIXED);
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+	snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%jd", sh_start_time);
+	setvar("START_TIME", buf, VTEXTFIXED);
+#endif
+
+	setvar("NETBSD_SHELL", NETBSD_SHELL
+#ifdef BUILD_DATE
+		" BUILD:" BUILD_DATE
+#endif
+#ifdef DEBUG
+		" DEBUG"
+#endif
+#if !defined(JOBS) || JOBS == 0
+		" -JOBS"
+#endif
+#ifndef DO_SHAREDVFORK
+		" -VFORK"
+#endif
+#ifdef SMALL
+		" SMALL"
+#endif
+#ifdef TINY
+		" TINY"
+#endif
+#ifdef OLD_TTY_DRIVER
+		" OLD_TTY"
+#endif
+#ifdef SYSV
+		" SYSV"
+#endif
+#ifndef BSD
+		" -BSD"
+#endif
+#ifdef BOGUS_NOT_COMMAND
+		" BOGUS_NOT"
+#endif
+		    , VTEXTFIXED|VREADONLY|VNOEXPORT);
+
+	setvar("LINENO", "1", VTEXTFIXED);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * This routine initializes the builtin variables.  It is called when the
+ * shell is initialized and again when a shell procedure is spawned.
+ */
+
+void
+initvar(void)
+{
+	const struct varinit *ip;
+	struct var *vp;
+	struct var **vpp;
+
+	for (ip = varinit ; (vp = ip->var) != NULL ; ip++) {
+		if (find_var(ip->text, &vpp, &vp->name_len) != NULL)
+			continue;
+		vp->next = *vpp;
+		*vpp = vp;
+		vp->text = strdup(ip->text);
+		vp->flags = (ip->flags & ~VTEXTFIXED) | VSTRFIXED;
+		vp->v_u = ip->v_u;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * PS1 depends on uid
+	 */
+	if (find_var("PS1", &vpp, &vps1.name_len) == NULL) {
+		vps1.next = *vpp;
+		*vpp = &vps1;
+		vps1.flags = VSTRFIXED;
+		vps1.text = NULL;
+		choose_ps1();
+	}
+}
+
+void
+choose_ps1(void)
+{
+	uid_t u = geteuid();
+
+	if ((vps1.flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK)) == 0)
+		free(vps1.text);
+	vps1.text = strdup(u != 0 ? "PS1=$ " : "PS1=# ");
+	vps1.flags &= ~(VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK);
+
+	/*
+	 * Update PSc whenever we feel the need to update PS1
+	 */
+	setvarsafe("PSc", (u == 0 ? "#" : "$"), 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Validate a string as a valid variable name
+ * nb: not parameter - special params and such are "invalid" here.
+ * Name terminated by either \0 or the term param (usually '=' or '\0').
+ *
+ * If not NULL, the length of the (intended) name is returned via len
+ */
+
+int
+validname(const char *name, int term, int *len)
+{
+	const char *p = name;
+	int ok = 1;
+
+	if (p == NULL || *p == '\0' || *p == term) {
+		if (len != NULL)
+			*len = 0;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if (!is_name(*p))
+		ok = 0;
+	p++;
+	for (;;) {
+		if (*p == '\0' || *p == term)
+			break;
+		if (!is_in_name(*p))
+			ok = 0;
+		p++;
+	}
+	if (len != NULL)
+		*len = p - name;
+
+	return ok;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Safe version of setvar, returns 1 on success 0 on failure.
+ */
+
+int
+setvarsafe(const char *name, const char *val, int flags)
+{
+	struct jmploc jmploc;
+	struct jmploc * const savehandler = handler;
+	int volatile err = 0;
+
+	if (setjmp(jmploc.loc))
+		err = 1;
+	else {
+		handler = &jmploc;
+		setvar(name, val, flags);
+	}
+	handler = savehandler;
+	return err;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the value of a variable.  The flags argument is ored with the
+ * flags of the variable.  If val is NULL, the variable is unset.
+ *
+ * This always copies name and val when setting a variable, so
+ * the source strings can be from anywhere, and are no longer needed
+ * after this function returns.  The VTEXTFIXED and VSTACK flags should
+ * not be used (but just in case they were, clear them.)
+ */
+
+void
+setvar(const char *name, const char *val, int flags)
+{
+	const char *p;
+	const char *q;
+	char *d;
+	int len;
+	int namelen;
+	char *nameeq;
+
+	p = name;
+
+	if (!validname(p, '=', &namelen))
+		error("%.*s: bad variable name", namelen, name);
+	len = namelen + 2;		/* 2 is space for '=' and '\0' */
+	if (val == NULL) {
+		flags |= VUNSET;
+	} else {
+		len += strlen(val);
+	}
+	d = nameeq = ckmalloc(len);
+	q = name;
+	while (--namelen >= 0)
+		*d++ = *q++;
+	*d++ = '=';
+	*d = '\0';
+	if (val)
+		scopy(val, d);
+	setvareq(nameeq, flags & ~(VTEXTFIXED | VSTACK));
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Same as setvar except that the variable and value are passed in
+ * the first argument as name=value.  Since the first argument will
+ * be actually stored in the table, it should not be a string that
+ * will go away.   The flags (VTEXTFIXED or VSTACK) can be used to
+ * indicate the source of the string (if neither is set, the string will
+ * eventually be free()d when a replacement value is assigned.)
+ */
+
+void
+setvareq(char *s, int flags)
+{
+	struct var *vp, **vpp;
+	int nlen;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_VARS, ("setvareq([%s],%#x) aflag=%d ", s, flags, aflag));
+	if (aflag && !(flags & VNOEXPORT))
+		flags |= VEXPORT;
+	vp = find_var(s, &vpp, &nlen);
+	if (vp != NULL) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_VARS, ("was [%s] fl:%#x\n", vp->text,
+		    vp->flags));
+		if (vp->flags & VREADONLY) {
+			if ((flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK)) == 0)
+				ckfree(s);
+			if (flags & VNOERROR)
+				return;
+			error("%.*s: is read only", vp->name_len, vp->text);
+		}
+		if (flags & VNOSET) {
+			if ((flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK)) == 0)
+				ckfree(s);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		INTOFF;
+
+		if (vp->func && !(vp->flags & VFUNCREF) && !(flags & VNOFUNC))
+			(*vp->func)(s + vp->name_len + 1);
+
+		if ((vp->flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK)) == 0)
+			ckfree(vp->text);
+
+		/*
+		 * if we set a magic var, the magic dissipates,
+		 * unless it is very special indeed.
+		 */
+		if (vp->rfunc && (vp->flags & (VFUNCREF|VSPECIAL)) == VFUNCREF)
+			vp->rfunc = NULL;
+
+		vp->flags &= ~(VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK|VUNSET);
+		if (flags & VNOEXPORT)
+			vp->flags &= ~VEXPORT;
+		if (flags & VDOEXPORT)
+			vp->flags &= ~VNOEXPORT;
+		if (vp->flags & VNOEXPORT)
+			flags &= ~VEXPORT;
+		vp->flags |= flags & ~(VNOFUNC | VDOEXPORT);
+		vp->text = s;
+
+		/*
+		 * We could roll this to a function, to handle it as
+		 * a regular variable function callback, but why bother?
+		 */
+		if (vp == &vmpath || (vp == &vmail && ! mpathset()))
+			chkmail(1);
+
+		INTON;
+		return;
+	}
+	/* not found */
+	if (flags & VNOSET) {
+		VTRACE(DBG_VARS, ("new noset\n"));
+		if ((flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK)) == 0)
+			ckfree(s);
+		return;
+	}
+	vp = ckmalloc(sizeof (*vp));
+	vp->flags = flags & ~(VNOFUNC|VFUNCREF|VDOEXPORT);
+	vp->text = s;
+	vp->name_len = nlen;
+	vp->func = NULL;
+	vp->next = *vpp;
+	*vpp = vp;
+
+	VTRACE(DBG_VARS, ("new [%s] (%d) %#x\n", s, nlen, vp->flags));
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Process a linked list of variable assignments.
+ */
+
+void
+listsetvar(struct strlist *list, int flags)
+{
+	struct strlist *lp;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	for (lp = list ; lp ; lp = lp->next) {
+		setvareq(savestr(lp->text), flags);
+	}
+	INTON;
+}
+
+void
+listmklocal(struct strlist *list, int flags)
+{
+	struct strlist *lp;
+
+	for (lp = list ; lp ; lp = lp->next)
+		mklocal(lp->text, flags);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Find the value of a variable.  Returns NULL if not set.
+ */
+
+char *
+lookupvar(const char *name)
+{
+	struct var *v;
+
+	v = find_var(name, NULL, NULL);
+	if (v == NULL || v->flags & VUNSET)
+		return NULL;
+	if (v->rfunc && (v->flags & VFUNCREF) != 0)
+		return (*v->rfunc)(v) + v->name_len + 1;
+	return v->text + v->name_len + 1;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Search the environment of a builtin command.  If the second argument
+ * is nonzero, return the value of a variable even if it hasn't been
+ * exported.
+ */
+
+char *
+bltinlookup(const char *name, int doall)
+{
+	struct strlist *sp;
+	struct var *v;
+
+	for (sp = cmdenviron ; sp ; sp = sp->next) {
+		if (strequal(sp->text, name))
+			return strchr(sp->text, '=') + 1;
+	}
+
+	v = find_var(name, NULL, NULL);
+
+	if (v == NULL || v->flags & VUNSET || (!doall && !(v->flags & VEXPORT)))
+		return NULL;
+	if (v->rfunc && (v->flags & VFUNCREF) != 0)
+		return (*v->rfunc)(v) + v->name_len + 1;
+	return v->text + v->name_len + 1;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Generate a list of exported variables.  This routine is used to construct
+ * the third argument to execve when executing a program.
+ */
+
+char **
+environment(void)
+{
+	int nenv;
+	struct var **vpp;
+	struct var *vp;
+	char **env;
+	char **ep;
+
+	nenv = 0;
+	for (vpp = vartab ; vpp < vartab + VTABSIZE ; vpp++) {
+		for (vp = *vpp ; vp ; vp = vp->next)
+			if ((vp->flags & (VEXPORT|VUNSET)) == VEXPORT)
+				nenv++;
+	}
+	CTRACE(DBG_VARS, ("environment: %d vars to export\n", nenv));
+	ep = env = stalloc((nenv + 1) * sizeof *env);
+	for (vpp = vartab ; vpp < vartab + VTABSIZE ; vpp++) {
+		for (vp = *vpp ; vp ; vp = vp->next)
+			if ((vp->flags & (VEXPORT|VUNSET)) == VEXPORT) {
+				if (vp->rfunc && (vp->flags & VFUNCREF))
+					*ep++ = (*vp->rfunc)(vp);
+				else
+					*ep++ = vp->text;
+				VTRACE(DBG_VARS, ("environment: %s\n", ep[-1]));
+			}
+	}
+	*ep = NULL;
+	return env;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Called when a shell procedure is invoked to clear out nonexported
+ * variables.  It is also necessary to reallocate variables of with
+ * VSTACK set since these are currently allocated on the stack.
+ */
+
+#ifdef mkinit
+void shprocvar(void);
+
+SHELLPROC {
+	shprocvar();
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+shprocvar(void)
+{
+	struct var **vpp;
+	struct var *vp, **prev;
+
+	for (vpp = vartab ; vpp < vartab + VTABSIZE ; vpp++) {
+		for (prev = vpp ; (vp = *prev) != NULL ; ) {
+			if ((vp->flags & VEXPORT) == 0) {
+				*prev = vp->next;
+				if ((vp->flags & VTEXTFIXED) == 0)
+					ckfree(vp->text);
+				if ((vp->flags & VSTRFIXED) == 0)
+					ckfree(vp);
+			} else {
+				if (vp->flags & VSTACK) {
+					vp->text = savestr(vp->text);
+					vp->flags &=~ VSTACK;
+				}
+				prev = &vp->next;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	initvar();
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Command to list all variables which are set.  Currently this command
+ * is invoked from the set command when the set command is called without
+ * any variables.
+ */
+
+void
+print_quoted(const char *p)
+{
+	const char *q;
+
+	if (p[0] == '\0') {
+		out1fmt("''");
+		return;
+	}
+	if (strcspn(p, "|&;<>()$`\\\"' \t\n*?[]#~=%") == strlen(p)) {
+		out1fmt("%s", p);
+		return;
+	}
+	while (*p) {
+		if (*p == '\'') {
+			out1fmt("\\'");
+			p++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		q = strchr(p, '\'');
+		if (!q) {
+			out1fmt("'%s'", p );
+			return;
+		}
+		out1fmt("'%.*s'", (int)(q - p), p );
+		p = q;
+	}
+}
+
+static int
+sort_var(const void *v_v1, const void *v_v2)
+{
+	const struct var * const *v1 = v_v1;
+	const struct var * const *v2 = v_v2;
+	char *t1 = (*v1)->text, *t2 = (*v2)->text;
+
+	if (*t1 == *t2) {
+		char *p, *s;
+
+		STARTSTACKSTR(p);
+
+		/*
+		 * note: if lengths are equal, strings must be different
+		 * so we don't care which string we pick for the \0 in
+		 * that case.
+		 */
+		if ((strchr(t1, '=') - t1) <= (strchr(t2, '=') - t2)) {
+			s = t1;
+			t1 = p;
+		} else {
+			s = t2;
+			t2 = p;
+		}
+
+		while (*s && *s != '=') {
+			STPUTC(*s, p);
+			s++;
+		}
+		STPUTC('\0', p);
+	}
+
+	return strcoll(t1, t2);
+}
+
+/*
+ * POSIX requires that 'set' (but not export or readonly) output the
+ * variables in lexicographic order - by the locale's collating order (sigh).
+ * Maybe we could keep them in an ordered balanced binary tree
+ * instead of hashed lists.
+ * For now just roll 'em through qsort for printing...
+ */
+
+STATIC void
+showvar(struct var *vp, const char *cmd, const char *xtra, int show_value)
+{
+	const char *p;
+
+	if (cmd)
+		out1fmt("%s ", cmd);
+	if (xtra)
+		out1fmt("%s ", xtra);
+	p = vp->text;
+	if (vp->rfunc && (vp->flags & VFUNCREF) != 0) {
+		p = (*vp->rfunc)(vp);
+		if (p == NULL)
+			p = vp->text;
+	}
+	for ( ; *p != '=' ; p++)
+		out1c(*p);
+	if (!(vp->flags & VUNSET) && show_value) {
+		out1fmt("=");
+		print_quoted(++p);
+	}
+	out1c('\n');
+}
+
+int
+showvars(const char *cmd, int flag, int show_value, const char *xtra)
+{
+	struct var **vpp;
+	struct var *vp;
+
+	static struct var **list;	/* static in case we are interrupted */
+	static int list_len;
+	int count = 0;
+
+	if (!list) {
+		list_len = 32;
+		list = ckmalloc(list_len * sizeof *list);
+	}
+
+	for (vpp = vartab ; vpp < vartab + VTABSIZE ; vpp++) {
+		for (vp = *vpp ; vp ; vp = vp->next) {
+			if (flag && !(vp->flags & flag))
+				continue;
+			if (vp->flags & VUNSET && !(show_value & 2))
+				continue;
+			if (count >= list_len) {
+				list = ckrealloc(list,
+					(list_len << 1) * sizeof *list);
+				list_len <<= 1;
+			}
+			list[count++] = vp;
+		}
+	}
+
+	qsort(list, count, sizeof *list, sort_var);
+
+	for (vpp = list; count--; vpp++)
+		showvar(*vpp, cmd, xtra, show_value);
+
+	/* no free(list), will be used again next time ... */
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The export and readonly commands.
+ */
+
+static void __dead
+export_usage(const char *cmd)
+{
+#ifdef SMALL
+	if (*cmd == 'r')
+	    error("Usage: %s [ -p | var[=val]... ]", cmd);
+	else
+	    error("Usage: %s [ -p | [-n] var[=val]... ]", cmd);
+#else
+	if (*cmd == 'r')
+	    error("Usage: %s [-p [var...] | -q var... | var[=val]... ]", cmd);
+	else
+	    error(
+	     "Usage: %s [ -px [var...] | -q[x] var... | [-n|x] var[=val]... ]",
+		cmd);
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+exportcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct var *vp;
+	char *name;
+	const char *p = argv[0];
+	int flag = p[0] == 'r'? VREADONLY : VEXPORT;
+	int pflg = 0;
+	int nflg = 0;
+#ifndef SMALL
+	int xflg = 0;
+	int qflg = 0;
+#endif
+	int res;
+	int c;
+	int f;
+
+#ifdef SMALL
+#define EXPORT_OPTS "np"
+#else
+#define	EXPORT_OPTS "npqx"
+#endif
+
+	while ((c = nextopt(EXPORT_OPTS)) != '\0') {
+
+#undef EXPORT_OPTS
+
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'n':
+			if (pflg || flag == VREADONLY
+#ifndef SMALL
+				|| qflg || xflg
+#endif
+						)
+				export_usage(p);
+			nflg = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			if (nflg
+#ifndef SMALL
+				|| qflg
+#endif
+					)
+				export_usage(p);
+			pflg = 3;
+			break;
+#ifndef SMALL
+		case 'q':
+			if (nflg || pflg)
+				export_usage(p);
+			qflg = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			if (nflg || flag == VREADONLY)
+				export_usage(p);
+			flag = VNOEXPORT;
+			xflg = 1;
+			break;
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ((nflg
+#ifndef SMALL
+		|| qflg
+#endif
+		 ) && *argptr == NULL)
+		export_usage(p);
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+	if (pflg && *argptr != NULL) {
+		while ((name = *argptr++) != NULL) {
+			int len;
+
+			vp = find_var(name, NULL, &len);
+			if (name[len] == '=')
+				export_usage(p);
+			if (!goodname(name))
+				error("%s: bad variable name", name);
+
+			if (vp && vp->flags & flag)
+				showvar(vp, p, xflg ? "-x" : NULL, 1);
+		}
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (pflg || *argptr == NULL)
+		return showvars( pflg ? p : 0, flag, pflg,
+#ifndef SMALL
+		    pflg && xflg ? "-x" :
+#endif
+					    NULL );
+
+	res = 0;
+#ifndef SMALL
+	if (qflg) {
+		while ((name = *argptr++) != NULL) {
+			int len;
+
+			vp = find_var(name, NULL, &len);
+			if (name[len] == '=')
+				export_usage(p);
+			if (!goodname(name))
+				error("%s: bad variable name", name);
+
+			if (vp == NULL || !(vp->flags & flag))
+				res = 1;
+		}
+		return res;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	while ((name = *argptr++) != NULL) {
+		int len;
+
+		f = flag;
+
+		vp = find_var(name, NULL, &len);
+		p = name + len;
+		if (*p++ != '=')
+			p = NULL;
+
+		if (vp != NULL) {
+			if (nflg)
+				vp->flags &= ~flag;
+			else if (flag&VEXPORT && vp->flags&VNOEXPORT) {
+				/* note we go ahead and do any assignment */
+				sh_warnx("%.*s: not available for export",
+				    len, name);
+				res = 1;
+			} else {
+				if (flag == VNOEXPORT)
+					vp->flags &= ~VEXPORT;
+
+				/* if not NULL will be done in setvar below */
+				if (p == NULL)
+					vp->flags |= flag;
+			}
+			if (p == NULL)
+				continue;
+		} else if (nflg && p == NULL && !goodname(name))
+			error("%s: bad variable name", name);
+
+		if (!nflg || p != NULL)
+			setvar(name, p, f);
+	}
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The "local" command.
+ */
+
+int
+localcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char *name;
+	int c;
+	int flags = 0;		/*XXX perhaps VUNSET from a -o option value */
+
+	if (! in_function())
+		error("Not in a function");
+
+	/* upper case options, as bash stole all the good ones ... */
+	while ((c = nextopt("INx")) != '\0')
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'I':	flags &= ~VUNSET;	break;
+		case 'N':	flags |= VUNSET;	break;
+		case 'x':	flags |= VEXPORT;	break;
+		}
+
+	while ((name = *argptr++) != NULL) {
+		mklocal(name, flags);
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Make a variable a local variable.  When a variable is made local, its
+ * value and flags are saved in a localvar structure.  The saved values
+ * will be restored when the shell function returns.  We handle the name
+ * "-" as a special case.
+ */
+
+void
+mklocal(const char *name, int flags)
+{
+	struct localvar *lvp;
+	struct var **vpp;
+	struct var *vp;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	lvp = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct localvar));
+	if (name[0] == '-' && name[1] == '\0') {
+		char *p;
+		p = ckmalloc(sizeof_optlist);
+		lvp->text = memcpy(p, optlist, sizeof_optlist);
+		lvp->rfunc = NULL;
+		vp = NULL;
+		xtrace_clone(0);
+	} else {
+		vp = find_var(name, &vpp, NULL);
+		if (vp == NULL) {
+			flags &= ~VNOEXPORT;
+			if (strchr(name, '='))
+				setvareq(savestr(name),
+				    VSTRFIXED | (flags & ~VUNSET));
+			else
+				setvar(name, NULL, VSTRFIXED|flags);
+			vp = *vpp;	/* the new variable */
+			lvp->text = NULL;
+			lvp->flags = VUNSET;
+			lvp->rfunc = NULL;
+		} else {
+			lvp->text = vp->text;
+			lvp->flags = vp->flags;
+			lvp->v_u = vp->v_u;
+			vp->flags |= VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED;
+			if (flags & (VDOEXPORT | VUNSET))
+				vp->flags &= ~VNOEXPORT;
+			if (vp->flags & VNOEXPORT &&
+			    (flags & (VEXPORT|VDOEXPORT|VUNSET)) == VEXPORT)
+				flags &= ~VEXPORT;
+			if (flags & (VNOEXPORT | VUNSET))
+				vp->flags &= ~VEXPORT;
+			flags &= ~VNOEXPORT;
+			if (name[vp->name_len] == '=')
+				setvareq(savestr(name), flags & ~VUNSET);
+			else if (flags & VUNSET)
+				unsetvar(name, 0);
+			else
+				vp->flags |= flags & (VUNSET|VEXPORT);
+
+			if (vp == &line_num) {
+				if (name[vp->name_len] == '=')
+					funclinebase = funclineabs -1;
+				else
+					funclinebase = 0;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	lvp->vp = vp;
+	lvp->next = localvars;
+	localvars = lvp;
+	INTON;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Called after a function returns.
+ */
+
+void
+poplocalvars(void)
+{
+	struct localvar *lvp;
+	struct var *vp;
+
+	while ((lvp = localvars) != NULL) {
+		localvars = lvp->next;
+		vp = lvp->vp;
+		VTRACE(DBG_VARS, ("poplocalvar %s\n", vp ? vp->text : "-"));
+		if (vp == NULL) {	/* $- saved */
+			memcpy(optlist, lvp->text, sizeof_optlist);
+			ckfree(lvp->text);
+			xtrace_pop();
+			optschanged();
+		} else if ((lvp->flags & (VUNSET|VSTRFIXED)) == VUNSET) {
+			(void)unsetvar(vp->text, 0);
+		} else {
+			if (lvp->func && (lvp->flags & (VNOFUNC|VFUNCREF)) == 0)
+				(*lvp->func)(lvp->text + vp->name_len + 1);
+			if ((vp->flags & VTEXTFIXED) == 0)
+				ckfree(vp->text);
+			vp->flags = lvp->flags;
+			vp->text = lvp->text;
+			vp->v_u = lvp->v_u;
+		}
+		ckfree(lvp);
+	}
+}
+
+
+int
+setvarcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	if (argc <= 2)
+		return unsetcmd(argc, argv);
+	else if (argc == 3)
+		setvar(argv[1], argv[2], 0);
+	else
+		error("List assignment not implemented");
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The unset builtin command.  We unset the function before we unset the
+ * variable to allow a function to be unset when there is a readonly variable
+ * with the same name.
+ */
+
+int
+unsetcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char **ap;
+	int i;
+	int flg_func = 0;
+	int flg_var = 0;
+	int flg_x = 0;
+	int ret = 0;
+
+	while ((i = nextopt("efvx")) != '\0') {
+		switch (i) {
+		case 'f':
+			flg_func = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+		case 'x':
+			flg_x = (2 >> (i == 'e'));
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'v':
+			flg_var = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (flg_func == 0 && flg_var == 0)
+		flg_var = 1;
+
+	for (ap = argptr; *ap ; ap++) {
+		if (flg_func)
+			ret |= unsetfunc(*ap);
+		if (flg_var)
+			ret |= unsetvar(*ap, flg_x);
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Unset the specified variable.
+ */
+
+int
+unsetvar(const char *s, int unexport)
+{
+	struct var **vpp;
+	struct var *vp;
+
+	vp = find_var(s, &vpp, NULL);
+	if (vp == NULL)
+		return 0;
+
+	if (vp->flags & VREADONLY && !(unexport & 1))
+		return 1;
+
+	INTOFF;
+	if (unexport & 1) {
+		vp->flags &= ~VEXPORT;
+	} else {
+		if (vp->text[vp->name_len + 1] != '\0')
+			setvar(s, nullstr, 0);
+		if (!(unexport & 2))
+			vp->flags &= ~VEXPORT;
+		vp->flags |= VUNSET;
+		if ((vp->flags&(VEXPORT|VSTRFIXED|VREADONLY|VNOEXPORT)) == 0) {
+			if ((vp->flags & VTEXTFIXED) == 0)
+				ckfree(vp->text);
+			*vpp = vp->next;
+			ckfree(vp);
+		}
+	}
+	INTON;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns true if the two strings specify the same varable.  The first
+ * variable name is terminated by '='; the second may be terminated by
+ * either '=' or '\0'.
+ */
+
+STATIC int
+strequal(const char *p, const char *q)
+{
+	while (*p == *q++) {
+		if (*p++ == '=')
+			return 1;
+	}
+	if (*p == '=' && *(q - 1) == '\0')
+		return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Search for a variable.
+ * 'name' may be terminated by '=' or a NUL.
+ * vppp is set to the pointer to vp, or the list head if vp isn't found
+ * lenp is set to the number of characters in 'name'
+ */
+
+STATIC struct var *
+find_var(const char *name, struct var ***vppp, int *lenp)
+{
+	unsigned int hashval;
+	int len;
+	struct var *vp, **vpp;
+	const char *p = name;
+
+	hashval = 0;
+	while (*p && *p != '=')
+		hashval = 2 * hashval + (unsigned char)*p++;
+
+	len = p - name;
+	if (lenp)
+		*lenp = len;
+
+	vpp = &vartab[hashval % VTABSIZE];
+	if (vppp)
+		*vppp = vpp;
+
+	for (vp = *vpp ; vp ; vpp = &vp->next, vp = *vpp) {
+		if (vp->name_len != len)
+			continue;
+		if (memcmp(vp->text, name, len) != 0)
+			continue;
+		if (vppp)
+			*vppp = vpp;
+		return vp;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following are the functions that create the values for
+ * shell variables that are dynamically produced when needed.
+ *
+ * The output strings cannot be malloc'd as there is nothing to
+ * free them - callers assume these are ordinary variables where
+ * the value returned is vp->text
+ *
+ * Each function needs its own storage space, as the results are
+ * used to create processes' environment, and (if exported) all
+ * the values will (might) be needed simultaneously.
+ *
+ * It is not a problem if a var is updated while nominally in use
+ * somewhere, all these are intended to be dynamic, the value they
+ * return is not guaranteed, an updated vaue is just as good.
+ *
+ * So, malloc a single buffer for the result of each function,
+ * grow, and even shrink, it as needed, but once we have one that
+ * is a suitable size for the actual usage, simply hold it forever.
+ *
+ * For a SMALL shell we implement only LINENO, none of the others,
+ * and give it just a fixed length static buffer for its result.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+
+struct space_reserved {		/* record of space allocated for results */
+	char *b;
+	int len;
+};
+
+/* rough (over-)estimate of the number of bytes needed to hold a number */
+static int
+digits_in(intmax_t number)
+{
+	int res = 0;
+
+	if (number & ~((1LL << 62) - 1))
+		res = 64;	/* enough for 2^200 and a bit more */
+	else if (number & ~((1LL << 32) - 1))
+		res = 20;	/* enough for 2^64 */
+	else if (number & ~((1 << 23) - 1))
+		res = 10;	/* enough for 2^32 */
+	else
+		res = 8;	/* enough for 2^23 or smaller */
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+static int
+make_space(struct space_reserved *m, int bytes)
+{
+	void *p;
+
+	if (m->len >= bytes && m->len <= (bytes<<2))
+		return 1;
+
+	bytes = SHELL_ALIGN(bytes);
+	/* not ckrealloc() - we want failure, not error() here */
+	p = realloc(m->b, bytes);
+	if (p == NULL)	/* what we had should still be there */
+		return 0;
+
+	m->b = p;
+	m->len = bytes;
+	m->b[bytes - 1] = '\0';
+
+	return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+char *
+get_lineno(struct var *vp)
+{
+#ifdef SMALL
+#define length (8 + 10)		/* 10 digits is enough for a 32 bit line num */
+	static char result[length];
+#else
+	static struct space_reserved buf;
+#define result buf.b
+#define length buf.len
+#endif
+	int ln = line_number;
+
+	if (vp->flags & VUNSET)
+		return NULL;
+
+	ln -= funclinebase;
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+	if (!make_space(&buf, vp->name_len + 2 + digits_in(ln)))
+		return vp->text;
+#endif
+
+	snprintf(result, length, "%.*s=%d", vp->name_len, vp->text, ln);
+	return result;
+}
+#undef result
+#undef length
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+
+char *
+get_hostname(struct var *vp)
+{
+	static struct space_reserved buf;
+
+	if (vp->flags & VUNSET)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (!make_space(&buf, vp->name_len + 2 + 256))
+		return vp->text;
+
+	memcpy(buf.b, vp->text, vp->name_len + 1);	/* include '=' */
+	(void)gethostname(buf.b + vp->name_len + 1,
+	    buf.len - vp->name_len - 3);
+	return buf.b;
+}
+
+char *
+get_tod(struct var *vp)
+{
+	static struct space_reserved buf;	/* space for answers */
+	static struct space_reserved tzs;	/* remember TZ last used */
+	static timezone_t last_zone;		/* timezone data for tzs zone */
+	const char *fmt;
+	char *tz;
+	time_t now;
+	struct tm tm_now, *tmp;
+	timezone_t zone = NULL;
+	static char t_err[] = "time error";
+	int len;
+
+	if (vp->flags & VUNSET)
+		return NULL;
+
+	fmt = lookupvar("ToD_FORMAT");
+	if (fmt == NULL)
+		fmt="%T";
+	tz = lookupvar("TZ");
+	(void)time(&now);
+
+	if (tz != NULL) {
+		if (tzs.b == NULL || strcmp(tzs.b, tz) != 0) {
+			if (make_space(&tzs, strlen(tz) + 1)) {
+				INTOFF;
+				strcpy(tzs.b, tz);
+				if (last_zone)
+					tzfree(last_zone);
+				last_zone = zone = tzalloc(tz);
+				INTON;
+			} else
+				zone = tzalloc(tz);
+		} else
+			zone = last_zone;
+
+		tmp = localtime_rz(zone, &now, &tm_now);
+	} else
+		tmp = localtime_r(&now, &tm_now);
+
+	len = (strlen(fmt) * 4) + vp->name_len + 2;
+	while (make_space(&buf, len)) {
+		memcpy(buf.b, vp->text, vp->name_len+1);
+		if (tmp == NULL) {
+			if (buf.len >= vp->name_len+2+(int)(sizeof t_err - 1)) {
+				strcpy(buf.b + vp->name_len + 1, t_err);
+				if (zone && zone != last_zone)
+					tzfree(zone);
+				return buf.b;
+			}
+			len = vp->name_len + 4 + sizeof t_err - 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (strftime_z(zone, buf.b + vp->name_len + 1,
+		     buf.len - vp->name_len - 2, fmt, tmp)) {
+			if (zone && zone != last_zone)
+				tzfree(zone);
+			return buf.b;
+		}
+		if (len >= 4096)	/* Let's be reasonable */
+			break;
+		len <<= 1;
+	}
+	if (zone && zone != last_zone)
+		tzfree(zone);
+	return vp->text;
+}
+
+char *
+get_seconds(struct var *vp)
+{
+	static struct space_reserved buf;
+	intmax_t secs;
+
+	if (vp->flags & VUNSET)
+		return NULL;
+
+	secs = (intmax_t)time((time_t *)0) - sh_start_time;
+	if (!make_space(&buf, vp->name_len + 2 + digits_in(secs)))
+		return vp->text;
+
+	snprintf(buf.b, buf.len, "%.*s=%jd", vp->name_len, vp->text, secs);
+	return buf.b;
+}
+
+char *
+get_euser(struct var *vp)
+{
+	static struct space_reserved buf;
+	static uid_t lastuid = 0;
+	uid_t euid;
+	struct passwd *pw;
+
+	if (vp->flags & VUNSET)
+		return NULL;
+
+	euid = geteuid();
+	if (buf.b != NULL && lastuid == euid)
+		return buf.b;
+
+	pw = getpwuid(euid);
+	if (pw == NULL)
+		return vp->text;
+
+	if (make_space(&buf, vp->name_len + 2 + strlen(pw->pw_name))) {
+		lastuid = euid;
+		snprintf(buf.b, buf.len, "%.*s=%s", vp->name_len, vp->text,
+		    pw->pw_name);
+		return buf.b;
+	}
+
+	return vp->text;
+}
+
+char *
+get_random(struct var *vp)
+{
+	static struct space_reserved buf;
+	static intmax_t random_val = 0;
+
+#ifdef USE_LRAND48
+#define random lrand48
+#define srandom srand48
+#endif
+
+	if (vp->flags & VUNSET)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (vp->text != buf.b) {
+		/*
+		 * Either initialisation, or a new seed has been set
+		 */
+		if (vp->text[vp->name_len + 1] == '\0') {
+			int fd;
+
+			/*
+			 * initialisation (without pre-seeding),
+			 * or explictly requesting a truly random seed.
+			 */
+			fd = open("/dev/urandom", 0);
+			if (fd == -1) {
+				out2str("RANDOM initialisation failed\n");
+				random_val = (getpid()<<3) ^ time((time_t *)0);
+			} else {
+				int n;
+
+				do {
+				    n = read(fd,&random_val,sizeof random_val);
+				} while (n != sizeof random_val);
+				close(fd);
+			}
+		} else
+			/* good enough for today */
+			random_val = strtoimax(vp->text+vp->name_len+1,NULL,0);
+
+		srandom((long)random_val);
+	}
+
+#if 0
+	random_val = (random_val + 1) & 0x7FFF;	/* 15 bit "random" numbers */
+#else
+	random_val = (random() >> 5) & 0x7FFF;
+#endif
+
+	if (!make_space(&buf, vp->name_len + 2 + digits_in(random_val)))
+		return vp->text;
+
+	snprintf(buf.b, buf.len, "%.*s=%jd", vp->name_len, vp->text,
+	    random_val);
+
+	if (buf.b != vp->text && (vp->flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK)) == 0)
+		free(vp->text);
+	vp->flags |= VTEXTFIXED;
+	vp->text = buf.b;
+
+	return vp->text;
+#undef random
+#undef srandom
+}
+
+#endif /* SMALL */
diff --git a/bin/sh/var.h b/bin/sh/var.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43bef4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/var.h
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: var.h,v 1.38 2018/12/04 14:03:30 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kenneth Almquist.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)var.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+ */
+
+#ifndef	VUNSET		/* double include protection */
+/*
+ * Shell variables.
+ */
+
+/* flags */
+#define VUNSET		0x0001	/* the variable is not set */
+#define VEXPORT		0x0002	/* variable is exported */
+#define VREADONLY	0x0004	/* variable cannot be modified */
+#define VNOEXPORT	0x0008	/* variable may not be exported */
+
+#define VSTRFIXED	0x0010	/* variable struct is statically allocated */
+#define VTEXTFIXED	0x0020	/* text is statically allocated */
+#define VSTACK		0x0040	/* text is allocated on the stack */
+#define VNOFUNC		0x0100	/* don't call the callback function */
+#define VFUNCREF	0x0200	/* the function is called on ref, not set */
+
+#define VSPECIAL	0x1000	/* magic properties not lost when set */
+#define VDOEXPORT	0x2000	/* obey VEXPORT even if VNOEXPORT */
+#define VNOSET		0x4000	/* do not set variable - just readonly test */
+#define VNOERROR	0x8000	/* be quiet if set fails (no error msg) */
+
+struct var;
+
+union var_func_union {		/* function to be called when:  */
+	void (*set_func)(const char *);		/* variable gets set/unset */
+	char*(*ref_func)(struct var *);		/* variable is referenced */
+};
+
+struct var {
+	struct var *next;		/* next entry in hash list */
+	int flags;			/* flags are defined above */
+	char *text;			/* name=value */
+	int name_len;			/* length of name */
+	union var_func_union v_u;	/* function to apply (sometimes) */
+};
+
+
+struct localvar {
+	struct localvar *next;		/* next local variable in list */
+	struct var *vp;			/* the variable that was made local */
+	int flags;			/* saved flags */
+	char *text;			/* saved text */
+	union var_func_union v_u;	/* saved function */
+};
+
+
+extern struct localvar *localvars;
+
+extern struct var vifs;
+extern char ifs_default[];
+extern struct var vmail;
+extern struct var vmpath;
+extern struct var vpath;
+extern struct var vps1;
+extern struct var vps2;
+extern struct var vps4;
+extern struct var line_num;
+#ifndef SMALL
+extern struct var editrc;
+extern struct var vterm;
+extern struct var vtermcap;
+extern struct var vhistsize;
+extern struct var ps_lit;
+extern struct var euname;
+extern struct var random_num;
+extern intmax_t sh_start_time;
+#endif
+
+extern int line_number;
+extern int funclinebase;
+extern int funclineabs;
+
+/*
+ * The following macros access the values of the above variables.
+ * They have to skip over the name.  They return the null string
+ * for unset variables.
+ */
+
+#define ifsset()	((vifs.flags & VUNSET) == 0)
+#define ifsval()	(ifsset() ? (vifs.text + 4) : ifs_default)
+#define mailval()	(vmail.text + 5)
+#define mpathval()	(vmpath.text + 9)
+#define pathval()	(vpath.text + 5)
+#define ps1val()	(vps1.text + 4)
+#define ps2val()	(vps2.text + 4)
+#define ps4val()	(vps4.text + 4)
+#define optindval()	(voptind.text + 7)
+#ifndef SMALL
+#define histsizeval()	(vhistsize.text + 9)
+#define termval()	(vterm.text + 5)
+#endif
+
+#define mpathset()	((vmpath.flags & VUNSET) == 0)
+
+void initvar(void);
+void setvar(const char *, const char *, int);
+void setvareq(char *, int);
+struct strlist;
+void listsetvar(struct strlist *, int);
+char *lookupvar(const char *);
+char *bltinlookup(const char *, int);
+char **environment(void);
+void shprocvar(void);
+int showvars(const char *, int, int, const char *);
+void mklocal(const char *, int);
+void listmklocal(struct strlist *, int);
+void poplocalvars(void);
+int unsetvar(const char *, int);
+void choose_ps1(void);
+int setvarsafe(const char *, const char *, int);
+void print_quoted(const char *);
+int validname(const char *, int, int *);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/bin/sh/version.h b/bin/sh/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59069e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sh/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: version.h,v 1.3 2018/12/12 12:16:42 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This value should be modified rarely - only when significant changes
+ * to the shell (which does not mean a bug fixed, or some new feature added)
+ * have been made.  The most likely reason to change this value would be
+ * when a new (shell only) release is to be exported.  This should not be
+ * updated just because a new NetBSD release is to include this code.
+ */
+#define	NETBSD_SHELL	"20181212"
diff --git a/bin/sleep/sleep.1 b/bin/sleep/sleep.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ee73b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sleep/sleep.1
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: sleep.1,v 1.27 2019/01/27 17:42:53 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)sleep.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
+.\"
+.Dd January 26, 2019
+.Dt SLEEP 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sleep
+.Nd suspend execution for an interval of time
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar seconds
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility suspends execution for a minimum of
+.Ar seconds
+seconds, then exits.
+It is usually used to schedule the execution of other commands (see
+.Sx EXAMPLES
+below).
+.Pp
+Note: The
+.Nx
+.Nm
+command will accept and honor a non-integer number of specified seconds.
+Note however, that if the request is for much more than 2.5 hours,
+any fractional seconds will be ignored.
+Permitting non-integral delays is a non-portable extension,
+and its use will decrease the probability that
+a shell script will execute properly on another system.
+.Pp
+When the
+.Dv SIGINFO
+signal is received, an estimate of the number of seconds remaining to
+sleep is printed on the standard output.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Li \&0
+On successful completion, or if the signal
+.Dv SIGALRM
+was received.
+.It Li \&>\&0
+An error occurred.
+.El
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+To schedule the execution of a command for 1800 seconds later:
+.Pp
+.Dl (sleep 1800; sh command_file >errors 2>&1)&
+.Pp
+This incantation would wait half an hour before
+running the script
+.Dq command_file .
+(See the
+.Xr at 1
+utility.)
+.Pp
+To repeatedly run a command (using
+.Xr csh 1 ) :
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+while (1)
+	if (! -r zzz.rawdata) then
+		sleep 300
+	else
+		foreach i (*.rawdata)
+			sleep 70
+			awk -f collapse_data $i >> results
+		end
+		break
+	endif
+end
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The scenario for a script such as this might be: a program currently
+running is taking longer than expected to process a series of
+files, and it would be nice to have
+another program start processing the files created by the first
+program as soon as it is finished (when zzz.rawdata is created).
+The script checks every five minutes for the file zzz.rawdata.
+When the file is found, processing the generated files (*.rawdata)
+is done courteously by sleeping for 70 seconds in between each
+awk job.
+.Pp
+To wait until a particular time, the following,
+with some error checking added, might be used (using
+.Xr sh 1
+on
+.Nx ) :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+END=$(( $( date -d "$1" +%s ) - START_TIME ))
+while [ "${SECONDS}" -lt "${END}" ]
+do
+	sleep "$((END - SECONDS))"
+done
+.Ed
+.Pp
+where the argument
+.Sq \&$1
+specifies the desired date and time in any format the
+.Fl d
+option to the
+.Xr date 1
+command accepts.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr at 1 ,
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr date 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr nanosleep 2 ,
+.Xr sleep 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+command is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v4 .
+Processing fractional seconds, and processing the
+.Ic seconds
+argument respecting the current locale, was added in
+.Nx 1.3 .
+The ability to sleep for extended periods appeared in
+.Nx 9 .
+.Sh BUGS
+This
+.Nm
+command cannot handle requests for durations
+much longer than about 250 billion years.
+Any such attempt will result in an error,
+and immediate termination.
+It is suggested that when there is a need
+for sleeps exceeding this period, the
+.Nm
+command be executed in a loop, with each
+individual
+.Nm
+invocation limited to 200 billion years
+approximately.
diff --git a/bin/sleep/sleep.c b/bin/sleep/sleep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfaf302
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/sleep/sleep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/* $NetBSD: sleep.c,v 1.29 2019/01/27 02:00:45 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sleep.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: sleep.c,v 1.29 2019/01/27 02:00:45 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+__dead static void alarmhandle(int);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+static void report(const time_t, const time_t, const char *const);
+
+static volatile sig_atomic_t report_requested;
+static void
+report_request(int signo __unused)
+{
+
+	report_requested = 1;
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *arg, *temp;
+	const char *msg;
+	double fval, ival, val;
+	struct timespec ntime;
+	time_t original;
+	int ch, fracflag;
+	unsigned delay;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	(void)signal(SIGALRM, alarmhandle);
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "")) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc != 1)
+		usage();
+
+	/*
+	 * Okay, why not just use atof for everything? Why bother
+	 * checking if there is a fraction in use? Because the old
+	 * sleep handled the full range of integers, that's why, and a
+	 * double can't handle a large long. This is fairly useless
+	 * given how large a number a double can hold on most
+	 * machines, but now we won't ever have trouble. If you want
+	 * 1000000000.9 seconds of sleep, well, that's your
+	 * problem. Why use an isdigit() check instead of checking for
+	 * a period? Because doing it this way means locales will be
+	 * handled transparently by the atof code.
+	 *
+	 * Since fracflag is set for any non-digit, we also fall
+	 * into the floating point conversion path if the input
+	 * is hex (the 'x' in 0xA is not a digit).  Then if
+	 * strtod() handles hex (on NetBSD it does) so will we.
+	 * That path is also taken for scientific notation (1.2e+3)
+	 * and when the input is simply nonsense.
+	 */
+	fracflag = 0;
+	arg = *argv;
+	for (temp = arg; *temp != '\0'; temp++)
+		if (!isdigit((unsigned char)*temp)) {
+			ch = *temp;
+			fracflag++;
+		}
+
+	if (fracflag) {
+		/*
+		 * If we cannot convert the value using the user's locale
+		 * then try again using the C locale, so strtod() can always
+		 * parse values like 2.5, even if the user's locale uses
+		 * a different decimal radix character (like ',')
+		 *
+		 * (but only if that is the potential problem)
+		 */
+		val = strtod(arg, &temp);
+		if (*temp != '\0')
+			val = strtod_l(arg, &temp, LC_C_LOCALE);
+		if (val < 0 || temp == arg || *temp != '\0')
+			usage();
+
+		ival = floor(val);
+		fval = (1000000000 * (val-ival));
+		ntime.tv_sec = ival;
+		if ((double)ntime.tv_sec != ival)
+			errx(1, "requested delay (%s) out of range", arg);
+		ntime.tv_nsec = fval;
+
+		if (ntime.tv_sec == 0 && ntime.tv_nsec == 0)
+			return EXIT_SUCCESS;	/* was 0.0 or underflowed */
+	} else {
+		ntime.tv_sec = strtol(arg, &temp, 10);
+		if (ntime.tv_sec < 0 || temp == arg || *temp != '\0')
+			usage();
+
+		if (ntime.tv_sec == 0)
+			return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+		ntime.tv_nsec = 0;
+	}
+
+	original = ntime.tv_sec;
+	if (ntime.tv_nsec != 0)
+		msg = " and a bit";
+	else
+		msg = "";
+
+	signal(SIGINFO, report_request);
+
+	if (ntime.tv_sec <= 10000) {			/* arbitrary */
+		while (nanosleep(&ntime, &ntime) != 0) {
+			if (report_requested) {
+				report(ntime.tv_sec, original, msg);
+				report_requested = 0;
+			} else
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "nanosleep failed");
+		}
+	} else while (ntime.tv_sec > 0) {
+		delay = (unsigned int)ntime.tv_sec;
+
+		if ((time_t)delay != ntime.tv_sec || delay > 30 * 86400)
+			delay = 30 * 86400;
+
+		ntime.tv_sec -= delay;
+		delay = sleep(delay);
+		ntime.tv_sec += delay;
+
+		if (delay != 0 && report_requested) {
+			report(ntime.tv_sec, original, "");
+			report_requested = 0;
+		} else
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+	/* Reporting does not bother with nanoseconds. */
+static void
+report(const time_t remain, const time_t original, const char * const msg)
+{
+	if (remain == 0)
+		warnx("In the final moments of the original"
+		    " %jd%s second%s", (intmax_t)original, msg,
+		    original == 1 && *msg == '\0' ? "" : "s");
+	else if (remain < 2000)
+		warnx("Between %jd and %jd seconds left"
+		    " out of the original %g%s",
+		    (intmax_t)remain, (intmax_t)remain + 1, (double)original,
+		    msg);
+	else if ((original - remain) < 100000 && (original-remain) < original/8)
+		warnx("Have waited only %jd seconds of the original %g",
+			(intmax_t)(original - remain), (double)original);
+	else
+		warnx("Approximately %g seconds left out of the original %g",
+			(double)remain, (double)original);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s seconds\n", getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+alarmhandle(int i)
+{
+	_exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/stty/cchar.c b/bin/stty/cchar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad88c76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/stty/cchar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* $NetBSD: cchar.c,v 1.16 2006/10/16 00:37:55 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cchar.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cchar.c,v 1.16 2006/10/16 00:37:55 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "stty.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * Special control characters.
+ *
+ * Cchars1 are the standard names, cchars2 are the old aliases.
+ * The first are displayed, but both are recognized on the
+ * command line.
+ */
+const struct cchar cchars1[] = {
+	{ "discard",	VDISCARD, 	CDISCARD },
+	{ "dsusp", 	VDSUSP,		CDSUSP },
+	{ "eof",	VEOF,		CEOF },
+	{ "eol",	VEOL,		CEOL },
+	{ "eol2",	VEOL2,		CEOL },
+	{ "erase",	VERASE,		CERASE },
+	{ "intr",	VINTR,		CINTR },
+	{ "kill",	VKILL,		CKILL },
+	{ "lnext",	VLNEXT,		CLNEXT },
+	{ "min",	VMIN,		CMIN },
+	{ "quit",	VQUIT,		CQUIT },
+	{ "reprint",	VREPRINT, 	CREPRINT },
+	{ "start",	VSTART,		CSTART },
+	{ "status",	VSTATUS, 	CSTATUS },
+	{ "stop",	VSTOP,		CSTOP },
+	{ "susp",	VSUSP,		CSUSP },
+	{ "time",	VTIME,		CTIME },
+	{ "werase",	VWERASE,	CWERASE },
+	{ .name = NULL },
+};
+
+const struct cchar cchars2[] = {
+	{ "brk",	VEOL,		CEOL },
+	{ "flush",	VDISCARD, 	CDISCARD },
+	{ "rprnt",	VREPRINT, 	CREPRINT },
+	{ .name = NULL },
+};
+
+static int c_cchar(const void *, const void *);
+
+static int
+c_cchar(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+        return (strcmp(((const struct cchar *)a)->name,
+	    ((const struct cchar *)b)->name));
+}
+
+int
+csearch(char ***argvp, struct info *ip)
+{
+	struct cchar *cp, tmp;
+	long val;
+	char *arg, *ep, *name;
+		
+	name = **argvp;
+
+	tmp.name = name;
+	if (!(cp = (struct cchar *)bsearch(&tmp, cchars1,
+	    sizeof(cchars1)/sizeof(cchars1[0]) - 1, sizeof(cchars1[0]),
+	    c_cchar)) &&
+	    !(cp = (struct cchar *)bsearch(&tmp, cchars2,
+	    sizeof(cchars2)/sizeof(cchars2[0]) - 1, sizeof(cchars2[0]),
+	    c_cchar)))
+		return (0);
+
+	arg = *++*argvp;
+	if (!arg) {
+		warnx("option requires an argument -- %s", name);
+		usage();
+	}
+
+#define CHK(s)  (*arg == s[0] && !strcmp(arg, s))
+	if (CHK("undef") || CHK("<undef>"))
+		ip->t.c_cc[cp->sub] = _POSIX_VDISABLE;
+	else if (cp->sub == VMIN || cp->sub == VTIME) {
+		val = strtol(arg, &ep, 10);
+		if (val == _POSIX_VDISABLE) {
+			warnx("value of %ld would disable the option -- %s",
+			    val, name);
+			usage();
+		}
+		if (val > UCHAR_MAX) {
+			warnx("maximum option value is %d -- %s",
+			    UCHAR_MAX, name);
+			usage();
+		}
+		if (*ep != '\0') {
+			warnx("option requires a numeric argument -- %s", name);
+			usage();
+		}
+		ip->t.c_cc[cp->sub] = (cc_t)val;
+	} else if (arg[0] == '^')
+		ip->t.c_cc[cp->sub] = (arg[1] == '?') ? 0177 :
+		    (arg[1] == '-') ? _POSIX_VDISABLE : arg[1] & 037;
+	else
+		ip->t.c_cc[cp->sub] = arg[0];
+	ip->set = 1;
+	return (1);
+}
diff --git a/bin/stty/extern.h b/bin/stty/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92598eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/stty/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* $NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.13 2013/09/12 19:47:23 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+#ifndef _EXTERN_H_
+#define _EXTERN_H_
+
+int	c_cchars(const void *, const void *);
+int	c_modes(const void *, const void *);
+int	csearch(char ***, struct info *);
+void	checkredirect(void);
+void	gprint(struct termios *);
+void	gread(struct termios *, char *);
+int	ksearch(char ***, struct info *);
+int	msearch(char ***, struct info *);
+void	optlist(void);
+void	print(struct termios *, struct winsize *, int, const char *, enum FMT);
+__dead void	usage(void);
+
+extern const struct cchar cchars1[], cchars2[];
+
+#endif /* !_EXTERN_H_ */
diff --git a/bin/stty/gfmt.c b/bin/stty/gfmt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55ec0c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/stty/gfmt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* $NetBSD: gfmt.c,v 1.17 2011/08/29 14:51:19 joerg Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)gfmt.c	8.6 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: gfmt.c,v 1.17 2011/08/29 14:51:19 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "stty.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+__dead static void gerr(char *);
+
+static void
+gerr(char *s)
+{
+	if (s)
+		errx(1, "illegal gfmt1 option -- %s", s);
+	else
+		errx(1, "illegal gfmt1 option");
+}
+
+void
+gprint(struct termios *tp)
+{
+	const struct cchar *cp;
+
+	(void)printf("gfmt1:cflag=%x:iflag=%x:lflag=%x:oflag=%x:",
+	    tp->c_cflag, tp->c_iflag, tp->c_lflag, tp->c_oflag);
+	for (cp = cchars1; cp->name; ++cp)
+		(void)printf("%s=%x:", cp->name, tp->c_cc[cp->sub]);
+	(void)printf("ispeed=%d:ospeed=%d\n", cfgetispeed(tp), cfgetospeed(tp));
+}
+
+void
+gread(struct termios *tp, char *s) 
+{
+	const struct cchar *cp;
+	char *ep, *p;
+	long tmp;
+
+	if ((s = strchr(s, ':')) == NULL)
+		gerr(NULL);
+	for (++s; s != NULL;) {
+		p = strsep(&s, ":\0");
+		if (!p || !*p)
+			break;
+		if (!(ep = strchr(p, '=')))
+			gerr(p);
+		*ep++ = '\0';
+		(void)sscanf(ep, "%lx", &tmp);
+
+#define	CHK(s)	(*p == s[0] && !strcmp(p, s))
+		if (CHK("cflag")) {
+			tp->c_cflag = tmp;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (CHK("iflag")) {
+			tp->c_iflag = tmp;
+			continue;
+		}
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+		if (CHK("ispeed")) {
+			(void)sscanf(ep, "%ld", &tmp);
+			tp->c_ispeed = tmp;
+			continue;
+		}
+#endif
+		if (CHK("lflag")) {
+			tp->c_lflag = tmp;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (CHK("oflag")) {
+			tp->c_oflag = tmp;
+			continue;
+		}
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+		if (CHK("ospeed")) {
+			(void)sscanf(ep, "%ld", &tmp);
+			tp->c_ospeed = tmp;
+			continue;
+		}
+#endif
+		for (cp = cchars1; cp->name != NULL; ++cp)
+			if (CHK(cp->name)) {
+				if (cp->sub == VMIN || cp->sub == VTIME)
+					(void)sscanf(ep, "%ld", &tmp);
+				tp->c_cc[cp->sub] = tmp;
+				break;
+			}
+		if (cp->name == NULL)
+			gerr(p);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/bin/stty/key.c b/bin/stty/key.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0094d3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/stty/key.c
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/* $NetBSD: key.c,v 1.22 2017/01/10 20:44:05 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)key.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 2/20/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: key.c,v 1.22 2017/01/10 20:44:05 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "stty.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+void	f_all(struct info *);
+void	f_cbreak(struct info *);
+void	f_columns(struct info *);
+void	f_dec(struct info *);
+void	f_everything(struct info *);
+void	f_extproc(struct info *);
+void	f_insane(struct info *);
+void	f_ispeed(struct info *);
+void	f_nl(struct info *);
+void	f_ospeed(struct info *);
+void	f_raw(struct info *);
+void	f_rows(struct info *);
+void	f_sane(struct info *);
+void	f_size(struct info *);
+void	f_speed(struct info *);
+void	f_ostart(struct info *);
+void	f_ostop(struct info *);
+void	f_tty(struct info *);
+__END_DECLS
+
+static const struct key {
+	const char *name;			/* name */
+	void (*f)(struct info *);		/* function */
+#define	F_NEEDARG	0x01			/* needs an argument */
+#define	F_OFFOK		0x02			/* can turn off */
+	int flags;
+} keys[] = {
+	{ "all",	f_all,		0 },
+	{ "cbreak",	f_cbreak,	F_OFFOK },
+	{ "cols",	f_columns,	F_NEEDARG },
+	{ "columns",	f_columns,	F_NEEDARG },
+	{ "cooked", 	f_sane,		0 },
+	{ "dec",	f_dec,		0 },
+	{ "everything",	f_everything,	0 },
+	{ "extproc",	f_extproc,	F_OFFOK },
+	{ "insane",	f_insane,	0 },
+	{ "ispeed",	f_ispeed,	F_NEEDARG },
+	{ "new",	f_tty,		0 },
+	{ "nl",		f_nl,		F_OFFOK },
+	{ "old",	f_tty,		0 },
+	{ "ospeed",	f_ospeed,	F_NEEDARG },
+	{ "ostart",	f_ostart,	0 },
+	{ "ostop",	f_ostop,	0 },
+	{ "raw",	f_raw,		F_OFFOK },
+	{ "rows",	f_rows,		F_NEEDARG },
+	{ "sane",	f_sane,		0 },
+	{ "size",	f_size,		0 },
+	{ "speed",	f_speed,	0 },
+	{ "tty",	f_tty,		0 },
+};
+
+static int c_key(const void *, const void *);
+
+static int
+c_key(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+
+        return (strcmp(((const struct key *)a)->name,
+	    ((const struct key *)b)->name));
+}
+
+int
+ksearch(char ***argvp, struct info *ip)
+{
+	char *name;
+	struct key *kp, tmp;
+
+	name = **argvp;
+	if (*name == '-') {
+		ip->off = 1;
+		++name;
+	} else
+		ip->off = 0;
+
+	tmp.name = name;
+	if (!(kp = (struct key *)bsearch(&tmp, keys,
+	    sizeof(keys)/sizeof(struct key), sizeof(struct key), c_key)))
+		return (0);
+	if (!(kp->flags & F_OFFOK) && ip->off) {
+		warnx("illegal option -- %s", name);
+		usage();
+	}
+	if (kp->flags & F_NEEDARG && !(ip->arg = *++*argvp)) {
+		warnx("option requires an argument -- %s", name);
+		usage();
+	}
+	kp->f(ip);
+	return (1);
+}
+
+void
+f_all(struct info *ip)
+{
+	print(&ip->t, &ip->win, ip->queue, ip->ldisc, STTY_BSD);
+}
+
+void
+f_cbreak(struct info *ip)
+{
+	if (ip->off)
+		f_sane(ip);
+	else {
+		ip->t.c_iflag |= BRKINT|IXON|IMAXBEL;
+		ip->t.c_oflag |= OPOST;
+		ip->t.c_lflag |= ISIG|IEXTEN;
+		ip->t.c_lflag &= ~ICANON;
+		ip->set = 1;
+	}
+}
+
+void
+f_columns(struct info *ip)
+{
+	ip->win.ws_col = atoi(ip->arg);
+	ip->wset = 1;
+}
+
+void
+f_dec(struct info *ip)
+{
+	ip->t.c_cc[VERASE] = (u_char)0177;
+	ip->t.c_cc[VKILL] = CTRL('u');
+	ip->t.c_cc[VINTR] = CTRL('c');
+	ip->t.c_lflag &= ~ECHOPRT;
+	ip->t.c_lflag |= ECHOE|ECHOKE|ECHOCTL;
+	ip->t.c_iflag &= ~IXANY;
+	ip->set = 1;
+}
+
+void
+f_everything(struct info *ip)
+{
+	print(&ip->t, &ip->win, ip->queue, ip->ldisc, STTY_BSD);
+}
+
+void
+f_extproc(struct info *ip)
+{
+#ifdef TIOCEXT
+	if (ip->off) {
+		int tmp = 0;
+		(void)ioctl(ip->fd, TIOCEXT, &tmp);
+	} else {
+		int tmp = 1;
+		(void)ioctl(ip->fd, TIOCEXT, &tmp);
+	}
+	ip->set = 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+f_insane(struct info *ip)
+{
+	int f, r;
+	
+	r = f = open(_PATH_URANDOM, O_RDONLY, 0);
+	if (f >= 0) {
+		r = read(f, &(ip->t), sizeof(struct termios));
+		close(f);
+	}
+	if (r < 0) {
+		/* XXX not cryptographically secure! */
+	    
+	        srandom(time(NULL));
+		ip->t.c_iflag = random();
+		ip->t.c_oflag = random();
+		ip->t.c_cflag = random();
+		ip->t.c_lflag = random();
+		for (f = 0; f < NCCS; f++) {
+			ip->t.c_cc[f] = random() & 0xFF;
+		}
+		ip->t.c_ispeed = random();
+		ip->t.c_ospeed = random();
+	}
+    
+	ip->set = 1;
+}
+
+void
+f_ispeed(struct info *ip)
+{
+	cfsetispeed(&ip->t, atoi(ip->arg));
+	ip->set = 1;
+}
+
+void
+f_nl(struct info *ip)
+{
+	if (ip->off) {
+		ip->t.c_iflag |= ICRNL;
+		ip->t.c_oflag |= ONLCR;
+	} else {
+		ip->t.c_iflag &= ~ICRNL;
+		ip->t.c_oflag &= ~ONLCR;
+	}
+	ip->set = 1;
+}
+
+void
+f_ospeed(struct info *ip)
+{
+	cfsetospeed(&ip->t, atoi(ip->arg));
+	ip->set = 1;
+}
+
+void
+f_raw(struct info *ip)
+{
+	if (ip->off)
+		f_sane(ip);
+	else {
+		cfmakeraw(&ip->t);
+		ip->t.c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE|PARENB);
+		ip->t.c_cflag |= CS8;
+		ip->set = 1;
+	}
+}
+
+void
+f_rows(struct info *ip)
+{
+	ip->win.ws_row = atoi(ip->arg);
+	ip->wset = 1;
+}
+
+void
+f_sane(struct info *ip)
+{
+	ip->t.c_cflag = TTYDEF_CFLAG | (ip->t.c_cflag & (CLOCAL|CRTSCTS|CDTRCTS));
+	ip->t.c_iflag = TTYDEF_IFLAG;
+	ip->t.c_iflag |= ICRNL;
+	/* preserve user-preference flags in lflag */
+#define	LKEEP	(ECHOKE|ECHOE|ECHOK|ECHOPRT|ECHOCTL|ALTWERASE|TOSTOP|NOFLSH)
+	ip->t.c_lflag = TTYDEF_LFLAG | (ip->t.c_lflag & LKEEP);
+	ip->t.c_oflag = TTYDEF_OFLAG;
+	ip->set = 1;
+}
+
+void
+f_size(struct info *ip)
+{
+	(void)printf("%d %d\n", ip->win.ws_row, ip->win.ws_col);
+}
+
+void
+f_speed(struct info *ip)
+{
+	(void)printf("%d\n", cfgetospeed(&ip->t));
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+f_tty(struct info *ip)
+{
+#ifdef TTYDISC
+	int tmp;
+
+	tmp = TTYDISC;
+	if (ioctl(0, TIOCSETD, &tmp) < 0)
+		err(1, "TIOCSETD");
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+f_ostart(struct info *ip)
+{
+	if (ioctl (0, TIOCSTART) < 0)
+		err(1, "TIOCSTART");
+}
+
+void
+f_ostop(struct info *ip)
+{
+	if (ioctl (0, TIOCSTOP) < 0)
+		err(1, "TIOCSTOP");
+}
diff --git a/bin/stty/modes.c b/bin/stty/modes.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7877af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/stty/modes.c
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/* $NetBSD: modes.c,v 1.18 2015/05/01 17:01:08 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)modes.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: modes.c,v 1.18 2015/05/01 17:01:08 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include "stty.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+struct modes {
+	const char *name;
+	tcflag_t flag;
+};
+
+struct specialmodes {
+	const char *name;
+	tcflag_t set;
+	tcflag_t unset;
+};
+
+/*
+ * The code in optlist() depends on minus options following regular
+ * options, i.e. "foo" must immediately precede "-foo".
+ */
+const struct modes cmodes[] = {
+	{ "cstopb",	CSTOPB },
+	{ "cread",	CREAD },
+	{ "parenb",	PARENB },
+	{ "parodd",	PARODD },
+	{ "hupcl",	HUPCL },
+	{ "hup",	HUPCL },
+	{ "clocal",	CLOCAL },
+	{ "crtscts",	CRTSCTS },
+	{ "mdmbuf",	MDMBUF },
+	{ "cdtrcts",	CDTRCTS },
+	{ .name = NULL },
+};
+
+const struct specialmodes cspecialmodes[] = {
+	{ "cs5",	CS5, CSIZE },
+	{ "cs6",	CS6, CSIZE },
+	{ "cs7",	CS7, CSIZE },
+	{ "cs8",	CS8, CSIZE },
+	{ "parity",	PARENB | CS7, PARODD | CSIZE },
+	{ "-parity",	CS8, PARODD | PARENB | CSIZE },
+	{ "evenp",	PARENB | CS7, PARODD | CSIZE },
+	{ "-evenp",	CS8, PARODD | PARENB | CSIZE },
+	{ "oddp",	PARENB | CS7 | PARODD, CSIZE },
+	{ "-oddp",	CS8, PARODD | PARENB | CSIZE },
+	{ "pass8",	CS8, PARODD | PARENB | CSIZE },
+	{ "-pass8",	PARENB | CS7, PARODD | CSIZE },
+	{ .name = NULL },
+};
+
+const struct modes imodes[] = {
+	{ "ignbrk",	IGNBRK },
+	{ "brkint",	BRKINT },
+	{ "ignpar",	IGNPAR },
+	{ "parmrk",	PARMRK },
+	{ "inpck",	INPCK },
+	{ "istrip",	ISTRIP },
+	{ "inlcr",	INLCR },
+	{ "igncr",	IGNCR },
+	{ "icrnl",	ICRNL },
+	{ "ixon",	IXON },
+	{ "flow",	IXON },
+	{ "ixoff",	IXOFF },
+	{ "tandem",	IXOFF },
+	{ "ixany",	IXANY },
+	{ "imaxbel",	IMAXBEL },
+	{ .name = NULL },
+};
+
+const struct specialmodes ispecialmodes[] = {
+	{ "decctlq",	0, IXANY },
+	{ "-decctlq",	IXANY, 0 },
+	{ .name = NULL },
+};
+
+const struct modes lmodes[] = {
+	{ "echo",	ECHO },
+	{ "echoe",	ECHOE },
+	{ "crterase",	ECHOE },
+	{ "crtbs",	ECHOE },	/* crtbs not supported, close enough */
+	{ "echok",	ECHOK },
+	{ "echoke",	ECHOKE },
+	{ "crtkill",	ECHOKE },
+	{ "altwerase",	ALTWERASE },
+	{ "iexten",	IEXTEN },
+	{ "echonl",	ECHONL },
+	{ "echoctl",	ECHOCTL },
+	{ "ctlecho",	ECHOCTL },
+	{ "echoprt",	ECHOPRT },
+	{ "prterase",	ECHOPRT },
+	{ "isig",	ISIG },
+	{ "icanon",	ICANON },
+	{ "noflsh",	NOFLSH },
+	{ "tostop",	TOSTOP },
+	{ "flusho",	FLUSHO },
+	{ "pendin",	PENDIN },
+	{ "nokerninfo",	NOKERNINFO },
+	{ .name = NULL },
+};
+
+const struct specialmodes lspecialmodes[] = {
+	{ "crt",	ECHOE|ECHOKE|ECHOCTL, ECHOK|ECHOPRT },
+	{ "-crt",	ECHOK, ECHOE|ECHOKE|ECHOCTL },
+	{ "newcrt",	ECHOE|ECHOKE|ECHOCTL, ECHOK|ECHOPRT },
+	{ "-newcrt",	ECHOK, ECHOE|ECHOKE|ECHOCTL },
+	{ "kerninfo",	0, NOKERNINFO },
+	{ "-kerninfo",	NOKERNINFO, 0 },
+	{ .name = NULL },
+};
+
+const struct modes omodes[] = {
+	{ "opost",	OPOST },
+	{ "onlcr",	ONLCR },
+	{ "ocrnl",	OCRNL },
+	{ "oxtabs",	OXTABS },
+	{ "onocr",	ONOCR },
+	{ "onlret",	ONLRET },
+	{ .name = NULL },
+};
+
+const struct specialmodes ospecialmodes[] = {
+	{ "litout",	0, OPOST },
+	{ "-litout",	OPOST, 0 },
+	{ "tabs",	0, OXTABS },		/* "preserve" tabs */
+	{ "-tabs",	OXTABS, 0 },
+	{ .name = NULL },
+};
+
+#define	CHK(s)	(!strcmp(name, s))
+
+static int
+modeset(const char *name, const struct modes *mp,
+    const struct specialmodes *smp, tcflag_t *f)
+{
+	bool neg;
+
+	for (; smp->name; ++smp)
+		if (CHK(smp->name)) {
+			*f &= ~smp->unset;
+			*f |= smp->set;
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+	if ((neg = (*name == '-')))
+		name++;
+
+	for (; mp->name; ++mp)
+		if (CHK(mp->name)) {
+			if (neg)
+				*f &= ~mp->flag;
+			else
+				*f |= mp->flag;
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int
+msearch(char ***argvp, struct info *ip)
+{
+	const char *name = **argvp;
+
+	if (modeset(name, cmodes, cspecialmodes, &ip->t.c_cflag))
+		goto out;
+		
+	if (modeset(name, imodes, ispecialmodes, &ip->t.c_iflag))
+		goto out;
+
+	if (modeset(name, lmodes, lspecialmodes, &ip->t.c_lflag))
+		goto out;
+
+	if (modeset(name, omodes, ospecialmodes, &ip->t.c_oflag))
+		goto out;
+
+	return 0;
+out:
+	ip->set = 1;
+	return 1;
+}
diff --git a/bin/stty/print.c b/bin/stty/print.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f2de1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/stty/print.c
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/* $NetBSD: print.c,v 1.23 2013/09/12 19:47:23 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)print.c	8.6 (Berkeley) 4/16/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: print.c,v 1.23 2013/09/12 19:47:23 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "stty.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static void binit(const char *);
+static void bput(const char *);
+static const char *ccval(const struct cchar *, int);
+
+void
+print(struct termios *tp, struct winsize *wp, int queue, const char *ldisc,
+    enum FMT fmt)
+{
+	const struct cchar *p;
+	long tmp;
+	u_char *cc;
+	int cnt, ispeed, ospeed;
+	char buf1[100], buf2[100];
+
+	cnt = 0;
+
+	/* Line speed. */
+	ispeed = cfgetispeed(tp);
+	ospeed = cfgetospeed(tp);
+	if (ispeed != ospeed)
+		cnt +=
+		    printf("ispeed %d baud; ospeed %d baud;", ispeed, ospeed);
+	else
+		cnt += printf("speed %d baud;", ispeed);
+	if (fmt >= STTY_BSD) {
+		cnt += printf(" %d rows; %d columns;", wp->ws_row, wp->ws_col);
+		if (queue)
+			cnt += printf(" queue = %d;", queue);
+		if (ldisc)
+			cnt += printf(" line = %s;", ldisc);
+	}
+
+	if (cnt)
+		(void)printf("\n");
+
+#define	on(f)	((tmp&f) != 0)
+#define put(n, f, d) \
+	if (fmt >= STTY_BSD || on(f) != d) \
+		bput(n + on(f));
+
+	/* "local" flags */
+	tmp = tp->c_lflag;
+	binit("lflags");
+	put("-icanon", ICANON, 1);
+	put("-isig", ISIG, 1);
+	put("-iexten", IEXTEN, 1);
+	put("-echo", ECHO, 1);
+	put("-echoe", ECHOE, 0);
+	put("-echok", ECHOK, 0);
+	put("-echoke", ECHOKE, 0);
+	put("-echonl", ECHONL, 0);
+	put("-echoctl", ECHOCTL, 0);
+	put("-echoprt", ECHOPRT, 0);
+	put("-altwerase", ALTWERASE, 0);
+	put("-noflsh", NOFLSH, 0);
+	put("-tostop", TOSTOP, 0);
+	put("-flusho", FLUSHO, 0);
+	put("-pendin", PENDIN, 0);
+	put("-nokerninfo", NOKERNINFO, 0);
+	put("-extproc", EXTPROC, 0);
+
+	/* input flags */
+	tmp = tp->c_iflag;
+	binit("iflags");
+	put("-istrip", ISTRIP, 0);
+	put("-icrnl", ICRNL, 1);
+	put("-inlcr", INLCR, 0);
+	put("-igncr", IGNCR, 0);
+	put("-ixon", IXON, 1);
+	put("-ixoff", IXOFF, 0);
+	put("-ixany", IXANY, 1);
+	put("-imaxbel", IMAXBEL, 1);
+	put("-ignbrk", IGNBRK, 0);
+	put("-brkint", BRKINT, 1);
+	put("-inpck", INPCK, 0);
+	put("-ignpar", IGNPAR, 0);
+	put("-parmrk", PARMRK, 0);
+
+	/* output flags */
+	tmp = tp->c_oflag;
+	binit("oflags");
+	put("-opost", OPOST, 1);
+	put("-onlcr", ONLCR, 1);
+	put("-ocrnl", OCRNL, 0);
+	put("-oxtabs", OXTABS, 1);
+	put("-onocr", OXTABS, 0);
+	put("-onlret", OXTABS, 0);
+
+	/* control flags (hardware state) */
+	tmp = tp->c_cflag;
+	binit("cflags");
+	put("-cread", CREAD, 1);
+	switch(tmp&CSIZE) {
+	case CS5:
+		bput("cs5");
+		break;
+	case CS6:
+		bput("cs6");
+		break;
+	case CS7:
+		bput("cs7");
+		break;
+	case CS8:
+		bput("cs8");
+		break;
+	}
+	bput("-parenb" + on(PARENB));
+	put("-parodd", PARODD, 0);
+	put("-hupcl", HUPCL, 1);
+	put("-clocal", CLOCAL, 0);
+	put("-cstopb", CSTOPB, 0);
+	put("-crtscts", CRTSCTS, 0);
+	put("-mdmbuf", MDMBUF, 0);
+	put("-cdtrcts", CDTRCTS, 0);
+
+	/* special control characters */
+	cc = tp->c_cc;
+	if (fmt == STTY_POSIX) {
+		binit("cchars");
+		for (p = cchars1; p->name; ++p) {
+			(void)snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "%s = %s;",
+			    p->name, ccval(p, cc[p->sub]));
+			bput(buf1);
+		}
+		binit(NULL);
+	} else {
+		binit(NULL);
+		for (p = cchars1, cnt = 0; p->name; ++p) {
+			if (fmt != STTY_BSD && cc[p->sub] == p->def)
+				continue;
+#define	WD	"%-8s"
+			(void)snprintf(buf1 + cnt * 8, 9, WD, p->name);
+			(void)snprintf(buf2 + cnt * 8, 9, WD, ccval(p, cc[p->sub]));
+			if (++cnt == LINELENGTH / 8) {
+				cnt = 0;
+				(void)printf("%s\n", buf1);
+				(void)printf("%s\n", buf2);
+			}
+		}
+		if (cnt) {
+			(void)printf("%s\n", buf1);
+			(void)printf("%s\n", buf2);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static int col;
+static const char *label;
+
+static void
+binit(const char *lb)
+{
+
+	if (col) {
+		(void)printf("\n");
+		col = 0;
+	}
+	label = lb;
+}
+
+static void
+bput(const char *s)
+{
+
+	if (col == 0) {
+		col = printf("%s: %s", label, s);
+		return;
+	}
+	if ((col + strlen(s)) > LINELENGTH) {
+		(void)printf("\n\t");
+		col = printf("%s", s) + 8;
+		return;
+	}
+	col += printf(" %s", s);
+}
+
+static const char *
+ccval(const struct cchar *p, int c)
+{
+	static char buf[5];
+	char *bp;
+
+	if (c == _POSIX_VDISABLE)
+		return ("<undef>");
+
+	if (p->sub == VMIN || p->sub == VTIME) {
+		(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", c);
+		return (buf);
+	}
+	bp = buf;
+	if (c & 0200) {
+		*bp++ = 'M';
+		*bp++ = '-';
+		c &= 0177;
+	}
+	if (c == 0177) {
+		*bp++ = '^';
+		*bp++ = '?';
+	}
+	else if (c < 040) {
+		*bp++ = '^';
+		*bp++ = c + '@';
+	}
+	else
+		*bp++ = c;
+	*bp = '\0';
+	return (buf);
+}
diff --git a/bin/stty/stty.1 b/bin/stty/stty.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8901f61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/stty/stty.1
@@ -0,0 +1,635 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: stty.1,v 1.45 2017/10/30 15:38:52 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)stty.1	8.5 (Berkeley) 6/1/94
+.\"
+.Dd August 15, 2016
+.Dt STTY 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm stty
+.Nd set options for a terminal device interface
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl a | Fl e | Fl g
+.Op Fl f Ar file
+.Op operand ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility sets or reports on terminal
+characteristics for the device that is its standard input.
+If no options or operands are specified, it reports the settings of a subset
+of characteristics as well as additional ones if they differ from their
+default values.
+Otherwise it modifies
+the terminal state according to the specified arguments.
+Some combinations of arguments are mutually
+exclusive on some terminal types.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width XfXfileXX
+.It Fl a
+Display all the current settings for the terminal to standard output
+as per
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.It Fl e
+Display all the current settings for the terminal to standard output
+in the traditional
+.Bx
+.Dq all
+and
+.Dq everything
+formats.
+.It Fl f Ar file
+Open and use the terminal named by
+.Ar file
+rather than using standard input.
+The file is opened using the
+.Dv O_NONBLOCK
+flag of
+.Fn open ,
+making it possible to
+set or display settings on a terminal that might otherwise
+block on the open.
+.It Fl g
+Display all the current settings for the terminal to standard output
+in a form that may be used as an argument to a subsequent invocation of
+.Nm
+to restore the current terminal state as per
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.El
+.Pp
+The following arguments are available to set the terminal
+characteristics:
+.Ss Control Modes
+Control mode flags affect hardware characteristics associated with the
+terminal.
+This corresponds to the
+.Fa c_cflag
+of the
+.Xr termios 4
+structure.
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Cm parenb Pq Fl parenb
+Enable (disable) parity generation
+and detection.
+.It Cm parodd Pq Fl parodd
+Select odd (even) parity.
+.It Cm cs5 cs6 cs7 cs8
+Select character size, if possible.
+.It Ar number
+Set terminal baud rate to
+.Ar number ,
+if possible.
+If the
+baud rate is set to zero, modem
+control is no longer
+asserted.
+.It Cm ispeed Ar number
+Set terminal input baud rate to
+.Ar number ,
+if possible.
+If the
+input baud rate is set to zero, the
+input baud rate is set to the
+value of the output baud
+rate.
+.It Cm ospeed Ar number
+Set terminal output baud rate to
+.Ar number ,
+if possible.
+If
+the output baud rate is set to
+zero, modem control is
+no longer asserted.
+.It Cm speed Ar number
+This sets both
+.Cm ispeed
+and
+.Cm ospeed
+to
+.Ar number .
+.It Cm hupcl Pq Fl hupcl
+Stop asserting modem control
+(do not stop asserting modem control) on last close.
+.It Cm hup Pq Fl hup
+Same as hupcl
+.Pq Fl hupcl .
+.It Cm cstopb Pq Fl cstopb
+Use two (one) stop bits per character.
+.It Cm cread Pq Fl cread
+Enable (disable) the receiver.
+.It Cm clocal Pq Fl clocal
+Assume a line without (with) modem
+control.
+.It Cm crtscts Pq Fl crtscts
+Enable RTS/CTS flow control.
+.It Cm cdtrcts Pq Fl cdtrcts
+Enable DTR/CTS flow control (if supported).
+.El
+.Ss Input Modes
+This corresponds to the
+.Fa c_iflag
+of the
+.Xr termios 4
+structure.
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Cm ignbrk Pq Fl ignbrk
+Ignore (do not ignore) break on
+input.
+.It Cm brkint Pq Fl brkint
+Signal (do not signal)
+.Dv INTR
+on
+break.
+.It Cm ignpar Pq Fl ignpar
+Ignore (do not ignore) parity
+errors.
+.It Cm parmrk Pq Fl parmrk
+Mark (do not mark) parity errors.
+.It Cm inpck Pq Fl inpck
+Enable (disable) input parity
+checking.
+.It Cm istrip Pq Fl istrip
+Strip (do not strip) input characters
+to seven bits.
+.It Cm inlcr Pq Fl inlcr
+Map (do not map)
+.Dv NL
+to
+.Dv CR
+on input.
+.It Cm igncr Pq Fl igncr
+Ignore (do not ignore)
+.Dv CR
+on input.
+.It Cm icrnl Pq Fl icrnl
+Map (do not map)
+.Dv CR
+to
+.Dv NL
+on input.
+.It Cm ixon Pq Fl ixon
+Enable (disable)
+.Dv START/STOP
+output
+control.
+Output from the system is
+stopped when the system receives
+.Dv STOP
+and started when the system
+receives
+.Dv START ,
+or if
+.Cm ixany
+is set, any character restarts output.
+.It Cm ixoff Pq Fl ixoff
+Request that the system send (not
+send)
+.Dv START/STOP
+characters when
+the input queue is nearly
+empty/full.
+.It Cm ixany Pq Fl ixany
+Allow any character (allow only
+.Dv START )
+to restart output.
+.It Cm imaxbel Pq Fl imaxbel
+The system imposes a limit of
+.Dv MAX_INPUT
+(currently 255) characters in the input queue.
+If
+.Cm imaxbel
+is set and the input queue limit has been reached,
+subsequent input causes the system to send an ASCII BEL
+character to the output queue (the terminal beeps at you).
+Otherwise,
+if
+.Cm imaxbel
+is unset and the input queue is full, the next input character causes
+the entire input and output queues to be discarded.
+.El
+.Ss Output Modes
+This corresponds to the
+.Fa c_oflag
+of the
+.Xr termios 4
+structure.
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Cm opost Pq Fl opost
+Post-process output (do not
+post-process output; ignore all other
+output modes).
+.It Cm onlcr Pq Fl onlcr
+Map (do not map)
+.Dv NL
+to
+.Dv CR-NL
+on output.
+.It Cm ocrnl Pq Fl ocrnl
+Map (do not map)
+.Dv CR
+to
+.Dv NL
+on output.
+.It Cm oxtabs Pq Fl oxtabs
+Expand (do not expand) tabs to spaces on output.
+.It Cm onocr Pq Fl onocr
+Do not (do) output CRs at column zero.
+.It Cm onlret Pq Fl onlret
+On the terminal NL performs (does not perform) the CR function.
+.El
+.Ss Local Modes
+Local mode flags (lflags) affect various and sundry characteristics of terminal
+processing.
+Historically the term "local" pertained to new job control features
+implemented by Jim Kulp on a PDP-11/70 at IIASA.
+Later the driver ran on the first VAX at Evans Hall, UC Berkeley,
+where the job control details were greatly modified but the structure
+definitions and names remained essentially unchanged.
+The second interpretation of the
+.Sq l
+in lflag
+is
+.Dq line discipline flag ,
+which corresponds to the
+.Fa c_lflag
+of the
+.Xr termios 4
+structure.
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Cm isig Pq Fl isig
+Enable (disable) the checking of
+characters against the special control
+characters
+.Dv INTR , QUIT ,
+and
+.Dv SUSP .
+.It Cm icanon Pq Fl icanon
+Enable (disable) canonical input
+.Dv ( ERASE
+and
+.Dv KILL
+processing).
+.It Cm iexten Pq Fl iexten
+Enable (disable) any implementation
+defined special control characters
+not currently controlled by icanon,
+isig, or ixon.
+.It Cm echo Pq Fl echo
+Echo back (do not echo back) every
+character typed.
+.It Cm echoe Pq Fl echoe
+The
+.Dv ERASE
+character shall (shall
+not) visually erase the last character
+in the current line from the
+display, if possible.
+.It Cm echok Pq Fl echok
+Echo (do not echo)
+.Dv NL
+after
+.Dv KILL
+character.
+.It Cm echoke Pq Fl echoke
+The
+.Dv KILL
+character shall (shall
+not) visually erase
+the current line from the
+display, if possible.
+.It Cm echonl Pq Fl echonl
+Echo (do not echo)
+.Dv NL ,
+even if echo
+is disabled.
+.It Cm echoctl Pq Fl echoctl
+If
+.Cm echoctl
+is set, echo control characters as ^X.
+Otherwise control characters echo as themselves.
+.It Cm echoprt Pq Fl echoprt
+For printing terminals.
+If set, echo erased characters backwards within
+.Dq \e
+and
+.Dq / .
+Otherwise, disable this feature.
+.It Cm noflsh Pq Fl noflsh
+Disable (enable) flush after
+.Dv INTR , QUIT , SUSP .
+.It Cm tostop Pq Fl tostop
+Send (do not send)
+.Dv SIGTTOU
+for background output.
+This causes background jobs to stop if they attempt terminal output.
+.It Cm altwerase Pq Fl altwerase
+Use (do not use) an alternative word erase algorithm when processing
+.Dv WERASE
+characters.
+This alternative algorithm considers sequences of
+alphanumeric/underscores as words.
+It also skips the first preceding character in its classification
+(as a convenience since the one preceding character could have been
+erased with simply an
+.Dv ERASE
+character).
+.It Cm mdmbuf Pq Fl mdmbuf
+If set, flow control output based on condition of Carrier Detect.
+Otherwise writes return an error if Carrier Detect is low (and Carrier
+is not being ignored with the
+.Dv CLOCAL
+flag).
+.It Cm flusho Pq Fl flusho
+Indicates output is (is not) being discarded.
+.It Cm pendin Pq Fl pendin
+Indicates input is (is not) pending after a switch from non-canonical
+to canonical mode and will be re-input when a read becomes pending
+or more input arrives.
+.El
+.Ss Control Characters
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Ar control-character Ar string
+Set
+.Ar control-character
+to string
+.Ar string .
+If the string is a single character,
+then the control character is set to
+that character.
+If the string is the
+two character sequence "^-" or the
+string "undef", then the control character
+is disabled (i.e., set to
+.Bro Dv _POSIX_VDISABLE Brc ) .
+.Pp
+Recognized control characters:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Bl -column character Subscript Description
+.It control- Ta "" Ta ""
+.It character	Subscript	Description
+.It _________	_________	_______________
+.It eof Ta VEOF Ta EOF No character
+.It eol Ta VEOL Ta EOL No character
+.It eol2 Ta VEOL2 Ta EOL2 No character
+.It erase Ta VERASE Ta ERASE No character
+.It werase Ta VWERASE Ta WERASE No character
+.It kill Ta VKILL Ta KILL No character
+.It reprint Ta VREPRINT Ta REPRINT No character
+.It intr Ta VINTR Ta INTR No character
+.It quit Ta VQUIT Ta QUIT No character
+.It susp Ta VSUSP Ta SUSP No character
+.It dsusp Ta VDSUSP Ta DSUSP No character
+.It start Ta VSTART Ta START No character
+.It stop Ta VSTOP Ta STOP No character
+.It lnext Ta VLNEXT Ta LNEXT No character
+.It status Ta VSTATUS Ta STATUS No character
+.It discard Ta VDISCARD Ta DISCARD No character
+.El
+.Ed
+.It Cm min Ar number
+.It Cm time Ar number
+Set the value of min or time to
+.Ar number .
+.Dv MIN
+and
+.Dv TIME
+are used in
+Non-Canonical mode input processing
+(-icanon).
+.El
+.Ss Combination Modes
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Ar saved settings
+Set the current terminal characteristics to the saved settings
+produced by the
+.Fl g
+option.
+.It Cm evenp No or Cm parity
+Enable parenb and cs7; disable parodd.
+.It Cm oddp
+Enable parenb, cs7, and parodd.
+.It Fl parity , evenp ,  oddp
+Disable parenb, and set cs8.
+.It Cm \&nl Pq Fl \&nl
+Enable (disable) icrnl.
+In addition
+-nl unsets inlcr and igncr.
+.It Cm ek
+Reset
+.Dv ERASE
+and
+.Dv KILL
+characters back to system defaults.
+.It Cm sane
+Resets all modes to reasonable values for interactive terminal use.
+.It Cm insane
+Sets all modes to random values, which are very likely
+.Pq but not guaranteed
+to be unreasonable for interactive terminal use.
+.It Cm tty
+Set the line discipline to the standard terminal line discipline
+.Dv TTYDISC .
+.It Cm crt Pq Fl crt
+Set (disable) all modes suitable for a CRT display device.
+.It Cm kerninfo Pq Fl kerninfo
+Enable (disable) the system generated status line associated with
+processing a
+.Dv STATUS
+character (usually set to ^T).
+The status line consists of the
+system load average, the current command name, its process ID, the
+event the process is waiting on (or the status of the process), the user
+and system times, percent CPU, and current memory usage.
+.It Cm cols Ar number
+The terminal size is recorded as having
+.Ar number
+columns.
+.It Cm columns Ar number
+An alias for
+.Cm cols .
+.It Cm rows Ar number
+The terminal size is recorded as having
+.Ar number
+rows.
+.It Cm dec
+Set modes suitable for users of Digital Equipment Corporation systems
+.Dv ( ERASE ,
+.Dv KILL ,
+and
+.Dv INTR
+characters are set to ^?, ^U, and ^C;
+.Dv ixany
+is disabled, and
+.Dv crt
+is enabled).
+.It Cm extproc Pq Fl extproc
+If set, this flag indicates that some amount of terminal processing is being
+performed by either the terminal hardware or by the remote side connected
+to a pty.
+.It Cm raw Pq Fl raw
+If set, change the modes of the terminal so that no input or output processing
+is performed.
+If unset, change the modes of the terminal to some reasonable
+state that performs input and output processing.
+Note that since the terminal driver no longer has a single
+.Dv RAW
+bit, it is not possible to intuit what flags were set prior to setting
+.Cm raw .
+This means that unsetting
+.Cm raw
+may not put back all the setting that were previously in effect.
+To set the terminal into a raw state and then accurately restore it, the following
+shell code is recommended:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+save_state=$(stty -g)
+stty raw
+\&...
+stty "$save_state"
+.Ed
+.It Cm size
+The size of the terminal is printed as two numbers on a single line,
+first rows, then columns.
+.El
+.Ss Compatibility Modes
+These modes remain for compatibility with the previous version of
+the
+.Nm
+utility.
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Cm all
+Reports all the terminal modes as with
+.Cm stty Fl a
+except that the control characters are printed in a columnar format.
+.It Cm everything
+Same as
+.Cm all .
+.It Cm cooked
+Same as
+.Cm sane .
+.It Cm cbreak
+If set, enables
+.Cm brkint , ixon , imaxbel , opost ,
+.Cm isig , iexten ,
+and
+.Fl icanon .
+If unset, same as
+.Cm sane .
+.It Cm new
+Same as
+.Cm tty .
+.It Cm old
+Same as
+.Cm tty .
+.It Cm newcrt Pq Fl newcrt
+Same as
+.Cm crt .
+.It Cm pass8
+The converse of
+.Cm parity .
+.It Cm tandem Pq Fl tandem
+Same as
+.Cm ixoff .
+.It Cm decctlq Pq Fl decctlq
+The converse of
+.Cm ixany .
+.It Cm crterase Pq Fl crterase
+Same as
+.Cm echoe .
+.It Cm crtbs Pq Fl crtbs
+Same as
+.Cm echoe .
+.It Cm crtkill Pq Fl crtkill
+Same as
+.Cm echoke .
+.It Cm ctlecho Pq Fl ctlecho
+Same as
+.Cm echoctl .
+.It Cm prterase Pq Fl prterase
+Same as
+.Cm echoprt .
+.It Cm litout Pq Fl litout
+The converse of
+.Cm opost .
+.It Cm tabs Pq Fl tabs
+The converse of
+.Cm oxtabs .
+.It Cm brk Ar value
+Same as the control character
+.Cm eol .
+.It Cm flush Ar value
+Same as the control character
+.Cm discard .
+.It Cm rprnt Ar value
+Same as the control character
+.Cm reprint .
+.El
+.Ss Control operations
+These operations are not modes, but rather commands to be performed by
+the tty layer.
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Cm ostart
+Performs a "start output" operation, as normally done by an
+incoming START character when
+.Cm ixon
+is set.
+.It Cm ostop
+Performs a "stop output" operation, as normally done by an
+incoming STOP character when
+.Cm ixon
+is set.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr termios 4 ,
+.Xr tty 4
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+The
+.Fl e
+and
+.Fl f
+flags are
+extensions to the standard, as are the operands mentioned in the control
+operations section.
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v2 .
diff --git a/bin/stty/stty.c b/bin/stty/stty.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1cbd49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/stty/stty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* $NetBSD: stty.c,v 1.23 2013/09/12 19:47:23 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)stty.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: stty.c,v 1.23 2013/09/12 19:47:23 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "stty.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct info i;
+	enum FMT fmt;
+	int ch;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	fmt = STTY_NOTSET;
+	i.fd = STDIN_FILENO;
+
+	opterr = 0;
+	while (optind < argc &&
+	    strspn(argv[optind], "-aefg") == strlen(argv[optind]) &&
+	    (ch = getopt(argc, argv, "aef:g")) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'a':		/* undocumented: POSIX compatibility */
+			fmt = STTY_POSIX;
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			fmt = STTY_BSD;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			if ((i.fd = open(optarg, O_RDONLY | O_NONBLOCK)) < 0)
+				err(1, "%s", optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'g':
+			fmt = STTY_GFLAG;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			goto args;
+		}
+
+args:	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (ioctl(i.fd, TIOCGLINED, i.ldisc) < 0)
+		err(1, "TIOCGLINED");
+	if (tcgetattr(i.fd, &i.t) < 0)
+		err(1, "tcgetattr");
+	if (ioctl(i.fd, TIOCGWINSZ, &i.win) < 0)
+		warn("TIOCGWINSZ");
+	if (ioctl(i.fd, TIOCGQSIZE, &i.queue) < 0)
+		warn("TIOCGQSIZE");
+
+	switch(fmt) {
+	case STTY_NOTSET:
+		if (*argv)
+			break;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case STTY_BSD:
+	case STTY_POSIX:
+		print(&i.t, &i.win, i.queue, i.ldisc, fmt);
+		break;
+	case STTY_GFLAG:
+		gprint(&i.t);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	for (i.set = i.wset = 0; *argv; ++argv) {
+		if (ksearch(&argv, &i))
+			continue;
+
+		if (csearch(&argv, &i))
+			continue;
+
+		if (msearch(&argv, &i))
+			continue;
+
+		if (isdigit((unsigned char)**argv)) {
+			int speed;
+
+			speed = atoi(*argv);
+			cfsetospeed(&i.t, speed);
+			cfsetispeed(&i.t, speed);
+			i.set = 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (!strncmp(*argv, "gfmt1", sizeof("gfmt1") - 1)) {
+			gread(&i.t, *argv + sizeof("gfmt1") - 1);
+			i.set = 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		warnx("illegal option -- %s", *argv);
+		usage();
+	}
+
+	if (i.set && tcsetattr(i.fd, 0, &i.t) < 0)
+		err(1, "tcsetattr");
+	if (i.wset && ioctl(i.fd, TIOCSWINSZ, &i.win) < 0)
+		warn("TIOCSWINSZ");
+	exit(0);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-a|-e|-g] [-f file] [operand ...]\n", getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/bin/stty/stty.h b/bin/stty/stty.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b93cba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/stty/stty.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* $NetBSD: stty.h,v 1.11 2013/09/12 19:47:23 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)stty.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STTY_H_
+#define _STTY_H_
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+
+struct info {
+	int fd;					/* file descriptor */
+	linedn_t ldisc;				/* line discipline */
+	int queue;				/* queue size */
+	int off;				/* turn off */
+	int set;				/* need set */
+	int wset;				/* need window set */
+	char *arg;				/* argument */
+	struct termios t;			/* terminal info */
+	struct winsize win;			/* window info */
+};
+
+struct cchar {
+	const char *name;
+	int sub;
+	u_char def;
+};
+
+enum FMT { STTY_NOTSET, STTY_GFLAG, STTY_BSD, STTY_POSIX };
+
+#define	LINELENGTH	72
+
+#endif /* !_STTY_H_ */
diff --git a/bin/test/TEST.csh b/bin/test/TEST.csh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..672e1a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/test/TEST.csh
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+#	$NetBSD: TEST.csh,v 1.2 1995/03/21 07:03:59 cgd Exp $
+#	@(#)TEST.csh	5.2 (Berkeley) 4/30/93
+
+#alias t '/usr/src/bin/test/obj/test \!*; echo $status'
+alias t '/bin/test \!*; echo $status'
+
+echo 't -b /dev/ttyp2'
+t -b /dev/ttyp2
+echo 't -b /dev/jb1a'
+t -b /dev/jb1a
+
+echo 't -c test.c'
+t -c test.c
+echo 't -c /dev/tty'
+t -c /dev/tty
+
+echo 't -d test.c'
+t -d test.c
+echo 't -d /etc'
+t -d /etc
+
+echo 't -e noexist'
+t -e noexist
+echo 't -e test.c'
+t -e test.c
+
+echo 't -f noexist'
+t -f noexist
+echo 't -f /dev/tty'
+t -f /dev/tty
+echo 't -f test.c'
+t -f test.c
+
+echo 't -g test.c'
+t -g test.c
+echo 't -g /bin/ps'
+t -g /bin/ps
+
+echo 't -n ""'
+t -n ""
+echo 't -n "hello"'
+t -n "hello"
+
+echo 't -p test.c'
+t -p test.c
+
+echo 't -r noexist'
+t -r noexist
+echo 't -r /etc/master.passwd'
+t -r /etc/master.passwd
+echo 't -r test.c'
+t -r test.c
+
+echo 't -s noexist'
+t -s noexist
+echo 't -s /dev/null'
+t -s /dev/null
+echo 't -s test.c'
+t -s test.c
+
+echo 't -t 20'
+t -t 20
+echo 't -t 0'
+t -t 0
+
+echo 't -u test.c'
+t -u test.c
+echo 't -u /bin/rcp'
+t -u /bin/rcp
+
+echo 't -w noexist'
+t -w noexist
+echo 't -w /etc/master.passwd'
+t -w /etc/master.passwd
+echo 't -w /dev/null'
+t -w /dev/null
+
+echo 't -x noexist'
+t -x noexist
+echo 't -x /bin/ps'
+t -x /bin/ps
+echo 't -x /etc/motd'
+t -x /etc/motd
+
+echo 't -z ""'
+t -z ""
+echo 't -z "foo"'
+t -z "foo"
+
+echo 't "foo"'
+t "foo"
+echo 't ""'
+t ""
+
+echo 't "hello" = "hello"'
+t "hello" = "hello"
+echo 't "hello" = "goodbye"'
+t "hello" = "goodbye"
+
+echo 't "hello" != "hello"'
+t "hello" != "hello"
+echo 't "hello" != "goodbye"'
+t "hello" != "goodbye"
+
+echo 't 200 -eq 200'
+t 200 -eq 200
+echo 't 34 -eq 222'
+t 34 -eq 222
+
+echo 't 200 -ne 200'
+t 200 -ne 200
+echo 't 34 -ne 222'
+t 34 -ne 222
+
+echo 't 200 -gt 200'
+t 200 -gt 200
+echo 't 340 -gt 222'
+t 340 -gt 222
+
+echo 't 200 -ge 200'
+t 200 -ge 200
+echo 't 34 -ge 222'
+t 34 -ge 222
+
+echo 't 200 -lt 200'
+t 200 -lt 200
+echo 't 34 -lt 222'
+t 34 -lt 222
+
+echo 't 200 -le 200'
+t 200 -le 200
+echo 't 340 -le 222'
+t 340 -le 222
+
+echo 't 700 -le 1000 -a -n "1" -a "20" = "20"'
+t 700 -le 1000 -a -n "1" -a "20" = "20"
+echo 't ! \( 700 -le 1000 -a -n "1" -a "20" = "20" \)'
+t ! \( 700 -le 1000 -a -n "1" -a "20" = "20" \)
diff --git a/bin/test/test.1 b/bin/test/test.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d62515
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/test/test.1
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: test.1,v 1.33 2017/10/18 18:11:54 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)test.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93
+.\"
+.Dd October 17, 2017
+.Dt TEST 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm test ,
+.Nm \&[
+.Nd condition evaluation utility
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar expression
+.Nm \&[
+.Ar expression Cm \&]
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility evaluates
+.Ar expression
+and, if it evaluates
+to true, returns a zero (true) exit status; otherwise
+it returns 1 (false).
+If
+.Ar expression
+is not given,
+.Nm
+also
+returns 1 (false).
+.Pp
+All operators and flags are separate arguments to the
+.Nm
+utility.
+.Pp
+The following primaries are used to construct
+.Ar expression :
+.Bl -tag -width Ar
+.It Fl b Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and is a block special
+file.
+.It Fl c Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and is a character
+special file.
+.It Fl d Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and is a directory.
+.It Fl e Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists (regardless of type).
+.It Fl f Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and is a regular file.
+.It Fl g Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and its set group ID flag
+is set.
+.It Fl h Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and is a symbolic link.
+.It Fl k Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and its sticky bit is set.
+.It Fl n Ar string
+True if the length of
+.Ar string
+is nonzero.
+.It Fl p Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and is a named pipe (FIFO).
+.It Fl r Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and is readable.
+.It Fl s Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and has a size greater
+than zero.
+.It Fl t Ar file_descriptor
+True if the file whose file descriptor number
+is
+.Ar file_descriptor
+is open and is associated with a terminal.
+.It Fl u Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and its set user ID flag
+is set.
+.It Fl w Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and is writable.
+True
+indicates only that the write flag is on.
+The file is not writable on a read-only file
+system even if this test indicates true.
+.It Fl x Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and is executable.
+True
+indicates only that the execute flag is on.
+If
+.Ar file
+is a directory, true indicates that
+.Ar file
+can be searched.
+.It Fl z Ar string
+True if the length of
+.Ar string
+is zero.
+.It Fl L Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and is a symbolic link.
+This operator is retained for compatibility with previous versions of
+this program.
+Do not rely on its existence; use
+.Fl h
+instead.
+.It Fl O Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and its owner matches the effective user id of this process.
+.It Fl G Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and its group matches the effective group id of this process.
+.It Fl S Ar file
+True if
+.Ar file
+exists and is a socket.
+.It Ar file1 Fl nt Ar file2
+True if
+.Ar file1
+exists and is newer than
+.Ar file2 .
+.It Ar file1 Fl ot Ar file2
+True if
+.Ar file1
+exists and is older than
+.Ar file2 .
+.It Ar file1 Fl ef Ar file2
+True if
+.Ar file1
+and
+.Ar file2
+exist and refer to the same file.
+.It Ar string
+True if
+.Ar string
+is not the null
+string.
+.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&= Ar \&s\&2
+True if the strings
+.Ar \&s\&1
+and
+.Ar \&s\&2
+are identical.
+.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&!= Ar \&s\&2
+True if the strings
+.Ar \&s\&1
+and
+.Ar \&s\&2
+are not identical.
+.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&< Ar \&s\&2
+True if string
+.Ar \&s\&1
+comes before
+.Ar \&s\&2
+based on the ASCII value of their characters.
+.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&> Ar \&s\&2
+True if string
+.Ar \&s\&1
+comes after
+.Ar \&s\&2
+based on the ASCII value of their characters.
+.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&eq Ar \&n\&2
+True if the integers
+.Ar \&n\&1
+and
+.Ar \&n\&2
+are algebraically
+equal.
+.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&ne Ar \&n\&2
+True if the integers
+.Ar \&n\&1
+and
+.Ar \&n\&2
+are not
+algebraically equal.
+.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&gt Ar \&n\&2
+True if the integer
+.Ar \&n\&1
+is algebraically
+greater than the integer
+.Ar \&n\&2 .
+.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&ge Ar \&n\&2
+True if the integer
+.Ar \&n\&1
+is algebraically
+greater than or equal to the integer
+.Ar \&n\&2 .
+.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&lt Ar \&n\&2
+True if the integer
+.Ar \&n\&1
+is algebraically less
+than the integer
+.Ar \&n\&2 .
+.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&le Ar \&n\&2
+True if the integer
+.Ar \&n\&1
+is algebraically less
+than or equal to the integer
+.Ar \&n\&2 .
+.El
+.Pp
+These primaries can be combined with the following operators:
+.Bl -tag -width Ar
+.It Cm \&! Ar expression
+True if
+.Ar expression
+is false.
+.It Ar expression1 Fl a Ar expression2
+True if both
+.Ar expression1
+and
+.Ar expression2
+are true.
+.It Ar expression1 Fl o Ar expression2
+True if either
+.Ar expression1
+or
+.Ar expression2
+is true.
+.It Cm \&( Ar expression Cm \&)
+True if
+.Ar expression
+is true.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl a
+operator has higher precedence than the
+.Fl o
+operator.
+.Pp
+Note that all file tests with the exception of
+.Fl h
+and
+.Fl L
+follow symbolic links and thus evaluate the test for the file pointed at.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It 0
+.Ar expression
+evaluated to true.
+.It 1
+.Ar expression
+evaluated to false or was missing.
+.It >1
+An error occurred.
+.El
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility implements a superset of the
+.St -p1003.2
+specification.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The
+.Nm
+grammar is inherently ambiguous.
+In order to assure a degree of consistency, the cases described in
+.St -p1003.2
+section 4.62.4,
+are evaluated consistently according to the rules specified in the
+standards document.
+All other cases are subject to the ambiguity in the command semantics.
+.Pp
+This means that
+.Nm
+should not be used with more than 4 operands
+(where the terminating
+.Cm \&]
+in the case of the
+.Nm \&[
+command does not count as an operand,)
+and that the obsolete
+.Fl a
+and
+.Fl o
+options should not be used.
+Instead invoke
+.Nm
+multiple times connected by the
+.Dq &&
+and
+.Dq ||
+operators from
+.Xr sh 1 .
+When those operators are not used, there is no need
+for the parentheses as grouping symbols, so those should also be
+avoided.
+Using
+.Xr sh 1 Ns 's
+.Cm \&!
+command instead of the equivalent operator from
+.Nm
+can also protect the script from future test enhancements.
+.Pp
+Most expressions with 3 or less operands will evaluate as expected,
+though be aware that with 3 operands,
+if the second is a known binary operator,
+that is always evaluated,
+regardless of what the other operands might suggest had been intended.
+If, and only if, the middle operand is not a defined binary operator
+is the first operand examined to see if it is
+.Cm \&!
+in which case the remaining operands are evaluated as a two operand test,
+and the result inverted.
+The only other defined three operand case is the meaningless
+degenerate case where parentheses (1st and 3rd operands)
+surround a one operand expression.
+.Pp
+With 4 operands there are just two defined cases, the first
+where the first operand is
+.Cm \&!
+in which case the result of the three operand test on the
+remaining operands is inverted,
+and the second is similar to the 3 operand case,
+the degenerate case of parentheses surrounding an (in this case)
+2 operand test expression.
diff --git a/bin/test/test.c b/bin/test/test.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cf9dab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bin/test/test.c
@@ -0,0 +1,904 @@
+/* $NetBSD: test.c,v 1.43 2018/09/13 22:00:58 kre Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * test(1); version 7-like  --  author Erik Baalbergen
+ * modified by Eric Gisin to be used as built-in.
+ * modified by Arnold Robbins to add SVR3 compatibility
+ * (-x -c -b -p -u -g -k) plus Korn's -L -nt -ot -ef and new -S (socket).
+ * modified by J.T. Conklin for NetBSD.
+ *
+ * This program is in the Public Domain.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: test.c,v 1.43 2018/09/13 22:00:58 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* test(1) accepts the following grammar:
+	oexpr	::= aexpr | aexpr "-o" oexpr ;
+	aexpr	::= nexpr | nexpr "-a" aexpr ;
+	nexpr	::= primary | "!" primary
+	primary	::= unary-operator operand
+		| operand binary-operator operand
+		| operand
+		| "(" oexpr ")"
+		;
+	unary-operator ::= "-r"|"-w"|"-x"|"-f"|"-d"|"-c"|"-b"|"-p"|
+		"-u"|"-g"|"-k"|"-s"|"-t"|"-z"|"-n"|"-o"|"-O"|"-G"|"-L"|"-S";
+
+	binary-operator ::= "="|"!="|"-eq"|"-ne"|"-ge"|"-gt"|"-le"|"-lt"|
+			"-nt"|"-ot"|"-ef";
+	operand ::= <any legal UNIX file name>
+*/
+
+enum token {
+	EOI,
+	FILRD,
+	FILWR,
+	FILEX,
+	FILEXIST,
+	FILREG,
+	FILDIR,
+	FILCDEV,
+	FILBDEV,
+	FILFIFO,
+	FILSOCK,
+	FILSYM,
+	FILGZ,
+	FILTT,
+	FILSUID,
+	FILSGID,
+	FILSTCK,
+	FILNT,
+	FILOT,
+	FILEQ,
+	FILUID,
+	FILGID,
+	STREZ,
+	STRNZ,
+	STREQ,
+	STRNE,
+	STRLT,
+	STRGT,
+	INTEQ,
+	INTNE,
+	INTGE,
+	INTGT,
+	INTLE,
+	INTLT,
+	UNOT,
+	BAND,
+	BOR,
+	LPAREN,
+	RPAREN,
+	OPERAND
+};
+
+enum token_types {
+	UNOP,
+	BINOP
+#ifndef SMALL
+		,
+	BUNOP,
+	BBINOP,
+	PAREN
+#endif
+};
+
+struct t_op {
+	const char *op_text;
+	short op_num, op_type;
+};
+
+static const struct t_op cop[] = {
+#ifndef SMALL
+	{"!",	UNOT,	BUNOP},
+	{"(",	LPAREN,	PAREN},
+	{")",	RPAREN,	PAREN},
+#endif
+	{"<",	STRLT,	BINOP},
+	{"=",	STREQ,	BINOP},
+	{">",	STRGT,	BINOP},
+};
+
+static const struct t_op cop2[] = {
+	{"!=",	STRNE,	BINOP},
+};
+
+static const struct t_op mop3[] = {
+	{"ef",	FILEQ,	BINOP},
+	{"eq",	INTEQ,	BINOP},
+	{"ge",	INTGE,	BINOP},
+	{"gt",	INTGT,	BINOP},
+	{"le",	INTLE,	BINOP},
+	{"lt",	INTLT,	BINOP},
+	{"ne",	INTNE,	BINOP},
+	{"nt",	FILNT,	BINOP},
+	{"ot",	FILOT,	BINOP},
+};
+
+static const struct t_op mop2[] = {
+	{"G",	FILGID,	UNOP},
+	{"L",	FILSYM,	UNOP},
+	{"O",	FILUID,	UNOP},
+	{"S",	FILSOCK,UNOP},
+#ifndef SMALL
+	{"a",	BAND,	BBINOP},
+#endif
+	{"b",	FILBDEV,UNOP},
+	{"c",	FILCDEV,UNOP},
+	{"d",	FILDIR,	UNOP},
+	{"e",	FILEXIST,UNOP},
+	{"f",	FILREG,	UNOP},
+	{"g",	FILSGID,UNOP},
+	{"h",	FILSYM,	UNOP},		/* for backwards compat */
+	{"k",	FILSTCK,UNOP},
+	{"n",	STRNZ,	UNOP},
+#ifndef SMALL
+	{"o",	BOR,	BBINOP},
+#endif
+	{"p",	FILFIFO,UNOP},
+	{"r",	FILRD,	UNOP},
+	{"s",	FILGZ,	UNOP},
+	{"t",	FILTT,	UNOP},
+	{"u",	FILSUID,UNOP},
+	{"w",	FILWR,	UNOP},
+	{"x",	FILEX,	UNOP},
+	{"z",	STREZ,	UNOP},
+};
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+static char **t_wp;
+static struct t_op const *t_wp_op;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+__dead static void syntax(const char *, const char *);
+static int oexpr(enum token);
+static int aexpr(enum token);
+static int nexpr(enum token);
+static int primary(enum token);
+static int binop(void);
+static enum token t_lex(char *);
+static int isoperand(void);
+#endif
+static struct t_op const *findop(const char *);
+static int perform_unop(enum token, const char *);
+static int perform_binop(enum token, const char *, const char *);
+static int test_access(struct stat *, mode_t);
+static int filstat(const char *, enum token);
+static long long getn(const char *);
+static int newerf(const char *, const char *);
+static int olderf(const char *, const char *);
+static int equalf(const char *, const char *);
+
+static int one_arg(const char *);
+static int two_arg(const char *, const char *);
+static int three_arg(const char *, const char *, const char *);
+static int four_arg(const char *, const char *, const char *, const char *);
+
+#if defined(SHELL)
+extern void error(const char *, ...) __dead __printflike(1, 2);
+extern void *ckmalloc(size_t);
+#else
+static void error(const char *, ...) __dead __printflike(1, 2);
+
+static void
+error(const char *msg, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, msg);
+	verrx(2, msg, ap);
+	/*NOTREACHED*/
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+static void *ckmalloc(size_t);
+static void *
+ckmalloc(size_t nbytes)
+{
+	void *p = malloc(nbytes);
+
+	if (!p)
+		error("Not enough memory!");
+	return p;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SHELL
+int testcmd(int, char **);
+
+int
+testcmd(int argc, char **argv)
+#else
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+#endif
+{
+	int res;
+	const char *argv0;
+
+#ifdef SHELL
+	argv0 = argv[0];
+#else
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+	argv0 = getprogname();
+#endif
+	if (strcmp(argv0, "[") == 0) {
+		if (strcmp(argv[--argc], "]"))
+			error("missing ]");
+		argv[argc] = NULL;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * POSIX defines operations of test for up to 4 args
+	 * (depending upon what the args are in some cases)
+	 *
+	 * arg count does not include the command name, (but argc does)
+	 * nor the closing ']' when the command was '[' (removed above)
+	 *
+	 * None of the following allow -a or -o as an operator (those
+	 * only apply in the evaluation of unspeicified expressions)
+	 *
+	 * Note that the xxx_arg() functions return "shell" true/false
+	 * (0 == true, 1 == false) or -1 for "unspecified case"
+	 *
+	 * Other functions return C true/false (1 == true, 0 == false)
+	 *
+	 * Hence we simply return the result from xxx_arg(), but
+	 * invert the result of oexpr() below before returning it.
+	 */
+	switch (argc - 1) {
+	case -1:		/* impossible, but never mind */
+	case 0:			/* test $a    where a=''    false */
+		return 1;
+
+	case 1:			/* test "$a" */
+		return one_arg(argv[1]);		/* always works */
+
+	case 2:			/* test op "$a" */
+		res = two_arg(argv[1], argv[2]);
+		if (res >= 0)
+			return res;
+		break;
+
+	case 3:			/* test "$a" op "$b" or test ! op "$a" */
+		res = three_arg(argv[1], argv[2], argv[3]);
+		if (res >= 0)
+			return res;
+		break;
+
+	case 4:			/* test ! "$a" op "$b" or test ( op "$a" ) */
+		res = four_arg(argv[1], argv[2], argv[3], argv[4]);
+		if (res >= 0)
+			return res;
+		break;
+
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * All other cases produce unspecified results
+	 * (including cases above with small arg counts where the
+	 * args are not what was expected to be seen)
+	 *
+	 * We fall back to the old method, of attempting to parse
+	 * the expr (highly ambiguous as there is no distinction between
+	 * operators and operands that happen to look like operators)
+	 */
+
+#ifdef SMALL
+	error("SMALL test, no fallback usage");
+#else
+
+	t_wp = &argv[1];
+	res = !oexpr(t_lex(*t_wp));
+
+	if (*t_wp != NULL && *++t_wp != NULL)
+		syntax(*t_wp, "unexpected operator");
+
+	return res;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+static void
+syntax(const char *op, const char *msg)
+{
+
+	if (op && *op)
+		error("%s: %s", op, msg);
+	else
+		error("%s", msg);
+}	
+#endif
+
+static int
+one_arg(const char *arg)
+{
+	/*
+	 * True (exit 0, so false...) if arg is not a null string
+	 * False (so exit 1, so true) if it is.
+	 */
+	return *arg == '\0';
+}
+
+static int
+two_arg(const char *a1, const char *a2)
+{
+	static struct t_op const *op;
+
+	if (a1[0] == '!' && a1[1] == 0)
+		return !one_arg(a2);
+
+	op = findop(a1);
+	if (op != NULL && op->op_type == UNOP)
+		return !perform_unop(op->op_num, a2);
+
+#ifndef TINY
+	/*
+	 * an extension, but as we've entered the realm of the unspecified
+	 * we're allowed...		test ( $a )	where a=''
+	 */
+	if (a1[0] == '(' && a2[0] == ')' && (a1[1] | a2[1]) == 0)
+		return 1;
+#endif
+
+	return -1;
+}
+
+static int
+three_arg(const char *a1, const char *a2, const char *a3)
+{
+	static struct t_op const *op;
+	int res;
+
+	op = findop(a2);
+	if (op != NULL && op->op_type == BINOP)
+		return !perform_binop(op->op_num, a1, a3);
+
+	if (a1[1] != '\0')
+		return -1;
+
+	if (a1[0] == '!') {
+		res = two_arg(a2, a3);
+		if (res >= 0)
+			res = !res;
+		return res;
+	}
+
+#ifndef TINY
+	if (a1[0] == '(' && a3[0] == ')' && a3[1] == '\0')
+		return one_arg(a2);
+#endif
+
+	return -1;
+}
+
+static int
+four_arg(const char *a1, const char *a2, const char *a3, const char *a4)
+{
+	int res;
+
+	if (a1[1] != '\0')
+		return -1;
+
+	if (a1[0] == '!') {
+		res = three_arg(a2, a3, a4);
+		if (res >= 0)
+			res = !res;
+		return res;
+	}
+
+#ifndef TINY
+	if (a1[0] == '(' && a4[0] == ')' && a4[1] == '\0')
+		return two_arg(a2, a3);
+#endif
+
+	return -1;
+}
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+static int
+oexpr(enum token n)
+{
+	int res;
+
+	res = aexpr(n);
+	if (*t_wp == NULL)
+		return res;
+	if (t_lex(*++t_wp) == BOR)
+		return oexpr(t_lex(*++t_wp)) || res;
+	t_wp--;
+	return res;
+}
+
+static int
+aexpr(enum token n)
+{
+	int res;
+
+	res = nexpr(n);
+	if (*t_wp == NULL)
+		return res;
+	if (t_lex(*++t_wp) == BAND)
+		return aexpr(t_lex(*++t_wp)) && res;
+	t_wp--;
+	return res;
+}
+
+static int
+nexpr(enum token n)
+{
+
+	if (n == UNOT)
+		return !nexpr(t_lex(*++t_wp));
+	return primary(n);
+}
+
+static int
+primary(enum token n)
+{
+	enum token nn;
+	int res;
+
+	if (n == EOI)
+		return 0;		/* missing expression */
+	if (n == LPAREN) {
+		if ((nn = t_lex(*++t_wp)) == RPAREN)
+			return 0;	/* missing expression */
+		res = oexpr(nn);
+		if (t_lex(*++t_wp) != RPAREN)
+			syntax(NULL, "closing paren expected");
+		return res;
+	}
+	if (t_wp_op && t_wp_op->op_type == UNOP) {
+		/* unary expression */
+		if (*++t_wp == NULL)
+			syntax(t_wp_op->op_text, "argument expected");
+		return perform_unop(n, *t_wp);
+	}
+
+	if (t_lex(t_wp[1]), t_wp_op && t_wp_op->op_type == BINOP) {
+		return binop();
+	}	  
+
+	return strlen(*t_wp) > 0;
+}
+#endif /* !SMALL */
+
+static int
+perform_unop(enum token n, const char *opnd)
+{
+	switch (n) {
+	case STREZ:
+		return strlen(opnd) == 0;
+	case STRNZ:
+		return strlen(opnd) != 0;
+	case FILTT:
+		return isatty((int)getn(opnd));
+	default:
+		return filstat(opnd, n);
+	}
+}
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+static int
+binop(void)
+{
+	const char *opnd1, *opnd2;
+	struct t_op const *op;
+
+	opnd1 = *t_wp;
+	(void) t_lex(*++t_wp);
+	op = t_wp_op;
+
+	if ((opnd2 = *++t_wp) == NULL)
+		syntax(op->op_text, "argument expected");
+		
+	return perform_binop(op->op_num, opnd1, opnd2);
+}
+#endif
+
+static int
+perform_binop(enum token op_num, const char *opnd1, const char *opnd2)
+{
+	switch (op_num) {
+	case STREQ:
+		return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) == 0;
+	case STRNE:
+		return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) != 0;
+	case STRLT:
+		return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) < 0;
+	case STRGT:
+		return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) > 0;
+	case INTEQ:
+		return getn(opnd1) == getn(opnd2);
+	case INTNE:
+		return getn(opnd1) != getn(opnd2);
+	case INTGE:
+		return getn(opnd1) >= getn(opnd2);
+	case INTGT:
+		return getn(opnd1) > getn(opnd2);
+	case INTLE:
+		return getn(opnd1) <= getn(opnd2);
+	case INTLT:
+		return getn(opnd1) < getn(opnd2);
+	case FILNT:
+		return newerf(opnd1, opnd2);
+	case FILOT:
+		return olderf(opnd1, opnd2);
+	case FILEQ:
+		return equalf(opnd1, opnd2);
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * The manual, and IEEE POSIX 1003.2, suggests this should check the mode bits,
+ * not use access():
+ *
+ *	True shall indicate only that the write flag is on.  The file is not
+ *	writable on a read-only file system even if this test indicates true.
+ *
+ * Unfortunately IEEE POSIX 1003.1-2001, as quoted in SuSv3, says only:
+ *
+ *	True shall indicate that permission to read from file will be granted,
+ *	as defined in "File Read, Write, and Creation".
+ *
+ * and that section says:
+ *
+ *	When a file is to be read or written, the file shall be opened with an
+ *	access mode corresponding to the operation to be performed.  If file
+ *	access permissions deny access, the requested operation shall fail.
+ *
+ * and of course access permissions are described as one might expect:
+ *
+ *     * If a process has the appropriate privilege:
+ *
+ *        * If read, write, or directory search permission is requested,
+ *          access shall be granted.
+ *
+ *        * If execute permission is requested, access shall be granted if
+ *          execute permission is granted to at least one user by the file
+ *          permission bits or by an alternate access control mechanism;
+ *          otherwise, access shall be denied.
+ *
+ *   * Otherwise:
+ *
+ *        * The file permission bits of a file contain read, write, and
+ *          execute/search permissions for the file owner class, file group
+ *          class, and file other class.
+ *
+ *        * Access shall be granted if an alternate access control mechanism
+ *          is not enabled and the requested access permission bit is set for
+ *          the class (file owner class, file group class, or file other class)
+ *          to which the process belongs, or if an alternate access control
+ *          mechanism is enabled and it allows the requested access; otherwise,
+ *          access shall be denied.
+ *
+ * and when I first read this I thought:  surely we can't go about using
+ * open(O_WRONLY) to try this test!  However the POSIX 1003.1-2001 Rationale
+ * section for test does in fact say:
+ *
+ *	On historical BSD systems, test -w directory always returned false
+ *	because test tried to open the directory for writing, which always
+ *	fails.
+ *
+ * and indeed this is in fact true for Seventh Edition UNIX, UNIX 32V, and UNIX
+ * System III, and thus presumably also for BSD up to and including 4.3.
+ *
+ * Secondly I remembered why using open() and/or access() are bogus.  They
+ * don't work right for detecting read and write permissions bits when called
+ * by root.
+ *
+ * Interestingly the 'test' in 4.4BSD was closer to correct (as per
+ * 1003.2-1992) and it was implemented efficiently with stat() instead of
+ * open().
+ *
+ * This was apparently broken in NetBSD around about 1994/06/30 when the old
+ * 4.4BSD implementation was replaced with a (arguably much better coded)
+ * implementation derived from pdksh.
+ *
+ * Note that modern pdksh is yet different again, but still not correct, at
+ * least not w.r.t. 1003.2-1992.
+ *
+ * As I think more about it and read more of the related IEEE docs I don't like
+ * that wording about 'test -r' and 'test -w' in 1003.1-2001 at all.  I very
+ * much prefer the original wording in 1003.2-1992.  It is much more useful,
+ * and so that's what I've implemented.
+ *
+ * (Note that a strictly conforming implementation of 1003.1-2001 is in fact
+ * totally useless for the case in question since its 'test -w' and 'test -r'
+ * can never fail for root for any existing files, i.e. files for which 'test
+ * -e' succeeds.)
+ * 
+ * The rationale for 1003.1-2001 suggests that the wording was "clarified" in
+ * 1003.1-2001 to align with the 1003.2b draft.  1003.2b Draft 12 (July 1999),
+ * which is the latest copy I have, does carry the same suggested wording as is
+ * in 1003.1-2001, with its rationale saying:
+ * 
+ * 	This change is a clarification and is the result of interpretation
+ * 	request PASC 1003.2-92 #23 submitted for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992.
+ * 
+ * That interpretation can be found here:
+ * 
+ *   http://www.pasc.org/interps/unofficial/db/p1003.2/pasc-1003.2-23.html
+ * 
+ * Not terribly helpful, unfortunately.  I wonder who that fence sitter was.
+ * 
+ * Worse, IMVNSHO, I think the authors of 1003.2b-D12 have mis-interpreted the
+ * PASC interpretation and appear to be gone against at least one widely used
+ * implementation (namely 4.4BSD).  The problem is that for file access by root
+ * this means that if test '-r' and '-w' are to behave as if open() were called
+ * then there's no way for a shell script running as root to check if a file
+ * has certain access bits set other than by the grotty means of interpreting
+ * the output of 'ls -l'.  This was widely considered to be a bug in V7's
+ * "test" and is, I believe, one of the reasons why direct use of access() was
+ * avoided in some more recent implementations!
+ * 
+ * I have always interpreted '-r' to match '-w' and '-x' as per the original
+ * wording in 1003.2-1992, not the other way around.  I think 1003.2b goes much
+ * too far the wrong way without any valid rationale and that it's best if we
+ * stick with 1003.2-1992 and test the flags, and not mimic the behaviour of
+ * open() since we already know very well how it will work -- existance of the
+ * file is all that matters to open() for root.
+ * 
+ * Unfortunately the SVID is no help at all (which is, I guess, partly why
+ * we're in this mess in the first place :-).
+ * 
+ * The SysV implementation (at least in the 'test' builtin in /bin/sh) does use
+ * access(name, 2) even though it also goes to much greater lengths for '-x'
+ * matching the 1003.2-1992 definition (which is no doubt where that definition
+ * came from).
+ *
+ * The ksh93 implementation uses access() for '-r' and '-w' if
+ * (euid==uid&&egid==gid), but uses st_mode for '-x' iff running as root.
+ * i.e. it does strictly conform to 1003.1-2001 (and presumably 1003.2b).
+ */
+static int
+test_access(struct stat *sp, mode_t stmode)
+{
+	gid_t *groups; 
+	register int n;
+	uid_t euid;
+	int maxgroups;
+
+	/*
+	 * I suppose we could use access() if not running as root and if we are
+	 * running with ((euid == uid) && (egid == gid)), but we've already
+	 * done the stat() so we might as well just test the permissions
+	 * directly instead of asking the kernel to do it....
+	 */
+	euid = geteuid();
+	if (euid == 0)				/* any bit is good enough */
+		stmode = (stmode << 6) | (stmode << 3) | stmode;
+ 	else if (sp->st_uid == euid)
+		stmode <<= 6;
+	else if (sp->st_gid == getegid())
+		stmode <<= 3;
+	else {
+		/* XXX stolen almost verbatim from ksh93.... */
+		/* on some systems you can be in several groups */
+		if ((maxgroups = getgroups(0, NULL)) <= 0)
+			maxgroups = NGROUPS_MAX;	/* pre-POSIX system? */
+		groups = ckmalloc((maxgroups + 1) * sizeof(gid_t));
+		n = getgroups(maxgroups, groups);
+		while (--n >= 0) {
+			if (groups[n] == sp->st_gid) {
+				stmode <<= 3;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		free(groups);
+	}
+
+	return sp->st_mode & stmode;
+}
+
+static int
+filstat(const char *nm, enum token mode)
+{
+	struct stat s;
+
+	if (mode == FILSYM ? lstat(nm, &s) : stat(nm, &s))
+		return 0;
+
+	switch (mode) {
+	case FILRD:
+		return test_access(&s, S_IROTH);
+	case FILWR:
+		return test_access(&s, S_IWOTH);
+	case FILEX:
+		return test_access(&s, S_IXOTH);
+	case FILEXIST:
+		return 1; /* the successful lstat()/stat() is good enough */
+	case FILREG:
+		return S_ISREG(s.st_mode);
+	case FILDIR:
+		return S_ISDIR(s.st_mode);
+	case FILCDEV:
+		return S_ISCHR(s.st_mode);
+	case FILBDEV:
+		return S_ISBLK(s.st_mode);
+	case FILFIFO:
+		return S_ISFIFO(s.st_mode);
+	case FILSOCK:
+		return S_ISSOCK(s.st_mode);
+	case FILSYM:
+		return S_ISLNK(s.st_mode);
+	case FILSUID:
+		return (s.st_mode & S_ISUID) != 0;
+	case FILSGID:
+		return (s.st_mode & S_ISGID) != 0;
+	case FILSTCK:
+		return (s.st_mode & S_ISVTX) != 0;
+	case FILGZ:
+		return s.st_size > (off_t)0;
+	case FILUID:
+		return s.st_uid == geteuid();
+	case FILGID:
+		return s.st_gid == getegid();
+	default:
+		return 1;
+	}
+}
+
+#define VTOC(x)	(const unsigned char *)((const struct t_op *)x)->op_text
+
+static int
+compare1(const void *va, const void *vb)
+{
+	const unsigned char *a = va;
+	const unsigned char *b = VTOC(vb);
+
+	return a[0] - b[0];
+}
+
+static int
+compare2(const void *va, const void *vb)
+{
+	const unsigned char *a = va;
+	const unsigned char *b = VTOC(vb);
+	int z = a[0] - b[0];
+
+	return z ? z : (a[1] - b[1]);
+}
+
+static struct t_op const *
+findop(const char *s)
+{
+	if (s[0] == '-') {
+		if (s[1] == '\0')
+			return NULL;
+		if (s[2] == '\0')
+			return bsearch(s + 1, mop2, __arraycount(mop2),
+			    sizeof(*mop2), compare1);
+		else if (s[3] != '\0')
+			return NULL;
+		else
+			return bsearch(s + 1, mop3, __arraycount(mop3),
+			    sizeof(*mop3), compare2);
+	} else {
+		if (s[1] == '\0')
+			return bsearch(s, cop, __arraycount(cop), sizeof(*cop),
+			    compare1);
+		else if (strcmp(s, cop2[0].op_text) == 0)
+			return cop2;
+		else
+			return NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+#ifndef SMALL
+static enum token
+t_lex(char *s)
+{
+	struct t_op const *op;
+
+	if (s == NULL) {
+		t_wp_op = NULL;
+		return EOI;
+	}
+
+	if ((op = findop(s)) != NULL) {
+		if (!((op->op_type == UNOP && isoperand()) ||
+		    (op->op_num == LPAREN && *(t_wp+1) == 0))) {
+			t_wp_op = op;
+			return op->op_num;
+		}
+	}
+	t_wp_op = NULL;
+	return OPERAND;
+}
+
+static int
+isoperand(void)
+{
+	struct t_op const *op;
+	char *s, *t;
+
+	if ((s  = *(t_wp+1)) == 0)
+		return 1;
+	if ((t = *(t_wp+2)) == 0)
+		return 0;
+	if ((op = findop(s)) != NULL)
+		return op->op_type == BINOP && (t[0] != ')' || t[1] != '\0'); 
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* atoi with error detection */
+static long long
+getn(const char *s)
+{
+	char *p;
+	long long r;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	r = strtoll(s, &p, 10);
+
+	if (errno != 0)
+	if (errno == ERANGE && (r == LLONG_MAX || r == LLONG_MIN))
+	      error("%s: out of range", s);
+
+	if (p != s)
+		while (isspace((unsigned char)*p))
+		      p++;
+	
+	if (*p || p == s)
+	      error("'%s': bad number", s);
+
+	return r;
+}
+
+static int
+newerf(const char *f1, const char *f2)
+{
+	struct stat b1, b2;
+
+	return (stat(f1, &b1) == 0 &&
+		stat(f2, &b2) == 0 &&
+		timespeccmp(&b1.st_mtim, &b2.st_mtim, >));
+}
+
+static int
+olderf(const char *f1, const char *f2)
+{
+	struct stat b1, b2;
+
+	return (stat(f1, &b1) == 0 &&
+		stat(f2, &b2) == 0 &&
+		timespeccmp(&b1.st_mtim, &b2.st_mtim, <));
+}
+
+static int
+equalf(const char *f1, const char *f2)
+{
+	struct stat b1, b2;
+
+	return (stat(f1, &b1) == 0 &&
+		stat(f2, &b2) == 0 &&
+		b1.st_dev == b2.st_dev &&
+		b1.st_ino == b2.st_ino);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/asa/asa.1 b/usr.bin/asa/asa.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab76d28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/asa/asa.1
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: asa.1,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Winning Strategies, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed by Winning Strategies, Inc.
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd June 2, 2016
+.Dt ASA 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm asa
+.Nd interpret carriage-control characters
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility reads files sequentially, mapping
+.Tn FORTRAN
+carriage-control characters to line-printer control sequences,
+and writes them to the standard output.
+.Pp
+The first character of each line is interpreted as a carriage-control
+character.  The following characters are interpreted as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "<space>"
+.It <space>
+Output the rest of the line without change.
+.It 0
+Output a <newline> character before printing the rest of the line.
+.It 1
+Output a <formfeed> character before printing the rest of the line.
+.It +
+The trailing <newline> of the previous line is replaced by a <carriage-return>
+before printing the rest of the line.
+.El
+.Pp
+Lines beginning with characters other than the above are treated as if they
+begin with <space>.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+To view a file containing the output of a
+.Tn FORTRAN
+program:
+.Dl asa file
+.Pp
+To format the output of a
+.Tn FORTRAN
+program and redirect it to a line-printer:
+.Dl a.out | asa | lpr
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92
+and to
+.St -xcu5 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An J.T. Conklin ,
+Winning Strategies, Inc.
diff --git a/usr.bin/asa/asa.c b/usr.bin/asa/asa.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c1efd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/asa/asa.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: asa.c,v 1.17 2016/09/05 00:40:28 sevan Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993,94 Winning Strategies, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *      This product includes software developed by Winning Strategies, Inc.
+ * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: asa.c,v 1.17 2016/09/05 00:40:28 sevan Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static void asa(FILE *);
+
+int
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+
+	/* skip progname */
+	argv++;
+
+	if (*argv == NULL)
+		asa(stdin);
+	else
+        	do {
+			if ((fp = fopen(*argv, "r")) == NULL) {
+				warn("%s", *argv);
+				continue;
+			}
+			asa(fp);
+			(void)fclose(fp);
+        	} while (*++argv != NULL);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+asa(FILE *f)
+{
+	char *buf;
+	size_t len;
+
+	if ((buf = fgetln(f, &len)) != NULL) {
+		if (len > 0 && buf[len - 1] == '\n')
+			buf[--len] = '\0';
+		/* special case the first line */
+		switch (buf[0]) {
+		case '0':
+			(void)putchar('\n');
+			break;
+		case '1':
+			(void)putchar('\f');
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (len > 1 && buf[0] && buf[1])
+			(void)fwrite(buf + 1, 1, len - 1, stdout);
+
+		while ((buf = fgetln(f, &len)) != NULL) {
+			if (len > 0 && buf[len - 1] == '\n')
+				buf[--len] = '\0';
+			switch (buf[0]) {
+			default:
+			case ' ':
+				(void)putchar('\n');
+				break;
+			case '0':
+				(void)putchar('\n');
+				(void)putchar('\n');
+				break;
+			case '1':
+				(void)putchar('\f');
+				break;
+			case '+':
+				(void)putchar('\r');
+				break;
+			}
+
+			if (len > 1 && buf[0] && buf[1])
+				(void)fwrite(buf + 1, 1, len - 1, stdout);
+		}
+
+		(void)putchar('\n');
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/at.1 b/usr.bin/at/at.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdd97e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/at.1
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+.\" $NetBSD: at.1,v 1.29 2016/11/18 12:16:48 abhinav Exp $
+.\" $OpenBSD: at.1,v 1.6 1998/06/05 00:47:46 deraadt Exp $
+.\" $FreeBSD: at.man,v 1.6 1997/02/22 19:54:05 peter Exp $
+.Dd March 10, 2008
+.Dt AT 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm at ,
+.Nm batch ,
+.Nm atq ,
+.Nm atrm
+.Nd queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm at
+.Op Fl bdlmrVv
+.Op Fl f Ar file
+.Op Fl q Ar queue
+.Fl t Ar [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.SS]
+.Nm
+.Op Fl bdlmrVv
+.Op Fl f Ar file
+.Op Fl q Ar queue
+.Ar time
+.Nm
+.Op Fl V
+.Fl c Ar job Op Ar job ...
+.Nm atq
+.Op Fl Vv
+.Op Fl q Ar queue
+.Nm atrm
+.Op Fl V
+.Ar job
+.Op Ar job ...
+.Nm batch
+.Op Fl mVv
+.Op Fl f Ar file
+.Op Fl q Ar queue
+.Op Fl t Ar [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.SS]
+.Nm batch
+.Op Fl mVv
+.Op Fl f Ar file
+.Op Fl q Ar queue
+.Op Ar time
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+and
+.Nm batch
+read commands from standard input or a specified file which
+are to be executed at a later time, using
+.Xr sh 1 .
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Nm at
+Executes commands at a specified time.
+.It Nm atq
+Lists the user's pending jobs, unless the user is the superuser.
+In that case, everybody's jobs are listed.
+.It Nm atrm
+Deletes jobs.
+.It Nm batch
+Executes commands when system load levels permit.
+In other words, when
+the load average drops below 1.5, or the value specified in the invocation of
+.Xr atrun 8 .
+.El
+.Pp
+.Nm
+allows some moderately complex
+.Ar time
+specifications.
+It accepts times of the form
+.Ar HHMM
+or
+.Ar HH:MM
+to run a job at a specific time of day.
+(If that time is already past, the next day is assumed.)
+You may also specify
+.Sq midnight ,
+.Sq noon ,
+or
+.Sq teatime
+(4pm)
+and you can have a time-of-day suffixed with
+.Sq AM
+or
+.Sq PM
+for running in the morning or the evening.
+You can also say what day the job will be run,
+by giving a date in the form
+.Ar %month-name day
+with an optional
+.Ar year ,
+or giving a date of the form
+.Ar MMDDYY
+or
+.Ar MM/DD/YY
+or
+.Ar DD.MM.YY .
+The specification of a date must follow the specification of
+the time of day.
+You can also give times like
+.Op Nm now
+or
+.Op Nm now
+.Sq + Ar count %time-units ,
+where the time-units can be
+.Sq minutes ,
+.Sq hours ,
+.Sq days ,
+.Sq weeks ,
+.Sq months ,
+or
+.Sq years
+and you can tell
+.Nm
+to run the job today by suffixing the time with
+.Sq today
+and to run the job tomorrow by suffixing the time with
+.Sq tomorrow .
+.Pp
+For example, to run a job at 4pm three days from now, you would do
+.Dl at 4pm + 3 days ,
+to run a job at 10:00am on July 31, you would do
+.Dl at 10am Jul 31
+and to run a job at 1am tomorrow, you would do
+.Dl at 1am tomorrow .
+.Pp
+Alternatively the time may be specified in a language-neutral fashion
+by using the
+.Fl t
+options.
+.Pp
+For both
+.Nm
+and
+.Nm batch ,
+commands are read from standard input or the file specified
+with the
+.Fl f
+option and executed.
+The working directory, the environment (except for the variables
+.Ev TERM ,
+.Ev TERMCAP ,
+.Ev DISPLAY
+and
+.Ev _ )
+and the
+.Ar umask
+are retained from the time of invocation.
+An
+.Nm
+or
+.Nm batch
+command invoked from a
+.Xr su 1
+shell will retain the current userid.
+The user will be mailed standard error and standard output from his
+commands, if any.
+Mail will be sent using the command
+.Xr sendmail 1 .
+If
+.Nm
+is executed from a
+.Xr su 1
+shell, the owner of the login shell will receive the mail.
+.Pp
+The superuser may use these commands in any case.
+For other users, permission to use
+.Nm at
+is determined by the files
+.Pa /var/at/at.allow
+and
+.Pa /var/at/at.deny .
+.Pp
+If the file
+.Pa /var/at/at.allow
+exists, only usernames mentioned in it are allowed to use
+.Nm .
+.Pp
+If
+.Pa /var/at/at.allow
+does not exist,
+.Pa /var/at/at.deny
+is checked; every username not mentioned in it is then allowed
+to use
+.Nm .
+.Pp
+If neither exists, only the superuser is allowed use of
+.Nm .
+.Pp
+An empty
+.Pa /var/at/at.deny
+means that every user is allowed use these commands.
+This is the default configuration.
+.Sh OPTIONS
+.Bl -tag -offset indent -width XqXqueueXX
+.It Fl b
+Is an alias for
+.Nm batch .
+.It Fl c
+Cats the jobs listed on the command line to standard output.
+.It Fl d
+Is an alias for
+.Nm atrm .
+.It Fl f Ar file
+Reads the job from
+.Ar file
+rather than standard input.
+.It Fl l
+Is an alias for
+.Nm atq .
+.It Fl m
+Send mail to the user when the job has completed even if there was no
+output.
+.It Fl q Ar queue
+Uses the specified queue.
+A queue designation consists of a single letter.
+Valid queue designations
+range from
+.Sq a
+to
+.Sq z
+and
+.Sq A
+to
+.Sq Z .
+The
+.Sq c
+queue is the default for
+.Nm
+and the
+.Sq E
+queue for
+.Nm batch .
+Queues with higher letters run with increased niceness.
+If a job is submitted to a queue designated with an uppercase letter, it
+is treated as if it had been submitted to batch at that time.
+If
+.Nm atq
+is given a specific queue, it will only show jobs pending in that queue.
+.It Fl r
+Is an alias for
+.Nm atrm .
+.It Fl t
+For both
+.Nm
+and
+.Nm batch ,
+the time may be specified in a language-neutral format consisting of:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact -offset indent
+.It Ar CC
+The first two digits of the year (the century).
+.It Ar YY
+The second two digits of the year.
+If
+.Ar YY
+is specified, but
+.Ar CC
+is not, a value for
+.Ar YY
+between 69 and 99 results in a
+.Ar CC
+value of 19.
+Otherwise, a
+.Ar CC
+value of 20 is used.
+.It Ar MM
+The month of the year, from 01 to 12.
+.It Ar \&DD
+The day of the month, from 01 to 31.
+.It Ar hh
+The hour of the day, from 00 to 23.
+.It Ar mm
+The minute of the hour, from 00 to 59.
+.It Ar \&SS
+The second of the minute, from 00 to 61.
+.El
+.It Fl V
+Prints the version number to standard error.
+.It Fl v
+For
+.Nm atq ,
+shows completed but not yet deleted jobs in the queue.
+Otherwise shows the time the job will be executed.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /var/at/.lockfile -compact
+.It Pa /var/at/jobs
+Directory containing job files
+.It Pa /var/at/spool
+Directory containing output spool files
+.It Pa /var/run/utmp
+Login records
+.It Pa /var/at/at.allow
+Allow permission control
+.It Pa /var/at/at.deny
+Deny permission control
+.It Pa /var/at/.lockfile
+Job-creation lock file.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr nice 1 ,
+.Xr sendmail 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr umask 2 ,
+.Xr atrun 8 ,
+.Xr cron 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+and
+.Nm batch
+utilities conform to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+.Nm
+was mostly written by
+.An Thomas Koenig Aq Mt ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de .
+The time parsing routines are implemented by
+.An David Parsons Aq Mt orc@pell.chi.il.us .
+.Sh BUGS
+If the file
+.Pa /var/run/utmp
+is not available or corrupted, or if the user is not logged on at the
+time
+.Nm
+is invoked, the mail is sent to the userid found
+in the environment variable
+.Ev LOGNAME .
+If that is undefined or empty, the current userid is assumed.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+and
+.Nm batch
+as presently implemented are not suitable when users are competing for
+resources.
+If this is the case for your site, you might want to consider another
+batch system, such as
+.Ic nqs .
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/at.c b/usr.bin/at/at.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..621b95d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/at.c
@@ -0,0 +1,758 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: at.c,v 1.31 2016/03/13 00:32:09 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ *  at.c : Put file into atrun queue
+ *  Copyright (C) 1993, 1994  Thomas Koenig
+ *
+ *  Atrun & Atq modifications
+ *  Copyright (C) 1993  David Parsons
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. The name of the author(s) may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ *    permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* System Headers */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+/* Local headers */
+#include "at.h"
+#include "panic.h"
+#include "parsetime.h"
+#include "perm.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+#include "stime.h"
+#include "privs.h"
+
+/* Macros */
+#define ALARMC 10		/* Number of seconds to wait for timeout */
+
+#define TIMESIZE 50
+
+enum { ATQ, ATRM, AT, BATCH, CAT };	/* what program we want to run */
+
+/* File scope variables */
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: at.c,v 1.15 1998/06/03 16:20:26 deraadt Exp $";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: at.c,v 1.31 2016/03/13 00:32:09 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif
+
+const char *no_export[] = {"TERM", "TERMCAP", "DISPLAY", "_"};
+static int send_mail = 0;
+
+/* External variables */
+
+extern char **environ;
+bool fcreated = false;
+char atfile[FILENAME_MAX];
+
+char *atinput = NULL;		/* where to get input from */
+unsigned char atqueue = 0;	/* which queue to examine for jobs (atq) */
+char atverify = 0;		/* verify time instead of queuing job */
+
+/* Function declarations */
+
+__dead static void sigc	(int);
+__dead static void alarmc	(int);
+static char *cwdname	(void);
+static int  nextjob	(void);
+static void writefile	(time_t, unsigned char);
+static void list_jobs	(void);
+static void process_jobs (int, char **, int);
+
+/* Signal catching functions */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+sigc(int signo)
+{
+
+	/* If a signal interrupts us, remove the spool file and exit. */
+	if (fcreated) {
+		privs_enter();
+		(void)unlink(atfile);
+		privs_exit();
+	}
+	(void)raise_default_signal(signo);
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+alarmc(int signo)
+{
+
+	/* Time out after some seconds. */
+	warnx("File locking timed out");
+	sigc(signo);
+}
+
+/* Local functions */
+
+static char *
+cwdname(void)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Read in the current directory; the name will be overwritten on
+	 * subsequent calls.
+	 */
+	static char path[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	return getcwd(path, sizeof(path));
+}
+
+static int
+nextjob(void)
+{
+	int jobno;
+	FILE *fid;
+
+	if ((fid = fopen(_PATH_SEQFILE, "r+")) != NULL) {
+		if (fscanf(fid, "%5x", &jobno) == 1) {
+			(void)rewind(fid);
+			jobno = (1+jobno) % 0xfffff;	/* 2^20 jobs enough? */
+			(void)fprintf(fid, "%05x\n", jobno);
+		} else
+			jobno = EOF;
+		(void)fclose(fid);
+		return jobno;
+	} else if ((fid = fopen(_PATH_SEQFILE, "w")) != NULL) {
+		(void)fprintf(fid, "%05x\n", jobno = 1);
+		(void)fclose(fid);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	return EOF;
+}
+
+static void
+writefile(time_t runtimer, unsigned char queue)
+{
+	/*
+	 * This does most of the work if at or batch are invoked for
+	 * writing a job.
+	 */
+	int jobno;
+	char *ap, *ppos;
+	const char *mailname;
+	struct passwd *pass_entry;
+	struct stat statbuf;
+	int fdes, lockdes, fd2;
+	FILE *fp, *fpin;
+	struct sigaction act;
+	char **atenv;
+	int ch;
+	mode_t cmask;
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_TIME, "");
+
+	/*
+	 * Install the signal handler for SIGINT; terminate after removing the
+	 * spool file if necessary
+	 */
+	(void)memset(&act, 0, sizeof(act));
+	act.sa_handler = sigc;
+	(void)sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+	act.sa_flags = 0;
+
+	(void)sigaction(SIGINT, &act, NULL);
+
+	(void)strlcpy(atfile, _PATH_ATJOBS, sizeof(atfile));
+	ppos = atfile + strlen(atfile);
+
+	/*
+	 * Loop over all possible file names for running something at this
+	 * particular time, see if a file is there; the first empty slot at
+	 * any particular time is used.  Lock the file _PATH_LOCKFILE first
+	 * to make sure we're alone when doing this.
+	 */
+
+	privs_enter();
+
+	if ((lockdes = open(_PATH_LOCKFILE, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, S_IWUSR | S_IRUSR)) < 0)
+		perr("Cannot open lockfile " _PATH_LOCKFILE);
+
+	lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start = 0;
+	lock.l_len = 0;
+
+	act.sa_handler = alarmc;
+	(void)sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+	act.sa_flags = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Set an alarm so a timeout occurs after ALARMC seconds, in case
+	 * something is seriously broken.
+	 */
+	(void)sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, NULL);
+	(void)alarm(ALARMC);
+	(void)fcntl(lockdes, F_SETLKW, &lock);
+	(void)alarm(0);
+
+	if ((jobno = nextjob()) == EOF)
+	    perr("Cannot generate job number");
+
+	(void)snprintf(ppos, sizeof(atfile) - (ppos - atfile),
+	    "%c%5x%8lx", queue, jobno, (unsigned long) (runtimer/60));
+
+	for (ap = ppos; *ap != '\0'; ap++)
+		if (*ap == ' ')
+			*ap = '0';
+
+	if (stat(atfile, &statbuf) == -1)
+		if (errno != ENOENT)
+			perr("Cannot access " _PATH_ATJOBS);
+
+	/*
+	 * Create the file. The x bit is only going to be set after it has
+	 * been completely written out, to make sure it is not executed in
+	 * the meantime.  To make sure they do not get deleted, turn off
+	 * their r bit.  Yes, this is a kluge.
+	 */
+	cmask = umask(S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
+	if ((fdes = open(atfile, O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY, S_IRUSR)) == -1)
+		perr("Cannot create atjob file");
+
+	if ((fd2 = dup(fdes)) == -1)
+		perr("Error in dup() of job file");
+
+	if (fchown(fd2, real_uid, real_gid) == -1)
+		perr("Cannot give away file");
+
+	privs_exit();
+
+	/*
+	 * We've successfully created the file; let's set the flag so it
+	 * gets removed in case of an interrupt or error.
+	 */
+	fcreated = true;
+
+	/* Now we can release the lock, so other people can access it */
+	lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+	lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start = 0;
+	lock.l_len = 0;
+	(void)fcntl(lockdes, F_SETLKW, &lock);
+	(void)close(lockdes);
+
+	if ((fp = fdopen(fdes, "w")) == NULL)
+		panic("Cannot reopen atjob file");
+
+	/*
+	 * Get the userid to mail to, first by trying getlogin(), which reads
+	 * /etc/utmp, then from $LOGNAME or $USER, finally from getpwuid().
+	 */
+	mailname = getlogin();
+	if (mailname == NULL && (mailname = getenv("LOGNAME")) == NULL)
+		mailname = getenv("USER");
+
+	if (mailname == NULL || mailname[0] == '\0' ||
+	    strlen(mailname) > LOGIN_NAME_MAX || getpwnam(mailname) == NULL) {
+		pass_entry = getpwuid(real_uid);
+		if (pass_entry != NULL)
+			mailname = pass_entry->pw_name;
+	}
+
+	if (atinput != NULL) {
+		fpin = freopen(atinput, "r", stdin);
+		if (fpin == NULL)
+			perr("Cannot open input file");
+	}
+	(void)fprintf(fp,
+	    "#!/bin/sh\n"
+	    "# atrun uid=%u gid=%u\n"
+	    "# mail %s %d\n",
+	    real_uid, real_gid, mailname, send_mail);
+
+	/* Write out the umask at the time of invocation */
+	(void)fprintf(fp, "umask %o\n", cmask);
+
+	/*
+	 * Write out the environment. Anything that may look like a special
+	 * character to the shell is quoted, except for \n, which is done
+	 * with a pair of "'s.  Dont't export the no_export list (such as
+	 * TERM or DISPLAY) because we don't want these.
+	 */
+	for (atenv = environ; *atenv != NULL; atenv++) {
+		int export = 1;
+		char *eqp;
+
+		eqp = strchr(*atenv, '=');
+		if (eqp == NULL)
+			eqp = *atenv;
+		else {
+			size_t i;
+
+			for (i = 0; i < __arraycount(no_export); i++) {
+				export = export &&
+				    strncmp(*atenv, no_export[i],
+					(size_t)(eqp - *atenv)) != 0;
+			}
+			eqp++;
+		}
+
+		if (export) {
+			(void)fwrite(*atenv, sizeof(char),
+			    (size_t)(eqp - *atenv), fp);
+			for (ap = eqp; *ap != '\0'; ap++) {
+				if (*ap == '\n')
+					(void)fprintf(fp, "\"\n\"");
+				else {
+					if (!isalnum((unsigned char)*ap)) {
+						switch (*ap) {
+						case '%': case '/': case '{':
+						case '[': case ']': case '=':
+						case '}': case '@': case '+':
+						case '#': case ',': case '.':
+						case ':': case '-': case '_':
+							break;
+						default:
+							(void)fputc('\\', fp);
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+					(void)fputc(*ap, fp);
+				}
+			}
+			(void)fputs("; export ", fp);
+			(void)fwrite(*atenv, sizeof(char),
+			    (size_t)(eqp - *atenv - 1), fp);
+			(void)fputc('\n', fp);
+		}
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Cd to the directory at the time and write out all the
+	 * commands the user supplies from stdin.
+	 */
+	(void)fputs("cd ", fp);
+	for (ap = cwdname(); *ap != '\0'; ap++) {
+		if (*ap == '\n')
+			(void)fprintf(fp, "\"\n\"");
+		else {
+			if (*ap != '/' && !isalnum((unsigned char)*ap))
+				(void)fputc('\\', fp);
+
+			(void)fputc(*ap, fp);
+		}
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Test cd's exit status: die if the original directory has been
+	 * removed, become unreadable or whatever.
+	 */
+	(void)fprintf(fp,
+	    " || {\n"
+	    "\t echo 'Execution directory inaccessible' >&2\n"
+	    "\t exit 1\n"
+	    "}\n");
+
+	if ((ch = getchar()) == EOF)
+		panic("Input error");
+
+	do {
+		(void)fputc(ch, fp);
+	} while ((ch = getchar()) != EOF);
+
+	(void)fprintf(fp, "\n");
+	if (ferror(fp))
+		panic("Output error");
+
+	if (ferror(stdin))
+		panic("Input error");
+
+	(void)fclose(fp);
+
+ 	privs_enter();
+
+	/*
+	 * Set the x bit so that we're ready to start executing
+	 */
+	if (fchmod(fd2, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR) == -1)
+		perr("Cannot give away file");
+
+	privs_exit();
+
+	(void)close(fd2);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Job %d will be executed using /bin/sh\n", jobno);
+}
+
+static void
+list_jobs(void)
+{
+	/*
+	 * List all a user's jobs in the queue, by looping through
+	 * _PATH_ATJOBS, or everybody's if we are root
+	 */
+	struct passwd *pw;
+	DIR *spool;
+	struct dirent *dirent;
+	struct stat buf;
+	struct tm runtime;
+	unsigned long ctm;
+	unsigned char queue;
+	int jobno;
+	time_t runtimer;
+	char timestr[TIMESIZE];
+	int first = 1;
+
+	privs_enter();
+
+	if (chdir(_PATH_ATJOBS) == -1)
+		perr("Cannot change to " _PATH_ATJOBS);
+
+	if ((spool = opendir(".")) == NULL)
+		perr("Cannot open " _PATH_ATJOBS);
+
+	/* Loop over every file in the directory */
+	while ((dirent = readdir(spool)) != NULL) {
+		if (stat(dirent->d_name, &buf) == -1)
+			perr("Cannot stat in " _PATH_ATJOBS);
+
+		/*
+		 * See it's a regular file and has its x bit turned on and
+		 * is the user's
+		 */
+		if (!S_ISREG(buf.st_mode)
+		    || (buf.st_uid != real_uid && real_uid != 0)
+		    || !(S_IXUSR & buf.st_mode || atverify))
+			continue;
+
+		if (sscanf(dirent->d_name, "%c%5x%8lx", &queue, &jobno, &ctm) != 3)
+			continue;
+
+		if (atqueue && queue != atqueue)
+			continue;
+
+		runtimer = 60 * (time_t)ctm;
+		runtime = *localtime(&runtimer);
+#if 1
+		/*
+		 * Provide a consistent date/time format instead of a
+		 * locale-specific one that might have 2 digit years
+		 */
+		(void)strftime(timestr, TIMESIZE, "%T %F", &runtime);
+#else
+		(void)strftime(timestr, TIMESIZE, "%X %x", &runtime);
+#endif
+		if (first) {
+			(void)printf("%-*s  %-*s  %-*s  %s\n",
+			    (int)strlen(timestr), "Date",
+			    LOGIN_NAME_MAX, "Owner",
+			    7, "Queue",
+			    "Job");
+			first = 0;
+		}
+		pw = getpwuid(buf.st_uid);
+
+		(void)printf("%s  %-*s  %c%-*s  %d\n",
+		    timestr,
+		    LOGIN_NAME_MAX, pw ? pw->pw_name : "???",
+		    queue,
+		    6, (S_IXUSR & buf.st_mode) ? "" : "(done)",
+		    jobno);
+	}
+	(void)closedir(spool);
+	privs_exit();
+}
+
+static void
+process_jobs(int argc, char **argv, int what)
+{
+	/* Delete every argument (job - ID) given */
+	int i;
+	struct stat buf;
+	DIR *spool;
+	struct dirent *dirent;
+	unsigned long ctm;
+	unsigned char queue;
+	int jobno;
+
+	privs_enter();
+
+	if (chdir(_PATH_ATJOBS) == -1)
+		perr("Cannot change to " _PATH_ATJOBS);
+
+	if ((spool = opendir(".")) == NULL)
+		perr("Cannot open " _PATH_ATJOBS);
+
+	privs_exit();
+
+	/* Loop over every file in the directory */
+	while((dirent = readdir(spool)) != NULL) {
+
+		privs_enter();
+		if (stat(dirent->d_name, &buf) == -1)
+			perr("Cannot stat in " _PATH_ATJOBS);
+		privs_exit();
+
+		if (sscanf(dirent->d_name, "%c%5x%8lx", &queue, &jobno, &ctm) !=3)
+			continue;
+
+		for (i = optind; i < argc; i++) {
+			if (atoi(argv[i]) == jobno) {
+				if (buf.st_uid != real_uid && real_uid != 0)
+					errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+					    "%s: Not owner", argv[i]);
+
+				switch (what) {
+				case ATRM:
+					privs_enter();
+
+					if (unlink(dirent->d_name) == -1)
+						perr(dirent->d_name);
+
+					privs_exit();
+					break;
+
+				case CAT: {
+					FILE *fp;
+					int ch;
+
+					privs_enter();
+
+					fp = fopen(dirent->d_name, "r");
+
+					privs_exit();
+
+					if (!fp)
+						perr("Cannot open file");
+					else {
+						while((ch = getc(fp)) != EOF)
+							(void)putchar(ch);
+						(void)fclose(fp);
+					}
+				}
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+					    "Internal error, process_jobs = %d",
+						what);
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	(void)closedir(spool);
+}
+
+/* Global functions */
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int c;
+	unsigned char queue = DEFAULT_AT_QUEUE;
+	char queue_set = 0;
+	char time_set = 0;
+	char *pgm;
+
+	int program = AT;			/* our default program */
+	const char *options = "q:f:t:mvldbrVc";	/* default options for at */
+	int disp_version = 0;
+	time_t timer;
+
+	privs_relinquish();
+
+	/* Eat any leading paths */
+	if ((pgm = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) == NULL)
+		pgm = argv[0];
+	else
+		pgm++;
+
+	/* find out what this program is supposed to do */
+	if (strcmp(pgm, "atq") == 0) {
+		program = ATQ;
+		options = "q:vV";
+	} else if (strcmp(pgm, "atrm") == 0) {
+		program = ATRM;
+		options = "V";
+	} else if (strcmp(pgm, "batch") == 0) {
+		program = BATCH;
+		options = "f:q:t:mvV";
+	}
+
+	/* process whatever options we can process */
+	opterr = 1;
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, options)) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'v':	/* verify time settings */
+			atverify = 1;
+			break;
+
+		case 'm':	/* send mail when job is complete */
+			send_mail = 1;
+			break;
+
+		case 'f':
+			atinput = optarg;
+			break;
+
+		case 'q':	/* specify queue */
+			if (strlen(optarg) > 1)
+				usage();
+
+			atqueue = queue = *optarg;
+			if (!(islower(queue) || isupper(queue)))
+				usage();
+
+			queue_set = 1;
+			break;
+		case 't':	/* touch(1) date format */
+			timer = stime(optarg);
+			time_set = 1;
+			break;
+
+		case 'd':
+		case 'r':
+			if (program != AT)
+				usage();
+
+			program = ATRM;
+			options = "V";
+			break;
+
+		case 'l':
+			if (program != AT)
+				usage();
+
+			program = ATQ;
+			options = "q:vV";
+			break;
+
+		case 'b':
+			if (program != AT)
+				usage();
+
+			program = BATCH;
+			options = "f:q:mvV";
+			break;
+
+		case 'V':
+			disp_version = 1;
+			break;
+
+		case 'c':
+			program = CAT;
+			options = "";
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			usage();
+			break;
+		}
+	} /* end of options eating */
+
+	if (disp_version)
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s version %.1f\n", pgm, AT_VERSION);
+
+	if (!check_permission())
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+		    "You do not have permission to use %s.", pgm);
+
+	/* select our program */
+	switch (program) {
+	case ATQ:
+		if (optind != argc)
+			usage();
+		list_jobs();
+		break;
+
+	case ATRM:
+	case CAT:
+		if (optind == argc)
+			usage();
+		process_jobs(argc, argv, program);
+		break;
+
+	case AT:
+		if (argc > optind) {
+			/* -t and timespec argument are mutually exclusive */
+			if (time_set) {
+				usage();
+				exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+			} else {
+				timer = parsetime(argc, argv);
+				time_set = 1;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (atverify) {
+			struct tm *tm = localtime(&timer);
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", asctime(tm));
+		}
+		writefile(timer, queue);
+		break;
+
+	case BATCH:
+		if (queue_set)
+			queue = toupper(queue);
+		else
+			queue = DEFAULT_BATCH_QUEUE;
+
+		if (argc > optind) {
+			/* -t and timespec argument are mutually exclusive */
+			if (time_set) {
+				usage();
+				exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+			} else {
+				timer = parsetime(argc, argv);
+				time_set = 1;
+			}
+		} else if (!time_set)
+			timer = time(NULL);
+
+		if (atverify) {
+			struct tm *tm = localtime(&timer);
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", asctime(tm));
+		}
+
+		writefile(timer, queue);
+		break;
+
+	default:
+		panic("Internal error");
+		break;
+	}
+	return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/at.h b/usr.bin/at/at.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64a4a53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/at.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: at.h,v 1.5 2008/04/05 16:26:57 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ *  at.h -  header for at(1)
+ *  Copyright (C) 1993  Thomas Koenig
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. The name of the author(s) may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ *    permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * From: $OpenBSD: at.h,v 1.3 1997/03/01 23:40:09 millert Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AT_H_
+#define _AT_H_
+
+extern bool fcreated;
+extern char atfile[];
+extern char atverify;
+
+#define AT_MAXJOBS	255	/* max jobs outstanding per user */
+#define AT_VERSION	2.9	/* our version number */
+
+#define DEFAULT_BATCH_QUEUE	'E'
+#define DEFAULT_AT_QUEUE	'c'
+
+#endif /* _AT_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/panic.c b/usr.bin/at/panic.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0b09ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/panic.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: panic.c,v 1.14 2016/03/13 00:32:09 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * panic.c - terminate fast in case of error
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. The name of the author(s) may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ *    permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* System Headers */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Local headers */
+
+#include "panic.h"
+#include "at.h"
+#include "privs.h"
+
+/* File scope variables */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: panic.c,v 1.4 1997/03/01 23:40:09 millert Exp $";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: panic.c,v 1.14 2016/03/13 00:32:09 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Global functions */
+
+__dead
+void
+panic(const char *a)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Something fatal has happened, print error message and exit.
+	 */
+	if (fcreated) {
+		privs_enter();
+		(void)unlink(atfile);
+		privs_exit();
+	}
+	errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", a);
+}
+
+__dead
+void
+perr(const char *a)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Some operating system error; print error message and exit.
+	 */
+	perror(a);
+	if (fcreated) {
+		privs_enter();
+		(void)unlink(atfile);
+		privs_exit();
+	}
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+__dead
+void
+privs_fail(const char *msg)
+{
+	perr(msg);
+}
+
+__dead
+void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	/* Print usage and exit.  */
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "usage: at [-bdlmrVv] [-f file] [-q queue] -t [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.SS]\n"
+	    "       at [-bdlmrVv] [-f file] [-q queue] time\n"
+	    "       at [-V] -c job [job ...]\n"
+	    "       atq [-Vv] [-q queue]\n"
+	    "       atrm [-V] job [job ...]\n"
+	    "       batch [-mVv] [-f file] [-q queue] [-t [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.SS]]\n"
+	    "       batch [-mVv] [-f file] [-q queue] [time]\n");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/panic.h b/usr.bin/at/panic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f470fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/panic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: panic.h,v 1.5 2008/04/05 16:26:57 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ *  panic.h -  header for at(1)
+ *  Copyright (c) 1993 Thomas Koenig
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. The name of the author(s) may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ *    permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * From: $OpenBSD: panic.h,v 1.3 1997/03/01 23:40:10 millert Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PANIC_H_
+#define _PANIC_H_
+
+void panic(const char *) __dead;
+void perr(const char *) __dead;
+void usage(void) __dead;
+
+#endif /* _PANIC_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/parsetime.c b/usr.bin/at/parsetime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b1cc15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/parsetime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,652 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: parsetime.c,v 1.19 2009/01/18 01:02:31 lukem Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * parsetime.c - parse time for at(1)
+ * Copyright (C) 1993, 1994  Thomas Koenig
+ *
+ * modifications for english-language times
+ * Copyright (C) 1993  David Parsons
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. The name of the author(s) may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ *    permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *  at [NOW] PLUS NUMBER MINUTES|HOURS|DAYS|WEEKS
+ *     /NUMBER [DOT NUMBER] [AM|PM]\ /[MONTH NUMBER [NUMBER]]             \
+ *     |NOON                       | |[TOMORROW]                          |
+ *     |MIDNIGHT                   | |[DAY OF WEEK]                       |
+ *     \TEATIME                    / |NUMBER [SLASH NUMBER [SLASH NUMBER]]|
+ *                                   \PLUS NUMBER MINUTES|HOURS|DAYS|WEEKS/
+ */
+
+/* System Headers */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Local headers */
+
+#include "at.h"
+#include "panic.h"
+#include "parsetime.h"
+#include "stime.h"
+
+/* Structures and unions */
+
+typedef enum { /* symbols */
+	MIDNIGHT, NOON, TEATIME,
+	PM, AM, TOMORROW, TODAY, NOW,
+	MINUTES, HOURS, DAYS, WEEKS, MONTHS, YEARS,
+	NUMBER, PLUS, DOT, SLASH, ID, JUNK,
+	JAN, FEB, MAR, APR, MAY, JUN,
+	JUL, AUG, SEP, OCT, NOV, DEC,
+	SUN, MON, TUE, WED, THU, FRI, SAT,
+	TOKEOF	/* EOF marker */
+} tokid_t;
+
+/*
+ * parse translation table - table driven parsers can be your FRIEND!
+ */
+static const struct {
+	const char *name;	/* token name */
+	tokid_t value;		/* token id */
+	bool plural;		/* is this plural? */
+} Specials[] = {
+	{"midnight", MIDNIGHT, false},	/* 00:00:00 of today or tomorrow */
+	{"noon", NOON, false},		/* 12:00:00 of today or tomorrow */
+	{"teatime", TEATIME, false},	/* 16:00:00 of today or tomorrow */
+	{"am", AM, false},		/* morning times for 0-12 clock */
+	{"pm", PM, false},		/* evening times for 0-12 clock */
+	{"tomorrow", TOMORROW, false},	/* execute 24 hours from time */
+	{"today", TODAY, false},		/* execute today - don't advance time */
+	{"now", NOW, false},		/* opt prefix for PLUS */
+
+	{"minute", MINUTES, false},	/* minutes multiplier */
+	{"min", MINUTES, false},
+	{"m", MINUTES, false},
+	{"minutes", MINUTES, true},	/* (pluralized) */
+	{"hour", HOURS, false},		/* hours ... */
+	{"hr", HOURS, false},		/* abbreviated */
+	{"h", HOURS, false},
+	{"hours", HOURS, true},		/* (pluralized) */
+	{"day", DAYS, false},		/* days ... */
+	{"d", DAYS, false},
+	{"days", DAYS, true},		/* (pluralized) */
+	{"week", WEEKS, false},		/* week ... */
+	{"w", WEEKS, false},
+	{"weeks", WEEKS, true},		/* (pluralized) */
+	{ "month", MONTHS, 0 },		/* month ... */
+	{ "months", MONTHS, 1 },	/* (pluralized) */
+	{ "year", YEARS, 0 },		/* year ... */
+	{ "years", YEARS, 1 },		/* (pluralized) */
+	{"jan", JAN, false},
+	{"feb", FEB, false},
+	{"mar", MAR, false},
+	{"apr", APR, false},
+	{"may", MAY, false},
+	{"jun", JUN, false},
+	{"jul", JUL, false},
+	{"aug", AUG, false},
+	{"sep", SEP, false},
+	{"oct", OCT, false},
+	{"nov", NOV, false},
+	{"dec", DEC, false},
+	{"january", JAN, false},
+	{"february", FEB, false},
+	{"march", MAR, false},
+	{"april", APR, false},
+	{"may", MAY, false},
+	{"june", JUN, false},
+	{"july", JUL, false},
+	{"august", AUG, false},
+	{"september", SEP, false},
+	{"october", OCT, false},
+	{"november", NOV, false},
+	{"december", DEC, false},
+	{"sunday", SUN, false},
+	{"sun", SUN, false},
+	{"monday", MON, false},
+	{"mon", MON, false},
+	{"tuesday", TUE, false},
+	{"tue", TUE, false},
+	{"wednesday", WED, false},
+	{"wed", WED, false},
+	{"thursday", THU, false},
+	{"thu", THU, false},
+	{"friday", FRI, false},
+	{"fri", FRI, false},
+	{"saturday", SAT, false},
+	{"sat", SAT, false}
+};
+
+/* File scope variables */
+
+static char **scp;	/* scanner - pointer at arglist */
+static char scc;	/* scanner - count of remaining arguments */
+static char *sct;	/* scanner - next char pointer in current argument */
+static bool need;	/* scanner - need to advance to next argument */
+
+static char *sc_token;	/* scanner - token buffer */
+static size_t sc_len;   /* scanner - length of token buffer */
+static tokid_t sc_tokid;/* scanner - token id */
+static bool sc_tokplur;	/* scanner - is token plural? */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: parsetime.c,v 1.4 1997/03/01 23:40:10 millert Exp $";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: parsetime.c,v 1.19 2009/01/18 01:02:31 lukem Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Local functions */
+static void	assign_date(struct tm *, int, int, int);
+static void	expect(tokid_t);
+static void	init_scanner(int, char **);
+static void	month(struct tm *);
+static tokid_t	parse_token(char *);
+static void	plonk(tokid_t) __dead;
+static void	plus(struct tm *);
+static void	tod(struct tm *);
+static tokid_t	token(void);
+
+/*
+ * parse a token, checking if it's something special to us
+ */
+static tokid_t
+parse_token(char *arg)
+{
+	size_t i;
+
+	for (i=0; i < __arraycount(Specials); i++) {
+		if (strcasecmp(Specials[i].name, arg) == 0) {
+			sc_tokplur = Specials[i].plural;
+		    	return sc_tokid = Specials[i].value;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* not special - must be some random id */
+	return ID;
+}
+
+/*
+ * init_scanner() sets up the scanner to eat arguments
+ */
+static void
+init_scanner(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+
+	scp = argv;
+	scc = argc;
+	need = true;
+	sc_len = 1;
+	while (argc-- > 0)
+		sc_len += strlen(*argv++);
+
+	if ((sc_token = malloc(sc_len)) == NULL)
+		panic("Insufficient virtual memory");
+}
+
+/*
+ * token() fetches a token from the input stream
+ */
+static tokid_t
+token(void)
+{
+	int idx;
+
+	for(;;) {
+		(void)memset(sc_token, 0, sc_len);
+		sc_tokid = TOKEOF;
+		sc_tokplur = false;
+		idx = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * if we need to read another argument, walk along the
+		 * argument list; when we fall off the arglist, we'll
+		 * just return TOKEOF forever
+		 */
+		if (need) {
+			if (scc < 1)
+				return sc_tokid;
+			sct = *scp;
+			scp++;
+			scc--;
+			need = false;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * eat whitespace now - if we walk off the end of the argument,
+		 * we'll continue, which puts us up at the top of the while loop
+		 * to fetch the next argument in
+		 */
+		while (isspace((unsigned char)*sct))
+			++sct;
+		if (!*sct) {
+			need = true;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * preserve the first character of the new token
+		 */
+		sc_token[0] = *sct++;
+
+		/*
+		 * then see what it is
+		 */
+		if (isdigit((unsigned char)sc_token[0])) {
+			while (isdigit((unsigned char)*sct))
+				sc_token[++idx] = *sct++;
+			sc_token[++idx] = 0;
+			return sc_tokid = NUMBER;
+		} else if (isalpha((unsigned char)sc_token[0])) {
+			while (isalpha((unsigned char)*sct))
+				sc_token[++idx] = *sct++;
+			sc_token[++idx] = 0;
+			return parse_token(sc_token);
+		}
+		else if (sc_token[0] == ':' || sc_token[0] == '.')
+			return sc_tokid = DOT;
+		else if (sc_token[0] == '+')
+			return sc_tokid = PLUS;
+		else if (sc_token[0] == '/')
+			return sc_tokid = SLASH;
+		else
+			return sc_tokid = JUNK;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * plonk() gives an appropriate error message if a token is incorrect
+ */
+__dead
+static void
+plonk(tokid_t tok)
+{
+
+	panic(tok == TOKEOF ? "incomplete time" : "garbled time");
+}
+
+/*
+ * expect() gets a token and dies most horribly if it's not the token we want
+ */
+static void
+expect(tokid_t desired)
+{
+
+	if (token() != desired)
+		plonk(sc_tokid);	/* and we die here... */
+}
+
+/*
+ * plus() parses a now + time
+ *
+ *  at [NOW] PLUS NUMBER [MINUTES|HOURS|DAYS|WEEKS|MONTHS|YEARS]
+ *
+ */
+static void
+plus(struct tm *tm)
+{
+	int delay;
+	int expectplur;
+
+	expect(NUMBER);
+
+	delay = atoi(sc_token);
+	expectplur = delay != 1;
+
+	switch (token()) {
+	case YEARS:
+		tm->tm_year += delay;
+		break;
+	case MONTHS:
+		tm->tm_mon += delay;
+		break;
+	case WEEKS:
+		delay *= 7;
+		/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+	case DAYS:
+		tm->tm_mday += delay;
+		break;
+	case HOURS:
+		tm->tm_hour += delay;
+		break;
+	case MINUTES:
+		tm->tm_min += delay;
+		break;
+	default:
+		plonk(sc_tokid);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (expectplur != sc_tokplur)
+		warnx("pluralization is wrong");
+
+	tm->tm_isdst = -1;
+	if (mktime(tm) == -1)
+		plonk(sc_tokid);
+}
+
+/*
+ * tod() computes the time of day
+ *     [NUMBER [DOT NUMBER] [AM|PM]]
+ */
+static void
+tod(struct tm *tm)
+{
+	int hour, minute;
+	size_t tlen;
+
+	minute = 0;
+	hour = atoi(sc_token);
+	tlen = strlen(sc_token);
+
+	/*
+	 * first pick out the time of day - if it's 4 digits, we assume
+	 * a HHMM time, otherwise it's HH DOT MM time
+	 */
+	if (token() == DOT) {
+		expect(NUMBER);
+		minute = atoi(sc_token);
+		(void)token();
+	} else if (tlen == 4) {
+		minute = hour % 100;
+		hour = hour / 100;
+	}
+
+	if (minute > 59)
+		panic("garbled time");
+
+	/*
+	 * check if an AM or PM specifier was given
+	 */
+	if (sc_tokid == AM || sc_tokid == PM) {
+		if (hour > 12)
+			panic("garbled time");
+
+		if (sc_tokid == PM) {
+			if (hour != 12)	/* 12:xx PM is 12:xx, not 24:xx */
+				hour += 12;
+		} else {
+			if (hour == 12)	/* 12:xx AM is 00:xx, not 12:xx */
+				hour = 0;
+		}
+		(void)token();
+	} else if (hour > 23)
+		panic("garbled time");
+
+	/*
+	 * if we specify an absolute time, we don't want to bump the day even
+	 * if we've gone past that time - but if we're specifying a time plus
+	 * a relative offset, it's okay to bump things
+	 */
+	if ((sc_tokid == TOKEOF || sc_tokid == PLUS) && tm->tm_hour > hour) {
+		tm->tm_mday++;
+		tm->tm_wday++;
+	}
+
+	tm->tm_hour = hour;
+	tm->tm_min = minute;
+}
+
+/*
+ * assign_date() assigns a date, wrapping to next year if needed.
+ * Accept years in 4-digit, 2-digit, or current year (-1).
+ */
+static void
+assign_date(struct tm *tm, int mday, int mon, int year)
+{
+
+	if (year > 99) {	/* four digit year */
+		if (year >= TM_YEAR_BASE)
+			tm->tm_year = year - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+		else
+			panic("garbled time");
+	}
+	else if (year >= 0) {	/* two digit year */
+		tm->tm_year = conv_2dig_year(year) - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+	}
+	else if (year == -1) {	/* year not given (use default in tm) */
+		/* allow for 1 year range from current date */
+		if (tm->tm_mon > mon ||
+		    (tm->tm_mon == mon && tm->tm_mday > mday))
+			tm->tm_year++;
+	}
+	else
+		panic("invalid year");
+
+	tm->tm_mday = mday;
+	tm->tm_mon = mon;
+}
+
+/*
+ * month() picks apart a month specification
+ *
+ *  /[<month> NUMBER [NUMBER]]           \
+ *  |[TOMORROW]                          |
+ *  |[DAY OF WEEK]                       |
+ *  |NUMBER [SLASH NUMBER [SLASH NUMBER]]|
+ *  \PLUS NUMBER MINUTES|HOURS|DAYS|WEEKS/
+ */
+static void
+month(struct tm *tm)
+{
+	int year;
+	int mday, wday, mon;
+	size_t tlen;
+
+	year = -1;
+	mday = 0;
+	switch (sc_tokid) {
+	case PLUS:
+		plus(tm);
+		break;
+
+	case TOMORROW:
+		/* do something tomorrow */
+		tm->tm_mday++;
+		tm->tm_wday++;
+		/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+	case TODAY:
+		/* force ourselves to stay in today - no further processing */
+		(void)token();
+		break;
+
+	case JAN: case FEB: case MAR: case APR: case MAY: case JUN:
+	case JUL: case AUG: case SEP: case OCT: case NOV: case DEC:
+		/*
+		 * do month mday [year]
+		 */
+		mon = sc_tokid - JAN;
+		expect(NUMBER);
+		mday = atoi(sc_token);
+		if (token() == NUMBER) {
+			year = atoi(sc_token);
+			(void)token();
+		}
+		assign_date(tm, mday, mon, year);
+		break;
+
+	case SUN: case MON: case TUE:
+	case WED: case THU: case FRI:
+	case SAT:
+		/* do a particular day of the week */
+		wday = sc_tokid - SUN;
+
+		mday = tm->tm_mday;
+
+		/* if this day is < today, then roll to next week */
+		if (wday < tm->tm_wday)
+			mday += 7 - (tm->tm_wday - wday);
+		else
+			mday += (wday - tm->tm_wday);
+
+		tm->tm_wday = wday;
+
+		assign_date(tm, mday, tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE);
+		break;
+
+	case NUMBER:
+		/*
+		 * get numeric MMDDYY, mm/dd/yy, or dd.mm.yy
+		 */
+		tlen = strlen(sc_token);
+		mon = atoi(sc_token);
+		(void)token();
+
+		if (sc_tokid == SLASH || sc_tokid == DOT) {
+			tokid_t sep;
+
+			sep = sc_tokid;
+			expect(NUMBER);
+			mday = atoi(sc_token);
+			if (token() == sep) {
+				expect(NUMBER);
+				year = atoi(sc_token);
+				(void)token();
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * flip months and days for european timing
+			 */
+			if (sep == DOT) {
+				int x = mday;
+				mday = mon;
+				mon = x;
+			}
+		} else if (tlen == 6 || tlen == 8) {
+			if (tlen == 8) {
+				year = (mon % 10000) - 1900;
+				mon /= 10000;
+			} else {
+				year = mon % 100;
+				mon /= 100;
+			}
+			mday = mon % 100;
+			mon /= 100;
+		} else
+			panic("garbled time");
+
+		mon--;
+		if (mon < 0 || mon > 11 || mday < 1 || mday > 31)
+			panic("garbled time");
+
+		assign_date(tm, mday, mon, year);
+		break;
+	default:
+		/* plonk(sc_tokid); */	/* XXX - die here? */
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* Global functions */
+
+time_t
+parsetime(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Do the argument parsing, die if necessary, and return the
+	 * time the job should be run.
+	 */
+	time_t nowtimer, runtimer;
+	struct tm nowtime, runtime;
+	int hr = 0; /* this MUST be initialized to zero for
+	               midnight/noon/teatime */
+
+	nowtimer = time(NULL);
+	nowtime = *localtime(&nowtimer);
+
+	runtime = nowtime;
+	runtime.tm_sec = 0;
+
+	if (argc <= optind)
+		usage();
+
+	init_scanner(argc - optind, argv + optind);
+
+	switch (token()) {
+	case NOW:
+		if (scc < 1)
+			return nowtimer;
+
+		/* now is optional prefix for PLUS tree */
+		expect(PLUS);
+		/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+	case PLUS:
+		plus(&runtime);
+		break;
+
+	case NUMBER:
+		tod(&runtime);
+		month(&runtime);
+		break;
+
+		/*
+		 * evil coding for TEATIME|NOON|MIDNIGHT - we've initialised
+		 * hr to zero up above, then fall into this case in such a
+		 * way so we add +12 +4 hours to it for teatime, +12 hours
+		 * to it for noon, and nothing at all for midnight, then
+		 * set our runtime to that hour before leaping into the
+		 * month scanner
+		 */
+	case TEATIME:
+		hr += 4;
+		/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+	case NOON:
+		hr += 12;
+		/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+	case MIDNIGHT:
+		if (runtime.tm_hour >= hr) {
+			runtime.tm_mday++;
+			runtime.tm_wday++;
+		}
+		runtime.tm_hour = hr;
+		runtime.tm_min = 0;
+		(void)token();
+		/*FALLTHROUGH*/	/* fall through to month setting */
+	default:
+		month(&runtime);
+		break;
+	}
+	expect(TOKEOF);
+
+	/*
+	 * adjust for daylight savings time
+	 */
+	runtime.tm_isdst = -1;
+	runtimer = mktime(&runtime);
+
+	if (runtimer == (time_t)-1)
+		panic("Invalid time");
+
+	if (nowtimer > runtimer)
+		panic("Trying to travel back in time");
+
+	return runtimer;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/parsetime.h b/usr.bin/at/parsetime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2c9a69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/parsetime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: parsetime.h,v 1.5 2008/04/05 16:26:57 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ *  parsetime.h -  header for at(1)
+ *  Copyright (c) 1993  Thomas Koenig
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. The name of the author(s) may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ *    permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * From: $OpenBSD: parsetime.h,v 1.3 1997/03/01 23:40:11 millert Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PARSETIME_H_
+#define _PARSETIME_H_
+
+time_t parsetime(int, char **);
+
+#endif /* _PARSETIME_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/pathnames.h b/usr.bin/at/pathnames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88e6a53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/pathnames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* $NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.8 2008/04/05 16:26:57 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Christopher G. Demetriou
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *          This product includes software developed for the
+ *          NetBSD Project.  See http://www.NetBSD.org/ for
+ *          information about NetBSD.
+ * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * <<Id: LICENSE,v 1.2 2000/06/14 15:57:33 cgd Exp>>
+ *
+ * From: $OpenBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.3 1997/03/01 23:40:11 millert Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PATHNAMES_H_
+#define	_PATHNAMES_H_
+
+#include <paths.h>
+
+#define _PATH_ATJOBS	"/var/at/jobs/"
+#define _PATH_ATSPOOL	"/var/at/spool/"
+#define _PATH_LOCKFILE	"/var/at/.lockfile"
+#define _PATH_SEQFILE	"/var/at/.SEQ"
+#define _PATH_AT_ALLOW	"/var/at/at.allow"
+#define _PATH_AT_DENY	"/var/at/at.deny"
+
+#endif /* _PATHNAMES_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/perm.c b/usr.bin/at/perm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64e4fbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/perm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: perm.c,v 1.4 2016/03/13 00:32:09 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * perm.c - check user permission for at(1)
+ * Copyright (C) 1994  Thomas Koenig
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. The name of the author(s) may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ *    permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* System Headers */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Local headers */
+
+#include "at.h"
+#include "panic.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+#include "privs.h"
+#include "perm.h"
+
+/* File scope variables */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: perm.c,v 1.1 1997/03/01 23:40:12 millert Exp $";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: perm.c,v 1.4 2016/03/13 00:32:09 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Local functions */
+
+static bool
+check_for_user(FILE *fp, const char *name)
+{
+	char *buffer;
+	size_t len;
+	bool found = false;
+
+	len = strlen(name);
+	if ((buffer = malloc(len + 2)) == NULL)
+		panic("Insufficient virtual memory");
+
+	while (fgets(buffer, (int)len + 2, fp) != NULL) {
+		if (strncmp(name, buffer, len) == 0 && buffer[len] == '\n') {
+			found = true;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	(void)fclose(fp);
+	free(buffer);
+	return found;
+}
+
+/* Global functions */
+
+bool
+check_permission(void)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	uid_t uid = geteuid();
+	struct passwd *pentry;
+
+	if (uid == 0)
+		return true;
+
+	if ((pentry = getpwuid(uid)) == NULL) {
+		perror("Cannot access user database");
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	privs_enter();
+
+	fp = fopen(_PATH_AT_ALLOW, "r");
+
+	privs_exit();
+
+	if (fp != NULL) {
+		return check_for_user(fp, pentry->pw_name);
+	} else {
+		privs_enter();
+
+		fp = fopen(_PATH_AT_DENY, "r");
+
+		privs_exit();
+
+		if (fp != NULL)
+			return !check_for_user(fp, pentry->pw_name);
+	}
+	return false;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/perm.h b/usr.bin/at/perm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89d0178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/perm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: perm.h,v 1.3 2008/04/05 16:26:57 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ *  perm.h -  header for at(1)
+ *  Copyright (C) 1994  Thomas Koenig
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. The name of the author(s) may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ *    permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PERM_H_
+#define _PERM_H_
+
+bool check_permission(void);
+
+#endif /* _PERM_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/privs.c b/usr.bin/at/privs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b7e12d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/privs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: privs.c,v 1.3 2018/02/25 23:48:16 htodd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ *  privs.c - privileged operations
+ *  Copyright (C) 1993  Thomas Koenig
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. The name of the author(s) may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ *    permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * From: OpenBSD: privs.h,v 1.4 1997/03/01 23:40:12 millert Exp
+ */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "privs.h"
+
+/*
+ * Used by: usr.bin/at
+ * Used by: libexec/atrun
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Relinquish privileges temporarily for a setuid or setgid program
+ * with the option of getting them back later.  This is done by
+ * using POSIX saved user and groups ids.  Call RELINQUISH_PRIVS once
+ * at the beginning of the main program.  This will cause all operations
+ * to be executed with the real userid.  When you need the privileges
+ * of the setuid/setgid invocation, call PRIV_START; when you no longer
+ * need it, call PRIV_END.  Note that it is an error to call PRIV_START
+ * and not PRIV_END within the same function.
+ *
+ * Use RELINQUISH_PRIVS_ROOT(a,b) if your program started out running
+ * as root, and you want to drop back the effective userid to a
+ * and the effective group id to b, with the option to get them back
+ * later.
+ *
+ * Problems: Do not use return between PRIV_START and PRIV_END; this
+ * will cause the program to continue running in an unprivileged
+ * state.
+ *
+ * It is NOT safe to call exec(), system() or popen() with a user-
+ * supplied program (i.e. without carefully checking PATH and any
+ * library load paths) with relinquished privileges; the called program
+ * can acquire them just as easily.  Set both effective and real userid
+ * to the real userid before calling any of them.
+ */
+
+uid_t real_uid, effective_uid;
+gid_t real_gid, effective_gid;
+
+void
+privs_enter(void)
+{
+	if (seteuid(effective_uid) == -1)
+		privs_fail("Cannot get user privs");
+	if (setegid(effective_gid) == -1)
+		privs_fail("Cannot get group privs");
+}
+
+void
+privs_exit(void)
+{
+	if (setegid(real_gid) == -1)
+		privs_fail("Cannot relinquish group privs");
+	if (seteuid(real_uid) == -1)
+		privs_fail("Cannot relinquish user privs");
+}
+
+void
+privs_relinquish(void)
+{
+	real_uid = getuid();
+	effective_uid = geteuid();
+	real_gid = getgid();
+	effective_gid = getegid();
+	privs_exit();
+}
+
+void
+privs_relinquish_root(uid_t ruid, gid_t rgid)
+{
+	real_uid = ruid;
+	real_gid = rgid;
+	effective_uid = geteuid();
+	effective_gid = getegid();
+	privs_exit();
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/privs.h b/usr.bin/at/privs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4344cbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/privs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: privs.h,v 1.10 2016/03/13 00:33:12 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ *  privs.h - header for privileged operations
+ *  Copyright (C) 1993  Thomas Koenig
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. The name of the author(s) may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ *    permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * From: OpenBSD: privs.h,v 1.4 1997/03/01 23:40:12 millert Exp
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRIVS_H_
+#define _PRIVS_H_
+
+/*
+ * Used by: usr.bin/at
+ * Used by: libexec/atrun
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Relinquish privileges temporarily for a setuid or setgid program
+ * with the option of getting them back later.  This is done by
+ * using POSIX saved user and groups ids.  Call RELINQUISH_PRIVS once
+ * at the beginning of the main program.  This will cause all operations
+ * to be executed with the real userid.  When you need the privileges
+ * of the setuid/setgid invocation, call PRIV_START; when you no longer
+ * need it, call PRIV_END.  Note that it is an error to call PRIV_START
+ * and not PRIV_END within the same function.
+ *
+ * Use RELINQUISH_PRIVS_ROOT(a,b) if your program started out running
+ * as root, and you want to drop back the effective userid to a
+ * and the effective group id to b, with the option to get them back
+ * later.
+ *
+ * Problems: Do not use return between PRIV_START and PRIV_END; this
+ * will cause the program to continue running in an unprivileged
+ * state.
+ *
+ * It is NOT safe to call exec(), system() or popen() with a user-
+ * supplied program (i.e. without carefully checking PATH and any
+ * library load paths) with relinquished privileges; the called program
+ * can acquire them just as easily.  Set both effective and real userid
+ * to the real userid before calling any of them.
+ */
+
+extern uid_t real_uid, effective_uid;
+extern gid_t real_gid, effective_gid;
+
+void privs_relinquish(void);
+void privs_relinquish_root(uid_t ruid, gid_t rgid);
+
+void privs_enter(void);
+void privs_exit(void);
+
+/* caller provides this */
+__dead void privs_fail(const char *msg);
+
+#endif /* _PRIV_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/stime.c b/usr.bin/at/stime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..567b848
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/stime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: stime.c,v 1.7 2008/07/21 14:19:21 lukem Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)touch.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: stime.c,v 1.7 2008/07/21 14:19:21 lukem Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+
+#include "stime.h"
+
+#define	ATOI2(s)	((s) += 2, ((s)[-2] - '0') * 10 + ((s)[-1] - '0'))
+
+time_t
+stime(char *arg)
+{
+	struct tm *t;
+	time_t tmptime;
+	int yearset;
+	char *p;
+					/* Start with the current time. */
+	if (time(&tmptime) == (time_t)-1)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "time");
+
+	if ((t = localtime(&tmptime)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "localtime");
+					/* [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.SS] */
+	if ((p = strchr(arg, '.')) == NULL)
+		t->tm_sec = 0;		/* Seconds defaults to 0. */
+	else {
+		if (strlen(p + 1) != 2)
+			goto terr;
+		*p++ = '\0';
+		t->tm_sec = ATOI2(p);
+	}
+
+	yearset = 0;
+	switch (strlen(arg)) {
+	case 12:			/* CCYYMMDDhhmm */
+		t->tm_year = ATOI2(arg) * 100 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+		yearset = 1;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 10:			/* YYMMDDhhmm */
+		if (yearset) {
+			t->tm_year += ATOI2(arg);
+		} else {
+			yearset = ATOI2(arg);
+			t->tm_year = conv_2dig_year(yearset) - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 8:				/* MMDDhhmm */
+		t->tm_mon = ATOI2(arg);
+		--t->tm_mon;		/* Convert from 01-12 to 00-11 */
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 6:
+		t->tm_mday = ATOI2(arg);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 4:
+		t->tm_hour = ATOI2(arg);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 2:
+		t->tm_min = ATOI2(arg);
+		break;
+	default:
+		goto terr;
+	}
+
+	t->tm_isdst = -1;		/* Figure out DST. */
+	tmptime = mktime(t);
+	if (tmptime == (time_t)-1) {
+ terr:		errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+     "out of range or illegal time specification: [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.SS]");
+	}
+	return tmptime;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/at/stime.h b/usr.bin/at/stime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..266953e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/at/stime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: stime.h,v 1.4 2008/04/05 16:26:57 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STIME_H_
+#define _STIME_H_
+
+/*
+ * Convert a 2-digit year to a valid year as:
+ *   00-68 <-> 2000-2068
+ *   69-99 <-> 1969-1999
+ *
+ * Note: We choose the earliest year as 1969 rather than 1970 so that
+ * dates near the Epoch (Jan 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC) can be represented
+ * with 2-digit years in all time zones.  This is the convention used
+ * in parsedate(3), though it is not consistently applied in the
+ * source tree.
+ *
+ * XXX - move this (or something like it) to time.h and use it
+ *       consistently in the tree.
+ */
+#define conv_2dig_year(y) ((y) < 69 ? (y) + 2000 : (y) + 1900)
+
+time_t	stime(char *);
+
+#endif /* _STIME_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/basename/basename.1 b/usr.bin/basename/basename.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..166b506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/basename/basename.1
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: basename.1,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)basename.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 18, 1994
+.Dt BASENAME 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm basename ,
+.Nm dirname
+.Nd return filename or directory portion of pathname
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar string
+.Op Ar suffix
+.Nm dirname
+.Ar string
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+deletes any prefix ending with the last slash
+.Ql \&/
+character present in
+.Ar string ,
+and a
+.Ar suffix ,
+if given.
+The resulting filename is written to the standard output.
+A non-existent suffix is ignored.
+.Pp
+.Nm dirname
+deletes the filename portion, beginning
+with the last slash
+.Ql \&/
+character to the end of
+.Ar string ,
+and writes the result to the standard output.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+Both the
+.Nm
+and
+.Nm dirname
+utilities
+exit 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The following line sets the shell variable
+.Ev FOO
+to
+.Pa /usr/bin .
+.Pp
+.Dl FOO=`dirname /usr/bin/trail`
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr basename 3 ,
+.Xr dirname 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+and
+.Nm dirname
+utilities conform to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/basename/basename.c b/usr.bin/basename/basename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78b5d8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/basename/basename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: basename.c,v 1.16 2019/02/01 08:29:04 mrg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)basename.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: basename.c,v 1.16 2019/02/01 08:29:04 mrg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char *p;
+	int ch;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc != 1 && argc != 2)
+		usage();
+
+	if (**argv == '\0') {
+		(void)printf("\n");
+		exit(0);
+	}
+	if ((p = basename(*argv)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "%s", *argv);
+	if (*++argv != NULL) {
+		int suffixlen, stringlen, off;
+
+		suffixlen = strlen(*argv);
+		stringlen = strlen(p);
+
+		if (suffixlen < stringlen) {
+			off = stringlen - suffixlen;
+			if (strcmp(p + off, *argv) == 0)
+				p[off] = '\0';
+		}
+	}
+	(void)printf("%s\n", p);
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: basename string [suffix]\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/c99/c99.1 b/usr.bin/c99/c99.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ac95ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/c99/c99.1
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: c99.1,v 1.1 2016/01/14 04:27:26 christos Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd September 24, 2008
+.Dt C99 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm c99
+.Nd ANSI (1999) C compiler
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl pedantic
+.Op Fl pedantic-errors
+.Op Fl D_ANSI_SOURCE
+.Op options ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Calls the C compiler (cc) with the given
+.Ar options ,
+using a C language environment compatible with the
+.St -isoC-99
+specification.
+.Pp
+This includes
+inline functions, variable-length arrays, support for one-line
+comments beginning with //,
+disabling non-ANSI compiler features (such as
+.Ar asm ,
+.Ar typeof ,
+and the $ character in identifiers),
+and definition of the preprocessor symbol
+.Ev __STRICT_ANSI__ .
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width "-pedantic-errorsxx"
+.It Fl pedantic
+Issue extra warnings defined by ANSI for use of non-ANSI features.
+.It Fl pedantic-errors
+Issue errors instead of warnings that normally would be presented by
+.Fl pedantic .
+.It Fl D_ANSI_SOURCE
+Tell the system header file set to use an ANSI-conformant "clean" namespace.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cc 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Nm
+conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm
+first appeared in
+.Nx 5.0 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Since
+.Nm
+is a shell wrapper script to
+.Ar cc ,
+compile errors are prefixed by "cc:".
diff --git a/usr.bin/c99/c99.sh b/usr.bin/c99/c99.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15cab47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/c99/c99.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+exec /usr/bin/cc -std=c99 "$@"
diff --git a/usr.bin/cal/README b/usr.bin/cal/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..638ac9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cal/README
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+The cal(1) date routines were written from scratch, basically from first
+principles.  The algorithm for calculating the day of week from any
+Gregorian date was "reverse engineered".  This was necessary as most of
+the documented algorithms have to do with date calculations for other
+calendars (e.g. julian) and are only accurate when converted to gregorian
+within a narrow range of dates.
+
+1 Jan 1 is a Saturday because that's what cal says and I couldn't change
+that even if I was dumb enough to try.  From this we can easily calculate
+the day of week for any date.  The algorithm for a zero based day of week:
+
+	calculate the number of days in all prior years (year-1)*365
+	add the number of leap years (days?) since year 1 
+		(not including this year as that is covered later)
+	add the day number within the year
+		this compensates for the non-inclusive leap year
+		calculation
+	if the day in question occurs before the gregorian reformation
+		(3 sep 1752 for our purposes), then simply return 
+		(value so far - 1 + SATURDAY's value of 6) modulo 7.
+	if the day in question occurs during the reformation (3 sep 1752
+		to 13 sep 1752 inclusive) return THURSDAY. This is my
+		idea of what happened then. It does not matter much as
+		this program never tries to find day of week for any day
+		that is not the first of a month.
+	otherwise, after the reformation, use the same formula as the
+		days before with the additional step of subtracting the
+		number of days (11) that were adjusted out of the calendar
+		just before taking the modulo.
+
+It must be noted that the number of leap years calculation is sensitive
+to the date for which the leap year is being calculated.  A year that occurs
+before the reformation is determined to be a leap year if its modulo of
+4 equals zero.  But after the reformation, a year is only a leap year if
+its modulo of 4 equals zero and its modulo of 100 does not.  Of course,
+there is an exception for these century years.  If the modulo of 400 equals
+zero, then the year is a leap year anyway.  This is, in fact, what the
+gregorian reformation was all about (a bit of error in the old algorithm
+that caused the calendar to be inaccurate.)
+
+Once we have the day in year for the first of the month in question, the
+rest is trivial.
diff --git a/usr.bin/cal/cal.1 b/usr.bin/cal/cal.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c99cd5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cal/cal.1
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: cal.1,v 1.23 2018/05/29 08:37:33 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Kim Letkeman.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)cal.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 29, 2018
+.Dt CAL 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cal
+.Nd displays a calendar
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl 3hjry
+.Op Fl A Ar after
+.Op Fl B Ar before
+.Op Fl C Ar context
+.Op Fl d Ar day-of-week
+.Op Fl R Ar reform-spec
+.Op Oo Ar month Oc Ar year
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+displays a simple calendar.
+If arguments are not specified,
+the current month is displayed.
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl 3
+Same as
+.Dq Fl A Ar 1 Fl B Ar 1 .
+.It Fl A Ar after
+Display
+.Ar after
+months after the specified month.
+.It Fl B Ar before
+Display
+.Ar before
+months before the specified month.
+.It Fl C Ar context
+Display
+.Ar context
+months before and after the specified month.
+.It Fl d Ar day-of-week
+Specifies the day of the week on which the calendar should start.
+Valid values are 0 through 6, presenting Sunday through Saturday,
+inclusively.
+The default output starts on Sundays.
+.It Fl h
+Highlight the current day, if present in the displayed calendar.
+If output is to a terminal, then the appropriate terminal sequences
+are used, otherwise overstriking is used.
+If more than one
+.Fl h
+is used and output is to a terminal, the current date will be
+highlighted in inverse video instead of bold.
+.It Fl j
+Display Julian dates (days one-based, numbered from January 1).
+.It Fl R Ar reform-spec
+Selects an alternate Gregorian reform point from the default of
+September 3rd, 1752.
+The
+.Ar reform-spec
+can be selected by one of the built-in names (see
+.Sx NOTES
+for a list) or by a date of the form YYYY/MM/DD.
+The date and month may be omitted, provided that what is specified
+uniquely selects a given built-in reform point.
+If an exact date is specified, then that date is taken to be the first
+missing date of the Gregorian Reform to be applied.
+.It Fl r
+Display the month in which the Gregorian Reform adjustment was
+applied, if no other
+.Ar month
+or
+.Ar year
+information is given.
+If used in conjunction with
+.Fl y ,
+then the entire year is displayed.
+.It Fl y
+Display a calendar for the current year.
+.El
+.Pp
+If no parameters are specified, the current month's calendar is
+displayed.
+A single parameter specifies the year and optionally the month
+in ISO format:
+.Dq Li cal 2007-12
+Two parameters denote the month (1 - 12) and year.
+Note that the century must be included in the year.
+.Pp
+A year starts on Jan 1.
+.Sh NOTES
+In the USA and Great Britain the Gregorian Reformation occurred in 1752.
+By this time, most countries had recognized the reformation (although a
+few did not recognize it until the 1900's.)
+Eleven days following September 2, 1752 were eliminated by the reformation,
+so the calendar for that month is a bit unusual.
+.Pp
+In view of the chaotic way the Gregorian calendar was adopted throughout
+the world in the years between 1582 and 1928 make sure to take into account
+the date of the Gregorian Reformation in your region if you are checking a
+calendar for a very old date.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+has a decent built-in list of Gregorian Reform dates and the names of
+the countries where the reform was adopted:
+.Bd -literal
+	Italy		Oct.  5, 1582	Denmark		Feb. 19, 1700
+	Spain		Oct.  5, 1582	Great Britain	Sep.  3, 1752
+	Portugal	Oct.  5, 1582	Sweden		Feb. 18, 1753
+	Poland		Oct.  5, 1582	Finland		Feb. 18, 1753
+	France		Dec. 12, 1582	Japan		Dec. 20, 1872
+	Luxembourg	Dec. 22, 1582	China		Nov.  7, 1911
+	Netherlands	Dec. 22, 1582	Bulgaria	Apr.  1, 1916
+	Bavaria		Oct.  6, 1583	U.S.S.R.	Feb.  1, 1918
+	Austria		Jan.  7, 1584	Serbia		Jan. 19, 1919
+	Switzerland	Jan. 12, 1584	Romania		Jan. 19, 1919
+	Hungary		Oct. 22, 1587	Greece		Mar. 10, 1924
+	Germany		Feb. 19, 1700	Turkey		Dec. 19, 1925
+	Norway		Feb. 19, 1700	Egypt		Sep. 18, 1928
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The country known as
+.Em Great Britain
+can also be referred to as
+.Em England
+since that has less letters and no spaces in it.
+This is meant only as a measure of expediency, not as a possible
+slight to anyone involved.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/cal/cal.c b/usr.bin/cal/cal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..712fa59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cal/cal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,924 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cal.c,v 1.29 2015/06/16 22:54:10 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kim Letkeman.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cal.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cal.c,v 1.29 2015/06/16 22:54:10 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <term.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define	SATURDAY 		6		/* 1 Jan 1 was a Saturday */
+
+#define	FIRST_MISSING_DAY 	reform->first_missing_day
+#define	NUMBER_MISSING_DAYS 	reform->missing_days
+
+#define	MAXDAYS			42		/* max slots in a month array */
+#define	SPACE			-1		/* used in day array */
+
+static int days_in_month[2][13] = {
+	{0, 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31},
+	{0, 31, 29, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31},
+};
+
+static int empty[MAXDAYS] = {
+	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,
+	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,
+	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,
+	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,
+	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,
+	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,	SPACE,
+};
+static int shift_days[2][4][MAXDAYS + 1];
+
+static const char *month_names[12] = {
+	"January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June",
+	"July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December",
+};
+
+static const char *day_headings = " S  M Tu  W Th  F  S";
+static const char *j_day_headings = "  S   M  Tu   W  Th   F   S";
+
+/* leap years according to the julian calendar */
+#define j_leap_year(y, m, d) \
+	(((m) > 2) && \
+	 !((y) % 4))
+
+/* leap years according to the gregorian calendar */
+#define g_leap_year(y, m, d) \
+	(((m) > 2) && \
+	 ((!((y) % 4) && ((y) % 100)) || \
+	  !((y) % 400)))
+
+/* leap year -- account for gregorian reformation at some point */
+#define	leap_year(yr) \
+	((yr) <= reform->year ? j_leap_year((yr), 3, 1) : \
+	g_leap_year((yr), 3, 1))
+
+/* number of julian leap days that have passed by a given date */
+#define j_leap_days(y, m, d) \
+	((((y) - 1) / 4) + j_leap_year(y, m, d))
+
+/* number of gregorian leap days that have passed by a given date */
+#define g_leap_days(y, m, d) \
+	((((y) - 1) / 4) - (((y) - 1) / 100) + (((y) - 1) / 400) + \
+	g_leap_year(y, m, d))
+
+/*
+ * Subtracting the gregorian leap day count (for a given date) from
+ * the julian leap day count (for the same date) describes the number
+ * of days from the date before the shift to the next date that
+ * appears in the calendar.  Since we want to know the number of
+ * *missing* days, not the number of days that the shift spans, we
+ * subtract 2.
+ *
+ * Alternately...
+ *
+ * There's a reason they call the Dark ages the Dark Ages.  Part of it
+ * is that we don't have that many records of that period of time.
+ * One of the reasons for this is that a lot of the Dark Ages never
+ * actually took place.  At some point in the first millenium A.D., a
+ * ruler of some power decided that he wanted the number of the year
+ * to be different than what it was, so he changed it to coincide
+ * nicely with some event (a birthday or anniversary, perhaps a
+ * wedding, or maybe a centennial for a largish city).  One of the
+ * side effects of this upon the Gregorian reform is that two Julian
+ * leap years (leap days celebrated during centennial years that are
+ * not quatro-centennial years) were skipped.
+ */
+#define GREGORIAN_MAGIC 2
+
+/* number of centuries since the reform, not inclusive */
+#define	centuries_since_reform(yr) \
+	((yr) > reform->year ? ((yr) / 100) - (reform->year / 100) : 0)
+
+/* number of centuries since the reform whose modulo of 400 is 0 */
+#define	quad_centuries_since_reform(yr) \
+	((yr) > reform->year ? ((yr) / 400) - (reform->year / 400) : 0)
+
+/* number of leap years between year 1 and this year, not inclusive */
+#define	leap_years_since_year_1(yr) \
+	((yr) / 4 - centuries_since_reform(yr) + quad_centuries_since_reform(yr))
+
+static struct reform {
+	const char *country;
+	int ambiguity, year, month, date;
+	long first_missing_day;
+	int missing_days;
+	/*
+	 * That's 2 for standard/julian display, 4 for months possibly
+	 * affected by the Gregorian shift, and MAXDAYS + 1 for the
+	 * days that get displayed, plus a crib slot.
+	 */
+} *reform, reforms[] = {
+	{ "DEFAULT",		0, 1752,  9,  3, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Italy",		1, 1582, 10,  5, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Spain",		1, 1582, 10,  5, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Portugal",		1, 1582, 10,  5, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Poland",		1, 1582, 10,  5, 0, 0 },
+	{ "France",		2, 1582, 12, 10, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Luxembourg",		2, 1582, 12, 22, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Netherlands",	2, 1582, 12, 22, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Bavaria",		0, 1583, 10,  6, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Austria",		2, 1584,  1,  7, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Switzerland",	2, 1584,  1, 12, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Hungary",		0, 1587, 10, 22, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Germany",		0, 1700,  2, 19, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Norway",		0, 1700,  2, 19, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Denmark",		0, 1700,  2, 19, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Great Britain",	0, 1752,  9,  3, 0, 0 },
+	{ "England",		0, 1752,  9,  3, 0, 0 },
+	{ "America",		0, 1752,  9,  3, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Sweden",		0, 1753,  2, 18, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Finland",		0, 1753,  2, 18, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Japan",		0, 1872, 12, 20, 0, 0 },
+	{ "China",		0, 1911, 11,  7, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Bulgaria",		0, 1916,  4,  1, 0, 0 },
+	{ "U.S.S.R.",		0, 1918,  2,  1, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Serbia",		0, 1919,  1, 19, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Romania",		0, 1919,  1, 19, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Greece",		0, 1924,  3, 10, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Turkey",		0, 1925, 12, 19, 0, 0 },
+	{ "Egypt",		0, 1928,  9, 18, 0, 0 },
+	{ NULL,			0,    0,  0,  0, 0, 0 },
+};
+
+static int julian;
+static int dow;
+static int hilite;
+static const char *md, *me;
+
+static void	init_hilite(void);
+static int	getnum(const char *);
+static void	gregorian_reform(const char *);
+static void	reform_day_array(int, int, int *, int *, int *,int *,int *,int *);
+static int	ascii_day(char *, int);
+static void	center(const char *, int, int);
+static void	day_array(int, int, int *);
+static int	day_in_week(int, int, int);
+static int	day_in_year(int, int, int);
+static void	monthrange(int, int, int, int, int);
+static void	trim_trailing_spaces(char *);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct tm *local_time;
+	time_t now;
+	int ch, yflag;
+	long month, year;
+	int before, after, use_reform;
+	int yearly = 0;
+	char *when, *eoi;
+
+	before = after = 0;
+	use_reform = yflag = year = 0;
+	when = NULL;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "A:B:C:d:hjR:ry3")) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'A':
+			after = getnum(optarg);
+			if (after < 0)
+				errx(1, "Argument to -A must be positive");
+			break;
+		case 'B':
+			before = getnum(optarg);
+			if (before < 0)
+				errx(1, "Argument to -B must be positive");
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			after = before = getnum(optarg);
+			if (after < 0)
+				errx(1, "Argument to -C must be positive");
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			dow = getnum(optarg);
+			if (dow < 0 || dow > 6)
+				errx(1, "illegal day of week value: use 0-6");
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			init_hilite();
+			break;
+		case 'j':
+			julian = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+			when = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			use_reform = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'y':
+			yflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '3':
+			before = after = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	}
+
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (when != NULL)
+		gregorian_reform(when);
+	if (reform == NULL)
+		gregorian_reform("DEFAULT");
+
+	month = 0;
+	switch (argc) {
+	case 2:
+		month = strtol(*argv++, &eoi, 10);
+		if (month < 1 || month > 12 || *eoi != '\0')
+			errx(1, "illegal month value: use 1-12");
+		year = strtol(*argv, &eoi, 10);
+		if (year < 1 || year > 9999 || *eoi != '\0')
+			errx(1, "illegal year value: use 1-9999");
+		break;
+	case 1:
+		year = strtol(*argv, &eoi, 10);
+		if (year < 1 || year > 9999 || (*eoi != '\0' && *eoi != '/' && *eoi != '-'))
+			errx(1, "illegal year value: use 1-9999");
+		if (*eoi != '\0') {
+			month = strtol(eoi + 1, &eoi, 10);
+			if (month < 1 || month > 12 || *eoi != '\0')
+				errx(1, "illegal month value: use 1-12");
+		}
+		break;
+	case 0:
+		(void)time(&now);
+		local_time = localtime(&now);
+		if (use_reform)
+			year = reform->year;
+		else
+			year = local_time->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE;
+		if (!yflag) {
+			if (use_reform)
+				month = reform->month;
+			else
+				month = local_time->tm_mon + 1;
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		usage();
+	}
+
+	if (!month) {
+		/* yearly */
+		month = 1;
+		before = 0;
+		after = 11;
+		yearly = 1;
+	}
+
+	monthrange(month, year, before, after, yearly);
+
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+#define	DAY_LEN		3		/* 3 spaces per day */
+#define	J_DAY_LEN	4		/* 4 spaces per day */
+#define	WEEK_LEN	20		/* 7 * 3 - one space at the end */
+#define	J_WEEK_LEN	27		/* 7 * 4 - one space at the end */
+#define	HEAD_SEP	2		/* spaces between day headings */
+#define	J_HEAD_SEP	2
+#define	MONTH_PER_ROW	3		/* how many monthes in a row */
+#define	J_MONTH_PER_ROW	2
+
+static void
+monthrange(int month, int year, int before, int after, int yearly)
+{
+	int startmonth, startyear;
+	int endmonth, endyear;
+	int i, row;
+	int days[3][MAXDAYS];
+	char lineout[256];
+	int inayear;
+	int newyear;
+	int day_len, week_len, head_sep;
+	int month_per_row;
+	int skip, r_off, w_off;
+
+	if (julian) {
+		day_len = J_DAY_LEN;
+		week_len = J_WEEK_LEN;
+		head_sep = J_HEAD_SEP;
+		month_per_row = J_MONTH_PER_ROW;
+	}
+	else {
+		day_len = DAY_LEN;
+		week_len = WEEK_LEN;
+		head_sep = HEAD_SEP;
+		month_per_row = MONTH_PER_ROW;
+	}
+
+	month--;
+
+	startyear = year - (before + 12 - 1 - month) / 12;
+	startmonth = 12 - 1 - ((before + 12 - 1 - month) % 12);
+	endyear = year + (month + after) / 12;
+	endmonth = (month + after) % 12;
+
+	if (startyear < 0 || endyear > 9999) {
+		errx(1, "year should be in 1-9999");
+	}
+
+	year = startyear;
+	month = startmonth;
+	inayear = newyear = (year != endyear || yearly);
+	if (inayear) {
+		skip = month % month_per_row;
+		month -= skip;
+	}
+	else {
+		skip = 0;
+	}
+
+	do {
+		if (newyear) {
+			(void)snprintf(lineout, sizeof(lineout), "%d", year);
+			center(lineout, week_len * month_per_row +
+			    head_sep * (month_per_row - 1), 0);
+			(void)printf("\n\n");
+			newyear = 0;
+		}
+
+		for (i = 0; i < skip; i++)
+			center("", week_len, head_sep);
+
+		for (; i < month_per_row; i++) {
+			int sep;
+
+			if (year == endyear && month + i > endmonth)
+				break;
+
+			sep = (i == month_per_row - 1) ? 0 : head_sep;
+			day_array(month + i + 1, year, days[i]);
+			if (inayear) {
+				center(month_names[month + i], week_len, sep);
+			}
+			else {
+				snprintf(lineout, sizeof(lineout), "%s %d",
+				    month_names[month + i], year);
+				center(lineout, week_len, sep);
+			}
+		}
+		printf("\n");
+
+		for (i = 0; i < skip; i++)
+			center("", week_len, head_sep);
+
+		for (; i < month_per_row; i++) {
+			int sep;
+
+			if (year == endyear && month + i > endmonth)
+				break;
+
+			sep = (i == month_per_row - 1) ? 0 : head_sep;
+			if (dow) {
+				printf("%s ", (julian) ?
+				    j_day_headings + 4 * dow :
+				    day_headings + 3 * dow);
+				printf("%.*s", dow * (julian ? 4 : 3) - 1,
+				       (julian) ? j_day_headings : day_headings);
+			} else
+				printf("%s", (julian) ? j_day_headings : day_headings);
+			printf("%*s", sep, "");
+		}
+		printf("\n");
+
+		for (row = 0; row < 6; row++) {
+			char *p = NULL;
+
+			memset(lineout, ' ', sizeof(lineout));
+			for (i = 0; i < skip; i++) {
+				/* nothing */
+			}
+			w_off = 0;
+			for (; i < month_per_row; i++) {
+				int col, *dp;
+
+				if (year == endyear && month + i > endmonth)
+					break;
+
+				p = lineout + i * (week_len + 2) + w_off;
+				dp = &days[i][row * 7];
+				for (col = 0; col < 7;
+				     col++, p += day_len + r_off) {
+					r_off = ascii_day(p, *dp++);
+					w_off += r_off;
+				}
+			}
+			*p = '\0';
+			trim_trailing_spaces(lineout);
+			(void)printf("%s\n", lineout);
+		}
+
+		skip = 0;
+		month += month_per_row;
+		if (month >= 12) {
+			month -= 12;
+			year++;
+			newyear = 1;
+		}
+	} while (year < endyear || (year == endyear && month <= endmonth));
+}
+
+/*
+ * day_array --
+ *	Fill in an array of 42 integers with a calendar.  Assume for a moment
+ *	that you took the (maximum) 6 rows in a calendar and stretched them
+ *	out end to end.  You would have 42 numbers or spaces.  This routine
+ *	builds that array for any month from Jan. 1 through Dec. 9999.
+ */
+static void
+day_array(int month, int year, int *days)
+{
+	int day, dw, dm;
+	time_t t;
+	struct tm *tm;
+
+	t = time(NULL);
+	tm = localtime(&t);
+	tm->tm_year += TM_YEAR_BASE;
+	tm->tm_mon++;
+	tm->tm_yday++; /* jan 1 is 1 for us, not 0 */
+
+	for (dm = month + year * 12, dw = 0; dw < 4; dw++) {
+		if (dm == shift_days[julian][dw][MAXDAYS]) {
+			memmove(days, shift_days[julian][dw],
+				MAXDAYS * sizeof(int));
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	memmove(days, empty, MAXDAYS * sizeof(int));
+	dm = days_in_month[leap_year(year)][month];
+	dw = day_in_week(1, month, year);
+	day = julian ? day_in_year(1, month, year) : 1;
+	while (dm--) {
+		if (hilite && year == tm->tm_year &&
+		    (julian ? (day == tm->tm_yday) :
+		     (month == tm->tm_mon && day == tm->tm_mday)))
+			days[dw++] = SPACE - day++;
+		else
+			days[dw++] = day++;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * day_in_year --
+ *	return the 1 based day number within the year
+ */
+static int
+day_in_year(int day, int month, int year)
+{
+	int i, leap;
+
+	leap = leap_year(year);
+	for (i = 1; i < month; i++)
+		day += days_in_month[leap][i];
+	return (day);
+}
+
+/*
+ * day_in_week
+ *	return the 0 based day number for any date from 1 Jan. 1 to
+ *	31 Dec. 9999.  Returns the day of the week of the first
+ *	missing day for any given Gregorian shift.
+ */
+static int
+day_in_week(int day, int month, int year)
+{
+	long temp;
+
+	temp = (long)(year - 1) * 365 + leap_years_since_year_1(year - 1)
+	    + day_in_year(day, month, year);
+	if (temp < FIRST_MISSING_DAY)
+		return ((temp - dow + 6 + SATURDAY) % 7);
+	if (temp >= (FIRST_MISSING_DAY + NUMBER_MISSING_DAYS))
+		return (((temp - dow + 6 + SATURDAY) - NUMBER_MISSING_DAYS) % 7);
+	return ((FIRST_MISSING_DAY - dow + 6 + SATURDAY) % 7);
+}
+
+static int
+ascii_day(char *p, int day)
+{
+	int display, val, rc;
+	char *b;
+	static const char *aday[] = {
+		"",
+		" 1", " 2", " 3", " 4", " 5", " 6", " 7",
+		" 8", " 9", "10", "11", "12", "13", "14",
+		"15", "16", "17", "18", "19", "20", "21",
+		"22", "23", "24", "25", "26", "27", "28",
+		"29", "30", "31",
+	};
+
+	if (day == SPACE) {
+		memset(p, ' ', julian ? J_DAY_LEN : DAY_LEN);
+		return (0);
+	}
+	if (day < SPACE) {
+		b = p;
+		day = SPACE - day;
+	} else
+		b = NULL;
+	if (julian) {
+		if ((val = day / 100) != 0) {
+			day %= 100;
+			*p++ = val + '0';
+			display = 1;
+		} else {
+			*p++ = ' ';
+			display = 0;
+		}
+		val = day / 10;
+		if (val || display)
+			*p++ = val + '0';
+		else
+			*p++ = ' ';
+		*p++ = day % 10 + '0';
+	} else {
+		*p++ = aday[day][0];
+		*p++ = aday[day][1];
+	}
+
+	rc = 0;
+	if (b != NULL) {
+		const char *t;
+		char h[64];
+		int l;
+
+		l = p - b;
+		memcpy(h, b, l);
+		p = b;
+
+		if (md != NULL) {
+			for (t = md; *t; rc++)
+				*p++ = *t++;
+			memcpy(p, h, l);
+			p += l;
+			for (t = me; *t; rc++)
+				*p++ = *t++;
+		} else {
+			for (t = &h[0]; l--; t++) {
+				*p++ = *t;
+				rc++;
+				*p++ = '\b';
+				rc++;
+				*p++ = *t;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	*p = ' ';
+	return (rc);
+}
+
+static void
+trim_trailing_spaces(char *s)
+{
+	char *p;
+
+	for (p = s; *p; ++p)
+		continue;
+	while (p > s && isspace((unsigned char)*--p))
+		continue;
+	if (p > s)
+		++p;
+	*p = '\0';
+}
+
+static void
+center(const char *str, int len, int separate)
+{
+
+	len -= strlen(str);
+	(void)printf("%*s%s%*s", len / 2, "", str, len / 2 + len % 2, "");
+	if (separate)
+		(void)printf("%*s", separate, "");
+}
+
+/*
+ * gregorian_reform --
+ *	Given a description of date on which the Gregorian Reform was
+ *	applied.  The argument can be any of the "country" names
+ *	listed in the reforms array (case insensitive) or a date of
+ *	the form YYYY/MM/DD.  The date and month can be omitted if
+ *	doing so would not select more than one different built-in
+ *	reform point.
+ */
+static void
+gregorian_reform(const char *p)
+{
+	int year, month, date;
+	int i, days, diw, diy;
+	char c;
+
+	i = sscanf(p, "%d%*[/,-]%d%*[/,-]%d%c", &year, &month, &date, &c);
+	switch (i) {
+	case 4:
+		/*
+		 * If the character was sscanf()ed, then there's more
+		 * stuff than we need.
+		 */
+		errx(1, "date specifier %s invalid", p);
+	case 0:
+		/*
+		 * Not a form we can sscanf(), so void these, and we
+		 * can try matching "country" names later.
+		 */
+		year = month = date = -1;
+		break;
+	case 1:
+		month = 0;
+		/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+	case 2:
+		date = 0;
+		/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+	    case 3:
+		/*
+		 * At last, some sanity checking on the values we were
+		 * given.
+		 */
+		if (year < 1 || year > 9999)
+			errx(1, "%d: illegal year value: use 1-9999", year);
+		if (i > 1 && (month < 1 || month > 12))
+			errx(1, "%d: illegal month value: use 1-12", month);
+		if ((i == 3 && date < 1) || date < 0 ||
+		    date > days_in_month[1][month])
+			/*
+			 * What about someone specifying a leap day in
+			 * a non-leap year?  Well...that's a tricky
+			 * one.  We can't yet *say* whether the year
+			 * in question is a leap year.  What if the
+			 * date given was, for example, 1700/2/29?  is
+			 * that a valid leap day?
+			 *
+			 * So...we punt, and hope that saying 29 in
+			 * the case of February isn't too bad an idea.
+			 */
+			errx(1, "%d: illegal date value: use 1-%d", date,
+			     days_in_month[1][month]);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * A complete date was specified, so use the other pope.
+	 */
+	if (date > 0) {
+		static struct reform Goestheveezl;
+
+		reform = &Goestheveezl;
+		reform->country = "Bompzidaize";
+		reform->year = year;
+		reform->month = month;
+		reform->date = date;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * No date information was specified, so let's try to match on
+	 * country name.
+	 */
+	else if (year == -1) {
+		for (reform = &reforms[0]; reform->year; reform++) {
+			if (strcasecmp(p, reform->country) == 0)
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We have *some* date information, but not a complete date.
+	 * Let's see if we have enough to pick a single entry from the
+	 * list that's not ambiguous.
+	 */
+	else {
+		for (reform = &reforms[0]; reform->year; reform++) {
+			if ((year == 0 || year == reform->year) &&
+			    (month == 0 || month == reform->month) &&
+			    (date == 0 || month == reform->date))
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (i <= reform->ambiguity)
+			errx(1, "%s: ambiguous short reform date specification", p);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Oops...we reached the end of the list.
+	 */
+	if (reform->year == 0)
+		errx(1, "reform name %s invalid", p);
+
+	/*
+	 *
+	 */
+	reform->missing_days =
+		j_leap_days(reform->year, reform->month, reform->date) -
+		g_leap_days(reform->year, reform->month, reform->date) -
+		GREGORIAN_MAGIC;
+
+	reform->first_missing_day =
+		(reform->year - 1) * 365 +
+		day_in_year(reform->date, reform->month, reform->year) +
+		date +
+		j_leap_days(reform->year, reform->month, reform->date);
+
+	/*
+	 * Once we know the day of the week of the first missing day,
+	 * skip back to the first of the month's day of the week.
+	 */
+	diw = day_in_week(reform->date, reform->month, reform->year);
+	diw = (diw + 8 - (reform->date % 7)) % 7;
+	diy = day_in_year(1, reform->month, reform->year);
+
+	/*
+	 * We might need all four of these (if you switch from Julian
+	 * to Gregorian at some point after 9900, you get a gap of 73
+	 * days, and that can affect four months), and it doesn't hurt
+	 * all that much to precompute them, so there.
+	 */
+	date = 1;
+	days = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+		reform_day_array(reform->month + i, reform->year,
+				 &days, &date, &diw, &diy,
+				 shift_days[0][i],
+				 shift_days[1][i]);
+}
+
+/*
+ * reform_day_array --
+ *	Pre-calculates the given month's calendar (in both "standard"
+ *	and "julian day" representations) with respect for days
+ *	skipped during a reform period.
+ */
+static void
+reform_day_array(int month, int year, int *done, int *date, int *diw, int *diy,
+	int *scal, int *jcal)
+{
+	int mdays;
+
+	/*
+	 * If the reform was in the month of october or later, then
+	 * the month number from the caller could "overflow".
+	 */
+	if (month > 12) {
+		month -= 12;
+		year++;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Erase months, and set crib number.  The crib number is used
+	 * later to determine if the month to be displayed is here or
+	 * should be built on the fly with the generic routine
+	 */
+	memmove(scal, empty, MAXDAYS * sizeof(int));
+	scal[MAXDAYS] = month + year * 12;
+	memmove(jcal, empty, MAXDAYS * sizeof(int));
+	jcal[MAXDAYS] = month + year * 12;
+
+	/*
+	 * It doesn't matter what the actual month is when figuring
+	 * out if this is a leap year or not, just so long as February
+	 * gets the right number of days in it.
+	 */
+	mdays = days_in_month[g_leap_year(year, 3, 1)][month];
+
+	/*
+	 * Bounce back to the first "row" in the day array, and fill
+	 * in any days that actually occur.
+	 */
+	for (*diw %= 7; (*date - *done) <= mdays; (*date)++, (*diy)++) {
+		/*
+		 * "date" doesn't get reset by the caller across calls
+		 * to this routine, so we can actually tell that we're
+		 * looking at April the 41st.  Much easier than trying
+		 * to calculate the absolute julian day for a given
+		 * date and then checking that.
+		 */
+		if (*date < reform->date ||
+		    *date >= reform->date + reform->missing_days) {
+			scal[*diw] = *date - *done;
+			jcal[*diw] = *diy;
+			(*diw)++;
+		}
+	}
+	*done += mdays;
+}
+
+static int
+getnum(const char *p)
+{
+	unsigned long result;
+	char *ep;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	result = strtoul(p, &ep, 10);
+	if (p[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0')
+		goto error;
+	if (errno == ERANGE && result == ULONG_MAX)
+		goto error;
+	if (result > INT_MAX)
+		goto error;
+
+	return (int)result;
+
+error:
+	errx(1, "bad number: %s", p);
+	/*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+static void
+init_hilite(void)
+{
+	const char *term;
+	int errret;
+
+	hilite++;
+
+	if (!isatty(fileno(stdout)))
+		return;
+
+	term = getenv("TERM");
+	if (term == NULL)
+		term = "dumb";
+	if (setupterm(term, fileno(stdout), &errret) != 0 && errret != 1)
+		return;
+
+	if (hilite > 1)
+		md = enter_reverse_mode;
+	else
+		md = enter_bold_mode;
+	me = exit_attribute_mode;
+	if (me == NULL || md == NULL)
+		md = me = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "usage: cal [-3hjry] [-A after] [-B before] [-C context] [-d day-of-week] "
+	    "[-R reform-spec]\n           [[month] year]\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/cksum.1 b/usr.bin/cksum/cksum.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57c63b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/cksum.1
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: cksum.1,v 1.48 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)cksum.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95
+.\"
+.Dd August 31, 2014
+.Dt CKSUM 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cksum ,
+.Nm md2 ,
+.Nm md4 ,
+.Nm md5 ,
+.Nm rmd160 ,
+.Nm sha1 ,
+.Nm sum
+.Nd display file checksums and block counts
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm cksum
+.Op Fl n
+.Op Fl a Ar algorithm Oo Fl pqtx Oc Oo Fl s Ar string Oc
+.Op Fl o Ar 1 Ns | Ns Ar 2
+.Op Ar Li \&| Fl c Oo Fl w Oc Oo Ar sumfile Oc
+.Nm sum
+.Op Fl n
+.Op Fl a Ar algorithm Oo Fl pqtx Oc Oo Fl s Ar string Oc
+.Op Fl o Ar 1 Ns | Ns Ar 2
+.Op Ar Li \&| Fl c Oo Fl w Oc Oo Ar sumfile Oc
+.Nm md2
+.Op Fl npqtx
+.Op Fl s Ar string
+.Op Ar Li \&| Fl c Oo Fl w Oc Oo Ar sumfile Oc
+.Nm md4
+.Op Fl npqtx
+.Op Fl s Ar string
+.Op Ar Li \&| Fl c Oo Fl w Oc Oo Ar sumfile Oc
+.Nm md5
+.Op Fl npqtx
+.Op Fl s Ar string
+.Op Ar Li \&| Fl c Oo Fl w Oc Oo Ar sumfile Oc
+.Nm rmd160
+.Op Fl npqtx
+.Op Fl s Ar string
+.Op Ar Li \&| Fl c Oo Fl w Oc Oo Ar sumfile Oc
+.Nm sha1
+.Op Fl npqtx
+.Op Fl s Ar string
+.Op Ar Li \&| Fl c Oo Fl w Oc Oo Ar sumfile Oc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility writes to the standard output three whitespace separated
+fields for each input file.
+These fields are a checksum
+.Tn CRC ,
+the total number of octets in the file and the file name.
+If no file name is specified, the standard input is used and no file name
+is written.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm sum
+utility is identical to the
+.Nm
+utility, except that it defaults to using historic algorithm 1, as
+described below.
+It is provided for compatibility only.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm md2 ,
+.Nm md4 ,
+.Nm md5 ,
+.Nm sha1 ,
+and
+.Nm rmd160
+utilities compute cryptographic hash functions, and write to standard
+output the hexadecimal representation of the hash of their input.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl a Ar algorithm
+When invoked as
+.Nm cksum ,
+use the specified
+.Ar algorithm .
+Valid algorithms are:
+.Bl -column -offset indent ".Sy Algorithm" ".Sy Bits" ".Sy Description"
+.It Sy Algorithm Ta Sy Bits Ta Sy Description
+.It Li CRC Ta 32 Ta Default CRC algorithm
+.It Li MD2 Ta 128 Ta MD2, per Li RFC1319
+.It Li MD4 Ta 128 Ta MD4, per Li RFC1320
+.It Li MD5 Ta 128 Ta MD5, per Li RFC1321
+.It Li RMD160 Ta 160 Ta RIPEMD-160
+.It Li SHA1 Ta 160 Ta SHA-1, per Li FIPS PUB 180-1
+.It Li SHA256 Ta 256 Ta SHA-2
+.It Li SHA384 Ta 384 Ta SHA-2
+.It Li SHA512 Ta 512 Ta SHA-2
+.It Li old1 Ta 16 Ta Algorithm 1, per Fl o Ar 1
+.It Li old2 Ta 16 Ta Algorithm 2, per Fl o Ar 2
+.El
+.It Fl c Op Ar sumfile
+Verify (check) files against a list of checksums.
+The list is read from
+.Ar sumfile ,
+or from stdin if no filename is given.
+E.g. first run
+.Dl Ic md5 *.tgz > MD5
+.Dl Ic sha1 *.tgz > SHA1
+to generate a list of MD5 checksums in
+.Pa MD5 ,
+then use the following command to verify them:
+.Dl Ic cat MD5 SHA1 | cksum -c
+If an error is found during checksum verification, an error
+message is printed, and the program returns an error code of 1.
+.It Fl o
+Use historic algorithms instead of the (superior) default one.
+.Pp
+Algorithm 1 is the algorithm used by historic
+.Bx
+systems as the
+.Xr sum 1
+algorithm and by historic
+.At V
+systems as the
+.Xr sum 1
+algorithm when using the
+.Fl r
+option.
+This is a 16-bit checksum, with a right rotation before each addition;
+overflow is discarded.
+.Pp
+Algorithm 2 is the algorithm used by historic
+.At V
+systems as the
+default
+.Xr sum 1
+algorithm.
+This is a 32-bit checksum, and is defined as follows:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+s = sum of all bytes;
+r = s % 2^16 + (s % 2^32) / 2^16;
+cksum = (r % 2^16) + r / 2^16;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Both algorithm 1 and 2 write to the standard output the same fields as
+the default algorithm except that the size of the file in bytes is
+replaced with the size of the file in blocks.
+For historic reasons, the block size is 1024 for algorithm 1 and 512
+for algorithm 2.
+Partial blocks are rounded up.
+.It Fl w
+Print warnings about malformed checksum files when verifying
+checksums with
+.Fl c .
+.El
+.Pp
+The following options apply only when using the one of the message
+digest algorithms:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl n
+Print the hash and the filename in the normal sum output form, with
+the hash at the left and the filename following on the right.
+.It Fl p
+Echo input from standard input to standard output, and append the
+selected message digest.
+.It Fl q
+Quiet mode \(em only the checksum is printed out.
+Overrides the
+.Fl n
+option.
+.It Fl s Ar string
+Print the hash of the given string
+.Ar string .
+.It Fl t
+Run a built-in message digest time trial.
+.It Fl x
+Run a built-in message digest test script.
+The tests that are run
+are supposed to encompass all the various tests in the suites that
+accompany the algorithms' descriptions with the exception of the
+last test for the SHA-1 algorithm and the RIPEMD-160 algorithm.
+The
+last test for these is one million copies of the lower letter a.
+.El
+.Pp
+The default
+.Tn CRC
+used is based on the polynomial used for
+.Tn CRC
+error checking
+in the networking standard
+.St -iso8802-3 .
+The
+.Tn CRC
+checksum encoding is defined by the generating polynomial:
+.Pp
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+G(x) = x^32 + x^26 + x^23 + x^22 + x^16 + x^12 +
+     x^11 + x^10 + x^8 + x^7 + x^5 + x^4 + x^2 + x + 1
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Mathematically, the
+.Tn CRC
+value corresponding to a given file is defined by
+the following procedure:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+The
+.Ar n
+bits to be evaluated are considered to be the coefficients of a mod 2
+polynomial M(x) of degree
+.Ar n Ns \-1 .
+These
+.Ar n
+bits are the bits from the file, with the most significant bit being the most
+significant bit of the first octet of the file and the last bit being the least
+significant bit of the last octet, padded with zero bits (if necessary) to
+achieve an integral number of octets, followed by one or more octets
+representing the length of the file as a binary value, least significant octet
+first.
+The smallest number of octets capable of representing this integer are used.
+.Pp
+M(x) is multiplied by x^32 (i.e., shifted left 32 bits) and divided by
+G(x) using mod 2 division, producing a remainder R(x) of degree \*[Le] 31.
+.Pp
+The coefficients of R(x) are considered to be a 32-bit sequence.
+.Pp
+The bit sequence is complemented and the result is the CRC.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+and
+.Nm sum
+utilities exit 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr openssl 1 ,
+.Xr mtree 8
+.Pp
+The default calculation is identical to that given in pseudo-code
+in the following
+.Tn ACM
+article.
+.Rs
+.%T "Computation of Cyclic Redundancy Checks Via Table Lookup"
+.%A Dilip V. Sarwate
+.%J "Communications of the ACM"
+.%D "August 1988"
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A R. Rivest
+.%T The MD2 Message-Digest Algorithm
+.%O RFC 1319
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A R. Rivest
+.%T The MD4 Message-Digest Algorithm
+.%O RFC 1186 and RFC 1320
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A R. Rivest
+.%T The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm
+.%O RFC 1321
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A U.S. DOC/NIST
+.%T Secure Hash Standard
+.%O FIPS PUB 180-1
+.Re
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2004 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+.Nm md5
+was added in
+.Nx 1.3 .
+The functionality for
+.Nm md2 ,
+.Nm md4 ,
+.Nm sha1 ,
+and
+.Nm rmd160
+was added in
+.Nx 1.6 .
+Support for the SHA-2 algorithms
+.Po
+.Li SHA256 ,
+.Li SHA384 ,
+and
+.Li SHA512
+.Pc
+was added in
+.Nx 3.0 .
+The functionality to verify checksum stored in a file
+.Pq Fl c
+first appeared in
+.Nx 4.0 .
+Quiet mode
+.Pq Fl q
+was added in
+.Nx 7.0 .
+.\" .Pp
+.\" The
+.\" .Nm sum
+.\" utility appeared in
+.\" .Bx ?.?
+.\" and
+.\" .At V .
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/cksum.c b/usr.bin/cksum/cksum.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e7e87a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/cksum.c
@@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cksum.c,v 1.48 2015/06/16 22:54:10 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * James W. Williams of NASA Goddard Space Flight Center.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1997 Jason R. Thorpe.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * James W. Williams of NASA Goddard Space Flight Center.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__COPYRIGHT) && !defined(lint)
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cksum.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cksum.c,v 1.48 2015/06/16 22:54:10 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <md2.h>
+#include <md4.h>
+#include <md5.h>
+#include <rmd160.h>
+#include <sha1.h>
+#include <sha2.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+#define PRINT_NORMAL     0x01
+#define PRINT_QUIET      0x02
+
+typedef char *(*_filefunc)(const char *, char *);
+
+const struct hash {
+	const char *progname;
+	const char *hashname;
+	void (*stringfunc)(const char *);
+	void (*timetrialfunc)(void);
+	void (*testsuitefunc)(void);
+	void (*filterfunc)(int);
+	char *(*filefunc)(const char *, char *);
+} hashes[] = {
+	{ "md2", "MD2",
+	  MD2String, MD2TimeTrial, MD2TestSuite,
+	  MD2Filter, MD2File },
+	{ "md4", "MD4",
+	  MD4String, MD4TimeTrial, MD4TestSuite,
+	  MD4Filter, MD4File },
+	{ "md5", "MD5",
+	  MD5String, MD5TimeTrial, MD5TestSuite,
+	  MD5Filter, MD5File },
+	{ "rmd160", "RMD160",
+	  RMD160String, RMD160TimeTrial, RMD160TestSuite,
+	  RMD160Filter, (_filefunc) RMD160File },
+	{ "sha1", "SHA1",
+	  SHA1String, SHA1TimeTrial, SHA1TestSuite,
+	  SHA1Filter, (_filefunc) SHA1File },
+	{ "sha256", "SHA256",
+	  SHA256_String, SHA256_TimeTrial, SHA256_TestSuite,
+	  SHA256_Filter, (_filefunc) SHA256_File },
+	{ "sha384", "SHA384",
+	  SHA384_String, SHA384_TimeTrial, SHA384_TestSuite,
+	  SHA384_Filter, (_filefunc) SHA384_File },
+	{ "sha512", "SHA512",
+	  SHA512_String, SHA512_TimeTrial, SHA512_TestSuite,
+	  SHA512_Filter, (_filefunc) SHA512_File },
+	{ .progname = NULL, },
+};
+
+static int	hash_digest_file(char *, const struct hash *, int);
+__dead static void	requirehash(const char *);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int ch, fd, rval, pflag, nohashstdin;
+	u_int32_t val;
+	off_t len;
+	char *fn;
+	const char *progname;
+	int (*cfncn) (int, u_int32_t *, off_t *);
+	void (*pfncn) (char *, u_int32_t, off_t);
+	const struct hash *hash;
+	int i, check_warn, do_check;
+	int print_flags;
+
+	cfncn = NULL;
+	pfncn = NULL;
+	pflag = nohashstdin = 0;
+	check_warn = 0;
+	do_check = 0;
+	print_flags = 0;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	progname = getprogname();
+
+	for (hash = hashes; hash->hashname != NULL; hash++)
+		if (strcmp(progname, hash->progname) == 0)
+			break;
+
+	if (hash->hashname == NULL) {
+		hash = NULL;
+
+		if (!strcmp(progname, "sum")) {
+			cfncn = csum1;
+			pfncn = psum1;
+		} else {
+			cfncn = crc;
+			pfncn = pcrc;
+		}
+	}
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "a:cno:pqs:twx")) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'a':
+			if (hash) {
+				warnx("illegal use of -a option");
+				usage();
+			}
+			i = 0;
+			while (hashes[i].hashname != NULL) {
+				if (!strcasecmp(hashes[i].hashname, optarg)) {
+					hash = &hashes[i];
+					break;
+				}
+				i++;
+			}
+			if (hash == NULL) {
+				if (!strcasecmp(optarg, "old1")) {
+					cfncn = csum1;
+					pfncn = psum1;
+				} else if (!strcasecmp(optarg, "old2")) {
+					cfncn = csum2;
+					pfncn = psum2;
+				} else if (!strcasecmp(optarg, "crc")) {
+					cfncn = crc;
+					pfncn = pcrc;
+				} else {
+					warnx("illegal argument to -a option");
+					usage();
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			do_check = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			print_flags |= PRINT_NORMAL;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			if (hash) {
+				warnx("%s mutually exclusive with sum",
+				      hash->hashname);
+				usage();
+			}
+			if (!strcmp(optarg, "1")) {
+				cfncn = csum1;
+				pfncn = psum1;
+			} else if (!strcmp(optarg, "2")) {
+				cfncn = csum2;
+				pfncn = psum2;
+			} else {
+				warnx("illegal argument to -o option");
+				usage();
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			if (hash == NULL)
+				requirehash("-p");
+			pflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'q':
+			print_flags |= PRINT_QUIET;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			if (hash == NULL)
+				requirehash("-s");
+			nohashstdin = 1;
+			hash->stringfunc(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			if (hash == NULL)
+				requirehash("-t");
+			nohashstdin = 1;
+			hash->timetrialfunc();
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			check_warn = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			if (hash == NULL)
+				requirehash("-x");
+			nohashstdin = 1;
+			hash->testsuitefunc();
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (do_check) {
+		/*
+		 * Verify checksums
+		 */
+		FILE *f;
+		char buf[BUFSIZ];
+		char *s, *p_filename, *p_cksum;
+		int l_filename, l_cksum;
+		char filename[BUFSIZ];
+		char cksum[BUFSIZ];
+		int ok,cnt,badcnt;
+
+		rval = 0;
+		cnt = badcnt = 0;
+
+		if (argc == 0) {
+			f = fdopen(STDIN_FILENO, "r");
+		} else {
+			f = fopen(argv[0], "r");
+		}
+		if (f == NULL)
+			err(1, "Cannot read %s",
+			    argc>0?argv[0]:"stdin");
+		
+		while(fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), f) != NULL) {
+			s = strrchr(buf, '\n');
+			if (s)
+				*s = '\0';
+
+			p_cksum = p_filename = NULL;
+
+			p_filename = strchr(buf, '(');
+			if (p_filename) {
+				/*
+				 * Assume 'normal' output if there's a '('
+				 */
+				p_filename += 1;
+				print_flags &= ~(PRINT_NORMAL);
+
+				p_cksum = strrchr(p_filename, ')');
+				if (p_cksum == NULL) {
+					if (check_warn)
+						warnx("bogus format: %s. "
+						      "Skipping...",
+						      buf);
+					rval = 1;
+					continue;
+				}
+ 				p_cksum += 4;
+
+				l_cksum = strlen(p_cksum);
+				l_filename = p_cksum - p_filename - 4;
+					
+				/* Sanity check, and find proper hash if
+				 * it's not the same as the current program
+				 */
+				if (hash == NULL ||
+				    strncmp(buf, hash->hashname,
+					    strlen(hash->hashname)) != 0) {
+					/*
+					 * Search proper hash
+					 */
+					const struct hash *nhash;
+					
+					for (nhash = hashes ;
+					     nhash->hashname != NULL;
+					     nhash++)
+						if (strncmp(buf,
+							    nhash->hashname,
+							    strlen(nhash->hashname)) == 0)
+							break;
+					
+					
+					if (nhash->hashname == NULL) {
+						if (check_warn)
+							warnx("unknown hash: %s",
+							      buf);
+						rval = 1;
+						continue;
+					} else {
+						hash = nhash;
+					}
+				}
+
+			} else {
+				if (hash) {
+					int nspaces;
+
+					/*
+					 * 'normal' output, no (ck)sum
+					 */
+					print_flags |= PRINT_NORMAL;
+					nspaces = 1;
+					
+					p_cksum = buf;
+					p_filename = strchr(buf, ' ');
+					if (p_filename == NULL) {
+						if (check_warn)
+							warnx("no filename in %s? "
+							      "Skipping...", buf);
+						rval = 1;
+						continue;
+					}
+					while (isspace((int)*++p_filename))
+						nspaces++;
+					l_filename = strlen(p_filename);
+					l_cksum = p_filename - buf - nspaces;
+				} else {
+					/*
+					 * sum/cksum output format
+					 */
+					p_cksum = buf;
+					s=strchr(p_cksum, ' ');
+					if (s == NULL) {
+						if (check_warn)
+							warnx("bogus format: %s."
+							      " Skipping...",
+							      buf);
+						rval = 1;
+						continue;
+					}
+					l_cksum = s - p_cksum;
+
+					p_filename = strrchr(buf, ' ');
+					if (p_filename == NULL) {
+						if (check_warn)
+							warnx("no filename in %s?"
+							      " Skipping...",
+							      buf);
+						rval = 1;
+						continue;
+					}
+					p_filename++;
+					l_filename = strlen(p_filename);
+				}
+			}
+
+			strlcpy(filename, p_filename, l_filename+1);
+			strlcpy(cksum, p_cksum, l_cksum+1);
+
+			if (hash) {
+				if (access(filename, R_OK) == 0
+				    && strcmp(cksum, hash->filefunc(filename, NULL)) == 0)
+					ok = 1;
+				else
+					ok = 0;
+			} else {
+				if ((fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+					if (check_warn)
+						warn("%s", filename);
+					rval = 1;
+					ok = 0;
+				} else {
+					if (cfncn(fd, &val, &len)) 
+						ok = 0;
+					else {
+						u_int32_t should_val;
+						
+						should_val =
+						  strtoul(cksum, NULL, 10);
+						if (val == should_val)
+							ok = 1;
+						else
+							ok = 0;
+					}
+					close(fd);
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (! ok) {
+				if (hash)
+					printf("(%s) ", hash->hashname);
+				printf("%s: FAILED\n", filename);
+				badcnt++;
+			}
+			cnt++;
+
+		}
+		fclose(f);
+
+		if (badcnt > 0) 
+			rval = 1;
+		
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Calculate checksums
+		 */
+
+		fd = STDIN_FILENO;
+		fn = NULL;
+		rval = 0;
+		do {
+			if (*argv) {
+				fn = *argv++;
+				if (hash != NULL) {
+					if (hash_digest_file(fn, hash, print_flags)) {
+						warn("%s", fn);
+						rval = 1;
+					}
+					continue;
+				}
+				if ((fd = open(fn, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+					warn("%s", fn);
+					rval = 1;
+					continue;
+				}
+			} else if (hash && !nohashstdin) {
+				hash->filterfunc(pflag);
+			}
+			
+			if (hash == NULL) {
+				if (cfncn(fd, &val, &len)) {
+					warn("%s", fn ? fn : "stdin");
+					rval = 1;
+				} else
+					pfncn(fn, val, len);
+				(void)close(fd);
+			}
+		} while (*argv);
+	}
+	exit(rval);
+}
+
+static int
+hash_digest_file(char *fn, const struct hash *hash, int flags)
+{
+	char *cp;
+
+	cp = hash->filefunc(fn, NULL);
+	if (cp == NULL)
+		return 1;
+
+	if (flags & PRINT_QUIET)
+		printf("%s\n", cp);
+	else if (flags & PRINT_NORMAL)
+		printf("%s %s\n", cp, fn);
+	else
+		printf("%s (%s) = %s\n", hash->hashname, fn, cp);
+
+	free(cp);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+requirehash(const char *flg)
+{
+	warnx("%s flag requires `-a algorithm'", flg);
+	usage();
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	const char fileargs[] = "[file ... | -c [-w] [sumfile]]";
+	const char sumargs[] = "[-n] [-a algorithm [-ptx] [-s string]] [-o 1|2]";
+	const char hashargs[] = "[-nptx] [-s string]";
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: cksum %s\n             %s\n",
+	    sumargs, fileargs);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "       sum %s\n           %s\n",
+	    sumargs, fileargs);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "       md2 %s %s\n", hashargs, fileargs);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "       md4 %s %s\n", hashargs, fileargs);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "       md5 %s %s\n", hashargs, fileargs);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "       rmd160 %s %s\n", hashargs, fileargs);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "       sha1 %s %s\n", hashargs, fileargs);
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/crc.c b/usr.bin/cksum/crc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3979db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/crc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: crc.c,v 1.19 2014/10/29 18:09:35 uebayasi Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * James W. Williams of NASA Goddard Space Flight Center.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)crc.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/17/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: crc.c,v 1.19 2014/10/29 18:09:35 uebayasi Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static const u_int32_t crctab[] = {
+	0x0,
+	0x04c11db7, 0x09823b6e, 0x0d4326d9, 0x130476dc, 0x17c56b6b,
+	0x1a864db2, 0x1e475005, 0x2608edb8, 0x22c9f00f, 0x2f8ad6d6,
+	0x2b4bcb61, 0x350c9b64, 0x31cd86d3, 0x3c8ea00a, 0x384fbdbd,
+	0x4c11db70, 0x48d0c6c7, 0x4593e01e, 0x4152fda9, 0x5f15adac,
+	0x5bd4b01b, 0x569796c2, 0x52568b75, 0x6a1936c8, 0x6ed82b7f,
+	0x639b0da6, 0x675a1011, 0x791d4014, 0x7ddc5da3, 0x709f7b7a,
+	0x745e66cd, 0x9823b6e0, 0x9ce2ab57, 0x91a18d8e, 0x95609039,
+	0x8b27c03c, 0x8fe6dd8b, 0x82a5fb52, 0x8664e6e5, 0xbe2b5b58,
+	0xbaea46ef, 0xb7a96036, 0xb3687d81, 0xad2f2d84, 0xa9ee3033,
+	0xa4ad16ea, 0xa06c0b5d, 0xd4326d90, 0xd0f37027, 0xddb056fe,
+	0xd9714b49, 0xc7361b4c, 0xc3f706fb, 0xceb42022, 0xca753d95,
+	0xf23a8028, 0xf6fb9d9f, 0xfbb8bb46, 0xff79a6f1, 0xe13ef6f4,
+	0xe5ffeb43, 0xe8bccd9a, 0xec7dd02d, 0x34867077, 0x30476dc0,
+	0x3d044b19, 0x39c556ae, 0x278206ab, 0x23431b1c, 0x2e003dc5,
+	0x2ac12072, 0x128e9dcf, 0x164f8078, 0x1b0ca6a1, 0x1fcdbb16,
+	0x018aeb13, 0x054bf6a4, 0x0808d07d, 0x0cc9cdca, 0x7897ab07,
+	0x7c56b6b0, 0x71159069, 0x75d48dde, 0x6b93dddb, 0x6f52c06c,
+	0x6211e6b5, 0x66d0fb02, 0x5e9f46bf, 0x5a5e5b08, 0x571d7dd1,
+	0x53dc6066, 0x4d9b3063, 0x495a2dd4, 0x44190b0d, 0x40d816ba,
+	0xaca5c697, 0xa864db20, 0xa527fdf9, 0xa1e6e04e, 0xbfa1b04b,
+	0xbb60adfc, 0xb6238b25, 0xb2e29692, 0x8aad2b2f, 0x8e6c3698,
+	0x832f1041, 0x87ee0df6, 0x99a95df3, 0x9d684044, 0x902b669d,
+	0x94ea7b2a, 0xe0b41de7, 0xe4750050, 0xe9362689, 0xedf73b3e,
+	0xf3b06b3b, 0xf771768c, 0xfa325055, 0xfef34de2, 0xc6bcf05f,
+	0xc27dede8, 0xcf3ecb31, 0xcbffd686, 0xd5b88683, 0xd1799b34,
+	0xdc3abded, 0xd8fba05a, 0x690ce0ee, 0x6dcdfd59, 0x608edb80,
+	0x644fc637, 0x7a089632, 0x7ec98b85, 0x738aad5c, 0x774bb0eb,
+	0x4f040d56, 0x4bc510e1, 0x46863638, 0x42472b8f, 0x5c007b8a,
+	0x58c1663d, 0x558240e4, 0x51435d53, 0x251d3b9e, 0x21dc2629,
+	0x2c9f00f0, 0x285e1d47, 0x36194d42, 0x32d850f5, 0x3f9b762c,
+	0x3b5a6b9b, 0x0315d626, 0x07d4cb91, 0x0a97ed48, 0x0e56f0ff,
+	0x1011a0fa, 0x14d0bd4d, 0x19939b94, 0x1d528623, 0xf12f560e,
+	0xf5ee4bb9, 0xf8ad6d60, 0xfc6c70d7, 0xe22b20d2, 0xe6ea3d65,
+	0xeba91bbc, 0xef68060b, 0xd727bbb6, 0xd3e6a601, 0xdea580d8,
+	0xda649d6f, 0xc423cd6a, 0xc0e2d0dd, 0xcda1f604, 0xc960ebb3,
+	0xbd3e8d7e, 0xb9ff90c9, 0xb4bcb610, 0xb07daba7, 0xae3afba2,
+	0xaafbe615, 0xa7b8c0cc, 0xa379dd7b, 0x9b3660c6, 0x9ff77d71,
+	0x92b45ba8, 0x9675461f, 0x8832161a, 0x8cf30bad, 0x81b02d74,
+	0x857130c3, 0x5d8a9099, 0x594b8d2e, 0x5408abf7, 0x50c9b640,
+	0x4e8ee645, 0x4a4ffbf2, 0x470cdd2b, 0x43cdc09c, 0x7b827d21,
+	0x7f436096, 0x7200464f, 0x76c15bf8, 0x68860bfd, 0x6c47164a,
+	0x61043093, 0x65c52d24, 0x119b4be9, 0x155a565e, 0x18197087,
+	0x1cd86d30, 0x029f3d35, 0x065e2082, 0x0b1d065b, 0x0fdc1bec,
+	0x3793a651, 0x3352bbe6, 0x3e119d3f, 0x3ad08088, 0x2497d08d,
+	0x2056cd3a, 0x2d15ebe3, 0x29d4f654, 0xc5a92679, 0xc1683bce,
+	0xcc2b1d17, 0xc8ea00a0, 0xd6ad50a5, 0xd26c4d12, 0xdf2f6bcb,
+	0xdbee767c, 0xe3a1cbc1, 0xe760d676, 0xea23f0af, 0xeee2ed18,
+	0xf0a5bd1d, 0xf464a0aa, 0xf9278673, 0xfde69bc4, 0x89b8fd09,
+	0x8d79e0be, 0x803ac667, 0x84fbdbd0, 0x9abc8bd5, 0x9e7d9662,
+	0x933eb0bb, 0x97ffad0c, 0xafb010b1, 0xab710d06, 0xa6322bdf,
+	0xa2f33668, 0xbcb4666d, 0xb8757bda, 0xb5365d03, 0xb1f740b4
+};
+
+/*
+ * Compute a POSIX 1003.2 checksum.  This routine has been broken out so that
+ * other programs can use it.  It takes a file descriptor to read from and
+ * locations to store the crc and the number of bytes read.  It returns 0 on
+ * success and 1 on failure.  Errno is set on failure.
+ */
+int
+crc(int fd, u_int32_t *cval, off_t *clen)
+{
+	u_char *p;
+	ssize_t nr;
+	u_int32_t thecrc;
+	off_t len;
+	u_char buf[16 * 1024];
+
+#define	COMPUTE(var, ch)	(var) = (var) << 8 ^ crctab[(var) >> 24 ^ (ch)]
+
+	thecrc = 0;
+	len = 0;
+	while ((nr = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)
+		for (len += nr, p = buf; nr--; ++p) {
+			COMPUTE(thecrc, *p);
+		}
+	if (nr < 0)
+		return 1;
+
+	*clen = len;
+
+	/* Include the length of the file. */
+	for (; len != 0; len >>= 8) {
+		COMPUTE(thecrc, len & 0xff);
+	}
+
+	*cval = ~thecrc;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/* These two are rather more useful to the outside world */
+
+uint32_t
+crc_buf(uint32_t thecrc, const void *buf, size_t len)
+{
+	const uint8_t *p = buf;
+
+	for (p = buf; len; p++, len--)
+		COMPUTE(thecrc, *p);
+	return thecrc;
+}
+
+uint32_t
+crc_byte(uint32_t thecrc, unsigned int byte_val)
+{
+	COMPUTE(thecrc, byte_val & 0xff);
+	return thecrc;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/crc_extern.h b/usr.bin/cksum/crc_extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0c1c33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/crc_extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: crc_extern.h,v 1.1 2006/09/04 20:01:10 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+int	 crc(int, u_int32_t *, off_t *);
+uint32_t crc_buf(uint32_t, const void *, size_t);
+uint32_t crc_byte(uint32_t, unsigned int);
+__END_DECLS
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/extern.h b/usr.bin/cksum/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8384110
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.19 2006/09/04 20:01:10 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include "crc_extern.h"
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+void	pcrc(char *, u_int32_t, off_t);
+void	psum1(char *, u_int32_t, off_t);
+void	psum2(char *, u_int32_t, off_t);
+int	csum1(int, u_int32_t *, off_t *);
+int	csum2(int, u_int32_t *, off_t *);
+int	md5(int, u_int32_t *, u_int32_t *);
+
+void	MD2String(const char *);
+void	MD2TimeTrial(void);
+void	MD2TestSuite(void);
+void	MD2Filter(int);
+
+void	MD4String(const char *);
+void	MD4TimeTrial(void);
+void	MD4TestSuite(void);
+void	MD4Filter(int);
+
+void	MD5String(const char *);
+void	MD5TimeTrial(void);
+void	MD5TestSuite(void);
+void	MD5Filter(int);
+
+void	SHA1String(const char *);
+void	SHA1TimeTrial(void);
+void	SHA1TestSuite(void);
+void	SHA1Filter(int);
+
+void	RMD160String(const char *);
+void	RMD160TimeTrial(void);
+void	RMD160TestSuite(void);
+void	RMD160Filter(int);
+
+void	SHA256_String(const char *);
+void	SHA256_TimeTrial(void);
+void	SHA256_TestSuite(void);
+void	SHA256_Filter(int);
+
+void	SHA384_String(const char *);
+void	SHA384_TimeTrial(void);
+void	SHA384_TestSuite(void);
+void	SHA384_Filter(int);
+
+void	SHA512_String(const char *);
+void	SHA512_TimeTrial(void);
+void	SHA512_TestSuite(void);
+void	SHA512_Filter(int);
+__END_DECLS
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/md2.c b/usr.bin/cksum/md2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc80b4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/md2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: md2.c,v 1.1 2001/03/20 18:46:26 atatat Exp $	*/
+
+#include <md2.h>	/* this hash type */
+#include <md5.h>	/* the hash we're replacing */
+
+#define HASHTYPE	"MD2"
+#define HASHLEN		32
+
+#define MD5Filter	MD2Filter
+#define MD5String	MD2String
+#define MD5TestSuite	MD2TestSuite
+#define MD5TimeTrial	MD2TimeTrial
+
+#define MD5Data		MD2Data
+#define MD5Init		MD2Init
+#define MD5Update	MD2Update
+#define MD5End		MD2End
+
+#define MD5_CTX		MD2_CTX
+
+#include "md5.c"
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/md4.c b/usr.bin/cksum/md4.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e27b416
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/md4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: md4.c,v 1.1 2001/03/20 18:46:26 atatat Exp $	*/
+
+#include <md4.h>	/* this hash type */
+#include <md5.h>	/* the hash we're replacing */
+
+#define HASHTYPE	"MD4"
+#define HASHLEN		32
+
+#define MD5Filter	MD4Filter
+#define MD5String	MD4String
+#define MD5TestSuite	MD4TestSuite
+#define MD5TimeTrial	MD4TimeTrial
+
+#define MD5Data		MD4Data
+#define MD5Init		MD4Init
+#define MD5Update	MD4Update
+#define MD5End		MD4End
+
+#define MD5_CTX		MD4_CTX
+
+#include "md5.c"
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/md5.c b/usr.bin/cksum/md5.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5547771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/md5.c
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: md5.c,v 1.10 2008/12/29 00:51:29 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * MDDRIVER.C - test driver for MD2, MD4 and MD5
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Copyright (C) 1990-2, RSA Data Security, Inc. Created 1990. All
+ *  rights reserved.
+ *
+ *  RSA Data Security, Inc. makes no representations concerning either
+ *  the merchantability of this software or the suitability of this
+ *  software for any particular purpose. It is provided "as is"
+ *  without express or implied warranty of any kind.
+ *
+ *  These notices must be retained in any copies of any part of this
+ *  documentation and/or software.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: md5.c,v 1.10 2008/12/29 00:51:29 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <md5.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+void	MD5Filter(int);
+void	MD5String(const char *);
+void	MD5TestSuite(void);
+void	MD5TimeTrial(void);
+
+#ifndef HASHTYPE
+#define HASHTYPE "MD5"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HASHLEN
+#define HASHLEN 32
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Length of test block, number of test blocks.
+ */
+#define TEST_BLOCK_LEN 1000
+#define TEST_BLOCK_COUNT 1000
+
+/*
+ * Digests a string and prints the result.
+ */
+void
+MD5String(const char *string)
+{
+	unsigned int len = strlen(string);
+	char buf[HASHLEN + 1];
+
+	printf("%s (\"%s\") = %s\n", HASHTYPE, string,
+	       MD5Data((const unsigned char *)string, len, buf));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Measures the time to digest TEST_BLOCK_COUNT TEST_BLOCK_LEN-byte blocks.
+ */
+void
+MD5TimeTrial(void)
+{
+	MD5_CTX context;
+	time_t endTime, startTime;
+	unsigned char block[TEST_BLOCK_LEN];
+	unsigned int i;
+	char *p, buf[HASHLEN + 1];
+
+	printf("%s time trial.  Digesting %d %d-byte blocks ...", HASHTYPE,
+	    TEST_BLOCK_LEN, TEST_BLOCK_COUNT);
+	fflush(stdout);
+
+	/* Initialize block */
+	for (i = 0; i < TEST_BLOCK_LEN; i++)
+		block[i] = (unsigned char) (i & 0xff);
+
+	/* Start timer */
+	time(&startTime);
+
+	/* Digest blocks */
+	MD5Init(&context);
+	for (i = 0; i < TEST_BLOCK_COUNT; i++)
+		MD5Update(&context, block, TEST_BLOCK_LEN);
+	p = MD5End(&context,buf);
+
+	/* Stop timer */
+	time(&endTime);
+
+	printf(" done\n");
+	printf("Digest = %s\n", p);
+	printf("Time = %ld seconds\n", (long) (endTime - startTime));
+
+	/*
+	 * Be careful that endTime-startTime is not zero.
+	 * (Bug fix from Ric * Anderson, ric@Artisoft.COM.)
+	 */
+	printf("Speed = %lld bytes/second\n",
+	    (long long) TEST_BLOCK_LEN * TEST_BLOCK_COUNT /
+	    ((endTime - startTime) != 0 ? (endTime - startTime) : 1));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Digests a reference suite of strings and prints the results.
+ */
+void
+MD5TestSuite(void)
+{
+	printf("%s test suite:\n", HASHTYPE);
+
+	MD5String("");
+	MD5String("a");
+	MD5String("abc");
+	MD5String("message digest");
+	MD5String("abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz");
+	MD5String("abcdbcdecdefdefgefghfghighijhijkijkljklmklmnlmnomnopnopq");
+	MD5String
+	    ("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789");
+	MD5String
+	    ("1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\
+1234567890123456789012345678901234567890");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Digests the standard input and prints the result.
+ */
+void
+MD5Filter(int pipe)
+{
+	MD5_CTX context;
+	size_t len;
+	unsigned char buffer[BUFSIZ];
+	char buf[HASHLEN + 1];
+
+	MD5Init(&context);
+	while ((len = fread(buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)BUFSIZ, stdin)) > 0) {
+		if (pipe && (len != fwrite(buffer, (size_t)1, len, stdout)))
+			err(1, "stdout");
+		MD5Update(&context, buffer, (unsigned int)len);
+	}
+	printf("%s\n", MD5End(&context,buf));
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/print.c b/usr.bin/cksum/print.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03dbd5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/print.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: print.c,v 1.11 2005/01/12 17:04:35 xtraeme Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)print.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: print.c,v 1.11 2005/01/12 17:04:35 xtraeme Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "extern.h"
+
+void
+pcrc(char *fn, u_int32_t val, off_t len)
+{
+	(void)printf("%lu %lld", (unsigned long)val, (long long)len);
+	if (fn)
+		(void)printf(" %s", fn);
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+
+void
+psum1(char *fn, u_int32_t val, off_t len)
+{
+	(void)printf("%lu %lld", (unsigned long)val,
+	    (long long)(len + 1023) / 1024);
+	if (fn)
+		(void)printf(" %s", fn);
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+
+void
+psum2(char *fn, u_int32_t val, off_t len)
+{
+	(void)printf("%lu %lld", (unsigned long)val,
+	    (long long)(len + 511) / 512);
+	if (fn)
+		(void)printf(" %s", fn);
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/rmd160.c b/usr.bin/cksum/rmd160.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f04a58d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/rmd160.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: rmd160.c,v 1.3 2006/10/30 20:22:54 christos Exp $	*/
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <rmd160.h>	/* this hash type */
+#include <md5.h>	/* the hash we're replacing */
+
+#define HASHTYPE	"RMD160"
+#define HASHLEN		40
+
+#define MD5Filter	RMD160Filter
+#define MD5String	RMD160String
+#define MD5TestSuite	RMD160TestSuite
+#define MD5TimeTrial	RMD160TimeTrial
+
+#define MD5Data		RMD160Data
+#define MD5Init		RMD160Init
+#define MD5Update	RMD160Update
+#define MD5End		RMD160End
+
+#define MD5_CTX		RMD160_CTX
+
+#include "md5.c"
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/sha1.c b/usr.bin/cksum/sha1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..221a6e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/sha1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sha1.c,v 1.1 2001/03/20 18:46:27 atatat Exp $	*/
+
+#include <sha1.h>	/* this hash type */
+#include <md5.h>	/* the hash we're replacing */
+
+#define HASHTYPE	"SHA1"
+#define HASHLEN		40
+
+#define MD5Filter	SHA1Filter
+#define MD5String	SHA1String
+#define MD5TestSuite	SHA1TestSuite
+#define MD5TimeTrial	SHA1TimeTrial
+
+#define MD5Data		SHA1Data
+#define MD5Init		SHA1Init
+#define MD5Update	SHA1Update
+#define MD5End		SHA1End
+
+#define MD5_CTX		SHA1_CTX
+
+#include "md5.c"
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/sha256.c b/usr.bin/cksum/sha256.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41f272e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/sha256.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* $NetBSD: sha256.c,v 1.3 2006/10/30 20:22:54 christos Exp $ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sha2.h>	/* this hash type */
+#include <md5.h>	/* the hash we're replacing */
+
+#define HASHTYPE	"SHA256"
+#define HASHLEN		64
+
+#define MD5Filter	SHA256_Filter
+#define MD5String	SHA256_String
+#define MD5TestSuite	SHA256_TestSuite
+#define MD5TimeTrial	SHA256_TimeTrial
+
+#define MD5Data		SHA256_Data
+#define MD5Init		SHA256_Init
+#define MD5Update	SHA256_Update
+#define MD5End		SHA256_End
+
+#define MD5_CTX		SHA256_CTX
+
+#include "md5.c"
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/sha384.c b/usr.bin/cksum/sha384.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..845988b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/sha384.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* $NetBSD: sha384.c,v 1.3 2006/10/30 20:22:54 christos Exp $ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sha2.h>	/* this hash type */
+#include <md5.h>	/* the hash we're replacing */
+
+#define HASHTYPE	"SHA384"
+#define HASHLEN		96
+
+#define MD5Filter	SHA384_Filter
+#define MD5String	SHA384_String
+#define MD5TestSuite	SHA384_TestSuite
+#define MD5TimeTrial	SHA384_TimeTrial
+
+#define MD5Data		SHA384_Data
+#define MD5Init		SHA384_Init
+#define MD5Update	SHA384_Update
+#define MD5End		SHA384_End
+
+#define MD5_CTX		SHA384_CTX
+
+#include "md5.c"
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/sha512.c b/usr.bin/cksum/sha512.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69dae77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/sha512.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* $NetBSD: sha512.c,v 1.3 2006/10/30 20:22:54 christos Exp $ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sha2.h>	/* this hash type */
+#include <md5.h>	/* the hash we're replacing */
+
+#define HASHTYPE	"SHA512"
+#define HASHLEN		128
+
+#define MD5Filter	SHA512_Filter
+#define MD5String	SHA512_String
+#define MD5TestSuite	SHA512_TestSuite
+#define MD5TimeTrial	SHA512_TimeTrial
+
+#define MD5Data		SHA512_Data
+#define MD5Init		SHA512_Init
+#define MD5Update	SHA512_Update
+#define MD5End		SHA512_End
+
+#define MD5_CTX		SHA512_CTX
+
+#include "md5.c"
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/sum1.c b/usr.bin/cksum/sum1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22e466e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/sum1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sum1.c,v 1.13 2005/02/05 00:13:34 simonb Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sum1.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: sum1.c,v 1.13 2005/02/05 00:13:34 simonb Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+int
+csum1(int fd, u_int32_t *cval, off_t *clen)
+{
+	off_t total;
+	int nr;
+	u_int thecrc;
+	u_char *p;
+	u_char buf[8192];
+
+	/*
+	 * 16-bit checksum, rotating right before each addition;
+	 * overflow is discarded.
+	 */
+	thecrc = total = 0;
+	while ((nr = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)
+		for (total += nr, p = buf; nr--; ++p) {
+			if (thecrc & 1)
+				thecrc |= 0x10000;
+			thecrc = ((thecrc >> 1) + *p) & 0xffff;
+		}
+	if (nr < 0)
+		return 1;
+
+	*cval = thecrc;
+	*clen = total;
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/sum2.c b/usr.bin/cksum/sum2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34b3e2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cksum/sum2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sum2.c,v 1.13 2005/02/05 00:13:34 simonb Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sum2.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: sum2.c,v 1.13 2005/02/05 00:13:34 simonb Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+int
+csum2(int fd, u_int32_t *cval, off_t *clen)
+{
+	u_int32_t thecrc;
+	off_t total;
+	int nr;
+	u_char *p;
+	u_char buf[8192];
+
+	/*
+	 * Draft 8 POSIX 1003.2:
+	 *
+	 *      s = sum of all bytes
+	 *      r = s % 2^16 + (s % 2^32) / 2^16
+	 * thecrc = (r % 2^16) + r / 2^16
+	 */
+	thecrc = 0;
+	total = 0;
+	while ((nr = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)
+		for (total += nr, p = buf; nr--; ++p)
+			thecrc += *p;
+	if (nr < 0)
+		return 1;
+
+	thecrc = (thecrc & 0xffff) + (thecrc >> 16);
+	thecrc = (thecrc & 0xffff) + (thecrc >> 16);
+
+	*cval = thecrc;
+	*clen = total;
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/cmp/cmp.1 b/usr.bin/cmp/cmp.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e61f62c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cmp/cmp.1
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: cmp.1,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)cmp.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 13, 2016
+.Dt CMP 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cmp
+.Nd compare two files
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl c
+.Op Fl l | Fl s
+.Ar file1 file2
+.Op Ar skip1 Op Ar skip2
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The cmp utility compares two files of any type and writes the results
+to the standard output.
+By default,
+.Nm
+is silent if the files are the same; if they differ, the byte
+and line number at which the first difference occurred is reported.
+.Pp
+Bytes and lines are numbered beginning with one.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Fl c
+Do the compare using
+.Xr getc 3
+rather than
+.Xr mmap 2 .
+Combined with the
+.Fl l
+flag, this can be helpful in locating an I/O error in the underlying
+device.
+.It Fl l
+Print the byte number (decimal) and the differing
+byte values (octal) for each difference.
+.It Fl s
+Print nothing for differing files; return exit
+status only.
+.El
+.Pp
+The optional arguments
+.Ar skip1
+and
+.Ar skip2
+are the byte offsets from the beginning of
+.Ar file1
+and
+.Ar file2 ,
+respectively, where the comparison will begin.
+The offset is decimal by default, but may be expressed as an hexadecimal
+or octal value by preceding it with a leading ``0x'' or ``0''.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width 4n
+.It 0
+The files are identical.
+.It 1
+The files are different; this includes the case
+where one file is identical to the first part of
+the other.
+In the latter case, if the
+.Fl s
+option has not been specified,
+.Nm
+writes to standard output that EOF was reached in the shorter
+file (before any differences were found).
+.It >1
+An error occurred.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr comm 1 ,
+.Xr diff 1 ,
+.Xr diff3 1 ,
+.Xr sdiff 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+utility first appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/cmp/cmp.c b/usr.bin/cmp/cmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4301731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cmp/cmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cmp.c,v 1.20 2016/10/30 19:33:49 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cmp.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cmp.c,v 1.20 2016/10/30 19:33:49 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+int	lflag, sflag;
+
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct stat sb1, sb2;
+	off_t skip1 = 0, skip2 = 0;
+	int ch, fd1, fd2, special;
+	const char *file1, *file2;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	special = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "cls")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'c':
+			special = 1;	/* careful!  Don't use mmap() */
+			break;
+		case 'l':		/* print all differences */
+			lflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 's':		/* silent run */
+			sflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+
+	if (lflag && sflag)
+		errx(ERR_EXIT, "only one of -l and -s may be specified");
+
+	if (argc < 2 || argc > 4)
+		usage();
+
+	/* Backward compatibility -- handle "-" meaning stdin. */
+	if (strcmp(file1 = argv[0], "-") == 0) {
+		special = 1;
+		fd1 = 0;
+		file1 = "stdin";
+	}
+	else if ((fd1 = open(file1, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+		if (!sflag)
+			warn("%s", file1);
+		exit(ERR_EXIT);
+	}
+	if (strcmp(file2 = argv[1], "-") == 0) {
+		if (special)
+			errx(ERR_EXIT,
+				"standard input may only be specified once");
+		special = 1;
+		fd2 = 0;
+		file2 = "stdin";
+	}
+	else if ((fd2 = open(file2, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+		if (!sflag)
+			warn("%s", file2);
+		exit(ERR_EXIT);
+	}
+
+	if (argc > 2) {
+		char *ep;
+
+		errno = 0;
+		skip1 = strtoq(argv[2], &ep, 0);
+		if (errno || ep == argv[2])
+			usage();
+
+		if (argc == 4) {
+			skip2 = strtoq(argv[3], &ep, 0);
+			if (errno || ep == argv[3])
+				usage();
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!special) {
+		if (fstat(fd1, &sb1))
+			err(ERR_EXIT, "%s", file1);
+		if (!S_ISREG(sb1.st_mode))
+			special = 1;
+		else {
+			if (fstat(fd2, &sb2))
+				err(ERR_EXIT, "%s", file2);
+			if (!S_ISREG(sb2.st_mode))
+				special = 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (special)
+		c_special(fd1, file1, skip1, fd2, file2, skip2);
+	else
+		c_regular(fd1, file1, skip1, sb1.st_size,
+		    fd2, file2, skip2, sb2.st_size);
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [-c] [-l | -s] file1 file2 [skip1 [skip2]]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(ERR_EXIT);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/cmp/extern.h b/usr.bin/cmp/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8a72ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cmp/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.9 2011/08/29 14:14:11 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94
+ */
+
+#define OK_EXIT		0
+#define DIFF_EXIT	1
+#define ERR_EXIT	2	/* error exit code */
+
+void	c_regular(int, const char *, off_t, off_t, int, const char *, off_t, off_t);
+void	c_special(int, const char *, off_t, int, const char *, off_t);
+__dead void	diffmsg(const char *, const char *, off_t, off_t);
+__dead void	eofmsg(const char *, off_t, off_t);
+__dead void	errmsg(const char *, off_t, off_t);
+
+extern int lflag, sflag;
diff --git a/usr.bin/cmp/misc.c b/usr.bin/cmp/misc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3195de9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cmp/misc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: misc.c,v 1.12 2009/04/11 12:16:12 lukem Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)misc.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: misc.c,v 1.12 2009/04/11 12:16:12 lukem Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+void
+errmsg(const char *file, off_t byte, off_t line)
+{
+	if (lflag)
+		err(ERR_EXIT, "%s: char %lld, line %lld", file,
+		    (long long)byte, (long long)line);
+	else
+		err(ERR_EXIT, "%s", file);
+}
+
+void
+eofmsg(const char *file, off_t byte, off_t line)
+{
+	if (!sflag) {
+		if (!lflag)
+			warnx("EOF on %s", file);
+		else {
+		    if (line > 0)
+			    warnx("EOF on %s: char %lld, line %lld",
+				file, (long long)byte, (long long)line);
+		    else
+			    warnx("EOF on %s: char %lld",
+				file, (long long)byte);
+		}
+	}
+	exit(DIFF_EXIT);
+}
+
+void
+diffmsg(const char *file1, const char *file2, off_t byte, off_t line)
+{
+	if (!sflag)
+		(void)printf("%s %s differ: char %lld, line %lld\n",
+		    file1, file2, (long long)byte, (long long)line);
+	exit(DIFF_EXIT);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/cmp/regular.c b/usr.bin/cmp/regular.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63c663f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cmp/regular.c
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: regular.c,v 1.24 2013/11/20 17:19:14 kleink Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)regular.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: regular.c,v 1.24 2013/11/20 17:19:14 kleink Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+void
+c_regular(int fd1, const char *file1, off_t skip1, off_t len1,
+    int fd2, const char *file2, off_t skip2, off_t len2)
+{
+	u_char ch, *p1, *p2;
+	off_t byte, length, line;
+	int dfound;
+	size_t blk_sz, blk_cnt;
+
+	if (sflag && len1 != len2)
+		exit(1);
+
+	if (skip1 > len1)
+		eofmsg(file1, len1 + 1, 0);
+	len1 -= skip1;
+	if (skip2 > len2)
+		eofmsg(file2, len2 + 1, 0);
+	len2 -= skip2;
+
+	byte = line = 1;
+	dfound = 0;
+	length = MIN(len1, len2);
+	for (blk_sz = 1024 * 1024; length != 0; length -= blk_sz) {
+		if ((uintmax_t)blk_sz > (uintmax_t)length)
+			blk_sz = length;
+		p1 = mmap(NULL, blk_sz, PROT_READ, MAP_FILE|MAP_SHARED,
+		    fd1, skip1);
+		if (p1 == MAP_FAILED)
+			goto mmap_failed;
+
+		p2 = mmap(NULL, blk_sz, PROT_READ, MAP_FILE|MAP_SHARED,
+		    fd2, skip2);
+		if (p2 == MAP_FAILED) {
+			munmap(p1, blk_sz);
+			goto mmap_failed;
+		}
+
+		blk_cnt = blk_sz;
+		for (; blk_cnt--; ++p1, ++p2, ++byte) {
+			if ((ch = *p1) != *p2) {
+				if (!lflag) {
+					diffmsg(file1, file2, byte, line);
+					/* NOTREACHED */
+				}
+				dfound = 1;
+				(void)printf("%6lld %3o %3o\n",
+				    (long long)byte, ch, *p2);
+			}
+			if (ch == '\n')
+				++line;
+		}
+		munmap(p1 - blk_sz, blk_sz);
+		munmap(p2 - blk_sz, blk_sz);
+		skip1 += blk_sz;
+		skip2 += blk_sz;
+	}
+
+	if (len1 != len2)
+		eofmsg(len1 > len2 ? file2 : file1, byte, line);
+	if (dfound)
+		exit(DIFF_EXIT);
+	return;
+
+mmap_failed:
+	c_special(fd1, file1, skip1, fd2, file2, skip2);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/cmp/special.c b/usr.bin/cmp/special.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b1afc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cmp/special.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: special.c,v 1.14 2011/11/28 10:10:10 wiz Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)special.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: special.c,v 1.14 2011/11/28 10:10:10 wiz Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+void
+c_special(int fd1, const char *file1, off_t skip1, int fd2, const char *file2, off_t skip2)
+{
+	int ch1, ch2;
+	off_t byte, line;
+	FILE *fp1, *fp2;
+	int dfound;
+
+	dfound = 0;
+	if ((fp1 = fdopen(fd1, "r")) == NULL)
+		err(ERR_EXIT, "%s", file1);
+	if ((fp2 = fdopen(fd2, "r")) == NULL)
+		err(ERR_EXIT, "%s", file2);
+
+	for (byte = line = 1; skip1--; byte++) {
+		ch1 = getc(fp1);
+		if (ch1 == EOF)
+			goto eof;
+		if (ch1 == '\n')
+			line++;
+	}
+	for (byte = line = 1; skip2--; byte++) {
+		ch2 = getc(fp2);
+		if (ch2 == EOF)
+			goto eof;
+		if (ch2 == '\n')
+			line++;
+	}
+	dfound = 0;
+	for (byte = line = 1;; ++byte) {
+		ch1 = getc(fp1);
+		ch2 = getc(fp2);
+		if (ch1 == EOF || ch2 == EOF)
+			break;
+		if (ch1 != ch2) {
+			if (lflag) {
+				dfound = 1;
+				(void)printf("%6lld %3o %3o\n", (long long)byte,
+				    ch1, ch2);
+			} else
+				diffmsg(file1, file2, byte, line);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+		if (ch1 == '\n')
+			++line;
+	}
+
+ eof:
+	if (ferror(fp1))
+		errmsg(file1, byte, line);
+	if (ferror(fp2))
+		errmsg(file2, byte, line);
+	if (feof(fp1)) {
+		if (!feof(fp2))
+			eofmsg(file1, byte, line);
+	} else
+		if (feof(fp2))
+			eofmsg(file2, byte, line);
+	(void)fclose(fp1);
+	(void)fclose(fp2);
+	if (dfound)
+		exit(DIFF_EXIT);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/comm/comm.1 b/usr.bin/comm/comm.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d304388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/comm/comm.1
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: comm.1,v 1.12 2014/04/13 01:45:34 snj Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)comm.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 1993
+.Dt COMM 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm comm
+.Nd select or reject lines common to two files
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl 123f
+.Ar file1 file2
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility reads
+.Ar file1
+and
+.Ar file2 ,
+which should be
+sorted lexically, and produces three text
+columns as output: lines only in
+.Ar file1 ;
+lines only in
+.Ar file2 ;
+and lines in both files.
+.Pp
+The filename ``-'' means the standard input.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl 1
+Suppress printing of column 1.
+.It Fl 2
+Suppress printing of column 2.
+.It Fl 3
+Suppress printing of column 3.
+.It Fl f
+Fold case in line comparisons.
+.El
+.Pp
+Each column will have a number of tab characters prepended to it
+equal to the number of lower numbered columns that are being printed.
+For example, if column number two is being suppressed, lines printed
+in column number one will not have any tabs preceding them, and lines
+printed in column number three will have one.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+assumes that the files are lexically sorted; all characters
+participate in line comparisons.
+.\" .Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.\" .Bl -tag -width indent
+.\" .It Ev LANG
+.\" .It Ev LC_ALL
+.\" .It Ev LC_CTYPE
+.\" .It Ev LC_COLLATE
+.\" .It Ev LC_MESSAGES
+.\" .El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cmp 1 ,
+.Xr diff 1 ,
+.Xr sort 1 ,
+.Xr uniq 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/comm/comm.c b/usr.bin/comm/comm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1416e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/comm/comm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: comm.c,v 1.20 2012/09/05 04:01:23 simonb Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Case Larsen.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)comm.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: comm.c,v 1.20 2012/09/05 04:01:23 simonb Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define	MAXLINELEN	(LINE_MAX + 1)
+
+static const char *tabs[] = { "", "\t", "\t\t" };
+
+static FILE   *file(const char *);
+static void	show(FILE *, const char *, char *);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+static char   *getnextln(char *buf, FILE *);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int comp, file1done, file2done, read1, read2;
+	int ch, flag1, flag2, flag3;
+	FILE *fp1, *fp2;
+	const char *col1, *col2, *col3, **p;
+	char line1[MAXLINELEN], line2[MAXLINELEN];
+	int (*compare)(const char*,const char*);
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	file1done = file2done = 0;
+	flag1 = flag2 = flag3 = 1;
+	compare = strcoll;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "123f")) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		case '1':
+			flag1 = 0;
+			break;
+		case '2':
+			flag2 = 0;
+			break;
+		case '3':
+			flag3 = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			compare = strcasecmp;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc != 2)
+		usage();
+
+	fp1 = file(argv[0]);
+	fp2 = file(argv[1]);
+
+	/* for each column printed, add another tab offset */
+	p = tabs;
+	col1 = col2 = col3 = NULL;
+	if (flag1)
+		col1 = *p++;
+	if (flag2)
+		col2 = *p++;
+	if (flag3)
+		col3 = *p;
+
+	for (read1 = read2 = 1;;) {
+		/* read next line, check for EOF */
+		if (read1)
+			file1done = !getnextln(line1, fp1);
+		if (read2)
+			file2done = !getnextln(line2, fp2);
+
+		/* if one file done, display the rest of the other file */
+		if (file1done) {
+			if (!file2done && col2)
+				show(fp2, col2, line2);
+			break;
+		}
+		if (file2done) {
+			if (!file1done && col1)
+				show(fp1, col1, line1);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* lines are the same */
+		if (!(comp = compare(line1, line2))) {
+			read1 = read2 = 1;
+			if (col3)
+				if (printf("%s%s\n", col3, line1) < 0)
+					break;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* lines are different */
+		if (comp < 0) {
+			read1 = 1;
+			read2 = 0;
+			if (col1)
+				if (printf("%s%s\n", col1, line1) < 0)
+					break;
+		} else {
+			read1 = 0;
+			read2 = 1;
+			if (col2)
+				if (printf("%s%s\n", col2, line2) < 0)
+					break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (ferror (stdout) || fclose (stdout) == EOF)
+		err(1, "stdout");
+
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+static void
+show(FILE *fp, const char *offset, char *buf)
+{
+	while (printf("%s%s\n", offset, buf) >= 0 && getnextln(buf, fp))
+		;
+}
+
+static FILE *
+file(const char *name)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+
+	if (!strcmp(name, "-"))
+		return (stdin);
+	if ((fp = fopen(name, "r")) == NULL)
+		err(1, "%s", name);
+	return (fp);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: comm [-123f] file1 file2\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+static char *
+getnextln(char *buf, FILE *fp)
+{
+	size_t i = 0;
+	int c;
+
+	while ((c = getc(fp)) != '\n' && c != EOF) {
+		buf[i++] = c;
+
+		if (i >= MAXLINELEN)
+			i--; /* consumes extra characters till newline */
+	}
+
+	if (c == EOF && !i)
+		return NULL;
+
+	buf[i] = 0;
+	return buf;
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/compress/compress.1 b/usr.bin/compress/compress.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84bc47c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/compress/compress.1
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: compress.1,v 1.16 2017/07/04 06:58:55 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" James A. Woods, derived from original work by Spencer Thomas
+.\" and Joseph Orost.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)compress.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
+.\"
+.Dd January 23, 2003
+.Dt COMPRESS 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm compress ,
+.\".Nm uncompress ,
+.Nm uncompress
+.\".Nm zcat
+.Nd compress and expand data
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl cdfv
+.Op Fl b Ar bits
+.Op Ar
+.Nm uncompress
+.Op Fl cdfv
+.Op Ar
+.\".Nm zcat
+.\".Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+reduces the size of the named files using adaptive Lempel-Ziv coding.
+Each
+.Ar file
+is renamed to the same name plus the extension
+.Dq .Z .
+As many of the modification time, access time, file flags, file mode,
+user ID, and group ID as allowed by permissions are retained in the
+new file.
+If compression would not reduce the size of a
+.Ar file ,
+the file is ignored.
+.Pp
+.Nm uncompress
+restores the compressed files to their original form, renaming the
+files by deleting the
+.Dq .Z
+extension.
+.\".Pp
+.\".Nm Zcat
+.\"is an alias for
+.\".Dq "uncompress -c" .
+.Pp
+If renaming the files would cause files to be overwritten and the standard
+input device is a terminal, the user is prompted (on the standard error
+output) for confirmation.
+If prompting is not possible or confirmation is not received, the files
+are not overwritten.
+.Pp
+If no files are specified, the standard input is compressed or uncompressed
+to the standard output.
+If either the input and output files are not regular files, the checks for
+reduction in size and file overwriting are not performed, the input file is
+not removed, and the attributes of the input file are not retained.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl b
+Specify the
+.Ar bits
+code limit (see below).
+.It Fl c
+Compressed or uncompressed output is written to the standard output.
+No files are modified.
+.It Fl d
+Force decompression.
+.It Fl f
+Force compression of
+.Ar file ,
+even if it is not actually reduced in size.
+Additionally, files are overwritten without prompting for confirmation.
+.It Fl v
+Print the percentage reduction of each file.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Nm
+uses a modified Lempel-Ziv algorithm.
+Common substrings in the file are first replaced by 9-bit codes 257 and up.
+When code 512 is reached, the algorithm switches to 10-bit codes and
+continues to use more bits until the
+limit specified by the
+.Fl b
+flag is reached (the default is 16).
+.Ar Bits
+must be between 9 and 16.
+.Pp
+After the
+.Ar bits
+limit is reached,
+.Nm
+periodically checks the compression ratio.
+If it is increasing,
+.Nm
+continues to use the existing code dictionary.
+However, if the compression ratio decreases,
+.Nm
+discards the table of substrings and rebuilds it from scratch.
+This allows the algorithm to adapt to the next "block" of the file.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl b
+flag is omitted for
+.Ar uncompress
+since the
+.Ar bits
+parameter specified during compression
+is encoded within the output, along with
+a magic number to ensure that neither decompression of random data nor
+recompression of compressed data is attempted.
+.Pp
+The amount of compression obtained depends on the size of the
+input, the number of
+.Ar bits
+per code, and the distribution of common substrings.
+Typically, text such as source code or English is reduced by 50\-60%.
+Compression is generally much better than that achieved by Huffman
+coding (as used in the historical command pack), or adaptive Huffman
+coding (as used in the historical command compact), and takes less
+time to compute.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std compress
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr zcat 1
+.Rs
+.%A Welch, Terry A.
+.%D June, 1984
+.%T "A Technique for High Performance Data Compression"
+.%J "IEEE Computer"
+.%V 17:6
+.%P pp. 8-19
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/compress/compress.c b/usr.bin/compress/compress.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93fdc76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/compress/compress.c
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: compress.c,v 1.26 2011/08/30 23:08:05 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)compress.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/7/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: compress.c,v 1.26 2011/08/30 23:08:05 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static void	compress(const char *, const char *, int);
+static void	cwarn(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2);
+static void	cwarnx(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2);
+static void	decompress(const char *, const char *, int);
+static int	permission(const char *);
+static void	setfile(const char *, struct stat *);
+__dead static void	usage(int);
+
+extern FILE *zopen(const char *fname, const char *mode, int bits);
+
+static int eval, force, verbose;
+static int isstdout, isstdin;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+        enum {COMPRESS, DECOMPRESS} style = COMPRESS;
+	size_t len;
+	int bits, cat, ch;
+	char *p, newname[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	if ((p = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) == NULL)
+		p = argv[0];
+	else
+		++p;
+	if (!strcmp(p, "uncompress"))
+		style = DECOMPRESS;
+        else if (!strcmp(p, "compress"))
+                style = COMPRESS;
+        else if (!strcmp(p, "zcat")) {
+                style = DECOMPRESS;
+                cat = 1;
+        }
+	else
+		errx(1, "unknown program name");
+
+	bits = cat = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "b:cdfv")) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'b':
+			bits = strtol(optarg, &p, 10);
+			if (*p)
+				errx(1, "illegal bit count -- %s", optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			cat = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'd':		/* Backward compatible. */
+			style = DECOMPRESS;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			force = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			verbose = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage(style == COMPRESS);
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc == 0) {
+		switch(style) {
+		case COMPRESS:
+			isstdout = 1;
+			isstdin = 1;
+			(void)compress("/dev/stdin", "/dev/stdout", bits);
+			break;
+		case DECOMPRESS:
+			isstdout = 1;
+			isstdin = 1;
+			(void)decompress("/dev/stdin", "/dev/stdout", bits);
+			break;
+		}
+		exit (eval);
+	}
+
+	if (cat == 1 && argc > 1)
+		errx(1, "the -c option permits only a single file argument");
+
+	for (; *argv; ++argv) {
+		isstdout = 0;
+		switch(style) {
+		case COMPRESS:
+			if (cat) {
+				isstdout = 1;
+				compress(*argv, "/dev/stdout", bits);
+				break;
+			}
+			if ((p = strrchr(*argv, '.')) != NULL &&
+			    !strcmp(p, ".Z")) {
+				cwarnx("%s: name already has trailing .Z",
+				    *argv);
+				break;
+			}
+			len = strlen(*argv);
+			if (len > sizeof(newname) - 3) {
+				cwarnx("%s: name too long", *argv);
+				break;
+			}
+			memmove(newname, *argv, len);
+			newname[len] = '.';
+			newname[len + 1] = 'Z';
+			newname[len + 2] = '\0';
+			compress(*argv, newname, bits);
+			break;
+		case DECOMPRESS:
+			len = strlen(*argv);
+			if ((p = strrchr(*argv, '.')) == NULL ||
+			    strcmp(p, ".Z")) {
+				if (len > sizeof(newname) - 3) {
+					cwarnx("%s: name too long", *argv);
+					break;
+				}
+				memmove(newname, *argv, len);
+				newname[len] = '.';
+				newname[len + 1] = 'Z';
+				newname[len + 2] = '\0';
+				decompress(newname,
+				    cat ? "/dev/stdout" : *argv, bits);
+				if (cat)
+					isstdout = 1;
+			} else {
+				if (len - 2 > sizeof(newname) - 1) {
+					cwarnx("%s: name too long", *argv);
+					break;
+				}
+				memmove(newname, *argv, len - 2);
+				newname[len - 2] = '\0';
+				decompress(*argv,
+				    cat ? "/dev/stdout" : newname, bits);
+				if (cat)
+					isstdout = 1;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	exit (eval);
+}
+
+static void
+compress(const char *in, const char *out, int bits)
+{
+	size_t nr;
+	struct stat isb, sb;
+	const char *error = NULL;
+	FILE *ifp, *ofp;
+	int exists, isreg, oreg;
+	u_char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	if (!isstdout) {
+		exists = !stat(out, &sb);
+		if (!force && exists && S_ISREG(sb.st_mode) && !permission(out))
+			return;
+		oreg = !exists || S_ISREG(sb.st_mode);
+	} else
+		oreg = 0;
+
+	ifp = ofp = NULL;
+	if ((ifp = fopen(in, "r")) == NULL) {
+		cwarn("%s", in);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (!isstdin) {
+		if (stat(in, &isb)) {		/* DON'T FSTAT! */
+			cwarn("%s", in);
+			goto err;
+		}
+		if (!S_ISREG(isb.st_mode))
+			isreg = 0;
+		else
+			isreg = 1;
+	} else
+		isreg = 0;
+
+	if ((ofp = zopen(out, "w", bits)) == NULL) {
+		cwarn("%s", out);
+		goto err;
+	}
+	oreg <<= 1;
+	while ((nr = fread(buf, 1, sizeof(buf), ifp)) != 0)
+		if (fwrite(buf, 1, nr, ofp) != nr) {
+			cwarn("%s", out);
+			goto err;
+		}
+
+	if (ferror(ifp))
+		error = in;
+	if (fclose(ifp))
+		if (error == NULL)
+			error = in;
+	if (fclose(ofp))
+		if (error == NULL)
+			error = out;
+	ifp = NULL;
+	ofp = NULL;
+	if (error) {
+		cwarn("%s", error);
+		goto err;
+	}
+
+	if (isreg && oreg) {
+		if (stat(out, &sb)) {
+			cwarn("%s", out);
+			goto err;
+		}
+
+		if (!force && sb.st_size >= isb.st_size) {
+			if (verbose)
+		(void)printf("%s: file would grow; left unmodified\n", in);
+			goto err;
+		}
+
+		setfile(out, &isb);
+
+		if (unlink(in))
+			cwarn("%s", in);
+
+		if (verbose) {
+			(void)printf("%s: ", out);
+			if (isb.st_size > sb.st_size)
+				(void)printf("%.0f%% compression\n",
+				    ((double)sb.st_size / isb.st_size) * 100.0);
+			else
+				(void)printf("%.0f%% expansion\n",
+				    ((double)isb.st_size / sb.st_size) * 100.0);
+		}
+	}
+	return;
+
+err:	if (ofp)
+		(void)fclose(ofp);
+	if (oreg == 2)
+		(void)unlink(out);
+	if (ifp)
+		(void)fclose(ifp);
+}
+
+static void
+decompress(const char *in, const char *out, int bits)
+{
+	size_t nr;
+	struct stat sb;
+	FILE *ifp, *ofp;
+	int exists, isreg, oreg;
+	u_char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	if (!isstdout) {
+		exists = !stat(out, &sb);
+		if (!force && exists && S_ISREG(sb.st_mode) && !permission(out))
+			return;
+		oreg = !exists || S_ISREG(sb.st_mode);
+	} else
+		oreg = 0;
+
+	ifp = ofp = NULL;
+	if ((ofp = fopen(out, "w")) == NULL) {
+		cwarn("%s", out);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ((ifp = zopen(in, "r", bits)) == NULL) {
+		cwarn("%s", in);
+		goto err;
+	}
+	if (!isstdin) {
+		if (stat(in, &sb)) {
+			cwarn("%s", in);
+			goto err;
+		}
+		if (!S_ISREG(sb.st_mode))
+			isreg = 0;
+		else
+			isreg = 1;
+	} else
+		isreg = 0;
+
+	oreg <<= 1;
+	while ((nr = fread(buf, 1, sizeof(buf), ifp)) != 0)
+		if (fwrite(buf, 1, nr, ofp) != nr) {
+			cwarn("%s", out);
+			goto err;
+		}
+
+	if (ferror(ifp)) {
+		cwarn("%s", in);
+		goto err;
+	}
+	if (fclose(ifp)) {
+		ifp = NULL;
+		cwarn("%s", in);
+		goto err;
+	}
+	ifp = NULL;
+
+	if (fclose(ofp)) {
+		ofp = NULL;
+		cwarn("%s", out);
+		goto err;
+	}
+
+	if (isreg && oreg) {
+		setfile(out, &sb);
+
+		if (unlink(in))
+			cwarn("%s", in);
+	}
+	return;
+
+err:	if (ofp)
+		(void)fclose(ofp);
+	if (oreg == 2)
+		(void)unlink(out);
+	if (ifp)
+		(void)fclose(ifp);
+}
+
+static void
+setfile(const char *name, struct stat *fs)
+{
+	static struct timeval tv[2];
+
+	fs->st_mode &= S_ISUID|S_ISGID|S_IRWXU|S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO;
+
+	TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL(&tv[0], &fs->st_atimespec);
+	TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL(&tv[1], &fs->st_mtimespec);
+	if (utimes(name, tv))
+		cwarn("utimes: %s", name);
+
+	/*
+	 * Changing the ownership probably won't succeed, unless we're root
+	 * or POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is not set.  Set uid/gid before setting
+	 * the mode; current BSD behavior is to remove all setuid bits on
+	 * chown.  If chown fails, lose setuid/setgid bits.
+	 */
+	if (chown(name, fs->st_uid, fs->st_gid)) {
+		if (errno != EPERM)
+			cwarn("chown: %s", name);
+		fs->st_mode &= ~(S_ISUID|S_ISGID);
+	}
+	if (chmod(name, fs->st_mode))
+		cwarn("chown: %s", name);
+
+	/*
+	 * Restore the file's flags.  However, do this only if the original
+	 * file had any flags set; this avoids a warning on file-systems that
+	 * do not support flags.
+	 */
+	if (fs->st_flags != 0 && chflags(name, fs->st_flags))
+		cwarn("chflags: %s", name);
+}
+
+static int
+permission(const char *fname)
+{
+	int ch, first;
+
+	if (!isatty(fileno(stderr)))
+		return (0);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "overwrite %s? ", fname);
+	first = ch = getchar();
+	while (ch != '\n' && ch != EOF)
+		ch = getchar();
+	return (first == 'y');
+}
+
+static void
+usage(int iscompress)
+{
+	if (iscompress)
+		(void)fprintf(stderr,
+		    "usage: compress [-cdfv] [-b bits] [file ...]\n");
+	else
+		(void)fprintf(stderr,
+		    "usage: uncompress [-cdfv] [-b bits] [file ...]\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+static void
+cwarnx(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	vwarnx(fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	eval = 1;
+}
+
+static void
+cwarn(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	vwarn(fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	eval = 1;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/compress/doc/NOTES b/usr.bin/compress/doc/NOTES
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26181bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/compress/doc/NOTES
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+From: James A. Woods <jaw@eos.arc.nasa.gov>
+
+>From vn Fri Dec  2 18:05:27 1988
+Subject: Re: Looking for C source for RSA
+Newsgroups: sci.crypt
+
+# Illegitimi noncarborundum
+
+Patents are a tar pit.
+
+A good case can be made that most are just a license to sue, and nothing
+is illegal until a patent is upheld in court.
+
+For example, if you receive netnews by means other than 'nntp',
+these very words are being modulated by 'compress',
+a variation on the patented Lempel-Ziv-Welch algorithm.
+
+Original Ziv-Lempel is patent number 4,464,650, and the more powerful
+LZW method is #4,558,302.  Yet despite any similarities between 'compress'
+and LZW (the public-domain 'compress' code was designed and given to the
+world before the ink on the Welch patent was dry), no attorneys from Sperry
+(the assignee) have asked you to unplug your Usenet connection.
+
+Why?  I can't speak for them, but it is possible the claims are too broad,
+or, just as bad, not broad enough.  ('compress' does things not mentioned
+in the Welch patent.)  Maybe they realize that they can commercialize
+LZW better by selling hardware implementations rather than by licensing
+software.  Again, the LZW software delineated in the patent is *not*
+the same as that of 'compress'.
+
+At any rate, court-tested software patents are a different animal;
+corporate patents in a portfolio are usually traded like baseball cards
+to shut out small fry rather than actually be defended before
+non-technical juries.  Perhaps RSA will undergo this test successfully,
+although the grant to "exclude others from making, using, or selling"
+the invention would then only apply to the U.S. (witness the 
+Genentech patent of the TPA molecule in the U.S. but struck down
+in Great Britain as too broad.)
+
+The concept is still exotic for those who learned in school the rule of thumb
+that one may patent "apparatus" but not an "idea".
+Apparently this all changed in Diamond v. Diehr (1981) when the U. S. Supreme
+Court reversed itself.  
+
+Scholars should consult the excellent article in the Washington and Lee
+Law Review (fall 1984, vol. 41, no. 4) by Anthony and Colwell for a
+comprehensive survey of an area which will remain murky for some time.
+
+Until the dust clears, how you approach ideas which are patented depends
+on how paranoid you are of a legal onslaught.  Arbitrary?  Yes.  But
+the patent bar the CCPA (Court of Customs and Patent Appeals)
+thanks you for any uncertainty as they, at least, stand to gain
+from any trouble.
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+From: James A. Woods <jaw@eos.arc.nasa.gov>
+Subject: Re: Looking for C source for RSA (actually 'compress' patents)
+
+	In article <2042@eos.UUCP> you write:
+	>The concept is still exotic for those who learned in school the rule of thumb
+	>that one may patent "apparatus" but not an "idea".
+
+A rule of thumb that has never been completely valid, as any chemical
+engineer can tell you.  (Chemical processes were among the earliest patents,
+as I recall.)
+
+	ah yes -- i date myself when relaying out-of-date advice from elderly
+	attorneys who don't even specialize in patents.  one other interesting
+	class of patents include the output of optical lens design programs,
+	which yield formulae which can then fairly directly can be molded
+	into glass.  although there are restrictions on patenting equations,
+	the "embedded systems" seem to fly past the legal gauntlets.
+
+	anyway, i'm still learning about intellectual property law after
+	several conversations from a unisys (nee sperry) lawyer re 'compress'.
+
+	it's more complicated than this, but they're letting (oral
+	communication only) software versions of 'compress' slide
+	as far as licensing fees go.  this includes 'arc', 'stuffit',
+	and other commercial wrappers for 'compress'.  yet they are
+	signing up licensees for hardware chips.  hewlett-packard
+	supposedly has an active vlsi project, and unisys has
+	board-level lzw-based tape controllers.  (to build lzw into
+	a disk controller would be strange, as you'd have to build
+	in a filesystem too!)
+
+ 	it's byzantine
+	that unisys is in a tiff with hp regarding the patents,
+	after discovering some sort of "compress" button on some
+	hp terminal product.  why?  well, professor abraham lempel jumped
+	from being department chairman of computer science at technion in
+	israel to sperry (where he got the first patent), but then to work
+	at hewlett-packard on sabbatical.  the second welch patent
+	is only weakly derivative of the first, so they want chip
+	licenses and hp relented.  however, everyone agrees something
+	like the current unix implementation is the way to go with
+	software, so hp (and ucb) long ago asked spencer thomas and i to sign
+	off on copyright permission (although they didn't need to, it being pd).
+	lempel, hp, and unisys grumbles they can't make money off the
+	software since a good free implementation (not the best --
+	i have more ideas!) escaped via usenet.  (lempel's own pascal
+	code was apparently horribly slow.)
+	i don't follow the ibm 'arc' legal bickering; my impression
+	is that the pc folks are making money off the archiver/wrapper
+	look/feel of the thing [if ms-dos can be said to have a look and feel]. 
+
+	now where is telebit with the compress firmware?  in a limbo
+	netherworld, probably, with sperry still welcoming outfits
+	to sign patent licenses, a common tactic to bring other small fry
+	into the fold.  the guy who crammed 12-bit compess into the modem
+	there left.  also what is transpiring with 'compress' and sys 5 rel 4?
+	beats me, but if sperry got a hold of them on these issues,
+	at&t would likely re-implement another algorithm if they
+	thought 'compress' infringes.  needful to say, i don't think
+	it does after the abovementioned legal conversation.
+	my own beliefs on whether algorithms should be patentable at all
+	change with the weather.  if the courts finally nail down
+	patent protection for algorithms, academic publication in
+	textbooks will be somewhat at odds with the engineering world,
+	where the textbook codes will simply be a big tease to get
+	money into the patent holder coffers...
+
+	oh, if you implement lzw from the patent, you won't get
+	good rates because it doesn't mention adaptive table reset,
+	lack thereof being *the* serious deficiency of thomas' first version.
+
+	now i know that patent law generally protects against independent
+	re-invention (like the 'xor' hash function pleasantly mentioned
+	in the patent [but not the paper]).
+	but the upshot is that if anyone ever wanted to sue us,
+	we're partially covered with
+	independently-developed twists, plus the fact that some of us work
+	in a bureacratic morass (as contractor to a public agency in my case).
+
+	quite a mess, huh?  i've wanted to tell someone this stuff
+	for a long time, for posterity if nothing else.
+
+james 
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/compress/doc/README b/usr.bin/compress/doc/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6803287
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/compress/doc/README
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+
+	@(#)README	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+
+Compress version 4.0 improvements over 3.0:
+	o compress() speedup (10-50%) by changing division hash to xor
+	o decompress() speedup (5-10%)
+	o Memory requirements reduced (3-30%)
+	o Stack requirements reduced to less than 4kb
+	o Removed 'Big+Fast' compress code (FBITS) because of compress speedup
+    	o Portability mods for Z8000 and PC/XT (but not zeus 3.2)
+	o Default to 'quiet' mode
+	o Unification of 'force' flags
+	o Manual page overhaul
+	o Portability enhancement for M_XENIX
+	o Removed text on #else and #endif
+	o Added "-V" switch to print version and options
+	o Added #defines for SIGNED_COMPARE_SLOW
+	o Added Makefile and "usermem" program
+	o Removed all floating point computations
+	o New programs: [deleted]
+
+The "usermem" script attempts to determine the maximum process size.  Some
+editing of the script may be necessary (see the comments).  [It should work
+fine on 4.3 bsd.] If you can't get it to work at all, just create file
+"USERMEM" containing the maximum process size in decimal.
+
+The following preprocessor symbols control the compilation of "compress.c":
+
+	o USERMEM		Maximum process memory on the system
+	o SACREDMEM		Amount to reserve for other proceses
+	o SIGNED_COMPARE_SLOW	Unsigned compare instructions are faster
+	o NO_UCHAR		Don't use "unsigned char" types
+	o BITS			Overrules default set by USERMEM-SACREDMEM
+	o vax			Generate inline assembler
+	o interdata		Defines SIGNED_COMPARE_SLOW
+	o M_XENIX		Makes arrays < 65536 bytes each
+	o pdp11			BITS=12, NO_UCHAR
+	o z8000			BITS=12
+	o pcxt			BITS=12
+	o BSD4_2		Allow long filenames ( > 14 characters) &
+				Call setlinebuf(stderr)
+
+The difference "usermem-sacredmem" determines the maximum BITS that can be
+specified with the "-b" flag.
+
+memory: at least		BITS
+------  -- -----                ----
+     433,484			 16
+     229,600			 15
+     127,536			 14
+      73,464			 13
+           0			 12
+
+The default is BITS=16.
+
+The maximum bits can be overrulled by specifying "-DBITS=bits" at
+compilation time.
+
+WARNING: files compressed on a large machine with more bits than allowed by 
+a version of compress on a smaller machine cannot be decompressed!  Use the
+"-b12" flag to generate a file on a large machine that can be uncompressed 
+on a 16-bit machine.
+
+The output of compress 4.0 is fully compatible with that of compress 3.0.
+In other words, the output of compress 4.0 may be fed into uncompress 3.0 or
+the output of compress 3.0 may be fed into uncompress 4.0.
+
+The output of compress 4.0 not compatible with that of
+compress 2.0.  However, compress 4.0 still accepts the output of
+compress 2.0.  To generate output that is compatible with compress
+2.0, use the undocumented "-C" flag.
+
+	-from mod.sources, submitted by vax135!petsd!joe (Joe Orost), 8/1/85
+--------------------------------
+
+Enclosed is compress version 3.0 with the following changes:
+
+1.	"Block" compression is performed.  After the BITS run out, the
+	compression ratio is checked every so often.  If it is decreasing,
+	the table is cleared and a new set of substrings are generated.
+
+	This makes the output of compress 3.0 not compatible with that of
+	compress 2.0.  However, compress 3.0 still accepts the output of
+	compress 2.0.  To generate output that is compatible with compress
+	2.0, use the undocumented "-C" flag.
+
+2.	A quiet "-q" flag has been added for use by the news system.
+
+3.	The character chaining has been deleted and the program now uses
+	hashing.  This improves the speed of the program, especially
+	during decompression.  Other speed improvements have been made,
+	such as using putc() instead of fwrite().
+
+4.	A large table is used on large machines when a relatively small
+	number of bits is specified.  This saves much time when compressing
+	for a 16-bit machine on a 32-bit virtual machine.  Note that the
+	speed improvement only occurs when the input file is > 30000
+	characters, and the -b BITS is less than or equal to the cutoff
+	described below.
+
+Most of these changes were made by James A. Woods (ames!jaw).  Thank you
+James!
+
+To compile compress:
+
+	cc -O -DUSERMEM=usermem -o compress compress.c
+
+Where "usermem" is the amount of physical user memory available (in bytes).  
+If any physical memory is to be reserved for other processes, put in 
+"-DSACREDMEM sacredmem", where "sacredmem" is the amount to be reserved.
+
+The difference "usermem-sacredmem" determines the maximum BITS that can be
+specified, and the cutoff bits where the large+fast table is used.
+
+memory: at least		BITS		cutoff
+------  -- -----                ----            ------
+   4,718,592 			 16		  13
+   2,621,440 			 16		  12
+   1,572,864			 16		  11
+   1,048,576			 16		  10
+     631,808			 16               --
+     329,728			 15               --
+     178,176			 14		  --
+      99,328			 13		  --
+           0			 12		  --
+
+The default memory size is 750,000 which gives a maximum BITS=16 and no
+large+fast table.
+
+The maximum bits can be overruled by specifying "-DBITS=bits" at
+compilation time.
+
+If your machine doesn't support unsigned characters, define "NO_UCHAR" 
+when compiling.
+
+If your machine has "int" as 16-bits, define "SHORT_INT" when compiling.
+
+After compilation, move "compress" to a standard executable location, such 
+as /usr/local.  Then:
+	cd /usr/local
+	ln compress uncompress
+	ln compress zcat
+
+On machines that have a fixed stack size (such as Perkin-Elmer), set the
+stack to at least 12kb.  ("setstack compress 12" on Perkin-Elmer).
+
+Next, install the manual (compress.l).
+	cp compress.l /usr/man/manl
+	cd /usr/man/manl
+	ln compress.l uncompress.l
+	ln compress.l zcat.l
+
+		- or -
+
+	cp compress.l /usr/man/man1/compress.1
+	cd /usr/man/man1
+	ln compress.1 uncompress.1
+	ln compress.1 zcat.1
+
+					regards,
+					petsd!joe
+
+Here is a note from the net:
+
+>From hplabs!pesnta!amd!turtlevax!ken Sat Jan  5 03:35:20 1985
+Path: ames!hplabs!pesnta!amd!turtlevax!ken
+From: ken@turtlevax.UUCP (Ken Turkowski)
+Newsgroups: net.sources
+Subject: Re: Compress release 3.0 : sample Makefile
+Organization: CADLINC, Inc. @ Menlo Park, CA
+
+In the compress 3.0 source recently posted to mod.sources, there is a
+#define variable which can be set for optimum performance on a machine
+with a large amount of memory.  A program (usermem) to calculate the
+useable amount of physical user memory is enclosed, as well as a sample
+4.2bsd Vax Makefile for compress.
+
+Here is the README file from the previous version of compress (2.0):
+
+>Enclosed is compress.c version 2.0 with the following bugs fixed:
+>
+>1.	The packed files produced by compress are different on different
+>	machines and dependent on the vax sysgen option.
+>		The bug was in the different byte/bit ordering on the
+>		various machines.  This has been fixed.
+>
+>		This version is NOT compatible with the original vax posting
+>		unless the '-DCOMPATIBLE' option is specified to the C
+>		compiler.  The original posting has a bug which I fixed, 
+>		causing incompatible files.  I recommend you NOT to use this
+>		option unless you already have a lot of packed files from
+>		the original posting by thomas.
+>2.	The exit status is not well defined (on some machines) causing the
+>	scripts to fail.
+>		The exit status is now 0,1 or 2 and is documented in
+>		compress.l.
+>3.	The function getopt() is not available in all C libraries.
+>		The function getopt() is no longer referenced by the
+>		program.
+>4.	Error status is not being checked on the fwrite() and fflush() calls.
+>		Fixed.
+>
+>The following enhancements have been made:
+>
+>1.	Added facilities of "compact" into the compress program.  "Pack",
+>	"Unpack", and "Pcat" are no longer required (no longer supplied).
+>2.	Installed work around for C compiler bug with "-O".
+>3.	Added a magic number header (\037\235).  Put the bits specified
+>	in the file.
+>4.	Added "-f" flag to force overwrite of output file.
+>5.	Added "-c" flag and "zcat" program.  'ln compress zcat' after you
+>	compile.
+>6.	The 'uncompress' script has been deleted; simply 
+>	'ln compress uncompress' after you compile and it will work.
+>7.	Removed extra bit masking for machines that support unsigned
+>	characters.  If your machine doesn't support unsigned characters,
+>	define "NO_UCHAR" when compiling.
+>
+>Compile "compress.c" with "-O -o compress" flags.  Move "compress" to a
+>standard executable location, such as /usr/local.  Then:
+>	cd /usr/local
+>	ln compress uncompress
+>	ln compress zcat
+>
+>On machines that have a fixed stack size (such as Perkin-Elmer), set the
+>stack to at least 12kb.  ("setstack compress 12" on Perkin-Elmer).
+>
+>Next, install the manual (compress.l).
+>	cp compress.l /usr/man/manl		- or -
+>	cp compress.l /usr/man/man1/compress.1
+>
+>Here is the README that I sent with my first posting:
+>
+>>Enclosed is a modified version of compress.c, along with scripts to make it
+>>run identically to pack(1), unpack(1), an pcat(1).  Here is what I
+>>(petsd!joe) and a colleague (petsd!peora!srd) did:
+>>
+>>1. Removed VAX dependencies.
+>>2. Changed the struct to separate arrays; saves mucho memory.
+>>3. Did comparisons in unsigned, where possible.  (Faster on Perkin-Elmer.)
+>>4. Sorted the character next chain and changed the search to stop
+>>prematurely.  This saves a lot on the execution time when compressing.
+>>
+>>This version is totally compatible with the original version.  Even though
+>>lint(1) -p has no complaints about compress.c, it won't run on a 16-bit
+>>machine, due to the size of the arrays.
+>>
+>>Here is the README file from the original author:
+>> 
+>>>Well, with all this discussion about file compression (for news batching
+>>>in particular) going around, I decided to implement the text compression
+>>>algorithm described in the June Computer magazine.  The author claimed
+>>>blinding speed and good compression ratios.  It's certainly faster than
+>>>compact (but, then, what wouldn't be), but it's also the same speed as
+>>>pack, and gets better compression than both of them.  On 350K bytes of
+>>>unix-wizards, compact took about 8 minutes of CPU, pack took about 80
+>>>seconds, and compress (herein) also took 80 seconds.  But, compact and
+>>>pack got about 30% compression, whereas compress got over 50%.  So, I
+>>>decided I had something, and that others might be interested, too.
+>>>
+>>>As is probably true of compact and pack (although I haven't checked),
+>>>the byte order within a word is probably relevant here, but as long as
+>>>you stay on a single machine type, you should be ok.  (Can anybody
+>>>elucidate on this?)  There are a couple of asm's in the code (extv and
+>>>insv instructions), so anyone porting it to another machine will have to
+>>>deal with this anyway (and could probably make it compatible with Vax
+>>>byte order at the same time).  Anyway, I've linted the code (both with
+>>>and without -p), so it should run elsewhere.  Note the longs in the
+>>>code, you can take these out if you reduce BITS to <= 15.
+>>>
+>>>Have fun, and as always, if you make good enhancements, or bug fixes,
+>>>I'd like to see them.
+>>>
+>>>=Spencer (thomas@utah-20, {harpo,hplabs,arizona}!utah-cs!thomas)
+>>
+>>					regards,
+>>					joe
+>>
+>>--
+>>Full-Name:  Joseph M. Orost
+>>UUCP:       ..!{decvax,ucbvax,ihnp4}!vax135!petsd!joe
+>>US Mail:    MS 313; Perkin-Elmer; 106 Apple St; Tinton Falls, NJ 07724
+>>Phone:      (201) 870-5844
diff --git a/usr.bin/compress/doc/revision.log b/usr.bin/compress/doc/revision.log
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16ca49d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/compress/doc/revision.log
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+ * $Hdr: compress.c,v 4.0 85/07/30 12:50:00 joe Release $
+ * $Lg:	compress.c,v $
+ * Revision 4.0  85/07/30  12:50:00  joe
+ * Removed ferror() calls in output routine on every output except first.
+ * Prepared for release to the world.
+ * 
+ * Revision 3.6  85/07/04  01:22:21  joe
+ * Remove much wasted storage by overlaying hash table with the tables
+ * used by decompress: tab_suffix[1<<BITS], stack[8000].  Updated USERMEM
+ * computations.  Fixed dump_tab() DEBUG routine.
+ *
+ * Revision 3.5  85/06/30  20:47:21  jaw
+ * Change hash function to use exclusive-or.  Rip out hash cache.  These
+ * speedups render the megamemory version defunct, for now.  Make decoder
+ * stack global.  Parts of the RCS trunks 2.7, 2.6, and 2.1 no longer apply.
+ *
+ * Revision 3.4  85/06/27  12:00:00  ken
+ * Get rid of all floating-point calculations by doing all compression ratio
+ * calculations in fixed point.
+ *
+ * Revision 3.3  85/06/24  21:53:24  joe
+ * Incorporate portability suggestion for M_XENIX.  Got rid of text on #else
+ * and #endif lines.  Cleaned up #ifdefs for vax and interdata.
+ *
+ * Revision 3.2  85/06/06  21:53:24  jaw
+ * Incorporate portability suggestions for Z8000, IBM PC/XT from mailing list.
+ * Default to "quiet" output (no compression statistics).
+ *
+ * Revision 3.1  85/05/12  18:56:13  jaw
+ * Integrate decompress() stack speedups (from early pointer mods by McKie).
+ * Repair multi-file USERMEM gaffe.  Unify 'force' flags to mimic semantics
+ * of SVR2 'pack'.  Streamline block-compress table clear logic.  Increase 
+ * output byte count by magic number size.
+ * 
+ * Revision 3.0   84/11/27  11:50:00  petsd!joe
+ * Set HSIZE depending on BITS.  Set BITS depending on USERMEM.  Unrolled
+ * loops in clear routines.  Added "-C" flag for 2.0 compatibility.  Used
+ * unsigned compares on Perkin-Elmer.  Fixed foreground check.
+ *
+ * Revision 2.7   84/11/16  19:35:39  ames!jaw
+ * Cache common hash codes based on input statistics; this improves
+ * performance for low-density raster images.  Pass on #ifdef bundle
+ * from Turkowski.
+ *
+ * Revision 2.6   84/11/05  19:18:21  ames!jaw
+ * Vary size of hash tables to reduce time for small files.
+ * Tune PDP-11 hash function.
+ *
+ * Revision 2.5   84/10/30  20:15:14  ames!jaw
+ * Junk chaining; replace with the simpler (and, on the VAX, faster)
+ * double hashing, discussed within.  Make block compression standard.
+ *
+ * Revision 2.4   84/10/16  11:11:11  ames!jaw
+ * Introduce adaptive reset for block compression, to boost the rate
+ * another several percent.  (See mailing list notes.)
+ *
+ * Revision 2.3   84/09/22  22:00:00  petsd!joe
+ * Implemented "-B" block compress.  Implemented REVERSE sorting of tab_next.
+ * Bug fix for last bits.  Changed fwrite to putchar loop everywhere.
+ *
+ * Revision 2.2   84/09/18  14:12:21  ames!jaw
+ * Fold in news changes, small machine typedef from thomas,
+ * #ifdef interdata from joe.
+ *
+ * Revision 2.1   84/09/10  12:34:56  ames!jaw
+ * Configured fast table lookup for 32-bit machines.
+ * This cuts user time in half for b <= FBITS, and is useful for news batching
+ * from VAX to PDP sites.  Also sped up decompress() [fwrite->putc] and
+ * added signal catcher [plus beef in writeerr()] to delete effluvia.
+ *
+ * Revision 2.0   84/08/28  22:00:00  petsd!joe
+ * Add check for foreground before prompting user.  Insert maxbits into
+ * compressed file.  Force file being uncompressed to end with ".Z".
+ * Added "-c" flag and "zcat".  Prepared for release.
+ *
+ * Revision 1.10  84/08/24  18:28:00  turtlevax!ken
+ * Will only compress regular files (no directories), added a magic number
+ * header (plus an undocumented -n flag to handle old files without headers),
+ * added -f flag to force overwriting of possibly existing destination file,
+ * otherwise the user is prompted for a response.  Will tack on a .Z to a
+ * filename if it doesn't have one when decompressing.  Will only replace
+ * file if it was compressed.
+ *
+ * Revision 1.9  84/08/16  17:28:00  turtlevax!ken
+ * Removed scanargs(), getopt(), added .Z extension and unlimited number of
+ * filenames to compress.  Flags may be clustered (-Ddvb12) or separated
+ * (-D -d -v -b 12), or combination thereof.  Modes and other status is
+ * copied with copystat().  -O bug for 4.2 seems to have disappeared with
+ * 1.8.
+ *
+ * Revision 1.8  84/08/09  23:15:00  joe
+ * Made it compatible with vax version, installed jim's fixes/enhancements
+ *
+ * Revision 1.6  84/08/01  22:08:00  joe
+ * Sped up algorithm significantly by sorting the compress chain.
+ *
+ * Revision 1.5  84/07/13  13:11:00  srd
+ * Added C version of vax asm routines.  Changed structure to arrays to
+ * save much memory.  Do unsigned compares where possible (faster on
+ * Perkin-Elmer)
+ *
+ * Revision 1.4  84/07/05  03:11:11  thomas
+ * Clean up the code a little and lint it.  (Lint complains about all
+ * the regs used in the asm, but I'm not going to "fix" this.)
+ *
+ * Revision 1.3  84/07/05  02:06:54  thomas
+ * Minor fixes.
+ *
+ * Revision 1.2  84/07/05  00:27:27  thomas
+ * Add variable bit length output.
+ *
+ */
+
+static char rcs_ident[] =
+	"$Hdr: compress.c,v 4.0 85/07/30 12:50:00 joe Release $";
diff --git a/usr.bin/compress/zopen.3 b/usr.bin/compress/zopen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32be9c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/compress/zopen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: zopen.3,v 1.7 2003/08/07 11:13:29 agc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)zopen.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt ZOPEN 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm zopen
+.Nd compressed stream open function
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdio.h
+.Ft FILE *
+.Fn zopen "const char *path" "const char *mode" "int bits"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn zopen
+function
+opens the compressed file whose name is the string pointed to by
+.Fa path
+and associates a stream with it.
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa mode
+points to one of the following one-character strings:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Dq Li r
+Open compressed file for reading.
+The stream is positioned at the beginning of the file.
+.It Dq Li w
+Truncate file to zero length or create compressed file for writing.
+The stream is positioned at the beginning of the file.
+.El
+.Pp
+Any created files will have mode
+.Pf \\*q Dv S_IRUSR
+\&|
+.Dv S_IWUSR
+\&|
+.Dv S_IRGRP
+\&|
+.Dv S_IWGRP
+\&|
+.Dv S_IROTH
+\&|
+.Dv S_IWOTH Ns \\*q
+.Pq Li 0666 ,
+as modified by the process'
+umask value (see
+.Xr umask 2 ) .
+.Pp
+Files may only be read or written.
+Seek operations are not allowed.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa bits
+argument, if non-zero, is set to the bits code limit.
+If zero, the default is 16.
+See
+.Fn compress 1
+for more information.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion
+.Fn zopen
+returns a
+.Tn FILE
+pointer.
+Otherwise,
+.Dv NULL
+is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width [EINVAL]
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa mode
+or
+.Fa bits
+arguments specified to
+.Fn zopen
+were invalid.
+.It Bq Er EFTYPE
+The compressed file starts with an invalid header, or the compressed
+file is compressed with more bits than can be handled.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn zopen
+function may also fail and set
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the routines
+.Xr fopen 3
+or
+.Xr funopen 3 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr compress 1 ,
+.Xr fopen 3 ,
+.Xr funopen 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm zopen
+function
+first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn zopen
+function
+may not be portable to systems other than
+.Bx .
diff --git a/usr.bin/compress/zopen.c b/usr.bin/compress/zopen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d3f178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/compress/zopen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: zopen.c,v 1.15 2011/08/16 13:55:01 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1985, 1986, 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Diomidis Spinellis and James A. Woods, derived from original
+ * work by Spencer Thomas and Joseph Orost.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)zopen.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/27/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: zopen.c,v 1.15 2011/08/16 13:55:01 joerg Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*-
+ * fcompress.c - File compression ala IEEE Computer, June 1984.
+ *
+ * Compress authors:
+ *		Spencer W. Thomas	(decvax!utah-cs!thomas)
+ *		Jim McKie		(decvax!mcvax!jim)
+ *		Steve Davies		(decvax!vax135!petsd!peora!srd)
+ *		Ken Turkowski		(decvax!decwrl!turtlevax!ken)
+ *		James A. Woods		(decvax!ihnp4!ames!jaw)
+ *		Joe Orost		(decvax!vax135!petsd!joe)
+ *
+ * Cleaned up and converted to library returning I/O streams by
+ * Diomidis Spinellis <dds@doc.ic.ac.uk>.
+ *
+ * zopen(filename, mode, bits)
+ *	Returns a FILE * that can be used for read or write.  The modes
+ *	supported are only "r" and "w".  Seeking is not allowed.  On
+ *	reading the file is decompressed, on writing it is compressed.
+ *	The output is compatible with compress(1) with 16 bit tables.
+ *	Any file produced by compress(1) can be read.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define	BITS		16		/* Default bits. */
+#define	HSIZE		69001		/* 95% occupancy */
+
+/* A code_int must be able to hold 2**BITS values of type int, and also -1. */
+typedef long code_int;
+typedef long count_int;
+
+typedef u_char char_type;
+static char_type magic_header[] =
+	{'\037', '\235'};		/* 1F 9D */
+
+#define	BIT_MASK	0x1f		/* Defines for third byte of header. */
+#define	BLOCK_MASK	0x80
+
+/*
+ * Masks 0x40 and 0x20 are free.  I think 0x20 should mean that there is
+ * a fourth header byte (for expansion).
+ */
+#define	INIT_BITS 9			/* Initial number of bits/code. */
+
+#define	MAXCODE(n_bits)	((1 << (n_bits)) - 1)
+
+struct s_zstate {
+	FILE *zs_fp;			/* File stream for I/O */
+	char zs_mode;			/* r or w */
+	enum {
+		S_START, S_MIDDLE, S_EOF
+	} zs_state;			/* State of computation */
+	int zs_n_bits;			/* Number of bits/code. */
+	int zs_maxbits;			/* User settable max # bits/code. */
+	code_int zs_maxcode;		/* Maximum code, given n_bits. */
+	code_int zs_maxmaxcode;		/* Should NEVER generate this code. */
+	count_int zs_htab [HSIZE];
+	u_short zs_codetab [HSIZE];
+	code_int zs_hsize;		/* For dynamic table sizing. */
+	code_int zs_free_ent;		/* First unused entry. */
+	/*
+	 * Block compression parameters -- after all codes are used up,
+	 * and compression rate changes, start over.
+	 */
+	int zs_block_compress;
+	int zs_clear_flg;
+	long zs_ratio;
+	count_int zs_checkpoint;
+	int zs_offset;
+	long zs_in_count;		/* Length of input. */
+	long zs_bytes_out;		/* Length of compressed output. */
+	long zs_out_count;		/* # of codes output (for debugging). */
+	char_type zs_buf[BITS];
+	union {
+		struct {
+			long zs_fcode;
+			code_int zs_ent;
+			code_int zs_hsize_reg;
+			int zs_hshift;
+		} w;			/* Write paramenters */
+		struct {
+			char_type *zs_stackp;
+			int zs_finchar;
+			code_int zs_code, zs_oldcode, zs_incode;
+			int zs_roffset, zs_size;
+			char_type zs_gbuf[BITS];
+		} r;			/* Read parameters */
+	} u;
+};
+
+/* Definitions to retain old variable names */
+#define	fp		zs->zs_fp
+#define	zmode		zs->zs_mode
+#define	state		zs->zs_state
+#define	n_bits		zs->zs_n_bits
+#define	maxbits		zs->zs_maxbits
+#define	maxcode		zs->zs_maxcode
+#define	maxmaxcode	zs->zs_maxmaxcode
+#define	htab		zs->zs_htab
+#define	codetab		zs->zs_codetab
+#define	hsize		zs->zs_hsize
+#define	free_ent	zs->zs_free_ent
+#define	block_compress	zs->zs_block_compress
+#define	clear_flg	zs->zs_clear_flg
+#define	ratio		zs->zs_ratio
+#define	checkpoint	zs->zs_checkpoint
+#define	offset		zs->zs_offset
+#define	in_count	zs->zs_in_count
+#define	bytes_out	zs->zs_bytes_out
+#define	out_count	zs->zs_out_count
+#define	buf		zs->zs_buf
+#define	fcode		zs->u.w.zs_fcode
+#define	hsize_reg	zs->u.w.zs_hsize_reg
+#define	ent		zs->u.w.zs_ent
+#define	hshift		zs->u.w.zs_hshift
+#define	stackp		zs->u.r.zs_stackp
+#define	finchar		zs->u.r.zs_finchar
+#define	code		zs->u.r.zs_code
+#define	oldcode		zs->u.r.zs_oldcode
+#define	incode		zs->u.r.zs_incode
+#define	roffset		zs->u.r.zs_roffset
+#define	size		zs->u.r.zs_size
+#define	gbuf		zs->u.r.zs_gbuf
+
+/*
+ * To save much memory, we overlay the table used by compress() with those
+ * used by decompress().  The tab_prefix table is the same size and type as
+ * the codetab.  The tab_suffix table needs 2**BITS characters.  We get this
+ * from the beginning of htab.  The output stack uses the rest of htab, and
+ * contains characters.  There is plenty of room for any possible stack
+ * (stack used to be 8000 characters).
+ */
+
+#define	htabof(i)	htab[i]
+#define	codetabof(i)	codetab[i]
+
+#define	tab_prefixof(i)	codetabof(i)
+#define	tab_suffixof(i)	((char_type *)(htab))[i]
+#define	de_stack	((char_type *)&tab_suffixof(1 << BITS))
+
+#define	CHECK_GAP 10000		/* Ratio check interval. */
+
+/*
+ * the next two codes should not be changed lightly, as they must not
+ * lie within the contiguous general code space.
+ */
+#define	FIRST	257		/* First free entry. */
+#define	CLEAR	256		/* Table clear output code. */
+
+static int	cl_block(struct s_zstate *);
+static code_int	getcode(struct s_zstate *);
+static int	output(struct s_zstate *, code_int);
+static int	zclose(void *);
+FILE	       *zopen(const char *, const char *, int);
+static int	zread(void *, char *, int);
+static int	zwrite(void *, const char *, int);
+
+/*-
+ * Algorithm from "A Technique for High Performance Data Compression",
+ * Terry A. Welch, IEEE Computer Vol 17, No 6 (June 1984), pp 8-19.
+ *
+ * Algorithm:
+ * 	Modified Lempel-Ziv method (LZW).  Basically finds common
+ * substrings and replaces them with a variable size code.  This is
+ * deterministic, and can be done on the fly.  Thus, the decompression
+ * procedure needs no input table, but tracks the way the table was built.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * compress write
+ *
+ * Algorithm:  use open addressing double hashing (no chaining) on the
+ * prefix code / next character combination.  We do a variant of Knuth's
+ * algorithm D (vol. 3, sec. 6.4) along with G. Knott's relatively-prime
+ * secondary probe.  Here, the modular division first probe is gives way
+ * to a faster exclusive-or manipulation.  Also do block compression with
+ * an adaptive reset, whereby the code table is cleared when the compression
+ * ratio decreases, but after the table fills.  The variable-length output
+ * codes are re-sized at this point, and a special CLEAR code is generated
+ * for the decompressor.  Late addition:  construct the table according to
+ * file size for noticeable speed improvement on small files.  Please direct
+ * questions about this implementation to ames!jaw.
+ */
+static int
+zwrite(void *cookie, const char *wbp, int num)
+{
+	code_int i;
+	int c, disp;
+	struct s_zstate *zs;
+	const u_char *bp;
+	u_char tmp;
+	int count;
+
+	if (num == 0)
+		return (0);
+
+	zs = cookie;
+	count = num;
+	bp = (const u_char *)wbp;
+	if (state == S_MIDDLE)
+		goto middle;
+	state = S_MIDDLE;
+
+	maxmaxcode = 1L << maxbits;
+	if (fwrite(magic_header,
+	    sizeof(char), sizeof(magic_header), fp) != sizeof(magic_header))
+		return (-1);
+	tmp = (u_char)(maxbits | block_compress);
+	if (fwrite(&tmp, sizeof(char), sizeof(tmp), fp) != sizeof(tmp))
+		return (-1);
+
+	offset = 0;
+	bytes_out = 3;		/* Includes 3-byte header mojo. */
+	out_count = 0;
+	clear_flg = 0;
+	ratio = 0;
+	in_count = 1;
+	checkpoint = CHECK_GAP;
+	maxcode = MAXCODE(n_bits = INIT_BITS);
+	free_ent = ((block_compress) ? FIRST : 256);
+
+	ent = *bp++;
+	--count;
+
+	hshift = 0;
+	for (fcode = (long)hsize; fcode < 65536L; fcode *= 2L)
+		hshift++;
+	hshift = 8 - hshift;	/* Set hash code range bound. */
+
+	hsize_reg = hsize;
+	memset(htab, 0xff, hsize_reg * sizeof(count_int));
+
+middle:	while (count--) {
+		c = *bp++;
+		in_count++;
+		fcode = (long)(((long)c << maxbits) + ent);
+		i = ((c << hshift) ^ ent);	/* Xor hashing. */
+
+		if (htabof(i) == fcode) {
+			ent = codetabof(i);
+			continue;
+		} else if ((long)htabof(i) < 0)	/* Empty slot. */
+			goto nomatch;
+		disp = hsize_reg - i;	/* Secondary hash (after G. Knott). */
+		if (i == 0)
+			disp = 1;
+probe:		if ((i -= disp) < 0)
+			i += hsize_reg;
+
+		if (htabof(i) == fcode) {
+			ent = codetabof(i);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if ((long)htabof(i) >= 0)
+			goto probe;
+nomatch:	if (output(zs, (code_int) ent) == -1)
+			return (-1);
+		out_count++;
+		ent = c;
+		if (free_ent < maxmaxcode) {
+			codetabof(i) = free_ent++;	/* code -> hashtable */
+			htabof(i) = fcode;
+		} else if ((count_int)in_count >=
+		    checkpoint && block_compress) {
+			if (cl_block(zs) == -1)
+				return (-1);
+		}
+	}
+	return (num);
+}
+
+static int
+zclose(void *cookie)
+{
+	struct s_zstate *zs;
+	int rval;
+
+	zs = cookie;
+	if (zmode == 'w') {		/* Put out the final code. */
+		if (output(zs, (code_int) ent) == -1) {
+			(void)fclose(fp);
+			free(zs);
+			return (-1);
+		}
+		out_count++;
+		if (output(zs, (code_int) - 1) == -1) {
+			(void)fclose(fp);
+			free(zs);
+			return (-1);
+		}
+	}
+	rval = fclose(fp) == EOF ? -1 : 0;
+	free(zs);
+	return (rval);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Output the given code.
+ * Inputs:
+ * 	code:	A n_bits-bit integer.  If == -1, then EOF.  This assumes
+ *		that n_bits =< (long)wordsize - 1.
+ * Outputs:
+ * 	Outputs code to the file.
+ * Assumptions:
+ *	Chars are 8 bits long.
+ * Algorithm:
+ * 	Maintain a BITS character long buffer (so that 8 codes will
+ * fit in it exactly).  Use the VAX insv instruction to insert each
+ * code in turn.  When the buffer fills up empty it and start over.
+ */
+
+static char_type lmask[9] =
+	{0xff, 0xfe, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xe0, 0xc0, 0x80, 0x00};
+static char_type rmask[9] =
+	{0x00, 0x01, 0x03, 0x07, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x7f, 0xff};
+
+static int
+output(struct s_zstate *zs, code_int ocode)
+{
+	int bits, r_off;
+	char_type *bp;
+
+	r_off = offset;
+	bits = n_bits;
+	bp = buf;
+	if (ocode >= 0) {
+		/* Get to the first byte. */
+		bp += (r_off >> 3);
+		r_off &= 7;
+		/*
+		 * Since ocode is always >= 8 bits, only need to mask the first
+		 * hunk on the left.
+		 */
+		*bp = (*bp & rmask[r_off]) | ((ocode << r_off) & lmask[r_off]);
+		bp++;
+		bits -= (8 - r_off);
+		ocode >>= 8 - r_off;
+		/* Get any 8 bit parts in the middle (<=1 for up to 16 bits). */
+		if (bits >= 8) {
+			*bp++ = ocode;
+			ocode >>= 8;
+			bits -= 8;
+		}
+		/* Last bits. */
+		if (bits)
+			*bp = ocode;
+		offset += n_bits;
+		if (offset == (n_bits << 3)) {
+			bp = buf;
+			bits = n_bits;
+			bytes_out += bits;
+			if (fwrite(bp, sizeof(char), bits, fp) != (size_t)bits)
+				return (-1);
+			bp += bits;
+			bits = 0;
+			offset = 0;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * If the next entry is going to be too big for the ocode size,
+		 * then increase it, if possible.
+		 */
+		if (free_ent > maxcode || (clear_flg > 0)) {
+		       /*
+			* Write the whole buffer, because the input side won't
+			* discover the size increase until after it has read it.
+			*/
+			if (offset > 0) {
+				if (fwrite(buf, 1, n_bits, fp) != (size_t)n_bits)
+					return (-1);
+				bytes_out += n_bits;
+			}
+			offset = 0;
+
+			if (clear_flg) {
+				maxcode = MAXCODE(n_bits = INIT_BITS);
+				clear_flg = 0;
+			} else {
+				n_bits++;
+				if (n_bits == maxbits)
+					maxcode = maxmaxcode;
+				else
+					maxcode = MAXCODE(n_bits);
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		/* At EOF, write the rest of the buffer. */
+		if (offset > 0) {
+			offset = (offset + 7) / 8;
+			if (fwrite(buf, 1, offset, fp) != (size_t)offset)
+				return (-1);
+			bytes_out += offset;
+		}
+		offset = 0;
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Decompress read.  This routine adapts to the codes in the file building
+ * the "string" table on-the-fly; requiring no table to be stored in the
+ * compressed file.  The tables used herein are shared with those of the
+ * compress() routine.  See the definitions above.
+ */
+static int
+zread(void *cookie, char *rbp, int num)
+{
+	u_int count;
+	struct s_zstate *zs;
+	u_char *bp, header[3];
+
+	if (num == 0)
+		return (0);
+
+	zs = cookie;
+	count = num;
+	bp = (u_char *)rbp;
+	switch (state) {
+	case S_START:
+		state = S_MIDDLE;
+		break;
+	case S_MIDDLE:
+		goto middle;
+	case S_EOF:
+		goto eof;
+	}
+
+	/* Check the magic number */
+	if (fread(header,
+	    sizeof(char), sizeof(header), fp) != sizeof(header) ||
+	    memcmp(header, magic_header, sizeof(magic_header)) != 0) {
+		errno = EFTYPE;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	maxbits = header[2];	/* Set -b from file. */
+	block_compress = maxbits & BLOCK_MASK;
+	maxbits &= BIT_MASK;
+	maxmaxcode = 1L << maxbits;
+	if (maxbits > BITS || maxbits < 12) {
+		errno = EFTYPE;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	/* As above, initialize the first 256 entries in the table. */
+	maxcode = MAXCODE(n_bits = INIT_BITS);
+	for (code = 255; code >= 0; code--) {
+		tab_prefixof(code) = 0;
+		tab_suffixof(code) = (char_type) code;
+	}
+	free_ent = block_compress ? FIRST : 256;
+	oldcode = -1;
+	stackp = de_stack;
+
+	while ((code = getcode(zs)) > -1) {
+
+		if ((code == CLEAR) && block_compress) {
+			for (code = 255; code >= 0; code--)
+				tab_prefixof(code) = 0;
+			clear_flg = 1;
+			free_ent = FIRST;
+			oldcode = -1;
+			continue;
+		}
+		incode = code;
+
+		/* Special case for kWkWk string. */
+		if (code >= free_ent) {
+			if (code > free_ent || oldcode == -1) {
+				/* Bad stream. */
+				errno = EINVAL;
+				return (-1);
+			}
+			*stackp++ = finchar;
+			code = oldcode;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * The above condition ensures that code < free_ent.
+		 * The construction of tab_prefixof in turn guarantees that
+		 * each iteration decreases code and therefore stack usage is
+		 * bound by 1 << BITS - 256.
+		 */
+
+		/* Generate output characters in reverse order. */
+		while (code >= 256) {
+			*stackp++ = tab_suffixof(code);
+			code = tab_prefixof(code);
+		}
+		*stackp++ = finchar = tab_suffixof(code);
+
+		/* And put them out in forward order.  */
+middle:		do {
+			if (count-- == 0)
+				return (num);
+			*bp++ = *--stackp;
+		} while (stackp > de_stack);
+
+		/* Generate the new entry. */
+		if ((code = free_ent) < maxmaxcode && oldcode != -1) {
+			tab_prefixof(code) = (u_short) oldcode;
+			tab_suffixof(code) = finchar;
+			free_ent = code + 1;
+		}
+
+		/* Remember previous code. */
+		oldcode = incode;
+	}
+	state = S_EOF;
+eof:	return (num - count);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Read one code from the standard input.  If EOF, return -1.
+ * Inputs:
+ * 	stdin
+ * Outputs:
+ * 	code or -1 is returned.
+ */
+static code_int
+getcode(struct s_zstate *zs)
+{
+	code_int gcode;
+	int r_off, bits;
+	char_type *bp;
+
+	bp = gbuf;
+	if (clear_flg > 0 || roffset >= size || free_ent > maxcode) {
+		/*
+		 * If the next entry will be too big for the current gcode
+		 * size, then we must increase the size.  This implies reading
+		 * a new buffer full, too.
+		 */
+		if (free_ent > maxcode) {
+			n_bits++;
+			if (n_bits == maxbits)	/* Won't get any bigger now. */
+				maxcode = maxmaxcode;
+			else
+				maxcode = MAXCODE(n_bits);
+		}
+		if (clear_flg > 0) {
+			maxcode = MAXCODE(n_bits = INIT_BITS);
+			clear_flg = 0;
+		}
+		size = fread(gbuf, 1, n_bits, fp);
+		if (size <= 0)			/* End of file. */
+			return (-1);
+		roffset = 0;
+		/* Round size down to integral number of codes. */
+		size = (size << 3) - (n_bits - 1);
+	}
+	r_off = roffset;
+	bits = n_bits;
+
+	/* Get to the first byte. */
+	bp += (r_off >> 3);
+	r_off &= 7;
+
+	/* Get first part (low order bits). */
+	gcode = (*bp++ >> r_off);
+	bits -= (8 - r_off);
+	r_off = 8 - r_off;	/* Now, roffset into gcode word. */
+
+	/* Get any 8 bit parts in the middle (<=1 for up to 16 bits). */
+	if (bits >= 8) {
+		gcode |= *bp++ << r_off;
+		r_off += 8;
+		bits -= 8;
+	}
+
+	/* High order bits. */
+	gcode |= (*bp & rmask[bits]) << r_off;
+	roffset += n_bits;
+
+	return (gcode);
+}
+
+static int
+cl_block(struct s_zstate *zs)		/* Table clear for block compress. */
+{
+	long rat;
+
+	checkpoint = in_count + CHECK_GAP;
+
+	if (in_count > 0x007fffff) {	/* Shift will overflow. */
+		rat = bytes_out >> 8;
+		if (rat == 0)		/* Don't divide by zero. */
+			rat = 0x7fffffff;
+		else
+			rat = in_count / rat;
+	} else
+		rat = (in_count << 8) / bytes_out;	/* 8 fractional bits. */
+	if (rat > ratio)
+		ratio = rat;
+	else {
+		ratio = 0;
+		memset(htab, 0xff, hsize * sizeof(count_int));
+		free_ent = FIRST;
+		clear_flg = 1;
+		if (output(zs, (code_int) CLEAR) == -1)
+			return (-1);
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
+
+FILE *
+zopen(const char *fname, const char *mode, int bits)
+{
+	struct s_zstate *zs;
+
+	if ((mode[0] != 'r' && mode[0] != 'w') || mode[1] != '\0' ||
+	    bits < 0 || bits > BITS) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	if ((zs = calloc(1, sizeof(struct s_zstate))) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	maxbits = bits ? bits : BITS;	/* User settable max # bits/code. */
+	maxmaxcode = 1 << maxbits;	/* Should NEVER generate this code. */
+	hsize = HSIZE;			/* For dynamic table sizing. */
+	free_ent = 0;			/* First unused entry. */
+	block_compress = BLOCK_MASK;
+	clear_flg = 0;
+	ratio = 0;
+	checkpoint = CHECK_GAP;
+	in_count = 1;			/* Length of input. */
+	out_count = 0;			/* # of codes output (for debugging). */
+	state = S_START;
+	roffset = 0;
+	size = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Layering compress on top of stdio in order to provide buffering,
+	 * and ensure that reads and write work with the data specified.
+	 */
+	if ((fp = fopen(fname, mode)) == NULL) {
+		free(zs);
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+	switch (*mode) {
+	case 'r':
+		zmode = 'r';
+		return (funopen(zs, zread, NULL, NULL, zclose));
+	case 'w':
+		zmode = 'w';
+		return (funopen(zs, NULL, zwrite, NULL, zclose));
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	return (NULL);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/csplit/csplit.1 b/usr.bin/csplit/csplit.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93f96a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/csplit/csplit.1
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: csplit.1,v 1.5 2014/02/04 19:48:48 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Tim J. Robbins.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/csplit/csplit.1,v 1.11 2005/01/25 22:29:51 tjr Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd February 4, 2014
+.Dt CSPLIT 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm csplit
+.Nd split files based on context
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl ks
+.Op Fl f Ar prefix
+.Op Fl n Ar number
+.Ar file args ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility splits
+.Ar file
+into pieces using the patterns
+.Ar args .
+If
+.Ar file
+is
+a dash
+.Pq Sq - ,
+.Nm
+reads from standard input.
+.Pp
+Files are created with a prefix of
+.Dq xx
+and two decimal digits.
+The size of each file is written to standard output
+as it is created.
+If an error occurs whilst files are being created,
+or a
+.Dv HUP ,
+.Dv INT ,
+or
+.Dv TERM
+signal is received,
+all files previously written are removed.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -offset indent -width 10n
+.It Fl f Ar prefix
+Create file names beginning with
+.Ar prefix ,
+instead of
+.Dq xx .
+.It Fl k
+Do not remove previously created files if an error occurs or a
+.Dv HUP ,
+.Dv INT ,
+or
+.Dv TERM
+signal is received.
+.It Fl n Ar number
+Create file names beginning with
+.Ar number
+of decimal digits after the prefix,
+instead of 2.
+.It Fl s
+Do not write the size of each output file to standard output as it is
+created.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar args
+operands may be a combination of the following patterns:
+.Bl -tag -offset indent -width 10n
+.It / Ns Ar regexp Ns / Ns Oo Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar offset Oc
+Create a file containing the input from the current line to (but not including)
+the next line matching the given basic regular expression.
+An optional
+.Ar offset
+from the line that matched may be specified.
+.It % Ns Ar regexp Ns % Ns Oo Oo Cm + Ns | Ns Cm - Oc Ns Ar offset Oc
+Same as above but a file is not created for the output.
+.It Ar line_no
+Create containing the input from the current line to (but not including)
+the specified line number.
+.It Brq Ar num
+Repeat the previous pattern the specified number of times.
+If it follows a line number pattern, a new file will be created for each
+.Ar line_no
+lines,
+.Ar num
+times.
+The first line of the file is line number 1 for historic reasons.
+.El
+.Pp
+After all the patterns have been processed, the remaining input data
+(if there is any) will be written to a new file.
+.Pp
+Requesting to split at a line before the current line number or past the
+end of the file will result in an error.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+The
+.Ev LANG , LC_ALL , LC_COLLATE ,
+and
+.Ev LC_CTYPE
+environment variables affect the execution of
+.Nm
+as described in
+.Xr environ 7 .
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Split the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+file
+.Pa foo.1
+into one file for each section (up to 21 plus one for the rest, if any):
+.Pp
+.Dl "$ csplit -k foo.1 '%^\e.Sh%' '/^\e.Sh/' '{20}'"
+.Pp
+Split standard input after the first 99 lines and every 100 lines thereafter:
+.Pp
+.Dl "$ csplit -k - 100 '{19}'"
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sed 1 ,
+.Xr split 1 ,
+.Xr re_format 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2004 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in PWB UNIX.
+.Sh BUGS
+Input lines are limited to
+.Dv LINE_MAX
+(2048) bytes in length.
diff --git a/usr.bin/csplit/csplit.c b/usr.bin/csplit/csplit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9308ed8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/csplit/csplit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,479 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: csplit.c,v 1.7 2017/07/30 23:02:53 cheusov Exp $	*/
+/*	$FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/csplit/csplit.c,v 1.9 2004/03/22 11:15:03 tjr Exp$	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Tim J. Robbins.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * csplit -- split files based on context
+ *
+ * This utility splits its input into numbered output files by line number
+ * or by a regular expression. Regular expression matches have an optional
+ * offset with them, allowing the split to occur a specified number of
+ * lines before or after the match.
+ *
+ * To handle negative offsets, we stop reading when the match occurs and
+ * store the offset that the file should have been split at, then use
+ * this output file as input until all the "overflowed" lines have been read.
+ * The file is then closed and truncated to the correct length.
+ *
+ * We assume that the output files can be seeked upon (ie. they cannot be
+ * symlinks to named pipes or character devices), but make no such
+ * assumption about the input.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: csplit.c,v 1.7 2017/07/30 23:02:53 cheusov Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+static void	 cleanup(void);
+static void	 do_lineno(const char *);
+static void	 do_rexp(const char *);
+static char	*get_line(void);
+static void	 handlesig(int);
+static FILE	*newfile(void);
+static void	 toomuch(FILE *, long);
+static void	 usage(void) __dead;
+
+/*
+ * Command line options
+ */
+static const char *prefix;		/* File name prefix */
+static long	 sufflen;		/* Number of decimal digits for suffix */
+static int	 sflag;			/* Suppress output of file names */
+static int	 kflag;			/* Keep output if error occurs */
+
+/*
+ * Other miscellaneous globals (XXX too many)
+ */
+static long	 lineno;		/* Current line number in input file */
+static long	 reps;			/* Number of repetitions for this pattern */
+static long	 nfiles;		/* Number of files output so far */
+static long	 maxfiles;		/* Maximum number of files we can create */
+static char	 currfile[PATH_MAX];	/* Current output file */
+static const char *infn;		/* Name of the input file */
+static FILE	*infile;		/* Input file handle */
+static FILE	*overfile;		/* Overflow file for toomuch() */
+static off_t	 truncofs;		/* Offset this file should be truncated at */
+static int	 doclean;		/* Should cleanup() remove output? */
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct sigaction sa;
+	long i;
+	int ch;
+	const char *expr;
+	char *ep, *p;
+	FILE *ofp;
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	kflag = sflag = 0;
+	prefix = "xx";
+	sufflen = 2;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "ksf:n:")) > 0) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'f':
+			prefix = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			kflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			errno = 0;
+			sufflen = strtol(optarg, &ep, 10);
+			if (sufflen <= 0 || *ep != '\0' || errno != 0)
+				errx(1, "%s: bad suffix length", optarg);
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			sflag = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/*NOTREACHED*/
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (sufflen + strlen(prefix) >= PATH_MAX)
+		errx(1, "name too long");
+
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if ((infn = *argv++) == NULL)
+		usage();
+	if (strcmp(infn, "-") == 0) {
+		infile = stdin;
+		infn = "stdin";
+	} else if ((infile = fopen(infn, "r")) == NULL)
+		err(1, "%s", infn);
+
+	if (!kflag) {
+		doclean = 1;
+		(void)atexit(cleanup);
+		sa.sa_flags = 0;
+		sa.sa_handler = handlesig;
+		(void)sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask);
+		(void)sigaddset(&sa.sa_mask, SIGHUP);
+		(void)sigaddset(&sa.sa_mask, SIGINT);
+		(void)sigaddset(&sa.sa_mask, SIGTERM);
+		(void)sigaction(SIGHUP, &sa, NULL);
+		(void)sigaction(SIGINT, &sa, NULL);
+		(void)sigaction(SIGTERM, &sa, NULL);
+	}
+
+	lineno = 0;
+	nfiles = 0;
+	truncofs = 0;
+	overfile = NULL;
+
+	/* Ensure 10^sufflen < LONG_MAX. */
+	for (maxfiles = 1, i = 0; i < sufflen; i++) {
+		if (maxfiles > LONG_MAX / 10)
+			errx(1, "%ld: suffix too long (limit %ld)",
+			    sufflen, i);
+		maxfiles *= 10;
+	}
+
+	/* Create files based on supplied patterns. */
+	while (nfiles < maxfiles - 1 && (expr = *argv++) != NULL) {
+		/* Look ahead & see if this pattern has any repetitions. */
+		if (*argv != NULL && **argv == '{') {
+			errno = 0;
+			reps = strtol(*argv + 1, &ep, 10);
+			if (reps < 0 || *ep != '}' || errno != 0)
+				errx(1, "%s: bad repetition count", *argv + 1);
+			argv++;
+		} else
+			reps = 0;
+
+		if (*expr == '/' || *expr == '%') {
+			do
+				do_rexp(expr);
+			while (reps-- != 0 && nfiles < maxfiles - 1);
+		} else if (isdigit((unsigned char)*expr))
+			do_lineno(expr);
+		else
+			errx(1, "%s: unrecognised pattern", expr);
+	}
+
+	/* Copy the rest into a new file. */
+	if (!feof(infile)) {
+		ofp = newfile();
+		while ((p = get_line()) != NULL && fputs(p, ofp) != EOF)
+			;
+		if (!sflag)
+			(void)printf("%jd\n", (intmax_t)ftello(ofp));
+		if (fclose(ofp) != 0)
+			err(1, "%s", currfile);
+	}
+
+	toomuch(NULL, 0L);
+	doclean = 0;
+
+	return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+"Usage: %s [-ks] [-f prefix] [-n number] file args ...\n", getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+__dead static void
+handlesig(int sig)
+{
+	char msg[BUFSIZ];
+	size_t len;
+
+	len = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg), "%s: Caught %s, cleaning up\n",
+	    getprogname(), strsignal(sig));
+	if (len < sizeof(msg))
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, msg, len);
+	cleanup();
+	(void)raise_default_signal(sig);
+	_exit(2);
+}
+
+/* Create a new output file. */
+static FILE *
+newfile(void)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+
+	if ((size_t)snprintf(currfile, sizeof(currfile), "%s%0*ld", prefix,
+	    (int)sufflen, nfiles) >= sizeof(currfile))
+		errx(1, "%s: %s", currfile, strerror(ENAMETOOLONG));
+	if ((fp = fopen(currfile, "w+")) == NULL)
+		err(1, "%s", currfile);
+	nfiles++;
+
+	return (fp);
+}
+
+/* Remove partial output, called before exiting. */
+static void
+cleanup(void)
+{
+	char fnbuf[PATH_MAX];
+	long i;
+
+	if (!doclean)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * NOTE: One cannot portably assume to be able to call snprintf()
+	 * from inside a signal handler. It does, however, appear to be safe
+	 * to do on FreeBSD and NetBSD. The solution to this problem is worse
+	 * than the problem itself.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++) {
+		(void)snprintf(fnbuf, sizeof(fnbuf), "%s%0*ld", prefix,
+		    (int)sufflen, i);
+		(void)unlink(fnbuf);
+	}
+}
+
+/* Read a line from the input into a static buffer. */
+static char *
+get_line(void)
+{
+	static char lbuf[LINE_MAX];
+	FILE *src;
+
+	src = overfile != NULL ? overfile : infile;
+
+again: if (fgets(lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), src) == NULL) {
+		if (src == overfile) {
+			src = infile;
+			goto again;
+		}
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+	if (ferror(src))
+		err(1, "%s", infn);
+	lineno++;
+
+	return (lbuf);
+}
+
+/* Conceptually rewind the input (as obtained by get_line()) back `n' lines. */
+static void
+toomuch(FILE *ofp, long n)
+{
+	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+	size_t i, nread;
+
+	if (overfile != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Truncate the previous file we overflowed into back to
+		 * the correct length, close it.
+		 */
+		if (fflush(overfile) != 0)
+			err(1, "overflow");
+		if (ftruncate(fileno(overfile), truncofs) != 0)
+			err(1, "overflow");
+		if (fclose(overfile) != 0)
+			err(1, "overflow");
+		overfile = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (n == 0)
+		/* Just tidying up */
+		return;
+
+	lineno -= n;
+
+	/*
+	 * Wind the overflow file backwards to `n' lines before the
+	 * current one.
+	 */
+	do {
+		if (ftello(ofp) < (off_t)sizeof(buf))
+			rewind(ofp);
+		else
+			(void)fseeko(ofp, -(off_t)sizeof(buf), SEEK_CUR);
+		if (ferror(ofp))
+			errx(1, "%s: can't seek", currfile);
+		if ((nread = fread(buf, 1, sizeof(buf), ofp)) == 0)
+			errx(1, "can't read overflowed output");
+		if (fseeko(ofp, -(off_t)nread, SEEK_CUR) != 0)
+			err(1, "%s", currfile);
+		for (i = 1; i <= nread; i++)
+			if (buf[nread - i] == '\n' && n-- == 0)
+				break;
+		if (ftello(ofp) == 0)
+			break;
+	} while (n > 0);
+	if (fseeko(ofp, (off_t)nread - i + 1, SEEK_CUR) != 0)
+		err(1, "%s", currfile);
+
+	/*
+	 * get_line() will read from here. Next call will truncate to
+	 * truncofs in this file.
+	 */
+	overfile = ofp;
+	truncofs = ftello(overfile);
+}
+
+/* Handle splits for /regexp/ and %regexp% patterns. */
+static void
+do_rexp(const char *expr)
+{
+	regex_t cre;
+	intmax_t nwritten;
+	long ofs;
+	int first;
+	char *ecopy, *ep, *p, *pofs, *re;
+	FILE *ofp;
+
+	if ((ecopy = strdup(expr)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "strdup");
+
+	re = ecopy + 1;
+	if ((pofs = strrchr(ecopy, *expr)) == NULL || pofs[-1] == '\\')
+		errx(1, "%s: missing trailing %c", expr, *expr);
+	*pofs++ = '\0';
+
+	if (*pofs != '\0') {
+		errno = 0;
+		ofs = strtol(pofs, &ep, 10);
+		if (*ep != '\0' || errno != 0)
+			errx(1, "%s: bad offset", pofs);
+	} else
+		ofs = 0;
+
+	if (regcomp(&cre, re, REG_BASIC|REG_NOSUB) != 0)
+		errx(1, "%s: bad regular expression", re);
+
+	if (*expr == '/')
+		/* /regexp/: Save results to a file. */
+		ofp = newfile();
+	else {
+		/* %regexp%: Make a temporary file for overflow. */
+		if ((ofp = tmpfile()) == NULL)
+			err(1, "tmpfile");
+	}
+
+	/* Read and output lines until we get a match. */
+	first = 1;
+	while ((p = get_line()) != NULL) {
+		if (fputs(p, ofp) == EOF)
+			break;
+		if (!first && regexec(&cre, p, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
+			break;
+		first = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (p == NULL)
+		errx(1, "%s: no match", re);
+
+	if (ofs <= 0) {
+		/*
+		 * Negative (or zero) offset: throw back any lines we should
+		 * not have read yet.
+		  */
+		if (p != NULL) {
+			toomuch(ofp, -ofs + 1);
+			nwritten = (intmax_t)truncofs;
+		} else
+			nwritten = (intmax_t)ftello(ofp);
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Positive offset: copy the requested number of lines
+		 * after the match.
+		 */
+		while (--ofs > 0 && (p = get_line()) != NULL)
+			if (fputs(p, ofp) == EOF)
+				break;
+		toomuch(NULL, 0L);
+		nwritten = (intmax_t)ftello(ofp);
+		if (fclose(ofp) != 0)
+			err(1, "%s", currfile);
+	}
+
+	if (!sflag && *expr == '/')
+		(void)printf("%jd\n", nwritten);
+
+	regfree(&cre);
+	free(ecopy);
+}
+
+/* Handle splits based on line number. */
+static void
+do_lineno(const char *expr)
+{
+	long lastline, tgtline;
+	char *ep, *p;
+	FILE *ofp;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	tgtline = strtol(expr, &ep, 10);
+	if (tgtline <= 0 || errno != 0 || *ep != '\0')
+		errx(1, "%s: bad line number", expr);
+	lastline = tgtline;
+	if (lastline <= lineno)
+		errx(1, "%s: can't go backwards", expr);
+
+	while (nfiles < maxfiles - 1) {
+		ofp = newfile();
+		while (lineno + 1 != lastline) {
+			if ((p = get_line()) == NULL)
+				errx(1, "%ld: out of range", lastline);
+			if (fputs(p, ofp) == EOF)
+				break;
+		}
+		if (!sflag)
+			(void)printf("%jd\n", (intmax_t)ftello(ofp));
+		if (fclose(ofp) != 0)
+			err(1, "%s", currfile);
+		if (reps-- == 0)
+			break;
+		lastline += tgtline;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/ctags/C.c b/usr.bin/ctags/C.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d32b22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ctags/C.c
@@ -0,0 +1,573 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: C.c,v 1.19 2009/07/13 19:05:40 roy Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)C.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: C.c,v 1.19 2009/07/13 19:05:40 roy Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "ctags.h"
+
+static int	func_entry(void);
+static void	hash_entry(void);
+static void	skip_string(int);
+static int	str_entry(int);
+
+/*
+ * c_entries --
+ *	read .c and .h files and call appropriate routines
+ */
+void
+c_entries(void)
+{
+	int	c;			/* current character */
+	int	level;			/* brace level */
+	int	token;			/* if reading a token */
+	int	t_def;			/* if reading a typedef */
+	int	t_level;		/* typedef's brace level */
+	char	*sp;			/* buffer pointer */
+	char	tok[MAXTOKEN];		/* token buffer */
+
+	lineftell = ftell(inf);
+	sp = tok; token = t_def = NO; t_level = -1; level = 0; lineno = 1;
+	while (GETC(!=, EOF)) {
+		switch (c) {
+		/*
+		 * Here's where it DOESN'T handle: {
+		 *	foo(a)
+		 *	{
+		 *	#ifdef notdef
+		 *		}
+		 *	#endif
+		 *		if (a)
+		 *			puts("hello, world");
+		 *	}
+		 */
+		case '{':
+			++level;
+			goto endtok;
+		case '}':
+			/*
+			 * if level goes below zero, try and fix
+			 * it, even though we've already messed up
+			 */
+			if (--level < 0)
+				level = 0;
+			goto endtok;
+
+		case '\n':
+			SETLINE;
+			/*
+			 * the above 3 cases are similar in that they
+			 * are special characters that also end tokens.
+			 */
+	endtok:			if (sp > tok) {
+				*sp = EOS;
+				token = YES;
+				sp = tok;
+			}
+			else
+				token = NO;
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * We ignore quoted strings and character constants
+		 * completely.
+		 */
+		case '"':
+		case '\'':
+			(void)skip_string(c);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * comments can be fun; note the state is unchanged after
+		 * return, in case we found:
+		 *	"foo() XX comment XX { int bar; }"
+		 */
+		case '/':
+			if (GETC(==, '*')) {
+				skip_comment(c);
+				continue;
+			} else if (c == '/') {
+				skip_comment(c);
+				continue;
+			}
+			(void)ungetc(c, inf);
+			c = '/';
+			goto storec;
+
+		/* hash marks flag #define's. */
+		case '#':
+			if (sp == tok) {
+				hash_entry();
+				break;
+			}
+			goto storec;
+
+		/*
+		 * if we have a current token, parenthesis on
+		 * level zero indicates a function.
+		 */
+		case '(':
+			do c = getc(inf);
+			while (c != EOF && iswhite(c));
+			if (c == '*')
+				break;
+			if (c != EOF)
+				ungetc(c, inf);
+			if (!level && token) {
+				int	curline;
+
+				if (sp != tok)
+					*sp = EOS;
+				/*
+				 * grab the line immediately, we may
+				 * already be wrong, for example,
+				 *	foo\n
+				 *	(arg1,
+				 */
+				get_line();
+				curline = lineno;
+				if (func_entry()) {
+					++level;
+					pfnote(tok, curline);
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			goto storec;
+
+		/*
+		 * semi-colons indicate the end of a typedef; if we find a
+		 * typedef we search for the next semi-colon of the same
+		 * level as the typedef.  Ignoring "structs", they are
+		 * tricky, since you can find:
+		 *
+		 *	"typedef long time_t;"
+		 *	"typedef unsigned int u_int;"
+		 *	"typedef unsigned int u_int [10];"
+		 *
+		 * If looking at a typedef, we save a copy of the last token
+		 * found.  Then, when we find the ';' we take the current
+		 * token if it starts with a valid token name, else we take
+		 * the one we saved.  There's probably some reasonable
+		 * alternative to this...
+		 */
+		case ';':
+			if (t_def && level == t_level) {
+				t_def = NO;
+				get_line();
+				if (sp != tok)
+					*sp = EOS;
+				pfnote(tok, lineno);
+				break;
+			}
+			goto storec;
+
+		/*
+		 * store characters until one that can't be part of a token
+		 * comes along; check the current token against certain
+		 * reserved words.
+		 */
+		default:
+	storec:		if (c == EOF)
+				break;
+			if (!intoken(c)) {
+				if (sp == tok)
+					break;
+				*sp = EOS;
+				if (tflag) {
+					/* no typedefs inside typedefs */
+					if (!t_def &&
+						   !memcmp(tok, "typedef",8)) {
+						t_def = YES;
+						t_level = level;
+						break;
+					}
+					/* catch "typedef struct" */
+					if ((!t_def || t_level <= level)
+					    && (!memcmp(tok, "struct", 7)
+					    || !memcmp(tok, "union", 6)
+					    || !memcmp(tok, "enum", 5))) {
+						/*
+						 * get line immediately;
+						 * may change before '{'
+						 */
+						get_line();
+						if (str_entry(c))
+							++level;
+						break;
+						/* } */
+					}
+				}
+				sp = tok;
+			}
+			else if (sp != tok || begtoken(c)) {
+				if (sp < tok + sizeof tok)
+					*sp++ = c;
+				token = YES;
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		sp = tok;
+		token = NO;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * func_entry --
+ *	handle a function reference
+ */
+static int
+func_entry(void)
+{
+	int	c;			/* current character */
+	int	level = 0;		/* for matching '()' */
+	static char attribute[] = "__attribute__";
+	char	maybe_attribute[sizeof attribute + 1],
+		*anext;
+
+	/*
+	 * Find the end of the assumed function declaration.
+	 * Note that ANSI C functions can have type definitions so keep
+	 * track of the parentheses nesting level.
+	 */
+	while (GETC(!=, EOF)) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case '\'':
+		case '"':
+			/* skip strings and character constants */
+			skip_string(c);
+			break;
+		case '/':
+			/* skip comments */
+			if (GETC(==, '*'))
+				skip_comment(c);
+			else if (c == '/')
+				skip_comment(c);
+			break;
+		case '(':
+			level++;
+			break;
+		case ')':
+			if (level == 0)
+				goto fnd;
+			level--;
+			break;
+		case '\n':
+			SETLINE;
+		}
+	}
+	return (NO);
+fnd:
+	/*
+	 * we assume that the character after a function's right paren
+	 * is a token character if it's a function and a non-token
+	 * character if it's a declaration.  Comments don't count...
+	 */
+	for (anext = maybe_attribute;;) {
+		while (GETC(!=, EOF) && iswhite(c))
+			if (c == '\n')
+				SETLINE;
+		if (c == EOF)
+			return NO;
+		/*
+		 * Recognize the gnu __attribute__ extension, which would
+		 * otherwise make the heuristic test DTWT
+		 */
+		if (anext == maybe_attribute) {
+			if (intoken(c)) {
+				*anext++ = c;
+				continue;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (intoken(c)) {
+				if (anext - maybe_attribute 
+				 < (ptrdiff_t)(sizeof attribute - 1))
+					*anext++ = c;
+				else	break;
+				continue;
+			} else {
+				*anext++ = '\0';
+				if (strcmp(maybe_attribute, attribute) == 0) {
+					(void)ungetc(c, inf);
+					return NO;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (intoken(c) || c == '{')
+			break;
+		if (c == '/' && GETC(==, '*'))
+			skip_comment(c);
+		else if (c == '/')
+			skip_comment(c);
+		else {				/* don't ever "read" '/' */
+			(void)ungetc(c, inf);
+			return (NO);
+		}
+	}
+	if (c != '{')
+		(void)skip_key('{');
+	return (YES);
+}
+
+/*
+ * hash_entry --
+ *	handle a line starting with a '#'
+ */
+static void
+hash_entry(void)
+{
+	int	c;			/* character read */
+	int	curline;		/* line started on */
+	char	*sp;			/* buffer pointer */
+	char	tok[MAXTOKEN];		/* storage buffer */
+
+	curline = lineno;
+	do if (GETC(==, EOF))
+		return;
+	while(c != '\n' && iswhite(c));
+	ungetc(c, inf);
+	for (sp = tok;;) {		/* get next token */
+		if (GETC(==, EOF))
+			return;
+		if (iswhite(c))
+			break;
+		if (sp < tok + sizeof tok)
+			*sp++ = c;
+	}
+	if(sp >= tok + sizeof tok)
+		--sp;
+	*sp = EOS;
+	if (memcmp(tok, "define", 6))	/* only interested in #define's */
+		goto skip;
+	for (;;) {			/* this doesn't handle "#define \n" */
+		if (GETC(==, EOF))
+			return;
+		if (!iswhite(c))
+			break;
+	}
+	for (sp = tok;;) {		/* get next token */
+		if(sp < tok + sizeof tok)
+			*sp++ = c;
+		if (GETC(==, EOF))
+			return;
+		/*
+		 * this is where it DOESN'T handle
+		 * "#define \n"
+		 */
+		if (!intoken(c))
+			break;
+	}
+	if(sp >= tok + sizeof tok)
+		--sp;
+	*sp = EOS;
+	if (dflag || c == '(') {	/* only want macros */
+		get_line();
+		pfnote(tok, curline);
+	}
+skip:	if (c == '\n') {		/* get rid of rest of define */
+		SETLINE
+		if (*(sp - 1) != '\\')
+			return;
+	}
+	(void)skip_key('\n');
+}
+
+/*
+ * str_entry --
+ *	handle a struct, union or enum entry
+ */
+static int
+str_entry(int c /* current character */)
+{
+	int	curline;		/* line started on */
+	char	*sp;			/* buffer pointer */
+	char	tok[LINE_MAX];		/* storage buffer */
+
+	curline = lineno;
+	while (iswhite(c))
+		if (GETC(==, EOF))
+			return (NO);
+	if (c == '{')		/* it was "struct {" */
+		return (YES);
+	for (sp = tok;;) {		/* get next token */
+		*sp++ = c;
+		if (GETC(==, EOF))
+			return (NO);
+		if (!intoken(c))
+			break;
+	}
+	switch (c) {
+		case '{':		/* it was "struct foo{" */
+			--sp;
+			break;
+		case '\n':		/* it was "struct foo\n" */
+			SETLINE;
+			/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+		default:		/* probably "struct foo " */
+			while (GETC(!=, EOF))
+				if (!iswhite(c))
+					break;
+			if (c != '{') {
+				(void)ungetc(c, inf);
+				return (NO);
+			}
+	}
+	*sp = EOS;
+	pfnote(tok, curline);
+	return (YES);
+}
+
+/*
+ * skip_comment --
+ *	skip over comment
+ */
+void
+skip_comment(int commenttype)
+{
+	int	c;			/* character read */
+	int	star;			/* '*' flag */
+
+	for (star = 0; GETC(!=, EOF);)
+		switch(c) {
+		/* comments don't nest, nor can they be escaped. */
+		case '*':
+			star = YES;
+			break;
+		case '/':
+			if (commenttype == '*' && star)
+				return;
+			break;
+		case '\n':
+			if (commenttype == '/') {
+				/*
+				 * we don't really parse C, so sometimes it
+				 * is necessary to see the newline
+				 */
+				ungetc(c, inf);
+				return;
+			}
+			SETLINE;
+			/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+		default:
+			star = NO;
+			break;
+		}
+}
+
+/*
+ * skip_string --
+ *	skip to the end of a string or character constant.
+ */
+void
+skip_string(int key)
+{
+	int	c,
+		skip;
+
+	for (skip = NO; GETC(!=, EOF); )
+		switch (c) {
+		case '\\':		/* a backslash escapes anything */
+			skip = !skip;	/* we toggle in case it's "\\" */
+			break;
+		case '\n':
+			SETLINE;
+			/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+		default:
+			if (c == key && !skip)
+				return;
+			skip = NO;
+		}
+}
+
+/*
+ * skip_key --
+ *	skip to next char "key"
+ */
+int
+skip_key(int key)
+{
+	int	c,
+		skip,
+		retval;
+
+	for (skip = retval = NO; GETC(!=, EOF);)
+		switch(c) {
+		case '\\':		/* a backslash escapes anything */
+			skip = !skip;	/* we toggle in case it's "\\" */
+			break;
+		case ';':		/* special case for yacc; if one */
+		case '|':		/* of these chars occurs, we may */
+			retval = YES;	/* have moved out of the rule */
+			break;		/* not used by C */
+		case '\'':
+		case '"':
+			/* skip strings and character constants */
+			skip_string(c);
+			break;
+		case '/':
+			/* skip comments */
+			if (GETC(==, '*')) {
+				skip_comment(c);
+				break;
+			} else if (c == '/') {
+				skip_comment(c);
+				break;
+			}
+			(void)ungetc(c, inf);
+			c = '/';
+			goto norm;
+		case '\n':
+			SETLINE;
+			/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+		default:
+		norm:
+			if (c == key && !skip)
+				return (retval);
+			skip = NO;
+		}
+	return (retval);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.1 b/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1dd72e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.1
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ctags.1,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ctags.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 1993
+.Dt CTAGS 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ctags
+.Nd create a tags file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl BFadtuwvx
+.Op Fl f Ar tagsfile
+.Ar name ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+makes a tags file for
+.Xr ex 1
+from the specified C,
+Pascal, Fortran,
+.Tn YACC ,
+lex, and lisp sources.
+A tags file gives the locations of specified objects in a group of files.
+Each line of the tags file contains the object name, the file in which it
+is defined, and a search pattern for the object definition, separated by
+white-space.
+Using the
+.Ar tags
+file,
+.Xr ex 1
+can quickly locate these object definitions.
+Depending upon the options provided to
+.Nm ,
+objects will consist of subroutines, typedefs, defines, structs,
+enums and unions.
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl B
+use backward searching patterns
+.Pq Li ?...? .
+.It Fl F
+use forward searching patterns
+.Pq Li /.../
+(the default).
+.It Fl a
+append to
+.Ar tags
+file.
+.It Fl d
+create tags for
+.Li #defines
+that don't take arguments;
+.Li #defines
+that take arguments are tagged automatically.
+.It Fl f
+Places the tag descriptions in a file called
+.Ar tagsfile .
+The default behaviour is to place them in a file called
+.Ar tags .
+.It Fl t
+create tags for typedefs, structs, unions, and enums.
+.It Fl u
+update the specified files in the
+.Ar tags
+file, that is, all
+references to them are deleted, and the new values are appended to the
+file.
+(Beware: this option is implemented in a way which is rather
+slow; it is usually faster to simply rebuild the
+.Ar tags
+file.)
+.It Fl v
+An index of the form expected by
+.Xr vgrind 1
+is produced on the standard output.
+This listing
+contains the object name, file name, and page number (assuming 64
+line pages).
+Since the output will be sorted into lexicographic order,
+it may be desired to run the output through
+.Xr sort 1 .
+Sample use:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+ctags \-v files \&| sort \-f > index
+vgrind \-x index
+.Ed
+.It Fl w
+suppress warning diagnostics.
+.It Fl x
+.Nm
+produces a list of object
+names, the line number and file name on which each is defined, as well
+as the text of that line and prints this on the standard output.
+This
+is a simple index which can be printed out as an off-line readable
+function index.
+.El
+.Pp
+Files whose names end in
+.Sq \&.c
+or
+.Sq \&.h
+are assumed to be C
+source files and are searched for C style routine and macro definitions.
+Files whose names end in
+.Sq \&.y
+are assumed to be
+.Tn YACC
+source files.
+Files whose names end in
+.Sq \&.l
+are assumed to be lisp files if their
+first non-blank character is
+.Sq \&; ,
+.Sq \&( ,
+or
+.Sq \&[ ,
+otherwise, they are
+treated as lex files.
+Other files are first examined to see if they
+contain any Pascal or Fortran routine definitions, and, if not, are
+searched for C style definitions.
+.Pp
+The tag
+.Li main
+is treated specially in C programs.
+The tag formed
+is created by prepending
+.Ar M
+to the name of the file, with the
+trailing
+.Sq \&.c
+and any leading pathname components removed.
+This
+makes use of
+.Nm
+practical in directories with more than one
+program.
+.Pp
+Yacc and lex files each have a special tag.
+.Ar Yyparse
+is the start
+of the second section of the yacc file, and
+.Ar yylex
+is the start of
+the second section of the lex file.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width tags -compact
+.It Pa tags
+default output tags file
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+Duplicate objects are not considered errors.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ex 1 ,
+.Xr vi 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 3.0 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Recognition of
+.Em functions  ,
+.Em subroutines
+and
+.Em procedures
+for
+.Tn FORTRAN
+and Pascal is done in a very simpleminded way.
+No attempt
+is made to deal with block structure; if you have two Pascal procedures
+in different blocks with the same name you lose.
+.Nm
+doesn't
+understand about Pascal types.
+.Pp
+The method of deciding whether to look for C, Pascal or
+.Tn FORTRAN
+functions is a hack.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+relies on the input being well formed, and any syntactical
+errors will completely confuse it.
+It also finds some legal syntax
+confusing; for example, since it doesn't understand
+.Li #ifdef Ns 's
+(incidentally, that's a feature, not a bug), any code with unbalanced
+braces inside
+.Li #ifdef Ns 's
+will cause it to become somewhat disoriented.
+In a similar fashion, multiple line changes within a definition will
+cause it to enter the last line of the object, rather than the first, as
+the searching pattern.
+The last line of multiple line
+.Li typedef Ns 's
+will similarly be noted.
diff --git a/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.c b/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5054b1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.c
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ctags.c,v 1.12 2008/07/21 14:19:22 lukem Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__COPYRIGHT) && !defined(lint)
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ctags.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 2/7/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ctags.c,v 1.12 2008/07/21 14:19:22 lukem Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "ctags.h"
+
+/*
+ * ctags: create a tags file
+ */
+
+NODE	*head;			/* head of the sorted binary tree */
+
+				/* boolean "func" (see init()) */
+bool	_wht[256], _etk[256], _itk[256], _btk[256], _gd[256];
+
+FILE	*inf;			/* ioptr for current input file */
+FILE	*outf;			/* ioptr for tags file */
+
+long	lineftell;		/* ftell after getc( inf ) == '\n' */
+
+int	lineno;			/* line number of current line */
+int	dflag;			/* -d: non-macro defines */
+int	tflag;			/* -t: create tags for typedefs */
+int	vflag;			/* -v: vgrind style index output */
+int	wflag;			/* -w: suppress warnings */
+int	xflag;			/* -x: cxref style output */
+
+char	*curfile;		/* current input file name */
+char	searchar = '/';		/* use /.../ searches by default */
+char	lbuf[LINE_MAX];
+
+void	init(void);
+void	find_entries(char *);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	static const char	*outfile = "tags";	/* output file */
+	int	aflag;				/* -a: append to tags */
+	int	uflag;				/* -u: update tags */
+	int	exit_val;			/* exit value */
+	int	step;				/* step through args */
+	int	ch;				/* getopts char */
+	char	cmd[100];			/* too ugly to explain */
+
+	aflag = uflag = NO;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "BFadf:tuwvx")) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'B':
+			searchar = '?';
+			break;
+		case 'F':
+			searchar = '/';
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			aflag++;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			dflag++;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			outfile = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			tflag++;
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			uflag++;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			wflag++;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			vflag++;
+		case 'x':
+			xflag++;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			goto usage;
+		}
+	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+	if (!argc) {
+usage:		(void)fprintf(stderr,
+			"usage: ctags [-BFadtuwvx] [-f tagsfile] file ...\n");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+	init();
+
+	for (exit_val = step = 0; step < argc; ++step)
+		if (!(inf = fopen(argv[step], "r"))) {
+			warn("%s", argv[step]);
+			exit_val = 1;
+		}
+		else {
+			curfile = argv[step];
+			find_entries(argv[step]);
+			(void)fclose(inf);
+		}
+
+	if (head) {
+		if (xflag)
+			put_entries(head);
+		else {
+			if (uflag) {
+				for (step = 0; step < argc; step++) {
+					(void)snprintf(cmd, sizeof(cmd),
+						"mv %s OTAGS; fgrep -v '\t%s\t' OTAGS >%s; rm OTAGS",
+							outfile, argv[step],
+							outfile);
+					system(cmd);
+				}
+				++aflag;
+			}
+			if (!(outf = fopen(outfile, aflag ? "a" : "w")))
+				err(exit_val, "%s", outfile);
+			put_entries(head);
+			(void)fclose(outf);
+			if (uflag) {
+				(void)snprintf(cmd, sizeof(cmd),
+				    "sort -o %s %s", outfile, outfile);
+				system(cmd);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	exit(exit_val);
+}
+
+/*
+ * init --
+ *	this routine sets up the boolean psuedo-functions which work by
+ *	setting boolean flags dependent upon the corresponding character.
+ *	Every char which is NOT in that string is false with respect to
+ *	the pseudo-function.  Therefore, all of the array "_wht" is NO
+ *	by default and then the elements subscripted by the chars in
+ *	CWHITE are set to YES.  Thus, "_wht" of a char is YES if it is in
+ *	the string CWHITE, else NO.
+ */
+void
+init(void)
+{
+	int		i;
+	unsigned const char	*sp;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
+		_wht[i] = _etk[i] = _itk[i] = _btk[i] = NO;
+		_gd[i] = YES;
+	}
+#define	CWHITE	" \f\t\n"
+	for (sp = CWHITE; *sp; sp++)	/* white space chars */
+		_wht[*sp] = YES;
+#define	CTOKEN	" \t\n\"'#()[]{}=-+%*/&|^~!<>;,.:?"
+	for (sp = CTOKEN; *sp; sp++)	/* token ending chars */
+		_etk[*sp] = YES;
+#define	CINTOK	"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789"
+	for (sp = CINTOK; *sp; sp++)	/* valid in-token chars */
+		_itk[*sp] = YES;
+#define	CBEGIN	"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+	for (sp = CBEGIN; *sp; sp++)	/* token starting chars */
+		_btk[*sp] = YES;
+#define	CNOTGD	",;"
+	for (sp = CNOTGD; *sp; sp++)	/* invalid after-function chars */
+		_gd[*sp] = NO;
+}
+
+/*
+ * find_entries --
+ *	this routine opens the specified file and calls the function
+ *	which searches the file.
+ */
+void
+find_entries(char *file)
+{
+	char	*cp;
+
+	lineno = 0;				/* should be 1 ?? KB */
+	if ((cp = strrchr(file, '.')) != NULL) {
+		if (cp[1] == 'l' && !cp[2]) {
+			int	c;
+
+			for (;;) {
+				if (GETC(==, EOF))
+					return;
+				if (!iswhite(c)) {
+					rewind(inf);
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+#define	LISPCHR	";(["
+/* lisp */		if (strchr(LISPCHR, c)) {
+				l_entries();
+				return;
+			}
+/* lex */		else {
+				/*
+				 * we search all 3 parts of a lex file
+				 * for C references.  This may be wrong.
+				 */
+				toss_yysec();
+				(void)strlcpy(lbuf, "%%$", sizeof(lbuf));
+				pfnote("yylex", lineno);
+				rewind(inf);
+			}
+		}
+/* yacc */	else if (cp[1] == 'y' && !cp[2]) {
+			/*
+			 * we search only the 3rd part of a yacc file
+			 * for C references.  This may be wrong.
+			 */
+			toss_yysec();
+			(void)strlcpy(lbuf, "%%$", sizeof(lbuf));
+			pfnote("yyparse", lineno);
+			y_entries();
+		}
+/* fortran */	else if ((cp[1] != 'c' && cp[1] != 'h') && !cp[2]) {
+			if (PF_funcs())
+				return;
+			rewind(inf);
+		}
+	}
+/* C */	c_entries();
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.h b/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6aa2aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ctags.h,v 1.9 2009/07/13 19:05:40 roy Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)ctags.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#define	bool	char
+
+#define	YES		1
+#define	NO		0
+#define	EOS		'\0'
+
+#define	ENDLINE		50		/* max length of pattern */
+#define	MAXTOKEN	250		/* max size of single token */
+
+#define	SETLINE		{++lineno;lineftell = ftell(inf);}
+#define	GETC(op,exp)	((c = getc(inf)) op (int)exp)
+
+#define	iswhite(arg)	(_wht[(unsigned)arg])	/* T if char is white */
+#define	begtoken(arg)	(_btk[(unsigned)arg])	/* T if char can start token */
+#define	intoken(arg)	(_itk[(unsigned)arg])	/* T if char can be in token */
+#define	endtoken(arg)	(_etk[(unsigned)arg])	/* T if char ends tokens */
+#define	isgood(arg)	(_gd[(unsigned)arg])	/* T if char can be after ')' */
+
+typedef struct nd_st {			/* sorting structure */
+	struct nd_st	*left,
+			*right;		/* left and right sons */
+	char	*entry,			/* function or type name */
+		*file,			/* file name */
+		*pat;			/* search pattern */
+	int	lno;			/* for -x option */
+	bool	been_warned;		/* set if noticed dup */
+} NODE;
+
+extern char	*curfile;		/* current input file name */
+extern NODE	*head;			/* head of the sorted binary tree */
+extern FILE    *inf;			/* ioptr for current input file */
+extern FILE    *outf;			/* ioptr for current output file */
+extern long	lineftell;		/* ftell after getc( inf ) == '\n' */
+extern int	lineno;			/* line number of current line */
+extern int	dflag;			/* -d: non-macro defines */
+extern int	tflag;			/* -t: create tags for typedefs */
+extern int	vflag;			/* -v: vgrind style index output */
+extern int	wflag;			/* -w: suppress warnings */
+extern int	xflag;			/* -x: cxref style output */
+extern bool	_wht[], _etk[], _itk[], _btk[], _gd[];
+extern char	lbuf[LINE_MAX];
+extern char    *lbp;
+extern char	searchar;		/* ex search character */
+
+extern int	cicmp(const char *);
+extern void	get_line(void);
+extern void	pfnote(const char *, int);
+extern int	skip_key(int);
+extern void	put_entries(NODE *);
+extern void	toss_yysec(void);
+extern void	l_entries(void);
+extern void	y_entries(void);
+extern int	PF_funcs(void);
+extern void	c_entries(void);
+extern void	skip_comment(int);
diff --git a/usr.bin/ctags/fortran.c b/usr.bin/ctags/fortran.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a9cefd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ctags/fortran.c
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: fortran.c,v 1.11 2009/07/13 19:05:40 roy Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fortran.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: fortran.c,v 1.11 2009/07/13 19:05:40 roy Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "ctags.h"
+
+static void takeprec(void);
+
+char *lbp;				/* line buffer pointer */
+
+int
+PF_funcs(void)
+{
+	bool	pfcnt;			/* pascal/fortran functions found */
+	char	*cp;
+	char	tok[MAXTOKEN];
+
+	for (pfcnt = NO;;) {
+		lineftell = ftell(inf);
+		if (!fgets(lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), inf))
+			return (pfcnt);
+		++lineno;
+		lbp = lbuf;
+		if (*lbp == '%')	/* Ratfor escape to fortran */
+			++lbp;
+		for (; isspace((unsigned char)*lbp); ++lbp)
+			continue;
+		if (!*lbp)
+			continue;
+		switch (*lbp | ' ') {	/* convert to lower-case */
+		case 'c':
+			if (cicmp("complex") || cicmp("character"))
+				takeprec();
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			if (cicmp("double")) {
+				for (; isspace((unsigned char)*lbp); ++lbp)
+					continue;
+				if (!*lbp)
+					continue;
+				if (cicmp("precision"))
+					break;
+				continue;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			if (cicmp("integer"))
+				takeprec();
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			if (cicmp("logical"))
+				takeprec();
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			if (cicmp("real"))
+				takeprec();
+			break;
+		}
+		for (; isspace((unsigned char)*lbp); ++lbp)
+			continue;
+		if (!*lbp)
+			continue;
+		switch (*lbp | ' ') {
+		case 'f':
+			if (cicmp("function"))
+				break;
+			continue;
+		case 'p':
+			if (cicmp("program") || cicmp("procedure"))
+				break;
+			continue;
+		case 's':
+			if (cicmp("subroutine"))
+				break;
+		default:
+			continue;
+		}
+		for (; isspace((unsigned char)*lbp); ++lbp)
+			continue;
+		if (!*lbp)
+			continue;
+		for (cp = lbp + 1; *cp && intoken(*cp); ++cp)
+			continue;
+		if ((cp = lbp + 1) != NULL)
+			continue;
+		*cp = EOS;
+		(void)strlcpy(tok, lbp, sizeof(tok));
+		get_line();			/* process line for ex(1) */
+		pfnote(tok, lineno);
+		pfcnt = YES;
+	}
+	/*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/*
+ * cicmp --
+ *	do case-independent strcmp
+ */
+int
+cicmp(const char *cp)
+{
+	int	len;
+	char	*bp;
+
+	for (len = 0, bp = lbp; *cp && (*cp &~ ' ') == (*bp++ &~ ' ');
+	    ++cp, ++len)
+		continue;
+	if (!*cp) {
+		lbp += len;
+		return (YES);
+	}
+	return (NO);
+}
+
+static void
+takeprec(void)
+{
+	for (; isspace((unsigned char)*lbp); ++lbp)
+		continue;
+	if (*lbp == '*') {
+		for (++lbp; isspace((unsigned char)*lbp); ++lbp)
+			continue;
+		if (!isdigit((unsigned char)*lbp))
+			--lbp;			/* force failure */
+		else
+			while (isdigit((unsigned char)*++lbp))
+				continue;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/ctags/lisp.c b/usr.bin/ctags/lisp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d143c6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ctags/lisp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lisp.c,v 1.11 2009/07/13 19:05:40 roy Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lisp.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lisp.c,v 1.11 2009/07/13 19:05:40 roy Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "ctags.h"
+
+/*
+ * lisp tag functions
+ * just look for (def or (DEF
+ */
+void
+l_entries(void)
+{
+	int	special;
+	char	*cp;
+	char	savedc;
+	char	tok[MAXTOKEN];
+
+	for (;;) {
+		lineftell = ftell(inf);
+		if (!fgets(lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), inf))
+			return;
+		++lineno;
+		lbp = lbuf;
+		if (!cicmp("(def"))
+			continue;
+		special = NO;
+		switch(*lbp | ' ') {
+		case 'm':
+			if (cicmp("method"))
+				special = YES;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			if (cicmp("wrapper") || cicmp("whopper"))
+				special = YES;
+		}
+		for (; !isspace((unsigned char)*lbp); ++lbp)
+			continue;
+		for (; isspace((unsigned char)*lbp); ++lbp)
+			continue;
+		for (cp = lbp; *cp && *cp != '\n'; ++cp)
+			continue;
+		*cp = EOS;
+		if (special) {
+			if (!(cp = strchr(lbp, ')')))
+				continue;
+			for (; cp >= lbp && *cp != ':'; --cp)
+				continue;
+			if (cp < lbp)
+				continue;
+			lbp = cp;
+			for (; *cp && *cp != ')' && *cp != ' '; ++cp)
+				continue;
+		}
+		else
+			for (cp = lbp + 1;
+			    *cp && *cp != '(' && *cp != ' '; ++cp)
+				continue;
+		savedc = *cp;
+		*cp = EOS;
+		(void)strlcpy(tok, lbp, sizeof(tok));
+		*cp = savedc;
+		get_line();
+		pfnote(tok, lineno);
+	}
+	/*NOTREACHED*/
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/ctags/print.c b/usr.bin/ctags/print.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86fcd3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ctags/print.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: print.c,v 1.10 2009/07/13 19:05:40 roy Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)print.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else 
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: print.c,v 1.10 2009/07/13 19:05:40 roy Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "ctags.h"
+
+/*
+ * get_line --
+ *	get the line the token of interest occurred on,
+ *	prepare it for printing.
+ */
+void
+get_line(void)
+{
+	long	saveftell;
+	int	c;
+	int	cnt;
+	char	*cp;
+
+	saveftell = ftell(inf);
+	(void)fseek(inf, lineftell, SEEK_SET);
+	if (xflag)
+		for (cp = lbuf; GETC(!=, '\n'); *cp++ = c)
+			continue;
+	/*
+	 * do all processing here, so we don't step through the
+	 * line more than once; means you don't call this routine
+	 * unless you're sure you've got a keeper.
+	 */
+	else for (cnt = 0, cp = lbuf; GETC(!=, EOF) && cnt < ENDLINE; ++cnt) {
+		if (c == '\\') {		/* backslashes */
+			if (cnt > ENDLINE - 2)
+				break;
+			*cp++ = '\\'; *cp++ = '\\';
+			++cnt;
+		}
+		else if (c == (int)searchar) {	/* search character */
+			if (cnt > ENDLINE - 2)
+				break;
+			*cp++ = '\\'; *cp++ = c;
+			++cnt;
+		}
+		else if (c == '\n') {	/* end of keep */
+			*cp++ = '$';		/* can find whole line */
+			break;
+		}
+		else
+			*cp++ = c;
+	}
+	*cp = EOS;
+	(void)fseek(inf, saveftell, SEEK_SET);
+}
+
+/*
+ * put_entries --
+ *	write out the tags
+ */
+void
+put_entries(NODE *node)
+{
+
+	if (node->left)
+		put_entries(node->left);
+	if (vflag)
+		printf("%s %s %d\n",
+		    node->entry, node->file, (node->lno + 63) / 64);
+	else if (xflag)
+		printf("%-16s%4d %-16s %s\n",
+		    node->entry, node->lno, node->file, node->pat);
+	else
+		fprintf(outf, "%s\t%s\t%c^%s%c\n",
+		    node->entry, node->file, searchar, node->pat, searchar);
+	if (node->right)
+		put_entries(node->right);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/ctags/test/ctags.test b/usr.bin/ctags/test/ctags.test
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..658a073
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ctags/test/ctags.test
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ctags.test,v 1.2 1995/03/26 20:14:14 glass Exp $	*/
+
+int	bar = (1 + 5);
+
+FOO("here is a #define test: ) {");
+char sysent[20];
+int	nsysent = sizeof (sysent) / sizeof (sysent[0]);
+/*
+ * now is the time for a comment.
+ * four lines in length...
+ */struct struct_xtra{int list;};r4(x,y){};typedef struct{int bar;}struct_xxe;
+#define FOO	BAR
+struct struct_three {
+	int	list;
+};
+#define SINGLE
+int	BAD();
+enum color {red, green, gold, brown};
+char qq[] = "  quote(one,two) {int bar;}  ";
+typedef struct {
+	int	bar;
+	struct struct_two {
+		int foo;
+		union union_3 {
+			struct struct_three entry;
+			char size[25];
+		};
+		struct last {
+			struct struct_three xentry;
+			char list[34];
+		};
+	};
+} struct_one;
+#define TWOLINE	((MAXLIST + FUTURE + 15) \
+	/ (time_to_live ? 3 : 4))
+#if (defined(BAR))
+int	bar;
+#endif
+#define MULTIPLE {\
+	multiple(one,two); \
+	lineno++; \
+	callroute(one,two); \
+}
+#if defined(BAR)
+int	bar;
+#endif
+union union_one {
+	struct struct_three	s3;
+	char	foo[25];
+};
+#define XYZ(A,B)	(A + B / 2) * (3 - 26 + l_lineno)
+routine1(one,two)	/* comments here are fun... */
+	struct {
+		int entry;
+		char bar[34];
+	} *one;
+	char two[10];
+{
+typedef unsigned char	u_char;
+	register struct buf *bp;
+	five(one,two);
+}
+ routine2 (one,two) { puts("hello\n"); }
+ routine3
+(one,
+two) { puts("world\n"); }
+routine4(int one, char (*two)(void)) /* test ANSI arguments */
+{
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/ctags/tree.c b/usr.bin/ctags/tree.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93f4a41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ctags/tree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tree.c,v 1.12 2006/04/05 19:38:47 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)tree.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tree.c,v 1.12 2006/04/05 19:38:47 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "ctags.h"
+
+static void	add_node(NODE *, NODE *);
+static void	free_tree(NODE *);
+
+/*
+ * pfnote --
+ *	enter a new node in the tree
+ */
+void
+pfnote(const char *name, int ln)
+{
+	NODE	*np;
+	char	*fp;
+	char	nbuf[MAXTOKEN];
+
+	/*NOSTRICT*/
+	if (!(np = (NODE *)malloc(sizeof(NODE)))) {
+		warnx("too many entries to sort");
+		put_entries(head);
+		free_tree(head);
+		/*NOSTRICT*/
+		if (!(head = np = (NODE *)malloc(sizeof(NODE))))
+			err(1, "out of space");
+	}
+	if (!xflag && !strcmp(name, "main")) {
+		if (!(fp = strrchr(curfile, '/')))
+			fp = curfile;
+		else
+			++fp;
+		(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "M%s", fp);
+		fp = strrchr(nbuf, '.');
+		if (fp && !fp[2])
+			*fp = EOS;
+		name = nbuf;
+	}
+	if (!(np->entry = strdup(name)))
+		err(1, "strdup");
+	np->file = curfile;
+	np->lno = ln;
+	np->left = np->right = 0;
+	if (!(np->pat = strdup(lbuf)))
+		err(1, "strdup");
+	if (!head)
+		head = np;
+	else
+		add_node(np, head);
+}
+
+static void
+add_node(NODE *node, NODE *cur_node)
+{
+	int	dif;
+
+	dif = strcmp(node->entry, cur_node->entry);
+	if (!dif) {
+		if (node->file == cur_node->file) {
+			if (!wflag)
+				fprintf(stderr, "Duplicate entry in file %s, line %d: %s\nSecond entry ignored\n", node->file, lineno, node->entry);
+			return;
+		}
+		if (!cur_node->been_warned)
+			if (!wflag)
+				fprintf(stderr, "Duplicate entry in files %s and %s: %s (Warning only)\n", node->file, cur_node->file, node->entry);
+		cur_node->been_warned = YES;
+	}
+	else if (dif < 0) {
+		if (cur_node->left)
+			add_node(node, cur_node->left);
+		else
+			cur_node->left = node;
+	} else {
+		if (cur_node->right)
+			add_node(node, cur_node->right);
+		else
+			cur_node->right = node;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+free_tree(NODE *node)
+{
+	NODE *nnode;
+
+	for (; node != NULL; node = nnode) {
+		nnode = node->left;
+		if (node->right) {
+			if (nnode == NULL)
+				nnode = node->right;
+			else
+				free_tree(node->right);
+		}
+		free(node);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/ctags/yacc.c b/usr.bin/ctags/yacc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d17fa99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ctags/yacc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: yacc.c,v 1.12 2009/07/13 19:05:40 roy Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)yacc.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: yacc.c,v 1.12 2009/07/13 19:05:40 roy Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "ctags.h"
+
+/*
+ * y_entries:
+ *	find the yacc tags and put them in.
+ */
+void
+y_entries(void)
+{
+	int	c;
+	char	*sp;
+	bool	in_rule;
+	char	tok[MAXTOKEN];
+
+	in_rule = NO;
+
+	while (GETC(!=, EOF))
+		switch (c) {
+		case '\n':
+			SETLINE;
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ' ':
+		case '\f':
+		case '\r':
+		case '\t':
+			break;
+		case '{':
+			if (skip_key('}'))
+				in_rule = NO;
+			break;
+		case '\'':
+		case '"':
+			if (skip_key(c))
+				in_rule = NO;
+			break;
+		case '%':
+			if (GETC(==, '%'))
+				return;
+			(void)ungetc(c, inf);
+			break;
+		case '/':
+			if (GETC(==, '*'))
+				skip_comment('*');
+			else
+				(void)ungetc(c, inf);
+			break;
+		case '|':
+		case ';':
+			in_rule = NO;
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (in_rule || (!isalpha(c) && c != '.' && c != '_'))
+				break;
+			sp = tok;
+			*sp++ = c;
+			while (GETC(!=, EOF) && (intoken(c) || c == '.'))
+				*sp++ = c;
+			*sp = EOS;
+			get_line();		/* may change before ':' */
+			if (c == EOF)
+				return;
+			while (iswhite(c)) {
+				if (c == '\n')
+					SETLINE;
+				if (GETC(==, EOF))
+					return;
+			}
+			if (c == ':') {
+				pfnote(tok, lineno);
+				in_rule = YES;
+			}
+			else
+				(void)ungetc(c, inf);
+		}
+}
+
+/*
+ * toss_yysec --
+ *	throw away lines up to the next "\n%%\n"
+ */
+void
+toss_yysec(void)
+{
+	int	c;			/* read character */
+	int	state;
+
+	/*
+	 * state == 0 : waiting
+	 * state == 1 : received a newline
+	 * state == 2 : received first %
+	 * state == 3 : received second %
+	 */
+	lineftell = ftell(inf);
+	for (state = 0; GETC(!=, EOF);)
+		switch (c) {
+		case '\n':
+			++lineno;
+			lineftell = ftell(inf);
+			if (state == 3)		/* done! */
+				return;
+			state = 1;		/* start over */
+			break;
+		case '%':
+			if (state)		/* if 1 or 2 */
+				++state;	/* goto 3 */
+			break;
+		default:
+			state = 0;		/* reset */
+			break;
+		}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/cut/cut.1 b/usr.bin/cut/cut.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3dbf55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cut/cut.1
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: cut.1,v 1.18 2012/06/20 17:53:19 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)cut.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 12, 2012
+.Dt CUT 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cut
+.Nd select portions of each line of a file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Fl b Ar list
+.Op Fl n
+.Op Ar
+.Nm
+.Fl c Ar list
+.Op Ar
+.Nm
+.Fl f Ar list
+.Op Fl d Ar string
+.Op Fl s
+.Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility selects portions of each line (as specified by
+.Ar list )
+from each
+.Ar file
+and writes them to the
+standard output.
+If the
+.Ar file
+argument is a single dash
+.Pq Sq -
+or no
+.Ar file
+arguments were specified, lines are read from the standard input.
+The items specified by
+.Ar list
+can be in terms of column position or in terms of fields delimited
+by a special character.
+Column and field numbering start from 1.
+.Pp
+.Ar list
+is a comma or whitespace separated set of increasing numbers and/or
+number ranges.
+Number ranges consist of a number, a dash
+.Pq Li \- ,
+and a second number
+and select the columns or fields from the first number to the second,
+inclusive.
+Numbers or number ranges may be preceded by a dash, which selects all
+columns or fields from 1 to the first number.
+Numbers or number ranges may be followed by a dash, which selects all
+columns or fields from the last number to the end of the line.
+Numbers and number ranges may be repeated, overlapping, and in any order.
+It is not an error to select columns or fields not present in the
+input line.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Fl b Ar list
+.Ar list
+specifies byte positions.
+.It Fl c Ar list
+.Ar list
+specifies character positions.
+.It Fl d Ar string
+Use the first character of
+.Ar string
+as the field delimiter character.
+The default is the
+.Aq TAB
+character.
+.It Fl f Ar list
+.Ar list
+specifies fields, separated by the field delimiter character.
+The selected fields are output,
+separated by the field delimiter character.
+.It Fl n
+Do not split multi-byte characters.
+.It Fl s
+Suppress lines with no field delimiter characters.
+Unless specified, lines with no delimiters are passed through unmodified.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr paste 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/cut/cut.c b/usr.bin/cut/cut.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d84b46e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cut/cut.c
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cut.c,v 1.29 2014/02/03 20:22:19 wiz Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam S. Moskowitz of Menlo Consulting and Marciano Pitargue.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cut.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cut.c,v 1.29 2014/02/03 20:22:19 wiz Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+static int bflag;
+static int	cflag;
+static char	dchar;
+static int	dflag;
+static int	fflag;
+static int	sflag;
+
+static void	b_cut(FILE *, const char *);
+static void	c_cut(FILE *, const char *);
+static void	f_cut(FILE *, const char *);
+static void	get_list(char *);
+static void	usage(void) __dead;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	void (*fcn)(FILE *, const char *);
+	int ch, rval;
+
+	fcn = NULL;
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	dchar = '\t';			/* default delimiter is \t */
+
+	/* Since we don't support multi-byte characters, the -c and -b
+	   options are equivalent, and the -n option is meaningless. */
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "b:c:d:f:sn")) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'b':
+			fcn = b_cut;
+			get_list(optarg);
+			bflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			fcn = c_cut;
+			get_list(optarg);
+			cflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			dchar = *optarg;
+			dflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			get_list(optarg);
+			fcn = f_cut;
+			fflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			sflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (fflag) {
+		if (cflag || bflag)
+			usage();
+	} else if ((!cflag && !bflag) || dflag || sflag)
+		usage();
+	else if (bflag && cflag)
+		usage();
+
+	rval = 0;
+	if (*argv)
+		for (; *argv; ++argv) {
+			if (strcmp(*argv, "-") == 0)
+				fcn(stdin, "stdin");
+			else {
+				if ((fp = fopen(*argv, "r"))) {
+					fcn(fp, *argv);
+					(void)fclose(fp);
+				} else {
+					rval = 1;
+					warn("%s", *argv);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	else
+		fcn(stdin, "stdin");
+	return(rval);
+}
+
+static size_t autostart, autostop, maxval;
+
+static char *positions = NULL;
+static size_t numpositions = 0;
+#define ALLOC_CHUNK	_POSIX2_LINE_MAX	/* malloc granularity */
+
+static void
+get_list(char *list)
+{
+	size_t setautostart, start, stop;
+	char *pos;
+	char *p;
+
+	if (positions == NULL) {
+		numpositions = ALLOC_CHUNK;
+		positions = ecalloc(numpositions, sizeof(*positions));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * set a byte in the positions array to indicate if a field or
+	 * column is to be selected; use +1, it's 1-based, not 0-based.
+	 * This parser is less restrictive than the Draft 9 POSIX spec.
+	 * POSIX doesn't allow lists that aren't in increasing order or
+	 * overlapping lists.  We also handle "-3-5" although there's no
+	 * real reason to.
+	 */
+	for (; (p = strtok(list, ", \t")) != NULL; list = NULL) {
+		setautostart = start = stop = 0;
+		if (*p == '-') {
+			++p;
+			setautostart = 1;
+		}
+		if (isdigit((unsigned char)*p)) {
+			start = stop = strtol(p, &p, 10);
+			if (setautostart && start > autostart)
+				autostart = start;
+		}
+		if (*p == '-') {
+			if (isdigit((unsigned char)p[1]))
+				stop = strtol(p + 1, &p, 10);
+			if (*p == '-') {
+				++p;
+				if (!autostop || autostop > stop)
+					autostop = stop;
+			}
+		}
+		if (*p)
+			errx(1, "[-bcf] list: illegal list value");
+		if (!stop || !start)
+			errx(1, "[-bcf] list: values may not include zero");
+		if (stop + 1 > numpositions) {
+			size_t newsize;
+			newsize = roundup(stop + 1, ALLOC_CHUNK);
+			positions = erealloc(positions, newsize);
+			(void)memset(positions + numpositions, 0,
+			    newsize - numpositions);
+			numpositions = newsize;
+		}
+		if (maxval < stop)
+			maxval = stop;
+		for (pos = positions + start; start++ <= stop; pos++)
+			*pos = 1;
+	}
+
+	/* overlapping ranges */
+	if (autostop && maxval > autostop)
+		maxval = autostop;
+
+	/* set autostart */
+	if (autostart)
+		(void)memset(positions + 1, '1', autostart);
+}
+
+static void
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+f_cut(FILE *fp, const char *fname __unused)
+{
+	int ch, field, isdelim;
+	char *pos, *p, sep;
+	int output;
+	size_t len;
+	char *lbuf, *tbuf;
+
+	for (sep = dchar, tbuf = NULL; (lbuf = fgetln(fp, &len)) != NULL;) {
+		output = 0;
+		if (lbuf[len - 1] != '\n') {
+			/* no newline at the end of the last line so add one */
+			if ((tbuf = (char *)malloc(len + 1)) == NULL)
+				err(1, NULL);
+			(void)memcpy(tbuf, lbuf, len);
+			tbuf[len++] = '\n';
+			lbuf = tbuf;
+		}
+		for (isdelim = 0, p = lbuf;; ++p) {
+			ch = *p;
+			/* this should work if newline is delimiter */
+			if (ch == sep)
+				isdelim = 1;
+			if (ch == '\n') {
+				if (!isdelim && !sflag)
+					(void)fwrite(lbuf, len, 1, stdout);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (!isdelim)
+			continue;
+
+		pos = positions + 1;
+		for (field = maxval, p = lbuf; field; --field, ++pos) {
+			if (*pos) {
+				if (output++)
+					(void)putchar(sep);
+				while ((ch = *p++) != '\n' && ch != sep)
+					(void)putchar(ch);
+			} else {
+				while ((ch = *p++) != '\n' && ch != sep)
+					continue;
+			}
+			if (ch == '\n')
+				break;
+		}
+		if (ch != '\n') {
+			if (autostop) {
+				if (output)
+					(void)putchar(sep);
+				for (; (ch = *p) != '\n'; ++p)
+					(void)putchar(ch);
+			} else
+				for (; (ch = *p) != '\n'; ++p);
+		}
+		(void)putchar('\n');
+		if (tbuf) {
+			free(tbuf);
+			tbuf = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	if (tbuf)
+		free(tbuf);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage:\tcut -b list [-n] [file ...]\n"
+	    "\tcut -c list [file ...]\n"
+	    "\tcut -f list [-d string] [-s] [file ...]\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+/* make b_put(): */
+#define CUT_BYTE 1
+#include "x_cut.c"
+#undef CUT_BYTE
+
+/* make c_put(): */
+#define CUT_BYTE 0
+#include "x_cut.c"
+#undef CUT_BYTE
diff --git a/usr.bin/cut/x_cut.c b/usr.bin/cut/x_cut.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..006b5af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/cut/x_cut.c
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: x_cut.c,v 1.2 2007/07/02 18:41:04 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam S. Moskowitz of Menlo Consulting and Marciano Pitargue.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  This file is #include'd twice from cut.c, to generate both
+ *  single- and multibyte versions of the same code.
+ *
+ *  In cut.c #define:
+ *   CUT_BYTE=0 to define b_cut (singlebyte), and
+ *   CUT_BYTE=1 to define c_cut (multibyte).
+ *
+ */
+
+#if (CUT_BYTE == 1)
+#  define CUT_FN 		b_cut
+#  define CUT_CH_T 		int
+#  define CUT_GETC 		getc
+#  define CUT_EOF 		EOF
+#  define CUT_PUTCHAR		putchar
+#else
+#  define CUT_FN 		c_cut
+#  define CUT_CH_T 		wint_t
+#  define CUT_GETC 		getwc
+#  define CUT_EOF		WEOF
+#  define CUT_PUTCHAR		putwchar
+#endif
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+CUT_FN(FILE *fp, const char *fname __unused)
+{
+	CUT_CH_T ch;
+	int col;
+	char *pos;
+
+	ch = 0;
+	for (;;) {
+		pos = positions + 1;
+		for (col = maxval; col; --col) {
+			if ((ch = CUT_GETC(fp)) == EOF)
+				return;
+			if (ch == '\n')
+				break;
+			if (*pos++)
+				(void)CUT_PUTCHAR(ch);
+		}
+		if (ch != '\n') {
+			if (autostop)
+				while ((ch = CUT_GETC(fp)) != CUT_EOF && ch != '\n')
+					(void)CUT_PUTCHAR(ch);
+			else
+				while ((ch = CUT_GETC(fp)) != CUT_EOF && ch != '\n');
+		}
+		(void)CUT_PUTCHAR('\n');
+	}
+}
+
+#undef CUT_FN
+#undef CUT_CH_T
+#undef CUT_GETC
+#undef CUT_EOF
+#undef CUT_PUTCHAR
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/dirname/dirname.c b/usr.bin/dirname/dirname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc9d0ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/dirname/dirname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: dirname.c,v 1.12 2011/09/16 15:39:25 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dirname.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: dirname.c,v 1.12 2011/09/16 15:39:25 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char *p;
+	int ch;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc != 1)
+		usage();
+
+	if ((p = dirname(*argv)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "%s", *argv);
+	(void)printf("%s\n", p);
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: dirname path\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/du/du.1 b/usr.bin/du/du.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14bb436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/du/du.1
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: du.1,v 1.23 2012/05/14 21:14:14 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)du.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/1/94
+.\"
+.Dd May 14, 2012
+.Dt DU 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm du
+.Nd display disk usage statistics
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Op Fl a | Fl d Ar depth | Fl s
+.Op Fl cghikmnrx
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility displays the file system usage for each file argument
+and for each directory in the file hierarchy rooted in each directory
+argument.
+If no file is specified, the block usage of the hierarchy rooted in
+the current directory is displayed.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl H
+Symbolic links on the command line are followed.
+(Symbolic links encountered in the tree traversal are not followed.)
+.It Fl L
+All symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl P
+No symbolic links are followed.
+.It Fl a
+Display an entry for each file in the file hierarchy.
+.It Fl c
+Display the grand total after all the arguments have been processed.
+.It Fl d
+Display an entry files and directories
+.Ar depth
+directories deep.
+.It Fl g
+If the
+.Fl g
+flag is specified, the number displayed is the number of gigabyte
+(1024*1024*1024 bytes) blocks.
+.It Fl h
+If the
+.Fl h
+flag is specified, the numbers will be displayed in "human-readable"
+format.
+Use unit suffixes: B (Byte), K (Kilobyte), M (Megabyte), G (Gigabyte),
+T (Terabyte) and P (Petabyte).
+.It Fl i
+Output inode usage instead of blocks.
+All "human-readable" options are ignored.
+.It Fl k
+By default,
+.Nm
+displays the number of blocks as returned by the
+.Xr stat 2
+system call, i.e. 512-byte blocks.
+If the
+.Fl k
+flag is specified, the number displayed is the number of kilobyte
+(1024 bytes) blocks.
+Partial numbers of blocks are rounded up.
+.It Fl m
+If the
+.Fl m
+flag is specified, the number displayed is the number of megabyte
+(1024*1024 bytes) blocks.
+.It Fl n
+Ignore files and directories with user
+.Qq nodump
+flag
+.Pq Dv UF_NODUMP
+set.
+.It Fl r
+Generate warning messages about directories that cannot be read.
+This is the default behaviour.
+.It Fl s
+Display only the grand total for the specified files.
+.It Fl x
+Filesystem mount points are not traversed.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Nm
+counts the storage used by symbolic links and not the files they
+reference unless the
+.Fl H
+or
+.Fl L
+option is specified.
+If either the
+.Fl H
+or
+.Fl L
+options are specified, storage used by any symbolic links which are
+followed is not counted or displayed.
+The
+.Fl H ,
+.Fl L
+and
+.Fl P
+options override each other and the command's actions are determined
+by the last one specified.
+.Pp
+Files having multiple hard links are counted (and displayed) a single
+time per
+.Nm
+execution.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width BLOCKSIZE
+.It Ev BLOCKSIZE
+If the environment variable
+.Ev BLOCKSIZE
+is set, and the
+.Fl g ,
+.Fl h ,
+.Fl k ,
+and
+.Fl m
+options are not specified, the block counts will be displayed in units of that
+size block.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr df 1 ,
+.Xr chflags 2 ,
+.Xr fts 3 ,
+.Xr getbsize 3 ,
+.Xr symlink 7 ,
+.Xr quot 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/du/du.c b/usr.bin/du/du.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b13232
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/du/du.c
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: du.c,v 1.36 2012/03/11 11:23:20 shattered Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Chris Newcomb.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)du.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: du.c,v 1.36 2012/03/11 11:23:20 shattered Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <util.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Count inodes or file size */
+#define	COUNT	(iflag ? 1 : p->fts_statp->st_blocks)
+
+static int	linkchk(dev_t, ino_t);
+static void	prstat(const char *, int64_t);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+static int hflag, iflag;
+static long blocksize;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	FTS *fts;
+	FTSENT *p;
+	int64_t totalblocks;
+	int ftsoptions, listfiles;
+	int depth;
+	int Hflag, Lflag, aflag, ch, cflag, dflag, gkmflag, nflag, rval, sflag;
+	const char *noargv[2];
+
+	Hflag = Lflag = aflag = cflag = dflag = gkmflag = nflag = sflag = 0;
+	totalblocks = 0;
+	ftsoptions = FTS_PHYSICAL;
+	depth = INT_MAX;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "HLPacd:ghikmnrsx")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'H':
+			Hflag = 1;
+			Lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			Lflag = 1;
+			Hflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			Hflag = Lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			aflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			cflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			dflag = 1;
+			depth = atoi(optarg);
+			if (depth < 0 || depth > SHRT_MAX) {
+				warnx("invalid argument to option d: %s", 
+					optarg);
+				usage();
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'g':
+			blocksize = 1024 * 1024 * 1024;
+			gkmflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			hflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			iflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			blocksize = 1024;
+			gkmflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			blocksize = 1024 * 1024;
+			gkmflag = 1;
+			break; 
+		case 'n':
+			nflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			sflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			ftsoptions |= FTS_XDEV;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	/*
+	 * XXX
+	 * Because of the way that fts(3) works, logical walks will not count
+	 * the blocks actually used by symbolic links.  We rationalize this by
+	 * noting that users computing logical sizes are likely to do logical
+	 * copies, so not counting the links is correct.  The real reason is
+	 * that we'd have to re-implement the kernel's symbolic link traversing
+	 * algorithm to get this right.  If, for example, you have relative
+	 * symbolic links referencing other relative symbolic links, it gets
+	 * very nasty, very fast.  The bottom line is that it's documented in
+	 * the man page, so it's a feature.
+	 */
+	if (Hflag)
+		ftsoptions |= FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+	if (Lflag) {
+		ftsoptions &= ~FTS_PHYSICAL;
+		ftsoptions |= FTS_LOGICAL;
+	}
+
+	listfiles = 0;
+	if (aflag) {
+		if (sflag || dflag)
+			usage();
+		listfiles = 1;
+	} else if (sflag) {
+		if (dflag)
+			usage();
+		depth = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (!*argv) {
+		noargv[0] = ".";
+		noargv[1] = NULL;
+		argv = __UNCONST(noargv);
+	}
+
+	if (!gkmflag)
+		(void)getbsize(NULL, &blocksize);
+	blocksize /= 512;
+
+	if ((fts = fts_open(argv, ftsoptions, NULL)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "fts_open `%s'", *argv);
+
+	for (rval = 0; (p = fts_read(fts)) != NULL;) {
+		if (nflag) {
+			switch (p->fts_info) {
+			case FTS_NS:
+			case FTS_SLNONE:
+				/* nothing */
+				break;
+			default:
+				if (p->fts_statp->st_flags & UF_NODUMP) {
+					fts_set(fts, p, FTS_SKIP);
+					continue;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		switch (p->fts_info) {
+		case FTS_D:			/* Ignore. */
+			break;
+		case FTS_DP:
+			p->fts_parent->fts_number += 
+			    p->fts_number += COUNT;
+			if (cflag)
+				totalblocks += COUNT;
+			/*
+			 * If listing each directory, or not listing files
+			 * or directories and this is post-order of the
+			 * root of a traversal, display the total.
+			 */
+			if (p->fts_level <= depth
+			    || (!listfiles && !p->fts_level))
+				prstat(p->fts_path, p->fts_number);
+			break;
+		case FTS_DC:			/* Ignore. */
+			break;
+		case FTS_DNR:			/* Warn, continue. */
+		case FTS_ERR:
+		case FTS_NS:
+			warnx("%s: %s", p->fts_path, strerror(p->fts_errno));
+			rval = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (p->fts_statp->st_nlink > 1 &&
+			    linkchk(p->fts_statp->st_dev, p->fts_statp->st_ino))
+				break;
+			/*
+			 * If listing each file, or a non-directory file was
+			 * the root of a traversal, display the total.
+			 */
+			if (listfiles || !p->fts_level)
+				prstat(p->fts_path, COUNT);
+			p->fts_parent->fts_number += COUNT;
+			if (cflag)
+				totalblocks += COUNT;
+		}
+	}
+	if (errno)
+		err(1, "fts_read");
+	if (cflag)
+		prstat("total", totalblocks);
+	exit(rval);
+}
+
+static void
+prstat(const char *fname, int64_t blocks)
+{
+	if (iflag) {
+		(void)printf("%" PRId64 "\t%s\n", blocks, fname);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (hflag) {
+		char buf[5];
+		int64_t sz = blocks * 512;
+
+		humanize_number(buf, sizeof(buf), sz, "", HN_AUTOSCALE,
+		    HN_B | HN_NOSPACE | HN_DECIMAL);
+
+		(void)printf("%s\t%s\n", buf, fname);
+	} else
+		(void)printf("%" PRId64 "\t%s\n",
+		    howmany(blocks, (int64_t)blocksize),
+		    fname);
+}
+
+static int
+linkchk(dev_t dev, ino_t ino)
+{
+	static struct entry {
+		dev_t	dev;
+		ino_t	ino;
+	} *htable;
+	static int htshift;  /* log(allocated size) */
+	static int htmask;   /* allocated size - 1 */
+	static int htused;   /* 2*number of insertions */
+	static int sawzero;  /* Whether zero is in table or not */
+	int h, h2;
+	uint64_t tmp;
+	/* this constant is (1<<64)/((1+sqrt(5))/2)
+	 * aka (word size)/(golden ratio)
+	 */
+	const uint64_t HTCONST = 11400714819323198485ULL;
+	const int HTBITS = CHAR_BIT * sizeof(tmp);
+
+	/* Never store zero in hashtable */
+	if (dev == 0 && ino == 0) {
+		h = sawzero;
+		sawzero = 1;
+		return h;
+	}
+
+	/* Extend hash table if necessary, keep load under 0.5 */
+	if (htused<<1 >= htmask) {
+		struct entry *ohtable;
+
+		if (!htable)
+			htshift = 10;   /* starting hashtable size */
+		else
+			htshift++;   /* exponential hashtable growth */
+
+		htmask  = (1 << htshift) - 1;
+		htused = 0;
+
+		ohtable = htable;
+		htable = calloc(htmask+1, sizeof(*htable));
+		if (!htable)
+			err(1, "calloc");
+
+		/* populate newly allocated hashtable */
+		if (ohtable) {
+			int i;
+			for (i = 0; i <= htmask>>1; i++)
+				if (ohtable[i].ino || ohtable[i].dev)
+					linkchk(ohtable[i].dev, ohtable[i].ino);
+			free(ohtable);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* multiplicative hashing */
+	tmp = dev;
+	tmp <<= HTBITS>>1;
+	tmp |=  ino;
+	tmp *= HTCONST;
+	h  = tmp >> (HTBITS - htshift);
+	h2 = 1 | ( tmp >> (HTBITS - (htshift<<1) - 1)); /* must be odd */
+
+	/* open address hashtable search with double hash probing */
+	while (htable[h].ino || htable[h].dev) {
+		if ((htable[h].ino == ino) && (htable[h].dev == dev))
+			return 1;
+		h = (h + h2) & htmask;
+	}
+
+	/* Insert the current entry into hashtable */
+	htable[h].dev = dev;
+	htable[h].ino = ino;
+	htused++;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+		"usage: du [-H | -L | -P] [-a | -d depth | -s] [-cghikmnrx] [file ...]\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/env/env.1 b/usr.bin/env/env.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4597bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/env/env.1
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: env.1,v 1.12 2007/06/08 18:20:42 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)printenv.1	6.7 (Berkeley) 7/28/91
+.\"	$NetBSD: env.1,v 1.12 2007/06/08 18:20:42 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd June 8, 2007
+.Dt ENV 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm env
+.Nd set and print environment
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl i
+.Op Ar name=value ...
+.Oo
+.Ar utility
+.Op argument ...
+.Oc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+executes
+.Ar utility
+after modifying the environment as
+specified on the command line.
+The option
+.Ar name=value
+specifies
+an environmental variable,
+.Ar name  ,
+with a value of
+.Ar value  .
+The option
+.Sq Fl i
+causes
+.Nm
+to completely ignore the environment
+it inherits.
+.Pp
+If no
+.Ar utility
+is specified,
+.Nm
+prints out the names and values
+of the variables in the environment, with one
+.Ar name=value
+pair per line.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Nm
+exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It 0
+.Ar utility
+was invoked and completed successfully.
+In this case the exit code is returned by the utility itself, not
+.Nm .
+If no utility was specified, then
+.Nm
+completed successfully and returned the exit code itself.
+.It 1
+An invalid command line option was passed to
+.Nm .
+.It 1\-125
+.Ar utility
+was invoked, but failed in some way;
+see its manual page for more information.
+In this case the exit code is returned by the utility itself, not
+.Nm .
+.It 126
+.Ar utility
+was found, but could not be invoked.
+.It 127
+.Ar utility
+could not be found.
+.El
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The historic
+.Fl
+option has been deprecated but is still supported in this implementation.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr execvp 3 ,
+.Xr environ 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.Sh BUGS
+.Nm
+doesn't handle commands with equal
+.Pq Dq =
+signs in their
+names, for obvious reasons.
diff --git a/usr.bin/env/env.c b/usr.bin/env/env.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf2430d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/env/env.c
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+/*static char sccsid[] = "@(#)env.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";*/
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: env.c,v 1.20 2010/11/16 02:53:49 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+static void usage(void) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
+
+extern char **environ;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char **ep;
+	char *cleanenv[1];
+	int ch;
+
+	setprogname(*argv);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "-i")) != -1)
+		switch((char)ch) {
+		case '-':			/* obsolete */
+		case 'i':
+			environ = cleanenv;
+			cleanenv[0] = NULL;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+
+	for (argv += optind; *argv && strchr(*argv, '=') != NULL; ++argv)
+		(void)putenv(*argv);
+
+	if (*argv) {
+		/* return 127 if the command to be run could not be found; 126
+		   if the command was found but could not be invoked */
+
+		(void)execvp(*argv, argv);
+		err((errno == ENOENT) ? 127 : 126, "%s", *argv);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	for (ep = environ; *ep; ep++)
+		(void)printf("%s\n", *ep);
+
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-i] [name=value ...] [command]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/expand/expand.1 b/usr.bin/expand/expand.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f36025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/expand/expand.1
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: expand.1,v 1.12 2012/05/12 14:52:57 reed Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)expand.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 20, 2008
+.Dt EXPAND 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm expand ,
+.Nm unexpand
+.Nd expand tabs to spaces, and vice versa
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl t Ar tabstop
+.Op Fl t Ar tab1,tab2,...,tabn
+.Op Ar
+.Nm unexpand
+.Op Fl a
+.Op Fl t Ar tab1,tab2,...,tabn
+.Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+processes the named files or the standard input writing
+the standard output with tabs changed into blanks.
+Backspace characters are preserved into the output and decrement
+the column count for tab calculations.
+.Nm
+is useful for pre-processing character files
+(before sorting, looking at specific columns, etc.) that
+contain tabs.
+.Pp
+If a single
+.Ar tabstop
+argument is given, then tabs are set
+.Ar tabstop
+spaces apart instead of the default 8.
+If multiple tabstops are given then the tabs are set at those
+specific columns.
+.Pp
+.Nm unexpand
+puts tabs back into the data from the standard input or the named
+files and writes the result on the standard output.
+.Pp
+Option (with
+.Nm unexpand
+only):
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Fl a
+By default, only leading blanks and tabs
+are reconverted to maximal strings of tabs.
+If the
+.Fl a
+option is given, then tabs are inserted whenever they would compress the
+resultant file by replacing two or more characters.
+.El
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 1 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/expand/expand.c b/usr.bin/expand/expand.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c69fda1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/expand/expand.c
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: expand.c,v 1.14 2016/09/05 00:40:28 sevan Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1980, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)expand.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: expand.c,v 1.14 2016/09/05 00:40:28 sevan Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+/*
+ * expand - expand tabs to equivalent spaces
+ */
+size_t	nstops;
+size_t	tabstops[100];
+
+static	void	getstops(const char *);
+static	void	usage(void) __dead;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int c;
+	size_t n, column;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+
+	/* handle obsolete syntax */
+	while (argc > 1 &&
+	    argv[1][0] == '-' && isdigit((unsigned char)argv[1][1])) {
+		getstops(&argv[1][1]);
+		argc--; argv++;
+	}
+
+	while ((c = getopt (argc, argv, "t:")) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case 't':
+			getstops(optarg);
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	do {
+		if (argc > 0) {
+			if (freopen(argv[0], "r", stdin) == NULL)
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot open `%s'", argv[0]);
+			argc--, argv++;
+		}
+		column = 0;
+		while ((c = getchar()) != EOF) {
+			switch (c) {
+			case '\t':
+				if (nstops == 0) {
+					do {
+						putchar(' ');
+						column++;
+					} while (column & 07);
+					continue;
+				}
+				if (nstops == 1) {
+					do {
+						putchar(' ');
+						column++;
+					} while (((column - 1) % tabstops[0])
+					    != (tabstops[0] - 1));
+					continue;
+				}
+				for (n = 0; n < nstops; n++)
+					if (tabstops[n] > column)
+						break;
+				if (n == nstops) {
+					putchar(' ');
+					column++;
+					continue;
+				}
+				while (column < tabstops[n]) {
+					putchar(' ');
+					column++;
+				}
+				continue;
+
+			case '\b':
+				if (column)
+					column--;
+				putchar('\b');
+				continue;
+
+			default:
+				putchar(c);
+				column++;
+				continue;
+
+			case '\n':
+				putchar(c);
+				column = 0;
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+	} while (argc > 0);
+	return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static void
+getstops(const char *spec)
+{
+	int i;
+	const char *cp = spec;
+
+	nstops = 0;
+	for (;;) {
+		i = 0;
+		while (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+			i = i * 10 + *cp++ - '0';
+		if (i <= 0 || i > 256)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Too large tab stop spec `%d'", i);
+		if (nstops > 0 && (size_t)i <= tabstops[nstops-1])
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Out of order tabstop spec `%d'", i);
+		if (nstops == sizeof(tabstops) / sizeof(tabstops[0]) - 1)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Too many tabstops");
+		tabstops[nstops++] = i;
+		if (*cp == '\0')
+			break;
+		if (*cp != ',' && *cp != ' ')
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Illegal tab stop spec `%s'", spec);
+		cp++;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-t tablist] [file ...]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/false/false.1 b/usr.bin/false/false.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..175b67a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/false/false.1
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: false.1,v 1.8 2003/08/07 11:13:40 agc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)false.1	6.6 (Berkeley) 7/24/91
+.\"	$NetBSD: false.1,v 1.8 2003/08/07 11:13:40 agc Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd July 24, 1991
+.Dt FALSE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm false
+.Nd return false value
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility always exits with a nonzero exit code.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr true 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/false/false.sh b/usr.bin/false/false.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2526efb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/false/false.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+exit 1
diff --git a/usr.bin/find/extern.h b/usr.bin/find/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c94035
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/find/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.29 2016/06/13 00:04:40 pgoyette Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)extern.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+void	 brace_subst(char *, char **, char *, int *);
+PLAN	*find_create(char ***);
+int	 find_execute(PLAN *, char **);
+PLAN	*find_formplan(char **);
+int	 find_traverse(PLAN *, int (*)(PLAN *, void *), void *);
+int	 f_expr(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+PLAN	*not_squish(PLAN *);
+PLAN	*or_squish(PLAN *);
+PLAN	*paren_squish(PLAN *);
+int	 plan_cleanup(PLAN *, void *);
+void	 printlong(char *, char *, struct stat *);
+int	 queryuser(char **);
+void	 show_path(int);
+
+PLAN	*c_amin(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_anewer(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_asince(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_atime(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_cmin(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_cnewer(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_csince(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_ctime(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_delete(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_depth(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_empty(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_exec(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_execdir(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_exit(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_false(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_flags(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_follow(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_fprint(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_fstype(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_group(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_iname(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_inum(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_iregex(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_links(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_ls(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_maxdepth(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_mindepth(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_mmin(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_mtime(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_name(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_newer(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_nogroup(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_nouser(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_path(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_perm(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_print(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_print0(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_printx(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_prune(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_regex(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_since(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_size(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_type(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_user(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_xdev(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_openparen(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_closeparen(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_not(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_or(char ***, int, char *);
+PLAN	*c_null(char ***, int, char *);
+
+extern int ftsoptions, isdeprecated, isdepth, isoutput, issort, isxargs,
+	regcomp_flags;
diff --git a/usr.bin/find/find.1 b/usr.bin/find/find.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60ce94a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/find/find.1
@@ -0,0 +1,974 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: find.1,v 1.89 2017/07/03 21:34:57 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)find.1	8.7 (Berkeley) 5/9/95
+.\"
+.Dd June 13, 2016
+.Dt FIND 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm find
+.Nd walk a file hierarchy
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Op Fl dEhsXx
+.Ar file
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Op Ar expression
+.Nm
+.Op Fl H | Fl L | Fl P
+.Op Fl dEhsXx
+.Fl f Ar file
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Op Ar expression
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+recursively descends the directory tree for each
+.Ar file
+listed, evaluating an
+.Ar expression
+(composed of the
+.Dq primaries
+and
+.Dq operands
+listed below) in terms
+of each file in the tree.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl H
+Causes the file information and file type (see
+.Xr stat 2 )
+returned for each symbolic link encountered on the command line to be
+those of the file referenced by the link, not the link itself.
+If the referenced file does not exist, the file information and type will
+be for the link itself.
+File information of all symbolic links not on the command line is that
+of the link itself.
+.It Fl L
+Causes the file information and file type (see
+.Xr stat 2 )
+returned for each symbolic link to be those of the file referenced by the
+link, not the link itself.
+If the referenced file does not exist, the file information and type will
+be for the link itself.
+.It Fl P
+Causes the file information and file type (see
+.Xr stat 2 )
+returned for each symbolic link to be those of the link itself.
+.It Fl d
+Causes
+.Nm
+to perform a depth-first traversal, i.e., directories
+are visited in post-order, and all entries in a directory will be acted
+on before the directory itself.
+By default,
+.Nm
+visits directories in pre-order, i.e., before their contents.
+Note, the default is
+.Em not
+a breadth-first traversal.
+.It Fl E
+Causes
+.Ar regexp
+arguments to primaries to be interpreted as extended regular
+expressions (see
+.Xr re_format 7 ) .
+.It Fl f
+Specifies a file hierarchy for
+.Nm
+to traverse.
+File hierarchies may also be specified as the operands immediately
+following the options.
+.It Fl h
+Causes the file information and file type (see
+.Xr stat 2 )
+returned for each symbolic link to be those of the file referenced by the
+link, not the link itself.
+If the referenced file does not exist, the file information and type will
+be for the link itself.
+.It Fl s
+Causes the entries of each directory to be sorted in
+lexicographical order.
+Note that the sorting is done only inside of each directory;
+files in different directories are not sorted.
+Therefore,
+.Sq Li a/b
+appears before
+.Sq Li a.b ,
+which is different from
+.Dq Li "find ... \&| sort"
+order.
+.It Fl X
+Modifies the output to permit
+.Nm
+to be safely used in conjunction with
+.Xr xargs 1 .
+If a file name contains any of the delimiting characters used by
+.Xr xargs 1 ,
+a diagnostic message is displayed on standard error, and the file
+is skipped.
+The delimiting characters include single
+.Pq Dq \&'
+and double
+.Pq Dq \&"
+quotes, backslash
+.Pq Dq \e ,
+space, tab, and newline characters.
+Alternatively, the
+.Ic -print0
+or
+.Ic -printx
+primaries can be used to format the output in a way that
+.Xr xargs 1
+can accept.
+.It Fl x
+Restricts the search to the file system containing the
+directory specified.
+Does not list mount points to other file systems.
+.El
+.Sh PRIMARIES
+All primaries which take a numeric argument of
+.Ar n
+allow the number to be preceded by a plus sign
+.Pq Dq \&+
+or a minus sign
+.Pq Dq \- .
+A preceding plus sign means
+.Dq more than Ar n ,
+a preceding minus sign means
+.Dq less than Ar n ,
+and neither means
+.Dq exactly Ar n .
+(The argument specified for the
+.Ic -user
+and
+.Ic -group
+primaries
+are similarly treated if the value is numeric and does not correspond to a
+valid user or group name.)
+.Pp
+For primaries which take a
+.Ar timestamp
+argument, the argument must be valid input to
+.Xr parsedate 3 .
+If the argument contains multiple words, enclose the argument in quotes.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
+.It Ic -amin Ar n
+True if the difference between the file last access time and the time
+.Nm
+was started, rounded up to the next full minute, is
+.Ar n
+minutes.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -anewer Ar file
+True if the current file has a more recent last access time than
+.Ar file .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -asince Ar timestamp
+True if the file last access time is greater than the specified
+.Ar timestamp .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -atime Ar n
+True if the difference between the file last access time and the time
+.Nm
+was started, rounded up to the next full 24-hour period, is
+.Ar n
+24-hour periods.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -cmin Ar n
+True if the difference between the time of last change of file status
+information and the time
+.Nm
+was started, rounded up to the next full minute, is
+.Ar n
+minutes.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -cnewer Ar file
+True if the current file has a more recent last change time than
+.Ar file .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -csince Ar timestamp
+True if the file last status change time is greater than the specified
+.Ar timestamp .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -ctime Ar n
+True if the difference between the time of last change of file status
+information and the time
+.Nm
+was started, rounded up to the next full 24-hour period, is
+.Ar n
+24-hour periods.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -delete
+Delete found files, symbolic links, and directories.
+Always returns true.
+This executes from the current working directory as
+.Nm
+recurses down the tree.
+To avoid deleting unexpected files, it will ignore any filenames that
+.Xr fts 3
+returns that contain a
+.Dq /
+.Xr ( fts 3
+should not return such pathnames).
+Depth-first traversal processing is implied by this option.
+This primary can also be invoked as
+.Ic -rm .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -empty
+True if the current file or directory is empty.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -exec Ar utility Oo argument ... Oc Ic \&;
+.It Ic -exec Ar utility Oo argument ... Oc Ic {} Ic \&+
+Execute the specified
+.Ar utility
+with the specified arguments.
+.Pp
+The list of arguments for
+.Ar utility
+is terminated by a lone semicolon
+.Dq Ic \&;
+or plus
+.Dq Ic \&+
+character as a separate parameter.
+The command specified by
+.Ar utility
+will be executed with its current working directory being the directory
+from which
+.Nm
+was executed.
+.Pp
+If the list of arguments is terminated by a semicolon
+.Pq Dq Ic \&; ,
+then
+.Ar utility
+is invoked once per pathname.
+If
+the string
+.Dq Ic {}
+appears one or more times in the utility name or arguments,
+then it is replaced by the pathname of the current file
+(but it need not appear, in which case the pathname
+will not be passed to
+.Ar utility ) .
+The semicolon-terminated form of the
+.Ic -exec
+primary returns true if and only if
+.Ar utility
+exits with a zero exit status.
+Note that the semicolon will have to be escaped on the shell command line
+in order to be passed as a parameter.
+.Pp
+If the list of arguments is terminated by a plus sign
+.Pq Dq Ic \&+ ,
+then the pathnames for which the primary is evaluated are aggregated
+into sets, and
+.Ar utility
+will be invoked once per set, similar to
+.Xr xargs 1 .
+In this case the string
+.Dq Ic {}
+must appear, and must appear as the last item in the argument list,
+just before the
+.Dq Ic \&+
+parameter, and is replaced by the pathnames of the current set of files.
+Each set is limited to no more than 5,000 pathnames,
+and is also limited such that the total number of bytes in the argument
+list does not exceed
+.Dv ARG_MAX .
+The plus-terminated form of the
+.Ic -exec
+primary always returns true.
+If the plus-terminated form of the
+.Ic -exec
+primary results in any invocation of
+.Ar utility
+exiting with non-zero exit status, then
+.Nm
+will eventually exit with non-zero status as well,
+but this does not cause
+.Nm
+to exit early.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -execdir Ar utility Oo argument ... Oc Ic \&;
+The
+.Ic -execdir
+primary is similar to the semicolon-terminated
+.Pq Dq Ic \&;
+variant of the
+.Ic -exec
+primary, with the exception that
+.Ar utility
+will be executed from the directory that holds
+the current file.
+Only the base filename is substituted for the string
+.Dq Ic {} .
+Set aggregation
+.Pq Do Ic \&+ Dc termination
+is not supported.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -exit Op Ar status
+This primary causes
+.Nm
+to stop traversing the file system and exit immediately,
+with the specified numeric exit status.
+If the
+.Ar status
+value is not specified, then
+.Nm
+will exit with status zero.
+Note that any preceding primaries will be evaluated and acted upon
+before exiting.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -false
+This primary always evaluates to false.
+This can be used following a primary that caused the
+expression to be true to make the expression to be false.
+This can be useful after using a
+.Ic -fprint
+primary so it can continue to the next expression (using an
+.Cm -or
+operator, for example).
+.Pp
+.It Ic -flags Oo Fl Oc Ns Ar flags
+If
+.Ar flags
+are preceded by a dash
+.Pq Dq Ic \- ,
+this primary evaluates to true
+if at least all of the bits in
+.Ar flags
+are set in the file's flags bits.
+If
+.Ar flags
+are not preceded by a dash, this primary evaluates to true if
+the bits in
+.Ar flags
+exactly match the file's flags bits.
+If
+.Ar flags
+is
+.Dq none ,
+files with no flags bits set are matched.
+(See
+.Xr chflags 1
+for more information about file flags.)
+.Pp
+.It Ic -follow
+Follow symbolic links.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -fprint Ar filename
+This primary always evaluates to true.
+This creates
+.Ar filename
+or overwrites the file if it already exists.
+The file is created at startup.
+It writes the pathname of the current file to this file, followed
+by a newline character.
+The file will be empty if no files are matched.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -fstype Ar type
+True if the file is contained in a file system of type
+.Ar type .
+The
+.Xr sysctl 8
+command can be used to find out the types of file systems
+that are available on the system:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+sysctl vfs.generic.fstypes
+.Ed
+.Pp
+In addition, there are two pseudo-types,
+.Dq local
+and
+.Dq rdonly .
+The former matches any file system physically mounted on the system where
+the
+.Nm
+is being executed, and the latter matches any file system which is
+mounted read-only.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -group Ar gname
+True if the file belongs to the group
+.Ar gname .
+If
+.Ar gname
+is numeric and there is no such group name, then
+.Ar gname
+is treated as a group id (and considered a numeric argument).
+.Pp
+.It Ic -iname Ar pattern
+True if the last component of the pathname being examined matches
+.Ar pattern
+in a case-insensitive manner.
+Special shell pattern matching characters
+.Po
+.Dq \&[ ,
+.Dq \&] ,
+.Dq \&* ,
+and
+.Dq \&?
+.Pc
+may be used as part of
+.Ar pattern .
+These characters may be matched explicitly by escaping them with a
+backslash
+.Pq Dq \e .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -inum Ar n
+True if the file has inode number
+.Ar n .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -iregex Ar regexp
+True if the path name of the current file matches the case-insensitive
+basic regular expression
+.Pq see Xr re_format 7
+.Ar regexp .
+This is a match on the whole path, not a search for the regular expression
+within the path.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -links Ar n
+True if the file has
+.Ar n
+links.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -rm
+This primary is an alias for
+.Ic -delete .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -ls
+This primary always evaluates to true.
+The following information for the current file is written to standard output:
+its inode number, size in 512-byte blocks, file permissions, number of hard
+links, owner, group, size in bytes, last modification time, and pathname.
+If the file is a block or character special file, the major and minor numbers
+will be displayed instead of the size in bytes.
+If the file is a symbolic link, the pathname of the linked-to file will be
+displayed preceded by
+.Dq -> .
+The format is identical to that produced by
+.Dq ls -dgils .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -maxdepth Ar depth
+True if the current search depth is less than or equal to what is specified in
+.Ar depth .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -mindepth Ar depth
+True if the current search depth is at least what is specified in
+.Ar depth .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -mmin Ar n
+True if the difference between the file last modification time and the time
+.Nm
+was started, rounded up to the next full minute, is
+.Ar n
+minutes.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -mtime Ar n
+True if the difference between the file last modification time and the time
+.Nm
+was started, rounded up to the next full 24-hour period, is
+.Ar n
+24-hour periods.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -ok Ar utility Oo argument ... Oc Ic \&;
+The
+.Ic -ok
+primary is similar to the semicolon-terminated
+.Pq Dq \&;
+variant of the
+.Ic -exec
+primary, with the exception that
+.Nm
+requests user affirmation for the execution of
+.Ar utility
+by printing
+a message to the terminal and reading a response.
+If the response is other than
+.Dq y ,
+the command is not executed and the
+.Ic -ok
+primary evaluates to false.
+Set aggregation
+.Pq Do \&+ Dc termination
+is not supported.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -name Ar pattern
+True if the last component of the pathname being examined matches
+.Ar pattern .
+Special shell pattern matching characters
+.Po
+.Dq \&[ ,
+.Dq \&] ,
+.Dq \&* ,
+and
+.Dq \&?
+.Pc
+may be used as part of
+.Ar pattern .
+These characters may be matched explicitly by escaping them with a
+backslash
+.Pq Dq \e .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -newer Ar file
+True if the current file has a more recent last modification time than
+.Ar file .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -newerXY Ar reference
+For compatibility with Gnu findutils.
+.Bl -column -offset indent ".Sy findutils" ".Sy equivalent"
+.It Sy findutils Ta Sy find
+.It Sy option Ta Sy equivalent
+.It -neweraa Ta -anewer
+.It -newerat Ta -asince
+.It -newercc Ta -cnewer
+.It -newerct Ta -csince
+.It -newermm Ta -newer
+.It -newermt Ta -since
+.El
+.Pp
+Other option variants from findutils are not implemented.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -nouser
+True if the file belongs to an unknown user.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -nogroup
+True if the file belongs to an unknown group.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -path Ar pattern
+True if the pathname being examined matches
+.Ar pattern .
+Special shell pattern matching characters
+.Po
+.Dq \&[ ,
+.Dq \&] ,
+.Dq \&* ,
+and
+.Dq \&?
+.Pc
+may be used as part of
+.Ar pattern .
+These characters may be matched explicitly by escaping them with a
+backslash
+.Pq Dq \e .
+Slashes
+.Pq Dq /
+are treated as normal characters and do not have to be
+matched explicitly.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -perm Oo Fl Oc Ns Ar mode
+The
+.Ar mode
+may be either symbolic (see
+.Xr chmod 1 )
+or an octal number.
+If the mode is symbolic, a starting value of zero is assumed and the
+mode sets or clears permissions without regard to the process' file mode
+creation mask.
+If the mode is octal, only bits 07777
+.Pf ( Dv S_ISUID
+|
+.Dv S_ISGID
+|
+.Dv S_ISTXT
+|
+.Dv S_IRWXU
+|
+.Dv S_IRWXG
+|
+.Dv S_IRWXO )
+of the file's mode bits participate
+in the comparison.
+If the mode is preceded by a dash
+.Pq Dq Ic \- ,
+this primary evaluates to true
+if at least all of the bits in the mode are set in the file's mode bits.
+If the mode is not preceded by a dash, this primary evaluates to true if
+the bits in the mode exactly match the file's mode bits.
+Note, the first character of a symbolic mode may not be a dash
+.Pq Dq Ic \- .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -print
+This primary always evaluates to true.
+It prints the pathname of the current file to standard output, followed
+by a newline character.
+If none of
+.Ic -delete ,
+.Ic -exec ,
+.Ic -execdir ,
+.Ic -exit ,
+.Ic -fprint ,
+.Ic -ls ,
+.Ic -ok ,
+.Ic -print0 ,
+.Ic -printx ,
+nor
+.Ic -rm
+is specified, the given expression shall be effectively replaced by
+.Cm \&( Ns Ar given\& expression Ns Cm \&)
+.Ic -print .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -print0
+This primary always evaluates to true.
+It prints the pathname of the current file to standard output, followed
+by a NUL character.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -printx
+This primary always evaluates to true.
+It prints the pathname of the current file to standard output,
+with each space, tab, newline, backslash, dollar sign, and single,
+double, or back quotation mark prefixed by a backslash, so the output of
+.Nm
+can safely be used as input to
+.Xr xargs 1 .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -prune
+This primary always evaluates to true.
+It causes
+.Nm
+to not descend into the current file.
+Note, the
+.Ic -prune
+primary has no effect if the
+.Fl d
+option was specified.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -regex Ar regexp
+True if the path name of the current file matches the case-sensitive
+basic regular expression
+.Pq see Xr re_format 7
+.Ar regexp .
+This is a match on the whole path, not a search for the regular expression
+within the path.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -since Ar timestamp
+True if the file last modification time is more recent than
+.Ar timestamp .
+.Pp
+.It Ic -size Ar n Ns Op Cm c
+True if the file's size, rounded up, in 512-byte blocks is
+.Ar n .
+If
+.Ar n
+is followed by a
+.Dq Ic c ,
+then the primary is true if the file's size is
+.Ar n
+bytes.
+.Pp
+.It Ic -type Ar t
+True if the file is of the specified type.
+Possible file types are as follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width flag -offset indent -compact
+.It Cm b
+block special
+.It Cm c
+character special
+.It Cm d
+directory
+.It Cm f
+regular file
+.It Cm l
+symbolic link
+.It Cm p
+FIFO
+.It Cm s
+socket
+.It Cm W
+whiteout
+.It Cm w
+whiteout
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Ic -user Ar username
+True if the file belongs to the user
+.Ar username .
+If
+.Ar username
+is numeric and there is no such user on the system, then
+.Ar username
+is treated as a user id (and considered a numeric argument).
+.Pp
+.It Ic -xdev
+This primary always evaluates to true.
+It causes find not to descend past directories that have a different
+device ID
+.Va ( st_dev ,
+see
+.Xr stat 2
+S5.6.2 [POSIX.1]).
+.El
+.Sh OPERATORS
+The primaries may be combined using the following operators.
+The operators are listed in order of decreasing precedence.
+.Bl -tag -width (expression)
+.It Cm \&( Ar expression Cm \&)
+This evaluates to true if the parenthesized expression evaluates to
+true.
+.It Cm \&! Ar expression
+This is the unary
+.Tn NOT
+operator.
+It evaluates to true if the expression is false.
+.It Ar expression Cm -and Ar expression
+.It Ar expression expression
+The
+.Cm -and
+operator is the logical
+.Tn AND
+operator.
+As it is implied by the juxtaposition of two expressions it does not
+have to be specified.
+The expression evaluates to true if both expressions are true.
+The second expression is not evaluated if the first expression is false.
+.It Ar expression Cm -or Ar expression
+The
+.Cm -or
+operator is the logical
+.Tn OR
+operator.
+The expression evaluates to true if either the first or the second expression
+is true.
+The second expression is not evaluated if the first expression is true.
+.El
+.Pp
+All operands and primaries must be separate arguments to
+.Nm .
+Primaries which themselves take arguments expect each argument
+to be a separate argument to
+.Nm .
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility normally exits 0 on success, and exits with 1 under certain
+internal error conditions.
+If any invocations of
+.Dq Ic -exec Ar ... Ic \&+
+primaries return non-zero exit-status, then
+.Nm
+will do so as well.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The following examples are shown as given to the shell:
+.Bl -tag -width findx
+.It Li "find / \e! -name \*q*.c\*q \-print"
+Print out a list of all the files whose names do not end in
+.Dq \&.c .
+.It Li "find / \-newer ttt \-user wnj \-print"
+Print out a list of all the files owned by user
+.Dq wnj
+that are newer than the file
+.Dq ttt .
+.It Li "find . \-type f \-mmin \-30 \-print \-or \-mindepth 1 \-prune"
+Print out a list of all the files in the current directory that are
+newer than 30 minutes.
+.It Li "find . \-type f \-atime +10 \-mindepth 2 \-print"
+Print out a list of all the files in any sub-directories that have not
+been accessed in the past ten days.
+.It Li "find . \-mtime +90 \-exec rm \-i {} + \-or \-mindepth 1 \-prune"
+Interactively remove all of the files in the current directory that have
+not been modified in 90 days.
+.It Li "find . \-type f \-mtime +90 \-ok mv {} {}.old \e;"
+Interactively rename all of the files in the current directory and all
+sub-directories that have not been modified in 90 days.
+.It Li "find / \e! \e( \-newer ttt \-user wnj \e) \-print"
+Print out a list of all the files which are not both newer than
+.Dq ttt
+and owned by
+.Dq wnj .
+.It Li "find / \e( \-newer ttt \-or \-user wnj \e) \-print"
+Print out a list of all the files that are either owned by
+.Dq wnj
+or that are newer than
+.Dq ttt .
+.It Li "find / \e( \-newer ttt \-or \-user wnj \e) \-exit 1"
+Return immediately with a value of 1 if any files are found that are either
+owned by
+.Dq wnj
+or that are newer than
+.Dq ttt ,
+but do not print them.
+.It Li "find / \e( \-newer ttt \-or \-user wnj \e) \-ls \-exit 1"
+Same as above, but list the first file matching the criteria before exiting
+with a value of 1.
+.It Li "find . \-type f \-exec sh \-c 'file=\*[q]$1\*[q]; ...;' - {} \;"
+Perform an arbitrarily complex shell command for every file.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chflags 1 ,
+.Xr chmod 1 ,
+.Xr locate 1 ,
+.Xr xargs 1 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr fts 3 ,
+.Xr getgrent 3 ,
+.Xr getpwent 3 ,
+.Xr strmode 3 ,
+.Xr re_format 7 ,
+.Xr symlink 7 ,
+.Xr sysctl 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility syntax is a superset of the syntax specified by the
+.St -p1003.2
+standard.
+.Pp
+The options and the
+.Ic -amin ,
+.Ic -anewer ,
+.Ic -asince ,
+.Ic -cmin ,
+.Ic -cnewer ,
+.Ic -csince ,
+.Ic -delete ,
+.Ic -empty ,
+.Ic -execdir ,
+.Ic -follow ,
+.Ic -fstype ,
+.Ic -iname ,
+.Ic -inum ,
+.Ic -iregex ,
+.Ic -links ,
+.Ic -ls ,
+.Ic -maxdepth ,
+.Ic -mindepth ,
+.Ic -mmin ,
+.Ic -path ,
+.Ic -print0 ,
+.Ic -printx ,
+.Ic -regex ,
+.Ic -rm ,
+and
+.Ic -since
+primaries are extensions to
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.Pp
+Historically, the
+.Fl d ,
+.Fl h ,
+and
+.Fl x
+options were implemented using the primaries
+.Dq Ic -depth ,
+.Dq Ic -follow ,
+and
+.Dq Ic -xdev .
+These primaries always evaluated to true, and always
+took effect when the
+.Ar expression
+was parsed, before the file system traversal began.
+As a result, some legal expressions could be confusing.
+For example, in the expression
+.Dq Ic -print Ic -or Ic -depth ,
+.Ic -print
+always evaluates to true, so the standard meaning of
+.Ic -or
+implies that
+.Ic -depth
+would never be evaluated, but that is not what happens;
+in fact,
+.Ic -depth
+takes effect immediately, without testing whether
+.Ic -print
+returns true or false.
+.Pp
+Historically, the operator
+.Dq Ic -or
+was implemented as
+.Dq Ic -o ,
+and the operator
+.Dq Ic -and
+was implemented as
+.Dq Ic -a .
+.Pp
+Historic implementations of the
+.Dq Ic -exec
+and
+.Dq Ic -ok
+primaries did not replace the string
+.Dq Ic {}
+in the utility name or the
+utility arguments if it did not appear as a separate argument.
+This version replaces it no matter where in the utility name or arguments
+it appears.
+.Pp
+Support for
+.Dq Ic -exec Ar ... Ic \&+
+is consistent with
+.Em IEEE PASC Interpretation 1003.2 #210 ,
+though the feature originated in
+.Tn SVR4 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Ic -delete
+primary does not interact well with other options that cause the file system
+tree traversal options to be changed.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A much simpler
+.Nm
+command appeared in First Edition AT&T Unix.
+The syntax had become similar to the present version by
+the time of the Fifth Edition.
+.Sh BUGS
+The special characters used by
+.Nm
+are also special characters to many shell programs.
+In particular, the characters
+.Dq \&* ,
+.Dq \&[ ,
+.Dq \&] ,
+.Dq \&? ,
+.Dq \&( ,
+.Dq \&) ,
+.Dq \&! ,
+.Dq \e ,
+and
+.Dq \&;
+may have to be escaped from the shell.
+.Pp
+As there is no delimiter separating options and file names or file
+names and the
+.Ar expression ,
+it is difficult to specify files named
+.Dq -xdev
+or
+.Dq \&! .
+These problems are handled by the
+.Fl f
+option and the
+.Xr getopt 3
+.Dq --
+construct.
diff --git a/usr.bin/find/find.c b/usr.bin/find/find.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..473244b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/find/find.c
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: find.c,v 1.30 2016/06/13 00:04:40 pgoyette Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Cimarron D. Taylor of the University of California, Berkeley.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)find.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 8/5/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: find.c,v 1.30 2016/06/13 00:04:40 pgoyette Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "find.h"
+
+static int ftscompare(const FTSENT **, const FTSENT **);
+
+/*
+ * find_formplan --
+ *	process the command line and create a "plan" corresponding to the
+ *	command arguments.
+ */
+PLAN *
+find_formplan(char **argv)
+{
+	PLAN *plan, *tail, *new;
+
+	/*
+	 * for each argument in the command line, determine what kind of node
+	 * it is, create the appropriate node type and add the new plan node
+	 * to the end of the existing plan.  The resulting plan is a linked
+	 * list of plan nodes.  For example, the string:
+	 *
+	 *	% find . -name foo -newer bar -print
+	 *
+	 * results in the plan:
+	 *
+	 *	[-name foo]--> [-newer bar]--> [-print]
+	 *
+	 * in this diagram, `[-name foo]' represents the plan node generated
+	 * by c_name() with an argument of foo and `-->' represents the
+	 * plan->next pointer.
+	 */
+	for (plan = tail = NULL; *argv;) {
+		if (!(new = find_create(&argv)))
+			continue;
+		if (plan == NULL)
+			tail = plan = new;
+		else {
+			tail->next = new;
+			tail = new;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if the user didn't specify one of -print, -ok, -fprint, -exec, or
+	 * -exit, then -print is assumed so we bracket the current expression
+	 * with parens, if necessary, and add a -print node on the end.
+	 */
+	if (!isoutput) {
+		if (plan == NULL) {
+			new = c_print(NULL, 0, NULL);
+			tail = plan = new;
+		} else {
+			new = c_openparen(NULL, 0, NULL);
+			new->next = plan;
+			plan = new;
+			new = c_closeparen(NULL, 0, NULL);
+			tail->next = new;
+			tail = new;
+			new = c_print(NULL, 0, NULL);
+			tail->next = new;
+			tail = new;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * the command line has been completely processed into a search plan
+	 * except for the (, ), !, and -o operators.  Rearrange the plan so
+	 * that the portions of the plan which are affected by the operators
+	 * are moved into operator nodes themselves.  For example:
+	 *
+	 *	[!]--> [-name foo]--> [-print]
+	 *
+	 * becomes
+	 *
+	 *	[! [-name foo] ]--> [-print]
+	 *
+	 * and
+	 *
+	 *	[(]--> [-depth]--> [-name foo]--> [)]--> [-print]
+	 *
+	 * becomes
+	 *
+	 *	[expr [-depth]-->[-name foo] ]--> [-print]
+	 *
+	 * operators are handled in order of precedence.
+	 */
+
+	plan = paren_squish(plan);		/* ()'s */
+	plan = not_squish(plan);		/* !'s */
+	plan = or_squish(plan);			/* -o's */
+	return (plan);
+}
+
+static int
+ftscompare(const FTSENT **e1, const FTSENT **e2)
+{
+
+	return (strcoll((*e1)->fts_name, (*e2)->fts_name));
+}
+
+static sigset_t ss;
+static bool notty;
+
+static __inline void
+sig_init(void)
+{
+	struct sigaction sa;
+	notty = !(isatty(STDIN_FILENO) || isatty(STDOUT_FILENO) ||
+	    isatty(STDERR_FILENO));
+	if (notty)
+		return;
+	sigemptyset(&ss);
+	sigaddset(&ss, SIGINFO); /* block SIGINFO */
+
+	memset(&sa, 0, sizeof(sa));
+	sa.sa_flags = SA_RESTART;
+	sa.sa_handler = show_path;
+	(void)sigaction(SIGINFO, &sa, NULL);
+
+}
+
+static __inline void
+sig_lock(sigset_t *s)
+{
+	if (notty)
+		return;
+	sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &ss, s);
+}
+
+static __inline void
+sig_unlock(const sigset_t *s)
+{
+	if (notty)
+		return;
+	sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, s, NULL);
+}
+
+FTS *tree;			/* pointer to top of FTS hierarchy */
+FTSENT *g_entry;		/* shared with SIGINFO handler */
+
+/*
+ * find_execute --
+ *	take a search plan and an array of search paths and executes the plan
+ *	over all FTSENT's returned for the given search paths.
+ */
+int
+find_execute(PLAN *plan, char **paths)
+{
+	PLAN *p;
+	int r, rval, cval;
+	sigset_t s;
+
+	cval = 1;
+
+	if (!(tree = fts_open(paths, ftsoptions, issort ? ftscompare : NULL)))
+		err(1, "ftsopen");
+
+	sig_init();
+	sig_lock(&s);
+	for (rval = 0; cval && (g_entry = fts_read(tree)) != NULL;) {
+		switch (g_entry->fts_info) {
+		case FTS_D:
+			if (isdepth)
+				continue;
+			break;
+		case FTS_DP:
+			if (!isdepth)
+				continue;
+			break;
+		case FTS_DNR:
+		case FTS_ERR:
+		case FTS_NS:
+			sig_unlock(&s);
+			(void)fflush(stdout);
+			warnx("%s: %s",
+			    g_entry->fts_path, strerror(g_entry->fts_errno));
+			rval = 1;
+			sig_lock(&s);
+			continue;
+		}
+#define	BADCH	" \t\n\\'\""
+		if (isxargs && strpbrk(g_entry->fts_path, BADCH)) {
+			sig_unlock(&s);
+			(void)fflush(stdout);
+			warnx("%s: illegal path", g_entry->fts_path);
+			rval = 1;
+			sig_lock(&s);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Call all the functions in the execution plan until one is
+		 * false or all have been executed.  This is where we do all
+		 * the work specified by the user on the command line.
+		 */
+		sig_unlock(&s);
+		for (p = plan; p && (p->eval)(p, g_entry); p = p->next)
+			if (p->type == N_EXIT) {
+				rval = p->exit_val;
+				cval = 0;
+			}
+		sig_lock(&s);
+	}
+
+	sig_unlock(&s);
+	if (g_entry == NULL && errno)
+		err(1, "fts_read");
+	(void)fts_close(tree);
+
+	/*
+	 * Cleanup any plans with leftover state.
+	 * Keep the last non-zero return value.
+	 */
+	if ((r = find_traverse(plan, plan_cleanup, NULL)) != 0)
+		rval = r;
+
+	return (rval);
+}
+
+/*
+ * find_traverse --
+ *	traverse the plan tree and execute func() on all plans.  This
+ *	does not evaluate each plan's eval() function; it is intended
+ *	for operations that must run on all plans, such as state
+ *	cleanup.
+ *
+ *	If any func() returns non-zero, then so will find_traverse().
+ */
+int
+find_traverse(PLAN *plan, int (*func)(PLAN *, void *), void *arg)
+{
+	PLAN *p;
+	int r, rval;
+
+	rval = 0;
+	for (p = plan; p; p = p->next) {
+		if ((r = func(p, arg)) != 0)
+			rval = r;
+		if (p->type == N_EXPR || p->type == N_OR) {
+			if (p->p_data[0])
+				if ((r = find_traverse(p->p_data[0],
+					    func, arg)) != 0)
+					rval = r;
+			if (p->p_data[1])
+				if ((r = find_traverse(p->p_data[1],
+					    func, arg)) != 0)
+					rval = r;
+		}
+	}
+	return rval;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/find/find.h b/usr.bin/find/find.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..912e60d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/find/find.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: find.h,v 1.26 2016/06/13 00:04:40 pgoyette Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Cimarron D. Taylor of the University of California, Berkeley.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)find.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* node type */
+enum ntype {
+	N_AND = 1, 				/* must start > 0 */
+	N_AMIN, N_ANEWER, N_ASINCE, N_ATIME, N_CLOSEPAREN, N_CMIN, N_CNEWER,
+	N_CSINCE, N_CTIME, N_DEPTH, N_EMPTY, N_EXEC, N_EXECDIR, N_EXIT,
+	N_EXPR, N_FALSE, N_FLAGS, N_FOLLOW, N_FPRINT, N_FSTYPE, N_GROUP,
+	N_INAME, N_INUM, N_IREGEX, N_LINKS, N_LS, N_MINDEPTH, N_MAXDEPTH,
+	N_MMIN, N_MTIME, N_NAME, N_NEWER, N_NOGROUP, N_NOT, N_NOUSER, N_OK,
+	N_OPENPAREN, N_OR, N_PATH, N_PERM, N_PRINT, N_PRINT0, N_PRINTX,
+	N_PRUNE, N_REGEX, N_SINCE, N_SIZE, N_TYPE, N_USER, N_XDEV, N_DELETE
+};
+
+/* node definition */
+typedef struct _plandata {
+	struct _plandata *next;			/* next node */
+	int (*eval)(struct _plandata *, FTSENT *);
+						/* node evaluation function */
+#define	F_EQUAL		1			/* [acm]time inum links size */
+#define	F_LESSTHAN	2
+#define	F_GREATER	3
+#define	F_NEEDOK	1			/* exec ok */
+#define	F_PLUSSET	2			/* -exec ... {} + */
+#define	F_MTFLAG	1			/* fstype */
+#define	F_MTTYPE	2
+#define	F_ATLEAST	1			/* perm */
+	int flags;				/* private flags */
+	enum ntype type;			/* plan node type */
+	union {
+		u_int32_t _f_data;		/* flags */
+		gid_t _g_data;			/* gid */
+		ino_t _i_data;			/* inode */
+		mode_t _m_data;			/* mode mask */
+		nlink_t _l_data;		/* link count */
+		off_t _o_data;			/* file size */
+		time_t _t_data;			/* time value */
+		struct timespec _ts_data;	/* time value */
+		uid_t _u_data;			/* uid */
+		short _mt_data;			/* mount flags */
+		struct _plandata *_p_data[2];	/* PLAN trees */
+		struct _ex {
+			char **_e_argv;		/* argv array */
+			char **_e_orig;		/* original strings */
+			int *_e_len;		/* allocated length */
+			char **_ep_bxp;		/* ptr to 1st addt'l arg */
+			char *_ep_p;		/* current buffer pointer */
+			char *_ep_bbp;		/* begin buffer pointer */
+			char *_ep_ebp;		/* end buffer pointer */
+			int _ep_maxargs;	/* max #args */
+			int _ep_narg;		/* # addt'l args */
+			int _ep_rval;		/* return value */
+		} ex;
+		char *_a_data[2];		/* array of char pointers */
+		char *_c_data;			/* char pointer */
+		int _exit_val;			/* exit value */
+		int _max_data;			/* tree depth */
+		int _min_data;			/* tree depth */
+		regex_t _regexp_data;		/* compiled regexp */
+		FILE *_fprint_file;		/* file stream for -fprint */
+	} p_un;
+} PLAN;
+#define	a_data		p_un._a_data
+#define	c_data		p_un._c_data
+#define	i_data		p_un._i_data
+#define	f_data		p_un._f_data
+#define	g_data		p_un._g_data
+#define	l_data		p_un._l_data
+#define	m_data		p_un._m_data
+#define	mt_data		p_un._mt_data
+#define	o_data		p_un._o_data
+#define	p_data		p_un._p_data
+#define	t_data		p_un._t_data
+#define	ts_data		p_un._ts_data
+#define	u_data		p_un._u_data
+#define	e_argv		p_un.ex._e_argv
+#define	e_orig		p_un.ex._e_orig
+#define	e_len		p_un.ex._e_len
+#define	ep_p		p_un.ex._ep_p
+#define	ep_bbp		p_un.ex._ep_bbp
+#define	ep_ebp		p_un.ex._ep_ebp
+#define	ep_bxp		p_un.ex._ep_bxp
+#define	ep_cnt		p_un.ex._ep_cnt
+#define	ep_maxargs	p_un.ex._ep_maxargs
+#define	ep_nline	p_un.ex._ep_nline
+#define	ep_narg		p_un.ex._ep_narg
+#define	ep_rval		p_un.ex._ep_rval
+#define	exit_val	p_un._exit_val
+#define	max_data	p_un._max_data
+#define	min_data	p_un._min_data
+#define	regexp_data	p_un._regexp_data
+#define	fprint_file	p_un._fprint_file
+
+typedef struct _option {
+	const char *name;			/* option name */
+	enum ntype token;			/* token type */
+	PLAN *(*create)(char ***, int, char *);	/* create function */
+	int arg;				/* function needs arg */
+} OPTION;
+
+#include "extern.h"
diff --git a/usr.bin/find/function.c b/usr.bin/find/function.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02540f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/find/function.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2025 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: function.c,v 1.77 2018/09/04 15:16:15 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Cimarron D. Taylor of the University of California, Berkeley.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)function.c	8.10 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: function.c,v 1.77 2018/09/04 15:16:15 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+#include "find.h"
+
+#define	COMPARE(a, b) {							\
+	switch (plan->flags) {						\
+	case F_EQUAL:							\
+		return (a == b);					\
+	case F_LESSTHAN:						\
+		return (a < b);						\
+	case F_GREATER:							\
+		return (a > b);						\
+	default:							\
+		abort();						\
+	}								\
+}
+
+static	int64_t	find_parsenum(PLAN *, const char *, const char *, char *);
+static	void	run_f_exec(PLAN *);
+	int	f_always_true(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_amin(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_anewer(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_asince(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_atime(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_cmin(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_cnewer(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_csince(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_ctime(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_delete(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_empty(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_exec(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_execdir(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_false(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_flags(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_fprint(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_fstype(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_group(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_iname(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_inum(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_links(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_ls(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_mindepth(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_maxdepth(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_mmin(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_mtime(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_name(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newer(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+/*
+ * Unimplemented Gnu findutils options
+ *
+	int	f_newerBB(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newerBa(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newerBc(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newerBm(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newerBt(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_neweraB(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newerac(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_neweram(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newerca(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newercm(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newercB(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newermB(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newerma(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_newermc(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+ *
+ */
+	int	f_nogroup(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_nouser(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_path(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_perm(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_print(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_print0(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_printx(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_prune(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_regex(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_since(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_size(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_type(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_user(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_not(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+	int	f_or(PLAN *, FTSENT *);
+static	PLAN   *c_regex_common(char ***, int, enum ntype, bool);
+static	PLAN   *palloc(enum ntype, int (*)(PLAN *, FTSENT *));
+
+extern int dotfd;
+extern FTS *tree;
+extern time_t now;
+
+/*
+ * find_parsenum --
+ *	Parse a string of the form [+-]# and return the value.
+ */
+static int64_t
+find_parsenum(PLAN *plan, const char *option, const char *vp, char *endch)
+{
+	int64_t value;
+	const char *str;
+	char *endchar; /* Pointer to character ending conversion. */
+
+	/* Determine comparison from leading + or -. */
+	str = vp;
+	switch (*str) {
+	case '+':
+		++str;
+		plan->flags = F_GREATER;
+		break;
+	case '-':
+		++str;
+		plan->flags = F_LESSTHAN;
+		break;
+	default:
+		plan->flags = F_EQUAL;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Convert the string with strtol().  Note, if strtol() returns zero
+	 * and endchar points to the beginning of the string we know we have
+	 * a syntax error.
+	 */
+	value = strtoq(str, &endchar, 10);
+	if (value == 0 && endchar == str)
+		errx(1, "%s: %s: illegal numeric value", option, vp);
+	if (endchar[0] && (endch == NULL || endchar[0] != *endch))
+		errx(1, "%s: %s: illegal trailing character", option, vp);
+	if (endch)
+		*endch = endchar[0];
+	return (value);
+}
+
+/*
+ * find_parsedate --
+ *
+ * Validate the timestamp argument or report an error
+ */
+static time_t
+find_parsedate(PLAN *plan, const char *option, const char *vp)
+{
+	time_t timestamp;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	timestamp = parsedate(vp, NULL, NULL);
+	if (timestamp == -1 && errno != 0)
+		errx(1, "%s: %s: invalid timestamp value", option, vp);
+	return timestamp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The value of n for the inode times (atime, ctime, and mtime) is a range,
+ * i.e. n matches from (n - 1) to n 24 hour periods.  This interacts with
+ * -n, such that "-mtime -1" would be less than 0 days, which isn't what the
+ * user wanted.  Correct so that -1 is "less than 1".
+ */
+#define	TIME_CORRECT(p, ttype)						\
+	if ((p)->type == ttype && (p)->flags == F_LESSTHAN)		\
+		++((p)->t_data);
+
+/*
+ * -amin n functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the difference between the file access time and the
+ *	current time is n 1 minute periods.
+ */
+int
+f_amin(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	COMPARE((now - entry->fts_statp->st_atime +
+	    SECSPERMIN - 1) / SECSPERMIN, plan->t_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_amin(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_AMIN, f_amin);
+	new->t_data = find_parsenum(new, opt, arg, NULL);
+	TIME_CORRECT(new, N_AMIN);
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -anewer file functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the current file has been accessed more recently
+ *	than the access time of the file named by the pathname
+ *	file.
+ */
+int
+f_anewer(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	return timespeccmp(&entry->fts_statp->st_atim, &plan->ts_data, >);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_anewer(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *filename = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	if (stat(filename, &sb))
+		err(1, "%s: %s", opt, filename);
+	new = palloc(N_ANEWER, f_anewer);
+	new->ts_data = sb.st_atim;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -asince "timestamp" functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the file access time is greater than the timestamp value
+ */
+int
+f_asince(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	COMPARE(entry->fts_statp->st_atime, plan->t_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_asince(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_ASINCE, f_asince);
+	new->t_data = find_parsedate(new, opt, arg);
+	new->flags = F_GREATER;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -atime n functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the difference between the file access time and the
+ *	current time is n 24 hour periods.
+ */
+int
+f_atime(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	COMPARE((now - entry->fts_statp->st_atime +
+	    SECSPERDAY - 1) / SECSPERDAY, plan->t_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_atime(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_ATIME, f_atime);
+	new->t_data = find_parsenum(new, opt, arg, NULL);
+	TIME_CORRECT(new, N_ATIME);
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -cmin n functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the difference between the last change of file
+ *	status information and the current time is n 24 hour periods.
+ */
+int
+f_cmin(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	COMPARE((now - entry->fts_statp->st_ctime +
+	    SECSPERMIN - 1) / SECSPERMIN, plan->t_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_cmin(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_CMIN, f_cmin);
+	new->t_data = find_parsenum(new, opt, arg, NULL);
+	TIME_CORRECT(new, N_CMIN);
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -cnewer file functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the current file has been changed more recently
+ *	than the changed time of the file named by the pathname
+ *	file.
+ */
+int
+f_cnewer(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	return timespeccmp(&entry->fts_statp->st_ctim, &plan->ts_data, >);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_cnewer(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *filename = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	if (stat(filename, &sb))
+		err(1, "%s: %s ", opt, filename);
+	new = palloc(N_CNEWER, f_cnewer);
+	new->ts_data = sb.st_ctim;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -csince "timestamp" functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the file status change time is greater than the timestamp value
+ */
+int
+f_csince(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	COMPARE(entry->fts_statp->st_ctime, plan->t_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_csince(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_CSINCE, f_csince);
+	new->t_data = find_parsedate(new, opt, arg);
+	new->flags = F_GREATER;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -ctime n functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the difference between the last change of file
+ *	status information and the current time is n 24 hour periods.
+ */
+int
+f_ctime(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	COMPARE((now - entry->fts_statp->st_ctime +
+	    SECSPERDAY - 1) / SECSPERDAY, plan->t_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_ctime(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_CTIME, f_ctime);
+	new->t_data = find_parsenum(new, opt, arg, NULL);
+	TIME_CORRECT(new, N_CTIME);
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -delete functions --
+ *
+ *	Always true.  Makes its best shot and continues on regardless.
+ */
+int
+f_delete(PLAN *plan __unused, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	/* ignore these from fts */
+	if (strcmp(entry->fts_accpath, ".") == 0 ||
+	    strcmp(entry->fts_accpath, "..") == 0)
+		return 1;
+
+	/* sanity check */
+	if (isdepth == 0 ||			/* depth off */
+	    (ftsoptions & FTS_NOSTAT) ||	/* not stat()ing */
+	    !(ftsoptions & FTS_PHYSICAL) ||	/* physical off */
+	    (ftsoptions & FTS_LOGICAL))		/* or finally, logical on */
+		errx(1, "-delete: insecure options got turned on");
+
+	/* Potentially unsafe - do not accept relative paths whatsoever */
+	if (entry->fts_level > 0 && strchr(entry->fts_accpath, '/') != NULL)
+		errx(1, "-delete: %s: relative path potentially not safe",
+			entry->fts_accpath);
+
+	/* Turn off user immutable bits if running as root */
+	if ((entry->fts_statp->st_flags & (UF_APPEND|UF_IMMUTABLE)) &&
+	    !(entry->fts_statp->st_flags & (SF_APPEND|SF_IMMUTABLE)) &&
+	    geteuid() == 0)
+		chflags(entry->fts_accpath,
+		       entry->fts_statp->st_flags &= ~(UF_APPEND|UF_IMMUTABLE));
+
+	/* rmdir directories, unlink everything else */
+	if (S_ISDIR(entry->fts_statp->st_mode)) {
+		if (rmdir(entry->fts_accpath) < 0 && errno != ENOTEMPTY)
+			warn("-delete: rmdir(%s)", entry->fts_path);
+	} else {
+		if (unlink(entry->fts_accpath) < 0)
+			warn("-delete: unlink(%s)", entry->fts_path);
+	}
+
+	/* "succeed" */
+	return 1;
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_delete(char ***argvp __unused, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;	/* no optimize */
+	ftsoptions |= FTS_PHYSICAL;	/* disable -follow */
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_LOGICAL;	/* disable -follow */
+	isoutput = 1;			/* possible output */
+	isdepth = 1;			/* -depth implied */
+
+	return palloc(N_DELETE, f_delete);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -depth functions --
+ *
+ *	Always true, causes descent of the directory hierarchy to be done
+ *	so that all entries in a directory are acted on before the directory
+ *	itself.
+ */
+int
+f_always_true(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	return (1);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_depth(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	isdepth = 1;
+
+	return (palloc(N_DEPTH, f_always_true));
+}
+
+/*
+ * -empty functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the file or directory is empty
+ */
+int
+f_empty(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	if (S_ISREG(entry->fts_statp->st_mode) &&
+	    entry->fts_statp->st_size == 0)
+		return (1);
+	if (S_ISDIR(entry->fts_statp->st_mode)) {
+		struct dirent *dp;
+		int empty;
+		DIR *dir;
+
+		empty = 1;
+		dir = opendir(entry->fts_accpath);
+		if (dir == NULL)
+			return (0);
+		for (dp = readdir(dir); dp; dp = readdir(dir))
+			if (dp->d_name[0] != '.' ||
+			    (dp->d_name[1] != '\0' &&
+				(dp->d_name[1] != '.' || dp->d_name[2] != '\0'))) {
+				empty = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+		closedir(dir);
+		return (empty);
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_empty(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	return (palloc(N_EMPTY, f_empty));
+}
+
+/*
+ * [-exec | -ok] utility [arg ... ] ; functions --
+ * [-exec | -ok] utility [arg ... ] {} + functions --
+ *
+ *	If the end of the primary expression is delimited by a
+ *	semicolon: true if the executed utility returns a zero value
+ *	as exit status.  If "{}" occurs anywhere, it gets replaced by
+ *	the current pathname.
+ *
+ *	If the end of the primary expression is delimited by a plus
+ *	sign: always true. Pathnames for which the primary is
+ *	evaluated shall be aggregated into sets. The utility will be
+ *	executed once per set, with "{}" replaced by the entire set of
+ *	pathnames (as if xargs). "{}" must appear last.
+ *
+ *	The current directory for the execution of utility is the same
+ *	as the current directory when the find utility was started.
+ *
+ *	The primary -ok is different in that it requests affirmation
+ *	of the user before executing the utility.
+ */
+int
+f_exec(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	size_t cnt;
+	int l;
+	pid_t pid;
+	int status;
+
+	if (plan->flags & F_PLUSSET) {
+		/*
+		 * Confirm sufficient buffer space, then copy the path
+		 * to the buffer.
+		 */
+		l = strlen(entry->fts_path);
+		if (plan->ep_p + l < plan->ep_ebp) {
+			plan->ep_bxp[plan->ep_narg++] =
+			    strcpy(plan->ep_p, entry->fts_path);
+			plan->ep_p += l + 1;
+
+			if (plan->ep_narg == plan->ep_maxargs)
+				run_f_exec(plan);
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * Without sufficient space to copy in the next
+			 * argument, run the command to empty out the
+			 * buffer before re-attepting the copy.
+			 */
+			run_f_exec(plan);
+			if ((plan->ep_p + l < plan->ep_ebp)) {
+				plan->ep_bxp[plan->ep_narg++]
+				    = strcpy(plan->ep_p, entry->fts_path);
+				plan->ep_p += l + 1;
+			} else
+				errx(1, "insufficient space for argument");
+		}
+		return (1);
+	} else {
+		for (cnt = 0; plan->e_argv[cnt]; ++cnt)
+			if (plan->e_len[cnt])
+				brace_subst(plan->e_orig[cnt],
+				    &plan->e_argv[cnt],
+				    entry->fts_path,
+				    &plan->e_len[cnt]);
+		if (plan->flags & F_NEEDOK && !queryuser(plan->e_argv))
+			return (0);
+
+		/* Don't mix output of command with find output. */
+		fflush(stdout);
+		fflush(stderr);
+
+		switch (pid = vfork()) {
+		case -1:
+			err(1, "vfork");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		case 0:
+			if (fchdir(dotfd)) {
+				warn("chdir");
+				_exit(1);
+			}
+			execvp(plan->e_argv[0], plan->e_argv);
+			warn("%s", plan->e_argv[0]);
+			_exit(1);
+		}
+		pid = waitpid(pid, &status, 0);
+		return (pid != -1 && WIFEXITED(status)
+		    && !WEXITSTATUS(status));
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+run_f_exec(PLAN *plan)
+{
+	pid_t pid;
+	int rval, status;
+
+	/* Ensure arg list is null terminated. */
+	plan->ep_bxp[plan->ep_narg] = NULL;
+
+	/* Don't mix output of command with find output. */
+	fflush(stdout);
+	fflush(stderr);
+
+	switch (pid = vfork()) {
+	case -1:
+		err(1, "vfork");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	case 0:
+		if (fchdir(dotfd)) {
+			warn("chdir");
+			_exit(1);
+		}
+		execvp(plan->e_argv[0], plan->e_argv);
+		warn("%s", plan->e_argv[0]);
+		_exit(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Clear out the argument list. */
+	plan->ep_narg = 0;
+	plan->ep_bxp[plan->ep_narg] = NULL;
+	/* As well as the argument buffer. */
+	plan->ep_p = plan->ep_bbp;
+	*plan->ep_p = '\0';
+
+	pid = waitpid(pid, &status, 0);
+	if (WIFEXITED(status))
+		rval = WEXITSTATUS(status);
+	else
+		rval = -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we have a non-zero exit status, preserve it so find(1) can
+	 * later exit with it.
+	 */
+	if (rval)
+		plan->ep_rval = rval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * c_exec --
+ *	build three parallel arrays, one with pointers to the strings passed
+ *	on the command line, one with (possibly duplicated) pointers to the
+ *	argv array, and one with integer values that are lengths of the
+ *	strings, but also flags meaning that the string has to be massaged.
+ *
+ *	If -exec ... {} +, use only the first array, but make it large
+ *	enough to hold 5000 args (cf. src/usr.bin/xargs/xargs.c for a
+ *	discussion), and then allocate ARG_MAX - 4K of space for args.
+ */
+PLAN *
+c_exec(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	PLAN *new;			/* node returned */
+	size_t cnt;
+	int brace, lastbrace;
+	char **argv, **ap, *p;
+
+	isoutput = 1;
+
+	new = palloc(N_EXEC, f_exec);
+	if (isok)
+		new->flags |= F_NEEDOK;
+
+	/*
+	 * Terminate if we encounter an arg exactly equal to ";", or an
+	 * arg exactly equal to "+" following an arg exactly equal to
+	 * "{}".
+	 */
+	for (ap = argv = *argvp, brace = 0;; ++ap) {
+		if (!*ap)
+			errx(1, "%s: no terminating \";\" or \"+\"", opt);
+		lastbrace = brace;
+		brace = 0;
+		if (strcmp(*ap, "{}") == 0)
+			brace = 1;
+		if (strcmp(*ap, ";") == 0)
+			break;
+		if (strcmp(*ap, "+") == 0 && lastbrace) {
+			new->flags |= F_PLUSSET;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * POSIX says -ok ... {} + "need not be supported," and it does
+	 * not make much sense anyway.
+	 */
+	if (new->flags & F_NEEDOK && new->flags & F_PLUSSET)
+		errx(1, "%s: terminating \"+\" not permitted.", opt);
+
+	if (new->flags & F_PLUSSET) {
+		size_t c, bufsize;
+
+		cnt = ap - *argvp - 1;			/* units are words */
+		new->ep_maxargs = ARG_MAX / (sizeof (char *) + 16);
+		if (new->ep_maxargs > 5000)
+			new->ep_maxargs = 5000;
+		new->e_argv = emalloc((cnt + new->ep_maxargs)
+		    * sizeof(*new->e_argv));
+
+		/* We start stuffing arguments after the user's last one. */
+		new->ep_bxp = &new->e_argv[cnt];
+		new->ep_narg = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * Count up the space of the user's arguments, and
+		 * subtract that from what we allocate.
+		 */
+#define MAXARG (ARG_MAX - 4 * 1024)
+		for (argv = *argvp, c = 0, cnt = 0;
+		     argv < ap;
+		     ++argv, ++cnt) {
+			c += strlen(*argv) + 1;
+			if (c >= MAXARG)
+				errx(1, "Arguments too long");
+			new->e_argv[cnt] = *argv;
+		}
+		if (c + new->ep_maxargs * sizeof (char *) >= MAXARG)
+			errx(1, "Arguments too long");
+		bufsize = MAXARG - c - new->ep_maxargs * sizeof (char *);
+
+		/*
+		 * Allocate, and then initialize current, base, and
+		 * end pointers.
+		 */
+		new->ep_p = new->ep_bbp = emalloc(bufsize + 1);
+		new->ep_ebp = new->ep_bbp + bufsize - 1;
+		new->ep_rval = 0;
+	} else { /* !F_PLUSSET */
+		cnt = ap - *argvp + 1;
+		new->e_argv = emalloc(cnt * sizeof(*new->e_argv));
+		new->e_orig = emalloc(cnt * sizeof(*new->e_orig));
+		new->e_len = emalloc(cnt * sizeof(*new->e_len));
+
+		for (argv = *argvp, cnt = 0; argv < ap; ++argv, ++cnt) {
+			new->e_orig[cnt] = *argv;
+			for (p = *argv; *p; ++p)
+				if (p[0] == '{' && p[1] == '}') {
+					new->e_argv[cnt] =
+						emalloc(MAXPATHLEN);
+					new->e_len[cnt] = MAXPATHLEN;
+					break;
+				}
+			if (!*p) {
+				new->e_argv[cnt] = *argv;
+				new->e_len[cnt] = 0;
+			}
+		}
+		new->e_orig[cnt] = NULL;
+	}
+
+	new->e_argv[cnt] = NULL;
+	*argvp = argv + 1;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -execdir utility [arg ... ] ; functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the executed utility returns a zero value as exit status.
+ *	The end of the primary expression is delimited by a semicolon.  If
+ *	"{}" occurs anywhere, it gets replaced by the unqualified pathname.
+ *	The current directory for the execution of utility is the same as
+ *	the directory where the file lives.
+ */
+int
+f_execdir(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	size_t cnt;
+	pid_t pid;
+	int status;
+	char *file;
+
+	/* XXX - if file/dir ends in '/' this will not work -- can it? */
+	if ((file = strrchr(entry->fts_path, '/')))
+		file++;
+	else
+		file = entry->fts_path;
+
+	for (cnt = 0; plan->e_argv[cnt]; ++cnt)
+		if (plan->e_len[cnt])
+			brace_subst(plan->e_orig[cnt], &plan->e_argv[cnt],
+			    file, &plan->e_len[cnt]);
+
+	/* don't mix output of command with find output */
+	fflush(stdout);
+	fflush(stderr);
+
+	switch (pid = vfork()) {
+	case -1:
+		err(1, "fork");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	case 0:
+		execvp(plan->e_argv[0], plan->e_argv);
+		warn("%s", plan->e_argv[0]);
+		_exit(1);
+	}
+	pid = waitpid(pid, &status, 0);
+	return (pid != -1 && WIFEXITED(status) && !WEXITSTATUS(status));
+}
+
+/*
+ * c_execdir --
+ *	build three parallel arrays, one with pointers to the strings passed
+ *	on the command line, one with (possibly duplicated) pointers to the
+ *	argv array, and one with integer values that are lengths of the
+ *	strings, but also flags meaning that the string has to be massaged.
+ */
+PLAN *
+c_execdir(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	PLAN *new;			/* node returned */
+	size_t cnt;
+	char **argv, **ap, *p;
+
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+	isoutput = 1;
+
+	new = palloc(N_EXECDIR, f_execdir);
+
+	for (ap = argv = *argvp;; ++ap) {
+		if (!*ap)
+			errx(1, "%s: no terminating \";\"", opt);
+		if (**ap == ';')
+			break;
+	}
+
+	cnt = ap - *argvp + 1;
+	new->e_argv = emalloc(cnt * sizeof(*new->e_argv));
+	new->e_orig = emalloc(cnt * sizeof(*new->e_orig));
+	new->e_len = emalloc(cnt * sizeof(*new->e_len));
+
+	for (argv = *argvp, cnt = 0; argv < ap; ++argv, ++cnt) {
+		new->e_orig[cnt] = *argv;
+		for (p = *argv; *p; ++p)
+			if (p[0] == '{' && p[1] == '}') {
+				new->e_argv[cnt] = emalloc(MAXPATHLEN);
+				new->e_len[cnt] = MAXPATHLEN;
+				break;
+			}
+		if (!*p) {
+			new->e_argv[cnt] = *argv;
+			new->e_len[cnt] = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	new->e_argv[cnt] = new->e_orig[cnt] = NULL;
+
+	*argvp = argv + 1;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_exit(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	/* not technically true, but otherwise '-print' is implied */
+	isoutput = 1;
+
+	new = palloc(N_EXIT, f_always_true);
+
+	if (arg) {
+		(*argvp)++;
+		new->exit_val = find_parsenum(new, opt, arg, NULL);
+	} else
+		new->exit_val = 0;
+
+	return (new);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * -false function
+ */
+int
+f_false(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	return (0);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_false(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	return (palloc(N_FALSE, f_false));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * -flags [-]flags functions --
+ */
+int
+f_flags(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	u_int32_t flags;
+
+	flags = entry->fts_statp->st_flags;
+	if (plan->flags == F_ATLEAST)
+		return ((plan->f_data | flags) == flags);
+	else
+		return (flags == plan->f_data);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_flags(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *flags = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+	u_long flagset;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_FLAGS, f_flags);
+
+	if (*flags == '-') {
+		new->flags = F_ATLEAST;
+		++flags;
+	}
+
+	flagset = 0;
+	if ((strcmp(flags, "none") != 0) &&
+	    (string_to_flags(&flags, &flagset, NULL) != 0))
+		errx(1, "%s: %s: illegal flags string", opt, flags);
+	new->f_data = flagset;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -follow functions --
+ *
+ *	Always true, causes symbolic links to be followed on a global
+ *	basis.
+ */
+PLAN *
+c_follow(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_PHYSICAL;
+	ftsoptions |= FTS_LOGICAL;
+
+	return (palloc(N_FOLLOW, f_always_true));
+}
+
+/* -fprint functions --
+ *
+ *	Causes the current pathame to be written to the defined output file.
+ */
+int
+f_fprint(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	if (-1 == fprintf(plan->fprint_file, "%s\n", entry->fts_path))
+		warn("fprintf");
+
+	return(1);
+
+	/* no descriptors are closed; they will be closed by
+	   operating system when this find command exits.  */
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_fprint(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	isoutput = 1; /* do not assume -print */
+
+	new = palloc(N_FPRINT, f_fprint);
+
+	if (NULL == (new->fprint_file = fopen(**argvp, "w")))
+		err(1, "%s: %s: cannot create file", opt, **argvp);
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -fstype functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the file is of a certain type.
+ */
+int
+f_fstype(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	static dev_t curdev;	/* need a guaranteed illegal dev value */
+	static int first = 1;
+	struct statvfs sb;
+	static short val;
+	static char fstype[sizeof(sb.f_fstypename)];
+	char *p, save[2];
+
+	memset(&save, 0, sizeof save);	/* XXX gcc */
+
+	/* Only check when we cross mount point. */
+	if (first || curdev != entry->fts_statp->st_dev) {
+		curdev = entry->fts_statp->st_dev;
+
+		/*
+		 * Statfs follows symlinks; find wants the link's file system,
+		 * not where it points.
+		 */
+		if (entry->fts_info == FTS_SL ||
+		    entry->fts_info == FTS_SLNONE) {
+			if ((p = strrchr(entry->fts_accpath, '/')) != NULL)
+				++p;
+			else
+				p = entry->fts_accpath;
+			save[0] = p[0];
+			p[0] = '.';
+			save[1] = p[1];
+			p[1] = '\0';
+
+		} else
+			p = NULL;
+
+		if (statvfs(entry->fts_accpath, &sb))
+			err(1, "%s", entry->fts_accpath);
+
+		if (p) {
+			p[0] = save[0];
+			p[1] = save[1];
+		}
+
+		first = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * Further tests may need both of these values, so
+		 * always copy both of them.
+		 */
+		val = sb.f_flag;
+		strlcpy(fstype, sb.f_fstypename, sizeof(fstype));
+	}
+	switch (plan->flags) {
+	case F_MTFLAG:
+		return (val & plan->mt_data);
+	case F_MTTYPE:
+		return (strncmp(fstype, plan->c_data, sizeof(fstype)) == 0);
+	default:
+		abort();
+	}
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_fstype(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_FSTYPE, f_fstype);
+
+	switch (*arg) {
+	case 'l':
+		if (!strcmp(arg, "local")) {
+			new->flags = F_MTFLAG;
+			new->mt_data = MNT_LOCAL;
+			return (new);
+		}
+		break;
+	case 'r':
+		if (!strcmp(arg, "rdonly")) {
+			new->flags = F_MTFLAG;
+			new->mt_data = MNT_RDONLY;
+			return (new);
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	new->flags = F_MTTYPE;
+	new->c_data = arg;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -group gname functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the file belongs to the group gname.  If gname is numeric and
+ *	an equivalent of the getgrnam() function does not return a valid group
+ *	name, gname is taken as a group ID.
+ */
+int
+f_group(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	COMPARE(entry->fts_statp->st_gid, plan->g_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_group(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *gname = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+	struct group *g;
+	gid_t gid;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_GROUP, f_group);
+	g = getgrnam(gname);
+	if (g == NULL) {
+		if (atoi(gname) == 0 && gname[0] != '0' &&
+		    strcmp(gname, "+0") && strcmp(gname, "-0"))
+			errx(1, "%s: %s: no such group", opt, gname);
+		gid = find_parsenum(new, "-group", gname, NULL);
+
+	} else {
+		new->flags = F_EQUAL;
+		gid = g->gr_gid;
+	}
+
+	new->g_data = gid;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -inum n functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the file has inode # n.
+ */
+int
+f_inum(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	COMPARE(entry->fts_statp->st_ino, plan->i_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_inum(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_INUM, f_inum);
+	new->i_data = find_parsenum(new, opt, arg, NULL);
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -links n functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the file has n links.
+ */
+int
+f_links(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	COMPARE(entry->fts_statp->st_nlink, plan->l_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_links(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_LINKS, f_links);
+	new->l_data = (nlink_t)find_parsenum(new, opt, arg, NULL);
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -ls functions --
+ *
+ *	Always true - prints the current entry to stdout in "ls" format.
+ */
+int
+f_ls(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	printlong(entry->fts_path, entry->fts_accpath, entry->fts_statp);
+	return (1);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_ls(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+	isoutput = 1;
+
+	return (palloc(N_LS, f_ls));
+}
+
+/*
+ * - maxdepth n functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the current search depth is less than or equal to the
+ *	maximum depth specified
+ */
+int
+f_maxdepth(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	extern FTS *tree;
+
+	if (entry->fts_level >= plan->max_data)
+		fts_set(tree, entry, FTS_SKIP);
+	return (entry->fts_level <= plan->max_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_maxdepth(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	new = palloc(N_MAXDEPTH, f_maxdepth);
+	new->max_data = atoi(arg);
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * - mindepth n functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the current search depth is greater than or equal to the
+ *	minimum depth specified
+ */
+int
+f_mindepth(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	return (entry->fts_level >= plan->min_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_mindepth(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	new = palloc(N_MINDEPTH, f_mindepth);
+	new->min_data = atoi(arg);
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -mmin n functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the difference between the file modification time and the
+ *	current time is n 24 hour periods.
+ */
+int
+f_mmin(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	COMPARE((now - entry->fts_statp->st_mtime + SECSPERMIN - 1) /
+	    SECSPERMIN, plan->t_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_mmin(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_MMIN, f_mmin);
+	new->t_data = find_parsenum(new, opt, arg, NULL);
+	TIME_CORRECT(new, N_MMIN);
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -mtime n functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the difference between the file modification time and the
+ *	current time is n 24 hour periods.
+ */
+int
+f_mtime(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	COMPARE((now - entry->fts_statp->st_mtime + SECSPERDAY - 1) /
+	    SECSPERDAY, plan->t_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_mtime(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_MTIME, f_mtime);
+	new->t_data = find_parsenum(new, opt, arg, NULL);
+	TIME_CORRECT(new, N_MTIME);
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -name functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the basename of the filename being examined
+ *	matches pattern using Pattern Matching Notation S3.14
+ */
+int
+f_name(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	return (!fnmatch(plan->c_data, entry->fts_name, 0));
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_name(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *pattern = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	new = palloc(N_NAME, f_name);
+	new->c_data = pattern;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -iname functions --
+ *
+ *	Similar to -name, but does case insensitive matching
+ *
+ */
+int
+f_iname(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	return (!fnmatch(plan->c_data, entry->fts_name, FNM_CASEFOLD));
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_iname(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *pattern = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	new = palloc(N_INAME, f_iname);
+	new->c_data = pattern;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -newer file functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the current file has been modified more recently
+ *	than the modification time of the file named by the pathname
+ *	file.
+ */
+int
+f_newer(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	return timespeccmp(&entry->fts_statp->st_mtim, &plan->ts_data, >);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_newer(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *filename = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	if (stat(filename, &sb))
+		err(1, "%s: %s", opt, filename);
+	new = palloc(N_NEWER, f_newer);
+	new->ts_data = sb.st_mtim;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -nogroup functions --
+ *
+ *	True if file belongs to a user ID for which the equivalent
+ *	of the getgrnam() 9.2.1 [POSIX.1] function returns NULL.
+ */
+int
+f_nogroup(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	return (group_from_gid(entry->fts_statp->st_gid, 1) ? 0 : 1);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_nogroup(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	return (palloc(N_NOGROUP, f_nogroup));
+}
+
+/*
+ * -nouser functions --
+ *
+ *	True if file belongs to a user ID for which the equivalent
+ *	of the getpwuid() 9.2.2 [POSIX.1] function returns NULL.
+ */
+int
+f_nouser(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	return (user_from_uid(entry->fts_statp->st_uid, 1) ? 0 : 1);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_nouser(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	return (palloc(N_NOUSER, f_nouser));
+}
+
+/*
+ * -path functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the path of the filename being examined
+ *	matches pattern using Pattern Matching Notation S3.14
+ */
+int
+f_path(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	return (!fnmatch(plan->c_data, entry->fts_path, 0));
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_path(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *pattern = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	new = palloc(N_NAME, f_path);
+	new->c_data = pattern;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -perm functions --
+ *
+ *	The mode argument is used to represent file mode bits.  If it starts
+ *	with a leading digit, it's treated as an octal mode, otherwise as a
+ *	symbolic mode.
+ */
+int
+f_perm(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	mode_t mode;
+
+	mode = entry->fts_statp->st_mode &
+	    (S_ISUID|S_ISGID|S_ISTXT|S_IRWXU|S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO);
+	if (plan->flags == F_ATLEAST)
+		return ((plan->m_data | mode) == mode);
+	else
+		return (mode == plan->m_data);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_perm(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *perm = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+	mode_t *set;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_PERM, f_perm);
+
+	if (*perm == '-') {
+		new->flags = F_ATLEAST;
+		++perm;
+	}
+
+	if ((set = setmode(perm)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "%s: Cannot set file mode `%s'", opt, perm);
+
+	new->m_data = getmode(set, 0);
+	free(set);
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -print functions --
+ *
+ *	Always true, causes the current pathame to be written to
+ *	standard output.
+ */
+int
+f_print(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	(void)printf("%s\n", entry->fts_path);
+	return (1);
+}
+
+int
+f_print0(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	(void)fputs(entry->fts_path, stdout);
+	(void)fputc('\0', stdout);
+	return (1);
+}
+
+int
+f_printx(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	char *cp;
+
+	for (cp = entry->fts_path; *cp; cp++) {
+		if (*cp == '\'' || *cp == '\"' || *cp == ' ' ||
+		    *cp == '$'  || *cp == '`'  ||
+		    *cp == '\t' || *cp == '\n' || *cp == '\\')
+			fputc('\\', stdout);
+
+		fputc(*cp, stdout);
+	}
+
+	fputc('\n', stdout);
+	return (1);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_print(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	isoutput = 1;
+
+	return (palloc(N_PRINT, f_print));
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_print0(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	isoutput = 1;
+
+	return (palloc(N_PRINT0, f_print0));
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_printx(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	isoutput = 1;
+
+	return (palloc(N_PRINTX, f_printx));
+}
+
+/*
+ * -prune functions --
+ *
+ *	Prune a portion of the hierarchy.
+ */
+int
+f_prune(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	if (fts_set(tree, entry, FTS_SKIP))
+		err(1, "%s", entry->fts_path);
+	return (1);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_prune(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	return (palloc(N_PRUNE, f_prune));
+}
+
+/*
+ * -regex regexp (and related) functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the complete file path matches the regular expression regexp.
+ *	For -regex, regexp is a case-sensitive (basic) regular expression.
+ *	For -iregex, regexp is a case-insensitive (basic) regular expression.
+ */
+int
+f_regex(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	return (regexec(&plan->regexp_data, entry->fts_path, 0, NULL, 0) == 0);
+}
+
+static PLAN *
+c_regex_common(char ***argvp, int isok, enum ntype type, bool icase)
+{
+	char errbuf[LINE_MAX];
+	regex_t reg;
+	char *regexp = **argvp;
+	char *lineregexp;
+	PLAN *new;
+	int rv;
+	size_t len;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+
+	len = strlen(regexp) + 1 + 6;
+	lineregexp = malloc(len);	/* max needed */
+	if (lineregexp == NULL)
+		err(1, NULL);
+	snprintf(lineregexp, len, "^%s(%s%s)$",
+	    (regcomp_flags & REG_EXTENDED) ? "" : "\\", regexp,
+	    (regcomp_flags & REG_EXTENDED) ? "" : "\\");
+	rv = regcomp(&reg, lineregexp, REG_NOSUB|regcomp_flags|
+	    (icase ? REG_ICASE : 0));
+	free(lineregexp);
+	if (rv != 0) {
+		regerror(rv, &reg, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+		errx(1, "regexp %s: %s", regexp, errbuf);
+	}
+
+	new = palloc(type, f_regex);
+	new->regexp_data = reg;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_regex(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	return (c_regex_common(argvp, isok, N_REGEX, false));
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_iregex(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	return (c_regex_common(argvp, isok, N_IREGEX, true));
+}
+
+/*
+ * -since "timestamp" functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the file modification time is greater than the timestamp value
+ */
+int
+f_since(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	COMPARE(entry->fts_statp->st_mtime, plan->t_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_since(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_SINCE, f_since);
+	new->t_data = find_parsedate(new, opt, arg);
+	new->flags = F_GREATER;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -size n[c] functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the file size in bytes, divided by an implementation defined
+ *	value and rounded up to the next integer, is n.  If n is followed by
+ *	a c, the size is in bytes.
+ */
+#define	FIND_SIZE	512
+static int divsize = 1;
+
+int
+f_size(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	off_t size;
+
+	size = divsize ? (entry->fts_statp->st_size + FIND_SIZE - 1) /
+	    FIND_SIZE : entry->fts_statp->st_size;
+	COMPARE(size, plan->o_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_size(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *arg = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+	char endch;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_SIZE, f_size);
+	endch = 'c';
+	new->o_data = find_parsenum(new, opt, arg, &endch);
+	if (endch == 'c')
+		divsize = 0;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -type c functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the type of the file is c, where c is b, c, d, p, f or w
+ *	for block special file, character special file, directory, FIFO,
+ *	regular file or whiteout respectively.
+ */
+int
+f_type(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	return ((entry->fts_statp->st_mode & S_IFMT) == plan->m_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_type(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *typestring = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+	mode_t  mask = (mode_t)0;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	switch (typestring[0]) {
+	case 'b':
+		mask = S_IFBLK;
+		break;
+	case 'c':
+		mask = S_IFCHR;
+		break;
+	case 'd':
+		mask = S_IFDIR;
+		break;
+	case 'f':
+		mask = S_IFREG;
+		break;
+	case 'l':
+		mask = S_IFLNK;
+		break;
+	case 'p':
+		mask = S_IFIFO;
+		break;
+	case 's':
+		mask = S_IFSOCK;
+		break;
+#ifdef S_IFWHT
+	case 'W':
+	case 'w':
+		mask = S_IFWHT;
+#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT
+		ftsoptions |= FTS_WHITEOUT;
+#endif
+		break;
+#endif /* S_IFWHT */
+	default:
+		errx(1, "%s: %s: unknown type", opt, typestring);
+	}
+
+	new = palloc(N_TYPE, f_type);
+	new->m_data = mask;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -user uname functions --
+ *
+ *	True if the file belongs to the user uname.  If uname is numeric and
+ *	an equivalent of the getpwnam() S9.2.2 [POSIX.1] function does not
+ *	return a valid user name, uname is taken as a user ID.
+ */
+int
+f_user(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+
+	COMPARE(entry->fts_statp->st_uid, plan->u_data);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_user(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	char *username = **argvp;
+	PLAN *new;
+	struct passwd *p;
+	uid_t uid;
+
+	(*argvp)++;
+	ftsoptions &= ~FTS_NOSTAT;
+
+	new = palloc(N_USER, f_user);
+	p = getpwnam(username);
+	if (p == NULL) {
+		if (atoi(username) == 0 && username[0] != '0' &&
+		    strcmp(username, "+0") && strcmp(username, "-0"))
+			errx(1, "%s: %s: no such user", opt, username);
+		uid = find_parsenum(new, opt, username, NULL);
+
+	} else {
+		new->flags = F_EQUAL;
+		uid = p->pw_uid;
+	}
+
+	new->u_data = uid;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+/*
+ * -xdev functions --
+ *
+ *	Always true, causes find not to descend past directories that have a
+ *	different device ID (st_dev, see stat() S5.6.2 [POSIX.1])
+ */
+PLAN *
+c_xdev(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+	ftsoptions |= FTS_XDEV;
+
+	return (palloc(N_XDEV, f_always_true));
+}
+
+/*
+ * ( expression ) functions --
+ *
+ *	True if expression is true.
+ */
+int
+f_expr(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	PLAN *p;
+	int state;
+
+	state = 0;
+	for (p = plan->p_data[0];
+	    p && (state = (p->eval)(p, entry)); p = p->next);
+	return (state);
+}
+
+/*
+ * N_OPENPAREN and N_CLOSEPAREN nodes are temporary place markers.  They are
+ * eliminated during phase 2 of find_formplan() --- the '(' node is converted
+ * to a N_EXPR node containing the expression and the ')' node is discarded.
+ */
+PLAN *
+c_openparen(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	return (palloc(N_OPENPAREN, (int (*)(PLAN *, FTSENT *))-1));
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_closeparen(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	return (palloc(N_CLOSEPAREN, (int (*)(PLAN *, FTSENT *))-1));
+}
+
+/*
+ * ! expression functions --
+ *
+ *	Negation of a primary; the unary NOT operator.
+ */
+int
+f_not(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	PLAN *p;
+	int state;
+
+	state = 0;
+	for (p = plan->p_data[0];
+	    p && (state = (p->eval)(p, entry)); p = p->next);
+	return (!state);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_not(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	return (palloc(N_NOT, f_not));
+}
+
+/*
+ * expression -o expression functions --
+ *
+ *	Alternation of primaries; the OR operator.  The second expression is
+ * not evaluated if the first expression is true.
+ */
+int
+f_or(PLAN *plan, FTSENT *entry)
+{
+	PLAN *p;
+	int state;
+
+	state = 0;
+	for (p = plan->p_data[0];
+	    p && (state = (p->eval)(p, entry)); p = p->next);
+
+	if (state)
+		return (1);
+
+	for (p = plan->p_data[1];
+	    p && (state = (p->eval)(p, entry)); p = p->next);
+	return (state);
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_or(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	return (palloc(N_OR, f_or));
+}
+
+PLAN *
+c_null(char ***argvp, int isok, char *opt)
+{
+
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * plan_cleanup --
+ *	Check and see if the specified plan has any residual state,
+ *	and if so, clean it up as appropriate.
+ *
+ *	At the moment, only N_EXEC has state. Two kinds: 1)
+ * 	lists of files to feed to subprocesses 2) State on exit
+ *	statusses of past subprocesses.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED1 */
+int
+plan_cleanup(PLAN *plan, void *arg)
+{
+	if (plan->type==N_EXEC && plan->ep_narg)
+		run_f_exec(plan);
+
+	return plan->ep_rval;		/* Passed save exit-status up chain */
+}
+
+static PLAN *
+palloc(enum ntype t, int (*f)(PLAN *, FTSENT *))
+{
+	PLAN *new;
+
+	if ((new = malloc(sizeof(PLAN))) == NULL)
+		err(1, NULL);
+	memset(new, 0, sizeof(PLAN));
+	new->type = t;
+	new->eval = f;
+	return (new);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/find/ls.c b/usr.bin/find/ls.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23b7cfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/find/ls.c
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ls.c,v 1.21 2011/08/31 16:24:57 plunky Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)ls.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ls.c,v 1.21 2011/08/31 16:24:57 plunky Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "find.h"
+
+/* Derived from the print routines in the ls(1) source code. */
+
+static void printlink(char *);
+static void printtime(time_t);
+
+void
+printlong(char *name,			/* filename to print */
+	char *accpath,			/* current valid path to filename */
+	struct stat *sb)		/* stat buffer */
+{
+	char modep[15];
+
+	(void)printf("%7lu %6lld ", (u_long)sb->st_ino,
+	    (long long)sb->st_blocks);
+	(void)strmode(sb->st_mode, modep);
+	(void)printf("%s %3lu %-*s %-*s ", modep, (unsigned long)sb->st_nlink,
+	    LOGIN_NAME_MAX, user_from_uid(sb->st_uid, 0), LOGIN_NAME_MAX,
+	    group_from_gid(sb->st_gid, 0));
+
+	if (S_ISCHR(sb->st_mode) || S_ISBLK(sb->st_mode))
+		(void)printf("%3llu,%5llu ",
+		    (unsigned long long)major(sb->st_rdev),
+		    (unsigned long long)minor(sb->st_rdev));
+	else
+		(void)printf("%9lld ", (long long)sb->st_size);
+	printtime(sb->st_mtime);
+	(void)printf("%s", name);
+	if (S_ISLNK(sb->st_mode))
+		printlink(accpath);
+	(void)putchar('\n');
+}
+
+static void
+printtime(time_t ftime)
+{
+	int i;
+	char *longstring;
+
+	longstring = ctime(&ftime);
+	for (i = 4; i < 11; ++i)
+		(void)putchar(longstring[i]);
+
+#define	SIXMONTHS	((DAYSPERNYEAR / 2) * SECSPERDAY)
+	if (ftime + SIXMONTHS > time(NULL))
+		for (i = 11; i < 16; ++i)
+			(void)putchar(longstring[i]);
+	else {
+		(void)putchar(' ');
+		for (i = 20; i < 24; ++i)
+			(void)putchar(longstring[i]);
+	}
+	(void)putchar(' ');
+}
+
+static void
+printlink(char *name)
+{
+	int lnklen;
+	char path[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+
+	if ((lnklen = readlink(name, path, sizeof(path) - 1)) == -1) {
+		warn("%s", name);
+		return;
+	}
+	path[lnklen] = '\0';
+	(void)printf(" -> %s", path);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/find/main.c b/usr.bin/find/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aab177
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/find/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.31 2013/01/24 17:50:08 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Cimarron D. Taylor of the University of California, Berkeley.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.31 2013/01/24 17:50:08 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "find.h"
+
+time_t now;			/* time find was run */
+int dotfd;			/* starting directory */
+int ftsoptions;			/* options for the ftsopen(3) call */
+int isdeprecated;		/* using deprecated syntax */
+int isdepth;			/* do directories on post-order visit */
+int isoutput;			/* user specified output operator */
+int issort;			/* sort directory entries */
+int isxargs;			/* don't permit xargs delimiting chars */
+int regcomp_flags = REG_BASIC;	/* regex compilation flags */
+
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char **p, **start;
+	int ch;
+
+	(void)time(&now);	/* initialize the time-of-day */
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	/* array to hold dir list.  at most (argc - 1) elements. */
+	p = start = malloc(argc * sizeof (char *));
+	if (p == NULL)
+		err(1, NULL);
+
+	ftsoptions = FTS_NOSTAT | FTS_PHYSICAL;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "HLPdEf:hsXx")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'H':
+			ftsoptions &= ~FTS_LOGICAL;
+			ftsoptions |= FTS_PHYSICAL|FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			ftsoptions &= ~(FTS_COMFOLLOW|FTS_PHYSICAL);
+			ftsoptions |= FTS_LOGICAL;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			ftsoptions &= ~(FTS_COMFOLLOW|FTS_LOGICAL);
+			ftsoptions |= FTS_PHYSICAL;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			isdepth = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'E':
+			regcomp_flags = REG_EXTENDED;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			*p++ = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			ftsoptions &= ~FTS_PHYSICAL;
+			ftsoptions |= FTS_LOGICAL;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			issort = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'X':
+			isxargs = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			ftsoptions |= FTS_XDEV;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	/*
+	 * Find first option to delimit the file list.  The first argument
+	 * that starts with a -, or is a ! or a ( must be interpreted as a
+	 * part of the find expression, according to POSIX .2.
+	 */
+	for (; *argv != NULL; *p++ = *argv++) {
+		if (argv[0][0] == '-')
+			break;
+		if ((argv[0][0] == '!' || argv[0][0] == '(') &&
+		    argv[0][1] == '\0')
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (p == start)
+		usage();
+
+	*p = NULL;
+
+	if ((dotfd = open(".", O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC, 0)) == -1)
+		err(1, ".");
+
+	exit(find_execute(find_formplan(argv), start));
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-H | -L | -P] [-dEhsXx] [-f file] "
+	    "file [file ...] [expression]\n", getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/find/misc.c b/usr.bin/find/misc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ba84c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/find/misc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: misc.c,v 1.14 2006/10/11 19:51:10 apb Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Cimarron D. Taylor of the University of California, Berkeley.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)misc.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/1/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: misc.c,v 1.14 2006/10/11 19:51:10 apb Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "find.h"
+
+/*
+ * brace_subst --
+ *	Replace occurrences of {} in orig with path, and place it in a malloced
+ *      area of memory set in store.
+ */
+void
+brace_subst(char *orig, char **store, char *path, int *len)
+{
+	int nlen, plen, rest;
+	char ch, *p, *ostore;
+
+	plen = strlen(path);
+	for (p = *store; (ch = *orig) != '\0'; ++orig)
+		if (ch == '{' && orig[1] == '}') {
+			/* Length of string after the {}. */
+			rest = strlen(&orig[2]);
+
+			nlen = *len;
+			while ((p - *store) + plen + rest + 1 > nlen)
+				nlen *= 2;
+
+			if (nlen > *len) {
+				ostore = *store;
+				if ((*store = realloc(ostore, nlen)) == NULL)
+					err(1, "realloc");
+				*len = nlen;
+				p += *store - ostore;	/* Relocate. */
+			}
+			memmove(p, path, plen);
+			p += plen;
+			++orig;
+		} else
+			*p++ = ch;
+	*p = '\0';
+}
+
+/*
+ * queryuser --
+ *	print a message to standard error and then read input from standard
+ *	input. If the input is 'y' then 1 is returned.
+ */
+int
+queryuser(char **argv)
+{
+	int ch, first, nl;
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "\"%s", *argv);
+	while (*++argv)
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, " %s", *argv);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "\"? ");
+	(void)fflush(stderr);
+
+	first = ch = getchar();
+	for (nl = 0;;) {
+		if (ch == '\n') {
+			nl = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (ch == EOF)
+			break;
+		ch = getchar();
+	}
+
+	if (!nl) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+		(void)fflush(stderr);
+	}
+        return (first == 'y');
+}
+
+/*
+ * show_path --
+ *	called on SIGINFO
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+show_path(int sig)
+{
+	extern FTSENT *g_entry;
+	int errno_bak;
+
+	if (g_entry == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * not initialized yet.
+		 * assumption: pointer assignment is atomic.
+		 */
+		return;
+	}
+
+	errno_bak = errno;
+	write(STDERR_FILENO, "find path: ", 11);
+	write(STDERR_FILENO, g_entry->fts_path, g_entry->fts_pathlen);
+	write(STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1);
+	errno = errno_bak;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/find/operator.c b/usr.bin/find/operator.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63a6aa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/find/operator.c
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: operator.c,v 1.10 2014/10/18 08:33:30 snj Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Cimarron D. Taylor of the University of California, Berkeley.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)operator.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: operator.c,v 1.10 2014/10/18 08:33:30 snj Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "find.h"
+
+static PLAN *yanknode(PLAN **);
+static PLAN *yankexpr(PLAN **);
+
+/*
+ * yanknode --
+ *	destructively removes the top from the plan
+ */
+static PLAN *
+yanknode(PLAN **planp)		/* pointer to top of plan (modified) */
+{
+	PLAN *node;		/* top node removed from the plan */
+
+	if ((node = (*planp)) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+	(*planp) = (*planp)->next;
+	node->next = NULL;
+	return (node);
+}
+
+/*
+ * yankexpr --
+ *	Removes one expression from the plan.  This is used mainly by
+ *	paren_squish.  In comments below, an expression is either a
+ *	simple node or a N_EXPR node containing a list of simple nodes.
+ */
+static PLAN *
+yankexpr(PLAN **planp)		/* pointer to top of plan (modified) */
+{
+	PLAN *next;		/* temp node holding subexpression results */
+	PLAN *node;		/* pointer to returned node or expression */
+	PLAN *tail;		/* pointer to tail of subplan */
+	PLAN *subplan;		/* pointer to head of ( ) expression */
+
+	/* first pull the top node from the plan */
+	if ((node = yanknode(planp)) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * If the node is an '(' then we recursively slurp up expressions
+	 * until we find its associated ')'.  If it's a closing paren we
+	 * just return it and unwind our recursion; all other nodes are
+	 * complete expressions, so just return them.
+	 */
+	if (node->type == N_OPENPAREN)
+		for (tail = subplan = NULL;;) {
+			if ((next = yankexpr(planp)) == NULL)
+				err(1, "(: missing closing ')'");
+			/*
+			 * If we find a closing ')' we store the collected
+			 * subplan in our '(' node and convert the node to
+			 * a N_EXPR.  The ')' we found is ignored.  Otherwise,
+			 * we just continue to add whatever we get to our
+			 * subplan.
+			 */
+			if (next->type == N_CLOSEPAREN) {
+				if (subplan == NULL)
+					errx(1, "(): empty inner expression");
+				node->p_data[0] = subplan;
+				node->type = N_EXPR;
+				node->eval = f_expr;
+				break;
+			} else {
+				if (subplan == NULL)
+					tail = subplan = next;
+				else {
+					tail->next = next;
+					tail = next;
+				}
+				tail->next = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+	return (node);
+}
+
+/*
+ * paren_squish --
+ *	replaces "parentheisized" plans in our search plan with "expr" nodes.
+ */
+PLAN *
+paren_squish(PLAN *plan)	/* plan with ( ) nodes */
+{
+	PLAN *expr;		/* pointer to next expression */
+	PLAN *tail;		/* pointer to tail of result plan */
+	PLAN *result;		/* pointer to head of result plan */
+
+	result = tail = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * the basic idea is to have yankexpr do all our work and just
+	 * collect its results together.
+	 */
+	while ((expr = yankexpr(&plan)) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * if we find an unclaimed ')' it means there is a missing
+		 * '(' someplace.
+		 */
+		if (expr->type == N_CLOSEPAREN)
+			errx(1, "): no beginning '('");
+
+		/* add the expression to our result plan */
+		if (result == NULL)
+			tail = result = expr;
+		else {
+			tail->next = expr;
+			tail = expr;
+		}
+		tail->next = NULL;
+	}
+	return (result);
+}
+
+/*
+ * not_squish --
+ *	compresses "!" expressions in our search plan.
+ */
+PLAN *
+not_squish(PLAN *plan)		/* plan to process */
+{
+	PLAN *next;		/* next node being processed */
+	PLAN *node;		/* temporary node used in N_NOT processing */
+	PLAN *tail;		/* pointer to tail of result plan */
+	PLAN *result;		/* pointer to head of result plan */
+
+	tail = result = next = NULL;
+
+	while ((next = yanknode(&plan)) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * if we encounter a ( expression ) then look for nots in
+		 * the expr subplan.
+		 */
+		if (next->type == N_EXPR)
+			next->p_data[0] = not_squish(next->p_data[0]);
+
+		/*
+		 * if we encounter a not, then snag the next node and place
+		 * it in the not's subplan.  As an optimization we compress
+		 * several not's to zero or one not.
+		 */
+		if (next->type == N_NOT) {
+			int notlevel = 1;
+
+			node = yanknode(&plan);
+			while (node != NULL && node->type == N_NOT) {
+				++notlevel;
+				node = yanknode(&plan);
+			}
+			if (node == NULL)
+				errx(1, "!: no following expression");
+			if (node->type == N_OR)
+				errx(1, "!: nothing between ! and -o");
+			if (node->type == N_EXPR)
+				node = not_squish(node);
+			if (notlevel % 2 != 1)
+				next = node;
+			else
+				next->p_data[0] = node;
+		}
+
+		/* add the node to our result plan */
+		if (result == NULL)
+			tail = result = next;
+		else {
+			tail->next = next;
+			tail = next;
+		}
+		tail->next = NULL;
+	}
+	return (result);
+}
+
+/*
+ * or_squish --
+ *	compresses -o expressions in our search plan.
+ */
+PLAN *
+or_squish(PLAN *plan)		/* plan with ors to be squished */
+{
+	PLAN *next;		/* next node being processed */
+	PLAN *tail;		/* pointer to tail of result plan */
+	PLAN *result;		/* pointer to head of result plan */
+
+	tail = result = next = NULL;
+
+	while ((next = yanknode(&plan)) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * if we encounter a ( expression ) then look for or's in
+		 * the expr subplan.
+		 */
+		if (next->type == N_EXPR)
+			next->p_data[0] = or_squish(next->p_data[0]);
+
+		/* if we encounter a not then look for not's in the subplan */
+		if (next->type == N_NOT)
+			next->p_data[0] = or_squish(next->p_data[0]);
+
+		/*
+		 * if we encounter an or, then place our collected plan in the
+		 * or's first subplan and then recursively collect the
+		 * remaining stuff into the second subplan and return the or.
+		 */
+		if (next->type == N_OR) {
+			if (result == NULL)
+				errx(1, "-o: no expression before -o");
+			next->p_data[0] = result;
+			next->p_data[1] = or_squish(plan);
+			if (next->p_data[1] == NULL)
+				errx(1, "-o: no expression after -o");
+			return (next);
+		}
+
+		/* add the node to our result plan */
+		if (result == NULL)
+			tail = result = next;
+		else {
+			tail->next = next;
+			tail = next;
+		}
+		tail->next = NULL;
+	}
+	return (result);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/find/option.c b/usr.bin/find/option.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0af4447
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/find/option.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: option.c,v 1.27 2016/06/13 00:04:40 pgoyette Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Cimarron D. Taylor of the University of California, Berkeley.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)option.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: option.c,v 1.27 2016/06/13 00:04:40 pgoyette Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "find.h"
+
+int typecompare(const void *, const void *);
+static OPTION *option(char *);
+
+/* NB: the following table must be sorted lexically. */
+static OPTION const options[] = {
+	{ "!",		N_NOT,		c_not,		0 },
+	{ "(",		N_OPENPAREN,	c_openparen,	0 },
+	{ ")",		N_CLOSEPAREN,	c_closeparen,	0 },
+	{ "-a",		N_AND,		c_null,		0 },
+	{ "-amin",	N_AMIN,		c_amin,		1 },
+	{ "-and",	N_AND,		c_null,		0 },
+	{ "-anewer",	N_ANEWER,	c_anewer,	1 },
+	{ "-asince",	N_ASINCE,	c_asince,	1 },
+	{ "-atime",	N_ATIME,	c_atime,	1 },
+	{ "-cmin",	N_CMIN,		c_cmin,		1 },
+	{ "-cnewer",	N_CNEWER,	c_cnewer,	1 },
+	{ "-csince",	N_CSINCE,	c_csince,	1 },
+	{ "-ctime",	N_CTIME,	c_ctime,	1 },
+	{ "-delete",	N_DELETE,	c_delete,	0 },
+	{ "-depth",	N_DEPTH,	c_depth,	0 },
+	{ "-empty",	N_EMPTY,	c_empty,	0 },
+	{ "-exec",	N_EXEC,		c_exec,		1 },
+	{ "-execdir",	N_EXECDIR,	c_execdir,	1 },
+	{ "-exit",	N_EXIT,		c_exit,		0 },
+	{ "-false",	N_FALSE,	c_false,	0 },
+	{ "-flags",	N_FLAGS,	c_flags,	1 },
+	{ "-follow",	N_FOLLOW,	c_follow,	0 },
+	{ "-fprint",	N_FPRINT,	c_fprint,	1 },
+	{ "-fstype",	N_FSTYPE,	c_fstype,	1 },
+	{ "-group",	N_GROUP,	c_group,	1 },
+	{ "-iname",	N_INAME,	c_iname,	1 },
+	{ "-inum",	N_INUM,		c_inum,		1 },
+	{ "-iregex",	N_IREGEX,	c_iregex,	1 },
+	{ "-links",	N_LINKS,	c_links,	1 },
+	{ "-ls",	N_LS,		c_ls,		0 },
+	{ "-maxdepth",	N_MAXDEPTH,	c_maxdepth,	1 },
+	{ "-mindepth",	N_MINDEPTH,	c_mindepth,	1 },
+	{ "-mmin",	N_MMIN,		c_mmin,		1 },
+	{ "-mtime",	N_MTIME,	c_mtime,	1 },
+	{ "-name",	N_NAME,		c_name,		1 },
+	{ "-newer",	N_NEWER,	c_newer,	1 },
+
+/* Aliases for compatability with Gnu findutils */
+	{ "-neweraa",	N_ANEWER,	c_anewer,	1 },
+	{ "-newerat",	N_ASINCE,	c_asince,	1 },
+	{ "-newercc",	N_CNEWER,	c_cnewer,	1 },
+	{ "-newerct",	N_CSINCE,	c_csince,	1 },
+	{ "-newermm",	N_NEWER,	c_newer,	1 },
+	{ "-newermt",	N_SINCE,	c_since,	1 },
+
+/*
+ * Unimplemented Gnu findutils options 
+ *
+ * If you implement any of these, be sure to re-sort the table
+ * in ascii(7) order!
+ *
+        { "-newerBB",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-newerBa",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-newerBc",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-newerBm",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-newerBt",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-neweraB",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-newerac",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-neweram",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-newerca",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-newercm",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-newercB",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-newermB",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-newerma",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+        { "-newermc",	N_UNIMPL,	c_unimpl,	1 },
+ *
+ */
+
+	{ "-nogroup",	N_NOGROUP,	c_nogroup,	0 },
+	{ "-nouser",	N_NOUSER,	c_nouser,	0 },
+	{ "-o",		N_OR,		c_or,		0 },
+	{ "-ok",	N_OK,		c_exec,		1 },
+	{ "-or",	N_OR,		c_or,		0 },
+	{ "-path", 	N_PATH,		c_path,		1 },
+	{ "-perm",	N_PERM,		c_perm,		1 },
+	{ "-print",	N_PRINT,	c_print,	0 },
+	{ "-print0",	N_PRINT0,	c_print0,	0 },
+	{ "-printx",	N_PRINTX,	c_printx,	0 },
+	{ "-prune",	N_PRUNE,	c_prune,	0 },
+	{ "-regex",	N_REGEX,	c_regex,	1 },
+	{ "-rm",	N_DELETE,	c_delete,	0 },
+	{ "-since",	N_SINCE,	c_since,	1 },
+	{ "-size",	N_SIZE,		c_size,		1 },
+	{ "-type",	N_TYPE,		c_type,		1 },
+	{ "-user",	N_USER,		c_user,		1 },
+	{ "-xdev",	N_XDEV,		c_xdev,		0 }
+};
+
+/*
+ * find_create --
+ *	create a node corresponding to a command line argument.
+ *
+ * TODO:
+ *	add create/process function pointers to node, so we can skip
+ *	this switch stuff.
+ */
+PLAN *
+find_create(char ***argvp)
+{
+	OPTION *p;
+	PLAN *new;
+	char **argv;
+	char *opt;
+
+	argv = *argvp;
+	opt = *argv;
+
+	if ((p = option(opt)) == NULL)
+		errx(1, "%s: unknown option", opt);
+	++argv;
+	if (p->arg && !*argv)
+		errx(1, "%s: requires additional arguments", opt);
+
+	new = (p->create)(&argv, p->token == N_OK, opt);
+
+	*argvp = argv;
+	return (new);
+}
+
+static OPTION *
+option(char *name)
+{
+	OPTION tmp;
+
+	tmp.name = name;
+	return ((OPTION *)bsearch(&tmp, options,
+	    sizeof(options)/sizeof(OPTION), sizeof(OPTION), typecompare));
+}
+
+int
+typecompare(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+
+	return (strcmp(((const OPTION *)a)->name, ((const OPTION *)b)->name));
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/fold/fold.1 b/usr.bin/fold/fold.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f3f6a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/fold/fold.1
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: fold.1,v 1.17 2012/05/12 15:17:15 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)fold.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd May 12, 2012
+.Dt FOLD 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm fold
+.Nd "fold long lines for finite width output device"
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl bs
+.Op Fl w Ar width
+.Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is a filter which folds the contents of the specified files,
+or the standard input if no files are specified,
+breaking the lines to have a maximum of 80 characters.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width XwXwidthXX
+.It Fl b
+Count
+.Ar width
+in bytes rather than column positions.
+.It Fl s
+Fold line after the last blank character within the first
+.Ar width
+column positions (or bytes).
+If a blank character does not exist within the width, then
+a longer line will still be split at the width.
+.It Fl w Ar width
+Specifies
+.Ar width
+to use as a line width, instead of the default 80 characters.
+.El
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Ev LC_CTYPE
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr expand 1 ,
+.Xr fmt 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.Bx 1 .
+.Sh BUGS
+If underlining is present it may be messed up by folding.
+.Pp
+.Ar Width
+should be a multiple of 8 if tabs are present, or the tabs should
+be expanded using
+.Xr expand 1
+before using
+.Nm .
diff --git a/usr.bin/fold/fold.c b/usr.bin/fold/fold.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52ecc3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/fold/fold.c
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: fold.c,v 1.17 2011/09/04 20:24:59 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Kevin Ruddy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1990, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fold.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: fold.c,v 1.17 2011/09/04 20:24:59 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+#define	DEFLINEWIDTH	80
+
+static	void	fold(int);
+static	int	new_column_position(int, wint_t);
+__dead static	void	usage(void);
+
+static int count_bytes = 0;
+static int split_words = 0;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int ch;
+	int width;
+	char *p;
+
+	setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "");
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+
+	width = -1;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "0123456789bsw:")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'b':
+			count_bytes = 1;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			split_words = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			if ((width = atoi(optarg)) <= 0)
+				errx(1, "illegal width value");
+			break;
+		case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+		case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+			if (width == -1) {
+				p = argv[optind - 1];
+				if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == ch && !p[2])
+					width = atoi(++p);
+				else
+					width = atoi(argv[optind] + 1);
+			}
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+
+	if (width == -1)
+		width = DEFLINEWIDTH;
+
+	if (!*argv)
+		fold(width);
+	else for (; *argv; ++argv)
+		if (!freopen(*argv, "r", stdin)) {
+			err (1, "%s", *argv);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		} else
+			fold(width);
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fold the contents of standard input to fit within WIDTH columns
+ * (or bytes) and write to standard output.
+ *
+ * If split_words is set, split the line at the last space character
+ * on the line.  This flag necessitates storing the line in a buffer
+ * until the current column > width, or a newline or EOF is read.
+ *
+ * The buffer can grow larger than WIDTH due to backspaces and carriage
+ * returns embedded in the input stream.
+ */
+static void
+fold(int width)
+{
+	static wchar_t *buf = NULL;
+	wchar_t *nbuf;
+	static int   buf_max = 0;
+	wint_t ch;
+	int col, indx, i;
+
+	col = indx = 0;
+	while ((ch = getwchar()) != WEOF) {
+		if (ch == L'\n') {
+			if (indx != 0) {
+				for (i = 0; i < indx; i++)
+					putwchar(buf[i]);
+			}
+			putwchar(L'\n');
+			col = indx = 0;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		col = new_column_position (col, ch);
+		if (col > width) {
+			int last_space;
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+			last_space = 0;	/* XXX gcc */
+#endif
+			if (split_words) {
+				for (i = 0, last_space = -1; i < indx; i++)
+					if (buf[i] == L' ')
+						last_space = i;
+			}
+
+			if (split_words && last_space != -1) {
+				for (i = 0; i < last_space; i++)
+					putwchar(buf[i]);
+
+				/* increase last_space here, so we skip trailing whitespace */
+				last_space++;
+				wmemmove (buf, buf+last_space, indx-last_space);
+
+				indx -= last_space;
+				col = 0;
+				for (i = 0; i < indx; i++) {
+					col = new_column_position (col, buf[i]);
+				}
+			} else {
+				for (i = 0; i < indx; i++)
+					putwchar(buf[i]);
+				col = indx = 0;
+			}
+			putwchar('\n');
+
+			/* calculate the column position for the next line. */
+			col = new_column_position (col, ch);
+		}
+
+		if (indx + 1 > buf_max) {
+			/* Allocate buffer in LINE_MAX increments */
+			if ((nbuf = realloc (buf, buf_max + 2048)) == NULL) {
+				err (1, "realloc");
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+			}
+			buf = nbuf;
+			buf_max += 2048;
+		}
+		buf[indx++] = ch;
+	}
+
+	if (indx != 0) {
+		for (i = 0; i < indx; i++)
+			putwchar(buf[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * calculate the column position 
+ */
+static int
+new_column_position (int col, wint_t ch)
+{
+	int w;
+	
+	if (!count_bytes) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case L'\b':
+			if (col > 0)
+				--col;
+			break;
+		case L'\r':
+			col = 0;
+			break;
+		case L'\t':
+			col = (col + 8) & ~7;
+			break;
+		default:
+			w = wcwidth(ch);
+			if (w > 0)
+				col += w;
+			break;
+		}
+	} else {
+		char dummy[MB_LEN_MAX];
+		
+		/* XXX: we assume stateless encoding */
+		col += wcrtomb(dummy, ch, NULL);
+	}
+
+	return col;
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "usage: %s [-bs] [-w width] [file ...]\n", getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/gencat/gencat.1 b/usr.bin/gencat/gencat.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fcc171
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/gencat/gencat.1
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+.\" $NetBSD: gencat.1,v 1.14 2018/07/28 08:03:41 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Kee Hinckley and Brian Ginsbach.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" Written by Kee Hinckley <nazgul@somewhere.com>
+.\"
+.Dd December 29, 2011
+.Dt GENCAT 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm gencat
+.Nd generates a Native Language Support (NLS) message catalog file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar catfile
+.Op Ar msgfile|- ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility generates a formatted message catalog
+.Ar catfile
+from stdin or one or more message source text files
+.Ar msgfile .
+The file
+.Ar catfile
+is created if it does not already exist.
+If
+.Ar catfile
+does exist, its messages are included in the new
+.Ar catfile .
+The new message text defined in
+.Ar msgfile
+replaces the old message text currently in
+.Ar catfile
+when the set and message numbers match.
+.Pp
+The generated message catalog contains message
+strings that will be retrieved using the
+.Xr catgets 3
+library call.
+These messages are dynamically loaded by the
+Native Language Support (NLS) library at run time.
+Error messages are grouped into sets, and a program can load a
+particular set depending on which type, or language, of messages
+is desired.
+.Ss Message Text Source File Format
+The message text source files are text files in the format described below.
+Note that the fields of a message text source line are separated by
+space or tab characters.
+.\" XXX Required by POSIX; the code must be fixed first.  Above line should be
+.\" a single space or tab character;
+.\" any other space or tab characters are considered to be part of the
+.\" field contents.
+.Bl -tag -width 3n
+.It Li $set Ar n comment
+Determines the set identifier to be used for all subsequent messages
+until the next
+.Li $set
+or end-of-file.
+The
+.Ar n
+is the set identifier which is defined as a number in the range
+.Bo 1 ,
+.Dv NL_SETMAX Bc .
+Set identifiers within a single source file need not be contiguous.
+Any string following the set identifier is treated as a comment.
+If no
+.Li $set
+directive is specified in a message text source file,
+all messages will be located in the default message set
+.Dv NL_SETD .
+.It Li $delset Ar n comment
+Removes message set
+.Ar n
+from the catalog.
+The
+.Ar n
+is a set identifier in the range
+.Bo 1 ,
+.Dv NL_SETMAX Bc .
+If a message set was created earlier in the
+current file, or in a file previously read by the
+.Nm
+command, this directive will remove it.
+Any string following the set identifier is treated as a comment.
+.It Li $ Ar comment
+A line beginning with
+.Li $
+followed by a space or tab character is treated as a comment.
+.It Ar m message-text
+A message line consists of a message identifier
+.Ar m
+in the range
+.Bo 1 ,
+.Dv NL_MSGMAX Bc
+and the
+.Ar message-text .
+The
+.Ar message-text
+is read until the end of the line or a quote character
+(if one is specified).
+The
+.Ar message-text
+is stored in the message catalog with
+the set identifier specified by the last
+.Li $set
+directive, and the message identifier
+.Ar m .
+If the
+.Ar message-text
+is empty and there is a space or tab character
+following the message identifier,
+an empty string is stored in the message catalog.
+If no
+.Ar message-text
+is provided,
+and if there is no space or tab character following the message
+identifier,
+the message with the message identifier
+.Ar m
+in the current set is removed from the catalog.
+Message identifiers need not be contiguous within a single set.
+The length of
+.Ar message-text
+must be in the range
+.Bo 0 ,
+.Dv NL_TEXTMAX Bc .
+.It Li $quote Ar c
+Sets an optional quote character to be used around the
+.Ar message-text .
+The quote character
+.Ar c
+may be any character other than white space.
+If this is specified, then messages must begin and end with the
+quote character.
+.\" XXX Remove next sentence when code is fixed for POSIX conformance.
+This is useful when messages must contain leading white space.
+.\" XXX Replacement when above is removed.
+.\" This is useful to make leading and trailing spaces or empty
+.\" messages visible.
+By default no quote character is used.
+If an empty
+.Li $quote
+directive is specified, then the current quote character is unset.
+.El
+.Pp
+Empty lines
+.\" XXX Remove next line when the code is fixed for POSIX conformance.
+and leading blanks
+in a message text source file are ignored.
+Any line beginning with any character other than those
+described above is ignored as a syntax error.
+.Pp
+Text message strings may contain any characters and
+the following special characters and escape sequences.
+.Bl -column -offset indent ".Sy carriage return" ".Sy Symbol" ".Sy Sequence"
+.It Sy Description Ta Sy Symbol Ta Sy Sequence
+.It newline Ta NL(LF) Ta Li \en
+.It horizontal tab Ta HT Ta Li \et
+.It vertical tab Ta VT Ta Li \ev
+.It backspace Ta BS Ta Li \eb
+.It carriage return Ta CR Ta Li \er
+.It form feed Ta FF Ta Li \ef
+.It backslash Ta \e Ta Li \e\e
+.It bit pattern Ta ddd Ta Li \eddd
+.El
+.Pp
+A bit pattern,
+.Li \eddd ,
+consists of a backslash followed by
+one, two, or three octal digits representing the value of the character.
+The current quote character, if defined, may be escaped with a backslash
+to generate the quote character.
+Any character following the backslash ('\e') other than those specified
+is ignored.
+.Pp
+A backslash at the end of the line continues the message onto the next line.
+The following two lines are an example of such a message:
+.Pp
+.Dl 1 This message continues \e
+.D1 on the next line
+.Pp
+Producing the following message:
+.Pp
+.Dl 1 This message continues on the next line
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr catclose 3 ,
+.Xr catgets 3 ,
+.Xr catopen 3 ,
+.Xr nls 7
+.\" XXX Close but not quite; add when code is fixed.
+.\".Sh STANDARDS
+.\"The
+.\".Nm
+.\"utility is compliant with the
+.\".St -p1003.1-2004
+.\"standard.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+The Native Language Support (NLS) message catalog facility was
+contributed by
+.An J.T. Conklin
+.Aq Mt jtc@NetBSD.org .
+This page was originally written by
+.An Kee Hinckley
+.Aq Mt nazgul@somewhere.com .
diff --git a/usr.bin/gencat/gencat.c b/usr.bin/gencat/gencat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..444ce2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/gencat/gencat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,879 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: gencat.c,v 1.36 2013/11/27 17:38:11 apb Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by J.T. Conklin.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS 
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: gencat.c,v 1.36 2013/11/27 17:38:11 apb Exp $");
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright 1990, by Alfalfa Software Incorporated, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that Alfalfa's name not be used in
+advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
+without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ALPHALPHA DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ALPHALPHA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+If you make any modifications, bugfixes or other changes to this software
+we'd appreciate it if you could send a copy to us so we can keep things
+up-to-date.  Many thanks.
+				Kee Hinckley
+				Alfalfa Software, Inc.
+				267 Allston St., #3
+				Cambridge, MA 02139  USA
+				nazgul@alfalfa.com
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#define _NLS_PRIVATE
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+
+#include <netinet/in.h>	/* Needed by arpa/inet.h on NetBSD */
+#include <arpa/inet.h>	/* Needed for htonl() on POSIX systems */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <nl_types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifndef NL_SETMAX
+#define NL_SETMAX 255
+#endif
+#ifndef NL_MSGMAX
+#define NL_MSGMAX 2048
+#endif
+
+struct _msgT {
+	long    msgId;
+	char   *str;
+        LIST_ENTRY(_msgT) entries;
+};
+
+struct _setT {
+	long    setId;
+        LIST_HEAD(msghead, _msgT) msghead;
+        LIST_ENTRY(_setT) entries;
+};
+
+static LIST_HEAD(sethead, _setT) sethead = LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(sethead);
+static struct _setT *curSet;
+
+static const char *curfile;
+static char *curline = NULL;
+static long lineno = 0;
+
+static	char   *cskip(char *);
+__dead static	void	error(const char *);
+static	char   *get_line(int);
+static	char   *getmsg(int, char *, char);
+static	void	warning(const char *, const char *);
+static	char   *wskip(char *);
+static	char   *xstrdup(const char *);
+static	void   *xmalloc(size_t);
+static	void   *xrealloc(void *, size_t);
+
+static void	MCParse(int fd);
+static void	MCReadCat(int fd);
+static void	MCWriteCat(int fd);
+static void	MCDelMsg(int msgId);
+static void	MCAddMsg(int msgId, const char *msg);
+static void	MCAddSet(int setId);
+static void	MCDelSet(int setId);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+#define CORRUPT			"corrupt message catalog"
+#define NOMEMORY		"out of memory"
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s catfile [msgfile|- ...]\n", getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int     ofd, ifd;
+	char   *catfile = NULL;
+	int     c;
+	int	updatecat = 0;
+
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "")) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc < 1) {
+		usage();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	catfile = *argv++;
+
+	if ((catfile[0] == '-') && (catfile[1] == '\0')) {
+		ofd = STDOUT_FILENO;
+	} else {
+		ofd = open(catfile, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, 0666);
+		if (ofd < 0) {
+			if (errno == EEXIST) {
+				if ((ofd = open(catfile, O_RDWR)) < 0) {
+					err(1, "Unable to open %s", catfile);
+					/* NOTREACHED */
+				}
+			} else {
+				err(1, "Unable to create new %s", catfile);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+			}
+			curfile = catfile;
+			updatecat = 1;
+			MCReadCat(ofd);
+			if (lseek(ofd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET) == (off_t)-1) {
+				err(1, "Unable to seek on %s", catfile);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (argc < 2 || (((*argv)[0] == '-') && ((*argv)[1] == '\0'))) {
+		if (argc > 2)
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		MCParse(STDIN_FILENO);
+	} else {
+		for (; *argv; argv++) {
+			if ((ifd = open(*argv, O_RDONLY)) < 0)
+				err(1, "Unable to read %s", *argv);
+			curfile = *argv;
+			lineno = 0;
+			MCParse(ifd);
+			close(ifd);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (updatecat) {
+		if (ftruncate(ofd, 0) != 0) {
+			err(1, "Unable to truncate %s", catfile);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	}
+
+	MCWriteCat(ofd);
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+static void
+warning(const char *cptr, const char *msg)
+{
+	if (lineno) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s on line %ld, %s\n",
+			getprogname(), msg, lineno, curfile);
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", curline);
+		if (cptr) {
+			char   *tptr;
+			for (tptr = curline; tptr < cptr; ++tptr)
+				putc(' ', stderr);
+			fprintf(stderr, "^\n");
+		}
+	} else {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s, %s\n", getprogname(), msg, curfile);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+error(const char *msg)
+{
+	warning(NULL, msg);
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+static void *
+xmalloc(size_t len)
+{
+	void   *p;
+
+	if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		errx(1, NOMEMORY);
+	return (p);
+}
+
+static void *
+xrealloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
+{
+	if ((ptr = realloc(ptr, size)) == NULL)
+		errx(1, NOMEMORY);
+	return (ptr);
+}
+
+static char *
+xstrdup(const char *str)
+{
+	char *nstr;
+
+	if ((nstr = strdup(str)) == NULL)
+		errx(1, NOMEMORY);
+	return (nstr);
+}
+
+static char *
+get_line(int fd)
+{
+	static long curlen = BUFSIZ;
+	static char buf[BUFSIZ], *bptr = buf, *bend = buf;
+	char   *cptr, *cend;
+	long    buflen;
+
+	if (!curline) {
+		curline = xmalloc(curlen);
+	}
+	++lineno;
+
+	cptr = curline;
+	cend = curline + curlen;
+	for (;;) {
+		for (; bptr < bend && cptr < cend; ++cptr, ++bptr) {
+			if (*bptr == '\n') {
+				*cptr = '\0';
+				++bptr;
+				return (curline);
+			} else
+				*cptr = *bptr;
+		}
+		if (cptr == cend) {
+			cptr = curline = xrealloc(curline, curlen *= 2);
+			cend = curline + curlen;
+		}
+		if (bptr == bend) {
+			buflen = read(fd, buf, BUFSIZ);
+			if (buflen <= 0) {
+				if (cptr > curline) {
+					*cptr = '\0';
+					return (curline);
+				}
+				return (NULL);
+			}
+			bend = buf + buflen;
+			bptr = buf;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static char *
+wskip(char *cptr)
+{
+	if (!*cptr || !isspace((unsigned char) *cptr)) {
+		warning(cptr, "expected a space");
+		return (cptr);
+	}
+	while (*cptr && isspace((unsigned char) *cptr))
+		++cptr;
+	return (cptr);
+}
+
+static char *
+cskip(char *cptr)
+{
+	if (!*cptr || isspace((unsigned char) *cptr)) {
+		warning(cptr, "wasn't expecting a space");
+		return (cptr);
+	}
+	while (*cptr && !isspace((unsigned char) *cptr))
+		++cptr;
+	return (cptr);
+}
+
+static char *
+getmsg(int fd, char *cptr, char quote)
+{
+	static char *msg = NULL;
+	static size_t msglen = 0;
+	size_t  clen, i;
+	int     in_quote = 0;
+	char   *tptr;
+
+	if (quote && *cptr == quote) {
+		++cptr;
+		in_quote = 1;
+	} 
+
+	clen = strlen(cptr) + 1;
+	if (clen > msglen) {
+		if (msglen)
+			msg = xrealloc(msg, clen);
+		else
+			msg = xmalloc(clen);
+		msglen = clen;
+	}
+	tptr = msg;
+
+	while (*cptr) {
+		if (quote && *cptr == quote) {
+			char   *tmp;
+			tmp = cptr + 1;
+			if (!in_quote) {
+				/* XXX hard error? */
+				warning(cptr, "unexpected quote character, ignoring");
+				*tptr++ = *cptr++;
+			} else {
+				cptr++;
+				/* don't use wskip() */
+				while (*cptr && isspace((unsigned char) *cptr))
+#ifndef _BACKWARDS_COMPAT
+					cptr++;
+#else
+					*tptr++ = *cptr++;
+#endif
+				/* XXX hard error? */
+				if (*cptr)
+					warning(tmp, "unexpected extra characters, ignoring");
+				in_quote = 0;
+#ifndef _BACKWARDS_COMPAT
+				break;
+#endif
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (*cptr == '\\') {
+				++cptr;
+				switch (*cptr) {
+				case '\0':
+					cptr = get_line(fd);
+					if (!cptr)
+						error("premature end of file");
+					msglen += strlen(cptr);
+					i = tptr - msg;
+					msg = xrealloc(msg, msglen);
+					tptr = msg + i;
+					break;
+				case 'n':
+					*tptr++ = '\n';
+					++cptr;
+					break;
+				case 't':
+					*tptr++ = '\t';
+					++cptr;
+					break;
+				case 'v':
+					*tptr++ = '\v';
+					++cptr;
+					break;
+				case 'b':
+					*tptr++ = '\b';
+					++cptr;
+					break;
+				case 'r':
+					*tptr++ = '\r';
+					++cptr;
+					break;
+				case 'f':
+					*tptr++ = '\f';
+					++cptr;
+					break;
+				case '\\':
+					*tptr++ = '\\';
+					++cptr;
+					break;
+				default:
+					if (quote && *cptr == quote) {
+						*tptr++ = *cptr++;
+					} else if (isdigit((unsigned char) *cptr)) {
+						*tptr = 0;
+						for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+							if (!isdigit((unsigned char) *cptr))
+								break;
+							if (*cptr > '7')
+								warning(cptr, "octal number greater than 7?!");
+							*tptr *= 8;
+							*tptr += (*cptr - '0');
+							++cptr;
+						}
+					} else {
+						warning(cptr, "unrecognized escape sequence");
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+			} else {
+				*tptr++ = *cptr++;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (in_quote)
+		warning(cptr, "unterminated quoted message, ignoring");
+
+	*tptr = '\0';
+	return (msg);
+}
+
+static void
+MCParse(int fd)
+{
+	char   *cptr, *str;
+	int	msgid = 0;
+	int     setid = 0;
+	char    quote = 0;
+
+	while ((cptr = get_line(fd))) {
+		if (*cptr == '$') {
+			++cptr;
+			if (strncmp(cptr, "set", 3) == 0) {
+				cptr += 3;
+				cptr = wskip(cptr);
+				setid = atoi(cptr);
+				MCAddSet(setid);
+				msgid = 0;
+			} else if (strncmp(cptr, "delset", 6) == 0) {
+				cptr += 6;
+				cptr = wskip(cptr);
+				setid = atoi(cptr);
+				MCDelSet(setid);
+			} else if (strncmp(cptr, "quote", 5) == 0) {
+				cptr += 5;
+				if (!*cptr)
+					quote = 0;
+				else {
+					cptr = wskip(cptr);
+					if (!*cptr)
+						quote = 0;
+					else
+						quote = *cptr;
+				}
+			} else if (isspace((unsigned char) *cptr)) {
+				;
+			} else {
+				if (*cptr) {
+					cptr = wskip(cptr);
+					if (*cptr)
+						warning(cptr, "unrecognized line");
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * First check for (and eat) empty lines....
+			 */
+			if (!*cptr)
+				continue;
+			/*
+			 * We have a digit? Start of a message. Else,
+			 * syntax error.
+			 */
+			if (isdigit((unsigned char) *cptr)) {
+				msgid = atoi(cptr);
+				cptr = cskip(cptr);
+				if (*cptr) {
+					cptr = wskip(cptr);
+					if (!*cptr) {
+						MCAddMsg(msgid, "");
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				warning(cptr, "neither blank line nor start of a message id");
+				continue;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * If no set directive specified, all messages
+			 * shall be in default message set NL_SETD.
+			 */
+			if (setid == 0) {
+				setid = NL_SETD;
+				MCAddSet(setid);
+			}
+			/*
+			 * If we have a message ID, but no message,
+			 * then this means "delete this message id
+			 * from the catalog".
+			 */
+			if (!*cptr) {
+				MCDelMsg(msgid);
+			} else {
+				str = getmsg(fd, cptr, quote);
+				MCAddMsg(msgid, str);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+MCReadCat(int fd)
+{
+	void   *msgcat;		/* message catalog data */
+	struct _nls_cat_hdr cat_hdr;
+	struct _nls_set_hdr *set_hdr;
+	struct _nls_msg_hdr *msg_hdr;
+	char   *strings;
+	ssize_t	n;
+	int	m, s;
+	int	msgno, setno;
+
+	n = read(fd, &cat_hdr, sizeof(cat_hdr));
+	if (n < (ssize_t)sizeof(cat_hdr)) {
+		if (n == 0)
+			return;		/* empty file */
+		else if (n == -1)
+			err(1, "header read");
+		else
+			errx(1, CORRUPT);
+	}
+	if (ntohl((uint32_t)cat_hdr.__magic) != _NLS_MAGIC)
+		errx(1, "%s: bad magic number (%#x)", CORRUPT, cat_hdr.__magic);
+
+	cat_hdr.__mem = ntohl(cat_hdr.__mem);
+
+	cat_hdr.__nsets = ntohl(cat_hdr.__nsets);
+	cat_hdr.__msg_hdr_offset = ntohl(cat_hdr.__msg_hdr_offset);
+	cat_hdr.__msg_txt_offset = ntohl(cat_hdr.__msg_txt_offset);
+	if ((cat_hdr.__mem < 0) ||
+	    (cat_hdr.__msg_hdr_offset < 0) ||
+	    (cat_hdr.__msg_txt_offset < 0) ||
+	    (cat_hdr.__mem < (int32_t)(cat_hdr.__nsets * sizeof(struct _nls_set_hdr))) ||
+	    (cat_hdr.__mem < cat_hdr.__msg_hdr_offset) ||
+	    (cat_hdr.__mem < cat_hdr.__msg_txt_offset))
+		errx(1, "%s: catalog header", CORRUPT);
+
+	msgcat = xmalloc(cat_hdr.__mem);
+
+	n = read(fd, msgcat, cat_hdr.__mem);
+	if (n < cat_hdr.__mem) {
+		if (n == -1)
+			err(1, "data read");
+		else
+			errx(1, CORRUPT);
+	}
+
+	set_hdr = (struct _nls_set_hdr *)msgcat;
+	msg_hdr = (struct _nls_msg_hdr *)((char *)msgcat +
+	    cat_hdr.__msg_hdr_offset);
+	strings = (char *)msgcat + cat_hdr.__msg_txt_offset;
+
+	setno = 0;
+	for (s = 0; s < cat_hdr.__nsets; s++, set_hdr++) {
+		set_hdr->__setno = ntohl(set_hdr->__setno);
+		if (set_hdr->__setno < setno)
+			errx(1, "%s: bad set number (%d)",
+		       	     CORRUPT, set_hdr->__setno);
+		setno = set_hdr->__setno;
+
+		MCAddSet(setno);
+
+		set_hdr->__nmsgs = ntohl(set_hdr->__nmsgs);
+		set_hdr->__index = ntohl(set_hdr->__index);
+		if (set_hdr->__nmsgs < 0 || set_hdr->__index < 0)
+			errx(1, "%s: set header", CORRUPT);
+
+		/* Get the data */
+		msgno = 0;
+		for (m = 0; m < set_hdr->__nmsgs; m++, msg_hdr++) {
+			msg_hdr->__msgno = ntohl(msg_hdr->__msgno);
+			msg_hdr->__offset = ntohl(msg_hdr->__offset);
+			if (msg_hdr->__msgno < msgno)
+				errx(1, "%s: bad message number (%d)",
+				     CORRUPT, msg_hdr->__msgno);
+		        if ((msg_hdr->__offset < 0) ||
+			    ((strings + msg_hdr->__offset) >
+			     ((char *)msgcat + cat_hdr.__mem)))
+				errx(1, "%s: message header", CORRUPT);
+
+			msgno = msg_hdr->__msgno;
+			MCAddMsg(msgno, strings + msg_hdr->__offset);
+		}
+	}
+	free(msgcat);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write message catalog.
+ *
+ * The message catalog is first converted from its internal to its
+ * external representation in a chunk of memory allocated for this
+ * purpose.  Then the completed catalog is written.  This approach
+ * avoids additional housekeeping variables and/or a lot of seeks
+ * that would otherwise be required.
+ */
+static void
+MCWriteCat(int fd)
+{
+	int     nsets;		/* number of sets */
+	int     nmsgs;		/* number of msgs */
+	int     string_size;	/* total size of string pool */
+	int     msgcat_size;	/* total size of message catalog */
+	void   *msgcat;		/* message catalog data */
+	struct _nls_cat_hdr *cat_hdr;
+	struct _nls_set_hdr *set_hdr;
+	struct _nls_msg_hdr *msg_hdr;
+	char   *strings;
+	struct _setT *set;
+	struct _msgT *msg;
+	int     msg_index;
+	int     msg_offset;
+
+	/* determine number of sets, number of messages, and size of the
+	 * string pool */
+	nsets = 0;
+	nmsgs = 0;
+	string_size = 0;
+
+	LIST_FOREACH(set, &sethead, entries) {
+		nsets++;
+
+		LIST_FOREACH(msg, &set->msghead, entries) {
+			nmsgs++;
+			string_size += strlen(msg->str) + 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	printf("number of sets: %d\n", nsets);
+	printf("number of msgs: %d\n", nmsgs);
+	printf("string pool size: %d\n", string_size);
+#endif
+
+	/* determine size and then allocate buffer for constructing external
+	 * message catalog representation */
+	msgcat_size = sizeof(struct _nls_cat_hdr)
+	    + (nsets * sizeof(struct _nls_set_hdr))
+	    + (nmsgs * sizeof(struct _nls_msg_hdr))
+	    + string_size;
+
+	msgcat = xmalloc(msgcat_size);
+	memset(msgcat, '\0', msgcat_size);
+
+	/* fill in msg catalog header */
+	cat_hdr = (struct _nls_cat_hdr *) msgcat;
+	cat_hdr->__magic = htonl(_NLS_MAGIC);
+	cat_hdr->__nsets = htonl(nsets);
+	cat_hdr->__mem = htonl(msgcat_size - sizeof(struct _nls_cat_hdr));
+	cat_hdr->__msg_hdr_offset =
+	    htonl(nsets * sizeof(struct _nls_set_hdr));
+	cat_hdr->__msg_txt_offset =
+	    htonl(nsets * sizeof(struct _nls_set_hdr) +
+	    nmsgs * sizeof(struct _nls_msg_hdr));
+
+	/* compute offsets for set & msg header tables and string pool */
+	set_hdr = (struct _nls_set_hdr *) ((char *) msgcat +
+	    sizeof(struct _nls_cat_hdr));
+	msg_hdr = (struct _nls_msg_hdr *) ((char *) msgcat +
+	    sizeof(struct _nls_cat_hdr) +
+	    nsets * sizeof(struct _nls_set_hdr));
+	strings = (char *) msgcat +
+	    sizeof(struct _nls_cat_hdr) +
+	    nsets * sizeof(struct _nls_set_hdr) +
+	    nmsgs * sizeof(struct _nls_msg_hdr);
+
+	msg_index = 0;
+	msg_offset = 0;
+	LIST_FOREACH(set, &sethead, entries) {
+
+		nmsgs = 0;
+		LIST_FOREACH(msg, &set->msghead, entries) {
+			int32_t     msg_len = strlen(msg->str) + 1;
+
+			msg_hdr->__msgno = htonl(msg->msgId);
+			msg_hdr->__msglen = htonl(msg_len);
+			msg_hdr->__offset = htonl(msg_offset);
+
+			memcpy(strings, msg->str, msg_len);
+			strings += msg_len;
+			msg_offset += msg_len;
+
+			nmsgs++;
+			msg_hdr++;
+		}
+
+		set_hdr->__setno = htonl(set->setId);
+		set_hdr->__nmsgs = htonl(nmsgs);
+		set_hdr->__index = htonl(msg_index);
+		msg_index += nmsgs;
+		set_hdr++;
+	}
+
+	/* write out catalog.  XXX: should this be done in small chunks? */
+	write(fd, msgcat, msgcat_size);
+}
+
+static void
+MCAddSet(int setId)
+{
+	struct _setT *p, *q;
+
+	if (setId <= 0) {
+		error("setId's must be greater than zero");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	if (setId > NL_SETMAX) {
+		error("setId exceeds limit");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	p = LIST_FIRST(&sethead);
+	q = NULL;
+	for (; p != NULL && p->setId < setId; q = p, p = LIST_NEXT(p, entries))
+		continue;
+
+	if (p && p->setId == setId) {
+		;
+	} else {
+		p = xmalloc(sizeof(struct _setT));
+		memset(p, '\0', sizeof(struct _setT));
+		LIST_INIT(&p->msghead);
+
+		p->setId = setId;
+
+		if (q == NULL) {
+			LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&sethead, p, entries);
+		} else {
+			LIST_INSERT_AFTER(q, p, entries);
+		}
+	}
+
+	curSet = p;
+}
+
+static void
+MCAddMsg(int msgId, const char *str)
+{
+	struct _msgT *p, *q;
+
+	if (!curSet)
+		error("can't specify a message when no set exists");
+
+	if (msgId <= 0) {
+		error("msgId's must be greater than zero");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	if (msgId > NL_MSGMAX) {
+		error("msgID exceeds limit");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	p = LIST_FIRST(&curSet->msghead);
+	q = NULL;
+	for (; p != NULL && p->msgId < msgId; q = p, p = LIST_NEXT(p, entries))
+		continue;
+
+	if (p && p->msgId == msgId) {
+		free(p->str);
+	} else {
+		p = xmalloc(sizeof(struct _msgT));
+		memset(p, '\0', sizeof(struct _msgT));
+
+		if (q == NULL) {
+			LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&curSet->msghead, p, entries);
+		} else {
+			LIST_INSERT_AFTER(q, p, entries);
+		}
+	}
+
+	p->msgId = msgId;
+	p->str = xstrdup(str);
+}
+
+static void
+MCDelSet(int setId)
+{
+	struct _setT *set;
+	struct _msgT *msg;
+
+	if (setId <= 0) {
+		error("setId's must be greater than zero");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	if (setId > NL_SETMAX) {
+		error("setId exceeds limit");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	set = LIST_FIRST(&sethead);
+	for (; set != NULL && set->setId < setId; set = LIST_NEXT(set, entries))
+		continue;
+
+	if (set && set->setId == setId) {
+		LIST_REMOVE(set, entries);
+		while ((msg = LIST_FIRST(&set->msghead)) != NULL) {
+			LIST_REMOVE(msg, entries);
+			free(msg->str);
+			free(msg);
+		}
+		free(set);
+		return;
+	}
+	warning(NULL, "specified set doesn't exist");
+}
+
+static void
+MCDelMsg(int msgId)
+{
+	struct _msgT *msg;
+
+	if (!curSet)
+		error("you can't delete a message before defining the set");
+
+	msg = LIST_FIRST(&curSet->msghead);
+	for (; msg != NULL && msg->msgId < msgId; msg = LIST_NEXT(msg, entries))
+		continue;
+
+	if (msg && msg->msgId == msgId) {
+		LIST_REMOVE(msg, entries);
+		free(msg->str);
+		free(msg);
+		return;
+	}
+	warning(NULL, "specified msg doesn't exist");
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/getconf/getconf.1 b/usr.bin/getconf/getconf.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..520a688
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/getconf/getconf.1
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getconf.1,v 1.13 2014/04/13 01:45:34 snj Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by J.T. Conklin.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd August 9, 2011
+.Dt GETCONF 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getconf
+.Nd get configuration values
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar system_var
+.Nm
+.Fl a
+.Nm
+.Ar path_var
+.Ar pathname
+.Nm
+.Fl a
+.Ar pathname
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility writes the current value of a configurable system limit or
+option variable to the standard output.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar system_var
+argument specifies the system variable to be queried.
+The names of the system variables are from
+.Xr sysconf 3
+with the leading
+.Dq Li _SC_
+removed.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar path_var
+argument specifies the pathname variable to be queried for the specified
+.Ar pathname
+argument.
+The names of the pathname variables are from
+.Xr pathconf 2
+with the leading
+.Dq Li _PC_
+removed.
+.Pp
+When invoked with the option
+.Fl a ,
+.Nm
+writes a list of all applicable variables and their values to the
+standard output, in the format
+.Do
+.Va name
+=
+.Va value
+.Dc .
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pathconf 2 ,
+.Xr confstr 3 ,
+.Xr limits 3 ,
+.Xr sysconf 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/getconf/getconf.c b/usr.bin/getconf/getconf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8de472b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/getconf/getconf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getconf.c,v 1.35 2013/12/19 19:11:50 rmind Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, 1998 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by J.T. Conklin.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS 
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: getconf.c,v 1.35 2013/12/19 19:11:50 rmind Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct conf_variable
+{
+  const char *name;
+  enum { SYSCONF, CONFSTR, PATHCONF, CONSTANT } type;
+  long value;
+};
+
+static void print_longvar(const char *, long);
+static void print_strvar(const char *, const char *);
+static void printvar(const struct conf_variable *, const char *);
+static void usage(void) __dead;
+
+static const struct conf_variable conf_table[] =
+{
+  { "PATH",			CONFSTR,	_CS_PATH		},
+
+  /* Utility Limit Minimum Values */
+  { "POSIX2_BC_BASE_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX2_BC_BASE_MAX	},
+  { "POSIX2_BC_DIM_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX2_BC_DIM_MAX	},
+  { "POSIX2_BC_SCALE_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX2_BC_SCALE_MAX	},
+  { "POSIX2_BC_STRING_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX2_BC_STRING_MAX	},
+  { "POSIX2_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX2_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX },
+  { "POSIX2_EXPR_NEST_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX2_EXPR_NEST_MAX	},
+  { "POSIX2_LINE_MAX",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX2_LINE_MAX	},
+  { "POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX	},
+  { "POSIX2_VERSION",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX2_VERSION		},
+
+  /* POSIX.1 Minimum Values */
+  { "_POSIX_AIO_LISTIO_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX_AIO_LISTIO_MAX	},  
+  { "_POSIX_AIO_MAX",		CONSTANT,       _POSIX_AIO_MAX		},
+  { "_POSIX_ARG_MAX",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX_ARG_MAX		},
+  { "_POSIX_CHILD_MAX",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX_CHILD_MAX	},
+  { "_POSIX_LINK_MAX",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX_LINK_MAX		},
+  { "_POSIX_MAX_CANON",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX_MAX_CANON	},
+  { "_POSIX_MAX_INPUT",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX_MAX_INPUT	},
+  { "_POSIX_MQ_OPEN_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX_MQ_OPEN_MAX	},
+  { "_POSIX_MQ_PRIO_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX_MQ_PRIO_MAX	},
+  { "_POSIX_NAME_MAX",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX_NAME_MAX		},
+  { "_POSIX_NGROUPS_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX_NGROUPS_MAX	},
+  { "_POSIX_OPEN_MAX",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX_OPEN_MAX		},
+  { "_POSIX_PATH_MAX",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX_PATH_MAX		},
+  { "_POSIX_PIPE_BUF",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX_PIPE_BUF		},
+  { "_POSIX_SSIZE_MAX",		CONSTANT,	_POSIX_SSIZE_MAX	},
+  { "_POSIX_STREAM_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX_STREAM_MAX	},
+  { "_POSIX_TZNAME_MAX",	CONSTANT,	_POSIX_TZNAME_MAX	},
+
+  /* Symbolic Utility Limits */
+  { "BC_BASE_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_BC_BASE_MAX		},
+  { "BC_DIM_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_BC_DIM_MAX		},
+  { "BC_SCALE_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_BC_SCALE_MAX	},
+  { "BC_STRING_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_BC_STRING_MAX	},
+  { "COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX	},
+  { "EXPR_NEST_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX	},
+  { "LINE_MAX",			SYSCONF,	_SC_LINE_MAX		},
+  { "RE_DUP_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_RE_DUP_MAX		},
+
+  /* Optional Facility Configuration Values */
+  { "_POSIX2_C_BIND",		SYSCONF,	_SC_2_C_BIND		},
+  { "POSIX2_C_DEV",		SYSCONF,	_SC_2_C_DEV		},
+  { "POSIX2_CHAR_TERM",		SYSCONF,	_SC_2_CHAR_TERM		},
+  { "POSIX2_FORT_DEV",		SYSCONF,	_SC_2_FORT_DEV		},
+  { "POSIX2_FORT_RUN",		SYSCONF,	_SC_2_FORT_RUN		},
+  { "POSIX2_LOCALEDEF",		SYSCONF,	_SC_2_LOCALEDEF		},
+  { "POSIX2_SW_DEV",		SYSCONF,	_SC_2_SW_DEV		},
+  { "POSIX2_UPE",		SYSCONF,	_SC_2_UPE		},
+
+  /* POSIX.1 Configurable System Variables */
+  { "AIO_LISTIO_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX	},
+  { "AIO_MAX",			SYSCONF,	_SC_AIO_MAX		},
+  { "ARG_MAX",			SYSCONF,	_SC_ARG_MAX 		},
+  { "CHILD_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_CHILD_MAX		},
+  { "CLK_TCK",			SYSCONF,	_SC_CLK_TCK		},
+  { "MQ_OPEN_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX		},
+  { "MQ_PRIO_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX		},
+  { "NGROUPS_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_NGROUPS_MAX		},
+  { "OPEN_MAX",			SYSCONF,	_SC_OPEN_MAX		},
+  { "STREAM_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_STREAM_MAX		},
+  { "TZNAME_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_TZNAME_MAX		},
+  { "_POSIX_JOB_CONTROL",	SYSCONF,	_SC_JOB_CONTROL 	},
+  { "_POSIX_SAVED_IDS",		SYSCONF,	_SC_SAVED_IDS		},
+  { "_POSIX_VERSION",		SYSCONF,	_SC_VERSION		},
+
+  { "LINK_MAX",			PATHCONF,	_PC_LINK_MAX		},
+  { "MAX_CANON",		PATHCONF,	_PC_MAX_CANON		},
+  { "MAX_INPUT",		PATHCONF,	_PC_MAX_INPUT		},
+  { "NAME_MAX",			PATHCONF,	_PC_NAME_MAX		},
+  { "PATH_MAX",			PATHCONF,	_PC_PATH_MAX		},
+  { "PIPE_BUF",			PATHCONF,	_PC_PIPE_BUF		},
+  { "_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED",	PATHCONF,	_PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED	},
+  { "_POSIX_NO_TRUNC",		PATHCONF,	_PC_NO_TRUNC		},
+  { "_POSIX_VDISABLE",		PATHCONF,	_PC_VDISABLE		},
+
+  /* POSIX.1b Configurable System Variables */
+  { "PAGESIZE",			SYSCONF,	_SC_PAGESIZE		},
+  { "_POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO",	SYSCONF,	_SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO	},
+  { "_POSIX_FSYNC",		SYSCONF,	_SC_FSYNC		},
+  { "_POSIX_MAPPED_FILES",	SYSCONF,	_SC_MAPPED_FILES	},
+  { "_POSIX_MEMLOCK",		SYSCONF,	_SC_MEMLOCK		},
+  { "_POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE",	SYSCONF,	_SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE	},
+  { "_POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION",	SYSCONF,	_SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION	},
+  { "_POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING",	SYSCONF,	_SC_MESSAGE_PASSING	},
+  { "_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK",	SYSCONF,	_SC_MONOTONIC_CLOCK	},
+  { "_POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING", SYSCONF,	_SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING },
+  { "_POSIX_SEMAPHORES",	SYSCONF,	_SC_SEMAPHORES		},
+  { "_POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS", SYSCONF,	_SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS },
+  { "_POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO",	SYSCONF,	_SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO	},
+  { "_POSIX_TIMERS",		SYSCONF,	_SC_TIMERS		},
+
+  { "_POSIX_SYNC_IO",		PATHCONF,	_PC_SYNC_IO		},
+
+  /* POSIX.1c Configurable System Variables */
+  { "LOGIN_NAME_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX	},
+  { "_POSIX_THREADS",		SYSCONF,	_SC_THREADS		},
+
+  /* POSIX.1j Configurable System Variables */
+  { "_POSIX_BARRIERS",		SYSCONF,	_SC_BARRIERS		},
+  { "_POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS", SYSCONF,	_SC_READER_WRITER_LOCKS	},
+  { "_POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS",	SYSCONF,	_SC_SPIN_LOCKS		},
+
+  /* XPG4.2 Configurable System Variables */
+  { "IOV_MAX",			SYSCONF,	_SC_IOV_MAX		},
+  { "PAGE_SIZE",		SYSCONF,	_SC_PAGE_SIZE		},
+  { "_XOPEN_SHM",		SYSCONF,	_SC_XOPEN_SHM		},
+
+  /* X/Open CAE Spec. Issue 5 Version 2 Configurable System Variables */
+  { "FILESIZEBITS",		PATHCONF,	_PC_FILESIZEBITS	},
+
+  /* POSIX.1-2001 XSI Option Group Configurable System Variables */
+  { "ATEXIT_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_ATEXIT_MAX		},
+
+  /* POSIX.1-2001 TSF Configurable System Variables */
+  { "GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX	},
+  { "GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX",		SYSCONF,	_SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX	},
+
+#ifdef _NETBSD_SOURCE
+  /* Commonly provided extensions */
+  { "NPROCESSORS_CONF",		SYSCONF,	_SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF	},
+  { "NPROCESSORS_ONLN",		SYSCONF,	_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN	},
+#endif	/* _NETBSD_SOURCE */
+
+  { NULL, CONSTANT, 0L }
+};
+
+static int a_flag = 0;		/* list all variables */
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int ch;
+	const struct conf_variable *cp;
+	const char *varname, *pathname;
+	int found;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "a")) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'a':
+			a_flag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (!a_flag) {
+		if (argc == 0)
+			usage();
+		varname = argv[0];
+		argc--;
+		argv++;
+	} else
+		varname = NULL;
+
+	if (argc > 1)
+		usage();
+	pathname = argv[0];	/* may be NULL */
+
+	found = 0;
+	for (cp = conf_table; cp->name != NULL; cp++) {
+		if (a_flag || strcmp(varname, cp->name) == 0) {
+			/*LINTED weird expression*/
+			if ((cp->type == PATHCONF) == (pathname != NULL)) {
+				printvar(cp, pathname);
+				found = 1;
+			} else if (!a_flag)
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "%s: invalid variable type", cp->name);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!a_flag && !found)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: unknown variable", varname);
+
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	return ferror(stdout) ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static void
+print_longvar(const char *name, long value)
+{
+	if (a_flag)
+		(void)printf("%s = %ld\n", name, value);
+	else
+		(void)printf("%ld\n", value);
+}
+
+static void
+print_strvar(const char *name, const char *sval)
+{
+	if (a_flag)
+		(void)printf("%s = %s\n", name, sval);
+	else
+		(void)printf("%s\n", sval);
+}
+
+static void
+printvar(const struct conf_variable *cp, const char *pathname)
+{
+	size_t slen;
+	char *sval;
+	long val;
+
+	switch (cp->type) {
+	case CONSTANT:
+		print_longvar(cp->name, cp->value);
+		break;
+
+	case CONFSTR:
+		errno = 0;
+		slen = confstr((int)cp->value, NULL, 0);
+		if (slen == 0) {
+			if (errno != 0)
+
+out:			 	err(EXIT_FAILURE, "confstr(%ld)", cp->value);
+			else
+				print_strvar(cp->name, "undefined");
+		}
+
+		if ((sval = malloc(slen)) == NULL)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Can't allocate %zu bytes", slen);
+
+		errno = 0;
+		if (confstr((int)cp->value, sval, slen) == 0) {
+			if (errno != 0)
+				goto out;
+			else
+				print_strvar(cp->name, "undefined");
+		} else
+			print_strvar(cp->name, sval);
+
+		free(sval);
+		break;
+
+	case SYSCONF:
+		errno = 0;
+		if ((val = sysconf((int)cp->value)) == -1) {
+			if (errno != 0)
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "sysconf(%ld)", cp->value);
+			print_strvar(cp->name, "undefined");
+		} else
+			print_longvar(cp->name, val);
+		break;
+
+	case PATHCONF:
+		errno = 0;
+		if ((val = pathconf(pathname, (int)cp->value)) == -1) {
+			if (errno != 0) {
+				if (a_flag && errno == EINVAL) {
+					/* Just skip invalid variables */
+					return;
+				}
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "pathconf(%s, %ld)",
+				    pathname, cp->value);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+			}
+
+			print_strvar(cp->name, "undefined");
+		} else
+			print_longvar(cp->name, val);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	const char *p = getprogname();
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s system_var\n\t%s -a\n"
+	    "\t%s path_var pathname\n\t%s -a pathname\n", p, p, p, p);
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/fastgrep.c b/usr.bin/grep/fastgrep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fcd864
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/fastgrep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: util.c,v 1.36 2007/10/02 17:59:18 otto Exp $	*/
+/*	$FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/fastgrep.c 211496 2010-08-19 09:28:59Z des $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 James Howard and Dag-Erling Coïdan Smørgrav
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Gabor Kovesdan <gabor@FreeBSD.org>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * XXX: This file is a speed up for grep to cover the defects of the
+ * regex library.  These optimizations should practically be implemented
+ * there keeping this code clean.  This is a future TODO, but for the
+ * meantime, we need to use this workaround.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: fastgrep.c,v 1.5 2011/04/18 03:27:40 joerg Exp $");
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#include "grep.h"
+
+static inline int	grep_cmp(const unsigned char *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
+static inline void	grep_revstr(unsigned char *, int);
+
+void
+fgrepcomp(fastgrep_t *fg, const char *pat)
+{
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	/* Initialize. */
+	fg->len = strlen(pat);
+	fg->bol = false;
+	fg->eol = false;
+	fg->reversed = false;
+
+	fg->pattern = (unsigned char *)grep_strdup(pat);
+
+	/* Preprocess pattern. */
+	for (i = 0; i <= UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+		fg->qsBc[i] = fg->len;
+	for (i = 1; i < fg->len; i++)
+		fg->qsBc[fg->pattern[i]] = fg->len - i;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns: -1 on failure, 0 on success
+ */
+int
+fastcomp(fastgrep_t *fg, const char *pat)
+{
+	unsigned int i;
+	int firstHalfDot = -1;
+	int firstLastHalfDot = -1;
+	int hasDot = 0;
+	int lastHalfDot = 0;
+	int shiftPatternLen;
+
+	/* Initialize. */
+	fg->len = strlen(pat);
+	fg->bol = false;
+	fg->eol = false;
+	fg->reversed = false;
+	fg->word = wflag;
+
+	/* Remove end-of-line character ('$'). */
+	if (fg->len > 0 && pat[fg->len - 1] == '$') {
+		fg->eol = true;
+		fg->len--;
+	}
+
+	/* Remove beginning-of-line character ('^'). */
+	if (pat[0] == '^') {
+		fg->bol = true;
+		fg->len--;
+		pat++;
+	}
+
+	if (fg->len >= 14 &&
+	    memcmp(pat, "[[:<:]]", 7) == 0 &&
+	    memcmp(pat + fg->len - 7, "[[:>:]]", 7) == 0) {
+		fg->len -= 14;
+		pat += 7;
+		/* Word boundary is handled separately in util.c */
+		fg->word = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * pat has been adjusted earlier to not include '^', '$' or
+	 * the word match character classes at the beginning and ending
+	 * of the string respectively.
+	 */
+	fg->pattern = grep_malloc(fg->len + 1);
+	memcpy(fg->pattern, pat, fg->len);
+	fg->pattern[fg->len] = '\0';
+
+	/* Look for ways to cheat...er...avoid the full regex engine. */
+	for (i = 0; i < fg->len; i++) {
+		/* Can still cheat? */
+		if (fg->pattern[i] == '.') {
+			hasDot = i;
+			if (i < fg->len / 2) {
+				if (firstHalfDot < 0)
+					/* Closest dot to the beginning */
+					firstHalfDot = i;
+			} else {
+				/* Closest dot to the end of the pattern. */
+				lastHalfDot = i;
+				if (firstLastHalfDot < 0)
+					firstLastHalfDot = i;
+			}
+		} else {
+			/* Free memory and let others know this is empty. */
+			free(fg->pattern);
+			fg->pattern = NULL;
+			return (-1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Determine if a reverse search would be faster based on the placement
+	 * of the dots.
+	 */
+	if ((!(lflag || cflag)) && ((!(fg->bol || fg->eol)) &&
+	    ((lastHalfDot) && ((firstHalfDot < 0) ||
+	    ((fg->len - (lastHalfDot + 1)) < (size_t)firstHalfDot)))) &&
+	    !oflag && !color) {
+		fg->reversed = true;
+		hasDot = fg->len - (firstHalfDot < 0 ?
+		    firstLastHalfDot : firstHalfDot) - 1;
+		grep_revstr(fg->pattern, fg->len);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Normal Quick Search would require a shift based on the position the
+	 * next character after the comparison is within the pattern.  With
+	 * wildcards, the position of the last dot effects the maximum shift
+	 * distance.
+	 * The closer to the end the wild card is the slower the search.  A
+	 * reverse version of this algorithm would be useful for wildcards near
+	 * the end of the string.
+	 *
+	 * Examples:
+	 * Pattern	Max shift
+	 * -------	---------
+	 * this		5
+	 * .his		4
+	 * t.is		3
+	 * th.s		2
+	 * thi.		1
+	 */
+
+	/* Adjust the shift based on location of the last dot ('.'). */
+	shiftPatternLen = fg->len - hasDot;
+
+	/* Preprocess pattern. */
+	for (i = 0; i <= (signed)UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+		fg->qsBc[i] = shiftPatternLen;
+	for (i = hasDot + 1; i < fg->len; i++) {
+		fg->qsBc[fg->pattern[i]] = fg->len - i;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Put pattern back to normal after pre-processing to allow for easy
+	 * comparisons later.
+	 */
+	if (fg->reversed)
+		grep_revstr(fg->pattern, fg->len);
+
+	return (0);
+}
+
+int
+grep_search(fastgrep_t *fg, const unsigned char *data, size_t len, regmatch_t *pmatch)
+{
+	unsigned int j;
+	int ret = REG_NOMATCH;
+
+	if (pmatch->rm_so == (ssize_t)len)
+		return (ret);
+
+	if (fg->bol && pmatch->rm_so != 0) {
+		pmatch->rm_so = len;
+		pmatch->rm_eo = len;
+		return (ret);
+	}
+
+	/* No point in going farther if we do not have enough data. */
+	if (len < fg->len)
+		return (ret);
+
+	/* Only try once at the beginning or ending of the line. */
+	if (fg->bol || fg->eol) {
+		/* Simple text comparison. */
+		/* Verify data is >= pattern length before searching on it. */
+		if (len >= fg->len) {
+			/* Determine where in data to start search at. */
+			j = fg->eol ? len - fg->len : 0;
+			if (!((fg->bol && fg->eol) && (len != fg->len)))
+				if (grep_cmp(fg->pattern, data + j,
+				    fg->len) == -1) {
+					pmatch->rm_so = j;
+					pmatch->rm_eo = j + fg->len;
+						ret = 0;
+				}
+		}
+	} else if (fg->reversed) {
+		/* Quick Search algorithm. */
+		j = len;
+		do {
+			if (grep_cmp(fg->pattern, data + j - fg->len,
+				fg->len) == -1) {
+				pmatch->rm_so = j - fg->len;
+				pmatch->rm_eo = j;
+				ret = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+			/* Shift if within bounds, otherwise, we are done. */
+			if (j == fg->len)
+				break;
+			j -= fg->qsBc[data[j - fg->len - 1]];
+		} while (j >= fg->len);
+	} else {
+		/* Quick Search algorithm. */
+		j = pmatch->rm_so;
+		do {
+			if (grep_cmp(fg->pattern, data + j, fg->len) == -1) {
+				pmatch->rm_so = j;
+				pmatch->rm_eo = j + fg->len;
+				ret = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/* Shift if within bounds, otherwise, we are done. */
+			if (j + fg->len == len)
+				break;
+			else
+				j += fg->qsBc[data[j + fg->len]];
+		} while (j <= (len - fg->len));
+	}
+
+	return (ret);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns:	i >= 0 on failure (position that it failed)
+ *		-1 on success
+ */
+static inline int
+grep_cmp(const unsigned char *pat, const unsigned char *data, size_t len)
+{
+	size_t size;
+	wchar_t *wdata, *wpat;
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	if (iflag) {
+		if ((size = mbstowcs(NULL, (const char *)data, 0)) ==
+		    ((size_t) - 1))
+			return (-1);
+
+		wdata = grep_malloc(size * sizeof(wint_t));
+
+		if (mbstowcs(wdata, (const char *)data, size) ==
+		    ((size_t) - 1))
+			return (-1);
+
+		if ((size = mbstowcs(NULL, (const char *)pat, 0)) ==
+		    ((size_t) - 1))
+			return (-1);
+
+		wpat = grep_malloc(size * sizeof(wint_t));
+
+		if (mbstowcs(wpat, (const char *)pat, size) == ((size_t) - 1))
+			return (-1);
+		for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+			if ((towlower(wpat[i]) == towlower(wdata[i])) ||
+			    ((grepbehave != GREP_FIXED) && wpat[i] == L'.'))
+				continue;
+			free(wpat);
+			free(wdata);
+				return (i);
+		}
+	} else {
+		for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+			if ((pat[i] == data[i]) || ((grepbehave != GREP_FIXED) &&
+			    pat[i] == '.'))
+				continue;
+			return (i);
+		}
+	}
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+static inline void
+grep_revstr(unsigned char *str, int len)
+{
+	int i;
+	char c;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < len / 2; i++) {
+		c = str[i];
+		str[i] = str[len - i - 1];
+		str[len - i - 1] = c;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/file.c b/usr.bin/grep/file.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef057ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/file.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: file.c,v 1.10 2018/08/12 09:03:21 christos Exp $	*/
+/*	$FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/file.c 211496 2010-08-19 09:28:59Z des $	*/
+/*	$OpenBSD: file.c,v 1.11 2010/07/02 20:48:48 nicm Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 James Howard and Dag-Erling Coïdan Smørgrav
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Gabor Kovesdan <gabor@FreeBSD.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Dimitry Andric <dimitry@andric.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: file.c,v 1.10 2018/08/12 09:03:21 christos Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#include "grep.h"
+
+#define	MAXBUFSIZ	(32 * 1024)
+#define	LNBUFBUMP	80
+
+#ifndef WITHOUT_GZIP
+static gzFile gzbufdesc;
+#endif
+#ifndef WITHOUT_BZ2
+static BZFILE* bzbufdesc;
+#endif
+
+static unsigned char buffer[MAXBUFSIZ];
+static unsigned char *bufpos;
+static size_t bufrem;
+
+static unsigned char *lnbuf;
+static size_t lnbuflen;
+
+static inline int
+grep_refill(struct file *f)
+{
+	ssize_t nr = -1;
+	int bzerr;
+
+	bufpos = buffer;
+	bufrem = 0;
+
+#ifndef WITHOUT_GZIP
+	if (filebehave == FILE_GZIP) {
+		nr = gzread(gzbufdesc, buffer, MAXBUFSIZ);
+		if (nr == -1)
+			return -1;
+	}
+#endif
+#ifndef WITHOUT_BZ2
+	if (filebehave == FILE_BZIP && bzbufdesc != NULL) {
+		nr = BZ2_bzRead(&bzerr, bzbufdesc, buffer, MAXBUFSIZ);
+		switch (bzerr) {
+		case BZ_OK:
+		case BZ_STREAM_END:
+			/* No problem, nr will be okay */
+			break;
+		case BZ_DATA_ERROR_MAGIC:
+			/*
+			 * As opposed to gzread(), which simply returns the
+			 * plain file data, if it is not in the correct
+			 * compressed format, BZ2_bzRead() instead aborts.
+			 *
+			 * So, just restart at the beginning of the file again,
+			 * and use plain reads from now on.
+			 */
+			BZ2_bzReadClose(&bzerr, bzbufdesc);
+			bzbufdesc = NULL;
+			if (lseek(f->fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+				return (-1);
+			nr = read(f->fd, buffer, MAXBUFSIZ);
+			break;
+		default:
+			/* Make sure we exit with an error */
+			nr = -1;
+		}
+		if (nr == -1)
+			return -1;
+	}
+#endif
+	if (nr == -1) {
+		nr = read(f->fd, buffer, MAXBUFSIZ);
+	}
+
+	if (nr < 0)
+		return (-1);
+
+	bufrem = nr;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+static inline int
+grep_lnbufgrow(size_t newlen)
+{
+
+	if (lnbuflen < newlen) {
+		lnbuf = grep_realloc(lnbuf, newlen);
+		lnbuflen = newlen;
+	}
+
+	return (0);
+}
+
+char *
+grep_fgetln(struct file *f, size_t *lenp)
+{
+	unsigned char *p;
+	char *ret;
+	size_t len;
+	size_t off;
+	ptrdiff_t diff;
+
+	/* Fill the buffer, if necessary */
+	if (bufrem == 0 && grep_refill(f) != 0)
+		goto error;
+
+	if (bufrem == 0) {
+		/* Return zero length to indicate EOF */
+		*lenp = 0;
+		return ((char *)bufpos);
+	}
+
+	/* Look for a newline in the remaining part of the buffer */
+	if ((p = memchr(bufpos, line_sep, bufrem)) != NULL) {
+		++p; /* advance over newline */
+		ret = (char *)bufpos;
+		len = p - bufpos;
+		bufrem -= len;
+		bufpos = p;
+		*lenp = len;
+		return (ret);
+	}
+
+	/* We have to copy the current buffered data to the line buffer */
+	for (len = bufrem, off = 0; ; len += bufrem) {
+		/* Make sure there is room for more data */
+		if (grep_lnbufgrow(len + LNBUFBUMP))
+			goto error;
+		memcpy(lnbuf + off, bufpos, len - off);
+		off = len;
+		if (grep_refill(f) != 0)
+			goto error;
+		if (bufrem == 0)
+			/* EOF: return partial line */
+			break;
+		if ((p = memchr(bufpos, line_sep, bufrem)) == NULL)
+			continue;
+		/* got it: finish up the line (like code above) */
+		++p;
+		diff = p - bufpos;
+		len += diff;
+		if (grep_lnbufgrow(len))
+		    goto error;
+		memcpy(lnbuf + off, bufpos, diff);
+		bufrem -= diff;
+		bufpos = p;
+		break;
+	}
+	*lenp = len;
+	return ((char *)lnbuf);
+
+error:
+	*lenp = 0;
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct file *
+grep_file_init(struct file *f)
+{
+
+#ifndef WITHOUT_GZIP
+	if (filebehave == FILE_GZIP &&
+	    (gzbufdesc = gzdopen(f->fd, "r")) == NULL)
+		goto error;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WITHOUT_BZ2
+	if (filebehave == FILE_BZIP &&
+	    (bzbufdesc = BZ2_bzdopen(f->fd, "r")) == NULL)
+		goto error;
+#endif
+
+	/* Fill read buffer, also catches errors early */
+	if (grep_refill(f) != 0)
+		goto error;
+
+	/* Check for binary stuff, if necessary */
+	if (!nulldataflag && binbehave != BINFILE_TEXT &&
+	    memchr(bufpos, '\0', bufrem) != NULL)
+		f->binary = true;
+
+	return (f);
+error:
+	close(f->fd);
+	free(f);
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Opens a file for processing.
+ */
+struct file *
+grep_open(const char *path)
+{
+	struct file *f;
+
+	f = grep_malloc(sizeof *f);
+	memset(f, 0, sizeof *f);
+	if (path == NULL) {
+		/* Processing stdin implies --line-buffered. */
+		lbflag = true;
+		f->fd = STDIN_FILENO;
+	} else if ((f->fd = open(path, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+		free(f);
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	return (grep_file_init(f));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Closes a file.
+ */
+void
+grep_close(struct file *f)
+{
+
+	close(f->fd);
+
+	/* Reset read buffer and line buffer */
+	bufpos = buffer;
+	bufrem = 0;
+
+	free(lnbuf);
+	lnbuf = NULL;
+	lnbuflen = 0;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/grep.1 b/usr.bin/grep/grep.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7446cad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/grep.1
@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: grep.1,v 1.4 2012/04/08 22:00:38 wiz Exp $
+.\"	$FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/grep.1 210652 2010-07-30 14:05:20Z joel $
+.\"	$OpenBSD: grep.1,v 1.38 2010/04/05 06:30:59 jmc Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)grep.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 2011
+.Dt GREP 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm grep , egrep , fgrep ,
+.Nm zgrep , zegrep , zfgrep
+.Nd file pattern searcher
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm grep
+.Op Fl abcdDEFGHhIiJLlmnOopqRSsUVvwxZz
+.Op Fl A Ar num
+.Op Fl B Ar num
+.Op Fl C Ns Op Ar num
+.Op Fl e Ar pattern
+.Op Fl f Ar file
+.Op Fl Fl binary-files Ns = Ns Ar value
+.Op Fl Fl color Ns Op = Ns Ar when
+.Op Fl Fl colour Ns Op = Ns Ar when
+.Op Fl Fl context Ns Op = Ns Ar num
+.Op Fl Fl decompress
+.Op Fl Fl label
+.Op Fl Fl line-buffered
+.Op Ar pattern
+.Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm grep
+utility searches any given input files,
+selecting lines that match one or more patterns.
+By default, a pattern matches an input line if the regular expression
+(RE) in the pattern matches the input line
+without its trailing newline.
+An empty expression matches every line.
+Each input line that matches at least one of the patterns is written
+to the standard output.
+.Pp
+.Nm grep
+is used for simple patterns and
+basic regular expressions
+.Pq BREs ;
+.Nm egrep
+can handle extended regular expressions
+.Pq EREs .
+See
+.Xr re_format 7
+for more information on regular expressions.
+.Nm fgrep
+is quicker than both
+.Nm grep
+and
+.Nm egrep ,
+but can only handle fixed patterns
+(i.e. it does not interpret regular expressions).
+Patterns may consist of one or more lines,
+allowing any of the pattern lines to match a portion of the input.
+.Pp
+.Nm zgrep ,
+.Nm zegrep ,
+and
+.Nm zfgrep
+act like
+.Nm grep ,
+.Nm egrep ,
+and
+.Nm fgrep ,
+respectively, but accept input files compressed with the
+.Xr compress 1
+or
+.Xr gzip 1
+compression utilities.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl A Ar num , Fl Fl after-context Ns = Ns Ar num
+Print
+.Ar num
+lines of trailing context after each match.
+See also the
+.Fl B
+and
+.Fl C
+options.
+.It Fl a , Fl Fl text
+Treat all files as ASCII text.
+Normally
+.Nm
+will simply print
+.Dq Binary file ... matches
+if files contain binary characters.
+Use of this option forces
+.Nm
+to output lines matching the specified pattern.
+.It Fl B Ar num , Fl Fl before-context Ns = Ns Ar num
+Print
+.Ar num
+lines of leading context before each match.
+See also the
+.Fl A
+and
+.Fl C
+options.
+.It Fl b , Fl Fl byte-offset
+The offset in bytes of a matched pattern is
+displayed in front of the respective matched line.
+.It Fl C Ns Op Ar num , Fl Fl context Ns = Ns Ar num
+Print
+.Ar num
+lines of leading and trailing context surrounding each match.
+The default is 2 and is equivalent to
+.Fl A
+.Ar 2
+.Fl B
+.Ar 2 .
+Note:
+no whitespace may be given between the option and its argument.
+.It Fl c , Fl Fl count
+Only a count of selected lines is written to standard output.
+.It Fl Fl colour Ns = Ns Op Ar when , Fl Fl color Ns = Ns Op Ar when
+Mark up the matching text with the expression stored in
+.Ev GREP_COLOR
+environment variable.
+The possible values of when can be `never', `always' or `auto'.
+.It Fl D Ar action , Fl Fl devices Ns = Ns Ar action
+Specify the demanded action for devices, FIFOs and sockets.
+The default action is `read', which means, that they are read
+as if they were normal files.
+If the action is set to `skip', devices will be silently skipped.
+.It Fl d Ar action , Fl Fl directories Ns = Ns Ar action
+Specify the demanded action for directories.
+It is `read' by default, which means that the directories
+are read in the same manner as normal files.
+Other possible values are `skip' to silently ignore the
+directories, and `recurse' to read them recursively, which
+has the same effect as the
+.Fl R
+and
+.Fl r
+option.
+.It Fl E , Fl Fl extended-regexp
+Interpret
+.Ar pattern
+as an extended regular expression
+(i.e. force
+.Nm grep
+to behave as
+.Nm egrep ) .
+.It Fl e Ar pattern , Fl Fl regexp Ns = Ns Ar pattern
+Specify a pattern used during the search of the input:
+an input line is selected if it matches any of the specified patterns.
+This option is most useful when multiple
+.Fl e
+options are used to specify multiple patterns,
+or when a pattern begins with a dash
+.Pq Sq - .
+.It Fl Fl exclude
+If specified, it excludes files matching the given
+filename pattern from the search.
+Note that
+.Fl Fl exclude
+patterns take priority over
+.Fl Fl include
+patterns, and if no
+.Fl Fl include
+pattern is specified, all files are searched that are
+not excluded.
+Patterns are matched to the full path specified,
+not only to the filename component.
+.It Fl Fl exclude-dir
+If
+.Fl R
+is specified, it excludes directories matching the
+given filename pattern from the search.
+Note that
+.Fl Fl exclude-dir
+patterns take priority over
+.Fl Fl include-dir
+patterns, and if no
+.Fl Fl include-dir
+pattern is specified, all directories are searched that are
+not excluded.
+.It Fl F , Fl Fl fixed-strings
+Interpret
+.Ar pattern
+as a set of fixed strings
+(i.e. force
+.Nm grep
+to behave as
+.Nm fgrep ) .
+.It Fl f Ar file , Fl Fl file Ns = Ns Ar file
+Read one or more newline separated patterns from
+.Ar file .
+Empty pattern lines match every input line.
+Newlines are not considered part of a pattern.
+If
+.Ar file
+is empty, nothing is matched.
+.It Fl G , Fl Fl basic-regexp
+Interpret
+.Ar pattern
+as a basic regular expression
+(i.e. force
+.Nm grep
+to behave as traditional
+.Nm grep ) .
+.It Fl H
+Always print filename headers with output lines.
+.It Fl h , Fl Fl no-filename
+Never print filename headers
+.Pq i.e. filenames
+with output lines.
+.It Fl Fl help
+Print a brief help message.
+.It Fl I
+Ignore binary files.
+This option is equivalent to
+.Fl Fl binary-file Ns = Ns Ar without-match
+option.
+.It Fl i , Fl Fl ignore-case
+Perform case insensitive matching.
+By default,
+.Nm grep
+is case sensitive.
+.It Fl Fl include
+If specified, only files matching the
+given filename pattern are searched.
+Note that
+.Fl Fl exclude
+patterns take priority over
+.Fl Fl include
+patterns.
+Patterns are matched to the full path specified,
+not only to the filename component.
+.It Fl Fl include-dir
+If
+.Fl R
+is specified, only directories matching the
+given filename pattern are searched.
+Note that
+.Fl Fl exclude-dir
+patterns take priority over
+.Fl Fl include-dir
+patterns.
+.It Fl J, Fl Fl bz2decompress
+Decompress the
+.Xr bzip2 1
+compressed file before looking for the text.
+.It Fl L , Fl Fl files-without-match
+Only the names of files not containing selected lines are written to
+standard output.
+Pathnames are listed once per file searched.
+If the standard input is searched, the string
+.Dq (standard input)
+is written.
+.It Fl l , Fl Fl files-with-matches
+Only the names of files containing selected lines are written to
+standard output.
+.Nm grep
+will only search a file until a match has been found,
+making searches potentially less expensive.
+Pathnames are listed once per file searched.
+If the standard input is searched, the string
+.Dq (standard input)
+is written.
+.It Fl Fl mmap
+Use
+.Xr mmap 2
+instead of
+.Xr read 2
+to read input, which can result in better performance under some
+circumstances but can cause undefined behaviour.
+.It Fl m Ar num, Fl Fl max-count Ns = Ns Ar num
+Stop reading the file after
+.Ar num
+matches.
+.It Fl n , Fl Fl line-number
+Each output line is preceded by its relative line number in the file,
+starting at line 1.
+The line number counter is reset for each file processed.
+This option is ignored if
+.Fl c ,
+.Fl L ,
+.Fl l ,
+or
+.Fl q
+is
+specified.
+.It Fl O
+If
+.Fl R
+is specified, follow symbolic links only if they were explicitly listed
+on the command line.
+The default is not to follow symbolic links.
+.It Fl o, Fl Fl only-matching
+Prints only the matching part of the lines.
+.It Fl p
+If
+.Fl R
+is specified, no symbolic links are followed.
+This is the default.
+.It Fl q , Fl Fl quiet , Fl Fl silent
+Quiet mode:
+suppress normal output.
+.Nm grep
+will only search a file until a match has been found,
+making searches potentially less expensive.
+.It Fl R , Fl r , Fl Fl recursive
+Recursively search subdirectories listed.
+.It Fl S
+If
+.Fl R
+is specified, all symbolic links are followed.
+The default is not to follow symbolic links.
+.It Fl s , Fl Fl no-messages
+Silent mode.
+Nonexistent and unreadable files are ignored
+(i.e. their error messages are suppressed).
+.It Fl U , Fl Fl binary
+Search binary files, but do not attempt to print them.
+.It Fl V , Fl Fl version
+Display version information and exit.
+.It Fl v , Fl Fl invert-match
+Selected lines are those
+.Em not
+matching any of the specified patterns.
+.It Fl w , Fl Fl word-regexp
+The expression is searched for as a word (as if surrounded by
+.Sq [[:<:]]
+and
+.Sq [[:>:]] ;
+see
+.Xr re_format 7 ) .
+.It Fl x , Fl Fl line-regexp
+Only input lines selected against an entire fixed string or regular
+expression are considered to be matching lines.
+.It Fl y
+Equivalent to
+.Fl i .
+Obsoleted.
+.It Fl Z , Fl Fl null
+Prints a zero-byte after the file name.
+.It Fl z , Fl Fl null-data
+Use the zero byte (ASCII NUL) as line separator.
+.It Fl Fl binary-files Ns = Ns Ar value
+Controls searching and printing of binary files.
+Options are
+.Ar binary ,
+the default: search binary files but do not print them;
+.Ar without-match :
+do not search binary files;
+and
+.Ar text :
+treat all files as text.
+.It Fl Fl decompress
+Detect input files compressed with
+.Xr bzip2 1
+or
+.Xr gzip 1
+and decompress them dynamically.
+This makes
+.Nm grep
+behave like
+.Nm zgrep .
+.It Fl Fl line-buffered
+Force output to be line buffered.
+By default, output is line buffered when standard output is a terminal
+and block buffered otherwise.
+.Pp
+.El
+If no file arguments are specified, the standard input is used.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm grep
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact
+.It Li 0
+One or more lines were selected.
+.It Li 1
+No lines were selected.
+.It Li \*(Gt1
+An error occurred.
+.El
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+To find all occurrences of the word
+.Sq patricia
+in a file:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ grep 'patricia' myfile
+.Pp
+To find all occurrences of the pattern
+.Ql .Pp
+at the beginning of a line:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ grep '^\e.Pp' myfile
+.Pp
+The apostrophes ensure the entire expression is evaluated by
+.Nm grep
+instead of by the user's shell.
+The caret
+.Ql ^
+matches the null string at the beginning of a line,
+and the
+.Ql \e
+escapes the
+.Ql \&. ,
+which would otherwise match any character.
+.Pp
+To find all lines in a file which do not contain the words
+.Sq foo
+or
+.Sq bar :
+.Pp
+.Dl $ grep -v -e 'foo' -e 'bar' myfile
+.Pp
+A simple example of an extended regular expression:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ egrep '19|20|25' calendar
+.Pp
+Peruses the file
+.Sq calendar
+looking for either 19, 20, or 25.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ed 1 ,
+.Xr ex 1 ,
+.Xr gzip 1 ,
+.Xr sed 1 ,
+.Xr re_format 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is compliant with the
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+specification.
+.Pp
+The flags
+.Op Fl AaBbCDdGHhIJLmoPRSUVwZ
+are extensions to that specification, and the behaviour of the
+.Fl f
+flag when used with an empty pattern file is left undefined.
+.Pp
+All long options are provided for compatibility with
+GNU versions of this utility.
+.Pp
+Historic versions of the
+.Nm grep
+utility also supported the flags
+.Op Fl ruy .
+This implementation supports those options;
+however, their use is strongly discouraged.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm grep
+command first appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/grep.c b/usr.bin/grep/grep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bad2a73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/grep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,722 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: grep.c,v 1.15 2018/08/12 09:03:21 christos Exp $	*/
+/* 	$FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/grep.c 211519 2010-08-19 22:55:17Z delphij $	*/
+/*	$OpenBSD: grep.c,v 1.42 2010/07/02 22:18:03 tedu Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 James Howard and Dag-Erling Coïdan Smørgrav
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Gabor Kovesdan <gabor@FreeBSD.org>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: grep.c,v 1.15 2018/08/12 09:03:21 christos Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "grep.h"
+
+#ifndef WITHOUT_NLS
+#include <nl_types.h>
+nl_catd	 catalog;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Default messags to use when NLS is disabled or no catalogue
+ * is found.
+ */
+const char	*errstr[] = {
+	"",
+/* 1*/	"(standard input)",
+/* 2*/	"cannot read bzip2 compressed file",
+/* 3*/	"unknown %s option",
+/* 4*/	"usage: %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A num] [-B num] [-C[num]]\n",
+/* 5*/	"\t[-e pattern] [-f file] [--binary-files=value] [--color=when]\n",
+/* 6*/	"\t[--context[=num]] [--directories=action] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n",
+/* 7*/	"\t[pattern] [file ...]\n",
+/* 8*/	"Binary file %s matches\n",
+/* 9*/	"%s (BSD grep) %s\n",
+};
+
+/* Flags passed to regcomp() and regexec() */
+int		 cflags = 0;
+int		 eflags = REG_STARTEND;
+
+/* Searching patterns */
+unsigned int	 patterns, pattern_sz;
+char		**pattern;
+regex_t		*r_pattern;
+fastgrep_t	*fg_pattern;
+
+/* Filename exclusion/inclusion patterns */
+unsigned int	 fpatterns, fpattern_sz;
+unsigned int	 dpatterns, dpattern_sz;
+struct epat	*dpattern, *fpattern;
+
+/* For regex errors  */
+char	 re_error[RE_ERROR_BUF + 1];
+
+/* Command-line flags */
+unsigned long long Aflag;	/* -A x: print x lines trailing each match */
+unsigned long long Bflag;	/* -B x: print x lines leading each match */
+bool	 Hflag;		/* -H: always print file name */
+bool	 Lflag;		/* -L: only show names of files with no matches */
+bool	 bflag;		/* -b: show block numbers for each match */
+bool	 cflag;		/* -c: only show a count of matching lines */
+bool	 hflag;		/* -h: don't print filename headers */
+bool	 iflag;		/* -i: ignore case */
+bool	 lflag;		/* -l: only show names of files with matches */
+bool	 mflag;		/* -m x: stop reading the files after x matches */
+unsigned long long mcount;	/* count for -m */
+bool	 nflag;		/* -n: show line numbers in front of matching lines */
+bool	 oflag;		/* -o: print only matching part */
+bool	 qflag;		/* -q: quiet mode (don't output anything) */
+bool	 sflag;		/* -s: silent mode (ignore errors) */
+bool	 vflag;		/* -v: only show non-matching lines */
+bool	 wflag;		/* -w: pattern must start and end on word boundaries */
+bool	 xflag;		/* -x: pattern must match entire line */
+bool	 lbflag;	/* --line-buffered */
+bool	 nullflag;	/* --null */
+bool	 nulldataflag;	/* --null-data */
+unsigned char line_sep = '\n';	/* 0 for --null-data */
+char	*label;		/* --label */
+const char *color;	/* --color */
+int	 grepbehave = GREP_BASIC;	/* -EFGP: type of the regex */
+int	 binbehave = BINFILE_BIN;	/* -aIU: handling of binary files */
+int	 filebehave = FILE_STDIO;	/* -JZ: normal, gzip or bzip2 file */
+int	 devbehave = DEV_READ;		/* -D: handling of devices */
+int	 dirbehave = DIR_READ;		/* -dRr: handling of directories */
+int	 linkbehave = LINK_READ;	/* -OpS: handling of symlinks */
+
+bool	 dexclude, dinclude;	/* --exclude-dir and --include-dir */
+bool	 fexclude, finclude;	/* --exclude and --include */
+
+enum {
+	BIN_OPT = CHAR_MAX + 1,
+	COLOR_OPT,
+	DECOMPRESS_OPT,
+	HELP_OPT,
+	MMAP_OPT,
+	LINEBUF_OPT,
+	LABEL_OPT,
+	R_EXCLUDE_OPT,
+	R_INCLUDE_OPT,
+	R_DEXCLUDE_OPT,
+	R_DINCLUDE_OPT
+};
+
+static inline const char	*init_color(const char *);
+
+/* Housekeeping */
+int	 tail;		/* lines left to print */
+bool	 notfound;	/* file not found */
+
+extern char	*__progname;
+
+/*
+ * Prints usage information and returns 2.
+ */
+__dead static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, getstr(4), __progname);
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s", getstr(5));
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s", getstr(6));
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s", getstr(7));
+	exit(2);
+}
+
+static const char optstr[] =
+    "0123456789A:B:C:D:EFGHIJLOPSRUVZabcd:e:f:hilm:nopqrsuvwxyz";
+
+struct option long_options[] =
+{
+	{"binary-files",	required_argument,	NULL, BIN_OPT},
+#ifndef WITHOUT_GZIP
+	{"decompress",          no_argument,            NULL, DECOMPRESS_OPT},
+#endif
+	{"help",		no_argument,		NULL, HELP_OPT},
+	{"mmap",		no_argument,		NULL, MMAP_OPT},
+	{"line-buffered",	no_argument,		NULL, LINEBUF_OPT},
+	{"label",		required_argument,	NULL, LABEL_OPT},
+	{"color",		optional_argument,	NULL, COLOR_OPT},
+	{"colour",		optional_argument,	NULL, COLOR_OPT},
+	{"exclude",		required_argument,	NULL, R_EXCLUDE_OPT},
+	{"include",		required_argument,	NULL, R_INCLUDE_OPT},
+	{"exclude-dir",		required_argument,	NULL, R_DEXCLUDE_OPT},
+	{"include-dir",		required_argument,	NULL, R_DINCLUDE_OPT},
+	{"after-context",	required_argument,	NULL, 'A'},
+	{"text",		no_argument,		NULL, 'a'},
+	{"before-context",	required_argument,	NULL, 'B'},
+	{"byte-offset",		no_argument,		NULL, 'b'},
+	{"context",		optional_argument,	NULL, 'C'},
+	{"count",		no_argument,		NULL, 'c'},
+	{"devices",		required_argument,	NULL, 'D'},
+        {"directories",		required_argument,	NULL, 'd'},
+	{"extended-regexp",	no_argument,		NULL, 'E'},
+	{"regexp",		required_argument,	NULL, 'e'},
+	{"fixed-strings",	no_argument,		NULL, 'F'},
+	{"file",		required_argument,	NULL, 'f'},
+	{"basic-regexp",	no_argument,		NULL, 'G'},
+	{"no-filename",		no_argument,		NULL, 'h'},
+	{"with-filename",	no_argument,		NULL, 'H'},
+	{"ignore-case",		no_argument,		NULL, 'i'},
+#ifndef WITHOUT_BZ2
+	{"bz2decompress",	no_argument,		NULL, 'J'},
+#endif
+	{"files-with-matches",	no_argument,		NULL, 'l'},
+	{"files-without-match", no_argument,            NULL, 'L'},
+	{"max-count",		required_argument,	NULL, 'm'},
+	{"line-number",		no_argument,		NULL, 'n'},
+	{"only-matching",	no_argument,		NULL, 'o'},
+	{"quiet",		no_argument,		NULL, 'q'},
+	{"silent",		no_argument,		NULL, 'q'},
+	{"recursive",		no_argument,		NULL, 'r'},
+	{"no-messages",		no_argument,		NULL, 's'},
+	{"binary",		no_argument,		NULL, 'U'},
+	{"unix-byte-offsets",	no_argument,		NULL, 'u'},
+	{"invert-match",	no_argument,		NULL, 'v'},
+	{"version",		no_argument,		NULL, 'V'},
+	{"word-regexp",		no_argument,		NULL, 'w'},
+	{"line-regexp",		no_argument,		NULL, 'x'},
+	{"null",		no_argument,		NULL, 'Z'},
+	{"null-data",		no_argument,		NULL, 'z'},
+	{NULL,			no_argument,		NULL, 0}
+};
+
+/*
+ * Adds a searching pattern to the internal array.
+ */
+static void
+add_pattern(char *pat, size_t len)
+{
+
+	/* TODO: Check for empty patterns and shortcut */
+
+	/* Increase size if necessary */
+	if (patterns == pattern_sz) {
+		pattern_sz *= 2;
+		pattern = grep_realloc(pattern, ++pattern_sz *
+		    sizeof(*pattern));
+	}
+	if (len > 0 && pat[len - 1] == '\n')
+		--len;
+	/* pat may not be NUL-terminated */
+	pattern[patterns] = grep_malloc(len + 1);
+	memcpy(pattern[patterns], pat, len);
+	pattern[patterns][len] = '\0';
+	++patterns;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adds a file include/exclude pattern to the internal array.
+ */
+static void
+add_fpattern(const char *pat, int mode)
+{
+
+	/* Increase size if necessary */
+	if (fpatterns == fpattern_sz) {
+		fpattern_sz *= 2;
+		fpattern = grep_realloc(fpattern, ++fpattern_sz *
+		    sizeof(struct epat));
+	}
+	fpattern[fpatterns].pat = grep_strdup(pat);
+	fpattern[fpatterns].mode = mode;
+	++fpatterns;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adds a directory include/exclude pattern to the internal array.
+ */
+static void
+add_dpattern(const char *pat, int mode)
+{
+
+	/* Increase size if necessary */
+	if (dpatterns == dpattern_sz) {
+		dpattern_sz *= 2;
+		dpattern = grep_realloc(dpattern, ++dpattern_sz *
+		    sizeof(struct epat));
+	}
+	dpattern[dpatterns].pat = grep_strdup(pat);
+	dpattern[dpatterns].mode = mode;
+	++dpatterns;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reads searching patterns from a file and adds them with add_pattern().
+ */
+static void
+read_patterns(const char *fn)
+{
+	FILE *f;
+	char *line;
+	size_t len;
+	ssize_t rlen;
+
+	if ((f = fopen(fn, "r")) == NULL)
+		err(2, "%s", fn);
+	line = NULL;
+	len = 0;
+	while ((rlen = getline(&line, &len, f)) != -1)
+		add_pattern(line, *line == '\n' ? 0 : (size_t)rlen);
+	free(line);
+	if (ferror(f))
+		err(2, "%s", fn);
+	fclose(f);
+}
+
+static inline const char *
+init_color(const char *d)
+{
+	char *c;
+
+	c = getenv("GREP_COLOR");
+	return (c != NULL ? c : d);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char **aargv, **eargv, *eopts;
+	char *ep;
+	unsigned long long l;
+	unsigned int aargc, eargc, i, j;
+	int c, lastc, needpattern, newarg, prevoptind;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+#ifndef WITHOUT_NLS
+	catalog = catopen("grep", NL_CAT_LOCALE);
+#endif
+
+	/* Check what is the program name of the binary.  In this
+	   way we can have all the funcionalities in one binary
+	   without the need of scripting and using ugly hacks. */
+	switch (__progname[0]) {
+	case 'e':
+		grepbehave = GREP_EXTENDED;
+		break;
+	case 'f':
+		grepbehave = GREP_FIXED;
+		break;
+	case 'g':
+		grepbehave = GREP_BASIC;
+		break;
+#ifndef WITHOUT_GZIP
+	case 'z':
+		filebehave = FILE_GZIP;
+		switch(__progname[1]) {
+		case 'e':
+			grepbehave = GREP_EXTENDED;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			grepbehave = GREP_FIXED;
+			break;
+		case 'g':
+			grepbehave = GREP_BASIC;
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	lastc = '\0';
+	newarg = 1;
+	prevoptind = 1;
+	needpattern = 1;
+
+	eopts = getenv("GREP_OPTIONS");
+
+	/* support for extra arguments in GREP_OPTIONS */
+	eargc = 0;
+	if (eopts != NULL) {
+		char *str;
+
+		/* make an estimation of how many extra arguments we have */
+		for (j = 0; j < strlen(eopts); j++)
+			if (eopts[j] == ' ')
+				eargc++;
+
+		eargv = (char **)grep_malloc(sizeof(char *) * (eargc + 1));
+
+		eargc = 0;
+		/* parse extra arguments */
+		while ((str = strsep(&eopts, " ")) != NULL)
+			eargv[eargc++] = grep_strdup(str);
+
+		aargv = (char **)grep_calloc(eargc + argc + 1,
+		    sizeof(char *));
+
+		aargv[0] = argv[0];
+		for (i = 0; i < eargc; i++)
+			aargv[i + 1] = eargv[i];
+		for (j = 1; j < (unsigned int)argc; j++, i++)
+			aargv[i + 1] = argv[j];
+
+		aargc = eargc + argc;
+	} else {
+		aargv = argv;
+		aargc = argc;
+	}
+
+	while (((c = getopt_long(aargc, aargv, optstr, long_options, NULL)) !=
+	    -1)) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+		case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+			if (newarg || !isdigit(lastc))
+				Aflag = 0;
+			else if (Aflag > LLONG_MAX / 10) {
+				errno = ERANGE;
+				err(2, NULL);
+			}
+			Aflag = Bflag = (Aflag * 10) + (c - '0');
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			if (optarg == NULL) {
+				Aflag = Bflag = 2;
+				break;
+			}
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'A':
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'B':
+			errno = 0;
+			l = strtoull(optarg, &ep, 10);
+			if (((errno == ERANGE) && (l == ULLONG_MAX)) ||
+			    ((errno == EINVAL) && (l == 0)))
+				err(2, NULL);
+			else if (ep[0] != '\0') {
+				errno = EINVAL;
+				err(2, NULL);
+			}
+			if (c == 'A')
+				Aflag = l;
+			else if (c == 'B')
+				Bflag = l;
+			else
+				Aflag = Bflag = l;
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			binbehave = BINFILE_TEXT;
+			break;
+		case 'b':
+			bflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			cflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'D':
+			if (strcasecmp(optarg, "skip") == 0)
+				devbehave = DEV_SKIP;
+			else if (strcasecmp(optarg, "read") == 0)
+				devbehave = DEV_READ;
+			else
+				errx(2, getstr(3), "--devices");
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			if (strcasecmp("recurse", optarg) == 0) {
+				Hflag = true;
+				dirbehave = DIR_RECURSE;
+			} else if (strcasecmp("skip", optarg) == 0)
+				dirbehave = DIR_SKIP;
+			else if (strcasecmp("read", optarg) == 0)
+				dirbehave = DIR_READ;
+			else
+				errx(2, getstr(3), "--directories");
+			break;
+		case 'E':
+			grepbehave = GREP_EXTENDED;
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			add_pattern(optarg, strlen(optarg));
+			needpattern = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'F':
+			grepbehave = GREP_FIXED;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			read_patterns(optarg);
+			needpattern = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'G':
+			grepbehave = GREP_BASIC;
+			break;
+		case 'H':
+			Hflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			Hflag = false;
+			hflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'I':
+			binbehave = BINFILE_SKIP;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+		case 'y':
+			iflag =  true;
+			cflags |= REG_ICASE;
+			break;
+#ifndef WITHOUT_BZ2
+		case 'J':
+			filebehave = FILE_BZIP;
+			break;
+#endif
+		case 'L':
+			lflag = false;
+			Lflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			Lflag = false;
+			lflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			mflag = true;
+			errno = 0;
+			mcount = strtoull(optarg, &ep, 10);
+			if (((errno == ERANGE) && (mcount == ULLONG_MAX)) ||
+			    ((errno == EINVAL) && (mcount == 0)))
+				err(2, NULL);
+			else if (ep[0] != '\0') {
+				errno = EINVAL;
+				err(2, NULL);
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			nflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'O':
+			linkbehave = LINK_EXPLICIT;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			oflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			linkbehave = LINK_SKIP;
+			break;
+		case 'q':
+			qflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			linkbehave = LINK_READ;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+		case 'r':
+			dirbehave = DIR_RECURSE;
+			Hflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			sflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'U':
+			binbehave = BINFILE_BIN;
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+		case MMAP_OPT:
+			/* noop, compatibility */
+			break;
+		case 'V':
+			printf(getstr(9), __progname, VERSION);
+			exit(0);
+		case 'v':
+			vflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			wflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			xflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'Z':
+			nullflag = true;
+			break;
+		case 'z':
+			nulldataflag = true;
+			line_sep = '\0';
+			break;
+		case BIN_OPT:
+			if (strcasecmp("binary", optarg) == 0)
+				binbehave = BINFILE_BIN;
+			else if (strcasecmp("without-match", optarg) == 0)
+				binbehave = BINFILE_SKIP;
+			else if (strcasecmp("text", optarg) == 0)
+				binbehave = BINFILE_TEXT;
+			else
+				errx(2, getstr(3), "--binary-files");
+			break;
+		case COLOR_OPT:
+			color = NULL;
+			if (optarg == NULL || strcasecmp("auto", optarg) == 0 ||
+			    strcasecmp("tty", optarg) == 0 ||
+			    strcasecmp("if-tty", optarg) == 0) {
+				char *term;
+
+				term = getenv("TERM");
+				if (isatty(STDOUT_FILENO) && term != NULL &&
+				    strcasecmp(term, "dumb") != 0)
+					color = init_color("01;31");
+			} else if (strcasecmp("always", optarg) == 0 ||
+			    strcasecmp("yes", optarg) == 0 ||
+			    strcasecmp("force", optarg) == 0) {
+				color = init_color("01;31");
+			} else if (strcasecmp("never", optarg) != 0 &&
+			    strcasecmp("none", optarg) != 0 &&
+			    strcasecmp("no", optarg) != 0)
+				errx(2, getstr(3), "--color");
+			break;
+#ifndef WITHOUT_GZIP
+		case DECOMPRESS_OPT:
+			filebehave = FILE_GZIP;
+			break;
+#endif
+		case LABEL_OPT:
+			label = optarg;
+			break;
+		case LINEBUF_OPT:
+			lbflag = true;
+			break;
+		case R_INCLUDE_OPT:
+			finclude = true;
+			add_fpattern(optarg, INCL_PAT);
+			break;
+		case R_EXCLUDE_OPT:
+			fexclude = true;
+			add_fpattern(optarg, EXCL_PAT);
+			break;
+		case R_DINCLUDE_OPT:
+			dinclude = true;
+			add_dpattern(optarg, INCL_PAT);
+			break;
+		case R_DEXCLUDE_OPT:
+			dexclude = true;
+			add_dpattern(optarg, EXCL_PAT);
+			break;
+		case HELP_OPT:
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+		lastc = c;
+		newarg = optind != prevoptind;
+		prevoptind = optind;
+	}
+	aargc -= optind;
+	aargv += optind;
+
+	/* Fail if we don't have any pattern */
+	if (aargc == 0 && needpattern)
+		usage();
+
+	/* Process patterns from command line */
+	if (aargc != 0 && needpattern) {
+		add_pattern(*aargv, strlen(*aargv));
+		--aargc;
+		++aargv;
+	}
+
+	switch (grepbehave) {
+	case GREP_FIXED:
+	case GREP_BASIC:
+		break;
+	case GREP_EXTENDED:
+		cflags |= REG_EXTENDED;
+		break;
+	default:
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+		usage();
+	}
+
+	fg_pattern = grep_calloc(patterns, sizeof(*fg_pattern));
+	r_pattern = grep_calloc(patterns, sizeof(*r_pattern));
+/*
+ * XXX: fgrepcomp() and fastcomp() are workarounds for regexec() performance.
+ * Optimizations should be done there.
+ */
+		/* Check if cheating is allowed (always is for fgrep). */
+	if (grepbehave == GREP_FIXED) {
+		for (i = 0; i < patterns; ++i)
+			fgrepcomp(&fg_pattern[i], pattern[i]);
+	} else {
+		for (i = 0; i < patterns; ++i) {
+			if (fastcomp(&fg_pattern[i], pattern[i])) {
+				/* Fall back to full regex library */
+				c = regcomp(&r_pattern[i], pattern[i], cflags);
+				if (c != 0) {
+					regerror(c, &r_pattern[i], re_error,
+					    RE_ERROR_BUF);
+					errx(2, "%s", re_error);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (lbflag) {
+#ifdef _IOLBF
+		setvbuf(stdout, NULL, _IOLBF, 0);
+#else
+		setlinebuf(stdout);
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if ((aargc == 0 || aargc == 1) && !Hflag)
+		hflag = true;
+
+	if (aargc == 0)
+		exit(!procfile("-"));
+
+	if (dirbehave == DIR_RECURSE)
+		c = grep_tree(aargv);
+	else
+		for (c = 0; aargc--; ++aargv) {
+			if ((finclude || fexclude) && !file_matching(*aargv))
+				continue;
+			c+= procfile(*aargv);
+		}
+
+#ifndef WITHOUT_NLS
+	catclose(catalog);
+#endif
+
+	/* Find out the correct return value according to the
+	   results and the command line option. */
+	exit(c ? (notfound ? (qflag ? 0 : 2) : 0) : (notfound ? 2 : 1));
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/grep.h b/usr.bin/grep/grep.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7ef7fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/grep.h
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: grep.h,v 1.10 2018/08/12 09:03:21 christos Exp $	*/
+/*	$OpenBSD: grep.h,v 1.15 2010/04/05 03:03:55 tedu Exp $	*/
+/*	$FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/grep.h 211496 2010-08-19 09:28:59Z des $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 James Howard and Dag-Erling Coïdan Smørgrav
+ * Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Gabor Kovesdan <gabor@FreeBSD.org>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef WITHOUT_BZ2
+#include <bzlib.h>
+#endif
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef WITHOUT_GZIP
+#include <zlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WITHOUT_NLS
+#define getstr(n)	 errstr[n]
+#else
+#include <nl_types.h>
+
+extern nl_catd		 catalog;
+#define getstr(n)	 catgets(catalog, 1, n, errstr[n])
+#endif
+
+extern const char		*errstr[];
+
+#define VERSION		"2.5.1-FreeBSD"
+
+#define GREP_FIXED	0
+#define GREP_BASIC	1
+#define GREP_EXTENDED	2
+
+#define BINFILE_BIN	0
+#define BINFILE_SKIP	1
+#define BINFILE_TEXT	2
+
+#define FILE_STDIO	0
+#define FILE_GZIP	1
+#define FILE_BZIP	2
+
+#define DIR_READ	0
+#define DIR_SKIP	1
+#define DIR_RECURSE	2
+
+#define DEV_READ	0
+#define DEV_SKIP	1
+
+#define LINK_READ	0
+#define LINK_EXPLICIT	1
+#define LINK_SKIP	2
+
+#define EXCL_PAT	0
+#define INCL_PAT	1
+
+#define MAX_LINE_MATCHES	32
+
+struct file {
+	int		 fd;
+	bool		 binary;
+};
+
+struct str {
+	off_t		 off;
+	size_t		 len;
+	char		*dat;
+	char		*file;
+	int		 line_no;
+};
+
+struct epat {
+	char		*pat;
+	int		 mode;
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+	size_t		 len;
+	unsigned char	*pattern;
+	int		 qsBc[UCHAR_MAX + 1];
+	/* flags */
+	bool		 bol;
+	bool		 eol;
+	bool		 reversed;
+	bool		 word;
+} fastgrep_t;
+
+/* Flags passed to regcomp() and regexec() */
+extern int	 cflags, eflags;
+
+/* Command line flags */
+extern bool	 Eflag, Fflag, Gflag, Hflag, Lflag,
+		 bflag, cflag, hflag, iflag, lflag, mflag, nflag, oflag,
+		 qflag, sflag, vflag, wflag, xflag;
+extern bool	 dexclude, dinclude, fexclude, finclude, lbflag, nullflag, nulldataflag;
+extern unsigned char line_sep;
+extern unsigned long long Aflag, Bflag, mcount;
+extern char	*label;
+extern const char *color;
+extern int	 binbehave, devbehave, dirbehave, filebehave, grepbehave, linkbehave;
+
+extern bool	 notfound;
+extern int	 tail;
+extern unsigned int dpatterns, fpatterns, patterns;
+extern char    **pattern;
+extern struct epat *dpattern, *fpattern;
+extern regex_t	*er_pattern, *r_pattern;
+extern fastgrep_t *fg_pattern;
+
+/* For regex errors  */
+#define RE_ERROR_BUF	512
+extern char	 re_error[RE_ERROR_BUF + 1];	/* Seems big enough */
+
+/* util.c */
+bool	 file_matching(const char *fname);
+int	 procfile(const char *fn);
+int	 grep_tree(char **argv);
+void	*grep_malloc(size_t size);
+void	*grep_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+void	*grep_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size);
+char	*grep_strdup(const char *str);
+void	 printline(struct str *line, int sep, regmatch_t *matches, int m);
+
+/* queue.c */
+void	 enqueue(struct str *x);
+void	 printqueue(void);
+void	 clearqueue(void);
+
+/* file.c */
+void		 grep_close(struct file *f);
+struct file	*grep_open(const char *path);
+char		*grep_fgetln(struct file *f, size_t *len);
+
+/* fastgrep.c */
+int		 fastcomp(fastgrep_t *, const char *);
+void		 fgrepcomp(fastgrep_t *, const char *);
+int		 grep_search(fastgrep_t *, const unsigned char *, size_t, regmatch_t *);
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/nls/C.msg b/usr.bin/grep/nls/C.msg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d07aea6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/nls/C.msg
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+$ $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/nls/C.msg 210622 2010-07-29 18:02:57Z gabor $
+$
+$set 1
+$quote "
+1 "(standard input)"
+2 "cannot read bzip2 compressed file"
+3 "unknown %s option"
+4 "usage: %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A num] [-B num] [-C[num]]\n"
+5 "\t[-e pattern] [-f file] [--binary-files=value] [--color=when]\n"
+6 "\t[--context[=num]] [--directories=action] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n"
+7 "\t[pattern] [file ...]\n"
+8 "Binary file %s matches\n"
+9 "%s (BSD grep) %s\n"
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/nls/es_ES.ISO8859-1.msg b/usr.bin/grep/nls/es_ES.ISO8859-1.msg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..441ba01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/nls/es_ES.ISO8859-1.msg
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+$ $NetBSD: es_ES.ISO8859-1.msg,v 1.2 2011/04/18 22:46:48 joerg Exp $
+$ $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/nls/es_ES.ISO8859-1.msg 210622 2010-07-29 18:02:57Z gabor $
+$
+$set 1
+$quote "
+1 "(entrada estándar)"
+2 "no se puede leer el fichero comprimido bzip2"
+3 "opción desconocida de %s"
+4 "uso: %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A no] [-B no] [-C[no]]\n"
+5 "\t[-e pauta] [-f fichero] [--binary-files=valor] [--color=cuando]\n"
+6 "\t[--context[=no]] [--directories=acción] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n"
+7 "\t[pauta] [fichero ...]\n"
+8 "fichero binario %s se ajusta\n"
+9 "%s (BSD grep) %s\n"
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/nls/gl_ES.ISO8859-1.msg b/usr.bin/grep/nls/gl_ES.ISO8859-1.msg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab50cea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/nls/gl_ES.ISO8859-1.msg
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+$ $NetBSD: gl_ES.ISO8859-1.msg,v 1.2 2011/04/18 22:46:48 joerg Exp $
+$ $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/nls/gl_ES.ISO8859-1.msg 210622 2010-07-29 18:02:57Z gabor $
+$
+$set 1
+$quote "
+1 "(entrada estándar)"
+2 "non se pode ler o ficheiro comprimido bzip2"
+3 "opción descoñecida de %s"
+4 "uso: %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A no] [-B no] [-C[no]]\n"
+5 "\t[-e pauta] [-f ficheiro] [--binary-files=valor] [--color=cando]\n"
+6 "\t[--context[=no]] [--directories=acción] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n"
+7 "\t[pauta] [ficheiro ...]\n"
+8 "ficheiro binario %s conforma\n"
+9 "%s (BSD grep) %s\n"
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/nls/hu_HU.ISO8859-2.msg b/usr.bin/grep/nls/hu_HU.ISO8859-2.msg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69dc2ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/nls/hu_HU.ISO8859-2.msg
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+$ $NetBSD: hu_HU.ISO8859-2.msg,v 1.2 2011/04/18 22:46:48 joerg Exp $
+$ $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/nls/hu_HU.ISO8859-2.msg 210622 2010-07-29 18:02:57Z gabor $
+$
+$set 1
+$quote "
+1 "(szabványos bemenet)"
+2 "bzip2 tömörített fájl nem olvasható"
+3 "ismeretlen %s opció"
+4 "használat: %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A szám] [-B szám] [-C[szám]]\n"
+5 "\t[-e minta] [-f fájl] [--binary-files=érték] [--color=mikor]\n"
+6 "\t[--context[=szám]] [--directories=mûvelet] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n"
+7 "\t[minta] [fájl ...]\n"
+8 "%s bináris fájl illeszkedik\n"
+9 "%s (BSD grep) %s\n"
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.SJIS.msg b/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.SJIS.msg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99357b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.SJIS.msg
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+$ $NetBSD: ja_JP.SJIS.msg,v 1.2 2011/04/18 22:46:48 joerg Exp $
+$ $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.SJIS.msg 210622 2010-07-29 18:02:57Z gabor $
+$
+$set 1
+$quote "
+1 "(•W�€“ü—Í)"
+2 "bzip2 ˆ³�kƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹‚ð“Ç‚Ý�ž‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ"
+3 "%s ƒIƒvƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽw’è’l‚ÉŒë‚肪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·"
+4 "Žg‚¢•û: %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A �”Žš] [-B �”Žš] [-C[�”Žš]]\n"
+5 "\t[-e ƒpƒ^�[ƒ“] [-f ƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹–¼] [--binary-files=’l] [--color=’l]\n"
+6 "\t[--context[=�”Žš]] [--directories=“®�ì] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n"
+7 "\t[ƒpƒ^�[ƒ“] [ƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹–¼ ...]\n"
+8 "ƒoƒCƒiƒŠƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹ %s ‚Ƀ}ƒbƒ`‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½\n"
+9 "%s (BSD grep) %s\n"
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.UTF-8.msg b/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.UTF-8.msg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d4aed3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.UTF-8.msg
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+$ $NetBSD: ja_JP.UTF-8.msg,v 1.2 2011/04/18 22:46:48 joerg Exp $
+$ $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.UTF-8.msg 210622 2010-07-29 18:02:57Z gabor $
+$
+$set 1
+$quote "
+1 "(標準入力)"
+2 "bzip2 圧縮ファイルを読�込む�������ん"
+3 "%s オプション�指定値�誤り��り��"
+4 "使�方: %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A 数字] [-B 数字] [-C[数字]]\n"
+5 "\t[-e パターン] [-f ファイル�] [--binary-files=値] [--color=値]\n"
+6 "\t[--context[=数字]] [--directories=動作] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n"
+7 "\t[パターン] [ファイル� ...]\n"
+8 "�イナリファイル %s �マッ�����\n"
+9 "%s (BSD grep) %s\n"
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.eucJP.msg b/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.eucJP.msg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08e0e7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.eucJP.msg
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+$ $NetBSD: ja_JP.eucJP.msg,v 1.2 2011/04/18 22:46:48 joerg Exp $
+$ $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/nls/ja_JP.eucJP.msg 210622 2010-07-29 18:02:57Z gabor $
+$
+$set 1
+$quote "
+1 "(ɸ½àÆþÎÏ)"
+2 "bzip2 °µ½Ì¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤òÆɤ߹þ¤à¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤­¤Þ¤»¤ó"
+3 "%s ¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Î»ØÄêÃͤ˸í¤ê¤¬¤¢¤ê¤Þ¤¹"
+4 "»È¤¤Êý: %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A ¿ô»ú] [-B ¿ô»ú] [-C[¿ô»ú]]\n"
+5 "\t[-e ¥Ñ¥¿¡¼¥ó] [-f ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾] [--binary-files=ÃÍ] [--color=ÃÍ]\n"
+6 "\t[--context[=¿ô»ú]] [--directories=Æ°ºî] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n"
+7 "\t[¥Ñ¥¿¡¼¥ó] [¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾ ...]\n"
+8 "¥Ð¥¤¥Ê¥ê¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë %s ¤Ë¥Þ¥Ã¥Á¤·¤Þ¤·¤¿\n"
+9 "%s (BSD grep) %s\n"
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/nls/pt_BR.ISO8859-1.msg b/usr.bin/grep/nls/pt_BR.ISO8859-1.msg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b6c20e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/nls/pt_BR.ISO8859-1.msg
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+$ $NetBSD: pt_BR.ISO8859-1.msg,v 1.2 2011/04/18 22:46:48 joerg Exp $
+$ $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/nls/pt_BR.ISO8859-1.msg 210622 2010-07-29 18:02:57Z gabor $
+$
+$set 1
+$quote "
+1 "(entrada padrão)"
+2 "não se posso ler o fichero comprimido bzip2"
+3 "opcão não conhecida de %s"
+4 "uso: %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A num] [-B num] [-C[num]]\n"
+5 "\t[-e padrão] [-f arquivo] [--binary-files=valor] [--color=quando]\n"
+6 "\t[--context[=num]] [--directories=ação] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n"
+7 "\t[padrão] [arquivo ...]\n"
+8 "arquivo binário %s casa com o padrão\n"
+9 "%s (BSD grep) %s\n"
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/nls/ru_RU.KOI8-R.msg b/usr.bin/grep/nls/ru_RU.KOI8-R.msg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c69f73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/nls/ru_RU.KOI8-R.msg
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+$ $NetBSD: ru_RU.KOI8-R.msg,v 1.2 2011/04/18 22:46:48 joerg Exp $
+$ $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/nls/ru_RU.KOI8-R.msg 210622 2010-07-29 18:02:57Z gabor $
+$
+$set 1
+$quote "
+1 "(ÓÔÁÎÄÁÒÔÎÙÊ ××ÏÄ)"
+2 "ÎÅ ÍÏÇÕ ÐÒÏÞÉÔÁÔØ ÓÖÁÔÙÊ × bzip2 ÆÁÊÌ"
+3 "ÎÅÉÚ×ÅÓÔÎÙÊ ËÌÀÞ %s"
+4 "ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ: %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A ÞÉÓ] [-B ÞÉÓ] [-C[ÞÉÓ]]\n"
+5 "\t[-e ÛÁÂÌÏÎ] [-f ÆÁÊÌ] [--binary-files=ÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÅ] [--color=ËÏÇÄÁ]\n"
+6 "\t[--context[=ÞÉÓ]] [--directories=ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n"
+7 "\t[ÛÁÂÌÏÎ] [ÆÁÊÌ ...]\n"
+8 "Ä×ÏÉÞÎÙÊ ÆÁÊÌ %s ÓÏ×ÐÁÄÁÅÔ\n"
+9 "%s (BSD grep) %s\n"
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/nls/uk_UA.UTF-8.msg b/usr.bin/grep/nls/uk_UA.UTF-8.msg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6b9f54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/nls/uk_UA.UTF-8.msg
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+$ $NetBSD: uk_UA.UTF-8.msg,v 1.2 2011/04/18 22:46:48 joerg Exp $
+$ $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/nls/uk_UA.UTF-8.msg 210927 2010-08-06 10:34:48Z gabor $
+$set 1
+$quote "
+1 "(�тандартний ввід)"
+2 "не можу прочитати �ти�нутий bzip2 файл"
+3 "невiдома опці� %s"
+4 "викори�танн�: %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A чи�] [-B чи�] [-C[чи�]]\n"
+5 "\t[-e шаблон] [-f файл] [--binary-files=значенн�] [--color=коли]\n"
+6 "\t[--context[=чи�] [--directories=ді�] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n"
+7 "\t[шаблон] [файл ...]\n"
+8 "двійковий файл %s �півпадає\n"
+9 "%s (BSD grep) %s\n"
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/nls/zh_CN.UTF-8.msg b/usr.bin/grep/nls/zh_CN.UTF-8.msg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9d40cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/nls/zh_CN.UTF-8.msg
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+$ $NetBSD: zh_CN.UTF-8.msg,v 1.2 2011/04/18 22:46:48 joerg Exp $
+$ $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/nls/zh_CN.UTF-8.msg 212927 2010-09-20 19:42:52Z delphij $
+$
+$set 1
+$quote "
+1 "(标准输入)"
+2 "读� bzip2 压缩文件时出错"
+3 "选项 %s 无法识别"
+4 "用法： %s [-abcDEFGHhIiJLlmnOoPqRSsUVvwxZz] [-A 行数] [-B 行数] [-C[行数]]\n"
+5 "\t[-e 模�] [-f 文件] [--binary-files=值] [--color=何时]\n"
+6 "\t[--context[=行数]] [--directories=动作] [--label] [--line-buffered]\n"
+7 "\t[模�] [文件� ...]\n"
+8 "二进制文件 %s 包�模�\n"
+9 "%s (BSD grep) %s\n"
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/queue.c b/usr.bin/grep/queue.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3c6be1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/queue.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: queue.c,v 1.5 2011/08/31 16:24:57 plunky Exp $	*/
+/*	$FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/queue.c 211496 2010-08-19 09:28:59Z des $	*/
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 James Howard and Dag-Erling Coïdan Smørgrav
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * A really poor man's queue.  It does only what it has to and gets out of
+ * Dodge.  It is used in place of <sys/queue.h> to get a better performance.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: queue.c,v 1.5 2011/08/31 16:24:57 plunky Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "grep.h"
+
+struct qentry {
+	STAILQ_ENTRY(qentry)	list;
+	struct str	 	data;
+};
+
+static STAILQ_HEAD(, qentry)	queue = STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(queue);
+static unsigned long long	count;
+
+static struct qentry	*dequeue(void);
+
+void
+enqueue(struct str *x)
+{
+	struct qentry *item;
+
+	item = grep_malloc(sizeof(struct qentry));
+	item->data.dat = grep_malloc(sizeof(char) * x->len);
+	item->data.len = x->len;
+	item->data.line_no = x->line_no;
+	item->data.off = x->off;
+	memcpy(item->data.dat, x->dat, x->len);
+	item->data.file = x->file;
+
+	STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&queue, item, list);
+
+	if (++count > Bflag) {
+		item = dequeue();
+		free(item->data.dat);
+		free(item);
+	}
+}
+
+static struct qentry *
+dequeue(void)
+{
+	struct qentry *item;
+
+	item = STAILQ_FIRST(&queue);
+	if (item == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(&queue, list);
+	--count;
+	return (item);
+}
+
+void
+printqueue(void)
+{
+	struct qentry *item;
+
+	while ((item = dequeue()) != NULL) {
+		printline(&item->data, '-', NULL, 0);
+		free(item->data.dat);
+		free(item);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+clearqueue(void)
+{
+	struct qentry *item;
+
+	while ((item = dequeue()) != NULL) {
+		free(item->data.dat);
+		free(item);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/grep/util.c b/usr.bin/grep/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3c9e4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/grep/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,500 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.19 2018/02/05 22:14:26 mrg Exp $	*/
+/*	$FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/grep/util.c 211496 2010-08-19 09:28:59Z des $	*/
+/*	$OpenBSD: util.c,v 1.39 2010/07/02 22:18:03 tedu Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 James Howard and Dag-Erling Coïdan Smørgrav
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Gabor Kovesdan <gabor@FreeBSD.org>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.19 2018/02/05 22:14:26 mrg Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#include "grep.h"
+
+static bool	 first, first_global = true;
+static unsigned long long since_printed;
+
+static int	 procline(struct str *l, int);
+
+bool
+file_matching(const char *fname)
+{
+	char *fname_base, *fname_copy;
+	unsigned int i;
+	bool ret;
+
+	ret = finclude ? false : true;
+	fname_copy = grep_strdup(fname);
+	fname_base = basename(fname_copy);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < fpatterns; ++i) {
+		if (fnmatch(fpattern[i].pat, fname, 0) == 0 ||
+		    fnmatch(fpattern[i].pat, fname_base, 0) == 0) {
+			if (fpattern[i].mode == EXCL_PAT) {
+				free(fname_copy);
+				return (false);
+			} else
+				ret = true;
+		}
+	}
+	free(fname_copy);
+	return (ret);
+}
+
+static inline bool
+dir_matching(const char *dname)
+{
+	unsigned int i;
+	bool ret;
+
+	ret = dinclude ? false : true;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < dpatterns; ++i) {
+		if (dname != NULL &&
+		    fnmatch(dname, dpattern[i].pat, 0) == 0) {
+			if (dpattern[i].mode == EXCL_PAT)
+				return (false);
+			else
+				ret = true;
+		}
+	}
+	return (ret);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Processes a directory when a recursive search is performed with
+ * the -R option.  Each appropriate file is passed to procfile().
+ */
+int
+grep_tree(char **argv)
+{
+	FTS *fts;
+	FTSENT *p;
+	char *d, *dir = NULL;
+	int c, fts_flags;
+	bool ok;
+
+	c = fts_flags = 0;
+
+	switch(linkbehave) {
+	case LINK_EXPLICIT:
+		fts_flags = FTS_COMFOLLOW;
+		break;
+	case LINK_SKIP:
+		fts_flags = FTS_PHYSICAL;
+		break;
+	default:
+		fts_flags = FTS_LOGICAL;
+			
+	}
+
+	fts_flags |= FTS_NOSTAT | FTS_NOCHDIR;
+
+	if (!(fts = fts_open(argv, fts_flags, NULL)))
+		err(2, "fts_open");
+	while ((p = fts_read(fts)) != NULL) {
+		switch (p->fts_info) {
+		case FTS_DNR:
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case FTS_ERR:
+			errx(2, "%s: %s", p->fts_path, strerror(p->fts_errno));
+			break;
+		case FTS_D:
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case FTS_DP:
+			break;
+		case FTS_DC:
+			/* Print a warning for recursive directory loop */
+			warnx("warning: %s: recursive directory loop",
+				p->fts_path);
+			break;
+		default:
+			/* Check for file exclusion/inclusion */
+			ok = true;
+			if (dexclude || dinclude) {
+				if ((d = strrchr(p->fts_path, '/')) != NULL) {
+					dir = grep_malloc(sizeof(char) *
+					    (d - p->fts_path + 1));
+					memcpy(dir, p->fts_path,
+					    d - p->fts_path);
+					dir[d - p->fts_path] = '\0';
+				}
+				ok = dir_matching(dir);
+				free(dir);
+				dir = NULL;
+			}
+			if (fexclude || finclude)
+				ok &= file_matching(p->fts_path);
+
+			if (ok)
+				c += procfile(p->fts_path);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	fts_close(fts);
+	return (c);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Opens a file and processes it.  Each file is processed line-by-line
+ * passing the lines to procline().
+ */
+int
+procfile(const char *fn)
+{
+	struct file *f;
+	struct stat sb;
+	struct str ln;
+	mode_t s;
+	int c, t;
+
+	if (mflag && (mcount <= 0))
+		return (0);
+
+	if (strcmp(fn, "-") == 0) {
+		fn = label != NULL ? label : getstr(1);
+		f = grep_open(NULL);
+	} else {
+		if (!stat(fn, &sb)) {
+			/* Check if we need to process the file */
+			s = sb.st_mode & S_IFMT;
+			if (s == S_IFDIR && dirbehave == DIR_SKIP)
+				return (0);
+			if ((s == S_IFIFO || s == S_IFCHR || s == S_IFBLK
+				|| s == S_IFSOCK) && devbehave == DEV_SKIP)
+					return (0);
+		}
+		f = grep_open(fn);
+	}
+	if (f == NULL) {
+		if (!sflag)
+			warn("%s", fn);
+		if (errno == ENOENT)
+			notfound = true;
+		return (0);
+	}
+
+	ln.file = grep_malloc(strlen(fn) + 1);
+	strcpy(ln.file, fn);
+	ln.line_no = 0;
+	ln.len = 0;
+	tail = 0;
+	ln.off = -1;
+
+	for (first = true, c = 0;  c == 0 || !(lflag || qflag); ) {
+		ln.off += ln.len + 1;
+		if ((ln.dat = grep_fgetln(f, &ln.len)) == NULL || ln.len == 0)
+			break;
+		if (ln.len > 0 && ln.dat[ln.len - 1] == line_sep)
+			--ln.len;
+		ln.line_no++;
+
+		/* Return if we need to skip a binary file */
+		if (f->binary && binbehave == BINFILE_SKIP) {
+			grep_close(f);
+			free(ln.file);
+			free(f);
+			return (0);
+		}
+		/* Process the file line-by-line */
+		t = procline(&ln, f->binary);
+		c += t;
+
+		/* Count the matches if we have a match limit */
+		if (mflag) {
+			mcount -= t;
+			if (mcount <= 0)
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (Bflag > 0)
+		clearqueue();
+	grep_close(f);
+
+	if (cflag) {
+		if (!hflag)
+			printf("%s:", ln.file);
+		printf("%u%c", c, line_sep);
+	}
+	if (lflag && !qflag && c != 0)
+		printf("%s%c", fn, line_sep);
+	if (Lflag && !qflag && c == 0)
+		printf("%s%c", fn, line_sep);
+	if (c && !cflag && !lflag && !Lflag &&
+	    binbehave == BINFILE_BIN && f->binary && !qflag)
+		printf(getstr(8), fn);
+
+	free(ln.file);
+	free(f);
+	return (c);
+}
+
+#define iswword(x)	(iswalnum((x)) || (x) == L'_')
+
+/*
+ * Processes a line comparing it with the specified patterns.  Each pattern
+ * is looped to be compared along with the full string, saving each and every
+ * match, which is necessary to colorize the output and to count the
+ * matches.  The matching lines are passed to printline() to display the
+ * appropriate output.
+ */
+static int
+procline(struct str *l, int nottext)
+{
+	regmatch_t matches[MAX_LINE_MATCHES];
+	regmatch_t pmatch;
+	size_t st = 0;
+	unsigned int i;
+	int c = 0, m = 0, r = 0;
+
+	/* Loop to process the whole line */
+	while (st <= l->len) {
+		pmatch.rm_so = st;
+		pmatch.rm_eo = l->len;
+
+		/* Loop to compare with all the patterns */
+		for (i = 0; i < patterns; i++) {
+/*
+ * XXX: grep_search() is a workaround for speed up and should be
+ * removed in the future.  See fastgrep.c.
+ */
+			if (fg_pattern[i].pattern) {
+				r = grep_search(&fg_pattern[i],
+				    (unsigned char *)l->dat,
+				    l->len, &pmatch);
+				r = (r == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOMATCH;
+				st = pmatch.rm_eo;
+			} else {
+				r = regexec(&r_pattern[i], l->dat, 1,
+				    &pmatch, eflags);
+				r = (r == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOMATCH;
+				st = pmatch.rm_eo;
+			}
+			if (r == REG_NOMATCH)
+				continue;
+			/* Check for full match */
+			if (xflag &&
+			    (pmatch.rm_so != 0 ||
+			     (size_t)pmatch.rm_eo != l->len))
+				continue;
+			/* Check for whole word match */
+			if (fg_pattern[i].word && pmatch.rm_so != 0) {
+				wchar_t wbegin, wend;
+
+				wbegin = wend = L' ';
+				if (pmatch.rm_so != 0 &&
+				    sscanf(&l->dat[pmatch.rm_so - 1],
+				    "%lc", &wbegin) != 1)
+					continue;
+				if ((size_t)pmatch.rm_eo != l->len &&
+				    sscanf(&l->dat[pmatch.rm_eo],
+				    "%lc", &wend) != 1)
+					continue;
+				if (iswword(wbegin) || iswword(wend))
+					continue;
+			}
+			c = 1;
+			if (m < MAX_LINE_MATCHES)
+				matches[m++] = pmatch;
+			/* matches - skip further patterns */
+			if ((color != NULL && !oflag) || qflag || lflag)
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (vflag) {
+			c = !c;
+			break;
+		}
+		/* One pass if we are not recording matches */
+		if ((color != NULL && !oflag) || qflag || lflag)
+			break;
+
+		if (st == (size_t)pmatch.rm_so)
+			break; 	/* No matches */
+	}
+
+	if (c && binbehave == BINFILE_BIN && nottext)
+		return (c); /* Binary file */
+
+	/* Dealing with the context */
+	if ((tail || c) && !cflag && !qflag && !lflag && !Lflag) {
+		if (c) {
+			if ((Aflag || Bflag) && !first_global &&
+			    (first || since_printed > Bflag))
+				printf("--\n");
+			tail = Aflag;
+			if (Bflag > 0)
+				printqueue();
+			printline(l, ':', matches, m);
+		} else {
+			printline(l, '-', matches, m);
+			tail--;
+		}
+		first = false;
+		first_global = false;
+		since_printed = 0;
+	} else {
+		if (Bflag)
+			enqueue(l);
+		since_printed++;
+	}
+	return (c);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Safe malloc() for internal use.
+ */
+void *
+grep_malloc(size_t size)
+{
+	void *ptr;
+
+	if ((ptr = malloc(size)) == NULL)
+		err(2, "malloc");
+	return (ptr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Safe calloc() for internal use.
+ */
+void *
+grep_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+{
+	void *ptr;
+
+	if ((ptr = calloc(nmemb, size)) == NULL)
+		err(2, "calloc");
+	return (ptr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Safe realloc() for internal use.
+ */
+void *
+grep_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
+{
+
+	if ((ptr = realloc(ptr, size)) == NULL)
+		err(2, "realloc");
+	return (ptr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Safe strdup() for internal use.
+ */
+char *
+grep_strdup(const char *str)
+{
+	char *ret;
+
+	if ((ret = strdup(str)) == NULL)
+		err(2, "strdup");
+	return (ret);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Prints a matching line according to the command line options.
+ */
+void
+printline(struct str *line, int sep, regmatch_t *matches, int m)
+{
+	size_t a = 0;
+	int i, n = 0;
+
+	if (!hflag) {
+		if (nullflag == 0)
+			fputs(line->file, stdout);
+		else {
+			printf("%s", line->file);
+			putchar(0);
+		}
+		++n;
+	}
+	if (nflag) {
+		if (n > 0)
+			putchar(sep);
+		printf("%d", line->line_no);
+		++n;
+	}
+	if (bflag) {
+		if (n > 0)
+			putchar(sep);
+		printf("%lld", (long long)line->off);
+		++n;
+	}
+	if (n)
+		putchar(sep);
+	/* --color and -o */
+	if ((oflag || color) && m > 0) {
+		for (i = 0; i < m; i++) {
+			if (!oflag)
+				fwrite(line->dat + a, matches[i].rm_so - a, 1,
+				    stdout);
+			if (color) 
+				fprintf(stdout, "\33[%sm\33[K", color);
+
+			fwrite(line->dat + matches[i].rm_so, 
+			    matches[i].rm_eo - matches[i].rm_so, 1,
+			    stdout);
+
+			if (color) 
+				fprintf(stdout, "\33[m\33[K");
+			a = matches[i].rm_eo;
+			if (oflag)
+				putchar('\n');
+		}
+		if (!oflag) {
+			if (line->len - a > 0)
+				fwrite(line->dat + a, line->len - a, 1, stdout);
+			putchar(line_sep);
+		}
+	} else {
+		fwrite(line->dat, line->len, 1, stdout);
+		putchar(line_sep);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/head/head.1 b/usr.bin/head/head.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7fa0bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/head/head.1
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: head.1,v 1.14 2017/07/04 06:59:34 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)head.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd May 4, 2004
+.Dt HEAD 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm head
+.Nd display first lines of a file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl qv
+.Op Fl n Ar count
+.Op Fl c Ar byte_count
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This filter displays the first
+.Ar count
+lines of each of the specified files, or of the standard input if no
+files are specified.
+If
+.Ar count
+is omitted it defaults to 10.
+If
+.Fl c Ar byte_count
+is specified,
+.Nm
+counts bytes instead of lines.
+.Pp
+If more than a single file is specified, or the
+.Fl v
+option is used, each file is preceded by a header consisting of the string
+.Dq ==> XXX \*[Le]=
+where
+.Dq XXX
+is the name of the file.
+The
+.Fl q
+flag disables the printing of the header in all cases.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std head
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The historic command line syntax of
+.Nm
+is supported by this implementation.
+.Pp
+This command is mostly compatible with GNU extensions to
+.Nm .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr tail 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.Bx 3.0 .
+It was enhanced to include the
+.Fl c ,
+.Fl q ,
+and
+.Fl v
+options for
+.Nx 2.1 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/head/head.c b/usr.bin/head/head.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d24d48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/head/head.c
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: head.c,v 1.24 2016/05/12 01:56:44 nonaka Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1987, 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1980, 1987, 1992, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)head.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: head.c,v 1.24 2016/05/12 01:56:44 nonaka Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+ * head - give the first few lines of a stream or of each of a set of files
+ *
+ * Bill Joy UCB August 24, 1977
+ */
+
+static void head(FILE *, intmax_t, intmax_t);
+static void obsolete(char *[]);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch;
+	FILE *fp;
+	int first;
+	intmax_t linecnt;
+	intmax_t bytecnt;
+	char *ep;
+	int eval = 0;
+	int qflag = 0;
+	int vflag = 0;
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+	obsolete(argv);
+	linecnt = 10;
+	bytecnt = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "c:n:qv")) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'c':
+			errno = 0;
+			bytecnt = strtoimax(optarg, &ep, 10);
+			if ((bytecnt == INTMAX_MAX && errno == ERANGE) ||
+			    *ep || bytecnt <= 0)
+				errx(1, "illegal byte count -- %s", optarg);
+			break;
+
+		case 'n':
+			errno = 0;
+			linecnt = strtoimax(optarg, &ep, 10);
+			if ((linecnt == INTMAX_MAX && errno == ERANGE) ||
+			    *ep || linecnt <= 0)
+				errx(1, "illegal line count -- %s", optarg);
+			break;
+
+		case 'q':
+			qflag = 1;
+			vflag = 0;
+			break;
+
+		case 'v':
+			qflag = 0;
+			vflag = 1;
+			break;
+
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (*argv)
+		for (first = 1; *argv; ++argv) {
+			if ((fp = fopen(*argv, "r")) == NULL) {
+				warn("%s", *argv);
+				eval = 1;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (vflag || (qflag == 0 && argc > 1)) {
+				(void)printf("%s==> %s <==\n",
+				    first ? "" : "\n", *argv);
+				first = 0;
+			}
+			head(fp, linecnt, bytecnt);
+			(void)fclose(fp);
+		}
+	else
+		head(stdin, linecnt, bytecnt);
+	exit(eval);
+}
+
+static void
+head(FILE *fp, intmax_t cnt, intmax_t bytecnt)
+{
+	char buf[65536];
+	size_t len, rv, rv2;
+	int ch;
+
+	if (bytecnt) {
+		while (bytecnt) {
+			len = sizeof(buf);
+			if (bytecnt > (intmax_t)sizeof(buf))
+				len = sizeof(buf);
+			else
+				len = bytecnt;
+			rv = fread(buf, 1, len, fp);
+			if (rv == 0)
+				break; /* Distinguish EOF and error? */
+			rv2 = fwrite(buf, 1, rv, stdout);
+			if (rv2 != rv) {
+				if (feof(stdout))
+					errx(1, "EOF on stdout");
+				else
+					err(1, "failure writing to stdout");
+			}
+			bytecnt -= rv;
+		}
+	} else {
+		while ((ch = getc(fp)) != EOF) {
+			if (putchar(ch) == EOF)
+				err(1, "stdout");
+			if (ch == '\n' && --cnt == 0)
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+obsolete(char *argv[])
+{
+	char *ap;
+
+	while ((ap = *++argv)) {
+		/* Return if "--" or not "-[0-9]*". */
+		if (ap[0] != '-' || ap[1] == '-' ||
+		    !isdigit((unsigned char)ap[1]))
+			return;
+		if ((ap = malloc(strlen(*argv) + 2)) == NULL)
+			err(1, NULL);
+		ap[0] = '-';
+		ap[1] = 'n';
+		(void)strcpy(ap + 2, *argv + 1);
+		*argv = ap;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-n lines] [file ...]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/iconv/iconv.1 b/usr.bin/iconv/iconv.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69a4dcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/iconv/iconv.1
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+.\" $NetBSD: iconv.1,v 1.5 2013/05/12 12:25:12 rodent Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c)2003 Citrus Project,
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd March 20, 2008
+.Dt ICONV 1
+.Os
+.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm iconv
+.Nd codeset conversion utility
+.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl cs
+.Fl f
+.Ar from_name
+.Fl t
+.Ar to_name
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Nm
+.Fl f
+.Ar from_name
+.Op Fl cs
+.Op Fl t Ar to_name
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Nm
+.Fl t
+.Ar to_name
+.Op Fl cs
+.Op Fl f Ar from_name
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Nm
+.Fl l
+.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility converts the codeset of
+.Ar file
+(or from standard input if no file is specified) from codeset
+.Ar from_name
+to codeset
+.Ar to_name
+and outputs the
+converted text on standard output.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width 0123
+.It Fl c
+Prevent output of any invalid characters.
+By default,
+.Nm
+outputs an
+.Dq invalid character
+specified by the
+.Ar to_name
+codeset when it encounters a character which is valid in the
+.Ar from_name
+codeset but does not have a corresponding character in the
+.Ar to_name
+codeset.
+.It Fl f
+Specifies the source codeset name as
+.Ar from_name .
+.It Fl l
+Lists available codeset names.
+Note that not all combinations of
+.Ar from_name
+and
+.Ar to_name
+are valid.
+.It Fl s
+Silent.
+By default,
+.Nm
+outputs the number of
+.Dq invalid characters
+to standard error if they exist.
+This option prevents this behaviour.
+.It Fl t
+Specifies the destination codeset name as
+.Ar to_name .
+.El
+.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std iconv
+.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr iconv 3
+.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Nm
+conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2001 .
+.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm
+first appeared in
+.Nx 2.0 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/iconv/iconv.c b/usr.bin/iconv/iconv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd9a5d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/iconv/iconv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: iconv.c,v 1.19 2013/10/07 02:00:46 dholland Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c)2003 Citrus Project,
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: iconv.c,v 1.19 2013/10/07 02:00:46 dholland Exp $");
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+#include <langinfo.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+static void usage(void) __dead;
+static int scmp(const void *, const void *);
+static void show_codesets(void);
+static void do_conv(const char *, FILE *, const char *, const char *, int, int);
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage:\t%1$s [-cs] -f <from_code> -t <to_code> [file ...]\n"
+	    "\t%1$s -f <from_code> [-cs] [-t <to_code>] [file ...]\n"
+	    "\t%1$s -t <to_code> [-cs] [-f <from_code>] [file ...]\n"
+	    "\t%1$s -l\n", getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * qsort() helper function
+ */
+static int
+scmp(const void *v1, const void *v2)
+{
+	const char * const *s1 = v1;
+	const char * const *s2 = v2;
+
+	return strcasecmp(*s1, *s2);
+}
+
+static void
+show_codesets(void)
+{
+	char **list;
+	size_t sz, i;
+
+	if (__iconv_get_list(&list, &sz))
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "__iconv_get_list()");
+
+	qsort(list, sz, sizeof(char *), scmp);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < sz; i++)
+		(void)printf("%s\n", list[i]);
+
+	__iconv_free_list(list, sz);
+}
+
+#define INBUFSIZE 1024
+#define OUTBUFSIZE (INBUFSIZE * 2)
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+do_conv(const char *fn, FILE *fp, const char *from, const char *to, int silent,
+    int hide_invalid)
+{
+	char inbuf[INBUFSIZE], outbuf[OUTBUFSIZE], *out;
+	const char *in;
+	size_t inbytes, outbytes, ret, invalids;
+	iconv_t cd;
+	uint32_t flags = 0;
+	int serrno;
+
+	if (hide_invalid)
+		flags |= __ICONV_F_HIDE_INVALID;
+	cd = iconv_open(to, from);
+	if (cd == (iconv_t)-1)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "iconv_open(%s, %s)", to, from);
+
+	invalids = 0;
+	while ((inbytes = fread(inbuf, 1, INBUFSIZE, fp)) > 0) {
+		in = inbuf;
+		while (inbytes > 0) {
+			size_t inval;
+
+			out = outbuf;
+			outbytes = OUTBUFSIZE;
+			ret = __iconv(cd, &in, &inbytes, &out, &outbytes,
+			    flags, &inval);
+			serrno = errno;
+			invalids += inval;
+			if (outbytes < OUTBUFSIZE)
+				(void)fwrite(outbuf, 1, OUTBUFSIZE - outbytes,
+				    stdout);
+			errno = serrno;
+			if (ret == (size_t)-1 && errno != E2BIG) {
+				/*
+				 * XXX: iconv(3) is bad interface.
+				 *   invalid character count is lost here.
+				 *   instead, we just provide __iconv function.
+				 */
+				if (errno != EINVAL || in == inbuf)
+					err(EXIT_FAILURE, "iconv()");
+
+				/* incomplete input character */
+				(void)memmove(inbuf, in, inbytes);
+				ret = fread(inbuf + inbytes, 1,
+				    INBUFSIZE - inbytes, fp);
+				if (ret == 0) {
+					fflush(stdout);
+					if (feof(fp))
+						errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+						     "unexpected end of file; "
+						     "the last character is "
+						     "incomplete.");
+					else
+						err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fread()");
+				}
+				in = inbuf;
+				inbytes += ret;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	/* reset the shift state of the output buffer */
+	outbytes = OUTBUFSIZE;
+	out = outbuf;
+	ret = iconv(cd, NULL, NULL, &out, &outbytes);
+	if (ret == (size_t)-1)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "iconv()");
+	if (outbytes < OUTBUFSIZE)
+		(void)fwrite(outbuf, 1, OUTBUFSIZE - outbytes, stdout);
+
+	if (invalids > 0 && !silent)
+		warnx("warning: invalid characters: %lu",
+		    (unsigned long)invalids);
+
+	iconv_close(cd);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int ch, i;
+	int opt_l = 0, opt_s = 0, opt_c = 0;
+	char *opt_f = NULL, *opt_t = NULL;
+	FILE *fp;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "cslf:t:")) != EOF) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'c':
+			opt_c = 1;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			opt_s = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			/* list */
+			opt_l = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			/* from */
+			opt_f = estrdup(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			/* to */
+			opt_t = estrdup(optarg);
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+	if (opt_l) {
+		if (argc > 0 || opt_s || opt_f != NULL || opt_t != NULL) {
+			warnx("-l is not allowed with other flags.");
+			usage();
+		}
+		show_codesets();
+	} else {
+		if (opt_f == NULL) {
+			if (opt_t == NULL)
+				usage();
+			opt_f = nl_langinfo(CODESET);
+		} else if (opt_t == NULL)
+			opt_t = nl_langinfo(CODESET);
+
+		if (argc == 0)
+			do_conv("<stdin>", stdin, opt_f, opt_t, opt_s, opt_c);
+		else {
+			for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+				fp = fopen(argv[i], "r");
+				if (fp == NULL)
+					err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot open `%s'",
+					    argv[i]);
+				do_conv(argv[i], fp, opt_f, opt_t, opt_s,
+				    opt_c);
+				(void)fclose(fp);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/id/groups.1 b/usr.bin/id/groups.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..684f0d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/id/groups.1
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: groups.1,v 1.11 2017/07/04 07:00:30 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)groups.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 1993
+.Dt GROUPS 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm groups
+.Nd show group memberships
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Ar user
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility has been obsoleted by the
+.Xr id 1
+utility, and is equivalent to
+.Dq Nm id Fl Gn Op Ar user .
+The command
+.Dq Nm id Fl p
+is suggested for normal interactive use.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility displays the groups to which you (or the optionally specified user)
+belong.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std groups
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr id 1
diff --git a/usr.bin/id/id.1 b/usr.bin/id/id.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad66b62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/id/id.1
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: id.1,v 1.14 2017/07/04 07:01:07 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)id.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/5/94
+.\"
+.Dd May 5, 1994
+.Dt ID 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm id
+.Nd return user identity
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Ar user
+.Nm
+.Fl G Op Fl n
+.Op Ar user
+.Nm
+.Fl g Op Fl nr
+.Op Ar user
+.Nm
+.Fl p
+.Op Ar user
+.Nm
+.Fl u Op Fl nr
+.Op Ar user
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility displays the user and group names and numeric IDs, of the
+calling process, to the standard output.
+If the real and effective IDs are different, both are displayed,
+otherwise only the real ID is displayed.
+.Pp
+If a
+.Ar user
+(login name or user ID)
+is specified, the user and group IDs of that user are displayed.
+In this case, the real and effective IDs are assumed to be the same.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl G
+Display the different group IDs (effective, real and supplementary)
+as white-space separated numbers, in no particular order.
+.It Fl g
+Display the effective group ID as a number.
+.It Fl n
+Display the name of the user or group ID for the
+.Fl G ,
+.Fl g
+and
+.Fl u
+options instead of the number.
+If any of the ID numbers cannot be mapped into names, the number will be
+displayed as usual.
+.It Fl p
+Make the output human-readable.
+If the user name returned by
+.Xr getlogin 2
+is different from the login name referenced by the user ID, the name
+returned by
+.Xr getlogin 2
+is displayed, preceded by the keyword ``login''.
+The user ID as a name is displayed, preceded by the keyword ``uid''.
+If the effective user ID is different from the real user ID, the real user
+ID is displayed as a name, preceded by the keyword ``euid''.
+If the effective group ID is different from the real group ID, the real group
+ID is displayed as a name, preceded by the keyword ``rgid''.
+The list of groups to which the user belongs is then displayed as names,
+preceded by the keyword ``groups''.
+Each display is on a separate line.
+.It Fl r
+Display the real ID for the
+.Fl g
+and
+.Fl u
+options instead of the effective ID.
+.It Fl u
+Display the effective user ID as a number.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std id
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr who 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+function is expected to conform to
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+historic
+.Xr groups 1
+command is equivalent to
+.Dq Nm id Fl Gn Op Ar user .
+.Pp
+The
+historic
+.Xr whoami 1
+command is equivalent to
+.Dq Nm id Fl un .
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+command first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/id/id.c b/usr.bin/id/id.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..720cc49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/id/id.c
@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)id.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: id.c,v 1.32 2011/09/16 15:39:26 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static void current(void);
+static void pretty(struct passwd *);
+static void group(struct passwd *, int);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+static void user(struct passwd *);
+static struct passwd *who(char *);
+
+static int maxgroups;
+static gid_t *groups;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct group *gr;
+	struct passwd *pw;
+	int ch, id;
+	int Gflag, gflag, nflag, pflag, rflag, uflag;
+	const char *opts;
+
+	Gflag = gflag = nflag = pflag = rflag = uflag = 0;
+
+	if (strcmp(getprogname(), "groups") == 0) {
+		Gflag = 1;
+		nflag = 1;
+		opts = "";
+		if (argc > 2)
+			usage();
+	} else if (strcmp(getprogname(), "whoami") == 0) {
+		uflag = 1;
+		nflag = 1;
+		opts = "";
+		if (argc > 1)
+			usage();
+	} else
+		opts = "Ggnpru";
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, opts)) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'G':
+			Gflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'g':
+			gflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			nflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			pflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			rflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			uflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	switch (Gflag + gflag + pflag + uflag) {
+	case 1:
+		break;
+	case 0:
+		if (!nflag && !rflag)
+			break;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+		usage();
+	}
+
+	if (strcmp(opts, "") != 0 && argc > 1)
+		usage();
+
+	pw = *argv ? who(*argv) : NULL;
+
+	maxgroups = sysconf(_SC_NGROUPS_MAX);
+	if ((groups = malloc((maxgroups + 1) * sizeof(gid_t))) == NULL)
+		err(1, NULL);
+
+	if (gflag) {
+		id = pw ? pw->pw_gid : rflag ? getgid() : getegid();
+		if (nflag && (gr = getgrgid(id)))
+			(void)printf("%s\n", gr->gr_name);
+		else
+			(void)printf("%u\n", id);
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (uflag) {
+		id = pw ? pw->pw_uid : rflag ? getuid() : geteuid();
+		if (nflag && (pw = getpwuid(id)))
+			(void)printf("%s\n", pw->pw_name);
+		else
+			(void)printf("%u\n", id);
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (Gflag) {
+		group(pw, nflag);
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (pflag) {
+		pretty(pw);
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (pw)
+		user(pw);
+	else
+		current();
+done:
+	free(groups);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+pretty(struct passwd *pw)
+{
+	struct group *gr;
+	u_int eid, rid;
+	char *login;
+
+	if (pw) {
+		(void)printf("uid\t%s\n", pw->pw_name);
+		(void)printf("groups\t");
+		group(pw, 1);
+	} else {
+		if ((login = getlogin()) == NULL)
+			err(1, "getlogin");
+
+		pw = getpwuid(rid = getuid());
+		if (pw == NULL || strcmp(login, pw->pw_name))
+			(void)printf("login\t%s\n", login);
+		if (pw)
+			(void)printf("uid\t%s\n", pw->pw_name);
+		else
+			(void)printf("uid\t%u\n", rid);
+
+		if ((eid = geteuid()) != rid) {
+			if ((pw = getpwuid(eid)) != NULL)
+				(void)printf("euid\t%s\n", pw->pw_name);
+			else
+				(void)printf("euid\t%u\n", eid);
+		}
+		if ((rid = getgid()) != (eid = getegid())) {
+			if ((gr = getgrgid(rid)) != NULL)
+				(void)printf("rgid\t%s\n", gr->gr_name);
+			else
+				(void)printf("rgid\t%u\n", rid);
+		}
+		(void)printf("groups\t");
+		group(NULL, 1);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+current(void)
+{
+	struct group *gr;
+	struct passwd *pw;
+	gid_t gid, egid, lastid;
+	uid_t uid, euid;
+	int cnt, ngroups;
+	const char *fmt;
+
+	uid = getuid();
+	(void)printf("uid=%ju", (uintmax_t)uid);
+	if ((pw = getpwuid(uid)) != NULL)
+		(void)printf("(%s)", pw->pw_name);
+	gid = getgid();
+	(void)printf(" gid=%ju", (uintmax_t)gid);
+	if ((gr = getgrgid(gid)) != NULL)
+		(void)printf("(%s)", gr->gr_name);
+	if ((euid = geteuid()) != uid) {
+		(void)printf(" euid=%ju", (uintmax_t)euid);
+		if ((pw = getpwuid(euid)) != NULL)
+			(void)printf("(%s)", pw->pw_name);
+	}
+	if ((egid = getegid()) != gid) {
+		(void)printf(" egid=%ju", (uintmax_t)egid);
+		if ((gr = getgrgid(egid)) != NULL)
+			(void)printf("(%s)", gr->gr_name);
+	}
+	if ((ngroups = getgroups(maxgroups, groups)) != 0) {
+		for (fmt = " groups=%ju", lastid = -1, cnt = 0; cnt < ngroups;
+		    fmt = ",%ju", lastid = gid, cnt++) {
+			gid = groups[cnt];
+			if (lastid == gid)
+				continue;
+			(void)printf(fmt, (uintmax_t)gid);
+			if ((gr = getgrgid(gid)) != NULL)
+				(void)printf("(%s)", gr->gr_name);
+		}
+	}
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+
+static void
+user(struct passwd *pw)
+{
+	struct group *gr;
+	const char *fmt;
+	int cnt, id, lastid, ngroups;
+	gid_t *glist = groups;
+
+	id = pw->pw_uid;
+	(void)printf("uid=%u(%s)", id, pw->pw_name);
+	(void)printf(" gid=%lu", (u_long)pw->pw_gid);
+	if ((gr = getgrgid(pw->pw_gid)) != NULL)
+		(void)printf("(%s)", gr->gr_name);
+	ngroups = maxgroups + 1;
+	if (getgrouplist(pw->pw_name, pw->pw_gid, glist, &ngroups) == -1) {
+		glist = malloc(ngroups * sizeof(gid_t));
+		(void) getgrouplist(pw->pw_name, pw->pw_gid, glist, &ngroups);
+	}
+	for (fmt = " groups=%u", lastid = -1, cnt = 0; cnt < ngroups;
+	    fmt=",%u", lastid = id, cnt++) {
+		id = glist[cnt];
+		if (lastid == id)
+			continue;
+		(void)printf(fmt, id);
+		if ((gr = getgrgid(id)) != NULL)
+			(void)printf("(%s)", gr->gr_name);
+	}
+	(void)printf("\n");
+	if (glist != groups)
+		free(glist);
+}
+
+static void
+group(struct passwd *pw, int nflag)
+{
+	struct group *gr;
+	int cnt, ngroups;
+	gid_t id, lastid;
+	const char *fmt;
+	gid_t *glist = groups;
+
+	if (pw) {
+		ngroups = maxgroups;
+		if (getgrouplist(pw->pw_name, pw->pw_gid, glist, &ngroups)
+		    == -1) {
+			glist = malloc(ngroups * sizeof(gid_t));
+			(void) getgrouplist(pw->pw_name, pw->pw_gid, glist,
+					    &ngroups);
+		}
+	} else {
+		glist[0] = getgid();
+		ngroups = getgroups(maxgroups, glist + 1) + 1;
+	}
+	fmt = nflag ? "%s" : "%u";
+	for (lastid = -1, cnt = 0; cnt < ngroups; ++cnt) {
+		if (lastid == (id = glist[cnt]) || (cnt && id == glist[0]))
+			continue;
+		if (nflag) {
+			if ((gr = getgrgid(id)) != NULL)
+				(void)printf(fmt, gr->gr_name);
+			else
+				(void)printf(*fmt == ' ' ? " %u" : "%u",
+				    id);
+			fmt = " %s";
+		} else {
+			(void)printf(fmt, id);
+			fmt = " %u";
+		}
+		lastid = id;
+	}
+	(void)printf("\n");
+	if (glist != groups)
+		free(glist);
+}
+
+static struct passwd *
+who(char *u)
+{
+	struct passwd *pw;
+	long id;
+	char *ep;
+
+	/*
+	 * Translate user argument into a pw pointer.  First, try to
+	 * get it as specified.  If that fails, try it as a number.
+	 */
+	if ((pw = getpwnam(u)) != NULL)
+		return pw;
+	id = strtol(u, &ep, 10);
+	if (*u && !*ep && (pw = getpwuid(id)))
+		return pw;
+	errx(1, "%s: No such user", u);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	if (strcmp(getprogname(), "groups") == 0) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: groups [user]\n");
+	} else if (strcmp(getprogname(), "whoami") == 0) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: whoami\n");
+	} else {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: id [user]\n");
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "       id -G [-n] [user]\n");
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "       id -g [-nr] [user]\n");
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "       id -p [user]\n");
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "       id -u [-nr] [user]\n");
+	}
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/id/whoami.1 b/usr.bin/id/whoami.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53d9405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/id/whoami.1
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: whoami.1,v 1.10 2016/10/02 21:06:18 abhinav Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)whoami.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"	$NetBSD: whoami.1,v 1.10 2016/10/02 21:06:18 abhinav Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 1993
+.Dt WHOAMI 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm whoami
+.Nd display effective user id
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility has been obsoleted by the
+.Xr id 1
+utility, and is equivalent to
+.Dq Nm id Fl un .
+The command
+.Dq Nm id Fl p
+is suggested for normal interactive use.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility displays your effective user ID as a name.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std whoami
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr id 1
diff --git a/usr.bin/ipcrm/ipcrm.1 b/usr.bin/ipcrm/ipcrm.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e2cad3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ipcrm/ipcrm.1
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ipcrm.1,v 1.11 2008/06/01 10:25:29 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Adam Glass
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. The name of the Author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY Adam Glass ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL Adam Glass BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $NetBSD: ipcrm.1,v 1.11 2008/06/01 10:25:29 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd May 31, 2008
+.Dt IPCRM 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ipcrm
+.Nd remove the specified message queues, semaphore sets, and shared memory segments
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl M Ar shmkey
+.Op Fl m Ar shmid
+.Op Fl Q Ar msgkey
+.Op Fl q Ar msqid
+.Op Fl S Ar semkey
+.Op Fl s Ar semid
+.Ar ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+removes the specified message queues, semaphores, and shared memory
+segments.
+These System V IPC objects can be specified by their
+creation ID or any associated key.
+.Pp
+The following options are used to specify which IPC objects will be removed.
+Any number and combination of these options can be used:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl M Ar shmkey
+Mark the shared memory segment associated with key
+.Ar shmkey
+for removal.
+This marked segment will be destroyed after the last detach.
+.It Fl m Ar shmid
+Mark the shared memory segment associated with ID
+.Ar shmid
+for removal.
+This marked segment will be destroyed after the last detach.
+.It Fl Q Ar msgkey
+Remove the message queue associated with key
+.Ar msgkey
+from the system.
+.It Fl q Ar msqid
+Remove the message queue associated with the ID
+.Ar msqid
+from the system.
+.It Fl S Ar semkey
+Remove the semaphore set associated with key
+.Ar semkey
+from the system.
+.It Fl s Ar semid
+Removes the semaphore set associated with ID
+.Ar semid
+from the system.
+.El
+.Pp
+If the
+.Ar id
+or
+.Ar key
+argument is
+.Dq all
+then all entries of the appropriate type are removed.
+.Pp
+The identifiers and keys associated with these System V IPC objects can be
+determined by using
+.Xr ipcs 1 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ipcs 1 ,
+.Xr shmat 2 ,
+.Xr shmctl 2 ,
+.Xr shmdt 2 ,
+.Xr shmget 2
diff --git a/usr.bin/ipcrm/ipcrm.c b/usr.bin/ipcrm/ipcrm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4d3706
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ipcrm/ipcrm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ipcrm.c,v 1.16 2009/01/18 01:06:42 lukem Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Adam Glass
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by Adam Glass.
+ * 4. The name of the Author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY Adam Glass ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL Adam Glass BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/ipc.h>
+#include <sys/msg.h>
+#include <sys/sem.h>
+#include <sys/shm.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+#define IPC_TO_STR(x) (x == 'Q' ? "msq" : (x == 'M' ? "shm" : "sem"))
+#define IPC_TO_STRING(x) (x == 'Q' ? "message queue" : \
+	(x == 'M' ? "shared memory segment" : "semaphore"))
+
+static sig_atomic_t signaled;
+
+static void	usage(void) __dead;
+static int	msgrm(key_t, int);
+static int	shmrm(key_t, int);
+static int	semrm(key_t, int);
+static int	msgrmall(void);
+static int	shmrmall(void);
+static int	semrmall(void);
+static void	not_configured(int);
+
+static void 
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-M shmkey] [-m shmid] [-Q msgkey]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "\t[-q msqid] [-S semkey] [-s semid] ...\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+static int 
+msgrm(key_t key, int id)
+{
+	if (key) {
+		id = msgget(key, 0);
+		if (id == -1)
+			return -1;
+	}
+	return msgctl(id, IPC_RMID, NULL);
+}
+
+static int 
+shmrm(key_t key, int id)
+{
+	if (key) {
+		id = shmget(key, 0, 0);
+		if (id == -1)
+			return -1;
+	}
+	return shmctl(id, IPC_RMID, NULL);
+}
+
+static int 
+semrm(key_t key, int id)
+{
+
+	if (key) {
+		id = semget(key, 0, 0);
+		if (id == -1)
+			return -1;
+	}
+	return semctl(id, 0, IPC_RMID, NULL);
+}
+
+static int
+msgrmall(void)
+{
+	int mib[4];
+	struct msg_sysctl_info *msgsi;
+	int32_t i;
+	size_t len;
+	int result = 0;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_SYSVIPC;
+	mib[2] = KERN_SYSVIPC_INFO;
+	mib[3] = KERN_SYSVIPC_MSG_INFO;
+
+	if (sysctl(mib, 4, NULL, &len, NULL, 0) == -1)
+		err(1, "sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_MSG_INFO)");
+
+	if ((msgsi = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc");
+	if (sysctl(mib, 4, msgsi, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) {
+		free(msgsi);
+		err(1, "sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_MSG_INFO)");
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < msgsi->msginfo.msgmni; i++) {
+		struct msgid_ds_sysctl *msgptr = &msgsi->msgids[i];
+		if (msgptr->msg_qbytes != 0)
+			result -= msgrm((key_t)0,
+			    (int)IXSEQ_TO_IPCID(i, msgptr->msg_perm));
+	}
+	free(msgsi);
+	return result;
+}
+
+static int
+shmrmall(void)
+{
+	int mib[4];
+	struct shm_sysctl_info *shmsi;
+	size_t i, len;
+	int result = 0;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_SYSVIPC;
+	mib[2] = KERN_SYSVIPC_INFO;
+	mib[3] = KERN_SYSVIPC_SHM_INFO;
+
+	if (sysctl(mib, 4, NULL, &len, NULL, 0) == -1)
+		err(1, "sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_SHM_INFO)");
+
+	if ((shmsi = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc");
+	if (sysctl(mib, 4, shmsi, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) {
+		free(shmsi);
+		err(1, "sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_SHM_INFO)");
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < shmsi->shminfo.shmmni; i++) {
+		struct shmid_ds_sysctl *shmptr = &shmsi->shmids[i];
+		if (shmptr->shm_perm.mode & 0x0800)
+			result -= shmrm((key_t)0,
+			    (int)IXSEQ_TO_IPCID(i, shmptr->shm_perm));
+	}
+	free(shmsi);
+	return result;
+}
+
+static int
+semrmall(void)
+{
+	int mib[4];
+	struct sem_sysctl_info *semsi;
+	size_t len;
+	int32_t i;
+	int result = 0;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_SYSVIPC;
+	mib[2] = KERN_SYSVIPC_INFO;
+	mib[3] = KERN_SYSVIPC_SEM_INFO;
+
+	if (sysctl(mib, 4, NULL, &len, NULL, 0) == -1)
+		err(1, "sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_SEM_INFO)");
+
+	if ((semsi = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc");
+	if (sysctl(mib, 4, semsi, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) {
+		free(semsi);
+		err(1, "sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_SEM_INFO)");
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < semsi->seminfo.semmni; i++) {
+		struct semid_ds_sysctl *semptr = &semsi->semids[i];
+		if ((semptr->sem_perm.mode & SEM_ALLOC) != 0)
+			result -= semrm((key_t)0,
+			    (int)IXSEQ_TO_IPCID(i, semptr->sem_perm));
+	}
+	free(semsi);
+	return result;
+}
+
+static void 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+not_configured(int n)
+{
+	signaled++;
+}
+
+int 
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int     c, result, errflg, target_id;
+	key_t   target_key;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	errflg = 0;
+	(void)signal(SIGSYS, not_configured);
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "q:m:s:Q:M:S:")) != -1) {
+		signaled = 0;
+		target_id = 0;
+		target_key = 0;
+		result = 0;
+
+		if (optarg != NULL && strcmp(optarg, "all") == 0) {
+			switch (c) {
+			case 'm':
+			case 'M':
+				result = shmrmall();
+				break;
+			case 'q':
+			case 'Q':
+				result = msgrmall();
+				break;
+			case 's':
+			case 'S':
+				result = semrmall();
+				break;
+			default:
+				usage();
+			}
+		} else {
+			switch (c) {
+			case 'q':
+			case 'm':
+			case 's':
+				target_id = atoi(optarg);
+				break;
+			case 'Q':
+			case 'M':
+			case 'S':
+				target_key = atol(optarg);
+				if (target_key == IPC_PRIVATE) {
+					warnx("can't remove private %ss",
+					    IPC_TO_STRING(c));
+					continue;
+				}
+				break;
+			default:
+				usage();
+			}
+			switch (c) {
+			case 'q':
+				result = msgrm((key_t)0, target_id);
+				break;
+			case 'm':
+				result = shmrm((key_t)0, target_id);
+				break;
+			case 's':
+				result = semrm((key_t)0, target_id);
+				break;
+			case 'Q':
+				result = msgrm(target_key, 0);
+				break;
+			case 'M':
+				result = shmrm(target_key, 0);
+				break;
+			case 'S':
+				result = semrm(target_key, 0);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (result < 0) {
+			if (!signaled) {
+				if (target_id) {
+					warn("%sid(%d): ",
+					    IPC_TO_STR(toupper(c)), target_id);
+					errflg++;
+				} else if (target_key) {
+					warn("%skey(%ld): ", IPC_TO_STR(c),
+					    (long)target_key);
+					errflg++;
+				}
+			} else {
+				errflg++;
+				warnx("%ss are not configured in "
+				    "the running kernel",
+				    IPC_TO_STRING(toupper(c)));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (optind != argc) {
+		warnx("Unknown argument: %s", argv[optind]);
+		usage();
+	}
+	return errflg;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/ipcs/ipcs.1 b/usr.bin/ipcs/ipcs.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86bd34e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ipcs/ipcs.1
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ipcs.1,v 1.20 2014/06/11 14:57:55 joerg Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd June 11, 2014
+.Dt IPCS 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ipcs
+.Nd report System V interprocess communication facilities status
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl abcmopqstMQST
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+program provides information on System V interprocess communication
+(IPC) facilities on the system.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl a
+Show the maximum amount of information possible when
+displaying active semaphores, message queues,
+and shared memory segments.
+(This is shorthand for specifying the
+.Fl b ,
+.Fl c ,
+.Fl o ,
+.Fl p ,
+and
+.Fl t
+options.)
+.It Fl b
+Show the maximum allowed sizes for active semaphores, message queues,
+and shared memory segments.
+The
+.Dq maximum allowed size
+is the maximum number of bytes in a message on a message queue,
+the size of a shared memory segment,
+or the number of semaphores in a set of semaphores.
+.It Fl c
+Show the creator's name and group for active semaphores, message queues,
+and shared memory segments.
+.It Fl m
+Display information about active shared memory segments.
+.It Fl o
+Show outstanding usage for active message queues,
+and shared memory segments.
+The
+.Dq outstanding usage
+is the number of messages in a message queue, or the number
+of processes attached to a shared memory segment.
+.It Fl p
+Show the process ID information for active semaphores, message queues,
+and shared memory segments.
+The
+.Dq process ID information
+is the last process to send a message to or receive a message from
+a message queue,
+the process that created a semaphore, or the last process to attach
+or detach a shared memory segment.
+.It Fl q
+Display information about active message queues.
+.It Fl s
+Display information about active semaphores.
+.It Fl t
+Show access times for active semaphores, message queues,
+and shared memory segments.
+The access times is the time
+of the last control operation on an IPC object,
+the last send or receive of a message,
+the last attach or detach of a shared memory segment,
+or the last operation on a semaphore.
+.It Fl M
+Display system information about shared memory.
+.It Fl Q
+Display system information about messages queues.
+.It Fl S
+Display system information about semaphores.
+.It Fl T
+Display system information about shared memory, message queues
+and semaphores.
+(This is shorthand for specifying the
+.Fl M ,
+.Fl Q ,
+and
+.Fl S
+options.)
+.El
+.Pp
+If none of the
+.Fl M ,
+.Fl m ,
+.Fl Q ,
+.Fl q ,
+.Fl S ,
+.Fl s ,
+or
+.Fl T
+options are specified, information about all active IPC facilities is
+listed.
+.Sh RESTRICTIONS
+System data structures may change while
+.Nm
+is running; the output of
+.Nm
+is not guaranteed to be consistent.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ipcrm 1 ,
+.Xr shmat 2 ,
+.Xr shmctl 2 ,
+.Xr shmdt 2 ,
+.Xr shmget 2
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Thorsten Lockert Aq Mt tholo@sigmasoft.com
+.Sh BUGS
+This manual page is woefully incomplete, because it does not
+at all attempt to explain the information printed by
+.Nm .
diff --git a/usr.bin/ipcs/ipcs.c b/usr.bin/ipcs/ipcs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fbae90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ipcs/ipcs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,678 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ipcs.c,v 1.43 2014/06/11 14:57:55 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Simon Burge.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert <tholo@sigmasoft.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
+ * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+ * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+ * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+ * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+ * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <sys/inttypes.h>
+#include <sys/ipc.h>
+#include <sys/sem.h>
+#include <sys/shm.h>
+#include <sys/msg.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define	SHMINFO		1
+#define	SHMTOTAL	2
+#define	MSGINFO		4
+#define	MSGTOTAL	8
+#define	SEMINFO		16
+#define	SEMTOTAL	32
+
+#define BIGGEST		1
+#define CREATOR		2
+#define OUTSTANDING	4
+#define PID		8
+#define TIME		16
+
+static int	display = 0;
+static int	option = 0;
+
+static void	cvt_time(time_t, char *, size_t);
+static char    *fmt_perm(u_short);
+static void	msg_sysctl(void);
+static void	sem_sysctl(void);
+static void	shm_sysctl(void);
+static void	show_msginfo(time_t, time_t, time_t, int, u_int64_t, mode_t,
+    uid_t, gid_t, uid_t, gid_t, u_int64_t, u_int64_t, u_int64_t, pid_t, pid_t);
+static void	show_msginfo_hdr(void);
+static void	show_msgtotal(struct msginfo *);
+static void	show_seminfo_hdr(void);
+static void	show_seminfo(time_t, time_t, int, u_int64_t, mode_t, uid_t,
+    gid_t, uid_t, gid_t, int16_t);
+static void	show_semtotal(struct seminfo *);
+static void	show_shminfo(time_t, time_t, time_t, int, u_int64_t, mode_t,
+    uid_t, gid_t, uid_t, gid_t, u_int32_t, u_int64_t, pid_t, pid_t);
+static void	show_shminfo_hdr(void);
+static void	show_shmtotal(struct shminfo *);
+static void	usage(void) __dead;
+static void	unconfsem(void);
+static void	unconfmsg(void);
+static void	unconfshm(void);
+
+static void
+unconfsem(void)
+{
+	warnx("SVID semaphores facility not configured in the system");
+}
+
+static void
+unconfmsg(void)
+{
+	warnx("SVID messages facility not configured in the system");
+}
+
+static void
+unconfshm(void)
+{
+	warnx("SVID shared memory facility not configured in the system");
+}
+
+static char *
+fmt_perm(u_short mode)
+{
+	static char buffer[12];
+
+	buffer[0] = '-';
+	buffer[1] = '-';
+	buffer[2] = ((mode & 0400) ? 'r' : '-');
+	buffer[3] = ((mode & 0200) ? 'w' : '-');
+	buffer[4] = ((mode & 0100) ? 'a' : '-');
+	buffer[5] = ((mode & 0040) ? 'r' : '-');
+	buffer[6] = ((mode & 0020) ? 'w' : '-');
+	buffer[7] = ((mode & 0010) ? 'a' : '-');
+	buffer[8] = ((mode & 0004) ? 'r' : '-');
+	buffer[9] = ((mode & 0002) ? 'w' : '-');
+	buffer[10] = ((mode & 0001) ? 'a' : '-');
+	buffer[11] = '\0';
+	return (&buffer[0]);
+}
+
+static void
+cvt_time(time_t t, char *buf, size_t buflen)
+{
+	struct tm *tm;
+
+	if (t == 0)
+		(void)strlcpy(buf, "no-entry", buflen);
+	else {
+		tm = localtime(&t);
+		(void)snprintf(buf, buflen, "%2d:%02d:%02d",
+			tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, tm->tm_sec);
+	}
+}
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int i;
+	time_t now;
+
+	while ((i = getopt(argc, argv, "MmQqSsabcoptT")) != -1)
+		switch (i) {
+		case 'M':
+			display |= SHMTOTAL;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			display |= SHMINFO;
+			break;
+		case 'Q':
+			display |= MSGTOTAL;
+			break;
+		case 'q':
+			display |= MSGINFO;
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			display |= SEMTOTAL;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			display |= SEMINFO;
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			display |= SHMTOTAL | MSGTOTAL | SEMTOTAL;
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			option |= BIGGEST | CREATOR | OUTSTANDING | PID | TIME;
+			break;
+		case 'b':
+			option |= BIGGEST;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			option |= CREATOR;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			option |= OUTSTANDING;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			option |= PID;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			option |= TIME;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+
+	if (argc - optind > 0)
+		usage();
+
+	(void)time(&now);
+	(void)printf("IPC status from <running system> as of %s\n",
+	    /* and extra \n from ctime(3) */
+	    ctime(&now));
+
+        if (display == 0)
+		display = SHMINFO | MSGINFO | SEMINFO;
+
+	if (display & (MSGINFO | MSGTOTAL))
+		msg_sysctl();
+	if (display & (SHMINFO | SHMTOTAL))
+		shm_sysctl();
+	if (display & (SEMINFO | SEMTOTAL))
+		sem_sysctl();
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+show_msgtotal(struct msginfo *msginfo)
+{
+	(void)printf("msginfo:\n");
+	(void)printf("\tmsgmax: %6d\t(max characters in a message)\n",
+	    msginfo->msgmax);
+	(void)printf("\tmsgmni: %6d\t(# of message queues)\n",
+	    msginfo->msgmni);
+	(void)printf("\tmsgmnb: %6d\t(max characters in a message queue)\n",
+	    msginfo->msgmnb);
+	(void)printf("\tmsgtql: %6d\t(max # of messages in system)\n",
+	    msginfo->msgtql);
+	(void)printf("\tmsgssz: %6d\t(size of a message segment)\n",
+	    msginfo->msgssz);
+	(void)printf("\tmsgseg: %6d\t(# of message segments in system)\n\n",
+	    msginfo->msgseg);
+}
+
+static void
+show_shmtotal(struct shminfo *shminfo)
+{
+	(void)printf("shminfo:\n");
+	(void)printf("\tshmmax: %" PRIu64 "\t(max shared memory segment size)\n",
+	    shminfo->shmmax);
+	(void)printf("\tshmmin: %7d\t(min shared memory segment size)\n",
+	    shminfo->shmmin);
+	(void)printf("\tshmmni: %7d\t(max number of shared memory identifiers)\n",
+	    shminfo->shmmni);
+	(void)printf("\tshmseg: %7d\t(max shared memory segments per process)\n",
+	    shminfo->shmseg);
+	(void)printf("\tshmall: %7d\t(max amount of shared memory in pages)\n\n",
+	    shminfo->shmall);
+}
+
+static void
+show_semtotal(struct seminfo *seminfo)
+{
+	(void)printf("seminfo:\n");
+	(void)printf("\tsemmap: %6d\t(# of entries in semaphore map)\n",
+	    seminfo->semmap);
+	(void)printf("\tsemmni: %6d\t(# of semaphore identifiers)\n",
+	    seminfo->semmni);
+	(void)printf("\tsemmns: %6d\t(# of semaphores in system)\n",
+	    seminfo->semmns);
+	(void)printf("\tsemmnu: %6d\t(# of undo structures in system)\n",
+	    seminfo->semmnu);
+	(void)printf("\tsemmsl: %6d\t(max # of semaphores per id)\n",
+	    seminfo->semmsl);
+	(void)printf("\tsemopm: %6d\t(max # of operations per semop call)\n",
+	    seminfo->semopm);
+	(void)printf("\tsemume: %6d\t(max # of undo entries per process)\n",
+	    seminfo->semume);
+	(void)printf("\tsemusz: %6d\t(size in bytes of undo structure)\n",
+	    seminfo->semusz);
+	(void)printf("\tsemvmx: %6d\t(semaphore maximum value)\n",
+	    seminfo->semvmx);
+	(void)printf("\tsemaem: %6d\t(adjust on exit max value)\n\n",
+	    seminfo->semaem);
+}
+
+static void
+show_msginfo_hdr(void)
+{
+	(void)printf("Message Queues:\n");
+	(void)printf("T        ID     KEY        MODE       OWNER    GROUP");
+	if (option & CREATOR)
+		(void)printf("  CREATOR   CGROUP");
+	if (option & OUTSTANDING)
+		(void)printf(" CBYTES  QNUM");
+	if (option & BIGGEST)
+		(void)printf(" QBYTES");
+	if (option & PID)
+		(void)printf(" LSPID LRPID");
+	if (option & TIME)
+		(void)printf("    STIME    RTIME    CTIME");
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+
+static void
+show_msginfo(time_t s_time, time_t r_time, time_t c_time, int ipcid,
+    u_int64_t key,
+    mode_t mode, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, uid_t cuid, gid_t cgid,
+    u_int64_t cbytes, u_int64_t qnum, u_int64_t qbytes, pid_t lspid,
+    pid_t lrpid)
+{
+	char s_time_buf[100], r_time_buf[100], c_time_buf[100];
+
+	if (option & TIME) {
+		cvt_time(s_time, s_time_buf, sizeof(s_time_buf));
+		cvt_time(r_time, r_time_buf, sizeof(r_time_buf));
+		cvt_time(c_time, c_time_buf, sizeof(c_time_buf));
+	}
+
+	(void)printf("q %9d %10lld %s %8s %8s", ipcid, (long long)key, fmt_perm(mode),
+	    user_from_uid(uid, 0), group_from_gid(gid, 0));
+
+	if (option & CREATOR)
+		(void)printf(" %8s %8s", user_from_uid(cuid, 0),
+		    group_from_gid(cgid, 0));
+
+	if (option & OUTSTANDING)
+		(void)printf(" %6lld %5lld", (long long)cbytes, (long long)qnum);
+
+	if (option & BIGGEST)
+		(void)printf(" %6lld", (long long)qbytes);
+
+	if (option & PID)
+		(void)printf(" %5d %5d", lspid, lrpid);
+
+	if (option & TIME)
+		(void)printf(" %s %s %s", s_time_buf, r_time_buf, c_time_buf);
+
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+
+static void
+show_shminfo_hdr(void)
+{
+	(void)printf("Shared Memory:\n");
+	(void)printf("T        ID     KEY        MODE       OWNER    GROUP");
+	if (option & CREATOR)
+		(void)printf("  CREATOR   CGROUP");
+	if (option & OUTSTANDING)
+		(void)printf(" NATTCH");
+	if (option & BIGGEST)
+		(void)printf("   SEGSZ");
+	if (option & PID)
+		(void)printf("  CPID  LPID");
+	if (option & TIME)
+		(void)printf("    ATIME    DTIME    CTIME");
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+
+static void
+show_shminfo(time_t atime, time_t dtime, time_t c_time, int ipcid, u_int64_t key,
+    mode_t mode, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, uid_t cuid, gid_t cgid,
+    u_int32_t nattch, u_int64_t segsz, pid_t cpid, pid_t lpid)
+{
+	char atime_buf[100], dtime_buf[100], c_time_buf[100];
+
+	if (option & TIME) {
+		cvt_time(atime, atime_buf, sizeof(atime_buf));
+		cvt_time(dtime, dtime_buf, sizeof(dtime_buf));
+		cvt_time(c_time, c_time_buf, sizeof(c_time_buf));
+	}
+
+	(void)printf("m %9d %10lld %s %8s %8s", ipcid, (long long)key, fmt_perm(mode),
+	    user_from_uid(uid, 0), group_from_gid(gid, 0));
+
+	if (option & CREATOR)
+		(void)printf(" %8s %8s", user_from_uid(cuid, 0),
+		    group_from_gid(cgid, 0));
+
+	if (option & OUTSTANDING)
+		(void)printf(" %6d", nattch);
+
+	if (option & BIGGEST)
+		(void)printf(" %7llu", (long long)segsz);
+
+	if (option & PID)
+		(void)printf(" %5d %5d", cpid, lpid);
+
+	if (option & TIME)
+		(void)printf(" %s %s %s",
+		    atime_buf,
+		    dtime_buf,
+		    c_time_buf);
+
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+
+static void
+show_seminfo_hdr(void)
+{
+	(void)printf("Semaphores:\n");
+	(void)printf("T        ID     KEY        MODE       OWNER    GROUP");
+	if (option & CREATOR)
+		(void)printf("  CREATOR   CGROUP");
+	if (option & BIGGEST)
+		(void)printf(" NSEMS");
+	if (option & TIME)
+		(void)printf("    OTIME    CTIME");
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+
+static void
+show_seminfo(time_t otime, time_t c_time, int ipcid, u_int64_t key, mode_t mode,
+    uid_t uid, gid_t gid, uid_t cuid, gid_t cgid, int16_t nsems)
+{
+	char c_time_buf[100], otime_buf[100];
+
+	if (option & TIME) {
+		cvt_time(otime, otime_buf, sizeof(otime_buf));
+		cvt_time(c_time, c_time_buf, sizeof(c_time_buf));
+	}
+
+	(void)printf("s %9d %10lld %s %8s %8s", ipcid, (long long)key, fmt_perm(mode),
+	    user_from_uid(uid, 0), group_from_gid(gid, 0));
+
+	if (option & CREATOR)
+		(void)printf(" %8s %8s", user_from_uid(cuid, 0),
+		    group_from_gid(cgid, 0));
+
+	if (option & BIGGEST)
+		(void)printf(" %5d", nsems);
+
+	if (option & TIME)
+		(void)printf(" %s %s", otime_buf, c_time_buf);
+
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+
+static void
+msg_sysctl(void)
+{
+	struct msg_sysctl_info *msgsi;
+	void *buf;
+	int mib[4];
+	size_t len;
+	int i, valid;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_SYSVIPC;
+	mib[2] = KERN_SYSVIPC_MSG;
+	len = sizeof(valid);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 3, &valid, &len, NULL, 0) < 0) {
+		warn("sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_MSG)");
+		return;
+	}
+	if (!valid) {
+		unconfmsg();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_SYSVIPC;
+	mib[2] = KERN_SYSVIPC_INFO;
+	mib[3] = KERN_SYSVIPC_MSG_INFO;
+
+	if (!(display & MSGINFO)) {
+		/* totals only */
+		len = sizeof(struct msginfo);
+	} else {
+		if (sysctl(mib, 4, NULL, &len, NULL, 0) < 0) {
+			warn("sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_MSG_INFO)");
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ((buf = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc");
+	msgsi = (struct msg_sysctl_info *)buf;
+	if (sysctl(mib, 4, msgsi, &len, NULL, 0) < 0) {
+		warn("sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_MSG_INFO)");
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (display & MSGTOTAL)
+		show_msgtotal(&msgsi->msginfo);
+
+	if (display & MSGINFO) {
+		show_msginfo_hdr();
+		for (i = 0; i < msgsi->msginfo.msgmni; i++) {
+			struct msgid_ds_sysctl *msqptr = &msgsi->msgids[i];
+			if (msqptr->msg_qbytes != 0)
+				show_msginfo(msqptr->msg_stime,
+				    msqptr->msg_rtime,
+				    msqptr->msg_ctime,
+				    IXSEQ_TO_IPCID(i, msqptr->msg_perm),
+				    msqptr->msg_perm._key,
+				    msqptr->msg_perm.mode,
+				    msqptr->msg_perm.uid,
+				    msqptr->msg_perm.gid,
+				    msqptr->msg_perm.cuid,
+				    msqptr->msg_perm.cgid,
+				    msqptr->_msg_cbytes,
+				    msqptr->msg_qnum,
+				    msqptr->msg_qbytes,
+				    msqptr->msg_lspid,
+				    msqptr->msg_lrpid);
+		}
+		(void)printf("\n");
+	}
+done:
+	free(buf);
+}
+
+static void
+shm_sysctl(void)
+{
+	struct shm_sysctl_info *shmsi;
+	void *buf;
+	int mib[4];
+	size_t len;
+	uint32_t i;
+	long valid;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_SYSVIPC;
+	mib[2] = KERN_SYSVIPC_SHM;
+	len = sizeof(valid);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 3, &valid, &len, NULL, 0) < 0) {
+		warn("sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_SHM)");
+		return;
+	}
+	if (!valid) {
+		unconfshm();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_SYSVIPC;
+	mib[2] = KERN_SYSVIPC_INFO;
+	mib[3] = KERN_SYSVIPC_SHM_INFO;
+
+	if (!(display & SHMINFO)) {
+		/* totals only */
+		len = sizeof(struct shminfo);
+	} else {
+		if (sysctl(mib, 4, NULL, &len, NULL, 0) < 0) {
+			warn("sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_SHM_INFO)");
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ((buf = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc");
+	shmsi = (struct shm_sysctl_info *)buf;
+	if (sysctl(mib, 4, shmsi, &len, NULL, 0) < 0) {
+		warn("sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_SHM_INFO)");
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (display & SHMTOTAL)
+		show_shmtotal(&shmsi->shminfo);
+
+	if (display & SHMINFO) {
+		show_shminfo_hdr();
+		for (i = 0; i < shmsi->shminfo.shmmni; i++) {
+			struct shmid_ds_sysctl *shmptr = &shmsi->shmids[i];
+			if (shmptr->shm_perm.mode & 0x0800)
+				show_shminfo(shmptr->shm_atime,
+				    shmptr->shm_dtime,
+				    shmptr->shm_ctime,
+				    IXSEQ_TO_IPCID(i, shmptr->shm_perm),
+				    shmptr->shm_perm._key,
+				    shmptr->shm_perm.mode,
+				    shmptr->shm_perm.uid,
+				    shmptr->shm_perm.gid,
+				    shmptr->shm_perm.cuid,
+				    shmptr->shm_perm.cgid,
+				    shmptr->shm_nattch,
+				    shmptr->shm_segsz,
+				    shmptr->shm_cpid,
+				    shmptr->shm_lpid);
+		}
+		(void)printf("\n");
+	}
+done:
+	free(buf);
+}
+
+static void
+sem_sysctl(void)
+{
+	struct sem_sysctl_info *semsi;
+	void *buf;
+	int mib[4];
+	size_t len;
+	int i, valid;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_SYSVIPC;
+	mib[2] = KERN_SYSVIPC_SEM;
+	len = sizeof(valid);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 3, &valid, &len, NULL, 0) < 0) {
+		warn("sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_SEM)");
+		return;
+	}
+	if (!valid) {
+		unconfsem();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_SYSVIPC;
+	mib[2] = KERN_SYSVIPC_INFO;
+	mib[3] = KERN_SYSVIPC_SEM_INFO;
+
+	if (!(display & SEMINFO)) {
+		/* totals only */
+		len = sizeof(struct seminfo);
+	} else {
+		if (sysctl(mib, 4, NULL, &len, NULL, 0) < 0) {
+			warn("sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_SEM_INFO)");
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ((buf = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc");
+	semsi = (struct sem_sysctl_info *)buf;
+	if (sysctl(mib, 4, semsi, &len, NULL, 0) < 0) {
+		warn("sysctl(KERN_SYSVIPC_SEM_INFO)");
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (display & SEMTOTAL)
+		show_semtotal(&semsi->seminfo);
+
+	if (display & SEMINFO) {
+		show_seminfo_hdr();
+		for (i = 0; i < semsi->seminfo.semmni; i++) {
+			struct semid_ds_sysctl *semaptr = &semsi->semids[i];
+			if ((semaptr->sem_perm.mode & SEM_ALLOC) != 0)
+				show_seminfo(semaptr->sem_otime,
+				    semaptr->sem_ctime,
+				    IXSEQ_TO_IPCID(i, semaptr->sem_perm),
+				    semaptr->sem_perm._key,
+				    semaptr->sem_perm.mode,
+				    semaptr->sem_perm.uid,
+				    semaptr->sem_perm.gid,
+				    semaptr->sem_perm.cuid,
+				    semaptr->sem_perm.cgid,
+				    semaptr->sem_nsems);
+		}
+		(void)printf("\n");
+	}
+done:
+	free(buf);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [-abcmopqstMQST]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/join/join.1 b/usr.bin/join/join.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d40b099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/join/join.1
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: join.1,v 1.15 2017/07/04 07:01:53 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"   The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)join.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/28/95
+.\"
+.Dd April 28, 1995
+.Dt JOIN 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm join
+.Nd relational database operator
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl a Ar file_number | Fl v Ar file_number
+.Op Fl e Ar string
+.Op Fl j Ar file_number field
+.Op Fl o Ar list
+.Op Fl t Ar char
+.Op Fl \&1 Ar field
+.Op Fl \&2 Ar field
+.Ar file1 file2
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The join utility performs an ``equality join'' on the specified files
+and writes the result to the standard output.
+The ``join field'' is the field in each file by which the files are compared.
+The first field in each line is used by default.
+There is one line in the output for each pair of lines in
+.Ar file1
+and
+.Ar file2
+which have identical join fields.
+Each output line consists of the join field, the remaining fields from
+.Ar file1
+and then the remaining fields from
+.Ar file2 .
+.Pp
+The default field separators are tab and space characters.
+In this case, multiple tabs and spaces count as a single field separator,
+and leading tabs and spaces are ignored.
+The default output field separator is a single space character.
+.Pp
+Many of the options use file and field numbers.
+Both file numbers and field numbers are 1 based, i.e. the first file on
+the command line is file number 1 and the first field is field number 1.
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Fl a Ar file_number
+In addition to the default output, produce a line for each unpairable
+line in file
+.Ar file_number .
+(The argument to
+.Fl a
+must not be preceded by a space; see the
+.Sx COMPATIBILITY
+section.)
+.It Fl e Ar string
+Replace empty output fields with
+.Ar string .
+.It Fl o Ar list
+The
+.Fl o
+option specifies the fields that will be output from each file for
+each line with matching join fields.
+Each element of
+.Ar list
+has the form
+.Ql file_number.field ,
+where
+.Ar file_number
+is a file number and
+.Ar field
+is a field number.
+The elements of list must be either comma (``,'') or whitespace separated.
+(The latter requires quoting to protect it from the shell, or, a simpler
+approach is to use multiple
+.Fl o
+options.)
+.It Fl t Ar char
+Use character
+.Ar char
+as a field delimiter for both input and output.
+Every occurrence of
+.Ar char
+in a line is significant.
+.It Fl v Ar file_number
+Do not display the default output, but display a line for each unpairable
+line in file
+.Ar file_number .
+The options
+.Fl v Ar 1
+and
+.Fl v Ar 2
+may be specified at the same time.
+.It Fl 1 Ar field
+Join on the
+.Ar field Ns 'th
+field of file 1.
+.It Fl 2 Ar field
+Join on the
+.Ar field Ns 'th
+field of file 2.
+.El
+.Pp
+When the default field delimiter characters are used, the files to be joined
+should be ordered in the collating sequence of
+.Xr sort 1 ,
+using the
+.Fl b
+option, on the fields on which they are to be joined, otherwise
+.Nm
+may not report all field matches.
+When the field delimiter characters are specified by the
+.Fl t
+option, the collating sequence should be the same as
+.Xr sort 1
+without the
+.Fl b
+option.
+.Pp
+If one of the arguments
+.Ar file1
+or
+.Ar file2
+is ``-'', the standard input is used.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std join
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+For compatibility with historic versions of
+.Nm ,
+the following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Fl a
+In addition to the default output, produce a line for each unpairable line
+in both file 1 and file 2.
+(To distinguish between this and
+.Fl a Ar file_number ,
+.Nm
+currently requires that the latter not include any white space.)
+.It Fl j1 Ar field
+Join on the
+.Ar field Ns 'th
+field of file 1.
+.It Fl j2 Ar field
+Join on the
+.Ar field Ns 'th
+field of file 2.
+.It Fl j Ar field
+Join on the
+.Ar field Ns 'th
+field of both file 1 and file 2.
+.It Fl o Ar list ...
+Historical implementations of
+.Nm
+permitted multiple arguments to the
+.Fl o
+option.
+These arguments were of the form ``file_number.field_number'' as described
+for the current
+.Fl o
+option.
+This has obvious difficulties in the presence of files named ``1.2''.
+.El
+.Pp
+These options are available only so historic shell scripts don't require
+modification and should not be used.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr awk 1 ,
+.Xr comm 1 ,
+.Xr paste 1 ,
+.Xr sort 1 ,
+.Xr uniq 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+command is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
diff --git a/usr.bin/join/join.c b/usr.bin/join/join.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b377ec2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/join/join.c
@@ -0,0 +1,637 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: join.c,v 1.31 2011/09/04 20:27:52 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Steve Hayman of Indiana University, Michiro Hikida and David
+ * Goodenough.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1991\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)join.c	5.1 (Berkeley) 11/18/91";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: join.c,v 1.31 2011/09/04 20:27:52 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+ * There's a structure per input file which encapsulates the state of the
+ * file.  We repeatedly read lines from each file until we've read in all
+ * the consecutive lines from the file with a common join field.  Then we
+ * compare the set of lines with an equivalent set from the other file.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	char *line;		/* line */
+	u_long linealloc;	/* line allocated count */
+	char **fields;		/* line field(s) */
+	u_long fieldcnt;	/* line field(s) count */
+	u_long fieldalloc;	/* line field(s) allocated count */
+} LINE;
+
+static char nolineline[1] = { '\0' };
+static LINE noline = {nolineline, 0, 0, 0, 0};	/* arg for outfield if no line to output */
+
+typedef struct {
+	FILE *fp;		/* file descriptor */
+	u_long joinf;		/* join field (-1, -2, -j) */
+	int unpair;		/* output unpairable lines (-a) */
+	int number;		/* 1 for file 1, 2 for file 2 */
+
+	LINE *set;		/* set of lines with same field */
+	u_long pushback;	/* line on the stack */
+	u_long setcnt;		/* set count */
+	u_long setalloc;	/* set allocated count */
+} INPUT;
+
+static INPUT input1 = { NULL, 0, 0, 1, NULL, -1, 0, 0, },
+      input2 = { NULL, 0, 0, 2, NULL, -1, 0, 0, };
+
+typedef struct {
+	u_long	fileno;		/* file number */
+	u_long	fieldno;	/* field number */
+} OLIST;
+
+static OLIST *olist;			/* output field list */
+static u_long olistcnt;		/* output field list count */
+static u_long olistalloc;		/* output field allocated count */
+
+static int joinout = 1;		/* show lines with matched join fields (-v) */
+static int needsep;			/* need separator character */
+static int spans = 1;			/* span multiple delimiters (-t) */
+static char *empty;			/* empty field replacement string (-e) */
+static const char *tabchar = " \t";	/* delimiter characters (-t) */
+
+static int  cmp(LINE *, u_long, LINE *, u_long);
+__dead static void enomem(void);
+static void fieldarg(char *);
+static void joinlines(INPUT *, INPUT *);
+static void obsolete(char **);
+static void outfield(LINE *, u_long);
+static void outoneline(INPUT *, LINE *);
+static void outtwoline(INPUT *, LINE *, INPUT *, LINE *);
+static void slurp(INPUT *);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	INPUT *F1, *F2;
+	int aflag, ch, cval, vflag;
+	char *end;
+
+	F1 = &input1;
+	F2 = &input2;
+
+	aflag = vflag = 0;
+	obsolete(argv);
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "\01a:e:j:1:2:o:t:v:")) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case '\01':
+			aflag = 1;
+			F1->unpair = F2->unpair = 1;
+			break;
+		case '1':
+			if ((F1->joinf = strtol(optarg, &end, 10)) < 1) {
+				warnx("-1 option field number less than 1");
+				usage();
+			}
+			if (*end) {
+				warnx("illegal field number -- %s", optarg);
+				usage();
+			}
+			--F1->joinf;
+			break;
+		case '2':
+			if ((F2->joinf = strtol(optarg, &end, 10)) < 1) {
+				warnx("-2 option field number less than 1");
+				usage();
+			}
+			if (*end) {
+				warnx("illegal field number -- %s", optarg);
+				usage();
+			}
+			--F2->joinf;
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			aflag = 1;
+			switch(strtol(optarg, &end, 10)) {
+			case 1:
+				F1->unpair = 1;
+				break;
+			case 2:
+				F2->unpair = 1;
+				break;
+			default:
+				warnx("-a option file number not 1 or 2");
+				usage();
+				break;
+			}
+			if (*end) {
+				warnx("illegal file number -- %s", optarg);
+				usage();
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			empty = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'j':
+			if ((F1->joinf = F2->joinf =
+			    strtol(optarg, &end, 10)) < 1) {
+				warnx("-j option field number less than 1");
+				usage();
+			}
+			if (*end) {
+				warnx("illegal field number -- %s", optarg);
+				usage();
+			}
+			--F1->joinf;
+			--F2->joinf;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			fieldarg(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			spans = 0;
+			if (strlen(tabchar = optarg) != 1) {
+				warnx("illegal tab character specification");
+				usage();
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			vflag = 1;
+			joinout = 0;
+			switch(strtol(optarg, &end, 10)) {
+			case 1:
+				F1->unpair = 1;
+				break;
+			case 2:
+				F2->unpair = 1;
+				break;
+			default:
+				warnx("-v option file number not 1 or 2");
+				usage();
+				break;
+			}
+			if (*end) {
+				warnx("illegal file number -- %s", optarg);
+				usage();
+			}
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (aflag && vflag)
+		errx(1, "-a and -v options mutually exclusive");
+
+	if (argc != 2)
+		usage();
+
+	/* Open the files; "-" means stdin. */
+	if (!strcmp(*argv, "-"))
+		F1->fp = stdin;
+	else if ((F1->fp = fopen(*argv, "r")) == NULL)
+		err(1, "%s", *argv);
+	++argv;
+	if (!strcmp(*argv, "-"))
+		F2->fp = stdin;
+	else if ((F2->fp = fopen(*argv, "r")) == NULL)
+		err(1, "%s", *argv);
+	if (F1->fp == stdin && F2->fp == stdin)
+		errx(1, "only one input file may be stdin");
+
+	slurp(F1);
+	slurp(F2);
+	while (F1->setcnt && F2->setcnt) {
+		cval = cmp(F1->set, F1->joinf, F2->set, F2->joinf);
+		if (cval == 0) {
+			/* Oh joy, oh rapture, oh beauty divine! */
+			if (joinout)
+				joinlines(F1, F2);
+			slurp(F1);
+			slurp(F2);
+		} else if (cval < 0) {
+			/* File 1 takes the lead... */
+			if (F1->unpair)
+				joinlines(F1, NULL);
+			slurp(F1);
+		} else {
+			/* File 2 takes the lead... */
+			if (F2->unpair)
+				joinlines(F2, NULL);
+			slurp(F2);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Now that one of the files is used up, optionally output any
+	 * remaining lines from the other file.
+	 */
+	if (F1->unpair)
+		while (F1->setcnt) {
+			joinlines(F1, NULL);
+			slurp(F1);
+		}
+	if (F1->fp != stdin)
+		fclose(F1->fp);
+
+	if (F2->unpair)
+		while (F2->setcnt) {
+			joinlines(F2, NULL);
+			slurp(F2);
+		}
+	if (F2->fp != stdin)
+		fclose(F2->fp);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+slurp(INPUT *F)
+{
+	LINE *lp;
+	LINE tmp;
+	LINE *nline;
+	size_t len;
+	u_long cnt;
+	char *bp, *fieldp;
+	u_long nsize;
+
+	/*
+	 * Read all of the lines from an input file that have the same
+	 * join field.
+	 */
+	for (F->setcnt = 0;; ++F->setcnt) {
+		/*
+		 * If we're out of space to hold line structures, allocate
+		 * more.  Initialize the structure so that we know that this
+		 * is new space.
+		 */
+		if (F->setcnt == F->setalloc) {
+			cnt = F->setalloc;
+			if (F->setalloc == 0)
+				nsize = 64;
+			else
+				nsize = F->setalloc << 1;
+			if ((nline = realloc(F->set,
+			    nsize * sizeof(LINE))) == NULL)
+				enomem();
+			F->set = nline;
+			F->setalloc = nsize;
+			memset(F->set + cnt, 0,
+			    (F->setalloc - cnt) * sizeof(LINE));
+		}
+			
+		/*
+		 * Get any pushed back line, else get the next line.  Allocate
+		 * space as necessary.  If taking the line from the stack swap
+		 * the two structures so that we don't lose the allocated space.
+		 * This could be avoided by doing another level of indirection,
+		 * but it's probably okay as is.
+		 */
+		lp = &F->set[F->setcnt];
+		if (F->pushback != (u_long)-1) {
+			tmp = F->set[F->setcnt];
+			F->set[F->setcnt] = F->set[F->pushback];
+			F->set[F->pushback] = tmp;
+			F->pushback = (u_long)-1;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if ((bp = fgetln(F->fp, &len)) == NULL)
+			return;
+		if (lp->linealloc <= len + 1) {
+			char *n;
+
+			if (lp->linealloc == 0)
+				nsize = 128;
+			else
+				nsize = lp->linealloc;
+			while (nsize <= len + 1)
+				nsize <<= 1;
+			if ((n = realloc(lp->line,
+			    nsize * sizeof(char))) == NULL)
+				enomem();
+			lp->line = n;
+			lp->linealloc = nsize;
+		}
+		memmove(lp->line, bp, len);
+
+		/* Replace trailing newline, if it exists. */ 
+		if (bp[len - 1] == '\n')
+			lp->line[len - 1] = '\0';
+		else
+			lp->line[len] = '\0';
+		bp = lp->line;
+
+		/* Split the line into fields, allocate space as necessary. */
+		lp->fieldcnt = 0;
+		while ((fieldp = strsep(&bp, tabchar)) != NULL) {
+			if (spans && *fieldp == '\0')
+				continue;
+			if (lp->fieldcnt == lp->fieldalloc) {
+				char **n;
+
+				if (lp->fieldalloc == 0)
+					nsize = 16;
+				else
+					nsize = lp->fieldalloc << 1;
+				if ((n = realloc(lp->fields,
+				    nsize * sizeof(char *))) == NULL)
+					enomem();
+				lp->fields = n;
+				lp->fieldalloc = nsize;
+			}
+			lp->fields[lp->fieldcnt++] = fieldp;
+		}
+
+		/* See if the join field value has changed. */
+		if (F->setcnt && cmp(lp, F->joinf, lp - 1, F->joinf)) {
+			F->pushback = F->setcnt;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static int
+cmp(LINE *lp1, u_long fieldno1, LINE *lp2, u_long fieldno2)
+{
+
+	if (lp1->fieldcnt <= fieldno1)
+		return (lp2->fieldcnt <= fieldno2 ? 0 : 1);
+	if (lp2->fieldcnt <= fieldno2)
+		return (-1);
+	return (strcmp(lp1->fields[fieldno1], lp2->fields[fieldno2]));
+}
+
+static void
+joinlines(INPUT *F1, INPUT *F2)
+{
+	u_long cnt1, cnt2;
+
+	/*
+	 * Output the results of a join comparison.  The output may be from
+	 * either file 1 or file 2 (in which case the first argument is the
+	 * file from which to output) or from both.
+	 */
+	if (F2 == NULL) {
+		for (cnt1 = 0; cnt1 < F1->setcnt; ++cnt1)
+			outoneline(F1, &F1->set[cnt1]);
+		return;
+	}
+	for (cnt1 = 0; cnt1 < F1->setcnt; ++cnt1)
+		for (cnt2 = 0; cnt2 < F2->setcnt; ++cnt2)
+			outtwoline(F1, &F1->set[cnt1], F2, &F2->set[cnt2]);
+}
+
+static void
+outoneline(INPUT *F, LINE *lp)
+{
+	u_long cnt;
+
+	/*
+	 * Output a single line from one of the files, according to the
+	 * join rules.  This happens when we are writing unmatched single
+	 * lines.  Output empty fields in the right places.
+	 */
+	if (olist)
+		for (cnt = 0; cnt < olistcnt; ++cnt) {
+			if (olist[cnt].fileno == (u_long)F->number)
+				outfield(lp, olist[cnt].fieldno);
+			else
+				outfield(&noline, 1);
+		}
+	else
+		for (cnt = 0; cnt < lp->fieldcnt; ++cnt)
+			outfield(lp, cnt);
+	(void)printf("\n");
+	if (ferror(stdout))
+		err(1, "stdout");
+	needsep = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+outtwoline(INPUT *F1, LINE *lp1, INPUT *F2, LINE *lp2)
+{
+	u_long cnt;
+
+	/* Output a pair of lines according to the join list (if any). */
+	if (olist) {
+		for (cnt = 0; cnt < olistcnt; ++cnt)
+			if (olist[cnt].fileno == 1)
+				outfield(lp1, olist[cnt].fieldno);
+			else /* if (olist[cnt].fileno == 2) */
+				outfield(lp2, olist[cnt].fieldno);
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Output the join field, then the remaining fields from F1
+		 * and F2.
+		 */
+		outfield(lp1, F1->joinf);
+		for (cnt = 0; cnt < lp1->fieldcnt; ++cnt)
+			if (F1->joinf != cnt)
+				outfield(lp1, cnt);
+		for (cnt = 0; cnt < lp2->fieldcnt; ++cnt)
+			if (F2->joinf != cnt)
+				outfield(lp2, cnt);
+	}
+	(void)printf("\n");
+	if (ferror(stdout))
+		err(1, "stdout");
+	needsep = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+outfield(LINE *lp, u_long fieldno)
+{
+	if (needsep++)
+		(void)printf("%c", *tabchar);
+	if (!ferror(stdout)) {
+		if (lp->fieldcnt <= fieldno) {
+			if (empty != NULL)
+				(void)printf("%s", empty);
+		} else {
+			if (*lp->fields[fieldno] == '\0')
+				return;
+			(void)printf("%s", lp->fields[fieldno]);
+		}
+	}
+	if (ferror(stdout))
+		err(1, "stdout");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert an output list argument "2.1, 1.3, 2.4" into an array of output
+ * fields.
+ */
+static void
+fieldarg(char *option)
+{
+	u_long fieldno;
+	char *end, *token;
+	OLIST *n;
+
+	while ((token = strsep(&option, ", \t")) != NULL) {
+		if (*token == '\0')
+			continue;
+		if ((token[0] != '1' && token[0] != '2') || token[1] != '.')
+			errx(1, "malformed -o option field");
+		fieldno = strtol(token + 2, &end, 10);
+		if (*end)
+			errx(1, "malformed -o option field");
+		if (fieldno == 0)
+			errx(1, "field numbers are 1 based");
+		if (olistcnt == olistalloc) {
+			if ((n = realloc(olist,
+			    (olistalloc + 50) * sizeof(OLIST))) == NULL)
+				enomem();
+			olist = n;
+			olistalloc += 50;
+		}
+		olist[olistcnt].fileno = token[0] - '0';
+		olist[olistcnt].fieldno = fieldno - 1;
+		++olistcnt;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+obsolete(char **argv)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	char **p, *ap, *t;
+
+	while ((ap = *++argv) != NULL) {
+		/* Return if "--". */
+		if (ap[0] == '-' && ap[1] == '-')
+			return;
+		switch (ap[1]) {
+		case 'a':
+			/* 
+			 * The original join allowed "-a", which meant the
+			 * same as -a1 plus -a2.  POSIX 1003.2, Draft 11.2
+			 * only specifies this as "-a 1" and "a -2", so we
+			 * have to use another option flag, one that is
+			 * unlikely to ever be used or accidentally entered
+			 * on the command line.  (Well, we could reallocate
+			 * the argv array, but that hardly seems worthwhile.)
+			 */
+			if (ap[2] == '\0')
+				ap[1] = '\01';
+			break;
+		case 'j':
+			/*
+			 * The original join allowed "-j[12] arg" and "-j arg".
+			 * Convert the former to "-[12] arg".  Don't convert
+			 * the latter since getopt(3) can handle it.
+			 */
+			switch(ap[2]) {
+			case '1':
+				if (ap[3] != '\0')
+					goto jbad;
+				ap[1] = '1';
+				ap[2] = '\0';
+				break;
+			case '2':
+				if (ap[3] != '\0')
+					goto jbad;
+				ap[1] = '2';
+				ap[2] = '\0';
+				break;
+			case '\0':
+				break;
+			default:
+jbad:				errx(1, "illegal option -- %s", ap);
+				usage();
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			/*
+			 * The original join allowed "-o arg arg".  Convert to
+			 * "-o arg -o arg".
+			 */
+			if (ap[2] != '\0')
+				break;
+			for (p = argv + 2; *p; ++p) {
+				if ((p[0][0] != '1' && p[0][0] != '2') ||
+				    p[0][1] != '.')
+					break;
+				len = strlen(*p);
+				if (len - 2 != strspn(*p + 2, "0123456789"))
+					break;
+				if ((t = malloc(len + 3)) == NULL)
+					enomem();
+				t[0] = '-';
+				t[1] = 'o';
+				memmove(t + 2, *p, len + 1);
+				*p = t;
+			}
+			argv = p - 1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+enomem(void)
+{
+	errx(1, "no memory");
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "usage: %s [-a fileno | -v fileno] [-e string] [-j fileno field]\n"
+	    "            [-o list] [-t char] [-1 field] [-2 field] file1 file2\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/Makefile.common b/usr.bin/ldd/Makefile.common
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6193b71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ldd/Makefile.common
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile.common,v 1.3 2013/04/25 07:12:46 matt Exp $
+
+LDELFSO=${NETBSDSRCDIR}/libexec/ld.elf_so
+CPPFLAGS+= -I${LDELFSO} -DLIBDIR=\"${LIBDIR}\"
+CPPFLAGS+= -D_RTLD_SOURCE
+.if !empty(MACHINE_ARCH:Mearm*)
+CPPFLAGS+= -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libexecinfo
+.endif
+#CPPFLAGS+= -DDEBUG
+.PATH: ${LDELFSO}
+
+.if (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc") || (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc64") || \
+    (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "arm") || (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68k") || \
+    (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "powerpc") || (${MACHINE_ARCH:Mmips*} != "")
+CPPFLAGS+= -DVARPSZ
+.endif
diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/Makefile.elf b/usr.bin/ldd/Makefile.elf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3acc9a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ldd/Makefile.elf
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile.elf,v 1.5 2013/05/07 13:00:35 christos Exp $
+
+# Makefile fragment to build a (32 or 64 bit) libldd_elfxx.a.
+# Expects CPPFLAGS to have ELFSIZE set, and LIB to be set.
+
+SRCS=	ldd_elfxx.c
+SRCS+=	xmalloc.c debug.c expand.c map_object.c load.c search.c \
+	headers.c paths.c tls.c symver.c
+
+.include "Makefile.common"
diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/build/Makefile b/usr.bin/ldd/build/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..312eb00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ldd/build/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.5 2019/01/27 05:17:48 kre Exp $
+
+NOSANITIZER=		# defined
+
+.include <bsd.own.mk>		# for MKDYNAMICROOT definition
+
+PROG=	ldd
+SRCS=	ldd.c
+MAN=	ldd.1
+
+.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/..
+
+.if ${OBJECT_FMTS:Melf32} != ""
+LIB_ELF32DIR!=	cd ${.CURDIR}/../elf32 && ${PRINTOBJDIR}
+EXTRA_LIBS+=	${LIB_ELF32DIR}/libldd_elf32.a
+.else
+CPPFLAGS.ldd.c+= -DELF64_ONLY
+.endif
+
+.if (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mips64el") || (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mips64eb")
+LIB_ELF32COMPATDIR!=	cd ${.CURDIR}/../elf32_compat && ${PRINTOBJDIR}
+EXTRA_LIBS+=		${LIB_ELF32COMPATDIR}/libldd_elf32_compat.a
+.endif
+
+.if ${OBJECT_FMTS:Melf64} != ""
+LIB_ELF64DIR!=	cd ${.CURDIR}/../elf64 && ${PRINTOBJDIR}
+EXTRA_LIBS+=	${LIB_ELF64DIR}/libldd_elf64.a
+CPPFLAGS.ldd.c+= -DELFSIZE=64
+.else
+CPPFLAGS.ldd.c+= -DELFSIZE=32
+.endif
+
+LDADD+=	${EXTRA_LIBS}
+DPADD+=	${EXTRA_LIBS}
+
+.include "Makefile.common"
+
+.if (${MKDYNAMICROOT} == "no")
+LDSTATIC?= -static
+.endif
+
+.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/dummy.c b/usr.bin/ldd/dummy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51f4a6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ldd/dummy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: dummy.c,v 1.1 2009/01/07 00:39:24 mrg Exp $	*/
+
+/* This file left intentially blank. */
diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/elf32/Makefile b/usr.bin/ldd/elf32/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71e00b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ldd/elf32/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.12 2019/01/27 05:16:55 kre Exp $
+
+NOSANITIZER=		# defined
+
+.include <bsd.own.mk>
+.include <bsd.init.mk>
+
+RTLD_FUNCS	= \
+	_rtld_tls_allocate \
+	_rtld_tls_free \
+
+.for _d in ${RTLD_FUNCS}
+CPPFLAGS+=	-D${_d}=_elf32_${_d}
+.endfor
+
+CPPFLAGS+=	-DELFSIZE=32
+LIB=	ldd_elf32
+
+# XXX Force one member
+SRCS=	dummy.c
+
+LIBISPRIVATE=	yes
+.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/..
+
+.ifdef MLIBDIR
+CPPFLAGS+=	-DRTLD_ARCH_SUBDIR=\"${MLIBDIR}\"
+.endif
+
+.if ${OBJECT_FMTS:Melf32} != ""
+.include "../Makefile.elf"
+.endif
+
+.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/elf32_compat/Makefile b/usr.bin/ldd/elf32_compat/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e604c20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ldd/elf32_compat/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.4 2019/01/27 05:15:42 kre Exp $
+
+NOSANITIZER=		# defined
+
+.include <bsd.own.mk>
+.include <bsd.init.mk>
+
+CPPFLAGS+=	-DELFSIZE=32 -DELF32_COMPAT
+LIB=	ldd_elf32_compat
+
+# XXX Force one member
+SRCS=	dummy.c
+
+LIBISPRIVATE=	yes
+.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/..
+
+.ifdef COMPAT_MLIBDIR
+MLIBDIR=	${COMPAT_MLIBDIR}
+CPPFLAGS+=	-DRTLD_ARCH_SUBDIR=\"${MLIBDIR}\"
+.endif
+
+.ifdef MLIBDIR
+.include "../Makefile.elf"
+.endif
+
+.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/elf64/Makefile b/usr.bin/ldd/elf64/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5cb2ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ldd/elf64/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.11 2019/01/27 05:14:45 kre Exp $
+
+NOSANITIZER=		# defined
+
+.include <bsd.own.mk>
+
+CPPFLAGS+=	-DELFSIZE=64
+LIB=	ldd_elf64
+
+# XXX Force one member
+SRCS=	dummy.c
+
+LIBISPRIVATE=	yes
+.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/..
+
+.if ${OBJECT_FMTS:Melf64} != ""
+
+# XXX we need to make sure that we don't accidentally get the elf32
+# XXX versions of these.
+
+RTLD_FUNCS	= \
+	_rtld_expand_path \
+	_rtld_digest_dynamic \
+	_rtld_digest_phdr \
+	_rtld_load_needed_objects \
+	_rtld_load_object \
+	_rtld_map_object \
+	_rtld_obj_free \
+	_rtld_obj_new \
+	_rtld_object_add_name \
+	_rtld_object_match_name \
+	_rtld_add_paths \
+	_rtld_process_hints \
+	_rtld_sysctl \
+	_rtld_tls_allocate \
+	_rtld_tls_free \
+	_rtld_load_library
+
+.for _d in ${RTLD_FUNCS}
+CPPFLAGS+=	-D${_d}=_elf64_${_d}
+.endfor
+
+.if (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mips64el") || (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mips64eb")
+CPPFLAGS+=	-DRTLD_ARCH_SUBDIR=\"${MLIBDIR}\"
+.endif
+
+.include "../Makefile.elf"
+
+.endif
+
+.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.1 b/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e49e9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.1
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ldd.1,v 1.20 2017/12/25 05:08:49 maya Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Paul Kranenburg.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd December 25, 2017
+.Dt LDD 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ldd
+.Nd list dynamic object dependencies
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl o
+.Op Fl f Ar format
+.Ar program ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+displays all shared objects that are needed to run the given program.
+Contrary to
+.Xr nm 1 ,
+the list includes
+.Dq indirect
+dependencies that are the result of needed shared objects which themselves
+depend on yet other shared objects.
+Zero, one or two
+.Fl f
+options may be given.
+The argument is a format string passed to
+.Xr rtld 1
+and allows customization of
+.Nm ldd Ns 's
+output.
+The first format argument is used for library objects and defaults to
+.Qq "\et-l%o.%m => %p\en" .
+The second format argument is used for non-library objects and defaults to
+.Qq "\et%o => %p\en" .
+.Pp
+These arguments are interpreted as format strings a la
+.Xr printf 3
+to customize the trace output and allow
+.Nm
+to be operated as a filter more conveniently.
+The following conversions can be used:
+.Bl -tag -width xxxx
+.It \&%a
+The main program's name
+.Po also known as
+.Dq __progname
+.Pc .
+.It \&%A
+The value of the environment variable
+.Ev LD_TRACE_LOADED_OBJECTS_PROGNAME
+in a.out and the program name from the argument vector from elf.
+.It \&%o
+The library name.
+.It \&%m
+The library's major version number.
+.It \&%n
+The library's minor version number (a.out only, ignored in elf).
+.It \&%p
+The full pathname as determined by
+.Nm rtld Ns 's
+library search rules.
+.It \&%x
+The library's load address
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Sy \en
+and
+.Sy \et
+are recognized and have their usual meaning.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl o
+option is an alias for
+.Fl f
+.Ar \&%a:-l\&%o.\&%m => \&%p\en ,
+which makes
+.Nm
+behave analogously to
+.Ic nm Fl o .
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ld 1 ,
+.Xr ld.elf_so 1 ,
+.Xr nm 1 ,
+.Xr rtld 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility first appeared in SunOS 4.0, it appeared in its current form
+in
+.Nx 0.9a .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+a.out
+.Nm
+actually runs the program it has been requested to analyze which in specially
+constructed environments can have security implications.
diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.c b/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2794f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ldd.c,v 1.23 2017/12/25 05:08:49 maya Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Paul Kranenburg.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright 1996 John D. Polstra.
+ * Copyright 1996 Matt Thomas <matt@3am-software.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *      This product includes software developed by John Polstra.
+ * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ldd.c,v 1.23 2017/12/25 05:08:49 maya Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "rtld.h"
+#include "ldd.h"
+
+/*
+ * Data declarations.
+ */
+static char *error_message;	/* Message for dlopen(), or NULL */
+bool _rtld_trust;		/* False for setuid and setgid programs */
+/*
+ * This may be ELF64 or ELF32 but since they are used opaquely it doesn't
+ * really matter.
+ */
+Obj_Entry *_rtld_objlist;	/* Head of linked list of shared objects */
+Obj_Entry **_rtld_objtail = &_rtld_objlist;
+				/* Link field of last object in list */
+u_int _rtld_objcount;		/* Number of shared objects */
+u_int _rtld_objloads;		/* Number of objects loaded */
+
+Obj_Entry *_rtld_objmain;	/* The main program shared object */
+size_t _rtld_pagesz;
+
+Search_Path *_rtld_default_paths;
+Search_Path *_rtld_paths;
+Library_Xform *_rtld_xforms;
+
+static void usage(void) __dead;
+char *main_local;
+char *main_progname;
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-f <format 1>] [-f <format 2>] <filename>"
+		" ...\n", getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	const char *fmt1 = NULL, *fmt2 = NULL;
+	int c, exit_status = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	debug = 1;
+#endif
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "f:o")) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'f':
+			if (fmt1) {
+				if (fmt2)
+					errx(1, "Too many formats");
+				fmt2 = optarg;
+			} else
+				fmt1 = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			if (fmt1 || fmt2)
+				errx(1, "Cannot use -o and -f together");
+			fmt1 = "%a:-l%o.%m => %p\n";
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/*NOTREACHED*/
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc <= 0) {
+		usage();
+		/*NOTREACHED*/
+	}
+
+	for (; argc != 0; argc--, argv++) {
+		int fd;
+
+		fd = open(*argv, O_RDONLY);
+		if (fd == -1) {
+			exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE;
+			warn("%s", *argv);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (elf_ldd(fd, *argv, fmt1, fmt2) == -1
+		    /* Alpha never had 32 bit support. */
+#if (defined(_LP64) && !defined(ELF64_ONLY)) || defined(MIPS_N32)
+		    && elf32_ldd(fd, *argv, fmt1, fmt2) == -1
+#if defined(__mips__) && 0 /* XXX this is still hosed for some reason */
+		    && elf32_ldd_compat(fd, *argv, fmt1, fmt2) == -1
+#endif
+#endif
+		    ) {
+			exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE;
+			warnx("%s", error_message);
+		}
+		close(fd);
+	}
+
+	return exit_status;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Error reporting function.  Use it like printf.  If formats the message
+ * into a buffer, and sets things up so that the next call to dlerror()
+ * will return the message.
+ */
+void
+_rtld_error(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	static char buf[512];
+	va_list ap;
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	xvsnprintf(buf, sizeof buf, fmt, ap);
+	error_message = buf;
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+char *
+dlerror()
+{
+	char *msg = error_message;
+	error_message = NULL;
+	return msg;
+}
+
+void
+_rtld_die(void)
+{
+	const char *msg = dlerror();
+
+	if (msg == NULL)
+		msg = "Fatal error";
+	xerrx(1, "%s", msg);
+}
+
+void
+_rtld_shared_enter(void)
+{
+}
+
+void
+_rtld_shared_exit(void)
+{
+}
+
+void
+_rtld_exclusive_enter(sigset_t *mask)
+{
+}
+
+void
+_rtld_exclusive_exit(sigset_t *mask)
+{
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.h b/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3b4520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ldd.h,v 1.7 2012/07/08 00:53:44 matt Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Matthew R. Green
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+ * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+int elf32_ldd(int, char *, const char *, const char *);
+
+#ifdef _LP64
+#define LDD_ELF64
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LDD_ELF64
+int elf64_ldd(int, char *, const char *, const char *);
+#define elf_ldd elf64_ldd
+#elif defined(ELF32_COMPAT)
+#define elf_ldd elf32_compat_ldd
+#else
+#define elf_ldd elf32_ldd
+#endif
+
+extern char *main_local;
+extern char *main_progname;
diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/ldd_elfxx.c b/usr.bin/ldd/ldd_elfxx.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5def64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/ldd/ldd_elfxx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ldd_elfxx.c,v 1.7 2017/01/10 21:11:25 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Paul Kranenburg.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright 1996 John D. Polstra.
+ * Copyright 1996 Matt Thomas <matt@3am-software.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *      This product includes software developed by John Polstra.
+ * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ldd_elfxx.c,v 1.7 2017/01/10 21:11:25 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "rtld.h"
+#include "ldd.h"
+
+static void print_needed(Obj_Entry *, const char *, const char *);
+static void fmtprint(const char *, Obj_Entry *, const char *, const char *);
+
+/*
+ * elfxx_ldd() - bit-size independent ELF ldd implementation.
+ * returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
+ */
+int
+ELFNAME(ldd)(int fd, char *path, const char *fmt1, const char *fmt2)
+{
+	struct stat st;
+
+	if (lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET) < 0 ||
+	    fstat(fd, &st) < 0) {
+		_rtld_error("%s: %s", path, strerror(errno));
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	_rtld_pagesz = sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
+
+#ifdef RTLD_ARCH_SUBDIR
+	_rtld_add_paths(path, &_rtld_default_paths,
+	    RTLD_DEFAULT_LIBRARY_PATH "/" RTLD_ARCH_SUBDIR);
+#endif
+	_rtld_add_paths(path, &_rtld_default_paths, RTLD_DEFAULT_LIBRARY_PATH);
+
+	_rtld_paths = NULL;
+	_rtld_trust = (st.st_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) == 0;
+	if (_rtld_trust)
+		_rtld_add_paths(path, &_rtld_paths, getenv("LD_LIBRARY_PATH"));
+
+	_rtld_process_hints(path, &_rtld_paths, &_rtld_xforms, _PATH_LD_HINTS);
+	_rtld_objmain = _rtld_map_object(xstrdup(path), fd, &st);
+	if (_rtld_objmain == NULL)
+		return -1;
+
+	_rtld_objmain->path = xstrdup(path);
+	_rtld_digest_dynamic(path, _rtld_objmain);
+
+	/* Link the main program into the list of objects. */
+	*_rtld_objtail = _rtld_objmain;
+	_rtld_objtail = &_rtld_objmain->next;
+	++_rtld_objmain->refcount;
+
+	(void) _rtld_load_needed_objects(_rtld_objmain, 0);
+
+	if (fmt1 == NULL)
+		printf("%s:\n", _rtld_objmain->path);
+	main_local = path;
+	main_progname = _rtld_objmain->path;
+	print_needed(_rtld_objmain, fmt1, fmt2);
+
+	while (_rtld_objlist != NULL) {
+		Obj_Entry *obj = _rtld_objlist;
+		_rtld_objlist = obj->next;
+		while (obj->rpaths != NULL) {
+			const Search_Path *rpath = obj->rpaths;
+			obj->rpaths = rpath->sp_next;
+			xfree(__UNCONST(rpath->sp_path));
+			xfree(__UNCONST(rpath));
+		}
+		while (obj->needed != NULL) {
+			const Needed_Entry *needed = obj->needed;
+			obj->needed = needed->next;
+			xfree(__UNCONST(needed));
+		}
+		(void) munmap(obj->mapbase, obj->mapsize);
+		xfree(obj->path);
+		xfree(obj);
+	}
+
+	_rtld_objmain = NULL;
+	_rtld_objtail = &_rtld_objlist;
+	/* Need to free _rtld_paths? */
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void
+fmtprint(const char *libname, Obj_Entry *obj, const char *fmt1,
+    const char *fmt2)
+{
+	const char *libpath = obj ? obj->path : "not found";
+	char libnamebuf[200];
+	char *libmajor = NULL;
+	const char *fmt;
+	char *cp;
+	int c;
+
+	if (strncmp(libname, "lib", 3) == 0 &&
+	    (cp = strstr(libname, ".so")) != NULL) {
+		size_t i = cp - (libname + 3);
+
+		if (i >= sizeof(libnamebuf))
+			i = sizeof(libnamebuf) - 1;
+		(void)memcpy(libnamebuf, libname + 3, i);
+		libnamebuf[i] = '\0';
+		if (cp[3] && isdigit((unsigned char)cp[4]))
+			libmajor = &cp[4];
+		libname = libnamebuf;
+	}
+
+	if (fmt1 == NULL)
+		fmt1 = libmajor != NULL ?
+		    "\t-l%o.%m => %p\n" :
+		    "\t-l%o => %p\n";
+	if (fmt2 == NULL)
+		fmt2 = "\t%o => %p\n";
+
+	fmt = libname == libnamebuf ? fmt1 : fmt2;
+	while ((c = *fmt++) != '\0') {
+		switch (c) {
+		default:
+			putchar(c);
+			continue;
+		case '\\':
+			switch (c = *fmt) {
+			case '\0':
+				continue;
+			case 'n':
+				putchar('\n');
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				putchar('\t');
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+		case '%':
+			switch (c = *fmt) {
+			case '\0':
+				continue;
+			case '%':
+			default:
+				putchar(c);
+				break;
+			case 'A':
+				printf("%s", main_local);
+				break;
+			case 'a':
+				printf("%s", main_progname);
+				break;
+			case 'o':
+				printf("%s", libname);
+				break;
+			case 'm':
+				printf("%s", libmajor);
+				break;
+			case 'n':
+				/* XXX: not supported for elf */
+				break;
+			case 'p':
+				printf("%s", libpath);
+				break;
+			case 'x':
+				printf("%p", obj ? obj->mapbase : 0);
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+		++fmt;
+	}
+}
+
+void
+print_needed(Obj_Entry *obj, const char *fmt1, const char *fmt2)
+{
+	const Needed_Entry *needed;
+
+	for (needed = obj->needed; needed != NULL; needed = needed->next) {
+		const char *libname = obj->strtab + needed->name;
+
+		if (needed->obj != NULL) {
+			if (!needed->obj->printed) {
+				fmtprint(libname, needed->obj, fmt1, fmt2);
+				needed->obj->printed = 1;
+				print_needed(needed->obj, fmt1, fmt2);
+			}
+		} else {
+			fmtprint(libname, needed->obj, fmt1, fmt2);
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/locale/locale.1 b/usr.bin/locale/locale.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cd4b0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/locale/locale.1
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+.\" $NetBSD: locale.1,v 1.2 2003/07/04 07:28:14 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Alexey Zelkin <phantom@FreeBSD.org>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/locale/locale.1,v 1.3 2003/06/26 11:01:03 phantom Exp
+.\"
+.Dd July 4, 2003
+.Dt LOCALE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm locale
+.Nd get locale-specific information
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl a | Fl m
+.Nm
+.Op Fl ck
+.Op Ar keyword ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility is supposed to provide most locale specific information to
+the standard output.
+.Pp
+When
+.Nm
+is invoked without arguments it will print out a summary of the
+current locale environment depending on environment variable settings
+and internal status.
+.Pp
+When
+.Nm
+is invoked with arguments and no options specified it will print out
+.Em keyword Ns No 's
+value determined using current locale settings.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl a
+Write names of all available locales.
+While looking for locales
+.Nm
+will respect the
+.Ev PATH_LOCALE
+environment variable, and use it instead of the system default
+locale directory.
+.It Fl c
+Write the category name for the selected keywords.
+.It Fl k
+Write the name and value of the selected keywords.
+.It Fl m
+Write names of all available charmaps.
+.El
+.Sh IMPLEMENTATION DETAILS
+Special
+.Pf ( Fx Ns -
+/
+.Nx Ns -specific )
+keyword
+.Ar list
+can be used to retrieve a human readable list of available keywords.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+.Ex -std locale
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Nm
+conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2001 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm
+first appeared in
+.Nx 2.0 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This implementation of
+.Nm
+was originally written by
+.An Alexey Zelkin
+.Aq phantom@FreeBSD.org
+for
+.Fx .
+.Sh BUGS
+Since
+.Nx
+does not support
+.Em charmap Ns No s
+in their
+.Em POSIX
+meaning
+.Nm
+emulates the
+.Fl m
+option via CODESETs listing of all available locales.
diff --git a/usr.bin/locale/locale.c b/usr.bin/locale/locale.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd02d53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/locale/locale.c
@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: locale.c,v 1.8 2012/01/20 16:31:30 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2002, 2003 Alexey Zelkin <phantom@FreeBSD.org>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/locale/locale.c,v 1.10 2003/06/26 11:05:56 phantom Exp
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: locale.c,v 1.8 2012/01/20 16:31:30 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * XXX: implement missing era_* (LC_TIME) keywords (require libc &
+ *	nl_langinfo(3) extensions)
+ *
+ * XXX: correctly handle reserved 'charmap' keyword and '-m' option (require
+ *      localedef(1) implementation).  Currently it's handled via
+ *	nl_langinfo(CODESET).
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <langinfo.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stringlist.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "citrus_namespace.h"
+#include "citrus_region.h"
+#include "citrus_lookup.h"
+#include "setlocale_local.h"
+
+/* Local prototypes */
+void	init_locales_list(void);
+void	init_locales_list_alias(void);
+void	list_charmaps(void);
+void	list_locales(void);
+const char *lookup_localecat(int);
+char	*kwval_lconv(int);
+int	kwval_lookup(char *, char **, int *, int *);
+void	showdetails(char *);
+void	showkeywordslist(void);
+void	showlocale(void);
+void	usage(void);
+
+/* Global variables */
+static StringList *locales = NULL;
+
+int	all_locales = 0;
+int	all_charmaps = 0;
+int	prt_categories = 0;
+int	prt_keywords = 0;
+int	more_params = 0;
+
+struct _lcinfo {
+	const char	*name;
+	int		id;
+} lcinfo [] = {
+	{ "LC_CTYPE",		LC_CTYPE },
+	{ "LC_COLLATE",		LC_COLLATE },
+	{ "LC_TIME",		LC_TIME },
+	{ "LC_NUMERIC",		LC_NUMERIC },
+	{ "LC_MONETARY",	LC_MONETARY },
+	{ "LC_MESSAGES",	LC_MESSAGES }
+};
+#define NLCINFO (sizeof(lcinfo)/sizeof(lcinfo[0]))
+
+/* ids for values not referenced by nl_langinfo() */
+#define	KW_ZERO			10000
+#define	KW_GROUPING		(KW_ZERO+1)
+#define KW_INT_CURR_SYMBOL 	(KW_ZERO+2)
+#define KW_CURRENCY_SYMBOL 	(KW_ZERO+3)
+#define KW_MON_DECIMAL_POINT 	(KW_ZERO+4)
+#define KW_MON_THOUSANDS_SEP 	(KW_ZERO+5)
+#define KW_MON_GROUPING 	(KW_ZERO+6)
+#define KW_POSITIVE_SIGN 	(KW_ZERO+7)
+#define KW_NEGATIVE_SIGN 	(KW_ZERO+8)
+#define KW_INT_FRAC_DIGITS 	(KW_ZERO+9)
+#define KW_FRAC_DIGITS 		(KW_ZERO+10)
+#define KW_P_CS_PRECEDES 	(KW_ZERO+11)
+#define KW_P_SEP_BY_SPACE 	(KW_ZERO+12)
+#define KW_N_CS_PRECEDES 	(KW_ZERO+13)
+#define KW_N_SEP_BY_SPACE 	(KW_ZERO+14)
+#define KW_P_SIGN_POSN 		(KW_ZERO+15)
+#define KW_N_SIGN_POSN 		(KW_ZERO+16)
+#define KW_INT_P_CS_PRECEDES 	(KW_ZERO+17)
+#define KW_INT_P_SEP_BY_SPACE 	(KW_ZERO+18)
+#define KW_INT_N_CS_PRECEDES 	(KW_ZERO+19)
+#define KW_INT_N_SEP_BY_SPACE 	(KW_ZERO+20)
+#define KW_INT_P_SIGN_POSN 	(KW_ZERO+21)
+#define KW_INT_N_SIGN_POSN 	(KW_ZERO+22)
+
+struct _kwinfo {
+	const char	*name;
+	int		isstr;		/* true - string, false - number */
+	int		catid;		/* LC_* */
+	int		value_ref;
+	const char	*comment;
+} kwinfo [] = {
+	{ "charmap",		1, LC_CTYPE,	CODESET, "" },	/* hack */
+
+	{ "decimal_point",	1, LC_NUMERIC,	RADIXCHAR, "" },
+	{ "thousands_sep",	1, LC_NUMERIC,	THOUSEP, "" },
+	{ "grouping",		1, LC_NUMERIC,	KW_GROUPING, "" },
+	{ "radixchar",		1, LC_NUMERIC,	RADIXCHAR,
+	  "Same as decimal_point (BSD only)" },			/* compat */
+	{ "thousep",		1, LC_NUMERIC,	THOUSEP,
+	  "Same as thousands_sep (BSD only)" },			/* compat */
+
+	{ "int_curr_symbol",	1, LC_MONETARY,	KW_INT_CURR_SYMBOL, "" },
+	{ "currency_symbol",	1, LC_MONETARY,	KW_CURRENCY_SYMBOL, "" },
+	{ "mon_decimal_point",	1, LC_MONETARY,	KW_MON_DECIMAL_POINT, "" },
+	{ "mon_thousands_sep",	1, LC_MONETARY,	KW_MON_THOUSANDS_SEP, "" },
+	{ "mon_grouping",	1, LC_MONETARY,	KW_MON_GROUPING, "" },
+	{ "positive_sign",	1, LC_MONETARY,	KW_POSITIVE_SIGN, "" },
+	{ "negative_sign",	1, LC_MONETARY,	KW_NEGATIVE_SIGN, "" },
+
+	{ "int_frac_digits",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_INT_FRAC_DIGITS, "" },
+	{ "frac_digits",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_FRAC_DIGITS, "" },
+	{ "p_cs_precedes",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_P_CS_PRECEDES, "" },
+	{ "p_sep_by_space",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_P_SEP_BY_SPACE, "" },
+	{ "n_cs_precedes",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_N_CS_PRECEDES, "" },
+	{ "n_sep_by_space",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_N_SEP_BY_SPACE, "" },
+	{ "p_sign_posn",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_P_SIGN_POSN, "" },
+	{ "n_sign_posn",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_N_SIGN_POSN, "" },
+	{ "int_p_cs_precedes",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_INT_P_CS_PRECEDES, "" },
+	{ "int_p_sep_by_space",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_INT_P_SEP_BY_SPACE, "" },
+	{ "int_n_cs_precedes",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_INT_N_CS_PRECEDES, "" },
+	{ "int_n_sep_by_space",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_INT_N_SEP_BY_SPACE, "" },
+	{ "int_p_sign_posn",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_INT_P_SIGN_POSN, "" },
+	{ "int_n_sign_posn",	0, LC_MONETARY,	KW_INT_N_SIGN_POSN, "" },
+
+	{ "d_t_fmt",		1, LC_TIME,	D_T_FMT, "" },
+	{ "d_fmt",		1, LC_TIME,	D_FMT, "" },
+	{ "t_fmt",		1, LC_TIME,	T_FMT, "" },
+	{ "am_str",		1, LC_TIME,	AM_STR, "" },
+	{ "pm_str",		1, LC_TIME,	PM_STR, "" },
+	{ "t_fmt_ampm",		1, LC_TIME,	T_FMT_AMPM, "" },
+	{ "day_1",		1, LC_TIME,	DAY_1, "" },
+	{ "day_2",		1, LC_TIME,	DAY_2, "" },
+	{ "day_3",		1, LC_TIME,	DAY_3, "" },
+	{ "day_4",		1, LC_TIME,	DAY_4, "" },
+	{ "day_5",		1, LC_TIME,	DAY_5, "" },
+	{ "day_6",		1, LC_TIME,	DAY_6, "" },
+	{ "day_7",		1, LC_TIME,	DAY_7, "" },
+	{ "abday_1",		1, LC_TIME,	ABDAY_1, "" },
+	{ "abday_2",		1, LC_TIME,	ABDAY_2, "" },
+	{ "abday_3",		1, LC_TIME,	ABDAY_3, "" },
+	{ "abday_4",		1, LC_TIME,	ABDAY_4, "" },
+	{ "abday_5",		1, LC_TIME,	ABDAY_5, "" },
+	{ "abday_6",		1, LC_TIME,	ABDAY_6, "" },
+	{ "abday_7",		1, LC_TIME,	ABDAY_7, "" },
+	{ "mon_1",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_1, "" },
+	{ "mon_2",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_2, "" },
+	{ "mon_3",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_3, "" },
+	{ "mon_4",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_4, "" },
+	{ "mon_5",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_5, "" },
+	{ "mon_6",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_6, "" },
+	{ "mon_7",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_7, "" },
+	{ "mon_8",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_8, "" },
+	{ "mon_9",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_9, "" },
+	{ "mon_10",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_10, "" },
+	{ "mon_11",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_11, "" },
+	{ "mon_12",		1, LC_TIME,	MON_12, "" },
+	{ "abmon_1",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_1, "" },
+	{ "abmon_2",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_2, "" },
+	{ "abmon_3",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_3, "" },
+	{ "abmon_4",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_4, "" },
+	{ "abmon_5",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_5, "" },
+	{ "abmon_6",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_6, "" },
+	{ "abmon_7",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_7, "" },
+	{ "abmon_8",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_8, "" },
+	{ "abmon_9",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_9, "" },
+	{ "abmon_10",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_10, "" },
+	{ "abmon_11",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_11, "" },
+	{ "abmon_12",		1, LC_TIME,	ABMON_12, "" },
+	{ "era",		1, LC_TIME,	ERA, "(unavailable)" },
+	{ "era_d_fmt",		1, LC_TIME,	ERA_D_FMT, "(unavailable)" },
+	{ "era_d_t_fmt",	1, LC_TIME,	ERA_D_T_FMT, "(unavailable)" },
+	{ "era_t_fmt",		1, LC_TIME,	ERA_T_FMT, "(unavailable)" },
+	{ "alt_digits",		1, LC_TIME,	ALT_DIGITS, "" },
+
+	{ "yesexpr",		1, LC_MESSAGES, YESEXPR, "" },
+	{ "noexpr",		1, LC_MESSAGES, NOEXPR, "" },
+	{ "yesstr",		1, LC_MESSAGES, YESSTR,
+	  "(POSIX legacy)" },					/* compat */
+	{ "nostr",		1, LC_MESSAGES, NOSTR,
+	  "(POSIX legacy)" }					/* compat */
+
+};
+#define NKWINFO (sizeof(kwinfo)/sizeof(kwinfo[0]))
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int	ch;
+	int	tmp;
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "ackm")) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'a':
+			all_locales = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			prt_categories = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			prt_keywords = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			all_charmaps = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	/* validate arguments */
+	if (all_locales && all_charmaps)
+		usage();
+	if ((all_locales || all_charmaps) && argc > 0) 
+		usage();
+	if ((all_locales || all_charmaps) && (prt_categories || prt_keywords))
+		usage();
+	if ((prt_categories || prt_keywords) && argc <= 0)
+		usage();
+
+	/* process '-a' */
+	if (all_locales) {
+		list_locales();
+		exit(0);
+	}
+
+	/* process '-m' */
+	if (all_charmaps) {
+		list_charmaps();
+		exit(0);
+	}
+
+	/* check for special case '-k list' */
+	tmp = 0;
+	if (prt_keywords && argc > 0)
+		while (tmp < argc)
+			if (strcasecmp(argv[tmp++], "list") == 0) {
+				showkeywordslist();
+				exit(0);
+			}
+
+	/* process '-c' and/or '-k' */
+	if (prt_categories || prt_keywords || argc > 0) {
+		setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+		while (argc > 0) {
+			showdetails(*argv);
+			argv++;
+			argc--;
+		}
+		exit(0);
+	}
+
+	/* no arguments, show current locale state */
+	showlocale();
+
+	return (0);
+}
+
+void
+usage(void)
+{
+	printf("usage: locale [ -a | -m ]\n"
+               "       locale [ -ck ] name ...\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Output information about all available locales
+ *
+ * XXX actually output of this function does not guarantee that locale
+ *     is really available to application, since it can be broken or
+ *     inconsistent thus setlocale() will fail.  Maybe add '-V' function to
+ *     also validate these locales?
+ */
+void
+list_locales(void)
+{
+	size_t i;
+
+	init_locales_list();
+	for (i = 0; i < locales->sl_cur; i++) {
+		printf("%s\n", locales->sl_str[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * qsort() helper function
+ */
+static int
+scmp(const void *s1, const void *s2)
+{
+	return strcmp(*(const char **)s1, *(const char **)s2);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Output information about all available charmaps
+ *
+ * XXX this function is doing a task in hackish way, i.e. by scaning
+ *     list of locales, spliting their codeset part and building list of
+ *     them.
+ */
+void
+list_charmaps(void)
+{
+	size_t i;
+	char *s, *cs;
+	StringList *charmaps;
+
+	/* initialize StringList */
+	charmaps = sl_init();
+	if (charmaps == NULL)
+		err(1, "could not allocate memory");
+
+	/* fetch locales list */
+	init_locales_list();
+
+	/* split codesets and build their list */
+	for (i = 0; i < locales->sl_cur; i++) {
+		s = locales->sl_str[i];
+		if ((cs = strchr(s, '.')) != NULL) {
+			cs++;
+			if (sl_find(charmaps, cs) == NULL)
+				sl_add(charmaps, cs);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* add US-ASCII, if not yet added */
+	if (sl_find(charmaps, "US-ASCII") == NULL)
+		sl_add(charmaps, "US-ASCII");
+
+	/* sort the list */
+	qsort(charmaps->sl_str, charmaps->sl_cur, sizeof(char *), scmp);
+
+	/* print results */
+	for (i = 0; i < charmaps->sl_cur; i++) {
+		printf("%s\n", charmaps->sl_str[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Retrieve sorted list of system locales (or user locales, if PATH_LOCALE
+ * environment variable is set)
+ */
+void
+init_locales_list(void)
+{
+	DIR *dirp;
+	struct dirent *dp;
+	char *s;
+
+	/* why call this function twice ? */
+	if (locales != NULL)
+		return;
+
+	/* initialize StringList */
+	locales = sl_init();
+	if (locales == NULL)
+		err(1, "could not allocate memory");
+
+	/* get actual locales directory name */
+	setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "C");
+	if (_PathLocale == NULL)
+		errx(1, "unable to find locales storage");
+
+	/* open locales directory */
+	dirp = opendir(_PathLocale);
+	if (dirp == NULL)
+		err(1, "could not open directory '%s'", _PathLocale);
+
+	/* scan directory and store its contents except "." and ".." */
+	while ((dp = readdir(dirp)) != NULL) {
+		/* exclude "." and "..", _LOCALE_ALIAS_NAME */
+		if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || (dp->d_name[1] != '\0' &&
+		    (dp->d_name[1] != '.' ||  dp->d_name[2] != '\0'))) &&
+		    strcmp(_LOCALE_ALIAS_NAME, dp->d_name) != 0) {
+			s = strdup(dp->d_name);
+			if (s == NULL)
+				err(1, "could not allocate memory");
+			sl_add(locales, s);
+		}
+	}
+	closedir(dirp);
+
+        /* make sure that 'POSIX' and 'C' locales are present in the list.
+	 * POSIX 1003.1-2001 requires presence of 'POSIX' name only here, but
+         * we also list 'C' for constistency
+         */
+	if (sl_find(locales, "POSIX") == NULL)
+		sl_add(locales, "POSIX");
+
+	if (sl_find(locales, "C") == NULL)
+		sl_add(locales, "C");
+
+	init_locales_list_alias();
+
+	/* make output nicer, sort the list */
+	qsort(locales->sl_str, locales->sl_cur, sizeof(char *), scmp);
+}
+
+void
+init_locales_list_alias(void)
+{
+	char aliaspath[PATH_MAX];
+	struct _lookup *hlookup;
+	struct _region key, dat;
+	size_t n;
+	char *s, *t;
+
+	_DIAGASSERT(locales != NULL);
+	_DIAGASSERT(_PathLocale != NULL);
+
+	(void)snprintf(aliaspath, sizeof(aliaspath),
+		"%s/" _LOCALE_ALIAS_NAME, _PathLocale);
+
+	if (_lookup_seq_open(&hlookup, aliaspath,
+	    _LOOKUP_CASE_SENSITIVE) == 0) {
+		while (_lookup_seq_next(hlookup, &key, &dat) == 0) {
+			n = _region_size((const struct _region *)&key);
+			s = _region_head((const struct _region *)&key);
+			for (t = s; n > 0 && *s!= '/'; --n, ++s);
+			n = (size_t)(s - t);
+			s = malloc(n + 1);
+			if (s == NULL)
+				err(1, "could not allocate memory");
+			memcpy(s, t, n);
+			s[n] = '\0';
+			if (sl_find(locales, s) == NULL)
+				sl_add(locales, s);
+			else
+				free(s);
+		}
+		_lookup_seq_close(hlookup);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Show current locale status, depending on environment variables
+ */
+void
+showlocale(void)
+{
+	size_t	i;
+	const char *lang, *vval, *eval;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	lang = getenv("LANG");
+	if (lang == NULL) {
+		lang = "";
+	}
+	printf("LANG=\"%s\"\n", lang);
+	/* XXX: if LANG is null, then set it to "C" to get implied values? */
+
+	for (i = 0; i < NLCINFO; i++) {
+		vval = setlocale(lcinfo[i].id, NULL);
+		eval = getenv(lcinfo[i].name);
+		if (eval != NULL && !strcmp(eval, vval)
+				&& strcmp(lang, vval)) {
+			/*
+			 * Appropriate environment variable set, its value
+			 * is valid and not overriden by LC_ALL
+			 *
+			 * XXX: possible side effect: if both LANG and
+			 * overriden environment variable are set into same
+			 * value, then it'll be assumed as 'implied'
+			 */
+			printf("%s=\"%s\"\n", lcinfo[i].name, vval);
+		} else {
+			printf("%s=\"%s\"\n", lcinfo[i].name, vval);
+		}
+	}
+
+	vval = getenv("LC_ALL");
+	if (vval == NULL) {
+		vval = "";
+	}
+	printf("LC_ALL=\"%s\"\n", vval);
+}
+
+/*
+ * keyword value lookup helper (via localeconv())
+ */
+char *
+kwval_lconv(int id)
+{
+	struct lconv *lc;
+	char *rval;
+
+	rval = NULL;
+	lc = localeconv();
+	switch (id) {
+		case KW_GROUPING:
+			rval = lc->grouping;
+			break;
+		case KW_INT_CURR_SYMBOL:
+			rval = lc->int_curr_symbol;
+			break;
+		case KW_CURRENCY_SYMBOL:
+			rval = lc->currency_symbol;
+			break;
+		case KW_MON_DECIMAL_POINT:
+			rval = lc->mon_decimal_point;
+			break;
+		case KW_MON_THOUSANDS_SEP:
+			rval = lc->mon_thousands_sep;
+			break;
+		case KW_MON_GROUPING:
+			rval = lc->mon_grouping;
+			break;
+		case KW_POSITIVE_SIGN:
+			rval = lc->positive_sign;
+			break;
+		case KW_NEGATIVE_SIGN:
+			rval = lc->negative_sign;
+			break;
+		case KW_INT_FRAC_DIGITS:
+			rval = &(lc->int_frac_digits);
+			break;
+		case KW_FRAC_DIGITS:
+			rval = &(lc->frac_digits);
+			break;
+		case KW_P_CS_PRECEDES:
+			rval = &(lc->p_cs_precedes);
+			break;
+		case KW_P_SEP_BY_SPACE:
+			rval = &(lc->p_sep_by_space);
+			break;
+		case KW_N_CS_PRECEDES:
+			rval = &(lc->n_cs_precedes);
+			break;
+		case KW_N_SEP_BY_SPACE:
+			rval = &(lc->n_sep_by_space);
+			break;
+		case KW_P_SIGN_POSN:
+			rval = &(lc->p_sign_posn);
+			break;
+		case KW_N_SIGN_POSN:
+			rval = &(lc->n_sign_posn);
+			break;
+		case KW_INT_P_CS_PRECEDES:
+			rval = &(lc->int_p_cs_precedes);
+			break;
+		case KW_INT_P_SEP_BY_SPACE:
+			rval = &(lc->int_p_sep_by_space);
+			break;
+		case KW_INT_N_CS_PRECEDES:
+			rval = &(lc->int_n_cs_precedes);
+			break;
+		case KW_INT_N_SEP_BY_SPACE:
+			rval = &(lc->int_n_sep_by_space);
+			break;
+		case KW_INT_P_SIGN_POSN:
+			rval = &(lc->int_p_sign_posn);
+			break;
+		case KW_INT_N_SIGN_POSN:
+			rval = &(lc->int_n_sign_posn);
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	return (rval);
+}
+
+/*
+ * keyword value and properties lookup
+ */
+int
+kwval_lookup(char *kwname, char **kwval, int *cat, int *isstr)
+{
+	int	rval;
+	size_t	i;
+
+	rval = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < NKWINFO; i++) {
+		if (strcasecmp(kwname, kwinfo[i].name) == 0) {
+			rval = 1;
+			*cat = kwinfo[i].catid;
+			*isstr = kwinfo[i].isstr;
+			if (kwinfo[i].value_ref < KW_ZERO) {
+				*kwval = nl_langinfo(kwinfo[i].value_ref);
+			} else {
+				*kwval = kwval_lconv(kwinfo[i].value_ref);
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (rval);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Show details about requested keyword according to '-k' and/or '-c'
+ * command line options specified.
+ */
+void
+showdetails(char *kw)
+{
+	int	isstr, cat, tmpval;
+	char	*kwval;
+
+	if (kwval_lookup(kw, &kwval, &cat, &isstr) == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * invalid keyword specified.
+		 * XXX: any actions?
+		 */
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (prt_categories) {
+		printf("%s\n", lookup_localecat(cat));
+	}
+
+	if (prt_keywords) {
+		if (isstr) {
+			printf("%s=\"%s\"\n", kw, kwval);
+		} else {
+			tmpval = (char) *kwval;
+			printf("%s=%d\n", kw, tmpval);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!prt_categories && !prt_keywords) {
+		if (isstr) {
+			printf("%s\n", kwval);
+		} else {
+			tmpval = (char) *kwval;
+			printf("%d\n", tmpval);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert locale category id into string
+ */
+const char *
+lookup_localecat(int cat)
+{
+	size_t	i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < NLCINFO; i++)
+		if (lcinfo[i].id == cat) {
+			return (lcinfo[i].name);
+		}
+	return ("UNKNOWN");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Show list of keywords
+ */
+void
+showkeywordslist(void)
+{
+	size_t	i;
+
+#define FMT "%-20s %-12s %-7s %-20s\n"
+
+	printf("List of available keywords\n\n");
+	printf(FMT, "Keyword", "Category", "Type", "Comment");
+	printf("-------------------- ------------ ------- --------------------\n");
+	for (i = 0; i < NKWINFO; i++) {
+		printf(FMT,
+			kwinfo[i].name,
+			lookup_localecat(kwinfo[i].catid),
+			(kwinfo[i].isstr == 0) ? "number" : "string",
+			kwinfo[i].comment);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/logger/logger.1 b/usr.bin/logger/logger.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da47b68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/logger/logger.1
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: logger.1,v 1.15 2012/05/13 17:08:31 njoly Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)logger.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd April 26, 2012
+.Dt LOGGER 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm logger
+.Nd make entries in the system log
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl cins
+.Op Fl d Ar SD
+.Op Fl f Ar file
+.Op Fl m Ar msgid
+.Op Fl p Ar pri
+.Op Fl t Ar tag
+.Op Ar message ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+provides a shell command interface to the
+.Xr syslog 3
+system log module.
+.Pp
+Options:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "messageXX"
+.It Fl c
+Log to console
+.Dv ( LOG_CONS ) .
+.It Fl d Ar sd
+Log this in the structured data (SD) field.
+.Po
+.Ar sd
+has to be passed as one argument and will require careful quoting when used from
+the shell.
+.Pc
+.It Fl f Ar file
+Log the specified file.
+.It Fl i
+Log the process id of the logger process
+with each line
+.Dv ( LOG_PID ) .
+.It Fl m Ar msgid
+The MSGID used for the message.
+.It Fl n
+Open log file immediately
+.Dv ( LOG_NDELAY ) .
+.It Fl p Ar pri
+Enter the message with the specified priority.
+The priority may be specified numerically or as a
+.Dq facility.level
+pair.
+For example,
+.Dq \-p local3.info
+logs the message(s) as
+.Ar info Ns rmational
+level in the
+.Ar local3
+facility.
+The default is
+.Dq user.notice .
+.It Fl s
+Log the message to standard error, as well as the system log
+.Dv ( LOG_PERROR ) .
+.It Fl t Ar tag
+Mark every line in the log with the specified
+.Ar tag  .
+.It Ar message
+Write the message to log; if not specified, and the
+.Fl f
+flag is not provided, standard input is logged.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std logger
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+logger System rebooted
+
+logger \-p local0.notice \-t HOSTIDM \-f /dev/idmc
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr syslog 3 ,
+.Xr syslogd 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/logger/logger.c b/usr.bin/logger/logger.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b87aa5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/logger/logger.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: logger.c,v 1.17 2012/04/27 06:30:48 wiz Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1983, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)logger.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: logger.c,v 1.17 2012/04/27 06:30:48 wiz Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+#define	SYSLOG_NAMES
+#include <syslog.h>
+
+static int	decode(const char *, const CODE *);
+static int	pencode(char *);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+/*
+ * logger -- read and log utility
+ *
+ *	Reads from an input and arranges to write the result on the system
+ *	log.
+ */
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, logflags, pri;
+	const char *tag;
+	const char *sd = "-";
+	const char *msgid = "-";
+	char buf[1024];
+
+	tag = NULL;
+	pri = LOG_NOTICE;
+	logflags = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "cd:f:im:np:st:")) != -1)
+		switch((char)ch) {
+		case 'c':	/* log to console */
+			logflags |= LOG_CONS;
+			break;
+		case 'd':		/* structured data field */
+			sd = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'f':		/* file to log */
+			if (freopen(optarg, "r", stdin) == NULL)
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'i':		/* log process id also */
+			logflags |= LOG_PID;
+			break;
+		case 'm':		/* msgid field */
+			msgid = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'n':		/* open log file immediately */
+			logflags |= LOG_NDELAY;
+			break;
+		case 'p':		/* priority */
+			pri = pencode(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 's':		/* log to standard error */
+			logflags |= LOG_PERROR;
+			break;
+		case 't':		/* tag */
+			tag = optarg;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	/* setup for logging */
+	openlog(tag != NULL ? tag : getlogin(), logflags, 0);
+	(void)fclose(stdout);
+
+	/* log input line if appropriate */
+	if (argc > 0) {
+		char *p, *endp;
+		size_t len;
+
+		for (p = buf, endp = buf + sizeof(buf) - 2; *argv != NULL;) {
+			len = strlen(*argv);
+			if (p + len > endp && p > buf) {
+				syslogp(pri, msgid, sd, "%s", buf);
+				p = buf;
+			}
+			if (len > sizeof(buf) - 1)
+				syslogp(pri, msgid, sd, "%s", *argv++);
+			else {
+				if (p != buf)
+					*p++ = ' ';
+				memmove(p, *argv++, len);
+				*(p += len) = '\0';
+			}
+		}
+		if (p != buf)
+			syslogp(pri, msgid, sd, "%s", buf);
+	} else	/* TODO: allow syslog-protocol messages from file/stdin
+		 *       but that will require parsing the line to split
+		 *       it into three fields.
+		 */
+		while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin) != NULL)
+			syslogp(pri, msgid, sd, "%s", buf);
+
+	exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ *  Decode a symbolic name to a numeric value
+ */
+static int
+pencode(char *s)
+{
+	char *save;
+	int fac, lev;
+
+	for (save = s; *s != '\0' && *s != '.'; ++s)
+		;
+	if (*s != '\0') {
+		*s = '\0';
+		fac = decode(save, facilitynames);
+		if (fac < 0)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "unknown facility name: %s", save);
+		*s++ = '.';
+	} else {
+		fac = 0;
+		s = save;
+	}
+	lev = decode(s, prioritynames);
+	if (lev < 0)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "unknown priority name: %s", s);
+	return ((lev & LOG_PRIMASK) | (fac & LOG_FACMASK));
+}
+
+static int
+decode(const char *name, const CODE *codetab)
+{
+	const CODE *c;
+
+	if (isdigit((unsigned char)*name))
+		return (atoi(name));
+
+	for (c = codetab; c->c_name != NULL; c++)
+		if (strcasecmp(name, c->c_name) == 0)
+			return (c->c_val);
+
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [-cins] [-d SD] [-f file] [-m msgid] "
+	    "[-p pri] [-t tag] [message ...]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/logname/logname.1 b/usr.bin/logname/logname.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..242ac00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/logname/logname.1
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: logname.1,v 1.14 2017/07/04 07:02:44 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)logname.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt LOGNAME 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm logname
+.Nd display user's login name
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility writes the user's login name to standard output followed by
+a newline.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility explicitly ignores the
+.Ev LOGNAME
+and
+.Ev USER
+environment variables
+because the environment cannot be trusted.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std logname
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr who 1 ,
+.Xr whoami 1 ,
+.Xr getlogin 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/logname/logname.c b/usr.bin/logname/logname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77f1009
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/logname/logname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: logname.c,v 1.10 2011/09/04 20:29:12 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)logname.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/3/94";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: logname.c,v 1.10 2011/09/04 20:29:12 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+__dead  static void	usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch;
+	char *p;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+
+	if (argc != optind) {
+		usage();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if ((p = getlogin()) == NULL)
+		err(1, "getlogin");
+	(void)printf("%s\n", p);
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: logname\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/NOTES b/usr.bin/m4/NOTES
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d60f80e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/NOTES
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+m4 - macro processor
+
+PD m4 is based on the macro tool distributed with the software 
+tools (VOS) package, and described in the "SOFTWARE TOOLS" and 
+"SOFTWARE TOOLS IN PASCAL" books. It has been expanded to include 
+most of the command set of SysV m4, the standard UN*X macro processor.
+
+Since both PD m4 and UN*X m4 are based on SOFTWARE TOOLS macro,
+there may be certain implementation similarities between
+the two. The PD m4 was produced without ANY references to m4
+sources.
+
+written by: Ozan S. Yigit
+
+References:
+
+	Software Tools distribution: macro
+
+	Kernighan, Brian W. and P. J. Plauger, SOFTWARE
+	TOOLS IN PASCAL, Addison-Wesley, Mass. 1981
+
+	Kernighan, Brian W. and P. J. Plauger, SOFTWARE
+	TOOLS, Addison-Wesley, Mass. 1976
+
+	Kernighan, Brian W. and Dennis M. Ritchie,
+	THE M4 MACRO PROCESSOR, Unix Programmer's Manual,
+	Seventh Edition, Vol. 2, Bell Telephone Labs, 1979
+
+	System V man page for M4
+
+
+Implementation Notes:
+
+[1]	PD m4 uses a different (and simpler) stack mechanism than the one 
+	described in Software Tools and Software Tools in Pascal books. 
+	The triple stack thing is replaced with a single stack containing 
+	the call frames and the arguments. Each frame is back-linked to a 
+	previous stack frame, which enables us to rewind the stack after 
+	each nested call is completed. Each argument is a character pointer 
+	to the beginning of the argument string within the string space.
+	The only exceptions to this are (*) arg 0 and arg 1, which are
+	the macro definition and macro name strings, stored dynamically
+	for the hash table.
+
+	    .					   .
+	|   .	|  <-- sp			|  .  |
+	+-------+				+-----+
+	| arg 3 ------------------------------->| str |
+	+-------+				|  .  |
+	| arg 2 --------------+ 		   .
+	+-------+	      |
+	    *		      |			|     |
+	+-------+	      | 		+-----+
+	| plev	|  <-- fp     +---------------->| str |
+	+-------+				|  .  |
+	| type	|				   .
+	+-------+
+	| prcf	-----------+		plev: paren level
+	+-------+  	   |		type: call type
+	|   .	| 	   |		prcf: prev. call frame
+	    .	   	   |
+	+-------+	   |
+	|	<----------+
+	+-------+
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/PSD.doc/Makefile b/usr.bin/m4/PSD.doc/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9de1f83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/PSD.doc/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.4 2014/07/05 19:22:04 dholland Exp $
+#
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93
+
+SECTION=psd
+ARTICLE=m4
+SRCS=	m4.ms
+MACROS=	-msU
+
+.include <bsd.doc.mk>
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/TEST/ack.m4 b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/ack.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2784c45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/ack.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#	$NetBSD: ack.m4,v 1.4 1995/09/28 05:37:54 tls Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Ozan Yigit.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+#    must display the following acknowledgement:
+#	This product includes software developed by the University of
+#	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)ack.m4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+#
+
+define(ack, `ifelse($1,0,incr($2),$2,0,`ack(DECR($1),1)',
+`ack(DECR($1), ack($1,DECR($2)))')')
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/TEST/hanoi.m4 b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/hanoi.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f73431
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/hanoi.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#	$NetBSD: hanoi.m4,v 1.4 1995/09/28 05:37:56 tls Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Ozan Yigit.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+#    must display the following acknowledgement:
+#	This product includes software developed by the University of
+#	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)hanoi.m4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+#
+
+define(hanoi, `trans(A, B, C, $1)')
+
+define(moved,`move disk from $1 to $2
+')
+
+define(trans, `ifelse($4,1,`moved($1,$2)',
+	`trans($1,$3,$2,DECR($4))moved($1,$2)trans($3,$2,$1,DECR($4))')')
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/TEST/hash.m4 b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/hash.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5de2f79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/hash.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+#	$NetBSD: hash.m4,v 1.4 1995/09/28 05:37:58 tls Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Ozan Yigit.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+#    must display the following acknowledgement:
+#	This product includes software developed by the University of
+#	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)hash.m4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+#
+
+dnl	This probably will not run on any m4 that cannot
+dnl	handle char constants in eval.
+dnl
+changequote(<,>) define(HASHVAL,99) dnl
+define(hash,<eval(str(substr($1,1),0)%HASHVAL)>) dnl
+define(str,
+	<ifelse($1,",$2,
+		<str(substr(<$1>,1),<eval($2+'substr($1,0,1)')>)>)
+	>) dnl
+define(KEYWORD,<$1,hash($1),>) dnl
+define(TSTART,
+<struct prehash {
+	char *keyword;
+	int   hashval;
+} keytab[] = {>) dnl
+define(TEND,<	"",0
+};>) dnl
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/TEST/math.m4 b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/math.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dff3937
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/math.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+dnl $NetBSD: math.m4,v 1.2 2005/10/06 17:38:09 drochner Exp $
+dnl FreeBSD: /repoman/r/ncvs/src/usr.bin/m4/TEST/math.m4,v 1.1 2004/05/01 03:27:05 smkelly Exp
+dnl A regression test for m4 C operators		(ksb,petef)
+dnl If you think you have a short-circuiting m4, run us m4 -DSHORCIRCUIT=yes
+dnl
+dnl first level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(-7),-7,,`failed -
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(- -2),2,,`failed -
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(!0),1,,`failed !
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(!7),0,,`failed !
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(~-1),0,,`failed ~
+')dnl
+dnl next level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(3*5),15,,`failed *
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(3*0),0,,`failed *
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(11/2),5,,`failed /
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(1/700),0,,`failed /
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(10%5),0,,`failed %
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(2%5),2,,`failed %
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(2%-1),0,,`failed %
+')dnl
+dnl next level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(2+2),4,,`failed +
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(2+-2),0,,`failed +
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(2- -2),4,,`failed -
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(2-2),0,,`failed -
+')dnl
+dnl next level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(1<<4),16,,`failed <<
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(16>>4),1,,`failed >>
+')dnl
+dnl next level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(4<4),0,,`failed <
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(4<5),1,,`failed <
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(4<3),0,,`failed <
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(4>4),0,,`failed >
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(4>5),0,,`failed >
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(4>3),1,,`failed >
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(4<=4),1,,`failed <=
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(4<=5),1,,`failed <=
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(4<=3),0,,`failed <=
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(4>=4),1,,`failed >=
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(4>=5),0,,`failed >=
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(4>=3),1,,`failed >=
+')dnl
+dnl next level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(1==1),1,,`failed ==
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(1==-1),0,,`failed ==
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(1!=1),0,,`failed !=
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(1!=2),1,,`failed !=
+')dnl
+dnl next level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(3&5),1,,`failed &
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(8&7),0,,`failed &
+')dnl
+dnl next level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(1^1),0,,`failed ^
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(21^5),16,,`failed ^
+')dnl
+dnl next level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(1|1),1,,`failed |
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(21|5),21,,`failed |
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(100|1),101,,`failed |
+')dnl
+dnl next level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(1&&1),1,,`failed &&
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(0&&1),0,,`failed &&
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(1&&0),0,,`failed &&
+')dnl
+ifelse(SHORTCIRCUIT,`yes',`ifelse(eval(0&&10/0),0,,`failed && shortcircuit
+')')dnl
+dnl next level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(1||1),1,,`failed ||
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(1||0),1,,`failed ||
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(0||0),0,,`failed ||
+')dnl
+ifelse(SHORTCIRCUIT,`yes',`ifelse(eval(1||10/0),1,,`failed || shortcircuit
+')')dnl
+dnl next level of precedence
+ifelse(eval(0 ? 2 : 5),5,,`failed ?:
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(1 ? 2 : 5),2,,`failed ?:
+')dnl
+ifelse(SHORTCIRCUIT,`yes',`ifelse(eval(0 ? 10/0 : 7),7,,`failed ?: shortcircuit
+')')dnl
+ifelse(SHORTCIRCUIT,`yes',`ifelse(eval(1 ? 7 : 10/0),7,,`failed ?: shortcircuit
+')')dnl
+dnl operator precedence
+ifelse(eval(!0*-2),-2,,`precedence wrong, ! *
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(~8/~2),3,,`precedence wrong ~ /
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(~-20%7),5,,`precedence wrong ~ %
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(3*2+100),106,,`precedence wrong * +
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(3+2*100),203,,`precedence wrong + *
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(2%5-6/3),0,,`precedence wrong % -
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(2/5-5%3),-2,,`precedence wrong / -
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(2+5%5+1),3,,`precedence wrong % +
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(7+9<<1),32,,`precedence wrong + <<
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(35-3>>2),8,,`precedence wrong - >>
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(9<10<<5),1,,`precedence wrong << <
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(9>10<<5),0,,`precedence wrong << >
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(32>>2<32),1,,`precedence wrong >> <
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(9<=10<<5),1,,`precedence wrong << <
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(5<<1<=20>>1),1,,`precedence wrong << <=
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(5<<1>=20>>1),1,,`precedence wrong << >=
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(0<7==5>=5),1,,`precedence wrong < ==
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(0<7!=5>=5),0,,`precedence wrong < !=
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(0>7==5>=5),0,,`precedence wrong > ==
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(0>7!=5>=5),1,,`precedence wrong > !=
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(1&7==7),1,,`precedence wrong & ==
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(0&7!=6),0,,`precedence wrong & !=
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(9&1|5),5,,`precedence wrong & |
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(9&1^5),4,,`precedence wrong & ^
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(9^1|5),13,,`precedence wrong ^ |
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(5|0&&1),1,,`precedence wrong | &&
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(5&&0||0&&5||5),1,,`precedence wrong && ||
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(0 || 1 ? 0 : 1),0,,`precedence wrong || ?:
+')dnl
+ifelse(eval(5&&(0||0)&&(5||5)),0,,`precedence wrong || parens
+')dnl
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/TEST/sqroot.m4 b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/sqroot.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fc8d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/sqroot.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#	$NetBSD: sqroot.m4,v 1.4 1995/09/28 05:38:01 tls Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Ozan Yigit.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+#    must display the following acknowledgement:
+#	This product includes software developed by the University of
+#	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)sqroot.m4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+#
+
+define(square_root, 
+	`ifelse(eval($1<0),1,negative-square-root,
+			     `square_root_aux($1, 1, eval(($1+1)/2))')')
+define(square_root_aux,
+	`ifelse($3, $2, $3,
+		$3, eval($1/$2), $3,
+		`square_root_aux($1, $3, eval(($3+($1/$3))/2))')')
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/TEST/string.m4 b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/string.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a14f14a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/string.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#	$NetBSD: string.m4,v 1.4 1995/09/28 05:38:03 tls Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Ozan Yigit.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+#    must display the following acknowledgement:
+#	This product includes software developed by the University of
+#	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)string.m4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+#
+
+define(string,`integer $1(len(substr($2,1)))
+str($1,substr($2,1),0)
+data $1(len(substr($2,1)))/EOS/
+')
+
+define(str,`ifelse($2,",,data $1(incr($3))/`LET'substr($2,0,1)/
+`str($1,substr($2,1),incr($3))')')
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/TEST/test.m4 b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/test.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b19807
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/TEST/test.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+#	$NetBSD: test.m4,v 1.4 1995/09/28 05:38:05 tls Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+# Ozan Yigit.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+#    must display the following acknowledgement:
+#	This product includes software developed by the University of
+#	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)test.m4	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+#
+
+# test file for mp (not comprehensive)
+#
+# v7 m4 does not have `decr'.
+#
+define(DECR,`eval($1-1)')
+#
+# include string macros
+#
+include(string.m4)
+#
+# create some fortrash strings for an even uglier language
+#
+string(TEXT, "text")
+string(DATA, "data")
+string(BEGIN, "begin")
+string(END, "end")
+string(IF, "if")
+string(THEN, "then")
+string(ELSE, "else")
+string(CASE, "case")
+string(REPEAT, "repeat")
+string(WHILE, "while")
+string(DEFAULT, "default")
+string(UNTIL, "until")
+string(FUNCTION, "function")
+string(PROCEDURE, "procedure")
+string(EXTERNAL, "external")
+string(FORWARD, "forward")
+string(TYPE, "type")
+string(VAR, "var")
+string(CONST, "const")
+string(PROGRAM, "program")
+string(INPUT, "input")
+string(OUTPUT, "output")
+#
+divert(2)
+diversion #1
+divert(3)
+diversion #2
+divert(4)
+diversion #3
+divert(5)
+diversion #4
+divert(0)
+define(abc,xxx)
+ifdef(`abc',defined,undefined)
+#
+# v7 m4 does this wrong. The right output is 
+# 	this is A vEry lon sEntEnCE
+# see m4 documentation for translit.
+#
+translit(`this is a very long sentence', abcdefg, ABCDEF)
+#
+# include towers-of-hanoi
+#
+include(hanoi.m4)
+#
+# some reasonable set of disks
+#
+hanoi(6)
+#
+# include ackermann's function
+#
+include(ack.m4)
+#
+# something like (3,3) will blow away un*x m4.
+#
+ack(2,3)
+#
+# include a square_root function for fixed nums
+#
+include(sqroot.m4)
+#
+# some square roots.
+#
+square_root(15)
+square_root(100)
+square_root(-4)
+square_root(21372)
+#
+# some textual material for enjoyment.
+#
+[taken from the 'Clemson University Computer Newsletter',
+ September 1981, pp. 6-7]
+     
+I am a wizard in the magical Kingdom of Transformation and I
+slay dragons for a living.  Actually, I am a systems programmer.
+One of the problems with systems programming is explaining to
+non-computer enthusiasts what that is.  All of the terms I use to
+describe my job are totally meaningless to them.  Usually my response
+to questions about my work is to say as little as possible.  For
+instance, if someone asks what happened at work this week, I say
+"Nothing much" and then I change the subject.
+     
+With the assistance of my brother, a mechanical engineer, I have devised
+an analogy that everyone can understand.  The analogy describes the
+"Kingdom of Transformation" where travelers wander and are magically
+transformed.  This kingdom is the computer and the travelers are information.
+The purpose of the computer is to change information to a more meaningful
+forma.  The law of conservation applies here:  The computer never creates
+and never intentionally destroys data.  With no further ado, let us travel
+to the Kingdom of Transformation:
+     
+In a land far, far away, there is a magical kingdom called the Kingdom of
+Transformation.  A king rules over this land and employs a Council of
+Wizardry.  The main purpose of this kingdom is to provide a way for
+neighboring kingdoms to transform citizens into more useful citizens.  This
+is done by allowing the citizens to enter the kingdom at one of its ports
+and to travel any of the many routes in the kingdom.  They are magically
+transformed along the way.  The income of the Kingdom of Transformation
+comes from the many toll roads within its boundaries.
+     
+The Kingdom of Transformation was created when several kingdoms got
+together and discovered a mutual need for new talents and abilities for
+citizens.  They employed CTK, Inc. (Creators of Transformation, Inc.) to
+create this kingdom.  CTK designed the country, its transportation routes,
+and its laws of transformation, and created the major highway system.
+     
+Hazards
+=======
+     
+Because magic is not truly controllable, CTK invariably, but unknowingly,
+creates dragons.  Dragons are huge fire-breathing beasts which sometimes
+injure or kill travelers.  Fortunately, they do not travel, but always
+remain near their den.
+     
+Other hazards also exist which are potentially harmful.  As the roads
+become older and more weatherbeaten, pot-holes will develop, trees will
+fall on travelers, etc.  CTK maintenance men are called to fix these
+problems.
+     
+Wizards
+=======
+     
+The wizards play a major role in creating and maintaining the kingdom but
+get little credit for their work because it is performed secretly.  The
+wizards do not wan the workers or travelers to learn their incantations
+because many laws would be broken and chaos would result.
+     
+CTK's grand design is always general enough to be applicable in many
+different situations.  As a result, it is often difficult to use.  The
+first duty of the wizards is to tailor the transformation laws so as to be
+more beneficial and easier to use in their particular environment.
+     
+After creation of the kingdom, a major duty of the wizards is to search for
+and kill dragons.  If travelers do not return on time or if they return
+injured, the ruler of the country contacts the wizards.  If the wizards
+determine that the injury or death occurred due to the traveler's
+negligence, they provide the traveler's country with additional warnings.
+If not, they must determine if the cause was a road hazard or a dragon.  If
+the suspect a road hazard, they call in a CTK maintenance man to locate the
+hazard and to eliminate it, as in repairing the pothole in the road.  If
+they think that cause was a dragon, then they must find and slay it.
+     
+The most difficult part of eliminating a dragon is finding it.  Sometimes
+the wizard magically knows where the dragon's lair it, but often the wizard
+must send another traveler along the same route and watch to see where he
+disappears.  This sounds like a failsafe method for finding dragons (and a
+suicide mission for thr traveler) but the second traveler does not always
+disappear.  Some dragons eat any traveler who comes too close; others are
+very picky.
+     
+The wizards may call in CTK who designed the highway system and
+transformation laws to help devise a way to locate the dragon.  CTK also
+helps provide the right spell or incantation to slay the dragon. (There is
+no general spell to slay dragons; each dragon must be eliminated with a
+different spell.)
+     
+Because neither CTK nor wizards are perfect, spells to not always work
+correctly.  At best, nothing happens when the wrong spell is uttered.  At
+worst, the dragon becomes a much larger dragon or multiplies into several
+smaller ones.  In either case, new spells must be found.
+     
+If all existing dragons are quiet (i.e. have eaten sufficiently), wizards
+have time to do other things.  They hide in castles and practice spells and
+incatations.  They also devise shortcuts for travelers and new laws of
+transformation.
+     
+Changes in the Kingdom
+======================
+     
+As new transformation kingdoms are created and old ones are maintained,
+CTK, Inc. is constantly learning new things.  It learns ways to avoid
+creating some of the dragons that they have previously created.  It also
+discovers new and better laws of transformation.  As a result, CTK will
+periodically create a new grand design which is far better than the old.
+The wizards determine when is a good time to implement this new design.
+This is when the tourist season is slow or when no important travelers
+(VIPs) are to arrive.  The kingdom must be closed for the actual
+implementation and is leter reopened as a new and better place to go.
+     
+A final question you might ask is what happens when the number of tourists
+becomes too great for the kingdom to handle in a reasonable period of time
+(i.e., the tourist lines at the ports are too long).  The Kingdom of
+Transformation has three options: (1) shorten the paths that a tourist must
+travel, or (2) convince CTK to develop a faster breed of horses so that the
+travelers can finish sooner, or (3) annex more territories so that the
+kingdom can handle more travelers.
+     
+Thus ends the story of the Kingdom of Transformation.  I hope this has
+explained my job to you:  I slay dragons for a living.
+
+#
+#should do an automatic undivert..
+#
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/eval.c b/usr.bin/m4/eval.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94150b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/eval.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1053 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: eval.c,v 1.66 2008/08/21 21:01:47 espie Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: eval.c,v 1.27 2018/07/30 22:58:09 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Ozan Yigit at York University.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * eval.c
+ * Facility: m4 macro processor
+ * by: oz
+ */
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: eval.c,v 1.27 2018/07/30 22:58:09 kre Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "mdef.h"
+#include "stdd.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+static void	dodefn(const char *);
+static void	dopushdef(const char *, const char *);
+static void	dodump(const char *[], int);
+static void	dotrace(const char *[], int, int);
+static void	doifelse(const char *[], int);
+static int	doincl(const char *);
+static int	dopaste(const char *);
+static void	dochq(const char *[], int);
+static void	dochc(const char *[], int);
+static void	dom4wrap(const char *);
+static void	dodiv(int);
+static void	doundiv(const char *[], int);
+static void	dosub(const char *[], int);
+static void	map(char *, const char *, const char *, const char *);
+static const char *handledash(char *, char *, const char *);
+static void	expand_builtin(const char *[], int, int);
+static void	expand_macro(const char *[], int);
+static void	dump_one_def(const char *, struct macro_definition *);
+
+unsigned long	expansion_id;
+
+/*
+ * eval - eval all macros and builtins calls
+ *	  argc - number of elements in argv.
+ *	  argv - element vector :
+ *			argv[0] = definition of a user
+ *				  macro or NULL if built-in.
+ *			argv[1] = name of the macro or
+ *				  built-in.
+ *			argv[2] = parameters to user-defined
+ *			   .	  macro or built-in.
+ *			   .
+ *
+ * A call in the form of macro-or-builtin() will result in:
+ *			argv[0] = nullstr
+ *			argv[1] = macro-or-builtin
+ *			argv[2] = nullstr
+ *
+ * argc is 3 for macro-or-builtin() and 2 for macro-or-builtin
+ */
+void
+eval(const char *argv[], int argc, int td, int is_traced)
+{
+	size_t mark = SIZE_MAX;
+
+	expansion_id++;
+	if (td & RECDEF) 
+		m4errx(1, "expanding recursive definition for %s.", argv[1]);
+	if (is_traced)
+		mark = trace(argv, argc, infile+ilevel);
+	if (td == MACRTYPE)
+		expand_macro(argv, argc);
+	else
+		expand_builtin(argv, argc, td);
+    	if (mark != SIZE_MAX)
+		finish_trace(mark);
+}
+
+/*
+ * expand_builtin - evaluate built-in macros.
+ */
+void
+expand_builtin(const char *argv[], int argc, int td)
+{
+	int c, n;
+	int ac;
+	static int sysval = 0;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	printf("argc = %d\n", argc);
+	for (n = 0; n < argc; n++)
+		printf("argv[%d] = %s\n", n, argv[n]);
+	fflush(stdout);
+#endif
+
+ /*
+  * if argc == 3 and argv[2] is null, then we
+  * have macro-or-builtin() type call. We adjust
+  * argc to avoid further checking..
+  */
+ /* we keep the initial value for those built-ins that differentiate
+  * between builtin() and builtin.
+  */
+  	ac = argc;
+
+	if (argc == 3 && !*(argv[2]) && !mimic_gnu)
+		argc--;
+
+	switch (td & TYPEMASK) {
+
+	case DEFITYPE:
+		if (argc > 2)
+			dodefine(argv[2], (argc > 3) ? argv[3] : null);
+		break;
+
+	case PUSDTYPE:
+		if (argc > 2)
+			dopushdef(argv[2], (argc > 3) ? argv[3] : null);
+		break;
+
+	case DUMPTYPE:
+		dodump(argv, argc);
+		break;
+
+	case TRACEONTYPE:
+		dotrace(argv, argc, 1);
+		break;
+
+	case TRACEOFFTYPE:
+		dotrace(argv, argc, 0);
+		break;
+
+	case EXPRTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * doexpr - evaluate arithmetic
+	 * expression
+	 */
+	{
+		int base = 10;
+		int maxdigits = 0;
+		int e;
+
+		if (argc > 3) {
+			base = strtoi(argv[3], NULL, 0, 2, 36, &e);
+			if (e) {
+				m4errx(1, "expr: base %s invalid.", argv[3]);
+			}
+		}
+		if (argc > 4) {
+			maxdigits = strtoi(argv[4], NULL, 0, 0, INT_MAX, &e);
+			if (e) {
+				m4errx(1, "expr: maxdigits %s invalid.", argv[4]);
+			}
+		}
+		if (argc > 2)
+			pbnumbase(expr(argv[2]), base, maxdigits);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	case IFELTYPE:
+		if (argc > 4)
+			doifelse(argv, argc);
+		break;
+
+	case IFDFTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * doifdef - select one of two
+	 * alternatives based on the existence of
+	 * another definition
+	 */
+		if (argc > 3) {
+			if (lookup_macro_definition(argv[2]) != NULL)
+				pbstr(argv[3]);
+			else if (argc > 4)
+				pbstr(argv[4]);
+		}
+		break;
+
+	case LENGTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * dolen - find the length of the
+	 * argument
+	 */
+		pbnum((argc > 2) ? strlen(argv[2]) : 0);
+		break;
+
+	case INCRTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * doincr - increment the value of the
+	 * argument
+	 */
+		if (argc > 2)
+			pbnum(atoi(argv[2]) + 1);
+		break;
+
+	case DECRTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * dodecr - decrement the value of the
+	 * argument
+	 */
+		if (argc > 2)
+			pbnum(atoi(argv[2]) - 1);
+		break;
+
+	case SYSCTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * dosys - execute system command
+	 */
+		if (argc > 2) {
+			fflush(stdout);
+			sysval = system(argv[2]);
+		}
+		break;
+
+	case SYSVTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * dosysval - return value of the last
+	 * system call.
+	 * 
+	 */
+		pbnum(sysval);
+		break;
+
+	case ESYSCMDTYPE:
+		if (argc > 2)
+			doesyscmd(argv[2]);
+	    	break;
+	case INCLTYPE:
+		if (argc > 2)
+			if (!doincl(argv[2]))
+				err(1, "%s at line %lu: include(%s)",
+				    CURRENT_NAME, CURRENT_LINE, argv[2]);
+		break;
+
+	case SINCTYPE:
+		if (argc > 2)
+			(void) doincl(argv[2]);
+		break;
+#ifdef EXTENDED
+	case PASTTYPE:
+		if (argc > 2)
+			if (!dopaste(argv[2]))
+				err(1, "%s at line %lu: paste(%s)", 
+				    CURRENT_NAME, CURRENT_LINE, argv[2]);
+		break;
+
+	case SPASTYPE:
+		if (argc > 2)
+			(void) dopaste(argv[2]);
+		break;
+	case FORMATTYPE:
+		doformat(argv, argc);
+		break;
+#endif
+	case CHNQTYPE:
+		dochq(argv, ac);
+		break;
+
+	case CHNCTYPE:
+		dochc(argv, argc);
+		break;
+
+	case SUBSTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * dosub - select substring
+	 * 
+	 */
+		if (argc > 3)
+			dosub(argv, argc);
+		break;
+
+	case SHIFTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * doshift - push back all arguments
+	 * except the first one (i.e. skip
+	 * argv[2])
+	 */
+		if (argc > 3) {
+			for (n = argc - 1; n > 3; n--) {
+				pbstr(rquote);
+				pbstr(argv[n]);
+				pbstr(lquote);
+				pushback(COMMA);
+			}
+			pbstr(rquote);
+			pbstr(argv[3]);
+			pbstr(lquote);
+		}
+		break;
+
+	case DIVRTYPE:
+		if (argc > 2 && (n = atoi(argv[2])) != 0)
+			dodiv(n);
+		else {
+			active = stdout;
+			oindex = 0;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	case UNDVTYPE:
+		doundiv(argv, argc);
+		break;
+
+	case DIVNTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * dodivnum - return the number of
+	 * current output diversion
+	 */
+		pbnum(oindex);
+		break;
+
+	case UNDFTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * doundefine - undefine a previously
+	 * defined macro(s) or m4 keyword(s).
+	 */
+		if (argc > 2)
+			for (n = 2; n < argc; n++)
+				macro_undefine(argv[n]);
+		break;
+
+	case POPDTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * dopopdef - remove the topmost
+	 * definitions of macro(s) or m4
+	 * keyword(s).
+	 */
+		if (argc > 2)
+			for (n = 2; n < argc; n++)
+				macro_popdef(argv[n]);
+		break;
+
+	case MKTMTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * dotemp - create a temporary file
+	 */
+		if (argc > 2) {
+			int fd;
+			char *temp;
+
+			temp = xstrdup(argv[2]);
+			
+			fd = mkstemp(temp);
+			if (fd == -1)
+				err(1, 
+	    "%s at line %lu: couldn't make temp file %s", 
+	    CURRENT_NAME, CURRENT_LINE, argv[2]);
+			close(fd);
+			pbstr(temp);
+			free(temp);
+		}
+		break;
+
+	case TRNLTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * dotranslit - replace all characters in
+	 * the source string that appears in the
+	 * "from" string with the corresponding
+	 * characters in the "to" string.
+	 */
+		if (argc > 3) {
+			char *temp;
+
+			temp = xalloc(strlen(argv[2])+1, NULL);
+			if (argc > 4)
+				map(temp, argv[2], argv[3], argv[4]);
+			else
+				map(temp, argv[2], argv[3], null);
+			pbstr(temp);
+			free(temp);
+		} else if (argc > 2)
+			pbstr(argv[2]);
+		break;
+
+	case INDXTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * doindex - find the index of the second
+	 * argument string in the first argument
+	 * string. -1 if not present.
+	 */
+		pbnum((argc > 3) ? indx(argv[2], argv[3]) : -1);
+		break;
+
+	case ERRPTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * doerrp - print the arguments to stderr
+	 * file
+	 */
+		if (argc > 2) {
+			for (n = 2; n < argc; n++)
+				fprintf(stderr, "%s%s",
+				    mimic_gnu && n == 2 ? "" : " ",
+				    argv[n]);
+			if (!mimic_gnu)
+				fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+		}
+		break;
+
+	case DNLNTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * dodnl - eat-up-to and including
+	 * newline
+	 */
+		while ((c = gpbc()) != '\n' && c != EOF)
+			;
+		break;
+
+	case M4WRTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * dom4wrap - set up for
+	 * wrap-up/wind-down activity
+	 */
+		if (argc > 2)
+			dom4wrap(argv[2]);
+		break;
+
+	case EXITTYPE:
+	/*
+	 * doexit - immediate exit from m4.
+	 */
+		killdiv();
+		exit((argc > 2) ? atoi(argv[2]) : 0);
+		break;
+
+	case DEFNTYPE:
+		if (argc > 2)
+			for (n = 2; n < argc; n++)
+				dodefn(argv[n]);
+		break;
+
+	case INDIRTYPE:	/* Indirect call */
+		if (argc > 2)
+			doindir(argv, argc);
+		break;
+	
+	case BUILTINTYPE: /* Builtins only */
+		if (argc > 2)
+			dobuiltin(argv, argc);
+		break;
+
+	case PATSTYPE:
+		if (argc > 2)
+			dopatsubst(argv, argc);
+		break;
+	case REGEXPTYPE:
+		if (argc > 2)
+			doregexp(argv, argc);
+		break;
+	case LINETYPE:
+		doprintlineno(infile+ilevel);
+		break;
+	case FILENAMETYPE:
+		doprintfilename(infile+ilevel);
+		break;
+	case SELFTYPE:
+		pbstr(rquote);
+		pbstr(argv[1]);
+		pbstr(lquote);
+		break;
+	default:
+		m4errx(1, "eval: major botch.");
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * expand_macro - user-defined macro expansion
+ */
+void
+expand_macro(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+	const char *t;
+	const char *p;
+	int n;
+	int argno;
+
+	t = argv[0];		       /* defn string as a whole */
+	p = t;
+	while (*p)
+		p++;
+	p--;			       /* last character of defn */
+	while (p > t) {
+		if (*(p - 1) != ARGFLAG)
+			PUSHBACK(*p);
+		else {
+			switch (*p) {
+
+			case '#':
+				pbnum(argc - 2);
+				break;
+			case '0':
+			case '1':
+			case '2':
+			case '3':
+			case '4':
+			case '5':
+			case '6':
+			case '7':
+			case '8':
+			case '9':
+				argno = *p - '0';
+				if (mimic_gnu) {
+					const unsigned char *q =
+					    (const unsigned char *)p;
+					while (isdigit(*++q)) {
+						bp--;
+						argno = argno * 10 + *q - '0';
+					}
+				}
+				if (argno < argc - 1)
+					pbstr(argv[argno + 1]);
+				break;
+			case '*':
+				if (argc > 2) {
+					for (n = argc - 1; n > 2; n--) {
+						pbstr(argv[n]);
+						pushback(COMMA);
+					}
+					pbstr(argv[2]);
+			    	}
+				break;
+                        case '@':
+				if (argc > 2) {
+					for (n = argc - 1; n > 2; n--) {
+						pbstr(rquote);
+						pbstr(argv[n]);
+						pbstr(lquote);
+						pushback(COMMA);
+					}
+					pbstr(rquote);
+					pbstr(argv[2]);
+					pbstr(lquote);
+				}
+                                break;
+			default:
+				PUSHBACK(*p);
+				PUSHBACK('$');
+				break;
+			}
+			p--;
+		}
+		p--;
+	}
+	if (p == t)		       /* do last character */
+		PUSHBACK(*p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * dodefine - install definition in the table
+ */
+void
+dodefine(const char *name, const char *defn)
+{
+	if (!*name && !mimic_gnu)
+		m4errx(1, "null definition.");
+	else 
+		macro_define(name, defn);
+}
+
+/*
+ * dodefn - push back a quoted definition of
+ *      the given name.
+ */
+static void
+dodefn(const char *name)
+{
+	struct macro_definition *p;
+
+	if ((p = lookup_macro_definition(name)) != NULL) {
+		if ((p->type & TYPEMASK) == MACRTYPE) {
+			pbstr(rquote);
+			pbstr(p->defn);
+			pbstr(lquote);
+		} else {
+			pbstr(p->defn);
+			pbstr(BUILTIN_MARKER);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * dopushdef - install a definition in the hash table
+ *      without removing a previous definition. Since
+ *      each new entry is entered in *front* of the
+ *      hash bucket, it hides a previous definition from
+ *      lookup.
+ */
+static void
+dopushdef(const char *name, const char *defn)
+{
+	if (!*name && !mimic_gnu)
+		m4errx(1, "null definition.");
+	else
+		macro_pushdef(name, defn);
+}
+
+/*
+ * dump_one_def - dump the specified definition.
+ */
+static void
+dump_one_def(const char *name, struct macro_definition *p)
+{
+	if (!traceout)
+		traceout = stderr;
+	if (mimic_gnu) {
+		if ((p->type & TYPEMASK) == MACRTYPE)
+			fprintf(traceout, "%s:\t%s\n", name, p->defn);
+		else {
+			fprintf(traceout, "%s:\t<%s>\n", name, p->defn);
+	    	}
+	} else
+		fprintf(traceout, "`%s'\t`%s'\n", name, p->defn);
+}
+
+/*
+ * dodumpdef - dump the specified definitions in the hash
+ *      table to stderr. If nothing is specified, the entire
+ *      hash table is dumped.
+ */
+static void
+dodump(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+	int n;
+	struct macro_definition *p;
+
+	if (argc > 2) {
+		for (n = 2; n < argc; n++)
+			if ((p = lookup_macro_definition(argv[n])) != NULL)
+				dump_one_def(argv[n], p);
+	} else
+		macro_for_all(dump_one_def);
+}
+
+/*
+ * dotrace - mark some macros as traced/untraced depending upon on.
+ */
+static void
+dotrace(const char *argv[], int argc, int on)
+{
+	int n;
+
+	if (argc > 2) {
+		for (n = 2; n < argc; n++)
+			mark_traced(argv[n], on);
+	} else
+		mark_traced(NULL, on);
+}
+
+/*
+ * doifelse - select one of two alternatives - loop.
+ */
+static void
+doifelse(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+	cycle {
+		if (argc < 5)
+			m4errx(1, "wrong number of args for ifelse");
+		if (STREQ(argv[2], argv[3]))
+			pbstr(argv[4]);
+		else if (argc == 6)
+			pbstr(argv[5]);
+		else if (argc > 6) {
+			argv += 3;
+			argc -= 3;
+			continue;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * doinclude - include a given file.
+ */
+static int
+doincl(const char *ifile)
+{
+#ifndef REAL_FREEZE
+	if (thawing)
+		return 1;
+#endif
+	if (ilevel + 1 == MAXINP)
+		m4errx(1, "too many include files.");
+	if (fopen_trypath(infile+ilevel+1, ifile) != NULL) {
+		ilevel++;
+		bbase[ilevel] = bufbase = bp;
+		return (1);
+	} else
+		return (0);
+}
+
+#ifdef EXTENDED
+/*
+ * dopaste - include a given file without any
+ *           macro processing.
+ */
+static int
+dopaste(const char *pfile)
+{
+	FILE *pf;
+	int c;
+
+	if ((pf = fopen(pfile, "r")) != NULL) {
+		if (synch_lines)
+		    fprintf(active, "#line 1 \"%s\"\n", pfile);
+		while ((c = getc(pf)) != EOF)
+			putc(c, active);
+		(void) fclose(pf);
+		emit_synchline();
+		return (1);
+	} else
+		return (0);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * dochq - change quote characters
+ */
+static void
+dochq(const char *argv[], int ac)
+{
+	if (ac == 2) {
+		lquote[0] = LQUOTE; lquote[1] = EOS;
+		rquote[0] = RQUOTE; rquote[1] = EOS;
+	} else {
+		strlcpy(lquote, argv[2], sizeof(lquote));
+		if (ac > 3) {
+			strlcpy(rquote, argv[3], sizeof(rquote));
+		} else {
+			rquote[0] = ECOMMT; rquote[1] = EOS;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * dochc - change comment characters
+ */
+static void
+dochc(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+/* XXX Note that there is no difference between no argument and a single
+ * empty argument.
+ */
+	if (argc == 2) {
+		scommt[0] = EOS;
+		ecommt[0] = EOS;
+	} else {
+		strlcpy(scommt, argv[2], sizeof(scommt));
+		if (argc == 3) {
+			ecommt[0] = ECOMMT; ecommt[1] = EOS;
+		} else {
+			strlcpy(ecommt, argv[3], sizeof(ecommt));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * dom4wrap - expand text at EOF
+ */
+static void
+dom4wrap(const char *text)
+{
+	if (wrapindex >= maxwraps) {
+		if (maxwraps == 0)
+			maxwraps = 16;
+		else
+			maxwraps *= 2;
+		m4wraps = xrealloc(m4wraps, maxwraps * sizeof(*m4wraps),
+		   "too many m4wraps");
+	}
+	m4wraps[wrapindex++] = xstrdup(text);
+}
+
+/*
+ * dodivert - divert the output to a temporary file
+ */
+static void
+dodiv(int n)
+{
+	int fd;
+
+	oindex = n;
+	if (n >= maxout) {
+		if (mimic_gnu)
+			resizedivs(n + 10);
+		else
+			n = 0;		/* bitbucket */
+    	}
+
+	if (n < 0)
+		n = 0;		       /* bitbucket */
+	if (outfile[n] == NULL) {
+		char fname[] = _PATH_DIVNAME;
+
+		if ((fd = mkstemp(fname)) < 0 || 
+			(outfile[n] = fdopen(fd, "w+")) == NULL)
+				err(1, "%s: cannot divert", fname);
+		if (unlink(fname) == -1)
+			err(1, "%s: cannot unlink", fname);
+	}
+	active = outfile[n];
+}
+
+/*
+ * doundivert - undivert a specified output, or all
+ *              other outputs, in numerical order.
+ */
+static void
+doundiv(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+	int ind;
+	int n;
+
+	if (argc > 2) {
+		for (ind = 2; ind < argc; ind++) {
+			int e;
+			n = strtoi(argv[ind], NULL, 0, 1, INT_MAX, &e);
+			if (e) {
+				if (errno == EINVAL && mimic_gnu)
+					getdivfile(argv[ind]);
+			} else {
+				if (n < maxout && outfile[n] != NULL)
+					getdiv(n);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else
+		for (n = 1; n < maxout; n++)
+			if (outfile[n] != NULL)
+				getdiv(n);
+}
+
+/*
+ * dosub - select substring
+ */
+static void
+dosub(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+	const char *ap, *fc, *k;
+	int nc;
+
+	ap = argv[2];		       /* target string */
+#ifdef EXPR
+	fc = ap + expr(argv[3]);       /* first char */
+#else
+	fc = ap + atoi(argv[3]);       /* first char */
+#endif
+	nc = strlen(fc);
+	if (argc >= 5)
+#ifdef EXPR
+		nc = min(nc, expr(argv[4]));
+#else
+		nc = min(nc, atoi(argv[4]));
+#endif
+	if (fc >= ap && fc < ap + strlen(ap))
+		for (k = fc + nc - 1; k >= fc; k--)
+			pushback(*k);
+}
+
+/*
+ * map:
+ * map every character of s1 that is specified in from
+ * into s3 and replace in s. (source s1 remains untouched)
+ *
+ * This is a standard implementation of map(s,from,to) function of ICON
+ * language. Within mapvec, we replace every character of "from" with
+ * the corresponding character in "to". If "to" is shorter than "from",
+ * than the corresponding entries are null, which means that those
+ * characters dissapear altogether. Furthermore, imagine
+ * map(dest, "sourcestring", "srtin", "rn..*") type call. In this case,
+ * `s' maps to `r', `r' maps to `n' and `n' maps to `*'. Thus, `s'
+ * ultimately maps to `*'. In order to achieve this effect in an efficient
+ * manner (i.e. without multiple passes over the destination string), we
+ * loop over mapvec, starting with the initial source character. if the
+ * character value (dch) in this location is different than the source
+ * character (sch), sch becomes dch, once again to index into mapvec, until
+ * the character value stabilizes (i.e. sch = dch, in other words
+ * mapvec[n] == n). Even if the entry in the mapvec is null for an ordinary
+ * character, it will stabilize, since mapvec[0] == 0 at all times. At the
+ * end, we restore mapvec* back to normal where mapvec[n] == n for
+ * 0 <= n <= 127. This strategy, along with the restoration of mapvec, is
+ * about 5 times faster than any algorithm that makes multiple passes over
+ * destination string.
+ */
+static void
+map(char *dest, const char *src, const char *from, const char *to)
+{
+	const char *tmp;
+	unsigned char sch, dch;
+	unsigned char found[256];
+	static char frombis[257];
+	static char tobis[257];
+	static unsigned char mapvec[256] = {
+	    0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,
+	    19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+	    36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52,
+	    53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69,
+	    70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
+	    87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102,
+	    103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115,
+	    116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128,
+	    129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141,
+	    142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154,
+	    155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167,
+	    168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180,
+	    181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193,
+	    194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,
+	    207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219,
+	    220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232,
+	    233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245,
+	    246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255
+	};
+
+	if (*src) {
+		if (mimic_gnu) {
+			/*
+			 * expand character ranges on the fly
+			 */
+			from = handledash(frombis, frombis + 256, from);
+			to = handledash(tobis, tobis + 256, to);
+		}
+		tmp = from;
+	/*
+	 * create a mapping between "from" and
+	 * "to"
+	 */
+		memset(found, 0, sizeof(found));
+		for (; (sch = (unsigned char)*from) != '\0'; from++) {
+			if (!mimic_gnu || !found[sch]) {
+				found[sch] = 1;
+				mapvec[sch] = *to;
+			}
+			if (*to)
+				to++;
+		}
+
+		if (mimic_gnu) {
+			for (; (sch = (unsigned char)*src) != '\0'; src++) {
+				if (!found[sch])
+					*dest++ = sch;
+				else if ((dch = mapvec[sch]) != '\0')
+					*dest++ = dch;
+			}
+		} else {
+			while (*src) {
+				sch = (unsigned char)(*src++);
+				dch = mapvec[sch];
+				while (dch != sch) {
+					sch = dch;
+					dch = mapvec[sch];
+				}
+				if ((*dest = (char)dch))
+					dest++;
+			}
+		}
+	/*
+	 * restore all the changed characters
+	 */
+		while (*tmp) {
+			mapvec[(unsigned char)(*tmp)] = (unsigned char)(*tmp);
+			tmp++;
+		}
+	}
+	*dest = '\0';
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * handledash:
+ *  use buffer to copy the src string, expanding character ranges
+ * on the way.
+ */
+static const char *
+handledash(char *buffer, char *end, const char *src)
+{
+	char *p;
+	
+	p = buffer;
+	while(*src) {
+		if (src[1] == '-' && src[2]) {
+			unsigned char i;
+			if ((unsigned char)src[0] <= (unsigned char)src[2]) {
+				for (i = (unsigned char)src[0]; 
+				    i <= (unsigned char)src[2]; i++) {
+					*p++ = i;
+					if (p == end) {
+						*p = '\0';
+						return buffer;
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				for (i = (unsigned char)src[0]; 
+				    i >= (unsigned char)src[2]; i--) {
+					*p++ = i;
+					if (p == end) {
+						*p = '\0';
+						return buffer;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			src += 3;
+		} else
+			*p++ = *src++;
+		if (p == end)
+			break;
+	}
+	*p = '\0';
+	return buffer;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/expr.c b/usr.bin/m4/expr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6c901f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/expr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: expr.c,v 1.19 2009/10/26 21:11:28 christos Exp $	*/
+/* $OpenBSD: expr.c,v 1.17 2006/01/20 23:10:19 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004 Marc Espie <espie@cvs.openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: expr.c,v 1.19 2009/10/26 21:11:28 christos Exp $");
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "mdef.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+int32_t end_result;
+const char *copy_toeval;
+
+extern void yy_scan_string(const char *);
+extern int yyparse(void);
+extern int yyerror(const char *);
+
+int
+yyerror(const char *msg)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "m4: %s in expr %s\n", msg, copy_toeval);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+int 
+expr(const char *toeval)
+{
+	copy_toeval = toeval;
+	yy_scan_string(toeval);
+	yyparse();
+	return end_result;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/extern.h b/usr.bin/m4/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cb9de1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: extern.h,v 1.49 2009/10/14 17:19:47 sthen Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.19 2016/01/16 18:30:57 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Ozan Yigit at York University.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/* eval.c */
+extern void	eval(const char *[], int, int, int);
+extern void	dodefine(const char *, const char *);
+extern unsigned long expansion_id;
+
+/* expr.c */
+extern int	expr(const char *);
+
+/* gnum4.c */
+extern void 	addtoincludepath(const char *);
+extern struct input_file *fopen_trypath(struct input_file *, const char *);
+extern void doindir(const char *[], int);
+extern void dobuiltin(const char *[], int);
+extern void dopatsubst(const char *[], int);
+extern void doregexp(const char *[], int);
+
+extern void doprintlineno(struct input_file *);
+extern void doprintfilename(struct input_file *);
+
+extern void doesyscmd(const char *);
+extern void getdivfile(const char *);
+extern void doformat(const char *[], int);
+#ifdef REAL_FREEZE
+extern void freeze_state(const char *);
+extern void thaw_state(const char *);
+#endif
+ 
+
+/* look.c */
+
+#define FLAG_UNTRACED 0
+#define FLAG_TRACED 1
+#define FLAG_NO_TRACE 2
+
+extern void	init_macros(void);
+extern ndptr	lookup(const char *);
+extern void mark_traced(const char *, int);
+extern struct ohash macros;
+
+extern struct macro_definition *lookup_macro_definition(const char *);
+extern void 	macro_define(const char *, const char *);
+extern void 	macro_pushdef(const char *, const char *);
+extern void 	macro_popdef(const char *);
+extern void 	macro_undefine(const char *);
+extern void 	setup_builtin(const char *, unsigned int);
+extern void 	macro_for_all(void (*)(const char *, struct macro_definition *));
+#define macro_getdef(p) 	((p)->d)
+#define macro_name(p)		((p)->name)
+#define macro_builtin_type(p)	((p)->builtin_type)
+#define is_traced(p) ((p)->trace_flags == FLAG_NO_TRACE ? (trace_flags & TRACE_ALL) : (p)->trace_flags)
+
+extern ndptr macro_getbuiltin(const char *);
+#ifdef REAL_FREEZE
+extern void  dump_state(FILE *);
+extern void  restore_state(FILE *);
+#endif
+
+/* main.c */
+extern void outputstr(const char *);
+extern void do_emit_synchline(void);
+#define emit_synchline() do { if (synch_lines) do_emit_synchline(); } while(0)
+
+/* misc.c */
+extern void	chrsave(int);
+extern char 	*compute_prevep(void);
+extern void	getdiv(int);
+extern ptrdiff_t indx(const char *, const char *);
+extern void 	initspaces(void);
+extern void	killdiv(void);
+extern void	pbnum(int);
+extern void	pbnumbase(int, int, int);
+extern void	pbunsigned(unsigned long);
+extern void	pbstr(const char *);
+extern void	pushback(int);
+extern void	*xalloc(size_t, const char *fmt, ...) __printflike(2, 3);
+extern void	*xrealloc(void *, size_t, const char *fmt, ...)
+    __printflike(3, 4);
+extern char	*xstrdup(const char *);
+extern void	resizedivs(int);
+extern size_t	buffer_mark(void);
+extern void	dump_buffer(FILE *, size_t);
+extern void	__dead m4errx(int, const char *, ...) __printflike(2, 3);
+
+extern int 	obtain_char(struct input_file *);
+extern void	set_input(struct input_file *, FILE *, const char *);
+extern void	release_input(struct input_file *);
+
+/* speeded-up versions of chrsave/pushback */
+#define PUSHBACK(c)				\
+	do {					\
+		if (bp >= endpbb)		\
+			enlarge_bufspace();	\
+		*bp++ = (c);			\
+	} while(0)
+	
+#define CHRSAVE(c)				\
+	do {					\
+		if (ep >= endest)		\
+			enlarge_strspace();	\
+		*ep++ = (c);			\
+	} while(0)
+
+/* and corresponding exposure for local symbols */
+extern void enlarge_bufspace(void);
+extern void enlarge_strspace(void);
+extern unsigned char *endpbb;
+extern char *endest;
+
+/* trace.c */
+extern unsigned int trace_flags;
+#define TRACE_ALL	512
+extern void trace_file(const char *);
+extern size_t trace(const char **, int, struct input_file *);
+extern void finish_trace(size_t);
+extern void set_trace_flags(const char *);
+extern FILE *traceout;
+
+extern ndptr hashtab[];		/* hash table for macros etc. */
+extern stae *mstack;		/* stack of m4 machine */
+extern char *sstack;		/* shadow stack, for string space extension */
+extern FILE *active;		/* active output file pointer */
+extern struct input_file infile[];/* input file stack (0=stdin) */
+extern FILE **outfile;		/* diversion array(0=bitbucket) */
+extern int maxout;		/* maximum number of diversions */
+extern int fp; 			/* m4 call frame pointer */
+extern int ilevel;		/* input file stack pointer */
+extern int oindex;		/* diversion index. */
+extern int sp;			/* current m4 stack pointer */
+extern unsigned char *bp;	/* first available character */
+extern unsigned char *buf;	/* push-back buffer */
+extern unsigned char *bufbase;	/* buffer base for this ilevel */
+extern unsigned char *bbase[];	/* buffer base per ilevel */
+extern char ecommt[MAXCCHARS+1];/* end character for comment */
+extern char *ep;		/* first free char in strspace */
+extern char lquote[MAXCCHARS+1];/* left quote character (`) */
+extern char **m4wraps;		/* m4wrap string default. */
+extern int maxwraps;		/* size of m4wraps array */
+extern int wrapindex;		/* current index in m4wraps */
+extern int fatal_warnings;	/* exit on warning */
+extern int quiet;		/* no warnings */
+extern int nesting_limit;	/* macro expansion nesting limit */
+#ifndef REAL_FREEZE
+extern FILE *freezef;		/* copy of input */
+extern int thawing;		/* don't process includes during thaw */
+#endif
+
+extern const char *null;	/* as it says.. just a null. */
+extern char rquote[MAXCCHARS+1];/* right quote character (') */
+extern char scommt[MAXCCHARS+1];/* start character for comment */
+extern int  synch_lines;	/* line synchronisation directives */
+
+extern int mimic_gnu;		/* behaves like gnu-m4 */
+extern int prefix_builtins;	/* prefix builtin macros with m4_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/gnum4.c b/usr.bin/m4/gnum4.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a450a99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/gnum4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,817 @@
+/* $NetBSD: gnum4.c,v 1.10 2016/01/16 16:59:18 christos Exp $ */
+/* $OpenBSD: gnum4.c,v 1.39 2008/08/21 21:01:04 espie Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 Marc Espie
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * functions needed to support gnu-m4 extensions, including a fake freezing
+ */
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: gnum4.c,v 1.10 2016/01/16 16:59:18 christos Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "mdef.h"
+#include "stdd.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+
+int mimic_gnu = 0;
+#ifndef SIZE_T_MAX
+#define SIZE_T_MAX (size_t)~0ull
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Support for include path search
+ * First search in the current directory.
+ * If not found, and the path is not absolute, include path kicks in.
+ * First, -I options, in the order found on the command line.
+ * Then M4PATH env variable
+ */
+
+struct path_entry {
+	char *name;
+	struct path_entry *next;
+} *first, *last;
+
+static struct path_entry *new_path_entry(const char *);
+static void ensure_m4path(void);
+static struct input_file *dopath(struct input_file *, const char *);
+
+static struct path_entry *
+new_path_entry(const char *dirname)
+{
+	struct path_entry *n;
+
+	n = malloc(sizeof(struct path_entry));
+	if (!n)
+		errx(1, "out of memory");
+	n->name = strdup(dirname);
+	if (!n->name)
+		errx(1, "out of memory");
+	n->next = 0;
+	return n;
+}
+	
+void 
+addtoincludepath(const char *dirname)
+{
+	struct path_entry *n;
+
+	n = new_path_entry(dirname);
+
+	if (last) {
+		last->next = n;
+		last = n;
+	}
+	else
+		last = first = n;
+}
+
+static void
+ensure_m4path(void)
+{
+	static int envpathdone = 0;
+	char *envpath;
+	char *sweep;
+	char *path;
+
+	if (envpathdone)
+		return;
+	envpathdone = TRUE;
+	envpath = getenv("M4PATH");
+	if (!envpath) 
+		return;
+	/* for portability: getenv result is read-only */
+	envpath = strdup(envpath);
+	if (!envpath)
+		errx(1, "out of memory");
+	for (sweep = envpath; 
+	    (path = strsep(&sweep, ":")) != NULL;)
+	    addtoincludepath(path);
+	free(envpath);
+}
+
+static
+struct input_file *
+dopath(struct input_file *i, const char *filename)
+{
+	char path[MAXPATHLEN];
+	struct path_entry *pe;
+	FILE *f;
+
+	for (pe = first; pe; pe = pe->next) {
+		snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s/%s", pe->name, filename);
+		if ((f = fopen(path, "r")) != 0) {
+			set_input(i, f, path);
+			return i;
+		}
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+struct input_file *
+fopen_trypath(struct input_file *i, const char *filename)
+{
+	FILE *f;
+
+	f = fopen(filename, "r");
+	if (f != NULL) {
+		set_input(i, f, filename);
+		return i;
+	}
+	if (filename[0] == '/')
+		return NULL;
+
+	ensure_m4path();
+
+	return dopath(i, filename);
+}
+
+void 
+doindir(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+	ndptr n;
+	struct macro_definition *p;
+
+	n = lookup(argv[2]);
+	if (n == NULL || (p = macro_getdef(n)) == NULL)
+		m4errx(1, "indir: undefined macro %s.", argv[2]);
+	argv[1] = p->defn;
+	
+	eval(argv+1, argc-1, p->type, is_traced(n));
+}
+
+void 
+dobuiltin(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+	ndptr p;
+
+	argv[1] = NULL;
+	p = macro_getbuiltin(argv[2]);
+	if (p != NULL)
+		eval(argv+1, argc-1, macro_builtin_type(p), is_traced(p));
+	else
+		m4errx(1, "unknown builtin %s.", argv[2]);
+} 
+
+
+/* We need some temporary buffer space, as pb pushes BACK and substitution
+ * proceeds forward... */
+static char *buffer;
+static size_t bufsize = 0;
+static size_t current = 0;
+
+static void addchars(const char *, size_t);
+static void addchar(int);
+static char *twiddle(const char *);
+static char *getstring(void);
+static void exit_regerror(int, const char *, regex_t *) __dead;
+static void do_subst(const char *, const char *, regex_t *, const char *,
+    regmatch_t *);
+static void do_regexpindex(const char *, const char *, regex_t *, regmatch_t *);
+static void do_regexp(const char *, const char *, regex_t *, const char *, regmatch_t *);
+static void add_sub(size_t, const char *, regex_t *, regmatch_t *);
+static void add_replace(const char *, regex_t *, const char *, regmatch_t *);
+#define addconstantstring(s) addchars((s), sizeof(s)-1)
+
+static void 
+addchars(const char *c, size_t n)
+{
+	if (n == 0)
+		return;
+	while (current + n > bufsize) {
+		if (bufsize == 0)
+			bufsize = 1024;
+		else
+			bufsize *= 2;
+		buffer = xrealloc(buffer, bufsize, NULL);
+	}
+	memcpy(buffer+current, c, n);
+	current += n;
+}
+
+static void 
+addchar(int c)
+{
+	if (current +1 > bufsize) {
+		if (bufsize == 0)
+			bufsize = 1024;
+		else
+			bufsize *= 2;
+		buffer = xrealloc(buffer, bufsize, NULL);
+	}
+	buffer[current++] = c;
+}
+
+static char *
+getstring(void)
+{
+	addchar('\0');
+	current = 0;
+	return buffer;
+}
+
+
+static void 
+exit_regerror(int er, const char *pat, regex_t *re)
+{
+	size_t 	errlen;
+	char 	*errbuf;
+
+	errlen = regerror(er, re, NULL, 0);
+	errbuf = xalloc(errlen, 
+	    "malloc in regerror: %lu", (unsigned long)errlen);
+	regerror(er, re, errbuf, errlen);
+	m4errx(1, "regular expression error: %s for: `%s'", errbuf, pat);
+}
+
+static void
+add_sub(size_t n, const char *string, regex_t *re, regmatch_t *pm)
+{
+	if (n > re->re_nsub) {
+		if (!quiet)
+			warnx("No subexpression %zu", n);
+		if (fatal_warnings)
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+	/* Subexpressions that did not match are
+	 * not an error.  */
+	else if (pm[n].rm_so != -1 &&
+	    pm[n].rm_eo != -1) {
+		addchars(string + pm[n].rm_so,
+			pm[n].rm_eo - pm[n].rm_so);
+	}
+}
+
+/* Add replacement string to the output buffer, recognizing special
+ * constructs and replacing them with substrings of the original string.
+ */
+static void 
+add_replace(const char *string, regex_t *re, const char *replace, regmatch_t *pm)
+{
+	const char *p;
+
+	for (p = replace; *p != '\0'; p++) {
+		if (*p == '&' && !mimic_gnu) {
+			add_sub(0, string, re, pm);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*p == '\\') {
+			if (p[1] == '\\') {
+				addchar(p[1]);
+				p++;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (p[1] == '&') {
+				if (mimic_gnu)
+					add_sub(0, string, re, pm);
+				else
+					addchar(p[1]);
+				p++;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (isdigit((unsigned char)p[1])) {
+				add_sub(*(++p) - '0', string, re, pm);
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+	    	addchar(*p);
+	}
+}
+
+static void 
+do_subst(const char *pat, const char *string, regex_t *re, const char *replace,
+    regmatch_t *pm)
+{
+	int error;
+	int flags = 0;
+	const char *last_match = NULL;
+
+	while ((error = regexec(re, string, re->re_nsub+1, pm, flags)) == 0) {
+		if (pm[0].rm_eo != 0) {
+			if (string[pm[0].rm_eo-1] == '\n')
+				flags = 0;
+			else
+				flags = REG_NOTBOL;
+		}
+
+		/* NULL length matches are special... We use the `vi-mode' 
+		 * rule: don't allow a NULL-match at the last match
+		 * position. 
+		 */
+		if (pm[0].rm_so == pm[0].rm_eo && 
+		    string + pm[0].rm_so == last_match) {
+			if (*string == '\0')
+				return;
+			addchar(*string);
+			if (*string++ == '\n')
+				flags = 0;
+			else
+				flags = REG_NOTBOL;
+			continue;
+		}
+		last_match = string + pm[0].rm_so;
+		addchars(string, pm[0].rm_so);
+		add_replace(string, re, replace, pm);
+		string += pm[0].rm_eo;
+		buffer[current] = '\0';
+	}
+	while (*string)
+		addchar(*string++);
+	if (error != REG_NOMATCH)
+		exit_regerror(error, pat, re);
+	pbstr(string);
+}
+
+static void 
+do_regexp(const char *pat, const char *string, regex_t *re, const char *replace,
+    regmatch_t *pm)
+{
+	int error;
+
+	switch(error = regexec(re, string, re->re_nsub+1, pm, 0)) {
+	case 0: 
+		add_replace(string, re, replace, pm);
+		pbstr(getstring());
+		break;
+	case REG_NOMATCH:
+		break;
+	default:
+		exit_regerror(error, pat, re);
+	}
+}
+
+static void 
+do_regexpindex(const char *pat, const char *string, regex_t *re, regmatch_t *pm)
+{
+	int error;
+
+	switch(error = regexec(re, string, re->re_nsub+1, pm, 0)) {
+	case 0:
+		pbunsigned(pm[0].rm_so);
+		break;
+	case REG_NOMATCH:
+		pbnum(-1);
+		break;
+	default:
+		exit_regerror(error, pat, re);
+	}
+}
+
+/* In Gnu m4 mode, parentheses for backmatch don't work like POSIX 1003.2
+ * says. So we twiddle with the regexp before passing it to regcomp.
+ */
+static char *
+twiddle(const char *p)
+{
+	/* + at start of regexp is a normal character for Gnu m4 */
+	if (*p == '^') {
+		addchar(*p);
+		p++;
+	}
+	if (*p == '+') {
+		addchar('\\');
+	}
+	/* This could use strcspn for speed... */
+	while (*p != '\0') {
+		if (*p == '\\') {
+			switch(p[1]) {
+			case '(':
+			case ')':
+			case '|':
+				addchar(p[1]);
+				break;
+			case 'w':
+				addconstantstring("[_a-zA-Z0-9]");
+				break;
+			case 'W':
+				addconstantstring("[^_a-zA-Z0-9]");
+				break;
+			case '<':
+				addconstantstring("[[:<:]]");
+				break;
+			case '>':
+				addconstantstring("[[:>:]]");
+				break;
+			default:
+				addchars(p, 2);
+				break;
+			}
+			p+=2;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*p == '(' || *p == ')' || *p == '|')
+			addchar('\\');
+
+		addchar(*p);
+		p++;
+	}
+	return getstring();
+}
+
+static int
+checkempty(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+	const char *s;
+	size_t len;
+
+	if (argc != 3 && argv[3][0] != '\0')
+		return 0;
+
+	if (argc == 3) {
+		if (!quiet)
+			warnx("Too few arguments to patsubst");
+		if (fatal_warnings)
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+			
+	if (argv[4] && argc > 4) 
+		len = strlen(argv[4]);
+	else
+		len = 0;
+	for (s = argv[2]; *s != '\0'; s++) {
+		addchars(argv[4], len);
+		addchar(*s);
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* patsubst(string, regexp, opt replacement) */
+/* argv[2]: string
+ * argv[3]: regexp
+ * argv[4]: opt rep
+ */
+void
+dopatsubst(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+	if (argc < 3) {
+		if (!quiet)
+			warnx("Too few arguments to patsubst");
+		if (fatal_warnings)
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		return;
+	}
+	/* special case: empty regexp */
+	if (!checkempty(argv, argc)) {
+
+		const char *pat;
+		int error;
+		regex_t re;
+		regmatch_t *pmatch;
+		int mode = REG_EXTENDED;
+		size_t l = strlen(argv[3]);
+
+		if (!mimic_gnu ||
+		    (argv[3][0] == '^') || 
+		    (l > 0 && argv[3][l-1] == '$'))
+			mode |= REG_NEWLINE;
+
+		pat = mimic_gnu ? twiddle(argv[3]) : argv[3];
+		error = regcomp(&re, pat, mode);
+		if (error != 0)
+			exit_regerror(error, pat, &re);
+		
+		pmatch = xalloc(sizeof(regmatch_t) * (re.re_nsub+1), NULL);
+		do_subst(pat, argv[2], &re, 
+		    argc > 4 && argv[4] != NULL ? argv[4] : "", pmatch);
+		free(pmatch);
+		regfree(&re);
+	}
+	pbstr(getstring());
+}
+
+void
+doregexp(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+	int error;
+	regex_t re;
+	regmatch_t *pmatch;
+	const char *pat;
+
+	if (argc < 3) {
+		if (!quiet)
+			warnx("Too few arguments to regexp");
+		if (fatal_warnings)
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		return;
+	}
+	if (checkempty(argv, argc)) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	pat = mimic_gnu ? twiddle(argv[3]) : argv[3];
+	error = regcomp(&re, pat, REG_EXTENDED);
+	if (error != 0)
+		exit_regerror(error, pat, &re);
+	
+	pmatch = xalloc(sizeof(regmatch_t) * (re.re_nsub+1), NULL);
+	if (argv[4] == NULL || argc == 4)
+		do_regexpindex(pat, argv[2], &re, pmatch);
+	else
+		do_regexp(pat, argv[2], &re, argv[4], pmatch);
+	free(pmatch);
+	regfree(&re);
+}
+
+void
+doformat(const char *argv[], int argc)
+{
+	const char *format = argv[2];
+	int pos = 3;
+	int left_padded;
+	long width;
+	size_t l;
+	const char *thisarg;
+	char temp[2];
+	size_t extra;
+
+	while (*format != 0) {
+		if (*format != '%') {
+			addchar(*format++);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		format++;
+		if (*format == '%') {
+			addchar(*format++);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*format == 0) {
+			addchar('%');
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (*format == '*') {
+			format++;
+			if (pos >= argc)
+				m4errx(1, 
+				    "Format with too many format specifiers.");
+			width = strtol(argv[pos++], NULL, 10);
+		} else {
+			char *eformat;
+			width = strtol(format, &eformat, 10);
+			format = eformat;
+		}
+		if (width < 0) {
+			left_padded = 1;
+			width = -width;
+		} else {
+			left_padded = 0;
+		}
+		if (*format == '.') {
+			format++;
+			if (*format == '*') {
+				format++;
+				if (pos >= argc)
+					m4errx(1, 
+					    "Format with too many format specifiers.");
+				extra = strtol(argv[pos++], NULL, 10);
+			} else {
+				char *eformat;
+				extra = strtol(format, &eformat, 10);
+				format = eformat;
+			}
+		} else {
+			extra = SIZE_T_MAX;
+		}
+		if (pos >= argc)
+			m4errx(1, "Format with too many format specifiers.");
+		switch(*format) {
+		case 's':
+			thisarg = argv[pos++];
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			temp[0] = strtoul(argv[pos++], NULL, 10);
+			temp[1] = 0;
+			thisarg = temp;
+			break;
+		default:
+			m4errx(1, "Unsupported format specification: %s.", 
+			    argv[2]);
+		}
+		format++;
+		l = strlen(thisarg);
+		if (l > extra)
+			l = extra;
+		if (!left_padded) {
+			while (l < (size_t)width--)
+				addchar(' ');
+		}
+		addchars(thisarg, l);
+		if (left_padded) {
+			while (l < (size_t)width--)
+				addchar(' ');
+		}
+	}
+	pbstr(getstring());
+}
+
+void
+doesyscmd(const char *cmd)
+{
+	int p[2];
+	pid_t pid, cpid;
+	const char *argv[4];
+	int cc;
+	int status;
+
+	/* Follow gnu m4 documentation: first flush buffers. */
+	fflush(NULL);
+
+	argv[0] = "sh";
+	argv[1] = "-c";
+	argv[2] = cmd;
+	argv[3] = NULL;
+
+	/* Just set up standard output, share stderr and stdin with m4 */
+	if (pipe(p) == -1)
+		err(1, "bad pipe");
+	switch(cpid = fork()) {
+	case -1:
+		err(1, "bad fork");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	case 0:
+		(void) close(p[0]);
+		(void) dup2(p[1], 1);
+		(void) close(p[1]);
+		execv(_PATH_BSHELL, __UNCONST(argv));
+		exit(1);
+	default:
+		/* Read result in two stages, since m4's buffer is
+		 * pushback-only. */
+		(void) close(p[1]);
+		do {
+			char result[BUFSIZE];
+			cc = read(p[0], result, sizeof result);
+			if (cc > 0)
+				addchars(result, cc);
+		} while (cc > 0 || (cc == -1 && errno == EINTR));
+
+		(void) close(p[0]);
+		while ((pid = wait(&status)) != cpid && pid >= 0)
+			continue;
+		pbstr(getstring());
+	}
+}
+
+void
+getdivfile(const char *name)
+{
+	FILE *f;
+	int c;
+
+	f = fopen(name, "r");
+	if (!f)
+		return;
+
+	while ((c = getc(f))!= EOF)
+		putc(c, active);
+	(void) fclose(f);
+}
+
+#ifdef REAL_FREEZE
+void
+freeze_state(const char *fname)
+{
+	FILE *f;
+
+	if ((f = fopen(fname, "wb")) == NULL)
+		m4errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Can't open output freeze file `%s' (%s)",
+		    fname, strerror(errno));
+	fprintf(f, "# This is a frozen state file generated by %s\nV1\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	fprintf(f, "Q%zu,%zu\n%s%s\n", strlen(lquote), strlen(rquote),
+	    lquote, rquote);
+	fprintf(f, "C%zu,%zu\n%s%s\n", strlen(scommt), strlen(ecommt),
+	    scommt, ecommt);
+	dump_state(f);
+	/* XXX: diversions? */
+	fprintf(f, "D-1,0\n");
+	fprintf(f, "# End of frozen state file\n");
+	fclose(f);
+}
+
+void
+thaw_state(const char *fname)
+{
+	char *name = NULL;
+	size_t nl, namelen = 0;
+	char *defn = NULL;
+	size_t dl, defnlen = 0;
+	size_t lineno = 0;
+	char line[1024], *ptr, type;
+	FILE *f;
+
+	if ((f = fopen(fname, "rb")) == NULL)
+		m4errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Can't open frozen file `%s' (%s)",
+		    fname, strerror(errno));
+
+#define GET() if (fgets(line, (int)sizeof(line), f) == NULL) goto out
+#define GETSTR(s, l) if (fread(s, 1, l, f) != l) goto out; else s[l] = '\0'
+
+	GET();	/* comment */
+	GET();	/* version */
+	if ((ptr = strrchr(line, '\n')) != NULL)
+		*ptr = '\0';
+	if (strcmp(line, "V1") != 0)
+		m4errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Bad frozen version `%s'", line);
+
+	for (;;) {
+		GET();
+		lineno++;
+		switch (*line) {
+		case '\n':
+			continue;
+		case '#':
+			free(name);
+			free(defn);
+			fclose(f);
+			return;
+		default:
+			if (sscanf(line, "%c%zu,%zu\n", &type, &nl, &dl) != 3)
+				m4errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s, %zu: Bad line `%s'",
+				    fname, lineno, line);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		switch (type) {
+		case 'Q':
+			if (nl >= sizeof(lquote) || dl >= sizeof(rquote))
+				m4errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s, %zu: Quote too long",
+				    fname, lineno);
+			GETSTR(lquote, nl);
+			GETSTR(rquote, dl);
+			break;
+
+		case 'C':
+			if (nl >= sizeof(scommt) || dl >= sizeof(ecommt))
+				m4errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s, %zu: Comment too long",
+				    fname, lineno);
+			GETSTR(scommt, nl);
+			GETSTR(ecommt, dl);
+			break;
+
+		case 'T':
+		case 'F':
+			if (nl >= namelen)
+				name = xrealloc(name, namelen = nl + 1,
+					"name grow");
+			if (dl >= defnlen)
+				defn = xrealloc(defn, defnlen = dl + 1,
+					"defn grow");
+			GETSTR(name, nl);
+			GETSTR(defn, dl);
+			macro_pushdef(name, defn);
+			break;
+
+		case 'D':
+			/* XXX: Not implemented */
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			m4errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s, %zu: Unknown type %c",
+			    fname, lineno,type);
+		}
+	}
+out:
+	m4errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Unexprected end of file in `%s'", fname);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash.h b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ccdaf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#ifndef OHASH_H
+#define OHASH_H
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash.h,v 1.8 2005/12/29 18:54:47 jaredy Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/* Open hashing support. 
+ * Open hashing was chosen because it is much lighter than other hash
+ * techniques, and more efficient in most cases.
+ */
+
+struct ohash_info {
+	ptrdiff_t key_offset;
+	void *data;	/* user data */
+	void *(*halloc)(size_t, void *);
+	void (*hfree)(void *, size_t, void *);
+	void *(*alloc)(size_t, void *);
+};
+
+struct _ohash_record;
+
+struct ohash {
+	struct _ohash_record 	*t;
+	struct ohash_info 	info;
+	unsigned int 		size;
+	unsigned int 		total;
+	unsigned int 		deleted;
+};
+
+/* For this to be tweakable, we use small primitives, and leave part of the
+ * logic to the client application.  e.g., hashing is left to the client
+ * application.  We also provide a simple table entry lookup that yields
+ * a hashing table index (opaque) to be used in find/insert/remove.
+ * The keys are stored at a known position in the client data.
+ */
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+void ohash_init(struct ohash *, unsigned, struct ohash_info *);
+void ohash_delete(struct ohash *);
+
+unsigned int ohash_lookup_interval(struct ohash *, const char *,
+	    const char *, u_int32_t);
+unsigned int ohash_lookup_memory(struct ohash *, const char *,
+	    size_t, u_int32_t);
+void *ohash_find(struct ohash *, unsigned int);
+void *ohash_remove(struct ohash *, unsigned int);
+void *ohash_insert(struct ohash *, unsigned int, void *);
+void *ohash_first(struct ohash *, unsigned int *);
+void *ohash_next(struct ohash *, unsigned int *);
+unsigned int ohash_entries(struct ohash *);
+
+void *ohash_create_entry(struct ohash_info *, const char *, const char **);
+u_int32_t ohash_interval(const char *, const char **);
+
+unsigned int ohash_qlookupi(struct ohash *, const char *, const char **);
+unsigned int ohash_qlookup(struct ohash *, const char *);
+__END_DECLS
+#endif
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_create_entry.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_create_entry.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bdc9ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_create_entry.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash_create_entry.c,v 1.2 2004/06/22 20:00:16 espie Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ohash_int.h"
+
+/* This handles the common case of variable length keys, where the 
+ * key is stored at the end of the record.
+ */
+void *
+ohash_create_entry(struct ohash_info *i, const char *start, const char **end)
+{
+	char *p;
+
+	if (!*end)
+		*end = start + strlen(start);
+	p = (i->alloc)(i->key_offset + (*end - start) + 1, i->data);
+	if (p) {
+	    memcpy(p+i->key_offset, start, *end-start);
+	    p[i->key_offset + (*end - start)] = '\0';
+	}
+	return (void *)p;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_delete.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_delete.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12a9c0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_delete.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash_delete.c,v 1.2 2004/06/22 20:00:16 espie Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ohash_int.h"
+/* hash_delete only frees the hash structure. Use hash_first/hash_next
+ * to free entries as well.  */
+void 
+ohash_delete(struct ohash *h)
+{
+	(h->info.hfree)(h->t, sizeof(struct _ohash_record) * h->size,
+		h->info.data);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	h->t = NULL;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_do.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_do.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b8467d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_do.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash_do.c,v 1.4 2004/06/22 20:00:16 espie Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ohash_int.h"
+
+static void ohash_resize(struct ohash *);
+
+static void 
+ohash_resize(struct ohash *h)
+{
+	struct _ohash_record *n;
+	unsigned int 	ns, j;
+	unsigned int	i, incr;
+
+	if (4 * h->deleted < h->total)
+		ns = h->size << 1;
+	else if (3 * h->deleted > 2 * h->total)
+		ns = h->size >> 1;
+	else
+		ns = h->size;
+	if (ns < MINSIZE)
+		ns = MINSIZE;
+#ifdef STATS_HASH
+	STAT_HASH_EXPAND++;
+	STAT_HASH_SIZE += ns - h->size;
+#endif
+	n = (h->info.halloc)(sizeof(struct _ohash_record) * ns, h->info.data);
+	if (!n)
+		return;
+
+	for (j = 0; j < h->size; j++) {
+		if (h->t[j].p != NULL && h->t[j].p != DELETED) {
+			i = h->t[j].hv % ns;
+			incr = ((h->t[j].hv % (ns - 2)) & ~1) + 1;
+			while (n[i].p != NULL) {
+				i += incr;
+				if (i >= ns)
+					i -= ns;
+		    	}
+			n[i].hv = h->t[j].hv;
+			n[i].p = h->t[j].p;
+		}
+	}
+	(h->info.hfree)(h->t, sizeof(struct _ohash_record) * h->size, 
+		h->info.data);
+	h->t = n;
+	h->size = ns;
+	h->total -= h->deleted;
+	h->deleted = 0;
+}
+
+void *
+ohash_remove(struct ohash *h, unsigned int i)
+{
+	void 		*result = __UNCONST(h->t[i].p);
+
+	if (result == NULL || result == DELETED)
+		return NULL;
+
+#ifdef STATS_HASH
+	STAT_HASH_ENTRIES--;
+#endif
+	h->t[i].p = DELETED;
+	h->deleted++;
+	if (h->deleted >= MINDELETED && 4 * h->deleted > h->total)
+		ohash_resize(h);
+	return result;
+}
+
+void *
+ohash_find(struct ohash *h, unsigned int i)
+{
+	if (h->t[i].p == DELETED)
+		return NULL;
+	else
+		return __UNCONST(h->t[i].p);
+}
+
+void *
+ohash_insert(struct ohash *h, unsigned int i, void *p)
+{
+#ifdef STATS_HASH
+	STAT_HASH_ENTRIES++;
+#endif
+	if (h->t[i].p == DELETED) {
+		h->deleted--;
+		h->t[i].p = p;
+	} else {
+		h->t[i].p = p;
+	/* Arbitrary resize boundary.  Tweak if not efficient enough.  */
+		if (++h->total * 4 > h->size * 3)
+			ohash_resize(h);
+	}
+    	return p;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_entries.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_entries.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..683e204
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_entries.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash_entries.c,v 1.2 2004/06/22 20:00:16 espie Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ohash_int.h"
+
+unsigned int
+ohash_entries(struct ohash *h)
+{
+	return h->total - h->deleted;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_enum.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_enum.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..966daa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_enum.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash_enum.c,v 1.3 2004/06/22 20:00:16 espie Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ohash_int.h"
+
+void *
+ohash_first(struct ohash *h, unsigned int *pos)
+{
+	*pos = 0;
+	return ohash_next(h, pos);
+}
+	
+void *
+ohash_next(struct ohash *h, unsigned int *pos)
+{
+	for (; *pos < h->size; (*pos)++) 
+		if (h->t[*pos].p != DELETED && h->t[*pos].p != NULL) 
+			return __UNCONST(h->t[(*pos)++].p);
+	return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_init.3 b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0939a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: ohash_init.3,v 1.14 2007/05/31 19:19:30 jmc Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 31 2007 $
+.Dt OPEN_HASH 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ohash_init ,
+.Nm ohash_delete ,
+.Nm ohash_lookup_interval ,
+.Nm ohash_lookup_memory ,
+.Nm ohash_find ,
+.Nm ohash_remove ,
+.Nm ohash_insert ,
+.Nm ohash_first ,
+.Nm ohash_next ,
+.Nm ohash_entries
+.Nd light-weight open hashing
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdint.h>
+.Fd #include <stddef.h>
+.Fd #include <ohash.h>
+.Ft void
+.Fn ohash_init "struct ohash *h" "unsigned int size" "struct ohash_info *info"
+.Ft void
+.Fn ohash_delete "struct ohash *h"
+.Ft "unsigned int"
+.Fn ohash_lookup_interval "struct ohash *h" "const char *start" "const char *end" "uint32_t hv"
+.Ft "unsigned int"
+.Fn ohash_lookup_memory "struct ohash *h" "const char *k" "size_t s" "uint32_t hv"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn ohash_find "struct ohash *h" "unsigned int i"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn ohash_remove "struct ohash *h" "unsigned int i"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn ohash_insert "struct ohash *h" "unsigned int i" "void *p"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn ohash_first "struct ohash *h" "unsigned int *i"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn ohash_next "struct ohash *h" "unsigned int *i"
+.Ft "unsigned int"
+.Fn ohash_entries "struct ohash *h"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+These functions have been designed as a fast, extensible alternative to
+the usual hash table functions.
+They provide storage and retrieval of records indexed by keys,
+where a key is a contiguous sequence of bytes at a fixed position in
+each record.
+Keys can either be NUL-terminated strings or fixed-size memory areas.
+All functions take a pointer to an ohash structure as the
+.Fa h
+function argument.
+Storage for this structure should be provided by user code.
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_init
+initializes the table to store roughly 2 to the power
+.Fa size
+elements.
+.Fa info
+holds the position of the key in each record, and two pointers to
+.Xr calloc 3
+and
+.Xr free 3 Ns -like
+functions, to use for managing the table internal storage.
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_delete
+frees storage internal to
+.Fa h .
+Elements themselves should be freed by the user first, using for instance
+.Fn ohash_first
+and
+.Fn ohash_next .
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_lookup_interval
+and
+.Fn ohash_lookup_memory
+are the basic look-up element functions.
+The hashing function result is provided by the user as
+.Fa hv .
+These return a
+.Qq slot
+in the ohash table
+.Fa h ,
+to be used with
+.Fn ohash_find ,
+.Fn ohash_insert ,
+or
+.Fn ohash_remove .
+This slot is only valid up to the next call to
+.Fn ohash_insert
+or
+.Fn ohash_remove .
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_lookup_interval
+handles string-like keys.
+.Fn ohash_lookup_interval
+assumes the key is the interval between
+.Fa start
+and
+.Fa end ,
+exclusive,
+though the actual elements stored in the table should only contain
+NUL-terminated keys.
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_lookup_memory
+assumes the key is the memory area starting at
+.Fa k
+of size
+.Fa s .
+All bytes are significant in key comparison.
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_find
+retrieves an element from a slot
+.Fa i
+returned by the
+.Fn ohash_lookup*
+functions.
+It returns
+.Dv NULL
+if the slot is empty.
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_insert
+inserts a new element
+.Fa p
+at slot
+.Fa i .
+Slot
+.Fa i
+must be empty and element
+.Fa p
+must have a key corresponding to the
+.Fn ohash_lookup*
+call.
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_remove
+removes the element at slot
+.Fa i .
+It returns the removed element, for user code to dispose of, or
+.Dv NULL
+if the slot was empty.
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_first
+and
+.Fn ohash_next
+can be used to access all elements in an ohash table, like this:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+for (n = ohash_first(h, &i); n != NULL; n = ohash_next(h, &i))
+	do_something_with(n);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Fa i
+points to an auxiliary unsigned integer used to record the current position
+in the ohash table.
+Those functions are safe to use even while entries are added to/removed
+from the table, but in such a case they don't guarantee that new entries
+will be returned.
+As a special case, they can safely be used to free elements in the table.
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_entries
+returns the number of elements in the hash table.
+.Sh STORAGE HANDLING
+Only
+.Fn ohash_init ,
+.Fn ohash_insert ,
+.Fn ohash_remove
+and
+.Fn ohash_delete
+may call the user-supplied memory functions.
+It is the responsibility of the user memory allocation code to verify
+that those calls did not fail.
+.Pp
+If memory allocation fails,
+.Fn ohash_init
+returns a useless hash table.
+.Fn ohash_insert
+and
+.Fn ohash_remove
+still perform the requested operation, but the returned table should be
+considered read-only.
+It can still be accessed by
+.Fn ohash_lookup* ,
+.Fn ohash_find ,
+.Fn ohash_first
+and
+.Fn ohash_next
+to dump relevant information to disk before aborting.
+.Sh THREAD SAFETY
+The open hashing functions are not thread-safe by design.
+In particular, in a threaded environment, there is no guarantee that a
+.Qq slot
+will not move between a
+.Fn ohash_lookup*
+and a
+.Fn ohash_find ,
+.Fn ohash_insert
+or
+.Fn ohash_remove
+call.
+.Pp
+Multi-threaded applications should explicitly protect ohash table access.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ohash_interval 3
+.Rs
+.%A Donald E. Knuth
+.%B The Art of Computer Programming
+.%V Vol. 3
+.%P pp 506-550
+.%D 1973
+.Re
+.Sh STANDARDS
+Those functions are completely non-standard and should be avoided in
+portable programs.
+.Sh HISTORY
+Those functions were designed and written for
+.Ox
+.Xr make 1
+by Marc Espie in 1999.
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_init.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_init.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d24fa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_init.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash_init.c,v 1.2 2004/06/22 20:00:16 espie Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ohash_int.h"
+
+void 
+ohash_init(struct ohash *h, unsigned int size, struct ohash_info *info)
+{
+	h->size = 1UL << size;
+	if (h->size < MINSIZE)
+		h->size = MINSIZE;
+#ifdef STATS_HASH
+	STAT_HASH_CREATION++;
+	STAT_HASH_SIZE += h->size;
+#endif
+	/* Copy info so that caller may free it.  */
+	h->info.key_offset = info->key_offset;
+	h->info.halloc = info->halloc;
+	h->info.hfree = info->hfree;
+	h->info.alloc = info->alloc;
+	h->info.data = info->data;
+	h->t = (h->info.halloc)(sizeof(struct _ohash_record) * h->size,
+	    h->info.data);
+	h->total = h->deleted = 0;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_int.h b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_int.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88c818b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: ohash_int.h,v 1.3 2006/01/16 15:52:25 espie Exp $	*/
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "ohash.h"
+
+struct _ohash_record {
+	u_int32_t	hv;
+	const char 	*p;
+};
+
+#define DELETED		((const char *)h)
+#define NONE		(h->size)
+
+/* Don't bother changing the hash table if the change is small enough.  */
+#define MINSIZE		(1UL << 4)
+#define MINDELETED	4
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_interval.3 b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_interval.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e56ca5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_interval.3
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: ohash_interval.3,v 1.11 2007/05/31 19:19:30 jmc Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 31 2007 $
+.Dt OPEN_HASH_HELPER 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ohash_interval ,
+.Nm ohash_create_entry ,
+.Nm ohash_qlookup ,
+.Nm ohash_qlookupi
+.Nd helper functions for open hashing
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdint.h>
+.Fd #include <stddef.h>
+.Fd #include <ohash.h>
+.Ft u_int32_t
+.Fn ohash_interval "const char *start" "const char **pend"
+.Ft "void *"
+.Fn ohash_create_entry "struct ohash_info *info" "const char *start" "const char **pend"
+.Ft "unsigned int"
+.Fn ohash_qlookupi "struct ohash *h" "const char *start" "const char **pend"
+.Ft "unsigned int"
+.Fn ohash_qlookup "struct ohash *h" "const char *start"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+These functions are commonly used to simplify open hashing usage, and use
+similar conventions.
+They operate indifferently on NUL-terminated strings
+.Po
+by setting
+.Fa *pend
+=
+.Dv NULL
+.Pc
+or memory ranges
+.Po
+delimited by
+.Fa start
+and
+.Fa *pend
+.Pc .
+For NUL-terminated strings, as a side effect, those functions
+set
+.Fa *pend
+to the terminating NUL byte.
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_interval
+is a simple hashing function that yields good results on common data sets.
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_create_entry
+can be used to create a new record with a given key.
+In that case,
+the alloc field of
+.Fa info
+should point to a
+.Xr malloc 3 Ns -like
+function to allocate the storage.
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_qlookupi
+is a wrapper function that simply calls
+.Fn ohash_interval
+and
+.Fn ohash_lookup_interval .
+.Pp
+.Fn ohash_qlookup
+is a variation on
+.Fn ohash_qlookupi
+designed for NUL-terminated strings.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ohash_init 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+Those functions are completely non-standard and should be avoided in
+portable programs.
+.Sh HISTORY
+Those functions were designed and written for
+.Ox
+.Xr make 1
+by Marc Espie in 1999.
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_interval.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_interval.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2434d3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_interval.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash_interval.c,v 1.3 2006/01/16 15:52:25 espie Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ohash_int.h"
+
+uint32_t
+ohash_interval(const char *s, const char **e)
+{
+	uint32_t k;
+
+	if (!*e)
+		*e = s + strlen(s);
+	if (s == *e)
+		k = 0;
+	else
+		k = *s++;
+	while (s != *e)
+		k =  ((k << 2) | (k >> 30)) ^ *s++;
+	return k;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_lookup_interval.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_lookup_interval.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e497801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_lookup_interval.c
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash_lookup_interval.c,v 1.3 2006/01/16 15:52:25 espie Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ohash_int.h"
+	
+unsigned int
+ohash_lookup_interval(struct ohash *h, const char *start, const char *end, 
+    uint32_t hv)
+{
+	unsigned int 	i, incr;
+	unsigned int	empty;
+	
+#ifdef STATS_HASH
+	STAT_HASH_LOOKUP++;
+#endif
+	empty = NONE;
+	i = hv % h->size;
+	incr = ((hv % (h->size-2)) & ~1) + 1;
+	while (h->t[i].p != NULL) {
+#ifdef STATS_HASH
+		STAT_HASH_LENGTH++;
+#endif
+		if (h->t[i].p == DELETED) {
+			if (empty == NONE)
+				empty = i;
+		} else if (h->t[i].hv == hv && 
+		    strncmp(h->t[i].p+h->info.key_offset, start, 
+		    	end - start) == 0 &&
+		    (h->t[i].p+h->info.key_offset)[end-start] == '\0') {
+		    	if (empty != NONE) {
+				h->t[empty].hv = hv;
+				h->t[empty].p = h->t[i].p;
+				h->t[i].p = DELETED;
+				return empty;
+			} else {
+#ifdef STATS_HASH
+				STAT_HASH_POSITIVE++;
+#endif
+				return i;
+			}
+		}
+		i += incr;
+		if (i >= h->size) 
+			i -= h->size;
+	}
+
+	/* Found an empty position.  */
+	if (empty != NONE) 
+		i = empty;
+	h->t[i].hv = hv;
+	return i;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_lookup_memory.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_lookup_memory.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93ded5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_lookup_memory.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash_lookup_memory.c,v 1.3 2006/01/16 15:52:25 espie Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ohash_int.h"
+
+unsigned int
+ohash_lookup_memory(struct ohash *h, const char *k, size_t size, uint32_t hv)
+{
+	unsigned int	i, incr;
+	unsigned int	empty;
+	
+#ifdef STATS_HASH
+	STAT_HASH_LOOKUP++;
+#endif
+	empty = NONE;
+	i = hv % h->size;
+	incr = ((hv % (h->size-2)) & ~1) + 1;
+	while (h->t[i].p != NULL) {
+#ifdef STATS_HASH
+		STAT_HASH_LENGTH++;
+#endif
+		if (h->t[i].p == DELETED) {
+			if (empty == NONE)
+				empty = i;
+		} else if (h->t[i].hv == hv && 
+		    memcmp(h->t[i].p+h->info.key_offset, k, size) == 0) {
+		    	if (empty != NONE) {
+				h->t[empty].hv = hv;
+				h->t[empty].p = h->t[i].p;
+				h->t[i].p = DELETED;
+				return empty;
+			} else {
+#ifdef STATS_HASH
+				STAT_HASH_POSITIVE++;
+#endif
+			}	return i;
+		}
+		i += incr;
+		if (i >= h->size) 
+			i -= h->size;
+	}
+
+	/* Found an empty position.  */
+	if (empty != NONE) 
+		i = empty;
+	h->t[i].hv = hv;
+	return i;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_qlookup.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_qlookup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58b3454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_qlookup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash_qlookup.c,v 1.2 2004/06/22 20:00:17 espie Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ohash_int.h"
+
+unsigned int
+ohash_qlookup(struct ohash *h, const char *s)
+{
+	const char *e = NULL;
+	return ohash_qlookupi(h, s, &e);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_qlookupi.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_qlookupi.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2acec4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/ohash_qlookupi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: ohash_qlookupi.c,v 1.2 2004/06/22 20:00:17 espie Exp $ */
+/* ex:ts=8 sw=4: 
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1999, 2004 Marc Espie <espie@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ohash_int.h"
+
+unsigned int
+ohash_qlookupi(struct ohash *h, const char *s, const char **e)
+{
+	u_int32_t hv;
+
+	hv = ohash_interval(s, e);
+	return ohash_lookup_interval(h, s, *e, hv);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/lib/strtonum.c b/usr.bin/m4/lib/strtonum.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d11712
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/lib/strtonum.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: strtonum.c,v 1.6 2004/08/03 19:38:01 millert Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004 Ted Unangst and Todd Miller
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: strtonum.c,v 1.2 2009/10/26 21:14:18 christos Exp $");
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define INVALID 	1
+#define TOOSMALL 	2
+#define TOOLARGE 	3
+
+long long
+strtonum(const char *numstr, long long minval, long long maxval,
+    const char **errstrp);
+long long
+strtonum(const char *numstr, long long minval, long long maxval,
+    const char **errstrp)
+{
+	long long ll = 0;
+	char *ep;
+	int error = 0;
+	struct errval {
+		const char *errstr;
+		int err;
+	} ev[4] = {
+		{ NULL,		0 },
+		{ "invalid",	EINVAL },
+		{ "too small",	ERANGE },
+		{ "too large",	ERANGE },
+	};
+
+	ev[0].err = errno;
+	errno = 0;
+	if (minval > maxval)
+		error = INVALID;
+	else {
+		ll = strtoll(numstr, &ep, 10);
+		if (numstr == ep || *ep != '\0')
+			error = INVALID;
+		else if ((ll == LLONG_MIN && errno == ERANGE) || ll < minval)
+			error = TOOSMALL;
+		else if ((ll == LLONG_MAX && errno == ERANGE) || ll > maxval)
+			error = TOOLARGE;
+	}
+	if (errstrp != NULL)
+		*errstrp = ev[error].errstr;
+	errno = ev[error].err;
+	if (error)
+		ll = 0;
+
+	return (ll);
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/look.c b/usr.bin/m4/look.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de2c282
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/look.c
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: look.c,v 1.13 2016/01/16 17:00:07 christos Exp $	*/
+/*	$OpenBSD: look.c,v 1.21 2009/10/14 17:23:17 sthen Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Ozan Yigit at York University.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * look.c
+ * Facility: m4 macro processor
+ * by: oz
+ */
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: look.c,v 1.13 2016/01/16 17:00:07 christos Exp $");
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ohash.h>
+#include "mdef.h"
+#include "stdd.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static void *hash_alloc(size_t, void *);
+static void hash_free(void *, size_t, void *);
+static void *element_alloc(size_t, void *);
+static void setup_definition(struct macro_definition *, const char *, 
+    const char *);
+
+static struct ohash_info macro_info = {
+	offsetof(struct ndblock, name),
+	NULL, hash_alloc, hash_free, element_alloc };
+
+struct ohash macros;
+
+/* Support routines for hash tables.  */
+void *
+hash_alloc(size_t s, void *u UNUSED)
+{
+	void *storage = xalloc(s, "hash alloc");
+	if (storage)
+		memset(storage, 0, s);
+	return storage;
+}
+
+void
+hash_free(void *p, size_t s UNUSED, void *u UNUSED)
+{
+	free(p);
+}
+
+void *
+element_alloc(size_t s, void *u UNUSED)
+{
+	return xalloc(s, "element alloc");
+}
+
+void
+init_macros(void)
+{
+	ohash_init(&macros, 10, &macro_info);
+}
+
+/*
+ * find name in the hash table
+ */
+ndptr 
+lookup(const char *name)
+{
+	return ohash_find(&macros, ohash_qlookup(&macros, name));
+}
+
+struct macro_definition *
+lookup_macro_definition(const char *name)
+{
+	ndptr p;
+
+	p = ohash_find(&macros, ohash_qlookup(&macros, name));
+	if (p)
+		return p->d;
+	else
+		return NULL;
+}
+
+static void 
+setup_definition(struct macro_definition *d, const char *defn, const char *name)
+{
+	ndptr p;
+
+	if (strncmp(defn, BUILTIN_MARKER, sizeof(BUILTIN_MARKER)-1) == 0 &&
+	    (p = macro_getbuiltin(defn+sizeof(BUILTIN_MARKER)-1)) != NULL) {
+		d->type = macro_builtin_type(p);
+		d->defn = xstrdup(defn+sizeof(BUILTIN_MARKER)-1);
+	} else {
+		if (!*defn)
+			d->defn = xstrdup(null);
+		else
+			d->defn = xstrdup(defn);
+		d->type = MACRTYPE;
+	}
+	if (STREQ(name, defn))
+		d->type |= RECDEF;
+}
+
+static ndptr
+create_entry(const char *name)
+{
+	const char *end = NULL;
+	unsigned int i;
+	ndptr n;
+
+	i = ohash_qlookupi(&macros, name, &end);
+	n = ohash_find(&macros, i);
+	if (n == NULL) {
+		n = ohash_create_entry(&macro_info, name, &end);
+		ohash_insert(&macros, i, n);
+		n->trace_flags = FLAG_NO_TRACE;
+		n->builtin_type = MACRTYPE;
+		n->d = NULL;
+	}
+	return n;
+}
+
+void
+macro_define(const char *name, const char *defn)
+{
+	ndptr n = create_entry(name);
+	if (n->d != NULL) {
+		if (n->d->defn != null)
+			free(n->d->defn);
+	} else {
+		n->d = xalloc(sizeof(struct macro_definition), NULL);
+		n->d->next = NULL;
+	}
+	setup_definition(n->d, defn, name);
+}
+
+void
+macro_pushdef(const char *name, const char *defn)
+{
+	ndptr n;
+	struct macro_definition *d;
+	
+	n = create_entry(name);
+	d = xalloc(sizeof(struct macro_definition), NULL);
+	d->next = n->d;
+	n->d = d;
+	setup_definition(n->d, defn, name);
+}
+
+void
+macro_undefine(const char *name)
+{
+	ndptr n = lookup(name);
+	if (n != NULL) {
+		struct macro_definition *r, *r2;
+
+		for (r = n->d; r != NULL; r = r2) {
+			r2 = r->next;
+			if (r->defn != null)
+				free(r->defn);
+			free(r);
+		}
+		n->d = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+void
+macro_popdef(const char *name)
+{
+	ndptr n = lookup(name);
+
+	if (n != NULL) {
+		struct macro_definition *r = n->d;
+		if (r != NULL) {
+			n->d = r->next;
+			if (r->defn != null)
+				free(r->defn);
+			free(r);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void
+macro_for_all(void (*f)(const char *, struct macro_definition *))
+{
+	ndptr n;
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	for (n = ohash_first(&macros, &i); n != NULL; 
+	    n = ohash_next(&macros, &i))
+		if (n->d != NULL)
+			f(n->name, n->d);
+}
+
+void 
+setup_builtin(const char *name, unsigned int type)
+{
+	ndptr n;
+	char *name2;
+
+	if (prefix_builtins) {
+		name2 = xalloc(strlen(name)+3+1, NULL);
+		memcpy(name2, "m4_", 3);
+		memcpy(name2 + 3, name, strlen(name)+1);
+	} else
+		name2 = xstrdup(name);
+
+	n = create_entry(name2);
+	n->builtin_type = type;
+	n->d = xalloc(sizeof(struct macro_definition), NULL);
+	n->d->defn = name2;
+	n->d->type = type;
+	n->d->next = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+mark_traced(const char *name, int on)
+{
+	ndptr p;
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	if (name == NULL) {
+		if (on)
+			trace_flags |= TRACE_ALL;
+		else
+			trace_flags &= ~TRACE_ALL;
+		for (p = ohash_first(&macros, &i); p != NULL; 
+		    p = ohash_next(&macros, &i))
+		    	p->trace_flags = FLAG_NO_TRACE;
+	} else {
+		p = create_entry(name);
+		p->trace_flags = on;
+	}
+}
+
+ndptr 
+macro_getbuiltin(const char *name)
+{
+	ndptr p;
+
+	p = lookup(name);
+	if (p == NULL || p->builtin_type == MACRTYPE)
+		return NULL;
+	else
+		return p;
+}
+
+#ifdef REAL_FREEZE
+static void
+recurse(FILE *f, ndptr n, struct macro_definition *d)
+{
+	if (d->next != NULL)
+		recurse(f, n, d->next);
+
+	// skip built-ins, because it is cheaper to do so
+	// and initialize them manually
+	if (d->type & (NOARGS|NEEDARGS))
+		return;
+	fprintf(f, "%c%zu,%zu\n%s%s\n",
+	    (d->type & (NOARGS|NEEDARGS)) ? 'F' : 'T',
+	    strlen(n->name), strlen(d->defn),
+	    n->name, d->defn);
+}
+
+static void
+dump_entry(FILE *f, ndptr n)
+{
+	if (n->d == NULL)
+		return;
+	recurse(f, n, n->d);
+}
+
+void
+dump_state(FILE *f)
+{
+	ndptr n;
+	unsigned int i;
+	for (n = ohash_first(&macros, &i); n != NULL; 
+	    n = ohash_next(&macros, &i))
+		dump_entry(f, n);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/m4.1 b/usr.bin/m4/m4.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f033cee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/m4.1
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: m4.1,v 1.27 2016/01/17 11:24:28 wiz Exp $
+.\"	@(#) $OpenBSD: m4.1,v 1.56 2009/10/14 17:19:47 sthen Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Ozan Yigit at York University.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd January 16, 2015
+.Dt M4 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm m4
+.Nd macro language processor
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm m4
+.Op Fl EGgiPQsv
+.Oo
+.Sm off
+.Fl D Ar name Op No = Ar value
+.Sm on
+.Oc
+.Op Fl d Ar flags
+.Op Fl e Ar filename
+.Op Fl F Ar filename
+.Op Fl I Ar dirname
+.Op Fl L Ar number
+.Op Fl o Ar filename
+.Op Fl R Ar filename
+.Op Fl t Ar macro
+.Op Fl U Ns Ar name
+.Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm m4
+utility is a macro processor that can be used as a front end to any
+language (e.g., C, ratfor, fortran, lex, and yacc).
+If no input files are given,
+.Nm m4
+reads from the standard input,
+otherwise files specified on the command line are
+processed in the given order.
+Input files can be regular files, files in the m4 include paths, or a
+single dash
+.Pq Sq - ,
+denoting standard input.
+.Nm m4
+writes
+the processed text to the standard output, unless told otherwise.
+.Pp
+Macro calls have the form name(argument1[, argument2, ..., argumentN]).
+.Pp
+There cannot be any space following the macro name and the open
+parenthesis
+.Sq \&( .
+If the macro name is not followed by an open
+parenthesis it is processed with no arguments.
+.Pp
+Macro names consist of a leading alphabetic or underscore
+possibly followed by alphanumeric or underscore characters, e.g.,
+valid macro names match the pattern
+.Dq [a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]* .
+.Pp
+In arguments to macros, leading unquoted space, tab, and newline
+.Pq Sq \en
+characters are ignored.
+To quote strings, use left and right single quotes
+.Po e.g.,\ \&
+.Sq "\ this is a string with a leading space"
+.Pc .
+You can change the quote characters with the
+.Ic changequote
+built-in macro.
+.Pp
+Most built-ins don't make any sense without arguments, and hence are not
+recognized as special when not followed by an open parenthesis.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl D , Fl Fl define Ar name Ns Op Pf = Ns Ar value
+Define the symbol
+.Ar name
+to have some value (or
+.Dv NULL ) .
+.It Fl d , Fl Fl debug Ar "flags"
+Set trace flags.
+.Ar flags
+may hold the following:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ar a
+print macro arguments.
+.It Ar c
+print macro expansion over several lines.
+.It Ar e
+print result of macro expansion.
+.It Ar f
+print filename location.
+.It Ar l
+print line number.
+.It Ar q
+quote arguments and expansion with the current quotes.
+.It Ar t
+start with all macros traced.
+.It Ar x
+number macro expansions.
+.It Ar V
+turn on all options.
+.El
+.Pp
+By default, trace is set to
+.Qq eq .
+.It Fl E , Fl Fl fatal-warnings
+Warnings make
+.Nm
+exit.
+.It Fl e , Fl Fl error-output Ar filename
+Redirect error output to filename.
+.It Fl F , Fl Fl freeze-state Ar filename
+Save the input state to
+.Ar filename .
+.It Fl G , Fl Fl traditional
+Disable GNU-m4 extensions.
+.It Fl g , Fl Fl gnu
+Activate GNU-m4 compatibility mode.
+In this mode, translit handles simple character
+ranges (e.g., a-z), regular expressions mimic emacs behavior,
+multiple m4wrap calls are handled as a stack,
+the number of diversions is unlimited,
+empty names for macro definitions are allowed,
+and eval understands
+.Sq 0rbase:value
+numbers.
+.It Fl Fl help
+Print help message and exit.
+.It Fl I , Fl Fl include Ar "dirname"
+Add directory
+.Ar dirname
+to the include path.
+.It Fl i , Fl Fl interactive
+Set unbuffered output, disable tty signals.
+.It Fl L , Fl Fl nesting-limit
+Set the nesting limit in macro expansions.
+This is unimplemented and unlimited.
+.It Fl o Ar filename
+Send trace output to
+.Ar filename .
+.It Fl P , Fl Fl prefix-builtins
+Prefix all built-in macros with
+.Sq m4_ .
+For example, instead of writing
+.Ic define ,
+use
+.Ic m4_define .
+.It Fl Q , Fl Fl quiet , Fl Fl silent
+Don't print warnings.
+.It Fl R , Fl Fl reload-state Ar filename
+Reload a previously saved state from
+.Ar filename .
+.It Fl s , Fl Fl synclines
+Output line synchronization directives, suitable for
+.Xr cpp 1 .
+.It Fl t , Fl Fl trace Ar macro
+Turn tracing on for
+.Ar macro .
+.It Fl U , Fl Fl undefine Ar "name"
+Undefine the symbol
+.Ar name .
+.It Fl v , Fl Fl version
+Print the version and exit.
+.El
+.Sh SYNTAX
+.Nm m4
+provides the following built-in macros.
+They may be redefined, losing their original meaning.
+Return values are null unless otherwise stated.
+.Bl -tag -width changequote
+.It Fn builtin name
+Calls a built-in by its
+.Fa name ,
+overriding possible redefinitions.
+.It Fn changecom startcomment endcomment
+Changes the start comment and end comment sequences.
+Comment sequences may be up to five characters long.
+The default values are the hash sign
+and the newline character.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# This is a comment
+.Ed
+.Pp
+With no arguments, comments are turned off.
+With one single argument, the end comment sequence is set
+to the newline character.
+.It Fn changequote beginquote endquote
+Defines the open quote and close quote sequences.
+Quote sequences may be up to five characters long.
+The default values are the backquote character and the quote
+character.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+`Here is a quoted string'
+.Ed
+.Pp
+With no arguments, the default quotes are restored.
+With one single argument, the close quote sequence is set
+to the newline character.
+.It Fn decr arg
+Decrements the argument
+.Fa arg
+by 1.
+The argument
+.Fa arg
+must be a valid numeric string.
+.It Fn define name value
+Define a new macro named by the first argument
+.Fa name
+to have the
+value of the second argument
+.Fa value .
+Each occurrence of
+.Sq $n
+(where
+.Ar n
+is 0 through 9) is replaced by the
+.Ar n Ns 'th
+argument.
+.Sq $0
+is the name of the calling macro.
+Undefined arguments are replaced by a null string.
+.Sq $#
+is replaced by the number of arguments;
+.Sq $*
+is replaced by all arguments comma separated;
+.Sq $@
+is the same as
+.Sq $*
+but all arguments are quoted against further expansion.
+.It Fn defn name ...
+Returns the quoted definition for each argument.
+This can be used to rename
+macro definitions (even for built-in macros).
+.It Fn divert num
+There are 10 output queues (numbered 0-9).
+At the end of processing
+.Nm m4
+concatenates all the queues in numerical order to produce the
+final output.
+Initially the output queue is 0.
+The divert
+macro allows you to select a new output queue (an invalid argument
+passed to divert causes output to be discarded).
+.It Ic divnum
+Returns the current output queue number.
+.It Ic dnl
+Discard input characters up to and including the next newline.
+.It Fn dumpdef name ...
+Prints the names and definitions for the named items, or for everything
+if no arguments are passed.
+.It Fn errprint msg
+Prints the first argument on the standard error output stream.
+.It Fn esyscmd cmd
+Passes its first argument to a shell and returns the shell's standard output.
+Note that the shell shares its standard input and standard error with
+.Nm m4 .
+.It Fn eval expr[,radix[,minimum]]
+Computes the first argument as an arithmetic expression using 32-bit
+arithmetic.
+Operators are the standard C ternary, arithmetic, logical,
+shift, relational, bitwise, and parentheses operators.
+You can specify
+octal, decimal, and hexadecimal numbers as in C.
+The optional second argument
+.Fa radix
+specifies the radix for the result and the optional third argument
+.Fa minimum
+specifies the minimum number of digits in the result.
+.It Fn expr expr
+This is an alias for
+.Ic eval .
+.It Fn format formatstring arg1 ...
+Returns
+.Fa formatstring
+with escape sequences substituted with
+.Fa arg1
+and following arguments, in a way similar to
+.Xr printf 3 .
+This built-in is only available in GNU-m4 compatibility mode, and the only
+parameters implemented are there for autoconf compatibility:
+left-padding flag, an optional field width, a maximum field width,
+*-specified field widths, and the %s and %c data type.
+.It Fn ifdef name yes no
+If the macro named by the first argument is defined then return the second
+argument, otherwise the third.
+If there is no third argument, the value is
+.Dv NULL .
+The word
+.Qq unix
+is predefined.
+.It Fn ifelse a b yes ...
+If the first argument
+.Fa a
+matches the second argument
+.Fa b
+then
+.Fn ifelse
+returns
+the third argument
+.Fa yes .
+If the match fails the three arguments are
+discarded and the next three arguments are used until there is
+zero or one arguments left, either this last argument or
+.Dv NULL
+is returned if no other matches were found.
+.It Fn include name
+Returns the contents of the file specified in the first argument.
+If the file is not found as is, look through the include path:
+first the directories specified with
+.Fl I
+on the command line, then the environment variable
+.Ev M4PATH ,
+as a colon-separated list of directories.
+Include aborts with an error message if the file cannot be included.
+.It Fn incr arg
+Increments the argument by 1.
+The argument must be a valid numeric string.
+.It Fn index string substring
+Returns the index of the second argument in the first argument (e.g.,
+.Ic index(the quick brown fox jumped, fox)
+returns 16).
+If the second
+argument is not found index returns \-1.
+.It Fn indir macro arg1 ...
+Indirectly calls the macro whose name is passed as the first argument,
+with the remaining arguments passed as first, ... arguments.
+.It Fn len arg
+Returns the number of characters in the first argument.
+Extra arguments
+are ignored.
+.It Fn m4exit code
+Immediately exits with the return value specified by the first argument,
+0 if none.
+.It Fn m4wrap todo
+Allows you to define what happens at the final
+.Dv EOF ,
+usually for cleanup purposes (e.g.,
+.Ic m4wrap("cleanup(tempfile)")
+causes the macro cleanup to be
+invoked after all other processing is done).
+.Pp
+Multiple calls to
+.Fn m4wrap
+get inserted in sequence at the final
+.Dv EOF .
+.It Fn maketemp template
+Invokes
+.Xr mkstemp 3
+on the first argument, and returns the modified string.
+This can be used to create unique
+temporary file names.
+.It Fn paste file
+Includes the contents of the file specified by the first argument without
+any macro processing.
+Aborts with an error message if the file cannot be
+included.
+.It Fn patsubst string regexp replacement
+Substitutes a regular expression in a string with a replacement string.
+Usual substitution patterns apply: an ampersand
+.Pq Sq \&&
+is replaced by the string matching the regular expression.
+The string
+.Sq \e# ,
+where
+.Sq #
+is a digit, is replaced by the corresponding back-reference.
+.It Fn popdef arg ...
+Restores the
+.Ic pushdef Ns ed
+definition for each argument.
+.It Fn pushdef macro def
+Takes the same arguments as
+.Ic define ,
+but it saves the definition on a
+stack for later retrieval by
+.Fn popdef .
+.It Fn regexp string regexp replacement
+Finds a regular expression in a string.
+If no further arguments are given,
+it returns the first match position or \-1 if no match.
+If a third argument
+is provided, it returns the replacement string, with sub-patterns replaced.
+.It Fn shift arg1 ...
+Returns all but the first argument, the remaining arguments are
+quoted and pushed back with commas in between.
+The quoting
+nullifies the effect of the extra scan that will subsequently be
+performed.
+.It Fn sinclude file
+Similar to
+.Ic include ,
+except it ignores any errors.
+.It Fn spaste file
+Similar to
+.Fn paste ,
+except it ignores any errors.
+.It Fn substr string offset length
+Returns a substring of the first argument starting at the offset specified
+by the second argument and the length specified by the third argument.
+If no third argument is present it returns the rest of the string.
+.It Fn syscmd cmd
+Passes the first argument to the shell.
+Nothing is returned.
+.It Ic sysval
+Returns the return value from the last
+.Ic syscmd .
+.It Fn traceon arg ...
+Enables tracing of macro expansions for the given arguments, or for all
+macros if no argument is given.
+.It Fn traceoff arg ...
+Disables tracing of macro expansions for the given arguments, or for all
+macros if no argument is given.
+.It Fn translit string mapfrom mapto
+Transliterate the characters in the first argument from the set
+given by the second argument to the set given by the third.
+You cannot use
+.Xr tr 1
+style abbreviations.
+.It Fn undefine name1 ...
+Removes the definition for the macros specified by its arguments.
+.It Fn undivert arg ...
+Flushes the named output queues (or all queues if no arguments).
+.It Ic unix
+A pre-defined macro for testing the OS platform.
+.It Ic __line__
+Returns the current file's line number.
+.It Ic __file__
+Returns the current file's name.
+.El
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is compliant with the
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+specification.
+.Pp
+The flags
+.Op Fl dgIot
+and the macros
+.Ic builtin ,
+.Ic esyscmd ,
+.Ic expr ,
+.Ic format ,
+.Ic indir ,
+.Ic paste ,
+.Ic patsubst ,
+.Ic regexp ,
+.Ic spaste ,
+.Ic unix ,
+.Ic __line__ ,
+and
+.Ic __file__
+are extensions to that specification.
+.Pp
+The output format of tracing and of
+.Ic dumpdef
+are not specified in any standard,
+are likely to change and should not be relied upon.
+The current format of tracing is closely modelled on
+.Nm gnu-m4 ,
+to allow
+.Nm autoconf
+to work.
+.Pp
+The built-ins
+.Ic pushdef
+and
+.Ic popdef
+handle macro definitions as a stack.
+However,
+.Ic define
+interacts with the stack in an undefined way.
+In this implementation,
+.Ic define
+replaces the top-most definition only.
+Other implementations may erase all definitions on the stack instead.
+.Pp
+All built-ins do expand without arguments in many other
+.Nm m4 .
+.Pp
+Many other
+.Nm
+have dire size limitations with respect to buffer sizes.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+.An Ozan Yigit Aq Mt oz@sis.yorku.ca
+and
+.An Richard A. O'Keefe Aq Mt ok@goanna.cs.rmit.OZ.AU .
+.Pp
+GNU-m4 compatibility extensions by
+.An Marc Espie Aq Mt espie@cvs.openbsd.org .
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/main.c b/usr.bin/m4/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cba65ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,811 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: main.c,v 1.77 2009/10/14 17:19:47 sthen Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.46 2016/01/23 14:24:43 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Ozan Yigit at York University.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * main.c
+ * Facility: m4 macro processor
+ * by: oz
+ */
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.46 2016/01/23 14:24:43 christos Exp $");
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <ohash.h>
+#include "mdef.h"
+#include "stdd.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+ndptr hashtab[HASHSIZE];	/* hash table for macros etc.  */
+stae *mstack;		 	/* stack of m4 machine         */
+char *sstack;		 	/* shadow stack, for string space extension */
+static size_t STACKMAX;		/* current maximum size of stack */
+int sp; 			/* current m4  stack pointer   */
+int fp; 			/* m4 call frame pointer       */
+struct input_file infile[MAXINP];/* input file stack (0=stdin)  */
+FILE **outfile;			/* diversion array(0=bitbucket)*/
+int maxout;
+FILE *active;			/* active output file pointer  */
+int ilevel = 0; 		/* input file stack pointer    */
+int oindex = 0; 		/* diversion index..	       */
+const char *null = "";          /* as it says.. just a null..  */
+char **m4wraps = NULL;		/* m4wraps array.     	       */
+int maxwraps = 0;		/* size of m4wraps array       */
+int wrapindex = 0;		/* current offset in m4wraps   */
+char lquote[MAXCCHARS+1] = {LQUOTE};	/* left quote character  (`)   */
+char rquote[MAXCCHARS+1] = {RQUOTE};	/* right quote character (')   */
+char scommt[MAXCCHARS+1] = {SCOMMT};	/* start character for comment */
+char ecommt[MAXCCHARS+1] = {ECOMMT};	/* end character for comment   */
+int  synch_lines = 0;		/* line synchronisation for C preprocessor */
+int  prefix_builtins = 0;	/* -P option to prefix builtin keywords */
+int  fatal_warnings = 0;	/* -E option to exit on warnings */
+int  quiet = 0;			/* -Q option to silence warnings */
+int  nesting_limit = -1;	/* -L for nesting limit */
+const char *freeze = NULL;	/* -F to freeze state */
+const char *reload = NULL;	/* -R to reload state */
+#ifndef REAL_FREEZE
+FILE *freezef = NULL;
+int thawing = 0;
+#endif
+
+struct keyblk {
+        const char *knam;	/* keyword name */
+        int	ktyp;           /* keyword type */
+};
+
+struct keyblk keywrds[] = {	/* m4 keywords to be installed */
+	{ "include",      INCLTYPE },
+	{ "sinclude",     SINCTYPE },
+	{ "define",       DEFITYPE },
+	{ "defn",         DEFNTYPE },
+	{ "divert",       DIVRTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "expr",         EXPRTYPE },
+	{ "eval",         EXPRTYPE },
+	{ "substr",       SUBSTYPE },
+	{ "ifelse",       IFELTYPE },
+	{ "ifdef",        IFDFTYPE },
+	{ "len",          LENGTYPE },
+	{ "incr",         INCRTYPE },
+	{ "decr",         DECRTYPE },
+	{ "dnl",          DNLNTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "changequote",  CHNQTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "changecom",    CHNCTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "index",        INDXTYPE },
+#ifdef EXTENDED
+	{ "paste",        PASTTYPE },
+	{ "spaste",       SPASTYPE },
+    	/* Newer extensions, needed to handle gnu-m4 scripts */
+	{ "indir",        INDIRTYPE},
+	{ "builtin",      BUILTINTYPE},
+	{ "patsubst",	  PATSTYPE},
+	{ "regexp",	  REGEXPTYPE},
+	{ "esyscmd",	  ESYSCMDTYPE},
+	{ "__file__",	  FILENAMETYPE | NOARGS},
+	{ "__line__",	  LINETYPE | NOARGS},
+#endif
+	{ "popdef",       POPDTYPE },
+	{ "pushdef",      PUSDTYPE },
+	{ "dumpdef",      DUMPTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "shift",        SHIFTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "translit",     TRNLTYPE },
+	{ "undefine",     UNDFTYPE },
+	{ "undivert",     UNDVTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "divnum",       DIVNTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "maketemp",     MKTMTYPE },
+	{ "errprint",     ERRPTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "m4wrap",       M4WRTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "m4exit",       EXITTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "syscmd",       SYSCTYPE },
+	{ "sysval",       SYSVTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "traceon",	  TRACEONTYPE | NOARGS },
+	{ "traceoff",	  TRACEOFFTYPE | NOARGS },
+
+#if defined(unix) || defined(__unix__) 
+	{ "unix",         SELFTYPE | NOARGS },
+#else
+#ifdef vms
+	{ "vms",          SELFTYPE | NOARGS },
+#endif
+#endif
+};
+
+#define MAXKEYS	(sizeof(keywrds)/sizeof(struct keyblk))
+
+#define MAXRECORD 50
+static struct position {
+	char *name;
+	unsigned long line;
+} quotes[MAXRECORD], paren[MAXRECORD];
+
+static void record(struct position *, int);
+static void dump_stack(struct position *, int);
+
+static void macro(void);
+static void initkwds(void);
+static ndptr inspect(int, char *);
+static int do_look_ahead(int, const char *);
+static void reallyoutputstr(const char *);
+static void reallyputchar(int);
+
+static void enlarge_stack(void);
+static void help(void);
+
+static void
+usage(FILE *f)
+{
+	fprintf(f, "Usage: %s [-EGgiPQsv] [-Dname[=value]] [-d flags] "
+	    "[-I dirname] [-o filename] [-L limit]\n"
+	    "\t[-t macro] [-Uname] [file ...]\n", getprogname());
+}
+
+__dead static void
+onintr(int signo)
+{
+	char intrmessage[] = "m4: interrupted.\n";
+	write(STDERR_FILENO, intrmessage, sizeof(intrmessage)-1);
+	_exit(1);
+}
+
+#define OPT_HELP 1
+
+struct option longopts[] = {
+	{ "debug",		optional_argument,	0, 'd' },
+	{ "define",		required_argument,	0, 'D' },
+	{ "error-output",	required_argument,	0, 'e' },
+	{ "fatal-warnings",	no_argument,		0, 'E' },
+	{ "freeze-state",	required_argument,	0, 'F' },
+	{ "gnu",		no_argument,		0, 'g' },
+	{ "help",		no_argument,		0, OPT_HELP },
+	{ "include",		required_argument,	0, 'I' },
+	{ "interactive",	no_argument,		0, 'i' },
+	{ "nesting-limit",	required_argument,	0, 'L' },
+	{ "prefix-builtins",	no_argument,		0, 'P' },
+	{ "quiet",		no_argument,		0, 'Q' },
+	{ "reload-state",	required_argument,	0, 'R' },
+	{ "silent",		no_argument,		0, 'Q' },
+	{ "synclines",		no_argument,		0, 's' },
+	{ "trace",		required_argument,	0, 't' },
+	{ "traditional",	no_argument,		0, 'G' },
+	{ "undefine",		required_argument,	0, 'U' },
+	{ "version",		no_argument,		0, 'v' },
+#ifdef notyet
+	{ "arglength",		required_argument,	0, 'l' },
+	{ "debugfile",		optional_argument, 	0, OPT_DEBUGFILE },
+	{ "hashsize",		required_argument,	0, 'H' },
+	{ "warn-macro-sequence",optional_argument,	0, OPT_WARN_SEQUENCE },
+#endif
+	{ 0,			0,			0, 0 },
+};
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int c;
+	int n;
+	char *p;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+
+	if (signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN)
+		signal(SIGINT, onintr);
+
+	init_macros();
+	initspaces();
+	STACKMAX = INITSTACKMAX;
+
+	mstack = (stae *)xalloc(sizeof(stae) * STACKMAX, NULL);
+	sstack = (char *)xalloc(STACKMAX, NULL);
+
+	maxout = 0;
+	outfile = NULL;
+	resizedivs(MAXOUT);
+
+	while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "D:d:e:EF:GgI:iL:o:PR:Qst:U:v",
+	    longopts, NULL)) != -1)
+		switch(c) {
+		case 'D':               /* define something..*/
+			for (p = optarg; *p; p++)
+				if (*p == '=')
+					break;
+			if (*p)
+				*p++ = EOS;
+			dodefine(optarg, p);
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			set_trace_flags(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'E':
+			fatal_warnings++;
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			if (freopen(optarg, "w+", stderr) == NULL)
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Can't redirect errors to `%s'",
+				    optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'F':
+			freeze = optarg;
+#ifndef REAL_FREEZE
+			if ((freezef = fopen(freeze, "w")) == NULL)
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Can't open `%s'", freeze);
+#endif
+			break;
+		case 'I':
+			addtoincludepath(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			setvbuf(stdout, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+			signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
+			break;
+		case 'G':
+			mimic_gnu = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'g':
+			mimic_gnu = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			nesting_limit = atoi(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			trace_file(optarg);
+                        break;
+		case 'P':
+			prefix_builtins = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'Q':
+			quiet++;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+			reload = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			synch_lines = 1;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			mark_traced(optarg, 1);
+			break;
+		case 'U':               /* undefine...       */
+			macro_popdef(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s version %d\n", getprogname(),
+			    VERSION);
+			return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+		case OPT_HELP:
+			help();
+			return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage(stderr);
+			return EXIT_FAILURE;
+		}
+
+#ifdef REDIRECT
+	/*
+	 * This is meant only for debugging; it makes all output
+	 * go to a known file, even if the command line options
+	 * send it elsewhere. It should not be turned of in production code.
+	 */
+	if (freopen("/tmp/m4", "w+", stderr) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Can't redirect errors to `%s'",
+		    "/tmp/m4");
+#endif
+        argc -= optind;
+        argv += optind;
+
+
+	initkwds();
+	if (mimic_gnu)
+		setup_builtin("format", FORMATTYPE);
+
+	active = stdout;		/* default active output     */
+	bbase[0] = bufbase;
+
+	if (reload) {
+#ifdef REAL_FREEZE
+		thaw_state(reload);
+#else
+		if (fopen_trypath(infile, reload) == NULL)
+			err(1, "Can't open `%s'", reload);
+		sp = -1;
+		fp = 0;
+		thawing = 1;
+		macro();
+		thawing = 0;
+		release_input(infile);
+#endif
+	}
+
+        if (!argc) {
+ 		sp = -1;		/* stack pointer initialized */
+		fp = 0; 		/* frame pointer initialized */
+		set_input(infile+0, stdin, "stdin");
+					/* default input (naturally) */
+		macro();
+	} else
+		for (; argc--; ++argv) {
+			p = *argv;
+			if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == EOS)
+				set_input(infile, stdin, "stdin");
+			else if (fopen_trypath(infile, p) == NULL)
+				err(1, "%s", p);
+			sp = -1;
+			fp = 0; 
+			macro();
+		    	release_input(infile);
+		}
+
+	if (wrapindex) {
+		int i;
+
+		ilevel = 0;		/* in case m4wrap includes.. */
+		bufbase = bp = buf;	/* use the entire buffer   */
+		if (mimic_gnu) {
+			while (wrapindex != 0) {
+				for (i = 0; i < wrapindex; i++)
+					pbstr(m4wraps[i]);
+				wrapindex =0;
+				macro();
+			}
+		} else {
+			for (i = 0; i < wrapindex; i++) {
+				pbstr(m4wraps[i]);
+				macro();
+		    	}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (active != stdout)
+		active = stdout;	/* reset output just in case */
+	for (n = 1; n < maxout; n++)	/* default wrap-up: undivert */
+		if (outfile[n] != NULL)
+			getdiv(n);
+					/* remove bitbucket if used  */
+	if (outfile[0] != NULL) {
+		(void) fclose(outfile[0]);
+	}
+
+#ifdef REAL_FREEZE
+	if (freeze)
+		freeze_state(freeze);
+#else
+	if (freezef)
+		fclose(freezef);
+#endif
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Look ahead for `token'.
+ * (on input `t == token[0]')
+ * Used for comment and quoting delimiters.
+ * Returns 1 if `token' present; copied to output.
+ *         0 if `token' not found; all characters pushed back
+ */
+static int
+do_look_ahead(int t, const char *token)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	assert((unsigned char)t == (unsigned char)token[0]);
+
+	for (i = 1; *++token; i++) {
+		t = gpbc();
+		if (t == EOF || (unsigned char)t != (unsigned char)*token) {
+			pushback(t);
+			while (--i)
+				pushback(*--token);
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+#define LOOK_AHEAD(t, token) (t != EOF && 		\
+    (unsigned char)(t)==(unsigned char)(token)[0] && 	\
+    do_look_ahead(t,token))
+
+/*
+ * macro - the work horse..
+ */
+static void
+macro(void)
+{
+	char token[MAXTOK+1];
+	int t, l;
+	ndptr p;
+	int  nlpar;
+
+	cycle {
+		t = gpbc();
+
+		if (LOOK_AHEAD(t,lquote)) {	/* strip quotes */
+			nlpar = 0;
+			record(quotes, nlpar++);
+			/*
+			 * Opening quote: scan forward until matching
+			 * closing quote has been found.
+			 */
+			do {
+
+				l = gpbc();
+				if (LOOK_AHEAD(l,rquote)) {
+					if (--nlpar > 0)
+						outputstr(rquote);
+				} else if (LOOK_AHEAD(l,lquote)) {
+					record(quotes, nlpar++);
+					outputstr(lquote);
+				} else if (l == EOF) {
+					if (!quiet) {
+						if (nlpar == 1)
+							warnx("unclosed quote:");
+						else
+							warnx(
+							    "%d unclosed quotes:",
+							    nlpar);
+						dump_stack(quotes, nlpar);
+					}
+					exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+				} else {
+					if (nlpar > 0) {
+						if (sp < 0)
+							reallyputchar(l);
+						else
+							CHRSAVE(l);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			while (nlpar != 0);
+		} else if (sp < 0 && LOOK_AHEAD(t, scommt)) {
+			reallyoutputstr(scommt);
+
+			for(;;) {
+				t = gpbc();
+				if (LOOK_AHEAD(t, ecommt)) {
+					reallyoutputstr(ecommt);
+					break;
+				}
+				if (t == EOF)
+					break;
+				reallyputchar(t);
+			}
+		} else if (t == '_' || isalpha(t)) {
+			p = inspect(t, token);
+			if (p != NULL)
+				pushback(l = gpbc());
+			if (p == NULL || (l != LPAREN && 
+			    (macro_getdef(p)->type & NEEDARGS) != 0))
+				outputstr(token);
+			else {
+		/*
+		 * real thing.. First build a call frame:
+		 */
+				pushf(fp);	/* previous call frm */
+				pushf(macro_getdef(p)->type); /* type of the call  */
+				pushf(is_traced(p));
+				pushf(0);	/* parenthesis level */
+				fp = sp;	/* new frame pointer */
+		/*
+		 * now push the string arguments:
+		 */
+				pushs1(macro_getdef(p)->defn);	/* defn string */
+				pushs1((char *)macro_name(p));	/* macro name  */
+				pushs(ep);	      	/* start next..*/
+
+				if (l != LPAREN && PARLEV == 0)  {   
+				    /* no bracks  */
+					chrsave(EOS);
+
+					if ((size_t)sp == STACKMAX)
+						errx(1, "internal stack overflow");
+					eval((const char **) mstack+fp+1, 2, 
+					    CALTYP, TRACESTATUS);
+
+					ep = PREVEP;	/* flush strspace */
+					sp = PREVSP;	/* previous sp..  */
+					fp = PREVFP;	/* rewind stack...*/
+				}
+			}
+		} else if (t == EOF) {
+			if (sp > -1 && ilevel <= 0) {
+				if (!quiet) {
+					warnx("unexpected end of input, "
+					    "unclosed parenthesis:");
+					dump_stack(paren, PARLEV);
+				}
+				exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+			}
+			if (ilevel <= 0)
+				break;			/* all done thanks.. */
+			release_input(infile+ilevel--);
+			emit_synchline();
+			bufbase = bbase[ilevel];
+			continue;
+		} else if (sp < 0) {		/* not in a macro at all */
+			reallyputchar(t);	/* output directly..	 */
+		}
+
+		else switch(t) {
+
+		case LPAREN:
+			if (PARLEV > 0)
+				chrsave(t);
+			while (isspace(l = gpbc())) /* skip blank, tab, nl.. */
+				if (PARLEV > 0)
+					chrsave(l);
+			pushback(l);
+			record(paren, PARLEV++);
+			break;
+
+		case RPAREN:
+			if (--PARLEV > 0)
+				chrsave(t);
+			else {			/* end of argument list */
+				chrsave(EOS);
+
+				if ((size_t)sp == STACKMAX)
+					errx(1, "internal stack overflow");
+
+				eval((const char **) mstack+fp+1, sp-fp, 
+				    CALTYP, TRACESTATUS);
+
+				ep = PREVEP;	/* flush strspace */
+				sp = PREVSP;	/* previous sp..  */
+				fp = PREVFP;	/* rewind stack...*/
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case COMMA:
+			if (PARLEV == 1) {
+				chrsave(EOS);		/* new argument   */
+				while (isspace(l = gpbc()))
+					;
+				pushback(l);
+				pushs(ep);
+			} else
+				chrsave(t);
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			if (LOOK_AHEAD(t, scommt)) {
+				char *q;
+				for (q = scommt; *q; q++)
+					chrsave(*q);
+				for(;;) {
+					t = gpbc();
+					if (LOOK_AHEAD(t, ecommt)) {
+						for (q = ecommt; *q; q++)
+							chrsave(*q);
+						break;
+					}
+					if (t == EOF)
+					    break;
+					CHRSAVE(t);
+				}
+			} else
+				CHRSAVE(t);		/* stack the char */
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* 
+ * output string directly, without pushing it for reparses. 
+ */
+void
+outputstr(const char *s)
+{
+	if (sp < 0)
+		reallyoutputstr(s);
+	else
+		while (*s)
+			CHRSAVE(*s++);
+}
+
+void
+reallyoutputstr(const char *s)
+{
+	if (synch_lines) {
+		while (*s) {
+			fputc(*s, active);
+			if (*s++ == '\n') {
+				infile[ilevel].synch_lineno++;
+				if (infile[ilevel].synch_lineno != 
+				    infile[ilevel].lineno)
+					do_emit_synchline();
+			}
+		}
+	} else
+		fputs(s, active);
+}
+
+void
+reallyputchar(int c)
+{
+	putc(c, active);
+	if (synch_lines && c == '\n') {
+		infile[ilevel].synch_lineno++;
+		if (infile[ilevel].synch_lineno != infile[ilevel].lineno)
+			do_emit_synchline();
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * build an input token..
+ * consider only those starting with _ or A-Za-z. 
+ */
+static ndptr
+inspect(int c, char *tp) 
+{
+	char *name = tp;
+	char *etp = tp+MAXTOK;
+	ndptr p;
+	
+	*tp++ = c;
+
+	while ((isalnum(c = gpbc()) || c == '_') && tp < etp)
+		*tp++ = c;
+	if (c != EOF)
+		PUSHBACK(c);
+	*tp = EOS;
+	/* token is too long, it won't match anything, but it can still
+	 * be output. */
+	if (tp == ep) {
+		outputstr(name);
+		while (isalnum(c = gpbc()) || c == '_') {
+			if (sp < 0)
+				reallyputchar(c);
+			else
+				CHRSAVE(c);
+		}
+		*name = EOS;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	p = ohash_find(&macros, ohash_qlookupi(&macros, name, (void *)&tp));
+	if (p == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	if (macro_getdef(p) == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	return p;
+}
+
+/*
+ * initkwds - initialise m4 keywords as fast as possible. 
+ * This very similar to install, but without certain overheads,
+ * such as calling lookup. Malloc is not used for storing the 
+ * keyword strings, since we simply use the static pointers
+ * within keywrds block.
+ */
+static void
+initkwds(void)
+{
+	unsigned int type;
+	size_t i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MAXKEYS; i++) {
+		type = keywrds[i].ktyp;
+		if ((keywrds[i].ktyp & NOARGS) == 0)
+			type |= NEEDARGS;
+		setup_builtin(keywrds[i].knam, type);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+record(struct position *t, int lev)
+{
+	if (lev < MAXRECORD) {
+		t[lev].name = CURRENT_NAME;
+		t[lev].line = CURRENT_LINE;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+dump_stack(struct position *t, int lev)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < lev; i++) {
+		if (i == MAXRECORD) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "   ...\n");
+			break;
+		}
+		fprintf(stderr, "   %s at line %lu\n", 
+			t[i].name, t[i].line);
+	}
+}
+
+
+static void 
+enlarge_stack(void)
+{
+	STACKMAX += STACKMAX/2;
+	mstack = xrealloc(mstack, sizeof(stae) * STACKMAX, 
+	    "Evaluation stack overflow (%lu)", 
+	    (unsigned long)STACKMAX);
+	sstack = xrealloc(sstack, STACKMAX,
+	    "Evaluation stack overflow (%lu)", 
+	    (unsigned long)STACKMAX);
+}
+
+static const struct {
+	const char *n;
+	const char *d;
+} nd [] = {
+{ "-d, --debug[=flags]",	"set debug flags" },
+{ "-D, --define=name[=value]",	"define macro" },
+{ "-e, --error-output=file",	"send error output to file" },
+{ "-E, --fatal-warnings",	"exit on warnings" },
+{ "-F, --freeze-state=file",	"save state to file" },
+{ "-g, --gnu",			"enable gnu extensions" },
+{ "    --help",			"print this message and exit" },
+{ "-I, --include=file",		"include file" },
+{ "-i, --interactive",		"unbuffer output, ignore tty signals" },
+{ "-L, --nesting-limit=num",	"macro expansion nesting limit (unimpl)" },
+{ "-P, --prefix-builtins",	"prefix builtins with m4_" },
+{ "-Q, --quiet",		"don't print warnings" },
+{ "-R, --reload-state=file",	"restore state from file" },
+{ "-Q, --silent",		"don't print warnings" },
+{ "-s, --synclines",		"output line directives for cpp(1)" },
+{ "-t, --trace=macro",		"trace the named macro" },
+{ "-G, --traditional",		"disable gnu extensions" },
+{ "-U, --undefine=name",	"undefine the named macro" },
+{ "-v, --version",		"print the version number and exit" },
+};
+
+static void
+help(void)
+{
+	size_t i;
+	fprintf(stdout, "%s version %d\n\n", getprogname(), VERSION);
+	usage(stdout);
+
+	fprintf(stdout, "\nThe long options are:\n");
+	for (i = 0; i < __arraycount(nd); i++)
+		fprintf(stdout, "\t%-25.25s\t%s\n", nd[i].n, nd[i].d);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/mdef.h b/usr.bin/m4/mdef.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f80c208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/mdef.h
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: mdef.h,v 1.29 2006/03/20 20:27:45 espie Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: mdef.h,v 1.17 2016/01/16 18:31:29 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Ozan Yigit at York University.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)mdef.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define UNUSED	__attribute__((__unused__))
+#else
+# define UNUSED
+#endif
+
+#define MACRTYPE        1
+#define DEFITYPE        2
+#define EXPRTYPE        3
+#define SUBSTYPE        4
+#define IFELTYPE        5
+#define LENGTYPE        6
+#define CHNQTYPE        7
+#define SYSCTYPE        8
+#define UNDFTYPE        9
+#define INCLTYPE        10
+#define SINCTYPE        11
+#define PASTTYPE        12
+#define SPASTYPE        13
+#define INCRTYPE        14
+#define IFDFTYPE        15
+#define PUSDTYPE        16
+#define POPDTYPE        17
+#define SHIFTYPE        18
+#define DECRTYPE        19
+#define DIVRTYPE        20
+#define UNDVTYPE        21
+#define DIVNTYPE        22
+#define MKTMTYPE        23
+#define ERRPTYPE        24
+#define M4WRTYPE        25
+#define TRNLTYPE        26
+#define DNLNTYPE        27
+#define DUMPTYPE        28
+#define CHNCTYPE        29
+#define INDXTYPE        30
+#define SYSVTYPE        31
+#define EXITTYPE        32
+#define DEFNTYPE        33
+#define SELFTYPE	34
+#define INDIRTYPE	35
+#define BUILTINTYPE	36
+#define PATSTYPE	37
+#define FILENAMETYPE	38
+#define LINETYPE	39
+#define REGEXPTYPE	40
+#define ESYSCMDTYPE	41
+#define TRACEONTYPE	42
+#define TRACEOFFTYPE	43
+#define FORMATTYPE	44
+
+#define BUILTIN_MARKER	"__builtin_"
+ 
+#define TYPEMASK	0xff	/* Keep bits really corresponding to a type. */
+#define RECDEF		0x100	/* Pure recursive def, don't expand it */
+#define NOARGS		0x200	/* builtin needs no args */
+#define NEEDARGS	0x400	/* mark builtin that need args with this */
+
+/*
+ * m4 special characters
+ */
+ 
+#define ARGFLAG         '$'
+#define LPAREN          '('
+#define RPAREN          ')'
+#define LQUOTE          '`'
+#define RQUOTE          '\''
+#define COMMA           ','
+#define SCOMMT          '#'
+#define ECOMMT          '\n'
+
+#ifdef msdos
+#define system(str)	(-1)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * other important constants
+ */
+
+#define EOS             '\0'
+#define MAXINP          10              /* maximum include files   	    */
+#define MAXOUT          10              /* maximum # of diversions 	    */
+#define BUFSIZE         4096            /* starting size of pushback buffer */
+#define INITSTACKMAX    4096           	/* starting size of call stack      */
+#define STRSPMAX        4096            /* starting size of string space    */
+#define MAXTOK          512          	/* maximum chars in a tokn 	    */
+#define HASHSIZE        199             /* maximum size of hashtab 	    */
+#define MAXCCHARS	5		/* max size of comment/quote delim  */
+ 
+#define ALL             1
+#define TOP             0
+ 
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE	1
+#endif
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE	0
+#endif
+#define cycle           for(;;)
+
+/*
+ * m4 data structures
+ */
+ 
+typedef struct ndblock *ndptr;
+ 
+struct macro_definition {
+	struct macro_definition *next;
+	char		*defn;	/* definition..               */
+	unsigned int	type;	/* type of the entry..        */
+};
+
+
+struct ndblock {			/* hashtable structure         */
+	unsigned int 		builtin_type;
+	unsigned int		trace_flags;
+	struct macro_definition *d;
+	char		name[1];	/* entry name..               */
+};
+ 
+typedef union {			/* stack structure */
+	int	sfra;		/* frame entry  */
+	char 	*sstr;		/* string entry */
+} stae;
+
+struct input_file {
+	FILE 		*file;
+	char 		*name;
+	unsigned long 	lineno;
+	unsigned long   synch_lineno;	/* used for -s */
+	int 		c;
+};
+
+#define CURRENT_NAME	(infile[ilevel].name)
+#define CURRENT_LINE	(infile[ilevel].lineno)
+#define	TOKEN_LINE(f)	(f->lineno - (f->c == '\n' ? 1 : 0))
+
+/*
+ * macros for readibility and/or speed
+ *
+ *      gpbc()  - get a possibly pushed-back character
+ *      pushf() - push a call frame entry onto stack
+ *      pushs() - push a string pointer onto stack
+ */
+#define gpbc() 	 (bp > bufbase) ? *--bp : obtain_char(infile+ilevel)
+#define pushf(x) 			\
+	do {				\
+		if ((size_t)++sp == STACKMAX) 	\
+			enlarge_stack();\
+		mstack[sp].sfra = (x);	\
+		sstack[sp] = 0; \
+	} while (0)
+
+#define pushs(x) 			\
+	do {				\
+		if ((size_t)++sp == STACKMAX) 	\
+			enlarge_stack();\
+		mstack[sp].sstr = (x);	\
+		sstack[sp] = 1; \
+	} while (0)
+
+#define pushs1(x) 			\
+	do {				\
+		if ((size_t)++sp == STACKMAX) 	\
+			enlarge_stack();\
+		mstack[sp].sstr = (x);	\
+		sstack[sp] = 0; \
+	} while (0)
+
+/*
+ *	    .				   .
+ *	|   .	|  <-- sp		|  .  |
+ *	+-------+			+-----+
+ *	| arg 3 ----------------------->| str |
+ *	+-------+			|  .  |
+ *	| arg 2 ---PREVEP-----+ 	   .
+ *	+-------+	      |
+ *	    .		      |		|     |
+ *	+-------+	      | 	+-----+
+ *	| plev	|  PARLEV     +-------->| str |
+ *	+-------+			|  .  |
+ *	| type	|  CALTYP		   .
+ *	+-------+
+ *	| prcf	---PREVFP--+
+ *	+-------+  	   |
+ *	|   .	|  PREVSP  |
+ *	    .	   	   |
+ *	+-------+	   |
+ *	|	<----------+
+ *	+-------+
+ *
+ */
+#define PARLEV  (mstack[fp].sfra)
+#define CALTYP  (mstack[fp-2].sfra)
+#define TRACESTATUS (mstack[fp-1].sfra)
+#define PREVEP	(mstack[fp+3].sstr)
+#define PREVSP	(fp-4)
+#define PREVFP	(mstack[fp-3].sfra)
+
+#define VERSION	20150116
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/misc.c b/usr.bin/m4/misc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7bc8cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/misc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: misc.c,v 1.41 2009/10/14 17:19:47 sthen Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: misc.c,v 1.24 2016/01/16 17:01:22 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Ozan Yigit at York University.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: misc.c,v 1.24 2016/01/16 17:01:22 christos Exp $");
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include "mdef.h"
+#include "stdd.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+
+char *ep;		/* first free char in strspace */
+static char *strspace;	/* string space for evaluation */
+char *endest;		/* end of string space	       */
+static size_t strsize = STRSPMAX;
+static size_t bufsize = BUFSIZE;
+
+unsigned char *buf;			/* push-back buffer	       */
+unsigned char *bufbase;			/* the base for current ilevel */
+unsigned char *bbase[MAXINP];		/* the base for each ilevel    */
+unsigned char *bp; 			/* first available character   */
+unsigned char *endpbb;			/* end of push-back buffer     */
+
+
+/*
+ * find the index of second str in the first str.
+ */
+ptrdiff_t
+indx(const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+	char *t;
+
+	t = strstr(s1, s2);
+	if (t == NULL)
+		return (-1);
+	else
+		return (t - s1);
+}
+/*
+ *  pushback - push character back onto input
+ */
+void
+pushback(int c)
+{
+	if (c == EOF)
+		return;
+	if (bp >= endpbb)
+		enlarge_bufspace();
+	*bp++ = c;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  pbstr - push string back onto input
+ *          pushback is replicated to improve
+ *          performance.
+ */
+void
+pbstr(const char *s)
+{
+	size_t n;
+
+	n = strlen(s);
+	while ((size_t)(endpbb - bp) <= n)
+		enlarge_bufspace();
+	while (n > 0)
+		*bp++ = s[--n];
+}
+
+/*
+ *  pbnum - convert number to string, push back on input.
+ */
+void
+pbnum(int n)
+{
+	pbnumbase(n, 10, 0);
+}
+
+void
+pbnumbase(int n, int base, int d)
+{
+	static char digits[36] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz";
+	int num;
+	int printed = 0;
+
+	if (base > 36)
+		m4errx(1, "base %d > 36: not supported.", base);
+
+	if (base < 2)
+		m4errx(1, "bad base %d for conversion.", base);
+
+	num = (n < 0) ? -n : n;
+	do {
+		pushback(digits[num % base]);
+		printed++;
+	}
+	while ((num /= base) > 0);
+
+	if (n < 0)
+		printed++;
+	while (printed++ < d)
+		pushback('0');
+
+	if (n < 0)
+		pushback('-');
+}
+
+/*
+ *  pbunsigned - convert unsigned long to string, push back on input.
+ */
+void
+pbunsigned(unsigned long n)
+{
+	do {
+		pushback(n % 10 + '0');
+	}
+	while ((n /= 10) > 0);
+}
+
+void 
+initspaces(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	strspace = xalloc(strsize+1, NULL);
+	ep = strspace;
+	endest = strspace+strsize;
+	buf = (unsigned char *)xalloc(bufsize, NULL);
+	bufbase = buf;
+	bp = buf;
+	endpbb = buf + bufsize;
+	for (i = 0; i < MAXINP; i++)
+		bbase[i] = buf;
+}
+
+void 
+enlarge_strspace(void)
+{
+	char *newstrspace;
+	int i;
+
+	strsize *= 2;
+	newstrspace = malloc(strsize + 1);
+	if (!newstrspace)
+		errx(1, "string space overflow");
+	memcpy(newstrspace, strspace, strsize/2);
+	for (i = 0; i <= sp; i++) 
+		if (sstack[i])
+			mstack[i].sstr = (mstack[i].sstr - strspace) 
+			    + newstrspace;
+	ep = (ep-strspace) + newstrspace;
+	free(strspace);
+	strspace = newstrspace;
+	endest = strspace + strsize;
+}
+
+void
+enlarge_bufspace(void)
+{
+	unsigned char *newbuf;
+	int i;
+
+	bufsize += bufsize/2;
+	newbuf = xrealloc(buf, bufsize, "too many characters pushed back");
+	for (i = 0; i < MAXINP; i++)
+		bbase[i] = (bbase[i]-buf)+newbuf;
+	bp = (bp-buf)+newbuf;
+	bufbase = (bufbase-buf)+newbuf;
+	buf = newbuf;
+	endpbb = buf+bufsize;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  chrsave - put single char on string space
+ */
+void
+chrsave(int c)
+{
+	if (ep >= endest) 
+		enlarge_strspace();
+	*ep++ = c;
+}
+
+/*
+ * read in a diversion file, and dispose it.
+ */
+void
+getdiv(int n)
+{
+	int c;
+
+	if (active == outfile[n])
+		m4errx(1, "undivert: diversion still active.");
+	rewind(outfile[n]);
+	while ((c = getc(outfile[n])) != EOF)
+		putc(c, active);
+	(void) fclose(outfile[n]);
+	outfile[n] = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * killdiv - get rid of the diversion files
+ */
+void
+killdiv(void)
+{
+	int n;
+
+	for (n = 0; n < maxout; n++)
+		if (outfile[n] != NULL) {
+			(void) fclose(outfile[n]);
+		}
+}
+
+void
+m4errx(int exval, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", getprogname());
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s at line %lu: ", CURRENT_NAME, CURRENT_LINE);
+	if (fmt != NULL) {
+		va_list ap;
+
+		va_start(ap, fmt);
+		vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+		va_end(ap);
+	}
+	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+	exit(exval);
+}
+
+/*
+ * resizedivs: allocate more diversion files */
+void
+resizedivs(int n)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	outfile = (FILE **)xrealloc(outfile, sizeof(FILE *) * n, 
+	    "too many diverts %d", n);
+	for (i = maxout; i < n; i++)
+		outfile[i] = NULL;
+	maxout = n;
+}
+
+void *
+xalloc(size_t n, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	void *p = malloc(n);
+
+	if (p == NULL) {
+		if (fmt == NULL)
+			err(1, "malloc");
+		else {
+			va_list va;
+			
+			va_start(va, fmt);
+			verr(1, fmt, va);
+			va_end(va);
+		}
+	}
+	return p;
+}
+
+void *
+xrealloc(void *old, size_t n, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	char *p = realloc(old, n);
+
+	if (p == NULL) {
+		free(old);
+		if (fmt == NULL)
+			err(1, "realloc");
+		else {
+			va_list va;
+
+			va_start(va, fmt);
+			verr(1, fmt, va);
+			va_end(va);
+	    	}
+	}
+	return p;
+}
+
+char *
+xstrdup(const char *s)
+{
+	char *p = strdup(s);
+	if (p == NULL)
+		err(1, "strdup");
+	return p;
+}
+
+int 
+obtain_char(struct input_file *f)
+{
+	if (f->c == EOF)
+		return EOF;
+
+	f->c = fgetc(f->file);
+#ifndef REAL_FREEZE
+	if (freezef)
+		fputc(f->c, freezef);
+#endif
+	if (f->c == '\n')
+		f->lineno++;
+
+	return f->c;
+}
+
+void 
+set_input(struct input_file *f, FILE *real, const char *name)
+{
+	f->file = real;
+	f->lineno = 1;
+	f->c = 0;
+	f->name = xstrdup(name);
+	emit_synchline();
+}
+
+void
+do_emit_synchline(void)
+{
+	fprintf(active, "#line %lu \"%s\"\n",
+	    infile[ilevel].lineno, infile[ilevel].name);
+	infile[ilevel].synch_lineno = infile[ilevel].lineno;
+}
+
+void 
+release_input(struct input_file *f)
+{
+	if (f->file != stdin)
+	    fclose(f->file);
+	f->c = EOF;
+	/*
+	 * XXX can't free filename, as there might still be 
+	 * error information pointing to it.
+	 */
+}
+
+void
+doprintlineno(struct input_file *f)
+{
+	pbunsigned(TOKEN_LINE(f));
+}
+
+void
+doprintfilename(struct input_file *f)
+{
+	pbstr(rquote);
+	pbstr(f->name);
+	pbstr(lquote);
+}
+
+/* 
+ * buffer_mark/dump_buffer: allows one to save a mark in a buffer,
+ * and later dump everything that was added since then to a file.
+ */
+size_t
+buffer_mark(void)
+{
+	return bp - buf;
+}
+
+
+void
+dump_buffer(FILE *f, size_t m)
+{
+	unsigned char *s;
+
+	for (s = bp; (size_t)(s - buf) > m;)
+		fputc(*--s, f);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/parser.y b/usr.bin/m4/parser.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8256ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/parser.y
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+%{
+/* $NetBSD: parser.y,v 1.3 2015/01/04 18:31:09 joerg Exp $ */
+/* $OpenBSD: parser.y,v 1.6 2008/08/21 21:00:14 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004 Marc Espie <espie@cvs.openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: parser.y,v 1.3 2015/01/04 18:31:09 joerg Exp $");
+#include <stdint.h>
+#define YYSTYPE	int32_t
+extern int32_t end_result;
+extern int yylex(void);
+extern int yyerror(const char *);
+%}
+%token NUMBER
+%token ERROR
+%left LOR
+%left LAND
+%left '|'
+%left '^'
+%left '&'
+%left EQ NE
+%left '<' LE '>' GE
+%left LSHIFT RSHIFT
+%left '+' '-'
+%left '*' '/' '%'
+%right UMINUS UPLUS '!' '~'
+
+%%
+
+top	: expr { end_result = $1; }
+	;
+expr 	: expr '+' expr { $$ = $1 + $3; }
+     	| expr '-' expr { $$ = $1 - $3; }
+     	| expr '*' expr { $$ = $1 * $3; }
+	| expr '/' expr {
+		if ($3 == 0) {
+			yyerror("division by zero");
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		$$ = $1 / $3;
+	}
+	| expr '%' expr { 
+		if ($3 == 0) {
+			yyerror("modulo zero");
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		$$ = $1 % $3;
+	}
+	| expr LSHIFT expr { $$ = $1 << $3; }
+	| expr RSHIFT expr { $$ = $1 >> $3; }
+	| expr '<' expr { $$ = $1 < $3; }
+	| expr '>' expr { $$ = $1 > $3; }
+	| expr LE expr { $$ = $1 <= $3; }
+	| expr GE expr { $$ = $1 >= $3; }
+	| expr EQ expr { $$ = $1 == $3; }
+	| expr NE expr { $$ = $1 != $3; }
+	| expr '&' expr { $$ = $1 & $3; }
+	| expr '^' expr { $$ = $1 ^ $3; }
+	| expr '|' expr { $$ = $1 | $3; }
+	| expr LAND expr { $$ = $1 && $3; }
+	| expr LOR expr { $$ = $1 || $3; }
+	| '(' expr ')' { $$ = $2; }
+	| '-' expr %prec UMINUS { $$ = -$2; }
+	| '+' expr %prec UPLUS  { $$ = $2; }
+	| '!' expr { $$ = !$2; }
+	| '~' expr { $$ = ~$2; }
+	| NUMBER
+	;
+%%
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/pathnames.h b/usr.bin/m4/pathnames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef788e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/pathnames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.15 2011/03/08 23:55:19 riz Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Ozan Yigit at York University.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)pathnames.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Definitions of diversion files.
+ */
+#define _PATH_DIVNAME	"/tmp/m4.0XXXXXXXXXX"	/* unix diversion files */
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/stdd.h b/usr.bin/m4/stdd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0cbd681
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/stdd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: stdd.h,v 1.4 2003/08/07 11:14:34 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Ozan Yigit at York University.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)stdd.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * standard defines
+ */
+
+#define max(a,b) ((a) > (b)? (a): (b))
+#define min(a,b) ((a) < (b)? (a): (b))
+
+#define iswhite(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
+
+/*
+ * STREQ is an optimised strcmp(a,b)==0
+ * STREQN is an optimised strncmp(a,b,n)==0; assumes n > 0
+ */
+#define STREQ(a, b) ((a)[0] == (b)[0] && strcmp(a, b) == 0)
+#define STREQN(a, b, n) ((a)[0] == (b)[0] && strncmp(a, b, n) == 0)
+
+#define YES 1
+#define NO 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/tokenizer.l b/usr.bin/m4/tokenizer.l
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc4ebf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/tokenizer.l
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+%{
+/* $NetBSD: tokenizer.l,v 1.6 2012/03/20 20:34:58 matt Exp $ */
+/* $OpenBSD: tokenizer.l,v 1.6 2008/08/21 21:00:14 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004 Marc Espie <espie@cvs.openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#include "parser.h"
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tokenizer.l,v 1.6 2012/03/20 20:34:58 matt Exp $");
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+extern int mimic_gnu;
+extern int32_t yylval;
+extern int yylex(void);
+extern int yywrap(void);
+
+int32_t number(void);
+int32_t parse_radix(void);
+
+%}
+
+%option nounput
+%option noinput
+
+delim 	[ \t\n]
+ws	{delim}+
+hex	0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]+
+oct	0[0-7]*
+dec	[1-9][0-9]*
+radix	0[rR][0-9]+:[0-9a-zA-Z]+
+
+%%
+{ws}			{/* just skip it */}
+{hex}|{oct}|{dec}	{ yylval = number(); return(NUMBER); }
+{radix}			{ if (mimic_gnu) {
+				yylval = parse_radix(); return(NUMBER);
+			  } else {
+			  	return(ERROR);
+			  }
+			}
+"<="			{ return(LE); }
+">="			{ return(GE); }
+"<<"			{ return(LSHIFT); }
+">>"			{ return(RSHIFT); }
+"=="			{ return(EQ); }
+"!="			{ return(NE); }
+"&&"			{ return(LAND); }
+"||"			{ return(LOR); }
+.			{ return yytext[0]; }
+%%
+
+int32_t
+number(void)
+{
+	long l;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	l = strtol(yytext, NULL, 0);
+	if (((l == LONG_MAX || l == LONG_MIN) && errno == ERANGE) ||
+	    l > INT32_MAX || l < INT32_MIN) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "m4: numeric overflow in expr: %s\n", yytext);
+	}
+	return l;
+}
+
+int32_t
+parse_radix(void)
+{
+	long base;
+	char *next;
+	long l;
+
+	l = 0;
+	base = strtol(yytext+2, &next, 0);
+	if (base > 36 || next == NULL) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "m4: error in number %s\n", yytext);
+	} else {
+		next++;
+		while (*next != 0) {
+			if (*next >= '0' && *next <= '9')
+				l = base * l + *next - '0';
+			else if (*next >= 'a' && *next <= 'z')
+				l = base * l + *next - 'a' + 10;
+			else if (*next >= 'A' && *next <= 'Z')
+				l = base * l + *next - 'A' + 10;
+			next++;
+		}
+	}
+	return l;
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/trace.c b/usr.bin/m4/trace.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb9397f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/m4/trace.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.8 2012/03/20 20:34:58 matt Exp $	*/
+/* $OpenBSD: trace.c,v 1.15 2006/03/24 08:03:44 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001 Marc Espie.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OPENBSD PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPENBSD
+ * PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.8 2012/03/20 20:34:58 matt Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "mdef.h"
+#include "stdd.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+FILE *traceout;
+
+#define TRACE_ARGS 	1
+#define TRACE_EXPANSION 2
+#define TRACE_QUOTE	4
+#define TRACE_FILENAME	8
+#define TRACE_LINENO	16
+#define TRACE_CONT	32
+#define TRACE_ID	64
+#define TRACE_NEWFILE	128	/* not implemented yet */
+#define TRACE_INPUT	256	/* not implemented yet */
+
+static unsigned int letter_to_flag(int);
+static void print_header(struct input_file *);
+static int frame_level(void);
+
+
+unsigned int trace_flags = TRACE_QUOTE | TRACE_EXPANSION;
+
+void
+trace_file(const char *name)
+{
+
+	if (traceout && traceout != stderr)
+		fclose(traceout);
+	traceout = fopen(name, "w");
+	if (!traceout)
+		err(1, "can't open %s", name);
+}
+
+static unsigned int
+letter_to_flag(int c)
+{
+	switch(c) {
+	case 'a':
+		return TRACE_ARGS;
+	case 'e':
+		return TRACE_EXPANSION;
+	case 'q':
+		return TRACE_QUOTE;
+	case 'c':
+		return TRACE_CONT;
+	case 'x':
+		return TRACE_ID;
+	case 'f':
+		return TRACE_FILENAME;
+	case 'l':
+		return TRACE_LINENO;
+	case 'p':
+		return TRACE_NEWFILE;
+	case 'i':
+		return TRACE_INPUT;
+	case 't':
+		return TRACE_ALL;
+	case 'V':
+		return ~0;
+	default:
+		return 0;
+	}
+}
+
+void
+set_trace_flags(const char *s)
+{
+	char mode = 0;
+	unsigned int f = 0;
+
+	if (*s == '+' || *s == '-')
+		mode = *s++;
+	while (*s)
+		f |= letter_to_flag(*s++);
+	switch(mode) {
+	case 0:
+		trace_flags = f;
+		break;
+	case '+':
+		trace_flags |= f;
+		break;
+	case '-':
+		trace_flags &= ~f;
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+static int
+frame_level(void)
+{
+	int level;
+	int framep;
+
+	for (framep = fp, level = 0; framep != 0; 
+		level++,framep = mstack[framep-3].sfra)
+		;
+	return level;
+}
+
+static void
+print_header(struct input_file *inp)
+{
+	fprintf(traceout, "m4trace:");
+	if (trace_flags & TRACE_FILENAME)
+		fprintf(traceout, "%s:", inp->name);
+	if (trace_flags & TRACE_LINENO)
+		fprintf(traceout, "%lu:", TOKEN_LINE(inp));
+	fprintf(traceout, " -%d- ", frame_level());
+	if (trace_flags & TRACE_ID)
+		fprintf(traceout, "id %lu: ", expansion_id);
+}
+
+size_t 
+trace(const char *argv[], int argc, struct input_file *inp)
+{
+	if (!traceout)
+		traceout = stderr;
+	print_header(inp);
+	if (trace_flags & TRACE_CONT) {
+		fprintf(traceout, "%s ...\n", argv[1]);
+		print_header(inp);
+	}
+	fprintf(traceout, "%s", argv[1]);
+	if ((trace_flags & TRACE_ARGS) && argc > 2) {
+		char delim[3];
+		int i;
+
+		delim[0] = LPAREN;
+		delim[1] = EOS;
+		for (i = 2; i < argc; i++) {
+			fprintf(traceout, "%s%s%s%s", delim, 
+			    (trace_flags & TRACE_QUOTE) ? lquote : "", 
+			    argv[i], 
+			    (trace_flags & TRACE_QUOTE) ? rquote : "");
+			delim[0] = COMMA;
+			delim[1] = ' ';
+			delim[2] = EOS;
+		}
+		fprintf(traceout, "%c", RPAREN);
+	}
+	if (trace_flags & TRACE_CONT) {
+		fprintf(traceout, " -> ???\n");
+		print_header(inp);
+		fprintf(traceout, argc > 2 ? "%s(...)" : "%s", argv[1]);
+	}
+	if (trace_flags & TRACE_EXPANSION)
+		return buffer_mark();
+	else {
+		fprintf(traceout, "\n");
+		return SIZE_MAX;
+	}
+}
+
+void 
+finish_trace(size_t mark)
+{
+	fprintf(traceout, " -> ");
+	if (trace_flags & TRACE_QUOTE)
+		fprintf(traceout, "%s", lquote);
+	dump_buffer(traceout, mark);
+	if (trace_flags & TRACE_QUOTE)
+		fprintf(traceout, "%s", rquote);
+	fprintf(traceout, "\n");
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/Makefile.boot b/usr.bin/make/Makefile.boot
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5be09c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/Makefile.boot
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile.boot,v 1.21 2014/02/24 07:23:44 skrll Exp $
+#
+# a very simple makefile...
+#
+# You only want to use this if you aren't running NetBSD.
+#
+# modify MACHINE and MACHINE_ARCH as appropriate for your target architecture
+#
+CC=gcc -O -g
+
+.c.o:
+	${CC} ${CFLAGS} -c $< -o $@
+
+MACHINE=i386
+MACHINE_ARCH=i386
+# tested on HP-UX 10.20
+#MAKE_MACHINE=hppa
+#MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH=hppa
+CFLAGS= -DTARGET_MACHINE=\"${MACHINE}\" \
+	-DTARGET_MACHINE_ARCH=\"${MACHINE_ARCH}\" \
+	-DMAKE_MACHINE=\"${MACHINE}\"
+LIBS=
+
+OBJ=arch.o buf.o compat.o cond.o dir.o for.o hash.o job.o main.o make.o \
+    make_malloc.o parse.o str.o strlist.o suff.o targ.o trace.o var.o util.o
+
+LIBOBJ= lst.lib/lstAppend.o lst.lib/lstAtEnd.o lst.lib/lstAtFront.o \
+	lst.lib/lstClose.o lst.lib/lstConcat.o lst.lib/lstDatum.o \
+	lst.lib/lstDeQueue.o lst.lib/lstDestroy.o lst.lib/lstDupl.o \
+	lst.lib/lstEnQueue.o lst.lib/lstFind.o lst.lib/lstFindFrom.o \
+	lst.lib/lstFirst.o lst.lib/lstForEach.o lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.o \
+	lst.lib/lstInit.o lst.lib/lstInsert.o lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.o \
+	lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.o lst.lib/lstLast.o lst.lib/lstMember.o \
+	lst.lib/lstNext.o lst.lib/lstOpen.o lst.lib/lstRemove.o \
+	lst.lib/lstReplace.o lst.lib/lstSucc.o lst.lib/lstPrev.o
+
+bmake: ${OBJ} ${LIBOBJ}
+#	@echo 'make of make and make.0 started.'
+	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${OBJ} ${LIBOBJ} -o bmake ${LIBS}
+	@ls -l $@
+#	nroff -h -man make.1 > make.0
+#	@echo 'make of make and make.0 completed.'
+
+clean:
+	rm -f ${OBJ} ${LIBOBJ} ${PORTOBJ} bmake
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/PSD.doc/Makefile b/usr.bin/make/PSD.doc/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67702b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/PSD.doc/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.4 2014/07/05 19:22:43 dholland Exp $
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.1 (Berkeley) 8/14/93
+
+SECTION=reference/ref1
+ARTICLE=make
+SRCS=	tutorial.ms
+MACROS=	-ms
+EXTRAHTMLFILES=make1.png make2.png
+
+.include <bsd.doc.mk>
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms b/usr.bin/make/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..814a09a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms
@@ -0,0 +1,3794 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: tutorial.ms,v 1.13 2017/03/01 13:05:11 kre Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Adam de Boor.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Adam de Boor.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)tutorial.ms	8.1 (Berkeley) 8/18/93
+.\"
+.EH 'PSD:12-%''PMake \*- A Tutorial'
+.OH 'PMake \*- A Tutorial''PSD:12-%'
+.\" Ix is an indexing macro similar to .IX but I've disabled it for now
+.\" Since that would require 2 passes and I am not in the mood for that.
+.de Ix
+..
+.\" Rd is section (region) define and Rm is region mention? Again disable for
+.\" now.
+.de Rd
+..
+.de Rm
+..
+.\" xH is a macro to provide numbered headers that are automatically stuffed
+.\" into a table-of-contents, properly indented, etc. If the first argument
+.\" is numeric, it is taken as the depth for numbering (as for .NH), else
+.\" the default (1) is assumed.
+.\"
+.\" @P The initial paragraph distance.
+.\" @Q The piece of section number to increment (or 0 if none given)
+.\" @R Section header.
+.\" @S Indent for toc entry
+.\" @T Argument to NH (can't use @Q b/c giving 0 to NH resets the counter)
+.de xH
+.NH \\$1
+\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 \\$8 \\$9
+.nr PD .1v
+.XS \\n%
+.ta 0.6i
+\\*(SN	\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 \\$8 \\$9
+.XE
+.nr PD .3v
+..
+.\" CW is used to place a string in fixed-width or switch to a
+.\" fixed-width font.
+.\" C is a typewriter font for a laserwriter. Use something else if
+.\" you don't have one...
+.de CW
+.ie !\\n(.$ .ft C
+.el \&\\$3\fC\\$1\fP\\$2
+..
+.\" Anything I put in a display I want to be in fixed-width
+.am DS
+.CW
+..
+.\" The stuff in .No produces a little stop sign in the left margin
+.\" that says NOTE in it. Unfortunately, it does cause a break, but
+.\" hey. Can't have everything. In case you're wondering how I came
+.\" up with such weird commands, they came from running grn on a
+.\" gremlin file...
+.de No
+.br
+.ne 0.5i
+.ie n \{\
+.nr g3 \w'NOTE '
+.po -\\n(g3u
+.br
+NOTE
+.br
+.po +\\n(g3u
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.po -0.5i
+.br
+.mk 
+.nr g3 \\n(.f
+.nr g4 \\n(.s
+.sp -1
+.\" .st cf
+\D't 5u'
+.sp -1
+\h'50u'
+.sp -1
+\D't 3u'
+.sp -1
+.sp 7u
+\h'53u'
+\d\D'p -0.19i 0.0i 0.0i -0.13i 0.30i 0.0i 0.0i 0.13i'
+.sp -1
+.ft R
+.ps 6
+.nr g8 \\n(.d
+.ds g9 "NOTE
+.sp 74u
+\h'85u'\v'0.85n'\h-\w\\*(g9u/2u\&\\*(g9
+.sp |\\n(g8u
+.sp 166u
+\D't 3u'
+.br
+.po
+.rt 
+.ft \\n(g3
+.ps \\n(g4
+.\}
+..
+.de Bp
+.ie !\\n(.$ .IP \(bu 2
+.el .IP "\&" 2
+..
+.ie n .po +\w'NOTE  'u
+.el .po +.3i
+.TL
+PMake \*- A Tutorial
+.AU
+Adam de Boor
+.AI
+Berkeley Softworks
+2150 Shattuck Ave, Penthouse
+Berkeley, CA 94704
+adam@bsw.uu.net
+\&...!uunet!bsw!adam
+.FS
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies.
+The University of California, Berkeley Softworks, and Adam de Boor make no
+representations about the suitability of this software for any
+purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+.FE
+.PP
+.xH 1 Introduction
+.LP
+PMake is a program for creating other programs, or anything else you
+can think of for it to do.  The basic idea behind PMake is that, for
+any given system, be it a program or a document or whatever, there
+will be some files that depend on the state of other files (on when
+they were last modified). PMake takes these dependencies, which you
+must specify, and uses them to build whatever it is you want it to
+build.
+.LP
+PMake is almost fully-compatible with Make, with which you may already
+be familiar. PMake's most important feature is its ability to run
+several different jobs at once, making the creation of systems
+considerably faster. It also has a great deal more functionality than
+Make. Throughout the text, whenever something is mentioned that is an
+important difference between PMake and Make (i.e. something that will
+cause a makefile to fail if you don't do something about it), or is
+simply important, it will be flagged with a little sign in the left
+margin, like this:
+.No
+.LP
+This tutorial is divided into three main sections corresponding to basic,
+intermediate and advanced PMake usage. If you already know Make well,
+you will only need to skim chapter 2 (there are some aspects of
+PMake that I consider basic to its use that didn't exist in Make).
+Things in chapter 3 make life much easier, while those in chapter 4
+are strictly for those who know what they are doing. Chapter 5 has
+definitions for the jargon I use and chapter 6 contains possible
+solutions to the problems presented throughout the tutorial.
+.xH 1 The Basics of PMake
+.LP
+PMake takes as input a file that tells a) which files depend on which
+other files to be complete and b) what to do about files that are
+``out-of-date.'' This file is known as a ``makefile'' and is usually
+.Ix 0 def makefile
+kept in the top-most directory of the system to be built. While you
+can call the makefile anything you want, PMake will look for
+.CW Makefile
+and
+.CW makefile
+(in that order) in the current directory if you don't tell it
+otherwise.
+.Ix 0 def makefile default
+To specify a different makefile, use the
+.B \-f
+flag (e.g.
+.CW "pmake -f program.mk" ''). ``
+.Ix 0 ref flags -f
+.Ix 0 ref makefile other
+.LP
+A makefile has four different types of lines in it:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+File dependency specifications
+.IP \(bu 2
+Creation commands
+.IP \(bu 2
+Variable assignments
+.IP \(bu 2
+Comments, include statements and conditional directives
+.RE
+.LP
+Any line may be continued over multiple lines by ending it with a
+backslash.
+.Ix 0 def "continuation line"
+The backslash, following newline and any initial whitespace
+on the following line are compressed into a single space before the
+input line is examined by PMake.
+.xH 2 Dependency Lines
+.LP
+As mentioned in the introduction, in any system, there are
+dependencies between the files that make up the system.  For instance,
+in a program made up of several C source files and one header file,
+the C files will need to be re-compiled should the header file be
+changed. For a document of several chapters and one macro file, the
+chapters will need to be reprocessed if any of the macros changes.
+.Ix 0 def "dependency"
+These are dependencies and are specified by means of dependency lines in
+the makefile.
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def "dependency line"
+On a dependency line, there are targets and sources, separated by a
+one- or two-character operator.
+The targets ``depend'' on the sources and are usually created from
+them.
+.Ix 0 def target
+.Ix 0 def source
+.Ix 0 ref operator
+Any number of targets and sources may be specified on a dependency line.
+All the targets in the line are made to depend on all the sources.
+Targets and sources need not be actual files, but every source must be
+either an actual file or another target in the makefile.
+If you run out of room, use a backslash at the end of the line to continue onto
+the next one.
+.LP
+Any file may be a target and any file may be a source, but the
+relationship between the two (or however many) is determined by the
+``operator'' that separates them.
+.Ix 0 def operator
+Three types of operators exist: one specifies that the datedness of a
+target is determined by the state of its sources, while another
+specifies other files (the sources) that need to be dealt with before
+the target can be re-created. The third operator is very similar to
+the first, with the additional condition that the target is
+out-of-date if it has no sources. These operations are represented by
+the colon, the exclamation point and the double-colon, respectively, and are
+mutually exclusive. Their exact semantics are as follows:
+.IP ":"
+.Ix 0 def operator colon
+.Ix 0 def :
+If a colon is used, a target on the line is considered to be
+``out-of-date'' (and in need of creation) if 
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+any of the sources has been modified more recently than the target, or
+.IP \(bu 2
+the target doesn't exist.
+.RE
+.Ix 0 def out-of-date
+.IP "\&"
+Under this operation, steps will be taken to re-create the target only
+if it is found to be out-of-date by using these two rules.
+.IP "!"
+.Ix 0 def operator force
+.Ix 0 def !
+If an exclamation point is used, the target will always be re-created,
+but this will not happen until all of its sources have been examined
+and re-created, if necessary.
+.IP "::"
+.Ix 0 def operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 def ::
+If a double-colon is used, a target is out-of-date if:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+any of the sources has been modified more recently than the target, or
+.IP \(bu 2
+the target doesn't exist, or
+.IP \(bu 2
+the target has no sources.
+.RE
+.IP "\&"
+If the target is out-of-date according to these rules, it will be re-created.
+This operator also does something else to the targets, but I'll go
+into that in the next section (``Shell Commands'').
+.LP
+Enough words, now for an example. Take that C program I mentioned
+earlier. Say there are three C files
+.CW a.c , (
+.CW b.c
+and
+.CW  c.c )
+each of which
+includes the file
+.CW defs.h .
+The dependencies between the files could then be expressed as follows:
+.DS
+program         : a.o b.o c.o
+a.o b.o c.o     : defs.h
+a.o             : a.c
+b.o             : b.c
+c.o             : c.c
+.DE
+.LP
+You may be wondering at this point, where
+.CW a.o ,
+.CW b.o
+and
+.CW c.o
+came in and why
+.I they
+depend on
+.CW defs.h
+and the C files don't. The reason is quite simple:
+.CW program
+cannot be made by linking together .c files \*- it must be
+made from .o files. Likewise, if you change
+.CW defs.h ,
+it isn't the .c files that need to be re-created, it's the .o files.
+If you think of dependencies in these terms \*- which files (targets)
+need to be created from which files (sources) \*- you should have no problems.
+.LP
+An important thing to notice about the above example, is that all the
+\&.o files appear as targets on more than one line. This is perfectly
+all right: the target is made to depend on all the sources mentioned
+on all the dependency lines. E.g.
+.CW a.o
+depends on both
+.CW defs.h
+and
+.CW a.c .
+.Ix 0 ref dependency
+.No
+.LP
+The order of the dependency lines in the makefile is
+important: the first target on the first dependency line in the
+makefile will be the one that gets made if you don't say otherwise.
+That's why
+.CW program
+comes first in the example makefile, above.
+.LP
+Both targets and sources may contain the standard C-Shell wildcard
+characters
+.CW { , (
+.CW } ,
+.CW * ,
+.CW ? ,
+.CW [ ,
+and
+.CW ] ),
+but the non-curly-brace ones may only appear in the final component
+(the file portion) of the target or source. The characters mean the
+following things:
+.IP \fB{}\fP
+These enclose a comma-separated list of options and cause the pattern
+to be expanded once for each element of the list. Each expansion
+contains a different element. For example, 
+.CW src/{whiffle,beep,fish}.c
+expands to the three words
+.CW src/whiffle.c ,
+.CW src/beep.c ,
+and 
+.CW src/fish.c .
+These braces may be nested and, unlike the other wildcard characters,
+the resulting words need not be actual files. All other wildcard
+characters are expanded using the files that exist when PMake is
+started.
+.IP \fB*\fP
+This matches zero or more characters of any sort. 
+.CW src/*.c
+will expand to the same three words as above as long as 
+.CW src
+contains those three files (and no other files that end in 
+.CW .c ).
+.IP \fB?\fP
+Matches any single character.
+.IP \fB[]\fP
+This is known as a character class and contains either a list of
+single characters, or a series of character ranges 
+.CW a-z , (
+for example means all characters between a and z), or both. It matches
+any single character contained in the list. E.g.
+.CW [A-Za-z]
+will match all letters, while
+.CW [0123456789]
+will match all numbers.
+.xH 2 Shell Commands
+.LP
+``Isn't that nice,'' you say to yourself, ``but how are files
+actually `re-created,' as he likes to spell it?''
+The re-creation is accomplished by commands you place in the makefile.
+These commands are passed to the Bourne shell (better known as
+``/bin/sh'') to be executed and are
+.Ix 0 ref shell
+.Ix 0 ref re-creation
+.Ix 0 ref update
+expected to do what's necessary to update the target file (PMake
+doesn't actually check to see if the target was created. It just
+assumes it's there).
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.LP
+Shell commands in a makefile look a lot like shell commands you would
+type at a terminal, with one important exception: each command in a
+makefile
+.I must
+be preceded by at least one tab.
+.LP
+Each target has associated with it a shell script made up of
+one or more of these shell commands. The creation script for a target
+should immediately follow the dependency line for that target. While
+any given target may appear on more than one dependency line, only one
+of these dependency lines may be followed by a creation script, unless
+the `::' operator was used on the dependency line.
+.Ix 0 ref operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 ref ::
+.No
+.LP
+If the double-colon was used, each dependency line for the target
+may be followed by a shell script. That script will only be executed
+if the target on the associated dependency line is out-of-date with
+respect to the sources on that line, according to the rules I gave
+earlier.
+I'll give you a good example of this later on.
+.LP
+To expand on the earlier makefile, you might add commands as follows:
+.DS
+program         : a.o b.o c.o
+        cc a.o b.o c.o \-o program
+a.o b.o c.o     : defs.h
+a.o             : a.c
+        cc \-c a.c
+b.o             : b.c
+        cc \-c b.c
+c.o             : c.c
+        cc \-c c.c
+.DE
+.LP
+Something you should remember when writing a makefile is, the
+commands will be executed if the
+.I target
+on the dependency line is out-of-date, not the sources.
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.Ix 0 ref source
+.Ix 0 ref out-of-date
+In this example, the command
+.CW "cc \-c a.c" '' ``
+will be executed if
+.CW a.o
+is out-of-date. Because of the `:' operator,
+.Ix 0 ref :
+.Ix 0 ref operator colon
+this means that should
+.CW a.c
+.I or
+.CW defs.h
+have been modified more recently than
+.CW a.o ,
+the command will be executed
+.CW a.o "\&" (
+will be considered out-of-date).
+.Ix 0 ref out-of-date
+.LP
+Remember how I said the only difference between a makefile shell
+command and a regular shell command was the leading tab? I lied. There
+is another way in which makefile commands differ from regular ones.
+The first two characters after the initial whitespace are treated
+specially.
+If they are any combination of `@' and `\-', they cause PMake to do
+different things.
+.LP
+In most cases, shell commands are printed before they're
+actually executed. This is to keep you informed of what's going on. If
+an `@' appears, however, this echoing is suppressed. In the case of an
+.CW echo
+command, say
+.CW "echo Linking index" ,'' ``
+it would be
+rather silly to see
+.DS
+echo Linking index
+Linking index
+.DE
+.LP
+so PMake allows you to place an `@' before the command
+.CW "@echo Linking index" '') (``
+to prevent the command from being printed.
+.LP
+The other special character is the `\-'. In case you didn't know,
+shell commands finish with a certain ``exit status.'' This status is
+made available by the operating system to whatever program invoked the
+command. Normally this status will be 0 if everything went ok and
+non-zero if something went wrong. For this reason, PMake will consider
+an error to have occurred if one of the shells it invokes returns a non-zero
+status. When it detects an error, PMake's usual action is to abort
+whatever it's doing and exit with a non-zero status itself (any other
+targets that were being created will continue being made, but nothing
+new will be started. PMake will exit after the last job finishes).
+This behavior can be altered, however, by placing a `\-' at the front
+of a command
+.CW "\-mv index index.old" ''), (``
+certain command-line arguments,
+or doing other things, to be detailed later. In such
+a case, the non-zero status is simply ignored and PMake keeps chugging
+along.
+.No
+.LP
+Because all the commands are given to a single shell to execute, such
+things as setting shell variables, changing directories, etc., last
+beyond the command in which they are found. This also allows shell
+compound commands (like
+.CW for
+loops) to be entered in a natural manner.
+Since this could cause problems for some makefiles that depend on
+each command being executed by a single shell, PMake has a
+.B \-B
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.Ix 0 ref flags -B
+flag (it stands for backwards-compatible) that forces each command to
+be given to a separate shell. It also does several other things, all
+of which I discourage since they are now old-fashioned.\|.\|.\|.
+.No
+.LP
+A target's shell script is fed to the shell on its (the shell's) input stream.
+This means that any commands, such as
+.CW ci
+that need to get input from the terminal won't work right \*- they'll
+get the shell's input, something they probably won't find to their
+liking. A simple way around this is to give a command like this:
+.DS
+ci $(SRCS) < /dev/tty
+.DE
+This would force the program's input to come from the terminal. If you
+can't do this for some reason, your only other alternative is to use
+PMake in its fullest compatibility mode. See 
+.B Compatibility
+in chapter 4.
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+.xH 2 Variables
+.LP
+PMake, like Make before it, has the ability to save text in variables
+to be recalled later at your convenience. Variables in PMake are used
+much like variables in the shell and, by tradition, consist of
+all upper-case letters (you don't
+.I have
+to use all upper-case letters.
+In fact there's nothing to stop you from calling a variable
+.CW @^&$%$ .
+Just tradition). Variables are assigned-to using lines of the form
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment
+.DS
+VARIABLE = value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment
+appended-to by
+.DS
+VARIABLE += value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable appending
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment appended
+.Ix 0 def +=
+conditionally assigned-to (if the variable isn't already defined) by
+.DS
+VARIABLE ?= value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment conditional
+.Ix 0 def ?=
+and assigned-to with expansion (i.e. the value is expanded (see below)
+before being assigned to the variable\*-useful for placing a value at
+the beginning of a variable, or other things) by
+.DS
+VARIABLE := value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment expanded
+.Ix 0 def :=
+.LP
+Any whitespace before
+.I value
+is stripped off. When appending, a space is placed between the old
+value and the stuff being appended.
+.LP
+The final way a variable may be assigned to is using
+.DS
+VARIABLE != shell-command
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment shell-output
+.Ix 0 def !=
+In this case, 
+.I shell-command
+has all its variables expanded (see below) and is passed off to a
+shell to execute. The output of the shell is then placed in the
+variable. Any newlines (other than the final one) are replaced by
+spaces before the assignment is made. This is typically used to find
+the current directory via a line like:
+.DS
+CWD             != pwd
+.DE
+.LP
+.B Note:
+this is intended to be used to execute commands that produce small amounts
+of output (e.g. ``pwd''). The implementation is less than intelligent and will
+likely freeze if you execute something that produces thousands of
+bytes of output (8 Kb is the limit on many UNIX systems).
+.LP
+The value of a variable may be retrieved by enclosing the variable
+name in parentheses or curly braces and preceding the whole thing
+with a dollar sign.
+.LP
+For example, to set the variable CFLAGS to the string
+.CW "\-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O" ,'' ``
+you would place a line
+.DS
+CFLAGS = \-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O
+.DE
+in the makefile and use the word
+.CW "$(CFLAGS)"
+wherever you would like the string
+.CW "\-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O"
+to appear. This is called variable expansion.
+.Ix 0 def variable expansion
+.No
+.LP
+Unlike Make, PMake will not expand a variable unless it knows
+the variable exists. E.g. if you have a
+.CW "${i}"
+in a shell command and you have not assigned a value to the variable
+.CW i 
+(the empty string is considered a value, by the way), where Make would have
+substituted the empty string, PMake will leave the
+.CW "${i}"
+alone.
+To keep PMake from substituting for a variable it knows, precede the
+dollar sign with another dollar sign.
+(e.g. to pass
+.CW "${HOME}"
+to the shell, use
+.CW "$${HOME}" ).
+This causes PMake, in effect, to expand the
+.CW $
+macro, which expands to a single
+.CW $ .
+For compatibility, Make's style of variable expansion will be used
+if you invoke PMake with any of the compatibility flags (\c
+.B \-V ,
+.B \-B
+or
+.B \-M .
+The
+.B \-V
+flag alters just the variable expansion).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -V
+.Ix 0 ref flags -B
+.Ix 0 ref flags -M
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+.Ix 0 ref variable expansion
+There are two different times at which variable expansion occurs:
+When parsing a dependency line, the expansion occurs immediately
+upon reading the line. If any variable used on a dependency line is
+undefined, PMake will print a message and exit.
+Variables in shell commands are expanded when the command is
+executed.
+Variables used inside another variable are expanded whenever the outer
+variable is expanded (the expansion of an inner variable has no effect
+on the outer variable. I.e. if the outer variable is used on a dependency
+line and in a shell command, and the inner variable changes value
+between when the dependency line is read and the shell command is
+executed, two different values will be substituted for the outer
+variable).
+.Ix 0 def variable types
+.LP
+Variables come in four flavors, though they are all expanded the same
+and all look about the same. They are (in order of expanding scope):
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+Local variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable local
+.IP \(bu 2
+Command-line variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable command-line
+.IP \(bu 2
+Global variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable global
+.IP \(bu 2
+Environment variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable environment
+.RE
+.LP
+The classification of variables doesn't matter much, except that the
+classes are searched from the top (local) to the bottom (environment)
+when looking up a variable. The first one found wins.
+.xH 3 Local Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable local
+Each target can have as many as seven local variables. These are
+variables that are only ``visible'' within that target's shell script
+and contain such things as the target's name, all of its sources (from
+all its dependency lines), those sources that were out-of-date, etc.
+Four local variables are defined for all targets. They are:
+.RS
+.IP ".TARGET"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 def .TARGET
+The name of the target.
+.IP ".OODATE"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .OODATE
+.Ix 0 def .OODATE
+The list of the sources for the target that were considered out-of-date.
+The order in the list is not guaranteed to be the same as the order in
+which the dependencies were given.
+.IP ".ALLSRC"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 def .ALLSRC
+The list of all sources for this target in the order in which they
+were given.
+.IP ".PREFIX"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .PREFIX
+.Ix 0 def .PREFIX
+The target without its suffix and without any leading path. E.g. for
+the target
+.CW ../../lib/compat/fsRead.c ,
+this variable would contain
+.CW fsRead .
+.RE
+.LP
+Three other local variables are set only for certain targets under
+special circumstances. These are the ``.IMPSRC,''
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .IMPSRC
+.Ix 0 ref .IMPSRC
+``.ARCHIVE,''
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ARCHIVE
+.Ix 0 ref .ARCHIVE
+and ``.MEMBER''
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .MEMBER
+.Ix 0 ref .MEMBER
+variables. When they are set and how they are used is described later.
+.LP
+Four of these variables may be used in sources as well as in shell
+scripts.
+.Ix 0 def "dynamic source"
+.Ix 0 def source dynamic
+These are ``.TARGET'', ``.PREFIX'', ``.ARCHIVE'' and ``.MEMBER''. The
+variables in the sources are expanded once for each target on the
+dependency line, providing what is known as a ``dynamic source,''
+.Rd 0
+allowing you to specify several dependency lines at once. For example,
+.DS
+$(OBJS)         : $(.PREFIX).c
+.DE
+will create a dependency between each object file and its
+corresponding C source file.
+.xH 3 Command-line Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable command-line
+Command-line variables are set when PMake is first invoked by giving a
+variable assignment as one of the arguments. For example,
+.DS
+pmake "CFLAGS = -I/sprite/src/lib/libc -O"
+.DE
+would make 
+.CW CFLAGS
+be a command-line variable with the given value. Any assignments to
+.CW CFLAGS
+in the makefile will have no effect, because once it
+is set, there is (almost) nothing you can do to change a command-line
+variable (the search order, you see). Command-line variables may be
+set using any of the four assignment operators, though only
+.CW =
+and
+.CW ?=
+behave as you would expect them to, mostly because assignments to
+command-line variables are performed before the makefile is read, thus
+the values set in the makefile are unavailable at the time.
+.CW +=
+.Ix 0 ref +=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment appended
+is the same as
+.CW = ,
+because the old value of the variable is sought only in the scope in
+which the assignment is taking place (for reasons of efficiency that I
+won't get into here).
+.CW :=
+and
+.CW ?=
+.Ix 0 ref :=
+.Ix 0 ref ?=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment conditional
+will work if the only variables used are in the environment.
+.CW !=
+is sort of pointless to use from the command line, since the same
+effect can no doubt be accomplished using the shell's own command
+substitution mechanisms (backquotes and all that).
+.xH 3 Global Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable global
+Global variables are those set or appended-to in the makefile.
+There are two classes of global variables: those you set and those PMake sets.
+As I said before, the ones you set can have any name you want them to have,
+except they may not contain a colon or an exclamation point.
+The variables PMake sets (almost) always begin with a
+period and always contain upper-case letters, only. The variables are
+as follows:
+.RS
+.IP .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 def variable global .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 def .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 def variable global MAKE
+.Ix 0 def MAKE
+The name by which PMake was invoked is stored in this variable. For
+compatibility, the name is also stored in the MAKE variable.
+.IP .MAKEFLAGS
+.Ix 0 def variable global .MAKEFLAGS
+.Ix 0 def .MAKEFLAGS variable
+.Ix 0 def variable global MFLAGS
+.Ix 0 def MFLAGS
+All the relevant flags with which PMake was invoked. This does not
+include such things as
+.B \-f
+or variable assignments. Again for compatibility, this value is stored
+in the MFLAGS variable as well.
+.RE
+.LP
+Two other variables, ``.INCLUDES'' and ``.LIBS,'' are covered in the
+section on special targets in chapter 3.
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .INCLUDES
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .LIBS
+.LP
+Global variables may be deleted using lines of the form:
+.Ix 0 def #undef
+.Ix 0 def variable deletion
+.DS
+#undef \fIvariable\fP
+.DE
+The
+.CW # ' `
+must be the first character on the line. Note that this may only be
+done on global variables.
+.xH 3 Environment Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable environment
+Environment variables are passed by the shell that invoked PMake and
+are given by PMake to each shell it invokes. They are expanded like
+any other variable, but they cannot be altered in any way.
+.LP
+One special environment variable,
+.CW PMAKE ,
+.Ix 0 def variable environment PMAKE
+is examined by PMake for command-line flags, variable assignments,
+etc., it should always use. This variable is examined before the
+actual arguments to PMake are. In addition, all flags given to PMake,
+either through the
+.CW PMAKE
+variable or on the command line, are placed in this environment
+variable and exported to each shell PMake executes. Thus recursive
+invocations of PMake automatically receive the same flags as the
+top-most one.
+.LP
+Using all these variables, you can compress the sample makefile even more:
+.DS
+OBJS            = a.o b.o c.o
+program         : $(OBJS)
+        cc $(.ALLSRC) \-o $(.TARGET)
+$(OBJS)         : defs.h
+a.o             : a.c
+        cc \-c a.c
+b.o             : b.c
+        cc \-c b.c
+c.o             : c.c
+        cc \-c c.c
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref .TARGET
+.Rd 3
+.xH 2 Comments
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def comments
+Comments in a makefile start with a `#' character and extend to the
+end of the line. They may appear
+anywhere you want them, except in a shell command (though the shell
+will treat it as a comment, too). If, for some reason, you need to use the `#'
+in a variable or on a dependency line, put a backslash in front of it.
+PMake will compress the two into a single `#' (Note: this isn't true
+if PMake is operating in full-compatibility mode).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -M
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.xH 2 Parallelism
+.No
+.LP
+PMake was specifically designed to re-create several targets at once,
+when possible. You do not have to do anything special to cause this to
+happen (unless PMake was configured to not act in parallel, in which
+case you will have to make use of the
+.B \-L
+and
+.B \-J
+flags (see below)),
+.Ix 0 ref flags -L
+.Ix 0 ref flags -J
+but you do have to be careful at times.
+.LP
+There are several problems you are likely to encounter. One is
+that some makefiles (and programs) are written in such a way that it is
+impossible for two targets to be made at once. The program
+.CW xstr ,
+for example,
+always modifies the files
+.CW strings
+and
+.CW x.c .
+There is no way to change it. Thus you cannot run two of them at once
+without something being trashed. Similarly, if you have commands
+in the makefile that always send output to the same file, you will not
+be able to make more than one target at once unless you change the
+file you use. You can, for instance, add a
+.CW $$$$
+to the end of the file name to tack on the process ID of the shell
+executing the command (each
+.CW $$
+expands to a single
+.CW $ ,
+thus giving you the shell variable
+.CW $$ ).
+Since only one shell is used for all the
+commands, you'll get the same file name for each command in the
+script.
+.LP
+The other problem comes from improperly-specified dependencies that
+worked in Make because of its sequential, depth-first way of examining
+them. While I don't want to go into depth on how PMake
+works (look in chapter 4 if you're interested), I will warn you that
+files in two different ``levels'' of the dependency tree may be
+examined in a different order in PMake than they were in Make. For
+example, given the makefile
+.DS
+a               : b c
+b               : d
+.DE
+PMake will examine the targets in the order
+.CW c ,
+.CW d ,
+.CW b ,
+.CW a .
+If the makefile's author expected PMake to abort before making
+.CW c
+if an error occurred while making
+.CW b ,
+or if
+.CW b
+needed to exist before
+.CW c
+was made,
+s/he will be sorely disappointed. The dependencies are
+incomplete, since in both these cases,
+.CW c
+would depend on
+.CW b .
+So watch out.
+.LP
+Another problem you may face is that, while PMake is set up to handle the
+output from multiple jobs in a graceful fashion, the same is not so for input.
+It has no way to regulate input to different jobs,
+so if you use the redirection from
+.CW /dev/tty
+I mentioned earlier, you must be careful not to run two of the jobs at once.
+.xH 2 Writing and Debugging a Makefile
+.LP
+Now you know most of what's in a makefile, what do you do next? There
+are two choices: (1) use one of the uncommonly-available makefile
+generators or (2) write your own makefile (I leave out the third choice of
+ignoring PMake and doing everything by hand as being beyond the bounds
+of common sense).
+.LP
+When faced with the writing of a makefile, it is usually best to start
+from first principles: just what
+.I are
+you trying to do? What do you want the makefile finally to produce?
+.LP
+To begin with a somewhat traditional example, let's say you need to
+write a makefile to create a program,
+.CW expr ,
+that takes standard infix expressions and converts them to prefix form (for
+no readily apparent reason). You've got three source files, in C, that
+make up the program:
+.CW main.c ,
+.CW parse.c ,
+and
+.CW output.c .
+Harking back to my pithy advice about dependency lines, you write the
+first line of the file:
+.DS
+expr            : main.o parse.o output.o
+.DE
+because you remember
+.CW expr
+is made from
+.CW .o
+files, not
+.CW .c
+files. Similarly for the
+.CW .o
+files you produce the lines:
+.DS
+main.o          : main.c
+parse.o         : parse.c
+output.o        : output.c
+main.o parse.o output.o : defs.h
+.DE
+.LP
+Great. You've now got the dependencies specified. What you need now is
+commands. These commands, remember, must produce the target on the
+dependency line, usually by using the sources you've listed.
+You remember about local variables? Good, so it should come
+to you as no surprise when you write
+.DS
+expr            : main.o parse.o output.o
+        cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+Why use the variables? If your program grows to produce postfix
+expressions too (which, of course, requires a name change or two), it
+is one fewer place you have to change the file. You cannot do this for
+the object files, however, because they depend on their corresponding
+source files
+.I and
+.CW defs.h ,
+thus if you said
+.DS
+	cc -c $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+you'd get (for
+.CW main.o ):
+.DS
+	cc -c main.c defs.h
+.DE
+which is wrong. So you round out the makefile with these lines:
+.DS
+main.o          : main.c
+        cc -c main.c
+parse.o         : parse.c
+        cc -c parse.c
+output.o        : output.c
+        cc -c output.c
+.DE
+.LP
+The makefile is now complete and will, in fact, create the program you
+want it to without unnecessary compilations or excessive typing on
+your part. There are two things wrong with it, however (aside from it
+being altogether too long, something I'll address in chapter 3):
+.IP 1)
+The string
+.CW "main.o parse.o output.o" '' ``
+is repeated twice, necessitating two changes when you add postfix
+(you were planning on that, weren't you?). This is in direct violation
+of de Boor's First Rule of writing makefiles:
+.QP
+.I
+Anything that needs to be written more than once
+should be placed in a variable.
+.IP "\&"
+I cannot emphasize this enough as being very important to the
+maintenance of a makefile and its program.
+.IP 2)
+There is no way to alter the way compilations are performed short of
+editing the makefile and making the change in all places. This is evil
+and violates de Boor's Second Rule, which follows directly from the
+first:
+.QP
+.I
+Any flags or programs used inside a makefile should be placed in a variable so
+they may be changed, temporarily or permanently, with the greatest ease.
+.LP
+The makefile should more properly read:
+.DS
+OBJS            = main.o parse.o output.o
+expr            : $(OBJS)
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+main.o          : main.c
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c main.c
+parse.o         : parse.c
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c parse.c
+output.o        : output.c
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c output.c
+$(OBJS)         : defs.h
+.DE
+Alternatively, if you like the idea of dynamic sources mentioned in
+section 2.3.1,
+.Rm 0 2.3.1
+.Rd 4
+.Ix 0 ref "dynamic source"
+.Ix 0 ref source dynamic
+you could write it like this:
+.DS
+OBJS            = main.o parse.o output.o
+expr            : $(OBJS)
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+$(OBJS)         : $(.PREFIX).c defs.h
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $(.PREFIX).c
+.DE
+These two rules and examples lead to de Boor's First Corollary:
+.QP
+.I
+Variables are your friends.
+.LP
+Once you've written the makefile comes the sometimes-difficult task of
+.Ix 0 ref debugging
+making sure the darn thing works. Your most helpful tool to make sure
+the makefile is at least syntactically correct is the
+.B \-n
+.Ix 0 ref flags -n
+flag, which allows you to see if PMake will choke on the makefile. The
+second thing the
+.B \-n
+flag lets you do is see what PMake would do without it actually doing
+it, thus you can make sure the right commands would be executed were
+you to give PMake its head.
+.LP
+When you find your makefile isn't behaving as you hoped, the first
+question that comes to mind (after ``What time is it, anyway?'') is
+``Why not?'' In answering this, two flags will serve you well:
+.CW "-d m" '' ``
+.Ix 0 ref flags -d
+and
+.CW "-p 2" .'' ``
+.Ix 0 ref flags -p
+The first causes PMake to tell you as it examines each target in the
+makefile and indicate why it is deciding whatever it is deciding. You
+can then use the information printed for other targets to see where
+you went wrong. The
+.CW "-p 2" '' ``
+flag makes PMake print out its internal state when it is done,
+allowing you to see that you forgot to make that one chapter depend on
+that file of macros you just got a new version of. The output from
+.CW "-p 2" '' ``
+is intended to resemble closely a real makefile, but with additional
+information provided and with variables expanded in those commands
+PMake actually printed or executed.
+.LP
+Something to be especially careful about is circular dependencies.
+.Ix 0 def dependency circular
+E.g.
+.DS
+a		: b
+b		: c d
+d		: a
+.DE
+In this case, because of how PMake works,
+.CW c
+is the only thing PMake will examine, because
+.CW d
+and
+.CW a
+will effectively fall off the edge of the universe, making it
+impossible to examine
+.CW b
+(or them, for that matter).
+PMake will tell you (if run in its normal mode) all the targets
+involved in any cycle it looked at (i.e. if you have two cycles in the
+graph (naughty, naughty), but only try to make a target in one of
+them, PMake will only tell you about that one. You'll have to try to
+make the other to find the second cycle). When run as Make, it will
+only print the first target in the cycle.
+.xH 2 Invoking PMake
+.LP
+.Ix 0 ref flags
+.Ix 0 ref arguments
+.Ix 0 ref usage
+PMake comes with a wide variety of flags to choose from.
+They may appear in any order, interspersed with command-line variable
+assignments and targets to create.
+The flags are as follows:
+.IP "\fB\-d\fP \fIwhat\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -d
+.Ix 0 ref debugging
+This causes PMake to spew out debugging information that
+may prove useful to you. If you can't
+figure out why PMake is doing what it's doing, you might try using
+this flag. The
+.I what
+parameter is a string of single characters that tell PMake what
+aspects you are interested in. Most of what I describe will make
+little sense to you, unless you've dealt with Make before. Just
+remember where this table is and come back to it as you read on.
+The characters and the information they produce are as follows:
+.RS
+.IP a
+Archive searching and caching.
+.IP c
+Conditional evaluation.
+.IP d
+The searching and caching of directories.
+.IP j
+Various snippets of information related to the running of the multiple
+shells. Not particularly interesting.
+.IP m
+The making of each target: what target is being examined; when it was
+last modified; whether it is out-of-date; etc.
+.IP p
+Makefile parsing.
+.IP r
+Remote execution.
+.IP s
+The application of suffix-transformation rules. (See chapter 3)
+.IP t
+The maintenance of the list of targets.
+.IP v
+Variable assignment.
+.RE
+.IP "\&"
+Of these all, the
+.CW m
+and
+.CW s
+letters will be most useful to you.
+If the
+.B \-d
+is the final argument or the argument from which it would get these
+key letters (see below for a note about which argument would be used)
+begins with a
+.B \- ,
+all of these debugging flags will be set, resulting in massive amounts
+of output.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fP \fImakefile\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -f
+Specify a makefile to read different from the standard makefiles
+.CW Makefile "\&" (
+or
+.CW makefile ).
+.Ix 0 ref makefile default
+.Ix 0 ref makefile other
+If
+.I makefile
+is ``\-'', PMake uses the standard input. This is useful for making
+quick and dirty makefiles.\|.\|.
+.Ix 0 ref makefile "quick and dirty"
+.IP \fB\-h\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -h
+Prints out a summary of the various flags PMake accepts. It can also
+be used to find out what level of concurrency was compiled into the
+version of PMake you are using (look at
+.B \-J
+and
+.B \-L )
+and various other information on how PMake was configured.
+.Ix 0 ref configuration
+.Ix 0 ref makefile system
+.IP \fB\-i\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -i
+If you give this flag, PMake will ignore non-zero status returned
+by any of its shells. It's like placing a `\-' before all the commands
+in the makefile.
+.IP \fB\-k\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -k
+This is similar to
+.B \-i
+in that it allows PMake to continue when it sees an error, but unlike
+.B \-i ,
+where PMake continues blithely as if nothing went wrong,
+.B \-k
+causes it to recognize the error and only continue work on those
+things that don't depend on the target, either directly or indirectly (through
+depending on something that depends on it), whose creation returned the error.
+The `k' is for ``keep going''.\|.\|.
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.IP \fB\-l\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -l
+PMake has the ability to lock a directory against other
+people executing it in the same directory (by means of a file called
+``LOCK.make'' that it creates and checks for in the directory). This
+is a Good Thing because two people doing the same thing in the same place
+can be disastrous for the final product (too many cooks and all that).
+Whether this locking is the default is up to your system
+administrator. If locking is on,
+.B \-l
+will turn it off, and vice versa. Note that this locking will not
+prevent \fIyou\fP from invoking PMake twice in the same place \*- if
+you own the lock file, PMake will warn you about it but continue to execute.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fP \fIdirectory\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -m
+Tells PMake another place to search for included makefiles via the <...>
+style.  Several
+.B \-m
+options can be given to form a search path.  If this construct is used the
+default system makefile search path is completely overridden.
+To be explained in chapter 3, section 3.2.
+.Rm 2 3.2
+.IP \fB\-n\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -n
+This flag tells PMake not to execute the commands needed to update the
+out-of-date targets in the makefile. Rather, PMake will simply print
+the commands it would have executed and exit. This is particularly
+useful for checking the correctness of a makefile. If PMake doesn't do
+what you expect it to, it's a good chance the makefile is wrong.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fP \fInumber\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -p
+.Ix 0 ref debugging
+This causes PMake to print its input in a reasonable form, though
+not necessarily one that would make immediate sense to anyone but me. The
+.I number
+is a bitwise-or of 1 and 2 where 1 means it should print the input
+before doing any processing and 2 says it should print it after
+everything has been re-created. Thus
+.CW "\-p 3"
+would print it twice\*-once before processing and once after (you
+might find the difference between the two interesting). This is mostly
+useful to me, but you may find it informative in some bizarre circumstances.
+.IP \fB\-q\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -q
+If you give PMake this flag, it will not try to re-create anything. It
+will just see if anything is out-of-date and exit non-zero if so.
+.IP \fB\-r\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -r
+When PMake starts up, it reads a default makefile that tells it what
+sort of system it's on and gives it some idea of what to do if you
+don't tell it anything. I'll tell you about it in chapter 3. If you
+give this flag, PMake won't read the default makefile.
+.IP \fB\-s\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -s
+This causes PMake to not print commands before they're executed. It
+is the equivalent of putting an `@' before every command in the
+makefile.
+.IP \fB\-t\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -t
+Rather than try to re-create a target, PMake will simply ``touch'' it
+so as to make it appear up-to-date. If the target didn't exist before,
+it will when PMake finishes, but if the target did exist, it will
+appear to have been updated.
+.IP \fB\-v\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -v
+This is a mixed-compatibility flag intended to mimic the System V
+version of Make. It is the same as giving
+.B \-B ,
+and
+.B \-V
+as well as turning off directory locking. Targets can still be created
+in parallel, however. This is the mode PMake will enter if it is
+invoked either as
+.CW smake '' ``
+or
+.CW vmake ''. ``
+.IP \fB\-x\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -x
+This tells PMake it's ok to export jobs to other machines, if they're
+available. It is used when running in Make mode, as exporting in this
+mode tends to make things run slower than if the commands were just
+executed locally.
+.IP \fB\-B\fP
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.Ix 0 def flags -B
+Forces PMake to be as backwards-compatible with Make as possible while
+still being itself.
+This includes:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+Executing one shell per shell command
+.IP \(bu 2
+Expanding anything that looks even vaguely like a variable, with the
+empty string replacing any variable PMake doesn't know.
+.IP \(bu 2
+Refusing to allow you to escape a `#' with a backslash.
+.IP \(bu 2
+Permitting undefined variables on dependency lines and conditionals
+(see below). Normally this causes PMake to abort.
+.RE
+.IP \fB\-C\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -C
+This nullifies any and all compatibility mode flags you may have given
+or implied up to the time the
+.B \-C
+is encountered. It is useful mostly in a makefile that you wrote for PMake
+to avoid bad things happening when someone runs PMake as
+.CW make '' ``
+or has things set in the environment that tell it to be compatible.
+.B \-C
+is
+.I not
+placed in the
+.CW PMAKE
+environment variable or the
+.CW .MAKEFLAGS
+or
+.CW MFLAGS
+global variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable environment PMAKE
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .MAKEFLAGS
+.Ix 0 ref variable global MFLAGS
+.Ix 0 ref .MAKEFLAGS variable
+.Ix 0 ref MFLAGS
+.IP "\fB\-D\fP \fIvariable\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -D
+Allows you to define a variable to have 
+.CW 1 '' ``
+as its value.  The variable is a global variable, not a command-line
+variable. This is useful mostly for people who are used to the C
+compiler arguments and those using conditionals, which I'll get into
+in section 4.3
+.Rm 1 4.3
+.IP "\fB\-I\fP \fIdirectory\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -I
+Tells PMake another place to search for included makefiles. Yet
+another thing to be explained in chapter 3 (section 3.2, to be
+precise).
+.Rm 2 3.2
+.IP "\fB\-J\fP \fInumber\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -J
+Gives the absolute maximum number of targets to create at once on both
+local and remote machines.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fP \fInumber\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -L
+This specifies the maximum number of targets to create on the local
+machine at once. This may be 0, though you should be wary of doing
+this, as PMake may hang until a remote machine becomes available, if
+one is not available when it is started.
+.IP \fB\-M\fP
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.Ix 0 def flags -M
+This is the flag that provides absolute, complete, full compatibility
+with Make. It still allows you to use all but a few of the features of
+PMake, but it is non-parallel. This is the mode PMake enters if you
+call it
+.CW make .'' ``
+.IP \fB\-P\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -P
+.Ix 0 ref "output control"
+When creating targets in parallel, several shells are executing at
+once, each wanting to write its own two cent's-worth to the screen.
+This output must be captured by PMake in some way in order to prevent
+the screen from being filled with garbage even more indecipherable
+than you usually see. PMake has two ways of doing this, one of which
+provides for much cleaner output and a clear separation between the
+output of different jobs, the other of which provides a more immediate
+response so one can tell what is really happening. The former is done
+by notifying you when the creation of a target starts, capturing the
+output and transferring it to the screen all at once when the job
+finishes. The latter is done by catching the output of the shell (and
+its children) and buffering it until an entire line is received, then
+printing that line preceded by an indication of which job produced
+the output. Since I prefer this second method, it is the one used by
+default. The first method will be used if you give the
+.B \-P
+flag to PMake.
+.IP \fB\-V\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -V
+As mentioned before, the
+.B \-V
+flag tells PMake to use Make's style of expanding variables,
+substituting the empty string for any variable it doesn't know.
+.IP \fB\-W\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -W
+There are several times when PMake will print a message at you that is
+only a warning, i.e. it can continue to work in spite of your having
+done something silly (such as forgotten a leading tab for a shell
+command). Sometimes you are well aware of silly things you have done
+and would like PMake to stop bothering you. This flag tells it to shut
+up about anything non-fatal.
+.IP \fB\-X\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -X
+This flag causes PMake to not attempt to export any jobs to another
+machine.
+.LP
+Several flags may follow a single `\-'. Those flags that require
+arguments take them from successive parameters. E.g.
+.DS
+pmake -fDnI server.mk DEBUG /chip2/X/server/include
+.DE
+will cause PMake to read
+.CW server.mk
+as the input makefile, define the variable
+.CW DEBUG
+as a global variable and look for included makefiles in the directory
+.CW /chip2/X/server/include .
+.xH 2 Summary
+.LP
+A makefile is made of four types of lines:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+Dependency lines
+.IP \(bu 2
+Creation commands
+.IP \(bu 2
+Variable assignments
+.IP \(bu 2
+Comments, include statements and conditional directives
+.RE
+.LP
+A dependency line is a list of one or more targets, an operator
+.CW : ', (`
+.CW :: ', `
+or
+.CW ! '), `
+and a list of zero or more sources. Sources may contain wildcards and
+certain local variables.
+.LP
+A creation command is a regular shell command preceded by a tab. In
+addition, if the first two characters after the tab (and other
+whitespace) are a combination of
+.CW @ ' `
+or
+.CW - ', `
+PMake will cause the command to not be printed (if the character is
+.CW @ ') `
+or errors from it to be ignored (if
+.CW - '). `
+A blank line, dependency line or variable assignment terminates a
+creation script. There may be only one creation script for each target
+with a
+.CW : ' `
+or
+.CW ! ' `
+operator.
+.LP
+Variables are places to store text. They may be unconditionally
+assigned-to using the
+.CW = ' `
+.Ix 0 ref =
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment
+operator, appended-to using the
+.CW += ' `
+.Ix 0 ref +=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment appended
+operator, conditionally (if the variable is undefined) assigned-to
+with the
+.CW ?= ' `
+.Ix 0 ref ?=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment conditional
+operator, and assigned-to with variable expansion with the
+.CW := ' `
+.Ix 0 ref :=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded
+operator. The output of a shell command may be assigned to a variable
+using the
+.CW != ' `
+.Ix 0 ref !=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment shell-output
+operator.  Variables may be expanded (their value inserted) by enclosing
+their name in parentheses or curly braces, preceded by a dollar sign.
+A dollar sign may be escaped with another dollar sign. Variables are
+not expanded if PMake doesn't know about them. There are seven local
+variables:
+.CW .TARGET ,
+.CW .ALLSRC ,
+.CW .OODATE ,
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .IMPSRC ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.CW .MEMBER .
+Four of them
+.CW .TARGET , (
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.CW .MEMBER )
+may be used to specify ``dynamic sources.''
+.Ix 0 ref "dynamic source"
+.Ix 0 ref source dynamic
+Variables are good. Know them. Love them. Live them.
+.LP
+Debugging of makefiles is best accomplished using the
+.B \-n ,
+.B "\-d m" ,
+and
+.B "\-p 2"
+flags.
+.xH 2 Exercises
+.ce
+\s+4\fBTBA\fP\s0
+.xH 1 Short-cuts and Other Nice Things
+.LP
+Based on what I've told you so far, you may have gotten the impression
+that PMake is just a way of storing away commands and making sure you
+don't forget to compile something. Good. That's just what it is.
+However, the ways I've described have been inelegant, at best, and
+painful, at worst.
+This chapter contains things that make the
+writing of makefiles easier and the makefiles themselves shorter and
+easier to modify (and, occasionally, simpler). In this chapter, I
+assume you are somewhat more
+familiar with Sprite (or UNIX, if that's what you're using) than I did
+in chapter 2, just so you're on your toes.
+So without further ado...
+.xH 2 Transformation Rules
+.LP
+As you know, a file's name consists of two parts: a base name, which
+gives some hint as to the contents of the file, and a suffix, which
+usually indicates the format of the file.
+Over the years, as
+.UX
+has developed,
+naming conventions, with regard to suffixes, have also developed that have
+become almost as incontrovertible as Law. E.g. a file ending in
+.CW .c
+is assumed to contain C source code; one with a
+.CW .o
+suffix is assumed to be a compiled, relocatable object file that may
+be linked into any program; a file with a
+.CW .ms
+suffix is usually a text file to be processed by Troff with the \-ms
+macro package, and so on.
+One of the best aspects of both Make and PMake comes from their
+understanding of how the suffix of a file pertains to its contents and
+their ability to do things with a file based solely on its suffix. This
+ability comes from something known as a transformation rule. A
+transformation rule specifies how to change a file with one suffix
+into a file with another suffix.
+.LP
+A transformation rule looks much like a dependency line, except the
+target is made of two known suffixes stuck together. Suffixes are made
+known to PMake by placing them as sources on a dependency line whose
+target is the special target
+.CW .SUFFIXES .
+E.g.
+.DS
+\&.SUFFIXES       : .o .c
+\&.c.o            :
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $(.IMPSRC)
+.DE
+The creation script attached to the target is used to transform a file with
+the first suffix (in this case,
+.CW .c )
+into a file with the second suffix (here,
+.CW .o ).
+In addition, the target inherits whatever attributes have been applied
+to the transformation rule.
+The simple rule given above says that to transform a C source file
+into an object file, you compile it using
+.CW cc
+with the
+.CW \-c
+flag.
+This rule is taken straight from the system makefile. Many
+transformation rules (and suffixes) are defined there, and I refer you
+to it for more examples (type
+.CW "pmake -h" '' ``
+to find out where it is).
+.LP
+There are several things to note about the transformation rule given
+above:
+.RS
+.IP 1)
+The
+.CW .IMPSRC 
+variable.
+.Ix 0 def variable local .IMPSRC
+.Ix 0 def .IMPSRC
+This variable is set to the ``implied source'' (the file from which
+the target is being created; the one with the first suffix), which, in this
+case, is the .c file.
+.IP 2)
+The
+.CW CFLAGS
+variable. Almost all of the transformation rules in the system
+makefile are set up using variables that you can alter in your
+makefile to tailor the rule to your needs. In this case, if you want
+all your C files to be compiled with the
+.B \-g
+flag, to provide information for
+.CW dbx ,
+you would set the
+.CW CFLAGS
+variable to contain
+.CW -g
+.CW "CFLAGS = -g" '') (``
+and PMake would take care of the rest.
+.RE
+.LP
+To give you a quick example, the makefile in 2.3.4 
+.Rm 3 2.3.4
+could be changed to this:
+.DS
+OBJS            = a.o b.o c.o
+program         : $(OBJS)
+        $(CC) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+$(OBJS)         : defs.h
+.DE
+The transformation rule I gave above takes the place of the 6 lines\**
+.FS
+This is also somewhat cleaner, I think, than the dynamic source
+solution presented in 2.6
+.FE
+.Rm 4 2.6
+.DS
+a.o             : a.c
+        cc -c a.c
+b.o             : b.c
+        cc -c b.c
+c.o             : c.c
+        cc -c c.c
+.DE
+.LP
+Now you may be wondering about the dependency between the
+.CW .o
+and
+.CW .c
+files \*- it's not mentioned anywhere in the new makefile. This is
+because it isn't needed: one of the effects of applying a
+transformation rule is the target comes to depend on the implied
+source. That's why it's called the implied
+.I source .
+.LP
+For a more detailed example. Say you have a makefile like this:
+.DS
+a.out           : a.o b.o
+        $(CC) $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+and a directory set up like this:
+.DS
+total 4
+-rw-rw-r--  1 deboor         34 Sep  7 00:43 Makefile
+-rw-rw-r--  1 deboor        119 Oct  3 19:39 a.c
+-rw-rw-r--  1 deboor        201 Sep  7 00:43 a.o
+-rw-rw-r--  1 deboor         69 Sep  7 00:43 b.c
+.DE
+While just typing
+.CW pmake '' ``
+will do the right thing, it's much more informative to type
+.CW "pmake -d s" ''. ``
+This will show you what PMake is up to as it processes the files. In
+this case, PMake prints the following:
+.DS
+Suff_FindDeps (a.out)
+	using existing source a.o
+	applying .o -> .out to "a.o"
+Suff_FindDeps (a.o)
+	trying a.c...got it
+	applying .c -> .o to "a.c"
+Suff_FindDeps (b.o)
+	trying b.c...got it
+	applying .c -> .o to "b.c"
+Suff_FindDeps (a.c)
+	trying a.y...not there
+	trying a.l...not there
+	trying a.c,v...not there
+	trying a.y,v...not there
+	trying a.l,v...not there
+Suff_FindDeps (b.c)
+	trying b.y...not there
+	trying b.l...not there
+	trying b.c,v...not there
+	trying b.y,v...not there
+	trying b.l,v...not there
+--- a.o ---
+cc  -c a.c
+--- b.o ---
+cc  -c b.c
+--- a.out ---
+cc a.o b.o
+.DE
+.LP
+.CW Suff_FindDeps
+is the name of a function in PMake that is called to check for implied
+sources for a target using transformation rules.
+The transformations it tries are, naturally
+enough, limited to the ones that have been defined (a transformation
+may be defined multiple times, by the way, but only the most recent
+one will be used). You will notice, however, that there is a definite
+order to the suffixes that are tried. This order is set by the
+relative positions of the suffixes on the
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+line \*- the earlier a suffix appears, the earlier it is checked as
+the source of a transformation. Once a suffix has been defined, the
+only way to change its position in the pecking order is to remove all
+the suffixes (by having a
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+dependency line with no sources) and redefine them in the order you
+want. (Previously-defined transformation rules will be automatically
+redefined as the suffixes they involve are re-entered.)
+.LP
+Another way to affect the search order is to make the dependency
+explicit. In the above example,
+.CW a.out
+depends on
+.CW a.o
+and
+.CW b.o .
+Since a transformation exists from
+.CW .o
+to
+.CW .out ,
+PMake uses that, as indicated by the
+.CW "using existing source a.o" '' ``
+message.
+.LP
+The search for a transformation starts from the suffix of the target
+and continues through all the defined transformations, in the order
+dictated by the suffix ranking, until an existing file with the same
+base (the target name minus the suffix and any leading directories) is
+found. At that point, one or more transformation rules will have been
+found to change the one existing file into the target.
+.LP
+For example, ignoring what's in the system makefile for now, say you
+have a makefile like this:
+.DS
+\&.SUFFIXES       : .out .o .c .y .l
+\&.l.c            :
+        lex $(.IMPSRC)
+        mv lex.yy.c $(.TARGET)
+\&.y.c            :
+        yacc $(.IMPSRC)
+        mv y.tab.c $(.TARGET)
+\&.c.o            :
+        cc -c $(.IMPSRC)
+\&.o.out          :
+        cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC)
+.DE
+and the single file
+.CW jive.l .
+If you were to type
+.CW "pmake -rd ms jive.out" ,'' ``
+you would get the following output for
+.CW jive.out :
+.DS
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.out)
+	trying jive.o...not there
+	trying jive.c...not there
+	trying jive.y...not there
+	trying jive.l...got it
+	applying .l -> .c to "jive.l"
+	applying .c -> .o to "jive.c"
+	applying .o -> .out to "jive.o"
+.DE
+and this is why: PMake starts with the target
+.CW jive.out ,
+figures out its suffix
+.CW .out ) (
+and looks for things it can transform to a
+.CW .out
+file. In this case, it only finds
+.CW .o ,
+so it looks for the file
+.CW jive.o .
+It fails to find it, so it looks for transformations into a
+.CW .o
+file. Again it has only one choice:
+.CW .c .
+So it looks for
+.CW jive.c
+and, as you know, fails to find it. At this point it has two choices:
+it can create the
+.CW .c
+file from either a
+.CW .y
+file or a
+.CW .l
+file. Since
+.CW .y
+came first on the
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+line, it checks for
+.CW jive.y
+first, but can't find it, so it looks for
+.CW jive.l
+and, lo and behold, there it is.
+At this point, it has defined a transformation path as follows:
+.CW .l
+\(->
+.CW .c
+\(->
+.CW .o
+\(->
+.CW .out
+and applies the transformation rules accordingly. For completeness,
+and to give you a better idea of what PMake actually did with this
+three-step transformation, this is what PMake printed for the rest of
+the process:
+.DS
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.o)
+	using existing source jive.c
+	applying .c -> .o to "jive.c"
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.c)
+	using existing source jive.l
+	applying .l -> .c to "jive.l"
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.l)
+Examining jive.l...modified 17:16:01 Oct 4, 1987...up-to-date
+Examining jive.c...non-existent...out-of-date
+--- jive.c ---
+lex jive.l
+\&.\|.\|. meaningless lex output deleted .\|.\|.
+mv lex.yy.c jive.c
+Examining jive.o...non-existent...out-of-date
+--- jive.o ---
+cc -c jive.c
+Examining jive.out...non-existent...out-of-date
+--- jive.out ---
+cc -o jive.out jive.o
+.DE
+.LP
+One final question remains: what does PMake do with targets that have
+no known suffix? PMake simply pretends it actually has a known suffix
+and searches for transformations accordingly.
+The suffix it chooses is the source for the
+.CW .NULL
+.Ix 0 ref .NULL
+target mentioned later. In the system makefile, 
+.CW .out
+is chosen as the ``null suffix''
+.Ix 0 def suffix null
+.Ix 0 def "null suffix"
+because most people use PMake to create programs. You are, however,
+free and welcome to change it to a suffix of your own choosing.
+The null suffix is ignored, however, when PMake is in compatibility
+mode (see chapter 4).
+.xH 2 Including Other Makefiles
+.Ix 0 def makefile inclusion
+.Rd 2
+.LP
+Just as for programs, it is often useful to extract certain parts of a
+makefile into another file and just include it in other makefiles
+somehow. Many compilers allow you say something like
+.DS
+#include "defs.h"
+.DE
+to include the contents of
+.CW defs.h
+in the source file. PMake allows you to do the same thing for
+makefiles, with the added ability to use variables in the filenames.
+An include directive in a makefile looks either like this:
+.DS
+#include <file>
+.DE
+or this
+.DS
+#include "file"
+.DE
+The difference between the two is where PMake searches for the file:
+the first way, PMake will look for
+the file only in the system makefile directory (or directories)
+(to find out what that directory is, give PMake the
+.B \-h
+flag).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -h
+The system makefile directory search path can be overridden via the
+.B \-m
+option.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -m
+For files in double-quotes, the search is more complex:
+.RS
+.IP 1)
+The directory of the makefile that's including the file.
+.IP 2)
+The current directory (the one in which you invoked PMake).
+.IP 3)
+The directories given by you using
+.B \-I
+flags, in the order in which you gave them.
+.IP 4)
+Directories given by
+.CW .PATH
+dependency lines (see chapter 4).
+.IP 5)
+The system makefile directory.
+.RE
+.LP
+in that order.
+.LP
+You are free to use PMake variables in the filename\*-PMake will
+expand them before searching for the file. You must specify the
+searching method with either angle brackets or double-quotes
+.I outside
+of a variable expansion. I.e. the following
+.DS
+SYSTEM	= <command.mk>
+
+#include $(SYSTEM)
+.DE
+won't work.
+.xH 2 Saving Commands
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def ...
+There may come a time when you will want to save certain commands to
+be executed when everything else is done. For instance: you're
+making several different libraries at one time and you want to create the
+members in parallel. Problem is,
+.CW ranlib
+is another one of those programs that can't be run more than once in
+the same directory at the same time (each one creates a file called
+.CW __.SYMDEF
+into which it stuffs information for the linker to use. Two of them
+running at once will overwrite each other's file and the result will
+be garbage for both parties). You might want a way to save the ranlib
+commands til the end so they can be run one after the other, thus
+keeping them from trashing each other's file. PMake allows you to do
+this by inserting an ellipsis (``.\|.\|.'') as a command between
+commands to be run at once and those to be run later.
+.LP
+So for the
+.CW ranlib
+case above, you might do this:
+.Rd 5
+.DS
+lib1.a          : $(LIB1OBJS)
+        rm -f $(.TARGET)
+        ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+        ...
+        ranlib $(.TARGET)
+
+lib2.a          : $(LIB2OBJS)
+        rm -f $(.TARGET)
+        ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+        ...
+        ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+This would save both
+.DS
+ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+commands until the end, when they would run one after the other
+(using the correct value for the
+.CW .TARGET
+variable, of course).
+.LP
+Commands saved in this manner are only executed if PMake manages to
+re-create everything without an error.
+.xH 2 Target Attributes
+.LP
+PMake allows you to give attributes to targets by means of special
+sources. Like everything else PMake uses, these sources begin with a
+period and are made up of all upper-case letters. There are various
+reasons for using them, and I will try to give examples for most of
+them. Others you'll have to find uses for yourself. Think of it as ``an
+exercise for the reader.'' By placing one (or more) of these as a source on a
+dependency line, you are ``marking the target(s) with that
+attribute.'' That's just the way I phrase it, so you know.
+.LP
+Any attributes given as sources for a transformation rule are applied
+to the target of the transformation rule when the rule is applied.
+.Ix 0 def attributes
+.Ix 0 ref source
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.nr pw 12
+.IP .DONTCARE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .DONTCARE
+.Ix 0 def .DONTCARE
+If a target is marked with this attribute and PMake can't figure out
+how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't
+really needed or actually exists and PMake just can't find it. This may prove
+wrong, but the error will be noted later on, not when PMake tries to create
+the target so marked. This attribute also prevents PMake from
+attempting to touch the target if it is given the
+.B \-t
+flag.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -t
+.IP .EXEC \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .EXEC
+.Ix 0 def .EXEC
+This attribute causes its shell script to be executed while having no
+effect on targets that depend on it. This makes the target into a sort
+of subroutine.  An example. Say you have some LISP files that need to
+be compiled and loaded into a LISP process. To do this, you echo LISP
+commands into a file and execute a LISP with this file as its input
+when everything's done. Say also that you have to load other files
+from another system before you can compile your files and further,
+that you don't want to go through the loading and dumping unless one
+of
+.I your
+files has changed. Your makefile might look a little bit
+like this (remember, this is an educational example, and don't worry
+about the
+.CW COMPILE
+rule, all will soon become clear, grasshopper):
+.DS
+system          : init a.fasl b.fasl c.fasl
+        for i in $(.ALLSRC);
+        do
+                echo -n '(load "' >> input
+                echo -n ${i} >> input
+                echo '")' >> input
+        done
+        echo '(dump "$(.TARGET)")' >> input
+        lisp < input
+
+a.fasl          : a.l init COMPILE
+b.fasl          : b.l init COMPILE
+c.fasl          : c.l init COMPILE
+COMPILE         : .USE
+        echo '(compile "$(.ALLSRC)")' >> input
+init            : .EXEC
+        echo '(load-system)' > input
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref .USE
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .USE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.IP "\&"
+.CW .EXEC
+sources, don't appear in the local variables of targets that depend on
+them (nor are they touched if PMake is given the
+.B \-t
+flag).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -t
+Note that all the rules, not just that for
+.CW system ,
+include
+.CW init
+as a source. This is because none of the other targets can be made
+until
+.CW init
+has been made, thus they depend on it.
+.IP .EXPORT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .EXPORT
+.Ix 0 def .EXPORT
+This is used to mark those targets whose creation should be sent to
+another machine if at all possible. This may be used by some
+exportation schemes if the exportation is expensive. You should ask
+your system administrator if it is necessary.
+.IP .EXPORTSAME \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .EXPORTSAME
+.Ix 0 def .EXPORTSAME
+Tells the export system that the job should be exported to a machine
+of the same architecture as the current one. Certain operations (e.g.
+running text through
+.CW nroff )
+can be performed the same on any architecture (CPU and
+operating system type), while others (e.g. compiling a program with
+.CW cc )
+must be performed on a machine with the same architecture. Not all
+export systems will support this attribute.
+.IP .IGNORE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .IGNORE
+.Ix 0 def .IGNORE attribute
+Giving a target the
+.CW .IGNORE
+attribute causes PMake to ignore errors from any of the target's commands, as
+if they all had `\-' before them.
+.IP .INVISIBLE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .INVISIBLE
+.Ix 0 def .INVISIBLE
+This allows you to specify one target as a source for another without
+the one affecting the other's local variables. Useful if, say, you
+have a makefile that creates two programs, one of which is used to
+create the other, so it must exist before the other is created. You
+could say
+.DS
+prog1           : $(PROG1OBJS) prog2 MAKEINSTALL
+prog2           : $(PROG2OBJS) .INVISIBLE MAKEINSTALL
+.DE
+where
+.CW MAKEINSTALL
+is some complex .USE rule (see below) that depends on the
+.Ix 0 ref .USE
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable containing the right things. Without the
+.CW .INVISIBLE
+attribute for
+.CW prog2 ,
+the
+.CW MAKEINSTALL
+rule couldn't be applied. This is not as useful as it should be, and
+the semantics may change (or the whole thing go away) in the
+not-too-distant future.
+.IP .JOIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .JOIN
+.Ix 0 def .JOIN
+This is another way to avoid performing some operations in parallel
+while permitting everything else to be done so. Specifically it
+forces the target's shell script to be executed only if one or more of the
+sources was out-of-date. In addition, the target's name,
+in both its
+.CW .TARGET
+variable and all the local variables of any target that depends on it,
+is replaced by the value of its
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable.
+As an example, suppose you have a program that has four libraries that
+compile in the same directory along with, and at the same time as, the
+program. You again have the problem with
+.CW ranlib
+that I mentioned earlier, only this time it's more severe: you
+can't just put the ranlib off to the end since the program
+will need those libraries before it can be re-created. You can do
+something like this:
+.DS
+program         : $(OBJS) libraries
+        cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+
+libraries       : lib1.a lib2.a lib3.a lib4.a .JOIN
+        ranlib $(.OODATE)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .OODATE
+.Ix 0 ref .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref .OODATE
+In this case, PMake will re-create the
+.CW $(OBJS)
+as necessary, along with
+.CW lib1.a ,
+.CW lib2.a ,
+.CW lib3.a
+and
+.CW lib4.a .
+It will then execute
+.CW ranlib
+on any library that was changed and set
+.CW program 's
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable to contain what's in
+.CW $(OBJS)
+followed by
+.CW "lib1.a lib2.a lib3.a lib4.a" .'' ``
+In case you're wondering, it's called
+.CW .JOIN
+because it joins together different threads of the ``input graph'' at
+the target marked with the attribute.
+Another aspect of the .JOIN attribute is it keeps the target from
+being created if the
+.B \-t
+flag was given.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -t
+.IP .MAKE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .MAKE
+.Ix 0 def .MAKE
+The
+.CW .MAKE
+attribute marks its target as being a recursive invocation of PMake.
+This forces PMake to execute the script associated with the target (if
+it's out-of-date) even if you gave the
+.B \-n
+or
+.B \-t
+flag. By doing this, you can start at the top of a system and type
+.DS
+pmake -n
+.DE
+and have it descend the directory tree (if your makefiles are set up
+correctly), printing what it would have executed if you hadn't
+included the
+.B \-n
+flag.
+.IP .NOEXPORT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .NOEXPORT
+.Ix 0 def .NOEXPORT attribute
+If possible, PMake will attempt to export the creation of all targets to
+another machine (this depends on how PMake was configured). Sometimes,
+the creation is so simple, it is pointless to send it to another
+machine. If you give the target the
+.CW .NOEXPORT
+attribute, it will be run locally, even if you've given PMake the
+.B "\-L 0"
+flag.
+.IP .NOTMAIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .NOTMAIN
+.Ix 0 def .NOTMAIN
+Normally, if you do not specify a target to make in any other way,
+PMake will take the first target on the first dependency line of a
+makefile as the target to create. That target is known as the ``Main
+Target'' and is labeled as such if you print the dependencies out
+using the
+.B \-p
+flag.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -p
+Giving a target this attribute tells PMake that the target is
+definitely
+.I not
+the Main Target.
+This allows you to place targets in an included makefile and
+have PMake create something else by default.
+.IP .PRECIOUS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .PRECIOUS
+.Ix 0 def .PRECIOUS attribute
+When PMake is interrupted (you type control-C at the keyboard), it
+will attempt to clean up after itself by removing any half-made
+targets. If a target has the
+.CW .PRECIOUS
+attribute, however, PMake will leave it alone. An additional side
+effect of the `::' operator is to mark the targets as
+.CW .PRECIOUS .
+.Ix 0 ref operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 ref ::
+.IP .SILENT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .SILENT
+.Ix 0 def .SILENT attribute
+Marking a target with this attribute keeps its commands from being
+printed when they're executed, just as if they had an `@' in front of them.
+.IP .USE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .USE
+.Ix 0 def .USE
+By giving a target this attribute, you turn it into PMake's equivalent
+of a macro. When the target is used as a source for another target,
+the other target acquires the commands, sources and attributes (except
+.CW .USE )
+of the source.
+If the target already has commands, the
+.CW .USE
+target's commands are added to the end. If more than one .USE-marked
+source is given to a target, the rules are applied sequentially.
+.IP "\&" \n(pw
+The typical .USE rule (as I call them) will use the sources of the
+target to which it is applied (as stored in the
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable for the target) as its ``arguments,'' if you will.
+For example, you probably noticed that the commands for creating
+.CW lib1.a
+and
+.CW lib2.a
+in the example in section 3.3
+.Rm 5 3.3
+were exactly the same. You can use the
+.CW .USE
+attribute to eliminate the repetition, like so:
+.DS
+lib1.a          : $(LIB1OBJS) MAKELIB
+lib2.a          : $(LIB2OBJS) MAKELIB
+
+MAKELIB         : .USE
+        rm -f $(.TARGET)
+        ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+        ...
+        ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.IP "\&" \n(pw
+Several system makefiles (not to be confused with The System Makefile)
+make use of these  .USE rules to make your
+life easier (they're in the default, system makefile directory...take a look).
+Note that the .USE rule source itself
+.CW MAKELIB ) (
+does not appear in any of the targets's local variables.
+There is no limit to the number of times I could use the
+.CW MAKELIB
+rule. If there were more libraries, I could continue with
+.CW "lib3.a : $(LIB3OBJS) MAKELIB" '' ``
+and so on and so forth.
+.xH 2 Special Targets
+.LP
+As there were in Make, so there are certain targets that have special
+meaning to PMake. When you use one on a dependency line, it is the
+only target that may appear on the left-hand-side of the operator.
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.Ix 0 ref operator
+As for the attributes and variables, all the special targets
+begin with a period and consist of upper-case letters only.
+I won't describe them all in detail because some of them are rather
+complex and I'll describe them in more detail than you'll want in
+chapter 4.
+The targets are as follows:
+.nr pw 10
+.IP .BEGIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .BEGIN
+Any commands attached to this target are executed before anything else
+is done. You can use it for any initialization that needs doing.
+.IP .DEFAULT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .DEFAULT
+This is sort of a .USE rule for any target (that was used only as a
+source) that PMake can't figure out any other way to create. It's only
+``sort of'' a .USE rule because only the shell script attached to the
+.CW .DEFAULT
+target is used. The
+.CW .IMPSRC
+variable of a target that inherits
+.CW .DEFAULT 's
+commands is set to the target's own name.
+.Ix 0 ref .IMPSRC
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .IMPSRC
+.IP .END \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .END
+This serves a function similar to
+.CW .BEGIN ,
+in that commands attached to it are executed once everything has been
+re-created (so long as no errors occurred). It also serves the extra
+function of being a place on which PMake can hang commands you put off
+to the end. Thus the script for this target will be executed before
+any of the commands you save with the ``.\|.\|.''.
+.Ix 0 ref ...
+.IP .EXPORT \n(pw
+The sources for this target are passed to the exportation system compiled
+into PMake. Some systems will use these sources to configure
+themselves. You should ask your system administrator about this.
+.IP .IGNORE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .IGNORE target
+.Ix 0 ref .IGNORE attribute
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .IGNORE
+This target marks each of its sources with the
+.CW .IGNORE
+attribute. If you don't give it any sources, then it is like
+giving the
+.B \-i
+flag when you invoke PMake \*- errors are ignored for all commands.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -i
+.IP .INCLUDES \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .INCLUDES target
+.Ix 0 def variable global .INCLUDES
+.Ix 0 def .INCLUDES variable
+The sources for this target are taken to be suffixes that indicate a
+file that can be included in a program source file.
+The suffix must have already been declared with
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+(see below).
+Any suffix so marked will have the directories on its search path
+(see
+.CW .PATH ,
+below) placed in the
+.CW .INCLUDES
+variable, each preceded by a
+.B \-I
+flag. This variable can then be used as an argument for the compiler
+in the normal fashion. The
+.CW .h
+suffix is already marked in this way in the system makefile.
+.Ix 0 ref makefile system
+E.g. if you have
+.DS
+\&.SUFFIXES       : .bitmap
+\&.PATH.bitmap    : /usr/local/X/lib/bitmaps
+\&.INCLUDES       : .bitmap
+.DE
+PMake will place
+.CW "-I/usr/local/X/lib/bitmaps" '' ``
+in the
+.CW .INCLUDES
+variable and you can then say
+.DS
+cc $(.INCLUDES) -c xprogram.c
+.DE
+(Note: the
+.CW .INCLUDES
+variable is not actually filled in until the entire makefile has been read.)
+.IP .INTERRUPT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .INTERRUPT
+When PMake is interrupted,
+it will execute the commands in the script for this target, if it
+exists.
+.IP .LIBS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .LIBS target
+.Ix 0 def .LIBS variable
+.Ix 0 def variable global .LIBS
+This does for libraries what
+.CW .INCLUDES
+does for include files, except the flag used is
+.B \-L ,
+as required by those linkers that allow you to tell them where to find
+libraries. The variable used is
+.CW .LIBS .
+Be forewarned that PMake may not have been compiled to do this if the
+linker on your system doesn't accept the
+.B \-L
+flag, though the
+.CW .LIBS
+variable will always be defined once the makefile has been read.
+.IP .MAIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .MAIN
+If you didn't give a target (or targets) to create when you invoked
+PMake, it will take the sources of this target as the targets to
+create.
+.IP .MAKEFLAGS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .MAKEFLAGS target
+This target provides a way for you to always specify flags for PMake
+when the makefile is used. The flags are just as they would be typed
+to the shell (except you can't use shell variables unless they're in
+the environment),
+though the
+.B \-f
+and
+.B \-r
+flags have no effect.
+.IP .NULL \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .NULL
+.Ix 0 ref suffix null
+.Ix 0 ref "null suffix"
+This allows you to specify what suffix PMake should pretend a file has
+if, in fact, it has no known suffix. Only one suffix may be so
+designated. The last source on the dependency line is the suffix that
+is used (you should, however, only give one suffix.\|.\|.).
+.IP .PATH \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .PATH
+If you give sources for this target, PMake will take them as
+directories in which to search for files it cannot find in the current
+directory. If you give no sources, it will clear out any directories
+added to the search path before. Since the effects of this all get
+very complex, I'll leave it til chapter four to give you a complete
+explanation.
+.IP .PATH\fIsuffix\fP \n(pw
+.Ix 0 ref .PATH
+This does a similar thing to
+.CW .PATH ,
+but it does it only for files with the given suffix. The suffix must
+have been defined already. Look at
+.B "Search Paths"
+(section 4.1)
+.Rm 6 4.1
+for more information.
+.IP .PRECIOUS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .PRECIOUS target
+.Ix 0 ref .PRECIOUS attribute
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .PRECIOUS
+Similar to
+.CW .IGNORE ,
+this gives the
+.CW .PRECIOUS
+attribute to each source on the dependency line, unless there are no
+sources, in which case the
+.CW .PRECIOUS
+attribute is given to every target in the file.
+.IP .RECURSIVE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .RECURSIVE
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .MAKE
+.Ix 0 ref .MAKE
+This target applies the
+.CW .MAKE
+attribute to all its sources. It does nothing if you don't give it any sources.
+.IP .SHELL \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .SHELL
+PMake is not constrained to only using the Bourne shell to execute
+the commands you put in the makefile. You can tell it some other shell
+to use with this target. Check out
+.B "A Shell is a Shell is a Shell"
+(section 4.4)
+.Rm 7 4.4
+for more information.
+.IP .SILENT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .SILENT target
+.Ix 0 ref .SILENT attribute
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .SILENT
+When you use
+.CW .SILENT
+as a target, it applies the
+.CW .SILENT
+attribute to each of its sources. If there are no sources on the
+dependency line, then it is as if you gave PMake the
+.B \-s
+flag and no commands will be echoed.
+.IP .SUFFIXES \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .SUFFIXES
+This is used to give new file suffixes for PMake to handle. Each
+source is a suffix PMake should recognize. If you give a
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+dependency line with no sources, PMake will forget about all the
+suffixes it knew (this also nukes the null suffix).
+For those targets that need to have suffixes defined, this is how you do it.
+.LP
+In addition to these targets, a line of the form
+.DS
+\fIattribute\fP : \fIsources\fP
+.DE
+applies the
+.I attribute
+to all the targets listed as
+.I sources .
+.xH 2 Modifying Variable Expansion
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable expansion modified
+.Ix 0 ref variable expansion
+.Ix 0 def variable modifiers
+Variables need not always be expanded verbatim. PMake defines several
+modifiers that may be applied to a variable's value before it is
+expanded. You apply a modifier by placing it after the variable name
+with a colon between the two, like so:
+.DS
+${\fIVARIABLE\fP:\fImodifier\fP}
+.DE
+Each modifier is a single character followed by something specific to
+the modifier itself.
+You may apply as many modifiers as you want \*- each one is applied to
+the result of the previous and is separated from the previous by
+another colon.
+.LP
+There are seven ways to modify a variable's expansion, most of which
+come from the C shell variable modification characters:
+.RS
+.IP "M\fIpattern\fP"
+.Ix 0 def :M
+.Ix 0 def modifier match
+This is used to select only those words (a word is a series of
+characters that are neither spaces nor tabs) that match the given
+.I pattern .
+The pattern is a wildcard pattern like that used by the shell, where
+.CW *
+means 0 or more characters of any sort;
+.CW ?
+is any single character;
+.CW [abcd]
+matches any single character that is either `a', `b', `c' or `d'
+(there may be any number of characters between the brackets);
+.CW [0-9]
+matches any single character that is between `0' and `9' (i.e. any
+digit. This form may be freely mixed with the other bracket form), and
+`\\' is used to escape any of the characters `*', `?', `[' or `:',
+leaving them as regular characters to match themselves in a word.
+For example, the system makefile
+.CW <makedepend.mk>
+uses
+.CW "$(CFLAGS:M-[ID]*)" '' ``
+to extract all the
+.CW \-I
+and
+.CW \-D
+flags that would be passed to the C compiler. This allows it to
+properly locate include files and generate the correct dependencies.
+.IP "N\fIpattern\fP"
+.Ix 0 def :N
+.Ix 0 def modifier nomatch
+This is identical to
+.CW :M
+except it substitutes all words that don't match the given pattern.
+.IP "S/\fIsearch-string\fP/\fIreplacement-string\fP/[g]"
+.Ix 0 def :S
+.Ix 0 def modifier substitute
+Causes the first occurrence of
+.I search-string
+in the variable to be replaced by
+.I replacement-string ,
+unless the
+.CW g
+flag is given at the end, in which case all occurrences of the string
+are replaced. The substitution is performed on each word in the
+variable in turn. If 
+.I search-string
+begins with a
+.CW ^ ,
+the string must match starting at the beginning of the word. If
+.I search-string
+ends with a
+.CW $ ,
+the string must match to the end of the word (these two may be
+combined to force an exact match). If a backslash precedes these two
+characters, however, they lose their special meaning. Variable
+expansion also occurs in the normal fashion inside both the
+.I search-string
+and the
+.I replacement-string ,
+.B except
+that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a
+.CW $ ,
+not another dollar sign, as is usual.
+Note that
+.I search-string
+is just a string, not a pattern, so none of the usual
+regular-expression/wildcard characters have any special meaning save
+.CW ^
+and
+.CW $ .
+In the replacement string,
+the
+.CW &
+character is replaced by the
+.I search-string
+unless it is preceded by a backslash.
+You are allowed to use any character except
+colon or exclamation point to separate the two strings. This so-called
+delimiter character may be placed in either string by preceding it
+with a backslash.
+.IP T
+.Ix 0 def :T
+.Ix 0 def modifier tail
+Replaces each word in the variable expansion by its last
+component (its ``tail''). For example, given
+.DS
+OBJS = ../lib/a.o b /usr/lib/libm.a
+TAILS = $(OBJS:T)
+.DE
+the variable
+.CW TAILS
+would expand to
+.CW "a.o b libm.a" .'' ``
+.IP H
+.Ix 0 def :H
+.Ix 0 def modifier head
+This is similar to
+.CW :T ,
+except that every word is replaced by everything but the tail (the
+``head''). Using the same definition of
+.CW OBJS ,
+the string
+.CW "$(OBJS:H)" '' ``
+would expand to
+.CW "../lib /usr/lib" .'' ``
+Note that the final slash on the heads is removed and
+anything without a head is replaced by the empty string.
+.IP E
+.Ix 0 def :E
+.Ix 0 def modifier extension
+.Ix 0 def modifier suffix
+.Ix 0 ref suffix "variable modifier"
+.CW :E
+replaces each word by its suffix (``extension''). So
+.CW "$(OBJS:E)" '' ``
+would give you
+.CW ".o .a" .'' ``
+.IP R
+.Ix 0 def :R
+.Ix 0 def modifier root
+.Ix 0 def modifier base
+This replaces each word by everything but the suffix (the ``root'' of
+the word).
+.CW "$(OBJS:R)" '' ``
+expands to ``
+.CW "../lib/a b /usr/lib/libm" .''
+.RE
+.LP
+In addition, the System V style of substitution is also supported.
+This looks like:
+.DS
+$(\fIVARIABLE\fP:\fIsearch-string\fP=\fIreplacement\fP)
+.DE
+It must be the last modifier in the chain. The search is anchored at
+the end of each word, so only suffixes or whole words may be replaced.
+.xH 2 More on Debugging
+.xH 2 More Exercises
+.IP (3.1)
+You've got a set programs, each of which is created from its own
+assembly-language source file (suffix
+.CW .asm ).
+Each program can be assembled into two versions, one with error-checking
+code assembled in and one without. You could assemble them into files
+with different suffixes
+.CW .eobj \& (
+and
+.CW .obj ,
+for instance), but your linker only understands files that end in
+.CW .obj .
+To top it all off, the final executables
+.I must
+have the suffix
+.CW .exe .
+How can you still use transformation rules to make your life easier
+(Hint: assume the error-checking versions have
+.CW ec
+tacked onto their prefix)?
+.IP (3.2)
+Assume, for a moment or two, you want to perform a sort of
+``indirection'' by placing the name of a variable into another one,
+then you want to get the value of the first by expanding the second
+somehow. Unfortunately, PMake doesn't allow constructs like
+.DS I
+$($(FOO))
+.DE
+What do you do? Hint: no further variable expansion is performed after
+modifiers are applied, thus if you cause a $ to occur in the
+expansion, that's what will be in the result.
+.xH 1 PMake for Gods
+.LP
+This chapter is devoted to those facilities in PMake that allow you to
+do a great deal in a makefile with very little work, as well as do
+some things you couldn't do in Make without a great deal of work (and
+perhaps the use of other programs). The problem with these features,
+is they must be handled with care, or you will end up with a mess.
+.LP
+Once more, I assume a greater familiarity with
+.UX
+or Sprite than I did in the previous two chapters.
+.xH 2 Search Paths
+.Rd 6
+.LP
+PMake supports the dispersal of files into multiple directories by
+allowing you to specify places to look for sources with
+.CW .PATH
+targets in the makefile. The directories you give as sources for these
+targets make up a ``search path.'' Only those files used exclusively
+as sources are actually sought on a search path, the assumption being
+that anything listed as a target in the makefile can be created by the
+makefile and thus should be in the current directory.
+.LP
+There are two types of search paths
+in PMake: one is used for all types of files (including included
+makefiles) and is specified with a plain
+.CW .PATH
+target (e.g.
+.CW ".PATH : RCS" ''), ``
+while the other is specific to a certain type of file, as indicated by
+the file's suffix. A specific search path is indicated by immediately following
+the
+.CW .PATH
+with the suffix of the file. For instance
+.DS
+\&.PATH.h         : /sprite/lib/include /sprite/att/lib/include
+.DE
+would tell PMake to look in the directories
+.CW /sprite/lib/include
+and
+.CW /sprite/att/lib/include
+for any files whose suffix is
+.CW .h .
+.LP
+The current directory is always consulted first to see if a file
+exists. Only if it cannot be found there are the directories in the
+specific search path, followed by those in the general search path,
+consulted.
+.LP
+A search path is also used when expanding wildcard characters. If the
+pattern has a recognizable suffix on it, the path for that suffix will
+be used for the expansion. Otherwise the default search path is employed.
+.LP
+When a file is found in some directory other than the current one, all
+local variables that would have contained the target's name
+.CW .ALLSRC , (
+and
+.CW .IMPSRC )
+will instead contain the path to the file, as found by PMake.
+Thus if you have a file
+.CW ../lib/mumble.c
+and a makefile
+.DS
+\&.PATH.c         : ../lib
+mumble          : mumble.c
+        $(CC) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+the command executed to create
+.CW mumble
+would be
+.CW "cc -o mumble ../lib/mumble.c" .'' ``
+(As an aside, the command in this case isn't strictly necessary, since
+it will be found using transformation rules if it isn't given. This is because
+.CW .out
+is the null suffix by default and a transformation exists from
+.CW .c
+to
+.CW .out .
+Just thought I'd throw that in.)
+.LP
+If a file exists in two directories on the same search path, the file
+in the first directory on the path will be the one PMake uses. So if
+you have a large system spread over many directories, it would behoove
+you to follow a naming convention that avoids such conflicts.
+.LP
+Something you should know about the way search paths are implemented
+is that each directory is read, and its contents cached, exactly once
+\&\*- when it is first encountered \*- so any changes to the
+directories while PMake is running will not be noted when searching
+for implicit sources, nor will they be found when PMake attempts to
+discover when the file was last modified, unless the file was created in the
+current directory. While people have suggested that PMake should read
+the directories each time, my experience suggests that the caching seldom
+causes problems. In addition, not caching the directories slows things
+down enormously because of PMake's attempts to apply transformation
+rules through non-existent files \*- the number of extra file-system
+searches is truly staggering, especially if many files without
+suffixes are used and the null suffix isn't changed from
+.CW .out .
+.xH 2 Archives and Libraries
+.LP
+.UX
+and Sprite allow you to merge files into an archive using the
+.CW ar
+command. Further, if the files are relocatable object files, you can
+run
+.CW ranlib
+on the archive and get yourself a library that you can link into any
+program you want. The main problem with archives is they double the
+space you need to store the archived files, since there's one copy in
+the archive and one copy out by itself. The problem with libraries is
+you usually think of them as
+.CW -lm
+rather than
+.CW /usr/lib/libm.a
+and the linker thinks they're out-of-date if you so much as look at
+them.
+.LP
+PMake solves the problem with archives by allowing you to tell it to
+examine the files in the archives (so you can remove the individual
+files without having to regenerate them later). To handle the problem
+with libraries, PMake adds an additional way of deciding if a library
+is out-of-date:
+.IP \(bu 2
+If the table of contents is older than the library, or is missing, the
+library is out-of-date.
+.LP
+A library is any target that looks like
+.CW \-l name'' ``
+or that ends in a suffix that was marked as a library using the
+.CW .LIBS
+target.
+.CW .a
+is so marked in the system makefile.
+.LP
+Members of an archive are specified as
+``\fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP[ \fImember\fP...])''.
+Thus
+.CW libdix.a(window.o) '' ``'
+specifies the file
+.CW window.o
+in the archive
+.CW libdix.a .
+You may also use wildcards to specify the members of the archive. Just
+remember that most the wildcard characters will only find 
+.I existing
+files.
+.LP
+A file that is a member of an archive is treated specially. If the
+file doesn't exist, but it is in the archive, the modification time
+recorded in the archive is used for the file when determining if the
+file is out-of-date. When figuring out how to make an archived member target
+(not the file itself, but the file in the archive \*- the
+\fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target), special care is
+taken with the transformation rules, as follows:
+.IP \(bu 2
+\&\fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) is made to depend on \fImember\fP.
+.IP \(bu 2
+The transformation from the \fImember\fP's suffix to the
+\fIarchive\fP's suffix is applied to the \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target.
+.IP \(bu 2
+The \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP)'s
+.CW .TARGET
+variable is set to the name of the \fImember\fP if \fImember\fP is
+actually a target, or the path to the member file if \fImember\fP is
+only a source.
+.IP \(bu 2
+The
+.CW .ARCHIVE
+variable for the \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target is set to the name
+of the \fIarchive\fP.
+.Ix 0 def variable local .ARCHIVE
+.Ix 0 def .ARCHIVE
+.IP \(bu 2
+The
+.CW .MEMBER
+variable is set to the actual string inside the parentheses. In most
+cases, this will be the same as the
+.CW .TARGET
+variable.
+.Ix 0 def variable local .MEMBER
+.Ix 0 def .MEMBER
+.IP \(bu 2
+The \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP)'s place in the local variables of the
+targets that depend on it is taken by the value of its
+.CW .TARGET
+variable.
+.LP
+Thus, a program library could be created with the following makefile:
+.DS
+\&.o.a            :
+        ...
+        rm -f $(.TARGET:T)
+OBJS            = obj1.o obj2.o obj3.o
+libprog.a       : libprog.a($(OBJS))
+        ar cru $(.TARGET) $(.OODATE)
+        ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+This will cause the three object files to be compiled (if the
+corresponding source files were modified after the object file or, if
+that doesn't exist, the archived object file), the out-of-date ones
+archived in
+.CW libprog.a ,
+a table of contents placed in the archive and the newly-archived
+object files to be removed.
+.LP
+All this is used in the 
+.CW makelib.mk
+system makefile to create a single library with ease. This makefile
+looks like this:
+.DS
+.SM
+#
+# Rules for making libraries. The object files that make up the library
+# are removed once they are archived.
+#
+# To make several libraries in parallel, you should define the variable
+# "many_libraries". This will serialize the invocations of ranlib.
+#
+# To use, do something like this:
+#
+# OBJECTS = <files in the library>
+#
+# fish.a: fish.a($(OBJECTS)) MAKELIB
+#
+#
+
+#ifndef _MAKELIB_MK
+_MAKELIB_MK	=
+
+#include	<po.mk>
+
+\&.po.a .o.a	:
+	...
+	rm -f $(.MEMBER)
+
+ARFLAGS		?= crl
+
+#
+# Re-archive the out-of-date members and recreate the library's table of
+# contents using ranlib. If many_libraries is defined, put the ranlib
+# off til the end so many libraries can be made at once.
+#
+MAKELIB		: .USE .PRECIOUS
+	ar $(ARFLAGS) $(.TARGET) $(.OODATE)
+#ifndef no_ranlib
+# ifdef many_libraries
+	...
+# endif /* many_libraries */
+	ranlib $(.TARGET)
+#endif /* no_ranlib */
+
+#endif /* _MAKELIB_MK */
+.DE
+.xH 2 On the Condition...
+.Rd 1
+.LP
+Like the C compiler before it, PMake allows you to configure the makefile,
+based on the current environment, using conditional statements. A
+conditional looks like this:
+.DS
+#if \fIboolean expression\fP
+\fIlines\fP
+#elif \fIanother boolean expression\fP
+\fImore lines\fP
+#else
+\fIstill more lines\fP
+#endif
+.DE
+They may be nested to a maximum depth of 30 and may occur anywhere
+(except in a comment, of course). The
+.CW # '' ``
+must the very first character on the line.
+.LP
+Each
+.I "boolean expression"
+is made up of terms that look like function calls, the standard C
+boolean operators
+.CW && ,
+.CW || ,
+and
+.CW ! ,
+and the standard relational operators
+.CW == ,
+.CW != ,
+.CW > ,
+.CW >= ,
+.CW < ,
+and
+.CW <= ,
+with
+.CW ==
+and
+.CW !=
+being overloaded to allow string comparisons as well.
+.CW &&
+represents logical AND;
+.CW ||
+is logical OR and
+.CW !
+is logical NOT.  The arithmetic and string operators take precedence
+over all three of these operators, while NOT takes precedence over
+AND, which takes precedence over OR.  This precedence may be
+overridden with parentheses, and an expression may be parenthesized to
+your heart's content.  Each term looks like a call on one of four
+functions:
+.nr pw 9
+.Ix 0 def make
+.Ix 0 def conditional make
+.Ix 0 def if make
+.IP make \n(pw
+The syntax is
+.CW make( \fItarget\fP\c
+.CW )
+where
+.I target
+is a target in the makefile. This is true if the given target was
+specified on the command line, or as the source for a
+.CW .MAIN
+target (note that the sources for
+.CW .MAIN
+are only used if no targets were given on the command line).
+.IP defined \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def defined
+.Ix 0 def conditional defined
+.Ix 0 def if defined
+The syntax is
+.CW defined( \fIvariable\fP\c
+.CW )
+and is true if
+.I variable
+is defined. Certain variables are defined in the system makefile that
+identify the system on which PMake is being run.
+.IP exists \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def exists
+.Ix 0 def conditional exists
+.Ix 0 def if exists
+The syntax is
+.CW exists( \fIfile\fP\c
+.CW )
+and is true if the file can be found on the global search path
+(i.e. that defined by
+.CW .PATH
+targets, not by
+.CW .PATH \fIsuffix\fP
+targets).
+.IP empty \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def empty
+.Ix 0 def conditional empty
+.Ix 0 def if empty
+This syntax is much like the others, except the string inside the
+parentheses is of the same form as you would put between parentheses
+when expanding a variable, complete with modifiers and everything. The
+function returns true if the resulting string is empty (NOTE: an undefined
+variable in this context will cause at the very least a warning
+message about a malformed conditional, and at the worst will cause the
+process to stop once it has read the makefile. If you want to check
+for a variable being defined or empty, use the expression
+.CW !defined( \fIvar\fP\c ``
+.CW ") || empty(" \fIvar\fP\c
+.CW ) ''
+as the definition of
+.CW ||
+will prevent the
+.CW empty()
+from being evaluated and causing an error, if the variable is
+undefined). This can be used to see if a variable contains a given
+word, for example:
+.DS
+#if !empty(\fIvar\fP:M\fIword\fP)
+.DE
+.LP
+The arithmetic and string operators may only be used to test the value
+of a variable. The lefthand side must contain the variable expansion,
+while the righthand side contains either a string, enclosed in
+double-quotes, or a number. The standard C numeric conventions (except
+for specifying an octal number) apply to both sides. E.g.
+.DS
+#if $(OS) == 4.3
+
+#if $(MACHINE) == "sun3"
+
+#if $(LOAD_ADDR) < 0xc000
+.DE
+are all valid conditionals. In addition, the numeric value of a
+variable can be tested as a boolean as follows:
+.DS
+#if $(LOAD)
+.DE
+would see if
+.CW LOAD
+contains a non-zero value and
+.DS
+#if !$(LOAD)
+.DE
+would test if
+.CW LOAD
+contains a zero value.
+.LP
+In addition to the bare
+.CW #if ,'' ``
+there are other forms that apply one of the first two functions to each
+term. They are as follows:
+.DS
+	ifdef	\fRdefined\fP
+	ifndef	\fR!defined\fP
+	ifmake	\fRmake\fP
+	ifnmake	\fR!make\fP
+.DE
+There are also the ``else if'' forms:
+.CW elif ,
+.CW elifdef ,
+.CW elifndef ,
+.CW elifmake ,
+and
+.CW elifnmake .
+.LP
+For instance, if you wish to create two versions of a program, one of which
+is optimized (the production version) and the other of which is for debugging
+(has symbols for dbx), you have two choices: you can create two
+makefiles, one of which uses the
+.CW \-g
+flag for the compilation, while the other uses the
+.CW \-O
+flag, or you can use another target (call it
+.CW debug )
+to create the debug version. The construct below will take care of
+this for you. I have also made it so defining the variable
+.CW DEBUG
+(say with
+.CW "pmake -D DEBUG" )
+will also cause the debug version to be made.
+.DS
+#if defined(DEBUG) || make(debug)
+CFLAGS		+= -g
+#else
+CFLAGS		+= -O
+#endif
+.DE
+There are, of course, problems with this approach. The most glaring
+annoyance is that if you want to go from making a debug version to
+making a production version, you have to remove all the object files,
+or you will get some optimized and some debug versions in the same
+program. Another annoyance is you have to be careful not to make two
+targets that ``conflict'' because of some conditionals in the
+makefile. For instance
+.DS
+#if make(print)
+FORMATTER	= ditroff -Plaser_printer
+#endif
+#if make(draft)
+FORMATTER	= nroff -Pdot_matrix_printer
+#endif
+.DE
+would wreak havoc if you tried
+.CW "pmake draft print" '' ``
+since you would use the same formatter for each target. As I said,
+this all gets somewhat complicated.
+.xH 2 A Shell is a Shell is a Shell
+.Rd 7
+.LP
+In normal operation, the Bourne Shell (better known as
+.CW sh '') ``
+is used to execute the commands to re-create targets. PMake also allows you
+to specify a different shell for it to use when executing these
+commands. There are several things PMake must know about the shell you
+wish to use. These things are specified as the sources for the
+.CW .SHELL
+.Ix 0 ref .SHELL
+.Ix 0 ref target .SHELL
+target by keyword, as follows:
+.IP "\fBpath=\fP\fIpath\fP"
+PMake needs to know where the shell actually resides, so it can
+execute it. If you specify this and nothing else, PMake will use the
+last component of the path and look in its table of the shells it
+knows and use the specification it finds, if any. Use this if you just
+want to use a different version of the Bourne or C Shell (yes, PMake knows
+how to use the C Shell too).
+.IP "\fBname=\fP\fIname\fP"
+This is the name by which the shell is to be known. It is a single
+word and, if no other keywords are specified (other than
+.B path ),
+it is the name by which PMake attempts to find a specification for
+it (as mentioned above). You can use this if you would just rather use
+the C Shell than the Bourne Shell
+.CW ".SHELL: name=csh" '' (``
+will do it).
+.IP "\fBquiet=\fP\fIecho-off command\fP"
+As mentioned before, PMake actually controls whether commands are
+printed by introducing commands into the shell's input stream. This
+keyword, and the next two, control what those commands are. The
+.B quiet
+keyword is the command used to turn echoing off. Once it is turned
+off, echoing is expected to remain off until the echo-on command is given.
+.IP "\fBecho=\fP\fIecho-on command\fP"
+The command PMake should give to turn echoing back on again.
+.IP "\fBfilter=\fP\fIprinted echo-off command\fP"
+Many shells will echo the echo-off command when it is given. This
+keyword tells PMake in what format the shell actually prints the
+echo-off command. Wherever PMake sees this string in the shell's
+output, it will delete it and any following whitespace, up to and
+including the next newline. See the example at the end of this section
+for more details.
+.IP "\fBechoFlag=\fP\fIflag to turn echoing on\fP"
+Unless a target has been marked
+.CW .SILENT ,
+PMake wants to start the shell running with echoing on. To do this, it
+passes this flag to the shell as one of its arguments. If either this
+or the next flag begins with a `\-', the flags will be passed to the
+shell as separate arguments. Otherwise, the two will be concatenated
+(if they are used at the same time, of course).
+.IP "\fBerrFlag=\fP\fIflag to turn error checking on\fP"
+Likewise, unless a target is marked
+.CW .IGNORE ,
+PMake wishes error-checking to be on from the very start. To this end,
+it will pass this flag to the shell as an argument. The same rules for
+an initial `\-' apply as for the
+.B echoFlag .
+.IP "\fBcheck=\fP\fIcommand to turn error checking on\fP"
+Just as for echo-control, error-control is achieved by inserting
+commands into the shell's input stream. This is the command to make
+the shell check for errors. It also serves another purpose if the
+shell doesn't have error-control as commands, but I'll get into that
+in a minute. Again, once error checking has been turned on, it is
+expected to remain on until it is turned off again.
+.IP "\fBignore=\fP\fIcommand to turn error checking off\fP"
+This is the command PMake uses to turn error checking off. It has
+another use if the shell doesn't do error-control, but I'll tell you
+about that.\|.\|.\|now.
+.IP "\fBhasErrCtl=\fP\fIyes or no\fP"
+This takes a value that is either
+.B yes
+or
+.B no .
+Now you might think that the existence of the
+.B check
+and
+.B ignore
+keywords would be enough to tell PMake if the shell can do
+error-control, but you'd be wrong. If
+.B hasErrCtl
+is
+.B yes ,
+PMake uses the check and ignore commands in a straight-forward manner.
+If this is
+.B no ,
+however, their use is rather different. In this case, the check
+command is used as a template, in which the string
+.B %s
+is replaced by the command that's about to be executed, to produce a
+command for the shell that will echo the command to be executed. The
+ignore command is also used as a template, again with
+.B %s
+replaced by the command to be executed, to produce a command that will
+execute the command to be executed and ignore any error it returns.
+When these strings are used as templates, you must provide newline(s)
+.CW \en '') (``
+in the appropriate place(s).
+.LP
+The strings that follow these keywords may be enclosed in single or
+double quotes (the quotes will be stripped off) and may contain the
+usual C backslash-characters (\en is newline, \er is return, \eb is
+backspace, \e' escapes a single-quote inside single-quotes, \e"
+escapes a double-quote inside double-quotes). Now for an example.
+.LP
+This is actually the contents of the
+.CW <shx.mk>
+system makefile, and causes PMake to use the Bourne Shell in such a
+way that each command is printed as it is executed. That is, if more
+than one command is given on a line, each will be printed separately.
+Similarly, each time the body of a loop is executed, the commands
+within that loop will be printed, etc. The specification runs like
+this:
+.DS
+#
+# This is a shell specification to have the Bourne shell echo
+# the commands just before executing them, rather than when it reads
+# them. Useful if you want to see how variables are being expanded, etc.
+#
+\&.SHELL 	: path=/bin/sh \e
+	quiet="set -" \e
+	echo="set -x" \e
+	filter="+ set - " \e
+	echoFlag=x \e
+	errFlag=e \e
+	hasErrCtl=yes \e
+	check="set -e" \e
+	ignore="set +e"
+.DE
+.LP
+It tells PMake the following:
+.Bp
+The shell is located in the file
+.CW /bin/sh .
+It need not tell PMake that the name of the shell is
+.CW sh 
+as PMake can figure that out for itself (it's the last component of
+the path).
+.Bp
+The command to stop echoing is
+.CW "set -" .
+.Bp
+The command to start echoing is
+.CW "set -x" .
+.Bp
+When the echo off command is executed, the shell will print
+.CW "+ set - " 
+(The `+' comes from using the
+.CW \-x
+flag (rather than the
+.CW \-v
+flag PMake usually uses)). PMake will remove all occurrences of this
+string from the output, so you don't notice extra commands you didn't
+put there.
+.Bp
+The flag the Bourne Shell will take to start echoing in this way is
+the
+.CW \-x
+flag. The Bourne Shell will only take its flag arguments concatenated
+as its first argument, so neither this nor the
+.B errFlag
+specification begins with a \-.
+.Bp
+The flag to use to turn error-checking on from the start is
+.CW \-e .
+.Bp
+The shell can turn error-checking on and off, and the commands to do
+so are
+.CW "set +e"
+and
+.CW "set -e" ,
+respectively.
+.LP
+I should note that this specification is for Bourne Shells that are
+not part of Berkeley
+.UX ,
+as shells from Berkeley don't do error control. You can get a similar
+effect, however, by changing the last three lines to be:
+.DS
+	hasErrCtl=no \e
+	check="echo \e"+ %s\e"\en" \e
+	ignore="sh -c '%s || exit 0\en"
+.DE
+.LP
+This will cause PMake to execute the two commands
+.DS
+echo "+ \fIcmd\fP"
+sh -c '\fIcmd\fP || true'
+.DE
+for each command for which errors are to be ignored. (In case you are
+wondering, the thing for
+.CW ignore
+tells the shell to execute another shell without error checking on and
+always exit 0, since the
+.B ||
+causes the
+.CW "exit 0"
+to be executed only if the first command exited non-zero, and if the
+first command exited zero, the shell will also exit zero, since that's
+the last command it executed).
+.xH 2 Compatibility
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+There are three (well, 3 \(12) levels of backwards-compatibility built
+into PMake.  Most makefiles will need none at all. Some may need a
+little bit of work to operate correctly when run in parallel. Each
+level encompasses the previous levels (e.g.
+.B \-B
+(one shell per command) implies
+.B \-V )
+The three levels are described in the following three sections.
+.xH 3 DEFCON 3 \*- Variable Expansion
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+As noted before, PMake will not expand a variable unless it knows of a
+value for it. This can cause problems for makefiles that expect to
+leave variables undefined except in special circumstances (e.g. if
+more flags need to be passed to the C compiler or the output from a
+text processor should be sent to a different printer). If the
+variables are enclosed in curly braces
+.CW ${PRINTER} ''), (``
+the shell will let them pass. If they are enclosed in parentheses,
+however, the shell will declare a syntax error and the make will come
+to a grinding halt.
+.LP
+You have two choices: change the makefile to define the variables
+(their values can be overridden on the command line, since that's
+where they would have been set if you used Make, anyway) or always give the
+.B \-V
+flag (this can be done with the
+.CW .MAKEFLAGS
+target, if you want).
+.xH 3 DEFCON 2 \*- The Number of the Beast
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+Then there are the makefiles that expect certain commands, such as
+changing to a different directory, to not affect other commands in a
+target's creation script. You can solve this is either by going
+back to executing one shell per command (which is what the
+.B \-B
+flag forces PMake to do), which slows the process down a good bit and
+requires you to use semicolons and escaped newlines for shell constructs, or
+by changing the makefile to execute the offending command(s) in a subshell
+(by placing the line inside parentheses), like so:
+.DS
+install :: .MAKE
+	(cd src; $(.PMAKE) install)
+	(cd lib; $(.PMAKE) install)
+	(cd man; $(.PMAKE) install)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 ref .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 ref .MAKE
+.Ix 0 ref attribute .MAKE
+This will always execute the three makes (even if the
+.B \-n
+flag was given) because of the combination of the ``::'' operator and
+the
+.CW .MAKE
+attribute. Each command will change to the proper directory to perform
+the install, leaving the main shell in the directory in which it started.
+.xH 3 "DEFCON 1 \*- Imitation is the Not the Highest Form of Flattery"
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+The final category of makefile is the one where every command requires
+input, the dependencies are incompletely specified, or you simply
+cannot create more than one target at a time, as mentioned earlier. In
+addition, you may not have the time or desire to upgrade the makefile
+to run smoothly with PMake. If you are the conservative sort, this is
+the compatibility mode for you. It is entered either by giving PMake
+the
+.B \-M
+flag (for Make), or by executing PMake as
+.CW make .'' ``
+In either case, PMake performs things exactly like Make (while still
+supporting most of the nice new features PMake provides). This
+includes:
+.IP \(bu 2
+No parallel execution.
+.IP \(bu 2
+Targets are made in the exact order specified by the makefile. The
+sources for each target are made in strict left-to-right order, etc.
+.IP \(bu 2
+A single Bourne shell is used to execute each command, thus the
+shell's
+.CW $$
+variable is useless, changing directories doesn't work across command
+lines, etc.
+.IP \(bu 2
+If no special characters exist in a command line, PMake will break the
+command into words itself and execute the command directly, without
+executing a shell first. The characters that cause PMake to execute a
+shell are:
+.CW # ,
+.CW = ,
+.CW | ,
+.CW ^ ,
+.CW ( ,
+.CW ) ,
+.CW { ,
+.CW } ,
+.CW ; ,
+.CW & ,
+.CW < ,
+.CW > ,
+.CW * ,
+.CW ? ,
+.CW [ ,
+.CW ] ,
+.CW : ,
+.CW $ ,
+.CW ` ,
+and
+.CW \e .
+You should notice that these are all the characters that are given
+special meaning by the shell (except
+.CW '
+and
+.CW " ,
+which PMake deals with all by its lonesome).
+.IP \(bu 2
+The use of the null suffix is turned off.
+.Ix 0 ref "null suffix"
+.Ix 0 ref suffix null
+.xH 2 The Way Things Work
+.LP
+When PMake reads the makefile, it parses sources and targets into
+nodes in a graph. The graph is directed only in the sense that PMake
+knows which way is up. Each node contains not only links to all its
+parents and children (the nodes that depend on it and those on which
+it depends, respectively), but also a count of the number of its
+children that have already been processed.
+.LP
+The most important thing to know about how PMake uses this graph is
+that the traversal is breadth-first and occurs in two passes.
+.LP
+After PMake has parsed the makefile, it begins with the nodes the user
+has told it to make (either on the command line, or via a 
+.CW .MAIN
+target, or by the target being the first in the file not labeled with
+the
+.CW .NOTMAIN
+attribute) placed in a queue. It continues to take the node off the
+front of the queue, mark it as something that needs to be made, pass
+the node to 
+.CW Suff_FindDeps
+(mentioned earlier) to find any implicit sources for the node, and
+place all the node's children that have yet to be marked at the end of
+the queue. If any of the children is a
+.CW .USE
+rule, its attributes are applied to the parent, then its commands are
+appended to the parent's list of commands and its children are linked
+to its parent. The parent's unmade children counter is then decremented
+(since the
+.CW .USE
+node has been processed). You will note that this allows a
+.CW .USE
+node to have children that are
+.CW .USE
+nodes and the rules will be applied in sequence.
+If the node has no children, it is placed at the end of
+another queue to be examined in the second pass. This process
+continues until the first queue is empty.
+.LP
+At this point, all the leaves of the graph are in the examination
+queue. PMake removes the node at the head of the queue and sees if it
+is out-of-date. If it is, it is passed to a function that will execute
+the commands for the node asynchronously. When the commands have
+completed, all the node's parents have their unmade children counter
+decremented and, if the counter is then 0, they are placed on the
+examination queue. Likewise, if the node is up-to-date. Only those
+parents that were marked on the downward pass are processed in this
+way. Thus PMake traverses the graph back up to the nodes the user
+instructed it to create. When the examination queue is empty and no
+shells are running to create a target, PMake is finished.
+.LP
+Once all targets have been processed, PMake executes the commands
+attached to the
+.CW .END
+target, either explicitly or through the use of an ellipsis in a shell
+script. If there were no errors during the entire process but there
+are still some targets unmade (PMake keeps a running count of how many
+targets are left to be made), there is a cycle in the graph. PMake does
+a depth-first traversal of the graph to find all the targets that
+weren't made and prints them out one by one.
+.xH 1 Answers to Exercises
+.IP (3.1)
+This is something of a trick question, for which I apologize. The
+trick comes from the UNIX definition of a suffix, which PMake doesn't
+necessarily share. You will have noticed that all the suffixes used in
+this tutorial (and in UNIX in general) begin with a period
+.CW .ms , (
+.CW .c ,
+etc.). Now, PMake's idea of a suffix is more like English's: it's the
+characters at the end of a word. With this in mind, one possible
+.Ix 0 def suffix
+solution to this problem goes as follows:
+.DS I
+\&.SUFFIXES       : ec.exe .exe ec.obj .obj .asm
+ec.objec.exe .obj.exe :
+        link -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC)
+\&.asmec.obj      :
+        asm -o $(.TARGET) -DDO_ERROR_CHECKING $(.IMPSRC)
+\&.asm.obj        :
+        asm -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC)
+.DE
+.IP (3.2)
+The trick to this one lies in the ``:='' variable-assignment operator
+and the ``:S'' variable-expansion modifier. 
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded
+.Ix 0 ref variable expansion modified
+.Ix 0 ref modifier substitute
+.Ix 0 ref :S
+.Ix 0 ref :=
+Basically what you want is to take the pointer variable, so to speak,
+and transform it into an invocation of the variable at which it
+points. You might try something like
+.DS I
+$(PTR:S/^/\e$(/:S/$/))
+.DE
+which places
+.CW $( '' ``
+at the front of the variable name and
+.CW ) '' ``
+at the end, thus transforming
+.CW VAR ,'' ``
+for example, into
+.CW $(VAR) ,'' ``
+which is just what we want. Unfortunately (as you know if you've tried
+it), since, as it says in the hint, PMake does no further substitution
+on the result of a modified expansion, that's \fIall\fP you get. The
+solution is to make use of ``:='' to place that string into yet
+another variable, then invoke the other variable directly:
+.DS I
+*PTR            := $(PTR:S/^/\e$(/:S/$/)/)
+.DE
+You can then use
+.CW $(*PTR) '' ``
+to your heart's content.
+.de Gp
+.XP
+\&\fB\\$1:\fP
+..
+.xH 1 Glossary of Jargon
+.Gp "attribute"
+A property given to a target that causes PMake to treat it differently.
+.Gp "command script"
+The lines immediately following a dependency line that specify
+commands to execute to create each of the targets on the dependency
+line. Each line in the command script must begin with a tab.
+.Gp "command-line variable"
+A variable defined in an argument when PMake is first executed.
+Overrides all assignments to the same variable name in the makefile.
+.Gp "conditional"
+A construct much like that used in C that allows a makefile to be
+configured on the fly based on the local environment, or on what is being
+made by that invocation of PMake.
+.Gp "creation script"
+Commands used to create a target. See ``command script.''
+.Gp "dependency"
+The relationship between a source and a target. This comes in three
+flavors, as indicated by the operator between the target and the
+source. `:' gives a straight time-wise dependency (if the target is
+older than the source, the target is out-of-date), while `!' provides
+simply an ordering and always considers the target out-of-date. `::'
+is much like `:', save it creates multiple instances of a target each
+of which depends on its own list of sources.
+.Gp "dynamic source"
+This refers to a source that has a local variable invocation in it. It
+allows a single dependency line to specify a different source for each
+target on the line.
+.Gp "global variable"
+Any variable defined in a makefile. Takes precedence over variables
+defined in the environment, but not over command-line or local variables.
+.Gp "input graph"
+What PMake constructs from a makefile. Consists of nodes made of the
+targets in the makefile, and the links between them (the
+dependencies). The links are directed (from source to target) and
+there may not be any cycles (loops) in the graph.
+.Gp "local variable"
+A variable defined by PMake visible only in a target's shell script.
+There are seven local variables, not all of which are defined for
+every target:
+.CW .TARGET ,
+.CW .ALLSRC ,
+.CW .OODATE ,
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .IMPSRC ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.CW .MEMBER .
+.CW .TARGET ,
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and 
+.CW .MEMBER
+may be used on dependency lines to create ``dynamic sources.''
+.Gp "makefile"
+A file that describes how a system is built. If you don't know what it
+is after reading this tutorial.\|.\|.\|.
+.Gp "modifier"
+A letter, following a colon, used to alter how a variable is expanded.
+It has no effect on the variable itself.
+.Gp "operator"
+What separates a source from a target (on a dependency line) and specifies
+the relationship between the two. There are three:
+.CW : ', `
+.CW :: ', `
+and
+.CW ! '. `
+.Gp "search path"
+A list of directories in which a file should be sought. PMake's view
+of the contents of directories in a search path does not change once
+the makefile has been read. A file is sought on a search path only if
+it is exclusively a source.
+.Gp "shell"
+A program to which commands are passed in order to create targets.
+.Gp "source"
+Anything to the right of an operator on a dependency line. Targets on
+the dependency line are usually created from the sources.
+.Gp "special target"
+A target that causes PMake to do special things when it's encountered.
+.Gp "suffix"
+The tail end of a file name. Usually begins with a period,
+.CW .c
+or
+.CW .ms ,
+e.g.
+.Gp "target"
+A word to the left of the operator on a dependency line. More
+generally, any file that PMake might create. A file may be (and often
+is) both a target and a source (what it is depends on how PMake is
+looking at it at the time \*- sort of like the wave/particle duality
+of light, you know).
+.Gp "transformation rule"
+A special construct in a makefile that specifies how to create a file
+of one type from a file of another, as indicated by their suffixes.
+.Gp "variable expansion"
+The process of substituting the value of a variable for a reference to
+it. Expansion may be altered by means of modifiers.
+.Gp "variable"
+A place in which to store text that may be retrieved later. Also used
+to define the local environment. Conditionals exist that test whether
+a variable is defined or not.
+.bp
+.\" Output table of contents last, with an entry for the index, making
+.\" sure to save and restore the last real page number for the index...
+.nr @n \n(PN+1
+.\" We are not generating an index
+.\" .XS \n(@n
+.\" Index
+.\" .XE
+.nr %% \n%
+.PX
+.nr % \n(%%
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/arch.c b/usr.bin/make/arch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8241434
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/arch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1369 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.70 2017/04/16 20:49:09 riastradh Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.70 2017/04/16 20:49:09 riastradh Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)arch.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.70 2017/04/16 20:49:09 riastradh Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * arch.c --
+ *	Functions to manipulate libraries, archives and their members.
+ *
+ *	Once again, cacheing/hashing comes into play in the manipulation
+ * of archives. The first time an archive is referenced, all of its members'
+ * headers are read and hashed and the archive closed again. All hashed
+ * archives are kept on a list which is searched each time an archive member
+ * is referenced.
+ *
+ * The interface to this module is:
+ *	Arch_ParseArchive   	Given an archive specification, return a list
+ *	    	  	    	of GNode's, one for each member in the spec.
+ *	    	  	    	FAILURE is returned if the specification is
+ *	    	  	    	invalid for some reason.
+ *
+ *	Arch_Touch	    	Alter the modification time of the archive
+ *	    	  	    	member described by the given node to be
+ *	    	  	    	the current time.
+ *
+ *	Arch_TouchLib	    	Update the modification time of the library
+ *	    	  	    	described by the given node. This is special
+ *	    	  	    	because it also updates the modification time
+ *	    	  	    	of the library's table of contents.
+ *
+ *	Arch_MTime	    	Find the modification time of a member of
+ *	    	  	    	an archive *in the archive*. The time is also
+ *	    	  	    	placed in the member's GNode. Returns the
+ *	    	  	    	modification time.
+ *
+ *	Arch_MemTime	    	Find the modification time of a member of
+ *	    	  	    	an archive. Called when the member doesn't
+ *	    	  	    	already exist. Looks in the archive for the
+ *	    	  	    	modification time. Returns the modification
+ *	    	  	    	time.
+ *
+ *	Arch_FindLib	    	Search for a library along a path. The
+ *	    	  	    	library name in the GNode should be in
+ *	    	  	    	-l<name> format.
+ *
+ *	Arch_LibOODate	    	Special function to decide if a library node
+ *	    	  	    	is out-of-date.
+ *
+ *	Arch_Init 	    	Initialize this module.
+ *
+ *	Arch_End 	    	Cleanup this module.
+ */
+
+#include    <sys/types.h>
+#include    <sys/stat.h>
+#include    <sys/time.h>
+#include    <sys/param.h>
+
+#include    <ar.h>
+#include    <ctype.h>
+#include    <stdio.h>
+#include    <stdlib.h>
+#include    <utime.h>
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "hash.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+#include    "config.h"
+
+#ifdef TARGET_MACHINE
+#undef MAKE_MACHINE
+#define MAKE_MACHINE TARGET_MACHINE
+#endif
+#ifdef TARGET_MACHINE_ARCH
+#undef MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH
+#define MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH TARGET_MACHINE_ARCH
+#endif
+
+static Lst	  archives;   /* Lst of archives we've already examined */
+
+typedef struct Arch {
+    char	  *name;      /* Name of archive */
+    Hash_Table	  members;    /* All the members of the archive described
+			       * by <name, struct ar_hdr *> key/value pairs */
+    char	  *fnametab;  /* Extended name table strings */
+    size_t	  fnamesize;  /* Size of the string table */
+} Arch;
+
+static int ArchFindArchive(const void *, const void *);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static void ArchFree(void *);
+#endif
+static struct ar_hdr *ArchStatMember(char *, char *, Boolean);
+static FILE *ArchFindMember(char *, char *, struct ar_hdr *, const char *);
+#if defined(__svr4__) || defined(__SVR4) || defined(__ELF__)
+#define SVR4ARCHIVES
+static int ArchSVR4Entry(Arch *, char *, size_t, FILE *);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchFree --
+ *	Free memory used by an archive
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ArchFree(void *ap)
+{
+    Arch *a = (Arch *)ap;
+    Hash_Search	  search;
+    Hash_Entry	  *entry;
+
+    /* Free memory from hash entries */
+    for (entry = Hash_EnumFirst(&a->members, &search);
+	 entry != NULL;
+	 entry = Hash_EnumNext(&search))
+	free(Hash_GetValue(entry));
+
+    free(a->name);
+    free(a->fnametab);
+    Hash_DeleteTable(&a->members);
+    free(a);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_ParseArchive --
+ *	Parse the archive specification in the given line and find/create
+ *	the nodes for the specified archive members, placing their nodes
+ *	on the given list.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	linePtr		Pointer to start of specification
+ *	nodeLst		Lst on which to place the nodes
+ *	ctxt		Context in which to expand variables
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS if it was a valid specification. The linePtr is updated
+ *	to point to the first non-space after the archive spec. The
+ *	nodes for the members are placed on the given list.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Some nodes may be created. The given list is extended.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Arch_ParseArchive(char **linePtr, Lst nodeLst, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    char	    *cp;	    /* Pointer into line */
+    GNode	    *gn;     	    /* New node */
+    char	    *libName;  	    /* Library-part of specification */
+    char	    *memName;  	    /* Member-part of specification */
+    char	    *nameBuf;	    /* temporary place for node name */
+    char	    saveChar;  	    /* Ending delimiter of member-name */
+    Boolean 	    subLibName;	    /* TRUE if libName should have/had
+				     * variable substitution performed on it */
+
+    libName = *linePtr;
+
+    subLibName = FALSE;
+
+    for (cp = libName; *cp != '(' && *cp != '\0'; cp++) {
+	if (*cp == '$') {
+	    /*
+	     * Variable spec, so call the Var module to parse the puppy
+	     * so we can safely advance beyond it...
+	     */
+	    int 	length;
+	    void	*freeIt;
+	    char	*result;
+
+	    result = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES,
+			       &length, &freeIt);
+	    free(freeIt);
+
+	    if (result == var_Error) {
+		return(FAILURE);
+	    } else {
+		subLibName = TRUE;
+	    }
+
+	    cp += length-1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    *cp++ = '\0';
+    if (subLibName) {
+	libName = Var_Subst(NULL, libName, ctxt, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES);
+    }
+
+
+    for (;;) {
+	/*
+	 * First skip to the start of the member's name, mark that
+	 * place and skip to the end of it (either white-space or
+	 * a close paren).
+	 */
+	Boolean	doSubst = FALSE; /* TRUE if need to substitute in memName */
+
+	while (*cp != '\0' && *cp != ')' && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+	    cp++;
+	}
+	memName = cp;
+	while (*cp != '\0' && *cp != ')' && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+	    if (*cp == '$') {
+		/*
+		 * Variable spec, so call the Var module to parse the puppy
+		 * so we can safely advance beyond it...
+		 */
+		int 	length;
+		void	*freeIt;
+		char	*result;
+
+		result = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES,
+				   &length, &freeIt);
+		free(freeIt);
+
+		if (result == var_Error) {
+		    return(FAILURE);
+		} else {
+		    doSubst = TRUE;
+		}
+
+		cp += length;
+	    } else {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the specification ends without a closing parenthesis,
+	 * chances are there's something wrong (like a missing backslash),
+	 * so it's better to return failure than allow such things to happen
+	 */
+	if (*cp == '\0') {
+	    printf("No closing parenthesis in archive specification\n");
+	    return (FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we didn't move anywhere, we must be done
+	 */
+	if (cp == memName) {
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	saveChar = *cp;
+	*cp = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * XXX: This should be taken care of intelligently by
+	 * SuffExpandChildren, both for the archive and the member portions.
+	 */
+	/*
+	 * If member contains variables, try and substitute for them.
+	 * This will slow down archive specs with dynamic sources, of course,
+	 * since we'll be (non-)substituting them three times, but them's
+	 * the breaks -- we need to do this since SuffExpandChildren calls
+	 * us, otherwise we could assume the thing would be taken care of
+	 * later.
+	 */
+	if (doSubst) {
+	    char    *buf;
+	    char    *sacrifice;
+	    char    *oldMemName = memName;
+	    size_t   sz;
+
+	    memName = Var_Subst(NULL, memName, ctxt,
+				VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Now form an archive spec and recurse to deal with nested
+	     * variables and multi-word variable values.... The results
+	     * are just placed at the end of the nodeLst we're returning.
+	     */
+	    sz = strlen(memName)+strlen(libName)+3;
+	    buf = sacrifice = bmake_malloc(sz);
+
+	    snprintf(buf, sz, "%s(%s)", libName, memName);
+
+	    if (strchr(memName, '$') && strcmp(memName, oldMemName) == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * Must contain dynamic sources, so we can't deal with it now.
+		 * Just create an ARCHV node for the thing and let
+		 * SuffExpandChildren handle it...
+		 */
+		gn = Targ_FindNode(buf, TARG_CREATE);
+
+		if (gn == NULL) {
+		    free(buf);
+		    return(FAILURE);
+		} else {
+		    gn->type |= OP_ARCHV;
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(nodeLst, gn);
+		}
+	    } else if (Arch_ParseArchive(&sacrifice, nodeLst, ctxt)!=SUCCESS) {
+		/*
+		 * Error in nested call -- free buffer and return FAILURE
+		 * ourselves.
+		 */
+		free(buf);
+		return(FAILURE);
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * Free buffer and continue with our work.
+	     */
+	    free(buf);
+	} else if (Dir_HasWildcards(memName)) {
+	    Lst	  members = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	    char  *member;
+	    size_t sz = MAXPATHLEN, nsz;
+	    nameBuf = bmake_malloc(sz);
+
+	    Dir_Expand(memName, dirSearchPath, members);
+	    while (!Lst_IsEmpty(members)) {
+		member = (char *)Lst_DeQueue(members);
+		nsz = strlen(libName) + strlen(member) + 3;
+		if (sz > nsz)
+		    nameBuf = bmake_realloc(nameBuf, sz = nsz * 2);
+
+		snprintf(nameBuf, sz, "%s(%s)", libName, member);
+		free(member);
+		gn = Targ_FindNode(nameBuf, TARG_CREATE);
+		if (gn == NULL) {
+		    free(nameBuf);
+		    return (FAILURE);
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * We've found the node, but have to make sure the rest of
+		     * the world knows it's an archive member, without having
+		     * to constantly check for parentheses, so we type the
+		     * thing with the OP_ARCHV bit before we place it on the
+		     * end of the provided list.
+		     */
+		    gn->type |= OP_ARCHV;
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(nodeLst, gn);
+		}
+	    }
+	    Lst_Destroy(members, NULL);
+	    free(nameBuf);
+	} else {
+	    size_t	sz = strlen(libName) + strlen(memName) + 3;
+	    nameBuf = bmake_malloc(sz);
+	    snprintf(nameBuf, sz, "%s(%s)", libName, memName);
+	    gn = Targ_FindNode(nameBuf, TARG_CREATE);
+	    free(nameBuf);
+	    if (gn == NULL) {
+		return (FAILURE);
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * We've found the node, but have to make sure the rest of the
+		 * world knows it's an archive member, without having to
+		 * constantly check for parentheses, so we type the thing with
+		 * the OP_ARCHV bit before we place it on the end of the
+		 * provided list.
+		 */
+		gn->type |= OP_ARCHV;
+		(void)Lst_AtEnd(nodeLst, gn);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (doSubst) {
+	    free(memName);
+	}
+
+	*cp = saveChar;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If substituted libName, free it now, since we need it no longer.
+     */
+    if (subLibName) {
+	free(libName);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We promised the pointer would be set up at the next non-space, so
+     * we must advance cp there before setting *linePtr... (note that on
+     * entrance to the loop, cp is guaranteed to point at a ')')
+     */
+    do {
+	cp++;
+    } while (*cp != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp));
+
+    *linePtr = cp;
+    return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchFindArchive --
+ *	See if the given archive is the one we are looking for. Called
+ *	From ArchStatMember and ArchFindMember via Lst_Find.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	ar		Current list element
+ *	archName	Name we want
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if it is, non-zero if it isn't.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ArchFindArchive(const void *ar, const void *archName)
+{
+    return (strcmp(archName, ((const Arch *)ar)->name));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchStatMember --
+ *	Locate a member of an archive, given the path of the archive and
+ *	the path of the desired member.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	archive		Path to the archive
+ *	member		Name of member. If it is a path, only the last
+ *			component is used.
+ *	hash		TRUE if archive should be hashed if not already so.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to the current struct ar_hdr structure for the member. Note
+ *	That no position is returned, so this is not useful for touching
+ *	archive members. This is mostly because we have no assurances that
+ *	The archive will remain constant after we read all the headers, so
+ *	there's not much point in remembering the position...
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static struct ar_hdr *
+ArchStatMember(char *archive, char *member, Boolean hash)
+{
+#define AR_MAX_NAME_LEN	    (sizeof(arh.ar_name)-1)
+    FILE *	  arch;	      /* Stream to archive */
+    int		  size;       /* Size of archive member */
+    char	  *cp;	      /* Useful character pointer */
+    char	  magic[SARMAG];
+    LstNode	  ln;	      /* Lst member containing archive descriptor */
+    Arch	  *ar;	      /* Archive descriptor */
+    Hash_Entry	  *he;	      /* Entry containing member's description */
+    struct ar_hdr arh;        /* archive-member header for reading archive */
+    char	  memName[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+    	    	    	    /* Current member name while hashing. */
+
+    /*
+     * Because of space constraints and similar things, files are archived
+     * using their final path components, not the entire thing, so we need
+     * to point 'member' to the final component, if there is one, to make
+     * the comparisons easier...
+     */
+    cp = strrchr(member, '/');
+    if (cp != NULL) {
+	member = cp + 1;
+    }
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(archives, archive, ArchFindArchive);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	ar = (Arch *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+	he = Hash_FindEntry(&ar->members, member);
+
+	if (he != NULL) {
+	    return ((struct ar_hdr *)Hash_GetValue(he));
+	} else {
+	    /* Try truncated name */
+	    char copy[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN+1];
+	    size_t len = strlen(member);
+
+	    if (len > AR_MAX_NAME_LEN) {
+		len = AR_MAX_NAME_LEN;
+		strncpy(copy, member, AR_MAX_NAME_LEN);
+		copy[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN] = '\0';
+	    }
+	    if ((he = Hash_FindEntry(&ar->members, copy)) != NULL)
+		return ((struct ar_hdr *)Hash_GetValue(he));
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!hash) {
+	/*
+	 * Caller doesn't want the thing hashed, just use ArchFindMember
+	 * to read the header for the member out and close down the stream
+	 * again. Since the archive is not to be hashed, we assume there's
+	 * no need to allocate extra room for the header we're returning,
+	 * so just declare it static.
+	 */
+	 static struct ar_hdr	sarh;
+
+	 arch = ArchFindMember(archive, member, &sarh, "r");
+
+	 if (arch == NULL) {
+	    return NULL;
+	} else {
+	    fclose(arch);
+	    return (&sarh);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We don't have this archive on the list yet, so we want to find out
+     * everything that's in it and cache it so we can get at it quickly.
+     */
+    arch = fopen(archive, "r");
+    if (arch == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We use the ARMAG string to make sure this is an archive we
+     * can handle...
+     */
+    if ((fread(magic, SARMAG, 1, arch) != 1) ||
+    	(strncmp(magic, ARMAG, SARMAG) != 0)) {
+	    fclose(arch);
+	    return NULL;
+    }
+
+    ar = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Arch));
+    ar->name = bmake_strdup(archive);
+    ar->fnametab = NULL;
+    ar->fnamesize = 0;
+    Hash_InitTable(&ar->members, -1);
+    memName[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN] = '\0';
+
+    while (fread((char *)&arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch) == 1) {
+	if (strncmp( arh.ar_fmag, ARFMAG, sizeof(arh.ar_fmag)) != 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * The header is bogus, so the archive is bad
+	     * and there's no way we can recover...
+	     */
+	    goto badarch;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * We need to advance the stream's pointer to the start of the
+	     * next header. Files are padded with newlines to an even-byte
+	     * boundary, so we need to extract the size of the file from the
+	     * 'size' field of the header and round it up during the seek.
+	     */
+	    arh.ar_size[sizeof(arh.ar_size)-1] = '\0';
+	    size = (int)strtol(arh.ar_size, NULL, 10);
+
+	    (void)strncpy(memName, arh.ar_name, sizeof(arh.ar_name));
+	    for (cp = &memName[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN]; *cp == ' '; cp--) {
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    cp[1] = '\0';
+
+#ifdef SVR4ARCHIVES
+	    /*
+	     * svr4 names are slash terminated. Also svr4 extended AR format.
+	     */
+	    if (memName[0] == '/') {
+		/*
+		 * svr4 magic mode; handle it
+		 */
+		switch (ArchSVR4Entry(ar, memName, size, arch)) {
+		case -1:  /* Invalid data */
+		    goto badarch;
+		case 0:	  /* List of files entry */
+		    continue;
+		default:  /* Got the entry */
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else {
+		if (cp[0] == '/')
+		    cp[0] = '\0';
+	    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AR_EFMT1
+	    /*
+	     * BSD 4.4 extended AR format: #1/<namelen>, with name as the
+	     * first <namelen> bytes of the file
+	     */
+	    if (strncmp(memName, AR_EFMT1, sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1) == 0 &&
+		isdigit((unsigned char)memName[sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1])) {
+
+		unsigned int elen = atoi(&memName[sizeof(AR_EFMT1)-1]);
+
+		if (elen > MAXPATHLEN)
+			goto badarch;
+		if (fread(memName, elen, 1, arch) != 1)
+			goto badarch;
+		memName[elen] = '\0';
+		if (fseek(arch, -elen, SEEK_CUR) != 0)
+			goto badarch;
+		if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "ArchStat: Extended format entry for %s\n", memName);
+		}
+	    }
+#endif
+
+	    he = Hash_CreateEntry(&ar->members, memName, NULL);
+	    Hash_SetValue(he, bmake_malloc(sizeof(struct ar_hdr)));
+	    memcpy(Hash_GetValue(he), &arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr));
+	}
+	if (fseek(arch, (size + 1) & ~1, SEEK_CUR) != 0)
+	    goto badarch;
+    }
+
+    fclose(arch);
+
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(archives, ar);
+
+    /*
+     * Now that the archive has been read and cached, we can look into
+     * the hash table to find the desired member's header.
+     */
+    he = Hash_FindEntry(&ar->members, member);
+
+    if (he != NULL) {
+	return ((struct ar_hdr *)Hash_GetValue(he));
+    } else {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+badarch:
+    fclose(arch);
+    Hash_DeleteTable(&ar->members);
+    free(ar->fnametab);
+    free(ar);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef SVR4ARCHIVES
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchSVR4Entry --
+ *	Parse an SVR4 style entry that begins with a slash.
+ *	If it is "//", then load the table of filenames
+ *	If it is "/<offset>", then try to substitute the long file name
+ *	from offset of a table previously read.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	-1: Bad data in archive
+ *	 0: A table was loaded from the file
+ *	 1: Name was successfully substituted from table
+ *	 2: Name was not successfully substituted from table
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If a table is read, the file pointer is moved to the next archive
+ *	member
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ArchSVR4Entry(Arch *ar, char *name, size_t size, FILE *arch)
+{
+#define ARLONGNAMES1 "//"
+#define ARLONGNAMES2 "/ARFILENAMES"
+    size_t entry;
+    char *ptr, *eptr;
+
+    if (strncmp(name, ARLONGNAMES1, sizeof(ARLONGNAMES1) - 1) == 0 ||
+	strncmp(name, ARLONGNAMES2, sizeof(ARLONGNAMES2) - 1) == 0) {
+
+	if (ar->fnametab != NULL) {
+	    if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Attempted to redefine an SVR4 name table\n");
+	    }
+	    return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * This is a table of archive names, so we build one for
+	 * ourselves
+	 */
+	ar->fnametab = bmake_malloc(size);
+	ar->fnamesize = size;
+
+	if (fread(ar->fnametab, size, 1, arch) != 1) {
+	    if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Reading an SVR4 name table failed\n");
+	    }
+	    return -1;
+	}
+	eptr = ar->fnametab + size;
+	for (entry = 0, ptr = ar->fnametab; ptr < eptr; ptr++)
+	    switch (*ptr) {
+	    case '/':
+		entry++;
+		*ptr = '\0';
+		break;
+
+	    case '\n':
+		break;
+
+	    default:
+		break;
+	    }
+	if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Found svr4 archive name table with %lu entries\n",
+	            (unsigned long)entry);
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (name[1] == ' ' || name[1] == '\0')
+	return 2;
+
+    entry = (size_t)strtol(&name[1], &eptr, 0);
+    if ((*eptr != ' ' && *eptr != '\0') || eptr == &name[1]) {
+	if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Could not parse SVR4 name %s\n", name);
+	}
+	return 2;
+    }
+    if (entry >= ar->fnamesize) {
+	if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "SVR4 entry offset %s is greater than %lu\n",
+		   name, (unsigned long)ar->fnamesize);
+	}
+	return 2;
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Replaced %s with %s\n", name, &ar->fnametab[entry]);
+    }
+
+    (void)strncpy(name, &ar->fnametab[entry], MAXPATHLEN);
+    name[MAXPATHLEN] = '\0';
+    return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchFindMember --
+ *	Locate a member of an archive, given the path of the archive and
+ *	the path of the desired member. If the archive is to be modified,
+ *	the mode should be "r+", if not, it should be "r".
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	archive		Path to the archive
+ *	member		Name of member. If it is a path, only the last
+ *			component is used.
+ *	arhPtr		Pointer to header structure to be filled in
+ *	mode		The mode for opening the stream
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	An FILE *, opened for reading and writing, positioned at the
+ *	start of the member's struct ar_hdr, or NULL if the member was
+ *	nonexistent. The current struct ar_hdr for member.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The passed struct ar_hdr structure is filled in.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static FILE *
+ArchFindMember(char *archive, char *member, struct ar_hdr *arhPtr,
+    const char *mode)
+{
+    FILE *	  arch;	      /* Stream to archive */
+    int		  size;       /* Size of archive member */
+    char	  *cp;	      /* Useful character pointer */
+    char	  magic[SARMAG];
+    size_t	  len, tlen;
+
+    arch = fopen(archive, mode);
+    if (arch == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We use the ARMAG string to make sure this is an archive we
+     * can handle...
+     */
+    if ((fread(magic, SARMAG, 1, arch) != 1) ||
+    	(strncmp(magic, ARMAG, SARMAG) != 0)) {
+	    fclose(arch);
+	    return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Because of space constraints and similar things, files are archived
+     * using their final path components, not the entire thing, so we need
+     * to point 'member' to the final component, if there is one, to make
+     * the comparisons easier...
+     */
+    cp = strrchr(member, '/');
+    if (cp != NULL) {
+	member = cp + 1;
+    }
+    len = tlen = strlen(member);
+    if (len > sizeof(arhPtr->ar_name)) {
+	tlen = sizeof(arhPtr->ar_name);
+    }
+
+    while (fread((char *)arhPtr, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch) == 1) {
+	if (strncmp(arhPtr->ar_fmag, ARFMAG, sizeof(arhPtr->ar_fmag) ) != 0) {
+	     /*
+	      * The header is bogus, so the archive is bad
+	      * and there's no way we can recover...
+	      */
+	     fclose(arch);
+	     return NULL;
+	} else if (strncmp(member, arhPtr->ar_name, tlen) == 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the member's name doesn't take up the entire 'name' field,
+	     * we have to be careful of matching prefixes. Names are space-
+	     * padded to the right, so if the character in 'name' at the end
+	     * of the matched string is anything but a space, this isn't the
+	     * member we sought.
+	     */
+	    if (tlen != sizeof(arhPtr->ar_name) && arhPtr->ar_name[tlen] != ' '){
+		goto skip;
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * To make life easier, we reposition the file at the start
+		 * of the header we just read before we return the stream.
+		 * In a more general situation, it might be better to leave
+		 * the file at the actual member, rather than its header, but
+		 * not here...
+		 */
+		if (fseek(arch, -sizeof(struct ar_hdr), SEEK_CUR) != 0) {
+		    fclose(arch);
+		    return NULL;
+		}
+		return (arch);
+	    }
+	} else
+#ifdef AR_EFMT1
+		/*
+		 * BSD 4.4 extended AR format: #1/<namelen>, with name as the
+		 * first <namelen> bytes of the file
+		 */
+	    if (strncmp(arhPtr->ar_name, AR_EFMT1,
+					sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1) == 0 &&
+		isdigit((unsigned char)arhPtr->ar_name[sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1])) {
+
+		unsigned int elen = atoi(&arhPtr->ar_name[sizeof(AR_EFMT1)-1]);
+		char ename[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+
+		if (elen > MAXPATHLEN) {
+			fclose(arch);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		if (fread(ename, elen, 1, arch) != 1) {
+			fclose(arch);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		ename[elen] = '\0';
+		if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "ArchFind: Extended format entry for %s\n", ename);
+		}
+		if (strncmp(ename, member, len) == 0) {
+			/* Found as extended name */
+			if (fseek(arch, -sizeof(struct ar_hdr) - elen,
+				SEEK_CUR) != 0) {
+			    fclose(arch);
+			    return NULL;
+			}
+			return (arch);
+		}
+		if (fseek(arch, -elen, SEEK_CUR) != 0) {
+		    fclose(arch);
+		    return NULL;
+		}
+		goto skip;
+	} else
+#endif
+	{
+skip:
+	    /*
+	     * This isn't the member we're after, so we need to advance the
+	     * stream's pointer to the start of the next header. Files are
+	     * padded with newlines to an even-byte boundary, so we need to
+	     * extract the size of the file from the 'size' field of the
+	     * header and round it up during the seek.
+	     */
+	    arhPtr->ar_size[sizeof(arhPtr->ar_size)-1] = '\0';
+	    size = (int)strtol(arhPtr->ar_size, NULL, 10);
+	    if (fseek(arch, (size + 1) & ~1, SEEK_CUR) != 0) {
+		fclose(arch);
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We've looked everywhere, but the member is not to be found. Close the
+     * archive and return NULL -- an error.
+     */
+    fclose(arch);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_Touch --
+ *	Touch a member of an archive.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node of member to touch
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The 'time' field of the member's header is updated.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The modification time of the entire archive is also changed.
+ *	For a library, this could necessitate the re-ranlib'ing of the
+ *	whole thing.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_Touch(GNode *gn)
+{
+    FILE *	  arch;	  /* Stream open to archive, positioned properly */
+    struct ar_hdr arh;	  /* Current header describing member */
+    char *p1, *p2;
+
+    arch = ArchFindMember(Var_Value(ARCHIVE, gn, &p1),
+			  Var_Value(MEMBER, gn, &p2),
+			  &arh, "r+");
+
+    free(p1);
+    free(p2);
+
+    snprintf(arh.ar_date, sizeof(arh.ar_date), "%-12ld", (long) now);
+
+    if (arch != NULL) {
+	(void)fwrite((char *)&arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch);
+	fclose(arch);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_TouchLib --
+ *	Given a node which represents a library, touch the thing, making
+ *	sure that the table of contents also is touched.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		The node of the library to touch
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Both the modification time of the library and of the RANLIBMAG
+ *	member are set to 'now'.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+#if !defined(RANLIBMAG)
+Arch_TouchLib(GNode *gn MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+#else
+Arch_TouchLib(GNode *gn)
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef RANLIBMAG
+    FILE *	    arch;	/* Stream open to archive */
+    struct ar_hdr   arh;      	/* Header describing table of contents */
+    struct utimbuf  times;	/* Times for utime() call */
+
+    arch = ArchFindMember(gn->path, UNCONST(RANLIBMAG), &arh, "r+");
+    snprintf(arh.ar_date, sizeof(arh.ar_date), "%-12ld", (long) now);
+
+    if (arch != NULL) {
+	(void)fwrite((char *)&arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch);
+	fclose(arch);
+
+	times.actime = times.modtime = now;
+	utime(gn->path, &times);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_MTime --
+ *	Return the modification time of a member of an archive.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node describing archive member
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The modification time(seconds).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The mtime field of the given node is filled in with the value
+ *	returned by the function.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+time_t
+Arch_MTime(GNode *gn)
+{
+    struct ar_hdr *arhPtr;    /* Header of desired member */
+    time_t	  modTime;    /* Modification time as an integer */
+    char *p1, *p2;
+
+    arhPtr = ArchStatMember(Var_Value(ARCHIVE, gn, &p1),
+			     Var_Value(MEMBER, gn, &p2),
+			     TRUE);
+
+    free(p1);
+    free(p2);
+
+    if (arhPtr != NULL) {
+	modTime = (time_t)strtol(arhPtr->ar_date, NULL, 10);
+    } else {
+	modTime = 0;
+    }
+
+    gn->mtime = modTime;
+    return (modTime);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_MemMTime --
+ *	Given a non-existent archive member's node, get its modification
+ *	time from its archived form, if it exists.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The modification time.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The mtime field is filled in.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+time_t
+Arch_MemMTime(GNode *gn)
+{
+    LstNode 	  ln;
+    GNode   	  *pgn;
+    char    	  *nameStart,
+		  *nameEnd;
+
+    if (Lst_Open(gn->parents) != SUCCESS) {
+	gn->mtime = 0;
+	return (0);
+    }
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(gn->parents)) != NULL) {
+	pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+	if (pgn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the parent is an archive specification and is being made
+	     * and its member's name matches the name of the node we were
+	     * given, record the modification time of the parent in the
+	     * child. We keep searching its parents in case some other
+	     * parent requires this child to exist...
+	     */
+	    nameStart = strchr(pgn->name, '(') + 1;
+	    nameEnd = strchr(nameStart, ')');
+
+	    if ((pgn->flags & REMAKE) &&
+		strncmp(nameStart, gn->name, nameEnd - nameStart) == 0) {
+				     gn->mtime = Arch_MTime(pgn);
+	    }
+	} else if (pgn->flags & REMAKE) {
+	    /*
+	     * Something which isn't a library depends on the existence of
+	     * this target, so it needs to exist.
+	     */
+	    gn->mtime = 0;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    Lst_Close(gn->parents);
+
+    return (gn->mtime);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_FindLib --
+ *	Search for a library along the given search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node of library to find
+ *	path		Search path
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The node's 'path' field is set to the found path (including the
+ *	actual file name, not -l...). If the system can handle the -L
+ *	flag when linking (or we cannot find the library), we assume that
+ *	the user has placed the .LIBRARIES variable in the final linking
+ *	command (or the linker will know where to find it) and set the
+ *	TARGET variable for this node to be the node's name. Otherwise,
+ *	we set the TARGET variable to be the full path of the library,
+ *	as returned by Dir_FindFile.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_FindLib(GNode *gn, Lst path)
+{
+    char	    *libName;   /* file name for archive */
+    size_t	     sz = strlen(gn->name) + 6 - 2;
+
+    libName = bmake_malloc(sz);
+    snprintf(libName, sz, "lib%s.a", &gn->name[2]);
+
+    gn->path = Dir_FindFile(libName, path);
+
+    free(libName);
+
+#ifdef LIBRARIES
+    Var_Set(TARGET, gn->name, gn, 0);
+#else
+    Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path == NULL ? gn->name : gn->path, gn, 0);
+#endif /* LIBRARIES */
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_LibOODate --
+ *	Decide if a node with the OP_LIB attribute is out-of-date. Called
+ *	from Make_OODate to make its life easier.
+ *
+ *	There are several ways for a library to be out-of-date that are
+ *	not available to ordinary files. In addition, there are ways
+ *	that are open to regular files that are not available to
+ *	libraries. A library that is only used as a source is never
+ *	considered out-of-date by itself. This does not preclude the
+ *	library's modification time from making its parent be out-of-date.
+ *	A library will be considered out-of-date for any of these reasons,
+ *	given that it is a target on a dependency line somewhere:
+ *	    Its modification time is less than that of one of its
+ *	    	  sources (gn->mtime < gn->cmgn->mtime).
+ *	    Its modification time is greater than the time at which the
+ *	    	  make began (i.e. it's been modified in the course
+ *	    	  of the make, probably by archiving).
+ *	    The modification time of one of its sources is greater than
+ *		  the one of its RANLIBMAG member (i.e. its table of contents
+ *	    	  is out-of-date). We don't compare of the archive time
+ *		  vs. TOC time because they can be too close. In my
+ *		  opinion we should not bother with the TOC at all since
+ *		  this is used by 'ar' rules that affect the data contents
+ *		  of the archive, not by ranlib rules, which affect the
+ *		  TOC.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		The library's graph node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the library is out-of-date. FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The library will be hashed if it hasn't been already.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Arch_LibOODate(GNode *gn)
+{
+    Boolean 	  oodate;
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) {
+	oodate = TRUE;
+    } else if (OP_NOP(gn->type) && Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children)) {
+	oodate = FALSE;
+    } else if ((!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children) && gn->cmgn == NULL) ||
+	       (gn->mtime > now) ||
+	       (gn->cmgn != NULL && gn->mtime < gn->cmgn->mtime)) {
+	oodate = TRUE;
+    } else {
+#ifdef RANLIBMAG
+	struct ar_hdr  	*arhPtr;    /* Header for __.SYMDEF */
+	int 	  	modTimeTOC; /* The table-of-contents's mod time */
+
+	arhPtr = ArchStatMember(gn->path, UNCONST(RANLIBMAG), FALSE);
+
+	if (arhPtr != NULL) {
+	    modTimeTOC = (int)strtol(arhPtr->ar_date, NULL, 10);
+
+	    if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "%s modified %s...", RANLIBMAG, Targ_FmtTime(modTimeTOC));
+	    }
+	    oodate = (gn->cmgn == NULL || gn->cmgn->mtime > modTimeTOC);
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * A library w/o a table of contents is out-of-date
+	     */
+	    if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "No t.o.c....");
+	    }
+	    oodate = TRUE;
+	}
+#else
+	oodate = FALSE;
+#endif
+    }
+    return (oodate);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_Init --
+ *	Initialize things for this module.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The 'archives' list is initialized.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_Init(void)
+{
+    archives = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+}
+
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_End --
+ *	Cleanup things for this module.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The 'archives' list is freed
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    Lst_Destroy(archives, ArchFree);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_IsLib --
+ *	Check if the node is a library
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	True or False.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Arch_IsLib(GNode *gn)
+{
+    static const char armag[] = "!<arch>\n";
+    char buf[sizeof(armag)-1];
+    int fd;
+
+    if ((fd = open(gn->path, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if (read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf)) != sizeof(buf)) {
+	(void)close(fd);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    (void)close(fd);
+
+    return memcmp(buf, armag, sizeof(buf)) == 0;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/buf.c b/usr.bin/make/buf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac95c16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/buf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.25 2012/04/24 20:26:58 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.25 2012/04/24 20:26:58 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)buf.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.25 2012/04/24 20:26:58 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * buf.c --
+ *	Functions for automatically-expanded buffers.
+ */
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "buf.h"
+
+#ifndef max
+#define max(a,b)  ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#define BUF_DEF_SIZE	256 	/* Default buffer size */
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Expand_1 --
+ *	Extend buffer for single byte add.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_Expand_1(Buffer *bp)
+{
+    bp->size += max(bp->size, 16);
+    bp->buffer = bmake_realloc(bp->buffer, bp->size);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_AddBytes --
+ *	Add a number of bytes to the buffer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Guess what?
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_AddBytes(Buffer *bp, int numBytes, const Byte *bytesPtr)
+{
+    int count = bp->count;
+    Byte *ptr;
+
+    if (__predict_false(count + numBytes >= bp->size)) {
+	bp->size += max(bp->size, numBytes + 16);
+	bp->buffer = bmake_realloc(bp->buffer, bp->size);
+    }
+
+    ptr = bp->buffer + count;
+    bp->count = count + numBytes;
+    ptr[numBytes] = 0;
+    memcpy(ptr, bytesPtr, numBytes);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_GetAll --
+ *	Get all the available data at once.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to the data and the number of bytes available.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Byte *
+Buf_GetAll(Buffer *bp, int *numBytesPtr)
+{
+
+    if (numBytesPtr != NULL)
+	*numBytesPtr = bp->count;
+
+    return (bp->buffer);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Empty --
+ *	Throw away bytes in a buffer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The bytes are discarded.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_Empty(Buffer *bp)
+{
+
+    bp->count = 0;
+    *bp->buffer = 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Init --
+ *	Initialize a buffer. If no initial size is given, a reasonable
+ *	default is used.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	size		Initial size for the buffer
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A buffer to be given to other functions in this library.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The buffer is created, the space allocated and pointers
+ *	initialized.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_Init(Buffer *bp, int size)
+{
+    if (size <= 0) {
+	size = BUF_DEF_SIZE;
+    }
+    bp->size = size;
+    bp->count = 0;
+    bp->buffer = bmake_malloc(size);
+    *bp->buffer = 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Destroy --
+ *	Nuke a buffer and all its resources.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	buf		Buffer to destroy
+ *	freeData	TRUE if the data should be destroyed
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Data buffer, NULL if freed
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The buffer is freed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Byte *
+Buf_Destroy(Buffer *buf, Boolean freeData)
+{
+    Byte *data;
+
+    data = buf->buffer;
+    if (freeData) {
+	free(data);
+	data = NULL;
+    }
+
+    buf->size = 0;
+    buf->count = 0;
+    buf->buffer = NULL;
+
+    return data;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_DestroyCompact --
+ *	Nuke a buffer and return its data.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	buf		Buffer to destroy
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Data buffer
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the buffer size is much greater than its content,
+ *	a new buffer will be allocated and the old one freed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef BUF_COMPACT_LIMIT
+# define BUF_COMPACT_LIMIT 128          /* worthwhile saving */
+#endif
+
+Byte *
+Buf_DestroyCompact(Buffer *buf)
+{
+#if BUF_COMPACT_LIMIT > 0
+    Byte *data;
+
+    if (buf->size - buf->count >= BUF_COMPACT_LIMIT) {
+	/* We trust realloc to be smart */
+	data = bmake_realloc(buf->buffer, buf->count + 1);
+	if (data) {
+	    data[buf->count] = 0;
+	    Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
+	    return data;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    return Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/buf.h b/usr.bin/make/buf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bd2d2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/buf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: buf.h,v 1.19 2017/05/31 22:02:06 maya Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)buf.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)buf.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * buf.h --
+ *	Header for users of the buf library.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_BUF_H
+#define MAKE_BUF_H
+
+typedef char Byte;
+
+typedef struct Buffer {
+    int	    size; 	/* Current size of the buffer */
+    int     count;	/* Number of bytes in buffer */
+    Byte    *buffer;	/* The buffer itself (zero terminated) */
+} Buffer;
+
+/* If we aren't on netbsd, __predict_false() might not be defined. */
+#ifndef __predict_false
+#define __predict_false(x) (x)
+#endif
+
+/* Buf_AddByte adds a single byte to a buffer. */
+#define	Buf_AddByte(bp, byte) do { \
+	int _count = ++(bp)->count; \
+	char *_ptr; \
+	if (__predict_false(_count >= (bp)->size)) \
+		Buf_Expand_1(bp); \
+	_ptr = (bp)->buffer + _count; \
+	_ptr[-1] = (byte); \
+	_ptr[0] = 0; \
+    } while (0)
+
+#define BUF_ERROR 256
+
+#define Buf_Size(bp) ((bp)->count)
+
+void Buf_Expand_1(Buffer *);
+void Buf_AddBytes(Buffer *, int, const Byte *);
+Byte *Buf_GetAll(Buffer *, int *);
+void Buf_Empty(Buffer *);
+void Buf_Init(Buffer *, int);
+Byte *Buf_Destroy(Buffer *, Boolean);
+Byte *Buf_DestroyCompact(Buffer *);
+
+#endif /* MAKE_BUF_H */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/compat.c b/usr.bin/make/compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..538c456
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,778 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.107 2017/07/20 19:29:54 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.107 2017/07/20 19:29:54 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)compat.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.107 2017/07/20 19:29:54 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * compat.c --
+ *	The routines in this file implement the full-compatibility
+ *	mode of PMake. Most of the special functionality of PMake
+ *	is available in this mode. Things not supported:
+ *	    - different shells.
+ *	    - friendly variable substitution.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Compat_Run	    Initialize things for this module and recreate
+ *	    	  	    thems as need creatin'
+ */
+
+#include    <sys/types.h>
+#include    <sys/stat.h>
+#include    <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include    <ctype.h>
+#include    <errno.h>
+#include    <signal.h>
+#include    <stdio.h>
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "hash.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+#include    "job.h"
+#include    "metachar.h"
+#include    "pathnames.h"
+
+
+static GNode	    *curTarg = NULL;
+static GNode	    *ENDNode;
+static void CompatInterrupt(int);
+static pid_t compatChild;
+static int compatSigno;
+
+/*
+ * CompatDeleteTarget -- delete a failed, interrupted, or otherwise
+ * duffed target if not inhibited by .PRECIOUS.
+ */
+static void
+CompatDeleteTarget(GNode *gn)
+{
+    if ((gn != NULL) && !Targ_Precious (gn)) {
+	char	  *p1;
+	char 	  *file = Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1);
+
+	if (!noExecute && eunlink(file) != -1) {
+	    Error("*** %s removed", file);
+	}
+
+	free(p1);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CompatInterrupt --
+ *	Interrupt the creation of the current target and remove it if
+ *	it ain't precious.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The target is removed and the process exits. If .INTERRUPT exists,
+ *	its commands are run first WITH INTERRUPTS IGNORED..
+ *
+ * XXX: is .PRECIOUS supposed to inhibit .INTERRUPT? I doubt it, but I've
+ * left the logic alone for now. - dholland 20160826
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+CompatInterrupt(int signo)
+{
+    GNode   *gn;
+
+    CompatDeleteTarget(curTarg);
+
+    if ((curTarg != NULL) && !Targ_Precious (curTarg)) {
+	/*
+	 * Run .INTERRUPT only if hit with interrupt signal
+	 */
+	if (signo == SIGINT) {
+	    gn = Targ_FindNode(".INTERRUPT", TARG_NOCREATE);
+	    if (gn != NULL) {
+		Compat_Make(gn, gn);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if (signo == SIGQUIT)
+	_exit(signo);
+    /*
+     * If there is a child running, pass the signal on
+     * we will exist after it has exited.
+     */
+    compatSigno = signo;
+    if (compatChild > 0) {
+	KILLPG(compatChild, signo);
+    } else {
+	bmake_signal(signo, SIG_DFL);
+	kill(myPid, signo);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CompatRunCommand --
+ *	Execute the next command for a target. If the command returns an
+ *	error, the node's made field is set to ERROR and creation stops.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cmdp		Command to execute
+ *	gnp		Node from which the command came
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if the command succeeded, 1 if an error occurred.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The node's 'made' field may be set to ERROR.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+CompatRunCommand(void *cmdp, void *gnp)
+{
+    char    	  *cmdStart;	/* Start of expanded command */
+    char 	  *cp, *bp;
+    Boolean 	  silent,   	/* Don't print command */
+	    	  doIt;		/* Execute even if -n */
+    volatile Boolean errCheck; 	/* Check errors */
+    int 	  reason;   	/* Reason for child's death */
+    int	    	  status;   	/* Description of child's death */
+    pid_t	  cpid;	    	/* Child actually found */
+    pid_t	  retstat;    	/* Result of wait */
+    LstNode 	  cmdNode;  	/* Node where current command is located */
+    const char  ** volatile av;	/* Argument vector for thing to exec */
+    char	** volatile mav;/* Copy of the argument vector for freeing */
+    int	    	  argc;	    	/* Number of arguments in av or 0 if not
+				 * dynamically allocated */
+    Boolean 	  local;    	/* TRUE if command should be executed
+				 * locally */
+    Boolean 	  useShell;    	/* TRUE if command should be executed
+				 * using a shell */
+    char	  * volatile cmd = (char *)cmdp;
+    GNode	  *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+    silent = gn->type & OP_SILENT;
+    errCheck = !(gn->type & OP_IGNORE);
+    doIt = FALSE;
+    
+    cmdNode = Lst_Member(gn->commands, cmd);
+    cmdStart = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, VARF_WANTRES);
+
+    /*
+     * brk_string will return an argv with a NULL in av[0], thus causing
+     * execvp to choke and die horribly. Besides, how can we execute a null
+     * command? In any case, we warn the user that the command expanded to
+     * nothing (is this the right thing to do?).
+     */
+
+    if (*cmdStart == '\0') {
+	free(cmdStart);
+	return(0);
+    }
+    cmd = cmdStart;
+    Lst_Replace(cmdNode, cmdStart);
+
+    if ((gn->type & OP_SAVE_CMDS) && (gn != ENDNode)) {
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(ENDNode->commands, cmdStart);
+	return(0);
+    }
+    if (strcmp(cmdStart, "...") == 0) {
+	gn->type |= OP_SAVE_CMDS;
+	return(0);
+    }
+
+    while ((*cmd == '@') || (*cmd == '-') || (*cmd == '+')) {
+	switch (*cmd) {
+	case '@':
+	    silent = DEBUG(LOUD) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+	    break;
+	case '-':
+	    errCheck = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	case '+':
+	    doIt = TRUE;
+	    if (!shellName)		/* we came here from jobs */
+		Shell_Init();
+	    break;
+	}
+	cmd++;
+    }
+
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*cmd))
+	cmd++;
+
+    /*
+     * If we did not end up with a command, just skip it.
+     */
+    if (!*cmd)
+	return (0);
+
+#if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE)
+    /*
+     * In a non-native build, the host environment might be weird enough
+     * that it's necessary to go through a shell to get the correct
+     * behaviour.  Or perhaps the shell has been replaced with something
+     * that does extra logging, and that should not be bypassed.
+     */
+    useShell = TRUE;
+#else
+    /*
+     * Search for meta characters in the command. If there are no meta
+     * characters, there's no need to execute a shell to execute the
+     * command.
+     *
+     * Additionally variable assignments and empty commands
+     * go to the shell. Therefore treat '=' and ':' like shell
+     * meta characters as documented in make(1).
+     */
+    
+    useShell = needshell(cmd, FALSE);
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Print the command before echoing if we're not supposed to be quiet for
+     * this one. We also print the command if -n given.
+     */
+    if (!silent || NoExecute(gn)) {
+	printf("%s\n", cmd);
+	fflush(stdout);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If we're not supposed to execute any commands, this is as far as
+     * we go...
+     */
+    if (!doIt && NoExecute(gn)) {
+	return (0);
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Execute: '%s'\n", cmd);
+
+again:
+    if (useShell) {
+	/*
+	 * We need to pass the command off to the shell, typically
+	 * because the command contains a "meta" character.
+	 */
+	static const char *shargv[5];
+	int shargc;
+
+	shargc = 0;
+	shargv[shargc++] = shellPath;
+	/*
+	 * The following work for any of the builtin shell specs.
+	 */
+	if (errCheck && shellErrFlag) {
+	    shargv[shargc++] = shellErrFlag;
+	}
+	if (DEBUG(SHELL))
+		shargv[shargc++] = "-xc";
+	else
+		shargv[shargc++] = "-c";
+	shargv[shargc++] = cmd;
+	shargv[shargc++] = NULL;
+	av = shargv;
+	argc = 0;
+	bp = NULL;
+	mav = NULL;
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * No meta-characters, so no need to exec a shell. Break the command
+	 * into words to form an argument vector we can execute.
+	 */
+	mav = brk_string(cmd, &argc, TRUE, &bp);
+	if (mav == NULL) {
+		useShell = 1;
+		goto again;
+	}
+	av = (void *)mav;
+    }
+
+    local = TRUE;
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+    if (useMeta) {
+	meta_compat_start();
+    }
+#endif
+    
+    /*
+     * Fork and execute the single command. If the fork fails, we abort.
+     */
+    compatChild = cpid = vFork();
+    if (cpid < 0) {
+	Fatal("Could not fork");
+    }
+    if (cpid == 0) {
+	Var_ExportVars();
+#ifdef USE_META
+	if (useMeta) {
+	    meta_compat_child();
+	}
+#endif
+	if (local)
+	    (void)execvp(av[0], (char *const *)UNCONST(av));
+	else
+	    (void)execv(av[0], (char *const *)UNCONST(av));
+	execError("exec", av[0]);
+	_exit(1);
+    }
+
+    free(mav);
+    free(bp);
+
+    Lst_Replace(cmdNode, NULL);
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+    if (useMeta) {
+	meta_compat_parent();
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * The child is off and running. Now all we can do is wait...
+     */
+    while (1) {
+
+	while ((retstat = wait(&reason)) != cpid) {
+	    if (retstat > 0)
+		JobReapChild(retstat, reason, FALSE); /* not ours? */
+	    if (retstat == -1 && errno != EINTR) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (retstat > -1) {
+	    if (WIFSTOPPED(reason)) {
+		status = WSTOPSIG(reason);		/* stopped */
+	    } else if (WIFEXITED(reason)) {
+		status = WEXITSTATUS(reason);		/* exited */
+#if defined(USE_META) && defined(USE_FILEMON_ONCE)
+		if (useMeta) {
+		    meta_cmd_finish(NULL);
+		}
+#endif
+		if (status != 0) {
+		    if (DEBUG(ERROR)) {
+		        fprintf(debug_file, "\n*** Failed target:  %s\n*** Failed command: ",
+			    gn->name);
+		        for (cp = cmd; *cp; ) {
+    			    if (isspace((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+				fprintf(debug_file, " ");
+			        while (isspace((unsigned char)*cp))
+				    cp++;
+			    } else {
+				fprintf(debug_file, "%c", *cp);
+			        cp++;
+			    }
+		        }
+			fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+		    }
+		    printf("*** Error code %d", status);
+		}
+	    } else {
+		status = WTERMSIG(reason);		/* signaled */
+		printf("*** Signal %d", status);
+	    }
+
+
+	    if (!WIFEXITED(reason) || (status != 0)) {
+		if (errCheck) {
+#ifdef USE_META
+		    if (useMeta) {
+			meta_job_error(NULL, gn, 0, status);
+		    }
+#endif
+		    gn->made = ERROR;
+		    if (keepgoing) {
+			/*
+			 * Abort the current target, but let others
+			 * continue.
+			 */
+			printf(" (continuing)\n");
+		    } else {
+			printf("\n");
+		    }
+		    if (deleteOnError) {
+			    CompatDeleteTarget(gn);
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * Continue executing commands for this target.
+		     * If we return 0, this will happen...
+		     */
+		    printf(" (ignored)\n");
+		    status = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	} else {
+	    Fatal("error in wait: %d: %s", retstat, strerror(errno));
+	    /*NOTREACHED*/
+	}
+    }
+    free(cmdStart);
+    compatChild = 0;
+    if (compatSigno) {
+	bmake_signal(compatSigno, SIG_DFL);
+	kill(myPid, compatSigno);
+    }
+    
+    return (status);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Compat_Make --
+ *	Make a target.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		The node to make
+ *	pgnp		Parent to abort if necessary
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If an error is detected and not being ignored, the process exits.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Compat_Make(void *gnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+    if (!shellName)		/* we came here from jobs */
+	Shell_Init();
+    if (gn->made == UNMADE && (gn == pgn || (pgn->type & OP_MADE) == 0)) {
+	/*
+	 * First mark ourselves to be made, then apply whatever transformations
+	 * the suffix module thinks are necessary. Once that's done, we can
+	 * descend and make all our children. If any of them has an error
+	 * but the -k flag was given, our 'make' field will be set FALSE again.
+	 * This is our signal to not attempt to do anything but abort our
+	 * parent as well.
+	 */
+	gn->flags |= REMAKE;
+	gn->made = BEINGMADE;
+	if ((gn->type & OP_MADE) == 0)
+	    Suff_FindDeps(gn);
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->children, Compat_Make, gn);
+	if ((gn->flags & REMAKE) == 0) {
+	    gn->made = ABORTED;
+	    pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+	    goto cohorts;
+	}
+
+	if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NULL) {
+	    char *p1;
+	    Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), pgn, 0);
+	    free(p1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * All the children were made ok. Now cmgn->mtime contains the
+	 * modification time of the newest child, we need to find out if we
+	 * exist and when we were modified last. The criteria for datedness
+	 * are defined by the Make_OODate function.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Examining %s...", gn->name);
+	}
+	if (! Make_OODate(gn)) {
+	    gn->made = UPTODATE;
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "up-to-date.\n");
+	    }
+	    goto cohorts;
+	} else if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "out-of-date.\n");
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the user is just seeing if something is out-of-date, exit now
+	 * to tell him/her "yes".
+	 */
+	if (queryFlag) {
+	    exit(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We need to be re-made. We also have to make sure we've got a $?
+	 * variable. To be nice, we also define the $> variable using
+	 * Make_DoAllVar().
+	 */
+	Make_DoAllVar(gn);
+
+	/*
+	 * Alter our type to tell if errors should be ignored or things
+	 * should not be printed so CompatRunCommand knows what to do.
+	 */
+	if (Targ_Ignore(gn)) {
+	    gn->type |= OP_IGNORE;
+	}
+	if (Targ_Silent(gn)) {
+	    gn->type |= OP_SILENT;
+	}
+
+	if (Job_CheckCommands(gn, Fatal)) {
+	    /*
+	     * Our commands are ok, but we still have to worry about the -t
+	     * flag...
+	     */
+	    if (!touchFlag || (gn->type & OP_MAKE)) {
+		curTarg = gn;
+#ifdef USE_META
+		if (useMeta && !NoExecute(gn)) {
+		    meta_job_start(NULL, gn);
+		}
+#endif
+		Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, CompatRunCommand, gn);
+		curTarg = NULL;
+	    } else {
+		Job_Touch(gn, gn->type & OP_SILENT);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    gn->made = ERROR;
+	}
+#ifdef USE_META
+	if (useMeta && !NoExecute(gn)) {
+	    if (meta_job_finish(NULL) != 0)
+		gn->made = ERROR;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (gn->made != ERROR) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the node was made successfully, mark it so, update
+	     * its modification time and timestamp all its parents. Note
+	     * that for .ZEROTIME targets, the timestamping isn't done.
+	     * This is to keep its state from affecting that of its parent.
+	     */
+	    gn->made = MADE;
+	    pgn->flags |= Make_Recheck(gn) == 0 ? FORCE : 0;
+	    if (!(gn->type & OP_EXEC)) {
+		pgn->flags |= CHILDMADE;
+		Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+	    }
+	} else if (keepgoing) {
+	    pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+	} else {
+	    PrintOnError(gn, "\nStop.");
+	    exit(1);
+	}
+    } else if (gn->made == ERROR) {
+	/*
+	 * Already had an error when making this beastie. Tell the parent
+	 * to abort.
+	 */
+	pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+    } else {
+	if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NULL) {
+	    char *p1;
+	    Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), pgn, 0);
+	    free(p1);
+	}
+	switch(gn->made) {
+	    case BEINGMADE:
+		Error("Graph cycles through %s", gn->name);
+		gn->made = ERROR;
+		pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+		break;
+	    case MADE:
+		if ((gn->type & OP_EXEC) == 0) {
+		    pgn->flags |= CHILDMADE;
+		    Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+		}
+		break;
+	    case UPTODATE:
+		if ((gn->type & OP_EXEC) == 0) {
+		    Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+		}
+		break;
+	    default:
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+
+cohorts:
+    Lst_ForEach(gn->cohorts, Compat_Make, pgnp);
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Compat_Run --
+ *	Initialize this mode and start making.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	targs		List of target nodes to re-create
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Guess what?
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Compat_Run(Lst targs)
+{
+    GNode   	  *gn = NULL;/* Current root target */
+    int	    	  errors;   /* Number of targets not remade due to errors */
+
+    if (!shellName)
+	Shell_Init();
+
+    if (bmake_signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+	bmake_signal(SIGINT, CompatInterrupt);
+    }
+    if (bmake_signal(SIGTERM, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+	bmake_signal(SIGTERM, CompatInterrupt);
+    }
+    if (bmake_signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+	bmake_signal(SIGHUP, CompatInterrupt);
+    }
+    if (bmake_signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+	bmake_signal(SIGQUIT, CompatInterrupt);
+    }
+
+    ENDNode = Targ_FindNode(".END", TARG_CREATE);
+    ENDNode->type = OP_SPECIAL;
+    /*
+     * If the user has defined a .BEGIN target, execute the commands attached
+     * to it.
+     */
+    if (!queryFlag) {
+	gn = Targ_FindNode(".BEGIN", TARG_NOCREATE);
+	if (gn != NULL) {
+	    Compat_Make(gn, gn);
+            if (gn->made == ERROR) {
+                PrintOnError(gn, "\nStop.");
+                exit(1);
+            }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Expand .USE nodes right now, because they can modify the structure
+     * of the tree.
+     */
+    Make_ExpandUse(targs);
+
+    /*
+     * For each entry in the list of targets to create, call Compat_Make on
+     * it to create the thing. Compat_Make will leave the 'made' field of gn
+     * in one of several states:
+     *	    UPTODATE	    gn was already up-to-date
+     *	    MADE  	    gn was recreated successfully
+     *	    ERROR 	    An error occurred while gn was being created
+     *	    ABORTED	    gn was not remade because one of its inferiors
+     *	    	  	    could not be made due to errors.
+     */
+    errors = 0;
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty (targs)) {
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(targs);
+	Compat_Make(gn, gn);
+
+	if (gn->made == UPTODATE) {
+	    printf("`%s' is up to date.\n", gn->name);
+	} else if (gn->made == ABORTED) {
+	    printf("`%s' not remade because of errors.\n", gn->name);
+	    errors += 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the user has defined a .END target, run its commands.
+     */
+    if (errors == 0) {
+	Compat_Make(ENDNode, ENDNode);
+	if (gn->made == ERROR) {
+	    PrintOnError(gn, "\nStop.");
+	    exit(1);
+	}
+    }
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/cond.c b/usr.bin/make/cond.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c9c96a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/cond.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1436 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.75 2017/04/16 20:59:04 riastradh Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.75 2017/04/16 20:59:04 riastradh Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cond.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.75 2017/04/16 20:59:04 riastradh Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * cond.c --
+ *	Functions to handle conditionals in a makefile.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Cond_Eval 	Evaluate the conditional in the passed line.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include    <assert.h>
+#include    <ctype.h>
+#include    <errno.h>    /* For strtoul() error checking */
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "hash.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+#include    "buf.h"
+
+/*
+ * The parsing of conditional expressions is based on this grammar:
+ *	E -> F || E
+ *	E -> F
+ *	F -> T && F
+ *	F -> T
+ *	T -> defined(variable)
+ *	T -> make(target)
+ *	T -> exists(file)
+ *	T -> empty(varspec)
+ *	T -> target(name)
+ *	T -> commands(name)
+ *	T -> symbol
+ *	T -> $(varspec) op value
+ *	T -> $(varspec) == "string"
+ *	T -> $(varspec) != "string"
+ *	T -> "string"
+ *	T -> ( E )
+ *	T -> ! T
+ *	op -> == | != | > | < | >= | <=
+ *
+ * 'symbol' is some other symbol to which the default function (condDefProc)
+ * is applied.
+ *
+ * Tokens are scanned from the 'condExpr' string. The scanner (CondToken)
+ * will return TOK_AND for '&' and '&&', TOK_OR for '|' and '||',
+ * TOK_NOT for '!', TOK_LPAREN for '(', TOK_RPAREN for ')' and will evaluate
+ * the other terminal symbols, using either the default function or the
+ * function given in the terminal, and return the result as either TOK_TRUE
+ * or TOK_FALSE.
+ *
+ * TOK_FALSE is 0 and TOK_TRUE 1 so we can directly assign C comparisons.
+ *
+ * All Non-Terminal functions (CondE, CondF and CondT) return TOK_ERROR on
+ * error.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    TOK_FALSE = 0, TOK_TRUE = 1, TOK_AND, TOK_OR, TOK_NOT,
+    TOK_LPAREN, TOK_RPAREN, TOK_EOF, TOK_NONE, TOK_ERROR
+} Token;
+
+/*-
+ * Structures to handle elegantly the different forms of #if's. The
+ * last two fields are stored in condInvert and condDefProc, respectively.
+ */
+static void CondPushBack(Token);
+static int CondGetArg(char **, char **, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoDefined(int, const char *);
+static int CondStrMatch(const void *, const void *);
+static Boolean CondDoMake(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoExists(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoTarget(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoCommands(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondCvtArg(char *, double *);
+static Token CondToken(Boolean);
+static Token CondT(Boolean);
+static Token CondF(Boolean);
+static Token CondE(Boolean);
+static int do_Cond_EvalExpression(Boolean *);
+
+static const struct If {
+    const char	*form;	      /* Form of if */
+    int		formlen;      /* Length of form */
+    Boolean	doNot;	      /* TRUE if default function should be negated */
+    Boolean	(*defProc)(int, const char *); /* Default function to apply */
+} ifs[] = {
+    { "def",	  3,	  FALSE,  CondDoDefined },
+    { "ndef",	  4,	  TRUE,	  CondDoDefined },
+    { "make",	  4,	  FALSE,  CondDoMake },
+    { "nmake",	  5,	  TRUE,	  CondDoMake },
+    { "",	  0,	  FALSE,  CondDoDefined },
+    { NULL,	  0,	  FALSE,  NULL }
+};
+
+static const struct If *if_info;        /* Info for current statement */
+static char 	  *condExpr;	    	/* The expression to parse */
+static Token	  condPushBack=TOK_NONE;	/* Single push-back token used in
+					 * parsing */
+
+static unsigned int	cond_depth = 0;  	/* current .if nesting level */
+static unsigned int	cond_min_depth = 0;  	/* depth at makefile open */
+
+/*
+ * Indicate when we should be strict about lhs of comparisons.
+ * TRUE when Cond_EvalExpression is called from Cond_Eval (.if etc)
+ * FALSE when Cond_EvalExpression is called from var.c:ApplyModifiers
+ * since lhs is already expanded and we cannot tell if 
+ * it was a variable reference or not.
+ */
+static Boolean lhsStrict;
+
+static int
+istoken(const char *str, const char *tok, size_t len)
+{
+	return strncmp(str, tok, len) == 0 && !isalpha((unsigned char)str[len]);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondPushBack --
+ *	Push back the most recent token read. We only need one level of
+ *	this, so the thing is just stored in 'condPushback'.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	t		Token to push back into the "stream"
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	condPushback is overwritten.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+CondPushBack(Token t)
+{
+    condPushBack = t;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondGetArg --
+ *	Find the argument of a built-in function.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	parens		TRUE if arg should be bounded by parens
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The length of the argument and the address of the argument.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The pointer is set to point to the closing parenthesis of the
+ *	function call.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+CondGetArg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func)
+{
+    char	  *cp;
+    int	    	  argLen;
+    Buffer	  buf;
+    int           paren_depth;
+    char          ch;
+
+    cp = *linePtr;
+    if (func != NULL)
+	/* Skip opening '(' - verfied by caller */
+	cp++;
+
+    if (*cp == '\0') {
+	/*
+	 * No arguments whatsoever. Because 'make' and 'defined' aren't really
+	 * "reserved words", we don't print a message. I think this is better
+	 * than hitting the user with a warning message every time s/he uses
+	 * the word 'make' or 'defined' at the beginning of a symbol...
+	 */
+	*argPtr = NULL;
+	return (0);
+    }
+
+    while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+	cp++;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Create a buffer for the argument and start it out at 16 characters
+     * long. Why 16? Why not?
+     */
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 16);
+
+    paren_depth = 0;
+    for (;;) {
+	ch = *cp;
+	if (ch == 0 || ch == ' ' || ch == '\t')
+	    break;
+	if ((ch == '&' || ch == '|') && paren_depth == 0)
+	    break;
+	if (*cp == '$') {
+	    /*
+	     * Parse the variable spec and install it as part of the argument
+	     * if it's valid. We tell Var_Parse to complain on an undefined
+	     * variable, so we don't do it too. Nor do we return an error,
+	     * though perhaps we should...
+	     */
+	    char  	*cp2;
+	    int		len;
+	    void	*freeIt;
+
+	    cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, VAR_CMD, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES,
+			    &len, &freeIt);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
+	    free(freeIt);
+	    cp += len;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (ch == '(')
+	    paren_depth++;
+	else
+	    if (ch == ')' && --paren_depth < 0)
+		break;
+	Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+	cp++;
+    }
+
+    *argPtr = Buf_GetAll(&buf, &argLen);
+    Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+
+    while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+	cp++;
+    }
+
+    if (func != NULL && *cp++ != ')') {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Missing closing parenthesis for %s()",
+		     func);
+	return (0);
+    }
+
+    *linePtr = cp;
+    return (argLen);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoDefined --
+ *	Handle the 'defined' function for conditionals.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the given variable is defined.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoDefined(int argLen MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *arg)
+{
+    char    *p1;
+    Boolean result;
+
+    if (Var_Value(arg, VAR_CMD, &p1) != NULL) {
+	result = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	result = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    free(p1);
+    return (result);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondStrMatch --
+ *	Front-end for Str_Match so it returns 0 on match and non-zero
+ *	on mismatch. Callback function for CondDoMake via Lst_Find
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if string matches pattern
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+CondStrMatch(const void *string, const void *pattern)
+{
+    return(!Str_Match(string, pattern));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoMake --
+ *	Handle the 'make' function for conditionals.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the given target is being made.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoMake(int argLen MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *arg)
+{
+    return Lst_Find(create, arg, CondStrMatch) != NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoExists --
+ *	See if the given file exists.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the file exists and FALSE if it does not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoExists(int argLen MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *arg)
+{
+    Boolean result;
+    char    *path;
+
+    path = Dir_FindFile(arg, dirSearchPath);
+    if (DEBUG(COND)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "exists(%s) result is \"%s\"\n",
+	       arg, path ? path : "");
+    }    
+    if (path != NULL) {
+	result = TRUE;
+	free(path);
+    } else {
+	result = FALSE;
+    }
+    return (result);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoTarget --
+ *	See if the given node exists and is an actual target.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the node exists as a target and FALSE if it does not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoTarget(int argLen MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *arg)
+{
+    GNode   *gn;
+
+    gn = Targ_FindNode(arg, TARG_NOCREATE);
+    return (gn != NULL) && !OP_NOP(gn->type);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoCommands --
+ *	See if the given node exists and is an actual target with commands
+ *	associated with it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the node exists as a target and has commands associated with
+ *	it and FALSE if it does not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoCommands(int argLen MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *arg)
+{
+    GNode   *gn;
+
+    gn = Targ_FindNode(arg, TARG_NOCREATE);
+    return (gn != NULL) && !OP_NOP(gn->type) && !Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondCvtArg --
+ *	Convert the given number into a double.
+ *	We try a base 10 or 16 integer conversion first, if that fails
+ *	then we try a floating point conversion instead.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Sets 'value' to double value of string.
+ *	Returns 'true' if the convertion suceeded
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondCvtArg(char *str, double *value)
+{
+    char *eptr, ech;
+    unsigned long l_val;
+    double d_val;
+
+    errno = 0;
+    if (!*str) {
+	*value = (double)0;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    l_val = strtoul(str, &eptr, str[1] == 'x' ? 16 : 10);
+    ech = *eptr;
+    if (ech == 0 && errno != ERANGE) {
+	d_val = str[0] == '-' ? -(double)-l_val : (double)l_val;
+    } else {
+	if (ech != 0 && ech != '.' && ech != 'e' && ech != 'E')
+	    return FALSE;
+	d_val = strtod(str, &eptr);
+	if (*eptr)
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    *value = d_val;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondGetString --
+ *	Get a string from a variable reference or an optionally quoted
+ *	string.  This is called for the lhs and rhs of string compares.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Sets freeIt if needed,
+ *	Sets quoted if string was quoted,
+ *	Returns NULL on error,
+ *	else returns string - absent any quotes.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Moves condExpr to end of this token.
+ *
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* coverity:[+alloc : arg-*2] */
+static char *
+CondGetString(Boolean doEval, Boolean *quoted, void **freeIt, Boolean strictLHS)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    char *cp;
+    char *str;
+    int	len;
+    int qt;
+    char *start;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    str = NULL;
+    *freeIt = NULL;
+    *quoted = qt = *condExpr == '"' ? 1 : 0;
+    if (qt)
+	condExpr++;
+    for (start = condExpr; *condExpr && str == NULL; condExpr++) {
+	switch (*condExpr) {
+	case '\\':
+	    if (condExpr[1] != '\0') {
+		condExpr++;
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case '"':
+	    if (qt) {
+		condExpr++;		/* we don't want the quotes */
+		goto got_str;
+	    } else
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr); /* likely? */
+	    break;
+	case ')':
+	case '!':
+	case '=':
+	case '>':
+	case '<':
+	case ' ':
+	case '\t':
+	    if (!qt)
+		goto got_str;
+	    else
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
+	    break;
+	case '$':
+	    /* if we are in quotes, then an undefined variable is ok */
+	    str = Var_Parse(condExpr, VAR_CMD,
+			    ((!qt && doEval) ? VARF_UNDEFERR : 0) |
+			    VARF_WANTRES, &len, freeIt);
+	    if (str == var_Error) {
+		if (*freeIt) {
+		    free(*freeIt);
+		    *freeIt = NULL;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Even if !doEval, we still report syntax errors, which
+		 * is what getting var_Error back with !doEval means.
+		 */
+		str = NULL;
+		goto cleanup;
+	    }
+	    condExpr += len;
+	    /*
+	     * If the '$' was first char (no quotes), and we are
+	     * followed by space, the operator or end of expression,
+	     * we are done.
+	     */
+	    if ((condExpr == start + len) &&
+		(*condExpr == '\0' ||
+		 isspace((unsigned char) *condExpr) ||
+		 strchr("!=><)", *condExpr))) {
+		goto cleanup;
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * Nope, we better copy str to buf
+	     */
+	    for (cp = str; *cp; cp++) {
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+	    }
+	    if (*freeIt) {
+		free(*freeIt);
+		*freeIt = NULL;
+	    }
+	    str = NULL;			/* not finished yet */
+	    condExpr--;			/* don't skip over next char */
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    if (strictLHS && !qt && *start != '$' &&
+		!isdigit((unsigned char) *start)) {
+		/* lhs must be quoted, a variable reference or number */
+		if (*freeIt) {
+		    free(*freeIt);
+		    *freeIt = NULL;
+		}
+		str = NULL;
+		goto cleanup;
+	    }
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+ got_str:
+    str = Buf_GetAll(&buf, NULL);
+    *freeIt = str;
+ cleanup:
+    Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+    return str;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondToken --
+ *	Return the next token from the input.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A Token for the next lexical token in the stream.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	condPushback will be set back to TOK_NONE if it is used.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+compare_expression(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    Token	t;
+    char	*lhs;
+    char	*rhs;
+    char	*op;
+    void	*lhsFree;
+    void	*rhsFree;
+    Boolean lhsQuoted;
+    Boolean rhsQuoted;
+    double  	left, right;
+
+    t = TOK_ERROR;
+    rhs = NULL;
+    lhsFree = rhsFree = FALSE;
+    lhsQuoted = rhsQuoted = FALSE;
+    
+    /*
+     * Parse the variable spec and skip over it, saving its
+     * value in lhs.
+     */
+    lhs = CondGetString(doEval, &lhsQuoted, &lhsFree, lhsStrict);
+    if (!lhs)
+	goto done;
+
+    /*
+     * Skip whitespace to get to the operator
+     */
+    while (isspace((unsigned char) *condExpr))
+	condExpr++;
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure the operator is a valid one. If it isn't a
+     * known relational operator, pretend we got a
+     * != 0 comparison.
+     */
+    op = condExpr;
+    switch (*condExpr) {
+	case '!':
+	case '=':
+	case '<':
+	case '>':
+	    if (condExpr[1] == '=') {
+		condExpr += 2;
+	    } else {
+		condExpr += 1;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    if (!doEval) {
+		t = TOK_FALSE;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    /* For .ifxxx "..." check for non-empty string. */
+	    if (lhsQuoted) {
+		t = lhs[0] != 0;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    /* For .ifxxx <number> compare against zero */
+	    if (CondCvtArg(lhs, &left)) { 
+		t = left != 0.0;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    /* For .if ${...} check for non-empty string (defProc is ifdef). */
+	    if (if_info->form[0] == 0) {
+		t = lhs[0] != 0;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    /* Otherwise action default test ... */
+	    t = if_info->defProc(strlen(lhs), lhs) != if_info->doNot;
+	    goto done;
+    }
+
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*condExpr))
+	condExpr++;
+
+    if (*condExpr == '\0') {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+		    "Missing right-hand-side of operator");
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    rhs = CondGetString(doEval, &rhsQuoted, &rhsFree, FALSE);
+    if (!rhs)
+	goto done;
+
+    if (rhsQuoted || lhsQuoted) {
+do_string_compare:
+	if (((*op != '!') && (*op != '=')) || (op[1] != '=')) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+    "String comparison operator should be either == or !=");
+	    goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (DEBUG(COND)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "lhs = \"%s\", rhs = \"%s\", op = %.2s\n",
+		   lhs, rhs, op);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Null-terminate rhs and perform the comparison.
+	 * t is set to the result.
+	 */
+	if (*op == '=') {
+	    t = strcmp(lhs, rhs) == 0;
+	} else {
+	    t = strcmp(lhs, rhs) != 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * rhs is either a float or an integer. Convert both the
+	 * lhs and the rhs to a double and compare the two.
+	 */
+    
+	if (!CondCvtArg(lhs, &left) || !CondCvtArg(rhs, &right))
+	    goto do_string_compare;
+
+	if (DEBUG(COND)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "left = %f, right = %f, op = %.2s\n", left,
+		   right, op);
+	}
+	switch(op[0]) {
+	case '!':
+	    if (op[1] != '=') {
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+			    "Unknown operator");
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    t = (left != right);
+	    break;
+	case '=':
+	    if (op[1] != '=') {
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+			    "Unknown operator");
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    t = (left == right);
+	    break;
+	case '<':
+	    if (op[1] == '=') {
+		t = (left <= right);
+	    } else {
+		t = (left < right);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case '>':
+	    if (op[1] == '=') {
+		t = (left >= right);
+	    } else {
+		t = (left > right);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+done:
+    free(lhsFree);
+    free(rhsFree);
+    return t;
+}
+
+static int
+get_mpt_arg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    /*
+     * Use Var_Parse to parse the spec in parens and return
+     * TOK_TRUE if the resulting string is empty.
+     */
+    int	    length;
+    void    *freeIt;
+    char    *val;
+    char    *cp = *linePtr;
+
+    /* We do all the work here and return the result as the length */
+    *argPtr = NULL;
+
+    val = Var_Parse(cp - 1, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES, &length, &freeIt);
+    /*
+     * Advance *linePtr to beyond the closing ). Note that
+     * we subtract one because 'length' is calculated from 'cp - 1'.
+     */
+    *linePtr = cp - 1 + length;
+
+    if (val == var_Error) {
+	free(freeIt);
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* A variable is empty when it just contains spaces... 4/15/92, christos */
+    while (isspace(*(unsigned char *)val))
+	val++;
+
+    /*
+     * For consistency with the other functions we can't generate the
+     * true/false here.
+     */
+    length = *val ? 2 : 1;
+    free(freeIt);
+    return length;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+CondDoEmpty(int arglen, const char *arg MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    return arglen == 1;
+}
+
+static Token
+compare_function(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    static const struct fn_def {
+	const char  *fn_name;
+	int         fn_name_len;
+        int         (*fn_getarg)(char **, char **, const char *);
+	Boolean     (*fn_proc)(int, const char *);
+    } fn_defs[] = {
+	{ "defined",   7, CondGetArg, CondDoDefined },
+	{ "make",      4, CondGetArg, CondDoMake },
+	{ "exists",    6, CondGetArg, CondDoExists },
+	{ "empty",     5, get_mpt_arg, CondDoEmpty },
+	{ "target",    6, CondGetArg, CondDoTarget },
+	{ "commands",  8, CondGetArg, CondDoCommands },
+	{ NULL,        0, NULL, NULL },
+    };
+    const struct fn_def *fn_def;
+    Token	t;
+    char	*arg = NULL;
+    int	arglen;
+    char *cp = condExpr;
+    char *cp1;
+
+    for (fn_def = fn_defs; fn_def->fn_name != NULL; fn_def++) {
+	if (!istoken(cp, fn_def->fn_name, fn_def->fn_name_len))
+	    continue;
+	cp += fn_def->fn_name_len;
+	/* There can only be whitespace before the '(' */
+	while (isspace(*(unsigned char *)cp))
+	    cp++;
+	if (*cp != '(')
+	    break;
+
+	arglen = fn_def->fn_getarg(&cp, &arg, fn_def->fn_name);
+	if (arglen <= 0) {
+	    condExpr = cp;
+	    return arglen < 0 ? TOK_ERROR : TOK_FALSE;
+	}
+	/* Evaluate the argument using the required function. */
+	t = !doEval || fn_def->fn_proc(arglen, arg);
+	free(arg);
+	condExpr = cp;
+	return t;
+    }
+
+    /* Push anything numeric through the compare expression */
+    cp = condExpr;
+    if (isdigit((unsigned char)cp[0]) || strchr("+-", cp[0]))
+	return compare_expression(doEval);
+
+    /*
+     * Most likely we have a naked token to apply the default function to.
+     * However ".if a == b" gets here when the "a" is unquoted and doesn't
+     * start with a '$'. This surprises people.
+     * If what follows the function argument is a '=' or '!' then the syntax
+     * would be invalid if we did "defined(a)" - so instead treat as an
+     * expression.
+     */
+    arglen = CondGetArg(&cp, &arg, NULL);
+    for (cp1 = cp; isspace(*(unsigned char *)cp1); cp1++)
+	continue;
+    if (*cp1 == '=' || *cp1 == '!')
+	return compare_expression(doEval);
+    condExpr = cp;
+
+    /*
+     * Evaluate the argument using the default function.
+     * This path always treats .if as .ifdef. To get here the character
+     * after .if must have been taken literally, so the argument cannot
+     * be empty - even if it contained a variable expansion.
+     */
+    t = !doEval || if_info->defProc(arglen, arg) != if_info->doNot;
+    free(arg);
+    return t;
+}
+
+static Token
+CondToken(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    Token t;
+
+    t = condPushBack;
+    if (t != TOK_NONE) {
+	condPushBack = TOK_NONE;
+	return t;
+    }
+
+    while (*condExpr == ' ' || *condExpr == '\t') {
+	condExpr++;
+    }
+
+    switch (*condExpr) {
+
+    case '(':
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_LPAREN;
+
+    case ')':
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_RPAREN;
+
+    case '|':
+	if (condExpr[1] == '|') {
+	    condExpr++;
+	}
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_OR;
+
+    case '&':
+	if (condExpr[1] == '&') {
+	    condExpr++;
+	}
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_AND;
+
+    case '!':
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_NOT;
+
+    case '#':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+	return TOK_EOF;
+
+    case '"':
+    case '$':
+	return compare_expression(doEval);
+
+    default:
+	return compare_function(doEval);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondT --
+ *	Parse a single term in the expression. This consists of a terminal
+ *	symbol or TOK_NOT and a terminal symbol (not including the binary
+ *	operators):
+ *	    T -> defined(variable) | make(target) | exists(file) | symbol
+ *	    T -> ! T | ( E )
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Tokens are consumed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+CondT(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    Token   t;
+
+    t = CondToken(doEval);
+
+    if (t == TOK_EOF) {
+	/*
+	 * If we reached the end of the expression, the expression
+	 * is malformed...
+	 */
+	t = TOK_ERROR;
+    } else if (t == TOK_LPAREN) {
+	/*
+	 * T -> ( E )
+	 */
+	t = CondE(doEval);
+	if (t != TOK_ERROR) {
+	    if (CondToken(doEval) != TOK_RPAREN) {
+		t = TOK_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else if (t == TOK_NOT) {
+	t = CondT(doEval);
+	if (t == TOK_TRUE) {
+	    t = TOK_FALSE;
+	} else if (t == TOK_FALSE) {
+	    t = TOK_TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return (t);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondF --
+ *	Parse a conjunctive factor (nice name, wot?)
+ *	    F -> T && F | T
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Tokens are consumed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+CondF(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    Token   l, o;
+
+    l = CondT(doEval);
+    if (l != TOK_ERROR) {
+	o = CondToken(doEval);
+
+	if (o == TOK_AND) {
+	    /*
+	     * F -> T && F
+	     *
+	     * If T is TOK_FALSE, the whole thing will be TOK_FALSE, but we have to
+	     * parse the r.h.s. anyway (to throw it away).
+	     * If T is TOK_TRUE, the result is the r.h.s., be it an TOK_ERROR or no.
+	     */
+	    if (l == TOK_TRUE) {
+		l = CondF(doEval);
+	    } else {
+		(void)CondF(FALSE);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * F -> T
+	     */
+	    CondPushBack(o);
+	}
+    }
+    return (l);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondE --
+ *	Main expression production.
+ *	    E -> F || E | F
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Tokens are, of course, consumed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+CondE(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    Token   l, o;
+
+    l = CondF(doEval);
+    if (l != TOK_ERROR) {
+	o = CondToken(doEval);
+
+	if (o == TOK_OR) {
+	    /*
+	     * E -> F || E
+	     *
+	     * A similar thing occurs for ||, except that here we make sure
+	     * the l.h.s. is TOK_FALSE before we bother to evaluate the r.h.s.
+	     * Once again, if l is TOK_FALSE, the result is the r.h.s. and once
+	     * again if l is TOK_TRUE, we parse the r.h.s. to throw it away.
+	     */
+	    if (l == TOK_FALSE) {
+		l = CondE(doEval);
+	    } else {
+		(void)CondE(FALSE);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * E -> F
+	     */
+	    CondPushBack(o);
+	}
+    }
+    return (l);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Cond_EvalExpression --
+ *	Evaluate an expression in the passed line. The expression
+ *	consists of &&, ||, !, make(target), defined(variable)
+ *	and parenthetical groupings thereof.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	COND_PARSE	if the condition was valid grammatically
+ *	COND_INVALID  	if not a valid conditional.
+ *
+ *	(*value) is set to the boolean value of the condition
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Cond_EvalExpression(const struct If *info, char *line, Boolean *value, int eprint, Boolean strictLHS)
+{
+    static const struct If *dflt_info;
+    const struct If *sv_if_info = if_info;
+    char *sv_condExpr = condExpr;
+    Token sv_condPushBack = condPushBack;
+    int rval;
+
+    lhsStrict = strictLHS;
+
+    while (*line == ' ' || *line == '\t')
+	line++;
+
+    if (info == NULL && (info = dflt_info) == NULL) {
+	/* Scan for the entry for .if - it can't be first */
+	for (info = ifs; ; info++)
+	    if (info->form[0] == 0)
+		break;
+	dflt_info = info;
+    }
+    assert(info != NULL);
+
+    if_info = info;
+    condExpr = line;
+    condPushBack = TOK_NONE;
+
+    rval = do_Cond_EvalExpression(value);
+
+    if (rval == COND_INVALID && eprint)
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Malformed conditional (%s)", line);
+
+    if_info = sv_if_info;
+    condExpr = sv_condExpr;
+    condPushBack = sv_condPushBack;
+
+    return rval;
+}
+
+static int
+do_Cond_EvalExpression(Boolean *value)
+{
+
+    switch (CondE(TRUE)) {
+    case TOK_TRUE:
+	if (CondToken(TRUE) == TOK_EOF) {
+	    *value = TRUE;
+	    return COND_PARSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    case TOK_FALSE:
+	if (CondToken(TRUE) == TOK_EOF) {
+	    *value = FALSE;
+	    return COND_PARSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    default:
+    case TOK_ERROR:
+	break;
+    }
+
+    return COND_INVALID;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Cond_Eval --
+ *	Evaluate the conditional in the passed line. The line
+ *	looks like this:
+ *	    .<cond-type> <expr>
+ *	where <cond-type> is any of if, ifmake, ifnmake, ifdef,
+ *	ifndef, elif, elifmake, elifnmake, elifdef, elifndef
+ *	and <expr> consists of &&, ||, !, make(target), defined(variable)
+ *	and parenthetical groupings thereof.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		Line to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	COND_PARSE	if should parse lines after the conditional
+ *	COND_SKIP	if should skip lines after the conditional
+ *	COND_INVALID  	if not a valid conditional.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Note that the states IF_ACTIVE and ELSE_ACTIVE are only different in order
+ * to detect splurious .else lines (as are SKIP_TO_ELSE and SKIP_TO_ENDIF)
+ * otherwise .else could be treated as '.elif 1'.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Cond_Eval(char *line)
+{
+#define	    MAXIF      128	/* maximum depth of .if'ing */
+#define	    MAXIF_BUMP  32	/* how much to grow by */
+    enum if_states {
+	IF_ACTIVE,		/* .if or .elif part active */
+	ELSE_ACTIVE,		/* .else part active */
+	SEARCH_FOR_ELIF,	/* searching for .elif/else to execute */
+	SKIP_TO_ELSE,           /* has been true, but not seen '.else' */
+	SKIP_TO_ENDIF		/* nothing else to execute */
+    };
+    static enum if_states *cond_state = NULL;
+    static unsigned int max_if_depth = MAXIF;
+
+    const struct If *ifp;
+    Boolean 	    isElif;
+    Boolean 	    value;
+    int	    	    level;  	/* Level at which to report errors. */
+    enum if_states  state;
+
+    level = PARSE_FATAL;
+    if (!cond_state) {
+	cond_state = bmake_malloc(max_if_depth * sizeof(*cond_state));
+	cond_state[0] = IF_ACTIVE;
+    }
+    /* skip leading character (the '.') and any whitespace */
+    for (line++; *line == ' ' || *line == '\t'; line++)
+	continue;
+
+    /* Find what type of if we're dealing with.  */
+    if (line[0] == 'e') {
+	if (line[1] != 'l') {
+	    if (!istoken(line + 1, "ndif", 4))
+		return COND_INVALID;
+	    /* End of conditional section */
+	    if (cond_depth == cond_min_depth) {
+		Parse_Error(level, "if-less endif");
+		return COND_PARSE;
+	    }
+	    /* Return state for previous conditional */
+	    cond_depth--;
+	    return cond_state[cond_depth] <= ELSE_ACTIVE ? COND_PARSE : COND_SKIP;
+	}
+
+	/* Quite likely this is 'else' or 'elif' */
+	line += 2;
+	if (istoken(line, "se", 2)) {
+	    /* It is else... */
+	    if (cond_depth == cond_min_depth) {
+		Parse_Error(level, "if-less else");
+		return COND_PARSE;
+	    }
+
+	    state = cond_state[cond_depth];
+	    switch (state) {
+	    case SEARCH_FOR_ELIF:
+		state = ELSE_ACTIVE;
+		break;
+	    case ELSE_ACTIVE:
+	    case SKIP_TO_ENDIF:
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "extra else");
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	    default:
+	    case IF_ACTIVE:
+	    case SKIP_TO_ELSE:
+		state = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    cond_state[cond_depth] = state;
+	    return state <= ELSE_ACTIVE ? COND_PARSE : COND_SKIP;
+	}
+	/* Assume for now it is an elif */
+	isElif = TRUE;
+    } else
+	isElif = FALSE;
+
+    if (line[0] != 'i' || line[1] != 'f')
+	/* Not an ifxxx or elifxxx line */
+	return COND_INVALID;
+
+    /*
+     * Figure out what sort of conditional it is -- what its default
+     * function is, etc. -- by looking in the table of valid "ifs"
+     */
+    line += 2;
+    for (ifp = ifs; ; ifp++) {
+	if (ifp->form == NULL)
+	    return COND_INVALID;
+	if (istoken(ifp->form, line, ifp->formlen)) {
+	    line += ifp->formlen;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Now we know what sort of 'if' it is... */
+
+    if (isElif) {
+	if (cond_depth == cond_min_depth) {
+	    Parse_Error(level, "if-less elif");
+	    return COND_PARSE;
+	}
+	state = cond_state[cond_depth];
+	if (state == SKIP_TO_ENDIF || state == ELSE_ACTIVE) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "extra elif");
+	    cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
+	    return COND_SKIP;
+	}
+	if (state != SEARCH_FOR_ELIF) {
+	    /* Either just finished the 'true' block, or already SKIP_TO_ELSE */
+	    cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
+	    return COND_SKIP;
+	}
+    } else {
+	/* Normal .if */
+	if (cond_depth + 1 >= max_if_depth) {
+	    /*
+	     * This is rare, but not impossible.
+	     * In meta mode, dirdeps.mk (only runs at level 0)
+	     * can need more than the default.
+	     */
+	    max_if_depth += MAXIF_BUMP;
+	    cond_state = bmake_realloc(cond_state, max_if_depth *
+		sizeof(*cond_state));
+	}
+	state = cond_state[cond_depth];
+	cond_depth++;
+	if (state > ELSE_ACTIVE) {
+	    /* If we aren't parsing the data, treat as always false */
+	    cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
+	    return COND_SKIP;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* And evaluate the conditional expresssion */
+    if (Cond_EvalExpression(ifp, line, &value, 1, TRUE) == COND_INVALID) {
+	/* Syntax error in conditional, error message already output. */
+	/* Skip everything to matching .endif */
+	cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
+	return COND_SKIP;
+    }
+
+    if (!value) {
+	cond_state[cond_depth] = SEARCH_FOR_ELIF;
+	return COND_SKIP;
+    }
+    cond_state[cond_depth] = IF_ACTIVE;
+    return COND_PARSE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Cond_End --
+ *	Make sure everything's clean at the end of a makefile.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Parse_Error will be called if open conditionals are around.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Cond_restore_depth(unsigned int saved_depth)
+{
+    int open_conds = cond_depth - cond_min_depth;
+
+    if (open_conds != 0 || saved_depth > cond_depth) {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "%d open conditional%s", open_conds,
+		    open_conds == 1 ? "" : "s");
+	cond_depth = cond_min_depth;
+    }
+
+    cond_min_depth = saved_depth;
+}
+
+unsigned int
+Cond_save_depth(void)
+{
+    int depth = cond_min_depth;
+
+    cond_min_depth = cond_depth;
+    return depth;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/config.h b/usr.bin/make/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06af09c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: config.h,v 1.21 2012/03/31 00:12:24 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)config.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)config.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * DEFMAXJOBS
+ * DEFMAXLOCAL
+ *	These control the default concurrency. On no occasion will more
+ *	than DEFMAXJOBS targets be created at once (locally or remotely)
+ *	DEFMAXLOCAL is the highest number of targets which will be
+ *	created on the local machine at once. Note that if you set this
+ *	to 0, nothing will ever happen...
+ */
+#define DEFMAXJOBS	4
+#define DEFMAXLOCAL	1
+
+/*
+ * INCLUDES
+ * LIBRARIES
+ *	These control the handling of the .INCLUDES and .LIBS variables.
+ *	If INCLUDES is defined, the .INCLUDES variable will be filled
+ *	from the search paths of those suffixes which are marked by
+ *	.INCLUDES dependency lines. Similarly for LIBRARIES and .LIBS
+ *	See suff.c for more details.
+ */
+#define INCLUDES
+#define LIBRARIES
+
+/*
+ * LIBSUFF
+ *	Is the suffix used to denote libraries and is used by the Suff module
+ *	to find the search path on which to seek any -l<xx> targets.
+ *
+ * RECHECK
+ *	If defined, Make_Update will check a target for its current
+ *	modification time after it has been re-made, setting it to the
+ *	starting time of the make only if the target still doesn't exist.
+ *	Unfortunately, under NFS the modification time often doesn't
+ *	get updated in time, so a target will appear to not have been
+ *	re-made, causing later targets to appear up-to-date. On systems
+ *	that don't have this problem, you should defined this. Under
+ *	NFS you probably should not, unless you aren't exporting jobs.
+ */
+#define	LIBSUFF	".a"
+#define	RECHECK
+
+/*
+ * POSIX
+ *	Adhere to the POSIX 1003.2 draft for the make(1) program.
+ *	- Use MAKEFLAGS instead of MAKE to pick arguments from the
+ *	  environment.
+ *	- Allow empty command lines if starting with tab.
+ */
+#define POSIX
+
+/*
+ * SYSVINCLUDE
+ *	Recognize system V like include directives [include "filename"]
+ * SYSVVARSUB
+ *	Recognize system V like ${VAR:x=y} variable substitutions
+ */
+#define SYSVINCLUDE
+#define SYSVVARSUB
+
+/*
+ * GMAKEEXPORT
+ *	Recognize gmake like variable export directives [export <VAR>=<VALUE>]
+ */
+#define GMAKEEXPORT
+
+/*
+ * SUNSHCMD
+ *	Recognize SunOS and Solaris:
+ *		VAR :sh= CMD	# Assign VAR to the command substitution of CMD
+ *		${VAR:sh}	# Return the command substitution of the value
+ *				# of ${VAR}
+ */
+#define SUNSHCMD
+
+/*
+ * USE_IOVEC
+ *	We have writev(2)
+ */
+#define USE_IOVEC
+
+#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && !defined(__ELF__)
+# ifndef RANLIBMAG
+#  define RANLIBMAG "__.SYMDEF"
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/dir.c b/usr.bin/make/dir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0062ac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/dir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1849 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.73 2018/07/12 18:03:31 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.73 2018/07/12 18:03:31 christos Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dir.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.73 2018/07/12 18:03:31 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * dir.c --
+ *	Directory searching using wildcards and/or normal names...
+ *	Used both for source wildcarding in the Makefile and for finding
+ *	implicit sources.
+ *
+ * The interface for this module is:
+ *	Dir_Init  	    Initialize the module.
+ *
+ *	Dir_InitCur	    Set the cur Path.
+ *
+ *	Dir_InitDot	    Set the dot Path.
+ *
+ *	Dir_End  	    Cleanup the module.
+ *
+ *	Dir_SetPATH	    Set ${.PATH} to reflect state of dirSearchPath.
+ *
+ *	Dir_HasWildcards    Returns TRUE if the name given it needs to
+ *	    	  	    be wildcard-expanded.
+ *
+ *	Dir_Expand	    Given a pattern and a path, return a Lst of names
+ *	    	  	    which match the pattern on the search path.
+ *
+ *	Dir_FindFile	    Searches for a file on a given search path.
+ *	    	  	    If it exists, the entire path is returned.
+ *	    	  	    Otherwise NULL is returned.
+ *
+ *	Dir_FindHereOrAbove Search for a path in the current directory and
+ *			    then all the directories above it in turn until
+ *			    the path is found or we reach the root ("/").
+ * 
+ *	Dir_MTime 	    Return the modification time of a node. The file
+ *	    	  	    is searched for along the default search path.
+ *	    	  	    The path and mtime fields of the node are filled
+ *	    	  	    in.
+ *
+ *	Dir_AddDir	    Add a directory to a search path.
+ *
+ *	Dir_MakeFlags	    Given a search path and a command flag, create
+ *	    	  	    a string with each of the directories in the path
+ *	    	  	    preceded by the command flag and all of them
+ *	    	  	    separated by a space.
+ *
+ *	Dir_Destroy	    Destroy an element of a search path. Frees up all
+ *	    	  	    things that can be freed for the element as long
+ *	    	  	    as the element is no longer referenced by any other
+ *	    	  	    search path.
+ *	Dir_ClearPath	    Resets a search path to the empty list.
+ *
+ * For debugging:
+ *	Dir_PrintDirectories	Print stats about the directory cache.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+
+/*
+ *	A search path consists of a Lst of Path structures. A Path structure
+ *	has in it the name of the directory and a hash table of all the files
+ *	in the directory. This is used to cut down on the number of system
+ *	calls necessary to find implicit dependents and their like. Since
+ *	these searches are made before any actions are taken, we need not
+ *	worry about the directory changing due to creation commands. If this
+ *	hampers the style of some makefiles, they must be changed.
+ *
+ *	A list of all previously-read directories is kept in the
+ *	openDirectories Lst. This list is checked first before a directory
+ *	is opened.
+ *
+ *	The need for the caching of whole directories is brought about by
+ *	the multi-level transformation code in suff.c, which tends to search
+ *	for far more files than regular make does. In the initial
+ *	implementation, the amount of time spent performing "stat" calls was
+ *	truly astronomical. The problem with hashing at the start is,
+ *	of course, that pmake doesn't then detect changes to these directories
+ *	during the course of the make. Three possibilities suggest themselves:
+ *
+ *	    1) just use stat to test for a file's existence. As mentioned
+ *	       above, this is very inefficient due to the number of checks
+ *	       engendered by the multi-level transformation code.
+ *	    2) use readdir() and company to search the directories, keeping
+ *	       them open between checks. I have tried this and while it
+ *	       didn't slow down the process too much, it could severely
+ *	       affect the amount of parallelism available as each directory
+ *	       open would take another file descriptor out of play for
+ *	       handling I/O for another job. Given that it is only recently
+ *	       that UNIX OS's have taken to allowing more than 20 or 32
+ *	       file descriptors for a process, this doesn't seem acceptable
+ *	       to me.
+ *	    3) record the mtime of the directory in the Path structure and
+ *	       verify the directory hasn't changed since the contents were
+ *	       hashed. This will catch the creation or deletion of files,
+ *	       but not the updating of files. However, since it is the
+ *	       creation and deletion that is the problem, this could be
+ *	       a good thing to do. Unfortunately, if the directory (say ".")
+ *	       were fairly large and changed fairly frequently, the constant
+ *	       rehashing could seriously degrade performance. It might be
+ *	       good in such cases to keep track of the number of rehashes
+ *	       and if the number goes over a (small) limit, resort to using
+ *	       stat in its place.
+ *
+ *	An additional thing to consider is that pmake is used primarily
+ *	to create C programs and until recently pcc-based compilers refused
+ *	to allow you to specify where the resulting object file should be
+ *	placed. This forced all objects to be created in the current
+ *	directory. This isn't meant as a full excuse, just an explanation of
+ *	some of the reasons for the caching used here.
+ *
+ *	One more note: the location of a target's file is only performed
+ *	on the downward traversal of the graph and then only for terminal
+ *	nodes in the graph. This could be construed as wrong in some cases,
+ *	but prevents inadvertent modification of files when the "installed"
+ *	directory for a file is provided in the search path.
+ *
+ *	Another data structure maintained by this module is an mtime
+ *	cache used when the searching of cached directories fails to find
+ *	a file. In the past, Dir_FindFile would simply perform an access()
+ *	call in such a case to determine if the file could be found using
+ *	just the name given. When this hit, however, all that was gained
+ *	was the knowledge that the file existed. Given that an access() is
+ *	essentially a stat() without the copyout() call, and that the same
+ *	filesystem overhead would have to be incurred in Dir_MTime, it made
+ *	sense to replace the access() with a stat() and record the mtime
+ *	in a cache for when Dir_MTime was actually called.
+ */
+
+Lst          dirSearchPath;	/* main search path */
+
+static Lst   openDirectories;	/* the list of all open directories */
+
+/*
+ * Variables for gathering statistics on the efficiency of the hashing
+ * mechanism.
+ */
+static int    hits,	      /* Found in directory cache */
+	      misses,	      /* Sad, but not evil misses */
+	      nearmisses,     /* Found under search path */
+	      bigmisses;      /* Sought by itself */
+
+static Path    	  *dot;	    /* contents of current directory */
+static Path    	  *cur;	    /* contents of current directory, if not dot */
+static Path	  *dotLast; /* a fake path entry indicating we need to
+			     * look for . last */
+static Hash_Table mtimes;   /* Results of doing a last-resort stat in
+			     * Dir_FindFile -- if we have to go to the
+			     * system to find the file, we might as well
+			     * have its mtime on record. XXX: If this is done
+			     * way early, there's a chance other rules will
+			     * have already updated the file, in which case
+			     * we'll update it again. Generally, there won't
+			     * be two rules to update a single file, so this
+			     * should be ok, but... */
+
+static Hash_Table lmtimes;  /* same as mtimes but for lstat */
+
+static int DirFindName(const void *, const void *);
+static int DirMatchFiles(const char *, Path *, Lst);
+static void DirExpandCurly(const char *, const char *, Lst, Lst);
+static void DirExpandInt(const char *, Lst, Lst);
+static int DirPrintWord(void *, void *);
+static int DirPrintDir(void *, void *);
+static char *DirLookup(Path *, const char *, const char *, Boolean);
+static char *DirLookupSubdir(Path *, const char *);
+static char *DirFindDot(Boolean, const char *, const char *);
+static char *DirLookupAbs(Path *, const char *, const char *);
+
+
+/*
+ * We use stat(2) a lot, cache the results
+ * mtime and mode are all we care about.
+ */
+struct cache_st {
+    time_t mtime;
+    mode_t  mode;
+};
+
+/* minimize changes below */
+#define CST_LSTAT 1
+#define CST_UPDATE 2
+
+static int
+cached_stats(Hash_Table *htp, const char *pathname, struct stat *st, int flags)
+{
+    Hash_Entry *entry;
+    struct cache_st *cst;
+    int rc;
+
+    if (!pathname || !pathname[0])
+	return -1;
+
+    entry = Hash_FindEntry(htp, pathname);
+
+    if (entry && (flags & CST_UPDATE) == 0) {
+	cst = entry->clientPtr;
+
+	memset(st, 0, sizeof(*st));
+	st->st_mtime = cst->mtime;
+	st->st_mode = cst->mode;
+        if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+            fprintf(debug_file, "Using cached time %s for %s\n",
+		Targ_FmtTime(st->st_mtime), pathname);
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    rc = (flags & CST_LSTAT) ? lstat(pathname, st) : stat(pathname, st);
+    if (rc == -1)
+	return -1;
+
+    if (st->st_mtime == 0)
+	st->st_mtime = 1;      /* avoid confusion with missing file */
+
+    if (!entry)
+	entry = Hash_CreateEntry(htp, pathname, NULL);
+    if (!entry->clientPtr)
+	entry->clientPtr = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*cst));
+    cst = entry->clientPtr;
+    cst->mtime = st->st_mtime;
+    cst->mode = st->st_mode;
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "   Caching %s for %s\n",
+	    Targ_FmtTime(st->st_mtime), pathname);
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+cached_stat(const char *pathname, void *st)
+{
+    return cached_stats(&mtimes, pathname, st, 0);
+}
+
+int
+cached_lstat(const char *pathname, void *st)
+{
+    return cached_stats(&lmtimes, pathname, st, CST_LSTAT);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Init --
+ *	initialize things for this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	some directories may be opened.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Init(const char *cdname)
+{
+    if (!cdname) {
+	dirSearchPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	openDirectories = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	Hash_InitTable(&mtimes, 0);
+	Hash_InitTable(&lmtimes, 0);
+	return;
+    }
+    Dir_InitCur(cdname);
+
+    dotLast = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Path));
+    dotLast->refCount = 1;
+    dotLast->hits = 0;
+    dotLast->name = bmake_strdup(".DOTLAST");
+    Hash_InitTable(&dotLast->files, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called by Dir_Init() and whenever .CURDIR is assigned to.
+ */
+void
+Dir_InitCur(const char *cdname)
+{
+    Path *p;
+    
+    if (cdname != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Our build directory is not the same as our source directory.
+	 * Keep this one around too.
+	 */
+	if ((p = Dir_AddDir(NULL, cdname))) {
+	    p->refCount += 1;
+	    if (cur && cur != p) {
+		/*
+		 * We've been here before, cleanup.
+		 */
+		cur->refCount -= 1;
+		Dir_Destroy(cur);
+	    }
+	    cur = p;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_InitDot --
+ *	(re)initialize "dot" (current/object directory) path hash
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	some directories may be opened.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_InitDot(void)
+{
+    if (dot != NULL) {
+	LstNode ln;
+
+	/* Remove old entry from openDirectories, but do not destroy. */
+	ln = Lst_Member(openDirectories, dot);
+	(void)Lst_Remove(openDirectories, ln);
+    }
+
+    dot = Dir_AddDir(NULL, ".");
+
+    if (dot == NULL) {
+	Error("Cannot open `.' (%s)", strerror(errno));
+	exit(1);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We always need to have dot around, so we increment its reference count
+     * to make sure it's not destroyed.
+     */
+    dot->refCount += 1;
+    Dir_SetPATH();			/* initialize */
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_End --
+ *	cleanup things for this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	none
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    if (cur) {
+	cur->refCount -= 1;
+	Dir_Destroy(cur);
+    }
+    dot->refCount -= 1;
+    dotLast->refCount -= 1;
+    Dir_Destroy(dotLast);
+    Dir_Destroy(dot);
+    Dir_ClearPath(dirSearchPath);
+    Lst_Destroy(dirSearchPath, NULL);
+    Dir_ClearPath(openDirectories);
+    Lst_Destroy(openDirectories, NULL);
+    Hash_DeleteTable(&mtimes);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * We want ${.PATH} to indicate the order in which we will actually
+ * search, so we rebuild it after any .PATH: target.
+ * This is the simplest way to deal with the effect of .DOTLAST.
+ */
+void
+Dir_SetPATH(void)
+{
+    LstNode       ln;		/* a list element */
+    Path *p;
+    Boolean	  hasLastDot = FALSE;	/* true we should search dot last */
+
+    Var_Delete(".PATH", VAR_GLOBAL);
+    
+    if (Lst_Open(dirSearchPath) == SUCCESS) {
+	if ((ln = Lst_First(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (p == dotLast) {
+		hasLastDot = TRUE;
+		Var_Append(".PATH", dotLast->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (!hasLastDot) {
+	    if (dot)
+		Var_Append(".PATH", dot->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	    if (cur)
+		Var_Append(".PATH", cur->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	}
+
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (p == dotLast)
+		continue;
+	    if (p == dot && hasLastDot)
+		continue;
+	    Var_Append(".PATH", p->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	}
+
+	if (hasLastDot) {
+	    if (dot)
+		Var_Append(".PATH", dot->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	    if (cur)
+		Var_Append(".PATH", cur->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	}
+	Lst_Close(dirSearchPath);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirFindName --
+ *	See if the Path structure describes the same directory as the
+ *	given one by comparing their names. Called from Dir_AddDir via
+ *	Lst_Find when searching the list of open directories.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	p		Current name
+ *	dname		Desired name
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if it is the same. Non-zero otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+DirFindName(const void *p, const void *dname)
+{
+    return (strcmp(((const Path *)p)->name, dname));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_HasWildcards  --
+ *	see if the given name has any wildcard characters in it
+ *	be careful not to expand unmatching brackets or braces.
+ *	XXX: This code is not 100% correct. ([^]] fails etc.) 
+ *	I really don't think that make(1) should be expanding
+ *	patterns, because then you have to set a mechanism for
+ *	escaping the expansion!
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	returns TRUE if the word should be expanded, FALSE otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	none
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Dir_HasWildcards(char *name)
+{
+    char *cp;
+    int wild = 0, brace = 0, bracket = 0;
+
+    for (cp = name; *cp; cp++) {
+	switch(*cp) {
+	case '{':
+		brace++;
+		wild = 1;
+		break;
+	case '}':
+		brace--;
+		break;
+	case '[':
+		bracket++;
+		wild = 1;
+		break;
+	case ']':
+		bracket--;
+		break;
+	case '?':
+	case '*':
+		wild = 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    return wild && bracket == 0 && brace == 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirMatchFiles --
+ * 	Given a pattern and a Path structure, see if any files
+ *	match the pattern and add their names to the 'expansions' list if
+ *	any do. This is incomplete -- it doesn't take care of patterns like
+ *	src / *src / *.c properly (just *.c on any of the directories), but it
+ *	will do for now.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pattern		Pattern to look for
+ *	p		Directory to search
+ *	expansion	Place to store the results
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	File names are added to the expansions lst. The directory will be
+ *	fully hashed when this is done.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+DirMatchFiles(const char *pattern, Path *p, Lst expansions)
+{
+    Hash_Search	  search;   	/* Index into the directory's table */
+    Hash_Entry	  *entry;   	/* Current entry in the table */
+    Boolean 	  isDot;    	/* TRUE if the directory being searched is . */
+
+    isDot = (*p->name == '.' && p->name[1] == '\0');
+
+    for (entry = Hash_EnumFirst(&p->files, &search);
+	 entry != NULL;
+	 entry = Hash_EnumNext(&search))
+    {
+	/*
+	 * See if the file matches the given pattern. Note we follow the UNIX
+	 * convention that dot files will only be found if the pattern
+	 * begins with a dot (note also that as a side effect of the hashing
+	 * scheme, .* won't match . or .. since they aren't hashed).
+	 */
+	if (Str_Match(entry->name, pattern) &&
+	    ((entry->name[0] != '.') ||
+	     (pattern[0] == '.')))
+	{
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(expansions,
+			    (isDot ? bmake_strdup(entry->name) :
+			     str_concat(p->name, entry->name,
+					STR_ADDSLASH)));
+	}
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirExpandCurly --
+ *	Expand curly braces like the C shell. Does this recursively.
+ *	Note the special case: if after the piece of the curly brace is
+ *	done there are no wildcard characters in the result, the result is
+ *	placed on the list WITHOUT CHECKING FOR ITS EXISTENCE.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Entire word to expand
+ *	brace		First curly brace in it
+ *	path		Search path to use
+ *	expansions	Place to store the expansions
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The given list is filled with the expansions...
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+DirExpandCurly(const char *word, const char *brace, Lst path, Lst expansions)
+{
+    const char   *end;	    	/* Character after the closing brace */
+    const char   *cp;	    	/* Current position in brace clause */
+    const char   *start;   	/* Start of current piece of brace clause */
+    int	    	  bracelevel;	/* Number of braces we've seen. If we see a
+				 * right brace when this is 0, we've hit the
+				 * end of the clause. */
+    char    	 *file;    	/* Current expansion */
+    int	    	  otherLen; 	/* The length of the other pieces of the
+				 * expansion (chars before and after the
+				 * clause in 'word') */
+    char    	 *cp2;	    	/* Pointer for checking for wildcards in
+				 * expansion before calling Dir_Expand */
+
+    start = brace+1;
+
+    /*
+     * Find the end of the brace clause first, being wary of nested brace
+     * clauses.
+     */
+    for (end = start, bracelevel = 0; *end != '\0'; end++) {
+	if (*end == '{') {
+	    bracelevel++;
+	} else if ((*end == '}') && (bracelevel-- == 0)) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    if (*end == '\0') {
+	Error("Unterminated {} clause \"%s\"", start);
+	return;
+    } else {
+	end++;
+    }
+    otherLen = brace - word + strlen(end);
+
+    for (cp = start; cp < end; cp++) {
+	/*
+	 * Find the end of this piece of the clause.
+	 */
+	bracelevel = 0;
+	while (*cp != ',') {
+	    if (*cp == '{') {
+		bracelevel++;
+	    } else if ((*cp == '}') && (bracelevel-- <= 0)) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    cp++;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Allocate room for the combination and install the three pieces.
+	 */
+	file = bmake_malloc(otherLen + cp - start + 1);
+	if (brace != word) {
+	    strncpy(file, word, brace-word);
+	}
+	if (cp != start) {
+	    strncpy(&file[brace-word], start, cp-start);
+	}
+	strcpy(&file[(brace-word)+(cp-start)], end);
+
+	/*
+	 * See if the result has any wildcards in it. If we find one, call
+	 * Dir_Expand right away, telling it to place the result on our list
+	 * of expansions.
+	 */
+	for (cp2 = file; *cp2 != '\0'; cp2++) {
+	    switch(*cp2) {
+	    case '*':
+	    case '?':
+	    case '{':
+	    case '[':
+		Dir_Expand(file, path, expansions);
+		goto next;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (*cp2 == '\0') {
+	    /*
+	     * Hit the end w/o finding any wildcards, so stick the expansion
+	     * on the end of the list.
+	     */
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(expansions, file);
+	} else {
+	next:
+	    free(file);
+	}
+	start = cp+1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirExpandInt --
+ *	Internal expand routine. Passes through the directories in the
+ *	path one by one, calling DirMatchFiles for each. NOTE: This still
+ *	doesn't handle patterns in directories...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to expand
+ *	path		Path on which to look
+ *	expansions	Place to store the result
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Things are added to the expansions list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+DirExpandInt(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions)
+{
+    LstNode 	  ln;	    	/* Current node */
+    Path	  *p;	    	/* Directory in the node */
+
+    if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    DirMatchFiles(word, p, expansions);
+	}
+	Lst_Close(path);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirPrintWord --
+ *	Print a word in the list of expansions. Callback for Dir_Expand
+ *	when DEBUG(DIR), via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	=== 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The passed word is printed, followed by a space.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+DirPrintWord(void *word, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", (char *)word);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Expand  --
+ *	Expand the given word into a list of words by globbing it looking
+ *	in the directories on the given search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		the word to expand
+ *	path		the list of directories in which to find the
+ *			resulting files
+ *	expansions	the list on which to place the results
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A list of words consisting of the files which exist along the search
+ *	path matching the given pattern.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Directories may be opened. Who knows?
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Expand(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions)
+{
+    const char    	  *cp;
+
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Expanding \"%s\"... ", word);
+    }
+
+    cp = strchr(word, '{');
+    if (cp) {
+	DirExpandCurly(word, cp, path, expansions);
+    } else {
+	cp = strchr(word, '/');
+	if (cp) {
+	    /*
+	     * The thing has a directory component -- find the first wildcard
+	     * in the string.
+	     */
+	    for (cp = word; *cp; cp++) {
+		if (*cp == '?' || *cp == '[' || *cp == '*' || *cp == '{') {
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (*cp == '{') {
+		/*
+		 * This one will be fun.
+		 */
+		DirExpandCurly(word, cp, path, expansions);
+		return;
+	    } else if (*cp != '\0') {
+		/*
+		 * Back up to the start of the component
+		 */
+		char  *dirpath;
+
+		while (cp > word && *cp != '/') {
+		    cp--;
+		}
+		if (cp != word) {
+		    char sc;
+		    /*
+		     * If the glob isn't in the first component, try and find
+		     * all the components up to the one with a wildcard.
+		     */
+		    sc = cp[1];
+		    ((char *)UNCONST(cp))[1] = '\0';
+		    dirpath = Dir_FindFile(word, path);
+		    ((char *)UNCONST(cp))[1] = sc;
+		    /*
+		     * dirpath is null if can't find the leading component
+		     * XXX: Dir_FindFile won't find internal components.
+		     * i.e. if the path contains ../Etc/Object and we're
+		     * looking for Etc, it won't be found. Ah well.
+		     * Probably not important.
+		     */
+		    if (dirpath != NULL) {
+			char *dp = &dirpath[strlen(dirpath) - 1];
+			if (*dp == '/')
+			    *dp = '\0';
+			path = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+			(void)Dir_AddDir(path, dirpath);
+			DirExpandInt(cp+1, path, expansions);
+			Lst_Destroy(path, NULL);
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * Start the search from the local directory
+		     */
+		    DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions);
+		}
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * Return the file -- this should never happen.
+		 */
+		DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * First the files in dot
+	     */
+	    DirMatchFiles(word, dot, expansions);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Then the files in every other directory on the path.
+	     */
+	    DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions);
+	}
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	Lst_ForEach(expansions, DirPrintWord, NULL);
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirLookup  --
+ *	Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ *	different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirLookup(Path *p, const char *name MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *cp, 
+          Boolean hasSlash MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    char *file;		/* the current filename to check */
+
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "   %s ...\n", p->name);
+    }
+
+    if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+    file = str_concat(p->name, cp, STR_ADDSLASH);
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "   returning %s\n", file);
+    }
+    p->hits += 1;
+    hits += 1;
+    return file;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirLookupSubdir  --
+ *	Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ *	different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the file is found, it is added in the modification times hash
+ *	table.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirLookupSubdir(Path *p, const char *name)
+{
+    struct stat	  stb;		/* Buffer for stat, if necessary */
+    char 	 *file;		/* the current filename to check */
+
+    if (p != dot) {
+	file = str_concat(p->name, name, STR_ADDSLASH);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Checking in dot -- DON'T put a leading ./ on the thing.
+	 */
+	file = bmake_strdup(name);
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "checking %s ...\n", file);
+    }
+
+    if (cached_stat(file, &stb) == 0) {
+	nearmisses += 1;
+	return (file);
+    }
+    free(file);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirLookupAbs  --
+ *	Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The path to the file, the empty string or NULL. If the file is
+ *	the empty string, the search should be terminated.
+ *	This path is guaranteed to be in a different part of memory
+ *	than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirLookupAbs(Path *p, const char *name, const char *cp)
+{
+	char *p1;		/* pointer into p->name */
+	const char *p2;		/* pointer into name */
+
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "   %s ...\n", p->name);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the file has a leading path component and that component
+	 * exactly matches the entire name of the current search
+	 * directory, we can attempt another cache lookup. And if we don't
+	 * have a hit, we can safely assume the file does not exist at all.
+	 */
+	for (p1 = p->name, p2 = name; *p1 && *p1 == *p2; p1++, p2++) {
+		continue;
+	}
+	if (*p1 != '\0' || p2 != cp - 1) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) == NULL) {
+		if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+			fprintf(debug_file, "   must be here but isn't -- returning\n");
+		}
+		/* Return empty string: terminates search */
+		return bmake_strdup("");
+	}
+
+	p->hits += 1;
+	hits += 1;
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "   returning %s\n", name);
+	}
+	return (bmake_strdup(name));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirFindDot  --
+ *	Find the file given on "." or curdir
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ *	different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Hit counts change
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirFindDot(Boolean hasSlash MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *name, const char *cp)
+{
+
+	if (Hash_FindEntry(&dot->files, cp) != NULL) {
+	    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "   in '.'\n");
+	    }
+	    hits += 1;
+	    dot->hits += 1;
+	    return (bmake_strdup(name));
+	}
+	if (cur &&
+	    Hash_FindEntry(&cur->files, cp) != NULL) {
+	    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "   in ${.CURDIR} = %s\n", cur->name);
+	    }
+	    hits += 1;
+	    cur->hits += 1;
+	    return str_concat(cur->name, cp, STR_ADDSLASH);
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_FindFile  --
+ *	Find the file with the given name along the given search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		the file to find
+ *	path		the Lst of directories to search
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ *	different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the file is found in a directory which is not on the path
+ *	already (either 'name' is absolute or it is a relative path
+ *	[ dir1/.../dirn/file ] which exists below one of the directories
+ *	already on the search path), its directory is added to the end
+ *	of the path on the assumption that there will be more files in
+ *	that directory later on. Sometimes this is true. Sometimes not.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
+{
+    LstNode       ln;			/* a list element */
+    char	  *file;		/* the current filename to check */
+    Path	  *p;			/* current path member */
+    const char	  *cp;			/* Terminal name of file */
+    Boolean	  hasLastDot = FALSE;	/* true we should search dot last */
+    Boolean	  hasSlash;		/* true if 'name' contains a / */
+    struct stat	  stb;			/* Buffer for stat, if necessary */
+    const char   *trailing_dot = ".";
+
+    /*
+     * Find the final component of the name and note whether it has a
+     * slash in it (the name, I mean)
+     */
+    cp = strrchr(name, '/');
+    if (cp) {
+	hasSlash = TRUE;
+	cp += 1;
+    } else {
+	hasSlash = FALSE;
+	cp = name;
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Searching for %s ...", name);
+    }
+
+    if (Lst_Open(path) == FAILURE) {
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "couldn't open path, file not found\n");
+	}
+	misses += 1;
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if ((ln = Lst_First(path)) != NULL) {
+	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (p == dotLast) {
+	    hasLastDot = TRUE;
+            if (DEBUG(DIR))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "[dot last]...");
+	}
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If there's no leading directory components or if the leading
+     * directory component is exactly `./', consult the cached contents
+     * of each of the directories on the search path.
+     */
+    if (!hasSlash || (cp - name == 2 && *name == '.')) {
+	    /*
+	     * We look through all the directories on the path seeking one which
+	     * contains the final component of the given name.  If such a beast
+	     * is found, we concatenate the directory name and the final
+	     * component and return the resulting string. If we don't find any
+	     * such thing, we go on to phase two...
+	     * 
+	     * No matter what, we always look for the file in the current
+	     * directory before anywhere else (unless we found the magic
+	     * DOTLAST path, in which case we search it last) and we *do not*
+	     * add the ./ to it if it exists.
+	     * This is so there are no conflicts between what the user
+	     * specifies (fish.c) and what pmake finds (./fish.c).
+	     */
+	    if (!hasLastDot &&
+			(file = DirFindDot(hasSlash, name, cp)) != NULL) {
+		    Lst_Close(path);
+		    return file;
+	    }
+
+	    while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+		p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+		if (p == dotLast)
+		    continue;
+		if ((file = DirLookup(p, name, cp, hasSlash)) != NULL) {
+		    Lst_Close(path);
+		    return file;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (hasLastDot &&
+			(file = DirFindDot(hasSlash, name, cp)) != NULL) {
+		    Lst_Close(path);
+		    return file;
+	    }
+    }
+    Lst_Close(path);
+
+    /*
+     * We didn't find the file on any directory in the search path.
+     * If the name doesn't contain a slash, that means it doesn't exist.
+     * If it *does* contain a slash, however, there is still hope: it
+     * could be in a subdirectory of one of the members of the search
+     * path. (eg. /usr/include and sys/types.h. The above search would
+     * fail to turn up types.h in /usr/include, but it *is* in
+     * /usr/include/sys/types.h).
+     * [ This no longer applies: If we find such a beast, we assume there
+     * will be more (what else can we assume?) and add all but the last
+     * component of the resulting name onto the search path (at the
+     * end).]
+     * This phase is only performed if the file is *not* absolute.
+     */
+    if (!hasSlash) {
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "   failed.\n");
+	}
+	misses += 1;
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (*cp == '\0') {
+	/* we were given a trailing "/" */
+	cp = trailing_dot;
+    }
+
+    if (name[0] != '/') {
+	Boolean	checkedDot = FALSE;
+
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "   Trying subdirectories...\n");
+	}
+
+	if (!hasLastDot) {
+		if (dot) {
+			checkedDot = TRUE;
+			if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(dot, name)) != NULL)
+				return file;
+		}
+		if (cur && (file = DirLookupSubdir(cur, name)) != NULL)
+			return file;
+	}
+
+	(void)Lst_Open(path);
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (p == dotLast)
+		continue;
+	    if (p == dot) {
+		    if (checkedDot)
+			    continue;
+		checkedDot = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(p, name)) != NULL) {
+		Lst_Close(path);
+		return file;
+	    }
+	}
+	Lst_Close(path);
+
+	if (hasLastDot) {
+		if (dot && !checkedDot) {
+			checkedDot = TRUE;
+			if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(dot, name)) != NULL)
+				return file;
+		}
+		if (cur && (file = DirLookupSubdir(cur, name)) != NULL)
+			return file;
+	}
+
+	if (checkedDot) {
+	    /*
+	     * Already checked by the given name, since . was in the path,
+	     * so no point in proceeding...
+	     */
+	    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "   Checked . already, returning NULL\n");
+	    }
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+
+    } else { /* name[0] == '/' */
+
+	/*
+	 * For absolute names, compare directory path prefix against the
+	 * the directory path of each member on the search path for an exact
+	 * match. If we have an exact match on any member of the search path,
+	 * use the cached contents of that member to lookup the final file
+	 * component. If that lookup fails we can safely assume that the
+	 * file does not exist at all.  This is signified by DirLookupAbs()
+	 * returning an empty string.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "   Trying exact path matches...\n");
+	}
+
+	if (!hasLastDot && cur && ((file = DirLookupAbs(cur, name, cp))
+		!= NULL)) {
+	    if (file[0] == '\0') {
+		free(file);
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	    return file;
+	}
+
+	(void)Lst_Open(path);
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (p == dotLast)
+		continue;
+	    if ((file = DirLookupAbs(p, name, cp)) != NULL) {
+		Lst_Close(path);
+		if (file[0] == '\0') {
+		    free(file);
+		    return NULL;
+		}
+		return file;
+	    }
+	}
+	Lst_Close(path);
+
+	if (hasLastDot && cur && ((file = DirLookupAbs(cur, name, cp))
+		!= NULL)) {
+	    if (file[0] == '\0') {
+		free(file);
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	    return file;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Didn't find it that way, either. Sigh. Phase 3. Add its directory
+     * onto the search path in any case, just in case, then look for the
+     * thing in the hash table. If we find it, grand. We return a new
+     * copy of the name. Otherwise we sadly return a NULL pointer. Sigh.
+     * Note that if the directory holding the file doesn't exist, this will
+     * do an extra search of the final directory on the path. Unless something
+     * weird happens, this search won't succeed and life will be groovy.
+     *
+     * Sigh. We cannot add the directory onto the search path because
+     * of this amusing case:
+     * $(INSTALLDIR)/$(FILE): $(FILE)
+     *
+     * $(FILE) exists in $(INSTALLDIR) but not in the current one.
+     * When searching for $(FILE), we will find it in $(INSTALLDIR)
+     * b/c we added it here. This is not good...
+     */
+#ifdef notdef
+    if (cp == traling_dot) {
+	cp = strrchr(name, '/');
+	cp += 1;
+    }
+    cp[-1] = '\0';
+    (void)Dir_AddDir(path, name);
+    cp[-1] = '/';
+
+    bigmisses += 1;
+    ln = Lst_Last(path);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+    }
+
+    if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) != NULL) {
+	return (bmake_strdup(name));
+    } else {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+#else /* !notdef */
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "   Looking for \"%s\" ...\n", name);
+    }
+
+    bigmisses += 1;
+    if (cached_stat(name, &stb) == 0) {
+	return (bmake_strdup(name));
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "   failed. Returning NULL\n");
+    }
+    return NULL;
+#endif /* notdef */
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_FindHereOrAbove  --
+ *	search for a path starting at a given directory and then working 
+ *	our way up towards the root.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	here		starting directory
+ *	search_path	the path we are looking for
+ *	result		the result of a successful search is placed here
+ *	rlen		the length of the result buffer 
+ *			(typically MAXPATHLEN + 1)
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 on failure, 1 on success [in which case the found path is put
+ *	in the result buffer].
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int 
+Dir_FindHereOrAbove(char *here, char *search_path, char *result, int rlen) {
+
+	struct stat st;
+	char dirbase[MAXPATHLEN + 1], *db_end;
+        char try[MAXPATHLEN + 1], *try_end;
+
+	/* copy out our starting point */
+	snprintf(dirbase, sizeof(dirbase), "%s", here);
+	db_end = dirbase + strlen(dirbase);
+
+	/* loop until we determine a result */
+	while (1) {
+
+		/* try and stat(2) it ... */
+		snprintf(try, sizeof(try), "%s/%s", dirbase, search_path);
+		if (cached_stat(try, &st) != -1) {
+			/*
+			 * success!  if we found a file, chop off
+			 * the filename so we return a directory.
+			 */
+			if ((st.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFDIR) {
+				try_end = try + strlen(try);
+				while (try_end > try && *try_end != '/')
+					try_end--;
+				if (try_end > try) 
+					*try_end = 0;	/* chop! */
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * done!
+			 */
+			snprintf(result, rlen, "%s", try);
+			return(1);
+		}
+
+		/* 
+		 * nope, we didn't find it.  if we used up dirbase we've
+		 * reached the root and failed.
+		 */
+		if (db_end == dirbase)
+			break;		/* failed! */
+
+		/*
+		 * truncate dirbase from the end to move up a dir
+		 */
+		while (db_end > dirbase && *db_end != '/')
+			db_end--;
+		*db_end = 0;		/* chop! */
+
+	} /* while (1) */
+
+	/*
+	 * we failed... 
+	 */
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_MTime  --
+ *	Find the modification time of the file described by gn along the
+ *	search path dirSearchPath.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		the file whose modification time is desired
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The modification time or 0 if it doesn't exist
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The modification time is placed in the node's mtime slot.
+ *	If the node didn't have a path entry before, and Dir_FindFile
+ *	found one for it, the full name is placed in the path slot.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Dir_MTime(GNode *gn, Boolean recheck)
+{
+    char          *fullName;  /* the full pathname of name */
+    struct stat	  stb;	      /* buffer for finding the mod time */
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	return Arch_MTime(gn);
+    } else if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) {
+	gn->mtime = 0;
+	return 0;
+    } else if (gn->path == NULL) {
+	if (gn->type & OP_NOPATH)
+	    fullName = NULL;
+	else {
+	    fullName = Dir_FindFile(gn->name, Suff_FindPath(gn));
+	    if (fullName == NULL && gn->flags & FROM_DEPEND &&
+		!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->iParents)) {
+		char *cp;
+
+		cp = strrchr(gn->name, '/');
+		if (cp) {
+		    /*
+		     * This is an implied source, and it may have moved,
+		     * see if we can find it via the current .PATH
+		     */
+		    cp++;
+			
+		    fullName = Dir_FindFile(cp, Suff_FindPath(gn));
+		    if (fullName) {
+			/*
+			 * Put the found file in gn->path
+			 * so that we give that to the compiler.
+			 */
+			gn->path = bmake_strdup(fullName);
+			if (!Job_RunTarget(".STALE", gn->fname))
+			    fprintf(stdout,
+				"%s: %s, %d: ignoring stale %s for %s, "
+				"found %s\n", progname, gn->fname, gn->lineno,
+				makeDependfile, gn->name, fullName);
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (DEBUG(DIR))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Found '%s' as '%s'\n",
+			gn->name, fullName ? fullName : "(not found)" );
+	}
+    } else {
+	fullName = gn->path;
+    }
+
+    if (fullName == NULL) {
+	fullName = bmake_strdup(gn->name);
+    }
+
+    if (cached_stats(&mtimes, fullName, &stb, recheck ? CST_UPDATE : 0) < 0) {
+	if (gn->type & OP_MEMBER) {
+	    if (fullName != gn->path)
+		free(fullName);
+	    return Arch_MemMTime(gn);
+	} else {
+	    stb.st_mtime = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (fullName && gn->path == NULL) {
+	gn->path = fullName;
+    }
+
+    gn->mtime = stb.st_mtime;
+    return (gn->mtime);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_AddDir --
+ *	Add the given name to the end of the given path. The order of
+ *	the arguments is backwards so ParseDoDependency can do a
+ *	Lst_ForEach of its list of paths...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	path		the path to which the directory should be
+ *			added
+ *	name		the name of the directory to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A structure is added to the list and the directory is
+ *	read and hashed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Path *
+Dir_AddDir(Lst path, const char *name)
+{
+    LstNode       ln = NULL; /* node in case Path structure is found */
+    Path	  *p = NULL;  /* pointer to new Path structure */
+    DIR     	  *d;	      /* for reading directory */
+    struct dirent *dp;	      /* entry in directory */
+
+    if (strcmp(name, ".DOTLAST") == 0) {
+	ln = Lst_Find(path, name, DirFindName);
+	if (ln != NULL)
+	    return (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	else {
+	    dotLast->refCount += 1;
+	    (void)Lst_AtFront(path, dotLast);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (path)
+	ln = Lst_Find(openDirectories, name, DirFindName);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (path && Lst_Member(path, p) == NULL) {
+	    p->refCount += 1;
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(path, p);
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Caching %s ...", name);
+	}
+
+	if ((d = opendir(name)) != NULL) {
+	    p = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Path));
+	    p->name = bmake_strdup(name);
+	    p->hits = 0;
+	    p->refCount = 1;
+	    Hash_InitTable(&p->files, -1);
+
+	    while ((dp = readdir(d)) != NULL) {
+#if defined(sun) && defined(d_ino) /* d_ino is a sunos4 #define for d_fileno */
+		/*
+		 * The sun directory library doesn't check for a 0 inode
+		 * (0-inode slots just take up space), so we have to do
+		 * it ourselves.
+		 */
+		if (dp->d_fileno == 0) {
+		    continue;
+		}
+#endif /* sun && d_ino */
+		(void)Hash_CreateEntry(&p->files, dp->d_name, NULL);
+	    }
+	    (void)closedir(d);
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(openDirectories, p);
+	    if (path != NULL)
+		(void)Lst_AtEnd(path, p);
+	}
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "done\n");
+	}
+    }
+    return p;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_CopyDir --
+ *	Callback function for duplicating a search path via Lst_Duplicate.
+ *	Ups the reference count for the directory.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns the Path it was given.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The refCount of the path is incremented.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void *
+Dir_CopyDir(void *p)
+{
+    ((Path *)p)->refCount += 1;
+
+    return (p);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_MakeFlags --
+ *	Make a string by taking all the directories in the given search
+ *	path and preceding them by the given flag. Used by the suffix
+ *	module to create variables for compilers based on suffix search
+ *	paths.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	flag		flag which should precede each directory
+ *	path		list of directories
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The string mentioned above. Note that there is no space between
+ *	the given flag and each directory. The empty string is returned if
+ *	Things don't go well.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Dir_MakeFlags(const char *flag, Lst path)
+{
+    char	  *str;	  /* the string which will be returned */
+    char	  *s1, *s2;/* the current directory preceded by 'flag' */
+    LstNode	  ln;	  /* the node of the current directory */
+    Path	  *p;	  /* the structure describing the current directory */
+
+    str = bmake_strdup("");
+
+    if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    s2 = str_concat(flag, p->name, 0);
+	    str = str_concat(s1 = str, s2, STR_ADDSPACE);
+	    free(s1);
+	    free(s2);
+	}
+	Lst_Close(path);
+    }
+
+    return (str);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Destroy --
+ *	Nuke a directory descriptor, if possible. Callback procedure
+ *	for the suffixes module when destroying a search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pp		The directory descriptor to nuke
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If no other path references this directory (refCount == 0),
+ *	the Path and all its data are freed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Destroy(void *pp)
+{
+    Path    	  *p = (Path *)pp;
+    p->refCount -= 1;
+
+    if (p->refCount == 0) {
+	LstNode	ln;
+
+	ln = Lst_Member(openDirectories, p);
+	(void)Lst_Remove(openDirectories, ln);
+
+	Hash_DeleteTable(&p->files);
+	free(p->name);
+	free(p);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_ClearPath --
+ *	Clear out all elements of the given search path. This is different
+ *	from destroying the list, notice.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	path		Path to clear
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The path is set to the empty list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_ClearPath(Lst path)
+{
+    Path    *p;
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty(path)) {
+	p = (Path *)Lst_DeQueue(path);
+	Dir_Destroy(p);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Concat --
+ *	Concatenate two paths, adding the second to the end of the first.
+ *	Makes sure to avoid duplicates.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	path1		Dest
+ *	path2		Source
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Reference counts for added dirs are upped.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Concat(Lst path1, Lst path2)
+{
+    LstNode ln;
+    Path    *p;
+
+    for (ln = Lst_First(path2); ln != NULL; ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
+	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (Lst_Member(path1, p) == NULL) {
+	    p->refCount += 1;
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(path1, p);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/********** DEBUG INFO **********/
+void
+Dir_PrintDirectories(void)
+{
+    LstNode	ln;
+    Path	*p;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Directory Cache:\n");
+    fprintf(debug_file, "# Stats: %d hits %d misses %d near misses %d losers (%d%%)\n",
+	      hits, misses, nearmisses, bigmisses,
+	      (hits+bigmisses+nearmisses ?
+	       hits * 100 / (hits + bigmisses + nearmisses) : 0));
+    fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s referenced\thits\n", "directory");
+    if (Lst_Open(openDirectories) == SUCCESS) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(openDirectories)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s %10d\t%4d\n", p->name, p->refCount, p->hits);
+	}
+	Lst_Close(openDirectories);
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+DirPrintDir(void *p, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", ((Path *)p)->name);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+Dir_PrintPath(Lst path)
+{
+    Lst_ForEach(path, DirPrintDir, NULL);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/dir.h b/usr.bin/make/dir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52ab35e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/dir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: dir.h,v 1.18 2017/05/31 22:02:06 maya Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)dir.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)dir.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/* dir.h --
+ */
+
+#ifndef	MAKE_DIR_H
+#define	MAKE_DIR_H
+
+typedef struct Path {
+    char         *name;	    	/* Name of directory */
+    int	    	  refCount; 	/* Number of paths with this directory */
+    int		  hits;	    	/* the number of times a file in this
+				 * directory has been found */
+    Hash_Table    files;    	/* Hash table of files in directory */
+} Path;
+
+void Dir_Init(const char *);
+void Dir_InitCur(const char *);
+void Dir_InitDot(void);
+void Dir_End(void);
+void Dir_SetPATH(void);
+Boolean Dir_HasWildcards(char *);
+void Dir_Expand(const char *, Lst, Lst);
+char *Dir_FindFile(const char *, Lst);
+int Dir_FindHereOrAbove(char *, char *, char *, int);
+int Dir_MTime(GNode *, Boolean);
+Path *Dir_AddDir(Lst, const char *);
+char *Dir_MakeFlags(const char *, Lst);
+void Dir_ClearPath(Lst);
+void Dir_Concat(Lst, Lst);
+void Dir_PrintDirectories(void);
+void Dir_PrintPath(Lst);
+void Dir_Destroy(void *);
+void * Dir_CopyDir(void *);
+
+#endif /* MAKE_DIR_H */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/for.c b/usr.bin/make/for.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fffedda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/for.c
@@ -0,0 +1,496 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.53 2017/04/16 21:04:44 riastradh Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.53 2017/04/16 21:04:44 riastradh Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)for.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.53 2017/04/16 21:04:44 riastradh Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * for.c --
+ *	Functions to handle loops in a makefile.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	For_Eval 	Evaluate the loop in the passed line.
+ *	For_Run		Run accumulated loop
+ *
+ */
+
+#include    <assert.h>
+#include    <ctype.h>
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "hash.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+#include    "buf.h"
+#include    "strlist.h"
+
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_CHAR  1
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE 2
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN 4
+
+/*
+ * For statements are of the form:
+ *
+ * .for <variable> in <varlist>
+ * ...
+ * .endfor
+ *
+ * The trick is to look for the matching end inside for for loop
+ * To do that, we count the current nesting level of the for loops.
+ * and the .endfor statements, accumulating all the statements between
+ * the initial .for loop and the matching .endfor;
+ * then we evaluate the for loop for each variable in the varlist.
+ *
+ * Note that any nested fors are just passed through; they get handled
+ * recursively in For_Eval when we're expanding the enclosing for in
+ * For_Run.
+ */
+
+static int  	  forLevel = 0;  	/* Nesting level	*/
+
+/*
+ * State of a for loop.
+ */
+typedef struct _For {
+    Buffer	  buf;			/* Body of loop		*/
+    strlist_t     vars;			/* Iteration variables	*/
+    strlist_t     items;		/* Substitution items */
+    char          *parse_buf;
+    int           short_var;
+    int           sub_next;
+} For;
+
+static For        *accumFor;            /* Loop being accumulated */
+
+
+
+static char *
+make_str(const char *ptr, int len)
+{
+	char *new_ptr;
+
+	new_ptr = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
+	memcpy(new_ptr, ptr, len);
+	new_ptr[len] = 0;
+	return new_ptr;
+}
+
+static void
+For_Free(For *arg)
+{
+    Buf_Destroy(&arg->buf, TRUE);
+    strlist_clean(&arg->vars);
+    strlist_clean(&arg->items);
+    free(arg->parse_buf);
+
+    free(arg);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * For_Eval --
+ *	Evaluate the for loop in the passed line. The line
+ *	looks like this:
+ *	    .for <variable> in <varlist>
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		Line to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      0: Not a .for statement, parse the line
+ *	1: We found a for loop
+ *     -1: A .for statement with a bad syntax error, discard.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+For_Eval(char *line)
+{
+    For *new_for;
+    char *ptr = line, *sub;
+    int len;
+    int escapes;
+    unsigned char ch;
+    char **words, *word_buf;
+    int n, nwords;
+
+    /* Skip the '.' and any following whitespace */
+    for (ptr++; *ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr); ptr++)
+	continue;
+
+    /*
+     * If we are not in a for loop quickly determine if the statement is
+     * a for.
+     */
+    if (ptr[0] != 'f' || ptr[1] != 'o' || ptr[2] != 'r' ||
+	    !isspace((unsigned char) ptr[3])) {
+	if (ptr[0] == 'e' && strncmp(ptr+1, "ndfor", 5) == 0) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "for-less endfor");
+	    return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+    ptr += 3;
+
+    /*
+     * we found a for loop, and now we are going to parse it.
+     */
+
+    new_for = bmake_malloc(sizeof *new_for);
+    memset(new_for, 0, sizeof *new_for);
+
+    /* Grab the variables. Terminate on "in". */
+    for (;; ptr += len) {
+	while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
+	    ptr++;
+	if (*ptr == '\0') {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "missing `in' in for");
+	    For_Free(new_for);
+	    return -1;
+	}
+	for (len = 1; ptr[len] && !isspace((unsigned char)ptr[len]); len++)
+	    continue;
+	if (len == 2 && ptr[0] == 'i' && ptr[1] == 'n') {
+	    ptr += 2;
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (len == 1)
+	    new_for->short_var = 1;
+	strlist_add_str(&new_for->vars, make_str(ptr, len), len);
+    }
+
+    if (strlist_num(&new_for->vars) == 0) {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "no iteration variables in for");
+	For_Free(new_for);
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+    while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
+	ptr++;
+
+    /*
+     * Make a list with the remaining words
+     * The values are substituted as ${:U<value>...} so we must \ escape
+     * characters that break that syntax.
+     * Variables are fully expanded - so it is safe for escape $.
+     * We can't do the escapes here - because we don't know whether
+     * we are substuting into ${...} or $(...).
+     */
+    sub = Var_Subst(NULL, ptr, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+
+    /*
+     * Split into words allowing for quoted strings.
+     */
+    words = brk_string(sub, &nwords, FALSE, &word_buf);
+
+    free(sub);
+    
+    if (words != NULL) {
+	for (n = 0; n < nwords; n++) {
+	    ptr = words[n];
+	    if (!*ptr)
+		continue;
+	    escapes = 0;
+	    while ((ch = *ptr++)) {
+		switch(ch) {
+		case ':':
+		case '$':
+		case '\\':
+		    escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_CHAR;
+		    break;
+		case ')':
+		    escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN;
+		    break;
+		case /*{*/ '}':
+		    escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * We have to dup words[n] to maintain the semantics of
+	     * strlist.
+	     */
+	    strlist_add_str(&new_for->items, bmake_strdup(words[n]), escapes);
+	}
+
+	free(words);
+	free(word_buf);
+
+	if ((len = strlist_num(&new_for->items)) > 0 &&
+	    len % (n = strlist_num(&new_for->vars))) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+			"Wrong number of words (%d) in .for substitution list"
+			" with %d vars", len, n);
+	    /*
+	     * Return 'success' so that the body of the .for loop is
+	     * accumulated.
+	     * Remove all items so that the loop doesn't iterate.
+	     */
+	    strlist_clean(&new_for->items);
+	}
+    }
+
+    Buf_Init(&new_for->buf, 0);
+    accumFor = new_for;
+    forLevel = 1;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add another line to a .for loop.
+ * Returns 0 when the matching .endfor is reached.
+ */
+
+int
+For_Accum(char *line)
+{
+    char *ptr = line;
+
+    if (*ptr == '.') {
+
+	for (ptr++; *ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr); ptr++)
+	    continue;
+
+	if (strncmp(ptr, "endfor", 6) == 0 &&
+		(isspace((unsigned char) ptr[6]) || !ptr[6])) {
+	    if (DEBUG(FOR))
+		(void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: end for %d\n", forLevel);
+	    if (--forLevel <= 0)
+		return 0;
+	} else if (strncmp(ptr, "for", 3) == 0 &&
+		 isspace((unsigned char) ptr[3])) {
+	    forLevel++;
+	    if (DEBUG(FOR))
+		(void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: new loop %d\n", forLevel);
+	}
+    }
+
+    Buf_AddBytes(&accumFor->buf, strlen(line), line);
+    Buf_AddByte(&accumFor->buf, '\n');
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * For_Run --
+ *	Run the for loop, imitating the actions of an include file
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+for_var_len(const char *var)
+{
+    char ch, var_start, var_end;
+    int depth;
+    int len;
+
+    var_start = *var;
+    if (var_start == 0)
+	/* just escape the $ */
+	return 0;
+
+    if (var_start == '(')
+	var_end = ')';
+    else if (var_start == '{')
+	var_end = '}';
+    else
+	/* Single char variable */
+	return 1;
+
+    depth = 1;
+    for (len = 1; (ch = var[len++]) != 0;) {
+	if (ch == var_start)
+	    depth++;
+	else if (ch == var_end && --depth == 0)
+	    return len;
+    }
+
+    /* Variable end not found, escape the $ */
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+for_substitute(Buffer *cmds, strlist_t *items, unsigned int item_no, char ech)
+{
+    const char *item = strlist_str(items, item_no);
+    int len;
+    char ch;
+
+    /* If there were no escapes, or the only escape is the other variable
+     * terminator, then just substitute the full string */
+    if (!(strlist_info(items, item_no) &
+	    (ech == ')' ? ~FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE : ~FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN))) {
+	Buf_AddBytes(cmds, strlen(item), item);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* Escape ':', '$', '\\' and 'ech' - removed by :U processing */
+    while ((ch = *item++) != 0) {
+	if (ch == '$') {
+	    len = for_var_len(item);
+	    if (len != 0) {
+		Buf_AddBytes(cmds, len + 1, item - 1);
+		item += len;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    Buf_AddByte(cmds, '\\');
+	} else if (ch == ':' || ch == '\\' || ch == ech)
+	    Buf_AddByte(cmds, '\\');
+	Buf_AddByte(cmds, ch);
+    }
+}
+
+static char *
+For_Iterate(void *v_arg, size_t *ret_len)
+{
+    For *arg = v_arg;
+    int i, len;
+    char *var;
+    char *cp;
+    char *cmd_cp;
+    char *body_end;
+    char ch;
+    Buffer cmds;
+
+    if (arg->sub_next + strlist_num(&arg->vars) > strlist_num(&arg->items)) {
+	/* No more iterations */
+	For_Free(arg);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    free(arg->parse_buf);
+    arg->parse_buf = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Scan the for loop body and replace references to the loop variables
+     * with variable references that expand to the required text.
+     * Using variable expansions ensures that the .for loop can't generate
+     * syntax, and that the later parsing will still see a variable.
+     * We assume that the null variable will never be defined.
+     *
+     * The detection of substitions of the loop control variable is naive.
+     * Many of the modifiers use \ to escape $ (not $) so it is possible
+     * to contrive a makefile where an unwanted substitution happens.
+     */
+
+    cmd_cp = Buf_GetAll(&arg->buf, &len);
+    body_end = cmd_cp + len;
+    Buf_Init(&cmds, len + 256);
+    for (cp = cmd_cp; (cp = strchr(cp, '$')) != NULL;) {
+	char ech;
+	ch = *++cp;
+	if ((ch == '(' && (ech = ')', 1)) || (ch == '{' && (ech = '}', 1))) {
+	    cp++;
+	    /* Check variable name against the .for loop variables */
+	    STRLIST_FOREACH(var, &arg->vars, i) {
+		len = strlist_info(&arg->vars, i);
+		if (memcmp(cp, var, len) != 0)
+		    continue;
+		if (cp[len] != ':' && cp[len] != ech && cp[len] != '\\')
+		    continue;
+		/* Found a variable match. Replace with :U<value> */
+		Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, cp - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
+		Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 2, ":U");
+		cp += len;
+		cmd_cp = cp;
+		for_substitute(&cmds, &arg->items, arg->sub_next + i, ech);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (ch == 0)
+	    break;
+	/* Probably a single character name, ignore $$ and stupid ones. {*/
+	if (!arg->short_var || strchr("}):$", ch) != NULL) {
+	    cp++;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	STRLIST_FOREACH(var, &arg->vars, i) {
+	    if (var[0] != ch || var[1] != 0)
+		continue;
+	    /* Found a variable match. Replace with ${:U<value>} */
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, cp - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 3, "{:U");
+	    cmd_cp = ++cp;
+	    for_substitute(&cmds, &arg->items, arg->sub_next + i, /*{*/ '}');
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 1, "}");
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, body_end - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
+
+    cp = Buf_Destroy(&cmds, FALSE);
+    if (DEBUG(FOR))
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: loop body:\n%s", cp);
+
+    arg->sub_next += strlist_num(&arg->vars);
+
+    arg->parse_buf = cp;
+    *ret_len = strlen(cp);
+    return cp;
+}
+
+void
+For_Run(int lineno)
+{ 
+    For *arg;
+  
+    arg = accumFor;
+    accumFor = NULL;
+
+    if (strlist_num(&arg->items) == 0) {
+        /* Nothing to expand - possibly due to an earlier syntax error. */
+        For_Free(arg);
+        return;
+    }
+ 
+    Parse_SetInput(NULL, lineno, -1, For_Iterate, arg);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/hash.c b/usr.bin/make/hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed23644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.20 2013/11/14 00:27:05 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.20 2013/11/14 00:27:05 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.20 2013/11/14 00:27:05 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/* hash.c --
+ *
+ * 	This module contains routines to manipulate a hash table.
+ * 	See hash.h for a definition of the structure of the hash
+ * 	table.  Hash tables grow automatically as the amount of
+ * 	information increases.
+ */
+#include "sprite.h"
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+
+/*
+ * Forward references to local procedures that are used before they're
+ * defined:
+ */
+
+static void RebuildTable(Hash_Table *);
+
+/*
+ * The following defines the ratio of # entries to # buckets
+ * at which we rebuild the table to make it larger.
+ */
+
+#define rebuildLimit 3
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_InitTable --
+ *
+ *	This routine just sets up the hash table.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	t		Structure to to hold table.
+ *	numBuckets	How many buckets to create for starters. This
+ *			number is rounded up to a power of two.   If
+ *			<= 0, a reasonable default is chosen. The
+ *			table will grow in size later as needed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Memory is allocated for the initial bucket area.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Hash_InitTable(Hash_Table *t, int numBuckets)
+{
+	int i;
+	struct Hash_Entry **hp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Round up the size to a power of two.
+	 */
+	if (numBuckets <= 0)
+		i = 16;
+	else {
+		for (i = 2; i < numBuckets; i <<= 1)
+			 continue;
+	}
+	t->numEntries = 0;
+	t->size = i;
+	t->mask = i - 1;
+	t->bucketPtr = hp = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*hp) * i);
+	while (--i >= 0)
+		*hp++ = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_DeleteTable --
+ *
+ *	This routine removes everything from a hash table
+ *	and frees up the memory space it occupied (except for
+ *	the space in the Hash_Table structure).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Lots of memory is freed up.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Hash_DeleteTable(Hash_Table *t)
+{
+	struct Hash_Entry **hp, *h, *nexth = NULL;
+	int i;
+
+	for (hp = t->bucketPtr, i = t->size; --i >= 0;) {
+		for (h = *hp++; h != NULL; h = nexth) {
+			nexth = h->next;
+			free(h);
+		}
+	}
+	free(t->bucketPtr);
+
+	/*
+	 * Set up the hash table to cause memory faults on any future access
+	 * attempts until re-initialization.
+	 */
+	t->bucketPtr = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_FindEntry --
+ *
+ * 	Searches a hash table for an entry corresponding to key.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	t		Hash table to search.
+ *	key		A hash key.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a pointer to the entry for key,
+ *	if key was present in the table.  If key was not
+ *	present, NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_FindEntry(Hash_Table *t, const char *key)
+{
+	Hash_Entry *e;
+	unsigned h;
+	const char *p;
+
+	if (t == NULL || t->bucketPtr == NULL) {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	for (h = 0, p = key; *p;)
+		h = (h << 5) - h + *p++;
+	p = key;
+	for (e = t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask]; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+		if (e->namehash == h && strcmp(e->name, p) == 0)
+			return (e);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_CreateEntry --
+ *
+ *	Searches a hash table for an entry corresponding to
+ *	key.  If no entry is found, then one is created.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	t		Hash table to search.
+ *	key		A hash key.
+ *	newPtr		Filled in with TRUE if new entry created,
+ *			FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a pointer to the entry.  If *newPtr
+ *	isn't NULL, then *newPtr is filled in with TRUE if a
+ *	new entry was created, and FALSE if an entry already existed
+ *	with the given key.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Memory may be allocated, and the hash buckets may be modified.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_CreateEntry(Hash_Table *t, const char *key, Boolean *newPtr)
+{
+	Hash_Entry *e;
+	unsigned h;
+	const char *p;
+	int keylen;
+	struct Hash_Entry **hp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Hash the key.  As a side effect, save the length (strlen) of the
+	 * key in case we need to create the entry.
+	 */
+	for (h = 0, p = key; *p;)
+		h = (h << 5) - h + *p++;
+	keylen = p - key;
+	p = key;
+	for (e = t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask]; e != NULL; e = e->next) {
+		if (e->namehash == h && strcmp(e->name, p) == 0) {
+			if (newPtr != NULL)
+				*newPtr = FALSE;
+			return (e);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The desired entry isn't there.  Before allocating a new entry,
+	 * expand the table if necessary (and this changes the resulting
+	 * bucket chain).
+	 */
+	if (t->numEntries >= rebuildLimit * t->size)
+		RebuildTable(t);
+	e = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*e) + keylen);
+	hp = &t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask];
+	e->next = *hp;
+	*hp = e;
+	Hash_SetValue(e, NULL);
+	e->namehash = h;
+	(void)strcpy(e->name, p);
+	t->numEntries++;
+
+	if (newPtr != NULL)
+		*newPtr = TRUE;
+	return (e);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_DeleteEntry --
+ *
+ * 	Delete the given hash table entry and free memory associated with
+ *	it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Hash chain that entry lives in is modified and memory is freed.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Hash_DeleteEntry(Hash_Table *t, Hash_Entry *e)
+{
+	Hash_Entry **hp, *p;
+
+	if (e == NULL)
+		return;
+	for (hp = &t->bucketPtr[e->namehash & t->mask];
+	     (p = *hp) != NULL; hp = &p->next) {
+		if (p == e) {
+			*hp = p->next;
+			free(p);
+			t->numEntries--;
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+	(void)write(2, "bad call to Hash_DeleteEntry\n", 29);
+	abort();
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_EnumFirst --
+ *	This procedure sets things up for a complete search
+ *	of all entries recorded in the hash table.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	t		Table to be searched.
+ *	searchPtr	Area in which to keep state about search.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the address of the first entry in
+ *	the hash table, or NULL if the table is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The information in searchPtr is initialized so that successive
+ *	calls to Hash_Next will return successive HashEntry's
+ *	from the table.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_EnumFirst(Hash_Table *t, Hash_Search *searchPtr)
+{
+	searchPtr->tablePtr = t;
+	searchPtr->nextIndex = 0;
+	searchPtr->hashEntryPtr = NULL;
+	return Hash_EnumNext(searchPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_EnumNext --
+ *    This procedure returns successive entries in the hash table.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	searchPtr	Area used to keep state about search.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *    The return value is a pointer to the next HashEntry
+ *    in the table, or NULL when the end of the table is
+ *    reached.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *    The information in searchPtr is modified to advance to the
+ *    next entry.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_EnumNext(Hash_Search *searchPtr)
+{
+	Hash_Entry *e;
+	Hash_Table *t = searchPtr->tablePtr;
+
+	/*
+	 * The hashEntryPtr field points to the most recently returned
+	 * entry, or is nil if we are starting up.  If not nil, we have
+	 * to start at the next one in the chain.
+	 */
+	e = searchPtr->hashEntryPtr;
+	if (e != NULL)
+		e = e->next;
+	/*
+	 * If the chain ran out, or if we are starting up, we need to
+	 * find the next nonempty chain.
+	 */
+	while (e == NULL) {
+		if (searchPtr->nextIndex >= t->size)
+			return NULL;
+		e = t->bucketPtr[searchPtr->nextIndex++];
+	}
+	searchPtr->hashEntryPtr = e;
+	return (e);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RebuildTable --
+ *	This local routine makes a new hash table that
+ *	is larger than the old one.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The entire hash table is moved, so any bucket numbers
+ *	from the old table are invalid.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+RebuildTable(Hash_Table *t)
+{
+	Hash_Entry *e, *next = NULL, **hp, **xp;
+	int i, mask;
+        Hash_Entry **oldhp;
+	int oldsize;
+
+	oldhp = t->bucketPtr;
+	oldsize = i = t->size;
+	i <<= 1;
+	t->size = i;
+	t->mask = mask = i - 1;
+	t->bucketPtr = hp = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*hp) * i);
+	while (--i >= 0)
+		*hp++ = NULL;
+	for (hp = oldhp, i = oldsize; --i >= 0;) {
+		for (e = *hp++; e != NULL; e = next) {
+			next = e->next;
+			xp = &t->bucketPtr[e->namehash & mask];
+			e->next = *xp;
+			*xp = e;
+		}
+	}
+	free(oldhp);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/hash.h b/usr.bin/make/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ab6ffd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: hash.h,v 1.12 2017/05/31 21:07:03 maya Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)hash.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)hash.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/* hash.h --
+ *
+ * 	This file contains definitions used by the hash module,
+ * 	which maintains hash tables.
+ */
+
+#ifndef	_HASH_H
+#define	_HASH_H
+
+/*
+ * The following defines one entry in the hash table.
+ */
+
+typedef struct Hash_Entry {
+    struct Hash_Entry *next;		/* Used to link together all the
+    					 * entries associated with the same
+					 * bucket. */
+    void	      *clientPtr;	/* Arbitrary pointer */
+    unsigned	      namehash;		/* hash value of key */
+    char	      name[1];		/* key string */
+} Hash_Entry;
+
+typedef struct Hash_Table {
+    struct Hash_Entry **bucketPtr;/* Pointers to Hash_Entry, one
+    				 * for each bucket in the table. */
+    int 	size;		/* Actual size of array. */
+    int 	numEntries;	/* Number of entries in the table. */
+    int 	mask;		/* Used to select bits for hashing. */
+} Hash_Table;
+
+/*
+ * The following structure is used by the searching routines
+ * to record where we are in the search.
+ */
+
+typedef struct Hash_Search {
+    Hash_Table  *tablePtr;	/* Table being searched. */
+    int 	nextIndex;	/* Next bucket to check (after current). */
+    Hash_Entry 	*hashEntryPtr;	/* Next entry to check in current bucket. */
+} Hash_Search;
+
+/*
+ * Macros.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * void * Hash_GetValue(h)
+ *     Hash_Entry *h;
+ */
+
+#define Hash_GetValue(h) ((h)->clientPtr)
+
+/*
+ * Hash_SetValue(h, val);
+ *     Hash_Entry *h;
+ *     char *val;
+ */
+
+#define Hash_SetValue(h, val) ((h)->clientPtr = (val))
+
+/*
+ * Hash_Size(n) returns the number of words in an object of n bytes
+ */
+
+#define	Hash_Size(n)	(((n) + sizeof (int) - 1) / sizeof (int))
+
+void Hash_InitTable(Hash_Table *, int);
+void Hash_DeleteTable(Hash_Table *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_FindEntry(Hash_Table *, const char *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_CreateEntry(Hash_Table *, const char *, Boolean *);
+void Hash_DeleteEntry(Hash_Table *, Hash_Entry *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_EnumFirst(Hash_Table *, Hash_Search *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_EnumNext(Hash_Search *);
+
+#endif /* _HASH_H */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/job.c b/usr.bin/make/job.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48ec284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/job.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3070 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.195 2018/05/13 22:13:28 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.195 2018/05/13 22:13:28 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)job.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.195 2018/05/13 22:13:28 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * job.c --
+ *	handle the creation etc. of our child processes.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Job_Make  	    	Start the creation of the given target.
+ *
+ *	Job_CatchChildren   	Check for and handle the termination of any
+ *	    	  	    	children. This must be called reasonably
+ *	    	  	    	frequently to keep the whole make going at
+ *	    	  	    	a decent clip, since job table entries aren't
+ *	    	  	    	removed until their process is caught this way.
+ *
+ *	Job_CatchOutput	    	Print any output our children have produced.
+ *	    	  	    	Should also be called fairly frequently to
+ *	    	  	    	keep the user informed of what's going on.
+ *	    	  	    	If no output is waiting, it will block for
+ *	    	  	    	a time given by the SEL_* constants, below,
+ *	    	  	    	or until output is ready.
+ *
+ *	Job_Init  	    	Called to initialize this module. in addition,
+ *	    	  	    	any commands attached to the .BEGIN target
+ *	    	  	    	are executed before this function returns.
+ *	    	  	    	Hence, the makefile must have been parsed
+ *	    	  	    	before this function is called.
+ *
+ *	Job_End  	    	Cleanup any memory used.
+ *
+ *	Job_ParseShell	    	Given the line following a .SHELL target, parse
+ *	    	  	    	the line as a shell specification. Returns
+ *	    	  	    	FAILURE if the spec was incorrect.
+ *
+ *	Job_Finish	    	Perform any final processing which needs doing.
+ *	    	  	    	This includes the execution of any commands
+ *	    	  	    	which have been/were attached to the .END
+ *	    	  	    	target. It should only be called when the
+ *	    	  	    	job table is empty.
+ *
+ *	Job_AbortAll	    	Abort all currently running jobs. It doesn't
+ *	    	  	    	handle output or do anything for the jobs,
+ *	    	  	    	just kills them. It should only be called in
+ *	    	  	    	an emergency, as it were.
+ *
+ *	Job_CheckCommands   	Verify that the commands for a target are
+ *	    	  	    	ok. Provide them if necessary and possible.
+ *
+ *	Job_Touch 	    	Update a target without really updating it.
+ *
+ *	Job_Wait  	    	Wait for all currently-running jobs to finish.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef USE_SELECT
+#include <poll.h>
+#endif
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <utime.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+#include "trace.h"
+# define STATIC static
+
+/*
+ * error handling variables
+ */
+static int     	errors = 0;	    /* number of errors reported */
+static int    	aborting = 0;	    /* why is the make aborting? */
+#define ABORT_ERROR	1   	    /* Because of an error */
+#define ABORT_INTERRUPT	2   	    /* Because it was interrupted */
+#define ABORT_WAIT	3   	    /* Waiting for jobs to finish */
+#define JOB_TOKENS	"+EI+"	    /* Token to requeue for each abort state */
+
+/*
+ * this tracks the number of tokens currently "out" to build jobs.
+ */
+int jobTokensRunning = 0;
+int not_parallel = 0;		    /* set if .NOT_PARALLEL */
+
+/*
+ * XXX: Avoid SunOS bug... FILENO() is fp->_file, and file
+ * is a char! So when we go above 127 we turn negative!
+ */
+#define FILENO(a) ((unsigned) fileno(a))
+
+/*
+ * post-make command processing. The node postCommands is really just the
+ * .END target but we keep it around to avoid having to search for it
+ * all the time.
+ */
+static GNode   	  *postCommands = NULL;
+				    /* node containing commands to execute when
+				     * everything else is done */
+static int     	  numCommands; 	    /* The number of commands actually printed
+				     * for a target. Should this number be
+				     * 0, no shell will be executed. */
+
+/*
+ * Return values from JobStart.
+ */
+#define JOB_RUNNING	0   	/* Job is running */
+#define JOB_ERROR 	1   	/* Error in starting the job */
+#define JOB_FINISHED	2   	/* The job is already finished */
+
+/*
+ * Descriptions for various shells.
+ *
+ * The build environment may set DEFSHELL_INDEX to one of
+ * DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH, DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH, or DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH, to
+ * select one of the prefedined shells as the default shell.
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the build environment may set DEFSHELL_CUSTOM to the
+ * name or the full path of a sh-compatible shell, which will be used as
+ * the default shell.
+ *
+ * ".SHELL" lines in Makefiles can choose the default shell from the
+ # set defined here, or add additional shells.
+ */
+
+#ifdef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_CUSTOM 0
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH     1
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH    2
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH    3
+#else /* !DEFSHELL_CUSTOM */
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH     0
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH    1
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH    2
+#endif /* !DEFSHELL_CUSTOM */
+
+#ifndef DEFSHELL_INDEX
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX 0	/* DEFSHELL_INDEX_CUSTOM or DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH */
+#endif /* !DEFSHELL_INDEX */
+
+static Shell    shells[] = {
+#ifdef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM
+    /*
+     * An sh-compatible shell with a non-standard name.
+     *
+     * Keep this in sync with the "sh" description below, but avoid
+     * non-portable features that might not be supplied by all
+     * sh-compatible shells.
+     */
+{
+    DEFSHELL_CUSTOM,
+    FALSE, "", "", "", 0,
+    FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "%s\n", "{ %s \n} || exit $?\n", "'\n'", '#',
+    "",
+    "",
+},
+#endif /* DEFSHELL_CUSTOM */
+    /*
+     * SH description. Echo control is also possible and, under
+     * sun UNIX anyway, one can even control error checking.
+     */
+{
+    "sh",
+    FALSE, "", "", "", 0,
+    FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "%s\n", "{ %s \n} || exit $?\n", "'\n'", '#',
+#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && defined(__NetBSD__)
+    "q",
+#else
+    "",
+#endif
+    "",
+},
+    /*
+     * KSH description. 
+     */
+{
+    "ksh",
+    TRUE, "set +v", "set -v", "set +v", 6,
+    FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "%s\n", "{ %s \n} || exit $?\n", "'\n'", '#',
+    "v",
+    "",
+},
+    /*
+     * CSH description. The csh can do echo control by playing
+     * with the setting of the 'echo' shell variable. Sadly,
+     * however, it is unable to do error control nicely.
+     */
+{
+    "csh",
+    TRUE, "unset verbose", "set verbose", "unset verbose", 10,
+    FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "csh -c \"%s || exit 0\"\n", "", "'\\\n'", '#',
+    "v", "e",
+},
+    /*
+     * UNKNOWN.
+     */
+{
+    NULL,
+    FALSE, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0,
+    FALSE, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0,
+    NULL, NULL,
+}
+};
+static Shell *commandShell = &shells[DEFSHELL_INDEX]; /* this is the shell to
+						   * which we pass all
+						   * commands in the Makefile.
+						   * It is set by the
+						   * Job_ParseShell function */
+const char *shellPath = NULL,		  	  /* full pathname of
+						   * executable image */
+           *shellName = NULL;		      	  /* last component of shell */
+char *shellErrFlag = NULL;
+static const char *shellArgv = NULL;		  /* Custom shell args */
+
+
+STATIC Job	*job_table;	/* The structures that describe them */
+STATIC Job	*job_table_end;	/* job_table + maxJobs */
+static int	wantToken;	/* we want a token */
+static int lurking_children = 0;
+static int make_suspended = 0;	/* non-zero if we've seen a SIGTSTP (etc) */
+
+/*
+ * Set of descriptors of pipes connected to
+ * the output channels of children
+ */
+static struct pollfd *fds = NULL;
+static Job **jobfds = NULL;
+static int nfds = 0;
+static void watchfd(Job *);
+static void clearfd(Job *);
+static int readyfd(Job *);
+
+STATIC GNode   	*lastNode;	/* The node for which output was most recently
+				 * produced. */
+static char *targPrefix = NULL; /* What we print at the start of TARG_FMT */
+static Job tokenWaitJob;	/* token wait pseudo-job */
+
+static Job childExitJob;	/* child exit pseudo-job */
+#define	CHILD_EXIT	"."
+#define	DO_JOB_RESUME	"R"
+
+#define TARG_FMT  "%s %s ---\n" /* Default format */
+#define MESSAGE(fp, gn) \
+	if (maxJobs != 1 && targPrefix && *targPrefix) \
+	    (void)fprintf(fp, TARG_FMT, targPrefix, gn->name)
+
+static sigset_t caught_signals;	/* Set of signals we handle */
+
+static void JobChildSig(int);
+static void JobContinueSig(int);
+static Job *JobFindPid(int, int, Boolean);
+static int JobPrintCommand(void *, void *);
+static int JobSaveCommand(void *, void *);
+static void JobClose(Job *);
+static void JobExec(Job *, char **);
+static void JobMakeArgv(Job *, char **);
+static int JobStart(GNode *, int);
+static char *JobOutput(Job *, char *, char *, int);
+static void JobDoOutput(Job *, Boolean);
+static Shell *JobMatchShell(const char *);
+static void JobInterrupt(int, int) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+static void JobRestartJobs(void);
+static void JobTokenAdd(void);
+static void JobSigLock(sigset_t *);
+static void JobSigUnlock(sigset_t *);
+static void JobSigReset(void);
+
+const char *malloc_options="A";
+
+static void
+job_table_dump(const char *where)
+{
+    Job *job;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "job table @ %s\n", where);
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "job %d, status %d, flags %d, pid %d\n",
+	    (int)(job - job_table), job->job_state, job->flags, job->pid);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Delete the target of a failed, interrupted, or otherwise
+ * unsuccessful job unless inhibited by .PRECIOUS.
+ */
+static void
+JobDeleteTarget(GNode *gn)
+{
+	if ((gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_PHONY)) == 0 && !Targ_Precious(gn)) {
+	    char *file = (gn->path == NULL ? gn->name : gn->path);
+	    if (!noExecute && eunlink(file) != -1) {
+		Error("*** %s removed", file);
+	    }
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * JobSigLock/JobSigUnlock
+ *
+ * Signal lock routines to get exclusive access. Currently used to
+ * protect `jobs' and `stoppedJobs' list manipulations.
+ */
+static void JobSigLock(sigset_t *omaskp)
+{
+	if (sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &caught_signals, omaskp) != 0) {
+		Punt("JobSigLock: sigprocmask: %s", strerror(errno));
+		sigemptyset(omaskp);
+	}
+}
+
+static void JobSigUnlock(sigset_t *omaskp)
+{
+	(void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, omaskp, NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+JobCreatePipe(Job *job, int minfd)
+{
+    int i, fd, flags;
+
+    if (pipe(job->jobPipe) == -1)
+	Punt("Cannot create pipe: %s", strerror(errno));
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+       /* Avoid using low numbered fds */
+       fd = fcntl(job->jobPipe[i], F_DUPFD, minfd);
+       if (fd != -1) {
+	   close(job->jobPipe[i]);
+	   job->jobPipe[i] = fd;
+       }
+    }
+    
+    /* Set close-on-exec flag for both */
+    if (fcntl(job->jobPipe[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
+	Punt("Cannot set close-on-exec: %s", strerror(errno));
+    if (fcntl(job->jobPipe[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
+	Punt("Cannot set close-on-exec: %s", strerror(errno));
+
+    /*
+     * We mark the input side of the pipe non-blocking; we poll(2) the
+     * pipe when we're waiting for a job token, but we might lose the
+     * race for the token when a new one becomes available, so the read 
+     * from the pipe should not block.
+     */
+    flags = fcntl(job->jobPipe[0], F_GETFL, 0);
+    if (flags == -1)
+	Punt("Cannot get flags: %s", strerror(errno));
+    flags |= O_NONBLOCK;
+    if (fcntl(job->jobPipe[0], F_SETFL, flags) == -1)
+	Punt("Cannot set flags: %s", strerror(errno));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobCondPassSig --
+ *	Pass a signal to a job
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	signop		Signal to send it
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None, except the job may bite it.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobCondPassSig(int signo)
+{
+    Job *job;
+
+    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file, "JobCondPassSig(%d) called.\n", signo);
+    }
+
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	if (job->job_state != JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+	    continue;
+	if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	    (void)fprintf(debug_file,
+			   "JobCondPassSig passing signal %d to child %d.\n",
+			   signo, job->pid);
+	}
+	KILLPG(job->pid, signo);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobChldSig --
+ *	SIGCHLD handler.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	signo		The signal number we've received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Sends a token on the child exit pipe to wake us up from
+ *	select()/poll().
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobChildSig(int signo MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    while (write(childExitJob.outPipe, CHILD_EXIT, 1) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+	continue;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobContinueSig --
+ *	Resume all stopped jobs.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	signo		The signal number we've received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Jobs start running again.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobContinueSig(int signo MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    /*
+     * Defer sending to SIGCONT to our stopped children until we return
+     * from the signal handler.
+     */
+    while (write(childExitJob.outPipe, DO_JOB_RESUME, 1) == -1 &&
+	errno == EAGAIN)
+	continue;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobPassSig --
+ *	Pass a signal on to all jobs, then resend to ourselves.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	signo		The signal number we've received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	We die by the same signal.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+MAKE_ATTR_DEAD static void
+JobPassSig_int(int signo)
+{
+    /* Run .INTERRUPT target then exit */
+    JobInterrupt(TRUE, signo);
+}
+
+MAKE_ATTR_DEAD static void
+JobPassSig_term(int signo)
+{
+    /* Dont run .INTERRUPT target then exit */
+    JobInterrupt(FALSE, signo);
+}
+
+static void
+JobPassSig_suspend(int signo)
+{
+    sigset_t nmask, omask;
+    struct sigaction act;
+
+    /* Suppress job started/continued messages */
+    make_suspended = 1;
+
+    /* Pass the signal onto every job */
+    JobCondPassSig(signo);
+
+    /*
+     * Send ourselves the signal now we've given the message to everyone else.
+     * Note we block everything else possible while we're getting the signal.
+     * This ensures that all our jobs get continued when we wake up before
+     * we take any other signal.
+     */
+    sigfillset(&nmask);
+    sigdelset(&nmask, signo);
+    (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &nmask, &omask);
+
+    act.sa_handler = SIG_DFL;
+    sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+    act.sa_flags = 0;
+    (void)sigaction(signo, &act, NULL);
+
+    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file,
+		       "JobPassSig passing signal %d to self.\n", signo);
+    }
+
+    (void)kill(getpid(), signo);
+
+    /*
+     * We've been continued.
+     *
+     * A whole host of signals continue to happen!
+     * SIGCHLD for any processes that actually suspended themselves.
+     * SIGCHLD for any processes that exited while we were alseep.
+     * The SIGCONT that actually caused us to wakeup.
+     *
+     * Since we defer passing the SIGCONT on to our children until
+     * the main processing loop, we can be sure that all the SIGCHLD
+     * events will have happened by then - and that the waitpid() will
+     * collect the child 'suspended' events.
+     * For correct sequencing we just need to ensure we process the
+     * waitpid() before passign on the SIGCONT.
+     *
+     * In any case nothing else is needed here.
+     */
+
+    /* Restore handler and signal mask */
+    act.sa_handler = JobPassSig_suspend;
+    (void)sigaction(signo, &act, NULL);
+    (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobFindPid  --
+ *	Compare the pid of the job with the given pid and return 0 if they
+ *	are equal. This function is called from Job_CatchChildren
+ *	to find the job descriptor of the finished job.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	job		job to examine
+ *	pid		process id desired
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Job with matching pid
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Job *
+JobFindPid(int pid, int status, Boolean isJobs)
+{
+    Job *job;
+
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	if ((job->job_state == status) && job->pid == pid)
+	    return job;
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(JOB) && isJobs)
+	job_table_dump("no pid");
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobPrintCommand  --
+ *	Put out another command for the given job. If the command starts
+ *	with an @ or a - we process it specially. In the former case,
+ *	so long as the -s and -n flags weren't given to make, we stick
+ *	a shell-specific echoOff command in the script. In the latter,
+ *	we ignore errors for the entire job, unless the shell has error
+ *	control.
+ *	If the command is just "..." we take all future commands for this
+ *	job to be commands to be executed once the entire graph has been
+ *	made and return non-zero to signal that the end of the commands
+ *	was reached. These commands are later attached to the postCommands
+ *	node and executed by Job_End when all things are done.
+ *	This function is called from JobStart via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cmdp		command string to print
+ *	jobp		job for which to print it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always 0, unless the command was "..."
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the command begins with a '-' and the shell has no error control,
+ *	the JOB_IGNERR flag is set in the job descriptor.
+ *	If the command is "..." and we're not ignoring such things,
+ *	tailCmds is set to the successor node of the cmd.
+ *	numCommands is incremented if the command is actually printed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+JobPrintCommand(void *cmdp, void *jobp)
+{
+    Boolean	  noSpecials;	    /* true if we shouldn't worry about
+				     * inserting special commands into
+				     * the input stream. */
+    Boolean       shutUp = FALSE;   /* true if we put a no echo command
+				     * into the command file */
+    Boolean	  errOff = FALSE;   /* true if we turned error checking
+				     * off before printing the command
+				     * and need to turn it back on */
+    const char    *cmdTemplate;	    /* Template to use when printing the
+				     * command */
+    char    	  *cmdStart;	    /* Start of expanded command */
+    char	  *escCmd = NULL;    /* Command with quotes/backticks escaped */
+    char     	  *cmd = (char *)cmdp;
+    Job           *job = (Job *)jobp;
+    int           i, j;
+
+    noSpecials = NoExecute(job->node);
+
+    if (strcmp(cmd, "...") == 0) {
+	job->node->type |= OP_SAVE_CMDS;
+	if ((job->flags & JOB_IGNDOTS) == 0) {
+	    job->tailCmds = Lst_Succ(Lst_Member(job->node->commands,
+						cmd));
+	    return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+#define DBPRINTF(fmt, arg) if (DEBUG(JOB)) {	\
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file, fmt, arg); 	\
+    }						\
+   (void)fprintf(job->cmdFILE, fmt, arg);	\
+   (void)fflush(job->cmdFILE);
+
+    numCommands += 1;
+
+    cmdStart = cmd = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, job->node, VARF_WANTRES);
+
+    cmdTemplate = "%s\n";
+
+    /*
+     * Check for leading @' and -'s to control echoing and error checking.
+     */
+    while (*cmd == '@' || *cmd == '-' || (*cmd == '+')) {
+	switch (*cmd) {
+	case '@':
+	    shutUp = DEBUG(LOUD) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+	    break;
+	case '-':
+	    errOff = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	case '+':
+	    if (noSpecials) {
+		/*
+		 * We're not actually executing anything...
+		 * but this one needs to be - use compat mode just for it.
+		 */
+		CompatRunCommand(cmdp, job->node);
+		free(cmdStart);
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+	cmd++;
+    }
+
+    while (isspace((unsigned char) *cmd))
+	cmd++;
+
+    /*
+     * If the shell doesn't have error control the alternate echo'ing will
+     * be done (to avoid showing additional error checking code) 
+     * and this will need the characters '$ ` \ "' escaped
+     */
+
+    if (!commandShell->hasErrCtl) {
+	/* Worst that could happen is every char needs escaping. */
+	escCmd = bmake_malloc((strlen(cmd) * 2) + 1);
+	for (i = 0, j= 0; cmd[i] != '\0'; i++, j++) {
+		if (cmd[i] == '$' || cmd[i] == '`' || cmd[i] == '\\' || 
+			cmd[i] == '"')
+			escCmd[j++] = '\\';
+		escCmd[j] = cmd[i];	
+	}
+	escCmd[j] = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (shutUp) {
+	if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !noSpecials &&
+	    commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+		DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+	} else {
+	    if (commandShell->hasErrCtl)
+		shutUp = FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (errOff) {
+	if (!noSpecials) {
+	    if (commandShell->hasErrCtl) {
+		/*
+		 * we don't want the error-control commands showing
+		 * up either, so we turn off echoing while executing
+		 * them. We could put another field in the shell
+		 * structure to tell JobDoOutput to look for this
+		 * string too, but why make it any more complex than
+		 * it already is?
+		 */
+		if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !shutUp &&
+		    commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+			DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+			DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->ignErr);
+			DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOn);
+		} else {
+			DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->ignErr);
+		}
+	    } else if (commandShell->ignErr &&
+		      (*commandShell->ignErr != '\0'))
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * The shell has no error control, so we need to be
+		 * weird to get it to ignore any errors from the command.
+		 * If echoing is turned on, we turn it off and use the
+		 * errCheck template to echo the command. Leave echoing
+		 * off so the user doesn't see the weirdness we go through
+		 * to ignore errors. Set cmdTemplate to use the weirdness
+		 * instead of the simple "%s\n" template.
+		 */
+		job->flags |= JOB_IGNERR;
+		if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !shutUp) {
+			if (commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+				DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+			}
+			DBPRINTF(commandShell->errCheck, escCmd);
+			shutUp = TRUE;
+		} else {
+			if (!shutUp) {
+				DBPRINTF(commandShell->errCheck, escCmd);
+			}
+		}
+		cmdTemplate = commandShell->ignErr;
+		/*
+		 * The error ignoration (hee hee) is already taken care
+		 * of by the ignErr template, so pretend error checking
+		 * is still on.
+		 */
+		errOff = FALSE;
+	    } else {
+		errOff = FALSE;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    errOff = FALSE;
+	}
+    } else {
+
+	/* 
+	 * If errors are being checked and the shell doesn't have error control
+	 * but does supply an errOut template, then setup commands to run
+	 * through it.
+	 */
+
+	if (!commandShell->hasErrCtl && commandShell->errOut && 
+	    (*commandShell->errOut != '\0')) {
+		if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !shutUp) {
+			if (commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+				DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+			}
+			DBPRINTF(commandShell->errCheck, escCmd);
+			shutUp = TRUE;
+		}
+		/* If it's a comment line or blank, treat as an ignored error */
+		if ((escCmd[0] == commandShell->commentChar) ||
+		    (escCmd[0] == 0))
+			cmdTemplate = commandShell->ignErr;
+		else
+			cmdTemplate = commandShell->errOut;
+		errOff = FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(SHELL) && strcmp(shellName, "sh") == 0 &&
+	(job->flags & JOB_TRACED) == 0) {
+	    DBPRINTF("set -%s\n", "x");
+	    job->flags |= JOB_TRACED;
+    }
+    
+    DBPRINTF(cmdTemplate, cmd);
+    free(cmdStart);
+    free(escCmd);
+    if (errOff) {
+	/*
+	 * If echoing is already off, there's no point in issuing the
+	 * echoOff command. Otherwise we issue it and pretend it was on
+	 * for the whole command...
+	 */
+	if (!shutUp && !(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && commandShell->hasEchoCtl){
+	    DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+	    shutUp = TRUE;
+	}
+	DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->errCheck);
+    }
+    if (shutUp && commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+	DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOn);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobSaveCommand --
+ *	Save a command to be executed when everything else is done.
+ *	Callback function for JobFinish...
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The command is tacked onto the end of postCommands's commands list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+JobSaveCommand(void *cmd, void *gn)
+{
+    cmd = Var_Subst(NULL, (char *)cmd, (GNode *)gn, VARF_WANTRES);
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(postCommands->commands, cmd);
+    return(0);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobClose --
+ *	Called to close both input and output pipes when a job is finished.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Nada
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The file descriptors associated with the job are closed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobClose(Job *job)
+{
+    clearfd(job);
+    (void)close(job->outPipe);
+    job->outPipe = -1;
+
+    JobDoOutput(job, TRUE);
+    (void)close(job->inPipe);
+    job->inPipe = -1;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobFinish  --
+ *	Do final processing for the given job including updating
+ *	parents and starting new jobs as available/necessary. Note
+ *	that we pay no attention to the JOB_IGNERR flag here.
+ *	This is because when we're called because of a noexecute flag
+ *	or something, jstat.w_status is 0 and when called from
+ *	Job_CatchChildren, the status is zeroed if it s/b ignored.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	job		job to finish
+ *	status		sub-why job went away
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Final commands for the job are placed on postCommands.
+ *
+ *	If we got an error and are aborting (aborting == ABORT_ERROR) and
+ *	the job list is now empty, we are done for the day.
+ *	If we recognized an error (errors !=0), we set the aborting flag
+ *	to ABORT_ERROR so no more jobs will be started.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+JobFinish(Job *job, int status)
+{
+    Boolean 	 done, return_job_token;
+
+    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Jobfinish: %d [%s], status %d\n",
+				job->pid, job->node->name, status);
+    }
+
+    if ((WIFEXITED(status) &&
+	 (((WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0) && !(job->flags & JOB_IGNERR)))) ||
+	WIFSIGNALED(status))
+    {
+	/*
+	 * If it exited non-zero and either we're doing things our
+	 * way or we're not ignoring errors, the job is finished.
+	 * Similarly, if the shell died because of a signal
+	 * the job is also finished. In these
+	 * cases, finish out the job's output before printing the exit
+	 * status...
+	 */
+	JobClose(job);
+	if (job->cmdFILE != NULL && job->cmdFILE != stdout) {
+	   (void)fclose(job->cmdFILE);
+	   job->cmdFILE = NULL;
+	}
+	done = TRUE;
+    } else if (WIFEXITED(status)) {
+	/*
+	 * Deal with ignored errors in -B mode. We need to print a message
+	 * telling of the ignored error as well as setting status.w_status
+	 * to 0 so the next command gets run. To do this, we set done to be
+	 * TRUE if in -B mode and the job exited non-zero.
+	 */
+	done = WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0;
+	/*
+	 * Old comment said: "Note we don't
+	 * want to close down any of the streams until we know we're at the
+	 * end."
+	 * But we do. Otherwise when are we going to print the rest of the
+	 * stuff?
+	 */
+	JobClose(job);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * No need to close things down or anything.
+	 */
+	done = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (done) {
+	if (WIFEXITED(status)) {
+	    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+		(void)fprintf(debug_file, "Process %d [%s] exited.\n",
+				job->pid, job->node->name);
+	    }
+	    if (WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0) {
+		if (job->node != lastNode) {
+		    MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+		    lastNode = job->node;
+		}
+#ifdef USE_META
+		if (useMeta) {
+		    meta_job_error(job, job->node, job->flags, WEXITSTATUS(status));
+		}
+#endif
+		(void)printf("*** [%s] Error code %d%s\n",
+				job->node->name,
+			       WEXITSTATUS(status),
+			       (job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) ? " (ignored)" : "");
+		if (job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) {
+		    status = 0;
+		} else {
+		    if (deleteOnError) {
+			JobDeleteTarget(job->node);
+		    }
+		    PrintOnError(job->node, NULL);
+		}
+	    } else if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+		if (job->node != lastNode) {
+		    MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+		    lastNode = job->node;
+		}
+		(void)printf("*** [%s] Completed successfully\n",
+				job->node->name);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (job->node != lastNode) {
+		MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+		lastNode = job->node;
+	    }
+	    (void)printf("*** [%s] Signal %d\n",
+			job->node->name, WTERMSIG(status));
+	    if (deleteOnError) {
+		JobDeleteTarget(job->node);
+	    }
+	}
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+    }
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+    if (useMeta) {
+	int x;
+
+	if ((x = meta_job_finish(job)) != 0 && status == 0) {
+	    status = x;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    
+    return_job_token = FALSE;
+
+    Trace_Log(JOBEND, job);
+    if (!(job->flags & JOB_SPECIAL)) {
+	if ((status != 0) ||
+		(aborting == ABORT_ERROR) ||
+		(aborting == ABORT_INTERRUPT))
+	    return_job_token = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if ((aborting != ABORT_ERROR) && (aborting != ABORT_INTERRUPT) && (status == 0)) {
+	/*
+	 * As long as we aren't aborting and the job didn't return a non-zero
+	 * status that we shouldn't ignore, we call Make_Update to update
+	 * the parents. In addition, any saved commands for the node are placed
+	 * on the .END target.
+	 */
+	if (job->tailCmds != NULL) {
+	    Lst_ForEachFrom(job->node->commands, job->tailCmds,
+			     JobSaveCommand,
+			    job->node);
+	}
+	job->node->made = MADE;
+	if (!(job->flags & JOB_SPECIAL))
+	    return_job_token = TRUE;
+	Make_Update(job->node);
+	job->job_state = JOB_ST_FREE;
+    } else if (status != 0) {
+	errors += 1;
+	job->job_state = JOB_ST_FREE;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set aborting if any error.
+     */
+    if (errors && !keepgoing && (aborting != ABORT_INTERRUPT)) {
+	/*
+	 * If we found any errors in this batch of children and the -k flag
+	 * wasn't given, we set the aborting flag so no more jobs get
+	 * started.
+	 */
+	aborting = ABORT_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (return_job_token)
+	Job_TokenReturn();
+
+    if (aborting == ABORT_ERROR && jobTokensRunning == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * If we are aborting and the job table is now empty, we finish.
+	 */
+	Finish(errors);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Touch --
+ *	Touch the given target. Called by JobStart when the -t flag was
+ *	given
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		the node of the file to touch
+ *	silent		TRUE if should not print message
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The data modification of the file is changed. In addition, if the
+ *	file did not exist, it is created.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Touch(GNode *gn, Boolean silent)
+{
+    int		  streamID;   	/* ID of stream opened to do the touch */
+    struct utimbuf times;	/* Times for utime() call */
+
+    if (gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_EXEC|OP_OPTIONAL|
+	OP_SPECIAL|OP_PHONY)) {
+	/*
+	 * .JOIN, .USE, .ZEROTIME and .OPTIONAL targets are "virtual" targets
+	 * and, as such, shouldn't really be created.
+	 */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (!silent || NoExecute(gn)) {
+	(void)fprintf(stdout, "touch %s\n", gn->name);
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+    }
+
+    if (NoExecute(gn)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	Arch_Touch(gn);
+    } else if (gn->type & OP_LIB) {
+	Arch_TouchLib(gn);
+    } else {
+	char	*file = gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name;
+
+	times.actime = times.modtime = now;
+	if (utime(file, &times) < 0){
+	    streamID = open(file, O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0666);
+
+	    if (streamID >= 0) {
+		char	c;
+
+		/*
+		 * Read and write a byte to the file to change the
+		 * modification time, then close the file.
+		 */
+		if (read(streamID, &c, 1) == 1) {
+		    (void)lseek(streamID, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET);
+		    while (write(streamID, &c, 1) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		(void)close(streamID);
+	    } else {
+		(void)fprintf(stdout, "*** couldn't touch %s: %s",
+			       file, strerror(errno));
+		(void)fflush(stdout);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_CheckCommands --
+ *	Make sure the given node has all the commands it needs.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		The target whose commands need verifying
+ *	abortProc	Function to abort with message
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the commands list is/was ok.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The node will have commands from the .DEFAULT rule added to it
+ *	if it needs them.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Job_CheckCommands(GNode *gn, void (*abortProc)(const char *, ...))
+{
+    if (OP_NOP(gn->type) && Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands) &&
+	((gn->type & OP_LIB) == 0 || Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children))) {
+	/*
+	 * No commands. Look for .DEFAULT rule from which we might infer
+	 * commands
+	 */
+	if ((DEFAULT != NULL) && !Lst_IsEmpty(DEFAULT->commands) &&
+		(gn->type & OP_SPECIAL) == 0) {
+	    char *p1;
+	    /*
+	     * Make only looks for a .DEFAULT if the node was never the
+	     * target of an operator, so that's what we do too. If
+	     * a .DEFAULT was given, we substitute its commands for gn's
+	     * commands and set the IMPSRC variable to be the target's name
+	     * The DEFAULT node acts like a transformation rule, in that
+	     * gn also inherits any attributes or sources attached to
+	     * .DEFAULT itself.
+	     */
+	    Make_HandleUse(DEFAULT, gn);
+	    Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), gn, 0);
+	    free(p1);
+	} else if (Dir_MTime(gn, 0) == 0 && (gn->type & OP_SPECIAL) == 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * The node wasn't the target of an operator we have no .DEFAULT
+	     * rule to go on and the target doesn't already exist. There's
+	     * nothing more we can do for this branch. If the -k flag wasn't
+	     * given, we stop in our tracks, otherwise we just don't update
+	     * this node's parents so they never get examined.
+	     */
+	    static const char msg[] = ": don't know how to make";
+
+	    if (gn->flags & FROM_DEPEND) {
+		if (!Job_RunTarget(".STALE", gn->fname))
+		    fprintf(stdout, "%s: %s, %d: ignoring stale %s for %s\n",
+			progname, gn->fname, gn->lineno, makeDependfile,
+			gn->name);
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+
+	    if (gn->type & OP_OPTIONAL) {
+		(void)fprintf(stdout, "%s%s %s (ignored)\n", progname,
+		    msg, gn->name);
+		(void)fflush(stdout);
+	    } else if (keepgoing) {
+		(void)fprintf(stdout, "%s%s %s (continuing)\n", progname,
+		    msg, gn->name);
+		(void)fflush(stdout);
+  		return FALSE;
+	    } else {
+		(*abortProc)("%s%s %s. Stop", progname, msg, gn->name);
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobExec --
+ *	Execute the shell for the given job. Called from JobStart
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	job		Job to execute
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A shell is executed, outputs is altered and the Job structure added
+ *	to the job table.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobExec(Job *job, char **argv)
+{
+    int	    	  cpid;	    	/* ID of new child */
+    sigset_t	  mask;
+
+    job->flags &= ~JOB_TRACED;
+
+    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	int 	  i;
+
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file, "Running %s %sly\n", job->node->name, "local");
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file, "\tCommand: ");
+	for (i = 0; argv[i] != NULL; i++) {
+	    (void)fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", argv[i]);
+	}
+ 	(void)fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Some jobs produce no output and it's disconcerting to have
+     * no feedback of their running (since they produce no output, the
+     * banner with their name in it never appears). This is an attempt to
+     * provide that feedback, even if nothing follows it.
+     */
+    if ((lastNode != job->node) && !(job->flags & JOB_SILENT)) {
+	MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+	lastNode = job->node;
+    }
+
+    /* No interruptions until this job is on the `jobs' list */
+    JobSigLock(&mask);
+
+    /* Pre-emptively mark job running, pid still zero though */
+    job->job_state = JOB_ST_RUNNING;
+
+    cpid = vFork();
+    if (cpid == -1)
+	Punt("Cannot vfork: %s", strerror(errno));
+
+    if (cpid == 0) {
+	/* Child */
+	sigset_t tmask;
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+	if (useMeta) {
+	    meta_job_child(job);
+	}
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * Reset all signal handlers; this is necessary because we also
+	 * need to unblock signals before we exec(2).
+	 */
+	JobSigReset();
+
+	/* Now unblock signals */
+	sigemptyset(&tmask);
+	JobSigUnlock(&tmask);
+
+	/*
+	 * Must duplicate the input stream down to the child's input and
+	 * reset it to the beginning (again). Since the stream was marked
+	 * close-on-exec, we must clear that bit in the new input.
+	 */
+	if (dup2(FILENO(job->cmdFILE), 0) == -1) {
+	    execError("dup2", "job->cmdFILE");
+	    _exit(1);
+	}
+	if (fcntl(0, F_SETFD, 0) == -1) {
+	    execError("fcntl clear close-on-exec", "stdin");
+	    _exit(1);
+	}
+	if (lseek(0, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+	    execError("lseek to 0", "stdin");
+	    _exit(1);
+	}
+
+	if (job->node->type & (OP_MAKE | OP_SUBMAKE)) {
+		/*
+		 * Pass job token pipe to submakes.
+		 */
+		if (fcntl(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, F_SETFD, 0) == -1) {
+		    execError("clear close-on-exec", "tokenWaitJob.inPipe");
+		    _exit(1);
+		}
+		if (fcntl(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, F_SETFD, 0) == -1) {
+		    execError("clear close-on-exec", "tokenWaitJob.outPipe");
+		    _exit(1);
+		}
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 * Set up the child's output to be routed through the pipe
+	 * we've created for it.
+	 */
+	if (dup2(job->outPipe, 1) == -1) {
+	    execError("dup2", "job->outPipe");
+	    _exit(1);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * The output channels are marked close on exec. This bit was
+	 * duplicated by the dup2(on some systems), so we have to clear
+	 * it before routing the shell's error output to the same place as
+	 * its standard output.
+	 */
+	if (fcntl(1, F_SETFD, 0) == -1) {
+	    execError("clear close-on-exec", "stdout");
+	    _exit(1);
+	}
+	if (dup2(1, 2) == -1) {
+	    execError("dup2", "1, 2");
+	    _exit(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We want to switch the child into a different process family so
+	 * we can kill it and all its descendants in one fell swoop,
+	 * by killing its process family, but not commit suicide.
+	 */
+#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) || defined(HAVE_SETPGID)
+#if defined(SYSV)
+	/* XXX: dsl - I'm sure this should be setpgrp()... */
+	(void)setsid();
+#else
+	(void)setpgid(0, getpid());
+#endif
+#endif
+
+	Var_ExportVars();
+
+	(void)execv(shellPath, argv);
+	execError("exec", shellPath);
+	_exit(1);
+    }
+
+    /* Parent, continuing after the child exec */
+    job->pid = cpid;
+
+    Trace_Log(JOBSTART, job);
+
+    /*
+     * Set the current position in the buffer to the beginning
+     * and mark another stream to watch in the outputs mask
+     */
+    job->curPos = 0;
+
+    watchfd(job);
+
+    if (job->cmdFILE != NULL && job->cmdFILE != stdout) {
+	(void)fclose(job->cmdFILE);
+	job->cmdFILE = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now the job is actually running, add it to the table.
+     */
+    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "JobExec(%s): pid %d added to jobs table\n",
+		job->node->name, job->pid);
+	job_table_dump("job started");
+    }
+    JobSigUnlock(&mask);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobMakeArgv --
+ *	Create the argv needed to execute the shell for a given job.
+ *
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobMakeArgv(Job *job, char **argv)
+{
+    int	    	  argc;
+    static char args[10]; 	/* For merged arguments */
+
+    argv[0] = UNCONST(shellName);
+    argc = 1;
+
+    if ((commandShell->exit && (*commandShell->exit != '-')) ||
+	(commandShell->echo && (*commandShell->echo != '-')))
+    {
+	/*
+	 * At least one of the flags doesn't have a minus before it, so
+	 * merge them together. Have to do this because the *(&(@*#*&#$#
+	 * Bourne shell thinks its second argument is a file to source.
+	 * Grrrr. Note the ten-character limitation on the combined arguments.
+	 */
+	(void)snprintf(args, sizeof(args), "-%s%s",
+		      ((job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) ? "" :
+		       (commandShell->exit ? commandShell->exit : "")),
+		      ((job->flags & JOB_SILENT) ? "" :
+		       (commandShell->echo ? commandShell->echo : "")));
+
+	if (args[1]) {
+	    argv[argc] = args;
+	    argc++;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (!(job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) && commandShell->exit) {
+	    argv[argc] = UNCONST(commandShell->exit);
+	    argc++;
+	}
+	if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && commandShell->echo) {
+	    argv[argc] = UNCONST(commandShell->echo);
+	    argc++;
+	}
+    }
+    argv[argc] = NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobStart  --
+ *	Start a target-creation process going for the target described
+ *	by the graph node gn.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		target to create
+ *	flags		flags for the job to override normal ones.
+ *			e.g. JOB_SPECIAL or JOB_IGNDOTS
+ *	previous	The previous Job structure for this node, if any.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	JOB_ERROR if there was an error in the commands, JOB_FINISHED
+ *	if there isn't actually anything left to do for the job and
+ *	JOB_RUNNING if the job has been started.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new Job node is created and added to the list of running
+ *	jobs. PMake is forked and a child shell created.
+ *
+ * NB: I'm fairly sure that this code is never called with JOB_SPECIAL set
+ *     JOB_IGNDOTS is never set (dsl)
+ *     Also the return value is ignored by everyone.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+JobStart(GNode *gn, int flags)
+{
+    Job		  *job;       /* new job descriptor */
+    char	  *argv[10];  /* Argument vector to shell */
+    Boolean	  cmdsOK;     /* true if the nodes commands were all right */
+    Boolean 	  noExec;     /* Set true if we decide not to run the job */
+    int		  tfd;	      /* File descriptor to the temp file */
+
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	if (job->job_state == JOB_ST_FREE)
+	    break;
+    }
+    if (job >= job_table_end)
+	Punt("JobStart no job slots vacant");
+
+    memset(job, 0, sizeof *job);
+    job->job_state = JOB_ST_SETUP;
+    if (gn->type & OP_SPECIAL)
+	flags |= JOB_SPECIAL;
+
+    job->node = gn;
+    job->tailCmds = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Set the initial value of the flags for this job based on the global
+     * ones and the node's attributes... Any flags supplied by the caller
+     * are also added to the field.
+     */
+    job->flags = 0;
+    if (Targ_Ignore(gn)) {
+	job->flags |= JOB_IGNERR;
+    }
+    if (Targ_Silent(gn)) {
+	job->flags |= JOB_SILENT;
+    }
+    job->flags |= flags;
+
+    /*
+     * Check the commands now so any attributes from .DEFAULT have a chance
+     * to migrate to the node
+     */
+    cmdsOK = Job_CheckCommands(gn, Error);
+
+    job->inPollfd = NULL;
+    /*
+     * If the -n flag wasn't given, we open up OUR (not the child's)
+     * temporary file to stuff commands in it. The thing is rd/wr so we don't
+     * need to reopen it to feed it to the shell. If the -n flag *was* given,
+     * we just set the file to be stdout. Cute, huh?
+     */
+    if (((gn->type & OP_MAKE) && !(noRecursiveExecute)) ||
+	    (!noExecute && !touchFlag)) {
+	/*
+	 * tfile is the name of a file into which all shell commands are
+	 * put. It is removed before the child shell is executed, unless
+	 * DEBUG(SCRIPT) is set.
+	 */
+	char *tfile;
+	sigset_t mask;
+	/*
+	 * We're serious here, but if the commands were bogus, we're
+	 * also dead...
+	 */
+	if (!cmdsOK) {
+	    PrintOnError(gn, NULL);	/* provide some clue */
+	    DieHorribly();
+	}
+
+	JobSigLock(&mask);
+	tfd = mkTempFile(TMPPAT, &tfile);
+	if (!DEBUG(SCRIPT))
+		(void)eunlink(tfile);
+	JobSigUnlock(&mask);
+
+	job->cmdFILE = fdopen(tfd, "w+");
+	if (job->cmdFILE == NULL) {
+	    Punt("Could not fdopen %s", tfile);
+	}
+	(void)fcntl(FILENO(job->cmdFILE), F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+	/*
+	 * Send the commands to the command file, flush all its buffers then
+	 * rewind and remove the thing.
+	 */
+	noExec = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+	if (useMeta) {
+	    meta_job_start(job, gn);
+	    if (Targ_Silent(gn)) {	/* might have changed */
+		job->flags |= JOB_SILENT;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * We can do all the commands at once. hooray for sanity
+	 */
+	numCommands = 0;
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, JobPrintCommand, job);
+
+	/*
+	 * If we didn't print out any commands to the shell script,
+	 * there's not much point in executing the shell, is there?
+	 */
+	if (numCommands == 0) {
+	    noExec = TRUE;
+	}
+
+	free(tfile);
+    } else if (NoExecute(gn)) {
+	/*
+	 * Not executing anything -- just print all the commands to stdout
+	 * in one fell swoop. This will still set up job->tailCmds correctly.
+	 */
+	if (lastNode != gn) {
+	    MESSAGE(stdout, gn);
+	    lastNode = gn;
+	}
+	job->cmdFILE = stdout;
+	/*
+	 * Only print the commands if they're ok, but don't die if they're
+	 * not -- just let the user know they're bad and keep going. It
+	 * doesn't do any harm in this case and may do some good.
+	 */
+	if (cmdsOK) {
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, JobPrintCommand, job);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Don't execute the shell, thank you.
+	 */
+	noExec = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Just touch the target and note that no shell should be executed.
+	 * Set cmdFILE to stdout to make life easier. Check the commands, too,
+	 * but don't die if they're no good -- it does no harm to keep working
+	 * up the graph.
+	 */
+	job->cmdFILE = stdout;
+    	Job_Touch(gn, job->flags&JOB_SILENT);
+	noExec = TRUE;
+    }
+    /* Just in case it isn't already... */
+    (void)fflush(job->cmdFILE);
+
+    /*
+     * If we're not supposed to execute a shell, don't.
+     */
+    if (noExec) {
+	if (!(job->flags & JOB_SPECIAL))
+	    Job_TokenReturn();
+	/*
+	 * Unlink and close the command file if we opened one
+	 */
+	if (job->cmdFILE != stdout) {
+	    if (job->cmdFILE != NULL) {
+		(void)fclose(job->cmdFILE);
+		job->cmdFILE = NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We only want to work our way up the graph if we aren't here because
+	 * the commands for the job were no good.
+	 */
+	if (cmdsOK && aborting == 0) {
+	    if (job->tailCmds != NULL) {
+		Lst_ForEachFrom(job->node->commands, job->tailCmds,
+				JobSaveCommand,
+			       job->node);
+	    }
+	    job->node->made = MADE;
+	    Make_Update(job->node);
+	}
+	job->job_state = JOB_ST_FREE;
+	return cmdsOK ? JOB_FINISHED : JOB_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set up the control arguments to the shell. This is based on the flags
+     * set earlier for this job.
+     */
+    JobMakeArgv(job, argv);
+
+    /* Create the pipe by which we'll get the shell's output.  */
+    JobCreatePipe(job, 3);
+
+    JobExec(job, argv);
+    return(JOB_RUNNING);
+}
+
+static char *
+JobOutput(Job *job, char *cp, char *endp, int msg)
+{
+    char *ecp;
+
+    if (commandShell->noPrint) {
+	ecp = Str_FindSubstring(cp, commandShell->noPrint);
+	while (ecp != NULL) {
+	    if (cp != ecp) {
+		*ecp = '\0';
+		if (!beSilent && msg && job->node != lastNode) {
+		    MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+		    lastNode = job->node;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * The only way there wouldn't be a newline after
+		 * this line is if it were the last in the buffer.
+		 * however, since the non-printable comes after it,
+		 * there must be a newline, so we don't print one.
+		 */
+		(void)fprintf(stdout, "%s", cp);
+		(void)fflush(stdout);
+	    }
+	    cp = ecp + commandShell->noPLen;
+	    if (cp != endp) {
+		/*
+		 * Still more to print, look again after skipping
+		 * the whitespace following the non-printable
+		 * command....
+		 */
+		cp++;
+		while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t' || *cp == '\n') {
+		    cp++;
+		}
+		ecp = Str_FindSubstring(cp, commandShell->noPrint);
+	    } else {
+		return cp;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return cp;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobDoOutput  --
+ *	This function is called at different times depending on
+ *	whether the user has specified that output is to be collected
+ *	via pipes or temporary files. In the former case, we are called
+ *	whenever there is something to read on the pipe. We collect more
+ *	output from the given job and store it in the job's outBuf. If
+ *	this makes up a line, we print it tagged by the job's identifier,
+ *	as necessary.
+ *	If output has been collected in a temporary file, we open the
+ *	file and read it line by line, transfering it to our own
+ *	output channel until the file is empty. At which point we
+ *	remove the temporary file.
+ *	In both cases, however, we keep our figurative eye out for the
+ *	'noPrint' line for the shell from which the output came. If
+ *	we recognize a line, we don't print it. If the command is not
+ *	alone on the line (the character after it is not \0 or \n), we
+ *	do print whatever follows it.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	job		the job whose output needs printing
+ *	finish		TRUE if this is the last time we'll be called
+ *			for this job
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	curPos may be shifted as may the contents of outBuf.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+STATIC void
+JobDoOutput(Job *job, Boolean finish)
+{
+    Boolean       gotNL = FALSE;  /* true if got a newline */
+    Boolean       fbuf;  	  /* true if our buffer filled up */
+    int		  nr;	      	  /* number of bytes read */
+    int		  i;	      	  /* auxiliary index into outBuf */
+    int		  max;	      	  /* limit for i (end of current data) */
+    int		  nRead;      	  /* (Temporary) number of bytes read */
+
+    /*
+     * Read as many bytes as will fit in the buffer.
+     */
+end_loop:
+    gotNL = FALSE;
+    fbuf = FALSE;
+
+    nRead = read(job->inPipe, &job->outBuf[job->curPos],
+		     JOB_BUFSIZE - job->curPos);
+    if (nRead < 0) {
+	if (errno == EAGAIN)
+	    return;
+	if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	    perror("JobDoOutput(piperead)");
+	}
+	nr = 0;
+    } else {
+	nr = nRead;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If we hit the end-of-file (the job is dead), we must flush its
+     * remaining output, so pretend we read a newline if there's any
+     * output remaining in the buffer.
+     * Also clear the 'finish' flag so we stop looping.
+     */
+    if ((nr == 0) && (job->curPos != 0)) {
+	job->outBuf[job->curPos] = '\n';
+	nr = 1;
+	finish = FALSE;
+    } else if (nr == 0) {
+	finish = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Look for the last newline in the bytes we just got. If there is
+     * one, break out of the loop with 'i' as its index and gotNL set
+     * TRUE.
+     */
+    max = job->curPos + nr;
+    for (i = job->curPos + nr - 1; i >= job->curPos; i--) {
+	if (job->outBuf[i] == '\n') {
+	    gotNL = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	} else if (job->outBuf[i] == '\0') {
+	    /*
+	     * Why?
+	     */
+	    job->outBuf[i] = ' ';
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!gotNL) {
+	job->curPos += nr;
+	if (job->curPos == JOB_BUFSIZE) {
+	    /*
+	     * If we've run out of buffer space, we have no choice
+	     * but to print the stuff. sigh.
+	     */
+	    fbuf = TRUE;
+	    i = job->curPos;
+	}
+    }
+    if (gotNL || fbuf) {
+	/*
+	 * Need to send the output to the screen. Null terminate it
+	 * first, overwriting the newline character if there was one.
+	 * So long as the line isn't one we should filter (according
+	 * to the shell description), we print the line, preceded
+	 * by a target banner if this target isn't the same as the
+	 * one for which we last printed something.
+	 * The rest of the data in the buffer are then shifted down
+	 * to the start of the buffer and curPos is set accordingly.
+	 */
+	job->outBuf[i] = '\0';
+	if (i >= job->curPos) {
+	    char *cp;
+
+	    cp = JobOutput(job, job->outBuf, &job->outBuf[i], FALSE);
+
+	    /*
+	     * There's still more in that thar buffer. This time, though,
+	     * we know there's no newline at the end, so we add one of
+	     * our own free will.
+	     */
+	    if (*cp != '\0') {
+		if (!beSilent && job->node != lastNode) {
+		    MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+		    lastNode = job->node;
+		}
+#ifdef USE_META
+		if (useMeta) {
+		    meta_job_output(job, cp, gotNL ? "\n" : "");
+		}
+#endif
+		(void)fprintf(stdout, "%s%s", cp, gotNL ? "\n" : "");
+		(void)fflush(stdout);
+	    }
+	}
+	/*
+	 * max is the last offset still in the buffer. Move any remaining
+	 * characters to the start of the buffer and update the end marker
+	 * curPos.
+	 */
+	if (i < max) {
+	    (void)memmove(job->outBuf, &job->outBuf[i + 1], max - (i + 1));
+	    job->curPos = max - (i + 1);
+	} else {
+	    assert(i == max);
+	    job->curPos = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    if (finish) {
+	/*
+	 * If the finish flag is true, we must loop until we hit
+	 * end-of-file on the pipe. This is guaranteed to happen
+	 * eventually since the other end of the pipe is now closed
+	 * (we closed it explicitly and the child has exited). When
+	 * we do get an EOF, finish will be set FALSE and we'll fall
+	 * through and out.
+	 */
+	goto end_loop;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+JobRun(GNode *targ)
+{
+#ifdef notyet
+    /*
+     * Unfortunately it is too complicated to run .BEGIN, .END,
+     * and .INTERRUPT job in the parallel job module. This has
+     * the nice side effect that it avoids a lot of other problems.
+     */
+    Lst lst = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Lst_AtEnd(lst, targ);
+    (void)Make_Run(lst);
+    Lst_Destroy(lst, NULL);
+    JobStart(targ, JOB_SPECIAL);
+    while (jobTokensRunning) {
+	Job_CatchOutput();
+    }
+#else
+    Compat_Make(targ, targ);
+    if (targ->made == ERROR) {
+	PrintOnError(targ, "\n\nStop.");
+	exit(1);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_CatchChildren --
+ *	Handle the exit of a child. Called from Make_Make.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	block		TRUE if should block on the wait
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The job descriptor is removed from the list of children.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	We do waits, blocking or not, according to the wisdom of our
+ *	caller, until there are no more children to report. For each
+ *	job, call JobFinish to finish things off.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Job_CatchChildren(void)
+{
+    int    	  pid;	    	/* pid of dead child */
+    int	  	  status;   	/* Exit/termination status */
+
+    /*
+     * Don't even bother if we know there's no one around.
+     */
+    if (jobTokensRunning == 0)
+	return;
+
+    while ((pid = waitpid((pid_t) -1, &status, WNOHANG | WUNTRACED)) > 0) {
+	if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	    (void)fprintf(debug_file, "Process %d exited/stopped status %x.\n", pid,
+	      status);
+	}
+	JobReapChild(pid, status, TRUE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * It is possible that wait[pid]() was called from elsewhere,
+ * this lets us reap jobs regardless.
+ */
+void
+JobReapChild(pid_t pid, int status, Boolean isJobs)
+{
+    Job		  *job;	    	/* job descriptor for dead child */
+
+    /*
+     * Don't even bother if we know there's no one around.
+     */
+    if (jobTokensRunning == 0)
+	return;
+
+    job = JobFindPid(pid, JOB_ST_RUNNING, isJobs);
+    if (job == NULL) {
+	if (isJobs) {
+	    if (!lurking_children)
+		Error("Child (%d) status %x not in table?", pid, status);
+	}
+	return;				/* not ours */
+    }
+    if (WIFSTOPPED(status)) {
+	if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	    (void)fprintf(debug_file, "Process %d (%s) stopped.\n",
+			  job->pid, job->node->name);
+	}
+	if (!make_suspended) {
+	    switch (WSTOPSIG(status)) {
+	    case SIGTSTP:
+		(void)printf("*** [%s] Suspended\n", job->node->name);
+		break;
+	    case SIGSTOP:
+		(void)printf("*** [%s] Stopped\n", job->node->name);
+		break;
+	    default:
+		(void)printf("*** [%s] Stopped -- signal %d\n",
+			     job->node->name, WSTOPSIG(status));
+	    }
+	    job->job_suspended = 1;
+	}
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    job->job_state = JOB_ST_FINISHED;
+    job->exit_status = status;
+
+    JobFinish(job, status);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_CatchOutput --
+ *	Catch the output from our children, if we're using
+ *	pipes do so. Otherwise just block time until we get a
+ *	signal(most likely a SIGCHLD) since there's no point in
+ *	just spinning when there's nothing to do and the reaping
+ *	of a child can wait for a while.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Output is read from pipes if we're piping.
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_CatchOutput(void)
+{
+    int nready;
+    Job *job;
+    int i;
+
+    (void)fflush(stdout);
+
+    /* The first fd in the list is the job token pipe */
+    do {
+	nready = poll(fds + 1 - wantToken, nfds - 1 + wantToken, POLL_MSEC);
+    } while (nready < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+    if (nready < 0)
+	Punt("poll: %s", strerror(errno));
+
+    if (nready > 0 && readyfd(&childExitJob)) {
+	char token = 0;
+	ssize_t count;
+	count = read(childExitJob.inPipe, &token, 1);
+	switch (count) {
+	case 0:
+	    Punt("unexpected eof on token pipe");
+	case -1:
+	    Punt("token pipe read: %s", strerror(errno));
+	case 1:
+	    if (token == DO_JOB_RESUME[0])
+		/* Complete relay requested from our SIGCONT handler */
+		JobRestartJobs();
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    abort();
+	}
+	--nready;
+    }
+
+    Job_CatchChildren();
+    if (nready == 0)
+	    return;
+
+    for (i = 2; i < nfds; i++) {
+	if (!fds[i].revents)
+	    continue;
+	job = jobfds[i];
+	if (job->job_state == JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+	    JobDoOutput(job, FALSE);
+	if (--nready == 0)
+		return;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Make --
+ *	Start the creation of a target. Basically a front-end for
+ *	JobStart used by the Make module.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Another job is started.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Make(GNode *gn)
+{
+    (void)JobStart(gn, 0);
+}
+
+void
+Shell_Init(void)
+{
+    if (shellPath == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * We are using the default shell, which may be an absolute
+	 * path if DEFSHELL_CUSTOM is defined.
+	 */
+	shellName = commandShell->name;
+#ifdef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM
+	if (*shellName == '/') {
+	    shellPath = shellName;
+	    shellName = strrchr(shellPath, '/');
+	    shellName++;
+	} else
+#endif
+	shellPath = str_concat(_PATH_DEFSHELLDIR, shellName, STR_ADDSLASH);
+    }
+    if (commandShell->exit == NULL) {
+	commandShell->exit = "";
+    }
+    if (commandShell->echo == NULL) {
+	commandShell->echo = "";
+    }
+    if (commandShell->hasErrCtl && *commandShell->exit) {
+	if (shellErrFlag &&
+	    strcmp(commandShell->exit, &shellErrFlag[1]) != 0) {
+	    free(shellErrFlag);
+	    shellErrFlag = NULL;
+	}
+	if (!shellErrFlag) {
+	    int n = strlen(commandShell->exit) + 2;
+
+	    shellErrFlag = bmake_malloc(n);
+	    if (shellErrFlag) {
+		snprintf(shellErrFlag, n, "-%s", commandShell->exit);
+	    }
+	}
+    } else if (shellErrFlag) {
+	free(shellErrFlag);
+	shellErrFlag = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Returns the string literal that is used in the current command shell
+ * to produce a newline character.
+ */
+const char *
+Shell_GetNewline(void)
+{
+
+    return commandShell->newline;
+}
+
+void
+Job_SetPrefix(void)
+{
+    
+    if (targPrefix) {
+	free(targPrefix);
+    } else if (!Var_Exists(MAKE_JOB_PREFIX, VAR_GLOBAL)) {
+	Var_Set(MAKE_JOB_PREFIX, "---", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+
+    targPrefix = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_JOB_PREFIX "}",
+			   VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Init --
+ *	Initialize the process module
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	lists and counters are initialized
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Init(void)
+{
+    Job_SetPrefix();
+    /* Allocate space for all the job info */
+    job_table = bmake_malloc(maxJobs * sizeof *job_table);
+    memset(job_table, 0, maxJobs * sizeof *job_table);
+    job_table_end = job_table + maxJobs;
+    wantToken =	0;
+
+    aborting = 	  0;
+    errors = 	  0;
+
+    lastNode =	  NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * There is a non-zero chance that we already have children.
+     * eg after 'make -f- <<EOF'
+     * Since their termination causes a 'Child (pid) not in table' message,
+     * Collect the status of any that are already dead, and suppress the
+     * error message if there are any undead ones.
+     */
+    for (;;) {
+	int rval, status;
+	rval = waitpid((pid_t) -1, &status, WNOHANG);
+	if (rval > 0)
+	    continue;
+	if (rval == 0)
+	    lurking_children = 1;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    Shell_Init();
+
+    JobCreatePipe(&childExitJob, 3);
+
+    /* We can only need to wait for tokens, children and output from each job */
+    fds = bmake_malloc(sizeof (*fds) * (2 + maxJobs));
+    jobfds = bmake_malloc(sizeof (*jobfds) * (2 + maxJobs));
+
+    /* These are permanent entries and take slots 0 and 1 */
+    watchfd(&tokenWaitJob);
+    watchfd(&childExitJob);
+
+    sigemptyset(&caught_signals);
+    /*
+     * Install a SIGCHLD handler.
+     */
+    (void)bmake_signal(SIGCHLD, JobChildSig);
+    sigaddset(&caught_signals, SIGCHLD);
+
+#define ADDSIG(s,h)				\
+    if (bmake_signal(s, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {	\
+	sigaddset(&caught_signals, s);		\
+	(void)bmake_signal(s, h);			\
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Catch the four signals that POSIX specifies if they aren't ignored.
+     * JobPassSig will take care of calling JobInterrupt if appropriate.
+     */
+    ADDSIG(SIGINT, JobPassSig_int)
+    ADDSIG(SIGHUP, JobPassSig_term)
+    ADDSIG(SIGTERM, JobPassSig_term)
+    ADDSIG(SIGQUIT, JobPassSig_term)
+
+    /*
+     * There are additional signals that need to be caught and passed if
+     * either the export system wants to be told directly of signals or if
+     * we're giving each job its own process group (since then it won't get
+     * signals from the terminal driver as we own the terminal)
+     */
+    ADDSIG(SIGTSTP, JobPassSig_suspend)
+    ADDSIG(SIGTTOU, JobPassSig_suspend)
+    ADDSIG(SIGTTIN, JobPassSig_suspend)
+    ADDSIG(SIGWINCH, JobCondPassSig)
+    ADDSIG(SIGCONT, JobContinueSig)
+#undef ADDSIG
+
+    (void)Job_RunTarget(".BEGIN", NULL);
+    postCommands = Targ_FindNode(".END", TARG_CREATE);
+}
+
+static void JobSigReset(void)
+{
+#define DELSIG(s)					\
+    if (sigismember(&caught_signals, s)) {		\
+	(void)bmake_signal(s, SIG_DFL);			\
+    }
+
+    DELSIG(SIGINT)
+    DELSIG(SIGHUP)
+    DELSIG(SIGQUIT)
+    DELSIG(SIGTERM)
+    DELSIG(SIGTSTP)
+    DELSIG(SIGTTOU)
+    DELSIG(SIGTTIN)
+    DELSIG(SIGWINCH)
+    DELSIG(SIGCONT)
+#undef DELSIG
+    (void)bmake_signal(SIGCHLD, SIG_DFL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobMatchShell --
+ *	Find a shell in 'shells' given its name.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to the Shell structure.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Shell *
+JobMatchShell(const char *name)
+{
+    Shell	*sh;
+
+    for (sh = shells; sh->name != NULL; sh++) {
+	if (strcmp(name, sh->name) == 0)
+		return (sh);
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_ParseShell --
+ *	Parse a shell specification and set up commandShell, shellPath
+ *	and shellName appropriately.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		The shell spec
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	FAILURE if the specification was incorrect.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	commandShell points to a Shell structure (either predefined or
+ *	created from the shell spec), shellPath is the full path of the
+ *	shell described by commandShell, while shellName is just the
+ *	final component of shellPath.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	A shell specification consists of a .SHELL target, with dependency
+ *	operator, followed by a series of blank-separated words. Double
+ *	quotes can be used to use blanks in words. A backslash escapes
+ *	anything (most notably a double-quote and a space) and
+ *	provides the functionality it does in C. Each word consists of
+ *	keyword and value separated by an equal sign. There should be no
+ *	unnecessary spaces in the word. The keywords are as follows:
+ *	    name  	    Name of shell.
+ *	    path  	    Location of shell.
+ *	    quiet 	    Command to turn off echoing.
+ *	    echo  	    Command to turn echoing on
+ *	    filter	    Result of turning off echoing that shouldn't be
+ *	    	  	    printed.
+ *	    echoFlag	    Flag to turn echoing on at the start
+ *	    errFlag	    Flag to turn error checking on at the start
+ *	    hasErrCtl	    True if shell has error checking control
+ *	    newline	    String literal to represent a newline char
+ *	    check 	    Command to turn on error checking if hasErrCtl
+ *	    	  	    is TRUE or template of command to echo a command
+ *	    	  	    for which error checking is off if hasErrCtl is
+ *	    	  	    FALSE.
+ *	    ignore	    Command to turn off error checking if hasErrCtl
+ *	    	  	    is TRUE or template of command to execute a
+ *	    	  	    command so as to ignore any errors it returns if
+ *	    	  	    hasErrCtl is FALSE.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Job_ParseShell(char *line)
+{
+    char	**words;
+    char	**argv;
+    int		argc;
+    char	*path;
+    Shell	newShell;
+    Boolean	fullSpec = FALSE;
+    Shell	*sh;
+
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*line)) {
+	line++;
+    }
+
+    free(UNCONST(shellArgv));
+
+    memset(&newShell, 0, sizeof(newShell));
+
+    /*
+     * Parse the specification by keyword
+     */
+    words = brk_string(line, &argc, TRUE, &path);
+    if (words == NULL) {
+	Error("Unterminated quoted string [%s]", line);
+	return FAILURE;
+    }
+    shellArgv = path;
+
+    for (path = NULL, argv = words; argc != 0; argc--, argv++) {
+	    if (strncmp(*argv, "path=", 5) == 0) {
+		path = &argv[0][5];
+	    } else if (strncmp(*argv, "name=", 5) == 0) {
+		newShell.name = &argv[0][5];
+	    } else {
+		if (strncmp(*argv, "quiet=", 6) == 0) {
+		    newShell.echoOff = &argv[0][6];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "echo=", 5) == 0) {
+		    newShell.echoOn = &argv[0][5];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "filter=", 7) == 0) {
+		    newShell.noPrint = &argv[0][7];
+		    newShell.noPLen = strlen(newShell.noPrint);
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "echoFlag=", 9) == 0) {
+		    newShell.echo = &argv[0][9];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "errFlag=", 8) == 0) {
+		    newShell.exit = &argv[0][8];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "hasErrCtl=", 10) == 0) {
+		    char c = argv[0][10];
+		    newShell.hasErrCtl = !((c != 'Y') && (c != 'y') &&
+					   (c != 'T') && (c != 't'));
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "newline=", 8) == 0) {
+		    newShell.newline = &argv[0][8];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "check=", 6) == 0) {
+		    newShell.errCheck = &argv[0][6];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "ignore=", 7) == 0) {
+		    newShell.ignErr = &argv[0][7];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "errout=", 7) == 0) {
+		    newShell.errOut = &argv[0][7];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "comment=", 8) == 0) {
+		    newShell.commentChar = argv[0][8];
+		} else {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Unknown keyword \"%s\"",
+				*argv);
+		    free(words);
+		    return(FAILURE);
+		}
+		fullSpec = TRUE;
+	    }
+    }
+
+    if (path == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * If no path was given, the user wants one of the pre-defined shells,
+	 * yes? So we find the one s/he wants with the help of JobMatchShell
+	 * and set things up the right way. shellPath will be set up by
+	 * Shell_Init.
+	 */
+	if (newShell.name == NULL) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Neither path nor name specified");
+	    free(words);
+	    return(FAILURE);
+	} else {
+	    if ((sh = JobMatchShell(newShell.name)) == NULL) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "%s: No matching shell",
+				newShell.name);
+		    free(words);
+		    return(FAILURE);
+	    }
+	    commandShell = sh;
+	    shellName = newShell.name;
+	    if (shellPath) {
+		/* Shell_Init has already been called!  Do it again. */
+		free(UNCONST(shellPath));
+		shellPath = NULL;
+		Shell_Init();
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * The user provided a path. If s/he gave nothing else (fullSpec is
+	 * FALSE), try and find a matching shell in the ones we know of.
+	 * Else we just take the specification at its word and copy it
+	 * to a new location. In either case, we need to record the
+	 * path the user gave for the shell.
+	 */
+	shellPath = path;
+	path = strrchr(path, '/');
+	if (path == NULL) {
+	    path = UNCONST(shellPath);
+	} else {
+	    path += 1;
+	}
+	if (newShell.name != NULL) {
+	    shellName = newShell.name;
+	} else {
+	    shellName = path;
+	}
+	if (!fullSpec) {
+	    if ((sh = JobMatchShell(shellName)) == NULL) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "%s: No matching shell",
+				shellName);
+		    free(words);
+		    return(FAILURE);
+	    }
+	    commandShell = sh;
+	} else {
+	    commandShell = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Shell));
+	    *commandShell = newShell;
+	}
+	/* this will take care of shellErrFlag */
+	Shell_Init();
+    }
+
+    if (commandShell->echoOn && commandShell->echoOff) {
+	commandShell->hasEchoCtl = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if (!commandShell->hasErrCtl) {
+	if (commandShell->errCheck == NULL) {
+	    commandShell->errCheck = "";
+	}
+	if (commandShell->ignErr == NULL) {
+	    commandShell->ignErr = "%s\n";
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Do not free up the words themselves, since they might be in use by the
+     * shell specification.
+     */
+    free(words);
+    return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobInterrupt --
+ *	Handle the receipt of an interrupt.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	runINTERRUPT	Non-zero if commands for the .INTERRUPT target
+ *			should be executed
+ *	signo		signal received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	All children are killed. Another job will be started if the
+ *	.INTERRUPT target was given.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobInterrupt(int runINTERRUPT, int signo)
+{
+    Job		*job;		/* job descriptor in that element */
+    GNode	*interrupt;	/* the node describing the .INTERRUPT target */
+    sigset_t	mask;
+    GNode	*gn;
+
+    aborting = ABORT_INTERRUPT;
+
+    JobSigLock(&mask);
+
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	if (job->job_state != JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+	    continue;
+
+	gn = job->node;
+
+	JobDeleteTarget(gn);
+	if (job->pid) {
+	    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+		(void)fprintf(debug_file,
+			   "JobInterrupt passing signal %d to child %d.\n",
+			   signo, job->pid);
+	    }
+	    KILLPG(job->pid, signo);
+	}
+    }
+
+    JobSigUnlock(&mask);
+
+    if (runINTERRUPT && !touchFlag) {
+	interrupt = Targ_FindNode(".INTERRUPT", TARG_NOCREATE);
+	if (interrupt != NULL) {
+	    ignoreErrors = FALSE;
+	    JobRun(interrupt);
+	}
+    }
+    Trace_Log(MAKEINTR, 0);
+    exit(signo);
+}
+
+/*
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Finish --
+ *	Do final processing such as the running of the commands
+ *	attached to the .END target.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Number of errors reported.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Job_Finish(void)
+{
+    if (postCommands != NULL &&
+	(!Lst_IsEmpty(postCommands->commands) ||
+	 !Lst_IsEmpty(postCommands->children))) {
+	if (errors) {
+	    Error("Errors reported so .END ignored");
+	} else {
+	    JobRun(postCommands);
+	}
+    }
+    return(errors);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_End --
+ *	Cleanup any memory used by the jobs module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Memory is freed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    free(shellArgv);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Wait --
+ *	Waits for all running jobs to finish and returns. Sets 'aborting'
+ *	to ABORT_WAIT to prevent other jobs from starting.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Currently running jobs finish.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Wait(void)
+{
+    aborting = ABORT_WAIT;
+    while (jobTokensRunning != 0) {
+	Job_CatchOutput();
+    }
+    aborting = 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_AbortAll --
+ *	Abort all currently running jobs without handling output or anything.
+ *	This function is to be called only in the event of a major
+ *	error. Most definitely NOT to be called from JobInterrupt.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	All children are killed, not just the firstborn
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_AbortAll(void)
+{
+    Job		*job;	/* the job descriptor in that element */
+    int		foo;
+
+    aborting = ABORT_ERROR;
+
+    if (jobTokensRunning) {
+	for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	    if (job->job_state != JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+		continue;
+	    /*
+	     * kill the child process with increasingly drastic signals to make
+	     * darn sure it's dead.
+	     */
+	    KILLPG(job->pid, SIGINT);
+	    KILLPG(job->pid, SIGKILL);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Catch as many children as want to report in at first, then give up
+     */
+    while (waitpid((pid_t) -1, &foo, WNOHANG) > 0)
+	continue;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobRestartJobs --
+ *	Tries to restart stopped jobs if there are slots available.
+ *	Called in process context in response to a SIGCONT.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Resumes jobs.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobRestartJobs(void)
+{
+    Job *job;
+
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	if (job->job_state == JOB_ST_RUNNING &&
+		(make_suspended || job->job_suspended)) {
+	    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+		(void)fprintf(debug_file, "Restarting stopped job pid %d.\n",
+			job->pid);
+	    }
+	    if (job->job_suspended) {
+		    (void)printf("*** [%s] Continued\n", job->node->name);
+		    (void)fflush(stdout);
+	    }
+	    job->job_suspended = 0;
+	    if (KILLPG(job->pid, SIGCONT) != 0 && DEBUG(JOB)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Failed to send SIGCONT to %d\n", job->pid);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (job->job_state == JOB_ST_FINISHED)
+	    /* Job exit deferred after calling waitpid() in a signal handler */
+	    JobFinish(job, job->exit_status);
+    }
+    make_suspended = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+watchfd(Job *job)
+{
+    if (job->inPollfd != NULL)
+	Punt("Watching watched job");
+
+    fds[nfds].fd = job->inPipe;
+    fds[nfds].events = POLLIN;
+    jobfds[nfds] = job;
+    job->inPollfd = &fds[nfds];
+    nfds++;
+}
+
+static void
+clearfd(Job *job)
+{
+    int i;
+    if (job->inPollfd == NULL)
+	Punt("Unwatching unwatched job");
+    i = job->inPollfd - fds;
+    nfds--;
+    /*
+     * Move last job in table into hole made by dead job.
+     */
+    if (nfds != i) {
+	fds[i] = fds[nfds];
+	jobfds[i] = jobfds[nfds];
+	jobfds[i]->inPollfd = &fds[i];
+    }
+    job->inPollfd = NULL;
+}
+
+static int
+readyfd(Job *job)
+{
+    if (job->inPollfd == NULL)
+	Punt("Polling unwatched job");
+    return (job->inPollfd->revents & POLLIN) != 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobTokenAdd --
+ *	Put a token into the job pipe so that some make process can start
+ *	another job.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Allows more build jobs to be spawned somewhere.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+JobTokenAdd(void)
+{
+    char tok = JOB_TOKENS[aborting], tok1;
+
+    /* If we are depositing an error token flush everything else */
+    while (tok != '+' && read(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, &tok1, 1) == 1)
+	continue;
+
+    if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) aborting %d, deposit token %c\n",
+	    getpid(), aborting, JOB_TOKENS[aborting]);
+    while (write(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, &tok, 1) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+	continue;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_ServerStartTokenAdd --
+ *	Prep the job token pipe in the root make process.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Job_ServerStart(int max_tokens, int jp_0, int jp_1)
+{
+    int i;
+    char jobarg[64];
+    
+    if (jp_0 >= 0 && jp_1 >= 0) {
+	/* Pipe passed in from parent */
+	tokenWaitJob.inPipe = jp_0;
+	tokenWaitJob.outPipe = jp_1;
+	(void)fcntl(jp_0, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+	(void)fcntl(jp_1, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    JobCreatePipe(&tokenWaitJob, 15);
+
+    snprintf(jobarg, sizeof(jobarg), "%d,%d",
+	    tokenWaitJob.inPipe, tokenWaitJob.outPipe);
+
+    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-J", VAR_GLOBAL);
+    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, jobarg, VAR_GLOBAL);			
+
+    /*
+     * Preload the job pipe with one token per job, save the one
+     * "extra" token for the primary job.
+     * 
+     * XXX should clip maxJobs against PIPE_BUF -- if max_tokens is
+     * larger than the write buffer size of the pipe, we will
+     * deadlock here.
+     */
+    for (i = 1; i < max_tokens; i++)
+	JobTokenAdd();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_TokenReturn --
+ *	Return a withdrawn token to the pool.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Job_TokenReturn(void)
+{
+    jobTokensRunning--;
+    if (jobTokensRunning < 0)
+	Punt("token botch");
+    if (jobTokensRunning || JOB_TOKENS[aborting] != '+')
+	JobTokenAdd();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_TokenWithdraw --
+ *	Attempt to withdraw a token from the pool.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns TRUE if a token was withdrawn, and FALSE if the pool
+ *	is currently empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * 	If pool is empty, set wantToken so that we wake up
+ *	when a token is released.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+
+Boolean
+Job_TokenWithdraw(void)
+{
+    char tok, tok1;
+    int count;
+
+    wantToken = 0;
+    if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Job_TokenWithdraw(%d): aborting %d, running %d\n",
+		getpid(), aborting, jobTokensRunning);
+
+    if (aborting || (jobTokensRunning >= maxJobs))
+	return FALSE;
+
+    count = read(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, &tok, 1);
+    if (count == 0)
+	Fatal("eof on job pipe!");
+    if (count < 0 && jobTokensRunning != 0) {
+	if (errno != EAGAIN) {
+	    Fatal("job pipe read: %s", strerror(errno));
+	}
+	if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) blocked for token\n", getpid());
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (count == 1 && tok != '+') {
+	/* make being abvorted - remove any other job tokens */
+	if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) aborted by token %c\n", getpid(), tok);
+	while (read(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, &tok1, 1) == 1)
+	    continue;
+	/* And put the stopper back */
+	while (write(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, &tok, 1) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+	    continue;
+	Fatal("A failure has been detected in another branch of the parallel make");
+    }
+
+    if (count == 1 && jobTokensRunning == 0)
+	/* We didn't want the token really */
+	while (write(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, &tok, 1) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+	    continue;
+
+    jobTokensRunning++;
+    if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) withdrew token\n", getpid());
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_RunTarget --
+ *	Run the named target if found. If a filename is specified, then
+ *	set that to the sources.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * 	exits if the target fails.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Job_RunTarget(const char *target, const char *fname) {
+    GNode *gn = Targ_FindNode(target, TARG_NOCREATE);
+
+    if (gn == NULL)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if (fname)
+	Var_Set(ALLSRC, fname, gn, 0);
+
+    JobRun(gn);
+    if (gn->made == ERROR) {
+	PrintOnError(gn, "\n\nStop.");
+	exit(1);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_SELECT
+int
+emul_poll(struct pollfd *fd, int nfd, int timeout)
+{
+    fd_set rfds, wfds;
+    int i, maxfd, nselect, npoll;
+    struct timeval tv, *tvp;
+    long usecs;
+
+    FD_ZERO(&rfds);
+    FD_ZERO(&wfds);
+
+    maxfd = -1;
+    for (i = 0; i < nfd; i++) {
+	fd[i].revents = 0;
+
+	if (fd[i].events & POLLIN)
+	    FD_SET(fd[i].fd, &rfds);
+
+	if (fd[i].events & POLLOUT)
+	    FD_SET(fd[i].fd, &wfds);
+
+	if (fd[i].fd > maxfd)
+	    maxfd = fd[i].fd;
+    }
+    
+    if (maxfd >= FD_SETSIZE) {
+	Punt("Ran out of fd_set slots; " 
+	     "recompile with a larger FD_SETSIZE.");
+    }
+
+    if (timeout < 0) {
+	tvp = NULL;
+    } else {
+	usecs = timeout * 1000;
+	tv.tv_sec = usecs / 1000000;
+	tv.tv_usec = usecs % 1000000;
+        tvp = &tv;
+    }
+
+    nselect = select(maxfd + 1, &rfds, &wfds, 0, tvp);
+
+    if (nselect <= 0)
+	return nselect;
+
+    npoll = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < nfd; i++) {
+	if (FD_ISSET(fd[i].fd, &rfds))
+	    fd[i].revents |= POLLIN;
+
+	if (FD_ISSET(fd[i].fd, &wfds))
+	    fd[i].revents |= POLLOUT;
+
+	if (fd[i].revents)
+	    npoll++;
+    }
+
+    return npoll;
+}
+#endif /* USE_SELECT */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/job.h b/usr.bin/make/job.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91e2c87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/job.h
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: job.h,v 1.42 2013/07/05 22:14:56 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)job.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)job.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * job.h --
+ *	Definitions pertaining to the running of jobs in parallel mode.
+ */
+#ifndef _JOB_H_
+#define _JOB_H_
+
+#define TMPPAT	"makeXXXXXX"		/* relative to tmpdir */
+
+#ifdef USE_SELECT
+/*
+ * Emulate poll() in terms of select().  This is not a complete
+ * emulation but it is sufficient for make's purposes.
+ */
+
+#define poll emul_poll
+#define pollfd emul_pollfd
+
+struct emul_pollfd {
+    int fd;
+    short events;
+    short revents;
+};
+
+#define	POLLIN		0x0001
+#define	POLLOUT		0x0004
+
+int
+emul_poll(struct pollfd *fd, int nfd, int timeout);
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The POLL_MSEC constant determines the maximum number of milliseconds spent
+ * in poll before coming out to see if a child has finished. 
+ */
+#define POLL_MSEC	5000
+
+
+/*-
+ * Job Table definitions.
+ *
+ * Each job has several things associated with it:
+ *	1) The process id of the child shell
+ *	2) The graph node describing the target being made by this job
+ *	3) A LstNode for the first command to be saved after the job
+ *	   completes. This is NULL if there was no "..." in the job's
+ *	   commands.
+ *	4) An FILE* for writing out the commands. This is only
+ *	   used before the job is actually started.
+ *	5) The output is being caught via a pipe and
+ *	   the descriptors of our pipe, an array in which output is line
+ *	   buffered and the current position in that buffer are all
+ *	   maintained for each job.
+ *	6) A word of flags which determine how the module handles errors,
+ *	   echoing, etc. for the job
+ *
+ * When a job is finished, the Make_Update function is called on each of the
+ * parents of the node which was just remade. This takes care of the upward
+ * traversal of the dependency graph.
+ */
+struct pollfd;
+
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+# include "meta.h"
+#endif
+
+#define JOB_BUFSIZE	1024
+typedef struct Job {
+    int       	pid;	    /* The child's process ID */
+    GNode    	*node;      /* The target the child is making */
+    LstNode 	tailCmds;   /* The node of the first command to be
+			     * saved when the job has been run */
+    FILE 	*cmdFILE;   /* When creating the shell script, this is
+			     * where the commands go */
+    int		exit_status; /* from wait4() in signal handler */
+    char        job_state;  /* status of the job entry */
+#define JOB_ST_FREE	0	/* Job is available */
+#define JOB_ST_SETUP	1	/* Job is allocated but otherwise invalid */
+#define JOB_ST_RUNNING	3	/* Job is running, pid valid */
+#define JOB_ST_FINISHED	4	/* Job is done (ie after SIGCHILD) */
+    char        job_suspended;
+    short      	flags;	    /* Flags to control treatment of job */
+#define	JOB_IGNERR	0x001	/* Ignore non-zero exits */
+#define	JOB_SILENT	0x002	/* no output */
+#define JOB_SPECIAL	0x004	/* Target is a special one. i.e. run it locally
+				 * if we can't export it and maxLocal is 0 */
+#define JOB_IGNDOTS	0x008  	/* Ignore "..." lines when processing
+				 * commands */
+#define JOB_TRACED	0x400	/* we've sent 'set -x' */
+
+    int	  	 jobPipe[2];	/* Pipe for readind output from job */
+    struct pollfd *inPollfd;	/* pollfd associated with inPipe */
+    char  	outBuf[JOB_BUFSIZE + 1];
+				/* Buffer for storing the output of the
+				 * job, line by line */
+    int   	curPos;	/* Current position in op_outBuf */
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+    struct BuildMon	bm;
+#endif
+} Job;
+
+#define inPipe jobPipe[0]
+#define outPipe jobPipe[1]
+
+
+/*-
+ * Shell Specifications:
+ * Each shell type has associated with it the following information:
+ *	1) The string which must match the last character of the shell name
+ *	   for the shell to be considered of this type. The longest match
+ *	   wins.
+ *	2) A command to issue to turn off echoing of command lines
+ *	3) A command to issue to turn echoing back on again
+ *	4) What the shell prints, and its length, when given the echo-off
+ *	   command. This line will not be printed when received from the shell
+ *	5) A boolean to tell if the shell has the ability to control
+ *	   error checking for individual commands.
+ *	6) The string to turn this checking on.
+ *	7) The string to turn it off.
+ *	8) The command-flag to give to cause the shell to start echoing
+ *	   commands right away.
+ *	9) The command-flag to cause the shell to Lib_Exit when an error is
+ *	   detected in one of the commands.
+ *
+ * Some special stuff goes on if a shell doesn't have error control. In such
+ * a case, errCheck becomes a printf template for echoing the command,
+ * should echoing be on and ignErr becomes another printf template for
+ * executing the command while ignoring the return status. Finally errOut
+ * is a printf template for running the command and causing the shell to 
+ * exit on error. If any of these strings are empty when hasErrCtl is FALSE, 
+ * the command will be executed anyway as is and if it causes an error, so be 
+ * it. Any templates setup to echo the command will escape any '$ ` \ "'i
+ * characters in the command string to avoid common problems with 
+ * echo "%s\n" as a template.
+ */
+typedef struct Shell {
+    const char	 *name;		/* the name of the shell. For Bourne and C
+				 * shells, this is used only to find the
+				 * shell description when used as the single
+				 * source of a .SHELL target. For user-defined
+				 * shells, this is the full path of the shell.
+				 */
+    Boolean 	  hasEchoCtl;	/* True if both echoOff and echoOn defined */
+    const char   *echoOff;	/* command to turn off echo */
+    const char   *echoOn;	/* command to turn it back on again */
+    const char   *noPrint;	/* command to skip when printing output from
+				 * shell. This is usually the command which
+				 * was executed to turn off echoing */
+    int           noPLen;	/* length of noPrint command */
+    Boolean	  hasErrCtl;	/* set if can control error checking for
+				 * individual commands */
+    const char	 *errCheck;	/* string to turn error checking on */
+    const char	 *ignErr;	/* string to turn off error checking */
+    const char	 *errOut;	/* string to use for testing exit code */
+    const char	 *newline;	/* string literal that results in a newline
+				 * character when it appears outside of any
+				 * 'quote' or "quote" characters */
+    char   commentChar;		/* character used by shell for comment lines */
+
+    /*
+     * command-line flags
+     */
+    const char   *echo;		/* echo commands */
+    const char   *exit;		/* exit on error */
+}               Shell;
+
+extern const char *shellPath;
+extern const char *shellName;
+extern char *shellErrFlag;
+
+extern int	jobTokensRunning; /* tokens currently "out" */
+extern int	maxJobs;	/* Max jobs we can run */
+
+void Shell_Init(void);
+const char *Shell_GetNewline(void);
+void Job_Touch(GNode *, Boolean);
+Boolean Job_CheckCommands(GNode *, void (*abortProc )(const char *, ...));
+#define CATCH_BLOCK	1
+void Job_CatchChildren(void);
+void Job_CatchOutput(void);
+void Job_Make(GNode *);
+void Job_Init(void);
+Boolean Job_Full(void);
+Boolean Job_Empty(void);
+ReturnStatus Job_ParseShell(char *);
+int Job_Finish(void);
+void Job_End(void);
+void Job_Wait(void);
+void Job_AbortAll(void);
+void JobFlagForMigration(int);
+void Job_TokenReturn(void);
+Boolean Job_TokenWithdraw(void);
+void Job_ServerStart(int, int, int);
+void Job_SetPrefix(void);
+Boolean Job_RunTarget(const char *, const char *);
+
+#endif /* _JOB_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.h b/usr.bin/make/lst.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e207bc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.h
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lst.h,v 1.20 2014/09/07 20:55:34 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)lst.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)lst.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * lst.h --
+ *	Header for using the list library
+ */
+#ifndef _LST_H_
+#define _LST_H_
+
+#include	<sys/param.h>
+#include	<stdlib.h>
+
+#include	"sprite.h"
+
+/*
+ * basic typedef. This is what the Lst_ functions handle
+ */
+
+typedef	struct List	*Lst;
+typedef	struct ListNode	*LstNode;
+
+typedef void		*DuplicateProc(void *);
+typedef void		FreeProc(void *);
+
+#define LST_CONCNEW	0   /* create new LstNode's when using Lst_Concat */
+#define LST_CONCLINK	1   /* relink LstNode's when using Lst_Concat */
+
+/*
+ * Creation/destruction functions
+ */
+/* Create a new list */
+Lst		Lst_Init(Boolean);
+/* Duplicate an existing list */
+Lst		Lst_Duplicate(Lst, DuplicateProc *);
+/* Destroy an old one */
+void		Lst_Destroy(Lst, FreeProc *);
+/* True if list is empty */
+Boolean		Lst_IsEmpty(Lst);
+
+/*
+ * Functions to modify a list
+ */
+/* Insert an element before another */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_InsertBefore(Lst, LstNode, void *);
+/* Insert an element after another */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_InsertAfter(Lst, LstNode, void *);
+/* Place an element at the front of a lst. */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_AtFront(Lst, void *);
+/* Place an element at the end of a lst. */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_AtEnd(Lst, void *);
+/* Remove an element */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_Remove(Lst, LstNode);
+/* Replace a node with a new value */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_Replace(LstNode, void *);
+/* Concatenate two lists */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_Concat(Lst, Lst, int);
+
+/*
+ * Node-specific functions
+ */
+/* Return first element in list */
+LstNode		Lst_First(Lst);
+/* Return last element in list */
+LstNode		Lst_Last(Lst);
+/* Return successor to given element */
+LstNode		Lst_Succ(LstNode);
+/* Return predecessor to given element */
+LstNode		Lst_Prev(LstNode);
+/* Get datum from LstNode */
+void		*Lst_Datum(LstNode);
+
+/*
+ * Functions for entire lists
+ */
+/* Find an element in a list */
+LstNode		Lst_Find(Lst, const void *, int (*)(const void *, const void *));
+/* Find an element starting from somewhere */
+LstNode		Lst_FindFrom(Lst, LstNode, const void *,
+			     int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *));
+/*
+ * See if the given datum is on the list. Returns the LstNode containing
+ * the datum
+ */
+LstNode		Lst_Member(Lst, void *);
+/* Apply a function to all elements of a lst */
+int		Lst_ForEach(Lst, int (*)(void *, void *), void *);
+/*
+ * Apply a function to all elements of a lst starting from a certain point.
+ * If the list is circular, the application will wrap around to the
+ * beginning of the list again.
+ */
+int		Lst_ForEachFrom(Lst, LstNode, int (*)(void *, void *),
+				void *);
+/*
+ * these functions are for dealing with a list as a table, of sorts.
+ * An idea of the "current element" is kept and used by all the functions
+ * between Lst_Open() and Lst_Close().
+ */
+/* Open the list */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_Open(Lst);
+/* Next element please */
+LstNode		Lst_Next(Lst);
+/* Done yet? */
+Boolean		Lst_IsAtEnd(Lst);
+/* Finish table access */
+void		Lst_Close(Lst);
+
+/*
+ * for using the list as a queue
+ */
+/* Place an element at tail of queue */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_EnQueue(Lst, void *);
+/* Remove an element from head of queue */
+void		*Lst_DeQueue(Lst);
+
+#endif /* _LST_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/Makefile b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b33a50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.6 2006/11/11 21:23:36 dsl Exp $
+
+OBJ=lstAppend.o lstDupl.o lstInit.o lstOpen.o lstAtEnd.o lstEnQueue.o \
+    lstInsert.o lstAtFront.o lstIsAtEnd.o lstClose.o lstFind.o lstIsEmpty.o \
+    lstRemove.o lstConcat.o lstFindFrom.o lstLast.o lstReplace.o lstFirst.o \
+    lstDatum.o lstForEach.o lstMember.o lstSucc.o lstDeQueue.o \
+    lstForEachFrom.o lstDestroy.o lstNext.o lstPrev.o
+
+CPPFLAGS=-I${.CURDIR}/..
+all: ${OBJ}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstAppend.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstAppend.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4dafe83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstAppend.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAppend.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstAppend.c --
+ *	Add a new node with a new datum after an existing node
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_InsertAfter --
+ *	Create a new node and add it to the given list after the given node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		affected list
+ *	ln		node after which to append the datum
+ *	d		said datum
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS if all went well.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new ListNode is created and linked in to the List. The lastPtr
+ *	field of the List will be altered if ln is the last node in the
+ *	list. lastPtr and firstPtr will alter if the list was empty and
+ *	ln was NULL.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_InsertAfter(Lst l, LstNode ln, void *d)
+{
+    List 	list;
+    ListNode	lNode;
+    ListNode	nLNode;
+
+    if (LstValid (l) && (ln == NULL && LstIsEmpty (l))) {
+	goto ok;
+    }
+
+    if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l)  || ! LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+	return (FAILURE);
+    }
+    ok:
+
+    list = l;
+    lNode = ln;
+
+    PAlloc (nLNode, ListNode);
+    nLNode->datum = d;
+    nLNode->useCount = nLNode->flags = 0;
+
+    if (lNode == NULL) {
+	if (list->isCirc) {
+	    nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode;
+	} else {
+	    nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode->prevPtr = NULL;
+	}
+	list->firstPtr = list->lastPtr = nLNode;
+    } else {
+	nLNode->prevPtr = lNode;
+	nLNode->nextPtr = lNode->nextPtr;
+
+	lNode->nextPtr = nLNode;
+	if (nLNode->nextPtr != NULL) {
+	    nLNode->nextPtr->prevPtr = nLNode;
+	}
+
+	if (lNode == list->lastPtr) {
+	    list->lastPtr = nLNode;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstAtEnd.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstAtEnd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10f191a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstAtEnd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAtEnd.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstAtEnd.c --
+ *	Add a node at the end of the list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_AtEnd --
+ *	Add a node to the end of the given list
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		List to which to add the datum
+ *	d		Datum to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS if life is good.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new ListNode is created and added to the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_AtEnd(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+    LstNode	end;
+
+    end = Lst_Last(l);
+    return (Lst_InsertAfter(l, end, d));
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstAtFront.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstAtFront.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8be166
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstAtFront.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAtFront.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstAtFront.c --
+ *	Add a node at the front of the list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_AtFront --
+ *	Place a piece of data at the front of a list
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new ListNode is created and stuck at the front of the list.
+ *	hence, firstPtr (and possible lastPtr) in the list are altered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_AtFront(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+    LstNode	front;
+
+    front = Lst_First(l);
+    return (Lst_InsertBefore(l, front, d));
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstClose.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstClose.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06b68c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstClose.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.11 2006/10/27 21:37:25 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.11 2006/10/27 21:37:25 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstClose.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.11 2006/10/27 21:37:25 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstClose.c --
+ *	Close a list for sequential access.
+ *	The sequential functions access the list in a slightly different way.
+ *	CurPtr points to their idea of the current node in the list and they
+ *	access the list based on it. Because the list is circular, Lst_Next
+ *	and Lst_Prev will go around the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be
+ *	used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Close --
+ *	Close a list which was opened for sequential access.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		The list to close
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The list is closed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Lst_Close(Lst l)
+{
+    List 	list = l;
+
+    if (LstValid(l) == TRUE) {
+	list->isOpen = FALSE;
+	list->atEnd = Unknown;
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstConcat.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstConcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..534d34e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstConcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstConcat.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * listConcat.c --
+ *	Function to concatentate two lists.
+ */
+
+#include    "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Concat --
+ *	Concatenate two lists. New elements are created to hold the data
+ *	elements, if specified, but the elements themselves are not copied.
+ *	If the elements should be duplicated to avoid confusion with another
+ *	list, the Lst_Duplicate function should be called first.
+ *	If LST_CONCLINK is specified, the second list is destroyed since
+ *	its pointers have been corrupted and the list is no longer useable.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l1		The list to which l2 is to be appended
+ *	l2		The list to append to l1
+ *	flags		LST_CONCNEW if LstNode's should be duplicated
+ *			LST_CONCLINK if should just be relinked
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS if all went well. FAILURE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	New elements are created and appended the first list.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Concat(Lst l1, Lst l2, int flags)
+{
+    ListNode  	ln;     /* original LstNode */
+    ListNode  	nln;    /* new LstNode */
+    ListNode  	last;   /* the last element in the list. Keeps
+				 * bookkeeping until the end */
+    List 	list1 = l1;
+    List 	list2 = l2;
+
+    if (!LstValid (l1) || !LstValid (l2)) {
+	return (FAILURE);
+    }
+
+    if (flags == LST_CONCLINK) {
+	if (list2->firstPtr != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * We set the nextPtr of the
+	     * last element of list two to be NIL to make the loop easier and
+	     * so we don't need an extra case should the first list turn
+	     * out to be non-circular -- the final element will already point
+	     * to NIL space and the first element will be untouched if it
+	     * existed before and will also point to NIL space if it didn't.
+	     */
+	    list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+	    /*
+	     * So long as the second list isn't empty, we just link the
+	     * first element of the second list to the last element of the
+	     * first list. If the first list isn't empty, we then link the
+	     * last element of the list to the first element of the second list
+	     * The last element of the second list, if it exists, then becomes
+	     * the last element of the first list.
+	     */
+	    list2->firstPtr->prevPtr = list1->lastPtr;
+	    if (list1->lastPtr != NULL) {
+ 		list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list2->firstPtr;
+	    } else {
+		list1->firstPtr = list2->firstPtr;
+	    }
+	    list1->lastPtr = list2->lastPtr;
+	}
+	if (list1->isCirc && list1->firstPtr != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the first list is supposed to be circular and it is (now)
+	     * non-empty, we must make sure it's circular by linking the
+	     * first element to the last and vice versa
+	     */
+	    list1->firstPtr->prevPtr = list1->lastPtr;
+	    list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list1->firstPtr;
+	}
+	free(l2);
+    } else if (list2->firstPtr != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * We set the nextPtr of the last element of list 2 to be nil to make
+	 * the loop less difficult. The loop simply goes through the entire
+	 * second list creating new LstNodes and filling in the nextPtr, and
+	 * prevPtr to fit into l1 and its datum field from the
+	 * datum field of the corresponding element in l2. The 'last' node
+	 * follows the last of the new nodes along until the entire l2 has
+	 * been appended. Only then does the bookkeeping catch up with the
+	 * changes. During the first iteration of the loop, if 'last' is nil,
+	 * the first list must have been empty so the newly-created node is
+	 * made the first node of the list.
+	 */
+	list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+	for (last = list1->lastPtr, ln = list2->firstPtr;
+	     ln != NULL;
+	     ln = ln->nextPtr)
+	{
+	    PAlloc (nln, ListNode);
+	    nln->datum = ln->datum;
+	    if (last != NULL) {
+		last->nextPtr = nln;
+	    } else {
+		list1->firstPtr = nln;
+	    }
+	    nln->prevPtr = last;
+	    nln->flags = nln->useCount = 0;
+	    last = nln;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Finish bookkeeping. The last new element becomes the last element
+	 * of list one.
+	 */
+	list1->lastPtr = last;
+
+	/*
+	 * The circularity of both list one and list two must be corrected
+	 * for -- list one because of the new nodes added to it; list two
+	 * because of the alteration of list2->lastPtr's nextPtr to ease the
+	 * above for loop.
+	 */
+	if (list1->isCirc) {
+	    list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list1->firstPtr;
+	    list1->firstPtr->prevPtr = list1->lastPtr;
+	} else {
+	    last->nextPtr = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (list2->isCirc) {
+	    list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = list2->firstPtr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDatum.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDatum.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e2d9ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDatum.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDatum.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstDatum.c --
+ *	Return the datum associated with a list node.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Datum --
+ *	Return the datum stored in the given node.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The datum or NULL if the node is invalid.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void *
+Lst_Datum(LstNode ln)
+{
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	return ((ln)->datum);
+    } else {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDeQueue.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDeQueue.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdb05cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDeQueue.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDeQueue.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstDeQueue.c --
+ *	Remove the node and return its datum from the head of the list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_DeQueue --
+ *	Remove and return the datum at the head of the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The datum in the node at the head or NULL if the list
+ *	is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The head node is removed from the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void *
+Lst_DeQueue(Lst l)
+{
+    void *rd;
+    ListNode	tln;
+
+    tln = Lst_First(l);
+    if (tln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    rd = tln->datum;
+    if (Lst_Remove(l, tln) == FAILURE) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return (rd);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDestroy.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDestroy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92c5b2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDestroy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDestroy.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstDestroy.c --
+ *	Nuke a list and all its resources
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Destroy --
+ *	Destroy a list and free all its resources. If the freeProc is
+ *	given, it is called with the datum from each node in turn before
+ *	the node is freed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The given list is freed in its entirety.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Lst_Destroy(Lst list, FreeProc *freeProc)
+{
+    ListNode	ln;
+    ListNode	tln = NULL;
+
+    if (list == NULL)
+	return;
+
+    /* To ease scanning */
+    if (list->lastPtr != NULL)
+	list->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+    else {
+	free(list);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (freeProc) {
+	for (ln = list->firstPtr; ln != NULL; ln = tln) {
+	     tln = ln->nextPtr;
+	     freeProc(ln->datum);
+	     free(ln);
+	}
+    } else {
+	for (ln = list->firstPtr; ln != NULL; ln = tln) {
+	     tln = ln->nextPtr;
+	     free(ln);
+	}
+    }
+
+    free(list);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDupl.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDupl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2174ff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstDupl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.16 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.16 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDupl.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.16 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * listDupl.c --
+ *	Duplicate a list. This includes duplicating the individual
+ *	elements.
+ */
+
+#include    "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Duplicate --
+ *	Duplicate an entire list. If a function to copy a void *is
+ *	given, the individual client elements will be duplicated as well.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		the list to duplicate
+ *	copyProc	A function to duplicate each void *
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The new Lst structure or NULL if failure.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new list is created.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Lst_Duplicate(Lst l, DuplicateProc *copyProc)
+{
+    Lst 	nl;
+    ListNode  	ln;
+    List 	list = l;
+
+    if (!LstValid (l)) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    nl = Lst_Init(list->isCirc);
+    if (nl == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    ln = list->firstPtr;
+    while (ln != NULL) {
+	if (copyProc != NULL) {
+	    if (Lst_AtEnd(nl, copyProc(ln->datum)) == FAILURE) {
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	} else if (Lst_AtEnd(nl, ln->datum) == FAILURE) {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (list->isCirc && ln == list->lastPtr) {
+	    ln = NULL;
+	} else {
+	    ln = ln->nextPtr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (nl);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstEnQueue.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstEnQueue.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be386c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstEnQueue.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstEnQueue.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstEnQueue.c--
+ *	Treat the list as a queue and place a datum at its end
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_EnQueue --
+ *	Add the datum to the tail of the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE as returned by Lst_InsertAfter.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the lastPtr field is altered all the time and the firstPtr field
+ *	will be altered if the list used to be empty.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_EnQueue(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+    if (LstValid (l) == FALSE) {
+	return (FAILURE);
+    }
+
+    return (Lst_InsertAfter(l, Lst_Last(l), d));
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstFind.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstFind.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d07dbe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstFind.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFind.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstFind.c --
+ *	Find a node on a list.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Find --
+ *	Find a node on the given list using the given comparison function
+ *	and the given datum.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The found node or NULL if none matches.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Find(Lst l, const void *d, int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+    return (Lst_FindFrom(l, Lst_First(l), d, cProc));
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstFindFrom.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstFindFrom.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2beab6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstFindFrom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFindFrom.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstFindFrom.c --
+ *	Find a node on a list from a given starting point. Used by Lst_Find.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_FindFrom --
+ *	Search for a node starting and ending with the given one on the
+ *	given list using the passed datum and comparison function to
+ *	determine when it has been found.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The found node or NULL
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_FindFrom(Lst l, LstNode ln, const void *d,
+	     int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+    ListNode	tln;
+
+    if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l) || !LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    tln = ln;
+
+    do {
+	if ((*cProc)(tln->datum, d) == 0)
+	    return (tln);
+	tln = tln->nextPtr;
+    } while (tln != ln && tln != NULL);
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstFirst.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstFirst.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e8334f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstFirst.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFirst.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstFirst.c --
+ *	Return the first node of a list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_First --
+ *	Return the first node on the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The first node or NULL if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_First(Lst l)
+{
+    if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l)) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return (l->firstPtr);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstForEach.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstForEach.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..917e4ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstForEach.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstForEach.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstForeach.c --
+ *	Perform a given function on all elements of a list.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_ForEach --
+ *	Apply the given function to each element of the given list. The
+ *	function should return 0 if Lst_ForEach should continue and non-
+ *	zero if it should abort.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Only those created by the passed-in function.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*VARARGS2*/
+int
+Lst_ForEach(Lst l, int (*proc)(void *, void *), void *d)
+{
+    return Lst_ForEachFrom(l, Lst_First(l), proc, d);
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7f44ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.17 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.17 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstForEachFrom.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.17 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * lstForEachFrom.c --
+ *	Perform a given function on all elements of a list starting from
+ *	a given point.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_ForEachFrom --
+ *	Apply the given function to each element of the given list. The
+ *	function should return 0 if traversal should continue and non-
+ *	zero if it should abort.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Only those created by the passed-in function.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*VARARGS2*/
+int
+Lst_ForEachFrom(Lst l, LstNode ln, int (*proc)(void *, void *),
+		void *d)
+{
+    ListNode	tln = ln;
+    List 	list = l;
+    ListNode	next;
+    Boolean 	    	done;
+    int     	    	result;
+
+    if (!LstValid (list) || LstIsEmpty (list)) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    do {
+	/*
+	 * Take care of having the current element deleted out from under
+	 * us.
+	 */
+
+	next = tln->nextPtr;
+
+	/*
+	 * We're done with the traversal if
+	 *  - the next node to examine is the first in the queue or
+	 *    doesn't exist and
+	 *  - nothing's been added after the current node (check this
+	 *    after proc() has been called).
+	 */
+	done = (next == NULL || next == list->firstPtr);
+
+	(void) tln->useCount++;
+	result = (*proc) (tln->datum, d);
+	(void) tln->useCount--;
+
+	/*
+	 * Now check whether a node has been added.
+	 * Note: this doesn't work if this node was deleted before
+	 *       the new node was added.
+	 */
+	if (next != tln->nextPtr) {
+		next = tln->nextPtr;
+		done = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (tln->flags & LN_DELETED) {
+	    free((char *)tln);
+	}
+	tln = next;
+    } while (!result && !LstIsEmpty(list) && !done);
+
+    return result;
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstInit.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstInit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f98ac42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstInit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstInit.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * init.c --
+ *	Initialize a new linked list.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Init --
+ *	Create and initialize a new list.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	circ		TRUE if the list should be made circular
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The created list.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A list is created, what else?
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Lst_Init(Boolean circ)
+{
+    List	nList;
+
+    PAlloc (nList, List);
+
+    nList->firstPtr = NULL;
+    nList->lastPtr = NULL;
+    nList->isOpen = FALSE;
+    nList->isCirc = circ;
+    nList->atEnd = Unknown;
+
+    return (nList);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstInsert.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstInsert.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77187bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstInsert.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstInsert.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstInsert.c --
+ *	Insert a new datum before an old one
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_InsertBefore --
+ *	Insert a new node with the given piece of data before the given
+ *	node in the given list.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		list to manipulate
+ *	ln		node before which to insert d
+ *	d		datum to be inserted
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the firstPtr field will be changed if ln is the first node in the
+ *	list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_InsertBefore(Lst l, LstNode ln, void *d)
+{
+    ListNode	nLNode;	/* new lnode for d */
+    ListNode	lNode = ln;
+    List 	list = l;
+
+
+    /*
+     * check validity of arguments
+     */
+    if (LstValid (l) && (LstIsEmpty (l) && ln == NULL))
+	goto ok;
+
+    if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l) || !LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+	return (FAILURE);
+    }
+
+    ok:
+    PAlloc (nLNode, ListNode);
+
+    nLNode->datum = d;
+    nLNode->useCount = nLNode->flags = 0;
+
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	if (list->isCirc) {
+	    nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode;
+	} else {
+	    nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode->nextPtr = NULL;
+	}
+	list->firstPtr = list->lastPtr = nLNode;
+    } else {
+	nLNode->prevPtr = lNode->prevPtr;
+	nLNode->nextPtr = lNode;
+
+	if (nLNode->prevPtr != NULL) {
+	    nLNode->prevPtr->nextPtr = nLNode;
+	}
+	lNode->prevPtr = nLNode;
+
+	if (lNode == list->firstPtr) {
+	    list->firstPtr = nLNode;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstInt.h b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac53dcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstInt.h,v 1.22 2014/09/07 20:55:34 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)lstInt.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * lstInt.h --
+ *	Internals for the list library
+ */
+#ifndef _LSTINT_H_
+#define _LSTINT_H_
+
+#include	  "../lst.h"
+#include	  "../make_malloc.h"
+
+typedef struct ListNode {
+	struct ListNode	*prevPtr;   /* previous element in list */
+	struct ListNode	*nextPtr;   /* next in list */
+	unsigned int	useCount:8, /* Count of functions using the node.
+				     * node may not be deleted until count
+				     * goes to 0 */
+ 	    	    	flags:8;    /* Node status flags */
+	void		*datum;	    /* datum associated with this element */
+} *ListNode;
+/*
+ * Flags required for synchronization
+ */
+#define LN_DELETED  	0x0001      /* List node should be removed when done */
+
+typedef enum {
+    Head, Middle, Tail, Unknown
+} Where;
+
+typedef struct	List {
+	ListNode  	firstPtr; /* first node in list */
+	ListNode  	lastPtr;  /* last node in list */
+	Boolean	  	isCirc;	  /* true if the list should be considered
+				   * circular */
+/*
+ * fields for sequential access
+ */
+	Where	  	atEnd;	  /* Where in the list the last access was */
+	Boolean	  	isOpen;	  /* true if list has been Lst_Open'ed */
+	ListNode  	curPtr;	  /* current node, if open. NULL if
+				   * *just* opened */
+	ListNode  	prevPtr;  /* Previous node, if open. Used by
+				   * Lst_Remove */
+} *List;
+
+/*
+ * PAlloc (var, ptype) --
+ *	Allocate a pointer-typedef structure 'ptype' into the variable 'var'
+ */
+#define	PAlloc(var,ptype)	var = (ptype) bmake_malloc(sizeof *(var))
+
+/*
+ * LstValid (l) --
+ *	Return TRUE if the list l is valid
+ */
+#define LstValid(l)	((Lst)(l) != NULL)
+
+/*
+ * LstNodeValid (ln, l) --
+ *	Return TRUE if the LstNode ln is valid with respect to l
+ */
+#define LstNodeValid(ln, l)	((ln) != NULL)
+
+/*
+ * LstIsEmpty (l) --
+ *	TRUE if the list l is empty.
+ */
+#define LstIsEmpty(l)	(((List)(l))->firstPtr == NULL)
+
+#endif /* _LSTINT_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70270d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2008/02/15 21:29:50 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2008/02/15 21:29:50 christos Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstIsAtEnd.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2008/02/15 21:29:50 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstIsAtEnd.c --
+ *	Tell if the current node is at the end of the list.
+ *	The sequential functions access the list in a slightly different way.
+ *	CurPtr points to their idea of the current node in the list and they
+ *	access the list based on it. Because the list is circular, Lst_Next
+ *	and Lst_Prev will go around the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be
+ *	used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_IsAtEnd --
+ *	Return true if have reached the end of the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if at the end of the list (this includes the list not being
+ *	open or being invalid) or FALSE if not. We return TRUE if the list
+ *	is invalid or unopend so as to cause the caller to exit its loop
+ *	asap, the assumption being that the loop is of the form
+ *	    while (!Lst_IsAtEnd (l)) {
+ *	    	  ...
+ *	    }
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Lst_IsAtEnd(Lst l)
+{
+    List list = l;
+
+    return (!LstValid (l) || !list->isOpen ||
+	    (list->atEnd == Head) || (list->atEnd == Tail));
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b1d6ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.11 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.11 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstIsEmpty.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.11 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstIsEmpty.c --
+ *	A single function to decide if a list is empty
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_IsEmpty --
+ *	Return TRUE if the given list is empty.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the list is empty, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *	A list is considered empty if its firstPtr == NULL (or if
+ *	the list itself is NULL).
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Lst_IsEmpty(Lst l)
+{
+    return ( ! LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty(l));
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstLast.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstLast.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..096ca24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstLast.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstLast.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstLast.c --
+ *	Return the last element of a list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Last --
+ *	Return the last node on the list l.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The requested node or NULL if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Last(Lst l)
+{
+    if (!LstValid(l) || LstIsEmpty (l)) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return (l->lastPtr);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstMember.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstMember.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9046ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstMember.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.14 2013/11/14 00:01:28 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.14 2013/11/14 00:01:28 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstMember.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.14 2013/11/14 00:01:28 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * lstMember.c --
+ *	See if a given datum is on a given list.
+ */
+
+#include    "lstInt.h"
+
+LstNode
+Lst_Member(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+    List    	  	list = l;
+    ListNode	lNode;
+
+    if (list == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    lNode = list->firstPtr;
+    if (lNode == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    do {
+	if (lNode->datum == d) {
+	    return lNode;
+	}
+	lNode = lNode->nextPtr;
+    } while (lNode != NULL && lNode != list->firstPtr);
+
+    return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstNext.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstNext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c2e0ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstNext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstNext.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstNext.c --
+ *	Return the next node for a list.
+ *	The sequential functions access the list in a slightly different way.
+ *	CurPtr points to their idea of the current node in the list and they
+ *	access the list based on it. Because the list is circular, Lst_Next
+ *	and Lst_Prev will go around the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be
+ *	used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Next --
+ *	Return the next node for the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The next node or NULL if the list has yet to be opened. Also
+ *	if the list is non-circular and the end has been reached, NULL
+ *	is returned.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the curPtr field is updated.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Next(Lst l)
+{
+    ListNode	tln;
+    List 	list = l;
+
+    if ((LstValid (l) == FALSE) ||
+	(list->isOpen == FALSE)) {
+	    return NULL;
+    }
+
+    list->prevPtr = list->curPtr;
+
+    if (list->curPtr == NULL) {
+	if (list->atEnd == Unknown) {
+	    /*
+	     * If we're just starting out, atEnd will be Unknown.
+	     * Then we want to start this thing off in the right
+	     * direction -- at the start with atEnd being Middle.
+	     */
+	    list->curPtr = tln = list->firstPtr;
+	    list->atEnd = Middle;
+	} else {
+	    tln = NULL;
+	    list->atEnd = Tail;
+	}
+    } else {
+	tln = list->curPtr->nextPtr;
+	list->curPtr = tln;
+
+	if (tln == list->firstPtr || tln == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * If back at the front, then we've hit the end...
+	     */
+	    list->atEnd = Tail;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Reset to Middle if gone past first.
+	     */
+	    list->atEnd = Middle;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (tln);
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstOpen.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstOpen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..941293e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstOpen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstOpen.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstOpen.c --
+ *	Open a list for sequential access. The sequential functions access the
+ *	list in a slightly different way. CurPtr points to their idea of the
+ *	current node in the list and they access the list based on it.
+ *	If the list is circular, Lst_Next and Lst_Prev will go around
+ *	the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Open --
+ *	Open a list for sequential access. A list can still be searched,
+ *	etc., without confusing these functions.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	isOpen is set TRUE and curPtr is set to NULL so the
+ *	other sequential functions no it was just opened and can choose
+ *	the first element accessed based on this.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Open(Lst l)
+{
+	if (LstValid (l) == FALSE) {
+		return (FAILURE);
+	}
+	(l)->isOpen = TRUE;
+	(l)->atEnd = LstIsEmpty (l) ? Head : Unknown;
+	(l)->curPtr = NULL;
+
+	return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstPrev.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstPrev.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ec865d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstPrev.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.3 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.3 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstSucc.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.3 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstPrev.c --
+ *	return the predecessor to a given node
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Prev --
+ *	Return the predecessor to the given node on its list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The predecessor of the node, if it exists (note that on a circular
+ *	list, if the node is the only one in the list, it is its own
+ *	predecessor).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Prev(LstNode ln)
+{
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return (ln->prevPtr);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstRemove.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstRemove.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7480d30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstRemove.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.16 2014/09/07 20:55:34 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.16 2014/09/07 20:55:34 joerg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstRemove.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.16 2014/09/07 20:55:34 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstRemove.c --
+ *	Remove an element from a list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Remove --
+ *	Remove the given node from the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The list's firstPtr will be set to NULL if ln is the last
+ *	node on the list. firsPtr and lastPtr will be altered if ln is
+ *	either the first or last node, respectively, on the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Remove(Lst l, LstNode ln)
+{
+    List 	list = l;
+    ListNode	lNode = ln;
+
+    if (!LstValid (l) ||
+	!LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+	    return (FAILURE);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * unlink it from the list
+     */
+    if (lNode->nextPtr != NULL) {
+	lNode->nextPtr->prevPtr = lNode->prevPtr;
+    }
+    if (lNode->prevPtr != NULL) {
+	lNode->prevPtr->nextPtr = lNode->nextPtr;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * if either the firstPtr or lastPtr of the list point to this node,
+     * adjust them accordingly
+     */
+    if (list->firstPtr == lNode) {
+	list->firstPtr = lNode->nextPtr;
+    }
+    if (list->lastPtr == lNode) {
+	list->lastPtr = lNode->prevPtr;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Sequential access stuff. If the node we're removing is the current
+     * node in the list, reset the current node to the previous one. If the
+     * previous one was non-existent (prevPtr == NULL), we set the
+     * end to be Unknown, since it is.
+     */
+    if (list->isOpen && (list->curPtr == lNode)) {
+	list->curPtr = list->prevPtr;
+	if (list->curPtr == NULL) {
+	    list->atEnd = Unknown;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * the only way firstPtr can still point to ln is if ln is the last
+     * node on the list (the list is circular, so lNode->nextptr == lNode in
+     * this case). The list is, therefore, empty and is marked as such
+     */
+    if (list->firstPtr == lNode) {
+	list->firstPtr = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * note that the datum is unmolested. The caller must free it as
+     * necessary and as expected.
+     */
+    if (lNode->useCount == 0) {
+	free(ln);
+    } else {
+	lNode->flags |= LN_DELETED;
+    }
+
+    return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstReplace.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstReplace.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..090e91a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstReplace.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstReplace.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstReplace.c --
+ *	Replace the datum in a node with a new datum
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Replace --
+ *	Replace the datum in the given node with the new datum
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The datum field fo the node is altered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Replace(LstNode ln, void *d)
+{
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return (FAILURE);
+    } else {
+	(ln)->datum = d;
+	return (SUCCESS);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstSucc.c b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstSucc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f13aa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/lst.lib/lstSucc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.13 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.13 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstSucc.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.13 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstSucc.c --
+ *	return the successor to a given node
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Succ --
+ *	Return the successor to the given node on its list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The successor of the node, if it exists (note that on a circular
+ *	list, if the node is the only one in the list, it is its own
+ *	successor).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Succ(LstNode ln)
+{
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return (ln->nextPtr);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/main.c b/usr.bin/make/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9e756a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2189 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.273 2017/10/28 21:54:54 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.273 2017/10/28 21:54:54 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.273 2017/10/28 21:54:54 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * main.c --
+ *	The main file for this entire program. Exit routines etc
+ *	reside here.
+ *
+ * Utility functions defined in this file:
+ *	Main_ParseArgLine	Takes a line of arguments, breaks them and
+ *				treats them as if they were given when first
+ *				invoked. Used by the parse module to implement
+ *				the .MFLAGS target.
+ *
+ *	Error			Print a tagged error message. The global
+ *				MAKE variable must have been defined. This
+ *				takes a format string and optional arguments
+ *				for it.
+ *
+ *	Fatal			Print an error message and exit. Also takes
+ *				a format string and arguments for it.
+ *
+ *	Punt			Aborts all jobs and exits with a message. Also
+ *				takes a format string and arguments for it.
+ *
+ *	Finish			Finish things up by printing the number of
+ *				errors which occurred, as passed to it, and
+ *				exiting.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#ifdef MAKE_NATIVE
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+#include "trace.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_IOVEC
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	DEFMAXLOCAL
+#define	DEFMAXLOCAL DEFMAXJOBS
+#endif	/* DEFMAXLOCAL */
+
+Lst			create;		/* Targets to be made */
+time_t			now;		/* Time at start of make */
+GNode			*DEFAULT;	/* .DEFAULT node */
+Boolean			allPrecious;	/* .PRECIOUS given on line by itself */
+Boolean			deleteOnError;	/* .DELETE_ON_ERROR: set */
+
+static Boolean		noBuiltins;	/* -r flag */
+static Lst		makefiles;	/* ordered list of makefiles to read */
+static int		printVars;	/* -[vV] argument */
+#define COMPAT_VARS 1
+#define EXPAND_VARS 2
+static Lst		variables;	/* list of variables to print */
+int			maxJobs;	/* -j argument */
+static int		maxJobTokens;	/* -j argument */
+Boolean			compatMake;	/* -B argument */
+int			debug;		/* -d argument */
+Boolean			debugVflag;	/* -dV */
+Boolean			noExecute;	/* -n flag */
+Boolean			noRecursiveExecute;	/* -N flag */
+Boolean			keepgoing;	/* -k flag */
+Boolean			queryFlag;	/* -q flag */
+Boolean			touchFlag;	/* -t flag */
+Boolean			enterFlag;	/* -w flag */
+Boolean			enterFlagObj;	/* -w and objdir != srcdir */
+Boolean			ignoreErrors;	/* -i flag */
+Boolean			beSilent;	/* -s flag */
+Boolean			oldVars;	/* variable substitution style */
+Boolean			checkEnvFirst;	/* -e flag */
+Boolean			parseWarnFatal;	/* -W flag */
+Boolean			jobServer; 	/* -J flag */
+static int jp_0 = -1, jp_1 = -1;	/* ends of parent job pipe */
+Boolean			varNoExportEnv;	/* -X flag */
+Boolean			doing_depend;	/* Set while reading .depend */
+static Boolean		jobsRunning;	/* TRUE if the jobs might be running */
+static const char *	tracefile;
+static void		MainParseArgs(int, char **);
+static int		ReadMakefile(const void *, const void *);
+static void		usage(void) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+static void		purge_cached_realpaths(void);
+
+static Boolean		ignorePWD;	/* if we use -C, PWD is meaningless */
+static char objdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1];	/* where we chdir'ed to */
+char curdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1];		/* Startup directory */
+char *progname;				/* the program name */
+char *makeDependfile;
+pid_t myPid;
+int makelevel;
+
+Boolean forceJobs = FALSE;
+
+extern Lst parseIncPath;
+
+/*
+ * For compatibility with the POSIX version of MAKEFLAGS that includes
+ * all the options with out -, convert flags to -f -l -a -g -s.
+ */
+static char *
+explode(const char *flags)
+{
+    size_t len;
+    char *nf, *st;
+    const char *f;
+
+    if (flags == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+    for (f = flags; *f; f++)
+	if (!isalpha((unsigned char)*f))
+	    break;
+
+    if (*f)
+	return bmake_strdup(flags);
+
+    len = strlen(flags);
+    st = nf = bmake_malloc(len * 3 + 1);
+    while (*flags) {
+	*nf++ = '-';
+	*nf++ = *flags++;
+	*nf++ = ' ';
+    }
+    *nf = '\0';
+    return st;
+}
+	    
+static void
+parse_debug_options(const char *argvalue)
+{
+	const char *modules;
+	const char *mode;
+	char *fname;
+	int len;
+
+	for (modules = argvalue; *modules; ++modules) {
+		switch (*modules) {
+		case 'A':
+			debug = ~0;
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			debug |= DEBUG_ARCH;
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			debug |= DEBUG_CWD;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			debug |= DEBUG_COND;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			debug |= DEBUG_DIR;
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			debug |= DEBUG_ERROR;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			debug |= DEBUG_FOR;
+			break;
+		case 'g':
+			if (modules[1] == '1') {
+				debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH1;
+				++modules;
+			}
+			else if (modules[1] == '2') {
+				debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH2;
+				++modules;
+			}
+			else if (modules[1] == '3') {
+				debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH3;
+				++modules;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'j':
+			debug |= DEBUG_JOB;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			debug |= DEBUG_LOUD;
+			break;
+		case 'M':
+			debug |= DEBUG_META;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			debug |= DEBUG_MAKE;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			debug |= DEBUG_SCRIPT;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			debug |= DEBUG_PARSE;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			debug |= DEBUG_SUFF;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			debug |= DEBUG_TARG;
+			break;
+		case 'V':
+			debugVflag = TRUE;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			debug |= DEBUG_VAR;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			debug |= DEBUG_SHELL;
+			break;
+		case 'F':
+			if (debug_file != stdout && debug_file != stderr)
+				fclose(debug_file);
+			if (*++modules == '+') {
+				modules++;
+				mode = "a";
+			} else
+				mode = "w";
+			if (strcmp(modules, "stdout") == 0) {
+				debug_file = stdout;
+				goto debug_setbuf;
+			}
+			if (strcmp(modules, "stderr") == 0) {
+				debug_file = stderr;
+				goto debug_setbuf;
+			}
+			len = strlen(modules);
+			fname = bmake_malloc(len + 20);
+			memcpy(fname, modules, len + 1);
+			/* Let the filename be modified by the pid */
+			if (strcmp(fname + len - 3, ".%d") == 0)
+				snprintf(fname + len - 2, 20, "%d", getpid());
+			debug_file = fopen(fname, mode);
+			if (!debug_file) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open debug file %s\n",
+				    fname);
+				usage();
+			}
+			free(fname);
+			goto debug_setbuf;
+		default:
+			(void)fprintf(stderr,
+			    "%s: illegal argument to d option -- %c\n",
+			    progname, *modules);
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+debug_setbuf:
+	/*
+	 * Make the debug_file unbuffered, and make
+	 * stdout line buffered (unless debugfile == stdout).
+	 */
+	setvbuf(debug_file, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+	if (debug_file != stdout) {
+		setvbuf(stdout, NULL, _IOLBF, 0);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * does path contain any relative components
+ */
+static int
+is_relpath(const char *path)
+{
+	const char *cp;
+
+	if (path[0] != '/')
+		return TRUE;
+	cp = path;
+	do {
+		cp = strstr(cp, "/.");
+		if (!cp)
+			break;
+		cp += 2;
+		if (cp[0] == '/' || cp[0] == '\0')
+			return TRUE;
+		else if (cp[0] == '.') {
+			if (cp[1] == '/' || cp[1] == '\0')
+				return TRUE;
+		}
+	} while (cp);
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * MainParseArgs --
+ *	Parse a given argument vector. Called from main() and from
+ *	Main_ParseArgLine() when the .MAKEFLAGS target is used.
+ *
+ *	XXX: Deal with command line overriding .MAKEFLAGS in makefile
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Various global and local flags will be set depending on the flags
+ *	given
+ */
+static void
+MainParseArgs(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char *p;
+	int c = '?';
+	int arginc;
+	char *argvalue;
+	const char *getopt_def;
+	struct stat sa, sb;
+	char *optscan;
+	Boolean inOption, dashDash = FALSE;
+	char found_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1];	/* for searching for sys.mk */
+
+#define OPTFLAGS "BC:D:I:J:NST:V:WXd:ef:ij:km:nqrstv:w"
+/* Can't actually use getopt(3) because rescanning is not portable */
+
+	getopt_def = OPTFLAGS;
+rearg:	
+	inOption = FALSE;
+	optscan = NULL;
+	while(argc > 1) {
+		char *getopt_spec;
+		if(!inOption)
+			optscan = argv[1];
+		c = *optscan++;
+		arginc = 0;
+		if(inOption) {
+			if(c == '\0') {
+				++argv;
+				--argc;
+				inOption = FALSE;
+				continue;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (c != '-' || dashDash)
+				break;
+			inOption = TRUE;
+			c = *optscan++;
+		}
+		/* '-' found at some earlier point */
+		getopt_spec = strchr(getopt_def, c);
+		if(c != '\0' && getopt_spec != NULL && getopt_spec[1] == ':') {
+			/* -<something> found, and <something> should have an arg */
+			inOption = FALSE;
+			arginc = 1;
+			argvalue = optscan;
+			if(*argvalue == '\0') {
+				if (argc < 3)
+					goto noarg;
+				argvalue = argv[2];
+				arginc = 2;
+			}
+		} else {
+			argvalue = NULL; 
+		}
+		switch(c) {
+		case '\0':
+			arginc = 1;
+			inOption = FALSE;
+			break;
+		case 'B':
+			compatMake = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-B", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Set(MAKE_MODE, "compat", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			if (chdir(argvalue) == -1) {
+				(void)fprintf(stderr,
+					      "%s: chdir %s: %s\n",
+					      progname, argvalue,
+					      strerror(errno));
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			if (getcwd(curdir, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) {
+				(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno));
+				exit(2);
+			}
+			if (!is_relpath(argvalue) &&
+			    stat(argvalue, &sa) != -1 &&
+			    stat(curdir, &sb) != -1 &&
+			    sa.st_ino == sb.st_ino &&
+			    sa.st_dev == sb.st_dev)
+				strncpy(curdir, argvalue, MAXPATHLEN);
+			ignorePWD = TRUE;
+			break;
+		case 'D':
+			if (argvalue == NULL || argvalue[0] == 0) goto noarg;
+			Var_Set(argvalue, "1", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-D", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'I':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			Parse_AddIncludeDir(argvalue);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-I", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'J':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			if (sscanf(argvalue, "%d,%d", &jp_0, &jp_1) != 2) {
+			    (void)fprintf(stderr,
+				"%s: internal error -- J option malformed (%s)\n",
+				progname, argvalue);
+				usage();
+			}
+			if ((fcntl(jp_0, F_GETFD, 0) < 0) ||
+			    (fcntl(jp_1, F_GETFD, 0) < 0)) {
+#if 0
+			    (void)fprintf(stderr,
+				"%s: ###### warning -- J descriptors were closed!\n",
+				progname);
+			    exit(2);
+#endif
+			    jp_0 = -1;
+			    jp_1 = -1;
+			    compatMake = TRUE;
+			} else {
+			    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-J", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			    jobServer = TRUE;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'N':
+			noExecute = TRUE;
+			noRecursiveExecute = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-N", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			keepgoing = FALSE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-S", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			tracefile = bmake_strdup(argvalue);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-T", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'V':
+		case 'v':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			printVars = c == 'v' ? EXPAND_VARS : COMPAT_VARS;
+			(void)Lst_AtEnd(variables, argvalue);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-V", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'W':
+			parseWarnFatal = TRUE;
+			break;
+		case 'X':
+			varNoExportEnv = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-X", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			/* If '-d-opts' don't pass to children */
+			if (argvalue[0] == '-')
+			    argvalue++;
+			else {
+			    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-d", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			}
+			parse_debug_options(argvalue);
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			checkEnvFirst = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-e", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			(void)Lst_AtEnd(makefiles, argvalue);
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			ignoreErrors = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-i", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'j':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			forceJobs = TRUE;
+			maxJobs = strtol(argvalue, &p, 0);
+			if (*p != '\0' || maxJobs < 1) {
+				(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: illegal argument to -j -- must be positive integer!\n",
+				    progname);
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-j", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Set(".MAKE.JOBS", argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			maxJobTokens = maxJobs;
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			keepgoing = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-k", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			/* look for magic parent directory search string */
+			if (strncmp(".../", argvalue, 4) == 0) {
+				if (!Dir_FindHereOrAbove(curdir, argvalue+4,
+				    found_path, sizeof(found_path)))
+					break;		/* nothing doing */
+				(void)Dir_AddDir(sysIncPath, found_path);
+			} else {
+				(void)Dir_AddDir(sysIncPath, argvalue);
+			}
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-m", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			noExecute = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-n", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'q':
+			queryFlag = TRUE;
+			/* Kind of nonsensical, wot? */
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-q", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			noBuiltins = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-r", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			beSilent = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-s", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			touchFlag = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-t", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			enterFlag = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-w", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case '-':
+			dashDash = TRUE;
+			break;
+		default:
+		case '?':
+			usage();
+		}
+		argv += arginc;
+		argc -= arginc;
+	}
+
+	oldVars = TRUE;
+
+	/*
+	 * See if the rest of the arguments are variable assignments and
+	 * perform them if so. Else take them to be targets and stuff them
+	 * on the end of the "create" list.
+	 */
+	for (; argc > 1; ++argv, --argc)
+		if (Parse_IsVar(argv[1])) {
+			Parse_DoVar(argv[1], VAR_CMD);
+		} else {
+			if (!*argv[1])
+				Punt("illegal (null) argument.");
+			if (*argv[1] == '-' && !dashDash)
+				goto rearg;
+			(void)Lst_AtEnd(create, bmake_strdup(argv[1]));
+		}
+
+	return;
+noarg:
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n",
+	    progname, c);
+	usage();
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Main_ParseArgLine --
+ *  	Used by the parse module when a .MFLAGS or .MAKEFLAGS target
+ *	is encountered and by main() when reading the .MAKEFLAGS envariable.
+ *	Takes a line of arguments and breaks it into its
+ * 	component words and passes those words and the number of them to the
+ *	MainParseArgs function.
+ *	The line should have all its leading whitespace removed.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		Line to fracture
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Only those that come from the various arguments.
+ */
+void
+Main_ParseArgLine(const char *line)
+{
+	char **argv;			/* Manufactured argument vector */
+	int argc;			/* Number of arguments in argv */
+	char *args;			/* Space used by the args */
+	char *buf, *p1;
+	char *argv0 = Var_Value(".MAKE", VAR_GLOBAL, &p1);
+	size_t len;
+
+	if (line == NULL)
+		return;
+	for (; *line == ' '; ++line)
+		continue;
+	if (!*line)
+		return;
+
+	buf = bmake_malloc(len = strlen(line) + strlen(argv0) + 2);
+	(void)snprintf(buf, len, "%s %s", argv0, line);
+	free(p1);
+
+	argv = brk_string(buf, &argc, TRUE, &args);
+	if (argv == NULL) {
+		Error("Unterminated quoted string [%s]", buf);
+		free(buf);
+		return;
+	}
+	free(buf);
+	MainParseArgs(argc, argv);
+
+	free(args);
+	free(argv);
+}
+
+Boolean
+Main_SetObjdir(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	char *path;
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+	char buf2[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+	Boolean rc = FALSE;
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	vsnprintf(path = buf, MAXPATHLEN, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	if (path[0] != '/') {
+		snprintf(buf2, MAXPATHLEN, "%s/%s", curdir, path);
+		path = buf2;
+	}
+
+	/* look for the directory and try to chdir there */
+	if (stat(path, &sb) == 0 && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+		if (chdir(path)) {
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, "make warning: %s: %s.\n",
+				      path, strerror(errno));
+		} else {
+			strncpy(objdir, path, MAXPATHLEN);
+			Var_Set(".OBJDIR", objdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			setenv("PWD", objdir, 1);
+			Dir_InitDot();
+			purge_cached_realpaths();
+			rc = TRUE;
+			if (enterFlag && strcmp(objdir, curdir) != 0)
+				enterFlagObj = TRUE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return rc;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+Main_SetVarObjdir(const char *var, const char *suffix)
+{
+	char *p, *path, *xpath;
+
+	if ((path = Var_Value(var, VAR_CMD, &p)) == NULL ||
+	    *path == '\0')
+		return FALSE;
+
+	/* expand variable substitutions */
+	if (strchr(path, '$') != 0)
+		xpath = Var_Subst(NULL, path, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+	else
+		xpath = path;
+
+	(void)Main_SetObjdir("%s%s", xpath, suffix);
+
+	if (xpath != path)
+		free(xpath);
+	free(p);
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ReadAllMakefiles --
+ *	wrapper around ReadMakefile() to read all.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if ok, FALSE on error
+ */
+static int
+ReadAllMakefiles(const void *p, const void *q)
+{
+	return (ReadMakefile(p, q) == 0);
+}
+
+int
+str2Lst_Append(Lst lp, char *str, const char *sep)
+{
+    char *cp;
+    int n;
+
+    if (!sep)
+	sep = " \t";
+
+    for (n = 0, cp = strtok(str, sep); cp; cp = strtok(NULL, sep)) {
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(lp, cp);
+	n++;
+    }
+    return (n);
+}
+
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+siginfo(int signo MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+	char dir[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char str[2 * MAXPATHLEN];
+	int len;
+	if (getcwd(dir, sizeof(dir)) == NULL)
+		return;
+	len = snprintf(str, sizeof(str), "%s: Working in: %s\n", progname, dir);
+	if (len > 0)
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, str, (size_t)len);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Allow makefiles some control over the mode we run in.
+ */
+void
+MakeMode(const char *mode)
+{
+    char *mp = NULL;
+
+    if (!mode)
+	mode = mp = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_MODE ":tl}",
+			      VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+
+    if (mode && *mode) {
+	if (strstr(mode, "compat")) {
+	    compatMake = TRUE;
+	    forceJobs = FALSE;
+	}
+#if USE_META
+	if (strstr(mode, "meta"))
+	    meta_mode_init(mode);
+#endif
+    }
+
+    free(mp);
+}
+
+static void
+doPrintVars(void)
+{
+	LstNode ln;
+	Boolean expandVars;
+
+	if (printVars == EXPAND_VARS)
+		expandVars = TRUE;
+	else if (debugVflag)
+		expandVars = FALSE;
+	else
+		expandVars = getBoolean(".MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES", FALSE);
+
+	for (ln = Lst_First(variables); ln != NULL;
+	    ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
+		char *var = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+		char *value;
+		char *p1;
+		
+		if (strchr(var, '$')) {
+			value = p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, var, VAR_GLOBAL,
+			    VARF_WANTRES);
+		} else if (expandVars) {
+			char tmp[128];
+			int len = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s}", var);
+							
+			if (len >= (int)sizeof(tmp))
+				Fatal("%s: variable name too big: %s",
+				    progname, var);
+			value = p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL,
+			    VARF_WANTRES);
+		} else {
+			value = Var_Value(var, VAR_GLOBAL, &p1);
+		}
+		printf("%s\n", value ? value : "");
+		free(p1);
+	}
+}
+
+static Boolean
+runTargets(void)
+{
+	Lst targs;	/* target nodes to create -- passed to Make_Init */
+	Boolean outOfDate; 	/* FALSE if all targets up to date */
+
+	/*
+	 * Have now read the entire graph and need to make a list of
+	 * targets to create. If none was given on the command line,
+	 * we consult the parsing module to find the main target(s)
+	 * to create.
+	 */
+	if (Lst_IsEmpty(create))
+		targs = Parse_MainName();
+	else
+		targs = Targ_FindList(create, TARG_CREATE);
+
+	if (!compatMake) {
+		/*
+		 * Initialize job module before traversing the graph
+		 * now that any .BEGIN and .END targets have been read.
+		 * This is done only if the -q flag wasn't given
+		 * (to prevent the .BEGIN from being executed should
+		 * it exist).
+		 */
+		if (!queryFlag) {
+			Job_Init();
+			jobsRunning = TRUE;
+		}
+
+		/* Traverse the graph, checking on all the targets */
+		outOfDate = Make_Run(targs);
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Compat_Init will take care of creating all the
+		 * targets as well as initializing the module.
+		 */
+		Compat_Run(targs);
+		outOfDate = FALSE;
+	}
+	Lst_Destroy(targs, NULL);
+	return outOfDate;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * main --
+ *	The main function, for obvious reasons. Initializes variables
+ *	and a few modules, then parses the arguments give it in the
+ *	environment and on the command line. Reads the system makefile
+ *	followed by either Makefile, makefile or the file given by the
+ *	-f argument. Sets the .MAKEFLAGS PMake variable based on all the
+ *	flags it has received by then uses either the Make or the Compat
+ *	module to create the initial list of targets.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	If -q was given, exits -1 if anything was out-of-date. Else it exits
+ *	0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The program exits when done. Targets are created. etc. etc. etc.
+ */
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	Boolean outOfDate; 	/* FALSE if all targets up to date */
+	struct stat sb, sa;
+	char *p1, *path;
+	char mdpath[MAXPATHLEN];
+    	const char *machine = getenv("MACHINE");
+	const char *machine_arch = getenv("MACHINE_ARCH");
+	char *syspath = getenv("MAKESYSPATH");
+	Lst sysMkPath;			/* Path of sys.mk */
+	char *cp = NULL, *start;
+					/* avoid faults on read-only strings */
+	static char defsyspath[] = _PATH_DEFSYSPATH;
+	char found_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1];	/* for searching for sys.mk */
+	struct timeval rightnow;		/* to initialize random seed */
+	struct utsname utsname;
+
+	/* default to writing debug to stderr */
+	debug_file = stderr;
+
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+	(void)bmake_signal(SIGINFO, siginfo);
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * Set the seed to produce a different random sequence
+	 * on each program execution.
+	 */
+	gettimeofday(&rightnow, NULL);
+	srandom(rightnow.tv_sec + rightnow.tv_usec);
+	
+	if ((progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) != NULL)
+		progname++;
+	else
+		progname = argv[0];
+#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) || (defined(HAVE_SETRLIMIT) && defined(RLIMIT_NOFILE))
+	/*
+	 * get rid of resource limit on file descriptors
+	 */
+	{
+		struct rlimit rl;
+		if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl) != -1 &&
+		    rl.rlim_cur != rl.rlim_max) {
+			rl.rlim_cur = rl.rlim_max;
+			(void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (uname(&utsname) == -1) {
+	    (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: uname failed (%s).\n", progname,
+		strerror(errno));
+	    exit(2);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Get the name of this type of MACHINE from utsname
+	 * so we can share an executable for similar machines.
+	 * (i.e. m68k: amiga hp300, mac68k, sun3, ...)
+	 *
+	 * Note that both MACHINE and MACHINE_ARCH are decided at
+	 * run-time.
+	 */
+	if (!machine) {
+#ifdef MAKE_NATIVE
+	    machine = utsname.machine;
+#else
+#ifdef MAKE_MACHINE
+	    machine = MAKE_MACHINE;
+#else
+	    machine = "unknown";
+#endif
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if (!machine_arch) {
+#ifdef MAKE_NATIVE
+	    static char machine_arch_buf[sizeof(utsname.machine)];
+	    const int mib[2] = { CTL_HW, HW_MACHINE_ARCH };
+	    size_t len = sizeof(machine_arch_buf);
+                
+	    if (sysctl(mib, __arraycount(mib), machine_arch_buf,
+		    &len, NULL, 0) < 0) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: sysctl failed (%s).\n", progname,
+		    strerror(errno));
+		exit(2);
+	    }
+
+	    machine_arch = machine_arch_buf;
+#else
+#ifndef MACHINE_ARCH
+#ifdef MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH
+            machine_arch = MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH;
+#else
+	    machine_arch = "unknown";
+#endif
+#else
+	    machine_arch = MACHINE_ARCH;
+#endif
+#endif
+	}
+
+	myPid = getpid();		/* remember this for vFork() */
+
+	/*
+	 * Just in case MAKEOBJDIR wants us to do something tricky.
+	 */
+	Var_Init();		/* Initialize the lists of variables for
+				 * parsing arguments */
+	Var_Set(".MAKE.OS", utsname.sysname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set("MACHINE", machine, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set("MACHINE_ARCH", machine_arch, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+#ifdef MAKE_VERSION
+	Var_Set("MAKE_VERSION", MAKE_VERSION, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+#endif
+	Var_Set(".newline", "\n", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* handy for :@ loops */
+	/*
+	 * This is the traditional preference for makefiles.
+	 */
+#ifndef MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST
+# define MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST "makefile Makefile"
+#endif
+	Var_Set(MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE, MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST,
+		VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(MAKE_DEPENDFILE, ".depend", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+	create = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	makefiles = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	printVars = 0;
+	debugVflag = FALSE;
+	variables = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	beSilent = FALSE;		/* Print commands as executed */
+	ignoreErrors = FALSE;		/* Pay attention to non-zero returns */
+	noExecute = FALSE;		/* Execute all commands */
+	noRecursiveExecute = FALSE;	/* Execute all .MAKE targets */
+	keepgoing = FALSE;		/* Stop on error */
+	allPrecious = FALSE;		/* Remove targets when interrupted */
+	deleteOnError = FALSE;		/* Historical default behavior */
+	queryFlag = FALSE;		/* This is not just a check-run */
+	noBuiltins = FALSE;		/* Read the built-in rules */
+	touchFlag = FALSE;		/* Actually update targets */
+	debug = 0;			/* No debug verbosity, please. */
+	jobsRunning = FALSE;
+
+	maxJobs = DEFMAXLOCAL;		/* Set default local max concurrency */
+	maxJobTokens = maxJobs;
+	compatMake = FALSE;		/* No compat mode */
+	ignorePWD = FALSE;
+
+	/*
+	 * Initialize the parsing, directory and variable modules to prepare
+	 * for the reading of inclusion paths and variable settings on the
+	 * command line
+	 */
+
+	/*
+	 * Initialize various variables.
+	 *	MAKE also gets this name, for compatibility
+	 *	.MAKEFLAGS gets set to the empty string just in case.
+	 *	MFLAGS also gets initialized empty, for compatibility.
+	 */
+	Parse_Init();
+	if (argv[0][0] == '/' || strchr(argv[0], '/') == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Leave alone if it is an absolute path, or if it does
+	     * not contain a '/' in which case we need to find it in
+	     * the path, like execvp(3) and the shells do.
+	     */
+	    p1 = argv[0];
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * A relative path, canonicalize it.
+	     */
+	    p1 = cached_realpath(argv[0], mdpath);
+	    if (!p1 || *p1 != '/' || stat(p1, &sb) < 0) {
+		p1 = argv[0];		/* realpath failed */
+	    }
+	}
+	Var_Set("MAKE", p1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(".MAKE", p1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(MAKEFLAGS, "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(MAKEOVERRIDES, "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set("MFLAGS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(".ALLTARGETS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	/* some makefiles need to know this */
+	Var_Set(MAKE_LEVEL ".ENV", MAKE_LEVEL_ENV, VAR_CMD, 0);
+
+	/*
+	 * Set some other useful macros
+	 */
+	{
+	    char tmp[64], *ep;
+
+	    makelevel = ((ep = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV)) && *ep) ? atoi(ep) : 0;
+	    if (makelevel < 0)
+		makelevel = 0;
+	    snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%d", makelevel);
+	    Var_Set(MAKE_LEVEL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	    snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", myPid);
+	    Var_Set(".MAKE.PID", tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	    snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", getppid());
+	    Var_Set(".MAKE.PPID", tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	}
+	if (makelevel > 0) {
+		char pn[1024];
+		snprintf(pn, sizeof(pn), "%s[%d]", progname, makelevel);
+		progname = bmake_strdup(pn);
+	}
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+	meta_init();
+#endif
+	Dir_Init(NULL);		/* Dir_* safe to call from MainParseArgs */
+
+	/*
+	 * First snag any flags out of the MAKE environment variable.
+	 * (Note this is *not* MAKEFLAGS since /bin/make uses that and it's
+	 * in a different format).
+	 */
+#ifdef POSIX
+	p1 = explode(getenv("MAKEFLAGS"));
+	Main_ParseArgLine(p1);
+	free(p1);
+#else
+	Main_ParseArgLine(getenv("MAKE"));
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * Find where we are (now).
+	 * We take care of PWD for the automounter below...
+	 */
+	if (getcwd(curdir, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: getcwd: %s.\n",
+		    progname, strerror(errno));
+		exit(2);
+	}
+
+	MainParseArgs(argc, argv);
+
+	if (enterFlag)
+		printf("%s: Entering directory `%s'\n", progname, curdir);
+
+	/*
+	 * Verify that cwd is sane.
+	 */
+	if (stat(curdir, &sa) == -1) {
+	    (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s: %s.\n",
+		 progname, curdir, strerror(errno));
+	    exit(2);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * All this code is so that we know where we are when we start up
+	 * on a different machine with pmake.
+	 * Overriding getcwd() with $PWD totally breaks MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+	 * since the value of curdir can vary depending on how we got
+	 * here.  Ie sitting at a shell prompt (shell that provides $PWD)
+	 * or via subdir.mk in which case its likely a shell which does
+	 * not provide it.
+	 * So, to stop it breaking this case only, we ignore PWD if
+	 * MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or MAKEOBJDIR contains a transform.
+	 */
+#ifndef NO_PWD_OVERRIDE
+	if (!ignorePWD) {
+		char *pwd, *ptmp1 = NULL, *ptmp2 = NULL;
+
+		if ((pwd = getenv("PWD")) != NULL &&
+		    Var_Value("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX", VAR_CMD, &ptmp1) == NULL) {
+			const char *makeobjdir = Var_Value("MAKEOBJDIR",
+			    VAR_CMD, &ptmp2);
+
+			if (makeobjdir == NULL || !strchr(makeobjdir, '$')) {
+				if (stat(pwd, &sb) == 0 &&
+				    sa.st_ino == sb.st_ino &&
+				    sa.st_dev == sb.st_dev)
+					(void)strncpy(curdir, pwd, MAXPATHLEN);
+			}
+		}
+		free(ptmp1);
+		free(ptmp2);
+	}
+#endif
+	Var_Set(".CURDIR", curdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+	/*
+	 * Find the .OBJDIR.  If MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, or failing that,
+	 * MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment, try only that value
+	 * and fall back to .CURDIR if it does not exist.
+	 *
+	 * Otherwise, try _PATH_OBJDIR.MACHINE-MACHINE_ARCH, _PATH_OBJDIR.MACHINE,
+	 * and * finally _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX`pwd`, in that order.  If none
+	 * of these paths exist, just use .CURDIR.
+	 */
+	Dir_Init(curdir);
+	(void)Main_SetObjdir("%s", curdir);
+
+	if (!Main_SetVarObjdir("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX", curdir) &&
+	    !Main_SetVarObjdir("MAKEOBJDIR", "") &&
+	    !Main_SetObjdir("%s.%s-%s", _PATH_OBJDIR, machine, machine_arch) &&
+	    !Main_SetObjdir("%s.%s", _PATH_OBJDIR, machine) &&
+	    !Main_SetObjdir("%s", _PATH_OBJDIR))
+		(void)Main_SetObjdir("%s%s", _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX, curdir);
+
+	/*
+	 * Initialize archive, target and suffix modules in preparation for
+	 * parsing the makefile(s)
+	 */
+	Arch_Init();
+	Targ_Init();
+	Suff_Init();
+	Trace_Init(tracefile);
+
+	DEFAULT = NULL;
+	(void)time(&now);
+
+	Trace_Log(MAKESTART, NULL);
+	
+	/*
+	 * Set up the .TARGETS variable to contain the list of targets to be
+	 * created. If none specified, make the variable empty -- the parser
+	 * will fill the thing in with the default or .MAIN target.
+	 */
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty(create)) {
+		LstNode ln;
+
+		for (ln = Lst_First(create); ln != NULL;
+		    ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
+			char *name = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+			Var_Append(".TARGETS", name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+		}
+	} else
+		Var_Set(".TARGETS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+
+	/*
+	 * If no user-supplied system path was given (through the -m option)
+	 * add the directories from the DEFSYSPATH (more than one may be given
+	 * as dir1:...:dirn) to the system include path.
+	 */
+	if (syspath == NULL || *syspath == '\0')
+		syspath = defsyspath;
+	else
+		syspath = bmake_strdup(syspath);
+
+	for (start = syspath; *start != '\0'; start = cp) {
+		for (cp = start; *cp != '\0' && *cp != ':'; cp++)
+			continue;
+		if (*cp == ':') {
+			*cp++ = '\0';
+		}
+		/* look for magic parent directory search string */
+		if (strncmp(".../", start, 4) != 0) {
+			(void)Dir_AddDir(defIncPath, start);
+		} else {
+			if (Dir_FindHereOrAbove(curdir, start+4, 
+			    found_path, sizeof(found_path))) {
+				(void)Dir_AddDir(defIncPath, found_path);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (syspath != defsyspath)
+		free(syspath);
+
+	/*
+	 * Read in the built-in rules first, followed by the specified
+	 * makefile, if it was (makefile != NULL), or the default
+	 * makefile and Makefile, in that order, if it wasn't.
+	 */
+	if (!noBuiltins) {
+		LstNode ln;
+
+		sysMkPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+		Dir_Expand(_PATH_DEFSYSMK,
+			   Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath,
+			   sysMkPath);
+		if (Lst_IsEmpty(sysMkPath))
+			Fatal("%s: no system rules (%s).", progname,
+			    _PATH_DEFSYSMK);
+		ln = Lst_Find(sysMkPath, NULL, ReadMakefile);
+		if (ln == NULL)
+			Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname,
+			    (char *)Lst_Datum(ln));
+	}
+
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty(makefiles)) {
+		LstNode ln;
+
+		ln = Lst_Find(makefiles, NULL, ReadAllMakefiles);
+		if (ln != NULL)
+			Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname, 
+			    (char *)Lst_Datum(ln));
+	} else {
+	    p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE "}",
+		VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES);
+	    if (p1) {
+		(void)str2Lst_Append(makefiles, p1, NULL);
+		(void)Lst_Find(makefiles, NULL, ReadMakefile);
+		free(p1);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* In particular suppress .depend for '-r -V .OBJDIR -f /dev/null' */
+	if (!noBuiltins || !printVars) {
+	    makeDependfile = Var_Subst(NULL, "${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T}",
+		VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES);
+	    doing_depend = TRUE;
+	    (void)ReadMakefile(makeDependfile, NULL);
+	    doing_depend = FALSE;
+	}
+
+	if (enterFlagObj)
+		printf("%s: Entering directory `%s'\n", progname, objdir);
+	
+	MakeMode(NULL);
+
+	Var_Append("MFLAGS", Var_Value(MAKEFLAGS, VAR_GLOBAL, &p1), VAR_GLOBAL);
+	free(p1);
+
+	if (!forceJobs && !compatMake &&
+	    Var_Exists(".MAKE.JOBS", VAR_GLOBAL)) {
+	    char *value;
+	    int n;
+
+	    value = Var_Subst(NULL, "${.MAKE.JOBS}", VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+	    n = strtol(value, NULL, 0);
+	    if (n < 1) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: illegal value for .MAKE.JOBS -- must be positive integer!\n",
+		    progname);
+		exit(1);
+	    }
+	    if (n != maxJobs) {
+		Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-j", VAR_GLOBAL);
+		Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, value, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	    }
+	    maxJobs = n;
+	    maxJobTokens = maxJobs;
+	    forceJobs = TRUE;
+	    free(value);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Be compatible if user did not specify -j and did not explicitly
+	 * turned compatibility on
+	 */
+	if (!compatMake && !forceJobs) {
+	    compatMake = TRUE;
+	}
+
+	if (!compatMake)
+	    Job_ServerStart(maxJobTokens, jp_0, jp_1);
+	if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "job_pipe %d %d, maxjobs %d, tokens %d, compat %d\n",
+		jp_0, jp_1, maxJobs, maxJobTokens, compatMake);
+
+	if (!printVars)
+	    Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(TRUE);	/* initial export */
+	
+
+	/*
+	 * For compatibility, look at the directories in the VPATH variable
+	 * and add them to the search path, if the variable is defined. The
+	 * variable's value is in the same format as the PATH envariable, i.e.
+	 * <directory>:<directory>:<directory>...
+	 */
+	if (Var_Exists("VPATH", VAR_CMD)) {
+		char *vpath, savec;
+		/*
+		 * GCC stores string constants in read-only memory, but
+		 * Var_Subst will want to write this thing, so store it
+		 * in an array
+		 */
+		static char VPATH[] = "${VPATH}";
+
+		vpath = Var_Subst(NULL, VPATH, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES);
+		path = vpath;
+		do {
+			/* skip to end of directory */
+			for (cp = path; *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0'; cp++)
+				continue;
+			/* Save terminator character so know when to stop */
+			savec = *cp;
+			*cp = '\0';
+			/* Add directory to search path */
+			(void)Dir_AddDir(dirSearchPath, path);
+			*cp = savec;
+			path = cp + 1;
+		} while (savec == ':');
+		free(vpath);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Now that all search paths have been read for suffixes et al, it's
+	 * time to add the default search path to their lists...
+	 */
+	Suff_DoPaths();
+
+	/*
+	 * Propagate attributes through :: dependency lists.
+	 */
+	Targ_Propagate();
+
+	/* print the initial graph, if the user requested it */
+	if (DEBUG(GRAPH1))
+		Targ_PrintGraph(1);
+
+	/* print the values of any variables requested by the user */
+	if (printVars) {
+		doPrintVars();
+		outOfDate = FALSE;
+	} else {
+		outOfDate = runTargets();
+	}
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+	Lst_Destroy(variables, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(makefiles, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(create, (FreeProc *)free);
+#endif
+
+	/* print the graph now it's been processed if the user requested it */
+	if (DEBUG(GRAPH2))
+		Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+
+	Trace_Log(MAKEEND, 0);
+
+	if (enterFlagObj)
+		printf("%s: Leaving directory `%s'\n", progname, objdir);
+	if (enterFlag)
+		printf("%s: Leaving directory `%s'\n", progname, curdir);
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+	meta_finish();
+#endif
+	Suff_End();
+        Targ_End();
+	Arch_End();
+	Var_End();
+	Parse_End();
+	Dir_End();
+	Job_End();
+	Trace_End();
+
+	return outOfDate ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ReadMakefile  --
+ *	Open and parse the given makefile.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if ok. -1 if couldn't open file.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	lots
+ */
+static int
+ReadMakefile(const void *p, const void *q MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+	const char *fname = p;		/* makefile to read */
+	int fd;
+	size_t len = MAXPATHLEN;
+	char *name, *path = bmake_malloc(len);
+
+	if (!strcmp(fname, "-")) {
+		Parse_File(NULL /*stdin*/, -1);
+		Var_Set("MAKEFILE", "", VAR_INTERNAL, 0);
+	} else {
+		/* if we've chdir'd, rebuild the path name */
+		if (strcmp(curdir, objdir) && *fname != '/') {
+			size_t plen = strlen(curdir) + strlen(fname) + 2;
+			if (len < plen)
+				path = bmake_realloc(path, len = 2 * plen);
+			
+			(void)snprintf(path, len, "%s/%s", curdir, fname);
+			fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+			if (fd != -1) {
+				fname = path;
+				goto found;
+			}
+			
+			/* If curdir failed, try objdir (ala .depend) */
+			plen = strlen(objdir) + strlen(fname) + 2;
+			if (len < plen)
+				path = bmake_realloc(path, len = 2 * plen);
+			(void)snprintf(path, len, "%s/%s", objdir, fname);
+			fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+			if (fd != -1) {
+				fname = path;
+				goto found;
+			}
+		} else {
+			fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY);
+			if (fd != -1)
+				goto found;
+		}
+		/* look in -I and system include directories. */
+		name = Dir_FindFile(fname, parseIncPath);
+		if (!name)
+			name = Dir_FindFile(fname,
+				Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath);
+		if (!name || (fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+			free(name);
+			free(path);
+			return(-1);
+		}
+		fname = name;
+		/*
+		 * set the MAKEFILE variable desired by System V fans -- the
+		 * placement of the setting here means it gets set to the last
+		 * makefile specified, as it is set by SysV make.
+		 */
+found:
+		if (!doing_depend)
+			Var_Set("MAKEFILE", fname, VAR_INTERNAL, 0);
+		Parse_File(fname, fd);
+	}
+	free(path);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+
+/*-
+ * Cmd_Exec --
+ *	Execute the command in cmd, and return the output of that command
+ *	in a string.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string containing the output of the command, or the empty string
+ *	If errnum is not NULL, it contains the reason for the command failure
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The string must be freed by the caller.
+ */
+char *
+Cmd_Exec(const char *cmd, const char **errnum)
+{
+    const char	*args[4];   	/* Args for invoking the shell */
+    int 	fds[2];	    	/* Pipe streams */
+    int 	cpid;	    	/* Child PID */
+    int 	pid;	    	/* PID from wait() */
+    char	*res;		/* result */
+    int		status;		/* command exit status */
+    Buffer	buf;		/* buffer to store the result */
+    char	*cp;
+    int		cc;		/* bytes read, or -1 */
+    int		savederr;	/* saved errno */
+
+
+    *errnum = NULL;
+
+    if (!shellName)
+	Shell_Init();
+    /*
+     * Set up arguments for shell
+     */
+    args[0] = shellName;
+    args[1] = "-c";
+    args[2] = cmd;
+    args[3] = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Open a pipe for fetching its output
+     */
+    if (pipe(fds) == -1) {
+	*errnum = "Couldn't create pipe for \"%s\"";
+	goto bad;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Fork
+     */
+    switch (cpid = vFork()) {
+    case 0:
+	/*
+	 * Close input side of pipe
+	 */
+	(void)close(fds[0]);
+
+	/*
+	 * Duplicate the output stream to the shell's output, then
+	 * shut the extra thing down. Note we don't fetch the error
+	 * stream...why not? Why?
+	 */
+	(void)dup2(fds[1], 1);
+	(void)close(fds[1]);
+
+	Var_ExportVars();
+
+	(void)execv(shellPath, UNCONST(args));
+	_exit(1);
+	/*NOTREACHED*/
+
+    case -1:
+	*errnum = "Couldn't exec \"%s\"";
+	goto bad;
+
+    default:
+	/*
+	 * No need for the writing half
+	 */
+	(void)close(fds[1]);
+
+	savederr = 0;
+	Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+
+	do {
+	    char   result[BUFSIZ];
+	    cc = read(fds[0], result, sizeof(result));
+	    if (cc > 0)
+		Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cc, result);
+	}
+	while (cc > 0 || (cc == -1 && errno == EINTR));
+	if (cc == -1)
+	    savederr = errno;
+
+	/*
+	 * Close the input side of the pipe.
+	 */
+	(void)close(fds[0]);
+
+	/*
+	 * Wait for the process to exit.
+	 */
+	while(((pid = waitpid(cpid, &status, 0)) != cpid) && (pid >= 0)) {
+	    JobReapChild(pid, status, FALSE);
+	    continue;
+	}
+	cc = Buf_Size(&buf);
+	res = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+
+	if (savederr != 0)
+	    *errnum = "Couldn't read shell's output for \"%s\"";
+
+	if (WIFSIGNALED(status))
+	    *errnum = "\"%s\" exited on a signal";
+	else if (WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0)
+	    *errnum = "\"%s\" returned non-zero status";
+
+	/*
+	 * Null-terminate the result, convert newlines to spaces and
+	 * install it in the variable.
+	 */
+	res[cc] = '\0';
+	cp = &res[cc];
+
+	if (cc > 0 && *--cp == '\n') {
+	    /*
+	     * A final newline is just stripped
+	     */
+	    *cp-- = '\0';
+	}
+	while (cp >= res) {
+	    if (*cp == '\n') {
+		*cp = ' ';
+	    }
+	    cp--;
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    return res;
+bad:
+    res = bmake_malloc(1);
+    *res = '\0';
+    return res;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Error --
+ *	Print an error message given its format.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The message is printed.
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Error(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	FILE *err_file;
+
+	err_file = debug_file;
+	if (err_file == stdout)
+		err_file = stderr;
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	for (;;) {
+		va_start(ap, fmt);
+		fprintf(err_file, "%s: ", progname);
+		(void)vfprintf(err_file, fmt, ap);
+		va_end(ap);
+		(void)fprintf(err_file, "\n");
+		(void)fflush(err_file);
+		if (err_file == stderr)
+			break;
+		err_file = stderr;
+	}
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Fatal --
+ *	Produce a Fatal error message. If jobs are running, waits for them
+ *	to finish.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The program exits
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Fatal(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	if (jobsRunning)
+		Job_Wait();
+
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	(void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+	(void)fflush(stderr);
+
+	PrintOnError(NULL, NULL);
+
+	if (DEBUG(GRAPH2) || DEBUG(GRAPH3))
+		Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+	Trace_Log(MAKEERROR, 0);
+	exit(2);		/* Not 1 so -q can distinguish error */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Punt --
+ *	Major exception once jobs are being created. Kills all jobs, prints
+ *	a message and exits.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	All children are killed indiscriminately and the program Lib_Exits
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Punt(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", progname);
+	(void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+	(void)fflush(stderr);
+
+	PrintOnError(NULL, NULL);
+
+	DieHorribly();
+}
+
+/*-
+ * DieHorribly --
+ *	Exit without giving a message.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A big one...
+ */
+void
+DieHorribly(void)
+{
+	if (jobsRunning)
+		Job_AbortAll();
+	if (DEBUG(GRAPH2))
+		Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+	Trace_Log(MAKEERROR, 0);
+	exit(2);		/* Not 1, so -q can distinguish error */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Finish --
+ *	Called when aborting due to errors in child shell to signal
+ *	abnormal exit.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The program exits
+ */
+void
+Finish(int errors)
+	           	/* number of errors encountered in Make_Make */
+{
+	Fatal("%d error%s", errors, errors == 1 ? "" : "s");
+}
+
+/*
+ * eunlink --
+ *	Remove a file carefully, avoiding directories.
+ */
+int
+eunlink(const char *file)
+{
+	struct stat st;
+
+	if (lstat(file, &st) == -1)
+		return -1;
+
+	if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+		errno = EISDIR;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return unlink(file);
+}
+
+/*
+ * execError --
+ *	Print why exec failed, avoiding stdio.
+ */
+void
+execError(const char *af, const char *av)
+{
+#ifdef USE_IOVEC
+	int i = 0;
+	struct iovec iov[8];
+#define IOADD(s) \
+	(void)(iov[i].iov_base = UNCONST(s), \
+	    iov[i].iov_len = strlen(iov[i].iov_base), \
+	    i++)
+#else
+#define	IOADD(void)write(2, s, strlen(s))
+#endif
+
+	IOADD(progname);
+	IOADD(": ");
+	IOADD(af);
+	IOADD("(");
+	IOADD(av);
+	IOADD(") failed (");
+	IOADD(strerror(errno));
+	IOADD(")\n");
+
+#ifdef USE_IOVEC
+	while (writev(2, iov, 8) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+	    continue;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * usage --
+ *	exit with usage message
+ */
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	char *p;
+	if ((p = strchr(progname, '[')) != NULL)
+	    *p = '\0';
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+"usage: %s [-BeikNnqrstWwX] \n\
+            [-C directory] [-D variable] [-d flags] [-f makefile]\n\
+            [-I directory] [-J private] [-j max_jobs] [-m directory] [-T file]\n\
+            [-V variable] [-v variable] [variable=value] [target ...]\n",
+	    progname);
+	exit(2);
+}
+
+/*
+ * realpath(3) can get expensive, cache results...
+ */
+static GNode *cached_realpaths = NULL;
+
+static GNode *
+get_cached_realpaths(void)
+{
+
+    if (!cached_realpaths) {
+	cached_realpaths = Targ_NewGN("Realpath");
+#ifndef DEBUG_REALPATH_CACHE
+	cached_realpaths->flags = INTERNAL;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    return cached_realpaths;
+}
+
+/* purge any relative paths */
+static void
+purge_cached_realpaths(void)
+{
+    GNode *cache = get_cached_realpaths();
+    Hash_Entry *he, *nhe;
+    Hash_Search hs;
+
+    he = Hash_EnumFirst(&cache->context, &hs);
+    while (he) {
+	nhe = Hash_EnumNext(&hs);
+	if (he->name[0] != '/') {
+	    if (DEBUG(DIR))
+		fprintf(stderr, "cached_realpath: purging %s\n", he->name);
+	    Hash_DeleteEntry(&cache->context, he);
+	}
+	he = nhe;
+    }
+}
+
+char *
+cached_realpath(const char *pathname, char *resolved)
+{
+    GNode *cache;
+    char *rp, *cp;
+
+    if (!pathname || !pathname[0])
+	return NULL;
+
+    cache = get_cached_realpaths();
+
+    if ((rp = Var_Value(pathname, cache, &cp)) != NULL) {
+	/* a hit */
+	strncpy(resolved, rp, MAXPATHLEN);
+	resolved[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0';
+    } else if ((rp = realpath(pathname, resolved)) != NULL) {
+	Var_Set(pathname, rp, cache, 0);
+    } /* else should we negative-cache? */
+
+    free(cp);
+    return rp ? resolved : NULL;
+}
+
+int
+PrintAddr(void *a, void *b)
+{
+    printf("%lx ", (unsigned long) a);
+    return b ? 0 : 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+addErrorCMD(void *cmdp, void *gnp)
+{
+    if (cmdp == NULL)
+	return 1;			/* stop */
+    Var_Append(".ERROR_CMD", cmdp, VAR_GLOBAL);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+PrintOnError(GNode *gn, const char *s)
+{
+    static GNode *en = NULL;
+    char tmp[64];
+    char *cp;
+
+    if (s)
+	printf("%s", s);
+	
+    printf("\n%s: stopped in %s\n", progname, curdir);
+
+    if (en)
+	return;				/* we've been here! */
+    if (gn) {
+	/*
+	 * We can print this even if there is no .ERROR target.
+	 */
+	Var_Set(".ERROR_TARGET", gn->name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Delete(".ERROR_CMD", VAR_GLOBAL);
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, addErrorCMD, gn);
+    }
+    strncpy(tmp, "${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'\n@}",
+	    sizeof(tmp) - 1);
+    cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+    if (cp) {
+	if (*cp)
+	    printf("%s", cp);
+	free(cp);
+    }
+    fflush(stdout);
+
+    /*
+     * Finally, see if there is a .ERROR target, and run it if so.
+     */
+    en = Targ_FindNode(".ERROR", TARG_NOCREATE);
+    if (en) {
+	en->type |= OP_SPECIAL;
+	Compat_Make(en, en);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(Boolean first)
+{
+    static int once = 1;
+    char tmp[64];
+    char *s;
+
+    if (once != first)
+	return;
+    once = 0;
+    
+    strncpy(tmp, "${.MAKEFLAGS} ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:O:u:@v@$v=${$v:Q}@}",
+	    sizeof(tmp));
+    s = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES);
+    if (s && *s) {
+#ifdef POSIX
+	setenv("MAKEFLAGS", s, 1);
+#else
+	setenv("MAKE", s, 1);
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+char *
+getTmpdir(void)
+{
+    static char *tmpdir = NULL;
+
+    if (!tmpdir) {
+	struct stat st;
+
+	/*
+	 * Honor $TMPDIR but only if it is valid.
+	 * Ensure it ends with /.
+	 */
+	tmpdir = Var_Subst(NULL, "${TMPDIR:tA:U" _PATH_TMP "}/", VAR_GLOBAL,
+			   VARF_WANTRES);
+	if (stat(tmpdir, &st) < 0 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+	    free(tmpdir);
+	    tmpdir = bmake_strdup(_PATH_TMP);
+	}
+    }
+    return tmpdir;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create and open a temp file using "pattern".
+ * If "fnamep" is provided set it to a copy of the filename created.
+ * Otherwise unlink the file once open.
+ */
+int
+mkTempFile(const char *pattern, char **fnamep)
+{
+    static char *tmpdir = NULL;
+    char tfile[MAXPATHLEN];
+    int fd;
+    
+    if (!pattern)
+	pattern = TMPPAT;
+    if (!tmpdir)
+	tmpdir = getTmpdir();
+    if (pattern[0] == '/') {
+	snprintf(tfile, sizeof(tfile), "%s", pattern);
+    } else {
+	snprintf(tfile, sizeof(tfile), "%s%s", tmpdir, pattern);
+    }
+    if ((fd = mkstemp(tfile)) < 0)
+	Punt("Could not create temporary file %s: %s", tfile, strerror(errno));
+    if (fnamep) {
+	*fnamep = bmake_strdup(tfile);
+    } else {
+	unlink(tfile);			/* we just want the descriptor */
+    }
+    return fd;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string representation of a boolean.
+ * Anything that looks like "No", "False", "Off", "0" etc,
+ * is FALSE, otherwise TRUE.
+ */
+Boolean
+s2Boolean(const char *s, Boolean bf)
+{
+    if (s) {
+	switch(*s) {
+	case '\0':			/* not set - the default wins */
+	    break;
+	case '0':
+	case 'F':
+	case 'f':
+	case 'N':
+	case 'n':
+	    bf = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	case 'O':
+	case 'o':
+	    switch (s[1]) {
+	    case 'F':
+	    case 'f':
+		bf = FALSE;
+		break;
+	    default:
+		bf = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    bf = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return (bf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return a Boolean based on setting of a knob.
+ *
+ * If the knob is not set, the supplied default is the return value.
+ * If set, anything that looks or smells like "No", "False", "Off", "0" etc,
+ * is FALSE, otherwise TRUE.
+ */
+Boolean
+getBoolean(const char *name, Boolean bf)
+{
+    char tmp[64];
+    char *cp;
+
+    if (snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s:U:tl}", name) < (int)(sizeof(tmp))) {
+	cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+
+	if (cp) {
+	    bf = s2Boolean(cp, bf);
+	    free(cp);
+	}
+    }
+    return (bf);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/make.1 b/usr.bin/make/make.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..866631c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/make.1
@@ -0,0 +1,2413 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: make.1,v 1.273 2018/05/27 01:14:51 christos Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)make.1	8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd May 26, 2018
+.Dt MAKE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm make
+.Nd maintain program dependencies
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl BeikNnqrstWwX
+.Op Fl C Ar directory
+.Op Fl D Ar variable
+.Op Fl d Ar flags
+.Op Fl f Ar makefile
+.Op Fl I Ar directory
+.Op Fl J Ar private
+.Op Fl j Ar max_jobs
+.Op Fl m Ar directory
+.Op Fl T Ar file
+.Op Fl V Ar variable
+.Op Fl v Ar variable
+.Op Ar variable=value
+.Op Ar target ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs.
+Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs
+and other files depend.
+If no
+.Fl f Ar makefile
+makefile option is given,
+.Nm
+will try to open
+.Ql Pa makefile
+then
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+in order to find the specifications.
+If the file
+.Ql Pa .depend
+exists, it is read (see
+.Xr mkdep 1 ) .
+.Pp
+This manual page is intended as a reference document only.
+For a more thorough description of
+.Nm
+and makefiles, please refer to
+.%T "PMake \- A Tutorial" .
+.Pp
+.Nm
+will prepend the contents of the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl B
+Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and
+by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence.
+.It Fl C Ar directory
+Change to
+.Ar directory
+before reading the makefiles or doing anything else.
+If multiple
+.Fl C
+options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one:
+.Fl C Pa / Fl C Pa etc
+is equivalent to
+.Fl C Pa /etc .
+.It Fl D Ar variable
+Define
+.Ar variable
+to be 1, in the global context.
+.It Fl d Ar [-]flags
+Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of
+.Nm
+are to print debugging information.
+Unless the flags are preceded by
+.Ql \-
+they are added to the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes.
+By default, debugging information is printed to standard error,
+but this can be changed using the
+.Ar F
+debugging flag.
+The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging
+is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output,
+then the standard output is line buffered.
+.Ar Flags
+is one or more of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ar A
+Print all possible debugging information;
+equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags.
+.It Ar a
+Print debugging information about archive searching and caching.
+.It Ar C
+Print debugging information about current working directory.
+.It Ar c
+Print debugging information about conditional evaluation.
+.It Ar d
+Print debugging information about directory searching and caching.
+.It Ar e
+Print debugging information about failed commands and targets.
+.It Ar F Ns Oo Sy \&+ Oc Ns Ar filename
+Specify where debugging output is written.
+This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of
+the argument.
+If the character immediately after the
+.Ql F
+flag is
+.Ql \&+ ,
+then the file will be opened in append mode;
+otherwise the file will be overwritten.
+If the file name is
+.Ql stdout
+or
+.Ql stderr
+then debugging output will be written to the
+standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively
+(and the
+.Ql \&+
+option has no effect).
+Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file.
+If the file name ends
+.Ql .%d
+then the
+.Ql %d
+is replaced by the pid.
+.It Ar f
+Print debugging information about loop evaluation.
+.It Ar "g1"
+Print the input graph before making anything.
+.It Ar "g2"
+Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting
+on error.
+.It Ar "g3"
+Print the input graph before exiting on error.
+.It Ar j
+Print debugging information about running multiple shells.
+.It Ar l
+Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by
+.Ql @
+or other "quiet" flags.
+Also known as "loud" behavior.
+.It Ar M
+Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets.
+.It Ar m
+Print debugging information about making targets, including modification
+dates.
+.It Ar n
+Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands.
+These temporary scripts are created in the directory
+referred to by the
+.Ev TMPDIR
+environment variable, or in
+.Pa /tmp
+if
+.Ev TMPDIR
+is unset or set to the empty string.
+The temporary scripts are created by
+.Xr mkstemp 3 ,
+and have names of the form
+.Pa makeXXXXXX .
+.Em NOTE :
+This can create many files in
+.Ev TMPDIR
+or
+.Pa /tmp ,
+so use with care.
+.It Ar p
+Print debugging information about makefile parsing.
+.It Ar s
+Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules.
+.It Ar t
+Print debugging information about target list maintenance.
+.It Ar V
+Force the
+.Fl V
+option to print raw values of variables, overriding the default behavior
+set via
+.Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES .
+.It Ar v
+Print debugging information about variable assignment.
+.It Ar x
+Run shell commands with
+.Fl x
+so the actual commands are printed as they are executed.
+.El
+.It Fl e
+Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within
+makefiles.
+.It Fl f Ar makefile
+Specify a makefile to read instead of the default
+.Ql Pa makefile .
+If
+.Ar makefile
+is
+.Ql Fl ,
+standard input is read.
+Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified.
+.It Fl I Ar directory
+Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles.
+The system makefile directory (or directories, see the
+.Fl m
+option) is automatically included as part of this list.
+.It Fl i
+Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile.
+Equivalent to specifying
+.Ql Fl
+before each command line in the makefile.
+.It Fl J Ar private
+This option should
+.Em not
+be specified by the user.
+.Pp
+When the
+.Ar j
+option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make
+to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to
+cooperate to avoid overloading the system.
+.It Fl j Ar max_jobs
+Specify the maximum number of jobs that
+.Nm
+may have running at any one time.
+The value is saved in
+.Va .MAKE.JOBS .
+Turns compatibility mode off, unless the
+.Ar B
+flag is also specified.
+When compatibility mode is off, all commands associated with a
+target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the
+traditional one shell invocation per line.
+This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each
+command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment
+on the next line.
+It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards
+compatibility on.
+.It Fl k
+Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets
+that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error.
+.It Fl m Ar directory
+Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included
+via the
+.Ao Ar file Ac Ns -style
+include statement.
+The
+.Fl m
+option can be used multiple times to form a search path.
+This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk.
+Furthermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used
+for
+.Qo Ar file Qc Ns -style
+include statements (see the
+.Fl I
+option).
+.Pp
+If a file or directory name in the
+.Fl m
+argument (or the
+.Ev MAKESYSPATH
+environment variable) starts with the string
+.Qq \&.../
+then
+.Nm
+will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part
+of the argument string.
+The search starts with the current directory of
+the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the file system.
+If the search is successful, then the resulting directory replaces the
+.Qq \&.../
+specification in the
+.Fl m
+argument.
+If used, this feature allows
+.Nm
+to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files
+(e.g., by using
+.Qq \&.../mk/sys.mk
+as an argument).
+.It Fl n
+Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not
+actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE special
+source (see below).
+.It Fl N
+Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not
+actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles
+without descending into subdirectories.
+.It Fl q
+Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are
+up-to-date and 1, otherwise.
+.It Fl r
+Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile.
+.It Fl s
+Do not echo any commands as they are executed.
+Equivalent to specifying
+.Ql Ic @
+before each command line in the makefile.
+.It Fl T Ar tracefile
+When used with the
+.Fl j
+flag,
+append a trace record to
+.Ar tracefile
+for each job started and completed.
+.It Fl t
+Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it
+or update its modification time to make it appear up-to-date.
+.It Fl V Ar variable
+Print the value of
+.Ar variable .
+Do not build any targets.
+Multiple instances of this option may be specified;
+the variables will be printed one per line,
+with a blank line for each null or undefined variable.
+The value printed is extracted from the global context after all
+makefiles have been read.
+By default, the raw variable contents (which may
+include additional unexpanded variable references) are shown.
+If
+.Ar variable
+contains a
+.Ql \&$
+then the value will be recursively expanded to its complete resultant
+text before printing.
+The expanded value will also be printed if
+.Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES
+is set to true and
+the
+.Fl dV
+option has not been used to override it.
+Note that loop-local and target-local variables, as well as values
+taken temporarily by global variables during makefile processing, are
+not accessible via this option.
+The
+.Fl dv
+debug mode can be used to see these at the cost of generating
+substantial extraneous output.
+.It Fl v Ar variable
+Like
+.Fl V
+but the variable is always expanded to its complete value.
+.It Fl W
+Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors.
+.It Fl w
+Print entering and leaving directory messages, pre and post processing.
+.It Fl X
+Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environment
+individually.
+Variables passed on the command line are still exported
+via the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable.
+This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the
+size of command arguments.
+.It Ar variable=value
+Set the value of the variable
+.Ar variable
+to
+.Ar value .
+Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to
+sub-makes in the environment.
+The
+.Fl X
+flag disables this behavior.
+Variable assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility
+but no ordering is enforced.
+.El
+.Pp
+There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency
+specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements,
+conditional directives, for loops, and comments.
+.Pp
+In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending
+them with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following
+line are compressed into a single space.
+.Sh FILE DEPENDENCY SPECIFICATIONS
+Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero
+or more sources.
+This creates a relationship where the targets
+.Dq depend
+on the sources
+and are usually created from them.
+The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined
+by the operator that separates them.
+The three operators are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Ic \&:
+A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than
+those of any of its sources.
+Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator
+is used.
+The target is removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.It Ic \&!
+Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been
+examined and re-created as necessary.
+Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator
+is used.
+The target is removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.It Ic \&::
+If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created.
+Otherwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has
+been modified more recently than the target.
+Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this
+operator is used.
+The target will not be removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.El
+.Pp
+Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values
+.Ql \&? ,
+.Ql * ,
+.Ql [] ,
+and
+.Ql {} .
+The values
+.Ql \&? ,
+.Ql * ,
+and
+.Ql []
+may only be used as part of the final
+component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing
+files.
+The value
+.Ql {}
+need not necessarily be used to describe existing files.
+Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell.
+.Sh SHELL COMMANDS
+Each target may have associated with it one or more lines of shell
+commands, normally
+used to create the target.
+Each of the lines in this script
+.Em must
+be preceded by a tab.
+(For historical reasons, spaces are not accepted.)
+While targets can appear in many dependency lines if desired, by
+default only one of these rules may be followed by a creation
+script.
+If the
+.Ql Ic \&::
+operator is used, however, all rules may include scripts and the
+scripts are executed in the order found.
+.Pp
+Each line is treated as a separate shell command, unless the end of
+line is escaped with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e
+in which case that line and the next are combined.
+.\" The escaped newline is retained and passed to the shell, which
+.\" normally ignores it.
+.\" However, the tab at the beginning of the following line is removed.
+If the first characters of the command are any combination of
+.Ql Ic @ ,
+.Ql Ic + ,
+or
+.Ql Ic \- ,
+the command is treated specially.
+A
+.Ql Ic @
+causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed.
+A
+.Ql Ic +
+causes the command to be executed even when
+.Fl n
+is given.
+This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source,
+except that the effect can be limited to a single line of a script.
+A
+.Ql Ic \-
+in compatibility mode
+causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored.
+.Pp
+When
+.Nm
+is run in jobs mode with
+.Fl j Ar max_jobs ,
+the entire script for the target is fed to a
+single instance of the shell.
+In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process.
+If the command contains any shell meta characters
+.Pq Ql #=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\e\en
+it will be passed to the shell; otherwise
+.Nm
+will attempt direct execution.
+If a line starts with
+.Ql Ic \-
+and the shell has ErrCtl enabled then failure of the command line
+will be ignored as in compatibility mode.
+Otherwise
+.Ql Ic \-
+affects the entire job;
+the script will stop at the first command line that fails,
+but the target will not be deemed to have failed.
+.Pp
+Makefiles should be written so that the mode of
+.Nm
+operation does not change their behavior.
+For example, any command which needs to use
+.Dq cd
+or
+.Dq chdir
+without potentially changing the directory for subsequent commands
+should be put in parentheses so it executes in a subshell.
+To force the use of one shell, escape the line breaks so as to make
+the whole script one command.
+For example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+avoid-chdir-side-effects:
+	@echo Building $@ in `pwd`
+	@(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@)
+	@echo Back in `pwd`
+
+ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode:
+	@echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \e
+	(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} $@); \e
+	echo Back in `pwd`
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Since
+.Nm
+will
+.Xr chdir 2
+to
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+before executing any targets, each child process
+starts with that as its current working directory.
+.Sh VARIABLE ASSIGNMENTS
+Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradition,
+consist of all upper-case letters.
+.Ss Variable assignment modifiers
+The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as
+follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ic \&=
+Assign the value to the variable.
+Any previous value is overridden.
+.It Ic \&+=
+Append the value to the current value of the variable.
+.It Ic \&?=
+Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined.
+.It Ic \&:=
+Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it
+to the variable.
+Normally, expansion is not done until the variable is referenced.
+.Em NOTE :
+References to undefined variables are
+.Em not
+expanded.
+This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used.
+.It Ic \&!=
+Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign
+the result to the variable.
+Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces.
+.El
+.Pp
+Any white-space before the assigned
+.Ar value
+is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted
+between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value.
+.Pp
+Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either
+curly braces
+.Pq Ql {}
+or parentheses
+.Pq Ql ()
+and preceding it with
+a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ .
+If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surrounding
+braces or parentheses are not required.
+This shorter form is not recommended.
+.Pp
+If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first.
+This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names containing dollar,
+braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided!
+.Pp
+If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$
+the string is expanded again.
+.Pp
+Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where
+the variable is being used.
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read.
+.It
+Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is
+executed.
+.It
+.Dq .for
+loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration.
+Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so
+the following example code:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+
+.Dv .for i in 1 2 3
+a+=     ${i}
+j=      ${i}
+b+=     ${j}
+.Dv .endfor
+
+all:
+	@echo ${a}
+	@echo ${b}
+
+.Ed
+will print:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+1 2 3
+3 3 3
+
+.Ed
+Because while ${a} contains
+.Dq 1 2 3
+after the loop is executed, ${b}
+contains
+.Dq ${j} ${j} ${j}
+which expands to
+.Dq 3 3 3
+since after the loop completes ${j} contains
+.Dq 3 .
+.El
+.Ss Variable classes
+The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing precedence)
+are:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Environment variables
+Variables defined as part of
+.Nm Ns 's
+environment.
+.It Global variables
+Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles.
+.It Command line variables
+Variables defined as part of the command line.
+.It Local variables
+Variables that are defined specific to a certain target.
+.El
+.Pp
+Local variables are all built in and their values vary magically from
+target to target.
+It is not currently possible to define new local variables.
+The seven local variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width ".ARCHIVE" -offset indent
+.It Va .ALLSRC
+The list of all sources for this target; also known as
+.Ql Va \&> .
+.It Va .ARCHIVE
+The name of the archive file; also known as
+.Ql Va \&! .
+.It Va .IMPSRC
+In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the
+target is to be transformed (the
+.Dq implied
+source); also known as
+.Ql Va \&< .
+It is not defined in explicit rules.
+.It Va .MEMBER
+The name of the archive member; also known as
+.Ql Va % .
+.It Va .OODATE
+The list of sources for this target that were deemed out-of-date; also
+known as
+.Ql Va \&? .
+.It Va .PREFIX
+The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix
+or preceding directory components; also known as
+.Ql Va * .
+The suffix must be one of the known suffixes declared with
+.Ic .SUFFIXES
+or it will not be recognized.
+.It Va .TARGET
+The name of the target; also known as
+.Ql Va @ .
+For compatibility with other makes this is an alias for
+.Ic .ARCHIVE
+in archive member rules.
+.El
+.Pp
+The shorter forms
+.Ql ( Va > ,
+.Ql Va \&! ,
+.Ql Va < ,
+.Ql Va % ,
+.Ql Va \&? ,
+.Ql Va * ,
+and
+.Ql Va @ )
+are permitted for backward
+compatibility with historical makefiles and legacy POSIX make and are
+not recommended.
+.Pp
+Variants of these variables with the punctuation followed immediately by
+.Ql D
+or
+.Ql F ,
+e.g.
+.Ql Va $(@D) ,
+are legacy forms equivalent to using the
+.Ql :H
+and
+.Ql :T
+modifiers.
+These forms are accepted for compatibility with
+.At V
+makefiles and POSIX but are not recommended.
+.Pp
+Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines
+because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line.
+These variables are
+.Ql Va .TARGET ,
+.Ql Va .PREFIX ,
+.Ql Va .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.Ql Va .MEMBER .
+.Ss Additional built-in variables
+In addition,
+.Nm
+sets or knows about the following variables:
+.Bl -tag -width .MAKEOVERRIDES
+.It Va \&$
+A single dollar sign
+.Ql \&$ ,
+i.e.
+.Ql \&$$
+expands to a single dollar
+sign.
+.It Va .ALLTARGETS
+The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile.
+If evaluated during
+Makefile parsing, lists only those targets encountered thus far.
+.It Va .CURDIR
+A path to the directory where
+.Nm
+was executed.
+Refer to the description of
+.Ql Ev PWD
+for more details.
+.It Va .INCLUDEDFROMDIR
+The directory of the file this Makefile was included from.
+.It Va .INCLUDEDFROMFILE
+The filename of the file this Makefile was included from.
+.It Ev MAKE
+The name that
+.Nm
+was executed with
+.Pq Va argv[0] .
+For compatibility
+.Nm
+also sets
+.Va .MAKE
+with the same value.
+The preferred variable to use is the environment variable
+.Ev MAKE
+because it is more compatible with other versions of
+.Nm
+and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name.
+.It Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE
+Names the makefile (default
+.Ql Pa .depend )
+from which generated dependencies are read.
+.It Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES
+A boolean that controls the default behavior of the
+.Fl V
+option.
+If true, variable values printed with
+.Fl V
+are fully expanded; if false, the raw variable contents (which may
+include additional unexpanded variable references) are shown.
+.It Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+The list of variables exported by
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.JOBS
+The argument to the
+.Fl j
+option.
+.It Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX
+If
+.Nm
+is run with
+.Ar j
+then output for each target is prefixed with a token
+.Ql --- target ---
+the first part of which can be controlled via
+.Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX .
+If
+.Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX
+is empty, no token is printed.
+.br
+For example:
+.Li .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}]
+would produce tokens like
+.Ql ---make[1234] target ---
+making it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved.
+.It Ev MAKEFLAGS
+The environment variable
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+may contain anything that
+may be specified on
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line.
+Anything specified on
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line is appended to the
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+variable which is then
+entered into the environment for all programs which
+.Nm
+executes.
+.It Va .MAKE.LEVEL
+The recursion depth of
+.Nm .
+The initial instance of
+.Nm
+will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment
+to be seen by the next generation.
+This allows tests like:
+.Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE
+The ordered list of makefile names
+(default
+.Ql Pa makefile ,
+.Ql Pa Makefile )
+that
+.Nm
+will look for.
+.It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILES
+The list of makefiles read by
+.Nm ,
+which is useful for tracking dependencies.
+Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read.
+.It Va .MAKE.MODE
+Processed after reading all makefiles.
+Can affect the mode that
+.Nm
+runs in.
+It can contain a number of keywords:
+.Bl -hang -width missing-filemon=bf.
+.It Pa compat
+Like
+.Fl B ,
+puts
+.Nm
+into "compat" mode.
+.It Pa meta
+Puts
+.Nm
+into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each target
+to capture the command run, the output generated and if
+.Xr filemon 4
+is available, the system calls which are of interest to
+.Nm .
+The captured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors.
+.It Pa curdirOk= Ar bf
+Normally
+.Nm
+will not create .meta files in
+.Ql Va .CURDIR .
+This can be overridden by setting
+.Va bf
+to a value which represents True.
+.It Pa missing-meta= Ar bf
+If
+.Va bf
+is True, then a missing .meta file makes the target out-of-date.
+.It Pa missing-filemon= Ar bf
+If
+.Va bf
+is True, then missing filemon data makes the target out-of-date.
+.It Pa nofilemon
+Do not use
+.Xr filemon 4 .
+.It Pa env
+For debugging, it can be useful to include the environment
+in the .meta file.
+.It Pa verbose
+If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built.
+This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently.
+The message printed the value of:
+.Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX .
+.It Pa ignore-cmd
+Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable.
+This keyword causes them to be ignored for
+determining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode.
+See also
+.Ic .NOMETA_CMP .
+.It Pa silent= Ar bf
+If
+.Va bf
+is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target
+.Ic .SILENT .
+.El
+.It Va .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK
+In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which
+match the directories controlled by
+.Nm .
+If a file that was generated outside of
+.Va .OBJDIR
+but within said bailiwick is missing,
+the current target is considered out-of-date.
+.It Va .MAKE.META.CREATED
+In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files
+updated.
+If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of
+.Va .MAKE.META.FILES .
+.It Va .MAKE.META.FILES
+In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files
+used (updated or not).
+This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency
+information.
+.It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS
+Provides a list of path prefixes that should be ignored;
+because the contents are expected to change over time.
+The default list includes:
+.Ql Pa /dev /etc /proc /tmp /var/run /var/tmp
+.It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS
+Provides a list of patterns to match against pathnames.
+Ignore any that match.
+.It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER
+Provides a list of variable modifiers to apply to each pathname.
+Ignore if the expansion is an empty string.
+.It Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX
+Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode.
+The default value is:
+.Dl Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T}
+.It Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to
+on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS .
+This behavior can be disabled by assigning an empty value to
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+within a makefile.
+Extra variables can be exported from a makefile
+by appending their names to
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES .
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+is re-exported whenever
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+is modified.
+.It Va .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON
+If
+.Nm
+was built with
+.Xr filemon 4
+support, this is set to the path of the device node.
+This allows makefiles to test for this support.
+.It Va .MAKE.PID
+The process-id of
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.PPID
+The parent process-id of
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS
+value should be a boolean that controls whether
+.Ql $$
+are preserved when doing
+.Ql :=
+assignments.
+The default is true, for compatibility with other makes.
+If set to false,
+.Ql $$
+becomes
+.Ql $
+per normal evaluation rules.
+.It Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR
+When
+.Nm
+stops due to an error, it sets
+.Ql Va .ERROR_TARGET
+to the name of the target that failed,
+.Ql Va .ERROR_CMD
+to the commands of the failed target,
+and in "meta" mode, it also sets
+.Ql Va .ERROR_CWD
+to the
+.Xr getcwd 3 ,
+and
+.Ql Va .ERROR_META_FILE
+to the path of the meta file (if any) describing the failed target.
+It then prints its name and the value of
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+as well as the value of any variables named in
+.Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR .
+.It Va .newline
+This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value.
+This allows expansions using the
+.Cm \&:@
+modifier to put a newline between
+iterations of the loop rather than a space.
+For example, the printing of
+.Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR
+could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}.
+.It Va .OBJDIR
+A path to the directory where the targets are built.
+Its value is determined by trying to
+.Xr chdir 2
+to the following directories in order and using the first match:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+.Ev ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR}
+.Pp
+(Only if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+is set in the environment or on the command line.)
+.It
+.Ev ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.Pp
+(Only if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+is set in the environment or on the command line.)
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj. Ns Ev ${MACHINE}
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj
+.It
+.Pa /usr/obj/ Ns Ev ${.CURDIR}
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR}
+.El
+.Pp
+Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used,
+so expressions such as
+.Dl ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,}
+may be used.
+This is especially useful with
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR .
+.Pp
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+may be modified in the makefile via the special target
+.Ql Ic .OBJDIR .
+In all cases,
+.Nm
+will
+.Xr chdir 2
+to the specified directory if it exists, and set
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+and
+.Ql Ev PWD
+to that directory before executing any targets.
+.
+.It Va .PARSEDIR
+A path to the directory of the current
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+being parsed.
+.It Va .PARSEFILE
+The basename of the current
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+being parsed.
+This variable and
+.Ql Va .PARSEDIR
+are both set only while the
+.Ql Pa Makefiles
+are being parsed.
+If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable
+using assignment with expansion:
+.Pq Ql Cm \&:= .
+.It Va .PATH
+A variable that represents the list of directories that
+.Nm
+will search for files.
+The search list should be updated using the target
+.Ql Va .PATH
+rather than the variable.
+.It Ev PWD
+Alternate path to the current directory.
+.Nm
+normally sets
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+to the canonical path given by
+.Xr getcwd 3 .
+However, if the environment variable
+.Ql Ev PWD
+is set and gives a path to the current directory, then
+.Nm
+sets
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+to the value of
+.Ql Ev PWD
+instead.
+This behavior is disabled if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+is set or
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+contains a variable transform.
+.Ql Ev PWD
+is set to the value of
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+for all programs which
+.Nm
+executes.
+.It Ev .TARGETS
+The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any.
+.It Ev VPATH
+Colon-separated
+.Pq Dq \&:
+lists of directories that
+.Nm
+will search for files.
+The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only,
+use
+.Ql Va .PATH
+instead.
+.El
+.Ss Variable modifiers
+Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the
+variable (where a
+.Dq word
+is white-space delimited sequence of characters).
+The general format of a variable expansion is as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl ${variable[:modifier[:...]]}
+.Pp
+Each modifier begins with a colon,
+which may be escaped with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.Pp
+A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl modifier_variable=modifier[:...]
+.Dl ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]}
+.Pp
+In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not
+start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing
+variable.
+If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql $ ,
+these must be doubled to avoid early expansion.
+.Pp
+The supported modifiers are:
+.Bl -tag -width EEE
+.It Cm \&:E
+Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix.
+.It Cm \&:H
+Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last component.
+.It Cm \&:M Ns Ar pattern
+Select only those words that match
+.Ar pattern .
+The standard shell wildcard characters
+.Pf ( Ql * ,
+.Ql \&? ,
+and
+.Ql Oo Oc )
+may
+be used.
+The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+As a consequence of the way values are split into words, matched,
+and then joined, a construct like
+.Dl ${VAR:M*}
+will normalize the inter-word spacing, removing all leading and
+trailing space, and converting multiple consecutive spaces
+to single spaces.
+.
+.It Cm \&:N Ns Ar pattern
+This is identical to
+.Ql Cm \&:M ,
+but selects all words which do not match
+.Ar pattern .
+.It Cm \&:O
+Order every word in variable alphabetically.
+To sort words in
+reverse order use the
+.Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1]
+combination of modifiers.
+.It Cm \&:Ox
+Randomize words in variable.
+The results will be different each time you are referring to the
+modified variable; use the assignment with expansion
+.Pq Ql Cm \&:=
+to prevent such behavior.
+For example,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+LIST=			uno due tre quattro
+RANDOM_LIST=		${LIST:Ox}
+STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:=	${LIST:Ox}
+
+all:
+	@echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+	@echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+	@echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+	@echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+.Ed
+may produce output similar to:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+quattro due tre uno
+tre due quattro uno
+due uno quattro tre
+due uno quattro tre
+.Ed
+.It Cm \&:Q
+Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed
+safely to the shell.
+.It Cm \&:q
+Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, and also doubles
+.Sq $
+characters so that it can be passed
+safely through recursive invocations of
+.Nm .
+This is equivalent to: 
+.Sq \&:S/\e\&$/&&/g:Q .
+.It Cm \&:R
+Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix.
+.It Cm \&:range[=count]
+The value is an integer sequence representing the words of the original
+value, or the supplied
+.Va count .
+.It Cm \&:gmtime[=utc]
+The value is a format string for
+.Xr strftime 3 ,
+using
+.Xr gmtime 3 .
+If a
+.Va utc
+value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used.
+.It Cm \&:hash
+Compute a 32-bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits.
+.It Cm \&:localtime[=utc]
+The value is a format string for
+.Xr strftime 3 ,
+using
+.Xr localtime 3 .
+If a
+.Va utc
+value is not provided or is 0, the current time is used.
+.It Cm \&:tA
+Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using
+.Xr realpath 3 ,
+if that fails, the value is unchanged.
+.It Cm \&:tl
+Converts variable to lower-case letters.
+.It Cm \&:ts Ns Ar c
+Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expansion.
+This modifier sets the separator to the character
+.Ar c .
+If
+.Ar c
+is omitted, then no separator is used.
+The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected.
+.It Cm \&:tu
+Converts variable to upper-case letters.
+.It Cm \&:tW
+Causes the value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+See also
+.Ql Cm \&:[*] .
+.It Cm \&:tw
+Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of
+words delimited by white space.
+See also
+.Ql Cm \&:[@] .
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:S No \&/ Ar old_string No \&/ Ar new_string No \&/ Op Cm 1gW
+.Sm on
+Modify the first occurrence of
+.Ar old_string
+in the variable's value, replacing it with
+.Ar new_string .
+If a
+.Ql g
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences
+in each word are replaced.
+If a
+.Ql 1
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word
+is affected.
+If a
+.Ql W
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern,
+then the value is treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+If
+.Ar old_string
+begins with a caret
+.Pq Ql ^ ,
+.Ar old_string
+is anchored at the beginning of each word.
+If
+.Ar old_string
+ends with a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+it is anchored at the end of each word.
+Inside
+.Ar new_string ,
+an ampersand
+.Pq Ql &
+is replaced by
+.Ar old_string
+(without any
+.Ql ^
+or
+.Ql \&$ ) .
+Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier
+string.
+The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a
+backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.Pp
+Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+.Ar old_string
+and
+.Ar new_string
+with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion
+of a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+not a preceding dollar sign as is usual.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:C No \&/ Ar pattern No \&/ Ar replacement No \&/ Op Cm 1gW
+.Sm on
+The
+.Cm \&:C
+modifier is just like the
+.Cm \&:S
+modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being
+simple strings, are an extended regular expression (see
+.Xr regex 3 )
+string
+.Ar pattern
+and an
+.Xr ed 1 Ns \-style
+string
+.Ar replacement .
+Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern
+.Ar pattern
+in each word of the value is substituted with
+.Ar replacement .
+The
+.Ql 1
+modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the
+.Ql g
+modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the
+search pattern
+.Ar pattern
+as occur in the word or words it is found in; the
+.Ql W
+modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+Note that
+.Ql 1
+and
+.Ql g
+are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are
+potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can
+potentially occur within each affected word.
+.Pp
+As for the
+.Cm \&:S
+modifier, the
+.Ar pattern
+and
+.Ar replacement
+are subjected to variable expansion before being parsed as
+regular expressions.
+.It Cm \&:T
+Replaces each word in the variable with its last component.
+.It Cm \&:u
+Remove adjacent duplicate words (like
+.Xr uniq 1 ) .
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:\&? Ar true_string Cm \&: Ar false_string
+.Sm on
+If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if conditional
+expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the
+.Ar true_string ,
+otherwise return the
+.Ar false_string .
+Since the variable name is used as the expression, \&:\&? must be the
+first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course,
+usually contain variable expansions.
+A common error is trying to use expressions like
+.Dl ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no}
+which actually tests defined(NUMBERS),
+to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like:
+.Dl ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != \&"\&":?match:no} .
+.It Ar :old_string=new_string
+This is the
+.At V
+style variable substitution.
+It must be the last modifier specified.
+If
+.Ar old_string
+or
+.Ar new_string
+do not contain the pattern matching character
+.Ar %
+then it is assumed that they are
+anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire
+words may be replaced.
+Otherwise
+.Ar %
+is the substring of
+.Ar old_string
+to be replaced in
+.Ar new_string .
+.Pp
+Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+.Ar old_string
+and
+.Ar new_string
+with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the
+expansion of a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+not a preceding dollar sign as is usual.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:@ Ar temp Cm @ Ar string Cm @
+.Sm on
+This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development
+Environment (ODE) make.
+Unlike
+.Cm \&.for
+loops expansion occurs at the time of
+reference.
+Assign
+.Ar temp
+to each word in the variable and evaluate
+.Ar string .
+The ODE convention is that
+.Ar temp
+should start and end with a period.
+For example.
+.Dl ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@}
+.Pp
+However a single character variable is often more readable:
+.Dl ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}
+.It Cm \&:_[=var]
+Save the current variable value in
+.Ql $_
+or the named
+.Va var
+for later reference.
+Example usage:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+M_cmpv.units = 1 1000 1000000
+M_cmpv = S,., ,g:_:range:@i@+ $${_:[-$$i]} \&\\
+\\* $${M_cmpv.units:[$$i]}@:S,^,expr 0 ,1:sh
+
+.Dv .if ${VERSION:${M_cmpv}} < ${3.1.12:L:${M_cmpv}}
+
+.Ed
+Here
+.Ql $_
+is used to save the result of the
+.Ql :S
+modifier which is later referenced using the index values from
+.Ql :range .
+.It Cm \&:U Ns Ar newval
+If the variable is undefined
+.Ar newval
+is the value.
+If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned.
+This is another ODE make feature.
+It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance:
+.Dl ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}}
+If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use:
+.Dl ${VAR:D:Unewval}
+.It Cm \&:D Ns Ar newval
+If the variable is defined
+.Ar newval
+is the value.
+.It Cm \&:L
+The name of the variable is the value.
+.It Cm \&:P
+The path of the node which has the same name as the variable
+is the value.
+If no such node exists or its path is null, then the
+name of the variable is used.
+In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have
+appeared on the rhs of a dependency.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:\&! Ar cmd Cm \&!
+.Sm on
+The output of running
+.Ar cmd
+is the value.
+.It Cm \&:sh
+If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output
+becomes the new value.
+.It Cm \&::= Ns Ar str
+The variable is assigned the value
+.Ar str
+after substitution.
+This modifier and its variations are useful in
+obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands
+are being parsed.
+These assignment modifiers always expand to
+nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be
+preceded with something to keep
+.Nm
+happy.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql Cm \&::
+helps avoid false matches with the
+.At V
+style
+.Cm \&:=
+modifier and since substitution always occurs the
+.Cm \&::=
+form is vaguely appropriate.
+.It Cm \&::?= Ns Ar str
+As for
+.Cm \&::=
+but only if the variable does not already have a value.
+.It Cm \&::+= Ns Ar str
+Append
+.Ar str
+to the variable.
+.It Cm \&::!= Ns Ar cmd
+Assign the output of
+.Ar cmd
+to the variable.
+.It Cm \&:\&[ Ns Ar range Ns Cm \&]
+Selects one or more words from the value,
+or performs other operations related to the way in which the
+value is divided into words.
+.Pp
+Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words
+delimited by white space.
+Some modifiers suppress this behavior,
+causing a value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white-space,
+is treated as a single word.
+For the purposes of the
+.Ql Cm \&:[]
+modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive integers
+(where index 1 represents the first word),
+and backwards using negative integers
+(where index \-1 represents the last word).
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar range
+is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is
+then interpreted as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width index
+.\" :[n]
+.It Ar index
+Selects a single word from the value.
+.\" :[start..end]
+.It Ar start Ns Cm \&.. Ns Ar end
+Selects all words from
+.Ar start
+to
+.Ar end ,
+inclusive.
+For example,
+.Ql Cm \&:[2..-1]
+selects all words from the second word to the last word.
+If
+.Ar start
+is greater than
+.Ar end ,
+then the words are output in reverse order.
+For example,
+.Ql Cm \&:[-1..1]
+selects all the words from last to first.
+.\" :[*]
+.It Cm \&*
+Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+Analogous to the effect of
+\&"$*\&"
+in Bourne shell.
+.\" :[0]
+.It 0
+Means the same as
+.Ql Cm \&:[*] .
+.\" :[*]
+.It Cm \&@
+Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words
+delimited by white space.
+Analogous to the effect of
+\&"$@\&"
+in Bourne shell.
+.\" :[#]
+.It Cm \&#
+Returns the number of words in the value.
+.El \" :[range]
+.El
+.Sh INCLUDE STATEMENTS, CONDITIONALS AND FOR LOOPS
+Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops  reminiscent
+of the C programming language are provided in
+.Nm .
+All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single
+dot
+.Pq Ql \&.
+character.
+Files are included with either
+.Cm \&.include Aq Ar file
+or
+.Cm \&.include Pf \*q Ar file Ns \*q .
+Variables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded
+to form the file name.
+If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in
+the system makefile directory.
+If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any
+directories specified using the
+.Fl I
+option are searched before the system
+makefile directory.
+For compatibility with other versions of
+.Nm
+.Ql include file ...
+is also accepted.
+.Pp
+If the include statement is written as
+.Cm .-include
+or as
+.Cm .sinclude
+then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored.
+.Pp
+If the include statement is written as
+.Cm .dinclude
+not only are errors locating and/or opening include files ignored,
+but stale dependencies within the included file will be ignored
+just like
+.Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE .
+.Pp
+Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first
+character of a line.
+The possible conditionals are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ic .error Ar message
+The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number,
+then
+.Nm
+will exit.
+.It Ic .export Ar variable ...
+Export the specified global variable.
+If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported
+except for internal variables (those that start with
+.Ql \&. ) .
+This is not affected by the
+.Fl X
+flag, so should be used with caution.
+For compatibility with other
+.Nm
+programs
+.Ql export variable=value
+is also accepted.
+.Pp
+Appending a variable name to
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+is equivalent to exporting a variable.
+.It Ic .export-env Ar variable ...
+The same as
+.Ql .export ,
+except that the variable is not appended to
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED .
+This allows exporting a value to the environment which is different from that
+used by
+.Nm
+internally.
+.It Ic .export-literal Ar variable ...
+The same as
+.Ql .export-env ,
+except that variables in the value are not expanded.
+.It Ic .info Ar message
+The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number.
+.It Ic .undef Ar variable
+Un-define the specified global variable.
+Only global variables may be un-defined.
+.It Ic .unexport Ar variable ...
+The opposite of
+.Ql .export .
+The specified global
+.Va variable
+will be removed from
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED .
+If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported,
+and
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+deleted.
+.It Ic .unexport-env
+Unexport all globals previously exported and
+clear the environment inherited from the parent.
+This operation will cause a memory leak of the original environment,
+so should be used sparingly.
+Testing for
+.Va .MAKE.LEVEL
+being 0, would make sense.
+Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environment
+should be explicitly preserved if desired.
+For example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+PATH := ${PATH}
+.Li .unexport-env
+.Li .export PATH
+.Li .endif
+.Pp
+.Ed
+Would result in an environment containing only
+.Ql Ev PATH ,
+which is the minimal useful environment.
+Actually
+.Ql Ev .MAKE.LEVEL
+will also be pushed into the new environment.
+.It Ic .warning Ar message
+The message prefixed by
+.Ql Pa warning:
+is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number.
+.It Ic \&.if Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ...
+Test the value of an expression.
+.It Ic .ifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+Test the value of a variable.
+.It Ic .ifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+Test the value of a variable.
+.It Ic .ifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+Test the target being built.
+.It Ic .ifnmake Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+Test the target being built.
+.It Ic .else
+Reverse the sense of the last conditional.
+.It Ic .elif Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .if .
+.It Ic .elifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifdef .
+.It Ic .elifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifndef .
+.It Ic .elifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifmake .
+.It Ic .elifnmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifnmake .
+.It Ic .endif
+End the body of the conditional.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar operator
+may be any one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width "Cm XX"
+.It Cm \&|\&|
+Logical OR.
+.It Cm \&&&
+Logical
+.Tn AND ;
+of higher precedence than
+.Dq \&|\&| .
+.El
+.Pp
+As in C,
+.Nm
+will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine
+its value.
+Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation.
+The boolean operator
+.Ql Ic \&!
+may be used to logically negate an entire
+conditional.
+It is of higher precedence than
+.Ql Ic \&&& .
+.Pp
+The value of
+.Ar expression
+may be any of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width defined
+.It Ic defined
+Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable
+has been defined.
+.It Ic make
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+was specified as part of
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or
+explicitly, see
+.Va .MAIN )
+before the line containing the conditional.
+.It Ic empty
+Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if
+the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string.
+.It Ic exists
+Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists.
+The file is searched for on the system search path (see
+.Va .PATH ) .
+.It Ic target
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+has been defined.
+.It Ic commands
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+has been defined and has commands associated with it.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Ar Expression
+may also be an arithmetic or string comparison.
+Variable expansion is
+performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral
+values are compared.
+A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is
+preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not supported.
+The standard C relational operators are all supported.
+If after
+variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a
+.Ql Ic ==
+or
+.Ql Ic "!="
+operator is not an integral value, then
+string comparison is performed between the expanded
+variables.
+If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded
+variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case
+of a string comparison.
+.Pp
+When
+.Nm
+is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters
+a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the
+.Dq make
+or
+.Dq defined
+expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional.
+If the form is
+.Ql Ic .ifdef ,
+.Ql Ic .ifndef ,
+or
+.Ql Ic .if
+the
+.Dq defined
+expression is applied.
+Similarly, if the form is
+.Ql Ic .ifmake
+or
+.Ql Ic .ifnmake ,
+the
+.Dq make
+expression is applied.
+.Pp
+If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile continues
+as before.
+If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped.
+In both cases this continues until a
+.Ql Ic .else
+or
+.Ql Ic .endif
+is found.
+.Pp
+For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files.
+The syntax of a for loop is:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -compact -width Ds
+.It Ic \&.for Ar variable Oo Ar variable ... Oc Ic in Ar expression
+.It Aq make-rules
+.It Ic \&.endfor
+.El
+.Pp
+After the for
+.Ic expression
+is evaluated, it is split into words.
+On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each
+.Ic variable ,
+in order, and these
+.Ic variables
+are substituted into the
+.Ic make-rules
+inside the body of the for loop.
+The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three
+iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple
+of three.
+.Sh COMMENTS
+Comments begin with a hash
+.Pq Ql \&#
+character, anywhere but in a shell
+command line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line.
+.Sh SPECIAL SOURCES (ATTRIBUTES)
+.Bl -tag -width .IGNOREx
+.It Ic .EXEC
+Target is never out of date, but always execute commands anyway.
+.It Ic .IGNORE
+Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this target, exactly
+as if they all were preceded by a dash
+.Pq Ql \- .
+.\" .It Ic .INVISIBLE
+.\" XXX
+.\" .It Ic .JOIN
+.\" XXX
+.It Ic .MADE
+Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date.
+.It Ic .MAKE
+Execute the commands associated with this target even if the
+.Fl n
+or
+.Fl t
+options were specified.
+Normally used to mark recursive
+.Nm Ns s .
+.It Ic .META
+Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as
+.Ic .PHONY ,
+.Ic .MAKE ,
+or
+.Ic .SPECIAL .
+Usage in conjunction with
+.Ic .MAKE
+is the most likely case.
+In "meta" mode, the target is out-of-date if the meta file is missing.
+.It Ic .NOMETA
+Do not create a meta file for the target.
+Meta files are also not created for
+.Ic .PHONY ,
+.Ic .MAKE ,
+or
+.Ic .SPECIAL
+targets.
+.It Ic .NOMETA_CMP
+Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date.
+This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes.
+If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date.
+The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable
+.Va .OODATE ,
+which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+
+skip-compare-for-some:
+	@echo this will be compared
+	@echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP}
+	@echo this will also be compared
+
+.Ed
+The
+.Cm \&:M
+pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted variable.
+.It Ic .NOPATH
+Do not search for the target in the directories specified by
+.Ic .PATH .
+.It Ic .NOTMAIN
+Normally
+.Nm
+selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built
+if no target was specified.
+This source prevents this target from being selected.
+.It Ic .OPTIONAL
+If a target is marked with this attribute and
+.Nm
+can't figure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume
+the file isn't needed or already exists.
+.It Ic .PHONY
+The target does not
+correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date,
+and will not be created with the
+.Fl t
+option.
+Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to
+.Ic .PHONY
+targets.
+.It Ic .PRECIOUS
+When
+.Nm
+is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets.
+This source prevents the target from being removed.
+.It Ic .RECURSIVE
+Synonym for
+.Ic .MAKE .
+.It Ic .SILENT
+Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly
+as if they all were preceded by an at sign
+.Pq Ql @ .
+.It Ic .USE
+Turn the target into
+.Nm Ns 's
+version of a macro.
+When the target is used as a source for another target, the other target
+acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for
+.Ic .USE )
+of the
+source.
+If the target already has commands, the
+.Ic .USE
+target's commands are appended
+to them.
+.It Ic .USEBEFORE
+Exactly like
+.Ic .USE ,
+but prepend the
+.Ic .USEBEFORE
+target commands to the target.
+.It Ic .WAIT
+If
+.Ic .WAIT
+appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are
+made before the sources that succeed it in the line.
+Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself
+could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they
+are needed for another branch of the dependency tree.
+So given:
+.Bd -literal
+x: a .WAIT b
+	echo x
+a:
+	echo a
+b: b1
+	echo b
+b1:
+	echo b1
+
+.Ed
+the output is always
+.Ql a ,
+.Ql b1 ,
+.Ql b ,
+.Ql x .
+.br
+The ordering imposed by
+.Ic .WAIT
+is only relevant for parallel makes.
+.El
+.Sh SPECIAL TARGETS
+Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be
+the only target specified.
+.Bl -tag -width .BEGINx
+.It Ic .BEGIN
+Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything
+else is done.
+.It Ic .DEFAULT
+This is sort of a
+.Ic .USE
+rule for any target (that was used only as a
+source) that
+.Nm
+can't figure out any other way to create.
+Only the shell script is used.
+The
+.Ic .IMPSRC
+variable of a target that inherits
+.Ic .DEFAULT Ns 's
+commands is set
+to the target's own name.
+.It Ic .DELETE_ON_ERROR
+If this target is present in the makefile, it globally causes make to
+delete targets whose commands fail.
+(By default, only targets whose commands are interrupted during
+execution are deleted.
+This is the historical behavior.)
+This setting can be used to help prevent half-finished or malformed
+targets from being left around and corrupting future rebuilds.
+.It Ic .END
+Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything
+else is done.
+.It Ic .ERROR
+Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails.
+The
+.Ic .ERROR_TARGET
+variable is set to the target that failed.
+See also
+.Ic MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR .
+.It Ic .IGNORE
+Mark each of the sources with the
+.Ic .IGNORE
+attribute.
+If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the
+.Fl i
+option.
+.It Ic .INTERRUPT
+If
+.Nm
+is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed.
+.It Ic .MAIN
+If no target is specified when
+.Nm
+is invoked, this target will be built.
+.It Ic .MAKEFLAGS
+This target provides a way to specify flags for
+.Nm
+when the makefile is used.
+The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the
+.Fl f
+option will have
+no effect.
+.\" XXX: NOT YET!!!!
+.\" .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL
+.\" The named targets are executed in non parallel mode.
+.\" If no targets are
+.\" specified, then all targets are executed in non parallel mode.
+.It Ic .NOPATH
+Apply the
+.Ic .NOPATH
+attribute to any specified sources.
+.It Ic .NOTPARALLEL
+Disable parallel mode.
+.It Ic .NO_PARALLEL
+Synonym for
+.Ic .NOTPARALLEL ,
+for compatibility with other pmake variants.
+.It Ic .OBJDIR
+The source is a new value for
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR .
+If it exists,
+.Nm
+will
+.Xr chdir 2
+to it and update the value of
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR .
+.It Ic .ORDER
+The named targets are made in sequence.
+This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made.
+Since the dependents of a target do not get built until the target itself
+could be built, unless
+.Ql a
+is built by another part of the dependency graph,
+the following is a dependency loop:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.ORDER: b a
+b: a
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The ordering imposed by
+.Ic .ORDER
+is only relevant for parallel makes.
+.\" XXX: NOT YET!!!!
+.\" .It Ic .PARALLEL
+.\" The named targets are executed in parallel mode.
+.\" If no targets are
+.\" specified, then all targets are executed in parallel mode.
+.It Ic .PATH
+The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not
+found in the current directory.
+If no sources are specified, any previously specified directories are
+deleted.
+If the source is the special
+.Ic .DOTLAST
+target, then the current working
+directory is searched last.
+.It Ic .PATH. Ns Va suffix
+Like
+.Ic .PATH
+but applies only to files with a particular suffix.
+The suffix must have been previously declared with
+.Ic .SUFFIXES .
+.It Ic .PHONY
+Apply the
+.Ic .PHONY
+attribute to any specified sources.
+.It Ic .PRECIOUS
+Apply the
+.Ic .PRECIOUS
+attribute to any specified sources.
+If no sources are specified, the
+.Ic .PRECIOUS
+attribute is applied to every
+target in the file.
+.It Ic .SHELL
+Sets the shell that
+.Nm
+will use to execute commands.
+The sources are a set of
+.Ar field=value
+pairs.
+.Bl -tag -width hasErrCtls
+.It Ar name
+This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the built-in
+shell specs;
+.Ar sh ,
+.Ar ksh ,
+and
+.Ar csh .
+.It Ar path
+Specifies the path to the shell.
+.It Ar hasErrCtl
+Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error.
+.It Ar check
+The command to turn on error checking.
+.It Ar ignore
+The command to disable error checking.
+.It Ar echo
+The command to turn on echoing of commands executed.
+.It Ar quiet
+The command to turn off echoing of commands executed.
+.It Ar filter
+The output to filter after issuing the
+.Ar quiet
+command.
+It is typically identical to
+.Ar quiet .
+.It Ar errFlag
+The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking.
+.It Ar echoFlag
+The flag to pass the shell to enable command echoing.
+.It Ar newline
+The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline
+character when used outside of any quoting characters.
+.El
+Example:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \e
+	check="set \-e" ignore="set +e" \e
+	echo="set \-v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \e
+	echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\en'"
+.Ed
+.It Ic .SILENT
+Apply the
+.Ic .SILENT
+attribute to any specified sources.
+If no sources are specified, the
+.Ic .SILENT
+attribute is applied to every
+command in the file.
+.It Ic .STALE
+This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having
+.Va .ALLSRC
+set to the name of that dependency file.
+.It Ic .SUFFIXES
+Each source specifies a suffix to
+.Nm .
+If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted.
+It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules.
+.Pp
+Example:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.SUFFIXES: .o
+\&.c.o:
+	cc \-o ${.TARGET} \-c ${.IMPSRC}
+.Ed
+.El
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Nm
+uses the following environment variables, if they exist:
+.Ev MACHINE ,
+.Ev MACHINE_ARCH ,
+.Ev MAKE ,
+.Ev MAKEFLAGS ,
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIR ,
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX ,
+.Ev MAKESYSPATH ,
+.Ev PWD ,
+and
+.Ev TMPDIR .
+.Pp
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+and
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+may only be set in the environment or on the command line to
+.Nm
+and not as makefile variables;
+see the description of
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+for more details.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/mk -compact
+.It .depend
+list of dependencies
+.It Makefile
+list of dependencies
+.It makefile
+list of dependencies
+.It sys.mk
+system makefile
+.It /usr/share/mk
+system makefile directory
+.El
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make;
+however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not.
+.Ss Older versions
+An incomplete list of changes in older versions of
+.Nm :
+.Pp
+The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after
+.Nx 5.0
+so that they still appear to be variable expansions.
+In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some
+obscure problems using them in .if statements.
+.Pp
+The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in
+.Nx 4.0
+so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes.
+The algorithms used may change again in the future.
+.Ss Other make dialects
+Other make dialects (GNU make, SVR4 make, POSIX make, etc.) do not
+support most of the features of
+.Nm
+as described in this manual.
+Most notably:
+.Bl -bullet -offset indent
+.It
+The
+.Ic .WAIT
+and
+.Ic .ORDER
+declarations and most functionality pertaining to parallelization.
+(GNU make supports parallelization but lacks these features needed to
+control it effectively.)
+.It
+Directives, including for loops and conditionals and most of the
+forms of include files.
+(GNU make has its own incompatible and less powerful syntax for
+conditionals.)
+.It
+All built-in variables that begin with a dot.
+.It
+Most of the special sources and targets that begin with a dot,
+with the notable exception of
+.Ic .PHONY ,
+.Ic .PRECIOUS ,
+and
+.Ic .SUFFIXES .
+.It
+Variable modifiers, except for the
+.Dl :old=new
+string substitution, which does not portably support globbing with
+.Ql %
+and historically only works on declared suffixes.
+.It
+The
+.Ic $>
+variable even in its short form; most makes support this functionality
+but its name varies.
+.El
+.Pp
+Some features are somewhat more portable, such as assignment with
+.Ic += ,
+.Ic ?= ,
+and
+.Ic != .
+The
+.Ic .PATH
+functionality is based on an older feature
+.Ic VPATH
+found in GNU make and many versions of SVR4 make; however,
+historically its behavior is too ill-defined (and too buggy) to rely
+upon.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ic $@
+and
+.Ic $<
+variables are more or less universally portable, as is the
+.Ic $(MAKE)
+variable.
+Basic use of suffix rules (for files only in the current directory,
+not trying to chain transformations together, etc.) is also reasonably
+portable.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mkdep 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v7 .
+This
+.Nm
+implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written
+for Sprite at Berkeley.
+It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different
+machines using a daemon called
+.Dq customs .
+.Pp
+Historically the target/dependency
+.Dq FRC
+has been used to FoRCe rebuilding (since the target/dependency
+does not exist... unless someone creates an
+.Dq FRC
+file).
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Nm
+syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data.
+For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each
+the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field.
+In many places
+.Nm
+just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion.
+.Pp
+There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename.
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/make.c b/usr.bin/make/make.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8947582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/make.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1555 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.96 2016/11/10 23:41:58 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.96 2016/11/10 23:41:58 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)make.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.96 2016/11/10 23:41:58 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * make.c --
+ *	The functions which perform the examination of targets and
+ *	their suitability for creation
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Make_Run 	    	Initialize things for the module and recreate
+ *	    	  	    	whatever needs recreating. Returns TRUE if
+ *	    	    	    	work was (or would have been) done and FALSE
+ *	    	  	    	otherwise.
+ *
+ *	Make_Update	    	Update all parents of a given child. Performs
+ *	    	  	    	various bookkeeping chores like the updating
+ *	    	  	    	of the cmgn field of the parent, filling
+ *	    	  	    	of the IMPSRC context variable, etc. It will
+ *	    	  	    	place the parent on the toBeMade queue if it
+ *	    	  	    	should be.
+ *
+ *	Make_TimeStamp	    	Function to set the parent's cmgn field
+ *	    	  	    	based on a child's modification time.
+ *
+ *	Make_DoAllVar	    	Set up the various local variables for a
+ *	    	  	    	target, including the .ALLSRC variable, making
+ *	    	  	    	sure that any variable that needs to exist
+ *	    	  	    	at the very least has the empty value.
+ *
+ *	Make_OODate 	    	Determine if a target is out-of-date.
+ *
+ *	Make_HandleUse	    	See if a child is a .USE node for a parent
+ *				and perform the .USE actions if so.
+ *
+ *	Make_ExpandUse	    	Expand .USE nodes
+ */
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "hash.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+#include    "job.h"
+
+static unsigned int checked = 1;/* Sequence # to detect recursion */
+static Lst     	toBeMade;	/* The current fringe of the graph. These
+				 * are nodes which await examination by
+				 * MakeOODate. It is added to by
+				 * Make_Update and subtracted from by
+				 * MakeStartJobs */
+
+static int MakeAddChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeFindChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeUnmark(void *, void *);
+static int MakeAddAllSrc(void *, void *);
+static int MakeTimeStamp(void *, void *);
+static int MakeHandleUse(void *, void *);
+static Boolean MakeStartJobs(void);
+static int MakePrintStatus(void *, void *);
+static int MakeCheckOrder(void *, void *);
+static int MakeBuildChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeBuildParent(void *, void *);
+
+MAKE_ATTR_DEAD static void
+make_abort(GNode *gn, int line)
+{
+    static int two = 2;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "make_abort from line %d\n", line);
+    Targ_PrintNode(gn, &two);
+    Lst_ForEach(toBeMade, Targ_PrintNode, &two);
+    Targ_PrintGraph(3);
+    abort();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_TimeStamp --
+ *	Set the cmgn field of a parent node based on the mtime stamp in its
+ *	child. Called from MakeOODate via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pgn		the current parent
+ *	cgn		the child we've just examined
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The cmgn of the parent node will be changed if the mtime
+ *	field of the child is greater than it.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Make_TimeStamp(GNode *pgn, GNode *cgn)
+{
+    if (pgn->cmgn == NULL || cgn->mtime > pgn->cmgn->mtime) {
+	pgn->cmgn = cgn;
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Input:
+ *	pgn		the current parent
+ *	cgn		the child we've just examined
+ *
+ */
+static int
+MakeTimeStamp(void *pgn, void *cgn)
+{
+    return Make_TimeStamp((GNode *)pgn, (GNode *)cgn);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_OODate --
+ *	See if a given node is out of date with respect to its sources.
+ *	Used by Make_Run when deciding which nodes to place on the
+ *	toBeMade queue initially and by Make_Update to screen out USE and
+ *	EXEC nodes. In the latter case, however, any other sort of node
+ *	must be considered out-of-date since at least one of its children
+ *	will have been recreated.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		the node to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the node is out of date. FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The mtime field of the node and the cmgn field of its parents
+ *	will/may be changed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Make_OODate(GNode *gn)
+{
+    Boolean         oodate;
+
+    /*
+     * Certain types of targets needn't even be sought as their datedness
+     * doesn't depend on their modification time...
+     */
+    if ((gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_EXEC)) == 0) {
+	(void)Dir_MTime(gn, 1);
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    if (gn->mtime != 0) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "modified %s...", Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime));
+	    } else {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "non-existent...");
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * A target is remade in one of the following circumstances:
+     *	its modification time is smaller than that of its youngest child
+     *	    and it would actually be run (has commands or type OP_NOP)
+     *	it's the object of a force operator
+     *	it has no children, was on the lhs of an operator and doesn't exist
+     *	    already.
+     *
+     * Libraries are only considered out-of-date if the archive module says
+     * they are.
+     *
+     * These weird rules are brought to you by Backward-Compatibility and
+     * the strange people who wrote 'Make'.
+     */
+    if (gn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE)) {
+	/*
+	 * If the node is a USE node it is *never* out of date
+	 * no matter *what*.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, ".USE node...");
+	}
+	oodate = FALSE;
+    } else if ((gn->type & OP_LIB) &&
+	       ((gn->mtime==0) || Arch_IsLib(gn))) {
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "library...");
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * always out of date if no children and :: target
+	 * or non-existent.
+	 */
+	oodate = (gn->mtime == 0 || Arch_LibOODate(gn) || 
+		  (gn->cmgn == NULL && (gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP)));
+    } else if (gn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+	/*
+	 * A target with the .JOIN attribute is only considered
+	 * out-of-date if any of its children was out-of-date.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, ".JOIN node...");
+	}
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "source %smade...", gn->flags & CHILDMADE ? "" : "not ");
+	}
+	oodate = (gn->flags & CHILDMADE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+    } else if (gn->type & (OP_FORCE|OP_EXEC|OP_PHONY)) {
+	/*
+	 * A node which is the object of the force (!) operator or which has
+	 * the .EXEC attribute is always considered out-of-date.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    if (gn->type & OP_FORCE) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "! operator...");
+	    } else if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, ".PHONY node...");
+	    } else {
+		fprintf(debug_file, ".EXEC node...");
+	    }
+	}
+	oodate = TRUE;
+    } else if ((gn->cmgn != NULL && gn->mtime < gn->cmgn->mtime) ||
+	       (gn->cmgn == NULL &&
+		((gn->mtime == 0 && !(gn->type & OP_OPTIONAL))
+		  || gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP)))
+    {
+	/*
+	 * A node whose modification time is less than that of its
+	 * youngest child or that has no children (cmgn == NULL) and
+	 * either doesn't exist (mtime == 0) and it isn't optional
+	 * or was the object of a * :: operator is out-of-date.
+	 * Why? Because that's the way Make does it.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    if (gn->cmgn != NULL && gn->mtime < gn->cmgn->mtime) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "modified before source %s...",
+		    gn->cmgn->path ? gn->cmgn->path : gn->cmgn->name);
+	    } else if (gn->mtime == 0) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "non-existent and no sources...");
+	    } else {
+		fprintf(debug_file, ":: operator and no sources...");
+	    }
+	}
+	oodate = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	/* 
+	 * When a non-existing child with no sources
+	 * (such as a typically used FORCE source) has been made and
+	 * the target of the child (usually a directory) has the same
+	 * timestamp as the timestamp just given to the non-existing child
+	 * after it was considered made.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    if (gn->flags & FORCE)
+		fprintf(debug_file, "non existing child...");
+	}
+	oodate = (gn->flags & FORCE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+    }
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+    if (useMeta) {
+	oodate = meta_oodate(gn, oodate);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * If the target isn't out-of-date, the parents need to know its
+     * modification time. Note that targets that appear to be out-of-date
+     * but aren't, because they have no commands and aren't of type OP_NOP,
+     * have their mtime stay below their children's mtime to keep parents from
+     * thinking they're out-of-date.
+     */
+    if (!oodate) {
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->parents, MakeTimeStamp, gn);
+    }
+
+    return (oodate);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeAddChild  --
+ *	Function used by Make_Run to add a child to the list l.
+ *	It will only add the child if its make field is FALSE.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		the node to add
+ *	lp		the list to which to add it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The given list is extended
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeAddChild(void *gnp, void *lp)
+{
+    GNode          *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    Lst            l = (Lst) lp;
+
+    if ((gn->flags & REMAKE) == 0 && !(gn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE))) {
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "MakeAddChild: need to examine %s%s\n",
+		gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	(void)Lst_EnQueue(l, gn);
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeFindChild  --
+ *	Function used by Make_Run to find the pathname of a child
+ *	that was already made.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		the node to find
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The path and mtime of the node and the cmgn of the parent are
+ *	updated; the unmade children count of the parent is decremented.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeFindChild(void *gnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+    GNode          *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    GNode          *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+    (void)Dir_MTime(gn, 0);
+    Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+    pgn->unmade--;
+
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_HandleUse --
+ *	Function called by Make_Run and SuffApplyTransform on the downward
+ *	pass to handle .USE and transformation nodes. It implements the
+ *	.USE and transformation functionality by copying the node's commands,
+ *	type flags and children to the parent node.
+ *
+ *	A .USE node is much like an explicit transformation rule, except
+ *	its commands are always added to the target node, even if the
+ *	target already has commands.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cgn		The .USE node
+ *	pgn		The target of the .USE node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Children and commands may be added to the parent and the parent's
+ *	type may be changed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_HandleUse(GNode *cgn, GNode *pgn)
+{
+    LstNode	ln; 	/* An element in the children list */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+    if ((cgn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_TRANSFORM)) == 0) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Make_HandleUse: called for plain node %s\n", cgn->name);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ((cgn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE)) || Lst_IsEmpty(pgn->commands)) {
+	    if (cgn->type & OP_USEBEFORE) {
+		/*
+		 * .USEBEFORE --
+		 *	prepend the child's commands to the parent.
+		 */
+		Lst cmds = pgn->commands;
+		pgn->commands = Lst_Duplicate(cgn->commands, NULL);
+		(void)Lst_Concat(pgn->commands, cmds, LST_CONCNEW);
+		Lst_Destroy(cmds, NULL);
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * .USE or target has no commands --
+		 *	append the child's commands to the parent.
+		 */
+		(void)Lst_Concat(pgn->commands, cgn->commands, LST_CONCNEW);
+	    }
+    }
+
+    if (Lst_Open(cgn->children) == SUCCESS) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(cgn->children)) != NULL) {
+	    GNode *tgn, *gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Expand variables in the .USE node's name
+	     * and save the unexpanded form.
+	     * We don't need to do this for commands.
+	     * They get expanded properly when we execute.
+	     */
+	    if (gn->uname == NULL) {
+		gn->uname = gn->name;
+	    } else {
+		free(gn->name);
+	    }
+	    gn->name = Var_Subst(NULL, gn->uname, pgn, VARF_WANTRES);
+	    if (gn->name && gn->uname && strcmp(gn->name, gn->uname) != 0) {
+		/* See if we have a target for this node. */
+		tgn = Targ_FindNode(gn->name, TARG_NOCREATE);
+		if (tgn != NULL)
+		    gn = tgn;
+	    }
+
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(pgn->children, gn);
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->parents, pgn);
+	    pgn->unmade += 1;
+	}
+	Lst_Close(cgn->children);
+    }
+
+    pgn->type |= cgn->type & ~(OP_OPMASK|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_TRANSFORM);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeHandleUse --
+ *	Callback function for Lst_ForEach, used by Make_Run on the downward
+ *	pass to handle .USE nodes. Should be called before the children
+ *	are enqueued to be looked at by MakeAddChild.
+ *	This function calls Make_HandleUse to copy the .USE node's commands,
+ *	type flags and children to the parent node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cgnp		the child we've just examined
+ *	pgnp		the current parent
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	After expansion, .USE child nodes are removed from the parent
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeHandleUse(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+    GNode	*cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+    GNode	*pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+    LstNode	ln; 	/* An element in the children list */
+    int		unmarked;
+
+    unmarked = ((cgn->type & OP_MARK) == 0);
+    cgn->type |= OP_MARK;
+
+    if ((cgn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE)) == 0)
+	return (0);
+
+    if (unmarked)
+	Make_HandleUse(cgn, pgn);
+
+    /*
+     * This child node is now "made", so we decrement the count of
+     * unmade children in the parent... We also remove the child
+     * from the parent's list to accurately reflect the number of decent
+     * children the parent has. This is used by Make_Run to decide
+     * whether to queue the parent or examine its children...
+     */
+    if ((ln = Lst_Member(pgn->children, cgn)) != NULL) {
+	Lst_Remove(pgn->children, ln);
+	pgn->unmade--;
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_Recheck --
+ *	Check the modification time of a gnode, and update it as described
+ *	in the comments below.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	returns 0 if the gnode does not exist, or its filesystem
+ *	time if it does.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the gnode's modification time and path name are affected.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+time_t
+Make_Recheck(GNode *gn)
+{
+    time_t mtime = Dir_MTime(gn, 1);
+
+#ifndef RECHECK
+    /*
+     * We can't re-stat the thing, but we can at least take care of rules
+     * where a target depends on a source that actually creates the
+     * target, but only if it has changed, e.g.
+     *
+     * parse.h : parse.o
+     *
+     * parse.o : parse.y
+     *  	yacc -d parse.y
+     *  	cc -c y.tab.c
+     *  	mv y.tab.o parse.o
+     *  	cmp -s y.tab.h parse.h || mv y.tab.h parse.h
+     *
+     * In this case, if the definitions produced by yacc haven't changed
+     * from before, parse.h won't have been updated and gn->mtime will
+     * reflect the current modification time for parse.h. This is
+     * something of a kludge, I admit, but it's a useful one..
+     * XXX: People like to use a rule like
+     *
+     * FRC:
+     *
+     * To force things that depend on FRC to be made, so we have to
+     * check for gn->children being empty as well...
+     */
+    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands) || Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children)) {
+	gn->mtime = now;
+    }
+#else
+    /*
+     * This is what Make does and it's actually a good thing, as it
+     * allows rules like
+     *
+     *	cmp -s y.tab.h parse.h || cp y.tab.h parse.h
+     *
+     * to function as intended. Unfortunately, thanks to the stateless
+     * nature of NFS (by which I mean the loose coupling of two clients
+     * using the same file from a common server), there are times
+     * when the modification time of a file created on a remote
+     * machine will not be modified before the local stat() implied by
+     * the Dir_MTime occurs, thus leading us to believe that the file
+     * is unchanged, wreaking havoc with files that depend on this one.
+     *
+     * I have decided it is better to make too much than to make too
+     * little, so this stuff is commented out unless you're sure it's ok.
+     * -- ardeb 1/12/88
+     */
+    /*
+     * Christos, 4/9/92: If we are  saving commands pretend that
+     * the target is made now. Otherwise archives with ... rules
+     * don't work!
+     */
+    if (NoExecute(gn) || (gn->type & OP_SAVE_CMDS) ||
+	    (mtime == 0 && !(gn->type & OP_WAIT))) {
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, " recheck(%s): update time from %s to now\n",
+		   gn->name, Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime));
+	}
+	gn->mtime = now;
+    }
+    else {
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, " recheck(%s): current update time: %s\n",
+		   gn->name, Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime));
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    return mtime;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_Update  --
+ *	Perform update on the parents of a node. Used by JobFinish once
+ *	a node has been dealt with and by MakeStartJobs if it finds an
+ *	up-to-date node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cgn		the child node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The unmade field of pgn is decremented and pgn may be placed on
+ *	the toBeMade queue if this field becomes 0.
+ *
+ * 	If the child was made, the parent's flag CHILDMADE field will be
+ *	set true.
+ *
+ *	If the child is not up-to-date and still does not exist,
+ *	set the FORCE flag on the parents.
+ *
+ *	If the child wasn't made, the cmgn field of the parent will be
+ *	altered if the child's mtime is big enough.
+ *
+ *	Finally, if the child is the implied source for the parent, the
+ *	parent's IMPSRC variable is set appropriately.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_Update(GNode *cgn)
+{
+    GNode 	*pgn;	/* the parent node */
+    char  	*cname;	/* the child's name */
+    LstNode	ln; 	/* Element in parents and iParents lists */
+    time_t	mtime = -1;
+    char	*p1;
+    Lst		parents;
+    GNode	*centurion;
+
+    /* It is save to re-examine any nodes again */
+    checked++;
+
+    cname = Var_Value(TARGET, cgn, &p1);
+    free(p1);
+
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Make_Update: %s%s\n", cgn->name, cgn->cohort_num);
+
+    /*
+     * If the child was actually made, see what its modification time is
+     * now -- some rules won't actually update the file. If the file still
+     * doesn't exist, make its mtime now.
+     */
+    if (cgn->made != UPTODATE) {
+	mtime = Make_Recheck(cgn);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If this is a `::' node, we must consult its first instance
+     * which is where all parents are linked.
+     */
+    if ((centurion = cgn->centurion) != NULL) {
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty(cgn->parents))
+		Punt("%s%s: cohort has parents", cgn->name, cgn->cohort_num);
+	centurion->unmade_cohorts -= 1;
+	if (centurion->unmade_cohorts < 0)
+	    Error("Graph cycles through centurion %s", centurion->name);
+    } else {
+	centurion = cgn;
+    }
+    parents = centurion->parents;
+
+    /* If this was a .ORDER node, schedule the RHS */
+    Lst_ForEach(centurion->order_succ, MakeBuildParent, Lst_First(toBeMade));
+
+    /* Now mark all the parents as having one less unmade child */
+    if (Lst_Open(parents) == SUCCESS) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(parents)) != NULL) {
+	    pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "inspect parent %s%s: flags %x, "
+			    "type %x, made %d, unmade %d ",
+			pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num, pgn->flags,
+			pgn->type, pgn->made, pgn->unmade-1);
+
+	    if (!(pgn->flags & REMAKE)) {
+		/* This parent isn't needed */
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "- not needed\n");
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (mtime == 0 && !(cgn->type & OP_WAIT))
+		pgn->flags |= FORCE;
+
+	    /*
+	     * If the parent has the .MADE attribute, its timestamp got
+	     * updated to that of its newest child, and its unmake
+	     * child count got set to zero in Make_ExpandUse().
+	     * However other things might cause us to build one of its
+	     * children - and so we mustn't do any processing here when
+	     * the child build finishes.
+	     */
+	    if (pgn->type & OP_MADE) {
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "- .MADE\n");
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    if ( ! (cgn->type & (OP_EXEC|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE))) {
+		if (cgn->made == MADE)
+		    pgn->flags |= CHILDMADE;
+		(void)Make_TimeStamp(pgn, cgn);
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * A parent must wait for the completion of all instances
+	     * of a `::' dependency.
+	     */
+	    if (centurion->unmade_cohorts != 0 || centurion->made < MADE) {
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		    fprintf(debug_file,
+			    "- centurion made %d, %d unmade cohorts\n",
+			    centurion->made, centurion->unmade_cohorts);
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    /* One more child of this parent is now made */
+	    pgn->unmade -= 1;
+	    if (pgn->unmade < 0) {
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "Graph cycles through %s%s\n",
+			pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num);
+		    Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+		}
+		Error("Graph cycles through %s%s", pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num);
+	    }
+
+	    /* We must always rescan the parents of .WAIT and .ORDER nodes. */
+	    if (pgn->unmade != 0 && !(centurion->type & OP_WAIT)
+		    && !(centurion->flags & DONE_ORDER)) {
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "- unmade children\n");
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (pgn->made != DEFERRED) {
+		/*
+		 * Either this parent is on a different branch of the tree,
+		 * or it on the RHS of a .WAIT directive
+		 * or it is already on the toBeMade list.
+		 */
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "- not deferred\n");
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (pgn->order_pred
+		    && Lst_ForEach(pgn->order_pred, MakeCheckOrder, 0)) {
+		/* A .ORDER rule stops us building this */
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		static int two = 2;
+		fprintf(debug_file, "- %s%s made, schedule %s%s (made %d)\n",
+			cgn->name, cgn->cohort_num,
+			pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num, pgn->made);
+		Targ_PrintNode(pgn, &two);
+	    }
+	    /* Ok, we can schedule the parent again */
+	    pgn->made = REQUESTED;
+	    (void)Lst_EnQueue(toBeMade, pgn);
+	}
+	Lst_Close(parents);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set the .PREFIX and .IMPSRC variables for all the implied parents
+     * of this node.
+     */
+    if (Lst_Open(cgn->iParents) == SUCCESS) {
+	char	*cpref = Var_Value(PREFIX, cgn, &p1);
+
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(cgn->iParents)) != NULL) {
+	    pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (pgn->flags & REMAKE) {
+		Var_Set(IMPSRC, cname, pgn, 0);
+		if (cpref != NULL)
+		    Var_Set(PREFIX, cpref, pgn, 0);
+	    }
+	}
+	free(p1);
+	Lst_Close(cgn->iParents);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeAddAllSrc --
+ *	Add a child's name to the ALLSRC and OODATE variables of the given
+ *	node. Called from Make_DoAllVar via Lst_ForEach. A child is added only
+ *	if it has not been given the .EXEC, .USE or .INVISIBLE attributes.
+ *	.EXEC and .USE children are very rarely going to be files, so...
+ *	If the child is a .JOIN node, its ALLSRC is propagated to the parent.
+ *
+ *	A child is added to the OODATE variable if its modification time is
+ *	later than that of its parent, as defined by Make, except if the
+ *	parent is a .JOIN node. In that case, it is only added to the OODATE
+ *	variable if it was actually made (since .JOIN nodes don't have
+ *	modification times, the comparison is rather unfair...)..
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The ALLSRC variable for the given node is extended.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeUnmark(void *cgnp, void *pgnp MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode	*cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+
+    cgn->type &= ~OP_MARK;
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Input:
+ *	cgnp		The child to add
+ *	pgnp		The parent to whose ALLSRC variable it should
+ *			be added
+ *
+ */
+static int
+MakeAddAllSrc(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+    GNode	*cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+    GNode	*pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+    if (cgn->type & OP_MARK)
+	return (0);
+    cgn->type |= OP_MARK;
+
+    if ((cgn->type & (OP_EXEC|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_INVISIBLE)) == 0) {
+	char *child, *allsrc;
+	char *p1 = NULL, *p2 = NULL;
+
+	if (cgn->type & OP_ARCHV)
+	    child = Var_Value(MEMBER, cgn, &p1);
+	else
+	    child = cgn->path ? cgn->path : cgn->name;
+	if (cgn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+	    allsrc = Var_Value(ALLSRC, cgn, &p2);
+	} else {
+	    allsrc = child;
+	}
+	if (allsrc != NULL)
+		Var_Append(ALLSRC, allsrc, pgn);
+	free(p2);
+	if (pgn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+	    if (cgn->made == MADE) {
+		Var_Append(OODATE, child, pgn);
+	    }
+	} else if ((pgn->mtime < cgn->mtime) ||
+		   (cgn->mtime >= now && cgn->made == MADE))
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * It goes in the OODATE variable if the parent is younger than the
+	     * child or if the child has been modified more recently than
+	     * the start of the make. This is to keep pmake from getting
+	     * confused if something else updates the parent after the
+	     * make starts (shouldn't happen, I know, but sometimes it
+	     * does). In such a case, if we've updated the kid, the parent
+	     * is likely to have a modification time later than that of
+	     * the kid and anything that relies on the OODATE variable will
+	     * be hosed.
+	     *
+	     * XXX: This will cause all made children to go in the OODATE
+	     * variable, even if they're not touched, if RECHECK isn't defined,
+	     * since cgn->mtime is set to now in Make_Update. According to
+	     * some people, this is good...
+	     */
+	    Var_Append(OODATE, child, pgn);
+	}
+	free(p1);
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_DoAllVar --
+ *	Set up the ALLSRC and OODATE variables. Sad to say, it must be
+ *	done separately, rather than while traversing the graph. This is
+ *	because Make defined OODATE to contain all sources whose modification
+ *	times were later than that of the target, *not* those sources that
+ *	were out-of-date. Since in both compatibility and native modes,
+ *	the modification time of the parent isn't found until the child
+ *	has been dealt with, we have to wait until now to fill in the
+ *	variable. As for ALLSRC, the ordering is important and not
+ *	guaranteed when in native mode, so it must be set here, too.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The ALLSRC and OODATE variables of the given node is filled in.
+ *	If the node is a .JOIN node, its TARGET variable will be set to
+ * 	match its ALLSRC variable.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_DoAllVar(GNode *gn)
+{
+    if (gn->flags & DONE_ALLSRC)
+	return;
+    
+    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeUnmark, gn);
+    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeAddAllSrc, gn);
+
+    if (!Var_Exists (OODATE, gn)) {
+	Var_Set(OODATE, "", gn, 0);
+    }
+    if (!Var_Exists (ALLSRC, gn)) {
+	Var_Set(ALLSRC, "", gn, 0);
+    }
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+	char *p1;
+	Var_Set(TARGET, Var_Value(ALLSRC, gn, &p1), gn, 0);
+	free(p1);
+    }
+    gn->flags |= DONE_ALLSRC;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeStartJobs --
+ *	Start as many jobs as possible.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	If the query flag was given to pmake, no job will be started,
+ *	but as soon as an out-of-date target is found, this function
+ *	returns TRUE. At all other times, this function returns FALSE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Nodes are removed from the toBeMade queue and job table slots
+ *	are filled.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+MakeCheckOrder(void *v_bn, void *ignore MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode *bn = v_bn;
+
+    if (bn->made >= MADE || !(bn->flags & REMAKE))
+	return 0;
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "MakeCheckOrder: Waiting for .ORDER node %s%s\n",
+		bn->name, bn->cohort_num);
+    return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+MakeBuildChild(void *v_cn, void *toBeMade_next)
+{
+    GNode *cn = v_cn;
+
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "MakeBuildChild: inspect %s%s, made %d, type %x\n",
+	    cn->name, cn->cohort_num, cn->made, cn->type);
+    if (cn->made > DEFERRED)
+	return 0;
+
+    /* If this node is on the RHS of a .ORDER, check LHSs. */
+    if (cn->order_pred && Lst_ForEach(cn->order_pred, MakeCheckOrder, 0)) {
+	/* Can't build this (or anything else in this child list) yet */
+	cn->made = DEFERRED;
+	return 0;			/* but keep looking */
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "MakeBuildChild: schedule %s%s\n",
+		cn->name, cn->cohort_num);
+
+    cn->made = REQUESTED;
+    if (toBeMade_next == NULL)
+	Lst_AtEnd(toBeMade, cn);
+    else
+	Lst_InsertBefore(toBeMade, toBeMade_next, cn);
+
+    if (cn->unmade_cohorts != 0)
+	Lst_ForEach(cn->cohorts, MakeBuildChild, toBeMade_next);
+
+    /*
+     * If this node is a .WAIT node with unmade chlidren
+     * then don't add the next sibling.
+     */
+    return cn->type & OP_WAIT && cn->unmade > 0;
+}
+
+/* When a .ORDER LHS node completes we do this on each RHS */
+static int
+MakeBuildParent(void *v_pn, void *toBeMade_next)
+{
+    GNode *pn = v_pn;
+
+    if (pn->made != DEFERRED)
+	return 0;
+
+    if (MakeBuildChild(pn, toBeMade_next) == 0) {
+	/* Mark so that when this node is built we reschedule its parents */
+	pn->flags |= DONE_ORDER;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+MakeStartJobs(void)
+{
+    GNode	*gn;
+    int		have_token = 0;
+
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty (toBeMade)) {
+	/* Get token now to avoid cycling job-list when we only have 1 token */
+	if (!have_token && !Job_TokenWithdraw())
+	    break;
+	have_token = 1;
+
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(toBeMade);
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Examining %s%s...\n",
+		    gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+
+	if (gn->made != REQUESTED) {
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "state %d\n", gn->made);
+
+	    make_abort(gn, __LINE__);
+	}
+
+	if (gn->checked == checked) {
+	    /* We've already looked at this node since a job finished... */
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "already checked %s%s\n",
+			gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	    gn->made = DEFERRED;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	gn->checked = checked;
+
+	if (gn->unmade != 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * We can't build this yet, add all unmade children to toBeMade,
+	     * just before the current first element.
+	     */
+	    gn->made = DEFERRED;
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeBuildChild, Lst_First(toBeMade));
+	    /* and drop this node on the floor */
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "dropped %s%s\n", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	gn->made = BEINGMADE;
+	if (Make_OODate(gn)) {
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "out-of-date\n");
+	    }
+	    if (queryFlag) {
+		return (TRUE);
+	    }
+	    Make_DoAllVar(gn);
+	    Job_Make(gn);
+	    have_token = 0;
+	} else {
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "up-to-date\n");
+	    }
+	    gn->made = UPTODATE;
+	    if (gn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+		/*
+		 * Even for an up-to-date .JOIN node, we need it to have its
+		 * context variables so references to it get the correct
+		 * value for .TARGET when building up the context variables
+		 * of its parent(s)...
+		 */
+		Make_DoAllVar(gn);
+	    }
+	    Make_Update(gn);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (have_token)
+	Job_TokenReturn();
+
+    return (FALSE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakePrintStatus --
+ *	Print the status of a top-level node, viz. it being up-to-date
+ *	already or not created due to an error in a lower level.
+ *	Callback function for Make_Run via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		Node to examine
+ *	cyclep		True if gn->unmade being non-zero implies a
+ *			cycle in the graph, not an error in an
+ *			inferior.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A message may be printed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakePrintStatusOrder(void *ognp, void *gnp)
+{
+    GNode *ogn = ognp;
+    GNode *gn = gnp;
+
+    if (!(ogn->flags & REMAKE) || ogn->made > REQUESTED)
+	/* not waiting for this one */
+	return 0;
+
+    printf("    `%s%s' has .ORDER dependency against %s%s "
+		"(made %d, flags %x, type %x)\n",
+	    gn->name, gn->cohort_num,
+	    ogn->name, ogn->cohort_num, ogn->made, ogn->flags, ogn->type);
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE) && debug_file != stdout)
+	fprintf(debug_file, "    `%s%s' has .ORDER dependency against %s%s "
+		    "(made %d, flags %x, type %x)\n",
+		gn->name, gn->cohort_num,
+		ogn->name, ogn->cohort_num, ogn->made, ogn->flags, ogn->type);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MakePrintStatus(void *gnp, void *v_errors)
+{
+    GNode   	*gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    int 	*errors = v_errors;
+
+    if (gn->flags & DONECYCLE)
+	/* We've completely processed this node before, don't do it again. */
+	return 0;
+
+    if (gn->unmade == 0) {
+	gn->flags |= DONECYCLE;
+	switch (gn->made) {
+	case UPTODATE:
+	    printf("`%s%s' is up to date.\n", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	    break;
+	case MADE:
+	    break;
+	case UNMADE:
+	case DEFERRED:
+	case REQUESTED:
+	case BEINGMADE:
+	    (*errors)++;
+	    printf("`%s%s' was not built (made %d, flags %x, type %x)!\n",
+		    gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->made, gn->flags, gn->type);
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE) && debug_file != stdout)
+		fprintf(debug_file,
+			"`%s%s' was not built (made %d, flags %x, type %x)!\n",
+			gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->made, gn->flags, gn->type);
+	    /* Most likely problem is actually caused by .ORDER */
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->order_pred, MakePrintStatusOrder, gn);
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    /* Errors - already counted */
+	    printf("`%s%s' not remade because of errors.\n",
+		    gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE) && debug_file != stdout)
+		fprintf(debug_file, "`%s%s' not remade because of errors.\n",
+			gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	    break;
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "MakePrintStatus: %s%s has %d unmade children\n",
+		gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->unmade);
+    /*
+     * If printing cycles and came to one that has unmade children,
+     * print out the cycle by recursing on its children.
+     */
+    if (!(gn->flags & CYCLE)) {
+	/* Fist time we've seen this node, check all children */
+	gn->flags |= CYCLE;
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakePrintStatus, errors);
+	/* Mark that this node needn't be processed again */
+	gn->flags |= DONECYCLE;
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Only output the error once per node */
+    gn->flags |= DONECYCLE;
+    Error("Graph cycles through `%s%s'", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+    if ((*errors)++ > 100)
+	/* Abandon the whole error report */
+	return 1;
+
+    /* Reporting for our children will give the rest of the loop */
+    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakePrintStatus, errors);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_ExpandUse --
+ *	Expand .USE nodes and create a new targets list
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	targs		the initial list of targets
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_ExpandUse(Lst targs)
+{
+    GNode  *gn;		/* a temporary pointer */
+    Lst    examine; 	/* List of targets to examine */
+
+    examine = Lst_Duplicate(targs, NULL);
+
+    /*
+     * Make an initial downward pass over the graph, marking nodes to be made
+     * as we go down. We call Suff_FindDeps to find where a node is and
+     * to get some children for it if it has none and also has no commands.
+     * If the node is a leaf, we stick it on the toBeMade queue to
+     * be looked at in a minute, otherwise we add its children to our queue
+     * and go on about our business.
+     */
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty (examine)) {
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(examine);
+    
+	if (gn->flags & REMAKE)
+	    /* We've looked at this one already */
+	    continue;
+	gn->flags |= REMAKE;
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Make_ExpandUse: examine %s%s\n",
+		    gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+
+	if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts)) {
+	    /* Append all the 'cohorts' to the list of things to examine */
+	    Lst new;
+	    new = Lst_Duplicate(gn->cohorts, NULL);
+	    Lst_Concat(new, examine, LST_CONCLINK);
+	    examine = new;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Apply any .USE rules before looking for implicit dependencies
+	 * to make sure everything has commands that should...
+	 * Make sure that the TARGET is set, so that we can make
+	 * expansions.
+	 */
+	if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	    char *eoa, *eon;
+	    eoa = strchr(gn->name, '(');
+	    eon = strchr(gn->name, ')');
+	    if (eoa == NULL || eon == NULL)
+		continue;
+	    *eoa = '\0';
+	    *eon = '\0';
+	    Var_Set(MEMBER, eoa + 1, gn, 0);
+	    Var_Set(ARCHIVE, gn->name, gn, 0);
+	    *eoa = '(';
+	    *eon = ')';
+	}
+
+	(void)Dir_MTime(gn, 0);
+	Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, gn, 0);
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeUnmark, gn);
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeHandleUse, gn);
+
+	if ((gn->type & OP_MADE) == 0)
+	    Suff_FindDeps(gn);
+	else {
+	    /* Pretend we made all this node's children */
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeFindChild, gn);
+	    if (gn->unmade != 0)
+		    printf("Warning: %s%s still has %d unmade children\n",
+			    gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->unmade);
+	}
+
+	if (gn->unmade != 0)
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeAddChild, examine);
+    }
+
+    Lst_Destroy(examine, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_ProcessWait --
+ *	Convert .WAIT nodes into dependencies
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	targs		the initial list of targets
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+link_parent(void *cnp, void *pnp)
+{
+    GNode *cn = cnp;
+    GNode *pn = pnp;
+
+    Lst_AtEnd(pn->children, cn);
+    Lst_AtEnd(cn->parents, pn);
+    pn->unmade++;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+add_wait_dep(void *v_cn, void *v_wn)
+{
+    GNode *cn = v_cn;
+    GNode *wn = v_wn;
+
+    if (cn == wn)
+	return 1;
+
+    if (cn == NULL || wn == NULL) {
+	printf("bad wait dep %p %p\n", cn, wn);
+	exit(4);
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	 fprintf(debug_file, ".WAIT: add dependency %s%s -> %s\n",
+		cn->name, cn->cohort_num, wn->name);
+
+    Lst_AtEnd(wn->children, cn);
+    wn->unmade++;
+    Lst_AtEnd(cn->parents, wn);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+Make_ProcessWait(Lst targs)
+{
+    GNode  *pgn;	/* 'parent' node we are examining */
+    GNode  *cgn;	/* Each child in turn */
+    LstNode owln;	/* Previous .WAIT node */
+    Lst    examine; 	/* List of targets to examine */
+    LstNode ln;
+
+    /*
+     * We need all the nodes to have a common parent in order for the
+     * .WAIT and .ORDER scheduling to work.
+     * Perhaps this should be done earlier...
+     */
+
+    pgn = Targ_NewGN(".MAIN");
+    pgn->flags = REMAKE;
+    pgn->type = OP_PHONY | OP_DEPENDS;
+    /* Get it displayed in the diag dumps */
+    Lst_AtFront(Targ_List(), pgn);
+
+    Lst_ForEach(targs, link_parent, pgn);
+
+    /* Start building with the 'dummy' .MAIN' node */
+    MakeBuildChild(pgn, NULL);
+
+    examine = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Lst_AtEnd(examine, pgn);
+
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty (examine)) {
+	pgn = Lst_DeQueue(examine);
+   
+	/* We only want to process each child-list once */
+	if (pgn->flags & DONE_WAIT)
+	    continue;
+	pgn->flags |= DONE_WAIT;
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Make_ProcessWait: examine %s\n", pgn->name);
+
+	if ((pgn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (pgn->cohorts)) {
+	    /* Append all the 'cohorts' to the list of things to examine */
+	    Lst new;
+	    new = Lst_Duplicate(pgn->cohorts, NULL);
+	    Lst_Concat(new, examine, LST_CONCLINK);
+	    examine = new;
+	}
+
+	owln = Lst_First(pgn->children);
+	Lst_Open(pgn->children);
+	for (; (ln = Lst_Next(pgn->children)) != NULL; ) {
+	    cgn = Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (cgn->type & OP_WAIT) {
+		/* Make the .WAIT node depend on the previous children */
+		Lst_ForEachFrom(pgn->children, owln, add_wait_dep, cgn);
+		owln = ln;
+	    } else {
+		Lst_AtEnd(examine, cgn);
+	    }
+	}
+	Lst_Close(pgn->children);
+    }
+
+    Lst_Destroy(examine, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_Run --
+ *	Initialize the nodes to remake and the list of nodes which are
+ *	ready to be made by doing a breadth-first traversal of the graph
+ *	starting from the nodes in the given list. Once this traversal
+ *	is finished, all the 'leaves' of the graph are in the toBeMade
+ *	queue.
+ *	Using this queue and the Job module, work back up the graph,
+ *	calling on MakeStartJobs to keep the job table as full as
+ *	possible.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	targs		the initial list of targets
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if work was done. FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The make field of all nodes involved in the creation of the given
+ *	targets is set to 1. The toBeMade list is set to contain all the
+ *	'leaves' of these subgraphs.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Make_Run(Lst targs)
+{
+    int	    	    errors; 	/* Number of errors the Job module reports */
+
+    /* Start trying to make the current targets... */
+    toBeMade = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    Make_ExpandUse(targs);
+    Make_ProcessWait(targs);
+
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	 fprintf(debug_file, "#***# full graph\n");
+	 Targ_PrintGraph(1);
+    }
+
+    if (queryFlag) {
+	/*
+	 * We wouldn't do any work unless we could start some jobs in the
+	 * next loop... (we won't actually start any, of course, this is just
+	 * to see if any of the targets was out of date)
+	 */
+	return (MakeStartJobs());
+    }
+    /*
+     * Initialization. At the moment, no jobs are running and until some
+     * get started, nothing will happen since the remaining upward
+     * traversal of the graph is performed by the routines in job.c upon
+     * the finishing of a job. So we fill the Job table as much as we can
+     * before going into our loop.
+     */
+    (void)MakeStartJobs();
+
+    /*
+     * Main Loop: The idea here is that the ending of jobs will take
+     * care of the maintenance of data structures and the waiting for output
+     * will cause us to be idle most of the time while our children run as
+     * much as possible. Because the job table is kept as full as possible,
+     * the only time when it will be empty is when all the jobs which need
+     * running have been run, so that is the end condition of this loop.
+     * Note that the Job module will exit if there were any errors unless the
+     * keepgoing flag was given.
+     */
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty(toBeMade) || jobTokensRunning > 0) {
+	Job_CatchOutput();
+	(void)MakeStartJobs();
+    }
+
+    errors = Job_Finish();
+
+    /*
+     * Print the final status of each target. E.g. if it wasn't made
+     * because some inferior reported an error.
+     */
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	 fprintf(debug_file, "done: errors %d\n", errors);
+    if (errors == 0) {
+	Lst_ForEach(targs, MakePrintStatus, &errors);
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "done: errors %d\n", errors);
+	    if (errors)
+		Targ_PrintGraph(4);
+	}
+    }
+    return errors != 0;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/make.h b/usr.bin/make/make.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53e1895
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/make.h
@@ -0,0 +1,535 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: make.h,v 1.104 2018/02/12 21:38:09 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)make.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 6/13/95
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)make.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 6/13/95
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * make.h --
+ *	The global definitions for pmake
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MAKE_H_
+#define _MAKE_H_
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+# include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
+#define FD_CLOEXEC 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#define	MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(x, y)						\
+	((__GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) ||			\
+	 (__GNUC__ > (x)))
+#else /* defined(__GNUC__) */
+#define	MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(x, y)	0
+#endif /* defined(__GNUC__) */
+
+#if MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 7)
+#define	MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED	__attribute__((__unused__))
+#else
+#define	MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED	/* delete */
+#endif
+
+#if MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 5)
+#define	MAKE_ATTR_DEAD		__attribute__((__noreturn__))
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#define	MAKE_ATTR_DEAD		__volatile
+#else
+#define	MAKE_ATTR_DEAD		/* delete */
+#endif
+
+#if MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 7)
+#define MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(fmtarg, firstvararg)	\
+	    __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__, fmtarg, firstvararg)))
+#else
+#define MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(fmtarg, firstvararg)	/* delete */
+#endif
+
+#include "sprite.h"
+#include "lst.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "config.h"
+#include "buf.h"
+#include "make_malloc.h"
+
+/*-
+ * The structure for an individual graph node. Each node has several
+ * pieces of data associated with it.
+ *	1) the name of the target it describes
+ *	2) the location of the target file in the file system.
+ *	3) the type of operator used to define its sources (qv. parse.c)
+ *	4) whether it is involved in this invocation of make
+ *	5) whether the target has been remade
+ *	6) whether any of its children has been remade
+ *	7) the number of its children that are, as yet, unmade
+ *	8) its modification time
+ *	9) the modification time of its youngest child (qv. make.c)
+ *	10) a list of nodes for which this is a source (parents)
+ *	11) a list of nodes on which this depends (children)
+ *	12) a list of nodes that depend on this, as gleaned from the
+ *	    transformation rules (iParents)
+ *	13) a list of ancestor nodes, which includes parents, iParents,
+ *	    and recursive parents of parents
+ *	14) a list of nodes of the same name created by the :: operator
+ *	15) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) before
+ *	    this node can be, but that do not enter into the datedness of
+ *	    this node.
+ *	16) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) before
+ *	    this node or any child of this node can be, but that do not
+ *	    enter into the datedness of this node.
+ *	17) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) after
+ *	    this node is, but that do not depend on this node, in the
+ *	    normal sense.
+ *	18) a Lst of ``local'' variables that are specific to this target
+ *	   and this target only (qv. var.c [$@ $< $?, etc.])
+ *	19) a Lst of strings that are commands to be given to a shell
+ *	   to create this target.
+ */
+typedef struct GNode {
+    char            *name;     	/* The target's name */
+    char            *uname;    	/* The unexpanded name of a .USE node */
+    char    	    *path;     	/* The full pathname of the file */
+    int             type;      	/* Its type (see the OP flags, below) */
+
+    int             flags;
+#define REMAKE		0x1    	/* this target needs to be (re)made */
+#define	CHILDMADE	0x2	/* children of this target were made */
+#define FORCE		0x4	/* children don't exist, and we pretend made */
+#define DONE_WAIT	0x8	/* Set by Make_ProcessWait() */
+#define DONE_ORDER	0x10	/* Build requested by .ORDER processing */
+#define FROM_DEPEND	0x20	/* Node created from .depend */
+#define DONE_ALLSRC	0x40	/* We do it once only */
+#define CYCLE		0x1000  /* Used by MakePrintStatus */
+#define DONECYCLE	0x2000  /* Used by MakePrintStatus */
+#define INTERNAL	0x4000	/* Internal use only */
+    enum enum_made {
+	UNMADE, DEFERRED, REQUESTED, BEINGMADE,
+	MADE, UPTODATE, ERROR, ABORTED
+    }	    	    made;    	/* Set to reflect the state of processing
+				 * on this node:
+				 *  UNMADE - Not examined yet
+				 *  DEFERRED - Examined once (building child)
+				 *  REQUESTED - on toBeMade list
+				 *  BEINGMADE - Target is already being made.
+				 *  	Indicates a cycle in the graph.
+				 *  MADE - Was out-of-date and has been made
+				 *  UPTODATE - Was already up-to-date
+				 *  ERROR - An error occurred while it was being
+				 *  	made (used only in compat mode)
+				 *  ABORTED - The target was aborted due to
+				 *  	an error making an inferior (compat).
+				 */
+    int             unmade;    	/* The number of unmade children */
+
+    time_t          mtime;     	/* Its modification time */
+    struct GNode    *cmgn;    	/* The youngest child */
+
+    Lst     	    iParents;  	/* Links to parents for which this is an
+				 * implied source, if any */
+    Lst	    	    cohorts;  	/* Other nodes for the :: operator */
+    Lst             parents;   	/* Nodes that depend on this one */
+    Lst             children;  	/* Nodes on which this one depends */
+    Lst             order_pred;	/* .ORDER nodes we need made */
+    Lst             order_succ;	/* .ORDER nodes who need us */
+
+    char	    cohort_num[8]; /* #n for this cohort */
+    int		    unmade_cohorts;/* # of unmade instances on the
+				      cohorts list */
+    struct GNode    *centurion;	/* Pointer to the first instance of a ::
+				   node; only set when on a cohorts list */
+    unsigned int    checked;    /* Last time we tried to makle this node */
+
+    Hash_Table      context;	/* The local variables */
+    Lst             commands;  	/* Creation commands */
+
+    struct _Suff    *suffix;	/* Suffix for the node (determined by
+				 * Suff_FindDeps and opaque to everyone
+				 * but the Suff module) */
+    const char	    *fname;	/* filename where the GNode got defined */
+    int		     lineno;	/* line number where the GNode got defined */
+} GNode;
+
+/*
+ * The OP_ constants are used when parsing a dependency line as a way of
+ * communicating to other parts of the program the way in which a target
+ * should be made. These constants are bitwise-OR'ed together and
+ * placed in the 'type' field of each node. Any node that has
+ * a 'type' field which satisfies the OP_NOP function was never never on
+ * the lefthand side of an operator, though it may have been on the
+ * righthand side...
+ */
+#define OP_DEPENDS	0x00000001  /* Execution of commands depends on
+				     * kids (:) */
+#define OP_FORCE	0x00000002  /* Always execute commands (!) */
+#define OP_DOUBLEDEP	0x00000004  /* Execution of commands depends on kids
+				     * per line (::) */
+#define OP_OPMASK	(OP_DEPENDS|OP_FORCE|OP_DOUBLEDEP)
+
+#define OP_OPTIONAL	0x00000008  /* Don't care if the target doesn't
+				     * exist and can't be created */
+#define OP_USE		0x00000010  /* Use associated commands for parents */
+#define OP_EXEC	  	0x00000020  /* Target is never out of date, but always
+				     * execute commands anyway. Its time
+				     * doesn't matter, so it has none...sort
+				     * of */
+#define OP_IGNORE	0x00000040  /* Ignore errors when creating the node */
+#define OP_PRECIOUS	0x00000080  /* Don't remove the target when
+				     * interrupted */
+#define OP_SILENT	0x00000100  /* Don't echo commands when executed */
+#define OP_MAKE		0x00000200  /* Target is a recursive make so its
+				     * commands should always be executed when
+				     * it is out of date, regardless of the
+				     * state of the -n or -t flags */
+#define OP_JOIN 	0x00000400  /* Target is out-of-date only if any of its
+				     * children was out-of-date */
+#define	OP_MADE		0x00000800  /* Assume the children of the node have
+				     * been already made */
+#define OP_SPECIAL	0x00001000  /* Special .BEGIN, .END, .INTERRUPT */
+#define	OP_USEBEFORE	0x00002000  /* Like .USE, only prepend commands */
+#define OP_INVISIBLE	0x00004000  /* The node is invisible to its parents.
+				     * I.e. it doesn't show up in the parents's
+				     * local variables. */
+#define OP_NOTMAIN	0x00008000  /* The node is exempt from normal 'main
+				     * target' processing in parse.c */
+#define OP_PHONY	0x00010000  /* Not a file target; run always */
+#define OP_NOPATH	0x00020000  /* Don't search for file in the path */
+#define OP_WAIT 	0x00040000  /* .WAIT phony node */
+#define OP_NOMETA	0x00080000  /* .NOMETA do not create a .meta file */
+#define OP_META		0x00100000  /* .META we _do_ want a .meta file */
+#define OP_NOMETA_CMP	0x00200000  /* Do not compare commands in .meta file */
+#define OP_SUBMAKE	0x00400000  /* Possibly a submake node */
+/* Attributes applied by PMake */
+#define OP_TRANSFORM	0x80000000  /* The node is a transformation rule */
+#define OP_MEMBER 	0x40000000  /* Target is a member of an archive */
+#define OP_LIB	  	0x20000000  /* Target is a library */
+#define OP_ARCHV  	0x10000000  /* Target is an archive construct */
+#define OP_HAS_COMMANDS	0x08000000  /* Target has all the commands it should.
+				     * Used when parsing to catch multiple
+				     * commands for a target */
+#define OP_SAVE_CMDS	0x04000000  /* Saving commands on .END (Compat) */
+#define OP_DEPS_FOUND	0x02000000  /* Already processed by Suff_FindDeps */
+#define	OP_MARK		0x01000000  /* Node found while expanding .ALLSRC */
+
+#define NoExecute(gn) ((gn->type & OP_MAKE) ? noRecursiveExecute : noExecute)
+/*
+ * OP_NOP will return TRUE if the node with the given type was not the
+ * object of a dependency operator
+ */
+#define OP_NOP(t)	(((t) & OP_OPMASK) == 0x00000000)
+
+#define OP_NOTARGET (OP_NOTMAIN|OP_USE|OP_EXEC|OP_TRANSFORM)
+
+/*
+ * The TARG_ constants are used when calling the Targ_FindNode and
+ * Targ_FindList functions in targ.c. They simply tell the functions what to
+ * do if the desired node(s) is (are) not found. If the TARG_CREATE constant
+ * is given, a new, empty node will be created for the target, placed in the
+ * table of all targets and its address returned. If TARG_NOCREATE is given,
+ * a NULL pointer will be returned.
+ */
+#define TARG_NOCREATE	0x00	  /* don't create it */
+#define TARG_CREATE	0x01	  /* create node if not found */
+#define TARG_NOHASH	0x02	  /* don't look in/add to hash table */
+
+/*
+ * These constants are all used by the Str_Concat function to decide how the
+ * final string should look. If STR_ADDSPACE is given, a space will be
+ * placed between the two strings. If STR_ADDSLASH is given, a '/' will
+ * be used instead of a space. If neither is given, no intervening characters
+ * will be placed between the two strings in the final output. If the
+ * STR_DOFREE bit is set, the two input strings will be freed before
+ * Str_Concat returns.
+ */
+#define STR_ADDSPACE	0x01	/* add a space when Str_Concat'ing */
+#define STR_ADDSLASH	0x02	/* add a slash when Str_Concat'ing */
+
+/*
+ * Error levels for parsing. PARSE_FATAL means the process cannot continue
+ * once the makefile has been parsed. PARSE_WARNING means it can. Passed
+ * as the first argument to Parse_Error.
+ */
+#define PARSE_INFO	3
+#define PARSE_WARNING	2
+#define PARSE_FATAL	1
+
+/*
+ * Values returned by Cond_Eval.
+ */
+#define COND_PARSE	0   	/* Parse the next lines */
+#define COND_SKIP 	1   	/* Skip the next lines */
+#define COND_INVALID	2   	/* Not a conditional statement */
+
+/*
+ * Definitions for the "local" variables. Used only for clarity.
+ */
+#define TARGET	  	  "@" 	/* Target of dependency */
+#define OODATE	  	  "?" 	/* All out-of-date sources */
+#define ALLSRC	  	  ">" 	/* All sources */
+#define IMPSRC	  	  "<" 	/* Source implied by transformation */
+#define PREFIX	  	  "*" 	/* Common prefix */
+#define ARCHIVE	  	  "!" 	/* Archive in "archive(member)" syntax */
+#define MEMBER	  	  "%" 	/* Member in "archive(member)" syntax */
+
+#define FTARGET           "@F"  /* file part of TARGET */
+#define DTARGET           "@D"  /* directory part of TARGET */
+#define FIMPSRC           "<F"  /* file part of IMPSRC */
+#define DIMPSRC           "<D"  /* directory part of IMPSRC */
+#define FPREFIX           "*F"  /* file part of PREFIX */
+#define DPREFIX           "*D"  /* directory part of PREFIX */
+
+/*
+ * Global Variables
+ */
+extern Lst  	create;	    	/* The list of target names specified on the
+				 * command line. used to resolve #if
+				 * make(...) statements */
+extern Lst     	dirSearchPath; 	/* The list of directories to search when
+				 * looking for targets */
+
+extern Boolean	compatMake;	/* True if we are make compatible */
+extern Boolean	ignoreErrors;  	/* True if should ignore all errors */
+extern Boolean  beSilent;    	/* True if should print no commands */
+extern Boolean  noExecute;    	/* True if should execute nothing */
+extern Boolean  noRecursiveExecute;    	/* True if should execute nothing */
+extern Boolean  allPrecious;   	/* True if every target is precious */
+extern Boolean  deleteOnError;	/* True if failed targets should be deleted */
+extern Boolean  keepgoing;    	/* True if should continue on unaffected
+				 * portions of the graph when have an error
+				 * in one portion */
+extern Boolean 	touchFlag;    	/* TRUE if targets should just be 'touched'
+				 * if out of date. Set by the -t flag */
+extern Boolean 	queryFlag;    	/* TRUE if we aren't supposed to really make
+				 * anything, just see if the targets are out-
+				 * of-date */
+extern Boolean	doing_depend;	/* TRUE if processing .depend */
+
+extern Boolean	checkEnvFirst;	/* TRUE if environment should be searched for
+				 * variables before the global context */
+extern Boolean	jobServer;	/* a jobServer already exists */
+
+extern Boolean	parseWarnFatal;	/* TRUE if makefile parsing warnings are
+				 * treated as errors */
+
+extern Boolean	varNoExportEnv;	/* TRUE if we should not export variables
+				 * set on the command line to the env. */
+
+extern GNode    *DEFAULT;    	/* .DEFAULT rule */
+
+extern GNode	*VAR_INTERNAL;	/* Variables defined internally by make
+				 * which should not override those set by
+				 * makefiles.
+				 */
+extern GNode    *VAR_GLOBAL;   	/* Variables defined in a global context, e.g
+				 * in the Makefile itself */
+extern GNode    *VAR_CMD;    	/* Variables defined on the command line */
+extern GNode	*VAR_FOR;	/* Iteration variables */
+extern char    	var_Error[];   	/* Value returned by Var_Parse when an error
+				 * is encountered. It actually points to
+				 * an empty string, so naive callers needn't
+				 * worry about it. */
+
+extern time_t 	now;	    	/* The time at the start of this whole
+				 * process */
+
+extern Boolean	oldVars;    	/* Do old-style variable substitution */
+
+extern Lst	sysIncPath;	/* The system include path. */
+extern Lst	defIncPath;	/* The default include path. */
+
+extern char	curdir[];	/* Startup directory */
+extern char	*progname;	/* The program name */
+extern char	*makeDependfile; /* .depend */
+extern char	**savedEnv;	 /* if we replaced environ this will be non-NULL */
+
+/*
+ * We cannot vfork() in a child of vfork().
+ * Most systems do not enforce this but some do.
+ */
+#define vFork() ((getpid() == myPid) ? vfork() : fork())
+extern pid_t	myPid;
+
+#define	MAKEFLAGS	".MAKEFLAGS"
+#define	MAKEOVERRIDES	".MAKEOVERRIDES"
+#define	MAKE_JOB_PREFIX	".MAKE.JOB.PREFIX" /* prefix for job target output */
+#define	MAKE_EXPORTED	".MAKE.EXPORTED"   /* variables we export */
+#define	MAKE_MAKEFILES	".MAKE.MAKEFILES"  /* all the makefiles we read */
+#define	MAKE_LEVEL	".MAKE.LEVEL"	   /* recursion level */
+#define MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE ".MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE"
+#define MAKE_DEPENDFILE	".MAKE.DEPENDFILE" /* .depend */
+#define MAKE_MODE	".MAKE.MODE"
+#ifndef MAKE_LEVEL_ENV
+# define MAKE_LEVEL_ENV	"MAKELEVEL"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * debug control:
+ *	There is one bit per module.  It is up to the module what debug
+ *	information to print.
+ */
+FILE *debug_file;		/* Output written here - default stdout */
+extern int debug;
+#define	DEBUG_ARCH	0x00001
+#define	DEBUG_COND	0x00002
+#define	DEBUG_DIR	0x00004
+#define	DEBUG_GRAPH1	0x00008
+#define	DEBUG_GRAPH2	0x00010
+#define	DEBUG_JOB	0x00020
+#define	DEBUG_MAKE	0x00040
+#define	DEBUG_SUFF	0x00080
+#define	DEBUG_TARG	0x00100
+#define	DEBUG_VAR	0x00200
+#define DEBUG_FOR	0x00400
+#define DEBUG_SHELL	0x00800
+#define DEBUG_ERROR	0x01000
+#define DEBUG_LOUD	0x02000
+#define DEBUG_META	0x04000
+
+#define DEBUG_GRAPH3	0x10000
+#define DEBUG_SCRIPT	0x20000
+#define DEBUG_PARSE	0x40000
+#define DEBUG_CWD	0x80000
+
+#define CONCAT(a,b)	a##b
+
+#define	DEBUG(module)	(debug & CONCAT(DEBUG_,module))
+
+#include "nonints.h"
+
+int Make_TimeStamp(GNode *, GNode *);
+Boolean Make_OODate(GNode *);
+void Make_ExpandUse(Lst);
+time_t Make_Recheck(GNode *);
+void Make_HandleUse(GNode *, GNode *);
+void Make_Update(GNode *);
+void Make_DoAllVar(GNode *);
+Boolean Make_Run(Lst);
+char * Check_Cwd_Cmd(const char *);
+void Check_Cwd(const char **);
+void PrintOnError(GNode *, const char *);
+void Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(Boolean);
+Boolean Main_SetObjdir(const char *, ...) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(1, 2);
+int mkTempFile(const char *, char **);
+int str2Lst_Append(Lst, char *, const char *);
+int cached_lstat(const char *, void *);
+int cached_stat(const char *, void *);
+
+#define	VARF_UNDEFERR	1
+#define	VARF_WANTRES	2
+#define	VARF_ASSIGN	4
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define UNCONST(ptr)	({ 		\
+    union __unconst {			\
+	const void *__cp;		\
+	void *__p;			\
+    } __d;				\
+    __d.__cp = ptr, __d.__p; })
+#else
+#define UNCONST(ptr)	(void *)(ptr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MIN
+#define MIN(a, b) ((a < b) ? a : b)
+#endif
+#ifndef MAX
+#define MAX(a, b) ((a > b) ? a : b)
+#endif
+
+/* At least GNU/Hurd systems lack hardcoded MAXPATHLEN/PATH_MAX */
+#include <limits.h>
+#ifndef MAXPATHLEN
+#define MAXPATHLEN	4096
+#endif
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+#define PATH_MAX	MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SYSV)
+#define KILLPG(pid, sig)	kill(-(pid), (sig))
+#else
+#define KILLPG(pid, sig)	killpg((pid), (sig))
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MAKE_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/make_malloc.c b/usr.bin/make/make_malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..035d519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/make_malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: make_malloc.c,v 1.11 2017/04/16 20:20:24 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef MAKE_NATIVE
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: make_malloc.c,v 1.11 2017/04/16 20:20:24 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+
+#ifndef USE_EMALLOC
+static MAKE_ATTR_DEAD void enomem(void);
+
+/*
+ * enomem --
+ *	die when out of memory.
+ */
+static MAKE_ATTR_DEAD void
+enomem(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(ENOMEM));
+	exit(2);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_malloc --
+ *	malloc, but die on error.
+ */
+void *
+bmake_malloc(size_t len)
+{
+	void *p;
+
+	if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		enomem();
+	return(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_strdup --
+ *	strdup, but die on error.
+ */
+char *
+bmake_strdup(const char *str)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	char *p;
+
+	len = strlen(str) + 1;
+	if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		enomem();
+	return memcpy(p, str, len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_strndup --
+ *	strndup, but die on error.
+ */
+char *
+bmake_strndup(const char *str, size_t max_len)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	char *p;
+
+	if (str == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	len = strlen(str);
+	if (len > max_len)
+		len = max_len;
+	p = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
+	memcpy(p, str, len);
+	p[len] = '\0';
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_realloc --
+ *	realloc, but die on error.
+ */
+void *
+bmake_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
+{
+	if ((ptr = realloc(ptr, size)) == NULL)
+		enomem();
+	return(ptr);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/make_malloc.h b/usr.bin/make/make_malloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36d3eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/make_malloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: make_malloc.h,v 1.4 2009/01/24 14:43:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef USE_EMALLOC
+void *bmake_malloc(size_t);
+void *bmake_realloc(void *, size_t);
+char *bmake_strdup(const char *);
+char *bmake_strndup(const char *, size_t);
+#else
+#include <util.h>
+#define bmake_malloc(x)         emalloc(x)
+#define bmake_realloc(x,y)      erealloc(x,y)
+#define bmake_strdup(x)         estrdup(x)
+#define bmake_strndup(x,y)      estrndup(x,y)
+#endif
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/meta.c b/usr.bin/make/meta.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a3f41d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/meta.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1641 @@
+/*      $NetBSD: meta.c,v 1.70 2018/02/13 19:37:30 sjg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Implement 'meta' mode.
+ * Adapted from John Birrell's patches to FreeBSD make.
+ * --sjg
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2016, Juniper Networks, Inc.
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 2009, John Birrell.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
+ * are met: 
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 
+ */
+#if defined(USE_META)
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) || defined(HAVE_ERR_H)
+#include <err.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "job.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FILEMON_H
+# include <filemon.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined(USE_FILEMON) && defined(FILEMON_SET_FD)
+# define USE_FILEMON
+#endif
+
+static BuildMon Mybm;			/* for compat */
+static Lst metaBailiwick;		/* our scope of control */
+static char *metaBailiwickStr;		/* string storage for the list */
+static Lst metaIgnorePaths;		/* paths we deliberately ignore */
+static char *metaIgnorePathsStr;	/* string storage for the list */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS
+#define MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS ".MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS"
+#endif
+#ifndef MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATTERNS
+#define MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATTERNS ".MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS"
+#endif
+#ifndef MAKE_META_IGNORE_FILTER
+#define MAKE_META_IGNORE_FILTER ".MAKE.META.IGNORE_FILTER"
+#endif
+
+Boolean useMeta = FALSE;
+static Boolean useFilemon = FALSE;
+static Boolean writeMeta = FALSE;
+static Boolean metaMissing = FALSE;	/* oodate if missing */
+static Boolean filemonMissing = FALSE;	/* oodate if missing */
+static Boolean metaEnv = FALSE;		/* don't save env unless asked */
+static Boolean metaVerbose = FALSE;
+static Boolean metaIgnoreCMDs = FALSE;	/* ignore CMDs in .meta files */
+static Boolean metaIgnorePatterns = FALSE; /* do we need to do pattern matches */
+static Boolean metaIgnoreFilter = FALSE;   /* do we have more complex filtering? */
+static Boolean metaCurdirOk = FALSE;	/* write .meta in .CURDIR Ok? */
+static Boolean metaSilent = FALSE;	/* if we have a .meta be SILENT */
+
+extern Boolean forceJobs;
+extern Boolean comatMake;
+extern char    **environ;
+
+#define	MAKE_META_PREFIX	".MAKE.META.PREFIX"
+
+#ifndef N2U
+# define N2U(n, u)   (((n) + ((u) - 1)) / (u))
+#endif
+#ifndef ROUNDUP
+# define ROUNDUP(n, u)   (N2U((n), (u)) * (u))
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_STRSEP)
+# define strsep(s, d) stresep((s), (d), 0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Filemon is a kernel module which snoops certain syscalls.
+ *
+ * C chdir
+ * E exec
+ * F [v]fork
+ * L [sym]link
+ * M rename
+ * R read
+ * W write
+ * S stat
+ *
+ * See meta_oodate below - we mainly care about 'E' and 'R'.
+ *
+ * We can still use meta mode without filemon, but 
+ * the benefits are more limited.
+ */
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON
+# ifndef _PATH_FILEMON
+#   define _PATH_FILEMON "/dev/filemon"
+# endif
+
+/*
+ * Open the filemon device.
+ */
+static void
+filemon_open(BuildMon *pbm)
+{
+    int retry;
+    
+    pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1;
+    if (!useFilemon)
+	return;
+
+    for (retry = 5; retry >= 0; retry--) {
+	if ((pbm->filemon_fd = open(_PATH_FILEMON, O_RDWR)) >= 0)
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    if (pbm->filemon_fd < 0) {
+	useFilemon = FALSE;
+	warn("Could not open %s", _PATH_FILEMON);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We use a file outside of '.'
+     * to avoid a FreeBSD kernel bug where unlink invalidates
+     * cwd causing getcwd to do a lot more work.
+     * We only care about the descriptor.
+     */
+    pbm->mon_fd = mkTempFile("filemon.XXXXXX", NULL);
+    if (ioctl(pbm->filemon_fd, FILEMON_SET_FD, &pbm->mon_fd) < 0) {
+	err(1, "Could not set filemon file descriptor!");
+    }
+    /* we don't need these once we exec */
+    (void)fcntl(pbm->mon_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+    (void)fcntl(pbm->filemon_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read the build monitor output file and write records to the target's
+ * metadata file.
+ */
+static int
+filemon_read(FILE *mfp, int fd)
+{
+    char buf[BUFSIZ];
+    int n;
+    int error;
+
+    /* Check if we're not writing to a meta data file.*/
+    if (mfp == NULL) {
+	if (fd >= 0)
+	    close(fd);			/* not interested */
+	return 0;
+    }
+    /* rewind */
+    (void)lseek(fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET);
+
+    error = 0;
+    fprintf(mfp, "\n-- filemon acquired metadata --\n");
+
+    while ((n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0) {
+	if ((int)fwrite(buf, 1, n, mfp) < n)
+	    error = EIO;
+    }
+    fflush(mfp);
+    if (close(fd) < 0)
+	error = errno;
+    return error;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * when realpath() fails,
+ * we use this, to clean up ./ and ../
+ */
+static void
+eat_dots(char *buf, size_t bufsz, int dots)
+{
+    char *cp;
+    char *cp2;
+    const char *eat;
+    size_t eatlen;
+
+    switch (dots) {
+    case 1:
+	eat = "/./";
+	eatlen = 2;
+	break;
+    case 2:
+	eat = "/../";
+	eatlen = 3;
+	break;
+    default:
+	return;
+    }
+    
+    do {
+	cp = strstr(buf, eat);
+	if (cp) {
+	    cp2 = cp + eatlen;
+	    if (dots == 2 && cp > buf) {
+		do {
+		    cp--;
+		} while (cp > buf && *cp != '/');
+	    }
+	    if (*cp == '/') {
+		strlcpy(cp, cp2, bufsz - (cp - buf));
+	    } else {
+		return;			/* can't happen? */
+	    }
+	}
+    } while (cp);
+}
+
+static char *
+meta_name(struct GNode *gn, char *mname, size_t mnamelen,
+	  const char *dname,
+	  const char *tname,
+	  const char *cwd)
+{
+    char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char *rp;
+    char *cp;
+    char *tp;
+    char *dtp;
+    size_t ldname;
+
+    /*
+     * Weed out relative paths from the target file name.
+     * We have to be careful though since if target is a
+     * symlink, the result will be unstable.
+     * So we use realpath() just to get the dirname, and leave the
+     * basename as given to us.
+     */
+    if ((cp = strrchr(tname, '/'))) {
+	if (cached_realpath(tname, buf)) {
+	    if ((rp = strrchr(buf, '/'))) {
+		rp++;
+		cp++;
+		if (strcmp(cp, rp) != 0)
+		    strlcpy(rp, cp, sizeof(buf) - (rp - buf));
+	    }
+	    tname = buf;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * We likely have a directory which is about to be made.
+	     * We pretend realpath() succeeded, to have a chance
+	     * of generating the same meta file name that we will
+	     * next time through.
+	     */
+	    if (tname[0] == '/') {
+		strlcpy(buf, tname, sizeof(buf));
+	    } else {
+		snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s", cwd, tname);
+	    }
+	    eat_dots(buf, sizeof(buf), 1);	/* ./ */
+	    eat_dots(buf, sizeof(buf), 2);	/* ../ */
+	    tname = buf;
+	}
+    }
+    /* on some systems dirname may modify its arg */
+    tp = bmake_strdup(tname);
+    dtp = dirname(tp);
+    if (strcmp(dname, dtp) == 0)
+	snprintf(mname, mnamelen, "%s.meta", tname);
+    else {
+	ldname = strlen(dname);
+	if (strncmp(dname, dtp, ldname) == 0 && dtp[ldname] == '/')
+	    snprintf(mname, mnamelen, "%s/%s.meta", dname, &tname[ldname+1]);
+	else
+	    snprintf(mname, mnamelen, "%s/%s.meta", dname, tname);
+
+	/*
+	 * Replace path separators in the file name after the
+	 * current object directory path.
+	 */
+	cp = mname + strlen(dname) + 1;
+
+	while (*cp != '\0') {
+	    if (*cp == '/')
+		*cp = '_';
+	    cp++;
+	}
+    }
+    free(tp);
+    return (mname);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return true if running ${.MAKE}
+ * Bypassed if target is flagged .MAKE
+ */
+static int
+is_submake(void *cmdp, void *gnp)
+{
+    static char *p_make = NULL;
+    static int p_len;
+    char  *cmd = cmdp;
+    GNode *gn = gnp;
+    char *mp = NULL;
+    char *cp;
+    char *cp2;
+    int rc = 0;				/* keep looking */
+
+    if (!p_make) {
+	p_make = Var_Value(".MAKE", gn, &cp);
+	p_len = strlen(p_make);
+    }
+    cp = strchr(cmd, '$');
+    if ((cp)) {
+	mp = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, VARF_WANTRES);
+	cmd = mp;
+    }
+    cp2 = strstr(cmd, p_make);
+    if ((cp2)) {
+	switch (cp2[p_len]) {
+	case '\0':
+	case ' ':
+	case '\t':
+	case '\n':
+	    rc = 1;
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (cp2 > cmd && rc > 0) {
+	    switch (cp2[-1]) {
+	    case ' ':
+	    case '\t':
+	    case '\n':
+		break;
+	    default:
+		rc = 0;			/* no match */
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    free(mp);
+    return (rc);
+}
+
+typedef struct meta_file_s {
+    FILE *fp;
+    GNode *gn;
+} meta_file_t;
+
+static int
+printCMD(void *cmdp, void *mfpp)
+{
+    meta_file_t *mfp = mfpp;
+    char *cmd = cmdp;
+    char *cp = NULL;
+
+    if (strchr(cmd, '$')) {
+	cmd = cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, mfp->gn, VARF_WANTRES);
+    }
+    fprintf(mfp->fp, "CMD %s\n", cmd);
+    free(cp);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Certain node types never get a .meta file
+ */
+#define SKIP_META_TYPE(_type) do { \
+    if ((gn->type & __CONCAT(OP_, _type))) {	\
+	if (verbose) { \
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .%s\n", \
+		    gn->name, __STRING(_type));		       \
+	} \
+	return FALSE; \
+    } \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/*
+ * Do we need/want a .meta file ?
+ */
+static Boolean
+meta_needed(GNode *gn, const char *dname, const char *tname,
+	     char *objdir, int verbose)
+{
+    struct stat fs;
+
+    if (verbose)
+	verbose = DEBUG(META);
+    
+    /* This may be a phony node which we don't want meta data for... */
+    /* Skip .meta for .BEGIN, .END, .ERROR etc as well. */
+    /* Or it may be explicitly flagged as .NOMETA */
+    SKIP_META_TYPE(NOMETA);
+    /* Unless it is explicitly flagged as .META */
+    if (!(gn->type & OP_META)) {
+	SKIP_META_TYPE(PHONY);
+	SKIP_META_TYPE(SPECIAL);
+	SKIP_META_TYPE(MAKE);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if there are no commands to execute. */
+    if (Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands)) {
+	if (verbose)
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: no commands\n",
+		    gn->name);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ((gn->type & (OP_META|OP_SUBMAKE)) == OP_SUBMAKE) {
+	/* OP_SUBMAKE is a bit too aggressive */
+	if (Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, is_submake, gn)) {
+	    if (DEBUG(META))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .SUBMAKE\n",
+			gn->name);
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* The object directory may not exist. Check it.. */
+    if (cached_stat(dname, &fs) != 0) {
+	if (verbose)
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: no .OBJDIR\n",
+		    gn->name);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /* make sure these are canonical */
+    if (cached_realpath(dname, objdir))
+	dname = objdir;
+
+    /* If we aren't in the object directory, don't create a meta file. */
+    if (!metaCurdirOk && strcmp(curdir, dname) == 0) {
+	if (verbose)
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .OBJDIR == .CURDIR\n",
+		    gn->name);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+    
+static FILE *
+meta_create(BuildMon *pbm, GNode *gn)
+{
+    meta_file_t mf;
+    char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char objdir[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char **ptr;
+    const char *dname;
+    const char *tname;
+    char *fname;
+    const char *cp;
+    char *p[4];				/* >= possible uses */
+    int i;
+
+    mf.fp = NULL;
+    i = 0;
+
+    dname = Var_Value(".OBJDIR", gn, &p[i++]);
+    tname = Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p[i++]);
+
+    /* if this succeeds objdir is realpath of dname */
+    if (!meta_needed(gn, dname, tname, objdir, TRUE))
+	goto out;
+    dname = objdir;
+
+    if (metaVerbose) {
+	char *mp;
+
+	/* Describe the target we are building */
+	mp = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_META_PREFIX "}", gn, VARF_WANTRES);
+	if (*mp)
+	    fprintf(stdout, "%s\n", mp);
+	free(mp);
+    }
+    /* Get the basename of the target */
+    if ((cp = strrchr(tname, '/')) == NULL) {
+	cp = tname;
+    } else {
+	cp++;
+    }
+
+    fflush(stdout);
+
+    if (!writeMeta)
+	/* Don't create meta data. */
+	goto out;
+
+    fname = meta_name(gn, pbm->meta_fname, sizeof(pbm->meta_fname),
+		      dname, tname, objdir);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+    if (DEBUG(META))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "meta_create: %s\n", fname);
+#endif
+
+    if ((mf.fp = fopen(fname, "w")) == NULL)
+	err(1, "Could not open meta file '%s'", fname);
+
+    fprintf(mf.fp, "# Meta data file %s\n", fname);
+
+    mf.gn = gn;
+
+    Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, printCMD, &mf);
+
+    fprintf(mf.fp, "CWD %s\n", getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf)));
+    fprintf(mf.fp, "TARGET %s\n", tname);
+
+    if (metaEnv) {
+	for (ptr = environ; *ptr != NULL; ptr++)
+	    fprintf(mf.fp, "ENV %s\n", *ptr);
+    }
+
+    fprintf(mf.fp, "-- command output --\n");
+    fflush(mf.fp);
+
+    Var_Append(".MAKE.META.FILES", fname, VAR_GLOBAL);
+    Var_Append(".MAKE.META.CREATED", fname, VAR_GLOBAL);
+
+    gn->type |= OP_META;		/* in case anyone wants to know */
+    if (metaSilent) {
+	    gn->type |= OP_SILENT;
+    }
+ out:
+    for (i--; i >= 0; i--) {
+	free(p[i]);
+    }
+
+    return (mf.fp);
+}
+
+static Boolean
+boolValue(char *s)
+{
+    switch(*s) {
+    case '0':
+    case 'N':
+    case 'n':
+    case 'F':
+    case 'f':
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialization we need before reading makefiles.
+ */
+void
+meta_init(void)
+{
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON
+	/* this allows makefiles to test if we have filemon support */
+	Var_Set(".MAKE.PATH_FILEMON", _PATH_FILEMON, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#define get_mode_bf(bf, token) \
+    if ((cp = strstr(make_mode, token))) \
+	bf = boolValue(&cp[sizeof(token) - 1])
+
+/*
+ * Initialization we need after reading makefiles.
+ */
+void
+meta_mode_init(const char *make_mode)
+{
+    static int once = 0;
+    char *cp;
+
+    useMeta = TRUE;
+    useFilemon = TRUE;
+    writeMeta = TRUE;
+
+    if (make_mode) {
+	if (strstr(make_mode, "env"))
+	    metaEnv = TRUE;
+	if (strstr(make_mode, "verb"))
+	    metaVerbose = TRUE;
+	if (strstr(make_mode, "read"))
+	    writeMeta = FALSE;
+	if (strstr(make_mode, "nofilemon"))
+	    useFilemon = FALSE;
+	if (strstr(make_mode, "ignore-cmd"))
+	    metaIgnoreCMDs = TRUE;
+	if (useFilemon)
+	    get_mode_bf(filemonMissing, "missing-filemon=");
+	get_mode_bf(metaCurdirOk, "curdirok=");
+	get_mode_bf(metaMissing, "missing-meta=");
+	get_mode_bf(metaSilent, "silent=");
+    }
+    if (metaVerbose && !Var_Exists(MAKE_META_PREFIX, VAR_GLOBAL)) {
+	/*
+	 * The default value for MAKE_META_PREFIX
+	 * prints the absolute path of the target.
+	 * This works be cause :H will generate '.' if there is no /
+	 * and :tA will resolve that to cwd.
+	 */
+	Var_Set(MAKE_META_PREFIX, "Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+    if (once)
+	return;
+    once = 1;
+    memset(&Mybm, 0, sizeof(Mybm));
+    /*
+     * We consider ourselves master of all within ${.MAKE.META.BAILIWICK}
+     */
+    metaBailiwick = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    metaBailiwickStr = Var_Subst(NULL, "${.MAKE.META.BAILIWICK:O:u:tA}",
+	VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+    if (metaBailiwickStr) {
+	str2Lst_Append(metaBailiwick, metaBailiwickStr, NULL);
+    }
+    /*
+     * We ignore any paths that start with ${.MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS}
+     */
+    metaIgnorePaths = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Var_Append(MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS,
+	       "/dev /etc /proc /tmp /var/run /var/tmp ${TMPDIR}", VAR_GLOBAL);
+    metaIgnorePathsStr = Var_Subst(NULL,
+		   "${" MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS ":O:u:tA}", VAR_GLOBAL,
+		   VARF_WANTRES);
+    if (metaIgnorePathsStr) {
+	str2Lst_Append(metaIgnorePaths, metaIgnorePathsStr, NULL);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We ignore any paths that match ${.MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATTERNS}
+     */
+    cp = NULL;
+    if (Var_Value(MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATTERNS, VAR_GLOBAL, &cp)) {
+	metaIgnorePatterns = TRUE;
+	free(cp);
+    }
+    cp = NULL;
+    if (Var_Value(MAKE_META_IGNORE_FILTER, VAR_GLOBAL, &cp)) {
+	metaIgnoreFilter = TRUE;
+	free(cp);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * In each case below we allow for job==NULL
+ */
+void
+meta_job_start(Job *job, GNode *gn)
+{
+    BuildMon *pbm;
+
+    if (job != NULL) {
+	pbm = &job->bm;
+    } else {
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+    }
+    pbm->mfp = meta_create(pbm, gn);
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON_ONCE
+    /* compat mode we open the filemon dev once per command */
+    if (job == NULL)
+	return;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL && useFilemon) {
+	filemon_open(pbm);
+    } else {
+	pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * The child calls this before doing anything.
+ * It does not disturb our state.
+ */
+void
+meta_job_child(Job *job)
+{
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON
+    BuildMon *pbm;
+
+    if (job != NULL) {
+	pbm = &job->bm;
+    } else {
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+    }
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL) {
+	close(fileno(pbm->mfp));
+	if (useFilemon) {
+	    pid_t pid;
+
+	    pid = getpid();
+	    if (ioctl(pbm->filemon_fd, FILEMON_SET_PID, &pid) < 0) {
+		err(1, "Could not set filemon pid!");
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+meta_job_error(Job *job, GNode *gn, int flags, int status)
+{
+    char cwd[MAXPATHLEN];
+    BuildMon *pbm;
+
+    if (job != NULL) {
+	pbm = &job->bm;
+	if (!gn)
+	    gn = job->node;
+    } else {
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+    }
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL) {
+	fprintf(pbm->mfp, "\n*** Error code %d%s\n",
+		status,
+		(flags & JOB_IGNERR) ?
+		"(ignored)" : "");
+    }
+    if (gn) {
+	Var_Set(".ERROR_TARGET", gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+    getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd));
+    Var_Set(".ERROR_CWD", cwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    if (pbm->meta_fname[0]) {
+	Var_Set(".ERROR_META_FILE", pbm->meta_fname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+    meta_job_finish(job);
+}
+
+void
+meta_job_output(Job *job, char *cp, const char *nl)
+{
+    BuildMon *pbm;
+    
+    if (job != NULL) {
+	pbm = &job->bm;
+    } else {
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+    }
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL) {
+	if (metaVerbose) {
+	    static char *meta_prefix = NULL;
+	    static int meta_prefix_len;
+
+	    if (!meta_prefix) {
+		char *cp2;
+
+		meta_prefix = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_META_PREFIX "}",
+					VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+		if ((cp2 = strchr(meta_prefix, '$')))
+		    meta_prefix_len = cp2 - meta_prefix;
+		else
+		    meta_prefix_len = strlen(meta_prefix);
+	    }
+	    if (strncmp(cp, meta_prefix, meta_prefix_len) == 0) {
+		cp = strchr(cp+1, '\n');
+		if (!cp++)
+		    return;
+	    }
+	}
+	fprintf(pbm->mfp, "%s%s", cp, nl);
+    }
+}
+
+int
+meta_cmd_finish(void *pbmp)
+{
+    int error = 0;
+    BuildMon *pbm = pbmp;
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON
+    int x;
+#endif
+
+    if (!pbm)
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON
+    if (pbm->filemon_fd >= 0) {
+	if (close(pbm->filemon_fd) < 0)
+	    error = errno;
+	x = filemon_read(pbm->mfp, pbm->mon_fd);
+	if (error == 0 && x != 0)
+	    error = x;
+	pbm->filemon_fd = pbm->mon_fd = -1;
+    } else
+#endif
+	fprintf(pbm->mfp, "\n");	/* ensure end with newline */
+    return error;
+}
+
+int
+meta_job_finish(Job *job)
+{
+    BuildMon *pbm;
+    int error = 0;
+    int x;
+
+    if (job != NULL) {
+	pbm = &job->bm;
+    } else {
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+    }
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL) {
+	error = meta_cmd_finish(pbm);
+	x = fclose(pbm->mfp);
+	if (error == 0 && x != 0)
+	    error = errno;
+	pbm->mfp = NULL;
+	pbm->meta_fname[0] = '\0';
+    }
+    return error;
+}
+
+void
+meta_finish(void)
+{
+    Lst_Destroy(metaBailiwick, NULL);
+    free(metaBailiwickStr);
+    Lst_Destroy(metaIgnorePaths, NULL);
+    free(metaIgnorePathsStr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fetch a full line from fp - growing bufp if needed
+ * Return length in bufp.
+ */
+static int 
+fgetLine(char **bufp, size_t *szp, int o, FILE *fp)
+{
+    char *buf = *bufp;
+    size_t bufsz = *szp;
+    struct stat fs;
+    int x;
+
+    if (fgets(&buf[o], bufsz - o, fp) != NULL) {
+    check_newline:
+	x = o + strlen(&buf[o]);
+	if (buf[x - 1] == '\n')
+	    return x;
+	/*
+	 * We need to grow the buffer.
+	 * The meta file can give us a clue.
+	 */
+	if (fstat(fileno(fp), &fs) == 0) {
+	    size_t newsz;
+	    char *p;
+
+	    newsz = ROUNDUP((fs.st_size / 2), BUFSIZ);
+	    if (newsz <= bufsz)
+		newsz = ROUNDUP(fs.st_size, BUFSIZ);
+	    if (newsz <= bufsz)
+		return x;		/* truncated */
+	    if (DEBUG(META)) 
+		fprintf(debug_file, "growing buffer %zu -> %zu\n",
+			bufsz, newsz);
+	    p = bmake_realloc(buf, newsz);
+	    if (p) {
+		*bufp = buf = p;
+		*szp = bufsz = newsz;
+		/* fetch the rest */
+		if (!fgets(&buf[x], bufsz - x, fp))
+		    return x;		/* truncated! */
+		goto check_newline;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Lst_ForEach wants 1 to stop search */
+static int
+prefix_match(void *p, void *q)
+{
+    const char *prefix = p;
+    const char *path = q;
+    size_t n = strlen(prefix);
+
+    return (0 == strncmp(path, prefix, n));
+}
+
+/*
+ * looking for exact or prefix/ match to
+ * Lst_Find wants 0 to stop search
+ */
+static int
+path_match(const void *p, const void *q)
+{
+    const char *prefix = q;
+    const char *path = p;
+    size_t n = strlen(prefix);
+    int rc;
+
+    if ((rc = strncmp(path, prefix, n)) == 0) {
+	switch (path[n]) {
+	case '\0':
+	case '/':
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    rc = 1;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return rc;
+}
+
+/* Lst_Find wants 0 to stop search */
+static int
+string_match(const void *p, const void *q)
+{
+    const char *p1 = p;
+    const char *p2 = q;
+
+    return strcmp(p1, p2);
+}
+
+
+static int
+meta_ignore(GNode *gn, const char *p)
+{
+    char fname[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+    if (p == NULL)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    if (*p == '/') {
+	cached_realpath(p, fname); /* clean it up */
+	if (Lst_ForEach(metaIgnorePaths, prefix_match, fname)) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+	    if (DEBUG(META))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: ignoring path: %s\n",
+			p);
+#endif
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (metaIgnorePatterns) {
+	char *pm;
+
+	Var_Set(".p.", p, gn, 0);
+	pm = Var_Subst(NULL,
+		       "${" MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATTERNS ":@m@${.p.:M$m}@}",
+		       gn, VARF_WANTRES);
+	if (*pm) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+	    if (DEBUG(META))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: ignoring pattern: %s\n",
+			p);
+#endif
+	    free(pm);
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	free(pm);
+    }
+
+    if (metaIgnoreFilter) {
+	char *fm;
+
+	/* skip if filter result is empty */
+	snprintf(fname, sizeof(fname),
+		 "${%s:L:${%s:ts:}}",
+		 p, MAKE_META_IGNORE_FILTER);
+	fm = Var_Subst(NULL, fname, gn, VARF_WANTRES);
+	if (*fm == '\0') {
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+	    if (DEBUG(META))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: ignoring filtered: %s\n",
+			p);
+#endif
+	    free(fm);
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	free(fm);
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * When running with 'meta' functionality, a target can be out-of-date
+ * if any of the references in its meta data file is more recent.
+ * We have to track the latestdir on a per-process basis.
+ */
+#define LCWD_VNAME_FMT ".meta.%d.lcwd"
+#define LDIR_VNAME_FMT ".meta.%d.ldir"
+
+/*
+ * It is possible that a .meta file is corrupted,
+ * if we detect this we want to reproduce it.
+ * Setting oodate TRUE will have that effect.
+ */
+#define CHECK_VALID_META(p) if (!(p && *p)) { \
+    warnx("%s: %d: malformed", fname, lineno); \
+    oodate = TRUE; \
+    continue; \
+    }
+
+#define DEQUOTE(p) if (*p == '\'') {	\
+    char *ep; \
+    p++; \
+    if ((ep = strchr(p, '\''))) \
+	*ep = '\0'; \
+    }
+
+Boolean
+meta_oodate(GNode *gn, Boolean oodate)
+{
+    static char *tmpdir = NULL;
+    static char cwd[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char lcwd_vname[64];
+    char ldir_vname[64];
+    char lcwd[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char latestdir[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char fname[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char fname1[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char fname2[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char fname3[MAXPATHLEN];
+    const char *dname;
+    const char *tname;
+    char *p;
+    char *cp;
+    char *link_src;
+    char *move_target;
+    static size_t cwdlen = 0;
+    static size_t tmplen = 0;
+    FILE *fp;
+    Boolean needOODATE = FALSE;
+    Lst missingFiles;
+    char *pa[4];			/* >= possible uses */
+    int i;
+    int have_filemon = FALSE;
+
+    if (oodate)
+	return oodate;		/* we're done */
+
+    i = 0;
+
+    dname = Var_Value(".OBJDIR", gn, &pa[i++]);
+    tname = Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &pa[i++]);
+
+    /* if this succeeds fname3 is realpath of dname */
+    if (!meta_needed(gn, dname, tname, fname3, FALSE))
+	goto oodate_out;
+    dname = fname3;
+
+    missingFiles = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    /*
+     * We need to check if the target is out-of-date. This includes
+     * checking if the expanded command has changed. This in turn
+     * requires that all variables are set in the same way that they
+     * would be if the target needs to be re-built.
+     */
+    Make_DoAllVar(gn);
+
+    meta_name(gn, fname, sizeof(fname), dname, tname, dname);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+    if (DEBUG(META))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: %s\n", fname);
+#endif
+
+    if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) != NULL) {
+	static char *buf = NULL;
+	static size_t bufsz;
+	int lineno = 0;
+	int lastpid = 0;
+	int pid;
+	int x;
+	LstNode ln;
+	struct stat fs;
+
+	if (!buf) {
+	    bufsz = 8 * BUFSIZ;
+	    buf = bmake_malloc(bufsz);
+	}
+
+	if (!cwdlen) {
+	    if (getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "Could not get current working directory");
+	    cwdlen = strlen(cwd);
+	}
+	strlcpy(lcwd, cwd, sizeof(lcwd));
+	strlcpy(latestdir, cwd, sizeof(latestdir));
+
+	if (!tmpdir) {
+	    tmpdir = getTmpdir();
+	    tmplen = strlen(tmpdir);
+	}
+
+	/* we want to track all the .meta we read */
+	Var_Append(".MAKE.META.FILES", fname, VAR_GLOBAL);
+
+	ln = Lst_First(gn->commands);
+	while (!oodate && (x = fgetLine(&buf, &bufsz, 0, fp)) > 0) {
+	    lineno++;
+	    if (buf[x - 1] == '\n')
+		buf[x - 1] = '\0';
+	    else {
+		warnx("%s: %d: line truncated at %u", fname, lineno, x);
+		oodate = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    link_src = NULL;
+	    move_target = NULL;
+	    /* Find the start of the build monitor section. */
+	    if (!have_filemon) {
+		if (strncmp(buf, "-- filemon", 10) == 0) {
+		    have_filemon = TRUE;
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if (strncmp(buf, "# buildmon", 10) == 0) {
+		    have_filemon = TRUE;
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }		    
+
+	    /* Delimit the record type. */
+	    p = buf;
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+	    if (DEBUG(META))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: %s\n", fname, lineno, buf);
+#endif
+	    strsep(&p, " ");
+	    if (have_filemon) {
+		/*
+		 * We are in the 'filemon' output section.
+		 * Each record from filemon follows the general form:
+		 *
+		 * <key> <pid> <data>
+		 *
+		 * Where:
+		 * <key> is a single letter, denoting the syscall.
+		 * <pid> is the process that made the syscall.
+		 * <data> is the arguments (of interest).
+		 */
+		switch(buf[0]) {
+		case '#':		/* comment */
+		case 'V':		/* version */
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    /*
+		     * We need to track pathnames per-process.
+		     *
+		     * Each process run by make, starts off in the 'CWD'
+		     * recorded in the .meta file, if it chdirs ('C')
+		     * elsewhere we need to track that - but only for
+		     * that process.  If it forks ('F'), we initialize
+		     * the child to have the same cwd as its parent.
+		     *
+		     * We also need to track the 'latestdir' of
+		     * interest.  This is usually the same as cwd, but
+		     * not if a process is reading directories.
+		     *
+		     * Each time we spot a different process ('pid')
+		     * we save the current value of 'latestdir' in a
+		     * variable qualified by 'lastpid', and
+		     * re-initialize 'latestdir' to any pre-saved
+		     * value for the current 'pid' and 'CWD' if none.
+		     */
+		    CHECK_VALID_META(p);
+		    pid = atoi(p);
+		    if (pid > 0 && pid != lastpid) {
+			char *ldir;
+			char *tp;
+		    
+			if (lastpid > 0) {
+			    /* We need to remember these. */
+			    Var_Set(lcwd_vname, lcwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			    Var_Set(ldir_vname, latestdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			}
+			snprintf(lcwd_vname, sizeof(lcwd_vname), LCWD_VNAME_FMT, pid);
+			snprintf(ldir_vname, sizeof(ldir_vname), LDIR_VNAME_FMT, pid);
+			lastpid = pid;
+			ldir = Var_Value(ldir_vname, VAR_GLOBAL, &tp);
+			if (ldir) {
+			    strlcpy(latestdir, ldir, sizeof(latestdir));
+			    free(tp);
+			}
+			ldir = Var_Value(lcwd_vname, VAR_GLOBAL, &tp);
+			if (ldir) {
+			    strlcpy(lcwd, ldir, sizeof(lcwd));
+			    free(tp);
+			}
+		    }
+		    /* Skip past the pid. */
+		    if (strsep(&p, " ") == NULL)
+			continue;
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+		    if (DEBUG(META))
+			    fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: %d: %c: cwd=%s lcwd=%s ldir=%s\n",
+				    fname, lineno,
+				    pid, buf[0], cwd, lcwd, latestdir);
+#endif
+		    break;
+		}
+
+		CHECK_VALID_META(p);
+
+		/* Process according to record type. */
+		switch (buf[0]) {
+		case 'X':		/* eXit */
+		    Var_Delete(lcwd_vname, VAR_GLOBAL);
+		    Var_Delete(ldir_vname, VAR_GLOBAL);
+		    lastpid = 0;	/* no need to save ldir_vname */
+		    break;
+
+		case 'F':		/* [v]Fork */
+		    {
+			char cldir[64];
+			int child;
+
+			child = atoi(p);
+			if (child > 0) {
+			    snprintf(cldir, sizeof(cldir), LCWD_VNAME_FMT, child);
+			    Var_Set(cldir, lcwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			    snprintf(cldir, sizeof(cldir), LDIR_VNAME_FMT, child);
+			    Var_Set(cldir, latestdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+			    if (DEBUG(META))
+				    fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: %d: cwd=%s lcwd=%s ldir=%s\n",
+					    fname, lineno,
+					    child, cwd, lcwd, latestdir);
+#endif
+			}
+		    }
+		    break;
+
+		case 'C':		/* Chdir */
+		    /* Update lcwd and latest directory. */
+		    strlcpy(latestdir, p, sizeof(latestdir));	
+		    strlcpy(lcwd, p, sizeof(lcwd));
+		    Var_Set(lcwd_vname, lcwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+		    Var_Set(ldir_vname, lcwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+		    if (DEBUG(META))
+			fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: cwd=%s ldir=%s\n", fname, lineno, cwd, lcwd);
+#endif
+		    break;
+
+		case 'M':		/* renaMe */
+		    /*
+		     * For 'M'oves we want to check
+		     * the src as for 'R'ead
+		     * and the target as for 'W'rite.
+		     */
+		    cp = p;		/* save this for a second */
+		    /* now get target */
+		    if (strsep(&p, " ") == NULL)
+			continue;
+		    CHECK_VALID_META(p);
+		    move_target = p;
+		    p = cp;
+		    /* 'L' and 'M' put single quotes around the args */
+		    DEQUOTE(p);
+		    DEQUOTE(move_target);
+		    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'D':		/* unlink */
+		    if (*p == '/' && !Lst_IsEmpty(missingFiles)) {
+			/* remove any missingFiles entries that match p */
+			if ((ln = Lst_Find(missingFiles, p,
+					   path_match)) != NULL) {
+			    LstNode nln;
+			    char *tp;
+
+			    do {
+				nln = Lst_FindFrom(missingFiles, Lst_Succ(ln),
+						   p, path_match);
+				tp = Lst_Datum(ln);
+				Lst_Remove(missingFiles, ln);
+				free(tp);
+			    } while ((ln = nln) != NULL);
+			}
+		    }
+		    if (buf[0] == 'M') {
+			/* the target of the mv is a file 'W'ritten */
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+			if (DEBUG(META))
+			    fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: M %s -> %s\n",
+				    p, move_target);
+#endif
+			p = move_target;
+			goto check_write;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case 'L':		/* Link */
+		    /*
+		     * For 'L'inks check
+		     * the src as for 'R'ead
+		     * and the target as for 'W'rite.
+		     */
+		    link_src = p;
+		    /* now get target */
+		    if (strsep(&p, " ") == NULL)
+			continue;
+		    CHECK_VALID_META(p);
+		    /* 'L' and 'M' put single quotes around the args */
+		    DEQUOTE(p);
+		    DEQUOTE(link_src);
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+		    if (DEBUG(META))
+			fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: L %s -> %s\n",
+				link_src, p);
+#endif
+		    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'W':		/* Write */
+		check_write:
+		    /*
+		     * If a file we generated within our bailiwick
+		     * but outside of .OBJDIR is missing,
+		     * we need to do it again. 
+		     */
+		    /* ignore non-absolute paths */
+		    if (*p != '/')
+			break;
+
+		    if (Lst_IsEmpty(metaBailiwick))
+			break;
+
+		    /* ignore cwd - normal dependencies handle those */
+		    if (strncmp(p, cwd, cwdlen) == 0)
+			break;
+
+		    if (!Lst_ForEach(metaBailiwick, prefix_match, p))
+			break;
+
+		    /* tmpdir might be within */
+		    if (tmplen > 0 && strncmp(p, tmpdir, tmplen) == 0)
+			break;
+
+		    /* ignore anything containing the string "tmp" */
+		    if ((strstr("tmp", p)))
+			break;
+
+		    if ((link_src != NULL && cached_lstat(p, &fs) < 0) ||
+			(link_src == NULL && cached_stat(p, &fs) < 0)) {
+			if (!meta_ignore(gn, p)) {
+			    if (Lst_Find(missingFiles, p, string_match) == NULL)
+				Lst_AtEnd(missingFiles, bmake_strdup(p));
+			}
+		    }
+		    break;
+		check_link_src:
+		    p = link_src;
+		    link_src = NULL;
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+		    if (DEBUG(META))
+			fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: L src %s\n", p);
+#endif
+		    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'R':		/* Read */
+		case 'E':		/* Exec */
+		    /*
+		     * Check for runtime files that can't
+		     * be part of the dependencies because
+		     * they are _expected_ to change.
+		     */
+		    if (meta_ignore(gn, p))
+			break;
+		    
+		    /*
+		     * The rest of the record is the file name.
+		     * Check if it's not an absolute path.
+		     */
+		    {
+			char *sdirs[4];
+			char **sdp;
+			int sdx = 0;
+			int found = 0;
+
+			if (*p == '/') {
+			    sdirs[sdx++] = p; /* done */
+			} else {
+			    if (strcmp(".", p) == 0)
+				continue;  /* no point */
+
+			    /* Check vs latestdir */
+			    snprintf(fname1, sizeof(fname1), "%s/%s", latestdir, p);
+			    sdirs[sdx++] = fname1;
+
+			    if (strcmp(latestdir, lcwd) != 0) {
+				/* Check vs lcwd */
+				snprintf(fname2, sizeof(fname2), "%s/%s", lcwd, p);
+				sdirs[sdx++] = fname2;
+			    }
+			    if (strcmp(lcwd, cwd) != 0) {
+				/* Check vs cwd */
+				snprintf(fname3, sizeof(fname3), "%s/%s", cwd, p);
+				sdirs[sdx++] = fname3;
+			    }
+			}
+			sdirs[sdx++] = NULL;
+
+			for (sdp = sdirs; *sdp && !found; sdp++) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+			    if (DEBUG(META))
+				fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: looking for: %s\n", fname, lineno, *sdp);
+#endif
+			    if (cached_stat(*sdp, &fs) == 0) {
+				found = 1;
+				p = *sdp;
+			    }
+			}
+			if (found) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+			    if (DEBUG(META))
+				fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: found: %s\n", fname, lineno, p);
+#endif
+			    if (!S_ISDIR(fs.st_mode) &&
+				fs.st_mtime > gn->mtime) {
+				if (DEBUG(META))
+				    fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: file '%s' is newer than the target...\n", fname, lineno, p);
+				oodate = TRUE;
+			    } else if (S_ISDIR(fs.st_mode)) {
+				/* Update the latest directory. */
+				cached_realpath(p, latestdir);
+			    }
+			} else if (errno == ENOENT && *p == '/' &&
+				   strncmp(p, cwd, cwdlen) != 0) {
+			    /*
+			     * A referenced file outside of CWD is missing.
+			     * We cannot catch every eventuality here...
+			     */
+			    if (Lst_Find(missingFiles, p, string_match) == NULL)
+				    Lst_AtEnd(missingFiles, bmake_strdup(p));
+			}
+		    }
+		    if (buf[0] == 'E') {
+			/* previous latestdir is no longer relevant */
+			strlcpy(latestdir, lcwd, sizeof(latestdir));
+		    }
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+		if (!oodate && buf[0] == 'L' && link_src != NULL)
+		    goto check_link_src;
+	    } else if (strcmp(buf, "CMD") == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * Compare the current command with the one in the
+		 * meta data file.
+		 */
+		if (ln == NULL) {
+		    if (DEBUG(META))
+			fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: there were more build commands in the meta data file than there are now...\n", fname, lineno);
+		    oodate = TRUE;
+		} else {
+		    char *cmd = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+		    Boolean hasOODATE = FALSE;
+
+		    if (strstr(cmd, "$?"))
+			hasOODATE = TRUE;
+		    else if ((cp = strstr(cmd, ".OODATE"))) {
+			/* check for $[{(].OODATE[:)}] */
+			if (cp > cmd + 2 && cp[-2] == '$')
+			    hasOODATE = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    if (hasOODATE) {
+			needOODATE = TRUE;
+			if (DEBUG(META))
+			    fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: cannot compare command using .OODATE\n", fname, lineno);
+		    }
+		    cmd = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, VARF_WANTRES|VARF_UNDEFERR);
+
+		    if ((cp = strchr(cmd, '\n'))) {
+			int n;
+
+			/*
+			 * This command contains newlines, we need to
+			 * fetch more from the .meta file before we
+			 * attempt a comparison.
+			 */
+			/* first put the newline back at buf[x - 1] */
+			buf[x - 1] = '\n';
+			do {
+			    /* now fetch the next line */
+			    if ((n = fgetLine(&buf, &bufsz, x, fp)) <= 0)
+				break;
+			    x = n;
+			    lineno++;
+			    if (buf[x - 1] != '\n') {
+				warnx("%s: %d: line truncated at %u", fname, lineno, x);
+				break;
+			    }
+			    cp = strchr(++cp, '\n');
+			} while (cp);
+			if (buf[x - 1] == '\n')
+			    buf[x - 1] = '\0';
+		    }
+		    if (!hasOODATE &&
+			!(gn->type & OP_NOMETA_CMP) &&
+			strcmp(p, cmd) != 0) {
+			if (DEBUG(META))
+			    fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: a build command has changed\n%s\nvs\n%s\n", fname, lineno, p, cmd);
+			if (!metaIgnoreCMDs)
+			    oodate = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    free(cmd);
+		    ln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+		}
+	    } else if (strcmp(buf, "CWD") == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * Check if there are extra commands now
+		 * that weren't in the meta data file.
+		 */
+		if (!oodate && ln != NULL) {
+		    if (DEBUG(META))
+			fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: there are extra build commands now that weren't in the meta data file\n", fname, lineno);
+		    oodate = TRUE;
+		}
+		if (strcmp(p, cwd) != 0) {
+		    if (DEBUG(META))
+			fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: the current working directory has changed from '%s' to '%s'\n", fname, lineno, p, curdir);
+		    oodate = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	fclose(fp);
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty(missingFiles)) {
+	    if (DEBUG(META))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "%s: missing files: %s...\n",
+			fname, (char *)Lst_Datum(Lst_First(missingFiles)));
+	    oodate = TRUE;
+	}
+	if (!oodate && !have_filemon && filemonMissing) {
+	    if (DEBUG(META))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "%s: missing filemon data\n", fname);
+	    oodate = TRUE;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (writeMeta && metaMissing) {
+	    cp = NULL;
+
+	    /* if target is in .CURDIR we do not need a meta file */
+	    if (gn->path && (cp = strrchr(gn->path, '/')) && cp > gn->path) {
+		if (strncmp(curdir, gn->path, (cp - gn->path)) != 0) {
+		    cp = NULL;		/* not in .CURDIR */
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (!cp) {
+		if (DEBUG(META))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "%s: required but missing\n", fname);
+		oodate = TRUE;
+		needOODATE = TRUE;	/* assume the worst */
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    Lst_Destroy(missingFiles, (FreeProc *)free);
+
+    if (oodate && needOODATE) {
+	/*
+	 * Target uses .OODATE which is empty; or we wouldn't be here.
+	 * We have decided it is oodate, so .OODATE needs to be set.
+	 * All we can sanely do is set it to .ALLSRC.
+	 */
+	Var_Delete(OODATE, gn);
+	Var_Set(OODATE, Var_Value(ALLSRC, gn, &cp), gn, 0);
+	free(cp);
+    }
+
+ oodate_out:
+    for (i--; i >= 0; i--) {
+	free(pa[i]);
+    }
+    return oodate;
+}
+
+/* support for compat mode */
+
+static int childPipe[2];
+
+void
+meta_compat_start(void)
+{
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON_ONCE
+    /*
+     * We need to re-open filemon for each cmd.
+     */
+    BuildMon *pbm = &Mybm;
+    
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL && useFilemon) {
+	filemon_open(pbm);
+    } else {
+	pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1;
+    }
+#endif
+    if (pipe(childPipe) < 0)
+	Punt("Cannot create pipe: %s", strerror(errno));
+    /* Set close-on-exec flag for both */
+    (void)fcntl(childPipe[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+    (void)fcntl(childPipe[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+}
+
+void
+meta_compat_child(void)
+{
+    meta_job_child(NULL);
+    if (dup2(childPipe[1], 1) < 0 ||
+	dup2(1, 2) < 0) {
+	execError("dup2", "pipe");
+	_exit(1);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+meta_compat_parent(void)
+{
+    FILE *fp;
+    char buf[BUFSIZ];
+    
+    close(childPipe[1]);			/* child side */
+    fp = fdopen(childPipe[0], "r");
+    while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) {
+	meta_job_output(NULL, buf, "");
+	printf("%s", buf);
+	fflush(stdout);
+    }
+    fclose(fp);
+}
+
+#endif	/* USE_META */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/meta.h b/usr.bin/make/meta.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f1018e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/meta.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*      $NetBSD: meta.h,v 1.5 2016/05/12 20:28:34 sjg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Things needed for 'meta' mode.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
+ * are met: 
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
+ * 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the names of its
+ *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *    from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 
+ */
+
+typedef struct BuildMon {
+    char	meta_fname[MAXPATHLEN];
+    int		filemon_fd;
+    int		mon_fd;
+    FILE	*mfp;
+} BuildMon;
+
+extern Boolean useMeta;
+
+struct Job;				/* not defined yet */
+void meta_init(void);
+void meta_finish(void);
+void meta_mode_init(const char *);
+void meta_job_start(struct Job *, GNode *);
+void meta_job_child(struct Job *);
+void meta_job_error(struct Job *, GNode *, int, int);
+void meta_job_output(struct Job *, char *, const char *);
+int  meta_cmd_finish(void *);
+int  meta_job_finish(struct Job *);
+Boolean meta_oodate(GNode *, Boolean);
+void meta_compat_start(void);
+void meta_compat_child(void);
+void meta_compat_parent(void);
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/metachar.c b/usr.bin/make/metachar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4960338
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/metachar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: metachar.c,v 1.5 2015/06/19 08:03:35 mlelstv Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Christos Zoulas.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) || defined(HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H)
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__RCSID) && !defined(lint)
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: metachar.c,v 1.5 2015/06/19 08:03:35 mlelstv Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include "metachar.h"
+/*
+ * The following array is used to make a fast determination of which
+ * characters are interpreted specially by the shell.  If a command
+ * contains any of these characters, it is executed by the shell, not
+ * directly by us.
+ *
+ * perhaps move it to ctype?
+ */
+
+unsigned char _metachar[128] = {
+//    nul   soh   stx   etx   eot   enq   ack   bel
+	1,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+//     bs    ht    nl    vt    np    cr    so    si
+	0,    0,    1,    0,	0,    0,    0,    0,
+//    dle   dc1   dc2   dc3   dc4   nak   syn   etb
+	0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+//    can    em   sub   esc    fs    gs    rs    us
+	0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+//     sp     !     "     #     $     %     &     '
+	0,    1,    1,    1,    1,    0,    1,    1,
+//      (     )     *     +     ,     -     .     /
+	1,    1,    1,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+//      0     1     2     3     4     5     6     7
+	0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+//      8     9     :     ;     <     =     >     ?
+	0,    0,    0,    1,    1,    0,    1,    1,
+//      @     A     B     C     D     E     F     G
+	0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+//      H     I     J     K     L     M     N     O
+	0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+//      P     Q     R     S     T     U     V     W
+	0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+//      X     Y     Z     [     \     ]     ^     _
+	0,    0,    0,    1,    1,    1,    1,    0,
+//      `     a     b     c     d     e     f     g
+	1,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+//      h     i     j     k     l     m     n     o
+	0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+//      p     q     r     s     t     u     v     w
+	0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+//      x     y     z     {     |     }     ~   del
+	0,    0,    0,    1,    1,    1,    1,    0,
+};
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/metachar.h b/usr.bin/make/metachar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db88d67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/metachar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: metachar.h,v 1.4 2015/06/21 20:26:02 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Christos Zoulas.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#ifndef _METACHAR_H
+#define _METACHAR_H
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+extern unsigned char _metachar[];
+
+#define ismeta(c)	_metachar[(c) & 0x7f]
+
+static inline int
+hasmeta(const char *cmd)
+{
+	while (!ismeta(*cmd))
+		cmd++;
+
+	return *cmd != '\0';
+}
+
+static inline int
+needshell(const char *cmd, int white)
+{
+	while (!ismeta(*cmd) && *cmd != ':' && *cmd != '=') {
+		if (white && isspace((unsigned char)*cmd))
+			break;
+		cmd++;
+	}
+
+	return *cmd != '\0';
+}
+
+#endif /* _METACHAR_H */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/nonints.h b/usr.bin/make/nonints.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fe2330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/nonints.h
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: nonints.h,v 1.74 2016/09/05 00:40:29 sevan Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)nonints.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)nonints.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
+ */
+
+/* arch.c */
+ReturnStatus Arch_ParseArchive(char **, Lst, GNode *);
+void Arch_Touch(GNode *);
+void Arch_TouchLib(GNode *);
+time_t Arch_MTime(GNode *);
+time_t Arch_MemMTime(GNode *);
+void Arch_FindLib(GNode *, Lst);
+Boolean Arch_LibOODate(GNode *);
+void Arch_Init(void);
+void Arch_End(void);
+int Arch_IsLib(GNode *);
+
+/* compat.c */
+int CompatRunCommand(void *, void *);
+void Compat_Run(Lst);
+int Compat_Make(void *, void *);
+
+/* cond.c */
+struct If;
+int Cond_EvalExpression(const struct If *, char *, Boolean *, int, Boolean);
+int Cond_Eval(char *);
+void Cond_restore_depth(unsigned int);
+unsigned int Cond_save_depth(void);
+
+/* for.c */
+int For_Eval(char *);
+int For_Accum(char *);
+void For_Run(int);
+
+/* job.c */
+void JobReapChild(pid_t, int, Boolean);
+
+/* main.c */
+void Main_ParseArgLine(const char *);
+void MakeMode(const char *);
+char *Cmd_Exec(const char *, const char **);
+void Error(const char *, ...) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(1, 2);
+void Fatal(const char *, ...) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(1, 2) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+void Punt(const char *, ...) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(1, 2) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+void DieHorribly(void) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+int PrintAddr(void *, void *);
+void Finish(int) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+int eunlink(const char *);
+void execError(const char *, const char *);
+char *getTmpdir(void);
+Boolean s2Boolean(const char *, Boolean);
+Boolean getBoolean(const char *, Boolean);
+char *cached_realpath(const char *, char *);
+
+/* parse.c */
+void Parse_Error(int, const char *, ...) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(2, 3);
+Boolean Parse_AnyExport(void);
+Boolean Parse_IsVar(char *);
+void Parse_DoVar(char *, GNode *);
+void Parse_AddIncludeDir(char *);
+void Parse_File(const char *, int);
+void Parse_Init(void);
+void Parse_End(void);
+void Parse_SetInput(const char *, int, int, char *(*)(void *, size_t *), void *);
+Lst Parse_MainName(void);
+
+/* str.c */
+char *str_concat(const char *, const char *, int);
+char **brk_string(const char *, int *, Boolean, char **);
+char *Str_FindSubstring(const char *, const char *);
+int Str_Match(const char *, const char *);
+char *Str_SYSVMatch(const char *, const char *, int *len);
+void Str_SYSVSubst(Buffer *, char *, char *, int);
+
+/* suff.c */
+void Suff_ClearSuffixes(void);
+Boolean Suff_IsTransform(char *);
+GNode *Suff_AddTransform(char *);
+int Suff_EndTransform(void *, void *);
+void Suff_AddSuffix(char *, GNode **);
+Lst Suff_GetPath(char *);
+void Suff_DoPaths(void);
+void Suff_AddInclude(char *);
+void Suff_AddLib(char *);
+void Suff_FindDeps(GNode *);
+Lst Suff_FindPath(GNode *);
+void Suff_SetNull(char *);
+void Suff_Init(void);
+void Suff_End(void);
+void Suff_PrintAll(void);
+
+/* targ.c */
+void Targ_Init(void);
+void Targ_End(void);
+Lst Targ_List(void);
+GNode *Targ_NewGN(const char *);
+GNode *Targ_FindNode(const char *, int);
+Lst Targ_FindList(Lst, int);
+Boolean Targ_Ignore(GNode *);
+Boolean Targ_Silent(GNode *);
+Boolean Targ_Precious(GNode *);
+void Targ_SetMain(GNode *);
+int Targ_PrintCmd(void *, void *);
+int Targ_PrintNode(void *, void *);
+char *Targ_FmtTime(time_t);
+void Targ_PrintType(int);
+void Targ_PrintGraph(int);
+void Targ_Propagate(void);
+void Targ_Propagate_Wait(void);
+
+/* var.c */
+void Var_Delete(const char *, GNode *);
+void Var_Set(const char *, const char *, GNode *, int);
+void Var_Append(const char *, const char *, GNode *);
+Boolean Var_Exists(const char *, GNode *);
+char *Var_Value(const char *, GNode *, char **);
+char *Var_Parse(const char *, GNode *, int, int *, void **);
+char *Var_Subst(const char *, const char *, GNode *, int);
+char *Var_GetTail(const char *);
+char *Var_GetHead(const char *);
+void Var_Init(void);
+void Var_End(void);
+void Var_Dump(GNode *);
+void Var_ExportVars(void);
+void Var_Export(char *, int);
+void Var_UnExport(char *);
+
+/* util.c */
+void (*bmake_signal(int, void (*)(int)))(int);
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/parse.c b/usr.bin/make/parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7cecec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3357 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.231 2018/12/22 00:36:32 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.231 2018/12/22 00:36:32 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)parse.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.231 2018/12/22 00:36:32 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * parse.c --
+ *	Functions to parse a makefile.
+ *
+ *	One function, Parse_Init, must be called before any functions
+ *	in this module are used. After that, the function Parse_File is the
+ *	main entry point and controls most of the other functions in this
+ *	module.
+ *
+ *	Most important structures are kept in Lsts. Directories for
+ *	the .include "..." function are kept in the 'parseIncPath' Lst, while
+ *	those for the .include <...> are kept in the 'sysIncPath' Lst. The
+ *	targets currently being defined are kept in the 'targets' Lst.
+ *
+ *	The variables 'fname' and 'lineno' are used to track the name
+ *	of the current file and the line number in that file so that error
+ *	messages can be more meaningful.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Parse_Init	    	    Initialization function which must be
+ *	    	  	    	    called before anything else in this module
+ *	    	  	    	    is used.
+ *
+ *	Parse_End		    Cleanup the module
+ *
+ *	Parse_File	    	    Function used to parse a makefile. It must
+ *	    	  	    	    be given the name of the file, which should
+ *	    	  	    	    already have been opened, and a function
+ *	    	  	    	    to call to read a character from the file.
+ *
+ *	Parse_IsVar	    	    Returns TRUE if the given line is a
+ *	    	  	    	    variable assignment. Used by MainParseArgs
+ *	    	  	    	    to determine if an argument is a target
+ *	    	  	    	    or a variable assignment. Used internally
+ *	    	  	    	    for pretty much the same thing...
+ *
+ *	Parse_Error	    	    Function called when an error occurs in
+ *	    	  	    	    parsing. Used by the variable and
+ *	    	  	    	    conditional modules.
+ *	Parse_MainName	    	    Returns a Lst of the main target to create.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifndef MAP_FILE
+#define MAP_FILE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MAP_COPY
+#define MAP_COPY MAP_PRIVATE
+#endif
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "buf.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// types and constants
+
+/*
+ * Structure for a file being read ("included file")
+ */
+typedef struct IFile {
+    char      	    *fname;         /* name of file */
+    int             lineno;         /* current line number in file */
+    int             first_lineno;   /* line number of start of text */
+    int             cond_depth;     /* 'if' nesting when file opened */
+    Boolean         depending;      /* state of doing_depend on EOF */
+    char            *P_str;         /* point to base of string buffer */
+    char            *P_ptr;         /* point to next char of string buffer */
+    char            *P_end;         /* point to the end of string buffer */
+    char            *(*nextbuf)(void *, size_t *); /* Function to get more data */
+    void            *nextbuf_arg;   /* Opaque arg for nextbuf() */
+    struct loadedfile *lf;          /* loadedfile object, if any */
+} IFile;
+
+
+/*
+ * These values are returned by ParseEOF to tell Parse_File whether to
+ * CONTINUE parsing, i.e. it had only reached the end of an include file,
+ * or if it's DONE.
+ */
+#define CONTINUE	1
+#define DONE		0
+
+/*
+ * Tokens for target attributes
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    Begin,  	    /* .BEGIN */
+    Default,	    /* .DEFAULT */
+    DeleteOnError,  /* .DELETE_ON_ERROR */
+    End,    	    /* .END */
+    dotError,	    /* .ERROR */
+    Ignore,	    /* .IGNORE */
+    Includes,	    /* .INCLUDES */
+    Interrupt,	    /* .INTERRUPT */
+    Libs,	    /* .LIBS */
+    Meta,	    /* .META */
+    MFlags,	    /* .MFLAGS or .MAKEFLAGS */
+    Main,	    /* .MAIN and we don't have anything user-specified to
+		     * make */
+    NoExport,	    /* .NOEXPORT */
+    NoMeta,	    /* .NOMETA */
+    NoMetaCmp,	    /* .NOMETA_CMP */
+    NoPath,	    /* .NOPATH */
+    Not,	    /* Not special */
+    NotParallel,    /* .NOTPARALLEL */
+    Null,   	    /* .NULL */
+    ExObjdir,	    /* .OBJDIR */
+    Order,  	    /* .ORDER */
+    Parallel,	    /* .PARALLEL */
+    ExPath,	    /* .PATH */
+    Phony,	    /* .PHONY */
+#ifdef POSIX
+    Posix,	    /* .POSIX */
+#endif
+    Precious,	    /* .PRECIOUS */
+    ExShell,	    /* .SHELL */
+    Silent,	    /* .SILENT */
+    SingleShell,    /* .SINGLESHELL */
+    Stale,	    /* .STALE */
+    Suffixes,	    /* .SUFFIXES */
+    Wait,	    /* .WAIT */
+    Attribute	    /* Generic attribute */
+} ParseSpecial;
+
+/*
+ * Other tokens
+ */
+#define LPAREN	'('
+#define RPAREN	')'
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// result data
+
+/*
+ * The main target to create. This is the first target on the first
+ * dependency line in the first makefile.
+ */
+static GNode *mainNode;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// eval state
+
+/* targets we're working on */
+static Lst targets;
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+/* command lines for targets */
+static Lst targCmds;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * specType contains the SPECial TYPE of the current target. It is
+ * Not if the target is unspecial. If it *is* special, however, the children
+ * are linked as children of the parent but not vice versa. This variable is
+ * set in ParseDoDependency
+ */
+static ParseSpecial specType;
+
+/*
+ * Predecessor node for handling .ORDER. Initialized to NULL when .ORDER
+ * seen, then set to each successive source on the line.
+ */
+static GNode	*predecessor;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// parser state
+
+/* true if currently in a dependency line or its commands */
+static Boolean inLine;
+
+/* number of fatal errors */
+static int fatals = 0;
+
+/*
+ * Variables for doing includes
+ */
+
+/* current file being read */
+static IFile *curFile;
+
+/* stack of IFiles generated by .includes */
+static Lst includes;
+
+/* include paths (lists of directories) */
+Lst parseIncPath;	/* dirs for "..." includes */
+Lst sysIncPath;		/* dirs for <...> includes */
+Lst defIncPath;		/* default for sysIncPath */
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// parser tables
+
+/*
+ * The parseKeywords table is searched using binary search when deciding
+ * if a target or source is special. The 'spec' field is the ParseSpecial
+ * type of the keyword ("Not" if the keyword isn't special as a target) while
+ * the 'op' field is the operator to apply to the list of targets if the
+ * keyword is used as a source ("0" if the keyword isn't special as a source)
+ */
+static const struct {
+    const char   *name;    	/* Name of keyword */
+    ParseSpecial  spec;	    	/* Type when used as a target */
+    int	    	  op;	    	/* Operator when used as a source */
+} parseKeywords[] = {
+{ ".BEGIN", 	  Begin,    	0 },
+{ ".DEFAULT",	  Default,  	0 },
+{ ".DELETE_ON_ERROR", DeleteOnError, 0 },
+{ ".END",   	  End,	    	0 },
+{ ".ERROR",   	  dotError,    	0 },
+{ ".EXEC",	  Attribute,   	OP_EXEC },
+{ ".IGNORE",	  Ignore,   	OP_IGNORE },
+{ ".INCLUDES",	  Includes, 	0 },
+{ ".INTERRUPT",	  Interrupt,	0 },
+{ ".INVISIBLE",	  Attribute,   	OP_INVISIBLE },
+{ ".JOIN",  	  Attribute,   	OP_JOIN },
+{ ".LIBS",  	  Libs,	    	0 },
+{ ".MADE",	  Attribute,	OP_MADE },
+{ ".MAIN",	  Main,		0 },
+{ ".MAKE",  	  Attribute,   	OP_MAKE },
+{ ".MAKEFLAGS",	  MFlags,   	0 },
+{ ".META",	  Meta,		OP_META },
+{ ".MFLAGS",	  MFlags,   	0 },
+{ ".NOMETA",	  NoMeta,	OP_NOMETA },
+{ ".NOMETA_CMP",  NoMetaCmp,	OP_NOMETA_CMP },
+{ ".NOPATH",	  NoPath,	OP_NOPATH },
+{ ".NOTMAIN",	  Attribute,   	OP_NOTMAIN },
+{ ".NOTPARALLEL", NotParallel,	0 },
+{ ".NO_PARALLEL", NotParallel,	0 },
+{ ".NULL",  	  Null,	    	0 },
+{ ".OBJDIR",	  ExObjdir,	0 },
+{ ".OPTIONAL",	  Attribute,   	OP_OPTIONAL },
+{ ".ORDER", 	  Order,    	0 },
+{ ".PARALLEL",	  Parallel,	0 },
+{ ".PATH",	  ExPath,	0 },
+{ ".PHONY",	  Phony,	OP_PHONY },
+#ifdef POSIX
+{ ".POSIX",	  Posix,	0 },
+#endif
+{ ".PRECIOUS",	  Precious, 	OP_PRECIOUS },
+{ ".RECURSIVE",	  Attribute,	OP_MAKE },
+{ ".SHELL", 	  ExShell,    	0 },
+{ ".SILENT",	  Silent,   	OP_SILENT },
+{ ".SINGLESHELL", SingleShell,	0 },
+{ ".STALE",	  Stale,	0 },
+{ ".SUFFIXES",	  Suffixes, 	0 },
+{ ".USE",   	  Attribute,   	OP_USE },
+{ ".USEBEFORE",   Attribute,   	OP_USEBEFORE },
+{ ".WAIT",	  Wait, 	0 },
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// local functions
+
+static int ParseIsEscaped(const char *, const char *);
+static void ParseErrorInternal(const char *, size_t, int, const char *, ...)
+    MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(4,5);
+static void ParseVErrorInternal(FILE *, const char *, size_t, int, const char *, va_list)
+    MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(5, 0);
+static int ParseFindKeyword(const char *);
+static int ParseLinkSrc(void *, void *);
+static int ParseDoOp(void *, void *);
+static void ParseDoSrc(int, const char *);
+static int ParseFindMain(void *, void *);
+static int ParseAddDir(void *, void *);
+static int ParseClearPath(void *, void *);
+static void ParseDoDependency(char *);
+static int ParseAddCmd(void *, void *);
+static void ParseHasCommands(void *);
+static void ParseDoInclude(char *);
+static void ParseSetParseFile(const char *);
+static void ParseSetIncludedFile(void);
+#ifdef GMAKEEXPORT
+static void ParseGmakeExport(char *);
+#endif
+static int ParseEOF(void);
+static char *ParseReadLine(void);
+static void ParseFinishLine(void);
+static void ParseMark(GNode *);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// file loader
+
+struct loadedfile {
+	const char *path;		/* name, for error reports */
+	char *buf;			/* contents buffer */
+	size_t len;			/* length of contents */
+	size_t maplen;			/* length of mmap area, or 0 */
+	Boolean used;			/* XXX: have we used the data yet */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Constructor/destructor for loadedfile
+ */
+static struct loadedfile *
+loadedfile_create(const char *path)
+{
+	struct loadedfile *lf;
+
+	lf = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*lf));
+	lf->path = (path == NULL ? "(stdin)" : path);
+	lf->buf = NULL;
+	lf->len = 0;
+	lf->maplen = 0;
+	lf->used = FALSE;
+	return lf;
+}
+
+static void
+loadedfile_destroy(struct loadedfile *lf)
+{
+	if (lf->buf != NULL) {
+		if (lf->maplen > 0) {
+			munmap(lf->buf, lf->maplen);
+		} else {
+			free(lf->buf);
+		}
+	}
+	free(lf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * nextbuf() operation for loadedfile, as needed by the weird and twisted
+ * logic below. Once that's cleaned up, we can get rid of lf->used...
+ */
+static char *
+loadedfile_nextbuf(void *x, size_t *len)
+{
+	struct loadedfile *lf = x;
+
+	if (lf->used) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	lf->used = TRUE;
+	*len = lf->len;
+	return lf->buf;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Try to get the size of a file.
+ */
+static ReturnStatus
+load_getsize(int fd, size_t *ret)
+{
+	struct stat st;
+
+	if (fstat(fd, &st) < 0) {
+		return FAILURE;
+	}
+
+	if (!S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
+		return FAILURE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * st_size is an off_t, which is 64 bits signed; *ret is
+	 * size_t, which might be 32 bits unsigned or 64 bits
+	 * unsigned. Rather than being elaborate, just punt on
+	 * files that are more than 2^31 bytes. We should never
+	 * see a makefile that size in practice...
+	 *
+	 * While we're at it reject negative sizes too, just in case.
+	 */
+	if (st.st_size < 0 || st.st_size > 0x7fffffff) {
+		return FAILURE;
+	}
+
+	*ret = (size_t) st.st_size;
+	return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read in a file.
+ *
+ * Until the path search logic can be moved under here instead of
+ * being in the caller in another source file, we need to have the fd
+ * passed in already open. Bleh.
+ *
+ * If the path is NULL use stdin and (to insure against fd leaks)
+ * assert that the caller passed in -1.
+ */
+static struct loadedfile *
+loadfile(const char *path, int fd)
+{
+	struct loadedfile *lf;
+	static long pagesize = 0;
+	ssize_t result;
+	size_t bufpos;
+
+	lf = loadedfile_create(path);
+
+	if (path == NULL) {
+		assert(fd == -1);
+		fd = STDIN_FILENO;
+	} else {
+#if 0 /* notyet */
+		fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+		if (fd < 0) {
+			...
+			Error("%s: %s", path, strerror(errno));
+			exit(1);
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if (load_getsize(fd, &lf->len) == SUCCESS) {
+		/* found a size, try mmap */
+		if (pagesize == 0)
+			pagesize = sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
+		if (pagesize <= 0) {
+			pagesize = 0x1000;
+		}
+		/* round size up to a page */
+		lf->maplen = pagesize * ((lf->len + pagesize - 1)/pagesize);
+
+		/*
+		 * XXX hack for dealing with empty files; remove when
+		 * we're no longer limited by interfacing to the old
+		 * logic elsewhere in this file.
+		 */
+		if (lf->maplen == 0) {
+			lf->maplen = pagesize;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * FUTURE: remove PROT_WRITE when the parser no longer
+		 * needs to scribble on the input.
+		 */
+		lf->buf = mmap(NULL, lf->maplen, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
+			       MAP_FILE|MAP_COPY, fd, 0);
+		if (lf->buf != MAP_FAILED) {
+			/* succeeded */
+			if (lf->len == lf->maplen && lf->buf[lf->len - 1] != '\n') {
+				char *b = bmake_malloc(lf->len + 1);
+				b[lf->len] = '\n';
+				memcpy(b, lf->buf, lf->len++);
+				munmap(lf->buf, lf->maplen);
+				lf->maplen = 0;
+				lf->buf = b;
+			}
+			goto done;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* cannot mmap; load the traditional way */
+
+	lf->maplen = 0;
+	lf->len = 1024;
+	lf->buf = bmake_malloc(lf->len);
+
+	bufpos = 0;
+	while (1) {
+		assert(bufpos <= lf->len);
+		if (bufpos == lf->len) {
+			if (lf->len > SIZE_MAX/2) {
+				errno = EFBIG;
+				Error("%s: file too large", path);
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			lf->len *= 2;
+			lf->buf = bmake_realloc(lf->buf, lf->len);
+		}
+		assert(bufpos < lf->len);
+		result = read(fd, lf->buf + bufpos, lf->len - bufpos);
+		if (result < 0) {
+			Error("%s: read error: %s", path, strerror(errno));
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		if (result == 0) {
+			break;
+		}
+		bufpos += result;
+	}
+	assert(bufpos <= lf->len);
+	lf->len = bufpos;
+
+	/* truncate malloc region to actual length (maybe not useful) */
+	if (lf->len > 0) {
+		/* as for mmap case, ensure trailing \n */
+		if (lf->buf[lf->len - 1] != '\n')
+			lf->len++;
+		lf->buf = bmake_realloc(lf->buf, lf->len);
+		lf->buf[lf->len - 1] = '\n';
+	}
+
+done:
+	if (path != NULL) {
+		close(fd);
+	}
+	return lf;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// old code
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseIsEscaped --
+ *	Check if the current character is escaped on the current line
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if the character is not backslash escaped, 1 otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseIsEscaped(const char *line, const char *c)
+{
+    int active = 0;
+    for (;;) {
+	if (line == c)
+	    return active;
+	if (*--c != '\\')
+	    return active;
+	active = !active;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseFindKeyword --
+ *	Look in the table of keywords for one matching the given string.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String to find
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The index of the keyword, or -1 if it isn't there.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseFindKeyword(const char *str)
+{
+    int    start, end, cur;
+    int    diff;
+
+    start = 0;
+    end = (sizeof(parseKeywords)/sizeof(parseKeywords[0])) - 1;
+
+    do {
+	cur = start + ((end - start) / 2);
+	diff = strcmp(str, parseKeywords[cur].name);
+
+	if (diff == 0) {
+	    return (cur);
+	} else if (diff < 0) {
+	    end = cur - 1;
+	} else {
+	    start = cur + 1;
+	}
+    } while (start <= end);
+    return (-1);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ParseVErrorInternal  --
+ *	Error message abort function for parsing. Prints out the context
+ *	of the error (line number and file) as well as the message with
+ *	two optional arguments.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	"fatals" is incremented if the level is PARSE_FATAL.
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+static void
+ParseVErrorInternal(FILE *f, const char *cfname, size_t clineno, int type,
+    const char *fmt, va_list ap)
+{
+	static Boolean fatal_warning_error_printed = FALSE;
+
+	(void)fprintf(f, "%s: ", progname);
+
+	if (cfname != NULL) {
+		(void)fprintf(f, "\"");
+		if (*cfname != '/' && strcmp(cfname, "(stdin)") != 0) {
+			char *cp, *cp2;
+			const char *dir, *fname;
+
+			/*
+			 * Nothing is more annoying than not knowing
+			 * which Makefile is the culprit; we try ${.PARSEDIR}
+			 * and apply realpath(3) if not absolute.
+			 */
+			dir = Var_Value(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp);
+			if (dir == NULL)
+				dir = ".";
+			if (*dir != '/') {
+				dir = cp2 = realpath(dir, NULL);
+				free(cp);
+				cp = cp2; /* cp2 set to NULL by Var_Value */
+			}
+			fname = Var_Value(".PARSEFILE", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp2);
+			if (fname == NULL) {
+				if ((fname = strrchr(cfname, '/')))
+					fname++;
+				else
+					fname = cfname;
+			}
+			(void)fprintf(f, "%s/%s", dir, fname);
+			free(cp2);
+			free(cp);
+		} else
+			(void)fprintf(f, "%s", cfname);
+
+		(void)fprintf(f, "\" line %d: ", (int)clineno);
+	}
+	if (type == PARSE_WARNING)
+		(void)fprintf(f, "warning: ");
+	(void)vfprintf(f, fmt, ap);
+	(void)fprintf(f, "\n");
+	(void)fflush(f);
+	if (type == PARSE_INFO)
+		return;
+	if (type == PARSE_FATAL || parseWarnFatal)
+		fatals += 1;
+	if (parseWarnFatal && !fatal_warning_error_printed) {
+		Error("parsing warnings being treated as errors");
+		fatal_warning_error_printed = TRUE;
+	}
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ParseErrorInternal  --
+ *	Error function
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+static void
+ParseErrorInternal(const char *cfname, size_t clineno, int type,
+    const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, cfname, clineno, type, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	if (debug_file != stderr && debug_file != stdout) {
+		va_start(ap, fmt);
+		ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, cfname, clineno, type, fmt, ap);
+		va_end(ap);
+	}
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Parse_Error  --
+ *	External interface to ParseErrorInternal; uses the default filename
+ *	Line number.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Parse_Error(int type, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	const char *fname;
+	size_t lineno;
+
+	if (curFile == NULL) {
+		fname = NULL;
+		lineno = 0;
+	} else {
+		fname = curFile->fname;
+		lineno = curFile->lineno;
+	}
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	if (debug_file != stderr && debug_file != stdout) {
+		va_start(ap, fmt);
+		ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap);
+		va_end(ap);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ParseMessage
+ *	Parse a .info .warning or .error directive
+ *
+ *	The input is the line minus the ".".  We substitute
+ *	variables, print the message and exit(1) (for .error) or just print
+ *	a warning if the directive is malformed.
+ */
+static Boolean
+ParseMessage(char *line)
+{
+    int mtype;
+
+    switch(*line) {
+    case 'i':
+	mtype = PARSE_INFO;
+	break;
+    case 'w':
+	mtype = PARSE_WARNING;
+	break;
+    case 'e':
+	mtype = PARSE_FATAL;
+	break;
+    default:
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "invalid syntax: \".%s\"", line);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    while (isalpha((unsigned char)*line))
+	line++;
+    if (!isspace((unsigned char)*line))
+	return FALSE;			/* not for us */
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*line))
+	line++;
+
+    line = Var_Subst(NULL, line, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES);
+    Parse_Error(mtype, "%s", line);
+    free(line);
+
+    if (mtype == PARSE_FATAL) {
+	/* Terminate immediately. */
+	exit(1);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseLinkSrc  --
+ *	Link the parent node to its new child. Used in a Lst_ForEach by
+ *	ParseDoDependency. If the specType isn't 'Not', the parent
+ *	isn't linked as a parent of the child.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pgnp		The parent node
+ *	cgpn		The child node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always = 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	New elements are added to the parents list of cgn and the
+ *	children list of cgn. the unmade field of pgn is updated
+ *	to reflect the additional child.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseLinkSrc(void *pgnp, void *cgnp)
+{
+    GNode          *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+    GNode          *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+
+    if ((pgn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (pgn->cohorts))
+	pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(pgn->cohorts));
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(pgn->children, cgn);
+    if (specType == Not)
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(cgn->parents, pgn);
+    pgn->unmade += 1;
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "# %s: added child %s - %s\n", __func__,
+	    pgn->name, cgn->name);
+	Targ_PrintNode(pgn, 0);
+	Targ_PrintNode(cgn, 0);
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoOp  --
+ *	Apply the parsed operator to the given target node. Used in a
+ *	Lst_ForEach call by ParseDoDependency once all targets have
+ *	been found and their operator parsed. If the previous and new
+ *	operators are incompatible, a major error is taken.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		The node to which the operator is to be applied
+ *	opp		The operator to apply
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The type field of the node is altered to reflect any new bits in
+ *	the op.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseDoOp(void *gnp, void *opp)
+{
+    GNode          *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    int             op = *(int *)opp;
+    /*
+     * If the dependency mask of the operator and the node don't match and
+     * the node has actually had an operator applied to it before, and
+     * the operator actually has some dependency information in it, complain.
+     */
+    if (((op & OP_OPMASK) != (gn->type & OP_OPMASK)) &&
+	!OP_NOP(gn->type) && !OP_NOP(op))
+    {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Inconsistent operator for %s", gn->name);
+	return (1);
+    }
+
+    if ((op == OP_DOUBLEDEP) && ((gn->type & OP_OPMASK) == OP_DOUBLEDEP)) {
+	/*
+	 * If the node was the object of a :: operator, we need to create a
+	 * new instance of it for the children and commands on this dependency
+	 * line. The new instance is placed on the 'cohorts' list of the
+	 * initial one (note the initial one is not on its own cohorts list)
+	 * and the new instance is linked to all parents of the initial
+	 * instance.
+	 */
+	GNode	*cohort;
+
+	/*
+	 * Propagate copied bits to the initial node.  They'll be propagated
+	 * back to the rest of the cohorts later.
+	 */
+	gn->type |= op & ~OP_OPMASK;
+
+	cohort = Targ_FindNode(gn->name, TARG_NOHASH);
+	if (doing_depend)
+	    ParseMark(cohort);
+	/*
+	 * Make the cohort invisible as well to avoid duplicating it into
+	 * other variables. True, parents of this target won't tend to do
+	 * anything with their local variables, but better safe than
+	 * sorry. (I think this is pointless now, since the relevant list
+	 * traversals will no longer see this node anyway. -mycroft)
+	 */
+	cohort->type = op | OP_INVISIBLE;
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->cohorts, cohort);
+	cohort->centurion = gn;
+	gn->unmade_cohorts += 1;
+	snprintf(cohort->cohort_num, sizeof cohort->cohort_num, "#%d",
+		gn->unmade_cohorts);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * We don't want to nuke any previous flags (whatever they were) so we
+	 * just OR the new operator into the old
+	 */
+	gn->type |= op;
+    }
+
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoSrc  --
+ *	Given the name of a source, figure out if it is an attribute
+ *	and apply it to the targets if it is. Else decide if there is
+ *	some attribute which should be applied *to* the source because
+ *	of some special target and apply it if so. Otherwise, make the
+ *	source be a child of the targets in the list 'targets'
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	tOp		operator (if any) from special targets
+ *	src		name of the source to handle
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Operator bits may be added to the list of targets or to the source.
+ *	The targets may have a new source added to their lists of children.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseDoSrc(int tOp, const char *src)
+{
+    GNode	*gn = NULL;
+    static int wait_number = 0;
+    char wait_src[16];
+
+    if (*src == '.' && isupper ((unsigned char)src[1])) {
+	int keywd = ParseFindKeyword(src);
+	if (keywd != -1) {
+	    int op = parseKeywords[keywd].op;
+	    if (op != 0) {
+		Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseDoOp, &op);
+		return;
+	    }
+	    if (parseKeywords[keywd].spec == Wait) {
+		/*
+		 * We add a .WAIT node in the dependency list.
+		 * After any dynamic dependencies (and filename globbing)
+		 * have happened, it is given a dependency on the each
+		 * previous child back to and previous .WAIT node.
+		 * The next child won't be scheduled until the .WAIT node
+		 * is built.
+		 * We give each .WAIT node a unique name (mainly for diag).
+		 */
+		snprintf(wait_src, sizeof wait_src, ".WAIT_%u", ++wait_number);
+		gn = Targ_FindNode(wait_src, TARG_NOHASH);
+		if (doing_depend)
+		    ParseMark(gn);
+		gn->type = OP_WAIT | OP_PHONY | OP_DEPENDS | OP_NOTMAIN;
+		Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseLinkSrc, gn);
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    switch (specType) {
+    case Main:
+	/*
+	 * If we have noted the existence of a .MAIN, it means we need
+	 * to add the sources of said target to the list of things
+	 * to create. The string 'src' is likely to be free, so we
+	 * must make a new copy of it. Note that this will only be
+	 * invoked if the user didn't specify a target on the command
+	 * line. This is to allow #ifmake's to succeed, or something...
+	 */
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(create, bmake_strdup(src));
+	/*
+	 * Add the name to the .TARGETS variable as well, so the user can
+	 * employ that, if desired.
+	 */
+	Var_Append(".TARGETS", src, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	return;
+
+    case Order:
+	/*
+	 * Create proper predecessor/successor links between the previous
+	 * source and the current one.
+	 */
+	gn = Targ_FindNode(src, TARG_CREATE);
+	if (doing_depend)
+	    ParseMark(gn);
+	if (predecessor != NULL) {
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(predecessor->order_succ, gn);
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->order_pred, predecessor);
+	    if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "# %s: added Order dependency %s - %s\n",
+		    __func__, predecessor->name, gn->name);
+		Targ_PrintNode(predecessor, 0);
+		Targ_PrintNode(gn, 0);
+	    }
+	}
+	/*
+	 * The current source now becomes the predecessor for the next one.
+	 */
+	predecessor = gn;
+	break;
+
+    default:
+	/*
+	 * If the source is not an attribute, we need to find/create
+	 * a node for it. After that we can apply any operator to it
+	 * from a special target or link it to its parents, as
+	 * appropriate.
+	 *
+	 * In the case of a source that was the object of a :: operator,
+	 * the attribute is applied to all of its instances (as kept in
+	 * the 'cohorts' list of the node) or all the cohorts are linked
+	 * to all the targets.
+	 */
+
+	/* Find/create the 'src' node and attach to all targets */
+	gn = Targ_FindNode(src, TARG_CREATE);
+	if (doing_depend)
+	    ParseMark(gn);
+	if (tOp) {
+	    gn->type |= tOp;
+	} else {
+	    Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseLinkSrc, gn);
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseFindMain --
+ *	Find a real target in the list and set it to be the main one.
+ *	Called by ParseDoDependency when a main target hasn't been found
+ *	yet.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		Node to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if main not found yet, 1 if it is.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	mainNode is changed and Targ_SetMain is called.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseFindMain(void *gnp, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode   	  *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    if ((gn->type & OP_NOTARGET) == 0) {
+	mainNode = gn;
+	Targ_SetMain(gn);
+	return 1;
+    } else {
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseAddDir --
+ *	Front-end for Dir_AddDir to make sure Lst_ForEach keeps going
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	=== 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	See Dir_AddDir.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseAddDir(void *path, void *name)
+{
+    (void)Dir_AddDir((Lst) path, (char *)name);
+    return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseClearPath --
+ *	Front-end for Dir_ClearPath to make sure Lst_ForEach keeps going
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	=== 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	See Dir_ClearPath
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseClearPath(void *path, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    Dir_ClearPath((Lst) path);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoDependency  --
+ *	Parse the dependency line in line.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		the line to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The nodes of the sources are linked as children to the nodes of the
+ *	targets. Some nodes may be created.
+ *
+ *	We parse a dependency line by first extracting words from the line and
+ * finding nodes in the list of all targets with that name. This is done
+ * until a character is encountered which is an operator character. Currently
+ * these are only ! and :. At this point the operator is parsed and the
+ * pointer into the line advanced until the first source is encountered.
+ * 	The parsed operator is applied to each node in the 'targets' list,
+ * which is where the nodes found for the targets are kept, by means of
+ * the ParseDoOp function.
+ *	The sources are read in much the same way as the targets were except
+ * that now they are expanded using the wildcarding scheme of the C-Shell
+ * and all instances of the resulting words in the list of all targets
+ * are found. Each of the resulting nodes is then linked to each of the
+ * targets as one of its children.
+ *	Certain targets are handled specially. These are the ones detailed
+ * by the specType variable.
+ *	The storing of transformation rules is also taken care of here.
+ * A target is recognized as a transformation rule by calling
+ * Suff_IsTransform. If it is a transformation rule, its node is gotten
+ * from the suffix module via Suff_AddTransform rather than the standard
+ * Targ_FindNode in the target module.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseDoDependency(char *line)
+{
+    char  	   *cp;		/* our current position */
+    GNode 	   *gn = NULL;	/* a general purpose temporary node */
+    int             op;		/* the operator on the line */
+    char            savec;	/* a place to save a character */
+    Lst    	    paths;   	/* List of search paths to alter when parsing
+				 * a list of .PATH targets */
+    int	    	    tOp;    	/* operator from special target */
+    Lst	    	    sources;	/* list of archive source names after
+				 * expansion */
+    Lst 	    curTargs;	/* list of target names to be found and added
+				 * to the targets list */
+    char	   *lstart = line;
+
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "ParseDoDependency(%s)\n", line);
+    tOp = 0;
+
+    specType = Not;
+    paths = NULL;
+
+    curTargs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    /*
+     * First, grind through the targets.
+     */
+
+    do {
+	/*
+	 * Here LINE points to the beginning of the next word, and
+	 * LSTART points to the actual beginning of the line.
+	 */
+
+	/* Find the end of the next word. */
+	for (cp = line; *cp && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) ||
+		     !(isspace((unsigned char)*cp) ||
+			 *cp == '!' || *cp == ':' || *cp == LPAREN));
+		 cp++) {
+	    if (*cp == '$') {
+		/*
+		 * Must be a dynamic source (would have been expanded
+		 * otherwise), so call the Var module to parse the puppy
+		 * so we can safely advance beyond it...There should be
+		 * no errors in this, as they would have been discovered
+		 * in the initial Var_Subst and we wouldn't be here.
+		 */
+		int 	length;
+		void    *freeIt;
+
+		(void)Var_Parse(cp, VAR_CMD, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES,
+				&length, &freeIt);
+		free(freeIt);
+		cp += length-1;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the word is followed by a left parenthesis, it's the
+	 * name of an object file inside an archive (ar file).
+	 */
+	if (!ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) && *cp == LPAREN) {
+	    /*
+	     * Archives must be handled specially to make sure the OP_ARCHV
+	     * flag is set in their 'type' field, for one thing, and because
+	     * things like "archive(file1.o file2.o file3.o)" are permissible.
+	     * Arch_ParseArchive will set 'line' to be the first non-blank
+	     * after the archive-spec. It creates/finds nodes for the members
+	     * and places them on the given list, returning SUCCESS if all
+	     * went well and FAILURE if there was an error in the
+	     * specification. On error, line should remain untouched.
+	     */
+	    if (Arch_ParseArchive(&line, targets, VAR_CMD) != SUCCESS) {
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+			     "Error in archive specification: \"%s\"", line);
+		goto out;
+	    } else {
+		/* Done with this word; on to the next. */
+		cp = line;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (!*cp) {
+	    /*
+	     * We got to the end of the line while we were still
+	     * looking at targets.
+	     *
+	     * Ending a dependency line without an operator is a Bozo
+	     * no-no.  As a heuristic, this is also often triggered by
+	     * undetected conflicts from cvs/rcs merges.
+	     */
+	    if ((strncmp(line, "<<<<<<", 6) == 0) ||
+		(strncmp(line, "======", 6) == 0) ||
+		(strncmp(line, ">>>>>>", 6) == 0))
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+		    "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts");
+	    else
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, lstart[0] == '.' ? "Unknown directive"
+				     : "Need an operator");
+	    goto out;
+	}
+
+	/* Insert a null terminator. */
+	savec = *cp;
+	*cp = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * Got the word. See if it's a special target and if so set
+	 * specType to match it.
+	 */
+	if (*line == '.' && isupper ((unsigned char)line[1])) {
+	    /*
+	     * See if the target is a special target that must have it
+	     * or its sources handled specially.
+	     */
+	    int keywd = ParseFindKeyword(line);
+	    if (keywd != -1) {
+		if (specType == ExPath && parseKeywords[keywd].spec != ExPath) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Mismatched special targets");
+		    goto out;
+		}
+
+		specType = parseKeywords[keywd].spec;
+		tOp = parseKeywords[keywd].op;
+
+		/*
+		 * Certain special targets have special semantics:
+		 *	.PATH		Have to set the dirSearchPath
+		 *			variable too
+		 *	.MAIN		Its sources are only used if
+		 *			nothing has been specified to
+		 *			create.
+		 *	.DEFAULT    	Need to create a node to hang
+		 *			commands on, but we don't want
+		 *			it in the graph, nor do we want
+		 *			it to be the Main Target, so we
+		 *			create it, set OP_NOTMAIN and
+		 *			add it to the list, setting
+		 *			DEFAULT to the new node for
+		 *			later use. We claim the node is
+		 *	    	    	A transformation rule to make
+		 *	    	    	life easier later, when we'll
+		 *	    	    	use Make_HandleUse to actually
+		 *	    	    	apply the .DEFAULT commands.
+		 *	.PHONY		The list of targets
+		 *	.NOPATH		Don't search for file in the path
+		 *	.STALE
+		 *	.BEGIN
+		 *	.END
+		 *	.ERROR
+		 *	.DELETE_ON_ERROR
+		 *	.INTERRUPT  	Are not to be considered the
+		 *			main target.
+		 *  	.NOTPARALLEL	Make only one target at a time.
+		 *  	.SINGLESHELL	Create a shell for each command.
+		 *  	.ORDER	    	Must set initial predecessor to NULL
+		 */
+		switch (specType) {
+		case ExPath:
+		    if (paths == NULL) {
+			paths = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+		    }
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(paths, dirSearchPath);
+		    break;
+		case Main:
+		    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(create)) {
+			specType = Not;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case Begin:
+		case End:
+		case Stale:
+		case dotError:
+		case Interrupt:
+		    gn = Targ_FindNode(line, TARG_CREATE);
+		    if (doing_depend)
+			ParseMark(gn);
+		    gn->type |= OP_NOTMAIN|OP_SPECIAL;
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn);
+		    break;
+		case Default:
+		    gn = Targ_NewGN(".DEFAULT");
+		    gn->type |= (OP_NOTMAIN|OP_TRANSFORM);
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn);
+		    DEFAULT = gn;
+		    break;
+		case DeleteOnError:
+		    deleteOnError = TRUE;
+		    break;
+		case NotParallel:
+		    maxJobs = 1;
+		    break;
+		case SingleShell:
+		    compatMake = TRUE;
+		    break;
+		case Order:
+		    predecessor = NULL;
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    } else if (strncmp(line, ".PATH", 5) == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * .PATH<suffix> has to be handled specially.
+		 * Call on the suffix module to give us a path to
+		 * modify.
+		 */
+		Lst 	path;
+
+		specType = ExPath;
+		path = Suff_GetPath(&line[5]);
+		if (path == NULL) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+				 "Suffix '%s' not defined (yet)",
+				 &line[5]);
+		    goto out;
+		} else {
+		    if (paths == NULL) {
+			paths = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+		    }
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(paths, path);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Have word in line. Get or create its node and stick it at
+	 * the end of the targets list
+	 */
+	if ((specType == Not) && (*line != '\0')) {
+	    if (Dir_HasWildcards(line)) {
+		/*
+		 * Targets are to be sought only in the current directory,
+		 * so create an empty path for the thing. Note we need to
+		 * use Dir_Destroy in the destruction of the path as the
+		 * Dir module could have added a directory to the path...
+		 */
+		Lst	    emptyPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+		Dir_Expand(line, emptyPath, curTargs);
+
+		Lst_Destroy(emptyPath, Dir_Destroy);
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * No wildcards, but we want to avoid code duplication,
+		 * so create a list with the word on it.
+		 */
+		(void)Lst_AtEnd(curTargs, line);
+	    }
+
+	    /* Apply the targets. */
+
+	    while(!Lst_IsEmpty(curTargs)) {
+		char	*targName = (char *)Lst_DeQueue(curTargs);
+
+		if (!Suff_IsTransform (targName)) {
+		    gn = Targ_FindNode(targName, TARG_CREATE);
+		} else {
+		    gn = Suff_AddTransform(targName);
+		}
+		if (doing_depend)
+		    ParseMark(gn);
+
+		(void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn);
+	    }
+	} else if (specType == ExPath && *line != '.' && *line != '\0') {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Extra target (%s) ignored", line);
+	}
+
+	/* Don't need the inserted null terminator any more. */
+	*cp = savec;
+
+	/*
+	 * If it is a special type and not .PATH, it's the only target we
+	 * allow on this line...
+	 */
+	if (specType != Not && specType != ExPath) {
+	    Boolean warning = FALSE;
+
+	    while (*cp && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) ||
+		((*cp != '!') && (*cp != ':')))) {
+		if (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) ||
+		    (*cp != ' ' && *cp != '\t')) {
+		    warning = TRUE;
+		}
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	    if (warning) {
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Extra target ignored");
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	}
+	line = cp;
+    } while (*line && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, line) ||
+	((*line != '!') && (*line != ':'))));
+
+    /*
+     * Don't need the list of target names anymore...
+     */
+    Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL);
+    curTargs = NULL;
+
+    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(targets)) {
+	switch(specType) {
+	    default:
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Special and mundane targets don't mix. Mundane ones ignored");
+		break;
+	    case Default:
+	    case Stale:
+	    case Begin:
+	    case End:
+	    case dotError:
+	    case Interrupt:
+		/*
+		 * These four create nodes on which to hang commands, so
+		 * targets shouldn't be empty...
+		 */
+	    case Not:
+		/*
+		 * Nothing special here -- targets can be empty if it wants.
+		 */
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Have now parsed all the target names. Must parse the operator next. The
+     * result is left in  op .
+     */
+    if (*cp == '!') {
+	op = OP_FORCE;
+    } else if (*cp == ':') {
+	if (cp[1] == ':') {
+	    op = OP_DOUBLEDEP;
+	    cp++;
+	} else {
+	    op = OP_DEPENDS;
+	}
+    } else {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, lstart[0] == '.' ? "Unknown directive"
+		    : "Missing dependency operator");
+	goto out;
+    }
+
+    /* Advance beyond the operator */
+    cp++;
+
+    /*
+     * Apply the operator to the target. This is how we remember which
+     * operator a target was defined with. It fails if the operator
+     * used isn't consistent across all references.
+     */
+    Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseDoOp, &op);
+
+    /*
+     * Onward to the sources.
+     *
+     * LINE will now point to the first source word, if any, or the
+     * end of the string if not.
+     */
+    while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+	cp++;
+    }
+    line = cp;
+
+    /*
+     * Several special targets take different actions if present with no
+     * sources:
+     *	a .SUFFIXES line with no sources clears out all old suffixes
+     *	a .PRECIOUS line makes all targets precious
+     *	a .IGNORE line ignores errors for all targets
+     *	a .SILENT line creates silence when making all targets
+     *	a .PATH removes all directories from the search path(s).
+     */
+    if (!*line) {
+	switch (specType) {
+	    case Suffixes:
+		Suff_ClearSuffixes();
+		break;
+	    case Precious:
+		allPrecious = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    case Ignore:
+		ignoreErrors = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    case Silent:
+		beSilent = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    case ExPath:
+		Lst_ForEach(paths, ParseClearPath, NULL);
+		Dir_SetPATH();
+		break;
+#ifdef POSIX
+            case Posix:
+                Var_Set("%POSIX", "1003.2", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+                break;
+#endif
+	    default:
+		break;
+	}
+    } else if (specType == MFlags) {
+	/*
+	 * Call on functions in main.c to deal with these arguments and
+	 * set the initial character to a null-character so the loop to
+	 * get sources won't get anything
+	 */
+	Main_ParseArgLine(line);
+	*line = '\0';
+    } else if (specType == ExShell) {
+	if (Job_ParseShell(line) != SUCCESS) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "improper shell specification");
+	    goto out;
+	}
+	*line = '\0';
+    } else if ((specType == NotParallel) || (specType == SingleShell) ||
+	    (specType == DeleteOnError)) {
+	*line = '\0';
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * NOW GO FOR THE SOURCES
+     */
+    if ((specType == Suffixes) || (specType == ExPath) ||
+	(specType == Includes) || (specType == Libs) ||
+	(specType == Null) || (specType == ExObjdir))
+    {
+	while (*line) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the target was one that doesn't take files as its sources
+	     * but takes something like suffixes, we take each
+	     * space-separated word on the line as a something and deal
+	     * with it accordingly.
+	     *
+	     * If the target was .SUFFIXES, we take each source as a
+	     * suffix and add it to the list of suffixes maintained by the
+	     * Suff module.
+	     *
+	     * If the target was a .PATH, we add the source as a directory
+	     * to search on the search path.
+	     *
+	     * If it was .INCLUDES, the source is taken to be the suffix of
+	     * files which will be #included and whose search path should
+	     * be present in the .INCLUDES variable.
+	     *
+	     * If it was .LIBS, the source is taken to be the suffix of
+	     * files which are considered libraries and whose search path
+	     * should be present in the .LIBS variable.
+	     *
+	     * If it was .NULL, the source is the suffix to use when a file
+	     * has no valid suffix.
+	     *
+	     * If it was .OBJDIR, the source is a new definition for .OBJDIR,
+	     * and will cause make to do a new chdir to that path.
+	     */
+	    while (*cp && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	    savec = *cp;
+	    *cp = '\0';
+	    switch (specType) {
+		case Suffixes:
+		    Suff_AddSuffix(line, &mainNode);
+		    break;
+		case ExPath:
+		    Lst_ForEach(paths, ParseAddDir, line);
+		    break;
+		case Includes:
+		    Suff_AddInclude(line);
+		    break;
+		case Libs:
+		    Suff_AddLib(line);
+		    break;
+		case Null:
+		    Suff_SetNull(line);
+		    break;
+		case ExObjdir:
+		    Main_SetObjdir("%s", line);
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    break;
+	    }
+	    *cp = savec;
+	    if (savec != '\0') {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	    while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	    line = cp;
+	}
+	if (paths) {
+	    Lst_Destroy(paths, NULL);
+	    paths = NULL;
+	}
+	if (specType == ExPath)
+	    Dir_SetPATH();
+    } else {
+	assert(paths == NULL);
+	while (*line) {
+	    /*
+	     * The targets take real sources, so we must beware of archive
+	     * specifications (i.e. things with left parentheses in them)
+	     * and handle them accordingly.
+	     */
+	    for (; *cp && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) {
+		if ((*cp == LPAREN) && (cp > line) && (cp[-1] != '$')) {
+		    /*
+		     * Only stop for a left parenthesis if it isn't at the
+		     * start of a word (that'll be for variable changes
+		     * later) and isn't preceded by a dollar sign (a dynamic
+		     * source).
+		     */
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (*cp == LPAREN) {
+		sources = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+		if (Arch_ParseArchive(&line, sources, VAR_CMD) != SUCCESS) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+				 "Error in source archive spec \"%s\"", line);
+		    goto out;
+		}
+
+		while (!Lst_IsEmpty (sources)) {
+		    gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(sources);
+		    ParseDoSrc(tOp, gn->name);
+		}
+		Lst_Destroy(sources, NULL);
+		cp = line;
+	    } else {
+		if (*cp) {
+		    *cp = '\0';
+		    cp += 1;
+		}
+
+		ParseDoSrc(tOp, line);
+	    }
+	    while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	    line = cp;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (mainNode == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * If we have yet to decide on a main target to make, in the
+	 * absence of any user input, we want the first target on
+	 * the first dependency line that is actually a real target
+	 * (i.e. isn't a .USE or .EXEC rule) to be made.
+	 */
+	Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseFindMain, NULL);
+    }
+
+out:
+    assert(paths == NULL);
+    if (curTargs)
+	    Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_IsVar  --
+ *	Return TRUE if the passed line is a variable assignment. A variable
+ *	assignment consists of a single word followed by optional whitespace
+ *	followed by either a += or an = operator.
+ *	This function is used both by the Parse_File function and main when
+ *	parsing the command-line arguments.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		the line to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if it is. FALSE if it ain't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	none
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Parse_IsVar(char *line)
+{
+    Boolean wasSpace = FALSE;	/* set TRUE if found a space */
+    char ch;
+    int level = 0;
+#define ISEQOPERATOR(c) \
+	(((c) == '+') || ((c) == ':') || ((c) == '?') || ((c) == '!'))
+
+    /*
+     * Skip to variable name
+     */
+    for (;(*line == ' ') || (*line == '\t'); line++)
+	continue;
+
+    /* Scan for one of the assignment operators outside a variable expansion */
+    while ((ch = *line++) != 0) {
+	if (ch == '(' || ch == '{') {
+	    level++;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (ch == ')' || ch == '}') {
+	    level--;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (level != 0)
+	    continue;
+	while (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t') {
+	    ch = *line++;
+	    wasSpace = TRUE;
+	}
+#ifdef SUNSHCMD
+	if (ch == ':' && strncmp(line, "sh", 2) == 0) {
+	    line += 2;
+	    continue;
+	}
+#endif
+	if (ch == '=')
+	    return TRUE;
+	if (*line == '=' && ISEQOPERATOR(ch))
+	    return TRUE;
+	if (wasSpace)
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_DoVar  --
+ *	Take the variable assignment in the passed line and do it in the
+ *	global context.
+ *
+ *	Note: There is a lexical ambiguity with assignment modifier characters
+ *	in variable names. This routine interprets the character before the =
+ *	as a modifier. Therefore, an assignment like
+ *	    C++=/usr/bin/CC
+ *	is interpreted as "C+ +=" instead of "C++ =".
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		a line guaranteed to be a variable assignment.
+ *			This reduces error checks
+ *	ctxt		Context in which to do the assignment
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the variable structure of the given variable name is altered in the
+ *	global context.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_DoVar(char *line, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    char	   *cp;	/* pointer into line */
+    enum {
+	VAR_SUBST, VAR_APPEND, VAR_SHELL, VAR_NORMAL
+    }	    	    type;   	/* Type of assignment */
+    char            *opc;	/* ptr to operator character to
+				 * null-terminate the variable name */
+    Boolean	   freeCp = FALSE; /* TRUE if cp needs to be freed,
+				    * i.e. if any variable expansion was
+				    * performed */
+    int depth;
+
+    /*
+     * Skip to variable name
+     */
+    while ((*line == ' ') || (*line == '\t')) {
+	line++;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Skip to operator character, nulling out whitespace as we go
+     * XXX Rather than counting () and {} we should look for $ and
+     * then expand the variable.
+     */
+    for (depth = 0, cp = line + 1; depth > 0 || *cp != '='; cp++) {
+	if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{') {
+	    depth++;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') {
+	    depth--;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (depth == 0 && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+	    *cp = '\0';
+	}
+    }
+    opc = cp-1;		/* operator is the previous character */
+    *cp++ = '\0';	/* nuke the = */
+
+    /*
+     * Check operator type
+     */
+    switch (*opc) {
+	case '+':
+	    type = VAR_APPEND;
+	    *opc = '\0';
+	    break;
+
+	case '?':
+	    /*
+	     * If the variable already has a value, we don't do anything.
+	     */
+	    *opc = '\0';
+	    if (Var_Exists(line, ctxt)) {
+		return;
+	    } else {
+		type = VAR_NORMAL;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case ':':
+	    type = VAR_SUBST;
+	    *opc = '\0';
+	    break;
+
+	case '!':
+	    type = VAR_SHELL;
+	    *opc = '\0';
+	    break;
+
+	default:
+#ifdef SUNSHCMD
+	    while (opc > line && *opc != ':')
+		opc--;
+
+	    if (strncmp(opc, ":sh", 3) == 0) {
+		type = VAR_SHELL;
+		*opc = '\0';
+		break;
+	    }
+#endif
+	    type = VAR_NORMAL;
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    while (isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+	cp++;
+    }
+
+    if (type == VAR_APPEND) {
+	Var_Append(line, cp, ctxt);
+    } else if (type == VAR_SUBST) {
+	/*
+	 * Allow variables in the old value to be undefined, but leave their
+	 * invocation alone -- this is done by forcing oldVars to be false.
+	 * XXX: This can cause recursive variables, but that's not hard to do,
+	 * and this allows someone to do something like
+	 *
+	 *  CFLAGS = $(.INCLUDES)
+	 *  CFLAGS := -I.. $(CFLAGS)
+	 *
+	 * And not get an error.
+	 */
+	Boolean	  oldOldVars = oldVars;
+
+	oldVars = FALSE;
+
+	/*
+	 * make sure that we set the variable the first time to nothing
+	 * so that it gets substituted!
+	 */
+	if (!Var_Exists(line, ctxt))
+	    Var_Set(line, "", ctxt, 0);
+
+	cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, ctxt, VARF_WANTRES|VARF_ASSIGN);
+	oldVars = oldOldVars;
+	freeCp = TRUE;
+
+	Var_Set(line, cp, ctxt, 0);
+    } else if (type == VAR_SHELL) {
+	char *res;
+	const char *error;
+
+	if (strchr(cp, '$') != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * There's a dollar sign in the command, so perform variable
+	     * expansion on the whole thing. The resulting string will need
+	     * freeing when we're done, so set freeCmd to TRUE.
+	     */
+	    cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, VAR_CMD, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES);
+	    freeCp = TRUE;
+	}
+
+	res = Cmd_Exec(cp, &error);
+	Var_Set(line, res, ctxt, 0);
+	free(res);
+
+	if (error)
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, error, cp);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Normal assignment -- just do it.
+	 */
+	Var_Set(line, cp, ctxt, 0);
+    }
+    if (strcmp(line, MAKEOVERRIDES) == 0)
+	Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(FALSE);	/* re-export MAKEFLAGS */
+    else if (strcmp(line, ".CURDIR") == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * Somone is being (too?) clever...
+	 * Let's pretend they know what they are doing and
+	 * re-initialize the 'cur' Path.
+	 */
+	Dir_InitCur(cp);
+	Dir_SetPATH();
+    } else if (strcmp(line, MAKE_JOB_PREFIX) == 0) {
+	Job_SetPrefix();
+    } else if (strcmp(line, MAKE_EXPORTED) == 0) {
+	Var_Export(cp, 0);
+    }
+    if (freeCp)
+	free(cp);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ParseMaybeSubMake --
+ * 	Scan the command string to see if it a possible submake node
+ * Input:
+ *	cmd		the command to scan
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the command is possibly a submake, FALSE if not.
+ */
+static Boolean
+ParseMaybeSubMake(const char *cmd)
+{
+    size_t i;
+    static struct {
+	const char *name;
+	size_t len;
+    } vals[] = {
+#define MKV(A)	{	A, sizeof(A) - 1	}
+	MKV("${MAKE}"),
+	MKV("${.MAKE}"),
+	MKV("$(MAKE)"),
+	MKV("$(.MAKE)"),
+	MKV("make"),
+    };
+    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(vals)/sizeof(vals[0]); i++) {
+	char *ptr;
+	if ((ptr = strstr(cmd, vals[i].name)) == NULL)
+	    continue;
+	if ((ptr == cmd || !isalnum((unsigned char)ptr[-1]))
+	    && !isalnum((unsigned char)ptr[vals[i].len]))
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ParseAddCmd  --
+ *	Lst_ForEach function to add a command line to all targets
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		the node to which the command is to be added
+ *	cmd		the command to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new element is added to the commands list of the node,
+ *	and the node can be marked as a submake node if the command is
+ *	determined to be that.
+ */
+static int
+ParseAddCmd(void *gnp, void *cmd)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+    /* Add to last (ie current) cohort for :: targets */
+    if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts))
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(gn->cohorts));
+
+    /* if target already supplied, ignore commands */
+    if (!(gn->type & OP_HAS_COMMANDS)) {
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->commands, cmd);
+	if (ParseMaybeSubMake(cmd))
+	    gn->type |= OP_SUBMAKE;
+	ParseMark(gn);
+    } else {
+#ifdef notyet
+	/* XXX: We cannot do this until we fix the tree */
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->commands, cmd);
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+		     "overriding commands for target \"%s\"; "
+		     "previous commands defined at %s: %d ignored",
+		     gn->name, gn->fname, gn->lineno);
+#else
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+		     "duplicate script for target \"%s\" ignored",
+		     gn->name);
+	ParseErrorInternal(gn->fname, gn->lineno, PARSE_WARNING,
+			    "using previous script for \"%s\" defined here",
+			    gn->name);
+#endif
+    }
+    return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseHasCommands --
+ *	Callback procedure for Parse_File when destroying the list of
+ *	targets on the last dependency line. Marks a target as already
+ *	having commands if it does, to keep from having shell commands
+ *	on multiple dependency lines.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		Node to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	OP_HAS_COMMANDS may be set for the target.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseHasCommands(void *gnp)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands)) {
+	gn->type |= OP_HAS_COMMANDS;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_AddIncludeDir --
+ *	Add a directory to the path searched for included makefiles
+ *	bracketed by double-quotes. Used by functions in main.c
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	dir		The name of the directory to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The directory is appended to the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_AddIncludeDir(char *dir)
+{
+    (void)Dir_AddDir(parseIncPath, dir);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoInclude  --
+ *	Push to another file.
+ *
+ *	The input is the line minus the `.'. A file spec is a string
+ *	enclosed in <> or "". The former is looked for only in sysIncPath.
+ *	The latter in . and the directories specified by -I command line
+ *	options
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno,
+ *	fname and curFILE are altered for the new file
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+Parse_include_file(char *file, Boolean isSystem, Boolean depinc, int silent)
+{
+    struct loadedfile *lf;
+    char          *fullname;	/* full pathname of file */
+    char          *newName;
+    char          *prefEnd, *incdir;
+    int           fd;
+    int           i;
+
+    /*
+     * Now we know the file's name and its search path, we attempt to
+     * find the durn thing. A return of NULL indicates the file don't
+     * exist.
+     */
+    fullname = file[0] == '/' ? bmake_strdup(file) : NULL;
+
+    if (fullname == NULL && !isSystem) {
+	/*
+	 * Include files contained in double-quotes are first searched for
+	 * relative to the including file's location. We don't want to
+	 * cd there, of course, so we just tack on the old file's
+	 * leading path components and call Dir_FindFile to see if
+	 * we can locate the beast.
+	 */
+
+	incdir = bmake_strdup(curFile->fname);
+	prefEnd = strrchr(incdir, '/');
+	if (prefEnd != NULL) {
+	    *prefEnd = '\0';
+	    /* Now do lexical processing of leading "../" on the filename */
+	    for (i = 0; strncmp(file + i, "../", 3) == 0; i += 3) {
+		prefEnd = strrchr(incdir + 1, '/');
+		if (prefEnd == NULL || strcmp(prefEnd, "/..") == 0)
+		    break;
+		*prefEnd = '\0';
+	    }
+	    newName = str_concat(incdir, file + i, STR_ADDSLASH);
+	    fullname = Dir_FindFile(newName, parseIncPath);
+	    if (fullname == NULL)
+		fullname = Dir_FindFile(newName, dirSearchPath);
+	    free(newName);
+	}
+	free(incdir);
+
+	if (fullname == NULL) {
+	    /*
+    	     * Makefile wasn't found in same directory as included makefile.
+	     * Search for it first on the -I search path,
+	     * then on the .PATH search path, if not found in a -I directory.
+	     * If we have a suffix specific path we should use that.
+	     */
+	    char *suff;
+	    Lst	suffPath = NULL;
+
+	    if ((suff = strrchr(file, '.'))) {
+		suffPath = Suff_GetPath(suff);
+		if (suffPath != NULL) {
+		    fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, suffPath);
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (fullname == NULL) {
+		fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, parseIncPath);
+		if (fullname == NULL) {
+		    fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, dirSearchPath);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Looking for a system file or file still not found */
+    if (fullname == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Look for it on the system path
+	 */
+	fullname = Dir_FindFile(file,
+		    Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath);
+    }
+
+    if (fullname == NULL) {
+	if (!silent)
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Could not find %s", file);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* Actually open the file... */
+    fd = open(fullname, O_RDONLY);
+    if (fd == -1) {
+	if (!silent)
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Cannot open %s", fullname);
+	free(fullname);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* load it */
+    lf = loadfile(fullname, fd);
+
+    ParseSetIncludedFile();
+    /* Start reading from this file next */
+    Parse_SetInput(fullname, 0, -1, loadedfile_nextbuf, lf);
+    curFile->lf = lf;
+    if (depinc)
+	doing_depend = depinc;		/* only turn it on */
+}
+
+static void
+ParseDoInclude(char *line)
+{
+    char          endc;	    	/* the character which ends the file spec */
+    char          *cp;		/* current position in file spec */
+    int		  silent = (*line != 'i') ? 1 : 0;
+    char	  *file = &line[7 + silent];
+
+    /* Skip to delimiter character so we know where to look */
+    while (*file == ' ' || *file == '\t')
+	file++;
+
+    if (*file != '"' && *file != '<') {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+	    ".include filename must be delimited by '\"' or '<'");
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set the search path on which to find the include file based on the
+     * characters which bracket its name. Angle-brackets imply it's
+     * a system Makefile while double-quotes imply it's a user makefile
+     */
+    if (*file == '<') {
+	endc = '>';
+    } else {
+	endc = '"';
+    }
+
+    /* Skip to matching delimiter */
+    for (cp = ++file; *cp && *cp != endc; cp++)
+	continue;
+
+    if (*cp != endc) {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+		     "Unclosed %cinclude filename. '%c' expected",
+		     '.', endc);
+	return;
+    }
+    *cp = '\0';
+
+    /*
+     * Substitute for any variables in the file name before trying to
+     * find the thing.
+     */
+    file = Var_Subst(NULL, file, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES);
+
+    Parse_include_file(file, endc == '>', (*line == 'd'), silent);
+    free(file);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseSetIncludedFile  --
+ *	Set the .INCLUDEDFROMFILE variable to the contents of .PARSEFILE
+ *	and the .INCLUDEDFROMDIR variable to the contents of .PARSEDIR
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The .INCLUDEDFROMFILE variable is overwritten by the contents
+ *	of .PARSEFILE and the .INCLUDEDFROMDIR variable is overwriten
+ *	by the contents of .PARSEDIR
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseSetIncludedFile(void)
+{
+    char *pf, *fp = NULL;
+    char *pd, *dp = NULL;
+
+    pf = Var_Value(".PARSEFILE", VAR_GLOBAL, &fp);
+    Var_Set(".INCLUDEDFROMFILE", pf, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    pd = Var_Value(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &dp);
+    Var_Set(".INCLUDEDFROMDIR", pd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "%s: ${.INCLUDEDFROMDIR} = `%s' "
+	    "${.INCLUDEDFROMFILE} = `%s'\n", __func__, pd, pf);
+
+    free(fp);
+    free(dp);
+}
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseSetParseFile  --
+ *	Set the .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE variables to the dirname and
+ *	basename of the given filename
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE variables are overwritten by the
+ *	dirname and basename of the given filename.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseSetParseFile(const char *filename)
+{
+    char *slash, *dirname;
+    const char *pd, *pf;
+    int len;
+
+    slash = strrchr(filename, '/');
+    if (slash == NULL) {
+	Var_Set(".PARSEDIR", pd = curdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(".PARSEFILE", pf = filename, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	dirname= NULL;
+    } else {
+	len = slash - filename;
+	dirname = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
+	memcpy(dirname, filename, len);
+	dirname[len] = '\0';
+	Var_Set(".PARSEDIR", pd = dirname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(".PARSEFILE", pf = slash + 1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "%s: ${.PARSEDIR} = `%s' ${.PARSEFILE} = `%s'\n",
+	    __func__, pd, pf);
+    free(dirname);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Track the makefiles we read - so makefiles can
+ * set dependencies on them.
+ * Avoid adding anything more than once.
+ */
+
+static void
+ParseTrackInput(const char *name)
+{
+    char *old;
+    char *ep;
+    char *fp = NULL;
+    size_t name_len = strlen(name);
+    
+    old = Var_Value(MAKE_MAKEFILES, VAR_GLOBAL, &fp);
+    if (old) {
+	ep = old + strlen(old) - name_len;
+	/* does it contain name? */
+	for (; old != NULL; old = strchr(old, ' ')) {
+	    if (*old == ' ')
+		old++;
+	    if (old >= ep)
+		break;			/* cannot contain name */
+	    if (memcmp(old, name, name_len) == 0
+		    && (old[name_len] == 0 || old[name_len] == ' '))
+		goto cleanup;
+	}
+    }
+    Var_Append (MAKE_MAKEFILES, name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ cleanup:
+    if (fp) {
+	free(fp);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_setInput  --
+ *	Start Parsing from the given source
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno,
+ *	fname and curFile are altered for the new file
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_SetInput(const char *name, int line, int fd,
+	char *(*nextbuf)(void *, size_t *), void *arg)
+{
+    char *buf;
+    size_t len;
+
+    if (name == NULL)
+	name = curFile->fname;
+    else
+	ParseTrackInput(name);
+
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "%s: file %s, line %d, fd %d, nextbuf %p, arg %p\n",
+	    __func__, name, line, fd, nextbuf, arg);
+
+    if (fd == -1 && nextbuf == NULL)
+	/* sanity */
+	return;
+
+    if (curFile != NULL)
+	/* Save exiting file info */
+	Lst_AtFront(includes, curFile);
+
+    /* Allocate and fill in new structure */
+    curFile = bmake_malloc(sizeof *curFile);
+
+    /*
+     * Once the previous state has been saved, we can get down to reading
+     * the new file. We set up the name of the file to be the absolute
+     * name of the include file so error messages refer to the right
+     * place.
+     */
+    curFile->fname = bmake_strdup(name);
+    curFile->lineno = line;
+    curFile->first_lineno = line;
+    curFile->nextbuf = nextbuf;
+    curFile->nextbuf_arg = arg;
+    curFile->lf = NULL;
+    curFile->depending = doing_depend;	/* restore this on EOF */
+
+    assert(nextbuf != NULL);
+
+    /* Get first block of input data */
+    buf = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg, &len);
+    if (buf == NULL) {
+        /* Was all a waste of time ... */
+	if (curFile->fname)
+	    free(curFile->fname);
+	free(curFile);
+	return;
+    }
+    curFile->P_str = buf;
+    curFile->P_ptr = buf;
+    curFile->P_end = buf+len;
+
+    curFile->cond_depth = Cond_save_depth();
+    ParseSetParseFile(name);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * IsInclude --
+ *	Check if the line is an include directive
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if it is.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+IsInclude(const char *line, Boolean sysv)
+{
+	static const char inc[] = "include";
+	static const size_t inclen = sizeof(inc) - 1;
+
+	// 'd' is not valid for sysv
+	int o = strchr(&("ds-"[sysv]), *line) != NULL;
+
+	if (strncmp(line + o, inc, inclen) != 0)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// Space is not mandatory for BSD .include
+	return !sysv || isspace((unsigned char)line[inclen + o]);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SYSVINCLUDE
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * IsSysVInclude --
+ *	Check if the line is a SYSV include directive
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if it is.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+IsSysVInclude(const char *line)
+{
+	const char *p;
+
+	if (!IsInclude(line, TRUE))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	/* Avoid interpeting a dependency line as an include */
+	for (p = line; (p = strchr(p, ':')) != NULL;) {
+		if (*++p == '\0') {
+			/* end of line -> dependency */
+			return FALSE;
+		}
+		if (*p == ':' || isspace((unsigned char)*p)) {
+			/* :: operator or ': ' -> dependency */
+			return FALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseTraditionalInclude  --
+ *	Push to another file.
+ *
+ *	The input is the current line. The file name(s) are
+ *	following the "include".
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno,
+ *	fname and curFILE are altered for the new file
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseTraditionalInclude(char *line)
+{
+    char          *cp;		/* current position in file spec */
+    int		   done = 0;
+    int		   silent = (line[0] != 'i') ? 1 : 0;
+    char	  *file = &line[silent + 7];
+    char	  *all_files;
+
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %s\n", __func__, file);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Skip over whitespace
+     */
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*file))
+	file++;
+
+    /*
+     * Substitute for any variables in the file name before trying to
+     * find the thing.
+     */
+    all_files = Var_Subst(NULL, file, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES);
+
+    if (*file == '\0') {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+		     "Filename missing from \"include\"");
+	goto out;
+    }
+
+    for (file = all_files; !done; file = cp + 1) {
+	/* Skip to end of line or next whitespace */
+	for (cp = file; *cp && !isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++)
+	    continue;
+
+	if (*cp)
+	    *cp = '\0';
+	else
+	    done = 1;
+
+	Parse_include_file(file, FALSE, FALSE, silent);
+    }
+out:
+    free(all_files);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GMAKEEXPORT
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseGmakeExport  --
+ *	Parse export <variable>=<value>
+ *
+ *	And set the environment with it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseGmakeExport(char *line)
+{
+    char	  *variable = &line[6];
+    char	  *value;
+
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %s\n", __func__, variable);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Skip over whitespace
+     */
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*variable))
+	variable++;
+
+    for (value = variable; *value && *value != '='; value++)
+	continue;
+
+    if (*value != '=') {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+		     "Variable/Value missing from \"export\"");
+	return;
+    }
+    *value++ = '\0';			/* terminate variable */
+
+    /*
+     * Expand the value before putting it in the environment.
+     */
+    value = Var_Subst(NULL, value, VAR_CMD, VARF_WANTRES);
+    setenv(variable, value, 1);
+    free(value);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseEOF  --
+ *	Called when EOF is reached in the current file. If we were reading
+ *	an include file, the includes stack is popped and things set up
+ *	to go back to reading the previous file at the previous location.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	CONTINUE if there's more to do. DONE if not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The old curFILE, is closed. The includes list is shortened.
+ *	lineno, curFILE, and fname are changed if CONTINUE is returned.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseEOF(void)
+{
+    char *ptr;
+    size_t len;
+
+    assert(curFile->nextbuf != NULL);
+
+    doing_depend = curFile->depending;	/* restore this */
+    /* get next input buffer, if any */
+    ptr = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg, &len);
+    curFile->P_ptr = ptr;
+    curFile->P_str = ptr;
+    curFile->P_end = ptr + len;
+    curFile->lineno = curFile->first_lineno;
+    if (ptr != NULL) {
+	/* Iterate again */
+	return CONTINUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Ensure the makefile (or loop) didn't have mismatched conditionals */
+    Cond_restore_depth(curFile->cond_depth);
+
+    if (curFile->lf != NULL) {
+	    loadedfile_destroy(curFile->lf);
+	    curFile->lf = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* Dispose of curFile info */
+    /* Leak curFile->fname because all the gnodes have pointers to it */
+    free(curFile->P_str);
+    free(curFile);
+
+    curFile = Lst_DeQueue(includes);
+
+    if (curFile == NULL) {
+	/* We've run out of input */
+	Var_Delete(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL);
+	Var_Delete(".PARSEFILE", VAR_GLOBAL);
+	Var_Delete(".INCLUDEDFROMDIR", VAR_GLOBAL);
+	Var_Delete(".INCLUDEDFROMFILE", VAR_GLOBAL);
+	return DONE;
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "ParseEOF: returning to file %s, line %d\n",
+	    curFile->fname, curFile->lineno);
+
+    /* Restore the PARSEDIR/PARSEFILE variables */
+    ParseSetParseFile(curFile->fname);
+    return (CONTINUE);
+}
+
+#define PARSE_RAW 1
+#define PARSE_SKIP 2
+
+static char *
+ParseGetLine(int flags, int *length)
+{
+    IFile *cf = curFile;
+    char *ptr;
+    char ch;
+    char *line;
+    char *line_end;
+    char *escaped;
+    char *comment;
+    char *tp;
+
+    /* Loop through blank lines and comment lines */
+    for (;;) {
+	cf->lineno++;
+	line = cf->P_ptr;
+	ptr = line;
+	line_end = line;
+	escaped = NULL;
+	comment = NULL;
+	for (;;) {
+	    if (cf->P_end != NULL && ptr == cf->P_end) {
+		/* end of buffer */
+		ch = 0;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    ch = *ptr;
+	    if (ch == 0 || (ch == '\\' && ptr[1] == 0)) {
+		if (cf->P_end == NULL)
+		    /* End of string (aka for loop) data */
+		    break;
+		/* see if there is more we can parse */
+		while (ptr++ < cf->P_end) {
+		    if ((ch = *ptr) == '\n') {
+			if (ptr > line && ptr[-1] == '\\')
+			    continue;
+			Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+			    "Zero byte read from file, skipping rest of line.");
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+		if (cf->nextbuf != NULL) {
+		    /*
+		     * End of this buffer; return EOF and outer logic
+		     * will get the next one. (eww)
+		     */
+		    break;
+		}
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Zero byte read from file");
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+
+	    if (ch == '\\') {
+		/* Don't treat next character as special, remember first one */
+		if (escaped == NULL)
+		    escaped = ptr;
+		if (ptr[1] == '\n')
+		    cf->lineno++;
+		ptr += 2;
+		line_end = ptr;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (ch == '#' && comment == NULL) {
+		/* Remember first '#' for comment stripping */
+		/* Unless previous char was '[', as in modifier :[#] */
+		if (!(ptr > line && ptr[-1] == '['))
+		    comment = line_end;
+	    }
+	    ptr++;
+	    if (ch == '\n')
+		break;
+	    if (!isspace((unsigned char)ch))
+		/* We are not interested in trailing whitespace */
+		line_end = ptr;
+	}
+
+	/* Save next 'to be processed' location */
+	cf->P_ptr = ptr;
+
+	/* Check we have a non-comment, non-blank line */
+	if (line_end == line || comment == line) {
+	    if (ch == 0)
+		/* At end of file */
+		return NULL;
+	    /* Parse another line */
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	/* We now have a line of data */
+	*line_end = 0;
+
+	if (flags & PARSE_RAW) {
+	    /* Leave '\' (etc) in line buffer (eg 'for' lines) */
+	    *length = line_end - line;
+	    return line;
+	}
+
+	if (flags & PARSE_SKIP) {
+	    /* Completely ignore non-directives */
+	    if (line[0] != '.')
+		continue;
+	    /* We could do more of the .else/.elif/.endif checks here */
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+
+    /* Brutally ignore anything after a non-escaped '#' in non-commands */
+    if (comment != NULL && line[0] != '\t') {
+	line_end = comment;
+	*line_end = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* If we didn't see a '\\' then the in-situ data is fine */
+    if (escaped == NULL) {
+	*length = line_end - line;
+	return line;
+    }
+
+    /* Remove escapes from '\n' and '#' */
+    tp = ptr = escaped;
+    escaped = line;
+    for (; ; *tp++ = ch) {
+	ch = *ptr++;
+	if (ch != '\\') {
+	    if (ch == 0)
+		break;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	ch = *ptr++;
+	if (ch == 0) {
+	    /* Delete '\\' at end of buffer */
+	    tp--;
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	if (ch == '#' && line[0] != '\t')
+	    /* Delete '\\' from before '#' on non-command lines */
+	    continue;
+
+	if (ch != '\n') {
+	    /* Leave '\\' in buffer for later */
+	    *tp++ = '\\';
+	    /* Make sure we don't delete an escaped ' ' from the line end */
+	    escaped = tp + 1;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	/* Escaped '\n' replace following whitespace with a single ' ' */
+	while (ptr[0] == ' ' || ptr[0] == '\t')
+	    ptr++;
+	ch = ' ';
+    }
+
+    /* Delete any trailing spaces - eg from empty continuations */
+    while (tp > escaped && isspace((unsigned char)tp[-1]))
+	tp--;
+
+    *tp = 0;
+    *length = tp - line;
+    return line;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseReadLine --
+ *	Read an entire line from the input file. Called only by Parse_File.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A line w/o its newline
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Only those associated with reading a character
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+ParseReadLine(void)
+{
+    char 	  *line;    	/* Result */
+    int	    	  lineLength;	/* Length of result */
+    int	    	  lineno;	/* Saved line # */
+    int	    	  rval;
+
+    for (;;) {
+	line = ParseGetLine(0, &lineLength);
+	if (line == NULL)
+	    return NULL;
+
+	if (line[0] != '.')
+	    return line;
+
+	/*
+	 * The line might be a conditional. Ask the conditional module
+	 * about it and act accordingly
+	 */
+	switch (Cond_Eval(line)) {
+	case COND_SKIP:
+	    /* Skip to next conditional that evaluates to COND_PARSE.  */
+	    do {
+		line = ParseGetLine(PARSE_SKIP, &lineLength);
+	    } while (line && Cond_Eval(line) != COND_PARSE);
+	    if (line == NULL)
+		break;
+	    continue;
+	case COND_PARSE:
+	    continue;
+	case COND_INVALID:    /* Not a conditional line */
+	    /* Check for .for loops */
+	    rval = For_Eval(line);
+	    if (rval == 0)
+		/* Not a .for line */
+		break;
+	    if (rval < 0)
+		/* Syntax error - error printed, ignore line */
+		continue;
+	    /* Start of a .for loop */
+	    lineno = curFile->lineno;
+	    /* Accumulate loop lines until matching .endfor */
+	    do {
+		line = ParseGetLine(PARSE_RAW, &lineLength);
+		if (line == NULL) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+			     "Unexpected end of file in for loop.");
+		    break;
+		}
+	    } while (For_Accum(line));
+	    /* Stash each iteration as a new 'input file' */
+	    For_Run(lineno);
+	    /* Read next line from for-loop buffer */
+	    continue;
+	}
+	return (line);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseFinishLine --
+ *	Handle the end of a dependency group.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	inLine set FALSE. 'targets' list destroyed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseFinishLine(void)
+{
+    if (inLine) {
+	Lst_ForEach(targets, Suff_EndTransform, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(targets, ParseHasCommands);
+	targets = NULL;
+	inLine = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_File --
+ *	Parse a file into its component parts, incorporating it into the
+ *	current dependency graph. This is the main function and controls
+ *	almost every other function in this module
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		the name of the file being read
+ *	fd		Open file to makefile to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	closes fd.
+ *	Loads. Nodes are added to the list of all targets, nodes and links
+ *	are added to the dependency graph. etc. etc. etc.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_File(const char *name, int fd)
+{
+    char	  *cp;		/* pointer into the line */
+    char          *line;	/* the line we're working on */
+    struct loadedfile *lf;
+
+    lf = loadfile(name, fd);
+
+    inLine = FALSE;
+    fatals = 0;
+
+    if (name == NULL) {
+	    name = "(stdin)";
+    }
+
+    Parse_SetInput(name, 0, -1, loadedfile_nextbuf, lf);
+    curFile->lf = lf;
+
+    do {
+	for (; (line = ParseReadLine()) != NULL; ) {
+	    if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "ParseReadLine (%d): '%s'\n",
+			curFile->lineno, line);
+	    if (*line == '.') {
+		/*
+		 * Lines that begin with the special character may be
+		 * include or undef directives.
+		 * On the other hand they can be suffix rules (.c.o: ...)
+		 * or just dependencies for filenames that start '.'.
+		 */
+		for (cp = line + 1; isspace((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) {
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if (IsInclude(cp, FALSE)) {
+		    ParseDoInclude(cp);
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if (strncmp(cp, "undef", 5) == 0) {
+		    char *cp2;
+		    for (cp += 5; isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++)
+			continue;
+		    for (cp2 = cp; !isspace((unsigned char) *cp2) &&
+				   (*cp2 != '\0'); cp2++)
+			continue;
+		    *cp2 = '\0';
+		    Var_Delete(cp, VAR_GLOBAL);
+		    continue;
+		} else if (strncmp(cp, "export", 6) == 0) {
+		    for (cp += 6; isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++)
+			continue;
+		    Var_Export(cp, 1);
+		    continue;
+		} else if (strncmp(cp, "unexport", 8) == 0) {
+		    Var_UnExport(cp);
+		    continue;
+		} else if (strncmp(cp, "info", 4) == 0 ||
+			   strncmp(cp, "error", 5) == 0 ||
+			   strncmp(cp, "warning", 7) == 0) {
+		    if (ParseMessage(cp))
+			continue;
+		}		    
+	    }
+
+	    if (*line == '\t') {
+		/*
+		 * If a line starts with a tab, it can only hope to be
+		 * a creation command.
+		 */
+		cp = line + 1;
+	      shellCommand:
+		for (; isspace ((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) {
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if (*cp) {
+		    if (!inLine)
+			Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+				     "Unassociated shell command \"%s\"",
+				     cp);
+		    /*
+		     * So long as it's not a blank line and we're actually
+		     * in a dependency spec, add the command to the list of
+		     * commands of all targets in the dependency spec
+		     */
+		    if (targets) {
+			cp = bmake_strdup(cp);
+			Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseAddCmd, cp);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+			Lst_AtEnd(targCmds, cp);
+#endif
+		    }
+		}
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+#ifdef SYSVINCLUDE
+	    if (IsSysVInclude(line)) {
+		/*
+		 * It's an S3/S5-style "include".
+		 */
+		ParseTraditionalInclude(line);
+		continue;
+	    }
+#endif
+#ifdef GMAKEEXPORT
+	    if (strncmp(line, "export", 6) == 0 &&
+		isspace((unsigned char) line[6]) &&
+		strchr(line, ':') == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * It's a Gmake "export".
+		 */
+		ParseGmakeExport(line);
+		continue;
+	    }
+#endif
+	    if (Parse_IsVar(line)) {
+		ParseFinishLine();
+		Parse_DoVar(line, VAR_GLOBAL);
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+#ifndef POSIX
+	    /*
+	     * To make life easier on novices, if the line is indented we
+	     * first make sure the line has a dependency operator in it.
+	     * If it doesn't have an operator and we're in a dependency
+	     * line's script, we assume it's actually a shell command
+	     * and add it to the current list of targets.
+	     */
+	    cp = line;
+	    if (isspace((unsigned char) line[0])) {
+		while ((*cp != '\0') && isspace((unsigned char) *cp))
+		    cp++;
+		while (*cp && (ParseIsEscaped(line, cp) ||
+			(*cp != ':') && (*cp != '!'))) {
+		    cp++;
+		}
+		if (*cp == '\0') {
+		    if (inLine) {
+			Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+				     "Shell command needs a leading tab");
+			goto shellCommand;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+#endif
+	    ParseFinishLine();
+
+	    /*
+	     * For some reason - probably to make the parser impossible -
+	     * a ';' can be used to separate commands from dependencies.
+	     * Attempt to avoid ';' inside substitution patterns.
+	     */
+	    {
+		int level = 0;
+
+		for (cp = line; *cp != 0; cp++) {
+		    if (*cp == '\\' && cp[1] != 0) {
+			cp++;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    if (*cp == '$' &&
+			(cp[1] == '(' || cp[1] == '{')) {
+			level++;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    if (level > 0) {
+			if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') {
+			    level--;
+			    continue;
+			}
+		    } else if (*cp == ';') {
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (*cp != 0)
+		/* Terminate the dependency list at the ';' */
+		*cp++ = 0;
+	    else
+		cp = NULL;
+
+	    /*
+	     * We now know it's a dependency line so it needs to have all
+	     * variables expanded before being parsed. Tell the variable
+	     * module to complain if some variable is undefined...
+	     */
+	    line = Var_Subst(NULL, line, VAR_CMD, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Need a non-circular list for the target nodes
+	     */
+	    if (targets)
+		Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL);
+
+	    targets = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	    inLine = TRUE;
+
+	    ParseDoDependency(line);
+	    free(line);
+
+	    /* If there were commands after a ';', add them now */
+	    if (cp != NULL) {
+		goto shellCommand;
+	    }
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Reached EOF, but it may be just EOF of an include file...
+	 */
+    } while (ParseEOF() == CONTINUE);
+
+    if (fatals) {
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "%s: Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue",
+	    progname);
+	PrintOnError(NULL, NULL);
+	exit(1);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_Init --
+ *	initialize the parsing module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the parseIncPath list is initialized...
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_Init(void)
+{
+    mainNode = NULL;
+    parseIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    sysIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    defIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    includes = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    targCmds = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+Parse_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    Lst_Destroy(targCmds, (FreeProc *)free);
+    if (targets)
+	Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(defIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
+    Lst_Destroy(sysIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
+    Lst_Destroy(parseIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
+    Lst_Destroy(includes, NULL);	/* Should be empty now */
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_MainName --
+ *	Return a Lst of the main target to create for main()'s sake. If
+ *	no such target exists, we Punt with an obnoxious error message.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A Lst of the single node to create.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Parse_MainName(void)
+{
+    Lst           mainList;	/* result list */
+
+    mainList = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    if (mainNode == NULL) {
+	Punt("no target to make.");
+    	/*NOTREACHED*/
+    } else if (mainNode->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) {
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(mainList, mainNode);
+	Lst_Concat(mainList, mainNode->cohorts, LST_CONCNEW);
+    }
+    else
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(mainList, mainNode);
+    Var_Append(".TARGETS", mainNode->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+    return (mainList);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseMark --
+ *	Add the filename and lineno to the GNode so that we remember
+ *	where it was first defined.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseMark(GNode *gn)
+{
+    gn->fname = curFile->fname;
+    gn->lineno = curFile->lineno;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/pathnames.h b/usr.bin/make/pathnames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12c4f3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/pathnames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.17 2009/04/11 09:41:18 apb Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)pathnames.h	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/1/90
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#else
+#include <paths.h>
+#endif
+
+#define	_PATH_OBJDIR		"obj"
+#define	_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX	"/usr/obj"
+#ifndef _PATH_DEFSHELLDIR
+#define	_PATH_DEFSHELLDIR	"/bin"
+#endif
+#define	_PATH_DEFSYSMK		"sys.mk"
+#ifndef _PATH_DEFSYSPATH
+#define	_PATH_DEFSYSPATH	"/usr/share/mk"
+#endif
+#ifndef _PATH_TMP
+#define	_PATH_TMP		"/tmp/"		/* with trailing slash */
+#endif
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/sprite.h b/usr.bin/make/sprite.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdcffd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/sprite.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sprite.h,v 1.14 2017/05/31 22:02:06 maya Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)sprite.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)sprite.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * sprite.h --
+ *
+ * Common constants and type declarations for Sprite.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_SPRITE_H
+#define MAKE_SPRITE_H
+
+
+/*
+ * A boolean type is defined as an integer, not an enum. This allows a
+ * boolean argument to be an expression that isn't strictly 0 or 1 valued.
+ */
+
+typedef int Boolean;
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE	1
+#endif /* TRUE */
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE	0
+#endif /* FALSE */
+
+/*
+ * Functions that must return a status can return a ReturnStatus to
+ * indicate success or type of failure.
+ */
+
+typedef int  ReturnStatus;
+
+/*
+ * The following statuses overlap with the first 2 generic statuses
+ * defined in status.h:
+ *
+ * SUCCESS			There was no error.
+ * FAILURE			There was a general error.
+ */
+
+#define	SUCCESS			0x00000000
+#define	FAILURE			0x00000001
+
+#endif /* MAKE_SPRITE_H */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/str.c b/usr.bin/make/str.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5255bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/str.c
@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.38 2017/04/21 22:15:44 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.38 2017/04/21 22:15:44 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char     sccsid[] = "@(#)str.c	5.8 (Berkeley) 6/1/90";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.38 2017/04/21 22:15:44 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif				/* not lint */
+#endif
+
+#include "make.h"
+
+/*-
+ * str_concat --
+ *	concatenate the two strings, inserting a space or slash between them,
+ *	freeing them if requested.
+ *
+ * returns --
+ *	the resulting string in allocated space.
+ */
+char *
+str_concat(const char *s1, const char *s2, int flags)
+{
+	int len1, len2;
+	char *result;
+
+	/* get the length of both strings */
+	len1 = strlen(s1);
+	len2 = strlen(s2);
+
+	/* allocate length plus separator plus EOS */
+	result = bmake_malloc((unsigned int)(len1 + len2 + 2));
+
+	/* copy first string into place */
+	memcpy(result, s1, len1);
+
+	/* add separator character */
+	if (flags & STR_ADDSPACE) {
+		result[len1] = ' ';
+		++len1;
+	} else if (flags & STR_ADDSLASH) {
+		result[len1] = '/';
+		++len1;
+	}
+
+	/* copy second string plus EOS into place */
+	memcpy(result + len1, s2, len2 + 1);
+
+	return(result);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * brk_string --
+ *	Fracture a string into an array of words (as delineated by tabs or
+ *	spaces) taking quotation marks into account.  Leading tabs/spaces
+ *	are ignored.
+ *
+ * If expand is TRUE, quotes are removed and escape sequences
+ *  such as \r, \t, etc... are expanded.
+ *
+ * returns --
+ *	Pointer to the array of pointers to the words.
+ *      Memory containing the actual words in *buffer.
+ *		Both of these must be free'd by the caller.
+ *      Number of words in *store_argc.
+ */
+char **
+brk_string(const char *str, int *store_argc, Boolean expand, char **buffer)
+{
+	int argc, ch;
+	char inquote, *start, *t;
+	const char *p;
+	int len;
+	int argmax = 50, curlen = 0;
+    	char **argv;
+
+	/* skip leading space chars. */
+	for (; *str == ' ' || *str == '\t'; ++str)
+		continue;
+
+	/* allocate room for a copy of the string */
+	if ((len = strlen(str) + 1) > curlen)
+		*buffer = bmake_malloc(curlen = len);
+
+	/*
+	 * initial argmax based on len
+	 */
+	argmax = MAX((len / 5), 50);
+	argv = bmake_malloc((argmax + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+
+	/*
+	 * copy the string; at the same time, parse backslashes,
+	 * quotes and build the argument list.
+	 */
+	argc = 0;
+	inquote = '\0';
+	for (p = str, start = t = *buffer;; ++p) {
+		switch(ch = *p) {
+		case '"':
+		case '\'':
+			if (inquote) {
+				if (inquote == ch)
+					inquote = '\0';
+				else
+					break;
+			}
+			else {
+				inquote = (char) ch;
+				/* Don't miss "" or '' */
+				if (start == NULL && p[1] == inquote) {
+					if (!expand) {
+						start = t;
+						*t++ = ch;
+					} else
+						start = t + 1;
+					p++;
+					inquote = '\0';
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (!expand) {
+				if (!start)
+					start = t;
+				*t++ = ch;
+			}
+			continue;
+		case ' ':
+		case '\t':
+		case '\n':
+			if (inquote)
+				break;
+			if (!start)
+				continue;
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case '\0':
+			/*
+			 * end of a token -- make sure there's enough argv
+			 * space and save off a pointer.
+			 */
+			if (!start)
+			    goto done;
+
+			*t++ = '\0';
+			if (argc == argmax) {
+				argmax *= 2;		/* ramp up fast */
+				argv = (char **)bmake_realloc(argv,
+				    (argmax + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+			}
+			argv[argc++] = start;
+			start = NULL;
+			if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\0') {
+				if (expand && inquote) {
+					free(argv);
+					free(*buffer);
+					*buffer = NULL;
+					return NULL;
+				}
+				goto done;
+			}
+			continue;
+		case '\\':
+			if (!expand) {
+				if (!start)
+					start = t;
+				*t++ = '\\';
+				if (*(p+1) == '\0') /* catch '\' at end of line */
+					continue;
+				ch = *++p;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			switch (ch = *++p) {
+			case '\0':
+			case '\n':
+				/* hmmm; fix it up as best we can */
+				ch = '\\';
+				--p;
+				break;
+			case 'b':
+				ch = '\b';
+				break;
+			case 'f':
+				ch = '\f';
+				break;
+			case 'n':
+				ch = '\n';
+				break;
+			case 'r':
+				ch = '\r';
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				ch = '\t';
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+		if (!start)
+			start = t;
+		*t++ = (char) ch;
+	}
+done:	argv[argc] = NULL;
+	*store_argc = argc;
+	return(argv);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Str_FindSubstring -- See if a string contains a particular substring.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	string		String to search.
+ *	substring	Substring to find in string.
+ *
+ * Results: If string contains substring, the return value is the location of
+ * the first matching instance of substring in string.  If string doesn't
+ * contain substring, the return value is NULL.  Matching is done on an exact
+ * character-for-character basis with no wildcards or special characters.
+ *
+ * Side effects: None.
+ */
+char *
+Str_FindSubstring(const char *string, const char *substring)
+{
+	const char *a, *b;
+
+	/*
+	 * First scan quickly through the two strings looking for a single-
+	 * character match.  When it's found, then compare the rest of the
+	 * substring.
+	 */
+
+	for (b = substring; *string != 0; string += 1) {
+		if (*string != *b)
+			continue;
+		a = string;
+		for (;;) {
+			if (*b == 0)
+				return UNCONST(string);
+			if (*a++ != *b++)
+				break;
+		}
+		b = substring;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Str_Match --
+ *
+ * See if a particular string matches a particular pattern.
+ *
+ * Results: Non-zero is returned if string matches pattern, 0 otherwise. The
+ * matching operation permits the following special characters in the
+ * pattern: *?\[] (see the man page for details on what these mean).
+ *
+ * XXX this function does not detect or report malformed patterns.
+ *
+ * Side effects: None.
+ */
+int
+Str_Match(const char *string, const char *pattern)
+{
+	char c2;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		/*
+		 * See if we're at the end of both the pattern and the
+		 * string. If, we succeeded.  If we're at the end of the
+		 * pattern but not at the end of the string, we failed.
+		 */
+		if (*pattern == 0)
+			return(!*string);
+		if (*string == 0 && *pattern != '*')
+			return(0);
+		/*
+		 * Check for a "*" as the next pattern character.  It matches
+		 * any substring.  We handle this by calling ourselves
+		 * recursively for each postfix of string, until either we
+		 * match or we reach the end of the string.
+		 */
+		if (*pattern == '*') {
+			pattern += 1;
+			if (*pattern == 0)
+				return(1);
+			while (*string != 0) {
+				if (Str_Match(string, pattern))
+					return(1);
+				++string;
+			}
+			return(0);
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Check for a "?" as the next pattern character.  It matches
+		 * any single character.
+		 */
+		if (*pattern == '?')
+			goto thisCharOK;
+		/*
+		 * Check for a "[" as the next pattern character.  It is
+		 * followed by a list of characters that are acceptable, or
+		 * by a range (two characters separated by "-").
+		 */
+		if (*pattern == '[') {
+			int nomatch;
+
+			++pattern;
+			if (*pattern == '^') {
+				++pattern;
+				nomatch = 1;
+			} else
+				nomatch = 0;
+			for (;;) {
+				if ((*pattern == ']') || (*pattern == 0)) {
+					if (nomatch)
+						break;
+					return(0);
+				}
+				if (*pattern == *string)
+					break;
+				if (pattern[1] == '-') {
+					c2 = pattern[2];
+					if (c2 == 0)
+						return(nomatch);
+					if ((*pattern <= *string) &&
+					    (c2 >= *string))
+						break;
+					if ((*pattern >= *string) &&
+					    (c2 <= *string))
+						break;
+					pattern += 2;
+				}
+				++pattern;
+			}
+			if (nomatch && (*pattern != ']') && (*pattern != 0))
+				return 0;
+			while ((*pattern != ']') && (*pattern != 0))
+				++pattern;
+			goto thisCharOK;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * If the next pattern character is '/', just strip off the
+		 * '/' so we do exact matching on the character that follows.
+		 */
+		if (*pattern == '\\') {
+			++pattern;
+			if (*pattern == 0)
+				return(0);
+		}
+		/*
+		 * There's no special character.  Just make sure that the
+		 * next characters of each string match.
+		 */
+		if (*pattern != *string)
+			return(0);
+thisCharOK:	++pattern;
+		++string;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Str_SYSVMatch --
+ *	Check word against pattern for a match (% is wild),
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to examine
+ *	pattern		Pattern to examine against
+ *	len		Number of characters to substitute
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns the beginning position of a match or null. The number
+ *	of characters matched is returned in len.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Str_SYSVMatch(const char *word, const char *pattern, int *len)
+{
+    const char *p = pattern;
+    const char *w = word;
+    const char *m;
+
+    if (*p == '\0') {
+	/* Null pattern is the whole string */
+	*len = strlen(w);
+	return UNCONST(w);
+    }
+
+    if ((m = strchr(p, '%')) != NULL) {
+	/* check that the prefix matches */
+	for (; p != m && *w && *w == *p; w++, p++)
+	     continue;
+
+	if (p != m)
+	    return NULL;	/* No match */
+
+	if (*++p == '\0') {
+	    /* No more pattern, return the rest of the string */
+	    *len = strlen(w);
+	    return UNCONST(w);
+	}
+    }
+
+    m = w;
+
+    /* Find a matching tail */
+    do
+	if (strcmp(p, w) == 0) {
+	    *len = w - m;
+	    return UNCONST(m);
+	}
+    while (*w++ != '\0');
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Str_SYSVSubst --
+ *	Substitute '%' on the pattern with len characters from src.
+ *	If the pattern does not contain a '%' prepend len characters
+ *	from src.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Places result on buf
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Str_SYSVSubst(Buffer *buf, char *pat, char *src, int len)
+{
+    char *m;
+
+    if ((m = strchr(pat, '%')) != NULL) {
+	/* Copy the prefix */
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, m - pat, pat);
+	/* skip the % */
+	pat = m + 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy the pattern */
+    Buf_AddBytes(buf, len, src);
+
+    /* append the rest */
+    Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(pat), pat);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/strlist.c b/usr.bin/make/strlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fb2f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/strlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.4 2009/01/24 11:59:39 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by David Laight.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *    from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.4 2009/01/24 11:59:39 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.4 2009/01/24 11:59:39 dsl Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "strlist.h"
+#include "make_malloc.h"
+
+void
+strlist_init(strlist_t *sl)
+{
+	sl->sl_num = 0;
+	sl->sl_max = 0;
+	sl->sl_items = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_clean(strlist_t *sl)
+{
+	char *str;
+	int i;
+
+	STRLIST_FOREACH(str, sl, i)
+		free(str);
+	free(sl->sl_items);
+
+	sl->sl_num = 0;
+	sl->sl_max = 0;
+	sl->sl_items = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_add_str(strlist_t *sl, char *str, unsigned int info)
+{
+	unsigned int n;
+	strlist_item_t *items;
+
+	if (str == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	n = sl->sl_num + 1;
+	sl->sl_num = n;
+	items = sl->sl_items;
+	if (n >= sl->sl_max) {
+	    items = bmake_realloc(items, (n + 7) * sizeof *sl->sl_items);
+	    sl->sl_items = items;
+	    sl->sl_max = n + 6;
+	}
+	items += n - 1;
+	items->si_str = str;
+	items->si_info = info;
+	items[1].si_str = NULL;         /* STRLIST_FOREACH() terminator */
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/strlist.h b/usr.bin/make/strlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fc049e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/strlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: strlist.h,v 1.3 2009/01/16 21:15:34 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by David Laight.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *    from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STRLIST_H
+#define _STRLIST_H
+
+typedef struct {
+    char          *si_str;
+    unsigned int  si_info;
+} strlist_item_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned int    sl_num;
+    unsigned int    sl_max;
+    strlist_item_t  *sl_items;
+} strlist_t;
+
+void strlist_init(strlist_t *);
+void strlist_clean(strlist_t *);
+void strlist_add_str(strlist_t *, char *, unsigned int);
+
+#define strlist_num(sl) ((sl)->sl_num)
+#define strlist_str(sl, n)  ((sl)->sl_items[n].si_str)
+#define strlist_info(sl, n)  ((sl)->sl_items[n].si_info)
+#define strlist_set_info(sl, n, v)  ((void)((sl)->sl_items[n].si_info = (v)))
+
+#define STRLIST_FOREACH(v, sl, index) \
+    if ((sl)->sl_items != NULL) \
+	for (index = 0; (v = strlist_str(sl, index)) != NULL; index++)
+
+#endif /* _STRLIST_H */
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/suff.c b/usr.bin/make/suff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df0306a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/suff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2676 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.86 2017/04/16 20:38:18 riastradh Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.86 2017/04/16 20:38:18 riastradh Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)suff.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 3/21/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.86 2017/04/16 20:38:18 riastradh Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * suff.c --
+ *	Functions to maintain suffix lists and find implicit dependents
+ *	using suffix transformation rules
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Suff_Init 	    	Initialize all things to do with suffixes.
+ *
+ *	Suff_End 	    	Cleanup the module
+ *
+ *	Suff_DoPaths	    	This function is used to make life easier
+ *	    	  	    	when searching for a file according to its
+ *	    	  	    	suffix. It takes the global search path,
+ *	    	  	    	as defined using the .PATH: target, and appends
+ *	    	  	    	its directories to the path of each of the
+ *	    	  	    	defined suffixes, as specified using
+ *	    	  	    	.PATH<suffix>: targets. In addition, all
+ *	    	  	    	directories given for suffixes labeled as
+ *	    	  	    	include files or libraries, using the .INCLUDES
+ *	    	  	    	or .LIBS targets, are played with using
+ *	    	  	    	Dir_MakeFlags to create the .INCLUDES and
+ *	    	  	    	.LIBS global variables.
+ *
+ *	Suff_ClearSuffixes  	Clear out all the suffixes and defined
+ *	    	  	    	transformations.
+ *
+ *	Suff_IsTransform    	Return TRUE if the passed string is the lhs
+ *	    	  	    	of a transformation rule.
+ *
+ *	Suff_AddSuffix	    	Add the passed string as another known suffix.
+ *
+ *	Suff_GetPath	    	Return the search path for the given suffix.
+ *
+ *	Suff_AddInclude	    	Mark the given suffix as denoting an include
+ *	    	  	    	file.
+ *
+ *	Suff_AddLib	    	Mark the given suffix as denoting a library.
+ *
+ *	Suff_AddTransform   	Add another transformation to the suffix
+ *	    	  	    	graph. Returns  GNode suitable for framing, I
+ *	    	  	    	mean, tacking commands, attributes, etc. on.
+ *
+ *	Suff_SetNull	    	Define the suffix to consider the suffix of
+ *	    	  	    	any file that doesn't have a known one.
+ *
+ *	Suff_FindDeps	    	Find implicit sources for and the location of
+ *	    	  	    	a target based on its suffix. Returns the
+ *	    	  	    	bottom-most node added to the graph or NULL
+ *	    	  	    	if the target had no implicit sources.
+ *
+ *	Suff_FindPath	    	Return the appropriate path to search in
+ *				order to find the node.
+ */
+
+#include    	  <assert.h>
+#include    	  <stdio.h>
+#include	  "make.h"
+#include	  "hash.h"
+#include	  "dir.h"
+
+static Lst       sufflist;	/* Lst of suffixes */
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static Lst	 suffClean;	/* Lst of suffixes to be cleaned */
+#endif
+static Lst	 srclist;	/* Lst of sources */
+static Lst       transforms;	/* Lst of transformation rules */
+
+static int        sNum = 0;	/* Counter for assigning suffix numbers */
+
+/*
+ * Structure describing an individual suffix.
+ */
+typedef struct _Suff {
+    char         *name;	    	/* The suffix itself */
+    int		 nameLen;	/* Length of the suffix */
+    short	 flags;      	/* Type of suffix */
+#define SUFF_INCLUDE	  0x01	    /* One which is #include'd */
+#define SUFF_LIBRARY	  0x02	    /* One which contains a library */
+#define SUFF_NULL 	  0x04	    /* The empty suffix */
+    Lst    	 searchPath;	/* The path along which files of this suffix
+				 * may be found */
+    int          sNum;	      	/* The suffix number */
+    int		 refCount;	/* Reference count of list membership */
+    Lst          parents;	/* Suffixes we have a transformation to */
+    Lst          children;	/* Suffixes we have a transformation from */
+    Lst		 ref;		/* List of lists this suffix is referenced */
+} Suff;
+
+/*
+ * for SuffSuffIsSuffix
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    char	*ename;		/* The end of the name */
+    int		 len;		/* Length of the name */
+} SuffixCmpData;
+
+/*
+ * Structure used in the search for implied sources.
+ */
+typedef struct _Src {
+    char            *file;	/* The file to look for */
+    char    	    *pref;  	/* Prefix from which file was formed */
+    Suff            *suff;	/* The suffix on the file */
+    struct _Src     *parent;	/* The Src for which this is a source */
+    GNode           *node;	/* The node describing the file */
+    int	    	    children;	/* Count of existing children (so we don't free
+				 * this thing too early or never nuke it) */
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+    Lst		    cp;		/* Debug; children list */
+#endif
+} Src;
+
+/*
+ * A structure for passing more than one argument to the Lst-library-invoked
+ * function...
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    Lst            l;
+    Src            *s;
+} LstSrc;
+
+typedef struct {
+    GNode	  **gn;
+    Suff	   *s;
+    Boolean	    r;
+} GNodeSuff;
+
+static Suff 	    *suffNull;	/* The NULL suffix for this run */
+static Suff 	    *emptySuff;	/* The empty suffix required for POSIX
+				 * single-suffix transformation rules */
+
+
+static const char *SuffStrIsPrefix(const char *, const char *);
+static char *SuffSuffIsSuffix(const Suff *, const SuffixCmpData *);
+static int SuffSuffIsSuffixP(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffSuffHasNameP(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffSuffIsPrefix(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffGNHasNameP(const void *, const void *);
+static void SuffUnRef(void *, void *);
+static void SuffFree(void *);
+static void SuffInsert(Lst, Suff *);
+static void SuffRemove(Lst, Suff *);
+static Boolean SuffParseTransform(char *, Suff **, Suff **);
+static int SuffRebuildGraph(void *, void *);
+static int SuffScanTargets(void *, void *);
+static int SuffAddSrc(void *, void *);
+static int SuffRemoveSrc(Lst);
+static void SuffAddLevel(Lst, Src *);
+static Src *SuffFindThem(Lst, Lst);
+static Src *SuffFindCmds(Src *, Lst);
+static void SuffExpandChildren(LstNode, GNode *);
+static void SuffExpandWildcards(LstNode, GNode *);
+static Boolean SuffApplyTransform(GNode *, GNode *, Suff *, Suff *);
+static void SuffFindDeps(GNode *, Lst);
+static void SuffFindArchiveDeps(GNode *, Lst);
+static void SuffFindNormalDeps(GNode *, Lst);
+static int SuffPrintName(void *, void *);
+static int SuffPrintSuff(void *, void *);
+static int SuffPrintTrans(void *, void *);
+
+	/*************** Lst Predicates ****************/
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffStrIsPrefix  --
+ *	See if pref is a prefix of str.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pref		possible prefix
+ *	str		string to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	NULL if it ain't, pointer to character in str after prefix if so
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static const char *
+SuffStrIsPrefix(const char *pref, const char *str)
+{
+    while (*str && *pref == *str) {
+	pref++;
+	str++;
+    }
+
+    return (*pref ? NULL : str);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffIsSuffix  --
+ *	See if suff is a suffix of str. sd->ename should point to THE END
+ *	of the string to check. (THE END == the null byte)
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	s		possible suffix
+ *	sd		string to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	NULL if it ain't, pointer to character in str before suffix if
+ *	it is.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+SuffSuffIsSuffix(const Suff *s, const SuffixCmpData *sd)
+{
+    char  *p1;	    	/* Pointer into suffix name */
+    char  *p2;	    	/* Pointer into string being examined */
+
+    if (sd->len < s->nameLen)
+	return NULL;		/* this string is shorter than the suffix */
+
+    p1 = s->name + s->nameLen;
+    p2 = sd->ename;
+
+    while (p1 >= s->name && *p1 == *p2) {
+	p1--;
+	p2--;
+    }
+
+    return (p1 == s->name - 1 ? p2 : NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffIsSuffixP --
+ *	Predicate form of SuffSuffIsSuffix. Passed as the callback function
+ *	to Lst_Find.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if the suffix is the one desired, non-zero if not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffSuffIsSuffixP(const void *s, const void *sd)
+{
+    return(!SuffSuffIsSuffix(s, sd));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffHasNameP --
+ *	Callback procedure for finding a suffix based on its name. Used by
+ *	Suff_GetPath.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	s		Suffix to check
+ *	sd		Desired name
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if the suffix is of the given name. non-zero otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffSuffHasNameP(const void *s, const void *sname)
+{
+    return (strcmp(sname, ((const Suff *)s)->name));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffIsPrefix  --
+ *	See if the suffix described by s is a prefix of the string. Care
+ *	must be taken when using this to search for transformations and
+ *	what-not, since there could well be two suffixes, one of which
+ *	is a prefix of the other...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	s		suffix to compare
+ *	str		string to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if s is a prefix of str. non-zero otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffSuffIsPrefix(const void *s, const void *str)
+{
+    return SuffStrIsPrefix(((const Suff *)s)->name, str) == NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffGNHasNameP  --
+ *	See if the graph node has the desired name
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		current node we're looking at
+ *	name		name we're looking for
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if it does. non-zero if it doesn't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffGNHasNameP(const void *gn, const void *name)
+{
+    return (strcmp(name, ((const GNode *)gn)->name));
+}
+
+ 	    /*********** Maintenance Functions ************/
+
+static void
+SuffUnRef(void *lp, void *sp)
+{
+    Lst l = (Lst) lp;
+
+    LstNode ln = Lst_Member(l, sp);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	Lst_Remove(l, ln);
+	((Suff *)sp)->refCount--;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFree  --
+ *	Free up all memory associated with the given suffix structure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the suffix entry is detroyed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffFree(void *sp)
+{
+    Suff           *s = (Suff *)sp;
+
+    if (s == suffNull)
+	suffNull = NULL;
+
+    if (s == emptySuff)
+	emptySuff = NULL;
+
+#ifdef notdef
+    /* We don't delete suffixes in order, so we cannot use this */
+    if (s->refCount)
+	Punt("Internal error deleting suffix `%s' with refcount = %d", s->name,
+	    s->refCount);
+#endif
+
+    Lst_Destroy(s->ref, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(s->children, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(s->parents, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(s->searchPath, Dir_Destroy);
+
+    free(s->name);
+    free(s);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffRemove  --
+ *	Remove the suffix into the list
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The reference count for the suffix is decremented and the
+ *	suffix is possibly freed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffRemove(Lst l, Suff *s)
+{
+    SuffUnRef(l, s);
+    if (s->refCount == 0) {
+	SuffUnRef(sufflist, s);
+	SuffFree(s);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffInsert  --
+ *	Insert the suffix into the list keeping the list ordered by suffix
+ *	numbers.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		the list where in s should be inserted
+ *	s		the suffix to insert
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The reference count of the suffix is incremented
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffInsert(Lst l, Suff *s)
+{
+    LstNode 	  ln;		/* current element in l we're examining */
+    Suff          *s2 = NULL;	/* the suffix descriptor in this element */
+
+    if (Lst_Open(l) == FAILURE) {
+	return;
+    }
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(l)) != NULL) {
+	s2 = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (s2->sNum >= s->sNum) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    Lst_Close(l);
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "inserting %s(%d)...", s->name, s->sNum);
+    }
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "at end of list\n");
+	}
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(l, s);
+	s->refCount++;
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(s->ref, l);
+    } else if (s2->sNum != s->sNum) {
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "before %s(%d)\n", s2->name, s2->sNum);
+	}
+	(void)Lst_InsertBefore(l, ln, s);
+	s->refCount++;
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(s->ref, l);
+    } else if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "already there\n");
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_ClearSuffixes --
+ *	This is gross. Nuke the list of suffixes but keep all transformation
+ *	rules around. The transformation graph is destroyed in this process,
+ *	but we leave the list of rules so when a new graph is formed the rules
+ *	will remain.
+ *	This function is called from the parse module when a
+ *	.SUFFIXES:\n line is encountered.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the sufflist and its graph nodes are destroyed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_ClearSuffixes(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    Lst_Concat(suffClean, sufflist, LST_CONCLINK);
+#endif
+    sufflist = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    sNum = 0;
+    if (suffNull)
+	SuffFree(suffNull);
+    emptySuff = suffNull = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Suff));
+
+    suffNull->name =   	    bmake_strdup("");
+    suffNull->nameLen =     0;
+    suffNull->searchPath =  Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Dir_Concat(suffNull->searchPath, dirSearchPath);
+    suffNull->children =    Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    suffNull->parents =	    Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    suffNull->ref =	    Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    suffNull->sNum =   	    sNum++;
+    suffNull->flags =  	    SUFF_NULL;
+    suffNull->refCount =    1;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffParseTransform --
+ *	Parse a transformation string to find its two component suffixes.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String being parsed
+ *	srcPtr		Place to store source of trans.
+ *	targPtr		Place to store target of trans.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the string is a valid transformation and FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The passed pointers are overwritten.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+SuffParseTransform(char *str, Suff **srcPtr, Suff **targPtr)
+{
+    LstNode		srcLn;	    /* element in suffix list of trans source*/
+    Suff		*src;	    /* Source of transformation */
+    LstNode		targLn;	    /* element in suffix list of trans target*/
+    char		*str2;	    /* Extra pointer (maybe target suffix) */
+    LstNode 	    	singleLn;   /* element in suffix list of any suffix
+				     * that exactly matches str */
+    Suff    	    	*single = NULL;/* Source of possible transformation to
+				     * null suffix */
+
+    srcLn = NULL;
+    singleLn = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Loop looking first for a suffix that matches the start of the
+     * string and then for one that exactly matches the rest of it. If
+     * we can find two that meet these criteria, we've successfully
+     * parsed the string.
+     */
+    for (;;) {
+	if (srcLn == NULL) {
+	    srcLn = Lst_Find(sufflist, str, SuffSuffIsPrefix);
+	} else {
+	    srcLn = Lst_FindFrom(sufflist, Lst_Succ(srcLn), str,
+				  SuffSuffIsPrefix);
+	}
+	if (srcLn == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Ran out of source suffixes -- no such rule
+	     */
+	    if (singleLn != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Not so fast Mr. Smith! There was a suffix that encompassed
+		 * the entire string, so we assume it was a transformation
+		 * to the null suffix (thank you POSIX). We still prefer to
+		 * find a double rule over a singleton, hence we leave this
+		 * check until the end.
+		 *
+		 * XXX: Use emptySuff over suffNull?
+		 */
+		*srcPtr = single;
+		*targPtr = suffNull;
+		return(TRUE);
+	    }
+	    return (FALSE);
+	}
+	src = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(srcLn);
+	str2 = str + src->nameLen;
+	if (*str2 == '\0') {
+	    single = src;
+	    singleLn = srcLn;
+	} else {
+	    targLn = Lst_Find(sufflist, str2, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	    if (targLn != NULL) {
+		*srcPtr = src;
+		*targPtr = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(targLn);
+		return (TRUE);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_IsTransform  --
+ *	Return TRUE if the given string is a transformation rule
+ *
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		string to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the string is a concatenation of two known suffixes.
+ *	FALSE otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Suff_IsTransform(char *str)
+{
+    Suff    	  *src, *targ;
+
+    return (SuffParseTransform(str, &src, &targ));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddTransform --
+ *	Add the transformation rule described by the line to the
+ *	list of rules and place the transformation itself in the graph
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		name of transformation to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The node created for the transformation in the transforms list
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The node is placed on the end of the transforms Lst and links are
+ *	made between the two suffixes mentioned in the target name
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+GNode *
+Suff_AddTransform(char *line)
+{
+    GNode         *gn;		/* GNode of transformation rule */
+    Suff          *s,		/* source suffix */
+                  *t;		/* target suffix */
+    LstNode 	  ln;	    	/* Node for existing transformation */
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(transforms, line, SuffGNHasNameP);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Make a new graph node for the transformation. It will be filled in
+	 * by the Parse module.
+	 */
+	gn = Targ_NewGN(line);
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(transforms, gn);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * New specification for transformation rule. Just nuke the old list
+	 * of commands so they can be filled in again... We don't actually
+	 * free the commands themselves, because a given command can be
+	 * attached to several different transformations.
+	 */
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	Lst_Destroy(gn->commands, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(gn->children, NULL);
+	gn->commands = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	gn->children = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    gn->type = OP_TRANSFORM;
+
+    (void)SuffParseTransform(line, &s, &t);
+
+    /*
+     * link the two together in the proper relationship and order
+     */
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "defining transformation from `%s' to `%s'\n",
+		s->name, t->name);
+    }
+    SuffInsert(t->children, s);
+    SuffInsert(s->parents, t);
+
+    return (gn);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_EndTransform --
+ *	Handle the finish of a transformation definition, removing the
+ *	transformation from the graph if it has neither commands nor
+ *	sources. This is a callback procedure for the Parse module via
+ *	Lst_ForEach
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		Node for transformation
+ *	dummy		Node for transformation
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	=== 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the node has no commands or children, the children and parents
+ *	lists of the affected suffixes are altered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Suff_EndTransform(void *gnp, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+    if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts))
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(gn->cohorts));
+    if ((gn->type & OP_TRANSFORM) && Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands) &&
+	Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children))
+    {
+	Suff	*s, *t;
+
+	/*
+	 * SuffParseTransform() may fail for special rules which are not
+	 * actual transformation rules. (e.g. .DEFAULT)
+	 */
+	if (SuffParseTransform(gn->name, &s, &t)) {
+	    Lst	 p;
+
+	    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "deleting transformation from `%s' to `%s'\n",
+		s->name, t->name);
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * Store s->parents because s could be deleted in SuffRemove
+	     */
+	    p = s->parents;
+
+	    /*
+	     * Remove the source from the target's children list. We check for a
+	     * nil return to handle a beanhead saying something like
+	     *  .c.o .c.o:
+	     *
+	     * We'll be called twice when the next target is seen, but .c and .o
+	     * are only linked once...
+	     */
+	    SuffRemove(t->children, s);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Remove the target from the source's parents list
+	     */
+	    SuffRemove(p, t);
+	}
+    } else if ((gn->type & OP_TRANSFORM) && DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "transformation %s complete\n", gn->name);
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffRebuildGraph --
+ *	Called from Suff_AddSuffix via Lst_ForEach to search through the
+ *	list of existing transformation rules and rebuild the transformation
+ *	graph when it has been destroyed by Suff_ClearSuffixes. If the
+ *	given rule is a transformation involving this suffix and another,
+ *	existing suffix, the proper relationship is established between
+ *	the two.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	transformp	Transformation to test
+ *	sp		Suffix to rebuild
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The appropriate links will be made between this suffix and
+ *	others if transformation rules exist for it.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffRebuildGraph(void *transformp, void *sp)
+{
+    GNode   	*transform = (GNode *)transformp;
+    Suff    	*s = (Suff *)sp;
+    char 	*cp;
+    LstNode	ln;
+    Suff  	*s2;
+    SuffixCmpData sd;
+
+    /*
+     * First see if it is a transformation from this suffix.
+     */
+    cp = UNCONST(SuffStrIsPrefix(s->name, transform->name));
+    if (cp != NULL) {
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, cp, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	if (ln != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Found target. Link in and return, since it can't be anything
+	     * else.
+	     */
+	    s2 = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    SuffInsert(s2->children, s);
+	    SuffInsert(s->parents, s2);
+	    return(0);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Not from, maybe to?
+     */
+    sd.len = strlen(transform->name);
+    sd.ename = transform->name + sd.len;
+    cp = SuffSuffIsSuffix(s, &sd);
+    if (cp != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Null-terminate the source suffix in order to find it.
+	 */
+	cp[1] = '\0';
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, transform->name, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	/*
+	 * Replace the start of the target suffix
+	 */
+	cp[1] = s->name[0];
+	if (ln != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Found it -- establish the proper relationship
+	     */
+	    s2 = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    SuffInsert(s->children, s2);
+	    SuffInsert(s2->parents, s);
+	}
+    }
+    return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffScanTargets --
+ *	Called from Suff_AddSuffix via Lst_ForEach to search through the
+ *	list of existing targets and find if any of the existing targets
+ *	can be turned into a transformation rule.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	1 if a new main target has been selected, 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If such a target is found and the target is the current main
+ *	target, the main target is set to NULL and the next target
+ *	examined (if that exists) becomes the main target.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffScanTargets(void *targetp, void *gsp)
+{
+    GNode   	*target = (GNode *)targetp;
+    GNodeSuff	*gs = (GNodeSuff *)gsp;
+    Suff	*s, *t;
+    char 	*ptr;
+
+    if (*gs->gn == NULL && gs->r && (target->type & OP_NOTARGET) == 0) {
+	*gs->gn = target;
+	Targ_SetMain(target);
+	return 1;
+    }
+
+    if ((unsigned int)target->type == OP_TRANSFORM)
+	return 0;
+
+    if ((ptr = strstr(target->name, gs->s->name)) == NULL ||
+	ptr == target->name)
+	return 0;
+
+    if (SuffParseTransform(target->name, &s, &t)) {
+	if (*gs->gn == target) {
+	    gs->r = TRUE;
+	    *gs->gn = NULL;
+	    Targ_SetMain(NULL);
+	}
+	Lst_Destroy(target->children, NULL);
+	target->children = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	target->type = OP_TRANSFORM;
+	/*
+	 * link the two together in the proper relationship and order
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "defining transformation from `%s' to `%s'\n",
+		s->name, t->name);
+	}
+	SuffInsert(t->children, s);
+	SuffInsert(s->parents, t);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddSuffix --
+ *	Add the suffix in string to the end of the list of known suffixes.
+ *	Should we restructure the suffix graph? Make doesn't...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		the name of the suffix to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A GNode is created for the suffix and a Suff structure is created and
+ *	added to the suffixes list unless the suffix was already known.
+ *	The mainNode passed can be modified if a target mutated into a
+ *	transform and that target happened to be the main target.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_AddSuffix(char *str, GNode **gn)
+{
+    Suff          *s;	    /* new suffix descriptor */
+    LstNode 	  ln;
+    GNodeSuff	  gs;
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, str, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	s = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Suff));
+
+	s->name =   	bmake_strdup(str);
+	s->nameLen = 	strlen(s->name);
+	s->searchPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	s->children = 	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	s->parents = 	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	s->ref = 	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	s->sNum =   	sNum++;
+	s->flags =  	0;
+	s->refCount =	1;
+
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(sufflist, s);
+	/*
+	 * We also look at our existing targets list to see if adding
+	 * this suffix will make one of our current targets mutate into
+	 * a suffix rule. This is ugly, but other makes treat all targets
+	 * that start with a . as suffix rules.
+	 */
+	gs.gn = gn;
+	gs.s  = s;
+	gs.r  = FALSE;
+	Lst_ForEach(Targ_List(), SuffScanTargets, &gs);
+	/*
+	 * Look for any existing transformations from or to this suffix.
+	 * XXX: Only do this after a Suff_ClearSuffixes?
+	 */
+	Lst_ForEach(transforms, SuffRebuildGraph, s);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_GetPath --
+ *	Return the search path for the given suffix, if it's defined.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The searchPath for the desired suffix or NULL if the suffix isn't
+ *	defined.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Suff_GetPath(char *sname)
+{
+    LstNode   	  ln;
+    Suff    	  *s;
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	return (s->searchPath);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_DoPaths --
+ *	Extend the search paths for all suffixes to include the default
+ *	search path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The searchPath field of all the suffixes is extended by the
+ *	directories in dirSearchPath. If paths were specified for the
+ *	".h" suffix, the directories are stuffed into a global variable
+ *	called ".INCLUDES" with each directory preceded by a -I. The same
+ *	is done for the ".a" suffix, except the variable is called
+ *	".LIBS" and the flag is -L.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_DoPaths(void)
+{
+    Suff	   	*s;
+    LstNode  		ln;
+    char		*ptr;
+    Lst	    	    	inIncludes; /* Cumulative .INCLUDES path */
+    Lst	    	    	inLibs;	    /* Cumulative .LIBS path */
+
+    if (Lst_Open(sufflist) == FAILURE) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    inIncludes = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    inLibs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(sufflist)) != NULL) {
+	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty (s->searchPath)) {
+#ifdef INCLUDES
+	    if (s->flags & SUFF_INCLUDE) {
+		Dir_Concat(inIncludes, s->searchPath);
+	    }
+#endif /* INCLUDES */
+#ifdef LIBRARIES
+	    if (s->flags & SUFF_LIBRARY) {
+		Dir_Concat(inLibs, s->searchPath);
+	    }
+#endif /* LIBRARIES */
+	    Dir_Concat(s->searchPath, dirSearchPath);
+	} else {
+	    Lst_Destroy(s->searchPath, Dir_Destroy);
+	    s->searchPath = Lst_Duplicate(dirSearchPath, Dir_CopyDir);
+	}
+    }
+
+    Var_Set(".INCLUDES", ptr = Dir_MakeFlags("-I", inIncludes), VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    free(ptr);
+    Var_Set(".LIBS", ptr = Dir_MakeFlags("-L", inLibs), VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    free(ptr);
+
+    Lst_Destroy(inIncludes, Dir_Destroy);
+    Lst_Destroy(inLibs, Dir_Destroy);
+
+    Lst_Close(sufflist);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddInclude --
+ *	Add the given suffix as a type of file which gets included.
+ *	Called from the parse module when a .INCLUDES line is parsed.
+ *	The suffix must have already been defined.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	sname		Name of the suffix to mark
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The SUFF_INCLUDE bit is set in the suffix's flags field
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_AddInclude(char *sname)
+{
+    LstNode	  ln;
+    Suff	  *s;
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	s->flags |= SUFF_INCLUDE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddLib --
+ *	Add the given suffix as a type of file which is a library.
+ *	Called from the parse module when parsing a .LIBS line. The
+ *	suffix must have been defined via .SUFFIXES before this is
+ *	called.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	sname		Name of the suffix to mark
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The SUFF_LIBRARY bit is set in the suffix's flags field
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_AddLib(char *sname)
+{
+    LstNode	  ln;
+    Suff	  *s;
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	s->flags |= SUFF_LIBRARY;
+    }
+}
+
+ 	  /********** Implicit Source Search Functions *********/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffAddSrc  --
+ *	Add a suffix as a Src structure to the given list with its parent
+ *	being the given Src structure. If the suffix is the null suffix,
+ *	the prefix is used unaltered as the file name in the Src structure.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	sp		suffix for which to create a Src structure
+ *	lsp		list and parent for the new Src
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A Src structure is created and tacked onto the end of the list
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffAddSrc(void *sp, void *lsp)
+{
+    Suff	*s = (Suff *)sp;
+    LstSrc      *ls = (LstSrc *)lsp;
+    Src         *s2;	    /* new Src structure */
+    Src    	*targ; 	    /* Target structure */
+
+    targ = ls->s;
+
+    if ((s->flags & SUFF_NULL) && (*s->name != '\0')) {
+	/*
+	 * If the suffix has been marked as the NULL suffix, also create a Src
+	 * structure for a file with no suffix attached. Two birds, and all
+	 * that...
+	 */
+	s2 = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+	s2->file =  	bmake_strdup(targ->pref);
+	s2->pref =  	targ->pref;
+	s2->parent = 	targ;
+	s2->node =  	NULL;
+	s2->suff =  	s;
+	s->refCount++;
+	s2->children =	0;
+	targ->children += 1;
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(ls->l, s2);
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	s2->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	Lst_AtEnd(targ->cp, s2);
+	fprintf(debug_file, "1 add %p %p to %p:", targ, s2, ls->l);
+	Lst_ForEach(ls->l, PrintAddr, NULL);
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+#endif
+    }
+    s2 = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+    s2->file = 	    str_concat(targ->pref, s->name, 0);
+    s2->pref =	    targ->pref;
+    s2->parent =    targ;
+    s2->node = 	    NULL;
+    s2->suff = 	    s;
+    s->refCount++;
+    s2->children =  0;
+    targ->children += 1;
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(ls->l, s2);
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+    s2->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Lst_AtEnd(targ->cp, s2);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "2 add %p %p to %p:", targ, s2, ls->l);
+    Lst_ForEach(ls->l, PrintAddr, NULL);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+#endif
+
+    return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffAddLevel  --
+ *	Add all the children of targ as Src structures to the given list
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		list to which to add the new level
+ *	targ		Src structure to use as the parent
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * 	Lots of structures are created and added to the list
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffAddLevel(Lst l, Src *targ)
+{
+    LstSrc         ls;
+
+    ls.s = targ;
+    ls.l = l;
+
+    Lst_ForEach(targ->suff->children, SuffAddSrc, &ls);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffRemoveSrc --
+ *	Free all src structures in list that don't have a reference count
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Ture if an src was removed
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The memory is free'd.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffRemoveSrc(Lst l)
+{
+    LstNode ln;
+    Src *s;
+    int t = 0;
+
+    if (Lst_Open(l) == FAILURE) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+    fprintf(debug_file, "cleaning %lx: ", (unsigned long) l);
+    Lst_ForEach(l, PrintAddr, NULL);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+#endif
+
+
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(l)) != NULL) {
+	s = (Src *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (s->children == 0) {
+	    free(s->file);
+	    if (!s->parent)
+		free(s->pref);
+	    else {
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+		LstNode ln2 = Lst_Member(s->parent->cp, s);
+		if (ln2 != NULL)
+		    Lst_Remove(s->parent->cp, ln2);
+#endif
+		--s->parent->children;
+	    }
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "free: [l=%p] p=%p %d\n", l, s, s->children);
+	    Lst_Destroy(s->cp, NULL);
+#endif
+	    Lst_Remove(l, ln);
+	    free(s);
+	    t |= 1;
+	    Lst_Close(l);
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	else {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "keep: [l=%p] p=%p %d: ", l, s, s->children);
+	    Lst_ForEach(s->cp, PrintAddr, NULL);
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+    Lst_Close(l);
+
+    return t;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindThem --
+ *	Find the first existing file/target in the list srcs
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	srcs		list of Src structures to search through
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The lowest structure in the chain of transformations
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Src *
+SuffFindThem(Lst srcs, Lst slst)
+{
+    Src            *s;		/* current Src */
+    Src		   *rs;		/* returned Src */
+    char	   *ptr;
+
+    rs = NULL;
+
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty (srcs)) {
+	s = (Src *)Lst_DeQueue(srcs);
+
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\ttrying %s...", s->file);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * A file is considered to exist if either a node exists in the
+	 * graph for it or the file actually exists.
+	 */
+	if (Targ_FindNode(s->file, TARG_NOCREATE) != NULL) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "remove %p from %p\n", s, srcs);
+#endif
+	    rs = s;
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	if ((ptr = Dir_FindFile(s->file, s->suff->searchPath)) != NULL) {
+	    rs = s;
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "remove %p from %p\n", s, srcs);
+#endif
+	    free(ptr);
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "not there\n");
+	}
+
+	SuffAddLevel(srcs, s);
+	Lst_AtEnd(slst, s);
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF) && rs) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "got it\n");
+    }
+    return (rs);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindCmds --
+ *	See if any of the children of the target in the Src structure is
+ *	one from which the target can be transformed. If there is one,
+ *	a Src structure is put together for it and returned.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	targ		Src structure to play with
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The Src structure of the "winning" child, or NULL if no such beast.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A Src structure may be allocated.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Src *
+SuffFindCmds(Src *targ, Lst slst)
+{
+    LstNode 	  	ln; 	/* General-purpose list node */
+    GNode		*t, 	/* Target GNode */
+	    	  	*s; 	/* Source GNode */
+    int	    	  	prefLen;/* The length of the defined prefix */
+    Suff    	  	*suff;	/* Suffix on matching beastie */
+    Src	    	  	*ret;	/* Return value */
+    char    	  	*cp;
+
+    t = targ->node;
+    (void)Lst_Open(t->children);
+    prefLen = strlen(targ->pref);
+
+    for (;;) {
+	ln = Lst_Next(t->children);
+	if (ln == NULL) {
+	    Lst_Close(t->children);
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	s = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+	if (s->type & OP_OPTIONAL && Lst_IsEmpty(t->commands)) {
+	    /*
+	     * We haven't looked to see if .OPTIONAL files exist yet, so
+	     * don't use one as the implicit source.
+	     * This allows us to use .OPTIONAL in .depend files so make won't
+	     * complain "don't know how to make xxx.h' when a dependent file
+	     * has been moved/deleted.
+	     */
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	cp = strrchr(s->name, '/');
+	if (cp == NULL) {
+	    cp = s->name;
+	} else {
+	    cp++;
+	}
+	if (strncmp(cp, targ->pref, prefLen) != 0)
+	    continue;
+	/*
+	 * The node matches the prefix ok, see if it has a known
+	 * suffix.
+	 */
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, &cp[prefLen], SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	if (ln == NULL)
+	    continue;
+	/*
+	 * It even has a known suffix, see if there's a transformation
+	 * defined between the node's suffix and the target's suffix.
+	 *
+	 * XXX: Handle multi-stage transformations here, too.
+	 */
+	suff = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+	if (Lst_Member(suff->parents, targ->suff) != NULL)
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Hot Damn! Create a new Src structure to describe
+     * this transformation (making sure to duplicate the
+     * source node's name so Suff_FindDeps can free it
+     * again (ick)), and return the new structure.
+     */
+    ret = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+    ret->file = bmake_strdup(s->name);
+    ret->pref = targ->pref;
+    ret->suff = suff;
+    suff->refCount++;
+    ret->parent = targ;
+    ret->node = s;
+    ret->children = 0;
+    targ->children += 1;
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+    ret->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "3 add %p %p\n", targ, ret);
+    Lst_AtEnd(targ->cp, ret);
+#endif
+    Lst_AtEnd(slst, ret);
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\tusing existing source %s\n", s->name);
+    }
+    return (ret);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffExpandChildren --
+ *	Expand the names of any children of a given node that contain
+ *	variable invocations or file wildcards into actual targets.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cln		Child to examine
+ *	pgn		Parent node being processed
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	=== 0 (continue)
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The expanded node is removed from the parent's list of children,
+ *	and the parent's unmade counter is decremented, but other nodes
+ * 	may be added.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffExpandChildren(LstNode cln, GNode *pgn)
+{
+    GNode   	*cgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(cln);
+    GNode	*gn;	    /* New source 8) */
+    char	*cp;	    /* Expanded value */
+
+    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(cgn->order_pred) || !Lst_IsEmpty(cgn->order_succ))
+	/* It is all too hard to process the result of .ORDER */
+	return;
+
+    if (cgn->type & OP_WAIT)
+	/* Ignore these (& OP_PHONY ?) */
+	return;
+
+    /*
+     * First do variable expansion -- this takes precedence over
+     * wildcard expansion. If the result contains wildcards, they'll be gotten
+     * to later since the resulting words are tacked on to the end of
+     * the children list.
+     */
+    if (strchr(cgn->name, '$') == NULL) {
+	SuffExpandWildcards(cln, pgn);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Expanding \"%s\"...", cgn->name);
+    }
+    cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cgn->name, pgn, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES);
+
+    if (cp != NULL) {
+	Lst	    members = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+	if (cgn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	    /*
+	     * Node was an archive(member) target, so we want to call
+	     * on the Arch module to find the nodes for us, expanding
+	     * variables in the parent's context.
+	     */
+	    char	*sacrifice = cp;
+
+	    (void)Arch_ParseArchive(&sacrifice, members, pgn);
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Break the result into a vector of strings whose nodes
+	     * we can find, then add those nodes to the members list.
+	     * Unfortunately, we can't use brk_string b/c it
+	     * doesn't understand about variable specifications with
+	     * spaces in them...
+	     */
+	    char	    *start;
+	    char	    *initcp = cp;   /* For freeing... */
+
+	    for (start = cp; *start == ' ' || *start == '\t'; start++)
+		continue;
+	    for (cp = start; *cp != '\0'; cp++) {
+		if (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+		    /*
+		     * White-space -- terminate element, find the node,
+		     * add it, skip any further spaces.
+		     */
+		    *cp++ = '\0';
+		    gn = Targ_FindNode(start, TARG_CREATE);
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(members, gn);
+		    while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+			cp++;
+		    }
+		    /*
+		     * Adjust cp for increment at start of loop, but
+		     * set start to first non-space.
+		     */
+		    start = cp--;
+		} else if (*cp == '$') {
+		    /*
+		     * Start of a variable spec -- contact variable module
+		     * to find the end so we can skip over it.
+		     */
+		    char	*junk;
+		    int 	len;
+		    void	*freeIt;
+
+		    junk = Var_Parse(cp, pgn, VARF_UNDEFERR|VARF_WANTRES,
+			&len, &freeIt);
+		    if (junk != var_Error) {
+			cp += len - 1;
+		    }
+
+		    free(freeIt);
+		} else if (*cp == '\\' && cp[1] != '\0') {
+		    /*
+		     * Escaped something -- skip over it
+		     */
+		    cp++;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (cp != start) {
+		/*
+		 * Stuff left over -- add it to the list too
+		 */
+		gn = Targ_FindNode(start, TARG_CREATE);
+		(void)Lst_AtEnd(members, gn);
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * Point cp back at the beginning again so the variable value
+	     * can be freed.
+	     */
+	    cp = initcp;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Add all elements of the members list to the parent node.
+	 */
+	while(!Lst_IsEmpty(members)) {
+	    gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(members);
+
+	    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "%s...", gn->name);
+	    }
+	    /* Add gn to the parents child list before the original child */
+	    (void)Lst_InsertBefore(pgn->children, cln, gn);
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->parents, pgn);
+	    pgn->unmade++;
+	    /* Expand wildcards on new node */
+	    SuffExpandWildcards(Lst_Prev(cln), pgn);
+	}
+	Lst_Destroy(members, NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * Free the result
+	 */
+	free(cp);
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now the source is expanded, remove it from the list of children to
+     * keep it from being processed.
+     */
+    pgn->unmade--;
+    Lst_Remove(pgn->children, cln);
+    Lst_Remove(cgn->parents, Lst_Member(cgn->parents, pgn));
+}
+
+static void
+SuffExpandWildcards(LstNode cln, GNode *pgn)
+{
+    GNode   	*cgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(cln);
+    GNode	*gn;	    /* New source 8) */
+    char	*cp;	    /* Expanded value */
+    Lst 	explist;    /* List of expansions */
+
+    if (!Dir_HasWildcards(cgn->name))
+	return;
+
+    /*
+     * Expand the word along the chosen path
+     */
+    explist = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Dir_Expand(cgn->name, Suff_FindPath(cgn), explist);
+
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty(explist)) {
+	/*
+	 * Fetch next expansion off the list and find its GNode
+	 */
+	cp = (char *)Lst_DeQueue(explist);
+
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "%s...", cp);
+	}
+	gn = Targ_FindNode(cp, TARG_CREATE);
+
+	/* Add gn to the parents child list before the original child */
+	(void)Lst_InsertBefore(pgn->children, cln, gn);
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->parents, pgn);
+	pgn->unmade++;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Nuke what's left of the list
+     */
+    Lst_Destroy(explist, NULL);
+
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now the source is expanded, remove it from the list of children to
+     * keep it from being processed.
+     */
+    pgn->unmade--;
+    Lst_Remove(pgn->children, cln);
+    Lst_Remove(cgn->parents, Lst_Member(cgn->parents, pgn));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_FindPath --
+ *	Find a path along which to expand the node.
+ *
+ *	If the word has a known suffix, use that path.
+ *	If it has no known suffix, use the default system search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node being examined
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The appropriate path to search for the GNode.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	XXX: We could set the suffix here so that we don't have to scan
+ *	again.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Suff_FindPath(GNode* gn)
+{
+    Suff *suff = gn->suffix;
+
+    if (suff == NULL) {
+	SuffixCmpData sd;   /* Search string data */
+	LstNode ln;
+	sd.len = strlen(gn->name);
+	sd.ename = gn->name + sd.len;
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, &sd, SuffSuffIsSuffixP);
+
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Wildcard expanding \"%s\"...", gn->name);
+	}
+	if (ln != NULL)
+	    suff = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	/* XXX: Here we can save the suffix so we don't have to do this again */
+    }
+
+    if (suff != NULL) {
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "suffix is \"%s\"...", suff->name);
+	}
+	return suff->searchPath;
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Use default search path
+	 */
+	return dirSearchPath;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffApplyTransform --
+ *	Apply a transformation rule, given the source and target nodes
+ *	and suffixes.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	tGn		Target node
+ *	sGn		Source node
+ *	t		Target suffix
+ *	s		Source suffix
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if successful, FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The source and target are linked and the commands from the
+ *	transformation are added to the target node's commands list.
+ *	All attributes but OP_DEPMASK and OP_TRANSFORM are applied
+ *	to the target. The target also inherits all the sources for
+ *	the transformation rule.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+SuffApplyTransform(GNode *tGn, GNode *sGn, Suff *t, Suff *s)
+{
+    LstNode 	ln, nln;    /* General node */
+    char    	*tname;	    /* Name of transformation rule */
+    GNode   	*gn;	    /* Node for same */
+
+    /*
+     * Form the proper links between the target and source.
+     */
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(tGn->children, sGn);
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(sGn->parents, tGn);
+    tGn->unmade += 1;
+
+    /*
+     * Locate the transformation rule itself
+     */
+    tname = str_concat(s->name, t->name, 0);
+    ln = Lst_Find(transforms, tname, SuffGNHasNameP);
+    free(tname);
+
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Not really such a transformation rule (can happen when we're
+	 * called to link an OP_MEMBER and OP_ARCHV node), so return
+	 * FALSE.
+	 */
+	return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\tapplying %s -> %s to \"%s\"\n", s->name, t->name, tGn->name);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Record last child for expansion purposes
+     */
+    ln = Lst_Last(tGn->children);
+
+    /*
+     * Pass the buck to Make_HandleUse to apply the rule
+     */
+    (void)Make_HandleUse(gn, tGn);
+
+    /*
+     * Deal with wildcards and variables in any acquired sources
+     */
+    for (ln = Lst_Succ(ln); ln != NULL; ln = nln) {
+	nln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+	SuffExpandChildren(ln, tGn);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Keep track of another parent to which this beast is transformed so
+     * the .IMPSRC variable can be set correctly for the parent.
+     */
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(sGn->iParents, tGn);
+
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindArchiveDeps --
+ *	Locate dependencies for an OP_ARCHV node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node for which to locate dependencies
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Same as Suff_FindDeps
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffFindArchiveDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
+{
+    char    	*eoarch;    /* End of archive portion */
+    char    	*eoname;    /* End of member portion */
+    GNode   	*mem;	    /* Node for member */
+    static const char	*copy[] = {
+	/* Variables to be copied from the member node */
+	TARGET,	    	    /* Must be first */
+	PREFIX,	    	    /* Must be second */
+    };
+    LstNode 	ln, nln;    /* Next suffix node to check */
+    int	    	i;  	    /* Index into copy and vals */
+    Suff    	*ms;	    /* Suffix descriptor for member */
+    char    	*name;	    /* Start of member's name */
+
+    /*
+     * The node is an archive(member) pair. so we must find a
+     * suffix for both of them.
+     */
+    eoarch = strchr(gn->name, '(');
+    eoname = strchr(eoarch, ')');
+
+    /*
+     * Caller guarantees the format `libname(member)', via
+     * Arch_ParseArchive.
+     */
+    assert(eoarch != NULL);
+    assert(eoname != NULL);
+
+    *eoname = '\0';	  /* Nuke parentheses during suffix search */
+    *eoarch = '\0';	  /* So a suffix can be found */
+
+    name = eoarch + 1;
+
+    /*
+     * To simplify things, call Suff_FindDeps recursively on the member now,
+     * so we can simply compare the member's .PREFIX and .TARGET variables
+     * to locate its suffix. This allows us to figure out the suffix to
+     * use for the archive without having to do a quadratic search over the
+     * suffix list, backtracking for each one...
+     */
+    mem = Targ_FindNode(name, TARG_CREATE);
+    SuffFindDeps(mem, slst);
+
+    /*
+     * Create the link between the two nodes right off
+     */
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->children, mem);
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(mem->parents, gn);
+    gn->unmade += 1;
+
+    /*
+     * Copy in the variables from the member node to this one.
+     */
+    for (i = (sizeof(copy)/sizeof(copy[0]))-1; i >= 0; i--) {
+	char *p1;
+	Var_Set(copy[i], Var_Value(copy[i], mem, &p1), gn, 0);
+	free(p1);
+
+    }
+
+    ms = mem->suffix;
+    if (ms == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Didn't know what it was -- use .NULL suffix if not in make mode
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "using null suffix\n");
+	}
+	ms = suffNull;
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+     * Set the other two local variables required for this target.
+     */
+    Var_Set(MEMBER, name, gn, 0);
+    Var_Set(ARCHIVE, gn->name, gn, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Set $@ for compatibility with other makes
+     */
+    Var_Set(TARGET, gn->name, gn, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Now we've got the important local variables set, expand any sources
+     * that still contain variables or wildcards in their names.
+     */
+    for (ln = Lst_First(gn->children); ln != NULL; ln = nln) {
+	nln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+	SuffExpandChildren(ln, gn);
+    }
+
+    if (ms != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Member has a known suffix, so look for a transformation rule from
+	 * it to a possible suffix of the archive. Rather than searching
+	 * through the entire list, we just look at suffixes to which the
+	 * member's suffix may be transformed...
+	 */
+	SuffixCmpData	sd;		/* Search string data */
+
+	/*
+	 * Use first matching suffix...
+	 */
+	sd.len = eoarch - gn->name;
+	sd.ename = eoarch;
+	ln = Lst_Find(ms->parents, &sd, SuffSuffIsSuffixP);
+
+	if (ln != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Got one -- apply it
+	     */
+	    if (!SuffApplyTransform(gn, mem, (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln), ms) &&
+		DEBUG(SUFF))
+	    {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "\tNo transformation from %s -> %s\n",
+		       ms->name, ((Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln))->name);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Replace the opening and closing parens now we've no need of the separate
+     * pieces.
+     */
+    *eoarch = '('; *eoname = ')';
+
+    /*
+     * Pretend gn appeared to the left of a dependency operator so
+     * the user needn't provide a transformation from the member to the
+     * archive.
+     */
+    if (OP_NOP(gn->type)) {
+	gn->type |= OP_DEPENDS;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Flag the member as such so we remember to look in the archive for
+     * its modification time. The OP_JOIN | OP_MADE is needed because this
+     * target should never get made.
+     */
+    mem->type |= OP_MEMBER | OP_JOIN | OP_MADE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindNormalDeps --
+ *	Locate implicit dependencies for regular targets.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node for which to find sources
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Same as Suff_FindDeps...
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffFindNormalDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
+{
+    char    	*eoname;    /* End of name */
+    char    	*sopref;    /* Start of prefix */
+    LstNode 	ln, nln;    /* Next suffix node to check */
+    Lst	    	srcs;	    /* List of sources at which to look */
+    Lst	    	targs;	    /* List of targets to which things can be
+			     * transformed. They all have the same file,
+			     * but different suff and pref fields */
+    Src	    	*bottom;    /* Start of found transformation path */
+    Src 	*src;	    /* General Src pointer */
+    char    	*pref;	    /* Prefix to use */
+    Src	    	*targ;	    /* General Src target pointer */
+    SuffixCmpData sd;	    /* Search string data */
+
+
+    sd.len = strlen(gn->name);
+    sd.ename = eoname = gn->name + sd.len;
+
+    sopref = gn->name;
+
+    /*
+     * Begin at the beginning...
+     */
+    ln = Lst_First(sufflist);
+    srcs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    targs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    /*
+     * We're caught in a catch-22 here. On the one hand, we want to use any
+     * transformation implied by the target's sources, but we can't examine
+     * the sources until we've expanded any variables/wildcards they may hold,
+     * and we can't do that until we've set up the target's local variables
+     * and we can't do that until we know what the proper suffix for the
+     * target is (in case there are two suffixes one of which is a suffix of
+     * the other) and we can't know that until we've found its implied
+     * source, which we may not want to use if there's an existing source
+     * that implies a different transformation.
+     *
+     * In an attempt to get around this, which may not work all the time,
+     * but should work most of the time, we look for implied sources first,
+     * checking transformations to all possible suffixes of the target,
+     * use what we find to set the target's local variables, expand the
+     * children, then look for any overriding transformations they imply.
+     * Should we find one, we discard the one we found before.
+     */
+    bottom = NULL;
+    targ = NULL;
+
+    if (!(gn->type & OP_PHONY)) {
+
+	while (ln != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Look for next possible suffix...
+	     */
+	    ln = Lst_FindFrom(sufflist, ln, &sd, SuffSuffIsSuffixP);
+
+	    if (ln != NULL) {
+		int	    prefLen;	    /* Length of the prefix */
+
+		/*
+		 * Allocate a Src structure to which things can be transformed
+		 */
+		targ = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+		targ->file = bmake_strdup(gn->name);
+		targ->suff = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+		targ->suff->refCount++;
+		targ->node = gn;
+		targ->parent = NULL;
+		targ->children = 0;
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+		targ->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		 * Allocate room for the prefix, whose end is found by
+		 * subtracting the length of the suffix from
+		 * the end of the name.
+		 */
+		prefLen = (eoname - targ->suff->nameLen) - sopref;
+		targ->pref = bmake_malloc(prefLen + 1);
+		memcpy(targ->pref, sopref, prefLen);
+		targ->pref[prefLen] = '\0';
+
+		/*
+		 * Add nodes from which the target can be made
+		 */
+		SuffAddLevel(srcs, targ);
+
+		/*
+		 * Record the target so we can nuke it
+		 */
+		(void)Lst_AtEnd(targs, targ);
+
+		/*
+		 * Search from this suffix's successor...
+		 */
+		ln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Handle target of unknown suffix...
+	 */
+	if (Lst_IsEmpty(targs) && suffNull != NULL) {
+	    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "\tNo known suffix on %s. Using .NULL suffix\n", gn->name);
+	    }
+
+	    targ = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+	    targ->file = bmake_strdup(gn->name);
+	    targ->suff = suffNull;
+	    targ->suff->refCount++;
+	    targ->node = gn;
+	    targ->parent = NULL;
+	    targ->children = 0;
+	    targ->pref = bmake_strdup(sopref);
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	    targ->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+
+	    /*
+	     * Only use the default suffix rules if we don't have commands
+	     * defined for this gnode; traditional make programs used to
+	     * not define suffix rules if the gnode had children but we
+	     * don't do this anymore.
+	     */
+	    if (Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands))
+		SuffAddLevel(srcs, targ);
+	    else {
+		if (DEBUG(SUFF))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "not ");
+	    }
+
+	    if (DEBUG(SUFF))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "adding suffix rules\n");
+
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(targs, targ);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Using the list of possible sources built up from the target
+	 * suffix(es), try and find an existing file/target that matches.
+	 */
+	bottom = SuffFindThem(srcs, slst);
+
+	if (bottom == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * No known transformations -- use the first suffix found
+	     * for setting the local variables.
+	     */
+	    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(targs)) {
+		targ = (Src *)Lst_Datum(Lst_First(targs));
+	    } else {
+		targ = NULL;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Work up the transformation path to find the suffix of the
+	     * target to which the transformation was made.
+	     */
+	    for (targ = bottom; targ->parent != NULL; targ = targ->parent)
+		continue;
+	}
+    }
+
+    Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, gn, 0);
+
+    pref = (targ != NULL) ? targ->pref : gn->name;
+    Var_Set(PREFIX, pref, gn, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Now we've got the important local variables set, expand any sources
+     * that still contain variables or wildcards in their names.
+     */
+    for (ln = Lst_First(gn->children); ln != NULL; ln = nln) {
+	nln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+	SuffExpandChildren(ln, gn);
+    }
+
+    if (targ == NULL) {
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\tNo valid suffix on %s\n", gn->name);
+	}
+
+sfnd_abort:
+	/*
+	 * Deal with finding the thing on the default search path. We
+	 * always do that, not only if the node is only a source (not
+	 * on the lhs of a dependency operator or [XXX] it has neither
+	 * children or commands) as the old pmake did.
+	 */
+	if ((gn->type & (OP_PHONY|OP_NOPATH)) == 0) {
+	    free(gn->path);
+	    gn->path = Dir_FindFile(gn->name,
+				    (targ == NULL ? dirSearchPath :
+				     targ->suff->searchPath));
+	    if (gn->path != NULL) {
+		char *ptr;
+		Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path, gn, 0);
+
+		if (targ != NULL) {
+		    /*
+		     * Suffix known for the thing -- trim the suffix off
+		     * the path to form the proper .PREFIX variable.
+		     */
+		    int     savep = strlen(gn->path) - targ->suff->nameLen;
+		    char    savec;
+
+		    if (gn->suffix)
+			gn->suffix->refCount--;
+		    gn->suffix = targ->suff;
+		    gn->suffix->refCount++;
+
+		    savec = gn->path[savep];
+		    gn->path[savep] = '\0';
+
+		    if ((ptr = strrchr(gn->path, '/')) != NULL)
+			ptr++;
+		    else
+			ptr = gn->path;
+
+		    Var_Set(PREFIX, ptr, gn, 0);
+
+		    gn->path[savep] = savec;
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * The .PREFIX gets the full path if the target has
+		     * no known suffix.
+		     */
+		    if (gn->suffix)
+			gn->suffix->refCount--;
+		    gn->suffix = NULL;
+
+		    if ((ptr = strrchr(gn->path, '/')) != NULL)
+			ptr++;
+		    else
+			ptr = gn->path;
+
+		    Var_Set(PREFIX, ptr, gn, 0);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	goto sfnd_return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the suffix indicates that the target is a library, mark that in
+     * the node's type field.
+     */
+    if (targ->suff->flags & SUFF_LIBRARY) {
+	gn->type |= OP_LIB;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Check for overriding transformation rule implied by sources
+     */
+    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children)) {
+	src = SuffFindCmds(targ, slst);
+
+	if (src != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Free up all the Src structures in the transformation path
+	     * up to, but not including, the parent node.
+	     */
+	    while (bottom && bottom->parent != NULL) {
+		if (Lst_Member(slst, bottom) == NULL) {
+		    Lst_AtEnd(slst, bottom);
+		}
+		bottom = bottom->parent;
+	    }
+	    bottom = src;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (bottom == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * No idea from where it can come -- return now.
+	 */
+	goto sfnd_abort;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We now have a list of Src structures headed by 'bottom' and linked via
+     * their 'parent' pointers. What we do next is create links between
+     * source and target nodes (which may or may not have been created)
+     * and set the necessary local variables in each target. The
+     * commands for each target are set from the commands of the
+     * transformation rule used to get from the src suffix to the targ
+     * suffix. Note that this causes the commands list of the original
+     * node, gn, to be replaced by the commands of the final
+     * transformation rule. Also, the unmade field of gn is incremented.
+     * Etc.
+     */
+    if (bottom->node == NULL) {
+	bottom->node = Targ_FindNode(bottom->file, TARG_CREATE);
+    }
+
+    for (src = bottom; src->parent != NULL; src = src->parent) {
+	targ = src->parent;
+
+	if (src->node->suffix)
+	    src->node->suffix->refCount--;
+	src->node->suffix = src->suff;
+	src->node->suffix->refCount++;
+
+	if (targ->node == NULL) {
+	    targ->node = Targ_FindNode(targ->file, TARG_CREATE);
+	}
+
+	SuffApplyTransform(targ->node, src->node,
+			   targ->suff, src->suff);
+
+	if (targ->node != gn) {
+	    /*
+	     * Finish off the dependency-search process for any nodes
+	     * between bottom and gn (no point in questing around the
+	     * filesystem for their implicit source when it's already
+	     * known). Note that the node can't have any sources that
+	     * need expanding, since SuffFindThem will stop on an existing
+	     * node, so all we need to do is set the standard and System V
+	     * variables.
+	     */
+	    targ->node->type |= OP_DEPS_FOUND;
+
+	    Var_Set(PREFIX, targ->pref, targ->node, 0);
+
+	    Var_Set(TARGET, targ->node->name, targ->node, 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (gn->suffix)
+	gn->suffix->refCount--;
+    gn->suffix = src->suff;
+    gn->suffix->refCount++;
+
+    /*
+     * Nuke the transformation path and the Src structures left over in the
+     * two lists.
+     */
+sfnd_return:
+    if (bottom)
+	if (Lst_Member(slst, bottom) == NULL)
+	    Lst_AtEnd(slst, bottom);
+
+    while (SuffRemoveSrc(srcs) || SuffRemoveSrc(targs))
+	continue;
+
+    Lst_Concat(slst, srcs, LST_CONCLINK);
+    Lst_Concat(slst, targs, LST_CONCLINK);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_FindDeps  --
+ *	Find implicit sources for the target described by the graph node
+ *	gn
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Nodes are added to the graph below the passed-in node. The nodes
+ *	are marked to have their IMPSRC variable filled in. The
+ *	PREFIX variable is set for the given node and all its
+ *	implied children.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	The path found by this target is the shortest path in the
+ *	transformation graph, which may pass through non-existent targets,
+ *	to an existing target. The search continues on all paths from the
+ *	root suffix until a file is found. I.e. if there's a path
+ *	.o -> .c -> .l -> .l,v from the root and the .l,v file exists but
+ *	the .c and .l files don't, the search will branch out in
+ *	all directions from .o and again from all the nodes on the
+ *	next level until the .l,v node is encountered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Suff_FindDeps(GNode *gn)
+{
+
+    SuffFindDeps(gn, srclist);
+    while (SuffRemoveSrc(srclist))
+	continue;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		node we're dealing with
+ *
+ */
+static void
+SuffFindDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
+{
+    if (gn->type & OP_DEPS_FOUND) {
+	/*
+	 * If dependencies already found, no need to do it again...
+	 */
+	return;
+    } else {
+	gn->type |= OP_DEPS_FOUND;
+    }
+    /*
+     * Make sure we have these set, may get revised below.
+     */
+    Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, gn, 0);
+    Var_Set(PREFIX, gn->name, gn, 0);
+
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "SuffFindDeps (%s)\n", gn->name);
+    }
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	SuffFindArchiveDeps(gn, slst);
+    } else if (gn->type & OP_LIB) {
+	/*
+	 * If the node is a library, it is the arch module's job to find it
+	 * and set the TARGET variable accordingly. We merely provide the
+	 * search path, assuming all libraries end in ".a" (if the suffix
+	 * hasn't been defined, there's nothing we can do for it, so we just
+	 * set the TARGET variable to the node's name in order to give it a
+	 * value).
+	 */
+	LstNode	ln;
+	Suff	*s;
+
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, LIBSUFF, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	if (gn->suffix)
+	    gn->suffix->refCount--;
+	if (ln != NULL) {
+	    gn->suffix = s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    gn->suffix->refCount++;
+	    Arch_FindLib(gn, s->searchPath);
+	} else {
+	    gn->suffix = NULL;
+	    Var_Set(TARGET, gn->name, gn, 0);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Because a library (-lfoo) target doesn't follow the standard
+	 * filesystem conventions, we don't set the regular variables for
+	 * the thing. .PREFIX is simply made empty...
+	 */
+	Var_Set(PREFIX, "", gn, 0);
+    } else {
+	SuffFindNormalDeps(gn, slst);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_SetNull --
+ *	Define which suffix is the null suffix.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		Name of null suffix
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	'suffNull' is altered.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	Need to handle the changing of the null suffix gracefully so the
+ *	old transformation rules don't just go away.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_SetNull(char *name)
+{
+    Suff    *s;
+    LstNode ln;
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, name, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (suffNull != NULL) {
+	    suffNull->flags &= ~SUFF_NULL;
+	}
+	s->flags |= SUFF_NULL;
+	/*
+	 * XXX: Here's where the transformation mangling would take place
+	 */
+	suffNull = s;
+    } else {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Desired null suffix %s not defined.",
+		     name);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_Init --
+ *	Initialize suffixes module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Many
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_Init(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    suffClean = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+    srclist = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    transforms = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    /*
+     * Create null suffix for single-suffix rules (POSIX). The thing doesn't
+     * actually go on the suffix list or everyone will think that's its
+     * suffix.
+     */
+    Suff_ClearSuffixes();
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_End --
+ *	Cleanup the this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The memory is free'd.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Suff_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    Lst_Destroy(sufflist, SuffFree);
+    Lst_Destroy(suffClean, SuffFree);
+    if (suffNull)
+	SuffFree(suffNull);
+    Lst_Destroy(srclist, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(transforms, NULL);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/********************* DEBUGGING FUNCTIONS **********************/
+
+static int SuffPrintName(void *s, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", ((Suff *)s)->name);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+SuffPrintSuff(void *sp, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    Suff    *s = (Suff *)sp;
+    int	    flags;
+    int	    flag;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "# `%s' [%d] ", s->name, s->refCount);
+
+    flags = s->flags;
+    if (flags) {
+	fputs(" (", debug_file);
+	while (flags) {
+	    flag = 1 << (ffs(flags) - 1);
+	    flags &= ~flag;
+	    switch (flag) {
+		case SUFF_NULL:
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "NULL");
+		    break;
+		case SUFF_INCLUDE:
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "INCLUDE");
+		    break;
+		case SUFF_LIBRARY:
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "LIBRARY");
+		    break;
+	    }
+	    fputc(flags ? '|' : ')', debug_file);
+	}
+    }
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#\tTo: ");
+    Lst_ForEach(s->parents, SuffPrintName, NULL);
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#\tFrom: ");
+    Lst_ForEach(s->children, SuffPrintName, NULL);
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#\tSearch Path: ");
+    Dir_PrintPath(s->searchPath);
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+SuffPrintTrans(void *tp, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode   *t = (GNode *)tp;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s: ", t->name);
+    Targ_PrintType(t->type);
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    Lst_ForEach(t->commands, Targ_PrintCmd, NULL);
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+Suff_PrintAll(void)
+{
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Suffixes:\n");
+    Lst_ForEach(sufflist, SuffPrintSuff, NULL);
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Transformations:\n");
+    Lst_ForEach(transforms, SuffPrintTrans, NULL);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/targ.c b/usr.bin/make/targ.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01c3d1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/targ.c
@@ -0,0 +1,846 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.62 2017/04/16 19:53:58 riastradh Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.62 2017/04/16 19:53:58 riastradh Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)targ.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.62 2017/04/16 19:53:58 riastradh Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * targ.c --
+ *	Functions for maintaining the Lst allTargets. Target nodes are
+ * kept in two structures: a Lst, maintained by the list library, and a
+ * hash table, maintained by the hash library.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Targ_Init 	    	Initialization procedure.
+ *
+ *	Targ_End 	    	Cleanup the module
+ *
+ *	Targ_List 	    	Return the list of all targets so far.
+ *
+ *	Targ_NewGN	    	Create a new GNode for the passed target
+ *	    	  	    	(string). The node is *not* placed in the
+ *	    	  	    	hash table, though all its fields are
+ *	    	  	    	initialized.
+ *
+ *	Targ_FindNode	    	Find the node for a given target, creating
+ *	    	  	    	and storing it if it doesn't exist and the
+ *	    	  	    	flags are right (TARG_CREATE)
+ *
+ *	Targ_FindList	    	Given a list of names, find nodes for all
+ *	    	  	    	of them. If a name doesn't exist and the
+ *	    	  	    	TARG_NOCREATE flag was given, an error message
+ *	    	  	    	is printed. Else, if a name doesn't exist,
+ *	    	  	    	its node is created.
+ *
+ *	Targ_Ignore	    	Return TRUE if errors should be ignored when
+ *	    	  	    	creating the given target.
+ *
+ *	Targ_Silent	    	Return TRUE if we should be silent when
+ *	    	  	    	creating the given target.
+ *
+ *	Targ_Precious	    	Return TRUE if the target is precious and
+ *	    	  	    	should not be removed if we are interrupted.
+ *
+ *	Targ_Propagate		Propagate information between related
+ *				nodes.	Should be called after the
+ *				makefiles are parsed but before any
+ *				action is taken.
+ *
+ * Debugging:
+ *	Targ_PrintGraph	    	Print out the entire graphm all variables
+ *	    	  	    	and statistics for the directory cache. Should
+ *	    	  	    	print something for suffixes, too, but...
+ */
+
+#include	  <stdio.h>
+#include	  <time.h>
+
+#include	  "make.h"
+#include	  "hash.h"
+#include	  "dir.h"
+
+static Lst        allTargets;	/* the list of all targets found so far */
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static Lst	  allGNs;	/* List of all the GNodes */
+#endif
+static Hash_Table targets;	/* a hash table of same */
+
+#define HTSIZE	191		/* initial size of hash table */
+
+static int TargPrintOnlySrc(void *, void *);
+static int TargPrintName(void *, void *);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static void TargFreeGN(void *);
+#endif
+static int TargPropagateCohort(void *, void *);
+static int TargPropagateNode(void *, void *);
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Init --
+ *	Initialize this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The allTargets list and the targets hash table are initialized
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_Init(void)
+{
+    allTargets = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Hash_InitTable(&targets, HTSIZE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_End --
+ *	Finalize this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	All lists and gnodes are cleared
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    Lst_Destroy(allTargets, NULL);
+    if (allGNs)
+	Lst_Destroy(allGNs, TargFreeGN);
+    Hash_DeleteTable(&targets);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_List --
+ *	Return the list of all targets
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The list of all targets.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Targ_List(void)
+{
+    return allTargets;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_NewGN  --
+ *	Create and initialize a new graph node
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		the name to stick in the new node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	An initialized graph node with the name field filled with a copy
+ *	of the passed name
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The gnode is added to the list of all gnodes.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+GNode *
+Targ_NewGN(const char *name)
+{
+    GNode *gn;
+
+    gn = bmake_malloc(sizeof(GNode));
+    gn->name = bmake_strdup(name);
+    gn->uname = NULL;
+    gn->path = NULL;
+    if (name[0] == '-' && name[1] == 'l') {
+	gn->type = OP_LIB;
+    } else {
+	gn->type = 0;
+    }
+    gn->unmade =    	0;
+    gn->unmade_cohorts = 0;
+    gn->cohort_num[0] = 0;
+    gn->centurion =    	NULL;
+    gn->made = 	    	UNMADE;
+    gn->flags = 	0;
+    gn->checked =	0;
+    gn->mtime =		0;
+    gn->cmgn =		NULL;
+    gn->iParents =  	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->cohorts =   	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->parents =   	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->children =  	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->order_pred =  	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->order_succ =  	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Hash_InitTable(&gn->context, 0);
+    gn->commands =  	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->suffix =	NULL;
+    gn->lineno =	0;
+    gn->fname = 	NULL;
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    if (allGNs == NULL)
+	allGNs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Lst_AtEnd(allGNs, gn);
+#endif
+
+    return (gn);
+}
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargFreeGN  --
+ *	Destroy a GNode
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+TargFreeGN(void *gnp)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+
+    free(gn->name);
+    free(gn->uname);
+    free(gn->path);
+    /* gn->fname points to name allocated when file was opened, don't free */
+
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->iParents, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->cohorts, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->parents, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->children, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->order_succ, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->order_pred, NULL);
+    Hash_DeleteTable(&gn->context);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->commands, NULL);
+    free(gn);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_FindNode  --
+ *	Find a node in the list using the given name for matching
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		the name to find
+ *	flags		flags governing events when target not
+ *			found
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The node in the list if it was. If it wasn't, return NULL of
+ *	flags was TARG_NOCREATE or the newly created and initialized node
+ *	if it was TARG_CREATE
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Sometimes a node is created and added to the list
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+GNode *
+Targ_FindNode(const char *name, int flags)
+{
+    GNode         *gn;	      /* node in that element */
+    Hash_Entry	  *he = NULL; /* New or used hash entry for node */
+    Boolean	  isNew;      /* Set TRUE if Hash_CreateEntry had to create */
+			      /* an entry for the node */
+
+    if (!(flags & (TARG_CREATE | TARG_NOHASH))) {
+	he = Hash_FindEntry(&targets, name);
+	if (he == NULL)
+	    return NULL;
+	return (GNode *)Hash_GetValue(he);
+    }
+
+    if (!(flags & TARG_NOHASH)) {
+	he = Hash_CreateEntry(&targets, name, &isNew);
+	if (!isNew)
+	    return (GNode *)Hash_GetValue(he);
+    }
+
+    gn = Targ_NewGN(name);
+    if (!(flags & TARG_NOHASH))
+	Hash_SetValue(he, gn);
+    Var_Append(".ALLTARGETS", name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(allTargets, gn);
+    if (doing_depend)
+	gn->flags |= FROM_DEPEND;
+    return gn;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_FindList --
+ *	Make a complete list of GNodes from the given list of names
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		list of names to find
+ *	flags		flags used if no node is found for a given name
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A complete list of graph nodes corresponding to all instances of all
+ *	the names in names.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If flags is TARG_CREATE, nodes will be created for all names in
+ *	names which do not yet have graph nodes. If flags is TARG_NOCREATE,
+ *	an error message will be printed for each name which can't be found.
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Targ_FindList(Lst names, int flags)
+{
+    Lst            nodes;	/* result list */
+    LstNode	   ln;		/* name list element */
+    GNode	   *gn;		/* node in tLn */
+    char    	   *name;
+
+    nodes = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    if (Lst_Open(names) == FAILURE) {
+	return (nodes);
+    }
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(names)) != NULL) {
+	name = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	gn = Targ_FindNode(name, flags);
+	if (gn != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Note: Lst_AtEnd must come before the Lst_Concat so the nodes
+	     * are added to the list in the order in which they were
+	     * encountered in the makefile.
+	     */
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(nodes, gn);
+	} else if (flags == TARG_NOCREATE) {
+	    Error("\"%s\" -- target unknown.", name);
+	}
+    }
+    Lst_Close(names);
+    return (nodes);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Ignore  --
+ *	Return true if should ignore errors when creating gn
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		node to check for
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if should ignore errors
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Targ_Ignore(GNode *gn)
+{
+    if (ignoreErrors || gn->type & OP_IGNORE) {
+	return (TRUE);
+    } else {
+	return (FALSE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Silent  --
+ *	Return true if be silent when creating gn
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		node to check for
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if should be silent
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Targ_Silent(GNode *gn)
+{
+    if (beSilent || gn->type & OP_SILENT) {
+	return (TRUE);
+    } else {
+	return (FALSE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Precious --
+ *	See if the given target is precious
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		the node to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if it is precious. FALSE otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Targ_Precious(GNode *gn)
+{
+    if (allPrecious || (gn->type & (OP_PRECIOUS|OP_DOUBLEDEP))) {
+	return (TRUE);
+    } else {
+	return (FALSE);
+    }
+}
+
+/******************* DEBUG INFO PRINTING ****************/
+
+static GNode	  *mainTarg;	/* the main target, as set by Targ_SetMain */
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_SetMain --
+ *	Set our idea of the main target we'll be creating. Used for
+ *	debugging output.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		The main target we'll create
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	"mainTarg" is set to the main target's node.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_SetMain(GNode *gn)
+{
+    mainTarg = gn;
+}
+
+static int
+TargPrintName(void *gnp, void *pflags MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%s%s ", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+int
+Targ_PrintCmd(void *cmd, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\t%s\n", (char *)cmd);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_FmtTime --
+ *	Format a modification time in some reasonable way and return it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The time reformatted.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The time is placed in a static area, so it is overwritten
+ *	with each call.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Targ_FmtTime(time_t tm)
+{
+    struct tm	  	*parts;
+    static char	  	buf[128];
+
+    parts = localtime(&tm);
+    (void)strftime(buf, sizeof buf, "%k:%M:%S %b %d, %Y", parts);
+    return(buf);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_PrintType --
+ *	Print out a type field giving only those attributes the user can
+ *	set.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_PrintType(int type)
+{
+    int    tbit;
+
+#define PRINTBIT(attr)	case CONCAT(OP_,attr): fprintf(debug_file, "." #attr " "); break
+#define PRINTDBIT(attr) case CONCAT(OP_,attr): if (DEBUG(TARG))fprintf(debug_file, "." #attr " "); break
+
+    type &= ~OP_OPMASK;
+
+    while (type) {
+	tbit = 1 << (ffs(type) - 1);
+	type &= ~tbit;
+
+	switch(tbit) {
+	    PRINTBIT(OPTIONAL);
+	    PRINTBIT(USE);
+	    PRINTBIT(EXEC);
+	    PRINTBIT(IGNORE);
+	    PRINTBIT(PRECIOUS);
+	    PRINTBIT(SILENT);
+	    PRINTBIT(MAKE);
+	    PRINTBIT(JOIN);
+	    PRINTBIT(INVISIBLE);
+	    PRINTBIT(NOTMAIN);
+	    PRINTDBIT(LIB);
+	    /*XXX: MEMBER is defined, so CONCAT(OP_,MEMBER) gives OP_"%" */
+	    case OP_MEMBER: if (DEBUG(TARG))fprintf(debug_file, ".MEMBER "); break;
+	    PRINTDBIT(ARCHV);
+	    PRINTDBIT(MADE);
+	    PRINTDBIT(PHONY);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static const char *
+made_name(enum enum_made made)
+{
+    switch (made) {
+    case UNMADE:     return "unmade";
+    case DEFERRED:   return "deferred";
+    case REQUESTED:  return "requested";
+    case BEINGMADE:  return "being made";
+    case MADE:       return "made";
+    case UPTODATE:   return "up-to-date";
+    case ERROR:      return "error when made";
+    case ABORTED:    return "aborted";
+    default:         return "unknown enum_made value";
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPrintNode --
+ *	print the contents of a node
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Targ_PrintNode(void *gnp, void *passp)
+{
+    GNode         *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    int	    	  pass = passp ? *(int *)passp : 0;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "# %s%s, flags %x, type %x, made %d\n",
+	    gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->flags, gn->type, gn->made);
+    if (gn->flags == 0)
+	return 0;
+
+    if (!OP_NOP(gn->type)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "#\n");
+	if (gn == mainTarg) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "# *** MAIN TARGET ***\n");
+	}
+	if (pass >= 2) {
+	    if (gn->unmade) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "# %d unmade children\n", gn->unmade);
+	    } else {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "# No unmade children\n");
+	    }
+	    if (! (gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_EXEC))) {
+		if (gn->mtime != 0) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "# last modified %s: %s\n",
+			      Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime),
+			      made_name(gn->made));
+		} else if (gn->made != UNMADE) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "# non-existent (maybe): %s\n",
+			      made_name(gn->made));
+		} else {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "# unmade\n");
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->iParents)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "# implicit parents: ");
+		Lst_ForEach(gn->iParents, TargPrintName, NULL);
+		fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (gn->unmade)
+		fprintf(debug_file, "# %d unmade children\n", gn->unmade);
+	}
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->parents)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "# parents: ");
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->parents, TargPrintName, NULL);
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	}
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->order_pred)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "# order_pred: ");
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->order_pred, TargPrintName, NULL);
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	}
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->order_succ)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "# order_succ: ");
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->order_succ, TargPrintName, NULL);
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	}
+
+	fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s", gn->name);
+	switch (gn->type & OP_OPMASK) {
+	    case OP_DEPENDS:
+		fprintf(debug_file, ": "); break;
+	    case OP_FORCE:
+		fprintf(debug_file, "! "); break;
+	    case OP_DOUBLEDEP:
+		fprintf(debug_file, ":: "); break;
+	}
+	Targ_PrintType(gn->type);
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->children, TargPrintName, NULL);
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, Targ_PrintCmd, NULL);
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n\n");
+	if (gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) {
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->cohorts, Targ_PrintNode, &pass);
+	}
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPrintOnlySrc --
+ *	Print only those targets that are just a source.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The name of each file is printed preceded by #\t
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+TargPrintOnlySrc(void *gnp, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode   	  *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    if (!OP_NOP(gn->type))
+	return 0;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#\t%s [%s] ",
+	    gn->name, gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name);
+    Targ_PrintType(gn->type);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_PrintGraph --
+ *	print the entire graph. heh heh
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pass		Which pass this is. 1 => no processing
+ *			2 => processing done
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	lots o' output
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_PrintGraph(int pass)
+{
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Input graph:\n");
+    Lst_ForEach(allTargets, Targ_PrintNode, &pass);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n\n");
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#\n#   Files that are only sources:\n");
+    Lst_ForEach(allTargets, TargPrintOnlySrc, NULL);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Global Variables:\n");
+    Var_Dump(VAR_GLOBAL);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Command-line Variables:\n");
+    Var_Dump(VAR_CMD);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    Dir_PrintDirectories();
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    Suff_PrintAll();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPropagateNode --
+ *	Propagate information from a single node to related nodes if
+ *	appropriate.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		The node that we are processing.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0, for the benefit of Lst_ForEach().
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Information is propagated from this node to cohort or child
+ *	nodes.
+ *
+ *	If the node was defined with "::", then TargPropagateCohort()
+ *	will be called for each cohort node.
+ *
+ *	If the node has recursive predecessors, then
+ *	TargPropagateRecpred() will be called for each recursive
+ *	predecessor.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+TargPropagateNode(void *gnp, void *junk MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode	  *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP)
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->cohorts, TargPropagateCohort, gnp);
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPropagateCohort --
+ *	Propagate some bits in the type mask from a node to
+ *	a related cohort node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cnp		The node that we are processing.
+ *	gnp		Another node that has cnp as a cohort.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0, for the benefit of Lst_ForEach().
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	cnp's type bitmask is modified to incorporate some of the
+ *	bits from gnp's type bitmask.  (XXX need a better explanation.)
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+TargPropagateCohort(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+    GNode	  *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+    GNode	  *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+    cgn->type |= pgn->type & ~OP_OPMASK;
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Propagate --
+ *	Propagate information between related nodes.  Should be called
+ *	after the makefiles are parsed but before any action is taken.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Information is propagated between related nodes throughout the
+ *	graph.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_Propagate(void)
+{
+    Lst_ForEach(allTargets, TargPropagateNode, NULL);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/trace.c b/usr.bin/make/trace.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..267177f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/trace.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.11 2008/12/28 18:31:51 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Bill Sommerfeld
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.11 2008/12/28 18:31:51 christos Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.11 2008/12/28 18:31:51 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * trace.c --
+ *	handle logging of trace events generated by various parts of make.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Trace_Init		Initialize tracing (called once during
+ *				the lifetime of the process)
+ *
+ *	Trace_End		Finalize tracing (called before make exits)
+ *
+ *	Trace_Log		Log an event about a particular make job.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "trace.h"
+
+static FILE *trfile;
+static pid_t trpid;
+char *trwd;
+
+static const char *evname[] = {
+	"BEG",
+	"END",
+	"ERR",
+	"JOB",
+	"DON",
+	"INT",
+};
+
+void
+Trace_Init(const char *pathname)
+{
+	char *p1;
+	if (pathname != NULL) {
+		trpid = getpid();
+		trwd = Var_Value(".CURDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &p1);
+
+		trfile = fopen(pathname, "a");
+	}
+}
+
+void
+Trace_Log(TrEvent event, Job *job)
+{
+	struct timeval rightnow;
+	
+	if (trfile == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	gettimeofday(&rightnow, NULL);
+
+	fprintf(trfile, "%lld.%06ld %d %s %d %s",
+	    (long long)rightnow.tv_sec, (long)rightnow.tv_usec,
+	    jobTokensRunning,
+	    evname[event], trpid, trwd);
+	if (job != NULL) {
+		fprintf(trfile, " %s %d %x %x", job->node->name,
+		    job->pid, job->flags, job->node->type);
+	}
+	fputc('\n', trfile);
+	fflush(trfile);
+}
+
+void
+Trace_End(void)
+{
+	if (trfile != NULL)
+		fclose(trfile);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/trace.h b/usr.bin/make/trace.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc0fc6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/trace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: trace.h,v 1.3 2008/04/28 20:24:14 martin Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Bill Sommerfeld
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * trace.h --
+ *	Definitions pertaining to the tracing of jobs in parallel mode.
+ */
+
+typedef enum {
+	MAKESTART,
+	MAKEEND,
+	MAKEERROR,
+	JOBSTART,
+	JOBEND,
+	MAKEINTR
+} TrEvent;
+
+void Trace_Init(const char *);
+void Trace_Log(TrEvent, Job *);
+void Trace_End(void);
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/Makefile b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07aaceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+# $NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.53 2018/05/24 00:25:44 christos Exp $
+#
+# Unit tests for make(1)
+# The main targets are:
+# 
+# all:	run all the tests
+# test:	run 'all', and compare to expected results
+# accept: move generated output to expected results
+#
+# Adding a test case.  
+# Each feature should get its own set of tests in its own suitably
+# named makefile (*.mk), with its own set of expected results (*.exp),
+# and it should be added to the TESTNAMES list.
+# 
+
+.MAIN: all
+
+UNIT_TESTS:= ${.PARSEDIR}
+.PATH: ${UNIT_TESTS}
+
+# Each test is in a sub-makefile.
+# Keep the list sorted.
+TESTNAMES= \
+	comment \
+	cond1 \
+	cond2 \
+	error \
+	export \
+	export-all \
+	export-env \
+	doterror \
+	dotwait \
+	forloop \
+	forsubst \
+	hash \
+	misc \
+	moderrs \
+	modmatch \
+	modmisc \
+	modorder \
+	modts \
+	modword \
+	order \
+	posix \
+	qequals \
+	sunshcmd \
+	sysv \
+	ternary \
+	unexport \
+	unexport-env \
+	varcmd \
+	varmisc \
+	varquote \
+	varshell
+
+# these tests were broken by referting POSIX chanegs
+STRICT_POSIX_TESTS = \
+	escape \
+	impsrc \
+	phony-end \
+	posix1 \
+	suffixes
+
+# Override make flags for certain tests
+flags.doterror=
+flags.order=-j1
+
+OUTFILES= ${TESTNAMES:S/$/.out/}
+
+all: ${OUTFILES}
+
+CLEANFILES += *.rawout *.out *.status *.tmp *.core *.tmp
+CLEANFILES += obj*.[och] lib*.a		# posix1.mk
+CLEANFILES += issue* .[ab]*		# suffixes.mk
+CLEANRECURSIVE += dir dummy		# posix1.mk
+
+clean:
+	rm -f ${CLEANFILES}
+.if !empty(CLEANRECURSIVE)
+	rm -rf ${CLEANRECURSIVE}
+.endif
+
+TEST_MAKE?= ${.MAKE}
+TOOL_SED?= sed
+
+# ensure consistent results from sort(1)
+LC_ALL= C
+LANG= C
+.export LANG LC_ALL
+
+# the tests are actually done with sub-makes.
+.SUFFIXES: .mk .rawout .out
+.mk.rawout:
+	@echo ${TEST_MAKE} ${flags.${.TARGET:R}:U-k} -f ${.IMPSRC}
+	-@cd ${.OBJDIR} && \
+	{ ${TEST_MAKE} ${flags.${.TARGET:R}:U-k} -f ${.IMPSRC} \
+	  2>&1 ; echo $$? >${.TARGET:R}.status ; } > ${.TARGET}.tmp
+	@mv ${.TARGET}.tmp ${.TARGET}
+
+# We always pretend .MAKE was called 'make' 
+# and strip ${.CURDIR}/ from the output
+# and replace anything after 'stopped in' with unit-tests
+# so the results can be compared.
+.rawout.out:
+	@echo postprocess ${.TARGET}
+	@${TOOL_SED} -e 's,^${TEST_MAKE:T:C/\./\\\./g}[][0-9]*:,make:,' \
+	  -e 's,${TEST_MAKE:C/\./\\\./g},make,' \
+	  -e '/stopped/s, /.*, unit-tests,' \
+	  -e 's,${.CURDIR:C/\./\\\./g}/,,g' \
+	  -e 's,${UNIT_TESTS:C/\./\\\./g}/,,g' \
+	  < ${.IMPSRC} > ${.TARGET}.tmp
+	@echo "exit status `cat ${.TARGET:R}.status`" >> ${.TARGET}.tmp
+	@mv ${.TARGET}.tmp ${.TARGET}
+
+# Compare all output files
+test:	${OUTFILES} .PHONY
+	@failed= ; \
+	for test in ${TESTNAMES}; do \
+	  diff -u ${UNIT_TESTS}/$${test}.exp $${test}.out \
+	  || failed="$${failed}$${failed:+ }$${test}" ; \
+	done ; \
+	if [ -n "$${failed}" ]; then \
+	  echo "Failed tests: $${failed}" ; false ; \
+	else \
+	  echo "All tests passed" ; \
+	fi
+
+accept:
+	@for test in ${TESTNAMES}; do \
+	  cmp -s ${UNIT_TESTS}/$${test}.exp $${test}.out \
+	  || { echo "Replacing $${test}.exp" ; \
+	       cp $${test}.out ${UNIT_TESTS}/$${test}.exp ; } \
+	done
+
+.if exists(${TEST_MAKE})
+${TESTNAMES:S/$/.rawout/}: ${TEST_MAKE}
+.endif
+
+.-include <bsd.obj.mk>
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/comment.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/comment.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a97df0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/comment.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+comment testing start
+this is foo
+This is how a comment looks: # comment
+comment testing done
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/comment.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/comment.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dd7dbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/comment.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# This is a comment
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == something
+FOO=bar
+.endif
+
+#\
+	Multiline comment
+
+BAR=# defined
+FOOBAR= # defined 
+
+# This is an escaped comment \
+that keeps going until the end of this line
+
+# Another escaped comment \
+that \
+goes \
+on
+
+# This is NOT an escaped comment due to the double backslashes \\
+all: hi foo bar
+	@echo comment testing done
+
+hi:
+	@echo comment testing start
+
+foo:
+	@echo this is $@
+
+bar:
+	@echo This is how a comment looks: '# comment'
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond1.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond1.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..701d504
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond1.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+make: "cond1.mk" line 75: warning: extra else
+make: "cond1.mk" line 85: warning: extra else
+2 is  prime
+A='other' B='unknown' C='clever' o='no,no'
+Passed:
+ var
+ ("var")
+ (var != var)
+ var != var
+ !((var != var) && defined(name))
+ var == quoted
+
+1 is not prime
+2 is  prime
+3 is  prime
+4 is not prime
+5 is  prime
+
+make: warning: String comparison operator should be either == or !=
+make: Bad conditional expression `"0" > 0' in "0" > 0?OK:No
+
+OK
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond1.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond1.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e361832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond1.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+# $Id: cond1.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+# hard code these!
+TEST_UNAME_S= NetBSD
+TEST_UNAME_M= sparc
+TEST_MACHINE= i386
+
+.if ${TEST_UNAME_S}
+Ok=var,
+.endif
+.if ("${TEST_UNAME_S}")
+Ok+=(\"var\"),
+.endif
+.if (${TEST_UNAME_M} != ${TEST_MACHINE})
+Ok+=(var != var),
+.endif
+.if ${TEST_UNAME_M} != ${TEST_MACHINE}
+Ok+= var != var,
+.endif
+.if !((${TEST_UNAME_M} != ${TEST_MACHINE}) && defined(X))
+Ok+= !((var != var) && defined(name)),
+.endif
+# from bsd.obj.mk
+MKOBJ?=no
+.if ${MKOBJ} == "no"
+o= no
+Ok+= var == "quoted",
+.else
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX) || defined(norMAKEOBJDIR)
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX)
+o=${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${__curdir}
+.else
+o= ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.endif
+.endif
+o= o
+.endif
+
+# repeat the above to check we get the same result
+.if ${MKOBJ} == "no"
+o2= no
+.else
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX) || defined(norMAKEOBJDIR)
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX)
+o2=${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${__curdir}
+.else
+o2= ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.endif
+.endif
+o2= o
+.endif
+
+PRIMES=2 3 5 7 11
+NUMBERS=1 2 3 4 5
+
+n=2
+.if ${PRIMES:M$n} == ""
+X=not
+.else
+X=
+.endif
+
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == no-such
+A=one
+.else
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == not-this
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == something-else
+A=unlikely
+.else
+A=no
+.endif
+.endif
+A=other
+# We expect an extra else warning - we're not skipping here
+.else
+A=this should be an error
+.endif
+
+.if $X != ""
+.if $X == not
+B=one
+.else
+B=other
+# We expect an extra else warning - we are skipping here
+.else
+B=this should be an error
+.endif
+.else
+B=unknown
+.endif
+
+.if "quoted" == quoted
+C=clever
+.else
+C=dim
+.endif
+
+.if defined(nosuch) && ${nosuch:Mx} != ""
+# this should not happen
+.info nosuch is x
+.endif
+
+all:
+	@echo "$n is $X prime"
+	@echo "A='$A' B='$B' C='$C' o='$o,${o2}'"
+	@echo "Passed:${.newline} ${Ok:S/,/${.newline}/}"
+	@echo "${NUMBERS:@n@$n is ${("${PRIMES:M$n}" == ""):?not:} prime${.newline}@}"
+	@echo "${"${DoNotQuoteHere:U0}" > 0:?OK:No}"
+	@echo "${${NoSuchNumber:U42} > 0:?OK:No}"
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond2.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond2.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22e76a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond2.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+make: Bad conditional expression ` == "empty"' in  == "empty"?oops:ok
+make: "cond2.mk" line 13: Malformed conditional ({TEST_TYPO} == "Ok")
+TEST_NOT_SET is empty or not defined
+make: "cond2.mk" line 20: Malformed conditional (${TEST_NOT_SET} == "empty")
+make: Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue
+make: stopped in unit-tests
+exit status 1
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond2.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond2.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aeb5a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/cond2.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# $Id: cond2.mk,v 1.2 2015/12/02 00:28:24 sjg Exp $
+
+TEST_UNAME_S= NetBSD
+
+# this should be ok
+X:= ${${TEST_UNAME_S} == "NetBSD":?Ok:fail}
+.if $X == "Ok"
+Y= good
+.endif
+# expect: Bad conditional expression ` == "empty"' in  == "empty"?oops:ok
+X:= ${${TEST_NOT_SET} == "empty":?oops:ok}
+# expect: Malformed conditional ({TEST_TYPO} == "Ok")
+.if {TEST_TYPO} == "Ok"
+Y= oops
+.endif
+.if empty(TEST_NOT_SET)
+Y!= echo TEST_NOT_SET is empty or not defined >&2; echo
+.endif
+# expect: Malformed conditional (${TEST_NOT_SET} == "empty")
+.if ${TEST_NOT_SET} == "empty"
+Y= oops
+.endif
+
+.if defined(.NDEF) && ${.NDEF} > 0
+Z= yes
+.endif
+
+all:
+	@echo $@
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/doterror.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/doterror.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5655644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/doterror.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+At first, I am
+happy
+and now: sad
+*** Error code 1
+
+Stop.
+make: stopped in unit-tests
+.ERROR: Looks like 'sad' is upset.
+exit status 1
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/doterror.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/doterror.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f1c78f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/doterror.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# $Id: doterror.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+
+.BEGIN:
+	@echo At first, I am
+
+.END:
+	@echo not reached
+
+.ERROR:
+	@echo "$@: Looks like '${.ERROR_TARGET}' is upset."
+
+all:	happy sad
+
+happy:
+	@echo $@
+
+sad:
+	@echo and now: $@; exit 1
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/dotwait.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/dotwait.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdc0a0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/dotwait.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+simple.1
+simple.1
+simple.2
+simple.2
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.99
+recursive.1.99
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.99
+recursive.2.99
+shared.0
+shared.0
+shared.1.99
+shared.1.99
+shared.2.1
+shared.2.1
+shared.2.99
+shared.2.99
+cycle.1.99
+cycle.1.99
+make: Graph cycles through `cycle.2.99'
+make: Graph cycles through `cycle.2.98'
+make: Graph cycles through `cycle.2.97'
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/dotwait.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/dotwait.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bab5993
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/dotwait.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# $NetBSD: dotwait.mk,v 1.2 2017/10/08 20:44:19 sjg Exp $
+
+THISMAKEFILE:= ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PARSEFILE}
+
+TESTS= simple recursive shared cycle
+PAUSE= sleep 1
+
+# Use a .for loop rather than dependencies here, to ensure
+# that the tests are run one by one, with parallelism
+# only within tests.
+# Ignore "--- target ---" lines printed by parallel make.
+all:
+.for t in ${TESTS}
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${THISMAKEFILE} -j4 $t 2>&1 | grep -v "^--- "
+.endfor
+
+#
+# Within each test, the names of the sub-targets follow these
+# conventions:
+# * If it's expected that two or more targets may be made in parallel,
+#   then the target names will differ only in an alphabetic component
+#   such as ".a" or ".b".
+# * If it's expected that two or more targets should be made in sequence
+#   then the target names will differ in numeric components, such that
+#   lexical ordering of the target names matches the expected order
+#   in which the targets should be made.
+#
+# Targets may echo ${PARALLEL_TARG} to print a modified version
+# of their own name, in which alphabetic components like ".a" or ".b"
+# are converted to ".*".  Two targets that are expected to
+# be made in parallel will thus print the same strings, so that the
+# output is independent of the order in which these targets are made.
+#
+PARALLEL_TARG= ${.TARGET:C/\.[a-z]/.*/g:Q}
+.DEFAULT:
+	@echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}; ${PAUSE}; echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}
+_ECHOUSE: .USE
+	@echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}; ${PAUSE}; echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}
+
+# simple: no recursion, no cycles
+simple: simple.1 .WAIT simple.2
+
+# recursive: all children of the left hand side of the .WAIT
+# must be made before any child of the right hand side.
+recursive: recursive.1.99 .WAIT recursive.2.99
+recursive.1.99: recursive.1.1.a recursive.1.1.b _ECHOUSE
+recursive.2.99: recursive.2.1.a recursive.2.1.b _ECHOUSE
+
+# shared: both shared.1.99 and shared.2.99 depend on shared.0.
+# shared.0 must be made first, even though it is a child of
+# the right hand side of the .WAIT.
+shared: shared.1.99 .WAIT shared.2.99
+shared.1.99: shared.0 _ECHOUSE
+shared.2.99: shared.2.1 shared.0 _ECHOUSE
+
+# cycle: the cyclic dependency must not cause infinite recursion
+# leading to stack overflow and a crash.
+cycle: cycle.1.99 .WAIT cycle.2.99
+cycle.2.99: cycle.2.98 _ECHOUSE
+cycle.2.98: cycle.2.97 _ECHOUSE
+cycle.2.97: cycle.2.99 _ECHOUSE
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/error.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/error.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2bf71b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/error.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+make: "error.mk" line 3: just FYI
+make: "error.mk" line 4: warning: this could be serious
+make: "error.mk" line 5: this is fatal
+exit status 1
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/error.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/error.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..721ed50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/error.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# $Id: error.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+.info just FYI
+.warning this could be serious
+.error this is fatal
+
+all:
+
+.info.html:
+	@echo this should be ignored
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/escape.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/escape.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6238e27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/escape.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+var-1bs
+printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BS 111\\111;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSa 111\\aaa;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSA 111\\aaa;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSda 111\\\$\{a\};   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSdA 111\\\$\{A\};   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSc 111\#\ backslash\ escapes\ comment\ char,\ so\ this\ is\ part\ of\ the\ value;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSsc 111\\\ ; 
+VAR1BS=:111\111:
+VAR1BSa=:111\aaa:
+VAR1BSA=:111\aaa:
+VAR1BSda=:111\${a}:
+VAR1BSdA=:111\${A}:
+VAR1BSc=:111# backslash escapes comment char, so this is part of the value:
+VAR1BSsc=:111\ :
+var-2bs
+printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BS 222\\\\222;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSa 222\\\\aaa;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSA 222\\\\aaa;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSda 222\\\\\$\{a\};   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSdA 222\\\\\$\{A\};   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSc 222\\\\;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSsc 222\\\\; 
+VAR2BS=:222\\222:
+VAR2BSa=:222\\aaa:
+VAR2BSA=:222\\aaa:
+VAR2BSda=:222\\${a}:
+VAR2BSdA=:222\\${A}:
+VAR2BSc=:222\\:
+VAR2BSsc=:222\\:
+var-1bsnl
+printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNL 111\ 111;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNLa 111\ aaa;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNLA 111\ aaa;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNLda 111\ \$\{a\};   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNLdA 111\ \$\{A\};   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNLc 111;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNLsc 111; 
+VAR1BSNL=:111 111:
+VAR1BSNLa=:111 aaa:
+VAR1BSNLA=:111 aaa:
+VAR1BSNLda=:111 ${a}:
+VAR1BSNLdA=:111 ${A}:
+VAR1BSNLc=:111:
+VAR1BSNLsc=:111:
+var-2bsnl
+printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSNL 222\\\\;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSNLa 222\\\\;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSNLA 222\\\\;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSNLda 222\\\\;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSNLdA 222\\\\;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSNLc 222\\\\;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR2BSNLsc 222\\\\; 
+VAR2BSNL=:222\\:
+VAR2BSNLa=:222\\:
+VAR2BSNLA=:222\\:
+VAR2BSNLda=:222\\:
+VAR2BSNLdA=:222\\:
+VAR2BSNLc=:222\\:
+VAR2BSNLsc=:222\\:
+var-3bsnl
+printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR3BSNL 333\\\\\ 333=;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR3BSNLa 333\\\\\ aaa=;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR3BSNLA 333\\\\\ aaa=;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR3BSNLda 333\\\\\ \$\{a\}=;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR3BSNLdA 333\\\\\ \$\{A\}=;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR3BSNLc 333\\\\;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR3BSNLsc 333\\\\; 
+VAR3BSNL=:333\\ 333=:
+VAR3BSNLa=:333\\ aaa=:
+VAR3BSNLA=:333\\ aaa=:
+VAR3BSNLda=:333\\ ${a}=:
+VAR3BSNLdA=:333\\ ${A}=:
+VAR3BSNLc=:333\\:
+VAR3BSNLsc=:333\\:
+var-1bsnl-space
+printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNL00 first\ line;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNL0 first\ line\ no\ space\ on\ second\ line;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNLs first\ line\ one\ space\ on\ second\ line;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNLss first\ line\ two\ spaces\ on\ second\ line;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNLt first\ line\ one\ tab\ on\ second\ line;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNLtt first\ line\ two\ tabs\ on\ second\ line;   printf "%s=:%s:\n" VAR1BSNLxx first\ line\ many\ spaces\ and\ tabs\ \[\ \ \	\ \]\ on\ second\ line; 
+VAR1BSNL00=:first line:
+VAR1BSNL0=:first line no space on second line:
+VAR1BSNLs=:first line one space on second line:
+VAR1BSNLss=:first line two spaces on second line:
+VAR1BSNLt=:first line one tab on second line:
+VAR1BSNLtt=:first line two tabs on second line:
+VAR1BSNLxx=:first line many spaces and tabs [  	 ] on second line:
+cmd-1bsnl
+echo :'first line\
+#second line without space\
+third line':
+:first line\
+#second line without space\
+third line:
+echo :'first line\
+     second line spaces should be retained':
+:first line\
+     second line spaces should be retained:
+echo :'first line\
+second line tab should be elided':
+:first line\
+second line tab should be elided:
+echo :'first line\
+	only one tab should be elided, second tab remains'
+:first line\
+	only one tab should be elided, second tab remains
+cmd-1bsnl-eof
+echo :'command ending with backslash-newline'; \
+
+:command ending with backslash-newline
+cmd-2bsnl
+echo take one\\
+take one\
+echo take two\\
+take two\
+echo take three\\
+take three\
+cmd-3bsnl
+echo :'first line\\\
+#second line without space\\\
+third line':
+:first line\\\
+#second line without space\\\
+third line:
+echo :'first line\\\
+     second line spaces should be retained':
+:first line\\\
+     second line spaces should be retained:
+echo :'first line\\\
+second line tab should be elided':
+:first line\\\
+second line tab should be elided:
+echo :'first line\\\
+	only one tab should be elided, second tab remains'
+:first line\\\
+	only one tab should be elided, second tab remains
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/escape.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/escape.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..829403d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/escape.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+# $Id: escape.mk,v 1.10 2014/09/09 10:22:27 apb Exp $
+#
+# Test backslash escaping.
+
+# Extracts from the POSIX 2008 specification
+# <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/make.html>:
+#
+#     Comments start with a <number-sign> ( '#' ) and continue until an
+#     unescaped <newline> is reached.
+#
+#     When an escaped <newline> (one preceded by a <backslash>) is found
+#     anywhere in the makefile except in a command line, an include
+#     line, or a line immediately preceding an include line, it shall
+#     be replaced, along with any leading white space on the following
+#     line, with a single <space>.
+#
+#     When an escaped <newline> is found in a command line in a
+#     makefile, the command line shall contain the <backslash>, the
+#     <newline>, and the next line, except that the first character of
+#     the next line shall not be included if it is a <tab>.
+#
+#     When an escaped <newline> is found in an include line or in a
+#     line immediately preceding an include line, the behavior is
+#     unspecified.
+#
+# Notice that the behaviour of <backslash><backslash> or
+# <backslash><anything other than newline> is not mentioned.  I think
+# this implies that <backslash> should be taken literally everywhere
+# except before <newline>.
+#
+# Our practice, despite what POSIX might say, is that "\#"
+# in a variable assignment stores "#" as part of the value.
+# The "\" is not taken literally, and the "#" does not begin a comment.
+#
+# Also, our practice is that an even number of backslashes before a
+# newline in a variable assignment simply stores the backslashes as part
+# of the value, and treats the newline as though it was not escaped.
+# Similarly, ann even number of backslashes before a newline in a
+# command simply uses the backslashes as part of the command test, but
+# does not escape the newline.  This is compatible with GNU make.
+
+all: .PHONY
+# We will add dependencies like "all: yet-another-test" later.
+
+# Some variables to be expanded in tests
+#
+a = aaa
+A = ${a}
+
+# Backslash at end of line in a comment\
+should continue the comment. \
+# This is also tested in comment.mk.
+
+__printvars: .USE .MADE
+	@echo ${.TARGET}
+	${.ALLSRC:@v@ printf "%s=:%s:\n" ${v:Q} ${${v}:Q}; @}
+
+# Embedded backslash in variable should be taken literally.
+#
+VAR1BS = 111\111
+VAR1BSa = 111\${a}
+VAR1BSA = 111\${A}
+VAR1BSda = 111\$${a}
+VAR1BSdA = 111\$${A}
+VAR1BSc = 111\# backslash escapes comment char, so this is part of the value
+VAR1BSsc = 111\ # This is a comment.  Value ends with <backslash><space>
+
+all: var-1bs
+var-1bs: .PHONY __printvars VAR1BS VAR1BSa VAR1BSA VAR1BSda VAR1BSdA \
+	VAR1BSc VAR1BSsc
+
+# Double backslash in variable should be taken as two literal backslashes.
+#
+VAR2BS = 222\\222
+VAR2BSa = 222\\${a}
+VAR2BSA = 222\\${A}
+VAR2BSda = 222\\$${a}
+VAR2BSdA = 222\\$${A}
+VAR2BSc = 222\\# backslash does not escape comment char, so this is a comment
+VAR2BSsc = 222\\ # This is a comment.  Value ends with <backslash><backslash>
+
+all: var-2bs
+var-2bs: .PHONY __printvars VAR2BS VAR2BSa VAR2BSA VAR2BSda VAR2BSdA \
+	VAR2BSc VAR2BSsc
+
+# Backslash-newline in a variable setting is replaced by a single space.
+#
+VAR1BSNL = 111\
+111
+VAR1BSNLa = 111\
+${a}
+VAR1BSNLA = 111\
+${A}
+VAR1BSNLda = 111\
+$${a}
+VAR1BSNLdA = 111\
+$${A}
+VAR1BSNLc = 111\
+# this should be processed as a comment
+VAR1BSNLsc = 111\
+ # this should be processed as a comment
+
+all: var-1bsnl
+var-1bsnl:	.PHONY
+var-1bsnl: .PHONY __printvars \
+	VAR1BSNL VAR1BSNLa VAR1BSNLA VAR1BSNLda VAR1BSNLdA \
+	VAR1BSNLc VAR1BSNLsc
+
+# Double-backslash-newline in a variable setting.
+# Both backslashes should be taken literally, and the newline is NOT escaped.
+#
+# The second lines below each end with '=' so that they will not
+# generate syntax errors regardless of whether or not they are
+# treated as part of the value.
+#
+VAR2BSNL = 222\\
+222=
+VAR2BSNLa = 222\\
+${a}=
+VAR2BSNLA = 222\\
+${A}=
+VAR2BSNLda = 222\\
+$${a}=
+VAR2BSNLdA = 222\\
+$${A}=
+VAR2BSNLc = 222\\
+# this should be processed as a comment
+VAR2BSNLsc = 222\\
+ # this should be processed as a comment
+
+all: var-2bsnl
+var-2bsnl: .PHONY __printvars \
+	VAR2BSNL VAR2BSNLa VAR2BSNLA VAR2BSNLda VAR2BSNLdA \
+	VAR2BSNLc VAR2BSNLsc
+
+# Triple-backslash-newline in a variable setting.
+# First two should be taken literally, and last should escape the newline.
+#
+# The second lines below each end with '=' so that they will not
+# generate syntax errors regardless of whether or not they are
+# treated as part of the value.
+#
+VAR3BSNL = 333\\\
+333=
+VAR3BSNLa = 333\\\
+${a}=
+VAR3BSNLA = 333\\\
+${A}=
+VAR3BSNLda = 333\\\
+$${a}=
+VAR3BSNLdA = 333\\\
+$${A}=
+VAR3BSNLc = 333\\\
+# this should be processed as a comment
+VAR3BSNLsc = 333\\\
+ # this should be processed as a comment
+
+all: var-3bsnl
+var-3bsnl: .PHONY __printvars \
+	VAR3BSNL VAR3BSNLa VAR3BSNLA VAR3BSNLda VAR3BSNLdA \
+	VAR3BSNLc VAR3BSNLsc
+
+# Backslash-newline in a variable setting, plus any amount of white space
+# on the next line, is replaced by a single space.
+#
+VAR1BSNL00= first line\
+
+# above line is entirely empty, and this is a comment
+VAR1BSNL0= first line\
+no space on second line
+VAR1BSNLs= first line\
+ one space on second line
+VAR1BSNLss= first line\
+  two spaces on second line
+VAR1BSNLt= first line\
+	one tab on second line
+VAR1BSNLtt= first line\
+		two tabs on second line
+VAR1BSNLxx= first line\
+  	 	 	 many spaces and tabs [  	 ] on second line
+
+all: var-1bsnl-space
+var-1bsnl-space: .PHONY __printvars \
+	VAR1BSNL00 VAR1BSNL0 VAR1BSNLs VAR1BSNLss VAR1BSNLt VAR1BSNLtt \
+	VAR1BSNLxx
+
+# Backslash-newline in a command is retained.
+#
+# The "#" in "# second line without space" makes it a comment instead
+# of a syntax error if the preceding line is parsed incorretly.
+# The ":" in "third line':" makes it look like the start of a
+# target instead of a syntax error if the first line is parsed incorrectly.
+#
+all: cmd-1bsnl
+cmd-1bsnl: .PHONY
+	@echo ${.TARGET}
+	echo :'first line\
+#second line without space\
+third line':
+	echo :'first line\
+     second line spaces should be retained':
+	echo :'first line\
+	second line tab should be elided':
+	echo :'first line\
+		only one tab should be elided, second tab remains'
+
+# When backslash-newline appears at the end of a command script,
+# both the backslash and the newline should be passed to the shell.
+# The shell should elide the backslash-newline.
+#
+all: cmd-1bsnl-eof
+cmd-1bsnl-eof:
+	@echo ${.TARGET}
+	echo :'command ending with backslash-newline'; \
+
+# above line must be blank
+
+# Double-backslash-newline in a command.
+# Both backslashes are retained, but the newline is not escaped.
+# XXX: This may differ from POSIX, but matches gmake.
+#
+# When make passes two backslashes to the shell, the shell will pass one
+# backslash to the echo commant.
+#
+all: cmd-2bsnl
+cmd-2bsnl: .PHONY
+	@echo ${.TARGET}
+	echo take one\\
+# this should be a comment
+	echo take two\\
+	echo take three\\
+
+# Triple-backslash-newline in a command is retained.
+#
+all: cmd-3bsnl
+cmd-3bsnl: .PHONY
+	@echo ${.TARGET}
+	echo :'first line\\\
+#second line without space\\\
+third line':
+	echo :'first line\\\
+     second line spaces should be retained':
+	echo :'first line\\\
+	second line tab should be elided':
+	echo :'first line\\\
+		only one tab should be elided, second tab remains'
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-all.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-all.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3aefd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-all.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+UT_ALL=even this gets exported
+UT_BADDIR=unit-tests
+UT_DOLLAR=This is $UT_FU
+UT_F=fine
+UT_FOO=foobar is fubar
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_NO=all
+UT_OK=good
+UT_OKDIR=unit-tests
+UT_TEST=export-all
+UT_ZOO=hoopie
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-all.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-all.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..576487b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-all.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# $Id: export-all.mk,v 1.2 2015/04/10 20:41:59 sjg Exp $
+
+UT_OK=good
+UT_F=fine
+
+# the old way to do :tA
+M_tAbad = C,.*,cd & \&\& 'pwd',:sh
+# the new
+M_tA = tA
+
+here := ${.PARSEDIR}
+
+# this will cause trouble (recursing if we let it)
+UT_BADDIR = ${${here}/../${here:T}:L:${M_tAbad}:T}
+# this will be ok
+UT_OKDIR = ${${here}/../${here:T}:L:${M_tA}:T}
+
+.export
+
+.include "export.mk"
+
+UT_TEST=export-all
+UT_ALL=even this gets exported
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-env.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-env.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a779e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-env.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+make:
+UT_TEST=export-env.mk
+UT_ENV=not-exported
+UT_EXP=not-exported
+UT_LIT=literal export-env.mk
+env:
+UT_TEST=export-env.mk
+UT_ENV=exported
+UT_EXP=exported
+UT_LIT=literal ${UT_TEST}
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-env.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-env.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4d3e75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export-env.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# $Id: export-env.mk,v 1.2 2016/02/18 20:25:08 sjg Exp $
+
+# our normal .export, subsequent changes affect the environment
+UT_TEST=this
+.export UT_TEST
+UT_TEST:= ${.PARSEFILE}
+
+# not so with .export-env
+UT_ENV=exported
+.export-env UT_ENV
+UT_ENV=not-exported
+
+# gmake style export goes further; affects nothing but the environment
+UT_EXP=before-export
+export UT_EXP=exported
+UT_EXP=not-exported
+
+UT_LIT= literal ${UT_TEST}
+.export-literal UT_LIT
+
+all:
+	@echo make:; ${UT_TEST UT_ENV UT_EXP UT_LIT:L:@v@echo $v=${$v};@}
+	@echo env:; ${UT_TEST UT_ENV UT_EXP UT_LIT:L:@v@echo $v=$${$v};@}
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..143771c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+UT_DOLLAR=This is $UT_FU
+UT_FOO=foobar is fubar
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_TEST=export
+UT_ZOO=hoopie
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b4ee72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/export.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# $Id: export.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+UT_TEST=export
+UT_FOO=foo${BAR}
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_ZOO=hoopie
+UT_NO=all
+# belive it or not, we expect this one to come out with $UT_FU unexpanded.
+UT_DOLLAR= This is $$UT_FU
+
+.export UT_FU UT_FOO
+.export UT_DOLLAR
+# this one will be ignored
+.export .MAKE.PID
+
+BAR=bar is ${UT_FU}
+
+.MAKE.EXPORTED+= UT_ZOO UT_TEST
+
+all:
+	@env | grep '^UT_' | sort
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forloop.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forloop.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df14b75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forloop.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+x=one
+x="two and three"
+x=four
+x="five"
+x=-I/this
+x=-I"This or that"
+x=-Ithat
+x="-DTHIS=\"this and that\""
+cfl=-I/this -I"This or that" -Ithat "-DTHIS=\"this and that\""
+a=one b="two and three"
+a=four b="five"
+a=ONE b="TWO AND THREE"
+a=FOUR b="FIVE"
+We expect an error next:
+make: "forloop.mk" line 38: Wrong number of words (9) in .for substitution list with 2 vars
+make: Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue
+make: stopped in unit-tests
+OK
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forloop.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forloop.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0399f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forloop.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# $Id: forloop.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+all: for-loop
+
+LIST = one "two and three" four "five"
+
+.if make(for-fail)
+for-fail:
+
+XTRA_LIST = xtra
+.else
+
+.for x in ${LIST}
+X!= echo 'x=$x' >&2; echo
+.endfor
+
+CFL = -I/this -I"This or that" -Ithat "-DTHIS=\"this and that\""
+cfl=
+.for x in ${CFL}
+X!= echo 'x=$x' >&2; echo
+.if empty(cfl)
+cfl= $x
+.else
+cfl+= $x
+.endif
+.endfor
+X!= echo 'cfl=${cfl}' >&2; echo
+
+.if ${cfl} != ${CFL}
+.error ${.newline}'${cfl}' != ${.newline}'${CFL}'
+.endif
+
+.for a b in ${EMPTY}
+X!= echo 'a=$a b=$b' >&2; echo
+.endfor
+.endif
+
+.for a b in ${LIST} ${LIST:tu} ${XTRA_LIST}
+X!= echo 'a=$a b=$b' >&2; echo
+.endfor
+
+for-loop:
+	@echo We expect an error next:
+	@(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} for-fail) && \
+	{ echo "Oops that should have failed!"; exit 1; } || echo OK
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forsubst.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forsubst.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a98c00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forsubst.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+.for with :S;... OK
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forsubst.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forsubst.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00cd9b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/forsubst.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# $Id: forsubst.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+all: for-subst
+
+here := ${.PARSEDIR}
+# this should not run foul of the parser
+.for file in ${.PARSEFILE}
+for-subst:	  ${file:S;^;${here}/;g}
+	@echo ".for with :S;... OK"
+.endfor
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/hash.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/hash.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a24234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/hash.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+b2af338b
+3360ac65
+7747f046
+9ca87054
+880fe816
+208fcbd3
+d5d376eb
+de41416c
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/hash.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/hash.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ed84e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/hash.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+STR1=
+STR2=	a
+STR3=	ab
+STR4=	abc
+STR5=	abcd
+STR6=	abcde
+STR7=	abcdef
+STR8=	abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+
+all:
+	@echo ${STR1:hash}
+	@echo ${STR2:hash}
+	@echo ${STR3:hash}
+	@echo ${STR4:hash}
+	@echo ${STR5:hash}
+	@echo ${STR6:hash}
+	@echo ${STR7:hash}
+	@echo ${STR8:hash}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/impsrc.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/impsrc.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23e8347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/impsrc.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+expected: source4
+actual:   source4
+expected: target1.x
+actual:   target1.x
+expected: target1.y
+actual:   target1.y
+expected: source1
+actual:   source1
+expected: source2
+actual:   source2
+expected: source1
+actual:   source1
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/impsrc.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/impsrc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95ae0c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/impsrc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# $NetBSD: impsrc.mk,v 1.2 2014/08/30 22:21:07 sjg Exp $
+
+# Does ${.IMPSRC} work properly?
+# It should be set, in order of precedence, to ${.TARGET} of:
+#  1) the implied source of a transformation rule,
+#  2) the first prerequisite from the dependency line of an explicit rule, or
+#  3) the first prerequisite of an explicit rule.
+#
+
+all: target1.z target2 target3 target4
+
+.SUFFIXES: .x .y .z
+
+.x.y: source1
+	@echo 'expected: target1.x'
+	@echo 'actual:   $<'
+
+.y.z: source2
+	@echo 'expected: target1.y'
+	@echo 'actual:   $<'
+
+target1.y: source3
+
+target1.x: source4
+	@echo 'expected: source4'
+	@echo 'actual:   $<'
+
+target2: source1 source2
+	@echo 'expected: source1'
+	@echo 'actual:   $<'
+
+target3: source1
+target3: source2 source3
+	@echo 'expected: source2'
+	@echo 'actual:   $<'
+
+target4: source1
+target4:
+	@echo 'expected: source1'
+	@echo 'actual:   $<'
+
+source1 source2 source3 source4:
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/misc.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/misc.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39a9383
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/misc.exp
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/misc.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/misc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2773e30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/misc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# $Id: misc.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+.if !exists(${.CURDIR}/)
+.warning ${.CURDIR}/ doesn't exist ?
+.endif
+
+.if !exists(${.CURDIR}/.)
+.warning ${.CURDIR}/. doesn't exist ?
+.endif
+
+.if !exists(${.CURDIR}/..)
+.warning ${.CURDIR}/.. doesn't exist ?
+.endif
+
+all:
+	@: all is well
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/moderrs.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/moderrs.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb51aa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/moderrs.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+make: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+VAR:Z=
+Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+make: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+VAR:Z=
+Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR
+make: Unclosed variable specification (expecting '}') for "VAR" (value "Thevariable") modifier S
+VAR:S,V,v,=Thevariable
+Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR
+make: Unclosed variable specification after complex modifier (expecting '}') for VAR
+VAR:S,V,v,=Thevariable
+Expect: Unclosed substitution for VAR (, missing)
+make: Unclosed substitution for VAR (, missing)
+VAR:S,V,v=
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/moderrs.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/moderrs.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..825e6c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/moderrs.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# $Id: moderrs.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+#
+# various modifier error tests
+
+VAR=TheVariable
+# incase we have to change it ;-)
+MOD_UNKN=Z
+MOD_TERM=S,V,v
+MOD_S:= ${MOD_TERM},
+
+all:	modunkn modunknV varterm vartermV modtermV
+
+modunkn:
+	@echo "Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'"
+	@echo "VAR:Z=${VAR:Z}"
+
+modunknV:
+	@echo "Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'"
+	@echo "VAR:${MOD_UNKN}=${VAR:${MOD_UNKN}}"
+
+varterm:
+	@echo "Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR"
+	@echo VAR:S,V,v,=${VAR:S,V,v,
+
+vartermV:
+	@echo "Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR"
+	@echo VAR:${MOD_TERM},=${VAR:${MOD_S}
+
+modtermV:
+	@echo "Expect: Unclosed substitution for VAR (, missing)"
+	-@echo "VAR:${MOD_TERM}=${VAR:${MOD_TERM}}"
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmatch.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmatch.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7bf8b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmatch.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+LIB=a X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is "/tmp/liba.a"
+LIB=a X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is "/tmp/liba.a"
+LIB=a X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is "/TMP/LIBA.A"
+LIB=b X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is ""
+LIB=b X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is ""
+LIB=b X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is ""
+LIB=c X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is ""
+LIB=c X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is ""
+LIB=c X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is ""
+LIB=d X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is "/tmp/libd.a"
+LIB=d X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is "/tmp/libd.a"
+LIB=d X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is "/TMP/LIBD.A"
+LIB=e X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is "/tmp/libe.a"
+LIB=e X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is "/tmp/libe.a"
+LIB=e X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is "/TMP/LIBE.A"
+Mscanner=OK
+Upper=One Two Three Four
+Lower=five six seven
+nose=One Three five
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmatch.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmatch.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4519928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmatch.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+
+X=a b c d e
+
+.for x in $X
+LIB${x:tu}=/tmp/lib$x.a
+.endfor
+
+X_LIBS= ${LIBA} ${LIBD} ${LIBE}
+
+LIB?=a
+
+var = head
+res = no
+.if !empty(var:M${:Uhead\:tail:C/:.*//})
+res = OK
+.endif
+
+all:	show-libs check-cclass
+
+show-libs:
+	@for x in $X; do ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} show LIB=$$x; done
+	@echo "Mscanner=${res}"
+
+show:
+	@echo 'LIB=${LIB} X_LIBS:M$${LIB$${LIB:tu}} is "${X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}}}"'
+	@echo 'LIB=${LIB} X_LIBS:M*/lib$${LIB}.a is "${X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a}"'
+	@echo 'LIB=${LIB} X_LIBS:M*/lib$${LIB}.a:tu is "${X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu}"'
+
+LIST= One Two Three Four five six seven
+
+check-cclass:
+	@echo Upper=${LIST:M[A-Z]*}
+	@echo Lower=${LIST:M[^A-Z]*}
+	@echo nose=${LIST:M[^s]*[ex]}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmisc.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmisc.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e406647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmisc.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+path=':/bin:/tmp::/:.:/no/such/dir:.'
+path='/bin:/tmp:/:/no/such/dir'
+path='/bin:/tmp:/:/no/such/dir'
+path='/bin':'/tmp':'/':'/no/such/dir'
+path='/bin':'/tmp':'/':'/no/such/dir'
+path_/usr/xbin=/opt/xbin/
+paths=/bin /tmp / /no/such/dir /opt/xbin
+PATHS=/BIN /TMP / /NO/SUCH/DIR /OPT/XBIN
+The answer is 42
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmisc.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmisc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a292b96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modmisc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# $Id: modmisc.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+#
+# miscellaneous modifier tests
+
+# do not put any dirs in this list which exist on some
+# but not all target systems - an exists() check is below.
+path=:/bin:/tmp::/:.:/no/such/dir:.
+# strip cwd from path.
+MOD_NODOT=S/:/ /g:N.:ts:
+# and decorate, note that $'s need to be doubled. Also note that 
+# the modifier_variable can be used with other modifiers.
+MOD_NODOTX=S/:/ /g:N.:@d@'$$d'@
+# another mod - pretend it is more interesting
+MOD_HOMES=S,/home/,/homes/,
+MOD_OPT=@d@$${exists($$d):?$$d:$${d:S,/usr,/opt,}}@
+MOD_SEP=S,:, ,g
+
+all:	modvar modvarloop modsysv
+
+modsysv:
+	@echo "The answer is ${libfoo.a:L:libfoo.a=42}"
+
+modvar:
+	@echo "path='${path}'"
+	@echo "path='${path:${MOD_NODOT}}'"
+	@echo "path='${path:S,home,homes,:${MOD_NODOT}}'"
+	@echo "path=${path:${MOD_NODOTX}:ts:}"
+	@echo "path=${path:${MOD_HOMES}:${MOD_NODOTX}:ts:}"
+
+.for d in ${path:${MOD_SEP}:N.} /usr/xbin
+path_$d?= ${d:${MOD_OPT}:${MOD_HOMES}}/
+paths+= ${d:${MOD_OPT}:${MOD_HOMES}}
+.endfor
+
+modvarloop:
+	@echo "path_/usr/xbin=${path_/usr/xbin}"
+	@echo "paths=${paths}"
+	@echo "PATHS=${paths:tu}"
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modorder.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modorder.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4117427
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modorder.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+LIST      = one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
+LIST:O    = eight five four nine one seven six ten three two
+LIST:Ox   = Ok
+LIST:O:Ox = Ok
+LISTX     = Ok
+LISTSX    = Ok
+make: Bad modifier `:OX' for LIST
+BADMOD 1  = }
+make: Bad modifier `:OxXX' for LIST
+BADMOD 2  = XX}
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modorder.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modorder.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc24d33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modorder.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# $NetBSD: modorder.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+LIST=		one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
+LISTX=		${LIST:Ox}
+LISTSX:=	${LIST:Ox}
+TEST_RESULT= && echo Ok || echo Failed
+
+# unit-tests have to produce the same results on each run
+# so we cannot actually include :Ox output.
+all:
+	@echo "LIST      = ${LIST}"
+	@echo "LIST:O    = ${LIST:O}"
+	# Note that 1 in every 10! trials two independently generated
+	# randomized orderings will be the same.  The test framework doesn't
+	# support checking probabilistic output, so we accept that the test
+	# will incorrectly fail with probability 2.8E-7.
+	@echo "LIST:Ox   = `test '${LIST:Ox}' != '${LIST:Ox}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+	@echo "LIST:O:Ox = `test '${LIST:O:Ox}' != '${LIST:O:Ox}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+	@echo "LISTX     = `test '${LISTX}' != '${LISTX}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+	@echo "LISTSX    = `test '${LISTSX}' = '${LISTSX}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+	@echo "BADMOD 1  = ${LIST:OX}"
+	@echo "BADMOD 2  = ${LIST:OxXX}"
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modts.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modts.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3389649
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modts.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+LIST="one two three four five six"
+LIST:ts,="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:ts/:tu="ONE/TWO/THREE/FOUR/FIVE/SIX"
+LIST:ts::tu="ONE:TWO:THREE:FOUR:FIVE:SIX"
+LIST:ts:tu="ONETWOTHREEFOURFIVESIX"
+LIST:tu:ts/="ONE/TWO/THREE/FOUR/FIVE/SIX"
+LIST:ts:="one:two:three:four:five:six"
+LIST:ts="onetwothreefourfivesix"
+LIST:ts:S/two/2/="one2threefourfivesix"
+LIST:S/two/2/:ts="one2threefourfivesix"
+LIST:ts/:S/two/2/="one/2/three/four/five/six"
+Pretend the '/' in '/n' etc. below are back-slashes.
+LIST:ts/n="one
+two
+three
+four
+five
+six"
+LIST:ts/t="one	two	three	four	five	six"
+LIST:ts/012:tu="ONE
+TWO
+THREE
+FOUR
+FIVE
+SIX"
+LIST:ts/xa:tu="ONE
+TWO
+THREE
+FOUR
+FIVE
+SIX"
+make: Bad modifier `:tx' for LIST
+LIST:tx="}"
+make: Bad modifier `:ts\X' for LIST
+LIST:ts/x:tu="\X:tu}"
+FU_mod-ts="a/b/cool"
+FU_mod-ts:ts:T="cool" == cool?
+B.${AAA:ts}="Baaa" == Baaa?
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modts.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modts.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..254aa42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modts.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+
+LIST= one two three
+LIST+= four five six
+
+FU_mod-ts = a / b / cool
+
+AAA= a a a
+B.aaa= Baaa
+
+all:   mod-ts
+
+# Use print or printf iff they are builtin.
+# XXX note that this causes problems, when make decides 
+# there is no need to use a shell, so avoid where possible.
+.if ${type print 2> /dev/null || echo:L:sh:Mbuiltin} != ""
+PRINT= print -r --
+.elif ${type printf 2> /dev/null || echo:L:sh:Mbuiltin} != ""
+PRINT= printf '%s\n'
+.else
+PRINT= echo
+.endif
+
+mod-ts:
+	@echo 'LIST="${LIST}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts,="${LIST:ts,}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts/:tu="${LIST:ts/:tu}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts::tu="${LIST:ts::tu}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts:tu="${LIST:ts:tu}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tu:ts/="${LIST:tu:ts/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts:="${LIST:ts:}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts="${LIST:ts}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts:S/two/2/="${LIST:ts:S/two/2/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:S/two/2/:ts="${LIST:S/two/2/:ts}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts/:S/two/2/="${LIST:ts/:S/two/2/}"'
+	@echo "Pretend the '/' in '/n' etc. below are back-slashes."
+	@${PRINT} 'LIST:ts/n="${LIST:ts\n}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'LIST:ts/t="${LIST:ts\t}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'LIST:ts/012:tu="${LIST:ts\012:tu}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'LIST:ts/xa:tu="${LIST:ts\xa:tu}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'LIST:tx="${LIST:tx}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'LIST:ts/x:tu="${LIST:ts\X:tu}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'FU_$@="${FU_${@:ts}:ts}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'FU_$@:ts:T="${FU_${@:ts}:ts:T}" == cool?'
+	@${PRINT} 'B.$${AAA:ts}="${B.${AAA:ts}}" == Baaa?'
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modword.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modword.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..258d7ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modword.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+make: Bad modifier `:[]' for LIST
+LIST:[]="" is an error
+LIST:[0]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[0x0]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[000]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[0]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[0]:C/ /,/g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[0]:C/ /,/1g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/1g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[@]:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:C/ /,/g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:C/ /,/1g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:[0]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[0]:[@]:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:[*]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]:[@]:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+EMPTY=""
+EMPTY:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+ESCAPEDSPACE="\ "
+ESCAPEDSPACE:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+REALLYSPACE=" "
+REALLYSPACE:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+LIST:[#]="6"
+LIST:[0]:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+LIST:[*]:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+LIST:[@]:[#]="6"
+LIST:[1]:[#]="1"
+LIST:[1..3]:[#]="3"
+EMPTY:[1]=""
+ESCAPEDSPACE="\ "
+ESCAPEDSPACE:[1]="\ "
+REALLYSPACE=" "
+REALLYSPACE:[1]="" == "" ?
+REALLYSPACE:[*]:[1]=" " == " " ?
+LIST:[1]="one"
+make: Bad modifier `:[1.]' for LIST
+LIST:[1.]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[1].' for LIST
+LIST:[1].="}" is an error
+LIST:[2]="two"
+LIST:[6]="six"
+LIST:[7]=""
+LIST:[999]=""
+make: Bad modifier `:[-]' for LIST
+LIST:[-]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[--]' for LIST
+LIST:[--]="" is an error
+LIST:[-1]="six"
+LIST:[-2]="five"
+LIST:[-6]="one"
+LIST:[-7]=""
+LIST:[-999]=""
+LONGLIST:[17]="17"
+LONGLIST:[0x11]="17"
+LONGLIST:[021]="17"
+LIST:[0]:[1]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]:[1]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:[1]="one"
+LIST:[0]:[2]=""
+LIST:[*]:[2]=""
+LIST:[@]:[2]="two"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[2]=""
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[*]:[2]=""
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[@]:[2]="three"
+make: Bad modifier `:[1.]' for LIST
+LIST:[1.]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[1..]' for LIST
+LIST:[1..]="" is an error
+LIST:[1..1]="one"
+make: Bad modifier `:[1..1.]' for LIST
+LIST:[1..1.]="" is an error
+LIST:[1..2]="one two"
+LIST:[2..1]="two one"
+LIST:[3..-2]="three four five"
+LIST:[-4..4]="three four"
+make: Bad modifier `:[0..1]' for LIST
+LIST:[0..1]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[-1..0]' for LIST
+LIST:[-1..0]="" is an error
+LIST:[-1..1]="six five four three two one"
+LIST:[0..0]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[3..99]="three four five six"
+LIST:[-3..-99]="four three two one"
+LIST:[-99..-3]="one two three four"
+HASH="#" == "#" ?
+LIST:[${HASH}]="6"
+LIST:[${ZERO}]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[${ZERO}x${ONE}]="one"
+LIST:[${ONE}]="one"
+LIST:[${MINUSONE}]="six"
+LIST:[${STAR}]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[${AT}]="one two three four five six"
+make: Bad modifier `:[${EMPTY' for LIST
+LIST:[${EMPTY}]="" is an error
+LIST:[${LONGLIST:[21]:S/2//}]="one"
+LIST:[${LIST:[#]}]="six"
+LIST:[${LIST:[${HASH}]}]="six"
+LIST:S/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:S/ /,/W="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:S/ /,/gW="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+EMPTY:S/^/,/=","
+EMPTY:S/^/,/W=","
+LIST:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:C/ /,/W="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:C/ /,/gW="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+EMPTY:C/^/,/=","
+EMPTY:C/^/,/W=","
+LIST:tW="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tW:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:tW:C/ /,/g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:tW:C/ /,/1g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:tw:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw:C/ /,/g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw:C/ /,/1g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw:tW:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:tW:tw:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modword.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modword.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00a56de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/modword.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+# $Id: modword.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+#
+# Test behaviour of new :[] modifier
+
+all: mod-squarebrackets mod-S-W mod-C-W mod-tW-tw
+
+LIST= one two three
+LIST+= four five six
+LONGLIST= 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
+
+EMPTY= # the space should be ignored
+ESCAPEDSPACE=\ # escaped space before the '#'
+REALLYSPACE:=${EMPTY:C/^/ /W}
+HASH= \#
+AT= @
+STAR= *
+ZERO= 0
+ONE= 1
+MINUSONE= -1
+
+mod-squarebrackets: mod-squarebrackets-0-star-at \
+	mod-squarebrackets-hash \
+	mod-squarebrackets-n \
+	mod-squarebrackets-start-end \
+	mod-squarebrackets-nested
+
+mod-squarebrackets-0-star-at:
+	@echo 'LIST:[]="${LIST:[]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]="${LIST:[0]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0x0]="${LIST:[0x0]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[000]="${LIST:[000]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]="${LIST:[*]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]="${LIST:[@]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[0]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:C/ /,/g="${LIST:[0]:C/ /,/g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:[0]:C/ /,/1g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/g="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/1g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[@]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:C/ /,/g="${LIST:[@]:C/ /,/g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:[@]:C/ /,/1g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:[0]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[@]:[0]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:[@]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[0]:[@]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:[*]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[@]:[*]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:[@]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[*]:[@]:C/ /,/}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-hash:
+	@echo 'EMPTY="${EMPTY}"'
+	@echo 'EMPTY:[#]="${EMPTY:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+	@echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE="${ESCAPEDSPACE}"'
+	@echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE:[#]="${ESCAPEDSPACE:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+	@echo 'REALLYSPACE="${REALLYSPACE}"'
+	@echo 'REALLYSPACE:[#]="${REALLYSPACE:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+	@echo 'LIST:[#]="${LIST:[#]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:[#]="${LIST:[0]:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:[#]="${LIST:[*]:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:[#]="${LIST:[@]:[#]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1]:[#]="${LIST:[1]:[#]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1..3]:[#]="${LIST:[1..3]:[#]}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-n:
+	@echo 'EMPTY:[1]="${EMPTY:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE="${ESCAPEDSPACE}"'
+	@echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE:[1]="${ESCAPEDSPACE:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'REALLYSPACE="${REALLYSPACE}"'
+	@echo 'REALLYSPACE:[1]="${REALLYSPACE:[1]}" == "" ?'
+	@echo 'REALLYSPACE:[*]:[1]="${REALLYSPACE:[*]:[1]}" == " " ?'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1]="${LIST:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1.]="${LIST:[1.]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1].="${LIST:[1].}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[2]="${LIST:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[6]="${LIST:[6]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[7]="${LIST:[7]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[999]="${LIST:[999]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-]="${LIST:[-]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[--]="${LIST:[--]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-1]="${LIST:[-1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-2]="${LIST:[-2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-6]="${LIST:[-6]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-7]="${LIST:[-7]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-999]="${LIST:[-999]}"'
+	@echo 'LONGLIST:[17]="${LONGLIST:[17]}"'
+	@echo 'LONGLIST:[0x11]="${LONGLIST:[0x11]}"'
+	@echo 'LONGLIST:[021]="${LONGLIST:[021]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:[1]="${LIST:[0]:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:[1]="${LIST:[*]:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:[1]="${LIST:[@]:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:[2]="${LIST:[0]:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:[2]="${LIST:[*]:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:[2]="${LIST:[@]:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[2]="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[*]:[2]="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[*]:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[@]:[2]="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[@]:[2]}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-start-end:
+	@echo 'LIST:[1.]="${LIST:[1.]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1..]="${LIST:[1..]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1..1]="${LIST:[1..1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1..1.]="${LIST:[1..1.]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1..2]="${LIST:[1..2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[2..1]="${LIST:[2..1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[3..-2]="${LIST:[3..-2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-4..4]="${LIST:[-4..4]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0..1]="${LIST:[0..1]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-1..0]="${LIST:[-1..0]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-1..1]="${LIST:[-1..1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0..0]="${LIST:[0..0]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[3..99]="${LIST:[3..99]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-3..-99]="${LIST:[-3..-99]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-99..-3]="${LIST:[-99..-3]}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-nested:
+	@echo 'HASH="${HASH}" == "#" ?'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${HASH}]="${LIST:[${HASH}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${ZERO}]="${LIST:[${ZERO}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${ZERO}x$${ONE}]="${LIST:[${ZERO}x${ONE}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${ONE}]="${LIST:[${ONE}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${MINUSONE}]="${LIST:[${MINUSONE}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${STAR}]="${LIST:[${STAR}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${AT}]="${LIST:[${AT}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${EMPTY}]="${LIST:[${EMPTY}]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${LONGLIST:[21]:S/2//}]="${LIST:[${LONGLIST:[21]:S/2//}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${LIST:[#]}]="${LIST:[${LIST:[#]}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${LIST:[$${HASH}]}]="${LIST:[${LIST:[${HASH}]}]}"'
+
+mod-C-W:
+	@echo 'LIST:C/ /,/="${LIST:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:C/ /,/W="${LIST:C/ /,/W}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:C/ /,/gW="${LIST:C/ /,/gW}"'
+	@echo 'EMPTY:C/^/,/="${EMPTY:C/^/,/}"'
+	@echo 'EMPTY:C/^/,/W="${EMPTY:C/^/,/W}"'
+
+mod-S-W:
+	@echo 'LIST:S/ /,/="${LIST:S/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:S/ /,/W="${LIST:S/ /,/W}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:S/ /,/gW="${LIST:S/ /,/gW}"'
+	@echo 'EMPTY:S/^/,/="${EMPTY:S/^/,/}"'
+	@echo 'EMPTY:S/^/,/W="${EMPTY:S/^/,/W}"'
+
+mod-tW-tw:
+	@echo 'LIST:tW="${LIST:tW}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tw="${LIST:tw}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tW:C/ /,/="${LIST:tW:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tW:C/ /,/g="${LIST:tW:C/ /,/g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tW:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:tW:C/ /,/1g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tw:C/ /,/="${LIST:tw:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tw:C/ /,/g="${LIST:tw:C/ /,/g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tw:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:tw:C/ /,/1g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tw:tW:C/ /,/="${LIST:tw:tW:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tW:tw:C/ /,/="${LIST:tW:tw:C/ /,/}"'
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/order.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/order.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d876914
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/order.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+Making the.c
+Making the.h
+Making the.o from the.h the.c
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/order.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/order.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f90b627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/order.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# $NetBSD: order.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+# Test that .ORDER is handled correctly.
+# The explicit dependency the.o: the.h will make us examine the.h
+# the .ORDER will prevent us building it immediately,
+# we should then examine the.c rather than stop.
+
+all: the.o
+
+.ORDER: the.c the.h
+
+the.c the.h:
+	@echo Making $@
+
+.SUFFIXES: .o .c
+
+.c.o:
+	@echo Making $@ from $?
+
+the.o: the.h
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/phony-end.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/phony-end.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3c517c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/phony-end.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+.TARGET="phony" .PREFIX="phony" .IMPSRC=""
+.TARGET="all" .PREFIX="all" .IMPSRC="phony"
+.TARGET="ok" .PREFIX="ok" .IMPSRC=""
+.TARGET="also.ok" .PREFIX="also.ok" .IMPSRC=""
+.TARGET="bug" .PREFIX="bug" .IMPSRC=""
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/phony-end.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/phony-end.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92cc0e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/phony-end.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# $Id: phony-end.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+all ok also.ok bug phony:
+	@echo '${.TARGET .PREFIX .IMPSRC:L:@v@$v="${$v}"@}'
+
+.END:	ok also.ok bug
+
+phony bug:	.PHONY
+all: phony
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e74cab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Posix says we should execute the command as if run by system(3)
+Expect 'Hello,' and 'World!'
+Hello,
+World!
+a command
+a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n
+another command
+make -n
+echo a command
+echo "a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n"
+a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n
+echo another command
+make -n -j1
+{ echo a command 
+} || exit $?
+echo "a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n"
+a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n
+{ echo another command 
+} || exit $?
+Now we expect an error...
+*** Error code 1 (continuing)
+`all' not remade because of errors.
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a73e2e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# $Id: posix.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+all:	x plus subs err
+
+x:
+	@echo "Posix says we should execute the command as if run by system(3)"
+	@echo "Expect 'Hello,' and 'World!'"
+	@echo Hello,; false; echo "World!"
+
+plus:
+	@echo a command
+	+@echo "a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n"
+	@echo another command
+
+subs:
+	@echo make -n
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} -n plus
+	@echo make -n -j1
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} -n -j1 plus
+
+err:
+	@(echo Now we expect an error...; exit 1)
+	@echo "Oops! you shouldn't see this!"
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix1.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix1.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa1f15d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix1.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+${VAR} = "foo  bar baz"
+a
+b
+c
+foo baR baz,  bar baz, foo bar baz, fooadd baradd bazadd
+mkdir -p 'dir'
+touch 'dir/obj_1.h'
+mkdir -p 'dir'
+printf '#include "obj_1.h"\nconst char* obj_1 = "dir/obj_1.c";\n' \
+    >'dir/obj_1.c'
+Local variables
+ ${@}="dir/obj_1.o" ${<}="dir/obj_1.c"
+ ${*}="dir/obj_1" ${?}="dir/obj_1.h dir/obj_1.c"
+ ${%}=""
+
+Directory and filename parts of local variables
+ ${@D}="dir" ${@F}="obj_1.o"
+ ${<D}="dir" ${<F}="obj_1.c"
+ ${*D}="dir" ${*F}="obj_1"
+ ${?D}="dir dir" ${?F}="obj_1.h obj_1.c"
+ ${%D}="" ${%F}=""
+
+Local variable substitutions
+ ${@:.o=}="dir/obj_1" ${<:.c=.C}="dir/obj_1.C"
+ ${*:=.h}="dir/obj_1.h" ${?:.h=.H}="dir/obj_1.H dir/obj_1.c"
+ ${%:=}=""
+
+Target with suffix transformations
+ ${@D:=append}="dirappend"
+ ${@F:.o=.O}="obj_1.O"
+ 
+ Implied source with suffix transformations
+ ${<D:r=rr}="dirr"
+ ${<F:.c=.C}="obj_1.C"
+ 
+ Suffixless target with suffix transformations
+ ${*D:.=dot}="dir"
+ ${*F:.a=}="obj_1"
+ 
+ Out-of-date dependencies with suffix transformations
+ ${?D:ir=}="d d"
+ ${?F:.h=.H}="obj_1.H obj_1.c"
+ 
+ Member with suffix transformations
+ ${%D:.=}=""
+ ${%F:${VAR2}=${VAR}}=""
+
+cc -c -o 'dir/obj_1.o' 'dir/obj_1.c'
+mkdir -p '.'
+touch 'dummy'
+Local variables
+ ${@}="lib.a" ${<}="dir/obj_1.o"
+ ${*}="obj1" ${?}="dir/obj_1.o dummy"
+ ${%}="obj1.o"
+
+Directory and filename parts of local variables
+ ${@D}="." ${@F}="lib.a"
+ ${<D}="dir" ${<F}="obj_1.o"
+ ${*D}="." ${*F}="obj1"
+ ${?D}="dir ." ${?F}="obj_1.o dummy"
+ ${%D}="." ${%F}="obj1.o"
+
+Local variable substitutions
+ ${@:.o=}="lib.a" ${<:.c=.C}="dir/obj_1.o"
+ ${*:=.h}="obj1.h" ${?:.h=.H}="dir/obj_1.o dummy"
+ ${%:=}="obj1.o"
+
+Target with suffix transformations
+ ${@D:=append}=".append"
+ ${@F:.o=.O}="lib.a"
+ 
+ Implied source with suffix transformations
+ ${<D:r=rr}="dirr"
+ ${<F:.c=.C}="obj_1.o"
+ 
+ Suffixless target with suffix transformations
+ ${*D:.=dot}="dot"
+ ${*F:.a=}="obj1"
+ 
+ Out-of-date dependencies with suffix transformations
+ ${?D:ir=}="d ."
+ ${?F:.h=.H}="obj_1.o dummy"
+ 
+ Member with suffix transformations
+ ${%D:.=}=""
+ ${%F:${VAR2}=${VAR}}="obj1foo  bar baz"
+
+cp 'dir/obj_1.o' 'obj1.o'
+ar -rcv 'lib.a' 'obj1.o'
+a - obj1.o
+rm -f 'obj1.o'
+mkdir -p '.'
+printf '#include "obj_2.h"\nconst char* obj_2 = "obj_2.c";\n' \
+    >'obj_2.c'
+mkdir -p '.'
+touch 'obj_2.h'
+Local variables
+ ${@}="obj2.o" ${<}="obj_2.c"
+ ${*}="obj2" ${?}="obj_2.c obj_2.h dir/obj_1.h"
+ ${%}=""
+
+Directory and filename parts of local variables
+ ${@D}="." ${@F}="obj2.o"
+ ${<D}="." ${<F}="obj_2.c"
+ ${*D}="." ${*F}="obj2"
+ ${?D}=". . dir" ${?F}="obj_2.c obj_2.h obj_1.h"
+ ${%D}="" ${%F}=""
+
+Local variable substitutions
+ ${@:.o=}="obj2" ${<:.c=.C}="obj_2.C"
+ ${*:=.h}="obj2.h" ${?:.h=.H}="obj_2.c obj_2.H dir/obj_1.H"
+ ${%:=}=""
+
+Target with suffix transformations
+ ${@D:=append}=".append"
+ ${@F:.o=.O}="obj2.O"
+ 
+ Implied source with suffix transformations
+ ${<D:r=rr}="."
+ ${<F:.c=.C}="obj_2.C"
+ 
+ Suffixless target with suffix transformations
+ ${*D:.=dot}="dot"
+ ${*F:.a=}="obj2"
+ 
+ Out-of-date dependencies with suffix transformations
+ ${?D:ir=}=". . d"
+ ${?F:.h=.H}="obj_2.c obj_2.H obj_1.H"
+ 
+ Member with suffix transformations
+ ${%D:.=}=""
+ ${%F:${VAR2}=${VAR}}=""
+
+cc -c -o 'obj2.o' 'obj_2.c'
+ar -rcv 'lib.a' 'obj2.o'
+a - obj2.o
+mkdir -p '.'
+touch 'obj3.h'
+mkdir -p 'dir'
+touch 'dir/dummy'
+mkdir -p '.'
+printf '#include "obj3.h"\nconst char* obj3 = "obj3.c";\n' \
+    >'obj3.c'
+Local variables
+ ${@}="lib.a" ${<}="obj3.c"
+ ${*}="obj3" ${?}="obj3.h dir/dummy obj3.c"
+ ${%}="obj3.o"
+
+Directory and filename parts of local variables
+ ${@D}="." ${@F}="lib.a"
+ ${<D}="." ${<F}="obj3.c"
+ ${*D}="." ${*F}="obj3"
+ ${?D}=". dir ." ${?F}="obj3.h dummy obj3.c"
+ ${%D}="." ${%F}="obj3.o"
+
+Local variable substitutions
+ ${@:.o=}="lib.a" ${<:.c=.C}="obj3.C"
+ ${*:=.h}="obj3.h" ${?:.h=.H}="obj3.H dir/dummy obj3.c"
+ ${%:=}="obj3.o"
+
+Target with suffix transformations
+ ${@D:=append}=".append"
+ ${@F:.o=.O}="lib.a"
+ 
+ Implied source with suffix transformations
+ ${<D:r=rr}="."
+ ${<F:.c=.C}="obj3.C"
+ 
+ Suffixless target with suffix transformations
+ ${*D:.=dot}="dot"
+ ${*F:.a=}="obj3"
+ 
+ Out-of-date dependencies with suffix transformations
+ ${?D:ir=}=". d ."
+ ${?F:.h=.H}="obj3.H dummy obj3.c"
+ 
+ Member with suffix transformations
+ ${%D:.=}=""
+ ${%F:${VAR2}=${VAR}}="obj3foo  bar baz"
+
+cc -c -o 'obj3.o' 'obj3.c'
+ar -rcv 'lib.a' 'obj3.o'
+a - obj3.o
+rm -f 'obj3.o'
+ar -s 'lib.a'
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix1.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix1.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bf6a56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/posix1.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+# $NetBSD: posix1.mk,v 1.3 2014/08/30 22:21:08 sjg Exp $
+
+# Keep the default suffixes from interfering, just in case.
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+all:	line-continuations suffix-substitution localvars
+
+# we need to clean for repeatable results
+.BEGIN: clean
+clean:
+	@rm -f lib.a dir/* dummy obj*
+
+#
+# Line continuations
+#
+
+# Escaped newlines and leading whitespace from the next line are replaced
+# with single space, except in commands, where the escape and the newline
+# are retained, but a single leading tab (if any) from the next line is
+# removed. (PR 49085)
+# Expect:
+# ${VAR} = "foo  bar baz"
+# a
+# b
+# c
+VAR = foo\
+\
+	  bar\
+ baz
+
+line-continuations:
+	@echo '$${VAR} = "${VAR}"'
+	@echo 'aXbXc' | sed -e 's/X/\
+	/g'
+
+
+#
+# Suffix substitution
+#
+
+# The only variable modifier accepted by POSIX.
+# ${VAR:s1=s2}: replace s1, if found, with s2 at end of each word in
+# ${VAR}.  s1 and s2 may contain macro expansions.
+# Expect: foo baR baz, bar baz, foo bar baz, fooadd baradd bazadd
+suffix-substitution:
+	@echo '${VAR:r=R}, ${VAR:foo=}, ${VAR:not_there=wrong}, ${VAR:=add}'
+
+
+#
+# Local variables: regular forms, D/F forms and suffix substitution.
+#
+
+# In the past substitutions did not work with the D/F forms and those
+# forms were not available for $?.  (PR 49085)
+
+ARFLAGS = -rcv
+
+localvars: lib.a
+
+# $@ = target or archive name	$< = implied source
+# $* = target without suffix 	$? = sources newer than target
+# $% = archive member name
+LOCALS = \
+	"Local variables\n\
+	\$${@}=\"${@}\" \$${<}=\"${<}\"\n\
+	\$${*}=\"${*}\" \$${?}=\"${?}\"\n\
+	\$${%%}=\"${%}\"\n\n"
+
+# $XD = directory part of X	$XF = file part of X
+# X is one of the local variables.
+LOCAL_ALTERNATIVES = \
+	"Directory and filename parts of local variables\n\
+	\$${@D}=\"${@D}\" \$${@F}=\"${@F}\"\n\
+	\$${<D}=\"${<D}\" \$${<F}=\"${<F}\"\n\
+	\$${*D}=\"${*D}\" \$${*F}=\"${*F}\"\n\
+	\$${?D}=\"${?D}\" \$${?F}=\"${?F}\"\n\
+	\$${%%D}=\"${%D}\" \$${%%F}=\"${%F}\"\n\n"
+
+# Do all kinds of meaningless substitutions on local variables to see
+# if they work.  Add, remove and replace things.
+VAR2 = .o
+VAR3 = foo
+LOCAL_SUBSTITUTIONS = \
+	"Local variable substitutions\n\
+	\$${@:.o=}=\"${@:.o=}\" \$${<:.c=.C}=\"${<:.c=.C}\"\n\
+	\$${*:=.h}=\"${*:=.h}\" \$${?:.h=.H}=\"${?:.h=.H}\"\n\
+	\$${%%:=}=\"${%:=}\"\n\n"
+
+LOCAL_ALTERNATIVE_SUBSTITUTIONS = \
+	"Target with suffix transformations\n\
+	\$${@D:=append}=\"${@D:=append}\"\n\
+	\$${@F:.o=.O}=\"${@F:.o=.O}\"\n\
+	\n\
+	Implied source with suffix transformations\n\
+	\$${<D:r=rr}=\"${<D:r=rr}\"\n\
+	\$${<F:.c=.C}=\"${<F:.c=.C}\"\n\
+	\n\
+	Suffixless target with suffix transformations\n\
+	\$${*D:.=dot}=\"${*D:.=dot}\"\n\
+	\$${*F:.a=}=\"${*F:.a=}\"\n\
+	\n\
+	Out-of-date dependencies with suffix transformations\n\
+	\$${?D:ir=}=\"${?D:ir=}\"\n\
+	\$${?F:.h=.H}=\"${?F:.h=.H}\"\n\
+	\n\
+	Member with suffix transformations\n\
+	\$${%%D:.=}=\"${%D:.=}\"\n\
+	\$${%%F:\$${VAR2}=\$${VAR}}=\"${%F:${VAR2}=${VAR}}\"\n\n"
+
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .a
+
+# The system makefiles make the .c.a rule .PRECIOUS with a special source,
+# but such a thing is not POSIX compatible.  It's also somewhat useless
+# in a test makefile.
+.c.a:
+	@printf ${LOCALS}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_ALTERNATIVES}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_SUBSTITUTIONS}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_ALTERNATIVE_SUBSTITUTIONS}
+	cc -c -o '${%}' '${<}'
+	ar ${ARFLAGS} '${@}' '${%}'
+	rm -f '${%}'
+
+.c.o:
+	@printf ${LOCALS}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_ALTERNATIVES}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_SUBSTITUTIONS}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_ALTERNATIVE_SUBSTITUTIONS}
+	cc -c -o '${@}' '${<}'
+
+# Some of these rules are padded with useless extra dependencies just so
+# that ${?} has more than one file.
+
+lib.a: lib.a(obj1.o) lib.a(obj2.o) lib.a(obj3.o)
+	ar -s '${@}'
+
+# Explicit rule where the dependency is an inferred file.  The dependency
+# object's name differs from the member's because there was a bug which
+# forced a dependency on member even when no such dependency was specified
+# (PR 49086).
+lib.a(obj1.o): dir/obj_1.o dummy
+	@printf ${LOCALS}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_ALTERNATIVES}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_SUBSTITUTIONS}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_ALTERNATIVE_SUBSTITUTIONS}
+	cp 'dir/obj_1.o' '$%'
+	ar ${ARFLAGS} '${@}' '$%'
+	rm -f '$%'
+
+# Excplicit rule where the dependency also has an explicit rule.
+lib.a(obj2.o): obj2.o
+	ar ${ARFLAGS} '${@}' '${%}'
+
+# Use .c.a inference with an extra dependency.
+lib.a(obj3.o): obj3.h dir/dummy
+
+# Use .c.o inference with an extra dependency.
+dir/obj_1.o: dir/obj_1.h
+
+# According to POSIX, $* is only required for inference rules and $<'s
+# value is unspecified outside of inference rules.  Strictly speaking
+# we shouldn't be expanding them here but who cares.  At least we get
+# to check that the program does nothing stupid (like crash) with them.
+# The C file is named differently from the object file because there
+# was a bug which forced dependencies based on inference rules on all
+# applicable targets (PR 49086).
+obj2.o: obj_2.c obj_2.h dir/obj_1.h
+	@printf ${LOCALS}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_ALTERNATIVES}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_SUBSTITUTIONS}
+	@printf ${LOCAL_ALTERNATIVE_SUBSTITUTIONS}
+	cc -c -o '${@}' 'obj_2.c'
+
+# Hey, this is make, we can make our own test data setup!  obj1.c
+# and obj2.c are not used, so they should not get created.  They're here
+# as a bait for a regression into the forced dependencies discussed earlier.
+obj1.c dir/obj_1.c obj2.c obj_2.c obj3.c:
+	mkdir -p '${@D}'
+	printf '#include "${@F:.c=.h}"\nconst char* ${@F:.c=} = "${@}";\n' \
+	    >'${@}'
+
+dir/obj_1.h obj_2.h obj3.h dummy dir/dummy:
+	mkdir -p '${@D}'
+	touch '${@}'
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/qequals.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/qequals.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b2f4dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/qequals.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+V.i386 ?= OK
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/qequals.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/qequals.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db6d9c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/qequals.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# $Id: qequals.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:51 apb Exp $
+
+M= i386
+V.i386= OK
+V.$M ?= bug
+
+all:
+	@echo 'V.$M ?= ${V.$M}'
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/suffixes.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/suffixes.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a46e1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/suffixes.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+make: don't know how to make issue3 (continuing)
+There should be no text after the colon: 
+touch .a
+There should be no text after the colon: 
+touch .a.b
+There should be no text after the colon: 
+touch .b.a
+touch issue5a.c
+first set
+cp issue5a.c issue5a.d
+touch issue5b.d
+first set
+cp issue5b.d issue5b.c
+touch issue5c.d
+first set
+cp issue5c.d issue5c
+touch issue5d.d
+first set
+cp issue5d.d issue5d.e
+touch issue5e.e
+first set
+cp issue5e.e issue5e.d
+make: don't know how to make issue6.f (continuing)
+touch issue10.d
+first set
+cp issue10.d issue10.e
+touch issue11.h
+touch issue11.first
+.ALLSRC: issue11.h issue11.first
+cp issue11.h issue11.i
+touch issue11.second
+.ALLSRC: issue11.i issue11.second
+cp issue11.i issue11.j
+`all' not remade because of errors.
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/suffixes.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/suffixes.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..113484a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/suffixes.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# $NetBSD: suffixes.mk,v 1.3 2014/08/30 22:21:08 sjg Exp $
+
+# Issues from PR 49086
+
+# Issue 3: single suffix rules remain active after .SUFFIXES is cleared
+#
+# There's a rule for issue3.a, but .a is no longer a known suffix when
+# targets are being made, so issue3 should not get made.
+all: issue3
+
+# Issue 4: suffix rules do not become regular rules when .SUFFIXES is cleared
+#
+# When the rules were encountered, .a and .b were known suffices, but later
+# on they were forgotten.  These should get created as regular targets.
+all: .a .a.b .b.a
+
+# Issue 5: adding more suffixes does not make existing rules into suffix rules
+#
+# When the targets .c.d, .d.c, .d, .d.e, and .e.d were encountered, only .a,
+# .b and .c were known suffixes, so all of them were regular rules.  Later
+# rest of the suffixes were made known, so they should all be suffix
+# transformation rules.
+all: issue5a.d issue5b.c issue5c issue5d.e issue5e.d
+
+# Issue 6: transformation search can end up in an infinite loop
+#
+# There is no file or target from which issue6.f could be made from so
+# this should fail.  The bug was that because rules .e.f, .d.e and .e.d
+# exist, make would try to make .f from .e and then infinitely try
+# to do .e from .d and vice versa.
+all: issue6.f
+
+# Issue 10: explicit dependencies affect transformation rule selection
+#
+# If issue10.e is wanted and both issue10.d and issue10.f are available,
+# make should choose the .d.e rule, because .d is before .f in .SUFFIXES.
+# The bug was that if issue10.d had an explicit dependency on issue10.f,
+# it would choose .f.e instead.
+all: issue10.e
+
+# Issue 11: sources from transformation rules are expanded incorrectly
+#
+# issue11.j should depend on issue11.i and issue11.second and issue11.i
+# should depend on issue11.h and issue11.first.  The bug was that
+# the dynamic sources were expanded before ${.PREFIX} and ${.TARGET} were
+# available, so they would have expanded to a null string.
+all: issue11.j
+
+# we need to clean for repeatable results
+.BEGIN: clean
+clean:
+	@rm -f issue* .[ab]*
+
+.SUFFIXES: .a .b .c
+
+.a .a.b .b.a:
+	@echo 'There should be no text after the colon: ${.IMPSRC}'
+	touch ${.TARGET}
+
+.c.d .d.c .d .d.e .e.d:
+	@echo 'first set'
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .d .e .f .g
+
+.e .e.f .f.e:
+	@echo 'second set'
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
+
+issue3.a:
+	@echo 'There is a bug if you see this.'
+	touch ${.TARGET}
+
+issue5a.c issue5b.d issue5c.d issue5d.d issue5e.e issue10.d issue10.f:
+	touch ${.TARGET}
+
+.SUFFIXES: .h .i .j
+
+.h.i: ${.PREFIX}.first
+	@echo '.ALLSRC: ${.ALLSRC}'
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
+
+.i.j: ${.PREFIX}.second
+	@echo '.ALLSRC: ${.ALLSRC}'
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
+
+issue11.h issue11.first issue11.second:
+	touch ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sunshcmd.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sunshcmd.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b14f6b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sunshcmd.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+TEST1=hello
+TEST2=bye
+TEST3=later
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sunshcmd.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sunshcmd.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3baf90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sunshcmd.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+BYECMD		= echo bye
+LATERCMD	= echo later
+TEST1 :sh	= echo hello
+TEST2 :sh	= ${BYECMD}
+TEST3		= ${LATERCMD:sh}
+
+all:
+	@echo "TEST1=${TEST1}"
+	@echo "TEST2=${TEST2}"
+	@echo "TEST3=${TEST3}"
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sysv.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sysv.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cce2de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sysv.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+FOOBAR =
+FOOBAR = foobar fubar
+fun
+fun
+fun
+In the Sun
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sysv.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sysv.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3651eda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/sysv.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# $Id: sysv.mk,v 1.2 2014/08/30 22:21:08 sjg Exp $
+
+FOO ?=
+FOOBAR = ${FOO:=bar}
+
+_this := ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PARSEFILE}
+
+B = /b
+S = /
+FUN = ${B}${S}fun
+SUN = the Sun
+
+# we expect nothing when FOO is empty
+all: foo fun
+
+foo:
+	@echo FOOBAR = ${FOOBAR}
+.if empty(FOO)
+	@FOO="foo fu" ${.MAKE} -f ${_this} foo
+.endif
+
+fun:
+	@echo ${FUN:T}
+	@echo ${FUN:${B}${S}fun=fun}
+	@echo ${FUN:${B}${S}%=%}
+	@echo ${In:L:%=% ${SUN}}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/ternary.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/ternary.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed9c1bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/ternary.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+The answer is unknown
+The answer is unknown
+The answer is empty
+The answer is known
+The answer is 
+The answer is empty
+The answer is known
+The answer is 42
+The answer is 42
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/ternary.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/ternary.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77f8349
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/ternary.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+all:
+	@for x in "" A= A=42; do ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} show $$x; done
+
+show:
+	@echo "The answer is ${A:?known:unknown}"
+	@echo "The answer is ${A:?$A:unknown}"
+	@echo "The answer is ${empty(A):?empty:$A}"
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport-env.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport-env.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d43cab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport-env.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+UT_TEST=unexport-env
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport-env.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport-env.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8192f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport-env.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# $Id: unexport-env.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:52 apb Exp $
+
+# pick up a bunch of exported vars
+.include "export.mk"
+
+# an example of setting up a minimal environment.
+PATH = /bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin
+
+# now clobber the environment to just PATH and UT_TEST
+UT_TEST = unexport-env
+
+# this removes everything
+.unexport-env
+.export PATH UT_TEST
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b16ea3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+UT_DOLLAR=This is $UT_FU
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_TEST=unexport
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3d7d34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/unexport.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# $Id: unexport.mk,v 1.1 2014/08/21 13:44:52 apb Exp $
+
+# pick up a bunch of exported vars
+.include "export.mk"
+
+.unexport UT_ZOO UT_FOO
+
+UT_TEST = unexport
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varcmd.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varcmd.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7803c2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varcmd.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+default FU=<v>fu</v> FOO=<v>foo</v> VAR=<v></v>
+two FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v></v>
+immutable FU='bar'
+immutable FOO='goo'
+three FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v></v>
+four FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v>Internal</v>
+five FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v>Internal</v>
+five v=is x k=is x
+six v=is y k=is y
+show-v v=override k=override
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varcmd.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varcmd.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..005ed47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varcmd.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+# $Id: varcmd.mk,v 1.3 2017/12/08 03:36:42 sjg Exp $
+#
+# Test behaviour of recursive make and vars set on command line.
+
+FU=fu
+FOO?=foo
+.if !empty(.TARGETS)
+TAG=${.TARGETS}
+.endif
+TAG?=default
+
+all:	one
+
+show:
+	@echo "${TAG} FU=<v>${FU}</v> FOO=<v>${FOO}</v> VAR=<v>${VAR}</v>"
+
+one:	show
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} FU=bar FOO+=goo two
+
+two:	show
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} three
+
+three:	show
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} four
+
+
+.ifmake two
+# this should not work
+FU+= oops
+FOO+= oops
+_FU:= ${FU}
+_FOO:= ${FOO}
+two: immutable
+immutable:
+	@echo "$@ FU='${_FU}'"
+	@echo "$@ FOO='${_FOO}'"
+.endif
+.ifmake four
+VAR=Internal
+.MAKEOVERRIDES+= VAR
+.endif
+
+four:	show
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} five
+
+M = x
+V.y = is y
+V.x = is x
+V := ${V.$M}
+K := ${V}
+
+show-v:
+	@echo '${TAG} v=${V} k=${K}'
+
+five:	show show-v
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} M=y six
+
+six:	show-v
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} V=override show-v
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varmisc.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varmisc.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffe8f8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varmisc.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+
+:D expanded when var set
+true
+TRUE
+:U expanded when var undef
+true
+TRUE
+:D skipped if var undef
+
+:U skipped when var set
+is set
+:? only lhs when value true
+true
+TRUE
+:? only rhs when value false
+false
+FALSE
+do not evaluate or expand :? if discarding
+is set
+year=2016 month=04 day=01
+date=20160401
+Version=123.456.789 == 123456789
+Literal=3.4.5 == 3004005
+We have target specific vars
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varmisc.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varmisc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34d32cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varmisc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+# $Id: varmisc.mk,v 1.8 2017/01/31 18:56:35 sjg Exp $
+#
+# Miscellaneous variable tests.
+
+all: unmatched_var_paren D_true U_true D_false U_false Q_lhs Q_rhs NQ_none \
+	strftime cmpv
+
+unmatched_var_paren:
+	@echo ${foo::=foo-text}
+
+True = ${echo true >&2:L:sh}TRUE
+False= ${echo false >&2:L:sh}FALSE
+
+VSET= is set
+.undef UNDEF
+
+U_false:
+	@echo :U skipped when var set
+	@echo ${VSET:U${False}}
+
+D_false:
+	@echo :D skipped if var undef
+	@echo ${UNDEF:D${False}}
+
+U_true:
+	@echo :U expanded when var undef
+	@echo ${UNDEF:U${True}}
+
+D_true:
+	@echo :D expanded when var set
+	@echo ${VSET:D${True}}
+
+Q_lhs:
+	@echo :? only lhs when value true
+	@echo ${1:L:?${True}:${False}}
+
+Q_rhs:
+	@echo :? only rhs when value false
+	@echo ${0:L:?${True}:${False}}
+
+NQ_none:
+	@echo do not evaluate or expand :? if discarding
+	@echo ${VSET:U${1:L:?${True}:${False}}}
+
+April1= 1459494000
+
+# slightly contorted syntax to use utc via variable
+strftime:
+	@echo ${year=%Y month=%m day=%d:L:gmtime=1459494000}
+	@echo date=${%Y%m%d:L:${gmtime=${April1}:L}}
+
+# big jumps to handle 3 digits per step
+M_cmpv.units = 1 1000 1000000
+M_cmpv = S,., ,g:_:range:@i@+ $${_:[-$$i]} \* $${M_cmpv.units:[$$i]}@:S,^,expr 0 ,1:sh
+
+Version = 123.456.789
+cmpv.only = target specific vars
+
+cmpv:
+	@echo Version=${Version} == ${Version:${M_cmpv}}
+	@echo Literal=3.4.5 == ${3.4.5:L:${M_cmpv}}
+	@echo We have ${${.TARGET:T}.only}
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varquote.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varquote.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63107bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varquote.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+-fdebug-prefix-map=$NETBSDSRCDIR=/usr/src -fdebug-regex-map=/usr/src/(.*)/obj$=/usr/obj/\1
+-fdebug-prefix-map=$NETBSDSRCDIR=/usr/src -fdebug-regex-map=/usr/src/(.*)/obj$=/usr/obj/\1
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varquote.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varquote.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb8b106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varquote.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# $NetBSD: varquote.mk,v 1.4 2018/12/16 18:53:34 christos Exp $
+#
+# Test VAR:q modifier
+
+.if !defined(REPROFLAGS)
+REPROFLAGS+=    -fdebug-prefix-map=\$$NETBSDSRCDIR=/usr/src
+REPROFLAGS+=    -fdebug-regex-map='/usr/src/(.*)/obj$$=/usr/obj/\1'
+all:
+	@${MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} REPROFLAGS=${REPROFLAGS:S/\$/&&/g:Q}
+	@${MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} REPROFLAGS=${REPROFLAGS:q}
+.else
+all:
+	@printf "%s %s\n" ${REPROFLAGS}
+.endif
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varshell.exp b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varshell.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ac8c88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varshell.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+sh: /bin/no/such/command: not found
+make: "varshell.mk" line 5: warning: "/bin/no/such/command" returned non-zero status
+make: "varshell.mk" line 6: warning: "kill -14 $$" exited on a signal
+make: "varshell.mk" line 7: warning: "false" returned non-zero status
+make: "varshell.mk" line 8: warning: "echo "output before the error"; false" returned non-zero status
+EXEC_FAILED=''
+TERMINATED_BY_SIGNAL=''
+ERROR_NO_OUTPUT=''
+ERROR_WITH_OUTPUT='output before the error'
+NO_ERROR_NO_OUTPUT=''
+NO_ERROR_WITH_OUTPUT='this is good'
+exit status 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varshell.mk b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varshell.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a006736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/unit-tests/varshell.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# $Id: varshell.mk,v 1.2 2015/04/10 20:41:59 sjg Exp $
+#
+# Test VAR != shell command
+
+EXEC_FAILED		!= /bin/no/such/command
+TERMINATED_BY_SIGNAL	!= kill -14 $$$$
+ERROR_NO_OUTPUT		!= false
+ERROR_WITH_OUTPUT	!= echo "output before the error"; false
+NO_ERROR_NO_OUTPUT	!= true
+NO_ERROR_WITH_OUTPUT	!= echo "this is good"
+
+allvars= EXEC_FAILED TERMINATED_BY_SIGNAL ERROR_NO_OUTPUT ERROR_WITH_OUTPUT \
+	NO_ERROR_NO_OUTPUT NO_ERROR_WITH_OUTPUT
+
+all:
+.for v in ${allvars}
+	@echo ${v}=\'${${v}}\'
+.endfor
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/util.c b/usr.bin/make/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..506fb4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,494 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.54 2013/11/26 13:44:41 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Missing stuff from OS's
+ */
+#if defined(__MINT__) || defined(__linux__)
+#include <signal.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.54 2013/11/26 13:44:41 joerg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.54 2013/11/26 13:44:41 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+
+#if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && !defined(HAVE_STRERROR)
+extern int errno, sys_nerr;
+extern char *sys_errlist[];
+
+char *
+strerror(int e)
+{
+    static char buf[100];
+    if (e < 0 || e >= sys_nerr) {
+	snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Unknown error %d", e);
+	return buf;
+    }
+    else
+	return sys_errlist[e];
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && !defined(HAVE_SETENV)
+extern char **environ;
+
+static char *
+findenv(const char *name, int *offset)
+{
+	size_t i, len;
+	char *p, *q;
+
+	len = strlen(name);
+	for (i = 0; (q = environ[i]); i++) {
+		p = strchr(q, '=');
+		if (p == NULL || p - q != len)
+			continue;
+		if (strncmp(name, q, len) == 0) {
+			*offset = i;
+			return q + len + 1;
+		}
+	}
+	*offset = i;
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+char *
+getenv(const char *name)
+{
+    int offset;
+
+    return(findenv(name, &offset));
+}
+
+int
+unsetenv(const char *name)
+{
+	char **p;
+	int offset;
+
+	if (name == NULL || *name == '\0' || strchr(name, '=') != NULL) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	while (findenv(name, &offset))	{ /* if set multiple times */
+		for (p = &environ[offset];; ++p)
+			if (!(*p = *(p + 1)))
+				break;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int
+setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int rewrite)
+{
+	char *c, **newenv;
+	const char *cc;
+	size_t l_value, size;
+	int offset;
+
+	if (name == NULL || value == NULL) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (*value == '=')			/* no `=' in value */
+		++value;
+	l_value = strlen(value);
+
+	/* find if already exists */
+	if ((c = findenv(name, &offset))) {
+		if (!rewrite)
+			return 0;
+		if (strlen(c) >= l_value)	/* old larger; copy over */
+			goto copy;
+	} else {					/* create new slot */
+		size = sizeof(char *) * (offset + 2);
+		if (savedEnv == environ) {		/* just increase size */
+			if ((newenv = realloc(savedEnv, size)) == NULL)
+				return -1;
+			savedEnv = newenv;
+		} else {				/* get new space */
+			/*
+			 * We don't free here because we don't know if
+			 * the first allocation is valid on all OS's
+			 */
+			if ((savedEnv = malloc(size)) == NULL)
+				return -1;
+			(void)memcpy(savedEnv, environ, size - sizeof(char *));
+		}
+		environ = savedEnv;
+		environ[offset + 1] = NULL;
+	}
+	for (cc = name; *cc && *cc != '='; ++cc)	/* no `=' in name */
+		continue;
+	size = cc - name;
+	/* name + `=' + value */
+	if ((environ[offset] = malloc(size + l_value + 2)) == NULL)
+		return -1;
+	c = environ[offset];
+	(void)memcpy(c, name, size);
+	c += size;
+	*c++ = '=';
+copy:
+	(void)memcpy(c, value, l_value + 1);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	setenv(argv[1], argv[2], 0);
+	printf("%s\n", getenv(argv[1]));
+	unsetenv(argv[1]);
+	printf("%s\n", getenv(argv[1]));
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux)
+/* strrcpy():
+ *	Like strcpy, going backwards and returning the new pointer
+ */
+static char *
+strrcpy(char *ptr, char *str)
+{
+    int len = strlen(str);
+
+    while (len)
+	*--ptr = str[--len];
+
+    return (ptr);
+} /* end strrcpy */
+
+char    *sys_siglist[] = {
+        "Signal 0",
+        "Hangup",                       /* SIGHUP    */
+        "Interrupt",                    /* SIGINT    */
+        "Quit",                         /* SIGQUIT   */
+        "Illegal instruction",          /* SIGILL    */
+        "Trace/BPT trap",               /* SIGTRAP   */
+        "IOT trap",                     /* SIGIOT    */
+        "EMT trap",                     /* SIGEMT    */
+        "Floating point exception",     /* SIGFPE    */
+        "Killed",                       /* SIGKILL   */
+        "Bus error",                    /* SIGBUS    */
+        "Segmentation fault",           /* SIGSEGV   */
+        "Bad system call",              /* SIGSYS    */
+        "Broken pipe",                  /* SIGPIPE   */
+        "Alarm clock",                  /* SIGALRM   */
+        "Terminated",                   /* SIGTERM   */
+        "User defined signal 1",        /* SIGUSR1   */
+        "User defined signal 2",        /* SIGUSR2   */
+        "Child exited",                 /* SIGCLD    */
+        "Power-fail restart",           /* SIGPWR    */
+        "Virtual timer expired",        /* SIGVTALRM */
+        "Profiling timer expired",      /* SIGPROF   */
+        "I/O possible",                 /* SIGIO     */
+        "Window size changes",          /* SIGWINDOW */
+        "Stopped (signal)",             /* SIGSTOP   */
+        "Stopped",                      /* SIGTSTP   */
+        "Continued",                    /* SIGCONT   */
+        "Stopped (tty input)",          /* SIGTTIN   */
+        "Stopped (tty output)",         /* SIGTTOU   */
+        "Urgent I/O condition",         /* SIGURG    */
+        "Remote lock lost (NFS)",       /* SIGLOST   */
+        "Signal 31",                    /* reserved  */
+        "DIL signal"                    /* SIGDIL    */
+};
+#endif /* __hpux__ || __hpux */
+
+#if defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux)
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/syscall.h>
+#include <sys/signal.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+killpg(int pid, int sig)
+{
+    return kill(-pid, sig);
+}
+
+#if !defined(__hpux__) && !defined(__hpux)
+void
+srandom(long seed)
+{
+    srand48(seed);
+}
+
+long
+random(void)
+{
+    return lrand48();
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(__hpux__) && !defined(__hpux)
+int
+utimes(char *file, struct timeval tvp[2])
+{
+    struct utimbuf t;
+
+    t.actime  = tvp[0].tv_sec;
+    t.modtime = tvp[1].tv_sec;
+    return(utime(file, &t));
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(BSD) && !defined(d_fileno)
+# define d_fileno d_ino
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEV_DEV_COMPARE
+# define DEV_DEV_COMPARE(a, b) ((a) == (b))
+#endif
+#define ISDOT(c) ((c)[0] == '.' && (((c)[1] == '\0') || ((c)[1] == '/')))
+#define ISDOTDOT(c) ((c)[0] == '.' && ISDOT(&((c)[1])))
+
+char *
+getwd(char *pathname)
+{
+    DIR    *dp;
+    struct dirent *d;
+    extern int errno;
+
+    struct stat st_root, st_cur, st_next, st_dotdot;
+    char    pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN], nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN * 2];
+    char   *pathptr, *nextpathptr, *cur_name_add;
+
+    /* find the inode of root */
+    if (stat("/", &st_root) == -1) {
+	(void)sprintf(pathname,
+			"getwd: Cannot stat \"/\" (%s)", strerror(errno));
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0';
+    pathptr = &pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1];
+    nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0';
+    cur_name_add = nextpathptr = &nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1];
+
+    /* find the inode of the current directory */
+    if (lstat(".", &st_cur) == -1) {
+	(void)sprintf(pathname,
+			"getwd: Cannot stat \".\" (%s)", strerror(errno));
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    nextpathptr = strrcpy(nextpathptr, "../");
+
+    /* Descend to root */
+    for (;;) {
+
+	/* look if we found root yet */
+	if (st_cur.st_ino == st_root.st_ino &&
+	    DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_cur.st_dev, st_root.st_dev)) {
+	    (void)strcpy(pathname, *pathptr != '/' ? "/" : pathptr);
+	    return (pathname);
+	}
+
+	/* open the parent directory */
+	if (stat(nextpathptr, &st_dotdot) == -1) {
+	    (void)sprintf(pathname,
+			    "getwd: Cannot stat directory \"%s\" (%s)",
+			    nextpathptr, strerror(errno));
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	if ((dp = opendir(nextpathptr)) == NULL) {
+	    (void)sprintf(pathname,
+			    "getwd: Cannot open directory \"%s\" (%s)",
+			    nextpathptr, strerror(errno));
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+
+	/* look in the parent for the entry with the same inode */
+	if (DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_dotdot.st_dev, st_cur.st_dev)) {
+	    /* Parent has same device. No need to stat every member */
+	    for (d = readdir(dp); d != NULL; d = readdir(dp))
+		if (d->d_fileno == st_cur.st_ino)
+		    break;
+	}
+	else {
+	    /*
+	     * Parent has a different device. This is a mount point so we
+	     * need to stat every member
+	     */
+	    for (d = readdir(dp); d != NULL; d = readdir(dp)) {
+		if (ISDOT(d->d_name) || ISDOTDOT(d->d_name))
+		    continue;
+		(void)strcpy(cur_name_add, d->d_name);
+		if (lstat(nextpathptr, &st_next) == -1) {
+		    (void)sprintf(pathname,
+			"getwd: Cannot stat \"%s\" (%s)",
+			d->d_name, strerror(errno));
+		    (void)closedir(dp);
+		    return NULL;
+		}
+		/* check if we found it yet */
+		if (st_next.st_ino == st_cur.st_ino &&
+		    DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_next.st_dev, st_cur.st_dev))
+		    break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (d == NULL) {
+	    (void)sprintf(pathname,
+		"getwd: Cannot find \".\" in \"..\"");
+	    (void)closedir(dp);
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	st_cur = st_dotdot;
+	pathptr = strrcpy(pathptr, d->d_name);
+	pathptr = strrcpy(pathptr, "/");
+	nextpathptr = strrcpy(nextpathptr, "../");
+	(void)closedir(dp);
+	*cur_name_add = '\0';
+    }
+} /* end getwd */
+#endif /* __hpux */
+
+/* force posix signals */
+void (*
+bmake_signal(int s, void (*a)(int)))(int)
+{
+    struct sigaction sa, osa;
+
+    sa.sa_handler = a;
+    sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask);
+    sa.sa_flags = SA_RESTART;
+
+    if (sigaction(s, &sa, &osa) == -1)
+	return SIG_ERR;
+    else
+	return osa.sa_handler;
+}
+
+#if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#if !defined(__osf__)
+#ifdef _IOSTRG
+#define STRFLAG	(_IOSTRG|_IOWRT)	/* no _IOWRT: avoid stdio bug */
+#else
+#if 0
+#define STRFLAG	(_IOREAD)		/* XXX: Assume svr4 stdio */
+#endif
+#endif /* _IOSTRG */
+#endif /* __osf__ */
+
+int
+vsnprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, va_list args)
+{
+#ifdef STRFLAG
+	FILE fakebuf;
+
+	fakebuf._flag = STRFLAG;
+	/*
+	 * Some os's are char * _ptr, others are unsigned char *_ptr...
+	 * We cast to void * to make everyone happy.
+	 */
+	fakebuf._ptr = (void *)s;
+	fakebuf._cnt = n-1;
+	fakebuf._file = -1;
+	_doprnt(fmt, args, &fakebuf);
+	fakebuf._cnt++;
+	putc('\0', &fakebuf);
+	if (fakebuf._cnt<0)
+	    fakebuf._cnt = 0;
+	return (n-fakebuf._cnt-1);
+#else
+	(void)vsprintf(s, fmt, args);
+	return strlen(s);
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+snprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	int rv;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	rv = vsnprintf(s, n, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	return rv;
+}
+
+#if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && !defined(HAVE_STRFTIME)
+size_t
+strftime(char *buf, size_t len, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm)
+{
+	static char months[][4] = {
+		"Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", 
+		"Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec"
+	};
+
+	size_t s;
+	char *b = buf;
+
+	while (*fmt) {
+		if (len == 0)
+			return buf - b;
+		if (*fmt != '%') {
+			*buf++ = *fmt++;
+			len--;
+			continue;
+		}
+		switch (*fmt++) {
+		case '%':
+			*buf++ = '%';
+			len--;
+			if (len == 0) return buf - b;
+			/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+		case '\0':
+			*buf = '%';
+			s = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%d", tm->tm_hour);
+			break;
+		case 'M':
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_min);
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_sec);
+			break;
+		case 'b':
+			if (tm->tm_mon >= 12)
+				return buf - b;
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%s", months[tm->tm_mon]);
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_mday);
+			break;
+		case 'Y':
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%d", 1900 + tm->tm_year);
+			break;
+		default:
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "Unsupported format %c",
+			    fmt[-1]);
+			break;
+		}
+		buf += s;
+		len -= s;
+	}
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/usr.bin/make/var.c b/usr.bin/make/var.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..547e7fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/make/var.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4355 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.221 2018/12/21 05:50:19 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.221 2018/12/21 05:50:19 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)var.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.221 2018/12/21 05:50:19 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * var.c --
+ *	Variable-handling functions
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Var_Set		    Set the value of a variable in the given
+ *			    context. The variable is created if it doesn't
+ *			    yet exist. The value and variable name need not
+ *			    be preserved.
+ *
+ *	Var_Append	    Append more characters to an existing variable
+ *			    in the given context. The variable needn't
+ *			    exist already -- it will be created if it doesn't.
+ *			    A space is placed between the old value and the
+ *			    new one.
+ *
+ *	Var_Exists	    See if a variable exists.
+ *
+ *	Var_Value 	    Return the value of a variable in a context or
+ *			    NULL if the variable is undefined.
+ *
+ *	Var_Subst 	    Substitute named variable, or all variables if
+ *			    NULL in a string using
+ *			    the given context as the top-most one. If the
+ *			    third argument is non-zero, Parse_Error is
+ *			    called if any variables are undefined.
+ *
+ *	Var_Parse 	    Parse a variable expansion from a string and
+ *			    return the result and the number of characters
+ *			    consumed.
+ *
+ *	Var_Delete	    Delete a variable in a context.
+ *
+ *	Var_Init  	    Initialize this module.
+ *
+ * Debugging:
+ *	Var_Dump  	    Print out all variables defined in the given
+ *			    context.
+ *
+ * XXX: There's a lot of duplication in these functions.
+ */
+
+#include    <sys/stat.h>
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+#include    <sys/types.h>
+#include    <regex.h>
+#endif
+#include    <ctype.h>
+#include    <inttypes.h>
+#include    <stdlib.h>
+#include    <limits.h>
+#include    <time.h>
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "buf.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+#include    "job.h"
+#include    "metachar.h"
+
+extern int makelevel;
+/*
+ * This lets us tell if we have replaced the original environ
+ * (which we cannot free).
+ */
+char **savedEnv = NULL;
+
+/*
+ * This is a harmless return value for Var_Parse that can be used by Var_Subst
+ * to determine if there was an error in parsing -- easier than returning
+ * a flag, as things outside this module don't give a hoot.
+ */
+char 	var_Error[] = "";
+
+/*
+ * Similar to var_Error, but returned when the 'VARF_UNDEFERR' flag for
+ * Var_Parse is not set. Why not just use a constant? Well, gcc likes
+ * to condense identical string instances...
+ */
+static char	varNoError[] = "";
+
+/*
+ * Traditionally we consume $$ during := like any other expansion.
+ * Other make's do not.
+ * This knob allows controlling the behavior.
+ * FALSE for old behavior.
+ * TRUE for new compatible.
+ */
+#define SAVE_DOLLARS ".MAKE.SAVE_DOLLARS"
+static Boolean save_dollars = TRUE;
+
+/*
+ * Internally, variables are contained in four different contexts.
+ *	1) the environment. They may not be changed. If an environment
+ *	    variable is appended-to, the result is placed in the global
+ *	    context.
+ *	2) the global context. Variables set in the Makefile are located in
+ *	    the global context. It is the penultimate context searched when
+ *	    substituting.
+ *	3) the command-line context. All variables set on the command line
+ *	   are placed in this context. They are UNALTERABLE once placed here.
+ *	4) the local context. Each target has associated with it a context
+ *	   list. On this list are located the structures describing such
+ *	   local variables as $(@) and $(*)
+ * The four contexts are searched in the reverse order from which they are
+ * listed.
+ */
+GNode          *VAR_INTERNAL; /* variables from make itself */
+GNode          *VAR_GLOBAL;   /* variables from the makefile */
+GNode          *VAR_CMD;      /* variables defined on the command-line */
+
+#define FIND_CMD	0x1   /* look in VAR_CMD when searching */
+#define FIND_GLOBAL	0x2   /* look in VAR_GLOBAL as well */
+#define FIND_ENV  	0x4   /* look in the environment also */
+
+typedef struct Var {
+    char          *name;	/* the variable's name */
+    Buffer	  val;		/* its value */
+    int		  flags;    	/* miscellaneous status flags */
+#define VAR_IN_USE	1   	    /* Variable's value currently being used.
+				     * Used to avoid recursion */
+#define VAR_FROM_ENV	2   	    /* Variable comes from the environment */
+#define VAR_JUNK  	4   	    /* Variable is a junk variable that
+				     * should be destroyed when done with
+				     * it. Used by Var_Parse for undefined,
+				     * modified variables */
+#define VAR_KEEP	8	    /* Variable is VAR_JUNK, but we found
+				     * a use for it in some modifier and
+				     * the value is therefore valid */
+#define VAR_EXPORTED	16 	    /* Variable is exported */
+#define VAR_REEXPORT	32	    /* Indicate if var needs re-export.
+				     * This would be true if it contains $'s
+				     */
+#define VAR_FROM_CMD	64 	    /* Variable came from command line */
+}  Var;
+
+/*
+ * Exporting vars is expensive so skip it if we can
+ */
+#define VAR_EXPORTED_NONE	0
+#define VAR_EXPORTED_YES	1
+#define VAR_EXPORTED_ALL	2
+static int var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE;
+/*
+ * We pass this to Var_Export when doing the initial export
+ * or after updating an exported var.
+ */
+#define VAR_EXPORT_PARENT	1
+/*
+ * We pass this to Var_Export1 to tell it to leave the value alone.
+ */
+#define VAR_EXPORT_LITERAL	2
+
+/* Var*Pattern flags */
+#define VAR_SUB_GLOBAL	0x01	/* Apply substitution globally */
+#define VAR_SUB_ONE	0x02	/* Apply substitution to one word */
+#define VAR_SUB_MATCHED	0x04	/* There was a match */
+#define VAR_MATCH_START	0x08	/* Match at start of word */
+#define VAR_MATCH_END	0x10	/* Match at end of word */
+#define VAR_NOSUBST	0x20	/* don't expand vars in VarGetPattern */
+
+/* Var_Set flags */
+#define VAR_NO_EXPORT	0x01	/* do not export */
+
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+     * The following fields are set by Var_Parse() when it
+     * encounters modifiers that need to keep state for use by
+     * subsequent modifiers within the same variable expansion.
+     */
+    Byte	varSpace;	/* Word separator in expansions */
+    Boolean	oneBigWord;	/* TRUE if we will treat the variable as a
+				 * single big word, even if it contains
+				 * embedded spaces (as opposed to the
+				 * usual behaviour of treating it as
+				 * several space-separated words). */
+} Var_Parse_State;
+
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarSubstitute() for ":S/lhs/rhs/",
+ * to VarSYSVMatch() for ":lhs=rhs". */
+typedef struct {
+    const char   *lhs;	    /* String to match */
+    int		  leftLen; /* Length of string */
+    const char   *rhs;	    /* Replacement string (w/ &'s removed) */
+    int		  rightLen; /* Length of replacement */
+    int		  flags;
+} VarPattern;
+
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarLoopExpand() for ":@tvar@str@" */
+typedef struct {
+    GNode	*ctxt;		/* variable context */
+    char	*tvar;		/* name of temp var */
+    int		tvarLen;
+    char	*str;		/* string to expand */
+    int		strLen;
+    int		errnum;		/* errnum for not defined */
+} VarLoop_t;
+
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarRESubstitute() for ":C///" */
+typedef struct {
+    regex_t	   re;
+    int		   nsub;
+    regmatch_t 	  *matches;
+    char 	  *replace;
+    int		   flags;
+} VarREPattern;
+#endif
+
+/* struct passed to VarSelectWords() for ":[start..end]" */
+typedef struct {
+    int		start;		/* first word to select */
+    int		end;		/* last word to select */
+} VarSelectWords_t;
+
+static Var *VarFind(const char *, GNode *, int);
+static void VarAdd(const char *, const char *, GNode *);
+static Boolean VarHead(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarTail(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarSuffix(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarRoot(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#ifdef SYSVVARSUB
+static Boolean VarSYSVMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#endif
+static Boolean VarNoMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+static void VarREError(int, regex_t *, const char *);
+static Boolean VarRESubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#endif
+static Boolean VarSubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarLoopExpand(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static char *VarGetPattern(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			   int, const char **, int, int *, int *,
+			   VarPattern *);
+static char *VarQuote(char *, Boolean);
+static char *VarHash(char *);
+static char *VarModify(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+    const char *,
+    Boolean (*)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *),
+    void *);
+static char *VarOrder(const char *, const char);
+static char *VarUniq(const char *);
+static int VarWordCompare(const void *, const void *);
+static void VarPrintVar(void *);
+
+#define BROPEN	'{'
+#define BRCLOSE	'}'
+#define PROPEN	'('
+#define PRCLOSE	')'
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarFind --
+ *	Find the given variable in the given context and any other contexts
+ *	indicated.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name to find
+ *	ctxt		context in which to find it
+ *	flags		FIND_GLOBAL set means to look in the
+ *			VAR_GLOBAL context as well. FIND_CMD set means
+ *			to look in the VAR_CMD context also. FIND_ENV
+ *			set means to look in the environment
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to the structure describing the desired variable or
+ *	NULL if the variable does not exist.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Var *
+VarFind(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
+{
+    Hash_Entry         	*var;
+    Var			*v;
+
+	/*
+	 * If the variable name begins with a '.', it could very well be one of
+	 * the local ones.  We check the name against all the local variables
+	 * and substitute the short version in for 'name' if it matches one of
+	 * them.
+	 */
+	if (*name == '.' && isupper((unsigned char) name[1]))
+		switch (name[1]) {
+		case 'A':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".ALLSRC"))
+				name = ALLSRC;
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".ARCHIVE"))
+				name = ARCHIVE;
+			break;
+		case 'I':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".IMPSRC"))
+				name = IMPSRC;
+			break;
+		case 'M':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".MEMBER"))
+				name = MEMBER;
+			break;
+		case 'O':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".OODATE"))
+				name = OODATE;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".PREFIX"))
+				name = PREFIX;
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".TARGET"))
+				name = TARGET;
+			break;
+		}
+#ifdef notyet
+    /* for compatibility with gmake */
+    if (name[0] == '^' && name[1] == '\0')
+	    name = ALLSRC;
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * First look for the variable in the given context. If it's not there,
+     * look for it in VAR_CMD, VAR_GLOBAL and the environment, in that order,
+     * depending on the FIND_* flags in 'flags'
+     */
+    var = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, name);
+
+    if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD)) {
+	var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_CMD->context, name);
+    }
+    if (!checkEnvFirst && (var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) &&
+	(ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL))
+    {
+	var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name);
+	if ((var == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_INTERNAL)) {
+	    /* VAR_INTERNAL is subordinate to VAR_GLOBAL */
+	    var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_INTERNAL->context, name);
+	}
+    }
+    if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_ENV)) {
+	char *env;
+
+	if ((env = getenv(name)) != NULL) {
+	    int		len;
+
+	    v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
+	    v->name = bmake_strdup(name);
+
+	    len = strlen(env);
+
+	    Buf_Init(&v->val, len + 1);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, env);
+
+	    v->flags = VAR_FROM_ENV;
+	    return (v);
+	} else if (checkEnvFirst && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) &&
+		   (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL))
+	{
+	    var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name);
+	    if ((var == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_INTERNAL)) {
+		var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_INTERNAL->context, name);
+	    }
+	    if (var == NULL) {
+		return NULL;
+	    } else {
+		return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var));
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    } else if (var == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var));
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarFreeEnv  --
+ *	If the variable is an environment variable, free it
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	v		the variable
+ *	destroy		true if the value buffer should be destroyed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	1 if it is an environment variable 0 ow.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The variable is free'ed if it is an environent variable.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarFreeEnv(Var *v, Boolean destroy)
+{
+    if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) == 0)
+	return FALSE;
+    free(v->name);
+    Buf_Destroy(&v->val, destroy);
+    free(v);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarAdd  --
+ *	Add a new variable of name name and value val to the given context
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name of variable to add
+ *	val		value to set it to
+ *	ctxt		context in which to set it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The new variable is placed at the front of the given context
+ *	The name and val arguments are duplicated so they may
+ *	safely be freed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+VarAdd(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    Var   	  *v;
+    int		  len;
+    Hash_Entry    *h;
+
+    v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
+
+    len = val ? strlen(val) : 0;
+    Buf_Init(&v->val, len+1);
+    Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, val);
+
+    v->flags = 0;
+
+    h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL);
+    Hash_SetValue(h, v);
+    v->name = h->name;
+    if (DEBUG(VAR) && (ctxt->flags & INTERNAL) == 0) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Delete --
+ *	Remove a variable from a context.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The Var structure is removed and freed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Delete(const char *name, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    Hash_Entry 	  *ln;
+    char *cp;
+    
+    if (strchr(name, '$')) {
+	cp = Var_Subst(NULL, name, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+    } else {
+	cp = (char *)name;
+    }
+    ln = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, cp);
+    if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "%s:delete %s%s\n",
+	    ctxt->name, cp, ln ? "" : " (not found)");
+    }
+    if (cp != name) {
+	free(cp);
+    }
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	Var 	  *v;
+
+	v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(ln);
+	if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
+	    unsetenv(v->name);
+	}
+	if (strcmp(MAKE_EXPORTED, v->name) == 0) {
+	    var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE;
+	}
+	if (v->name != ln->name)
+		free(v->name);
+	Hash_DeleteEntry(&ctxt->context, ln);
+	Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE);
+	free(v);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Export a var.
+ * We ignore make internal variables (those which start with '.')
+ * Also we jump through some hoops to avoid calling setenv
+ * more than necessary since it can leak.
+ * We only manipulate flags of vars if 'parent' is set.
+ */
+static int
+Var_Export1(const char *name, int flags)
+{
+    char tmp[BUFSIZ];
+    Var *v;
+    char *val = NULL;
+    int n;
+    int parent = (flags & VAR_EXPORT_PARENT);
+
+    if (*name == '.')
+	return 0;			/* skip internals */
+    if (!name[1]) {
+	/*
+	 * A single char.
+	 * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in
+	 * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst
+	 * into a loop.
+	 */
+	switch (name[0]) {
+	case '@':
+	case '%':
+	case '*':
+	case '!':
+	    return 0;
+	}
+    }
+    v = VarFind(name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    if (v == NULL) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+    if (!parent &&
+	(v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) {
+	return 0;			/* nothing to do */
+    }
+    val = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL);
+    if ((flags & VAR_EXPORT_LITERAL) == 0 && strchr(val, '$')) {
+	if (parent) {
+	    /*
+	     * Flag this as something we need to re-export.
+	     * No point actually exporting it now though,
+	     * the child can do it at the last minute.
+	     */
+	    v->flags |= (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT);
+	    return 1;
+	}
+	if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) {
+	    /*
+	     * We recursed while exporting in a child.
+	     * This isn't going to end well, just skip it.
+	     */
+	    return 0;
+	}
+	n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s}", name);
+	if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+	    val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+	    setenv(name, val, 1);
+	    free(val);
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (parent) {
+	    v->flags &= ~VAR_REEXPORT;	/* once will do */
+	}
+	if (parent || !(v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
+	    setenv(name, val, 1);
+	}
+    }
+    /*
+     * This is so Var_Set knows to call Var_Export again...
+     */
+    if (parent) {
+	v->flags |= VAR_EXPORTED;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This gets called from our children.
+ */
+void
+Var_ExportVars(void)
+{
+    char tmp[BUFSIZ];
+    Hash_Entry         	*var;
+    Hash_Search 	state;
+    Var *v;
+    char *val;
+    int n;
+
+    /*
+     * Several make's support this sort of mechanism for tracking
+     * recursion - but each uses a different name.
+     * We allow the makefiles to update MAKELEVEL and ensure
+     * children see a correctly incremented value.
+     */
+    snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%d", makelevel + 1);
+    setenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV, tmp, 1);
+
+    if (VAR_EXPORTED_NONE == var_exportedVars)
+	return;
+
+    if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL == var_exportedVars) {
+	/*
+	 * Ouch! This is crazy...
+	 */
+	for (var = Hash_EnumFirst(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, &state);
+	     var != NULL;
+	     var = Hash_EnumNext(&state)) {
+	    v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(var);
+	    Var_Export1(v->name, 0);
+	}
+	return;
+    }
+    /*
+     * We have a number of exported vars,
+     */
+    n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}");
+    if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+	char **av;
+	char *as;
+	int ac;
+	int i;
+
+	val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+	if (*val) {
+	    av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+	    for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+		Var_Export1(av[i], 0);
+	    }
+	    free(as);
+	    free(av);
+	}
+	free(val);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is called when .export is seen or
+ * .MAKE.EXPORTED is modified.
+ * It is also called when any exported var is modified.
+ */
+void
+Var_Export(char *str, int isExport)
+{
+    char *name;
+    char *val;
+    char **av;
+    char *as;
+    int flags;
+    int ac;
+    int i;
+
+    if (isExport && (!str || !str[0])) {
+	var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_ALL; /* use with caution! */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    flags = 0;
+    if (strncmp(str, "-env", 4) == 0) {
+	str += 4;
+    } else if (strncmp(str, "-literal", 8) == 0) {
+	str += 8;
+	flags |= VAR_EXPORT_LITERAL;
+    } else {
+	flags |= VAR_EXPORT_PARENT;
+    }
+    val = Var_Subst(NULL, str, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+    if (*val) {
+	av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+	for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	    name = av[i];
+	    if (!name[1]) {
+		/*
+		 * A single char.
+		 * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in
+		 * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst
+		 * into a loop.
+		 */
+		switch (name[0]) {
+		case '@':
+		case '%':
+		case '*':
+		case '!':
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (Var_Export1(name, flags)) {
+		if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL != var_exportedVars)
+		    var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_YES;
+		if (isExport && (flags & VAR_EXPORT_PARENT)) {
+		    Var_Append(MAKE_EXPORTED, name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	free(as);
+	free(av);
+    }
+    free(val);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * This is called when .unexport[-env] is seen.
+ */
+extern char **environ;
+
+void
+Var_UnExport(char *str)
+{
+    char tmp[BUFSIZ];
+    char *vlist;
+    char *cp;
+    Boolean unexport_env;
+    int n;
+
+    if (!str || !str[0]) {
+	return; 			/* assert? */
+    }
+
+    vlist = NULL;
+
+    str += 8;
+    unexport_env = (strncmp(str, "-env", 4) == 0);
+    if (unexport_env) {
+	char **newenv;
+
+	cp = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV);	/* we should preserve this */
+	if (environ == savedEnv) {
+	    /* we have been here before! */
+	    newenv = bmake_realloc(environ, 2 * sizeof(char *));
+	} else {
+	    if (savedEnv) {
+		free(savedEnv);
+		savedEnv = NULL;
+	    }
+	    newenv = bmake_malloc(2 * sizeof(char *));
+	}
+	if (!newenv)
+	    return;
+	/* Note: we cannot safely free() the original environ. */
+	environ = savedEnv = newenv;
+	newenv[0] = NULL;
+	newenv[1] = NULL;
+	if (cp && *cp)
+	    setenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV, cp, 1);
+    } else {
+	for (; *str != '\n' && isspace((unsigned char) *str); str++)
+	    continue;
+	if (str[0] && str[0] != '\n') {
+	    vlist = str;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!vlist) {
+	/* Using .MAKE.EXPORTED */
+	n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}");
+	if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+	    vlist = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+	}
+    }
+    if (vlist) {
+	Var *v;
+	char **av;
+	char *as;
+	int ac;
+	int i;
+
+	av = brk_string(vlist, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+	for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	    v = VarFind(av[i], VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	    if (!v)
+		continue;
+	    if (!unexport_env &&
+		(v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) {
+		unsetenv(v->name);
+	    }
+	    v->flags &= ~(VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT);
+	    /*
+	     * If we are unexporting a list,
+	     * remove each one from .MAKE.EXPORTED.
+	     * If we are removing them all,
+	     * just delete .MAKE.EXPORTED below.
+	     */
+	    if (vlist == str) {
+		n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp),
+			     "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":N%s}", v->name);
+		if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+		    cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, VARF_WANTRES);
+		    Var_Set(MAKE_EXPORTED, cp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+		    free(cp);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	free(as);
+	free(av);
+	if (vlist != str) {
+	    Var_Delete(MAKE_EXPORTED, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	    free(vlist);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Set --
+ *	Set the variable name to the value val in the given context.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name of variable to set
+ *	val		value to give to the variable
+ *	ctxt		context in which to set it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the variable doesn't yet exist, a new record is created for it.
+ *	Else the old value is freed and the new one stuck in its place
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	The variable is searched for only in its context before being
+ *	created in that context. I.e. if the context is VAR_GLOBAL,
+ *	only VAR_GLOBAL->context is searched. Likewise if it is VAR_CMD, only
+ *	VAR_CMD->context is searched. This is done to avoid the literally
+ *	thousands of unnecessary strcmp's that used to be done to
+ *	set, say, $(@) or $(<).
+ *	If the context is VAR_GLOBAL though, we check if the variable
+ *	was set in VAR_CMD from the command line and skip it if so.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Set(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
+{
+    Var   *v;
+    char *expanded_name = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * We only look for a variable in the given context since anything set
+     * here will override anything in a lower context, so there's not much
+     * point in searching them all just to save a bit of memory...
+     */
+    if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) {
+	expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, VARF_WANTRES);
+	if (expanded_name[0] == 0) {
+	    if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Set(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) "
+			"name expands to empty string - ignored\n",
+			name, val);
+	    }
+	    free(expanded_name);
+	    return;
+	}
+	name = expanded_name;
+    }
+    if (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) {
+	v = VarFind(name, VAR_CMD, 0);
+	if (v != NULL) {
+	    if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_CMD)) {
+		if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s ignored!\n", ctxt->name, name, val);
+		}
+		goto out;
+	    }
+	    VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+	}
+    }
+    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
+    if (v == NULL) {
+	if (ctxt == VAR_CMD && (flags & VAR_NO_EXPORT) == 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * This var would normally prevent the same name being added
+	     * to VAR_GLOBAL, so delete it from there if needed.
+	     * Otherwise -V name may show the wrong value.
+	     */
+	    Var_Delete(name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	}
+	VarAdd(name, val, ctxt);
+    } else {
+	Buf_Empty(&v->val);
+	if (val)
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val);
+
+	if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val);
+	}
+	if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
+	    Var_Export1(name, VAR_EXPORT_PARENT);
+	}
+    }
+    /*
+     * Any variables given on the command line are automatically exported
+     * to the environment (as per POSIX standard)
+     */
+    if (ctxt == VAR_CMD && (flags & VAR_NO_EXPORT) == 0) {
+	if (v == NULL) {
+	    /* we just added it */
+	    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
+	}
+	if (v != NULL)
+	    v->flags |= VAR_FROM_CMD;
+	/*
+	 * If requested, don't export these in the environment
+	 * individually.  We still put them in MAKEOVERRIDES so
+	 * that the command-line settings continue to override
+	 * Makefile settings.
+	 */
+	if (varNoExportEnv != TRUE)
+	    setenv(name, val ? val : "", 1);
+
+	Var_Append(MAKEOVERRIDES, name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+    }
+    if (*name == '.') {
+	if (strcmp(name, SAVE_DOLLARS) == 0)
+	    save_dollars = s2Boolean(val, save_dollars);
+    }
+
+ out:
+    free(expanded_name);
+    if (v != NULL)
+	VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Append --
+ *	The variable of the given name has the given value appended to it in
+ *	the given context.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name of variable to modify
+ *	val		String to append to it
+ *	ctxt		Context in which this should occur
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the variable doesn't exist, it is created. Else the strings
+ *	are concatenated (with a space in between).
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	Only if the variable is being sought in the global context is the
+ *	environment searched.
+ *	XXX: Knows its calling circumstances in that if called with ctxt
+ *	an actual target, it will only search that context since only
+ *	a local variable could be being appended to. This is actually
+ *	a big win and must be tolerated.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Append(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    Var		   *v;
+    Hash_Entry	   *h;
+    char *expanded_name = NULL;
+
+    if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) {
+	expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, VARF_WANTRES);
+	if (expanded_name[0] == 0) {
+	    if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Append(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) "
+			"name expands to empty string - ignored\n",
+			name, val);
+	    }
+	    free(expanded_name);
+	    return;
+	}
+	name = expanded_name;
+    }
+
+    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) ? (FIND_CMD|FIND_ENV) : 0);
+
+    if (v == NULL) {
+	Var_Set(name, val, ctxt, 0);
+    } else if (ctxt == VAR_CMD || !(v->flags & VAR_FROM_CMD)) {
+	Buf_AddByte(&v->val, ' ');
+	Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val);
+
+	if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name,
+		   Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
+	}
+
+	if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the original variable came from the environment, we
+	     * have to install it in the global context (we could place
+	     * it in the environment, but then we should provide a way to
+	     * export other variables...)
+	     */
+	    v->flags &= ~VAR_FROM_ENV;
+	    h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL);
+	    Hash_SetValue(h, v);
+	}
+    }
+    free(expanded_name);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Exists --
+ *	See if the given variable exists.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		Variable to find
+ *	ctxt		Context in which to start search
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if it does, FALSE if it doesn't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Var_Exists(const char *name, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    Var		  *v;
+    char          *cp;
+
+    if ((cp = strchr(name, '$')) != NULL) {
+	cp = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, VARF_WANTRES);
+    }
+    v = VarFind(cp ? cp : name, ctxt, FIND_CMD|FIND_GLOBAL|FIND_ENV);
+    free(cp);
+    if (v == NULL) {
+	return(FALSE);
+    } else {
+	(void)VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+    }
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Value --
+ *	Return the value of the named variable in the given context
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name to find
+ *	ctxt		context in which to search for it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The value if the variable exists, NULL if it doesn't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Var_Value(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, char **frp)
+{
+    Var            *v;
+
+    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
+    *frp = NULL;
+    if (v != NULL) {
+	char *p = (Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
+	if (VarFreeEnv(v, FALSE))
+	    *frp = p;
+	return p;
+    } else {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarHead --
+ *	Remove the tail of the given word and place the result in the given
+ *	buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to trim
+ *	addSpace	True if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before sticking in the head
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ *	added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The trimmed word is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarHead(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    char *slash;
+
+    slash = strrchr(word, '/');
+    if (slash != NULL) {
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	}
+	*slash = '\0';
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+	*slash = '/';
+	return (TRUE);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * If no directory part, give . (q.v. the POSIX standard)
+	 */
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace)
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	Buf_AddByte(buf, '.');
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarTail --
+ *	Remove the head of the given word and place the result in the given
+ *	buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to trim
+ *	addSpace	True if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before adding the tail
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ *	added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The trimmed word is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarTail(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    char *slash;
+
+    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+    }
+
+    slash = strrchr(word, '/');
+    if (slash != NULL) {
+	*slash++ = '\0';
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(slash), slash);
+	slash[-1] = '/';
+    } else {
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSuffix --
+ *	Place the suffix of the given word in the given buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to trim
+ *	addSpace	TRUE if need to add a space before placing the
+ *			suffix in the buffer
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ *	added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The suffix from the word is placed in the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarSuffix(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	  char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	  void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    char *dot;
+
+    dot = strrchr(word, '.');
+    if (dot != NULL) {
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	}
+	*dot++ = '\0';
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(dot), dot);
+	dot[-1] = '.';
+	addSpace = TRUE;
+    }
+    return addSpace;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarRoot --
+ *	Remove the suffix of the given word and place the result in the
+ *	buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to trim
+ *	addSpace	TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before placing the root in it
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ *	added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The trimmed word is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarRoot(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    char *dot;
+
+    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+    }
+
+    dot = strrchr(word, '.');
+    if (dot != NULL) {
+	*dot = '\0';
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+	*dot = '.';
+    } else {
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarMatch --
+ *	Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern.
+ *	Callback function for VarModify to implement the :M modifier.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to examine
+ *	addSpace	TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before adding the word, if it matches
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *	pattern		Pattern the word must match
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next
+ *	word.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The word may be copied to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarMatch(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	 char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	 void *pattern)
+{
+    if (DEBUG(VAR))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "VarMatch [%s] [%s]\n", word, (char *)pattern);
+    if (Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) {
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	}
+	addSpace = TRUE;
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+    }
+    return(addSpace);
+}
+
+#ifdef SYSVVARSUB
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSYSVMatch --
+ *	Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern.
+ *	Callback function for VarModify to implement the System V %
+ *	modifiers.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to examine
+ *	addSpace	TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before adding the word, if it matches
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *	patp		Pattern the word must match
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next
+ *	word.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The word may be copied to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarSYSVMatch(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	     char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	     void *patp)
+{
+    int len;
+    char *ptr;
+    VarPattern 	  *pat = (VarPattern *)patp;
+    char *varexp;
+
+    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace)
+	Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+
+    addSpace = TRUE;
+
+    if ((ptr = Str_SYSVMatch(word, pat->lhs, &len)) != NULL) {
+        varexp = Var_Subst(NULL, pat->rhs, ctx, VARF_WANTRES);
+	Str_SYSVSubst(buf, varexp, ptr, len);
+	free(varexp);
+    } else {
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+    }
+
+    return(addSpace);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarNoMatch --
+ *	Place the word in the buffer if it doesn't match the given pattern.
+ *	Callback function for VarModify to implement the :N modifier.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to examine
+ *	addSpace	TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before adding the word, if it matches
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *	pattern		Pattern the word must match
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next
+ *	word.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The word may be copied to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarNoMatch(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	   char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	   void *pattern)
+{
+    if (!Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) {
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	}
+	addSpace = TRUE;
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+    }
+    return(addSpace);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSubstitute --
+ *	Perform a string-substitution on the given word, placing the
+ *	result in the passed buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to modify
+ *	addSpace	True if space should be added before
+ *			other characters
+ *	buf		Buffer for result
+ *	patternp	Pattern for substitution
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	      char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	      void *patternp)
+{
+    int  	wordLen;    /* Length of word */
+    char 	*cp;	    /* General pointer */
+    VarPattern	*pattern = (VarPattern *)patternp;
+
+    wordLen = strlen(word);
+    if ((pattern->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) !=
+	(VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) {
+	/*
+	 * Still substituting -- break it down into simple anchored cases
+	 * and if none of them fits, perform the general substitution case.
+	 */
+	if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) &&
+	    (strncmp(word, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) {
+		/*
+		 * Anchored at start and beginning of word matches pattern
+		 */
+		if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) &&
+		    (wordLen == pattern->leftLen)) {
+			/*
+			 * Also anchored at end and matches to the end (word
+			 * is same length as pattern) add space and rhs only
+			 * if rhs is non-null.
+			 */
+			if (pattern->rightLen != 0) {
+			    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+				Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+			    }
+			    addSpace = TRUE;
+			    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+			}
+			pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+		} else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) {
+		    /*
+		     * Doesn't match to end -- copy word wholesale
+		     */
+		    goto nosub;
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * Matches at start but need to copy in trailing characters
+		     */
+		    if ((pattern->rightLen + wordLen - pattern->leftLen) != 0){
+			if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+			    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+			}
+			addSpace = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen - pattern->leftLen,
+				 (word + pattern->leftLen));
+		    pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+		}
+	} else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) {
+	    /*
+	     * Had to match at start of word and didn't -- copy whole word.
+	     */
+	    goto nosub;
+	} else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) {
+	    /*
+	     * Anchored at end, Find only place match could occur (leftLen
+	     * characters from the end of the word) and see if it does. Note
+	     * that because the $ will be left at the end of the lhs, we have
+	     * to use strncmp.
+	     */
+	    cp = word + (wordLen - pattern->leftLen);
+	    if ((cp >= word) &&
+		(strncmp(cp, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) {
+		/*
+		 * Match found. If we will place characters in the buffer,
+		 * add a space before hand as indicated by addSpace, then
+		 * stuff in the initial, unmatched part of the word followed
+		 * by the right-hand-side.
+		 */
+		if (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0) {
+		    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+			Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+		    }
+		    addSpace = TRUE;
+		}
+		Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp - word, word);
+		Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+		pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * Had to match at end and didn't. Copy entire word.
+		 */
+		goto nosub;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Pattern is unanchored: search for the pattern in the word using
+	     * String_FindSubstring, copying unmatched portions and the
+	     * right-hand-side for each match found, handling non-global
+	     * substitutions correctly, etc. When the loop is done, any
+	     * remaining part of the word (word and wordLen are adjusted
+	     * accordingly through the loop) is copied straight into the
+	     * buffer.
+	     * addSpace is set FALSE as soon as a space is added to the
+	     * buffer.
+	     */
+	    Boolean done;
+	    int origSize;
+
+	    done = FALSE;
+	    origSize = Buf_Size(buf);
+	    while (!done) {
+		cp = Str_FindSubstring(word, pattern->lhs);
+		if (cp != NULL) {
+		    if (addSpace && (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0)){
+			Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+			addSpace = FALSE;
+		    }
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp-word, word);
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+		    wordLen -= (cp - word) + pattern->leftLen;
+		    word = cp + pattern->leftLen;
+		    if (wordLen == 0) {
+			done = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    if ((pattern->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) == 0) {
+			done = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+		} else {
+		    done = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (wordLen != 0) {
+		if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+		    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+		}
+		Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word);
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * If added characters to the buffer, need to add a space
+	     * before we add any more. If we didn't add any, just return
+	     * the previous value of addSpace.
+	     */
+	    return ((Buf_Size(buf) != origSize) || addSpace);
+	}
+	return (addSpace);
+    }
+ nosub:
+    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+    }
+    Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word);
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarREError --
+ *	Print the error caused by a regcomp or regexec call.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	An error gets printed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+VarREError(int reerr, regex_t *pat, const char *str)
+{
+    char *errbuf;
+    int errlen;
+
+    errlen = regerror(reerr, pat, 0, 0);
+    errbuf = bmake_malloc(errlen);
+    regerror(reerr, pat, errbuf, errlen);
+    Error("%s: %s", str, errbuf);
+    free(errbuf);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarRESubstitute --
+ *	Perform a regex substitution on the given word, placing the
+ *	result in the passed buffer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarRESubstitute(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED,
+		Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED,
+		char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+		void *patternp)
+{
+    VarREPattern *pat;
+    int xrv;
+    char *wp;
+    char *rp;
+    int added;
+    int flags = 0;
+
+#define MAYBE_ADD_SPACE()		\
+	if (addSpace && !added)		\
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, ' ');	\
+	added = 1
+
+    added = 0;
+    wp = word;
+    pat = patternp;
+
+    if ((pat->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) ==
+	(VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED))
+	xrv = REG_NOMATCH;
+    else {
+    tryagain:
+	xrv = regexec(&pat->re, wp, pat->nsub, pat->matches, flags);
+    }
+
+    switch (xrv) {
+    case 0:
+	pat->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+	if (pat->matches[0].rm_so > 0) {
+	    MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+	    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pat->matches[0].rm_so, wp);
+	}
+
+	for (rp = pat->replace; *rp; rp++) {
+	    if ((*rp == '\\') && ((rp[1] == '&') || (rp[1] == '\\'))) {
+		MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+		Buf_AddByte(buf,rp[1]);
+		rp++;
+	    }
+	    else if ((*rp == '&') ||
+		((*rp == '\\') && isdigit((unsigned char)rp[1]))) {
+		int n;
+		const char *subbuf;
+		int sublen;
+		char errstr[3];
+
+		if (*rp == '&') {
+		    n = 0;
+		    errstr[0] = '&';
+		    errstr[1] = '\0';
+		} else {
+		    n = rp[1] - '0';
+		    errstr[0] = '\\';
+		    errstr[1] = rp[1];
+		    errstr[2] = '\0';
+		    rp++;
+		}
+
+		if (n > pat->nsub) {
+		    Error("No subexpression %s", &errstr[0]);
+		    subbuf = "";
+		    sublen = 0;
+		} else if ((pat->matches[n].rm_so == -1) &&
+			   (pat->matches[n].rm_eo == -1)) {
+		    Error("No match for subexpression %s", &errstr[0]);
+		    subbuf = "";
+		    sublen = 0;
+	        } else {
+		    subbuf = wp + pat->matches[n].rm_so;
+		    sublen = pat->matches[n].rm_eo - pat->matches[n].rm_so;
+		}
+
+		if (sublen > 0) {
+		    MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, sublen, subbuf);
+		}
+	    } else {
+		MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+		Buf_AddByte(buf, *rp);
+	    }
+	}
+	wp += pat->matches[0].rm_eo;
+	if (pat->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) {
+	    flags |= REG_NOTBOL;
+	    if (pat->matches[0].rm_so == 0 && pat->matches[0].rm_eo == 0) {
+		MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+		Buf_AddByte(buf, *wp);
+		wp++;
+
+	    }
+	    if (*wp)
+		goto tryagain;
+	}
+	if (*wp) {
+	    MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+	    Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(wp), wp);
+	}
+	break;
+    default:
+	VarREError(xrv, &pat->re, "Unexpected regex error");
+       /* fall through */
+    case REG_NOMATCH:
+	if (*wp) {
+	    MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+	    Buf_AddBytes(buf,strlen(wp),wp);
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    return(addSpace||added);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarLoopExpand --
+ *	Implements the :@<temp>@<string>@ modifier of ODE make.
+ *	We set the temp variable named in pattern.lhs to word and expand
+ *	pattern.rhs storing the result in the passed buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to modify
+ *	addSpace	True if space should be added before
+ *			other characters
+ *	buf		Buffer for result
+ *	pattern		Datafor substitution
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarLoopExpand(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED,
+	      Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED,
+	      char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	      void *loopp)
+{
+    VarLoop_t	*loop = (VarLoop_t *)loopp;
+    char *s;
+    int slen;
+
+    if (word && *word) {
+        Var_Set(loop->tvar, word, loop->ctxt, VAR_NO_EXPORT);
+        s = Var_Subst(NULL, loop->str, loop->ctxt, loop->errnum | VARF_WANTRES);
+        if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') {
+            if (addSpace && *s != '\n')
+                Buf_AddByte(buf, ' ');
+            Buf_AddBytes(buf, (slen = strlen(s)), s);
+            addSpace = (slen > 0 && s[slen - 1] != '\n');
+        }
+	free(s);
+    }
+    return addSpace;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSelectWords --
+ *	Implements the :[start..end] modifier.
+ *	This is a special case of VarModify since we want to be able
+ *	to scan the list backwards if start > end.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String whose words should be trimmed
+ *	seldata		words to select
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string of all the words selected.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarSelectWords(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	       const char *str, VarSelectWords_t *seldata)
+{
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for the new string */
+    Boolean 	  addSpace; 	    /* TRUE if need to add a space to the
+				     * buffer before adding the trimmed
+				     * word */
+    char **av;			    /* word list */
+    char *as;			    /* word list memory */
+    int ac, i;
+    int start, end, step;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    addSpace = FALSE;
+
+    if (vpstate->oneBigWord) {
+	/* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */
+	ac = 1;
+    	av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+	as = bmake_strdup(str);
+	av[0] = as;
+	av[1] = NULL;
+    } else {
+	av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now sanitize seldata.
+     * If seldata->start or seldata->end are negative, convert them to
+     * the positive equivalents (-1 gets converted to argc, -2 gets
+     * converted to (argc-1), etc.).
+     */
+    if (seldata->start < 0)
+	seldata->start = ac + seldata->start + 1;
+    if (seldata->end < 0)
+	seldata->end = ac + seldata->end + 1;
+
+    /*
+     * We avoid scanning more of the list than we need to.
+     */
+    if (seldata->start > seldata->end) {
+	start = MIN(ac, seldata->start) - 1;
+	end = MAX(0, seldata->end - 1);
+	step = -1;
+    } else {
+	start = MAX(0, seldata->start - 1);
+	end = MIN(ac, seldata->end);
+	step = 1;
+    }
+
+    for (i = start;
+	 (step < 0 && i >= end) || (step > 0 && i < end);
+	 i += step) {
+	if (av[i] && *av[i]) {
+	    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	    }
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
+	    addSpace = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    free(as);
+    free(av);
+
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ * VarRealpath --
+ *	Replace each word with the result of realpath()
+ *	if successful.
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarRealpath(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	    char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	    void *patternp MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+	struct stat st;
+	char rbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *rp;
+			    
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	}
+	addSpace = TRUE;
+	rp = cached_realpath(word, rbuf);
+	if (rp && *rp == '/' && stat(rp, &st) == 0)
+		word = rp;
+	
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+	return(addSpace);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarModify --
+ *	Modify each of the words of the passed string using the given
+ *	function. Used to implement all modifiers.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String whose words should be trimmed
+ *	modProc		Function to use to modify them
+ *	datum		Datum to pass it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string of all the words modified appropriately.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarModify(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+    const char *str,
+    Boolean (*modProc)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *,
+		       Boolean, Buffer *, void *),
+    void *datum)
+{
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for the new string */
+    Boolean 	  addSpace; 	    /* TRUE if need to add a space to the
+				     * buffer before adding the trimmed
+				     * word */
+    char **av;			    /* word list */
+    char *as;			    /* word list memory */
+    int ac, i;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    addSpace = FALSE;
+
+    if (vpstate->oneBigWord) {
+	/* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */
+	ac = 1;
+    	av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+	as = bmake_strdup(str);
+	av[0] = as;
+	av[1] = NULL;
+    } else {
+	av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	addSpace = (*modProc)(ctx, vpstate, av[i], addSpace, &buf, datum);
+    }
+
+    free(as);
+    free(av);
+
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+static int
+VarWordCompare(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	int r = strcmp(*(const char * const *)a, *(const char * const *)b);
+	return r;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarOrder --
+ *	Order the words in the string.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String whose words should be sorted.
+ *	otype		How to order: s - sort, x - random.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string containing the words ordered.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarOrder(const char *str, const char otype)
+{
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for the new string */
+    char **av;			    /* word list [first word does not count] */
+    char *as;			    /* word list memory */
+    int ac, i;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+
+    av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+
+    if (ac > 0)
+	switch (otype) {
+	case 's':	/* sort alphabetically */
+	    qsort(av, ac, sizeof(char *), VarWordCompare);
+	    break;
+	case 'x':	/* randomize */
+	{
+	    int rndidx;
+	    char *t;
+
+	    /*
+	     * We will use [ac..2] range for mod factors. This will produce
+	     * random numbers in [(ac-1)..0] interval, and minimal
+	     * reasonable value for mod factor is 2 (the mod 1 will produce
+	     * 0 with probability 1).
+	     */
+	    for (i = ac-1; i > 0; i--) {
+		rndidx = random() % (i + 1);
+		if (i != rndidx) {
+		    t = av[i];
+		    av[i] = av[rndidx];
+		    av[rndidx] = t;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	} /* end of switch */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
+	if (i != ac - 1)
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
+    }
+
+    free(as);
+    free(av);
+
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarUniq --
+ *	Remove adjacent duplicate words.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String whose words should be sorted
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string containing the resulting words.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarUniq(const char *str)
+{
+    Buffer	  buf;		    /* Buffer for new string */
+    char 	**av;		    /* List of words to affect */
+    char 	 *as;		    /* Word list memory */
+    int 	  ac, i, j;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+
+    if (ac > 1) {
+	for (j = 0, i = 1; i < ac; i++)
+	    if (strcmp(av[i], av[j]) != 0 && (++j != i))
+		av[j] = av[i];
+	ac = j + 1;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
+	if (i != ac - 1)
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
+    }
+
+    free(as);
+    free(av);
+
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarRange --
+ *	Return an integer sequence
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String whose words provide default range
+ *	ac		range length, if 0 use str words
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarRange(const char *str, int ac)
+{
+    Buffer	  buf;		    /* Buffer for new string */
+    char	  tmp[32];	    /* each element */
+    char 	**av;		    /* List of words to affect */
+    char 	 *as;		    /* Word list memory */
+    int 	  i, n;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    if (ac > 0) {
+	as = NULL;
+	av = NULL;
+    } else {
+	av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+    }
+    for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%d", 1 + i);
+	if (n >= (int)sizeof(tmp))
+	    break;
+	Buf_AddBytes(&buf, n, tmp);
+	if (i != ac - 1)
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
+    }
+
+    free(as);
+    free(av);
+
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarGetPattern --
+ *	Pass through the tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters,
+ *	'$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in
+ *	uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before
+ *	the delimiter (expand the variable substitution unless flags
+ *	has VAR_NOSUBST set).
+ *	Return the expanded string or NULL if the delimiter was missing
+ *	If pattern is specified, handle escaped ampersands, and replace
+ *	unescaped ampersands with the lhs of the pattern.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string of all the words modified appropriately.
+ *	If length is specified, return the string length of the buffer
+ *	If flags is specified and the last character of the pattern is a
+ *	$ set the VAR_MATCH_END bit of flags.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarGetPattern(GNode *ctxt, Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED,
+	      int flags, const char **tstr, int delim, int *vflags,
+	      int *length, VarPattern *pattern)
+{
+    const char *cp;
+    char *rstr;
+    Buffer buf;
+    int junk;
+    int errnum = flags & VARF_UNDEFERR;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    if (length == NULL)
+	length = &junk;
+
+#define IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim) \
+    ((cp[0] == '\\') && ((cp[1] == delim) ||  \
+     (cp[1] == '\\') || (cp[1] == '$') || (pattern && (cp[1] == '&'))))
+
+    /*
+     * Skim through until the matching delimiter is found;
+     * pick up variable substitutions on the way. Also allow
+     * backslashes to quote the delimiter, $, and \, but don't
+     * touch other backslashes.
+     */
+    for (cp = *tstr; *cp && (*cp != delim); cp++) {
+	if (IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim)) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]);
+	    cp++;
+	} else if (*cp == '$') {
+	    if (cp[1] == delim) {
+		if (vflags == NULL)
+		    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+		else
+		    /*
+		     * Unescaped $ at end of pattern => anchor
+		     * pattern at end.
+		     */
+		    *vflags |= VAR_MATCH_END;
+	    } else {
+		if (vflags == NULL || (*vflags & VAR_NOSUBST) == 0) {
+		    char   *cp2;
+		    int     len;
+		    void   *freeIt;
+
+		    /*
+		     * If unescaped dollar sign not before the
+		     * delimiter, assume it's a variable
+		     * substitution and recurse.
+		     */
+		    cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, errnum | VARF_WANTRES, &len,
+			&freeIt);
+		    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
+		    free(freeIt);
+		    cp += len - 1;
+		} else {
+		    const char *cp2 = &cp[1];
+
+		    if (*cp2 == PROPEN || *cp2 == BROPEN) {
+			/*
+			 * Find the end of this variable reference
+			 * and suck it in without further ado.
+			 * It will be interperated later.
+			 */
+			int have = *cp2;
+			int want = (*cp2 == PROPEN) ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE;
+			int depth = 1;
+
+			for (++cp2; *cp2 != '\0' && depth > 0; ++cp2) {
+			    if (cp2[-1] != '\\') {
+				if (*cp2 == have)
+				    ++depth;
+				if (*cp2 == want)
+				    --depth;
+			    }
+			}
+			Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cp2 - cp, cp);
+			cp = --cp2;
+		    } else
+			Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (pattern && *cp == '&')
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, pattern->leftLen, pattern->lhs);
+	else
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+    }
+
+    if (*cp != delim) {
+	*tstr = cp;
+	*length = 0;
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    *tstr = ++cp;
+    *length = Buf_Size(&buf);
+    rstr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+    if (DEBUG(VAR))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Modifier pattern: \"%s\"\n", rstr);
+    return rstr;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarQuote --
+ *	Quote shell meta-characters and space characters in the string
+ *	if quoteDollar is set, also quote and double any '$' characters.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The quoted string
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarQuote(char *str, Boolean quoteDollar)
+{
+
+    Buffer  	  buf;
+    const char	*newline;
+    size_t nlen;
+
+    if ((newline = Shell_GetNewline()) == NULL)
+	    newline = "\\\n";
+    nlen = strlen(newline);
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+
+    for (; *str != '\0'; str++) {
+	if (*str == '\n') {
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, nlen, newline);
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (isspace((unsigned char)*str) || ismeta((unsigned char)*str))
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, '\\');
+	Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
+	if (quoteDollar && *str == '$')
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, 2, "\\$");
+    }
+
+    str = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+    if (DEBUG(VAR))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "QuoteMeta: [%s]\n", str);
+    return str;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarHash --
+ *      Hash the string using the MurmurHash3 algorithm.
+ *      Output is computed using 32bit Little Endian arithmetic.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String to modify
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      Hash value of str, encoded as 8 hex digits.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarHash(char *str)
+{
+    static const char    hexdigits[16] = "0123456789abcdef";
+    Buffer         buf;
+    size_t         len, len2;
+    unsigned char  *ustr = (unsigned char *)str;
+    uint32_t       h, k, c1, c2;
+
+    h  = 0x971e137bU;
+    c1 = 0x95543787U;
+    c2 = 0x2ad7eb25U;
+    len2 = strlen(str);
+
+    for (len = len2; len; ) {
+	k = 0;
+	switch (len) {
+	default:
+	    k = (ustr[3] << 24) | (ustr[2] << 16) | (ustr[1] << 8) | ustr[0];
+	    len -= 4;
+	    ustr += 4;
+	    break;
+	case 3:
+	    k |= (ustr[2] << 16);
+	case 2:
+	    k |= (ustr[1] << 8);
+	case 1:
+	    k |= ustr[0];
+	    len = 0;
+	}
+	c1 = c1 * 5 + 0x7b7d159cU;
+	c2 = c2 * 5 + 0x6bce6396U;
+	k *= c1;
+	k = (k << 11) ^ (k >> 21);
+	k *= c2;
+	h = (h << 13) ^ (h >> 19);
+	h = h * 5 + 0x52dce729U;
+	h ^= k;
+   }
+   h ^= len2;
+   h *= 0x85ebca6b;
+   h ^= h >> 13;
+   h *= 0xc2b2ae35;
+   h ^= h >> 16;
+
+   Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+   for (len = 0; len < 8; ++len) {
+       Buf_AddByte(&buf, hexdigits[h & 15]);
+       h >>= 4;
+   }
+
+   return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+static char *
+VarStrftime(const char *fmt, int zulu, time_t utc)
+{
+    char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+    if (!utc)
+	time(&utc);
+    if (!*fmt)
+	fmt = "%c";
+    strftime(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, zulu ? gmtime(&utc) : localtime(&utc));
+    
+    buf[sizeof(buf) - 1] = '\0';
+    return bmake_strdup(buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Now we need to apply any modifiers the user wants applied.
+ * These are:
+ *  	  :M<pattern>	words which match the given <pattern>.
+ *  			<pattern> is of the standard file
+ *  			wildcarding form.
+ *  	  :N<pattern>	words which do not match the given <pattern>.
+ *  	  :S<d><pat1><d><pat2><d>[1gW]
+ *  			Substitute <pat2> for <pat1> in the value
+ *  	  :C<d><pat1><d><pat2><d>[1gW]
+ *  			Substitute <pat2> for regex <pat1> in the value
+ *  	  :H		Substitute the head of each word
+ *  	  :T		Substitute the tail of each word
+ *  	  :E		Substitute the extension (minus '.') of
+ *  			each word
+ *  	  :R		Substitute the root of each word
+ *  			(pathname minus the suffix).
+ *	  :O		("Order") Alphabeticaly sort words in variable.
+ *	  :Ox		("intermiX") Randomize words in variable.
+ *	  :u		("uniq") Remove adjacent duplicate words.
+ *	  :tu		Converts the variable contents to uppercase.
+ *	  :tl		Converts the variable contents to lowercase.
+ *	  :ts[c]	Sets varSpace - the char used to
+ *			separate words to 'c'. If 'c' is
+ *			omitted then no separation is used.
+ *	  :tW		Treat the variable contents as a single
+ *			word, even if it contains spaces.
+ *			(Mnemonic: one big 'W'ord.)
+ *	  :tw		Treat the variable contents as multiple
+ *			space-separated words.
+ *			(Mnemonic: many small 'w'ords.)
+ *	  :[index]	Select a single word from the value.
+ *	  :[start..end]	Select multiple words from the value.
+ *	  :[*] or :[0]	Select the entire value, as a single
+ *			word.  Equivalent to :tW.
+ *	  :[@]		Select the entire value, as multiple
+ *			words.	Undoes the effect of :[*].
+ *			Equivalent to :tw.
+ *	  :[#]		Returns the number of words in the value.
+ *
+ *	  :?<true-value>:<false-value>
+ *			If the variable evaluates to true, return
+ *			true value, else return the second value.
+ *    	  :lhs=rhs  	Like :S, but the rhs goes to the end of
+ *    			the invocation.
+ *	  :sh		Treat the current value as a command
+ *			to be run, new value is its output.
+ * The following added so we can handle ODE makefiles.
+ *	  :@<tmpvar>@<newval>@
+ *			Assign a temporary local variable <tmpvar>
+ *			to the current value of each word in turn
+ *			and replace each word with the result of
+ *			evaluating <newval>
+ *	  :D<newval>	Use <newval> as value if variable defined
+ *	  :U<newval>	Use <newval> as value if variable undefined
+ *	  :L		Use the name of the variable as the value.
+ *	  :P		Use the path of the node that has the same
+ *			name as the variable as the value.  This
+ *			basically includes an implied :L so that
+ *			the common method of refering to the path
+ *			of your dependent 'x' in a rule is to use
+ *			the form '${x:P}'.
+ *	  :!<cmd>!	Run cmd much the same as :sh run's the
+ *			current value of the variable.
+ * The ::= modifiers, actually assign a value to the variable.
+ * Their main purpose is in supporting modifiers of .for loop
+ * iterators and other obscure uses.  They always expand to
+ * nothing.  In a target rule that would otherwise expand to an
+ * empty line they can be preceded with @: to keep make happy.
+ * Eg.
+ *
+ * foo:	.USE
+ * .for i in ${.TARGET} ${.TARGET:R}.gz
+ * 	@: ${t::=$i}
+ *	@echo blah ${t:T}
+ * .endfor
+ *
+ *	  ::=<str>	Assigns <str> as the new value of variable.
+ *	  ::?=<str>	Assigns <str> as value of variable if
+ *			it was not already set.
+ *	  ::+=<str>	Appends <str> to variable.
+ *	  ::!=<cmd>	Assigns output of <cmd> as the new value of
+ *			variable.
+ */
+
+/* we now have some modifiers with long names */
+#define STRMOD_MATCH(s, want, n) \
+    (strncmp(s, want, n) == 0 && (s[n] == endc || s[n] == ':'))
+#define STRMOD_MATCHX(s, want, n) \
+    (strncmp(s, want, n) == 0 && (s[n] == endc || s[n] == ':' || s[n] == '='))
+#define CHARMOD_MATCH(c) (c == endc || c == ':')
+
+static char *
+ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
+	       int startc, int endc,
+	       Var *v, GNode *ctxt, int flags,
+	       int *lengthPtr, void **freePtr)
+{
+    const char 	   *start;
+    const char     *cp;    	/* Secondary pointer into str (place marker
+				 * for tstr) */
+    char	   *newStr;	/* New value to return */
+    char	   *ep;
+    char	    termc;	/* Character which terminated scan */
+    int             cnt;	/* Used to count brace pairs when variable in
+				 * in parens or braces */
+    char	delim;
+    int		modifier;	/* that we are processing */
+    Var_Parse_State parsestate; /* Flags passed to helper functions */
+    time_t	utc;		/* for VarStrftime */
+
+    delim = '\0';
+    parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE;
+    parsestate.varSpace = ' ';	/* word separator */
+
+    start = cp = tstr;
+
+    while (*tstr && *tstr != endc) {
+
+	if (*tstr == '$') {
+	    /*
+	     * We may have some complex modifiers in a variable.
+	     */
+	    void *freeIt;
+	    char *rval;
+	    int rlen;
+	    int c;
+
+	    rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, flags, &rlen, &freeIt);
+
+	    /*
+	     * If we have not parsed up to endc or ':',
+	     * we are not interested.
+	     */
+	    if (rval != NULL && *rval &&
+		(c = tstr[rlen]) != '\0' &&
+		c != ':' &&
+		c != endc) {
+		free(freeIt);
+		goto apply_mods;
+	    }
+
+	    if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Got '%s' from '%.*s'%.*s\n",
+		       rval, rlen, tstr, rlen, tstr + rlen);
+	    }
+
+	    tstr += rlen;
+
+	    if (rval != NULL && *rval) {
+		int used;
+
+		nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, rval,
+				      0, 0, v, ctxt, flags, &used, freePtr);
+		if (nstr == var_Error
+		    || (nstr == varNoError && (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) == 0)
+		    || strlen(rval) != (size_t) used) {
+		    free(freeIt);
+		    goto out;		/* error already reported */
+		}
+	    }
+	    free(freeIt);
+	    if (*tstr == ':')
+		tstr++;
+	    else if (!*tstr && endc) {
+		Error("Unclosed variable specification after complex modifier (expecting '%c') for %s", endc, v->name);
+		goto out;
+	    }
+	    continue;
+	}
+    apply_mods:
+	if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Applying[%s] :%c to \"%s\"\n", v->name,
+		*tstr, nstr);
+	}
+	newStr = var_Error;
+	switch ((modifier = *tstr)) {
+	case ':':
+	    {
+		if (tstr[1] == '=' ||
+		    (tstr[2] == '=' &&
+		     (tstr[1] == '!' || tstr[1] == '+' || tstr[1] == '?'))) {
+		    /*
+		     * "::=", "::!=", "::+=", or "::?="
+		     */
+		    GNode *v_ctxt;		/* context where v belongs */
+		    const char *emsg;
+		    char *sv_name;
+		    VarPattern	pattern;
+		    int	how;
+		    int vflags;
+
+		    if (v->name[0] == 0)
+			goto bad_modifier;
+
+		    v_ctxt = ctxt;
+		    sv_name = NULL;
+		    ++tstr;
+		    if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+			/*
+			 * We need to bmake_strdup() it incase
+			 * VarGetPattern() recurses.
+			 */
+			sv_name = v->name;
+			v->name = bmake_strdup(v->name);
+		    } else if (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) {
+			Var *gv = VarFind(v->name, ctxt, 0);
+			if (gv == NULL)
+			    v_ctxt = VAR_GLOBAL;
+			else
+			    VarFreeEnv(gv, TRUE);
+		    }
+
+		    switch ((how = *tstr)) {
+		    case '+':
+		    case '?':
+		    case '!':
+			cp = &tstr[2];
+			break;
+		    default:
+			cp = ++tstr;
+			break;
+		    }
+		    delim = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE;
+		    pattern.flags = 0;
+
+		    vflags = (flags & VARF_WANTRES) ? 0 : VAR_NOSUBST;
+		    pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags,
+						&cp, delim, &vflags,
+						&pattern.rightLen,
+						NULL);
+		    if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+			/* restore original name */
+			free(v->name);
+			v->name = sv_name;
+		    }
+		    if (pattern.rhs == NULL)
+			goto cleanup;
+
+		    termc = *--cp;
+		    delim = '\0';
+
+		    if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) {
+			switch (how) {
+			case '+':
+			    Var_Append(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt);
+			    break;
+			case '!':
+			    newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg);
+			    if (emsg)
+				Error(emsg, nstr);
+			    else
+				Var_Set(v->name, newStr,  v_ctxt, 0);
+			    free(newStr);
+			    break;
+			case '?':
+			    if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0)
+				break;
+			    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+			default:
+			    Var_Set(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt, 0);
+			    break;
+			}
+		    }
+		    free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+		    newStr = varNoError;
+		    break;
+		}
+		goto default_case; /* "::<unrecognised>" */
+	    }
+	case '@':
+	    {
+		VarLoop_t	loop;
+		int vflags = VAR_NOSUBST;
+
+		cp = ++tstr;
+		delim = '@';
+		if ((loop.tvar = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags,
+					       &cp, delim,
+					       &vflags, &loop.tvarLen,
+					       NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		if ((loop.str = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags,
+					      &cp, delim,
+					      &vflags, &loop.strLen,
+					      NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		termc = *cp;
+		delim = '\0';
+
+		loop.errnum = flags & VARF_UNDEFERR;
+		loop.ctxt = ctxt;
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarLoopExpand,
+				   &loop);
+		Var_Delete(loop.tvar, ctxt);
+		free(loop.tvar);
+		free(loop.str);
+		break;
+	    }
+	case '_':			/* remember current value */
+	    cp = tstr + 1;	/* make sure it is set */
+	    if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "_", 1)) {
+		if (tstr[1] == '=') {
+		    char *np;
+		    int n;
+
+		    cp++;
+		    n = strcspn(cp, ":)}");
+		    np = bmake_strndup(cp, n+1);
+		    np[n] = '\0';
+		    cp = tstr + 2 + n;
+		    Var_Set(np, nstr, ctxt, 0);
+		    free(np);
+		} else {
+		    Var_Set("_", nstr, ctxt, 0);
+		}
+		newStr = nstr;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'D':
+	case 'U':
+	    {
+		Buffer  buf;    	/* Buffer for patterns */
+		int	nflags;
+
+		if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) {
+		    int wantres;
+		    if (*tstr == 'U')
+			wantres = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0);
+		    else
+			wantres = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0);
+		    nflags = flags & ~VARF_WANTRES;
+		    if (wantres)
+			nflags |= VARF_WANTRES;
+		} else
+		    nflags = flags;
+		/*
+		 * Pass through tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters,
+		 * '$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in
+		 * uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before
+		 * the delimiter (expand the variable substitution).
+		 * The result is left in the Buffer buf.
+		 */
+		Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+		for (cp = tstr + 1;
+		     *cp != endc && *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0';
+		     cp++) {
+		    if ((*cp == '\\') &&
+			((cp[1] == ':') ||
+			 (cp[1] == '$') ||
+			 (cp[1] == endc) ||
+			 (cp[1] == '\\')))
+			{
+			    Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]);
+			    cp++;
+			} else if (*cp == '$') {
+			    /*
+			     * If unescaped dollar sign, assume it's a
+			     * variable substitution and recurse.
+			     */
+			    char    *cp2;
+			    int	    len;
+			    void    *freeIt;
+
+			    cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, nflags, &len, &freeIt);
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
+			    free(freeIt);
+			    cp += len - 1;
+			} else {
+			    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+			}
+		}
+
+		termc = *cp;
+
+		if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0)
+		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+		if (nflags & VARF_WANTRES) {
+		    newStr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+		} else {
+		    newStr = nstr;
+		    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	case 'L':
+	    {
+		if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0)
+		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+		newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name);
+		cp = ++tstr;
+		termc = *tstr;
+		break;
+	    }
+	case 'P':
+	    {
+		GNode *gn;
+
+		if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0)
+		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+		gn = Targ_FindNode(v->name, TARG_NOCREATE);
+		if (gn == NULL || gn->type & OP_NOPATH) {
+		    newStr = NULL;
+		} else if (gn->path) {
+		    newStr = bmake_strdup(gn->path);
+		} else {
+		    newStr = Dir_FindFile(v->name, Suff_FindPath(gn));
+		}
+		if (!newStr) {
+		    newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name);
+		}
+		cp = ++tstr;
+		termc = *tstr;
+		break;
+	    }
+	case '!':
+	    {
+		const char *emsg;
+		VarPattern 	    pattern;
+		pattern.flags = 0;
+
+		delim = '!';
+		emsg = NULL;
+		cp = ++tstr;
+		if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags,
+						 &cp, delim,
+						 NULL, &pattern.rightLen,
+						 NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+		if (flags & VARF_WANTRES)
+		    newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg);
+		else
+		    newStr = varNoError;
+		free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+		if (emsg)
+		    Error(emsg, nstr);
+		termc = *cp;
+		delim = '\0';
+		if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	case '[':
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * Look for the closing ']', recursively
+		 * expanding any embedded variables.
+		 *
+		 * estr is a pointer to the expanded result,
+		 * which we must free().
+		 */
+		char *estr;
+
+		cp = tstr+1; /* point to char after '[' */
+		delim = ']'; /* look for closing ']' */
+		estr = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+				     flags, &cp, delim,
+				     NULL, NULL, NULL);
+		if (estr == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup; /* report missing ']' */
+		/* now cp points just after the closing ']' */
+		delim = '\0';
+		if (cp[0] != ':' && cp[0] != endc) {
+		    /* Found junk after ']' */
+		    free(estr);
+		    goto bad_modifier;
+		}
+		if (estr[0] == '\0') {
+		    /* Found empty square brackets in ":[]". */
+		    free(estr);
+		    goto bad_modifier;
+		} else if (estr[0] == '#' && estr[1] == '\0') {
+		    /* Found ":[#]" */
+
+		    /*
+		     * We will need enough space for the decimal
+		     * representation of an int.  We calculate the
+		     * space needed for the octal representation,
+		     * and add enough slop to cope with a '-' sign
+		     * (which should never be needed) and a '\0'
+		     * string terminator.
+		     */
+		    int newStrSize =
+			(sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT + 2) / 3 + 2;
+
+		    newStr = bmake_malloc(newStrSize);
+		    if (parsestate.oneBigWord) {
+			strncpy(newStr, "1", newStrSize);
+		    } else {
+			/* XXX: brk_string() is a rather expensive
+			 * way of counting words. */
+			char **av;
+			char *as;
+			int ac;
+
+			av = brk_string(nstr, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+			snprintf(newStr, newStrSize,  "%d", ac);
+			free(as);
+			free(av);
+		    }
+		    termc = *cp;
+		    free(estr);
+		    break;
+		} else if (estr[0] == '*' && estr[1] == '\0') {
+		    /* Found ":[*]" */
+		    parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+		    newStr = nstr;
+		    termc = *cp;
+		    free(estr);
+		    break;
+		} else if (estr[0] == '@' && estr[1] == '\0') {
+		    /* Found ":[@]" */
+		    parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE;
+		    newStr = nstr;
+		    termc = *cp;
+		    free(estr);
+		    break;
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * We expect estr to contain a single
+		     * integer for :[N], or two integers
+		     * separated by ".." for :[start..end].
+		     */
+		    VarSelectWords_t seldata = { 0, 0 };
+
+		    seldata.start = strtol(estr, &ep, 0);
+		    if (ep == estr) {
+			/* Found junk instead of a number */
+			free(estr);
+			goto bad_modifier;
+		    } else if (ep[0] == '\0') {
+			/* Found only one integer in :[N] */
+			seldata.end = seldata.start;
+		    } else if (ep[0] == '.' && ep[1] == '.' &&
+			       ep[2] != '\0') {
+			/* Expecting another integer after ".." */
+			ep += 2;
+			seldata.end = strtol(ep, &ep, 0);
+			if (ep[0] != '\0') {
+			    /* Found junk after ".." */
+			    free(estr);
+			    goto bad_modifier;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			/* Found junk instead of ".." */
+			free(estr);
+			goto bad_modifier;
+		    }
+		    /*
+		     * Now seldata is properly filled in,
+		     * but we still have to check for 0 as
+		     * a special case.
+		     */
+		    if (seldata.start == 0 && seldata.end == 0) {
+			/* ":[0]" or perhaps ":[0..0]" */
+			parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+			newStr = nstr;
+			termc = *cp;
+			free(estr);
+			break;
+		    } else if (seldata.start == 0 ||
+			       seldata.end == 0) {
+			/* ":[0..N]" or ":[N..0]" */
+			free(estr);
+			goto bad_modifier;
+		    }
+		    /*
+		     * Normal case: select the words
+		     * described by seldata.
+		     */
+		    newStr = VarSelectWords(ctxt, &parsestate,
+					    nstr, &seldata);
+
+		    termc = *cp;
+		    free(estr);
+		    break;
+		}
+
+	    }
+	case 'g':
+	    cp = tstr + 1;	/* make sure it is set */
+	    if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "gmtime", 6)) {
+		if (tstr[6] == '=') {
+		    utc = strtoul(&tstr[7], &ep, 10);
+		    cp = ep;
+		} else {
+		    utc = 0;
+		    cp = tstr + 6;
+		}
+		newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 1, utc);
+		termc = *cp;
+	    } else {
+		goto default_case;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case 'h':
+	    cp = tstr + 1;	/* make sure it is set */
+	    if (STRMOD_MATCH(tstr, "hash", 4)) {
+		newStr = VarHash(nstr);
+		cp = tstr + 4;
+		termc = *cp;
+	    } else {
+		goto default_case;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case 'l':
+	    cp = tstr + 1;	/* make sure it is set */
+	    if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "localtime", 9)) {
+		if (tstr[9] == '=') {
+		    utc = strtoul(&tstr[10], &ep, 10);
+		    cp = ep;
+		} else {
+		    utc = 0;
+		    cp = tstr + 9;
+		}
+		newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 0, utc);
+		termc = *cp;
+	    } else {
+		goto default_case;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case 't':
+	    {
+		cp = tstr + 1;	/* make sure it is set */
+		if (tstr[1] != endc && tstr[1] != ':') {
+		    if (tstr[1] == 's') {
+			/*
+			 * Use the char (if any) at tstr[2]
+			 * as the word separator.
+			 */
+			VarPattern pattern;
+
+			if (tstr[2] != endc &&
+			    (tstr[3] == endc || tstr[3] == ':')) {
+			    /* ":ts<unrecognised><endc>" or
+			     * ":ts<unrecognised>:" */
+			    parsestate.varSpace = tstr[2];
+			    cp = tstr + 3;
+			} else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') {
+			    /* ":ts<endc>" or ":ts:" */
+			    parsestate.varSpace = 0; /* no separator */
+			    cp = tstr + 2;
+			} else if (tstr[2] == '\\') {
+			    const char *xp = &tstr[3];
+			    int base = 8; /* assume octal */
+
+			    switch (tstr[3]) {
+			    case 'n':
+				parsestate.varSpace = '\n';
+				cp = tstr + 4;
+				break;
+			    case 't':
+				parsestate.varSpace = '\t';
+				cp = tstr + 4;
+				break;
+			    case 'x':
+				base = 16;
+				xp++;
+				goto get_numeric;
+			    case '0':
+				base = 0;
+				goto get_numeric;
+			    default:
+				if (isdigit((unsigned char)tstr[3])) {
+
+				get_numeric:
+				    parsestate.varSpace =
+					strtoul(xp, &ep, base);
+				    if (*ep != ':' && *ep != endc)
+					goto bad_modifier;
+				    cp = ep;
+				} else {
+				    /*
+				     * ":ts<backslash><unrecognised>".
+				     */
+				    goto bad_modifier;
+				}
+				break;
+			    }
+			} else {
+			    /*
+			     * Found ":ts<unrecognised><unrecognised>".
+			     */
+			    goto bad_modifier;
+			}
+
+			termc = *cp;
+
+			/*
+			 * We cannot be certain that VarModify
+			 * will be used - even if there is a
+			 * subsequent modifier, so do a no-op
+			 * VarSubstitute now to for str to be
+			 * re-expanded without the spaces.
+			 */
+			pattern.flags = VAR_SUB_ONE;
+			pattern.lhs = pattern.rhs = "\032";
+			pattern.leftLen = pattern.rightLen = 1;
+
+			newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr,
+					   VarSubstitute,
+					   &pattern);
+		    } else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') {
+			/*
+			 * Check for two-character options:
+			 * ":tu", ":tl"
+			 */
+			if (tstr[1] == 'A') { /* absolute path */
+			    newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr,
+					       VarRealpath, NULL);
+			    cp = tstr + 2;
+			    termc = *cp;
+			} else if (tstr[1] == 'u') {
+			    char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr);
+			    for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++)
+				*dp = toupper((unsigned char)*dp);
+			    cp = tstr + 2;
+			    termc = *cp;
+			} else if (tstr[1] == 'l') {
+			    char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr);
+			    for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++)
+				*dp = tolower((unsigned char)*dp);
+			    cp = tstr + 2;
+			    termc = *cp;
+			} else if (tstr[1] == 'W' || tstr[1] == 'w') {
+			    parsestate.oneBigWord = (tstr[1] == 'W');
+			    newStr = nstr;
+			    cp = tstr + 2;
+			    termc = *cp;
+			} else {
+			    /* Found ":t<unrecognised>:" or
+			     * ":t<unrecognised><endc>". */
+			    goto bad_modifier;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			/*
+			 * Found ":t<unrecognised><unrecognised>".
+			 */
+			goto bad_modifier;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * Found ":t<endc>" or ":t:".
+		     */
+		    goto bad_modifier;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	case 'N':
+	case 'M':
+	    {
+		char    *pattern;
+		const char *endpat; /* points just after end of pattern */
+		char    *cp2;
+		Boolean copy;	/* pattern should be, or has been, copied */
+		Boolean needSubst;
+		int nest;
+
+		copy = FALSE;
+		needSubst = FALSE;
+		nest = 1;
+		/*
+		 * In the loop below, ignore ':' unless we are at
+		 * (or back to) the original brace level.
+		 * XXX This will likely not work right if $() and ${}
+		 * are intermixed.
+		 */
+		for (cp = tstr + 1;
+		     *cp != '\0' && !(*cp == ':' && nest == 1);
+		     cp++)
+		    {
+			if (*cp == '\\' &&
+			    (cp[1] == ':' ||
+			     cp[1] == endc || cp[1] == startc)) {
+			    if (!needSubst) {
+				copy = TRUE;
+			    }
+			    cp++;
+			    continue;
+			}
+			if (*cp == '$') {
+			    needSubst = TRUE;
+			}
+			if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{')
+			    ++nest;
+			if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') {
+			    --nest;
+			    if (nest == 0)
+				break;
+			}
+		    }
+		termc = *cp;
+		endpat = cp;
+		if (copy) {
+		    /*
+		     * Need to compress the \:'s out of the pattern, so
+		     * allocate enough room to hold the uncompressed
+		     * pattern (note that cp started at tstr+1, so
+		     * cp - tstr takes the null byte into account) and
+		     * compress the pattern into the space.
+		     */
+		    pattern = bmake_malloc(cp - tstr);
+		    for (cp2 = pattern, cp = tstr + 1;
+			 cp < endpat;
+			 cp++, cp2++)
+			{
+			    if ((*cp == '\\') && (cp+1 < endpat) &&
+				(cp[1] == ':' || cp[1] == endc)) {
+				cp++;
+			    }
+			    *cp2 = *cp;
+			}
+		    *cp2 = '\0';
+		    endpat = cp2;
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * Either Var_Subst or VarModify will need a
+		     * nul-terminated string soon, so construct one now.
+		     */
+		    pattern = bmake_strndup(tstr+1, endpat - (tstr + 1));
+		}
+		if (needSubst) {
+		    /*
+		     * pattern contains embedded '$', so use Var_Subst to
+		     * expand it.
+		     */
+		    cp2 = pattern;
+		    pattern = Var_Subst(NULL, cp2, ctxt, flags | VARF_WANTRES);
+		    free(cp2);
+		}
+		if (DEBUG(VAR))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "Pattern[%s] for [%s] is [%s]\n",
+			v->name, nstr, pattern);
+		if (*tstr == 'M') {
+		    newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarMatch,
+				       pattern);
+		} else {
+		    newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarNoMatch,
+				       pattern);
+		}
+		free(pattern);
+		break;
+	    }
+	case 'S':
+	    {
+		VarPattern 	    pattern;
+		Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate;
+
+		pattern.flags = 0;
+		tmpparsestate = parsestate;
+		delim = tstr[1];
+		tstr += 2;
+
+		/*
+		 * If pattern begins with '^', it is anchored to the
+		 * start of the word -- skip over it and flag pattern.
+		 */
+		if (*tstr == '^') {
+		    pattern.flags |= VAR_MATCH_START;
+		    tstr += 1;
+		}
+
+		cp = tstr;
+		if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags,
+						 &cp, delim,
+						 &pattern.flags,
+						 &pattern.leftLen,
+						 NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags,
+						 &cp, delim, NULL,
+						 &pattern.rightLen,
+						 &pattern)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		/*
+		 * Check for global substitution. If 'g' after the final
+		 * delimiter, substitution is global and is marked that
+		 * way.
+		 */
+		for (;; cp++) {
+		    switch (*cp) {
+		    case 'g':
+			pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL;
+			continue;
+		    case '1':
+			pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE;
+			continue;
+		    case 'W':
+			tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		}
+
+		termc = *cp;
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr,
+				   VarSubstitute,
+				   &pattern);
+
+		/*
+		 * Free the two strings.
+		 */
+		free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs));
+		free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+		delim = '\0';
+		break;
+	    }
+	case '?':
+	    {
+		VarPattern 	pattern;
+		Boolean	value;
+		int cond_rc;
+		int lhs_flags, rhs_flags;
+		
+		/* find ':', and then substitute accordingly */
+		if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) {
+		    cond_rc = Cond_EvalExpression(NULL, v->name, &value, 0, FALSE);
+		    if (cond_rc == COND_INVALID) {
+			lhs_flags = rhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST;
+		    } else if (value) {
+			lhs_flags = 0;
+			rhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST;
+		    } else {
+			lhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST;
+			rhs_flags = 0;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    /* we are just consuming and discarding */
+		    cond_rc = value = 0;
+		    lhs_flags = rhs_flags = VAR_NOSUBST;
+		}
+		pattern.flags = 0;
+
+		cp = ++tstr;
+		delim = ':';
+		if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags,
+						 &cp, delim, &lhs_flags,
+						 &pattern.leftLen,
+						 NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		/* BROPEN or PROPEN */
+		delim = endc;
+		if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags,
+						 &cp, delim, &rhs_flags,
+						 &pattern.rightLen,
+						 NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		termc = *--cp;
+		delim = '\0';
+		if (cond_rc == COND_INVALID) {
+		    Error("Bad conditional expression `%s' in %s?%s:%s",
+			  v->name, v->name, pattern.lhs, pattern.rhs);
+		    goto cleanup;
+		}
+
+		if (value) {
+		    newStr = UNCONST(pattern.lhs);
+		    free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+		} else {
+		    newStr = UNCONST(pattern.rhs);
+		    free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs));
+		}
+		if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+	case 'C':
+	    {
+		VarREPattern    pattern;
+		char           *re;
+		int             error;
+		Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate;
+
+		pattern.flags = 0;
+		tmpparsestate = parsestate;
+		delim = tstr[1];
+		tstr += 2;
+
+		cp = tstr;
+
+		if ((re = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, flags, &cp, delim,
+					NULL, NULL, NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		if ((pattern.replace = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+						     flags, &cp, delim, NULL,
+						     NULL, NULL)) == NULL){
+		    free(re);
+		    goto cleanup;
+		}
+
+		for (;; cp++) {
+		    switch (*cp) {
+		    case 'g':
+			pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL;
+			continue;
+		    case '1':
+			pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE;
+			continue;
+		    case 'W':
+			tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		}
+
+		termc = *cp;
+
+		error = regcomp(&pattern.re, re, REG_EXTENDED);
+		free(re);
+		if (error)  {
+		    *lengthPtr = cp - start + 1;
+		    VarREError(error, &pattern.re, "RE substitution error");
+		    free(pattern.replace);
+		    goto cleanup;
+		}
+
+		pattern.nsub = pattern.re.re_nsub + 1;
+		if (pattern.nsub < 1)
+		    pattern.nsub = 1;
+		if (pattern.nsub > 10)
+		    pattern.nsub = 10;
+		pattern.matches = bmake_malloc(pattern.nsub *
+					  sizeof(regmatch_t));
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr,
+				   VarRESubstitute,
+				   &pattern);
+		regfree(&pattern.re);
+		free(pattern.replace);
+		free(pattern.matches);
+		delim = '\0';
+		break;
+	    }
+#endif
+	case 'q':
+	case 'Q':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarQuote(nstr, modifier == 'q');
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'T':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarTail,
+				   NULL);
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'H':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarHead,
+				   NULL);
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'E':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSuffix,
+				   NULL);
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'R':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarRoot,
+				   NULL);
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'r':
+	    cp = tstr + 1;	/* make sure it is set */
+	    if (STRMOD_MATCHX(tstr, "range", 5)) {
+		int n;
+		
+		if (tstr[5] == '=') {
+		    n = strtoul(&tstr[6], &ep, 10);
+		    cp = ep;
+		} else {
+		    n = 0;
+		    cp = tstr + 5;
+		}
+		newStr = VarRange(nstr, n);
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'O':
+	    {
+		char otype;
+
+		cp = tstr + 1;	/* skip to the rest in any case */
+		if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		    otype = 's';
+		    termc = *cp;
+		} else if ( (tstr[1] == 'x') &&
+			    (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') ) {
+		    otype = tstr[1];
+		    cp = tstr + 2;
+		    termc = *cp;
+		} else {
+		    goto bad_modifier;
+		}
+		newStr = VarOrder(nstr, otype);
+		break;
+	    }
+	case 'u':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarUniq(nstr);
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+#ifdef SUNSHCMD
+	case 's':
+	    if (tstr[1] == 'h' && (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':')) {
+		const char *emsg;
+		if (flags & VARF_WANTRES) {
+		    newStr = Cmd_Exec(nstr, &emsg);
+		    if (emsg)
+			Error(emsg, nstr);
+		} else
+		    newStr = varNoError;
+		cp = tstr + 2;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+#endif
+	default:
+	default_case:
+	{
+#ifdef SYSVVARSUB
+	    /*
+	     * This can either be a bogus modifier or a System-V
+	     * substitution command.
+	     */
+	    VarPattern      pattern;
+	    Boolean         eqFound;
+
+	    pattern.flags = 0;
+	    eqFound = FALSE;
+	    /*
+	     * First we make a pass through the string trying
+	     * to verify it is a SYSV-make-style translation:
+	     * it must be: <string1>=<string2>)
+	     */
+	    cp = tstr;
+	    cnt = 1;
+	    while (*cp != '\0' && cnt) {
+		if (*cp == '=') {
+		    eqFound = TRUE;
+		    /* continue looking for endc */
+		}
+		else if (*cp == endc)
+		    cnt--;
+		else if (*cp == startc)
+		    cnt++;
+		if (cnt)
+		    cp++;
+	    }
+	    if (*cp == endc && eqFound) {
+
+		/*
+		 * Now we break this sucker into the lhs and
+		 * rhs. We must null terminate them of course.
+		 */
+		delim='=';
+		cp = tstr;
+		if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+						 flags, &cp, delim, &pattern.flags,
+						 &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+		delim = endc;
+		if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+						 flags, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen,
+						 &pattern)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		/*
+		 * SYSV modifications happen through the whole
+		 * string. Note the pattern is anchored at the end.
+		 */
+		termc = *--cp;
+		delim = '\0';
+		if (pattern.leftLen == 0 && *nstr == '\0') {
+		    newStr = nstr;	/* special case */
+		} else {
+		    newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr,
+				       VarSYSVMatch,
+				       &pattern);
+		}
+		free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs));
+		free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+	    } else
+#endif
+		{
+		    Error("Unknown modifier '%c'", *tstr);
+		    for (cp = tstr+1;
+			 *cp != ':' && *cp != endc && *cp != '\0';
+			 cp++)
+			continue;
+		    termc = *cp;
+		    newStr = var_Error;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Result[%s] of :%c is \"%s\"\n",
+		v->name, modifier, newStr);
+	}
+
+	if (newStr != nstr) {
+	    if (*freePtr) {
+		free(nstr);
+		*freePtr = NULL;
+	    }
+	    nstr = newStr;
+	    if (nstr != var_Error && nstr != varNoError) {
+		*freePtr = nstr;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (termc == '\0' && endc != '\0') {
+	    Error("Unclosed variable specification (expecting '%c') for \"%s\" (value \"%s\") modifier %c", endc, v->name, nstr, modifier);
+	} else if (termc == ':') {
+	    cp++;
+	}
+	tstr = cp;
+    }
+ out:
+    *lengthPtr = tstr - start;
+    return (nstr);
+
+ bad_modifier:
+    /* "{(" */
+    Error("Bad modifier `:%.*s' for %s", (int)strcspn(tstr, ":)}"), tstr,
+	  v->name);
+
+ cleanup:
+    *lengthPtr = cp - start;
+    if (delim != '\0')
+	Error("Unclosed substitution for %s (%c missing)",
+	      v->name, delim);
+    free(*freePtr);
+    *freePtr = NULL;
+    return (var_Error);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Parse --
+ *	Given the start of a variable invocation, extract the variable
+ *	name and find its value, then modify it according to the
+ *	specification.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		The string to parse
+ *	ctxt		The context for the variable
+ *	flags		VARF_UNDEFERR	if undefineds are an error
+ *			VARF_WANTRES	if we actually want the result
+ *			VARF_ASSIGN	if we are in a := assignment
+ *	lengthPtr	OUT: The length of the specification
+ *	freePtr		OUT: Non-NULL if caller should free *freePtr
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The (possibly-modified) value of the variable or var_Error if the
+ *	specification is invalid. The length of the specification is
+ *	placed in *lengthPtr (for invalid specifications, this is just
+ *	2...?).
+ *	If *freePtr is non-NULL then it's a pointer that the caller
+ *	should pass to free() to free memory used by the result.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* coverity[+alloc : arg-*4] */
+char *
+Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, int flags,
+	  int *lengthPtr, void **freePtr)
+{
+    const char	   *tstr;    	/* Pointer into str */
+    Var		   *v;		/* Variable in invocation */
+    Boolean 	    haveModifier;/* TRUE if have modifiers for the variable */
+    char	    endc;    	/* Ending character when variable in parens
+				 * or braces */
+    char	    startc;	/* Starting character when variable in parens
+				 * or braces */
+    int		    vlen;	/* Length of variable name */
+    const char 	   *start;	/* Points to original start of str */
+    char	   *nstr;	/* New string, used during expansion */
+    Boolean 	    dynamic;	/* TRUE if the variable is local and we're
+				 * expanding it in a non-local context. This
+				 * is done to support dynamic sources. The
+				 * result is just the invocation, unaltered */
+    const char     *extramodifiers; /* extra modifiers to apply first */
+    char	  name[2];
+
+    *freePtr = NULL;
+    extramodifiers = NULL;
+    dynamic = FALSE;
+    start = str;
+
+    startc = str[1];
+    if (startc != PROPEN && startc != BROPEN) {
+	/*
+	 * If it's not bounded by braces of some sort, life is much simpler.
+	 * We just need to check for the first character and return the
+	 * value if it exists.
+	 */
+
+	/* Error out some really stupid names */
+	if (startc == '\0' || strchr(")}:$", startc)) {
+	    *lengthPtr = 1;
+	    return var_Error;
+	}
+	name[0] = startc;
+	name[1] = '\0';
+
+	v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
+	if (v == NULL) {
+	    *lengthPtr = 2;
+
+	    if ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)) {
+		/*
+		 * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context,
+		 * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle
+		 * this specially and return the longhand for the variable
+		 * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the
+		 * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated
+		 * specially as they are the only four that will be set
+		 * when dynamic sources are expanded.
+		 */
+		switch (str[1]) {
+		    case '@':
+			return UNCONST("$(.TARGET)");
+		    case '%':
+			return UNCONST("$(.MEMBER)");
+		    case '*':
+			return UNCONST("$(.PREFIX)");
+		    case '!':
+			return UNCONST("$(.ARCHIVE)");
+		}
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * Error
+	     */
+	    return (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) ? var_Error : varNoError;
+	} else {
+	    haveModifier = FALSE;
+	    tstr = &str[1];
+	    endc = str[1];
+	}
+    } else {
+	Buffer buf;	/* Holds the variable name */
+	int depth = 1;
+
+	endc = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE;
+	Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+
+	/*
+	 * Skip to the end character or a colon, whichever comes first.
+	 */
+	for (tstr = str + 2; *tstr != '\0'; tstr++)
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * Track depth so we can spot parse errors.
+	     */
+	    if (*tstr == startc) {
+		depth++;
+	    }
+	    if (*tstr == endc) {
+		if (--depth == 0)
+		    break;
+	    }
+	    if (depth == 1 && *tstr == ':') {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * A variable inside a variable, expand
+	     */
+	    if (*tstr == '$') {
+		int rlen;
+		void *freeIt;
+		char *rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, flags,  &rlen, &freeIt);
+		if (rval != NULL) {
+		    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(rval), rval);
+		}
+		free(freeIt);
+		tstr += rlen - 1;
+	    }
+	    else
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *tstr);
+	}
+	if (*tstr == ':') {
+	    haveModifier = TRUE;
+	} else if (*tstr == endc) {
+	    haveModifier = FALSE;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * If we never did find the end character, return NULL
+	     * right now, setting the length to be the distance to
+	     * the end of the string, since that's what make does.
+	     */
+	    *lengthPtr = tstr - str;
+	    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+	    return (var_Error);
+	}
+	str = Buf_GetAll(&buf, &vlen);
+
+	/*
+	 * At this point, str points into newly allocated memory from
+	 * buf, containing only the name of the variable.
+	 *
+	 * start and tstr point into the const string that was pointed
+	 * to by the original value of the str parameter.  start points
+	 * to the '$' at the beginning of the string, while tstr points
+	 * to the char just after the end of the variable name -- this
+	 * will be '\0', ':', PRCLOSE, or BRCLOSE.
+	 */
+
+	v = VarFind(str, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
+	/*
+	 * Check also for bogus D and F forms of local variables since we're
+	 * in a local context and the name is the right length.
+	 */
+	if ((v == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) &&
+		(vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D') &&
+		strchr("@%?*!<>", str[0]) != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Well, it's local -- go look for it.
+	     */
+	    name[0] = *str;
+	    name[1] = '\0';
+	    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
+
+	    if (v != NULL) {
+		if (str[1] == 'D') {
+			extramodifiers = "H:";
+		}
+		else { /* F */
+			extramodifiers = "T:";
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (v == NULL) {
+	    if (((vlen == 1) ||
+		 (((vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D')))) &&
+		((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)))
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context,
+		 * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle
+		 * this specially and return the longhand for the variable
+		 * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the
+		 * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated
+		 * specially as they are the only four that will be set
+		 * when dynamic sources are expanded.
+		 */
+		switch (*str) {
+		    case '@':
+		    case '%':
+		    case '*':
+		    case '!':
+			dynamic = TRUE;
+			break;
+		}
+	    } else if ((vlen > 2) && (*str == '.') &&
+		       isupper((unsigned char) str[1]) &&
+		       ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)))
+	    {
+		int	len;
+
+		len = vlen - 1;
+		if ((strncmp(str, ".TARGET", len) == 0) ||
+		    (strncmp(str, ".ARCHIVE", len) == 0) ||
+		    (strncmp(str, ".PREFIX", len) == 0) ||
+		    (strncmp(str, ".MEMBER", len) == 0))
+		{
+		    dynamic = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (!haveModifier) {
+		/*
+		 * No modifiers -- have specification length so we can return
+		 * now.
+		 */
+		*lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1;
+		if (dynamic) {
+		    char *pstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr);
+		    *freePtr = pstr;
+		    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+		    return(pstr);
+		} else {
+		    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+		    return (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) ? var_Error : varNoError;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * Still need to get to the end of the variable specification,
+		 * so kludge up a Var structure for the modifications
+		 */
+		v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
+		v->name = UNCONST(str);
+		Buf_Init(&v->val, 1);
+		v->flags = VAR_JUNK;
+		Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+	    }
+	} else
+	    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+    }
+
+    if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) {
+	Fatal("Variable %s is recursive.", v->name);
+	/*NOTREACHED*/
+    } else {
+	v->flags |= VAR_IN_USE;
+    }
+    /*
+     * Before doing any modification, we have to make sure the value
+     * has been fully expanded. If it looks like recursion might be
+     * necessary (there's a dollar sign somewhere in the variable's value)
+     * we just call Var_Subst to do any other substitutions that are
+     * necessary. Note that the value returned by Var_Subst will have
+     * been dynamically-allocated, so it will need freeing when we
+     * return.
+     */
+    nstr = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL);
+    if (strchr(nstr, '$') != NULL) {
+	nstr = Var_Subst(NULL, nstr, ctxt, flags);
+	*freePtr = nstr;
+    }
+
+    v->flags &= ~VAR_IN_USE;
+
+    if ((nstr != NULL) && (haveModifier || extramodifiers != NULL)) {
+	void *extraFree;
+	int used;
+
+	extraFree = NULL;
+	if (extramodifiers != NULL) {
+		nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, extramodifiers, '(', ')',
+				      v, ctxt, flags, &used, &extraFree);
+	}
+
+	if (haveModifier) {
+		/* Skip initial colon. */
+		tstr++;
+
+		nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, tstr, startc, endc,
+				      v, ctxt, flags, &used, freePtr);
+		tstr += used;
+		free(extraFree);
+	} else {
+		*freePtr = extraFree;
+	}
+    }
+    if (*tstr) {
+	*lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1;
+    } else {
+	*lengthPtr = tstr - start;
+    }
+
+    if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) {
+	Boolean	  destroy = FALSE;
+
+	if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)) {
+	    destroy = TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Returning the value unmodified, so tell the caller to free
+	     * the thing.
+	     */
+	    *freePtr = nstr;
+	}
+	VarFreeEnv(v, destroy);
+    } else if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+	/*
+	 * Perform any free'ing needed and set *freePtr to NULL so the caller
+	 * doesn't try to free a static pointer.
+	 * If VAR_KEEP is also set then we want to keep str as is.
+	 */
+	if (!(v->flags & VAR_KEEP)) {
+	    if (*freePtr) {
+		free(nstr);
+		*freePtr = NULL;
+	    }
+	    if (dynamic) {
+		nstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr);
+		*freePtr = nstr;
+	    } else {
+		nstr = (flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) ? var_Error : varNoError;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL))
+	    Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE);
+	free(v->name);
+	free(v);
+    }
+    return (nstr);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Subst  --
+ *	Substitute for all variables in the given string in the given context
+ *	If flags & VARF_UNDEFERR, Parse_Error will be called when an undefined
+ *	variable is encountered.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	var		Named variable || NULL for all
+ *	str		the string which to substitute
+ *	ctxt		the context wherein to find variables
+ *	flags		VARF_UNDEFERR	if undefineds are an error
+ *			VARF_WANTRES	if we actually want the result
+ *			VARF_ASSIGN	if we are in a := assignment
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The resulting string.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None. The old string must be freed by the caller
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
+{
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for forming things */
+    char    	  *val;		    /* Value to substitute for a variable */
+    int		  length;   	    /* Length of the variable invocation */
+    Boolean	  trailingBslash;   /* variable ends in \ */
+    void 	  *freeIt = NULL;    /* Set if it should be freed */
+    static Boolean errorReported;   /* Set true if an error has already
+				     * been reported to prevent a plethora
+				     * of messages when recursing */
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    errorReported = FALSE;
+    trailingBslash = FALSE;
+
+    while (*str) {
+	if (*str == '\n' && trailingBslash)
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
+	if (var == NULL && (*str == '$') && (str[1] == '$')) {
+	    /*
+	     * A dollar sign may be escaped either with another dollar sign.
+	     * In such a case, we skip over the escape character and store the
+	     * dollar sign into the buffer directly.
+	     */
+	    if (save_dollars && (flags & VARF_ASSIGN))
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
+	    str++;
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
+	    str++;
+	} else if (*str != '$') {
+	    /*
+	     * Skip as many characters as possible -- either to the end of
+	     * the string or to the next dollar sign (variable invocation).
+	     */
+	    const char  *cp;
+
+	    for (cp = str++; *str != '$' && *str != '\0'; str++)
+		continue;
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, str - cp, cp);
+	} else {
+	    if (var != NULL) {
+		int expand;
+		for (;;) {
+		    if (str[1] == '\0') {
+			/* A trailing $ is kind of a special case */
+			Buf_AddByte(&buf, str[0]);
+			str++;
+			expand = FALSE;
+		    } else if (str[1] != PROPEN && str[1] != BROPEN) {
+			if (str[1] != *var || strlen(var) > 1) {
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, 2, str);
+			    str += 2;
+			    expand = FALSE;
+			}
+			else
+			    expand = TRUE;
+			break;
+		    }
+		    else {
+			const char *p;
+
+			/*
+			 * Scan up to the end of the variable name.
+			 */
+			for (p = &str[2]; *p &&
+			     *p != ':' && *p != PRCLOSE && *p != BRCLOSE; p++)
+			    if (*p == '$')
+				break;
+			/*
+			 * A variable inside the variable. We cannot expand
+			 * the external variable yet, so we try again with
+			 * the nested one
+			 */
+			if (*p == '$') {
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str);
+			    str = p;
+			    continue;
+			}
+
+			if (strncmp(var, str + 2, p - str - 2) != 0 ||
+			    var[p - str - 2] != '\0') {
+			    /*
+			     * Not the variable we want to expand, scan
+			     * until the next variable
+			     */
+			    for (;*p != '$' && *p != '\0'; p++)
+				continue;
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str);
+			    str = p;
+			    expand = FALSE;
+			}
+			else
+			    expand = TRUE;
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+		if (!expand)
+		    continue;
+	    }
+
+	    val = Var_Parse(str, ctxt, flags, &length, &freeIt);
+
+	    /*
+	     * When we come down here, val should either point to the
+	     * value of this variable, suitably modified, or be NULL.
+	     * Length should be the total length of the potential
+	     * variable invocation (from $ to end character...)
+	     */
+	    if (val == var_Error || val == varNoError) {
+		/*
+		 * If performing old-time variable substitution, skip over
+		 * the variable and continue with the substitution. Otherwise,
+		 * store the dollar sign and advance str so we continue with
+		 * the string...
+		 */
+		if (oldVars) {
+		    str += length;
+		} else if ((flags & VARF_UNDEFERR) || val == var_Error) {
+		    /*
+		     * If variable is undefined, complain and skip the
+		     * variable. The complaint will stop us from doing anything
+		     * when the file is parsed.
+		     */
+		    if (!errorReported) {
+			Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+				     "Undefined variable \"%.*s\"",length,str);
+		    }
+		    str += length;
+		    errorReported = TRUE;
+		} else {
+		    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
+		    str += 1;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * We've now got a variable structure to store in. But first,
+		 * advance the string pointer.
+		 */
+		str += length;
+
+		/*
+		 * Copy all the characters from the variable value straight
+		 * into the new string.
+		 */
+		length = strlen(val);
+		Buf_AddBytes(&buf, length, val);
+		trailingBslash = length > 0 && val[length - 1] == '\\';
+	    }
+	    free(freeIt);
+	    freeIt = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return Buf_DestroyCompact(&buf);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_GetTail --
+ *	Return the tail from each of a list of words. Used to set the
+ *	System V local variables.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	file		Filename to modify
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The resulting string.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#if 0
+char *
+Var_GetTail(char *file)
+{
+    return(VarModify(file, VarTail, NULL));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_GetHead --
+ *	Find the leading components of a (list of) filename(s).
+ *	XXX: VarHead does not replace foo by ., as (sun) System V make
+ *	does.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	file		Filename to manipulate
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The leading components.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Var_GetHead(char *file)
+{
+    return(VarModify(file, VarHead, NULL));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Init --
+ *	Initialize the module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The VAR_CMD and VAR_GLOBAL contexts are created
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Init(void)
+{
+    VAR_INTERNAL = Targ_NewGN("Internal");
+    VAR_GLOBAL = Targ_NewGN("Global");
+    VAR_CMD = Targ_NewGN("Command");
+
+}
+
+
+void
+Var_End(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/****************** PRINT DEBUGGING INFO *****************/
+static void
+VarPrintVar(void *vp)
+{
+    Var    *v = (Var *)vp;
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s = %s\n", v->name, Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Dump --
+ *	print all variables in a context
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Dump(GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    Hash_Search search;
+    Hash_Entry *h;
+
+    for (h = Hash_EnumFirst(&ctxt->context, &search);
+	 h != NULL;
+	 h = Hash_EnumNext(&search)) {
+	    VarPrintVar(Hash_GetValue(h));
+    }
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/man/man.1 b/usr.bin/man/man.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49b3bf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/man/man.1
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: man.1,v 1.29 2016/06/16 15:10:58 abhinav Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)man.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94
+.\"
+.Dd June 16, 2016
+.Dt MAN 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm man
+.Nd display the on-line manual pages
+.Pq aka Dq Em man pages
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Oo Fl acw Ns \&| Ns Fl h Oc
+.Op Fl C Ar file
+.Op Fl M Ar path
+.Op Fl m Ar path
+.Op Fl S Ar srch
+.Oo
+.Op Fl s
+.Ar section
+.Oc
+.Ar name Ar ...
+.Nm
+.Op Fl C Ar file
+.Fl f
+.Ar command Ar ...
+.Nm
+.Op Fl C Ar file
+.Fl k
+.Ar keyword Ar ...
+.Nm
+.Fl p
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility displays the manual pages named on the command line.
+Its options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl a
+Display all of the man pages for a specified
+.Ar section
+and
+.Ar name
+combination.
+(Normally, only the first man page found is displayed.)
+.It Fl C
+Use the specified
+.Ar file
+instead of the default configuration file.
+This permits users to configure their own man environment.
+See
+.Xr man.conf 5
+for a description of the contents of this file.
+.It Fl c
+Copy the man page to the standard output instead of using
+.Xr more 1
+to paginate it.
+This is done by default if the standard output is not a terminal device.
+.It Fl f
+Synonym for
+.Xr whatis 1 .
+It searches man pages for
+.Ar command
+in their names and displays header lines from all matching pages.
+.It Fl h
+Display only the
+.Dq Tn SYNOPSIS
+lines of the requested man pages.
+For commands, this is typically the command line usage information.
+For library functions, this usually contains the required include
+files and function prototypes.
+.It Fl k
+Search man pages for
+.Ar keyword Ns Pq s ,
+in the same manner as
+.Xr apropos 1 .
+.It Fl M
+Override the list of standard directories which
+.Nm
+searches for man pages.
+The supplied
+.Ar path
+must be a colon
+.Pq Dq \&:
+separated list of directories.
+This search path may also be set using the environment variable
+.Ev MANPATH .
+The subdirectories to be searched, and their search order,
+is specified by the
+.Dq _subdir
+line in the
+.Nm
+configuration file.
+.It Fl m
+Augment the list of standard directories which
+.Nm
+searches for man pages.
+The supplied
+.Ar path
+must be a colon
+.Pq Dq \&:
+separated list of directories.
+These directories will be searched before the standard directories or
+the directories specified using the
+.Fl M
+option or the
+.Ev MANPATH
+environment variable.
+The subdirectories to be searched, and their search order,
+is specified by the
+.Dq _subdir
+line in the
+.Nm
+configuration file.
+.It Fl p
+Print the search path for the manual pages.
+.It Fl s
+Restrict the directories that
+.Nm
+will search to the specified section.
+The
+.Nm
+configuration file (see
+.Xr man.conf 5 )
+specifies the possible
+.Ar section
+values that are currently available.
+.It Fl S
+Display only man pages that have the specified string in the directory
+part of their filenames.
+This allows the man page search process criteria to be
+narrowed without having to change the MANPATH or
+.Dq _default
+variables.
+.It Fl w
+List the pathnames of the man pages which
+.Nm
+would display for the specified
+.Ar section
+and
+.Ar name
+combination.
+.El
+.Pp
+If the
+.Ql Fl s
+option is not specified,
+there is more than one argument,
+the
+.Ql Fl k
+option is not used, and the first argument is a valid section, then that
+argument will be used as if specified by the
+.Ql Fl s
+option.
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar name
+is given with a full path (beginning with
+.Ql Pa \&/ )
+or a relative path that begins with
+.Ql Pa .\&/
+or
+.Ql Pa .\&./ ,
+then
+.Nm
+interprets it as a file specification, so that you can do
+.Nm
+.Cm ./foo.5
+or even
+.Nm
+.Cm /cd/foo/bar.1.gz .
+If
+.Ar name
+contains
+.Ql Pa /
+but does not match one of the above cases, then the
+search path is used; this allows you to request
+machine-specific man pages, such as
+.Nm Cm vax/boot .
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width MANPATHX
+.It Ev MACHINE
+As some man pages are intended only for specific architectures,
+.Nm
+searches any subdirectories,
+with the same name as the current architecture,
+in every directory which it searches.
+Machine specific areas are checked before general areas.
+The current machine type may be overridden by setting the environment
+variable
+.Ev MACHINE
+to the name of a specific architecture.
+Machine-specific man pages may also be requested by
+prepending the relevant subdirectory name to the page name,
+separated by
+.Ql Pa \&/ .
+.It Ev MANPATH
+The standard search path used by
+.Nm
+may be overridden by specifying a path in the
+.Ev MANPATH
+environment variable.
+The format of the path is a colon
+.Pq Dq \&:
+separated list of directories.
+The subdirectories to be searched as well as their search order
+is specified by the
+.Dq _subdir
+line in the
+.Nm
+configuration file.
+.It Ev PAGER
+The pagination command used for writing the output.
+If the
+.Ev PAGER
+environment variable is null or not set, the standard pagination program
+.Xr more 1
+will be used.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -hang -width /etc/man.conf -compact
+.It Pa /etc/man.conf
+default man configuration file.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr apropos 1 ,
+.Xr whatis 1 ,
+.Xr whereis 1 ,
+.Xr man.conf 5 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc.samples 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Nm
+conforms to
+.St -xcu5 .
+.\"and is expected to conform to
+.\".St -p1003.2-?? .
+.Sh BUGS
+The on-line man pages are, by necessity, forgiving toward stupid
+display devices, causing a few man pages to be not as nicely formatted
+as their typeset counterparts.
diff --git a/usr.bin/man/man.c b/usr.bin/man/man.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cba36bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/man/man.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1077 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: man.c,v 1.67 2018/06/15 20:16:35 mrg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)man.c	8.17 (Berkeley) 1/31/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: man.c,v 1.67 2018/06/15 20:16:35 mrg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <glob.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "manconf.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+#ifndef MAN_DEBUG
+#define MAN_DEBUG 0		/* debug path output */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * manstate: structure collecting the current global state so we can 
+ * easily identify it and pass it to helper functions in one arg.
+ */
+struct manstate {
+	/* command line flags */
+	int all;		/* -a: show all matches rather than first */
+	int cat;		/* -c: do not use a pager */
+	char *conffile;		/* -C: use alternate config file */
+	int how;		/* -h: show SYNOPSIS only */
+	char *manpath;		/* -M: alternate MANPATH */
+	char *addpath;		/* -m: add these dirs to front of manpath */
+	char *pathsearch;	/* -S: path of man must contain this string */
+	char *sectionname;	/* -s: limit search to a given man section */
+	int where;		/* -w: just show paths of all matching files */
+	int getpath;	/* -p: print the path of directories containing man pages */
+		
+	/* important tags from the config file */
+	TAG *defaultpath;	/* _default: default MANPATH */
+	TAG *subdirs;		/* _subdir: default subdir search list */
+	TAG *suffixlist;	/* _suffix: for files that can be cat()'d */
+	TAG *buildlist;		/* _build: for files that must be built */
+	
+	/* tags for internal use */
+	TAG *intmp;		/* _intmp: tmp files we must cleanup */
+	TAG *missinglist;	/* _missing: pages we couldn't find */
+	TAG *mymanpath;		/* _new_path: final version of MANPATH */
+	TAG *section;		/* <sec>: tag for m.sectionname */
+
+	/* other misc stuff */
+	const char *pager;	/* pager to use */
+	size_t pagerlen;	/* length of the above */
+	const char *machine;	/* machine */
+	const char *machclass;	/* machine class */
+};
+
+/*
+ * prototypes
+ */
+static void	 build_page(const char *, char **, struct manstate *);
+static void	 cat(const char *);
+static const char	*check_pager(const char *);
+static int	 cleanup(void);
+static void	 how(const char *);
+static void	 jump(char **, const char *, const char *) __dead;
+static int	 manual(char *, struct manstate *, glob_t *);
+static void	 onsig(int) __dead;
+static void	 usage(void) __dead;
+static void	 addpath(struct manstate *, const char *, size_t, const char *);
+static const char *getclass(const char *);
+static void printmanpath(struct manstate *);
+
+/*
+ * main function
+ */
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	static struct manstate m;
+	struct utsname utsname;
+	int ch, abs_section, found;
+	ENTRY *esubd, *epath;
+	char *p, **ap, *cmd;
+	size_t len;
+	glob_t pg;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+	/*
+	 * parse command line...
+	 */
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "-aC:cfhkM:m:P:ps:S:w")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'a':
+			m.all = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			m.conffile = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+		case '-':	/* XXX: '-' is a deprecated version of '-c' */
+			m.cat = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			m.how = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			m.addpath = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'M':
+		case 'P':	/* -P for backward compatibility */
+			if ((m.manpath = strdup(optarg)) == NULL)
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc failed");
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			m.getpath = 1;
+			break;
+		/*
+		 * The -f and -k options are backward compatible,
+		 * undocumented ways of calling whatis(1) and apropos(1).
+		 */
+		case 'f':
+			jump(argv, "-f", "whatis");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		case 'k':
+			jump(argv, "-k", "apropos");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		case 's':
+			if (m.sectionname != NULL)
+				usage();
+			m.sectionname = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			m.pathsearch = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			m.all = m.where = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (!m.getpath && !argc)
+		usage();
+
+	/*
+	 * read the configuration file and collect any other information
+	 * we will need (machine type, pager, section [if specified
+	 * without '-s'], and MANPATH through the environment).
+	 */
+	config(m.conffile);    /* exits on error ... */
+
+	if ((m.machine = getenv("MACHINE")) == NULL) {
+		if (uname(&utsname) == -1)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "uname");
+		m.machine = utsname.machine;
+	}
+
+	m.machclass = getclass(m.machine);
+
+	if (!m.cat && !m.how && !m.where) {  /* if we need a pager ... */
+		if (!isatty(STDOUT_FILENO)) {
+			m.cat = 1;
+		} else {
+			if ((m.pager = getenv("PAGER")) != NULL &&
+			    m.pager[0] != '\0')
+				m.pager = check_pager(m.pager);
+			else
+				m.pager = _PATH_PAGER;
+			m.pagerlen = strlen(m.pager);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* do we need to set m.section to a non-null value? */
+	if (m.sectionname) {
+
+		m.section = gettag(m.sectionname, 0); /* -s must be a section */
+		if (m.section == NULL)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "unknown section: %s", m.sectionname);
+
+	} else if (argc > 1) {
+
+		m.section = gettag(*argv, 0);  /* might be a section? */
+		if (m.section) {
+			argv++;
+			argc--;
+		}
+
+	} 
+	
+	if (m.manpath == NULL)
+		m.manpath = getenv("MANPATH"); /* note: -M overrides getenv */
+
+
+	/*
+	 * get default values from config file, plus create the tags we
+	 * use for keeping internal state.  make sure all our mallocs
+	 * go through.
+	 */
+	/* from cfg file */
+	m.defaultpath = gettag("_default", 1);
+	m.subdirs = gettag("_subdir", 1);
+	m.suffixlist = gettag("_suffix", 1);
+	m.buildlist = gettag("_build", 1); 
+	/* internal use */
+	m.mymanpath = gettag("_new_path", 1);
+	m.missinglist = gettag("_missing", 1);
+	m.intmp = gettag("_intmp", 1);
+	if (!m.defaultpath || !m.subdirs || !m.suffixlist || !m.buildlist ||
+	    !m.mymanpath || !m.missinglist || !m.intmp)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc failed");
+
+	/*
+	 * are we using a section whose elements are all absolute paths?
+	 * (we only need to look at the first entry on the section list,
+	 * as config() will ensure that any additional entries will match
+	 * the first one.)
+	 */
+	abs_section = (m.section != NULL && 
+		!TAILQ_EMPTY(&m.section->entrylist) &&
+	    		*(TAILQ_FIRST(&m.section->entrylist)->s) == '/');
+
+	/*
+	 * now that we have all the data we need, we must determine the
+	 * manpath we are going to use to find the requested entries using
+	 * the following steps...
+	 *
+	 * [1] if the user specified a section and that section's elements
+	 *     from the config file are all absolute paths, then we override
+	 *     defaultpath and -M/MANPATH with the section's absolute paths.
+	 */
+	if (abs_section) {
+		m.manpath = NULL;	   	/* ignore -M/MANPATH */
+		m.defaultpath = m.section;	/* overwrite _default path */
+		m.section = NULL;		/* promoted to defaultpath */
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * [2] section can now only be non-null if the user asked for
+	 *     a section and that section's elements did not have 
+	 *     absolute paths.  in this case we use the section's
+	 *     elements to override _subdir from the config file.
+	 *
+	 * after this step, we are done processing "m.section"...
+	 */
+	if (m.section)
+		m.subdirs = m.section;
+
+	/*
+	 * [3] we need to setup the path we want to use (m.mymanpath).
+	 *     if the user gave us a path (m.manpath) use it, otherwise
+	 *     go with the default.   in either case we need to append
+	 *     the subdir and machine spec to each element of the path.
+	 *
+	 *     for absolute section paths that come from the config file, 
+	 *     we only append the subdir spec if the path ends in 
+	 *     a '/' --- elements that do not end in '/' are assumed to 
+	 *     not have subdirectories.  this is mainly for backward compat, 
+	 *     but it allows non-subdir configs like:
+	 *	sect3       /usr/share/man/{old/,}cat3
+	 *	doc         /usr/{pkg,share}/doc/{sendmail/op,sendmail/intro}
+	 *
+	 *     note that we try and be careful to not put double slashes
+	 *     in the path (e.g. we want /usr/share/man/man1, not
+	 *     /usr/share/man//man1) because "more" will put the filename
+	 *     we generate in its prompt and the double slashes look ugly.
+	 */
+	if (m.manpath) {
+
+		/* note: strtok is going to destroy m.manpath */
+		for (p = strtok(m.manpath, ":") ; p ; p = strtok(NULL, ":")) {
+			len = strlen(p);
+			if (len < 1)
+				continue;
+			TAILQ_FOREACH(esubd, &m.subdirs->entrylist, q)
+				addpath(&m, p, len, esubd->s);
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		TAILQ_FOREACH(epath, &m.defaultpath->entrylist, q) {
+			/* handle trailing "/" magic here ... */
+		  	if (abs_section && epath->s[epath->len - 1] != '/') {
+				addpath(&m, "", 1, epath->s);
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			TAILQ_FOREACH(esubd, &m.subdirs->entrylist, q)
+				addpath(&m, epath->s, epath->len, esubd->s);
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * [4] finally, prepend the "-m" m.addpath to mymanpath if it 
+	 *     was specified.   subdirs and machine are always applied to
+	 *     m.addpath. 
+	 */
+	if (m.addpath) {
+
+		/* note: strtok is going to destroy m.addpath */
+		for (p = strtok(m.addpath, ":") ; p ; p = strtok(NULL, ":")) {
+			len = strlen(p);
+			if (len < 1)
+				continue;
+			TAILQ_FOREACH(esubd, &m.subdirs->entrylist, q)
+				addpath(&m, p, len, esubd->s);
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	if (m.getpath) 
+		printmanpath(&m);
+		
+	/*
+	 * now m.mymanpath is complete!
+	 */
+#if MAN_DEBUG
+	printf("mymanpath:\n");
+	TAILQ_FOREACH(epath, &m.mymanpath->entrylist, q) {
+		printf("\t%s\n", epath->s);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * start searching for matching files and format them if necessary.   
+	 * setup an interrupt handler so that we can ensure that temporary 
+	 * files go away.
+	 */
+	(void)signal(SIGINT, onsig);
+	(void)signal(SIGHUP, onsig);
+	(void)signal(SIGPIPE, onsig);
+
+	memset(&pg, 0, sizeof(pg));
+	for (found = 0; *argv; ++argv)
+		if (manual(*argv, &m, &pg)) {
+			found = 1;
+		}
+
+	/* if nothing found, we're done. */
+	if (!found) {
+		(void)cleanup();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * handle the simple display cases first (m.cat, m.how, m.where)
+	 */
+	if (m.cat) {
+		for (ap = pg.gl_pathv; *ap != NULL; ++ap) {
+			if (**ap == '\0')
+				continue;
+			cat(*ap);
+		}
+		exit(cleanup());
+	}
+	if (m.how) {
+		for (ap = pg.gl_pathv; *ap != NULL; ++ap) {
+			if (**ap == '\0')
+				continue;
+			how(*ap);
+		}
+		exit(cleanup());
+	}
+	if (m.where) {
+		for (ap = pg.gl_pathv; *ap != NULL; ++ap) {
+			if (**ap == '\0')
+				continue;
+			(void)printf("%s\n", *ap);
+		}
+		exit(cleanup());
+	}
+		
+	/*
+	 * normal case - we display things in a single command, so
+	 * build a list of things to display.  first compute total
+	 * length of buffer we will need so we can malloc it.
+	 */
+	for (ap = pg.gl_pathv, len = m.pagerlen + 1; *ap != NULL; ++ap) {
+		if (**ap == '\0')
+			continue;
+		len += strlen(*ap) + 1;
+	}
+	if ((cmd = malloc(len)) == NULL) {
+		warn("malloc");
+		(void)cleanup();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/* now build the command string... */
+	p = cmd;
+	len = m.pagerlen;
+	memcpy(p, m.pager, len);
+	p += len;
+	*p++ = ' ';
+	for (ap = pg.gl_pathv; *ap != NULL; ++ap) {
+		if (**ap == '\0')
+			continue;
+		len = strlen(*ap);
+		memcpy(p, *ap, len);
+		p += len;
+		*p++ = ' ';
+	}
+	*--p = '\0';
+
+	/* Use system(3) in case someone's pager is "pager arg1 arg2". */
+	(void)system(cmd);
+
+	exit(cleanup());
+}
+
+static int
+manual_find_literalfile(struct manstate *mp, char **pv)
+{
+	ENTRY *suffix;
+	int found;
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	const char *p;
+	int suflen;
+
+	found = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Expand both '*' and suffix to force an actual
+	 * match via fnmatch(3). Since the only match in pg
+	 * is the literal file, the match is genuine.
+	 */
+
+	TAILQ_FOREACH(suffix, &mp->buildlist->entrylist, q) {
+		for (p = suffix->s, suflen = 0;
+		    *p != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char)*p);
+		    ++p)
+			++suflen;
+		if (*p == '\0')
+			continue;
+
+		(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "*%.*s", suflen, suffix->s);
+
+		if (!fnmatch(buf, *pv, 0)) {
+			if (!mp->where)
+				build_page(p + 1, pv, mp);
+			found = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return found;
+}
+
+static int
+manual_find_buildkeyword(const char *prefix, const char *escpage,
+    struct manstate *mp, char **pv)
+{
+	ENTRY *suffix;
+	int found;
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	const char *p;
+	int suflen;
+
+	found = 0;
+	/* Try the _build keywords next. */
+	TAILQ_FOREACH(suffix, &mp->buildlist->entrylist, q) {
+		for (p = suffix->s, suflen = 0;
+		    *p != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char)*p);
+		    ++p)
+			++suflen;
+		if (*p == '\0')
+			continue;
+
+		(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s%s%.*s",
+		    prefix, escpage, suflen, suffix->s);
+		if (!fnmatch(buf, *pv, 0)) {
+			if (!mp->where)
+				build_page(p + 1, pv, mp);
+			found = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return found;
+}
+
+/*
+ * manual --
+ *	Search the manuals for the pages.
+ */
+static int
+manual(char *page, struct manstate *mp, glob_t *pg)
+{
+	ENTRY *suffix, *mdir;
+	int anyfound, error, found;
+	size_t cnt;
+	char *p, buf[MAXPATHLEN], *escpage, *eptr;
+	static const char escglob[] = "\\~?*{}[]";
+
+	anyfound = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Fixup page which may contain glob(3) special characters, e.g.
+	 * the famous "No man page for [" FAQ.
+	 */
+	if ((escpage = malloc((2 * strlen(page)) + 1)) == NULL) {
+		warn("malloc");
+		(void)cleanup();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	p = page;
+	eptr = escpage;
+
+	while (*p) {
+		if (strchr(escglob, *p) != NULL) {
+			*eptr++ = '\\';
+			*eptr++ = *p++;
+		} else
+			*eptr++ = *p++;
+	}
+
+	*eptr = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * If 'page' is given with an absolute path,
+	 * or a relative path explicitly beginning with "./"
+	 * or "../", then interpret it as a file specification.
+	 */
+	if ((page[0] == '/')
+	    || (page[0] == '.' && page[1] == '/')
+	    || (page[0] == '.' && page[1] == '.' && page[2] == '/')
+	    ) {
+		/* check if file actually exists */
+		(void)strlcpy(buf, escpage, sizeof(buf));
+		error = glob(buf, GLOB_APPEND | GLOB_BRACE | GLOB_NOSORT, NULL, pg);
+		if (error != 0) {
+			if (error == GLOB_NOMATCH) {
+				goto notfound;
+			} else {
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "glob failed");
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (pg->gl_matchc == 0)
+			goto notfound;
+
+		/* literal file only yields one match */
+		cnt = pg->gl_pathc - pg->gl_matchc;
+ 
+		if (manual_find_literalfile(mp, &pg->gl_pathv[cnt])) {
+			anyfound = 1;
+		} else {
+			/* It's not a man page, forget about it. */
+			*pg->gl_pathv[cnt] = '\0';
+		}
+
+  notfound:
+		if (!anyfound) {
+			if (addentry(mp->missinglist, page, 0) < 0) {
+				warn("malloc");
+				(void)cleanup();
+				exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+			}
+		}
+		free(escpage);
+		return anyfound;
+	}
+
+	/* For each man directory in mymanpath ... */
+	TAILQ_FOREACH(mdir, &mp->mymanpath->entrylist, q) {
+
+		/* 
+		 * use glob(3) to look in the filesystem for matching files.
+		 * match any suffix here, as we will check that later.
+		 */
+		(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s.*", mdir->s, escpage);
+		if ((error = glob(buf,
+		    GLOB_APPEND | GLOB_BRACE | GLOB_NOSORT, NULL, pg)) != 0) {
+			if (error == GLOB_NOMATCH)
+				continue;
+			else {
+				warn("globbing");
+				(void)cleanup();
+				exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+			}
+		}
+		if (pg->gl_matchc == 0)
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * start going through the matches glob(3) just found and 
+		 * use m.pathsearch (if present) to filter out pages we 
+		 * don't want.  then verify the suffix is valid, and build
+		 * the page if we have a _build suffix.
+		 */
+		for (cnt = pg->gl_pathc - pg->gl_matchc;
+		    cnt < pg->gl_pathc; ++cnt) {
+
+			/* filter on directory path name */
+			if (mp->pathsearch) {
+				p = strstr(pg->gl_pathv[cnt], mp->pathsearch);
+				if (!p || strchr(p, '/') == NULL) {
+					*pg->gl_pathv[cnt] = '\0'; /* zap! */
+					continue;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Try the _suffix keywords first.
+			 *
+			 * XXX
+			 * Older versions of man.conf didn't have the _suffix
+			 * keywords, it was assumed that everything was a .0.
+			 * We just test for .0 first, it's fast and probably
+			 * going to hit.
+			 */
+			(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "*/%s.0", escpage);
+			if (!fnmatch(buf, pg->gl_pathv[cnt], 0))
+				goto next;
+
+			found = 0;
+			TAILQ_FOREACH(suffix, &mp->suffixlist->entrylist, q) {
+				(void)snprintf(buf,
+				     sizeof(buf), "*/%s%s", escpage,
+				     suffix->s);
+				if (!fnmatch(buf, pg->gl_pathv[cnt], 0)) {
+					found = 1;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (found)
+				goto next;
+
+			/* Try the _build keywords next. */
+			found = manual_find_buildkeyword("*/", escpage,
+				mp, &pg->gl_pathv[cnt]);
+			if (found) {
+next:				anyfound = 1;
+				if (!mp->all) {
+					/* Delete any other matches. */
+					while (++cnt< pg->gl_pathc)
+						*pg->gl_pathv[cnt] = '\0';
+					break;
+				}
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/* It's not a man page, forget about it. */
+			*pg->gl_pathv[cnt] = '\0';
+		}
+
+		if (anyfound && !mp->all)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* If not found, enter onto the missing list. */
+	if (!anyfound) {
+		if (addentry(mp->missinglist, page, 0) < 0) {
+			warn("malloc");
+			(void)cleanup();
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+	}
+
+	free(escpage);
+	return anyfound;
+}
+
+/*
+ * A do-nothing counterpart to fmtcheck(3) that only supplies the
+ * __format_arg marker.  Actual fmtcheck(3) call is done once in
+ * config().
+ */
+__always_inline __format_arg(2)
+static inline const char *
+fmtcheck_ok(const char *userfmt, const char *template)
+{
+	return userfmt;
+}
+
+/* 
+ * build_page --
+ *	Build a man page for display.
+ */
+static void
+build_page(const char *fmt, char **pathp, struct manstate *mp)
+{
+	static int warned;
+	int olddir, fd, n;
+	size_t tmpdirlen;
+	char *p, *b;
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN], cmd[MAXPATHLEN], tpath[MAXPATHLEN];
+	const char *tmpdir;
+
+	/* Let the user know this may take awhile. */
+	if (!warned) {
+		warned = 1;
+		warnx("Formatting manual page...");
+	}
+
+       /*
+        * Historically man chdir'd to the root of the man tree. 
+        * This was used in man pages that contained relative ".so"
+        * directives (including other man pages for command aliases etc.)
+        * It even went one step farther, by examining the first line
+        * of the man page and parsing the .so filename so it would
+        * make hard(?) links to the cat'ted man pages for space savings.
+        * (We don't do that here, but we could).
+        */
+ 
+       /* copy and find the end */
+       for (b = buf, p = *pathp; (*b++ = *p++) != '\0';)
+               continue;
+ 
+	/* 
+	 * skip the last two path components, page name and man[n] ...
+	 * (e.g. buf will be "/usr/share/man" and p will be "man1/man.1")
+	 * we also save a pointer to our current directory so that we
+	 * can fchdir() back to it.  this allows relative MANDIR paths
+	 * to work with multiple man pages... e.g. consider:
+	 *   	cd /usr/share && man -M ./man cat ls
+	 * when no "cat1" subdir files are present.
+	 */
+	olddir = -1;
+	for (--b, --p, n = 2; b != buf; b--, p--)
+		if (*b == '/')
+			if (--n == 0) {
+				*b = '\0';
+				olddir = open(".", O_RDONLY);
+				(void) chdir(buf);
+				p++;
+				break;
+			}
+
+
+	/* advance fmt past the suffix spec to the printf format string */
+	for (; *fmt && isspace((unsigned char)*fmt); ++fmt)
+		continue;
+
+	/*
+	 * Get a temporary file and build a version of the file
+	 * to display.  Replace the old file name with the new one.
+	 */
+	if ((tmpdir = getenv("TMPDIR")) == NULL)
+		tmpdir = _PATH_TMP;
+	tmpdirlen = strlen(tmpdir);
+	(void)snprintf(tpath, sizeof (tpath), "%s%s%s", tmpdir, 
+	    (tmpdirlen > 0 && tmpdir[tmpdirlen-1] == '/') ? "" : "/", TMPFILE);
+	if ((fd = mkstemp(tpath)) == -1) {
+		warn("%s", tpath);
+		(void)cleanup();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+	(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s > %s", fmt, tpath);
+	(void)snprintf(cmd, sizeof(cmd), fmtcheck_ok(buf, "%s"), p);
+	(void)system(cmd);
+	(void)close(fd);
+	if ((*pathp = strdup(tpath)) == NULL) {
+		warn("malloc");
+		(void)cleanup();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/* Link the built file into the remove-when-done list. */
+	if (addentry(mp->intmp, *pathp, 0) < 0) {
+		warn("malloc");
+		(void)cleanup();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/* restore old directory so relative manpaths still work */
+	if (olddir != -1) {
+		fchdir(olddir);
+		close(olddir);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * how --
+ *	display how information
+ */
+static void
+how(const char *fname)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+
+	int lcnt, print;
+	char buf[256];
+	const char *p;
+
+	if (!(fp = fopen(fname, "r"))) {
+		warn("%s", fname);
+		(void)cleanup();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+#define	S1	"SYNOPSIS"
+#define	S2	"S\bSY\bYN\bNO\bOP\bPS\bSI\bIS\bS"
+#define	D1	"DESCRIPTION"
+#define	D2	"D\bDE\bES\bSC\bCR\bRI\bIP\bPT\bTI\bIO\bON\bN"
+	for (lcnt = print = 0; fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp);) {
+		if (!strncmp(buf, S1, sizeof(S1) - 1) ||
+		    !strncmp(buf, S2, sizeof(S2) - 1)) {
+			print = 1;
+			continue;
+		} else if (!strncmp(buf, D1, sizeof(D1) - 1) ||
+		    !strncmp(buf, D2, sizeof(D2) - 1)) {
+			if (fp)
+				(void)fclose(fp);
+			return;
+		}
+		if (!print)
+			continue;
+		if (*buf == '\n')
+			++lcnt;
+		else {
+			for(; lcnt; --lcnt)
+				(void)putchar('\n');
+			for (p = buf; isspace((unsigned char)*p); ++p)
+				continue;
+			(void)fputs(p, stdout);
+		}
+	}
+	(void)fclose(fp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * cat --
+ *	cat out the file
+ */
+static void
+cat(const char *fname)
+{
+	int fd;
+	ssize_t n;
+	char buf[2048];
+
+	if ((fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+		warn("%s", fname);
+		(void)cleanup();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+	while ((n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)
+		if (write(STDOUT_FILENO, buf, (size_t)n) != n) {
+			warn("write");
+			(void)cleanup();
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+	if (n == -1) {
+		warn("read");
+		(void)cleanup();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+	(void)close(fd);
+}
+
+/*
+ * check_pager --
+ *	check the user supplied page information
+ */
+static const char *
+check_pager(const char *name)
+{
+	const char *p;
+
+	/*
+	 * if the user uses "more", we make it "more -s"; watch out for
+	 * PAGER = "mypager /usr/ucb/more"
+	 */
+	for (p = name; *p && !isspace((unsigned char)*p); ++p)
+		continue;
+	for (; p > name && *p != '/'; --p);
+	if (p != name)
+		++p;
+
+	/* make sure it's "more", not "morex" */
+	if (!strncmp(p, "more", 4) && (!p[4] || isspace((unsigned char)p[4]))){
+		char *newname;
+		(void)asprintf(&newname, "%s %s", p, "-s");
+		name = newname;
+	}
+
+	return name;
+}
+
+/*
+ * jump --
+ *	strip out flag argument and jump
+ */
+static void
+jump(char **argv, const char *flag, const char *name)
+{
+	char **arg;
+
+	argv[0] = __UNCONST(name);
+	for (arg = argv + 1; *arg; ++arg)
+		if (!strcmp(*arg, flag))
+			break;
+	for (; *arg; ++arg)
+		arg[0] = arg[1];
+	execvp(name, argv);
+	err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot execute `%s'", name);
+}
+
+/* 
+ * onsig --
+ *	If signaled, delete the temporary files.
+ */
+static void
+onsig(int signo)
+{
+
+	(void)cleanup();
+
+	(void)raise_default_signal(signo);
+
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * cleanup --
+ *	Clean up temporary files, show any error messages.
+ */
+static int
+cleanup(void)
+{
+	TAG *intmpp, *missp;
+	ENTRY *ep;
+	int rval;
+
+	rval = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+	/* 
+	 * note that _missing and _intmp were created by main(), so
+	 * gettag() cannot return NULL here.
+	 */
+	missp = gettag("_missing", 0);	/* missing man pages */
+	intmpp = gettag("_intmp", 0);	/* tmp files we need to unlink */
+
+	TAILQ_FOREACH(ep, &missp->entrylist, q) {
+		warnx("no entry for %s in the manual.", ep->s);
+		rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+	}
+
+	TAILQ_FOREACH(ep, &intmpp->entrylist, q)
+		(void)unlink(ep->s);
+
+	return rval;
+}
+
+static const char *
+getclass(const char *machine)
+{
+	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+	TAG *t;
+	snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "_%s", machine);
+	t = gettag(buf, 0);
+	return t != NULL && !TAILQ_EMPTY(&t->entrylist) ?
+	    TAILQ_FIRST(&t->entrylist)->s : NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+addpath(struct manstate *m, const char *dir, size_t len, const char *sub)
+{
+	char buf[2 * MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+	(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s%s%s{/%s,%s%s%s}",
+	     dir, (dir[len - 1] == '/') ? "" : "/", sub, m->machine,
+	     m->machclass ? "/" : "", m->machclass ? m->machclass : "",
+	     m->machclass ? "," : "");
+	if (addentry(m->mymanpath, buf, 0) < 0)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc failed");
+}
+
+/*
+ * usage --
+ *	print usage message and die
+ */
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-acw|-h] [-C cfg] [-M path] "
+	    "[-m path] [-S srch] [[-s] sect] name ...\n", getprogname());
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-C file] -f command ...\n", getprogname());
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, 
+	    "Usage: %s [-C file] -k keyword ...\n", 
+	    getprogname());
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s -p\n", getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * printmanpath --
+ *	Prints a list of directories containing man pages.
+ */
+static void
+printmanpath(struct manstate *m)
+{
+	ENTRY *epath;
+	char **ap;
+	glob_t pg;
+	struct stat sb;
+	TAG *path = m->mymanpath;
+	
+	/* the tail queue is empty if no _default tag is defined in * man.conf */
+	if (TAILQ_EMPTY(&path->entrylist))
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Empty manpath");
+		
+	TAILQ_FOREACH(epath, &path->entrylist, q) {
+		if (glob(epath->s, GLOB_BRACE | GLOB_NOSORT, NULL, &pg) != 0)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "glob failed");
+
+		if (pg.gl_matchc == 0) {
+			globfree(&pg);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		for (ap = pg.gl_pathv; *ap != NULL; ++ap) {
+			/* Skip cat page directories */
+			if (strstr(*ap, "/cat") != NULL)
+				continue;
+			/* Skip non-directories. */
+			if (stat(*ap, &sb) == 0 && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode))
+				printf("%s\n", *ap);
+		}
+		globfree(&pg);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/man/man.conf.5 b/usr.bin/man/man.conf.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b89c74b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/man/man.conf.5
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: man.conf.5,v 1.27 2016/06/16 15:11:43 abhinav Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)man.conf.5	8.5 (Berkeley) 1/2/94
+.\"
+.Dd June 16, 2016
+.Dt MAN.CONF 5
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm man.conf
+.Nd configuration file for manual pages
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+file contains the default configuration used by
+.Xr man 1 ,
+.Xr apropos 1 ,
+.Xr whatis 1 ,
+.Xr catman 8 ,
+and
+.Xr makemandb 8
+to find manual pages and information about manual pages (e.g. the
+whatis database).
+.Pp
+Manual pages are located by searching an ordered set of directories
+called the
+.Dq man path
+for a file that matches the name of the requested page.
+Each directory in the search path usually has a set of subdirectories
+in it (though this is not required).
+When subdirectories are used, there are normally two subdirectories
+for each section of the manual.
+One subdirectory contains formatted copies of that section's manual
+pages that can be directly displayed to a terminal, while the other
+section subdirectory contains unformatted copies of the pages (see
+.Xr nroff 1
+and
+.Xr mdoc 7 ) .
+Formatted manual pages are normally named with a trailing
+.Dq \.0
+suffix.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+file contains comment and configuration lines.
+Comment lines start with the
+.Dq #
+character.
+Blank lines are also treated as comment lines.
+Configuration lines consist of a configuration keyword followed by a
+configuration string.
+There are two types of configuration keywords: control keywords and
+section keywords.
+Control keywords must start with the
+.Dq _
+character.
+The following control keywords are currently defined:
+.Bl -tag -width XXmachineX
+.It _build
+Identifies the set of suffixes used for manual pages that must be
+formatted for display and the command that should be used to format
+them.
+Manual file names, regardless of their format, are expected to end in a
+.Dq \.*
+pattern, i.e. a
+.Dq \&\.
+followed by some suffix.
+The first field of a _build line contains a man page suffix specification.
+The suffix specification may contain the normal shell globbing characters
+(NOT including curly braces
+.Pq Dq {} ) .
+The rest of the _build line is a shell command line whose standard
+output is a formatted manual page that can be directly displayed to
+the user.
+There should be exactly one occurrence of the string
+.Dq %s
+in the shell command line, and it will
+be replaced by the name of the file which is being formatted.
+.It _crunch
+Used by
+.Xr catman 8
+to determine how to crunch formatted pages
+which originally were compressed man pages: The first field lists a suffix
+which indicates what kind of compression were used to compress the man page.
+The rest of the line must be a shell command line, used to compress the
+formatted pages.
+There should be exactly one occurrence of the string
+.Dq %s
+in the shell command line, and it will
+be replaced by the name of the output file.
+.It _default
+Contains the system-wide default man path used to search for man pages.
+.It _mandb
+Defines the full pathname (not just a directory path) for a database to
+be used
+by the
+.Xr apropos 1
+and
+.Xr whatis 1
+commands.
+The pathname may contain the normal shell globbing characters,
+including curly braces
+.Pq Dq {} ;
+to escape a shell globbing character,
+precede it with a backslash
+.Pq Dq \e .
+.It _subdir
+Contains the list (in search order) of section subdirectories which will
+be searched in any man path directory named with a trailing slash
+.Pq Dq /
+character.
+This list is also used, even if there is no trailing slash character,
+when a path is specified to the
+.Xr man 1
+utility by the user, by the
+.Ev MANPATH
+environment variable, or by the
+.Fl M
+and
+.Fl m
+options.
+.It _suffix
+identifies the set of suffixes used for formatted man pages
+(the
+.Dq \.0
+suffix is normally used here).
+Formatted man pages can be directly displayed to the user.
+Each suffix may contain the normal shell globbing characters (NOT
+including curly braces
+.Pq Dq {} ) .
+.It _version
+Contains the version of the configuration file.
+.It _ Ns Aq machine
+Defines additional paths to be searched for the particular
+.Dv machine
+whose literal value is taken from
+.Xr uname 1
+.Fl m .
+For example on an
+.Dv amd64 ,
+.Dv _amd64
+is used.
+.El
+.Pp
+Section configuration lines in
+.Nm
+consist of a section keyword naming the section and a configuration
+string that defines the directory or subdirectory path that the section's
+manual pages are located in.
+The path may contain the normal shell globbing characters,
+including curly braces
+.Pq Dq {} ;
+to escape a shell globbing character,
+precede it with a backslash
+.Pq Dq \e .
+Section keywords must not start with the
+.Dq _
+character.
+.Pp
+A section path may contain either a list of absolute directories or
+a list of or relative directories (but not both).
+Relative directory paths are treated as a list of subdirectories that
+are appended to the current man path directory being searched.
+Section configuration lines with absolute directory paths (starting with
+.Dq / )
+completely replace the current man search path directory with their
+content.
+.Pp
+Section configuration lines with absolute directory paths ending
+with a trailing slash character are expected to contain subdirectories
+of manual pages, (see the keyword
+.Dq _subdir
+above).
+The
+.Dq _subdir
+subdirectory list is not applied to absolute section directories
+if there is no trailing slash.
+.Pp
+In addition to the above rules, the
+.Xr man 1
+command also always checks in each directory that it searches for
+a subdirectory with the same name as the current machine type.
+If the machine-specific directory is found, it is also searched.
+This allows the manual to contain machine-specific man pages.
+Note that the machine subdirectory does not need to be specified
+in the
+.Nm
+file.
+.Pp
+Multiple specifications for all types of
+.Nm
+configuration lines are
+cumulative and the entries are used in the order listed in the file;
+multiple entries may be listed per line, as well.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/man.conf -compact
+.It Pa /etc/man.conf
+Standard manual configuration file.
+.El
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Given the following
+.Nm
+file:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+_version	BSD.2
+_subdir		cat[123]
+_suffix		.0
+_build		.[1-9]	nroff -man %s
+_build		.tbl	tbl %s | nroff -man
+_i386		x86
+_default	/usr/share/man/
+sect3		/usr/share/man/{old/,}cat3
+.Ed
+.Pp
+By default, the command
+.Dq Li man mktemp
+will search for
+.Dq mktemp. Ns Aq any_digit
+and
+.Dq mktemp.tbl
+in the directories
+.Dq Pa /usr/share/man/cat1 ,
+.Dq Pa /usr/share/man/cat2 ,
+and
+.Dq Pa /usr/share/man/cat3 .
+If on a machine of type
+.Dq vax ,
+the subdirectory
+.Dq vax
+in each
+directory would be searched as well, before the directory was
+searched.
+.Pp
+If
+.Dq mktemp.tbl
+was found first, the command
+.Dq Li tbl Ao manual page Ac | nroff -man
+would be run to build a man page for display to the user.
+.Pp
+The command
+.Dq Li man sect3 mktemp
+would search the directories
+.Dq Pa /usr/share/man/old/cat3
+and
+.Dq Pa /usr/share/man/cat3 ,
+in that order, for
+the mktemp manual page.
+If a subdirectory with the same name as the current machine type
+existed in any of them, it would be searched as well, before each
+of them were searched.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr apropos 1 ,
+.Xr machine 1 ,
+.Xr man 1 ,
+.Xr whatis 1 ,
+.Xr whereis 1 ,
+.Xr fnmatch 3 ,
+.Xr glob 3 ,
+.Xr catman 8 ,
+.Xr makemandb 8
diff --git a/usr.bin/man/manconf.c b/usr.bin/man/manconf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f12d031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/man/manconf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: manconf.c,v 1.8 2014/02/17 02:53:48 uwe Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1995
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * manconf.c: provides interface for reading man.conf files
+ *
+ * note that this code is shared across all programs that read man.conf.
+ * (currently: apropos, catman, makewhatis, man, and whatis...)
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)config.c	8.8 (Berkeley) 1/31/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: manconf.c,v 1.8 2014/02/17 02:53:48 uwe Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "manconf.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+TAILQ_HEAD(_head, _tag);
+static struct _head head;	/* 'head' -- top level data structure */
+
+/*
+ * xstrdup: like strdup, but also returns length of string in lenp
+ */
+static char *
+xstrdup(const char *str, size_t *lenp)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	char *copy;
+
+	len = strlen(str) + 1;
+	copy = malloc(len);
+	if (!copy)
+		return NULL;
+	(void)memcpy(copy, str, len);
+	if (lenp)
+		*lenp = len - 1;	/* subtract out the null */
+	return copy;
+}
+
+/*
+ * config --
+ *
+ * Read the configuration file and build a doubly linked
+ * list off of "head" that looks like:
+ *
+ *	tag1 <-> entry <-> entry <-> entry
+ *	|
+ *	tag2 <-> entry <-> entry <-> entry
+ *
+ * note: will err/errx out on error (fopen or malloc failure)
+ */
+void
+config(const char *fname)
+{
+	TAG *tp;
+	FILE *cfp;
+	size_t len;
+	int lcnt;
+	char *p, *t, type;
+
+	if (fname == NULL)
+		fname = _PATH_MANCONF;
+	if ((cfp = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", fname);
+	TAILQ_INIT(&head);
+	for (lcnt = 1; (p = fgetln(cfp, &len)) != NULL; ++lcnt) {
+		if (len == 1)			/* Skip empty lines. */
+			continue;
+		if (p[len - 1] != '\n') {	/* Skip corrupted lines. */
+			warnx("%s: line %d corrupted", fname, lcnt);
+			continue;
+		}
+		p[len - 1] = '\0';		/* Terminate the line. */
+
+						/* Skip leading space. */
+		for (/*EMPTY*/; *p != '\0' && isspace((unsigned char)*p); ++p)
+			continue;
+						/* Skip empty/comment lines. */
+		if (*p == '\0' || *p == '#')
+			continue;
+						/* Find first token. */
+		for (t = p; *t && !isspace((unsigned char)*t); ++t)
+			continue;
+		if (*t == '\0')			/* Need more than one token.*/
+			continue;
+		*t = '\0';
+
+		tp = gettag(p, 1);
+		if (!tp)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "gettag: malloc failed");
+
+		/*
+		 * Attach new records. Check to see if it is a
+		 * section record or not.
+		 */
+
+		if (*p == '_') {		/* not a section record */
+			/*
+			 * Special cases: _build and _crunch take the
+			 * rest of the line as a single entry.
+			 */
+			if (!strcmp(p, "_build") || !strcmp(p, "_crunch")) {
+				const char *u;
+
+				/*
+				 * The reason we're not just using
+				 * strtok(3) for all of the parsing is
+				 * so we don't get caught if a line
+				 * has only a single token on it.
+				 */
+				while (*++t && isspace((unsigned char)*t));
+#ifndef HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+				/* pre-verify user-supplied command format */
+				u = t;
+				while (*u && !isspace((unsigned char)*u))
+					++u;
+				while (*u && isspace((unsigned char)*u))
+					++u;
+				if (fmtcheck(u, "%s") != u) {
+					warnx("%s:%d: invalid %s command ignored",
+					      fname, lcnt, p);
+					continue;
+				}
+#endif	/* !HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H */
+				if (addentry(tp, t, 0) == -1)
+					errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+					    "addentry: malloc failed");
+			} else {
+				for (++t; (p = strtok(t, " \t\n")) != NULL;
+				     t = NULL) {
+					if (addentry(tp, p, 0) == -1)
+						errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+						   "addentry: malloc failed");
+				}
+			}
+
+		} else {			/* section record */
+
+			/*
+			 * section entries can either be all absolute
+			 * paths or all relative paths, but not both.
+			 */
+			type = (char)((TAILQ_FIRST(&tp->entrylist) != NULL) ?
+			    *(TAILQ_FIRST(&tp->entrylist)->s) : '\0');
+
+			for (++t; (p = strtok(t, " \t\n")) != NULL; t = NULL) {
+
+				/* ensure an assigned type */
+				if (type == 0)
+					type = *p;
+
+				/* check for illegal mix */
+				if (*p != type) {
+	warnx("section %s: %s: invalid entry, does not match previous types",
+	      tp->s, p);
+	warnx("man.conf cannot mix absolute and relative paths in an entry");
+					continue;
+				}
+				if (addentry(tp, p, 0) == -1)
+					errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+					    "addentry: malloc failed");
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	(void)fclose(cfp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * gettag --
+ *	if (!create) return tag for given name if it exists, or NULL otherwise
+ *
+ *	if (create) return tag for given name if it exists, try and create
+ *	a new tag if it does not exist.  return NULL if unable to create new
+ *	tag.
+ */
+TAG *
+gettag(const char *name, int create)
+{
+	TAG *tp;
+
+	TAILQ_FOREACH(tp, &head, q)
+		if (!strcmp(name, tp->s))
+			return tp;
+	if (!create)
+		return NULL;
+
+	/* try and add it in */
+	tp = malloc(sizeof(*tp));
+	if (tp)
+		tp->s = xstrdup(name, &tp->len);
+	if (!tp || !tp->s) {
+		if (tp)
+			free(tp);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	TAILQ_INIT(&tp->entrylist);
+	TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&head, tp, q);
+	return tp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * addentry --
+ *	add an entry to a list.
+ *	returns -1 if malloc failed, otherwise 0.
+ */
+int
+addentry(TAG *tp, const char *newent, int ishead)
+{
+	ENTRY *ep;
+
+	ep = malloc(sizeof(*ep));
+	if (ep)
+		ep->s = xstrdup(newent, &ep->len);
+	if (!ep || !ep->s) {
+		if (ep)
+			free(ep);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (ishead)
+		TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&tp->entrylist, ep, q);
+	else
+		TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&tp->entrylist, ep, q);
+
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/man/manconf.h b/usr.bin/man/manconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab87728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/man/manconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: manconf.h,v 1.3 2006/04/10 14:39:06 chuck Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)config.h	8.4 (Berkeley) 12/18/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * manconf.h: common data structures and APIs shared across all programs 
+ * that access man.conf (currently: apropos, catman, makewhatis, man, and
+ * whatis).
+ */
+
+/* TAG: top-level structure (one per section/reserved word) */
+typedef struct _tag {
+	TAILQ_ENTRY(_tag) q;			/* Queue of tags */
+
+	TAILQ_HEAD(tqh, _entry) entrylist;	/* Queue of entries */
+	char *s;				/* Associated string */
+	size_t len;				/* Length of 's' */
+} TAG;
+
+/* ENTRY: each TAG has one or more ENTRY strings linked off of it */
+typedef struct _entry {
+	TAILQ_ENTRY(_entry) q;			/* Queue of entries */
+
+	char *s;				/* Associated string */
+	size_t len;				/* Length of 's' */
+} ENTRY;
+
+int	 addentry(TAG *, const char *, int);
+void	 config(const char *);
+TAG	*gettag(const char *, int);
diff --git a/usr.bin/man/pathnames.h b/usr.bin/man/pathnames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15aa211
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/man/pathnames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.7 2016/05/21 20:54:34 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)pathnames.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 1/2/94
+ */
+
+#include <paths.h>
+
+#define	_PATH_MANCONF	"/etc/man.conf"
+#define	_PATH_PAGER	"/usr/bin/more -s"
+#define	_PATH_WHATIS	"whatis.db"
+#define	TMPFILE		"man.XXXXXX"
diff --git a/usr.bin/mesg/mesg.1 b/usr.bin/mesg/mesg.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5d9100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/mesg/mesg.1
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: mesg.1,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)mesg.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 1993
+.Dt MESG 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mesg
+.Nd display (do not display) messages from other users
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Cm n | Cm y
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility is invoked by a user to control write access others
+have to the terminal device associated with the standard error
+output.
+Write access is allowed by default, and programs such as
+.Xr talk 1
+and
+.Xr write 1
+may display messages on the terminal.
+.Pp
+Options available:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Cm n
+Disallows messages.
+.It Cm y
+Permits messages to be displayed.
+.El
+.Pp
+If no arguments are given,
+.Nm
+displays the present message status to the standard error output.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact -offset indent
+.It Li "\ 0"
+Messages are allowed.
+.It Li "\ 1"
+Messages are not allowed.
+.It Li ">1"
+An error has occurred.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /dev/[pt]ty[pq]? -compact
+.It Pa /dev/[pt]ty[pq]?
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr biff 1 ,
+.Xr talk 1 ,
+.Xr write 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/mesg/mesg.c b/usr.bin/mesg/mesg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc54a75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/mesg/mesg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: mesg.c,v 1.8 2008/07/21 14:19:24 lukem Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed
+ * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph
+ * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with
+ * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1987, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mesg.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/21/94";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: mesg.c,v 1.8 2008/07/21 14:19:24 lukem Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	char *tty;
+	int ch;
+
+	setprogname(*argv);
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			goto usage;
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if ((tty = ttyname(STDIN_FILENO)) == NULL &&
+	    (tty = ttyname(STDOUT_FILENO)) == NULL &&
+	    (tty = ttyname(STDERR_FILENO)) == NULL)
+		err(2, "ttyname");
+	if (stat(tty, &sb) == -1)
+		err(2, "%s", tty);
+
+	if (*argv == NULL) {
+		if (sb.st_mode & S_IWGRP) {
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, "is y\n");
+			return 0;
+		}
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "is n\n");
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	switch (*argv[0]) {
+	case 'y':
+		if (chmod(tty, sb.st_mode | S_IWGRP) == -1)
+			err(2, "%s", tty);
+		return 0;
+	case 'n':
+		if (chmod(tty, sb.st_mode & ~S_IWGRP) == -1)
+			err(2, "%s", tty);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+usage:	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [y | n]\n", getprogname());
+	return 2;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/mkfifo/mkfifo.1 b/usr.bin/mkfifo/mkfifo.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a178dc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/mkfifo/mkfifo.1
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: mkfifo.1,v 1.13 2017/07/04 07:03:32 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)mkfifo.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/5/94
+.\"
+.Dd January 5, 1994
+.Dt MKFIFO 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mkfifo
+.Nd make fifos
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl m Ar mode
+.Ar fifo_name  ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+creates the fifos requested, in the order specified,
+using mode
+.Li \&0666
+modified by the current
+.Xr umask 2 .
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl m
+Set the file permission bits of newly-created fifos to
+.Ar mode .
+The mode is specified as in
+.Xr chmod 1 .
+In symbolic mode strings, the
+.Dq +
+and
+.Dq -
+operators are interpreted relative to an assumed initial mode of
+.Dq a=rw
+.El
+.Pp
+.Nm
+requires write permission in the parent directory.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mkdir 1 ,
+.Xr rm 1 ,
+.Xr mkfifo 2 ,
+.Xr mknod 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2-92
+compliant.
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/mkfifo/mkfifo.c b/usr.bin/mkfifo/mkfifo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d49ec5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/mkfifo/mkfifo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: mkfifo.c,v 1.13 2011/09/04 20:30:34 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1990, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mkfifo.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/5/94";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: mkfifo.c,v 1.13 2011/09/04 20:30:34 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, exitval;
+	void *set;
+	mode_t mode;
+
+	setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+	/* The default mode is the value of the bitwise inclusive or of
+	   S_IRUSR, S_IWUSR, S_IRGRP, S_IWGRP, S_IROTH, and S_IWOTH
+	   modified by the file creation mask */
+	mode = 0666 & ~umask(0);
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "m:")) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'm':
+			if (!(set = setmode(optarg))) {
+				err(1, "Cannot set file mode `%s'", optarg);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+			}
+			/* In symbolic mode strings, the + and - operators are
+			   interpreted relative to an assumed initial mode of
+			   a=rw. */
+			mode = getmode(set, 0666);
+			free(set);
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+	if (argv[0] == NULL)
+		usage();
+
+	for (exitval = 0; *argv; ++argv) {
+		if (mkfifo(*argv, mode) < 0) {
+			warn("%s", *argv);
+			exitval = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	exit(exitval);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: mkfifo [-m mode] fifoname ...\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/mkstr/mkstr.1 b/usr.bin/mkstr/mkstr.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fd812d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/mkstr/mkstr.1
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: mkstr.1,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)mkstr.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 1993
+.Dt MKSTR 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mkstr
+.Nd create an error message file by massaging C source
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl
+.Ar messagefile
+.Ar prefix file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+creates files containing error messages extracted from C source,
+and restructures the same C source, to use the created error message
+file.
+The intent of
+.Nm
+was to reduce the size of large programs and
+reduce swapping (see
+.Sx BUGS
+section below).
+.Pp
+.Nm
+processes each of the specified
+.Ar files ,
+placing a restructured version of the input in a file whose name
+consists of the specified
+.Ar prefix
+and the original name.
+A typical usage of
+.Nm
+is
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+mkstr pistrings xx *.c
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This command causes all the error messages from the C source
+files in the current directory to be placed in the file
+.Ar pistrings
+and restructured copies of the sources to be placed in
+files whose names are prefixed with
+.Ar \&xx .
+.Pp
+Options:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl
+Error messages are placed at the end of the specified
+message file for recompiling part of a large
+.Nm
+ed
+program.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Nm
+finds error messages in the source by
+searching for the string
+.Li \&`error("'
+in the input stream.
+Each time it occurs, the C string starting at the
+.Sq \&"\&
+is stored
+in the message file followed by a null character and a new-line character;
+The new source is restructured with
+.Xr lseek 2
+pointers into the error message file for retrieval.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+char efilname = "/usr/lib/pi_strings";
+int efil = -1;
+
+error(a1, a2, a3, a4)
+\&{
+	char buf[256];
+
+	if (efil < 0) {
+		efil = open(efilname, 0);
+		if (efil < 0) {
+oops:
+			perror(efilname);
+			exit 1 ;
+		}
+	}
+	if (lseek(efil, a1, 0) < 0 || read(efil, buf, 256) \*[Le] 0)
+		goto oops;
+	printf(buf, a2, a3, a4);
+}
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr xstr 1 ,
+.Xr lseek 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm
+appeared in
+.Bx 1 .
+.Sh BUGS
+.Nm
+was intended for the limited architecture of the PDP-11 family.
+Very few programs actually use it.
+It is not an efficient method, the error messages
+should be stored in the program text.
diff --git a/usr.bin/mkstr/mkstr.c b/usr.bin/mkstr/mkstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bfe6ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/mkstr/mkstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: mkstr.c,v 1.17 2016/09/05 00:40:29 sevan Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1980, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mkstr.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: mkstr.c,v 1.17 2016/09/05 00:40:29 sevan Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define	ungetchar(c)	ungetc(c, stdin)
+
+/*
+ * mkstr - create a string error message file by massaging C source
+ *
+ * Bill Joy UCB August 1977
+ *
+ * Modified March 1978 to hash old messages to be able to recompile
+ * without addding messages to the message file (usually)
+ *
+ * Based on an earlier program conceived by Bill Joy and Chuck Haley
+ *
+ * Program to create a string error message file
+ * from a group of C programs.  Arguments are the name
+ * of the file where the strings are to be placed, the
+ * prefix of the new files where the processed source text
+ * is to be placed, and the files to be processed.
+ *
+ * The program looks for 'error("' in the source stream.
+ * Whenever it finds this, the following characters from the '"'
+ * to a '"' are replaced by 'seekpt' where seekpt is a
+ * pointer into the error message file.
+ * If the '(' is not immediately followed by a '"' no change occurs.
+ *
+ * The optional '-' causes strings to be added at the end of the
+ * existing error message file for recompilation of single routines.
+ */
+
+
+FILE	*mesgread, *mesgwrite;
+char	*progname;
+const char	usagestr[] =	"usage: %s [ - ] mesgfile prefix file ...\n";
+char	name[100], *np;
+
+void process(void);
+int match(const char *);
+int octdigit(char);
+void inithash(void);
+long hashit(const char *, char, long);
+void copystr(void);
+int fgetNUL(char *, int, FILE *);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char addon = 0;
+
+	argc--, progname = *argv++;
+	if (argc > 1 && argv[0][0] == '-')
+		addon++, argc--, argv++;
+	if (argc < 3)
+		fprintf(stderr, usagestr, progname), exit(1);
+	mesgwrite = fopen(argv[0], addon ? "a" : "w");
+	if (mesgwrite == NULL)
+		perror(argv[0]), exit(1);
+	mesgread = fopen(argv[0], "r");
+	if (mesgread == NULL)
+		perror(argv[0]), exit(1);
+	inithash();
+	argc--, argv++;
+	strlcpy(name, argv[0], sizeof(name));
+	np = name + strlen(name);
+	argc--, argv++;
+	do {
+		strlcpy(np, argv[0], sizeof(name) - (np - name));
+		if (freopen(name, "w", stdout) == NULL)
+			perror(name), exit(1);
+		if (freopen(argv[0], "r", stdin) == NULL)
+			perror(argv[0]), exit(1);
+		process();
+		argc--, argv++;
+	} while (argc > 0);
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+void
+process(void)
+{
+	int c;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		c = getchar();
+		if (c == EOF)
+			return;
+		if (c != 'e') {
+			putchar(c);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (match("error(")) {
+			printf("error(");
+			c = getchar();
+			if (c != '"')
+				putchar(c);
+			else
+				copystr();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+int
+match(const char *ocp)
+{
+	const char *cp;
+	int c;
+
+	for (cp = ocp + 1; *cp; cp++) {
+		c = getchar();
+		if (c != *cp) {
+			while (ocp < cp)
+				putchar(*ocp++);
+			ungetchar(c);
+			return (0);
+		}
+	}
+	return (1);
+}
+
+void
+copystr(void)
+{
+	int c, ch;
+	char buf[512];
+	char *cp = buf;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		c = getchar();
+		if (c == EOF)
+			break;
+		switch (c) {
+
+		case '"':
+			*cp++ = 0;
+			goto out;
+		case '\\':
+			c = getchar();
+			switch (c) {
+
+			case 'b':
+				c = '\b';
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				c = '\t';
+				break;
+			case 'r':
+				c = '\r';
+				break;
+			case 'n':
+				c = '\n';
+				break;
+			case '\n':
+				continue;
+			case 'f':
+				c = '\f';
+				break;
+			case '0':
+				c = 0;
+				break;
+			case '\\':
+				break;
+			default:
+				if (!octdigit(c))
+					break;
+				c -= '0';
+				ch = getchar();
+				if (!octdigit(ch))
+					break;
+				c <<= 7, c += ch - '0';
+				ch = getchar();
+				if (!octdigit(ch))
+					break;
+				c <<= 3, c+= ch - '0', ch = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		*cp++ = c;
+	}
+out:
+	*cp = 0;
+	printf("%ld", hashit(buf, 1, 0));
+}
+
+int
+octdigit(char c)
+{
+
+	return (c >= '0' && c <= '7');
+}
+
+void
+inithash(void)
+{
+	char buf[512];
+	long mesgpt = 0;
+
+	rewind(mesgread);
+	while (fgetNUL(buf, sizeof buf, mesgread) != 0) {
+		hashit(buf, 0, mesgpt);
+		mesgpt += strlen(buf) + 2;
+	}
+}
+
+#define	NBUCKETS	511
+
+struct	hash {
+	long	hval;
+	long	hpt;
+	struct	hash *hnext;
+} *bucket[NBUCKETS];
+
+long
+hashit(const char *str, char really, long fakept)
+{
+	int i;
+	struct hash *hp;
+	char buf[512];
+	long hashval = 0;
+	const char *cp;
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+	hp = NULL;	/* XXX gcc */
+#endif
+	if (really)
+		fflush(mesgwrite);
+	for (cp = str; *cp;)
+		hashval = (hashval << 1) + *cp++;
+	i = hashval % NBUCKETS;
+	if (i < 0)
+		i += NBUCKETS;
+	if (really != 0)
+		for (hp = bucket[i]; hp != 0; hp = hp->hnext)
+		if (hp->hval == hashval) {
+			fseek(mesgread, hp->hpt, 0);
+			fgetNUL(buf, sizeof buf, mesgread);
+/*
+			fprintf(stderr, "Got (from %ld) %s\n", hp->hpt, buf);
+*/
+			if (strcmp(buf, str) == 0)
+				break;
+		}
+	if (!really || hp == 0) {
+		hp = (struct hash *) calloc(1, sizeof *hp);
+		hp->hnext = bucket[i];
+		hp->hval = hashval;
+		hp->hpt = really ? ftell(mesgwrite) : fakept;
+		if (really) {
+			fwrite(str, sizeof (char), strlen(str) + 1, mesgwrite);
+			fwrite("\n", sizeof (char), 1, mesgwrite);
+		}
+		bucket[i] = hp;
+	}
+/*
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s hashed to %ld at %ld\n", str, hp->hval, hp->hpt);
+*/
+	return (hp->hpt);
+}
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+int
+fgetNUL(char *obuf, int rmdr, FILE *file)
+{
+	int c;
+	char *buf = obuf;
+
+	while (--rmdr > 0 && (c = getc(file)) != 0 && c != EOF)
+		*buf++ = c;
+	*buf++ = 0;
+	getc(file);
+	return ((feof(file) || ferror(file)) ? 0 : 1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/newgrp/grutil.c b/usr.bin/newgrp/grutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee81590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/newgrp/grutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: grutil.c,v 1.4 2014/06/23 06:57:31 shm Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Brian Ginsbach.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: grutil.c,v 1.4 2014/06/23 06:57:31 shm Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+#ifdef LOGIN_CAP
+#include <login_cap.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "grutil.h"
+
+typedef enum {
+	ADDGRP_NOERROR		= 0,	/* must be zero */
+	ADDGRP_EMALLOC		= 1,
+	ADDGRP_EGETGROUPS	= 2,
+	ADDGRP_ESETGROUPS	= 3
+} addgrp_ret_t;
+
+static void
+free_groups(void *groups)
+{
+	int oerrno;
+
+	oerrno = errno;
+	free(groups);
+	errno = oerrno;
+}
+
+static addgrp_ret_t
+alloc_groups(int *ngroups, gid_t **groups, int *ngroupsmax)
+{
+	*ngroupsmax = (int)sysconf(_SC_NGROUPS_MAX);
+	if (*ngroupsmax < 0)
+		*ngroupsmax = NGROUPS_MAX;
+
+	*groups = malloc(*ngroupsmax * sizeof(**groups));
+	if (*groups == NULL)
+		return ADDGRP_EMALLOC;
+
+	*ngroups = getgroups(*ngroupsmax, *groups);
+	if (*ngroups == -1) {
+		free_groups(*groups);
+		return ADDGRP_ESETGROUPS;
+	}
+	return ADDGRP_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static addgrp_ret_t
+addgid(gid_t *groups, int ngroups, int ngroupsmax, gid_t gid, int makespace)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/* search for gid in supplemental group list */
+	for (i = 0; i < ngroups && groups[i] != gid; i++)
+		continue;
+
+	/* add the gid to the supplemental group list */
+	if (i == ngroups) {
+		if (ngroups < ngroupsmax)
+			groups[ngroups++] = gid;
+		else {	/*
+			 * setgroups(2) will fail with errno = EINVAL
+			 * if ngroups > nmaxgroups.  If makespace is
+			 * set, replace the last group with the new
+			 * one.  Otherwise, fail the way setgroups(2)
+			 * would if we passed the larger groups array.
+			 */
+			if (makespace) {
+				/*
+				 * Find a slot that doesn't contain
+				 * the primary group.
+				 */
+				struct passwd *pwd;
+				gid_t pgid;
+				pwd = getpwuid(getuid());
+				if (pwd == NULL)
+					goto error;
+				pgid = pwd->pw_gid;
+				for (i = ngroupsmax - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+					if (groups[i] != pgid)
+						break;
+				if (i < 0)
+					goto error;
+				groups[i] = gid;
+			}
+			else {
+		error:
+				errno = EINVAL;
+				return ADDGRP_ESETGROUPS;
+			}
+		}
+		if (setgroups(ngroups, groups) < 0)
+			return ADDGRP_ESETGROUPS;
+	}
+	return ADDGRP_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static addgrp_ret_t
+addgrp(gid_t newgid, int makespace)
+{
+	int ngroups, ngroupsmax;
+	addgrp_ret_t rval;
+	gid_t *groups;
+	gid_t oldgid;
+
+	oldgid = getgid();
+	if (oldgid == newgid) /* nothing to do */
+		return ADDGRP_NOERROR;
+
+	rval = alloc_groups(&ngroups, &groups, &ngroupsmax);
+	if (rval != ADDGRP_NOERROR)
+		return rval;
+
+	/*
+	 * BSD based systems normally have the egid in the supplemental
+	 * group list.
+	 */
+#if (defined(BSD) && BSD >= 199306)
+	/*
+	 * According to POSIX/XPG6:
+	 * On system where the egid is normally in the supplemental group list
+	 * (or whenever the old egid actually is in the supplemental group
+	 * list):
+	 *	o If the new egid is in the supplemental group list,
+	 *	  just change the egid.
+	 *	o If the new egid is not in the supplemental group list,
+	 *	  add the new egid to the list if there is room.
+	 */
+
+	rval = addgid(groups, ngroups, ngroupsmax, newgid, makespace);
+#else
+	/*
+	 * According to POSIX/XPG6:
+	 * On systems where the egid is not normally in the supplemental group
+	 * list (or whenever the old egid is not in the supplemental group
+	 * list):
+	 *	o If the new egid is in the supplemental group list, delete
+	 *	  it from the list.
+	 *	o If the old egid is not in the supplemental group list,
+	 *	  add the old egid to the list if there is room.
+	 */
+	{
+		int i;
+
+		/* search for new egid in supplemental group list */
+		for (i = 0; i < ngroups && groups[i] != newgid; i++)
+			continue;
+
+		/* remove new egid from supplemental group list */
+		if (i != ngroups)
+			for (--ngroups; i < ngroups; i++)
+				groups[i] = groups[i + 1];
+
+		rval = addgid(groups, ngroups, ngroupsmax, oldgid, makespace);
+	}
+#endif
+	free_groups(groups);
+	return rval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * If newgrp fails, it returns (gid_t)-1 and the errno variable is
+ * set to:
+ *	[EINVAL]	Unknown group.
+ *	[EPERM]		Bad password.
+ */
+static gid_t
+newgrp(const char *gname, struct passwd *pwd, uid_t ruid, const char *prompt)
+{
+	struct group *grp;
+	char **ap;
+	char *p;
+	gid_t *groups;
+	int ngroups, ngroupsmax;
+
+	if (gname == NULL)
+		return pwd->pw_gid;
+
+	grp = getgrnam(gname);
+
+#ifdef GRUTIL_ACCEPT_GROUP_NUMBERS
+	if (grp == NULL) {
+		gid_t gid;
+		if (*gname != '-') {
+		    gid = (gid_t)strtol(gname, &p, 10);
+		    if (*p == '\0')
+			    grp = getgrgid(gid);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	if (grp == NULL) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (gid_t)-1;
+	}
+
+	if (ruid == 0 || pwd->pw_gid == grp->gr_gid)
+		return grp->gr_gid;
+
+	if (alloc_groups(&ngroups, &groups, &ngroupsmax) == ADDGRP_NOERROR) {
+		int i;
+		for (i = 0; i < ngroups; i++)
+			if (groups[i] == grp->gr_gid) {
+				free_groups(groups);
+				return grp->gr_gid;
+			}
+		free_groups(groups);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Check the group membership list in case the groups[] array
+	 * was maxed out or the user has been added to it since login.
+	 */
+	for (ap = grp->gr_mem; *ap != NULL; ap++)
+		if (strcmp(*ap, pwd->pw_name) == 0)
+			return grp->gr_gid;
+
+	if (*grp->gr_passwd != '\0') {
+		p = getpass(prompt);
+		if (strcmp(grp->gr_passwd, crypt(p, grp->gr_passwd)) == 0) {
+			(void)memset(p, '\0', _PASSWORD_LEN);
+			return grp->gr_gid;
+		}
+		(void)memset(p, '\0', _PASSWORD_LEN);
+	}
+
+	errno = EPERM;
+	return (gid_t)-1;
+}
+
+#ifdef GRUTIL_SETGROUPS_MAKESPACE
+# define ADDGRP_MAKESPACE	1
+#else
+# define ADDGRP_MAKESPACE	0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GRUTIL_ALLOW_GROUP_ERRORS
+# define maybe_exit(e)
+#else
+# define maybe_exit(e)	exit(e);
+#endif
+
+void
+addgroup(
+#ifdef LOGIN_CAP
+    login_cap_t *lc,
+#endif
+    const char *gname, struct passwd *pwd, uid_t ruid, const char *prompt)
+{
+	pwd->pw_gid = newgrp(gname, pwd, ruid, prompt);
+	if (pwd->pw_gid == (gid_t)-1) {
+		switch (errno) {
+		case EINVAL:
+			warnx("Unknown group `%s'", gname);
+			maybe_exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+			break;
+		case EPERM:	/* password failure */
+			warnx("Sorry");
+			maybe_exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+			break;
+		default: /* XXX - should never happen */
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "unknown error");
+			break;
+		}
+		pwd->pw_gid = getgid();
+	}
+
+	switch (addgrp(pwd->pw_gid, ADDGRP_MAKESPACE)) {
+	case ADDGRP_NOERROR:
+		break;
+	case ADDGRP_EMALLOC:
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc");
+		break;
+	case ADDGRP_EGETGROUPS:
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "getgroups");
+		break;
+	case ADDGRP_ESETGROUPS:
+		switch(errno) {
+		case EINVAL:
+			warnx("setgroups: ngroups > ngroupsmax");
+			maybe_exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+			break;
+		case EPERM:
+		case EFAULT:
+		default:
+			warn("setgroups");
+			maybe_exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+#ifdef LOGIN_CAP
+	if (setusercontext(lc, pwd, pwd->pw_uid, LOGIN_SETGID) == -1)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "setting user context");
+#else
+	if (setgid(pwd->pw_gid) == -1)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "setgid");
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/newgrp/grutil.h b/usr.bin/newgrp/grutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..957f798
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/newgrp/grutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: grutil.h,v 1.2 2008/04/28 20:24:14 martin Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Brian Ginsbach.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#ifndef _GRUTIL_H_
+#define _GRUTIL_H_
+
+void addgroup(
+#ifdef LOGIN_CAP
+    login_cap_t *,
+#endif
+    const char *, struct passwd *, uid_t, const char *);
+
+#endif /* _GRUTIL_H_ */
diff --git a/usr.bin/newgrp/newgrp.1 b/usr.bin/newgrp/newgrp.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bd4785
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/newgrp/newgrp.1
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: newgrp.1,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2007, The NetBSD Foundation.
+.\" All Rights Reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Brian Ginsbach.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 2007
+.Dt NEWGRP 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm newgrp
+.Nd change to a new primary group
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl l
+.Op Ar group
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+command changes a user to a new primary group
+.Pq real and effective group ID
+by starting a new shell.
+The user remains logged in and the current directory
+and file creation mask remain unchanged.
+The user is always given a new shell even if
+the primary group change fails.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+command accepts the following options:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl l
+The environment is changed to what would be expected if the user
+actually logged in again.
+This simulates a full login.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar group
+is a group name or non-negative numeric group ID from the group database.
+The real and effective group IDs are set to
+.Ar group
+or the group ID associated with the group name.
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar group
+is not specified,
+.Nm
+restores the user's real and effective group IDs to the user's
+primary group specified in the password database.
+The user's supplementary group IDs are restored to the set specified
+for the user in the group database.
+.Pp
+If the user is not a member of the specified group, and the group
+requires a password, the user will be prompted for the group password.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/master.passwd -compact
+.It Pa /etc/group
+The group database
+.It Pa /etc/master.passwd
+The user database
+.It Pa /etc/passwd
+A Version 7 format password file
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+If a new shell is started the exit status is the exit status of the shell.
+Otherwise the exit status will be >0.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr groups 1 ,
+.Xr login 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr su 1 ,
+.Xr umask 2 ,
+.Xr group 5 ,
+.Xr passwd 5 ,
+.Xr environ 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+command conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2001 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v6 .
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Nx 5.0 .
+.Sh BUGS
+There is no convenient way to enter a password into
+.Pa /etc/group .
+The use of group passwords is strongly discouraged
+since they are inherently insecure.
+It is not possible to stop users from obtaining the encrypted
+password from the group database.
diff --git a/usr.bin/newgrp/newgrp.c b/usr.bin/newgrp/newgrp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61309c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/newgrp/newgrp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Brian Ginsbach.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: newgrp.c,v 1.7 2011/09/16 15:39:27 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef LOGIN_CAP
+#include <login_cap.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "grutil.h"
+
+__dead static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-l] [group]\n", getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	extern char **environ;
+	struct passwd *pwd;
+	int c, lflag;
+	char *shell, sbuf[MAXPATHLEN + 2];
+	uid_t uid;
+#ifdef LOGIN_CAP
+	login_cap_t *lc;
+	u_int flags = LOGIN_SETUSER;
+#endif
+
+	uid = getuid();
+	pwd = getpwuid(uid);
+	if (pwd == NULL)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "who are you?");
+
+#ifdef LOGIN_CAP
+	if ((lc = login_getclass(pwd->pw_class)) == NULL)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: unknown login class", pwd->pw_class);
+#endif
+
+	(void)setprogname(argv[0]);
+	lflag = 0;
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "-l")) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case '-':
+		case 'l':
+			if (lflag)
+				usage();
+			lflag = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc > 0) {
+#if 0
+		pwd->pw_gid = newgrp(*argv, pwd);
+		addgrp(pwd->pw_gid);
+		if (setgid(pwd->pw_gid) < 0)
+			err(1, "setgid");
+#endif
+#ifdef LOGIN_CAP
+		addgroup(lc, *argv, pwd, getuid(), "Password:");
+#else
+		addgroup(*argv, pwd, getuid(), "Password:");
+#endif
+	} else {
+#ifdef LOGIN_CAP
+		flags |= LOGIN_SETGROUP;
+#else
+		if (initgroups(pwd->pw_name, pwd->pw_gid) == -1)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "initgroups");
+		if (setgid(pwd->pw_gid) == -1)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "setgid");
+#endif
+	}
+
+#ifdef LOGIN_CAP
+	if (setusercontext(lc, pwd, uid, flags) == -1)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "setusercontext");
+	if (!lflag)
+		login_close(lc);
+#else
+	if (setuid(pwd->pw_uid) == -1)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "setuid");
+#endif
+
+	if (*pwd->pw_shell == '\0') {
+#ifdef TRUST_ENV_SHELL
+		shell = getenv("SHELL");
+		if (shell != NULL)
+			pwd->pw_shell = shell;
+		else
+#endif
+			pwd->pw_shell = __UNCONST(_PATH_BSHELL);
+	}
+
+	shell = pwd->pw_shell;
+
+	if (lflag) {
+		char *term;
+#ifdef KERBEROS
+		char *krbtkfile;
+#endif
+
+		if (chdir(pwd->pw_dir) == -1)
+			warn("%s", pwd->pw_dir);
+
+		term = getenv("TERM");
+#ifdef KERBEROS
+		krbtkfile = getenv("KRBTKFILE");
+#endif
+
+		/* create an empty environment */
+		if ((environ = malloc(sizeof(char *))) == NULL)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+		environ[0] = NULL;
+#ifdef LOGIN_CAP
+		if (setusercontext(lc, pwd, uid, LOGIN_SETENV | LOGIN_SETPATH) == -1)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "setusercontext");
+		login_close(lc);
+#else
+		(void)setenv("PATH", _PATH_DEFPATH, 1);
+#endif
+		if (term != NULL)
+			(void)setenv("TERM", term, 1);
+#ifdef KERBEROS
+		if (krbtkfile != NULL)
+			(void)setenv("KRBTKFILE", krbtkfile, 1);
+#endif
+
+		(void)setenv("LOGNAME", pwd->pw_name, 1);
+		(void)setenv("USER", pwd->pw_name, 1);
+		(void)setenv("HOME", pwd->pw_dir, 1);
+		(void)setenv("SHELL", pwd->pw_shell, 1);
+
+		sbuf[0] = '-';
+		(void)strlcpy(sbuf + 1, basename(pwd->pw_shell),
+			      sizeof(sbuf) - 1);
+		shell = sbuf;
+	}
+
+	(void)execl(pwd->pw_shell, shell, NULL);
+	err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", pwd->pw_shell);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/nice/nice.1 b/usr.bin/nice/nice.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87c211a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/nice/nice.1
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: nice.1,v 1.15 2012/03/22 07:58:19 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)nice.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 1993
+.Dt NICE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm nice
+.Nd execute a utility with an altered scheduling priority
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl n Ar increment
+.Ar utility
+.Op Ar argument ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+runs
+.Ar utility
+at an altered scheduling priority.
+If an
+.Ar increment
+is given, it is used; otherwise
+an increment of 10 is assumed.
+The super-user can run utilities with priorities higher than normal by using
+a negative
+.Ar increment .
+The priority can be adjusted over a
+range of -20 (the highest) to 20 (the lowest).
+A priority of 19 or 20
+will prevent a process from taking any cycles from others at nice 0 or
+better.
+.Pp
+Available options:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl n Ar increment
+A positive or negative decimal integer used to modify the system scheduling
+priority of
+.Ar utility .
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It 1-125
+An error occurred in the
+.Nm
+utility.
+.It 126
+The
+.Ar utility
+was found but could not be invoked.
+.It 127
+The
+.Ar utility
+could not be found.
+.El
+.Pp
+Otherwise, the exit status of
+.Nm
+will be that of
+.Ar utility .
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The historic
+.Fl Ns Ar increment
+option has been deprecated but is still supported in this implementation.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr getpriority 2 ,
+.Xr setpriority 2 ,
+.Xr renice 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v6 .
+.Sh BUGS
+.Nm
+is built into
+.Xr csh 1
+with a slightly different syntax than described here.
+The form
+.Ql nice +10
+nices to positive nice, and
+.Ql nice \-10
+can be used
+by the super-user to give a process more of the processor.
diff --git a/usr.bin/nice/nice.c b/usr.bin/nice/nice.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de5fe5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/nice/nice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: nice.c,v 1.15 2008/07/21 14:19:24 lukem Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)nice.c	5.4 (Berkeley) 6/1/90";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: nice.c,v 1.15 2008/07/21 14:19:24 lukem Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define	DEFNICE	10
+
+static void usage(void) __dead;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char *ep;
+	int niceness = DEFNICE;
+	int c;
+	long tmp;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+        /* handle obsolete -number syntax */
+        if (argc > 1 && argv[1][0] == '-' &&
+	    isdigit((unsigned char)argv[1][1])) {
+		niceness = atoi (argv[1] + 1);
+                argc--; argv++;
+        }
+
+	while ((c = getopt (argc, argv, "n:")) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'n':
+			errno = 0;
+			tmp = strtol(optarg, &ep, 10);
+			if (*ep != '\0' || tmp < INT_MIN || tmp > INT_MAX)
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "invalid argument: `%s'",
+				    optarg);
+			niceness = (int)tmp;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc == 0)
+		usage();
+
+	errno = 0;
+	niceness += getpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0);
+	if (errno) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "getpriority");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	if (setpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0, niceness) == -1) {
+		warn("setpriority");
+	}
+
+	(void)execvp(argv[0], &argv[0]);
+	err((errno == ENOENT || errno == ENOTDIR) ? 127 : 126, "%s", argv[0]);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [ -n increment ] utility [ argument ...]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/nl/nl.1 b/usr.bin/nl/nl.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d795390
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/nl/nl.1
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: nl.1,v 1.16 2013/09/24 22:08:06 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Klaus Klein.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd May 1, 2013
+.Dt NL 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm nl
+.Nd line numbering filter
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl p
+.Op Fl b Ar type
+.Op Fl d Ar delim
+.Op Fl f Ar type
+.Op Fl h Ar type
+.Op Fl i Ar incr
+.Op Fl l Ar num
+.Op Fl n Ar format
+.Op Fl s Ar sep
+.Op Fl v Ar startnum
+.Op Fl w Ar width
+.Op Ar file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility reads lines from the named
+.Ar file ,
+applies a configurable line numbering filter operation,
+and writes the result to the standard output.
+If
+.Ar file
+is a single dash
+.Pq Sq \&-
+or absent,
+.Nm
+reads from the standard input.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility treats the text it reads in terms of logical pages.
+Unless specified otherwise, line numbering is reset at the start of each
+logical page.
+A logical page consists of a header, a body and a footer section; empty
+sections are valid.
+Different line numbering options are independently available for header,
+body and footer sections.
+.Pp
+The starts of logical page sections are signaled by input lines containing
+nothing but one of the following sequences of delimiter characters:
+.Bl -column "\e:\e:\e: " "header " -offset indent
+.It Em "Line" Ta Em "Start of"
+.It \e:\e:\e:	header
+.It \e:\e:	body
+.It \e:	footer
+.El
+.Pp
+If the input does not contain any logical page section signaling directives,
+the text being read is assumed to consist of a single logical page body.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl b Ar type
+Specify the logical page body lines to be numbered.
+Recognized
+.Ar type
+arguments are:
+.Bl -tag -width pstringXX
+.It a
+Number all lines.
+.It t
+Number only non-empty lines.
+.It n
+No line numbering.
+.It p Ns Ar expr
+Number only those lines that contain the basic regular expression specified
+by
+.Ar expr .
+.El
+.Pp
+The default
+.Ar type
+for logical page body lines is t.
+.It Fl d Ar delim
+Specify the delimiter characters used to indicate the start of a logical
+page section in the input file.
+At most two characters may be specified; if only one character is specified,
+the first character is replaced and the second character remains unchanged.
+The default
+.Ar delim
+characters are ``\e:''.
+.It Fl f Ar type
+Specify the same as
+.Fl b Ar type
+except for logical page footer lines.
+The default
+.Ar type
+for logical page footer lines is n.
+.It Fl h Ar type
+Specify the same as
+.Fl b Ar type
+except for logical page header lines.
+The default
+.Ar type
+for logical page header lines is n.
+.It Fl i Ar incr
+Specify the increment value used to number logical page lines.
+The default
+.Ar incr
+value is 1.
+.It Fl l Ar num
+If numbering of all lines is specified for the current logical section
+using the corresponding
+.Fl b
+a,
+.Fl f
+a
+or
+.Fl h
+a
+option,
+specify the number of adjacent blank lines to be considered as one.
+For example,
+.Fl l
+2 results in only the second adjacent blank line being numbered.
+The default
+.Ar num
+value is 1.
+.It Fl n Ar format
+Specify the line numbering output format.
+Recognized
+.Ar format
+arguments are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width lnXX -compact -offset indent
+.It ln
+Left justified.
+.It rn
+Right justified, leading zeros suppressed.
+.It rz
+Right justified, leading zeros kept.
+.El
+.Pp
+The default
+.Ar format
+is rn.
+.It Fl p
+Specify that line numbering should not be restarted at logical page delimiters.
+.It Fl s Ar sep
+Specify the characters used in separating the line number and the corresponding
+text line.
+The default
+.Ar sep
+setting is a single tab character.
+.It Fl v Ar startnum
+Specify the initial value used to number logical page lines; see also the
+description of the
+.Fl p
+option.
+The default
+.Ar startnum
+value is 1.
+.It Fl w Ar width
+Specify the number of characters to be occupied by the line number;
+if the
+.Ar width
+is insufficient to hold the line number, it will be truncated to its
+.Ar width
+least significant digits.
+The default
+.Ar width
+is 6.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pr 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is compliant with the
+.St -xpg4.2
+specification.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+utility first appeared in
+.At V.2 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/nl/nl.c b/usr.bin/nl/nl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14054ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/nl/nl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: nl.c,v 1.12 2013/09/17 20:00:50 wiz Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Klaus Klein.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1999\
+ The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.  All rights reserved.");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: nl.c,v 1.12 2013/09/17 20:00:50 wiz Exp $");
+#endif    
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+typedef enum {
+	number_all,		/* number all lines */
+	number_nonempty,	/* number non-empty lines */
+	number_none,		/* no line numbering */
+	number_regex		/* number lines matching regular expression */
+} numbering_type;
+
+struct numbering_property {
+	const char * const	name;		/* for diagnostics */
+	numbering_type		type;		/* numbering type */
+	regex_t			expr;		/* for type == number_regex */
+};
+
+/* line numbering formats */
+#define FORMAT_LN	"%-*d"	/* left justified, leading zeros suppressed */
+#define FORMAT_RN	"%*d"	/* right justified, leading zeros suppressed */
+#define FORMAT_RZ	"%0*d"	/* right justified, leading zeros kept */
+
+#define FOOTER		0
+#define BODY		1
+#define HEADER		2
+#define NP_LAST		HEADER
+
+static struct numbering_property numbering_properties[NP_LAST + 1] = {
+	{ "footer",	number_none,	{ 0, 0, 0, 0 } },
+	{ "body",	number_nonempty, { 0, 0, 0, 0 } },
+	{ "header",	number_none,	{ 0, 0, 0, 0 } },
+};
+
+#define max(a, b)	((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+/*
+ * Maximum number of characters required for a decimal representation of a
+ * (signed) int; courtesy of tzcode.
+ */
+#define INT_STRLEN_MAXIMUM \
+	((sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT - 1) * 302 / 1000 + 2)
+
+static void	filter(void);
+static void	parse_numbering(const char *, int);
+static void	usage(void) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
+
+/*
+ * Pointer to dynamically allocated input line buffer, and its size.
+ */
+static char *buffer;
+static size_t buffersize;
+
+/*
+ * Dynamically allocated buffer suitable for string representation of ints.
+ */
+static char *intbuffer;
+static size_t intbuffersize;
+
+/*
+ * Configurable parameters.
+ */
+/* delimiter characters that indicate the start of a logical page section */
+static char delim[2] = { '\\', ':' };
+
+/* line numbering format */
+static const char *format = FORMAT_RN;
+
+/* increment value used to number logical page lines */
+static int incr = 1;
+
+/* number of adjacent blank lines to be considered (and numbered) as one */
+static unsigned int nblank = 1;
+
+/* whether to restart numbering at logical page delimiters */
+static int restart = 1;
+
+/* characters used in separating the line number and the corrsp. text line */
+static const char *sep = "\t";
+
+/* initial value used to number logical page lines */
+static int startnum = 1;
+
+/* number of characters to be used for the line number */
+/* should be unsigned but required signed by `*' precision conversion */
+static int width = 6;
+
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int c;
+	long val;
+	unsigned long uval;
+	char *ep;
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	/*
+	 * Note: this implementation strictly conforms to the XBD Utility
+	 * Syntax Guidelines and does not permit the optional `file' operand
+	 * to be intermingled with the options, which is defined in the
+	 * XCU specification (Issue 5) but declared an obsolescent feature that
+	 * will be removed from a future issue.  It shouldn't matter, though.
+	 */
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "pb:d:f:h:i:l:n:s:v:w:")) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'p':
+			restart = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'b':
+			parse_numbering(optarg, BODY);
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			if (optarg[0] != '\0')
+				delim[0] = optarg[0];
+			if (optarg[1] != '\0')
+				delim[1] = optarg[1];
+			/* at most two delimiter characters */
+			if (optarg[2] != '\0') {
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "invalid delim argument -- %s",
+				    optarg);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			parse_numbering(optarg, FOOTER);
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			parse_numbering(optarg, HEADER);
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			errno = 0;
+			val = strtol(optarg, &ep, 10);
+			if ((ep != NULL && *ep != '\0') ||
+			 ((val == LONG_MIN || val == LONG_MAX) && errno != 0))
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "invalid incr argument -- %s", optarg);
+			incr = (int)val;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			errno = 0;
+			uval = strtoul(optarg, &ep, 10);
+			if ((ep != NULL && *ep != '\0') ||
+			    (uval == ULONG_MAX && errno != 0))
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "invalid num argument -- %s", optarg);
+			nblank = (unsigned int)uval;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			if (strcmp(optarg, "ln") == 0) {
+				format = FORMAT_LN;
+			} else if (strcmp(optarg, "rn") == 0) {
+				format = FORMAT_RN;
+			} else if (strcmp(optarg, "rz") == 0) {
+				format = FORMAT_RZ;
+			} else
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "illegal format -- %s", optarg);
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			sep = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			errno = 0;
+			val = strtol(optarg, &ep, 10);
+			if ((ep != NULL && *ep != '\0') ||
+			 ((val == LONG_MIN || val == LONG_MAX) && errno != 0))
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "invalid startnum value -- %s", optarg);
+			startnum = (int)val;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			errno = 0;
+			val = strtol(optarg, &ep, 10);
+			if ((ep != NULL && *ep != '\0') ||
+			 ((val == LONG_MIN || val == LONG_MAX) && errno != 0))
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "invalid width value -- %s", optarg);
+			width = (int)val;
+			if (!(width > 0))
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				    "width argument must be > 0 -- %d",
+				    width);
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	switch (argc) {
+	case 0:
+		break;
+	case 1:
+		if (strcmp(argv[0], "-") != 0 &&
+		    freopen(argv[0], "r", stdin) == NULL)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot open `%s'", argv[0]);
+		break;
+	default:
+		usage();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	/* Determine the maximum input line length to operate on. */
+	if ((val = sysconf(_SC_LINE_MAX)) == -1) /* ignore errno */
+		val = LINE_MAX;
+	/* Allocate sufficient buffer space (including the terminating NUL). */
+	buffersize = (size_t)val + 1;
+	if ((buffer = malloc(buffersize)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot allocate input line buffer");
+
+	/* Allocate a buffer suitable for preformatting line number. */
+	intbuffersize = max((int)INT_STRLEN_MAXIMUM, width) + 1; /* NUL */
+	if ((intbuffer = malloc(intbuffersize)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot allocate preformatting buffer");
+
+	/* Do the work. */
+	filter();
+
+	return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+filter(void)
+{
+	int line;		/* logical line number */
+	int section;		/* logical page section */
+	unsigned int adjblank;	/* adjacent blank lines */
+	int consumed;		/* intbuffer measurement */
+	int donumber, idx;
+
+	adjblank = 0;
+	line = startnum;
+	section = BODY;
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+	donumber = 0;	/* avoid bogus `uninitialized' warning */
+#endif
+
+	while (fgets(buffer, (int)buffersize, stdin) != NULL) {
+		for (idx = FOOTER; idx <= NP_LAST; idx++) {
+			/* Does it look like a delimiter? */
+			if (buffer[2 * idx + 0] == delim[0] &&
+			    buffer[2 * idx + 1] == delim[1]) {
+				/* Was this the whole line? */
+				if (buffer[2 * idx + 2] == '\n') {
+					section = idx;
+					adjblank = 0;
+					if (restart)
+						line = startnum;
+					goto nextline;
+				}
+			} else {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		switch (numbering_properties[section].type) {
+		case number_all:
+			/*
+			 * Doing this for number_all only is disputable, but
+			 * the standard expresses an explicit dependency on
+			 * `-b a' etc.
+			 */
+			if (buffer[0] == '\n' && ++adjblank < nblank)
+				donumber = 0;
+			else
+				donumber = 1, adjblank = 0;
+			break;
+		case number_nonempty:
+			donumber = (buffer[0] != '\n');
+			break;
+		case number_none:
+			donumber = 0;
+			break;
+		case number_regex:
+			donumber =
+			    (regexec(&numbering_properties[section].expr,
+			    buffer, 0, NULL, 0) == 0);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (donumber) {
+			consumed = snprintf(intbuffer, intbuffersize, format,
+			    width, line);
+			(void)printf("%s",
+			    intbuffer + max(0, consumed - width));
+			line += incr;
+		} else {
+			(void)printf("%*s", width, "");
+		}
+		(void)printf("%s%s", sep, buffer);
+
+		if (ferror(stdout))
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "output error");
+nextline:
+		;
+	}
+
+	if (ferror(stdin))
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "input error");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Various support functions.
+ */
+
+static void
+parse_numbering(const char *argstr, int section)
+{
+	int error;
+	char errorbuf[NL_TEXTMAX];
+
+	switch (argstr[0]) {
+	case 'a':
+		numbering_properties[section].type = number_all;
+		break;
+	case 'n':
+		numbering_properties[section].type = number_none;
+		break;
+	case 't':
+		numbering_properties[section].type = number_nonempty;
+		break;
+	case 'p':
+		/* If there was a previous expression, throw it away. */
+		if (numbering_properties[section].type == number_regex)
+			regfree(&numbering_properties[section].expr);
+		else
+			numbering_properties[section].type = number_regex;
+
+		/* Compile/validate the supplied regular expression. */
+		if ((error = regcomp(&numbering_properties[section].expr,
+		    &argstr[1], REG_NEWLINE|REG_NOSUB)) != 0) {
+			(void)regerror(error,
+			    &numbering_properties[section].expr,
+			    errorbuf, sizeof (errorbuf));
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+			    "%s expr: %s -- %s",
+			    numbering_properties[section].name, errorbuf,
+			    &argstr[1]);
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+		    "illegal %s line numbering type -- %s",
+		    numbering_properties[section].name, argstr);
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-p] [-b type] [-d delim] [-f type] "
+	    "[-h type] [-i incr] [-l num]\n\t[-n format] [-s sep] "
+	    "[-v startnum] [-w width] [file]\n", getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/nohup/nohup.1 b/usr.bin/nohup/nohup.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71a76f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/nohup/nohup.1
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: nohup.1,v 1.15 2012/03/29 18:33:19 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)nohup.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd July 15, 2005
+.Dt NOHUP 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm nohup
+.Nd invoke a command immune to hangups
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar utility
+.Op Ar arg ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+command allows the specified utility to be protected from termination
+if the user should become logged out
+(for example, due to a modem line or TCP/IP connection being dropped).
+To do this,
+.Nm
+sets the
+.Dv SIGHUP
+.Xr signal 3
+.Pq Dq terminal line hangup
+to be ignored,
+then executes
+.Ar utility
+along with any arguments.
+.Pp
+If the standard output is a terminal, the standard output is
+appended to the file
+.Pa nohup.out
+in the current directory.
+If standard error is a terminal, it is directed to the same place
+as the standard output.
+If the output file
+.Pa nohup.out
+cannot be created in the current directory,
+.Nm
+attempts to create the file in the user's home directory.
+If the file
+.Pa nohup.out
+cannot be created,
+either in the current directory or the user's home directory,
+.Nm
+will exit without invoking
+.Ar utility ,
+with an exit value as described below.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+The following variable is used by
+.Nm :
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Ev HOME
+User's home directory.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It 126
+The
+.Ar utility
+was found but could not be invoked.
+.It 127
+The
+.Ar utility
+could not be found or an error occurred in
+.Nm .
+.El
+.Pp
+Otherwise, the exit status of
+.Nm
+will be that of
+.Ar utility .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr signal 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+command is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
diff --git a/usr.bin/nohup/nohup.c b/usr.bin/nohup/nohup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d177c51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/nohup/nohup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: nohup.c,v 1.15 2011/09/06 18:24:15 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)nohup.c	5.4 (Berkeley) 6/1/90";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: nohup.c,v 1.15 2011/09/06 18:24:15 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+static void dofile(void);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+/* nohup shall exit with one of the following values:
+   126 - The utility was found but could not be invoked.
+   127 - An error occurred in the nohup utility, or the utility could
+         not be found. */
+#define EXIT_NOEXEC	126
+#define EXIT_NOTFOUND	127
+#define EXIT_MISC	127
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int exit_status;
+
+	while (getopt(argc, argv, "") != -1) {
+		usage();
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc < 1)
+		usage();
+
+	if (isatty(STDOUT_FILENO))
+		dofile();
+	if (isatty(STDERR_FILENO) && dup2(STDOUT_FILENO, STDERR_FILENO) == -1) {
+		/* may have just closed stderr */
+		(void)fprintf(stdin, "nohup: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+		exit(EXIT_MISC);
+	}
+
+	/* The nohup utility shall take the standard action for all signals
+	   except that SIGHUP shall be ignored. */
+	(void)signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
+
+	execvp(argv[0], &argv[0]);
+	exit_status = (errno == ENOENT) ? EXIT_NOTFOUND : EXIT_NOEXEC;
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "nohup: %s: %s\n", argv[0], strerror(errno));
+	exit(exit_status);
+}
+
+static void
+dofile(void)
+{
+	int fd;
+	char path[MAXPATHLEN];
+	const char *p;
+
+	/* If the standard output is a terminal, all output written to 
+	   its standard output shall be appended to the end of the file
+	   nohup.out in the current directory.  If nohup.out cannot be
+	   created or opened for appending, the output shall be appended
+	   to the end of the file nohup.out in the directory specified 
+	   by the HOME environment variable.
+
+	   If a file is created, the file's permission bits shall be
+	   set to S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR. */
+#define	FILENAME	"nohup.out"
+	p = FILENAME;
+	if ((fd = open(p, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_APPEND, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR)) >= 0)
+		goto dupit;
+	if ((p = getenv("HOME")) != NULL) {
+		(void)strlcpy(path, p, sizeof(path));
+		(void)strlcat(path, "/", sizeof(path));
+		(void)strlcat(path, FILENAME, sizeof(path));
+		if ((fd = open(p = path, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_APPEND, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR)) >= 0)
+			goto dupit;
+	}
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "nohup: can't open a nohup.out file.\n");
+	exit(EXIT_MISC);
+
+dupit:	(void)lseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
+	if (dup2(fd, STDOUT_FILENO) == -1) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "nohup: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+		exit(EXIT_MISC);
+	}
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "sending output to %s\n", p);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: nohup utility [argument ...]\n");
+	exit(EXIT_MISC);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/paste/paste.1 b/usr.bin/paste/paste.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d76ce5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/paste/paste.1
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: paste.1,v 1.9 2013/04/07 17:43:01 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Adam S. Moskowitz and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics
+.\" Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)paste.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 1993
+.Dt PASTE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm paste
+.Nd merge corresponding or subsequent lines of files
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl s
+.Op Fl d Ar list
+.Ar file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility concatenates the corresponding lines of the given input files,
+replacing all but the last file's newline characters with a single tab
+character, and writes the resulting lines to standard output.
+If end-of-file is reached on an input file while other input files
+still contain data, the file is treated as if it were an endless source
+of empty lines.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Fl d  Ar list
+Use one or more of the provided characters to replace the newline
+characters instead of the default tab.
+The characters in
+.Ar list
+are used circularly, i.e., when
+.Ar list
+is exhausted the first character from
+.Ar list
+is reused.
+This continues until a line from the last input file (in default operation)
+or the last line in each file (using the -s option) is displayed, at which
+time
+.Nm
+begins selecting characters from the beginning of
+.Ar list
+again.
+.Pp
+The following special characters can also be used in list:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact
+.It Li \en
+newline character
+.It Li \et
+tab character
+.It Li \e\e
+backslash character
+.It Li \e0
+Empty string (not a null character).
+.El
+.Pp
+Any other character preceded by a backslash is equivalent to the
+character itself.
+.It Fl s
+Concatenate all of the lines of each separate input file in command line
+order.
+The newline character of every line except the last line in each input
+file is replaced with the tab character, unless otherwise specified by
+the -d option.
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Ql Fl
+is specified for one or more of the input files, the standard
+input is used; standard input is read one line at a time, circularly,
+for each instance of
+.Ql Fl .
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cut 1 ,
+.Xr join 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
diff --git a/usr.bin/paste/paste.c b/usr.bin/paste/paste.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5698131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/paste/paste.c
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: paste.c,v 1.16 2011/09/06 18:24:43 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam S. Moskowitz of Menlo Consulting.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+/*static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)paste.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";*/
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: paste.c,v 1.16 2011/09/06 18:24:43 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static void	parallel(int, char **);
+static void	sequential(char **);
+static int	tr(char *);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+static char dflt_delim[] = "\t";
+static char *delim = dflt_delim;
+static int delimcnt = 1;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int ch, seq;
+
+	seq = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "d:s")) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'd':
+			delim = strdup(optarg);
+			delimcnt = tr(delim);
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			seq = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (seq)
+		sequential(argv);
+	else
+		parallel(argc, argv);
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+static void
+parallel(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char ch, *dp, *line;
+	FILE **fpp, *fp;
+	size_t line_len;
+	int cnt, output;
+
+	fpp = calloc(argc, sizeof *fpp);
+	if (fpp == NULL)
+		err(1, "calloc");
+
+	for (cnt = 0; cnt < argc; cnt++) {
+		if (strcmp(argv[cnt], "-") == 0)
+			fpp[cnt] = stdin;
+		else if (!(fpp[cnt] = fopen(argv[cnt], "r")))
+			err(1, "%s", argv[cnt]);
+	}
+
+	for (;;) {
+		/* Start with the NUL at the end of 'delim' ... */
+		dp = delim + delimcnt;
+		output = 0;
+		for (cnt = 0; cnt < argc; cnt++) {
+			fp = fpp[cnt];
+			if (fp == NULL)
+				continue;
+			line = fgetln(fp, &line_len);
+			if (line == NULL) {
+				/* Assume EOF */
+				if (fp != stdin)
+					fclose(fp);
+				fpp[cnt] = NULL;
+				continue;
+			}
+			/* Output enough separators to catch up */
+			do {
+				ch = *dp++;
+				if (ch)
+					putchar(ch);
+				if (dp >= delim + delimcnt)
+					dp = delim;
+			} while (++output <= cnt);
+			/* Remove any trailing newline - check for last line */
+			if (line[line_len - 1] == '\n')
+				line_len--;
+			printf("%.*s", (int)line_len, line);
+		}
+
+		if (!output)
+			break;
+
+		/* Add separators to end of line */
+		while (++output <= cnt) {
+			ch = *dp++;
+			if (ch)
+				putchar(ch);
+			if (dp >= delim + delimcnt)
+				dp = delim;
+		}
+		putchar('\n');
+	}
+
+	free(fpp);
+}
+
+static void
+sequential(char **argv)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	int cnt;
+	char ch, *p, *dp;
+	char buf[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1];
+
+	for (; (p = *argv) != NULL; ++argv) {
+		if (p[0] == '-' && !p[1])
+			fp = stdin;
+		else if (!(fp = fopen(p, "r"))) {
+			warn("%s", p);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) {
+			for (cnt = 0, dp = delim;;) {
+				if (!(p = strchr(buf, '\n')))
+					err(1, "%s: input line too long.",
+					    *argv);
+				*p = '\0';
+				(void)printf("%s", buf);
+				if (!fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp))
+					break;
+				if ((ch = *dp++) != 0)
+					putchar(ch);
+				if (++cnt == delimcnt) {
+					dp = delim;
+					cnt = 0;
+				}
+			}
+			putchar('\n');
+		}
+		if (fp != stdin)
+			(void)fclose(fp);
+	}
+}
+
+static int
+tr(char *arg)
+{
+	int cnt;
+	char ch, *p;
+
+	for (p = arg, cnt = 0; (ch = *p++); ++arg, ++cnt)
+		if (ch == '\\')
+			switch(ch = *p++) {
+			case 'n':
+				*arg = '\n';
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				*arg = '\t';
+				break;
+			case '0':
+				*arg = '\0';
+				break;
+			default:
+				*arg = ch;
+				break;
+		} else
+			*arg = ch;
+
+	if (!cnt)
+		errx(1, "no delimiters specified.");
+	*arg = '\0';
+	return(cnt);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "paste: [-s] [-d delimiters] file ...\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/backupfile.c b/usr.bin/patch/backupfile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25d6076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/backupfile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/*
+ * $OpenBSD: backupfile.c,v 1.19 2006/03/11 19:41:30 otto Exp $
+ * $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/backupfile.c,v 1.5 2008/08/11 00:05:06 joerg Exp $
+ * $NetBSD: backupfile.c,v 1.15 2014/04/11 17:30:03 christos Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ * 
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * without restriction.
+ * 
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>. Some algorithms adapted from GNU Emacs.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: backupfile.c,v 1.15 2014/04/11 17:30:03 christos Exp $");
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "backupfile.h"
+
+
+#define ISDIGIT(c) (isascii ((unsigned char)c) && isdigit ((unsigned char)c))
+
+/* Which type of backup file names are generated. */
+enum backup_type backup_type = none;
+
+/*
+ * The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed to
+ * numbered) backup file name.
+ */
+const char	*simple_backup_suffix = "~";
+
+static char	*concat(const char *, const char *);
+static char	*make_version_name(const char *, int);
+static int	max_backup_version(const char *, const char *);
+static int	version_number(const char *, const char *, size_t);
+static int	argmatch(const char *, const char **);
+static void	invalid_arg(const char *, const char *, int);
+
+/*
+ * Return the name of the new backup file for file FILE, allocated with
+ * malloc.  Return 0 if out of memory. FILE must not end with a '/' unless it
+ * is the root directory. Do not call this function if backup_type == none.
+ */
+char *
+find_backup_file_name(const char *file)
+{
+	char	*dir, *base_versions, *tmp_file;
+	int	highest_backup;
+
+	if (backup_type == simple)
+		return concat(file, simple_backup_suffix);
+	tmp_file = strdup(file);
+	if (tmp_file == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	base_versions = concat(basename(tmp_file), ".~");
+	free(tmp_file);
+	if (base_versions == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	tmp_file = strdup(file);
+	if (tmp_file == NULL) {
+		free(base_versions);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	dir = dirname(tmp_file);
+	if (dir == NULL) {
+		free(base_versions);
+		free(tmp_file);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	highest_backup = max_backup_version(base_versions, dir);
+	free(base_versions);
+	free(tmp_file);
+	if (backup_type == numbered_existing && highest_backup == 0)
+		return concat(file, simple_backup_suffix);
+	return make_version_name(file, highest_backup + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the number of the highest-numbered backup file for file FILE in
+ * directory DIR.  If there are no numbered backups of FILE in DIR, or an
+ * error occurs reading DIR, return 0. FILE should already have ".~" appended
+ * to it.
+ */
+static int
+max_backup_version(const char *file, const char *dir)
+{
+	DIR	*dirp;
+	struct dirent	*dp;
+	int	highest_version, this_version;
+	size_t	file_name_length;
+
+	dirp = opendir(dir);
+	if (dirp == NULL)
+		return 0;
+
+	highest_version = 0;
+	file_name_length = strlen(file);
+
+	while ((dp = readdir(dirp)) != NULL) {
+		if (dp->d_namlen <= file_name_length)
+			continue;
+
+		this_version = version_number(file, dp->d_name, file_name_length);
+		if (this_version > highest_version)
+			highest_version = this_version;
+	}
+	closedir(dirp);
+	return highest_version;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return a string, allocated with malloc, containing "FILE.~VERSION~".
+ * Return 0 if out of memory.
+ */
+static char *
+make_version_name(const char *file, int version)
+{
+	char	*backup_name;
+
+	if (asprintf(&backup_name, "%s.~%d~", file, version) == -1)
+		return NULL;
+	return backup_name;
+}
+
+/*
+ * If BACKUP is a numbered backup of BASE, return its version number;
+ * otherwise return 0.  BASE_LENGTH is the length of BASE. BASE should
+ * already have ".~" appended to it.
+ */
+static int
+version_number(const char *base, const char *backup, size_t base_length)
+{
+	int		version;
+	const char	*p;
+
+	version = 0;
+	if (!strncmp(base, backup, base_length) && ISDIGIT(backup[base_length])) {
+		for (p = &backup[base_length]; ISDIGIT(*p); ++p)
+			version = version * 10 + *p - '0';
+		if (p[0] != '~' || p[1])
+			version = 0;
+	}
+	return version;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the newly-allocated concatenation of STR1 and STR2. If out of
+ * memory, return 0.
+ */
+static char  *
+concat(const char *str1, const char *str2)
+{
+	char	*newstr;
+
+	if (asprintf(&newstr, "%s%s", str1, str2) == -1)
+		return NULL;
+	return newstr;
+}
+
+/*
+ * If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the null-terminated array
+ * OPTLIST, return the index in OPTLIST of the matched element, else -1 if it
+ * does not match any element or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more
+ * than one element).
+ */
+static int
+argmatch(const char *arg, const char **optlist)
+{
+	int	i;	/* Temporary index in OPTLIST. */
+	size_t	arglen;	/* Length of ARG. */
+	int	matchind = -1;	/* Index of first nonexact match. */
+	int	ambiguous = 0;	/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es). */
+
+	arglen = strlen(arg);
+
+	/* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
+	for (i = 0; optlist[i]; i++) {
+		if (!strncmp(optlist[i], arg, arglen)) {
+			if (strlen(optlist[i]) == arglen)
+				/* Exact match found.  */
+				return i;
+			else if (matchind == -1)
+				/* First nonexact match found.  */
+				matchind = i;
+			else
+				/* Second nonexact match found.  */
+				ambiguous = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	if (ambiguous)
+		return -2;
+	else
+		return matchind;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Error reporting for argmatch. KIND is a description of the type of entity
+ * that was being matched. VALUE is the invalid value that was given. PROBLEM
+ * is the return value from argmatch.
+ */
+static void
+invalid_arg(const char *kind, const char *value, int problem)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "patch: ");
+	if (problem == -1)
+		fprintf(stderr, "invalid");
+	else			/* Assume -2. */
+		fprintf(stderr, "ambiguous");
+	fprintf(stderr, " %s `%s'\n", kind, value);
+}
+
+static const char *backup_args[] = {
+	"none", "never", "simple", "nil", "existing", "t", "numbered", 0
+};
+
+static enum backup_type backup_types[] = {
+	none, simple, simple, numbered_existing,
+	numbered_existing, numbered, numbered
+};
+
+/*
+ * Return the type of backup indicated by VERSION. Unique abbreviations are
+ * accepted.
+ */
+enum backup_type
+get_version(const char *version)
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if (version == NULL || *version == '\0')
+		return numbered_existing;
+	i = argmatch(version, backup_args);
+	if (i >= 0)
+		return backup_types[i];
+	invalid_arg("version control type", version, i);
+	exit(2);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/backupfile.h b/usr.bin/patch/backupfile.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d146c3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/backupfile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+ * $OpenBSD: backupfile.h,v 1.6 2003/07/28 18:35:36 otto Exp $
+ * $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/backupfile.h,v 1.3 2007/09/29 23:11:10 swildner Exp $
+ * $NetBSD: backupfile.h,v 1.6 2008/09/19 18:33:34 joerg Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
+ * Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ * 
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * without restriction.
+ * 
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ * 
+ */
+
+/* When to make backup files. */
+enum backup_type {
+	/* Never make backups. */
+	none,
+
+	/* Make simple backups of every file. */
+	simple,
+
+	/*
+	 * Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+	 * and simple backups of the others.
+	 */
+	numbered_existing,
+
+	/* Make numbered backups of every file. */
+	numbered
+};
+
+extern enum backup_type backup_type;
+extern const char	*simple_backup_suffix;
+
+char		*find_backup_file_name(const char *file);
+enum backup_type get_version(const char *version);
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/common.h b/usr.bin/patch/common.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c19d43b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+ * $OpenBSD: common.h,v 1.26 2006/03/11 19:41:30 otto Exp $
+ * $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/common.h,v 1.5 2008/08/10 23:50:12 joerg Exp $
+ * $NetBSD: common.h,v 1.21 2015/07/24 18:56:44 christos Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * patch - a program to apply diffs to original files
+ * 
+ * Copyright 1986, Larry Wall
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following condition is met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this condition and the following disclaimer.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * -C option added in 1998, original code by Marc Espie, based on FreeBSD
+ * behaviour
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define DEBUGGING
+
+/* constants */
+
+#define MAXHUNKSIZE 100000	/* is this enough lines? */
+#define INITHUNKMAX 125		/* initial dynamic allocation size */
+#define MAXLINELEN 8192
+#define BUFFERSIZE 1024
+#define LINENUM_MAX LONG_MAX
+
+#define SCCSPREFIX "s."
+#define GET "get -e %s"
+#define SCCSDIFF "get -p %s | diff - %s >/dev/null"
+
+#define RCSSUFFIX ",v"
+#define CHECKOUT "/usr/bin/co"
+#define RCSDIFF "/usr/bin/rcsdiff"
+
+#define ORIGEXT ".orig"
+#define REJEXT ".rej"
+
+/* handy definitions */
+
+#define strNE(s1,s2) (strcmp(s1, s2))
+#define strEQ(s1,s2) (!strcmp(s1, s2))
+#define strnNE(s1,s2,l) (strncmp(s1, s2, l))
+#define strnEQ(s1,s2,l) (!strncmp(s1, s2, l))
+
+/* typedefs */
+
+typedef long    LINENUM;	/* must be signed */
+
+/* globals */
+
+extern mode_t	filemode;
+
+extern char	buf[MAXLINELEN];/* general purpose buffer */
+extern size_t	buf_len;
+
+extern bool	using_plan_a;	/* try to keep everything in memory */
+extern bool	out_of_mem;	/* ran out of memory in plan a */
+
+#define MAXFILEC 2
+
+extern char	*filearg[MAXFILEC];
+extern bool	ok_to_create_file;
+extern char	*outname;
+extern char	*origprae;
+
+extern char	*TMPOUTNAME;
+extern char	*TMPINNAME;
+extern char	*TMPREJNAME;
+extern char	*TMPPATNAME;
+extern bool	toutkeep;
+extern bool	trejkeep;
+
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+extern int	debug;
+#endif
+
+extern bool	force;
+extern bool	batch;
+extern bool	verbose;
+extern bool	reverse;
+extern bool	noreverse;
+extern bool	skip_rest_of_patch;
+extern int	strippath;
+extern bool	canonicalize;
+/* TRUE if -C was specified on command line.  */
+extern bool	check_only;
+extern bool	warn_on_invalid_line;
+extern bool	last_line_missing_eol;
+
+
+#define CONTEXT_DIFF 1
+#define NORMAL_DIFF 2
+#define ED_DIFF 3
+#define NEW_CONTEXT_DIFF 4
+#define UNI_DIFF 5
+
+extern int	diff_type;
+extern char	*revision;	/* prerequisite revision, if any */
+extern LINENUM	input_lines;	/* how long is input file in lines */
+
+extern int	posix;
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/inp.c b/usr.bin/patch/inp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b434a88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/inp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
+/*
+ * $OpenBSD: inp.c,v 1.34 2006/03/11 19:41:30 otto Exp $
+ * $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/inp.c,v 1.6 2007/09/29 23:11:10 swildner Exp $
+ * $NetBSD: inp.c,v 1.26 2018/06/18 18:33:31 christos Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * patch - a program to apply diffs to original files
+ * 
+ * Copyright 1986, Larry Wall
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following condition is met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this condition and the following disclaimer.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * -C option added in 1998, original code by Marc Espie, based on FreeBSD
+ * behaviour
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: inp.c,v 1.26 2018/06/18 18:33:31 christos Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "pch.h"
+#include "inp.h"
+
+
+/* Input-file-with-indexable-lines abstract type */
+
+static off_t	i_size;		/* size of the input file */
+static char	*i_womp;	/* plan a buffer for entire file */
+static char	**i_ptr;	/* pointers to lines in i_womp */
+static char	empty_line[] = { '\0' };
+
+static int	tifd = -1;	/* plan b virtual string array */
+static char	*tibuf[2];	/* plan b buffers */
+static LINENUM	tiline[2] = {-1, -1};	/* 1st line in each buffer */
+static LINENUM	lines_per_buf;	/* how many lines per buffer */
+static int	tireclen;	/* length of records in tmp file */
+
+static bool	rev_in_string(const char *);
+static bool	reallocate_lines(size_t *);
+
+/* returns false if insufficient memory */
+static bool	plan_a(const char *);
+
+static void	plan_b(const char *);
+
+/* New patch--prepare to edit another file. */
+
+void
+re_input(void)
+{
+	if (using_plan_a) {
+		i_size = 0;
+		free(i_ptr);
+		i_ptr = NULL;
+		if (i_womp != NULL) {
+			munmap(i_womp, i_size);
+			i_womp = NULL;
+		}
+	} else {
+		using_plan_a = true;	/* maybe the next one is smaller */
+		close(tifd);
+		tifd = -1;
+		free(tibuf[0]);
+		free(tibuf[1]);
+		tibuf[0] = tibuf[1] = NULL;
+		tiline[0] = tiline[1] = -1;
+		tireclen = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+/* Construct the line index, somehow or other. */
+
+void
+scan_input(const char *filename)
+{
+	if (!plan_a(filename))
+		plan_b(filename);
+	if (verbose) {
+		say("Patching file %s using Plan %s...\n", filename,
+		    (using_plan_a ? "A" : "B"));
+	}
+}
+
+static bool
+reallocate_lines(size_t *lines_allocated)
+{
+	char	**p;
+	size_t	new_size;
+
+	new_size = *lines_allocated * 3 / 2;
+	p = pch_realloc(i_ptr, new_size + 2,  sizeof(char *));
+	if (p == NULL) {	/* shucks, it was a near thing */
+		munmap(i_womp, i_size);
+		i_womp = NULL;
+		free(i_ptr);
+		i_ptr = NULL;
+		*lines_allocated = 0;
+		return false;
+	}
+	*lines_allocated = new_size;
+	i_ptr = p;
+	return true;
+}
+
+/* Try keeping everything in memory. */
+
+static bool
+plan_a(const char *filename)
+{
+	int		ifd, statfailed, devnull, pstat;
+	char		*p, *s, lbuf[MAXLINELEN];
+	struct stat	filestat;
+	off_t		i;
+	ptrdiff_t	sz;
+	size_t		iline, lines_allocated;
+	pid_t		pid;
+	char		*argp[4] = {NULL};
+
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+	if (debug & 8)
+		return false;
+#endif
+
+	if (filename == NULL || *filename == '\0')
+		return false;
+
+	statfailed = stat(filename, &filestat);
+	if (statfailed && ok_to_create_file) {
+		if (verbose)
+			say("(Creating file %s...)\n", filename);
+
+		/*
+		 * in check_patch case, we still display `Creating file' even
+		 * though we're not. The rule is that -C should be as similar
+		 * to normal patch behavior as possible
+		 */
+		if (check_only)
+			return true;
+		makedirs(filename, true);
+		close(creat(filename, 0666));
+		statfailed = stat(filename, &filestat);
+	}
+	if (statfailed && check_only)
+		fatal("%s not found, -C mode, can't probe further\n", filename);
+	/* For nonexistent or read-only files, look for RCS versions.  */
+	if (statfailed ||
+	    /* No one can write to it.  */
+	    (filestat.st_mode & 0222) == 0 ||
+	    /* I can't write to it.  */
+	    ((filestat.st_mode & 0022) == 0 && filestat.st_uid != getuid())) {
+		char	*filebase, *filedir;
+		struct stat	cstat;
+		char *tmp_filename1, *tmp_filename2;
+
+		tmp_filename1 = strdup(filename);
+		tmp_filename2 = strdup(filename);
+		if (tmp_filename1 == NULL || tmp_filename2 == NULL)
+			fatal("strdupping filename");
+ 
+ 		filebase = basename(tmp_filename1);
+ 		filedir = dirname(tmp_filename2);
+ 
+#define try(f, a1, a2, a3) \
+	(snprintf(lbuf, sizeof lbuf, f, a1, a2, a3), stat(lbuf, &cstat) == 0)
+
+		/*
+		 * else we can't write to it but it's not under a version
+		 * control system, so just proceed.
+		 */
+		if (try("%s/RCS/%s%s", filedir, filebase, RCSSUFFIX) ||
+		    try("%s/RCS/%s%s", filedir, filebase, "") ||
+		    try("%s/%s%s", filedir, filebase, RCSSUFFIX)) {
+			if (!statfailed) {
+				if ((filestat.st_mode & 0222) != 0)
+					/* The owner can write to it.  */
+					fatal("file %s seems to be locked "
+					    "by somebody else under RCS\n",
+					    filename);
+				/*
+				 * It might be checked out unlocked.  See if
+				 * it's safe to check out the default version
+				 * locked.
+				 */
+				if (verbose)
+					say("Comparing file %s to default "
+					    "RCS version...\n", filename);
+
+				switch (pid = fork()) {
+				case -1:
+					fatal("can't fork: %s\n",
+					    strerror(errno));
+				case 0:
+					devnull = open("/dev/null", O_RDONLY);
+					if (devnull == -1) {
+						fatal("can't open /dev/null: %s",
+						    strerror(errno));
+					}
+					(void)dup2(devnull, STDOUT_FILENO);
+					argp[0] = __UNCONST(RCSDIFF);
+					argp[1] = __UNCONST(filename);
+					execv(RCSDIFF, argp);
+					exit(127);
+				}
+				pid = waitpid(pid, &pstat, 0);
+				if (pid == -1 || WEXITSTATUS(pstat) != 0) {
+					fatal("can't check out file %s: "
+					    "differs from default RCS version\n",
+					    filename);
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (verbose)
+				say("Checking out file %s from RCS...\n",
+				    filename);
+
+			switch (pid = fork()) {
+			case -1:
+				fatal("can't fork: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+			case 0:
+				argp[0] = __UNCONST(CHECKOUT);
+				argp[1] = __UNCONST("-l");
+				argp[2] = __UNCONST(filename);
+				execv(CHECKOUT, argp);
+				exit(127);
+			}
+			pid = waitpid(pid, &pstat, 0);
+			if (pid == -1 || WEXITSTATUS(pstat) != 0 ||
+			    stat(filename, &filestat)) {
+				fatal("can't check out file %s from RCS\n",
+				    filename);
+			}
+		} else if (statfailed) {
+			fatal("can't find %s\n", filename);
+		}
+		free(tmp_filename1);
+		free(tmp_filename2);
+	}
+
+	filemode = filestat.st_mode;
+	if (!S_ISREG(filemode))
+		fatal("%s is not a normal file--can't patch\n", filename);
+	i_size = filestat.st_size;
+	if (out_of_mem) {
+		set_hunkmax();	/* make sure dynamic arrays are allocated */
+		out_of_mem = false;
+		return false;	/* force plan b because plan a bombed */
+	}
+	if ((uintmax_t)i_size > (uintmax_t)SIZE_MAX) {
+		say("block too large to mmap\n");
+		return false;
+	}
+	if ((ifd = open(filename, O_RDONLY)) < 0)
+		pfatal("can't open file %s", filename);
+
+	if (i_size) {
+		i_womp = mmap(NULL, i_size, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, ifd, 0);
+		if (i_womp == MAP_FAILED) {
+			perror("mmap failed");
+			i_womp = NULL;
+			close(ifd);
+			return false;
+		}
+	} else {
+		i_womp = NULL;
+	}
+
+	close(ifd);
+	if (i_size)
+		madvise(i_womp, i_size, MADV_SEQUENTIAL);
+
+	/* estimate the number of lines */
+	lines_allocated = i_size / 25;
+	if (lines_allocated < 100)
+		lines_allocated = 100;
+
+	if (!reallocate_lines(&lines_allocated))
+		return false;
+
+	/* now scan the buffer and build pointer array */
+	iline = 1;
+	i_ptr[iline] = i_womp;
+	/* test for NUL too, to maintain the behavior of the original code */
+	for (s = i_womp, i = 0; i < i_size && *s != '\0'; s++, i++) {
+		if (*s == '\n') {
+			if (iline == lines_allocated) {
+				if (!reallocate_lines(&lines_allocated))
+					return false;
+			}
+			/* these are NOT NUL terminated */
+			i_ptr[++iline] = s + 1;
+		}
+	}
+	/* if the last line contains no EOL, append one */
+	if (i_size > 0 && i_womp[i_size - 1] != '\n') {
+		last_line_missing_eol = true;
+		/* fix last line */
+		sz = s - i_ptr[iline];
+		p = malloc(sz + 1);
+		if (p == NULL) {
+			free(i_ptr);
+			i_ptr = NULL;
+			munmap(i_womp, i_size);
+			i_womp = NULL;
+			return false;
+		}
+
+		memcpy(p, i_ptr[iline], sz);
+		p[sz] = '\n';
+		i_ptr[iline] = p;
+		/* count the extra line and make it point to some valid mem */
+		i_ptr[++iline] = empty_line;
+	} else
+		last_line_missing_eol = false;
+
+	input_lines = iline - 1;
+
+	/* now check for revision, if any */
+
+	if (revision != NULL) {
+		if (!rev_in_string(i_womp)) {
+			if (force) {
+				if (verbose)
+					say("Warning: this file doesn't appear "
+					    "to be the %s version--patching anyway.\n",
+					    revision);
+			} else if (batch) {
+				fatal("this file doesn't appear to be the "
+				    "%s version--aborting.\n",
+				    revision);
+			} else {
+				ask("This file doesn't appear to be the "
+				    "%s version--patch anyway? [n] ",
+				    revision);
+				if (*buf != 'y')
+					fatal("aborted\n");
+			}
+		} else if (verbose)
+			say("Good.  This file appears to be the %s version.\n",
+			    revision);
+	}
+	return true;		/* plan a will work */
+}
+
+/* Keep (virtually) nothing in memory. */
+
+static void
+plan_b(const char *filename)
+{
+	FILE	*ifp;
+	size_t	i = 0, j, maxlen = 1;
+	char	*p;
+	bool	found_revision = (revision == NULL);
+
+	using_plan_a = false;
+	if ((ifp = fopen(filename, "r")) == NULL)
+		pfatal("can't open file %s", filename);
+	unlink(TMPINNAME);
+	if ((tifd = open(TMPINNAME, O_EXCL | O_CREAT | O_WRONLY, 0666)) < 0)
+		pfatal("can't open file %s", TMPINNAME);
+	while (fgets(buf, buf_len, ifp) != NULL) {
+		if (revision != NULL && !found_revision && rev_in_string(buf))
+			found_revision = true;
+		if ((i = strlen(buf)) > maxlen)
+			maxlen = i;	/* find longest line */
+	}
+	last_line_missing_eol = i > 0 && buf[i - 1] != '\n';
+	if (last_line_missing_eol && maxlen == i)
+		maxlen++;
+
+	if (revision != NULL) {
+		if (!found_revision) {
+			if (force) {
+				if (verbose)
+					say("Warning: this file doesn't appear "
+					    "to be the %s version--patching anyway.\n",
+					    revision);
+			} else if (batch) {
+				fatal("this file doesn't appear to be the "
+				    "%s version--aborting.\n",
+				    revision);
+			} else {
+				ask("This file doesn't appear to be the %s "
+				    "version--patch anyway? [n] ",
+				    revision);
+				if (*buf != 'y')
+					fatal("aborted\n");
+			}
+		} else if (verbose)
+			say("Good.  This file appears to be the %s version.\n",
+			    revision);
+	}
+	fseek(ifp, 0L, SEEK_SET);	/* rewind file */
+	lines_per_buf = BUFFERSIZE / maxlen;
+	tireclen = maxlen;
+	tibuf[0] = malloc(BUFFERSIZE + 1);
+	if (tibuf[0] == NULL)
+		fatal("out of memory\n");
+	tibuf[1] = malloc(BUFFERSIZE + 1);
+	if (tibuf[1] == NULL)
+		fatal("out of memory\n");
+	for (i = 1;; i++) {
+		p = tibuf[0] + maxlen * (i % lines_per_buf);
+		if (i % lines_per_buf == 0)	/* new block */
+			if (write(tifd, tibuf[0], BUFFERSIZE) < BUFFERSIZE)
+				pfatal("can't write temp file");
+		if (fgets(p, maxlen + 1, ifp) == NULL) {
+			input_lines = i - 1;
+			if (i % lines_per_buf != 0)
+				if (write(tifd, tibuf[0], BUFFERSIZE) < BUFFERSIZE)
+					pfatal("can't write temp file");
+			break;
+		}
+		j = strlen(p);
+		/* These are '\n' terminated strings, so no need to add a NUL */
+		if (j == 0 || p[j - 1] != '\n')
+			p[j] = '\n';
+	}
+	fclose(ifp);
+	close(tifd);
+	if ((tifd = open(TMPINNAME, O_RDONLY)) < 0)
+		pfatal("can't reopen file %s", TMPINNAME);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fetch a line from the input file, \n terminated, not necessarily \0.
+ */
+char *
+ifetch(LINENUM line, int whichbuf)
+{
+	if (line < 1 || line > input_lines) {
+		if (warn_on_invalid_line) {
+			say("No such line %ld in input file, ignoring\n", line);
+			warn_on_invalid_line = false;
+		}
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	if (using_plan_a)
+		return i_ptr[line];
+	else {
+		LINENUM	offline = line % lines_per_buf;
+		LINENUM	baseline = line - offline;
+
+		if (tiline[0] == baseline)
+			whichbuf = 0;
+		else if (tiline[1] == baseline)
+			whichbuf = 1;
+		else {
+			tiline[whichbuf] = baseline;
+
+			if (lseek(tifd, (off_t) (baseline / lines_per_buf *
+			    BUFFERSIZE), SEEK_SET) < 0)
+				pfatal("cannot seek in the temporary input file");
+
+			if (read(tifd, tibuf[whichbuf], BUFFERSIZE) < 0)
+				pfatal("error reading tmp file %s", TMPINNAME);
+		}
+		return tibuf[whichbuf] + (tireclen * offline);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * True if the string argument contains the revision number we want.
+ */
+static bool
+rev_in_string(const char *string)
+{
+	const char	*s;
+	size_t		patlen;
+
+	if (revision == NULL)
+		return true;
+	patlen = strlen(revision);
+	if (strnEQ(string, revision, patlen) && isspace((unsigned char)string[patlen]))
+		return true;
+	for (s = string; *s; s++) {
+		if (isspace((unsigned char)*s) && strnEQ(s + 1, revision, patlen) &&
+		    isspace((unsigned char)s[patlen + 1])) {
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+	return false;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/inp.h b/usr.bin/patch/inp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d010526
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/inp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * $OpenBSD: inp.h,v 1.8 2003/08/15 08:00:51 otto Exp $
+ * $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/inp.h,v 1.1 2004/09/24 18:44:28 joerg Exp $
+ * $NetBSD: inp.h,v 1.10 2008/09/19 18:33:34 joerg Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * patch - a program to apply diffs to original files
+ * 
+ * Copyright 1986, Larry Wall
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following condition is met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this condition and the following disclaimer.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * -C option added in 1998, original code by Marc Espie, based on FreeBSD
+ * behaviour
+ */
+
+void		re_input(void);
+void		scan_input(const char *);
+char		*ifetch(LINENUM, int);
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/mkpath.c b/usr.bin/patch/mkpath.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d18036
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/mkpath.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ *	$OpenBSD: mkpath.c,v 1.2 2005/06/20 07:14:06 otto Exp $
+ *	$DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/mkpath.c,v 1.1 2007/09/29 23:11:10 swildner Exp $
+ *	$NetBSD: mkpath.c,v 1.1 2008/09/19 18:33:34 joerg Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: mkpath.c,v 1.1 2008/09/19 18:33:34 joerg Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+int	mkpath(char *);
+
+/* Code taken directly from mkdir(1).
+
+ * mkpath -- create directories.
+ *	path     - path
+ */
+int
+mkpath(char *path)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	char *slash;
+	int done = 0;
+
+	slash = path;
+
+	while (!done) {
+		slash += strspn(slash, "/");
+		slash += strcspn(slash, "/");
+
+		done = (*slash == '\0');
+		*slash = '\0';
+
+		if (stat(path, &sb)) {
+			if (errno != ENOENT || (mkdir(path, 0777) &&
+			    errno != EEXIST)) {
+				warn("%s", path);
+				return (-1);
+			}
+		} else if (!S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+			warnx("%s: %s", path, strerror(ENOTDIR));
+			return (-1);
+		}
+
+		*slash = '/';
+	}
+
+	return (0);
+}
+
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/patch.1 b/usr.bin/patch/patch.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f434c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/patch.1
@@ -0,0 +1,663 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: patch.1,v 1.22 2008/06/06 20:44:00 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/patch.1,v 1.10 2008/08/18 19:15:55 joerg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: patch.1,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $
+.\" Copyright 1986, Larry Wall
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following condition
+.\" is met:
+.\"  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"     notice, this condition and the following disclaimer.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd November 7, 2015
+.Dt PATCH 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm patch
+.Nd apply a diff file to an original
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl bCcEeflNnRstuv
+.Op Fl B Ar backup-prefix
+.Op Fl D Ar symbol
+.Op Fl d Ar directory
+.Op Fl F Ar max-fuzz
+.Op Fl i Ar patchfile
+.Op Fl o Ar out-file
+.Op Fl p Ar strip-count
+.Op Fl r Ar rej-name
+.Op Fl V Cm t | nil | never | none
+.Op Fl x Ar number
+.Op Fl z Ar backup-ext
+.Op Fl Fl posix
+.Op Ar origfile Op Ar patchfile
+.Nm
+.Pf \*(Lt Ar patchfile
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+will take a patch file containing any of the four forms of difference
+listing produced by the
+.Xr diff 1
+program and apply those differences to an original file,
+producing a patched version.
+If
+.Ar patchfile
+is omitted, or is a hyphen, the patch will be read from the standard input.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+will attempt to determine the type of the diff listing, unless over-ruled by a
+.Fl c ,
+.Fl e ,
+.Fl n ,
+or
+.Fl u
+option.
+Context diffs (old-style, new-style, and unified) and
+normal diffs are applied directly by the
+.Nm
+program itself, whereas ed diffs are simply fed to the
+.Xr ed 1
+editor via a pipe.
+.Pp
+If the
+.Ar patchfile
+contains more than one patch,
+.Nm
+will try to apply each of them as if they came from separate patch files.
+This means, among other things, that it is assumed that the name of the file
+to patch must be determined for each diff listing, and that the garbage before
+each diff listing will be examined for interesting things such as file names
+and revision level (see the section on
+.Sx Filename Determination
+below).
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl B Ar backup-prefix , Fl Fl prefix Ar backup-prefix
+Causes the next argument to be interpreted as a prefix to the backup file
+name.
+If this argument is specified, any argument to
+.Fl z
+will be ignored.
+.It Fl b , Fl Fl backup
+Save a backup copy of the file before it is modified.
+By default the original file is saved with a backup extension of
+.Qq .orig
+unless the file already has a numbered backup, in which case a numbered
+backup is made.
+This is equivalent to specifying
+.Qo Fl V Cm existing Qc .
+This option is currently the default, unless
+.Fl -posix
+is specified.
+.It Fl C , Fl Fl check
+Checks that the patch would apply cleanly, but does not modify anything.
+.It Fl c , Fl Fl context
+Forces
+.Nm
+to interpret the patch file as a context diff.
+.It Fl D Ar symbol , Fl Fl ifdef Ar symbol
+Causes
+.Nm
+to use the
+.Qq #ifdef...#endif
+construct to mark changes.
+The argument following will be used as the differentiating symbol.
+Note that, unlike the C compiler, there must be a space between the
+.Fl D
+and the argument.
+.It Fl d Ar directory , Fl Fl directory Ar directory
+Causes
+.Nm
+to interpret the next argument as a directory,
+and change the working directory to it before doing anything else.
+.It Fl E , Fl Fl remove-empty-files
+Causes
+.Nm
+to remove output files that are empty after the patches have been applied.
+This option is useful when applying patches that create or remove files.
+.It Fl e , Fl Fl ed
+Forces
+.Nm
+to interpret the patch file as an
+.Xr ed 1
+script.
+.It Fl F Ar max-fuzz , Fl Fl fuzz Ar max-fuzz
+Sets the maximum fuzz factor.
+This option only applies to context diffs, and causes
+.Nm
+to ignore up to that many lines in looking for places to install a hunk.
+Note that a larger fuzz factor increases the odds of a faulty patch.
+The default fuzz factor is 2, and it may not be set to more than
+the number of lines of context in the context diff, ordinarily 3.
+.It Fl f , Fl Fl force
+Forces
+.Nm
+to assume that the user knows exactly what he or she is doing, and to not
+ask any questions.
+It assumes the following:
+skip patches for which a file to patch can't be found;
+patch files even though they have the wrong version for the
+.Qq Prereq:
+line in the patch;
+and assume that patches are not reversed even if they look like they are.
+This option does not suppress commentary; use
+.Fl s
+for that.
+.It Fl i Ar patchfile , Fl Fl input Ar patchfile
+Causes the next argument to be interpreted as the input file name
+(i.e., a patchfile).
+This option may be specified multiple times.
+.It Fl l , Fl Fl ignore-whitespace
+Causes the pattern matching to be done loosely, in case the tabs and
+spaces have been munged in your input file.
+Any sequence of whitespace in the pattern line will match any sequence
+in the input file.
+Normal characters must still match exactly.
+Each line of the context must still match a line in the input file.
+.It Fl N , Fl Fl forward
+Causes
+.Nm
+to ignore patches that it thinks are reversed or already applied.
+See also
+.Fl R .
+.It Fl n , Fl Fl normal
+Forces
+.Nm
+to interpret the patch file as a normal diff.
+.It Fl o Ar out-file , Fl Fl output Ar out-file
+Causes the next argument to be interpreted as the output file name.
+.It Fl p Ar strip-count , Fl Fl strip Ar strip-count
+Sets the pathname strip count,
+which controls how pathnames found in the patch file are treated,
+in case you keep your files in a different directory than the person who sent
+out the patch.
+The strip count specifies how many slashes are to be stripped from
+the front of the pathname.
+(Any intervening directory names also go away.)
+For example, supposing the file name in the patch file was
+.Pa /u/howard/src/blurfl/blurfl.c :
+.Pp
+Setting
+.Fl p Ns Ar 0
+gives the entire pathname unmodified.
+.Pp
+.Fl p Ns Ar 1
+gives
+.Pp
+.D1 Pa u/howard/src/blurfl/blurfl.c
+.Pp
+without the leading slash.
+.Pp
+.Fl p Ns Ar 4
+gives
+.Pp
+.D1 Pa blurfl/blurfl.c
+.Pp
+Not specifying
+.Fl p
+at all just gives you
+.Pa blurfl.c ,
+unless all of the directories in the leading path
+.Pq Pa u/howard/src/blurfl
+exist and that path is relative,
+in which case you get the entire pathname unmodified.
+Whatever you end up with is looked for either in the current directory,
+or the directory specified by the
+.Fl d
+option.
+.It Fl R , Fl Fl reverse
+Tells
+.Nm
+that this patch was created with the old and new files swapped.
+(Yes, I'm afraid that does happen occasionally, human nature being what it
+is.)
+.Nm
+will attempt to swap each hunk around before applying it.
+Rejects will come out in the swapped format.
+The
+.Fl R
+option will not work with ed diff scripts because there is too little
+information to reconstruct the reverse operation.
+.Pp
+If the first hunk of a patch fails,
+.Nm
+will reverse the hunk to see if it can be applied that way.
+If it can, you will be asked if you want to have the
+.Fl R
+option set.
+If it can't, the patch will continue to be applied normally.
+(Note: this method cannot detect a reversed patch if it is a normal diff
+and if the first command is an append (i.e., it should have been a delete)
+since appends always succeed, due to the fact that a null context will match
+anywhere.
+Luckily, most patches add or change lines rather than delete them, so most
+reversed normal diffs will begin with a delete, which will fail, triggering
+the heuristic.)
+.It Fl r Ar rej-name , Fl Fl reject-file Ar rej-name
+Causes the next argument to be interpreted as the reject file name.
+.It Fl s , Fl Fl quiet , Fl Fl silent
+Makes
+.Nm
+do its work silently, unless an error occurs.
+.It Fl t , Fl Fl batch
+Similar to
+.Fl f ,
+in that it suppresses questions, but makes some different assumptions:
+skip patches for which a file to patch can't be found (the same as
+.Fl f ) ;
+skip patches for which the file has the wrong version for the
+.Qq Prereq:
+line in the patch;
+and assume that patches are reversed if they look like they are.
+.It Fl u , Fl Fl unified
+Forces
+.Nm
+to interpret the patch file as a unified context diff (a unidiff).
+.It Fl V Cm t | nil | never | none , Fl Fl version-control Cm t | nil | never | none
+Causes the next argument to be interpreted as a method for creating
+backup file names.
+The type of backups made can also be given in the
+.Ev PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL
+or
+.Ev VERSION_CONTROL
+environment variables, which are overridden by this option.
+The
+.Fl B
+option overrides this option, causing the prefix to always be used for
+making backup file names.
+The values of the
+.Ev PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL
+and
+.Ev VERSION_CONTROL
+environment variables and the argument to the
+.Fl V
+option are like the GNU Emacs
+.Dq version-control
+variable; they also recognize synonyms that are more descriptive.
+The valid values are (unique abbreviations are accepted):
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent
+.It Cm t , numbered
+Always make numbered backups.
+.It Cm nil , existing
+Make numbered backups of files that already have them,
+simple backups of the others.
+.It Cm never , simple
+Always make simple backups.
+.It Cm none
+No backups are created.
+.El
+.It Fl v , Fl Fl version
+Causes
+.Nm
+to print out its revision header and patch level.
+.It Fl x Ar number , Fl Fl debug Ar number
+Sets internal debugging flags, and is of interest only to
+.Nm
+patchers.
+.It Fl z Ar backup-ext , Fl Fl suffix Ar backup-ext
+Causes the next argument to be interpreted as the backup extension, to be
+used in place of
+.Qq .orig .
+.It Fl Fl posix
+Enables strict
+.St -p1003.1-2004
+conformance, specifically:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+Backup files are not created unless the
+.Fl b
+option is specified.
+.It
+If unspecified, the file name used is the first of the old, new and
+index files that exists.
+.El
+.El
+.Ss Patch Application
+.Nm
+will try to skip any leading garbage, apply the diff,
+and then skip any trailing garbage.
+Thus you could feed an article or message containing a
+diff listing to
+.Nm ,
+and it should work.
+If the entire diff is indented by a consistent amount,
+this will be taken into account.
+.Pp
+With context diffs, and to a lesser extent with normal diffs,
+.Nm
+can detect when the line numbers mentioned in the patch are incorrect,
+and will attempt to find the correct place to apply each hunk of the patch.
+As a first guess, it takes the line number mentioned for the hunk, plus or
+minus any offset used in applying the previous hunk.
+If that is not the correct place,
+.Nm
+will scan both forwards and backwards for a set of lines matching the context
+given in the hunk.
+First
+.Nm
+looks for a place where all lines of the context match.
+If no such place is found, and it's a context diff, and the maximum fuzz factor
+is set to 1 or more, then another scan takes place ignoring the first and last
+line of context.
+If that fails, and the maximum fuzz factor is set to 2 or more,
+the first two and last two lines of context are ignored,
+and another scan is made.
+.Pq The default maximum fuzz factor is 2.
+.Pp
+If
+.Nm
+cannot find a place to install that hunk of the patch, it will put the hunk
+out to a reject file, which normally is the name of the output file plus
+.Qq .rej .
+(Note that the rejected hunk will come out in context diff form whether the
+input patch was a context diff or a normal diff.
+If the input was a normal diff, many of the contexts will simply be null.)
+The line numbers on the hunks in the reject file may be different than
+in the patch file: they reflect the approximate location patch thinks the
+failed hunks belong in the new file rather than the old one.
+.Pp
+As each hunk is completed, you will be told whether the hunk succeeded or
+failed, and which line (in the new file)
+.Nm
+thought the hunk should go on.
+If this is different from the line number specified in the diff,
+you will be told the offset.
+A single large offset MAY be an indication that a hunk was installed in the
+wrong place.
+You will also be told if a fuzz factor was used to make the match, in which
+case you should also be slightly suspicious.
+.Ss Filename Determination
+If no original file is specified on the command line,
+.Nm
+will try to figure out from the leading garbage what the name of the file
+to edit is.
+When checking a prospective file name, pathname components are stripped
+as specified by the
+.Fl p
+option and the file's existence and writability are checked relative
+to the current working directory (or the directory specified by the
+.Fl d
+option).
+.Pp
+If the diff is a context or unified diff,
+.Nm
+is able to determine the old and new file names from the diff header.
+For context diffs, the
+.Dq old
+file is specified in the line beginning with
+.Qq ***
+and the
+.Dq new
+file is specified in the line beginning with
+.Qq --- .
+For a unified diff, the
+.Dq old
+file is specified in the line beginning with
+.Qq ---
+and the
+.Dq new
+file is specified in the line beginning with
+.Qq +++ .
+If there is an
+.Qq Index:
+line in the leading garbage (regardless of the diff type),
+.Nm
+will use the file name from that line as the
+.Dq index
+file.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+will choose the file name by performing the following steps, with the first
+match used:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+If
+.Nm
+is operating in strict
+.St -p1003.1-2004
+mode, the first of the
+.Dq old ,
+.Dq new
+and
+.Dq index
+file names that exist is used.
+Otherwise,
+.Nm
+will examine either the
+.Dq old
+and
+.Dq new
+file names or, for a non-context diff, the
+.Dq index
+file name, and choose the file name with the fewest path components,
+the shortest basename, and the shortest total file name length (in that order).
+.It
+If no file exists,
+.Nm
+checks for the existence of the files in an RCS directory using the criteria
+specified above.
+If found,
+.Nm
+will attempt to get or check out the file.
+.It
+If no suitable file was found to patch, the patch file is a context or
+unified diff, and the old file was zero length, the new file name is
+created and used.
+.It
+If the file name still cannot be determined,
+.Nm
+will prompt the user for the file name to use.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally, if the leading garbage contains a
+.Qq Prereq:\ \&
+line,
+.Nm
+will take the first word from the prerequisites line (normally a version
+number) and check the input file to see if that word can be found.
+If not,
+.Nm
+will ask for confirmation before proceeding.
+.Pp
+The upshot of all this is that you should be able to say, while in a news
+interface, the following:
+.Pp
+.Dl | patch -d /usr/src/local/blurfl
+.Pp
+and patch a file in the blurfl directory directly from the article containing
+the patch.
+.Ss Backup Files
+By default, the patched version is put in place of the original, with
+the original file backed up to the same name with the extension
+.Qq .orig ,
+or as specified by the
+.Fl B ,
+.Fl V ,
+or
+.Fl z
+options.
+The extension used for making backup files may also be specified in the
+.Ev SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
+environment variable, which is overridden by the options above.
+.Pp
+If the backup file is a symbolic or hard link to the original file,
+.Nm
+creates a new backup file name by changing the first lowercase letter
+in the last component of the file's name into uppercase.
+If there are no more lowercase letters in the name,
+it removes the first character from the name.
+It repeats this process until it comes up with a
+backup file that does not already exist or is not linked to the original file.
+.Pp
+You may also specify where you want the output to go with the
+.Fl o
+option; if that file already exists, it is backed up first.
+.Ss Notes For Patch Senders
+There are several things you should bear in mind if you are going to
+be sending out patches:
+.Pp
+First, you can save people a lot of grief by keeping a
+.Pa patchlevel.h
+file which is patched to increment the patch level as the first diff in the
+patch file you send out.
+If you put a
+.Qq Prereq:
+line in with the patch, it won't let them apply
+patches out of order without some warning.
+.Pp
+Second, make sure you've specified the file names right, either in a
+context diff header, or with an
+.Qq Index:
+line.
+If you are patching something in a subdirectory, be sure to tell the patch
+user to specify a
+.Fl p
+option as needed.
+.Pp
+Third, you can create a file by sending out a diff that compares a
+null file to the file you want to create.
+This will only work if the file you want to create doesn't exist already in
+the target directory.
+.Pp
+Fourth, take care not to send out reversed patches, since it makes people wonder
+whether they already applied the patch.
+.Pp
+Fifth, while you may be able to get away with putting 582 diff listings into
+one file, it is probably wiser to group related patches into separate files in
+case something goes haywire.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width "PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL" -compact
+.It Ev POSIXLY_CORRECT
+When set,
+.Nm
+behaves as if the
+.Fl Fl posix
+option has been specified.
+.It Ev SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
+Extension to use for backup file names instead of
+.Qq .orig .
+.It Ev TMPDIR
+Directory to put temporary files in; default is
+.Pa /tmp .
+.It Ev PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL
+Selects when numbered backup files are made.
+.It Ev VERSION_CONTROL
+Same as
+.Ev PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL .
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width "$TMPDIR/patch*" -compact
+.It Pa $TMPDIR/patch*
+.Nm
+temporary files
+.It Pa /dev/tty
+used to read input when
+.Nm
+prompts the user
+.El
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+Too many to list here, but generally indicative that
+.Nm
+couldn't parse your patch file.
+.Pp
+The message
+.Qq Hmm...
+indicates that there is unprocessed text in the patch file and that
+.Nm
+is attempting to intuit whether there is a patch in that text and, if so,
+what kind of patch it is.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact -offset indent
+.It \&0
+Successful completion.
+.It \&1
+One or more lines were written to a reject file.
+.It >\&1
+An error occurred.
+.El
+.Pp
+When applying a set of patches in a loop it behooves you to check this
+exit status so you don't apply a later patch to a partially patched file.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr diff 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is compliant with the
+.St -p1003.1-2004
+specification
+(except as detailed above for the
+.Fl -posix
+option),
+though the presence of
+.Nm
+itself is optional.
+.Pp
+The flags
+.Op Fl CEfstuvBFVxz
+and
+.Op Fl -posix
+are extensions to that specification.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Larry Wall
+with many other contributors.
+.Sh CAVEATS
+.Nm
+cannot tell if the line numbers are off in an ed script, and can only detect
+bad line numbers in a normal diff when it finds a
+.Qq change
+or a
+.Qq delete
+command.
+A context diff using fuzz factor 3 may have the same problem.
+Until a suitable interactive interface is added, you should probably do
+a context diff in these cases to see if the changes made sense.
+Of course, compiling without errors is a pretty good indication that the patch
+worked, but not always.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+usually produces the correct results, even when it has to do a lot of
+guessing.
+However, the results are guaranteed to be correct only when the patch is
+applied to exactly the same version of the file that the patch was
+generated from.
+.Sh BUGS
+Could be smarter about partial matches, excessively deviant offsets and
+swapped code, but that would take an extra pass.
+.Pp
+Check patch mode
+.Pq Fl C
+will fail if you try to check several patches in succession that build on
+each other.
+The entire
+.Nm
+code would have to be restructured to keep temporary files around so that it
+can handle this situation.
+.Pp
+If code has been duplicated (for instance with #ifdef OLDCODE ... #else ...
+#endif),
+.Nm
+is incapable of patching both versions, and, if it works at all, will likely
+patch the wrong one, and tell you that it succeeded to boot.
+.Pp
+If you apply a patch you've already applied,
+.Nm
+will think it is a reversed patch, and offer to un-apply the patch.
+This could be construed as a feature.
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/patch.c b/usr.bin/patch/patch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f49e7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/patch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1064 @@
+/*
+ * $OpenBSD: patch.c,v 1.45 2007/04/18 21:52:24 sobrado Exp $
+ * $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/patch.c,v 1.10 2008/08/10 23:39:56 joerg Exp $
+ * $NetBSD: patch.c,v 1.29 2011/09/06 18:25:14 joerg Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * patch - a program to apply diffs to original files
+ * 
+ * Copyright 1986, Larry Wall
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following condition is met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this condition and the following disclaimer.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * -C option added in 1998, original code by Marc Espie, based on FreeBSD
+ * behaviour
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: patch.c,v 1.29 2011/09/06 18:25:14 joerg Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "pch.h"
+#include "inp.h"
+#include "backupfile.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+mode_t		filemode = 0644;
+
+char		buf[MAXLINELEN];	/* general purpose buffer */
+size_t		buf_len = sizeof(buf);
+
+bool		using_plan_a = true;	/* try to keep everything in memory */
+bool		out_of_mem = false;	/* ran out of memory in plan a */
+
+#define MAXFILEC 2
+
+char		*filearg[MAXFILEC];
+bool		ok_to_create_file = false;
+char		*outname = NULL;
+char		*origprae = NULL;
+char		*TMPOUTNAME;
+char		*TMPINNAME;
+char		*TMPREJNAME;
+char		*TMPPATNAME;
+bool		toutkeep = false;
+bool		trejkeep = false;
+bool		warn_on_invalid_line;
+bool		last_line_missing_eol;
+
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+int		debug = 0;
+#endif
+
+bool		force = false;
+bool		batch = false;
+bool		verbose = true;
+bool		reverse = false;
+bool		noreverse = false;
+bool		skip_rest_of_patch = false;
+int		strippath = 957;
+bool		canonicalize = false;
+bool		check_only = false;
+int		diff_type = 0;
+char		*revision = NULL;	/* prerequisite revision, if any */
+LINENUM		input_lines = 0;	/* how long is input file in lines */
+int		posix = 0;		/* strict POSIX mode? */
+
+static void	reinitialize_almost_everything(void);
+static void	get_some_switches(void);
+static LINENUM	locate_hunk(LINENUM);
+static void	abort_context_hunk(void);
+static void	rej_line(int, LINENUM);
+static void	abort_hunk(void);
+static void	apply_hunk(LINENUM);
+static void	init_output(const char *);
+static void	init_reject(const char *);
+static void	copy_till(LINENUM, bool);
+static bool	spew_output(void);
+static void	dump_line(LINENUM, bool);
+static bool	patch_match(LINENUM, LINENUM, LINENUM);
+static bool	similar(const char *, const char *, int);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+/* true if -E was specified on command line.  */
+static bool	remove_empty_files = false;
+
+/* true if -R was specified on command line.  */
+static bool	reverse_flag_specified = false;
+
+/* buffer holding the name of the rejected patch file. */
+static char	rejname[NAME_MAX + 1];
+
+/* buffer for stderr */
+static char	serrbuf[BUFSIZ];
+
+/* how many input lines have been irretractibly output */
+static LINENUM	last_frozen_line = 0;
+
+static int	Argc;		/* guess */
+static char	**Argv;
+static int	Argc_last;	/* for restarting plan_b */
+static char	**Argv_last;
+
+static FILE	*ofp = NULL;	/* output file pointer */
+static FILE	*rejfp = NULL;	/* reject file pointer */
+
+static int	filec = 0;	/* how many file arguments? */
+static LINENUM	last_offset = 0;
+static LINENUM	maxfuzz = 2;
+
+/* patch using ifdef, ifndef, etc. */
+static bool		do_defines = false;
+/* #ifdef xyzzy */
+static char		if_defined[128];
+/* #ifndef xyzzy */
+static char		not_defined[128];
+/* #else */
+static const char	else_defined[] = "#else\n";
+/* #endif xyzzy */
+static char		end_defined[128];
+
+
+/* Apply a set of diffs as appropriate. */
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int	error = 0, hunk, failed, i, fd;
+	LINENUM	where = 0, newwhere, fuzz, mymaxfuzz;
+	const	char *tmpdir;
+	char	*v;
+
+	setbuf(stderr, serrbuf);
+	for (i = 0; i < MAXFILEC; i++)
+		filearg[i] = NULL;
+
+	/* Cons up the names of the temporary files.  */
+	if ((tmpdir = getenv("TMPDIR")) == NULL || *tmpdir == '\0')
+		tmpdir = _PATH_TMP;
+	for (i = strlen(tmpdir) - 1; i > 0 && tmpdir[i] == '/'; i--)
+		;
+	i++;
+	if (asprintf(&TMPOUTNAME, "%.*s/patchoXXXXXXXXXX", i, tmpdir) == -1)
+		fatal("cannot allocate memory");
+	if ((fd = mkstemp(TMPOUTNAME)) < 0)
+		pfatal("can't create %s", TMPOUTNAME);
+	close(fd);
+
+	if (asprintf(&TMPINNAME, "%.*s/patchiXXXXXXXXXX", i, tmpdir) == -1)
+		fatal("cannot allocate memory");
+	if ((fd = mkstemp(TMPINNAME)) < 0)
+		pfatal("can't create %s", TMPINNAME);
+	close(fd);
+
+	if (asprintf(&TMPREJNAME, "%.*s/patchrXXXXXXXXXX", i, tmpdir) == -1)
+		fatal("cannot allocate memory");
+	if ((fd = mkstemp(TMPREJNAME)) < 0)
+		pfatal("can't create %s", TMPREJNAME);
+	close(fd);
+
+	if (asprintf(&TMPPATNAME, "%.*s/patchpXXXXXXXXXX", i, tmpdir) == -1)
+		fatal("cannot allocate memory");
+	if ((fd = mkstemp(TMPPATNAME)) < 0)
+		pfatal("can't create %s", TMPPATNAME);
+	close(fd);
+
+	v = getenv("SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX");
+	if (v)
+		simple_backup_suffix = v;
+	else
+		simple_backup_suffix = ORIGEXT;
+
+	/* parse switches */
+	Argc = argc;
+	Argv = argv;
+	get_some_switches();
+
+	if (backup_type == none) {
+		if ((v = getenv("PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL")) == NULL)
+			v = getenv("VERSION_CONTROL");
+		if (v != NULL || !posix)
+			backup_type = get_version(v);	/* OK to pass NULL. */
+	}
+
+	/* make sure we clean up /tmp in case of disaster */
+	set_signals(0);
+
+	for (open_patch_file(filearg[1]); there_is_another_patch();
+	    reinitialize_almost_everything()) {
+		/* for each patch in patch file */
+
+		warn_on_invalid_line = true;
+
+		if (outname == NULL)
+			outname = savestr(filearg[0]);
+
+		/* for ed script just up and do it and exit */
+		if (diff_type == ED_DIFF) {
+			do_ed_script();
+			continue;
+		}
+		/* initialize the patched file */
+		if (!skip_rest_of_patch)
+			init_output(TMPOUTNAME);
+
+		/* initialize reject file */
+		init_reject(TMPREJNAME);
+
+		/* find out where all the lines are */
+		if (!skip_rest_of_patch)
+			scan_input(filearg[0]);
+
+		/* from here on, open no standard i/o files, because malloc */
+		/* might misfire and we can't catch it easily */
+
+		/* apply each hunk of patch */
+		hunk = 0;
+		failed = 0;
+		out_of_mem = false;
+		while (another_hunk()) {
+			hunk++;
+			fuzz = 0;
+			mymaxfuzz = pch_context();
+			if (maxfuzz < mymaxfuzz)
+				mymaxfuzz = maxfuzz;
+			if (!skip_rest_of_patch) {
+				do {
+					where = locate_hunk(fuzz);
+					if (hunk == 1 && where == 0 && !force) {
+						/* dwim for reversed patch? */
+						if (!pch_swap()) {
+							if (fuzz == 0)
+								say("Not enough memory to try swapped hunk!  Assuming unswapped.\n");
+							continue;
+						}
+						reverse = !reverse;
+						/* try again */
+						where = locate_hunk(fuzz);
+						if (where == 0) {
+							/* didn't find it swapped */
+							if (!pch_swap())
+								/* put it back to normal */
+								fatal("lost hunk on alloc error!\n");
+							reverse = !reverse;
+						} else if (noreverse) {
+							if (!pch_swap())
+								/* put it back to normal */
+								fatal("lost hunk on alloc error!\n");
+							reverse = !reverse;
+							say("Ignoring previously applied (or reversed) patch.\n");
+							skip_rest_of_patch = true;
+						} else if (batch) {
+							if (verbose)
+								say("%seversed (or previously applied) patch detected!  %s -R.",
+								    reverse ? "R" : "Unr",
+								    reverse ? "Assuming" : "Ignoring");
+						} else {
+							ask("%seversed (or previously applied) patch detected!  %s -R? [y] ",
+							    reverse ? "R" : "Unr",
+							    reverse ? "Assume" : "Ignore");
+							if (*buf == 'n') {
+								ask("Apply anyway? [n] ");
+								if (*buf != 'y')
+									skip_rest_of_patch = true;
+								where = 0;
+								reverse = !reverse;
+								if (!pch_swap())
+									/* put it back to normal */
+									fatal("lost hunk on alloc error!\n");
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				} while (!skip_rest_of_patch && where == 0 &&
+				    ++fuzz <= mymaxfuzz);
+
+				if (skip_rest_of_patch) {	/* just got decided */
+					if (ferror(ofp) || fclose(ofp)) {
+						say("Error writing %s\n",
+						    TMPOUTNAME);
+						error = 1;
+					}
+					ofp = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+			newwhere = pch_newfirst() + last_offset;
+			if (skip_rest_of_patch) {
+				abort_hunk();
+				failed++;
+				if (verbose)
+					say("Hunk #%d ignored at %ld.\n",
+					    hunk, newwhere);
+			} else if (where == 0) {
+				abort_hunk();
+				failed++;
+				if (verbose)
+					say("Hunk #%d failed at %ld.\n",
+					    hunk, newwhere);
+			} else {
+				apply_hunk(where);
+				if (verbose) {
+					say("Hunk #%d succeeded at %ld",
+					    hunk, newwhere);
+					if (fuzz != 0)
+						say(" with fuzz %ld", fuzz);
+					if (last_offset)
+						say(" (offset %ld line%s)",
+						    last_offset,
+						    last_offset == 1L ? "" : "s");
+					say(".\n");
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (out_of_mem && using_plan_a) {
+			Argc = Argc_last;
+			Argv = Argv_last;
+			say("\n\nRan out of memory using Plan A--trying again...\n\n");
+			if (ofp)
+				fclose(ofp);
+			ofp = NULL;
+			if (rejfp)
+				fclose(rejfp);
+			rejfp = NULL;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (hunk == 0)
+			fatal("Internal error: hunk should not be 0\n");
+
+		/* finish spewing out the new file */
+		if (!skip_rest_of_patch && !spew_output()) {
+			say("Can't write %s\n", TMPOUTNAME);
+			error = 1;
+		}
+
+		/* and put the output where desired */
+		ignore_signals();
+		if (!skip_rest_of_patch) {
+			struct stat	statbuf;
+			char	*realout = outname;
+
+			if (!check_only) {
+				if (move_file(TMPOUTNAME, outname) < 0) {
+					toutkeep = true;
+					realout = TMPOUTNAME;
+					chmod(TMPOUTNAME, filemode);
+				} else
+					chmod(outname, filemode);
+
+				if (remove_empty_files &&
+				    stat(realout, &statbuf) == 0 &&
+				    statbuf.st_size == 0) {
+					if (verbose)
+						say("Removing %s (empty after patching).\n",
+						    realout);
+					unlink(realout);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if (ferror(rejfp) || fclose(rejfp)) {
+			say("Error writing %s\n", rejname);
+			error = 1;
+		}
+		rejfp = NULL;
+		if (failed) {
+			error = 1;
+			if (*rejname == '\0') {
+				if (strlcpy(rejname, outname,
+				    sizeof(rejname)) >= sizeof(rejname))
+					fatal("filename %s is too long\n", outname);
+				if (strlcat(rejname, REJEXT,
+				    sizeof(rejname)) >= sizeof(rejname))
+					fatal("filename %s is too long\n", outname);
+			}
+			if (skip_rest_of_patch) {
+				say("%d out of %d hunks ignored--saving rejects to %s\n",
+				    failed, hunk, rejname);
+			} else {
+				say("%d out of %d hunks failed--saving rejects to %s\n",
+				    failed, hunk, rejname);
+			}
+			if (!check_only && move_file(TMPREJNAME, rejname) < 0)
+				trejkeep = true;
+		}
+		set_signals(1);
+	}
+	my_exit(error);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/* Prepare to find the next patch to do in the patch file. */
+
+static void
+reinitialize_almost_everything(void)
+{
+	re_patch();
+	re_input();
+
+	input_lines = 0;
+	last_frozen_line = 0;
+
+	filec = 0;
+	if (!out_of_mem) {
+		free(filearg[0]);
+		filearg[0] = NULL;
+	}
+
+	free(outname);
+	outname = NULL;
+
+	last_offset = 0;
+	diff_type = 0;
+
+	free(revision);
+	revision = NULL;
+
+	reverse = reverse_flag_specified;
+	skip_rest_of_patch = false;
+
+	get_some_switches();
+}
+
+/* Process switches and filenames. */
+
+static void
+get_some_switches(void)
+{
+	const char *options = "b::B:cCd:D:eEfF:i:lnNo:p:r:RstuvV:x:z:";
+	static struct option longopts[] = {
+		{"backup",		no_argument,		0,	'b'},
+		{"batch",		no_argument,		0,	't'},
+		{"check",		no_argument,		0,	'C'},
+		{"context",		no_argument,		0,	'c'},
+		{"debug",		required_argument,	0,	'x'},
+		{"directory",		required_argument,	0,	'd'},
+		{"ed",			no_argument,		0,	'e'},
+		{"force",		no_argument,		0,	'f'},
+		{"forward",		no_argument,		0,	'N'},
+		{"fuzz",		required_argument,	0,	'F'},
+		{"ifdef",		required_argument,	0,	'D'},
+		{"input",		required_argument,	0,	'i'},
+		{"ignore-whitespace",	no_argument,		0,	'l'},
+		{"normal",		no_argument,		0,	'n'},
+		{"output",		required_argument,	0,	'o'},
+		{"prefix",		required_argument,	0,	'B'},
+		{"quiet",		no_argument,		0,	's'},
+		{"reject-file",		required_argument,	0,	'r'},
+		{"remove-empty-files",	no_argument,		0,	'E'},
+		{"reverse",		no_argument,		0,	'R'},
+		{"silent",		no_argument,		0,	's'},
+		{"strip",		required_argument,	0,	'p'},
+		{"suffix",		required_argument,	0,	'z'},
+		{"unified",		no_argument,		0,	'u'},
+		{"version",		no_argument,		0,	'v'},
+		{"version-control",	required_argument,	0,	'V'},
+		{"posix",		no_argument,		&posix,	1},
+		{NULL,			0,			0,	0}
+	};
+	int ch;
+
+	rejname[0] = '\0';
+	Argc_last = Argc;
+	Argv_last = Argv;
+	if (!Argc)
+		return;
+	optreset = optind = 1;
+	while ((ch = getopt_long(Argc, Argv, options, longopts, NULL)) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'b':
+			if (backup_type == none)
+				backup_type = numbered_existing;
+			if (optarg == NULL)
+				break;
+			if (verbose)
+				say("Warning, the ``-b suffix'' option has been"
+				    " obsoleted by the -z option.\n");
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'z':
+			/* must directly follow 'b' case for backwards compat */
+			simple_backup_suffix = savestr(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'B':
+			origprae = savestr(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			diff_type = CONTEXT_DIFF;
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			check_only = true;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			if (chdir(optarg) < 0)
+				pfatal("can't cd to %s", optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'D':
+			do_defines = true;
+			if (!isalpha((unsigned char)*optarg) && *optarg != '_')
+				fatal("argument to -D is not an identifier\n");
+			snprintf(if_defined, sizeof if_defined,
+			    "#ifdef %s\n", optarg);
+			snprintf(not_defined, sizeof not_defined,
+			    "#ifndef %s\n", optarg);
+			snprintf(end_defined, sizeof end_defined,
+			    "#endif /* %s */\n", optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			diff_type = ED_DIFF;
+			break;
+		case 'E':
+			remove_empty_files = true;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			force = true;
+			break;
+		case 'F':
+			maxfuzz = atoi(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			if (++filec == MAXFILEC)
+				fatal("too many file arguments\n");
+			filearg[filec] = savestr(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			canonicalize = true;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			diff_type = NORMAL_DIFF;
+			break;
+		case 'N':
+			noreverse = true;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			outname = savestr(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			strippath = atoi(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			if (strlcpy(rejname, optarg,
+			    sizeof(rejname)) >= sizeof(rejname))
+				fatal("argument for -r is too long\n");
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+			reverse = true;
+			reverse_flag_specified = true;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			verbose = false;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			batch = true;
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			diff_type = UNI_DIFF;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			version();
+			break;
+		case 'V':
+			backup_type = get_version(optarg);
+			break;
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+		case 'x':
+			debug = atoi(optarg);
+			break;
+#endif
+		default:
+			if (ch != '\0')
+				usage();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	Argc -= optind;
+	Argv += optind;
+
+	if (Argc > 0) {
+		filearg[0] = savestr(*Argv++);
+		Argc--;
+		while (Argc > 0) {
+			if (++filec == MAXFILEC)
+				fatal("too many file arguments\n");
+			filearg[filec] = savestr(*Argv++);
+			Argc--;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (getenv("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL)
+		posix = 1;
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr,
+"usage: patch [-bCcEeflNnRstuv] [-B backup-prefix] [-D symbol] [-d directory]\n"
+"             [-F max-fuzz] [-i patchfile] [-o out-file] [-p strip-count]\n"
+"             [-r rej-name] [-V t | nil | never] [-x number] [-z backup-ext]\n"
+"             [--posix] [origfile [patchfile]]\n"
+"       patch <patchfile\n");
+	my_exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Attempt to find the right place to apply this hunk of patch.
+ */
+static LINENUM
+locate_hunk(LINENUM fuzz)
+{
+	LINENUM	first_guess = pch_first() + last_offset;
+	LINENUM	offset;
+	LINENUM	pat_lines = pch_ptrn_lines();
+	LINENUM	max_pos_offset = input_lines - first_guess - pat_lines + 1;
+	LINENUM	max_neg_offset = first_guess - last_frozen_line - 1 + pch_context();
+
+	if (pat_lines == 0) {		/* null range matches always */
+		if (verbose && fuzz == 0 && (diff_type == CONTEXT_DIFF
+		    || diff_type == NEW_CONTEXT_DIFF
+		    || diff_type == UNI_DIFF)) {
+			say("Empty context always matches.\n");
+		}
+		return (first_guess);
+	}
+	if (max_neg_offset >= first_guess)	/* do not try lines < 0 */
+		max_neg_offset = first_guess - 1;
+	if (first_guess <= input_lines && patch_match(first_guess, 0, fuzz))
+		return first_guess;
+	for (offset = 1; ; offset++) {
+		bool	check_after = (offset <= max_pos_offset);
+		bool	check_before = (offset <= max_neg_offset);
+
+		if (check_after && patch_match(first_guess, offset, fuzz)) {
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+			if (debug & 1)
+				say("Offset changing from %ld to %ld\n",
+				    last_offset, offset);
+#endif
+			last_offset = offset;
+			return first_guess + offset;
+		} else if (check_before && patch_match(first_guess, -offset, fuzz)) {
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+			if (debug & 1)
+				say("Offset changing from %ld to %ld\n",
+				    last_offset, -offset);
+#endif
+			last_offset = -offset;
+			return first_guess - offset;
+		} else if (!check_before && !check_after)
+			return 0;
+	}
+}
+
+/* We did not find the pattern, dump out the hunk so they can handle it. */
+
+static void
+abort_context_hunk(void)
+{
+	LINENUM	i;
+	const LINENUM	pat_end = pch_end();
+	/*
+	 * add in last_offset to guess the same as the previous successful
+	 * hunk
+	 */
+	const LINENUM	oldfirst = pch_first() + last_offset;
+	const LINENUM	newfirst = pch_newfirst() + last_offset;
+	const LINENUM	oldlast = oldfirst + pch_ptrn_lines() - 1;
+	const LINENUM	newlast = newfirst + pch_repl_lines() - 1;
+	const char	*stars = (diff_type >= NEW_CONTEXT_DIFF ? " ****" : "");
+	const char	*minuses = (diff_type >= NEW_CONTEXT_DIFF ? " ----" : " -----");
+
+	fprintf(rejfp, "***************\n");
+	for (i = 0; i <= pat_end; i++) {
+		switch (pch_char(i)) {
+		case '*':
+			if (oldlast < oldfirst)
+				fprintf(rejfp, "*** 0%s\n", stars);
+			else if (oldlast == oldfirst)
+				fprintf(rejfp, "*** %ld%s\n", oldfirst, stars);
+			else
+				fprintf(rejfp, "*** %ld,%ld%s\n", oldfirst,
+				    oldlast, stars);
+			break;
+		case '=':
+			if (newlast < newfirst)
+				fprintf(rejfp, "--- 0%s\n", minuses);
+			else if (newlast == newfirst)
+				fprintf(rejfp, "--- %ld%s\n", newfirst, minuses);
+			else
+				fprintf(rejfp, "--- %ld,%ld%s\n", newfirst,
+				    newlast, minuses);
+			break;
+		case '\n':
+			fprintf(rejfp, "%s", pfetch(i));
+			break;
+		case ' ':
+		case '-':
+		case '+':
+		case '!':
+			fprintf(rejfp, "%c %s", pch_char(i), pfetch(i));
+			break;
+		default:
+			fatal("fatal internal error in abort_context_hunk\n");
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+rej_line(int ch, LINENUM i)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	const char *line = pfetch(i);
+
+	len = strlen(line);
+
+	fprintf(rejfp, "%c%s", ch, line);
+	if (len == 0 || line[len-1] != '\n')
+		fprintf(rejfp, "\n\\ No newline at end of file\n");
+}
+
+static void
+abort_hunk(void)
+{
+	LINENUM		i, j, split;
+	int		ch1, ch2;
+	const LINENUM	pat_end = pch_end();
+	const LINENUM	oldfirst = pch_first() + last_offset;
+	const LINENUM	newfirst = pch_newfirst() + last_offset;
+
+	if (diff_type != UNI_DIFF) {
+		abort_context_hunk();
+		return;
+	}
+	split = -1;
+	for (i = 0; i <= pat_end; i++) {
+		if (pch_char(i) == '=') {
+			split = i;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (split == -1) {
+		fprintf(rejfp, "malformed hunk: no split found\n");
+		return;
+	}
+	i = 0;
+	j = split + 1;
+	fprintf(rejfp, "@@ -%ld,%ld +%ld,%ld @@\n",
+	    pch_ptrn_lines() ? oldfirst : 0,
+	    pch_ptrn_lines(), newfirst, pch_repl_lines());
+	while (i < split || j <= pat_end) {
+		ch1 = i < split ? pch_char(i) : -1;
+		ch2 = j <= pat_end ? pch_char(j) : -1;
+		if (ch1 == '-') {
+			rej_line('-', i);
+			i++;
+		} else if (ch1 == ' ' && ch2 == ' ') {
+			rej_line(' ', i);
+			i++;
+			j++;
+		} else if (ch1 == '!' && ch2 == '!') {
+			while (i < split && ch1 == '!') {
+				rej_line('-', i);
+				i++;
+				ch1 = i < split ? pch_char(i) : -1;
+			}
+			while (j <= pat_end && ch2 == '!') {
+				rej_line('+', j);
+				j++;
+				ch2 = j <= pat_end ? pch_char(j) : -1;
+			}
+		} else if (ch1 == '*') {
+			i++;
+		} else if (ch2 == '+' || ch2 == ' ') {
+			rej_line(ch2, j);
+			j++;
+		} else {
+			fprintf(rejfp, "internal error on (%ld %ld %ld)\n",
+			    i, split, j);
+			rej_line(ch1, i);
+			rej_line(ch2, j);
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* We found where to apply it (we hope), so do it. */
+
+static void
+apply_hunk(LINENUM where)
+{
+	LINENUM		old = 1;
+	const LINENUM	lastline = pch_ptrn_lines();
+	LINENUM		new = lastline + 1;
+#define OUTSIDE 0
+#define IN_IFNDEF 1
+#define IN_IFDEF 2
+#define IN_ELSE 3
+	int		def_state = OUTSIDE;
+	const LINENUM	pat_end = pch_end();
+
+	where--;
+	while (pch_char(new) == '=' || pch_char(new) == '\n')
+		new++;
+
+	while (old <= lastline) {
+		if (pch_char(old) == '-') {
+			copy_till(where + old - 1, false);
+			if (do_defines) {
+				if (def_state == OUTSIDE) {
+					fputs(not_defined, ofp);
+					def_state = IN_IFNDEF;
+				} else if (def_state == IN_IFDEF) {
+					fputs(else_defined, ofp);
+					def_state = IN_ELSE;
+				}
+				fputs(pfetch(old), ofp);
+			}
+			last_frozen_line++;
+			old++;
+		} else if (new > pat_end) {
+			break;
+		} else if (pch_char(new) == '+') {
+			copy_till(where + old - 1, false);
+			if (do_defines) {
+				if (def_state == IN_IFNDEF) {
+					fputs(else_defined, ofp);
+					def_state = IN_ELSE;
+				} else if (def_state == OUTSIDE) {
+					fputs(if_defined, ofp);
+					def_state = IN_IFDEF;
+				}
+			}
+			fputs(pfetch(new), ofp);
+			new++;
+		} else if (pch_char(new) != pch_char(old)) {
+			say("Out-of-sync patch, lines %ld,%ld--mangled text or line numbers, maybe?\n",
+			    pch_hunk_beg() + old,
+			    pch_hunk_beg() + new);
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+			say("oldchar = '%c', newchar = '%c'\n",
+			    pch_char(old), pch_char(new));
+#endif
+			my_exit(2);
+		} else if (pch_char(new) == '!') {
+			copy_till(where + old - 1, false);
+			if (do_defines) {
+				fputs(not_defined, ofp);
+				def_state = IN_IFNDEF;
+			}
+			while (pch_char(old) == '!') {
+				if (do_defines) {
+					fputs(pfetch(old), ofp);
+				}
+				last_frozen_line++;
+				old++;
+			}
+			if (do_defines) {
+				fputs(else_defined, ofp);
+				def_state = IN_ELSE;
+			}
+			while (pch_char(new) == '!') {
+				fputs(pfetch(new), ofp);
+				new++;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (pch_char(new) != ' ')
+				fatal("Internal error: expected ' '\n");
+			old++;
+			new++;
+			if (do_defines && def_state != OUTSIDE) {
+				fputs(end_defined, ofp);
+				def_state = OUTSIDE;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (new <= pat_end && pch_char(new) == '+') {
+		copy_till(where + old - 1, false);
+		if (do_defines) {
+			if (def_state == OUTSIDE) {
+				fputs(if_defined, ofp);
+				def_state = IN_IFDEF;
+			} else if (def_state == IN_IFNDEF) {
+				fputs(else_defined, ofp);
+				def_state = IN_ELSE;
+			}
+		}
+		while (new <= pat_end && pch_char(new) == '+') {
+			fputs(pfetch(new), ofp);
+			new++;
+		}
+	}
+	if (do_defines && def_state != OUTSIDE) {
+		fputs(end_defined, ofp);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open the new file.
+ */
+static void
+init_output(const char *name)
+{
+	ofp = fopen(name, "w");
+	if (ofp == NULL)
+		pfatal("can't create %s", name);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open a file to put hunks we can't locate.
+ */
+static void
+init_reject(const char *name)
+{
+	rejfp = fopen(name, "w");
+	if (rejfp == NULL)
+		pfatal("can't create %s", name);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copy input file to output, up to wherever hunk is to be applied.
+ * If endoffile is true, treat the last line specially since it may
+ * lack a newline.
+ */
+static void
+copy_till(LINENUM lastline, bool endoffile)
+{
+	if (last_frozen_line > lastline)
+		fatal("misordered hunks! output would be garbled\n");
+	while (last_frozen_line < lastline) {
+		if (++last_frozen_line == lastline && endoffile)
+			dump_line(last_frozen_line, !last_line_missing_eol);
+		else
+			dump_line(last_frozen_line, true);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Finish copying the input file to the output file.
+ */
+static bool
+spew_output(void)
+{
+	int rv;
+
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+	if (debug & 256)
+		say("il=%ld lfl=%ld\n", input_lines, last_frozen_line);
+#endif
+	if (input_lines)
+		copy_till(input_lines, true);	/* dump remainder of file */
+	rv = ferror(ofp) == 0 && fclose(ofp) == 0;
+	ofp = NULL;
+	return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copy one line from input to output.
+ */
+static void
+dump_line(LINENUM line, bool write_newline)
+{
+	char	*s;
+
+	s = ifetch(line, 0);
+	if (s == NULL)
+		return;
+	/* Note: string is not NUL terminated. */
+	for (; *s != '\n'; s++)
+		putc(*s, ofp);
+	if (write_newline)
+		putc('\n', ofp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Does the patch pattern match at line base+offset?
+ */
+static bool
+patch_match(LINENUM base, LINENUM offset, LINENUM fuzz)
+{
+	LINENUM		pline = 1 + fuzz;
+	LINENUM		iline;
+	LINENUM		pat_lines = pch_ptrn_lines() - fuzz;
+	const char	*ilineptr;
+	const char	*plineptr;
+	short		plinelen;
+
+	for (iline = base + offset + fuzz; pline <= pat_lines; pline++, iline++) {
+		ilineptr = ifetch(iline, offset >= 0);
+		if (ilineptr == NULL)
+			return false;
+		plineptr = pfetch(pline);
+		plinelen = pch_line_len(pline);
+		if (canonicalize) {
+			if (!similar(ilineptr, plineptr, plinelen))
+				return false;
+		} else if (strnNE(ilineptr, plineptr, plinelen))
+			return false;
+		if (iline == input_lines) {
+			/*
+			 * We are looking at the last line of the file.
+			 * If the file has no eol, the patch line should
+			 * not have one either and vice-versa. Note that
+			 * plinelen > 0.
+			 */
+			if (last_line_missing_eol) {
+				if (plineptr[plinelen - 1] == '\n')
+					return false;
+			} else {
+				if (plineptr[plinelen - 1] != '\n')
+					return false;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Do two lines match with canonicalized white space?
+ */
+static bool
+similar(const char *a, const char *b, int len)
+{
+	while (len) {
+		if (isspace((unsigned char)*b)) {	/* whitespace (or \n) to match? */
+			if (!isspace((unsigned char)*a))	/* no corresponding whitespace? */
+				return false;
+			while (len && isspace((unsigned char)*b) && *b != '\n')
+				b++, len--;	/* skip pattern whitespace */
+			while (isspace((unsigned char)*a) && *a != '\n')
+				a++;	/* skip target whitespace */
+			if (*a == '\n' || *b == '\n')
+				return (*a == *b);	/* should end in sync */
+		} else if (*a++ != *b++)	/* match non-whitespace chars */
+			return false;
+		else
+			len--;	/* probably not necessary */
+	}
+	return true;		/* actually, this is not reached */
+	/* since there is always a \n */
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/pathnames.h b/usr.bin/patch/pathnames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9d3ccb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/pathnames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/*
+ * $OpenBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.1 2003/07/29 20:10:17 millert Exp $
+ * $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/pathnames.h,v 1.2 2008/08/11 00:04:12 joerg Exp $
+ * $NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.1 2008/09/19 18:33:34 joerg Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Placed in the public domain by Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ * on July 29, 2003.
+ */
+
+#include <paths.h>
+
+#define	_PATH_ED		"/bin/ed"
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/pch.c b/usr.bin/patch/pch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a635ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/pch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1600 @@
+/*
+ * $OpenBSD: pch.c,v 1.37 2007/09/02 15:19:33 deraadt Exp $
+ * $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/pch.c,v 1.6 2008/08/10 23:35:40 joerg Exp $
+ * $NetBSD: pch.c,v 1.30 2018/06/18 18:33:31 christos Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * patch - a program to apply diffs to original files
+ * 
+ * Copyright 1986, Larry Wall
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following condition is met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this condition and the following disclaimer.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * -C option added in 1998, original code by Marc Espie, based on FreeBSD
+ * behaviour
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: pch.c,v 1.30 2018/06/18 18:33:31 christos Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "pch.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+/* Patch (diff listing) abstract type. */
+
+static long	p_filesize;	/* size of the patch file */
+static LINENUM	p_first;	/* 1st line number */
+static LINENUM	p_newfirst;	/* 1st line number of replacement */
+static LINENUM	p_ptrn_lines;	/* # lines in pattern */
+static LINENUM	p_repl_lines;	/* # lines in replacement text */
+static LINENUM	p_end = -1;	/* last line in hunk */
+static LINENUM	p_max;		/* max allowed value of p_end */
+static LINENUM	p_context = 3;	/* # of context lines */
+static LINENUM	p_input_line = 0;	/* current line # from patch file */
+static char	**p_line = NULL;/* the text of the hunk */
+static short	*p_len = NULL;	/* length of each line */
+static char	*p_char = NULL;	/* +, -, and ! */
+static int	hunkmax = INITHUNKMAX;	/* size of above arrays to begin with */
+static int	p_indent;	/* indent to patch */
+static LINENUM	p_base;		/* where to intuit this time */
+static LINENUM	p_bline;	/* line # of p_base */
+static LINENUM	p_start;	/* where intuit found a patch */
+static LINENUM	p_sline;	/* and the line number for it */
+static LINENUM	p_hunk_beg;	/* line number of current hunk */
+static LINENUM	p_efake = -1;	/* end of faked up lines--don't free */
+static LINENUM	p_bfake = -1;	/* beg of faked up lines */
+static FILE	*pfp = NULL;	/* patch file pointer */
+static char	*bestguess = NULL;	/* guess at correct filename */
+
+static void	grow_hunkmax(void);
+static int	intuit_diff_type(void);
+static void	next_intuit_at(LINENUM, LINENUM);
+static void	skip_to(LINENUM, LINENUM);
+static char	*pgets(char *, int, FILE *);
+static char	*best_name(const struct file_name *, bool);
+static char	*posix_name(const struct file_name *, bool);
+static size_t	num_components(const char *);
+
+/*
+ * Prepare to look for the next patch in the patch file.
+ */
+void
+re_patch(void)
+{
+	p_first = 0;
+	p_newfirst = 0;
+	p_ptrn_lines = 0;
+	p_repl_lines = 0;
+	p_end = (LINENUM) - 1;
+	p_max = 0;
+	p_indent = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open the patch file at the beginning of time.
+ */
+void
+open_patch_file(const char *filename)
+{
+	struct stat filestat;
+
+	if (filename == NULL || *filename == '\0' || strEQ(filename, "-")) {
+		pfp = fopen(TMPPATNAME, "w");
+		if (pfp == NULL)
+			pfatal("can't create %s", TMPPATNAME);
+		while (fgets(buf, buf_len, stdin) != NULL)
+			fputs(buf, pfp);
+		if (ferror(pfp) || fclose(pfp))
+			pfatal("can't write %s", TMPPATNAME);
+		filename = TMPPATNAME;
+	}
+	pfp = fopen(filename, "r");
+	if (pfp == NULL)
+		pfatal("patch file %s not found", filename);
+	fstat(fileno(pfp), &filestat);
+	p_filesize = filestat.st_size;
+	next_intuit_at(0L, 1L);	/* start at the beginning */
+	set_hunkmax();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Make sure our dynamically realloced tables are malloced to begin with.
+ */
+void
+set_hunkmax(void)
+{
+	if (p_line == NULL)
+		p_line = calloc((size_t) hunkmax, sizeof(char *));
+	if (p_len == NULL)
+		p_len = calloc((size_t) hunkmax, sizeof(short));
+	if (p_char == NULL)
+		p_char = calloc((size_t) hunkmax, sizeof(char));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Enlarge the arrays containing the current hunk of patch.
+ */
+static void
+grow_hunkmax(void)
+{
+	int		new_hunkmax;
+	char		**new_p_line;
+	short		*new_p_len;
+	char		*new_p_char;
+
+	new_hunkmax = hunkmax * 2;
+
+	if (p_line == NULL || p_len == NULL || p_char == NULL)
+		fatal("Internal memory allocation error\n");
+
+	new_p_line = pch_realloc(p_line, new_hunkmax, sizeof(char *));
+	if (new_p_line == NULL)
+		free(p_line);
+
+	new_p_len = pch_realloc(p_len, new_hunkmax, sizeof(short));
+	if (new_p_len == NULL)
+		free(p_len);
+
+	new_p_char = pch_realloc(p_char, new_hunkmax, sizeof(char));
+	if (new_p_char == NULL)
+		free(p_char);
+
+	p_char = new_p_char;
+	p_len = new_p_len;
+	p_line = new_p_line;
+
+	if (p_line != NULL && p_len != NULL && p_char != NULL) {
+		hunkmax = new_hunkmax;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (!using_plan_a)
+		fatal("out of memory\n");
+	out_of_mem = true;	/* whatever is null will be allocated again */
+				/* from within plan_a(), of all places */
+}
+
+/* True if the remainder of the patch file contains a diff of some sort. */
+
+bool
+there_is_another_patch(void)
+{
+	bool exists = false;
+
+	if (p_base != 0L && p_base >= p_filesize) {
+		if (verbose)
+			say("done\n");
+		return false;
+	}
+	if (verbose)
+		say("Hmm...");
+	diff_type = intuit_diff_type();
+	if (!diff_type) {
+		if (p_base != 0L) {
+			if (verbose)
+				say("  Ignoring the trailing garbage.\ndone\n");
+		} else
+			say("  I can't seem to find a patch in there anywhere.\n");
+		return false;
+	}
+	if (verbose)
+		say("  %sooks like %s to me...\n",
+		    (p_base == 0L ? "L" : "The next patch l"),
+		    diff_type == UNI_DIFF ? "a unified diff" :
+		    diff_type == CONTEXT_DIFF ? "a context diff" :
+		diff_type == NEW_CONTEXT_DIFF ? "a new-style context diff" :
+		    diff_type == NORMAL_DIFF ? "a normal diff" :
+		    "an ed script");
+	if (p_indent && verbose)
+		say("(Patch is indented %d space%s.)\n", p_indent,
+		    p_indent == 1 ? "" : "s");
+	skip_to(p_start, p_sline);
+	while (filearg[0] == NULL) {
+		if (force || batch) {
+			say("No file to patch.  Skipping...\n");
+			filearg[0] = savestr(bestguess);
+			skip_rest_of_patch = true;
+			return true;
+		}
+		ask("File to patch: ");
+		if (*buf != '\n') {
+			free(bestguess);
+			bestguess = savestr(buf);
+			filearg[0] = fetchname(buf, &exists, 0);
+		}
+		if (!exists) {
+			ask("No file found--skip this patch? [n] ");
+			if (*buf != 'y')
+				continue;
+			if (verbose)
+				say("Skipping patch...\n");
+			free(filearg[0]);
+			filearg[0] = fetchname(bestguess, &exists, 0);
+			skip_rest_of_patch = true;
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+	return true;
+}
+
+/* Determine what kind of diff is in the remaining part of the patch file. */
+
+static int
+intuit_diff_type(void)
+{
+	long	this_line = 0, previous_line;
+	long	first_command_line = -1;
+	LINENUM	fcl_line = -1;
+	bool	last_line_was_command = false, this_is_a_command = false;
+	bool	stars_last_line = false, stars_this_line = false;
+	char	*s, *t;
+	int	indent, retval;
+	struct file_name names[MAX_FILE];
+
+	memset(names, 0, sizeof(names));
+	ok_to_create_file = false;
+	fseek(pfp, p_base, SEEK_SET);
+	p_input_line = p_bline - 1;
+	for (;;) {
+		previous_line = this_line;
+		last_line_was_command = this_is_a_command;
+		stars_last_line = stars_this_line;
+		this_line = ftell(pfp);
+		indent = 0;
+		p_input_line++;
+		if (fgets(buf, buf_len, pfp) == NULL) {
+			if (first_command_line >= 0L) {
+				/* nothing but deletes!? */
+				p_start = first_command_line;
+				p_sline = fcl_line;
+				retval = ED_DIFF;
+				goto scan_exit;
+			} else {
+				p_start = this_line;
+				p_sline = p_input_line;
+				retval = 0;
+				goto scan_exit;
+			}
+		}
+		for (s = buf; *s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == 'X'; s++) {
+			if (*s == '\t')
+				indent += 8 - (indent % 8);
+			else
+				indent++;
+		}
+		for (t = s; isdigit((unsigned char)*t) || *t == ','; t++)
+			;
+		this_is_a_command = (isdigit((unsigned char)*s) &&
+		    (*t == 'd' || *t == 'c' || *t == 'a'));
+		if (first_command_line < 0L && this_is_a_command) {
+			first_command_line = this_line;
+			fcl_line = p_input_line;
+			p_indent = indent;	/* assume this for now */
+		}
+		if (!stars_last_line && strnEQ(s, "*** ", 4))
+			names[OLD_FILE].path = fetchname(s + 4,
+			    &names[OLD_FILE].exists, strippath);
+		else if (strnEQ(s, "--- ", 4))
+			names[NEW_FILE].path = fetchname(s + 4,
+			    &names[NEW_FILE].exists, strippath);
+		else if (strnEQ(s, "+++ ", 4))
+			/* pretend it is the old name */
+			names[OLD_FILE].path = fetchname(s + 4,
+			    &names[OLD_FILE].exists, strippath);
+		else if (strnEQ(s, "Index:", 6))
+			names[INDEX_FILE].path = fetchname(s + 6,
+			    &names[INDEX_FILE].exists, strippath);
+		else if (strnEQ(s, "Prereq:", 7)) {
+			for (t = s + 7; isspace((unsigned char)*t); t++)
+				;
+			revision = savestr(t);
+			for (t = revision; *t && !isspace((unsigned char)*t); t++)
+				;
+			*t = '\0';
+			if (*revision == '\0') {
+				free(revision);
+				revision = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		if ((!diff_type || diff_type == ED_DIFF) &&
+		    first_command_line >= 0L &&
+		    strEQ(s, ".\n")) {
+			p_indent = indent;
+			p_start = first_command_line;
+			p_sline = fcl_line;
+			retval = ED_DIFF;
+			goto scan_exit;
+		}
+		if ((!diff_type || diff_type == UNI_DIFF) && strnEQ(s, "@@ -", 4)) {
+			if (strnEQ(s + 4, "0,0", 3))
+				ok_to_create_file = true;
+			p_indent = indent;
+			p_start = this_line;
+			p_sline = p_input_line;
+			retval = UNI_DIFF;
+			goto scan_exit;
+		}
+		stars_this_line = strnEQ(s, "********", 8);
+		if ((!diff_type || diff_type == CONTEXT_DIFF) && stars_last_line &&
+		    strnEQ(s, "*** ", 4)) {
+			if (atol(s + 4) == 0)
+				ok_to_create_file = true;
+			/*
+			 * If this is a new context diff the character just
+			 * before the newline is a '*'.
+			 */
+			while (*s != '\n')
+				s++;
+			p_indent = indent;
+			p_start = previous_line;
+			p_sline = p_input_line - 1;
+			retval = (*(s - 1) == '*' ? NEW_CONTEXT_DIFF : CONTEXT_DIFF);
+			goto scan_exit;
+		}
+		if ((!diff_type || diff_type == NORMAL_DIFF) &&
+		    last_line_was_command &&
+		    (strnEQ(s, "< ", 2) || strnEQ(s, "> ", 2))) {
+			p_start = previous_line;
+			p_sline = p_input_line - 1;
+			p_indent = indent;
+			retval = NORMAL_DIFF;
+			goto scan_exit;
+		}
+	}
+scan_exit:
+	if (retval == UNI_DIFF) {
+		/* unswap old and new */
+		struct file_name tmp = names[OLD_FILE];
+		names[OLD_FILE] = names[NEW_FILE];
+		names[NEW_FILE] = tmp;
+	}
+	if (filearg[0] == NULL) {
+		if (posix)
+			filearg[0] = posix_name(names, ok_to_create_file);
+		else {
+			/* Ignore the Index: name for context diffs, like GNU */
+			if (names[OLD_FILE].path != NULL ||
+			    names[NEW_FILE].path != NULL) {
+				free(names[INDEX_FILE].path);
+				names[INDEX_FILE].path = NULL;
+			}
+			filearg[0] = best_name(names, ok_to_create_file);
+		}
+	}
+
+	free(bestguess);
+	bestguess = NULL;
+	if (filearg[0] != NULL)
+		bestguess = savestr(filearg[0]);
+	else if (!ok_to_create_file) {
+		/*
+		 * We don't want to create a new file but we need a
+		 * filename to set bestguess.  Avoid setting filearg[0]
+		 * so the file is not created automatically.
+		 */
+		if (posix)
+			bestguess = posix_name(names, true);
+		else
+			bestguess = best_name(names, true);
+	}
+	free(names[OLD_FILE].path);
+	free(names[NEW_FILE].path);
+	free(names[INDEX_FILE].path);
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remember where this patch ends so we know where to start up again.
+ */
+static void
+next_intuit_at(LINENUM file_pos, LINENUM file_line)
+{
+	p_base = file_pos;
+	p_bline = file_line;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Basically a verbose fseek() to the actual diff listing.
+ */
+static void
+skip_to(LINENUM file_pos, LINENUM file_line)
+{
+	char	*ret;
+
+	if (p_base > file_pos)
+		fatal("Internal error: seek %ld>%ld\n", p_base, file_pos);
+	if (verbose && p_base < file_pos) {
+		fseek(pfp, p_base, SEEK_SET);
+		say("The text leading up to this was:\n--------------------------\n");
+		while (ftell(pfp) < file_pos) {
+			ret = fgets(buf, buf_len, pfp);
+			if (ret == NULL)
+				fatal("Unexpected end of file\n");
+			say("|%s", buf);
+		}
+		say("--------------------------\n");
+	} else
+		fseek(pfp, file_pos, SEEK_SET);
+	p_input_line = file_line - 1;
+}
+
+/* Make this a function for better debugging.  */
+__dead static void
+malformed(void)
+{
+	fatal("malformed patch at line %ld: %s", p_input_line, buf);
+	/* about as informative as "Syntax error" in C */
+}
+
+static LINENUM
+getlinenum(const char *s)
+{
+	LINENUM l = (LINENUM)atol(s);
+	if (l < 0) {
+		l = 0;
+		malformed();
+	}
+	return l;
+}
+
+static LINENUM
+getskiplinenum(char **p)
+{
+	char *s = *p;
+	LINENUM l = getlinenum(s);
+	while (isdigit((unsigned char)*s))
+		s++;
+	*p = s;
+	return l;
+}
+
+/*
+ * True if the line has been discarded (i.e., it is a line saying
+ *  "\ No newline at end of file".)
+ */
+static bool
+remove_special_line(void)
+{
+	int	c;
+
+	c = fgetc(pfp);
+	if (c == '\\') {
+		do {
+			c = fgetc(pfp);
+		} while (c != EOF && c != '\n');
+
+		return true;
+	}
+	if (c != EOF)
+		fseek(pfp, -1L, SEEK_CUR);
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * True if there is more of the current diff listing to process.
+ */
+bool
+another_hunk(void)
+{
+	long	line_beginning;			/* file pos of the current line */
+	LINENUM	repl_beginning;			/* index of --- line */
+	LINENUM	fillcnt;			/* #lines of missing ptrn or repl */
+	LINENUM	fillsrc;			/* index of first line to copy */
+	LINENUM	filldst;			/* index of first missing line */
+	bool	ptrn_spaces_eaten;		/* ptrn was slightly misformed */
+	bool	repl_could_be_missing;		/* no + or ! lines in this hunk */
+	bool	repl_missing;			/* we are now backtracking */
+	long	repl_backtrack_position;	/* file pos of first repl line */
+	LINENUM	repl_patch_line;		/* input line number for same */
+	LINENUM	ptrn_copiable;			/* # of copiable lines in ptrn */
+	char	*s, *ret;
+	int	context = 0;
+
+	while (p_end >= 0) {
+		if (p_end == p_efake)
+			p_end = p_bfake;	/* don't free twice */
+		else
+			free(p_line[p_end]);
+		p_end--;
+	}
+	p_efake = -1;
+
+	p_max = hunkmax;	/* gets reduced when --- found */
+	if (diff_type == CONTEXT_DIFF || diff_type == NEW_CONTEXT_DIFF) {
+		line_beginning = ftell(pfp);
+		repl_beginning = 0;
+		fillcnt = 0;
+		fillsrc = 0;
+		filldst = 0;
+		ptrn_spaces_eaten = false;
+		repl_could_be_missing = true;
+		repl_missing = false;
+		repl_backtrack_position = 0;
+		repl_patch_line = 0;
+		ptrn_copiable = 0;
+
+		ret = pgets(buf, buf_len, pfp);
+		p_input_line++;
+		if (ret == NULL || strnNE(buf, "********", 8)) {
+			next_intuit_at(line_beginning, p_input_line);
+			return false;
+		}
+		p_context = 100;
+		p_hunk_beg = p_input_line + 1;
+		while (p_end < p_max) {
+			line_beginning = ftell(pfp);
+			ret = pgets(buf, buf_len, pfp);
+			p_input_line++;
+			if (ret == NULL) {
+				if (p_max - p_end < 4) {
+					/* assume blank lines got chopped */
+					strlcpy(buf, "  \n", buf_len);
+				} else {
+					if (repl_beginning && repl_could_be_missing) {
+						repl_missing = true;
+						goto hunk_done;
+					}
+					fatal("unexpected end of file in patch\n");
+				}
+			}
+			p_end++;
+			if (p_end >= hunkmax)
+				fatal("Internal error: hunk larger than hunk "
+				    "buffer size");
+			p_char[p_end] = *buf;
+			p_line[p_end] = NULL;
+			switch (*buf) {
+			case '*':
+				if (strnEQ(buf, "********", 8)) {
+					if (repl_beginning && repl_could_be_missing) {
+						repl_missing = true;
+						goto hunk_done;
+					} else
+						fatal("unexpected end of hunk "
+						    "at line %ld\n",
+						    p_input_line);
+				}
+				if (p_end != 0) {
+					if (repl_beginning && repl_could_be_missing) {
+						repl_missing = true;
+						goto hunk_done;
+					}
+					fatal("unexpected *** at line %ld: %s",
+					    p_input_line, buf);
+				}
+				context = 0;
+				p_line[p_end] = savestr(buf);
+				if (out_of_mem) {
+					p_end--;
+					return false;
+				}
+				for (s = buf; *s && !isdigit((unsigned char)*s); s++)
+					;
+				if (!*s)
+					malformed();
+				if (strnEQ(s, "0,0", 3))
+					memmove(s, s + 2, strlen(s + 2) + 1);
+				p_first = getskiplinenum(&s);
+				if (*s == ',') {
+					for (; *s && !isdigit((unsigned char)*s); s++)
+						;
+					if (!*s)
+						malformed();
+					p_ptrn_lines = (getlinenum(s)) - p_first + 1;
+					if (p_ptrn_lines < 0)
+						malformed();
+				} else if (p_first)
+					p_ptrn_lines = 1;
+				else {
+					p_ptrn_lines = 0;
+					p_first = 1;
+				}
+				if (p_first >= LINENUM_MAX - p_ptrn_lines ||
+				    p_ptrn_lines >= LINENUM_MAX - 6)
+					malformed();
+
+				/* we need this much at least */
+				p_max = p_ptrn_lines + 6;
+				while (p_max >= hunkmax)
+					grow_hunkmax();
+				p_max = hunkmax;
+				break;
+			case '-':
+				if (buf[1] == '-') {
+					if (repl_beginning ||
+					    (p_end != p_ptrn_lines + 1 +
+					    (p_char[p_end - 1] == '\n'))) {
+						if (p_end == 1) {
+							/*
+							 * `old' lines were omitted;
+							 * set up to fill them in
+							 * from 'new' context lines.
+							 */
+							p_end = p_ptrn_lines + 1;
+							fillsrc = p_end + 1;
+							filldst = 1;
+							fillcnt = p_ptrn_lines;
+						} else {
+							if (repl_beginning) {
+								if (repl_could_be_missing) {
+									repl_missing = true;
+									goto hunk_done;
+								}
+								fatal("duplicate \"---\" at line %ld--check line numbers at line %ld\n",
+								    p_input_line, p_hunk_beg + repl_beginning);
+							} else {
+								fatal("%s \"---\" at line %ld--check line numbers at line %ld\n",
+								    (p_end <= p_ptrn_lines
+								    ? "Premature"
+								    : "Overdue"),
+								    p_input_line, p_hunk_beg);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+					repl_beginning = p_end;
+					repl_backtrack_position = ftell(pfp);
+					repl_patch_line = p_input_line;
+					p_line[p_end] = savestr(buf);
+					if (out_of_mem) {
+						p_end--;
+						return false;
+					}
+					p_char[p_end] = '=';
+					for (s = buf; *s && !isdigit((unsigned char)*s); s++)
+						;
+					if (!*s)
+						malformed();
+					p_newfirst = getskiplinenum(&s);
+					if (*s == ',') {
+						for (; *s && !isdigit((unsigned char)*s); s++)
+							;
+						if (!*s)
+							malformed();
+						p_repl_lines = (getlinenum(s)) -
+						    p_newfirst + 1;
+						if (p_repl_lines < 0)
+							malformed();
+					} else if (p_newfirst)
+						p_repl_lines = 1;
+					else {
+						p_repl_lines = 0;
+						p_newfirst = 1;
+					}
+					if (p_newfirst >= LINENUM_MAX - p_repl_lines ||
+					    p_repl_lines >= LINENUM_MAX - p_end)
+						malformed();
+					p_max = p_repl_lines + p_end;
+					if (p_max > MAXHUNKSIZE)
+						fatal("hunk too large (%ld lines) at line %ld: %s",
+						    p_max, p_input_line, buf);
+					while (p_max >= hunkmax)
+						grow_hunkmax();
+					if (p_repl_lines != ptrn_copiable &&
+					    (p_context != 0 || p_repl_lines != 1))
+						repl_could_be_missing = false;
+					break;
+				}
+				goto change_line;
+			case '+':
+			case '!':
+				repl_could_be_missing = false;
+		change_line:
+				if (buf[1] == '\n' && canonicalize)
+					strlcpy(buf + 1, " \n", buf_len - 1);
+				if (!isspace((unsigned char)buf[1]) && buf[1] != '>' &&
+				    buf[1] != '<' &&
+				    repl_beginning && repl_could_be_missing) {
+					repl_missing = true;
+					goto hunk_done;
+				}
+				if (context >= 0) {
+					if (context < p_context)
+						p_context = context;
+					context = -1000;
+				}
+				p_line[p_end] = savestr(buf + 2);
+				if (out_of_mem) {
+					p_end--;
+					return false;
+				}
+				if (p_end == p_ptrn_lines) {
+					if (remove_special_line()) {
+						int	len;
+
+						len = strlen(p_line[p_end]) - 1;
+						(p_line[p_end])[len] = 0;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case '\t':
+			case '\n':	/* assume the 2 spaces got eaten */
+				if (repl_beginning && repl_could_be_missing &&
+				    (!ptrn_spaces_eaten ||
+				    diff_type == NEW_CONTEXT_DIFF)) {
+					repl_missing = true;
+					goto hunk_done;
+				}
+				p_line[p_end] = savestr(buf);
+				if (out_of_mem) {
+					p_end--;
+					return false;
+				}
+				if (p_end != p_ptrn_lines + 1) {
+					ptrn_spaces_eaten |= (repl_beginning != 0);
+					context++;
+					if (!repl_beginning)
+						ptrn_copiable++;
+					p_char[p_end] = ' ';
+				}
+				break;
+			case ' ':
+				if (!isspace((unsigned char)buf[1]) &&
+				    repl_beginning && repl_could_be_missing) {
+					repl_missing = true;
+					goto hunk_done;
+				}
+				context++;
+				if (!repl_beginning)
+					ptrn_copiable++;
+				p_line[p_end] = savestr(buf + 2);
+				if (out_of_mem) {
+					p_end--;
+					return false;
+				}
+				break;
+			default:
+				if (repl_beginning && repl_could_be_missing) {
+					repl_missing = true;
+					goto hunk_done;
+				}
+				malformed();
+			}
+			/* set up p_len for strncmp() so we don't have to */
+			/* assume null termination */
+			if (p_line[p_end])
+				p_len[p_end] = strlen(p_line[p_end]);
+			else
+				p_len[p_end] = 0;
+		}
+
+hunk_done:
+		if (p_end >= 0 && !repl_beginning)
+			fatal("no --- found in patch at line %ld\n", pch_hunk_beg());
+
+		if (repl_missing) {
+
+			/* reset state back to just after --- */
+			p_input_line = repl_patch_line;
+			for (p_end--; p_end > repl_beginning; p_end--)
+				free(p_line[p_end]);
+			fseek(pfp, repl_backtrack_position, SEEK_SET);
+
+			/* redundant 'new' context lines were omitted - set */
+			/* up to fill them in from the old file context */
+			if (!p_context && p_repl_lines == 1) {
+				p_repl_lines = 0;
+				p_max--;
+			}
+			fillsrc = 1;
+			filldst = repl_beginning + 1;
+			fillcnt = p_repl_lines;
+			p_end = p_max;
+		} else if (!p_context && fillcnt == 1) {
+			/* the first hunk was a null hunk with no context */
+			/* and we were expecting one line -- fix it up. */
+			while (filldst < p_end) {
+				p_line[filldst] = p_line[filldst + 1];
+				p_char[filldst] = p_char[filldst + 1];
+				p_len[filldst] = p_len[filldst + 1];
+				filldst++;
+			}
+#if 0
+			repl_beginning--;	/* this doesn't need to be fixed */
+#endif
+			p_end--;
+			p_first++;	/* do append rather than insert */
+			fillcnt = 0;
+			p_ptrn_lines = 0;
+		}
+		if (diff_type == CONTEXT_DIFF &&
+		    (fillcnt || (p_first > 1 && ptrn_copiable > 2 * p_context))) {
+			if (verbose)
+				say("%s\n%s\n%s\n",
+				    "(Fascinating--this is really a new-style context diff but without",
+				    "the telltale extra asterisks on the *** line that usually indicate",
+				    "the new style...)");
+			diff_type = NEW_CONTEXT_DIFF;
+		}
+		/* if there were omitted context lines, fill them in now */
+		if (fillcnt) {
+			p_bfake = filldst;	/* remember where not to free() */
+			p_efake = filldst + fillcnt - 1;
+			while (fillcnt-- > 0) {
+				while (fillsrc <= p_end && p_char[fillsrc] != ' ')
+					fillsrc++;
+				if (fillsrc > p_end)
+					fatal("replacement text or line numbers mangled in hunk at line %ld\n",
+					    p_hunk_beg);
+				p_line[filldst] = p_line[fillsrc];
+				p_char[filldst] = p_char[fillsrc];
+				p_len[filldst] = p_len[fillsrc];
+				fillsrc++;
+				filldst++;
+			}
+			while (fillsrc <= p_end && fillsrc != repl_beginning &&
+			    p_char[fillsrc] != ' ')
+				fillsrc++;
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+			if (debug & 64)
+				printf("fillsrc %ld, filldst %ld, rb %ld, e+1 %ld\n",
+				fillsrc, filldst, repl_beginning, p_end + 1);
+#endif
+			if (fillsrc != p_end + 1 && fillsrc != repl_beginning)
+				malformed();
+			if (filldst != p_end + 1 && filldst != repl_beginning)
+				malformed();
+		}
+		if (p_line[p_end] != NULL) {
+			if (remove_special_line()) {
+				p_len[p_end] -= 1;
+				(p_line[p_end])[p_len[p_end]] = 0;
+			}
+		}
+	} else if (diff_type == UNI_DIFF) {
+		LINENUM	fillold;	/* index of old lines */
+		LINENUM	fillnew;	/* index of new lines */
+		char	ch;
+
+		line_beginning = ftell(pfp); /* file pos of the current line */
+		ret = pgets(buf, buf_len, pfp);
+		p_input_line++;
+		if (ret == NULL || strnNE(buf, "@@ -", 4)) {
+			next_intuit_at(line_beginning, p_input_line);
+			return false;
+		}
+		s = buf + 4;
+		if (!*s)
+			malformed();
+		p_first = getskiplinenum(&s);
+		if (*s == ',') {
+			s++;
+			p_ptrn_lines = getskiplinenum(&s);
+		} else
+			p_ptrn_lines = 1;
+		if (p_first >= LINENUM_MAX - p_ptrn_lines)
+			malformed();
+		if (*s == ' ')
+			s++;
+		if (*s != '+' || !*++s)
+			malformed();
+		p_newfirst = getskiplinenum(&s);
+		if (*s == ',') {
+			s++;
+			p_repl_lines = getskiplinenum(&s);
+		} else
+			p_repl_lines = 1;
+		if (*s == ' ')
+			s++;
+		if (*s != '@')
+			malformed();
+		if (p_first >= LINENUM_MAX - p_ptrn_lines ||
+		    p_newfirst > LINENUM_MAX - p_repl_lines ||
+		    p_ptrn_lines >= LINENUM_MAX - p_repl_lines - 1)
+			malformed();
+		if (!p_ptrn_lines)
+			p_first++;	/* do append rather than insert */
+		p_max = p_ptrn_lines + p_repl_lines + 1;
+		while (p_max >= hunkmax)
+			grow_hunkmax();
+		fillold = 1;
+		fillnew = fillold + p_ptrn_lines;
+		p_end = fillnew + p_repl_lines;
+		snprintf(buf, buf_len, "*** %ld,%ld ****\n", p_first,
+		    p_first + p_ptrn_lines - 1);
+		p_line[0] = savestr(buf);
+		if (out_of_mem) {
+			p_end = -1;
+			return false;
+		}
+		p_char[0] = '*';
+		snprintf(buf, buf_len, "--- %ld,%ld ----\n", p_newfirst,
+		    p_newfirst + p_repl_lines - 1);
+		p_line[fillnew] = savestr(buf);
+		if (out_of_mem) {
+			p_end = 0;
+			return false;
+		}
+		p_char[fillnew++] = '=';
+		p_context = 100;
+		context = 0;
+		p_hunk_beg = p_input_line + 1;
+		while (fillold <= p_ptrn_lines || fillnew <= p_end) {
+			line_beginning = ftell(pfp);
+			ret = pgets(buf, buf_len, pfp);
+			p_input_line++;
+			if (ret == NULL) {
+				if (p_max - fillnew < 3) {
+					/* assume blank lines got chopped */
+					strlcpy(buf, " \n", buf_len);
+				} else {
+					fatal("unexpected end of file in patch\n");
+				}
+			}
+			if (*buf == '\t' || *buf == '\n') {
+				ch = ' ';	/* assume the space got eaten */
+				s = savestr(buf);
+			} else {
+				ch = *buf;
+				s = savestr(buf + 1);
+			}
+			if (out_of_mem) {
+				while (--fillnew > p_ptrn_lines)
+					free(p_line[fillnew]);
+				p_end = fillold - 1;
+				return false;
+			}
+			switch (ch) {
+			case '-':
+				if (fillold > p_ptrn_lines) {
+					free(s);
+					p_end = fillnew - 1;
+					malformed();
+				}
+				p_char[fillold] = ch;
+				p_line[fillold] = s;
+				p_len[fillold++] = strlen(s);
+				if (fillold > p_ptrn_lines) {
+					if (remove_special_line()) {
+						p_len[fillold - 1] -= 1;
+						s[p_len[fillold - 1]] = 0;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case '=':
+				ch = ' ';
+				/* FALL THROUGH */
+			case ' ':
+				if (fillold > p_ptrn_lines) {
+					free(s);
+					while (--fillnew > p_ptrn_lines)
+						free(p_line[fillnew]);
+					p_end = fillold - 1;
+					malformed();
+				}
+				context++;
+				p_char[fillold] = ch;
+				p_line[fillold] = s;
+				p_len[fillold++] = strlen(s);
+				s = savestr(s);
+				if (out_of_mem) {
+					while (--fillnew > p_ptrn_lines)
+						free(p_line[fillnew]);
+					p_end = fillold - 1;
+					return false;
+				}
+				if (fillold > p_ptrn_lines) {
+					if (remove_special_line()) {
+						p_len[fillold - 1] -= 1;
+						s[p_len[fillold - 1]] = 0;
+					}
+				}
+				/* FALL THROUGH */
+			case '+':
+				if (fillnew > p_end) {
+					free(s);
+					while (--fillnew > p_ptrn_lines)
+						free(p_line[fillnew]);
+					p_end = fillold - 1;
+					malformed();
+				}
+				p_char[fillnew] = ch;
+				p_line[fillnew] = s;
+				p_len[fillnew++] = strlen(s);
+				if (fillold > p_ptrn_lines) {
+					if (remove_special_line()) {
+						p_len[fillnew - 1] -= 1;
+						s[p_len[fillnew - 1]] = 0;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			default:
+				p_end = fillnew;
+				malformed();
+			}
+			if (ch != ' ' && context > 0) {
+				if (context < p_context)
+					p_context = context;
+				context = -1000;
+			}
+		}		/* while */
+	} else {		/* normal diff--fake it up */
+		char	hunk_type;
+		int	i;
+		LINENUM	min, max;
+
+		line_beginning = ftell(pfp);
+		p_context = 0;
+		ret = pgets(buf, buf_len, pfp);
+		p_input_line++;
+		if (ret == NULL || !isdigit((unsigned char)*buf)) {
+			next_intuit_at(line_beginning, p_input_line);
+			return false;
+		}
+		s = buf;
+		p_first = getskiplinenum(&s);
+		if (*s == ',') {
+			s++;
+			p_ptrn_lines = getskiplinenum(&s) - p_first + 1;
+		} else
+			p_ptrn_lines = (*s != 'a');
+		if (p_first >= LINENUM_MAX - p_ptrn_lines)
+			malformed();
+		hunk_type = *s++;
+		if (hunk_type == 'a')
+			p_first++;	/* do append rather than insert */
+		min = getskiplinenum(&s);
+		if (*s == ',')
+			max = getlinenum(++s);
+		else
+			max = min;
+		if (min < 0 || min > max || max - min == LINENUM_MAX)
+			malformed();
+		if (hunk_type == 'd')
+			min++;
+		p_end = p_ptrn_lines + 1 + max - min + 1;
+		p_newfirst = min;
+		p_repl_lines = max - min + 1;
+		if (p_newfirst > LINENUM_MAX - p_repl_lines ||
+		    p_ptrn_lines >= LINENUM_MAX - p_repl_lines - 1)
+			malformed();
+		p_end = p_ptrn_lines + p_repl_lines + 1;
+		if (p_end > MAXHUNKSIZE)
+			fatal("hunk too large (%ld lines) at line %ld: %s",
+			    p_end, p_input_line, buf);
+		while (p_end >= hunkmax)
+			grow_hunkmax();
+		snprintf(buf, buf_len, "*** %ld,%ld\n", p_first,
+		    p_first + p_ptrn_lines - 1);
+		p_line[0] = savestr(buf);
+		if (out_of_mem) {
+			p_end = -1;
+			return false;
+		}
+		p_char[0] = '*';
+		for (i = 1; i <= p_ptrn_lines; i++) {
+			ret = pgets(buf, buf_len, pfp);
+			p_input_line++;
+			if (ret == NULL)
+				fatal("unexpected end of file in patch at line %ld\n",
+				    p_input_line);
+			if (*buf != '<')
+				fatal("< expected at line %ld of patch\n",
+				    p_input_line);
+			p_line[i] = savestr(buf + 2);
+			if (out_of_mem) {
+				p_end = i - 1;
+				return false;
+			}
+			p_len[i] = strlen(p_line[i]);
+			p_char[i] = '-';
+		}
+
+		if (remove_special_line()) {
+			p_len[i - 1] -= 1;
+			(p_line[i - 1])[p_len[i - 1]] = 0;
+		}
+		if (hunk_type == 'c') {
+			ret = pgets(buf, buf_len, pfp);
+			p_input_line++;
+			if (ret == NULL)
+				fatal("unexpected end of file in patch at line %ld\n",
+				    p_input_line);
+			if (*buf != '-')
+				fatal("--- expected at line %ld of patch\n",
+				    p_input_line);
+		}
+		snprintf(buf, buf_len, "--- %ld,%ld\n", min, max);
+		p_line[i] = savestr(buf);
+		if (out_of_mem) {
+			p_end = i - 1;
+			return false;
+		}
+		p_char[i] = '=';
+		for (i++; i <= p_end; i++) {
+			ret = pgets(buf, buf_len, pfp);
+			p_input_line++;
+			if (ret == NULL)
+				fatal("unexpected end of file in patch at line %ld\n",
+				    p_input_line);
+			if (*buf != '>')
+				fatal("> expected at line %ld of patch\n",
+				    p_input_line);
+			p_line[i] = savestr(buf + 2);
+			if (out_of_mem) {
+				p_end = i - 1;
+				return false;
+			}
+			p_len[i] = strlen(p_line[i]);
+			p_char[i] = '+';
+		}
+
+		if (remove_special_line()) {
+			p_len[i - 1] -= 1;
+			(p_line[i - 1])[p_len[i - 1]] = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	if (reverse)		/* backwards patch? */
+		if (!pch_swap())
+			say("Not enough memory to swap next hunk!\n");
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+	if (debug & 2) {
+		int	i;
+		char	special;
+
+		for (i = 0; i <= p_end; i++) {
+			if (i == p_ptrn_lines)
+				special = '^';
+			else
+				special = ' ';
+			fprintf(stderr, "%3d %c %c %s", i, p_char[i],
+			    special, p_line[i]);
+			fflush(stderr);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	if (p_end + 1 < hunkmax)/* paranoia reigns supreme... */
+		p_char[p_end + 1] = '^';	/* add a stopper for apply_hunk */
+	return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Input a line from the patch file, worrying about indentation.
+ */
+static char *
+pgets(char *bf, int sz, FILE *fp)
+{
+	char	*s, *ret = fgets(bf, sz, fp);
+	int	indent = 0;
+
+	if (p_indent && ret != NULL) {
+		for (s = buf;
+		    indent < p_indent && (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == 'X');
+		    s++) {
+			if (*s == '\t')
+				indent += 8 - (indent % 7);
+			else
+				indent++;
+		}
+		if (buf != s && strlcpy(buf, s, buf_len) >= buf_len)
+			fatal("buffer too small in pgets()\n");
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reverse the old and new portions of the current hunk.
+ */
+bool
+pch_swap(void)
+{
+	char	**tp_line;	/* the text of the hunk */
+	short	*tp_len;	/* length of each line */
+	char	*tp_char;	/* +, -, and ! */
+	LINENUM	i;
+	LINENUM	n;
+	bool	blankline = false;
+	char	*s;
+
+	i = p_first;
+	p_first = p_newfirst;
+	p_newfirst = i;
+
+	/* make a scratch copy */
+
+	tp_line = p_line;
+	tp_len = p_len;
+	tp_char = p_char;
+	p_line = NULL;	/* force set_hunkmax to allocate again */
+	p_len = NULL;
+	p_char = NULL;
+	set_hunkmax();
+	if (p_line == NULL || p_len == NULL || p_char == NULL) {
+
+		free(p_line);
+		p_line = tp_line;
+		free(p_len);
+		p_len = tp_len;
+		free(p_char);
+		p_char = tp_char;
+		return false;	/* not enough memory to swap hunk! */
+	}
+	/* now turn the new into the old */
+
+	i = p_ptrn_lines + 1;
+	if (tp_char[i] == '\n') {	/* account for possible blank line */
+		blankline = true;
+		i++;
+	}
+	if (p_efake >= 0) {	/* fix non-freeable ptr range */
+		if (p_efake <= i)
+			n = p_end - i + 1;
+		else
+			n = -i;
+		p_efake += n;
+		p_bfake += n;
+	}
+	for (n = 0; i <= p_end; i++, n++) {
+		p_line[n] = tp_line[i];
+		p_char[n] = tp_char[i];
+		if (p_char[n] == '+')
+			p_char[n] = '-';
+		p_len[n] = tp_len[i];
+	}
+	if (blankline) {
+		i = p_ptrn_lines + 1;
+		p_line[n] = tp_line[i];
+		p_char[n] = tp_char[i];
+		p_len[n] = tp_len[i];
+		n++;
+	}
+	if (p_char[0] != '=')
+		fatal("Malformed patch at line %ld: expected '=' found '%c'\n",
+		    p_input_line, p_char[0]);
+	p_char[0] = '*';
+	for (s = p_line[0]; *s; s++)
+		if (*s == '-')
+			*s = '*';
+
+	/* now turn the old into the new */
+
+	if (p_char[0] != '*')
+		fatal("Malformed patch at line %ld: expected '*' found '%c'\n",
+		    p_input_line, p_char[0]);
+	tp_char[0] = '=';
+	for (s = tp_line[0]; *s; s++)
+		if (*s == '*')
+			*s = '-';
+	for (i = 0; n <= p_end; i++, n++) {
+		p_line[n] = tp_line[i];
+		p_char[n] = tp_char[i];
+		if (p_char[n] == '-')
+			p_char[n] = '+';
+		p_len[n] = tp_len[i];
+	}
+
+	if (i != p_ptrn_lines + 1)
+		fatal("Malformed patch at line %ld: expected %ld lines, "
+		    "got %ld\n",
+		    p_input_line, p_ptrn_lines + 1, i);
+
+	i = p_ptrn_lines;
+	p_ptrn_lines = p_repl_lines;
+	p_repl_lines = i;
+
+	free(tp_line);
+	free(tp_len);
+	free(tp_char);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the specified line position in the old file of the old context.
+ */
+LINENUM
+pch_first(void)
+{
+	return p_first;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the number of lines of old context.
+ */
+LINENUM
+pch_ptrn_lines(void)
+{
+	return p_ptrn_lines;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the probable line position in the new file of the first line.
+ */
+LINENUM
+pch_newfirst(void)
+{
+	return p_newfirst;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the number of lines in the replacement text including context.
+ */
+LINENUM
+pch_repl_lines(void)
+{
+	return p_repl_lines;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the number of lines in the whole hunk.
+ */
+LINENUM
+pch_end(void)
+{
+	return p_end;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the number of context lines before the first changed line.
+ */
+LINENUM
+pch_context(void)
+{
+	return p_context;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the length of a particular patch line.
+ */
+short
+pch_line_len(LINENUM line)
+{
+	return p_len[line];
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the control character (+, -, *, !, etc) for a patch line.
+ */
+char
+pch_char(LINENUM line)
+{
+	return p_char[line];
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return a pointer to a particular patch line.
+ */
+char *
+pfetch(LINENUM line)
+{
+	return p_line[line];
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return where in the patch file this hunk began, for error messages.
+ */
+LINENUM
+pch_hunk_beg(void)
+{
+	return p_hunk_beg;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Apply an ed script by feeding ed itself.
+ */
+void
+do_ed_script(void)
+{
+	char	*t;
+	long	beginning_of_this_line;
+	FILE	*pipefp = NULL;
+	int	continuation;
+
+	if (!skip_rest_of_patch) {
+		if (copy_file(filearg[0], TMPOUTNAME) < 0) {
+			unlink(TMPOUTNAME);
+			fatal("can't create temp file %s", TMPOUTNAME);
+		}
+		snprintf(buf, buf_len, "%s -S%s %s", _PATH_ED,
+		    verbose ? "" : "s", TMPOUTNAME);
+		pipefp = popen(buf, "w");
+	}
+	for (;;) {
+		beginning_of_this_line = ftell(pfp);
+		if (pgets(buf, buf_len, pfp) == NULL) {
+			next_intuit_at(beginning_of_this_line, p_input_line);
+			break;
+		}
+		p_input_line++;
+		for (t = buf; isdigit((unsigned char)*t) || *t == ','; t++)
+			;
+		/* POSIX defines allowed commands as {a,c,d,i,s} */
+		if (isdigit((unsigned char)*buf) && (*t == 'a' || *t == 'c' ||
+		    *t == 'd' || *t == 'i' || *t == 's')) {
+			if (pipefp != NULL)
+				fputs(buf, pipefp);
+			if (*t == 's') {
+				for (;;) {
+					continuation = 0;
+					t = strchr(buf, '\0') - 1;
+					while (--t >= buf && *t == '\\')
+						continuation = !continuation;
+					if (!continuation ||
+					    pgets(buf, sizeof buf, pfp) == NULL)
+						break;
+					if (pipefp != NULL)
+						fputs(buf, pipefp);
+				}
+			} else if (*t != 'd') {
+				while (pgets(buf, buf_len, pfp) != NULL) {
+					p_input_line++;
+					if (pipefp != NULL)
+						fputs(buf, pipefp);
+					if (strEQ(buf, ".\n"))
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			next_intuit_at(beginning_of_this_line, p_input_line);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (pipefp == NULL)
+		return;
+	fprintf(pipefp, "w\n");
+	fprintf(pipefp, "q\n");
+	fflush(pipefp);
+	pclose(pipefp);
+	ignore_signals();
+	if (!check_only) {
+		if (move_file(TMPOUTNAME, outname) < 0) {
+			toutkeep = true;
+			chmod(TMPOUTNAME, filemode);
+		} else
+			chmod(outname, filemode);
+	}
+	set_signals(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Choose the name of the file to be patched based on POSIX rules.
+ * NOTE: the POSIX rules are amazingly stupid and we only follow them
+ *       if the user specified --posix or set POSIXLY_CORRECT.
+ */
+static char *
+posix_name(const struct file_name *names, bool assume_exists)
+{
+	char *path = NULL;
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	 * POSIX states that the filename will be chosen from one
+	 * of the old, new and index names (in that order) if
+	 * the file exists relative to CWD after -p stripping.
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; i < MAX_FILE; i++) {
+		if (names[i].path != NULL && names[i].exists) {
+			path = names[i].path;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (path == NULL && !assume_exists) {
+		/*
+		 * No files found, look for something we can checkout from
+		 * RCS/SCCS dirs.  Same order as above.
+		 */
+		for (i = 0; i < MAX_FILE; i++) {
+			if (names[i].path != NULL &&
+			    (path = checked_in(names[i].path)) != NULL)
+				break;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Still no match?  Check to see if the diff could be creating
+		 * a new file.
+		 */
+		if (path == NULL && ok_to_create_file &&
+		    names[NEW_FILE].path != NULL)
+			path = names[NEW_FILE].path;
+	}
+
+	return path ? savestr(path) : NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Choose the name of the file to be patched based the "best" one
+ * available.
+ */
+static char *
+best_name(const struct file_name *names, bool assume_exists)
+{
+	size_t min_components, min_baselen, min_len, tmp;
+	char *best = NULL;
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	 * The "best" name is the one with the fewest number of path
+	 * components, the shortest basename length, and the shortest
+	 * overall length (in that order).  We only use the Index: file
+	 * if neither of the old or new files could be intuited from
+	 * the diff header.
+	 */
+	min_components = min_baselen = min_len = SIZE_MAX;
+	for (i = INDEX_FILE; i >= OLD_FILE; i--) {
+		if (names[i].path == NULL ||
+		    (!names[i].exists && !assume_exists))
+			continue;
+		if ((tmp = num_components(names[i].path)) > min_components)
+			continue;
+		min_components = tmp;
+		if ((tmp = strlen(basename(names[i].path))) > min_baselen)
+			continue;
+		min_baselen = tmp;
+		if ((tmp = strlen(names[i].path)) > min_len)
+			continue;
+		min_len = tmp;
+		best = names[i].path;
+	}
+	if (best == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * No files found, look for something we can checkout from
+		 * RCS/SCCS dirs.  Logic is identical to that above...
+		 */
+		min_components = min_baselen = min_len = SIZE_MAX;
+		for (i = INDEX_FILE; i >= OLD_FILE; i--) {
+			if (names[i].path == NULL ||
+			    checked_in(names[i].path) == NULL)
+				continue;
+			if ((tmp = num_components(names[i].path)) > min_components)
+				continue;
+			min_components = tmp;
+			if ((tmp = strlen(basename(names[i].path))) > min_baselen)
+				continue;
+			min_baselen = tmp;
+			if ((tmp = strlen(names[i].path)) > min_len)
+				continue;
+			min_len = tmp;
+			best = names[i].path;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Still no match?  Check to see if the diff could be creating
+		 * a new file.
+		 */
+		if (best == NULL && ok_to_create_file &&
+		    names[NEW_FILE].path != NULL)
+			best = names[NEW_FILE].path;
+	}
+
+	return best ? savestr(best) : NULL;
+}
+
+static size_t
+num_components(const char *path)
+{
+	size_t n;
+	const char *cp;
+
+	for (n = 0, cp = path; (cp = strchr(cp, '/')) != NULL; n++, cp++) {
+		while (*cp == '/')
+			cp++;		/* skip consecutive slashes */
+	}
+	return n;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/pch.h b/usr.bin/patch/pch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2d45a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/pch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+ * $OpenBSD: pch.h,v 1.9 2003/10/31 20:20:45 millert Exp $
+ * $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/pch.h,v 1.1 2004/09/24 18:44:28 joerg Exp $
+ * $NetBSD: pch.h,v 1.10 2008/09/19 18:33:34 joerg Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * patch - a program to apply diffs to original files
+ * 
+ * Copyright 1986, Larry Wall
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following condition is met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this condition and the following disclaimer.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * -C option added in 1998, original code by Marc Espie, based on FreeBSD
+ * behaviour
+ */
+
+#define OLD_FILE	0
+#define NEW_FILE	1
+#define INDEX_FILE	2
+#define MAX_FILE	3
+
+struct file_name {
+	char *path;
+	bool exists;
+};
+
+void		re_patch(void);
+void		open_patch_file(const char *);
+void		set_hunkmax(void);
+bool		there_is_another_patch(void);
+bool		another_hunk(void);
+bool		pch_swap(void);
+char		*pfetch(LINENUM);
+short		pch_line_len(LINENUM);
+LINENUM		pch_first(void);
+LINENUM		pch_ptrn_lines(void);
+LINENUM		pch_newfirst(void);
+LINENUM		pch_repl_lines(void);
+LINENUM		pch_end(void);
+LINENUM		pch_context(void);
+LINENUM		pch_hunk_beg(void);
+char		pch_char(LINENUM);
+void		do_ed_script(void);
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/util.c b/usr.bin/patch/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30e4f3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
+/*
+ * $OpenBSD: util.c,v 1.32 2006/03/11 19:41:30 otto Exp $
+ * $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/util.c,v 1.9 2007/09/29 23:11:10 swildner Exp $
+ * $NetBSD: util.c,v 1.28 2018/06/18 18:33:31 christos Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * patch - a program to apply diffs to original files
+ * 
+ * Copyright 1986, Larry Wall
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following condition is met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this condition and the following disclaimer.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * -C option added in 1998, original code by Marc Espie, based on FreeBSD
+ * behaviour
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.28 2018/06/18 18:33:31 christos Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "backupfile.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+/* Rename a file, copying it if necessary. */
+
+int
+move_file(const char *from, const char *to)
+{
+	int	fromfd;
+	ssize_t	i;
+
+	/* to stdout? */
+
+	if (strEQ(to, "-")) {
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+		if (debug & 4)
+			say("Moving %s to stdout.\n", from);
+#endif
+		fromfd = open(from, O_RDONLY);
+		if (fromfd < 0)
+			pfatal("internal error, can't reopen %s", from);
+		while ((i = read(fromfd, buf, buf_len)) > 0)
+			if (write(STDOUT_FILENO, buf, i) != i)
+				pfatal("write failed");
+		close(fromfd);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (backup_file(to) < 0) {
+		say("Can't backup %s, output is in %s: %s\n", to, from,
+		    strerror(errno));
+		return -1;
+	}
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+	if (debug & 4)
+		say("Moving %s to %s.\n", from, to);
+#endif
+	if (rename(from, to) < 0) {
+		if (errno != EXDEV || copy_file(from, to) < 0) {
+			say("Can't create %s, output is in %s: %s\n",
+			    to, from, strerror(errno));
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/* Backup the original file.  */
+
+int
+backup_file(const char *orig)
+{
+	struct stat	filestat;
+	char		bakname[MAXPATHLEN], *s, *simplename;
+	dev_t		orig_device;
+	ino_t		orig_inode;
+
+	if (backup_type == none || stat(orig, &filestat) != 0)
+		return 0;			/* nothing to do */
+	/*
+	 * If the user used zero prefixes or suffixes, then
+	 * he doesn't want backups.  Yet we have to remove
+	 * orig to break possible hardlinks.
+	 */
+	if ((origprae && *origprae == 0) || *simple_backup_suffix == 0) {
+		unlink(orig);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	orig_device = filestat.st_dev;
+	orig_inode = filestat.st_ino;
+
+	if (origprae) {
+		if (strlcpy(bakname, origprae, sizeof(bakname)) >= sizeof(bakname) ||
+		    strlcat(bakname, orig, sizeof(bakname)) >= sizeof(bakname))
+			fatal("filename %s too long for buffer\n", origprae);
+	} else {
+		if ((s = find_backup_file_name(orig)) == NULL)
+			fatal("out of memory\n");
+		if (strlcpy(bakname, s, sizeof(bakname)) >= sizeof(bakname))
+			fatal("filename %s too long for buffer\n", s);
+		free(s);
+	}
+
+	if ((simplename = strrchr(bakname, '/')) != NULL)
+		simplename = simplename + 1;
+	else
+		simplename = bakname;
+
+	/*
+	 * Find a backup name that is not the same file. Change the
+	 * first lowercase char into uppercase; if that isn't
+	 * sufficient, chop off the first char and try again.
+	 */
+	while (stat(bakname, &filestat) == 0 &&
+	    orig_device == filestat.st_dev && orig_inode == filestat.st_ino) {
+		/* Skip initial non-lowercase chars.  */
+		for (s = simplename; *s && !islower((unsigned char)*s); s++)
+			;
+		if (*s)
+			*s = toupper((unsigned char)*s);
+		else
+			memmove(simplename, simplename + 1,
+			    strlen(simplename + 1) + 1);
+	}
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+	if (debug & 4)
+		say("Moving %s to %s.\n", orig, bakname);
+#endif
+	if (rename(orig, bakname) < 0) {
+		if (errno != EXDEV || copy_file(orig, bakname) < 0)
+			return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copy a file.
+ */
+int
+copy_file(const char *from, const char *to)
+{
+	int	tofd, fromfd;
+	ssize_t	i;
+
+	tofd = open(to, O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_WRONLY, 0666);
+	if (tofd < 0)
+		return -1;
+	fromfd = open(from, O_RDONLY, 0);
+	if (fromfd < 0)
+		pfatal("internal error, can't reopen %s", from);
+	while ((i = read(fromfd, buf, buf_len)) > 0)
+		if (write(tofd, buf, i) != i)
+			pfatal("write to %s failed", to);
+	close(fromfd);
+	close(tofd);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocate a unique area for a string.
+ */
+char *
+savestr(const char *s)
+{
+	char	*rv;
+
+	if (!s)
+		s = "Oops";
+	rv = strdup(s);
+	if (rv == NULL) {
+		if (using_plan_a)
+			out_of_mem = true;
+		else
+			fatal("out of memory\n");
+	}
+	return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Vanilla terminal output (buffered).
+ */
+void
+say(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list	ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	fflush(stderr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Terminal output, pun intended.
+ */
+void
+fatal(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list	ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	fprintf(stderr, "patch: **** ");
+	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	my_exit(2);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Say something from patch, something from the system, then silence . . .
+ */
+void
+pfatal(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list	ap;
+	int	errnum = errno;
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "patch: **** ");
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	fprintf(stderr, ": %s\n", strerror(errnum));
+	my_exit(2);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get a response from the user via /dev/tty
+ */
+void
+ask(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list	ap;
+	ssize_t	nr = 0;
+	static	int ttyfd = -1;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	vfprintf(stdout, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	fflush(stdout);
+	if (ttyfd < 0)
+		ttyfd = open(_PATH_TTY, O_RDONLY);
+	if (ttyfd >= 0) {
+		if ((nr = read(ttyfd, buf, buf_len)) > 0 &&
+		    buf[nr - 1] == '\n')
+			buf[nr - 1] = '\0';
+	}
+	if (ttyfd < 0 || nr <= 0) {
+		/* no tty or error reading, pretend user entered 'return' */
+		putchar('\n');
+		buf[0] = '\0';
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * How to handle certain events when not in a critical region.
+ */
+void
+set_signals(int reset)
+{
+	static sig_t	hupval, intval;
+
+	if (!reset) {
+		hupval = signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
+		if (hupval != SIG_IGN)
+			hupval = my_exit;
+		intval = signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
+		if (intval != SIG_IGN)
+			intval = my_exit;
+	}
+	signal(SIGHUP, hupval);
+	signal(SIGINT, intval);
+}
+
+/*
+ * How to handle certain events when in a critical region.
+ */
+void
+ignore_signals(void)
+{
+	signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
+	signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Make sure we'll have the directories to create a file. If `striplast' is
+ * true, ignore the last element of `filename'.
+ */
+
+void
+makedirs(const char *filename, bool striplast)
+{
+	char	*tmpbuf;
+
+	if ((tmpbuf = strdup(filename)) == NULL)
+		fatal("out of memory\n");
+
+	if (striplast) {
+		char	*s = strrchr(tmpbuf, '/');
+		if (s == NULL) {
+			free(tmpbuf);
+			return;	/* nothing to be done */
+		}
+		*s = '\0';
+	}
+	if (mkpath(tmpbuf) != 0)
+		pfatal("creation of %s failed", tmpbuf);
+	free(tmpbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Make filenames more reasonable.
+ */
+char *
+fetchname(const char *at, bool *exists, int strip_leading)
+{
+	char		*fullname, *name, *t;
+	int		sleading, tab;
+	struct stat	filestat;
+
+	if (at == NULL || *at == '\0')
+		return NULL;
+	while (isspace((unsigned char)*at))
+		at++;
+#ifdef DEBUGGING
+	if (debug & 128)
+		say("fetchname %s %d\n", at, strip_leading);
+#endif
+	/* So files can be created by diffing against /dev/null.  */
+	if (strnEQ(at, _PATH_DEVNULL, sizeof(_PATH_DEVNULL) - 1))
+		return NULL;
+	name = fullname = t = savestr(at);
+
+	tab = strchr(t, '\t') != NULL;
+	/* Strip off up to `strip_leading' path components and NUL terminate. */
+	for (sleading = strip_leading; *t != '\0' && ((tab && *t != '\t') ||
+	    !isspace((unsigned char)*t)); t++) {
+		if (t[0] == '/' && t[1] != '/' && t[1] != '\0')
+			if (--sleading >= 0)
+				name = t + 1;
+	}
+	*t = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * If no -p option was given (957 is the default value!), we were
+	 * given a relative pathname, and the leading directories that we
+	 * just stripped off all exist, put them back on.
+	 */
+	if (strip_leading == 957 && name != fullname && *fullname != '/') {
+		name[-1] = '\0';
+		if (stat(fullname, &filestat) == 0 && S_ISDIR(filestat.st_mode)) {
+			name[-1] = '/';
+			name = fullname;
+		}
+	}
+	name = savestr(name);
+	free(fullname);
+
+	*exists = stat(name, &filestat) == 0;
+	return name;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Takes the name returned by fetchname and looks in RCS/SCCS directories
+ * for a checked in version.
+ */
+char *
+checked_in(char *file)
+{
+	char		*filebase, *filedir, tmpbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	struct stat	filestat;
+
+	filebase = basename(file);
+	filedir = dirname(file);
+
+#define try(f, a1, a2, a3) \
+(snprintf(tmpbuf, sizeof tmpbuf, f, a1, a2, a3), stat(tmpbuf, &filestat) == 0)
+
+	if (try("%s/RCS/%s%s", filedir, filebase, RCSSUFFIX) ||
+	    try("%s/RCS/%s%s", filedir, filebase, "") ||
+	    try("%s/%s%s", filedir, filebase, RCSSUFFIX) ||
+	    try("%s/SCCS/%s%s", filedir, SCCSPREFIX, filebase) ||
+	    try("%s/%s%s", filedir, SCCSPREFIX, filebase))
+		return file;
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+void
+version(void)
+{
+	printf("Patch version 2.0-12u8-NetBSD\n");
+	my_exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Exit with cleanup.
+ */
+void
+my_exit(int status)
+{
+	unlink(TMPINNAME);
+	if (!toutkeep)
+		unlink(TMPOUTNAME);
+	if (!trejkeep)
+		unlink(TMPREJNAME);
+	unlink(TMPPATNAME);
+	exit(status);
+}
+
+void *
+pch_realloc(void *ptr, size_t number, size_t size)
+{
+	if (number > SIZE_MAX / size) {
+		errno = EOVERFLOW;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	return realloc(ptr, number * size);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/util.h b/usr.bin/patch/util.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8bde6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/patch/util.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ * $OpenBSD: util.h,v 1.15 2005/06/20 07:14:06 otto Exp $
+ * $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/util.h,v 1.2 2007/09/29 23:11:10 swildner Exp $
+ * $NetBSD: util.h,v 1.13 2018/06/18 18:33:31 christos Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * patch - a program to apply diffs to original files
+ * 
+ * Copyright 1986, Larry Wall
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following condition is met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this condition and the following disclaimer.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * -C option added in 1998, original code by Marc Espie, based on FreeBSD
+ * behaviour
+ */
+
+char		*fetchname(const char *, bool *, int);
+char		*checked_in(char *);
+int		backup_file(const char *);
+int		move_file(const char *, const char *);
+int		copy_file(const char *, const char *);
+void		say(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2);
+void		fatal(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2) __dead;
+void		pfatal(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2) __dead;
+void		ask(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2);
+char		*savestr(const char *);
+void		set_signals(int);
+void		ignore_signals(void);
+void		makedirs(const char *, bool);
+void		version(void) __dead;
+void		my_exit(int) __dead;
+void		*pch_realloc(void *, size_t, size_t);
+
+/* in mkpath.c */
+extern int mkpath(char *);
diff --git a/usr.bin/pathchk/pathchk.1 b/usr.bin/pathchk/pathchk.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7f5a43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/pathchk/pathchk.1
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: pathchk.1,v 1.6 2010/11/16 23:59:02 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Chuck Rouillard
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+.\"    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+.\"    permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+.\" DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" from FreeBSD: pathchk.1,v 1.3 2002/12/12 17:26:01 ru Exp
+.\"
+.Dd November 9, 2010
+.Dt PATHCHK 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pathchk
+.Nd check pathnames
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl p
+.Ar pathname ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility checks whether each of the specified
+.Ar pathname
+arguments is valid or portable.
+.Pp
+A diagnostic message is written for each argument that:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+Is longer than
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It
+Contains any component longer than
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+bytes.
+(The value of
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+depends on the underlying file system.)
+.It
+Contains a directory component that is not searchable.
+.El
+.Pp
+It is not considered an error if a
+.Ar pathname
+argument contains a nonexistent component as long as a component by that
+name could be created.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl p
+Perform portability checks on the specified
+.Ar pathname
+arguments.
+Diagnostic messages will be written for each argument that:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+Is longer than
+.Dv _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+.Pq 255
+bytes.
+.It
+Contains a component longer than
+.Dv _POSIX_NAME_MAX
+.Pq 14
+bytes.
+.It
+Contains any character not in the portable filename character set (that is,
+alphanumeric characters,
+.Ql \&. ,
+.Ql \&-
+and
+.Ql _ ) .
+No component may start with the hyphen
+.Pq Ql \&-
+character.
+.El
+.El
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Check whether the names of files in the current directory are portable to
+other
+.Tn POSIX
+systems:
+.Pp
+.Dl "find . -exec pathchk -p \e{\e} +"
+or the more efficient:
+.Dl "find . -print0 | xargs -0 pathchk -p"
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getconf 1 ,
+.Xr pathconf 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2001 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.Nx 2.0 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/pathchk/pathchk.c b/usr.bin/pathchk/pathchk.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f7f5c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/pathchk/pathchk.c
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pathchk.c,v 1.2 2011/09/16 15:39:28 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Tim J. Robbins.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from FreeBSD: pathchk.c,v 1.4 2002/12/15 00:40:47 tjr Exp
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: pathchk.c,v 1.2 2011/09/16 15:39:28 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* !lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static int check(const char *);
+static int portable(const char *);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+static int pflag;			/* Perform portability checks */
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, rval;
+	const char *arg;
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "p")) > 0) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'p':
+			pflag = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/*NOTREACHED*/
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc == 0)
+		usage();
+
+	rval = 0;
+	while ((arg = *argv++) != NULL)
+		rval |= check(arg);
+
+	exit(rval);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "usage: pathchk [-p] pathname...\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+static int
+check(const char *path)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	long complen, namemax, pathmax, svnamemax;
+	int badch, last;
+	char *end, *p, *pathd;
+
+	if ((pathd = strdup(path)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "strdup");
+
+	p = pathd;
+
+	if (!pflag) {
+		errno = 0;
+		namemax = pathconf(*p == '/' ? "/" : ".", _PC_NAME_MAX);
+		if (namemax == -1 && errno != 0)
+			namemax = NAME_MAX;
+	} else
+		namemax = _POSIX_NAME_MAX;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		p += strspn(p, "/");
+		complen = (long)strcspn(p, "/");
+		end = p + complen;
+		last = *end == '\0';
+		*end = '\0';
+
+		if (namemax != -1 && complen > namemax) {
+			warnx("%s: %s: component too long (limit %ld)", path,
+			    p, namemax);
+			goto bad;
+		}
+
+		if (!pflag && stat(pathd, &sb) == -1 && errno != ENOENT) {
+			warn("%s: %.*s", path, (int)(strlen(pathd) -
+			    complen - 1), pathd);
+			goto bad;
+		}
+
+		if (pflag && (badch = portable(p)) >= 0) {
+			warnx("%s: %s: component contains non-portable "
+			    "character `%c'", path, p, badch);
+			goto bad;
+		}
+
+		if (last)
+			break;
+
+		if (!pflag) {
+			errno = 0;
+			svnamemax = namemax;
+			namemax = pathconf(pathd, _PC_NAME_MAX);
+			if (namemax == -1 && errno != 0)
+				namemax = svnamemax;
+		}
+
+		*end = '/';
+		p = end + 1;
+	}
+
+	if (!pflag) {
+		errno = 0;
+		pathmax = pathconf(path, _PC_PATH_MAX);
+		if (pathmax == -1 && errno != 0)
+			pathmax = PATH_MAX;
+	} else
+		pathmax = _POSIX_PATH_MAX;
+	if (pathmax != -1 && strlen(path) >= (size_t)pathmax) {
+		warnx("%s: path too long (limit %ld)", path, pathmax - 1);
+		goto bad;
+	}
+
+	free(pathd);
+	return (0);
+
+bad:	free(pathd);
+	return (1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check whether a path component contains only portable characters. Return
+ * the first non-portable character found.
+ */
+static int
+portable(const char *path)
+{
+	static const char charset[] =
+	    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+	    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+	    "0123456789._-";
+	long s;
+
+	if (*path == '-')
+		return (*path);
+
+	s = strspn(path, charset);
+	if (path[s] != '\0')
+		return (path[s]);
+
+	return (-1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/pr/egetopt.c b/usr.bin/pr/egetopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c43476
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/pr/egetopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: egetopt.c,v 1.9 2011/09/06 18:26:06 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+from: static char sccsid[] = "@(#)egetopt.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: egetopt.c,v 1.9 2011/09/06 18:26:06 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * egetopt:	get option letter from argument vector (an extended
+ *		version of getopt).
+ *
+ * Non standard additions to the ostr specs are:
+ * 1) '?': immediate value following arg is optional (no white space
+ *    between the arg and the value)
+ * 2) '#': +/- followed by a number (with an optional sign but
+ *    no white space between the arg and the number). The - may be
+ *    combined with other options, but the + cannot.
+ */
+
+int	eopterr = 1;		/* if error message should be printed */
+int	eoptind = 1;		/* index into parent argv vector */
+int	eoptopt;		/* character checked for validity */
+char	*eoptarg;		/* argument associated with option */
+
+#define	BADCH	(int)'?'
+static char EMSG[1] = { '\0' };
+
+int
+egetopt(int nargc, char * const *nargv, const char *ostr)
+{
+	static char *place = EMSG;	/* option letter processing */
+	char *oli;			/* option letter list index */
+	static int delim;		/* which option delimiter */
+	char *p;
+	static char savec = '\0';
+
+	if (savec != '\0') {
+		*place = savec;
+		savec = '\0';
+	}
+
+	if (!*place) {
+		/*
+		 * update scanning pointer
+		 */
+		if ((eoptind >= nargc) ||
+		    ((*(place = nargv[eoptind]) != '-') && (*place != '+'))) {
+			place = EMSG;
+			return (-1);
+		}
+
+		delim = (int)*place;
+		if (place[1] && *++place == '-' && !place[1]) {
+			/*
+			 * found "--"
+			 */
+			++eoptind;
+			place = EMSG;
+			return (-1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * check option letter
+	 */
+	if ((eoptopt = (int)*place++) == (int)':' || (eoptopt == (int)'?') ||
+	    !(oli = strchr(ostr, eoptopt))) {
+		/*
+		 * if the user didn't specify '-' as an option,
+		 * assume it means -1 when by itself.
+		 */
+		if ((eoptopt == (int)'-') && !*place)
+			return (-1);
+		if (strchr(ostr, '#') && (isdigit(eoptopt) ||
+		    (((eoptopt == (int)'-') || (eoptopt == (int)'+')) &&
+		      isdigit((unsigned char)*place)))) {
+			/*
+			 * # option: +/- with a number is ok
+			 */
+			for (p = place; *p != '\0'; ++p) {
+				if (!isdigit((unsigned char)*p))
+					break;
+			}
+			eoptarg = place-1;
+
+			if (*p == '\0') {
+				place = EMSG;
+				++eoptind;
+			} else {
+				place = p;
+				savec = *p;
+				*place = '\0';
+			}
+			return (delim);
+		}
+
+		if (!*place)
+			++eoptind;
+		if (eopterr) {
+			if (!(p = strrchr(*nargv, '/')))
+				p = *nargv;
+			else
+				++p;
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: illegal option -- %c\n",
+			    p, eoptopt);
+		}
+		return (BADCH);
+	}
+	if (delim == (int)'+') {
+		/*
+		 * '+' is only allowed with numbers
+		 */
+		if (!*place)
+			++eoptind;
+		if (eopterr) {
+			if (!(p = strrchr(*nargv, '/')))
+				p = *nargv;
+			else
+				++p;
+			(void)fprintf(stderr,
+				"%s: illegal '+' delimiter with option -- %c\n",
+				p, eoptopt);
+		}
+		return (BADCH);
+	}
+	++oli;
+	if ((*oli != ':') && (*oli != '?')) {
+		/*
+		 * don't need argument
+		 */
+		eoptarg = NULL;
+		if (!*place)
+			++eoptind;
+		return (eoptopt);
+	}
+
+	if (*place) {
+		/*
+		 * no white space
+		 */
+		eoptarg = place;
+	} else if (*oli == '?') {
+		/*
+		 * no arg, but NOT required
+		 */
+		eoptarg = NULL;
+	} else if (nargc <= ++eoptind) {
+		/*
+		 * no arg, but IS required
+		 */
+		place = EMSG;
+		if (eopterr) {
+			if (!(p = strrchr(*nargv, '/')))
+				p = *nargv;
+			else
+				++p;
+			(void)fprintf(stderr,
+			    "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n", p,
+			    eoptopt);
+		}
+		return (BADCH);
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * arg has white space
+		 */
+		eoptarg = nargv[eoptind];
+	}
+	place = EMSG;
+	++eoptind;
+	return (eoptopt);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/pr/extern.h b/usr.bin/pr/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6aeb61c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/pr/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.6 2011/09/06 18:26:06 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *      from: @(#)extern.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ *	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.6 2011/09/06 18:26:06 joerg Exp $
+ */
+
+extern int eoptind;
+extern char *eoptarg;
+
+int	 egetopt(int, char * const *, const char *);
diff --git a/usr.bin/pr/pr.1 b/usr.bin/pr/pr.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1cc1aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/pr/pr.1
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: pr.1,v 1.23 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 Keith Muller.
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994-1995, 1997, 1999-2003, 2009, 2012
+.\"	The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     from: @(#)pr.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd July 31, 2012
+.Dt PR 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pr
+.Nd print files
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Ar \&+page
+.Op Fl Ar column
+.Op Fl adFfmprt
+.Oo
+.Fl e Ns Oo Ar char Oc Ns Op Ar gap
+.Oc
+.Op Fl h Ar header
+.Oo
+.Fl i Ns Oo Ar char Oc Ns Op Ar gap
+.Oc
+.Op Fl l Ar lines
+.Oo
+.Fl n Ns Oo Ar char Oc Ns Op Ar width
+.Oc
+.Op Fl o Ar offset
+.Oo
+.Fl s Ns Op Ar char
+.Oc
+.Op Fl T Ar timefmt
+.Op Fl w Ar width
+.Op -
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility is a printing and pagination filter for text files.
+When multiple input files are specified, each is read, formatted,
+and written to standard output.
+By default, the input is separated into 66-line pages, each with
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+A 5-line header with the page number, date, time, and
+the pathname of the file.
+.It
+A 5-line trailer consisting of blank lines.
+.El
+.Pp
+If standard output is associated with a terminal,
+diagnostic messages are suppressed until the
+.Nm
+utility has completed processing.
+.Pp
+When multiple column output is specified,
+text columns are of equal width.
+By default text columns are separated by at least one
+.Aq Em blank .
+Input lines that do not fit into a text column are truncated.
+Lines are not truncated under single column output.
+.Sh OPTIONS
+In the following option descriptions, column, lines, offset, page, and
+width are positive decimal integers and gap is a nonnegative decimal integer.
+.Bl -tag -width 4n
+.It Ar \&+page
+Begin output at page number
+.Ar page
+of the formatted input.
+.It Fl Ar column
+Produce output that is
+.Ar columns
+wide (default is 1) that is written vertically
+down each column in the order in which the text
+is received from the input file.
+The options
+.Fl e
+and
+.Fl i
+are assumed.
+This option should not be used with
+.Fl m .
+When used with
+.Fl t ,
+the minimum number of lines is used to display the output.
+.It Fl a
+Modify the effect of the
+.Fl column
+option so that the columns are filled across the page in a round-robin order
+(e.g., when column is 2, the first input line heads column
+1, the second heads column 2, the third is the second line
+in column 1, etc.).
+This option requires the use of the
+.Fl column
+option.
+.It Fl d
+Produce output that is double spaced.
+An extra
+.Aq Em newline
+character is output following every
+.Aq newline
+found in the input.
+.It Fl e Ns Oo Ar char Oc Ns Op Ar gap
+Expand each input
+.Aq tab
+to the next greater column
+position specified by the formula
+.Ar n*gap+1 ,
+where
+.Em n
+is an integer > 0.
+If
+.Ar gap
+is zero or is omitted the default is 8.
+All
+.Aq Em tab
+characters in the input are expanded into the appropriate
+number of
+.Ao Em space Ac Ns s .
+If any nondigit character,
+.Ar char ,
+is specified, it is used as the input tab character.
+If the first character of
+.Ar char
+is a digit then
+.Ar char
+is treated as
+.Ar gap .
+.It Fl F
+Use a
+.Aq Em form-feed
+character for new pages,
+instead of the default behavior that uses a
+sequence of
+.Aq Em newline
+characters.
+.It Fl f
+Same as
+.Fl F .
+Additionally pause before beginning the first page
+if the standard output is associated with a terminal.
+.It Fl h Ar header
+Use the string
+.Ar header
+to replace the
+.Ar file name
+in the header line.
+.It Fl i Ns Oo Ar char Oc Ns Op Ar gap
+In output, replace multiple
+.Ao space Ac Ns s
+with
+.Ao tab Ac Ns s
+whenever two or more
+adjacent
+.Ao space Ac Ns s
+reach column positions
+.Ar gap+1 ,
+.Ar 2*gap+1 ,
+etc.
+If
+.Ar gap
+is zero or omitted, default
+.Aq Em tab
+settings at every eighth column position
+is used.
+If any nondigit character,
+.Ar char ,
+is specified, it is used as the output
+.Aq Em tab
+character.
+If the first character of
+.Ar char
+is a digit then
+.Ar char
+is treated as
+.Ar gap .
+.It Fl l Ar lines
+Override the 66 line default and reset the page length to
+.Ar lines .
+If
+.Ar lines
+is not greater than the sum of both the header and trailer
+depths (in lines), the
+.Nm
+utility suppresses output of both the header and trailer, as if the
+.Fl t
+option were in effect.
+.It Fl m
+Merge the contents of multiple files.
+One line from each file specified by a file operand is
+written side by side into text columns of equal fixed widths, in
+terms of the number of column positions.
+The number of text columns depends on the number of
+file operands successfully opened.
+The maximum number of files merged depends on page width and the
+per process open file limit.
+The options
+.Fl e
+and
+.Fl i
+are assumed.
+.It Fl n Ns Oo Ar char Oc Ns Op Ar width
+Provide
+.Ar width
+digit line numbering.
+The default for
+.Ar width ,
+if not specified, is 5.
+The number occupies the first
+.Ar width
+column positions of each text column or each line of
+.Fl m
+output.
+If
+.Ar char
+(any nondigit character) is given, it is appended to the line number to
+separate it from whatever follows.
+The default for
+.Ar char
+is a
+.Aq Em tab .
+Line numbers longer than
+.Ar width
+columns are truncated.
+.It Fl o Ar offset
+Each line of output is preceded by
+.Ar offset
+.Ao Em space Ac Ns s .
+If the
+.Fl o
+option is not specified, the default is zero.
+The space taken is in addition to the output line width.
+.It Fl p
+Pause before beginning each page if the
+standard output is associated with a terminal.
+.Nm
+will write an
+.Aq Em alert
+to standard error and wait for a
+.Aq Em carriage-return
+to be read on
+.Pa /dev/tty .
+.It Fl r
+Write no diagnostic reports on failure to open a file.
+.It Fl s Ns Op Ar char
+Separate text columns by the single character
+.Ar char
+instead of by the appropriate number of
+.Ao Em space Ac Ns s
+(default for
+.Ar char
+is the
+.Aq Em tab
+character).
+.It Fl T
+Specify an
+.Xr strftime 3
+format string to be used to format the date and time information in the page
+header.
+.It Fl t
+Print neither the five-line identifying
+header nor the five-line trailer usually supplied for each page.
+Quit printing after the last line of each file without spacing to the
+end of the page.
+.It Fl w Ar width
+Set the width of the line to
+.Ar width
+column positions for multiple text-column output only.
+If the
+.Fl w
+option is not specified and the
+.Fl s
+option is not specified, the default width is 72.
+If the
+.Fl w
+option is not specified and the
+.Fl s
+option is specified, the default width is 512.
+.It Ar file
+A pathname of a file to be printed.
+If no
+.Ar file
+operands are specified, or if a
+.Ar file
+operand is
+.Sq Fl ,
+the standard input is used.
+The standard input is used only if no
+.Ar file
+operands are specified, or if a
+.Ar file
+operand is
+.Sq Fl .
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl s
+option does not allow the option letter to be separated from its
+argument, and the options
+.Fl e ,
+.Fl i ,
+and
+.Fl n
+require that both arguments, if present, not be separated from the option
+letter.
+.Sh ERRORS
+If
+.Nm
+receives an interrupt while printing to a terminal, it
+flushes all accumulated error messages to the screen before
+terminating.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits 0 on success, and 1 if an error occurs.
+.Pp
+Error messages are written to standard error during the printing
+process (if output is redirected) or after all successful
+file printing is complete (when printing to a terminal).
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cat 1 ,
+.Xr more 1 ,
+.Xr strftime 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+compatible.
diff --git a/usr.bin/pr/pr.c b/usr.bin/pr/pr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91e8075
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/pr/pr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1901 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pr.c,v 1.24 2012/08/01 02:27:48 ginsbach Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (c) 2012
+ *	The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+from: static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pr.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: pr.c,v 1.24 2012/08/01 02:27:48 ginsbach Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+#include "pr.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * pr:	a printing and pagination filter. If multiple input files
+ *	are specified, each is read, formatted, and written to standard
+ *	output. By default, input is separated into 66-line pages, each
+ *	with a header that includes the page number, date, time and the
+ *	files pathname.
+ *
+ *	Complies with posix P1003.2/D11
+ */
+
+/*
+ * parameter variables
+ */
+static int	pgnm;			/* starting page number */
+static int	clcnt;			/* number of columns */
+static int	colwd;			/* column data width - multiple columns */
+static int	across;			/* mult col flag; write across page */
+static int	dspace;			/* double space flag */
+static char	inchar;			/* expand input char */
+static int	ingap;			/* expand input gap */
+static int	formfeed;		/* use formfeed as trailer */
+static char	*header;		/* header name instead of file name */
+static char	ochar;			/* contract output char */
+static int	ogap;			/* contract output gap */
+static int	lines;			/* number of lines per page */
+static int	merge;			/* merge multiple files in output */
+static char	nmchar;			/* line numbering append char */
+static int	nmwd;			/* width of line number field */
+static int	offst;			/* number of page offset spaces */
+static int	nodiag;			/* do not report file open errors */
+static char	schar;			/* text column separation character */
+static int	sflag;			/* -s option for multiple columns */
+static int	ttyout;			/* output is a tty */
+static int	nohead;			/* do not write head and trailer */
+static int	pgpause;		/* pause before each page */
+static int	pgwd;			/* page width with multiple col output */
+static const char *timefrmt = TIMEFMT;	/* time conversion string */
+static FILE	*ttyinf;		/* input terminal for page pauses */
+
+/*
+ * misc globals
+ */
+static FILE	*errf;			/* error message file pointer */
+static int	addone;			/* page length is odd with double space */
+static int	errcnt;			/* error count on file processing */
+static const char	digs[] = "0123456789";	/* page number translation map */
+
+static void	 addnum(char *, int, int);
+static void	 flsh_errs(void);
+static int	 horzcol(int, char **);
+static int	 inln(FILE *, char *, int, int *, int, int *);
+static int	 inskip(FILE *, int, int);
+static void	 mfail(void);
+static int	 mulfile(int, char **);
+static FILE	*nxtfile(int, char **, const char **, char *, int);
+static int	 onecol(int, char **);
+static int	 otln(char *, int, int *, int *, int);
+static void	 pfail(void);
+static int	 prhead(char *, const char *, int);
+static void	 prpause(int);
+static int	 prtail(int, int);
+static int	 setup(int, char **);
+__dead static void	 terminate(int);
+static void	 usage(void);
+static int	 vertcol(int, char **);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ret_val;
+
+	if (signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN)
+		(void)signal(SIGINT, terminate);
+	ret_val = setup(argc, argv);
+	if (!ret_val) {
+		/*
+		 * select the output format based on options
+		 */
+		if (merge)
+			ret_val = mulfile(argc, argv);
+		else if (clcnt == 1)
+			ret_val = onecol(argc, argv);
+		else if (across)
+			ret_val = horzcol(argc, argv);
+		else
+			ret_val = vertcol(argc, argv);
+	} else
+		usage();
+	flsh_errs();
+	if (errcnt || ret_val)
+		exit(1);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * onecol:	print files with only one column of output.
+ *		Line length is unlimited.
+ */
+static int
+onecol(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int cnt = -1;
+	int off;
+	int lrgln;
+	int linecnt;
+	int num;
+	int lncnt;
+	int pagecnt;
+	int ips;
+	int ops;
+	int cps;
+	char *obuf = NULL;
+	char *lbuf;
+	char *nbuf;
+	char *hbuf = NULL;
+	char *ohbuf;
+	FILE *inf = NULL;
+	const char *fname;
+	int mor;
+	int error = 1;
+
+	if (nmwd)
+		num = nmwd + 1;
+	else
+		num = 0;
+	off = num + offst;
+
+	/*
+	 * allocate line buffer
+	 */
+	if ((obuf = malloc((unsigned)(LBUF + off)*sizeof(char))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+	/*
+	 * allocate header buffer
+	 */
+	if ((hbuf = malloc((unsigned)(HDBUF + offst)*sizeof(char))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+
+	ohbuf = hbuf + offst;
+	nbuf = obuf + offst;
+	lbuf = nbuf + num;
+	if (num)
+		nbuf[--num] = nmchar;
+	if (offst) {
+		(void)memset(obuf, (int)' ', offst);
+		(void)memset(hbuf, (int)' ', offst);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * loop by file
+	 */
+	while ((inf = nxtfile(argc, argv, &fname, ohbuf, 0)) != NULL) {
+		if (pgnm) {
+			/*
+			 * skip to specified page
+			 */
+			if (inskip(inf, pgnm, lines))
+				continue;
+			pagecnt = pgnm;
+		} else
+			pagecnt = 1;
+		lncnt = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * loop by page
+		 */
+		for(;;) {
+			linecnt = 0;
+			lrgln = 0;
+			ops = 0;
+			ips = 0;
+			cps = 0;
+
+			/*
+			 * loop by line
+			 */
+			while (linecnt < lines) {
+				/*
+				 * input next line
+				 */
+				if ((cnt = inln(inf,lbuf,LBUF,&cps,0,&mor)) < 0)
+					break;
+				if (!linecnt) {
+					if (pgpause)
+						prpause(pagecnt);
+
+				        if (!nohead &&
+					    prhead(hbuf, fname, pagecnt))
+						goto out;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				 * start of new line.
+				 */
+				if (!lrgln) {
+					if (num)
+						addnum(nbuf, num, ++lncnt);
+					if (otln(obuf,cnt+off, &ips, &ops, mor))
+						goto out;
+				} else if (otln(lbuf, cnt, &ips, &ops, mor))
+					goto out;
+
+				/*
+				 * if line bigger than buffer, get more
+				 */
+				if (mor) {
+					lrgln = 1;
+					continue;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				 * whole line rcvd. reset tab proc. state
+				 */
+				++linecnt;
+				lrgln = 0;
+				ops = 0;
+				ips = 0;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * fill to end of page
+			 */
+			if (linecnt && prtail(lines-linecnt-lrgln, lrgln))
+				goto out;
+
+			/*
+			 * On EOF go to next file
+			 */
+			if (cnt < 0)
+				break;
+			++pagecnt;
+		}
+		if (inf != stdin)
+			(void)fclose(inf);
+	}
+	if (eoptind < argc)
+		goto out;
+	error = 0;
+	goto out;
+oomem:
+	mfail();
+out:
+	free(obuf);
+	free(hbuf);
+	if (inf != NULL && inf != stdin)
+		(void)fclose(inf);
+	return error;
+}
+
+/*
+ * vertcol:	print files with more than one column of output down a page
+ */
+static int
+vertcol(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *ptbf;
+	char **lstdat = NULL;
+	int i;
+	int j;
+	int cnt = -1;
+	int pln;
+	int *indy = NULL;
+	int cvc;
+	int *lindy = NULL;
+	int lncnt;
+	int stp;
+	int pagecnt;
+	int col = colwd + 1;
+	int mxlen = pgwd + offst + 1;
+	int mclcnt = clcnt - 1;
+	struct vcol *vc = NULL;
+	int mvc;
+	int tvc;
+	int cw = nmwd + 1;
+	int fullcol;
+	char *buf = NULL;
+	char *hbuf = NULL;
+	char *ohbuf;
+	const char *fname;
+	FILE *inf = NULL;
+	int ips = 0;
+	int cps = 0;
+	int ops = 0;
+	int mor = 0;
+	int error = 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * allocate page buffer
+	 */
+	if ((buf = malloc((unsigned)lines*mxlen*sizeof(char))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+
+	/*
+	 * allocate page header
+	 */
+	if ((hbuf = malloc((unsigned)(HDBUF + offst)*sizeof(char))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+	ohbuf = hbuf + offst;
+	if (offst)
+		(void)memset(hbuf, (int)' ', offst);
+
+	/*
+	 * col pointers when no headers
+	 */
+	mvc = lines * clcnt;
+	if ((vc = malloc((unsigned)mvc*sizeof(struct vcol))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+
+	/*
+	 * pointer into page where last data per line is located
+	 */
+	if ((lstdat = malloc((unsigned)lines*sizeof(char *))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+
+	/*
+	 * fast index lookups to locate start of lines
+	 */
+	if ((indy = malloc((unsigned)lines*sizeof(int))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+	if ((lindy = malloc((unsigned)lines*sizeof(int))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+
+	if (nmwd)
+		fullcol = col + cw;
+	else
+		fullcol = col;
+
+	/*
+	 * initialize buffer lookup indexes and offset area
+	 */
+	for (j = 0; j < lines; ++j) {
+		lindy[j] = j * mxlen;
+		indy[j] = lindy[j] + offst;
+		if (offst) {
+			ptbf = buf + lindy[j];
+			(void)memset(ptbf, (int)' ', offst);
+			ptbf += offst;
+		} else
+			ptbf = buf + indy[j];
+		lstdat[j] = ptbf;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * loop by file
+	 */
+	while ((inf = nxtfile(argc, argv, &fname, ohbuf, 0)) != NULL) {
+		if (pgnm) {
+			/*
+			 * skip to requested page
+			 */
+			if (inskip(inf, pgnm, lines))
+				continue;
+			pagecnt = pgnm;
+		} else
+			pagecnt = 1;
+		lncnt = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * loop by page
+		 */
+		for(;;) {
+			/*
+			 * loop by column
+			 */
+			cvc = 0;
+			for (i = 0; i < clcnt; ++i) {
+				j = 0;
+				/*
+				 * if last column, do not pad
+				 */
+				if (i == mclcnt)
+					stp = 1;
+				else
+					stp = 0;
+				/*
+				 * loop by line
+				 */
+				for(;;) {
+					/*
+					 * is this first column
+					 */
+					if (!i) {
+						ptbf = buf + indy[j];
+						lstdat[j] = ptbf;
+					} else 
+						ptbf = lstdat[j];
+					vc[cvc].pt = ptbf;
+
+					/*
+					 * add number
+					 */
+					if (nmwd) {
+						addnum(ptbf, nmwd, ++lncnt);
+						ptbf += nmwd;
+						*ptbf++ = nmchar;
+					}
+
+					/*
+					 * input next line
+					 */
+					cnt = inln(inf,ptbf,colwd,&cps,1,&mor);
+					vc[cvc++].cnt = cnt;
+					if (cnt < 0)
+						break;
+					ptbf += cnt;
+
+					/*
+					 * pad all but last column on page
+					 */
+					if (!stp) {
+						/*
+						 * pad to end of column
+						 */
+						if (sflag)
+							*ptbf++ = schar;
+						else if ((pln = col-cnt) > 0) {
+							(void)memset(ptbf,
+								(int)' ',pln);
+							ptbf += pln;
+						}
+					}
+					/*
+					 * remember last char in line
+					 */
+					lstdat[j] = ptbf;
+					if (++j >= lines)
+						break;
+				}
+				if (cnt < 0)
+					break;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * when -t (no header) is specified the spec requires
+			 * the min number of lines. The last page may not have
+			 * balanced length columns. To fix this we must reorder
+			 * the columns. This is a very slow technique so it is
+			 * only used under limited conditions. Without -t, the
+			 * balancing of text columns is unspecified. To NOT
+			 * balance the last page, add the global variable
+			 * nohead to the if statement below e.g.
+			 *
+			 * if ((cnt < 0) && nohead && cvc ......
+			 */
+			--cvc;
+
+			/*
+			 * check to see if last page needs to be reordered
+			 */
+			if ((cnt < 0) && cvc && ((mvc-cvc) >= clcnt)){
+				pln = cvc/clcnt;
+				if (cvc % clcnt)
+					++pln;
+
+				if (pgpause)
+					prpause(pagecnt);
+
+				/*
+				 * print header
+				 */
+				if (!nohead && prhead(hbuf, fname, pagecnt))
+					goto out;
+				for (i = 0; i < pln; ++i) {
+					ips = 0;
+					ops = 0;
+					if (offst&& otln(buf,offst,&ips,&ops,1)) {
+						error = 1;
+						goto out;
+					}
+					tvc = i;
+
+					for (j = 0; j < clcnt; ++j) {
+						/*
+						 * determine column length
+						 */
+						if (j == mclcnt) {
+							/*
+							 * last column
+							 */
+							cnt = vc[tvc].cnt;
+							if (nmwd)
+								cnt += cw;
+						} else if (sflag) {
+							/*
+							 * single ch between
+							 */
+							cnt = vc[tvc].cnt + 1;
+							if (nmwd)
+								cnt += cw;
+						} else
+							cnt = fullcol;
+						if (otln(vc[tvc].pt, cnt, &ips,
+								&ops, 1))
+							goto out;
+						tvc += pln;
+						if (tvc >= cvc)
+							break;
+					}
+					/*
+					 * terminate line
+					 */
+					if (otln(buf, 0, &ips, &ops, 0))
+						goto out;
+				}
+				/*
+				 * pad to end of page
+				 */
+				if (prtail((lines - pln), 0))
+					goto out;
+				/*
+				 * done with output, go to next file
+				 */
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * determine how many lines to output
+			 */
+			if (i > 0)
+				pln = lines;
+			else
+				pln = j;
+
+			/*
+			 * print header
+			 */
+			if (pln) {
+				if (pgpause)
+					prpause(pagecnt);
+
+			        if (!nohead && prhead(hbuf, fname, pagecnt))
+					goto out;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * output each line
+			 */
+			for (i = 0; i < pln; ++i) {
+				ptbf = buf + lindy[i];
+				if ((j = lstdat[i] - ptbf) <= offst)
+					break;
+				if (otln(ptbf, j, &ips, &ops, 0))
+					goto out;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * pad to end of page
+			 */
+			if (pln && prtail((lines - pln), 0))
+				goto out;
+
+			/*
+			 * if EOF go to next file
+			 */
+			if (cnt < 0)
+				break;
+			++pagecnt;
+		}
+		if (inf != stdin)
+			(void)fclose(inf);
+	}
+	if (eoptind < argc)
+		goto out;
+	error = 0;
+	goto out;
+oomem:
+	mfail();
+out:
+	free(buf);
+	free(hbuf);
+	free(vc);
+	free(lstdat);
+	free(lindy);
+	if (inf != NULL && inf != stdin)
+		(void)fclose(inf);
+	return error;
+}
+
+/*
+ * horzcol:	print files with more than one column of output across a page
+ */
+static int
+horzcol(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *ptbf;
+	int pln;
+	int cnt = -1;
+	char *lstdat;
+	int col = colwd + 1;
+	int j;
+	int i;
+	int lncnt;
+	int pagecnt;
+	char *buf = NULL;
+	char *hbuf = NULL;
+	char *ohbuf;
+	const char *fname;
+	FILE *inf = NULL;
+	int ips = 0;
+	int cps = 0;
+	int ops = 0;
+	int mor = 0;
+	int error = 1;
+
+	if ((buf = malloc((unsigned)(pgwd+offst+1)*sizeof(char))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+
+	/*
+	 * page header
+	 */
+	if ((hbuf = malloc((unsigned)(HDBUF + offst)*sizeof(char))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+	ohbuf = hbuf + offst;
+	if (offst) {
+		(void)memset(buf, (int)' ', offst);
+		(void)memset(hbuf, (int)' ', offst);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * loop by file
+	 */
+	while ((inf = nxtfile(argc, argv, &fname, ohbuf, 0)) != NULL) {
+		if (pgnm) {
+			if (inskip(inf, pgnm, lines))
+				continue;
+			pagecnt = pgnm;
+		} else
+			pagecnt = 1;
+		lncnt = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * loop by page
+		 */
+		for(;;) {
+			/*
+			 * loop by line
+			 */
+			for (i = 0; i < lines; ++i) {
+				ptbf = buf + offst;
+				lstdat = ptbf;
+				j = 0;
+				/*
+				 * loop by col
+				 */
+				for(;;) {
+					if (nmwd) {
+						/*
+						 * add number to column
+						 */
+						addnum(ptbf, nmwd, ++lncnt);
+						ptbf += nmwd;
+						*ptbf++ = nmchar;
+					}
+					/*
+					 * input line
+					 */
+					if ((cnt = inln(inf,ptbf,colwd,&cps,1,
+							&mor)) < 0)
+						break;
+					ptbf += cnt;
+					lstdat = ptbf;
+
+					/*
+					 * if last line skip padding
+					 */
+					if (++j >= clcnt)
+						break;
+
+					/*
+					 * pad to end of column
+					 */
+					if (sflag)
+						*ptbf++ = schar;
+					else if ((pln = col - cnt) > 0) {
+						(void)memset(ptbf,(int)' ',pln);
+						ptbf += pln;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				 * determine line length
+				 */
+				if ((j = lstdat - buf) <= offst)
+					break;
+				if (!i) {
+					if (pgpause)
+						prpause(pagecnt);
+
+				        if (!nohead &&
+					    prhead(hbuf, fname, pagecnt))
+						goto out;
+				}
+				/*
+				 * output line
+				 */
+				if (otln(buf, j, &ips, &ops, 0))
+					goto out;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * pad to end of page
+			 */
+			if (i && prtail(lines-i, 0))
+				goto out;
+
+			/*
+			 * if EOF go to next file
+			 */
+			if (cnt < 0)
+				break;
+			++pagecnt;
+		}
+		if (inf != stdin)
+			(void)fclose(inf);
+	}
+	if (eoptind < argc)
+		goto out;
+	error = 0;
+	goto out;
+oomem:
+	mfail();
+out:
+	free(buf);
+	free(hbuf);
+	if (inf != NULL && inf != stdin)
+		(void)fclose(inf);
+	return error;
+}
+
+/*
+ * mulfile:	print files with more than one column of output and
+ *		more than one file concurrently
+ */
+static int
+mulfile(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *ptbf;
+	int j;
+	int pln;
+	int cnt;
+	char *lstdat;
+	int i;
+	FILE **fbuf = NULL;
+	int actf;
+	int lncnt;
+	int col;
+	int pagecnt;
+	int fproc;
+	char *buf = NULL;
+	char *hbuf = NULL;
+	char *ohbuf;
+	const char *fname;
+	int ips = 0;
+	int cps = 0;
+	int ops = 0;
+	int mor = 0;
+	int error = 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * array of FILE *, one for each operand
+	 */
+	if ((fbuf = calloc(clcnt, sizeof(FILE *))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+
+	/*
+	 * page header
+	 */
+	if ((hbuf = malloc((unsigned)(HDBUF + offst)*sizeof(char))) == NULL)
+		goto oomem;
+	ohbuf = hbuf + offst;
+
+	/*
+	 * do not know how many columns yet. The number of operands provide an
+	 * upper bound on the number of columns. We use the number of files
+	 * we can open successfully to set the number of columns. The operation
+	 * of the merge operation (-m) in relation to unsuccesful file opens
+	 * is unspecified by posix.
+	 */
+	j = 0;
+	while (j < clcnt) {
+		if ((fbuf[j] = nxtfile(argc, argv, &fname, ohbuf, 1)) == NULL)
+			break;
+		if (pgnm && (inskip(fbuf[j], pgnm, lines)))
+			fbuf[j] = NULL;
+		++j;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if no files, exit
+	 */
+	if (!j)
+		goto out;
+
+	/*
+	 * calculate page boundries based on open file count
+	 */
+	clcnt = j;
+	if (nmwd) {
+		colwd = (pgwd - clcnt - nmwd)/clcnt;
+		pgwd = ((colwd + 1) * clcnt) - nmwd - 2;
+	} else {
+		colwd = (pgwd + 1 - clcnt)/clcnt;
+		pgwd = ((colwd + 1) * clcnt) - 1;
+	}
+	if (colwd < 1) {
+		(void)fprintf(errf,
+		  "pr: page width too small for %d columns\n", clcnt);
+		goto out;
+	}
+	actf = clcnt;
+	col = colwd + 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * line buffer
+	 */
+	if ((buf = malloc((unsigned)(pgwd+offst+1)*sizeof(char))) == NULL)
+		goto out;
+	if (offst) {
+		(void)memset(buf, (int)' ', offst);
+		(void)memset(hbuf, (int)' ', offst);
+	}
+	if (pgnm)
+		pagecnt = pgnm;
+	else
+		pagecnt = 1;
+	lncnt = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * continue to loop while any file still has data
+	 */
+	while (actf > 0) {
+		/*
+		 * loop by line
+		 */
+		for (i = 0; i < lines; ++i) {
+			ptbf = buf + offst;
+			lstdat = ptbf;
+			if (nmwd) {
+				/*
+				 * add line number to line
+				 */
+				addnum(ptbf, nmwd, ++lncnt);
+				ptbf += nmwd;
+				*ptbf++ = nmchar;
+			}
+			j = 0;
+			fproc = 0;
+
+			/*
+			 * loop by column
+			 */
+			for (j = 0; j < clcnt; ++j) {
+				if (fbuf[j] == NULL) {
+					/*
+					 * empty column; EOF
+					 */
+					cnt = 0;
+				} else if ((cnt = inln(fbuf[j], ptbf, colwd,
+							&cps, 1, &mor)) < 0) {
+					/*
+					 * EOF hit; no data
+					 */
+					if (fbuf[j] != stdin)
+						(void)fclose(fbuf[j]);
+					fbuf[j] = NULL;
+					--actf;
+					cnt = 0;
+				} else {
+					/*
+					 * process file data
+					 */
+					ptbf += cnt;
+					lstdat = ptbf;
+					fproc++;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				 * if last ACTIVE column, done with line
+				 */
+				if (fproc >= actf)
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				 * pad to end of column
+				 */
+				if (sflag) {
+					*ptbf++ = schar;
+				} else if ((pln = col - cnt) > 0) {
+					(void)memset(ptbf, (int)' ', pln);
+					ptbf += pln;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * calculate data in line
+			 */
+			if ((j = lstdat - buf) <= offst)
+				break;
+
+			if (!i) {
+				if (pgpause)
+					prpause(pagecnt);
+
+			        if (!nohead && prhead(hbuf, fname, pagecnt))
+					goto out;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * output line
+			 */
+			if (otln(buf, j, &ips, &ops, 0))
+				goto out;
+
+			/*
+			 * if no more active files, done
+			 */
+			if (actf <= 0) {
+				++i;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * pad to end of page
+		 */
+		if (i && prtail(lines-i, 0))
+			goto out;
+		++pagecnt;
+	}
+	if (eoptind < argc)
+		goto out;
+	error = 0;
+	goto out;
+oomem:
+	mfail();
+out:
+	if (fbuf) {
+		for (j = 0; j < clcnt; j++)
+			if (fbuf[j] && fbuf[j] != stdin)
+				(void)fclose(fbuf[j]);
+		free(fbuf);
+	}
+	free(hbuf);
+	free(buf);
+	return error;
+}
+
+/*
+ * inln():	input a line of data (unlimited length lines supported)
+ *		Input is optionally expanded to spaces
+ *
+ *	inf:	file
+ *	buf:	buffer
+ *	lim:	buffer length
+ *	cps:	column positon 1st char in buffer (large line support)
+ *	trnc:	throw away data more than lim up to \n 
+ *	mor:	set if more data in line (not truncated)
+ */
+static int
+inln(FILE *inf, char *buf, int lim, int *cps, int trnc, int *mor)
+{
+	int col;
+	int gap = ingap;
+	int ch = EOF;
+	char *ptbuf;
+	int chk = (int)inchar;
+
+	ptbuf = buf;
+
+	if (gap) {
+		/*
+		 * expanding input option
+		 */
+		while ((--lim >= 0) && ((ch = getc(inf)) != EOF)) {
+			/*
+			 * is this the input "tab" char
+			 */
+			if (ch == chk) {
+				/*
+				 * expand to number of spaces
+				 */
+				col = (ptbuf - buf) + *cps;
+				col = gap - (col % gap);
+
+				/*
+				 * if more than this line, push back
+				 */
+				if ((col > lim) && (ungetc(ch, inf) == EOF))
+					return(1);
+
+				/*
+				 * expand to spaces
+				 */
+				while ((--col >= 0) && (--lim >= 0))
+					*ptbuf++ = ' ';
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (ch == '\n')
+				break;
+			*ptbuf++ = ch;
+		}
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * no expansion
+		 */
+		while ((--lim >= 0) && ((ch = getc(inf)) != EOF)) {
+			if (ch == '\n')
+				break;
+			*ptbuf++ = ch;
+		}
+	}
+	col = ptbuf - buf;
+	if (ch == EOF) {
+		*mor = 0;
+		*cps = 0;
+		if (!col)
+			return(-1);
+		return(col);
+	}
+	if (ch == '\n') {
+		/*
+		 * entire line processed
+		 */
+		*mor = 0;
+		*cps = 0;
+		return(col);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * line was larger than limit
+	 */
+	if (trnc) {
+		/*
+		 * throw away rest of line
+		 */
+		while ((ch = getc(inf)) != EOF) {
+			if (ch == '\n')
+				break;
+		}
+		*cps = 0;
+		*mor = 0;
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * save column offset if not truncated
+		 */
+		*cps += col;
+		*mor = 1;
+	}
+
+	return(col);
+}
+
+/*
+ * otln():	output a line of data. (Supports unlimited length lines)
+ *		output is optionally contracted to tabs
+ *
+ *	buf:	output buffer with data
+ *	cnt:	number of chars of valid data in buf
+ *	svips:	buffer input column position (for large lines)
+ *	svops:	buffer output column position (for large lines)
+ *	mor:	output line not complete in this buf; more data to come.	
+ *		1 is more, 0 is complete, -1 is no \n's
+ */
+static int
+otln(char *buf, int cnt, int *svips, int *svops, int mor)
+{
+	int ops;		/* last col output */
+	int ips;		/* last col in buf examined */
+	int gap = ogap;
+	int tbps;
+	char *endbuf;
+
+	if (ogap) {
+		/*
+		 * contracting on output
+		 */
+		endbuf = buf + cnt;
+		ops = *svops;
+		ips = *svips;
+		while (buf < endbuf) {
+			/*
+			 * count number of spaces and ochar in buffer
+			 */
+			if (*buf == ' ') {
+				++ips;
+				++buf;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * simulate ochar processing
+			 */
+			if (*buf == ochar) {
+				ips += gap - (ips % gap);
+				++buf;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * got a non space char; contract out spaces
+			 */
+			while (ips - ops > 1) {
+				/*
+				 * use as many ochar as will fit
+				 */
+				if ((tbps = ops + gap - (ops % gap)) > ips)
+					break;
+				if (putchar(ochar) == EOF) {
+					pfail();
+					return(1);
+				}
+				ops = tbps;
+			}
+
+			while (ops < ips) {
+				/*
+				 * finish off with spaces
+				 */
+				if (putchar(' ') == EOF) {
+					pfail();
+					return(1);
+				}
+				++ops;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * output non space char
+			 */
+			if (putchar(*buf++) == EOF) {
+				pfail();
+				return(1);
+			}
+			++ips;
+			++ops;
+		}
+
+		if (mor > 0) {
+			/*
+			 * if incomplete line, save position counts
+			 */
+			*svops = ops;
+			*svips = ips;
+			return(0);
+		}
+
+		if (mor < 0) {
+			while (ips - ops > 1) {
+				/*
+				 * use as many ochar as will fit
+				 */
+				if ((tbps = ops + gap - (ops % gap)) > ips)
+					break;
+				if (putchar(ochar) == EOF) {
+					pfail();
+					return(1);
+				}
+				ops = tbps;
+			}
+			while (ops < ips) {
+				/*
+				 * finish off with spaces
+				 */
+				if (putchar(' ') == EOF) {
+					pfail();
+					return(1);
+				}
+				++ops;
+			}
+			return(0);
+		}
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * output is not contracted
+		 */
+		if (cnt && (fwrite(buf, sizeof(char), cnt, stdout) <= 0)) {
+			pfail();
+			return(1);
+		}
+		if (mor != 0)
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * process line end and double space as required
+	 */
+	if ((putchar('\n') == EOF) || (dspace && (putchar('\n') == EOF))) {
+		pfail();
+		return(1);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * inskip():	skip over pgcnt pages with lncnt lines per page
+ *		file is closed at EOF (if not stdin).
+ *
+ *	inf	FILE * to read from
+ *	pgcnt	number of pages to skip
+ *	lncnt	number of lines per page
+ */
+static int
+inskip(FILE *inf, int pgcnt, int lncnt)
+{
+	int c;
+	int cnt;
+
+	while(--pgcnt > 0) {
+		cnt = lncnt;
+		while ((c = getc(inf)) != EOF) {
+			if ((c == '\n') && (--cnt == 0))
+				break;
+		}
+		if (c == EOF) {
+			if (inf != stdin)
+				(void)fclose(inf);
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * nxtfile:	returns a FILE * to next file in arg list and sets the
+ *		time field for this file (or current date).
+ *
+ *	buf	array to store proper date for the header.
+ *	dt	if set skips the date processing (used with -m)
+ */
+static FILE *
+nxtfile(int argc, char **argv, const char **fname, char *buf, int dt)
+{
+	FILE *inf = NULL;
+	struct timeval tv;
+	struct timezone tz;
+	struct tm *timeptr = NULL;
+	struct stat statbuf;
+	time_t curtime;
+	static int twice = -1;
+
+	++twice;
+	if (eoptind >= argc) {
+		/*
+		 * no file listed; default, use standard input
+		 */
+		if (twice)
+			return(NULL);
+		clearerr(stdin);
+		inf = stdin;
+		if (header != NULL)
+			*fname = header;
+		else
+			*fname = FNAME;
+		if (nohead)
+			return(inf);
+		if (gettimeofday(&tv, &tz) < 0) {
+			++errcnt;
+			(void)fprintf(errf, "pr: cannot get time of day, %s\n",
+				strerror(errno));
+			eoptind = argc - 1;
+			return(NULL);
+		}
+		curtime = tv.tv_sec;
+		timeptr = localtime(&curtime);
+	}
+	for (; eoptind < argc; ++eoptind) {
+		if (strcmp(argv[eoptind], "-") == 0) {
+			/*
+			 * process a "-" for filename
+			 */
+			clearerr(stdin);
+			inf = stdin;
+			if (header != NULL)
+				*fname = header;
+			else
+				*fname = FNAME;
+			++eoptind;
+			if (nohead || (dt && twice))
+				return(inf);
+			if (gettimeofday(&tv, &tz) < 0) {
+				++errcnt;
+				(void)fprintf(errf,
+					"pr: cannot get time of day, %s\n",
+					strerror(errno));
+				return(NULL);
+			}
+			curtime = tv.tv_sec;
+			timeptr = localtime(&curtime);
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * normal file processing
+			 */
+			if ((inf = fopen(argv[eoptind], "r")) == NULL) {
+				++errcnt;
+				if (nodiag)
+					continue;
+				(void)fprintf(errf, "pr: Cannot open %s, %s\n",
+					argv[eoptind], strerror(errno));
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (header != NULL)
+				*fname = header;
+			else if (dt)
+				*fname = FNAME;
+			else
+				*fname = argv[eoptind];
+			++eoptind;
+			if (nohead || (dt && twice))
+				return(inf);
+
+			if (dt) {
+				if (gettimeofday(&tv, &tz) < 0) {
+					++errcnt;
+					(void)fprintf(errf,
+					     "pr: cannot get time of day, %s\n",
+					     strerror(errno));
+					return(NULL);
+				}
+				curtime = tv.tv_sec;
+				timeptr = localtime(&curtime);
+			} else {
+				if (fstat(fileno(inf), &statbuf) < 0) {
+					++errcnt;
+					(void)fclose(inf);
+					(void)fprintf(errf, 
+						"pr: Cannot stat %s, %s\n",
+						argv[eoptind], strerror(errno));
+					return(NULL);
+				}
+				timeptr = localtime(&(statbuf.st_mtime));
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+	if (inf == NULL)
+		return(NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * set up time field used in header
+	 */
+	if (strftime(buf, HDBUF, timefrmt, timeptr) <= 0) {
+		++errcnt;
+		if (inf != stdin)
+			(void)fclose(inf);
+		(void)fputs("pr: time conversion failed\n", errf);
+		return(NULL);
+	}
+	return(inf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * addnum():	adds the line number to the column
+ *		Truncates from the front or pads with spaces as required.
+ *		Numbers are right justified.
+ *
+ *	buf	buffer to store the number
+ *	wdth	width of buffer to fill
+ *	line	line number
+ *
+ *		NOTE: numbers occupy part of the column. The posix
+ *		spec does not specify if -i processing should or should not
+ *		occur on number padding. The spec does say it occupies
+ *		part of the column. The usage of addnum	currently treats
+ *		numbers as part of the column so spaces may be replaced.
+ */
+void
+addnum(char *buf, int wdth, int line)
+{
+	char *pt = buf + wdth;
+
+	do {
+		*--pt = digs[line % 10];
+		line /= 10;
+	} while (line && (pt > buf));
+
+	/*
+	 * pad with space as required
+	 */
+	while (pt > buf)
+		*--pt = ' ';
+}
+
+/*
+ * prpause():	pause before printing each page
+ *
+ *	pagcnt	page number
+ */
+static void
+prpause(int pagcnt)
+{
+
+	if (ttyout) {
+		int c;
+
+		(void)putc('\a', stderr);
+		(void)fflush(stderr);
+
+		while ((c = getc(ttyinf)) != '\n' && c != EOF)
+			;
+
+		/*
+		 * pause ONLY before first page of first file
+		 */
+		if (pgpause == FIRSTPAGE && pagcnt == 1)
+			pgpause = NO_PAUSE;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * prhead():	prints the top of page header
+ *
+ *	buf	buffer with time field (and offset)
+ *	cnt	number of chars in buf
+ *	fname	fname field for header
+ *	pagcnt	page number
+ */
+static int
+prhead(char *buf, const char *fname, int pagcnt)
+{
+	int ips = 0;
+	int ops = 0;
+
+	if ((putchar('\n') == EOF) || (putchar('\n') == EOF)) {
+		pfail();
+		return(1);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * posix is not clear if the header is subject to line length
+	 * restrictions. The specification for header line format
+	 * in the spec clearly does not limit length. No pr currently
+	 * restricts header length. However if we need to truncate in
+	 * an reasonable way, adjust the length of the printf by
+	 * changing HDFMT to allow a length max as an argument printf.
+	 * buf (which contains the offset spaces and time field could
+	 * also be trimmed
+	 *
+	 * note only the offset (if any) is processed for tab expansion
+	 */
+	if (offst && otln(buf, offst, &ips, &ops, -1))
+		return(1);
+	(void)printf(HDFMT,buf+offst, fname, pagcnt);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * prtail():	pad page with empty lines (if required) and print page trailer
+ *		if requested
+ *
+ *	cnt	number of lines of padding needed
+ *	incomp	was a '\n' missing from last line output
+ */
+static int
+prtail(int cnt, int incomp)
+{
+	if (nohead) {
+		/*
+		 * only pad with no headers when incomplete last line
+		 */
+		if (!incomp)
+			return(0);
+		if ((dspace && (putchar('\n') == EOF)) ||
+		    (putchar('\n') == EOF)) {
+			pfail();
+			return(1);
+		}
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if double space output two \n
+	 */
+	if (dspace)
+		cnt *= 2;
+
+	/*
+	 * if an odd number of lines per page, add an extra \n
+	 */
+	if (addone)
+		++cnt;
+
+	/*
+	 * pad page
+	 */
+	if (formfeed) {
+		if ((incomp && (putchar('\n') == EOF)) || 
+		    (putchar('\f') == EOF)) {
+			pfail();
+			return(1);
+		}
+		return(0);
+	} 
+	cnt += TAILLEN;
+	while (--cnt >= 0) {
+		if (putchar('\n') == EOF) {
+			pfail();
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * terminate():	when a SIGINT is recvd
+ */
+static void
+terminate(int which_sig)
+{
+	flsh_errs();
+	(void)raise_default_signal(which_sig);
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * flsh_errs():	output saved up diagnostic messages after all normal
+ *		processing has completed
+ */
+static void
+flsh_errs(void)
+{
+	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	(void)fflush(errf);
+	if (errf == stderr)
+		return;
+	rewind(errf);
+	while (fgets(buf, BUFSIZ, errf) != NULL)
+		(void)fputs(buf, stderr);
+}
+
+static void
+mfail(void)
+{
+	(void)fputs("pr: memory allocation failed\n", errf);
+}
+
+static void
+pfail(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(errf, "pr: write failure, %s\n", strerror(errno));
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fputs(
+	 "usage: pr [+page] [-col] [-adFfmprt] [-e[ch][gap]] [-h header]\n",
+		    errf);
+	(void)fputs(
+	 "          [-i[ch][gap]] [-l line] [-n[ch][width]] [-o offset]\n",
+		    errf);
+	(void)fputs(
+	 "          [-s[ch]] [-T timefmt] [-w width] [-] [file ...]\n",
+		    errf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * setup:	Validate command args, initialize and perform sanity 
+ *		checks on options
+ */
+static int
+setup(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int c;
+	int eflag = 0;
+	int iflag = 0;
+	int wflag = 0;
+	int cflag = 0;
+
+	ttyinf = stdin;
+
+	if (isatty(fileno(stdout))) {
+		/*
+		 * defer diagnostics until processing is done
+		 */
+		if ((errf = tmpfile()) == NULL) {
+		       (void)fputs("Cannot defer diagnostic messages\n",stderr);
+		       return(1);
+		}
+		ttyout = 1;
+	} else
+		errf = stderr;
+	while ((c = egetopt(argc, argv, "#adFfmrte?h:i?l:n?o:ps?T:w:")) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case '+':
+			if ((pgnm = atoi(eoptarg)) < 1) {
+			    (void)fputs("pr: +page number must be 1 or more\n",
+				errf);
+			    return(1);
+			}
+			break;
+		case '-':
+			if ((clcnt = atoi(eoptarg)) < 1) {
+			    (void)fputs("pr: -columns must be 1 or more\n",errf);
+			    return(1);
+			}
+			if (clcnt > 1)
+				++cflag;
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			++across;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			++dspace;
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			++eflag;
+			if ((eoptarg != NULL) &&
+			    !isdigit((unsigned char)*eoptarg))
+				inchar = *eoptarg++;
+			else
+				inchar = INCHAR;
+			if ((eoptarg != NULL) &&
+			    isdigit((unsigned char)*eoptarg)) {
+				if ((ingap = atoi(eoptarg)) < 0) {
+					(void)fputs(
+					"pr: -e gap must be 0 or more\n", errf);
+					return(1);
+				}
+				if (ingap == 0)
+					ingap = INGAP;
+			} else if ((eoptarg != NULL) && (*eoptarg != '\0')) {
+				(void)fprintf(errf,
+				      "pr: invalid value for -e %s\n", eoptarg);
+				return(1);
+			} else
+				ingap = INGAP;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			pgpause |= FIRSTPAGE;
+			/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+		case 'F':
+			++formfeed;
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			header = eoptarg;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			++iflag;
+			if ((eoptarg != NULL) &&
+			    !isdigit((unsigned char)*eoptarg))
+				ochar = *eoptarg++;
+			else
+				ochar = OCHAR;
+			if ((eoptarg != NULL) &&
+			    isdigit((unsigned char)*eoptarg)) {
+				if ((ogap = atoi(eoptarg)) < 0) {
+					(void)fputs(
+					"pr: -i gap must be 0 or more\n", errf);
+					return(1);
+				}
+				if (ogap == 0)
+					ogap = OGAP;
+			} else if ((eoptarg != NULL) && (*eoptarg != '\0')) {
+				(void)fprintf(errf,
+				      "pr: invalid value for -i %s\n", eoptarg);
+				return(1);
+			} else
+				ogap = OGAP;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			if (!isdigit((unsigned char)*eoptarg) ||
+			    ((lines=atoi(eoptarg)) < 1)) {
+				(void)fputs(
+				 "pr: Number of lines must be 1 or more\n",errf);
+				return(1);
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			++merge;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			if ((eoptarg != NULL) &&
+			    !isdigit((unsigned char)*eoptarg))
+				nmchar = *eoptarg++;
+			else
+				nmchar = NMCHAR;
+			if ((eoptarg != NULL) &&
+			    isdigit((unsigned char)*eoptarg)) {
+				if ((nmwd = atoi(eoptarg)) < 1) {
+					(void)fputs(
+					"pr: -n width must be 1 or more\n",errf);
+					return(1);
+				}
+			} else if ((eoptarg != NULL) && (*eoptarg != '\0')) {
+				(void)fprintf(errf,
+				      "pr: invalid value for -n %s\n", eoptarg);
+				return(1);
+			} else
+				nmwd = NMWD;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			if (!isdigit((unsigned char)*eoptarg) ||
+			    ((offst = atoi(eoptarg))< 1)){
+				(void)fputs("pr: -o offset must be 1 or more\n",
+					errf);
+				return(1);
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			pgpause |= EACHPAGE;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			++nodiag;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			++sflag;
+			if (eoptarg == NULL)
+				schar = SCHAR;
+			else
+				schar = *eoptarg++;
+			if (eoptarg && *eoptarg != '\0') {
+				(void)fprintf(errf,
+				      "pr: invalid value for -s %s\n", eoptarg);
+				return(1);
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			timefrmt = eoptarg;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			++nohead;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			++wflag;
+			if (!isdigit((unsigned char)*eoptarg) ||
+			    ((pgwd = atoi(eoptarg)) < 1)){
+				(void)fputs(
+				   "pr: -w width must be 1 or more \n",errf);
+				return(1);
+			}
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * default and sanity checks
+	 */
+	if (!clcnt) {
+		if (merge) {
+			if ((clcnt = argc - eoptind) <= 1) {
+				clcnt = CLCNT;
+				merge = 0;
+			}
+		} else
+			clcnt = CLCNT;
+	}
+	if (across) {
+		if (clcnt == 1) {
+			(void)fputs("pr: -a flag requires multiple columns\n",
+				errf);
+			return(1);
+		}
+		if (merge) {
+			(void)fputs("pr: -m cannot be used with -a\n", errf);
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+	if (!wflag) {
+		if (sflag)
+			pgwd = SPGWD;
+		else
+			pgwd = PGWD;
+	}
+	if (cflag || merge) {
+		if (!eflag) {
+			inchar = INCHAR;
+			ingap = INGAP;
+		}
+		if (!iflag) {
+			ochar = OCHAR;
+			ogap = OGAP;
+		}
+	}
+	if (cflag) {
+		if (merge) {
+			(void)fputs(
+			  "pr: -m cannot be used with multiple columns\n", errf);
+			return(1);
+		}
+		if (nmwd) {
+			colwd = (pgwd + 1 - (clcnt * (nmwd + 2)))/clcnt;
+			pgwd = ((colwd + nmwd + 2) * clcnt) - 1;
+		} else {
+			colwd = (pgwd + 1 - clcnt)/clcnt;
+			pgwd = ((colwd + 1) * clcnt) - 1;
+		}
+		if (colwd < 1) {
+			(void)fprintf(errf,
+			  "pr: page width is too small for %d columns\n",clcnt);
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+	if (!lines)
+		lines = LINES;
+
+	/*
+	 * make sure long enough for headers. if not disable
+	 */
+	if (lines <= HEADLEN + TAILLEN)
+		++nohead;	
+	else if (!nohead)
+		lines -= HEADLEN + TAILLEN;
+
+	/*
+	 * adjust for double space on odd length pages
+	 */
+	if (dspace) {
+		if (lines == 1)
+			dspace = 0;
+		else {
+			if (lines & 1)
+				++addone;
+			lines /= 2;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * open /dev/tty if we are to pause before each page
+	 * but only if stdout is a terminal and stdin is not a terminal
+	 */
+	if (ttyout && pgpause && !isatty(fileno(stdin))) {
+		if ((ttyinf = fopen("/dev/tty", "r")) == NULL) {
+			(void)fprintf(errf, "pr: cannot open terminal\n");
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/pr/pr.h b/usr.bin/pr/pr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0afd374
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/pr/pr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pr.h,v 1.5 2012/07/24 02:13:04 ginsbach Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 Keith Muller.
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (c) 2012
+ *	The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Keith Muller of the University of California, San Diego.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *      from: @(#)pr.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ *	$NetBSD: pr.h,v 1.5 2012/07/24 02:13:04 ginsbach Exp $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * parameter defaults
+ */
+#define	CLCNT		1
+#define	INCHAR		'\t'
+#define	INGAP		8
+#define	OCHAR		'\t'
+#define OGAP		8
+#define	LINES		66
+#define	NMWD		5
+#define	NMCHAR		'\t'
+#define	SCHAR		'\t'
+#define	PGWD		72
+#define SPGWD		512
+
+/*
+ * misc default values
+ */
+#define	HDFMT		"%s %s Page %d\n\n\n"
+#define	HEADLEN		5
+#define	TAILLEN		5
+#define	TIMEFMT		"%b %e %H:%M %Y"
+#define	FNAME		""
+#define	LBUF		8192
+#define	HDBUF		512
+
+/* when to pause before (for -f and -p options) */
+#define NO_PAUSE	0
+#define FIRSTPAGE	1
+#define ENSUINGPAGES	2
+#define EACHPAGE	(FIRSTPAGE | ENSUINGPAGES)
+
+/*
+ * structure for vertical columns. Used to balance cols on last page
+ */
+struct vcol {
+	char *pt;		/* ptr to col */
+	int cnt;		/* char count */
+};
diff --git a/usr.bin/printf/printf.1 b/usr.bin/printf/printf.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..588614d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/printf/printf.1
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: printf.1,v 1.31 2018/08/31 17:27:35 kre Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)printf.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd August 31, 2018
+.Dt PRINTF 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm printf
+.Nd formatted output
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar format
+.Op Ar arguments  ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+formats and prints its arguments, after the first, under control
+of the
+.Ar format  .
+The
+.Ar format
+is a character string which contains three types of objects: plain characters,
+which are simply copied to standard output, character escape sequences which
+are converted and copied to the standard output, and format specifications,
+each of which causes printing of the next successive
+.Ar argument  .
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar arguments
+after the first are treated as strings if the corresponding format is
+either
+.Cm b ,
+.Cm B ,
+.Cm c ,
+or
+.Cm s ;
+otherwise it is evaluated as a C constant, with the following extensions:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -offset indent -compact
+.It
+A leading plus or minus sign is allowed.
+.It
+If the leading character is a single or double quote, the value is the ASCII
+code of the next character.
+.El
+.Pp
+The format string is reused as often as necessary to satisfy the
+.Ar arguments  .
+Any extra format specifications are evaluated with zero or the null
+string.
+.Pp
+Character escape sequences are in backslash notation as defined in
+.St -ansiC .
+The characters and their meanings are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent
+.It Cm \ee
+Write an
+.Aq escape
+character.
+.It Cm \ea
+Write a
+.Aq bell
+character.
+.It Cm \eb
+Write a
+.Aq backspace
+character.
+.It Cm \ef
+Write a
+.Aq form-feed
+character.
+.It Cm \en
+Write a
+.Aq new-line
+character.
+.It Cm \er
+Write a
+.Aq carriage return
+character.
+.It Cm \et
+Write a
+.Aq tab
+character.
+.It Cm \ev
+Write a
+.Aq vertical tab
+character.
+.It Cm \e\'
+Write a
+.Aq single quote
+character.
+.It Cm \e"
+Write a
+.Aq double quote
+character.
+.It Cm \e\e
+Write a backslash character.
+.It Cm \e Ns Ar num
+Write an 8\-bit character whose ASCII
+value is the 1\-, 2\-, or 3\-digit octal number
+.Ar num .
+.It Cm \ex Ns Ar xx
+Write an 8\-bit character whose ASCII
+value is the 1\- or 2\-digit hexadecimal number
+.Ar xx .
+.El
+.Pp
+Each format specification is introduced by the percent character
+.Pq Dq \&% .
+The remainder of the format specification includes,
+in the following order:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Zero or more of the following flags :
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm #
+A
+.Sq #
+character specifying that the value should be printed in an
+.Dq alternative form .
+For
+.Cm b ,
+.Cm c ,
+.Cm d ,
+and
+.Cm s
+formats, this option has no effect.
+For the
+.Cm o
+format the precision of the number is increased to force the first
+character of the output string to a zero.
+For the
+.Cm x
+.Pq Cm X
+format, a non-zero result has the string
+.Li 0x
+.Pq Li 0X
+prepended to it.
+For
+.Cm e ,
+.Cm E ,
+.Cm f ,
+.Cm F ,
+.Cm g ,
+and
+.Cm G
+formats, the result will always contain a decimal point, even if no
+digits follow the point (normally, a decimal point only appears in the
+results of those formats if a digit follows the decimal point).
+For
+.Cm g
+and
+.Cm G
+formats, trailing zeros are not removed from the result as they
+would otherwise be.
+.\" I turned this off - decided it isn't a valid use of '#'
+.\" For the
+.\" .Cm B
+.\" format, backslash-escape sequences are expanded first;
+.It Cm \&\-
+A minus sign
+.Sq \-
+which specifies
+.Em left adjustment
+of the output in the indicated field;
+.It Cm \&+
+A
+.Sq \&+
+character specifying that there should always be
+a sign placed before the number when using signed formats.
+.It Sq \&\ \&
+A space specifying that a blank should be left before a positive number
+for a signed format.
+A
+.Sq \&+
+overrides a space if both are used;
+.It Cm \&0
+A zero `0' character indicating that zero-padding should be used
+rather than blank-padding.
+A
+.Sq \-
+overrides a
+.Sq \&0
+if both are used;
+.El
+.It Field Width :
+An optional digit string specifying a
+.Em field width ;
+if the output string has fewer characters than the field width it will
+be blank-padded on the left (or right, if the left-adjustment indicator
+has been given) to make up the field width (note that a leading zero
+is a flag, but an embedded zero is part of a field width);
+.It Precision :
+An optional period,
+.Sq Cm \&. ,
+followed by an optional digit string giving a
+.Em precision
+which specifies the number of digits to appear after the decimal point,
+for
+.Cm e
+and
+.Cm f
+formats, or the maximum number of characters to be printed
+from a string
+.Sm off
+.Pf ( Cm b ,
+.Sm on
+.Cm B ,
+and
+.Cm s
+formats); if the digit string is missing, the precision is treated
+as zero;
+.It Format :
+A character which indicates the type of format to use (one of
+.Cm diouxXfFeEgGaAbBcs ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+A field width or precision may be
+.Sq Cm \&*
+instead of a digit string.
+In this case an
+.Ar argument
+supplies the field width or precision.
+.Pp
+The format characters and their meanings are:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Cm diouXx
+The
+.Ar argument ,
+which must represent an integer constant,
+with an optional leading plus or minus sign,
+is printed as a signed decimal (d or i),
+unsigned octal (o), unsigned decimal (u),
+or unsigned hexadecimal (X or x).
+.It Cm fF
+The
+.Ar argument
+is printed in the style
+.Sm off
+.Pf [\-]ddd Cm \&. No ddd
+.Sm on
+where the number of d's
+after the decimal point is equal to the precision specification for
+the argument.
+If the precision is missing, 6 digits are given; if the precision
+is explicitly 0, no digits and no decimal point are printed.
+If the number is Infinity, or Not a Number (NaN), then
+.Dq inf
+.Pq \&or Dq nan
+is printed for
+.Cm f
+format, and
+.Dq INF
+.Pq \&or Dq NAN
+for
+.Cm F
+format.
+.It Cm eE
+The
+.Ar argument
+is printed in the style
+.Sm off
+.Pf [\-]d Cm \&. No ddd Cm e No \*(Pmdd
+.Sm on
+where there
+is one digit before the decimal point and the number after is equal to
+the precision specification for the argument; when the precision is
+missing, 6 digits are produced.
+An upper-case E is used for an
+.Sq E
+format, and upper-case for Infinity and NaN as for
+.Sq F
+format.
+.It Cm gG
+The
+.Ar argument
+is printed in style
+.Cm f
+.Pq Cm F
+or in style
+.Cm e
+.Pq Cm E
+whichever gives full precision in minimum space.
+.It Cm aA
+The
+.Ar argument
+is treated as a floating point number,
+for which the underlying hexadecimal representation is
+printed.
+See
+.Xr printf 3
+for the details.
+.It Cm b
+Characters from the string
+.Ar argument
+are printed with backslash-escape sequences expanded.
+.Pp
+The following additional backslash-escape sequences are supported:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm \ec
+Causes
+.Nm
+to ignore any remaining characters in the string operand containing it,
+any remaining string operands, and any additional characters in
+the format operand.
+.It Cm \e0 Ns Ar num
+Write an 8\-bit character whose ASCII value is the 1\-, 2\-, or
+3\-digit octal number
+.Ar num .
+.It Cm \e^ Ns Ar c
+Write the control character
+.Ar c .
+Generates characters `\e000' through `\e037`, and `\e177' (from `\e^?').
+.It Cm \eM\- Ns Ar c
+Write the character
+.Ar c
+with the 8th bit set.
+Generates characters `\e241' through `\e376`.
+.It Cm \eM^ Ns Ar c
+Write the control character
+.Ar c
+with the 8th bit set.
+Generates characters `\e200' through `\e237`, and `\e377' (from `\eM^?').
+.El
+.It Cm B
+Characters from the string
+.Ar argument
+are printed with unprintable characters backslash-escaped using the
+.Sm off
+.Pf ` Cm \e Ar c No ',
+.Pf ` Cm \e^ Ar c No ',
+.Pf ` Cm \eM\- Ar c No '
+or
+.Pf ` Cm \eM^ Ar c No ',
+.Sm on
+formats described above.
+.It Cm c
+The first character of
+.Ar argument
+is printed.
+.It Cm s
+Characters from the string
+.Ar argument
+are printed until the end is reached or until the number of characters
+indicated by the precision specification is reached; if the
+precision is omitted, all characters in the string are printed.
+.It Cm \&%
+Print a `%'; no argument is used.
+.El
+.Pp
+In no case does a non-existent or small field width cause truncation of
+a field; padding takes place only if the specified field width exceeds
+the actual width.
+.Pp
+If the first character of
+.Ar format
+is a dash,
+.Ar format
+must be preceded by a word consisting of two dashes (--) to prevent it
+from being interpreted as an option string.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr echo 1 ,
+.Xr printf 3 ,
+.Xr vis 3 ,
+.Xr printf 9
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2001 .
+.Pp
+Support for the floating point formats and `*' as a field width and precision
+are optional in POSIX.
+.Pp
+The behaviour of the %B format and the \e', \e", \exxx, \ee and
+\e[M][\-|^]c escape sequences are undefined in POSIX.
+.Sh BUGS
+Since the floating point numbers are translated from ASCII to
+floating-point and then back again, floating-point precision may be lost.
+.Pp
+Hexadecimal character constants are restricted to, and should be specified
+as, two character constants.
+This is contrary to the ISO C standard but
+does guarantee detection of the end of the constant.
+.Sh NOTES
+All formats which treat the
+.Ar argument
+as a number first convert the
+.Ar argument
+from its external representation as a character string
+to an internal numeric representation, and then apply the
+format to the internal numeric representation, producing
+another external character string representation.
+One might expect the
+.Cm \&%c
+format to do likewise, but in fact it does not.
+.Pp
+To convert a string representation of a decimal, octal, or hexadecimal
+number into the corresponding character, two nested
+.Nm
+invocations may be used, in which the inner invocation
+converts the input to an octal string, and the outer
+invocation uses the octal string as part of a format.
+For example, the following command outputs the character whose code
+is 0x0A, which is a newline in ASCII:
+.Pp
+.Dl printf \&"$(printf \&"\e\e%o" \&"0x0A")"
diff --git a/usr.bin/printf/printf.c b/usr.bin/printf/printf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d88e7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/printf/printf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,709 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: printf.c,v 1.48 2019/01/27 12:03:09 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if !defined(BUILTIN) && !defined(SHELL)
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)printf.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/22/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: printf.c,v 1.48 2019/01/27 12:03:09 kre Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define ESCAPE '\e'
+#else
+#define ESCAPE 033
+#endif
+
+static void	 conv_escape_str(char *, void (*)(int), int);
+static char	*conv_escape(char *, char *, int);
+static char	*conv_expand(const char *);
+static char	 getchr(void);
+static double	 getdouble(void);
+static int	 getwidth(void);
+static intmax_t	 getintmax(void);
+static char	*getstr(void);
+static char	*mklong(const char *, char);
+static void      check_conversion(const char *, const char *);
+static void	 usage(void);
+
+static void	b_count(int);
+static void	b_output(int);
+static size_t	b_length;
+static char	*b_fmt;
+
+static int	rval;
+static char  **gargv;
+
+#ifdef BUILTIN		/* csh builtin */
+#define main progprintf
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SHELL		/* sh (aka ash) builtin */
+#define main printfcmd
+#include "../../bin/sh/bltin/bltin.h"
+#endif /* SHELL */
+
+#define PF(f, func) { \
+	if (fieldwidth != -1) { \
+		if (precision != -1) \
+			error = printf(f, fieldwidth, precision, func); \
+		else \
+			error = printf(f, fieldwidth, func); \
+	} else if (precision != -1) \
+		error = printf(f, precision, func); \
+	else \
+		error = printf(f, func); \
+}
+
+#define APF(cpp, f, func) { \
+	if (fieldwidth != -1) { \
+		if (precision != -1) \
+			error = asprintf(cpp, f, fieldwidth, precision, func); \
+		else \
+			error = asprintf(cpp, f, fieldwidth, func); \
+	} else if (precision != -1) \
+		error = asprintf(cpp, f, precision, func); \
+	else \
+		error = asprintf(cpp, f, func); \
+}
+
+#ifdef main
+int main(int, char *[]);
+#endif
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *fmt, *start;
+	int fieldwidth, precision;
+	char nextch;
+	char *format;
+	char ch;
+	int error, o;
+
+#if !defined(SHELL) && !defined(BUILTIN)
+	(void)setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+#endif
+
+	rval = 0;	/* clear for builtin versions (avoid holdover) */
+
+	while ((o = getopt(argc, argv, "")) != -1) {
+		switch (o) {
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+			return 1;
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc < 1) {
+		usage();
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	format = *argv;
+	gargv = ++argv;
+
+#define SKIP1	"#-+ 0'"
+#define SKIP2	"0123456789"
+	do {
+		/*
+		 * Basic algorithm is to scan the format string for conversion
+		 * specifications -- once one is found, find out if the field
+		 * width or precision is a '*'; if it is, gather up value.
+		 * Note, format strings are reused as necessary to use up the
+		 * provided arguments, arguments of zero/null string are
+		 * provided to use up the format string.
+		 */
+
+		/* find next format specification */
+		for (fmt = format; (ch = *fmt++) != '\0';) {
+			if (ch == '\\') {
+				char c_ch;
+				fmt = conv_escape(fmt, &c_ch, 0);
+				putchar(c_ch);
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (ch != '%' || (*fmt == '%' && ++fmt)) {
+				(void)putchar(ch);
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Ok - we've found a format specification,
+			 * Save its address for a later printf().
+			 */
+			start = fmt - 1;
+
+			/* skip to field width */
+			fmt += strspn(fmt, SKIP1);
+			if (*fmt == '*') {
+				fmt++;
+				fieldwidth = getwidth();
+			} else {
+				fieldwidth = -1;
+
+				/* skip to possible '.' for precision */
+				fmt += strspn(fmt, SKIP2);
+			}
+
+			if (*fmt == '.') {
+				 /* get following precision */
+				fmt++;
+				if (*fmt == '*') {
+					fmt++;
+					precision = getwidth();
+				} else {
+					precision = -1;
+					fmt += strspn(fmt, SKIP2);
+				}
+			} else
+				precision = -1;
+
+			ch = *fmt;
+			if (!ch) {
+				warnx("%s: missing format character", start);
+				return 1;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * null terminate format string to we can use it
+			 * as an argument to printf.
+			 */
+			nextch = fmt[1];
+			fmt[1] = 0;
+
+			switch (ch) {
+
+			case 'B': {
+				const char *p = conv_expand(getstr());
+
+				if (p == NULL)
+					goto out;
+				*fmt = 's';
+				PF(start, p);
+				if (error < 0)
+					goto out;
+				break;
+			}
+			case 'b': {
+				/*
+				 * There has to be a better way to do this,
+				 * but the string we generate might have
+				 * embedded nulls
+				 */
+				static char *a, *t;
+				char *cp = getstr();
+
+				/* Free on entry in case shell longjumped out */
+				if (a != NULL)
+					free(a);
+				a = NULL;
+				if (t != NULL)
+					free(t);
+				t = NULL;
+
+				/* Count number of bytes we want to output */
+				b_length = 0;
+				conv_escape_str(cp, b_count, 0);
+				t = malloc(b_length + 1);
+				if (t == NULL)
+					goto out;
+				(void)memset(t, 'x', b_length);
+				t[b_length] = 0;
+
+				/* Get printf to calculate the lengths */
+				*fmt = 's';
+				APF(&a, start, t);
+				if (error == -1)
+					goto out;
+				b_fmt = a;
+
+				/* Output leading spaces and data bytes */
+				conv_escape_str(cp, b_output, 1);
+
+				/* Add any trailing spaces */
+				printf("%s", b_fmt);
+				break;
+			}
+			case 'c': {
+				char p = getchr();
+
+				PF(start, p);
+				if (error < 0)
+					goto out;
+				break;
+			}
+			case 's': {
+				char *p = getstr();
+
+				PF(start, p);
+				if (error < 0)
+					goto out;
+				break;
+			}
+			case 'd':
+			case 'i': {
+				intmax_t p = getintmax();
+				char *f = mklong(start, ch);
+
+				PF(f, p);
+				if (error < 0)
+					goto out;
+				break;
+			}
+			case 'o':
+			case 'u':
+			case 'x':
+			case 'X': {
+				uintmax_t p = (uintmax_t)getintmax();
+				char *f = mklong(start, ch);
+
+				PF(f, p);
+				if (error < 0)
+					goto out;
+				break;
+			}
+			case 'a':
+			case 'A':
+			case 'e':
+			case 'E':
+			case 'f':
+			case 'F':
+			case 'g':
+			case 'G': {
+				double p = getdouble();
+
+				PF(start, p);
+				if (error < 0)
+					goto out;
+				break;
+			}
+			case '%':
+				/* Don't ask, but this is useful ... */
+				if (fieldwidth == 'N' && precision == 'B')
+					return 0;
+				/* FALLTHROUGH */
+			default:
+				warnx("%s: invalid directive", start);
+				return 1;
+			}
+			*fmt++ = ch;
+			*fmt = nextch;
+			/* escape if a \c was encountered */
+			if (rval & 0x100)
+				return rval & ~0x100;
+		}
+	} while (gargv != argv && *gargv);
+
+	return rval & ~0x100;
+  out:
+	warn("print failed");
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* helper functions for conv_escape_str */
+
+static void
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+b_count(int ch)
+{
+	b_length++;
+}
+
+/* Output one converted character for every 'x' in the 'format' */
+
+static void
+b_output(int ch)
+{
+	for (;;) {
+		switch (*b_fmt++) {
+		case 0:
+			b_fmt--;
+			return;
+		case ' ':
+			putchar(' ');
+			break;
+		default:
+			putchar(ch);
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Print SysV echo(1) style escape string
+ *	Halts processing string if a \c escape is encountered.
+ */
+static void
+conv_escape_str(char *str, void (*do_putchar)(int), int quiet)
+{
+	int value;
+	int ch;
+	char c;
+
+	while ((ch = *str++) != '\0') {
+		if (ch != '\\') {
+			do_putchar(ch);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		ch = *str++;
+		if (ch == 'c') {
+			/* \c as in SYSV echo - abort all processing.... */
+			rval |= 0x100;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * %b string octal constants are not like those in C.
+		 * They start with a \0, and are followed by 0, 1, 2,
+		 * or 3 octal digits.
+		 */
+		if (ch == '0') {
+			int octnum = 0, i;
+			for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+				if (!isdigit((unsigned char)*str) || *str > '7')
+					break;
+				octnum = (octnum << 3) | (*str++ - '0');
+			}
+			do_putchar(octnum);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* \[M][^|-]C as defined by vis(3) */
+		if (ch == 'M' && *str == '-') {
+			do_putchar(0200 | str[1]);
+			str += 2;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (ch == 'M' && *str == '^') {
+			str++;
+			value = 0200;
+			ch = '^';
+		} else
+			value = 0;
+		if (ch == '^') {
+			ch = *str++;
+			if (ch == '?')
+				value |= 0177;
+			else
+				value |= ch & 037;
+			do_putchar(value);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Finally test for sequences valid in the format string */
+		str = conv_escape(str - 1, &c, quiet);
+		do_putchar(c);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print "standard" escape characters
+ */
+static char *
+conv_escape(char *str, char *conv_ch, int quiet)
+{
+	char value;
+	char ch;
+	char num_buf[4], *num_end;
+
+	ch = *str++;
+
+	switch (ch) {
+	case '\0':
+		if (!quiet)
+			warnx("incomplete escape sequence");
+		rval = 1;
+		value = '\\';
+		--str;
+		break;
+
+	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
+	case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
+		num_buf[0] = ch;
+		ch = str[0];
+		num_buf[1] = ch;
+		num_buf[2] = (char)(ch != '\0' ? str[1] : '\0');
+		num_buf[3] = '\0';
+		value = (char)strtoul(num_buf, &num_end, 8);
+		str += num_end  - (num_buf + 1);
+		break;
+
+	case 'x':
+		/*
+		 * Hexadecimal character constants are not required to be
+		 * supported (by SuS v1) because there is no consistent
+		 * way to detect the end of the constant.
+		 * Supporting 2 byte constants is a compromise.
+		 */
+		ch = str[0];
+		num_buf[0] = ch;
+		num_buf[1] = (char)(ch != '\0' ? str[1] : '\0');
+		num_buf[2] = '\0';
+		value = (char)strtoul(num_buf, &num_end, 16);
+		str += num_end - num_buf;
+		break;
+
+	case '\\':	value = '\\';	break;	/* backslash */
+	case '\'':	value = '\'';	break;	/* single quote */
+	case '"':	value = '"';	break;	/* double quote */
+	case 'a':	value = '\a';	break;	/* alert */
+	case 'b':	value = '\b';	break;	/* backspace */
+	case 'e':	value = ESCAPE;	break;	/* escape */
+	case 'E':	value = ESCAPE;	break;	/* escape */
+	case 'f':	value = '\f';	break;	/* form-feed */
+	case 'n':	value = '\n';	break;	/* newline */
+	case 'r':	value = '\r';	break;	/* carriage-return */
+	case 't':	value = '\t';	break;	/* tab */
+	case 'v':	value = '\v';	break;	/* vertical-tab */
+
+	default:
+		if (!quiet)
+			warnx("unknown escape sequence `\\%c'", ch);
+		rval = 1;
+		value = ch;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	*conv_ch = value;
+	return str;
+}
+
+/* expand a string so that everything is printable */
+
+static char *
+conv_expand(const char *str)
+{
+	static char *conv_str;
+	char *cp;
+	char ch;
+
+	if (conv_str)
+		free(conv_str);
+	/* get a buffer that is definitely large enough.... */
+	conv_str = malloc(4 * strlen(str) + 1);
+	if (!conv_str)
+		return NULL;
+	cp = conv_str;
+
+	while ((ch = *(const char *)str++) != '\0') {
+		switch (ch) {
+		/* Use C escapes for expected control characters */
+		case '\\':	ch = '\\';	break;	/* backslash */
+		case '\'':	ch = '\'';	break;	/* single quote */
+		case '"':	ch = '"';	break;	/* double quote */
+		case '\a':	ch = 'a';	break;	/* alert */
+		case '\b':	ch = 'b';	break;	/* backspace */
+		case ESCAPE:	ch = 'e';	break;	/* escape */
+		case '\f':	ch = 'f';	break;	/* form-feed */
+		case '\n':	ch = 'n';	break;	/* newline */
+		case '\r':	ch = 'r';	break;	/* carriage-return */
+		case '\t':	ch = 't';	break;	/* tab */
+		case '\v':	ch = 'v';	break;	/* vertical-tab */
+		default:
+			/* Copy anything printable */
+			if (isprint((unsigned char)ch)) {
+				*cp++ = ch;
+				continue;
+			}
+			/* Use vis(3) encodings for the rest */
+			*cp++ = '\\';
+			if (ch & 0200) {
+				*cp++ = 'M';
+				ch &= (char)~0200;
+			}
+			if (ch == 0177) {
+				*cp++ = '^';
+				*cp++ = '?';
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (ch < 040) {
+				*cp++ = '^';
+				*cp++ = ch | 0100;
+				continue;
+			}
+			*cp++ = '-';
+			*cp++ = ch;
+			continue;
+		}
+		*cp++ = '\\';
+		*cp++ = ch;
+	}
+
+	*cp = 0;
+	return conv_str;
+}
+
+static char *
+mklong(const char *str, char ch)
+{
+	static char copy[64];
+	size_t len;	
+
+	len = strlen(str) + 2;
+	if (len > sizeof copy) {
+		warnx("format %s too complex", str);
+		len = 4;
+	}
+	(void)memmove(copy, str, len - 3);
+	copy[len - 3] = 'j';
+	copy[len - 2] = ch;
+	copy[len - 1] = '\0';
+	return copy;	
+}
+
+static char
+getchr(void)
+{
+	if (!*gargv)
+		return 0;
+	return **gargv++;
+}
+
+static char *
+getstr(void)
+{
+	static char empty[] = "";
+	if (!*gargv)
+		return empty;
+	return *gargv++;
+}
+
+static int
+getwidth(void)
+{
+	unsigned long val;
+	char *s, *ep;
+
+	s = *gargv;
+	if (s == NULL)
+		return 0;
+	gargv++;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	val = strtoul(s, &ep, 0);
+	check_conversion(s, ep);
+
+	/* Arbitrarily 'restrict' field widths to 1Mbyte */
+	if (val > 1 << 20) {
+		warnx("%s: invalid field width", s);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	return (int)val;
+}
+
+static intmax_t
+getintmax(void)
+{
+	intmax_t val;
+	char *cp, *ep;
+
+	cp = *gargv;
+	if (cp == NULL)
+		return 0;
+	gargv++;
+
+	if (*cp == '\"' || *cp == '\'')
+		return *(cp + 1);
+
+	errno = 0;
+	val = strtoimax(cp, &ep, 0);
+	check_conversion(cp, ep);
+	return val;
+}
+
+static double
+getdouble(void)
+{
+	double val;
+	char *ep;
+
+	if (!*gargv)
+		return 0.0;
+
+	if (**gargv == '\"' || **gargv == '\'')
+		return (double) *((*gargv++)+1);
+
+	errno = 0;
+	val = strtod(*gargv, &ep);
+	check_conversion(*gargv++, ep);
+	return val;
+}
+
+static void
+check_conversion(const char *s, const char *ep)
+{
+	if (*ep) {
+		if (ep == s)
+			warnx("%s: expected numeric value", s);
+		else
+			warnx("%s: not completely converted", s);
+		rval = 1;
+	} else if (errno == ERANGE) {
+		warnx("%s: %s", s, strerror(ERANGE));
+		rval = 1;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s format [arg ...]\n", getprogname());
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/renice/renice.8 b/usr.bin/renice/renice.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dedc3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/renice/renice.8
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: renice.8,v 1.15 2012/12/06 07:52:12 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     from: @(#)renice.8	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 6, 2012
+.Dt RENICE 8
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm renice
+.Nd alter priority of running processes
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar priority
+.Oo
+.Op Fl p
+.Ar pid ...
+.Oc
+.Oo
+.Fl g
+.Ar pgrp ...
+.Oc
+.Oo
+.Fl u
+.Ar user ...
+.Oc
+.Nm
+.Fl n
+.Ar increment
+.Oo
+.Op Fl p
+.Ar pid ...
+.Oc
+.Oo
+.Fl g
+.Ar pgrp ...
+.Oc
+.Oo
+.Fl u
+.Ar user ...
+.Oc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+alters the
+scheduling priority of one or more running processes.
+The following
+.Ar who
+parameters are interpreted as process ID's, process group
+ID's, or user names.
+.Nm Ns 'ing
+a process group causes all processes in the process group
+to have their scheduling priority altered.
+.Nm Ns 'ing
+a user causes all processes owned by the user to have
+their scheduling priority altered.
+By default, the processes to be affected are specified by
+their process ID's.
+.Pp
+Options supported by
+.Nm :
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl g
+Force
+.Ar who
+parameters to be interpreted as process group ID's.
+.It Fl n
+Instead of changing the specified processes to the given priority,
+interpret the following argument as an increment to be applied to
+the current priority of each process.
+.It Fl u
+Force the
+.Ar who
+parameters to be interpreted as user names.
+.It Fl p
+Resets the
+.Ar who
+interpretation to be (the default) process ID's.
+.El
+.Pp
+For example,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32
+.Ed
+.Pp
+would change the priority of process ID's 987 and 32, and
+all processes owned by users daemon and root.
+.Pp
+Users other than the super-user may only alter the priority of
+processes they own,
+and can only monotonically increase their ``nice value''
+within the range 0 to
+.Dv PRIO_MAX
+(20).
+(This prevents overriding administrative fiats.)
+The super-user
+may alter the priority of any process
+and set the priority to any value in the range
+.Dv PRIO_MIN
+(\-20)
+to
+.Dv PRIO_MAX .
+.Pp
+Useful priorities are:
+0, the ``base'' scheduling priority;
+20, the affected processes will run only when nothing at the base priority
+wants to;
+anything negative, the processes will receive a scheduling preference.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/passwd -compact
+.It Pa /etc/passwd
+to map user names to user ID's
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr nice 1 ,
+.Xr prenice 1 ,
+.Xr getpriority 2 ,
+.Xr setpriority 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 4.0 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Non super-users can not increase scheduling priorities of their own processes,
+even if they were the ones that decreased the priorities in the first place.
diff --git a/usr.bin/renice/renice.c b/usr.bin/renice/renice.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..977f081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/renice/renice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: renice.c,v 1.18 2008/07/21 14:19:25 lukem Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1983, 1989, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+/*static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)renice.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93";*/
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: renice.c,v 1.18 2008/07/21 14:19:25 lukem Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sysexits.h>
+
+static int	getnum(const char *, const char *, int *);
+static int	donice(int, id_t, int, int);
+static void	usage(void) __dead;
+
+/*
+ * Change the priority (nice) of processes
+ * or groups of processes which are already
+ * running.
+ */
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int which = PRIO_PROCESS;
+	int prio, errs = 0, incr = 0;
+	id_t who = 0;
+
+	argc--, argv++;
+	if (argc < 2)
+		usage();
+	if (strcmp(*argv, "-n") == 0) {
+		incr = 1;
+		argc--, argv++;
+		if (argc == 0)
+			usage();
+	}
+	if (getnum("priority", *argv, &prio))
+		return 1;
+	argc--, argv++;
+	for (; argc > 0; argc--, argv++) {
+		if (strcmp(*argv, "-g") == 0) {
+			which = PRIO_PGRP;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (strcmp(*argv, "-u") == 0) {
+			which = PRIO_USER;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (strcmp(*argv, "-p") == 0) {
+			which = PRIO_PROCESS;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (which == PRIO_USER) {
+			struct passwd *pwd = getpwnam(*argv);
+			
+			if (pwd == NULL) {
+				warnx("%s: unknown user", *argv);
+				errs++;
+				continue;
+			}
+			who = (id_t)pwd->pw_uid;
+		} else {
+			int twho;
+			if (getnum("pid", *argv, &twho)) {
+				errs++;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (twho < 0) {
+				warnx("%s: bad value", *argv);
+				errs++;
+				continue;
+			}
+			who = (id_t)twho;
+		}
+		errs += donice(which, who, prio, incr);
+	}
+	return errs == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE;
+}
+
+static int
+getnum(const char *com, const char *str, int *val)
+{
+	long v;
+	char *ep;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	v = strtol(str, &ep, 0);
+
+	if (*ep) {
+		warnx("Bad %s argument: %s", com, str);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	if ((v == LONG_MIN || v == LONG_MAX) && errno == ERANGE) {
+		warn("Invalid %s argument: %s", com, str);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	*val = (int)v;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+donice(int which, id_t who, int prio, int incr)
+{
+	int oldprio;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	if ((oldprio = getpriority(which, who)) == -1 && errno != 0) {
+		warn("%d: getpriority", who);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	if (incr)
+		prio = oldprio + prio;
+
+	if (prio > PRIO_MAX)
+		prio = PRIO_MAX;
+	if (prio < PRIO_MIN)
+		prio = PRIO_MIN;
+
+	if (setpriority(which, who, prio) == -1) {
+		warn("%d: setpriority", who);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	(void)printf("%d: old priority %d, new priority %d\n",
+	    who, oldprio, prio);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [<priority> | -n <incr>] ",
+	    getprogname());
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "[[-p] <pids>...] [-g <pgrp>...] ");
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "[-u <user>...]\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sed/POSIX b/usr.bin/sed/POSIX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbacd89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sed/POSIX
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+# $NetBSD: POSIX,v 1.5 2014/06/06 00:13:13 christos Exp $
+#	@(#)POSIX	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+# $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/sed/POSIX 168417 2007-04-06 08:43:30Z yar $
+
+Comments on the IEEE P1003.2 Draft 12
+     Part 2: Shell and Utilities
+  Section 4.55: sed - Stream editor
+
+Diomidis Spinellis <dds@doc.ic.ac.uk>
+Keith Bostic <bostic@cs.berkeley.edu>
+
+In the following paragraphs, "wrong" usually means "inconsistent with
+historic practice", as most of the following comments refer to
+undocumented inconsistencies between the historical versions of sed and
+the POSIX 1003.2 standard.  All the comments are notes taken while
+implementing a POSIX-compatible version of sed, and should not be
+interpreted as official opinions or criticism towards the POSIX committee.
+All uses of "POSIX" refer to section 4.55, Draft 12 of POSIX 1003.2.
+
+ 1.	32V and BSD derived implementations of sed strip the text
+	arguments of the a, c and i commands of their initial blanks,
+	i.e.
+
+	#!/bin/sed -f
+	a\
+		foo\
+		\  indent\
+		bar
+
+	produces:
+
+	foo
+	  indent
+	bar
+
+	POSIX does not specify this behavior as the System V versions of
+	sed do not do this stripping.  The argument against stripping is
+	that it is difficult to write sed scripts that have leading blanks
+	if they are stripped.  The argument for stripping is that it is
+	difficult to write readable sed scripts unless indentation is allowed
+	and ignored, and leading whitespace is obtainable by entering a
+	backslash in front of it.  This implementation follows the BSD
+	historic practice.
+
+ 2.	Historical versions of sed required that the w flag be the last
+	flag to an s command as it takes an additional argument.  This
+	is obvious, but not specified in POSIX.
+
+ 3.	Historical versions of sed required that whitespace follow a w
+	flag to an s command.  This is not specified in POSIX.  This
+	implementation permits whitespace but does not require it.
+
+ 4.	Historical versions of sed permitted any number of whitespace
+	characters to follow the w command.  This is not specified in
+	POSIX.  This implementation permits whitespace but does not
+	require it.
+
+ 5.	The rule for the l command differs from historic practice.  Table
+	2-15 includes the various ANSI C escape sequences, including \\
+	for backslash.  Some historical versions of sed displayed two
+	digit octal numbers, too, not three as specified by POSIX.  POSIX
+	is a cleanup, and is followed by this implementation.
+
+ 6.	The POSIX specification for ! does not specify that for a single
+	command the command must not contain an address specification
+	whereas the command list can contain address specifications.  The
+	specification for ! implies that "3!/hello/p" works, and it never
+	has, historically.  Note,
+
+		3!{
+			/hello/p
+		}
+
+	does work.
+
+ 7.	POSIX does not specify what happens with consecutive ! commands
+	(e.g. /foo/!!!p).  Historic implementations allow any number of
+	!'s without changing the behaviour.  (It seems logical that each
+	one might reverse the behaviour.)  This implementation follows
+	historic practice.
+
+ 8.	Historic versions of sed permitted commands to be separated
+	by semi-colons, e.g. 'sed -ne '1p;2p;3q' printed the first
+	three lines of a file.  This is not specified by POSIX.
+	Note, the ; command separator is not allowed for the commands
+	a, c, i, w, r, :, b, t, # and at the end of a w flag in the s
+	command.  This implementation follows historic practice and
+	implements the ; separator.
+
+ 9.	Historic versions of sed terminated the script if EOF was reached
+	during the execution of the 'n' command, i.e.:
+
+	sed -e '
+	n
+	i\
+	hello
+	' </dev/null
+
+	did not produce any output.  POSIX does not specify this behavior.
+	This implementation follows historic practice.
+
+10.	Deleted.
+
+11.	Historical implementations do not output the change text of a c
+	command in the case of an address range whose first line number
+	is greater than the second (e.g. 3,1).  POSIX requires that the
+	text be output.  Since the historic behavior doesn't seem to have
+	any particular purpose, this implementation follows the POSIX
+	behavior.
+
+12.	POSIX does not specify whether address ranges are checked and
+	reset if a command is not executed due to a jump.  The following
+	program will behave in different ways depending on whether the
+	'c' command is triggered at the third line, i.e. will the text
+	be output even though line 3 of the input will never logically
+	encounter that command.
+
+	2,4b
+	1,3c\
+		text
+
+	Historic implementations did not output the text in the above
+	example.  Therefore it was believed that a range whose second
+	address was never matched extended to the end of the input.
+	However, the current practice adopted by this implementation,
+	as well as by those from GNU and SUN, is as follows:  The text
+	from the 'c' command still isn't output because the second address
+	isn't actually matched; but the range is reset after all if its
+	second address is a line number.  In the above example, only the
+	first line of the input will be deleted.
+
+13.	Historical implementations allow an output suppressing #n at the
+	beginning of -e arguments as well as in a script file.  POSIX
+	does not specify this.  This implementation follows historical
+	practice.
+
+14.	POSIX does not explicitly specify how sed behaves if no script is
+	specified.  Since the sed Synopsis permits this form of the command,
+	and the language in the Description section states that the input
+	is output, it seems reasonable that it behave like the cat(1)
+	command.  Historic sed implementations behave differently for "ls |
+	sed", where they produce no output, and "ls | sed -e#", where they
+	behave like cat.  This implementation behaves like cat in both cases.
+
+15.	The POSIX requirement to open all w files at the beginning makes
+	sed behave nonintuitively when the w commands are preceded by
+	addresses or are within conditional blocks.  This implementation
+	follows historic practice and POSIX, by default, and provides the
+	-a option which opens the files only when they are needed.
+
+16.	POSIX does not specify how escape sequences other than \n and \D
+	(where D is the delimiter character) are to be treated.  This is
+	reasonable, however, it also doesn't state that the backslash is
+	to be discarded from the output regardless.  A strict reading of
+	POSIX would be that "echo xyz | sed s/./\a" would display "\ayz".
+	As historic sed implementations always discarded the backslash,
+	this implementation does as well.
+
+17.	POSIX specifies that an address can be "empty".  This implies
+	that constructs like ",d" or "1,d" and ",5d" are allowed.  This
+	is not true for historic implementations or this implementation
+	of sed.
+
+18.	The b t and : commands are documented in POSIX to ignore leading
+	white space, but no mention is made of trailing white space.
+	Historic implementations of sed assigned different locations to
+	the labels "x" and "x ".  This is not useful, and leads to subtle
+	programming errors, but it is historic practice and changing it
+	could theoretically break working scripts.  This implementation
+	follows historic practice.
+
+19.	Although POSIX specifies that reading from files that do not exist
+	from within the script must not terminate the script, it does not
+	specify what happens if a write command fails.  Historic practice
+	is to fail immediately if the file cannot be opened or written.
+	This implementation follows historic practice.
+
+20.	Historic practice is that the \n construct can be used for either
+	string1 or string2 of the y command.  This is not specified by
+	POSIX.  This implementation follows historic practice.
+
+21.	Deleted.
+
+22.	Historic implementations of sed ignore the RE delimiter characters
+	within character classes.  This is not specified in POSIX.  This
+	implementation follows historic practice.
+
+23.	Historic implementations handle empty RE's in a special way: the
+	empty RE is interpreted as if it were the last RE encountered,
+	whether in an address or elsewhere.  POSIX does not document this
+	behavior.  For example the command:
+
+		sed -e /abc/s//XXX/
+
+	substitutes XXX for the pattern abc.  The semantics of "the last
+	RE" can be defined in two different ways:
+
+	1. The last RE encountered when compiling (lexical/static scope).
+	2. The last RE encountered while running (dynamic scope).
+
+	While many historical implementations fail on programs depending
+	on scope differences, the SunOS version exhibited dynamic scope
+	behaviour.  This implementation does dynamic scoping, as this seems
+	the most useful and in order to remain consistent with historical
+	practice.
diff --git a/usr.bin/sed/TEST/hanoi.sed b/usr.bin/sed/TEST/hanoi.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e58a967
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sed/TEST/hanoi.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# Towers of Hanoi in sed.
+#
+#	from: @(#)hanoi.sed	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+#	$NetBSD: hanoi.sed,v 1.3 1997/01/09 20:21:35 tls Exp $
+#
+#
+# Ex:
+# Run "sed -f hanoi.sed", and enter:
+#
+#	:abcd: : :<CR><CR>
+#
+# note -- TWO carriage returns, a peculiarity of sed), this will output the
+# sequence of states involved in moving 4 rings, the largest called "a" and
+# the smallest called "d", from the first to the second of three towers, so
+# that the rings on any tower at any time are in descending order of size.
+# You can start with a different arrangement and a different number of rings,
+# say :ce:b:ax: and it will give the shortest procedure for moving them all
+# to the middle tower.  The rules are: the names of the rings must all be
+# lower-case letters, they must be input within 3 fields (representing the
+# towers) and delimited by 4 colons, such that the letters within each field
+# are in alphabetical order (i.e. rings are in descending order of size).
+#
+# For the benefit of anyone who wants to figure out the script, an "internal"
+# line of the form
+#		b:0abx:1a2b3 :2   :3x2
+# has the following meaning: the material after the three markers :1, :2,
+# and :3 represents the three towers; in this case the current set-up is
+# ":ab :   :x  :".  The numbers after a, b and x in these fields indicate
+# that the next time it gets a chance, it will move a to tower 2, move b
+# to tower 3, and move x to tower 2.  The string after :0 just keeps track
+# of the alphabetical order of the names of the rings.  The b at the
+# beginning means that it is now dealing with ring b (either about to move
+# it, or re-evaluating where it should next be moved to).
+#
+# Although this version is "limited" to 26 rings because of the size of the
+# alphabet, one could write a script using the same idea in which the rings
+# were represented by arbitrary [strings][within][brackets], and in place of
+# the built-in line of the script giving the order of the letters of the
+# alphabet, it would accept from the user a line giving the ordering to be
+# assumed, e.g. [ucbvax][decvax][hplabs][foo][bar].
+#
+#			George Bergman
+#			Math, UC Berkeley 94720 USA
+
+# cleaning, diagnostics
+s/  *//g
+/^$/d
+/[^a-z:]/{a\
+Illegal characters: use only a-z and ":".  Try again.
+d
+}
+/^:[a-z]*:[a-z]*:[a-z]*:$/!{a\
+Incorrect format: use\
+\	: string1 : string2 : string3 :<CR><CR>\
+Try again.
+d
+}
+/\([a-z]\).*\1/{a\
+Repeated letters not allowed.  Try again.
+d
+}
+# initial formatting
+h
+s/[a-z]/ /g
+G
+s/^:\( *\):\( *\):\( *\):\n:\([a-z]*\):\([a-z]*\):\([a-z]*\):$/:1\4\2\3:2\5\1\3:3\6\1\2:0/
+s/[a-z]/&2/g
+s/^/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/
+:a
+s/^\(.\).*\1.*/&\1/
+s/.//
+/^[^:]/ba
+s/\([^0]*\)\(:0.*\)/\2\1:/
+s/^[^0]*0\(.\)/\1&/
+:b
+# outputting current state without markers
+h
+s/.*:1/:/
+s/[123]//gp
+g
+:c
+# establishing destinations
+/^\(.\).*\1:1/td
+/^\(.\).*:1[^:]*\11/s/^\(.\)\(.*\1\([a-z]\).*\)\3./\3\2\31/
+/^\(.\).*:1[^:]*\12/s/^\(.\)\(.*\1\([a-z]\).*\)\3./\3\2\33/
+/^\(.\).*:1[^:]*\13/s/^\(.\)\(.*\1\([a-z]\).*\)\3./\3\2\32/
+/^\(.\).*:2[^:]*\11/s/^\(.\)\(.*\1\([a-z]\).*\)\3./\3\2\33/
+/^\(.\).*:2[^:]*\12/s/^\(.\)\(.*\1\([a-z]\).*\)\3./\3\2\32/
+/^\(.\).*:2[^:]*\13/s/^\(.\)\(.*\1\([a-z]\).*\)\3./\3\2\31/
+/^\(.\).*:3[^:]*\11/s/^\(.\)\(.*\1\([a-z]\).*\)\3./\3\2\32/
+/^\(.\).*:3[^:]*\12/s/^\(.\)\(.*\1\([a-z]\).*\)\3./\3\2\31/
+/^\(.\).*:3[^:]*\13/s/^\(.\)\(.*\1\([a-z]\).*\)\3./\3\2\33/
+bc
+# iterate back to find smallest out-of-place ring
+:d
+s/^\(.\)\(:0[^:]*\([^:]\)\1.*:\([123]\)[^:]*\1\)\4/\3\2\4/
+td
+# move said ring (right, resp. left)
+s/^\(.\)\(.*\)\1\([23]\)\(.*:\3[^ ]*\) /\1\2 \4\1\3/
+s/^\(.\)\(.*:\([12]\)[^ ]*\) \(.*\)\1\3/\1\2\1\3\4 /
+tb
+s/.*/Done!  Try another, or end with ^D./p
+d
diff --git a/usr.bin/sed/TEST/math.sed b/usr.bin/sed/TEST/math.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82968b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sed/TEST/math.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+#
+#	from: @(#)math.sed	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+#	$NetBSD: math.sed,v 1.3 1997/01/09 20:21:36 tls Exp $
+#
+# Addition and multiplication in sed.
+# ++ for a limited time only do (expr) too!!!
+#
+# Kevin S Braunsdorf, PUCC UNIX Group, ksb@cc.purdue.edu.
+#
+# Ex:
+#	echo "4+7*3" | sed -f %f
+
+# make sure the expression is well formed
+s/[ 	]//g
+/[+*\/-]$/{
+	a\
+	poorly formed expression, operator on the end
+	q
+}
+/^[+*\/]/{
+	a\
+	poorly formed expression, leading operator
+	q
+}
+
+# fill hold space with done token
+x
+s/^.*/done/
+x
+
+# main loop, process operators (*, + and () )
+: loop
+/^\+/{
+	s///
+	b loop
+}
+/^\(.*\)(\([^)]*\))\(.*\)$/{
+	H
+	s//\2/
+	x
+	s/^\(.*\)\n\(.*\)(\([^()]*\))\(.*\)$/()\2@\4@\1/
+	x
+	b loop
+}
+/^[0-9]*\*/b mul
+/^\([0-9]*\)\+\([0-9+*]*\*[0-9]*\)$/{
+	s//\2+\1/
+	b loop
+}
+/^[0-9]*\+/{
+	s/$/=/
+	b add
+}
+x
+/^done$/{
+	x
+	p
+	d
+}
+/^()/{
+	s///
+	x
+	G
+	s/\(.*\)\n\([^@]*\)@\([^@]*\)@\(.*\)/\2\1\3/
+	x
+	s/[^@]*@[^@]*@\(.*\)/\1/
+	x
+	b loop
+}
+i\
+help, stack problem
+p
+x
+p
+q
+
+# turn mul into add until 1*x -> x
+: mul
+/^0*1\*/{
+	s///
+	b loop
+}
+/^\([0-9]*\)0\*/{
+	s/^\([0-9]*\)0\*\([0-9]*\)/\1*\20/
+	b mul
+}
+s/^\([0-9]*\)1\*/\10*/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)2\*/\11*/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)3\*/\12*/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)4\*/\13*/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)5\*/\14*/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)6\*/\15*/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)7\*/\16*/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)8\*/\17*/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)9\*/\18*/
+s/\*\([0-9*]*\)/*\1+\1/
+b mul
+
+# get rid of a plus term until 0+x -> x
+: add
+/^\+\([0-9+*]*\)=/{
+	s//\1/
+	b loop
+}
+/^\([0-9*]*\)\+=/{
+	s//\1/
+	b loop
+}
+/^\([0-9]*\)\+\([0-9*+]*\)\+=/{
+	s//\2+\1/
+	b loop
+}
+/^\([0-9]*\)0\+\([0-9]*\)\([0-9]\)=/{
+	s//\1+\2=\3/
+	b add
+}
+/^\([0-9]*\)\([0-9]\)\+\([0-9]*\)0=/{
+	s//\1+\3=\2/
+	b add
+}
+/^\([0-9]*\)0\+\([0-9*+]*\)\+\([0-9]*\)\([0-9]\)=/{
+	s//\1+\2+\3=\4/
+	b add
+}
+/^\([0-9]*\)\([0-9]\)\+\([0-9*+]*\)\+\([0-9]*\)0=/{
+	s//\1+\3+\4=\2/
+	b add
+}
+s/^\([0-9]*\)1\+/\10+/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)2\+/\11+/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)3\+/\12+/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)4\+/\13+/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)5\+/\14+/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)6\+/\15+/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)7\+/\16+/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)8\+/\17+/
+s/^\([0-9]*\)9\+/\18+/
+
+s/9=\([0-9]*\)$/_=\1/
+s/8=\([0-9]*\)$/9=\1/
+s/7=\([0-9]*\)$/8=\1/
+s/6=\([0-9]*\)$/7=\1/
+s/5=\([0-9]*\)$/6=\1/
+s/4=\([0-9]*\)$/5=\1/
+s/3=\([0-9]*\)$/4=\1/
+s/2=\([0-9]*\)$/3=\1/
+s/1=\([0-9]*\)$/2=\1/
+/_/{
+	s//_0/
+	: inc
+	s/9_/_0/
+	s/8_/9/
+	s/7_/8/
+	s/6_/7/
+	s/5_/6/
+	s/4_/5/
+	s/3_/4/
+	s/2_/3/
+	s/1_/2/
+	s/0_/1/
+	s/\+_/+1/
+	/_/b inc
+}
+b add
diff --git a/usr.bin/sed/TEST/sed.test b/usr.bin/sed/TEST/sed.test
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff4093a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sed/TEST/sed.test
@@ -0,0 +1,554 @@
+#!/bin/sh -
+#	$NetBSD: sed.test,v 1.5 2011/11/12 03:15:05 christos Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1992 Diomidis Spinellis.
+# Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+#    must display the following acknowledgement:
+#	This product includes software developed by the University of
+#	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	from: @(#)sed.test	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+#	$NetBSD: sed.test,v 1.5 2011/11/12 03:15:05 christos Exp $
+#
+
+# sed Regression Tests
+#
+# The following files are created:
+# lines[1-4], script1, script2
+# Two directories *.out contain the test results
+
+main()
+{
+	BASE=/usr/bin/sed
+	BASELOG=sed.out
+	TEST=$(cd $(dirname $0)/.. && make -V .OBJDIR)/sed
+	TESTLOG=nsed.out
+	DICT=/usr/share/dict/words
+
+	test_error | more
+
+	awk 'END { for (i = 1; i < 15; i++) print "l1_" i}' </dev/null >lines1
+	awk 'END { for (i = 1; i < 10; i++) print "l2_" i}' </dev/null >lines2
+
+	exec 4>&1 5>&2
+
+	# Set these flags to get messages about known problems
+	BSD=1
+	GNU=0
+	SUN=0
+	tests $BASE $BASELOG
+
+	BSD=0
+	GNU=0
+	SUN=0
+	tests $TEST $TESTLOG
+	exec 1>&4 2>&5
+	diff -c $BASELOG $TESTLOG | more
+}
+
+tests()
+{
+	SED=$1
+	DIR=$2
+	rm -rf $DIR
+	mkdir $DIR
+	MARK=100
+
+	test_args
+	test_addr
+	echo Testing commands
+	test_group
+	test_acid
+	test_branch
+	test_pattern
+	test_print
+	test_subst
+}
+
+mark()
+{
+	MARK=$(expr $MARK + 1)
+	exec 1>&4 2>&5
+	exec >"$DIR/${MARK}_$1"
+	echo "Test $1:$MARK"
+	# Uncomment this line to match tests with sed error messages
+	echo "Test $1:$MARK" >&5
+}
+
+test_args()
+{
+	mark '1.1'
+	echo Testing argument parsing
+	echo First type
+	if [ $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo SunOS sed prints only with -n
+	else
+		$SED 's/^/e1_/p' lines1
+	fi
+	mark '1.2' ; $SED -n 's/^/e1_/p' lines1
+	mark '1.3'
+	if [ $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo SunOS sed prints only with -n
+	else
+		$SED 's/^/e1_/p' <lines1
+	fi
+	mark '1.4' ; $SED -n 's/^/e1_/p' <lines1
+	echo Second type
+	mark '1.4.1'
+	if [ $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo SunOS sed fails this
+	fi
+	$SED -e '' <lines1
+	echo 's/^/s1_/p' >script1
+	echo 's/^/s2_/p' >script2
+	mark '1.5'
+	if [ $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo SunOS sed prints only with -n
+	else
+		$SED -f script1 lines1
+	fi
+	mark '1.6'
+	if [ $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo SunOS sed prints only with -n
+	else
+		$SED -f script1 <lines1
+	fi
+	mark '1.7'
+	if [ $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo SunOS sed prints only with -n
+	else
+		$SED -e 's/^/e1_/p' lines1
+	fi
+	mark '1.8'
+	if [ $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo SunOS sed prints only with -n
+	else
+		$SED -e 's/^/e1_/p' <lines1
+	fi
+	mark '1.9' ; $SED -n -f script1 lines1
+	mark '1.10' ; $SED -n -f script1 <lines1
+	mark '1.11' ; $SED -n -e 's/^/e1_/p' lines1
+	mark '1.12'
+	if [ $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo SunOS sed prints only with -n
+	else
+		$SED -n -e 's/^/e1_/p' <lines1
+	fi
+	mark '1.13'
+	if [ $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo SunOS sed prints only with -n
+	else
+		$SED -e 's/^/e1_/p' -e 's/^/e2_/p' lines1
+	fi
+	mark '1.14'
+	if [ $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo SunOS sed prints only with -n
+	else
+		$SED -f script1 -f script2 lines1
+	fi
+	mark '1.15'
+	if [ $GNU -eq 1 -o $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo GNU and SunOS sed fail this following older POSIX draft
+	else
+		$SED -e 's/^/e1_/p' -f script1 lines1
+	fi
+	mark '1.16'
+	if [ $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo SunOS sed prints only with -n
+	else
+		$SED -e 's/^/e1_/p' lines1 lines1
+	fi
+	# POSIX D11.2:11251
+	mark '1.17' ; $SED p <lines1 lines1
+cat >script1 <<EOF
+#n
+# A comment
+
+p
+EOF
+	mark '1.18' ; $SED -f script1 <lines1 lines1
+}
+
+test_addr()
+{
+	echo Testing address ranges
+	mark '2.1' ; $SED -n -e '4p' lines1
+	mark '2.2' ; $SED -n -e '20p' lines1 lines2
+	mark '2.3' ; $SED -n -e '$p' lines1
+	mark '2.4' ; $SED -n -e '$p' lines1 lines2
+	mark '2.5' ; $SED -n -e '$a\
+hello' /dev/null
+	mark '2.6' ; $SED -n -e '$p' lines1 /dev/null lines2
+	# Should not print anything
+	mark '2.7' ; $SED -n -e '20p' lines1
+	mark '2.8' ; $SED -n -e '0p' lines1
+	mark '2.9' ; $SED -n '/l1_7/p' lines1
+	mark '2.10' ; $SED -n ' /l1_7/ p' lines1
+	mark '2.11'
+	if [ $BSD -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo BSD sed fails this test
+	fi
+	if [ $GNU -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo GNU sed fails this
+	fi
+	$SED -n '\_l1\_7_p' lines1
+	mark '2.12' ; $SED -n '1,4p' lines1
+	mark '2.13' ; $SED -n '1,$p' lines1 lines2
+	mark '2.14' ; $SED -n '1,/l2_9/p' lines1 lines2
+	mark '2.15' ; $SED -n '/4/,$p' lines1 lines2
+	mark '2.16' ; $SED -n '/4/,20p' lines1 lines2
+	mark '2.17' ; $SED -n '/4/,/10/p' lines1 lines2
+	mark '2.18' ; $SED -n '/l2_3/,/l1_8/p' lines1 lines2
+	mark '2.19'
+	if [ $GNU -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo GNU sed fails this
+	fi
+	$SED -n '12,3p' lines1 lines2
+	mark '2.20'
+	if [ $GNU -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo GNU sed fails this
+	fi
+	$SED -n '/l1_7/,3p' lines1 lines2
+}
+
+test_group()
+{
+	echo Brace and other grouping
+	mark '3.1' ; $SED -e '
+4,12 {
+	s/^/^/
+	s/$/$/
+	s/_/T/
+}' lines1
+	mark '3.2' ; $SED -e '
+4,12 {
+	s/^/^/
+	/6/,/10/ {
+		s/$/$/
+		/8/ s/_/T/
+	}
+}' lines1
+	mark '3.3' ; $SED -e '
+4,12 !{
+	s/^/^/
+	/6/,/10/ !{
+		s/$/$/
+		/8/ !s/_/T/
+	}
+}' lines1
+	mark '3.4' ; $SED -e '4,12!s/^/^/' lines1
+}
+
+test_acid()
+{
+	echo Testing a c d and i commands
+	mark '4.1' ; $SED -n -e '
+s/^/before_i/p
+20i\
+inserted
+s/^/after_i/p
+' lines1 lines2
+	mark '4.2' ; $SED -n -e '
+5,12s/^/5-12/
+s/^/before_a/p
+/5-12/a\
+appended
+s/^/after_a/p
+' lines1 lines2
+	mark '4.3'
+	if [ $GNU -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo GNU sed fails this
+	fi
+	$SED -n -e '
+s/^/^/p
+/l1_/a\
+appended
+8,10N
+s/$/$/p
+' lines1 lines2
+	mark '4.4' ; $SED -n -e '
+c\
+hello
+' lines1
+	mark '4.5' ; $SED -n -e '
+8c\
+hello
+' lines1
+	mark '4.6' ; $SED -n -e '
+3,14c\
+hello
+' lines1
+# SunOS and GNU sed behave differently.   We follow POSIX
+#	mark '4.7' ; $SED -n -e '
+#8,3c\
+#hello
+#' lines1
+	mark '4.8' ; $SED d <lines1
+}
+
+test_branch()
+{
+	echo Testing labels and branching
+	mark '5.1' ; $SED -n -e '
+b label4
+:label3
+s/^/label3_/p
+b end
+:label4
+2,12b label1
+b label2
+:label1
+s/^/label1_/p
+b
+:label2
+s/^/label2_/p
+b label3
+:end
+' lines1
+	mark '5.2'
+	if [ $BSD -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo BSD sed fails this test
+	fi
+	$SED -n -e '
+s/l1_/l2_/
+t ok
+b
+:ok
+s/^/tested /p
+' lines1 lines2
+# SunOS sed behaves differently here.  Clarification needed.
+#	mark '5.3' ; $SED -n -e '
+#5,8b inside
+#1,5 {
+#	s/^/^/p
+#	:inside
+#	s/$/$/p
+#}
+#' lines1
+# Check that t clears the substitution done flag
+	mark '5.4' ; $SED -n -e '
+1,8s/^/^/
+t l1
+:l1
+t l2
+s/$/$/p
+b
+:l2
+s/^/ERROR/
+' lines1
+# Check that reading a line clears the substitution done flag
+	mark '5.5'
+	if [ $BSD -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo BSD sed fails this test
+	fi
+	$SED -n -e '
+t l2
+1,8s/^/^/p
+2,7N
+b
+:l2
+s/^/ERROR/p
+' lines1
+	mark '5.6' ; $SED 5q lines1
+	mark '5.7' ; $SED -e '
+5i\
+hello
+5q' lines1
+# Branch across block boundary
+	mark '5.8' ; $SED -e '
+{
+:b
+}
+s/l/m/
+tb' lines1
+}
+
+test_pattern()
+{
+echo Pattern space commands
+# Check that the pattern space is deleted
+	mark '6.1' ; $SED -n -e '
+c\
+changed
+p
+' lines1
+	mark '6.2' ; $SED -n -e '
+4d
+p
+' lines1
+# SunOS sed refused to print here
+#	mark '6.3' ; $SED -e '
+#N
+#N
+#N
+#D
+#P
+#4p
+#' lines1
+	mark '6.4' ; $SED -e '
+2h
+3H
+4g
+5G
+6x
+6p
+6x
+6p
+' lines1
+	mark '6.5' ; $SED -e '4n' lines1
+	mark '6.6' ; $SED -n -e '4n' lines1
+}
+
+test_print()
+{
+	echo Testing print and file routines
+	awk 'END {for (i = 1; i < 256; i++) printf("%c", i);print "\n"}' \
+		</dev/null >lines3
+	# GNU and SunOS sed behave differently here
+	mark '7.1'
+	if [ $BSD -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo 'BSD sed drops core on this one; TEST SKIPPED'
+	else
+		$SED -n l lines3
+	fi
+	mark '7.2' ; $SED -e '/l2_/=' lines1 lines2
+	rm -f lines4
+	mark '7.3' ; $SED -e '3,12w lines4' lines1
+	echo w results
+	cat lines4
+	mark '7.4' ; $SED -e '4r lines2' lines1
+	mark '7.5' ; $SED -e '5r /dev/dds' lines1
+	mark '7.6' ; $SED -e '6r /dev/null' lines1
+	mark '7.7'
+	if [ $BSD -eq 1 -o $GNU -eq 1 -o $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo BSD, GNU and SunOS cannot pass this one
+	else
+		sed '200q' $DICT | sed 's$.*$s/^/&/w tmpdir/&$' >script1
+		rm -rf tmpdir
+		mkdir tmpdir
+		$SED -f script1 lines1
+		cat tmpdir/*
+		rm -rf tmpdir
+	fi
+	mark '7.8'
+	if [ $BSD -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo BSD sed cannot pass 7.7
+	else
+		echo line1 > lines3
+		echo "" >> lines3
+		$SED -n -e '$p' lines3 /dev/null
+	fi
+		
+}
+
+test_subst()
+{
+	echo Testing substitution commands
+	mark '8.1' ; $SED -e 's/./X/g' lines1
+	mark '8.2' ; $SED -e 's,.,X,g' lines1
+# GNU and SunOS sed thinks we are escaping . as wildcard, not as separator
+#	mark '8.3' ; $SED -e 's.\..X.g' lines1
+# POSIX does not say that this should work
+#	mark '8.4' ; $SED -e 's/[/]/Q/' lines1
+	mark '8.4' ; $SED -e 's/[\/]/Q/' lines1
+	mark '8.5' ; $SED -e 's_\__X_' lines1
+	mark '8.6' ; $SED -e 's/./(&)/g' lines1
+	mark '8.7' ; $SED -e 's/./(\&)/g' lines1
+	mark '8.8' ; $SED -e 's/\(.\)\(.\)\(.\)/x\3x\2x\1/g' lines1
+	mark '8.9' ; $SED -e 's/_/u0\
+u1\
+u2/g' lines1
+	mark '8.10'
+	if [ $BSD -eq 1 -o $GNU -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo 'BSD/GNU sed do not understand digit flags on s commands'
+	fi
+	$SED -e 's/./X/4' lines1
+	rm -f lines4
+	mark '8.11' ; $SED -e 's/1/X/w lines4' lines1
+	echo s wfile results
+	cat lines4
+	mark '8.12' ; $SED -e 's/[123]/X/g' lines1
+	mark '8.13' ; $SED -e 'y/0123456789/9876543210/' lines1
+	mark '8.14' ; 
+	if [ $BSD -eq 1 -o $GNU -eq 1 -o $SUN -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo BSD/GNU/SUN sed fail this test
+	else
+		$SED -e 'y10\123456789198765432\101' lines1
+	fi
+	mark '8.15' ; $SED -e '1N;2y/\n/X/' lines1
+	mark '8.16'
+	if [ $BSD -eq 1 ] ; then
+		echo 'BSD sed does not handle branch defined REs'
+	else
+		echo 'eeefff' | $SED -e 'p' -e 's/e/X/p' -e ':x' \
+		    -e 's//Y/p' -e '/f/bx'
+	fi
+}
+
+test_error()
+{
+	exec 3<&0 4>&1 5>&2
+	exec 0</dev/null
+	exec 2>&1
+	set -x
+	$TEST -x && exit 1
+	$TEST -f && exit 1
+	$TEST -e && exit 1
+	$TEST -f /dev/dds && exit 1
+	$TEST p /dev/dds && exit 1
+	$TEST -f /bin/sh && exit 1
+	$TEST '{' && exit 1
+	$TEST '{' && exit 1
+	$TEST '/hello/' && exit 1
+	$TEST '1,/hello/' && exit 1
+	$TEST -e '-5p' && exit 1
+	$TEST '/jj' && exit 1
+	$TEST 'a hello' && exit 1
+	$TEST 'a \ hello' && exit 1
+	$TEST 'b foo' && exit 1
+	$TEST 'd hello' && exit 1
+	$TEST 's/aa' && exit 1
+	$TEST 's/aa/' && exit 1
+	$TEST 's/a/b' && exit 1
+	$TEST 's/a/b/c/d' && exit 1
+	$TEST 's/a/b/ 1 2' && exit 1
+	$TEST 's/a/b/ 1 g' && exit 1
+	$TEST 's/a/b/w' && exit 1
+	$TEST 'y/aa' && exit 1
+	$TEST 'y/aa/b/' && exit 1
+	$TEST 'y/aa/' && exit 1
+	$TEST 'y/a/b' && exit 1
+	$TEST 'y/a/b/c/d' && exit 1
+	$TEST '!' && exit 1
+	$TEST supercalifrangolisticexprialidociussupercalifrangolisticexcius
+	set +x
+	exec 0<&3 1>&4 2>&5
+}
+
+main
diff --git a/usr.bin/sed/compile.c b/usr.bin/sed/compile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..300a77f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sed/compile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,946 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: compile.c,v 1.47 2016/04/05 00:13:03 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Diomidis Spinellis.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Diomidis Spinellis of Imperial College, University of London.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: compile.c,v 1.47 2016/04/05 00:13:03 christos Exp $");
+#ifdef __FBSDID
+__FBSDID("$FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/sed/compile.c 259132 2013-12-09 18:57:20Z eadler $");
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)compile.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+#define LHSZ	128
+#define	LHMASK	(LHSZ - 1)
+static struct labhash {
+	struct	labhash *lh_next;
+	u_int	lh_hash;
+	struct	s_command *lh_cmd;
+	int	lh_ref;
+} *labels[LHSZ];
+
+static char	 *compile_addr(char *, struct s_addr *);
+static char	 *compile_ccl(char **, char *);
+static char	 *compile_delimited(char *, char *, int);
+static char	 *compile_flags(char *, struct s_subst *);
+static regex_t	 *compile_re(char *, int);
+static char	 *compile_subst(char *, struct s_subst *);
+static char	 *compile_text(void);
+static char	 *compile_tr(char *, struct s_tr **);
+static struct s_command
+		**compile_stream(struct s_command **);
+static char	 *duptoeol(char *, const char *);
+static void	  enterlabel(struct s_command *);
+static struct s_command
+		 *findlabel(char *);
+static void	  fixuplabel(struct s_command *, struct s_command *);
+static void	  uselabel(void);
+
+/*
+ * Command specification.  This is used to drive the command parser.
+ */
+struct s_format {
+	char code;				/* Command code */
+	int naddr;				/* Number of address args */
+	enum e_args args;			/* Argument type */
+};
+
+static struct s_format cmd_fmts[] = {
+	{'{', 2, GROUP},
+	{'}', 0, ENDGROUP},
+	{'a', 1, TEXT},
+	{'b', 2, BRANCH},
+	{'c', 2, TEXT},
+	{'d', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'D', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'g', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'G', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'h', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'H', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'i', 1, TEXT},
+	{'l', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'n', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'N', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'p', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'P', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'q', 1, EMPTY},
+	{'r', 1, RFILE},
+	{'s', 2, SUBST},
+	{'t', 2, BRANCH},
+	{'w', 2, WFILE},
+	{'x', 2, EMPTY},
+	{'y', 2, TR},
+	{'!', 2, NONSEL},
+	{':', 0, LABEL},
+	{'#', 0, COMMENT},
+	{'=', 1, EMPTY},
+	{'\0', 0, COMMENT},
+};
+
+/* The compiled program. */
+struct s_command *prog;
+
+/*
+ * Compile the program into prog.
+ * Initialise appends.
+ */
+void
+compile(void)
+{
+	*compile_stream(&prog) = NULL;
+	fixuplabel(prog, NULL);
+	uselabel();
+	if (appendnum > 0)
+		appends = xmalloc(sizeof(struct s_appends) * appendnum);
+	match = xmalloc((maxnsub + 1) * sizeof(regmatch_t));
+}
+
+#define EATSPACE() do {							\
+	if (p)								\
+		while (*p && isspace((unsigned char)*p))                \
+			p++;						\
+	} while (0)
+
+static struct s_command **
+compile_stream(struct s_command **link)
+{
+	char *p;
+	static char lbuf[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1];	/* To save stack */
+	struct s_command *cmd, *cmd2, *stack;
+	struct s_format *fp;
+	char re[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1];
+	int naddr;				/* Number of addresses */
+
+	stack = 0;
+	for (;;) {
+		if ((p = cu_fgets(lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), NULL)) == NULL) {
+			if (stack != 0)
+				errx(1, "%lu: %s: unexpected EOF (pending }'s)",
+							linenum, fname);
+			return (link);
+		}
+
+semicolon:	EATSPACE();
+		if (p) {
+			if (*p == '#' || *p == '\0')
+				continue;
+			else if (*p == ';') {
+				p++;
+				goto semicolon;
+			}
+		}
+		*link = cmd = xmalloc(sizeof(struct s_command));
+		link = &cmd->next;
+		cmd->startline = cmd->nonsel = 0;
+		/* First parse the addresses */
+		naddr = 0;
+
+/* Valid characters to start an address */
+#define	addrchar(c)	(strchr("0123456789/\\$", (c)))
+		if (addrchar(*p)) {
+			naddr++;
+			cmd->a1 = xmalloc(sizeof(struct s_addr));
+			p = compile_addr(p, cmd->a1);
+			EATSPACE();				/* EXTENSION */
+			if (*p == ',') {
+				p++;
+				EATSPACE();			/* EXTENSION */
+				naddr++;
+				cmd->a2 = xmalloc(sizeof(struct s_addr));
+				p = compile_addr(p, cmd->a2);
+				EATSPACE();
+			} else
+				cmd->a2 = 0;
+		} else
+			cmd->a1 = cmd->a2 = 0;
+
+nonsel:		/* Now parse the command */
+		if (!*p)
+			errx(1, "%lu: %s: command expected", linenum, fname);
+		cmd->code = *p;
+		for (fp = cmd_fmts; fp->code; fp++)
+			if (fp->code == *p)
+				break;
+		if (!fp->code)
+			errx(1, "%lu: %s: invalid command code %c", linenum, fname, *p);
+		if (naddr > fp->naddr)
+			errx(1,
+				"%lu: %s: command %c expects up to %d address(es), found %d",
+				linenum, fname, *p, fp->naddr, naddr);
+		switch (fp->args) {
+		case NONSEL:			/* ! */
+			p++;
+			EATSPACE();
+			cmd->nonsel = ! cmd->nonsel;
+			goto nonsel;
+		case GROUP:			/* { */
+			p++;
+			EATSPACE();
+			cmd->next = stack;
+			stack = cmd;
+			link = &cmd->u.c;
+			if (*p)
+				goto semicolon;
+			break;
+		case ENDGROUP:
+			/*
+			 * Short-circuit command processing, since end of
+			 * group is really just a noop.
+			 */
+			cmd->nonsel = 1;
+			if (stack == 0)
+				errx(1, "%lu: %s: unexpected }", linenum, fname);
+			cmd2 = stack;
+			stack = cmd2->next;
+			cmd2->next = cmd;
+			/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+		case EMPTY:		/* d D g G h H l n N p P q x = \0 */
+			p++;
+			EATSPACE();
+			switch (*p) {
+			case ';':
+				p++;
+				link = &cmd->next;
+				goto semicolon;
+			case '}':
+				goto semicolon;
+			case '\0':
+				break;
+			default:
+				errx(1, "%lu: %s: extra characters at the end of %c command",
+						linenum, fname, cmd->code);
+			}
+			break;
+		case TEXT:			/* a c i */
+			p++;
+			EATSPACE();
+			if (*p != '\\')
+				errx(1,
+"%lu: %s: command %c expects \\ followed by text", linenum, fname, cmd->code);
+			p++;
+			EATSPACE();
+			if (*p)
+				errx(1,
+				"%lu: %s: extra characters after \\ at the end of %c command",
+				linenum, fname, cmd->code);
+			cmd->t = compile_text();
+			break;
+		case COMMENT:			/* \0 # */
+			break;
+		case WFILE:			/* w */
+			p++;
+			EATSPACE();
+			if (*p == '\0')
+				errx(1, "%lu: %s: filename expected", linenum, fname);
+			cmd->t = duptoeol(p, "w command");
+			if (aflag)
+				cmd->u.fd = -1;
+			else if ((cmd->u.fd = open(p,
+			    O_WRONLY|O_APPEND|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC,
+			    DEFFILEMODE)) == -1)
+				err(1, "%s", p);
+			break;
+		case RFILE:			/* r */
+			p++;
+			EATSPACE();
+			if (*p == '\0')
+				errx(1, "%lu: %s: filename expected", linenum, fname);
+			else
+				cmd->t = duptoeol(p, "read command");
+			break;
+		case BRANCH:			/* b t */
+			p++;
+			EATSPACE();
+			if (*p == '\0')
+				cmd->t = NULL;
+			else
+				cmd->t = duptoeol(p, "branch");
+			break;
+		case LABEL:			/* : */
+			p++;
+			EATSPACE();
+			cmd->t = duptoeol(p, "label");
+			if (strlen(p) == 0)
+				errx(1, "%lu: %s: empty label", linenum, fname);
+			enterlabel(cmd);
+			break;
+		case SUBST:			/* s */
+			p++;
+			if (*p == '\0' || *p == '\\')
+				errx(1,
+"%lu: %s: substitute pattern can not be delimited by newline or backslash",
+					linenum, fname);
+			cmd->u.s = xcalloc(1, sizeof(struct s_subst));
+			p = compile_delimited(p, re, 0);
+			if (p == NULL)
+				errx(1,
+				"%lu: %s: unterminated substitute pattern", linenum, fname);
+
+			/* Compile RE with no case sensitivity temporarily */
+			if (*re == '\0')
+				cmd->u.s->re = NULL;
+			else
+				cmd->u.s->re = compile_re(re, 0);
+			--p;
+			p = compile_subst(p, cmd->u.s);
+			p = compile_flags(p, cmd->u.s);
+
+			/* Recompile RE with case sensitivity from "I" flag if any */
+			if (*re == '\0')
+				cmd->u.s->re = NULL;
+			else
+				cmd->u.s->re = compile_re(re, cmd->u.s->icase);
+			EATSPACE();
+			if (*p == ';') {
+				p++;
+				link = &cmd->next;
+				goto semicolon;
+			}
+			break;
+		case TR:			/* y */
+			p++;
+			p = compile_tr(p, &cmd->u.y);
+			EATSPACE();
+			switch (*p) {
+			case ';':
+				p++;
+				link = &cmd->next;
+				goto semicolon;
+			case '}':
+				goto semicolon;
+			case '\0':
+				break;
+			default:
+				errx(1,
+"%lu: %s: extra text at the end of a transform command", linenum, fname);
+			}
+			if (*p)
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get a delimited string.  P points to the delimeter of the string; d points
+ * to a buffer area.  Newline and delimiter escapes are processed; other
+ * escapes are ignored.
+ *
+ * Returns a pointer to the first character after the final delimiter or NULL
+ * in the case of a non-terminated string.  The character array d is filled
+ * with the processed string.
+ */
+static char *
+compile_delimited(char *p, char *d, int is_tr)
+{
+	char c;
+
+	c = *p++;
+	if (c == '\0')
+		return (NULL);
+	else if (c == '\\')
+		errx(1, "%lu: %s: \\ can not be used as a string delimiter",
+				linenum, fname);
+	else if (c == '\n')
+		errx(1, "%lu: %s: newline can not be used as a string delimiter",
+				linenum, fname);
+	while (*p) {
+		if (*p == '[' && *p != c) {
+			if ((d = compile_ccl(&p, d)) == NULL)
+				errx(1, "%lu: %s: unbalanced brackets ([])", linenum, fname);
+			continue;
+		} else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == '[') {
+			*d++ = *p++;
+		} else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == c)
+			p++;
+		else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == 'n') {
+			*d++ = '\n';
+			p += 2;
+			continue;
+		} else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == '\\') {
+			if (is_tr)
+				p++;
+			else
+				*d++ = *p++;
+		} else if (*p == c) {
+			*d = '\0';
+			return (p + 1);
+		}
+		*d++ = *p++;
+	}
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+
+/* compile_ccl: expand a POSIX character class */
+static char *
+compile_ccl(char **sp, char *t)
+{
+	int c, d;
+	char *s = *sp;
+
+	*t++ = *s++;
+	if (*s == '^')
+		*t++ = *s++;
+	if (*s == ']')
+		*t++ = *s++;
+	for (; *s && (*t = *s) != ']'; s++, t++)
+		if (*s == '[' && ((d = *(s+1)) == '.' || d == ':' || d == '=')) {
+			*++t = *++s, t++, s++;
+			for (c = *s; (*t = *s) != ']' || c != d; s++, t++)
+				if ((c = *s) == '\0')
+					return NULL;
+		}
+	return (*s == ']') ? *sp = ++s, ++t : NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compiles the regular expression in RE and returns a pointer to the compiled
+ * regular expression.
+ * Cflags are passed to regcomp.
+ */
+static regex_t *
+compile_re(char *re, int case_insensitive)
+{
+	regex_t *rep;
+	int eval, flags;
+
+
+	flags = rflags;
+	if (case_insensitive)
+		flags |= REG_ICASE;
+	rep = xmalloc(sizeof(regex_t));
+	if ((eval = regcomp(rep, re, flags)) != 0)
+		errx(1, "%lu: %s: RE error: %s",
+				linenum, fname, strregerror(eval, rep));
+	if (maxnsub < rep->re_nsub)
+		maxnsub = rep->re_nsub;
+	return (rep);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compile the substitution string of a regular expression and set res to
+ * point to a saved copy of it.  Nsub is the number of parenthesized regular
+ * expressions.
+ */
+static char *
+compile_subst(char *p, struct s_subst *s)
+{
+	static char lbuf[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1];
+	size_t asize, size;
+	u_char ref;
+	char c, *text, *op, *sp;
+	int more = 1, sawesc = 0;
+
+	c = *p++;			/* Terminator character */
+	if (c == '\0')
+		return (NULL);
+
+	s->maxbref = 0;
+	s->linenum = linenum;
+	asize = 2 * _POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1;
+	text = xmalloc(asize);
+	size = 0;
+	do {
+		op = sp = text + size;
+		for (; *p; p++) {
+			if (*p == '\\' || sawesc) {
+				/*
+				 * If this is a continuation from the last
+				 * buffer, we won't have a character to
+				 * skip over.
+				 */
+				if (sawesc)
+					sawesc = 0;
+				else
+					p++;
+
+				if (*p == '\0') {
+					/*
+					 * This escaped character is continued
+					 * in the next part of the line.  Note
+					 * this fact, then cause the loop to
+					 * exit w/ normal EOL case and reenter
+					 * above with the new buffer.
+					 */
+					sawesc = 1;
+					p--;
+					continue;
+				} else if (strchr("123456789", *p) != NULL) {
+					*sp++ = '\\';
+					ref = (u_char)(*p - '0');
+					if (s->re != NULL &&
+					    ref > s->re->re_nsub)
+						errx(1, "%lu: %s: \\%c not defined in the RE",
+								linenum, fname, *p);
+					if (s->maxbref < ref)
+						s->maxbref = ref;
+				} else if (*p == '&' || *p == '\\')
+					*sp++ = '\\';
+			} else if (*p == c) {
+				if (*++p == '\0' && more) {
+					if (cu_fgets(lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), &more))
+						p = lbuf;
+				}
+				*sp++ = '\0';
+				size += (size_t)(sp - op);
+				s->new = xrealloc(text, size);
+				return (p);
+			} else if (*p == '\n') {
+				errx(1,
+"%lu: %s: unescaped newline inside substitute pattern", linenum, fname);
+				/* NOTREACHED */
+			}
+			*sp++ = *p;
+		}
+		size += (size_t)(sp - op);
+		if (asize - size < _POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1) {
+			asize *= 2;
+			text = xrealloc(text, asize);
+		}
+	} while (cu_fgets(p = lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), &more));
+	errx(1, "%lu: %s: unterminated substitute in regular expression",
+			linenum, fname);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compile the flags of the s command
+ */
+static char *
+compile_flags(char *p, struct s_subst *s)
+{
+	int gn;			/* True if we have seen g or n */
+	unsigned long nval;
+	char wfile[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1], *q;
+
+	s->n = 1;				/* Default */
+	s->p = 0;
+	s->wfile = NULL;
+	s->wfd = -1;
+	s->icase = 0;
+	for (gn = 0;;) {
+		EATSPACE();			/* EXTENSION */
+		switch (*p) {
+		case 'g':
+			if (gn)
+				errx(1,
+"%lu: %s: more than one number or 'g' in substitute flags", linenum, fname);
+			gn = 1;
+			s->n = 0;
+			break;
+		case '\0':
+		case '\n':
+		case ';':
+			return (p);
+		case 'p':
+			s->p = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+		case 'I':
+			s->icase = 1;
+			break;
+		case '1': case '2': case '3':
+		case '4': case '5': case '6':
+		case '7': case '8': case '9':
+			if (gn)
+				errx(1,
+"%lu: %s: more than one number or 'g' in substitute flags", linenum, fname);
+			gn = 1;
+			errno = 0;
+			nval = strtoul(p, &p, 10);
+			if (errno == ERANGE || nval > INT_MAX)
+				errx(1,
+"%lu: %s: overflow in the 'N' substitute flag", linenum, fname);
+			s->n = (int)nval;
+			p--;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			p++;
+#ifdef HISTORIC_PRACTICE
+			if (*p != ' ') {
+				warnx("%lu: %s: space missing before w wfile", linenum, fname);
+				return (p);
+			}
+#endif
+			EATSPACE();
+			q = wfile;
+			while (*p) {
+				if (*p == '\n')
+					break;
+				*q++ = *p++;
+			}
+			*q = '\0';
+			if (q == wfile)
+				errx(1, "%lu: %s: no wfile specified", linenum, fname);
+			s->wfile = strdup(wfile);
+			if (!aflag && (s->wfd = open(wfile,
+			    O_WRONLY|O_APPEND|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC,
+			    DEFFILEMODE)) == -1)
+				err(1, "%s", wfile);
+			return (p);
+		default:
+			errx(1, "%lu: %s: bad flag in substitute command: '%c'",
+					linenum, fname, *p);
+			break;
+		}
+		p++;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compile a translation set of strings into a lookup table.
+ */
+static char *
+compile_tr(char *p, struct s_tr **py)
+{
+	struct s_tr *y;
+	size_t i;
+	const char *op, *np;
+	char old[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1];
+	char new[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1];
+	size_t oclen, oldlen, nclen, newlen;
+	mbstate_t mbs1, mbs2;
+
+	*py = y = xmalloc(sizeof(*y));
+	y->multis = NULL;
+	y->nmultis = 0;
+
+	if (*p == '\0' || *p == '\\')
+		errx(1,
+	"%lu: %s: transform pattern can not be delimited by newline or backslash",
+			linenum, fname);
+	p = compile_delimited(p, old, 1);
+	if (p == NULL)
+		errx(1, "%lu: %s: unterminated transform source string",
+				linenum, fname);
+	p = compile_delimited(p - 1, new, 1);
+	if (p == NULL)
+		errx(1, "%lu: %s: unterminated transform target string",
+				linenum, fname);
+	EATSPACE();
+	op = old;
+	oldlen = mbsrtowcs(NULL, &op, 0, NULL);
+	if (oldlen == (size_t)-1)
+		err(1, NULL);
+	np = new;
+	newlen = mbsrtowcs(NULL, &np, 0, NULL);
+	if (newlen == (size_t)-1)
+		err(1, NULL);
+	if (newlen != oldlen)
+		errx(1, "%lu: %s: transform strings are not the same length",
+				linenum, fname);
+	if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1) {
+		/*
+		 * The single-byte encoding case is easy: generate a
+		 * lookup table.
+		 */
+		for (i = 0; i <= UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+			y->bytetab[i] = (u_char)i;
+		for (; *op; op++, np++)
+			y->bytetab[(u_char)*op] = (u_char)*np;
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Multi-byte encoding case: generate a lookup table as
+		 * above, but only for single-byte characters. The first
+		 * bytes of multi-byte characters have their lookup table
+		 * entries set to 0, which causes do_tr() to search through
+		 * an auxiliary vector of multi-byte mappings.
+		 */
+		memset(&mbs1, 0, sizeof(mbs1));
+		memset(&mbs2, 0, sizeof(mbs2));
+		for (i = 0; i <= UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+			y->bytetab[i] = (u_char)((btowc((int)i) != WEOF) ? i : 0);
+		while (*op != '\0') {
+			oclen = mbrlen(op, MB_LEN_MAX, &mbs1);
+			if (oclen == (size_t)-1 || oclen == (size_t)-2)
+				errc(1, EILSEQ, NULL);
+			nclen = mbrlen(np, MB_LEN_MAX, &mbs2);
+			if (nclen == (size_t)-1 || nclen == (size_t)-2)
+				errc(1, EILSEQ, NULL);
+			if (oclen == 1 && nclen == 1)
+				y->bytetab[(u_char)*op] = (u_char)*np;
+			else {
+				y->bytetab[(u_char)*op] = 0;
+				y->multis = xrealloc(y->multis,
+				    (y->nmultis + 1) * sizeof(*y->multis));
+				i = y->nmultis++;
+				y->multis[i].fromlen = oclen;
+				memcpy(y->multis[i].from, op, oclen);
+				y->multis[i].tolen = nclen;
+				memcpy(y->multis[i].to, np, nclen);
+			}
+			op += oclen;
+			np += nclen;
+		}
+	}
+	return (p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compile the text following an a or i command.
+ */
+static char *
+compile_text(void)
+{
+	size_t asize, size;
+	int esc_nl;
+	char *text, *p, *op, *s;
+	char lbuf[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1];
+
+	asize = 2 * _POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1;
+	text = xmalloc(asize);
+	size = 0;
+	while (cu_fgets(lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), NULL)) {
+		op = s = text + size;
+		p = lbuf;
+		for (esc_nl = 0; *p != '\0'; p++) {
+			if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != '\0' && *++p == '\n')
+				esc_nl = 1;
+			*s++ = *p;
+		}
+		size += (size_t)(s - op);
+		if (!esc_nl) {
+			*s = '\0';
+			break;
+		}
+		if (asize - size < _POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1) {
+			asize *= 2;
+			text = xrealloc(text, asize);
+		}
+	}
+	text[size] = '\0';
+	p = xrealloc(text, size + 1);
+	return (p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get an address and return a pointer to the first character after
+ * it.  Fill the structure pointed to according to the address.
+ */
+static char *
+compile_addr(char *p, struct s_addr *a)
+{
+	char *end, re[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX + 1];
+	int icase;
+
+	icase = 0;
+
+	a->type = 0;
+	switch (*p) {
+	case '\\':				/* Context address */
+		++p;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case '/':				/* Context address */
+		p = compile_delimited(p, re, 0);
+		if (p == NULL)
+			errx(1, "%lu: %s: unterminated regular expression", linenum, fname);
+		/* Check for case insensitive regexp flag */
+		if (*p == 'I') {
+			icase = 1;
+			p++;
+		}
+		if (*re == '\0')
+			a->u.r = NULL;
+		else
+			a->u.r = compile_re(re, icase);
+		a->type = AT_RE;
+		return (p);
+
+	case '$':				/* Last line */
+		a->type = AT_LAST;
+		return (p + 1);
+
+	case '+':				/* Relative line number */
+		a->type = AT_RELLINE;
+		p++;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+						/* Line number */
+	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+		if (a->type == 0)
+			a->type = AT_LINE;
+		a->u.l = strtoul(p, &end, 10);
+		return (end);
+	default:
+		errx(1, "%lu: %s: expected context address", linenum, fname);
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * duptoeol --
+ *	Return a copy of all the characters up to \n or \0.
+ */
+static char *
+duptoeol(char *s, const char *ctype)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	int ws;
+	char *p, *start;
+
+	ws = 0;
+	for (start = s; *s != '\0' && *s != '\n'; ++s)
+		ws = isspace((unsigned char)*s);
+	*s = '\0';
+	if (ws)
+		warnx("%lu: %s: whitespace after %s", linenum, fname, ctype);
+	len = (size_t)(s - start + 1);
+	p = xmalloc(len);
+	return (memmove(p, start, len));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert goto label names to addresses, and count a and r commands, in
+ * the given subset of the script.  Free the memory used by labels in b
+ * and t commands (but not by :).
+ *
+ * TODO: Remove } nodes
+ */
+static void
+fixuplabel(struct s_command *cp, struct s_command *end)
+{
+
+	for (; cp != end; cp = cp->next)
+		switch (cp->code) {
+		case 'a':
+		case 'r':
+			appendnum++;
+			break;
+		case 'b':
+		case 't':
+			/* Resolve branch target. */
+			if (cp->t == NULL) {
+				cp->u.c = NULL;
+				break;
+			}
+			if ((cp->u.c = findlabel(cp->t)) == NULL)
+				errx(1, "%lu: %s: undefined label '%s'", linenum, fname, cp->t);
+			free(cp->t);
+			break;
+		case '{':
+			/* Do interior commands. */
+			fixuplabel(cp->u.c, cp->next);
+			break;
+		}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Associate the given command label for later lookup.
+ */
+static void
+enterlabel(struct s_command *cp)
+{
+	struct labhash **lhp, *lh;
+	u_char *p;
+	u_int h, c;
+
+	for (h = 0, p = (u_char *)cp->t; (c = *p) != 0; p++)
+		h = (h << 5) + h + c;
+	lhp = &labels[h & LHMASK];
+	for (lh = *lhp; lh != NULL; lh = lh->lh_next)
+		if (lh->lh_hash == h && strcmp(cp->t, lh->lh_cmd->t) == 0)
+			errx(1, "%lu: %s: duplicate label '%s'", linenum, fname, cp->t);
+	lh = xmalloc(sizeof *lh);
+	lh->lh_next = *lhp;
+	lh->lh_hash = h;
+	lh->lh_cmd = cp;
+	lh->lh_ref = 0;
+	*lhp = lh;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find the label contained in the command l in the command linked
+ * list cp.  L is excluded from the search.  Return NULL if not found.
+ */
+static struct s_command *
+findlabel(char *name)
+{
+	struct labhash *lh;
+	u_char *p;
+	u_int h, c;
+
+	for (h = 0, p = (u_char *)name; (c = *p) != 0; p++)
+		h = (h << 5) + h + c;
+	for (lh = labels[h & LHMASK]; lh != NULL; lh = lh->lh_next) {
+		if (lh->lh_hash == h && strcmp(name, lh->lh_cmd->t) == 0) {
+			lh->lh_ref = 1;
+			return (lh->lh_cmd);
+		}
+	}
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Warn about any unused labels.  As a side effect, release the label hash
+ * table space.
+ */
+static void
+uselabel(void)
+{
+	struct labhash *lh, *next;
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < LHSZ; i++) {
+		for (lh = labels[i]; lh != NULL; lh = next) {
+			next = lh->lh_next;
+			if (!lh->lh_ref)
+				warnx("%lu: %s: unused label '%s'",
+				    linenum, fname, lh->lh_cmd->t);
+			free(lh);
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sed/defs.h b/usr.bin/sed/defs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b564115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sed/defs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: defs.h,v 1.12 2014/06/06 21:56:39 wiz Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Diomidis Spinellis.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Diomidis Spinellis of Imperial College, University of London.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)defs.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ * $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/sed/defs.h 192732 2009-05-25 06:45:33Z brian $
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Types of address specifications
+ */
+enum e_atype {
+	AT_RE	    = 1,			/* Line that match RE */
+	AT_LINE,				/* Specific line */
+	AT_RELLINE,				/* Relative line */
+	AT_LAST					/* Last line */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Format of an address
+ */
+struct s_addr {
+	enum e_atype type;			/* Address type */
+	union {
+		u_long l;			/* Line number */
+		regex_t *r;			/* Regular expression */
+	} u;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Substitution command
+ */
+struct s_subst {
+	int n;					/* Occurrence to subst. */
+	int p;					/* True if p flag */
+	int icase;				/* True if I flag */
+	char *wfile;				/* NULL if no wfile */
+	int wfd;				/* Cached file descriptor */
+	regex_t *re;				/* Regular expression */
+	unsigned int maxbref;			/* Largest backreference. */
+	u_long linenum;				/* Line number. */
+	char *new;				/* Replacement text */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Translate command.
+ */
+struct s_tr {
+	unsigned char bytetab[256];
+	struct trmulti {
+		size_t fromlen;
+		char from[MB_LEN_MAX];
+		size_t tolen;
+		char to[MB_LEN_MAX];
+	} *multis;
+	size_t nmultis;
+};
+
+/*
+ * An internally compiled command.
+ * Initialy, label references are stored in t, on a second pass they
+ * are updated to pointers.
+ */
+struct s_command {
+	struct s_command *next;			/* Pointer to next command */
+	struct s_addr *a1, *a2;			/* Start and end address */
+	u_long startline;			/* Start line number or zero */
+	char *t;				/* Text for : a c i r w */
+	union {
+		struct s_command *c;		/* Command(s) for b t { */
+		struct s_subst *s;		/* Substitute command */
+		struct s_tr *y;			/* Replace command array */
+		int fd;				/* File descriptor for w */
+	} u;
+	char code;				/* Command code */
+	u_int nonsel:1;				/* True if ! */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Types of command arguments recognised by the parser
+ */
+enum e_args {
+	EMPTY,			/* d D g G h H l n N p P q x = \0 */
+	TEXT,			/* a c i */
+	NONSEL,			/* ! */
+	GROUP,			/* { */
+	ENDGROUP,		/* } */
+	COMMENT,		/* # */
+	BRANCH,			/* b t */
+	LABEL,			/* : */
+	RFILE,			/* r */
+	WFILE,			/* w */
+	SUBST,			/* s */
+	TR			/* y */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Structure containing things to append before a line is read
+ */
+struct s_appends {
+	enum {AP_STRING, AP_FILE} type;
+	char *s;
+	size_t len;
+};
+
+enum e_spflag {
+	APPEND,					/* Append to the contents. */
+	REPLACE					/* Replace the contents. */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Structure for a space (process, hold, otherwise).
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	char *space;		/* Current space pointer. */
+	size_t len;		/* Current length. */
+	int deleted;		/* If deleted. */
+	char *back;		/* Backing memory. */
+	size_t blen;		/* Backing memory length. */
+} SPACE;
diff --git a/usr.bin/sed/extern.h b/usr.bin/sed/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d28591
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sed/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.20 2015/03/12 12:40:41 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Diomidis Spinellis.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Diomidis Spinellis of Imperial College, University of London.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ * $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/sed/extern.h 170608 2007-06-12 12:05:24Z yar $
+ */
+
+extern struct s_command *prog;
+extern struct s_appends *appends;
+extern regmatch_t *match;
+extern size_t maxnsub;
+extern u_long linenum;
+extern size_t appendnum;
+extern int aflag, eflag, nflag;
+extern const char *fname, *outfname;
+extern FILE *infile, *outfile;
+extern int rflags;	/* regex flags to use */
+
+void	 cfclose(struct s_command *, struct s_command *);
+void	 compile(void);
+void	 cspace(SPACE *, const char *, size_t, enum e_spflag);
+char	*cu_fgets(char *, int, int *);
+int	 mf_fgets(SPACE *, enum e_spflag);
+int	 lastline(void);
+void	 process(void);
+void	 resetstate(void);
+char	*strregerror(int, regex_t *);
+void	*xmalloc(size_t);
+void	*xrealloc(void *, size_t);
+void	*xcalloc(size_t, size_t);
diff --git a/usr.bin/sed/main.c b/usr.bin/sed/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfe9d35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sed/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,517 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.34 2015/03/12 12:40:41 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2013 Johann 'Myrkraverk' Oskarsson.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Diomidis Spinellis.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Diomidis Spinellis of Imperial College, University of London.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.34 2015/03/12 12:40:41 christos Exp $");
+#ifdef __FBSDID
+__FBSDID("$FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/sed/main.c 252231 2013-06-26 04:14:19Z pfg $");
+#endif
+
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993\
+	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/3/94";
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#define _WITH_GETLINE
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * Linked list of units (strings and files) to be compiled
+ */
+struct s_compunit {
+	struct s_compunit *next;
+	enum e_cut {CU_FILE, CU_STRING} type;
+	char *s;			/* Pointer to string or fname */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Linked list pointer to compilation units and pointer to current
+ * next pointer.
+ */
+static struct s_compunit *script, **cu_nextp = &script;
+
+/*
+ * Linked list of files to be processed
+ */
+struct s_flist {
+	char *fname;
+	struct s_flist *next;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Linked list pointer to files and pointer to current
+ * next pointer.
+ */
+static struct s_flist *files, **fl_nextp = &files;
+
+FILE *infile;			/* Current input file */
+FILE *outfile;			/* Current output file */
+
+int aflag, eflag, nflag;
+int rflags = 0;
+static int rval;		/* Exit status */
+
+static int ispan;		/* Whether inplace editing spans across files */
+
+/*
+ * Current file and line number; line numbers restart across compilation
+ * units, but span across input files.  The latter is optional if editing
+ * in place.
+ */
+const char *fname;		/* File name. */
+const char *outfname;		/* Output file name */
+static char oldfname[PATH_MAX];	/* Old file name (for in-place editing) */
+static char tmpfname[PATH_MAX];	/* Temporary file name (for in-place editing) */
+static const char *inplace;	/* Inplace edit file extension. */
+u_long linenum;
+
+static void add_compunit(enum e_cut, char *);
+static void add_file(char *);
+static void usage(void) __dead;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int c, fflag;
+	char *temp_arg;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	(void) setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	fflag = 0;
+	inplace = NULL;
+
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "EI::ae:f:i::lnru")) != -1)
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'r':		/* Gnu sed compat */
+		case 'E':
+			rflags = REG_EXTENDED;
+			break;
+		case 'I':
+			inplace = optarg ? optarg : __UNCONST("");
+			ispan = 1;	/* span across input files */
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			aflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			eflag = 1;
+			temp_arg = xmalloc(strlen(optarg) + 2);
+			strcpy(temp_arg, optarg);
+			strcat(temp_arg, "\n");
+			add_compunit(CU_STRING, temp_arg);
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			fflag = 1;
+			add_compunit(CU_FILE, optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			inplace = optarg ? optarg : __UNCONST("");
+			ispan = 0;	/* don't span across input files */
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+#ifdef _IOLBF
+			c = setvbuf(stdout, NULL, _IOLBF, 0);
+#else
+			c = setlinebuf(stdout);
+#endif
+			if (c)
+				warn("setting line buffered output failed");
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			nflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+#ifdef _IONBF
+			c = setvbuf(stdout, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+#else
+			c = -1;
+			errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+#endif
+			if (c)
+				warn("setting unbuffered output failed");
+			break;
+		default:
+		case '?':
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	/* First usage case; script is the first arg */
+	if (!eflag && !fflag && *argv) {
+		add_compunit(CU_STRING, *argv);
+		argv++;
+	}
+
+	compile();
+
+	/* Continue with first and start second usage */
+	if (*argv)
+		for (; *argv; argv++)
+			add_file(*argv);
+	else
+		add_file(NULL);
+	process();
+	cfclose(prog, NULL);
+	if (fclose(stdout))
+		err(1, "stdout");
+	exit(rval);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage:  %s [-aElnru] command [file ...]\n"
+	    "\t%s [-aElnru] [-e command] [-f command_file] [-I[extension]]\n"
+	    "\t    [-i[extension]] [file ...]\n", getprogname(), getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Like fgets, but go through the chain of compilation units chaining them
+ * together.  Empty strings and files are ignored.
+ */
+char *
+cu_fgets(char *buf, int n, int *more)
+{
+	static enum {ST_EOF, ST_FILE, ST_STRING} state = ST_EOF;
+	static FILE *f;		/* Current open file */
+	static char *s;		/* Current pointer inside string */
+	static char string_ident[30];
+	char *p;
+
+again:
+	switch (state) {
+	case ST_EOF:
+		if (script == NULL) {
+			if (more != NULL)
+				*more = 0;
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		linenum = 0;
+		switch (script->type) {
+		case CU_FILE:
+			if ((f = fopen(script->s, "r")) == NULL)
+				err(1, "%s", script->s);
+			fname = script->s;
+			state = ST_FILE;
+			goto again;
+		case CU_STRING:
+			if (((size_t)snprintf(string_ident,
+			    sizeof(string_ident), "\"%s\"", script->s)) >=
+			    sizeof(string_ident) - 1)
+				(void)strcpy(string_ident +
+				    sizeof(string_ident) - 6, " ...\"");
+			fname = string_ident;
+			s = script->s;
+			state = ST_STRING;
+			goto again;
+		}
+	case ST_FILE:
+		if ((p = fgets(buf, n, f)) != NULL) {
+			linenum++;
+			if (linenum == 1 && buf[0] == '#' && buf[1] == 'n')
+				nflag = 1;
+			if (more != NULL)
+				*more = !feof(f);
+			return (p);
+		}
+		script = script->next;
+		(void)fclose(f);
+		state = ST_EOF;
+		goto again;
+	case ST_STRING:
+		if (linenum == 0 && s[0] == '#' && s[1] == 'n')
+			nflag = 1;
+		p = buf;
+		for (;;) {
+			if (n-- <= 1) {
+				*p = '\0';
+				linenum++;
+				if (more != NULL)
+					*more = 1;
+				return (buf);
+			}
+			switch (*s) {
+			case '\0':
+				state = ST_EOF;
+				if (s == script->s) {
+					script = script->next;
+					goto again;
+				} else {
+					script = script->next;
+					*p = '\0';
+					linenum++;
+					if (more != NULL)
+						*more = 0;
+					return (buf);
+				}
+			case '\n':
+				*p++ = '\n';
+				*p = '\0';
+				s++;
+				linenum++;
+				if (more != NULL)
+					*more = 0;
+				return (buf);
+			default:
+				*p++ = *s++;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Like fgets, but go through the list of files chaining them together.
+ * Set len to the length of the line.
+ */
+int
+mf_fgets(SPACE *sp, enum e_spflag spflag)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	size_t len;
+	static char *p = NULL;
+	static size_t plen = 0;
+	int c;
+	static int firstfile;
+
+	if (infile == NULL) {
+		/* stdin? */
+		if (files->fname == NULL) {
+			if (inplace != NULL)
+				errx(1, "-I or -i may not be used with stdin");
+			infile = stdin;
+			fname = "stdin";
+			outfile = stdout;
+			outfname = "stdout";
+		}
+		firstfile = 1;
+	}
+
+	for (;;) {
+		if (infile != NULL && (c = getc(infile)) != EOF) {
+			(void)ungetc(c, infile);
+			break;
+		}
+		/* If we are here then either eof or no files are open yet */
+		if (infile == stdin) {
+			sp->len = 0;
+			return (0);
+		}
+		if (infile != NULL) {
+			fclose(infile);
+			if (*oldfname != '\0') {
+				/* if there was a backup file, remove it */
+				unlink(oldfname);
+				/*
+				 * Backup the original.  Note that hard links
+				 * are not supported on all filesystems.
+				 */
+				if ((link(fname, oldfname) != 0) &&
+				   (rename(fname, oldfname) != 0)) {
+					warn("rename()");
+					if (*tmpfname)
+						unlink(tmpfname);
+					exit(1);
+				}
+				*oldfname = '\0';
+			}
+			if (*tmpfname != '\0') {
+				if (outfile != NULL && outfile != stdout)
+					if (fclose(outfile) != 0) {
+						warn("fclose()");
+						unlink(tmpfname);
+						exit(1);
+					}
+				outfile = NULL;
+				if (rename(tmpfname, fname) != 0) {
+					/* this should not happen really! */
+					warn("rename()");
+					unlink(tmpfname);
+					exit(1);
+				}
+				*tmpfname = '\0';
+			}
+			outfname = NULL;
+		}
+		if (firstfile == 0)
+			files = files->next;
+		else
+			firstfile = 0;
+		if (files == NULL) {
+			sp->len = 0;
+			return (0);
+		}
+		fname = files->fname;
+		if (inplace != NULL) {
+			if (lstat(fname, &sb) != 0)
+				err(1, "%s", fname);
+			if (!(sb.st_mode & S_IFREG))
+				errx(1, "%s: %s %s", fname,
+				    "in-place editing only",
+				    "works for regular files");
+			if (*inplace != '\0') {
+				strlcpy(oldfname, fname,
+				    sizeof(oldfname));
+				len = strlcat(oldfname, inplace,
+				    sizeof(oldfname));
+				if (len > sizeof(oldfname))
+					errx(1, "%s: name too long", fname);
+			}
+			char d_name[PATH_MAX], f_name[PATH_MAX];
+			(void)strlcpy(d_name, fname, sizeof(d_name));
+			(void)strlcpy(f_name, fname, sizeof(f_name));
+			len = (size_t)snprintf(tmpfname, sizeof(tmpfname),
+			    "%s/.!%ld!%s", dirname(d_name), (long)getpid(),
+			    basename(f_name));
+			if (len >= sizeof(tmpfname))
+				errx(1, "%s: name too long", fname);
+			unlink(tmpfname);
+			if (outfile != NULL && outfile != stdout)
+				fclose(outfile);
+			if ((outfile = fopen(tmpfname, "w")) == NULL)
+				err(1, "%s", fname);
+			fchown(fileno(outfile), sb.st_uid, sb.st_gid);
+			fchmod(fileno(outfile), sb.st_mode & ALLPERMS);
+			outfname = tmpfname;
+			if (!ispan) {
+				linenum = 0;
+				resetstate();
+			}
+		} else {
+			outfile = stdout;
+			outfname = "stdout";
+		}
+		if ((infile = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL) {
+			warn("%s", fname);
+			rval = 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+	}
+	/*
+	 * We are here only when infile is open and we still have something
+	 * to read from it.
+	 *
+	 * Use getline() so that we can handle essentially infinite input
+	 * data.  The p and plen are static so each invocation gives
+	 * getline() the same buffer which is expanded as needed.
+	 */
+	ssize_t slen = getline(&p, &plen, infile);
+	if (slen == -1)
+		err(1, "%s", fname);
+	if (slen != 0 && p[slen - 1] == '\n')
+		slen--;
+	cspace(sp, p, (size_t)slen, spflag);
+
+	linenum++;
+
+	return (1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add a compilation unit to the linked list
+ */
+static void
+add_compunit(enum e_cut type, char *s)
+{
+	struct s_compunit *cu;
+
+	cu = xmalloc(sizeof(struct s_compunit));
+	cu->type = type;
+	cu->s = s;
+	cu->next = NULL;
+	*cu_nextp = cu;
+	cu_nextp = &cu->next;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add a file to the linked list
+ */
+static void
+add_file(char *s)
+{
+	struct s_flist *fp;
+
+	fp = xmalloc(sizeof(struct s_flist));
+	fp->next = NULL;
+	*fl_nextp = fp;
+	fp->fname = s;
+	fl_nextp = &fp->next;
+}
+
+int
+lastline(void)
+{
+	int ch;
+
+	if (files->next != NULL && (inplace == NULL || ispan))
+		return (0);
+	if ((ch = getc(infile)) == EOF)
+		return (1);
+	ungetc(ch, infile);
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sed/misc.c b/usr.bin/sed/misc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd0ecdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sed/misc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: misc.c,v 1.15 2014/06/26 02:14:32 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Diomidis Spinellis.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Diomidis Spinellis of Imperial College, University of London.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: misc.c,v 1.15 2014/06/26 02:14:32 christos Exp $");
+#ifdef __FBSDID
+__FBSDID("$FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/sed/misc.c 200462 2009-12-13 03:14:06Z delphij $");
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)misc.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * malloc with result test
+ */
+void *
+xmalloc(size_t size)
+{
+	void *p;
+
+	if ((p = malloc(size)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc(%zu)", size);
+	return p;
+}
+
+/*
+ * realloc with result test
+ */
+void *
+xrealloc(void *p, size_t size)
+{
+	if (p == NULL)			/* Compatibility hack. */
+		return (xmalloc(size));
+
+	if ((p = realloc(p, size)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "realloc(%zu)", size);
+	return p;
+}
+
+/*
+ * realloc with result test
+ */
+void *
+xcalloc(size_t c, size_t n)
+{
+	void *p;
+
+	if ((p = calloc(c, n)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "calloc(%zu, %zu)", c, n);
+	return p;
+}
+/*
+ * Return a string for a regular expression error passed.  This is overkill,
+ * because of the silly semantics of regerror (we can never know the size of
+ * the buffer).
+ */
+char *
+strregerror(int errcode, regex_t *preg)
+{
+	char buf[1];
+	static char *oe;
+	size_t s;
+
+	if (oe != NULL)
+		free(oe);
+	s = regerror(errcode, preg, buf, 0);
+	oe = xmalloc(s);
+	(void)regerror(errcode, preg, oe, s);
+	return (oe);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sed/process.c b/usr.bin/sed/process.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..896df5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sed/process.c
@@ -0,0 +1,792 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: process.c,v 1.52 2015/03/12 12:40:41 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 Diomidis Spinellis.
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Diomidis Spinellis of Imperial College, University of London.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: process.c,v 1.52 2015/03/12 12:40:41 christos Exp $");
+#ifdef __FBSDID
+__FBSDID("$FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/sed/process.c 192732 2009-05-25 06:45:33Z brian $");
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)process.c	8.6 (Berkeley) 4/20/94";
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static SPACE HS, PS, SS, YS;
+#define	pd		PS.deleted
+#define	ps		PS.space
+#define	psl		PS.len
+#define	hs		HS.space
+#define	hsl		HS.len
+
+static __inline int	 applies(struct s_command *);
+static void		 do_tr(struct s_tr *);
+static void		 flush_appends(void);
+static void		 lputs(char *, size_t);
+static __inline int	 regexec_e(regex_t *, const char *, int, int, size_t);
+static void		 regsub(SPACE *, char *, char *);
+static int		 substitute(struct s_command *);
+
+struct s_appends *appends;	/* Array of pointers to strings to append. */
+static size_t appendx;		/* Index into appends array. */
+size_t appendnum;			/* Size of appends array. */
+
+static int lastaddr;		/* Set by applies if last address of a range. */
+static int sdone;		/* If any substitutes since last line input. */
+				/* Iov structure for 'w' commands. */
+static regex_t *defpreg;
+size_t maxnsub;
+regmatch_t *match;
+
+#define OUT() do {fwrite(ps, 1, psl, outfile); fputc('\n', outfile);} while (0)
+
+void
+process(void)
+{
+	struct s_command *cp;
+	SPACE tspace;
+	size_t oldpsl = 0;
+	char *p;
+
+	p = NULL;
+
+	for (linenum = 0; mf_fgets(&PS, REPLACE);) {
+		pd = 0;
+top:
+		cp = prog;
+redirect:
+		while (cp != NULL) {
+			if (!applies(cp)) {
+				cp = cp->next;
+				continue;
+			}
+			switch (cp->code) {
+			case '{':
+				cp = cp->u.c;
+				goto redirect;
+			case 'a':
+				if (appendx >= appendnum)
+					appends = xrealloc(appends,
+					    sizeof(struct s_appends) *
+					    (appendnum *= 2));
+				appends[appendx].type = AP_STRING;
+				appends[appendx].s = cp->t;
+				appends[appendx].len = strlen(cp->t);
+				appendx++;
+				break;
+			case 'b':
+				cp = cp->u.c;
+				goto redirect;
+			case 'c':
+				pd = 1;
+				psl = 0;
+				if (cp->a2 == NULL || lastaddr || lastline())
+					(void)fprintf(outfile, "%s", cp->t);
+				goto new;
+			case 'd':
+				pd = 1;
+				goto new;
+			case 'D':
+				if (pd)
+					goto new;
+				if (psl == 0 ||
+				    (p = memchr(ps, '\n', psl - 1)) == NULL) {
+					pd = 1;
+					goto new;
+				} else {
+					psl -= (size_t)((p + 1) - ps);
+					memmove(ps, p + 1, psl);
+					goto top;
+				}
+			case 'g':
+				cspace(&PS, hs, hsl, REPLACE);
+				break;
+			case 'G':
+				cspace(&PS, "\n", 1, APPEND);
+				cspace(&PS, hs, hsl, APPEND);
+				break;
+			case 'h':
+				cspace(&HS, ps, psl, REPLACE);
+				break;
+			case 'H':
+				cspace(&HS, "\n", 1, APPEND);
+				cspace(&HS, ps, psl, APPEND);
+				break;
+			case 'i':
+				(void)fprintf(outfile, "%s", cp->t);
+				break;
+			case 'l':
+				lputs(ps, psl);
+				break;
+			case 'n':
+				if (!nflag && !pd)
+					OUT();
+				flush_appends();
+				if (!mf_fgets(&PS, REPLACE))
+					exit(0);
+				pd = 0;
+				break;
+			case 'N':
+				flush_appends();
+				cspace(&PS, "\n", 1, APPEND);
+				if (!mf_fgets(&PS, APPEND))
+					exit(0);
+				break;
+			case 'p':
+				if (pd)
+					break;
+				OUT();
+				break;
+			case 'P':
+				if (pd)
+					break;
+				if ((p = memchr(ps, '\n', psl - 1)) != NULL) {
+					oldpsl = psl;
+					psl = (size_t)(p - ps);
+				}
+				OUT();
+				if (p != NULL)
+					psl = oldpsl;
+				break;
+			case 'q':
+				if (!nflag && !pd)
+					OUT();
+				flush_appends();
+				exit(0);
+			case 'r':
+				if (appendx >= appendnum)
+					appends = xrealloc(appends,
+					    sizeof(struct s_appends) *
+					    (appendnum *= 2));
+				appends[appendx].type = AP_FILE;
+				appends[appendx].s = cp->t;
+				appends[appendx].len = strlen(cp->t);
+				appendx++;
+				break;
+			case 's':
+				sdone |= substitute(cp);
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				if (sdone) {
+					sdone = 0;
+					cp = cp->u.c;
+					goto redirect;
+				}
+				break;
+			case 'w':
+				if (pd)
+					break;
+				if (cp->u.fd == -1 && (cp->u.fd = open(cp->t,
+				    O_WRONLY|O_APPEND|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC,
+				    DEFFILEMODE)) == -1)
+					err(1, "%s", cp->t);
+				if (write(cp->u.fd, ps, psl) != (ssize_t)psl ||
+				    write(cp->u.fd, "\n", 1) != 1)
+					err(1, "%s", cp->t);
+				break;
+			case 'x':
+				/*
+				 * If the hold space is null, make it empty
+				 * but not null.  Otherwise the pattern space
+				 * will become null after the swap, which is
+				 * an abnormal condition.
+				 */
+				if (hs == NULL)
+					cspace(&HS, "", 0, REPLACE);
+				tspace = PS;
+				PS = HS;
+				HS = tspace;
+				break;
+			case 'y':
+				if (pd || psl == 0)
+					break;
+				do_tr(cp->u.y);
+				break;
+			case ':':
+			case '}':
+				break;
+			case '=':
+				(void)fprintf(outfile, "%lu\n", linenum);
+			}
+			cp = cp->next;
+		} /* for all cp */
+
+new:		if (!nflag && !pd)
+			OUT();
+		flush_appends();
+	} /* for all lines */
+}
+
+/*
+ * TRUE if the address passed matches the current program state
+ * (lastline, linenumber, ps).
+ */
+#define	MATCH(a)							\
+	((a)->type == AT_RE ? regexec_e((a)->u.r, ps, 0, 1, psl) :	\
+	    (a)->type == AT_LINE ? linenum == (a)->u.l : lastline())
+
+/*
+ * Return TRUE if the command applies to the current line.  Sets the start
+ * line for process ranges.  Interprets the non-select (``!'') flag.
+ */
+static __inline int
+applies(struct s_command *cp)
+{
+	int r;
+
+	lastaddr = 0;
+	if (cp->a1 == NULL && cp->a2 == NULL)
+		r = 1;
+	else if (cp->a2)
+		if (cp->startline > 0) {
+			switch (cp->a2->type) {
+			case AT_RELLINE:
+				if (linenum - cp->startline <= cp->a2->u.l)
+					r = 1;
+				else {
+					cp->startline = 0;
+					r = 0;
+				}
+				break;
+			default:
+				if (MATCH(cp->a2)) {
+					cp->startline = 0;
+					lastaddr = 1;
+					r = 1;
+				} else if (cp->a2->type == AT_LINE &&
+				    linenum > cp->a2->u.l) {
+					/*
+					 * We missed the 2nd address due to a
+					 * branch, so just close the range and
+					 * return false.
+					 */
+					cp->startline = 0;
+					r = 0;
+				} else
+					r = 1;
+			}
+		} else if (cp->a1 && MATCH(cp->a1)) {
+			/*
+			 * If the second address is a number less than or
+			 * equal to the line number first selected, only
+			 * one line shall be selected.
+			 *	-- POSIX 1003.2
+			 * Likewise if the relative second line address is zero.
+			 */
+			if ((cp->a2->type == AT_LINE &&
+			    linenum >= cp->a2->u.l) ||
+			    (cp->a2->type == AT_RELLINE && cp->a2->u.l == 0))
+				lastaddr = 1;
+			else {
+				cp->startline = linenum;
+			}
+			r = 1;
+		} else
+			r = 0;
+	else
+		r = MATCH(cp->a1);
+	return (cp->nonsel ? ! r : r);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reset the sed processor to its initial state.
+ */
+void
+resetstate(void)
+{
+	struct s_command *cp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Reset all in-range markers.
+	 */
+	for (cp = prog; cp; cp = cp->code == '{' ? cp->u.c : cp->next)
+		if (cp->a2)
+			cp->startline = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Clear out the hold space.
+	 */
+	cspace(&HS, "", 0, REPLACE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * substitute --
+ *	Do substitutions in the pattern space.  Currently, we build a
+ *	copy of the new pattern space in the substitute space structure
+ *	and then swap them.
+ */
+static int
+substitute(struct s_command *cp)
+{
+	SPACE tspace;
+	regex_t *re;
+	regoff_t re_off, slen;
+	int lastempty, n;
+	char *s;
+
+	s = ps;
+	re = cp->u.s->re;
+	if (re == NULL) {
+		if (defpreg != NULL && cp->u.s->maxbref > defpreg->re_nsub) {
+			linenum = cp->u.s->linenum;
+			errx(1, "%lu: %s: \\%u not defined in the RE",
+					linenum, fname, cp->u.s->maxbref);
+		}
+	}
+	if (!regexec_e(re, s, 0, 0, psl))
+		return (0);
+
+	SS.len = 0;				/* Clean substitute space. */
+	slen = (regoff_t)psl;
+	n = cp->u.s->n;
+	lastempty = 1;
+
+	switch (n) {
+	case 0:					/* Global */
+		do {
+			if (lastempty || match[0].rm_so != match[0].rm_eo) {
+				/* Locate start of replaced string. */
+				re_off = match[0].rm_so;
+				/* Copy leading retained string. */
+				cspace(&SS, s, (size_t)re_off, APPEND);
+				/* Add in regular expression. */
+				regsub(&SS, s, cp->u.s->new);
+			}
+
+			/* Move past this match. */
+			if (match[0].rm_so != match[0].rm_eo) {
+				s += match[0].rm_eo;
+				slen -= match[0].rm_eo;
+				lastempty = 0;
+			} else {
+				if (match[0].rm_so < slen)
+					cspace(&SS, s + match[0].rm_so, 1,
+					    APPEND);
+				s += match[0].rm_so + 1;
+				slen -= match[0].rm_so + 1;
+				lastempty = 1;
+			}
+		} while (slen >= 0 && regexec_e(re, s, REG_NOTBOL, 0, (size_t)slen));
+		/* Copy trailing retained string. */
+		if (slen > 0)
+			cspace(&SS, s, (size_t)slen, APPEND);
+		break;
+	default:				/* Nth occurrence */
+		while (--n) {
+			if (match[0].rm_eo == match[0].rm_so)
+				match[0].rm_eo = match[0].rm_so + 1;
+			s += match[0].rm_eo;
+			slen -= match[0].rm_eo;
+			if (slen < 0)
+				return (0);
+			if (!regexec_e(re, s, REG_NOTBOL, 0, (size_t)slen))
+				return (0);
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 1:					/* 1st occurrence */
+		/* Locate start of replaced string. */
+		re_off = match[0].rm_so + (s - ps);
+		/* Copy leading retained string. */
+		cspace(&SS, ps, (size_t)re_off, APPEND);
+		/* Add in regular expression. */
+		regsub(&SS, s, cp->u.s->new);
+		/* Copy trailing retained string. */
+		s += match[0].rm_eo;
+		slen -= match[0].rm_eo;
+		cspace(&SS, s, (size_t)slen, APPEND);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Swap the substitute space and the pattern space, and make sure
+	 * that any leftover pointers into stdio memory get lost.
+	 */
+	tspace = PS;
+	PS = SS;
+	SS = tspace;
+	SS.space = SS.back;
+
+	/* Handle the 'p' flag. */
+	if (cp->u.s->p)
+		OUT();
+
+	/* Handle the 'w' flag. */
+	if (cp->u.s->wfile && !pd) {
+		if (cp->u.s->wfd == -1 && (cp->u.s->wfd = open(cp->u.s->wfile,
+		    O_WRONLY|O_APPEND|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, DEFFILEMODE)) == -1)
+			err(1, "%s", cp->u.s->wfile);
+		if (write(cp->u.s->wfd, ps, psl) != (ssize_t)psl ||
+		    write(cp->u.s->wfd, "\n", 1) != 1)
+			err(1, "%s", cp->u.s->wfile);
+	}
+	return (1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * do_tr --
+ *	Perform translation ('y' command) in the pattern space.
+ */
+static void
+do_tr(struct s_tr *y)
+{
+	SPACE tmp;
+	char c, *p;
+	size_t clen, left;
+	size_t i;
+
+	if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1) {
+		/*
+		 * Single-byte encoding: perform in-place translation
+		 * of the pattern space.
+		 */
+		for (p = ps; p < &ps[psl]; p++)
+			*p = (char)y->bytetab[(u_char)*p];
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Multi-byte encoding: perform translation into the
+		 * translation space, then swap the translation and
+		 * pattern spaces.
+		 */
+		/* Clean translation space. */
+		YS.len = 0;
+		for (p = ps, left = psl; left > 0; p += clen, left -= clen) {
+			if ((c = (char)y->bytetab[(u_char)*p]) != '\0') {
+				cspace(&YS, &c, 1, APPEND);
+				clen = 1;
+				continue;
+			}
+			for (i = 0; i < y->nmultis; i++)
+				if (left >= y->multis[i].fromlen &&
+				    memcmp(p, y->multis[i].from,
+				    y->multis[i].fromlen) == 0)
+					break;
+			if (i < y->nmultis) {
+				cspace(&YS, y->multis[i].to,
+				    y->multis[i].tolen, APPEND);
+				clen = y->multis[i].fromlen;
+			} else {
+				cspace(&YS, p, 1, APPEND);
+				clen = 1;
+			}
+		}
+		/* Swap the translation space and the pattern space. */
+		tmp = PS;
+		PS = YS;
+		YS = tmp;
+		YS.space = YS.back;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Flush append requests.  Always called before reading a line,
+ * therefore it also resets the substitution done (sdone) flag.
+ */
+static void
+flush_appends(void)
+{
+	FILE *f;
+	size_t count, i;
+	char buf[8 * 1024];
+
+	for (i = 0; i < appendx; i++)
+		switch (appends[i].type) {
+		case AP_STRING:
+			fwrite(appends[i].s, sizeof(char), appends[i].len,
+			    outfile);
+			break;
+		case AP_FILE:
+			/*
+			 * Read files probably shouldn't be cached.  Since
+			 * it's not an error to read a non-existent file,
+			 * it's possible that another program is interacting
+			 * with the sed script through the filesystem.  It
+			 * would be truly bizarre, but possible.  It's probably
+			 * not that big a performance win, anyhow.
+			 */
+			if ((f = fopen(appends[i].s, "r")) == NULL)
+				break;
+			while ((count = fread(buf, sizeof(char), sizeof(buf), f)))
+				(void)fwrite(buf, sizeof(char), count, outfile);
+			(void)fclose(f);
+			break;
+		}
+	if (ferror(outfile))
+		errx(1, "%s: %s", outfname, strerror(errno ? errno : EIO));
+	appendx = 0;
+	sdone = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+lputs(char *s, size_t len)
+{
+	static const char escapes[] = "\\\a\b\f\r\t\v";
+	int c;
+	size_t col, width;
+	const char *p;
+#ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
+	struct winsize win;
+#endif
+	static size_t termwidth = (size_t)-1;
+	size_t clen, i;
+	wchar_t wc;
+	mbstate_t mbs;
+
+	if (outfile != stdout)
+		termwidth = 60;
+	if (termwidth == (size_t)-1) {
+		if ((p = getenv("COLUMNS")) && *p != '\0')
+			termwidth = (size_t)atoi(p);
+#ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
+		else if (ioctl(STDOUT_FILENO, TIOCGWINSZ, &win) == 0 &&
+		    win.ws_col > 0)
+			termwidth = win.ws_col;
+#endif
+		else
+			termwidth = 60;
+	}
+	if (termwidth == 0)
+		termwidth = 1;
+
+	memset(&mbs, 0, sizeof(mbs));
+	col = 0;
+	while (len != 0) {
+		clen = mbrtowc(&wc, s, len, &mbs);
+		if (clen == 0)
+			clen = 1;
+		if (clen == (size_t)-1 || clen == (size_t)-2) {
+			wc = (unsigned char)*s;
+			clen = 1;
+			memset(&mbs, 0, sizeof(mbs));
+		}
+		if (wc == '\n') {
+			if (col + 1 >= termwidth)
+				fprintf(outfile, "\\\n");
+			fputc('$', outfile);
+			fputc('\n', outfile);
+			col = 0;
+		} else if (iswprint(wc)) {
+			width = (size_t)wcwidth(wc);
+			if (col + width >= termwidth) {
+				fprintf(outfile, "\\\n");
+				col = 0;
+			}
+			fwrite(s, 1, clen, outfile);
+			col += width;
+		} else if (wc != L'\0' && (c = wctob(wc)) != EOF &&
+		    (p = strchr(escapes, c)) != NULL) {
+			if (col + 2 >= termwidth) {
+				fprintf(outfile, "\\\n");
+				col = 0;
+			}
+			fprintf(outfile, "\\%c", "\\abfrtv"[p - escapes]);
+			col += 2;
+		} else {
+			if (col + 4 * clen >= termwidth) {
+				fprintf(outfile, "\\\n");
+				col = 0;
+			}
+			for (i = 0; i < clen; i++)
+				fprintf(outfile, "\\%03o",
+				    (int)(unsigned char)s[i]);
+			col += 4 * clen;
+		}
+		s += clen;
+		len -= clen;
+	}
+	if (col + 1 >= termwidth)
+		fprintf(outfile, "\\\n");
+	(void)fputc('$', outfile);
+	(void)fputc('\n', outfile);
+	if (ferror(outfile))
+		errx(1, "%s: %s", outfname, strerror(errno ? errno : EIO));
+}
+
+static __inline int
+regexec_e(regex_t *preg, const char *string, int eflags, int nomatch,
+	size_t slen)
+{
+	int eval;
+#ifndef REG_STARTEND
+	char *buf;
+#endif
+
+	if (preg == NULL) {
+		if (defpreg == NULL)
+			errx(1, "first RE may not be empty");
+	} else
+		defpreg = preg;
+
+	/* Set anchors */
+#ifndef REG_STARTEND
+	buf = xmalloc(slen + 1);
+	(void)memcpy(buf, string, slen);
+	buf[slen] = '\0';
+	eval = regexec(defpreg, buf,
+	    nomatch ? 0 : maxnsub + 1, match, eflags);
+	free(buf);
+#else
+	match[0].rm_so = 0;
+	match[0].rm_eo = (regoff_t)slen;
+	eval = regexec(defpreg, string,
+	    nomatch ? 0 : maxnsub + 1, match, eflags | REG_STARTEND);
+#endif
+	switch(eval) {
+	case 0:
+		return (1);
+	case REG_NOMATCH:
+		return (0);
+	}
+	errx(1, "RE error: %s", strregerror(eval, defpreg));
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * regsub - perform substitutions after a regexp match
+ * Based on a routine by Henry Spencer
+ */
+static void
+regsub(SPACE *sp, char *string, char *src)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	int no;
+	char c, *dst;
+
+#define	NEEDSP(reqlen)							\
+	/* XXX What is the +1 for? */					\
+	if (sp->len + (reqlen) + 1 >= sp->blen) {			\
+		sp->blen += (reqlen) + 1024;				\
+		sp->space = sp->back = xrealloc(sp->back, sp->blen);	\
+		dst = sp->space + sp->len;				\
+	}
+
+	dst = sp->space + sp->len;
+	while ((c = *src++) != '\0') {
+		if (c == '&')
+			no = 0;
+		else if (c == '\\' && isdigit((unsigned char)*src))
+			no = *src++ - '0';
+		else
+			no = -1;
+		if (no < 0) {		/* Ordinary character. */
+			if (c == '\\' && (*src == '\\' || *src == '&'))
+				c = *src++;
+			NEEDSP(1);
+			*dst++ = c;
+			++sp->len;
+		} else if (match[no].rm_so != -1 && match[no].rm_eo != -1) {
+			len = (size_t)(match[no].rm_eo - match[no].rm_so);
+			NEEDSP(len);
+			memmove(dst, string + match[no].rm_so, len);
+			dst += len;
+			sp->len += len;
+		}
+	}
+	NEEDSP(1);
+	*dst = '\0';
+}
+
+/*
+ * cspace --
+ *	Concatenate space: append the source space to the destination space,
+ *	allocating new space as necessary.
+ */
+void
+cspace(SPACE *sp, const char *p, size_t len, enum e_spflag spflag)
+{
+	size_t tlen;
+
+	/* Make sure SPACE has enough memory and ramp up quickly. */
+	tlen = sp->len + len + 1;
+	if (tlen > sp->blen) {
+		sp->blen = tlen + 1024;
+		sp->space = sp->back = xrealloc(sp->back, sp->blen);
+	}
+
+	if (spflag == REPLACE)
+		sp->len = 0;
+
+	memmove(sp->space + sp->len, p, len);
+
+	sp->space[sp->len += len] = '\0';
+}
+
+/*
+ * Close all cached opened files and report any errors
+ */
+void
+cfclose(struct s_command *cp, struct s_command *end)
+{
+
+	for (; cp != end; cp = cp->next)
+		switch(cp->code) {
+		case 's':
+			if (cp->u.s->wfd != -1 && close(cp->u.s->wfd))
+				err(1, "%s", cp->u.s->wfile);
+			cp->u.s->wfd = -1;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			if (cp->u.fd != -1 && close(cp->u.fd))
+				err(1, "%s", cp->t);
+			cp->u.fd = -1;
+			break;
+		case '{':
+			cfclose(cp->u.c, cp->next);
+			break;
+		}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sed/sed.1 b/usr.bin/sed/sed.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82b3cbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sed/sed.1
@@ -0,0 +1,640 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: sed.1,v 1.40 2014/06/25 02:05:58 uwe Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)sed.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/30/93
+.\" $FreeBSD: head/usr.bin/sed/sed.1 259132 2013-12-09 18:57:20Z eadler $
+.\"
+.Dd June 18, 2014
+.Dt SED 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sed
+.Nd stream editor
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl aElnru
+.Ar command
+.Op Ar
+.Nm
+.Op Fl aElnru
+.Op Fl e Ar command
+.Op Fl f Ar command_file
+.Op Fl I Ns Op Ar extension
+.Op Fl i Ns Op Ar extension
+.Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility reads the specified files, or the standard input if no files
+are specified, modifying the input as specified by a list of commands.
+The input is then written to the standard output.
+.Pp
+A single command may be specified as the first argument to
+.Nm .
+Multiple commands may be specified by using the
+.Fl e
+or
+.Fl f
+options.
+All commands are applied to the input in the order they are specified
+regardless of their origin.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl a
+The files listed as parameters for the
+.Dq w
+functions are created (or truncated) before any processing begins,
+by default.
+The
+.Fl a
+option causes
+.Nm
+to delay opening each file until a command containing the related
+.Dq w
+function is applied to a line of input.
+.It Fl E
+Interpret regular expressions as extended (modern) regular expressions
+rather than basic regular expressions (BRE's).
+The
+.Xr re_format 7
+manual page fully describes both formats.
+.It Fl e Ar command
+Append the editing commands specified by the
+.Ar command
+argument
+to the list of commands.
+.It Fl f Ar command_file
+Append the editing commands found in the file
+.Ar command_file
+to the list of commands.
+The editing commands should each be listed on a separate line.
+.It Fl I Ns Op Ar extension
+Edit files in-place, saving backups with the specified
+.Ar extension .
+If no
+.Ar extension
+is given, no backup will be saved.
+It is not recommended to give a zero-length
+.Ar extension
+when in-place editing files, as you risk corruption or partial content
+in situations where disk space is exhausted, etc.
+.Pp
+Note that in-place editing with
+.Fl I
+still takes place in a single continuous line address space covering
+all files, although each file preserves its individuality instead of
+forming one output stream.
+The line counter is never reset between files, address ranges can span
+file boundaries, and the
+.Dq $
+address matches only the last line of the last file.
+(See
+.Sx "Sed Addresses" . )
+That can lead to unexpected results in many cases of in-place editing,
+where using
+.Fl i
+is desired.
+.It Fl i Ns Op Ar extension
+Edit files in-place similarly to
+.Fl I ,
+but treat each file independently from other files.
+In particular, line numbers in each file start at 1,
+the
+.Dq $
+address matches the last line of the current file,
+and address ranges are limited to the current file.
+(See
+.Sx "Sed Addresses" . )
+The net result is as though each file were edited by a separate
+.Nm
+instance.
+.It Fl l
+Make output line buffered.
+.It Fl n
+By default, each line of input is echoed to the standard output after
+all of the commands have been applied to it.
+The
+.Fl n
+option suppresses this behavior.
+.It Fl r
+Same as
+.Fl E
+for compatibility with GNU sed.
+.It Fl u
+Make output unbuffered.
+.El
+.Pp
+The form of a
+.Nm
+command is as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl [address[,address]]function[arguments]
+.Pp
+Whitespace may be inserted before the first address and the function
+portions of the command.
+.Pp
+Normally,
+.Nm
+cyclically copies a line of input, not including its terminating newline
+character, into a
+.Em "pattern space" ,
+(unless there is something left after a
+.Dq D
+function),
+applies all of the commands with addresses that select that pattern space,
+copies the pattern space to the standard output, appending a newline, and
+deletes the pattern space.
+.Pp
+Some of the functions use a
+.Em "hold space"
+to save all or part of the pattern space for subsequent retrieval.
+.Ss "Sed Addresses"
+An address is not required, but if specified must have one of the
+following formats:
+.Bl -bullet -offset indent
+.It
+a number that counts
+input lines
+cumulatively across input files (or in each file independently
+if a
+.Fl i
+option is in effect);
+.It
+a dollar
+.Pq Dq $
+character that addresses the last line of input (or the last line
+of the current file if a
+.Fl i
+option was specified);
+.It
+a context address
+that consists of a regular expression preceded and followed by a
+delimiter.
+The closing delimiter can also optionally be followed by the
+.Dq i
+character, to indicate that the regular expression is to be matched
+in a case-insensitive way.
+.El
+.Pp
+A command line with no addresses selects every pattern space.
+.Pp
+A command line with one address selects all of the pattern spaces
+that match the address.
+.Pp
+A command line with two addresses selects an inclusive range.
+This
+range starts with the first pattern space that matches the first
+address.
+The end of the range is the next following pattern space
+that matches the second address.
+If the second address is a number
+less than or equal to the line number first selected, only that
+line is selected.
+The number in the second address may be prefixed with a
+.Pq Dq \&+
+to specify the number of lines to match after the first pattern.
+In the case when the second address is a context
+address,
+.Nm
+does not re-match the second address against the
+pattern space that matched the first address.
+Starting at the
+first line following the selected range,
+.Nm
+starts looking again for the first address.
+.Pp
+Editing commands can be applied to non-selected pattern spaces by use
+of the exclamation character
+.Pq Dq \&!
+function.
+.Ss "Sed Regular Expressions"
+The regular expressions used in
+.Nm ,
+by default, are basic regular expressions (BREs, see
+.Xr re_format 7
+for more information), but extended (modern) regular expressions can be used
+instead if the
+.Fl E
+flag is given.
+In addition,
+.Nm
+has the following two additions to regular expressions:
+.Pp
+.Bl -enum -compact
+.It
+In a context address, any character other than a backslash
+.Pq Dq \e
+or newline character may be used to delimit the regular expression.
+The opening delimiter needs to be preceded by a backslash
+unless it is a slash.
+For example, the context address
+.Li \exabcx
+is equivalent to
+.Li /abc/ .
+Also, putting a backslash character before the delimiting character
+within the regular expression causes the character to be treated literally.
+For example, in the context address
+.Li \exabc\exdefx ,
+the RE delimiter is an
+.Dq x
+and the second
+.Dq x
+stands for itself, so that the regular expression is
+.Dq abcxdef .
+.Pp
+.It
+The escape sequence \en matches a newline character embedded in the
+pattern space.
+You cannot, however, use a literal newline character in an address or
+in the substitute command.
+.El
+.Pp
+One special feature of
+.Nm
+regular expressions is that they can default to the last regular
+expression used.
+If a regular expression is empty, i.e., just the delimiter characters
+are specified, the last regular expression encountered is used instead.
+The last regular expression is defined as the last regular expression
+used as part of an address or substitute command, and at run-time, not
+compile-time.
+For example, the command
+.Dq /abc/s//XXX/
+will substitute
+.Dq XXX
+for the pattern
+.Dq abc .
+.Ss "Sed Functions"
+In the following list of commands, the maximum number of permissible
+addresses for each command is indicated by [0addr], [1addr], or [2addr],
+representing zero, one, or two addresses.
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Em text
+consists of one or more lines.
+To embed a newline in the text, precede it with a backslash.
+Other backslashes in text are deleted and the following character
+taken literally.
+.Pp
+The
+.Dq r
+and
+.Dq w
+functions take an optional file parameter, which should be separated
+from the function letter by white space.
+Each file given as an argument to
+.Nm
+is created (or its contents truncated) before any input processing begins.
+.Pp
+The
+.Dq b ,
+.Dq r ,
+.Dq s ,
+.Dq t ,
+.Dq w ,
+.Dq y ,
+.Dq \&! ,
+and
+.Dq \&:
+functions all accept additional arguments.
+The following synopses indicate which arguments have to be separated from
+the function letters by white space characters.
+.Pp
+Two of the functions take a function-list.
+This is a list of
+.Nm
+functions separated by newlines, as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+{ function
+  function
+  ...
+  function
+}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Dq {
+can be preceded by white space and can be followed by white space.
+The function can be preceded by white space.
+The terminating
+.Dq }
+must be preceded by a newline, and may also be preceded by white space.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "XXXXXX" -compact
+.It [2addr] function-list
+Execute function-list only when the pattern space is selected.
+.Pp
+.It [1addr]a\e
+.It text
+Write
+.Em text
+to standard output immediately before each attempt to read a line of input,
+whether by executing the
+.Dq N
+function or by beginning a new cycle.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]b[label]
+Branch to the
+.Dq \&:
+function with the specified label.
+If the label is not specified, branch to the end of the script.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]c\e
+.It text
+Delete the pattern space.
+With 0 or 1 address or at the end of a 2-address range,
+.Em text
+is written to the standard output.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]d
+Delete the pattern space and start the next cycle.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]D
+Delete the initial segment of the pattern space through the first
+newline character and start the next cycle.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]g
+Replace the contents of the pattern space with the contents of the
+hold space.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]G
+Append a newline character followed by the contents of the hold space
+to the pattern space.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]h
+Replace the contents of the hold space with the contents of the
+pattern space.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]H
+Append a newline character followed by the contents of the pattern space
+to the hold space.
+.Pp
+.It [1addr]i\e
+.It text
+Write
+.Em text
+to the standard output.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]l
+(The letter ell.)
+Write the pattern space to the standard output in a visually unambiguous
+form.
+This form is as follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "carriage-returnXX" -offset indent -compact
+.It backslash
+\e\e
+.It alert
+\ea
+.It form-feed
+\ef
+.It carriage-return
+\er
+.It tab
+\et
+.It vertical tab
+\ev
+.El
+.Pp
+Nonprintable characters are written as three-digit octal numbers (with a
+preceding backslash) for each byte in the character (most significant byte
+first).
+Long lines are folded, with the point of folding indicated by displaying
+a backslash followed by a newline.
+The end of each line is marked with a
+.Dq $ .
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]n
+Write the pattern space to the standard output if the default output has
+not been suppressed, and replace the pattern space with the next line of
+input.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]N
+Append the next line of input to the pattern space, using an embedded
+newline character to separate the appended material from the original
+contents.
+Note that the current line number changes.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]p
+Write the pattern space to standard output.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]P
+Write the pattern space, up to the first newline character to the
+standard output.
+.Pp
+.It [1addr]q
+Branch to the end of the script and quit without starting a new cycle.
+.Pp
+.It [1addr]r file
+Copy the contents of
+.Em file
+to the standard output immediately before the next attempt to read a
+line of input.
+If
+.Em file
+cannot be read for any reason, it is silently ignored and no error
+condition is set.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]s/regular expression/replacement/flags
+Substitute the replacement string for the first instance of the regular
+expression in the pattern space.
+Any character other than backslash or newline can be used instead of
+a slash to delimit the RE and the replacement.
+Within the RE and the replacement, the RE delimiter itself can be used as
+a literal character if it is preceded by a backslash.
+.Pp
+An ampersand
+.Pq Dq &
+appearing in the replacement is replaced by the string matching the RE.
+The special meaning of
+.Dq &
+in this context can be suppressed by preceding it by a backslash.
+The string
+.Dq \e# ,
+where
+.Dq #
+is a digit, is replaced by the text matched
+by the corresponding backreference expression (see
+.Xr re_format 7 ) .
+.Pp
+A line can be split by substituting a newline character into it.
+To specify a newline character in the replacement string, precede it with
+a backslash.
+.Pp
+The value of
+.Em flags
+in the substitute function is zero or more of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width "XXXXXX" -offset indent
+.It Ar N
+Make the substitution only for the
+.Ar N Ns 'th
+occurrence of the regular expression in the pattern space.
+.It g
+Make the substitution for all non-overlapping matches of the
+regular expression, not just the first one.
+.It p
+Write the pattern space to standard output if a replacement was made.
+If the replacement string is identical to that which it replaces, it
+is still considered to have been a replacement.
+.It w Em file
+Append the pattern space to
+.Em file
+if a replacement was made.
+If the replacement string is identical to that which it replaces, it
+is still considered to have been a replacement.
+.It i or I
+Match the regular expression in a case-insensitive way.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]t [label]
+Branch to the
+.Dq \&:
+function bearing the label if any substitutions have been made since the
+most recent reading of an input line or execution of a
+.Dq t
+function.
+If no label is specified, branch to the end of the script.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]w Em file
+Append the pattern space to the
+.Em file .
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]x
+Swap the contents of the pattern and hold spaces.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]y/string1/string2/
+Replace all occurrences of characters in
+.Em string1
+in the pattern space with the corresponding characters from
+.Em string2 .
+Any character other than a backslash or newline can be used instead of
+a slash to delimit the strings.
+Within
+.Em string1
+and
+.Em string2 ,
+a backslash followed by any character other than a newline is that literal
+character, and a backslash followed by an ``n'' is replaced by a newline
+character.
+.Pp
+.It [2addr]!function
+.It [2addr]!function-list
+Apply the function or function-list only to the lines that are
+.Em not
+selected by the address(es).
+.Pp
+.It [0addr]:label
+This function does nothing; it bears a label to which the
+.Dq b
+and
+.Dq t
+commands may branch.
+.Pp
+.It [1addr]=
+Write the line number to the standard output followed by a newline
+character.
+.Pp
+.It [0addr]
+Empty lines are ignored.
+.Pp
+.It [0addr]#
+The
+.Dq #
+and the remainder of the line are ignored (treated as a comment), with
+the single exception that if the first two characters in the file are
+.Dq #n ,
+the default output is suppressed.
+This is the same as specifying the
+.Fl n
+option on the command line.
+.El
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+The
+.Ev COLUMNS , LANG , LC_ALL , LC_CTYPE
+and
+.Ev LC_COLLATE
+environment variables affect the execution of
+.Nm
+as described in
+.Xr environ 7 .
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr awk 1 ,
+.Xr ed 1 ,
+.Xr grep 1 ,
+.Xr regex 3 ,
+.Xr re_format 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be a superset of the
+.St -p1003.2
+specification.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl a , E , I ,
+and
+.Fl i
+options, the prefixing
+.Dq \&+
+in the second member of an address range,
+as well as the
+.Dq I
+flag to the address regular expression and substitution command are
+non-standard
+.Fx
+extensions and may not be available on other operating systems.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command, written by
+.An L. E. McMahon ,
+appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An "Diomidis D. Spinellis" Aq dds@FreeBSD.org
+.Sh BUGS
+Multibyte characters containing a byte with value 0x5C
+.Tn ( ASCII
+.Ql \e )
+may be incorrectly treated as line continuation characters in arguments to the
+.Dq a ,
+.Dq c
+and
+.Dq i
+commands.
+Multibyte characters cannot be used as delimiters with the
+.Dq s
+and
+.Dq y
+commands.
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/append.c b/usr.bin/sort/append.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07e15e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/append.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: append.c,v 1.23 2009/11/06 18:34:22 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include "sort.h"
+
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: append.c,v 1.23 2009/11/06 18:34:22 joerg Exp $");
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+ * copy sorted lines to output
+ * Ignore duplicates (marked with -ve keylen)
+ */
+void
+append(RECHEADER **keylist, int nelem, FILE *fp, put_func_t put)
+{
+	RECHEADER **cpos, **lastkey;
+	RECHEADER *crec;
+
+	lastkey = keylist + nelem;
+	if (REVERSE) {
+		for (cpos = lastkey; cpos-- > keylist;) {
+			crec = *cpos;
+			if (crec->keylen >= 0)
+				put(crec, fp);
+		}
+	} else {
+		for (cpos = keylist; cpos < lastkey; cpos++) {
+			crec = *cpos;
+			if (crec->keylen >= 0)
+				put(crec, fp);
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/fields.c b/usr.bin/sort/fields.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6208a78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/fields.c
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: fields.c,v 1.33 2013/01/20 10:12:58 apb Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* Subroutines to generate sort keys. */
+
+#include "sort.h"
+
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: fields.c,v 1.33 2013/01/20 10:12:58 apb Exp $");
+
+#define SKIP_BLANKS(ptr) {					\
+	if (BLANK & d_mask[*(ptr)])				\
+		while (BLANK & d_mask[*(++(ptr))]);		\
+}
+
+#define NEXTCOL(pos) {						\
+	if (!SEP_FLAG)						\
+		while (BLANK & l_d_mask[*(++pos)]);		\
+	while ((*(pos+1) != '\0') && !((FLD_D | REC_D_F) & l_d_mask[*++pos]));\
+}
+		
+static u_char *enterfield(u_char *, const u_char *, struct field *, int);
+static u_char *number(u_char *, const u_char *, u_char *, u_char *, int);
+static u_char *length(u_char *, const u_char *, u_char *, u_char *, int);
+
+#define DECIMAL_POINT '.'
+
+/*
+ * constructs sort key with leading recheader, followed by the key,
+ * followed by the original line.
+ */
+length_t
+enterkey(RECHEADER *keybuf, const u_char *keybuf_end, u_char *line_data,
+    size_t line_size, struct field fieldtable[])
+	/* keybuf:	 pointer to start of key */
+{
+	int i;
+	u_char *l_d_mask;
+	u_char *lineend, *pos;
+	const u_char *endkey;
+	u_char *keypos;
+	struct coldesc *clpos;
+	int col = 1;
+	struct field *ftpos;
+
+	l_d_mask = d_mask;
+	pos = line_data - 1;
+	lineend = line_data + line_size-1;
+				/* don't include rec_delimiter */
+
+	for (i = 0; i < ncols; i++) {
+		clpos = clist + i;
+		for (; (col < clpos->num) && (pos < lineend); col++) {
+			NEXTCOL(pos);
+		}
+		if (pos >= lineend)
+			break;
+		clpos->start = SEP_FLAG ? pos + 1 : pos;
+		NEXTCOL(pos);
+		clpos->end = pos;
+		col++;
+		if (pos >= lineend) {
+			clpos->end = lineend;
+			i++;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	for (; i <= ncols; i++)
+		clist[i].start = clist[i].end = lineend;
+	if (clist[0].start < line_data)
+		clist[0].start++;
+
+	/*
+	 * We write the sort keys (concatenated) followed by the
+	 * original line data (for output) as the 'keybuf' data.
+	 * keybuf->length is the number of key bytes + data bytes.
+	 * keybuf->offset is the number of key bytes.
+	 * We add a record separator weight after the key in case
+	 * (as is usual) we need to preserve the order of equal lines,
+	 * and for 'sort -u'.
+	 * The key itself will have had the correct weight applied.
+	 */
+	keypos = keybuf->data;
+	endkey = keybuf_end - line_size - 1;
+	if (endkey <= keypos)
+		/* No room for any key bytes */
+		return 1;
+
+	for (ftpos = fieldtable + 1; ftpos->icol.num; ftpos++) {
+		if ((keypos = enterfield(keypos, endkey, ftpos,
+		    fieldtable->flags)) == NULL)
+			return (1);
+	}
+
+	keybuf->offset = keypos - keybuf->data;
+	keybuf->length = keybuf->offset + line_size;
+
+	/*
+	 * Posix requires that equal keys be further sorted by the
+	 * entire original record.
+	 * NetBSD has (at least for some time) kept equal keys in
+	 * their original order.
+	 * For 'sort -u' posix_sort is unset.
+	 */
+	keybuf->keylen = posix_sort ? keybuf->length : keybuf->offset;
+
+	memcpy(keypos, line_data, line_size);
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * constructs a field (as defined by -k) within a key
+ */
+static u_char *
+enterfield(u_char *tablepos, const u_char *endkey, struct field *cur_fld,
+    int gflags)
+{
+	u_char *start, *end, *lineend, *mask, *lweight;
+	struct column icol, tcol;
+	u_int flags;
+
+	icol = cur_fld->icol;
+	tcol = cur_fld->tcol;
+	flags = cur_fld->flags;
+	start = icol.p->start;
+	lineend = clist[ncols].end;
+	if (flags & BI)
+		SKIP_BLANKS(start);
+	start += icol.indent;
+	start = min(start, lineend);
+
+	if (!tcol.num)
+		end = lineend;
+	else {
+		if (tcol.indent) {
+			end = tcol.p->start;
+			if (flags & BT)
+				SKIP_BLANKS(end);
+			end += tcol.indent;
+			end = min(end, lineend);
+		} else
+			end = tcol.p->end;
+	}
+
+	if (flags & L)
+		return length(tablepos, endkey, start, end, flags);
+	if (flags & N)
+		return number(tablepos, endkey, start, end, flags);
+
+	/* Bound check space - assuming nothing is skipped */
+	if (tablepos + (end - start) + 1 >= endkey)
+		return NULL;
+
+	mask = cur_fld->mask;
+	lweight = cur_fld->weights;	
+	for (; start < end; start++) {
+		if (!mask || mask[*start]) {
+			*tablepos++ = lweight[*start];
+		}
+	}
+	/* Add extra byte (absent from lweight) to sort short keys correctly */
+	*tablepos++ = lweight[REC_D];
+	return tablepos;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Numbers are converted to a floating point format (exponent & mantissa)
+ * so that they compare correctly as sequence of unsigned bytes.
+ * Bytes 0x00 and 0xff are used to terminate positive and negative numbers
+ * to ensure that 0.123 sorts after 0.12 and -0.123 sorts before -0.12.
+ *
+ * The first byte contain the overall sign, exponent sign and some of the
+ * exponent. These have to be ordered (-ve value, decreasing exponent),
+ * zero, (+ve value, increasing exponent).
+ *
+ * The first byte is 0x80 for zero, 0xc0 for +ve with exponent 0.
+ * -ve values are the 1's compliments (so 0x7f isn't used!).
+ *
+ * This only leaves 63 byte values for +ve exponents - which isn't enough.
+ * The largest 4 exponent values are used to hold a byte count of the
+ * number of following bytes that contain 8 exponent bits per byte,
+ * This lets us sort exponents from -2^31 to +2^31.
+ *
+ * The mantissa is stored 2 digits per byte offset by 0x40, for negative
+ * numbers the order must be reversed (they are bit inverted).
+ *
+ * Reverse sorts are done by inverting the sign of the number.
+ */
+#define MAX_EXP_ENC  ((int)sizeof(int))
+
+static u_char *
+number(u_char *pos, const u_char *bufend, u_char *line, u_char *lineend,
+    int reverse)
+{
+	int exponent = -1;
+	int had_dp = 0;
+	u_char *tline;
+	char ch;
+	unsigned int val;
+	u_char *last_nz_pos;
+	u_char negate;
+
+	if (reverse & R)
+		negate = 0xff;
+	else
+		negate = 0;
+
+	/* Give ourselves space for the key terminator */
+	bufend--;
+
+	/* Ensure we have enough space for the exponent */
+	if (pos + 1 + MAX_EXP_ENC > bufend)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	SKIP_BLANKS(line);
+	if (*line == '-') {	/* set the sign */
+		negate ^= 0xff;
+		line++;
+	} else if (*line == '+') {
+		line++;
+	}
+
+	/* eat initial zeroes */
+	for (; *line == '0' && line < lineend; line++)
+		continue;
+
+	/* calculate exponents */
+	if (*line == DECIMAL_POINT) {
+		/* Decimal fraction */
+		had_dp = 1;
+		while (*++line == '0' && line < lineend)
+			exponent--;
+	} else {
+		/* Large (absolute) value, count digits */
+		for (tline = line; *tline >= '0' && 
+		    *tline <= '9' && tline < lineend; tline++)
+			exponent++;
+	}
+
+	/* If the first/next character isn't a digit, value is zero */
+	if (*line < '1' || *line > '9' || line >= lineend) {
+		/* This may be "0", "0.00", "000" or "fubar" but sorts as 0 */
+		/* XXX what about NaN, NAN, inf and INF */
+		*pos++ = 0x80;
+		return pos;
+	}
+
+	/* Maybe here we should allow for e+12 (etc) */
+
+	if (exponent < 0x40 - MAX_EXP_ENC && -exponent < 0x40 - MAX_EXP_ENC) {
+		/* Value ok for simple encoding */
+		/* exponent 0 is 0xc0 for +ve numbers and 0x40 for -ve ones */
+		exponent += 0xc0;
+		*pos++ = negate ^ exponent;
+	} else {
+		/* Out or range for a single byte */
+		int c, t;
+		t = exponent > 0 ? exponent : -exponent;
+		/* Count how many 8-bit bytes are needed */
+		for (c = 0; ; c++) {
+			t >>= 8;
+			if (t == 0)
+				break;
+		}
+		/* 'c' better be 0..3 here - but probably 0..1 */
+		/* Offset just outside valid range */
+		t = c + 0x40 - MAX_EXP_ENC;
+		if (exponent < 0)
+			t = -t;
+		*pos++ = negate ^ (t + 0xc0);
+		/* now add each byte, most significant first */
+		for (; c >= 0; c--)
+			*pos++ = negate ^ (exponent >> (c * 8));
+	}
+
+	/* Finally add mantissa, 2 digits per byte */
+	for (last_nz_pos = pos; line < lineend; ) {
+		if (pos >= bufend)
+			return NULL;
+		ch = *line++;
+		val = (ch - '0') * 10;
+		if (val > 90) {
+			if (ch == DECIMAL_POINT && !had_dp) {
+				had_dp = 1;
+				continue;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+		while (line < lineend) {
+			ch = *line++;
+			if (ch == DECIMAL_POINT && !had_dp) {
+				had_dp = 1;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (ch < '0' || ch > '9')
+				line = lineend;
+			else
+				val += ch - '0';
+			break;
+		}
+		*pos++ = negate ^ (val + 0x40);
+		if (val != 0)
+			last_nz_pos = pos;
+	}
+
+	/* Add key terminator, deleting any trailing "00" */
+	*last_nz_pos++ = negate;
+
+	return (last_nz_pos);
+}
+
+static u_char *
+length(u_char *pos, const u_char *bufend, u_char *line, u_char *lineend,
+    int flag)
+{
+	u_char buf[32];
+	int l;
+	SKIP_BLANKS(line);
+	l = snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%td", lineend - line);
+	return number(pos, bufend, buf, buf + l, flag);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/files.c b/usr.bin/sort/files.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cb27c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/files.c
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: files.c,v 1.42 2015/08/05 07:10:03 mrg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include "sort.h"
+#include "fsort.h"
+
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: files.c,v 1.42 2015/08/05 07:10:03 mrg Exp $");
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Align records in temporary files to avoid misaligned copies */
+#define REC_ROUNDUP(n) (((n) + sizeof (long) - 1) & ~(sizeof (long) - 1))
+
+static ssize_t	seq(FILE *, u_char **);
+
+/*
+ * this is called when there is no special key. It's only called
+ * in the first fsort pass.
+ */
+
+static u_char *opos;
+static size_t osz;
+
+void
+makeline_copydown(RECHEADER *recbuf)
+{
+	memmove(recbuf->data, opos, osz);
+}
+
+int
+makeline(FILE *fp, RECHEADER *recbuf, u_char *bufend, struct field *dummy2)
+{
+	u_char *pos;
+	int c;
+
+	pos = recbuf->data;
+	if (osz != 0) {
+		/*
+		 * Buffer shortage is solved by either of two ways:
+		 * o flush previous buffered data and start using the
+		 *   buffer from start.
+		 *   makeline_copydown() above must be called.
+		 * o realloc buffer
+		 * 
+		 * This code has relied on realloc changing 'bufend',
+		 * but that isn't necessarily true.
+		 */
+		pos += osz;
+		osz = 0;
+	}
+
+	while (pos < bufend) {
+		c = getc(fp);
+		if (c == EOF) {
+			if (pos == recbuf->data) {
+				FCLOSE(fp);
+				return EOF;
+			}
+			/* Add terminator to partial line */
+			c = REC_D;
+		}
+		*pos++ = c;
+		if (c == REC_D) {
+			recbuf->offset = 0;
+			recbuf->length = pos - recbuf->data;
+			recbuf->keylen = recbuf->length - 1;
+			return (0);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Ran out of buffer space... */
+	if (recbuf->data < bufend) {
+		/* Remember where the partial record is */
+		osz = pos - recbuf->data;
+		opos = recbuf->data;
+	}
+	return (BUFFEND);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This generates keys. It's only called in the first fsort pass
+ */
+int
+makekey(FILE *fp, RECHEADER *recbuf, u_char *bufend, struct field *ftbl)
+{
+	static u_char *line_data;
+	static ssize_t line_size;
+	static int overflow = 0;
+
+	/* We get re-entered after returning BUFFEND - save old data */
+	if (overflow) {
+		overflow = enterkey(recbuf, bufend, line_data, line_size, ftbl);
+		return overflow ? BUFFEND : 0;
+	}
+
+	line_size = seq(fp, &line_data);
+	if (line_size == 0) {
+		FCLOSE(fp);
+		return EOF;
+	}
+
+	if (line_size > bufend - recbuf->data) {
+		overflow = 1;
+	} else {
+		overflow = enterkey(recbuf, bufend, line_data, line_size, ftbl);
+	}
+	return overflow ? BUFFEND : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * get a line of input from fp
+ */
+static ssize_t
+seq(FILE *fp, u_char **line)
+{
+	static u_char *buf;
+	static size_t buf_size = DEFLLEN;
+	u_char *end, *pos;
+	int c;
+	u_char *new_buf;
+
+	if (!buf) {
+		/* one-time initialization */
+		buf = malloc(buf_size);
+		if (!buf)
+		    err(2, "malloc of linebuf for %zu bytes failed",
+			    buf_size);
+	}
+
+	end = buf + buf_size;
+	pos = buf;
+	while ((c = getc(fp)) != EOF) {
+		*pos++ = c;
+		if (c == REC_D) {
+			*line = buf;
+			return pos - buf;
+		}
+		if (pos == end) {
+			/* Long line - double size of buffer */
+			/* XXX: Check here for stupidly long lines */
+			buf_size *= 2;
+			new_buf = realloc(buf, buf_size);
+			if (!new_buf)
+				err(2, "realloc of linebuf to %zu bytes failed",
+					buf_size);
+		
+			end = new_buf + buf_size;
+			pos = new_buf + (pos - buf);
+			buf = new_buf;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (pos != buf) {
+		/* EOF part way through line - add line terminator */
+		*pos++ = REC_D;
+		*line = buf;
+		return pos - buf;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * write a key/line pair to a temporary file
+ */
+void
+putrec(const RECHEADER *rec, FILE *fp)
+{
+	EWRITE(rec, 1, REC_ROUNDUP(offsetof(RECHEADER, data) + rec->length), fp,
+	       "failed to write temp file");
+}
+
+/*
+ * write a line to output
+ */
+void
+putline(const RECHEADER *rec, FILE *fp)
+{
+	EWRITE(rec->data+rec->offset, 1, rec->length - rec->offset, fp,
+	       "failed to write");
+}
+
+/*
+ * write dump of key to output (for -Dk)
+ */
+void
+putkeydump(const RECHEADER *rec, FILE *fp)
+{
+	EWRITE(rec, 1, REC_ROUNDUP(offsetof(RECHEADER, data) + rec->offset), fp,
+	       "failed to write debug key");
+}
+
+/*
+ * get a record from a temporary file. (Used by merge sort.)
+ */
+int
+geteasy(FILE *fp, RECHEADER *rec, u_char *end, struct field *dummy2)
+{
+	length_t file_len;
+	int i;
+
+	(void)sizeof (char[offsetof(RECHEADER, length) == 0 ? 1 : -1]);
+
+	if ((u_char *)(rec + 1) > end)
+		return (BUFFEND);
+	if (!fread(&rec->length, 1, sizeof rec->length, fp)) {
+		fclose(fp);
+		return (EOF);
+	}
+	file_len = REC_ROUNDUP(offsetof(RECHEADER, data) + rec->length);
+	if (end - rec->data < (ptrdiff_t)file_len) {
+		for (i = sizeof rec->length - 1; i >= 0;  i--)
+			ungetc(*((char *) rec + i), fp);
+		return (BUFFEND);
+	}
+
+	fread(&rec->length + 1, file_len - sizeof rec->length, 1, fp);
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/fsort.c b/usr.bin/sort/fsort.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c229ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/fsort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: fsort.c,v 1.47 2010/02/05 21:58:41 enami Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Read in a block of records (until 'enough').
+ * sort, write to temp file.
+ * Merge sort temp files into output file
+ * Small files miss out the temp file stage.
+ * Large files might get multiple merges.
+ */
+#include "sort.h"
+#include "fsort.h"
+
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: fsort.c,v 1.47 2010/02/05 21:58:41 enami Exp $");
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define SALIGN(n) ((n+sizeof(length_t)-1) & ~(sizeof(length_t)-1))
+
+void
+fsort(struct filelist *filelist, int nfiles, FILE *outfp, struct field *ftbl)
+{
+	RECHEADER **keylist;
+	RECHEADER **keypos, **keyp;
+	RECHEADER *buffer;
+	size_t bufsize = DEFBUFSIZE;
+	u_char *bufend;
+	int mfct = 0;
+	int c, nelem;
+	get_func_t get;
+	RECHEADER *crec;
+	RECHEADER *nbuffer;
+	FILE *fp, *tmp_fp;
+	int file_no;
+	int max_recs = DEBUG('m') ? 16 : MAXNUM;
+
+	buffer = allocrec(NULL, bufsize);
+	bufend = (u_char *)buffer + bufsize;
+	/* Allocate double length keymap for radix_sort */
+	keylist = malloc(2 * max_recs * sizeof(*keylist));
+	if (buffer == NULL || keylist == NULL)
+		err(2, "failed to malloc initial buffer or keylist");
+
+	if (SINGL_FLD)
+		/* Key and data are one! */
+		get = makeline;
+	else
+		/* Key (merged key fields) added before data */
+		get = makekey;
+
+	file_no = 0;
+	fp = fopen(filelist->names[0], "r");
+	if (fp == NULL)
+		err(2, "%s", filelist->names[0]);
+
+	/* Loop through reads of chunk of input files that get sorted
+	 * and then merged together. */
+	for (;;) {
+		keypos = keylist;
+		nelem = 0;
+		crec = buffer;
+		makeline_copydown(crec);
+
+		/* Loop reading records */
+		for (;;) {
+			c = get(fp, crec, bufend, ftbl);
+			/* 'c' is 0, EOF or BUFFEND */
+			if (c == 0) {
+				/* Save start of key in input buffer */
+				*keypos++ = crec;
+				if (++nelem == max_recs) {
+					c = BUFFEND;
+					break;
+				}
+				crec = (RECHEADER *)(crec->data + SALIGN(crec->length));
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (c == EOF) {
+				/* try next file */
+				if (++file_no >= nfiles)
+					/* no more files */
+					break;
+				fp = fopen(filelist->names[file_no], "r");
+				if (fp == NULL)
+					err(2, "%s", filelist->names[file_no]);
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (nelem >= max_recs
+			    || (bufsize >= MAXBUFSIZE && nelem > 8))
+				/* Need to sort and save this lot of data */
+				break;
+
+			/* c == BUFFEND, and we can process more data */
+			/* Allocate a larger buffer for this lot of data */
+			bufsize *= 2;
+			nbuffer = allocrec(buffer, bufsize);
+			if (!nbuffer) {
+				err(2, "failed to realloc buffer to %zu bytes",
+					bufsize);
+			}
+
+			/* patch up keylist[] */
+			for (keyp = &keypos[-1]; keyp >= keylist; keyp--)
+				*keyp = nbuffer + (*keyp - buffer);
+
+			crec = nbuffer + (crec - buffer);
+			buffer = nbuffer;
+			bufend = (u_char *)buffer + bufsize;
+		}
+
+		/* Sort this set of records */
+		radix_sort(keylist, keylist + max_recs, nelem);
+
+		if (c == EOF && mfct == 0) {
+			/* all the data is (sorted) in the buffer */
+			append(keylist, nelem, outfp,
+			    DEBUG('k') ? putkeydump : putline);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* Save current data to a temporary file for a later merge */
+		if (nelem != 0) {
+			tmp_fp = ftmp();
+			append(keylist, nelem, tmp_fp, putrec);
+			save_for_merge(tmp_fp, geteasy, ftbl);
+		}
+		mfct = 1;
+
+		if (c == EOF) {
+			/* merge to output file */
+			merge_sort(outfp, 
+			    DEBUG('k') ? putkeydump : putline, ftbl);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	free(keylist);
+	keylist = NULL;
+	free(buffer);
+	buffer = NULL;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/fsort.h b/usr.bin/sort/fsort.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d8ef4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/fsort.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: fsort.h,v 1.17 2009/09/26 21:16:55 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)fsort.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+#define BUFSIZE		(1<<20)
+#define MAXNUM		131072		/* low guess at average record count */
+#define BUFFEND		(EOF-2)
+#define MAXFCT		1000
+#define DEFLLEN		65536
+
+/*
+ * Default (initial) and maximum size of record buffer for fsort().
+ * Note that no more than MAXNUM records are stored in the buffer,
+ * even if the buffer is not full yet.
+ */
+#define DEFBUFSIZE	(1 << 20)	/* 1MB */
+#define MAXBUFSIZE	(8 << 20)	/* 10 MB */
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/init.c b/usr.bin/sort/init.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff1799b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/init.c
@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: init.c,v 1.29 2013/10/18 20:47:06 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include "sort.h"
+
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: init.c,v 1.29 2013/10/18 20:47:06 christos Exp $");
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static void insertcol(struct field *);
+static const char *setcolumn(const char *, struct field *);
+
+/*
+ * masks of ignored characters.
+ */
+static u_char dtable[NBINS], itable[NBINS];
+
+/*
+ * parsed key options
+ */
+struct coldesc *clist = NULL;
+int ncols = 0;
+
+/*
+ * clist (list of columns which correspond to one or more icol or tcol)
+ * is in increasing order of columns.
+ * Fields are kept in increasing order of fields.
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * keep clist in order--inserts a column in a sorted array
+ */
+static void
+insertcol(struct field *field)
+{
+	int i;
+	struct coldesc *p;
+
+	/* Make space for new item */
+	p = realloc(clist, (ncols + 2) * sizeof(*clist));
+	if (!p)
+		err(1, "realloc");
+	clist = p;
+	memset(&clist[ncols], 0, sizeof(clist[ncols]));
+
+	for (i = 0; i < ncols; i++)
+		if (field->icol.num <= clist[i].num)
+			break;
+	if (field->icol.num != clist[i].num) {
+		memmove(clist+i+1, clist+i, sizeof(COLDESC)*(ncols-i));
+		clist[i].num = field->icol.num;
+		ncols++;
+	}
+	if (field->tcol.num && field->tcol.num != field->icol.num) {
+		for (i = 0; i < ncols; i++)
+			if (field->tcol.num <= clist[i].num)
+				break;
+		if (field->tcol.num != clist[i].num) {
+			memmove(clist+i+1, clist+i,sizeof(COLDESC)*(ncols-i));
+			clist[i].num = field->tcol.num;
+			ncols++;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * matches fields with the appropriate columns--n^2 but who cares?
+ */
+void
+fldreset(struct field *fldtab)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	fldtab[0].tcol.p = clist + ncols - 1;
+	for (++fldtab; fldtab->icol.num; ++fldtab) {
+		for (i = 0; fldtab->icol.num != clist[i].num; i++)
+			;
+		fldtab->icol.p = clist + i;
+		if (!fldtab->tcol.num)
+			continue;
+		for (i = 0; fldtab->tcol.num != clist[i].num; i++)
+			;
+		fldtab->tcol.p = clist + i;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * interprets a column in a -k field
+ */
+static const char *
+setcolumn(const char *pos, struct field *cur_fld)
+{
+	struct column *col;
+	char *npos;
+	int tmp;
+	col = cur_fld->icol.num ? (&cur_fld->tcol) : (&cur_fld->icol);
+	col->num = (int) strtol(pos, &npos, 10);
+	pos = npos;
+	if (col->num <= 0 && !(col->num == 0 && col == &(cur_fld->tcol)))
+		errx(2, "field numbers must be positive");
+	if (*pos == '.') {
+		if (!col->num)
+			errx(2, "cannot indent end of line");
+		++pos;
+		col->indent = (int) strtol(pos, &npos, 10);
+		pos = npos;
+		if (&cur_fld->icol == col)
+			col->indent--;
+		if (col->indent < 0)
+			errx(2, "illegal offset");
+	}
+	for(; (tmp = optval(*pos, cur_fld->tcol.num)); pos++)
+		cur_fld->flags |= tmp;
+	if (cur_fld->icol.num == 0)
+		cur_fld->icol.num = 1;
+	return (pos);
+}
+
+int
+setfield(const char *pos, struct field *cur_fld, int gflag)
+{
+	cur_fld->mask = NULL;
+
+	pos = setcolumn(pos, cur_fld);
+	if (*pos == '\0')			/* key extends to EOL. */
+		cur_fld->tcol.num = 0;
+	else {
+		if (*pos != ',')
+			errx(2, "illegal field descriptor");
+		setcolumn((++pos), cur_fld);
+	}
+	if (!cur_fld->flags)
+		cur_fld->flags = gflag;
+	if (REVERSE)
+		/* A local 'r' doesn't invert the global one */
+		cur_fld->flags &= ~R;
+
+	/* Assign appropriate mask table and weight table. */
+	cur_fld->weights = weight_tables[cur_fld->flags & (R | F)];
+	if (cur_fld->flags & I)
+		cur_fld->mask = itable;
+	else if (cur_fld->flags & D)
+		cur_fld->mask = dtable;
+
+	cur_fld->flags |= (gflag & (BI | BT));
+	if (!cur_fld->tcol.indent)	/* BT has no meaning at end of field */
+		cur_fld->flags &= ~BT;
+
+	if (cur_fld->tcol.num
+	    && !(!(cur_fld->flags & BI) && cur_fld->flags & BT)
+	    && (cur_fld->tcol.num <= cur_fld->icol.num
+		    /* indent if 0 -> end of field, i.e. okay */
+		    && cur_fld->tcol.indent != 0
+		    && cur_fld->tcol.indent < cur_fld->icol.indent))
+		errx(2, "fields out of order");
+
+	insertcol(cur_fld);
+	return (cur_fld->tcol.num);
+}
+
+int
+optval(int desc, int tcolflag)
+{
+	switch(desc) {
+	case 'b':
+		if (!tcolflag)
+			return BI;
+		else
+			return BT;
+	case 'd': return D;
+	case 'f': return F;
+	case 'i': return I;
+	case 'l': return L;
+	case 'n': return N;
+	case 'r': return R;
+	default:  return 0;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return true if the options found in ARG, according to the getopt
+ * spec in OPTS, require an additional argv word as an option
+ * argument.
+ */
+static int
+options_need_argument(const char *arg, const char *opts)
+{
+	size_t pos;
+	const char *s;
+
+	/*assert(arg[0] == '-');*/
+
+	pos = 1;
+	while (arg[pos]) {
+		s = strchr(opts, arg[pos]);
+		if (s == NULL) {
+			/* invalid option */
+			return 0;
+		}
+		if (s[1] == ':') {
+			/* option requires argument */
+			if (arg[pos+1] == '\0') {
+				/* no argument in this arg */
+				return 1;
+			}
+			else {
+				/* argument is in this arg; no more options */
+				return 0;
+			}
+		}
+		pos++;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Replace historic +SPEC arguments with appropriate -kSPEC.
+ *
+ * The form can be either a single +SPEC or a pair +SPEC -SPEC.
+ * The following -SPEC is not recognized unless it follows
+ * immediately.
+ */ 
+void
+fixit(int *argc, char **argv, const char *opts)
+{
+	int i, j, sawplus;
+	char *vpos, *tpos, spec[20];
+	int col, indent;
+
+	sawplus = 0;
+	for (i = 1; i < *argc; i++) {
+		/*
+		 * This loop must stop exactly where getopt will stop.
+		 * Otherwise it turns e.g. "sort x +3" into "sort x
+		 * -k4.1", which will croak if +3 was in fact really a
+		 * file name. In order to do this reliably we need to
+		 * be able to identify argv words that are option
+		 * arguments.
+		 */
+
+		if (!strcmp(argv[i], "--")) {
+			/* End of options; stop. */
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (argv[i][0] == '+') {
+			/* +POS argument */
+			sawplus = 1;
+		} else if (argv[i][0] == '-' && sawplus &&
+			   isdigit((unsigned char)argv[i][1])) {
+			/* -POS argument */
+			sawplus = 0;
+		} else if (argv[i][0] == '-') {
+			/* other option */
+			sawplus = 0;
+			if (options_need_argument(argv[i], opts)) {
+				/* skip over the argument */
+				i++;
+			}
+			continue;
+		} else {
+			/* not an option at all; stop */
+			sawplus = 0;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * At this point argv[i] is an old-style spec. The
+		 * sawplus flag used by the above loop logic also
+		 * tells us if it's a +SPEC or -SPEC.
+		 */
+		
+		/* parse spec */
+		tpos = argv[i]+1;
+		col = (int)strtol(tpos, &tpos, 10);
+		if (*tpos == '.') {
+			++tpos;
+			indent = (int) strtol(tpos, &tpos, 10);
+		} else
+			indent = 0;
+		/* tpos now points to the optional flags */
+
+		/*
+		 * In the traditional form, x.0 means beginning of line;
+		 * in the new form, x.0 means end of line. Adjust the
+		 * value of INDENT accordingly.
+		 */
+		if (sawplus) {
+			/* +POS */
+			col += 1;
+			indent += 1;
+		} else {
+			/* -POS */
+			if (indent > 0)
+				col += 1;
+		}
+
+		/* make the new style spec */
+		(void)snprintf(spec, sizeof(spec), "%d.%d%s", col, indent,
+		    tpos);
+
+		if (sawplus) {
+			/* Replace the +POS argument with new-style -kSPEC */
+			asprintf(&vpos, "-k%s", spec);
+			argv[i] = vpos;
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * Append the spec to the one from the
+			 * preceding +POS argument, and remove the
+			 * current argv element entirely.
+			 */
+			asprintf(&vpos, "%s,%s", argv[i-1], spec);
+			free(argv[i-1]);
+			argv[i-1] = vpos;
+			for (j=i; j < *argc; j++)
+				argv[j] = argv[j+1];
+			*argc -= 1;
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * ascii, Rascii, Ftable, and RFtable map
+ *
+ * Sorting 'weight' tables.
+ * Convert 'ascii' characters into their sort order.
+ * The 'F' variants fold lower case to upper equivalent
+ * The 'R' variants are for reverse sorting.
+ *
+ * The record separator (REC_D) never needs a weight, this frees one
+ * byte value as an 'end of key' marker. This must be 0 for normal
+ * weight tables, and 0xff for reverse weight tables - and is used
+ * to terminate keys so that short keys sort before (after if reverse)
+ * longer keys.
+ *
+ * The field separator has a normal weight - although it cannot occur
+ * within a key unless it is the default (space+tab).
+ *
+ * All other bytes map to the appropriate value for the sort order.
+ * Numeric sorts don't need any tables, they are reversed by negation.
+ *
+ * Global reverse sorts are done by writing the sorted keys in reverse
+ * order - the sort itself is stil forwards.
+ * This means that weights are only ever used when generating keys, any
+ * sort of the original data bytes is always forwards and unweighted.
+ *
+ * Note: this is only good for ASCII sorting.  For different LC 's,
+ * all bets are off.
+ *
+ * itable[] and dtable[] are the masks for -i (ignore non-printables)
+ * and -d (only sort blank and alphanumerics).
+ */
+void
+settables(void)
+{
+	int i;
+	int next_weight = 1;
+	int rev_weight = 254;
+
+	ascii[REC_D] = 0;
+	Rascii[REC_D] = 255;
+	Ftable[REC_D] = 0;
+	RFtable[REC_D] = 255;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
+		if (i == REC_D)
+			continue;
+		ascii[i] = next_weight;
+		Rascii[i] = rev_weight;
+		if (Ftable[i] == 0) {
+			Ftable[i] = next_weight;
+			RFtable[i] = rev_weight;
+			Ftable[tolower(i)] = next_weight;
+			RFtable[tolower(i)] = rev_weight;
+		}
+		next_weight++;
+		rev_weight--;
+
+		if (i == '\n' || isprint(i))
+			itable[i] = 1;
+
+		if (i == '\n' || i == '\t' || i == ' ' || isalnum(i))
+			dtable[i] = 1;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/msort.c b/usr.bin/sort/msort.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cbcf90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/msort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: msort.c,v 1.31 2016/06/01 02:37:55 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include "sort.h"
+#include "fsort.h"
+
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: msort.c,v 1.31 2016/06/01 02:37:55 kre Exp $");
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+/* Subroutines using comparisons: merge sort and check order */
+#define DELETE (1)
+
+typedef struct mfile {
+	FILE         *fp;
+	get_func_t   get;
+	RECHEADER    *rec;
+	u_char       *end;
+} MFILE;
+
+static int cmp(RECHEADER *, RECHEADER *);
+static int insert(struct mfile **, struct mfile *, int, int);
+static void merge_sort_fstack(FILE *, put_func_t, struct field *);
+
+/*
+ * Number of files merge() can merge in one pass.
+ */
+#define MERGE_FNUM      16
+
+static struct mfile fstack[MERGE_FNUM];
+static struct mfile fstack_1[MERGE_FNUM];
+static struct mfile fstack_2[MERGE_FNUM];
+static int fstack_count, fstack_1_count, fstack_2_count;
+
+void
+save_for_merge(FILE *fp, get_func_t get, struct field *ftbl)
+{
+	FILE *mfp, *mfp1, *mfp2;
+
+	if (fstack_count == MERGE_FNUM) {
+		/* Must reduce the number of temporary files */
+		mfp = ftmp();
+		merge_sort_fstack(mfp, putrec, ftbl);
+		/* Save output in next layer */
+		if (fstack_1_count == MERGE_FNUM) {
+			mfp1 = ftmp();
+			memcpy(fstack, fstack_1, sizeof fstack);
+			merge_sort_fstack(mfp1, putrec, ftbl);
+			if (fstack_2_count == MERGE_FNUM) {
+				/* More than 4096 files! */
+				mfp2 = ftmp();
+				memcpy(fstack, fstack_2, sizeof fstack);
+				merge_sort_fstack(mfp2, putrec, ftbl);
+				fstack_2[0].fp = mfp2;
+				fstack_2_count = 1;
+			}
+			fstack_2[fstack_2_count].fp = mfp1;
+			fstack_2[fstack_2_count].get = geteasy;
+			fstack_2_count++;
+			fstack_1_count = 0;
+		}
+		fstack_1[fstack_1_count].fp = mfp;
+		fstack_1[fstack_1_count].get = geteasy;
+		fstack_1_count++;
+		fstack_count = 0;
+	}
+
+	fstack[fstack_count].fp = fp;
+	fstack[fstack_count++].get = get;
+}
+
+void
+fmerge(struct filelist *filelist, int nfiles, FILE *outfp, struct field *ftbl)
+{
+	get_func_t get = SINGL_FLD ? makeline : makekey;
+	FILE *fp;
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++) {
+		fp = fopen(filelist->names[i], "r");
+		if (fp == NULL)
+			err(2, "%s", filelist->names[i]);
+		save_for_merge(fp, get, ftbl);
+	}
+
+	merge_sort(outfp, putline, ftbl);
+}
+
+void
+merge_sort(FILE *outfp, put_func_t put, struct field *ftbl)
+{
+	int count = fstack_1_count + fstack_2_count;
+	FILE *mfp;
+	int i;
+
+	if (count == 0) {
+		/* All files in initial array */
+		merge_sort_fstack(outfp, put, ftbl);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	count += fstack_count;
+
+	/* Too many files for one merge sort */
+	for (;;) {
+		/* Sort latest 16 files */
+		i = count;
+		if (i > MERGE_FNUM)
+			i = MERGE_FNUM;
+		while (fstack_count > 0)
+			fstack[--i] = fstack[--fstack_count];
+		while (i > 0 && fstack_1_count > 0)
+			fstack[--i] = fstack_1[--fstack_1_count];
+		while (i > 0)
+			fstack[--i] = fstack_2[--fstack_2_count];
+		if (count <= MERGE_FNUM) {
+			/* Got all the data */
+			fstack_count = count;
+			merge_sort_fstack(outfp, put, ftbl);
+			return;
+		}
+		mfp = ftmp();
+		fstack_count = count > MERGE_FNUM ? MERGE_FNUM : count;
+		merge_sort_fstack(mfp, putrec, ftbl);
+		fstack[0].fp = mfp;
+		fstack[0].get = geteasy;
+		fstack_count = 1;
+		count -= MERGE_FNUM - 1;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+merge_sort_fstack(FILE *outfp, put_func_t put, struct field *ftbl)
+{
+	struct mfile *flistb[MERGE_FNUM], **flist = flistb, *cfile;
+	RECHEADER *new_rec;
+	u_char *new_end;
+	void *tmp;
+	int c, i, nfiles;
+	size_t sz;
+
+	/* Read one record from each file (read again if a duplicate) */
+	for (nfiles = i = 0; i < fstack_count; i++) {
+		cfile = &fstack[i];
+		if (cfile->rec == NULL) {
+			cfile->rec = allocrec(NULL, DEFLLEN);
+			cfile->end = (u_char *)cfile->rec + DEFLLEN;
+		}
+		rewind(cfile->fp);
+
+		for (;;) {
+			c = cfile->get(cfile->fp, cfile->rec, cfile->end, ftbl);
+			if (c == EOF)
+				break;
+
+			if (c == BUFFEND) {
+				/* Double buffer size */
+				sz = (cfile->end - (u_char *)cfile->rec) * 2;
+				cfile->rec = allocrec(cfile->rec, sz);
+				cfile->end = (u_char *)cfile->rec + sz;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			if (nfiles != 0) {
+				if (insert(flist, cfile, nfiles, !DELETE))
+					/* Duplicate removed */
+					continue;
+			} else
+				flist[0] = cfile;
+			nfiles++;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (nfiles == 0)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * We now loop reading a new record from the file with the
+	 * 'sorted first' existing record.
+	 * As each record is added, the 'first' record is written to the
+	 * output file - maintaining one record from each file in the sorted
+	 * list.
+	 */
+	new_rec = allocrec(NULL, DEFLLEN);
+	new_end = (u_char *)new_rec + DEFLLEN;
+	for (;;) {
+		cfile = flist[0];
+		c = cfile->get(cfile->fp, new_rec, new_end, ftbl);
+		if (c == EOF) {
+			/* Write out last record from now-empty input */
+			put(cfile->rec, outfp);
+			if (--nfiles == 0)
+				break;
+			/* Replace from file with now-first sorted record. */
+			/* (Moving base 'flist' saves copying everything!) */
+			flist++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (c == BUFFEND) {
+			/* Buffer not large enough - double in size */
+			sz = (new_end - (u_char *)new_rec) * 2;
+			new_rec = allocrec(new_rec, sz);
+			new_end = (u_char *)new_rec +sz;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Swap in new buffer, saving old */
+		tmp = cfile->rec;
+		cfile->rec = new_rec;
+		new_rec = tmp;
+		tmp = cfile->end;
+		cfile->end = new_end;
+		new_end = tmp;
+
+		/* Add into sort, removing the original first entry */
+		c = insert(flist, cfile, nfiles, DELETE);
+		if (c != 0 || (UNIQUE && cfile == flist[0]
+			    && cmp(new_rec, cfile->rec) == 0)) {
+			/* Was an unwanted duplicate, restore buffer */
+			tmp = cfile->rec;
+			cfile->rec = new_rec;
+			new_rec = tmp;
+			tmp = cfile->end;
+			cfile->end = new_end;
+			new_end = tmp;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Write out 'old' record */
+		put(new_rec, outfp);
+	}
+
+	free(new_rec);
+}
+
+/*
+ * if delete: inserts rec in flist, deletes flist[0];
+ * otherwise just inserts *rec in flist.
+ * Returns 1 if record is a duplicate to be ignored.
+ */
+static int
+insert(struct mfile **flist, struct mfile *rec, int ttop, int delete)
+{
+	int mid, top = ttop, bot = 0, cmpv = 1;
+
+	for (mid = top / 2; bot + 1 != top; mid = (bot + top) / 2) {
+		cmpv = cmp(rec->rec, flist[mid]->rec);
+		if (cmpv == 0 ) {
+			if (UNIQUE)
+				/* Duplicate key, read another record */
+				/* NB: This doesn't guarantee to keep any
+				 * particular record. */
+				return 1;
+			/*
+			 * Apply sort by input file order.
+			 * We could truncate the sort is the fileno are
+			 * adjacent - but that is all too hard!
+			 * The fileno cannot be equal, since we only have one
+			 * record from each file (+ flist[0] which never
+			 * comes here).
+			 */
+			cmpv = rec < flist[mid] ? -1 : 1;
+			if (REVERSE)
+				cmpv = -cmpv;
+		}
+		if (cmpv < 0)
+			top = mid;
+		else
+			bot = mid;
+	}
+
+	/* At this point we haven't yet compared against flist[0] */
+
+	if (delete) {
+		/* flist[0] is ourselves, only the caller knows the old data */
+		if (bot != 0) {
+			memmove(flist, flist + 1, bot * sizeof(MFILE *));
+			flist[bot] = rec;
+		}
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/* Inserting original set of records */
+
+	if (bot == 0 && cmpv != 0) {
+		/* Doesn't match flist[1], must compare with flist[0] */
+		cmpv = cmp(rec->rec, flist[0]->rec);
+		if (cmpv == 0 && UNIQUE)
+			return 1;
+		/* Add matching keys in file order (ie new is later) */
+		if (cmpv < 0)
+			bot = -1;
+	}
+	bot++;
+	memmove(flist + bot + 1, flist + bot, (ttop - bot) * sizeof(MFILE *));
+	flist[bot] = rec;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * check order on one file
+ */
+void
+order(struct filelist *filelist, struct field *ftbl, int quiet)
+{
+	get_func_t get = SINGL_FLD ? makeline : makekey;
+	RECHEADER *crec, *prec, *trec;
+	u_char *crec_end, *prec_end, *trec_end;
+	FILE *fp;
+	int c;
+
+	fp = fopen(filelist->names[0], "r");
+	if (fp == NULL)
+		err(2, "%s", filelist->names[0]);
+
+	crec = malloc(offsetof(RECHEADER, data[DEFLLEN]));
+	crec_end = crec->data + DEFLLEN;
+	prec = malloc(offsetof(RECHEADER, data[DEFLLEN]));
+	prec_end = prec->data + DEFLLEN;
+
+	/* XXX this does exit(0) for overlong lines */
+	if (get(fp, prec, prec_end, ftbl) != 0)
+		exit(0);
+	while (get(fp, crec, crec_end, ftbl) == 0) {
+		if (0 < (c = cmp(prec, crec))) {
+			if (quiet)
+				exit(1);
+			crec->data[crec->length-1] = 0;
+			errx(1, "found disorder: %s", crec->data+crec->offset);
+		}
+		if (UNIQUE && !c) {
+			if (quiet)
+				exit(1);
+			crec->data[crec->length-1] = 0;
+			errx(1, "found non-uniqueness: %s",
+			    crec->data+crec->offset);
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Swap pointers so that this record is on place pointed
+		 * to by prec and new record is read to place pointed to by
+		 * crec.
+		 */ 
+		trec = prec;
+		prec = crec;
+		crec = trec;
+		trec_end = prec_end;
+		prec_end = crec_end;
+		crec_end = trec_end;
+	}
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+static int
+cmp(RECHEADER *rec1, RECHEADER *rec2)
+{
+	int len;
+	int r;
+
+	/* key is weights */
+	len = min(rec1->keylen, rec2->keylen);
+	r = memcmp(rec1->data, rec2->data, len);
+	if (r == 0)
+		r = rec1->keylen - rec2->keylen;
+	if (REVERSE)
+		r = -r;
+	return r;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/pathnames.h b/usr.bin/sort/pathnames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..534671e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/pathnames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.6 2008/04/28 20:24:15 martin Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)pathnames.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+#define	 _PATH_STDIN		"/dev/stdin"
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/radix_sort.c b/usr.bin/sort/radix_sort.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ec5ff8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/radix_sort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: radix_sort.c,v 1.4 2009/09/19 16:18:00 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy and by Dan Bernstein at New York University, 
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)radixsort.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: radix_sort.c,v 1.4 2009/09/19 16:18:00 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * 'stable' radix sort initially from libc/stdlib/radixsort.c
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <util.h>
+#include "sort.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+	RECHEADER **sa;		/* Base of saved area */
+	int sn;			/* Number of entries */
+	int si;			/* index into data for compare */
+} stack;
+
+static void simplesort(RECHEADER **, int, int);
+
+#define	THRESHOLD	20		/* Divert to simplesort(). */
+
+#define empty(s)	(s >= sp)
+#define pop(a, n, i)	a = (--sp)->sa, n = sp->sn, i = sp->si
+#define push(a, n, i)	sp->sa = a, sp->sn = n, (sp++)->si = i
+#define swap(a, b, t)	t = a, a = b, b = t
+
+void
+radix_sort(RECHEADER **a, RECHEADER **ta, int n)
+{
+	u_int count[256], nc, bmin;
+	u_int c;
+	RECHEADER **ak, **tai, **lim;
+	RECHEADER *hdr;
+	int stack_size = 512;
+	stack *s, *sp, *sp0, *sp1, temp;
+	RECHEADER **top[256];
+	u_int *cp, bigc;
+	int data_index = 0;
+
+	if (n < THRESHOLD && !DEBUG('r')) {
+		simplesort(a, n, 0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	s = emalloc(stack_size * sizeof *s);
+	memset(&count, 0, sizeof count);
+	/* Technically 'top' doesn't need zeroing */
+	memset(&top, 0, sizeof top);
+
+	sp = s;
+	push(a, n, data_index);
+	while (!empty(s)) {
+		pop(a, n, data_index);
+		if (n < THRESHOLD && !DEBUG('r')) {
+			simplesort(a, n, data_index);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Count number of times each 'next byte' occurs */
+		nc = 0;
+		bmin = 255;
+		lim = a + n;
+		for (ak = a, tai = ta; ak < lim; ak++) {
+			hdr = *ak;
+			if (data_index >= hdr->keylen) {
+				/* Short key, copy to start of output */
+				if (UNIQUE && a != sp->sa)
+					/* Stop duplicate being written out */
+					hdr->keylen = -1;
+				*a++ = hdr;
+				n--;
+				continue;
+			}
+			/* Save in temp buffer for distribute */
+			*tai++ = hdr;
+			c = hdr->data[data_index];
+			if (++count[c] == 1) {
+				if (c < bmin)
+					bmin = c;
+				nc++;
+			}
+		}
+		/*
+		 * We need save the bounds for each 'next byte' that
+		 * occurs more so we can sort each block.
+		 */
+		if (sp + nc > s + stack_size) {
+			stack_size *= 2;
+			sp1 = erealloc(s, stack_size * sizeof *s);
+			sp = sp1 + (sp - s);
+			s = sp1;
+		}
+
+		/* Minor optimisation to do the largest set last */
+		sp0 = sp1 = sp;
+		bigc = 2;
+		/* Convert 'counts' positions, saving bounds for later sorts */
+		ak = a;
+		for (cp = count + bmin; nc > 0; cp++) {
+			while (*cp == 0)
+				cp++;
+			if ((c = *cp) > 1) {
+				if (c > bigc) {
+					bigc = c;
+					sp1 = sp;
+				}
+				push(ak, c, data_index+1);
+			}
+			ak += c;
+			top[cp-count] = ak;
+			*cp = 0;			/* Reset count[]. */
+			nc--;
+		}
+		swap(*sp0, *sp1, temp);
+
+		for (ak = ta+n; --ak >= ta;)		/* Deal to piles. */
+			*--top[(*ak)->data[data_index]] = *ak;
+	}
+
+	free(s);
+}
+
+/* insertion sort, short records are sorted before long ones */
+static void
+simplesort(RECHEADER **a, int n, int data_index)
+{
+	RECHEADER **ak, **ai;
+	RECHEADER *akh;
+	RECHEADER **lim = a + n;
+	const u_char *s, *t;
+	int s_len, t_len;
+	int i;
+	int r;
+
+	if (n <= 1)
+		return;
+
+	for (ak = a+1; ak < lim; ak++) {
+		akh = *ak;
+		s = akh->data;
+		s_len = akh->keylen;
+		for (ai = ak; ;) {
+			ai--;
+			t_len = (*ai)->keylen;
+			if (t_len != -1) {
+				t = (*ai)->data;
+				for (i = data_index; ; i++) {
+					if (i >= s_len || i >= t_len) {
+						r = s_len - t_len;
+						break;
+					}
+					r =  s[i]  - t[i];
+					if (r != 0)
+						break;
+				}
+				if (r >= 0) {
+					if (r == 0 && UNIQUE) {
+						/* Put record below existing */
+						ai[1] = ai[0];
+						/* Mark as duplicate - ignore */
+						akh->keylen = -1;
+					} else {
+						ai++;
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			ai[1] = ai[0];
+			if (ai == a)
+				break;
+		}
+		ai[0] = akh;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/sort.1 b/usr.bin/sort/sort.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..548aafd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/sort.1
@@ -0,0 +1,525 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: sort.1,v 1.38 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)sort.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 1, 2016
+.Dt SORT 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sort
+.Nd sort or merge text files
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl bdfHilmnrSsu
+.Oo
+.Fl k
+.Ar kstart Ns Op Li \&, Ns Ar kend
+.Oc
+.Op Fl o Ar output
+.Op Fl R Ar char
+.Op Fl T Ar dir
+.Op Fl t Ar char
+.Op Ar
+.Nm
+.Fl C Ns | Ns Fl c
+.Op Fl bdfilnru
+.Oo
+.Fl k
+.Ar kstart Ns Op Li \&, Ns Ar kend
+.Op Fl t Ar char
+.Oc
+.Op Fl R Ar char
+.Op Ar file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility sorts text files by lines.
+Comparisons are based on one or more sort keys extracted
+from each line of input, and are performed lexicographically.
+By default, if keys are not given,
+.Nm
+regards each input line as a single field.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Fl C
+Identical to
+.Fl c
+without the error messages in the case of unsorted input.
+.It Fl c
+Check that the single input file is sorted.
+If the file is not sorted,
+.Nm
+produces the appropriate error messages and exits with code 1; otherwise,
+.Nm
+returns 0.
+.Nm
+.Fl c
+produces no output.
+See also
+.Fl u .
+.It Fl H
+Ignored for compatibility with earlier versions of
+.Nm .
+.It Fl m
+Merge only; the input files are assumed to be pre-sorted.
+.It Fl o Ar output
+The argument given is the name of an
+.Ar output
+file to be used instead of the standard output.
+This file can be the same as one of the input files.
+.It Fl S
+Don't use stable sort.
+Default is to use stable sort.
+.It Fl s
+Use stable sort, keeps records with equal keys in their original order.
+This is the default.
+Provided for compatibility with other
+.Nm
+implementations only.
+.It Fl T Ar dir
+Use
+.Ar dir
+as the directory for temporary files.
+The default is the value specified in the environment variable
+.Ev TMPDIR or
+.Pa /tmp
+if
+.Ev TMPDIR
+is not defined.
+.It Fl u
+Unique: suppress all but one in each set of lines having equal keys.
+If used with the
+.Fl c
+option, check that there are no lines with duplicate keys.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following options,
+which should be given before any
+.Fl k
+options, override the default ordering rules.
+When ordering options appear independent of,
+and before, key field specifications,
+the requested field ordering rules are
+applied globally to all sort keys.
+When attached to a specific key (see
+.Fl k ) ,
+the ordering options override
+all global ordering options for that key.
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Fl d
+Only blank space and alphanumeric characters
+.\" according
+.\" to the current setting of LC_CTYPE
+are used
+in making comparisons.
+.It Fl f
+Considers all lowercase characters that have uppercase
+equivalents to be the same for purposes of comparison.
+.It Fl i
+Ignore all non-printable characters.
+.It Fl l
+Sort by the string length of the field, not by the field itself.
+.It Fl n
+An initial numeric string, consisting of optional blank space, optional
+plus or minus sign, and zero or more digits (including decimal point)
+.\" with
+.\" optional radix character and thousands
+.\" separator
+.\" (as defined in the current locale),
+is sorted by arithmetic value.
+(The
+.Fl n
+option no longer implies the
+.Fl b
+option.)
+.It Fl r
+Reverse the sense of comparisons.
+.El
+.Pp
+The treatment of field separators can be altered using these options:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Fl b
+Ignores leading blank space when determining the start
+and end of a restricted sort key.
+A
+.Fl b
+option specified before the first
+.Fl k
+option applies globally to all
+.Fl k
+options.
+Otherwise, the
+.Fl b
+option can be attached independently to each
+.Ar field
+argument of the
+.Fl k
+option (see below).
+Note that the
+.Fl b
+option has no effect unless key fields are specified.
+.It Fl k Ar kstart Ns Op Li \&, Ns Ar kend
+Designates the starting position,
+.Ar kstart ,
+and optional ending position,
+.Ar kend ,
+of a key field.
+The
+.Fl k
+option replaces the obsolescent options
+.Cm \(pl Ns Ar pos1
+and
+.Fl Ns Ar pos2 .
+.It Fl R Ar char
+.Ar char
+is used as the record separator character.
+This should be used with discretion;
+.Fl R Aq Ar alphanumeric
+usually produces undesirable results.
+If char is not a single character, then it
+specifies the value of the desired record
+separator as an integer specified in any
+of the normal NNN, 0ooo, or 0xXXX ways,
+or as an octal value preceded by \e.
+Caution: do not attempt to specify Ctl-A
+as
+.Dq -R 1
+which will not do what was intended at all!
+The default record separator is newline.
+.It Fl t Ar char
+.Ar char
+is used as the field separator character.
+The initial
+.Ar char
+is not considered to be part of a field when determining
+key offsets (see below).
+Each occurrence of
+.Ar char
+is significant (for example,
+.Dq Ar charchar
+delimits an empty field).
+If
+.Fl t
+is not specified, the default field separator is a sequence of
+blank-space characters, and consecutive blank spaces do
+.Em not
+delimit an empty field; further, the initial blank space
+.Em is
+considered part of a field when determining key offsets.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following operands are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ar
+.It Ar file
+The pathname of a file to be sorted, merged, or checked.
+If no
+.Ar file
+operands are specified, or if
+a
+.Ar file
+operand is
+.Fl ,
+the standard input is used.
+.El
+.Pp
+A field is defined as a minimal sequence of characters followed by a
+field separator or a newline character.
+By default, the first
+blank space of a sequence of blank spaces acts as the field separator.
+All blank spaces in a sequence of blank spaces are considered
+as part of the next field; for example, all blank spaces at
+the beginning of a line are considered to be part of the
+first field.
+.Pp
+Fields are specified
+by the
+.Fl k
+.Ar kstart Ns Op \&, Ns Ar kend
+argument.
+A missing
+.Ar kend
+argument defaults to the end of a line.
+.Pp
+The arguments
+.Ar kstart
+and
+.Ar kend
+have the form
+.Ar m Ns Li \&. Ns Ar n
+and can be followed by one or more of the letters
+.Cm b , d , f , i ,
+.Cm l , n ,
+and
+.Cm r ,
+which correspond to the options discussed above.
+A
+.Ar kstart
+position specified by
+.Ar m Ns Li \&. Ns Ar n
+.Pq Ar m , n No > 0
+is interpreted as the
+.Ar n Ns th
+character in the
+.Ar m Ns th
+field.
+A missing
+.Li \&. Ns Ar n
+in
+.Ar kstart
+means
+.Ql \&.1 ,
+indicating the first character of the
+.Ar m Ns th
+field; if the
+.Fl b
+option is in effect,
+.Ar n
+is counted from the first non-blank character in the
+.Ar m Ns th
+field;
+.Ar m Ns Li \&.1b
+refers to the first non-blank character in the
+.Ar m Ns th
+field.
+.Pp
+A
+.Ar kend
+position specified by
+.Ar m Ns Li \&. Ns Ar n
+is interpreted as
+the
+.Ar n Ns th
+character (including separators) of the
+.Ar m Ns th
+field.
+A missing
+.Li \&. Ns Ar n
+indicates the last character of the
+.Ar m Ns th
+field;
+.Ar m
+= \&0
+designates the end of a line.
+Thus the option
+.Fl k
+.Sm off
+.Xo
+.Ar v Li \&. Ar x Li \&,
+.Ar w Li \&. Ar y
+.Xc
+.Sm on
+is synonymous with the obsolescent option
+.Sm off
+.Cm \(pl Ar v-\&1 Li \&. Ar x-\&1
+.Fl Ar w-\&1 Li \&. Ar y ;
+.Sm on
+when
+.Ar y
+is omitted,
+.Fl k
+.Sm off
+.Ar v Li \&. Ar x Li \&, Ar w
+.Sm on
+is synonymous with
+.Sm off
+.Cm \(pl Ar v-\&1 Li \&. Ar x-\&1
+.Fl Ar w+1 Li \&.0 .
+.Sm on
+The obsolescent
+.Cm \(pl Ns Ar pos1
+.Fl Ns Ar pos2
+option is still supported, except for
+.Fl Ns Ar w Ns Li \&.0b ,
+which has no
+.Fl k
+equivalent.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+compares records by comparing the key fields selected by
+.Fl k
+arguments,
+from first given to last,
+until discovering a difference.
+If there are no
+.Fl k
+arguments, the whole record is treated as a single key.
+After exhausting the
+.Fl k
+arguments, if no difference has been found,
+then the result depends upon the
+.Fl u
+and
+.Fl S
+option settings.
+With
+.Fl u
+the records are considered identical, and one is supressed.
+Otherwise with
+.Fl s
+set (default) the records are left in their original order,
+or with
+.Fl S
+(posix mode) the whole record is considered as a tie breaker.
+.\"
+.\" If you fail to understand why it doesn't matter which order
+.\" the records are output when they are wholly identical, there
+.\" is nothing that this man page can say that wll help!
+.\"
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+If the following environment variable exists, it is used by
+.Nm .
+.Bl -tag -width Ev
+.It Ev TMPDIR
+.Nm
+uses the contents of the
+.Ev TMPDIR
+environment variable as the path in which to store
+temporary files.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width outputNUMBER+some -compact
+.It Pa /tmp/sort.*
+Default temporary files.
+.It Ar output Ns NUMBER
+Temporary file which is used for output if
+.Ar output
+already exists.
+Once sorting is finished, this file replaces
+.Ar output
+(via
+.Xr link 2
+and
+.Xr unlink 2 ) .
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+Sort exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width flag -compact
+.It 0
+Normal behavior.
+.It 1
+On disorder (or non-uniqueness) with the
+.Fl c
+(or
+.Fl C )
+option.
+.It 2
+An error occurred.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr comm 1 ,
+.Xr join 1 ,
+.Xr uniq 1 ,
+.Xr qsort 3 ,
+.Xr radixsort 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v5 .
+This
+.Nm
+implementation appeared in
+.Bx 4.4
+and is used since
+.Nx 1.6 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Posix requires the locale's thousands separator be ignored in numbers.
+It may be faster to sort very large files in pieces and then explicitly
+merge them.
+.Sh NOTES
+This
+.Nm
+has no limits on input line length (other than imposed by available
+memory) or any restrictions on bytes allowed within lines.
+.Pp
+To protect data
+.Nm
+.Fl o
+calls
+.Xr link 2
+and
+.Xr unlink 2 ,
+and thus fails on protected directories.
+.Pp
+Input files should be text files.
+If file doesn't end with record separator (which is typically newline), the
+.Nm
+utility silently supplies one.
+.Pp
+The current
+.Nm
+uses lexicographic radix sorting, which requires
+that sort keys be kept in memory (as opposed to previous versions which used quick
+and merge sorts and did not.)
+Thus performance depends highly on efficient choice of sort keys, and the
+.Fl b
+option and the
+.Ar kend
+argument of the
+.Fl k
+option should be used whenever possible.
+Similarly,
+.Nm
+.Fl k1f
+is equivalent to
+.Nm
+.Fl f
+and may take twice as long.
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/sort.c b/usr.bin/sort/sort.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee5ffdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/sort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sort.c,v 1.64 2017/01/10 21:13:45 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: sort.c,v 1.64 2017/01/10 21:13:45 christos Exp $");
+
+/* Sort sorts a file using an optional user-defined key.
+ * Sort uses radix sort for internal sorting, and allows
+ * a choice of merge sort and radix sort for external sorting.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+#include "sort.h"
+#include "fsort.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+int REC_D = '\n';
+u_char d_mask[NBINS];		/* flags for rec_d, field_d, <blank> */
+
+/*
+ * weight tables.  Gweights is one of ascii, Rascii..
+ * modified to weight rec_d = 0 (or 255)
+ */
+u_char *const weight_tables[4] = { ascii, Rascii, Ftable, RFtable };
+u_char ascii[NBINS], Rascii[NBINS], RFtable[NBINS], Ftable[NBINS];
+
+int SINGL_FLD = 0, SEP_FLAG = 0, UNIQUE = 0;
+int REVERSE = 0;
+int posix_sort;
+
+unsigned int debug_flags = 0;
+
+static char toutpath[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+const char *tmpdir;	/* where temporary files should be put */
+
+static void cleanup(void);
+static void onsignal(int);
+__dead static void usage(const char *);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, i, stdinflag = 0;
+	char mode = 0;
+	char *outfile, *outpath = 0;
+	struct field *fldtab;
+	size_t fldtab_sz, fld_cnt;
+	struct filelist filelist;
+	int num_input_files;
+	FILE *outfp = NULL;
+	struct rlimit rl;
+	struct stat st;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	/* bump RLIMIT_NOFILE to maximum our hard limit allows */
+	if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl) < 0)
+		err(2, "getrlimit");
+	rl.rlim_cur = rl.rlim_max;
+	if (setrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl) < 0)
+		err(2, "setrlimit");
+	
+	d_mask[REC_D = '\n'] = REC_D_F;
+	d_mask['\t'] = d_mask[' '] = BLANK | FLD_D;
+
+	/* fldtab[0] is the global options. */
+	fldtab_sz = 3;
+	fld_cnt = 0;
+	fldtab = emalloc(fldtab_sz * sizeof(*fldtab));
+	memset(fldtab, 0, fldtab_sz * sizeof(*fldtab));
+
+#define SORT_OPTS "bcCdD:fHik:lmno:rR:sSt:T:u"
+
+	/* Convert "+field" args to -k format */
+	fixit(&argc, argv, SORT_OPTS);
+
+	if (!(tmpdir = getenv("TMPDIR")))
+		tmpdir = _PATH_TMP;
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, SORT_OPTS)) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'b':
+			fldtab[0].flags |= BI | BT;
+			break;
+		case 'c': case 'C': case 'm':
+			if (mode)
+				usage("Incompatible operation modes");
+			mode = ch;
+			break;
+		case 'D': /* Debug flags */
+			for (i = 0; optarg[i]; i++)
+			    debug_flags |= 1 << (optarg[i] & 31);
+			break;
+		case 'd': case 'f': case 'i': case 'n': case 'l':
+			fldtab[0].flags |= optval(ch, 0);
+			break;
+		case 'H':
+			/* -H was ; use merge sort for blocks of large files' */
+			/* That is now the default. */
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			fldtab = erealloc(fldtab, (fldtab_sz + 1) * sizeof(*fldtab));
+			memset(&fldtab[fldtab_sz], 0, sizeof(fldtab[0]));
+			fldtab_sz++;
+
+			setfield(optarg, &fldtab[++fld_cnt], fldtab[0].flags);
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			outpath = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			REVERSE = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+			if (REC_D != '\n')
+				usage("multiple record delimiters");
+			REC_D = *optarg;
+			if (optarg[1] != '\0') {
+				char *ep;
+				int t = 0;
+
+				if (optarg[0] == '\\')
+					optarg++, t = 8;
+				REC_D = (int)strtol(optarg, &ep, t);
+				if (*ep != '\0' || REC_D < 0 ||
+				    REC_D >= (int)__arraycount(d_mask))
+					errx(2, "invalid record delimiter %s",
+					    optarg);
+			}
+			if (REC_D == '\n')
+				break;
+			d_mask['\n'] = d_mask[' '];
+			d_mask[REC_D] = REC_D_F;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			/*
+			 * Nominally 'stable sort', keep lines with equal keys
+			 * in input file order. (Default for NetBSD)
+			 * (-s for GNU sort compatibility.)
+			 */
+			posix_sort = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			/*
+			 * Reverse of -s!
+			 * This needs to enforce a POSIX sort where records
+			 * with equal keys are then sorted by the raw data.
+			 * Currently not implemented!
+			 * (using libc radixsort() v sradixsort() doesn't
+			 * have the desired effect.)
+			 */
+			posix_sort = 1;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			if (SEP_FLAG)
+				usage("multiple field delimiters");
+			SEP_FLAG = 1;
+			d_mask[' '] &= ~FLD_D;
+			d_mask['\t'] &= ~FLD_D;
+			d_mask['\n'] &= ~FLD_D;
+			d_mask[(u_char)*optarg] |= FLD_D;
+			if (d_mask[(u_char)*optarg] & REC_D_F)
+				errx(2, "record/field delimiter clash");
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			/* -T tmpdir */
+			tmpdir = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			UNIQUE = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage(NULL);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (UNIQUE)
+		/* Don't sort on raw record if keys match */
+		posix_sort = 0;
+
+	if ((mode == 'c' || mode == 'C') && argc > optind+1)
+		errx(2, "too many input files for -c option");
+	if (argc - 2 > optind && !strcmp(argv[argc-2], "-o")) {
+		outpath = argv[argc-1];
+		argc -= 2;
+	}
+	if (mode == 'm' && argc - optind > (MAXFCT - (16+1))*16)
+		errx(2, "too many input files for -m option");
+
+	for (i = optind; i < argc; i++) {
+		/* allow one occurrence of /dev/stdin */
+		if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-") || !strcmp(argv[i], _PATH_STDIN)) {
+			if (stdinflag)
+				warnx("ignoring extra \"%s\" in file list",
+				    argv[i]);
+			else
+				stdinflag = 1;
+
+			/* change to /dev/stdin if '-' */
+			if (argv[i][0] == '-') {
+				static char path_stdin[] = _PATH_STDIN;
+				argv[i] = path_stdin;
+			}
+
+		} else if ((ch = access(argv[i], R_OK)))
+			err(2, "%s", argv[i]);
+	}
+
+	if (fldtab[1].icol.num == 0) {
+		/* No sort key specified */
+		if (fldtab[0].flags & (I|D|F|N|L)) {
+			/* Modified - generate a key that covers the line */
+			fldtab[0].flags &= ~(BI|BT);
+			setfield("1", &fldtab[++fld_cnt], fldtab->flags);
+			fldreset(fldtab);
+		} else {
+			/* Unmodified, just compare the line */
+			SINGL_FLD = 1;
+			fldtab[0].icol.num = 1;
+		}
+	} else {
+		fldreset(fldtab);
+	}
+
+	settables();
+
+	if (optind == argc) {
+		static const char * const names[] = { _PATH_STDIN, NULL };
+		filelist.names = names;
+		num_input_files = 1;
+	} else {
+		filelist.names = (const char * const *) &argv[optind];
+		num_input_files = argc - optind;
+	}
+
+	if (mode == 'c' || mode == 'C') {
+		order(&filelist, fldtab, mode == 'C');
+		/* NOT REACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (!outpath) {
+		toutpath[0] = '\0';	/* path not used in this case */
+		outfile = outpath = toutpath;
+		outfp = stdout;
+	} else if (lstat(outpath, &st) == 0
+	    && !S_ISCHR(st.st_mode) && !S_ISBLK(st.st_mode)) {
+		/* output file exists and isn't character or block device */
+		struct sigaction act;
+		static const int sigtable[] = {SIGHUP, SIGINT, SIGPIPE,
+		    SIGXCPU, SIGXFSZ, SIGVTALRM, SIGPROF, 0};
+		int outfd;
+		errno = 0;
+		if (access(outpath, W_OK))
+			err(2, "%s", outpath);
+		(void)snprintf(toutpath, sizeof(toutpath), "%sXXXXXX",
+		    outpath);
+		if ((outfd = mkstemp(toutpath)) == -1)
+			err(2, "Cannot create temporary file `%s'", toutpath);
+		(void)atexit(cleanup);
+		act.sa_handler = onsignal;
+		(void) sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+		act.sa_flags = SA_RESTART | SA_RESETHAND;
+		for (i = 0; sigtable[i]; ++i)	/* always unlink toutpath */
+			sigaction(sigtable[i], &act, 0);
+		outfile = toutpath;
+		if ((outfp = fdopen(outfd, "w")) == NULL)
+			err(2, "Cannot open temporary file `%s'", toutpath);
+	} else {
+		outfile = outpath;
+
+		if ((outfp = fopen(outfile, "w")) == NULL)
+			err(2, "output file %s", outfile);
+	}
+
+	if (mode == 'm')
+		fmerge(&filelist, num_input_files, outfp, fldtab);
+	else
+		fsort(&filelist, num_input_files, outfp, fldtab);
+
+	if (outfile != outpath) {
+		if (access(outfile, F_OK))
+			err(2, "%s", outfile);
+
+		/*
+		 * Copy file permissions bits of the original file.
+		 * st is initialized above, when we create the
+		 * temporary spool file.
+		 */
+		if (lchmod(outfile, st.st_mode & ALLPERMS) != 0) {
+			err(2, "cannot chmod %s: output left in %s",
+			    outpath, outfile);
+		}
+
+		(void)unlink(outpath);
+		if (link(outfile, outpath))
+			err(2, "cannot link %s: output left in %s",
+			    outpath, outfile);
+		(void)unlink(outfile);
+		toutpath[0] = 0;
+	}
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+static void
+onsignal(int sig)
+{
+	cleanup();
+}
+
+static void
+cleanup(void)
+{
+	if (toutpath[0])
+		(void)unlink(toutpath);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(const char *msg)
+{
+	const char *pn = getprogname();
+
+	if (msg != NULL)
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s\n", getprogname(), msg);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "usage: %s [-bdfHilmnrSsu] [-k kstart[,kend]] [-o output]"
+	    " [-R char] [-T dir]\n", pn);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "             [-t char] [file ...]\n");
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "   or: %s -C|-c [-bdfilnru] [-k kstart[,kend]] [-o output]"
+	    " [-R char]\n", pn);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "             [-t char] [file]\n");
+	exit(2);
+}
+
+RECHEADER *
+allocrec(RECHEADER *rec, size_t size)
+{
+
+	return (erealloc(rec, size + sizeof(long) - 1));
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/sort.h b/usr.bin/sort/sort.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7a3144
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/sort.h
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sort.h,v 1.36 2016/06/01 02:37:55 kre Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)sort.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define NBINS		256
+
+/* values for masks, weights, and other flags. */
+/* R and F get used to index weight_tables[] */
+#define	R	0x01	/* Field is reversed */
+#define	F	0x02	/* weight lower and upper case the same */
+#define	I	0x04	/* mask out non-printable characters */
+#define	D	0x08	/* sort alphanumeric characters only */
+#define	N	0x10	/* Field is a number */
+#define	BI	0x20	/* ignore blanks in icol */
+#define	BT	0x40	/* ignore blanks in tcol */
+#define	L	0x80	/* Sort by field length */
+
+/* masks for delimiters: blanks, fields, and termination. */
+#define BLANK 1		/* ' ', '\t'; '\n' if -R is invoked */
+#define FLD_D 2		/* ' ', '\t' default; from -t otherwise */
+#define REC_D_F 4	/* '\n' default; from -R otherwise */
+
+#define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+#define	FCLOSE(file) {							\
+	if (EOF == fclose(file))					\
+		err(2, "%p", file);					\
+}
+
+#define	EWRITE(ptr, size, n, f, fmt) {					\
+	if (!fwrite(ptr, size, n, f))					\
+		 err(2, fmt);						\
+}
+
+/* Records are limited to MAXBUFSIZE (8MB) and less if you want to sort
+ * in a sane way.
+ * Anyone who wants to sort data records longer than 2GB definitely needs a
+ * different program! */
+typedef unsigned int length_t;
+
+/* A record is a key/line pair starting at rec.data. It has a total length
+ * and an offset to the start of the line half of the pair.
+ */
+typedef struct recheader {
+	length_t length;	/* total length of key and line */
+	length_t offset;	/* to line */
+	int      keylen;	/* length of key */
+	u_char   data[];	/* key then line */
+} RECHEADER;
+
+/* This is the column as seen by struct field.  It is used by enterfield.
+ * They are matched with corresponding coldescs during initialization.
+ */
+struct column {
+	struct coldesc *p;
+	int num;
+	int indent;
+};
+
+/* a coldesc has a number and pointers to the beginning and end of the
+ * corresponding column in the current line.  This is determined in enterkey.
+ */
+typedef struct coldesc {
+	u_char *start;
+	u_char *end;
+	int num;
+} COLDESC;
+
+/* A field has an initial and final column; an omitted final column
+ * implies the end of the line.  Flags regulate omission of blanks and
+ * numerical sorts; mask determines which characters are ignored (from -i, -d);
+ * weights determines the sort weights of a character (from -f, -r).
+ *
+ * The first field contain the global flags etc.
+ * The list terminates when icol = 0.
+ */
+struct field {
+	struct column icol;
+	struct column tcol;
+	u_int flags;
+	u_char *mask;
+	u_char *weights;
+};
+
+struct filelist {
+	const char * const * names;
+};
+
+typedef int (*get_func_t)(FILE *, RECHEADER *, u_char *, struct field *);
+typedef void (*put_func_t)(const RECHEADER *, FILE *);
+
+extern u_char ascii[NBINS], Rascii[NBINS], Ftable[NBINS], RFtable[NBINS];
+extern u_char *const weight_tables[4];   /* ascii, Rascii, Ftable, RFtable */
+extern u_char d_mask[NBINS];
+extern int SINGL_FLD, SEP_FLAG, UNIQUE, REVERSE;
+extern int posix_sort;
+extern int REC_D;
+extern const char *tmpdir;
+extern struct coldesc *clist;
+extern int ncols;
+
+#define DEBUG(ch) (debug_flags & (1 << ((ch) & 31)))
+extern unsigned int debug_flags;
+
+RECHEADER *allocrec(RECHEADER *, size_t);
+void	 append(RECHEADER **, int, FILE *, void (*)(const RECHEADER *, FILE *));
+void	 concat(FILE *, FILE *);
+length_t enterkey(RECHEADER *, const u_char *, u_char *, size_t, struct field *);
+void	 fixit(int *, char **, const char *);
+void	 fldreset(struct field *);
+FILE	*ftmp(void);
+void	 fmerge(struct filelist *, int, FILE *, struct field *);
+void	 save_for_merge(FILE *, get_func_t, struct field *);
+void	 merge_sort(FILE *, put_func_t, struct field *);
+void	 fsort(struct filelist *, int, FILE *, struct field *);
+int	 geteasy(FILE *, RECHEADER *, u_char *, struct field *);
+int	 makekey(FILE *, RECHEADER *, u_char *, struct field *);
+int	 makeline(FILE *, RECHEADER *, u_char *, struct field *);
+void	 makeline_copydown(RECHEADER *);
+int	 optval(int, int);
+__dead void	 order(struct filelist *, struct field *, int);
+void	 putline(const RECHEADER *, FILE *);
+void	 putrec(const RECHEADER *, FILE *);
+void	 putkeydump(const RECHEADER *, FILE *);
+void	 rd_append(int, int, int, FILE *, u_char *, u_char *);
+void	 radix_sort(RECHEADER **, RECHEADER **, int);
+int	 setfield(const char *, struct field *, int);
+void	 settables(void);
diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/tmp.c b/usr.bin/sort/tmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..155b3f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/sort/tmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tmp.c,v 1.16 2009/11/06 18:34:22 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Ben Harris and Jaromir Dolecek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tmp.c,v 1.16 2009/11/06 18:34:22 joerg Exp $");
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "sort.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+#define _NAME_TMP "sort.XXXXXXXX"
+
+FILE *
+ftmp(void)
+{
+	sigset_t set, oset;
+	FILE *fp;
+	int fd;
+	char path[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	(void)snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s%s%s", tmpdir,
+		       (tmpdir[strlen(tmpdir)-1] != '/') ? "/" : "", _NAME_TMP);
+
+	sigfillset(&set);
+	(void)sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &set, &oset);
+	if ((fd = mkstemp(path)) < 0)
+		err(2, "ftmp: mkstemp(\"%s\")", path);
+	if (!(fp = fdopen(fd, "w+")))
+		err(2, "ftmp: fdopen(\"%s\")", path);
+	if (!DEBUG('t'))
+		(void)unlink(path);
+
+	(void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &oset, NULL);
+	return (fp);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/split/split.1 b/usr.bin/split/split.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a25e3c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/split/split.1
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: split.1,v 1.15 2007/05/31 01:35:35 jschauma Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)split.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+.\"
+.Dd May 28, 2007
+.Dt SPLIT 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm split
+.Nd split a file into pieces
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl a Ar suffix_length
+.Oo
+.Fl b Ar byte_count Ns Oo Li k|m Oc |
+.Fl l Ar line_count
+.Fl n Ar chunk_count
+.Oc
+.Op Ar file Op Ar name
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility reads the given
+.Ar file
+and breaks it up into files of 1000 lines each.
+If
+.Ar file
+is a single dash or absent,
+.Nm
+reads from the standard input.
+.Ar file
+itself is not altered.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl a
+Use
+.Ar suffix_length
+letters to form the suffix of the file name.
+.It Fl b
+Create smaller files
+.Ar byte_count
+bytes in length.
+If
+.Ql k
+is appended to the number, the file is split into
+.Ar byte_count
+kilobyte pieces.
+If
+.Ql m
+is appended to the number, the file is split into
+.Ar byte_count
+megabyte pieces.
+.It Fl l
+Create smaller files
+.Ar line_count
+lines in length.
+.It Fl n
+Split file into
+.Ar chunk_count
+smaller files.
+.El
+.Pp
+If additional arguments are specified, the first is used as the name
+of the input file which is to be split.
+If a second additional argument is specified, it is used as a prefix
+for the names of the files into which the file is split.
+In this case, each file into which the file is split is named by the
+prefix followed by a lexically ordered suffix using
+.Ar suffix_length
+characters in the range
+.Dq Li a-z .
+If
+.Fl a
+is not specified, two letters are used as the suffix.
+.Pp
+If the
+.Ar name
+argument is not specified,
+.Ql x
+is used.
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2001 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v6 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl a
+option was introduced in
+.Nx 2.0 .
+Before that, if
+.Ar name
+was not specified,
+.Nm
+would vary the first letter of the filename
+to increase the number of possible output files.
+The
+.Fl a
+option makes this unnecessary.
diff --git a/usr.bin/split/split.c b/usr.bin/split/split.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e538da1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/split/split.c
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: split.c,v 1.27 2017/01/10 21:14:13 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)split.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/25/94";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: split.c,v 1.27 2017/01/10 21:14:13 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define DEFLINE	1000		/* Default num lines per file. */
+
+static int file_open;		/* If a file open. */
+static int ifd = STDIN_FILENO, ofd = -1; /* Input/output file descriptors. */
+static char *fname;		/* File name prefix. */
+static size_t sfxlen = 2;		/* suffix length. */
+
+static void newfile(void);
+static void split1(off_t, int) __dead;
+static void split2(off_t) __dead;
+static void split3(off_t) __dead;
+static void usage(void) __dead;
+static size_t bigwrite(int, void const *, size_t);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch;
+	char *ep, *p;
+	char const *base;
+	off_t bytecnt = 0;	/* Byte count to split on. */
+	off_t numlines = 0;	/* Line count to split on. */
+	off_t chunks = 0;	/* Number of chunks to split into. */
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "0123456789b:l:a:n:")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+		case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+			/*
+			 * Undocumented kludge: split was originally designed
+			 * to take a number after a dash.
+			 */
+			if (numlines == 0) {
+				p = argv[optind - 1];
+				if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == ch && !p[2])
+					p++;
+				else
+					p = argv[optind] + 1;
+				numlines = strtoull(p, &ep, 10);
+				if (numlines == 0 || *ep != '\0')
+					errx(1, "%s: illegal line count.", p);
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'b':		/* Byte count. */
+			if (!isdigit((unsigned char)optarg[0]) ||
+			    (bytecnt = strtoull(optarg, &ep, 10)) == 0 ||
+			    (*ep != '\0' && *ep != 'k' && *ep != 'm'))
+				errx(1, "%s: illegal byte count.", optarg);
+			if (*ep == 'k')
+				bytecnt *= 1024;
+			else if (*ep == 'm')
+				bytecnt *= 1024 * 1024;
+			break;
+		case 'l':		/* Line count. */
+			if (numlines != 0)
+				usage();
+			if (!isdigit((unsigned char)optarg[0]) ||
+			    (numlines = strtoull(optarg, &ep, 10)) == 0 ||
+			    *ep != '\0')
+				errx(1, "%s: illegal line count.", optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'a':		/* Suffix length. */
+			if (!isdigit((unsigned char)optarg[0]) ||
+			    (sfxlen = (size_t)strtoul(optarg, &ep, 10)) == 0 ||
+			    *ep != '\0')
+				errx(1, "%s: illegal suffix length.", optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'n':		/* Chunks. */
+			if (!isdigit((unsigned char)optarg[0]) ||
+			    (chunks = (size_t)strtoul(optarg, &ep, 10)) == 0 ||
+			    *ep != '\0')
+				errx(1, "%s: illegal number of chunks.", optarg);
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+
+	if (*argv != NULL) {
+		if (strcmp(*argv, "-") != 0 &&
+		    (ifd = open(*argv, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0)
+			err(1, "%s", *argv);
+		++argv;
+	}
+
+
+	base = (*argv != NULL) ? *argv++ : "x";
+	if ((fname = malloc(strlen(base) + sfxlen + 1)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+	(void)strcpy(fname, base);		/* File name prefix. */
+
+	if (*argv != NULL)
+		usage();
+
+	if (numlines == 0)
+		numlines = DEFLINE;
+	else if (bytecnt || chunks)
+		usage();
+
+	if (bytecnt && chunks)
+		usage();
+
+	if (bytecnt)
+		split1(bytecnt, 0);
+	else if (chunks)
+		split3(chunks);
+	else 
+		split2(numlines);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * split1 --
+ *	Split the input by bytes.
+ */
+static void
+split1(off_t bytecnt, int maxcnt)
+{
+	off_t bcnt;
+	ssize_t dist, len;
+	char *C;
+	char bfr[MAXBSIZE];
+	int nfiles;
+
+	nfiles = 0;
+
+	for (bcnt = 0;;)
+		switch (len = read(ifd, bfr, MAXBSIZE)) {
+		case 0:
+			exit(0);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		case -1:
+			err(1, "read");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		default:
+			if (!file_open) {
+				if (!maxcnt || (nfiles < maxcnt)) {
+					newfile();
+					nfiles++;
+					file_open = 1;
+				}
+			}
+			if (bcnt + len >= bytecnt) {
+				/* LINTED: bytecnt - bcnt <= len */
+				dist = bytecnt - bcnt;
+				if (bigwrite(ofd, bfr, dist) != (size_t)dist)
+					err(1, "write");
+				len -= dist;
+				for (C = bfr + dist; len >= bytecnt;
+				    /* LINTED: bytecnt <= len */
+				    len -= bytecnt, C += bytecnt) {
+					if (!maxcnt || (nfiles < maxcnt)) {
+						newfile();
+						nfiles++;
+					}
+					/* LINTED: as above */
+					if (bigwrite(ofd,
+					    C, bytecnt) != (size_t)bytecnt)
+						err(1, "write");
+				}
+				if (len) {
+					if (!maxcnt || (nfiles < maxcnt)) {
+						newfile();
+						nfiles++;
+					}
+					/* LINTED: len >= 0 */
+					if (bigwrite(ofd, C, len) != (size_t)len)
+						err(1, "write");
+				} else
+					file_open = 0;
+				bcnt = len;
+			} else {
+				bcnt += len;
+				/* LINTED: len >= 0 */
+				if (bigwrite(ofd, bfr, len) != (size_t)len)
+					err(1, "write");
+			}
+		}
+}
+
+/*
+ * split2 --
+ *	Split the input by lines.
+ */
+static void
+split2(off_t numlines)
+{
+	off_t lcnt;
+	size_t bcnt;
+	ssize_t len;
+	char *Ce, *Cs;
+	char bfr[MAXBSIZE];
+
+	for (lcnt = 0;;)
+		switch (len = read(ifd, bfr, MAXBSIZE)) {
+		case 0:
+			exit(0);
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		case -1:
+			err(1, "read");
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		default:
+			if (!file_open) {
+				newfile();
+				file_open = 1;
+			}
+			for (Cs = Ce = bfr; len--; Ce++)
+				if (*Ce == '\n' && ++lcnt == numlines) {
+					bcnt = Ce - Cs + 1;
+					if (bigwrite(ofd, Cs, bcnt) != (size_t)bcnt)
+						err(1, "write");
+					lcnt = 0;
+					Cs = Ce + 1;
+					if (len)
+						newfile();
+					else
+						file_open = 0;
+				}
+			if (Cs < Ce) {
+				bcnt = Ce - Cs;
+				if (bigwrite(ofd, Cs, bcnt) != (size_t)bcnt)
+					err(1, "write");
+			}
+		}
+}
+
+/*
+ * split3 --
+ *	Split the input into specified number of chunks
+ */
+static void
+split3(off_t chunks)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	if (fstat(ifd, &sb) == -1) {
+		err(1, "stat");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (chunks > sb.st_size) {
+		errx(1, "can't split into more than %d files",
+				(int)sb.st_size);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	split1(sb.st_size/chunks, chunks);
+}
+
+/*
+ * newfile --
+ *	Open a new output file.
+ */
+static void
+newfile(void)
+{
+	static int fnum;
+	static char *fpnt;
+	int quot, i;
+
+	if (ofd == -1) {
+		fpnt = fname + strlen(fname);
+		fpnt[sfxlen] = '\0';
+	} else if (close(ofd) != 0)
+		err(1, "%s", fname);
+
+	quot = fnum;
+	for (i = sfxlen - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+		fpnt[i] = quot % 26 + 'a';
+		quot = quot / 26;
+	}
+	if (quot > 0)
+		errx(1, "too many files.");
+	++fnum;
+	if ((ofd = open(fname, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, DEFFILEMODE)) < 0)
+		err(1, "%s", fname);
+}
+
+static size_t
+bigwrite(int fd, const void *buf, size_t len)
+{
+	const char *ptr = buf;
+	size_t sofar = 0;
+	ssize_t w;
+
+	while (len != 0) {
+		if  ((w = write(fd, ptr, len)) == -1)
+			return sofar;
+		len -= w;
+		ptr += w;
+		sofar += w;
+	}
+	return sofar;
+}
+
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+"usage: %s [-b byte_count] [-l line_count] [-n chunk_count] [-a suffix_length] "
+"[file [prefix]]\n", getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/tabs/tabs.1 b/usr.bin/tabs/tabs.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e88b29a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tabs/tabs.1
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+.\" $NetBSD: tabs.1,v 1.6 2014/03/18 18:20:45 riastradh Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Roy Marples.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd April 5, 2012
+.Dt TABS 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tabs
+.Nd set terminal tabs
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl n Ns | Ns Fl a Ns | Ns Fl a2 Ns | Ns Fl c Ns | Ns Fl c2 \
+Ns | Ns Fl c3 Ns | Ns Fl f Ns | Ns Fl p Ns | Ns Fl s Ns | Ns Fl u
+.Op +m Ns Op n
+.Op Fl T Ar type
+.Nm
+.Op Fl T Ar type
+.Op + Ns Op n
+.Ar n1 Ns Op , Ns Ar n2 , Ns Ar ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility displays a series of characters that first clears the hardware terminal
+tab settings and then initializes the tab stops at the specified positions
+and optionally adjusts the margin.
+.Pp
+The phrase "tab-stop position N" means that, from the start of a line of
+output, tabbing to position N shall cause the next character output to be in
+the (N+1)th column on that line.
+.Pp
+The following options are supported:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Fl Ar n
+Specifies repetitive tab stops separated by a uniform number of columns,
+.Ar n ,
+where
+.Ar n
+is a single digit decimal number.
+The default usage of
+.Nm
+with no arguments is equivalent to
+.Nm
+.Fl 8 .
+When
+.Fl 0
+is used, the tab stops are cleared and no new ones set.
+.It Fl a
+Assembler, applicable to some mainframes.
+Equivalent to
+.Nm
+1,10,16,36,72 .
+.It Fl a2
+Assembler, applicable to some mainframes.
+Equivalent to
+.Nm
+1,10,16,40,72
+.It Fl c
+.Tn COBOL ,
+normal format.
+Equivalent to
+.Nm
+1,8,12,16,20,55
+.It Fl c2
+.Tn COBOL ,
+compact format (columns 1 to 6 omitted).
+Equivalent to
+.Nm
+1,6,10,14,49
+.It Fl c3
+.Tn COBOL ,
+compact format (columns 1 to 6 omitted), with more tabs than
+.Fl c2 .
+Equivalent to
+.Nm
+1,6,10,14,18,22,26,30,34,38,42,46,50,54,58,62,67
+.It Fl f
+.Tn FORTRAN .
+Equivalent to
+.Nm
+1,7,11,15,19,23
+.It Fl p
+.Tn PL/1 .
+Equivalent to
+.Nm
+1,5,9,13,17,21,25,29,33,37,41,45,49,53,57,61
+.It Fl s
+.Tn SNOBOL .
+Equivalent to
+.Nm
+1,10,55
+.It Fl T Ar type
+Indicates the type of terminal.
+.It Fl u
+Assembler, applicable to some mainframes.
+Equivalent to
+.Nm
+1,12,20,44
+.El
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+The
+.Ev COLUMNS
+and
+.Ev TERM
+environment variables affect the execution of
+.Nm
+as described in
+.Xr environ 7 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl T
+option overrides
+.Ev TERM .
+If neither
+.Ev TERM
+nor the
+.Fl T
+option are present,
+.Nm
+will fail.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr expand 1 ,
+.Xr stty 1 ,
+.Xr tput 1 ,
+.Xr unexpand 1 ,
+.Xr terminfo 5
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.1 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility first appeared in PWB UNIX.
+This implementation was introduced in
+.Nx 6.0 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Roy Marples Aq Mt roy@NetBSD.org
diff --git a/usr.bin/tabs/tabs.c b/usr.bin/tabs/tabs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e017a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tabs/tabs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/* $NetBSD: tabs.c,v 1.5 2019/02/01 08:29:04 mrg Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Roy Marples.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 2008 \
+The NetBSD Foundation, inc. All rights reserved.");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tabs.c,v 1.5 2019/02/01 08:29:04 mrg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <term.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define NSTOPS 20
+
+struct tabspec {
+	const char *opt;
+	const char *spec;
+};
+static const struct tabspec tabspecs[] = {
+	{"a",	"1,10,16,36,72"},
+	{"a2",	"1,10,16,40,72"},
+	{"c",	"1,8,12,16,20,55"},
+	{"c2",	"1,6,10,14,49"},
+	{"c3",	"1,6,10,14,18,22,26,30,34,38,42,46,50,54,58,62,67"},
+	{"f",	"1,7,11,15,19,23"},
+	{"p",	"1,5,9,13,17,21,25,29,33,37,41,45,49,53,57,61"},
+	{"s",	"1,10,55"},
+	{"u",	"1,12,20,44"}
+};
+static const size_t ntabspecs = sizeof(tabspecs) / sizeof(tabspecs[0]);
+
+__dead static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr,
+		"usage: tabs [-n|-a|-a2|-c|-c2|-c3|-f|-p|-s|-u] [+m[n]]"
+		" [-T type]\n"
+		"       tabs [-T type] [+[n]] n1[,n2,...]\n");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char *term, *arg, *token, *end, *tabs = NULL, *p;
+	const char *cr, *spec = NULL;
+	int i, n, inc = 8, stops[NSTOPS], nstops, last, cols, margin = 0;
+	size_t j;
+	struct winsize ws;
+
+	term = getenv("TERM");
+	for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
+		if (argv[i][0] == '+') {
+			arg = argv[i] + 1;
+			if (arg[0] == 'm')
+				arg++;
+			if (arg[0] == '\0')
+				margin = 10;
+			else {
+				errno = 0;
+				margin = strtol(arg, &end, 10);
+				if (errno != 0 || *end != '\0' || margin < 0)
+					errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+					     "%s: invalid margin", arg);
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (argv[i][0] != '-') {
+			tabs = argv[i];
+			break;
+		}
+		arg = argv[i] + 1;
+		if (arg[0] == '\0') 
+			usage();
+		if (arg[0] == '-' && arg[1] == '\0') {
+			if (argv[i + 1] != NULL)
+				tabs = argv[i + 1];
+			break;
+		}
+		if (arg[0] == 'T' && arg[1] == '\0') {
+			term = argv[++i];
+			if (term == NULL)
+				usage();
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (isdigit((int)arg[0])) {
+			if (arg[1] != '\0')
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				     "%s: invalid increament", arg);
+			inc = arg[0] - '0';
+			continue;
+		}
+		for (j = 0; j < ntabspecs; j++) {
+			if (arg[0] == tabspecs[j].opt[0] &&
+			    arg[1] == tabspecs[j].opt[1]) {
+				spec = tabspecs[j].spec;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (j == ntabspecs)
+			usage();
+	}
+	if (tabs == NULL && spec != NULL)
+		tabs = strdup(spec);
+
+	if (tabs != NULL)
+		last = nstops = 0;
+	else
+		nstops = -1;
+	p = tabs;
+	while ((token = strsep(&p, ", ")) != NULL) {
+		if (*token == '\0')
+			continue;
+		if (nstops >= NSTOPS)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+			     "too many tab stops (max %d)", NSTOPS);
+		errno = 0;
+		n = strtol(token, &end, 10);
+		if (errno != 0 || *end != '\0' || n <= 0)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: invalid tab stop", token);
+		if (*token == '+') {
+			if (nstops == 0)
+				errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+				     "first tab stop may not be relative");
+			n += last;
+		}
+		if (last > n)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "tab stops may not go backwards");
+		last = stops[nstops++] = n;
+	}
+
+	if (term == NULL)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "no value for $TERM and -T not given");
+	if (setupterm(term, STDOUT_FILENO, NULL) != 0)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "setupterm:");
+	cr = carriage_return;
+	if (cr == NULL)
+		cr = "\r";
+	if (clear_all_tabs == NULL)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "terminal cannot clear tabs");
+	if (set_tab == NULL)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "terminal cannot set tabs");
+
+	/* Clear existing tabs */
+	putp(cr);
+	putp(clear_all_tabs);
+	putp(cr);
+
+	if (set_lr_margin != NULL) {
+		printf("%*s", margin, "");
+		putp(set_lr_margin);
+	} else if (margin != 0)
+		warnx("terminal cannot set left margin");
+
+	if (nstops >= 0) {
+		printf("%*s", stops[0] - 1, "");
+		putp(set_tab);
+		for (i = 1; i < nstops; i++) {
+			printf("%*s", stops[i] - stops[i - 1], "");
+			putp(set_tab);
+		}
+	} else if (inc > 0) {
+		cols = 0;
+		term = getenv("COLUMNS");
+		if (term != NULL) {
+			errno = 0;
+			cols = strtol(term, &end, 10);
+			if (errno != 0 || *end != '\0' || cols < 0)
+				cols = 0;
+		}
+		if (cols == 0) {
+			if (ioctl(STDOUT_FILENO, TIOCGWINSZ, &ws) == 0)
+				cols = ws.ws_col;
+			else {
+				cols = tigetnum("cols");
+				if (cols == 0) {
+					cols = 80;
+					warnx("terminal does not specify number"
+					      "columns; defaulting to %d",
+					      cols);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		for (i = 0; i < cols / inc; i++) {
+			printf("%*s", inc, "");
+			putp(set_tab);
+		}
+	}
+	putp(cr);
+
+	exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/tail/extern.h b/usr.bin/tail/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24507b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tail/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.10 2011/09/03 09:02:20 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+#define	WR(p, size) \
+	if (write(STDOUT_FILENO, p, size) != size) \
+		oerr();
+
+enum STYLE { NOTSET = 0, FBYTES, FLINES, RBYTES, RLINES, REVERSE };
+
+void forward(FILE *, enum STYLE, off_t, struct stat *);
+void reverse(FILE *, enum STYLE, off_t, struct stat *);
+
+int displaybytes(FILE *, off_t);
+int displaylines(FILE *, off_t);
+
+void xerr(int fatal, const char *fmt, ...) __printflike(2, 3);
+void xerrx(int fatal, const char *fmt, ...) __printflike(2, 3);
+void ierr(void);
+void oerr(void);
+
+extern int fflag, rflag, rval;
+extern const char *fname;
diff --git a/usr.bin/tail/forward.c b/usr.bin/tail/forward.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e57e8b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tail/forward.c
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: forward.c,v 1.33 2015/10/09 17:51:26 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Edward Sze-Tyan Wang.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)forward.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: forward.c,v 1.33 2015/10/09 17:51:26 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/event.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static int rlines(FILE *, off_t, struct stat *);
+
+/* defines for inner loop actions */
+#define	USE_SLEEP	0
+#define	USE_KQUEUE	1
+#define	ADD_EVENTS	2
+
+/*
+ * forward -- display the file, from an offset, forward.
+ *
+ * There are eight separate cases for this -- regular and non-regular
+ * files, by bytes or lines and from the beginning or end of the file.
+ *
+ * FBYTES	byte offset from the beginning of the file
+ *	REG	seek
+ *	NOREG	read, counting bytes
+ *
+ * FLINES	line offset from the beginning of the file
+ *	REG	read, counting lines
+ *	NOREG	read, counting lines
+ *
+ * RBYTES	byte offset from the end of the file
+ *	REG	seek
+ *	NOREG	cyclically read characters into a wrap-around buffer
+ *
+ * RLINES
+ *	REG	mmap the file and step back until reach the correct offset.
+ *	NOREG	cyclically read lines into a wrap-around array of buffers
+ */
+void
+forward(FILE *fp, enum STYLE style, off_t off, struct stat *sbp)
+{
+	int ch, n;
+	int kq=-1, action=USE_SLEEP;
+	struct stat statbuf;
+	struct kevent ev[2];
+
+	switch(style) {
+	case FBYTES:
+		if (off == 0)
+			break;
+		if (S_ISREG(sbp->st_mode)) {
+			if (sbp->st_size < off)
+				off = sbp->st_size;
+			if (fseeko(fp, off, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+				ierr();
+				return;
+			}
+		} else while (off--)
+			if ((ch = getc(fp)) == EOF) {
+				if (ferror(fp)) {
+					ierr();
+					return;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		break;
+	case FLINES:
+		if (off == 0)
+			break;
+		for (;;) {
+			if ((ch = getc(fp)) == EOF) {
+				if (ferror(fp)) {
+					ierr();
+					return;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			if (ch == '\n' && !--off)
+				break;
+		}
+		break;
+	case RBYTES:
+		if (S_ISREG(sbp->st_mode)) {
+			if (sbp->st_size >= off &&
+			    fseeko(fp, -off, SEEK_END) == -1) {
+				ierr();
+				return;
+			}
+		} else if (off == 0) {
+			while (getc(fp) != EOF);
+			if (ferror(fp)) {
+				ierr();
+				return;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (displaybytes(fp, off))
+				return;
+		}
+		break;
+	case RLINES:
+		if (S_ISREG(sbp->st_mode)) {
+			if (!off) {
+				if (fseek(fp, 0L, SEEK_END) == -1) {
+					ierr();
+					return;
+				}
+			} else {
+				if (rlines(fp, off, sbp))
+					return;
+			}
+		} else if (off == 0) {
+			while (getc(fp) != EOF);
+			if (ferror(fp)) {
+				ierr();
+				return;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (displaylines(fp, off))
+				return;
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (fflag) {
+		kq = kqueue();
+		if (kq < 0)
+			xerr(1, "kqueue");
+		action = ADD_EVENTS;
+	}
+
+	for (;;) {
+		while ((ch = getc(fp)) != EOF)  {
+			if (putchar(ch) == EOF)
+				oerr();
+		}
+		if (ferror(fp)) {
+			ierr();
+			return;
+		}
+		(void)fflush(stdout);
+		if (!fflag)
+			break;
+
+		clearerr(fp);
+
+		switch (action) {
+		case ADD_EVENTS:
+			n = 0;
+
+			memset(ev, 0, sizeof(ev));
+			if (fflag == 2 && fp != stdin) {
+				EV_SET(&ev[n], fileno(fp), EVFILT_VNODE,
+				    EV_ADD | EV_ENABLE | EV_CLEAR,
+				    NOTE_DELETE | NOTE_RENAME, 0, 0);
+				n++;
+			}
+			EV_SET(&ev[n], fileno(fp), EVFILT_READ,
+			    EV_ADD | EV_ENABLE, 0, 0, 0);
+			n++;
+
+			if (kevent(kq, ev, n, NULL, 0, NULL) == -1) {
+				close(kq);
+				kq = -1;
+				action = USE_SLEEP;
+			} else {
+				action = USE_KQUEUE;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case USE_KQUEUE:
+			if (kevent(kq, NULL, 0, ev, 1, NULL) == -1)
+				xerr(1, "kevent");
+
+			if (ev[0].filter == EVFILT_VNODE) {
+				/* file was rotated, wait until it reappears */
+				action = USE_SLEEP;
+			} else if (ev[0].data < 0) {
+				/* file shrank, reposition to end */
+				if (fseek(fp, 0L, SEEK_END) == -1) {
+					ierr();
+					return;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case USE_SLEEP:
+			/*
+			 * We pause for one second after displaying any data
+			 * that has accumulated since we read the file.
+			 */
+                	(void) sleep(1);
+
+			if (fflag == 2 && fp != stdin &&
+			    stat(fname, &statbuf) != -1) {
+				if (statbuf.st_ino != sbp->st_ino ||
+				    statbuf.st_dev != sbp->st_dev ||
+				    statbuf.st_rdev != sbp->st_rdev ||
+				    statbuf.st_nlink == 0) {
+					fp = freopen(fname, "r", fp);
+					if (fp == NULL) {
+						ierr();
+						goto out;
+					}
+					*sbp = statbuf;
+					if (kq != -1)
+						action = ADD_EVENTS;
+				} else if (kq != -1)
+					action = USE_KQUEUE;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+out:
+	if (fflag && kq != -1)
+		close(kq);
+}
+
+/*
+ * rlines -- display the last offset lines of the file.
+ *
+ * Non-zero return means than a (non-fatal) error occurred.
+ */
+static int
+rlines(FILE *fp, off_t off, struct stat *sbp)
+{
+	off_t file_size;
+	off_t file_remaining;
+	char *p = NULL;
+	char *start = NULL;
+	off_t mmap_size;
+	off_t mmap_offset;
+	off_t mmap_remaining = 0;
+
+#define MMAP_MAXSIZE  (10 * 1024 * 1024)
+
+	if (!(file_size = sbp->st_size))
+		return 0;
+	file_remaining = file_size;
+
+	if (file_remaining > MMAP_MAXSIZE) {
+		mmap_size = MMAP_MAXSIZE;
+		mmap_offset = file_remaining - MMAP_MAXSIZE;
+	} else {
+		mmap_size = file_remaining;
+		mmap_offset = 0;
+	}
+
+	while (off) {
+		start = mmap(NULL, (size_t)mmap_size, PROT_READ,
+			     MAP_FILE|MAP_SHARED, fileno(fp), mmap_offset);
+		if (start == MAP_FAILED) {
+			xerr(0, "%s", fname);
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+		mmap_remaining = mmap_size;
+		/* Last char is special, ignore whether newline or not. */
+		for (p = start + mmap_remaining - 1 ; --mmap_remaining ; )
+			if (*--p == '\n' && !--off) {
+				++p;
+				break;
+			}
+
+		file_remaining -= mmap_size - mmap_remaining;
+
+		if (off == 0)
+			break;
+
+		if (file_remaining == 0)
+			break;
+
+		if (munmap(start, mmap_size)) {
+			xerr(0, "%s", fname);
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+		if (mmap_offset >= MMAP_MAXSIZE) {
+			mmap_offset -= MMAP_MAXSIZE;
+		} else {
+			mmap_offset = 0;
+			mmap_size = file_remaining;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Output the (perhaps partial) data in this mmap'd block.
+	 */
+	WR(p, mmap_size - mmap_remaining);
+	file_remaining += mmap_size - mmap_remaining;
+	if (munmap(start, mmap_size)) {
+		xerr(0, "%s", fname);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Set the file pointer to reflect the length displayed.
+	 * This will cause the caller to redisplay the data if/when
+	 * needed.
+	 */
+	if (fseeko(fp, file_remaining, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+		ierr();
+		return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/tail/misc.c b/usr.bin/tail/misc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0af8f68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tail/misc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Edward Sze-Tyan Wang.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)misc.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: misc.c,v 1.7 2011/09/03 09:02:20 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+void
+ierr(void)
+{
+	xerr(0, "%s", fname);
+}
+
+void
+oerr(void)
+{
+	xerr(1, "stdout");
+}
+
+void
+xerr(int fatal, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	vwarn(fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	if (fatal)
+		exit(1);
+	rval = 1;
+}
+
+void
+xerrx(int fatal, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	vwarnx(fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	if (fatal)
+		exit(1);
+	rval = 1;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/tail/read.c b/usr.bin/tail/read.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e9374d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tail/read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: read.c,v 1.17 2011/09/03 10:59:10 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Edward Sze-Tyan Wang.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)read.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: read.c,v 1.17 2011/09/03 10:59:10 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/*
+ * displaybytes -- read bytes to an offset from the end and display.
+ *
+ * This is the function that reads to a byte offset from the end of the input,
+ * storing the data in a wrap-around buffer which is then displayed.  If the
+ * rflag is set, the data is displayed in lines in reverse order, and this
+ * routine has the usual nastiness of trying to find the newlines.  Otherwise,
+ * it is displayed from the character closest to the beginning of the input to
+ * the end.
+ *
+ * Non-zero return means than a (non-fatal) error occurred.
+ */
+int
+displaybytes(FILE *fp, off_t off)
+{
+	int ch, len, tlen;
+	char *ep, *p, *t;
+	int wrap;
+	char *sp;
+
+	if ((sp = p = malloc(off)) == NULL)
+		xerr(1, "malloc");
+
+	for (wrap = 0, ep = p + off; (ch = getc(fp)) != EOF;) {
+		*p = ch;
+		if (++p == ep) {
+			wrap = 1;
+			p = sp;
+		}
+	}
+	if (ferror(fp)) {
+		ierr();
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	if (rflag) {
+		for (t = p - 1, len = 0; t >= sp; --t, ++len)
+			if (*t == '\n' && len) {
+				WR(t + 1, len);
+				len = 0;
+		}
+		if (wrap) {
+			tlen = len;
+			for (t = ep - 1, len = 0; t >= p; --t, ++len)
+				if (*t == '\n') {
+					if (len) {
+						WR(t + 1, len);
+						len = 0;
+					}
+					if (tlen) {
+						WR(sp, tlen);
+						tlen = 0;
+					}
+				}
+			if (len)
+				WR(t + 1, len);
+			if (tlen)
+				WR(sp, tlen);
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (wrap && (len = ep - p))
+			WR(p, len);
+		if ((len = p - sp) != 0)
+			WR(sp, len);
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * displaylines -- read lines to an offset from the end and display.
+ *
+ * This is the function that reads to a line offset from the end of the input,
+ * storing the data in an array of buffers which is then displayed.  If the
+ * rflag is set, the data is displayed in lines in reverse order, and this
+ * routine has the usual nastiness of trying to find the newlines.  Otherwise,
+ * it is displayed from the line closest to the beginning of the input to
+ * the end.
+ *
+ * Non-zero return means than a (non-fatal) error occurred.
+ */
+int
+displaylines(FILE *fp, off_t off)
+{
+	struct {
+		int blen;
+		int len;
+		char *l;
+	} *lines;
+	int ch;
+	char *p;
+	int blen, cnt, recno, wrap;
+	char *sp, *n;
+
+	p = NULL;
+	if ((lines = malloc(off * sizeof(*lines))) == NULL)
+		xerr(1, "malloc");
+
+	memset(lines, 0, sizeof(*lines) * off);
+
+	sp = NULL;
+	blen = cnt = recno = wrap = 0;
+
+	while ((ch = getc(fp)) != EOF) {
+		if (++cnt > blen) {
+			if ((n = realloc(sp, blen + 1024)) == NULL)
+				xerr(1, "realloc");
+			sp = n;
+			blen += 1024;
+			p = sp + cnt - 1;
+		}
+		*p++ = ch;
+		if (ch == '\n') {
+			if (lines[recno].blen < cnt) {
+				if ((n = realloc(lines[recno].l,
+				    cnt + 256)) == NULL)
+					xerr(1, "realloc");
+				lines[recno].l = n;
+				lines[recno].blen = cnt + 256;
+			}
+			memmove(lines[recno].l, sp, lines[recno].len = cnt);
+			cnt = 0;
+			p = sp;
+			if (++recno == off) {
+				wrap = 1;
+				recno = 0;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (ferror(fp)) {
+		free(lines);
+		ierr();
+		return 1;
+	}
+	if (cnt) {
+		lines[recno].l = sp;
+		lines[recno].len = cnt;
+		if (++recno == off) {
+			wrap = 1;
+			recno = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (rflag) {
+		for (cnt = recno - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+			WR(lines[cnt].l, lines[cnt].len);
+		if (wrap)
+			for (cnt = off - 1; cnt >= recno; --cnt)
+				WR(lines[cnt].l, lines[cnt].len);
+	} else {
+		if (wrap)
+			for (cnt = recno; cnt < off; ++cnt)
+				WR(lines[cnt].l, lines[cnt].len);
+		for (cnt = 0; cnt < recno; ++cnt)
+			WR(lines[cnt].l, lines[cnt].len);
+	}
+	free(lines);
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/tail/reverse.c b/usr.bin/tail/reverse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb8bcd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tail/reverse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: reverse.c,v 1.23 2011/09/03 10:59:11 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Edward Sze-Tyan Wang.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)reverse.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: reverse.c,v 1.23 2011/09/03 10:59:11 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static void r_buf(FILE *);
+static void r_reg(FILE *, enum STYLE, off_t, struct stat *);
+
+/*
+ * reverse -- display input in reverse order by line.
+ *
+ * There are six separate cases for this -- regular and non-regular
+ * files by bytes, lines or the whole file.
+ *
+ * BYTES	display N bytes
+ *	REG	mmap the file and display the lines
+ *	NOREG	cyclically read characters into a wrap-around buffer
+ *
+ * LINES	display N lines
+ *	REG	mmap the file and display the lines
+ *	NOREG	cyclically read lines into a wrap-around array of buffers
+ *
+ * FILE		display the entire file
+ *	REG	mmap the file and display the lines
+ *	NOREG	cyclically read input into a linked list of buffers
+ */
+void
+reverse(FILE *fp, enum STYLE style, off_t off, struct stat *sbp)
+{
+	if (style != REVERSE && off == 0)
+		return;
+
+	if (S_ISREG(sbp->st_mode))
+		r_reg(fp, style, off, sbp);
+	else
+		switch(style) {
+		case FBYTES:
+		case RBYTES:
+			(void)displaybytes(fp, off);
+			break;
+		case FLINES:
+		case RLINES:
+			(void)displaylines(fp, off);
+			break;
+		case REVERSE:
+			r_buf(fp);
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+}
+
+/*
+ * r_reg -- display a regular file in reverse order by line.
+ */
+static void
+r_reg(FILE *fp, enum STYLE style, off_t off, struct stat *sbp)
+{
+	off_t size;
+	int llen;
+	char *p;
+	char *start;
+
+	if (!(size = sbp->st_size))
+		return;
+
+	if ((uint64_t)size > SIZE_T_MAX) {
+			/* XXX: need a cleaner way to check this on amd64 */
+		errno = EFBIG;
+		xerr(0, "%s", fname);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ((start = mmap(NULL, (size_t)size, PROT_READ,
+	    MAP_FILE|MAP_SHARED, fileno(fp), (off_t)0)) == MAP_FAILED) {
+		xerr(0, "%s", fname);
+		return;
+	}
+	p = start + size - 1;
+
+	if (style == RBYTES && off < size)
+		size = off;
+
+	/* Last char is special, ignore whether newline or not. */
+	for (llen = 1; --size; ++llen)
+		if (*--p == '\n') {
+			WR(p + 1, llen);
+			llen = 0;
+			if (style == RLINES && !--off) {
+				++p;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	if (llen)
+		WR(p, llen);
+	if (munmap(start, (size_t)sbp->st_size))
+		xerr(0, "%s", fname);
+}
+
+typedef struct bf {
+	struct bf *next;
+	struct bf *prev;
+	int len;
+	char *l;
+} BF;
+
+/*
+ * r_buf -- display a non-regular file in reverse order by line.
+ *
+ * This is the function that saves the entire input, storing the data in a
+ * doubly linked list of buffers and then displays them in reverse order.
+ * It has the usual nastiness of trying to find the newlines, as there's no
+ * guarantee that a newline occurs anywhere in the file, let alone in any
+ * particular buffer.  If we run out of memory, input is discarded (and the
+ * user warned).
+ */
+static void
+r_buf(FILE *fp)
+{
+	BF *mark, *tl, *tr;
+	int ch, len, llen;
+	char *p;
+	off_t enomem;
+
+#define	BSZ	(128 * 1024)
+	tl =  NULL;
+	for (mark = NULL, enomem = 0;;) {
+		/*
+		 * Allocate a new block and link it into place in a doubly
+		 * linked list.  If out of memory, toss the LRU block and
+		 * keep going.
+		 */
+		if (enomem) {
+			if (!mark) {
+				errno = ENOMEM;
+				xerr(1, NULL);
+			}
+			tl = tl->next;
+			enomem += tl->len;
+		} else if ((tl = malloc(sizeof(*tl))) == NULL ||
+		    (tl->l = malloc(BSZ)) == NULL) {
+			if (tl)
+				free(tl);
+			if (!mark) {
+				errno = ENOMEM;
+				xerr(1, NULL);
+			}
+			tl = mark;
+			enomem += tl->len;
+		} else if (mark) {
+			tl->next = mark;
+			tl->prev = mark->prev;
+			mark->prev->next = tl;
+			mark->prev = tl;
+		} else {
+			mark = tl;
+			mark->next = mark->prev = mark;
+		}
+
+		/* Fill the block with input data. */
+		ch = 0;
+		for (p = tl->l, len = 0;
+		    len < BSZ && (ch = getc(fp)) != EOF; ++len)
+			*p++ = ch;
+
+		/*
+		 * If no input data for this block and we tossed some data,
+		 * recover it.
+		 */
+		if (!len) {
+			if (enomem)
+				enomem -= tl->len;
+			tl = tl->prev;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		tl->len = len;
+		if (ch == EOF)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (enomem) {
+		xerrx(0, "Warning: %lld bytes discarded", (long long)enomem);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Step through the blocks in the reverse order read.  The last char
+	 * is special, ignore whether newline or not.
+	 */
+	for (mark = tl;;) {
+		for (p = tl->l + (len = tl->len) - 1, llen = 0; len--;
+		    --p, ++llen)
+			if (*p == '\n') {
+				if (llen) {
+					WR(p + 1, llen);
+					llen = 0;
+				}
+				if (tl == mark)
+					continue;
+				for (tr = tl->next; tr->len; tr = tr->next) {
+					WR(tr->l, tr->len);
+					tr->len = 0;
+					if (tr == mark)
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		tl->len = llen;
+		if ((tl = tl->prev) == mark)
+			break;
+	}
+	tl = tl->next;
+	if (tl->len) {
+		WR(tl->l, tl->len);
+		tl->len = 0;
+	}
+	while ((tl = tl->next)->len) {
+		WR(tl->l, tl->len);
+		tl->len = 0;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/tail/tac.1 b/usr.bin/tail/tac.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0dd1e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tail/tac.1
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: tac.1,v 1.2 2017/10/01 22:35:23 kre Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Maya Rashish.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\"
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+.\"    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+.\"    distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+.\" LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+.\" FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+.\" COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+.\" BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+.\" LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+.\" AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+.\" OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
+.\" OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd October 1, 2017
+.Dt TAC 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tac
+.Nd display file in reverse
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+.Pq cat backwards
+outputs the contents of each of each of the specified files,
+or the standard input if no files are specified,
+in reverse line order to the standard output.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std tac
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The
+.Nm
+utility doesn't support any of the options of GNU tac.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cat 1 ,
+.Xr tail 1
diff --git a/usr.bin/tail/tail.1 b/usr.bin/tail/tail.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a68f88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tail/tail.1
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: tail.1,v 1.20 2017/10/15 03:57:47 pgoyette Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)tail.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd October 1, 2017
+.Dt TAIL 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tail
+.Nd display the last part of a file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Fl qv
+.Oo
+.Fl f |
+.Fl F |
+.Fl r
+.Oc
+.Oo
+.Fl b Ar number |
+.Fl c Ar number |
+.Fl n Ar number
+.Oc
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility displays the contents of
+.Ar file
+or, by default, its standard input, to the standard output.
+.Pp
+The display begins at a byte, line or 512-byte block location in the
+input.
+Numbers having a leading plus (``+'') sign are relative to the beginning
+of the input, for example,
+.Dq -c +2
+starts the display at the second
+byte of the input.
+Numbers having a leading minus (``-'') sign or no explicit sign are
+relative to the end of the input, for example,
+.Dq -n 2
+displays the last two lines of the input.
+The default starting location is
+.Dq -n 10 ,
+or the last 10 lines of the input.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl b Ar number
+The location is
+.Ar number
+512-byte blocks.
+.It Fl c Ar number
+The location is
+.Ar number
+bytes.
+.It Fl f
+The
+.Fl f
+option causes
+.Nm
+not to stop when end of file is reached, but rather to wait for additional
+data to be appended to the input.
+The
+.Fl f
+option is ignored if there are no file arguments and the standard
+input is a pipe or a FIFO.
+.It Fl F
+The
+.Fl F
+option is the same as the
+.Fl f
+option, except that every five seconds
+.Nm
+will check to see if the file named on the command line has been
+shortened or moved (it is considered moved if the inode or device
+number changes) and, if so, it will close
+the current file, open the filename given, print out the entire
+contents, and continue to wait for more data to be appended.
+This option is used to follow log files though rotation by
+.Xr newsyslog 8
+or similar programs.
+.It Fl n Ar number
+The location is
+.Ar number
+lines.
+.It Fl q
+Do not prepend a header for each file, even if multiple files
+are specified.
+.It Fl r
+The
+.Fl r
+option causes the input to be displayed in reverse order, by line.
+Additionally, this option changes the meaning of the
+.Fl b ,
+.Fl c
+and
+.Fl n
+options.
+When the
+.Fl r
+option is specified, these options specify the number of bytes, lines
+or 512-byte blocks to display, instead of the bytes, lines or blocks
+from the beginning or end of the input from which to begin the display.
+The default for the
+.Fl r
+option is to display all of the input.
+.It Fl v
+Prepend each file with a header.
+.El
+.Pp
+If more than a single file is specified, or the
+.Fl v
+option is used, each file is preceded by a
+header consisting of the string
+.Dq ==> XXX \*[Le]=
+where
+.Dq XXX
+is the name of the file.
+The
+.Fl q
+flag disables the printing of the header in all cases.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std tail
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cat 1 ,
+.Xr head 1 ,
+.Xr sed 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be a superset of the
+.St -p1003.2-92
+specification.
+In particular, the
+.Fl b ,
+.Fl r
+and
+.Fl F
+options are extensions to that standard.
+.Pp
+The historic command line syntax of
+.Nm
+is supported by this implementation.
+The only difference between this implementation and historic versions
+of
+.Nm ,
+once the command line syntax translation has been done, is that the
+.Fl b ,
+.Fl c
+and
+.Fl n
+options modify the
+.Fl r
+option, i.e., ``-r -c 4'' displays the last 4 characters of the last line
+of the input, while the historic tail (using the historic syntax ``-4cr'')
+would ignore the
+.Fl c
+option and display the last 4 lines of the input.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh BUGS
+When using the
+.Fl F
+option,
+.Nm
+will not detect a file truncation if, between the truncation
+and the next check of the file size, data written to the file make
+it larger than the last known file size.
diff --git a/usr.bin/tail/tail.c b/usr.bin/tail/tail.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dff9559
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tail/tail.c
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Edward Sze-Tyan Wang.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)tail.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tail.c,v 1.20 2018/03/06 03:33:26 eadler Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "extern.h"
+
+int fflag, rflag, rval;
+const char *fname;
+
+static void obsolete(char **);
+static void usage(void) __dead;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	FILE *fp;
+	off_t off;
+	enum STYLE style;
+	int ch, first;
+	char *p;
+	int qflag = 0;
+	int vflag = 0;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	off = 0;
+	/*
+	 * Tail's options are weird.  First, -n10 is the same as -n-10, not
+	 * -n+10.  Second, the number options are 1 based and not offsets,
+	 * so -n+1 is the first line, and -c-1 is the last byte.  Third, the
+	 * number options for the -r option specify the number of things that
+	 * get displayed, not the starting point in the file.  The one major
+	 * incompatibility in this version as compared to historical versions
+	 * is that the 'r' option couldn't be modified by the -lbc options,
+	 * i.e., it was always done in lines.  This version treats -rc as a
+	 * number of characters in reverse order.  Finally, the default for
+	 * -r is the entire file, not 10 lines.
+	 */
+#define	ARG(units, forward, backward) {					\
+	if (style)							\
+		usage();						\
+	off = strtoll(optarg, &p, 10) * (units);			\
+	if (*p)								\
+		xerrx(1, "illegal offset -- %s", optarg);		\
+	switch(optarg[0]) {						\
+	case '+':							\
+		if (off)						\
+			off -= (units);					\
+			style = (forward);				\
+		break;							\
+	case '-':							\
+		off = -off;						\
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */					\
+	default:							\
+		style = (backward);					\
+		break;							\
+	}								\
+}
+
+	obsolete(argv);
+	style = NOTSET;
+	if (strcmp(getprogname(), "tac") == 0) {
+		qflag = 1;
+		vflag = 0;
+		rflag = 1;
+		argc -= 1;
+		argv += 1;
+	} else { /* tail */
+		while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "Fb:c:fn:rqv")) != -1)
+			switch(ch) {
+			case 'F':
+				fflag = 2;
+				break;
+			case 'b':
+				ARG(512, FBYTES, RBYTES);
+				break;
+			case 'c':
+				ARG(1, FBYTES, RBYTES);
+				break;
+			case 'f':
+				fflag = 1;
+				break;
+			case 'n':
+				ARG(1, FLINES, RLINES);
+				break;
+			case 'r':
+				rflag = 1;
+				break;
+			case 'q':
+				qflag = 1;
+				vflag = 0;
+				break;
+			case 'v':
+				qflag = 0;
+				vflag = 1;
+				break;
+			case '?':
+			default:
+				usage();
+			}
+		argc -= optind;
+		argv += optind;
+	}
+
+	if (fflag && argc > 1)
+		xerrx(1,
+		    "-f and -F options only appropriate for a single file");
+
+	/*
+	 * If displaying in reverse, don't permit follow option, and convert
+	 * style values.
+	 */
+	if (rflag) {
+		if (fflag)
+			usage();
+		if (style == FBYTES)
+			style = RBYTES;
+		else if (style == FLINES)
+			style = RLINES;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If style not specified, the default is the whole file for -r, and
+	 * the last 10 lines if not -r.
+	 */
+	if (style == NOTSET) {
+		if (rflag) {
+			off = 0;
+			style = REVERSE;
+		} else {
+			off = 10;
+			style = RLINES;
+		}
+	}
+	if (*argv)
+		for (first = 1; (fname = *argv++) != NULL;) {
+			if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL ||
+			    fstat(fileno(fp), &sb)) {
+				ierr();
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (vflag || (qflag == 0 && argc > 1)) {
+				(void)printf("%s==> %s <==\n",
+				    first ? "" : "\n", fname);
+				first = 0;
+				(void)fflush(stdout);
+			}
+
+			if (rflag)
+				reverse(fp, style, off, &sb);
+			else
+				forward(fp, style, off, &sb);
+			(void)fclose(fp);
+		}
+	else {
+		fname = "stdin";
+
+		if (fstat(fileno(stdin), &sb)) {
+			ierr();
+			exit(1);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Determine if input is a pipe.  4.4BSD will set the SOCKET
+		 * bit in the st_mode field for pipes.  Fix this then.
+		 */
+		if (lseek(fileno(stdin), (off_t)0, SEEK_CUR) == -1 &&
+		    errno == ESPIPE) {
+			errno = 0;
+			fflag = 0;		/* POSIX.2 requires this. */
+		}
+
+		if (rflag)
+			reverse(stdin, style, off, &sb);
+		else
+			forward(stdin, style, off, &sb);
+	}
+	exit(rval);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert the obsolete argument form into something that getopt can handle.
+ * This means that anything of the form [+-][0-9][0-9]*[lbc][fr] that isn't
+ * the option argument for a -b, -c or -n option gets converted.
+ */
+static void
+obsolete(char *argv[])
+{
+	char *ap, *p, *t;
+	size_t len;
+	char *start;
+
+	while ((ap = *++argv) != NULL) {
+		/* Return if "--" or not an option of any form. */
+		if (ap[0] != '-') {
+			if (ap[0] != '+')
+				return;
+		} else if (ap[1] == '-')
+			return;
+
+		switch (*++ap) {
+		/* Old-style option. */
+		case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+		case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+
+			/* Malloc space for dash, new option and argument. */
+			len = strlen(*argv);
+			if ((start = p = malloc(len + 3)) == NULL)
+				xerr(1, "malloc");
+			*p++ = '-';
+
+			/*
+			 * Go to the end of the option argument.  Save off any
+			 * trailing options (-3lf) and translate any trailing
+			 * output style characters.
+			 */
+			t = *argv + len - 1;
+			if (*t == 'f' || *t == 'r') {
+				*p++ = *t;
+				*t-- = '\0';
+			}
+			switch(*t) {
+			case 'b':
+				*p++ = 'b';
+				*t = '\0';
+				break;
+			case 'c':
+				*p++ = 'c';
+				*t = '\0';
+				break;
+			case 'l':
+				*t = '\0';
+				/* FALLTHROUGH */
+			case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+			case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+				*p++ = 'n';
+				break;
+			default:
+				xerrx(1, "illegal option -- %s", *argv);
+			}
+			*p++ = *argv[0];
+			(void)strcpy(p, ap);
+			*argv = start;
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * Options w/ arguments, skip the argument and continue
+		 * with the next option.
+		 */
+		case 'b':
+		case 'c':
+		case 'n':
+			if (!ap[1])
+				++argv;
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		/* Options w/o arguments, continue with the next option. */
+		case 'f':
+		case 'r':
+			continue;
+
+		/* Illegal option, return and let getopt handle it. */
+		default:
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [-qv] [-f | -F | -r] [-b # | -c # | -n #] [file ...]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/ctl.c b/usr.bin/talk/ctl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef6f924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/ctl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ctl.c,v 1.10 2012/03/20 20:34:59 matt Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ctl.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ctl.c,v 1.10 2012/03/20 20:34:59 matt Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * This file handles haggling with the various talk daemons to
+ * get a socket to talk to. sockt is opened and connected in
+ * the progress
+ */
+
+#include "talk.h"
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+#include "talk_ctl.h"
+
+struct	sockaddr_in daemon_addr = { sizeof(daemon_addr), AF_INET, 0, {0}, {0} };
+struct	sockaddr_in ctl_addr = { sizeof(ctl_addr), AF_INET, 0, {0}, {0} };
+struct	sockaddr_in my_addr = { sizeof(my_addr), AF_INET, 0, {0}, {0} };
+
+	/* inet addresses of the two machines */
+struct	in_addr my_machine_addr;
+struct	in_addr his_machine_addr;
+
+u_short daemon_port;	/* port number of the talk daemon */
+
+int	ctl_sockt;
+int	sockt;
+int	invitation_waiting = 0;
+
+CTL_MSG msg;
+
+void
+open_sockt(void)
+{
+	socklen_t length;
+
+	
+	(void)memset(&my_addr, 0, sizeof(my_addr));
+	my_addr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+	my_addr.sin_len = sizeof(my_addr);
+#endif
+	my_addr.sin_addr = my_machine_addr;
+	my_addr.sin_port = 0;
+	sockt = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
+	if (sockt == -1)
+		p_error("Bad socket");
+	if (bind(sockt, (struct sockaddr *)&my_addr, sizeof(my_addr)) != 0)
+		p_error("Binding local socket");
+	length = sizeof(my_addr);
+	if (getsockname(sockt, (struct sockaddr *)&my_addr, &length) == -1)
+		p_error("Bad address for socket");
+}
+
+/* open the ctl socket */
+void
+open_ctl(void) 
+{
+	socklen_t length;
+
+	(void)memset(&ctl_addr, 0, sizeof(ctl_addr));
+	ctl_addr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+	ctl_addr.sin_len = sizeof(my_addr);
+#endif
+	ctl_addr.sin_port = 0;
+	ctl_addr.sin_addr = my_machine_addr;
+	ctl_sockt = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
+	if (ctl_sockt == -1)
+		p_error("Bad socket");
+	if (bind(ctl_sockt,
+	    (struct sockaddr *)&ctl_addr, sizeof(ctl_addr)) != 0)
+		p_error("Couldn't bind to control socket");
+	length = sizeof(ctl_addr);
+	if (getsockname(ctl_sockt,
+	    (struct sockaddr *)&ctl_addr, &length) == -1)
+		p_error("Bad address for ctl socket");
+}
+
+/* print_addr is a debug print routine */
+void
+print_addr(struct sockaddr_in addr)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	printf("addr = %s, port = %o, family = %o zero = ",
+		inet_ntoa(addr.sin_addr), addr.sin_port, addr.sin_family);
+	for (i = 0; i<8;i++)
+	printf("%o ", (int)addr.sin_zero[i]);
+	putchar('\n');
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/ctl_transact.c b/usr.bin/talk/ctl_transact.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d0613f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/ctl_transact.c
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ctl_transact.c,v 1.11 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ctl_transact.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: ctl_transact.c,v 1.11 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include "talk.h"
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <poll.h>
+#include "talk_ctl.h"
+
+#define CTL_WAIT 2	/* time to wait for a response, in seconds */
+
+/*
+ * SOCKDGRAM is unreliable, so we must repeat messages if we have
+ * not received an acknowledgement within a reasonable amount
+ * of time
+ */
+void
+ctl_transact(struct in_addr target, CTL_MSG tmsg, int type, CTL_RESPONSE *rp)
+{
+	struct pollfd set[1];
+	int nready, cc;
+
+	nready = 0;
+	tmsg.type = type;
+	daemon_addr.sin_addr = target;
+	daemon_addr.sin_port = daemon_port;
+	set[0].fd = ctl_sockt;
+	set[0].events = POLLIN;
+
+	/*
+	 * Keep sending the message until a response of
+	 * the proper type is obtained.
+	 */
+	do {
+		/* resend message until a response is obtained */
+		do {
+			cc = sendto(ctl_sockt, (char *)&tmsg, sizeof (tmsg), 0,
+			    (struct sockaddr *)&daemon_addr,
+			    sizeof (daemon_addr));
+			if (cc != sizeof (tmsg)) {
+				if (errno == EINTR)
+					continue;
+				p_error("Error on write to talk daemon");
+			}
+			nready = poll(set, 1, CTL_WAIT * 1000);
+			if (nready < 0) {
+				if (errno == EINTR)
+					continue;
+				p_error("Error waiting for daemon response");
+			}
+		} while (nready == 0);
+		/*
+		 * Keep reading while there are queued messages 
+		 * (this is not necessary, it just saves extra
+		 * request/acknowledgements being sent)
+		 */
+		do {
+			cc = recv(ctl_sockt, (char *)rp, sizeof (*rp), 0);
+			if (cc < 0) {
+				if (errno == EINTR)
+					continue;
+				p_error("Error on read from talk daemon");
+			}
+			/* an immediate poll */
+			nready = poll(set, 1, 0);
+		} while (nready > 0 && (rp->vers != TALK_VERSION ||
+		    rp->type != type));
+	} while (rp->vers != TALK_VERSION || rp->type != type);
+	rp->id_num = ntohl(rp->id_num);
+	rp->addr.sa_family = ntohs(rp->addr.sa_family);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/display.c b/usr.bin/talk/display.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7017f3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/display.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: display.c,v 1.9 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)display.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: display.c,v 1.9 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * The window 'manager', initializes curses and handles the actual
+ * displaying of text
+ */
+#include "talk.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+xwin_t	my_win;
+xwin_t	his_win;
+WINDOW	*line_win;
+
+int	curses_initialized = 0;
+
+/*
+ * max HAS to be a function, it is called with
+ * a argument of the form --foo at least once.
+ */
+int
+max(int a, int b)
+{
+
+	return (a > b ? a : b);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display some text on somebody's window, processing some control
+ * characters while we are at it.
+ */
+void
+display(xwin_t *win, char *text, int size)
+{
+	int i;
+	char cch;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+		if (*text == '\n') {
+			xscroll(win, 0);
+			text++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		/* erase character */
+		if (*text == win->cerase) {
+			wmove(win->x_win, win->x_line, max(--win->x_col, 0));
+			getyx(win->x_win, win->x_line, win->x_col);
+			waddch(win->x_win, ' ');
+			wmove(win->x_win, win->x_line, win->x_col);
+			getyx(win->x_win, win->x_line, win->x_col);
+			text++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * On word erase search backwards until we find
+		 * the beginning of a word or the beginning of
+		 * the line.
+		 */
+		if (*text == win->werase) {
+			int endcol, xcol, j, c;
+
+			endcol = win->x_col;
+			xcol = endcol - 1;
+			while (xcol >= 0) {
+				c = readwin(win->x_win, win->x_line, xcol);
+				if (c != ' ')
+					break;
+				xcol--;
+			}
+			while (xcol >= 0) {
+				c = readwin(win->x_win, win->x_line, xcol);
+				if (c == ' ')
+					break;
+				xcol--;
+			}
+			wmove(win->x_win, win->x_line, xcol + 1);
+			for (j = xcol + 1; j < endcol; j++)
+				waddch(win->x_win, ' ');
+			wmove(win->x_win, win->x_line, xcol + 1);
+			getyx(win->x_win, win->x_line, win->x_col);
+			text++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		/* line kill */
+		if (*text == win->kill) {
+			wmove(win->x_win, win->x_line, 0);
+			wclrtoeol(win->x_win);
+			getyx(win->x_win, win->x_line, win->x_col);
+			text++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*text == '\f') {
+			if (win == &my_win)
+				wrefresh(curscr);
+			text++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*text == '\07') {
+			beep();
+			text++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (win->x_col == COLS-1) {
+			/* check for wraparound */
+			xscroll(win, 0);
+		}
+		if ( !isprint((u_char)*text) && *text != '\t') {
+			waddch(win->x_win, '^');
+			getyx(win->x_win, win->x_line, win->x_col);
+			if (win->x_col == COLS-1) /* check for wraparound */
+				xscroll(win, 0);
+			cch = (*text & 63) + 64;
+			waddch(win->x_win, cch);
+		} else
+			waddch(win->x_win, *text);
+		getyx(win->x_win, win->x_line, win->x_col);
+		text++;
+	}
+	wrefresh(win->x_win);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read the character at the indicated position in win
+ */
+int
+readwin(WINDOW *win, int line, int col)
+{
+	int oldline, oldcol;
+	int c;
+
+	getyx(win, oldline, oldcol);
+	wmove(win, line, col);
+	c = winch(win);
+	wmove(win, oldline, oldcol);
+	return (c);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Scroll a window, blanking out the line following the current line
+ * so that the current position is obvious
+ */
+void
+xscroll(xwin_t *win, int flag)
+{
+
+	if (flag == -1) {
+		wmove(win->x_win, 0, 0);
+		win->x_line = 0;
+		win->x_col = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+	win->x_line = (win->x_line + 1) % win->x_nlines;
+	win->x_col = 0;
+	wmove(win->x_win, win->x_line, win->x_col);
+	wclrtoeol(win->x_win);
+	wmove(win->x_win, (win->x_line + 1) % win->x_nlines, win->x_col);
+	wclrtoeol(win->x_win);
+	wmove(win->x_win, win->x_line, win->x_col);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/get_addrs.c b/usr.bin/talk/get_addrs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f381cc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/get_addrs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: get_addrs.c,v 1.12 2015/06/16 22:54:11 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)get_addrs.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: get_addrs.c,v 1.12 2015/06/16 22:54:11 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include "talk.h"
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include "talk_ctl.h"
+
+void
+get_addrs(const char *my_machine_name, const char *his_machine_name)
+{
+	struct hostent *hp;
+	struct servent *sp;
+
+	msg.pid = htonl(getpid());
+	/*
+	 * If the callee is on-machine, just use loopback
+	 * otherwise do a lookup...
+	 */
+	if (strcmp(his_machine_name, my_machine_name) != 0) {
+		/* look up the address of the local host */
+		hp = gethostbyname(my_machine_name);
+		if (hp == NULL)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: %s", my_machine_name,
+			    hstrerror(h_errno));
+		memcpy(&my_machine_addr, hp->h_addr, sizeof(my_machine_addr));
+		hp = gethostbyname(his_machine_name);
+		if (hp == NULL)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: %s", his_machine_name,
+			    hstrerror(h_errno));
+		memcpy(&his_machine_addr, hp->h_addr, sizeof(his_machine_addr));
+	} else
+		his_machine_addr.s_addr = my_machine_addr.s_addr =
+		    htonl(INADDR_LOOPBACK);
+
+	/* find the server's port */
+	sp = getservbyname("ntalk", "udp");
+	if (sp == 0)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s/%s: service is not registered.",
+		     "ntalk", "udp");
+	daemon_port = sp->s_port;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/get_names.c b/usr.bin/talk/get_names.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5400548
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/get_names.c
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: get_names.c,v 1.16 2012/12/29 23:44:23 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)get_names.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: get_names.c,v 1.16 2012/12/29 23:44:23 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include "talk.h"
+#include <err.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+extern	CTL_MSG msg;
+
+/*
+ * Determine the local and remote user, tty, and machines
+ */
+void
+get_names(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char hostname[MAXHOSTNAMELEN + 1];
+	const char *his_name, *my_name;
+	const char *my_machine_name, *his_machine_name;
+	const char *his_tty;
+	char *cp;
+	char *names;
+
+	if (argc < 2 ) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s user [ttyname]\n", getprogname());
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	if (!isatty(0))
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Standard input must be a tty, "
+		    "not a pipe or a file");
+	if ((my_name = getlogin()) == NULL) {
+		struct passwd *pw;
+
+		if ((pw = getpwuid(getuid())) == NULL)
+			errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "You don't exist. Go away.");
+		my_name = pw->pw_name;
+	}
+	if ((cp = getenv("TALKHOST")) != NULL)
+		(void)estrlcpy(hostname, cp, sizeof(hostname));
+	else {
+		if (gethostname(hostname, sizeof(hostname)) == -1)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "gethostname");
+		hostname[sizeof(hostname) - 1] = '\0';
+	}
+	my_machine_name = hostname;
+	/* check for, and strip out, the machine name of the target */
+	names = strdup(argv[1]);
+	for (cp = names; *cp && !strchr("@:!.", *cp); cp++)
+		;
+	if (*cp == '\0') {
+		/* this is a local to local talk */
+		his_name = names;
+		his_machine_name = my_machine_name;
+	} else {
+		if (*cp++ == '@') {
+			/* user@host */
+			his_name = names;
+			his_machine_name = cp;
+		} else {
+			/* host.user or host!user or host:user */
+			his_name = cp;
+			his_machine_name = names;
+		}
+		*--cp = '\0';
+	}
+	if (argc > 2)
+		his_tty = argv[2];	/* tty name is arg 2 */
+	else
+		his_tty = "";
+	get_addrs(my_machine_name, his_machine_name);
+	/*
+	 * Initialize the message template.
+	 */
+	msg.vers = TALK_VERSION;
+	msg.addr.sa_family = htons(AF_INET);
+	msg.ctl_addr.sa_family = htons(AF_INET);
+	msg.id_num = htonl(0);
+	strncpy(msg.l_name, my_name, NAME_SIZE);
+	msg.l_name[NAME_SIZE - 1] = '\0';
+	strncpy(msg.r_name, his_name, NAME_SIZE);
+	msg.r_name[NAME_SIZE - 1] = '\0';
+	strncpy(msg.r_tty, his_tty, TTY_SIZE);
+	msg.r_tty[TTY_SIZE - 1] = '\0';
+	free(names);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/init_disp.c b/usr.bin/talk/init_disp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a006705
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/init_disp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: init_disp.c,v 1.12 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)init_disp.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 2/16/94";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: init_disp.c,v 1.12 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Initialization code for the display package,
+ * as well as the signal handling routines.
+ */
+
+#include "talk.h"
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl_compat.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* 
+ * Set up curses, catch the appropriate signals,
+ * and build the various windows.
+ */
+void
+init_display(void)
+{
+	struct sigaction sa;
+
+	if (initscr() == NULL)
+		errx(1, "Terminal type unset or lacking necessary features.");
+	(void)sigaction(SIGTSTP, NULL, &sa);
+	sigaddset(&sa.sa_mask, SIGALRM);
+	(void)sigaction(SIGTSTP, &sa, NULL);
+	curses_initialized = 1;
+	clear();
+	refresh();
+	noecho();
+	cbreak();
+	signal(SIGINT, sig_sent);
+	signal(SIGPIPE, sig_sent);
+	/* curses takes care of ^Z */
+	my_win.x_nlines = LINES / 2;
+	my_win.x_ncols = COLS;
+	my_win.x_win = newwin(my_win.x_nlines, my_win.x_ncols, 0, 0);
+	scrollok(my_win.x_win, FALSE);
+	wclear(my_win.x_win);
+
+	his_win.x_nlines = LINES / 2 - 1;
+	his_win.x_ncols = COLS;
+	his_win.x_win = newwin(his_win.x_nlines, his_win.x_ncols,
+	    my_win.x_nlines+1, 0);
+	scrollok(his_win.x_win, FALSE);
+	wclear(his_win.x_win);
+
+	line_win = newwin(1, COLS, my_win.x_nlines, 0);
+	box(line_win, '-', '-');
+	wrefresh(line_win);
+	/* let them know we are working on it */
+	current_state = "No connection yet";
+}
+
+/*
+ * Trade edit characters with the other talk. By agreement
+ * the first three characters each talk transmits after
+ * connection are the three edit characters.
+ */
+void
+set_edit_chars(void)
+{
+	char buf[3];
+	int cc;
+	struct termios tty;
+	
+	tcgetattr(0, &tty);
+	my_win.cerase = tty.c_cc[VERASE];
+	my_win.kill = tty.c_cc[VKILL];
+	if (tty.c_cc[VWERASE] == (unsigned char) -1)
+		my_win.werase = '\027';	 /* control W */
+	else
+		my_win.werase = tty.c_cc[VWERASE];
+	buf[0] = my_win.cerase;
+	buf[1] = my_win.kill;
+	buf[2] = my_win.werase;
+	cc = write(sockt, buf, sizeof(buf));
+	if (cc != sizeof(buf) )
+		p_error("Lost the connection");
+	cc = read(sockt, buf, sizeof(buf));
+	if (cc != sizeof(buf) )
+		p_error("Lost the connection");
+	his_win.cerase = buf[0];
+	his_win.kill = buf[1];
+	his_win.werase = buf[2];
+}
+
+void
+sig_sent(int dummy)
+{
+
+	message("Connection closing. Exiting");
+	quit();
+}
+
+/*
+ * All done talking...hang up the phone and reset terminal thingy's
+ */
+void
+quit(void)
+{
+
+	if (curses_initialized) {
+		wmove(his_win.x_win, his_win.x_nlines-1, 0);
+		wclrtoeol(his_win.x_win);
+		wrefresh(his_win.x_win);
+		endwin();
+	}
+	if (invitation_waiting)
+		send_delete();
+	exit(0);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/invite.c b/usr.bin/talk/invite.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..680744c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/invite.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: invite.c,v 1.10 2012/12/29 23:44:23 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)invite.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: invite.c,v 1.10 2012/12/29 23:44:23 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include "talk.h"
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <setjmp.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include "talk_ctl.h"
+
+/*
+ * There wasn't an invitation waiting, so send a request containing
+ * our sockt address to the remote talk daemon so it can invite
+ * him 
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The msg.id's for the invitations
+ * on the local and remote machines.
+ * These are used to delete the 
+ * invitations.
+ */
+static int	local_id, remote_id;
+static jmp_buf invitebuf;
+
+void
+invite_remote(void)
+{
+	int new_sockt;
+	struct itimerval itimer;
+	CTL_RESPONSE response;
+
+	itimer.it_value.tv_sec = RING_WAIT;
+	itimer.it_value.tv_usec = 0;
+	itimer.it_interval = itimer.it_value;
+	if (listen(sockt, 5) != 0)
+		p_error("Error on attempt to listen for caller");
+#ifdef MSG_EOR
+	/* copy new style sockaddr to old, swap family (short in old) */
+	msg.addr = *(struct talkd_sockaddr *)(void *)&my_addr;
+	msg.addr.sa_family = htons(my_addr.sin_family);
+#else
+	msg.addr = *(struct sockaddr *)&my_addr;
+#endif
+	msg.id_num = htonl(-1);		/* an impossible id_num */
+	invitation_waiting = 1;
+	announce_invite();
+	/*
+	 * Shut off the automatic messages for a while,
+	 * so we can use the interrupt timer to resend the invitation
+	 */
+	end_msgs();
+	setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &itimer, (struct itimerval *)0);
+	message("Waiting for your party to respond");
+	signal(SIGALRM, re_invite);
+	(void) setjmp(invitebuf);
+	while ((new_sockt = accept(sockt, 0, 0)) < 0) {
+		if (errno == EINTR)
+			continue;
+		p_error("Unable to connect with your party");
+	}
+	close(sockt);
+	sockt = new_sockt;
+
+	/*
+	 * Have the daemons delete the invitations now that we
+	 * have connected.
+	 */
+	current_state = "Waiting for your party to respond";
+	start_msgs();
+
+	msg.id_num = htonl(local_id);
+	ctl_transact(my_machine_addr, msg, DELETE, &response);
+	msg.id_num = htonl(remote_id);
+	ctl_transact(his_machine_addr, msg, DELETE, &response);
+	invitation_waiting = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Routine called on interrupt to re-invite the callee
+ */
+void
+re_invite(int dummy)
+{
+
+	message("Ringing your party again");
+	current_line++;
+	/* force a re-announce */
+	msg.id_num = htonl(remote_id + 1);
+	announce_invite();
+	longjmp(invitebuf, 1);
+}
+
+static	const char *answers[] = {
+	"answer #0",					/* SUCCESS */
+	"Your party is not logged on",			/* NOT_HERE */
+	"Target machine is too confused to talk to us",	/* FAILED */
+	"Target machine does not recognize us",		/* MACHINE_UNKNOWN */
+	"Your party is refusing messages",		/* PERMISSION_REFUSED */
+	"Target machine can not handle remote talk",	/* UNKNOWN_REQUEST */
+	"Target machine indicates protocol mismatch",	/* BADVERSION */
+	"Target machine indicates protocol botch (addr)",/* BADADDR */
+	"Target machine indicates protocol botch (ctl_addr)",/* BADCTLADDR */
+};
+#define	NANSWERS	(sizeof (answers) / sizeof (answers[0]))
+
+/*
+ * Transmit the invitation and process the response
+ */
+void
+announce_invite(void)
+{
+	CTL_RESPONSE response;
+
+	current_state = "Trying to connect to your party's talk daemon";
+	ctl_transact(his_machine_addr, msg, ANNOUNCE, &response);
+	remote_id = response.id_num;
+	if (response.answer != SUCCESS) {
+		if (response.answer < NANSWERS)
+			message(answers[response.answer]);
+		quit();
+	}
+	/* leave the actual invitation on my talk daemon */
+	ctl_transact(my_machine_addr, msg, LEAVE_INVITE, &response);
+	local_id = response.id_num;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Tell the daemon to remove your invitation
+ */
+void
+send_delete(void)
+{
+
+	msg.type = DELETE;
+	/*
+	 * This is just a extra clean up, so just send it
+	 * and don't wait for an answer
+	 */
+	msg.id_num = htonl(remote_id);
+	daemon_addr.sin_addr = his_machine_addr;
+	if (sendto(ctl_sockt, &msg, sizeof (msg), 0,
+	    (struct sockaddr *)&daemon_addr,
+	    sizeof (daemon_addr)) != sizeof(msg))
+		warn("send_delete (remote)");
+	msg.id_num = htonl(local_id);
+	daemon_addr.sin_addr = my_machine_addr;
+	if (sendto(ctl_sockt, &msg, sizeof (msg), 0,
+	    (struct sockaddr *)&daemon_addr,
+	    sizeof (daemon_addr)) != sizeof (msg))
+		warn("send_delete (local)");
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/io.c b/usr.bin/talk/io.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f789f57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/io.c
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: io.c,v 1.14 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)io.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: io.c,v 1.14 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * This file contains the I/O handling and the exchange of 
+ * edit characters. This connection itself is established in
+ * ctl.c
+ */
+
+#include "talk.h"
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <poll.h>
+
+#define A_LONG_TIME 1000000
+
+/*
+ * The routine to do the actual talking
+ */
+void
+talk(void)
+{
+	struct pollfd set[2];
+	int nb;
+	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	message("Connection established\007\007\007");
+	current_line = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Wait on both the other process (sockt_mask) and 
+	 * standard input ( STDIN_MASK )
+	 */
+	set[0].fd = sockt;
+	set[0].events = POLLIN;
+	set[1].fd = fileno(stdin);
+	set[1].events = POLLIN;
+	for (;;) {
+		nb = poll(set, 2, A_LONG_TIME * 1000);
+		if (nb <= 0) {
+			if (errno == EINTR)
+				continue;
+			/* panic, we don't know what happened */
+			p_error("Unexpected error from poll");
+			quit();
+		}
+		if (set[0].revents & POLLIN) { 
+			/* There is data on sockt */
+			nb = read(sockt, buf, sizeof buf);
+			if (nb <= 0) {
+				message("Connection closed. Exiting");
+				quit();
+			}
+			display(&his_win, buf, nb);
+		}
+		if (set[1].revents & POLLIN) {
+			/*
+			 * We can't make the tty non_blocking, because
+			 * curses's output routines would screw up
+			 */
+			ioctl(0, FIONREAD, (void *) &nb);
+			nb = read(0, buf, nb);
+			display(&my_win, buf, nb);
+			/* might lose data here because sockt is non-blocking */
+			if (nb > 0)
+				write(sockt, buf, nb);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * p_error prints the system error message on the standard location
+ * on the screen and then exits. (i.e. a curses version of perror)
+ */
+void
+p_error(const char *string)
+{
+	wmove(my_win.x_win, current_line%my_win.x_nlines, 0);
+	wprintw(my_win.x_win, "[%s : %s (%d)]\n",
+	    string, strerror(errno), errno);
+	wrefresh(my_win.x_win);
+	move(LINES-1, 0);
+	refresh();
+	quit();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display string in the standard location
+ */
+void
+message(const char *string)
+{
+	wmove(my_win.x_win, current_line % my_win.x_nlines, 0);
+	wprintw(my_win.x_win, "[%s]", string);
+	wclrtoeol(my_win.x_win);
+	current_line++;
+	wmove(my_win.x_win, current_line % my_win.x_nlines, 0);
+	wrefresh(my_win.x_win);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/look_up.c b/usr.bin/talk/look_up.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ff3d79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/look_up.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: look_up.c,v 1.8 2012/03/20 20:34:59 matt Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)look_up.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: look_up.c,v 1.8 2012/03/20 20:34:59 matt Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include "talk.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "talk_ctl.h"
+
+/*
+ * See if the local daemon has an invitation for us.
+ */
+int
+check_local(void)
+{
+	CTL_RESPONSE response;
+	CTL_RESPONSE *rp = &response;
+	struct sockaddr addr;
+
+	/* the rest of msg was set up in get_names */
+#ifdef MSG_EOR
+	/* copy new style sockaddr to old, swap family (short in old) */
+	msg.ctl_addr = *(struct talkd_sockaddr *)(void *)&ctl_addr;
+	msg.ctl_addr.sa_family = htons(ctl_addr.sin_family);
+#else
+	msg.ctl_addr = *(struct sockaddr *)&ctl_addr;
+#endif
+	/* must be initiating a talk */
+	if (!look_for_invite(rp))
+		return (0);
+	/*
+	 * There was an invitation waiting for us, 
+	 * so connect with the other (hopefully waiting) party 
+	 */
+	current_state = "Waiting to connect with caller";
+	do {
+		if (rp->addr.sa_family != AF_INET)
+			p_error("Response uses invalid network address");
+
+		(void)memcpy(&addr, &rp->addr.sa_family, sizeof(addr));
+		addr.sa_family = rp->addr.sa_family;
+		addr.sa_len = sizeof(addr);
+
+		errno = 0;
+		if (connect(sockt, &addr, sizeof(addr)) != -1)
+			return (1);
+	} while (errno == EINTR);
+	if (errno == ECONNREFUSED) {
+		/*
+		 * The caller gave up, but his invitation somehow
+		 * was not cleared. Clear it and initiate an 
+		 * invitation. (We know there are no newer invitations,
+		 * the talkd works LIFO.)
+		 */
+		ctl_transact(his_machine_addr, msg, DELETE, rp);
+		close(sockt);
+		open_sockt();
+		return (0);
+	}
+	p_error("Unable to connect with initiator");
+	/*NOTREACHED*/
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Look for an invitation on 'machine'
+ */
+int
+look_for_invite(CTL_RESPONSE *rp)
+{
+	current_state = "Checking for invitation on caller's machine";
+	ctl_transact(his_machine_addr, msg, LOOK_UP, rp);
+	/* the switch is for later options, such as multiple invitations */
+	switch (rp->answer) {
+
+	case SUCCESS:
+		msg.id_num = htonl(rp->id_num);
+		return (1);
+
+	default:
+		/* there wasn't an invitation waiting for us */
+		return (0);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/msgs.c b/usr.bin/talk/msgs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb84843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/msgs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: msgs.c,v 1.7 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)msgs.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: msgs.c,v 1.7 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/* 
+ * A package to display what is happening every MSG_INTERVAL seconds
+ * if we are slow connecting.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "talk.h"
+
+#define MSG_INTERVAL 4
+
+const char *current_state;
+int	current_line = 0;
+
+void
+disp_msg(int dummy)
+{
+	message(current_state);
+}
+
+void
+start_msgs(void)
+{
+	struct itimerval itimer;
+
+	message(current_state);
+	signal(SIGALRM, disp_msg);
+	itimer.it_value.tv_sec = itimer.it_interval.tv_sec = MSG_INTERVAL;
+	itimer.it_value.tv_usec = itimer.it_interval.tv_usec = 0;
+	setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &itimer, (struct itimerval *)0);
+}
+
+void
+end_msgs(void)
+{
+	struct itimerval itimer;
+
+	timerclear(&itimer.it_value);
+	timerclear(&itimer.it_interval);
+	setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &itimer, (struct itimerval *)0);
+	signal(SIGALRM, SIG_DFL);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/talk.1 b/usr.bin/talk/talk.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20d3ee2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/talk.1
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: talk.1,v 1.9 2007/01/08 17:10:59 christos Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)talk.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd January 7, 2007
+.Dt TALK 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm talk
+.Nd talk to another user
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar person
+.Op Ar ttyname
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is a visual communication program which copies lines from your
+terminal to that of another user.
+.Pp
+Options available:
+.Bl -tag -width ttyname
+.It Ar person
+If you wish to talk to someone on your own machine, then
+.Ar person
+is just the person's login name.
+If you wish to talk to a user on another host, then
+.Ar person
+is of the form
+.Ql user@host .
+.It Ar ttyname
+If you wish to talk to a user who is logged in more than once, the
+.Ar ttyname
+argument may be used to indicate the appropriate terminal
+name, where
+.Ar ttyname
+is of the form
+.Ql ttyXX .
+.El
+.Pp
+When first called,
+.Nm
+sends the message
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+Message from TalkDaemon@his_machine...
+talk: connection requested by your_name@your_machine.
+talk: respond with: talk your_name@your_machine
+.Ed
+.Pp
+to the user you wish to talk to.
+At this point, the recipient
+of the message should reply by typing
+.Pp
+.Dl talk \ your_name@your_machine
+.Pp
+It doesn't matter from which machine the recipient replies, as
+long as his login-name is the same.
+Once communication is established,
+the two parties may type simultaneously, with their output appearing
+in separate windows.
+Typing control-L
+.Ql ^L
+will cause the screen to
+be reprinted, while your erase, kill, and word kill characters will
+behave normally.
+To exit, just type your interrupt character;
+.Nm
+then moves the cursor to the bottom of the screen and restores the
+terminal to its previous state.
+.Pp
+Permission to talk may be denied or granted by use of the
+.Xr mesg 1
+command.
+At the outset talking is allowed.
+Certain commands, in
+particular
+.Xr nroff 1
+and
+.Xr pr 1 ,
+disallow messages in order to
+prevent messy output.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+If the
+.Ev TALKHOST
+environment variable is set, its value is used as the
+.Ar hostname
+the
+.Nm
+packets appear to be originating from.
+This is useful if you wish to talk to someone on another machine and
+your internal hostname does not resolve to the address of your
+external interface as seen from the other machine.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /var/run/utmp -compact
+.It Pa /etc/hosts
+to find the recipient's machine
+.It Pa /var/run/utmp
+to find the recipient's tty
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mail 1 ,
+.Xr mesg 1 ,
+.Xr who 1 ,
+.Xr write 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The version of
+.Nm
+released with
+.Bx 4.3
+uses a protocol that
+is incompatible with the protocol used in the version released with
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/talk.c b/usr.bin/talk/talk.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d71253
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/talk.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: talk.c,v 1.8 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1983, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)talk.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: talk.c,v 1.8 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include "talk.h"
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/*
+ * talk:	A visual form of write. Using sockets, a two way 
+ *		connection is set up between the two people talking. 
+ *		With the aid of curses, the screen is split into two 
+ *		windows, and each users text is added to the window,
+ *		one character at a time...
+ *
+ *		Written by Kipp Hickman
+ *		
+ *		Modified to run under 4.1a by Clem Cole and Peter Moore
+ *		Modified to run between hosts by Peter Moore, 8/19/82
+ *		Modified to run under 4.1c by Peter Moore 3/17/83
+ */
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	get_names(argc, argv);
+	init_display();
+	open_ctl();
+	open_sockt();
+	start_msgs();
+	if (!check_local())
+		invite_remote();
+	end_msgs();
+	set_edit_chars();
+	talk();
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/talk.h b/usr.bin/talk/talk.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77cfac7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/talk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: talk.h,v 1.9 2011/09/06 18:32:03 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)talk.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <protocols/talkd.h>
+#include <curses.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+extern	int sockt;
+extern	int curses_initialized;
+extern	int invitation_waiting;
+
+extern	const char *current_state;
+extern	int current_line;
+
+typedef struct xwin {
+	WINDOW	*x_win;
+	int	x_nlines;
+	int	x_ncols;
+	int	x_line;
+	int	x_col;
+	char	kill;
+	char	cerase;
+	char	werase;
+} xwin_t;
+
+extern	xwin_t my_win;
+extern	xwin_t his_win;
+extern	WINDOW *line_win;
+
+void	announce_invite(void);
+int	check_local(void);
+void	ctl_transact(struct in_addr, CTL_MSG, int, CTL_RESPONSE *);
+void	display(xwin_t *, char *, int);
+void	disp_msg(int);
+void	end_msgs(void);
+void	get_addrs(const char *, const char *);
+void	get_names(int, char **);
+void	init_display(void);
+void	invite_remote(void);
+int	look_for_invite(CTL_RESPONSE *);
+int	max(int, int);
+void	message(const char *);
+void	open_ctl(void);
+void	open_sockt(void);
+void	print_addr(struct sockaddr_in);
+void	p_error(const char *) __dead;
+void	quit(void) __dead;
+int	readwin(WINDOW *, int, int);
+void	re_invite(int) __dead;
+void	send_delete(void);
+void	set_edit_chars(void);
+void	sig_sent(int) __dead;
+void	start_msgs(void);
+void	talk(void) __dead;
+void	xscroll(xwin_t *, int);
diff --git a/usr.bin/talk/talk_ctl.h b/usr.bin/talk/talk_ctl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4bab52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/talk/talk_ctl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: talk_ctl.h,v 1.4 2003/08/07 11:16:05 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)talk_ctl.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+extern	struct sockaddr_in daemon_addr;
+extern	struct sockaddr_in ctl_addr;
+extern	struct sockaddr_in my_addr;
+extern	struct in_addr my_machine_addr;
+extern	struct in_addr his_machine_addr;
+extern	u_short daemon_port;
+extern	int ctl_sockt;
+extern	CTL_MSG msg;
diff --git a/usr.bin/tee/tee.1 b/usr.bin/tee/tee.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ba9565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tee/tee.1
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: tee.1,v 1.9 2017/07/04 07:05:16 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)tee.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 1993
+.Dt TEE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tee
+.Nd pipe fitting
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl ai
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility copies standard input to standard output,
+making a copy in zero or more files.
+The output is unbuffered.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl a
+Append the output to the files rather than
+overwriting them.
+.It Fl i
+Ignore the
+.Dv SIGINT
+signal.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following operands are available:
+.Bl -tag -width file
+.It file
+A pathname of an output
+.Ar file .
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility takes the default action for all signals,
+except in the event of the
+.Fl i
+option.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std tee
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+function is expected to be
+.Tn POSIX
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
diff --git a/usr.bin/tee/tee.c b/usr.bin/tee/tee.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f534e7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tee/tee.c
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tee.c,v 1.12 2016/09/05 00:40:30 sevan Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)tee.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tee.c,v 1.12 2016/09/05 00:40:30 sevan Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+typedef struct _list {
+	struct _list *next;
+	int fd;
+	const char *name;
+} LIST;
+LIST *head;
+
+void	add(int, const char *);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	LIST *p;
+	ssize_t rval;
+	int fd;
+	int append, ch, exitval;
+	char *buf;
+#define	BSIZE (8 * 1024)
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	append = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "ai")) != -1)
+		switch((char)ch) {
+		case 'a':
+			append = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			(void)signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: tee [-ai] [file ...]\n");
+			exit(1);
+		}
+	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+
+	if ((buf = malloc(BSIZE)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc");
+
+	add(STDOUT_FILENO, "stdout");
+
+	for (exitval = 0; *argv; ++argv)
+		if ((fd = open(*argv, append ? O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_APPEND :
+		    O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, DEFFILEMODE)) < 0) {
+			warn("%s", *argv);
+			exitval = 1;
+		} else
+			add(fd, *argv);
+
+	while ((rval = read(STDIN_FILENO, buf, BSIZE)) > 0)
+		for (p = head; p; p = p->next) {
+			const char *bp = buf;
+			size_t n = rval;
+			ssize_t wval;
+
+			do {
+				if ((wval = write(p->fd, bp, n)) == -1) {
+					warn("%s", p->name);
+					exitval = 1;
+					break;
+				}
+				bp += wval;
+			} while (n -= wval);
+		}
+	if (rval < 0) {
+		warn("read");
+		exitval = 1;
+	}
+
+	for (p = head; p; p = p->next) {
+		if (close(p->fd) == -1) {
+			warn("%s", p->name);
+			exitval = 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	exit(exitval);
+}
+
+void
+add(int fd, const char *name)
+{
+	LIST *p;
+
+	if ((p = malloc(sizeof(LIST))) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc");
+	p->fd = fd;
+	p->name = name;
+	p->next = head;
+	head = p;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/time/ext.h b/usr.bin/time/ext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6626a29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/time/ext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ext.h,v 1.3 2017/07/15 14:34:08 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/* borrowed from ../../bin/csh/extern.h */
+void prusage1(FILE *, const char *fmt, struct rusage *, struct rusage *,
+    struct timespec *, struct timespec *);
diff --git a/usr.bin/time/time.1 b/usr.bin/time/time.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f42310
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/time/time.1
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: time.1,v 1.28 2017/07/15 14:40:36 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)time.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd July 15, 2017
+.Dt TIME 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm time
+.Nd time command execution
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl clp
+.Op Fl f Ar fmt
+.Ar command
+.Op Ar argument ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility
+executes and
+times
+.Ar command .
+After the command finishes,
+.Nm
+writes the total elapsed time (wall clock time),
+.Pq Dq real ,
+the CPU time spent executing
+.Ar command
+at user level
+.Pq Dq user ,
+and the CPU time spent executing in the operating system kernel
+.Pq Dq sys ,
+to the standard error stream.
+Times are reported in seconds.
+.Pp
+Available options:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl c
+Displays information in the format used by default the
+.Nm
+builtin of
+.Xr csh 1
+uses (%Uu %Ss %E %P %X+%Dk %I+%Oio %Fpf+%Ww).
+.It Fl f
+Specify a time format using the
+.Xr csh 1
+.Nm
+builtin syntax.
+The following sequences may be used in the format string:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 4n -compact
+.It \&%U
+The time the process spent in user mode in cpu seconds.
+.It \&%S
+The time the process spent in kernel mode in cpu seconds.
+.It \&%E
+The elapsed (wall clock) time in seconds.
+.It \&%P
+The CPU percentage computed as (%U + %S) / %E.
+.It \&%W
+Number of times the process was swapped.
+.It \&%X
+The average amount in (shared) text space used in Kbytes.
+.It \&%D
+The average amount in (unshared) data/stack space used in Kbytes.
+.It \&%K
+The total space used (%X + %D) in Kbytes.
+.It \&%M
+The maximum memory the process had in use at any time in Kbytes.
+.It \&%F
+The number of major page faults (page needed to be brought from disk).
+.It \&%R
+The number of minor page faults.
+.It \&%I
+The number of input operations.
+.It \&%O
+The number of output operations.
+.It \&%r
+The number of socket messages received.
+.It \&%s
+The number of socket messages sent.
+.It \&%k
+The number of signals received.
+.It \&%w
+The number of voluntary context switches (waits).
+.It \&%c
+The number of involuntary context switches.
+.El
+.It Fl l
+Lists resource utilization information.
+The contents of the
+.Ar command
+process's
+.Em rusage
+structure are printed; see below.
+.It Fl p
+The output is formatted as specified by
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.El
+.Pp
+Some shells, such as
+.Xr csh 1
+and
+.Xr ksh 1 ,
+have their own and syntactically different built-in version of
+.Nm .
+The utility described here
+is available as
+.Pa /usr/bin/time
+to users of these shells.
+.Ss Resource Utilization
+If the
+.Fl l
+option is given, the following resource usage
+information is displayed
+in addition to the timing information:
+.Bl -item -offset indent -compact
+.It
+maximum resident set size
+.It
+average shared memory size
+.It
+average unshared data size
+.It
+average unshared stack size
+.It
+page reclaims
+.It
+page faults
+.It
+swaps
+.It
+block input operations
+.It
+block output operations
+.It
+messages sent
+.It
+messages received
+.It
+signals received
+.It
+voluntary context switches
+.It
+involuntary context switches
+.El
+Resource usage is the total for the execution of
+.Ar command
+and any child processes it spawns, as per
+.Xr wait4 2 .
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width Xsys/resource.hX -compact
+.It Aq sys/resource.h
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It 1-125
+An error occurred in the
+.Nm
+utility.
+.It 126
+The
+.Ar command
+was found but could not be invoked.
+.It 127
+The
+.Ar command
+could not be found.
+.El
+.Pp
+Otherwise, the exit status of
+.Nm
+will be that of
+.Ar command .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr ksh 1 ,
+.Xr clock_gettime 2 ,
+.Xr getrusage 2 ,
+.Xr wait4 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The granularity of seconds on microprocessors is crude and
+can result in times being reported for CPU usage which are too large by
+a second.
diff --git a/usr.bin/time/time.c b/usr.bin/time/time.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..263db9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/time/time.c
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: time.c,v 1.23 2017/07/15 14:34:08 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1987, 1988, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)time.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: time.c,v 1.23 2017/07/15 14:34:08 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "ext.h"
+
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+static void	prl(long, const char *);
+static void	prts(const char *, const char *, const struct timespec *,
+    const char *);
+static void	prtv(const char *, const char *, const struct timeval *,
+    const char *);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char ** volatile argv)
+{
+	int pid;
+	int ch, status;
+	int volatile portableflag;
+	int volatile lflag;
+	const char *decpt;
+	const char *fmt;
+	const struct lconv *lconv;
+	struct timespec before, after;
+	struct rusage ru;
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	lflag = portableflag = 0;
+	fmt = NULL;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "cf:lp")) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'f':
+			fmt = optarg;
+			portableflag = 0;
+			lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			fmt = "%Uu %Ss %E %P %X+%Dk %I+%Oio %Fpf+%Ww";
+			portableflag = 0;
+			lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			portableflag = 1;
+			fmt = NULL;
+			lflag = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			lflag = 1;
+			portableflag = 0;
+			fmt = NULL;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc < 1)
+		usage();
+
+	(void)clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &before);
+	switch(pid = vfork()) {
+	case -1:			/* error */
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Vfork failed");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	case 0:				/* child */
+		/* LINTED will return only on failure */
+		execvp(*argv, argv);
+		err((errno == ENOENT) ? 127 : 126, "Can't exec `%s'", *argv);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	/* parent */
+	(void)signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
+	(void)signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
+	if ((pid = wait4(pid, &status, 0, &ru)) == -1)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "wait4 %d failed", pid);
+	(void)clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &after);
+	if (!WIFEXITED(status))
+		warnx("Command terminated abnormally.");
+	timespecsub(&after, &before, &after);
+
+	if ((lconv = localeconv()) == NULL ||
+	    (decpt = lconv->decimal_point) == NULL)
+		decpt = ".";
+
+	if (fmt) {
+		static struct rusage null_ru;
+		before.tv_sec = 0;
+		before.tv_nsec = 0;
+		prusage1(stderr, fmt, &null_ru, &ru, &after, &before);
+	} else if (portableflag) {
+		prts("real ", decpt, &after, "\n");
+		prtv("user ", decpt, &ru.ru_utime, "\n");
+		prtv("sys  ", decpt, &ru.ru_stime, "\n");
+	} else {
+		prts("", decpt, &after, " real ");
+		prtv("", decpt, &ru.ru_utime, " user ");
+		prtv("", decpt, &ru.ru_stime, " sys\n");
+	}
+
+	if (lflag) {
+		int hz = (int)sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK);
+		unsigned long long ticks;
+#define SCALE(x) (long)(ticks ? x / ticks : 0)
+
+		ticks = hz * (ru.ru_utime.tv_sec + ru.ru_stime.tv_sec) +
+		    hz * (ru.ru_utime.tv_usec + ru.ru_stime.tv_usec) / 1000000;
+		prl(ru.ru_maxrss, "maximum resident set size");
+		prl(SCALE(ru.ru_ixrss), "average shared memory size");
+		prl(SCALE(ru.ru_idrss), "average unshared data size");
+		prl(SCALE(ru.ru_isrss), "average unshared stack size");
+		prl(ru.ru_minflt, "page reclaims");
+		prl(ru.ru_majflt, "page faults");
+		prl(ru.ru_nswap, "swaps");
+		prl(ru.ru_inblock, "block input operations");
+		prl(ru.ru_oublock, "block output operations");
+		prl(ru.ru_msgsnd, "messages sent");
+		prl(ru.ru_msgrcv, "messages received");
+		prl(ru.ru_nsignals, "signals received");
+		prl(ru.ru_nvcsw, "voluntary context switches");
+		prl(ru.ru_nivcsw, "involuntary context switches");
+	}
+
+	return (WIFEXITED(status) ? WEXITSTATUS(status) : EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-clp] [-f <fmt>] utility [argument ...]\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+static void
+prl(long val, const char *expn)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%10ld  %s\n", val, expn);
+}
+
+static void
+prts(const char *pre, const char *decpt, const struct timespec *ts,
+    const char *post)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s%9lld%s%02ld%s", pre, (long long)ts->tv_sec,
+	    decpt, (long)ts->tv_nsec / 10000000, post);
+}
+
+static void
+prtv(const char *pre, const char *decpt, const struct timeval *tv,
+    const char *post)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s%9lld%s%02ld%s", pre, (long long)tv->tv_sec,
+	    decpt, (long)tv->tv_usec / 10000, post);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/time/xtime.c b/usr.bin/time/xtime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b685d2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/time/xtime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: xtime.c,v 1.1 2007/02/24 21:30:27 matt Exp $	*/
+
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include "ext.h"
+#include "csh/time.c"
diff --git a/usr.bin/touch/touch.1 b/usr.bin/touch/touch.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1d1fb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/touch/touch.1
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: touch.1,v 1.26 2016/12/24 15:49:18 abhinav Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)touch.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/28/95
+.\"
+.Dd December 24, 2016
+.Dt TOUCH 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm touch
+.Nd change file access and modification times
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl acfhm
+.Op Fl d Ar human-datetime
+.Op Fl Fl date Ar human-datetime
+.Op Fl r Ar file
+.Op Fl Fl reference Ar file
+.Op Fl t Ar datetime
+.Ar file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility changes the access and modification times of files to the
+current time of day.
+If the file doesn't exist, it is created with default permissions.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width "-d human-datetime"
+.It Fl a
+Change the access time of the file.
+The modification time of the file is not changed unless the
+.Fl m
+flag is also specified.
+.It Fl c
+Do not create the file if it does not exist.
+The
+.Nm
+utility does not treat this as an error.
+No error messages are displayed and the exit value is not affected.
+.It Fl d Ar human-datetime
+.It Fl Fl date Ar human-datetime
+Parse
+.Ar human-datetime
+using the human datetime parser
+.Xr parsedate 3 .
+.It Fl f
+This flag has no effect; it is accepted for compatibility reasons.
+.It Fl h
+If
+.Ar file
+is a symbolic link, access and/or modification time of the link is changed.
+This option implies
+.Fl c .
+.It Fl m
+Change the modification time of the file.
+The access time of the file is not changed unless the
+.Fl a
+flag is also specified.
+.It Fl r Ar file
+.It Fl Fl reference Ar file
+Use the access and modifications times from
+.Ar file
+instead of the current time of day.
+.It Fl t Ar datetime
+Change the access and modification times to the specified time.
+The argument
+.Ar datetime
+should be in the form
+.Dq [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.SS]
+where each pair of letters represents the following:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact -offset indent
+.It Ar CC
+The first two digits of the year (the century).
+.It Ar YY
+The second two digits of the year.
+If
+.Dq YY
+is specified, but
+.Dq CC
+is not, a value for
+.Dq YY
+between 69 and 99 results in a
+.Dq CC
+value of 19.
+Otherwise, a
+.Dq CC
+value of 20 is used.
+.It Ar MM
+The month of the year, from 1 to 12.
+.It Ar DD
+The day of the month, from 1 to 31.
+.It Ar hh
+The hour of the day, from 0 to 23.
+.It Ar mm
+The minute of the hour, from 0 to 59.
+.It Ar SS
+The second of the minute, from 0 to 60 (permitting leap seconds).
+If
+.Ar SS
+is 60 and the resulting time,
+as affected by the
+.Ev TZ
+environment variable,
+does not refer to a leap second,
+the resulting time is one second after a time where
+.Ar SS
+is 59.
+If
+.Ar SS
+is not given a value, it is assumed to be zero.
+.El
+.Pp
+If the
+.Dq CC
+and
+.Dq YY
+letter pairs are not specified, the values default to the current
+year.
+If the
+.Dq SS
+letter pair is not specified, the value defaults to 0.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl d ,
+.Fl r ,
+and
+.Fl t
+options are mutually exclusive.
+If more than one of these options is present, the last one is used.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width -iTZ
+.It Ev TZ
+The timezone to be used for interpreting the
+.Ar datetime
+argument of the
+.Fl t
+option.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The obsolescent form of
+.Nm ,
+where a time format is specified as the first argument, is supported.
+When no
+.Fl d ,
+.Fl r ,
+or
+.Fl t
+option is specified, there are at least two arguments, and the first
+argument is a string of digits either eight or ten characters in length,
+the first argument is interpreted as a time specification of the form
+.Dq MMDDhhmm[YY] .
+.Pp
+The
+.Dq MM ,
+.Dq DD ,
+.Dq hh
+and
+.Dq mm
+letter pairs are treated as their counterparts specified to the
+.Fl t
+option.
+If the
+.Dq YY
+letter pair is in the range 69 to 99, the year is set to 1969 to 1999,
+otherwise, the year is set in the 21st century.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr utimes 2 ,
+.Xr parsedate 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be a superset of the
+.St -p1003.2
+specification.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh BUGS
+A symbolic link can't be a reference file of access and/or modification time.
diff --git a/usr.bin/touch/touch.c b/usr.bin/touch/touch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1963815
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/touch/touch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: touch.c,v 1.33 2015/03/02 03:17:24 enami Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)touch.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: touch.c,v 1.33 2015/03/02 03:17:24 enami Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <util.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+
+static void	stime_arg0(char *, struct timespec *);
+static void	stime_arg1(char *, struct timespec *);
+static void	stime_arg2(char *, int, struct timespec *);
+static void	stime_file(char *, struct timespec *);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+struct option touch_longopts[] = {
+	{ "date",		required_argument,	0,
+						'd' },
+	{ "reference",		required_argument,	0,
+						'r' },
+	{ NULL,			0,			0,
+						0 },
+};
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	struct timespec ts[2];
+	int aflag, cflag, hflag, mflag, ch, fd, len, rval, timeset;
+	char *p;
+	int (*change_file_times)(const char *, const struct timespec *);
+	int (*get_file_status)(const char *, struct stat *);
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	aflag = cflag = hflag = mflag = timeset = 0;
+	if (clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts[0]))
+		err(1, "clock_gettime");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt_long(argc, argv, "acd:fhmr:t:", touch_longopts,
+	    NULL)) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'a':
+			aflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			cflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			timeset = 1;
+			stime_arg0(optarg, ts);
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+			hflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			mflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			timeset = 1;
+			stime_file(optarg, ts);
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			timeset = 1;
+			stime_arg1(optarg, ts);
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	/* Default is both -a and -m. */
+	if (aflag == 0 && mflag == 0)
+		aflag = mflag = 1;
+
+	if (hflag) {
+		cflag = 1;		/* Don't create new file */
+		change_file_times = lutimens;
+		get_file_status = lstat;
+	} else {
+		change_file_times = utimens;
+		get_file_status = stat;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If no -r or -t flag, at least two operands, the first of which
+	 * is an 8 or 10 digit number, use the obsolete time specification.
+	 */
+	if (!timeset && argc > 1) {
+		(void)strtol(argv[0], &p, 10);
+		len = p - argv[0];
+		if (*p == '\0' && (len == 8 || len == 10)) {
+			timeset = 1;
+			stime_arg2(*argv++, len == 10, ts);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Otherwise use the current time of day. */
+	if (!timeset)
+		ts[1] = ts[0];
+
+	if (*argv == NULL)
+		usage();
+
+	for (rval = EXIT_SUCCESS; *argv; ++argv) {
+		/* See if the file exists. */
+		if ((*get_file_status)(*argv, &sb)) {
+			if (!cflag) {
+				/* Create the file. */
+				fd = open(*argv,
+				    O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, DEFFILEMODE);
+				if (fd == -1 || fstat(fd, &sb) || close(fd)) {
+					rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+					warn("%s", *argv);
+					continue;
+				}
+
+				/* If using the current time, we're done. */
+				if (!timeset)
+					continue;
+			} else
+				continue;
+		}
+		if (!aflag)
+			ts[0] = sb.st_atimespec;
+		if (!mflag)
+			ts[1] = sb.st_mtimespec;
+
+		/* Try utimes(2). */
+		if (!(*change_file_times)(*argv, ts))
+			continue;
+
+		/* If the user specified a time, nothing else we can do. */
+		if (timeset) {
+			rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+			warn("%s", *argv);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * System V and POSIX 1003.1 require that a NULL argument
+		 * set the access/modification times to the current time.
+		 * The permission checks are different, too, in that the
+		 * ability to write the file is sufficient.  Take a shot.
+		 */
+		 if (!(*change_file_times)(*argv, NULL))
+			continue;
+
+		rval = EXIT_FAILURE;
+		warn("%s", *argv);
+	}
+	exit(rval);
+}
+
+#define	ATOI2(s)	((s) += 2, ((s)[-2] - '0') * 10 + ((s)[-1] - '0'))
+
+static void
+stime_arg0(char *arg, struct timespec *tsp)
+{
+	tsp[1].tv_sec = tsp[0].tv_sec = parsedate(arg, NULL, NULL);
+	if (tsp[0].tv_sec == -1)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Could not parse `%s'", arg);
+	tsp[0].tv_nsec = tsp[1].tv_nsec = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+stime_arg1(char *arg, struct timespec *tsp)
+{
+	struct tm *t;
+	time_t tmptime;
+	int yearset;
+	char *p;
+					/* Start with the current time. */
+	tmptime = tsp[0].tv_sec;
+	if ((t = localtime(&tmptime)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "localtime");
+					/* [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.SS] */
+	if ((p = strchr(arg, '.')) == NULL)
+		t->tm_sec = 0;		/* Seconds defaults to 0. */
+	else {
+		if (strlen(p + 1) != 2)
+			goto terr;
+		*p++ = '\0';
+		t->tm_sec = ATOI2(p);
+	}
+		
+	yearset = 0;
+	switch (strlen(arg)) {
+	case 12:			/* CCYYMMDDhhmm */
+		t->tm_year = ATOI2(arg) * 100 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+		yearset = 1;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 10:			/* YYMMDDhhmm */
+		if (yearset) {
+			t->tm_year += ATOI2(arg);
+		} else {
+			yearset = ATOI2(arg);
+			if (yearset < 69)
+				t->tm_year = yearset + 2000 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+			else
+				t->tm_year = yearset + 1900 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 8:				/* MMDDhhmm */
+		t->tm_mon = ATOI2(arg);
+		--t->tm_mon;		/* Convert from 01-12 to 00-11 */
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 6:
+		t->tm_mday = ATOI2(arg);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 4:
+		t->tm_hour = ATOI2(arg);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case 2:
+		t->tm_min = ATOI2(arg);
+		break;
+	default:
+		goto terr;
+	}
+
+	t->tm_isdst = -1;		/* Figure out DST. */
+	tsp[0].tv_sec = tsp[1].tv_sec = mktime(t);
+	if (tsp[0].tv_sec == -1)
+terr:		errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+	"out of range or illegal time specification: [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.SS]");
+
+	tsp[0].tv_nsec = tsp[1].tv_nsec = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+stime_arg2(char *arg, int year, struct timespec *tsp)
+{
+	struct tm *t;
+	time_t tmptime;
+					/* Start with the current time. */
+	tmptime = tsp[0].tv_sec;
+	if ((t = localtime(&tmptime)) == NULL)
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "localtime");
+
+	t->tm_mon = ATOI2(arg);		/* MMDDhhmm[yy] */
+	--t->tm_mon;			/* Convert from 01-12 to 00-11 */
+	t->tm_mday = ATOI2(arg);
+	t->tm_hour = ATOI2(arg);
+	t->tm_min = ATOI2(arg);
+	if (year) {
+		year = ATOI2(arg);
+		if (year < 69)
+			t->tm_year = year + 2000 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+		else
+			t->tm_year = year + 1900 - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+	}
+	t->tm_sec = 0;
+
+	t->tm_isdst = -1;		/* Figure out DST. */
+	tsp[0].tv_sec = tsp[1].tv_sec = mktime(t);
+	if (tsp[0].tv_sec == -1)
+		errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+	"out of range or illegal time specification: MMDDhhmm[yy]");
+
+	tsp[0].tv_nsec = tsp[1].tv_nsec = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+stime_file(char *fname, struct timespec *tsp)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	if (stat(fname, &sb))
+		err(1, "%s", fname);
+	tsp[0] = sb.st_atimespec;
+	tsp[1] = sb.st_mtimespec;
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [-acfhm] [-d|--date datetime] [-r|--reference file] [-t time] file ...\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/tput/clear.sh b/usr.bin/tput/clear.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fffaf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tput/clear.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#!/bin/sh -
+#	$NetBSD: clear.sh,v 1.2 1994/12/07 08:49:09 jtc Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+#	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+#    must display the following acknowledgement:
+#	This product includes software developed by the University of
+#	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+#    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+#    without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+# SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+#	@(#)clear.sh	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+#
+
+exec tput clear
diff --git a/usr.bin/tput/tput.1 b/usr.bin/tput/tput.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ea0bb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tput/tput.1
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: tput.1,v 1.16 2012/04/21 12:27:30 roy Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)tput.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 5, 2012
+.Dt TPUT 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tput ,
+.Nm clear
+.Nd terminal capability interface
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl T Ar term
+.Ar attribute
+.Op Ar attribute-args
+.Ar ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+makes terminal-dependent information available to users or shell
+applications.
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl T
+The terminal name as specified in the
+.Xr terminfo 5
+database, for example,
+.Dq vt100
+or
+.Dq xterm .
+If not specified,
+.Nm
+retrieves the
+.Dq Ev TERM
+variable from the environment.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Nm
+outputs a string if the
+.Ar attribute
+is of type string; a number if it is of type integer.
+Otherwise,
+.Nm
+exits 0 if the terminal has the capability and 1 if it does not,
+without further action.
+.Pp
+If the
+.Ar attribute
+is of type string, and takes arguments (e.g. cursor movement,
+the terminfo
+.Dq cup
+sequence) the arguments are taken from the command line immediately
+following the attribute.
+.Pp
+The following special attributes are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ar
+.It clear
+Clear the screen (the
+.Xr terminfo 5
+.Dq cl
+sequence).
+.It init
+Initialize the terminal (the
+.Xr terminfo 5
+.Dq is2
+sequence).
+.It longname
+Print the descriptive name of the user's terminal type.
+.It reset
+Reset the terminal (the
+.Xr terminfo 5
+.Dq rs1 , rs2 , rs3
+and
+.Dq rf
+sequence).
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The exit status of
+.Nm
+is based on the last attribute specified.
+If the attribute is of type string or of type integer,
+.Nm
+exits 0 if the attribute is defined for this terminal type and 1
+if it is not.
+If the attribute is of type boolean,
+.Nm
+exits 0 if the terminal has this attribute, and 1 if it does not.
+.Nm
+exits 2 if any error occurred.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Bl -tag -width "tput cm 6 11 DC 6" -compact
+.It Li "tput cl cm 5 10"
+clear the screen and goto line 5 column 10
+.Pp
+.It Li "tput cm 6 11 DC 6"
+goto line 6 column 11 and delete 6 characters
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr termcap 3 ,
+.Xr terminfo 3 ,
+.Xr terminfo 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appears in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+.Sh BUGS
+.Nm
+can't really distinguish between different types of attributes.
+.Pp
+Not all terminfo entries contain the reset sequence, so using the init
+sequence may be more useful.
diff --git a/usr.bin/tput/tput.c b/usr.bin/tput/tput.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e8da2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tput/tput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tput.c,v 1.26 2013/02/05 11:31:56 roy Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1980, 1988, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)tput.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tput.c,v 1.26 2013/02/05 11:31:56 roy Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <termios.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <term_private.h>
+#include <term.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static void   usage(void) __dead;
+static char **process(const char *, const char *, char **);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int ch, exitval, n;
+	char *term;
+	const char *p, *s;
+	size_t pl;
+
+	term = NULL;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "T:")) != -1)
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'T':
+			term = optarg;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (!term && !(term = getenv("TERM")))
+		errx(2, "No terminal type specified and no TERM "
+		    "variable set in the environment.");
+	setupterm(term, 0, NULL);
+	for (exitval = 0; (p = *argv) != NULL; ++argv) {
+		switch (*p) {
+		case 'c':
+			if (!strcmp(p, "clear"))
+				p = "clear";
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			if (!strcmp(p, "init")) {
+				s = tigetstr("is1");
+				if (s != NULL)
+					putp(s);
+				p = "is2";
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			if (!strcmp(p, "longname")) {
+				(void)printf("%s\n", longname());
+				continue;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			if (!strcmp(p, "reset")) {
+				s = tigetstr("rs1");
+				if (s != NULL)
+					putp(s);
+				p = "rs2";
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+		pl = strlen(p);
+		if (((s = tigetstr(p)) != NULL && s != (char *)-1) ||
+		    (pl <= 2 && (s = tgetstr(p, NULL)) != NULL))
+			argv = process(p, s, argv);
+		else if ((((n = tigetnum(p)) != -1 && n != -2 ) ||
+			   (pl <= 2 && (n = tgetnum(p)) != -1)))
+			(void)printf("%d\n", n);
+		else {
+			exitval = tigetflag(p);
+			if (exitval == -1) {
+				if (pl <= 2)
+					exitval = !tgetflag(p);
+				else
+					exitval = 1;
+			} else
+				exitval = !exitval;
+		}
+
+		if (argv == NULL)
+			break;
+	}
+	return argv ? exitval : 2;
+}
+
+static char **
+process(const char *cap, const char *str, char **argv)
+{
+	static const char errfew[] =
+	    "Not enough arguments (%d) for capability `%s'";
+	static const char erresc[] =
+	    "Unknown %% escape (%s) for capability `%s'";
+	static const char errnum[] =
+	    "Expected a numeric argument [%d] (%s) for capability `%s'";
+	static const char errcharlong[] = 
+	    "Platform does not fit a string into a long for capability '%s'";
+	int i, nparams, piss[TPARM_MAX];
+	long nums[TPARM_MAX];
+	char *strs[TPARM_MAX], *tmp;
+
+	/* Count how many values we need for this capability. */
+	errno = 0;
+	memset(&piss, 0, sizeof(piss));
+	nparams = _ti_parm_analyse(str, piss, TPARM_MAX);
+	if (errno == EINVAL)
+		errx(2, erresc, str, cap);
+
+	/* Create our arrays of integers and strings */
+	for (i = 0; i < nparams; i++) {
+		if (*++argv == NULL || *argv[0] == '\0')
+			errx(2, errfew, nparams, cap);
+		if (piss[i]) {
+			if (sizeof(char *) > sizeof(long) /* CONSTCOND */)
+				errx(2, errcharlong, cap);
+			strs[i] = *argv;
+		} else {
+			errno = 0;
+			nums[i] = strtol(*argv, &tmp, 0);
+			if ((errno == ERANGE && 
+			    (nums[i] == LONG_MIN || nums[i] == LONG_MAX)) ||
+			    (errno != 0 && nums[i] == 0) ||
+			    tmp == str ||
+			    *tmp != '\0')
+				errx(2, errnum, i + 1, *argv, cap);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* And output */
+#define p(i)	(i <= nparams ? \
+		    (piss[i - 1] ? (long)strs[i - 1] : nums[i - 1]) : 0)
+	putp(tparm(str, p(1), p(2), p(3), p(4), p(5), p(6), p(7), p(8), p(9)));
+
+	return argv;
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "Usage: %s [-T term] attribute [attribute-args] ...\n",
+	    getprogname());
+	exit(2);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/tr/extern.h b/usr.bin/tr/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cb2de9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tr/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: extern.h,v 1.11 2013/08/11 00:39:22 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)extern.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+struct str;
+typedef struct str STR;
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#define	NCHARS	(UCHAR_MAX + 1)		/* Number of possible characters. */
+#define	OOBCH	(UCHAR_MAX + 1)		/* Out of band character value. */
+
+STR *str_create(int, const char *);
+void str_destroy(STR *);
+int	 next(STR *, int *);
diff --git a/usr.bin/tr/str.c b/usr.bin/tr/str.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9dccde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tr/str.c
@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.30 2018/05/26 11:20:30 leot Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)str.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.30 2018/05/26 11:20:30 leot Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+struct str {
+	enum { STRING1, STRING2 } which;
+	enum { EOS, INFINITE, NORMAL, RANGE, SEQUENCE, SET } state;
+	int cnt;			/* character count */
+	int lastch;			/* last character */
+	int equiv[2];			/* equivalence set */
+	int *set;			/* set of characters */
+	const char *str;		/* user's string */
+};
+
+static int backslash(STR *);
+static int bracket(STR *);
+static int c_class(const void *, const void *);
+static int *genclass(const char *, size_t);
+static void genequiv(STR *);
+static int genrange(STR *);
+static void genseq(STR *);
+
+STR *
+str_create(int whichstring, const char *txt)
+{
+	STR *s;
+
+	s = malloc(sizeof(*s));
+	if (s == NULL) {
+		err(1, "Out of memory");
+	}
+
+	s->which = whichstring == 2 ? STRING2 : STRING1;
+	s->state = NORMAL;
+	s->cnt = 0;
+	s->lastch = OOBCH;
+	s->equiv[0] = 0;
+	s->equiv[1] = OOBCH;
+	s->set = NULL;
+	s->str = txt;
+
+	return s;
+}
+
+void
+str_destroy(STR *s)
+{
+	if (s->set != NULL && s->set != s->equiv) {
+		free(s->set);
+	}
+	free(s);
+}
+
+int
+next(STR *s, int *ret)
+{
+	int ch;
+
+	switch (s->state) {
+	case EOS:
+		*ret = s->lastch;
+		return 0;
+	case INFINITE:
+		*ret = s->lastch;
+		return 1;
+	case NORMAL:
+		ch = (unsigned char)s->str[0];
+		switch (ch) {
+		case '\0':
+			s->state = EOS;
+			*ret = s->lastch;
+			return 0;
+		case '\\':
+			s->lastch = backslash(s);
+			break;
+		case '[':
+			if (bracket(s)) {
+				return next(s, ret);
+			}
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		default:
+			++s->str;
+			s->lastch = ch;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* We can start a range at any time. */
+		if (s->str[0] == '-' && genrange(s)) {
+			return next(s, ret);
+		}
+		*ret = s->lastch;
+		return 1;
+	case RANGE:
+		if (s->cnt == 0) {
+			s->state = NORMAL;
+			return next(s, ret);
+		}
+		s->cnt--;
+		++s->lastch;
+		*ret = s->lastch;
+		return 1;
+	case SEQUENCE:
+		if (s->cnt == 0) {
+			s->state = NORMAL;
+			return next(s, ret);
+		}
+		s->cnt--;
+		*ret = s->lastch;
+		return 1;
+	case SET:
+		s->lastch = s->set[s->cnt++];
+		if (s->lastch == OOBCH) {
+			s->state = NORMAL;
+			if (s->set != s->equiv) {
+				free(s->set);
+			}
+			s->set = NULL;
+			return next(s, ret);
+		}
+		*ret = s->lastch;
+		return 1;
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	assert(0);
+	*ret = s->lastch;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+bracket(STR *s)
+{
+	const char *p;
+	int *q;
+
+	switch (s->str[1]) {
+	case ':':				/* "[:class:]" */
+		if ((p = strstr(s->str + 2, ":]")) == NULL)
+			return 0;
+		s->str += 2;
+		q = genclass(s->str, p - s->str);
+		s->state = SET;
+		s->set = q;
+		s->cnt = 0;
+		s->str = p + 2;
+		return 1;
+	case '=':				/* "[=equiv=]" */
+		if ((p = strstr(s->str + 2, "=]")) == NULL)
+			return 0;
+		s->str += 2;
+		genequiv(s);
+		s->str = p + 2;
+		return 1;
+	default:				/* "[\###*n]" or "[#*n]" */
+		if ((p = strpbrk(s->str + 2, "*]")) == NULL)
+			return 0;
+		if (p[0] != '*' || strchr(p, ']') == NULL)
+			return 0;
+		s->str += 1;
+		genseq(s);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+	const char *name;
+	int (*func)(int);
+} CLASS;
+
+static const CLASS classes[] = {
+	{ "alnum",  isalnum  },
+	{ "alpha",  isalpha  },
+	{ "blank",  isblank  },
+	{ "cntrl",  iscntrl  },
+	{ "digit",  isdigit  },
+	{ "graph",  isgraph  },
+	{ "lower",  islower  },
+	{ "print",  isprint  },
+	{ "punct",  ispunct  },
+	{ "space",  isspace  },
+	{ "upper",  isupper  },
+	{ "xdigit", isxdigit },
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+	const char *name;
+	size_t len;
+} CLASSKEY;
+
+static int *
+genclass(const char *class, size_t len)
+{
+	int ch;
+	const CLASS *cp;
+	CLASSKEY key;
+	int *p;
+	unsigned pos, num;
+
+	/* Find the class */
+	key.name = class;
+	key.len = len;
+	cp = bsearch(&key, classes, __arraycount(classes), sizeof(classes[0]),
+		     c_class);
+	if (cp == NULL) {
+		errx(1, "unknown class %.*s", (int)len, class);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Figure out what characters are in the class
+	 */
+
+	num = NCHARS + 1;
+	p = malloc(num * sizeof(*p));
+	if (p == NULL) {
+		err(1, "malloc");
+	}
+
+	pos = 0;
+	for (ch = 0; ch < NCHARS; ch++) {
+		if (cp->func(ch)) {
+			p[pos++] = ch;
+		}
+	}
+
+	p[pos++] = OOBCH;
+	for (; pos < num; pos++) {
+		p[pos] = 0;
+	}
+
+	return p;
+}
+
+static int
+c_class(const void *av, const void *bv)
+{
+	const CLASSKEY *a = av;
+	const CLASS *b = bv;
+	size_t blen;
+	int r;
+
+	blen = strlen(b->name);
+	r = strncmp(a->name, b->name, a->len);
+	if (r != 0) {
+		return r;
+	}
+	if (a->len < blen) {
+		/* someone gave us a prefix of the right name */
+		return -1;
+	}
+	assert(a-> len == blen);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * English doesn't have any equivalence classes, so for now
+ * we just syntax check and grab the character.
+ */
+static void
+genequiv(STR *s)
+{
+	int ch;
+
+	ch = (unsigned char)s->str[0];
+	if (ch == '\\') {
+		s->equiv[0] = backslash(s);
+	} else {
+		s->equiv[0] = ch;
+		s->str++;
+	}
+	if (s->str[0] != '=') {
+		errx(1, "Misplaced equivalence equals sign");
+	}
+	s->str++;
+	if (s->str[0] != ']') {
+		errx(1, "Misplaced equivalence right bracket");
+	}
+	s->str++;
+
+	s->cnt = 0;
+	s->state = SET;
+	s->set = s->equiv;
+}
+
+static int
+genrange(STR *s)
+{
+	int stopval;
+	const char *savestart;
+
+	savestart = s->str++;
+	stopval = s->str[0] == '\\' ? backslash(s) : (unsigned char)*s->str++;
+	if (stopval < (unsigned char)s->lastch) {
+		s->str = savestart;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	s->cnt = stopval - s->lastch + 1;
+	s->state = RANGE;
+	--s->lastch;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+static void
+genseq(STR *s)
+{
+	char *ep;
+
+	if (s->which == STRING1) {
+		errx(1, "Sequences only valid in string2");
+	}
+
+	if (*s->str == '\\') {
+		s->lastch = backslash(s);
+	} else {
+		s->lastch = (unsigned char)*s->str++;
+	}
+	if (*s->str != '*') {
+		errx(1, "Misplaced sequence asterisk");
+	}
+
+	s->str++;
+	switch (s->str[0]) {
+	case '\\':
+		s->cnt = backslash(s);
+		break;
+	case ']':
+		s->cnt = 0;
+		++s->str;
+		break;
+	default:
+		if (isdigit((unsigned char)s->str[0])) {
+			s->cnt = strtol(s->str, &ep, 0);
+			if (*ep == ']') {
+				s->str = ep + 1;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		errx(1, "illegal sequence count");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	s->state = s->cnt ? SEQUENCE : INFINITE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Translate \??? into a character.  Up to 3 octal digits, if no digits either
+ * an escape code or a literal character.
+ */
+static int
+backslash(STR *s)
+{
+	int ch, cnt, val;
+
+	cnt = val = 0;
+	for (;;) {
+		/* Consume the character we're already on. */
+		s->str++;
+
+		/* Look at the next character. */
+		ch = (unsigned char)s->str[0];
+		if (!isascii(ch) || !isdigit(ch)) {
+			break;
+		}
+		val = val * 8 + ch - '0';
+		if (++cnt == 3) {
+			/* Enough digits; consume this one and stop */
+			++s->str;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (cnt) {
+		/* We saw digits, so return their value */
+		if (val >= OOBCH)
+			errx(1, "Invalid octal character value");
+		return val;
+	}
+	if (ch == '\0') {
+		/* \<end> -> \ */
+		s->state = EOS;
+		return '\\';
+	}
+
+	/* Consume the escaped character */
+	s->str++;
+
+	switch (ch) {
+	case 'a':			/* escape characters */
+		return '\7';
+	case 'b':
+		return '\b';
+	case 'e':
+		return '\033';
+	case 'f':
+		return '\f';
+	case 'n':
+		return '\n';
+	case 'r':
+		return '\r';
+	case 't':
+		return '\t';
+	case 'v':
+		return '\13';
+	default:			/* \q -> q */
+		return ch;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/tr/tr.1 b/usr.bin/tr/tr.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa9d121
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tr/tr.1
@@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: tr.1,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)tr.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd May 29, 2013
+.Dt TR 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tr
+.Nd translate characters
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl cs
+.Ar string1 string2
+.Nm
+.Op Fl c
+.Fl d
+.Ar string1
+.Nm
+.Op Fl c
+.Fl s
+.Ar string1
+.Nm
+.Op Fl c
+.Fl ds
+.Ar string1 string2
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility copies the standard input to the standard output with substitution
+or deletion of selected characters.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl c
+Complements the set of characters in
+.Ar string1 ;
+that is,
+.Fl c Ar \&ab
+includes every character except for
+.Sq a
+and
+.Sq b .
+.It Fl d
+The
+.Fl d
+option causes characters to be deleted from the input.
+.It Fl s
+The
+.Fl s
+option squeezes multiple occurrences of the characters listed in the last
+operand (either
+.Ar string1
+or
+.Ar string2 )
+in the input into a single instance of the character.
+This occurs after all deletion and translation is completed.
+.El
+.Pp
+In the first synopsis form, the characters in
+.Ar string1
+are translated into the characters in
+.Ar string2
+where the first character in
+.Ar string1
+is translated into the first character in
+.Ar string2
+and so on.
+If
+.Ar string1
+is longer than
+.Ar string2 ,
+the last character found in
+.Ar string2
+is duplicated until
+.Ar string1
+is exhausted.
+.Pp
+In the second synopsis form, the characters in
+.Ar string1
+are deleted from the input.
+.Pp
+In the third synopsis form, the characters in
+.Ar string1
+are compressed as described for the
+.Fl s
+option.
+.Pp
+In the fourth synopsis form, the characters in
+.Ar string1
+are deleted from the input, and the characters in
+.Ar string2
+are compressed as described for the
+.Fl s
+option.
+.Pp
+The following conventions can be used in
+.Ar string1
+and
+.Ar string2
+to specify sets of characters:
+.Bl -tag -width [:equiv:]
+.It character
+Any character not described by one of the following conventions
+represents itself.
+.It \eoctal
+A backslash followed by 1, 2 or 3 octal digits represents a character
+with that encoded value.
+To follow an octal sequence with a digit as a character, left zero-pad
+the octal sequence to the full 3 octal digits.
+.It \echaracter
+A backslash followed by certain special characters maps to special
+values.
+.sp
+.Bl -column cc
+.It \ea	<alert character>
+.It \eb	<backspace>
+.It \ef	<form-feed>
+.It \en	<newline>
+.It \er	<carriage return>
+.It \et	<tab>
+.It \ev	<vertical tab>
+.El
+.sp
+A backslash followed by any other character maps to that character.
+.It c-c
+Represents the range of characters between the range endpoints, inclusively.
+.It [:class:]
+Represents all characters belonging to the defined character class.
+Class names are:
+.sp
+.Bl -column xdigit
+.It alnum	<alphanumeric characters>
+.It alpha	<alphabetic characters>
+.It blank	<blank characters>
+.It cntrl	<control characters>
+.It digit	<numeric characters>
+.It graph	<graphic characters>
+.It lower	<lower-case alphabetic characters>
+.It print	<printable characters>
+.It punct	<punctuation characters>
+.It space	<space characters>
+.It upper	<upper-case characters>
+.It xdigit	<hexadecimal characters>
+.El
+.Pp
+.\" All classes may be used in
+.\" .Ar string1 ,
+.\" and in
+.\" .Ar string2
+.\" when both the
+.\" .Fl d
+.\" and
+.\" .Fl s
+.\" options are specified.
+.\" Otherwise, only the classes ``upper'' and ``lower'' may be used in
+.\" .Ar string2
+.\" and then only when the corresponding class (``upper'' for ``lower''
+.\" and vice-versa) is specified in the same relative position in
+.\" .Ar string1 .
+.\" .Pp
+With the exception of the
+.Dq upper
+and
+.Dq lower
+classes, characters in the classes are in unspecified order.
+In the
+.Dq upper
+and
+.Dq lower
+classes, characters are entered in ascending order.
+.Pp
+For specific information as to which ASCII characters are included
+in these classes, see
+.Xr ctype 3
+and related manual pages.
+.It [=equiv=]
+Represents all characters or collating (sorting) elements belonging to
+the same equivalence class as
+.Ar equiv .
+If there is a secondary ordering within the equivalence class, the
+characters are ordered in ascending sequence.
+Otherwise, they are ordered after their encoded values.
+An example of an equivalence class might be
+.Dq \&c
+and
+.Dq \&ch
+in Spanish;
+English has no equivalence classes.
+.It [#*n]
+Represents
+.Ar n
+repeated occurrences of the character represented by
+.Ar # .
+This
+expression is only valid when it occurs in
+.Ar string2 .
+If
+.Ar n
+is omitted or is zero, it is interpreted as large enough to extend the
+.Ar string2
+sequence to the length of
+.Ar string1 .
+If
+.Ar n
+has a leading zero, it is interpreted as an octal value;
+otherwise, it is interpreted as a decimal value.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The following examples are shown as given to the shell:
+.Pp
+Create a list of the words in
+.Ar file1 ,
+one per line, where a word is taken to be a maximal string of letters:
+.sp
+.D1 Li "tr -cs \*q[:alpha:]\*q \*q\en\*q < file1"
+.sp
+Translate the contents of
+.Ar file1
+to upper-case:
+.sp
+.D1 Li "tr \*q[:lower:]\*q \*q[:upper:]\*q < file1"
+.sp
+Strip out non-printable characters from
+.Ar file1 :
+.sp
+.D1 Li "tr -cd \*q[:print:]\*q < file1"
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+.At V
+has historically implemented character ranges using the syntax
+.Dq [c-c]
+instead of the
+.Dq c-c
+used by historic
+.Bx
+implementations and standardized by POSIX.
+.At V
+shell scripts should work under this implementation as long as
+the range is intended to map in another range, i.e. the command
+.Pp
+.Ic "tr [a-z] [A-Z]"
+.Pp
+will work as it will map the
+.Sq \&[
+character in
+.Ar string1
+to the
+.Sq \&[
+character in
+.Ar string2 .
+However, if the shell script is deleting or squeezing characters as in
+the command
+.Pp
+.Ic "tr -d [a-z]"
+.Pp
+the characters
+.Sq \&[
+and
+.Sq \&]
+will be included in the deletion or compression list which would
+not have happened under an historic
+.At V
+implementation.
+Additionally, any scripts that depended on the sequence
+.Dq a-z
+to represent the three characters
+.Sq \&a ,
+.Sq \&- ,
+and
+.Sq \&z
+will have to be rewritten as
+.Dq a\e-z .
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility has historically not permitted the manipulation of NUL bytes in
+its input and, additionally, stripped NUL's from its input stream.
+This implementation has removed this behavior as a bug.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility has historically been extremely forgiving of syntax errors,
+for example, the
+.Fl c
+and
+.Fl s
+options were ignored unless two strings were specified.
+This implementation will not permit illegal syntax.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr dd 1 ,
+.Xr sed 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
+It should be noted that the feature wherein the last character of
+.Ar string2
+is duplicated if
+.Ar string2
+has less characters than
+.Ar string1
+is permitted by POSIX but is not required.
+Shell scripts attempting to be portable to other POSIX systems should use
+the
+.Dq [#*n]
+convention instead of relying on this behavior.
+.Sh BUGS
+.Nm
+was originally designed to work with
+.Tn US-ASCII .
+Its use with character sets that do not share all the properties of
+.Tn US-ASCII ,
+e.g., a symmetric set of upper and lower case characters
+that can be algorithmically converted one to the other,
+may yield unpredictable results.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+should be internationalized.
diff --git a/usr.bin/tr/tr.c b/usr.bin/tr/tr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8221880
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tr/tr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tr.c,v 1.20 2013/08/11 01:54:35 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)tr.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tr.c,v 1.20 2013/08/11 01:54:35 dholland Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "extern.h"
+
+static int string1[NCHARS], string2[NCHARS];
+
+static void setup(int *, const char *, int, int);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int ch, ch2, lastch;
+	int cflag, dflag, sflag, isstring2;
+	STR *s1, *s2;
+
+	cflag = dflag = sflag = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "cds")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'c':
+			cflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			dflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			sflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	switch(argc) {
+	case 0:
+	default:
+		usage();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	case 1:
+		isstring2 = 0;
+		break;
+	case 2:
+		isstring2 = 1;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * tr -ds [-c] string1 string2
+	 * Delete all characters (or complemented characters) in string1.
+	 * Squeeze all characters in string2.
+	 */
+	if (dflag && sflag) {
+		if (!isstring2)
+			usage();
+
+		setup(string1, argv[0], 1, cflag);
+		setup(string2, argv[1], 2, 0);
+
+		for (lastch = OOBCH; (ch = getchar()) != EOF; )
+			if (!string1[ch] && (!string2[ch] || lastch != ch)) {
+				lastch = ch;
+				(void)putchar(ch);
+			}
+		exit(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * tr -d [-c] string1
+	 * Delete all characters (or complemented characters) in string1.
+	 */
+	if (dflag) {
+		if (isstring2)
+			usage();
+
+		setup(string1, argv[0], 1, cflag);
+
+		while ((ch = getchar()) != EOF)
+			if (!string1[ch])
+				(void)putchar(ch);
+		exit(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * tr -s [-c] string1
+	 * Squeeze all characters (or complemented characters) in string1.
+	 */
+	if (sflag && !isstring2) {
+		setup(string1, argv[0], 1, cflag);
+
+		for (lastch = OOBCH; (ch = getchar()) != EOF;)
+			if (!string1[ch] || lastch != ch) {
+				lastch = ch;
+				(void)putchar(ch);
+			}
+		exit(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * tr [-cs] string1 string2
+	 * Replace all characters (or complemented characters) in string1 with
+	 * the character in the same position in string2.  If the -s option is
+	 * specified, squeeze all the characters in string2.
+	 */
+	if (!isstring2)
+		usage();
+
+	/*
+	 * The first and second strings need to be matched up. This
+	 * means that if we are doing -c, we need to scan the first
+	 * string in advance, complement it, and match *that* against
+	 * the second string; otherwise we need to scan them together.
+	 */
+
+	if (cflag) {
+		/*
+		 * Scan string 1 and complement it. After this,
+		 * string1[] contains 0 for chars to leave alone and 1
+		 * for chars to translate.
+		 */
+		setup(string1, argv[0], 1, cflag);
+		s1 = NULL; /* for safety */
+		/* we will use ch to iterate over string1, so start it */
+		ch = -1;
+	} else {
+		/* Create the scanner for string 1. */
+		s1 = str_create(1, argv[0]);
+		for (ch = 0; ch < NCHARS; ch++) {
+			string1[ch] = ch;
+		}
+	}
+	/* Create the scanner for string 2. */
+	s2 = str_create(2, argv[1]);
+
+	/* Read the first char of string 2 first to make sure there is one. */
+	if (!next(s2, &ch2))
+		errx(1, "empty string2");
+
+	/*
+	 * Loop over the chars from string 1. After this loop string1[]
+	 * is a mapping from input to output chars.
+	 */
+	while (1) {
+		if (cflag) {
+			/*
+			 * Try each character in order. For characters we
+			 * skip over because we aren't translating them,
+			 * set the translation to the identity.
+			 */
+			ch++;
+			while (ch < NCHARS && string1[ch] == 0) {
+				if (string1[ch] == 0) {
+					string1[ch] = ch;
+				}
+				ch++;
+			}
+			if (ch == NCHARS) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		else {
+			/* Get the next character from string 1. */
+			if (!next(s1, &ch)) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Set the translation to the character from string 2. */
+		string1[ch] = ch2;
+
+		/* Note the characters to squeeze in string2[]. */
+		if (sflag) {
+			string2[ch2] = 1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Get the next character from string 2. If it runs
+		 * out, this will keep returning the last character
+		 * over and over again.
+		 */
+		(void)next(s2, &ch2);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Now do it.
+	 */
+
+	if (sflag)
+		for (lastch = OOBCH; (ch = getchar()) != EOF;) {
+			ch = string1[ch];
+			if (!string2[ch] || lastch != ch) {
+				lastch = ch;
+				(void)putchar(ch);
+			}
+		}
+	else
+		while ((ch = getchar()) != EOF)
+			(void)putchar(string1[ch]);
+
+	/* Clean up and exit. */
+	if (s1 != NULL) {
+		str_destroy(s1);
+	}
+	str_destroy(s2);
+	exit (0);
+}
+
+static void
+setup(int *string, const char *arg, int whichstring, int cflag)
+{
+	int cnt, *p;
+	int ch;
+	STR *str;
+
+	str = str_create(whichstring, arg);
+	while (next(str, &ch))
+		string[ch] = 1;
+	if (cflag)
+		for (p = string, cnt = NCHARS; cnt--; ++p)
+			*p = !*p;
+	str_destroy(str);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: tr [-cs] string1 string2\n");
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "       tr [-c] -d string1\n");
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "       tr [-c] -s string1\n");
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "       tr [-c] -ds string1 string2\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/true/true.1 b/usr.bin/true/true.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5829560
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/true/true.1
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: true.1,v 1.7 2003/08/07 11:16:48 agc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1985, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     from: @(#)true.1	6.4 (Berkeley) 6/27/91
+.\"	$NetBSD: true.1,v 1.7 2003/08/07 11:16:48 agc Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd June 27, 1991
+.Dt TRUE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm true
+.Nd return true value
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility always returns with exit code zero.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr false 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/true/true.sh b/usr.bin/true/true.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20f87ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/true/true.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+exit 0
diff --git a/usr.bin/tsort/tsort.1 b/usr.bin/tsort/tsort.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..061824b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tsort/tsort.1
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: tsort.1,v 1.10 2003/08/07 11:16:50 agc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This manual is derived from one contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Michael Rendell of Memorial University of Newfoundland.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)tsort.1	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/1/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 1, 1994
+.Dt TSORT 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tsort
+.Nd topological sort of a directed graph
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl l
+.Op Fl q
+.Op Ar file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+takes a list of pairs of node names representing directed arcs in
+a graph and prints the nodes in topological order on standard output.
+Input is taken from the named
+.Ar file ,
+or from standard input if no file
+is given.
+.Pp
+Node names in the input are separated by white space and there must
+be an even number of node names.
+.Pp
+Presence of a node in a graph can be represented by an arc from the node
+to itself.
+This is useful when a node is not connected to any other nodes.
+.Pp
+If the graph contains a cycle (and therefore cannot be properly sorted),
+one of the arcs in the cycle is ignored and the sort continues.
+Cycles are reported on standard error.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl l
+Search for and display the longest cycle.
+Can take a very long time.
+.It Fl q
+Do not display informational messages about cycles.
+This is primarily
+intended for building libraries, where optimal ordering is not critical,
+and cycles occur often.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ar 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v7 .
+This
+.Nm
+command and manual page are derived from sources contributed to Berkeley by
+Michael Rendell of Memorial University of Newfoundland.
diff --git a/usr.bin/tsort/tsort.c b/usr.bin/tsort/tsort.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e8d569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tsort/tsort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tsort.c,v 1.23 2011/09/06 18:34:37 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Michael Rendell of Memorial University of Newfoundland.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)tsort.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tsort.c,v 1.23 2011/09/06 18:34:37 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <db.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+ *  Topological sort.  Input is a list of pairs of strings separated by
+ *  white space (spaces, tabs, and/or newlines); strings are written to
+ *  standard output in sorted order, one per line.
+ *
+ *  usage:
+ *     tsort [-l] [inputfile]
+ *  If no input file is specified, standard input is read.
+ *
+ *  Should be compatible with AT&T tsort HOWEVER the output is not identical
+ *  (i.e. for most graphs there is more than one sorted order, and this tsort
+ *  usually generates a different one then the AT&T tsort).  Also, cycle
+ *  reporting seems to be more accurate in this version (the AT&T tsort
+ *  sometimes says a node is in a cycle when it isn't).
+ *
+ *  Michael Rendell, michael@stretch.cs.mun.ca - Feb 26, '90
+ */
+#define	HASHSIZE	53		/* doesn't need to be big */
+#define	NF_MARK		0x1		/* marker for cycle detection */
+#define	NF_ACYCLIC	0x2		/* this node is cycle free */
+#define	NF_NODEST	0x4		/* Unreachable */
+
+typedef struct node_str NODE;
+
+struct node_str {
+	NODE **n_prevp;			/* pointer to previous node's n_next */
+	NODE *n_next;			/* next node in graph */
+	NODE **n_arcs;			/* array of arcs to other nodes */
+	int n_narcs;			/* number of arcs in n_arcs[] */
+	int n_arcsize;			/* size of n_arcs[] array */
+	int n_refcnt;			/* # of arcs pointing to this node */
+	int n_flags;			/* NF_* */
+	char n_name[1];			/* name of this node */
+};
+
+typedef struct _buf {
+	char *b_buf;
+	int b_bsize;
+} BUF;
+
+static DB *db;
+static NODE *graph, **cycle_buf, **longest_cycle;
+static int debug, longest, quiet;
+
+static void	 add_arc(char *, char *);
+static void	 clear_cycle(void);
+static int	 find_cycle(NODE *, NODE *, int, int);
+static NODE	*get_node(char *);
+static void	*grow_buf(void *, int);
+static void	 remove_node(NODE *);
+static void	 tsort(void);
+__dead static void	 usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	BUF *b;
+	int c, n;
+	FILE *fp;
+	int bsize, ch, nused;
+	BUF bufs[2];
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+
+	fp = NULL;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "dlq")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'd':
+			debug = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			longest = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'q':
+			quiet = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	switch (argc) {
+	case 0:
+		fp = stdin;
+		break;
+	case 1:
+		if ((fp = fopen(*argv, "r")) == NULL)
+			err(1, "%s", *argv);
+		break;
+	default:
+		usage();
+	}
+
+	for (b = bufs, n = 2; --n >= 0; b++)
+		b->b_buf = grow_buf(NULL, b->b_bsize = 1024);
+
+	/* parse input and build the graph */
+	for (n = 0, c = getc(fp);;) {
+		while (c != EOF && isspace(c))
+			c = getc(fp);
+		if (c == EOF)
+			break;
+
+		nused = 0;
+		b = &bufs[n];
+		bsize = b->b_bsize;
+		do {
+			b->b_buf[nused++] = c;
+			if (nused == bsize)
+				b->b_buf = grow_buf(b->b_buf, bsize *= 2);
+			c = getc(fp);
+		} while (c != EOF && !isspace(c));
+
+		b->b_buf[nused] = '\0';
+		b->b_bsize = bsize;
+		if (n)
+			add_arc(bufs[0].b_buf, bufs[1].b_buf);
+		n = !n;
+	}
+	(void)fclose(fp);
+	if (n)
+		errx(1, "odd data count");
+
+	/* do the sort */
+	tsort();
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* double the size of oldbuf and return a pointer to the new buffer. */
+static void *
+grow_buf(void *bp, int size)
+{
+	void *n;
+
+	if ((n = realloc(bp, (u_int)size)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "realloc");
+	bp = n;
+	return (bp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * add an arc from node s1 to node s2 in the graph.  If s1 or s2 are not in
+ * the graph, then add them.
+ */
+static void
+add_arc(char *s1, char *s2)
+{
+	NODE *n1;
+	NODE *n2;
+	int bsize, i;
+
+	n1 = get_node(s1);
+
+	if (!strcmp(s1, s2))
+		return;
+
+	n2 = get_node(s2);
+
+	/*
+	 * Check if this arc is already here.
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; i < n1->n_narcs; i++)
+		if (n1->n_arcs[i] == n2)
+			return;
+	/*
+	 * Add it.
+	 */
+	if (n1->n_narcs == n1->n_arcsize) {
+		if (!n1->n_arcsize)
+			n1->n_arcsize = 10;
+		bsize = n1->n_arcsize * sizeof(*n1->n_arcs) * 2;
+		n1->n_arcs = grow_buf(n1->n_arcs, bsize);
+		n1->n_arcsize = bsize / sizeof(*n1->n_arcs);
+	}
+	n1->n_arcs[n1->n_narcs++] = n2;
+	++n2->n_refcnt;
+}
+
+/* Find a node in the graph (insert if not found) and return a pointer to it. */
+static NODE *
+get_node(char *name)
+{
+	DBT data, key;
+	NODE *n;
+
+	if (db == NULL &&
+	    (db = dbopen(NULL, O_RDWR, 0, DB_HASH, NULL)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "db: %s", name);
+
+	key.data = name;
+	key.size = strlen(name) + 1;
+
+	switch ((*db->get)(db, &key, &data, 0)) {
+	case 0:
+		(void)memmove(&n, data.data, sizeof(n));
+		return (n);
+	case 1:
+		break;
+	default:
+	case -1:
+		err(1, "db: %s", name);
+	}
+
+	if ((n = malloc(sizeof(NODE) + key.size)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc");
+
+	n->n_narcs = 0;
+	n->n_arcsize = 0;
+	n->n_arcs = NULL;
+	n->n_refcnt = 0;
+	n->n_flags = 0;
+	(void)memmove(n->n_name, name, key.size);
+
+	/* Add to linked list. */
+	if ((n->n_next = graph) != NULL)
+		graph->n_prevp = &n->n_next;
+	n->n_prevp = &graph;
+	graph = n;
+
+	/* Add to hash table. */
+	data.data = &n;
+	data.size = sizeof(n);
+	if ((*db->put)(db, &key, &data, 0))
+		err(1, "db: %s", name);
+	return (n);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Clear the NODEST flag from all nodes.
+ */
+static void
+clear_cycle(void)
+{
+	NODE *n;
+
+	for (n = graph; n != NULL; n = n->n_next)
+		n->n_flags &= ~NF_NODEST;
+}
+
+/* do topological sort on graph */
+static void
+tsort(void)
+{
+	NODE *n, *next;
+	int cnt, i;
+
+	while (graph != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Keep getting rid of simple cases until there are none left,
+		 * if there are any nodes still in the graph, then there is
+		 * a cycle in it.
+		 */
+		do {
+			for (cnt = 0, n = graph; n != NULL; n = next) {
+				next = n->n_next;
+				if (n->n_refcnt == 0) {
+					remove_node(n);
+					++cnt;
+				}
+			}
+		} while (graph != NULL && cnt);
+
+		if (graph == NULL)
+			break;
+
+		if (!cycle_buf) {
+			/*
+			 * Allocate space for two cycle logs - one to be used
+			 * as scratch space, the other to save the longest
+			 * cycle.
+			 */
+			for (cnt = 0, n = graph; n != NULL; n = n->n_next)
+				++cnt;
+			cycle_buf = malloc((u_int)sizeof(NODE *) * cnt);
+			longest_cycle = malloc((u_int)sizeof(NODE *) * cnt);
+			if (cycle_buf == NULL || longest_cycle == NULL)
+				err(1, "malloc");
+		}
+		for (n = graph; n != NULL; n = n->n_next) {
+			if (!(n->n_flags & NF_ACYCLIC)) {
+				if ((cnt = find_cycle(n, n, 0, 0)) != 0) {
+					if (!quiet) {
+						warnx("cycle in data");
+						for (i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+							warnx("%s", 
+							    longest_cycle[i]->n_name);
+					}
+					remove_node(n);
+					clear_cycle();
+					break;
+				} else {
+					/* to avoid further checks */
+					n->n_flags  |= NF_ACYCLIC;
+					clear_cycle();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if (n == NULL)
+			errx(1, "internal error -- could not find cycle");
+	}
+}
+
+/* print node and remove from graph (does not actually free node) */
+static void
+remove_node(NODE *n)
+{
+	NODE **np;
+	int i;
+
+	(void)printf("%s\n", n->n_name);
+	for (np = n->n_arcs, i = n->n_narcs; --i >= 0; np++)
+		--(*np)->n_refcnt;
+	n->n_narcs = 0;
+	*n->n_prevp = n->n_next;
+	if (n->n_next)
+		n->n_next->n_prevp = n->n_prevp;
+}
+
+
+/* look for the longest? cycle from node from to node to. */
+static int
+find_cycle(NODE *from, NODE *to, int longest_len, int depth)
+{
+	NODE **np;
+	int i, len;
+
+	/*
+	 * avoid infinite loops and ignore portions of the graph known
+	 * to be acyclic
+	 */
+	if (from->n_flags & (NF_NODEST|NF_MARK|NF_ACYCLIC))
+		return (0);
+	from->n_flags |= NF_MARK;
+
+	for (np = from->n_arcs, i = from->n_narcs; --i >= 0; np++) {
+		cycle_buf[depth] = *np;
+		if (*np == to) {
+			if (depth + 1 > longest_len) {
+				longest_len = depth + 1;
+				(void)memcpy(longest_cycle, cycle_buf,
+				    longest_len * sizeof(NODE *));
+			}
+		} else {
+			if ((*np)->n_flags & (NF_MARK|NF_ACYCLIC|NF_NODEST))
+				continue;
+			len = find_cycle(*np, to, longest_len, depth + 1);
+
+			if (debug)
+				(void)printf("%*s %s->%s %d\n", depth, "",
+				    from->n_name, to->n_name, len);
+
+			if (len == 0)
+				(*np)->n_flags |= NF_NODEST;
+
+			if (len > longest_len)
+				longest_len = len;
+
+			if (len > 0 && !longest)
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+	from->n_flags &= ~NF_MARK;
+	return (longest_len);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: tsort [-lq] [file]\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/tty/tty.1 b/usr.bin/tty/tty.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b65d66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tty/tty.1
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: tty.1,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)tty.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 1993
+.Dt TTY 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tty
+.Nd return user's terminal name
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl s
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility writes the name of the terminal attached to standard input
+to standard output.
+The name that is written is the string returned by
+.Xr ttyname 3 .
+If the standard input is not a terminal, the message ``not a tty''
+is written.
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl s
+Don't write the terminal name; only the exit status is affected
+when this option is specified.
+The
+.Fl s
+option is deprecated in favor of the
+.Dq Li "test -t 0"
+command.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Nm
+exits 0 if the standard input is a terminal, 1 if the standard input is
+not a terminal, and >1 if an error occurs.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr test 1 ,
+.Xr ttyname 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/tty/tty.c b/usr.bin/tty/tty.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5e5e80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/tty/tty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tty.c,v 1.8 2011/09/06 18:34:57 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)tty.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: tty.c,v 1.8 2011/09/06 18:34:57 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int ch, sflag;
+	char *t;
+
+	sflag = 0;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "s")) != -1) {
+		switch((char)ch) {
+		case 's':
+			sflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	}
+
+	t = ttyname(STDIN_FILENO);
+	if (!sflag)
+		puts(t ? t : "not a tty");
+	exit(t ? 0 : 1);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "usage: tty [-s]\n");
+	exit(2);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/uname/uname.1 b/usr.bin/uname/uname.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8253ea9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/uname/uname.1
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: uname.1,v 1.12 2005/03/27 18:41:22 peter Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     from: @(#)du.1	6.13 (Berkeley) 6/20/91
+.\"	$NetBSD: uname.1,v 1.12 2005/03/27 18:41:22 peter Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd November 9, 1998
+.Dt UNAME 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm uname
+.Nd Print operating system name
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl amnprsv
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility writes symbols representing one or more system characteristics
+to the standard output.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl a
+Behave as though all of the options
+.Fl mnrsv
+were specified.
+.It Fl m
+print the machine hardware name.
+.It Fl n
+print the nodename (the nodename may be a name
+that the system is known by to a communications
+network).
+.It Fl p
+print the machine processor architecture name.
+.It Fl r
+print the operating system release.
+.It Fl s
+print the operating system name.
+.It Fl v
+print the operating system version.
+.El
+.Pp
+If no options are specified,
+.Nm
+prints the operating system name as if the
+.Fl s
+option had been specified.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr hostname 1 ,
+.Xr machine 1 ,
+.Xr uname 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+The
+.Fl p
+option is an extension to the standard.
diff --git a/usr.bin/uname/uname.c b/usr.bin/uname/uname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de5e08e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/uname/uname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: uname.c,v 1.11 2011/09/06 18:35:13 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Winning Strategies, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *      This product includes software developed by Winning Strategies, Inc.
+ * 4. The name of Winning Strategies, Inc. may not be used to endorse or 
+ *    promote products derived from this software without specific prior
+ *    written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: uname.c,v 1.11 2011/09/06 18:35:13 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+/* Note that PRINT_MACHINE_ARCH is excluded from PRINT_ALL! */
+#define	PRINT_SYSNAME		0x01
+#define	PRINT_NODENAME		0x02
+#define	PRINT_RELEASE		0x04
+#define	PRINT_VERSION		0x08
+#define	PRINT_MACHINE		0x10
+#define	PRINT_MACHINE_ARCH	0x20
+#define	PRINT_ALL		\
+    (PRINT_SYSNAME|PRINT_NODENAME|PRINT_RELEASE|PRINT_VERSION|PRINT_MACHINE)
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct utsname u;
+	char machine_arch[SYS_NMLN];
+	int c;
+	int space = 0;
+	int print_mask = 0;
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((c = getopt(argc,argv,"amnprsv")) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'a':
+			print_mask |= PRINT_ALL;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			print_mask |= PRINT_MACHINE;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			print_mask |= PRINT_NODENAME;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			print_mask |= PRINT_MACHINE_ARCH;
+			break;
+		case 'r': 
+			print_mask |= PRINT_RELEASE;
+			break;
+		case 's': 
+			print_mask |= PRINT_SYSNAME;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			print_mask |= PRINT_VERSION;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	}
+	
+	if (optind != argc) {
+		usage();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (!print_mask) {
+		print_mask = PRINT_SYSNAME;
+	}
+
+	if (uname(&u) != 0) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "uname");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	if (print_mask & PRINT_MACHINE_ARCH) {
+		int mib[2] = { CTL_HW, HW_MACHINE_ARCH };
+		size_t len = sizeof (machine_arch);
+
+		if (sysctl(mib, sizeof (mib) / sizeof (mib[0]), machine_arch,
+		    &len, NULL, 0) < 0)
+			err(EXIT_FAILURE, "sysctl");
+	}
+
+	if (print_mask & PRINT_SYSNAME) {
+		space++;
+		fputs(u.sysname, stdout);
+	}
+	if (print_mask & PRINT_NODENAME) {
+		if (space++) putchar(' ');
+		fputs(u.nodename, stdout);
+	}
+	if (print_mask & PRINT_RELEASE) {
+		if (space++) putchar(' ');
+		fputs(u.release, stdout);
+	}
+	if (print_mask & PRINT_VERSION) {
+		if (space++) putchar(' ');
+		fputs(u.version, stdout);
+	}
+	if (print_mask & PRINT_MACHINE) {
+		if (space++) putchar(' ');
+		fputs(u.machine, stdout);
+	}
+	if (print_mask & PRINT_MACHINE_ARCH) {
+		if (space++) putchar(' ');
+		fputs(machine_arch, stdout);
+	}
+	putchar('\n');
+
+	exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "usage: uname [-amnprsv]\n");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/unexpand/unexpand.c b/usr.bin/unexpand/unexpand.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9d7279
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/unexpand/unexpand.c
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: unexpand.c,v 1.15 2016/02/03 05:32:14 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1980, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)unexpand.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: unexpand.c,v 1.15 2016/02/03 05:32:14 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * unexpand - put tabs into a file replacing blanks
+ */
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <util.h>
+
+
+#define DSTOP	8
+static int	all;
+static size_t	nstops;
+static size_t	maxstops;
+static size_t	*tabstops;
+
+static void	tabify(const char *, size_t);
+static void	usage(void) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+    (void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-a] [-t tabstop] [file ...]\n",
+	getprogname());
+    exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int c;
+	char *ep, *tab;
+	char *line;
+	size_t len;
+	unsigned long i;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "at:")) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'a':
+			if (nstops)
+				usage();
+			all++;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			if (all)
+				usage();
+			while ((tab = strsep(&optarg, ", \t")) != NULL) {
+				if (*tab == '\0')
+					continue;
+				errno = 0;
+				i = strtoul(tab, &ep, 0);
+				if (*ep || (errno == ERANGE && i == ULONG_MAX))
+					errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+					    "Invalid tabstop `%s'", tab);
+				if (nstops >= maxstops) {
+					maxstops += 20;
+					tabstops = erealloc(tabstops, maxstops);
+				}
+				if (nstops && tabstops[nstops - 1] >= (size_t)i)
+					errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
+					    "Bad tabstop spec `%s', must be "
+					    "greater than the previous `%zu'",
+					    tab, tabstops[nstops - 1]);
+				tabstops[nstops++] = i;
+			}
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < nstops; i++)
+		fprintf(stderr, "%lu %zu\n", i, tabstops[i]);
+
+	do {
+		if (argc > 0) {
+			if (freopen(argv[0], "r", stdin) == NULL)
+				err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot open `%s'", argv[0]);
+			argc--, argv++;
+		}
+		while ((line = fgetln(stdin, &len)) != NULL)
+			tabify(line, len);
+	} while (argc > 0);
+	return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+static void
+tabify(const char *line, size_t len)
+{
+	const char *e, *p;
+	size_t dcol, ocol, limit, n;
+
+	dcol = ocol = 0;
+	limit = nstops == 0 ? UINT_MAX : tabstops[nstops - 1] - 1;
+	e = line + len;
+	for (p = line; p < e; p++) {
+		if (*p == ' ') {
+			dcol++;
+			continue;
+		} else if (*p == '\t') {
+			if (nstops == 0) {
+				dcol = (1 + dcol / DSTOP) * DSTOP;
+				continue;
+			} else {
+				for (n = 0; n < nstops &&
+				    tabstops[n] - 1 < dcol; n++)
+					continue;
+				if (n < nstops - 1 && tabstops[n] - 1 < limit) {
+					dcol = tabstops[n];
+					continue;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Output our tabs */
+		if (nstops == 0) {
+			while (((ocol + DSTOP) / DSTOP) <= (dcol / DSTOP)) {
+				if (dcol - ocol < 2)
+					break;
+				if (putchar('\t') == EOF)
+					goto out;
+				ocol = (1 + ocol / DSTOP) * DSTOP;
+			}
+		} else {
+			for (n = 0; n < nstops && tabstops[n] <= ocol; n++)
+				continue;
+			while (n < nstops && tabstops[n] <= dcol && ocol < dcol
+			    && ocol < limit) {
+				if (putchar('\t') == EOF)
+					goto out;
+				ocol = tabstops[n++];
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Output remaining spaces */
+		while (ocol < dcol && ocol < limit) {
+			if (putchar(' ') == EOF)
+				goto out;
+			ocol++;
+		}
+
+		/* Output our char */
+		if (putchar(*p) == EOF)
+			goto out;
+		if (*p == '\b') {
+			if (ocol > 0) {
+				ocol--;
+				dcol--;
+			}
+		} else {
+			ocol++;
+			dcol++;
+		}
+
+		/* Output remainder of line */
+		if (!all || dcol >= limit) {
+			for (p++; p < e; p++)
+				if (putchar(*p) == EOF)
+					goto out;
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+	return;
+out:
+	err(EXIT_FAILURE, "write failed");
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.1 b/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7319245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.1
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: unifdef.1,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Dave Yost.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" Portions of this code (support for #if and #elif) are Copyright (c)
+.\" 2002, 2003 Tony Finch.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)unifdef.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/1/94
+.\"	$dotat: things/unifdef.1,v 1.45 2003/01/20 14:37:08 fanf2 Exp $
+.\" $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.1,v 1.19 2003/01/20 12:41:41 fanf Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd June 5, 2009
+.Dt UNIFDEF 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm unifdef ,
+.Nm unifdefall
+.Nd remove preprocessor conditionals from code
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl ceklst
+.Op Fl I Ns Ar path
+.Op Fl D Ns Ar sym Ns Op = Ns Ar val
+.Op Fl U Ns Ar sym
+.Op Fl iD Ns Ar sym Ns Op = Ns Ar val
+.Op Fl iU Ns Ar sym
+.Ar ...
+.Op Fl o Ar output
+.Op Ar file
+.Nm unifdefall
+.Op Fl I Ns Ar path
+.Ar ...
+.Ar file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility selectively processes conditional
+.Xr cpp 1
+directives.
+It removes from a file both the directives and any additional text
+that they specify should be removed, while otherwise leaving the
+file alone.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility acts on
+.Ic #if , #ifdef , #ifndef , #elif , #else ,
+and
+.Ic #endif
+lines,
+and it understands only the commonly-used subset
+of the expression syntax for
+.Ic #if
+and
+.Ic #elif
+lines.
+It handles
+integer values of symbols defined on the command line,
+the
+.Fn defined
+operator applied to symbols defined or undefined on the command line,
+the operators
+.Ic \&! , < , > , <= , >= , == , != , && , || ,
+and parenthesized expressions.
+Anything that it does not understand is passed through unharmed.
+It only processes
+.Ic #ifdef
+and
+.Ic #ifndef
+directives if the symbol is specified on the command line,
+otherwise they are also passed through unchanged.
+By default, it ignores
+.Ic #if
+and
+.Ic #elif
+lines with constant expressions,
+or they may be processed by specifying the
+.Fl k
+flag on the command line.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility also understands just enough about C
+to know when one of the directives is inactive
+because it is inside
+a comment,
+or affected by a backslash-continued line.
+It spots unusually-formatted preprocessor directives
+and knows when the layout is too odd to handle.
+.Pp
+A script called
+.Nm unifdefall
+can be used to remove all conditional
+.Xr cpp 1
+directives from a file.
+It uses
+.Nm Fl s
+and
+.Nm cpp Fl dM
+to get lists of all the controlling symbols
+and their definitions (or lack thereof),
+then invokes
+.Nm
+with appropriate arguments to process the file.
+.Pp
+Available options:
+.Bl -tag -width indent -compact
+.It Fl D Ns Ar sym Ns Op = Ns Ar val
+Specify that a symbol is defined,
+and optionally specify what value to give it
+for the purpose of handling
+.Ic #if
+and
+.Ic #elif
+directives.
+.It Fl U Ns Ar sym
+Specify that a symbol is undefined.
+If the same symbol appears in more than one argument,
+the last occurrence dominates.
+.It Fl c
+If the
+.Fl c
+flag is specified,
+then the operation of
+.Nm
+is complemented,
+i.e., the lines that would have been removed or blanked
+are retained and vice versa.
+.It Fl e
+Because
+.Nm
+processes its input one line at a time,
+it cannot remove preprocessor directives that span more than one line.
+The most common example of this is a directive with a multi-line
+comment hanging off its right hand end.
+By default,
+if
+.Nm
+has to process such a directive,
+it will complain that the line is too obfuscated.
+The
+.Fl e
+option changes the behaviour so that,
+where possible,
+such lines are left unprocessed instead of reporting an error.
+.It Fl k
+Process
+.Ic #if
+and
+.Ic #elif
+lines with constant expressions.
+By default, sections controlled by such lines are passed through unchanged
+because they typically start
+.Dq Li "#if 0"
+and are used as a kind of comment to sketch out future or past development.
+It would be rude to strip them out, just as it would be for normal comments.
+.It Fl l
+Replace removed lines with blank lines
+instead of deleting them.
+.It Fl o Ar output
+The argument given is the name of an
+.Ar output
+file to be used instead of the standard output.
+This file can be the same as the input file.
+.It Fl s
+Instead of processing the input file as usual,
+this option causes
+.Nm
+to produce a list of symbols that appear in expressions
+that
+.Nm
+understands.
+It is useful in conjunction with the
+.Fl dM
+option of
+.Xr cpp 1
+for creating
+.Nm
+command lines.
+.It Fl t
+Disables parsing for C comments
+and line continuations,
+which is useful
+for plain text.
+.It Fl iD Ns Ar sym Ns Op = Ns Ar val
+.It Fl iU Ns Ar sym
+Ignore
+.Ic #ifdef Ns s .
+If your C code uses
+.Ic #ifdef Ns s
+to delimit non-C lines,
+such as comments
+or code which is under construction,
+then you must tell
+.Nm
+which symbols are used for that purpose so that it will not try to parse
+comments
+and line continuations
+inside those
+.Ic #ifdef Ns s .
+One specifies ignored symbols with
+.Fl iD Ns Ar sym Ns Oo = Ns Ar val Oc
+and
+.Fl iU Ns Ar sym
+similar to
+.Fl D Ns Ar sym Ns Op = Ns Ar val
+and
+.Fl U Ns Ar sym
+above.
+.It Fl I Ns Ar path
+Specifies to
+.Nm unifdefall
+an additional place to look for
+.Ic #include
+files.
+This option is ignored by
+.Nm
+for compatibility with
+.Xr cpp 1
+and to simplify the implementation of
+.Nm unifdefall .
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility copies its output to
+.Em stdout
+and will take its input from
+.Em stdin
+if no
+.Ar file
+argument is given.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility works nicely with the
+.Fl D Ns Ar sym
+option of
+.Xr diff 1 .
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+.Bl -item
+.It
+Too many levels of nesting.
+.It
+Inappropriate
+.Ic #elif ,
+.Ic #else
+or
+.Ic #endif .
+.It
+Obfuscated preprocessor control line.
+.It
+Premature
+.Dv EOF
+(with the line number of the most recent unterminated
+.Ic #if ) .
+.It
+.Dv EOF
+in comment.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits 0 if the output is an exact copy of the input,
+1 if not, and 2 if in trouble.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cpp 1 ,
+.Xr diff 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.Tn ANSI\~C
+support was added in
+.Fx 4.7 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Expression evaluation is very limited.
+.Pp
+Preprocessor control lines split across more than one physical line
+(because of comments or backslash-newline)
+cannot be handled in every situation.
+.Pp
+Trigraphs are not recognized.
+.Pp
+There is no support for symbols with different definitions at
+different points in the source file.
+.Pp
+The text-mode and ignore functionality does not correspond to modern
+.Xr cpp 1
+behaviour.
diff --git a/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.c b/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..702e3ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1037 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: unifdef.c,v 1.22 2012/10/13 18:26:03 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1985, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Dave Yost. It was rewritten to support ANSI C by Tony Finch.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002, 2003 Tony Finch <dot@dotat.at>
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Dave Yost. It was rewritten to support ANSI C by Tony Finch.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static const char copyright[] =
+"@(#) Copyright (c) 1985, 1993\n\
+	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#ifdef __IDSTRING
+__IDSTRING(Berkeley, "@(#)unifdef.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93");
+__IDSTRING(NetBSD, "$NetBSD: unifdef.c,v 1.22 2012/10/13 18:26:03 christos Exp $");
+__IDSTRING(dotat, "$dotat: things/unifdef.c,v 1.161 2003/07/01 15:32:48 fanf2 Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#ifdef __FBSDID
+__FBSDID("$FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.c,v 1.18 2003/07/01 15:30:43 fanf Exp $");
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * unifdef - remove ifdef'ed lines
+ *
+ *  Wishlist:
+ *      provide an option which will append the name of the
+ *        appropriate symbol after #else's and #endif's
+ *      provide an option which will check symbols after
+ *        #else's and #endif's to see that they match their
+ *        corresponding #ifdef or #ifndef
+ *      generate #line directives in place of deleted code
+ *
+ *   The first two items above require better buffer handling, which would
+ *     also make it possible to handle all "dodgy" directives correctly.
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include "stdbool.h"
+
+/* types of input lines: */
+typedef enum {
+	LT_TRUEI,		/* a true #if with ignore flag */
+	LT_FALSEI,		/* a false #if with ignore flag */
+	LT_IF,			/* an unknown #if */
+	LT_TRUE,		/* a true #if */
+	LT_FALSE,		/* a false #if */
+	LT_ELIF,		/* an unknown #elif */
+	LT_ELTRUE,		/* a true #elif */
+	LT_ELFALSE,		/* a false #elif */
+	LT_ELSE,		/* #else */
+	LT_ENDIF,		/* #endif */
+	LT_DODGY,		/* flag: directive is not on one line */
+	LT_DODGY_LAST = LT_DODGY + LT_ENDIF,
+	LT_PLAIN,		/* ordinary line */
+	LT_EOF,			/* end of file */
+	LT_COUNT
+} Linetype;
+
+static char const * const linetype_name[] = {
+	"TRUEI", "FALSEI", "IF", "TRUE", "FALSE",
+	"ELIF", "ELTRUE", "ELFALSE", "ELSE", "ENDIF",
+	"DODGY TRUEI", "DODGY FALSEI",
+	"DODGY IF", "DODGY TRUE", "DODGY FALSE",
+	"DODGY ELIF", "DODGY ELTRUE", "DODGY ELFALSE",
+	"DODGY ELSE", "DODGY ENDIF",
+	"PLAIN", "EOF"
+};
+
+/* state of #if processing */
+typedef enum {
+	IS_OUTSIDE,
+	IS_FALSE_PREFIX,	/* false #if followed by false #elifs */
+	IS_TRUE_PREFIX,		/* first non-false #(el)if is true */
+	IS_PASS_MIDDLE,		/* first non-false #(el)if is unknown */
+	IS_FALSE_MIDDLE,	/* a false #elif after a pass state */
+	IS_TRUE_MIDDLE,		/* a true #elif after a pass state */
+	IS_PASS_ELSE,		/* an else after a pass state */
+	IS_FALSE_ELSE,		/* an else after a true state */
+	IS_TRUE_ELSE,		/* an else after only false states */
+	IS_FALSE_TRAILER,	/* #elifs after a true are false */
+	IS_COUNT
+} Ifstate;
+
+static char const * const ifstate_name[] = {
+	"OUTSIDE", "FALSE_PREFIX", "TRUE_PREFIX",
+	"PASS_MIDDLE", "FALSE_MIDDLE", "TRUE_MIDDLE",
+	"PASS_ELSE", "FALSE_ELSE", "TRUE_ELSE",
+	"FALSE_TRAILER"
+};
+
+/* state of comment parser */
+typedef enum {
+	NO_COMMENT = false,	/* outside a comment */
+	C_COMMENT,		/* in a comment like this one */
+	CXX_COMMENT,		/* between // and end of line */
+	STARTING_COMMENT,	/* just after slash-backslash-newline */
+	FINISHING_COMMENT	/* star-backslash-newline in a C comment */
+} Comment_state;
+
+static char const * const comment_name[] = {
+	"NO", "C", "CXX", "STARTING", "FINISHING"
+};
+
+/* state of preprocessor line parser */
+typedef enum {
+	LS_START,		/* only space and comments on this line */
+	LS_HASH,		/* only space, comments, and a hash */
+	LS_DIRTY		/* this line can't be a preprocessor line */
+} Line_state;
+
+static char const * const linestate_name[] = {
+	"START", "HASH", "DIRTY"
+};
+
+/*
+ * Minimum translation limits from ISO/IEC 9899:1999 5.2.4.1
+ */
+#define	MAXDEPTH        64			/* maximum #if nesting */
+#define	MAXLINE         4096			/* maximum length of line */
+#define	MAXSYMS         4096			/* maximum number of symbols */
+
+/*
+ * Sometimes when editing a keyword the replacement text is longer, so
+ * we leave some space at the end of the tline buffer to accommodate this.
+ */
+#define	EDITSLOP        10
+
+/*
+ * Globals.
+ */
+
+static bool             complement;		/* -c: do the complement */
+static bool             debugging;		/* -d: debugging reports */
+static bool             iocccok;		/* -e: fewer IOCCC errors */
+static bool             killconsts;		/* -k: eval constant #ifs */
+static bool             lnblank;		/* -l: blank deleted lines */
+static bool             symlist;		/* -s: output symbol list */
+static bool             text;			/* -t: this is a text file */
+
+static const char      *symname[MAXSYMS];	/* symbol name */
+static const char      *value[MAXSYMS];		/* -Dsym=value */
+static bool             ignore[MAXSYMS];	/* -iDsym or -iUsym */
+static int              nsyms;			/* number of symbols */
+
+static FILE            *input;			/* input file pointer */
+static FILE            *output;			/* output file pointer */
+static const char      *filename;		/* input file name */
+static char            *ofilename;		/* output file name */
+static char             tmpname[MAXPATHLEN];	/* used when overwriting */
+static int              linenum;		/* current line number */
+static int              overwriting;		/* output overwrites input */
+
+static char             tline[MAXLINE+EDITSLOP];/* input buffer plus space */
+static char            *keyword;		/* used for editing #elif's */
+
+static Comment_state    incomment;		/* comment parser state */
+static Line_state       linestate;		/* #if line parser state */
+static Ifstate          ifstate[MAXDEPTH];	/* #if processor state */
+static bool             ignoring[MAXDEPTH];	/* ignore comments state */
+static int              stifline[MAXDEPTH];	/* start of current #if */
+static int              depth;			/* current #if nesting */
+static bool             keepthis;		/* don't delete constant #if */
+
+static int              exitstat;		/* program exit status */
+
+static void             addsym(bool, bool, char *);
+static void             debug(const char *, ...) __printflike(1, 2);
+__dead static void      done(void);
+__dead static void      error(const char *);
+static int              findsym(const char *);
+static void             flushline(bool);
+static Linetype         get_line(void);
+static Linetype         ifeval(const char **);
+static void             ignoreoff(void);
+static void             ignoreon(void);
+static void             keywordedit(const char *);
+static void             nest(void);
+__dead static void      process(void);
+static const char      *skipcomment(const char *);
+static const char      *skipsym(const char *);
+static void             state(Ifstate);
+static int              strlcmp(const char *, const char *, size_t);
+__dead static void      usage(void);
+
+#define endsym(c) (!isalpha((unsigned char)c) && !isdigit((unsigned char)c) && c != '_')
+
+/*
+ * The main program.
+ */
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int opt;
+	struct stat isb, osb;
+
+	while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "i:D:U:I:o:cdeklst")) != -1)
+		switch (opt) {
+		case 'i': /* treat stuff controlled by these symbols as text */
+			/*
+			 * For strict backwards-compatibility the U or D
+			 * should be immediately after the -i but it doesn't
+			 * matter much if we relax that requirement.
+			 */
+			opt = *optarg++;
+			if (opt == 'D')
+				addsym(true, true, optarg);
+			else if (opt == 'U')
+				addsym(true, false, optarg);
+			else
+				usage();
+			break;
+		case 'D': /* define a symbol */
+			addsym(false, true, optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'U': /* undef a symbol */
+			addsym(false, false, optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'I':
+			/* no-op for compatibility with cpp */
+			break;
+		case 'c': /* treat -D as -U and vice versa */
+			complement = true;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			debugging = true;
+			break;
+		case 'e': /* fewer errors from dodgy lines */
+			iocccok = true;
+			break;
+		case 'k': /* process constant #ifs */
+			killconsts = true;
+			break;
+		case 'l': /* blank deleted lines instead of omitting them */
+			lnblank = true;
+			break;
+		case 'o': /* output to a file */
+			ofilename = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 's': /* only output list of symbols that control #ifs */
+			symlist = true;
+			break;
+		case 't': /* don't parse C comments */
+			text = true;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+	if (nsyms == 0 && !symlist) {
+		warnx("must -D or -U at least one symbol");
+		usage();
+	}
+	if (argc > 1) {
+		errx(2, "can only do one file");
+	} else if (argc == 1 && strcmp(*argv, "-") != 0) {
+		filename = *argv;
+		input = fopen(filename, "r");
+		if (input == NULL)
+			err(2, "can't open %s", filename);
+	} else {
+		filename = "[stdin]";
+		input = stdin;
+	}
+	if (ofilename == NULL) {
+		output = stdout;
+	} else {
+		if (stat(ofilename, &osb) == 0) {
+			if (fstat(fileno(input), &isb) != 0)
+				err(2, "can't fstat %s", filename);
+
+			overwriting = (osb.st_dev == isb.st_dev &&
+			    osb.st_ino == isb.st_ino);
+		}
+		if (overwriting) {
+			int ofd;
+
+			snprintf(tmpname, sizeof(tmpname), "%s/unifdef.XXXXXX",
+				 dirname(ofilename));
+			if ((ofd = mkstemp(tmpname)) != -1)
+				output = fdopen(ofd, "w+");
+			if (output == NULL)
+				err(2, "can't create temporary file");
+			fchmod(ofd, isb.st_mode & ACCESSPERMS);
+		} else {
+			output = fopen(ofilename, "w");
+			if (output == NULL)
+				err(2, "can't open %s", ofilename);
+		}
+	}
+	process();
+	abort(); /* bug */
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "usage: unifdef [-cdeklst] [-o output]"
+	    " [-Dsym[=val]] [-Usym] [-iDsym[=val]] [-iUsym] ... [file]\n");
+	exit(2);
+}
+
+/*
+ * A state transition function alters the global #if processing state
+ * in a particular way. The table below is indexed by the current
+ * processing state and the type of the current line.
+ *
+ * Nesting is handled by keeping a stack of states; some transition
+ * functions increase or decrease the depth. They also maintain the
+ * ignore state on a stack. In some complicated cases they have to
+ * alter the preprocessor directive, as follows.
+ *
+ * When we have processed a group that starts off with a known-false
+ * #if/#elif sequence (which has therefore been deleted) followed by a
+ * #elif that we don't understand and therefore must keep, we edit the
+ * latter into a #if to keep the nesting correct.
+ *
+ * When we find a true #elif in a group, the following block will
+ * always be kept and the rest of the sequence after the next #elif or
+ * #else will be discarded. We edit the #elif into a #else and the
+ * following directive to #endif since this has the desired behaviour.
+ *
+ * "Dodgy" directives are split across multiple lines, the most common
+ * example being a multi-line comment hanging off the right of the
+ * directive. We can handle them correctly only if there is no change
+ * from printing to dropping (or vice versa) caused by that directive.
+ * If the directive is the first of a group we have a choice between
+ * failing with an error, or passing it through unchanged instead of
+ * evaluating it. The latter is not the default to avoid questions from
+ * users about unifdef unexpectedly leaving behind preprocessor directives.
+ */
+typedef void state_fn(void);
+
+/* report an error */
+__dead static void Eelif (void) { error("Inappropriate #elif"); }
+__dead static void Eelse (void) { error("Inappropriate #else"); }
+__dead static void Eendif(void) { error("Inappropriate #endif"); }
+__dead static void Eeof  (void) { error("Premature EOF"); }
+__dead static void Eioccc(void) { error("Obfuscated preprocessor control line"); }
+/* plain line handling */
+static void print (void) { flushline(true); }
+static void drop  (void) { flushline(false); }
+/* output lacks group's start line */
+static void Strue (void) { drop();  ignoreoff(); state(IS_TRUE_PREFIX); }
+static void Sfalse(void) { drop();  ignoreoff(); state(IS_FALSE_PREFIX); }
+static void Selse (void) { drop();               state(IS_TRUE_ELSE); }
+/* print/pass this block */
+static void Pelif (void) { print(); ignoreoff(); state(IS_PASS_MIDDLE); }
+static void Pelse (void) { print();              state(IS_PASS_ELSE); }
+static void Pendif(void) { print(); --depth; }
+/* discard this block */
+static void Dfalse(void) { drop();  ignoreoff(); state(IS_FALSE_TRAILER); }
+static void Delif (void) { drop();  ignoreoff(); state(IS_FALSE_MIDDLE); }
+static void Delse (void) { drop();               state(IS_FALSE_ELSE); }
+static void Dendif(void) { drop();  --depth; }
+/* first line of group */
+static void Fdrop (void) { nest();  Dfalse(); }
+static void Fpass (void) { nest();  Pelif(); }
+static void Ftrue (void) { nest();  Strue(); }
+static void Ffalse(void) { nest();  Sfalse(); }
+/* variable pedantry for obfuscated lines */
+static void Oiffy (void) { if (iocccok) Fpass(); else Eioccc(); ignoreon(); }
+static void Oif   (void) { if (iocccok) Fpass(); else Eioccc(); }
+static void Oelif (void) { if (iocccok) Pelif(); else Eioccc(); }
+/* ignore comments in this block */
+static void Idrop (void) { Fdrop();  ignoreon(); }
+static void Itrue (void) { Ftrue();  ignoreon(); }
+static void Ifalse(void) { Ffalse(); ignoreon(); }
+/* edit this line */
+static void Mpass (void) { strncpy(keyword, "if  ", 4); Pelif(); }
+static void Mtrue (void) { keywordedit("else\n");  state(IS_TRUE_MIDDLE); }
+static void Melif (void) { keywordedit("endif\n"); state(IS_FALSE_TRAILER); }
+static void Melse (void) { keywordedit("endif\n"); state(IS_FALSE_ELSE); }
+
+static state_fn * const trans_table[IS_COUNT][LT_COUNT] = {
+/* IS_OUTSIDE */
+{ Itrue, Ifalse,Fpass, Ftrue, Ffalse,Eelif, Eelif, Eelif, Eelse, Eendif,
+  Oiffy, Oiffy, Fpass, Oif,   Oif,   Eelif, Eelif, Eelif, Eelse, Eendif,
+  print, done },
+/* IS_FALSE_PREFIX */
+{ Idrop, Idrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Mpass, Strue, Sfalse,Selse, Dendif,
+  Idrop, Idrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Mpass, Eioccc,Eioccc,Eioccc,Eioccc,
+  drop,  Eeof },
+/* IS_TRUE_PREFIX */
+{ Itrue, Ifalse,Fpass, Ftrue, Ffalse,Dfalse,Dfalse,Dfalse,Delse, Dendif,
+  Oiffy, Oiffy, Fpass, Oif,   Oif,   Eioccc,Eioccc,Eioccc,Eioccc,Eioccc,
+  print, Eeof },
+/* IS_PASS_MIDDLE */
+{ Itrue, Ifalse,Fpass, Ftrue, Ffalse,Pelif, Mtrue, Delif, Pelse, Pendif,
+  Oiffy, Oiffy, Fpass, Oif,   Oif,   Pelif, Oelif, Oelif, Pelse, Pendif,
+  print, Eeof },
+/* IS_FALSE_MIDDLE */
+{ Idrop, Idrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Pelif, Mtrue, Delif, Pelse, Pendif,
+  Idrop, Idrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Eioccc,Eioccc,Eioccc,Eioccc,Eioccc,
+  drop,  Eeof },
+/* IS_TRUE_MIDDLE */
+{ Itrue, Ifalse,Fpass, Ftrue, Ffalse,Melif, Melif, Melif, Melse, Pendif,
+  Oiffy, Oiffy, Fpass, Oif,   Oif,   Eioccc,Eioccc,Eioccc,Eioccc,Pendif,
+  print, Eeof },
+/* IS_PASS_ELSE */
+{ Itrue, Ifalse,Fpass, Ftrue, Ffalse,Eelif, Eelif, Eelif, Eelse, Pendif,
+  Oiffy, Oiffy, Fpass, Oif,   Oif,   Eelif, Eelif, Eelif, Eelse, Pendif,
+  print, Eeof },
+/* IS_FALSE_ELSE */
+{ Idrop, Idrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Eelif, Eelif, Eelif, Eelse, Dendif,
+  Idrop, Idrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Eelif, Eelif, Eelif, Eelse, Eioccc,
+  drop,  Eeof },
+/* IS_TRUE_ELSE */
+{ Itrue, Ifalse,Fpass, Ftrue, Ffalse,Eelif, Eelif, Eelif, Eelse, Dendif,
+  Oiffy, Oiffy, Fpass, Oif,   Oif,   Eelif, Eelif, Eelif, Eelse, Eioccc,
+  print, Eeof },
+/* IS_FALSE_TRAILER */
+{ Idrop, Idrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Dfalse,Dfalse,Dfalse,Delse, Dendif,
+  Idrop, Idrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Fdrop, Dfalse,Dfalse,Dfalse,Delse, Eioccc,
+  drop,  Eeof }
+/*TRUEI  FALSEI IF     TRUE   FALSE  ELIF   ELTRUE ELFALSE ELSE  ENDIF
+  TRUEI  FALSEI IF     TRUE   FALSE  ELIF   ELTRUE ELFALSE ELSE  ENDIF (DODGY)
+  PLAIN  EOF */
+};
+
+/*
+ * State machine utility functions
+ */
+static void
+done(void)
+{
+	if (incomment)
+		error("EOF in comment");
+	if (fclose(output)) {
+		if (overwriting) {
+			unlink(tmpname);
+			errx(2, "%s unchanged", ofilename);
+		}
+	}
+	if (overwriting && rename(tmpname, ofilename)) {
+		unlink(tmpname);
+		errx(2, "%s unchanged", ofilename);
+	}
+	exit(exitstat);
+}
+static void
+ignoreoff(void)
+{
+	ignoring[depth] = ignoring[depth-1];
+}
+static void
+ignoreon(void)
+{
+	ignoring[depth] = true;
+}
+static void
+keywordedit(const char *replacement)
+{
+	strlcpy(keyword, replacement, tline + sizeof(tline) - keyword);
+	print();
+}
+static void
+nest(void)
+{
+	depth += 1;
+	if (depth >= MAXDEPTH)
+		error("Too many levels of nesting");
+	stifline[depth] = linenum;
+}
+static void
+state(Ifstate is)
+{
+	ifstate[depth] = is;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write a line to the output or not, according to command line options.
+ */
+static void
+flushline(bool keep)
+{
+	if (symlist)
+		return;
+	if (keep ^ complement)
+		fputs(tline, output);
+	else {
+		if (lnblank)
+			putc('\n', output);
+		exitstat = 1;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * The driver for the state machine.
+ */
+static void
+process(void)
+{
+	Linetype lineval;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		linenum++;
+		lineval = get_line();
+		trans_table[ifstate[depth]][lineval]();
+		debug("process %s -> %s depth %d",
+		    linetype_name[lineval],
+		    ifstate_name[ifstate[depth]], depth);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse a line and determine its type. We keep the preprocessor line
+ * parser state between calls in the global variable linestate, with
+ * help from skipcomment().
+ */
+static Linetype
+get_line(void)
+{
+	const char *cp;
+	int cursym;
+	int kwlen;
+	Linetype retval;
+	Comment_state wascomment;
+
+	if (fgets(tline, MAXLINE, input) == NULL)
+		return (LT_EOF);
+	retval = LT_PLAIN;
+	wascomment = incomment;
+	cp = skipcomment(tline);
+	if (linestate == LS_START) {
+		if (*cp == '#') {
+			linestate = LS_HASH;
+			cp = skipcomment(cp + 1);
+		} else if (*cp != '\0')
+			linestate = LS_DIRTY;
+	}
+	if (!incomment && linestate == LS_HASH) {
+		keyword = tline + (cp - tline);
+		cp = skipsym(cp);
+		kwlen = cp - keyword;
+		/* no way can we deal with a continuation inside a keyword */
+		if (strncmp(cp, "\\\n", 2) == 0)
+			Eioccc();
+		if (strlcmp("ifdef", keyword, kwlen) == 0 ||
+		    strlcmp("ifndef", keyword, kwlen) == 0) {
+			cp = skipcomment(cp);
+			if ((cursym = findsym(cp)) < 0)
+				retval = LT_IF;
+			else {
+				retval = (keyword[2] == 'n')
+				    ? LT_FALSE : LT_TRUE;
+				if (value[cursym] == NULL)
+					retval = (retval == LT_TRUE)
+					    ? LT_FALSE : LT_TRUE;
+				if (ignore[cursym])
+					retval = (retval == LT_TRUE)
+					    ? LT_TRUEI : LT_FALSEI;
+			}
+			cp = skipsym(cp);
+		} else if (strlcmp("if", keyword, kwlen) == 0)
+			retval = ifeval(&cp);
+		else if (strlcmp("elif", keyword, kwlen) == 0)
+			retval = ifeval(&cp) - LT_IF + LT_ELIF;
+		else if (strlcmp("else", keyword, kwlen) == 0)
+			retval = LT_ELSE;
+		else if (strlcmp("endif", keyword, kwlen) == 0)
+			retval = LT_ENDIF;
+		else {
+			linestate = LS_DIRTY;
+			retval = LT_PLAIN;
+		}
+		cp = skipcomment(cp);
+		if (*cp != '\0') {
+			linestate = LS_DIRTY;
+			if (retval == LT_TRUE || retval == LT_FALSE ||
+			    retval == LT_TRUEI || retval == LT_FALSEI)
+				retval = LT_IF;
+			if (retval == LT_ELTRUE || retval == LT_ELFALSE)
+				retval = LT_ELIF;
+		}
+		if (retval != LT_PLAIN && (wascomment || incomment)) {
+			retval += LT_DODGY;
+			if (incomment)
+				linestate = LS_DIRTY;
+		}
+	}
+	if (linestate == LS_DIRTY) {
+		while (*cp != '\0')
+			cp = skipcomment(cp + 1);
+	}
+	debug("parser %s comment %s line",
+	    comment_name[incomment], linestate_name[linestate]);
+	return (retval);
+}
+
+/*
+ * These are the binary operators that are supported by the expression
+ * evaluator. Note that if support for division is added then we also
+ * need short-circuiting booleans because of divide-by-zero.
+ */
+static int op_lt(int a, int b) { return (a < b); }
+static int op_gt(int a, int b) { return (a > b); }
+static int op_le(int a, int b) { return (a <= b); }
+static int op_ge(int a, int b) { return (a >= b); }
+static int op_eq(int a, int b) { return (a == b); }
+static int op_ne(int a, int b) { return (a != b); }
+static int op_or(int a, int b) { return (a || b); }
+static int op_and(int a, int b) { return (a && b); }
+
+/*
+ * An evaluation function takes three arguments, as follows: (1) a pointer to
+ * an element of the precedence table which lists the operators at the current
+ * level of precedence; (2) a pointer to an integer which will receive the
+ * value of the expression; and (3) a pointer to a char* that points to the
+ * expression to be evaluated and that is updated to the end of the expression
+ * when evaluation is complete. The function returns LT_FALSE if the value of
+ * the expression is zero, LT_TRUE if it is non-zero, or LT_IF if the
+ * expression could not be evaluated.
+ */
+struct ops;
+
+typedef Linetype eval_fn(const struct ops *, int *, const char **);
+
+static eval_fn eval_table, eval_unary;
+
+/*
+ * The precedence table. Expressions involving binary operators are evaluated
+ * in a table-driven way by eval_table. When it evaluates a subexpression it
+ * calls the inner function with its first argument pointing to the next
+ * element of the table. Innermost expressions have special non-table-driven
+ * handling.
+ */
+static const struct ops {
+	eval_fn *inner;
+	struct op {
+		const char *str;
+		int (*fn)(int, int);
+	} op[5];
+} eval_ops[] = {
+	{ eval_table, { { "||", op_or } } },
+	{ eval_table, { { "&&", op_and } } },
+	{ eval_table, { { "==", op_eq },
+			{ "!=", op_ne } } },
+	{ eval_unary, { { "<=", op_le },
+			{ ">=", op_ge },
+			{ "<", op_lt },
+			{ ">", op_gt } } }
+};
+
+/*
+ * Function for evaluating the innermost parts of expressions,
+ * viz. !expr (expr) defined(symbol) symbol number
+ * We reset the keepthis flag when we find a non-constant subexpression.
+ */
+static Linetype
+eval_unary(const struct ops *ops, int *valp, const char **cpp)
+{
+	const char *cp;
+	char *ep;
+	int sym;
+
+	cp = skipcomment(*cpp);
+	if (*cp == '!') {
+		debug("eval%td !", ops - eval_ops);
+		cp++;
+		if (eval_unary(ops, valp, &cp) == LT_IF)
+			return (LT_IF);
+		*valp = !*valp;
+	} else if (*cp == '(') {
+		cp++;
+		debug("eval%td (", ops - eval_ops);
+		if (eval_table(eval_ops, valp, &cp) == LT_IF)
+			return (LT_IF);
+		cp = skipcomment(cp);
+		if (*cp++ != ')')
+			return (LT_IF);
+	} else if (isdigit((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+		debug("eval%td number", ops - eval_ops);
+		*valp = strtol(cp, &ep, 0);
+		cp = skipsym(cp);
+	} else if (strncmp(cp, "defined", 7) == 0 && endsym(cp[7])) {
+		cp = skipcomment(cp+7);
+		debug("eval%td defined", ops - eval_ops);
+		if (*cp++ != '(')
+			return (LT_IF);
+		cp = skipcomment(cp);
+		sym = findsym(cp);
+		if (sym < 0 || symlist)
+			return (LT_IF);
+		*valp = (value[sym] != NULL);
+		cp = skipsym(cp);
+		cp = skipcomment(cp);
+		if (*cp++ != ')')
+			return (LT_IF);
+		keepthis = false;
+	} else if (!endsym(*cp)) {
+		debug("eval%td symbol", ops - eval_ops);
+		sym = findsym(cp);
+		if (sym < 0 || symlist)
+			return (LT_IF);
+		if (value[sym] == NULL)
+			*valp = 0;
+		else {
+			*valp = strtol(value[sym], &ep, 0);
+			if (*ep != '\0' || ep == value[sym])
+				return (LT_IF);
+		}
+		cp = skipsym(cp);
+		keepthis = false;
+	} else {
+		debug("eval%td bad expr", ops - eval_ops);
+		return (LT_IF);
+	}
+
+	*cpp = cp;
+	debug("eval%td = %d", ops - eval_ops, *valp);
+	return (*valp ? LT_TRUE : LT_FALSE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Table-driven evaluation of binary operators.
+ */
+static Linetype
+eval_table(const struct ops *ops, int *valp, const char **cpp)
+{
+	const struct op *op;
+	const char *cp;
+	int val;
+
+	debug("eval%td", ops - eval_ops);
+	cp = *cpp;
+	if (ops->inner(ops+1, valp, &cp) == LT_IF)
+		return (LT_IF);
+	for (;;) {
+		cp = skipcomment(cp);
+		for (op = ops->op; op->str != NULL; op++)
+			if (strncmp(cp, op->str, strlen(op->str)) == 0)
+				break;
+		if (op->str == NULL)
+			break;
+		cp += strlen(op->str);
+		debug("eval%td %s", ops - eval_ops, op->str);
+		if (ops->inner(ops+1, &val, &cp) == LT_IF)
+			return (LT_IF);
+		*valp = op->fn(*valp, val);
+	}
+
+	*cpp = cp;
+	debug("eval%td = %d", ops - eval_ops, *valp);
+	return (*valp ? LT_TRUE : LT_FALSE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Evaluate the expression on a #if or #elif line. If we can work out
+ * the result we return LT_TRUE or LT_FALSE accordingly, otherwise we
+ * return just a generic LT_IF.
+ */
+static Linetype
+ifeval(const char **cpp)
+{
+	int ret;
+	int val;
+
+	debug("eval %s", *cpp);
+	keepthis = killconsts ? false : true;
+	ret = eval_table(eval_ops, &val, cpp);
+	debug("eval = %d", val);
+	return (keepthis ? LT_IF : ret);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Skip over comments and stop at the next character position that is
+ * not whitespace. Between calls we keep the comment state in the
+ * global variable incomment, and we also adjust the global variable
+ * linestate when we see a newline.
+ * XXX: doesn't cope with the buffer splitting inside a state transition.
+ */
+static const char *
+skipcomment(const char *cp)
+{
+	if (text || ignoring[depth]) {
+		for (; isspace((unsigned char)*cp); cp++)
+			if (*cp == '\n')
+				linestate = LS_START;
+		return (cp);
+	}
+	while (*cp != '\0')
+		/* don't reset to LS_START after a line continuation */
+		if (strncmp(cp, "\\\n", 2) == 0)
+			cp += 2;
+		else switch (incomment) {
+		case NO_COMMENT:
+			if (strncmp(cp, "/\\\n", 3) == 0) {
+				incomment = STARTING_COMMENT;
+				cp += 3;
+			} else if (strncmp(cp, "/*", 2) == 0) {
+				incomment = C_COMMENT;
+				cp += 2;
+			} else if (strncmp(cp, "//", 2) == 0) {
+				incomment = CXX_COMMENT;
+				cp += 2;
+			} else if (strncmp(cp, "\n", 1) == 0) {
+				linestate = LS_START;
+				cp += 1;
+			} else if (strchr(" \t", *cp) != NULL) {
+				cp += 1;
+			} else
+				return (cp);
+			continue;
+		case CXX_COMMENT:
+			if (strncmp(cp, "\n", 1) == 0) {
+				incomment = NO_COMMENT;
+				linestate = LS_START;
+			}
+			cp += 1;
+			continue;
+		case C_COMMENT:
+			if (strncmp(cp, "*\\\n", 3) == 0) {
+				incomment = FINISHING_COMMENT;
+				cp += 3;
+			} else if (strncmp(cp, "*/", 2) == 0) {
+				incomment = NO_COMMENT;
+				cp += 2;
+			} else
+				cp += 1;
+			continue;
+		case STARTING_COMMENT:
+			if (*cp == '*') {
+				incomment = C_COMMENT;
+				cp += 1;
+			} else if (*cp == '/') {
+				incomment = CXX_COMMENT;
+				cp += 1;
+			} else {
+				incomment = NO_COMMENT;
+				linestate = LS_DIRTY;
+			}
+			continue;
+		case FINISHING_COMMENT:
+			if (*cp == '/') {
+				incomment = NO_COMMENT;
+				cp += 1;
+			} else
+				incomment = C_COMMENT;
+			continue;
+		default:
+			abort(); /* bug */
+		}
+	return (cp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Skip over an identifier.
+ */
+static const char *
+skipsym(const char *cp)
+{
+	while (!endsym(*cp))
+		++cp;
+	return (cp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Look for the symbol in the symbol table. If it is found, we return
+ * the symbol table index, else we return -1.
+ */
+static int
+findsym(const char *str)
+{
+	const char *cp;
+	int symind;
+
+	cp = skipsym(str);
+	if (cp == str)
+		return (-1);
+	if (symlist)
+		printf("%.*s\n", (int)(cp-str), str);
+	for (symind = 0; symind < nsyms; ++symind) {
+		if (strlcmp(symname[symind], str, cp-str) == 0) {
+			debug("findsym %s %s", symname[symind],
+			    value[symind] ? value[symind] : "");
+			return (symind);
+		}
+	}
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add a symbol to the symbol table.
+ */
+static void
+addsym(bool ignorethis, bool definethis, char *sym)
+{
+	int symind;
+	char *val;
+
+	symind = findsym(sym);
+	if (symind < 0) {
+		if (nsyms >= MAXSYMS)
+			errx(2, "too many symbols");
+		symind = nsyms++;
+	}
+	symname[symind] = sym;
+	ignore[symind] = ignorethis;
+	val = sym + (skipsym(sym) - sym);
+	if (definethis) {
+		if (*val == '=') {
+			value[symind] = val+1;
+			*val = '\0';
+		} else if (*val == '\0')
+			value[symind] = "";
+		else
+			usage();
+	} else {
+		if (*val != '\0')
+			usage();
+		value[symind] = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compare s with n characters of t.
+ * The same as strncmp() except that it checks that s[n] == '\0'.
+ */
+static int
+strlcmp(const char *s, const char *t, size_t n)
+{
+	while (n-- && *t != '\0')
+		if (*s != *t)
+			return ((unsigned char)*s - (unsigned char)*t);
+		else
+			++s, ++t;
+	return ((unsigned char)*s);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Diagnostics.
+ */
+static void
+debug(const char *msg, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	if (debugging) {
+		va_start(ap, msg);
+		vwarnx(msg, ap);
+		va_end(ap);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+error(const char *msg)
+{
+	if (depth == 0)
+		warnx("%s: %d: %s", filename, linenum, msg);
+	else
+		warnx("%s: %d: %s (#if line %d depth %d)",
+		    filename, linenum, msg, stifline[depth], depth);
+	fclose(output);
+	if (overwriting) {
+		unlink(tmpname);
+		errx(2, "%s unchanged", ofilename);
+	}
+	errx(2, "output may be truncated");
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdefall.sh b/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdefall.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c1d643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdefall.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# remove all the #if's from a source file
+#
+#	$dotat: things/unifdefall.sh,v 1.10 2002/09/24 19:52:11 fanf2 Exp $
+# $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdefall.sh,v 1.2 2002/09/24 19:50:03 fanf Exp $
+
+set -e
+
+basename=`basename $0`
+tmp=`mktemp -d -t $basename` || exit 2
+
+unifdef -s "$@" | sort | uniq > $tmp/ctrl
+cpp -dM "$@" | sort |
+	sed -Ee 's/^#define[ 	]+(.*[^	 ])[ 	]*$/\1/' > $tmp/hashdefs
+sed -Ee 's/^([A-Za-z0-9_]+).*$/\1/' $tmp/hashdefs > $tmp/alldef
+comm -23 $tmp/ctrl $tmp/alldef > $tmp/undef
+comm -12 $tmp/ctrl $tmp/alldef > $tmp/def
+
+echo unifdef -k \\ > $tmp/cmd
+sed -Ee 's/^(.*)$/-U\1 \\/' $tmp/undef >> $tmp/cmd
+while read sym
+do	sed -Ee '/^('"$sym"')([(][^)]*[)])?([ 	]+(.*))?$/!d;s//-D\1=\4/' $tmp/hashdefs
+done < $tmp/def |
+	sed -Ee 's/\\/\\\\/g;s/"/\\"/g;s/^/"/;s/$/" \\/' >> $tmp/cmd
+echo '"$@"' >> $tmp/cmd
+sh $tmp/cmd "$@"
+
+rm -r $tmp
diff --git a/usr.bin/uniq/uniq.1 b/usr.bin/uniq/uniq.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf1a78c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/uniq/uniq.1
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: uniq.1,v 1.13 2012/08/26 14:13:50 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)uniq.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd August 26, 2012
+.Dt UNIQ 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm uniq
+.Nd report or filter out repeated lines in a file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl cdu
+.Op Fl f Ar fields
+.Op Fl s Ar chars
+.Oo
+.Ar input_file
+.Op Ar output_file
+.Oc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility reads the standard input comparing adjacent lines, and writes
+a copy of each unique input line to the standard output.
+The second and succeeding copies of identical adjacent input lines are
+not written.
+Repeated lines in the input will not be detected if they are not adjacent,
+so it may be necessary to sort the files first.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl c
+Precede each output line with the count of the number of times the line
+occurred in the input, followed by a single space.
+.It Fl d
+Don't output lines that are not repeated in the input.
+.It Fl f Ar fields
+Ignore the first
+.Ar fields
+in each input line when doing comparisons.
+A field is a string of non-blank characters separated from adjacent fields
+by blanks.
+Field numbers are one based, i.e., the first field is field one.
+.It Fl s Ar chars
+Ignore the first
+.Ar chars
+characters in each input line when doing comparisons.
+If specified in conjunction with the
+.Fl f
+option, the first
+.Ar chars
+characters after the first
+.Ar fields
+fields will be ignored.
+Character numbers are one based, i.e., the first character is character one.
+.It Fl u
+Don't output lines that are repeated in the input.
+.\".It Fl Ns Ar n
+.\"(Deprecated; replaced by
+.\".Fl f ) .
+.\"Ignore the first n
+.\"fields on each input line when doing comparisons,
+.\"where n is a number.
+.\"A field is a string of non-blank
+.\"characters separated from adjacent fields
+.\"by blanks.
+.\".It Cm \&\(pl Ns Ar n
+.\"(Deprecated; replaced by
+.\".Fl s ) .
+.\"Ignore the first
+.\".Ar m
+.\"characters when doing comparisons, where
+.\".Ar m
+.\"is a
+.\"number.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additional arguments
+.Ar input_file
+and
+.Ar output_file
+may be specified on the command line,
+where the former is then used as the name of an input file,
+and the latter as the name of an output file.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The historic
+.Cm \&\(pl Ns Ar number
+and
+.Fl Ns Ar number
+options have been deprecated but are still supported in this implementation.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sort 1
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible.
diff --git a/usr.bin/uniq/uniq.c b/usr.bin/uniq/uniq.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ded7037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/uniq/uniq.c
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: uniq.c,v 1.20 2016/10/16 06:17:51 abhinav Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Case Larsen.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)uniq.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: uniq.c,v 1.20 2016/10/16 06:17:51 abhinav Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static int cflag, dflag, uflag;
+static int numchars, numfields, repeats;
+
+static FILE *file(const char *, const char *);
+static void show(FILE *, const char *);
+static const char *skip(const char *, size_t *);
+static void obsolete(char *[]);
+static void usage(void) __dead;
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	const char *prevp, *thisp;
+	FILE *ifp, *ofp;
+	int ch;
+	char *prevline, *thisline, *p;
+	size_t prevlinesize, thislinesize, psize;
+	size_t prevlen, thislen;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+	ifp = ofp = NULL;
+	obsolete(argv);
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "-cdf:s:u")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case '-':
+			--optind;
+			goto done;
+		case 'c':
+			cflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			dflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			numfields = strtol(optarg, &p, 10);
+			if (numfields < 0 || *p)
+				errx(1, "illegal field skip value: %s", optarg);
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			numchars = strtol(optarg, &p, 10);
+			if (numchars < 0 || *p)
+				errx(1, "illegal character skip value: %s",
+				    optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			uflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+	}
+
+done:	argc -= optind;
+	argv +=optind;
+
+	switch(argc) {
+	case 0:
+		ifp = stdin;
+		ofp = stdout;
+		break;
+	case 1:
+		ifp = file(argv[0], "r");
+		ofp = stdout;
+		break;
+	case 2:
+		ifp = file(argv[0], "r");
+		ofp = file(argv[1], "w");
+		break;
+	default:
+		usage();
+	}
+
+	if ((p = fgetln(ifp, &psize)) == NULL)
+		return 0;
+	prevlinesize = prevlen = psize;
+	if ((prevline = malloc(prevlinesize + 1)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc");
+	(void)memcpy(prevline, p, prevlinesize);
+	prevline[prevlinesize] = '\0';
+	
+	if (numfields || numchars)
+		prevp = skip(prevline, &prevlen);
+	else
+		prevp = prevline;
+
+	thislinesize = psize;
+	if ((thisline = malloc(thislinesize + 1)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "malloc");
+
+	while ((p = fgetln(ifp, &psize)) != NULL) {
+		if (psize > thislinesize) {
+			if ((thisline = realloc(thisline, psize + 1)) == NULL)
+				err(1, "realloc");
+			thislinesize = psize;
+		}
+		thislen = psize;
+		(void)memcpy(thisline, p, psize);
+		thisline[psize] = '\0';
+
+		/* If requested get the chosen fields + character offsets. */
+		if (numfields || numchars) {
+			thisp = skip(thisline, &thislen);
+		} else {
+			thisp = thisline;
+		}
+
+		/* If different, print; set previous to new value. */
+		if (thislen != prevlen || strcmp(thisp, prevp)) {
+			char *t;
+			size_t ts;
+
+			show(ofp, prevline);
+			t = prevline;
+			prevline = thisline;
+			thisline = t;
+			ts = prevlinesize;
+			prevlinesize = thislinesize;
+			thislinesize = ts;
+			prevp = thisp;
+			prevlen = thislen;
+			repeats = 0;
+		} else
+			++repeats;
+	}
+	show(ofp, prevline);
+	free(prevline);
+	free(thisline);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * show --
+ *	Output a line depending on the flags and number of repetitions
+ *	of the line.
+ */
+static void
+show(FILE *ofp, const char *str)
+{
+
+	if ((dflag && repeats == 0) || (uflag && repeats > 0))
+		return;
+	if (cflag) {
+		(void)fprintf(ofp, "%4d %s", repeats + 1, str);
+	} else {
+		(void)fprintf(ofp, "%s", str);
+	}
+}
+
+static const char *
+skip(const char *str, size_t *linesize)
+{
+	int infield, nchars, nfields;
+	size_t ls = *linesize;
+
+	for (nfields = numfields, infield = 0; nfields && *str; ++str, --ls)
+		if (isspace((unsigned char)*str)) {
+			if (infield) {
+				infield = 0;
+				--nfields;
+			}
+		} else if (!infield)
+			infield = 1;
+	for (nchars = numchars; nchars-- && *str; ++str, --ls)
+		continue;
+	*linesize = ls;
+	return str;
+}
+
+static FILE *
+file(const char *name, const char *mode)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+
+	if ((fp = fopen(name, mode)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "%s", name);
+	return(fp);
+}
+
+static void
+obsolete(char *argv[])
+{
+	char *ap, *p, *start;
+
+	while ((ap = *++argv) != NULL) {
+		/* Return if "--" or not an option of any form. */
+		if (ap[0] != '-') {
+			if (ap[0] != '+')
+				return;
+		} else if (ap[1] == '-')
+			return;
+		if (!isdigit((unsigned char)ap[1]))
+			continue;
+		/*
+		 * Digit signifies an old-style option.  Malloc space for dash,
+		 * new option and argument.
+		 */
+		(void)asprintf(&p, "-%c%s", ap[0] == '+' ? 's' : 'f', ap + 1);
+		if (!p)
+			err(1, "malloc");
+		start = p;
+		*argv = start;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-cdu] [-f fields] [-s chars] "
+	    "[input_file [output_file]]\n", getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/uudecode/uudecode.c b/usr.bin/uudecode/uudecode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..977ace2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/uudecode/uudecode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: uudecode.c,v 1.28 2013/01/28 19:50:30 apb Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#if !defined(lint)
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1983, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)uudecode.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: uudecode.c,v 1.28 2013/01/28 19:50:30 apb Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * uudecode [file ...]
+ *
+ * create the specified file, decoding as you go.
+ * used with uuencode.
+ */
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifndef NO_BASE64
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <resolv.h>
+#endif
+
+static int decode(char *);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+static int checkend(const char *, const char *, const char *);
+static int base64_decode(void);
+
+static int base64;
+static const char *inputname;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, rval;
+	char *outputname = NULL;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "mo:p")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'm':
+			base64 = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			outputname = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			outputname = __UNCONST("/dev/stdout");
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (*argv) {
+		rval = 0;
+		do {
+			if (!freopen(inputname = *argv, "r", stdin)) {
+				warn("%s", *argv);
+				rval = 1;
+				continue;
+			}
+			rval |= decode(outputname);
+		} while (*++argv);
+	} else {
+		inputname = "stdin";
+		rval = decode(outputname);
+	}
+	exit(rval);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Decode one file from stdin.  If outputname is not NULL
+ * then it overrides the file name embedded in the input data.
+ */
+static int
+decode(char *outputname)
+{
+	struct passwd *pw;
+	int n;
+	char ch, *p;
+	int n1;
+	long mode;
+	char *fn;
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	/* search for header line */
+	for (;;) {
+		if (!fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin)) {
+			warnx("%s: no \"%s\" line", inputname, base64 ? 
+					"begin-base64" : "begin");
+			return(1);
+		}
+		p = buf;
+		if (strncmp(p, "begin-base64", 12) == 0) {
+			base64 = 1;
+			p += 13;
+			break;
+		} else if (strncmp(p, "begin", 5) == 0)  {
+			p += 6;
+			break;
+		} else
+			continue;
+	} 
+
+        /* must be followed by an octal mode and a space */
+	mode = strtol(p, &fn, 8);
+	if (fn == (p) || !isspace((unsigned char)*fn) || mode==LONG_MIN || mode==LONG_MAX)
+	{
+	        warnx("%s: invalid mode on \"%s\" line", inputname,
+			base64 ? "begin-base64" : "begin");
+		return(1);
+	}
+	/* skip whitespace for file name */
+	while (*fn && isspace((unsigned char)*fn)) fn++;
+	if (*fn == 0) {
+                warnx("%s: no filename on \"%s\" line", inputname,
+			base64 ? "begin-base64" : "begin");
+		return(1);
+	}
+	/* zap newline */
+	for (p = fn; *p && *p != '\n'; p++) 
+	        ;
+	if (*p) *p = 0;
+
+	/* outputname overrides fn */
+	if (outputname)
+		fn = outputname;
+	
+	/* handle ~user/file format */
+	if (*fn == '~') {
+		if (!(p = strchr(fn, '/'))) {
+			warnx("%s: illegal ~user.", inputname);
+			return(1);
+		}
+		*p++ = '\0';
+		if (!(pw = getpwnam(fn + 1))) {
+			warnx("%s: no user %s.", inputname, buf);
+			return(1);
+		}
+		n = strlen(pw->pw_dir);
+		n1 = strlen(p);
+		if (n + n1 + 2 > MAXPATHLEN) {
+			warnx("%s: path too long.", inputname);
+			return(1);
+		}
+		/* make space at beginning of buf by moving end of pathname */
+		memmove(buf + n + 1, p, n1 + 1);
+		memmove(buf, pw->pw_dir, n);
+		buf[n] = '/';
+		fn = buf;
+	}
+
+	if (strcmp(fn, "/dev/stdout") == 0 || strcmp(fn, "-") == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * POSIX.1-2008 says that both "-" and "/dev/stdout"
+		 * refer to standard output when they appear in the file
+		 * header, but only "/dev/stdout" refers to standard
+		 * output when it appears as the argument to the "-o"
+		 * command line option.
+		 *
+		 * We handle both special names, regardless of whether
+		 * they came from the "-o" option or from the header of
+		 * the input stream.
+		 */
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Create output file, and set its mode.  POSIX.1-2008
+		 * requires the mode to be used exactly, ignoring the
+		 * umask and anything else, but we mask it with 0666.
+		 */
+		if (freopen(fn, "w", stdout) == NULL ||
+		    fchmod(fileno(stdout), mode & 0666) != 0) { 
+			warn("%s: %s", fn, inputname);
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (base64)
+		return base64_decode();
+	else {
+		/* for each input line */
+		for (;;) {
+			if (!fgets(p = buf, sizeof(buf), stdin)) {
+				warnx("%s: short file.", inputname);
+				return(1);
+			}
+#define	DEC(c)	(((c) - ' ') & 077)		/* single character decode */
+			/*
+		 	* `n' is used to avoid writing out all the characters
+		 	* at the end of the file.
+		 	*/
+			if ((n = DEC(*p)) <= 0)
+				break;
+			for (++p; n > 0; p += 4, n -= 3)
+				if (n >= 3) {
+					ch = DEC(p[0]) << 2 | DEC(p[1]) >> 4;
+					putchar(ch);
+					ch = DEC(p[1]) << 4 | DEC(p[2]) >> 2;
+					putchar(ch);
+					ch = DEC(p[2]) << 6 | DEC(p[3]);
+					putchar(ch);
+				}
+				else {
+					if (n >= 1) {
+						ch = DEC(p[0]) << 2 | DEC(p[1]) >> 4;
+						putchar(ch);
+					}
+					if (n >= 2) {
+						ch = DEC(p[1]) << 4 | DEC(p[2]) >> 2;
+						putchar(ch);
+					}
+					if (n >= 3) {
+						ch = DEC(p[2]) << 6 | DEC(p[3]);
+						putchar(ch);
+					}
+				}
+		}
+		if (!fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin) || strcmp(buf, "end\n")) {
+			warnx("%s: no \"end\" line.", inputname);
+			return(1);
+		}
+		return(0);
+	}
+}
+
+static int
+checkend(const char *ptr, const char *end, const char *msg)
+{
+	size_t n;
+
+	n = strlen(end);
+	if (strncmp(ptr, end, n) != 0 ||
+	    strspn(ptr + n, "\t\r\n") != strlen(ptr + n)) {
+		warnx("%s", msg); 
+		return (1);
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+base64_decode(void)
+{
+	int n;
+	char inbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	unsigned char outbuf[MAXPATHLEN * 4];
+
+	for (;;) {
+		if (!fgets(inbuf, sizeof(inbuf), stdin)) {
+			warnx("%s: short file.", inputname);
+			return (1);
+		}
+#ifdef NO_BASE64
+		warnx("%s: base64 decoding is not supported", inputname);
+		return (1);
+#else
+		n = b64_pton(inbuf, outbuf, sizeof(outbuf));
+#endif
+		if (n < 0)
+			break;
+		fwrite(outbuf, 1, n, stdout);
+	}
+	return (checkend(inbuf, "====",
+			"error decoding base64 input stream"));
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+		      "usage: %s [-m] [-p | -o outfile] [encoded-file ...]\n",
+		      getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.1 b/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fabd310
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.1
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: uuencode.1,v 1.27 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)uuencode.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd September 6, 2014
+.Dt UUENCODE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm uuencode ,
+.Nm uudecode
+.Nd encode/decode a binary file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl m
+.Op Ar inputfile
+.Ar headername
+.Nm uudecode
+.Op Fl m
+.Op Fl p | Fl o Ar outputfile
+.Op Ar encoded-file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+and
+.Nm uudecode
+are used to transmit binary files over transmission mediums
+that do not support other than simple
+.Tn ASCII
+data.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Fl m"
+.It Fl m
+Use base64 encoding.
+For
+.Nm ,
+the historical uuencode algorithm is the default.
+For
+.Nm uudecode ,
+by default the encoding is automatically detected.
+.It Fl o Ar outputfile
+.Po Nm uudecode No only . Pc
+Send the decoded output data to
+.Ar outputfile .
+By default,
+.Nm uudecode
+uses the
+.Ar headername
+recorded in the header of the encoded data stream.
+.It Fl p
+.Po Nm uudecode No only . Pc
+Write the decoded file to standard output instead of to a file.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Nm
+reads
+.Ar inputfile
+(or by default the standard input) and writes an encoded version
+to (always) the standard output.
+The encoding uses only printing
+.Tn ASCII
+characters suitable for text-only transport media.
+The string
+.Ar headername
+is inserted into the output header as the
+.Ar outputfile
+to use at
+.Nm uudecode
+time.
+The header also includes the mode (permissions) of the file.
+.Pp
+.Nm uudecode
+transforms
+.Em uuencoded
+files (or by default, the standard input) into the original form.
+The resulting file is named
+.Ar headername
+as recorded in the encoded file,
+or as specified by the
+.Fl o
+option,
+and will have the mode of the original file except that setuid
+and execute bits are not retained.
+If the
+.Fl p
+option is specified, or if the output file name is given as
+.Pa /dev/stdout ,
+then the data will be written to the standard output
+instead of to a named file.
+.Nm uudecode
+ignores any leading and trailing lines.
+.Pp
+The encoded form of the file is expanded by 35%.
+Every 3 bytes become 4 plus control information.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm uudecode
+and
+.Nm
+utilities exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The following example packages up a source tree, compresses it,
+uuencodes it and mails it to a user on another system.
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+tar czf \- src_tree \&| uuencode src_tree.tgz \&| mail user@example.com
+.Ed
+.Pp
+On the other system, if the user saves the mail to the file
+.Pa temp ,
+the following example creates the file
+.Pa src_tree.tgz
+and extracts it to make a copy of the original tree.
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+uudecode temp
+tar xzf src_tree.tgz
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr gzip 1 ,
+.Xr mail 1 ,
+.Xr tar 1 ,
+.\".Xr uucp 1 ,
+.Xr uuencode 5
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm uudecode
+and
+.Nm
+utilities conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm uudecode
+and
+.Nm
+utilities appeared in
+.Bx 4.0 .
+.Sh SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+When using
+.Nm uudecode
+with files coming from dubious sources,
+always either explicitly pass the
+.Fl o
+option or check the header (the first line) of the encoded file for
+safety.
+Blindly using a
+.Ar headername
+from a hostile source can overwrite important files.
diff --git a/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.5 b/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c8950a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.5
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: uuencode.5,v 1.12 2016/06/06 15:09:33 abhinav Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)uuencode.format.5	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/12/94
+.\"
+.Dd June 2, 2016
+.Dt UUENCODE 5
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm uuencode
+.Nd format of an encoded uuencode file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Files output by
+.Xr uuencode 1
+consist of a header line,
+followed by a number of body lines,
+and a trailer line.
+The
+.Xr uudecode 1
+command
+will ignore any lines preceding the header or
+following the trailer.
+Lines preceding a header must not, of course,
+look like a header.
+.Pp
+The header line starts with the word
+.Dq begin ,
+a space,
+a file mode (in octal),
+a space,
+and finally a string which names the file being encoded.
+.Pp
+The central engine of
+.Xr uuencode 1
+is a six-bit encoding function which outputs an
+.Tn ASCII
+character.
+The six bits to be encoded are treated as a small integer and added
+with the
+.Tn ASCII
+value for the space character (octal 40).
+The result is a printable
+.Tn ASCII
+character.
+In the case where all six bits to be encoded are zero,
+the
+.Tn ASCII
+backquote character \` (octal 140) is emitted instead of what
+would normally be a space.
+.Pp
+The body of an encoded file consists of one or more lines,
+each of which may be a maximum of 86 characters long (including the trailing
+newline).
+Each line represents an encoded chunk of data from the input file and begins
+with a byte count,
+followed by encoded bytes,
+followed by a newline.
+.Pp
+The byte count is a six-bit integer encoded with the above function,
+representing the number of bytes encoded in the rest of the line.
+The method used to encode the data expands its size by
+133% (described below).
+Therefore it is important to note that the byte count describes the size of
+the chunk of data before it is encoded, not afterwards.
+The six bit size of this number effectively limits the number of bytes
+that can be encoded in each line to a maximum of 63.
+While
+.Xr uuencode 1
+will not encode more than 45 bytes per line,
+.Xr uudecode 1
+will tolerate the maximum line size.
+.Pp
+The remaining characters in the line represent the data of the input
+file encoded as follows.
+Input data are broken into groups of three eight-bit bytes,
+which are then interpreted together as a 24-bit block.
+The first bit of the block is the highest order bit of the first character,
+and the last is the lowest order bit of the third character.
+This block is then broken into four six-bit integers which are encoded one by
+one starting from the first bit of the block.
+The result is a four character
+.Tn ASCII
+string for every three bytes of input data.
+.Pp
+Encoded lines of data continue in this manner until the input file is
+exhausted.
+The end of the body is signaled by an encoded line with a byte count
+of zero (the
+.Tn ASCII
+backquote character \`).
+.Pp
+Obviously, not every input file will be a multiple of three bytes in size.
+In these cases,
+.Xr uuencode 1
+will pad the remaining one or two bytes of data with garbage bytes until
+a three byte group is created.
+The byte count in a line containing
+garbage padding will reflect the actual number of bytes encoded, making
+it possible to convey how many bytes are garbage.
+.Pp
+The trailer line consists of
+.Dq end
+on a line by itself.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mail 1 ,
+.Xr uudecode 1 ,
+.Xr uuencode 1 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+file format appeared in
+.Bx 4.0 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The interpretation of the
+.Nm
+format relies on properties of the
+.Tn ASCII
+character set and may not work correctly on non-ASCII systems.
diff --git a/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.c b/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50b7051
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: uuencode.c,v 1.16 2014/09/06 18:58:35 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1983, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)uuencode.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: uuencode.c,v 1.16 2014/09/06 18:58:35 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * uuencode [input] output
+ *
+ * Encode a file so it can be mailed to a remote system.
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <resolv.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static void encode(void);
+static void base64_encode(void);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	int base64, ch, mode;
+
+	mode = 0;
+	base64 = 0;
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "m")) != -1) {
+		switch(ch) {
+		case 'm':
+			base64 = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+
+	switch(argc) {
+	case 2:			/* optional first argument is input file */
+		if (!freopen(*argv, "r", stdin) || fstat(fileno(stdin), &sb))
+			err(1, "%s", *argv);
+#define	RWX	(S_IRWXU|S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO)
+		mode = sb.st_mode & RWX;
+		++argv;
+		break;
+	case 1:
+#define	RW	(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH)
+		mode = RW & ~umask(RW);
+		break;
+	case 0:
+	default:
+		usage();
+	}
+
+	if (base64) {
+		(void)printf("begin-base64 %o %s\n", mode, *argv);
+		base64_encode();
+		(void)printf("====\n");
+	} else {
+		(void)printf("begin %o %s\n", mode, *argv);
+		encode();
+		(void)printf("end\n");
+	}
+
+	if (ferror(stdout))
+		err(1, "write error");
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+/* ENC is the basic 1 character encoding function to make a char printing */
+#define	ENC(c) ((c) ? ((c) & 077) + ' ': '`')
+
+/*
+ * copy from in to out, encoding in base64 as you go along.
+ */
+static void
+base64_encode(void)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Output must fit into 80 columns, chunks come in 4, leave 1.
+	 */
+#define GROUPS 	((70 / 4) - 1)
+	unsigned char buf[3];
+	char buf2[sizeof(buf) * 2 + 1];
+	size_t n;
+	int rv, sequence;
+
+	sequence = 0;
+
+	while ((n = fread(buf, 1, sizeof(buf), stdin))) {
+		++sequence;
+		rv = b64_ntop(buf, n, buf2, (sizeof(buf2) / sizeof(buf2[0])));
+		if (rv == -1)
+			errx(1, "b64_ntop: error encoding base64");
+		printf("%s%s", buf2, (sequence % GROUPS) ? "" : "\n");
+	}
+	if (sequence % GROUPS)
+		printf("\n");
+}
+
+/*
+ * copy from in to out, encoding as you go along.
+ */
+static void
+encode(void)
+{
+	int ch, n;
+	char *p;
+	char buf[80];
+
+	while ((n = fread(buf, 1, 45, stdin)) > 0) {
+		ch = ENC(n);
+		if (putchar(ch) == EOF)
+			break;
+		for (p = buf; n > 0; n -= 3, p += 3) {
+			ch = *p >> 2;
+			ch = ENC(ch);
+			if (putchar(ch) == EOF)
+				break;
+			ch = ((*p << 4) & 060) | ((p[1] >> 4) & 017);
+			ch = ENC(ch);
+			if (putchar(ch) == EOF)
+				break;
+			ch = ((p[1] << 2) & 074) | ((p[2] >> 6) & 03);
+			ch = ENC(ch);
+			if (putchar(ch) == EOF)
+				break;
+			ch = p[2] & 077;
+			ch = ENC(ch);
+			if (putchar(ch) == EOF)
+				break;
+		}
+		if (putchar('\n') == EOF)
+			break;
+	}
+	if (ferror(stdin))
+		err(1, "read error.");
+	ch = ENC('\0');
+	(void)putchar(ch);
+	(void)putchar('\n');
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+		      "usage: %s [-m] [inputfile] headername > encodedfile\n",
+		      getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/wc/wc.1 b/usr.bin/wc/wc.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60454a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/wc/wc.1
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: wc.1,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     from: @(#)wc.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd February 18, 2010
+.Dt WC 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm wc
+.Nd word, line, and byte count
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl c | Fl m
+.Op Fl Llw
+.Op Ar file ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility displays the number of lines, words, bytes and characters contained in each
+input
+.Ar file
+(or standard input, by default) to the standard output.
+A line is defined as a string of characters delimited by a <newline>
+character,
+and a word is defined as a string of characters delimited by white space
+characters.
+White space characters are the set of characters for which the
+.Xr iswspace 3
+function returns true.
+If more than one input file is specified, a line of cumulative counts
+for all the files is displayed on a separate line after the output for
+the last file.
+.Pp
+The following options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl c
+The number of bytes in each input file
+is written to the standard output.
+.It Fl L
+The number of characters in the longest line of each input file
+is written to the standard output.
+.It Fl l
+The number of lines in each input file
+is written to the standard output.
+.It Fl m
+The number of characters in each input file
+is written to the standard output.
+.It Fl w
+The number of words in each input file
+is written to the standard output.
+.El
+.Pp
+When an option is specified,
+.Nm
+only
+reports the
+information requested by that option.
+The default action is equivalent to all the flags
+.Fl clw
+having been specified.
+.Pp
+The following operands are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ar file
+A pathname of an input file.
+.El
+.Pp
+If no file names
+are specified, the standard input is used and
+no file name is displayed.
+.Pp
+By default, the standard output contains a line for each
+input file of the form:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+lines	 words	bytes	file_name
+.Ed
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std wc
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+Historically, the
+.Nm
+utility was documented to define a word as a ``maximal string of
+characters delimited by
+.Aq space ,
+.Aq tab
+or
+.Aq newline
+characters''.
+The implementation, however, didn't handle non-printing characters
+correctly so that ``  ^D^E  '' counted as 6 spaces, while ``foo^D^Ebar''
+counted as 8 characters.
+.Bx 4
+systems after
+.Bx 4.3
+modified the implementation to be consistent
+with the documentation.
+This implementation defines a ``word'' in terms of the
+.Xr iswspace 3
+function, as required by
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl L
+option is a non-standard extension, compatible with the
+.Fl L
+option of the GNU and
+.Fx
+.Nm
+utilities.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr iswspace 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/wc/wc.c b/usr.bin/wc/wc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..602a450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/wc/wc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: wc.c,v 1.35 2011/09/16 15:39:30 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1987, 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1980, 1987, 1991, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)wc.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/2/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: wc.c,v 1.35 2011/09/16 15:39:30 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/* wc line, word, char count and optionally longest line. */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#ifdef NO_QUAD
+typedef u_long wc_count_t;
+# define WCFMT	" %7lu"
+# define WCCAST unsigned long
+#else
+typedef u_quad_t wc_count_t;
+# define WCFMT	" %7llu"
+# define WCCAST	unsigned long long
+#endif
+
+static wc_count_t	tlinect, twordct, tcharct, tlongest;
+static bool		doline, doword, dobyte, dochar, dolongest;
+static int 		rval = 0;
+
+static void	cnt(const char *);
+static void	print_counts(wc_count_t, wc_count_t, wc_count_t, wc_count_t,
+		    const char *);
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+static size_t	do_mb(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t, mbstate_t *,
+		    size_t *, const char *);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "lwcmL")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'l':
+			doline = true;
+			break;
+		case 'w':
+			doword = true;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			dochar = true;
+			dobyte = 0;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			dochar = 0;
+			dobyte = true;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			dolongest = true;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	argv += optind;
+	argc -= optind;
+
+	/* Wc's flags are on by default. */
+	if (!(doline || doword || dobyte || dochar || dolongest))
+		doline = doword = dobyte = true;
+
+	if (*argv == NULL) {
+		cnt(NULL);
+	} else {
+		bool dototal = (argc > 1);
+
+		do {
+			cnt(*argv);
+		} while(*++argv);
+
+		if (dototal) {
+			print_counts(tlinect, twordct, tcharct, tlongest,
+			    "total");
+		}
+	}
+
+	exit(rval);
+}
+
+static size_t
+do_mb(wchar_t *wc, const char *p, size_t len, mbstate_t *st,
+    size_t *retcnt, const char *file)
+{
+	size_t r;
+	size_t c = 0;
+
+	do {
+		r = mbrtowc(wc, p, len, st);
+		if (r == (size_t)-1) {
+			warnx("%s: invalid byte sequence", file);
+			rval = 1;
+
+			/* XXX skip 1 byte */
+			len--;
+			p++;
+			memset(st, 0, sizeof(*st));
+			continue;
+		} else if (r == (size_t)-2)
+			break;
+		else if (r == 0)
+			r = 1;
+		c++;
+		if (wc)
+			wc++;
+		len -= r;
+		p += r;
+	} while (len > 0);
+
+	*retcnt = c;
+
+	return (r);
+}
+
+static void
+cnt(const char *file)
+{
+	u_char buf[MAXBSIZE];
+	wchar_t wbuf[MAXBSIZE];
+	struct stat sb;
+	wc_count_t charct, linect, wordct, longest;
+	mbstate_t st;
+	u_char *C;
+	wchar_t *WC;
+	const char *name;			/* filename or <stdin> */
+	size_t r = 0;
+	int fd, len = 0;
+
+	linect = wordct = charct = longest = 0;
+	if (file != NULL) {
+		if ((fd = open(file, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+			warn("%s", file);
+			rval = 1;
+			return;
+		}
+		name = file;
+	} else {
+		fd = STDIN_FILENO;
+		name = "<stdin>";
+	}
+
+	if (dochar || doword || dolongest)
+		(void)memset(&st, 0, sizeof(st));
+
+	if (!(doword || dolongest)) {
+		/*
+		 * line counting is split out because it's a lot
+		 * faster to get lines than to get words, since
+		 * the word count requires some logic.
+		 */
+		if (doline || dochar) {
+			while ((len = read(fd, buf, MAXBSIZE)) > 0) {
+				if (dochar) {
+					size_t wlen;
+
+					r = do_mb(0, (char *)buf, (size_t)len,
+					    &st, &wlen, name);
+					charct += wlen;
+				} else if (dobyte)
+					charct += len;
+				if (doline) {
+					for (C = buf; len--; ++C) {
+						if (*C == '\n')
+							++linect;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * if all we need is the number of characters and
+		 * it's a directory or a regular or linked file, just
+		 * stat the puppy.  We avoid testing for it not being
+		 * a special device in case someone adds a new type
+		 * of inode.
+		 */
+		else if (dobyte) {
+			if (fstat(fd, &sb)) {
+				warn("%s", name);
+				rval = 1;
+			} else {
+				if (S_ISREG(sb.st_mode) ||
+				    S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode) ||
+				    S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+					charct = sb.st_size;
+				} else {
+					while ((len =
+					    read(fd, buf, MAXBSIZE)) > 0)
+						charct += len;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		/* do it the hard way... */
+		wc_count_t linelen;
+                bool       gotsp;
+
+		linelen = 0;
+		gotsp = true;
+		while ((len = read(fd, buf, MAXBSIZE)) > 0) {
+			size_t wlen;
+
+			r = do_mb(wbuf, (char *)buf, (size_t)len, &st, &wlen,
+			    name);
+			if (dochar) {
+				charct += wlen;
+			} else if (dobyte) {
+				charct += len;
+			}
+			for (WC = wbuf; wlen--; ++WC) {
+				if (iswspace(*WC)) {
+					gotsp = true;
+					if (*WC == L'\n') {
+						++linect;
+						if (linelen > longest)
+							longest = linelen;
+						linelen = 0;
+					} else {
+						linelen++;
+					}
+				} else {
+					/*
+					 * This line implements the POSIX
+					 * spec, i.e. a word is a "maximal
+					 * string of characters delimited by
+					 * whitespace."  Notice nothing was
+					 * said about a character being
+					 * printing or non-printing.
+					 */
+					if (gotsp) {
+						gotsp = false;
+						++wordct;
+					}
+
+					linelen++;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (len == -1) {
+		warn("%s", name);
+		rval = 1;
+	}
+	if (dochar && r == (size_t)-2) {
+		warnx("%s: incomplete multibyte character", name);
+		rval = 1;
+	}
+
+	print_counts(linect, wordct, charct, longest, file);
+
+	/*
+	 * don't bother checkint doline, doword, or dobyte --- speeds
+	 * up the common case
+	 */
+	tlinect += linect;
+	twordct += wordct;
+	tcharct += charct;
+	if (dolongest && longest > tlongest)
+		tlongest = longest;
+
+	if (close(fd)) {
+		warn("%s", name);
+		rval = 1;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+print_counts(wc_count_t lines, wc_count_t words, wc_count_t chars,
+    wc_count_t longest, const char *name)
+{
+
+	if (doline)
+		(void)printf(WCFMT, (WCCAST)lines);
+	if (doword)
+		(void)printf(WCFMT, (WCCAST)words);
+	if (dobyte || dochar)
+		(void)printf(WCFMT, (WCCAST)chars);
+	if (dolongest)
+		(void)printf(WCFMT, (WCCAST)longest);
+
+	if (name != NULL)
+		(void)printf(" %s\n", name);
+	else
+		(void)putchar('\n');
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: wc [-c | -m] [-Llw] [file ...]\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/what/what.1 b/usr.bin/what/what.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a96a7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/what/what.1
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: what.1,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)what.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 12, 2015
+.Dt WHAT 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm what
+.Nd search files for SCCS identifiers
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl s
+.Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility reads each
+.Ar file
+operand and searches for sequences of the form
+.Dq \&@(#)
+as inserted by SCCS and SCCS-compatible version control systems.
+It prints the remainder of the string following this marker, up to
+a null character, newline, double quote, backslash, or
+.Dq \&>
+character.
+.Pp
+If the
+.Fl s
+option is specified, only the first occurrence of an identification string in
+each file is printed.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits 0 if any matches were found, and 1 otherwise.
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -xpg4.2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.Bx 4.0 .
+.Sh BUGS
+As
+.Bx
+is not licensed to distribute
+.Tn SCCS
+this is a rewrite of the
+.Nm
+command which is part of
+.Tn SCCS ,
+and may not behave exactly the same as that command does.
diff --git a/usr.bin/what/what.c b/usr.bin/what/what.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb29e52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/what/what.c
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: what.c,v 1.12 2015/12/12 09:50:12 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1980, 1988, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)what.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: what.c,v 1.12 2015/12/12 09:50:12 dholland Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static void search(void);
+__dead static void usage(void);
+
+static int matches;
+static int sflag;
+
+/*
+ * what
+ */
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int c;
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	matches = sflag = 0;
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "s")) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case 's':
+			sflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (argc < 1) {
+		usage();
+	} else do {
+		if (freopen(*argv, "r", stdin) == NULL) {
+			perror(*argv);
+			exit(matches ? EXIT_SUCCESS : 1);
+		}
+		printf("%s\n", *argv);
+		search();
+	} while (*++argv != NULL);
+
+	/* Note: the standard explicitly specifies an exit status of 1. */
+	exit(matches ? EXIT_SUCCESS : 1);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+search(void)
+{
+	int c;
+
+	while ((c = getchar()) != EOF) {
+loop:		if (c != '@')
+			continue;
+		if ((c = getchar()) != '(')
+			goto loop;
+		if ((c = getchar()) != '#')
+			goto loop;
+		if ((c = getchar()) != ')')
+			goto loop;
+		putchar('\t');
+		while ((c = getchar()) != EOF && c != '\0' && c != '"' &&
+		    c != '>' && c != '\n' && c != '\\')
+			putchar(c);
+		putchar('\n');
+		matches++;
+		if (sflag)
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: what [-s] file ...\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/who/utmpentry.c b/usr.bin/who/utmpentry.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c74397b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/who/utmpentry.c
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: utmpentry.c,v 1.18 2015/11/21 15:01:43 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Christos Zoulas.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: utmpentry.c,v 1.18 2015/11/21 15:01:43 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMP
+#include <utmp.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMPX
+#include <utmpx.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "utmpentry.h"
+
+
+/* Fail the compile if x is not true, by constructing an illegal type. */
+#define COMPILE_ASSERT(x) /*LINTED null effect */ \
+	((void)sizeof(struct { unsigned : ((x) ? 1 : -1); }))
+
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMP
+static void getentry(struct utmpentry *, struct utmp *);
+static struct timespec utmptime = {0, 0};
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMPX
+static void getentryx(struct utmpentry *, struct utmpx *);
+static struct timespec utmpxtime = {0, 0};
+#endif
+#if defined(SUPPORT_UTMPX) || defined(SUPPORT_UTMP)
+static int setup(const char *);
+static void adjust_size(struct utmpentry *e);
+#endif
+
+size_t maxname = 8, maxline = 8, maxhost = 16;
+int etype = 1 << USER_PROCESS;
+static size_t numutmp = 0;
+static struct utmpentry *ehead;
+
+#if defined(SUPPORT_UTMPX) || defined(SUPPORT_UTMP)
+static void
+adjust_size(struct utmpentry *e)
+{
+	size_t max;
+
+	if ((max = strlen(e->name)) > maxname)
+		maxname = max;
+	if ((max = strlen(e->line)) > maxline)
+		maxline = max;
+	if ((max = strlen(e->host)) > maxhost)
+		maxhost = max;
+}
+
+static int
+setup(const char *fname)
+{
+	int what = 3;
+	struct stat st;
+	const char *sfname;
+
+	if (fname == NULL) {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMPX
+		setutxent();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMP
+		setutent();
+#endif
+	} else {
+		size_t len = strlen(fname);
+		if (len == 0)
+			errx(1, "Filename cannot be 0 length.");
+		what = fname[len - 1] == 'x' ? 1 : 2;
+		if (what == 1) {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMPX
+			if (utmpxname(fname) == 0)
+				warnx("Cannot set utmpx file to `%s'",
+				    fname);
+#else
+			warnx("utmpx support not compiled in");
+#endif
+		} else {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMP
+			if (utmpname(fname) == 0)
+				warnx("Cannot set utmp file to `%s'",
+				    fname);
+#else
+			warnx("utmp support not compiled in");
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMPX
+	if (what & 1) {
+		sfname = fname ? fname : _PATH_UTMPX;
+		if (stat(sfname, &st) == -1) {
+			warn("Cannot stat `%s'", sfname);
+			what &= ~1;
+		} else {
+			if (timespeccmp(&st.st_mtimespec, &utmpxtime, >))
+			    utmpxtime = st.st_mtimespec;
+			else
+			    what &= ~1;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMP
+	if (what & 2) {
+		sfname = fname ? fname : _PATH_UTMP;
+		if (stat(sfname, &st) == -1) {
+			warn("Cannot stat `%s'", sfname);
+			what &= ~2;
+		} else {
+			if (timespeccmp(&st.st_mtimespec, &utmptime, >))
+				utmptime = st.st_mtimespec;
+			else
+				what &= ~2;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	return what;
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+endutentries(void)
+{
+	struct utmpentry *ep;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMP
+	timespecclear(&utmptime);
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMPX
+	timespecclear(&utmpxtime);
+#endif
+	ep = ehead;
+	while (ep) {
+		struct utmpentry *sep = ep;
+		ep = ep->next;
+		free(sep);
+	}
+	ehead = NULL;
+	numutmp = 0;
+}
+
+size_t
+getutentries(const char *fname, struct utmpentry **epp)
+{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMPX
+	struct utmpx *utx;
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMP
+	struct utmp *ut;
+#endif
+#if defined(SUPPORT_UTMP) || defined(SUPPORT_UTMPX)
+	struct utmpentry *ep;
+	int what = setup(fname);
+	struct utmpentry **nextp = &ehead;
+	switch (what) {
+	case 0:
+		/* No updates */
+		*epp = ehead;
+		return numutmp;
+	default:
+		/* Need to re-scan */
+		ehead = NULL;
+		numutmp = 0;
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMPX
+	while ((what & 1) && (utx = getutxent()) != NULL) {
+		if (fname == NULL && ((1 << utx->ut_type) & etype) == 0)
+			continue;
+		if ((ep = calloc(1, sizeof(struct utmpentry))) == NULL) {
+			warn(NULL);
+			return 0;
+		}
+		getentryx(ep, utx);
+		*nextp = ep;
+		nextp = &(ep->next);
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMP
+	if ((etype & (1 << USER_PROCESS)) != 0) {
+		while ((what & 2) && (ut = getutent()) != NULL) {
+			if (fname == NULL && (*ut->ut_name == '\0' ||
+			    *ut->ut_line == '\0'))
+				continue;
+			/* Don't process entries that we have utmpx for */
+			for (ep = ehead; ep != NULL; ep = ep->next) {
+				if (strncmp(ep->line, ut->ut_line,
+				    sizeof(ut->ut_line)) == 0)
+					break;
+			}
+			if (ep != NULL)
+				continue;
+			if ((ep = calloc(1, sizeof(*ep))) == NULL) {
+				warn(NULL);
+				return 0;
+			}
+			getentry(ep, ut);
+			*nextp = ep;
+			nextp = &(ep->next);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	numutmp = 0;
+#if defined(SUPPORT_UTMP) || defined(SUPPORT_UTMPX)
+	if (ehead != NULL) {
+		struct utmpentry *from = ehead, *save;
+		
+		ehead = NULL;
+		while (from != NULL) {
+			for (nextp = &ehead;
+			    (*nextp) && strcmp(from->line, (*nextp)->line) > 0;
+			    nextp = &(*nextp)->next)
+				continue;
+			save = from;
+			from = from->next;
+			save->next = *nextp;
+			*nextp = save;
+			numutmp++;
+		}
+	}
+	*epp = ehead;
+	return numutmp;
+#else
+	*epp = NULL;
+	return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMP
+static void
+getentry(struct utmpentry *e, struct utmp *up)
+{
+	COMPILE_ASSERT(sizeof(e->name) > sizeof(up->ut_name));
+	COMPILE_ASSERT(sizeof(e->line) > sizeof(up->ut_line));
+	COMPILE_ASSERT(sizeof(e->host) > sizeof(up->ut_host));
+
+	/*
+	 * e has just been calloc'd. We don't need to clear it or
+	 * append null-terminators, because its length is strictly
+	 * greater than the source string. Use strncpy to _read_
+	 * up->ut_* because they may not be terminated. For this
+	 * reason we use the size of the _source_ as the length
+	 * argument.
+	 */
+	(void)strncpy(e->name, up->ut_name, sizeof(up->ut_name));
+	(void)strncpy(e->line, up->ut_line, sizeof(up->ut_line));
+	(void)strncpy(e->host, up->ut_host, sizeof(up->ut_host));
+
+	e->tv.tv_sec = up->ut_time;
+	e->tv.tv_usec = 0;
+	e->pid = 0;
+	e->term = 0;
+	e->exit = 0;
+	e->sess = 0;
+	e->type = USER_PROCESS;
+	adjust_size(e);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMPX
+static void
+getentryx(struct utmpentry *e, struct utmpx *up)
+{
+	COMPILE_ASSERT(sizeof(e->name) > sizeof(up->ut_name));
+	COMPILE_ASSERT(sizeof(e->line) > sizeof(up->ut_line));
+	COMPILE_ASSERT(sizeof(e->host) > sizeof(up->ut_host));
+
+	/*
+	 * e has just been calloc'd. We don't need to clear it or
+	 * append null-terminators, because its length is strictly
+	 * greater than the source string. Use strncpy to _read_
+	 * up->ut_* because they may not be terminated. For this
+	 * reason we use the size of the _source_ as the length
+	 * argument.
+	 */
+	(void)strncpy(e->name, up->ut_name, sizeof(up->ut_name));
+	(void)strncpy(e->line, up->ut_line, sizeof(up->ut_line));
+	(void)strncpy(e->host, up->ut_host, sizeof(up->ut_host));
+
+	e->tv = up->ut_tv;
+	e->pid = up->ut_pid;
+	e->term = up->ut_exit.e_termination;
+	e->exit = up->ut_exit.e_exit;
+	e->sess = up->ut_session;
+	e->type = up->ut_type;
+	adjust_size(e);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/usr.bin/who/utmpentry.h b/usr.bin/who/utmpentry.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..263a33a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/who/utmpentry.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: utmpentry.h,v 1.8 2015/11/21 15:01:43 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Christos Zoulas.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SUPPORT_UTMPX)
+# include <utmpx.h>
+# define WHO_NAME_LEN		_UTX_USERSIZE
+# define WHO_LINE_LEN		_UTX_LINESIZE
+# define WHO_HOST_LEN		_UTX_HOSTSIZE
+#elif defined(SUPPORT_UTMP)
+# include <utmp.h>
+# define WHO_NAME_LEN		UT_NAMESIZE
+# define WHO_LINE_LEN		UT_LINESIZE
+# define WHO_HOST_LEN		UT_HOSTSIZE
+#else
+# error Either SUPPORT_UTMPX or SUPPORT_UTMP must be defined!
+#endif
+
+
+struct utmpentry {
+	char name[WHO_NAME_LEN + 1];
+	char line[WHO_LINE_LEN + 1];
+	char host[WHO_HOST_LEN + 1];
+	struct timeval tv;
+	pid_t pid;
+	uint16_t term;
+	uint16_t exit;
+	uint16_t sess;
+	uint16_t type;
+	struct utmpentry *next;
+};
+
+extern size_t maxname, maxline, maxhost;
+extern int etype;
+
+/*
+ * getutentries provides a linked list of struct utmpentry and returns
+ * the number of entries. The first argument, if not null, names an 
+ * alternate utmp(x) file to look in.
+ *
+ * The memory returned by getutentries belongs to getutentries. The
+ * list returned (or elements of it) may be returned again later if
+ * utmp hasn't changed in the meantime.
+ *
+ * endutentries clears and frees the cached data.
+ */
+
+size_t getutentries(const char *, struct utmpentry **);
+void endutentries(void);
diff --git a/usr.bin/who/who.1 b/usr.bin/who/who.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3873b47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/who/who.1
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: who.1,v 1.24 2018/05/11 16:36:57 sevan Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)who.1	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/30/93
+.\"
+.Dd May 11, 2018
+.Dt WHO 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm who
+.Nd display who is logged in
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl abdHlmqrsTtuv
+.Op Ar file
+.Nm
+.Ar am i
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility displays a list of all users currently logged on, showing for
+each user the login name, tty name, the date and time of login, and
+hostname if not local.
+.Pp
+Available options:
+.Bl -tag -width file
+.It Fl a
+Same as
+.Fl -bdlprTtuv .
+.It Fl b
+Time of last system boot.
+.It Fl d
+Print dead processes.
+.It Fl H
+Write column headings above the regular output.
+.It Fl l
+Print system login processes.
+.It Fl m
+Only print information about the current terminal.
+This is the POSIX way of saying
+.Nm
+.Ar am i .
+.It Fl p
+Print active processes spawned by
+.Xr init 8 .
+.It Fl q
+.Dq Quick mode :
+List only the names and the number of users currently logged on.
+When this option is used, all other options are ignored.
+.It Fl r
+Print the current runlevel.
+Supported runlevels are:
+.Bl -tag -width "s (SINGLE_USER)"
+.It Dv d Pq Dv DEATH
+The system has halted.
+.It Dv s Pq Dv SINGLE_USER
+The system is running in single user mode.
+.It Dv r Pq Dv RUNCOM
+The system is executing
+.Pa /etc/rc .
+.It Dv t Pq Dv READ_TTYS
+The system is processing
+.Pa /etc/ttys .
+.It Dv m Pq Dv MULTI_USER
+The system is running in multi-user mode.
+.It Dv T Pq Dv CLEAN_TTYS
+The system is in the process of stopping processes
+associated with terminal devices.
+.It Dv c Pq Dv CATATONIA
+The system is in the process of shutting down and will
+not create new processes.
+.El
+.It Fl s
+List only the name, line and time fields.
+This is the default.
+.It Fl T
+Print a character after the user name indicating the state of the
+terminal line:
+.Sq +
+if the terminal is writable;
+.Sq -
+if it is not;
+and
+.Sq \&?
+if a bad line is encountered.
+.It Fl t
+Print last system clock change.
+.It Fl u
+Print the idle time for each user, and the associated process ID.
+.It Fl v
+When printing of more information is requested with
+.Fl u ,
+this switch can be used to also printed
+process termination signals,
+process exit status,
+session id for windowing
+and the type of the entry, see documentation of ut_type in
+.Xr getutxent 3 .
+.It Ar \&am I
+Returns the invoker's real user name.
+.It Ar file
+By default,
+.Nm
+gathers information from the file
+.Pa /var/run/utmpx .
+An alternative
+.Ar file
+may be specified which is usually
+.Pa /var/log/wtmpx
+(or
+.Pa /var/log/wtmp ,
+or
+.Pa /var/log/wtmpx.[0-6]
+or
+.Pa /var/log/wtmp.[0-6]
+depending on site policy as
+.Pa wtmpx
+can grow quite large and daily versions may or may not
+be kept around after compression by
+.Xr ac 8 ) .
+The
+.Pa wtmpx
+and
+.Pa wtmp
+file contains a record of every login, logout,
+crash, shutdown and date change
+since
+.Pa wtmpx
+and
+.Pa wtmp
+were last truncated or
+created.
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Pa /var/log/wtmpx
+or
+.Pa /var/log/wtmp
+are being used as the file, the user name may be empty
+or one of the special characters '|', '}' and '~'.
+Logouts produce an output line without any user name.
+For more information on the
+special characters, see
+.Xr utmp 5 .
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /var/log/wtmp.[0-6] -compact
+.It Pa /var/run/utmp
+.It Pa /var/run/utmpx
+.It Pa /var/log/wtmp
+.It Pa /var/log/wtmp.[0-6]
+.It Pa /var/log/wtmpx
+.It Pa /var/log/wtmpx.[0-6]
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr last 1 ,
+.Xr mesg 1 ,
+.Xr users 1 ,
+.Xr getuid 2 ,
+.Xr utmp 5 ,
+.Xr utmpx 5
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to conform to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+utility appeared in
+.At v1 :
+.Lk http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/who/dmr/pdfs/man14.pdf
diff --git a/usr.bin/who/who.c b/usr.bin/who/who.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0c6564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/who/who.c
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: who.c,v 1.25 2015/11/21 15:01:43 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Michael Fischbein.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)who.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: who.c,v 1.25 2015/11/21 15:01:43 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMP
+#include <utmp.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMPX
+#include <utmpx.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "utmpentry.h"
+
+static void output_labels(void);
+static void who_am_i(const char *, int);
+static void usage(void) __dead;
+static void process(const char *, int);
+static void eprint(const struct utmpentry *);
+static void print(const char *, const char *, time_t, const char *, pid_t pid,
+    uint16_t term, uint16_t xit, uint16_t sess, uint16_t type);
+static void quick(const char *);
+
+static int show_term;			/* show term state */
+static int show_idle;			/* show idle time */
+static int show_details;		/* show exit status etc. */
+
+struct ut_type_names {
+  int type;
+  const char *name;
+} ut_type_names[] = {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTMPX
+  { EMPTY, "empty" }, 
+  { RUN_LVL, "run level" }, 
+  { BOOT_TIME, "boot time" }, 
+  { OLD_TIME, "old time" }, 
+  { NEW_TIME, "new time" }, 
+  { INIT_PROCESS, "init process" }, 
+  { LOGIN_PROCESS, "login process" }, 
+  { USER_PROCESS, "user process" }, 
+  { DEAD_PROCESS, "dead process" }, 
+#if defined(_NETBSD_SOURCE)
+  { ACCOUNTING, "accounting" }, 
+  { SIGNATURE, "signature" },
+  { DOWN_TIME, "down time" },
+#endif /* _NETBSD_SOURCE */
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTMPX */
+  { -1, "unknown" }
+};
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int c, only_current_term, show_labels, quick_mode, default_mode;
+	int et = 0;
+
+	setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	only_current_term = show_term = show_idle = show_labels = 0;
+	quick_mode = default_mode = 0;
+
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "abdHlmpqrsTtuv")) != -1) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case 'a':
+			et = -1;
+			show_idle = show_details = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'b':
+			et |= (1 << BOOT_TIME);
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			et |= (1 << DEAD_PROCESS);
+			break;
+		case 'H':
+			show_labels = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			et |= (1 << LOGIN_PROCESS);
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			only_current_term = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			et |= (1 << INIT_PROCESS);
+			break;
+		case 'q':
+			quick_mode = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			et |= (1 << RUN_LVL);
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			default_mode = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			show_term = 1;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			et |= (1 << NEW_TIME);
+			break;
+		case 'u':
+			show_idle = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			show_details = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (et != 0)
+		etype = et;
+
+	if (chdir("/dev")) {
+		err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot change directory to /dev");
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (default_mode)
+		only_current_term = show_term = show_idle = 0;
+
+	switch (argc) {
+	case 0:					/* who */
+		if (quick_mode) {
+			quick(NULL);
+		} else if (only_current_term) {
+			who_am_i(NULL, show_labels);
+		} else {
+			process(NULL, show_labels);
+		}
+		break;
+	case 1:					/* who utmp_file */
+		if (quick_mode) {
+			quick(*argv);
+		} else if (only_current_term) {
+			who_am_i(*argv, show_labels);
+		} else {
+			process(*argv, show_labels);
+		}
+		break;
+	case 2:					/* who am i */
+		who_am_i(NULL, show_labels);
+		break;
+	default:
+		usage();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static char *
+strrstr(const char *str, const char *pat)
+{
+	const char *estr;
+	size_t len;
+	if (*pat == '\0')
+		return __UNCONST(str);
+
+	len = strlen(pat);
+
+	for (estr = str + strlen(str); str < estr; estr--)
+		if (strncmp(estr, pat, len) == 0)
+			return __UNCONST(estr);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+who_am_i(const char *fname, int show_labels)
+{
+	struct passwd *pw;
+	const char *p;
+	char *t;
+	time_t now;
+	struct utmpentry *ehead, *ep;
+
+	/* search through the utmp and find an entry for this tty */
+	if ((p = ttyname(STDIN_FILENO)) != NULL) {
+
+		/* strip directory prefixes for ttys */
+		if ((t = strrstr(p, "/pts/")) != NULL ||
+		    (t = strrchr(p, '/')) != NULL)
+			p = t + 1;
+
+		(void)getutentries(fname, &ehead);
+		for (ep = ehead; ep; ep = ep->next)
+			if (strcmp(ep->line, p) == 0) {
+				if (show_labels)
+					output_labels();
+				eprint(ep);
+				return;
+			}
+	} else
+		p = "tty??";
+
+	(void)time(&now);
+	pw = getpwuid(getuid());
+	if (show_labels)
+		output_labels();
+	print(pw ? pw->pw_name : "?", p, now, "", getpid(), 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+static void
+process(const char *fname, int show_labels)
+{
+	struct utmpentry *ehead, *ep;
+	(void)getutentries(fname, &ehead);
+	if (show_labels)
+		output_labels();
+	for (ep = ehead; ep != NULL; ep = ep->next)
+		eprint(ep);
+}
+
+static void
+eprint(const struct utmpentry *ep)
+{
+	print(ep->name, ep->line, (time_t)ep->tv.tv_sec, ep->host, ep->pid,
+	    ep->term, ep->exit, ep->sess, ep->type);
+}
+
+static void
+print(const char *name, const char *line, time_t t, const char *host,
+    pid_t pid, uint16_t term, uint16_t xit, uint16_t sess, uint16_t type)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	char state;
+	static time_t now = 0;
+	time_t idle;
+	const char *types = NULL;
+	size_t i;
+	char *tstr;
+
+	state = '?';
+	idle = 0;
+
+	for (i = 0; ut_type_names[i].type >= 0; i++) {
+		types = ut_type_names[i].name;
+		if (ut_type_names[i].type == type)
+			break;
+	}
+	
+	if (show_term || show_idle) {
+		if (now == 0)
+			time(&now);
+		
+		if (stat(line, &sb) == 0) {
+			state = (sb.st_mode & 020) ? '+' : '-';
+			idle = now - sb.st_atime;
+		}
+		
+	}
+
+	(void)printf("%-*.*s ", (int)maxname, (int)maxname, name);
+
+	if (show_term)
+		(void)printf("%c ", state);
+
+	(void)printf("%-*.*s ", (int)maxline, (int)maxline, line);
+	tstr = ctime(&t);
+	(void)printf("%.12s ", tstr ? tstr + 4 : "?");
+
+	if (show_idle) {
+		if (idle < 60) 
+			(void)printf("  .   ");
+		else if (idle < (24 * 60 * 60))
+			(void)printf("%02ld:%02ld ", 
+				     (long)(idle / (60 * 60)),
+				     (long)(idle % (60 * 60)) / 60);
+		else
+			(void)printf(" old  ");
+
+		(void)printf("\t%6d", pid);
+		
+		if (show_details) {
+			if (type == RUN_LVL)
+				(void)printf("\tnew=%c old=%c", term, xit);
+			else
+				(void)printf("\tterm=%d exit=%d", term, xit);
+			(void)printf(" sess=%d", sess);
+			(void)printf(" type=%s ", types);
+		}
+	}
+	
+	if (*host)
+		(void)printf("\t(%.*s)", (int)maxhost, host);
+	(void)putchar('\n');
+}
+
+static void
+output_labels(void)
+{
+	(void)printf("%-*.*s ", (int)maxname, (int)maxname, "USER");
+
+	if (show_term)
+		(void)printf("S ");
+	
+	(void)printf("%-*.*s ", (int)maxline, (int)maxline, "LINE");
+	(void)printf("WHEN         ");
+
+	if (show_idle) {
+		(void)printf("IDLE  ");
+		(void)printf("\t   PID");
+	
+		(void)printf("\tCOMMENT");
+	}		
+
+	(void)putchar('\n');
+}
+
+static void
+quick(const char *fname)
+{
+	struct utmpentry *ehead, *ep;
+	int num = 0;
+
+	(void)getutentries(fname, &ehead);
+	for (ep = ehead; ep != NULL; ep = ep->next) {
+		(void)printf("%-*s ", (int)maxname, ep->name);
+		if ((++num % 8) == 0)
+			(void)putchar('\n');
+	}
+	if (num % 8)
+		(void)putchar('\n');
+
+	(void)printf("# users = %d\n", num);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-abdHlmqrsTtuv] [file]\n\t%s am i\n",
+	    getprogname(), getprogname());
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/write/term_chk.c b/usr.bin/write/term_chk.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7d2cbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/write/term_chk.c
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/* $NetBSD: term_chk.c,v 1.8 2009/04/14 07:59:17 lukem Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Jef Poskanzer and Craig Leres of the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: term_chk.c,v 1.8 2009/04/14 07:59:17 lukem Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+#include "term_chk.h"
+
+/*
+ * term_chk - check that a terminal exists, and get the message bit
+ *     and the access time
+ */
+int
+term_chk(uid_t uid, const char *tty, int *msgsokP, time_t *atimeP, int ismytty,
+    gid_t saved_egid)
+{
+	char path[MAXPATHLEN];
+	struct stat s;
+	int i, fd, serrno;
+
+	if (strstr(tty, "../") != NULL) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	i = snprintf(path, sizeof path, _PATH_DEV "%s", tty);
+	if (i < 0 || i >= (int)sizeof(path)) {
+		errno = ENOMEM;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	(void)setegid(saved_egid);
+	fd = open(path, O_WRONLY, 0);
+	serrno = errno;
+	(void)setegid(getgid());
+	errno = serrno;
+
+	if (fd == -1)
+		return(-1);
+	if (fstat(fd, &s) == -1)
+		goto error;
+	if (!isatty(fd))
+		goto error;
+	if (s.st_uid != uid && uid != 0) {
+		errno = EPERM;
+		goto error;
+	}
+	if (msgsokP)
+		*msgsokP = (s.st_mode & S_IWGRP) != 0;	/* group write bit */
+	if (atimeP)
+		*atimeP = s.st_atime;
+	if (ismytty)
+		(void)close(fd);
+	return ismytty ? 0 : fd;
+error:
+	if (fd != -1) {
+		serrno = errno;
+		(void)close(fd);
+		errno = serrno;
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+char *
+check_sender(time_t *atime, uid_t myuid, gid_t saved_egid)
+{
+	int myttyfd;
+	int msgsok;
+	char *mytty;
+
+	/* check that sender has write enabled */
+	if (isatty(fileno(stdin)))
+		myttyfd = fileno(stdin);
+	else if (isatty(fileno(stdout)))
+		myttyfd = fileno(stdout);
+	else if (isatty(fileno(stderr)))
+		myttyfd = fileno(stderr);
+	else if (atime == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	else
+		errx(1, "Cannot find your tty");
+	if ((mytty = ttyname(myttyfd)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "Cannot find the name of your tty");
+	if (strncmp(mytty, _PATH_DEV, sizeof(_PATH_DEV) - 1) == 0)
+		mytty += sizeof(_PATH_DEV) - 1;
+	if (term_chk(myuid, mytty, &msgsok, atime, 1, saved_egid) == -1)
+		err(1, "%s%s", _PATH_DEV, mytty);
+	if (!msgsok) {
+		warnx(
+		    "You have write permission turned off; no reply possible");
+	}
+	return mytty;
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/write/term_chk.h b/usr.bin/write/term_chk.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aca4568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/write/term_chk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: term_chk.h,v 1.2 2003/08/07 11:17:48 agc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Jef Poskanzer and Craig Leres of the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+int term_chk(uid_t, const char *, int *, time_t *, int, gid_t);
+char *check_sender(time_t *, uid_t, gid_t);
diff --git a/usr.bin/write/write.1 b/usr.bin/write/write.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28d614c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/write/write.1
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: write.1,v 1.6 2003/08/07 11:17:48 agc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Jef Poskanzer and Craig Leres of the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     from: @(#)write.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 6, 1993
+.Dt WRITE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm write
+.Nd send a message to another user
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar user
+.Op Ar ttyname
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from
+your terminal to theirs.
+.Pp
+When you run the
+.Nm
+command, the user you are writing to gets a message of the form:
+.Pp
+.Dl Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ...
+.Pp
+Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's
+terminal.
+If the other user wants to reply, they must run
+.Nm
+as well.
+.Pp
+When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character.
+The other user will see the message
+.Ql EOF
+indicating that the
+conversation is over.
+.Pp
+You can prevent people (other than the super-user) from writing to you
+with the
+.Xr mesg 1
+command.
+Some commands, for example
+.Xr nroff 1
+and
+.Xr pr 1 ,
+disallow writing automatically, so that your output isn't overwritten.
+.Pp
+If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal,
+you can specify which terminal to write to by specifying the terminal
+name as the second operand to the
+.Nm
+command.
+Alternatively, you can let
+.Nm
+select one of the terminals \- it will pick the one with the shortest
+idle time.
+This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up from
+home, the message will go to the right place.
+.Pp
+The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string
+.Ql \-o ,
+either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the
+other person's turn to talk.
+The string
+.Ql oo
+means that the person believes the conversation to be
+over.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mesg 1 ,
+.Xr talk 1 ,
+.Xr who 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/usr.bin/write/write.c b/usr.bin/write/write.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..945e92f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/write/write.c
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: write.c,v 1.27 2011/09/06 18:46:35 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Jef Poskanzer and Craig Leres of the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)write.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/27/95";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: write.c,v 1.27 2011/09/06 18:46:35 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "utmpentry.h"
+#include "term_chk.h"
+
+__dead static void done(int);
+static void do_write(int, const char *, const uid_t);
+static void wr_fputs(char *);
+static int search_utmp(char *, char *, uid_t, gid_t);
+static int utmp_chk(const char *, const char *);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	time_t atime;
+	uid_t myuid, uid;
+	int msgsok, ttyfd;
+	char *mytty;
+	gid_t saved_egid = getegid();
+
+	if (setegid(getgid()) == -1)
+		err(1, "setegid");
+	myuid = getuid();
+	ttyfd = -1;
+
+	mytty = check_sender(&atime, myuid, saved_egid);
+
+	/* check args */
+	switch (argc) {
+	case 2:
+		ttyfd = search_utmp(argv[1], mytty, myuid, saved_egid);
+		break;
+	case 3:
+		if (!strncmp(argv[2], _PATH_DEV, strlen(_PATH_DEV)))
+			argv[2] += strlen(_PATH_DEV);
+		if (uid_from_user(argv[1], &uid) == -1)
+			errx(1, "%s: unknown user", argv[1]);
+		if (utmp_chk(argv[1], argv[2]))
+			errx(1, "%s is not logged in on %s",
+			    argv[1], argv[2]);
+		ttyfd = term_chk(uid, argv[2], &msgsok, &atime, 0, saved_egid);
+		if (ttyfd == -1)
+			err(1, "%s%s", _PATH_DEV, argv[2]);
+		if (myuid && !msgsok)
+			errx(1, "%s has messages disabled on %s",
+			    argv[1], argv[2]);
+		break;
+	default:
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: write user [tty]\n");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	if (setgid(getgid()) == -1)
+		err(1, "setgid");
+	do_write(ttyfd, mytty, myuid);
+	done(0);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+	return (0);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * utmp_chk - checks that the given user is actually logged in on
+ *     the given tty
+ */
+static int
+utmp_chk(const char *user, const char *tty)
+{
+	struct utmpentry *ep;
+
+	(void)getutentries(NULL, &ep);
+
+	for (; ep; ep = ep->next)
+		if (strcmp(user, ep->name) == 0 && strcmp(tty, ep->line) == 0)
+			return(0);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * search_utmp - search utmp for the "best" terminal to write to
+ *
+ * Ignores terminals with messages disabled, and of the rest, returns
+ * the one with the most recent access time.  Returns as value the number
+ * of the user's terminals with messages enabled, or -1 if the user is
+ * not logged in at all.
+ *
+ * Special case for writing to yourself - ignore the terminal you're
+ * writing from, unless that's the only terminal with messages enabled.
+ */
+static int
+search_utmp(char *user, char *mytty, uid_t myuid, gid_t saved_egid)
+{
+	char tty[MAXPATHLEN];
+	time_t bestatime, atime;
+	int nloggedttys, nttys, msgsok, user_is_me;
+	struct utmpentry *ep;
+	int fd, nfd;
+	uid_t uid;
+
+	if (uid_from_user(user, &uid) == -1)
+		errx(1, "%s: unknown user", user);
+
+	(void)getutentries(NULL, &ep);
+
+	nloggedttys = nttys = 0;
+	bestatime = 0;
+	user_is_me = 0;
+	fd = -1;
+	for (; ep; ep = ep->next)
+		if (strcmp(user, ep->name) == 0) {
+			++nloggedttys;
+			nfd = term_chk(uid, ep->line, &msgsok, &atime, 0,
+			    saved_egid);
+			if (nfd == -1)
+				continue;	/* bad term? skip */
+			if (myuid && !msgsok) {
+				close(nfd);
+				continue;	/* skip ttys with msgs off */
+			}
+			if (strcmp(ep->line, mytty) == 0) {
+				user_is_me = 1;
+				if (fd == -1)
+					fd = nfd;
+				else
+					close(nfd);
+				continue;	/* don't write to yourself */
+			}
+			++nttys;
+			if (atime > bestatime) {
+				bestatime = atime;
+				(void)strlcpy(tty, ep->line, sizeof(tty));
+				close(fd);
+				fd = nfd;
+			} else
+				close(nfd);
+		}
+
+	if (nloggedttys == 0)
+		errx(1, "%s is not logged in", user);
+	if (nttys == 0) {
+		if (user_is_me)			/* ok, so write to yourself! */
+			return fd;
+		errx(1, "%s has messages disabled", user);
+	} else if (nttys > 1)
+		warnx("%s is logged in more than once; writing to %s",
+		    user, tty);
+	return fd;
+}
+
+/*
+ * do_write - actually make the connection
+ */
+static void
+do_write(int ttyfd, const char *mytty, const uid_t myuid)
+{
+	const char *login;
+	char *nows;
+	struct passwd *pwd;
+	time_t now;
+	char host[MAXHOSTNAMELEN + 1], line[512];
+
+	/* Determine our login name before we re-open stdout */
+	if ((login = getlogin()) == NULL) {
+		if ((pwd = getpwuid(myuid)) != NULL)
+			login = pwd->pw_name;
+		else	login = "???";
+	}
+
+	if (dup2(ttyfd, STDOUT_FILENO) == -1)
+		err(1, "dup2");
+
+	(void)signal(SIGINT, done);
+	(void)signal(SIGHUP, done);
+	(void)close(ttyfd);
+
+	/* print greeting */
+	if (gethostname(host, sizeof(host)) < 0)
+		(void)strlcpy(host, "???", sizeof(host));
+	else
+		host[sizeof(host) - 1] = '\0';
+	now = time(NULL);
+	nows = ctime(&now);
+	nows[16] = '\0';
+	(void)printf("\r\n\a\a\aMessage from %s@%s on %s at %s ...\r\n",
+	    login, host, mytty, nows + 11);
+
+	while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), stdin) != NULL)
+		wr_fputs(line);
+}
+
+/*
+ * done - cleanup and exit
+ */
+static void
+done(int signo)
+{
+
+	(void)write(STDOUT_FILENO, "EOF\r\n", sizeof("EOF\r\n") - 1);
+	if (signo == 0)
+		exit(0);
+	else
+		_exit(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * wr_fputs - like fputs(), but makes control characters visible and
+ *     turns \n into \r\n
+ */
+static void
+wr_fputs(char *s)
+{
+	unsigned char c;
+
+#define	PUTC(c)	if (putchar(c) == EOF) goto err;
+
+	for (; *s != '\0'; ++s) {
+		c = toascii(*s);
+		if (c == '\n') {
+			PUTC('\r');
+		} else if (!isprint(c) && !isspace(c) && c != '\a') {
+			PUTC('^');
+			c ^= 0x40;	/* DEL to ?, others to alpha */
+		}
+		PUTC(c);
+	}
+	return;
+
+err:	err(1, NULL);
+#undef PUTC
+}
diff --git a/usr.bin/xargs/pathnames.h b/usr.bin/xargs/pathnames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f05b3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/xargs/pathnames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)pathnames.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+#define	_PATH_ECHO	"/bin/echo"
diff --git a/usr.bin/xargs/strnsubst.c b/usr.bin/xargs/strnsubst.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0953f49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/xargs/strnsubst.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* $xMach: strnsubst.c,v 1.3 2002/02/23 02:10:24 jmallett Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 J. Mallett.  All rights reserved.
+ * You may do whatever you want with this file as long as
+ * the above copyright and this notice remain intact, along
+ * with the following statement:
+ * 	For the man who taught me vi, and who got too old, too young.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+__FBSDID("$FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/xargs/strnsubst.c,v 1.8 2005/12/30 23:22:50 jmallett Exp $");
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: strnsubst.c,v 1.1 2007/04/18 15:56:07 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+void	strnsubst(char **, const char *, const char *, size_t);
+
+/*
+ * Replaces str with a string consisting of str with match replaced with
+ * replstr as many times as can be done before the constructed string is
+ * maxsize bytes large.  It does not free the string pointed to by str, it
+ * is up to the calling program to be sure that the original contents of
+ * str as well as the new contents are handled in an appropriate manner.
+ * If replstr is NULL, then that internally is changed to a nil-string, so
+ * that we can still pretend to do somewhat meaningful substitution.
+ * No value is returned.
+ */
+void
+strnsubst(char **str, const char *match, const char *replstr, size_t maxsize)
+{
+	char *s1, *s2, *this;
+
+	s1 = *str;
+	if (s1 == NULL)
+		return;
+	/*
+	 * If maxsize is 0 then set it to to the length of s1, because we have
+	 * to duplicate s1.  XXX we maybe should double-check whether the match
+	 * appears in s1.  If it doesn't, then we also have to set the length
+	 * to the length of s1, to avoid modifying the argument.  It may make
+	 * sense to check if maxsize is <= strlen(s1), because in that case we
+	 * want to return the unmodified string, too.
+	 */
+	if (maxsize == 0) {
+		match = NULL;
+		maxsize = strlen(s1) + 1;
+	}
+	s2 = calloc(maxsize, 1);
+	if (s2 == NULL)
+		err(1, "calloc");
+
+	if (replstr == NULL)
+		replstr = "";
+
+	if (match == NULL || replstr == NULL || maxsize == strlen(s1)) {
+		(void)strlcpy(s2, s1, maxsize);
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	for (;;) {
+		this = strstr(s1, match);
+		if (this == NULL)
+			break;
+		if ((strlen(s2) + strlen(s1) + strlen(replstr) -
+		    strlen(match) + 1) > maxsize) {
+			(void)strlcat(s2, s1, maxsize);
+			goto done;
+		}
+		(void)strncat(s2, s1, (uintptr_t)this - (uintptr_t)s1);
+		(void)strcat(s2, replstr);
+		s1 = this + strlen(match);
+	}
+	(void)strcat(s2, s1);
+done:
+	*str = s2;
+	return;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int 
+main(void)
+{
+	char *x, *y, *z, *za;
+
+	x = "{}%$";
+	strnsubst(&x, "%$", "{} enpury!", 255);
+	y = x;
+	strnsubst(&y, "}{}", "ybir", 255);
+	z = y;
+	strnsubst(&z, "{", "v ", 255);
+	za = z;
+	strnsubst(&z, NULL, za, 255);
+	if (strcmp(z, "v ybir enpury!") == 0)
+		(void)printf("strnsubst() seems to work!\n");
+	else
+		(void)printf("strnsubst() is broken.\n");
+	(void)printf("%s\n", z);
+	free(x);
+	free(y);
+	free(z);
+	free(za);
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/usr.bin/xargs/xargs.1 b/usr.bin/xargs/xargs.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d693838
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/xargs/xargs.1
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+.\" $NetBSD: xargs.1,v 1.23 2012/10/13 14:18:17 njoly Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" John B. Roll Jr. and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics
+.\" Engineers, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)xargs.1	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+.\" $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/xargs/xargs.1,v 1.40 2010/12/11 08:32:16 joel Exp $
+.\" $xMach: xargs.1,v 1.2 2002/02/23 05:23:37 tim Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd December 21, 2010
+.Dt XARGS 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm xargs
+.Nd "construct argument list(s) and execute utility"
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl 0oprt
+.Op Fl E Ar eofstr
+.Oo
+.Fl I Ar replstr
+.Op Fl R Ar replacements
+.Op Fl S Ar replsize
+.Oc
+.Op Fl J Ar replstr
+.Op Fl L Ar number
+.Oo
+.Fl n Ar number
+.Op Fl x
+.Oc
+.Op Fl P Ar maxprocs
+.Op Fl s Ar size
+.Op Ar utility Op Ar argument ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility reads space, tab, newline and end-of-file delimited strings
+from the standard input and executes
+.Ar utility
+with the strings as
+arguments.
+.Pp
+Any arguments specified on the command line are given to
+.Ar utility
+upon each invocation, followed by some number of the arguments read
+from the standard input of
+.Nm .
+This is repeated until standard input is exhausted.
+.Pp
+Spaces, tabs and newlines may be embedded in arguments using single
+(``\ '\ '')
+or double (``"'') quotes or backslashes (``\e'').
+Single quotes escape all non-single quote characters, excluding newlines,
+up to the matching single quote.
+Double quotes escape all non-double quote characters, excluding newlines,
+up to the matching double quote.
+Any single character, including newlines, may be escaped by a backslash.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl 0
+Change
+.Nm
+to expect NUL
+(``\e0'')
+characters as separators, instead of spaces and newlines.
+This is expected to be used in concert with the
+.Fl print0
+function in
+.Xr find 1 .
+.It Fl E Ar eofstr
+Use
+.Ar eofstr
+as a logical EOF marker.
+.It Fl I Ar replstr
+Execute
+.Ar utility
+for each input line, replacing one or more occurrences of
+.Ar replstr
+in up to
+.Ar replacements
+(or 5 if no
+.Fl R
+flag is specified) arguments to
+.Ar utility
+with the entire line of input.
+The resulting arguments, after replacement is done, will not be allowed to grow
+beyond
+.Ar replsize
+(or 255 if no
+.Fl S
+flag is specified)
+bytes; this is implemented by concatenating as much of the argument
+containing
+.Ar replstr
+as possible, to the constructed arguments to
+.Ar utility ,
+up to
+.Ar replsize
+bytes.
+The size limit does not apply to arguments to
+.Ar utility
+which do not contain
+.Ar replstr ,
+and furthermore, no replacement will be done on
+.Ar utility
+itself.
+Implies
+.Fl x .
+.It Fl J Ar replstr
+If this option is specified,
+.Nm
+will use the data read from standard input to replace the first occurrence of
+.Ar replstr
+instead of appending that data after all other arguments.
+This option will not affect how many arguments will be read from input
+.Pq Fl n ,
+or the size of the command(s)
+.Nm
+will generate
+.Pq Fl s .
+The option just moves where those arguments will be placed in the command(s)
+that are executed.
+The
+.Ar replstr
+must show up as a distinct
+.Ar argument
+to
+.Nm .
+It will not be recognized if, for instance, it is in the middle of a
+quoted string.
+Furthermore, only the first occurrence of the
+.Ar replstr
+will be replaced.
+For example, the following command will copy the list of files and
+directories which start with an uppercase letter in the current
+directory to
+.Pa destdir :
+.Pp
+.Dl /bin/ls -1d [A-Z]* | xargs -J % cp -rp % destdir
+.It Fl L Ar number
+Call
+.Ar utility
+for every
+.Ar number
+lines read.
+If EOF is reached and fewer lines have been read than
+.Ar number
+then
+.Ar utility
+will be called with the available lines.
+.It Fl n Ar number
+Set the maximum number of arguments taken from standard input for each
+invocation of
+.Ar utility .
+An invocation of
+.Ar utility
+will use less than
+.Ar number
+standard input arguments if the number of bytes accumulated (see the
+.Fl s
+option) exceeds the specified
+.Ar size
+or there are fewer than
+.Ar number
+arguments remaining for the last invocation of
+.Ar utility .
+The current default value for
+.Ar number
+is 5000.
+.It Fl o
+Reopen stdin as
+.Pa /dev/tty
+in the child process before executing the command.
+This is useful if you want
+.Nm
+to run an interactive application.
+.It Fl P Ar maxprocs
+Parallel mode: run at most
+.Ar maxprocs
+invocations of
+.Ar utility
+at once.
+.It Fl p
+Echo each command to be executed and ask the user whether it should be
+executed.
+An affirmative response,
+.Ql y
+in the POSIX locale,
+causes the command to be executed, any other response causes it to be
+skipped.
+No commands are executed if the process is not attached to a terminal.
+.It Fl r
+Compatibility with GNU
+.Nm .
+The GNU version of
+.Nm
+runs the
+.Ar utility
+argument at least once, even if
+.Nm
+input is empty, and it supports a
+.Fl r
+option to inhibit this behavior.
+The
+.Nx
+version of
+.Nm
+does not run the
+.Ar utility
+argument on empty input, but it supports the
+.Fl r
+option for command-line compatibility with GNU
+.Nm ;
+but the
+.Fl r
+option does nothing in the
+.Nx
+version of
+.Nm .
+.It Fl R Ar replacements
+Specify the maximum number of arguments that
+.Fl I
+will do replacement in.
+If
+.Ar replacements
+is negative, the number of arguments in which to replace is unbounded.
+.It Fl S Ar replsize
+Specify the amount of space (in bytes) that
+.Fl I
+can use for replacements.
+The default for
+.Ar replsize
+is 255.
+.It Fl s Ar size
+Set the maximum number of bytes for the command line length provided to
+.Ar utility .
+The sum of the length of the utility name, the arguments passed to
+.Ar utility
+(including
+.Dv NULL
+terminators) and the current environment will be less than or equal to
+this number.
+The current default value for
+.Ar size
+is
+.Dv ARG_MAX
+- 4096.
+.It Fl t
+Echo the command to be executed to standard error immediately before it
+is executed.
+.It Fl x
+Force
+.Nm
+to terminate immediately if a command line containing
+.Ar number
+arguments will not fit in the specified (or default) command line length.
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar utility
+is omitted,
+.Xr echo 1
+is used.
+.Pp
+Undefined behavior may occur if
+.Ar utility
+reads from the standard input.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits immediately (without processing any further input) if a
+command line cannot be assembled,
+.Ar utility
+cannot be invoked, an invocation of
+.Ar utility
+is terminated by a signal,
+or an invocation of
+.Ar utility
+exits with a value of 255.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /dev/tty -compact
+.It Pa /dev/tty
+used to read responses in prompt mode
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Nm
+exits with one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
+.It 0
+All invocations of
+.Ar utility
+returned a zero exit status.
+.It 123
+One or more invocations of
+.Ar utility
+returned a nonzero exit status.
+.It 124
+The
+.Ar utility
+exited with a 255 exit status.
+.It 125
+The
+.Ar utility
+was killed or stopped by a signal.
+.It 126
+The
+.Ar utility
+was found but could not be invoked.
+.It 127
+The
+.Ar utility
+could not be found.
+.It 1
+Some other error occurred.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr echo 1 ,
+.Xr find 1 ,
+.Xr execvp 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compliant.
+The
+.Fl J , o , P , R ,
+and
+.Fl S
+options are non-standard
+.Fx
+extensions which may not be available on other operating systems.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+utility appeared in PWB UNIX 1.0.
+It made its first BSD appearance in the 4.3 Reno release.
+.Pp
+The meaning of 123, 124, and 125 exit values and the
+.Fl 0
+option were taken from GNU xargs.
+.Sh BUGS
+If
+.Ar utility
+attempts to invoke another command such that the number of arguments or the
+size of the environment is increased, it risks
+.Xr execvp 3
+failing with
+.Er E2BIG .
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility does not take multibyte characters into account when performing
+string comparisons for the
+.Fl I
+and
+.Fl J
+options, which may lead to incorrect results in some locales.
diff --git a/usr.bin/xargs/xargs.c b/usr.bin/xargs/xargs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c89377
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.bin/xargs/xargs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,652 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: xargs.c,v 1.20 2010/12/17 11:32:57 plunky Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * John B. Roll Jr.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * $xMach: xargs.c,v 1.6 2002/02/23 05:27:47 tim Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1990, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)xargs.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+__FBSDID("$FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/xargs/xargs.c,v 1.62 2006/01/01 22:59:54 jmallett Exp $");
+#endif
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: xargs.c,v 1.20 2010/12/17 11:32:57 plunky Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <langinfo.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+static void	parse_input(int, char *[]);
+static void	prerun(int, char *[]);
+static int	prompt(void);
+static void	run(char **);
+static void	usage(void) __dead;
+void		strnsubst(char **, const char *, const char *, size_t);
+static void	waitchildren(const char *, int);
+
+static char echo[] = _PATH_ECHO;
+static char **av, **bxp, **ep, **endxp, **xp;
+static char *argp, *bbp, *ebp, *inpline, *p, *replstr;
+static const char *eofstr;
+static int count, insingle, indouble, oflag, pflag, tflag, Rflag, rval, zflag;
+static int cnt, Iflag, jfound, Lflag, Sflag, wasquoted, xflag;
+static int curprocs, maxprocs;
+
+static volatile int childerr;
+
+extern char **environ;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	long arg_max;
+	int ch, Jflag, nargs, nflag, nline;
+	size_t linelen;
+	char *endptr;
+
+	setprogname(argv[0]);
+
+	inpline = replstr = NULL;
+	ep = environ;
+	eofstr = "";
+	Jflag = nflag = 0;
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	/*
+	 * SUSv3 says of the exec family of functions:
+	 *     The number of bytes available for the new process'
+	 *     combined argument and environment lists is {ARG_MAX}. It
+	 *     is implementation-defined whether null terminators,
+	 *     pointers, and/or any alignment bytes are included in this
+	 *     total.
+	 *
+	 * SUSv3 says of xargs:
+	 *     ... the combined argument and environment lists ...
+	 *     shall not exceed {ARG_MAX}-2048.
+	 *
+	 * To be conservative, we use ARG_MAX - 4K, and we do include
+	 * nul terminators and pointers in the calculation.
+	 *
+	 * Given that the smallest argument is 2 bytes in length, this
+	 * means that the number of arguments is limited to:
+	 *
+	 *	 (ARG_MAX - 4K - LENGTH(env + utility + arguments)) / 2.
+	 *
+	 * We arbitrarily limit the number of arguments to 5000.  This is
+	 * allowed by POSIX.2 as long as the resulting minimum exec line is
+	 * at least LINE_MAX.  Realloc'ing as necessary is possible, but
+	 * probably not worthwhile.
+	 */
+	nargs = 5000;
+	if ((arg_max = sysconf(_SC_ARG_MAX)) == -1)
+		errx(1, "sysconf(_SC_ARG_MAX) failed");
+	nline = arg_max - 4 * 1024;
+	while (*ep != NULL) {
+		/* 1 byte for each '\0' */
+		nline -= strlen(*ep++) + 1 + sizeof(*ep);
+	}
+	maxprocs = 1;
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "0E:I:J:L:n:oP:pR:S:s:rtx")) != -1)
+		switch (ch) {
+		case 'E':
+			eofstr = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'I':
+			Jflag = 0;
+			Iflag = 1;
+			Lflag = 1;
+			replstr = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'J':
+			Iflag = 0;
+			Jflag = 1;
+			replstr = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			Lflag = atoi(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			nflag = 1;
+			if ((nargs = atoi(optarg)) <= 0)
+				errx(1, "illegal argument count");
+			break;
+		case 'o':
+			oflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			if ((maxprocs = atoi(optarg)) <= 0)
+				errx(1, "max. processes must be >0");
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			pflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'R':
+			Rflag = strtol(optarg, &endptr, 10);
+			if (*endptr != '\0')
+				errx(1, "replacements must be a number");
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			/* GNU compatibility */
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			Sflag = strtoul(optarg, &endptr, 10);
+			if (*endptr != '\0')
+				errx(1, "replsize must be a number");
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			nline = atoi(optarg);
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			tflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			xflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '0':
+			zflag = 1;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+		default:
+			usage();
+	}
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (!Iflag && Rflag)
+		usage();
+	if (!Iflag && Sflag)
+		usage();
+	if (Iflag && !Rflag)
+		Rflag = 5;
+	if (Iflag && !Sflag)
+		Sflag = 255;
+	if (xflag && !nflag)
+		usage();
+	if (Iflag || Lflag)
+		xflag = 1;
+	if (replstr != NULL && *replstr == '\0')
+		errx(1, "replstr may not be empty");
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate pointers for the utility name, the utility arguments,
+	 * the maximum arguments to be read from stdin and the trailing
+	 * NULL.
+	 */
+	linelen = 1 + argc + nargs + 1;
+	if ((av = bxp = malloc(linelen * sizeof(char **))) == NULL)
+		errx(1, "malloc failed");
+
+	/*
+	 * Use the user's name for the utility as argv[0], just like the
+	 * shell.  Echo is the default.  Set up pointers for the user's
+	 * arguments.
+	 */
+	if (*argv == NULL)
+		cnt = strlen(*bxp++ = echo);
+	else {
+		do {
+			if (Jflag && strcmp(*argv, replstr) == 0) {
+				char **avj;
+				jfound = 1;
+				argv++;
+				for (avj = argv; *avj; avj++)
+					cnt += strlen(*avj) + 1;
+				break;
+			}
+			cnt += strlen(*bxp++ = *argv) + 1;
+		} while (*++argv != NULL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Set up begin/end/traversing pointers into the array.  The -n
+	 * count doesn't include the trailing NULL pointer, so the malloc
+	 * added in an extra slot.
+	 */
+	endxp = (xp = bxp) + nargs;
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate buffer space for the arguments read from stdin and the
+	 * trailing NULL.  Buffer space is defined as the default or specified
+	 * space, minus the length of the utility name and arguments.  Set up
+	 * begin/end/traversing pointers into the array.  The -s count does
+	 * include the trailing NULL, so the malloc didn't add in an extra
+	 * slot.
+	 */
+	nline -= cnt;
+	if (nline <= 0)
+		errx(1, "insufficient space for command");
+
+	if ((bbp = malloc((size_t)(nline + 1))) == NULL)
+		errx(1, "malloc failed");
+	ebp = (argp = p = bbp) + nline - 1;
+	for (;;)
+		parse_input(argc, argv);
+}
+
+static void
+parse_input(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int ch, foundeof;
+	char **avj;
+
+	foundeof = 0;
+
+	switch (ch = getchar()) {
+	case EOF:
+		/* No arguments since last exec. */
+		if (p == bbp) {
+			waitchildren(*argv, 1);
+			exit(rval);
+		}
+		goto arg1;
+	case ' ':
+	case '\t':
+		/* Quotes escape tabs and spaces. */
+		if (insingle || indouble || zflag)
+			goto addch;
+		goto arg2;
+	case '\0':
+		if (zflag) {
+			/*
+			 * Increment 'count', so that nulls will be treated
+			 * as end-of-line, as well as end-of-argument.  This
+			 * is needed so -0 works properly with -I and -L.
+			 */
+			count++;
+			goto arg2;
+		}
+		goto addch;
+	case '\n':
+		if (zflag)
+			goto addch;
+		count++;	    /* Indicate end-of-line (used by -L) */
+
+		/* Quotes do not escape newlines. */
+arg1:		if (insingle || indouble)
+			errx(1, "unterminated quote");
+arg2:
+		foundeof = *eofstr != '\0' &&
+		    strncmp(argp, eofstr, (size_t)(p - argp)) == 0;
+
+		/* Do not make empty args unless they are quoted */
+		if ((argp != p || wasquoted) && !foundeof) {
+			*p++ = '\0';
+			*xp++ = argp;
+			if (Iflag) {
+				size_t curlen;
+
+				if (inpline == NULL)
+					curlen = 0;
+				else {
+					/*
+					 * If this string is not zero
+					 * length, append a space for
+					 * separation before the next
+					 * argument.
+					 */
+					if ((curlen = strlen(inpline)) != 0)
+						(void)strcat(inpline, " ");
+				}
+				curlen++;
+				/*
+				 * Allocate enough to hold what we will
+				 * be holding in a second, and to append
+				 * a space next time through, if we have
+				 * to.
+				 */
+				inpline = realloc(inpline, curlen + 2 +
+				    strlen(argp));
+				if (inpline == NULL)
+					errx(1, "realloc failed");
+				if (curlen == 1)
+					(void)strcpy(inpline, argp);
+				else
+					(void)strcat(inpline, argp);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If max'd out on args or buffer, or reached EOF,
+		 * run the command.  If xflag and max'd out on buffer
+		 * but not on args, object.  Having reached the limit
+		 * of input lines, as specified by -L is the same as
+		 * maxing out on arguments.
+		 */
+		if (xp == endxp || p > ebp || ch == EOF ||
+		    (Lflag <= count && xflag) || foundeof) {
+			if (xflag && xp != endxp && p > ebp)
+				errx(1, "insufficient space for arguments");
+			if (jfound) {
+				for (avj = argv; *avj; avj++)
+					*xp++ = *avj;
+			}
+			prerun(argc, av);
+			if (ch == EOF || foundeof) {
+				waitchildren(*argv, 1);
+				exit(rval);
+			}
+			p = bbp;
+			xp = bxp;
+			count = 0;
+		}
+		argp = p;
+		wasquoted = 0;
+		break;
+	case '\'':
+		if (indouble || zflag)
+			goto addch;
+		insingle = !insingle;
+		wasquoted = 1;
+		break;
+	case '"':
+		if (insingle || zflag)
+			goto addch;
+		indouble = !indouble;
+		wasquoted = 1;
+		break;
+	case '\\':
+		if (zflag)
+			goto addch;
+		/* Backslash escapes anything, is escaped by quotes. */
+		if (!insingle && !indouble && (ch = getchar()) == EOF)
+			errx(1, "backslash at EOF");
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+addch:		if (p < ebp) {
+			*p++ = ch;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* If only one argument, not enough buffer space. */
+		if (bxp == xp)
+			errx(1, "insufficient space for argument");
+		/* Didn't hit argument limit, so if xflag object. */
+		if (xflag)
+			errx(1, "insufficient space for arguments");
+
+		if (jfound) {
+			for (avj = argv; *avj; avj++)
+				*xp++ = *avj;
+		}
+		prerun(argc, av);
+		xp = bxp;
+		cnt = ebp - argp;
+		(void)memcpy(bbp, argp, (size_t)cnt);
+		p = (argp = bbp) + cnt;
+		*p++ = ch;
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Do things necessary before run()'ing, such as -I substitution,
+ * and then call run().
+ */
+static void
+prerun(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char **tmp, **tmp2, **avj;
+	int repls;
+
+	repls = Rflag;
+
+	if (argc == 0 || repls == 0) {
+		*xp = NULL;
+		run(argv);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	avj = argv;
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate memory to hold the argument list, and
+	 * a NULL at the tail.
+	 */
+	tmp = malloc((argc + 1) * sizeof(char**));
+	if (tmp == NULL)
+		errx(1, "malloc failed");
+	tmp2 = tmp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Save the first argument and iterate over it, we
+	 * cannot do strnsubst() to it.
+	 */
+	if ((*tmp++ = strdup(*avj++)) == NULL)
+		errx(1, "strdup failed");
+
+	/*
+	 * For each argument to utility, if we have not used up
+	 * the number of replacements we are allowed to do, and
+	 * if the argument contains at least one occurrence of
+	 * replstr, call strnsubst(), else just save the string.
+	 * Iterations over elements of avj and tmp are done
+	 * where appropriate.
+	 */
+	while (--argc) {
+		*tmp = *avj++;
+		if (repls && strstr(*tmp, replstr) != NULL) {
+			strnsubst(tmp++, replstr, inpline, (size_t)Sflag);
+			if (repls > 0)
+				repls--;
+		} else {
+			if ((*tmp = strdup(*tmp)) == NULL)
+				errx(1, "strdup failed");
+			tmp++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Run it.
+	 */
+	*tmp = NULL;
+	run(tmp2);
+
+	/*
+	 * Walk from the tail to the head, free along the way.
+	 */
+	for (; tmp2 != tmp; tmp--)
+		free(*tmp);
+	/*
+	 * Now free the list itself.
+	 */
+	free(tmp2);
+
+	/*
+	 * Free the input line buffer, if we have one.
+	 */
+	if (inpline != NULL) {
+		free(inpline);
+		inpline = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+run(char **argv)
+{
+	int fd;
+	char **avec;
+
+	/*
+	 * If the user wants to be notified of each command before it is
+	 * executed, notify them.  If they want the notification to be
+	 * followed by a prompt, then prompt them.
+	 */
+	if (tflag || pflag) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s", *argv);
+		for (avec = argv + 1; *avec != NULL; ++avec)
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, " %s", *avec);
+		/*
+		 * If the user has asked to be prompted, do so.
+		 */
+		if (pflag)
+			/*
+			 * If they asked not to exec, return without execution
+			 * but if they asked to, go to the execution.  If we
+			 * could not open their tty, break the switch and drop
+			 * back to -t behaviour.
+			 */
+			switch (prompt()) {
+			case 0:
+				return;
+			case 1:
+				goto exec;
+			case 2:
+				break;
+			}
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+		(void)fflush(stderr);
+	}
+exec:
+	childerr = 0;
+	switch (vfork()) {
+	case -1:
+		err(1, "vfork");
+		/*NOTREACHED*/
+	case 0:
+		if (oflag) {
+			if ((fd = open(_PATH_TTY, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
+				err(1, "can't open /dev/tty");
+		} else {
+			fd = open(_PATH_DEVNULL, O_RDONLY);
+		}
+		if (fd > STDIN_FILENO) {
+			if (dup2(fd, STDIN_FILENO) != 0)
+				err(1, "can't dup2 to stdin");
+			(void)close(fd);
+		}
+		(void)execvp(argv[0], argv);
+		childerr = errno;
+		_exit(1);
+	}
+	curprocs++;
+	waitchildren(*argv, 0);
+}
+
+static void
+waitchildren(const char *name, int waitall)
+{
+	pid_t pid;
+	int status;
+
+	while ((pid = waitpid(-1, &status, !waitall && curprocs < maxprocs ?
+	    WNOHANG : 0)) > 0) {
+		curprocs--;
+		/* If we couldn't invoke the utility, exit. */
+		if (childerr != 0) {
+			errno = childerr;
+			err(errno == ENOENT ? 127 : 126, "%s", name);
+		}
+		/*
+		 * According to POSIX, we have to exit if the utility exits
+		 * with a 255 status, or is interrupted by a signal. xargs
+		 * is allowed to return any exit status between 1 and 125
+		 * in these cases, but we'll use 124 and 125, the same
+		 * values used by GNU xargs.
+		 */
+		if (WIFEXITED(status)) {
+			if (WEXITSTATUS (status) == 255) {
+				warnx ("%s exited with status 255", name);
+				exit(124);
+			} else if (WEXITSTATUS (status) != 0) {
+				rval = 123;
+			}
+		} else if (WIFSIGNALED (status)) {
+			if (WTERMSIG(status) < NSIG) {
+				warnx("%s terminated by SIG%s", name,
+				    sys_signame[WTERMSIG(status)]);
+			} else {
+				warnx("%s terminated by signal %d", name,
+				    WTERMSIG(status));
+			}
+			exit(125);
+		}
+	}
+	if (pid == -1 && errno != ECHILD)
+		err(1, "waitpid");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Prompt the user about running a command.
+ */
+static int
+prompt(void)
+{
+	regex_t cre;
+	size_t rsize;
+	int match;
+	char *response;
+	FILE *ttyfp;
+
+	if ((ttyfp = fopen(_PATH_TTY, "r")) == NULL)
+		return (2);	/* Indicate that the TTY failed to open. */
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "?...");
+	(void)fflush(stderr);
+	if ((response = fgetln(ttyfp, &rsize)) == NULL ||
+	    regcomp(&cre, nl_langinfo(YESEXPR), REG_BASIC) != 0) {
+		(void)fclose(ttyfp);
+		return (0);
+	}
+	response[rsize - 1] = '\0';
+	match = regexec(&cre, response, 0, NULL, 0);
+	(void)fclose(ttyfp);
+	regfree(&cre);
+	return (match == 0);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+"Usage: %s [-0opt] [-E eofstr] [-I replstr [-R replacements] [-S replsize]]\n"
+"             [-J replstr] [-L number] [-n number [-x]] [-P maxprocs]\n"
+"             [-s size] [utility [argument ...]]\n", getprogname());
+	exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/usr.sbin/link/link.8 b/usr.sbin/link/link.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b994ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.sbin/link/link.8
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: link.8,v 1.8 2017/07/04 07:08:42 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Klaus Klein.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd July 18, 1999
+.Dt LINK 8
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm link
+.Nd call the
+.Fn link
+function
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar file1
+.Ar file2
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility performs the function call
+.Fn link file1 file2 .
+.Pp
+.Ar file1
+must be the pathname of an existing file, and
+.Ar file2
+is the pathname of the new link to
+.Ar file1
+to be created.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std link
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ln 1 ,
+.Xr link 2 ,
+.Xr unlink 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -xcu5 .
diff --git a/usr.sbin/link/link.c b/usr.sbin/link/link.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a45cc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.sbin/link/link.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: link.c,v 1.5 2011/08/30 19:18:17 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Klaus Klein.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT(
+"@(#) Copyright (c) 1999\
+ The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.  All rights reserved.");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: link.c,v 1.5 2011/08/30 19:18:17 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	if (argc != 3)
+		usage();
+
+	if (link(argv[1], argv[2]) != 0) {
+		perror("link");
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: link file1 file2\n");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
diff --git a/usr.sbin/unlink/unlink.8 b/usr.sbin/unlink/unlink.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a921140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.sbin/unlink/unlink.8
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: unlink.8,v 1.8 2017/07/04 07:13:43 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Klaus Klein.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd July 18, 1998
+.Dt UNLINK 8
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm unlink
+.Nd call the unlink function
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Ar file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility performs the function call
+.Fn unlink file .
+.Pp
+.Ar file
+must be the pathname of an existing file.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std unlink
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr rm 1 ,
+.Xr rmdir 1 ,
+.Xr unlink 2 ,
+.Xr link 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility conforms to
+.St -xcu5 .
diff --git a/usr.sbin/unlink/unlink.c b/usr.sbin/unlink/unlink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40d715d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/usr.sbin/unlink/unlink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: unlink.c,v 1.5 2011/08/30 20:50:24 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Klaus Klein.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1999\
+ The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.  All rights reserved.");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: unlink.c,v 1.5 2011/08/30 20:50:24 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+__dead static void	usage(void);
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+
+	(void)setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+
+	if (argc != 2)
+		usage();
+
+	if (unlink(argv[1]) != 0) {
+		perror("unlink");
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: unlink file\n");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}